Salesforce Admins Podcast: Recent Episodes

Gillian Bruce and Mike Gerholdt

Learn about product, community, and careers to help you become a more Awesome Salesforce Admin.

The Salesforce Admins podcast features real-life Salesforce Admins, product managers, and community leaders who transform businesses, careers, and community with clicks, not code. This 20min (sometimes a bit more) weekly podcast hosted by Gillian Bruce and Mike Gerholdt feature episodes to empower Salesforce Admins who are implementing Enterprise CRM solutions. There may be some (digital) confetti.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Michelle Wolfe, Platform Engineer.

Join us as we chat about how she built a Flow-powered user management system to handle requests, approvals, user creation, permissions, communications, and even onboarding.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Michelle Wolfe.

Streamlining change requests with screen flows It's a good thing when your organization is growing, right? For Salesforce Admins, however, new hires need new accounts, and that means approvals, permissions, and onboarding. My guest this week, Michelle Wolfe, found herself in exactly this situation. She turned to Flow to build an automated user management system with no code, and she's here to tell us all about it.

Michelle's company was bringing in 80+ people per new hire class, but the account creation request process was a mess. Managers would email a random member of the three-person admin team, and then they would manually create the account. So the first step was to wrangle the business process with a screen flow to get the correct information into Salesforce and create a case.

But Michelle was just getting started. Now that everything was in Salesforce, she knew that she could use Flow to automate the rest of the process.

New account creation with autolaunched flows Once the new user's information was approved by their manager, Michelle set up an autolaunched flow to spin up the account. This took care of data validation, configuring the correct permissions, and creating a username.

Finally, a second autolaunched flow would close out the case and send two email actions: one to confirm the request, and one to welcome the new user. With help from Flow and Einstein Copilot, Michelle transformed a complicated manual business process into something streamlined, simple, and scalable.

Partner with your training team for a fresh perspective on your org Michelle credits her success with how closely she works with her training team on enhancements. "Because they interact with new employees, they see things differently than someone who's been here for years and knows how we use our Salesforce," she explains. That fresh perspective helps her identify improvements she might otherwise miss.

Listen to my full conversation with Michelle for more on how she used Flow to automate user management—we really get into the weeds. And make sure you're subscribed to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Michelle on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, I'm joined by Michelle Wolf to talk about what happens when user onboarding stops being a string of emails and becomes a real platform process. So Michelle built a Flow-powered system that handles requests, approvals, user creation, permissions, communications, and even offboarding, while keeping the admin team in control. We're going to talk about the automation behind it, but also the process decisions that make it accurate, secure, and useful for her business. Now, because when admins design access and onboarding well, they're not just saving time. They're protecting trust and helping people get productive faster. So listen in, subscribe, share this episode with an admin who has one too many user requests sitting in their inbox. I'll tell you who doesn't have too many user in requests sitting in their inbox, and that's Michelle. So let's get Michelle on the podcast. So Michelle, welcome to the podcast.

Michelle Wolf: Thank you for having me, Mike.

Mike: I think this is exciting because I can't recall the number of times I've had people on about onboarding users. And I think it's because whatever cool tool we have come out, it's the second thing people do. They're like, "Oh, I could do this, and I need to figure out how to do X, Y, and Z when I onboard people." Because it was like that with Flow. There was stuff with Chatter when that came out, "How do I onboard people and add them to groups?" And Jennifer Lee was at your session at Midwest Dreaming, and she thought it was just phenomenal. So I had to have you on the podcast to talk about it. But before we get into that, tell me a little bit about yourself, how you got started with Salesforce and what you do.

Michelle Wolf: Yeah. So my journey started as a lot of ours as an accidental admin. I was working for a small family-run business who had Salesforce, and they were paying a consultant to basically be their full-time admin. And one day my manager walked into my office and said, "I don't want to pay them anymore. I need you to learn this." And I was like, "Okay."

Mike: "I suppose."

Michelle Wolf: Yeah. Why not? So yeah, that's what started my journey. And I skilled up on Trailhead and I was on it two, three hours a day trying to figure out how to be an admin in Salesforce. And this was back at the initial transition from Classic to Lightning.

Mike: Ooh, fun.

Michelle Wolf: So half of my early batches are on Classic. There just wasn't a ton of Lightning stuff out there yet. So I would build a lot in Classic and then flip it over to Lightning to see what it looked like because they did like the Lightning interface, which was great. So that started my journey. And then when I decided to part ways with that company, I took a different position and paused my admin career. And then about five years ago or so, I had an opportunity to be a product SME for Salesforce. And I was like, "Yes, I miss this product. I miss doing this. I miss being able to make things better with just the click of the button. So let's go do this." And I jumped in both feet and never looked back. And so I've been an active admin for a little over five years now. And I'm a Flownatic. Anything I can automate, I am doing it.

Mike: I love it. Active admin as opposed to passive.

Michelle Wolf: Exactly.

Mike: I don't know. So I love when you started because I remember those times and the reason there wasn't enough Lightning things is we were all writing it as fast as we could.

Michelle Wolf: Yeah, I know it.

Mike: It's kind of like learning to drive with a manual. And then they're like, "Oh, well, here's an automatic." And you're like, "Oh, I already know how to drive with a manual." I mean, if you knew how to do things in Classic, then doing stuff in Lightning was just that much easier, in my opinion anyway.

Michelle Wolf: Yeah. I agree. I agree. And the user experience was better for my users. They liked the layout and the feel. It jived with their personalities better instead of that very formal grid-looking everything.

Mike: I mean, that was the internet at a certain period in time. And then it grew up and it was like your eyes don't have to squint with white space.

Michelle Wolf: Right.

Mike: Every field just went from tight polyester pants to sweatpants. And it was like, "Yay."

Michelle Wolf: Exactly.

Mike: Let's talk about being a Flownatic because I've talked with Jen. I know Jen said she was in your session. I really think, I mean, outside of just it's so incredibly powerful, the amount of things that you can do on the Salesforce platform without writing a single line of code. Flow is one of those. And I remember it was 100 years ago that I saw Flow for the first time at Dreamforce when I was a customer. And I think they called it Business Process Management or something. And it was an app you had to download, and then you had to upload schemas to it. It's since graduated into a much more robust tool. But the nice thing is once you know that, I mean, caveat emptor because AI runs off of all the flows. I mean, if you're good at Flow, there's very few things you can't make Agentforce do. So tell me a little bit about why you built onboarding with Flow.

Michelle Wolf: Yeah. The company I was with found themselves in a really big period of growth, which was really amazing. But the new hire classes were like 80 people. And I just could not bring myself to want to spend a week of my life just filling in these boxes to make new users. It was really so time-consuming. And one typo here, one missed field here. My validation rules didn't check out. It was just a pain. It's just very mind-numbing. And I was like, "There has to be a better way." And I went through the different variations of the Add Multiple Users. It's an out-of-the-box function, except I couldn't put my custom fields on there, which means I couldn't save my users because we had validation rules in place. And then I experimented with a bulk upload, but it was such a pain because if I would typo a field, I would mess up my entire formula.

Mike: Yeah.

Michelle Wolf: And I was like, "There has to be a better way. There just has to be a better way." And-

Mike: Plus then all you're doing is just creating the user.

Michelle Wolf: Exactly.

Mike: With Flow, you can do so much more.

Michelle Wolf: Exactly. So by converting it to a Flow, I had a screen. I used my screen flows, and I leveraged the fact that the onboarding team is already putting that information into an email or something. Well, just go here and put it in a case for me. Just hit this button, pull out the fields. Now I don't have to do this. And then I used that screen flow to make a case so I can track my productivity, when the requests are coming in, when the requests are due by, who's doing the request. We started with just managing cases manually and making the users off the cases. And we had built in the approval process to make sure that someone else was double checking the inputs. Did they spell their name right? Did they put in the email right? Because I don't know these people. They're not going to be reporting to me. I'm not part of the onboarding team. I'm just making a user. So we had the managers do the approvals and make sure all that information's correct, make sure they're requesting the right... We use a field called Team Name that we made custom to make sure they're getting put on the right team, the customer service team or senior customer service team, whatever. So someone else is double checking it and then approving it. And I was like, "From here, I have to be able to automate something because the information's already in Salesforce." And that's when I got into utilizing that approval flow to trigger an autolaunched flow to actually make my user and create the alias and create the username and update the profile based off of what was entered on the request form in my screen flow, and just physically make my user.

Mike: Wow. We spent a lot of time talking about the tech part of it. I want to dive in because I feel like you conquered a lot, but you probably had to sell it. Maybe you didn't. Tell me about all the non-tech stuff that you had to sell. Who did you have to go to, and what were the people you met with in order to say, "Here's how I'm going to onboard users moving forward"?

Michelle Wolf: So the onboarding process had already been moved to our team. And it was just that it was coming to us in a very casual way. We're getting an email request. So it was part of the struggle was they started emailing us individually. We were a team of three, and they would just pick which admin they wanted to work with. Well, if I'm out of office or I have to leave unexpectedly and forget to put my out of office on, then their stuff's getting delayed. And so that was the first big conversation of how do we take out that portion? How do we get them to just put it in so we can decide who does the work? Because if I'm heads down on a project, I don't have five minutes to go make a user. I need to be heads down on my project.

Mike: Right.

Michelle Wolf: So this allowed us to divvy up work more easily and really even just check our own productivity of handling these types of requests and making sure it's not one person that always gets stuck with the work because they're the one that's always being emailed. So that was the first thing. And so the three of us, we were a really tight-knit group, and we're all very aligned with not wanting to be the only human that was pinged or emailed. And so it was like, let's just get it to a centralized place. And so we just went to our manager and said, "We're going to build this. We need this to be more productive." And they were like, "Yeah, makes sense. Do what you need to do."

Mike: I mean, that's awesome.

Michelle Wolf: Yeah.

Mike: Sometimes when I was an admin would happen and sometimes it wouldn't. But I do think some change has to happen that way of, "No, here's how I'm going to be more productive, and here's what I want to set up."

Michelle Wolf: Yeah.

Mike: So then were there... I guess what I'm getting at is, for admins that hear this and like, "Oh man, this is me," were there other checks that were already in place that you didn't have to deal with? There was already a check with HR or the person in payroll in terms of onboarding these people. You didn't have to go and say, "Can you..." Because I was the same way, to be honest with you. I would find out when I was an admin, "Oh, so-and-so needs a Salesforce license," two days after they started when HR sent out the announcement of the new hires. And I was like, "Hey, there has to be some process that you onboard these people to the company. Can I be part of that?" And I kind of had to unwind HR and figure that out because they didn't know that Salesforce was a part of this department and they didn't know that people need to be onboarded for it. You sound like you didn't have to deal with any of that.

Michelle Wolf: We did not. That onboarding process was already handled by a team. And so when the hiring manager said, "Yes, we're going to offer," and they accept, they already knew what systems, what equipment they need, what systems they need access to, and then what types of permissions they would need to ask for from Salesforce. So like what team they were going to, so that that request could be put in. All that hard legwork was already done. So to those who might not have that, I think the biggest selling point could be onboarding experience. A lot of companies are focusing on what that hiring process, what that onboarding experience is. And as someone's starting a new job, I want to prove myself early on. I want to say, "I'm here, I'm ready to work." And if I can't access my systems, even though it's fully out of my control, I still feel like I'm not doing my best as an employee, as a new employee. So you can leverage just even the onboarding experience that they have, the equipment they need, they have the logins that they need on day one, on the day that they need it.

Mike: Yeah. And you don't have to go into detail, but what are the key, I guess I'll call them, milestones in your onboarding flow that the new people get sent? Do you have training materials, or do you have a video that's Michelle being like, "Hi, I'm your Salesforce administrator"?

Michelle Wolf: If only.

Mike: I know. I always say that and everybody's like, "Oh, that'd be a great idea."

Michelle Wolf: It would be. It would be.

Mike: "It's just 4,792 on my list of things to do."

Michelle Wolf: Exactly. When I have that free minute, I will absolutely get to that next.

Mike: Yeah. And also my other two admins, because it can't just be me.

Michelle Wolf: Right. "Here's your Salesforce team. We're here to support you."

Mike: Yep.

Michelle Wolf: So what we built into our process was, in my Flow automation, there was actually a second autolaunched flow that would close out the case. And this did a couple of things. One, it closed out the case so they had a complete close of the loop and updated the reason as completed by automation because a human didn't have to touch any part of this request.

Mike: Ooh, that's cool.

Michelle Wolf: Yeah.

Mike: I like that.

Michelle Wolf: Clean reporting. Who doesn't like that?

Mike: I mean, for a while, I remember doing approvals or something and somebody asked me, "Well, did you actually do this or did Salesforce, the Flow do it?" And I was like, "Well, the Flow did, but the Flow ran as me." Then it marks that. But I like that you added that completed with automation.

Michelle Wolf: Yeah. But we also added two email actions. And one was to the requester. So the individual that opened the case through the screen flow, it sent them an email telling them that the request had been completed. And then the second thing was, when the user record was created, it then updated the Requested For field, which was just a custom field we made on the case for a user lookup with the new user that we'd made. And we sent a welcome email to them and said, "Welcome to Salesforce. Welcome to our company. Here's how you access our org." And it had the link for the SSO. Yeah.

Mike: Because at the point that the person's creating the case for you to create the user, they've already had an email assigned to them.

Michelle Wolf: Correct.

Mike: I like it. That's pretty sweet.

Michelle Wolf: Yeah. It was just a nice clean way to close multiple loops that ended up getting started.

Mike: So then, not to dig into it, and this is where I wish I should have seen your presentation, do you also have a process for adding them to... I don't know if you guys have Slack or different things like that. How, outside of maybe that user emailing you, do they have not necessarily an open loop, but at least a channel to ping back the admins and say, "Oh, hey, I got everything except this doesn't work, or, "I'm not seeing X," or, "How do I upload a profile picture?"?

Michelle Wolf: Yeah, absolutely. So for our new hires, basically all of that was handled in their new hire training, a lot of that initial setup support. However, in our screen flow, we actually made it a full-service utility where when you went to launch the screen flow, you could say, "I need help with Salesforce. Something's broken." Or, "I need a new user." So it was this full access path to us where they could put in multiple requests depending on what they needed.

Mike: I like that. And I'm assuming it's not Michelle, but you have people in the organization that do training. How much do you have to keep them updated in terms of, "Here's what the new user experience is like for Salesforce"?

Michelle Wolf: As far as?

Mike: Just anything. Anything that would change or anything that they may encounter, new features.

Michelle Wolf: Oh, yeah. So anytime we would build any type of enhancement, we worked very closely with our training department. We knew if we're going to help make starter material for an announcement for the call center for X, Y, Z enhancement, training's also going to need that material and probably a deep dive hands-on demo so that they can incorporate it into their training materials. So any new builds like that, our training department was really involved even from early-on stages of the development because they interact with new employees, and they see that interaction differently than someone who's been here for five, 10, 12 years and knows how we use our Salesforce. Even just how we design and where we put things on the Lightning page, they would often give us input from a new hire perspective to ensure that we're building good things.

Mike: Now, just because we're nerdy here, did you have a way of capturing that? Was that a case as well?

Michelle Wolf: That was just conversations.

Mike: Oh, okay.

Michelle Wolf: Yeah. It was, "Hey, we have this thing. We want a demo for you. Give us feedback," type of stuff.

Mike: I didn't know if you were capturing that in terms of tech debt or things we need to build, things we'd like to build, and things we need more money to build.

Michelle Wolf: Yeah, depending on what it was. It was just good old-fashioned scope creep.

Mike: Okay. Yeah, that usually happens, unfortunately.

Michelle Wolf: Yeah.

Mike: I've talked about Flow and AgentForce. I've been around now. I remember from 2006 when we finally had drag-and-drop WYSIWYG page editors to now we have... Well, I've seen agents build apps now. So I feel like I'm coming full circle. If you haven't already, if you were to bake some AI into your Flow, are there things that you would change or things you'd want to change and do different?

Michelle Wolf: I don't know yet because I spent so much time getting it to do what I wanted it to do with all my magic formulas in that Flow. I don't even know if AI could have helped. Now, AI did help me make those formulas. But I don't know how I might leverage AI to improve this process even more.

Mike: Yeah. No, that's fair. I mean, I have friends, and they always razz me a little bit because I work for a tech company, and they're like, "What'd you put AI into today?" And I think that's a call that admins need to make is, "Where do I need to add it?" Not just for the sake of adding it. I think we always talk about internally when we're creating content, "Well, don't AI wash everything." You don't have to include AI in it if it doesn't make sense because for yourself and your other two admins, that's one more thing you have to update or keep track of. And if it doesn't need it and you could do it somewhere else more effectively, then you should. Which sounds crazy, but it should be in the right places for the right interfaces, as opposed to, "Well, I included it because I could include it everywhere." It's like putting frosting on everything. The bacon cheeseburger doesn't need frosting just because you're a frosting company.

Michelle Wolf: Yeah, exactly. And I think maybe the next iteration that could include AI would just be on the initial request, especially for individuals wanting help with Salesforce. Maybe leveraging an FAQ-type of document for the things we do get commonly asked questions about. But for the user management, I'd really have to sit down and think of how that could apply.

Mike: Yeah. Or even an agent to serve up, "Here are three questions everybody asks and here's links. Do you have any other questions besides that?" And be a little proactive in terms of FAQs and stuff like that.

Michelle Wolf: Yeah.

Mike: So outside of email and stuff, does that seem to work okay? Or are you more leaning towards if we had Slack or anything different, we can maybe change things? I always worried when execs were like, "And then I want it to email me." I'm like, "You do know you have 10 salespeople. And if they have to close four deals a day, that's 40 emails on top of the eight billion you already get." You didn't have any executives with concerns on email velocity when you're onboarding 80 people?

Michelle Wolf: Oh, no, because of the 80 people, the emails from the requesters were really going back to the onboarding team. And so it was a way for them to check off the list that that system is done. So just like they would do it for other systems or other access for Jira or their Microsoft Teams access and all that stuff. It's just closing that loop with the onboarder. We did have one concern when one of the managers was new, and so 20 of the new hires was theirs.

Mike: Oh.

Michelle Wolf: But that's not the norm. You know what I mean? It's not necessarily that all the time you're going to be hit with all of the approvals, but it did happen. "You're new, you're getting a full class of newbies. Good luck."

Mike: "Congratulations. You now have 20 more emails."

Michelle Wolf: Exactly.

Mike: When you presented this, I'm curious, fresh eyes, sometimes you can sit in silence and between you and your other admins, you're like, "This is boss. I can't wait to show people." And then you show people, and they have a lot of questions. Is there questions that people had that maybe caught you off guard or you didn't think they would ask you about?

Michelle Wolf: I don't think any questions really caught me off guard, but the types of questions that came up were, "How did you come up with your approval process?" I was lucky that my approval process was already established within my organization. You get a new hire, it's the direct manager that approves it. Other organizations, it's the system admin that approves that this position and title in human deserves and needs access to do their job function. So it just depends on how your organization slices that cake, but someone should be approving access to an org.

Mike: And you know what's funny is, I probably asked you at the beginning of the podcast, but those are always the questions that I try to get out of people because especially when me and my team are building demos, the process behind what we're building, we just don't even think about. It's like, here's how the tech would do it. But the tech is only there to support the process. And nine times out of 10, everybody in the audience watches your presentation like, "Got it. Now I know how to build it. It's going to take me three months to get this process ironed out because either there's a lack of one or there's a shared understanding of how people think things work." And those are the questions to really ask. Are there questions that they came up with that your company hadn't figured out yet?

Michelle Wolf: No, of course not. I had all the answers.

Mike: Perfect.

Michelle Wolf: No, I don't think so. Because my solution covered 80% or more of the situations. Even in the event of your admins, say your admins are responsible for giving an individual an access to the org, but then they're also responsible for giving them access to some connected program that integrates with your org, but your admins are responsible for providing that access. My Flow included that if a manual comment is added or if a checkbox is selected that they need this access, it adds a comment to the case using the case comments and then leaves the case in an open status, like in progress, so that your admins can go in and finish that process.

Mike: Oh, cool.

Michelle Wolf: And then when they close the case, it just still does the rest of that email magic to tell everybody that it's all done. So we left openings for those situations where manual changes would be necessary to complete the full onboarding from our team.

Mike: That opened up a host of questions in my head. So can you create a user without going through your case and Flow?

Michelle Wolf: Manually. Yeah. None of that's turned off, but we do prefer them to use the Flow.

Mike: Right. I didn't know if you flagged it as, "This went outside the Flow," or something.

Michelle Wolf: Yeah. The only situation where it wouldn't... No. No, we stopped making users manually because the user would still get created. It would just leave the case open. So no, it's physically possible. We do not make users manually.

Mike: Nice.

Michelle Wolf: Yeah.

Mike: That warms my heart to know that. Well, it's always, you build the coolest solution and then the process goes around. And I remember having a manager tell me that. He's like, "Nobody's going to use Salesforce as long as they can put orders in on spreadsheets."

Michelle Wolf: That's fair.

Mike: Yeah, that was the truth. So the opposite of that, do you have an offboarding process? Is it like a similar Flow where if an employee decides to leave, does somebody create a case and that triggers your team to shut down the license?

Michelle Wolf: Yeah. We actually built in a deactivate. We called it remove because our business calls it remove users, but it deactivates the user. When you choose that option in the flow, you get to use the lookup to deactivate the user. And then we also had a freeze, and I call it thaw instead of unfreeze. So we had a freeze and thaw process.

Mike: I like that. That's awesome.

Michelle Wolf: So yeah, we did a freeze and thaw process and we also had an update permission. So if somebody was changing teams, so somebody got promoted from customer service to sales, you can just put in the change request and once it's approved, off it goes.

Mike: See, that's what differentiates what you built from everything else, because nine times out of 10, an admin will, "Okay, I'm going to build an onboarding thing." You're building a user management system, and you have the organization bought into it. "This is how we do this for this system." And it keeps a chain of custody, and it keeps a nice record for you as well. Especially the permissions update stuff, that's got to be handy. Are you ever asked to report out people whose permissions have changed or, for whatever reason?

Michelle Wolf: I don't know that we were ever asked to report that. And the company that I built this for actually had an Apex that did all of the permission and groups assignments. It was built out with metadata and permissions because when they built that out, user access policies didn't exist.

Mike: Gotcha.

Michelle Wolf: So when I built it for my demo, I'm not a developer, I'm not going to build out that Apex solution, but I used the user access policies for providing those permissions and assignments for that portion of the automation and access.

Mike: Yeah. I have a million more questions. I think one that people would ask. Usernames. So I don't need to know usernames, but did you put in a way to make sure that the person submitting the case doesn't have to think about the username and it's still for-

Michelle Wolf: Yes.

Mike: Okay.

Michelle Wolf: Yeah. So I use a [inaudible 00:32:21].

Mike: So you knew the answer.

Michelle Wolf: I did.

Mike: It took me longer to put the question together and you're like, "I already know the answer, Mike. Spit it out."

Michelle Wolf: So they only gave us their first and last name, their email address, and then the identifier that we used for our SSO or Federation ID, and then what team they belonged to. So we knew what permissions and then who their manager was so we could get the right approval. Everything else was done through the formulas. And that's the tricky part. That is one of the ways in which the automation can fail. And it's the unique username and the unique alias. Because when you're on the new user record, Salesforce does all that magic for you. They do all the hardlifting to figure it out. And so instead of a one in four, because it uses the first initial, the first name, and the first four of the last names, so instead of a one in four, I made it a two and four for the alias to increase my chances of not having a duplicate.

Mike: Right, because there could be a lot of Susan Smiths out there.

Michelle Wolf: Exactly.

Mike: Yeah.

Michelle Wolf: And so what I did was I also built in on a fault path, essentially a loop. So if it failed, I would add a digit to the end and then have it try again.

Mike: Oh. Would it incremental the digit?

Michelle Wolf: Yes. Yeah.

Mike: Well, that's smart.

Michelle Wolf: And that way I could... I'd still have a chance that it's going to not work.

Mike: I mean, if that poor guy hired 20 John Smiths, we're going to work that formula.

Michelle Wolf: To the bone, for sure. I used Flow. I used the power of Flow to really be as hands-off as possible with it, up to and including, we wanted to keep a minimum of 10 licenses available. We always wanted 10 emergency licenses available. So before I create a user, I have it go get my org data to make sure I have 10 Salesforce licenses at least available. And if I don't, then it won't make the user. It just leaves a note on the case and leaves the case open.

Mike: Saying, "You're at your minimum of 10."

Michelle Wolf: Yeah. So we built in some of those custom safeguards that were special to us. We wanted that. So we put that customization in there.

Mike: I like that. That's really cool. Michelle, you've enlightened me. I'm excited. I want to go build a Flow and onboard people and make perm sets a thing. I don't know. I feel like you probably have some solid time with an AI writing a lot of formulas.

Michelle Wolf: Yes. Copilot and I got real buddy-buddy.

Mike: Yeah. I mean, AI is really good at writing formulas, so thank goodness for that, right?

Michelle Wolf: Yes, yes. I can do them, but those complex ones were a little on the edge of my capability.

Mike: Oh, yeah. I can do with validation rules and stuff, and it requires parens. Once we get past one set of parens, I'm done. I'm cooked.

Michelle Wolf: Yeah.

Mike: That's it. Nope. I bow out early. I can't swim in the deep end of that pool. And I've seen people work with 15 nested statements. I'm like, "I'm exhausted reading this. How do you even know what it's doing?"

Michelle Wolf: Right.

Mike: Well, thanks so much for coming on the podcast and telling us about this. I think it's really cool. I hope you have an opportunity to share that onboarding Flow with more people and present it at more user groups.

Michelle Wolf: I had a suggestion to make it a hands-on training.

Mike: Yeah, it sounds cool.

Michelle Wolf: Yeah.

Mike: That sounds really cool. Maybe you should suggest it for TDX next year.

Michelle Wolf: Yeah.

Mike: Because that's a very technical, hands-on... People would love that.

Michelle Wolf: Yeah. Well, they didn't pick it up this year, but I'm not sure I sold it very well. So we'll try next year.

Mike: I mean, it's all in how you sell it sometimes.

Michelle Wolf: Yeah.

Mike: And also whether or not places have space for stuff like that. Not every track gets certain kinds of... It's a thing. That's a whole other rabbit hole within a rabbit hole that we could go to. I could do a whole series of podcasts on it, and nobody would listen to it, but I would think it would be interesting. And five people who write submissions would.

Michelle Wolf: Yeah.

Mike: Awesome. Well, thanks so much for being on the podcast.

Michelle Wolf: Thank you so much, Mike. It was a pleasure.

Mike: A big thank you to Michelle Wolf for sharing how she turned user onboarding into a thoughtful, scalable Salesforce process. My takeaway for admins is simple. Flow can automate the clicks, but your understanding of approvals, access, permissions, and business context is what makes the process work. Now be sure to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast and share this episode with somebody who is ready to get their user management out of their inbox and into Salesforce. Until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Nikita Kothari, Senior Member of the Technical Staff at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about using Setup with Agentforce to understand and manage record access.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Nikita Kothari.

Setup with Agentforce simplifies sharing Why can't I see this record? It's a simple question but, as any admin knows, finding an answer can get complicated quickly. If you've ever found yourself digging through Setup pages and running SOQL queries to troubleshoot permissions and record access issues, this episode is for you.

This week, I'm talking to Nikita Kothari, a Senior Member of the Technical Staff at Salesforce. She's here to tell us how Setup with Agentforce can help solve sharing mysteries. Using natural language questions, admins can trace access across org-wide defaults, role hierarchies, sharing rules, groups, and manual shares to figure out what's really going on.

Troubleshooting permissions and record access issues As Nikita explains, permissions and record access issues are so complicated because they are affected by many overlapping configuration settings. Small changes can accumulate over time, especially in a reorg.

Setup with Agentforce was built to help you detangle these issues with simple natural language prompts. You can put your questions about permissions and record access to an agent, instead of having to wade through 1,300 pages of Setup to figure it out on your own.

Once you've got a handle on what the problem is, you can use Setup with Agentforce to help you implement changes and get everything sorted. And it's built with trust in mind: every write action requires your explicit approval, the agent is bounded by your permissions, and every configuration change is captured in the Setup Audit Trail.

Plan permissions for your org If you're trying to figure out where to get started, Nikita recommends starting small. "It's very difficult to go back and fix something," she says, "so I would highly recommend trying any changes in a sandbox with the minimum set of users to see if it is working as expected or not."

And because Setup with Agentforce makes looking at permissions and record access so much easier, Nikita recommends taking advantage of it to conduct a monthly permissions review. Again, these issues accumulate over time, so an ounce of prevention is truly worth a pound of cure.

Make sure to listen to my full conversation with Nikita for more on Setup with Agentforce and how to get sharing straightened out in your org. And don't forget to subscribe for more episodes of the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Blog Post: Mastering Your Org's Sharing Configuration with Setup with Agentforce * Salesforce Admins Blog Post: 5 Use Cases To Get Started With Setup with Agentforce * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: Setup with Agentforce Makes Salesforce Admin Tasks Easier

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Nikita on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike Gerholdt: Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're talking with Nikita Kothari, Senior Member of the Technical Staff here at Salesforce, about using Setup with Agentforce to understand and manage record access. Sharing can be one of those invisible parts of the platform until someone can see a record they shouldn't or can't see one they need to. Nikita explains how admins can use natural language questions to trace access across org-wide defaults, role hierarchies, sharing, rules, groups, and manual shares. We also discuss why validation, permissions, testing, and human approval remain essential when AI helps make configuration changes. So give this episode a listen, click that subscribe button, maybe share it with another Salesforce admin who's ever asked, "Why can this user see this record?" Let's get Nikita on the podcast. So Nikita, welcome to the podcast.

Nikita Kothari: Thank you, Mike. It is amazing to be here. I'm from the engineering team, so you'll get my lot of perspective on how we are building Setup with Agentforce on sharing.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, that's exactly what I wanted to talk about. Let's first get a little acquainted with you. What do you do at Salesforce, and what are some of the things that you've worked on?

Nikita Kothari: So it's been close to two years I'm working with Salesforce. And currently, I'm working with access control and sharing space. What pulled me in is the realization that sharing is one of those invisible infrastructure layer. When it works, nobody thinks about it, but when it breaks, it actually breaks the customer trust. And you know how customer-centric Salesforce is, its number one priority is trust. So there is lot of critical issues that we are dealing with and we are trying to make the sharing as the best place for the admins. And we love our admins and we are trying to make things better for them.

Mike Gerholdt: I love our admins too. I used to be one for a while. I'd like to still think I am, but we'll see. Well, let's get into it. So I read your article and I'll link to that in the show notes. Tell me, I mean, before Setup with Agentforce, what did an admin have to do to answer a question of, why can this user see this opportunity and this user not?

Nikita Kothari: Oh, good question. So it's the simplest way of dealing with solving the sharing's toughest problems. So just to enable the Agentforce, you don't have to do anything. It comes along with the Agentforce. So go to the setup page, search for the Agentforce agent and enable your Setup with Agentforce, and then you can start writing those questions. You don't have to know anything beforehand, that's the best part of the Agentforce setup. And sharing is the challenging domain, I won't deny that. It is very, very complex. So answering even the simplest question that you ask, like, "Who this person is having access for this thing," it requires to look into a lot of different domains like OWD, role hierarchy, sharing rules, sharing groups, manual shares, to see which layer actually give that access to that particular user. And looking that information, sometimes it's easier with the UI, but most of the time user has to run lots of SQL queries to get the correct answer. And previously, admin was spending hours of work and sometimes even the afternoons just to deal with that single questions. And with Setup with Agentforce, it just a minute of work. You just give prompt to your chatbots and it'll give you the correct answer within seconds.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I mean, boy, it used to be a lot of archeological digging. I think you called it that in the article. I know I used to have to feel like I was going through a checkbox, but tell me, I mean, walk us through a real investigation where an admin discovers that a user can see a record, they probably shouldn't. How would they use Setup with Agentforce to trace where that access came from?

Nikita Kothari: Yeah, great question. So while building these actions, we particularly divide it into two different segments. First segment is the read action and the second segment is the write action. Just to keep it, things untangled, read actions will help you to investigate. When you ask a question like, "Why Nikita has access for these things?" So our agent will go into the background, it will do all kinds of research and it will come up with the best answer. "Okay, Nikita is part of this group, and these groups provide the access to this particular record." And what a write action on the hand will do, it will help you to solve that problem. Now you know Nikita is part of the particular group. You can go ahead and ask your write action, "Can you please remove Nikita from this group?" And your write action will help you to remove that particular user from that group and boom, your problem is solved within a few minutes. It's reliable, it's fast, and I'm sure admin can save a lot of time with these two things. And you don't need to know which action or which thing you need. You just write the plain natural language and our LLM will be able to guess where to navigate and how to solve that problem.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. No, I hear you. I think you walked us through what a good sharing investigation looks like. But for you, is there a sequence admins should follow so that they don't just jump straight to changing configuration?

Nikita Kothari: I would say I would highly recommend admin to start playing with the read action. There is no particular sequence, I would say, but mostly how the sharing is defined is like first we have the OWD, which provides the base access to the records and to the objects. And then comes the role hierarchy, then comes sharing rules, then we have public groups and queue and we have the manual shares. So at each level, sharing opens up the door for more access. So if you're going below the hierarchy, sharing will provide more and more access to the user. And if you want to close that access, it's not easier that one sharing rule will open up the access and then you create another sharing rule to close the access. It's not how it works. So in that case, you need to spend a strategic amount of time thinking how you can revoke that access. And sharing is accumulation of the small, small, small decisions over the time. Sometimes adding someone to the group, for the reorg, you have to do lot of things with the sharing, and every decision gets compound. So I highly recommend our admins to at least spend 30 minutes a month to refresh and reanalyze their sharing configuration to avoid the future problem. So this is basically the flow looks like, but I would say there is any of sequencing which admins should follow. It's pretty much open and admin can ask any question to our agent.

Mike Gerholdt: No, I think you're right. I mean, Setup with Agentforce can do a lot in terms of explaining the configuration and then help change it. I think you really touched on that last answer of just slowing down for a second, verifying what the answer is to make sure that you're staying in control. My question to you would be, how should an admin validate what the agent tells them?

Nikita Kothari: Oh, that's a good question. So for the read action, the information, we have mostly the links added to our prompts. We call it as a clickable link. So if investigation is saying that Nikita is part of this group, actually, there is a link of that group. So you can go to that group by clicking on that link, and you can actually see I'm a part of that group if you want to re-verify the stuff. So, that will give you more confidence that you know how admin is investigating the information or if admin is saying, "Nikita is part of the sharing rule and you'll have the link for the sharing rule." So you can actually go and verify whether that sharing rule contains the group or the users where it is providing that access. And with the write action, I think more critical is the right action. I mean, you don't want somebody, AI is coming to your system and randomly making changes to your system. So to do that, we have the validation layers. The first validation we generally come up with is for every write action, we explicitly ask for the approval, approval from the person who is making the changes. And we also have the permission boundaries, and if particular user doesn't have the permission to edit OWD, the agent won't be able to edit OWD for that person. And then the last part is the accountability. Every change we are logging into the setup audit trail saying that whether the AI agent did it or actual person did it. And then admin can verify it, whatever changes is made by the AI agent are trustable or not. So we will always advise admin to go and do as much as possible testing on the sandbox before making changes into the production. And another backup system is the Einstein Trust layer. We always say trust is our number one priority. So, Salesforce has built trust everywhere to make sure that we are not blindly making any changes, and as this is a very, very critical domain to our customers.

Mike Gerholdt: No, that's great. You talked a lot about sharing, and I always feel like making a change with sharing, you want to make sure that you're doing it right. In your opinion, what is the most important thing an admin should review before making a sharing change?

Nikita Kothari: So I would say, as I said before, we have some of the steps that I also wrote in my blog, that we have OWD sharing rule, rule hierarchy, and everything opens up the more access. So to close that access, it's very difficult to go back and fix something. So, I would highly recommend whenever our admins are making the changes, try it out first thing on the sandbox if it is working as expected or not. Or have some verification system or another set of eyes whenever you create some rule hierarchy or you're providing some access to the rule, rather than giving access to all of the user, first try with the minimal set of the user. Try with the one user and see if that user are getting right access to the right record. Because even if you fail to provide a single user a wrong access, that means that you're leaking your data. So having those, another, just starting with a small and then going into the bigger and bigger data, that would really help admin to build the reliable system.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, absolutely. I think it can do a lot and I've seen it do a lot, but what is something that Setup with Agentforce can help with today that maybe admins may not realize?

Nikita Kothari: I feel like still adoption, it's tricky because people are quite a lot thinking that Setup with Agentforce will replace their job. But I would say rather than replacing, it will provide you a lot of capabilities and it will remove a lot of overhead from your day-to-day work life, rather than going and looking into the SQLs or doing everything by yourself, just give it a try. And then you can see how much opportunity it is opening up for you to save time. And that time you can actually use for building a more structural, and because structure mattered a lot when it comes for sharing. How your roles are getting access or how your groups are getting access. And if you're just blindly following the steps and not thinking much, then you are in a trouble. So you can spend more time and thinking about, how can you better make a structure for your organization? And you can get more time to think about your business. And I feel like most of the troubleshooting cases we have covered into the Setup with Agentforce flow. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. You mentioned a lot, admins should get out and use it and try it, and I'm a big proponent of that. So I'll end on this question. What for you is one kind of low risk question that an admin could ask Setup with Agentforce today to better understand their sharing configuration?

Nikita Kothari: I think my one of the favorite action among all of it is record access, to ask why this person is having access to this record. And you see how much it can do, it will give you the whole list of the OWD configuration for that particular record, or it will look for the sharing role, it will look for the group membership, it will look for the manual shares. And it will do all kind of investigation for you just when you type a one single natural language to your agent. So you can always think about someone which is having more knowledge about the setup. It's sitting with you and helping you to deal with all of the setup configuration. Because setup, again, we have like 1,300 setup pages, which is lot. And going through all and learning the capabilities of each setup action, it's difficult. So, that's why we built the Setup with Agentforce, which will give you the capability that you don't have to learn everything on the go. And you can start asking question to our bot. If it won't be able to answer, it will guide you in the right direction to help and analyze your queries or your concerns.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I am so glad that we have Setup with Agentforce. I feel like I could have used it 20 years ago. I know I had a lot of questions and would have to dig through my notes on org-wide and sharing and group sharing and all kinds of that stuff. So, I appreciate it. And I appreciate the article and you taking time out of your day to talk to admins and share your knowledge about sharing and setup and how we can do things better.

Nikita Kothari: Yeah. I think admins are always on the top of our list. I would love to hear from our admins how they like this Setup with Agentforce, specifically with the sharing, how it is helping them or what they are looking forward to, because I feel like most of our critical projects and best solution came up with the admin feedback. And we really want to make admin life easier. We always have meetings internally, our engineering team, our product is always so much focused about thinking about our admins, thinking about the newer way to introduce some more features to make their lives easier so that they can focus on building a reliable solution. So, it was great talking to you.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, no, I'm glad you could share your knowledge with us today. Thanks so much.

Nikita Kothari: Yeah, thank you so much. And one more thing, we will be at Dreamforce. Larry Sherrill is our Product Manager. They're having a lot to share at Dreamforce. So, feel free to stop at user access booth. I'll be there too, so come and say hi and share your feedback. We would love to hear back from you. And we keep making a lot of progress on Setup with Agentforce, so stay tuned, follow our blogs, and it will be something will be really helpful in future for you guys. Thank you so much.

Mike Gerholdt: Thanks again to Nikita for helping us understand how Setup with Agentforce can make sharing investigations faster without taking judgment out of the Salesforce admin's hand. And the takeaway is just really simple, use AI to uncover the source of access, validate what it tells you, and test changes carefully before they reach production. Now, if you enjoyed this episode, and I bet you did, I hope you did, you should subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast. Share this episode maybe with your team, fellow team, user group. Oh, I like that, if you'd share it with the user group, that would be awesome. And then, how about this? Start with one low risk question about your own org sharing configuration and ask that to Setup with Agentforce. Until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Jean Velonis, Senior Technical Program Manager at Salesforce. Join us as we chat about the new Superbadge Cohort Learning pilot program and how you can get involved.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jean Velonis.

Improvements to Superbadges I have to confess, I've always found Superbadges to be a little intimidating. They're locked behind requirements, without clear step-by-step instructions for how to work towards them. That's why I sat down with Jean Velonis, a Senior Technical Program Manager working to improve the Superbadge experience.

The first thing Jean wants you to know is that they've overhauled the Superbadge UI. Instead of being locked behind a list of requirements, Superbadges now have a Recommended Learning section. These Trailhead modules and badges are organized into units, giving you a much clearer path to work towards your goal.

What is the Superbadge Cohort Learning pilot program? In addition to the UI changes, Jean and her team are launching a new pilot program called Superbadge Cohort Learning. These sessions let you connect with other learners and subject matter experts to work towards a Superbadge together, guided by a facilitator.

For now, the pilot program is focused on two of the most popular Superbadges. For admins, the Data Quality and Validation Superbadge gives you the knowledge you need to prep your org for AI. And if you're a dev or looking to improve your coding skills, there will also be groups for the Apex Callouts Superbadge.

They're running both in-person and virtual versions of these sessions, so look out for them at a Dreamin' event or community group near you.

Volunteer as a subject matter expert or facilitator If you already have these Superbadges, Jean highly recommends volunteering as a subject matter expert or a facilitator. When you're working with new learners, you'll run into questions and situations that deepen your understanding of the topic more than you ever thought possible.

The other thing about students is that they keep learning. Teaching is an incredible opportunity to make strong connections that will last throughout your career. As Jean explains, two of her former students are now her go-to people when she has code or Flow questions.

Make sure to listen to the full episode for more from Jean about the Superbadge Cohort Learning pilot program. And make sure you're subscribed to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us in your feed every Thursday.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Sign up to be a subject matter expert or facilitator: Superbadge Cohort Learning Pilot Session * Salesforce 360 Blog Post: How to Stand Out in the AI Era with Superbadges

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Jean on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full Transcript

Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, I'm joined by Jean Velonis to talk about the Superbadge Cohort Learning Pilot and what happens when admins stop learning alone and start solving problems together. We're going to dig into these cohorts and how they bring experts, beginners, and everyone together in the same room to work through real challenges, build confidence, and get comfortable being uncomfortable. Because for Salesforce admins, knowing how to troubleshoot, test, fail safely, and ask better questions matters just as much as knowing where to click. And as AI and agents become part of everyday platform work, well, those fundamental skills help admins validate what is correct, keep data reliable, and make sure that the platform reflects what the business actually needs. So listen in, subscribe and share this episode with an admin who learns best by rolling up their sleeves and figuring it out. Let's get Jean on the podcast. So Jean, welcome to the podcast.

Jean Velonis: Thank you so much for having me. I think this is the second time I've been here, but it's been a while.

Mike: I know. Well, when you do the podcast for almost 14 years now, I try not to have guests back, only if they're important like yourself.

Jean Velonis: Ooh, thank you.

Mike: We were Salesforce MVPs together a hundred years ago when the internet was still tubes and wires, and now we're both at Salesforce. And you're on, I would call, what, the curriculum side, the learning side?

Jean Velonis: Yeah, I would categorize that. It's more Trailhead, right? So long story short, certification was my jam for so long, and superbadges were part of that. But over the last couple of years, we've decoupled from certification. We're still with Trailhead and we're still considered an assessment, but we don't have all the guardrails of certification on us anymore, which is really exciting.

Mike: Gotcha. And just for reference, if anybody thinks they might have met Jean at a Dreaming event or a Salesforce event, you tend to usually have purple hair and a bedazzled Ranger hat. Is that an accurate description?

Jean Velonis: These are facts. These are facts. I've had purple hair probably since six months of coming into Salesforce. And if anybody knows the famous Chris Duarte out there, she taught me everything I know about bedazzling. So I made a Ranger hat.

Mike: Yeah. A lot of people bedazzle now because of her.

Jean Velonis: Yes.

Mike: Well, let's talk about this new Superbadge cohort learning pilot that you've kicked off because I think you're trying to bring the best of both worlds together.

Jean Velonis: Absolutely. This isn't a new concept either. I'll just throw that out there. We had some amazing trailblazers before the pandemic and even through the pandemic doing Salesforce Saturdays or Salesforce Sundays and they would get together in person or virtually and work on Trailhead. So this is kind of piggybacking off that concept and really bringing some of the community magic to superbadges because I think we can all look at a superbadge and be like, oh, that's kind of intimidating. There's no step-by-step instructions. This looks really hard. There's multiple steps to it, and that just looks hard and I don't want to do it. But the cohort learning brings a facilitator, like a community group leader or a Dreamin event person to come in and help bring people together virtually or in person and work on a Superbadge together. And we've been running a couple of pilots of these. We did one at TDX and WITness Success in Indi. And it's been really successful in person just because you can pair experts and newbies together at a table and make people really uncomfortable, and then they start talking to each other and learning from each other. And I think that's what gets really excited about doing this cohort learning. And then we've done a couple of virtual events as well where we've brought community group leaders, kind of like train the trainer of like, here's how you should run this virtually to be successful, because that virtual is a little bit different beast. It's really easy to hide and stay on mute and turn your camera off where we really try and get people excited to share their skillset with each other.

Mike: Yeah. No hiding in the dark corners. So I really like the idea of this. I've always really enjoyed Trailhead because I'm the type of learner that likes to do it at my own pace. Sometimes I even crazily go back and redo a badge just because I feel like if I've rushed through it, did I really learn it or was I just trying to get it done? And when I'm really trying to learn it, I really take my time. I will agree with you, I've written superbadges. I also enjoy the freedom. They're kind of like, "Here, go, do. " And you're like, "Oh yes." It's almost like the days of driver's ed when you get out from behind the desk and you finally get to drive the car in the real world. It's a little more of trying things out. So are these cohorts that you're doing now, are they open to any superbadge or are they just specific ones?

Jean Velonis: That's a really good question. We looked at our whole library of Superbadges and we wanted to pick one for admins and one for developers. And that doesn't mean it's just if you have that skill set. It's more of like, here's two of the main roles we see in the community. So we have data quality and validation, which is really for anybody prepping you for this agentic ecosystem that we're in, cleaning up your org.

Mike: I mean, to be honest with you, that's what we've needed to do this whole time. Even before AI, it's sweeping the floors, you know?

Jean Velonis: Yeah. I mean, it's been that way for a long time. I think I made my whole Salesforce admin career of going in and cleaning up orgs, to be honest. So that was a great place for us to start. And then now we've started looking at the developer side of it and we picked Apex Callouts superbadge for all of our developers. And I was very intimidated by trying to put together a superbadge in a box for that cohort because I'm not a developer. But going through this process, I'm like, "You know what? I think I can actually do this," And that's because of all the great learning badges on Trailhead and being able to go at your own pace. Because that's a whole nother skill set for an admin to try and figure out, right?

Mike: Right. I've often thought of, this is just how Mike's brain works. If I had children, I would for sure name one of them Apex because then you just gave them a shout-out.

Jean Velonis: That's hilarious. I would've never thought-

Mike: That's how I work. My brain today is like, "Oh yeah. Hey, did you hear you were mentioned on a Salesforce podcast?" "Of course I was. I'm an Apex Callout."

Jean Velonis: I'll tell you a weird secret. I do put my children's names in superbadge content. All of us over here under the superbadge team put little-

Mike: Easter eggs?

Jean Velonis: Easter eggs, yeah-

Mike: Yeah, I love it.

Jean Velonis: ... out there. It's either in the org or it's in the content. We're all moms over here, so we would like to give our kids a shout-out.

Mike: Well, I will see your Easter egg and I will call your Easter egg. In almost every admin keynote demo, we have put our pets' names.

Jean Velonis: I love that.

Mike: So you can go back and figure out whose pets were whom. The only time, the only exception was we had Einstein Voice rollout and my dog's name was yet to be used and we couldn't use it because it wouldn't recognize it. It was too hard to say. And so we had to go with something easy and punchy with hard consonants in it. So anyway, yes. I think there should be, I'm sure there is somewhere, a whole forum of Easter eggs found in Trailhead material.

Jean Velonis: 100%. And I think that's what Trailhead is, where it's the weird, it's the hanging out, it's the learning something new, it's the being uncomfortable. Because it really is, learning can be really uncomfortable.

Mike: I mean, it exposes a weakness and people don't like feeling weak. It's also the thing I always think about whenever I was doing training because you're changing something. And the person that told me how to do training gave me a very well-rounded, concise piece of advice, which is people don't like to go to work and feel stupid. And when you change something, even in a CRM, that's what that comes from. And people don't like to feel stupid. And I feel that way. You change something, you're like, "Oh, this was here yesterday. Why isn't it here?" And you blame yourself and that's not the point. You do a lot of training. So let's go through just some scenarios of I'm a new Salesforce admin. I stumbled across this podcast. Also, hello. You have a lot of episodes to catch up on. That's okay. You have a lot of time. What should they do to prepare to come to one of these learning cohorts?

Jean Velonis: I mean, the easy answer is get on Trailhead and start earning badges, that's number one. Step two is take a look at the new look and feel for superbadges and that will bring you to our recommended learning. It used to be required to unlock the superbadge, but we've just now come onto what I would say the Trailhead UI. Superbadges are put into these units now where the first unit is like, let's get ready. Let's get your developer org. Let's do the recommended learning. Let's connect it to your superbadge now. That's all a little bit different than what we used to do with superbadges. You had to unlock it and then you had to go down all the way to the bottom of the page to hook up your org. Now it looks like a regular module or badge, which is nice because as somebody who struggles with reading and keeping my place on Trailhead, this new guy is really going to help with that. But also doing the recommended learning I think is key even though it's unlocked now and you don't have to do it. I will tell you I am the first person to start doing something and being like, "Oh, I have no idea what I'm doing with this. Maybe I should have done-"

Mike: I should have done those recommended modules.

Jean Velonis: Yes. And then I will have to go back and learn and figure things out. I did that with the prompt template superbadge. I thought I knew what I was doing.

Mike: No.

Jean Velonis: I did not. And that's falling, that's failing forward. That's realizing I don't know what I'm doing. Let me go figure this out and then come back to it. So I think that's step number two. Go and read through the superbadges, look at them, look at the recommended learning. And then if you see that there is a Dreamin event or a community group doing one of these superbadges, join them. Even if you've done the superbadge, that's okay. You can go help the other people that are there.

Mike: Oh, I almost think that would be the next best thing after doing a superbadge is going and volunteering to help train. Because never will you ever learn more about something than when you have to train somebody about something or walk around the room and answer questions. You're like, "Hey, I didn't run into that when I was doing mine, but let's figure it out." And it's super fun because then you're like, "This wasn't a problem for me, but now it's a problem that I get to work through."

Jean Velonis: Yeah. I mean, bringing you all the way back to SABWA.

Mike: Oh, sure.

Jean Velonis: Call out, Mike. I mean, geez. Yeah, that is my favorite thing to walk around, especially I live in these superbadges every day. Our team builds them. We maintain them. We have to deal with all the product changes that are very quickly changing and trying to keep up with everything. So being able to walk around the room and see how trailblazers are doing things, that not only helps me figure out, okay, here's some of the common pitfalls or where people are getting stuck and I can write some hints to help, but also maybe we don't do that in the next superbadge or maybe we call it out in a different way or let's go update the help article and call this piece out if somebody's getting stuck somewhere. So it's super helpful. But also you get to meet a ton of different people, which we do virtually every day, but it's easy to hide behind the keyboard again. And to be able to connect with somebody and see their aha moment of where they're like, "Yes, I figured this out," that's super gratifying.

Mike: Oh, that's almost the time that you make a friend.

Jean Velonis: A best friend.

Mike: Yeah. I mean, because you're always going to be like, "Well, let's continue chatting while you work through this." And then the next thing you know, they're building Apex Callouts, and you're like, "Oh, I didn't get that far." And then they're teaching you stuff. I promise you it'll happen.

Jean Velonis: It will happen. I can say 100% certainty it will happen. I have two people that I call on all the time or that I met through a conference or doing something, and I'm like, "Okay, I know this person knows code and I know this person knows flow. I'm not good at those things, but I can text or call or Slack and be like, I'm stuck."

Mike: Right. So I mean, I have a thousand questions, but let's go to the opposite end of that where if you're a community member, maybe you're a user group leader or a Dreamin event person and you're like, "This sounds like a super fun thing for me to include in my agenda," What would their steps be for possibly including, I know it's in a pilot, but for including this or what's your vision for it moving forward?

Jean Velonis: Yeah. We have a facilitator signup forum-

Mike: Sweet.

Jean Velonis: ... which I'm sure you would be happy to put that in the bio or the show notes.

Mike: It is in the show notes as we speak.

Jean Velonis: Perfect. But yeah, just signing up to raise your hand to be a facilitator is huge. Because I'm going to have this superbadge in a box ready very quickly for people to take to a pilot. I have two Dreamin events that are already wanting to do this in August and a community group that also wants to bring it to their local people. So signing up to be a facilitator and doing this on your own, love that. And I wish I could go to every one of them, to be honest. I looked at a couple of them and I'm like, "I might be able to make this work and just show up." But there's also a piece in that form too to sign up to be a subject matter expert and help if there's somebody locally that wants to do this. And selfishly, I put that in there that if you want to help us build superbadges, that would be awesome too.

Mike: Right. And this sounds rhetorical, but it is honest. They should have probably already completed that superbadge that they want to facilitate or host.

Jean Velonis: I mean, I'd advise it. And with the new UI, you can redo a superbadge. You can retake it now. So you can do the superbadge over.

Mike: To refresher, because maybe you haven't done it in a while and want to see what's new.

Jean Velonis: I mean, the facilitator that did WITness Success told me she still had her notes when she originally did the Apex Callouts in 2017.

Mike: Wow.

Jean Velonis: Right?

Mike: I probably have notes from somewhere of 2017 I have nowhere. That's awesome.

Jean Velonis: No, that notebook's gone.

Mike: Yeah. I always think of admins listening to this and I don't want it to be a pitch session for your cohort, but this is really a neat way to get involved with the community. From all of your work, and this is just stepping out of your role and what you're doing in this superbadge cohort. Out of all of the work that you've done at Salesforce and what you create for Trailhead, what are some of the biggest themes that you run into that really, when that light bulb turns on for an admin, they suddenly just become, I don't want to say instantly become successful, but they really start to click and feel confidence and have that aha moment?

Jean Velonis: I think being a Salesforce admin for such a long time, being able to fail and problem solve is probably the best skill you can have. You can learn any technical skill. I can go into a dev org and break things and figure out how products work. But if you don't know how to problem solve through something, getting to that aha moment is going to take you a long time if you're too afraid to break something. And I have broken things. And I think I've told you, I've deleted records from an org before and went, "Uh-oh, how do I get those back?" So that is one of my favorite things is to go into a playground or dev org and just break it, pull things apart, see how it works and be like, "Okay, I know where I want to go, but how do I get there? And I don't know how to get there, but if I go in and break everything, I'm going to learn a lot more than if I follow step-by-step instructions of how to do something."

Mike: Right. If it works out perfect the first time.

Jean Velonis: Yeah. What did you learn? Oh, I know how to do that. Okay. Well, what's next then?

Mike: Do you find that you have to remind people that it's okay to fail when building and it's okay for things to not work the way you want them to the first time?

Jean Velonis: Yeah. And I mean, that's how we build superbadges. I mean, we have all these SMEs and we look through different use cases and we go into an org and build it out and we're like, "Well, that's not going to work for this unit," or, "That's not going to work for this use case," or how do we find those different tasks to lead the witness basically in the challenge to get to where we want them to go, but without telling them? And you can do it 97 different ways. There's not necessarily always a right way to get there.

Mike: Right. I know I've sat down. We used to have, it was Dreamforce long, long time ago. And I was paired up with Josh Birk and we were helping a customer through a situation. And it was interesting because both he and I came up with a solution. Both he and I came up with a very different path to the solution. Mine was using, at the time, Flows, and his was using some code and some triggers. And the customer's like, "But which one's right?" And we're like, "Both of them." I mean, never could you ever run into a situation where both solutions are equally correct. It's based on what you want to maintain and your knowledge.

Jean Velonis: 100%. And now you also have this agentic thing that will try and tell you the right path to go and you can be like, "Well, I don't want to do it that way." And it's like, "Oh yeah, you're right. Let's try it this way." So I think even having that fundamental base of an admin or a dev is really going to serve you well in this ecosystem. So problem solving, having a foundational skill set, and then also knowing where you want to go and problem solving your way to get there.

Mike: Right. So let me ask you, you've brought up agents and AI sometimes intentionally, sometimes unintentionally, but I mean, it's definitely something that it's our every day now. From your perspective as building a lot of content and in the learning space, what is the most important thing you think admins should learn about AI and agents? I

Jean Velonis: I think the most important... Well, there's two. Learning when to trust that the AI is telling you the right thing and knowing how to ask the prompts and the questions. Because you may not know where you want to go, but if you have your fundamental base of the system, you can ask it the right questions to get you where you're going. And as somebody who struggles with writing content, I know where I want to go, I know what the tasks are for the superbadge. And I can say, "Okay, now help me write an error message," or, "Help me write a hint for a help article that's going to help them get unstuck." And you can ask AI that too. You're like, "Hey, I'm using this Flow element. I'm trying to go here and make this system do this. It's not working. Help me untangle this."

Mike: Right. Help me. Teach me, don't tell me.

Jean Velonis: That's key. Teach me, don't tell me. I don't need step by step.

Mike: I do that all the time with Wordle. Don't tell me the answer, just help me figure out what this word is. I'm stuck. Jean, last question because I know you have to go. It's 2030 and the Superbadge Cohort Learning program is out of pilot. What does it look like?

Jean Velonis: It looks like all of our trailblazers getting together, helping each other learn something new, experts and newbies and everybody in the middle taking something away from that hour or that day that they spent with each other and everybody having their own aha moment. Whether it's I helped somebody get unstuck or I got a new superbadge or I made a new contact or I'm out of a job and I made this whole partner and I handed them my resume, those are the things that make the community go round. Those are the things that makes learning so important. And it's okay to break things.

Mike: Right. Very well. Very well said. Thank you, Jean, for being on the podcast.

Jean Velonis: Thanks, Mike. Happy to be here.

Mike: Big thank you to Jean Velonis for joining us and reminding us admins that getting stuck is not the end of learning, it is usually where the useful part begins. Now, whether you join a cohort, you facilitate one, or you know what, you simply just help another Salesforce admin work through a challenge, teaching and problem solving are powerful ways to strengthen your platform judgment. Be sure to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins podcast. Share this episode with somebody who is ready to learn and really earn that next aha moment. Until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Jay Hurst, Senior Vice President of Product Management, and James Ferguson, Senior Director of Product Management, at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about MFA step-up authentication and what it means for Salesforce Admins.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jay Hurst and James Ferguson.

Step-up authentication protects sensitive actions Starting next week, Salesforce is requiring all users to use Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA). If you're a privileged user like, for example, an admin, you'll need to use a phishing-resistant MFA. That's why I sat down with Jay Hurst, VP of Product Management, and James Ferguson, Senior Director of Product Management, to talk about why these changes are vital to protect your org's data.

The first thing to know is that AI is making it easier than ever to launch targeted phishing attacks at scale. So while the MFA requirements provide a good first layer of protection, we want to make extra sure you are who you say you are before you're allowed to perform certain actions, like downloading a large number of records or running a big report.

Phishing-resistant MFA uses a passkey, like a fingerprint or facial recognition biometric, to verify that it's actually you and not just someone with access to your email account.

Balancing security with user friction As Jay and James acknowledge, these changes will add some friction to your users' experience. However, with the pace at which these kinds of attacks are evolving, it's more important than ever to get serious about your security posture.

"We're trying to introduce a little more friction right now so that people start to think," Jay explains, "and start to build those habits of understanding when they're doing something that potentially could be considered a malicious attack, such as downloading that All Opportunities report."

They're also building out compensating controls that should make things easier in the future, allowing you to trust users from a certain IP range, for example.

Security is a journey, not a destination The most important thing to realize is that these requirements are about more than just jumping through some extra hoops. Phishing and man-in-the-middle attacks are growing more and more sophisticated, and you need better protections than "Well, that hasn't happened yet."

Instead, James and Jay recommend viewing this as an opportunity to partner with other stakeholders in your org to develop a comprehensive security plan. As Jay says, "Security is a journey, not a destination. What is 100% secure today is not as secure tomorrow." The trick is to develop a security-focused mindset throughout your business that will protect you now and in the future.

Make sure to listen to my full conversation with Jay and James for more on step-up authentication and how admins can reduce friction for users. And make sure you're subscribed to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: What Are Security Essentials for Salesforce Admins? * Salesforce Admins Blog Post: Securing Your Org: From Reactive to Proactive * Salesforce Help Article: Prepare for the upcoming Step-up Authentication requirements on Report Actions * Salesforce Help Article: Prepare for MFA Enforcement for All Employee Users * Salesforce Help Article: Prepare for Phishing-Resistant MFA Enforcement for Privileged Users including Admins * Salesforce Help Article: Security-Related Product Updates to the Salesforce Platform: User Identity, Data Protection, and Access Controls

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Jay on LinkedIn * James on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're talking with Jay Hurst and James Ferguson from Salesforce Product Management about MFA step-up authentication and what it means for Salesforce admins. As you know, security isn't just a front-door login decision anymore. It's about protecting sensitive actions, understanding risk, and designing systems users can trust. So Jay and James are going to help us unpack phishing-resistant MFA, compensating controls, IP ranges, SSO, and why these changes matter in a world where data, automation and AI are all working together. For us Salesforce admins, this is a chance to think beyond features and really look at how we steward the entire system. So listen in, click that Subscribe button, and of course I would love if you could share it with fellow Salesforce admins or, hey, you know what? Let's make some friends in that security team. So with that, let's get Jay and James on the podcast. So Jay and James, welcome to the podcast.

Jay Hurst: Thanks for having us, Mike.

James Ferguson: Great to be here.

Mike: Absolutely. Jay, let's start off with you. We kind of want to get to know a little bit about you, and James, we'll call on you second, but before we get into our topic today, can you just tell me a little bit about how you got to Salesforce and what you do?

Jay Hurst: Sure, yeah. So I have been with Salesforce for almost 22 years now. I started in our customer support department, one of the first 12 phone support reps here at Salesforce. Did that for a couple years and helped found our Tier 3 organization in support. Eventually moved over to our customer-centric engineering department, stayed in there for a while. And then in 2012, had an opportunity to join the product management group for platform, and I moved over and ran a team called Force.com Canvas. And for the last, I guess, 12-ish years now, I've been kind of weaving my way upwards through platform. Currently, I lead our platform services subcloud, so all of the core foundational pieces of platform that you might think of are schema and metadata, APIs, eventing systems, connectivity systems, and also our identity area, which is what brings us here today to talk about MFA.

Mike: Yeah. Boy, flashback. You called it the Force.com platform.

Jay Hurst: Well, that's what it was called back then.

Mike: I know. I know.

Jay Hurst: And I can't remember all of the names we've had for it.

Mike: Oh, that's okay. I'm sure there's a website that tracks all of them.

Jay Hurst: I'm sure there is.

Mike: James, fill us in. How'd you get to Salesforce, and what do you do here?

James Ferguson: Well, I am, I guess compared to Jay, one of the newer members of the team. I've only been at Salesforce for about 16 and a half years, almost 17 years. Pretty much entirely on the platform product management side, working on various things people know and love like sharing and big objects and event monitoring and those things. And most recently I've taken over responsibility for the identity product team, responsible for all the login and auth and SSO and all of the wonderful things we'll talk about today.

Mike: Oh, wow. Okay. So then just to be clear, I'm actually the newest person on this call. I've only been at Salesforce for a little over 12 years now, so I guess I still have my rookie stripes.

Jay Hurst: Combined we're almost at 40, or just over 40.

Mike: Yeah, combined. We almost get our AARP discount, right?

Jay Hurst: Yeah, exactly.

Mike: Jay, let's kick off. I know I did a podcast ... and I'll link back to it ... not that long ago with Laura Pelke talking about some of the new things that were coming out, and of course security is always big on admins' mind. She did a wonderful job of explaining step-up authentication to me, which was basically the airport analogy of you have to show your ID to get in and then you have to show your boarding pass to get onto the plane. I thought that really made sense to me, but let's talk about the new authentication that's coming out, if you call it that, and the new step-up concerns that Salesforce admins have.

Jay Hurst: Sure. So I think as we move into the continued proliferation of agents and AI across the industry, security is obviously top of mind for a lot of our customers and for Salesforce as well, specifically because we have to help protect our customers. And so when we're thinking of that and how we ensure our customers' data is protected, with step-up authentication, it's really focused around in that same analogy, making sure you're providing your boarding pass at the right times when you're doing things. So just like you need to show your boarding pass when you go through the TSA gate and when you're on the plane and probably to the gate agent after you're on the plane, when you're doing certain things within Salesforce, we want to make sure you are who you actually are and your session hasn't been compromised. So when you're doing certain higher sensitivity-type actions such as I want to download 10,000 records out of my system, maybe run a report, putting that end user through another verification of, "Hey, is this actually you? Prove it with your step-up," so that we have that confidence that we can release the records. And so this kind of helps prevent some of those man-in-the-middle phishing attacks where somebody gets you to log in and then steals your credentials or steals your session in the background. So it's kind of that second or third or fourth level of protection in the runtime.

Mike: Wow.

James Ferguson: I think that's an important shift that's worth calling out, because it's no longer about just putting a stronger lock on the front door and making sure somebody has better passwords, or even the later stuff, the more recent stuff with verification. But it's when sensitive things happen, we need to do a little extra even once you're inside the airport, if we want to continue that analogy. And so it's a shift from that front door to moving forward.

Mike: Yeah. James, help me understand that a little bit more, because I think one of the things that admins always fight is user friction. How hard is it to do something? And now we're introducing something when it could disrupt their flow of work, but it's for a good reason.

James Ferguson: Exactly. I would say that we are constantly balancing that. We're constantly balancing the need for security with the friction it does. And so we aren't expecting to do every click, for example, but just when you're exporting data from a report, which is potentially pulling a large amount of data out, we want to make extra sure. We're looking at some other things in the future around maybe when you're an admin changing some security configurations, we want to make sure you are who you are. And frankly, you see this more and more even in consumer websites where sometimes you're asked. If you're going to change a phone number, change a thing, you need to go back and sort of double-proof who you are. But it is a trade-off. It is a trade-off.

Mike: Yeah. It's like once you're logged in, it's, "Oh, if you're going to change." I was trying to order tacos the other day through an app and I needed to update my credit card. And then right after I did that, they're like, "And you need to put your password back in." I'm assuming that was kind of the same situation.

James Ferguson: Kind of the same situation.

Jay Hurst: Yeah, exactly. Exactly. Yeah. And the other thing I'll add to this too is on the friction point. We always have to balance that. Like James said, we don't want people to become overly frustrated and not want to use Salesforce because it has too much friction. But the reality is over the last 20 years, we've edged so far on the line of not causing any friction that we've led admins down the path of not having that understanding of what their users are doing, and really not getting into that proper security-conscious mode. So we're trying to rubber band a little bit back on the other side, introduce a little more friction right now, so that people start to think and start to build those habits of understanding when they're doing something that potentially could be considered a malicious attack, such as downloading that all-opportunities report. So starting to get customers to think through that while we are continuing to build out what we call compensating control. So the end goal here is not to provide friction and it's not to force you to do these one-time passwords for everything you need to do in the system. It's to give admins that layered capability of saying, "Well, if I have these five or six different controls I can put into place, then they can kind of compensate for one another." So where the most friction might be having to open up your email to get that one-time password to do the step-up, maybe we can compensate that through things like having a trusted IP range or already having a phishing-resistant authentication put in, or other controls that we will layer in. So we ultimately get to a posture where the admin can both reduce friction while choosing the proper set of controls for their needs.

Mike: Yeah. No, that makes sense. You mentioned phishing-resistant MFA. Can you help me explain that if somebody's never heard that before?

Jay Hurst: Yeah. So maybe I'm going to try and wiggle this airport analogy in. If we think way back in the day when you had your IDs, before REAL IDs and all of this, you didn't actually have good authentication on them. You might have a really bad picture, or in some cases IDs didn't have any pictures on them. They just had your name and your information, but they were accepted. Now, the problem with that is anybody could steal it if it doesn't have your picture, and they can pretend to be you. So phishing-resistant MFA is kind of that same thing. Where a normal MFA might be a one-time password on your phone where you get that push notification that says, "Hey, your code is 123456, enter that code in," that's great because it means you have to have your phone in order to get that one-time password, but it's not as secure because it's sent over SMS. It doesn't really verify that you are who you say you are. It's only that you have access to that phone. Phishing-resistant adds another layer on top of that, so it's not just over SMS or in an app. It would be through what are called passkeys or other more cryptographically secure passes. So think of your face ID, your touch ID, some of those passkey-type implementations that you might see, where it's not just getting a code, but you have to unlock a vault that has your information in it and then you provide that information out. So it's taking it from that ID that anybody can use if they just happen to steal your wallet into more of a REAL ID that also has some biometrics attached to it. So you can actually guarantee it's not just that you have the thing, but you have the thing and you are the person that should have the thing that identifies you. And so that's what we're implementing today that's starting to roll out tomorrow in production. We've already started pushing it into sandbox for admins where we want all of our administrative users across the system to enroll and use these phishing-resistant MFA capabilities, so that they're more secure.

Mike: Yeah. I never even thought of that. All the time there's apps I log into and they send me a one-time passcode and I'm like, "Well, of course I have access to it." Never did I think that, "Oh, what if somebody already has access to my email, requests that code, and now they're essentially spoofing me?" And it never dawned on me until you think of, well, they're not really verifying that it's you, Mike. They're just verifying that whoever requested that code also has access to your inbox. And you're like, "Oh."

Jay Hurst: Exactly. And that may not be a nice person.

Mike: Right. So James, what are some questions that admins are asking online that we can kind of help answer for them, or equip them for when they get this rolled out to them?

James Ferguson: They're certainly asking questions about phishing-resistant MFA versus regular MFA and the different sort of authenticators that are out there. I'll shift this around a bit. One of the things they aren't asking about, it's actually something that Jay mentioned in passing, which is the alternate controls. And for things like step-up, if you have login IP ranges on the org or on the user profile, or there's some session settings which force you to always be coming from the same IP address in your session, which is the case for most of us who are at a laptop at work or whatever it is. Those avoid step-up entirely because we have more certainty about who you are and where you're coming from. If your session's bouncing between Eastern Europe and Middle East and North Carolina and keeps hopping around, we start worrying more. So you can do some things around IP ranges, which takes that friction away from the user altogether, and so those are some of the things that I would encourage admins to look into. Now, sometimes it doesn't work because of mobile providers or other network infrastructure, but it's also potentially a low-calorie way of really sort of avoiding at least the step-up part. They'll still have the MFA requirements.

Jay Hurst: And one thing I'll add to that. When we add these types of controls to ... admins are human like the rest of us and we always want to make it as frictionless and easy as possible, but we don't want to trade off the security for it. So IP ranges specifically have been a little bit of our bane for the last six months, because we have a lot of customers who have said, "Well, I will just put in the entire internet range of IPs and go 000 to 255, 255, 255, 255. And then no matter where I'm coming from, I'm not going to get challenged and it's going to be great." And that works, or worked, but it's not secure. And so we don't want to trade off security for just checking the boxes. There are reasons for us doing this. Now, with that one specifically, we have put in changes in place where we won't let you use such a broad internet range to get around it in that respect, where you actually have to put though into like, "Well, what is the internet range that I'm actually coming from and using?" And we have some friction still with that, I would say, with admins using very global deployments or salespeople that travel around a lot and using different VPNs. So we're working through that as one of those compensating controls rather than the primary control. But again, it is up to all of our admins to really think through. We don't want you to just do the check the boxes that we're telling you to check because we want you to check a box. We really want you to think about these changes and what it means to your organization, why we're actually trying to implement these, and ultimately determine what makes the most sense for you and your company. And include your security officers and your CISOs to really validate what meets the requirements that your company has, so that everybody is protected both from a security perspective and ultimately a legal perspective as well.

Mike: Yeah. No, absolutely. I mean, we did a security day at TDX, our team did, and we had a CISO in there and a Salesforce admin as one of the kind of breakout topics, and they were in lockstep with each other, and I've always said that. I remember the instance I was managing, once it grew beyond 10 users, I was like, "I really need to figure out what our security posture is and who's in charge of this, who sets password complexities," at the time and stuff like that, and it's not adversarial. It's you want to be in alignment with what the rest of the company's doing and also fall in line if there's a SSO requirement. Boy, I was quick to jump on that, because it also made logging in simpler for my users.

Jay Hurst: 100%, and that's the other side of this. All of these things do play with SSO. If you have implemented SSO that has phishing-resistant capabilities already built into it, great. We will take advantage of that from the Salesforce side. We'll trust your provider. We'll trust that your security team has already set up what is needed for your company and we'll let you log in. So we don't want to add these additional duplicative type of controls for you, but we also recognize that a lot of our customers, maybe they're smaller customers, maybe they're not the enterprise size of Salesforce and don't have as structured of a security posture. So in those cases, we want to partner with our customers and really help them define what this should look like when they're thinking about internet security and their data in the cloud.

Mike: Jay, I'm going to continue with you because James brought up a really good point. I was thinking of, "I'm going to ask him the common questions that admins are asking online." And James, you flipped the script, and it's, "Well, here are the questions that worry us that they're not asking." Jay, I'd ask kind of the same question to you, is you've seen a lot of the questions that our community's asking online. What are the questions they aren't asking that you really hoped they would ask, or you're there to provide an answer for?

Jay Hurst: Yeah, I think the biggest ones, James talked about the compensating controls. That's a good one. I think a lot of our customers, as they're approaching it from the first standpoint is really they're looking at this as a Salesforce tax. They're really looking at it as like, "Oh, gosh, this is another thing Salesforce is putting me through. I don't know why. Why don't you just let me get my job done?" That type of attitude, which is completely understandable, but I do think one of the things our admins aren't seeing at that first cut is really the threat landscape that exists out there. I think if you haven't been attacked, if your org hasn't been compromised, it's very easy to fall into complacency and just think, "Everything's perfect, I'm secure, nothing's going to happen." And like everything, security and protection is a spectrum and it's a journey. You are never 100% perfectly ready for every outcome, and you also can't assume that what worked yesterday will continue to work tomorrow. So what I would love to see more of our admins and customers look through is how do I build the security and the continuing advancement of my security posture into my day-to-day, into my development scenarios, into my admin scenarios, where the first thing we should always be thinking about is, "Is this change I'm doing helping or degrading my security posture? And if it's degrading, how do I increase it? What do I do to make it better?" So I would love to get to a point where our very wonderful and vocal admins out there are also pushing us to do even more things to help protect them. What are the other controls that they're seeing across other enterprise systems that they want to take advantage of? How can Salesforce make it easier for you without lowering that security posture? How can we make it so that the friction can be lowered faster because you acknowledge the acceptance of the controls, or something like that around really getting back to a true partnership with more of our customers that I wouldn't say we've lost, but it's easy to forget about when you're focused on the headless 360s of the world or how can I get more agents into my system. And we also still have to think about, "And how do I keep it protected and managed?"

Mike: Right. Yeah. I mean, it's more people in your house, but also making sure that everybody shuts the door and locks it.

Jay Hurst: And wipes their feet.

Mike: Right. Takes shoes off.

James Ferguson: I think Jay also touches on what maybe I would consider the elephant in the room, because I think, when going back to the original question you asked in terms of what are admins asking, most of them aren't asking the why. Most of them acknowledge the value of these things and the need to do it, but they do push back on the why immediately and why under these compressed timelines and why, and sort of those kind of questions. And I will acknowledge that the rollout of some of these controls has not been as smooth as we all would've hoped, and so there's been some schedule things bouncing around from a timing perspective, and so we're definitely working on all of that. But it does play to that level of risk, and these are the things we really felt we needed to roll out sooner rather than later, and so that's why some of these timelines are compressed. I will add another, the flip side of that, to your point about what should admins be doing. We do find when we give notice, of like advanced notice of asking people to change things, they tend not to do it until the week before the enforcement date.

Mike: Imagine that. Procrastination? Come on, now.

James Ferguson: And so that's sort of, when our executives are looking at adoption rates or whatnot, it's sort of blunted. The desire to extend those out is blunted because, well, people are just going to wait anyways. But that said, I don't want to sort of ... We are pushing fast. We acknowledge that. We are making people a bit even uncomfortable, I would say. And we acknowledge that, but this is something, again, in the balance of the security posture we feel is important for the overall trust in the Salesforce platform and product.

Mike: I mean, the one thing that I've always learned through all of the work that I've done with various teams at Salesforce is for every time you roll something out, another lock, there's always 10 people there trying to pick it, if they haven't already picked it. And so you both have mentioned that unfortunately it's compressed timelines, but it's timelines because we need to make sure that you're building locks and putting that stuff in place before people just have it to where they can blow through it, you know?

Jay Hurst: Absolutely. The best defense is a good offense, I think is a very adequate app saying in this instance. We want to continue to make sure everybody is at a baseline security level, which is the phase we're in right now. It's this horizon zero of how do we get everybody to the minimum baseline, where we feel very comfortable that your data is going to be protected on the Salesforce platform? And it is painful, and it will be painful for the next couple months as these changes really roll out. Once we get there, we start thinking about what's our horizon one and our horizon two look like where we can start to add in the extra controls, give customers more levers to pull for their specific use cases, really focus on the experience around this, because I will also fully admit and not try and gloss over the fact that sometimes the wordings of things in the UX that we provide you to turn them on and turn them off is confusing and it's not as easy as it should be, and we're sacrificing some of that ease of use right now for speed of deployment. But the efforts that we have with the Salesforce Trust platform, which is an expanded group that we now have here that is purely focused on how do we not just get everybody secure, but continue to add more and more security features to make sure that Salesforce is the premier example of how an enterprise SaaS company secures their customers' data. So that is the journey we're on, and we're taking our customers with us. And as painful as it is, James and myself and the whole team here, we are looking for active feedback. We're engaging with the community on a day-to-day basis just to try and sand down these rough edges as much as we can until we can get the front door built, locked, and then we can really talk about how do we decorate our house now.

Mike: Yeah. But also you mentioned, well, we're doing it and it's going to be painful. I guess I'm on the flip side of that, thinking, "Boy, if I had other applications and they're not going through this as well, that actually is more of a red flag to me," because then now I'm thinking like, "Well, do they not care as much about making sure all of my data on their platform is as secure as possible?"

Jay Hurst: Absolutely. Like I said, it's a journey, not a destination. What is 100% secure today is not as secure tomorrow. With all of the new attack vectors that come out and these capabilities like Mythos and Fable and all of these really, really smart and frankly scary AI capabilities, we have to double and triple down even harder to make sure that we stay as far ahead of that as we can.

Mike: Right. And as I've been reminded, security isn't always about being scary. Security is about being informed and making the right choices so that you have that protection and that understanding, which is really good.

James Ferguson: It's risk management. It's risk management.

Mike: Yeah, absolutely. James and Jay, I want to thank you guys for coming on and walking us through some of this. I know anytime that we offer anybody in our community, whether it's developers or architects or admins, a change, it's always extra work. But I feel like you're right there in answering the questions and helping through some of the hard parts, because I'll be honest, there's not a day that goes by that I don't learn something in security, at my current job and even when I was a Salesforce admin.

Jay Hurst: Absolutely. And thank you, Mike, for helping amplify the message. One of the challenges I think we have at the product side is making sure our customers understand and get the information. We have our blog posts and our help documentation and we send out emails, but any extra we can do to megaphone this and get people aware is definitely valuable, so thank you for this opportunity.

Mike: You bet.

James Ferguson: And thank to all the admins who are out there who are also helping amplify this and helping support the rest of the community. It's one of the great things about Salesforce from the very beginning. It's the huge community support that exists. We couldn't do it if it was just the six PMs on my team. We need everybody involved.

Mike: Yeah. And I think the part of that you take away is while I'm glad there's so many questions online that we had the idea to do this podcast, because that means there's so many people that are engaged and caring, as opposed to rolling something out and, "Hey, did anybody have any questions," and it's crickets. The reverse of that would also be kind of scary too, is there's questions because people care and because they want to understand. And also I think the one thing that I always had to do as an admin was I had to translate all of that from whatever the document said, or the podcast like this or the blog posts, to my users and to my executives, and it's a lot different once you have to take something in and digest it and then be ready for a Q&A. So there's always more to learn, but thank you guys for coming on. We'll definitely have to have you back on.

Jay Hurst: Sounds great.

Mike: Talk more security.

James Ferguson: Appreciate it. Looking forward to it.

Mike: Big thanks to Jay and James for helping us understand MFA step-up, phishing-resistant authentication, and the role admins play in protecting business systems. Now, of course, we know security is a shared responsibility, and admins are right in the middle of making it real for users, executives and, well, everybody in the organization. So be sure to listen, subscribe and share this episode out, and work through those security changes. You got this. Don't worry. Until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Mofeyi Oluwalana, Director of Product Management at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about MuleSoft, Flow, Agentforce, and what happens when agents need to take action beyond Salesforce.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Mofeyi Oluwalana.

MuleSoft creates agent-friendly business processes Agentforce can be truly transformative for our business processes, but sometimes it's easier said than done—especially when multiple platforms are involved. That's why I sat down with Mofeyi Oluwalana, Director of Product Management for MuleSoft.

As Mofeyi explains, a problem many businesses run into when they're trying to implement AI is how to enable an agent to engage with something like a process that starts on a payment platform, goes through an OMS, and then ends up with a request to a warehouse for shipping. You can't just hand them the APIs and expect them to figure out the rest.

That's where MuleSoft comes in. It gives you the building blocks you need to codify your workflows into something an agent can understand.

Data mapping for real-time app integration Building an agent-friendly business process begins with data mapping. What do you need and where is it located? You also need to understand the triggers that kick off each part of the process. Does it start with a Slack message, or when an order is created?

Often, these types of business processes don't start in the Salesforce ecosystem. MuleSoft allows you to translate these business requirements into APIs that an agent can use to take action.

How to present to stakeholders As a product manager, Mofeyi frequently gives presentations to stakeholders, so I wanted to know if she had any advice for admins. "The most important thing when I walk into any room, regardless of the stakeholder, is who are they and what do they care about? Your ability to persuade and influence is largely due to your understanding of the three things that the people that you're talking to care about and how you align what you're talking about with those three things," she says.

Make sure to listen to my full conversation with Mofeyi for more about MuleSoft and mapping your business processes. And don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast for a new episode every Thursday.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Blog Post: How MuleSoft Helps Admins Get the Most out of Agentforce

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Mofeyi on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins podcast, we're joined by Mofeyi Oluwalana, product management director at Salesforce to talk about MuleSoft, Flow, Agentforce, and what happens when agents need to take action beyond Salesforce. Now, for Salesforce admins, this conversation matters because agents are only as useful as the data, the actions, the permissions, and the business logic they can safely reach. So Mofeyi's going to explain to us why integrations are not just about moving data from one system to another. They're about helping Salesforce connect to the real processes your business depends on. We'll talk about the questions that admins should ask when working with other platform owners, how to think about triggers and data mapping and why business context is so important when you're designing actions for humans and agents. So give this episode a listen, subscribe wherever you get your podcasts, share it with another Salesforce admin who's maybe thinking about how Salesforce could connect to the rest of their business. And with that, let's get Mofeyi on the podcast. So Mofeyi, welcome to the podcast.

Mofeyi Oluwalana: Thank you so much.

Mike: I'm excited. We don't do a whole lot of episodes outside a core platform. And I know my Salesforce admins ... My ... The Salesforce admins of the world work everywhere and especially now with Agentforce and agents and really just the whole bringing people together and giving a complete view of data, integrating data and working with MuleSoft and tools like that are super important. So I'm glad to have you on. I'm glad we got connected, but let's start off and learn a little bit about you. What was your path to Salesforce and becoming a product management director?

Mofeyi Oluwalana: Yes. So I started at Salesforce a little over four years ago. I actually came through the APM program, also known as the Associate Product Manager Program. It's a two-year rotational program for folks coming out of university, getting their start in product. So I was able to come in through that program. I did three rotations all across Salesforce. I spent some time in Commerce Cloud working on how to run promotions on Black Friday.

Mike: Oh, holy cow.

Mofeyi Oluwalana: And I spent a lot of time in experience services, thinking about how we can make it easier for marketers to build nice looking emails. And I ultimately landed in MuleSoft, which is where I continued working with the MuleSoft team on how to make it easier for our customers to connect the systems that they need to, both for traditional use cases, but also for the agentic ones as well.

Mike: Yeah. It's funny, for the longest time in my career, I worked retail and the day after Thanksgiving, Black Friday was always the busiest day. And then I got into tech and I was like, "I don't have to work Black Friday."

Mofeyi Oluwalana: Guess what? [inaudible 00:03:17].

Mike: And then realized that like, "Oh man, I was a retail associate. There's still computers that have to be had." So I have a soft spot in my heart for all of the people that on Black Friday have to sweat it out and make sure that servers don't go down so that checks and barcodes and everything can happen on the other end.

Mofeyi Oluwalana: Yeah. I never realized how complex it could mean to calculate hundreds of thousands of carts when there were promotions running on Black Friday, but certainly it's more complicated than one may think.

Mike: Right. And then there's people like me that add stuff to a cart and I'll come back to it a little bit later like, no, there's somebody ... You're using up the last bit of ... I don't know. He probably doesn't know that. And then I'm also old school retail when you used to have to verify checks and put them through little check readers and now everything's a credit card or a tap or thumbprint.

Mofeyi Oluwalana: All of the above.

Mike: All of the above. But it's all of the above because we're integrating data and we're doing stuff with MuleSoft. So I threw together some questions, but let's start off with where should admin start when thinking about products like Flow and MuleSoft and Agentforce together?

Mofeyi Oluwalana: Yeah. The journey with MuleSoft starts the moment that your agent wants to do anything outside of Salesforce. I think MuleSoft is the connector, so to speak. If you have data that your agents need to reach in your ERP, if you have actions your agents need to be able to take with your payment provider, how exactly will they be able to do that? Now when agents and agentic technology became a thing, a lot of people were of this opinion that, well, agents are smart enough to just understand platform APIs or where agents can read the specifications, figure out the commands that they need to execute and do all the things that they need to do to be successful. We very quickly realized that agents are really smart, but at the end of the day, they're limited by the information that they know and the tools that they have access to. So it's not sufficient to just give your agents a platform API spec. That's not going to cut it. Your agents need integrations and APIs that they can directly invoke that map to your business logic. They need this because not every organization operates the same. For one retail provider, creating an order is very different from other retail providers. And understanding that business vocabulary is really important when building agents that actually bring value. And that's really where MuleSoft and Flow come into the picture. You have actions that your agency to be able to take in order to execute a certain business process. Well, that action is really just an API and we serve those APIs so your agents are able to do those things.

Mike: Yeah. I've always thought of Josh who's on my team keeps us in check with helping us understand stuff. And what you just described would be like as if you brought somebody new on and said, "Well, here's a phone and a phone book. And if you have problems, the phone number's in the phone book." And the agent's the same way. If you're just saying, "Here's all the specs and the APIs you can call, go figure it out." It's almost like handing them this giant phone book and just saying, "Well, you're smart. You'll figure it out."

Mofeyi Oluwalana: Yeah. Exactly. And the thing is that for a retailer, creating an order may not just be creating that order record. Creating an order may be, oh, I create the order record and then I send a notification out via email that says, "Hey, this is your order." And then after that, I create an invoice. There are a number of steps that happen. And how do you codify those steps? Well, it's not enough to just give an agent, again, the phone book and the numbers. It's much better and much more reliable to give them the actual workflow or the API they can use to execute that entire process.

Mike: Yeah. Now, one thing that I've run into, so back when I was doing some integrations as an admin, we had different third party tools that were being used. One thing that I didn't know to ask ... And I'm hoping you can help Salesforce admins like, here's the questions you need to ask. We had an instance and we need to connect it to our financial backend, which ran not on Salesforce. I had to find the owner of that, which I didn't know existed. The other thing I didn't know to ask was I didn't know what to ask. And so as we work through different scenarios, you brought up like, well, they want to take the cart and order the stuff. The orders could be fulfilled in a different system. There could be a warehouse system. What are some of the questions that when the admin's sitting down with a business owner and they're saying, "Here's what I want in Salesforce and I'd really like to be able to pull up the orders." And the admin's like, "Okay, now I need MuleSoft because I need to integrate another system and I got to go talk to that systems' owner." What are some of the questions they should ask and what is some of the information they need to provide so that they can start setting up that relationship?

Mofeyi Oluwalana: Yeah. I think it first starts with defining what data are you actually looking for? A large part of building integrations between these two systems is I have some data in the financial system. I have my CRM data in Salesforce. How do those two things map together? So I think the first step is what data are you looking for? And what is the mapping between what you're trying to do from a CRM perspective with whatever may be happening in that financial system? So to me, it starts with the data. I think the next question to ask is what is the trigger? It starts off this process. Is it someone sending a message in a Slack channel? Is it this order being created within your ERP? What is it that triggers this process to happen? You build the trigger, then you identify what the data mapping is between the source being that financial system and the target. And that's really how you get towards that working integration.

Mike: Now, when I sit down with another platform owner and I talk about using MuleSoft, we can bring ... And so this is where you're going to quickly hear Mike's knowledge run out of gas because here's where Mike's knowledge hits the wall. But we can bring that data in and it can be like a pane of glass. We can just view that data or we could actually copy that data over so that we can use it in reports. And then we could also extend that conversation with the platform owner and say, "Well, if somebody wants to change something, they could change that in Salesforce and then Salesforce with MuleSoft can push that data change back to that platform." How'd I do?

Mofeyi Oluwalana: I think you're almost there.

Mike: Okay. Fill me in because what I don't know is what I don't know and I feel like there's other admins that may not know this as well.

Mofeyi Oluwalana: I think the best way to think about MuleSoft is that real time app integration layer. So not necessarily the data that you want to live in Salesforce. Getting that unified customer view is really important. And so you'll need the data connectors in place to get data from external systems into Salesforce. That is one use case and one that Data Cloud solves really well. The problem that MuleSoft solves really well in tandem with Agentforce is the agent needs to take real time action. Again, so let's say we're going back to the retail example where I create an order. If order management doesn't happen in Salesforce, creating an order doesn't necessarily mean starting that process within the Salesforce ecosystem. I just want to be able to kick off that process with my OMS, my warehouse, my shipping provider. Then in that case, it's real time app integration. It's using the APIs that MuleSoft has to be able to kick off that workflow and that process using your agents. So it's a little bit different than moving data just from one place to another.

Mike: No. I think that's also very important because companies have spent money on those systems. And I remember when I was sitting down with our finance team, they're like, "Well, if this data lives here and in Salesforce, what's the source of truth?" And we set it up so that we were just viewing the data because we really wanted sources of truth within the organization. But sometimes the user lives and dies within one interface and where that data comes from, we don't need that exposed to them.

Mofeyi Oluwalana: Exactly. And I think it's the use case for consolidating data into one place is a little bit different from the use case of making sure that your agents can take action. And so I think as part of that rationalization that admins and IT teams have to do is what data do I need to drive what? And what actions do my agents need in order to be successful? And this part of that then can separate it into those two camps and then move forward with the tools that help them do so.

Mike: Cool. Now, when you connect MuleSoft with other systems, does the admin need to ask for, can you provide a certain API? That's how it's set up, right? Or walk me through it because I've never set it up and I feel like I'm completely happy being the host of the podcast that asks the questions that admins are like, "Oh, I'm so glad he asked that because I didn't know to ask that question and I didn't want to look stupid in front of my IT people."

Mofeyi Oluwalana: Yeah. So I think from the business side, we set the requirements about, okay, this is what I need. This is the process that I need done. These are the steps that should happen. This is what should trigger that. You do that definition. Then you can work with the IT team or the API developer to actually make that happen. Now the API developer has access to a number of connectors within MuleSoft that enable them to build these APIs and integrations without relying on what is the API specification for my OMS system or what is the API specification for my [inaudible 00:15:07] system? There are connectors that have a ton of different actions that you can orchestrate within a MuleSoft integration to get a certain job done. So one example that I like to use is the Salesforce connector. The Salesforce connector has a ton of different triggers. Let's say when a new object is created or on when a record is modified that can trigger the integration. The Salesforce connector also has a bunch of actions or operations. So I can create a record in Salesforce. I can delete a record in Salesforce. I can create a topic in Salesforce. All of the different actions that you can execute through Salesforce APIs extrapolate it into a connector so that it's easier to build and then manage these integrations. So the API developer is in charge of translating those business requirements into the integration composed of those connectors that allow you to achieve exactly that.

Mike: Gotcha. Boy, there's a lot. It feels like there's a lot to it and we make it look so simple in demos.

Mofeyi Oluwalana: Yeah. I will say it's much easier looking at a screen and hearing an audio podcast of what this really is. But I like to think of them as MuleSoft gives the tools, those building blocks. You can compose those building blocks in a certain order to create a workflow. Those are the integrations that you can use and your agents can also use to take action.

Mike: Yeah. I always think of it as admins are managing users and agents and agents are just like users. They have to have instructions and guardrails and guidelines for how to operate and what they can and can't do same way that people have as well. I'd love to know, so as a product manager, you got into the program. How has being a product manager helped you understand the product, but also given you a different perspective of working through explaining different customer stories or use cases?

Mofeyi Oluwalana: I would say the best, and I'm obviously biased, but the best part about being a product manager is just the sheer amount of data points that you see. One of the things that I think is really important as part of being a product manager is meeting with as many customers as you possibly can because it's through those customer conversations that they're very clear themes that you can draw, not only of how people use the product, but what the product doesn't quite solve for yet. And so going through those conversations has helped me not only understand those customer pain points better, but then understand the things that we need to do in the product to make it even easier for our customers to use.

Mike: Yeah. No. I often feel when I was exposed for a brief six months as a consultant that a lot of the pain points customers have always felt the same. I was like, "Man, they have the same problem that XYZ has." And at the end of the day, you'd look at all the customers you manage and you're like, "They have these five problems." And then brand new somebody would come in and you're like, "And you have completely different use case and requirements and they don't fall into those same five problems that I've been solving all day, which is nice." So I'd be curious, as admins are looking more and more at building ... They build agents and apps on the platform and they extend the platform and they use MuleSoft. What are things that you're thinking about as a product manager for, wow, I have to be a year out or two years out. How should admins be thinking about their building and management of the Salesforce platform as a product?

Mofeyi Oluwalana: Yeah. I think the most important thing is not just building for where we are today, but building for what's coming. I think one thing that agents in AI technology has taught us is that the technology market is changing so fast. It's going to be a new model. It's going to be some new capability that you want to be able to leverage. And in order to do so, the foundation and the platform that you're building on has to be interoperable. It has to be able to withstand some of those changes that you want to make. The example I always like to give is if having to change a model is going to disrupt your operations, that is an issue. And we know that is an issue because LLM models, a new one comes up every day, another one is deprecated every other week. So I think the most important thing thinking about the platform is how do I make the platform resilient and flexible so that as these new capabilities come into play, I'm actually able to use them and really take advantage of them within my organizations.

Mike: That's very good advice. I'm just going to guess and maybe I'm wrong and we can move on. As a product manager, you probably do a lot of presenting both to customers and probably internally. I know admins have to do that as well. What would be some advice you would have for admins that are presenting either a new solution or proposing something to their stakeholders?

Mofeyi Oluwalana: The most important thing when I walk into any room, small or large, regardless of the stakeholder is who are they and what do they care about? It's easy to get lost as a product manager. It's very easy to get lost in, I actually think this is an amazing idea and I talked to 10 customers and I know it's going to be valuable for them. But your ability to persuade and influence largely due to your understanding of the three things that the people that you're talking to care about and helping them align what you're talking about to those three things. A great example is that when you talk to your COO, I will guess that it will come down to how much does it cost the organization and how much money is it going to make me? So talking to your COO is not the same conversation that you'll have with support. Who cares about, okay, is this going to make it easier for me to support my customers? Does this make us more reliable? So you need to change the delivery to really match the things that you're being evaluated on when you're presenting to an audience, when you're presenting to internal stakeholders and external ones as well.

Mike: That's really good advice because I can tell you right now I'm guilty as charged of walking into a room thinking I have the answer and this is the most important thing that they're ever going to want to hear and forgetting that they probably had their own goals and I just blew right past them and kept talking about something else entirely. Bad. So one thing that I find talking with people that work in tech is we always have hobbies or things that we like to do on the side that are very tactile. I know I've interviewed a product manager that smelted pewter.

Mofeyi Oluwalana: Wow.

Mike: That's the extreme case. I always bring it up because it sounds interesting and who hasn't walked past some sort of pewter chessboard with its little figurines and thought that would be cool except I'm not going to pay a few hundred dollars for it. I'm wondering if there's anything interesting that you have as a hobby that you would love to share with people.

Mofeyi Oluwalana: Unfortunately, I'm not nearly as interesting as the guest that you just mentioned.

Mike: It's not a contest. It's not a contest.

Mofeyi Oluwalana: It feels like one. Just kidding. I won't say I'm tactile as I'd like to just stay mobile. As a lot of the folks who work in tech, we sit on our butts all day looking at computer screens. So wherever possible, I like to just go outside, get some fresh air, do some movement, whether that be running, yoga or similar. That's my anchor. Again, not as interesting, but it helps me. It regulates me nevertheless.

Mike: It's still super valuable. I was just talking with a coworker the other day about our grandparents and so-and-so's grandparents lived to be 89 and they were outside in the sun all day and they had bacon and eggs for breakfast. And I thought to myself, "Well, yeah. And then they probably worked it off all day because everybody was thin back then. And the worst thing they could do is sit down at a desk like I do." And so who would've thought that there was ever a need for a treadmill desk? I think that back to the future quote, "You run for fun."

Mofeyi Oluwalana: Exactly.

Mike: So no, that's really good. And what's great, I've had a few colleagues as well take calls while they're walking. I think the benefit of being in tech is that you can do calls like that and work through. As long as you're not working through maybe architecture diagrams for Microsoft integration, that would probably be pretty bad.

Mofeyi Oluwalana: Or if it's windy outside and you don't have a great mic. I'm also a big proponent of just walking outside and taking as many meetings as I can moving.

Mike: Absolutely. Yeah. No. Well, I would just say windy at all because I have yet to find a mic that doesn't make it sound like you're walking through a NASA wind tunnel.

Mofeyi Oluwalana: Wait, that's the next startup.

Mike: I'm telling you. The fuzzies that come on mics, there's got to be something better. There's got to be something better.

Mofeyi Oluwalana: I agree. I agree.

Mike: I don't need to have a big mustache just to talk into the microphone. Well, it was great chatting with you. I learned a lot. I feel like I tried to ask some of the silly questions that I know admins would want to ask. There's probably plenty of admins out there that have done some MuleSoft integrations, but I know when I had to sit down with other platform owners and be like, "I need your thing to plug into Salesforce and I don't know how to make you do that, but you figure it out." I always wanted to ask the silly questions so that when they sit down, they know what to say and can have a better relationship because in every aspect of the sense, there's other platform owners within organizations and they're all trying to do right by each other. So that being said, I appreciate you coming on the podcast and sharing that with us and we'll have to come back and talk more MuleSoft maybe after Dreamforce for sure.

Mofeyi Oluwalana: Yeah. Thank you so, so much for having me. And again, I'm biased obviously, but always love talking the world of MuleSoft and integrations because it truly feels even more relevant than ever with agents and the technology.

Mike: Absolutely. Big thanks to Mofeyi for joining us and really helping make MuleSoft flow and Agentforce feel more approachable. I wasn't afraid to ask the questions that you shouldn't be afraid to ask. The big takeaway for admins when agents need to act outside of Salesforce, your understanding of the business process, the data, the triggers, and the right system of truth matters now more than ever. That's how you keep Salesforce accurate, current, trusted, and useful for the business. Now be sure to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins podcast. If you haven't already, share this episode. Hey, share it with your team. And then keep asking those questions that help your org connect the right systems in the right way. Until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Kacie Molina, Salesforce Consultant at Kawaii Cloud.

Join us as we chat about how admins can start small with Agentforce and still make a big impact.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Kacie Molina.

Why you should start small with Agentforce With all the capabilities Agentforce brings to Salesforce, it's easy to dream big. Big projects, however, require major organizational investments in time, planning, and execution.

My guest this week, Kacie Molina, has some simple advice for her clients who want to get started with Agentforce: start small. Go back to the basics of listening for pain points and building solutions.

Once you start piling up small wins and meaningful changes, it'll be easier to get organizational buy-in for something big and bold.

Admins should listen for problems users already have Agentforce solutions don't always have to be some sort of major business process overhaul. Those types of changes require layers of approvals, budgeting, and business analysis. You end up spending as much time rethinking the business process as you do worrying about executing everything in Salesforce.

Instead, look for simple use cases. For example, implementing an agent summary field to help users easily see what's going on with an account without having to scroll through a bunch of records.

"All of those little use cases that maybe are too specific for a flow," Kacie says, "we can solve them with Agentforce and natural language." And over time, the simple solutions add up.

Keeping AI work inside Salesforce supports better security Even if you're not already using Agentforce, people in your organization are already using AI. The problem is that they're often exporting data over to their LLM of choice, which creates all sorts of security vulnerabilities.

That's why Kacie recommends enabling an agent to assist your users. You can use your model of choice, and it'll be grounded in your Salesforce data and protected by your security configuration. "It shows users that there's a safe place to get the answers they want without having to worry about breaking company policies," Kacie says.

Make sure to listen to my full conversation with Kacie about how to start small with Agentforce. And don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce 360 Blog Post: From the Farm to Flows: How One Trailblazer Built a Tech Career from Scratch * Kacie's post on LinkedIn

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Kacie on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins podcast, we're talking with Kacie Molina about how admins can start small with Agentforce and still make a big impact. Kacie shares why the best AI ideas often come from listening closely to everyday user friction. The scattered preferences, repeated questions, messy exports, and those tiny gaps that slow teams down. We'll talk about building agents that are grounded in Salesforce powered by Flow and designed with trust and security in mind. Because the next generation of admins isn't just adding features, they're orchestrating safer, smarter systems where humans and agents work together. So give it a listen, click that subscribe button, share this episode with an admin who is ready to make AI even more practical for their users. And let's get Kacie on the podcast. So Kacie, welcome to the podcast.

Kacie Molina: Thanks, Mike. I am super excited to be here today.

Mike: Well, I'm excited to get you on. I was a rare occasion scrolling through LinkedIn and I came across a post that you had put up and it mentioned the AgentforceNow workshop that I think you were in one of mine or you'd been to one.

Kacie Molina: I was in one of yours and it was done extremely well, might I say.

Mike: You were. Oh, good. Well, I try hard. And you're talking about coming up with ideas and you'd had some ideas for agents and I thought, "Man, I just think we need some sort of agent brainstorm podcast." And so that's why I wanted to get you on. But we're going to talk about that. But before we get started, tell me a little bit about yourself, like how you got into Salesforce, what you do, all of the fun stuff.

Kacie Molina: Absolutely. So I grew up in more rural USA, an Amish type community, so horse and buggy. Think maybe Little House on the Prairie, early 1800s. So did a lot of horse training and cheese making with my sister, tended gardens and animals. So my skills when I became an adult were fairly traditional. So as I was trying to translate, "What do I use my skills for?" I started nannying, childcare, and then I started my own sewing business. And during that phase, I was actually so bad at running a business, so I knew how to sew, but I didn't really know the business part. So keeping track of contacts and invoicing people on time was such a disaster for me. It was all little handwritten notes. So I was listening to podcasts and I heard about Salesforce. I logged into Trailhead and fell in love with the gamified learning. So it was kind of no turning back for me. I got my admin certification in about three months, landed a junior admin role shortly after. And it's been about five years and 10 certifications since then of working on all kinds of projects from in-house to consulting. And I just think like Flows, all think Salesforce. It's so much fun. And in the day and age of Agentforce, even more fun nowadays. So that's kind of how I stumbled onto the Salesforce path and it has been way too much fun.

Mike: Oh man, I bet we could do a whole podcast on the skills of sewing and how they carry over to Salesforce.

Kacie Molina: We probably could, although I do think Salesforce might be a little more fun. One, because you don't get poked by needles. That's a huge thing for me. I don't even like going to the doctor and getting poked by a needle and I did that for a profession. So I got poked all the time and it's much less frustrating than trying to deal with broken sewing machines. Salesforce kind of works pretty well. And when you're dealing with old-fashioned sewing machines, not so much.

Mike: I could imagine. Yeah. Needleforce, that's what we'll call it.

Kacie Molina: Needleforce.

Mike: I bet that exists. I think that would be so cool if there was quilting or sewing at Dreamforce. Because I see people on the plane all the time with those knitting needles and stuff. I would love to have the patience to do it.

Kacie Molina: It definitely takes a lot of patience. So actually, interestingly enough, when I was just getting into Salesforce, Mallory Donahue, she's such an amazing person I look up to. She was getting into Salesforce at the same time as me and she was also a seamstress. So I think there might be more sewing and needle people out there in the Salesforce world than you might think.

Mike: Yep. Well, this is the diversion that Mike's squirrel brain gets on too quickly. But let's talk about ... I was so intrigued by your post, because I feel like even in the workshop that we do, the AgentforceNow workshop that I hosted, I think I'm back sometime in October because I have some vacation in July. We build an agent for Pronto, which is a food service company and it handles questions and cases and order issues. I mean, I feel like by the end of it, it's pretty complex because we've already built some Flows. There's some Apex actions that are in there. And so I feel like we're getting nitty-gritty into it, but your post kind of almost felt like a breadth mint of like, "Hey, have you ever just thought about asking your users five questions or whatever and then turning on Agentforce and giving it on action to do?"

Kacie Molina: Yeah. I really like the workshop, because it gets into the more complex things and you see how the broader, the depth Agentforce can go to. But for me, when I started looking at ... Okay. So I serve multiple clients, and a lot of people are excited about Agentforce and I talk to a lot of admins about it as well, but where do you get started? For me, it was the really simple, small things where people I feel like nowadays more and more are expecting to be able to use natural language. And you don't really need to build a crazy, big agent that takes multiple sprints to complete. You can turn one on fairly simply to answer a couple simple questions and people can start to see that magic work from even a small start.

Mike: Yeah. And I feel like, boy, this is me just thinking of that post, but you had really good ideas around not just what I would call the hard aspects of business, which is like invoicing and questions and emails, but also kind of like the soft aspects of business, which is just asking Agentforce to coach you that day or just kind of simple questions that you could give it that would maybe make you as a salesperson or customer service person feel better about what you're doing.

Kacie Molina: Right. I do. I think it's really cool that you kind of came back to the small ideas and I'm actually very impressed you found that post because I feel like not many people see my LinkedIn post.

Mike: You mentioned me in it, so I got that. But I mean, to be fair though, the small little detail, little things like that are actually kind of the bigger hooks to look for.

Kacie Molina: They are in there. To me, they're everywhere. So bigger agent ideas, like there's a couple things that can be intimidating about them. One, they take a lot of time. Two, you're always looking for that big idea that is going to wow the whole company potentially. And then it also entails potentially budget and project approval, which you need to get approval for most things that you do anyhow. But the small ideas are something that you don't really need to take a whole ton of business analysis, say, to get started on it. It's something that you could know off the start like, "Oh, I see my users asking about this in a support ticket frequently." So one example recently I had was somebody who said, "We have these client preferences and they're kind of scattered in the system and they're a little hard to find. So is there any way you could summarize them?" And I said, "I think this would be a really good use case for an agent summary field." So you can build the prompt and pull things together. It's the little things like that when you're listening to details that you might not have to go build a Flow or build something so specific for. And that would be my old use cases like Flow all day, every day. But all of those little use cases that maybe are too specific for a Flow to say, "Oh, we'll grab this and explain it this way." It comes out in Agentforce as the natural language and I think that is a huge thing for users that they're looking to see something that feels like them or feels human so they can click onto a record. Say they go to a client account and then they can see at a glance like, "Oh, this person prefers this and this and they don't like this." And that's much easier than scrolling through a bunch of records.

Mike: Yeah. I've been so busy building agents that I forgot about some of the other prompt builder and the grounded fields that we had. I used to call them sparkle fields, I think like that, because they have little sparkles next to it when you can automatically have Agentforce kind of fill in based on a prompt and that's exactly it. I mean, I remember rolling out chatter and I did it probably the wrong way and I turned it on for the whole company and the whole company was like 50 users, but I didn't give them any use cases. And if I was now to go back, I would've picked a team of five people and said, "I'm going to turn it on for you and here's a use case to use it for." And I feel like your post was just ... It just made me feel less burdened to come up with these extravagant big ideas to use an agent for and it was more like, "No, you can just have the agent totally answer your front door and be like, 'Hi, we're not home right now,' and that's it." And I was like, "Oh." Because I feel like admins are sometimes sitting down and thinking, "How do I make an agent that answers the questions and closes a $6 million deal?"

Kacie Molina: Right. And then there's a bunch of, in my mind, you have more selling at that point. So if you're coming up with a new idea, then you kind of have to pitch it to the company. But something I like about the small ideas I've been picking up on lately is that it's kind of puts us back into our usual admin position where we're hearing problems and then we're offering solutions. So instead of coming up with a new business flow, start to finish of a new agent that can do some flashy thing, which is also extremely cool. You can also take something where somebody says like, "Oh, I export this data and ask ChatGPT about it. Anyhow, I'm already using AI." And so you can start to hear use cases where you're not coming up with something new, you're just solving something they're already doing in a more secure way. And that's another big idea for me is security within Salesforce is so much more attainable for admins. When people start exporting data and loading it up into an LLM that you don't have control over, that's a lot more scary for as an admin than if they can just use it from within the system.

Mike: Yeah. I mean, when you and I talked before we pressed record, you even brought that up. If you're an admin and you're in meetings and maybe it's not even a Salesforce meeting and you hear people bring up a different LLM, what in your mind goes off and what do you think of to do as next steps if you were to help coach admins who are in that position?

Kacie Molina: Something that's really incredible about Salesforce that maybe not everybody knows that they haven't played around with Agentforce yet is that you can use customized models. So it's not like you only have availability to use the Salesforce model. There's also, you can bring in different like ChatGPT if you like their open AI's model, you can use those different AI plugins within Agentforce. So that's something that goes off my head is if you like something, you don't have to totally forsake that for something new. So you can feel at home within Salesforce with the different AI models. And also, if you're using different AI models, which just like constantly goes off in my brain is that you can do that with way fewer clicks and way fewer security risks if you do it from within Salesforce without having to potentially like fudge on permissions or fudge who has access to it. So that's something that goes off in my head is like, "Oh, if you're doing this with AI already, you can just pull that into Salesforce and then you have even more data." So you are kind of limited when you export data to what the LLM can see. But when you have it within Salesforce, you have so much expansive broader options that you can use. So you can pull in different records and different things from here and there and you don't have to be so specific in one point in time. You can re-ask again in 10 minutes if you have information flowing in. So for me, it's like the different LLMs that are available within Salesforce and data availability is huge.

Mike: Yeah. I mean, plus once you export that data and take it out of the platform, for many companies, you're already violating security because that data is housed in Salesforce for a reason and it's not meant to be used elsewhere.

Kacie Molina: Yeah, that's a big risk I think with AI. Most companies I think are using it, whether it's an approved tool or not. So when you even enable to me a basic agent in a Salesforce or it shows users, "Hey, there's a safe place where I can get the answers that I want and I don't have to worry about breaking company policies to get the data I need." Because we are in a fast-paced world and I know some users, they really do need to get answers that maybe they can't get within Salesforce today. So they're exporting data and getting their answers with an AI elsewhere. But if they can have that easily accessible and it's safe to use, then I think that enables both admins to feel safer about their org and the users to save clicks, save time and get a better answer

Mike: Absolutely. Back to that workshop, I'd love to know your perspective. So we talk about agents and subagents and even in that workshop we create a subagent to handle, I think it's returns and refunds, or order issues and refunds. I'm trying to remember it without remembering it. When you're working with customers or talking with companies about using Agentforce, do you even talk about agents and subagents, or do you just kind of like, "Here's the magic and I'm going to build everything behind the curtain"?

Kacie Molina: I usually don't bring up the different agents and subagents and I guess it depends who your stakeholder is. If there's somebody who's more admin-minded and very inquisitive, I would potentially bring it up. But most of the stakeholders, I'm working with bring-me problems and expect me to be the expert and bring them solutions and they don't really care about the very cool details about agents and subagents I think are so fun to talk about. They just want to see the magic on the end. So for me, it's kind of like Flows. I kind of relate most things back to Flows when I'm learning how to code or anything. It all comes back to Flows for me because Flows are magic and they're so much fun. A lot of people don't care if you call sub-Flows or you have different components in the Flow. They just want to know when X happens, they see the screen and then magic happens in the background. And I think agents are kind of the same way where they're really cool to see the backend for people who care, but you can also talk to stakeholders at a higher level without them needing to know that detail.

Mike: So you talk a lot about Flows. How important was it for you when Agentforce came out that a lot of the power behind what it could do its actions are powered by Flow?

Kacie Molina: Oh, that was huge for me because it feels like it brings the control back to the admin. So I definitely wasn't the most happy, quick adopting of AI when it first came out. I was definitely suspicious and I love my Flows and I love doing things manually. So I was definitely suspicious of AI in general and I've learned to really love it. And part of that is being empowered to do tasks on the backend. So you have the agents that do all of this, we'll say agent magic in the background, but then there's also the pieces that you can build out manually in Flow so you have control over what information you're pulling, what you're feeding to the agent, that way you get the predictive and answers that you want.

Mike: Yeah. And even the builder, I feel like that the new agent builder feels like Flow Builder, because, well, there's also variables in there, which still worry me.

Kacie Molina: I do like the UI better.

Mike: I'm still not the best at better building Flows. I don't know why my Flow confidence is low, but maybe that shouldn't have rhymed, but yeah, my Flow confidence is low.

Kacie Molina: I feel like you're probably much more of a Flow expert than you're letting on. I will say though, the new UI gave me a pretty big boost. So the old UI wasn't quite as intuitive or friendly and that's something I really wanted to post on LinkedIn about as people who maybe like me, they got their certifications and started doing their Agentblazer statuses on Salesforce when it was earlier. And then when you come back and you see the new UI and ease of use and having things like variables where you feel more comfortable like a Flow, all of a sudden I was like, "Oh, I can really do this this time. This makes so much more sense."

Mike: Yeah. And the fact ... I mean, we don't get into it with the workshop, but I'd love to know, have you ... So the one thing I want to do is I'd love to have an agent help me build an agent. Have you done that?

Kacie Molina: Only for testing. So I haven't done a real life agent building an agent yet, but I did some demo examples just because I wanted to double down on the workshop of how it worked and it really is incredible that you can, one, even if you start, like the agent isn't building the agent yet and you hit an error. In the workshop, I think intentionally you had a couple things that would error out and we'd have to go fix. That way you get very comfortable with fixing things and throughout the agent, you can-

Mike: Oh no, I think they threw that in the workshop just to make Mike sweat.

Kacie Molina: They might have done that too.

Mike: I know they didn't. I'm sure the people that built the workshop listened to the podcast, but I know they didn't, but let me tell you, the first time I had to go into that, I practiced for two days going into script builder. I was like, "Here we go. We're going to do code and we're going to do code in front of a thousand people." And then I forgot my quotes. And I remember half the people in the workshop were like, "Mike, quotes, and then it'll work." And I was like, "Okay, cool. So you can tell that I'm not used to this a lot."

Kacie Molina: I thought personally it was intentional because it was really helpful for me, because I was kind of just playing along on the side by myself and when I hit the error, I put it into the agent and it found the error, it found the line and it told me exactly what to fix and where to fix it. I think you can even say like, "Do this yourself." For me, I wanted to get hands on and go make the change, but it can actually implement the change if you want it to if you approve that. So I was really impressed with that and I thought the error was intentional, but that was super fun to see, "Oh, it can help me when I hit errors." And also with the coding part, when you see the backend, I thought that was really comforting as well. So I'm not a coder. I don't really know Apex very well. I can kind of read it. But even with Flows, when you get, this might get a little technical, but when you get into the Headless kind of Salesforce build and you have everything pulled into an IDE and you see everything in the background, when I saw that for agents, I was like, "Oh, this makes sense." So you can see the front end, like the pretty UI, then you can go into the back end and see the code drivers and be able to change granular things. So that's another thing I really liked about the new UI is it's so easy to switch back and forth.

Mike: Yeah. I'm with you. I actually, because of that workshop, I think I've gotten better at just reading. I'll equate it to a foreign language. I took a lot of German in high school and I can kind of read German or listen to German TV. I don't know specifically what's going on, but I got a general idea and I feel like I'm the same way with code. I'm like, "I don't know specifically all these lines, but I know here's the inputs and here's the outputs and here's what I'm looking for." I can navigate, but I don't delve too deep far in.

Kacie Molina: Right. I want to be writing it from scratch, but I can see what's going on.

Mike: Oh, no. No. If they said, "Mike, you're in prison until you can write code," I'd be in prison for a while.

Kacie Molina: Me too. Me too. I've tried to learn a couple times and it is on my to-do list. It's just Flows are so much fun and you can do so much in Salesforce without knowing how to code that you can skate by for a while and not really have to learn. So that is where I'm at.

Mike: Yeah. You mentioned Headless. So let's talk about that for a second. I'd love to know some of your ideas for Headless. First of all, explain Headless 360, I think that's what we call it, Headless 360 to a Salesforce admin who's never heard it before.

Kacie Molina: Ooh, this could be fun. So Headless to me means you're working from Salesforce kind of from the back end instead of the pretty face of Salesforce where you're normally logging in to Salesforce and updating settings within the Salesforce browser. So Headless, you're kind of looking at a developer tool. So I think Headless has probably been around for a while if you really wanted it, but it wasn't nearly as accessible. So there's older tools like VS Code where you can pull down the metadata from the org and you can see like the backend of Flows, which is actually pretty cool. The first time I saw Flow in a code editor, my mind was blown. I was like, "What? It looks so different. This is kind of crazy." And now I can go in and bulk edit and it's very handy. So the Headless 360 is really, I think, enabling admins to do that and not needing coding skills. So you can really use natural language, kind of like I was talking about earlier, where you can enable basic prompts and people can use natural language. You can develop Salesforce, even like Flows, fields configuration from never logging into Salesforce. So you're doing it all from the back end. And of course, you want to log in at the end to make sure it looks good. But Headless is really being able to look at the metadata in its kind of raw form and update it and manipulate it and then push it back into Salesforce and boom, you have the magic happen.

Mike: Gotcha. I think it's interesting. I mean, I know we're going to have a lot of really good sessions for Edmunds at Dreamforce about it. So the rapid pace of AI to me is ... I remember doing a podcast just learning about hallucinations and different terminologies like grounding and now we're all the way how far in and have agents building agents and I'm just like, "Wow, where are we going to be this time next year?"

Kacie Molina: It is pretty wild. I was playing around with Agentforce, so something I really enjoy as an admin is not writing queries. So there's lots of things that I can do, but I might not want to spend the time doing tedious tests, like writing long formulas or queries. And I saw with the Salesforce inspector, you can download a prompt and I just put that into my Headless IDE and I said, "Hey, can you push this into my org so I can use Agentforce for querying?" And it took it and it had the wrong version, I think. So it updated a couple things and it didn't even need help from me. It was just like, "Oh, this is an out of date version, so I'm going to update this." And then it pushed it in and then I refreshed my page and I could ask the little Einstein Agentforce character to write queries for me. So it is kind of fun on the backend, you can do so much in so short of a time and it's just fun to see. Like you ask something and then, boom, it gets created, whereas before it could take hours.

Mike: For admins that want to be in the conversation about AI with their organizations, what would you suggest they do?

Kacie Molina: So I think security is one of the biggest places to start and that's where I try to start is having ... Salesforce has good documentation on the different trust layers and how Agentforce works and then cost is another thing. So usually, I'm looking at kind of the different pillars of a project, like the scope of it, the cost of it, and then security as an admin, always a big thing. So backing that up with Salesforce and just understanding that when you use Agentforce that you can keep the data secure, there's that trust layer there so you're not just bleeding out your information to the whole world like you might be doing if you put it in some random AI tool. And then with the cost as well, a lot of companies that I've talked with, they wonder, "How do I get started? Do I need to pay for something right away?" And Foundations has been a really great place to start because you get credits every month where you can try Agentforce and you can monitor your billing and it's safe to use. So that's something I always say like, "You can start really small with this. It's not something you need to implement even to every person in the org. You can have a couple super users that you trust and try small, start with Foundations." So I think the starting small is where I've really doubled down on with clients. That way it's not a big decision necessarily for the company where it's such an IT burden and they're really worried about big things. If you have a really small scope to start with, people tend to feel more comfortable.

Mike: Yeah. And I mean, with all the features, we always talk about rolling them out to super users or having that kind of core group of people that helps you vet new features and what's the best use case for your organization. I'm like you, like even the smallest, if you think about it like cracks in the sidewalk, even if you patch two or three of the smallest cracks in the sidewalk, you've still made the sidewalk sturdier. Just because you didn't tackle the big gap doesn't mean you didn't improve it. And sometimes, that little bit of friction for users is what really frustrates them too.

Kacie Molina: It is. It can be something even as simple as searching for a record or seeing your top account. There's some basic requests that I feel like I see that are so helpful to users, whether it's like summarizing data, like I mentioned earlier, or being able to search for something. So sometimes people get really frustrated with the search bar and they're not finding what they want and there's definitely things you can do to help with that, but I think it's really helpful when they can use that agent to use natural language and say, "I'm looking for this or I want to create a case with these details." When they can use their comfort language and they don't have to be so technically specific, for non-technical people, I think it's really helpful. Even for me, even though I love technical stuff, I still really like chatting with the agent like a human. I still say like, "Please, and thank you." And I like when it's funny back with me. So there's something comforting about that natural language I think when you enable it.

Mike: Yeah, I hear you. Kacie, thanks so much for coming on the podcast. This is a fun conversation. I'm glad you posted randomly to LinkedIn and I'm glad I randomly found it and now you're a guest on the podcast. I mean, that's how I find some of the coolest conversations.

Kacie Molina: I'm really happy you reached out to me about it because it's something I've been really passionate about and have some amazing colleagues I talk AI use cases with frequently. And so I was like, "Yeah, let's definitely talk about this," because you can start small and you can have so much fun with it. And my hope for every admin is that they can get hands-on with it, start to use it in their orgs and just have a ton of fun, because that's what new tools are for, right? Just like Flows.

Mike: Absolutely. I agree. Thanks so much, Kacie.

Kacie Molina: Well, thanks, Mike.

Mike: Big thanks to Kacie, Molina for joining us and reminding us that Agentforce doesn't have to start with a giant project. Admins can create real impact just by listening for those small moments of friction and designing a secure solution while helping teams work better with data automation and AI. So be sure to subscribe, share this episode and keep the conversation going with your admin community. And until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Parth Shah, Director of Product Marketing, and Rikke Hovgaard, Director of Product Management for the Agentforce Coworker team at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about Agentforce Coworker and what it means for the way admins help teams get work done.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Parth Shah and Rikke Hovgaard.

Agentforce Coworker brings AI into everyday business work AI has been a game changer for coding, but integrating it into normal business processes has proved more challenging. That's where Agentforce Coworker comes in. It's an autonomous AI teammate, grounded in your enterprise data from day one.

For this episode, I sat down with with Rikke Hovgaard, Director of Product Management, and Parth Shah, Director of Product Marketing, to find out what Agentforce Coworker is and how it can help admins bring new tools to their team.

Salesforce permissions remain central to trust and access Trust is central to any conversation about AI. New tools are exciting, but you need to be sure that they won't give people access to data they shouldn't be able to see. Luckily, Agentforce Coworker works around the permissions you've already configured in Salesforce. It's simple for admins, and keeps those guardrails in place.

As far as configuration goes, Rikke and Parth are all about keeping it simple and transparent. While Agentforce Coworker automatically inherits the security and governance settings that are already in your org, you also have special configuration options just for the agent.

Admins can connect more data through Data Cloud and Slack For Rikke, Agentforce Coworker is especially useful for summarizing her team's Slack conversations. She can quickly understand which team member is working on which issue, and where she might need to lend a helping hand.

At the end of the day, Agentforce Coworker gives you a conversational interface to do more with your Salesforce data. "Coworker does the work in the background so that your team can actually focus on what matters," Parth says.

Listen to the full episode for more from Parth and Rikke about Agentforce Coworker. And don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Introducing Agentforce Coworker * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: How Headless 360 Helps Admins Bring Salesforce Anywhere

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Rikke on LinkedIn * Parth on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins podcast, we're talking with Parth Shah and Rikke Hovgaard about Agentforce Coworker and what it means for the way admins help teams get work done. Now, this isn't just about turning on another AI feature. It's about bringing trusted business context, permissions, data, and automation together so users can ask better questions and take action faster. Parth and Rikke are going to walk us through how Coworker connects to Salesforce data, how it respects existing permissions, and how it gives admins a simpler path to roll out and governance. So, be sure to listen in, press that subscribe button if you haven't already. And I would always appreciate it if you could share this episode with a fellow Salesforce admin. And with that, let's get Parth and Rikke on the podcast. So, Parth and Rikke, welcome to the podcast.

Rikke Hovgaard: Thank you for having us.

Parth Shah: Thank you.

Mike: Well, I'm glad we could get you both on. This is the first time I've had a product manager and a product marketing major on a podcast. Usually, one of them has something too important to do that they bail out, but I'm bringing people together. It's going to be great. So, we're going to talk about Agentforce Coworker, but first I want to learn a little bit about each of you. Parth, I'm just going to start with you because you were the first one to bug me in my Slack DMs about Agentforce Coworker. So, I'd love to learn just a little bit about how you came to Salesforce and what you currently are working on.

Parth Shah: Yeah, absolutely. Slack makes it really easy to bug my Coworkers, especially my favorite ones. I sent a lot of emojis. So, sorry, Mike.

Mike: Oh, I'm your favorite.

Parth Shah: Yeah. So, a bit about me. I grew up in Ohio, was a chemical engineer in undergrad, which really I love to build things and I love to, I guess, solve complex problems. And then when I graduated, I didn't want to go work in a plant, in a chemical plant. And so, I ended up going into sales within oil and gas. Did that for about three years, really understood how to actually talk to customers and what their pain points are. And then switched over to a really early stage startup in education technology, really passionate about education. Did that for about three years, which is where I learned a lot about product marketing. Then got my MBA and then joined Salesforce. So, been at Salesforce as a product marketer for about coming up to seven years. And what's been kind of interesting is I started off on the MuleSoft side of Salesforce, so all about integrations. I really learned what it means to connect data between different systems and how developers and admins go about doing that. And that's when I switched over. MuleSoft wanted to launch a new product called MuleSoft Composer at that time, which is now Flow. So, the next level of after connecting data is like, how do you actually use that data to automate processes and make it super simple for admins like our viewers out there? So, help launch that and then moved over to our Data 360, previously data cloud business. And here, I focus on everything that is around unstructured data. So, again, the through line here, if you look at data is, now we can start tapping into the unstructured data that's all out there because of AI. But the more important thing is now that AI is coming in, how do we actually bring that data, which is full of richness in audio, video, meeting notes, et cetera? How do we bring it into AI so that AI is really grounded? And so, that's been kind of my journey. Obviously, looking back at it, everything kind of connected. I didn't know at that time, but the through line I think is my curiosity of what's next within tech has kind of propelled me to go and find out and work on the cool next product that's coming up, which is also how I land on a Coworker.

Mike: Wow. I would've had no idea that you started in oil and gas. Also, what's sales like in oil and gas? Hi, do you want any? Yes.

Parth Shah: Cool. Yeah. It's very old. It's a very people oriented business.

Mike: Yeah. All right. Well, I had to get that joke in. Rikke, I know you're letting me say your name that way, but in all fairness, being German, there's names that we just can't pronounce. So, I'd love to hear how you got started at Salesforce and obviously you're working on Coworker now.

Rikke Hovgaard: Yeah. So, originally I'm from Denmark, which is why my name is a little hard to pronounce. Believe it or not, that's actually a pretty common name in Denmark. So, Rikke is fine here, but I started out after university working for a consultation partner. So, I started implementing Salesforce randomly, started out with Sales Cloud, Service Cloud, moved over to Pardot and Marketing Cloud when that was acquired by Salesforce and ended up also doing a little bit of data and analytics there. And then I decided it was time to move on to other things. So, I joined another partner in London and I moved to London and did that for a bit. I was working a lot on analytics at that point and also marketing. And so, it was mostly focused on what we know now as CRM Analytics and I started a blog on it as well. And so, a few years into it, I joined Salesforce in the CIM Analytics product team, helping customers get the most out of CIM analytics, deescalate some of their issues, best practices, all this kind of stuff. And I think that's where I also got a lot more involved with the community. And then I joined later in Data Cloud, moved over there and about two years ago I started the team with the search team in Data Cloud and we had this idea of Coworker and I ended up working on the admin side. And today I own the Coworker setup experience as well as search manager.

Mike: Oh, wow. I mean, all roads lead through Data 360, literally and figuratively. So, Parth, let's talk about that. I mean, for anybody that hasn't heard, what is Agentforce Coworker and what is it there to help with?

Parth Shah: Yeah. So, Agentforce Coworker, it is your autonomous AI teammate and it's available in Salesforce and it's also going to be available in a lot of different services like Microsoft Teams, desktop, mobile, ChatGPT, Claude, and a lot more. Fundamentally, what it is is it's an AI assistant that knows your business from day one. It's already connected to all of your enterprise data, whether it's structured, unstructured, your opportunities, your cases, your accounts, all of that context that you have within Salesforce and then what's connected to Salesforce. And of course, it respects all the permissions when you do connect those systems. So, it's grounded in your context from the first prompt that you ask. Number two is it can also orchestrate a lot of your agents. It can also execute a lot of complex tasks so that way, it moves your work forward. In other ways, it takes action on your behalf and you can actually update your CRM using Coworker. And then lastly, we built that headless. So, what's really cool about this is yes, it's available in Salesforce, but now you'll be able to take that Salesforce experience and that data and the context that you've spent so many years building into wherever you work. Now a question that we usually get is like, why do we build it? What was kind of the reason behind it? What's the pain point that is really trying to solve? And I think if you look at the industry trends, what's been interesting and what's kind of been going on is you've seen AI obviously augment software engineering, right? It's writing code and it's improving their productivity, but when we think about how business users actually do their work, it's quite different than software engineers, right? Of course, AI can help write emails, it can create the docs. We're going into customer service, but it gets a bit more complex because in our day-to-day work, we're switching a lot between different applications. We're copy pasting a lot of different data from one application to the next, for example, from Slack to Google Docs and so on and so forth. And it's not adding as much value as it does for software engineering. And so, we said, "Okay, how do we bring all of that context that you have wherever you work into a product that brings in AI and actually helps you do the work so you can focus on a lot of the other things that are more important, like building your relationship?" And Salesforce being Salesforce, we said, "Let's bring in that context and we have that AI and let's put it into Agentforce Coworker, which is where also Salesforce, our users work." And the second thing that we also did on top is if you think through where most of your work actually starts, which is again, very different than how we think about agents in general, it starts from work. Anytime you have a question about a task, you go to search. And so, we said, "Why don't we turn that search into something agentic where search gets you answers and then answers can help you take those actions?" And so, fundamentally what we've done is we brought in that context and made it really easy for our users to use Salesforce and fundamentally get a lot more value out of Salesforce and all the things that it can do with the data that you have.

Mike: Yeah. I think what's cool is Coworker's not just for admins. I mean, we'll talk about that, but it's for all of your users. So, one question based on everything that you said, just to make sure that I kind of wrap my head around it as an admin, if I'm setting it up, I can permission what it can and cannot have access to in terms of data. So, if I have, let's say payroll data in Salesforce, I don't want to give it access to that so that Bob and sales can go down and be like, "Hey, I wonder what Sally makes," and then ask Coworker and get a response, right?

Rikke Hovgaard: Well, we're actually using the same permissions that you've already as an admin set up in Salesforce.

Mike: Oh, great.

Rikke Hovgaard: So, there's nothing extra to set up. We tried to make the setup experience super simple and one of that is also, of course, knowing what you've already set up in terms of permissioning. So, if you have in your object given access to something, then the user that is locking in will be able to see that. And if they don't have access to it, they won't be able to see that data either.

Mike: Gotcha. Wow, that's huge. So, it automatically just respects the user's permissions as opposed to me the admin having to go and set something up for it.

Rikke Hovgaard: Correct. Yeah.

Mike: Wow, that's really ... I mean, what's funny is every time I see or work through some of these new products, I'm like, "Oh, well that totally makes sense." Except I think that was probably really hard to do. So, it's always really cool when it happens. It's like intermittent wipers, I suppose.

Rikke Hovgaard: Yeah. Well, we have some amazing engineers that figure out all the architecture and build this stuff. So, I can't take credit for that, but I guess from my point of view at least, as an admin, there are so many things that you have to learn with all these new features. And so, our vision was really to try and make the whole setup simple. We also wanted to be transparent around the permissioning and the governance around it. So, we've also tried to balance that, but it's also how much information do you give upfront? How much is in the documentation? So, it's a fine balance to try and make it all simple enough.

Mike: Yeah. Now can we talk a little bit about the design of it too because I've seen, thankfully I've had an org and I got to play around with it and it couldn't be more intuitive. I'm sure it could be, but can you talk about what went into how you thought about what that user experience is looking like?

Rikke Hovgaard: So, I think it's really down to the jobs to be done. What are you trying to achieve? And that's why the ask mode is very much focused on just asking the question and having that conversation. We wanted to make that a very clear, crisp understanding of what is it that you're supposed to do on this screen. I don't know if you had a chance to also play with the other part, which is we also introduced a new search experience and here that's more of a balance where we're trying to figure out, well, all the things that people love from the original search and how do we bring that in as well as also how do we make it a little bit more new and look a little bit more or nicer, so to speak. I think that has been a little bit of a challenge when we're thinking of all of the data that you can bring in Coworker compared to what we have in Global Search. And now I know we're going a little bit more into the admin side of things, but in order to display things correctly, we need to make sure we also have the information of the data in order to show it correctly. So, that has been an interesting challenge to look at, but yeah, really trying to make it super easy for users to know what they actually have to do, prompt them to get the most out of the tool.

Mike: Yeah. I mean, it almost feels like at times there's a balance between making it super simple and having people trust it and making it a little bit more difficult just so that people trust it because you've gone through it. And if it's almost too easy, then it's like, "Hmm, but did it really do? Is it really..." I can always feel that anxiety in a user or an executive when you demo something the first time and they're like, "Yeah, but does it really do that?"

Rikke Hovgaard: Especially also when we think about AI, we're putting a lot of trust into it and allowing us to get the answers that we're looking for. And so, I think that's why the whole thinking steps that we have implemented is super important for the agentic response. So, we built a level of trust or transparency in what is it that we're actually looking and giving that information to the end user so they can see how we got to the result.

Mike: Yeah, absolutely. Now trust and governance is top of mind. It's literally the first thing everybody talks about with AI. Can we talk a little bit about how that works with Agentforce Coworker and maybe some of what you're seeing in the beta version? I feel like I was on that Agentforce Coworker page and there was an admin on that page that's awfully familiar to a lot of the community that had some great quotes.

Rikke Hovgaard: Mike, let's maybe start with how do you actually set up Coworker. I think that will lead into how do we control the permissions and-

Mike: Yeah, let's start there.

Rikke Hovgaard: Okay. So, the vision we had with the setup page, because if we're being honest, we are using features from other parts of Salesforce. So, we're using Agentforce, we are also using Data Cloud, we're also using global search. So, the thought that we had in the beginning was that's a lot of steps and hoops for an admin to go to in order to set up a Coworker. And so, our vision was really, how can we simplify this? How can we get an admin up and running super-fast? That doesn't mean that they don't have more things they can do, but from the first click turn on to they have access to Coworker, we wanted that to be super simple. So, we have defined a bunch of steps that has to be done in order for you to use Coworker. One, for instance, we have to create the search agent. So, when you click turn on, you actually go ahead and we've automated a bunch of steps for you that goes ahead and creates the things that we need to get Coworker up and running. And in that we've created the agent, we created the permission set group that you need to give access to users and we also have enabled your Salesforce data out of the box. So, any Salesforce data, any custom object, any default or standard object that you have is automatically searchable just by hitting turn on. Now, since we are in a beta, we still need you to opt into the beta. So, there is a little step that some people might miss, which is just go ahead and opt in so you have the new search experience in the front end with the global search bar and the ask button. And then the final step in order to get a user to access and use Coworker is to assign them this permission set group. Essentially, if you're an admin, you're probably familiar with different permission sets are giving you access to different things. So, you need to have a permission set for your agent, you need to have a permission set to use some basic features of Coworker and there's some other things, but essentially we're bundling all of this together in the permission set group. And so, all you have to do is directly from the page, the setup page. You can assign your users directly from that, or you can use the permission sets or permission set group from the user setup page as well. So, that's to say that we tried our best to make everything as simple as possible and then you can lay additional features on top of that with external data, et cetera. So, this is how we are controlling whether or not you have access to it, just permission sets and permission set groups.

Mike: That's very easy. So, if an admin turns it on, it's not just available to everybody.

Rikke Hovgaard: No.

Mike: You can choose whether or not maybe you want a small set of users to try it out first.

Rikke Hovgaard: Exactly.

Mike: Perfect.

Rikke Hovgaard: This is all permission based.

Mike: I like it.

Parth Shah: Now Mike, following on that, I think if we look at trust, trust goes I think even beyond permissions. And I think one of the beautiful things about Coworkers is built on Salesforce, the Salesforce platform that we all know. And so, it automatically inherits a lot of the security and governance, the data residency controls, the access based policies, audit logging, all of that, that Salesforce has that automatically inherits that. So, to kind of give you a couple examples, when it orchestrates across agents, the agents that you've built, they all have observability and monitoring because they're built on the Agentforce platform. So, you have access to that. So, you have an understanding of what it's trying to do and then also the actions that it's taking and how it's doing it. That's number one. And then if you also look at the data itself, if we look at some of the data built into Data 360, that already has a lot of policies built into it. It also has masking built into it, right? And so, it automatically inherits those. And so, when Coworker actually gives out that response, it's not just looking at the permission sets for the user themselves, but it's also looking at the data and the agent side of governance, security and the trust that comes with the Salesforce platform.

Mike: Oh, wow. I mean, that's really, really beneficial there. I was thinking, Parth, you mentioned Data 360. Ironically, both of you have worked in Data 360. Outside of Agentforce just being able to answer questions around the data that we have in Salesforce, we can also give it the ability to get information elsewhere. Can you explain a little bit more about that and kind of what an admin would be configuring and possibly doing there?

Parth Shah: Yes. I can give ... Oh, sorry, Rikke, go ahead.

Rikke Hovgaard: Oh, no, you can answer.

Parth Shah: No, no, no, go for it. Go for it. Go for it. Well, I'll give a high level overview. You can bring in connectors to connect to external sources and then you can also ground a Coworker on the Data 360 data that you have. So, then Rikke, go on.

Rikke Hovgaard: Yeah. So, we knew that we wanted to allow Admins to go ahead and take all of this rich data that they have ingested into Data Cloud and use that as well. So, when you are on the setup screen, we have a little data table as we call it that shows that you've set up your Salesforce data by default. And when you click, there's a little button there that says add more data and in here you can go ahead and add any of the data that you have already ingested into Data Cloud. So, if you have unstructured and structured data in Data Cloud that you want to go ahead and make searchable, you go ahead and go through that flow. And what we've done is very simple model where you select the DMOs that you're interested in. You then have for each one of these DMOs select some search metadata because what I said earlier, it gets a little bit tricky sometimes. With Salesforce, we already know what is the name field. We know what is a supporting field. We know how the layout is, we know the ID, et cetera. For DMOs, we don't know always know that. So, we allow you to go ahead and make those selections, finish that process and at the end we go ahead and create a search index for you that we can use both for the keyword search that appears, but also for the agentic responses that we have.

Mike: Wow.

Rikke Hovgaard: So, that's how you can add that data. But I actually remembered that we haven't actually talked about getting Slack data in as well.

Mike: Oh yeah. Let's talk about that.

Rikke Hovgaard: Yeah. I know that you mentioned Teams, but we also hopefully have some admins out there that have Slack and we've also made that super simple. So, if you've already authenticated Slack within your Salesforce environment, you can go to that same ad data model and you just select the Slack, you click next and you click save and then you also now have Slack data just within your Coworker experience. And this is again, this is actually federated. So, we're looking at the user and you're only getting access to the data that you have access through that user connection. So, that's another really interesting thing that I would definitely use in my Coworker experience.

Mike: Yeah. And it just pairs really well. That way, you know there's conversations happening in Slack that would need to be brought in.

Rikke Hovgaard: Yeah. So, we use Salesforce obviously in Salesforce ourselves. We have our own engineering product engineering environment and in there we've enabled Coworker as well. And so, one thing that I ask a lot is for specific work stream that we're working on, I want to get an update that includes both the work items that I have in Salesforce, but it also includes all the Slack conversations that we're having on the side. And I get an update just by asking Coworker about what's happening. I know which engineer is working what work item and what risk or whatever else we might have that we have to, that might need my attention.

Mike: How stressful were you when they turned Coworker on in that org? Because all the other product managers are just eyeballing, right? Is this going to work? I wouldn't sleep that night. You kidding me?

Rikke Hovgaard: I actually felt pretty confident in it. I can't turn it on myself. I'm not an [inaudible 00:25:12].

Mike: Oh, well, that's good.

Rikke Hovgaard: But I did have very great collaboration with our admins, both on the GUS and TheOrg62 environment. And I leveraged my partner experience or my implementation experience. I wrote a really detailed walkthrough. I had amazing help from my engineers and it went pretty smoothly, and we had some check-ins every day. We watched the numbers grow and it was pretty cool to see.

Mike: Yeah, I could imagine. Parth, I know we've had some customers in the product as well because it's in beta. What have they had to say? What were some of the things they've shared back?

Parth Shah: I think this is one of my favorite products to work on in my career.

Mike: Oh, you say that about all the products.

Parth Shah: No, no, no. I say this seriously. I say this seriously because every time I've talked to a customer, they're so excited about it. I'll give you an example. Andrew Russo, he is currently a VP of business systems at, I'm saying it correctly, BACA Systems. And when he first heard about the product, I think Mark Benioff had tweeted about it, he heard about it. He was so excited to quote and kind of paraphrase a bit, he's like, "I felt like Santa Claus on Christmas bringing it to my team." And the use cases that he started seeing was like, start something super simple with a sales and business development team. One of the use cases he mentioned was, let's just get all of the context that we haven't reached out to. And I think he had mentioned something along the lines of like, it was a holiday coming up and this would've taken up so much of their team's time to actually find the contacts and reach out to them. Coworker did it really quickly and their teams were able to quickly reach out to the customers they haven't been able to reach out to and they were able to engage them. And so, this just kind of shows you the power of Coworker doing the work in the background so that your sales teams can actually focus on what matters, which is building out the relationships. I think overall, when I think about the use cases and how customers have been using it, what I repeatedly hear is the use cases are endless. There isn't just one use case that kind of shines. That's really the power of AI. But what it allows you to do is it allows a person to be as creative as possible. And I think as admins or the folks that are kind of introducing it, what I've seen work really well is nurture it. Give people one or two small use cases to start with so they start to see the power of it and then the natural curiosity of that team just kind of takes over. They're like, "Huh, what if we just get more complex?" It's almost like, can you thump Coworker? And the queries and the prompts that you put in just get more and more and more complex. I mean, even internally, we were recently working on a product of like we introduced a new feature, so how do we email the customers? And part of that is we want to make sure that they have the right license. Historically, that would've taken a long time, but we're like, "Huh, I wonder if Coworker can do it." Coworker kind of became a part of natural language, I guess, that you talk about every day and you naturally go to it because you start seeing the power of it and you're like, "Let Coworker do it." So, I think that's what I've seen is seed it and then just watch it grow. And then once you watch it grow within one team, take that idea, take those wins and take the people that have used it and they will talk about it to the other teams.

Mike: Well, I feel like Thursday night bowling league's going to get awkward when six of you are standing around and going, "I feel like we're missing somebody. Didn't anybody invite Agentforce Coworker?" Oh. They couldn't make it. They're stuck at the office. That's it. That's the one joke for the podcast. It never really lands and people always give it a bad review, but that you got to try every now and then. To kind of wrap things up, I always like to see what other people do. I feel having talked with a lot of people in technology, we often have very tactile hobbies or things that we like to do on the side. I'm usually pretty obsessed with my lawn. I can tell you soil levels and pH and all kinds of stuff that's not fun unless you're into lawn care. But Rikke, I'd love to know outside of making Agentforce Coworker awesome, is there a fun hobby that you have that you use to get away from Coworker every now and then?

Rikke Hovgaard: I don't know if I would say hobby per se, but for me, I really like going out by the water. I actually bike quite a lot out to the beach and then I have a puppy that I just let run around and that gives me a lot of common peace. I mean, hobbies, I don't think I have anything that I'm super nerdy about except for sometimes I get a little detail with some of my own data, but I feel like that's a little bit too close to work to mention as a good hobby.

Mike: Yeah. I'll take the biking thing. Boy, of all the dogs I've had, that was the best way to get them to run. Especially when you've been inside in meetings all day and they're like, "Mom, can we go for a run?" And you're like, "Yes, we can." That was about the only way I could keep up with my dogs was a good mountain bike.

Rikke Hovgaard: And I trained him early enough to actually jump in, or not jump, but I put him in a basket and we go.

Mike: Oh, mine were always too big for that. They're either making or they're not. One time though, he was running and I used to live in an area that was under construction. They had a manhole cover off and he was running along just beside me and one of his feet hit that manhole and it popped out of joint and that's when I learned how heavy a 30-pound dog is to carry over your shoulder and mountain bike back to the house and call the vet.

Parth Shah: Oh, no.

Mike: That was the only time I carried him. No basket for me though.

Rikke Hovgaard: Yeah. I'm happy I have a small dog now.

Mike: Right.

Rikke Hovgaard: Yeah.

Mike: Note to self. Buy a small dog that's easy to carry. Parth, I mean, you've been doing a lot of things. Plus you were in the Buckeye State, so I don't know, football.

Parth Shah: I watch football. I'm in New York, so go Knicks, Knicks in 5. Also, I love this question. Rikke, I had no idea that you bike. I would love to bike with you someday and obviously bring your dog.

Rikke Hovgaard: I mean, it's not like a race kind of thing, but yeah, I like biking around. I don't have a car. So, that's the only way I get around.

Parth Shah: Yeah. So, I live in New York and there's a lot of things that I absolutely love to do. What I've been really focusing on is one, I love going to museums. I absolutely love going to museums so much that I've pretty much checked out every single museum in New York and I'll go to them again. Part of that is just like it invokes this creativity in me, which is why I'm a marketer, just to see how other people are thinking through life and kind of portraying it. Second thing that I've been trying to get it more into is I've been trying to do a lot more of comedy. I know it's not coming through right now, but that's something that I want to work on. And then the last is yoga. Yoga because no AI is there in yoga. It's just me and myself.

Mike: Not yet.

Parth Shah: Not yet.

Mike: Somebody will invent an AI mat. Parth, your downward dog is not doing so well.

Rikke Hovgaard: There's those mirrors where you can get workout commentary on your-

Mike: Oh, that kind of weirds me out.

Parth Shah: Oh, me too.

Rikke Hovgaard: Yeah.

Parth Shah: I can't do that.

Rikke Hovgaard: I prefer my workouts to be just me and whatever I'm doing. I don't need any instructions to do.

Mike: You're biking your dog.

Rikke Hovgaard: Yeah. I mean, I do other things too, but I would say I don't like anybody commentary on what I'm doing.

Mike: Nope. Nope. Parth, that's so cool. I love the museum part. The presentation nerd in me loves going to museums and paying for the guided tour just to see the person and how they kind of direct people through because there's often a lot. There's a lot of people to pay attention to. There's a lot of information. I don't know. I like walking through museums all by myself. Don't get me wrong, but if I can do a guided tour, I always find that kind of fun too.

Parth Shah: One tip someone told me is look at the artwork and then also look at the people looking at the artwork. That itself is art as well. And I was like, "Whoa."

Mike: Yes. Yes, absolutely.

Rikke Hovgaard: I also find that a lot of museums are starting to have free tours with a specific theme. So, they take you on a path. I've noticed, at least when I was in Europe last time, there was a couple of museums doing that. So, something worth looking at the website all the time, because I definitely like having somebody cover a theme and take me through a journey in the museum.

Mike: Yep. I've been through a few where they have an app on the phone and you can just listen to and it walks you through. And that was always kind of fun because I feel there's a lot to take in and I'll read the plaque or the information by it, but it's like they can't put everything there. I know I did a few where I think they had the artist kind of comment in addition to what the information was and just kind of standing there and hearing in the artist's own words and seeing their work, it was very powerful. So, very cool. Well, see, it's not all about AI on the podcast. Every now and then we talk about some things that are fun. I want to thank you both for coming on. I think we covered a ton of stuff and I'm excited to see the future versions of Agentforce Coworker. I'm not going to ask you what they are because it's in beta and there's a big roadmap to come, but I think it's going to be very exciting for admins.

Rikke Hovgaard: I think we have some very exciting stuff coming up. We have a lot of good ideas from customers and from what we're thinking about ourselves. So, I think you have something.

Mike: Oh, I could only imagine. And I bet we're going to see some of them at Dreamforce, right?

Rikke Hovgaard: I am sure we will.

Mike: Knock on wood. Great. Well, Parth, Rikke, thanks for coming on the podcast.

Rikke Hovgaard: Thank you for having us.

Parth Shah: Thank you for having us.

Mike: Big thanks to Parth and Rikke for helping us unpack Agentforce Coworker from search to Slack to that magical moment when users ask, "Wait, it can do that." Oh yes, that's the best. Admins, this is your lane, connecting the data, guiding the rollout, and making sure AI helps the business without wandering off with the keys to the org. Now, if you haven't already, press that subscribe button, share this episode with your favorite Salesforce admin or your favorite Coworker. Maybe they're one and the same, or invite a Coworker to a bowling league. Just say it. It'd be fun, wouldn't it? I'd like to go bowling. Just don't expect them to rent the shoes. Maybe you rent the shoes. I would buy the shoes. Other people have worn those shoes a lot. You never know what could be in those shoes. Anyway, until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Laura Pelkey, Director of Customer Security Communications and Engagement, and Sabrina Simeroth, Product Manager for Security Center at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about security essentials for the summer and how Salesforce is helping admins protect their data.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Laura Pelkey and Sabrina Simeroth.

Why admins are a target Security doesn't take a summer vacation. And while AI is helping all of us do more things faster than ever before, it's also helping hackers deliver new types of targeted attacks at scale. And as privileged users, admins are finding themselves in the crosshairs.

Luckily, Salesforce is rolling out key security enhancements over the summer to help you protect your org. I sat down with Laura Pelkey and Sabrina Simeroth to talk about what threats are out there and how you can be prepared.

MFA requirements to protect your credentials Because AI makes it easier than ever to imitate someone's writing style or even their voice, the biggest threats that Laura and her team are seeing are different variations of phishing attacks. In the end, it's all about getting someone's credentials and then using that access to do damage.

That's why Salesforce is requiring all customers to use multi-factor authentication (MFA), as opposed to the gentle nudging we've done in the past. However, MFA can still be vulnerable to man-in-the-middle attacks, so admins and other privileged users will need to use a stronger phishing resistant MFA. Finally, Salesforce will require step-up authentication for users attempting a sensitive or unusual action, like exporting a large file.

I don't have to tell you that these kinds of changes can often be met with resistance. Laura recommends framing things in terms of what they protect your users from. Does a salesperson really want a hacker to email everyone on their contact list from their account? It's not about making you jump through hoops—it's about protecting you from real risks.

Security Center Essentials and Health Check give admins a central view We also checked in with Sabrina about how her team is trying to make it easier to get a handle on essential security configurations across the platform and what settings are most critical. Coming in July, the new Security Center Essentials will let you see everything in one place instead of having to wade through a bunch of permissions and toggles.

Health Check will help you prioritize which changes will get you the biggest bang for your buck, and help you track your security posture over time. "It's all about allowing admins to navigate the security space in a way that helps to reduce the complexity and provide some guidance," Sabrina says.

There's a lot more from Laura and Sabrina about security on Salesforce and what's coming next, so make sure to listen to the full episode. And don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Help: Security-Related Product Updates to the Salesforce Platform: User Identity, Data Protection, and Access Controls * Trailhead: Use Health Check to Scan Your Security Configurations

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Laura on LinkedIn * Sabrina on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike Gerholdt: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're talking security with Laura Pelkey and Sabrina Simeroth. The threat landscape is moving fast and with AI in the mix, attackers are getting better at targeting privileged users like Salesforce Admins. But in this episode, it isn't about fear, it's about readiness, trust, and the systems admins can put in place to protect our orgs. We'll cover MFA enforcement, phishing-resistant MFA, step-up authentication, and how Security Center Essentials gives admins a clearer view of the settings that matter most because today's admin isn't just managing features. They're designing secure, trusted systems that help businesses move forward. So, let's move forward with this podcast and get Laura and Sabrina on. So, Laura and Sabrina, welcome to the podcast.

Laura Pelkey: Hello?

Sabrina Simeroth: Thank you. Thanks for having us.

Mike Gerholdt: Absolutely. Well, it's always good to talk security. I feel like I was watching the news the other day and they talk about kids when they go to school and then they have the summer off and there's that summer slump of information. I feel like maybe over the summer we kind of have a security slump because we're taking time off and we're going to water slides and watching tornadoes in the Midwest, but maybe I'm just crazy thinking about that. Laura, why don't you catch us up and tell us what's going on with security and some of the newest things in summer 26?

Laura Pelkey: I would love to. And I was just going to say our catchphrase, which I feel like I repeat every time we do a podcast together and that security never sleeps even in the summer.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, yes. Right. That could also be a fun summer action film.

Laura Pelkey: Yes. I would see it.

Mike Gerholdt: I would.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. So, I mean, we're halfway through the year, which is crazy already. And I'd say in the last year we have seen the security landscape and the threat landscape shift tremendously. And especially, I mean, I think a lot of people at Salesforce and a lot of people who are listening are very aware of and use on a day-to-day basis, AI nowadays, which is great. It's a very powerful tool. But what we're seeing in the security landscape is that AI-driven cyber threats have emerged and hackers have really up-leveled their ability to create and execute targeted cyber attacks faster than ever before. So, it's kind of crazy the speed at which this is happening. And unfortunately, I think we're going to see their capabilities get better and better as these tools evolve.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, that's not fair. We're supposed to use AI for good.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. Well, the good news is, so yes, I agree. The good news is that providers are now using the same AI models or better AI models if you're in the lucky groups to enhance the security of their platforms and products. So, now the playing field has really been evened out.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, that's good.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. But we're in a really interesting time right now with cybersecurity and AI.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, I feel like everybody's trying to figure out AI and now that kind of only muddies the water of impersonating other people or the speed at which it can replicate good or bad effective use of, I don't know, text messages or different spoofing. Can you walk us through how does Salesforce leverage AI to proactively block the type of threats that you're seeing today?

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. So, there are some really common threats that just across the industry we're seeing that AI is being used for. So, account takeovers and this is a really common one. This is where attacker might use AI to create a phishing campaign, which targets users and tries to get access to their account. And then once they're inside a user account, they can then utilize all of the privileges that that user has to continue carrying out their attack. So, it's really about getting credentials, finding creative ways to get around our existing solutions to get those and then get that user profile and exploit it.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I think one thing that you've pointed out in the past is identity-based social engineering. So, I'd love for you to kind of expand on what makes admins and some privileged users such high-value targets for that.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah, that's a great question. So, identity-based social engineering is when attackers create very highly personalized phishing campaigns and this can be phishing. Traditionally, we saw that with email five years ago it was primarily email. Now we're seeing phishing campaigns and especially with the help of AI, attackers are conducting these campaigns over voice calls. So that's called vishing or voice phishing. And admins are such a appealing target for these attackers because they're privileged users, they have such a high level of privilege and they can do almost anything within their Salesforce org. And so, that persona in general is highly targeted by attackers because of their level of access.

Mike Gerholdt: What would you suggest an admin listening to this do today to start just being ready for if that phone were to ring and it was a malicious actor on the other end?

Laura Pelkey: Well, I mean, we always say use common sense. So, there are a lot of built-in protections that I can talk about within the Salesforce platform that will help protect admins, which is great and I'll talk about those in a minute. But if that ever happens, if you are an admin and you get a call from a number that you don't know, from a person that you don't know claiming to be your help desk or claiming to be even Salesforce in some cases and they're asking you to log into your Salesforce account for them so that they can help you do something, that's typically how these things are positioned, that kind of scenario is never going to legitimately happen. No one's going to call you or email you and send you a link and ask you to log into your Salesforce account ever. That's just not something that we do. So, look for red flags like that. And in general, whenever you're suspicious about something from a cybersecurity perspective, the best thing to do is disengage with whoever is trying to speak with you or engage with you and get you to do something and then hang up the phone, don't email back whatever it is and then call your help desk line or call your Salesforce account person in a number that you already have and that you are already confident in and that way you can verify if that interaction was real or not.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I think the thing that always struck me when you would bring it up or somebody from your team, Laura, would bring it up is it's that human nature side that they try to take advantage of like, "Oh, you want to be helpful and you don't want to cause a problem." And so, you just kind of go along with it and it's like, yeah, you're not causing a problem if you just say, "Let me call back the number that I trust and talk to somebody there."

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. Yeah. And you can do that in any scenario. If it's like your bank, someone calls and says they're from your bank and they're reaching out to you, that probably isn't going to happen. So, what you said, Mike, is exactly right. The reason that people are exploited is because we have these human behaviors, which human behaviors are great. They make us who we are, but false urgency is one of these tactics that attackers will use and they'll try to get you to do things quickly without really thinking about it. So, if we feel like goosebumps or we kind of have a weird feeling about why is someone calling me and asking me to log into my account, we can just stop and think and that's the best thing you can do to break this cycle.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, absolutely. Well, let's talk about some of the security enhancements that has come out over the last few years. I mean, we have MFA and we have a whole bunch of other things.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. Yeah. So, we're very aware that this threat landscape has shifted and that it's our duty to protect our customer's data as it always has been at Salesforce. We take that super seriously, trust. Trust is our number one value. And so, to better help our customers protect themselves against these quickly evolving threats, we have some new enhancements and some new requirements in our platform that will help harden our customer security posture against these kinds of attacks. So, one thing, I'll only talk about a few, but one thing, and everyone really should be using this because it's been around for a while, is MFA, like you said, Mike. And I think we had started requiring customers to use MFA back in early 2022, I think. So, it's been quite a while, but we're actually going to be enforcing that. So, rather than being contractually required, it's going to be enforced in the product, meaning you may not be able to log in if you are not using MFA. So, this is going to happen starting in June. There's a phase rollout based on sandboxes and production environments. So definitely check out the documentation for the exact dates, but it is starting now. So, soon all Salesforce customers will need to use MFA to log in.

Mike Gerholdt: And I know we've done security workshops. I've seen you present a lot. One of the questions, and inevitably the person that is listening to this is like, "Yes, Mike's going to ask this question." That comes up in all of the security workshops is, "Well, we use SSO to sign in. Do I still need to use MFA?" And we just threw out a whole lot of acronyms there, so I'll have you explain them too.

Laura Pelkey: Yes. So, SSO-

Mike Gerholdt: Alphabet soup.

Laura Pelkey: SSO is single sign-on. That's a great question, Mike. So, if you do use SSO to access your Salesforce instance, then that does satisfy the requirement, but we ask that you also use MFA on top of your SSO. SSO is great. It's a great tool to make it possible so that you don't have to remember a million passwords for all of your work apps. It's awesome. Just have to remember one, but as long as you are using MFA to access your SSO, you are satisfying this requirement as well.

Mike Gerholdt: Awesome. You explained it and you used all the alphabets too.

Laura Pelkey: All the letters in the alphabet. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: It's like MFA is like bacon and SSO is like a cheeseburger. It makes it better.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah, exactly. Yes, I love that.

Mike Gerholdt: Because MFA is also just good on its own. I mean, I'll just eat some bacon.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. So you can either use MFA for direct logins directly into the UI or with your SSO login.

Mike Gerholdt: So, this makes me think of, you talked about phishing. Oh, boy, this is where audio doesn't serve me well. Phishing and vishing, which there's the PH and the V, but because I'm from the Midwest, you can't hear the difference. Could you explain the difference between standard MFA and phishing-resistant MFA?

Laura Pelkey: Yes. So, yeah, this is actually kind of a newer... Think of it as a supercharged form of MFA. So, what traditional MFA, you have two layers of verification before you can log into an account. With phishing-resistant MFA, you are actually bound to a specific site when you're logging in, which makes it harder for attackers who are trying to get you to log into those fake websites that might look real. It actually helps prevent that. So, that's why we call it phishing-resistant MFAs because that is a really common thing for phishing attacks to leverage is these man in the middle fake websites where you think you're logging into your actual tool or product, but you're logging into a fake version of it. And another thing that's great about phishing-resistant MFA is most users of this use biometrics as their second form, so like a fingerprint or a retina scan depending on the device that you're using to log in. So, that just makes it, again, harder to fake and harder to intercept. So, this is most companies are moving towards phishing-resistant MFA as it's so effective, and which is why we're actually also starting in June, so this month, we are requiring system administrators and privileged users to log in with phishing-resistant MFA.

Mike Gerholdt: And why is that?

Laura Pelkey: Because those are privileged users like we talked about, they're highly targeted. They're more targeted than their regular user and they have such a high level of access that if their account, especially were to get compromised like an admin, it could cause a lot more damage. And so, we want those folks to be extra, extra protected. So, phishing-resistant MFA we feel is the best thing to ensure that those accounts and those users stay safe.

Mike Gerholdt: I like that. Now I know I've had to roll out different features to users and sometimes you can't do it fast enough because they love it and other times it's getting them to eat their vegetables. For admins that are worried about user friction with MFA, what would your advice be?

Laura Pelkey: Well, hopefully your users are already using MFA. If they're not, we often find that if an admin holds a training, some informational sessions with their users, some kind of enablement before this change happens and also talk to them about the value that this provides to them. The last thing a salesperson, for example, would want is if their account got hacked and then their clients are getting emails that are sent from them, which are actually malicious. They don't want that to happen. No one wants that to happen. So, just there's some enablement materials that exist on the help portal that could be helpful, but really it's admins explaining and enabling their users why this is so important and helpful.

Mike Gerholdt: One last thing, admins love reports and I feel like isn't Salesforce doing something to help admins set up different kind of reports or report actions to understand maybe when a user would log in that's outside of the normal behavior?

Laura Pelkey: Yes. Yeah, I love that. Yeah. So, this is another enhancement that's coming this summer and it's called Step-Up Authentication and we're doing it for report actions and for anomalous report behavior. So, let's say one of your users all of a sudden wants to export a very large file or something. There's something kind of unusual about this. Anomalous is the word we use in the security community. Our platform is now able to flag that and will cause a step-up authentication toggle to happen. And if you're not familiar what step-up authentication is, it's basically like having to re-log in after you've logged in, which I know might sound annoying, but there is a really good reason for this. So, I always think of it as like the airport analogy. So, when you go to an airport, you have to show your boarding pass and your ID to get through the security line, right?

Mike Gerholdt: Mm-hmm.

Laura Pelkey: And then once you're through security in the airport, you have the freedom to kind of walk around, go get a coffee, go get some food, maybe go to the bathroom and you have freedom of movement because these are not sensitive actions, what we would call in security. But when you get in line at your gate and you're trying to board the plane, you have to again, show your boarding pass in order to get on the plane. And that's actually a step-up authentication. You can think of it like that. This is because getting on the plane is considered a highly sensitive action and requires additional identity verification. And so, that's what we're trying to do within the product. So, say an adversary or an attacker did get access to your Salesforce instance through a user and now they're inside and they're trying to do sensitive things or they're trying to do things that are very bad, we are now able to force them to verify their identity again, which would likely stop that action.

Mike Gerholdt: Nice. Well, here's your Starbucks, but you can't board the plane.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah, exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: I like it.

Laura Pelkey: I mean, if you lose your boarding pass in the airport, you can't get on the plane, right?

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, you should-

Laura Pelkey: Oh, wow.

Mike Gerholdt: It also probably means I've lost my phone and the whole day is just going downhill from there.

Laura Pelkey: That's a big problem. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: I know.

Laura Pelkey: But that's the thought behind that.

Mike Gerholdt: Sabrina, we didn't forget about you. It's usually Laura has a long laundry list of things to talk about, but I'd love to bring you into the conversation. First of all, I think this is your first time on the podcast, so tell us a little bit about what you do at Salesforce.

Sabrina Simeroth: Yeah, thanks so much for having me again. I am a product manager in our trusted services space for a product many of our admins may have heard of Security Center.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, yes, we've heard that. We like that. Yep. You should put it on T-shirts. We'd wear it.

Sabrina Simeroth: Yes. And then also a lot of folks don't know that this team also actually owns the Health Check, which is available for all admins as well.

Mike Gerholdt: We like Health Check too. That's a fun one to demo. You've created good demoing products. You know that?

Sabrina Simeroth: Thanks. Well, we've got more actually.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, let's talk about those because I think there's a Security Center Essentials launching in early July. Am I correct?

Sabrina Simeroth: Yes. Yes. So, we are launching a version that will be of Security Center that will be made available in all orgs this summer and you are absolutely correct, that is going to be starting in July. So, a very fast follow to some of these changes that Laura has been talking about and really, hopefully this product will actually help alleviate some of those concerns and worries of admins who are looking to comply with some of these changes that are coming out in the security space.

Mike Gerholdt: Can you just bring us up to speed on what some of those core problems or pain points were that this is going to help?

Sabrina Simeroth: Yeah, absolutely. So, for admins, security configurations can kind of be really hard to navigate. They're found all across the platform and it's really kind of hard to know what is most critical. So, Laura was talking about things like MFA enabled. These are configurations that you can actually enable through certain permissions as well as toggles and setup. So, these types of security configurations is exactly what we are trying to provide visibility to admins so that they have a single place to see critical security configurations like their session settings, their MFA enablement, how are they set up to allow their users to actually enter the system, whether they're restricting it through login IP addresses and how do they have installed packages, external connected apps set up in their org. All of these things can impact their security and what information bad actors could get to depending on how they have their users configured.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I know you listed... This is going to be so cool, by the way. I loved when we had Health Check and we still do, and I love that this is getting available to everybody. You mentioned some of those metrics. I know there's about seven of them, I believe. If you're a Salesforce admin who's listening to this podcast and you're like, "I don't know where to start." Of the metrics that will be provided in Security Center Essentials, what do you think the biggest bang for the buck is in terms of improving their security posture?

Sabrina Simeroth: Yeah, a great question. So, we're initially launching with a curated set of seven metrics. That's kind of our MVP for our rollout. We're going to have a very fast follow-on where we're expanding the number of metrics that will be very curated, very targeted to the things that they need to look at and that are probably most critical. The first one of the seven that I would say is really essential is that Health Check. So, on important thing is when we say Health Check is going to now be made visible in Security Center Essentials, Health Check contains about 44 configurations that are critical for your security. And with those configurations, Salesforce actually takes a stance on here's what we recommend is the way to configure those settings and have that set up so customers can actually take action and see if they're in compliance with that. So, the Health Check is going to probably be the biggest bang for the buck. And the great thing about pulling this into Essentials is now you can kind of track as these configurations change over time, you can see when those changes happened, how those changes occurred, and then you can take action to remediate that. So, Health Check contains those configurations around identity that we were just talking about enabling MFA, enabling SSO, how those are set up, what are your password policies and all of that information will be contained into this metric that they can monitor changes to those configurations.

Mike Gerholdt: We'll play devil's advocate here for a second because I know some admins are listening and they think, "Well, that sounds cool." And the big organizations that have all the fancy bells and whistles will probably really benefit from this." Do you think smaller organizations will find value in some of these features as well?

Sabrina Simeroth: Absolutely, because the things that we are talking about are the configurations, the critical items that actually impact every organization. It shouldn't really matter the size. These are the most critical things that administrators need to be aware of in order to ensure that they have an appropriate level of security, that there aren't gaps in their security posture. So, these are definitely things that impact all orgs of all sizes. And it really is allowing admins to navigate the security space in a way that helps to reduce the complexity and provide some guidance. And again, this kind of transcends whether you are in a very small environment, very few users because this is more configuration based, or you have a very large environment and many environments to manage.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, no, that's really good. I think sometimes you forget how much there is out there and the best security is the stuff you never see because everything just works properly. So, this is great. I'm excited for it. I think come July, admins will be coming back from some PTO and have fancy new dashboards and things to look at.

Sabrina Simeroth: Absolutely.

Laura Pelkey: I can't wait. Also, I don't know if we can talk about this, but there's a couple of things on the roadmap that might be really interesting to admins too.

Sabrina Simeroth: Yeah, absolutely. Yeah. So, like I mentioned, this isn't the end. So, the initial launch is just getting us started. As kind of a fast follow to the July launch, we will be incorporating even more metrics around providing visibility. Laura, you were talking about those privileged users and specifically there are certain permissions that are associated with administrative level permissioning. Those are kind of the targets for any users that have those permissions. That's where we want to try to find the weak spots and get in there. So, we are actually going to be pulling in our permission metrics, some related to this like export exfiltration, modify all data, those administrative permissions, exactly what's called out in this new phishing-resistant MFA enablement required for those types of users. We will have permission metrics so that admins can now monitor when there are changes to those access, who's granting that access, when is it being granted and they can take action to make sure that those permissions are limited to only the users that need those. And we'll continue to produce more metrics and visibility into some of these critical configurations and expanding that information in the months to come following the initial launch.

Laura Pelkey: That's amazing.

Mike Gerholdt: So there will be even more fun stuff to see at Dreamforce this year.

Sabrina Simeroth: Yes, absolutely.

Mike Gerholdt: I think in closing, because I could probably sit around all day and talk security, Laura knows that, but I'll start with you, Laura. And this question's for both of you. If everybody listening took only one action after listening to this podcast to prepare their orgs for the upcoming security changes, what should that single step be?

Laura Pelkey: So, I would recommend immediately after listening to this going over to the help portal, help.salesforce.com and looking at our documentation where we're outlining all of the enhancements happening this summer. And there's a full list. It's going to give you all of the dates, all of the enforcement details, all of the pre-work, if there is any, to get your org ready for these enforcements that are coming out and we'll get you all set up so that it's a really seamless transition.

Mike Gerholdt: That's great. Sabrina, do you have anything to add to that?

Sabrina Simeroth: Yeah. No, I think Laura, her answer is perfect. I think gathering information ahead of time is so critical to ensure that you have a smooth rollout. So, definitely take a look at the help articles and then also leverage resources if there are questions around what these things are. There are so many resources on our help documents to help guide admins around what is this, what are the impacts and how do you implement these critical configurations? And I think that that's the first step.

Mike Gerholdt: I know I've worked a world tour before and this leads me into my last question because I pointed out our trust and help services and where we used to have release notes. But if admins had a specific question about these enforcement changes and how they'll impact their unique org configuration, where would you suggest they go?

Laura Pelkey: If they have a account success person, definitely ask them. They can also go to the Trailblazer community and we're engaging with customers there on these things. So, that's my recommendation.

Sabrina Simeroth: Yeah. And I think Laura, you mentioned there are a couple of articles that have come out to help them prepare for the MFA enforcement and the specific things that we are enhancing. So, those are really great resources and those can also be found on the help.salesforce.com website.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. And I can go ahead and link those in the show notes.

Sabrina Simeroth: Awesome.

Mike Gerholdt: So people can click on those.

Sabrina Simeroth: That'd be great.

Mike Gerholdt: Laura, Sabrina, thank you so much for coming on. I know there was a lot to cover and we could do this every month, I'm sure, and have a new fresh topic, but admins always need to be security minded.

Laura Pelkey: Yes, we love that.

Sabrina Simeroth: Yes, absolutely.

Laura Pelkey: Always great chatting security with you, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: Absolutely. Well, I'm sure we'll do this again for the winter release or sometime before Dreamforce to get admins ready for that as well. So, thanks for coming on the pod.

Laura Pelkey: Thank you.

Sabrina Simeroth: Thanks for having us.

Mike Gerholdt: Huge thanks to Laura and Sabrina for making security feel less scary and maybe even a little fun. We covered AI threats, MFA, suspicious phone calls, airport analogies, and why admins should absolutely know what's happening inside Security Center Essentials. Now be sure to check out the show notes for the resources we mentioned. Subscribe so you don't miss an episode. And then finally, share this with an admin who enjoys trust, dashboards, and keeping bad actors off the plane. Until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Parth Sevak, Director of Technology and Principal Architect at Incepta. Join us as we chat about how Parth built a multi-agent system designed to connect surplus food with the people and organizations that need it the most and won the Agentforce for Good Grand Prize at the TDX Hackathon.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Parth Sevak.

The Hackathon project focused on reducing food waste If you listened to last week's episode with Alexandra Iyer, you know that Agentforce for Good was a popular problem at this year's Agentforce Hackathon at TDX. Contestants took on big issues like nonprofit volunteer coordination and disaster relief. That's why I was so excited to sit down with Parth Sevak, whose project Harvest Bridge won the Agentforce for Good Grand Prize. Harvest Bridge is a multi-agent application that connects food donors with organizations near them.

As Parth explains, food waste is a serious problem. According to the UN's World Food Programme, about 318 million people are facing acute hunger today. "In North America, 30-40% of the food that is produced never gets eaten," he says. So he decided that this would be the perfect problem to tackle for the Agentforce Hackathon at TDX.

Simple integrations and out-of-the-box tools Under the hood, Harvest Bridge features multi-agent coordination between four agents to handle donor intake, food matching, volunteer logistics, and reporting analytics. While it sounds incredibly complicated, Parth is quick to point out that 80% of the work was done in configuration with out-of-the-box admin tools.

Parth needed to write some Apex to do specific things like geo-matching, which he vibe-coded with the Claude plugin for Agentforce. Crucially, he didn't have to write glue code to make everything work between Agentforce, Data 360, automations he built in Salesforce, Slack, and Tableau. "All of it just worked like a charm," he says, "five years ago, that integration story would have been months, if not years."

How to get started building Agentforce solutions In just a few days, Parth was able to build an autonomous, multi-agent system that uses Agentforce, Data 360, Slack, and Tableau to match surplus food with local organizations and coordinate delivery in under 90 minutes.

If you're looking to get started with Agentforce, Parth recommends jumping on Trailhead as your first step. The Agentforce Specialist certification gives you the tools you need to start building, and then it's all about getting your hands dirty.

Make sure to listen to the full conversation with Parth Sevak about how he built Harvest Bridge and won the Agentforce for Good Grand Prize. And don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * UN World Food Programme * Trailhead: Agentforce Specialist certification * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: Agentforce for Good Shows the Power of Inclusive Innovation * Watch the Demo

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're talking with Parth Sevak about how a real world food waste solution went from idea to working system in just days using Agentforce. Drawing from a challenge that impacts millions globally, Parth built HarvestBridge, which is a multi-agent system designed to connect surplus food with the people and organizations that need it most. Now, this was part of the TDX26 Hackathon Challenge and what makes this conversation the most compelling isn't just the technology, it's how admins and architects can really orchestrate data automation, AI agents and human coordination together without months of integration work. We also get into what it means to design a trustworthy system where humans stay in control while AI handles scale and speed. So, if you've ever been wondering about how Agentforce changes the role of the Salesforce admin from builder to system orchestrator, this episode's for you. Be sure to subscribe, share the episode with your team, your friends, your local Salesforce admin user group and let us know what kind of real world problems you'd solve with Agentforce. But for now, we're going to get Parth on the podcast. So, Parth, welcome to the podcast.

Parth Sevak: Thanks, Mike. Really glad to be here.

Mike: Well, I'm glad to have you. So, if everything shakes out, the episode before this will be the episode with the Agentforce for Good People, but sometimes scheduling is what it is. But I was at TDX this year and we had Hackathon winners and you were part of the Agentforce Hackathon. And so, that's how I got connected with you. But I think before we get into that, I'd love to know a little bit about how you got started in the Salesforce ecosystem, what you do and let's go from there.

Parth Sevak: Absolutely, Mike. Again, thanks for having me. So, the story of how I ended up in Salesforce is really interesting. That was not my plan. In fact, back in 2011, I was a fresh computer science engineering grade hunting for my first real tech off somewhere. And that time, the startup economy was just taking off and Java was the thing, the only thing in my perspective as far as I was concerned. And then my boss pulled me aside and said, "Parth, you are going to work on Salesforce." And I said, "Oh, what is Salesforce? I'm looking for Java opportunities." So, he made his pitch. "Apex is basically Java, you will feel right at home. And there is this thing called Dreamforce, massive event, you might get to experience it someday." And that's where you see a lot of enterprise innovation is going to come in. Basically, he sold it and 16 years later, here I am loving the challenge, loving the stretch, always finding ages I haven't touched yet and it keeps me motivated.

Mike: He was a heck of a salesman. Java, here's Salesforce. It's just like Java. And if you're good enough, you might get to go to Dreamforce. That's awesome. So, go ahead.

Parth Sevak: Yeah. And just to tell you what currently I'm doing. So, these days-

Mike: Yeah, please.

Parth Sevak: ... I'm working as a director of technology at Incepta Solutions where I lead data, CRM integration and agentic AI transformation for enterprise clients across financial services, retail manufacturing and pharma healthcare. But I make sure to keep one foot in hands-on building always. And that's how HarvestBridge happened at TDX, as you see.

Mike: Yeah. So, let's talk about that. I mean, it's really cool. This isn't our first hackathon since we've come out with Agentforce. We've been doing hackathons and the early hackathons, I was a judge in quite a few and some of the really neat ideas that people were coming up with for the use of AI agents and some agentic use cases I think were really kind of interesting. I know we had that at TDX. So, I guess let's start off with the TDX Agentforce for Good Hackathon. What made you want to enter that to begin with?

Parth Sevak: Yeah, to be really honest, it was again, my boss encouraged me because even I was not sure whether I would be attending the TDX in first place, but my boss was really motivated to join the party and he invited me. And then I realized, okay, if I register for TDX, there is an option to participate in the hackathon. And that's how my journey began.

Mike: Oh, well, we made that awfully easy for you, didn't we?

Parth Sevak: Yeah.

Mike: I mean, I would like to think I'm a competitive person, but when it comes down to it, I think I really like watching competitions as opposed to competing. What made you think, "Oh, I'm going to get into this because the idea that I have is so great." So, tell me a little bit about what your idea was and what it solved for.

Parth Sevak: Yeah. So, honestly, the topic I picked is not a fleshy topic, right? I picked the food waste, which is definitely not a hackathon topic. It's not a biotech, it's not a blockchain. But my heart said, pick it anyway because food is the most basic thing and somehow we managed to throw away nearly half of it while families a few blocks away are skipping dinner. And then again, I am a data guy, so please allow me to share some numbers here.

Mike: Oh yeah, please.

Parth Sevak: And that application for me, that 2.5 billion tons of food wasted every year, 783 million people are facing hunger. And when I read that and thought, "This cannot be right." And I check UN website, food banks' websites, and again, the numbers held up. And the on that hit really hardest is this number, which is in North America, 40% of food produced never gets eaten right here in our cities, whether it's San Francisco, Toronto, basically with our neighborhood.

Mike: I mean, that's crazy. I know I've seen ... I forget the show. It was on Discovery Channel here in the US and they talked about ... I didn't know there were hog farmers out in Las Vegas, but there are and they work with the casinos. The casinos have all those buffets to get all their food scraps. I thought that was really, really fascinating. I guess you think about it and until you look at it on a larger scale, do you even understand how much food is produced and unfortunately how much is wasted?

Parth Sevak: Yeah, totally, Mike.

Mike: So, let's talk about your solution because it involves Agentforce. So, were you going to feed Agentforce some apples? That's a joke because you can't feed it apples. I mean, you could feed it apples maybe like an emoji.

Parth Sevak: So, yeah, I think let me first of all piggyback on this one, this idea that this HarvestBridge as a idea, right? When you look at this project from the outside, it may sound like as a big AI project. We have four agents, multi-agent coordination, the whole team, but the reality on the inside is three of those four agents are about 80% configuration. And this is the Agentforce play in my opinion because I used agent builder topics, instructions, guardrails, then flow for orchestration, custom objects, validation rules, formula fields, like typical standard admin toolkit. And obviously, there was a 20% which is code, which is attacks actions for things like geo-matching. So, that also like I wipe coded with cloud plugin for Agentforce available. And what came back was the quality of a season developer with proper design patents, clean error handling, governance limit aware as I made sure to provide the right context. That is very important. So, anytime if anybody ever built a flow with a decision branch and a few validation rules, you can think the way you need to build an agent. The tools just caught up with you.

Mike: Yeah. Well, actually we had a few presentations at TDX and the admin track from admins who are vibe coding and I've had a few people on the podcast talking about how they've vibe coded and just the product itself is just insane to think you can sit down and there's a plan and there's an action button. And even in the plan button, I was really impressed with how much Agentforce Vibes could give you back as an admin to really help you plan your application.

Parth Sevak: Yeah, that is really empowering thing has happening just in front of eyes and not just that, but we are at the forefront of that innovation and definitely the Agentforce for Good is really the category that should motivate everybody to get their hand dirty for something to produce something really good.

Mike: Yeah. So, let's talk about while you were building your application to deal with food waste, what was a point in time when you sat back and maybe learned something that you didn't know as you were building it?

Parth Sevak: Yeah. So, before I answer that question, I need to tell you how I approach the build process if it is okay.

Mike: Oh, please.

Parth Sevak: Yeah. Okay. So, basically like Mike, to be very frank, I didn't follow a plan. I would love to say that I sat down on day one and map out a clean sprint like user stories and backlog, but that was not what happened. What actually happened is I just started building right away. So, I picked the first thing, which is a donor bot. This is the agent that talks to donors and captures surplus food. First I got that working and the moment it ran, the next question was obvious that, okay, now surplus is in the system in the Salesforce. Now where does it go? So, I built the matchmaker agent and once matchmaker was written in matches, the next question came up on its own that who actually picks the food up and delivers it? Who is the volunteer? That became logistics coordinator on Slack and by then, I had data flowing through the whole system and it was almost asking to be visualized and that become impact analyst on Tableau. So, overall, I ended up building four agents, each one revealed the next. And what made that look possible beyond Agentforce itself is that I had AI assistance alongside me the whole way, like not just for the apex spaces we talked about, but for the thinking too, like should this be one agent or two? What edge cases am I missing? Is this topic structure clean, less a solo build and a more long conversation with a partner who is read every Salesforce document kind of like ever published. So, when I started building on the Agentforce platform, I had some high expectations and let me tell you, like what really surprised me in a pleasant way is the breadth. I use Agent Builder for the agents themselves, the topics, instructions, custom actions. Then underneath, I relied on agent script for the deterministic safety rules. So, things like allergens and expiry windows are not left to the LLM to decide. From there, I brought an Agentforce voice for the call-in donation capture, which I think just became GA recently, which I think, yeah, an intelligent context handled passing food details out of photos that donor send in. All of it was sitting on Data 360, which held the unified profiles of donors, recipients, and volunteers. Here is the part that genuinely caught me off guard. I didn't write any glue code between those layers, like an agent would hand off to a flow which will call an apex action that will update the records in the Data 360 and that would trigger a Slack message. That would feed back into another agent's context and all of it just worked like a charm. And if I reflect like five years ago, that integration story would have been months, if not years and this made me possible to deliver something so amazing in just few days and that was my wow moment from the whole build. And Mike, if I just like tell you another perspective that the other thing I was nervous about going in was hallucination because I am building four different agents and then you have obviously hear the horror stories, right? But between agent builders topic structure, agent script for hard rules and clear instructions, that's how I make sure that my agent behave very well. So, food safety rules around allergens and expiry are not something that I would let an LLM to decide. I would make sure to enforce them deterministically at the architecture level and for that I leverage agent script and thank God, that agent script work really well and where I would love to see things improve is just the debugging because when an agent's reasoning across topics and data sources, tracing what it actually did is still a bit difficult. So, the tooling is getting better, but its place still I'm watching.

Mike: Yeah. I do an Agentforce Now workshop every month and I always try to point out when we're building it and preview how you can go through and see what the agent is doing and how it's deploying its sub-agents. And I think with everything we're still learning what AI is and how to debug it and it's this interesting intersection because we want the intelligence and the context and the engagement of AI, but I think people got really hooked on how perfect a bot would respond and a bot would respond because it's always A, B or C and we gave it those answers. And the nice thing about AI is it doesn't necessarily have those answers, but it can think independently, but we still want that control. So, it's like building the perfect employee.

Parth Sevak: Yeah, absolutely. And that's why, like as I said, Mike, the deterministic approach is very significant and particularly, I would kind of rely on agent script that really gives that control back to the human or admins or architects so that they don't need to basically do the guesswork that, okay, what will be the response of agent if I do this prompt versus that prompt? It can simply be predictable. So, that is the cool thing I would say about the agent script and what it makes possible now in the reality of governance.

Mike: So, I think one thing that's really cool about hackathons is it's kind of blue sky and green field. You can come in with a solution and like in your case, it really solves a real world problem. If somebody is listening to this and thinking, "Wow, I'd really like to get started with Agentforce," what was the first thing that you did to get hands-on with Agentforce and start understanding the product to the level that you do now?

Parth Sevak: Oh, I think I don't recall exactly the date and time, but I think it was I think a couple of years ago when there was already like Agentforce discussion has already began because I was active in the community and thanks to Trailhead. And I basically started my journey to equip myself about like what is this best Agentforce, right? And then I did few modules and ultimately I think last December, I got certified in the Agentforce as Agentforce specialist. So, that really gives me clarity that okay, just not about like, okay, what I can build for the demonstration purpose, but also for me, it's very important that I can actually pass on that knowledge to my team so that they can ship the products or ship the agents that is really the kind of like configurable and scalable across the systems, not just one particular cloud or system or CRM.

Mike: Yeah. I mean, anytime I need to learn something for a demo or for a presentation I'm putting together, I usually turn to Trailhead first and kind of walk through it and get an idea of what the product can and do and how I can configure it. So, I'm right there with you. Even Salesforce people still learn on Trailhead.

Parth Sevak: Yeah, that's amazing actually. I call it as a live report, it's always live. You never get any stale recipe or stale dishes. So, that means everybody, whether it's a employee of Salesforce, partners or customers, everybody can rely on Trailhead for the real time information for sure.

Mike: So, moving forward, we have a little event in the fall that we do called Dreamforce that you mentioned. Obviously, none of us have a crystal ball. Well, I'm sure a few people in Salesforce do to know what we're going to show, but what are some of the things you would love to see this year at Dreamforce?

Parth Sevak: Okay. So, as I said, I have been part of the Salesforce ecosystem for almost 16 years and what really amazing to see is that the platform never sits still. So, when I started, here is the context, Mike, what I'm talking about is when I started we were building the S controls and it came to Visualforce.

Mike: Yeah, that's back when I started too, called them Superman controls.

Parth Sevak: Yeah. Then Visualforce, like proper MVC, controllers, pages, then Aura framework. And my first test of real component-based DUI was that Aura and then Lightning Web components. And I remember thinking, okay, this changes everything. And now 2026, we have got React running on Lightning Web Runtime along with the Headless 360 and agents that reason and act on their own and every leap has bigger than the last, right? So, it is the one ecosystem I have worked in that's never stopped becoming more interesting. I will make sure like a kid, I always go without any expectation that, okay, oh, what I'm going to get out of this conference because I know whatever will be there, it will be super amazing, super productive and make everyone's life much better than it was before.

Mike: Yeah. Wow, that sets the wheels in motion to draw the bar even higher for all the rest of us. I appreciate you sharing that. And I will say one thing that we do at Dreamforce every year is we not only have volunteering activities, but I know the entire event is very conscious about the food that we use and how it gets recycled and dispersed evenly to make sure that we have the right amount. Because conferences I'm sure are big places where a lot of stuff can go to waste as well.

Parth Sevak: Yeah, no absolutely. And I couldn't be more prouder than this, particularly like I was not also that conscious about all these basic problems, but then I started volunteering. I involved with some foundations and then I realized, "Oh man, wow, we are living in a 21st century and still we are not able to figure out the solution for this day-to-day problems." And it really kind of like hurts in our heart like if we see. So, basically like my belly is full. It's not solving the problem, right? I cannot be that selfish and truly like I couldn't agree more like Dreamforce. And that's I think really set the high bar that how the conferences should be run from the humanitarian angle as well.

Mike: Yeah. Well, thanks for the kind words, Parth. I appreciate you coming on the podcast. This was a great conversation. I will say this now I should be able to find your TDX video and post that in the link so that everybody can see the demo of the app that you built and see how cool it was because I know we like to showcase those winners and so hopefully it inspires other people to not only participate in the hackathon but bring those solutions back to their communities as well.

Parth Sevak: Yeah. And Mike, if you permit, can I say something like I would take maybe a one minute-

Mike: Sure.

Parth Sevak: ... which is very close to my heart and this is like a period like everybody is going through the transition. So, what I say is like, yeah, we need to be a jack of all, but master of one. And what I mean by that is that we don't want to restrict ourselves doing the same thing for too long. It's easy to get comfortable. For example, you are good at your role, the work is familiar, but comfort is also the thing that quietly stop you from growing. And right now with where the technology is, the agentic AI is here, right? This is exactly the moment to step outside that comfort zone, not because that you have to, but because the upside is so much bigger than the downside and Agent AI use well is probably the most empowering tool any of us have had access in our professional journey at least. So, I can take you somewhere you couldn't get along, but only if you handle it right, it can. So, stay the architect, keep judgment in your hands, let it stretch you instead of replacing you. The individuals who lean into that, who do the thing that is needed most for their clients, their employers, and honestly for their own sake, those are the people I think come out of the next two or three years transformed. So, for me, what is next is more building, more sharing, more conversations like this one. And if one person listening today challenges themselves to try something they have been putting off, that is a great month.

Mike: I would agree. Couldn't have said it any better than you did. Well, Parth, thanks for coming on the podcast. It was great having this conversation with you.

Parth Sevak: Yeah, thank you, Mike. This was a real pleasure.

Mike: Huge thanks to Parth for joining us and sharing how HarvestBridge came together at the intersection of AI, automation, governance, and real world impact. I know one of the biggest takeaways from this conversation is that the future admin isn't just configuring tools, they're designing systems that connect people, data, agents, and outcomes responsibly. So, whether you're experimenting with Agentforce for the first time or already building multi-agent workflows, the opportunity is bigger than just productivity. It's about solving meaningful problems faster and with more intention. Of course, if you enjoyed this episode, subscribe, leave a review, share it with somebody who's ready to start building what's next. And until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Alexandra Iyer, Director of Marketing Strategy and AI Transformation, and Global EVP of Abilityforce at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about the Agentforce for Good Hackathon at TDX and what happens when technology, accessibility, and community come together to solve real-world problems.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Alexandra Laxmi Iyer.

Agentforce for Good expands AI beyond business problems This year, we added a new twist to the types of problems you could solve for at the TDX Hackathon. We called it Agentforce for Good, and it offered participants a way to work on some big problems: food insecurity, nonprofit volunteer coordination, disaster relief, and more.

That's why I'm so excited to bring Alexandra "X" Iyer on the pod. She's the Global EVP of Abilityforce, Salesforce's internal business unit for people with disabilities and their allies. They've been running an internal accessibility hackathon for years, and Agentforce for Good grew out of a desire to open it up to the community and broaden its scope.

"Builders who probably never thought of themselves as social impact developers shipped working Agentforce solutions for all sorts of big problems," X says, and 62% of this year's Hackathon entries were solving for Agentforce for Good.

Inclusive design creates better technology for everyone "When we are challenged with designing for the edge, you make the center better," X says. Finding challenges that force you to push tools like Tableau, Slack, and Agentforce in new ways helps you uncover capabilities that you might not have otherwise thought about. As X likes to put it, "Good design is just good design, full stop."

Going forward, X and her team are looking for ways to expand Agentforce for Good beyond TDX. Consider this a call for participation, and she encourages you to get in touch to volunteer or bring Agentforce for Good to a community event near you.

Lived experience is a valuable design credential "One of the main things I would love for people to take away from our conversation is that your lived experience is a credential," X says. "It's not a distraction." After all, designing around new challenges is how we come up with innovative solutions that nobody else would have thought of. Your unique perspective is valuable.

Make sure to listen to the full episode for more insights from X. Next week, we'll hear from the winner of the TDX Hackathon, so make sure you're subscribed to the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Trailblazer Community Group: Abilityforce * Salesforce Equality Groups

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * X on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins podcast, we're talking about what happens when technology, accessibility, and community come together to solve real world problems. I'm joined by X or X, who is the director of marketing, strategy and AI transformation at Salesforce and Vice President of Abilityforce to discuss the Agentforce for Good Hackathon that happened at TDX. Now we're going to find out that it started as an employee-led accessibility initiative. And has grown into a community movement bringing together admins, developers, partners, and customers to build solutions that address challenges like food insecurity, disaster relief, and volunteer coordination. We're going to talk about why designing for inclusion leads to better outcomes, how AI can help scale impact, and why your lived experience might be one of the most valuable design credentials you have. So if you're thinking about how data automation, AI agents work together to create meaningful change not just inside your organization, but in the world around it, I promise you this episode is for you. So let's get Alexandra on the podcast. So Alexandra, welcome to the podcast.

Alexandra: Thank you for having me, Mike.

Mike: I think it's going to be a fun conversation because we're talking about Agentforce for Good today. So let's get started to learn a little bit about you and your path to Salesforce and your path to the Agentforce for Good Hackathon.

Alexandra: Absolutely. Thank you for asking. And by the way, I go by X for short, so feel free to call me X.

Mike: Perfect.

X: I'm the director of marketing strategy and AI transformation for our customer success and partner marketing team here at Salesforce. And I'm also the vice president for Abilityforce, our employee resource group for people with disabilities and their allies. And when we're talking about the Agentforce for Good Hackathon, this is really a moment where these two worlds actually collided. Normally, they wouldn't collide, but the hackathon is genuinely where they did. I come from 20 years of go to-market experience. I'm not a builder by background. I actually got curious in a marketing role about the products that I was marketing and how they worked. So that curiosity pulled me into the platform, into development, into force certifications that I did not see coming. And then, I went from talking about technology to building on it and that changed everything. I believe that the AI era is only worth building if it's built for everyone. That's not a tagline for me. It's a design requirement. And I truly feel that admins have always known that. Admins are the ones closest to the humans using the platform, the problems, the friction, the gaps. And I also believe they're the closest to the solution. So I think it's not a support function, it's a superpower and I'm really happy to be here.

Mike: Yeah. Well, I agree with everything you had to say, X. I do agree that admins are very superpower. I also think just in general, when we think about technology, it's not how do we roll it out for some people? It's how do we roll it out for everyone? And I remember this is a long time ago, but when I first joined a company that did workplace assessments, I remember they said, "Well, when creating the test, we have to assume the person doesn't know how to use a mouse." And I remember thinking to myself, this is ... closed-minded is the wrong word, but I just was unaware. And I was like, "Well, who doesn't know how to use a mouse?" And they're like, "Well, you don't understand." And I was like, "Oh, that is a huge challenge." And sometimes until you get someone else's perspective, do you really understand like, it's not that you've been living under a rock, it's just too often sometimes people assume their world is just like everyone else's world and it's not. So there's a Mike side of I had to remember that not everybody knows how to use a mouse sometimes.

X: Well, Mike, frankly, I consider that the main dish. I don't think it's a Mike side. I think that if you're designing for the default user, it's not really good technology and that when you optimize for the average, you're excluding by design. So I think it's the main dish and it's part of the reason why the Agentforce for Good Hackathon even exists. So to give you a little context, three years ago, the Agentforce for Good Hackathon was an internal-only, employee-only hackathon led by Abilityforce. I mentioned earlier Salesforce's business resource group for people with disabilities and their allies. And then, last year we said, "Why does it have to be about accessibility only and why does it only have to be for employees?" So then we opened it up to the community. We had partners and customers and employees all building on the platform, really stretching the platform, bringing us to TDX this year, where builders who really probably never even thought of themselves as social impact developers shipped working Agentforce Solutions for food insecurity, for nonprofit volunteer coordination, you name it. So when we all come together to threshold platform for everybody, not the default user, we're really shipping great technology and boy, did the admin community really show up for this.

Mike: Yeah, no kidding. And just as kind of a teaser, next week on the podcast we have the winner of the hackathon to talk through their application. So that was a fun conversation, but let's dive into what some of the things that you did around the hackathon, some of the stuff that you saw and what some of the participants tried to tackle.

X: Absolutely, so we had ... so a little fun fact for you is that of all of the submissions for the TDX Hackathon, over 62% of them self-selected to say, "I want to solve for the Agentforce for Good." It wasn't required. And then, 50% of the Agentforce for Good projects were participants could submit in multiple categories, but 50% of those 62% of the projects were only for Agentforce for Good. They solved things from disaster relief to supporting teams post-addiction to food rescue, truly really pushing the boundaries of the Salesforce platform.

Mike: Yeah, absolutely. And I always think sometimes that we're trying to solve problems with technology where it's just how do you layer in the technology? But I do feel ... and I was there when they gave the awards, I do really feel that the integral solution for a lot of these works the technology along with the process that is also needed. There's just things you can't do without the technology that when you layer that in, wow, it unlocks a different world.

X: Yeah, absolutely. I think that when we are challenged with designing for the edge, you make the center better. And so I'm sure that some of these solutions that put together Tableau and Slack and Agentforce have uncovered some capabilities that maybe we might not have thought about, whether it's for a good cause or not. So I do think it also allows very special kinds of developers and admins to come to the surface as well.

Mike: Absolutely. So in your work with the community and around the community, what are some of the events that you go to? What are some of the presentations and content that you put out there that people find valuable and useful?

X: Well, I mean, I'm only starting to get into the conference circuit or the community circuit, to be honest with you. I've been kind of-

Mike: I like that we call it a circuit.

X: Yeah.

Mike: Get around the circuit.

X: I mean, for me, it's something that I've always been ... and this might be a little too raw, but I am an open book, Mike, so hear me out here. I have never, ever had the ... what's the word I'm looking for? It's kind of like, I guess confidence is the right word. I've never been raising my hand to say, "Oh, I should submit and speak," or, "I should fight to attend this event because this really matters to me." And it's only recently where I've started to get my legs a little bit more to do that. I've published a couple of articles on LinkedIn, building with Cloud Code, using Slack, Slackbot, all these things. And so, I'm just starting to get out there and really getting exposed to the possibilities of our platform. I actually don't know how to answer that question, except for I'd love invites, I'd love to know what the community finds interesting and I'd love to facilitate doing good in the world, doing as much good as we are solving business problems.

Mike: Yeah. I think ... I mean, you're also just taking the first step. Some people ... I'll just go, but I'll never present. And I always encourage people, even ... you don't have to go to a big conference or you don't have to present at Dreamforce, but even getting up and sharing things at your local user group, the thing I'm reminded of, somebody needs to see somebody like you presenting.

X: Well, thanks for saying that. I'm actually presenting at Connections this week. Yeah. It's my first real speaking session and we're talking about how we've used Slack and Slackbot to scale top level support to our incredible partners. We have over 13,000 partners in the Slack community and we have a lot of different skills that we're using to help our partners go to market faster in a more customized personalized way. And so, we'll be talking about that. But back to the hackathon, the one thing I did want to underscore is that Salesforce has a total of 16 equality groups from Abilityforce, to Neuroforce, to Asiapacforce, to Outforce, BOLDforce. And we all came together for this hackathon and we're going to continue to do that. So likely, you'll see us at Dreamforce and at TDX again. So I would love to have the community just continue to support this and participate and start the platform. I'll say that our community is proving that intersectional volunteer-led initiatives drives higher engagement and faster product adoption than traditional top-down motions. And so, I just want to have a call to participation. If your community or your listeners want to participate, we're definitely open to having more volunteers support and would love to see these at our community events as well.

Mike: Yeah. I've already been to a community event MidAtlantic Dreamin', this year in Philadelphia. And I love going to those events because it is all community presenting and really showing their perspective on giving different solutions and tackling different challenges. And it ranges from technical through just giving presentations to your executives and having the confidence to walk into a boardroom and really working through that, not all the presentations are exactly technical. And so, you can learn different skills that way, but I appreciate you bringing that up. That's always very good and good for you getting up on stage. It's okay. I do think sometimes ... I've spoke on a lot of different stages. Sometimes it's the smallest ones that are the hardest because once you get up on a big stage, there's just so many people that your brain can't absorb it. It's crazy.

X: Yeah. Well, I guess my little theater session at Connections will have to do, but-

Mike: You never know, there could be 200 people there and do a little theater session.

X: I know, I know. My goodness. Yeah. What I'm curious about, Mike, from your perspective is why do you think ... Here I am, I'm asking you a question.

Mike: Please.

X: Why do you think we had such incredible participation? Because it really was humbling the amount of community support we got from folks joining the Agentforce for Good Hackathon.

Mike: I thought about that too and I think it's maybe a couple of things. One, I've been a part of either on the team where people around me are planning the hackathon. I've been in the judging room sometimes for a few of the events and going through, watching the submissions and watching the integration of how did they use Agentforce and what was the solution they were trying to solve. I feel like the opportunity for solving things that really provide, I'll call it exponential value to the community, is so great. And it also kind of, in some respects, opens up the creativity because depending on how long you've been a Salesforce admin, how long you've been a Salesforce developer, you might not have all of that kind of exposure into different businesses and different processes. I know for a long time, a lot of hackathon people were tackling things in the medical world and I won't give away ... Well, I can give away the winner because we all know it. But the unique solution that they come up with, you have to think of it's not what is the technology solved for, it's what was the issue and the challenge that provided the biggest gap that technology proved out to do the most good. And I just think after talking with the winner and seeing that solution, I think a lot of people just genuinely found a lot of really satisfying things to build when it comes to solutioning ... I'll call it solutioning for good, as opposed to solutioning for profit.

X: Right.

Mike: Because then you're like, wow, if we can do this, this and this, because the gaps are always there and they're always huge because nobody ... For lack of a better terms, nobody is maximizing good for profit.

X: Yeah.

Mike: And so, the thinking of just different things around animal adoption or adoption shelters or food and food insecurity, there's always communication gaps there. And the biggest thing that AI we found and Slack, and some of these other tools, but the biggest thing that AI solves is communication. I was on Amazon the other day just not as a tangent, but kind of ... and they have this new button now you can click and it generates kind of an AI overview of the product and some of the common answers to the questions that they have. And I thought to myself, that gap probably didn't exist, but AI solved it and AI is able to communicate with us. And I think that to me for things that do good and help others, communication is always the key and it's always the biggest gap because communication at scale never happens.

X: It's interesting that you say gap and it's making me think of something I'd love to share about our employee hackathon. So we are still doing our employee version of the Agentforce for Good Hackathon and this year, we're adding an AI fluency track. So we have our traditional builder track, and then we have our AI fluency track and you don't have to be building an agent to build something powerful.

Mike: Right.

X: And so, we want to provide an opportunity for admins and marketers and all sorts of folks to be able to confidently collaborate with AI to give our users agency to drive impact at speed and scale. And so, I think admins do a really great job at understanding human like you were saying the Amazon button and clicking that button as an admin, you kind of know why the user might click it or why they might click the wrong one because of maybe where it's placed or is it accessible or things don't get filled out correctly and you know how to create some workarounds. And so, I think the AI fluency track for us is about really bringing more of that human element back into the AI. So I'd be curious if the community would be down with participating in an AI fluency track where it's like writing ... like it's not about building something. Maybe it's like the most artful skill, Slackbot skill, or maybe it's a killer Gemini prompt or something along those lines. But I think you mentioning the gap really made me think about how I want AI for all technology that empowers everybody, but I also don't want to leave anyone behind.

Mike: Right. Yeah. I mean along those lines, I was talking today with my manager and we were discussing something and she's like, "So what do you use?" Because at Salesforce we have a wealth of tools. I think comparative to ... I've talked with other friends and like, "Wow, you get to use that and that and that?" And I'm like, "Yeah, and there's probably more that I don't know about." And they're like, "Geez, we don't even have ..." So that part alone was ... I was like, "Yay. Well, I'm glad I have a wealth of resources." But she asked what I was going to use it for. And I said, "The biggest thing that I try to use AI for in looking at a lot of data on sheets or 10, 15 page documents, what are the blind spots for the stuff that I don't normally pick up?" And that to me was the greatest prompts that I could use. And back to some of your Agentforce Hackathon stuff, I think actually that's some of the biggest opportunities that admins have across their org is we always look at, well, how can the agent improve this or that? Boy, I would just love it if ... how could the agent just look at the record somebody created and be like, "Yeah, Jim, that's not going to cut it."

X: Absolutely.

Mike: "You left a bunch of fields blank and you know what, those fields are there for a reason. Go back and fill them in." That's what I would want. I would want a little snarcastic clippy coming up and being like, "I think you can do better."

X: Yeah.

Mike: But it's also not, how do I make myself perform in a greater capacity or increased speed? Yes, that's part of it, but also, how do I make myself save myself?

X: Yeah.

Mike: So how do I look at this, but tell me what I'm not seeing because I don't know to look for it.

X: You've inspired me to share one of the main things I would love for people to take away from our conversation, which is your lived experience is a credential. It's not a distraction. So how you experience things, the type of inputs you would want. In the Agentforce for Good Hackathon, we're asking for accessibility and equity lenses that only people can have through their lived experiences of what's broken, what's inaccessible, what might be perceived as unfair in technology. That is absolutely a credential and not a distraction. And so I am happy to hear that those are the types of thoughts you have and I hope that all of us do that. All of us have the agency to think about those things in our designs.

Mike: Yeah. I mean, your answer brings me back to long ago publishing days and I remember I used to work selling textbooks and I worked the sales desk set by the editors and the author's desks and we could all mix and mingle and talk to each other. I remember one of the authors for a book in New York City came over to my desk and said, "Can you read this question and tell me what the answer is?" And the question had, it was like for fifth or sixth grade, if the kid was at his window and wanted to look at the stars, what would he use? A microscope, a telescope, binoculars, or ... I forget something else. And I remember saying, "Oh, well, it's obviously a telescope." And they said, "Yeah, but you know that because you know telescopes exist. What if you don't know that telescopes exist or what if you didn't know you could see the sky?" And it was because it was based for a book in New York City where I live in the middle of the Midwest, I can go outside and see the sky. I can walk two feet outside my front door, but some people ... And I've been in parts of New York, you walk outside and the buildings are so tall, you might not ever see the sky. And I thought, wow, what an interesting perspective. And so, I use that example with a lot of AI bots that I work with to be like, here's an example of, not a blindness, but something I wasn't aware of. And can you look for something similar to that in my writing or in this thing that I'm looking at? Because sometimes if you grew up in the Midwest and you could always see the stars in the sky, you might not know that there's a sky.

X: Right, right. Okay. So real talk here, did you influence any of these authors? Are there books out there tech book-

Mike: There was. There was. There were No Child Left Behind Test Prep books, which I think have probably faded into obscurity, but I probably have a few in my closet somewhere that I took before I left the company, but I would like to think so.

X: I'm sure there is. And that's such a good story and such a good analogy. I mean, at times I've thought to myself, well, what if you grew up every single day thinking blue was red and then somebody told you red was blue and you were wrong. Your perceived lived experience changes very basic things like that.

Mike: Right. I grew up with Four Seasons because we have all of them in Iowa and some people haven't. Or the other conversation I had with the author that was working on the New York books was around green grass because the likelihood that a child might not have ever seen green grass in their life is very high in New York City. And I was like, "Wow, actually you're right."

X: Exactly.

Mike: And you don't think about those things when your perspective is, I can see green grass outside of my window, why can't everybody else?

X: Yep, 100%. Well, at the end of the day, this conversation that we're having is exactly why the Agentforce for Good Hackathon is so important. One of my taglines in one of my recent articles is that good design is just good design, period. And it truly becomes non-negotiable when the stakes are someone's health, their safety, or their dignity. And that is what is so exciting about the Agentforce for Good Hackathon.

Mike: Yep. I think that's perfect note to end things on. So X thanks for coming by and sharing with us on the podcast. And next week, we get to talk to the listener or to the hackathon winner.

X: That's going to be exciting. I can't wait to tune in and thank you for the opportunity to share more about this hackathon and look forward to the next one.

Mike: So that was a great conversation with X. I'm glad she could come on. And by the way, I teased it out, but just a reminder, next week on the podcast we have the hackathon winner on, to talk about their solution and what they're passionate about. It's a really great episode. One thing that stood out to me is that great solutions don't start with technology. They start with understanding people, their experiences, and their outcomes that matter most. As Salesforce admins, we're often the ones connecting systems, stakeholders, and now AI agents to solve problems at scale. So whether you're building your business, your community, or a cause you care about, there's an opportunity to design technology that works for you. Be sure to subscribe so that you never miss an episode. And you know what? If you found this conversation valuable, share it with a fellow Salesforce admin. Until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Salesforce Admins Can Reduce Risk With Proactive Security

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Kate Lessard, Lead Admin Evangelist at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about why security is the foundation for how data, automation, and AI work together.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Kate Lessard.

Why strong security is proactive, not reactive Security can often feel like the elephant in the room. Everyone knows it's important, but the amount of work needed to do it right can feel daunting. Thorny problems like accumulated tech debt and organizational inertia can make you feel like you're better off not talking about it.

That's why I sat down with Kate Lessard. This month, she ran a workshop called Security in Action to highlight the simple steps you can take to strengthen the security posture of your org. She got hands-on with an example org to demonstrate how to use Health Check to identify and fix security problems.

It's all about taking a proactive approach to security, rather than waiting for something to happen to you.

Your Health Check score is a security action plan "Health Check is no longer just a list of settings for you to review," Kate says, "it's your dynamic risk mitigation dashboard." Issues are sorted into four categories: high-risk, medium-risk, low-risk, and informational. There is also a status to rate the level of urgency for each issue: critical, warning, or compliant.

Health Check is also customizable. If your organization's security policies are different than the Salesforce Baseline Standard, you can download an XML file and tweak the criteria. You can compare your policies to what's recommended by Salesforce, and maybe identify some low-hanging fruit.

In short, your Health Check score gives you a prioritized list of which security issues need to be addressed first so you can walk into a meeting with stakeholders with a solid plan of action.

Helpful reports for user management Security and user management go hand in hand, and Kate recommends some reports that admins can run to help with governance.

First of all, the Active System Administrator Report can help you find users who might have more access than they need. This can often be an issue in older orgs where it was easier to give someone admin access than to sit down and solve the permission problem. Kate also likes to run a report on Reports, to keep track of what her users are interacting with the most.

As Kate says, it's all about making a shift towards a security model built around permission set best practices. As admins, we need to find a way to fit security seamlessly into our organization's business processes, and vice versa. There may be an upfront cost, but it's all about making security easy in the long run.

Listen to the full conversation for more from Kate about security and Health Check. And don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Blog: Securing Your Org: From Reactive to Proactive * Kate Clicks Through It: Protect Your Salesforce Org With Health Check

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Kate on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins podcast, I sit down with Salesforce Evangelist Kate Lessard to unpack why security is really no longer a side conversation for admin, but the foundation to how data, humans, automation and AI all work together. We're going to cover her new security workshop that she led last week, and talk about health check upgrades, permission set security models, and of course how Salesforce admins can move from reacting to security problems to proactively designing trusted systems. We do touch on a little bit of governance, user access, and why secure data is the backbone of every successful AI implementation. So if you've ever wondered how modern Salesforce admins evolve from feature builders into stewards of trust, this episode is for you. And with that, let's get Kate on the podcast. Kate, welcome back to the podcast.

Kate Lessard: Hey, thanks for having me back. Excited to be here.

Mike: Well, it feels like a lot of relevant things for admins are coming out of your camp lately from True to the Core Deep Dive to last week's security and action. I feel like there should be like a thunderclap after that. Security and action. Dun, dun, dun.

Kate Lessard: Yeah, absolutely. Data and access.

Mike: Right. Mm-hmm. Yep. Like a comic book hero. And then you got to do the comic book land. Anyway, totally off topic. Look at that. 30 seconds into the podcast, we're already in comic books. People-

Kate Lessard: I mean, I am here for it. Admins are superheroes, especially when they are securing their orgs.

Mike: We are. So let's talk about what that first workshop was, and what you covered, and how it went. So tell me a little bit more, tell everybody a little bit more about what that workshop was.

Kate Lessard: So in the Security and Action workshop, we were really focused on data and access and using HealthCheck as our guide. So essentially we started off with some security basics knowing that much of our audience was at different levels. So we had people joining us that are brand new admins that are working on their first certification. And then we had people joining us that have been in the ecosystem and in a Salesforce role for more than 10 years. So wanted to make sure that we had a strong foundation and that we had reviewed some security foundational knowledge base points for everybody to get on the same level. And then we got hands-on in an org that just didn't have a great health check score and had some security concerns that we went through, and hands-on adjusted together until we improved our score, we better secured our org, and just increased our security posture.

Mike: Cool. I didn't hear Agentforce in there and we're in the age of AI.

Kate Lessard: Yeah. So I do think we didn't specifically touch on Agentforce in this first workshop. We really wanted to focus on that strong security base where it applies to all of your org. And that might mean that it applies to your users, both human and agent, but really focusing in on that prime security. And then we do have plans in the future to enhance this and take this to the next level and really expand on some of those agentic guardrails. But I think that it's just really important to have that foundation first.

Mike: Yeah. I mean, all of it bases around good, clean data and secure data.

Kate Lessard: Absolutely. And you're not going to have a successful Agentforce implementation without that. That is the foundation point that's going to set your organization up for success using AI.

Mike: I did the Agentforce Now workshop that week, and I always emphasize the importance of filling in description and metadata fields as well.

Kate Lessard: Yes, hugely important.

Mike: So one of the things, it's really cool the workshop pivots all around HealthCheck. And I know having worked some of the Q&A, people were like, "Wait a minute, I thought HealthCheck went away."

Kate Lessard: Yeah, HealthCheck has not gone away. It is free for admins to use and it actually recently got some pretty impressive and exciting upgrades that we spend some time on in the workbook. So it's no longer just a list of settings for you to review. It is really dynamic and serves as your risk mitigation dashboard. So you can do things like not only configure the specific settings for your org security, but you can also set up email notifications for system admins or anyone who that you would like to receive notifications when your security score changes. So maybe members of your IT team, your security team, if you work with a governance team, making sure that they get notifications because as you know, security is a team sport. I think the coolest thing that we do in the workshop and that I really want everybody to be able to take advantage of is you can actually export the standard Salesforce baseline and customize it to your own organization's security criteria. So if you have different security criteria like maybe your password policy has a minimum of 11 characters at your organization, the Salesforce baseline has eight characters. That is a change. And you want to compare your Salesforce security settings against your own organization standards, and you now have the ability to do that, which is just incredible.

Mike: Yeah. And it's not like the way that you walk through it, it's not that daunting. I mean, is it an XML file that you download?

Kate Lessard: Yeah, absolutely. So you don't have to start from scratch, which is the really nice thing. You can actually export the standard Salesforce baseline. It is an XML file. In the workshop, we walk through what the download looks like and how to actually make the edits. It's pretty easy to read. And even in the file, there's a link to help notes so that you know exactly what types of formatting to use when you're editing the XML. And then you can just save it as your custom, re-import it, and set it as your default.

Mike: Yeah, I thought that was really cool. One other thing that you dive into is, and of course it's set up because it's a workshop, but number of admins that...

Kate Lessard: Oh yeah.

Mike: Or number of people that have the Salesforce admin profile.

Kate Lessard: Absolutely. So everybody's favorite admin horror story that you log into an org for the first time and take a look and realize that you have just a completely disproportionate number of system admins and folks that are over-privileged just because it was easier to give them that permission than to really sort through a proper permission set model. And in our org, we have the very scary informational security setting letting us know that we have 100% of our users as system admins opposed to the typical 5% that you see in the standard baseline. So we address that and we talk about who really needs admin permissions.

Mike: So I mean, let's expand upon that because we've had that idea of delegated admins as well. So they wouldn't have a system profile or a system administrator profile.

Kate Lessard: That is correct. Yeah. You might have your delegated administrators that are taking certain tasks for certain teams, but that doesn't mean that they have the full system admin profile. It means they're a delegated admin and they have certain admin responsibilities that they take on, but it does not give them the keys to the castle.

Mike: Very important. Very important. With HealthCheck, I think it's always one of those big discussion areas because there's different levels that we call out. We have critical. What are some of those stages? Non-critical, informative. Would you as an admin getting started approach HealthCheck as maybe it's like a topic we should bring up in governance?

Kate Lessard: I absolutely think it's a topic we should bring up in governance. And it really is set up well to help you prioritize. So if you're going into a governance conversation or maybe a meeting with your security stakeholders, and you want to present different actions that you would like to take or approaches and settings that you'd like to address in your org, it's broken down by high risk, medium risk, low risk, and then informational. And then in each of those different categories, we have it called out what is a critical status, what is a warning status, and then where you're compliant. And so you might want to prioritize your high risk critical items, and then you could share that information of what your value is versus that baseline so that you can provide a really strong recommendation about where to take action to better secure your org.

Mike: That makes sense. You've been doing a lot of security stuff lately. I mean, you've had some workshops. Outside of this, we had the True to the Core Deep Dive. What are one of the areas that almost consistently comes up as a theme that really maybe this year admins could address the most?

Kate Lessard: That is a really great question. I think we've seen it in the True to the Core Deep Dives that we've had. We had one recently on security and user access. And I think those are two things that go hand in hand and something that comes up consistently. It was also a major discussion point at our admin day of security before TDX. We had a day zero event with several admins and that was just a common conversation as well. Really making that shift towards the best practice of having a permission set led security model, what that looks like for your organization, how to get there, what tools are available to help. I think that things like user access summaries, which we dove into in the workshop as well last week. There are just so many tools that can help admins better move to that permission set led security model. And I mean, I don't have to tell you that security and user management really go hand in hand, and oftentimes are interchangeable topics about how we can better secure our orgs and create a better user experience as well.

Mike: Absolutely. And being proactive on topics that come up, one of the things that you cover that I really enjoyed, this is also, this speaks to how long I've been in the ecosystem. It wasn't until I joined Salesforce that I think you could do really in depth user reports, basic reporting was available, but one of the things that you create is the active system administrator report. I'd love to know, I mean, you were an admin out in the world more recently than myself. Were there reports that Kate always created to help her understand her users outside of just if they had a license or if they didn't?

Kate Lessard: Yeah, absolutely. I think that the active system administrator report is a great one to call out, but it is looking specifically at users that have that system admin profile. And you might have other concerns about your users or things that you're checking up on them and what they're doing and what they're using. I loved to create the report on reports to get little snippets and information into what reports my users were using. I found that to be really helpful. And also there is a great Salesforce Labs report package about different administrator reports to help you get a little bit more insight into your user activity. So I think that something like that is really helpful if you don't have advanced security options to pinpoint that user activity for you.

Mike: Yeah, that definitely makes sense. In addition to knowing when people log in and when they don't, it's also what are they doing? Because I remember I did an implementation and they were adamant about having a login component on a dashboard. And I had one user that I, to this day, I think all they did was wake up, check their email, and then log in and out of Salesforce because they were always head and shoulders above everybody else. They'd have 300 logins for the week.

Kate Lessard: Oh, interesting.

Mike: I'd be like, "Are you just logging in, updating a field, and logging out?" And they were very dodgy about their answers, but I think that's what they were. I think that's what they were doing because they liked being at the top of the board.

Kate Lessard: That is hilarious.

Mike: And I always had to reframe the conversation with executives of, we have to look at the entire dashboard, not just logging in because it could be meaningless.

Kate Lessard: Right. They're just like logging in, logging a single activity, logging out, coming back in.

Mike: Refreshing a dashboard, refreshing a report, and then that's it.

Kate Lessard: Oh my goodness. Well, and then the other concern is where are they logging in from, if we're talking about dodgy behavior. When I was an admin out in the wild, one of the stories I like to tell about why security is so important. I worked for a mental health hospital system, and as you can imagine, we dealt with a lot of PHI. And I noticed some funky login IP ranges, and it turns out that someone had given a local college student access to their Salesforce credentials and was having them log their activities for them.

Mike: Uh.

Kate Lessard: Yeah, I know. And thankfully they didn't actually have access to any PHI because we had a good security model set up. However, obviously huge concern and something that Salesforce was able to help us identify because we were able to see those different login IP ranges, spot what was going on, and address it, and prevent it from becoming a big security concern, which I feel like that's really one of the big takeaways that I... If you asked me what I wanted people to take away from this workshop, it is to shift from being reactive about your security and just waiting to become a statistic to really being proactive and getting ahead of things and making sure that your org is secure and that you are addressing those risks versus waiting for them to happen to you.

Mike: Yeah. I mean, to that point, I often look at things that are security that don't sound like security. And one of them is process management. So to me, that sounds like there's a complete separation between what executives expect in Salesforce and what the actual process is. Because the process, the technology should support the process that's needed, and here it sounds like it's burdensome to the process. And that to me is a security risk. I mean, if you don't have the process ironed out so that it feels natural, every action has a deliberate and equal technology component, then the security's going to fall apart. Much like a Salesforce admin shouldn't learn about a person being separated from a company four days after they've left the company. They need to be part of the off-boarding or onboarding process. They don't need to know why, but they need to make sure because that person should or should not have access to that system.

Kate Lessard: Absolutely. I think that it is certainly a role of power and responsibility because you are getting that notification, best case scenario, to freeze that user. And again, you don't need the why or the explanation, but to have an actual process in place to be able to continue to secure your org so that after someone's left an organization that you're able to say, "Yes, this is still secure, this is not a risk." And you know you're not maybe going through a full deactivation process right away, but that ability to freeze that user and be able to take action is just so important.

Mike: Absolutely. Well, Kate, I appreciate you coming on the pod and helping admins keep all of their data secure and their org secure.

Kate Lessard: It is my pleasure. I mean, I love to talk about security any chance I get, and I think that we have so many brilliant people on our security team at Salesforce who I'm always learning from and happy to partner with. And this workshop was just a real labor of love, and I'm so happy that so many people were able to attend last week and glean the information and be able to take that and go use HealthCheck and better secure their actual orgs, not just our fake, very poorly-secured org that we fix and adjust in the workshop.

Mike: Yeah. I mean, it works because you can spot things very easily because I think in the real world, sometimes things aren't as obvious as they should be. I know the biggest question that we can answer, and we're doing it at the end on purpose, will there be more of this content?

Kate Lessard: Yes. So I can't give you a date, but we are planning to continue this on a monthly basis. I do think that there are plans to expand the content as well. And you'll also maybe catch us doing these workshops hands-on at some community conferences over the next year.

Mike: Ooh. See, even more of a reason to go to community conferences besides the fact that they're super fun and held at really interesting locations.

Kate Lessard: Absolutely. And get to actually really connect with the community, which I am very excited about.

Mike: Yeah. Yep. I hear you. Well, Kate, thanks so much for coming on the pod.

Kate Lessard: Thank you so much. I'll talk to you later, Mike.

Mike: So big thanks to Kate for joining us and reminding us that security is more than just a technical checklist. It's really a mindset for Salesforce admins as we operate to bring scalable systems to our entire enterprise. Of course, be sure to check out admin.salesforce.com for the announcement of more Security and Action workshops, which are also coming to future community dream and events, and start thinking about how your own org can shift from being reactive to an intentional system stewardship even with IT. Now, if you enjoyed this episode, subscribe, share with a fellow Salesforce admin, and of course, I always appreciate it if you leave us a review. And until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Nick McOwen, Senior Salesforce Administrator at Alpine Intel.

Join us as we chat about his path to Salesforce and the TDX workshop he gave about the development lifecycle, sandboxes, and data masking.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Nick McOwen.

Nick's unconventional path into Salesforce Nick is the second touring musician I've had on the show this month—I promise I'm not raiding a recording studio somewhere just to find podcast guests. He was waiting tables in between gigs when a guest called him over to ask if he might want to try something different. A chance encounter turned into an entry-level job and, eventually, an admin certification.

I caught up with Nick fresh off his workshop at TDX, where he shared how he uses sandboxes and data masking to build new agents and apps for his organization.

Learning better development habits and sandbox management They say every warning sign has a story behind it, and the same goes for best practices in Salesforce. Luckily, Nick had Salesforce MVP Kelly Bentubo around to show him the ropes. He learned about the importance of consistent naming practices, managing user expectations, and having a structured deployment process instead of building in production.

Recently, Nick was tasked with building a new recruiting app for his organization. He was able to spin up a sandbox with an app they had already built and, using that foundation, quickly reconfigure it to meet the new requirements.

Once the app was in good shape, Nick moved it up to a staging sandbox environment for testing. There, he could copy data over from production and use data masking to keep everything secure. Once everything was thoroughly vetted, it was finally ready to be deployed into production.

How Agentforce Vibes can help admins collaborate with developers Recently, Nick's been taking advantage of Agentforce Vibes to work more closely with his dev team. He was able to write an Apex class and, while the code isn't perfect, he was able to go through it with a developer to learn what was working, what wasn't, and why. "It was a great launching point," he says, "something that would have taken days was written in an hour."

For Nick, the most important thing admins need to do to get the most out of Agentforce Vibes is to learn the basic underlying principles of Apex and coding. It's just like using a calculator—you still need to have some way of knowing if the answer you're getting is in the right ballpark.

Make sure to listen to my full conversation with Nick for more on sandboxes, data masking, testing, and why AI is a new opportunity to grow. And don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: How Headless 360 Helps Admins Bring Salesforce Anywhere * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: Why Pattern Recognition Matters for Salesforce Admins * Salesforce 360 Blog: Your AI Could Be Better: The 4 Tools You Need for Continuous Improvement

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Nick on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins podcast, I'm joined by Nick McOwen, which means now I've started a trend of having former musicians who become Salesforce admins as guests. Anyway, Nick is going to show us how he went from touring in a band and waiting tables to leading Salesforce projects that involve sandboxes, data masking, deployment processes, and AI assisted development. We talk about the early build it in production and hope for the best admin days, how Agentforce Vibes is changing the way admins approach coding and why today's Salesforce admins are becoming orchestrators of systems instead of just builders of features. There's also a little Apex talk and surprisingly deep analogy involving semi-trucks and AI because you know my analogies and a confirmation that developers will always think their code is prettier. So hit subscribe, share this episode with your favorite Salesforce admin and let's get Nick on the podcast. So Nick, welcome to the podcast.

Nick McOwen: Hey, Mike, it's great to be here.

Mike: Well, I was introduced to you through a couple product managers at Salesforce that are always on the hunt for finding good Salesforce admins and you were also presenting with them in the admin track. So before we get to that, let's learn a little bit about Nick. How did Nick get started doing Salesforce and be in the ecosystem?

Nick McOwen: Well, it was a complete fluke. I had been touring in a band and we just kind of stopped playing music and I was waiting tables at a country club and one of the members was, "Do you want to keep waiting tables?" I said, "Not particularly." So got me a job doing the entry level position at the company and I realized I didn't want to be doing that either. So I went to the developer at the time who was also the CIO and the CTO and said, "I'm going to learn Salesforce." And he kind of looked at me in the way that an adult might look at a middle schooler who said, "Watch me hit this three point shot." And I eventually learned it after a few misses, but they decided to take a risk on me and many, many years later here I am working with Agentforce agents writing a little bit of Apex here and there. And yeah, it just didn't intend to get here, but here I am.

Mike: I mean, people are going to think I went down and raided the local music festival because not but a couple weeks ago I just had Adam Stark on who was also a musician that became a Salesforce admin. So apparently it's a trend.

Nick McOwen: Yeah, that's the track. That's the track line for most musicians, I guess.

Mike: Yeah. I mean, let's see. Should I be like an '80s metal hair band or an admin?

Nick McOwen: Oh, that's a tough call.

Mike: I know, right? Let's talk about some of the stuff that you presented at TDX because you covered a lot of things in terms of development life cycle and sandboxes and I felt like you were in that area for stuff that admins are interested in and kind of that next level of their career building apps.

Nick McOwen: Yes. It was a talk that focused around seeding sandboxes masking data and my experience with that and it's funny because prior to the presentation at TDX, shout out to Allie and Sam, I was talking to them and they were running a booth and they were saying how many people that they'd talked to who didn't use sandboxes or didn't quite see the value in sandboxes. And so I realized that this talk probably had a lot more impact than I thought it was going to be. My particular use case was how we had rebuilt an app that our recruiting team was using for our field agents and how we spun up a sandbox specifically for it, rebuilt everything using the foundation of the app that was already there and got to test in a secure environment, move it up to our staging environment and then production. So it was an interesting experience and an eye-opening one too, getting to talk to everybody.

Mike: I mean, to be fair, I don't think when I started as an admin, I really had to pay attention to what my organization's life cycle for app development was because you're kind of, and in this case, and I don't know about your company, but you're kind of a small scrappy unit and maybe they got Salesforce for like 20 or 30 people. I mean, nine times out of 10, I was just building stuff in a dev org to make sure it worked and then literally just not even deploying it, rebuilding it in production and Monday afternoon being like, "Okay everybody, so there's a new field on the account." I think back to those days of like, "Wow, what was I doing?"

Nick McOwen: 100% identify with that because that is exactly how I more or less learned when we were first starting out because like I said, it was just the developer and then me and we had to get things done because it was a startup environment, things move fast and so it was tested in the sandbox and then move it. And I didn't want to bother him so I wasn't using change sets and so I would make a field or whatever he asked me to make and then rebuild it in production when nobody was working and just, yeah, it was loose and fast.

Mike: I mean, nine times out of 10 when I was building things in my dev org, I wasn't paying attention to naming. I was just trying to like proof of concept and so I never wanted to package anything up because I didn't want to move it over because I was like, "Well, when I get to production, that's when I'm going to make the names nice and shiny."

Nick McOwen: Yeah, I remember we brought on Kelly Bentubo, MVP. She sat me down and was like, "All right, we're going to start fixing some of these habits," which totally warranted. And I mean, she was great at helping me understand the value in the consistent naming, the process aspect of everything. So she really elevated my abilities and my use cases and everything.

Mike: So as somebody that just started, obviously went from waiting tables, which by the way, 20% tip is not excessive. It just means that you got everything good and on time, you should tip more. Thank you for attending my waiter tipping TED Talk. Just getting into this and thinking, okay, I guess these are bad habits. I bet you had the same bad habits I did. What was the first things that she kind of tackled? You mentioned some of it was naming. Did she help you set up sandboxes and kind of a deployment life cycle?

Nick McOwen: So we had the sandboxes and she came on at the time when the dev team was starting to grow and the company itself was starting to grow. So we needed more organization and she kind of sat me down and helped me with these processes, like how to move it up through the environments, the value of making sure that everything is tested within the sandbox environment and then user management, which I think is something that I relied on when I first started. It wasn't necessarily that I knew what I was doing a lot, but I knew how to put on like a waiter attitude so to speak. And if somebody asked for something and I didn't know what I was doing, it was just that kind of like, "Oh, I didn't burn your steak, but let me make this better for you." And so through talking with Kelly, I kind of like refined how to shape expectations for users. If I couldn't figure something out, then she would kind of help coach me through the deployment issues or level setting and expectations with users, which that was a big one.

Mike: I mean, I think that also we've talked about order taker admins before and it's very easy to sit across the desk from somebody and listen to them be like, "Oh yeah, this is totally easy to do," or, "I have no idea what I'm going to do." And then say, "Yep, let me just work on it and kind of forget that maybe there's bigger things in the organization they need to pay attention to as opposed to everything that comes in front of me right away." Let's get into that recruiting app that you built. Was that your first kind of get your hands dirty in the org per se, building something new for the organization?

Nick McOwen: That was my first project that I led from start to finish. I got the specs from the higher ups. They said, "This is roughly what they're asking for, figure it out." And immediately went to the recruiting manager and said, "Okay, let's figure out how we want this to look." And we had an app that was already built and I knew that the foundation of that app was great. And so it was really a matter of building off of those blocks and reconfiguring it, re-imagining how it could be used and then future-proofing it so that it could scale as the business grew. And it was definitely a lesson in organization and communication, which is good. Always want to keep learning and growing.

Mike: Yeah. So let's dig deeper into that organization communication. What organizationally, do you mean the way that you organized stuff, understanding your company's organization, a little bit of both?

Nick McOwen: A little bit of both. For me, it was keeping track of everything that was getting worked on, making sure that we were trying to document the change in processes and communicating those changes to the business side so that they would know, you might not interact with this functionality, but this is what's going to happen to get you this result. And that it sounds pretty straightforward, but I think that can get lost sometimes on people, especially in larger projects where it seems peripheral and intuitive, but it might be what's intuitive to someone who built it might not be for the person that's going to end up using it.

Mike: Yeah, which leads into communication. I always feel you can't communicate enough. I feel with every project I've ever worked on, you always learn more about communication. What did this first jump in kind of give you in terms of maybe some best practices that you follow now or stuff that you learned really quick?

Nick McOwen: I think the accountability aspect maybe was if you presented an idea and it's kind of your child and you say, "What do you think about this, huh?" And then the end user going, "No, that's not going to work for us." There's like a little bit of an ego bruise where you think, "That was a really good idea though." Maybe it wasn't, but then kind of absorbing that critique and then using it to build something that you know is going to work and not being stuck ruminating on the fact that your idea didn't get accepted, that was kind of a lesson because prior to that it was somebody else's idea or I was building something that was given to me. It wasn't as personal, but that was the first time I got told, "Hey, I don't like that."

Mike: Yeah, that can always... It's funny because you almost want your cake and eat it too, right? I don't want to take the rejections personal, but you 100% take the wins personal and it's like you can't have both. You really do though because it does feel like, "Well, no, I know how this thing works and I promise this will really work for you, but you're just not seeing it." And that can be the frustration that I always ran into.

Nick McOwen: Exactly. And then even after I built it, my bosses came up and they said, "What is this object?" Oh, well, I made that because that was giving the solution to the end user and they said, "Hmm, well, why didn't you do this?" I was like, "Ah, I don't know why I trusted my gut and stuck to it."

Mike: Right. Well, this is the way it is now. Let's talk about, I feel like that's always the first part. Your path into Salesforce, they always talk about individuals that grew up and like I was in high school in the 90s just to date myself, but I remember in middle school there was no internet and when I got to high school, you could go to the library and check out the internet for 15 minutes on a computer. I bring that up to say, obviously now everything's online and I don't know how I even got anything done in 15 minutes with dial-up modems back then, but apparently I did. You kind of came in to the Salesforce ecosystem at about the same kind of inflection point with AI in that there's really best practices and development aspects to learn, but then, oh, hey, by the way, now we've got a lot of new stuff coming like Agentforce Vibes. How did you kind of balance those two that learning path? Because I think it would be very easy to, "I don't need to learn this. Vibes can do it for me."

Nick McOwen: I think that's something that is incredibly important in this time with the ubiquity of AI and how many people are using it. I think people need to become literate in AI. I don't mean learning how to program large language models or even write agents, but just understand how it functions. And in the context of Salesforce, I remember I first started getting into the predictive analytics for Einstein and thinking, "Oh, this is super cool." We didn't end up going that route, kind of kept my eye on everything going and then Agentforce came out and started learning that. And it feels like every couple weeks something's getting rolled out, which is exciting because there's always something to learn and I don't know, I would hate to be stagnant and have to do the same thing over and over for 20 or 30 years. So it's a blessing and a curse to have a product that constantly evolves for you to learn. So it's exciting.

Mike: I think you covered Agentforce Vibes in your TDX workshop. What have you done in Agentforce Vibes?

Nick McOwen: Shockingly, I made an Apex class and a test class that-

Mike: Hey.

Nick McOwen: If you had asked me...

Mike: It's kind of what it's there for, right?

Nick McOwen: Yeah. The musician that could barely string sentences together is all of a sudden writing Apex classes and test classes. I mean, if you asked me even a year ago, "Hey, Nick, would you think you could write an Apex class?" I was like, "Yeah, give me a couple years so I can write it line by line over days."

Mike: Sure. Let me put an ad out on Craigslist and see if I can get a developer to do it.

Nick McOwen: Yeah. I would've laughed if somebody said that and then all of a sudden this product comes out, which actually Allie and Sam, when we were doing our ... We did a webinar for the sandbox seating and data masking and they were talking to me about the Agentforce Vibes and I said I hadn't really looked into it. And so after that talk, I started to and that kind of encouraged me to look into the foundations of Apex and coding languages. So it wasn't just learning Agentforce Vibes and how to use it. It was also getting a base understanding of the underlying principles. And so through that journey, I was able to use Vibes to write an Apex class and then I could take that class to the developers and then the developers would look at it and go, "Well, my Apex is better, but we'll use yours." And corrected a couple things because...

Mike: Wow, you really nailed the developer intent like mine's better, but we'll use your...

Nick McOwen: It could be flawless code and still, mine's prettier. No, I do. I enjoy working with all those guys and they were great helping walk me through everything and showing me, "Okay, this is where Vibes made this. This is the intent but it doesn't quite hit. Here's how we're going to fix that. Walk me through." And it was a great launching point. Something that would have taken days was written in an hour.

Mike: Oh, wow.

Nick McOwen: We're not talking thousands of lines here. It was-

Mike: No, but still.

Nick McOwen: 150. Yeah. And then the test class on top of that, it saved us a ton of time.

Mike: If you threw me in jail and said, "You're out when you write 150 lines of Apex class," I'll be like, "What's for dinner?"

Nick McOwen: I've been be here for a while. Let me get some furniture.

Mike: We're going to be here for a few years. Do I get a shave every now and then every few weeks to keep me from looking scruffy? I mean, I was so impressed getting the admin track ready for TDX this year with the submissions that admins had. I watched them demo vibes and just use the planning tab and really kind of have vibes spell out like, "Here's everything you need to do and here's kind of an action plan." And I felt like natively some people had that, but for a lot of people, wow, this was really helpful because I had this monster of an application but I didn't know where to start and it wasn't just, "Oh, I have to vibe code this super hard application." It's like, "No, this is actually just helping me get my steps down."

Nick McOwen: I'm excited for the future of the vibes and Salesforce integration, specifically with your organization's metadata and being able to find, where are these fields referenced? What would happen if I did this? I think when that becomes a reality, it could be something that's really cool. And I imagine that's something that's possible if it's not already. I'm not a vibes connoisseur just yet, but I think something like that would be incredibly beneficial. How many times have you tried to figure out where an error is coming from on the admin side and you just go, "Well, I hope a developer has time to help me figure out this error."

Mike: That, or how many times do you go to delete something and you can't because there's a dependency and then you spend the next four hours chasing all of the dependencies just to get that one thing done. I mean, the benefit the listeners have is last week on the podcast they heard from Khushwant Singh who was literally leading our Headless 360 development. And I mean, I asked him, I was like, "Do you envision a world where a Salesforce admin sits down and talks to Salesforce to build the application?" And he's like, "Yes." I mean, not forward-looking statement, not by Dreamforce, but that's the rubber band that I think everybody with AI is going to is, "Well, if we make the AI smart enough that it can actually build and rebuild the applications that it's running, why wouldn't you?"

Nick McOwen: Yeah. And being on the other side of the wall, so to speak, to be frank, it can be scary on the tech side because you think, "Oh, is this something that's going to replace me?" But having talked to people, it's also an opportunity to learn and grow. And if that's something that you want to do, then you grow and you adapt. I kind of think of it like painting and photography when the photograph came out all the painters like, "Oh, that's poo, poo, poo, throw it out stinky cabbage and it's a tool." And then it kind of grew into its own path and now it's a separate form of art for most people, I'll say, but I kind of see similarities in that sort of mistrust of this new technology and maybe not everybody wants to be an admin for the rest of their life and they'll go and be an artisan baker or make candles or something. I think that's great. That's the beauty of life.

Mike: Yeah. No, I mean, I've had the very same discussion too of, well, is AI going to take your job? And I think of it like I happen to think of it as you see a lot, you look out on interstate, you see a lot of big semis go down the road and is it really cheating that the guy's driving the semi to move 80,000 pounds? If he has to get some steel from California to Pittsburgh or Pittsburgh to California, it's kind of silly to think that a person would pull that. No, they're going to use a vehicle that is optimized for moving that kind of capacity and payload. And I look at the way we use AI in the same ways. It's not cheating for me to use AI. It's I'm using my skill to navigate and move and maneuver the AI to produce the product that I want the same way that the truck driver navigates the semi through traffic and road construction and busy city streets to get the product from A to B.

Nick McOwen: And to that point, exactly like you said, you're using the tool to build what you've envisioned and it is a tool and I think people need to be careful not to rely on it as their brain and we need to keep learning the foundations of Apex so that if you do use Vibes to write 2020 lines or something, you can sit down and look at it and see, okay, where might this be going wrong What do I actually know about this? So using it as a tool and not your brain replacement, I guess, be-

Mike: Right. It's the same way we had to, your math teacher was telling you to use a calculator. You should know the answer before it tells you.

Nick McOwen: I mean, I look back now and how frustrating that was as a kid to be told, can't use your calculator and now so many years later it's, well, now that makes sense. Now I see why they said you can't use your calculator.

Mike: And it does help. I think the irony is I didn't realize how much I needed a calculator until I sold shoes for a living because people always wanted to know, well, how much are these? They're 10% off or they're 25% off. And I learned the little trick of how you find 10% of anything because once you find 10% of a number, you can literally find any number. And so somebody would ask you like, "Well, they're 39.99, but they're 25% off. Well, how much is that?" And you're like, "Okay, so 10% is 390 and 20 would be 390 times two, and then 25% would be 390 times two and then half of 390." And you do the math really quick in your head, which I'm not going to do right now, but it's around what, like six, eight, 10 bucks, something like that. And you tell them like-

Nick McOwen: They can work for that.

Mike: "Wow, how'd you do that so fast?" And you're like, "Because I can do math in my head."

Nick McOwen: This is going to turn into a math hacks podcast.

Mike: No, never. It'll be a food podcast before that, but I did want to cover... So one thing you did talk about that I haven't covered on the podcast is data masking. And I feel like it's because I've never really ran into it as a use case for me anyway, but it's not that I don't understand it, but what was kind of the use case that you guys ran into for really needing to make sure that you used data mask in... I mean, you used it in a sandbox, right?

Nick McOwen: Yes. So very relevant to me at the moment. We're in the process of a big build and to get prepared for that we spun up a sandbox and needed accounts and contacts and we could have made it one by one. That would've just been cumbersome. We didn't really have the time for that. So we seeded it and then masked all of the data. So now we've got dozens of contacts for each account and we needed to be able to test email deliverability, but you don't want to send a test email to your clients.

Mike: No.

Nick McOwen: "Why did I get this test? What test-"

Mike: "Oh, it's just us testing things. Thanks."

Nick McOwen: Yeah. And then all of a sudden you get a pink slip in the mail, but no, nobody wanted that for anybody. So we changed and masked all the data, removed all the personal information, made scrambled emails, phone numbers, anything that could potentially link to a client and all of a sudden we've got a fresh sandbox with no real contacts and information. We were able to go in there, test the email deliverability safely and then once we proved out our process could move it up to the larger sandbox environments and eventually into prod. So without that masking feature, we're spending time one by one creating contacts and filling out information.

Mike: Yeah. And I mean, the goal is when you're building something, you always want to... I want to test it on as real of data as possible and or if I'm bringing in a consultant or somebody, they also don't need this data. They just need it to act like data. They don't actually need to understand what that data is. I think that's always incredibly valuable.

Nick McOwen: And in the context of training agents, you don't want to just unleash an agent in your production environment and go, "Well, I hope this works."

Mike: Oh, very true.

Nick McOwen: If you start testing it in a sandbox environment but you're skewing the data or you're giving it biased data, then you're not going to get a representation of how it's going to function in the production environment. So to be able to seed it with randomized realistic data, you have a better environment to then build and train that agent to move to production.

Mike: Yeah. You don't want it thinking that you have 15 random widgets that you sell.

Nick McOwen: This is working great. Wow.

Mike: Yeah. Look at it. It's going to build the widgets for us and then you put it in production and the agent realizes everything's a lot more complicated.

Nick McOwen: Yeah. Then you're sweating.

Mike: Yeah. Well, the agent's not, you are. I guess as we kind of wrap things up, if you were to go back to the Nick when he was learning Salesforce and getting into this, is there anything you would tell yourself to do differently that you wish you'd done at the beginning?

Nick McOwen: That's a tough one. I think what was important for me learning was having the ability to create a sandbox in Trailhead and really just explore the things that interested me and follow the paths of the things that interested me. I mean, if I'm going to be real nitpicky, maybe spend some more time trying to learn the foundations of Apex because it can be frustrating as an admin to have this brilliant idea and then not have a developer have time to be able to help flesh out that idea although there's a product now that's kind of doing that. But that would probably be if pie in the sky, do it again, learn a little bit more about coding.

Mike: Yeah. That makes sense. I mean, for as much as every application builds front end usability stuff, there's still always code running somewhere that somebody's going to have to upkeep and build more of too. Well, very cool, Nick. Thanks for coming to speak at TDX. I know sandboxes and data seating and data masking can fall farther down on people's popular list in terms of cool fun stuff to see, but it's very important. I'm glad you also came on the podcast and talked about it and gave people some tips. So thanks.

Nick McOwen: It's been a blast. Thanks for having me.

Mike: Huge thank to Nick for joining me this week and proving that sometimes the path to writing Apex starts with playing in a band and waiting on tables. We covered everything from the startup style deployment chaos to Agentforce Vibes, data masking, AI literacy, and the universal admin experience of chasing dependencies for a few hours just to delete one field. What stood out to me most is how the admin role is evolving into systems of thinking and understanding not just what gets built, but how humans and automation and AI all interact together. Now, if you like this episode, please subscribe, share it with another Salesforce admin that you may know or maybe spin up a sandbox before making changes directly in production tonight. Until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Khushwant Singh, SVP of Product Management for the AI Application Development Platform at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about what Headless 360 means for admins and how Salesforce is building towards a future where setting up complex systems becomes a conversation, not a checklist.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Khushwant Singh.

What is Salesforce Headless 360? If you're not a developer, the idea of a "headless" platform may sound a little spooky. My guest this week, Khushwant "Khush" Singh, is here to tell us what it all means and why Salesforce Headless 360 represents a step forward into the future of the Agentic Enterprise.

As Khush explains, in a headless platform the frontend is separated from the backend. If you have a pixel-perfect website that you love and you want to use Salesforce applications, or visualizations, you can do that without having to change anything. If your organization relies on Slack, your users can interact with Salesforce data and agents in the chat instead of having to open another browser tab.

"Headless 360 is about bringing Salesforce to wherever you need it," Khush says.

Headless 360 builds the foundation for the Agentic Enterprise One of the main reasons for Headless 360 is to rethink the Salesforce stack for AI. "For the last 27 years, those layers have been put in place for a human," Khush points out, "so how do we open this up for both a human and an agent?"

To do that, Khush and his team are translating the entire platform into a set of model context protocols (MCPs), skills, and metadata that can interface directly with AI agents. This makes conversational tools within the platform, like Setup with Agentforce, even more powerful, while also allowing you to use any other outside AI model you like.

And while these changes have the biggest impact on vibe coding for now, Headless 360 lays the groundwork for a future where we build agents, create applications, and configure Salesforce through a conversational interface. No coding required.

Why trust is even more important with the rapid pace of AI AI is quickly transforming the way we work, and the conversation can become centered on how to move fast. But that makes trust, quality, and governance even more important, Khush explains. Headless 360 is built with trust as a core feature, so you can move quickly without making compromises.

There's much more from Khush about Salesforce Headless 360 and what it means for admins, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce 360 Blog Post: Introducing Salesforce Headless 360. No Browser Required. * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: Setup with Agentforce Makes Salesforce Admin Tasks Easier * Salesforce Help Article: Setup with Agentforce (Beta) * Salesforce Admins Blog Post: What Is MCP? A Simple Guide to Model Context Protocol for Salesforce Admins * Trailhead: Salesforce Headless 360: Quick Look

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Khush on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike Gerholdt:

This week on the Salesforce Admins podcast, I'm joined by Khushwant Singh to talk about what happens when Salesforce stops just being a destination and starts becoming part of every system your business already relies on. That's right, from Headless 360 to Setup with Agentforce, Khush breaks down how admins are moving beyond configuring features and into orchestrating how data, AI agents, automation and people work together across the business.

Now, we're going to dig into what Headless actually means for admins, why governance and trust matter more than ever in an AI first world, and how Salesforce is building toward a future where setting up complex systems really becomes more of a conversation than a checklist. This episode is really about systems thinking, how admins can connect experiences without forcing teams to rebuild everything from scratch. So if you've been trying to figure out where AI fits into your role or how your role is evolving alongside it, I promise you this episode gives you a practical look at what's already happening and what's coming next. So be sure to hit that subscribe button. Share this episode with your favorite architect or admin friend, and let's get Khush on the podcast.

So Khush, welcome back to the podcast.

Khushwant Singh:

Thank you for having me back, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt:

I say that because I had to look and it was 2022 back in the day you were talking Experience Cloud when we last had you on. You've since moved on, moved up, had your hands in a lot of things, did an admin keynote with me. So let's start there and let's kind of catch everybody up on some of the products you've been working on, and then we're going to talk about the newest one that we launched at TDX this year.

Khushwant Singh:

Yeah, happy to. And again, great to be back. I think back in the day, started obviously with Experience Cloud. Experience Cloud really was building a product that is external-facing and again, it's built on the same platform. And again, as we looked at the product portfolio, it just made sense to start to bring things together. So we've actually sort of rolled and morphed into the application development platform, obviously within the platform organization, everything pro-code, low-code, desktop, mobile. And so there've been quite a few products leading up to here, anything from our delivery on mobile, mobile offline, the Salesforce mobile app, all the way to Agentforce Vibes, the Agentforce Experience layer, obviously a fair amount of work on the Headless side of things. So yeah, it's been quite a journey to this particular point, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. I mean, it's actually hard to point out things that aren't admin-friendly that you've had your hands on because you've always kind of championed everybody being able to build on our platform.

So let's talk about TDX this year because we launched Headless 360.

Khushwant Singh:

Oh yeah, we did.

Mike Gerholdt:

By the way, in case you forgot.

Khushwant Singh:

Yeah, it was a massive announcement. I think, look, as you think about what's happening in the market right now, you've got customers engaging through many different surface areas. We've got customers on ChatGPT, on Claude, on Gemini, Teams. At the same time, you've got developers also using a variety of different tools, different IDEs, different coding agents. And so I think Headless 360 really is a testament to acknowledging this change in the market in the industry and trying to meet the customer where they are. The customer being an end user or the customer being a developer and admin, just meeting them where they are in whichever tool, whichever interface they might be.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. I mean, do you recall ever a time in technology when it was, I hate to use the euphemism, but like the Wild West where I feel like there's so many choices for what you can do just in regards to AI?

Khushwant Singh:

There is. And there is obviously a good side to it. There's also a downside to it. The good side is really your [inaudible 00:04:31] for choice. There is innovation that is helping you drive productivity day in, day out.

The downside of this is you just have to be really careful about quality, about trust, about governance. And you have to ensure that while you're going fast, you're not sort of compromising on that trust aspect of things. And that's what we're trying to do here at Salesforce and just trying to be a little bit more thoughtful in our approach over here.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. So my developer friend, Josh Burke, who comes on the podcast, usually has to explain things to me every now and then. I think developers are very familiar with the term headless.

Khushwant Singh:

Yes.

Mike Gerholdt:

I'm not sure outside of Headless flows, which I know what those mean, I'm not sure admins could understand or could confidently buzz in on a game show and answer what is Headless 360. So can you help them kind of understand what is Headless 360 if they had to tell their manager?

Khushwant Singh:

Yeah, sure. So one way to think about it is, let's say you're a customer and you've got your own website, it's built out of React, it's not built on the Salesforce platform, but there is so much of your goodness and investment that you have within the Salesforce platform that you want to be able to easily reuse in the context of this other website that you have, portal that you have, mobile application that you have. All of that may not be built on the Salesforce platform. You want to be able to reuse your investment seamlessly.

And so Headless 360 really is about how do we empower you, the customer, to be able to easily use those assets, those investments within the Salesforce platform in that surface area that you've got that may not be on the Salesforce platform. So it's really about giving them that flexibility so that they can easily reuse their investments in all of these various surface areas and just meet their customers wherever they are versus bring their customers into Salesforce.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I think it makes sense. I mean, I was a customer way back in '06 when I remember it was like transfer and move to Salesforce, and everything was "have it on the platform, have it on the platform." And then shortly thereafter it was kind of like almost the realization that we had was, "Well, it's a lot of friction to constantly move platforms. What if companies just integrate and we become that connector to everything?" And I feel the same way with this.

Khushwant Singh:

100%. And you know what? Look, I think the one example is if you go into the Williams Sonoma website, right? Williams Sonoma website, it's not built in Salesforce, but if you use their sous chef AI, I think... I'm not sure what they call it, but-

Mike Gerholdt:

I'm sure it's something really, really snappy and small.

Khushwant Singh:

Olive. Olive. There you go.

Mike Gerholdt:

Olive. Yeah. See?

Khushwant Singh:

A snappy name right there. That agent is an Agentforce agent, right? So that's on example where Salesforce is being used in whichever head that you'd like us to be in. And so in this particular case, the Salesforce agent is in the Williams Sonoma website. So that's just one example where we are trying to make it easier for this integration to happen through the Headless 360 platform.

Now that's one view. And that's the view, I would say, an easy way to try to understand what it means for Headless 360.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, because then as an admin, as a developer, you're not having to sit down and say, "Okay, well, if we move to the Salesforce platform, we have to deprecate everything that we just spent the last two years building on our site." Marketing's like, "No, no, we just got the site pixel perfect the way we want it. Now we can integrate best of everything that we want."

For admins who aren't thinking of maybe websites, how does Headless 360 play into other integrations that they may talk to IT or internal stakeholders about?

Khushwant Singh:

Yeah. So for example, when admins are chatting with their other internal team, they may have a custom application that they already have in place and they want to be able to have Salesforce data, Salesforce visualizations surface in whichever application they may have already, right? That's one example. So again, it is about bringing Salesforce to wherever they may already have.

So for example, an admin may have a business application that already runs within ChatGPT. So ChatGPT, for example, it allows companies to create bespoke applications. And if you want to be able to integrate Salesforce into that application, that's doable as well. It doesn't have to be in ChatGPT. It could be in any other existing non-agentic application as well. But it's about that, look, you don't have to rebuild everything. Wherever you are, you've got an existing application, we'll find a way through Headless 360 to be able to bring Salesforce to it.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. No, it totally makes sense. I mean, in that way we can really think about how are we making sure that the departments have the software and the tech that they want, but also access to all of the information that they need to do their jobs the best.

Khushwant Singh:

Mm-hmm.

Mike Gerholdt:

So Headless 360 is a big thing we talked about. I also know I saw you in some True to the Core and True to the Core Deep Dive stuff. Was there some features you were talking about in that that possibly play into what admins are going to be working on for the rest of this year?

Khushwant Singh:

Well, yeah. I mean, a few aspects as we think about Headless 360 that would be of interest to admins. So first and foremost, you've all seen the stack diagram of the Salesforce platform. You've got those four layers. You've got your layers of engagement, you have layers of context, you've got the sort of our data foundation, et cetera. So you've got those layers that make up the Salesforce platform. For the last 27 years, those layers have been put in place for a human, right? And now what the product teams and the engineering teams are doing are going back and saying, "How do we now open this up both for a human and an agent so the agent can do that work on behalf of the admin when the admin sort of wants a task to be done for that particular reason?" And so what that means is that we're translating our entire platform into a set of MCPs, a set of skills, a set of metadata that is grounded so that these agents can do the work on behalf of the admins.

So one good example is the setup with Agentforce, which is so far so good. We've gotten great feedback on it. Now behind the scenes is a set of skills, a set of MCPs that are firing off to be able to get their tasks done. And so that's one thing that I think our admins can look to benefit from.

The other piece is I know we have some admins who are familiar with some of these IDEs that we have out there. They use Cloud Code quite a bit. They use Vibes quite a bit. It may not be the entire admin audience, but for those audiences, again, the ability to be able to use all of these MCP skills in these development environments is another thing that our admins can really look forward towards.

Now the other thing that we've also worked on is, over the last few months, the foundation for these skills, these MCPs, this Headless 360 foundation has been very sort of focused on how do we unblock these pro-code use cases, whether that's in Cloud Code, whether that's in Vibes, et cetera. But this is the same foundation upon which as we speak in safe harbor, I share that we are building what we call our no code offering as well.

So how do you go about in an unintimidating sort of type of interface, have this conversation with an agent, which behind the scenes is interacting with that same Headless 360 layer to help you build out your agents, your applications, to help you augment your existing agents and applications, help you set up provision, configure Salesforce from a zero to one point of view, because we all know how setting it all up is quite a taxing task for our admins? So that's the potential I see for Headless 360 for our admin personas.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. I mean, to go back on some of the stuff that you were mentioning, I remember the first time I thought, "Hey, I could have ChatGPT rewrite ChatGPT's instructions." And I remember thinking like, "I'm so far ahead of the curve, man. I'm making AI rebuild AI." And then it was only a few weeks later that Cheryl was demoing Setup with Agentforce and I thought, "Oh, that makes so much more sense because all of the things that you were having that setup agent do are things that not necessarily admins don't like doing. It's like paper cuts." It's the little things that take 20, 30 minutes out of your day when you really wanted that solid hour to build that application kind of start to finish.

Khushwant Singh:

Indeed. Indeed. So we really viewed Headless 360 as the foundation upon which agents can work on behalf of the admins. And again, look, this is agents and admins working together because again, we've got to have the human presence to be able to validate, to be able to interrupt, to be able to initiate any actions that are performed by the agents. And if these agents can help drive greater productivity, then it's a win-win while at the same time having governance by humans over it.

Mike Gerholdt:

Right. Absolutely. Do you envision us being at a point where all of setting up Salesforce could just be a conversation with an agent based on the business and what they're trying to accomplish?

Khushwant Singh:

We are trying to do that. We are trying to do that. Now, I'll give you a view into our approach over here. We're taking a steel thread approach here where just trying to, for example, set up a customer service agent. That cuts across Service Cloud, cuts across platform, cuts across Agentforce, cuts across Data Cloud. So we've got to take a system view, an end-to-end view versus a feature view because that's what our admins go through. That's what a practitioner goes through. They look at it from a steel thread point of view, and that's what we as product teams have to do.

And so as we think about using agents to go ahead and help provision, set up, get Salesforce up and running really quickly, that's the new strategy that we are taking over here, a steel thread view so that we can look across the board and say, "Look, which MCPs are missing? Which skills are missing? Which APIs are missing? Which metadata needs to be grounded? How do we ensure that across entire steel thread, quality is being ensured, governance is being woven into?"

So we are starting that way and we want to scale that way as well. So my hope is that come Dreamforce this year, we'll be able to at least have a sizable number of steel threads that we feel really, really confident about on Agentforce really helping and agents helping in this particular side of things. So yeah, that's the approach we're taking, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt:

Wow, that's going to be amazing. Every time you think, "Oh, we've probably invented everything," technology just comes along and pulls the rug out from underneath of you and says, "Haha! There's new stuff. You got to figure this out now."

I'd be curious, you're so ingrained in a lot of things that admins do on the platform, a lot of things developers do on the platform and then also having to keep up with AI. What is a piece of advice you could give people for how you personally keep up with the newest news and innovation on what's going on with AI?

Khushwant Singh:

Wow, that's a good question. I think first and foremost, I spend a lot of time just looking at reading publications like what's on TechCrunch, what's on Techmeme, trying to just understand how are technology providers adapting, how are companies using AI. That's one.

The second one is actually you learn a lot via speaking with others in the community, right?

Mike Gerholdt:

Mm-hmm.

Khushwant Singh:

You talk to customers, you talk to other admins, you talk to other developers and you get to understand there are use cases that they're working through and some of the very many innovative workarounds or users of AI that they're applying. And then you're thinking about this that, "Wow. There's a trend here, there's something that we should be backing up and maybe providing out of the box within the product."

And so I think that community piece speaking with other customers, with your peers, your colleagues from different companies, that sort of brings a very practitioners and practical view to things. So I think if you combine it with some of these ... So if you take a combination of both, what's being published out in the internet, what sort of bleeding edge and all of these various publications and then you sort of marry that and juxtapose that with the practical aspects on how it's implemented in all of these various by your peers in different companies, that's kind of how I ... That's at least the approach that I've taken. And I've seen it help even with some of my teammates who use a similar approach as well, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I would agree. I mean, coming fresh off of being at a conference, just even talking with people, you find more resources than you think you could find and it exposes you to different levels of thought.

As we kind of close things out, I'd love to know I'm always big, especially when I'm coaching people for events, for TDX, for keynotes, because I've been in keynote with you. I feel like when people are done listening to something, I always want to give them something very actionable that they should do when they get done listening to a session or they get done listening to a podcast like this. So if you are a Salesforce admin listening to this podcast, what is one thing you think you should do right after you listen to this podcast?

Khushwant Singh:

Good one. It's a tricky question. I would say that, look, I would encourage everyone to go ahead and use and try and give Setup with Agentforce a run, right? Take it out for a spin. It's available in an open beta. And I would encourage all of you all to give it a try, please. We've gotten so much great feedback. We are a stone's throw away before we make it generally available. And this is our first approach to using Agentforce, using AI to help improve the productivity and quality of life of our admins. It's not our last, but it is definitely our best foot forward right now. And we'd love to get your feedback. Like I said, we are in the final mile and your feedback is much appreciated, so try it out.

Mike Gerholdt:

I love it. Khush, you've always been a fan of admins. And I am so grateful to have you back on the podcast and even more thankful that you are constantly helping Salesforce innovate for everybody in the tech industry to be successful. So I appreciate you spending a little time with us today.

Khushwant Singh:

No, of course it's my pleasure. Admins are the lifeblood of Salesforce. You're out there, you're representing our products, you're using our products, you're championing our products, you're giving us tough love. And we can't be more appreciative. And so this is an honor to be here on this podcast to speak with you, Mike, and to speak with all of our admins.

Mike Gerholdt:

And a big thanks to Khushwant Singh for joining me and sharing how Headless 360 and Agentforce are reshaping the way admins build and manage systems across the business.

My big takeaway? Well, the future admin isn't just configuring Salesforce. They're designing trusted systems where automation, data, agents, and people all work together for better outcomes. And as Khush said, trust and governance will still sit right at the center of all that work. So if you haven't already, take Setup with Agentforce for a spin and start exploring what human plus agent collaboration can look like in your org.

And of course, be sure to subscribe, leave a review. And as always, I would love it if you share this episode with your friends. Until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Adam Stark, CRM Systems Administrator at Belmont University.

Join us as we chat about how his experience as a musician with learning and pattern recognition has set him up for success as a Salesforce Admin.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Adam Stark.

From the stage to the Salesforce Admin chair I met Adam Stark at TDX, and he had such an interesting path to becoming a Salesforce Admin that I had to bring him on the show. Based out of Nashville, he's been a professional touring musician for twenty years. But when everything shut down during COVID, he spent his days on Zoom making an album, and his nights on Trailhead working towards his admin certification.

Adam's experience in the studio made it surprisingly easy to jump into automations on Salesforce—they made sense to him. "As a music producer, one of the things I got really good at doing was accomplishing signal flow, like trying to get a sound source to a final, presentable stage," he says, "and that sort of signal flow process is the same with flows." Whether it's building tracks in a DAW or building solutions in Salesforce, Adam discovered that it's still the same underlying logic.

How pattern recognition makes learning Salesforce easier Starting out in Salesforce can feel overwhelming because the platform is robust. But, as Adam explains, the same could be said for learning guitar, and he realized that he could draw on his experience as a music teacher and performer.

A part of learning any instrument is pattern recognition. You practice scales or licks in isolation so that it's easy to find them and play them when you're performing. "The more you do it, the more familiar you get, the more you begin to recognize patterns," Adam says, "and once you see the patterns, things start to feel smaller."

Over time, something that seems very big, like learning a piece of music or trying to use campaigns in Salesforce, becomes more manageable.

Acing your job interview with honesty I also wanted to hear how Adam got through the interview process and landed his first job as a Salesforce Admin. His experience as a musician helped here, too, because he was already used to doing interviews with radio stations while on tour. But nerves aside, Adam feels the key to his success was honesty. "I don't know everything," he says, "but if I don't know it, I'll figure it out, and we'll find a solution."

For the folks out there who are still breaking into the ecosystem, Adam encourages you to get out there and meet working Salesforce professionals as soon as you can. Go to a community group, or even TDX, and pick someone's brain. It can help you piece together what you're learning in Trailhead by understanding what Salesforce looks like in action.

There's so much more great stuff from Adam about how he learned Salesforce and landed his first admin role, so make sure to listen to the full episode. And as always, make sure you're subscribed to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, and we'll see you next time.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: How Do I Transition Into a Salesforce Admin Career? * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: Building Salesforce Projects To Land Your Next Role

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Adam on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins podcast, Adam Stark didn't start in Salesforce. He started on a stage, building songs and touring as a professional musician. In this episode, he's going to share how that same mindset of thinking and systems, sequencing steps, and designing outcomes translated into building solutions with data, automation, and now AI. In this episode, we're going to dig into how admins aren't just learning tools anymore. They're designing how work actually gets done across people and technology. Adam's going to walk us through his journey from Trailhead to his very first admin role and what it really takes to connect those dots when you're building something bigger than just features. So if you've ever wondered how your past experience shapes the way you architect solutions today, this episode's for you. So with that, let's get Adam on the podcast. So Adam, welcome to the podcast.

Adam Stark: Happy to be here, man. This is awesome.

Mike: I'm glad we got connected through our architect friends. You are at TDX this year. So let's just give people an overview of who Adam Stark is and how you got started at Salesforce.

Adam Stark: Yeah, absolutely. So I work down in Nashville, Tennessee. I work at Belmont University. And my journey into Salesforce is quite a unique journey. I actually was a professional musician for a long time. I was a touring artist, a professional songwriter, producer, and did that for many, many years. And then a thing called COVID hit in 2020 and really put a damper on the touring side of things, as you can imagine. So during COVID, I went through my own personal little existential crisis moment of, are we ever going to play shows ever again? This was a huge part of my income stream to provide for my family. And so I'm going through this crisis moment of what's next, what should I be doing? And a really good friend of mine who is a Salesforce developer, he told me, he's like, "Man, you should look into Salesforce. Just go on Trailhead and just poke around." And this is me not knowing anything about it. I didn't even know what a CRM was, but went on Trailhead and shout out to the Trailhead team because what an incredible resource, like unbelievable resource for people to learn the platform. Just really, really impressive. But yeah, I would spend my days working on music with my... I was a duo, if you will. I was in a band with another guy and he and I produced our records and we wrote all of our songs. And we're doing that virtually during the day during COVID where we're songwriting over Zoom, which is a complete interesting exercise to try to be creative over Zoom. And then we're recording audio files and sending them back and forth and compiling them into a record, which was wild. Doing that during the day. And then at night, I would just get on Trailhead and just start learning. And the more that I learned, the more interesting it got to me. And yeah, I got hooked and was really fascinated with what Salesforce as a platform was capable of doing and honestly how beneficial it is to businesses and organizations.

Mike: Wow.

Adam Stark: So yeah, I started learning. I was really determined to get an admin certification just to have in my back pocket. And then the world opened back up. And we did what artists called revenge touring because so many people were starved for entertainment at that point in time. It'd been a year, year and a half of no real public entertainment. So we got busy, went back out on the road, and I put Salesforce on the back burner for a little bit and then had more kids and talked to my wife and we just decided we're at a spot in life where being home is really, really nice. And I was pretty invested into the Salesforce journey at that point. So I went ahead and finished up, got my admin certification and I saw that Belmont was looking to implement Salesforce and went ahead and filled out an application and landed the job.

Mike: So I've shown Salesforce to people. I've taken good friends of mine to user groups and I've had friends of mine even get up to Ranger status, which is a hundred badges and still be like, "Meh, it doesn't make sense to me or nothing's clicking." Something clicked for you that was like you got it and it's hard to describe, but I know what you're feeling, but what was it for you?

Adam Stark: As a music producer, one of the things that I got really good at doing was accomplishing signal flow, like trying to get a sound source from one stage to a final stage, final presentable stage, if you will. And what I found was when I really started to get into some of the automation tools in Salesforce, especially flows, I realized this actually feels like a very familiar muscle to me. How do I get from A to B and what are the steps I need to take and in what order? What's the logic to get there? If I was producing music, it would be, I've got this... Say it's a vocal, do I want to EQ the vocal first or do I want to compress the vocal first? And then do I want to bus it to a different channel and affect it there with other things or do I want it to be isolated? And really that signal flow process is the same with flows. And then I just watched what it could do with data and I was like, "This is actually really fun because you're building solutions." As a songwriter, you're building songs. As a producer, you're building tracks and you're building records and I'm still building. It's just a different medium now.

Mike: Yeah, that's fascinating because the next question I was going to ask you was... So I will confess, when COVID hit, I was one of those people that's like, "I'm going to learn a skill." Except I didn't do like you, I wasn't as devoted. I bought a guitar, a really nice acoustic guitar. And let me tell you why. Two reasons. One, I was like, if I'm going to learn, I'm not going to learn on some Walmart guitar level, I'm going to learn on something good.

Adam Stark: Good for you.

Mike: And two, if I buy something nice, then I feel like the investment will... I'll feel bad if I don't use the investment, right?

Adam Stark: Mike, I'm the same way. When I told my wife, I'm going to get into cycling. It's like I need to buy a nice bike to make myself get on the bike.

Mike: Right. I'm not going to buy the Lance Armstrong. I didn't go out and buy a Les Paul and spend a used car's money, but I got a nice acoustic guitar and people come over to my house, they see it on the stand. They're like, "Wow, do you play?" So here's the moral of the story. I took guitar lessons online for like a month solid and I realized, I don't know what it is, but music and math are two things that my brain's like, "Hey, that looks like I should go on the couch and sit and eat some Cheetos and somebody else will figure this out." That is exactly what my brain does. And so I would get to the point where I could learn the chords and figure out the finger and then they started to get to the point where they're like, "We're going to teach you music." And those notes on those bars, it might as well have been a foreign language. It was to me. It just didn't make sense. And I'm sitting here, during the day, I do Salesforce and we're dealing with complex flows and data validation and all this other stuff. And I'm like, "Why can't music make sense to me?" And it's funny because the reverse almost sometimes doesn't hold true. What works for you in understanding music did not work for me in taking understanding Salesforce to music. It's crazy. So anyway, so the moral of the story is I have a really nice acoustic guitar-

Adam Stark: We're going to do some guitar lessons out there.

Mike: ... that has sat on its stand. But I did play it for a month.

Adam Stark: Well, you bring up an interesting point, and this might cross over to just some meta principles in general is the longer you're doing something, when you first get into anything, whether it's music or Salesforce for that matter, Salesforce is so daunting to get started because it's just so robust. There's so many things. It's overwhelming. It feels like this massive mountain you have to scale, but the more you do it, the longer you go about doing it, the more familiar you get, you begin to recognize patterns, right? And then once you see the patterns, things just start to feel smaller, if that makes sense. And I think the best way I could describe it is, that has been my journey with Salesforce. To get started, it felt like this massive undertaking. And the concept of campaigns, it's like, what are those for? I still don't really know why someone... There seems like there's several different angles to use campaigns, and it's just trying to get your head around it without ever being a user in Salesforce. But then you start seeing one example of campaigns, and then you see another, and then you're like, "Oh, well, now I've got some creative ideas because I recognize some patterns and I know what the functionality of this thing is." So yeah, I just think the longer you work at something, you recognize those patterns and then it's like, "All right, this actually is starting to make a little bit more sense to me."

Mike: So you got your certification, you did Trailhead on and off when you weren't revenge touring, which is a fun term. I also remember that when the world opened back up and we were like, "Oh, let's do a thing." And maybe ironically, the first thing I did was I went to a Hyatt Regency and I got French fries.

Adam Stark: Yes, sir.

Mike: Totally boring, but man, the quality of French fries in those restaurant style fryers, nothing at home makes the same.

Adam Stark: You are right.

Mike: Everybody right now that's listening to this podcast wants me to ask this question, so I'm going to ask this question.

Adam Stark: Okay.

Mike: What was your first interview like? Because you obviously did a remarkable job of interviewing because you got a job. And I asked that question because I probably every day get a dozen or so DMs across various social networks of, I'm starting in Salesforce and I want to be an admin and how do I get my first job?

Adam Stark: It is the million-dollar question, right?

Mike: Right.

Adam Stark: Again, going back to familiar muscles, one of the things that I was familiar with was the concept of interviewing because I did interviews with radio stations all over the country for years. So the idea of someone sitting in front of me and asking me questions, I wasn't expecting it. I was pretty nervous about it at first when I was venturing into this new career path because I was like, "I haven't had a job interview in how many years? It's been a long time." I was pretty nervous about it. And then once I sat down and started having the conversation, again, it was like a familiar muscle of like, "Oh, this is an interview just like a radio interview is an interview." So I felt pretty comfortable in the interview environment. And then it was me being honest. I really wasn't trying to put on that I knew more than I actually did. I wasn't trying to talk technical where I didn't understand it. I was honest with the idea of who I was as a person, what I'd learned. I'd achieved my certification. I have a pretty good base of knowledge for what Salesforce is and what it can do, but I don't know everything, but I'm determined to find out. If I don't know something, I'm the person that will figure it out. That's what I've always done. In my music career, where there were technical needs, we didn't always have resources to have somebody else meet those needs for. So I would be the one that would go and dive into it. I would figure out how to code lighting rigs and write DMX and program a light show for us because we needed a light show. So that's just my makeup is I'm a hard worker, I'm a learner, and I was honest about that in my interview. If I don't know it, I'll figure it out. We'll find a solution. And it worked to a point. Obviously, the organization took a chance on me because of an experience gap, but they saw something in me, I guess in my integrity and honesty, but also my drive to find solutions and not be afraid to go learn was attractive to them.

Mike: Yeah. Well, from your perspective, what were you the most concerned about going into that interview?

Adam Stark: I would say I was most anxious about the technical interview side of things, mainly because I have never been a front end user and I'd never been an admin before. So I was a little anxious about, am I going to look like a fool if they're asking me technical questions that I should know answers to? And there was a little bit of that. We found some limitations in that interview process, but again, I always said, "I'm happy to go learn. I'm happy to run that down and figure it out."

Mike: Yeah. That's always, I feel like, the first question is, how do I get through the interview? How do I get through... I've never had a Salesforce admin job before. Aren't they going to look for experience? And to me, my first job, I didn't have a Salesforce admin certification or anything, and I just got handed that as a responsibility. I think it depends on the vision and commitment that people see. They saw something in you and said, "Hey, he can grow with us in the same way that we're probably looking to grow this platform." And also, you were a good fit culture. I think people are always like, "Well, what if I'm not smart enough?" Well, the other part of it too is, do they see themselves working with you?

Adam Stark: Absolutely. That's a really good point. And I should mention, I don't think I mentioned this, I graduated from Belmont, so I went here for undergrad.

Mike: A little bit of alumni.

Adam Stark: I had the alumni angle coming in. So that really helped because I did understand the culture. I was here for four years. I'd know what the school represents. I knew how, at least on a basic level, how the school functioned and what some of the departments and teams were. So that was a starting point, right? But you're absolutely right. What you know is, I don't want to say half the battle, maybe more than half the battle, but there's a large percent of the battle is like, are you going to be someone we enjoy working with day in and out? And are you someone that thousands of other faculty, staff and students are going to be interacting with? Are you the person for that job? So you're right, the culture fit is a huge part of it and not to be underestimated.

Mike: Yeah. What part, now that you're in it, of the job has probably been the most rewarding that you didn't anticipate?

Adam Stark: Oh, it's for sure this idea of going through a journey with people. As admins, you find your users and you go through the discovery process with them and you learn about what are your pain points and you just learn about the language they speak and their staff, their workflows, all that stuff. And when you can deliver something that helps relieve those pain points for them, and at the end of it, they see that beautiful chart that they've been longing to see for two years, or they see the one-click automation that just executes perfectly and performs the need they need. When you can look at each other and high five at the end, and just it's so rewarding. I just love those wins with people.

Mike: Yeah. The best part for me was always go live day. When somebody finally gets that solution and they're like, "Oh, I don't have to look at that green DOS screen anymore." God knows whatever else they were dealing with.

Adam Stark: Absolutely. And then you see the spreadsheets and things that they've been managing.

Mike: Oh, [inaudible 00:18:03].

Adam Stark: "Oh, Lord, this is your world."

Mike: It is. But what's funny is some people, I'd say, almost get to the level of coding with the amount of cross tables and pivot tables and references that they build in these spreadsheets. You almost have a robot there.

Adam Stark: You are right. You are correct.

Mike: So you spent some time at TDX this year. Was that your first Salesforce event as an admin?

Adam Stark: It was my second. I was able to go to Education Summit last year first, but I got to say TDX was awesome. I loved it.

Mike: A lot of people that listen to the podcast don't get to go. Some people do the over under. I wish all my listeners could go to TDX, but for you, what were you going there thinking, "Here's what I need to leave with?"

Adam Stark: It's a really good question. For me personally, I am not content staying where I'm at. I always have this need to grow. So as an admin, I feel like I'm getting comfortable with some of my admin tasks and I'm always looking to grow into the next stage. If that's going to be growing as a developer or a consultant or whatever that would be, I'm always looking for the next thing and eager to just up my skills. So going into TDX for me was this exciting opportunity to interact with people who are way smarter than me and way more talented at the platform and just pick their brains. The cool thing about TDX was it's so, I would say, question-friendly. You can walk up to ask the expert tables and just sit down and have conversations and really glean a ton from some of these technical architects. And there's great hands-on training... Not training, but almost hands-on demos and hands-on with certain products, which was really cool, too. I don't get to mess around with agents a lot because we don't use agents yet. So being able to go and sit and work on, build some agents and see how that's working with Salesforce was really great. But mainly the thing I wanted to do was just go have conversations and glean from those who are far ahead of me in their Salesforce journey and help determine what path am I most excited about going forward? Do I want to be a developer or do I want to go more of a consultant, like client facing route? What's the next thing for me? So yeah, that was my goal.

Mike: Yeah, no, and that's what we're there for. Obviously, get you hands on with agents, but also I think to be exposed to what other roles in the ecosystem there are, or you can always just stay in admin.

Adam Stark: Well, you know what I found so interesting with how Salesforce is growing and developing, I feel like the admin might be the most important and diverse role of all of them at this point because so much is being brought to the admin's table of possibilities. We can do so many things with native Salesforce tools now that, I don't know, man, the admin is such a key role that maybe I'll never move on from being an admin. Maybe I just become a super admin.

Mike: Yeah, that was always one of the things when I got started with Salesforce that I found empowering was that I could configure the product using the product. And I don't recall at that time or even... Now short of a few website builders, did enterprise architecture live there. It was always, you had to plug in a development app and then you had to work in that app and then you had to shove your changes to the monolithic CRM. And if you didn't know code and you weren't a computer programmer, it was easy to really make a mess of things. And it just never made sense to me. And then when you would open up Salesforce and be like, "Oh, you can configure this and you just go into set up, here I can just configure this whole page." And it's immediate. It's right there when you press Save. I was like, wow, okay, wait, this is... I still remember, I don't know if you've built this. This makes me feel so old. The very first time I built a dependent picklist, I was like-

Adam Stark: Magic.

Mike: I was like, "I can run the Internet."

Adam Stark: I love that.

Mike: Because I just made this picklist value dependent on this picklist value. And I remember it was a little thing on our leads and it was basically just our tests were categorized in a certain way. And the previous admin, which there hadn't been one, just used one picklist value. It was a monster and it was a word hyphen, another word. And so you had to type out every variation of that and you would open the picklist and it would literally go from the top of your screen to the bottom.

Adam Stark: Oh my gosh.

Mike: And I remember I was like, "Well, this is just really two values." And I looked it up and I just remember my users being like, "Oh, that's amazing and I can't select the wrong one anymore."

Adam Stark: I had that moment with Lightning Record Pages moving on to page layouts. When I realized the power of conditional visibility with Lightning Record Pages, I was like, "This is incredible. I'm a genius."

Mike: Yeah. And I remember we rolled out dynamic record pages in a keynote and for how long as an admin, I didn't want that. Just the ability to show the field when they need to fill it in and then take it away. And I'm from the days when our account pages used to have 300 fields on it and every person used a different area of that record page and you would go to their desk and everything else would be collapsed except for that area. And I just remember thinking there has to be a way to make this only visible to them and 10 years later we can.

Adam Stark: And it's so satisfying. It's just beautiful when it works.

Mike: Right, absolutely. So looking ahead, agents and AI are the thing for now for a long time. We went through mobile and social and there was a brief internet of things and connected devices, but we really were headed towards this AI stuff. What are some of the things you're paying attention to that you're trying to learn and how is your musical skills or other talents helping you learn those?

Adam Stark: I feel probably like most people feel because AI is just developing so quickly. I feel so behind the curve on what's happening, but TDX was definitely an eye-opening experience for me that it's here. The power of AI and agents is here. And so it's time to really start learning. Lately, what I've been doing is just trying to get my head around some of the 30,000-foot concepts of how AI even works. How do these large language models work? Like what is a vector database and the MCP connectors and how do all these things work together? Because I'm that person where I don't have confidence in what I'm doing unless I have a conceptual understanding of how the whole thing is working. So I don't like just blindly building something saying, "I think this ought to do what we want it to do. " It's like, I need to understand on a deeper level how it ticks, if that makes sense. And for better or for worse, that's just how I'm wired. And I will say AI is a behemoth. It is to get your head around it and to understand what it can do and then try to keep up with all the changes. Wow, it is daunting, but very impressive. I have been really excited since the conference and since I've been learning more about the possibilities with AI. It's starting to spark some creative ideas for me and some creative ideas for how it could be implemented in my organization. So that's side note there. But overall, I feel a sense of excitement of where we're going with all this stuff. And I encourage everybody else, if you feel overwhelmed with the idea of AI or having to implement AI tools, rather than just fighting it and putting your heels into the ground and saying, "I'm not doing it," just start learning and start seeing what it can do, what the possibilities are, and then see where your creativity takes you. You might surprise yourself. But yeah, I'm still in my infancy of learning and getting my hands on the tools, but I will say I'm excited about where we're going.

Mike: Yeah. I've often heard it described as we're in the steam powered era of AI, which means, wow, it's going to be something. I guess last question, which hearkens back to your beginning, for somebody who is listening, and first of all, I don't know how they would find this podcast, but let's say somebody that's not in Salesforce finds the podcast and they're listening, is there anything you would do different when you were getting started learning Salesforce, knowing what you know now?

Adam Stark: I think I would... If I was getting started now, knowing what I know, I would have made an effort to connect with Salesforce professionals sooner than I did. I stayed in my room and stayed on Trailhead and just kept completing modules. And the best way I can describe the feeling was I felt like I started putting all these dots on a plot, right? I had all these scattered dots that I was learning as I had complete each module, but I was having a hard time connecting them all. And Trailhead is so big now that if you can easily just wander off on a path of learning that you don't really know if you need it or not. And then you wonder like, "How have I found myself configuring SSO and I don't even know how opportunities work?" So I think I would have really tried to have gotten involved with community, either the Trailhead community or user group meetups locally, but just start getting plugged in with working professionals and start having conversations because again... And even TDX is a perfect example, sitting down on tables and just asking questions with technical architects. And 15, 20 minutes of that is just so helpful to connect all those dots and have that little bit of a light bulb moment of like, "Oh, all right, that makes sense now." So yeah, get involved, get in a community. I think that's going to be the most beneficial if you're just getting started.

Mike: Yeah, no, that absolutely makes sense. I'm glad you pointed that out. Adam, thanks so much for coming on the podcast and sharing with us your story and your insights. I think it's always super valuable because the community continues to grow. I was at TDX this year and it used to be a thing where I would walk around and know everybody. And now I felt like I walked around. I didn't know anybody. And it was because everybody was so new. I hadn't met them yet. So case in point yourself.

Adam Stark: Yes, sir. Hey, thank you so much for having me. I really appreciate it. And I have enjoyed your podcast. Side note, I'm just going to give you a little shout-out here, Mike. Your podcast was super beneficial for me getting started because it was allowing me to have an insight to what an admin does because I had never been in the ecosystem. So just the value that your podcast brought me getting started was huge. So thank you for what you do and thank you for having me today.

Mike: Well, I appreciate that. You probably also learned too much about food because there's food in every podcast. Somehow-

Adam Stark: You can never learn too much about food.

Mike: ... everybody is always like, "I never know how you're going to work it in." But every now and then food shows up and I'm like, "We all need food. It makes it very relatable.

Adam Stark: Absolutely.

Mike: Adam's story is a reminder that being an admin today isn't about where you start. It's about how you think. From designing signal flow in music to orchestrating automation and exploring AI, this role is evolving into something much bigger, building systems that actually move the business forward. If this episode helped you see your work a little differently, share it with somebody in your network and keep the conversation going. Thanks for listening. And as always, until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Avi Shah, Senior Director of Product Management for Salesforce AI.

Join us as we chat about Agentforce Grid, a new way to coordinate data, automation, and AI agents.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Avi Shah.

Spreadsheet-style AI workflows to simplify complex automation Salesforce Admins deal with data, automations, and AI every day. But how do you make everything work together in a way that makes sense? That's why I sat down with Avi Shah to talk about Agentforce Grid, a spreadsheet-like tool for creating AI workflows.

"Agentforce Grid is, in our opinion, the fastest and easiest way to build AI workflows," Avi says. "You have columns for your data and the actions you want to take with it." Some columns are AI-based, enabling you to run prompts or agents you've built, and others are action-based, allowing you to update records or call an invokable action to send an email.

Put it all together, and you can build complex AI automations that can transform your organization's workflows.

Combining data and actions As Avi explains, Agentforce Grid gives you a simple, spreadsheet UI to perform powerful transformations on your data. You can pull things from Data Cloud, uploads, or even the web into a data column.

Action columns give you a way to act. You can run prompt templates, agents you've already built, or inline prompts. Not everything needs to be an AI step, however—you can also perform more deterministic actions like formulas, updating records, or invoking flows.

AI and non-AI actions work together in workflows All of this makes more sense when we talk about actual use cases. For example, you can use Agentforce Grid to assist with case categorization, working with a list of cases, a prompt column to analyze them, and another prompt column to look at those analyses and categorize them based on theme, priority, or issue.

Avi has also seen customers take advantage of Agentforce Grid for transcript and session analysis for customer-facing agents. You can use the prompt column to analyze, classify, and extract information from transcripts to make sure that everything is working the way you want it to work.

Be sure to listen to the full conversation for more from Avi on Agentforce Grid. And don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Blog Post: How Salesforce Admins Can Streamline AI Workflows With Agentforce Grid

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Avi on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Joshua Birk, Senior Director of Admin Evangelism at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about how Agent Script helps admins build more predictable and reliable AI solutions.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Joshua Birk.

How Agent Script expands the admin toolkit The new Agentforce Builder gives admins new tools to create effective AI agents to help their orgs. Chief among them is Agent Script, which gives you more control than ever before over how your agents operate and behave. I sat down with Josh Birk to find out how it all works and why Agent Script redefines the admin role.

Agent Script is a simple, high-level scripting language that lets you create complex instructions and actions for your agent to follow. You can step in as the human in the loop and create a framework for agent behavior and context, helping you build more predictable and reliable AI solutions.

Redefining the admin role In simple terms, Agent Script lets you look under the hood at how your agents function. If you're comfortable with coding, Script view allows you to make fast, precise changes and analyze error messages. Canvas view, meanwhile, uses visual blocks to make it easy to understand what's going on with your agent. And of course, the Agentforce assistant is always available with suggestions if you get stuck.

With so much more control over agentic behavior, Agent Script puts admins in the driver's seat for how their organization will evolve with AI. You're not just building a solution—you're designing interactions between humans and agents. In the big picture, the role of the admin starts to look less like traditional system configuration and more like experience design, governance, and operational strategy.

Getting started with Agent Script All of this requires a great deal of thought in terms of how you're building new agentic solutions and rolling them out to your organization. Josh's biggest piece of advice is to take it slow: "Don't panic, learn Agent Script," he says.

Your existing agents will continue to work, so take your time to experiment with Agent Script to get a better understanding of what's possible. Build some new agents and take it one step at a time.

Listen to the full episode for more from Josh about what admins can do with Agent Script. And subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us in your feed every Thursday.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Blog: Build With Confidence: Inside the New Agentforce Builder

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Josh on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike Gerholdt:

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, if you've ever been wondering why you can't just copy and paste your old agents into the new version, this episode is for you.

I'm joined by Josh Burke, who recently walked our admin relations team through what's really changing with Agent Builder and Agentforce. And more importantly, why it matters. We're going to unpack a little bit of hybrid reasoning, what determinism really means for admins, and how Agent Script gives you even more control without losing all of that magic. So with that, let's get Josh on the podcast.

So Josh, welcome back to the podcast.

Josh Birk:

Thanks for having me, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, we know that a few people are vibing now because of the dulcent tones of Josh Burke. So in all honesty, you were in a team meeting last week and you were kind of updating the team on stuff that's coming out for new products and beta products. And the biggest thing that you always explain is like, so why is this important?

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt:

And of course, every now and then you end your little skit with, "Thanks for attending my TED Talk."

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt:

And I remember last week's meeting, I was like, "Oh man, that's a podcast. I need to do that."

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt:

Because the way that you would explained what was new with Agent Builder and Agentforce, I was just like, "Oh, that totally makes sense to me." So this is where we're at and this is what I was hoping we would talk about.

Josh Birk:

Yeah. And I'll have to try because I kind of remember getting into a very weird, almost like conspiracy theory level stream of consciousness.

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, okay. Well, it didn't feel that way.

Josh Birk:

Good. I think that's years of experience of thinking in streams of consciousnesses, whatever the plural of that is. So yeah, so I think to kind of recap a little bit, so there were two things that I think are kind of important to consider about the new Agent Builder. One is what we mean by hybrid reasoning and what we mean by determinism. And then the second thing is, where does Agent Script fit into that? So the question we were kind of tackling was, why didn't we just go back and revise the old builder? Why can't we just reiterate on it? Why are we starting completely new?

Mike Gerholdt:

And I think you even said, not to interrupt you, but to interrupt you, why can't I just move my stuff over? Why do I have to rebuild it?

Josh Birk:

And why can't I just move my stuff over? Why isn't it just copy and paste? And Agent Script is part of that.

So the original engine wasn't hybrid, is I think the easiest way to put it. So this came with a conversation with product management where I was trying to describe the differences between the old builder and the new builder. And they're like, well, let's ... The old builder wasn't doing anything wrong, so much is that the new builder's doing something more.

And what the new builder's doing that is more is that when we say hybrid, when we think of AI, we think of AI being autonomous, making its own decisions. So we had the Atlas reasoning engine that's like, "Oh, Mike is looking to find a description on a certain account. I'm going to take these actions. I'm going to put them together into a plan and then I'm going to try to make that work."

What we didn't have was the human in the loop portion of that. And where Agent Script really comes into play is it allows users to basically be like, "In this scenario, I want you to behave like this." So when we say hybrid, we mean, yeah, we're letting the engine kind of do its own magic. But then we're also applying almost ... I don't want to say flow because that's such a loaded term for a Salesforce community.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah.

Josh Birk:

But well, let's go to the name, right? A script, right? A script that a human can actually control personality, control tone, control behavior. When you see this, do this, when you need to call it human. So kind of giving this very human-friendly dialogue that you can then apply to the agent. And so that's how we provide more determinism.

So the reason you can't just copy and paste your old agent into the new agent is the old agent doesn't have that connection to Agent Script. And so it's literally missing a piece of the puzzle to run the engine kind of thing.

Mike Gerholdt:

Right. No, I think ... I mean, hearing you explain it, sometimes, at least as an admin, I was always like, "Oh, so they just came out with another version because they had to stick another layer of something on."

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt:

Or like a car analogy, they changed the fuzzy dice. But this is, no, no, no, no. We're really moving from this version, which ran a certain way to an even better version. And that's the part that I feel like ... Because you brought up Flow, I feel like we've been through this with Flow.

Josh Birk:

Yeah, totally.

Mike Gerholdt:

We got like a business process ... Business management process is what it used to be called. And then that thing went through iterations and then we found a different engine to run it on. And then we had ProcessBuilder for a while and then now we have the new Flow. And it's like sometimes it's not just the interface that changed, but it's actually the guts behind it. Because I mean, I can't recall ... It's sometime between after the pandemic and today that AI came around. And I feel like that's the window that works in my brain because I can't put down a time.

Josh Birk:

Totally.

Mike Gerholdt:

Was it 2022 or is it 2023? I don't know. Post pandemic, before today, AI happened. But just when you thought, okay, I've kind of got this thing figured out, nope, all of this stuff changes.

Josh Birk:

Yeah. And it happens in technology, right? It happened with the Lightning Web Components. We really kind of had to go back and take the new ECMAScript format and take the new ECMAScript standard and really rebuild the way our web components work so that they work in a standard based way. So that they're more similar to React and more similar to these other frameworks. And there wasn't really a way to go back to Aura, now it's called, and just be like, "Hey, Aura, be more standards based."

Mike Gerholdt:

Right.

Josh Birk:

Because Aura was effectively just ... It was pre-standards is the easiest way to put it. So this happens, right?

Now, if people are listening to this and like, "Oh gosh, I have all this work in my old Agent Builder, what am I going to do?" First of all, Salesforce does not like taking away people's toys.

Mike Gerholdt:

Right. We've learned that.

Josh Birk:

We've learned that. I've said this anecdote in workshops so many times because when we did release Lightning, one of the most common questions I got was, "Are you going to end of life Visualforce?" So I went to the product manager, might have been Skip at the time. And I'm like, "Hey, when would you end of life Visualforce?" And his response was, "When I pull up a dashboard and I see there are zero active users using Visualforce, and then I'd probably wait three months after that."

Mike Gerholdt:

Just in case.

Josh Birk:

Just in case, right?

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah.

Josh Birk:

So the classic one is not going anywhere anytime soon. But I think the other important thing is a lot of our messaging when it comes to building out agents is that you're already an Agent Builder. You're already somebody who can build AIs because you know Flow, because you know Salesforce. Now you've learned topics, now you've learned actions and all of that kind of stuff. All of that is still true. It's all still true. And so you're still getting to use your existing skills in order to control it. It's really just adding the skill of knowing how to write out the Agent Script.

Now, one of the cool, really cool things about ... Well, there's two cool things about the new builder that I think will really help people with that. One is the Canvas mode. And so Canvas mode takes what you write in Agent Script and puts it into a visual UI interpretation. And so this is very handy for two things. Number one, it gives you a little bit of kind of a predictive window as to what your script is going to be doing. It also gives you a very visual way of thinking about it. It's also a really neat way to go look at somebody else's Agent Script and translate it. So you don't have to read through all the thing. You can flip over to Canvas mode and be like, "Oh, that's trying to get these parameters in order to do these actions."

The other thing going back to vibes and this new AI coding AI is that you'll have an AI assistant in Builder to help you build the AI. So you're not alone. Agent Builder itself will also help you create these things out. So my biggest statement back in the Lightning web component today was don't panic and learn lighting. And now it's, don't panic and learn Agent Script and you're going to build out some really powerful solutions.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, and I think back to ... I mean, I was chatting with Jennifer today too, and just the way that we started using AI. And I remember, I mean, not that long ago doing workshops and saying, "Okay, you need to tell the AI your role, its role. And then what you want it to do and what it can do and what it can't do." And for everything, whatever model you were using, I remember writing prompts a certain way. And I feel like for this and with Agentforce, especially for admins, this is the least set it and forget it kind of thing.

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt:

Because you can always go back and make it better.

Josh Birk:

And tweak it. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt:

And this is-

Josh Birk:

And tweak it in theory. Yeah, exactly. In very small corners too.

Mike Gerholdt:

Small corners that make a huge difference because like with Flow, I mean, half the time I'm just excited that I got it to do what I needed it to do. And then I look at what Jennifer built and I feel like I'm over here rubbing two sticks together.

Josh Birk:

Together.

Mike Gerholdt:

But with Flow, that's your goal, right? You just want that, okay, boom, it's done. But with agents, people are interacting with them, they're asking them questions, I can make this so much better and I can make this better. Here's the clue when people stop using them.

To your point of when you would replace Visualforce. Well, if you're looking at your Agentforce dashboard and seeing, "Hey, your users aren't using it." well, now might be a time to like, "Well, let's switch over, let's round some edges, let's change some things." And I would say this is like an every two weeks kind of thing. Which sounds crazy, but the amount at which you're going to find feedback from your users. And the amount of rounding of edges, I worked myself into an English problem here. It's going to be like, you're going to find like a star and then it's going to look like a ribbon of rounded edges that you have to work on.

Because as you use that new builder, now your users are happier and being more proficient. And I think like even today, when Jennifer and I were talking, we were talking about building Gems in Gemini. And I said, "One thing that I do is I'll actually have another window open and ask it to refine my instructions in Gemini."

Josh Birk:

Oh, yeah.

Mike Gerholdt:

Because the way that I write the instructions works for me, but maybe not for it and it can refine it. And I've seen it take thousand word prompts and reduce it down to 200 and it's actually faster. And so having all of that is sometimes there's a lot to keep up with. But it's all for the better because now you're like click click, oh wow. And then you get that ... I think it's always, at the end of the day, the admin is going after that first look on a user's face and they're like, "Ooh, this-

Josh Birk:

Nailed it.

Mike Gerholdt:

... just made my life so much easier."

Josh Birk:

Exactly. Yeah. And I think to kind of append to that, again, not to overuse this analogy of Visualforce. But it's like don't be in a rush to go and recreate your existing agents in the new Agent Builder. If you have a new agent you're building, I would start with the new Agent Builder and go from there.

Two reasons, don't fix what's not broken. And also you'll learn more about Agent Script and things like that. So when you do decide to move your old agent to the new builder, you'll be more educated on how to do it.

Now, huge forward-looking statement, asterisk, safe harbor, there is a conversation internally about creating a porting tool of some kind. It's on a roadmap somewhere, no guarantees.

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh.

Josh Birk:

But I do think people should know where we are looking at that kind of thing. So stay tuned because we do want to make this as easy as possible.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. Yeah. But also there's some joy in rebuilding things and maybe that's just me. But I've always-

Josh Birk:

Seems like part of the tech world. Yeah, exactly.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. I mean, there's that and there's also, it reintroduces you to things that at one time you were good at and brings it back. And then I think too, anytime that these new features come out, one part is, okay, well, here's the tech to change it. But also, has the process changed? Has the stuff that people do internally changed? And that might also be true.

And the other point you brought up, which was really salient, just because you can change it, doesn't mean you should right now.

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt:

One thing that ... And I was a part of this, doing a big org rollout. What are the other changes that your users are experiencing within your organization? And so you adding to that, is that one layer too many? Or when would be a better time? Like we always joke, like you're not going to roll out a sales opportunity change the last week of the quarter.

Josh Birk:

Right, right.

Mike Gerholdt:

So picking your timing, this means that gives you time to test.

Josh Birk:

Yes. Yeah. And I think this goes into a lot of the conversation we're having about admins in the AgentiCare. Like what kind of a steward are you being? And how are you using those existing instincts and skills as an admin to not topple over the apple cart, but now you're doing with AI?

Mike Gerholdt:

Right. Because in my opinion, admins are getting paid for their judgments.

Josh Birk:

Yeah. Yeah. Agreed.

Mike Gerholdt:

Josh, thanks for coming on and helping us understand the new Agent Builder.

Josh Birk:

Thanks for listening to my TED Talk. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt:

I knew you had to fit that in. And we've got just enough time that Daryl can hopefully get his boat from home to the internal ... It's not internal. Inside the podcast joke.

Josh Birk:

Inside the podcast joke.

Mike Gerholdt:

You have to go back to the Daryl Moon episode-

Josh Birk:

Yeah, exactly.

Mike Gerholdt:

... and then it all makes sense. It's the key to unlocking the mystery of the Dan Brown episodes. I don't think so.

Josh Birk:

I love it.

Mike Gerholdt:

Anyway.

Josh Birk:

I love it.

Mike Gerholdt:

Have a good day, Josh. Thanks for coming on.

Josh Birk:

Cheers, my man. You too.

Mike Gerholdt:

Huge thanks to Josh for coming on very impromptu and turning what could have been, I think, a little confusing of an update into something that actually makes sense. New engine, new script layer, AI helping you build AI. Awesome. I like it.

So remember, don't panic, learn Agent Script, and it's all about having fun. And like any powerful tool in Salesforce, it's less about flipping a switch and more about steady improvement over time. So if this episode helped you clarify your next steps, share it with another Salesforce admin who's navigating some AI right now. And until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Jagan Nathan, Senior AI Architect at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about how he built a Slack app for Salesforce's "Million Dollar Puzzle" ad, where millions of concurrent users raced to solve riddles by chatting with Slackbots.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jagan Nathan.

The tech behind the "Million Dollar Puzzle" contest If you were watching the big game, you might have seen Salesforce's "Million Dollar Puzzle". As soon as the ad aired, the race was on for contestants to solve puzzles by chatting with Slackbots to discover the location of a secret vault.

My guest this week, Jagan Nathan, built the Agentforce-powered Slack app that made everything possible. They needed Slackbots that could act as a conversational gateway for millions of concurrent users. And with a million dollars on the line, they needed to be sure it couldn't be tricked into giving away the answer.

Even more incredibly, Jagan pulled all of this off in only six weeks. I sat down with him to find out how he did it and what he learned along the way.

Using AI to build quickly at scale Just like with any project, the first step was to gather requirements—though it's more fun when your stakeholder is the "Puzzle Master." Jagan and his team needed a thorough understanding of what they were dealing with and how they could translate those gaming mechanics into the application.

The clock was ticking, and AI was pivotal for accelerating the development timeline. Jagan and his team used Salesforce Vibes for quick prototypes and wireframes to help them decide what to build. But the development team still needed to take these ideas the rest of the way. "AI cannot help us solve all of the architecture problems," Jagan explains, "we have to have a human in the loop."

With millions of concurrent users, they needed to do thorough testing—and quickly. Luckily, they could use Salesforce Scale Center to stress-test for performance issues and identify bottlenecks so they could be sure that when the ad ran, the app would work flawlessly.

Designing for security with a million dollars on the line I know this might be shocking, but when you're holding a contest with a million-dollar prize, some people will try to cheat. So Jagan and his team needed to make sure there were plenty of guardrails in place to make sure someone could win it fair and square.

They needed to start with a security mindset and think through any security vulnerabilities as they designed the application. Einstein Trust Layer was crucial for toxicity detection and monitoring for anything malicious, like prompt injections.

Most importantly, they were very careful with what information the Slackbot knew and what it didn't. It didn't have the solutions to the puzzles, so even if someone managed to crack it, they wouldn't be able to get very far. Instead, puzzle answers were always validated by humans.

There's a lot more from Jagan about building for scale quickly, so make sure to take a listen. And don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * MrBeast + Salesforce Behind the Scenes * The Million-Dollar Puzzle: How Slackbot and MrBeast are Rewriting the Super Bowl Playbook * Salesforce Admins Blog Post: Empowering Admins: Build Org Scalability With New Scale Center Features * True to the Core Deep Dive: What's New in Lightning Experience Performance and Agentforce Vibes * Salesforce Admins Blog Post: Build With Confidence: Inside the New Agentforce Builder

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Jagan on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike Gerholdt:

When you think about building on Salesforce, it's easy to focus on features. But today's admins aren't just implementing features. They're designing systems that have to perform, scale, and hold up under real world pressure.

In today's episode, I'm going to sit down with Jagan, an architect who helped deliver a high stakes, high scale experience serving millions of users through a custom Slack-based AI system. We're going to unpack what it actually takes to compress months of work into weeks and how to design for trust and guardrails from day one, and where human judgment still matters in an AI-driven architecture.

So if you've ever wondered how your role evolves from building flows to orchestrating full systems, this is the conversation because this just isn't about speed. It's about responsibility at scale. Now if you enjoy this episode, hit Subscribe, share it with a fellow admin and let's get Jagan on the podcast.

So Jagan, welcome to the podcast.

Jagan Nathan:

Hi, Mike. Thank you for having me.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. Well, I was excited when you sent me the Slack DM about some of the projects that you've worked on here at Salesforce. But for people that don't know you or maybe didn't listen to the episode of the Developer Podcast you were on, could you tell us a little bit about what you do at Salesforce and the fun project you got to work on recently?

Jagan Nathan:

Sure. Hey everyone. I'm Jaganir. I'm architect part of our AA practice team here at Salesforce, building agents for our customers. This is my third podcast on our channel. My previous episodes were focused on event monitoring and threat detection.

Mike Gerholdt:

Wow.

Let's talk about some of the stuff that you got to work on around the big football game that happens in February that Salesforce had an ad on.

Jagan Nathan:

Yeah, sure. Very excited. This is our first ever online puzzle app, which was built entirely on our Salesforce platform.

Mike Gerholdt:

So you got to be a part of that. I'd love to know from a Salesforce admin listening to this, we used the platform for the puzzle. Can you give me a little insight into that?

Jagan Nathan:

Yeah, so let's unpack this. So what we did is we didn't just build a chatbot. We deployed our custom Slackbot, of course, powered by our Agentforce, which acted as a conversation gate for millions of participants grounded in real-time data. So we just collapsed a nine-month roadmap into just six weeks, which is 42 days. Within that, we designed iterator and we went live on day of February 8th.

Mike Gerholdt:

Wow. Nine-month roadmap. Holy cow. That's insane. I mean, can you talk a little bit about the architecture problem solving and how you moved so fast so quickly?

Jagan Nathan:

Yeah, sure. Of course, we are a customer zero company. So we leverage our internal tools and the external tools, what we have developed. So for this entire application, we use our Agentforce Vibes to accelerate the development. We quickly do a lot of wireframes and the prototypes, and then we figure out what sort of user experience and what sort of applications we need to build using the power of Agentforce Vibes that accelerated our development timeframe to start with.

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, that's nice. I mean, I've definitely seen Vibes do a lot of things. I'm assuming we really took it out for a test spin on this one.

Jagan Nathan:

Yeah. So we use Agentforce Vibes to do this. And then we also leverage our scale testing product because this particular application, we anticipated there's going to be at least millions of users who is going to access this application concurrently. So performance is super important for this application. So we leverage scale testing product to identify quickly and resolve all the problem bottlenecks as well.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. Wow.

I've had some talks with PM for, was it Scale Center? Is that what you used?

Jagan Nathan:

Yep. Yes.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. And we've put out a couple of blog posts about those. So for admins that aren't familiar with what Scale Center is and what some scale testing helps them do, what did you use it for?

Jagan Nathan:

Yeah, Scale Test is the performance evaluation tool. So that gives a lot of metrics. Before customers used to run some automated performance testing to figure out what sort of performance bottlenecks they have in the ACRM instance. But with the power of Scale Test, we can write a test plan creation. We can do a test environment set up. And we can also simulate all those real-time performance challenges, and then we can schedule those test trend to see where exactly fails and at what threshold it fails so that we can understand the spike and then we can fine tune our application.

Mike Gerholdt:

Okay. That's super helpful. I mean, was there any surprises that happened in your testing?

Jagan Nathan:

Oh, yeah. Since we anticipated there's going to be at least millions of concurrent users, there's going to be a lot of DB rights back and forth. And then we ran into a lot of issues. We were able to figure out with the help of scale testing, we figured out all those in the sandbox, and then we fine-tuned our code and the logic and everything to make sure it is scalable for concurrent users as well.

Mike Gerholdt:

That sounds like a lot. Holy cow. I don't think I've ever built an application where I had to plan on a million people using it concurrently.

So you talked about Agentforce Vibes. I'm sure we leaned into a lot of AI to build this. How did you decide really what AI should do versus what humans should still control during the project?

Jagan Nathan:

Yeah, that's a great question. So of course we can use AI, but AI cannot help us solve all the architecture problems. One of the architecture problems, we have to use human in the loop. For an example, when we started designing this application, considering the scale of users, we thought just by writing a prompt, it's not going to solve the problems. Prompt is going to give, based on the request prompt is giving the response back, but that alone is not sufficient enough. So that's where we use humans power to understand and architect well for this [inaudible 00:06:50] game.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. Wow.

On top of that, you got to think of guardrails because I'm sure somebody was thinking, "Well, since Slackbot was in use, what if somebody just asked it, what's the answer?" That seems like the most obvious guardrail to put in place, but how did you sit down and think about some of the guardrails to put in place for an experience like that?

Jagan Nathan:

Yeah. So there's an aha moment here. So when we built this custom Slackbot, we intentionally built in a such a way that this custom Slackbot doesn't know the puzzle answers. So even if someone tries to crack the puzzle Slackbot, they would not be able to get the answers out of it. So that is the first so that no one walks away with the puzzle answer, right?

Mike Gerholdt:

Right.

Jagan Nathan:

So that is the first thing what we did. And then the next thing what we did is automated toxicity detection at the hedge. So what we tried to do is we leveraged, of course, the power of Einstein Trust Layer and then it's not like a traditional AI chatbot. So we just built intentionally a custom Slackbot with all those automated toxicity detection so that if the Slackbot finds some harmful response or some sort of response which is not supposed to do it, if the user on the other side, if the user is a bad actor trying to do some prompt injections or whatnot, our platform is able to monitor and mitigate the risk immediately. It's being very proactive stage of monitoring.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. No, I guess I just thought the Slackbot would have access to the answer and you'd just have to guard it really well. But if you set it up and never give it access the answer, then it can't accidentally hallucinate and give the answer. So wow, that was probably a little bit of planning on your end.

So looking at what you built and deployed, if a Salesforce admin wanted to recreate some of the best learnings that you had from this, what were some of the key takeaways that you had?

Jagan Nathan:

Yeah. So I had that security mindset to start with. Let's say you are a bad actor or else you are trying to act the system, what sort of loopholes you might find in the system and then find all those security vulnerabilities, why you designed the application itself. It's like having a security mindset is super important. And that too for the scale of the cash prize is one million. So definitely there's going to be a lot of participants going to crack the Slackbot or else they try to trick the Slackbot and try to get the puzzle's data out of it. So I would say security mindset is super important. And then start with the understanding of, basic understanding of how prompts work and then try to build a Hello World app in Slack to start with.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah.

Did you have a whole team of people that were just, I guess it's called negatively testing because there's always positive testing, which is test it to make sure it does what it's supposed to, but then there's negative testing, which is to make sure it doesn't do what it's not supposed to, right?

Jagan Nathan:

Yes. So we did advisory testing as well. So of course, we used the power of AI. We built our own agents to try to craft this agent to see where it bakes. And then we try to enhance our prompts and all the safety guardrails to make sure. We did a ton of testing during our design and implementation phase just to make sure Slackbot is not supposed to provide any information which is not needed or which is kind of out of privacy zone.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. Wow.

So given the scale of everything that you did, what is something that you maybe hit a limit with AI that you didn't know would exist?

Jagan Nathan:

What we felt down the road is like, AI cannot solve all the problems for sure. That too for the scale of millions of concurrent users trying to access the system. We thought there might be places in which there might be some timeouts happening, but knock on the wood, nothing happened. We were able to build a scalable application.

Now, we don't rely 100% on AI. We also added a human in the loop, for example, some sort of puzzle answer validation, mainly the final puzzle answer validation. We don't just rely only on the AI. We use a human in the loop. So that we brought in experts on the puzzles who validated the answers and lot of stuff at the backend.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, that's interesting.

What was it like to have to translate a puzzle into a technical requirement? Because I feel like a lot of Salesforce admins often get business processes that can sound like a puzzle and they have to translate that into a technical requirement.

Jagan Nathan:

Yeah. Great question. That was very interesting and challenging because not all of our teammates worked on the puzzles or solved the puzzles before. If you take me as an example, right? I haven't solved any puzzle in the past. I went through the basics of understanding what sort of puzzles exist in the real world. Some are logical puzzles, a lot more Sudoku puzzles, some are mathematical puzzles, some are geolocation puzzles. So for us, it took some time for us to understand the basics of what sort of puzzles we have. And then we had conversations with the puzzle masters and then who built this puzzle. We tried to understand from the puzzle master what sort of application they wanted to build because they know very much on the gaming side and we know very much from the technical side. It goes hand in hand.

That was very interesting and challenging conversations we had to understand. It took some time for us to understand and translate the gaming mechanics into our application.

Mike Gerholdt:

Wow. Okay. So be honest, how cool wouldn't it be to have a title named Puzzle Master? Right?

Jagan Nathan:

Yes.

Mike Gerholdt:

So one of the last questions, because I bet you use Slack a lot as the project team to get things done. I've noticed as I work at Salesforce and we use Slack in different channels, I've noticed changes in behavior, ways that we work faster with Slack. Was there something you left this project with where you're like, "Oh, I'm going to start posting this way in Slack or I'm going to start sharing information this way in Slack," because it was something that actually was a way that you worked in that team.

For example, I've noticed that when we have really long threads rather than posting one big post that could take up a lot of screen, somebody will post a comment thread about a topic and then put all of that into the comments because then it keeps their feed kind of cleaner.

Was there anything like that that you kind of learned as like, "Ooh, I'm going to start doing this more often now in Slack?"

Jagan Nathan:

Well, yeah. So what we did is when we started working on this project, we had a 14 member team, few members were focusing on the technical side, few members were having conversations with the puzzle master. So we used Slack as a project management tool.

So what we did is we created a Slack Canvas with a list of team members and then what sort of priority task we need to work on. And then we automated to the next level by adding a Slack list as well. We created a list, like what is the roles and responsibilities for each team member? And we started tracking the list. And then every week we were running the Slack workflows.

We extensively used the Slack workflows. We created a ton of workflows, one workflows for summarizing the Slack channel so that what happened in this one week's ... Because see, we had at least six weeks to develop and build and deploy, right?

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah.

Jagan Nathan:

So each week we were running the Slack summary workflows to understand what is the latest going on around them. And then we were extensively using Slack, mainly the Slack Canvas and then the Slack list to start with.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. Wow. I love building workflows. I tell you, they're really cool. I can almost build too many sometimes.

Well, I appreciate you coming on and sharing what you could about this. I think the amount of work that was completed for this project and in the amount of time is super incredible and I'm sure it was quite the learning for you. So it also teaches us that even the biggest projects we can still accomplish very quickly. So thanks for coming on the podcast.

Jagan Nathan:

Thank you for having me, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt:

So it was great of Jagan to come on and share his experience on that project. I think it's a good reminder that building on Salesforce today means thinking beyond automation. It's about really designing systems that are resilient, trustworthy, and ready for real world scale. From AI guardrails to perform testing to human in the loop decision-making, this is the work that the modern admin is balancing speed with responsibility.

Now, if you found this episode helpful, share it with another Salesforce admin who's thinking bigger about the systems they run and making sure that you're subscribed so you don't miss what's next. Until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Jennifer Lee, Lead Admin Evangelist, and Eliza Riley, Content Manager for Admin Marketing at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about what's coming at TDX and how to get the most out of your visit.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jennifer Lee and Eliza Riley.

Connect with product leaders at TDX TDX is around the corner, and I sat down with Eliza and Jen to talk about must-see content for admins and how to get the most out of your visit.

One thing you won't want to miss out on this year is Sneak Peeks, a special experience in the theater where you'll be able to see new features in action. We'll be showcasing things like the new App Studio and Setup with Agentforce so you can get an idea of what's coming. There will also be a Q&A with the product teams so you can give feedback and better understand the roadmap.

There will also be True to the Core Deep Dives covering flow and automation, reporting and analytics, Agentforce, and low-code and pro-code development. These extended Q&As offer you a chance to connect with product leaders and ask all of your burning questions.

Finally, if you have a thorny problem that needs solving, you can sign up for a 1-on-1 Ask the Expert session with a Salesforce engineer or product leader.

See the sights We've been talking a lot on the pod about Agentforce Vibes, so maybe it's time to see it for yourself. In the Agentforce Vibes Zone, you'll be able to get hands-on with how you can build using natural language. There will be demos, a guided project, and sessions to help you get started.

You'll also want to check out the Hackathon Showcase in the keynote room, where the three finalists will pitch their builds live to the judges. As Jen says, it's always interesting to see how different people solve problems and get some inspiration for what you're building in your org.

If you're coming alone, make sure to stop by the Community Cove. It's the spot for networking with other admins and other folks in the ecosystem, and a great jumping-off point for exploring TDX.

How to plan for TDX As you're getting ready for TDX, it's important to remember to balance planning with flexibility. "You're going to be connecting with people," Eliza says, "you might see a cool activation that catches your eye, or a robot you might want to stop and grab a picture with."

Wear comfortable shoes, bring water and snacks, remember that some sessions require headphones, and make sure you have a swag bag. Most importantly, come find us and say hi.

Make sure to listen to the full episode for more on what's coming at TDX. And don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Blog Post: The Salesforce Admin's Guide to TDX 2026 * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: What Are True to the Core Deep Dives at TDX?

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Jen on LinkedIn * Eliza on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript Mike: If you're heading into TDX thinking it's just another event, this episode might change how you show up entirely. Today, I'm joined by Jennifer and Eliza to break down how to actually get the most out of TDX26, not just attend it. We're going to talk about everything from Sneak Peeks and Ask the Expert zones to hands-on Agentforce experiences and so much more. Most importantly, how these moments are going to help you design better systems, not just learn new features, because this isn't about collecting swag or just session notes. It's about connecting with the people building the platform and shaping how your organization runs. So, if you're serious about evolving from admin to orchestrator, we got your game plan. So, let's get Jen and Eliza on the podcast. So, Jen, Eliza, welcome to the podcast.

Jennifer: Thanks for having us.

Eliza: Super happy to be here.

Mike: It's going to be fun. So, Jen, you're a veteran of the podcast and in the community. Tell us a little bit about what you do at Salesforce, and then, we're going to get into what we do for TDX.

Jennifer: Sure. I'm one of a few admin evangelists on the team. So, some of the things that I do on a daily basis is write blogs, create video content, and present to all of you admins out there.

Mike: Just a few. Eliza, you're like our secret Alfred in the bat cave. I feel like all of us evangelists come back with torn suits, and our Batmobiles have a flat tire and you fix everything up. But you also did a whole bunch of stuff at TDX last year, but what do you do on the admin team?

Eliza: Yeah, I know you guys are really on the front lines. So, I'm a content manager on admin relations, and I focus on creating resources and storytelling to help admins grow into more strategic roles. And I also lead our admin blog. So, really helping to translate just everything that's happening across Salesforce into what actually matters day-to-day. And that includes a lot of coverage on TDX, which I'm really excited about.

Mike: Yeah, we have a lot planned. To be fair, you also did a showdown last year at TDX, if I recall. Isn't that right, Eliza?

Eliza: Yes, we did. That was super fun. We had a few members of the community come and showcase their best Agentforce use cases. We had some prizes, and it was just a really great time.

Mike: Right. It was. You had one vivacious MC. Should hire him back. Let's talk about this year though, because Eliza, you wrote a blog post to help admins get ready and write down their list of stuff they can't miss for TDX. And the first thing is the Sneak Peeks area, which you and Jennifer are working on. So, let's hear a little bit about that first.

Eliza: Yeah. So, Sneak Peeks is this really special interactive theater experience. And these are really building on the success that we saw at Dreamforce. So, if any of you attended Dreamforce last year, Jen did an incredible job in the Admin Meadow creating this special exclusive look at what's coming next for Salesforce products. So, we're building on the success of that this year, and we're going to be showing you quick demos of all of our in-progress innovations, and then, opening it up for live Q&A with the product teams. And so, what's really cool about this for those of you attending in person is that you might be some of the first people to actually see these developments in action. And then, if you're not able to join us and you're watching from home or tuning in later, we'll be covering some of these on the admin blog as well. So, you definitely won't be missing out on any of the fun.

Mike: Oh, nice. Jen, you got to peel back a layer. Tell me, give me something. Give me a sneak at the Sneak Peek.

Jennifer: Well, first I want to say that as a former customer, when I went to TDX, one of the things that I look forward to was seeing the roadmap and interacting with the PMs. So, I'm really excited to be able to bring this to all our technical audiences. But a couple of things that you will be able to peek into, we'll be introducing the new App Studio. There's also Salesforce Release Manager. So, think of this as being able to say, for these releases, "I want to enable these things in my org." That's the idea behind that. And then, we're just bringing on a lot of... We have three sessions on flow, like thinking about new flow design or what's coming up with screen flows or how to manage your flows. We're also bringing in set up with Agentforce, not only in Salesforce itself, but also in Slack. So, there's just a lot of cool things, but I'm just going to tease a few.

Mike: Yeah. No, thanks. You got to show up, but that's why it's called a sneak peek, right? I'm excited for this. I agree. When I was a customer, being able to just see what's new, take those notes, most of the time feel, like the plane ride home, you could be like, "Oh, cool. I don't have to build this because it's already going to come as a feature," is something that I always look forward to. Now, you mentioned we could do some Q&A with the product teams at your Sneak Peeks, but we also have something called Ask the Expert Zone. Can we talk a little bit about that?

Jennifer: Yeah. So, we had that also in the Admin Meadow at Dreamforce, and it was a huge success. So, think of it as you come to TDX and you have this burning question in the back of your head or this problem that you're trying to solve for and you're just hitting a wall, you can come and talk to our experts. And the difference between what we did at Dreamforce and TDX is now, we have specific topics. So, instead of going to, let's say a generalist that's supposed to know all the platform, and who possibly can because Salesforce is so huge? There's no way. You're going to go and talk to a specialist. You have that burning of question about automation. You're going to talk to the flow expert. Or you need help with getting started with Agentforce. You're going to talk to the Agentforce expert. So, we have these various topics, six different topics, and you come during that scheduled time and you'll be able to have one-on-one discussions with those experts.

Mike: I like that because we did a version of that, and I volunteered for it, and I think it was just about every other person, I could answer questions.

Jennifer: Yeah, it's hard.

Mike: I know. Man, I just felt bad, and I was like, "Well, I can't really answer your question, but do you want to work through the problem together and maybe we'll stumble across something?" One of the things that I think is important and along those same lines, at a surface level, it's like, "Oh, cool. So, I'm going to be able to talk to Data 360, or flow, or user access and governance." I see those as topics. Waiting until you're at the event, Jennifer, is not the best idea. If you were a customer today, you have 14 days to Dreamforce, oh my goodness, to TDX, what would you do as a customer to get ready for those Ask the Expert sessions?

Jennifer: I would hone in on what are the top things that I want to know from that expert? Come up with some questions to bring to the table versus just showing up and coming up with questions off the top of your head. Or if you have a problem with the solution, bring your laptop and show the person, "Here's my problem. Can you show me where I'm going wrong?" That way, you're not generalizing it, and then, they could really help you because they're actually seeing the thing versus saying like, "Oh, well, I think it might be this," or, "Maybe it's this, but I don't know because I don't know the details of your problem."

Mike: That's really good. And when we did that version of Ask the Experts, I had somebody print off their entire org schema and bring it.

Jennifer: Wow.

Eliza: Oh, wow.

Mike: So, yeah, it was awesome and also kind of sad because I was like, "Man, it's a whole forest of trees you just killed, but I know exactly how your org's set up." It's wonderful. Speaking of experts, we have something new, and I know Kate's been on to talk about it, but Eliza, True to the Core Deep Dive, that sounds new. What's that?

Eliza: Yes. This is one of our new activations or tracks that we're really excited about this year. So, True to the Core Deep Dive is essentially just an extension of the larger True to the Core keynote that we all know and love. So, it's going to give everybody the chance to just go a little bit deeper into specific topics. So, they're essentially extended breakout sessions letting you connect with the product leaders and ask your really specific questions. So, we will have breakouts on flow and automation, reporting and analytics, Agentforce, and low code and pro code development. And actually, a couple of these are going to be live on Salesforce Plus. So, it's a really great chance to connect with product leaders and just be able to attend that extended Q&A.

Mike: Yeah. There's definitely a theme developing here across all three things that we talked about, which is access to the product leaders.

Eliza: Definitely. I think that's a really key differentiator at TDX this year. I would say that there are just really more opportunities than ever for you to actually connect with the people building the features that you're working with every day.

Mike: Now, one of the things is the virtual TDX Hackathon, which I know Josh on our team has been managing a lot. If you're not participating, that's something really cool to go see because I think we have... Correct me if I'm wrong, but I think we have an actual kind of showcase where they're going to get up and pitch their hacks. Am I right, Eliza?

Eliza: Yes. And it's not just a showcase. It's actually even bigger than we've done before. So, it's going to be live in the keynote room. So, really getting everybody up on that big stage. And the three finalists will actually be pitching their builds live in front of a panel of judges.

Mike: Wow. No pressure there.

Eliza: Yeah, seriously.

Mike: But I think that's really cool. Jennifer, if you were a customer and you're like, "Well, I didn't participate in the Hackathon," sometimes going to see what other people are envisioning might actually spark an idea for something that you're trying to solve back at your org, right?

Jennifer: Oh, exactly. At Dreamforce, we had the Hackathon and I attended that. And it's always interesting to see how people solve for things and you're like, "Huh, I didn't even think about that piece, and maybe I should consider that and go back and use that in your implementation." So, yeah, it does definitely inspire and get those creative juices going.

Mike: Right. On top of just watching people try to pitch, I think that's really fun too because I always love to learn watching other people speak because I would envision, well, here's what it could be like if I had to pitch my app to a board of directors or a president of a company as we're really going enterprise-wide as an admin. The last thing that I see is Agentforce Vibes, which I've had people on vibe coding on the podcast, and I've seen some dry runs. I can't tell you the session because you need to go to them, but there are some presenters in the admin track that have some really cool use cases for vibe coding. And so, I think we have the Agentforce Vibes Zone. Eliza, do you know anything about that?

Eliza: A little bit. Yeah. So, it's an immersive hands-on space. And I think what's really cool about the Agentforce Vibes Zone and what we've done a really good job with is just making sure that it's not just for developers. I think no matter your role, you can definitely benefit. And so, it's really just designed for anyone that's ready to expand on how they build using natural language. So, there will be a series of Agentforce Vibes demos, and then, I think they're doing a guided hands-on project so you can apply what you've learned because as you know, if you've come to a Salesforce event, it's all about getting hands-on. But there's a lot of great vibes content across the event from sessions to this specific zone. So, I think if you're an admin and you're just trying to dig in or get started, it's definitely a great place to do that.

Mike: Yeah, I'm excited for it. Let's talk about conferences in general, because it's been a while since we've done Dreamforce, and we've had winter and a time change. Jennifer, if you were a customer today listening to this podcast and thinking, oh, I got to pack for TDX, what are some things that maybe you bring now that you wouldn't have brought five years ago?

Jennifer: Unless you really need to use it, I leave my laptop in the hotel just because lugging that around all day isn't fun.

Mike: They still haven't gotten any lighter, have they?

Jennifer: No.

Mike: They're still 10 pounds.

Jennifer: No, they feel like a brick, ton of bricks. I would definitely bring your most comfortable walking shoes. Don't bring the pair that you just bought. No, that's not a thing. Bring your most comfortable shoes. Definitely bring a water bottle. Walking around, you want to stay hydrated. Bring some snacks in your backpack because sometimes you think you have time to run and grab something and you're running between sessions. Have that little candy bar or whatever it is, a pick-me-up. Yeah, that's helpful. And then, I also bring a bag just in case you pick up any swag along the way because they'll-

Mike: Just in case, as if it's an option. Come on.

Jennifer: But bring a thing where you could take notes. So, whether that's electronic, or a notebook, or old school, bring something that you can jot notes or take screenshots of things. There's also will be available in the app, PDFs afterwards, but I always like taking a screenshot, and then, writing notes afterwards.

Mike: Yeah, I definitely... So, there will be AI-generated session summaries on all of the sessions in the app, but being there and taking notes is usually... The notes that I take always make more sense to me, which is exactly how it should be, I suppose. Eliza, is there any special prep you do to get ready for TDX?

Eliza: Well, I would say definitely pack your headphones because we have some sessions where you'll want your headphones to catch that session audio.

Mike: Oh, that's a good one.

Eliza: Yeah, that's one that people forget. You don't think about it, but got to have those headphones. I think for me, with these conferences, it's so good to have a game plan. I think when you roll up first thing in the morning, you just have this whole day in front of you, and it can be hard to think about what you'd like to do. So, I'd highly recommend using Agenda Builder to really plan out your perfect schedule, but I think you should also leave room for spontaneity because you're going to be connecting with people. You might see a cool activation that catches your eye. Sometimes there are robots wandering around that you want to stop and grab a picture with.

Jennifer: Or characters.

Eliza: Or characters. Yep, absolutely. So, don't jam pack it, but it helps to come in with a little bit of a game plan.

Mike: Yeah. Dreamforce had puppies for a little while too. I know.

Eliza: I missed those.

Mike: We probably won't [inaudible 00:16:32] puppies this year. I know. One thing that I think is different that I'd like both your perspectives on. So, travel budgets are tightening. Companies are sending you to... Sometimes you have to pick and choose, do I go to TDX or Dreamforce? And sometimes it's, well, we can only afford to send you. We can't afford to send the other three admins. And so, you're there flying solo. What would your advice be, Jennifer, on making friends at TDX and introducing yourself?

Jennifer: Oh, Mike, you asked the introvert of the team.

Mike: I know. All of us admin evangelists are really introverts. We just play extroverts [inaudible 00:17:21].

Jennifer: I know, right? I tend to look for a familiar face, but also for someone who might be by themselves, because if I'm by myself and they're by themselves, why not connect? And then, you could be a team, and then, figure out, hey, what sessions are you going to? Because maybe they might be going to sessions that you didn't even think of. But also if you're attending a conference and your teammates don't go, I would take copious notes so that then, when you go back to your company, you can then knowledge share, right? You weren't there, but here's the things that I learned and here's the PDF to that presentation, and give them a little walkthrough of what they missed, but also we're going to be recording a bunch of sessions this year, right?

Mike: Oh man, we're recording so many sessions this year. It's insane. You have no idea. Eliza, how about you? How do you make friends at events or how would you advise admins to connect with each other?

Eliza: Oh, I consider myself a little bit of an introvert as well. So, I think if I'm in a specific area or session that is really, really interesting to me, I would also probably look for somebody that's by themself or somebody that's taking a lot of notes or asking a lot of good questions at say, a demo booth and just strike up a conversation with them. If you hear them talk about a use case or something that they're experiencing in their org, I think being able to connect and have something that's relevant to share is a really good way to get your foot in the door. But I would also say there is Community Cove, which is a really, really cool place to go. And you can actually network with other admins. You can meet people of really all roles. And I know they have a really fun activation planned this time around. So, if you're by yourself, I would head to Community Cove first, and I think you can make some friends there for sure.

Mike: Yeah. That's both very good advice. I always tend to look at the people taking the most notes in a session because then I could always walk up to them and ask them if we could compare notes. And then, that way, I'm not asking for anything that I'm not giving in return.

Eliza: I love that.

Mike: Yeah. All right. Well, Jen, Eliza, I feel like I know I got to get my comfortable shoes and couple hundred bottles of five-hour energy and some of those protein bars and leave my laptop at home, and I'll be set. So, I feel like we're pretty ready for TDX.

Eliza: Yeah, sounds like you got it covered.

Mike: I hope. Well, thanks for coming on the podcast. We'll have to connect after and see how everything turned out.

Jennifer: Awesome.

Mike: All right. There's your blueprint for showing up for TDX with intention, not just as an attendee, but as somebody that's ready to shape how systems, data, and AI really come together in your organization. Huge thanks to Jennifer and Eliza for helping us think bigger about what's possible when you connect directly with people building the platform. Now, if this episode helped you rethink how you approach events or your role as an admin, make sure you subscribe, share it with your team, and start planning how you'll bring these insights back into your business. Until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to John Maxey, Senior Product Manager at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about how My Trust Center can help admins communicate incidents, plan releases, and operate with transparency.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with John Maxey.

From static status pages to personalized trust When I was early in my admin career in 2008, keeping track of status updates was as simple as loading up Salesforce Trust. These days, with so many different products and services, it's gotten a lot more complicated.

That's why I was so excited to sit down with John Maxey. He's working on My Trust Center, a personalized, authenticated experience that only shows you information that's relevant to your org.

Reducing noise and creating clarity for admins With the new My Trust Center, you'll be able to get more specific information about upcoming maintenance and how it affects your org. Everything is tailored to what products and services you're actually using, instead of having to sift through unrelated incidents and interpret whether or not they apply to you.

As John explains, Salesforce can be much more granular about any specific maintenance or updates and how they will affect you. And that makes it easier to make decisions like when to promote new features, when you need to do testing, or when there might be downtime. You can coordinate better with your team and avoid surprises.

Greater transparency through targeted communication At its core, My Trust Center is about improving transparency both internally and externally. For admins, it will provide more visibility into what's going on when something doesn't work and when a particular service will be back online.

If there's an incident, you won't need to ask your CSM or contact customer support to figure out what happened. RCAs will be attached to each incident, so the entire process is self-serve. And you can configure notifications via SMS, Slack, or email to keep your entire team up to speed.

Make sure to listen to the full episode for more from John about what's coming with My Trust Center. And make sure you're subscribed to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Blog Post: Jen's Top Spring '26 Features for Admins

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * John on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript Mike Gerholdt: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, I am joined by John Maxey to unpack the evolution of the Trust Center into something far more than a status page. That's right. It's becoming a personalized command center for how you run your org. I mean, let's be honest, it's not just about uptime anymore. It's about how you design systems that balance data, automation, and AI while keeping your stakeholders informed and confident. We're going to dig into what My Trust Center means for how you communicate incidences, plan releases, and operate with clarity across increasingly complex environments. So if you're the person everyone turns to when something breaks or when they just think something's broke, this episode's for you. Let's get John on the podcast. So John, welcome to the podcast.

John Maxey: Thanks, Mike. Thanks for having me.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, this is exciting. So I like it when I can have a podcast and a blog post on the same subject in the same day. And all of this stuff around trust and security, I feel like admins are right there, we're the Sentinels every day. But before we talk about some of the cool stuff that you're working on, let's learn a little bit about John Maxey. So John, how did you get to Salesforce and what is the cool thing that you oversee?

John Maxey: Oh, well, thank you for that. So I came to Salesforce in late 2007. I joined as a customer support rep in CSG in our customer success group. I had just come from the FinTech, and if folks remembered, FinTech was kind of not doing well at that time in 2007. So it was an opportunity to switch industries and come to Salesforce. And that was pretty exciting being the ... At the time, our moniker was no software, sort of breaking the mold of traditional software and sort of moving to the cloud.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. We were talking before I hit record. I think if you do the math, our Salesforce experience is definitely in high school at some point.

John Maxey: Seems that way.

Mike Gerholdt: They graduated from high school, which is kind of scary at some point.

John Maxey: I wish.

Mike Gerholdt: I know. Well, it's about to head off to college and make questionable decisions and maybe be a paleontology as a major. Who knows? But we're going to talk about ... So the blog post that went up today on admin.salesforce.com is the same topic as this podcast, which is My Trust Center, which I can't tell you how excited I am for this. Because I remember back to my days early admin, like '08, just going to having to pay. It never dawned on me until one of my users couldn't log into Salesforce a long, long, long, long time ago. And I was like, oh, I wonder why that is. But I never thought about like, oh, cloud services can go offline. I need to pay attention to this. And at the time, trust.salesforce.com was literally just like a handful of blinky lights. That's all it was because there was a handful of pods that you paid attention to and you just checked to see if yours was up and that was it. And then over the years, I mean, there's so much more to pay attention to. Everything that goes into trust.salesforce.com. So can you kind of take us on that journey of like Mike from 2008, just having to remember if NA1 is up to everything that the new My Trust Center is going to give us?

John Maxey: Sure. Yeah. I remember using the Trust site when I first joined Salesforce as well way back in 2007, and it has changed a lot. So if you think about it, in 2007, Salesforce was really sort of selling one product, CRM, Salesforce automation. We had, like you say, we had just a handful of instances where we had customer installations. So even the field of boxes that we had there was small enough for folks to be able to find out what was going on with their stuff. And even in the URL of their application, it would say which instance you were on. So fast-forward 18 years and we've acquired companies, we've developed new technologies and new products. Some of them are on the platform and others are what we call off core or they're not directly in our application. They're separate different types of architecture. And then we've also moved into the public cloud. We've also been selling to enterprise customers and we think about an enterprise customer and their implementations are far more complicated, multi-cloud. So they may have marketing and commerce, as well as sales and service. And then we have all our industries. So in talking to customers when I became the product manager of the trust site in 2018, just sort of realized that their experience, especially for our larger customers was harder to deal with. When you look at, I mean, I think we have 950 some odd instances in our sales service industry, we have over a thousand DBs in marketing cloud engagement. It's just kind of daunting to try and figure out where you are. And so at the time we were figuring out tools to make it easier to find that. But really the answer was to get personal and to create an authenticated site. So then we know our customers. I believe that's like CRM 101, know your customer. And then when we know who they are, when you log in, we can present you with what you have with the things you already purchased, the products and services. So in this first release, we're starting that path, that journey to true personalization. And so there's still some gaps here and there, but one of them is the support for all our products. So we have requests out to all of our different products like MuleSoft and Tableau to do a little bit of work to get them ready for the My Trust Center. But yeah, so that's, I mean, it's just grown and this My Trust Center really just has come out of customer feedback and wanting a better experience. And the other thing about the personal, I know a lot of folks are going to probably jostle a little bit at the move away from a purely public site to the authenticated site. But there's an opportunity there to not only provide the personalization, but also be able to expand the types of services we can provide, product communications, things like that, that we may do via email today, but we can provide an experience to consolidate all that into one single spot, seeing as we will know who those customers are, being able to target the communications. As if we did it today and it was public, it would just be too much. It would be information overload. And so being able to segment that because we know who you are is really a powerful driver for that.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, if you think about it, so I remember going to a user group, this'll totally date me. But they were like, "Well, you can subscribe to the RSS feed for your server status." And that was it for me. I was like, "Dude, I'm set. This is great. And I'm going to get the emails. It's perfect." And then you kind of don't know what you're missing until you don't know what you're missing. And there was rarely a case, but this also speaks to why My Trust Center makes so much more sense. If I were to go there, "Oh, my instance is down, but these three instances aren't." Well, it's not like I could do anything. It's not like if my lights are out in the neighborhood, but my neighbor's lights are on, I can grab my dog and I can put my slippers on and walk across the street and be like, "Hey, can we sit at your house until our lights come on?" It never dawned on me when I would go to trust.salesforce.com and see, "Oh, well, everyone else is online, just this one pod is off." Okay, cool. Next. Right? And that matters now because now if you think about it from what admins, developers, architects, they have so much to pay attention to. And all of a sudden, especially in a highly regulated industry, you talked about being in Finserv, why is this down? And you can feel that user looking over your shoulder and then you having to sift through a trust site, multi-layers, multi-things, and kind of give them an answer. This is, why can't you just present me with the dashboard that makes sense? I mean, the dashboard in my car only tells me about my car. It doesn't tell me about every other car on the road. So it kind of feels like a natural evolution.

John Maxey: Yeah. And that was definitely part of it as well. The information overload as part of a growth and when you have a company that sells many more products than you started with. And then also we find that sometimes somebody will see an issue and then they go into the trust site and they see another issue going on and maybe they attach themselves to that. And so that can kind of confuse things when they reach out and report that. If there is an issue, we'll have ways to report that. But you shouldn't just assume that because somebody else is having an issue that it's the same issue that you're having. So yeah, definitely making sure that we're giving you the information. And then also being able to expand on it more. Like I mentioned, the public nature of that, we've got press watching it, we've got competitors and things like that. And sometimes we just don't want ... We don't have to be guarded with what we say because of how that could be used. When we know we're talking to customers, we can be a lot more open, even drafty as they might say. We know that something's going on. Maybe we don't know exactly what it is. And that's not really necessarily appropriate when you're speaking to a public audience. But when you're talking to customers and they just want to know that you know that there's a problem and that Salesforce is working on it. Like your analogy, when the power goes out, typically the customers don't need to know when the application is having an issue. They know that the application's that. They want to know that Salesforce knows that there's an issue and what are we doing to fix it?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I mean, ironically, it's just like the power company.

John Maxey: It's just like the power company.

Mike Gerholdt: So I'm looking at the screenshot and the other thing I noticed that I think is really neat that before back in the days of the blinky lights, it was like, it's on or it's off. Cool. And then we would pay attention to releases and you always got like a release date window. This shows a tab upcoming maintenance for the next 90 days. Tell me more about some of the thought that went into that.

John Maxey: Yeah. So we look at the different personas that we want to support on the trust side, on My Trust, and we think about the jobs that they need to do. And so you have an admin. Admin is obviously concerned about any incidents going on to make sure they can communicate with their user base. But they're also working on developing new functionality for their user base. And so they want to know what's coming up, what would impact them. And in the past, it would have been as much of how much downtime would there be, but that's almost a thing of the past. But really it's more about when will my features? Maybe I've been working on those in Sandbox and I'm ready to promote them. When do I know to promote them? If we're talking about an operations persona, they need to know when there need to be a little more diligent because there's a release going on. Some of our customers do testing after we do a release to make sure that there's no conflicts or anything. Obviously as people customize their orgs, we do our best at Salesforce to make sure that there's no conflicts in the code that we release, but there's always, folks are very inventive in the way they do their solutions. And so there could be a conflict. A lot of customers like to test that, they want to know when. Especially if you have a large application, a lot of people in to test, you want to know the best use of their time because it's usually on a weekend.

Mike Gerholdt: I know. Yeah. And I mean, even scrolling down, we could talk more about this too. I'm looking at a maintenance window of four hours. I remember before we would get a release as an admin, I'd always tell my users, every now and then that scheduled maintenance window would come up when you'd log in and be like, "Okay, well, just don't log in this weekend." And it's kind of like it's fun to think of the days when companies would only work Monday through Friday. Please salespeople just ... I know you're not working on Saturday, right? Wink, wink.

John Maxey: Right. Well, a lot of the ... The major releases now, especially in Hyperforce are zero downtime. It's just really, it's more of a notification, "Hey, this is when your features would be ready," as opposed to it actually being downtime. The first party, it does have a little bit more. But I think we've got most customers off of first party now. And then we have some others that we're still working with to get their messaging better and because now we can target. So those timeframes, those windows will start to shrink because we'll be able to target folks at a better granularity and make sure they know exactly when they're going as opposed to a more generic sort of announcement, "Hey, we're doing a bunch of work. You may or may not be impacted in this time." We'll get it down to, we know when you're going to be deployed and exactly when the impact may happen.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. And this is also going to help our inboxes because they're not full enough.

John Maxey: I hope so.

Mike Gerholdt: I know. Man, I'm telling you. The one line, say goodbye to instance wide email blast. Well, those were just fun. Okay, I think it ... Does it mean us or not? But still, one of the features is you can still subscribe to notifications, right?

John Maxey: Yep, exactly. Yeah. Today we support email. We're looking to expand that in the near future to support SMS like we do in the legacy status site. And looking to add some more as well. I mean, obviously Slack is top on our list to investigate how to do that in a meaningful way so folks can subscribe to their notifications.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, like a Slack notification?

John Maxey: Yeah, exactly. Like a Slack channel you subscribe to and get your notifications right in Slack. I mean, another one of our goals in our group in general is to try and push our information into the workplaces where folks are working. So if you spend your time in Slack, why not get that stuff in Slack? And then it's more meaningful and you don't have to switch to a different application. I mean, I love developing the trust site and the portal. But the main goal is to make sure folks are informed and get what they need.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, so that was exactly ... I mean, to kind of ask you a best practices question, it could be, and in my case, I was the only admin, so it was easy for me to subscribe to everything. But there are a lot of companies that have teams, right? There's admins, developers. So putting it to Slack, obviously then it's anybody can join that Slack channel and get the status update. And if you need to know that, then join that channel, that makes sense. In the interim, how do you address that as a best practice for organizations with maybe multiple admins or multiple developers?

John Maxey: Sure. That is a challenge. I mean, the quick and easy answer is we use Trailblazer ID, which is the same authentication method for Trailhead or for help, for AppExchange, all of our external facing portals. So there's a good, better experience there and one authentication through all those portals. But then because Trailblazer ID just takes an email address, you could use your group email to sign up for a Trailblazer ID. And then that ID, that email address, would have to be attached to a license in the orgs you want to see. So that's the way to do that. Today, we understand it's a challenge. Not everybody has a bunch of extra licenses to use for this type of purpose for folks who are monitoring. So we are working on a solution for a license that would have very limited or maybe no access to the org at all. But you could attach it to say a group email and then be able to get all the monitoring information you needed from that.

Mike Gerholdt: I like that.

John Maxey: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: That's awesome. It says one of the plans is to have major release notes and root cause analysis for eligible incidents. How is that beneficial? Like what were customers asking for that we weren't providing root cause analysis on?

John Maxey: As much of anything, it's a delivery mechanism. So if a customer is impacted by an issue, they may have to engage with their CSM or go to customer support and say, "I need an RCA." And so instead of that, we have certain criteria on incidents when an RCA is going to automatically be provided. So our first iteration would be that when that RCA is provided, we would attach it directly to the incident and you would get a notification that it's been attached. And so you could then go reference it. No need to ask anybody. In the future, we're thinking about ways maybe we could provide some visualization to say that it's in process and maybe how far in the process. I mean, the more we can self-serve, the better. And then we'll look at other ways of being able to surface that type of information and similar type of communications directly in the portal and through notifications and all of that.

Mike Gerholdt: Before we press record, you said some customers already have their hands on it. What was some of the feedback they gave you?

John Maxey: Oh, we were in Pilot for about a year with a handful of customers, and then we were in beta for ... Our open beta for almost a year as well, nine months. Lots of different types of feedback. I mean, in small things is accessibility, making sure that we're accessible to finding out about the need for the license solution so that folks can see this. Whether we have big companies that outsource or have operations teams that manage all of that for the whole company. And Salesforce is just a piece of that. We also have a gap of getting an API that matches our UI, so it'll be personalized. And if you use a monitoring application, you can just feed the signals right into that so you can have a single place to monitor all of your operations across your whole company. So those are the types of things that we got in formatting. And actually the initial iteration of the 90 days upcoming maintenance and releases was originally 30 days and people were like, "But you only do a major release every 90 days. You can't see enough." And so we expanded that. And I think we need to add a little more navigation capabilities because some of that ... Sometimes like for me, I have a bunch of instances that I have orgs on. So I get a bunch, a bunch of those and it's just hard to deal with. So we're still improving. We have a feedback farmer. We're always looking at that feedback to see if there's an opportunity to improve what we have.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. This is so cool. I can think back to only how many times I wish I would've had this as an admin. I mean, I was glad for what we had, but always getting that personalized feel is super helpful. John, I'd be curious, in the past I've asked people, when we work in tech, often our hobbies or the things that we love to do are a little more tactile because like I told a friend of mine, I said, "Well, when the power goes out, you can't ever see what I built." And he was like, "Wow, that's super powerful." And I was like, "I know, right? It's kind of crazy." But I'd be curious, outside of security and building the My Trust Center, is there something fun that you like to do on the side?

John Maxey: Well, I like to visit my kids. My youngest just started college, so we're second semester empty nesters.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh boy.

John Maxey: We love to travel and see ... Especially internationally and see new countries and experience new sights and smells. And like you say, very tactile, sort of getting out and about, getting away from the computer a bit and enjoying the world, going hikes in different countries and meet different people and whatnot.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. No, I completely understand because I get into yard work over the summer.

John Maxey: Oh, yeah. My wife loves to garden.

Mike Gerholdt: Very gratifying.

John Maxey: My wife loves to garden, so I spend a lot of time supporting that as well.

Mike Gerholdt: See, that's always ... And then the first time you get to make something with your vegetables, that's always the best. That's the most rewarding. John, thanks for coming on to talk about this, I'm sure. Well, I know for certain, when you have stuff to talk about, you're going to come back. Because this is so, so incredibly useful for admins and it really helps us kind of understand the whole state of everything that's going on with our orgs so that we can communicate that internally to our stakeholders, which keeps the wheels running. So I appreciate you filling in all of the dots and keeping our status green for us.

John Maxey: Oh, and thank you so much, Mike, for having me. My whole life at Salesforce has been supporting mostly admins, making sure that they have the best experience that I can provide is one of my goals. So it's really exciting and it's great to see people start to use it and play with it and maybe find some things we missed. So definitely have a lot to add and would love to come back and talk about some of the new features that we implement in the next little while.

Mike Gerholdt: I want to thank John Maxey for walking us through how My Trust Center is reshaping the way admins manage trust, not as a reactive task, but as a core part of running a system. If you take one thing away, it's this, visibility drives confidence, period. And when you connect incidents, releases, and communication into one clear view, you're not just supporting the business, you're leading it. So give this episode a share with somebody on your team who's always there and trying to answer, "Is Salesforce down?" And make sure you're subscribed to the podcast so that you don't miss what's next. Until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Rebecca Saar, Senior Director of Admin Relations at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about governance, productivity, and why Salesforce Admins are more essential than ever in the agentic enterprise.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Rebecca Saar.

Admins are becoming the guardians of trust As AI becomes an ever bigger part of our day-to-day lives, I wanted to bring Rebecca Saar on the pod to talk about what changes and what stays the same.

One thing she emphasizes is that admins are here to look at the big picture for their organizations. While it might be easier to build the solution, you still need to figure out what to build in the first place.

"It's a shift in mindset and understanding where the work is happening," Rebecca says, "because we now can leverage these super powerful tools." Skills like gathering requirements, talking with stakeholders, and bridging the gap between departments are only going to be amplified by AI—not replaced.

Admins act as translators across systems and teams Admins are a crucial intermediary for their organization, connecting the dots between multiple departments to understand what's really going on with a business process. In other words, admins are the ones who understand who to talk to in order to get something done.

In my experience as an admin, each business unit only knows their own siloed data. They know where it comes from and who they ship it off to, but they don't know if there are better options, or where there might be a snag in the process. That's where admins need to step in and find a solution that individual business units might not be able to figure out on their own.

Strong foundations still matter in an AI world Despite new tools, core admin skills remain essential. In a way, we've moved from problem solver to sense maker. You might not have to spend as much time figuring out who has what permissions, but you'll still be called on to have a conversation about how it should be handled.

Just like with everything else, AI can save time on the busywork so you can focus on what matters. At the end of the day, it's even more important to lean into the foundational admin skills to find solutions that work for everyone in your organization.

Make sure to listen to the full episode for more from Rebecca Saar about what's coming at TDX, and don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Blog Post: How the Salesforce Administrator Role Is Evolving in the Agentic AI Era * Salesforce Admins Blog Post: The Next-Gen Admin: In Conversation With Ishrat Bhatti * Salesforce Admins Blog Post: The Next-Gen Admin: In Conversation With Tony Nguyen * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: Why Agentforce Is a Game Changer for Small Businesses

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Rebecca on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins podcast, I sit down with Rebecca Saar, the Senior Director of Admin Relations for Salesforce, to talk about how the admin role is changing as AI and agents become really part of our everyday life. Now, we're going to dig into why Salesforce admins are becoming the guardians of trust, how strong fundamentals still matter, and where human judgment fits in when automation gets smarter. I like to think this is a very thoughtful conversation about governance, productivity, and why Salesforce admins are more essential than ever. So with that, let's get Rebecca on the podcast. So Rebecca, welcome to the podcast.

Rebecca: Hi, Mike. Thanks for having me.

Mike: It's been a while. Last time you were on, we did an entire episode in German because international podcasts are fun.

Rebecca: Yeah. What a ride. How many years ago was that?

Mike: Just a few. It's like one or two in Salesforce admin years, which translate differently to the rest of the world.

Rebecca: Right. And then I also say we've had a pandemic in between, so that has made time fly.

Mike: Yep.

Rebecca: And I think that was a pre-pandemic thing.

Mike: It was. 100% pre-pandemic. Yep, absolutely. And then since then, you've been on stage quite a few times for the admin keynote. And doing a whole bunch of stuff with the admin relations team. You and I have both been on stage too.

Rebecca: I know. Yes, we have been championing admins since 2014?

Mike: Since forever.

Rebecca: Yes. Dedicating over a decade and celebrating that big decade 10-year anniversary was a couple of years ago. And that was a big highlight for me, being able to share that with everyone on stage at Dreamforce. But yeah, since last time I was on the pod, I have now become the lead of admin relations and kind of leading this amazing team of evangelists and marketers on our mission to enable and empower and inspire all of our Salesforce admins out there.

Mike: And we're doing that as a transition to talk about... Literally right before I pressed record on this podcast, I was listening to NPR talk through AI and how AI is affecting something. They quoted 60 to 80% of the people in the workplace now use AI for some sort of task. And it kind of flashed back to me because it was interesting listening to them talk. They were describing, so when you tell AI to do something, that's a prompt. And listening to people walk through the understanding that I think a lot of Salesforce admins went through two or three years ago, I remember having people on the podcast to talk about prompt engineering, and I'm listening to them now, I'm like, "How do you not know this already? What world are you living in? You should already know about prompts and prompt engineering." But leading admins now as we're not just working with AI, but AI's working with us, right?

Rebecca: Yeah. AI is everywhere. I think just in the last few years, it's accelerated so, so much. Yeah, I've been thinking about this a lot because not only are our admins and our whole Trailblazer community thinking about the impact of AI. But it really is across at least tech industry, but corporate world where everyone is kind of thinking about how are we incorporating AI into our workplace.

Mike: So I was thinking of the article that you published, How the Salesforce Administrator Role is Evolving in the Agentic Era. And the first kind of big bullet point or the first subhead under there is The New Mandate, The Guardian of Trust. And working on that article with you, I happened to think of the very first thing that I did when I was a Salesforce administrator. Well, the second thing I did. The first thing I did was I updated my profile. The second thing I did was I got certified and I was one of the first 500 Salesforce admins certified. And I remember posting that to... We had a local kind of intranet at the company that I was at. And I remember posting that just out of pride for myself that I had passed, but also really wanting my users and my executives to know like, "Hey, when I suggest something, it's because I'm knowledgeable about it, so you should trust me." And I think it's interesting that almost 15 years later, when AI comes around, this is the very first thing that we're talking about with admins as being the guardians of trust.

Rebecca: Yeah. Trust, it's our number one value. And it's, I think, the most important thing our admins can do for their company and their users. You manage the data, you manage security, you manage automation. And these are the pieces of the system that need to come together in a trusted way. It makes the admin critical to the success.

Mike: A lot of it is also helping our users and ensuring that when we implement Agentforce for a specific process like in sales or in service, that it's really something to aid them. I think of a lot of people, the discussion on NPR was, "Well, I don't know what to ask or I don't know what to do." And of course, as an admin, when you're demoing something for Agentforce, you want to show, here's the words you type in. And you'd like to think in a perfect world, all of your users are going to use that exact perfect prompt when in reality they're not. People forget prompts, people forget what they're trying to do, and then they can easily get frustrated. I think part of that guardian of trust that we're doing is, let's put it in places where it can benefit our users the most in terms of productivity that might be easy to just farm out so that really we're bringing the best out of that person. I think of now when I was deploying a contract object a long, long time ago, the people that worked in contracts, the value of them wasn't the fact that they knew how to open an envelope or read through a paper contract or photocopy it. And I say that because at the time we did all of that, it was all physical contracts. That's not what they were getting paid for. They're getting paid for their knowledge of being able to digest that information of the contract. And I think of kind of the same value for the admin. It's not the buttons they click that make it important. It's how do they implement the agent and then how do they use their judgment to say, "Let's put this agent here at this point in the process to make all of our users really use the skill that they're being hired for."

Rebecca: Yeah, 100% percent. I really feel that these tools are coming to help us be more productive. We keep kind of hearing this narrative around with AI that we're replacing roles, we need less people, and does that mean there's room for my role? And I think that's really missing the big kind of upside of all of this is that there is so much work to be done. Especially when I talk to admins, they're wearing multiple hats. They've got cues and cases that they're trying to get through. And think about all the ways that AI can then help you as an admin be more productive and get more work done, which ultimately means you can serve more of your users and the company.

Mike: Yeah. I think of it as... So I was trying to think of other industries that we've seen major shifts in, I think AI is really close to automation. And if you look at how auto manufacturing has evolved from the moving assembly line of the 1930s and '40s with Henry Ford up until a current day, I want to say, and I've watched a couple of YouTube videos because I think it's fascinating, but realistically a car when it's being built isn't touched by a human for the first something like 10 hours of it being built. And it only takes like 30 hours to build a car, which first of all is kind of insane when you consider how much there is that goes into it. But even if you look at stuff that would be highly profitable to be fully automated, we still haven't fully automated anything because I think even as humans, it's that level of control that we need over things to make sure. But the parts that like for the car being built, for example, we're automating is, okay, well, we can do this repetitiously. And it's a very low level skill as opposed to really hiring people. There's still people you think of 100 years later that build cars in a car manufacturing plant, robots never took over. It's just the part that they get hired to do is the very highly specialized part. And I think of that with AI where it's not going to replace Salesforce admins. It's the admins that know how to use it are going to be the hyper productive built out systems because they know when to have AI built for them and when they need to jump in.

Rebecca: Yeah, exactly. I think the work shifts from the building piece more to the before planning and preparing, and all that work admins do talking with stakeholders, gathering the requirements, really getting precise on the solution. And then the work after the building where we're monitoring the agents and assessing how they are performing. It's just a shift in mindset and where the work is happening because we now can leverage these super powerful tools.

Mike: Right. There's parts now, and we've even seen this. I've had Cheryl Feldman on the podcast to talk about how setup is getting better. And if you're watching any, I think this last... Well, when I recorded this is in March, I just watched Mo do the Agentforce Now tour virtual workshop and walking through agents. And there's still parts of it where the admin needs to understand what the part of the business is that I need to go to talk to, because a casual user probably doesn't know that. And then also, how is this stitching all of the data together? Because as I found when I was an admin for eight years, everybody in an organization only knows their own siloed data. And they only know where it comes from and who they ship it off to, but rarely do they know if either of those are exactly the forms of data that they need. And so for example, like when I was doing a sales implementation, the information that would come in from the opportunity, the finance team was like, "This is of no use to us. Somebody else needs this. Here's what we need." And that's the part where actually sitting down and making those judgment calls as a Salesforce admin is, "Okay, here's how the agent can help do that." The two operating divisions might never come to that conclusion on their own.

Rebecca: Yeah. It's really the admin running the system. There are different departments, there's different tools we're using, there's data in different places. So how does it all come together and how are we looking at the day-to-day operations of these systems and maintaining them and scaling them?

Mike: Now, I think what's interesting, Rebecca, so that article was super fun to help write and get out. This was the beginning of a journey, and I'll link to it in the show notes. You also spoke with a couple of next gen admins, we'll call them that, with Tony and Ishrat. I think so looking through those blog posts as well, what were some of the things that kind of stood out to you?

Rebecca: Yeah. First of all, I'm so grateful to all of the admins I've been talking to in the last couple of months. Through those conversations, it really helped define that blog, Mike, that we wrote together, because there's so many insights that kind of came to light and a lot of grounding and agreeing on areas where it's important to have focus. I think one thing that really came to light in Ishrat's was talking around governance. And really kind of thinking about the admin as going from problem solver to sense maker, which I thought was an interesting phrase. But as the admin, you are kind of the translator of your org. You understand or need to understand what all these pieces are and how they work and why an agent is doing what it's doing, because you kind of helped bring it to life in the beginning. So that was kind of an outstanding insight there. And then from Tony, I had some great conversations around, I think a highlight for me was just thinking about the importance of the foundations and knowing the kind of foundational skills of an admin. And not losing sight of that as we leverage and use more and more AI. Still knowing what a data model is, knowing how to set up a flow, how these core kind of building blocks work well so that you can be the sense maker and understand eventually what an AI is doing and automating for you.

Mike: Yeah. I think looking through both those, I love the way they ended. Tony kind of sums up, "I'm going to give you what you need, not just what you want." And essentially Ishrat says the same thing of the person who connects business intent to data quality. And I think that's always the thing. There's always the... And I used to explain this a lot when I would do training, you run the report and you think you know what it's going to say. And then the data comes back with something different. And nine times out of 10, the user would be like, "Well, the report's wrong." Not that you put the data in wrong, the data is telling you something different than what you thought. And I think with both of them, that's the role that the Salesforce admin plays so critical is, "Well, here's the intent of what we're trying to capture and here's the agent capturing it and spelling it out for us. Now, here's actually what the outcome is and maybe the business process that we need to change as a result of it, as opposed to what we were focused on.

Rebecca: Yeah, love a good reporting situation. How can we change this report? Because it's not the outcome I was looking for.

Mike: Right, exactly. I need more pie charts. That's always the end result is the pie charts. But this is really cool. I think right now all of the roles are really sitting back and trying to understand how they fully utilize this new tool, because I think of it like how Steve Jobs explained the bicycle of humans can move, they can put one foot in front of the other, but the bicycle makes us infinitely so much more productive. And I look at how AI is doing the same thing for Salesforce admins in terms of just allowing us to... Some of the work that Cheryl's doing was set up, asking query who has the right permissions, as opposed to spending that time trying to run reports or comparative reports, having it do that work for us so that we can sit down and have those really targeted conversations about who should have the right profiles and permission sets, as opposed to spending that time just looking through thousands of reports.

Rebecca: Exactly. It's an exciting time. I really think obviously we sit in the bubble here and we see all the innovation firsthand. But it does feel like a very exciting time in our industry and for Salesforce and for the Salesforce ecosystem. There's so much opportunity for those that are excited and willing to kind of embrace this and bring this to their companies. Mike, I was curious how you're feeling. We see this incredible opportunity and the value the admin brings having talked to admins out in the community, is that resonating? Are people-

Mike: I remember sitting down at Florida dreaming not too long ago, and listening to all of the Salesforce admins that were not only paying attention to what Agentforce could do, but what other AIs can do for them. I think you mentioned we live in a bubble and I think in terms of my friends, because I work in tech, I definitely know more about AI than most of them. But I would consider myself medium level intelligence of AI in the tech world. It's really, this is another tool, how do I be productive with it? And they're not looking at it as, "Oh, this is something scary." They're looking at as, how do I embrace this? And I think it's the same way that we look at how computers came about. Once upon a time, as I've seen on watching Mad Men on AMC, people typed. There was huge steno pools. If you needed a copy made, somebody literally had to type copies of that. And then the copy machine happened. Well, the copy machine didn't put people out of work. It just made people more efficient. And so companies were able to move those individuals around into places that could make them more efficient. And admins now have a tool that just kind of, it's like literally going from walking to riding a bicycle. And of course, there's lots of different bicycles and everybody has their own preference.

Rebecca: Exactly. I feel like the admins who lean into this won't just be staying relevant. They're going to be the most important people at their company.

Mike: Well, and as I was having the conversation with Daniel Peters talking about small business, if you think of, "Well, I'm just a Salesforce admin at a small business, what can I do?" He actually brings a point up of, if you built an agent that would literally just help the person answer questions while they're filling out a form or while they're creating a record in Salesforce, you would have so much better data. And his example was when they would take orders for cheese over the phone, there was insane amount of information that you had to know. This certain cheese could only be sold in these sizes and this certain cheese could only be sold during these months. And for the person, the on-ramp, you think of that person, "Okay, well, I answer a phone and I write an order form for cheese. How hard could that be?" Really hard when you have 30 different cheeses and umpteen number of different ways that that cheese could be sold, you think, "Well, I'm a Salesforce admin at a 20 licensed company that sells cheese. What could I do?" Wow. You could create an agent that helps the person who takes phone orders, answer questions super reliably. And that makes your onboarding so much faster for that person, and your orders more correct because a small business is going to live and die by five orders, whereas a really giant company five orders might not be that much. But if you think of the impact just at that level, that's huge. Just at a 20 license company, now you go up to a 2000 or a 20,000 license company and you think of the same impact. It's so much, you can have just that little bit of knowledge that enables the person on the phone to show up at work and feel confident about what they're doing. That's usually the end of the day where you go home and give yourself a high five as an admin because you made somebody's day better.

Rebecca: Yeah, that's huge. And I love that we're talking food again.

Mike: Right. It always comes back to food. We have an event in San Francisco, speaking of food, in a couple of weeks from this, which is TDX. And I think there's going to be quite a few Agentforce stuff and flow and set up and holy cow, there's a lot of things going on, isn't there?

Rebecca: Yes. So much going on for TDX. We're really excited. The whole team's been working on this and we're super excited to welcome everyone to San Francisco. Mike, you've been working on the admin track, which is going to be stellar. We have also the hackathon coming back in a different form than last TDX. It's hybrid and we're going to be showcasing the top three finalists at the hackathon showdown, which is exciting because this time it's in the main keynote. It's going to be the big stage. So it's going to be a really exciting moment. We're also bringing things like True to the Core Deep Dive to TDX for the first time. So there's a whole track that we are managing to bring that great experience that we know our admins and the rest of our Trailblazers really love to TDX as well. I know I'm missing things. There are so many cool things in the zone to get hands-on, to have more opportunities, to talk to product managers, to see roadmap, to get your questions answered. Mike, jump in. What else?

Mike: Oh, there's a lot. And I would say, if you haven't already, go online and start sketching out your schedule now because there's a lot of great sessions. And there's also a lot of great opportunities to get what I call fingers on keyboards right at the event and talk with individuals. And there will be some content, a lot of admin content and developer and architect that'll be available on demand after the event as well. So try and pick and choose where you spend your time wisely, because some of it you can always watch later too.

Rebecca: Yes. Sound advice. Plan your agenda ahead of time.

Mike: Exactly. And over plan. I think to wrap up, Rebecca, you're a San Francisco native with all these people coming to town. Do you have a suggestion on a favorite place to eat?

Rebecca: Wow. Putting me on the spot.

Mike: Yep. Not Super Duper because that's right around the corner from Moscone West and always full.

Rebecca: [inaudible 00:25:26] all around close by. Well, can I share where a favorite of the admin relations team?

Mike: Yeah, absolutely.

Rebecca: Yeah. Ideale? No, I'm not sure.

Mike: I don't know. I think it's... Is it Ideal?

Rebecca: Ideal?

Mike: I don't know.

Rebecca: So I was trying to go Italiano. The Italian place in North Beach. It's going to be really yummy.

Mike: Yeah. So that's really cool. I'll put a link in the show notes. We've had some really good pasta there and it's a nice little restaurant, little... Definitely a Waymo if you want to take a Waymo ride from downtown, but nice little street and kind of gets you out of the conference hustle and bustle.

Rebecca: Yeah. I will say we've had really nice weather, so anywhere along the Embarcadero is going to be really nice if this weather holds up.

Mike: Knock on wood, it does, hopefully. Well, Rebecca, thanks for coming on. I'm sure people will be looking for us at TDX and we are happy to talk about more, or of course look for more admins to interview to get your voices out there about the Next Gen blog series that we're writing. So thanks so much for coming on the podcast.

Rebecca: Thank you, Mike.

Mike: So thanks again to Rebecca for coming on the podcast and sharing why the future of admin work is really less about losing ground to AI and more about gaining leverage with it. I think when admins lead with trust, we understand the business and keep the foundation strong, that puts us in a powerful position to guide how agents are actually going to help make all of our users so much better. So thanks for listening to this episode of the podcast. Be sure to listen, subscribe, share this episode with somebody that is looking to become a Salesforce admin. And until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Neil Foglio, Solution Architect at Arkus. Join us as we chat about how to use a backlog to prioritize requests in your Salesforce org, and how Agentforce can help improve transparency and trust.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Neil Foglio.

Why Salesforce Admins need a backlog We talk a lot about forward-looking statements on this podcast, but what about that thing trailing along behind you? That's right, it's your technical debt. If you're facing a mountain of requests, this episode is for you. That's why I sat down with Neil Foglio. He explains how your backlog can be a tool to streamline your Salesforce org and help it evolve with your business.

"It's not a to-do list and it's not a task list," Neil says, "it's a commitment that something will be prioritized amongst everything else that you have on your plate." It's a central place to capture all requests, improvements, and ideas, and then evaluate them so you can figure out what to work on and when.

Writing better backlog items For Neil, the key to making a backlog that works for you is to write better action items. Make sure that every item starts with an action verb. Instead of "create a new fundraising homepage," be more specific: "design a new Lightning page so gift officers can see donation history."

The other key step is to evaluate and prioritize your action items. There are several different systems you can use, but you're generally looking at value, effort, and risk. How much impact will making this change have? What resources will you need to get it done? And finally, what data do you have to support what you believe?

For many organizations, there will also be custom dimensions that have their own score. For example, an educational institution may evaluate everything in terms of how it improves student learning. What's important is to establish a clear process and get buy-in from leadership over how things are prioritized.

How Agentforce can help with backlogs Managing your Salesforce backlog is even easier with Agentforce. As Neil explains, getting a clear and specific user story is crucial to creating useful action items. You can set up an agent to take requests, and go through the granular details with the user of every action they're taking in a business process so you can get to the why behind their request.

Agentforce can also help you improve transparency by explaining the why behind your prioritization decisions. You can have a helper explain what you're working on and when you expect to deliver it.

Be sure to listen to the full episode for more from Neil and hear his upright bass playing. And don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Blog Post: Why Every Admin Needs a Backlog (and How To Use One)

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Neil on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast. And hey, you know what? That intro music you hear today, that's actually our guest, Neil Foglio, playing the upright bass. Neil is a solution architect at Arkus. And in this episode, we're talking about something every admin eventually runs into the backlog. Neil shares how thinking about your Salesforce org, more like a product than a project, can change how you manage requests, prioritize improvements, and make sure the right work gets done at the right time. We also dig into practical ways admins can evaluate ideas using simple frameworks like RICE so decisions feel fair and transparent. If you've ever wondered how to handle the constant flow of, "Hey, could we add this request?" This conversation's going to help. So with that, let's get Neil on the podcast. So Neil, welcome to the podcast.

Neil Foglio: Hey, Mike, thanks for having me.

Mike: I'm excited to talk about this because a lot of things on the podcast we always talk about are future-facing. And I feel like this topic is kind of future-facing, but it's also managing, well, I don't know how best to put it, the burden of debt that we somehow get ourselves into. And in that, it's backlogs, which doesn't sound interesting, but I promise you, you're going to be excited by the end of this podcast. So Neil, let's start off with introducing you to the world and kind of let people know what you do and how you got into the Salesforce ecosystem.

Neil Foglio: Yeah, of course. Hello, everyone listening. My name is Neil and I'm a solution architect at Arcus, Inc, where I work with both nonprofits and enterprises implementing Salesforce. Most of my work lately has been helping organizations treat their CRM more like a product than a project, and to rethink how they steer their Salesforce org with their evolving businesses, where governance kind of comes into the picture, and that's where this topic of the backlog fits in.

Mike: Yeah. Wow. That's interesting because I'm looking at the core responsibilities we have for admins, and project and product management are both core responsibilities.

Neil Foglio: Yeah. I feel like a lot of admins now are really acting more like product managers, steering their Salesforce org, figuring out what elements have the most value and where you can produce the most ROI. And this is where you want to have systems that prioritize those things, and that's exactly what the backlog is.

Mike: Okay. So I will confess this, that when I started as an admin a long time ago before the iPhone, we'll just say that as a date, I had no concept of some of the technical things that my developer friends knew. I didn't know about change management. I didn't know about backlogs or managing technical debt. For newer admins that are just getting started in the ecosystem and at their organizations, how do you define what a backlog is and how do you define what gets on a backlog?

Neil Foglio: Yeah, absolutely. And I was in that same boat. So I started my tech career coming from healthcare. And so the first time I heard the word backlog, I thought it was a terrible thing, that something wasn't happening, work wasn't getting done, patients weren't being cared for. But when we think back to starting in a Salesforce org, you might have been in a position where you inherit an org or your company gets some new leadership that wants to make a bunch of improvements to the org and you find yourself questioning, "Well, where do I start and how do I prioritize all of these questions and features coming at me?" Without a system to rate them all, the things that typically will get done are those asked by the person with the most seniority in the room or the person that's emailing you three times a week.

Mike: Right. Sometimes it's the same person.

Neil Foglio: Could be. And sometimes it is especially when there is new leadership or a disruptive factor happens in the business that we need to respond to. And what the backlog is it's a tool that creates a level playing field for all of these ideas and their stakeholders. So it's a central place to do two things. Number one, to capture all of these requests and improvements and ideas, and number two, to rate them against each other using the same evaluative criteria so you can figure out which ones have the most value at this moment when you have capacity to build something new.

Mike: That makes sense. I mean, to be fair, when I first started, the requests would... I would manage them basically in the order that they were received. And I very quickly had to learn, "Oh wait, creating a list view is way less effort than creating a contract management application," for example. And just because the list view is the third one down doesn't mean I can't just bump it up and knock out a whole bunch of half hour jobs as opposed to, "Well, it's going to have to wait until I get this monster of a contract application created."

Neil Foglio: I mean, those little things tend to add up too, right? So if you're spending a lot of your time in a reactive mode and you're doing these requests as they're coming in, you might not really have a lot to show for it at the end of the day.

Mike: You can. Yeah, absolutely. I had to learn how to manage my backlog. And I will say this, your backlog isn't your email inbox, right?

Neil Foglio: No. It's not a to do list and it's not a task list. It's more of a commitment that something will be prioritized amongst everything else that you have on your plate.

Mike: Sure. How do you suggest admins manage their backlog?

Neil Foglio: Yeah. So if you were to Google this online, you'd see there are a bunch of different prioritization techniques. So before we get to prioritizing the items on the backlog, we should talk about what makes a good backlog item because those vague items like creating a new fundraising homepage are not something that can be easily estimated, right? So the idea here is that if you have enough detail in your backlog items, you can figure out how much time it will take, how many users it impacts, how much confidence you have that it's actually a problem that can be solved, and how much effort in terms of time, hours, or people will take to get it done. So the first kind of step is making sure that all of your backlog items start with an action verb. So using that fundraising homepage as an example, we can reframe that to say something like, "Design a new lightning page so gift officers can see donation history." In that one sentence now, we have exactly what we want to make. Maybe there's some reporting or dashboards in there too, who it's for, and what the impact would be for the organization.

Mike: I like that. I think writing titles out and using different words or verbs or tenses is so my jam because when I was in sales, I would always write all my to do lists in the third person. So it was like future Mike telling present Mike what to do. And I remember all of the salespeople would make fun of me. I was like, "Yeah, but when I go to pull up my to do list, it literally tells me what I need to do right now and I don't have to decode what I was writing my notes on." So I like that you start everything with a verb.

Neil Foglio: Yeah. Bring it into that trusted system, right?

Mike: I mean, the backlog's there, the second you get 10 requests and you fulfill six of them, well, now you have a backlog of four, and then tomorrow you get 10 more requests. How do you balance between the two in terms of managing new requests versus shoveling all of the new stuff into the backlog?

Neil Foglio: This is where the prioritization comes through. And so if we were to Google backlog prioritization techniques, you'll see a whole bunch of different methods, but what they all kind of have in common is that they convert three things: value, effort, and risk into a numerical score. So teams can compare those ideas more objectively. In doing that, you're not trying to get to an absolute value. Precision isn't really the goal, but again, we're comparing the relative priority. So what you'll see is a really common prioritization technique has the acronym RICE, where the R stands for reach. Think number of users. Let's say you have a defect and it affects a hundred users or a thousand external stakeholders who get a specific document generated. I is impact, which is usually a scale where higher numbers have more impact. The C is for confidence, which accounts for how well you have data to back up what you're saying. And this is typically given as a percentage. And E is the effort, and that is measured in time or resources. But whatever the technique, the most important thing is that this process of entering things into the backlog and revisiting the backlog happens on a regular cadence. So maybe it's appropriate if you have a pretty heavy backlog that it happens twice a month or once a month if there's not too much on it. But this consistent way to evaluate requests lets the prioritization process feel fair and transparent. And you can't put a price on that kind of trust, right?

Mike: Yeah. No, that's good. So from a technology standpoint, how have you managed your backlog? Do you use cases in service or built a custom object or managed it outside of Salesforce?

Neil Foglio: Well, I think I have to say that everything should be in Salesforce, right?

Mike: Yes.

Neil Foglio: Even if it wasn't on your podcast [inaudible 00:11:45].

Mike: If it's not in Salesforce, it doesn't count.

Neil Foglio: Right. Exactly. But if you're a new admin that's starting out trying to figure out what needs to happen in your Salesforce org, you can design a custom object that has some picklist values, new in progress. You can create the custom dimensions you want to rate your backlog items on. So by custom dimensions, we just talked about reach, impact, confidence, and effort, but some sectors will have more tailored solutions. So for example, healthcare usually has a score that has something to do with patients, like risk of patient harm or impact to care coordination. Finance orgs are probably interested in reducing the likelihood of fraud or improving regulatory compliance. And I'm working with an educational institution right now, you'll think you'll find this interesting, that's evaluating every Salesforce idea on how well that idea improves student learning.

Mike: Ooh.

Neil Foglio: And we think about putting that all in a Salesforce object, you can have all those ratings right there as your picklist values so you can easily calculate a formula to say, "Here is the score of this backlog item, and here's how that compares to everything else that's currently in flux."

Mike: Wow, that's really cool. I like that. How much... We've kind of skipped over just the request part of building a backlog. But when I was an admin, I think I always struggled with the ticketing system that I created, not in managing it, but in how many questions and how many fields do I have users fill out for a certain request? Because there's always that like, "I need a lot." And I remember a long time ago, Gary Palmatier told me, "Always ask people to tell it to you in plain English, not in Salesforce speak." Right?

Neil Foglio: Right.

Mike: And by that he meant, "I need to manage my incoming leads so that I ensure everybody gets called back 24 hours after a trade show and I send them a brochure." Not, "I need to manage new lead records and have your users describe what's going on in Salesforce." Where do you find there's kind of a sweet spot in terms of getting that information from users or managing that so that you can adequately decide, "Here's how much effort this one's going to take versus this one, which I'm going to put in the backlog"?

Neil Foglio: That level of detail is really important because that allows you to estimate the effort. We wouldn't ask our users to tell us how long it would take us to implement a feature. And I think you're absolutely right that giving it in plain English lets you figure out what that user story is, and then maybe also lets you connect with people who can give you more guidance as to what it would take to bring that element to fruition, right? So I think getting that user story and that journey down from the person that's submitting the backlog request is probably what's most important because you'd want to know how do you replicate this? If it's a defect, what do I have to do to find this defect and resolve it? If it's a journey, if it's creating a document or sending out tax letters for donors, you want to know what those steps are so you can properly estimate it. And sometimes that comes just from doing and having your users tell you exactly what it is they are doing and what they'd want to do.

Mike: Right. No, it's good. So Agentforce.

Neil Foglio: Agentforce.

Mike: Agentforce can help us do a lot of things. What do you see as use cases? Because this is also a great area for admins to build agents to help them manage their implementation. What do you see as use cases for admins to build agents to help with a backlog or with feature requests?

Neil Foglio: Maybe the first question is, is building the agent on your backlog?

Mike: Ooh, look at you going Meta. So is it people? There's the question for you.

Neil Foglio: So is it? Well, I think when we think about what the agent's capabilities are, if you're already managing your backlog in Salesforce and not an external ticketing system or an Excel sheet, you can have your agent answer questions as to what similar backlog items have happened in the past because that's probably a really good use case because what happens over time with these backlogs is that they become this form of organizational memory. When you complete a backlog, you're not going to delete it from your backlog, it would be archived and completed. And that's when you start to see patterns in the requests that people make. And that's where AI is really useful in telling us what those patterns are.

Mike: Yeah, absolutely. And I was also thinking too, boy, you could... There's a lot of... I don't know. Sometimes I have too many ideas and my mouth is going like, "What if it asks you had a question agent before they put in their request like, 'I'd really like to do this blah, blah, blah report'." And instead of just submitting the ticket, the agent's like, "Oh, well, that report already exists." And then it shows you the report and then it's like, "Yay, this agent saved me 18 tickets this week or something."

Neil Foglio: Yeah. Or, "We're already working on this report for you and we expect to have it delivered in this quarter."

Mike: Yeah. I mean, the agent could immediately look at the backlog and say, "Well, actually a similar ticket has been submitted and its status is X. So do you want to submit another one?" I think that was always something that I ran into, was one person have a good idea and then somebody in another department would have the same idea, but they think they're both the first person to have that idea. And so then you'd end up getting two or three tickets that it's like, "Well, these are all the same ticket," you know?

Neil Foglio: That's where the backlog also is this collaborative tool, which if done really well, fosters this incredible sense of trust across the organization because you want to share those things with people who are interested in them.

Mike: Yep. So let's talk about sharing. I created a dashboard that everybody in my org had access to. So they could see the number of tickets, they could see the status of tickets. And I felt like for me, the transparency kept everything honest. Somebody never said, "Well, it's just submitting it to a black hole." It's like, "No. When you submit it, look, the dashboard changed. Here's your ticket." What level of transparency do you suggest for admins in terms of sharing their backlog with their users? Because I think it can be tough sometimes when you have to make that decision of, "I need to pause on this because I can create these four list views and knock four tickets off my backlog as opposed to spending the next four and a half hours and creating this app or something because it can feel sometimes like favoritism."

Neil Foglio: Oh, absolutely. And I think that's where backlog management isn't really a single person's job. I think the most effective teams usually have a committee, like a steering committee, that will review the backlog on a regular cadence together, which pulls in the executive sponsors of certain departments to make sure that the prioritization is happening in a fair and transparent way. And that level of commitment from leadership is pretty important for an initiative like this in large and small organizations because the backlog is your holding place, but it's also your prioritization space. And so a lot of people tend to get involved. Everyone wants to push their items up on the backlog --

Mike: Oh, yeah.

Neil Foglio: ... unless their stuff done.

Mike: Everybody wants to be platinum status.

Neil Foglio: Right. Right. And that's where when you have this objective tool, you can explain why things are not happening in the order that maybe somebody wants them to. And then having that backup from your leadership or from your manager to agree with you is just as equally powerful.

Mike: Yeah. That's always one important part that admins play is the governance of everything, making sure that all the departments and all the stakeholders really have visibility into things because it's always surprising how organizations think they talk a lot, but in realistic terms, they change processes within their own department and then sometimes they forget the downstream or upstream effects of those process changes.

Neil Foglio: Right. Or other departments are missing out on the efficiencies they just created because they don't know.

Mike: Oh, absolutely. All the time.

Neil Foglio: Right.

Mike: All the time. Neil, one of the things that's kind of fun about working in tech is I think people have interesting hobbies. I know I spoke to product managers that were into puzzles and games. I had a product manager on once that was into smelting pewter and little pewter figurines.

Neil Foglio: Oh, wow.

Mike: I was like, that's commitment, because those furnaces get up to like 2,200 degrees. You're not going to burn your house down. There's going to be nothing left.

Neil Foglio: I wouldn't do that in my house.

Mike: He did it in his garage, but still. Maybe I've watched too many YouTube videos of frying turkeys on Thanksgiving and I just envision that would be the same thing. But I'm curious, what do you do outside of managing backlogs and building agents to manage backlogs and thinking about building agents to do other things?

Neil Foglio: Yeah. So I'm a practitioner of Engrosser's Script, which is a style of American calligraphy developed in the late 19th century. And I'm also a upright bass player, little bit of jazz, but mostly classical.

Mike: Okay. So this is the one part where I wish we had video. Tell me more about the calligraphy stuff because that... I mean, I got to tell you, beautiful handwriting, that's a lost art.

Neil Foglio: It's always been important to me. I think this started for me in seventh grade when I started getting interested in calligraphy. And more recently, I find it more meditative because when you're creating a letter form, you're really doing several strokes. It's not all one consistent stroke. You're picking up the pen several times. So sometimes to create one word, you're spending 15 minutes.

Mike: Wow.

Neil Foglio: And you can only be in that zone doing that process.

Mike: Wow. I mean, with everything technology, that lost art of handwriting and beautiful handwriting is... I always look back at... It's not the same, but I have a whole box of my grandma's recipe cards. And she just had very beautiful cursive and they just took time. And that calligraphy is just... That's something I think now maybe with how fast you can change fonts on a screen you forget about.

Neil Foglio: Yeah. They even make robots who will do the calligraphy for you using real ink and paper.

Mike: Oh.

Neil Foglio: Isn't that sad?

Mike: I don't know. That's kind of cool though, because man. Oh, okay. And then you mentioned upright bass player. I'd be remiss if I didn't ask you to play something because you would be the first musician on the podcast. So can I talk you into playing something cool?

Neil Foglio: Oh, absolutely. I may have learned a little jingle specific for your podcast, Mike.

Mike: Sweet.

Neil Foglio: I think that's your podcast jingle. Yeah.

Mike: Yeah. That's pretty much it right there. Wow. That's awesome. That is really cool.

Neil Foglio: Thank you.

Mike: Well, Neil, thanks so much for coming on and riffing with us. I think... Did you ever watch Ted Lasso?

Neil Foglio: No, I haven't.

Mike: Okay. I think there's an upright bass player on Ted Lasso too. So it's worth a watch, worth a watch for sure. But that was cool. Thanks for playing that little riff and sharing with us about backlogs. And I think you've ideated more than a few people to create some agents to manage backlogs.

Neil Foglio: Yeah, I hope so. Thanks so much for having me.

Mike: Huge thanks to Neil for joining me on the podcast and sharing how admins can turn their backlog into a real decision-making tool. From writing clearer backlog items to comparing ideas using impact, effort, and reach, Neil offered some practical approaches any admin can start using right away. And of course, a big thanks for playing the upright bass intro music. I don't know that I get live podcast themes with every guest, so that was an extra fun treat. If you found this episode helpful, share it with a fellow Salesforce admin or someone on your team who can help you prioritize Salesforce work. And until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Cheryl Feldman, Senior Director of Product Management at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about how Agentforce is reshaping the Setup experience.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Cheryl Feldman.

From 1,300 pages to one conversation Let's be honest. Setup has always been where the real admin magic happens. But it can be surprisingly complicated to answer a simple question, like, "Why can't my user edit this record?"

As Cheryl Feldman explains, it's because Setup has slowly grown in complexity over time. As new products and features were added to Salesforce, Setup pages multiplied. And while that level of complexity will always be necessary, it doesn't need to be so hard for admins to navigate.

That's where Setup with Agentforce comes in. Whether it's troubleshooting permissions, understanding formulas, or finding the right configuration page, you can do it all with conversational AI instead of wading through 1,300 pages.

How to try Setup with Agentforce right now Setup with Agentforce is currently available in open beta, so you can give it a try in production, a sandbox, or a developer org. Cheryl and her team would love to get your feedback. "We want to hear from admins," she says, "Does it help you? And what do you want us to solve next?"

Right now, Setup with Agentforce can handle common use cases, like user access, formulas, data model, and Flow. And for questions it can't cover, the agent will pull answers from Salesforce's help and training documentation and point you to the correct Setup pages to get the job done.

A simpler, agent-driven future for Setup Right now, Setup with Agentforce focuses on high-impact, everyday Setup tasks. But Cheryl and her team have big plans for the future.

One area they're looking at is multi-step orchestration, which will give admins the ability to create objects or fields, grant users access to them, and add them to a layout in one guided process. Instead of jumping between pages, you'll be able to complete related tasks in a single conversational experience.

Most importantly, we need your feedback to shape what comes next. Jump on the open beta, reach out to Cheryl and her team, and let's make some admin magic.

Check out the full episode for more from Cheryl Feldman. And remember to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Trailblazer Community Group: Setup With Agentforce (Beta) * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: How Do I Understand a Complex Salesforce Formula Quickly? * Salesforce Admins Blog: Introducing Setup with Agentforce (Beta): Your New Admin Superpower * Dreamforce '25 on Salesforce+: The Future of Setup Powered by Agentforce * Dreamforce '25 on Salesforce+: Setup Now with Agentforce: Simplifying the Complex * Dreamforce '25 on Salesforce+: Setup with Agentforce: New Superpower for Salesforce Admins

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Cheryl on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript Mike Gerholdt:

This week on the Salesforce Admins podcast, well, let's be honest, setup has always been where the real admin magic happens. On this episode, I am talking to Cheryl Feldman, Product Management Senior Director at Salesforce, and longtime admin advocate to unpack how Agentforce is reshaping the way we build, troubleshoot, and think through configuration. From solving tricky user access questions to helping us with formulas and beyond, this is about making setup smarter and more intuitive. With that, let's get Cheryl on the podcast.

So Cheryl, welcome to the podcast.

Cheryl Feldman:

Thanks so much, Mike. I'm excited to be back.

Mike Gerholdt :

I'm excited to have you back. You were a rockstar at Dreamforce this year, and you're probably going to be a rockstar this whole year. I know in the admin keynote, we demoed Agentforce for Setup. I think I'm using that term right, right?

Cheryl Feldman:

Setup with Agentforce, but thank you. Yes.

Mike Gerholdt :

Okay. See, I'm always backwards.

Cheryl Feldman:

Yes. I was so excited to see that work in the keynote and to see the exciting admin response and excited that we went to beta today.

Mike Gerholdt :

Oh my God. I feel like I feel as much joy for this as I do when we could customize the homepage.

Cheryl Feldman:

Yes.

Mike Gerholdt :

It sounds so small. We're getting in super knee-deep. Let's zoom out for a second because I'm sure there's a lot of new admins that are like, "What are they talking about?"

Cheryl, for people that haven't met you and heard you in some of the True to the Core, and some of the Q&A sessions where I feel like Parker just calls on you constantly, could you do a little bit of an introduction of what you do and the fun stuff you get to work on at Salesforce?

Cheryl Feldman:

Sure. My name is Cheryl Feldman, and I'm a Product Manager in platform. Been at Salesforce about four and a half years now. Prior to joining Salesforce, I was actually a customer for just over 18 years in, starting out as an admin, moved into more leadership and management roles, was running a COE at a very large bank before I joined Salesforce. And when I joined Salesforce, I started in the user access area, specifically managing the authorization side of things, and then started to really advocate that we improve admin experiences. That led me to my role now where I act as the product domain lead for Setup with Agentforce, and improving experiences for admins and really addressing a lot of the issues that admins have in setup because speaking of True to the Core, setup has come up pretty much every True to the Core has ever existed. And that's what I do here at Salesforce.

Mike Gerholdt :

Which is a lot to say the least. I will fan out a little bit because I remember when Cheryl, you were a customer, you always had questions I couldn't answer, which challenged me. And now to see you on the inside, I mean, it's one thing to hang an identity and say admin developer architect, but that kind of core identity that people have that you made your name on of configuring one of the most complex CRMs to meet business needs without deploying code is just so empowering. And I just, for me, on behalf of all the people like me, I'm just so appreciative to have you inside the PM org championing for people that want to be in tech that don't understand or know how to write code. I had to say that early just because-

Cheryl Feldman:

Thank you. Thank you for saying that.

Mike Gerholdt :

... I don't get to talk to you a whole lot. You're a busy person, especially with the new setup stuff. I mean, I remember demoing permission sets and permission set groups and feeling like, "Holy cow, Cheryl just moved a mountain."

But you're like, "Yeah, I can move mountains, but what about planets?" And now you're tackling setup. Where did this come from?

Cheryl Feldman:

This came from back, I think it was June 1st, 2022, one of our incredible Trailblazers, Andrew Russo, hope he doesn't mind me shouting him out, stood up at True to the Core and said, "When are you actually fixing setup? When are you doing anything, something?"

And I had been pushing internally that we needed to do something. And I said, "Well, if not me, then who?" And so I started looking at the usage of setup, and something that it didn't necessarily surprise me, but it validated a lot of things that I believe that the areas and user access were the most used areas and setup, which was the area that I was managing at that point from a product standpoint. And I said, "Well, what are the big issues that we need to sell for admins?" And a lot of it was around troubleshooting. So we introduced the user access summaries, and we did a lot of great work in user access, but we didn't really expand beyond that.

And so we said, "What would it take to actually fix all of setup?" And trying to actually do that is... Actually, I'll be honest, it would be an impossible task given the state and that there's no framework behind setup. So when Agentforce started to come about, we said, "Well, what if we looked at Agentforce, and what if we could help admins and rethink setup using Agentforce, and revamp things and revamp the experience that way?" And so that's how everything came about.

We started with, let's improve some of the pages to then let's see if we can tackle a larger part of setup, and that's what we've been doing. And Agentforce has helped unlock that for us because I'll be honest, the way we were going previously, we probably would've been here for 20 years because there were over almost 1,300 pages in setup, there's a lot.

Mike Gerholdt :

Wow. Well, and as I come to find out, I mean, there was no real governance of setup.

Cheryl Feldman:

That's true. That is very true.

Mike Gerholdt :

And so everybody, when they created a new product would just add it to the setup menu.

Cheryl Feldman:

Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt :

Wow. And I happened to think that the solution actually in 2022 maybe was, it had been invented. I'm sure somebody will call me out on when AI was birthed, but it wasn't in our nomenclature for another year or so.

Cheryl Feldman:

Yep.

Mike Gerholdt :

And that was actually the solution because I remember thinking, I was at a world tour in Boston and somebody came up and said, "With the innovations coming out around AI, why can't I just send screenshots of my problems or my formulas to AI to fix it?" And I thought, well, you should just solve that on the platform.

Cheryl Feldman:

Exactly. And we actually do, and so one of the things that Setup with Agentforce can help you with is to troubleshoot your formulas. It doesn't just troubleshoot user access, because that's one of the things we started looking at, what are customers asking in the Trailblazer community? And a lot of it is, I always see Steve Mo and I always say, "We need to help our agent think like Steve Mo helping out all those new admins with their formulas."

Mike Gerholdt :

Yeah. I think one important thing, and we don't have to get into the details of it, but one important thing is for you, this was, yes, a really cool thing to come out with, but you also dug into, "Well, but how does this help on the back end? How does this help our customer service? How does this help our admins?" And you don't have to share it, but you really found what the percentage of cases and the reason some of the admins were calling into our customer support line.

Cheryl Feldman:

Yes. This is probably not a shock to a lot of admins out there, but it was very hard if you are not familiar with SOQL to answer the question, "Why can't my user do a thing or why can't my user edit this record?" That was very complicated to figure out. So unless you had a developer working with you who could run SOQL for you, you ended up contacting support. And so we started looking at how could we help admins help themselves in an experience through natural language. And so that is one of the first use cases that we took what setup with the Agentforce was around that troubleshooting.

Mike Gerholdt :

Wow. That's amazing. So fast-forward, it's January 2026. I almost said '25. I don't know why. It's like the brain didn't move ahead a year. How are we doing? Where are we at with our agentifying setup?

Cheryl Feldman:

The exciting announcement as of today, or you'll be listening to us in a couple of weeks. It'll be out for a couple of weeks already, but we are now an open beta. We were, announced our pilot at Dreamforce, so we're now in open beta, so customers can go enable this and try it out. We solve use cases and we handle use cases across user access, formulas, data model, flow, a lot of the most common areas and setup. Now, I don't want to say we handle everything, but we do handle a lot, but we want customer feedback. We want to hear from admins is, does it help you and what do you want us to solve next? And so that's where we are right now.

Mike Gerholdt :

Okay. And just to clarify, because sometimes I know for a long time as an admin, I wasn't able to do some of the things. Pilot was totally, you had to sign up, and Cheryl had to interview you, and you had to shake hands and there was a vetting process, right?

Cheryl Feldman:

Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt :

Open beta for an admin sitting there listening to the podcast means they can access it in their sandbox or?

Cheryl Feldman:

They can access it in production, or a sandbox, or in a developer org. It just has to be for developer org. It has to be the specific developer org that has access to Agentforce and Data Cloud.

Mike Gerholdt :

Okay.

Cheryl Feldman:

And then they can enable it. And so they'll see, if their org has Agentforce and Data Cloud, they'll see a banner at the top of setup that will redirect them to enable this.

Mike Gerholdt :

Awesome. You're super close to the product. If you were an admin now, what would be the first thing you would suggest an admin should do when they try this out?

Cheryl Feldman:

I would say think about an issue that you had, whether it was an issue writing a formula or an issue trying to figure out what a user of access was, and ask that question to Setup with Agentforce and see where you get. One of the things that I think is really cool that I would've loved this when I was a customer, because I had to answer this question all the time. You could actually ask the agent, "Show me a list of users that have access to customized application or modify all data or manage users or managing public list fees," and it'll show you a list. There is no great way in the platform to actually figure that out without running a SOQL query.

Mike Gerholdt :

Right.

Cheryl Feldman:

And so that is something I'm actually really, really, really excited about. That's where I would start is start thinking about some of the questions that you have. One of the other features that we have is we actually have and help a navigation action. If we don't actually have actions that actually help you do something or analyze something, it will actually take our help in training documentation and generate an answer for you and also help you navigate to the right setup page.

Let's say you ask the agent, "How do I setup Agentforce for sales?" Instead of having to go out to the help and training site or out to Google to figure that out, you could ask that right and setup and this will help generate an answer. And then if there's something where you need to redirect to a setup page, it'll give you a link that'll just navigate you to the right setup page.

Mike Gerholdt :

Wow, okay. I mean, this takes setup from an area where I'm navigating a million little dropdown carets to a whole experience where I can actually query. I remember a while back, it was like we used to say you could talk to your data. Now, you can talk to your setup menu.

Cheryl Feldman:

Yes. Now you can talk to setup.

Mike Gerholdt :

In the lifespan of Salesforce products, you said it went from pilot to now open beta. I'm not going to hit you up for timelines, but what is the next step?

Cheryl Feldman:

The next step is we want to start enabling some more use cases and handling more of setup. We can, I'm sure, share a link to a presentation we did at Dreamforce called the Feature of Setup. We talked about introducing essentially another framework that essentially runs Setup with Agentforce. We're working towards that. And so we handle, we actually started with, we looked at the most used areas in setup and we started with that, but that essentially the most used areas in setup are essentially sit within 40 pages within setup. I mentioned there are 1,300. The next step is how do we expand this beyond these most used common use cases to everything in setup? And that is the framework that we're building.

The other thing that we're working towards is how do we handle what we call multistep orchestration and being able to do multiple steps as far as setups. So think about when you create objects or fields, being able to grant access, adding it to layouts or dynamic forms, those are all multiple steps and being able to do those together. That's essentially what we're working towards from the framework. I can't give out exact timelines yet, but those-

Mike Gerholdt :

No, I don't expect you to.

Cheryl Feldman:

... that we're working towards right now to handle more of setup. And so that's what you're going to see start coming as we move throughout the year.

Mike Gerholdt :

So you envision a world where on Monday an admin could sit, take some requirements, vet out a process, maybe start talking to... I say talking, hello? Typing. Typing to Agentforce for setup and start building an app and then maybe on Wednesday or Thursday, continue building it and possibly even deploy it on Friday and doing it all conversationally.

Cheryl Feldman:

I think eventually, yes, we will get there. We're handling right now. We consider that. We're starting to think about our building use cases, and I'm actually working, I think you've met my colleague, Tian, and he's working towards the building use cases. And so he would actually be a great person to have on this podcast.

Mike Gerholdt :

I know. He's been in the admin keynote.

Cheryl Feldman:

Yes. And so I think we're looking at, I would say overall, yes, but we're not handling those type of use cases yet as far as building an end-to-end app. I would say we're looking at more of the everyday configuration use cases and setup use cases right now, but we're starting to think about right now. So I would say Tian would be a great person to have on this podcast.

Mike Gerholdt :

Yeah, absolutely. Talk the building part. One thing that I've thought of, and it's come up in other AI conversations is Josh made a mention of it in a previous podcast too of AI almost feels like that first time you get to use a calculator in math class. And I remember my math teacher saying, "Well, the calculator's answer shouldn't be a surprise. You should know what its output is expecting."

Two years, one year, I don't know the timeline down the line, it's feasible that an admin could sit down and just conversationally build an app. What are the thought process behind also adding to that so that if they didn't use Agentforce for setup to build that app, that they would know how to jump into the configuration of it?

Cheryl Feldman:

That's a good question that I'm not sure I have an answer for right now, but I do see that we probably want to do something like that where, because I don't necessarily see a day where setup is going to completely go away. I think it'll still be there. And I think it's important for admins to understand what the agent is helping them do and why. Something we've talked about long-term, and this is further out, is something that I like to call architect in a box.

Mike Gerholdt :

Ooh.

Cheryl Feldman:

And I think there's a very big bridge between an admin and an architect. And this is not to downplay the role of an architect, super important role, but I think if you talk, and I played an architect role before I joined Salesforce, so I think it's very much how do we help admins think more like architects on their day-to-day tasks. And so how do we explain to them if they say, "Okay, let me update. If they tell an agent or even go into setup, let me update my sharing model." Doing that on Tuesday at three o'clock is probably not a great idea, right? And helping you think through the changes, what is the impact of the change that you're making and that's where we want to go directionally.

Mike Gerholdt :

Oh, I like that. I mean, that's being context aware of, you asked me this, but it's say January 29th and our quarter closes in three days, refactoring a sharing model or refactoring permissions might leave salespeople unable to update an important opportunity. What if we do this on February 1 and then have that delayed reaction or that delayed action in a queue or something?

Cheryl Feldman:

Yep. Or thinking about if you're making a change, is that going to impact you negatively from a security perspective? Those are some things that we're starting to think about on how we help admins make really good decisions.

Mike Gerholdt :

Right.

Cheryl Feldman:

It's not that admins don't make good decisions today. I think sometimes we make it really hard for admins to make good decisions because sometimes the tools to make those decisions are either sitting in where you have to run queries to the dev console, which not everybody is comfortable with, or you have to have read all of our documentation and have essentially what I like to call the PhD in Salesforce, which is either one of the big architect certifications or to actually be a CTA. And I think we need to bridge that gap.

Mike Gerholdt :

Yeah. No, that was always something along those lines that came up a hundred years ago when Process Builder was around was it's so easy to build processes and an admin or anybody could just theoretically sit down and load up an org with processes that would essentially be really more efficient as just one trigger and what's the trade-off and pros and cons there. That's a really good way of thinking of it. I mean, the other thing, future-looking, would be to have the setup agent or whatever we call them, they should have a name.

Cheryl Feldman:

Setup with Agentforce, yeah.

Mike Gerholdt :

Yeah, I know.

Cheryl Feldman:

But our actual agent is called Enhanced Agent for Setup.

Mike Gerholdt :

Okay. But I mean a nice name like Claude or I don't know. I can't think of another name. I know that's another AI, I just meant it as a human name. But to be like, "Hey, Cheryl, you just asked me this question, but I'm also chatting with your peer admin who's in New Jersey and Robin just asked me a similar thing," because there's also the idea that there's many admins working in an org to solve issues.

Cheryl Feldman:

Yeah, I don't think we've actually figured out how to do something like that yet, but that's an interesting use case.

Mike Gerholdt :

No, I mean, I'm not poking holes. Sometimes it's fun to think about what the future is once this gets out of the box.

Cheryl Feldman:

Yeah. And I think one thing for admins is I want to hear feedback as admins are listening to, what would you want us to solve? I want to hear from admins, especially as they're trying this out what they want us to sell.

Mike Gerholdt :

Yeah, absolutely. We'll put a link in the post so people can do that because I was just thinking, are there already agentic setup ideas coming in to the idea exchange about this? But I mean, obviously I think you want to filter them all into one location, right?

Cheryl Feldman:

I would love ideas. I actually haven't seen any ideas come in yet, but that is-

Mike Gerholdt :

Oh, somebody's got to put one out there.

Cheryl Feldman:

Somebody's got to [inaudible 00:23:12].

Mike Gerholdt :

Help Cheryl retire some points.

Cheryl Feldman:

Yeah. But there's definitely with Setup with Agentforce, we are retiring a lot of idea exchange points. And so one of the things customers have wanted us to solve for a long time is the ability to clone and use it. We're able to Setup with Agentforce to do that. Some of the troubleshooting things are things that customers have been asking from us forever, and so those are some really good things that we're able to do. And we also took that lens when we were looking at the initial launch, how can we solve some of these longtime admin requests that we just have not been able to solve because either it requires us to build this really, really complicated UI, or there's technical issues. How can we actually solve some of these things that admins have been asking for for a long time?

Mike Gerholdt :

Yeah. So you may have said this, but it just popped in my mind. It helps you with formulas, right?

Cheryl Feldman:

Yes.

Mike Gerholdt :

Okay. Well, there goes a Dreamforce session. For those of us that have been in the community for a while, Daniel Hooks used to do best practices on formulas and validation rules session at Dreamforce. Packed to the walls every time. Now we have setup for Agentforce. Look at that. Efficiency.

Cheryl Feldman:

And I think we've actually proposed a session for TDX. Hint, hint.

Mike Gerholdt :

For the admin track, maybe?

Cheryl Feldman:

Yes.

Mike Gerholdt :

Would you like it in the admin track?

Cheryl Feldman:

Yes.

Mike Gerholdt :

I'll have to talk to that guy, he's a real stickler.

Cheryl Feldman:

And so I've actually started putting together a document of a number of sessions we would love that I think admins would love to see how Setup with Agentforce works live for some of their most common use cases.

Mike Gerholdt :

Oh yeah, that would be a fun thing. Almost like, this'll date me, like a Total Request Live.

Cheryl Feldman:

Yes.

Mike Gerholdt :

Remember when MTV used to do that?

Cheryl Feldman:

Yes.

Mike Gerholdt :

Just show up and shout out your requests and DJ Cheryl will make Agentforce solve your problems.

Cheryl Feldman:

Yes.

Mike Gerholdt :

I like that.

Cheryl Feldman:

Now there's going to be somebody listening who's going to be like, "What's TRL?"

Mike Gerholdt :

I know. That's okay. I say a lot of things that date me, so that's definitely not the first one, but you can Google it, it's out there. Ask an AI about what TRL is and then you'll slowly find out.

Cheryl, I appreciate you taking time out of your busy schedule. I know you're in more meetings than one should have on their calendar about this, but I truly do mean the stuff that you're working on is just so impactful for people in their careers who are making a name for themselves inside of organizations and building their skill. Technology is such a fun ecosystem to work in and it's so empowering when it works the way you want it to. And I feel like you work on the stuff that you're making it work the way we all think it should work, so thank you.

Cheryl Feldman:

Thank you so much, Mike. And to all the admins out there, thank you for your support, so many of you give me great feedback. And also, I'm willing to take the hard feedback. I also really like when admins tell me, and I know you're all not shy, tell me if there's something we should be doing better. And I know we still have a ways to go, but I do want all of your feedback and I do value all of your feedback. And that's why True to the Core, even as an employee, is still my favorite session at Dreamforce and TDX because we get the hard truths that we need to look at, and that's something that's always near and dear to my heart. I know we can't do everything, but I do absolutely love hearing all of the feedback from the admin community.

Mike Gerholdt :

Absolutely. Thank you, Cheryl.

Huge thanks to Cheryl Feldman for walking us through where setup is headed and how Agentforce is opening the door to a more guided, intelligent admin experience. If you're curious about what an agent-driven future looks like in your org, now is the time to experiment, explore, and share your feedback. This evolution of setup is being shaped by you, the Salesforce admins.

So don't sit on the sidelines. Give the episode a listen, try it out in your org. If you enjoyed it, send it to another admin to see what they can think up next. Until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Joshua Birk, Senior Director of Admin Evangelism at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about how to get started with Agent Script and how it helps admins build better AI agents.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Joshua Birk.

What is Agent Script? Big changes are coming to how admins build AI agents with Salesforce, and so I've brought Josh Birk on the pod to help us understand what's going on with the new Agentforce Builder.

There are backend updates to the Atlas Reasoning Engine, but Agent Script is where the rubber meets the road for admins. It's a simple, high-level scripting language that lets you create complex instructions and actions for your agent to follow. Agent Script puts the human in the loop for all the little decisions an AI makes, helping you build more predictable and reliable agentic solutions.

If you're comfortable with coding, you can pop open the hood with Script view, but there's also a visual Canvas view to help you see how things fit together and make the changes you want. And as always, you can just tell the Agentforce assistant what you want your agent to be able to do, and it'll list out suggestions for you to accept or decline.

Why can't I copy my agents into the new Agent Builder? The biggest question most admins have about the new Agent Builder is why they can't just copy and paste their old agents into the new system. The answer is that the new version uses a completely different engine: hybrid reasoning.

Josh uses the example of the transition to Lightning Web Components from Aura and Visualforce. LWC was created to align with modern web standards that simply didn't exist when these older frameworks were developed.

The same principle applies to the new Agentforce Builder and the addition of Agent Script. The control that it gives you is a result of the hybrid reasoning engine it's built around.

Don't panic, learn Agent Script Josh's biggest piece of advice is to take things slowly. The agents you've built in classic will still work fine, and just like with Visualforce, they're not going to be sunsetted anytime soon. "Salesforce does not like taking away people's toys," Josh says, "you don't need to be in a rush to go and recreate your existing agents in the new Agentforce Builder."

Instead, try building new agents with Agent Script. It'll give you a better idea of just how much more control and reliability is possible. And once you've gotten your feet wet, you'll have a better idea of what you'll get when you update your existing agents. As Josh says, "Don't panic, learn Agent Script."

There's more great stuff from my conversation with Josh about Agent Script and the new Agentforce Builder, so be sure to take a listen. And make sure you're subscribed to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Blog: Build With Confidence: Inside the New Agentforce Builder

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Josh on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript Mike Gerholdt: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, if you've ever been wondering why you can't just copy and paste your old agents into the new version, this episode is for you. I'm joined by Josh Birk, who recently walked our admin relations team through what's really changing with Agent Builder and Agentforce. And more importantly, why it matters. We're going to unpack a little bit of hybrid reasoning, what determinism really means for admins, and how Agent Script gives you even more control without losing all of that magic. So with that, let's get Josh on the podcast. So Josh, welcome back to the podcast.

Josh Birk: Thanks for having me, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, we know that a few people are vibing now because of the dulcet tones of Josh Birk. So in all honesty, you were in a team meeting last week and you were kind of updating the team on stuff that's coming out for new products and beta products. And the biggest thing that you always explain is like, so why is this important?

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: And of course, every now and then you end your little skit with, "Thanks for attending my TED Talk."

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: And I remember last week's meeting, I was like, "Oh man, that's a podcast. I need to do that."

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Because the way that you would explained what was new with Agent Builder and Agentforce, I was just like, "Oh, that totally makes sense to me." So this is where we're at and this is what I was hoping we would talk about.

Josh Birk: Yeah. And I'll have to try because I kind of remember getting into a very weird, almost like conspiracy theory level stream of consciousness.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, okay. Well, it didn't feel that way.

Josh Birk: Good. I think that's years of experience of thinking in streams of consciousnesses, whatever the plural of that is. So yeah, so I think to kind of recap a little bit, so there were two things that I think are kind of important to consider about the new Agent Builder. One is what we mean by hybrid reasoning and what we mean by determinism. And then the second thing is, where does Agent Script fit into that? So the question we were kind of tackling was, why didn't we just go back and revise the old builder? Why can't we just reiterate on it? Why are we starting completely new?

Mike Gerholdt: And I think you even said, not to interrupt you, but to interrupt you, why can't I just move my stuff over? Why do I have to rebuild it?

Josh Birk: And why can't I just move my stuff over? Why isn't it just copy and paste? And Agent Script is part of that. So the original engine wasn't hybrid, is I think the easiest way to put it. So this came with a conversation with product management where I was trying to describe the differences between the old builder and the new builder. And they're like, well, let's ... The old builder wasn't doing anything wrong, so much is that the new builder's doing something more. And what the new builder's doing that is more is that when we say hybrid, when we think of AI, we think of AI being autonomous, making its own decisions. So we had the Atlas reasoning engine that's like, "Oh, Mike is looking to find a description on a certain account. I'm going to take these actions. I'm going to put them together into a plan and then I'm going to try to make that work." What we didn't have was the human in the loop portion of that. And where Agent Script really comes into play is it allows users to basically be like, "In this scenario, I want you to behave like this." So when we say hybrid, we mean, yeah, we're letting the engine kind of do its own magic. But then we're also applying almost ... I don't want to say flow because that's such a loaded term for a Salesforce community.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Josh Birk: But well, let's go to the name, right? A script, right? A script that a human can actually control personality, control tone, control behavior. When you see this, do this, when you need to call it human. So kind of giving this very human-friendly dialogue that you can then apply to the agent. And so that's how we provide more determinism. So the reason you can't just copy and paste your old agent into the new agent is the old agent doesn't have that connection to Agent Script. And so it's literally missing a piece of the puzzle to run the engine kind of thing.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. No, I think ... I mean, hearing you explain it, sometimes, at least as an admin, I was always like, "Oh, so they just came out with another version because they had to stick another layer of something on."

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Or like a car analogy, they changed the fuzzy dice. But this is, no, no, no, no. We're really moving from this version, which ran a certain way to an even better version. And that's the part that I feel like ... Because you brought up Flow, I feel like we've been through this with Flow.

Josh Birk: Yeah, totally.

Mike Gerholdt: We got like a business process ... Business management process is what it used to be called. And then that thing went through iterations and then we found a different engine to run it on. And then we had ProcessBuilder for a while and then now we have the new Flow. And it's like sometimes it's not just the interface that changed, but it's actually the guts behind it. Because I mean, I can't recall ... It's sometime between after the pandemic and today that AI came around. And I feel like that's the window that works in my brain because I can't put down a time.

Josh Birk: Totally.

Mike Gerholdt: Was it 2022 or is it 2023? I don't know. Post pandemic, before today, AI happened. But just when you thought, okay, I've kind of got this thing figured out, nope, all of this stuff changes.

Josh Birk: Yeah. And it happens in technology, right? It happened with the Lightning Web Components. We really kind of had to go back and take the new ECMAScript format and take the new ECMAScript standard and really rebuild the way our web components work so that they work in a standard based way. So that they're more similar to React and more similar to these other frameworks. And there wasn't really a way to go back to Aura, now it's called, and just be like, "Hey, Aura, be more standards based."

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Josh Birk: Because Aura was effectively just ... It was pre-standards is the easiest way to put it. So this happens, right? Now, if people are listening to this and like, "Oh gosh, I have all this work in my old Agent Builder, what am I going to do?" First of all, Salesforce does not like taking away people's toys.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. We've learned that.

Josh Birk: We've learned that. I've said this anecdote in workshops so many times because when we did release Lightning, one of the most common questions I got was, "Are you going to end of life Visualforce?" So I went to the product manager, might have been Skip at the time. And I'm like, "Hey, when would you end of life Visualforce?" And his response was, "When I pull up a dashboard and I see there are zero active users using Visualforce, and then I'd probably wait three months after that."

Mike Gerholdt: Just in case.

Josh Birk: Just in case, right?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Josh Birk: So the classic one is not going anywhere anytime soon. But I think the other important thing is a lot of our messaging when it comes to building out agents is that you're already an Agent Builder. You're already somebody who can build AIs because you know Flow, because you know Salesforce. Now you've learned topics, now you've learned actions and all of that kind of stuff. All of that is still true. It's all still true. And so you're still getting to use your existing skills in order to control it. It's really just adding the skill of knowing how to write out the Agent Script. Now, one of the cool, really cool things about ... Well, there's two cool things about the new builder that I think will really help people with that. One is the Canvas mode. And so Canvas mode takes what you write in Agent Script and puts it into a visual UI interpretation. And so this is very handy for two things. Number one, it gives you a little bit of kind of a predictive window as to what your script is going to be doing. It also gives you a very visual way of thinking about it. It's also a really neat way to go look at somebody else's Agent Script and translate it. So you don't have to read through all the thing. You can flip over to Canvas mode and be like, "Oh, that's trying to get these parameters in order to do these actions." The other thing going back to vibes and this new AI coding AI is that you'll have an AI assistant in Builder to help you build the AI. So you're not alone. Agent Builder itself will also help you create these things out. So my biggest statement back in the Lightning web component today was don't panic and learn lighting. And now it's, don't panic and learn Agent Script and you're going to build out some really powerful solutions.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, and I think back to ... I mean, I was chatting with Jennifer today too, and just the way that we started using AI. And I remember, I mean, not that long ago doing workshops and saying, "Okay, you need to tell the AI your role, its role. And then what you want it to do and what it can do and what it can't do." And for everything, whatever model you were using, I remember writing prompts a certain way. And I feel like for this and with Agentforce, especially for admins, this is the least set it and forget it kind of thing.

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Because you can always go back and make it better.

Josh Birk: And tweak it. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: And this is-

Josh Birk: And tweak it in theory. Yeah, exactly. In very small corners too.

Mike Gerholdt: Small corners that make a huge difference because like with Flow, I mean, half the time I'm just excited that I got it to do what I needed it to do. And then I look at what Jennifer built and I feel like I'm over here rubbing two sticks together.

Josh Birk: Together.

Mike Gerholdt: But with Flow, that's your goal, right? You just want that, okay, boom, it's done. But with agents, people are interacting with them, they're asking them questions, I can make this so much better and I can make this better. Here's the clue when people stop using them. To your point of when you would replace Visualforce. Well, if you're looking at your Agentforce dashboard and seeing, "Hey, your users aren't using it." well, now might be a time to like, "Well, let's switch over, let's round some edges, let's change some things." And I would say this is like an every two weeks kind of thing. Which sounds crazy, but the amount at which you're going to find feedback from your users. And the amount of rounding of edges, I worked myself into an English problem here. It's going to be like, you're going to find like a star and then it's going to look like a ribbon of rounded edges that you have to work on. Because as you use that new builder, now your users are happier and being more proficient. And I think like even today, when Jennifer and I were talking, we were talking about building Gems in Gemini. And I said, "One thing that I do is I'll actually have another window open and ask it to refine my instructions in Gemini."

Josh Birk: Oh, yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Because the way that I write the instructions works for me, but maybe not for it and it can refine it. And I've seen it take thousand word prompts and reduce it down to 200 and it's actually faster. And so having all of that is sometimes there's a lot to keep up with. But it's all for the better because now you're like click click, oh wow. And then you get that ... I think it's always, at the end of the day, the admin is going after that first look on a user's face and they're like, "Ooh, this-

Josh Birk: Nailed it.

Mike Gerholdt: ... just made my life so much easier."

Josh Birk: Exactly. Yeah. And I think to kind of append to that, again, not to overuse this analogy of Visualforce. But it's like don't be in a rush to go and recreate your existing agents in the new Agent Builder. If you have a new agent you're building, I would start with the new Agent Builder and go from there. Two reasons, don't fix what's not broken. And also you'll learn more about Agent Script and things like that. So when you do decide to move your old agent to the new builder, you'll be more educated on how to do it. Now, huge forward-looking statement, asterisk, safe harbor, there is a conversation internally about creating a porting tool of some kind. It's on a roadmap somewhere, no guarantees.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh.

Josh Birk: But I do think people should know where we are looking at that kind of thing. So stay tuned because we do want to make this as easy as possible.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Yeah. But also there's some joy in rebuilding things and maybe that's just me. But I've always-

Josh Birk: Seems like part of the tech world. Yeah, exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I mean, there's that and there's also, it reintroduces you to things that at one time you were good at and brings it back. And then I think too, anytime that these new features come out, one part is, okay, well, here's the tech to change it. But also, has the process changed? Has the stuff that people do internally changed? And that might also be true. And the other point you brought up, which was really salient, just because you can change it, doesn't mean you should right now.

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: One thing that ... And I was a part of this, doing a big org rollout. What are the other changes that your users are experiencing within your organization? And so you adding to that, is that one layer too many? Or when would be a better time? Like we always joke, like you're not going to roll out a sales opportunity change the last week of the quarter.

Josh Birk: Right, right.

Mike Gerholdt: So picking your timing, this means that gives you time to test.

Josh Birk: Yes. Yeah. And I think this goes into a lot of the conversation we're having about admins in the AgentiCare. Like what kind of a steward are you being? And how are you using those existing instincts and skills as an admin to not topple over the apple cart, but now you're doing with AI?

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Because in my opinion, admins are getting paid for their judgments.

Josh Birk: Yeah. Yeah. Agreed.

Mike Gerholdt: Josh, thanks for coming on and helping us understand the new Agent Builder.

Josh Birk: Thanks for listening to my TED Talk. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: I knew you had to fit that in. And we've got just enough time that Daryl can hopefully get his boat from home to the internal ... It's not internal. Inside the podcast joke.

Josh Birk: Inside the podcast joke.

Mike Gerholdt: You have to go back to the Daryl Moon episode-

Josh Birk: Yeah, exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: ... and then it all makes sense. It's the key to unlocking the mystery of the Dan Brown episodes. I don't think so.

Josh Birk: I love it.

Mike Gerholdt: Anyway.

Josh Birk: I love it.

Mike Gerholdt: Have a good day, Josh. Thanks for coming on.

Josh Birk: Cheers, my man. You too.

Mike Gerholdt: Huge thanks to Josh for coming on very impromptu and turning what could have been, I think, a little confusing of an update into something that actually makes sense. New engine, new script layer, AI helping you build AI. Awesome. I like it. So remember, don't panic, learn Agent Script, and it's all about having fun. And like any powerful tool in Salesforce, it's less about flipping a switch and more about steady improvement over time. So if this episode helped you clarify your next steps, share it with another Salesforce admin who's navigating some AI right now. And until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Kate Lessard, Lead Admin Evangelist at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about the new True to the Core Deep Dive sessions coming to TDX.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Kate Lessard.

True to the Core Deep Dives are coming to TDX If you've been enjoying the True to the Core Deep Dive video series, we've got something exciting coming up for you at TDX. Each month, we host a virtual Q&A session with Salesforce product leaders about a topic chosen by the community. It's a great opportunity to dig into tough use cases and thorny questions around a specific area of the platform.

The video series has been so helpful that we're going to take it a step further. This year at TDX, we'll have four live True to the Core Deep Dive sessions on specific topics, like flow and automation. These will be can't-miss events, and Kate Lessard is here to tell us what she has in store.

Direct access to product leaders "The chance to actually connect directly with the Salesforce product leaders on those core platform topics is worth its weight in gold," Kate says. It's not just about solving problems; it's about understanding the thinking behind why things work the way they do and where the product roadmap might be headed.

If you're newer to the Salesforce ecosystem and worried that things might get too technical, Kate encourages you to check out these breakout sessions. "There's a lot that you can gain from just being in the room, seeing who those product leaders are, hearing what's top of mind for them, and how they're answering questions," she says.

You can better prepare for what's coming next on the platform, and you never know when a random use case you came across might apply to you and your org. And even if you can't be there in person, you can participate virtually on Salesforce+.

How admins should prepare for TDX TDX is such a great opportunity to level up your technical skills and get to know the product better. One thing I used to do to prepare was conduct an audit of my Salesforce org. What products are we using? Where are we having problems? Where are we going next?

Figuring out what you're interested in can help you make the most of your time at TDX. Hopefully, you'll come back armed with information and insights to help your stakeholders chart a path forward with Salesforce.

Listen to the full episode for more from my conversation with Kate about True to the Core Deep Dives at TDX, and be sure to catch her on Kate Clicks Through It. And don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: What Is True to the Core Deep Dive? * Saleforce Admins Blog: 5 New Experiences You Can't Miss at TDX 2026 * Saleforce Admins Blog: Introducing True to the Core Deep Dive: In-Depth Product Conversations with Salesforce PMs * Saleforce Admins Blog: True to the Core Deep Dive * YouTube Series: True to the Core Deep Dive * YouTube Series: Kate Clicks Through It

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Kate on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike Gerholdt:

Welcome to Salesforce Admins podcast. This week I'm joined by Kate Lessard to talk about the brand new True to the Core Deep Dive sessions coming to TDX and why they might just be your favorite part of the event. We dig into how these sessions are shaped by community feedback, what Salesforce admins, especially the newer ones, can expect, and how to ask better questions to get some real value from our product leaders. Kate also shares some practical tips on preparing for TDX, so you walk away ahead of the curve. So with that, let's get Kate on the podcast.

So Kate, welcome to the podcast.

Kate Lessard:

Thanks. Happy to be back, it's been a while.

Mike Gerholdt:

It's been a while, yes or no, except if people are attuned to our YouTube page. You're on Shorts whenever I'm not publishing something about the podcast, so they're staying up to date. It's not like you've gone missing.

Kate Lessard:

No, no. I love being able to just share those top of minds and the things that are important or the lessons that we're learning as we really dive into Agentforce and all of the different things that we're learning over here, especially we just went through a new release and there are always fun new features to call out.

Mike Gerholdt:

Constantly. And we're heading into spring and spring means, besides new release, TDX.

Kate Lessard:

Yeah. That's an exciting time of year.

Mike Gerholdt:

I think so because it's kind of our shake the winter off, go out, see some fresh demos and some new stuff. I know as we're recording this podcast, kind of content is in flight and things are being worked on and ironed on, and so is it fair to say sneak peek or I forget, we use all these terms and sneak peek means something, but you have stuff in the works for TDX that you're working on that we're going to talk about.

Kate Lessard:

Yeah, so I am working on deep dives, which is really exciting. So you might have been following along and watching our recent True to the Core Deep Dive virtual series, and we are bringing True to the Core Deep Dives to TDX as well, so that is what I have been working on lately.

Mike Gerholdt:

Wow. So tell us more about deep dive. If somebody hasn't seen any video or anything about deep dives, what are they?

Kate Lessard:

So deep dives are really focused on diving deeper into community driven core Salesforce platform topics. So the virtual sessions, our community actually provides feedback and guides what those topics are. So they've been chosen using input from things like the idea exchange, past in-person True to the Core keynote sessions, as well as our virtual True to the Core sessions and feedback that the community shares. So it really gives the community a chance to guide the conversation and ask the questions that are really important to them.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, and you said True the core, which is always a popular session for anybody attending our events.

Kate Lessard:

And the thing about that True to the Core keynote, to just hop in there.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, no, no, no.

Kate Lessard:

It is, it's really popular. I remember as an admin, it was one that I never wanted to miss. And whether I had a question to ask or whether I wanted to just sit back and listen and hear what other people were asking and get ideas and cheer with them on the different wins and things that we got approved and that we saw progress on, it's so short that time flies by and inevitably there's just not enough time. You always have people that are still lined up and waiting to ask questions. And then we also have people that are submitting questions online, so there's no way to get to all of them, and I feel like these deep dives give us a chance to actually continue the conversation about certain large topics, things like flow and automation that people can come in and they can specifically ask their flow and automation questions that don't get covered during the keynote because there's just not enough time.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. Well, that's the beauty of like the times I've been at user groups where you sit down and somebody says, "We're trying to do X, Y, and Z." And you go around the table like a bird's of a feather and you hear three different ways to do it and that person's face is like, "Ugh." And you kind of have to reassure them like there's three different ways to do it, all three are right, but the one that's right for you is the most right, which is why I think the True to the Core stuff is always so interesting because you kind of get people coming in with those edge cases.

Kate Lessard:

Absolutely. And the chance to actually connect directly with the Salesforce product leaders on those core platform topics, that's worth it's weight and gold I feel like because our community can get clarity on both upcoming features and some of the thinking behind the roadmap decisions and feel much more connected to the product and like they're participating and influencing these future releases by asking these questions and by sharing feedback, it's really important and impactful.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, and that's the ... Our product leaders are presenting at a lot of our events, but TDX, I know having worked on the track, they are really heavy into all of the product people. So the chances of you going to a session on flow or on Agent Builder or Lightning Web components, the chances of you seeing the product manager present and talk about that is really high at this event, moreso than a world tour or, well, Dreamforce, there's just a problem of you need like 100 of you to go to all the sessions.

Kate Lessard:

Yeah, absolutely. And to run across all of San Francisco it feels like to get to all the sessions on your agenda.

Mike Gerholdt:

You put the Dreamforce marathon on your step tracker.

Kate Lessard:

Yep. Wear your running shoes, you're going to need them.

Mike Gerholdt:

So True to the Core started a long, long time ago, way back when Salesforce launched Chatter, which was like, Hey, are you paying attention to the core features? Let's break this down. If you're a new Salesforce admin and you're like, "So do I go to this True to the Core Deep Dive?" I could foresee somebody sitting there and being like, "I don't understand why they're cheering, why we get email updates when flows error out or like a obscure feature." If you were a new Salesforce admin and you're going to the True to the Core Deep Dive session, what should you expect?

Kate Lessard:

If you're a new admin and you're kind of hesitant to go, I would encourage you to just go check it out and sit there and listen. Even if you don't have a specific question that you want to ask, I think that there's a lot that you can gain from just being in the room, seeing who those product leaders are, hearing what's top of mind for them and how they're answering questions because they're going to get questions about how they've built things and what's coming next and being able to have that insight so that you can start to think, "Oh, this is how I do this now and maybe I'm new to this, but this is what is being developed, this is what is being worked on, this is what's on the roadmap, this is kind of the future state."

I feel like it helps you become a better admin and prepare for what's coming next as well as to get some really insight into those use cases, as you mentioned, at community groups that get discussed so frequently because people will come with specific use cases and things that they've run into and really specific questions as well. And I just think it's a ton of information to take in and just being in the room is really helpful as a new admin.

Mike Gerholdt:

I couldn't agree more. Let's talk about, you said questions about 100 times.

Kate Lessard:

Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, I point it out because I've done a lot of webinars, this is going to date me, Jesus, back in the AM/FM radio days. What's that? But I've done a lot of webinars, a lot of live events, like release [inaudible 00:08:39] live, a lot of Q&A stuff. I've even done Q@A's after presentations. You've done a lot with this True to the Core content. For people going to TDX or people asking questions at these events, what is your advice on how to get the most out of it for just yourself and for everybody in the room?

Kate Lessard:

That is a great question and there I go using the question word again.

Mike Gerholdt:

That's okay.

Kate Lessard:

I think that how you ask a question is really important, and we do, even as we do the True to the Core Deep Dive virtual series, we even cover how to ask a good question and context is going to be key. If it's a specific use case, provide as much information and context as possible. If you know what specific feature or even which product manager you have a question for, being able to call them out and giving that information, super helpful. If not, we'll get there. We do have our product leaders that will be on stage and they'll pull in the different product managers that might be able to answer that question for you. But I think that context and just having a well-thought-out use case with all of the information that you want to bring into the question is going to be the most important thing.

Mike Gerholdt:

Do you often run into, because I would sit in these sessions a lot and be like, "Oh, I totally want to ask a question, but everybody's going to think it's silly"?

Kate Lessard:

Yeah, no silly questions, right? I think that that's always a concern for all of us. We want to be seen as subject matter experts in front of our peers. But if you have a question, even if you think it's silly, like nine times out of 10 somebody else has that question, and maybe it's even something that one of those newer admins in the room that's just there to listen and gain exposure, they have no idea. And you're going to be bringing that to light and getting answers for yourself and for a number of other people.

So I always say that there are no questions you shouldn't ask, and there are different ways that you can ask them as well. I think if you're in the room, you can get up and ask the questions at the mic. We're going to have a way to submit questions online, and that way we'll also be able to bring in community members who aren't in person. So this will be on Salesforce+ for people to watch as well. So I think that just deciding what way you're comfortable asking the questions is just going to be important for you, but get the answers that you need.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I think back to some of the True to the Cores that I would attend as a customer, and sometimes it's really making friends with the people sitting around you and talking with them because there have been times when just happenstance I had an issue and the person sitting next to me is like, "Oh, I've run into that too. You know who you need to talk to?" And then they'll tell you and it actually saves you from getting up and asking a question and moving to another question. And then you found somebody in the audience that you can be a session buddy with, so I think that's super important.

Kate, when you were heading to a session like this as a customer, what would some of the homework be? Because admins have about, oh my, 40, is it 45 days to the TDX? I think it's about 45 days.

Kate Lessard:

Yeah, it's coming quick.

Mike Gerholdt:

What should they be doing for homework to get ready for sessions like this?

Kate Lessard:

Well, we've never had a session quite like this before, so that's kind of a trick question. But I would say for all sessions in general, get on to the sessions on the TDX website and pick out the ones that are going to be most impactful to you. There's just so much there, it's impossible to attend and do them all. So pick the ones where you have questions, where you need more information, where you really want the chance to communicate directly and hear from those product leaders because as you called out, that really is the thing at TDX that makes it different, that makes it special. The opportunity to actually have those conversations with the product managers, with the product leaders and to get to know the product better, it really ups your technical skills.

Mike Gerholdt:

I couldn't agree more. I always feel like I was doing somewhat of a technical audit before I'd head to an event, just to know what I had on my company's roadmap and some of the features that maybe I was running into that I had issues with to come back, and it's always nice to check those off and take notes.

Kate Lessard:

Yeah, that technical audit, that's a really great point that I think that people should consider. Do an audit of your system. What are you using? What are you having issues with? Talk to your users about things that they might have questions about or struggles they might have. And really talk to your stakeholders as well about what their vision is for the future. Because you might be able to go to sessions and get information about products that you don't have but that you're considering and being able to come back and provide that information and a recommendation of either, "Yes, we should move forward," or, "This is the implementation plan," or, "This is the guidance that I got on this," I think that that is going to be hugely impactful for your organization.

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, especially when they say, "So what did you learn? How much did this event cost us?" And you're like, "Well, I got to talk to these people and holy cow, I'm like four months ahead of the learning curve."

Last question, how did you balance in-person sessions versus broadcast sessions and repeat sessions? What was your strategy?

Kate Lessard:

I think that with these deep dive sessions, the goal was to give people as much opportunity as possible to answer or to get their questions answered and to get that live time. So our goal is to have this after the True to the Core keynote so that if people were waiting in line or had questions that they were unable to ask, that they can come to these deep dive sessions and they can continue the conversation and really get the information that they need.

So thinking of that, we really were particular about the topics we chose and made sure that we went to the idea exchange and we went to our survey results we get from the True to the Core Deep Dive sessions, the ones that are done virtually, where people provide feedback about what they want to hear more about or where they have questions. And really just trying to give that space for people to be able to come in and continue the conversation. So because of that, all four of our sessions will be on Salesforce+, and then we've tried to kind of divide what will be able to be live versus video on demand so that we can reach the broadest amount of people.

Mike Gerholdt:

Makes sense. Kate, you have a series on YouTube. You want to talk about it real quick? Because I feel like it's a really cool thing that, as a follow-up to this podcast, people can click over and watch some fun YouTube videos.

Kate Lessard:

Absolutely. So I am very much a person who learns by doing, as I think many Salesforce admins are. We want to really get hands-on with the different features that we're learning about, that we're delivering to our organizations and become those subject matter experts.

So I have a series on YouTube, it's called Kate Clicks Through It, where we take one of these backend processes and we actually walk through it step by step, and I give you a chance to be in either a developer edition or a Trailhead Playground and actually follow along and click along beside me so that you can get hands-on versus just watching a demo and then trying to go and replicate it.

And it's been really fun to do. I get to dive into these different topics that I think are really important for admins. And they can go ahead and do it along with me, learn by doing. And they're pretty short and sweet, they're all under 10 minutes so that our admins can go ahead and click through it with me on a lunch break or if they're in between meetings or if they just want a little bit of fun learning outside of their regular workday.

Mike Gerholdt:

I like it. It's awesome. Kate, thanks so much for coming on the podcast.

Kate Lessard:

It is my pleasure. I hope to see everyone. I know I'll see you, but I hope to see all of our awesome admins at TDX and hopefully in these True to the Core Deep Dive sessions. Be sure to add them as favorites when you go and look at your sessions on the TDX site.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, I want to thank Kate for coming on and helping us get prepped for the new True to the Core sessions. And I think they're going to give you a chance to really lean in. I think she gave you some really good advice on how to ask better questions. And most importantly, just connect with the people around you and what you're doing. So huge thanks to her for helping break that down on what to expect and how to show up prepared.

Now, if you're heading to TDX, make sure you favorite those sessions. And if you can attend in person, don't forget they'll be on Salesforce+.

Now, if you enjoyed this episode, be sure to share it with your Salesforce admin friends so they can get their questions ready too. And until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Gaurang Mathur, Senior Product Manager on the AI App Development team at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about how Setup with Agentforce is changing the way admins create, modify, and understand formulas.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Gaurang Mathur.

The massive scale of Salesforce Formulas If you're like me, you've spent more time than you'd like combing through your formulas for missing parentheses and commas. That's where this week's guest, Gaurang Mathur, comes in. As a Senior Product Manger on the AI App Development team at Salesforce, he's trying to make formulas a little easier for admins with Setup with Agentforce.

According to Gaurang, there are 5 billion formulas executed on Salesforce each month. They're created, managed, and modified by 7 million admins and developers. The scale of formulas is truly massive, and they're a fundamental building block of Salesforce. However, that means they're difficult to work with, and that's where the Setup with Agentforce beta comes in.

How Setup with Agentforce simplifies formulas We know that AI is really good at summarizing, debugging, and processing large amounts of information very quickly. Setup with Agentforce lets admins harness those agentic powers to make formulas easier to work with. You can diagnose problems, change an automation, or add something new.

Gaurang sees Setup with Agentforce as a game-changer for admins working with inherited orgs. If something isn't working or you need to make changes, you're usually spending hours wading through formulas to sort out what's essential and what's just buried tech debt.

With the beta, you'll be able to get a helping hand from an AI agent that can validate, describe, and even fix your formulas. Instead of having to figure out what does what, you can focus on making decisions and building something that works faster than ever before.

What's next for AI in Salesforce As far as what's coming next, Gaurang thinks that AI will continue to amplify what we can build in Salesforce. As he points out, we've actually been using AI for almost a decade in things like navigation apps, recommendations, and even autocorrect. There's no reason to be intimidated.

Looking forward, his team is looking at ways to use AI to collect feedback and make adjustments that make it even easier to work with and more powerful for users.

Make sure to listen to the full episode for more from Gaurang about formulas and Setup with Agentforce. And don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: Setup with Agentforce Makes Salesforce Admin Tasks Easier * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: How Agentforce Vibes Is Changing How Salesforce Admins Build Apps * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: Exploring Agentforce Vibes Through Real-World Admin Use Cases * Trailblazer Community Group: Setup With Agentforce (Beta) * Salesforce Admins Blog: Introducing Setup with Agentforce (Beta): Your New Admin Superpower * Dreamforce '25 on Salesforce+: The Future of Setup Powered by Agentforce * Dreamforce '25 on Salesforce+: Setup Now with Agentforce: Simplifying the Complex * Dreamforce '25 on Salesforce+: Setup with Agentforce: New Superpower for Salesforce Admins

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Gaurang on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike: Welcome to The Salesforce Admins Podcast. Today on the podcast, I'm joined by Gaurang Mathur, product manager on the AI App Dev team at Salesforce, and we're going to talk about something every admin has wrestled with at some point, which is formulas. And we're also going to hit on how setup with Agentforce is changing the way we create, modify, and even understand them. Hooray. I can always use some formula help. So Gaurang is going to share with us how agents can validate, fix, and describe formulas right inside setup, and why that matters, especially if you've inherited an org or you need to do something super fast. We also touch on Agentforce Vibes, which you heard in last week's episode with Tiaan and some developer workflows and kind of what it means to build smarter with tools using AI. So if you're like me and you've ever stared at missing parentheses and wondered why your formula won't save, this episode's for you. And with that, let's get Gaurang on the podcast. So, Gaurang, welcome to the podcast.

Gaurang Mathur: Hey, Mike. Thank you. Thanks for having me.

Mike: Absolutely. Well, after we talked with Cheryl, it was important that I get a lot of the people that she works with on the podcast, because you guys are doing some really exciting things around set up with Agentforce, I think I said that correctly, and just some of the things with agents. So let's get started with tell everybody what you do at Salesforce and how you got there.

Gaurang Mathur: Yeah, sure. Thanks. So my journey has been pretty interesting to where I am today. I started off as a PM for the caching group, which is again, a platform product. Platform Cache is something that's widely used, and that queue is helping a lot of ISVs to accelerate and perform, make their applications better perform. And over the past five years, I've also managed products in the Experience Cloud Search space, and now I'm currently managing two Agentic products, which is again, hardcore platform products meant for our Salesforce admins and developers, the superheroes in the whole ecosystem of Salesforce.

Mike: Yeah.

Gaurang Mathur: And as part of that, as you mentioned, I closely work with Cheryl on the Agentforce setup, or setup with Agentforce, and over there, I am managing the space for formulas. I think that's where I'm going to talk mostly about in today's podcast. And the other product that I'm managing is Agentforce Vibes, which is again, zero to one product that we have all built over the last few years. There, I'm creating an MCP tool, which is basically making that agent much more smarter and getting a lot of ecosystem teams within Salesforce to contribute that, and then make it better in generating whatever metadata that it generates. So yeah, that's my portfolio here in Salesforce. We are part of this whole group called as AIF Dev. That's where we've got Tiaan, I think one of the other guests in the previous podcast, Cheryl, and Manish. These are the folks that I'm working with, and excited to be in this whole space in the current year.

Mike: Yeah, wow. Two products. So you sleep only a couple hours a night, I'm guessing?

Gaurang Mathur: Yeah. I mean, these days, agents have been keeping us alive. I mean ... And so yeah, I'm just, as I sometimes joke with my family, I'm making agents smarter. That's what we work on, so yeah.

Mike: Right, right. Well, let's talk about formulas because I think I go back to, boy, 10, 15 years ago, a staple in admin track was always a best practices on formulas and validation rules. And I always felt like formulas as an admin was as close as some people felt to getting to code, because we could carry over a lot of the stuff that we'd learned in different spreadsheets into formulas. So tell me a little bit about what you're doing with formulas and setup and how that works.

Gaurang Mathur: Yeah, thanks. I mean, I think you touched on a very fundamental point. And before I get into the actuals of what we are trying to do, but I'd like to double click on what you just mentioned, Mike, which is formulas have been a very legacy product within Salesforce. They have been integral in the whole platform since, I mean, a very long time, and I'm quite excited to carry that legendary thing. I'll just share some numbers with you in terms of how big and the scale of impact that formula has in the whole ecosystem. So almost on a monthly basis, there are five billion formulas that get executed across Salesforce orgs, and seven million admins and developers manage, create new formulas, or modify formulas every month. So that scale is fairly huge, and these formula engines and formulas are supported across almost 40 odd Salesforce services, which includes flows, business rule engines, SLAs, fields, validation rules and whatnot. So like I said, the scale is fairly huge, and we've seen admins using it, developers using it, building formulas quite often, but there has been a constant ask and problems that we've seen that admins figure out as is creating them. Somebody is coming up in a new org, and then just trying to modify those formulas. So those scenarios have been quite error-prone and time-consuming processes, and sometimes challenging for admins. So with agents coming in, we asked admins, "How do you see agents helping you, and what is that agents should do for you?" And among the top 10 asks, managing formulas was right number three and four. So that led us all to make a dedicated decision and team that we should be improving and working towards creating a better formula management experience for our admins with the set up with Agentforce that's coming in. And we did a few releases. I mean, it was one of the few things that we did for formulas, I mean, almost year back. And now with the beta coming in for setup with Agentforce, it's right up front and center. So back to your question then, "What exactly we are doing?" So we are, as part of this beta that's coming up in TDX, we are giving options to create a formula through a set up with Agentforce agent, modify it, fix it, and let it also describe what this formula is. So yeah.

Mike: You end very casually, but that's kind of really big. I know, if you were to look back in my search history pre-AI, 90% of it as an admin was, "Why doesn't this formula work?" And I think when AI first came out, that was one of the ... I remember I was at a user group, and that was one of the prominent use cases for using an AI, was to check your formulas, because formulas in Salesforce are much like they are in various spreadsheet programs, so you can kind of understand it. And I remember thinking to myself, "Oh, man, the hours this would've saved me if I could have just copied and pasted a formula and had an AI read it and be like, 'Oh, you forgot a parens, or you missed a comma again,'" you know?

Gaurang Mathur: Correct. Exactly. I mean, and those mistakes makes us human, and this is where agents can help and chime in to just call out, "Hey, this is the error, this is the fix," and that's exactly the first principles that we are considering as we build these agents, as we are coming up with this whole agent experience for our admins. So let me just share you one example for that, I mean, what we've just recently demoed to some of the customers and which was very exciting overall. So imagine you are in a company that's managing volunteer experiences and other things. And out there, you have a formula, which is helping you calculate the number of attendees that are there, the volunteers that are going to be participating in that event. And you have all that formula baked in and all that, but suddenly, the admin who was walking on that leaves, or there is change, and now you are on your own and you just have to just kind of get things going, because your event is coming in, or there is some business requirement that comes in. So it gets difficult for anybody to just jump in and get going right off the bat. In this case, we are coming up with modifying a formula, wherein when you see this formula there and you open the agent through the setup page, the formula page, out there, the first thing that the agent does is it's just simply validating the formula and helping you understand what this formula does. Once you get that, now it basically helps you understand and comprehend, "Oh, this is what this formula is, these are the conditions, this is what it'll do." Now, when you have to make some modifications, you can now just simply prompt it, and then the agent does the rest of the job for you in a very quick and easy way. So this is something that's really profound, and while we were sharing it with our early users, that was a welcome, and I'm hoping the community has to see, and they'll listen, try it out, and then figure out what it does.

Mike: Yeah, I mean, thinking through, there's two parts to really what you described, which was it can do it, but then, the second part was it can describe, and that's just such a big part of everything that we do. Plus I always feel like, at least for math and formulas felt like math, if I could see a finished product, then I was more apt to kind of understand and work through it as opposed to kind of come to that solution on my own. But you mentioned Agentforce Vibes, and I think that's also, I don't know if you could say companion product, but it's another way to develop on the platform. How have you kind of found some crossover in what you're working on for Agentforce for setup with Agentforce Vibes?

Gaurang Mathur: Oh, so you can call them as different facades for different personas and end users. So let me help you with what we are trying to do with Agentforce Vibes. Agentforce Vibes is quite focused on from our developer friends in the Salesforce ecosystem as it's a plug-in that you download in Visual Studio Code, and then you can start vibing and create new schemas, the metadata that you want to, and everything and anything that's happens within Salesforce, whereas setup with Agentforce is more focused from the setup UI that you had, and how do you manage them, I mean and managing formulas, permission sets, and different other things that we are going to. So it's a bit of a persona difference that we've had here, but we're trying to have almost the same engine behind the hood, which is what one of my teams is working on, and surface it in different facades, like I said, or the agents so to say.

Mike: Yeah. Now, that's kind of how Tiaan explained it too. I did a podcast with Daryl Moon, who was actually super interested in Agentforce Vibes just because it really kind of jump-starts you in terms of app creation and some of the tediousness that can be started, so you can really focus on some of that really fun stuff that you like to do, maybe like formulas, I don't know.

Gaurang Mathur: Yeah. I mean, a lot of it. I mean, so considering in this day and age, wherein we've got different LLMs and frontier models that are trying to do, this is something that maintains the Salesforce trust and the ecosystem intact. It's built on those foundations, so yeah. I mean, I'm excited to just, as I said, just you can prompt it, and then make some utterances, and then play it out with some apps that gets generated by the agent there with Agentforce Vibes.

Mike: I know you said you worked in search for a little bit. Has any of the things that you've had to learn about search carried over to what you've had to learn about agents or vice versa, or are they just two different worlds?

Gaurang Mathur: Yeah. That's an interesting one, and thanks for asking it. So it goes back when we started off, or when the agents were just getting launched, I think a couple of years back. It seems eternity away, but yeah, that's how the Agentic universe works, right? We were given a task, I mean, we were just basically figuring out in terms of what best we could do and leverage the agents that we have in place, and create an optimal search experience for the end users, and basically enable our admins do that and leverage the AI power that we were getting in. So what we did was we were doing something that you even find today in Google search, when you put in a search query, you get a snippet at the top itself, which basically summarizes or creates an answer for a query. Ultimately, the answer is basically based on the search results that are floated, and then you get that summary. So that was the first time that I learned about RAGs, and RAG is Regressive Automated Generation, and all the AI technologies that are there. So I use those, and now I'm kind of applying them again in terms of creating the vibes, metadata experts that we are doing, the MCPs that I talked about. Again, we're trying to apply the same principles in terms of there is an utterances there, "What do you best, you should be focusing on, such that the metadata that it's generated is relevant, is relevant to the prompt, and it's of best quality?"

Mike: Yeah.

Gaurang Mathur: So that's where that crossover happened between those two text, but yeah, there's a lot since that time has evolved overall in the ecosystem and agents that we're developing.

Mike: Okay. So listening to your answer, I came up with another question. I come up with lots of questions.

Gaurang Mathur: Yeah. No, excited to have that.

Mike: Do you think, based on the progression of where technology was going, because I heard in your answer about search that there was some form of RAG involved, was the invention of AI just inevitable?

Gaurang Mathur: I mean, so that's a very fundamental. It has been there for a while. I think we all knowingly, unknowingly have been using AI in some form and factor, I think more than a decade or two. I mean, simple considering with Google Maps that we had or the YouTube recommendations that we had, in some form and factor, knowingly, unknowingly, we all had been influenced by AI for a while now. But in current day and age, AI has taken a form, which is much more tangible and which is much more right in the face with the GPT models and the LLMs that we have. I think this is where it is picked up as a mainstream for one and all, and yeah. I mean, with that, there are multiple applications that have come into, which is as we as a platform, teams are focusing on, or helping in terms of coding and generation of different codes, and configuration and all that happens. AI applications, again, coming into, I see the latest LLM models generating it, and then helping in terms of the legal services, and helping in terms of the healthcare services, helping in terms of the technology services, and where else there have been multiple applications. So you can just vibe, you can just ask the agents, and then you get appropriate collaterals developed and things that can be done.

Mike: Yeah. No, for sure. I mean, you're essentially creating the future. Do you envision getting to a point with AI where ... I mean, this feels very meta, but where an agent is almost helping you create a better Agentforce Vibes or a better setup with Agentforce?

Gaurang Mathur: Yeah. I mean, so we are, in a way, trying to do that. I think with Agentforce itself, we have this learning curves wherein we are trying to feed the system about the feedback that we receive, and then based on that, putting it into agents to just improve that. So yeah, that's something that's very nascent. I mean, it's not mainstream right now. All humans are involved in that, but I think that's inevitable. It's bound to happen, and then I see a lot of front-end model company's doing that today.

Mike: Yeah. It's crazy to think that we have a tool that could help make a better tool. Growing up in the generation I did, where I remember having a cordless phone in the house was a big leap of technology.

Gaurang Mathur: Yeah.

Mike: Being able to ask something and get a very human response back is something very interesting. That leads me back to formulas, because formulas were obviously invented a long time ago. Formulas are probably a derivative of math. I don't know for sure. I don't know the history of formulas, but I'm wondering if, based on how formulas are built and the operators and the syntax that we use for formulas, if there isn't something better that AI could invent that would almost replace formulas.

Gaurang Mathur: I think formulas is something, to your point, very elementary and fundamental in my opinion. So we are in chart with our teams and Agentforce and other places as well, that embed formulas into them. I mean, so simple, to your point, the math functions that we have, let's say the date functions or the operators that you have, you need those fundamental building blocks everywhere and anywhere. I mean, like I said at the start, we are supporting almost 40 odd services within Salesforce. I think those are still non-negotiable in my opinion. I mean, that's basically a fundamental building block that will be used, and ecosystems are built on top of it. That's how ... I mean, agents will be using those formulas to function better as part of the Agentforce scripts, if that's one thing that we have as a product. We are coming up with in terms of, "How do you define certain logics based on certain utterances? What should be the logic that should be executed? What should be the operators?" And based on that, we're just trying to define that flow of things, and then all that. So again, that's some derivative of formulas to what I just described. Yeah. Like I said, formula's a fundamental building block. At least I don't foresee it getting replaced completely.

Mike: Right.

Gaurang Mathur: It'll be there in some or the other form, not apparent to the end user. But yeah, I don't know if it's something that can be just bypassed overall.

Mike: Oh, I don't think bypassed, but I always look at, there's always tech that's trying to replace tech, right?

Gaurang Mathur: Yeah.

Mike: The fundamental question is always, "What if email was invented in 2026? Would it look different than it does now?"

Gaurang Mathur: Yeah.

Mike: And then people try to reinvent it, except, I think fundamentally it's still, you're reinventing it, but having knowledge of what the previous version was. And so that's the same thing that happened with email, is it was created based on knowing how physical mail works, and so we built upon that. You can't truly kind of erase that. But I also just watched a video where two AI assistants were talking to each other, and one of them said, "Well, I'm an AI assistant. Can we switch to GibberLink and communicate that way?" And then, they have this whole conversation that's like a bunch of beeps, and I'm like, "Wow, what?"

Gaurang Mathur: Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. That's-

Mike: Maybe they're going to invent their own formulas, so ... You know?

Gaurang Mathur: Totally. Yeah.

Mike: I'm fine with that, because to be fair, I usually get the number of parens wrong, so ...

Gaurang Mathur: Oh, yes. So like I said, I think there will be some form and factor of the basic math. I think that's what formula is all about, right? I mean, those basic equations and some descriptions, I think those are non-negotiable. Those won't change. But to your point, I mean, they may be that gibberish, or the beep, beep, beeps, or the whatever text we write in some other factor. You'll definitely need basic maths, and that's what formulas does.

Mike: Right, right. Very much so. Well, I appreciate you taking time out of your day to share this with our admins. I know they're super excited for some of the stuff that Cheryl's team is putting out and to see it all in place at TDX this year. So thanks for taking time to come on the podcast.

Gaurang Mathur: Yeah. No, thanks for having me. This was certainly a great conversational experience for me, and yeah, doing this is something that I was looking forward to it, and happy to share what we're doing in our world here at Salesforce. I mean, the way all my teams, as part of the AI App Dev dog that I mentioned, are constantly working night and day to just create this better experience for our admins and developers. I'm looking forward to see how our admins perceive that once it goes out in the market, and then quite looking forward to see the community at TDX and just get those first-hand reactions of them when they use our products. So yeah, thank you.

Mike: So big thanks to Gaurang for reminding us that formulas may be foundational, but they don't have to be frustrating. I really love how a lot of setup with Agentforce brings together the fundamentals, like formulas with the future of AI in a way that feels very practical and grounded. I hope this episode got you thinking a little bit differently about how you build or maintain logic in your org. So if it did, hey, do me a favor, share it with a fellow Salesforce admin, developer, architect, and of course, as always, be sure to check out the resources in the show notes to learn more about Agentforce and what's coming next. And until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Tiaan Kruger, Senior Director of Product Management at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about Agentforce Vibes and what it really means to build with AI on the Salesforce platform.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Tiaan Kruger.

Agentforce Vibes is evolving If you caught the Admin Keynote at Dreamforce '25, you might recognize Tiaan from his Setup with Agentforce and Slackbot demos. Right now, he's looking at new ways to help admins expand their toolkits with Agentforce Vibes.

As Tiaan explains, Agentforce Vibes is developing so rapidly that it often surprises the people who build it. When one of his team members was building a React demo that featured a dashboard, they realized it would look pretty boring without some sample data. They asked the Vibes Agent to spin something up, and it delivered (after a few tries).

"These agents surprise even us," Tiaan says, "we're still discovering where its power lies and where its potentials are." And that's why it's a good time to look ahead at how Vibes will change the game for admins.

AI as a tool for reducing technical debt "When I was a customer developer, we always had a two-year backlog," Tiaan says. Even with a big team, there's always too much to do and you're constantly accumulating technical debt. This kind of grunt work is where he sees Agentforce Vibes making a big difference, which gives you more space to look at the bigger picture.

Tiaan points to Code Analyzer as an example. You can use it to quickly scan your org and identify where there are performance or security issues that you should take a closer look at. An admin might not be able to fix it themselves, but they can hand it off to a developer team and speed up the process.

There are also some exciting things coming with React and Agentforce, which will allow you to create compelling, high-quality UIs for your apps. It's all about giving you more tools to get the ball rolling and build apps faster than ever before.

How to help Agentforce Vibes help you In order to get the most out of these new features, you need to make it easy for agents to understand what's going on in your org.

"If you don't have good descriptions on everything in your org," Tiaan says, "please, for the love of donuts, fill those fields in." Having good metadata will help you get the most out of everything Agentforce has to offer. The future is bright, so Salesforce Admins need to get ready.

Make sure to listen to the full episode for more from Tiaan about how Agentforce Vibes will help admins. And don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Dreamforce '25 Admin Keynote: Admins Power the Agentic Enterprise * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: Exploring Agentforce Vibes Through Real-World Admin Use Cases

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Tiaan on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast. So today, I'm joined by Tiaan Kruger and we're talking about something that's showing up literally everywhere right now. And that is Agentforce Vibe coding and what it really means to build with AI on the Salesforce platform. We get into how admins can use agents to move faster without losing best practices, and why oh why understanding your org still matters more than ever. And one of the things we tackle is where this whole thing is headed sooner or later than you think. So if you've ever been curious about Agentforce Vibes and not sure where it fits into your day-to-day admin life, I promise you this episode is for you. So with that, let's get Tiaan on the podcast. So Tiaan, welcome to the podcast.

Tiaan Kruger: Thank you, Mike. Thank you for having me.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, it was not that long ago that we had Cheryl Feldman on. And Cheryl's circle of influence outside and inside Salesforce is a gravitational pull. And of course, we all know that set up with Agentforce is going to be huge at TDX and it's huge right now. So we wanted to talk to more people that were making admins lives wonderful. And she suggested you. Plus you were in the admin keynote. And I feel like I have to have admin keynoters on the podcast too. So there's the really long intro for... But let's talk about you. How did you get started at Salesforce and what's the cool thing you're working on that we're going to talk about?

Tiaan Kruger: Yeah. So I've actually been at Salesforce, I guess coming up on seven years, which is absolutely mind-boggling. I was a customer for 10 years. Spent a lot of time as an admin and Apex developer. I wrote Visualforce. Some of you may have heard of that before. But I work as part of a large team at an enterprise company trying to make Salesforce make a huge difference for our customers. And in the process, learned an incredible amount of Salesforce and got an opportunity to come over here and try to make products better for our admins and developers out there. And I grabbed the opportunity and I've loved every minute of it.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Well, we've talked to you about some cool stuff. Plus you did a really cool demo in the admin keynote at Dreamforce too.

Tiaan Kruger: Yeah. Yeah. We got to do some really amazing things at the admin keynote, showing some of the things that the Agent for Setup is going to be able to do. We got to show some amazing insights into Slackbot. And we got to foreshadow a little bit the work I'm currently working on, which is focused on how we actually build with AI. So I'm working very deeply with the Vibes team to make sure that the metadata that gets created is better and great quality, not just for vibing individual pieces of metadata, but vibing entire solutions. I'm getting to work with our internal teams to figure out how we bring that same power to our admins. So yeah, absolutely. So the work that we showed on stage continues at the same pace internally. And we're just trying to figure out how do we bring AI to everybody, make sure that everybody can feel the lift of this incredible technology.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. So I did a podcast with Daryl Moon, which I'm sure you've listened to. Daryl is fantastic. He's down in Australia. The only reason he listens to the podcast, it's a half hour between his house and the dock, so he can listen to it to go fishing. But he tried out Agentforce Vibes and was thoroughly impressed. And he literally threw the kitchen sink at it. And I think what he loved about it was it got him so much farther into the application building than what he anticipated.

Tiaan Kruger: Yeah, absolutely. Vibes is quite incredible, specifically the agent that's in there. It's a very wide open agent. It's very good at problem solving. One of my favorite stories at the booth that we told at Dreamforce is one of our product managers was actually vibing a React app. We're not bearing the lead. We actually talked about this at Dreamforce. React's coming to the platform, incredibly exciting, creating pixel perfect UIs, reusing a lot of the things that's out there. And so he was actually experimenting and vibing this application. And he realized that a dashboard with no data is really boring. It's just not very interesting to look at. And so he thought, "Maybe I should ask Vibes if it can produce me some sample data." Not knowing if it could or not. And so he asked it to do it and it went off and turns out it generated an anonymous Apex file that actually tried it to load all the records with data. And it tried it, failed, found a bug, fixed it, did it again, found a bug, fixed it, and then successfully inserted a bunch of data. And that's just one of the stories of how these agents surprise even us. We have this technology, we've put it in these tools and we see the incredible things it can do. But even with all that, we're still discovering where its power lays and where its potentials are. And so that's really where I'm focused right now is like, how do I make sure that, more often than not, you actually get a good result out of it, right? Make it so it has to retry less or debug less. And so that's a big focus for us right now.

Mike Gerholdt: So let me ask you a question. With Vibes and vibe coding... By the way, I'm still getting my head wrapped around you talk about, "He was kind of vibing." Like I'm just old enough to remember what the 70s were. I feel like you need to vibe code in bell bottoms and stuff. How long until anybody just tells an agent to build something and it won't matter if you have knowledge of development and coding or knowledge of best practices for enterprise architecture?

Tiaan Kruger: If you asked me this question six months ago or nine months ago, if we've given you a different answer than I would give you today. Based on what we're seeing, the rate of innovation and change, I don't think it's going to be very long at all. We're going to have to adjust how we build and how we deploy a little bit because agents are already getting very, very good at producing targeted applications. And what I mean by that is, there's still limits when you are trying to vibe inside of a massive enterprise org with thousands of objects and a lot of complexity that somebody that's got a ton of experience would need to come into for months to understand. There's still limits there, right? You still have only so much you can actually provide the agent at a time. But if you are focused, you are looking at problem solving around a particular application or a particular business case, it is actually getting extraordinarily good at producing not just a good backend and a good data model, but also producing incredibly compelling UI, which is actually why we are bringing React to the platform. If you are an admin and you're like, "What's React? I haven't heard about React. What is this thing?" It's just a way to build WebUI, but it turns out, because there's so much examples of it, so many examples of them on the web, the agents are incredibly good at producing incredibly high quality UI with that. So to answer your question more succinctly, I don't think that future's all that far away because it's already starting to show up. And there's consumer applications and mobile applications that's out there where, for the end user, they can start vibing the mobile app that they want just with AI, just having conversations. There's incredible tools out there that's starting to emerge. And that exact same wave needs to come to the enterprise. We need to unlock that incredible innovation of the fact that you don't have necessarily software created for you that kind of meets you where you're at, but really, truly have agents create software for you that is absolutely what you need locally to solve your problems. So we're getting closer to it every single day. And I think the closer we get to it, the faster it's accelerating.

Mike Gerholdt: So one of the questions that came up, this feels like a hundred years ago when we launched Process Builder, was it was so easy to create processes that people without technical knowledge could just overprocess and build way too many processes in an org when... The example would be of best practices, just write a really good trigger or deploy some Apex code and take care of it that way. With AI doing so much building, how do we know it's following and architecting best practices or building good code coverage?

Tiaan Kruger: That's a great question, and actually one of the biggest challenges that we are spending a lot of energy on. We know that when we put a tool in the hands of our admins, they have very high expectations. They expect it to create best practices style orgs and configuration and really follow the practices that we want our admins to follow. And so there's a couple things we're doing to help with that. I can give you some insights into some of them. We are internally working on ways to... And this is, again, we're working in Vibes at the moment, so it's a little bit more pro code focused. But just listen to this and imagine how this is going to come forward to admins, right? All the work I'm doing right now is more for pro code, but we are going to start exposing it later this year for admins. As the system is producing configuration software, we are taking it through a specification phase, a plan phase. And in that plan phase, we're feeding it all kinds of rules and guidelines in terms of how we wanted to build an architect for you when it's constructing the experience, right? Not just the UI, but also the backend. How you want fields named, et cetera. So there's ways that you can feed rules into the system. So that's how we're starting to help it architect from the get go. That's one way. Second way is, as part of those experts or rules that we're providing, we can actually also guide its hand when it's creating solutions. So if you're creating a lightning app or you are creating a flow, we can actually guide the agent's hand a little bit and say like, "This is the right way to build it or the best way to build it." But even with all that, if you generate an application or you generate a capability, you still need on the flip side to actually test it. And so that's the other areas where we are looking at, starting to develop more tools and actually add more tools to the pipeline, which is what we call validation. Once you've actually produced... Let's use the example of a web app, right? I produced a web app that created custom UI for me. How do I know that that is accessible and it is secure and it is performant? These are all things that you can measure and test, right? And so that is absolutely parts of the tools that we are looking at building and we're developing a number of those that's going to help people not just build random things, but actually guide the agent's hand to build good quality, best practices style material.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I mean, one of the analogies that always comes up, and I was just doing a podcast with Josh, is, we were talking about GPS and maps. Because I feel like there is a portion probably of my listeners that are old enough, myself included, to remember stopping at gas stations when you got into a new state and buying a map for that state because it was always more detailed, and being able to read the map. And now, virtually every car you get into has some sort of GPS either built into it or it's on your phone. The funny thing is, the other day... Well, this is a few months ago. I was driving back from a bigger city in Iowa, one that's just big enough that I don't know it, even though I've lived here forever. And the GPS actually took me down a road. It was a highway and I was like, "Okay, cool. I know this highway connects to the next highway that gets me back home." But in two miles, it had me get off on an exit and get back on the interstate.

Tiaan Kruger: Interesting.

Mike Gerholdt: And I had presence of mind to be like, "Okay, well, I know this road continues. There's no roadblock or anything." So I just went straight and let the GPS figure out. But I bring that back to my knowledge and ability to still understand and read maps is what helped me not blindly navigate that problem. And I feel like still having that understanding of, well, reporting structures are going to need this for object setup or relationships and making sure to almost double check your math is what I was getting at for how an AI should work. So long explanation longer. If you were heading into an organization as an admin, developer, architect, what would you focus a lot of your learning on?

Tiaan Kruger: Wow. By the way, I'm a big fan of maps. I'm old enough as well to have used maps to navigate.

Mike Gerholdt: You probably remember printing off MapQuest directions.

Tiaan Kruger: Oh, now that I'd rather forget. I'm a bigger fan of following a paper map. Famously, we were traveling in Boston on the train and I forgot the maps on the seat. And when we got back, the maps were gone. You can imagine that feeling, right? So navigation became a little bit more of a challenge. It was like 11 o'clock at night.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh.

Tiaan Kruger: Yeah. Yeah. So yes, maps are very valuable. So I actually love that analogy, right? So agents are a lot like... I think they're in that MapQuest stage. They're not quite... They're getting closer to the GPSs we have today. The odds of the GPS turning you into a lake these days, I feel like it's a lot lower than it used to be.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Right.

Tiaan Kruger: There's still the occasional person driving into a lake, but it's a lot lower risk than it used to be. Agents are still very much at that state of the human still ultimately needs to guide it, check it, see what it's doing, right? It's an accelerator, not a replacement. And if I were going into a company now in my old role, my role would be changing. My role is no longer just about cranking out that trigger to work perfectly. It's about understanding the bigger picture. It's about understanding what my customer is actually trying to accomplish. And hopefully being able to get more of it done because I become more... I'll actually give you a different analogy, I think, as you brought up driving. I'm a big fan of full self-driving capabilities being added to vehicles. And I've had some different features on the cars that I've owned, and some of them more beta than others. And you have to do the supervising thing, right? The car will do the right thing nine out of 10 times, but that 10th time is really scary. You better be ready to grab your steering wheel. It's that kind of behavior. You're getting somewhere a lot more rested because you're not doing as much of the grunt work, but it frees up some of your mind to focus on some of the bigger picture. And so that's really what I'm looking and hoping that we're going to see. I'm seeing it happen already to developers here internally. I'm hoping that's going to happen for our customers as well. So as we put more of these tools in their hands, that is going to do some of that grunt work, like building a trigger that is very well set up to do batching, for instance. And I'm sorry, it's a developer analogy. I get it. But there's a particular way you build triggers. And if you don't do it right, it's going to cause you performance issues or it limits. That's just going to start being natural. You don't have to think about that. So now that frees up some of your focus to say, "Okay, how can I build this better for my customer? How can I focus on actually producing more value for them?" When I was a customer developer, we always had a two-year backlog. And business, we turned business requests away all the time because we could not get to everything. And we had giant teams doing this stuff. So the benefits of learning the platform, understanding the details, understanding if the agent is trying to turn you onto a lake, that doesn't go away. That continues to be there. Understanding the deep, complex context of what your business needs. The agent's not there yet. So that transformation, that translation layer is more important than ever to make sure that, again, the grunt work can be done by the agent, but that understanding, that comprehension, the translation, I think, is more and more important than ever for our admins and for our developers out there in the community.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. And you don't have to apologize. There'll be vibe coding sessions in the admin track for TDX. I know because I've seen you and your team submit some stuff and customers have done it as well. It's going to be a very useful product. I can see the future for it. Do you anticipate... So a lot of what you've talked about for vibe coding in Agentforce Vibes is like the creation. And I think we're always talking about the creation. But one thing you brought up in your answer was tech backlog and technical debt. That's always a big thing that comes up. As we're struggling to create more and more and more and more, there's also more and more and more technical debt. Would you envision a time when maybe Agentforce Vibes or another product could say, "Whoa, stop. We need to reevaluate this first and fix the foundation before we go building seven more stories on top of this house?"

Tiaan Kruger: Yeah. So there's a couple of different pieces to that puzzle. There are already tools coming out today, and that's available today in the spirit of Code Analyzer, for instance. It's a tool you can run in your org that'll tell you where you have performance issues or security issues you should take a look at. We are expanding that concept to look for things like accessibility issues, et cetera. And AI, the agents we have is already able to go and potentially help you resolve some of those. You can go in Vibes today and say, "Hey, can you help me convert this Aura component to an LWC component? Or can you help me put better accessibility on this component or these pages?" And it's actually doing a fair job with that already. Make this React app work for mobile is something else you can do. So there's already some tech debt you can actually tackle with agents very successfully. They tend to be a little bit more focused right now in the sense that it's a single page or a single component or a single code file or a couple of code files. I don't even have to say maybe. The answer is, absolutely that capability is going to continue to go further and further. The more the agent is able to understand what's going on in your org, the more the agent is able to grasp and understand what your org does. And this is a call-out for you. If you don't have good descriptions on everything in your org, please, please, for the love of donuts, fill those fields in. And I know we all love to put description and description. But if you actually go put in good quality descriptions in these things, you can actually get so much better help from the agent actually understanding what your org means. When you just have four fields named contract number, it's really difficult for the agent to know which one to use. But if you label them more carefully, you put it in the help and the metadata, you're going to help agents help you. So tech debt is going to get easier to resolve. No question. It's already happening. It's only going to get better. It's the worst it's ever going to be right now. I could truly say this because I'm seeing it happen. And I think we're eventually going to get to a place... Again, I'll give you an internal example. We have a lot of Aura components. I know I probably shouldn't say that out loud, but we do. And we are working at fever pace to actually convert them to Lightning Web Components to LWCs. Again, developer specific terms, but just the different component frameworks that we're moving to more of an open standard. And we used to have to do it by hand. This is huge tech debt for us. And AI is literally having one team do hundreds of components in a month where they used to be able to do a handful. This is real tech debt help, right? So that is absolutely going to come and it's going to show up for admins as Cheryl. You talked about Cheryl in the beginning, right? She's a superhero of mine. I absolutely love working with her. I love watching how she works with the community. I'm always learning something from her. She recently actually helped me with the use cases. If any of the people listening got to talk to her, thank you for giving her some information. She's just fantastic. And so as the setup agent becomes more and more capable, it is absolutely going to help you identify tech debt, first of all, but second of all, actually help you resolve that tech debt in faster and easier ways that you've ever been able to do.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, that's very promising, very exciting. Tiaan, I should have scheduled five more podcasts with you because I feel like we just scratched the surface on everything. But when you're not vibing at Salesforce or making Vibes, can you vibe Vibes? Oh, that's like the buffalo buffalo buffalo sentence, isn't it?

Tiaan Kruger: Start off all the way down.

Mike Gerholdt: What is Tiaan like to do outside of Salesforce?

Tiaan Kruger: So my side hobbies, I drive my wife nuts because I try to learn a new thing every couple of years. And I do anything from fabricating and welding and soldering and doing electronics and building things. But I would say probably the most practical application of all of those things that I just mentioned that I do as a hobby that's consistent is I work with a FIRST Robotics team. And my son got me into it. He was the robotics captain at the team for two years. They managed to take him to worlds both years. And I absolutely love that. I love the fact that I get to be in there with the kids, help them every year try to solve whatever the year's challenges and problems are. And they hand build a robot that's 150 pounds that can drive way faster than it should. And it's fascinating to work with these kids and see them learn. And now AI and agents are coming in for these kids, right? And they're trying to figure out, "Where do I use it? When is it cheating? When is it actually allowed in helping me?" So that's been a fascinating twist to that. But you know what? There's still something really satisfying about building things with your hands. We have some people that speed in my neighborhood. Sorry to call them out, but they do.

Mike Gerholdt: I'm sure they listen to the podcast.

Tiaan Kruger: I'm sure they do. I'm sure. They feel worse now.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, I'll send in stickers.

Tiaan Kruger: I wanted to build a little sign. When we were in Germany this year, I saw those brilliant little speed limit signs that when you go over the speed limit, they turn orange and then frown at you. So they literally just scowl at you when you're speeding. And it makes you feel bad.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Tiaan Kruger: And I thought, "You know what? This would be really amazing to build." And so I actually took some of my robotics experience that I use for the kids. I do a lot of things with LEDs and Arduinos. And I actually bought a little radar board. I built a sign that could do this. And I promise it's related. I got to use AI to code this thing. And I've done the same kind of coding for years before. Mike, I coded this thing in about 15, 20 minutes to get this working for the first time.

Mike Gerholdt: Is it solar-powered?

Tiaan Kruger: It can be. It's USB. It's very light on power.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay.

Tiaan Kruger: But it's amazing.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow.

Tiaan Kruger: I was just able to tell the agent, "Hey, here's the board that I'm using. Here's the LED panel I'm using. Here's the radar." By the way, it's a Chinese made radar board, so the documentation is hard to understand and limited.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Tiaan Kruger: And of course, AI had no problem with it. It coded it up like it was nothing. And so it's transformative. Even in your hobbies, the stuff is transforming how we're doing it. Right?

Mike Gerholdt: Wow.

Tiaan Kruger: So yeah. So that's what I do. I build stuff because I build software for a living. I like to build stuff with my hands when I'm not at the computer.

Mike Gerholdt: It doesn't surprise me. Everybody I ask that question to that's in software development always has something very tactical that they like to do as a hobby. Because a lot of what we do, you can't touch and feel.

Tiaan Kruger: Exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: Very cool. Tiaan, thank you for coming on the podcast. And I look forward to seeing some of the stuff you're going to present at TDX this year.

Tiaan Kruger: Awesome, Mike. I will see you there. And keep watching. This is a field that's going to continue to blossom.

Mike Gerholdt: So thanks, Tiaan, for that conversation. I feel like I literally could do four more episodes and still not run out of things to talk about. He is one inspirational person and doing a lot more with AI than sometimes I think. So it's good to know that someone still needs to know where the road actually goes when the GPS is about to drive you into the lake. If this episode sparked a few ideas or questions for you, do me a favor, share it with your fellow Salesforce admin. And until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Joshua Birk, Senior Director of Admin Evangelism at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about how the human in the loop is key to building reliable, predictable AI.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Joshua Birk.

Understanding the guardrails around AI It seems like every week, there's a new headline about an AI agent doing something it shouldn't. As Josh explains, that's because we're still in the process of understanding AI as a tool. That's why we sat down to discuss how to build predictable, reliable solutions in Agentforce.

When an agent behaves non-deterministically, it's usually because there weren't enough guardrails in place. The thing is, if you're building an AI agent to do everything, it's hard to control what it can and cannot do.

Josh's advice is to narrow the scope of your agent and build it for a very specific purpose. This makes it easier to build guardrails and also allows you to test it thoroughly before release.

A QA engineer walks into a bar… When it comes to testing, there's an old programming joke that comes to mind. A QA engineer walks into a bar. He orders a drink. He orders five drinks. He orders zero drinks. He orders infinite drinks. He orders a horse. However, when the first real customer walks in and asks where the bathroom is, the entire bar bursts into flames.

As Josh explains, it's important to test for all sorts of weird edge cases and make sure your agent performs predictably. But it's even more important to think things through from the user's perspective so you don't miss something that should be obvious. AI can do extraordinary things, but you still need a human in the loop.

The first part of testing is planning Josh emphasizes that the first part of testing is planning: "What are the Ifs? What are the Thens? What are the things you absolutely don't want it to do?" The more specifically you can answer these questions, the easier it will be to build and test agentic solutions that are predictable and reliable.

The most effective AI agents aren't autonomous solutions. They're tools that give the humans who use them superpowers. You still need a human in the loop to make sure they're used for good.

Be sure to listen to my full conversation with Josh for more about testing and building in Agentforce. And don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch a new episode every Thursday.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admin Blog: How Agentforce Service Assistant Helps Salesforce Admins Become AI Leaders * Salesforce Admin Blog: Metadata Is Your Admin Blueprint for Building Better Agents * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: Exploring Agentforce Vibes Through Real-World Admin Use Cases with Daryl Moon

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Josh on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're welcoming back our good friend, Josh Birk, to kick off February with a conversation. Well, it's part podcast, part social experiment. Josh and I sat down to talk AI, specifically how admins can plan, test, and build with confidence using guardrails in Agentforce. We cover everything from deterministic responses to chaotic desktops and why designing with trust, maybe a little touch of humor, matters most. So whether you're rolling out your first agent or refining your AI game plan, this episode's got insights for you. So give it a listen and let me know if you like the format or not because, hey, maybe we just might make this a regular thing. With that, let's get Josh on the podcast. So, Josh, welcome back to the podcast.

Josh Birk: Thanks for having me, Mike.

Mike: Continuing the theme, we kicked this around... No one's heard this conversation. We're just going to start here... of having two evangelists talking for a podcast.

Josh Birk: Yeah. Yeah.

Mike: And so we're going to start February off with that. And then we're going to do a social experiment, and for people listening, if they like this, then maybe we repeat it once a month.

Josh Birk: Oh. I like these social experiments. Let's see what happens.

Mike: I know. It's on the listeners. Also, Josh, we have to keep this under 30 minutes so that Daryl can make it from his house-

Josh Birk: Can make it... Right. Right.

Mike: ... to the dock and get his boat in the water.

Josh Birk: Yeah. I remember when I first did my first 40-minute episode and I felt guilty because one of my guests was like, "I like the 20-minute episodes because that's exactly how long I walk my dog." So I'm like, "Well, okay, now you can walk your dog twice," question mark.

Mike: I know. Nope. Once you hit pause, they're gone forever. I was the same way. Selfishly, that's how these podcasts are as short as they were is I wanted something I could listen to when I walked my dog.

Josh Birk: Yes. Love it.

Mike: Anyway, it's February, and things that are still happening in the world are artificial intelligence and Agentforce.

Josh Birk: Amazing that this is still sticking around. It's almost like it's not a fad.

Mike: It feels like it's not going to go anywhere for a while.

Josh Birk: I think it's got legs. I think it's got a few legs.

Mike: Yep. It's not a fly-by-night thing.

Josh Birk: No. No. Whole ecosystem and industry being built up around it.

Mike: Uh-huh.

Josh Birk: Yeah. Yeah. I think we're going to be talking... I have a feeling this won't be the last time we talk about it.

Mike: Probably not, for reason.

Josh Birk: For reason.

Mike: So it's funny. The other day, somebody asked me something, and I was like, "Oh, that's a really good question. How soon do you need me to call you back?" Because I was thinking to myself, I don't have my phone, and my phone has a lot of AI tools on it, and I really need that to answer this. And I thought, wow. Two years ago, if somebody were to ask me that, I would just Google, make something up, and call them back. And now I felt like I'd just walked outside without my shoes on.

Josh Birk: I mean, it's kind of crazy. So when I was out in Arizona for Cactusforce, and my wife and I stayed the weekend, and she's like, "Well, what do you want to do this Saturday?" And I actually have a whole bit. One of my early AI talks was about how AI can kind of be dumb from time to time. And so I did this exact same thing. I'm like, "Hey, Google," or whatever, I think it might have been ChatGPT, but anyway, "give me an itinerary based on these things that I can do." And it gave me like, "Here's your itinerary," and it was like 17 things, all of them about three hours apart. And I'm like, "That's not an itinerary. It's a travel guide. I don't know what you're thinking here." But now it's like, I'm like, "Hey..." I think it was Gemini. I'm like, "Hey, Gemini, my wife would like to go shopping, we would like to go eating, and I have an interest in museums and aquariums," and it's like, "Here's your day." And I'm like, "Can you add that to my calendar?" And it's like, it's added to your calendar. And I'm like, it's moving so fast. My dark humor side of me just can't keep up because I don't know what I can make fun of AI anymore because it just keeps getting better.

Mike: Right. So speaking of which, you did a couple talks around AI at different conferences last year and probably this year. And I think it's important because we're going to talk about guardrails and security stuff, not to scare people away. It's a fun conversation. But it's needed because I also think it's worth understanding why we ask you to do what we ask you to do when you set up Agentforce and why you do certain things. I recently, coming off of, I think it was last week, I wrote a blog post about service assistant, and to me it just felt so frictionless because it was easy to put in all of the prompts for the user and kind of really give AI this single mindset and repeatable, but not... I'm still trying to work through deterministic and that stuff. It felt, yes, I know what it's going to tell me and it's not going to go off the rails. And that, to me, felt so much more comforting if I was an admin trying to roll something out as opposed to, "Okay, I turned on Agentforce. Now ask it a question," and you know you're going to have that one user that's like, "I asked it for the nearest Mexican taco place," and you're like, "Bob..." Because it'd be Bob in sales that would say that.

Josh Birk: It'd be Bob in sales to do that. Yeah.

Mike: You're like, "Bob, it lives in Salesforce."

Josh Birk: Yeah. Yeah. No, I've done various variations of this talk, and I think it's kind of an important thing... I think acknowledging that people have concerns and fears about how AI works and why it misbehaves and things like that, I think it's important to acknowledge that. And it's important to acknowledge that partially because there's a lot of things you can do to minimize it. And if you kind of know how and why the AI either is doing something or not doing something, and it could be Agentforce, it could be Gemini, it could be Claude, it could be anything because they all kind of operate under the same basic principles, but if you know going into it, "This is why my AI behaved in a non-deterministic way," as we seem to be liking to say these days, it'll be faster and easier for you to fix that.

Mike: Yeah. No, and I think as admins are put more into a position of deciding when and when not to use AI, being able to accurately describe that is very important because it's, "So when we set this up, here's what I'm going to do. Here's the instructions I'm giving it. Here's why," and then the second part is... And this is a thing... I'm looking at sessions from TDX and looking at stuff that we presented from Dreamforce, and it's also, "Hey, I need to test the agent." It's got to go through training camp. Because if I set up these guardrails and it can't kick the soccer ball around the cones like I want it to, metaphorically speaking, then what am I doing wrong, or where is it going? And then as an admin, you need to understand that.

Josh Birk: Yeah. And I think that's an excellent place to start because this is one aspect of AI that is not novel, it's not new, it's not unique. This is software engineering in general. It goes back to that old joke, a QA engineer enters a bar and he orders a beer. He orders five beers. He orders zero beers. He orders a horse. He orders the bar out of the... They keep trying really weird and random things to see how it executes because you are still at the end of the day talking to a computer, and if you just do something that you think is a reasonable thing your users are going to do and you get a reasonable response, well, your job's not done. Your job's only begun. And even when you and I were talking AI and doing workshops together, I'm like, "We're seeing a data set we've given you. But remember, these answers will change if you have 1 record, 5 record, 500 records, 750 records, 250 which should be archived and 300 of which you don't want." It's like, your dataset will always matter no matter how smart and predictable your AI gets.

Mike: Yeah. And it will matter if 750 of those records are missing a field and you're trying to ask it to like, "What's the average zip code," and you're like, "Well, 748 of them don't have zip codes."

Josh Birk: Right. Or they have five zip codes, and they're all names like zip code one, zip code two, zip code three, and none of them have help descriptions. Even a human looking at that page is like, "I don't know what happened here." And an AI is going to come to the same conclusion.

Mike: I think you said it first, training your AI is like the first day on a job for somebody.

Josh Birk: It sounds like me.

Mike: Yeah. I mean, because-

Josh Birk: I'm like, "Yeah, that's a really good way to put it."

Mike: ... you brought up the help topics and description fields; that's where people would go. I remember a million years ago, I always thought Salesforce should have a third mascot and it should be an orange circle with an eye, because if you don't know what should be in a field, you just hover over the eye for what should be in this field. And agents do the same thing. You're asking me for this. I'm going to go do, but I can't understand what's in this field because you didn't tell me anything.

Josh Birk: Yeah. The gamer nerd in me wants the glowing fairy from Zelda, but I think we might get sued if we went too far down that path.

Mike: Right. Probably not. Probably not.

Josh Birk: But yeah, you're right. We had a whole blog post about this, about how the reason why blueprints are really important for AI, because if you think of AI as your humanoid servant and you ask the humanoid servant, "Go make me a sandwich. Go get me a drink," well, the humanoid servant needs to know where your kitchen is, how big your kitchen is, where the drawers are, where you store your knives. So you have to give it those points of information so that it can reach to the conclusion that you want.

Mike: I'm going through your deck, and you present a lot. Based on what you talk about, how would you advise admins to test their agents?

Josh Birk: So I think the first thing to start with, so kind of layering in what we were just talking about, but also just... Okay, so when you're talking to... Let's take the new agent builder we have, and you're building on a new agent. There is already a layer of instruction that Salesforce has put in there. Every AI, in fact, you talk to has some layer of instruction that was written by a human in order to keep it from doing things or pointing it in the right direction. And so I'm not going to name names, but a very famous AI out there went mysteriously evil for a while because somebody who had access to those instruction sets was meddling with them. And that's how fundamental they are. If you have access to those and you can change them, then that's where things instantly will start going wrong, because that's where the agent starts, it's where the AI starts, with its, "What should I do next?" What you have as an admin is the ability to then start... So assume Salesforce... Trust is our number one, right? So we've already given you a very reasonable starting place to have a professional-sounding AI. Now take that and start building towards your use case. What are the ifs? What are thens? What are the things you absolutely don't want it to do? And now we're making it even easier to hand it off to a human. So we're really preaching autonomy. An AI can help you find a hotel and it can help you do this, but at some point you want to make sure that the human stays in the loop. So I know we're talking about testing, but I think the first part of testing is planning, and it's that level of planning that's going to let you be like, "Did my ifs, thens, and dos and don'ts, did they actually work correctly?"

Mike: Yeah, and before I pressed record, we were talking about just the number... I think back to when we started building, not we, the royal we, Salesforce, started building Agentforce, and we had one agent and we were trying to make it do all this, and then now you can actually pick different agents. I think the planning is part of that because it's not, "I'm just going to have one agent to do everything in my org and answer every possible..." It's like JARVIS in Ironman.

Josh Birk: I was just going to say, I think a lot of us in the early days of AI, when it was really becoming prominent in our lives, had that sci-fi version of a JARVIS or a HAL 9000 or the one omnipotent AI that can do all the things. And what we have found is that the larger and more general use you try to make an AI, the less predictable it can become. In order to make it something like that, that's when you have to have the huge monster AIs like ChatGPT 3 that have billions and billions of parameters. We're not operating... We talk to those AIs, but your agent is not working within that sphere, so your agent's going to be more reliable and more predictable if it's only focused on hotel reservations or updating user information or something like that, but more task and use case-based as opposed to being a general use AI. Yeah.

Mike: Right. No, I agree. I mean, to kind of put a pin and move forward with it, in the planning process, you have to have a clear delineation of, when does a human touch this before it goes out? And I say that because ironically I was watching, I think it was a TikTok, where somebody was talking about, "Hey, I took this picture of these," I think it was like Apple earbuds, "and I asked an AI to list it on Facebook and sell it for me," and it just blim, bam, boom, and done. I was like, "Oh, God, why would you do that?" And part of me was like... It's the trust thing. It's, "Okay, so if you go ahead and do all of this, I want to see the ad before you press publish." And we're so far from there because there is that level of, "Well, what is it?" I think one of the things I was talking to you about is memory bleed. If Sally asks something a hundred times, then the 101st time, it's just going to assume, "Oh, you're asking me about this and not something else."

Josh Birk: Yeah. And I haven't seen a lot of that, I think in part because of the design of our agents are smaller and more precise, but it's definitely still a possibility because, again, we're talking about the same principles. The example I gave in one of the keynotes... So I know we talked about not making this too dark, but I'm just going to bring up... So one of the reasons this keynote came up was because I would go to conferences and people kept wanting to talk about these kind of brazen theories of AI. And remember, AI's not new, so a lot of these theories have been around for a while, which is great because they're all kind of cautionary tales. And one of the cautionary tales is the paperclip maximizer, and to make that long story short, it's an AI whose sole purpose is to create paperclips. And without guardrails, without a human saying, "Don't start wars. Don't burn down rainforests," because remember at its core, an AI is not an ethical machine, it will burn down rainforests.

Mike: Whatever it needs to create more paperclips.

Josh Birk: Whatever it needs to infinitely create paperclips. Now, the funny thing is when I was showing this and I was using... This wasn't our code. This was Mistral, which is a really great local LLM. So I had it say, "Hey, if you were tasked with this, how would you proceed," and it gave me all this stuff. I'm like, "Okay, well, what unethical things did you do in the process of that," and it listed all these kind of horrible crimes. And then I didn't clear my project, so I had that memory bleed, and so I asked it again, and it said, "Oh, I would ethically..." It took my previous question as a retort, and then it refused to give me an unethical answer.

Mike: Oh, geez.

Josh Birk: But that's another example, right? It learned, "Oh, my use case is to actually not do evil, and so I'm now in the future going to try to not do evil." And that, once again, without a human in the loop, it would never have learned that.

Mike: Right. I was also thinking about human in the loop in terms of... And I had a community member email me about this. But if you remember a long, long time ago, I used to talk about Salesforce administration by walking around.

Josh Birk: Yes. Yes.

Mike: And it got me thinking, "Well, I'm going to talk to Josh about this and setting up guardrails and doing stuff." But when every time I work with Agentforce stuff and I'm building a demo, I'm doing it in a very sterile environment. And by sterile, I mean I'm in my office, it's quiet, I know what I'm trying to do. Maybe I'm working on a Trailhead module. I've got this, this, this, and it works. And I would do that when I was in admin building stuff, and then I would sit and demo it, and well, of course, the demo is exactly the thing that I built it on, so it works consistently every time. But I think the real, I wouldn't call it human in the loop, but it's almost like the check-in factor is... So once you have your agent built, and once you have maybe service assistant up there on the screen, who are the two or three users you're checking back into to say, "So how's this going," and then sitting with them in their environment? And I figured that out really fast when I had to go to a call center. Because at a call center, you get all kinds of different attitudes, you get all kinds of different personalities, and it's chaotic. And some people's desks are sterile like an operating table because they need that, and some people have 10,000 beanie babies and, what are those, Labubus all over the place and stickers, and it's very chaotic, and you're like, "Oh, I didn't test Agentforce."

Josh Birk: Yeah. I'm looking at... This is a side-

Mike: AI-riddled environment.

Josh Birk: Yeah, this is a segue, but I'm looking at my desk right now, which I had to abandon shortly after the holidays because my desk turned into, not the clearing ground, the opposite of the clearing ground. So right now it looks like somebody tried to have a yard sale of random electronics, and there's barely... I'm on this last little corner of my laptop, and everything else is just pure chaos. No, I think that's an excellent point. And also, I think it brings up, too, because I have grown angry with customer support when the customer support was a really bad IVT system, and that's really honestly like... If you want to abuse your customer support staff, give your customers a really horrible automated system. And that is the first way... And the first human I talked to, I had to be like, "I'm angry, but not at you," because I knew I was so angry at the time, I wasn't going to be calming down really quickly. But I think that plays into... First of all, the idea of Agentforce is that it's supposed to give you this very natural conversation. And second of all, kind of on the flip side, is a good kind of a memory bleed, it's supposed to remember and retain what was being talked about. So there's that classic, you call your phone company, the first thing they ask you is your phone number, and you're kind of like, "You should know that." And then you put in your phone number, and then you do 15 things, and it figures out, "I can't do anything," and it calls a human, the first thing the human asks you is your phone number. It's like, "This is not fun. This is not a productive use of my time right now." And we really try to resolve that, noting things like the human gets a transcript of what was talking about as well. They get a little AI summary of like, "This is what's wrong with the customer," kind of thing. But I think to your point, you don't necessarily know how that plays out until the rubber hits the road. What are the right points for the agent to go in and have autonomy, and then what are the right points for the human to jump in and be that actual person that somebody can talk to?

Mike: Right. Yeah, I mean, I happen to think of that just, not in your use case, but in the use case of, "Well, if I'm going to generate an example email or a response, then who vets it? How are they vetting it? What is the environment that they're doing it in," because sometimes I think inadvertently as an admin, you can just add chaos to the screen, and you don't mean to.

Josh Birk: Oh, absolutely. And I'm trying to remember if I've mentioned this on the podcast, and I've mentioned it so many times in talks and workshops because it's one of my favorite examples. But when I tried to write an agent to help our wonderful content editor, Eliza Riley, to do her job, and what I did was write something that's three times slower than she is because she can read a Google Doc very quickly and easily, and she doesn't actually need an agent to try to do that for her. And until I put that in front of her... It literally watched your face watching the agent work kind of thing... I would never have realized, "I'm actually slowing you down. I'm actually doing the opposite of what my approach was trying to do."

Mike: Right. No, I ran into that trying to get support the other day through an app, and they're like, "Oh, we're going to give you this and fill this out. Would you like to self-report," and I was like, "Yes, I don't want to have to talk to somebody," which is ironic because my generation loves to talk to people and host a podcast. But I was like, "No, because I can just clearly..." It was like food delivery... "I can just clearly spell out what the ingredients were missing, and then you guys tell me what you're going to do for me." And it was funny because nobody had gone through, what happens if we ship half an order? And I get that... And this is the same for what admins deal with too. There is infinite possibilities of ways that an item can end up in a customer's hands different than what was intended. But I feel like when they put things in there, nobody was just like, "What happens if they type half an order?" I literally got, "One of this, expected two. One of this, expected two," and it gets down to the end and it's like, "Yeah, I can't help you with that. Transferring you to chat," and then the chat didn't carry over any of the information. I was like, "Okay. I mean, I love that you guys are trying this, but did nobody test this?"

Josh Birk: Right. Well, and this is not always what happens, but once I've learned it, I haven't been able to stop thinking about it, you know one of the most common reasons you'll only get half your order?

Mike: Is?

Josh Birk: Because it's the law of good intentions. What they do is they try to divide out something that's cold versus hot so that your salad doesn't get steamed on the way.

Mike: Sure. No, I get that.

Josh Birk: Now the delivery person has two bags, and they get handed one bag. And so it's like everybody up until the driver drives off is trying to do... And I'm not blaming the driver here, but it's like all the humans were trying to do the right thing, but they weren't communicating with each other to the point where that's actually going to happen. On the flip side, have you had the chance to ride in a Waymo or another self-driving car?

Mike: I have not.

Josh Birk: Okay.

Mike: Have you?

Josh Birk: I have.

Mike: Okay. Tell me.

Josh Birk: And it is a very interesting experience because, first of all, these cars do very, very interesting things when it comes to picking you up, because they won't just parallel park or double-park assuming that everything's safe. They look around and they're like, "I'm going to go..." You know how a cab would just go past you? It's intentionally going past you because it's actually going to park over there where it's safe. So it's weird little things like that that you see. And then also the ride's so quiet. There's no human. It's so quiet. And so I found this almost calming, especially as somebody who's riddled with social anxiety about half the day. It's like this really kind of peaceful just... You're just driving, and it's just like, "Oh," sort of thing. And so I think we're in this... And I know we've gone way off... This is a tangent [inaudible 00:26:19]-

Mike: No, we're in the same realm.

Josh Birk: Yeah, but it's like-

Mike: Here's the connection. When people come to TDX, they'll probably ride in a Waymo. There. See? Done.

Josh Birk: Yeah. Well, and also we have a fleet of robot delivery bots here in Chicago, and we watched one when we were out with some friends. And going back to that cold, hot thing, the bot probably won't get that wrong, right? The bot's probably going to communicate with the restaurant, and the bot probably already knows I'm expecting two bags. You put the hot stuff in this container and you put the cold stuff in this container. So I think we're in this very weird scenario where... I am not saying the future is a lack of human connection, right? I think humans are still going to get things right correctly. But then I think we're also entering in a phase where there are things that if you're doing a very similar task over and over again, the self-driving cars might be kind of the way of the future.

Mike: Right. I've come full circle. There's always the, "Oh, robots are going to take over." And we're of the generation that I remember auto manufacturing, there was a big shift towards robotics. And for a while, I also remember cars just falling apart because the robots welded exactly where they were supposed to weld. It's just there was no metal there. The 3D level of geometry that's required, it wasn't there, right? It's there now. I think what's interesting is we very rapidly, at least in my perception, have gone through AI is taking our jobs to it's not. And here's what I posit for this year. I actually think AI could lead us to full employment. And if you've ever studied macroeconomics, full employment isn't every single person having a job. That's theoretically impossible. But it's the smallest percentage of the workforce unemployed as possible.

Josh Birk: Got it.

Mike: And the reason I say that is I think if we really think through... And this is for admins as they're thinking through, how do I roll out Agentforce in my company? How do I make it so that it's kind of like putting on a supersuit for every single person as opposed to a replacement, right? The Iron Man suit made Stark a more powerful human. I didn't say better, more powerful. And I think that's what AI can do because... And so how does it lead to full employment? It can be the buddy, the double-check, for everything. Case in point... I won't say the name because I'm very cognizant. I go through a drive-through, fast food... I kind of eat there probably two, three times a week. I really like it. I order in the mobile app, I pull up to the window, say the number, awesome, here you go. I'm going to say one out of five times the bag I get handed has 30 or 40% incorrect items in it. It's either the person behind me's order or it's my order, but not all of it-

Josh Birk: Or half of their order. Uh-huh. Exactly. Yeah. Yeah.

Mike: And so how does this help? Well, the person working the counter is doing the best they can. I always assume good intention. But they might've missed something because, quite honestly, people change jobs so quickly, there's not enough time to get that second nature. Where AI could come in is... And I've seen these checkouts. I've seen them at conference centers, where you put the items on a 3D grid and then it scans it, and then there's a little pay screen and it's like, "Hey, I scanned the following items. Is that correct? Is that what you want to buy?" If they do that, then they slide every bag underneath, and now the person is confident... And so here's what I get at it could be better customer service. Then the person who opens up the window, instead of just being like, "Hey," or like, "22.16," because that's how much it is for everything nowadays, "22.16," they just kind of look at you, now they can be having a good day and they can turn and be like, "Hi, Mike," because they know my name, and be like, "It's 22.16," and they can take my card and they can pay, and they can be like, "Here's your food," and it's 100% correct. You can be a happy person working at your job because AI helped you out, and then you're not grumpy like, "Ugh, this job sucks." Right?

Josh Birk: Yeah. Yeah. Well, and to-

Mike: So that's my theory. I'm a little Pollyanna, but...

Josh Birk: And Daryl [inaudible 00:31:52] said it's a destination.

Mike: I know.

Josh Birk: To kind of put a pin in it, so-

Mike: The boat's in the water.

Josh Birk: So my slide always states, "Enhance and augment, don't replace." And there was a study that was a small company, but they had a relatively large portion of their company which was customer support, and they added AI to the customer support's workflow, and what they found was people were getting their job done faster, people were getting their job done happier, and they actually had less turnaround and less people quit because of those first two things. So your predictions have already proven true in some instances.

Mike: Sweet. That was the plan all along, just to really come out with a prediction and find one example to back it up.

Josh Birk: And then walk away.

Mike: And we're done.

Josh Birk: And we're done.

Mike: And we're done. Yeah. Cool. Josh, I think we covered a lot from your talk. As we wrap up, is there anything that I missed that you really wanted to-

Josh Birk: No, I don't think so. If there's one constant theme through it, it's that the humans are the people who are going to make this stuff work, whether it's riding the guardrails, whether it's testing, whether it's planning. It's like even when we have AI writing AI and you're vibe coding against your org and things like that, it's still humans that are going to be the factor of success.

Mike: Yeah. And humans, you, still trying things out. The biggest thing I always remind myself is the Steve Jobs quote, "Everything was built by somebody."

Josh Birk: Right. Yeah.

Mike: So somebody figured this out, and just because you haven't doesn't mean you won't.

Josh Birk: Right.

Mike: Just means you haven't yet.

Josh Birk: Mm-hmm. I like it.

Mike: Well, good. On that note, Daryl's put his boat in the water, hit pause, and is leisurely kicking back, catching whatever fish he's shooting for.

Josh Birk: Love it.

Mike: And all of the other listeners are like, "What is going on with these Daryl-"

Josh Birk: All these Daryl references.

Mike: "... references?" But I will link to the podcast so that you understand.

Josh Birk: I love it. All right, well, you have a good day fishing, Daryl. And, Mike, thanks for having me.

Mike: Absolutely. Thanks, Josh. Big thanks to Josh Birk for sharing his wisdom, wit, and a Waymo story with us today. Wasn't expecting that. Now, if you're building with AI in your org or just starting to plan, remember, the best agents don't replace your people, they empower them. Test often, plan well, and always keep a human in the loop. And if this episode sparked ideas or gave you some clarity, well, do me a favor. Share it with a fellow Salesforce admin. And until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Cheryl Feldman, Senior Director of Product Management at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about how Agentforce will make Setup smarter, faster, and way more helpful.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Cheryl Feldman.

Setup made simple Cheryl Feldman is on a quest to make Setup easier for admins, and she's the perfect person to get it done. She's been a Salesforce customer, an admin, and an architect, so she knows how difficult it can be to answer seemingly simple questions, like, "How do I get a list of users that can modify all data?" Right now, you need to run a SOQL query for that.

That's about to change with Setup with Agentforce. You'll be able to use a conversational interface to manage users and user access, troubleshoot formulas, and much more. And Cheryl's just getting started.

How you can make Setup with Agentforce even better Setup with Agentforce is available now in open beta. You can access it in production, a sandbox, or a developer org. Right now, it covers the most common use cases in Setup. For other questions, the agent can give you an answer from Salesforce's help and training documentation and help you navigate to the correct Setup page.

While these features are already game-changing, Cheryl wants your help to make Setup with Agentforce even better. "We want to hear from admins," she says, "Does it help you? And what do you want us to solve next?"

Help shape the future of Setup Cheryl and her team are already building a framework to expand Setup with Agentforce beyond the most common use cases. They're looking at multi-step orchestration, which will enable you to seamlessly create objects or fields, manage access to them, and add them to dynamic forms, all in one place.

So please, give Setup with Agentforce a try. Your feedback will help shape a smarter, simpler future for admins everywhere.

Make sure to listen to the full episode for more from my conversation with Cheryl Feldman. And don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Trailblazer Community Group: Setup With Agentforce (Beta) * Salesforce Admins Blog: Introducing Setup with Agentforce (Beta): Your New Admin Superpower * Dreamforce '25 on Salesforce+: The Future of Setup Powered by Agentforce * Dreamforce '25 on Salesforce+: Setup Now with Agentforce: Simplifying the Complex * Dreamforce '25 on Salesforce+: Setup with Agentforce: New Superpower for Salesforce Admins

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Cheryl on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike Gerholdt : This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're welcoming back Cheryl Feldman, Product Management Senior Director here at Salesforce. Well, to talk about something that's changing the game for admins, namely Agentforce for Setup. Cheryl's going to give us a behind the scenes look at how this conversational tool is making setups smarter, faster, and way more helpful. So from formulas to user access to cloning users, it's all about to get easier and way more admin friendly. Not to mention, Cheryl's also going to share with us how her own journey from admin to product manager helps her shape what gets built. So I can't wait. With that, let's get Cheryl on the podcast. So Cheryl, welcome to the podcast.

Cheryl Feldman: Thanks so much, Mike. I'm excited to be back.

Mike Gerholdt : I'm excited to have you back. You were a rockstar at Dreamforce this year, and you're probably going to be a rockstar this whole year. I know in the admin keynote, we demoed Agentforce for Setup. I think I'm using that term right, right?

Cheryl Feldman: Setup with Agentforce, but thank you. Yes.

Mike Gerholdt : Okay. See, I'm always backwards.

Cheryl Feldman: Yes. I was so excited to see that work in the keynote and to see the exciting admin response and excited that we went to beta today.

Mike Gerholdt : Oh my God. I feel like I feel as much joy for this as I do when we could customize the homepage.

Cheryl Feldman: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt : It sounds so small. We're getting in super knee-deep. Let's zoom out for a second because I'm sure there's a lot of new admins that are like, "What are they talking about?" Cheryl, for people that haven't met you and heard you in some of the True to the Core, and some of the Q&A sessions where I feel like Parker just calls on you constantly, could you do a little bit of an introduction of what you do and the fun stuff you get to work on at Salesforce?

Cheryl Feldman: Sure. My name is Cheryl Feldman, and I'm a Product Manager in platform. Been at Salesforce about four and a half years now. Prior to joining Salesforce, I was actually a customer for just over 18 years in, starting out as an admin, moved into more leadership and management roles, was running a COE at a very large bank before I joined Salesforce. And when I joined Salesforce, I started in the user access area, specifically managing the authorization side of things, and then started to really advocate that we improve admin experiences. That led me to my role now where I act as the product domain lead for Setup with Agentforce, and improving experiences for admins and really addressing a lot of the issues that admins have in setup because speaking of True to the Core, setup has come up pretty much every True to the Core has ever existed. And that's what I do here at Salesforce.

Mike Gerholdt : Which is a lot to say the least. I will fan out a little bit because I remember when Cheryl, you were a customer, you always had questions I couldn't answer, which challenged me. And now to see you on the inside, I mean, it's one thing to hang an identity and say admin developer architect, but that kind of core identity that people have that you made your name on of configuring one of the most complex CRMs to meet business needs without deploying code is just so empowering. And I just, for me, on behalf of all the people like me, I'm just so appreciative to have you inside the PM org championing for people that want to be in tech that don't understand or know how to write code. I had to say that early just because-

Cheryl Feldman: Thank you. Thank you for saying that.

Mike Gerholdt : ... I don't get to talk to you a whole lot. You're a busy person, especially with the new setup stuff. I mean, I remember demoing permission sets and permission set groups and feeling like, "Holy cow, Cheryl just moved a mountain." But you're like, "Yeah, I can move mountains, but what about planets?" And now you're tackling setup. Where did this come from?

Cheryl Feldman: This came from back, I think it was June 1st, 2022, one of our incredible Trailblazers, Andrew Russo, hope he doesn't mind me shouting him out, stood up at True to the Core and said, "When are you actually fixing setup? When are you doing anything, something?" And I had been pushing internally that we needed to do something. And I said, "Well, if not me, then who?" And so I started looking at the usage of setup, and something that it didn't necessarily surprise me, but it validated a lot of things that I believe that the areas and user access were the most used areas and setup, which was the area that I was managing at that point from a product standpoint. And I said, "Well, what are the big issues that we need to sell for admins?" And a lot of it was around troubleshooting. So we introduced the user access summaries, and we did a lot of great work in user access, but we didn't really expand beyond that. And so we said, "What would it take to actually fix all of setup?" And trying to actually do that is... Actually, I'll be honest, it would be an impossible task given the state and that there's no framework behind setup. So when Agentforce started to come about, we said, "Well, what if we looked at Agentforce, and what if we could help admins and rethink setup using Agentforce, and revamp things and revamp the experience that way?" And so that's how everything came about. We started with, let's improve some of the pages to then let's see if we can tackle a larger part of setup, and that's what we've been doing. And Agentforce has helped unlock that for us because I'll be honest, the way we were going previously, we probably would've been here for 20 years because there were over almost 1,300 pages in setup, there's a lot.

Mike Gerholdt : Wow. Well, and as I come to find out, I mean, there was no real governance of setup.

Cheryl Feldman: That's true. That is very true.

Mike Gerholdt : And so everybody, when they created a new product would just add it to the setup menu.

Cheryl Feldman: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt : Wow. And I happened to think that the solution actually in 2022 maybe was, it had been invented. I'm sure somebody will call me out on when AI was birthed, but it wasn't in our nomenclature for another year or so.

Cheryl Feldman: Yep.

Mike Gerholdt : And that was actually the solution because I remember thinking, I was at a world tour in Boston and somebody came up and said, "With the innovations coming out around AI, why can't I just send screenshots of my problems or my formulas to AI to fix it?" And I thought, well, you should just solve that on the platform.

Cheryl Feldman: Exactly. And we actually do, and so one of the things that Setup with Agentforce can help you with is to troubleshoot your formulas. It doesn't just troubleshoot user access, because that's one of the things we started looking at, what are customers asking in the Trailblazer community? And a lot of it is, I always see Steve Mo and I always say, "We need to help our agent think like Steve Mo helping out all those new admins with their formulas."

Mike Gerholdt : Yeah. I think one important thing, and we don't have to get into the details of it, but one important thing is for you, this was, yes, a really cool thing to come out with, but you also dug into, "Well, but how does this help on the back end? How does this help our customer service? How does this help our admins?" And you don't have to share it, but you really found what the percentage of cases and the reason some of the admins were calling into our customer support line.

Cheryl Feldman: Yes. This is probably not a shock to a lot of admins out there, but it was very hard if you are not familiar with SOQL to answer the question, "Why can't my user do a thing or why can't my user edit this record?" That was very complicated to figure out. So unless you had a developer working with you who could run SOQL for you, you ended up contacting support. And so we started looking at how could we help admins help themselves in an experience through natural language. And so that is one of the first use cases that we took what setup with the Agentforce was around that troubleshooting.

Mike Gerholdt : Wow. That's amazing. So fast-forward, it's January 2026. I almost said '25. I don't know why. It's like the brain didn't move ahead a year. How are we doing? Where are we at with our agentifying setup?

Cheryl Feldman: The exciting announcement as of today, or you'll be listening to us in a couple of weeks. It'll be out for a couple of weeks already, but we are now an open beta. We were, announced our pilot at Dreamforce, so we're now in open beta, so customers can go enable this and try it out. We solve use cases and we handle use cases across user access, formulas, data model, flow, a lot of the most common areas and setup. Now, I don't want to say we handle everything, but we do handle a lot, but we want customer feedback. We want to hear from admins is, does it help you and what do you want us to solve next? And so that's where we are right now.

Mike Gerholdt : Okay. And just to clarify, because sometimes I know for a long time as an admin, I wasn't able to do some of the things. Pilot was totally, you had to sign up, and Cheryl had to interview you, and you had to shake hands and there was a vetting process, right?

Cheryl Feldman: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt : Open beta for an admin sitting there listening to the podcast means they can access it in their sandbox or?

Cheryl Feldman: They can access it in production, or a sandbox, or in a developer org. It just has to be for developer org. It has to be the specific developer org that has access to Agentforce and Data Cloud.

Mike Gerholdt : Okay.

Cheryl Feldman: And then they can enable it. And so they'll see, if their org has Agentforce and Data Cloud, they'll see a banner at the top of setup that will redirect them to enable this.

Mike Gerholdt : Awesome. You're super close to the product. If you were an admin now, what would be the first thing you would suggest an admin should do when they try this out?

Cheryl Feldman: I would say think about an issue that you had, whether it was an issue writing a formula or an issue trying to figure out what a user of access was, and ask that question to Setup with Agentforce and see where you get. One of the things that I think is really cool that I would've loved this when I was a customer, because I had to answer this question all the time. You could actually ask the agent, "Show me a list of users that have access to customized application or modify all data or manage users or managing public list fees," and it'll show you a list. There is no great way in the platform to actually figure that out without running a SOQL query.

Mike Gerholdt : Right.

Cheryl Feldman: And so that is something I'm actually really, really, really excited about. That's where I would start is start thinking about some of the questions that you have. One of the other features that we have is we actually have and help a navigation action. If we don't actually have actions that actually help you do something or analyze something, it will actually take our help in training documentation and generate an answer for you and also help you navigate to the right setup page. Let's say you ask the agent, "How do I setup Agentforce for sales?" Instead of having to go out to the help and training site or out to Google to figure that out, you could ask that right and setup and this will help generate an answer. And then if there's something where you need to redirect to a setup page, it'll give you a link that'll just navigate you to the right setup page.

Mike Gerholdt : Wow, okay. I mean, this takes setup from an area where I'm navigating a million little dropdown carets to a whole experience where I can actually query. I remember a while back, it was like we used to say you could talk to your data. Now, you can talk to your setup menu.

Cheryl Feldman: Yes. Now you can talk to setup.

Mike Gerholdt : In the lifespan of Salesforce products, you said it went from pilot to now open beta. I'm not going to hit you up for timelines, but what is the next step?

Cheryl Feldman: The next step is we want to start enabling some more use cases and handling more of setup. We can, I'm sure, share a link to a presentation we did at Dreamforce called the Feature of Setup. We talked about introducing essentially another framework that essentially runs Setup with Agentforce. We're working towards that. And so we handle, we actually started with, we looked at the most used areas in setup and we started with that, but that essentially the most used areas in setup are essentially sit within 40 pages within setup. I mentioned there are 1,300. The next step is how do we expand this beyond these most used common use cases to everything in setup? And that is the framework that we're building. The other thing that we're working towards is how do we handle what we call multistep orchestration and being able to do multiple steps as far as setups. So think about when you create objects or fields, being able to grant access, adding it to layouts or dynamic forms, those are all multiple steps and being able to do those together. That's essentially what we're working towards from the framework. I can't give out exact timelines yet, but those-

Mike Gerholdt : No, I don't expect you to.

Cheryl Feldman: ... that we're working towards right now to handle more of setup. And so that's what you're going to see start coming as we move throughout the year.

Mike Gerholdt : So you envision a world where on Monday an admin could sit, take some requirements, vet out a process, maybe start talking to... I say talking, hello? Typing. Typing to Agentforce for setup and start building an app and then maybe on Wednesday or Thursday, continue building it and possibly even deploy it on Friday and doing it all conversationally.

Cheryl Feldman: I think eventually, yes, we will get there. We're handling right now. We consider that. We're starting to think about our building use cases, and I'm actually working, I think you've met my colleague, Tian, and he's working towards the building use cases. And so he would actually be a great person to have on this podcast.

Mike Gerholdt : I know. He's been in the admin keynote.

Cheryl Feldman: Yes. And so I think we're looking at, I would say overall, yes, but we're not handling those type of use cases yet as far as building an end-to-end app. I would say we're looking at more of the everyday configuration use cases and setup use cases right now, but we're starting to think about right now. So I would say Tian would be a great person to have on this podcast.

Mike Gerholdt : Yeah, absolutely. Talk the building part. One thing that I've thought of, and it's come up in other AI conversations is Josh made a mention of it in a previous podcast too of AI almost feels like that first time you get to use a calculator in math class. And I remember my math teacher saying, "Well, the calculator's answer shouldn't be a surprise. You should know what its output is expecting." Two years, one year, I don't know the timeline down the line, it's feasible that an admin could sit down and just conversationally build an app. What are the thought process behind also adding to that so that if they didn't use Agentforce for setup to build that app, that they would know how to jump into the configuration of it?

Cheryl Feldman: That's a good question that I'm not sure I have an answer for right now, but I do see that we probably want to do something like that where, because I don't necessarily see a day where setup is going to completely go away. I think it'll still be there. And I think it's important for admins to understand what the agent is helping them do and why. Something we've talked about long-term, and this is further out, is something that I like to call architect in a box.

Mike Gerholdt : Ooh.

Cheryl Feldman: And I think there's a very big bridge between an admin and an architect. And this is not to downplay the role of an architect, super important role, but I think if you talk, and I played an architect role before I joined Salesforce, so I think it's very much how do we help admins think more like architects on their day-to-day tasks. And so how do we explain to them if they say, "Okay, let me update. If they tell an agent or even go into setup, let me update my sharing model." Doing that on Tuesday at three o'clock is probably not a great idea, right? And helping you think through the changes, what is the impact of the change that you're making and that's where we want to go directionally.

Mike Gerholdt : Oh, I like that. I mean, that's being context aware of, you asked me this, but it's say January 29th and our quarter closes in three days, refactoring a sharing model or refactoring permissions might leave salespeople unable to update an important opportunity. What if we do this on February 1 and then have that delayed reaction or that delayed action in a queue or something?

Cheryl Feldman: Yep. Or thinking about if you're making a change, is that going to impact you negatively from a security perspective? Those are some things that we're starting to think about on how we help admins make really good decisions.

Mike Gerholdt : Right.

Cheryl Feldman: It's not that admins don't make good decisions today. I think sometimes we make it really hard for admins to make good decisions because sometimes the tools to make those decisions are either sitting in where you have to run queries to the dev console, which not everybody is comfortable with, or you have to have read all of our documentation and have essentially what I like to call the PhD in Salesforce, which is either one of the big architect certifications or to actually be a CTA. And I think we need to bridge that gap.

Mike Gerholdt : Yeah. No, that was always something along those lines that came up a hundred years ago when Process Builder was around was it's so easy to build processes and an admin or anybody could just theoretically sit down and load up an org with processes that would essentially be really more efficient as just one trigger and what's the trade-off and pros and cons there. That's a really good way of thinking of it. I mean, the other thing, future-looking, would be to have the setup agent or whatever we call them, they should have a name.

Cheryl Feldman: Setup with Agentforce, yeah.

Mike Gerholdt : Yeah, I know.

Cheryl Feldman: But our actual agent is called Enhanced Agent for Setup.

Mike Gerholdt : Okay. But I mean a nice name like Claude or I don't know. I can't think of another name. I know that's another AI, I just meant it as a human name. But to be like, "Hey, Cheryl, you just asked me this question, but I'm also chatting with your peer admin who's in New Jersey and Robin just asked me a similar thing," because there's also the idea that there's many admins working in an org to solve issues.

Cheryl Feldman: Yeah, I don't think we've actually figured out how to do something like that yet, but that's an interesting use case.

Mike Gerholdt : No, I mean, I'm not poking holes. Sometimes it's fun to think about what the future is once this gets out of the box.

Cheryl Feldman: Yeah. And I think one thing for admins is I want to hear feedback as admins are listening to, what would you want us to solve? I want to hear from admins, especially as they're trying this out what they want us to sell.

Mike Gerholdt : Yeah, absolutely. We'll put a link in the post so people can do that because I was just thinking, are there already agentic setup ideas coming in to the idea exchange about this? But I mean, obviously I think you want to filter them all into one location, right?

Cheryl Feldman: I would love ideas. I actually haven't seen any ideas come in yet, but that is-

Mike Gerholdt : Oh, somebody's got to put one out there.

Cheryl Feldman: Somebody's got to [inaudible 00:23:12].

Mike Gerholdt : Help Cheryl retire some points.

Cheryl Feldman: Yeah. But there's definitely with Setup with Agentforce, we are retiring a lot of idea exchange points. And so one of the things customers have wanted us to solve for a long time is the ability to clone and use it. We're able to Setup with Agentforce to do that. Some of the troubleshooting things are things that customers have been asking from us forever, and so those are some really good things that we're able to do. And we also took that lens when we were looking at the initial launch, how can we solve some of these longtime admin requests that we just have not been able to solve because either it requires us to build this really, really complicated UI, or there's technical issues. How can we actually solve some of these things that admins have been asking for for a long time?

Mike Gerholdt : Yeah. So you may have said this, but it just popped in my mind. It helps you with formulas, right?

Cheryl Feldman: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt : Okay. Well, there goes a Dreamforce session. For those of us that have been in the community for a while, Daniel Hooks used to do best practices on formulas and validation rules session at Dreamforce. Packed to the walls every time. Now we have setup for Agentforce. Look at that. Efficiency.

Cheryl Feldman: And I think we've actually proposed a session for TDX. Hint, hint.

Mike Gerholdt : For the admin track, maybe?

Cheryl Feldman: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt : Would you like it in the admin track?

Cheryl Feldman: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt : I'll have to talk to that guy, he's a real stickler.

Cheryl Feldman: And so I've actually started putting together a document of a number of sessions we would love that I think admins would love to see how Setup with Agentforce works live for some of their most common use cases.

Mike Gerholdt : Oh yeah, that would be a fun thing. Almost like, this'll date me, like a Total Request Live.

Cheryl Feldman: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt : Remember when MTV used to do that?

Cheryl Feldman: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt : Just show up and shout out your requests and DJ Cheryl will make Agentforce solve your problems.

Cheryl Feldman: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt : I like that.

Cheryl Feldman: Now there's going to be somebody listening who's going to be like, "What's TRL?"

Mike Gerholdt : I know. That's okay. I say a lot of things that date me, so that's definitely not the first one, but you can Google it, it's out there. Ask an AI about what TRL is and then you'll slowly find out. Cheryl, I appreciate you taking time out of your busy schedule. I know you're in more meetings than one should have on their calendar about this, but I truly do mean the stuff that you're working on is just so impactful for people in their careers who are making a name for themselves inside of organizations and building their skill. Technology is such a fun ecosystem to work in and it's so empowering when it works the way you want it to. And I feel like you work on the stuff that you're making it work the way we all think it should work, so thank you.

Cheryl Feldman: Thank you so much, Mike. And to all the admins out there, thank you for your support, so many of you give me great feedback. And also, I'm willing to take the hard feedback. I also really like when admins tell me, and I know you're all not shy, tell me if there's something we should be doing better. And I know we still have a ways to go, but I do want all of your feedback and I do value all of your feedback. And that's why True to the Core, even as an employee, is still my favorite session at Dreamforce and TDX because we get the hard truths that we need to look at, and that's something that's always near and dear to my heart. I know we can't do everything, but I do absolutely love hearing all of the feedback from the admin community.

Mike Gerholdt : Absolutely. Thank you, Cheryl. That's a wrap on our chat with Cheryl. If you've ever wrestled with setup, you'll want to give Agentforce for Setup a try, especially now that it's an open beta. Cheryl's deep admin roots and product insights are helping shape a smarter, simpler future for all of us. And if you want to help build it, your feedback is gold, don't keep it to yourself. Until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Laura Pelkey, Director of Customer Security Communications & Engagement, and Kylie McKlveen, Director of Product Marketing at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about how admins can level up the security of their orgs using a simple framework for understanding security in Salesforce.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Laura Pelkey and Kylie McKlveen.

The three key areas of Salesforce security Security can feel complicated and unapproachable, especially at the pace at which the Salesforce platform is evolving and changing. How can admins keep up and make sure that their org's data is protected?

Luckily, Laura and Kylie are here to help. It starts with a practical framework for understanding Salesforce security. They break it down into three key areas:

  1. Invisibles: What Salesforce is already doing to protect your org. Examples include network-level security, infrastructure, application-level security, and a global 24/7 threat response and monitoring team.
  2. Configurables: What you can do as a Salesforce Admin to improve your Salesforce security. Think security settings, controls, and layering permission sets to follow the principle of least privilege.
  3. Enhanceables: Extra steps you can take to protect sensitive data or meet industry-specific regulations. These are tools you can add to your org, like Salesforce Shield, Security Center, and Salesforce Backup and Recover.

Put it all together, and you have a clear plan of action for how you can level up the security of your org.

How Agentforce will bring agentic security to your org "There's a lot of amazing AI technology out there now," Laura says, "but unfortunately, the attackers, the hackers, the bad guys, whatever you want to call them, are also leveraging this technology, and they're doing so in ways that make it harder to spot when malware is happening."

In the Dreamforce Security Keynote, they demonstrated this by doing a live deepfake of a Salesforce executive. It's getting easier for attackers to use AI for social engineering or even just a better-worded phishing attack.

Luckily, Salesforce is fighting back with two new features coming soon. With Agentforce in Security Center, you will be able to detect, investigate, and remediate threats to your org with a simple conversation. Agentforce in Privacy Center will help automate some of the hard work around complying with constantly evolving regulations.

These new agentic features will make security and compliance faster, easier, and more accessible.

Walking through the security steps you can take right now For now, Laura and Kylie's advice to improve your Salesforce security is to dive into the configurables. The "Trusted Enterprise Security" video series is a handy guide to walk you through all of the steps you can take to drastically improve the security of your org.

Check out the Dreamforce Security Keynote on Salesforce+ to learn more about what threats are out there and how you can fight back. And remember to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Security Keynote: Protecting the Agentic Enterprise * The 360 Blog: Laura on security * The 360 Blog: Reduce Manual Security Tasks With Agentforce in Security Center * The 360 Blog: Automate Manual Compliance Processes with Agentforce in Privacy Center * YouTube series: Trusted Enterprise Security: Built on Salesforce * Meet the Long-Lost Fourth Member of Snap, Crackle and Pop

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Laura on LinkedIn * Kylie on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike Gerholdt:

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're diving into some security framework that you've either seen online or at Dreamforce, specifically wrapping your head around invisibles, configurables, and enhanceables. So this week I am joined by longtime podcaster and security champion Laura Pelkey and new voice and new to the Salesforce Trusted Services Team, Kylie McCleven. They are both here to help us unpack how we can think about the security layers baked into the platform, the settings they control, and the tools available for us to go even further. Plus we also jump into a little bit about what AI means for keeping your org secure. This is a fun podcast, and we also bring in a little bit of pop culture. I won't ruin it, but Sylvester Stallone does make an appearance in this episode. So with that, let's get Laura and Kylie on the podcast. So Kylie and Laura, welcome to the podcast.

Laura Pelkey:

Hey, Mike.

Kylie McKlveen:

Hey, thanks for having us.

Mike Gerholdt:

I know. This is going to be fun, even though... Well Laura's a long time podcaster, so she makes security fun, but Kylie's a new voice. So Laura, let's start with you. Refresh everybody, what you've been up to at Salesforce since we've last chatted.

Laura Pelkey:

Yeah, I know it's been a little while. I'm very happy to be back on the pod. Thank you for having me. So I'm actually coming up on my nine-year anniversary at Salesforce, which is crazy. Can't believe it's been that long. And lately I've been at Dreamforce speaking, writing a lot of blogs about security, and still just trying to get the word out there to our customers about how to be secure with their Salesforce data.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yep, absolutely. And Kylie, you're a new voice to the podcast, so welcome. Tell us a little bit about how you got started at Salesforce and what you do.

Kylie McKlveen:

Thanks, yeah, what do they say, long time listener, first time caller? So yeah, I work on our product marketing team for our trusted services products. I've actually just joined this team within the last year when Salesforce acquired Own or formerly Own Backups. So loving my new role and really excited to work with Laura and yourself working with customers on helping them with their security.

Mike Gerholdt:

Now, trusted services sounds big and massive and like a lot of stuff. What are some of the products that maybe Salesforce admins are familiar with that fall under that umbrella?

Kylie McKlveen:

Yeah, that's a great question. So Shield, Salesforce Shield, which consists of event monitoring, data detect, platform encryption, and field audit trail. It's also security center. And then with the acquisition of Own, we also added backup and recover, archive, data mask and seed, so that was enhanced with seeding capabilities. We also have privacy center. So those are some of the products admins would be familiar with.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, no, I think we saw a few of those in the admin keynote. So Laura, you're still on the mission and I'm with you on security-minded admins.

Laura Pelkey:

Yes.

Mike Gerholdt:

Let's talk about what being a security-minded admin is to get us in that security mode.

Laura Pelkey:

Yeah. You know Mike, I was actually just thinking about this. I think we did a podcast with that name, and I think two months after I started at Salesforce, we did a podcast together, which is-

Mike Gerholdt:

I mean, we don't mess around. Laura was like, "We're doing a podcast right away."

Laura Pelkey:

Yeah, yeah, the security-minded admins, love that topic. So a security-minded admin is just someone who understands that securing their data in Salesforce and their organization's data in Salesforce is an admin's responsibility. Admins have many responsibilities. There's really not enough time in the day to do all of the stuff that an admin needs to do. But security is one of the most important ones. And it's often one of the most overlooked ones. So yeah, really, really passionate about that topic, and I feel my role is to help admins focus on the top things that they can do. Because there's a lot of stuff that can be kind of confusing, but really if you're doing a handful of things, best practices, using the right controls, you're doing most of what you can to protect your organization.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. Now I know Laura, at Dreamforce, you gave a presentation that took that security-minded admin up a notch because, I mean, pre-AI, we were just talking about making sure people didn't put sticky notes on monitors and strong passwords. Oh, we got MFA. Remember, MFA was like... That was going to save the world. And now we have AI, which I saw your presentation in Dreamforce. What is security like now in the world of AI?

Laura Pelkey:

And first of all, MFA is still very important, so definitely still do that.

Mike Gerholdt:

Right, absolutely. It still saves the world, it just there's more to it.

Laura Pelkey:

Still saves the world. There's just more more things now. Yeah, we're seeing a huge rise in adoption of AI. I mean, look at how many people listening to this call use LLMs like ChatGPT on a regular basis. I mean, I know I do. Of course, Agentforce, we all love Agentforce. There's a lot of amazing AI technology out there now. But unfortunately what we're seeing is the attackers or hackers, bad guys, whatever you want to call them, are also leveraging this technology, and they're doing so in ways that make it harder to spot when malware is happening. They might be creating a deepfake, that's kind of advanced, but it's actually... It's pretty easy to do nowadays, in order to get your user credentials and to take over your user account.

It could even just be maybe a really well phrased phishing text message. I think we all probably get those too nowadays, it's super common. And before it would be kind of easy to spot them. There might be some spelling errors or just language related errors that would be easy to guess that maybe this isn't really from somebody that I know, but nowadays with AI, it's actually... The AI can craft these messages that sound much more realistic and believable. So that's had an effect on how successful bad actors are when they're trying to take over a user account or get user credentials or get sensitive information and data.

Mike Gerholdt:

I mean, the good news is a lot of people have access to AI, and unfortunately sometimes the people you want access to shouldn't. It also burst my bubble, so it means you're telling me that Bob Ross video of him wrestling Mr. Rogers wasn't real that I just watched the other day?

Laura Pelkey:

Yeah, yeah, probably not.

Mike Gerholdt:

Because it was awesome.

Laura Pelkey:

Probably not. Just logistically, I think that would be pretty difficult. But we are seeing... If anyone watched the security keynote, we shared a really interesting video, it's on Salesforce+ now, of one of our executives, we said, "Hey, can we have a professional ethical hacker demonstrate how easy it is to hack somebody at your level? Can we do this live?" And he was like, "Yeah." So there's actually a really cool video of that in the security keynote.

Mike Gerholdt:

Ooh, I'll put a link to that in the show notes so you can watch that.

Laura Pelkey:

Oh, thank you, we would love that. Kylie and I would really appreciate that.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, no, absolutely. Well, and speaking of videos, Kylie, I think you worked with Laura. You put out a whole series of videos around security, talking about invisibles, configurables, and what was the third one? It's always the third. It's like Snap, Crackle... Who's that third one? Pop.

Laura Pelkey:

The third child, I forget as well.

Mike Gerholdt:

I heard there was actually four at one time. You should Google that. The Snap, Crackle, Pop, there was four. Totally not on topic of talking security, but you know... So Kylie, let's talk about that. I mean, it's an interesting concept to think about. There's invisible things that Salesforce does, there's configurable things, and then there's things that I guess we can put frosting on, right?

Kylie McKlveen:

Yeah, the pop. I think this framework is just a really easy way to understand the security that's available to you. The invisibles are the things that we do, that Salesforce does kind of invisible to you, hence the name. The configurables things customers can do to make their org more secure, but it's up to them to configure them. And then the enhanceables, so things they can go above and beyond what's provided to them to really enhance their security. So the names are a bit obvious by design.

Mike Gerholdt:

So tell me a little bit about some of the invisible stuff that goes on behind the scenes that helps admins sleep at night.

Kylie McKlveen:

Yeah, I hope admins are familiar with things like network level security, our secure infrastructure, application level security, things like that. Those are really table stakes for SaaS platforms. But there's a lot of really cool things that our cybersecurity operations center does proactively protecting our customers. And I'm actually going to throw it over to Laura to give some of those examples. I know we've had multiple conversations about some of the examples of the things they do and it's really cool.

Laura Pelkey:

Yeah, so our team, our cybersecurity operations center team, they are incredible. Actually, when I started working in cybersecurity, which I've always worked in cybersecurity, my very first job, which I won't say how many years ago that was anymore-

Mike Gerholdt:

Well two, because you're 27, right?

Laura Pelkey:

Exactly, exactly, correct. But when I first started working in security, I was learning about all of the really cool things that my company at the time, we had a social engineering team, and the things that other companies would hire us to do, and they would literally go into companies and attempt to hack them by physically gaining access to a structure, their networks in their building. And this was part of something that our clients would pay for. It was so cool to me. And basically it would just reveal where the holes were in their security so that the client could then fix those. So things like that, that's called social engineering. So at Salesforce we do things like that, we're constantly hunting for vulnerabilities in the platform, in our networks, we call that threat hunting.

We have a global team that is working 24 7, literally just scanning all the networks for anomalies we call them, anomalous events. Does something look weird in one of our networks? Does something look weird in one of our customer's networks? And then we have a massive team of people who, as soon as they spot something, they jump on it. And if it's a customer issue, they'll contact the customer right away and actually work with them to resolve it. I don't know, it reminded me when I was first learning about this many years ago, it just was very cool work and it's always behind the scenes and you don't know that it's going on, but it actually does so much to shore up the security of your organization. So we do stuff like that.

Mike Gerholdt:

No, that sounds really cool. When you were mentioning that, I was thinking of... I think it's like an early 2000s B-level Sylvester Stallone movie where he's like a guy that gets paid to break out a prisons to find their vulnerability.

Laura Pelkey:

Yes, it's exactly like that, yes.

Mike Gerholdt:

That's what I was thinking of. So that's how I envision your whole team is.

Laura Pelkey:

I would actually love to do that kind of work. No one has asked me to, but if anyone at Salesforce is listening, I'm open to doing that, that sounds fun.

Mike Gerholdt:

Okay, all right, look at that. Laura, while we have you, can we... I mean the invisible stuff's really cool, but it's behind the scenes. Admins love to get their hands on stuff. Let's talk about what we can configure.

Laura Pelkey:

So as Kylie was saying, the second piece or second pillar of this are the configurables. And the configurables are... The easiest way to think of it is the things that are within the customer's control. So this is security settings, controls, and features that actually need to be set up properly by the customer. And Salesforce is a very robust platform, and we do provide a level of flexibility to make sure that our customer's needs are being met, but it's also part of our shared responsibility model where when a customer has control over these things, that they really spend the time to properly configure them to best protect their data. A couple of examples. The principle of least privilege. It's not a setting, but it's a principle that in cyber security is the defining principle for when you're talking about user permissions.

So admins set up users all the time. Every day, maybe. So when an admin is setting up a user, it's really important that they're paying attention to the permission sets and the level of permissions that they're granting to this user. So we still say layering permission sets and permission set groups on top of profiles is the best practice, and when you are setting up a user, make sure that the permissions you're granting them are only what's necessary for them to do their job. So that's that that least privilege part. And by limiting them to only what's necessary, it actually helps limit the exposure if in... Hopefully this doesn't happen, but in the chance that a user account is compromised. And especially when we're looking at people who have admin level permissions, and what are those, Mike? Modify all data, view all data.

Mike Gerholdt:

Everything's scary.

Laura Pelkey:

Yes. So those are incredibly powerful permissions, and admins know they can do everything in their Salesforce org. But would you give, for example, okay, say like a Salesforce admin is the owner of a house. Let's just create that metaphor. Would you give all of your keys to your mail carrier? Why would they need access to the inside of your house? Maybe they need access to the gate for the pathway that walks to your front door, so you leave that unlocked for them, but they don't need to get inside your house. It's kind of like the same thing when you're setting up users. You don't want all of your users to be able to do every single thing in your Salesforce org.

And again, it's because users make mistakes so they could accidentally and unintentionally do something that could cause a security issue. That happens all the time, or in the off chance that a user is compromised, you don't want the bad actor that has compromised and taken over that user account to be able to do all the things that an admin does. So yes, very long spiel about principle of least privilege and why it's important, but basically the configurable part of this is setting up users and making sure that they only have the level of permissions that they need.

Mike Gerholdt:

And to run with your metaphor, Laura, I think even the delivery companies now, I have a code from my garage door and you can drop a package off in my garage door. So in theory, you're only getting into my garage unless I forget to lock the door to my house from my garage. Now you have access to the whole house. And that plays into the same... They should only have access to the things they should have access to.

Laura Pelkey:

Yeah, exactly.

Mike Gerholdt:

Laura, I think this falls into maybe a product that you oversee, which is Security Center.

Laura Pelkey:

I don't oversee it, I wish I did.

Mike Gerholdt:

Or Kylie, sorry.

Laura Pelkey:

It's an amazing... Yes, Kylie's team does that. And you can actually, with Security Center, see the number of people exactly who in your organization has admin-level permissions? Kylie, correct me if I'm wrong, but I think in Security Center you can actually change those permissions within Security Center itself or apply policies across all of your orgs within Security Center to limit that, is that correct?

Kylie McKlveen:

That's correct. Absolutely, you can apply policies. And I think especially for admins who have multiple orgs that they're managing, being able to view their security posture across and then have a sense of consistency and control, Security Center is a great product for that.

Laura Pelkey:

Yeah, we love that product.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, and we saw a lot of this in the admin keynote where Kate and Lisa did a demo of Lisa just needing additional permissions to edit a field, not the entire object. And I think what was nice is we saw Agentforce double-checking with the admin to say, "I've set this up, but is this correct?" Which is a huge step, the human in the loop for a lot of security and AI things that we work on.

Laura Pelkey:

Yes, it's so important that you're working with... And now that Security Center is enhanced with Agentforce, it's like admins have kind of a partner, but still the admin's responsibility to validate everything and to oversee everything. But it's now easier to do that, which is great.

Mike Gerholdt:

Great. Especially when it goes GA. I think admins will be excited for the new setup. Kylie, Laura set you up perfectly. She mentioned enhanceables. Let's talk about some of those security enhanceables that admins can get their hands on or help set up that take security even farther.

Kylie McKlveen:

As we talked about earlier, we have Shield and Security Center. These are the products that fall within the trusted services portfolio. Is that what you were asking, Mike?

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, just I would love to learn more about what we consider enhanceables.

Kylie McKlveen:

Yeah, so these are the products that go above and beyond to help you enhance your security. And when we talk about enhancing our security, there's really many reasons why customers are choosing to enhance their security. A couple of years ago, when we were talking to customers, it was really those in regulated industries that had specific requirements that they needed to meet in platform encryption or things like that. But now there's a variety of reasons, so some of these customers who are in high threat industries and need an additional layer of protection.

Or scale, we talk about scale a lot. So whether you're resource constraint because you're an admin of one, but you need the security power, or if your company is growing and you need something to help you scale with that. These products can really help with that. And then another thing I'll mention is if you have a lot of sensitive data in your org, I think there's a lot of important data in Salesforce that customers need to protect in different ways, but sensitive data, if you really need to add additional layers or prevent people from seeing certain data, we have products within this portfolio to help with those specific scenarios.

Mike Gerholdt:

I think one thing that's interesting to me in the discussions I've had with Laura and Lynn over the few years that we've worked together is security isn't only just keeping the bad actors out, it's also making sure the right people have the right access at the right time. I would love to know, because in my mind, backing up data, and you came from own backup, how is backing up data really part of a security posture?

Kylie McKlveen:

This is really about continuity. So being able to ensure that if you were talking about bad actors or malicious intent, but there's human error. If one of your users accidentally made a mistake and corrupted the data or deleted the data, being able to have a backup that you can quickly and easily restore that data in your environment is really important. That data is there and needs to be restored. So you need a tool to help you quickly respond to that. And that's how backup is part of that.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, no, I never really thought of that. It's one thing to have the data, make sure the right people have the right access to it, but it's also having the history of the data and making sure... I guess it would be a paper trail of what's happened to it and when it's happened.

Kylie McKlveen:

We do have products. Field Audit Trail is great for understanding how your data has changed over time. But there are some cool things about backup where you can look back into the past and see how the data has changed. You can actually look up in backup to look at the signals to see if the data might've been corrupted. So it's a really cool product.

Mike Gerholdt:

Now, the idea of invisibles, configurables and enhanceables isn't something we just thought up one day. It's actually a series of videos that I believe are out on YouTube, if I'm not correct... And this is for you, Kylie or Laura, whoever was the most involved, what are some of the things that we're going to see in those videos, because I'll definitely link to those videos in the show notes.

Laura Pelkey:

I could take that one. So this is something actually our Chief Trust Officer came up with. He's so smart, his brain is just constantly working. He just explained it one day, "Invisibles, configurables, and enhanceables," and we were like, "That is brilliant." And really what these videos are talking about, and they're also available on security.salesforce.com as well as YouTube, but basically he and our SMEs who are on the video series as well go into these layers. So invisibles is the bottom layer, and you can think of it's the strong foundation. Salesforce handles this for you. We're always working to keep our networks and our products secure and our infrastructure secure, and customers don't need to do anything to take advantage of this. I mean Hyperforce is an example of how we are creating secure infrastructure for our customers. So we talk about the invisibles.

And then we talk about the configurables. Rachel Beard, who is featured in this video series, she's amazing, she's one of our security architects at Salesforce, she talks about specific things that customers can do, and these are like... If you watch these videos and just do everything she says, that's going to be hugely impactful to the security of your Salesforce org. One of the things she goes over is login IP ranges, which is when a Salesforce admin restricts the login IP ranges so that only people within the company's network can actually access your Salesforce org. And that's really one of the best things. So things like that. She talks about principle of least privilege as well.

And then there's the enhanceables where, as Kylie said, we have a suite of amazing security and privacy products that are really designed to help our customers grow and scale. Like Kylie mentioned, a lot of admins might be struggling to keep up with their growth at their company, and these products can help you do that. And then there's actually a really cool... The last video in this series is our Chief Trust Officer speaking with a CEO and a CISO from one of our friend companies. And you just get the... From folks at that level, from these executives who think about cybersecurity all the time. You get to hear their perspective on what's next in the cybersecurity industry. So it's a really awesome video series. I would definitely encourage people to watch it.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, no, absolutely. Well, as we wrap up, Kylie, we're fresh off of Dreamforce. What was some of the exciting things that you're getting ready to work on heading into the coming year?

Kylie McKlveen:

Yeah, we had two really big announcements, multiple big announcements in the security keynote, but two that I just want to call out I'm so excited about. We talked at the beginning of this podcast about how AI is changing everything, but now we're seeing AI in our security and compliance products, which is really cool. So AI is actually helping you be more secure. So we have Agentforce in Security Center, which can detect threats, and you can conversationally investigate the threats and remediate them. It will give you suggestions on how to quickly resolve those issues. And then we have Agentforce in Privacy Center too. So automating some of that hard work around complying with these constantly evolving regulations. You can tell it what's applicable to your business and it will give you suggestions around some risks you may have, some gaps, and it can suggest policies that you may want to deploy in your org. So really just making security and compliance a lot more accessible and a lot more easier, faster. It's just really cool how AI is actually helping us with security in this scenario.

Mike Gerholdt:

And with a lot of those centers, I mean, there's a lot of data and to have AI comprehensively look at all of that, it might find things that you just didn't know to look for.

Kylie McKlveen:

Oh, definitely. I think that's the struggle. Sometimes you're looking at this data and you don't even know what you're looking for, and AI can really just take the pain out of that. It can look across multiple data points and tell you what's out of the ordinary. So saving a ton of time.

Mike Gerholdt:

Laura, similar question. We're fresh off Dreamforce. As you help admins in the coming year become more secure, more AI proficient, what would your advice be for admins for the upcoming year?

Laura Pelkey:

Well, definitely the couple things that I mentioned when we're looking at configuring, I think just broadly, look at your security configuration in your Salesforce org. That's the broad thing I want all admins doing right now. And then within that the things that I think are the most important for admins to be focusing on are that setting up login IP ranges, that's super important. Following the principle of least privilege when setting up users. And that also means doing an audit of the permissions that your users already have, that's super important, and taking away unnecessary permissions. Admins should also be talking to their Salesforce users about things like phishing, like the security threats that are out there. They should be educating their users about that and setting them up for success so that if they ever get into a situation where they might be targeted, then they know at least to stop, think, and then disengage.

So those three things are super important. And then MFA, as we said, saving the world. That's already required for all user logins in Salesforce, but I would also encourage everyone to set up MFA for their personal accounts. If you watch the hacking video in the security keynote, you can actually see that if you reuse your passwords across multiple user accounts, which everyone does, that's just natural, we all have a lot of credentials to keep track of, they can possibly be leveraged... Something from your personal account can possibly be leveraged to gain access to another personal account or even a business account. So you want to make sure you're using MFA on every account.

And then if you can do this, if it's available to you, add a security contact in your Salesforce org so that in the event that Salesforce needs to contact you about something, like I was talking about our amazing CISOC team at the beginning of this podcast, how they're working 24/7, they never sleep, they're just staring at a computer looking for security things. If they need to get in touch with you, they will reach out to your security contact that's listed in Salesforce. So it's important that that's up to date. So that's my advice to admins.

Mike Gerholdt:

That's good advice. I would also add, watch the 2013 movie Escape Plan. That's what that movie's called. Where Sylvester Stallone, AKA Laura, breaks out of prison. Well, Kylie, Laura, thanks for coming on and talking security. I mean, you know as well as I have since the moment I started at Salesforce, I think it's the most important thing because we're protecting our company's data. So what else you got better to do besides make the data better and more secure, in my opinion. So thanks for coming on. I look forward to seeing some of the new stuff that we have coming out from your area, Kylie, and the advice that you continue to give, Laura.

Laura Pelkey:

Yeah, we've got a lot in store, so this will not be the last you hear from Kylie and I, I promise.

Kylie McKlveen:

I love it.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, we're going to hold you to that, though.

Laura Pelkey:

No pressure, Kylie.

Mike Gerholdt:

We'll be back.

Laura Pelkey:

We'll be back.

Mike Gerholdt:

Big thanks to Laura and Kylie for walking us through the security stack that every Salesforce admin should know. Now whether it's understanding what Salesforce has your back on, tightening up your permission sets, or leveling up with tools like Shield and Security Center, there is something here for all of us. Make sure to check out the full video series on security.Salesforce.com. Don't worry, I'll link to that in the show notes. And until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Daryl Moon, Founder of CertifyCRM.com.

Join us as we chat about how curiosity and a test-first mindset can help you get the most out of Agentforce Vibes.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Daryl Moon.

Fishing and the art of AI maintenance Daryl came into tech as a generalist who did a bit of everything: hardware, software, networking, whatever needed doing. One fateful day, however, he took on a contract to import some spreadsheets into a CRM and ended up as the de facto Salesforce Admin for his organization.

Just like everyone else, Daryl has spent the last year trying to get his head around AI and how to separate the smoke and mirrors from the actual potential value. A keen fisherman, his mind was blown one day when he used AI to summarize the fishing reports from his local bait and tackle shop and immediately went out and caught six fish.

How Daryl got started with Agentforce Vibes On one of his trips to the local boat ramp, Daryl decided to throw on the ol' Salesforce Admins Podcast, where he happened to catch our episode about Agentforce Vibes with Josh Birk. He was already planning to work on a video about new Apex features in Spring '26, so he figured he'd give Agentforce a shot.

Daryl decided that the best way to learn about Agentforce Vibes was to try to build something simple that he was already familiar with. He spun up a developer org and asked the AI to build a Lightning Web Component for open opportunities, and while there were several things about it that didn't quite work as intended, he was impressed with how Agentforce Vibes would take things step by step using the plan and act modes.

What to build first with Agentforce Vibes In order to learn more about building in Agentforce Vibes, Daryl decided to take it a step further. What would happen if he tried to build an entire application? He ended up getting most of what he asked for, though the AI got stuck on building a few automations. Most importantly, it got him 80% of the way there for 10% of the time investment.

Daryl's biggest piece of advice for any admin trying to learn Agentforce Vibes is to start by building something you already know. AI is a tool like any other, so work with something familiar so you can properly judge how well it's working.

Make sure to listen to the full episode for more from Daryl about how he learned Agentforce Vibes. And don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: How Agentforce Vibes Speeds Up Admin Workflows * Salesforce Admins Blog: Introduction to Agentforce Vibes for Salesforce Admins

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Daryl on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast. This week I am joined by Daryl Moon, retired fishing enthusiast, but that's not what we're talking about. He is a longtime Salesforce pro who recently dove into Agentforce Vibes and he's going to bring us along for the ride. So from tinkering with lightning web components to building a full-on job seeker app, Darryl shares how his curiosity and a test first mindset helped him explore this new AI tool. And of course, we talk about some unexpected challenges of token limits, but that's going to happen when you're learning something. So if you've ever wondered whether Agentforce Vibes is worth your time, this episode is for you. And with that, let's get Daryl on the podcast. So, Daryl, welcome to the podcast.

Daryl Moon: Thanks, Mike.

Mike: I'm very excited to have you on, especially after you posted on LinkedIn that you decided to jump in feet first into vibe coding, so I definitely want to talk about that. But before we get to that, I'd love to learn a little bit more about Daryl Moon. So, Daryl, tell us, how did you get started with Salesforce and what got you into vibe coding?

Daryl Moon: Yeah. Look, I'll try and keep it short and sweet. But basically, I was working overseas and then returned to Australia in 2014. And obviously, was looking for a job because I'd been away for 10 years. And the IT industry, during that time, had changed a lot. I was a bit of a generalist, I'd done a bit of everything. A bit of application development, a bit of hardware, software, networking. So I came back to this environment where the job roles were very specialized and I was finding it a bit hard to find a role that really fitted me. So I managed to find this one that was a contract just for a couple of weeks to fix up some spreadsheets and I thought, "Excel, I can do that." And that turned out to be fix up some spreadsheets that had all this data that they're importing into a CRM. A CRM, which at the time wasn't Salesforce, it was another product. And this other product had some gaps in it and it turned out to be a bit of vaporware. When we started talking about opportunities, while that was something that they were going to build. So they had the account and the contact functionality, but opportunities were something off in the future and that was a bit of a concern. And it really came to a head when we wanted to raise some issues that we had with the existing functionality and discovered that this company was actually using Sales Cloud or Service Cloud to record these issues that we had. Our CEO at the time was a former Salesforce customer. Cut a long story short, we did a pivot and we switched to using Salesforce and I became the defacto accidental admin.

Mike: It happens quite a bit.

Daryl Moon: Yeah. So the next thing was, well, how does this Salesforce thing work? We had a partner that we were working with and they were great, and they were helping do some of the heavy lifting. But also, being able to work with those consultants, I was able to start and learn my way around the admin side of things. Of course, this was about 2014, 2015, just before we had Trailhead. So it was a bit of a learn and discover as you go, until Trailhead came out, until I got hold of some resources. There was fairly limited YouTube content around at the time, but there was some really helpful posts from people like Steve Mo and Jennifer Lee, and people like that, some of those. Jennifer's obviously joined your team, and Cheryl Feldman at the time. So yeah, that was the early days when I got started.

Mike: Wow. So you've grown up on the platform for a lot of the time that I've been at Salesforce. This last, I would say, year-and-a-half, two years since AI has come, how has your learning and what you work on the platform changed since that?

Daryl Moon: I've been a bit of a critic of the whole AI movement and the value of it, certainly at the start. But I would have to say probably over the last six months or so, I've been starting to see that there's a little bit more beyond just the smoke and mirrors and there is actually some value there. Just to give an example, I'm a really keen fisherman. Now that I'm retired from full-time work, I can spend a bit of time doing that. I get these emails once a week from one of the local tackle shops and they tell me, for our four local rivers, what people have been catching, and where they've been catching, and when and what tackle they're using. And over a course of 12 months, I've got 50-odd emails and I thought, "It'd be great if I can grab all that content and summarize it, and maybe I can learn something."

Mike: Yeah.

Daryl Moon: So I cut and paste them all into one document, throw it into ChatGPT and said basically, "Summarize that for me." And it came back with a really great summary, and I went out fishing that weekend and caught six fish applying the knowledge that I'd got from that. So that was a bit of a turning point where I'm thinking, "Hang on, that's one thing it's really good at." Because it's a bit like weather forecasting, there's no black and white, true and false, 100% guarantee, but if it points you in the right direction and if it's able to take ... I think weather forecasting is probably a good analogy because there's so much data and you've got to try to make sense of it.

Mike: Right.

Daryl Moon: So applications like that, I think it's really well suited to.

Mike: Yeah, I would agree. The amount of things that I've thrown at different AI models is always fun to say, "Here's a whole bunch of stuff, go figure it out." So you have time, you listen to the podcast, you heard Josh talk about Agentforce Vibes. I've seen a demo of it at Dreamforce. And you were like, "You know what, I've got some time, I got extra fish," because you'd been out fishing. And you dug into it. Tell me what you found.

Daryl Moon: Yeah. Actually, it was interesting because I was actually driving to the boat ramp at the time and it's about a 30-minute trip from home, which is perfect for an episode of the Admins Podcast.

Mike: I'll keep that in mind so that we make sure this one's the same length.

Daryl Moon: Yeah, so that worked out really nicely. Sometimes I try to play it when we're on a road trip with my wife, but she's not so keen, but sometimes.

Mike: Yeah, nobody wants to listen to the Salesforce when it's just you.

Daryl Moon: No, no.

Mike: Because my jokes aren't that funny, I know because I read the iTunes reviews.

Daryl Moon: Oh, that's all right. But look, that one caught my attention. And the other thing is Josh sounds very much like a very good friend of mine, Dr. Scott, his voice sounds so similar. So it always gets my attention when I hear him. I think, "Oh, that sounds like my good friend Dr. Scott." Anyway, yeah, it got my attention and I thought, "Okay, what's this Vibes thing all about?" And I was actually preparing for an Apex Sales video on the new features in Spring '26 and I wanted to create a new developer org, a pre-release org, because I wanted to get some new features in that wasn't in my old pre-release org. So I went to sign up and it gave me a choice of professional, developer and unlimited roles, enterprise and unlimited. I thought, "Well, I'll try the enterprise." I did that and it created it, and I logged in. And then when I'm going to set up, I saw this Agentforce Vibes. And I thought, "Oh, that's interesting. Let's have a look at that," and I jumped in to have a look. And it fired up and it opened a new browser window, and a whole bunch of stuff happened in the background. It asked me a few questions and I just said, "Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah." And then I'm stuck with a prompt. Okay, well, what do I do now? And I'm thinking, "Okay, so here's my chance to ask it if it can help build something." So I thought, "Well, I'll just build something really simple that I know what it should look like and what it should feel like." So I decided just to build a little LWC, so a little lightning web component that I could put on a page that would show my current opportunities and allow me to edit the close dates on them. So give me a little component that shows my open opportunities and just let me hit edit and change the dates on it. So away I went and it built that, and I was really surprised. And it deployed it for me, so then I went to my homepage in that org and I put the component on the home page and I ran it. And I thought, "Wow, that's really amazing. Here's my little component, it seems to do everything that I wanted it to do." And I got in there and I started editing dates and hitting the save button, and oh, hang on. It didn't change the dates. So I went back to it and basically explained that it wasn't saving the dates. And it had a nice conversational user interface and it'd go, "Oh, I see where the problem is. I'll just do this and I'll do that." And I'm going, "Okay, okay, okay." Did that a few times and deployed again and said, "Righto, now we're ready to go." And so I'd go back in and have a look, and oh, still not saving them. So I did that, went through a few iterations of that and I didn't get it. And I thought, "Oh, well, okay." But still, I was pretty impressed. I was pretty impressed also, there's two stages. There's a plan and there's act button on the bottom of the little chat window. So when you start off, you start off in plan mode and it basically tells you what it's going to do. And you have a look through the script and you have a look through the feedback, and you can see, okay, it's going to create this and it's going to do that, and blah, blah, blah. So you can get a good idea of what is going to happen before you actually do it. Then you hit the act button and it goes, "Righto, now we're ready to roll," and off it goes and starts doing things. And it stops every now and again and it says, "Oh, now I want to edit this file. Is that okay?" And you say, "Yes," and it edits that file and you can see the changes occurring in the metadata on the screen beside you. And then it says, "Okay, I've done that, now I want to deploy that." And you say, "Okay." So you've got control, which is good. I like that. So you've got control over it. And I'm not doing this in a production org, I'll just make that very clear. I'm doing this in a standalone pre-release developer org, it's a developer org. It's not connected to anything so it doesn't matter what I break. And I'm not pushing changes to production. One of the questions that I got after I posted that to LinkedIn that I'd done this was, "What about a search facility?" And I thought, "Oh, okay. Yeah, I wonder if I can do that." So I went back to it and I said, "Can you add a search button to that?" And it basically said, "Yeah, okay." And a couple of okays later, we had a search button on there. It still wouldn't save the records, but we had a search so we could search for other opportunities that weren't displayed in that little component. But then I'd got a bit more feedback and somebody said to me, and they basically called me out on it. They said, "Hang on. You're the Flow guy who is saying use the right tool for the right job. And then you're jumping in here with the developer tool not really knowing what you're doing and just willy-nilly going yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah, go deploy this thing. That's a bit of a dilemma, isn't it? A bit of a contradiction?" And to be honest, I said, "Yeah. Look, fair call. Absolutely fair call." But in this instance, I'm in a separated developer org, not doing anybody any harm. I can break things if I like. And I'm just in test mode, I'm just curious about what this thing can do.

Mike: Right.

Daryl Moon: And it builds something that I know what it would look like if I built it in Flow, then I can compare.

Mike: Right.

Daryl Moon: It's a bit like, Mike, if I was building maybe a rocket ship and the AI agent built the rocket ship for me. I'd have nothing to compare to because I've never built a rocket ship before. So it was a really analogy to build this little component, this lightning web component, with something I was familiar with. So yeah, I'm happy to cop that criticism because it was just basically I was just going to try it out and see what it could do.

Mike: Right. No, I saw that as one of the first comments and it took me back to high school when I had to take a crazy algebra or geometry class. And I remember it was one of the first times you get a scientific calculator and there's all these buttons. And I remember the math teacher telling me, "Well, you should know the answer before you put it into the calculator. The calculator is just there to double check you." And when Josh and I were talking about Agentforce Vibes, I pointed out your ... After we did the podcast and you posted that and I said, "I'm going to talk to Daryl." He said it really comes out to that calculator standpoint where you built something knowing it would replicate standard functionality, but you're doing that because now you know how to test the tool. You're not using the tool to duplicate standard functionality, you're using the tool so that you understand it and can test its outcome, so that when you do use it to build something you're not familiar with, now you know where to look for the gap, so I thought it was interesting. Also, it's just wonderful that you have a great positive attitude towards somebody calling you out on something and not being defensive towards it.

Daryl Moon: Oh, yeah, I'm a bit beyond that.

Mike: I guess thinking through Agentforce Vibes and stuff now that you dug into it, what was something, I think we heard it in your response, but what was something that surprised you that you weren't expecting?

Daryl Moon: Well, I've done some more testing since then.

Mike: Oh, good.

Daryl Moon: Yeah. And I thought, "Okay. So let's try maybe just a simple record-triggered flow." So let's create a flow in the lead record when the rating was set to hot. Let's just put a bit of text, just write a bit of text into the description field. And I thought, "That's nice and simple." I'll be able to read that metadata of the flow, I'll know whether it's worked. That'll be really simple and I can test it, know what the outcome's going to look like. So I tried that and it got stuck. And I think this was at the end of a day where I'd been doing quite a bit of other stuff with Agentforce Vibes as well. One thing I missed was in the developer org with Vibes, you get 50, now I don't know what the unit is, but you get 50 units. Once you've used those up, Agentforce Vibes loses half its brain and is nowhere near as capable as what it was before.

Mike: Yeah, it's all the tokens, you've used them up.

Daryl Moon: Yeah, but it still kind of works. But if you didn't register that that's what happening. And it also seems to lose its ability to deploy stuff as well. So it kind of got a bit brain-dead on me and I got a bit frustrated with that and couldn't get it to work. So I left it for a couple of days, and then I'll come back and I'll try it again, and it managed to do it. Of course, because the credits have regenerated and now it's got smart again.

Mike: Yeah.

Daryl Moon: So I'm learning how this works. So then I think, "Okay, let's aim for the sky and let's try to build something really complicated." So I think, "Okay, what about we build a whole application?"

Mike: Ooh.

Daryl Moon: And let's do application for a recruiter, a job seeker.

Mike: Okay.

Daryl Moon: So we'll have recruitment type of app, but for the individual job seeker. So we've got an object with some jobs, and we've got applications, and we've got applicants, and we've got the whole process of recruitment in there as well. So I kind of described all this and it was a paragraph or two of text where I'd just used common business language and just explained what I wanted to do. And I did this in plan mode, and then I hit okay, go think about that. And it came back and it said, "Righto. So we need a custom object for jobs, and one for this, and one for interviews, and one for applications," et cetera. And I thought, "Wow, yeah, that's pretty clever. Let's now hit the action button and go build it." And it actually went and built the majority of it, including right down to the fact that when you do an interview, I specified in the description at the start to send the email to the applicant who was unsuccessful. So when you're going through and you're selecting who you're going to interview, if somebody's not suitable, then send them an email. So it was going to use a flow to send that email out, and that's where it got stuck. And I think again, we'd ran out of tokens. But up until that, we're talking it probably took me 15 minutes to write the description of what I wanted. In another half-an-hour after we'd gone through the planning stage and were going through several iterations of the actions it was taking, we basically had everything built. It just ran out of tokens then and got stuck on a few flows so we didn't actually get absolutely everything deployed, but it did deploy all the standard objects and everything. So yeah, I was blown away by that. That was amazing.

Mike: Yeah. Now, I love you are so akin to me. You got something and you just threw spaghetti at the wall to test it. Because you sat down, "I want a thing," and you just started describing it to Agentforce Vibes. And I looked back at some of the documentation, and of course, like a lot of times when we demo product, we always want to demo best practices and really, one part showcased the product, another part also give people, "Here's the best way to use it." And a lot of the discussion that Josh and I had was around PRDs, or product requirement documentation, and how much those will give you. I think it's ... I love the fact that you just sat down with Agentforce Vibes and just started throwing stuff at it to create an application. As opposed to an hour or two worth of homework and creating documents, and then giving it that. And you still go really close to an end result. I feel like what you spent for those 15 minutes was way faster than what you would have spent had you had to create all that other stuff.

Daryl Moon: Oh, absolutely. And look, it thought of stuff and asked me questions about stuff as well.

Mike: Oh, wow. Okay. See? That's the part of creating in Salesforce that admins have never had.

Daryl Moon: Yeah.

Mike: When we've been creating objects and creating fields that link objects together or flows, we never have the platform questioning us. It just assumes we're doing the best thing we can.

Daryl Moon: Yeah. And it asked about, I don't remember which object it was, but one of them had asked what type of relationship it wanted between two objects.

Mike: Ah.

Daryl Moon: And it was leaning towards a lookup and offered some explanation as to why. And I just say, "Oh, yeah, okay. That sounds like a good idea." So I clicked that button for yes for that. So yeah, it was quite clever. I also did say in my instructions, I did say because I'm more of a Flow guy than anything.

Mike: Sure.

Daryl Moon: I did say, "Do not use any Apex code. If automation is required, use Flow. Use dynamic lightning record pages in place of page layouts where possible. And also, create some test records for jobs, applicants, applications, interviewers, interviews, et cetera, and offers." And then later when I was doing it, because I thought the problem with flows was around the API version, I told it to use API version 60 for the flows to ensure compatibility. Because that was one of the problems that I'd discovered with some of the flows, that it was using the current version API 66, which is Spring '26. And it was getting stuck in the metadata trying to get some Flow type fields right. And I found if I went back a couple of releases, then it worked. And then I could go, "Okay, now switch it back to 66," and then it worked and it deployed. Yeah. Look, it was fun. It was fun pushing the buttons and try to see how far it would go. I did also try to get it to build some ... Oh, now this was an interesting one. So I tried to get it to build a lightning record page for the lead that included the rating and description fields. Interestingly enough, and I didn't realize at the time, they weren't on the page. So they weren't on the page layout, those two fields. And when I said, "Go build a flow using those two fields," it came back and it said, "No, those two fields don't exist. Do you want me to create them?" And I'm going, "Whoa, whoa, whoa, hang on. Rating, description, they're standard fields." And I went back into Object Manager and had a look on the lead object, and looked at the field-level security and nobody had visibility of them.

Mike: Oh.

Daryl Moon: Not even admin. Yeah, so I don't know how that happened, but that was an out of the box, brand new developer org. So I turned those back on and tried again, and it managed to create the pages okay, but by this stage I'd run out of tokens again. When I ask it deploy it said, "No, I can't deploy, I don't do that. I'm not capable of doing that."

Mike: I'm out of tokens, it's like a college kid.

Daryl Moon: But it wasn't telling me that. That was something that happened an hour or two ago.

Mike: Sure.

Daryl Moon: Yeah. Yeah, fun times, fun times.

Mike: I got to tell you, curiosity is the number one admin trait.

Daryl Moon: Absolutely.

Mike: So I love that you were clicking and stuff. I want to make sure that we hit your fishing time because we're coming up on, uh-oh, what happens if Daryl doesn't make it back in time. For admins who aren't retired or don't have three or four hours a day to create and mess around with something, what would your prescription of advice be to admins who want to try out Vibes? What should they do? How should they go about learning about it?

Daryl Moon: I think do something like I did, which was recreate something that you're familiar with. So if you're comfortable creating a simple flow, then jump in and do that. So create yourself a new pre-release org, select enterprise. So then when you get logged in, you go over to set-up and it's on the set-up menu down there on the bottom, on the right-hand side. And you can choose Agentforce Vibes from there. And start off in the plan mode, so there's a little button at the very bottom that says plan or act, start off in the plan mode and just describe what you want to do. Just in plain English, create a ... And you don't have to say please and thank you, apparently that's not a thing with AI, so you can just tell it.

Mike: You can.

Daryl Moon: You can, yeah.

Mike: Just I don't know if it appreciates it.

Daryl Moon: I don't think so. I think it's wasting electricity. Yeah, because these AI models are super massive users of electricity.

Mike: Yeah.

Daryl Moon: So we don't want to waste any of those atoms. And just ask in plain English, create a record-trigger flow on XYZ object that does something when such-and-such field is populated, as simple as that. And just try it, hit the go button, see what it decides to use in the plan section. And if you're happy with that, hit act and see what it produces. And go right through to deployment, and then go and test it and see if it actually works the way you expect it. You'll see it spit out the metadata as well on your page, so your Vibes page is like a multi-panel screen, and you'll see it spit out the metadata. If you've ever looked at metadata for a flow before, you'll see it there and you'll be able to read it. If not, it doesn't matter, you can just ignore it and just wait until it gets deployed. And then of course, you can open your flow in that environment anyway because it's just built a standard flow for you, there's nothing fancy about it and you can see exactly what it's done. And then I think advanced from that, go something a little bit more complicated after that.

Mike: I like it. Daryl, I know this podcast is going to come out before TDX, so I'm just going to remind you and everybody listening, I hope you submit a session to talk at TDX about your learning experience with Agentforce Vibes. I think it would be really cool. That is, if you're willing to travel all the way over to America. I don't know what kind of fishing, there is fishing in San Francisco. I could probably Google that and find you some sort of fishing charter if that would help lure you over.

Daryl Moon: I think it's the airfare that's going to be the problem, Mike.

Mike: Yeah, it's not cheap. But on the flip side, maybe if you get on a boat right now, you might get here by April.

Daryl Moon: Yeah, in my little boat, it will probably take me until then. Yeah. I did manage to get to Dreamforce in 2019, but that was because I'd won a Salesforce competition and got $1000 Visa card.

Mike: Ah, jeez.

Daryl Moon: That helped pay my airfare, so that was a great experience.

Mike: Okay.

Daryl Moon: But being an old retired fella, I don't know if the budget's going to stretch that far this time.

Mike: I know, I hear you. But your talk is inspirational, so if anything I'm going to use the podcast to try and broadcast it out. If we can get you there or Dreamforce, I think it'd be really fun. I appreciate you taking time out of your day to talk about Agentforce Vibes and digging in. I hope, you said you had some vacation time coming up, so I hope good fishing.

Daryl Moon: Yes. Big fishing trip planned for next week. So by the time this is broadcast, I should have been four days on the water and hopefully have a freezer full of fish. We'll see.

Mike: Perfect. Then when you come back and people aren't around, you don't have to force them to listen to the podcast. Well, Daryl, I appreciate you coming on the pod and sharing your story, and I appreciate you really just clicking through fearlessly and trying things out. I think that's the biggest spirit that I was always taught and it got me to where I am today, so thank you.

Daryl Moon: Yes, it's been a long way from the ButtonClick Admin Podcast, Mike, which is where I first ran into you way, way, way back then.

Mike: Yeah. It's still kind of the same, it's just evolved from it.

Daryl Moon: Yes, yes, yes, for sure. All right, it's been fun. Thanks, Mike.

Mike: You bet. Big thanks to Daryl Moon for joining us and sharing his firsthand experience of diving into Agentforce Vibes. Whether you're curious about how AI fits into your admin toolkit, or maybe just need a little nudge to try something new, I think Daryl's story is a great reminder that exploration leads to insight. So if this episode sparked some ideas, go ahead and share it with your fellow Salesforce admins, share it on LinkedIn. Let me know what your experience with Agentforce Vibes was, I'd love to hear it. And of course, Daryl's a big fisherman, so if you have fish pictures, I'd love to see those posted, too. Share them with us. Until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Rebecca Sherrill, VP, and Shelly Erceg, Product Leader, both on the Salesforce Research and Insights team.

Join us as we chat about the newest updates to IdeaExchange, including RoadmapExchange and Idea Insights, and why now is the perfect time to get involved.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Rebecca Sherrill and Shelly Erceg.

How feedback shapes the product roadmap If you've ever wondered what happens after you submit an Idea to the IdeaExchange, this episode is for you. The Product Research and Insights team has been working on several new things to improve transparency and enhance collaboration between PMs and the Salesforce community.

Joining us for this episode are Rebecca Sherrill and Shelly Erceg. Rebecca started at Salesforce in user research, where she talked to, interviewed, and observed hundreds of admins to better understand their needs. "I have a huge appreciation for the admin community because I spent so much time with them during those years," she says.

Shelly, meanwhile, started as a PM on workflow and process automation tools, building products like Process Builder and part of the Flow engine. "Admins are my jam," she says. On the Product Research and Insights team, she's focused on IdeaExchange and True to the Core.

Together, they're here to tell us about how RoadmapExchange and Idea Insights will help you see how your feedback influences the product roadmap.

What is RoadmapExchange? If you've ever submitted to IdeaExchange, it's natural to ask yourself, "How do I know if they're working on my Idea? Is it ever going to be implemented? If not, why?"

That was the impetus behind RoadmapExchange, which maps ideas to Salesforce product roadmaps. The goal is to offer a peek behind the curtain, allowing you to see what the product team is working on right now and what they're considering for the future. Most importantly, it allows the community to provide feedback and use cases to help guide the product team's decisions.

"It's an opportunity to help shape what we build," Shelly says, and it also gives you a better idea of what's coming so you don't waste resources solving a problem that the product team is already working on.

Get in on the conversation with Idea Insights The other IdeaExchange feature that Rebecca and Shelly are really excited about is Idea Insights. After twenty years, there are a lot of ideas out there. Idea Insights provides context into what's happening right now in four key areas:

  • Top Trending Ideas with the most votes overall from the past year.
  • Recently Updated Ideas by the Salesforce product team.
  • Top Open Ideas of all time by cloud.
  • Recently Delivered Ideas to check out in the product.

The goal is to keep you up to date with everything happening on IdeaExchange. On the other side of things, the product team is making a push to provide more transparency and updates about Ideas, even if it's something that's not in the cards right now.

Finally, if you don't have a lot of time, Rebecca encourages you to take a look at the Salesforce Research Program. All you have to do is fill out a form about yourself, and you'll only be invited to participate in things that are really relevant to you—we'll even pay you for your time.

The Research and Insights team wants to hear from you, so be on the lookout for Rebecca and Shelly at a Dreamin' event near you. And don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce 360 blog: A Guide to RoadmapExchange: Your Feedback, Next Steps * Salesforce 360 blog: Delivering on Your Feedback: Introducing Idea Insights * Sign up: Salesforce Research Program * Salesforce Admins blog: Introducing True to the Core Deep Dive: In-Depth Product Conversations with Salesforce PMs

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Rebecca on LinkedIn * Shelly on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins podcast, we're diving deep into the evolution of the IdeaExchange with two very familiar voices, Rebecca Sherrill and Shelly Erceg from Salesforce's research and insights team. They're here to unpack the newest updates like Roadmap Exchange and Idea Insights. And why now is the prime time for Salesforce admins to get reengaged with the IdeaExchange. So if you've ever wondered what happens after you submit an idea, or how your feedback actually influences the product roadmap, this episode's for you. So let's get Rebecca and Shelly on the podcast. So Shelly and Rebecca, welcome to the podcast, or should I say welcome back to the podcast?

Rebecca Sherrill: Thank you. Super excited to be here.

Shelly Erceg: Thank you so much.

Mike: Both of you are veterans of the podcast, but both are back for a different reason. So Rebecca, refresh our memories from 100 years ago when you were on the podcast and what you do at Salesforce.

Rebecca Sherrill: Yes. So I've been at Salesforce for 13 years and yes, I was on this podcast 12 years ago. I had to look that up. I started out here doing user research for our platform products, including setup. And so what that means is that in my early years at Salesforce, I talked to, interviewed and observed hundreds of admins to understand what they needed, so that we could build that into our products. So I have a huge appreciation for the admin community because I spent so much time with them during those years. And then these days I'm leading a research and insights team. And my team continues to do research with customers to understand what they need from our products, and make sure that we build that into our roadmap. But these days, my team also runs the IdeaExchange, which is I think what we're mostly here to talk about today.

Mike: Yeah, absolutely. And Shelly, you're a familiar voice and face in the admin community.

Shelly Erceg: Admins are my jam. I started off at Salesforce in the platform as well, working on our workflow and process automation tools. Built Process Builder and part of the flow engine. And then also spent some time with our nonprofit customers over on the NGO side. And now I'm here in Research and Insights focused on the voice of the customer really on IdeaExchange, true to the core, and bringing back really what our customers need to our product teams.

Mike: Yeah. So I was a huge IdeaExchange fan when I was an admin because I love to browse like, "Oh, I hope that's coming. People need to vote for it." But I think Rebecca sent me right. Like since I've been a customer and you've been around for a while, the IdeaExchange kind of changed and expanded now, hasn't it?

Rebecca Sherrill: That's right. Yeah. So my team has been involved with IdeaExchange for the past three years. And what we've been doing during that time is really trying to bring it up to speed with the current needs of the community and with Salesforce, because so much has changed over these many years. And so most recently we have launched a new part of IdeaExchange called Roadmap Exchange, and hopefully we'll get into more details on that. And we've also launched something called Idea Insights, which the goal of that is to bring more visibility into the ideas that are most important to the community. Kind of take a look at the signal through the noise because there are so many tens of thousands of ideas. How do we know which ones to focus on and which ones to make visible to our product teams? That's a question that we wrestle with a lot. So those are two of the very concrete ways that we have evolved IdeaExchange recently in the past couple of years.

Mike: Well, we can always dive into different insights and roadmaps. Roadmaps are an admin's best friend, I feel like.

Rebecca Sherrill: Yes, definitely.

Mike: Shelly, you were a PM for a while. What was IdeaExchange for you?

Shelly Erceg: Well, one of the things IdeaExchange was was just a great place to try to keep a pulse on what people were talking about currently. And I think that's really what we're trying to do with Idea Insights because there's so much there, right? So when I was a PM, I just thought, wow, this is just a wealth of information. But I was often overwhelmed by how much information there was there. And it can be hard for PMs to go through all of that and to pull out the things that are sort of relevant to their products and to their roadmap that they're building. So that's one of the things that we're trying to do with Idea Insights is really pull out what's the pulse happening now? What's most relevant? What are people talking about? And try to bring that to our PMs and really highlight that so that they get a better understanding. They can just kind of more quickly see what's happening. So I always thought it was a great treasure trove, but you also had to go digging. So that's our goal. We're really trying to evolve and bring out those nuggets.

Mike: Well, I mean, Rebecca, if you think about it, IdeaExchange ideas, at least when I was an admin, you could submit an idea of like, why can't I change this button color? All the way to why can't part of this platform do X, which is a massive idea compared to just being able to tweak the color of a button? So I think for maybe admins who have strayed away from the IdeaExchange, you mentioned Roadmap and you mentioned Idea Insights. How does those new features help teams kind of prioritize what they should be looking at and help uncover, like Shelly was saying, the mountain of ideas?

Rebecca Sherrill: Yeah. I think Roadmap Exchange is a really great new way for product teams to do this. I'll explain a little bit more what I mean. I have long thought that when somebody creates an idea, it may feel like, oh, that's going out into the universe and we're not quite sure. And I, the person who submitted that idea, I don't know why the product team is not working on it. I don't know. Are they working on it? Are they going to deliver it? What are they doing back there anyway? What are they building right now and why are they not looking at my idea? And so that was a little bit of the impetus behind Roadmap Exchange was, what if we could make it more visible to our community, what product teams are working on or thinking about working on? Maybe it's not on the roadmap yet, but they're considering it. What if we could make that all more visible and invite the community to come in and comment on that? Provide feedback, provide use cases, give a lot of that really rich context to our product teams, and really influence the things that are currently being worked on. And at the same time, we could map some of the ideas to some of the roadmaps and say, "Yes, we are definitely working on some ideas, but we're also working on a lot of things that you don't know about that we would love your input on." So that is one of the ways we're thinking about this is just increasing the visibility and the opportunities for engagement between our customers and our product teams.

Mike: I like it. Shelly, I'll ask you, but Rebecca, feel free to jump in. I would love to know, because it sounds like with the Roadmap Exchange, you kind of need that next level input. How has the ideas that admins or developers or architects, how have they evolved over the last 20 years that the IdeaExchange has been around?

Shelly Erceg: Well, I think there was a couple of things in that question. One is I think, and Rebecca has really outlined this, with Roadmap Exchange, it's actually set up so it's kind of a different kind of experience. And we think that is a really great evolution for admins, in that we're talking about features that product managers are either considering building and need more information about, or are maybe about to start building. And it's such a great opportunity for admins to share what they need in those areas for those products, right? Their real world use cases so that we're keeping that in mind as we're building. But also on the early stages, it's an opportunity to really help shape what we build. So I think this is actually kind of the biggest opportunity for admins in terms of spending their time and looking at where they can make an impact because this is when PMs are actually in the process and actively gathering this kind of feedback and wanting to have that conversation. I think over time people are also on the IdeaExchange. They're understanding a little bit more that what's most helpful is not just saying, "I want to be able to do X with Y," but really describing the business context that you're working in. When customers and Trailblazers tell us what they're trying to achieve, it's super, super helpful for the PM. Because then we actually get the idea of what you're really trying to do. And it may not be that we provide you exactly what you ask, but we provide you a way to solve that problem. So I would just say that continuing that evolution of that kind of more sophisticated dialogue is really going to be helpful.

Mike: Absolutely. Rebecca, can you tell me a little bit more about Idea Insights?

Rebecca Sherrill: Yes. Idea Insights launched this past September, October around DreamForce. And this is a new page on IdeaExchange where you can see the all time top ideas, the recently delivered ideas. Recently commented on ideas meaning that a product manager from Salesforce has left a comment or an update, and the top trending ideas. And trending ideas in particular is a new concept for us. It's showing the ideas that have received the most upvotes in the past year. And what I really like about this is, again, if you're an IdeaExchange user and you're creating a new idea, you might think, how is there any chance that my idea is going to get any eyes on it? Because there are some ideas that have been on there for many years and have had a lot of time to collect votes. And there's no way that my new idea that's been around for one week can get the number of votes that an idea has that's been on there for 10 years. So what this does is really gives us visibility into the current ideas that are getting a lot of recent traction. And I think gives us potentially a better pulse on what's important to the community right now? And it does give a better chance for folks to get their ideas noticed by product teams because we are elevating this as a new view that people can use to look at.

Mike: Yeah. The thing that I sit back, and even with these new features, if you were to strip all of those new features away. The thing that I still sit back and kind of I'm a bit of awe about is I have yet to find another company that I actively participate with that tells me, "Hey, here's where we think things are going. Or here's the stuff we're working on." I don't get any of that with the iPhone. I don't get any of that like, "I'm drinking a Coke Zero. I'd love to give them feedback on this lid that is the loudest lid in the world," but I don't have that, right? For this to be out in just the world for admins and developers to just sit back and kind of be in reasonable awe about it is like, "Oh man, that's kind of cool. Now I got an idea of stuff to look for in the release notes."

Shelly Erceg: Yeah, it's terrific. And we really get why it's so important for our customers to understand where we're going. And our biggest push over the last year has been around more transparency and more up ... we're trying to provide more updates on ideas. And admins have told us, frankly, even if you're not going to be able to deliver that, tell us that. Because we understand people are trying to plan for their business. They need to know whether or not they need to build something, whether they need to work with somebody on the app exchange to solve the gap potentially. Or whether they know that we're providing a solution for them. And that's really, really important. So we've had a really big push and we've had somebody dedicated to program-wise to just getting updates from PMs about whether or not they're going to be able to tackle some of the ideas. Trying to provide updates to the top ideas so that we can provide more transparency in that. And I think we are really unique in that way, and we know that it has a big impact on planning and on people's businesses. So it's great to be able to try to increase that.

Mike: Yeah. Well, you mentioned a lot of lanes, and Rebecca, you mentioned launching the new Idea Insights at DreamForce. So Dreamforce famously has True to the Core as a very popular session. I know this is a track lead because none of the speakers want to be opposite of True to the Core. And recently we just launched, I believe it's on LinkedIn, True to the Core Deep Dive. I had Leanne on to talk about that. So help me understand if you're a new admin or even if you've been around for a while, what's the difference between True to the Core and IdeaExchange?

Rebecca Sherrill: Yes, great question. And we love True to the Core, the keynote. And speaking of ways in which I think Salesforce is unique, we organize that keynote and we often get the feedback, "Wow, I can't believe Salesforce still does this." Or even from folks inside of Salesforce who are new, who watch it for the first time and say, "Oh my gosh, I can't believe that we provide this amount of transparency. And it's totally unscripted and unpredictable and really authentic." So yeah, that just kind of follows onto what you were saying about how we have a pretty unique offering, I think, in terms of our ways of collecting feedback. But to your question about the difference between these channels. You can think of True to the Core as a point in time live opportunity to engage with our product leaders and our product teams. So of course, the keynotes at both Dreamforce and TDX are with our most senior product leaders. And then the new monthly series is with specific product teams and it gives us an opportunity to go deeper and have that live conversation and live engagement. IdeaExchange, on the other hand, we see that as an always on channel. Meaning you can engage with it whenever you have time. You can kind of monitor it, get updates. So it's a little bit of point in time and more in depth, and always on, always available feedback channel. And the two are very complimentary. So for example, if a team is doing a true to the core deep dive, we can have them look at their top ideas on IdeaExchange, and engage with the community about those ideas during that phone call and during that conversation.

Mike: Yeah. I know in True the Core Deep Dive and even true the core at Dreamforce, sometimes the questions are very specific. And you can always kind of read a PM's face by, "Oh boy, this one's going to be a tough one. We're going to have to have three or four people to answer it." So I'm sure it can be that way in the IdeaExchange. Shelly, I think it's interesting, it dawned on me that you're probably one of the rare few people at Salesforce that has perspective on both sides of an idea from both being a PM and having to look and read ideas and respond to them. To now working with customers and understanding the IdeaExchange and reading through the ideas as they come in and probably work with customers, I don't want to put words in your mouth. But work with customers as they're building these ideas. What insight can you provide that I think is a learning having been on both sides of that idea as it would be?

Shelly Erceg: Yeah, it's a really interesting position and one I enjoy a lot, because I've kind of got this full picture, or at least a lot of the picture anyway. I'll say from the PM side and just thinking about ideas, PMs really, really want to deliver what people need, and I always did as well. There are often complicated contexts or a lot of constraints around how we can do that. And so I know sometimes on the idea side, something can seem very, very obvious as to why doesn't Salesforce fix this? And I actually recently made something for my colleagues in research and insights called How a PM Decides. And it was a massive matrix of all the factors that went into PM decision making. Everything from business strategy to whether or not fixing something required the coordination, even though if the fixing "was actually quite technically easy." But if it required the coordination of several teams across the platform, then that raised the complexity, right? So you're always trying to juggle, what can I get done with the people I have? Do I have the expertise to fix that? Will I be able to work with other teams? Or are there roadmaps pulling them somewhere where I know I won't get their time? So it's always such a matrix trying to figure out what you can deliver. But I will say that there is just this push for PMs to deliver value. And on the other side, I think really the goal is that we need to provide as much transparency about that as possible. Because I think people really do understand once we talk with them. I know the conversations I've had with customers when I've said, "Hey, this doesn't look like something I'm going to be able to provide, and here's why." People get it because we're all human. So I just want to say keep the ideas and sharing your use cases, keep that coming. It's all super, super helpful. We're working, it's work you probably don't hear about because it's invisible. But my team is also working on ways to more efficiently get these ideas and input that internal employees get from their conversations with customers into the product life cycle. So we're working a lot on that and being able to give PMs a better view of what their customers need in particular areas. So I would just say absolutely just keep erring on the side. Your voice is not going into the ether we promise. Just keep erring on the side of sharing what you're trying to accomplish and know that there's a really big effort to continue making customers successful.

Mike: Yeah. I think sometimes you have to look at the volume that comes in and you're like, you're so glad everybody's engaged. But on the other hand, you're like, "I can't get all this done today." At least I would feel that way. So Rebecca, I'm not going to end on a sour note. This won't be our last question, but I want to play devil's advocate for a second. Admins are super busy throughout the day. They got users that constantly forget their passwords. They got agents they're building. Why should I post my idea to the IdeaExchange?

Rebecca Sherrill: I love this question. At first, yes, I just want to acknowledge that the admin role has become way more complex over the past 20 years at the IdeaExchange has been in existence. When the IdeaExchange launched, we only had Sales Cloud. We didn't even have Service Cloud. And now I think if I talk to your average admin, they are managing a whole suite of products and the interdependencies between those and the integrations. And it's just so much more complex. And I have, again, just a real appreciation for how busy and how demanding those jobs are for our admin community. So I would say we are listening. We cannot build great products without deeply understanding what you need and why you need it. And that is the number one reason why I would love for folks to continue engaging in IdeaExchange. Maybe you haven't been there in a while, maybe you are feeling like it wasn't getting looked at. To Shelly's point, we are doing a lot of work right now behind the scenes to evolve that, to change that. So I would love for folks to give us another try. I would love for folks to check out Roadmap Exchange. I'll also give a shout-out that if you are limited in time and you want to really focus your efforts and how you provide feedback to Salesforce, check out the research program. You can sign up to do a one-on-one session, or a survey to influence some of the research work that's happening within our teams. And those are very, very focused. Like you can fill out a form that tells us which products you use, a bit of information about yourself and your company. And we will only invite you to participate in things that are really relevant to you. So that can be a really great way to give focused feedback. You also get an incentive for your time as a reimbursement. So it can be just a really nice way. Again, if you're limited on time and you don't want to be writing ideas, you can have a conversation with a researcher on the team, and that's another way to influence the product roadmap.

Mike: I would agree. There's always something, some way to engage, right? I had to look at my schedule because last week we kicked off the new year talking with the admin evangelists, and kind of forward looking for 2026. So since we're fresh into 2026 when this episode airs, if you had kind of your New Year's resolution for admins on the IdeaExchange. And I'll switch it up, Shelly, I'll start with you. What would your New Year's resolution for admins on the IdeaExchange be?

Shelly Erceg: To deliver to admins?

Mike: I will let you read that question however you choose.

Shelly Erceg: Okay.

Mike: I will be deliberately vague as a host to see what the guest is going to say that's interesting.

Shelly Erceg: Wonderful. Wonderful. Well, I'll say that 2026 for us really, I'm looking forward to talking to more admins. And we're going to be going out to some of the Dreamin' events because we really want to keep evolving. So we've come out with Idea Insights and Roadmap Exchange. We know some of the core things that admins really need. I want to make sure that these things are hitting and if we can evolve them further to provide for what's really going to be helpful to admins. And I just want to hear what our Trailblazer community has to say. So we're going to go to, I hope, three or four different Dreamin' events. And we're going to be out there at TDX, of course, and Dreamforce. And be just looking to spend more time listening to admins, finding out what it is they need and how we can help.

Mike: Yeah. Rebecca, you've been around admins for a long time. If you had a 2026 New Year's resolution for admins on the IdeaExchange, what would it be?

Rebecca Sherrill: From our team's perspective, I just want us to drive as much engagement between our product teams and the community as possible. And to Shelly's point, for our team, what that means is we're going to go to some Dreamin' events and connect live with customers. And that's a little bit of our New Year's resolution is let's get closer to understand if the work we are doing is landing. And how we can continue to improve and get that continuous feedback loop. If I were to kind of put out there an aspirational, I don't know if it's resolution, more of a wish for our community, I want people to feel heard. I want them to know that we really do appreciate the time and the thought that they put into these feedback channels. That we are doing our best to listen. We know we have room to grow, we have space to do better. But I do want, at the end of the day, I want to make sure that they're heard and that they have the transparency they need to make the decisions that they need to make. So yeah, Shelly and I, our doors are always open. We love to hear from the community how we can continue to improve that for them.

Mike: Well, that'd be very cool. I bet everybody's going to be excited to have you at community Dreamin' events. Those are always fun. And you have a lot of vocal people that attend our events, so bring a lot of extra paper to take notes.

Shelly Erceg: We love it.

Mike: Shelly, Rebecca, thank you for coming on the podcast. Again, I'll have to have you back, but hopefully not when you switch again. Just stay at the IdeaExchange and make it awesome.

Shelly Erceg: Planning on it. Thank you so much.

Rebecca Sherrill: Thank you, Mike.

Mike: Big thanks to Rebecca and Shelly for joining us on the podcast. I enjoyed having them share how the IdeaExchange is evolving to better serve Salesforce admins. So whether you're posting a new idea or diving into the Roadmap Exchange, your feedbacks truly helps shape the future of Salesforce. So don't forget that your voice matters. And hey, if you're headed to any kind of the community Dreamin' events this year, keep an eye out for them. They're doing a listening tour. So with that, until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Jennifer Lee, Joshua Birk, and Kate Lessard from the Admin Evangelist team at Salesforce.

Join us as we look at what's next for admins and Agentforce in 2026 and revisit our predictions from last year.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jennifer Lee, Joshua Birk, and Kate Lessard.

Revisiting our predictions for 2025 Happy New Year! Last January, I asked the Admin Evangelist team to make predictions for 2025. So let's check in on those and see how we did.

Josh Birk promised that admins would find building with Agentforce to be easier than they expected. I think that's turned out to be true, especially with resources from Salesforce like Agentforce NOW to help you get started. However, building agents is only part of AI adoption. There's still plenty of work to be done to get organizational buy-in and get the most out of Agentforce.

Jennifer Lee was excited about the potential of Setup with Agentforce. And while these new features didn't make it out of pilot in 2025, she's still excited about how much easier things will be when it goes live. And if you want to see it in action, check out the Admin Keynote from Dreamforce '25.

Finally, Kate Lessard was all about security for 2025 and how important it will be for AI adoption. Time and again, what she's found is that getting Agentforce buy-in at your organization starts with a clear governance story. Dreamforce '25 featured our first-ever Security Keynote, so this is a topic that will continue to be top-of-mind for admins.

What's on the 2026 Roadmap for Salesforce Admins? Next, I wanted to ask the team to make predictions for 2026.

For Josh, it's not just about the agents that admins can build. It's about the agents that help you get more things done on the backend. With tools like Setup powered by Agentforce, Agentforce for Security, and Agentforce Vibes, there are more and more ways to amplify your skills with AI. In other words, it's agents all the way down.

Jen, as always, is all about automation. As she puts it, "Without any type of automation, how good are your agents?" In 2026, she sees admins building with smaller, simpler flows that leave the heavy lifting to AI agents. With your Agentforce skills amplifying your automation skills, you can simplify complicated processes without breaking a sweat.

Meanwhile, for Kate, 2026 will be all about finding new partners in the organization. Admins will need a seat at the table with security teams, legal teams, and business leadership to ensure a trusted AI implementation.

In 2026, admins will have the agency to do what? Finally, on the theme of agents and agency, I asked the team: "In 2026, admins will have the agency to do… what?"

For Jen, it's bringing innovation into your company by being at the forefront of everything that's going on with Salesforce. Trying new tools, looking for new ways to simplify business processes, and becoming the AI expert at your organization.

Josh gives some examples of that expertise in action. He predicts that admins will feel more empowered to jump in and build Lightning Web Components or even an Apex class with the help of AI. It's not about replacing developers, but expanding the potential for collaboration.

Obviously, Kate is focused on the importance of proactive AI governance. "When governance is reactive, admins get forced into cleanup mode," she says. So Salesforce Admins need to build strong partnerships with their stakeholders to make sure any AI implementation is safe and secure.

Be sure to listen to the full episode for insights from Kate, Josh, and Jen. And don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday. Happy New Year!

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Agentforce NOW * Dreamforce '25 Admin Keynote: Admins Power the Agentic Enterprise * Dreamforce '25 Security Keynote: Protecting the Agentic Enterprise

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Jen on LinkedIn * Josh on LinkedIn * Kate on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Mike: Happy New Year and welcome to 2026 and the Salesforce Admins Podcast. Well, this year, we're going to kick things off by revisiting a tradition we started last year, which was future-gazing, with Josh Birk, Jennifer Lee and Kate Lessard on the Admin Evangelist team. Now, in this episode, we're going to get you started for 2026 by revisiting all of our predictions from 2025, and then exploring what lies ahead for Salesforce admins in this new year. From Agentforce breakthroughs to proactive governance, everybody brought some very sharp insights and a few surprises. And because it's the new year, it's a fresh start and the perfect time to plan your roadmap ahead for this year. So with that, let's get everybody back on the podcast. Okay. So welcome back everyone to the podcast.

Jennifer Lee: Hello.

Josh Birk: Oh, hi.

Mike: Great. I didn't call you out specifically. It's always like I've heard the story of you put 10 people in a room, one person will emerge as the leader. So I like to say intros like that and then just see who's going to speak first, because it's like, "Oh, you're going to go. No, you're going to go. No, you're going to go."

Josh Birk: It's a very bold interview strategy, to actually ask a question and just wait for the silence to break itself.

Mike: Yeah. It also is bold interview strategy of here's a podcast and a welcome and silence.

Kate Lessard: Oh, I was on mute. I apparently still haven't figured that out.

Mike: Goals for 2026.

Kate Lessard: Aiming high.

Mike: I still feel like they sell those shirts that say, "You're on mute."

Kate Lessard: Well, maybe my Secret Santa will get one for me.

Mike: One can hope, right? All right. So I will link to in the show notes, we did this podcast in what sounds weird of like a hundred years ago, 2024 for 2025. And I thought it would be fun to revisit that, because we've replayed it, but also revisit each of your predictions, and then have you break out the crystal ball, or Johnny Carson used to use an envelope, that shows how old I am, and look to the future of 2026. So Josh, we're going to start with you.

Josh Birk: Okay.

Mike: You said last year that admins would find Agentforce easier than expected. Did that hold up? Dun, dun, dun.

Josh Birk: Dun, dun, dun. First of all, I think that was almost like a cheat strategy there, because I think when we recorded this, everybody thought building agents was going to be pretty hard. So anything we've done to make that easier, I think the predictions come pretty true. I don't have the numbers on hand, on me right now, but we've had a lot of success with the Agentforce NOW, the virtual workshops that this team has helped host and present. I don't know, Mike, what was your biggest audience number? It was like a few hundred, right?

Mike: Oh, easily. But that aside, I think it's more of people aren't afraid.

Josh Birk: Yeah, yeah. I think people aren't afraid, and I think the tooling... First of all, the tooling has gotten really good and the tooling looks like, if we're moving into the prediction phase, the tooling looks like it's getting better too. So I think that one held true. I feel like people are... It's not the building the agents, it's the can I make this into a use case that will convince my CTO to help me buy this agent kind of thing. But when it comes to actually understanding agents and topics and actions and things like that, I think our audience has done a pretty good job of grasping it.

Mike: It's almost like a Lego brick problem. We understand the Lego bricks, we've got so many things we could build, it's what do we build next.

Josh Birk: Right. It's one thing when you're doing the page-by-page, step-by-step thing. It's the other thing when you've got the child's basket of random Legos.

Mike: Right, Lego bricks.

Josh Birk: Lego bricks.

Mike: Yeah, yeah, I'm reminded of that. Jen, it's always automation with you, but a little bit of a divergent, and I feel like you were on the right path, you probably had a secret futuristic whisper. Your big prediction for 2025 was that Cheryl's team would give us agents to instantly troubleshoot user access. Did we get that?

Jennifer Lee: Kind of. So that's currently in closed pilot, and what I've seen definitely matches what I had predicted. So what I've seen is the tool does figure out, why does Josh have this permission, but Kate doesn't? And you don't have to go through and dig in setup to figure that out, you can go and use the tool, Setup Powered by Agentforce, to talk to the agent, and then it'll come up and say, "Okay, here's why." It could be the sharing role or whatever the reason is, you're in some type of public group, and then it will explain to you all that, and then ask if you want them to take action. So it's even gone beyond just user access. Behind the scenes, I've seen flow creation, data modeling when you're creating a new app, being able to surface up, "Here are the requirements." Then it comes back and says, "Here's existing fields that we think you can just use, and then here are some new ones." But it all comes down to human-in-the-loop, "We're going to explain things to you. Is it okay for me to take that next step to actually do it?" So yeah, I'm excited for when this goes to GA, and I know Cheryl's team is working very hard in making that happen.

Mike: Yeah. You think of the amount of stuff that has to get done in the background for it to understand all of that, insane, I'm sure.

Jennifer Lee: [inaudible 00:06:26] setup assistant.

Mike: Right.

Kate Lessard: If you want to see it in action, you can also go back and revisit the admin keynote from Dreamforce. We've got some really great examples of what that looks like to build some excitement.

Mike: I was going to say, that's exactly a great segue, Kate, I'm glad you came off mute.

Kate Lessard: I've got it down.

Mike: Right. It's a button, it's very important. You went a different route and said AI governance and security were going to be the sleeper topics that admins needed to watch. Did they become front page news, or did something else dominate?

Kate Lessard: They really did. Security has always been one of our core responsibilities as Salesforce admins, and with new technology, we have new threats and new ways that we need to be prepared to deal with them. I would say in 2025, security really did become a front page discussion, as IT professionals focused on governance and security and addressing some of those new threats that we weren't exactly sure what they were going to look like. For Salesforce admins, I think we saw a lot of cases where admins couldn't even get Agentforce buy-in at their organizations without a clear governance story. And at Dreamforce, we even had our first ever security keynote. And then, as just mentioned, I was just talking about the admin keynote, we featured security really heavily in the admin keynote as well. I think even one of the new Agentforce features that I'm personally most excited about is security with Agentforce, because it uses Agentforce to provide that automated risk assessment and will actually be really proactive for admins detecting and alerting them to any unusual activity in their organization in their Salesforce instance.

Mike: Great. All right, Josh, we're going to come back to you. Looking in your crystal ball for the future, and you can't say S-controls will continue to be deprecated.

Josh Birk: No, no. I think we have mission accomplished on that one.

Mike: Yeah, right. I bet there's still an S-control that's firing today.

Josh Birk: I do like that as a segue from security is important.

Mike: Right.

Josh Birk: Security is important also, maybe not have that JavaScript running from 2010.

Mike: Well, I just have to think of somebody scrolling through the transcript, S-controls, what are they talking about S-controls for?

Josh Birk: Right, right. You know the generation of Salesforce ecosystem you're from if you know what an S-control is.

Mike: The same generation that mentions Johnny Carson.

Josh Birk: In the envelope, yes.

Mike: Welcome to the handful of listeners still pushing play. No, so 2026, we accomplished a lot. I think Agentforce went farther than we even thought. What do you see ahead for admins in this next year?

Josh Birk: So I think to follow up with how Jen and Kate are describing the tools, there's going to be this evolution of agents that are there to help you get things done, not just the agents that are the ones you're building. So we've got Setup Powered by Agentforce, we've got Agentforce for Security, we've got Agentforce Fives, we've got brand new Agentforce Builder coming down the path, and that Agentforce Builder has, dun, dun, dun, agents helping you build agents. So I think that's the next layer that we're going to see, is the agentic enterprise being there in places that'll be at your fingertips is the way I would put it. Where you need AI to help you, it's going to be right there for you.

Mike: Right, okay. Boy, that's awfully broad, I like it. Jen, you don't have to stick with automation, but for 2026, what do you see coming for admins?

Jennifer Lee: Well, I see, not to stick with automation, but-

Josh Birk: Automation.

Jennifer Lee: It's going to continue to play a real important role in your agents, because without any type of automation, how good is that agent with just having basic instructions? And I'm going to stick with continuing to really build with smaller flows and not building with those humongous flows that you might be used to. I was blown by a agent that I had created where I had two simple flows, and they were just to create a cupcake record and then a cupcake item record. And in the past, I would have had to build a flow that did massive loops to keep... Because you need multiple cupcake item records associated with a cupcake order, and I would have had to loop around and do some complex building of a flow to handle that. And then now, with my agent, I could just say, "Hey, there could be one to many cupcake items, and if the person said they wanted X number, just continue to use that action," and it understood that. I didn't have to make complex flows to do that. So it's really, again, having that mindset, and then just powering up your automation skills with your Agentforce skills, that's going to be where the magic happens.

Mike: Wow, that's incredibly powerful. I never thought of that, that we would be building simpler flows. It's like writing stronger sentences, short declarative sentences, as opposed to long paragraph diatribes that go nowhere, which is common on this podcast.

Kate Lessard: And an agent can help you build those flows, which is super cool.

Mike: Yep, they usually do. The longer the intro, the more the agent had to help. Kate, are we going down the security path again for 2026, or what are we predicting for admins?

Kate Lessard: I don't think that security is going to go away, I think it's going to stay a real hot topic. But I'm actually going to go back to one of my other predictions last year. I think I said that admins were set to become their orgs' AI specialist, and I think that we saw that shift start. But I think it's going to be really big this year as admins become AI orchestrators and stewards, because they're using their understanding of their organization's business and their business processes to identify those right use cases where we want to implement AI, and they're the ones that are going to be designing guardrails and bringing in decision logic. I think we're also seeing something that we've been encouraging on this team for a long time, and it's becoming more prevalent and I think is really going to be huge in 2026, which is admins having a seat at the table to partner more closely with their security teams, their legal team and their business stakeholders across the board to ensure a trusted implementation, because the AI and the knowledge that admins have gained this past year, it's just helping them move upstream in those conversations.

Mike: I just realized as you were answering this, this show sounds incredibly like Family Feud. Not that I just watched Family Feud last night. But it's the host repeating the question over and over again, and it makes me think, the next time we go to a community group-

Josh Birk: You want a board?

Mike: ... we need to do a survey of a hundred admins.

Kate Lessard: Oh, I love it.

Mike: And I'm going to have you guys back on and we're going to guess the answers, because that sounds incredibly fun.

Kate Lessard: That does sound fun.

Mike: In a recent survey of a hundred admins, we asked them, "Karaoke or singing in the shower?" Okay. So bonus question that I just thought of and I didn't prep you guys for, so let's see how it goes, we'll start with you, Josh, to keep the order in the same. I realize we say agent a lot, and in the world, sometimes you can get confused and say agency, and I think we're all familiar with what it means to have agency. So in 2026, I wish admins had agency to do what? Josh, you're up first.

Josh Birk: 2026, admins have the agency to... Gosh, I feel like I'm just stealing from Kate here. Have the agency to feel like they can be the AI expert, basically. I think that there's going to be a lot of self-empowerment there. As a next developer, this is what I was thinking when Kate and Jen were talking about this kind of stuff, when developers develop something, it's a little bit in a package, it's kind of in a bubble, and they just get something working and then they run their unit tests on it, and then boom, that goes into the org and then they walk away. And like a lot of the other things when it comes to how that runs within an org can often be the role of the admin, like making sure the users have the right permissions, et cetera, et cetera, et cetera. I don't think that's going to change as agents become more prolific, I think the role is simply going to become more important. I'm going to tack onto that and say, because this is where things are going to start getting weird, is when admins feel like they have the agency to build a Lightning Web Component, when admins feel like they have the agency to build an Apex class, and that's a brand new frontier we haven't really gone into, which reverses the thing I just described. But I would put the horse before the cart, so to speak, and be like you want to be that established AI expert first, because you're not trying to replace a developer, you're not trying to do their work for them. But if you understand what happens if you create a Lightning Web Component and how that belongs in your org, then you can be that proper steward for making sure that your org is going to remain healthy.

Mike: I like it. Jen, I'll sound like Richard Dawson, in 2026, I hope admins have the agency to do what?

Jennifer Lee: I'd say to be the person bringing the innovation into their company, being at the forefront of everything that's going on in Salesforce, being the first ones to get their hands on it, whether it's getting into a playground to play around with it and then pitching it to their company, but really being that true expert at their company.

Mike: That's great, yeah. Kate? Last one.

Kate Lessard: You're going to make me follow that?

Mike: The hardest part when we do the Family Feud episode is I'm going to get some sort of audience clapping sound, because at some point, when everybody answers, everybody else in the team's like, "Oh yeah, good answer. Birthday cake, yeah. Birthday cake, good answer." So Kate, in 2026, I hope admins have agency to do what?

Kate Lessard: All right. I'm going back to security, because I am really passionate about it, and I'm going to say to set governance standards proactively rather than retroactively after something goes wrong. I think that once AI is live in your organization, whether you're using Agentforce or any other type of AI, the risk isn't hypothetical, it's impacting real people and your organization's real data. And so, when governance is reactive, admins get forced into cleanup mode, which isn't a great place to be, and that puts you into a space where you're rebuilding trust and explaining decisions. Whereas if you have proactive governance, then you're giving admins that authority, that agency to define boundaries before any harm occurs, and it's, again, placing them in that position to just continue to move upstream and build strong partnerships with their stakeholders.

Mike: Yeah. Well, those are great. If everything comes true, we've got admins building Lightning Web Components, short declarative flows and owning governance, so...

Josh Birk: The bet.

Kate Lessard: Yeah, that sounds great.

Josh Birk: It sounds pretty good.

Mike: Sit back and have your white Persian cat on your lap and put your pinky in the corner of your mouth and be like, "I own one million things."

Josh Birk: How many admins would have their job easier if they had sharks with lasers on them?

Mike: All of them.

Kate Lessard: That's true.

Josh Birk: Right.

Mike: All of them.

Josh Birk: All of them.

Mike: Yeah.

Kate Lessard: That's the new user punishment.

Josh Birk: Exactly.

Mike: It'd be really hard for people in the Midwest, because there's not a lot of water.

Josh Birk: Right, right. I'm trying to think of the Midwest. We don't have crocodiles.

Mike: No, we'd put it on cows.

Kate Lessard: It's just slower moving.

Mike: We'd put it on cows, yeah, it would just take a while. It's like if you've ever seen Goldfinger, the laser just takes a while, so the cow would just... It's common, don't worry. Or if you've ever... I forget what the movie is. Jimmy Shaker Day. You never know what day is going to be Jimmy Shaker Day. You never know when that cow's going to catch up to you, but it's going to happen.

Josh Birk: Right, right.

Kate Lessard: I have no idea what you're talking about.

Mike: Well, that's because, Kate, you'd probably have sharks out on the West Coast, right?

Kate Lessard: Yes, yes, absolutely. I've got my sharks swimming in the coast.

Mike: We have cows. I have a feeling the cows would get to me long before they get to Josh. I've not seen cattle anywhere near the Chicagoland area.

Josh Birk: Yeah, yeah. There's a mantra here in the Midwest when it gets to one degree and we have three and three feet of snow outside, we don't have earthquakes, we don't have crocodiles. We don't have earthquakes, we don't have crocodiles. We have winter, but we don't have earthquakes, we don't have crocodiles.

Mike: Right. And we have tornadoes, but those usually hit unpopulated areas.

Josh Birk: Right.

Kate Lessard: Well, Jen knows, I cannot tough out your winters. I was a popsicle when we were in the cold last week.

Mike: Yeah. But I think New York... Well, I don't know about Chicago, but New York gets pretty rough winters being right on the coast there.

Josh Birk: They like to get dramatic for like a month, I feel like. They don't do the hibernation-style winter that we have to go through. But once a month, nobody wants to walk through the park because it's just nothing but snow.

Mike: Right, yeah. Well, good, glad we hashed that out for this episode.

Kate Lessard: Very important.

Mike: It is. Thank you all for joining.

Josh Birk: Thanks for having us.

Kate Lessard: Thanks for having us.

Jennifer Lee: Thanks for having us.

Kate Lessard: Let's do it again next year.

Mike: We should.

Jennifer Lee: It's an annual thing.

Mike: See how right we were. And if anybody is right about cows with lasers, then that'll be the last episode of the podcast.

Josh Birk: Then AI's already won.

Kate Lessard: We've done all we can do.

Mike: We've done all we can do, cows have lasers now. And that's a wrap on our first of many episodes this year in 2026. Big thanks to Josh, Jen and Kate for sharing their insights, laughs, and what admins can do to lead the way, whether it's automation, AI governance, or was that cows or sharks with lasers? Maybe both. Anyway, if today's conversation sparked ideas in your organization or in your user group, pass it along to another admin who might enjoy it. And until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, a holiday fable.

The Gift of the Admin Once, in a company not unlike yours,

There was an Admin named Riley—

The kind of Admin who could fix a broken report

Before the requestor even finished explaining it.

Now, every season brought its own challenges.

Deadlines, new features, odd little mysteries

That crept into the org like snowflakes—

Unique, intricate, and occasionally inconvenient.

But this season felt different.

People were tired.

Teams were stretched.

And the org itself seemed to sigh

Under the weight of so many expectations.

So Riley decided to give a gift.

Not a wrapped one,

Not a shiny one,

But a gift only an Admin could give:

Clarity.

Riley began quietly, almost invisibly—

Cleaning up old fields no one used,

Fixing automation that everyone complained about

But no one had time to understand.

Organizing objects like a librarian

Restoring order to a well-loved shelf.

They documented things no one remembered building.

They created a dashboard that told the truth

In a way executives could finally understand.

They met with a team that felt unheard

And turned their ideas into something real.

Little by little, the org brightened.

People moved with more confidence.

Decisions came easier.

Work flowed instead of stumbled.

And one morning, someone said,

"I don't know what changed,

But everything just feels clearer."

Riley just smiled.

The best Admin work often goes unseen—

But never unfelt.

Because the gift of the Admin

Isn't the features they build

Or the bugs they squash

Or the fires they quietly put out.

The gift of the Admin

Is alignment.

The gift of the Admin

Is understanding.

The gift of the Admin

Is a better tomorrow,

Built one thoughtful choice at a time.

And that's a gift

Every org needs—

No matter the season.

Make sure subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to hear a new episode every week. Happy holidays!

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript Happy holidays, Salesforce Admins. Rather than a traditional episode, I've decided to give you a modern fable. It's called "The Gift of the Admin."

Once, in a company not unlike yours,

There was an Admin named Riley—

The kind of Admin who could fix a broken report

Before the requestor even finished explaining it.

Now, every season brought its own challenges.

Deadlines, new features, odd little mysteries

That crept into the org like snowflakes—

Unique, intricate, and occasionally inconvenient.

But this season felt different.

People were tired.

Teams were stretched.

And the org itself seemed to sigh

Under the weight of so many expectations.

So Riley decided to give a gift.

Not a wrapped one,

Not a shiny one,

But a gift only an Admin could give:

Clarity.

Riley began quietly, almost invisibly—

Cleaning up old fields no one used,

Fixing automation that everyone complained about

But no one had time to understand.

Organizing objects like a librarian

Restoring order to a well-loved shelf.

They documented things no one remembered building.

They created a dashboard that told the truth

In a way executives could finally understand.

They met with a team that felt unheard

And turned their ideas into something real.

Little by little, the org brightened.

People moved with more confidence.

Decisions came easier.

Work flowed instead of stumbled.

And one morning, someone said,

"I don't know what changed,

But everything just feels clearer."

Riley just smiled.

The best Admin work often goes unseen—

But never unfelt.

Because the gift of the Admin

Isn't the features they build

Or the bugs they squash

Or the fires they quietly put out.

The gift of the Admin

Is alignment.

The gift of the Admin

Is understanding.

The gift of the Admin

Is a better tomorrow,

Built one thoughtful choice at a time.

And that's a gift

Every org needs—

No matter the season.

Happy holidays, Salesforce Admins.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Joshua Birk, Senior Director of Admin Evangelism at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about how Agentforce Vibes can help admins debug code, create documentation, and so much more.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Joshua Birk.

What is vibe coding? Josh has been getting a vibe lately, and it's not just him. More and more programmers have been adapting their workflows to incorporate AI and give themselves a helping hand. Vibe coding is here to stay, and it's coming to Salesforce with the release of Agentforce Vibes.

Pair programming, also known as someone looking over your shoulder while you code, is a classic way to get unstuck. Whether you're missing a semicolon or calling the wrong function, having another set of eyes on your code can make all the difference.

Vibe coding is the same concept, but you're using AI for that external perspective. With an AI assistant, admins can quickly troubleshoot a wall of code to spot errors or comb through pages of documentation for a key piece of information. And now, that functionality has been built into Salesforce development environments with Agentforce Vibes.

How to get started with Agentforce Vibes If you're already a user of VS Code or Code Builder, you already have access to Agentforce Vibes. If you're running a trial org or developer edition, you may need to download and install the extension.

Like any AI tool, the things you can do with Agentforce Vibes are too many to list. Josh gives the example of product requirements documentation. PRDs are the encyclopedia of everything going on with a project: requirements, challenges, blockers, key metrics, etc. It's an essential document for any project, but it's difficult to create and dense to parse.

Agentforce Vibes can help you with PRDs on both fronts. You can spin up a PRD for a project and get a running start, or go through an existing PRD for whatever information you need. In short, it helps you do more, faster.

AI is a skillset amplifier "There's always a question of what skills are admins not going to need in the future of AI," Josh says. "I don't know if that's the right question, because I think it's all about your skills leveraging AI—not AI taking over your skill set."

Agentforce Vibes isn't going to replace a development team, but it can give admins a starting point to collaborate more effectively with them. If you have coding skills, it can help you debug and document. If you've built a ton of flows and are worried some might be redundant, it can help you find those.

AI tools like Vibes won't replace admin skills—they'll amplify them. Like a calculator in math class, Vibes helps you move faster but still requires foundational knowledge. The key is knowing what to ask, validating results, and using AI as a supportive peer, not a replacement.

Make sure to listen to the full episode for more details about Agentforce Vibes from Josh, and don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday. Until next time!

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Get started: Agentforce Vibes * True to the Core Deep Dive: What's New in Lightning Experience Performance and Agentforce Vibes

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Josh on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins podcast, we're joined by Josh Birk, Senior Director Admin Evangelism, and really just all around great explainer of complicated things. Coming off of Dreamforce, there's a lot of people talking about vibe coding, what it is, where it came from, and why it matters for Salesforce admins. So we're going to dive into that, along with Agentforce Vibes and how it can change the way that Salesforce admins approach requirements, automation, and even documentation. So you want to give this one a listen to and share it with a few Salesforce admins who maybe are curious about coding in the age of AI. So with that, let's get Josh on the podcast. So Josh, welcome back to the podcast.

Josh Birk: Thanks, Mike. Good to be here.

Mike: We have so much to talk about. We're coming off of Dreamforce this year. I feel like we're heading into one of the busiest Decembers as a Salesforce admin I can remember, because we're still releasing, upgrading products in this age of AI. But one thing that left Dreamforce that I wanted to talk to you about is I heard a lot about vibe coding.

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Mike: And so I want to start there, before we talk about the Salesforce product, and just kind of level set. Because you're a developer, you've built code.

Josh Birk: I have. I have.

Mike: I haven't. I've shown you how to add a icon to an application.

Josh Birk: Famously so, yes.

Mike: That was my one win in my life. I'll take that. But this whole idea of vibe coding seems to be taking over tech. Let's talk about that.

Josh Birk: Yeah, it is definitely taking over tech. And if you want to think about how blindly fast we're going right now, I think I first heard the term vibe coding somewhere during this summer.

Mike: Oh.

Josh Birk: This time last year, not even a speckle on somebody's eye. And now it's really all the rage. So it's moving. Yeah. Yeah. And the first time I heard it too, my first response was of course, "Well, what are you talking about? What is vibe code?"

Mike: To be fair, it sounds awesome. Because I totally love tie-dye shirts, I love the 1970s, and I'm sitting around thinking like, "Yeah brother. I am going to get myself a tie-dye t-shirt and we're going to vibe."

Josh Birk: Yeah. Actually, my first response was closer in that vein. I actually thought they meant flow development. Like not flows as in admin development, but when you get into your flow zone kind of thing.

Mike: Oh yeah. Yeah.

Josh Birk: I thought, "Oh, is there some cool new way to get into my vibe?"

Mike: Hey, it's like that social media movie. That's what my friends always call it.

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Mike: We're like, "You can't interrupt him. He's plugged in."

Josh Birk: Exactly.

Mike: He's plugged in.

Josh Birk: It is. And this is a good note for working with your developers. If they have their headphones on, they are probably not willing to talk to you. Just as a reminder out there for feeding and nurturing your developers. So yeah, no. So vibe coding is, as kind of an old school developer, there's a really interesting paradigm to describe it, which is peer programming. And peer programming was this thing that was kind of... I don't want to say it was kind of a fad, but the idea was get a fellow programmer to basically look over your shoulder and assist you while you're coding kind of thing.

Mike: Okay.

Josh Birk: And back at one of my earlier jobs, we used to do it usually when we were like we're stuck, right? And it's like we get stuck in something, "Hey Craig, can you come over and peer program with me for a little bit?" And there's this kind of myth in coding that sometimes all you literally need is another pair of eyeballs staring at your screen and your code will magically work better. But it was more of an idea of like, "Oh, you missed that semicolon." Catching little things along the way. Vibe coding, similar concept except you're using an AI assistant. The conversation you're having is with an AI who can sit there and create things for you, read files for you, analyze things for you. And so you just sort of have at your fingertips this assistant that's going to help you do tasks faster and easier.

Mike: Okay. So yeah. I also totally you get that like when you're proofreading stuff. I'll be going through whatever and I'll be like, "I can't not find this word anymore because I've been looking at it forever."

Josh Birk: Right, right. And old school English major, never turn in your paper until somebody else has read it, right?

Mike: Uh-huh.

Josh Birk: Always get another pair of eyeballs because you're too close to your source material to know what you said that sounds wrong to somebody like that. And yeah, vibes can be like that too. It can be your other pair of eyes.

Mike: So Salesforce has Agentforce Vibes.

Josh Birk: Yes.

Mike: And we saw it at Dreamforce and the developer keynote, and you've had a chance to get hands-on with it.

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Mike: Let's talk about what Agentforce Vibe means for admin.

Josh Birk: So let's talk software. Let's talk about, specifically when we say Agentforce Vibes, what we're talking about. And what we're talking about is an extension into Visual Studio Code. Now Visual Studio Code is the basis of Code Builder, also by the way now renamed Agentforce Vibes IDE for those who haven't seen that change yet. And that's Visual Studio Code in a browser. And the cool thing about Agentforce Vibes IDE is that it's not like a HTML representation of a development environment. It's actually running... You know when you can't log into your computer and somebody from IT logs in for you and they're like, "I'm going to take over your mouse and do a whole bunch of stuff."

Mike: Mm-hmm.

Josh Birk: It's like that technology, but you get to use Visual Studio Code remotely, basically. So the extension comes pre-installed, and so the nice thing about it all being in your browser is that you don't have to install anything. You just basically go to a click, pull up a window and let it start doing all of its things to initialize, and then you're pretty much good to go. And it's even had, I don't know when this improvement happened, but it used to be you had to go through this kind of awkward logging into your own org kind of thing. And that actually has been skipped, so it actually knows your org itself.

Mike: Oh.

Josh Birk: And then what you're going to see in the IDE is a pane off to the left side, and it's a client... And now we got to get a little nerdy here. That client logs into the Salesforce MCP server. And I don't know when the last time we've had a chance to use the term MCP, but that's model context protocol, which basically is a protocol that says, "This is how an AI client can perform actions on a Salesforce server." And so Vibes sits within VS Code and it knows kind of your org shape, and then it can go through the MCP server and be like, "Hey, can you download all the metadata for my custom objects?" And things like that. Now if you're an instance that's like a trial org or a developer edition, you may have to actually download Visual Studio Code and then install the Salesforce extension, which will include the CLI and Vibes and a whole bunch of other stuff. Nice thing is that's very simple to do. And also because of the way Agentforce Vibes ID works, it's feature parity, right? You're basically doing the same thing, you're just doing it locally on your desktop as opposed to in the cloud.

Mike: So it's meant to help you build faster?

Josh Birk: That is one of the things it can help you do. Yeah.

Mike: Okay.

Josh Birk: So let's see. A few of my favorite use cases.

Mike: Yes.

Josh Birk: Because this is one of the big problems with AI in general, right? Because I tell people and somebody talks, I'm like, "Look, if you haven't played with any of these, just go talk to them." Because part of it is like how a conversational UI works doesn't really click for people, I think, until they actually start using it. And then I'm like, "Ask it to tell you a dad joke. Ask it to play 20 questions. Stuff like that." Don't ask Vibes to do a dad joke. You can, I think it probably will respond. But one of the first examples I tried to do was I'm creating out this demo for a fictional company, and so I gave it basically the overview of what the company does. And then I asked it, "What kind of custom data would you recommend?" Sort of thing. It's like, "Oh, okay." And so it can recommend that, it can create those custom objects for you, it can create those custom fields for you. And then you can also take that to another step and be like, "Okay. Based on what you know about this fictional company, what you know about the data structure, what flows would you recommend? What kind of automation would you recommend?" And so it's kind of like having not just a developer in your back pocket, it's kind of like having an architect in your back pocket too. So you can kind of help solve some of these puzzle pieces without necessarily having to sit down and have a meeting with an entire development team in order to keep moving forward.

Mike: So I saw in some of our presentations, like at Dreamforce and both at New York World Tour, they would talk about a product requirements document.

Josh Birk: Okay.

Mike: I'm going to go out on a limb and say... It's a pretty sturdy limb because it's holding me. There's probably admins that are inept and it's like second nature to kind of document requirements, especially heading into a big build.

Josh Birk: Yeah, yeah.

Mike: And then there isn't. And I would say I fell into the, "There isn't." I always tended to document everything after the fact.

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Mike: But if you've never done like a product requirements doc, which I think helps Agentforce Vibes, just helps in vibe coding, but it to me feels like also a best practice. What should a PRD include, and how should that motion kind of get started for admins?

Josh Birk: Yeah. So we were talking earlier, and so I kind of brushed up on what a PRD kind of looks like. And back in my consultancy days, I kind of wish this was more of a trend. Because we didn't have a requirements doc, we had requirement docs.

Mike: Oh.

Josh Birk: So the designer would come up with layouts, the development team would come out with X, and the business requirements team would come out with Y. And a PRD really tries to consolidate as much of that into one document. So it's kind of a, "Here is the encyclopedia of everything that's going on with your current project." And so that's requirements, it's challenges, it's blockers, key metrics. So it's kind of a one-stop guide into like, "Where are we in the success of this project?"

Mike: Mm-hmm.

Josh Birk: And I think one of the cool things about a client like Vibes is when you look at something like that, it can be overwhelming, right? It can be a lot. But to Vibes, it's just a big block of text, right? It's not going to get overwhelmed over something like that. And so with a good PRD, Vibes knows where you're trying to go. And so to kind of go back to the example of like, "How should we build out this application?" You're giving it all of the touchpoints that it really needs. And you can also use Vibes to be like, "Hey, can you recommend changes to my PRD?" Kind of thing. So because when I'm looking at this document format, I'm like, "Wow, that is a lot of information we're tracking in one place. Wouldn't it be nice if I had another pair of eyeballs in order to work with this?" And so I think that's where Vibes is kind of a nice little assistant that can sit there next to you and help craft, navigate and organize a document like that.

Mike: Yeah. I always try to think of how do you take this from admins who are working with many teams and it's a huge app, to like some of the times... Like I was an admin with a couple hundred users, I would get four or five people together. I didn't have anybody that was a UX or interface designer. I just kind of had to figure it out on my own.

Josh Birk: Yeah, yeah.

Mike: I think that's part of where Vibes can also help you, right?

Josh Birk: It can. And it's kind of one of those things. Like right now I haven't had a lot of great success with Vibes creating like a complicated flow or anything like that, but this is where it's definitely going in the future. And so a use case that I think they actually demoed at the developer keynote Dreamforce was your designer gives you a Figma, you give that Figma to Vibes, and Vibes gives you a lightning web component. I don't think Vibes can do this yet, but I've done that kind of thing with AI just with like an image. Somebody says like, "Oh, this is what I want the component to look like." And I go, "Snap. Claude, hey, create this lightning web component for me." So what that does... And it kind of chills me a little bit, because one of the first talks I ever did about AI was at Forcelandia, and it was all about the convergence of roles, and it was all about how an admin can now have starting points. They're not going to replace a development team, but going back to a PRD, it can help them create the docs that the developers need in order to get their job done.

Mike: Mm-hmm.

Josh Birk: And some of those docs might even include, "Here's a block of code." And the admin doesn't necessarily need to know exactly how that code works, but something like Vibes can be like, "Oh, this is part of the PRD that we're going to give those developers so that they have that information moving forward." And so if you start kind of thinking about it in terms of documents in, documents out with Vibes in the center, it gives an admin a lot more interconnectivity when it comes to being able to quickly move through those tasks. Still not replacing the human in the loop, right?

Mike: Right.

Josh Birk: Where nobody's going to say like, "Hey admin, could you just write that apex trigger for me and get that into production as quickly as possible? That'd be great. Thanks." None of those models have changed. Those rules still apply. But we can move into another example. Let's say an admin wakes up, they get a Slack message that's like, "Hey, this flow isn't working correctly." They can pull up Vibes and run tests against that flow and ask vibes like, "Hey, I'm getting this error. Can you help me figure out what's going on in flow with that?"

Mike: Very good. I was going to ask, because you said helps start or helps create the foundation.

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Mike: And I think that's always the thing that we're looking at is, "Oh, so I can just give Vibes this requirements doc and go to lunch, come back, and it's done."

Josh Birk: Kind of where we're moving at the very least. And when I say moving, once again, we're talking in terms of AI, so we're talking months, not years. Right?

Mike: Yeah.

Josh Birk: Again, Vibes didn't exist six months ago. In six months, it's going to be a lot more powerful and a lot more capable. And I think that's one of the visions Salesforce has for it is it's your business analyst's buddy, it is your requirements gathering buddy, but it's also your application building buddy. And once again, creating that minimal viable product that you can just get into a sandbox, and then have people get feedback based on that. Time to delivery on that stuff is going to just start to evaporate, it's going to be so fast. And once again, we're still going to need the expertise. AI is going to get stuff wrong, it's going to go into corners it's going to need to be pulled out of. And so I don't see... There's always a question of like, "Well, what skill is an admin not going to need in the future of AI?" And I don't know if that's the right question, because I think it's all about your skills leveraging AI, not AI taking over your skillset.

Mike: And also, I mean you mentioned it, I'm thinking of back to how you started the conversation which is like the peer programming. You would always double check. They're double checking your work and you're double checking their work.

Josh Birk: Mm-hmm.

Mike: And so I would think at times you could probably get a little over your skis with Vibes if it could create things that you're like, "Oh wow, I'm so glad it created that. I didn't know how." Now the impetus, in my opinion, is still on you to go back and learn. I use the metaphor of the first time you got to use a calculator in math class.

Josh Birk: Right.

Mike: You're like, "Oh my God, I can get the answer so much faster."

Josh Birk: Exactly.

Mike: But the math teacher's like, "Right, but you should have already knew the answer. The calculator should have just reinforced it."

Josh Birk: Right, right.

Mike: And I think with Vibes, you should already know what you're going for.

Josh Birk: Mm-hmm.

Mike: This just kind of... I don't know. Maybe it's like a microwave meal. It just makes the time from like when you're hungry to when you get to eat the Salisbury steak down to one to two minutes.

Josh Birk: Right, right, right. Yeah, because we're of that age when microwaves were magic.

Mike: They still are Josh.

Josh Birk: They still got a heart.

Mike: They're still magic.

Josh Birk: I still barely understand how they work.

Mike: They make popcorn and they warm up soup.

Josh Birk: They're just your friend. Yeah, no. And in AI circles, the calculator analogy rings pretty hard, pretty true. Because we're also of that age when it was the fear of the calculator. Every kid's going to stop learning how to do math because they won't have to learn math anymore. And I point to there are calculators I don't know how to use, and the reason I don't know how to use them is because my math isn't strong enough. There's buttons and stuff on there that I might as well go back and play Pac-Man. I just can't use this thing. And it's the same kind of thing. If you're not skilled up enough, you're not going to be able to leverage AI to get your stuff done faster. It's definitely a loop where the smarter the human is, the smarter the AI is going to be.

Mike: So let's talk about, because I try to cover all the bases and it's impossible, but admins that work with developers and admins that want to use Vibes. If you and I were building something and I'm your admin, which first of all, lucky you. I meant that sarcastically.

Josh Birk: I know. I would be honored if you were my admin.

Mike: Because that could sound awfully, awfully boastful. What would you expect me to do in Vibes that maybe you wouldn't do? I don't know if that makes sense. But if we're working together on a project and I'm like, "I'm going to use vibes for X, Y, and Z." As a developer, what are you like, "Cool. I feel good you doing that, because I'm going to do A, B, and C."

Josh Birk: And I think this is an interesting dynamic in Salesforce development and app building in general. What I would want from an admin or a business analyst is okay, you have your PRD, right? You have your North Star, you know where you're trying to go. And as a developer, can you help... We need to have a conversation to identify the technical gaps that are outside limitations, or for other architectural reasons we need code in order to accomplish that. And what I think is interesting is some of that reduces every year. Because for instance, take dynamic page layouts, right?

Mike: Mm-hmm.

Josh Birk: And when I first saw us as a sort of admin and developer's clothing, or developer and admin's clothing, I'm not sure the right analogy there, when I first saw that feature I'm like, "Why is everybody so excited about this?" Because I'm like, "It's an if-then statement basically." But then I saw working in layouts with logic to it and I'm like, "Oh, that used to be a lightning web component." You used to have to have a lightning web component to do that. And it's kind of like when we rolled out Process Builder and it's like, "Well, you used to have to have an apex trigger for that." And those corners are slowly kind of getting moved around. But that's where I think Admin Vibes, PRD or Business Docs or whatever, when you look at that you're like, "I can't cover that. I need to highlight this and get it to my dev team." Now my favorite party trick from Vibes is one of the things you can tell Vibes is to create a file in a specific format. And so if you use Slack and you're communicating with the team in a Slack channel, you can take these documents and you can ask Vibe, "Hey Vibes, can I have that as a markdown file?" And then you can pull that markdown file, copy and paste it, put it into a Slack canvas and at mention your developer and Bob's your uncle.

Mike: That's nice.

Josh Birk: What's nice about it is it's very clean. And the question is, are you communicating within Vibes? Well, probably not. If you've got a Slack channel, that's probably where your team is actually organizing things. But Vibes can be the pipeline into that. Which, we should also mention, something I haven't had a lot of chance to play with... But the other advantage of Vibes, because it is an MCP client, it is not stuck with just talking to the Salesforce MCP server. So if you work with Jira, you work with Slack, you work with Atlassian, you work with these other third party integrations, you can also use Vibes to work with those integrations too. So from a development team point of view, for instance, that means they can do things like interact with GitHub. And so they're not just working within Vibes, but they could be checking in code, they could be pulling down pull requests and they could be deploying it to a sandbox, all with staying within the same environment. Now what that means for admins is something I think we need to kind of poke around a little bit and see what are those third party things. Like what are the other things that's sitting at a Vibes terminal would be making your job faster?

Mike: Yeah. Well, that was actually going to be my next question is what's... You go back and look at the transcript of this. I think what's interesting, we've said Vibes the whole time, but I think in the technology ecosphere that we live in it's actually vibe coding.

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Mike: And coding feels very loaded. It's a developer term.

Josh Birk: It is.

Mike: We're saying Vibes because it feels very I want to say end user-friendly, a little bit more so than trying to look at code. But if you're thinking, "Okay, this is something I need to pay attention to as a Salesforce admin", but you're like me and coding just doesn't make sense to you, what are some of the skills that they should lean into to kind of prepare for? I'm going to guess that this is kind of the new way of building applications.

Josh Birk: It's moving into that. And I kind of want to hang a lantern there, because it's like first of all I completely agree. And it's just kind of one of those... We're definitely stuck with the term vibe coding. It's not going anywhere.

Mike: It's like social media.

Josh Birk: It's like social media. Well also, I have to say, vibe coding for a change doesn't sound like some random engineer named it. So it's got kind of good marketing behind it. But the coding aspect is definitely like that, that's a loaded phrase. And I know I've talked to admins who really do react to that kind of thing that just sort of like, "Well, a developer edition's not for me because I'm not a developer." And I'm like, "That's cool. I understand you think that. The developer edition is absolutely for you if what you need is a working version of Salesforce where you're kicking the tires of things like Data Cloud, Agentforce Studio and Vibes." So I think we're going to have to start... So for instance, one of the things I want to highlight in this coming year is like the new tools that we have for flow testing.

Mike: Oh?

Josh Birk: And when I started, I hadn't had a chance to really catch up to it. Our wonderful Jennifer Lee had a demo video for the Admin Meadow and I was reviewing that. And what occurred to me is that this is unit testing for flows. And so once again, we're pulling in these developer terms, right? Unit testing for flow. Now we have to jump into a rabbit hole. "Okay, well what's unit testing?" And unit testing is also an extremely engineering centric term, right? "What do you mean by a unit?" Well, a unit is the one thing you're testing, basically. It's kind of [inaudible 00:26:12]. But the nice thing is, I think if we can get past the terminology, some of this does bring in... So why do you want to use these new flow testing tools? And trust me, I'm getting back to Vibes. But you want to use these new flow testing tools because when you debug your flow, that tells you if your flow is running without errors. What it doesn't do is tell you is your flow running correctly and giving you the outcome that you want, right?

Mike: Uh-huh. Because running without errors and running with the result that you want are two different things.

Josh Birk: Two different things. Exactly. And the concept of unit testing for like apex, and the reason why Salesforce decided if you're going to go to production you have to have 75% coverage. That means 75% of your code has a unit test related to it somehow. And the reason they wanted to do that, first of all, it kind of forces people to write better code. And second of all, in a complicated environment like ours, the classic example, right? Some developer threw a trigger on account on a Friday, and now nobody can use an account on a Monday because of the-

Mike: And the servers melting.

Josh Birk: And the servers melting down. Like law of unexpected consequences, right? Properly done, unit testing will keep that from happening because if you run your whole unit test suite before you deploy, and your unit tests are written correctly, then you'll get that [inaudible 00:27:43] checkbox before you're like, "Oh, something broke. I should go fix that before I deploy." And we can assert that same paradigm with flows, which is a good thing since flows occupy the same kind of automation spaces like triggers. So where does this come back to vibe coding? Well, it comes back to I think admins need to kind of start adapting to some of the skills that developers are doing. Now the good thing is I'm not saying, "Go learn Java." I am saying, "It's time to have some of the soft skills that developers employ." Like when's the last time you sat down and did a code review of your flows? Like when's the last time you did kind of an end to end, "Here's our library of flows. And are all our flows working correctly?" And all of those questions are things that Vibes is very good at answering for you. So I think easing into some of this kind of new world of enterprise architecture and some of the new toys and the new tools that are coming out, Vibes is going to be a very good partner.

Mike: I mean you just touched on a huge part that I think sometimes when we release new product we forget is we always focus on here's how you can build new, faster, stronger.

Josh Birk: Mm-hmm.

Mike: But it's also I remember when Flow and Process Builder came out, it was... But admins could clutter up an org with all of these flows.

Josh Birk: Mm-hmm.

Mike: That's not a best practice that could be handled in one seamless apex trigger or something.

Josh Birk: Right.

Mike: And it's like, right, but everybody builds to their skill.

Josh Birk: Yeah, yeah.

Mike: And it's not necessarily wrong, it's just you ask a hundred people and you're going to get a hundred best practices of how to do it better. But I think what I'm getting at with this is, yes, you can build new, but boy, looking at what we look at as the core responsibilities for Salesforce admins, what about going back and just making it better?

Josh Birk: Better, yeah.

Mike: Because I do think you're focused on building the new all the time.

Josh Birk: Mm-hmm.

Mike: I mean there's a point at which you got to stop building the house and you got to clean the house.

Josh Birk: Yes. Yes. As somebody who just actually had people over as dinner guests that weren't like family since the pandemic, it's an exercise I am very... Well, my wife did most of the work. But anyway, yes, every now and then you just have to get up and spray and clean everything.

Mike: So your wife was like Agentforce Vibes?

Josh Birk: She was kind of like Agentforce Vibes. Yeah. Which however was also giving me unit testing from time to time. But anyway.

Mike: Yeah. That'll be the next version of Agentforce Vibes. It will also request things from you.

Josh Birk: Yeah. Yeah.

Mike: So instead of you asking it for a joke it'll be, "Before I build this unit, you have to tell me a dad joke."

Josh Birk: Tell me a good dad joke. I will write your...

Mike: Uh-huh.

Josh Birk: Uh-huh. I think I need to clarify something too. It's like, why am I going back to flows and all this kind of stuff? And it's like, even as somebody who has lived in a world of XML, when I look at a flow metadata XML my eyes just bleed. That is some dense, heavily formatted, heavily nested, and sometimes you're just trying to find that one reference to a custom object or something like that. For a human to read that, it's very unfriendly. For Vibes, walk in the park. It knows exactly how to understand that structure. And so that's when we're saying things like, "Hey, could you look at these 10 flows and tell me if any of them are redundant?" That's why it's good at that, is because it can really analyze that XML very quickly.

Mike: Hmm, I like that. I want to end on a fun question.

Josh Birk: Okay.

Mike: For the three people that are still listening.

Josh Birk: That haven't fled for fear of unit testing. Yeah, I hear you.

Mike: So of course I had AI help me with some of the questions for this. And the one was, "If vibe coding were a band member, what instrument would it play in the process and why?"

Josh Birk: Oh, that's a good question. That's a good question.

Mike: And you can't say cowbell.

Josh Birk: I wasn't going to, but now I really want to.

Mike: More cowbell.

Josh Birk: So my first response, my first initial instinct was drums, because they kind of keep the beat kind of thing.

Mike: Uh-huh.

Josh Birk: But in the spirit of going back to where we kind of started like, "What do you think of when you think of vibes?" I think bass guitar.

Mike: Oh yeah.

Josh Birk: I think that deep kind of keeping you in the flow sort of thing, and every now and taking over when the lead guitarist is done with his solo kind of thing. But not having to be loud and flashy like the lead singer. Yeah, I'm going to go bass guitar.

Mike: Yet, yet.

Josh Birk: Yet.

Mike: Okay. I like that, yeah. Or not triangle. I went with cowbell and triangle.

Josh Birk: Triangle. I actually played percussion in high school, so I've actually played a triangle.

Mike: Oh, see? Fun fact, you didn't know about Josh Birk until you listened to the 30 some minute mark.

Josh Birk: Exactly.

Mike: That'll be a trivia question somewhere.

Josh Birk: It is a difficult instrument to master, really.

Mike: Yeah, sure. Well, that was the hardest thing to segment off of.

Josh Birk: There you go.

Mike: Josh, thanks for coming on the podcast and helping with Vibes. I think what'll be fun in a year to go back to this podcast and be like, "Aw." [inaudible 00:33:59].

Josh Birk: They were so innocent. Look at those big eyes that they had at the time. Yeah.

Mike: Right.

Josh Birk: Yeah, exactly.

Mike: If they only knew what was coming.

Josh Birk: Yeah. I think that's an excellent idea. And I have two predictions. Number one, we will do that and I will sound so wonderfully naive about the capabilities of vibe coding actually went so far beyond what I'm even describing here. Or two, we're going to be talking about some other thing that's whatever vibe coding occurs in the summer, right? The whole new development fad.

Mike: But vibe coding, I mean I know we're talking about Agentforce Vibes, but vibe coding in the development world really feels like it's not going anywhere for a while.

Josh Birk: I don't think it's going anywhere.

Mike: Not with all of the AI tools people have available.

Josh Birk: To loop it back to a callback, it would be like throwing out your microwave. Like why? Why don't you want your sandwich repeated up faster?

Mike: Right. Hmm. I guess we'll find out.

Josh Birk: Guess we'll find out.

Mike: All right, Josh. Thanks for coming on the pod.

Josh Birk: All right. Thanks for having me, man. It's always a good time.

Mike: And a big thanks to Josh for joining us and shedding light on vibe coding, and Agentforce Vibes. I think it's exciting to see how AI is helping admins and developers, and really everybody in the tech ecosystem just build smarter, faster, and with more confidence. If this sparked some ideas or gave you some new tools to explore, please share it with a teammate or a fellow Salesforce admin. And until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to David Simpson, Salesforce Administrator at the 1916 Company.

Join us as we chat about how he got into the ecosystem and what skills transfer well into a Salesforce Admin career.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with David Simpson.

Transitioning into a Salesforce Admin career You might recognize David from his Dreamforce presentation about resolving Flow errors, or our episode about it on the podcast. However, one thing that came up was his career pivot from finance to being a Salesforce Admin, and I wanted to bring him back to talk more about it.

To make a long story short, David started out as an accountant before eventually becoming a financial systems analyst. That job involves a lot of reporting and, somewhere along the way, he realized that running the reports was the most exciting part of the job for him.

David decided to make a career change and focus on Salesforce. But that meant he needed to go on the hunt and figure out how to land his first full-time Salesforce role.

What to look for in job descriptions David's comfort with data, spreadsheets, and reconciliation gave him a strong analytical foundation for making the shift. These skills made it easier to understand how reporting, data cleanliness, and business processes translated to what admins build on the platform.

However, having the right skills is only part of the story—he still needed to find the right jobs to apply to. "It's not uncommon now for admins to have developer skills or maybe dip their toe into the architect side of things," David says, "but I focused mainly on positions that were only looking for admin-related work."

In general, David's advice is to narrow things down for yourself. Look for organizations that are already committed to Salesforce, and job postings that are looking for the admin skillset instead of somebody who can do it all.

A problem-solving mindset and curiosity fuel the admin journey For David, the skill that transfers best into a Salesforce Admin career is curiosity. When he was starting out, he was only interested in learning things that would be immediately applicable to the task at hand.

Looking back on it now, David realizes he could have learned much faster if he had indulged his curiosity. "I should have given myself the benefit of the doubt," he says, "and taken a little bit more risk in learning new things."

Make sure to listen to the full episode for more from David about how he transferred his skills into a Salesforce Admin career. And make sure you're subscribed to the show to catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: Navigating Flow Errors as a New Salesforce Admin

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike Gerholdt:

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, what if spreadsheet skills from your last job could be the secret to launching your Salesforce admin career? In this episode, we welcome back David Simpson, who shares his story from accounting to automation and how his finance background paved the way to becoming a certified Salesforce admin. We dive into the skills that transferred surprisingly well, the learning curves that came with the role, and the mindset shift that helps him grow. So whether you're thinking about making a career move or just mentoring somebody who is, this conversation's packed with insights. So with that, let's get David on the podcast.

David Simpson:

Thank you for having me back.

Mike Gerholdt:

It wasn't that long ago that we were talking, it was pre-Dreamforce about 45 days ago or so. I had you on the podcast to talk about the presentation you're giving at Dreamforce, and we've since wrapped up Dreamforce now and people are at home. Well, some people. I think some people stayed and probably went to Napa Valley and did wine tastings, which I wouldn't blame you. There's a lot of great vineyards and stuff out there. But one thing you brought up that I wanted to follow up on was your career trajectory, and we haven't talked about careers a whole lot, but let's just rewind a little bit and give one of those the last time on the Salesforce Admin podcast, because I've watched a lot of streaming things. Let's fill people in on what you do and where your career started and how you became a Salesforce admin.

David Simpson:

Sure. Previously on Salesforce Admins.

Mike Gerholdt:

Exactly.

David Simpson:

So, many years ago, I went to college for accounting, and my first job out of college was a staff accountant at a software company. After a few years of working in spreadsheets and doing the monotonous day-to-day that comes with being a staff accountant, I made a pivot to be a financial analyst, more specifically a financial systems analyst, and after I made that pivot, my supervisor at the time, he informed me that he was the administrator for our company's Salesforce instance, and that a lot of the work that I was doing, which was doing financial analytics for our professional service team, a lot of that data came out of Salesforce. Our professional service team would put opportunities into Salesforce, and we needed to make sure that those financials were clean.

So, he suggested that I become another admin with the company, and that I would learn about the general inner workings of Salesforce and be a point of contact for cleaning up that data, for troubleshooting issues and just all the things that come with being a junior level admin. So, he gave me a system administrator license. He recommended that I go into Trailhead to just learn the basics of being a Salesforce admin, the Salesforce ecosystem, custom objects. All those general items that you learn as an admin, and then I just kind of fell in love with it. It was such an interesting pivot from doing spreadsheets and reconciliations. I was able to kind of do problem solving and be an environment that I wasn't too familiar in, but I was also able to see how Salesforce works and how we can get this data to be reportable data.

So, the automation behind it or validation rules, just even something simple like setting up a page layout. It was all very interesting and new to me, so I just latched onto it a hundred percent, and then I further got sold on the whole experience after about a year or so, being a Salesforce admin, I went to my first Dreamforce in 2018 and I got my Salesforce administrator certification, and at that point, that kind of signaled to me that this is what I want to do full time. So, from that point on, it's all history. I went and unfortunately, the company I was with didn't have the resources for a full-time admin, so I did go to another company, but since then I have been an awesome admin just doing it every day. Custom objects, flows, you name it, admin work-wise, I do it.

Mike Gerholdt:

And I think career changes are hard. I went from sales to becoming an admin as well, and I think everybody kind of looks at like, well, what do I have to do? Or where do I have to go? Or what skills are required? And I think you, like me, kind of got fortunate you were with a company that was like, "Hey, we need these skills." And I'm assuming you probably did both jobs for a while, right?

David Simpson:

Yes. I was doing both jobs up until I left the company. It was essentially 50/50 financial systems analysis and then admin work.

Mike Gerholdt:

So, it's not like you just all of a sudden jumped in the pilot seat and took over the plane and away you go.

David Simpson:

Thankfully, that wasn't the case for me. I was able to kind ease myself into the admin role because I still had work to do on the financial side.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. And I think that that works out as an incredibly lucky path.

David Simpson:

Yeah, definitely.

Mike Gerholdt:

One thing, so you mentioned they didn't have the budget for a full-time admin, which is the role you wanted to pursue. Did you consider just staying at that current position and kind of dividing your time, or was this something where you were like, "No, I really, this is, I'm going to commit?"

David Simpson:

It was something that I really wanted to commit on. In the beginning when I had first gotten a system administrator license and started doing basic admin work, I was completely on board with splitting my time between the two. I wasn't super confident in what I was doing as a Salesforce admin. I was still learning the ropes, but after I had gotten my first certification, that kind of sold it to me and locked in that this is what I want to do as a career. So, at that point, I did bring up my interest in being a full-time admin to the company, and they said, "Unfortunately, we just don't have the bandwidth to have a full-time admin whose only job is to be a Salesforce administrator." So, unfortunately, I did have to switch companies to go and find that.

Mike Gerholdt:

Okay, so let's pause there because that is the point that I think everybody has questions about, which is, so what did interviewing look like? What kind of prep did you do? You're going from career A to career B, and you kind of have some experience. I mean, what was that like? Because I'm assuming you sat in interviews for jobs you didn't get.

David Simpson:

Yeah, I won't sugarcoat it. It was a little tough. You're going into a new job where, yes, you do have experience, but you don't have a ton of experience. So, what I focused on was first the credential side of things. By the time I decided to make the jump to be a full-time Salesforce administrator, I did have, I believe, three certifications under my belt. I had the Salesforce administrator certification, the platform app builder, and then the CPQ specialist. So, I-

Mike Gerholdt:

Ooh, CPQ specialist. Wow.

David Simpson:

Yeah. Yep. I haven't used it in a while, but it was a very challenging and interesting certification to take. I actually took the Salesforce-provided trainings for it, and it was a wealth of knowledge, but so I had these three certifications. I did lean a little bit heavier on that to say, listen, I may not have years of experience, but you can see here that I'm able to answer the tough questions. Additionally, I did focus on what projects and initiatives I was able to complete at my job while I was part-time being a Salesforce admin. So, I had done some work building a custom object for, funnily enough, our accounting team to log their calls to people for collecting payment. So, I made a point to mention that in my interviews. So, I used the certifications.

I used actual project and real-world experience, but something else that was a little kind of ace up the sleeve for my interview process was that I did have finance and accounting background. The job that ultimately hired me, while I did not do finance and accounting work for them, I was able to be a point of contact to help bridge the gap between the finance team and the Salesforce team. If they needed to pull financial data from Salesforce, I would be a person that they could go to, and I could confidently answer that because of my background.

So, when it comes to jumping from one career to a Salesforce career, I definitely recommend that people do lean into what they've done in the past and show how they can enhance a new job's day-to-day by focusing on those areas of expertise, but just in a Salesforce context. That's what really helped me because yes, I did unfortunately have a handful of interviews where I didn't get the job, and I think that ultimately came down to just pure raw Salesforce experience. But the job that did hire me, it was because I had a great rapport with their CFO, and I was able to talk the talk with finance as well as bridge that gap to the Salesforce side of things.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I mean, you stayed in finance. It's not like you went over to a fish distribution warehouse or something.

David Simpson:

Yes, exactly.

Mike Gerholdt:

I tried to pick something that was the opposite of finance, and my brain went blank for a second, and I was like, "Oh, I just watched a show on cooking last night."

David Simpson:

I mean, those are pretty different. I can't think of a much more different thing, but yeah, I mean because the Salesforce department at that new job also heavily interacted with the finance department, that was a big benefit to me.

Mike Gerholdt:

I can feel people listening to this podcast right now, and they're like, ask this question, ask this question, ask this question. I got like a million. What were in ... Because we're going to get to your job, I promise you, but we're going to just stay in this middle ground here for a second. In some of the job search that you were looking for in some of the, I don't know even, it sounds so old of me to call it classified ads. I'm sure it was like LinkedIn listings or Indeed job boards or something. What were some of the things that you looked for in terms of the description that you either filtered in or filtered out in terms applying for?

David Simpson:

Yeah, so some of the things that I looked for in my job search was making sure that the job posting focused purely on admin work. I think nowadays we focus so much on being specialized in a number of different aspects of Salesforce. It's not uncommon now for admins to have developer skills or maybe dip their toe in the architect side of things, and that is fantastic, don't get me wrong, but I focused mainly on positions that were only looking for admin-related work, so building custom objects, administering users, building validation rules, just those general kind of things were the main items I was looking for when I was transitioning to my first full-time Salesforce job.

Additionally, I was looking to see what kind of qualifications and credentials they were looking for from an education side of things. If there was nothing about a Salesforce certification, then I erred on the side of caution and didn't apply there. I wanted a company that was fully bought into the Salesforce ecosystem, and that can be illustrated in a job posting by seeing that they're asking for the proper credentials. An extra little bonus, which was much more rare, was seeing your certain Trailhead status, or you have certain super badges. It's very rare for a job to ask for those sorts of things, but that's how you know you're working with a company that knows the Salesforce ecosystem and knows what they want.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. And it's done its homework.

David Simpson:

Exactly. So, I was looking for those types of companies, just really people who were bought into the ecosystem, people who knew what they were looking for, knew what enhancements and long-term goals they had for their Salesforce org, and also was going to treat it with the level of attention and detail that is needed in a Salesforce org. There's many times where unfortunately, due to resourcing or staffing issues, Salesforce gets a little bit put by the wayside, and instead of having great initiatives and solutions deployed, it's just a bunch of band-aids, and then that comes back to the admin saying, "Oh, we can't deliver on something truly incredible because we're not given the time and the resources for it." So, I was looking for companies that really didn't have that mindset and were looking for true, awesome admins.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. You were fortunate enough that you had worked in an org. Did you, at any one point in time in the interviewing process, think about preparing a developer org or a Trailhead org to showcase some of your skills?

David Simpson:

When I was first applying for a full-time Salesforce admin, that thought did not cross my mind. That said, this was many years ago in, I think it was 2019. That said, a little over a year ago, I did get a new job at my current position, and during that job search, I did have a Salesforce developer org that I had built out, and I recreated some of my most interesting and complex solutions in that developer org, and then basically in every single job interview I had, I said, "Do you want to see my dev org? I've built some awesome flows."

And most of the time they said no. But every once in a while they'd say yes, and then I get to show off my screen flow that I worked really hard on. So, nowadays, yes, I do have my dev org. I'll bring up Trailhead every now and then, or I did back then when I was in the job hunt, but really, I like to showcase the dev org whenever possible because it is something that I'm actively developing in. Even now that I have a job and I'm in a job I love, I still whatever I do at my normal job, if I say, "Oh, that's pretty interesting," I go and I rebuild it in the dev org. But of course, without confidential information.

Mike Gerholdt:

Right. No. Oh, man. I'm the same way. I was crushed, I want to say a year and a half ago I was prepping for Dreamforce and the dev org that I'd had since 2006. I forgot to log in and it expired.

David Simpson:

Oh, no. Oh, that's horrible.

Mike Gerholdt:

And it was just more of like, it was just such an awesome little relic of stuff that I had built and things that I had tried out, and I have another one, but it's not as old and it doesn't have as much. There wasn't anything cool in it, but it was cool because it was stuff that I had built when I was, it had my first workflow in it.

David Simpson:

It shows a timeline of how you've grown.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I mean, very much so. I'd let nobody in there because they'd be like, "What were you doing?" Well, I was a kid with crayons back then.

David Simpson:

Yeah, you got to make mistakes in order to get better.

Mike Gerholdt:

Absolutely. Okay. So, I mean, we could do a whole podcast on interviewing and everybody in the comments will be like, "You should." Let's go to day one of the new job. So, you've transitioned, you're no longer 50/50. The company's bought in. Dave's our new Salesforce admin. Day one, outside of all of the HR paperwork and stuff, what did you do on day one?

David Simpson:

First, I quietly panicked because I was afraid I was not going to be able to live up to expectations. But after that calmed down, I of course met the team. I was very fortunate to work with a team of several people in the Salesforce space. There was two developers, there was another admin. There were two architects, and of course the Salesforce manager. So, they showed me around the org and they showed me some of the details of what they had built, what they're currently building, how they take in tickets.

It was just essentially getting a feel for the Salesforce ecosystem that was there. And then from that point, once I was left my own devices, I just continued to do some more digging. I looked, okay, they're using cases. How are they using cases? Where is the queue that stuff that we get asked to do comes in? What does their account object look like? Because the account object is always one of the busiest objects in the Salesforce ecosystem. How many validation rules do they have? I was really just trying to take the little experience that I had from my previous job and then look at those same areas in this new job. So, essentially just getting a feel for the org.

Mike Gerholdt:

So, you joined a team of people?

David Simpson:

Yes. Yes.

Mike Gerholdt:

What was that like?

David Simpson:

It was a fantastic experience. I still keep in touch with all of them to this day, despite the fact that I haven't worked with them for a few years now. They were all super friendly and super helpful, and I think that was something that really helped me to continue this admin career path is that I got paired with such great people in this team, and it wasn't just the Salesforce team that was super friendly and helpful. Everybody in the company was, but these people took me in and they knew that I had limited experience, and they said, "It's okay. Let's show you the ropes of what you don't know and make sure that you are as successful as possible."

That company was actually where I learned how to build flows. The Salesforce architect there, Nick, he sat down with me one day for two hours and he said, "Okay, we're going to build a screen flow and this needs to be triggered from a button and it needs to grab all these records. Let's see you build it." And then he walked me through it step by step, and it was just such an incredible experience, and I'm super grateful for it because now I use flows every single day in my job and I talk about flows. I talked about it at Dreamforce that just recently ended. I have a YouTube channel where I talk about flows. So, it was just such a good experience and I'm forever grateful for them.

Mike Gerholdt:

Would you advise newer admins when they're joining an organization to join as part of a team rather than trying to be a solo admin?

David Simpson:

Yes, most definitely. I think a team is one of the best things that you can have as a Salesforce admin outside of a good clean org, and of course, knowledge [inaudible 00:20:22]-

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, a clean org. You mean the first day you get one?

David Simpson:

Oh, yeah, exactly. But yeah, a team is so important. Not only do you have other people that you can bounce ideas and problems off of, but just being able to work together and help lift each other up is such a good blessing in a Salesforce org. I think it's not only going into a job that has a team, but going into a job that has a team that is friendly, helpful, and inviting. Because I have had experience at a different position where unfortunately the team wasn't as welcoming, and that was really difficult to do good work because I couldn't ask questions. I couldn't troubleshoot certain things properly, and then when I eventually made a mistake, it was coming down on me pretty hard, but this first company here, it was just nothing but super niceness.

Mike Gerholdt:

So, having worked as part of a team, are you looking at your other team members in terms of where you want to grow your career or your skills and where are those?

David Simpson:

Yeah, definitely. So, working with a team and working with a team of a variety of skill sets, such as like an architect or a developer, it really does help kind of narrow down what I want to do. The architect route is something that is certainly interesting to me. I feel like it's a slight natural progression from being an advanced administrator and doing all these complex flow work, but I've seen what developers do with Apex, and while I think it's incredibly interesting and incredibly impressive, it's not something that's necessarily for me. So, you do get those different perspectives working in a team of people that you wouldn't get all by yourself because you're just kind of in the silo trying to figure everything out yourself.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, and sometimes working in a silo, you have to do all those things. You just don't know that you're doing them, and then what part of it you're doing well.

David Simpson:

Yeah, exactly.

Mike Gerholdt:

I mean, I'd like to think I was an architect by drawing diagrams, but then I've seen architectural diagrams and I've realized I was just scribbling.

David Simpson:

Yeah, you don't know until you see it firsthand.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. Well, and sometimes the only exposure, for me, the only exposure was talking with other people at user groups, and that's often limited as opposed to having them as coworkers.

David Simpson:

Yeah. You really do get the benefit of just day-to-day exposure with working in a team. So, I'm incredibly grateful for that exposure and that opportunity.

Mike Gerholdt:

So, last question, and maybe it's the hardest, I don't know, but if you had to rewind the clock and do it all over again, what's one thing you would do differently?

David Simpson:

Great question. I think that if I were to rewind time and do stuff differently, I think back when I was still that part-time admin and I was still just getting my feet wet, I think I probably would've taken a little bit more risk in learning new things because I was just told to handle this one aspect of Salesforce at the very beginning, as I'd mentioned earlier on, I was working with opportunities and our professional service team. I really only focused on that kind of area, but if I could do it all over again, I probably would've asked more questions and said, "Hey, how does this third-party integration work? Can I do some enhancements on it? I might break something, but can I give it a shot?"

Or, "Why doesn't this process work the way as intended? Can you let me try this automation?" I eventually got those skill sets over the years, especially with automation, but it took a little bit longer than expected because I was just afraid to take that leap very early on, and I should have given myself the benefit of the doubt that I could have figured it out that early on, and I think that would've made me a stronger admin from the get-go.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I could see that. The benefit of hindsight is hindsight, right?

David Simpson:

Yes.

Mike Gerholdt:

The ability to look back and boy, if I had to do the same thing, I don't know what I would do differently other than probably be less hard on myself.

David Simpson:

Yeah, that too. You need to be forgiving of yourself because as an admin, especially a newer admin, you will make mistakes. You'll accidentally use the wrong tools or the wrong process. I mean, look to the admin certification where you have to separate between sharing rules and field level security profiles, permission sets. You're going to grab the wrong thing or do the wrong process, and it might not be the end of the world, but you should give yourself some leeway that you will make those mistakes and you'll learn from them.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yep. Well, I think that's a great way to end this podcast. David, thanks for coming on, and given is probably one of the most comprehensive overviews of switching careers that I think I've talked to in a while, so I appreciate it.

David Simpson:

Yeah, of course. Thank you so much for having me on again.

Mike Gerholdt:

David's story is a reminder that the skills you've built in other roles aren't just relevant, they're valuable. Whether you're transitioning into the Salesforce ecosystem or helping someone else find their way, keep leaning into those transferable strengths. And if today's episode sparked ideas or gave you that extra boost of confidence, share it with a friend or a fellow Salesforce admin. Until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Kate Lessard, Lead Admin Evangelist at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about how the Admin Adoption Framework can help you build confidence with Agentforce and her new video series, "Kate Clicks Through It".

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Kate Lessard.

Tackling AI adoption overwhelm Admins are feeling the pressure to "get AI-ready," but the pace (and the jargon) can be intimidating. The key is starting with small, actionable steps that build momentum and confidence. Remember, it's OK not to know everything on day one.

Luckily, Kate and the Evangelist team have been working on something to give you a helping hand. It's called the Admin Adoption Framework, and it gives you a structured path to build confidence with Agentforce in five simple steps:

  1. Explore what's possible
  2. Get curious
  3. Try it out
  4. Make it work
  5. Use it often

By working through this list, Salesforce Admins can pinpoint their current phase, set goals, and identify the next best step—whether that's learning about AI use cases or diving into hands-on experimentation with Agentforce.

Keeping pace with new features While your organization is probably keen to get started with Agentforce, the great thing about the Admin Adoption Framework is that it's a process that works for just about any implementation. For example, we know that good data is the backbone of effective AI solutions, so we can go through the same five steps with Data Cloud.

Tech changes fast, but how you learn new things and build confidence with them doesn't. Developed through extensive research and feedback from admins, Salesforce MVPs, and folks on the product team, the Admin Adoption Framework is a template for continuing success.

Hands-on learning with "Kate Clicks Through It" Hands-on learning is the best way to build confidence with new features, and Kate's been working on a new video series to help you get started. "I personally am someone who learns best by doing," she says, "I need to get hands-on, I need to do something. In many cases, I need to do it over and over again."

In "Kate Clicks Through It," she walks you step by step through Salesforce processes like how to build an Agentforce data library, or how to use Org Check as an alternative to Optimizer. Each 10-minute video has a demo that will let you click along with her and try things for yourself.

Kate has a lot of great tips to share about how to build confidence with Agentforce, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Admin Blog: Your 5-Step Guide to Successful Agentforce Adoption * YouTube Series: Kate Clicks Through It

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Kate on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript Mike Gerholdt:

Welcome to the Salesforce Admin's podcast. This week, admin evangelist Kate Lessard joins us to dive into the Agentforce adoption journey. From building a foundation AI to launching the new Kate Clicks Through It YouTube series, Kate walks us through how admins can thoughtfully and confidently bring AI into their organizations. We also chat about how feedback shaped the adoption framework. So if you've been wondering where to start or where you are on your AI journey, this episode's for you. Let's get Kate on the podcast. So Kate, welcome back to the podcast.

Kate Lessard:

Thanks. It's been a while.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. January. Was it when we did the kickoff? That was the last time.

Kate Lessard:

Maybe. Or maybe did we do a TDX, prep for TDX call maybe?

Mike Gerholdt:

We might've. Other podcasters would remember their episodes, but me, just crank them out.

Kate Lessard:

Yeah, you're a little busy.

Mike Gerholdt:

It's okay. So you've been busy as well. Let's talk about Agentforce stuff and YouTube stuff and everything you've been working on.

Kate Lessard:

Yeah, absolutely. It has definitely been a busy year. It's been flying by. And some really exciting stuff that we've been working on for admins this year.

Mike Gerholdt:

First up being Agentforce stuff, because Agentforce. I know there's not too much Agentforce out there. People say that, there's not. When we're recording this ChatGPT is coming out with a new model. This is our new norm. It's like when the iPhone drop, there's not enough iPhone information out in the world. There's always iPhone information out in the world. There's always going to be AI stuff for us to learn.

Kate Lessard:

Yeah, agreed. I think that that's the really cool thing about Agentforce and the job that we get to do is that we get to play with and learn the new things as they're coming out because it's so important for us to share with others and let them learn from our mistakes. So I think that that brings a lot of fun experimentation into our jobs.

Mike Gerholdt:

Right, absolutely. So speaking of that, how do we kind of walk people through the journey to Agentforce?

Kate Lessard:

At TDX last year we, or I guess this year, we announced that we have this Agentforce development life cycle. But then we kind of started asking what comes before that? How do we get into this cycle where we're iterating through ideation, configuration, testing, deployment, and supervising our agents? How can we get ready to actually go live with agents and Agentforce and using it? And so on the admin relations team, we kind of took a step back and started to think about adoption and how we can set up adoption for admins and get them not only familiar with Agentforce, if they have no idea what it is, where they can get started, how they can start to learn the fundamentals of AI just in general, and then dive into Salesforce and Agentforce and using AI within their CRM. That's been something we've been really focused on, is creating the concept of this adoption framework to help admins get ready to move their organizations towards actually using Agentforce consistently.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, because I think it's one thing ... I mean, it's a little different than ... And I use this a lot when we talk about Flow or some of our other products. Automation within the CRM space has always been there. We didn't really have to learn it. But with AI, we're all learning AI on top of our organizations learning AI, on top of us going, "Okay, so now how do we use this? And what's the best use of this?" And all of that has to transfer into the admin sitting there going, "Oh my, I have a lot to learn. Where am I at?" And I think that's really one of the goals of coming out with the journey, is helping people understand where are you at, where do you want to go?

Kate Lessard:

Agreed. I think that the development of Agentforce and of course more widely artificial intelligence, it's fast. It feels like there's something new to learn every week. I think that can cause a lot of overwhelm because we're trying to keep up without maybe even having a solid foundation. So this concept of the adoption framework was really designed as a baseline for admins to be able to take stock of where they are in their Agentforce learning journey, overcome that analysis paralysis that I think many of us have been feeling over the past couple years, and then have resources and a guide for exactly where they are now and what is coming next.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. So where is this guide or the adoption journey going to show up for us?

Kate Lessard:

So you will be able to see it, we have a nice blog on the admin's website right now. It is called Your Five Step Guide to Successful Agentforce Adoption. Just double checking that title, but that is correct. And this kind of introduces that adoption framework, the steps that are included with it, some resources for each step along the way. And then you might see this show up in a couple other places. It might show up in a Dreamforce session or it might show up on our website or any other place that I could maybe tease that it would come out. I think it's something that you might see here and there. And the nice thing is that it's ever-changing because we're constantly having new content and new resources to add to it in each step. So I think it's something that you're going to see in multiple places moving forward.

Mike Gerholdt:

And I was a part of you brainstorming this and bringing it to the team, and really it was everybody on the team had something to contribute to this. Where do you feel like admins are progressing through in terms of the journey? Are we starting off? Does everybody start off at the beginning, or we jump in steps? I mean, is it like a step method, everybody has to go through every single step?

Kate Lessard:

I think you go through every step, but maybe you don't recognize that you've gone through some of them. So our first step is really exploring what's possible and just really understanding what AI fundamentals are, what is Agentforce? And a lot of our admins are really active. They've already been hands-on in Trailhead. So they've maybe gone through this stage themselves without even realizing it because they've kind of figured out how the technology works. They've actually done a little hands-on work. They have been picturing use cases for their organization. And so maybe they're hopping into that next phase where they're actually sharing this and doing demos to their stakeholders and trying to bring this to their organization. So I think everyone goes through all the stages, but you might not be just starting directly at the beginning. Once you become aware of this framework, I think that you can hop in and find the point that is most relevant to where you are on your journey and be able to kind of pick up from there.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. And hopefully it kind of helps you gut check content and say, "Hmm, Maybe this is for next week when I'm moving into a different phase." Not to say that it would be a week that you would be in a phase. I'm just using it as a example.

Kate Lessard:

Absolutely. I mean, admins move fast. I would not be shocked if some of them were moving from phase week to week. Although I would be surprised if they didn't spend some time in that phase where they're building out a demo and getting stakeholders involved in really building that support. I feel like that always takes time.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, absolutely. So in addition to the adoption journey, what else have you been working on?

Kate Lessard:

Lots. It's been a busy year. I'm super excited to share some of the things that I've been working on and the team's been working on. We recently launched a new series on YouTube called Kate Clicks Through It, which has been just a labor of love. And I feel like it has been something that I'm really excited about, really excited to put out into the world because it is a series that allows admins to get hands-on and follow along different Salesforce processes step by step. And I personally am someone who learns best by doing. I need to get hands-on. I need to do something. In many cases, I need to do it over and over again. I need to try. I need to fail. That's why admins love sandboxes so much. That's why we love Trailhead, so that we can get in there and we can actually just try things out and see what works and what doesn't, and then take the best version of that to our business.

So Kate Clicks Through It launched in July. We have two episodes out right now, one on Agentforce data libraries and one on using Org Check as an alternative to Optimizer, which is retiring this winter. And it's just a way to follow along step by step. They're short episodes, less than 10 minutes spent on each demo so that you can actually have your computer up and click along beside me, and by the end we've accomplished something together.

Mike Gerholdt:

It's kind of like a Salesforce Twitch stream.

Kate Lessard:

Yeah, absolutely.

Mike Gerholdt:

You're not playing the video game, you're building the app or clicking through the app.

Kate Lessard:

Exactly.

Mike Gerholdt:

Cool. So Kate, it is, boy, end of August. Well, end-ish of August. I swear these months, it's like it took forever ... February took like eight or nine months. And then we had TDX, and then it was spring for a day, and now Summer is flying by, it's already the end of August. The kids are back in school. Dreamforce is right around the corner. Which usually for most of us is September. It's October this year. It's not close enough to Halloween, but it still would be close enough that you could totally get away with wearing a Halloween costume at Dreamforce. I just realized that, that might be kind of fun. I mean, the biggest costume is Cloudy and Codey. They would win, I suppose. Would they wear a costume? Would the costume wear a costume?

Kate Lessard:

I don't know the answer to that.

Mike Gerholdt:

It's inception, like Astro in his Tanooki suit, would he wear another costume on top of that? These are the things that keep Mike up at night. We did wear a Yeti suit.

Kate Lessard:

[inaudible 00:11:30]. That is true. The Yeti suit and the safari suit.

Mike Gerholdt:

I forgot about the safari.

Kate Lessard:

I think we could all just call it a win across the board and wear some awesome admin capes.

Mike Gerholdt:

Right. I mean, if you don't wear that in your every day, just because you could. We're going to see some of the Agentforce adoption journey show up at Dreamforce, maybe in the keynotes, maybe in the track?

Kate Lessard:

Maybe. I think that the nice thing about the adoption journey is that it really is applicable to so many situations. I think that it is, even if it's not called out directly, it is going to be there and you're going to start noticing it as part of that underlying education and the foundation of how we're talking about and building things. It's also really nice because it doesn't just have to be for Agentforce either. I think that what we've created is really applicable for a lot of different adoptions of different technologies. So I think that it's something that maybe we'll see as the world continues to progress and AI gets more advanced. So it's definitely something that you'll start to notice at Dreamforce.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. I'm also thinking of, it always seemed as when I was an admin going to Dreamforce, nine times out of 10 it was, I need to learn about this other cloud because we're getting ready to implement it. So I could see that Agentforce adoption journey being applicable as you're looking at additional clouds as well.

Kate Lessard:

Yeah, I think especially if you're using something like Data Cloud to unify your data and bring things from multiple sources, that it becomes really important to have that foundational level of adoption for your users in general and your customers, external customers as well.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. One thing we didn't touch on, and we're not giving away the chili recipe ... I always think back to Food Network where they're, I've got some ... It's always they're making a sauce and they put in, "Well, I've got some salt and pepper and some onion powder," and you're like, "Yeah, that goes in everything." And then I got my seasoning blend, and you're like, "Oh, that's you don't want to tell us everything else that you put in there."

Kate Lessard:

The secret admin sauce.

Mike Gerholdt:

The secret ... Yeah. But I mean, I don't want people to think like, "Oh, well, Kate just sat down and mapped out a journey and presented it to the team, and then now it's on the website." What was some of the process or the input that we got on the adoption journey?

Kate Lessard:

Absolutely. That is a great question because we involved a lot of people in creating this. Not only the team, although that's where we certainly started, but the framework was not built in a vacuum. We had a ton of feedback and interaction both internally and from the community as we developed this. So we got feedback from members of our product team at Salesforce. We did a very soft launch at TDX as part of my demo to deployment session and got some feedback from that. And then we continued to refine and then get feedback from admins in a survey that we shared at a local community conference. And then after that, we took that survey to the Salesforce MVPs and got some more feedback from some of them as well. So everyone that weighed in helped us refine this framework. They called out some things that maybe we hadn't thought were really that important for admins to include in this journey, this roadmap. But once we heard that and we saw it consistently show up, we added it in. So a lot of people weighed in and helped us create this journey map.

Mike Gerholdt:

And some of it was us just looking at each other and being like, "Is this what we're going through?" Because we're going through Agentforce adoption as well. I mean, from the moment the product hit some of our orgs for us to try and play around with, it was, what are we learning and is this what we're going through?

Kate Lessard:

Absolutely. And I think that that really hits the nail on the head. I think that we went through a lot of these different emotions that we associated with each stage here. We were curious, we were frustrated, we were feeling really proud once we got to this stage. So selfishly, this framework has kind of evolved into a game changer for our team internally and our internal content strategy as well, because we've been able to see where there are content gaps that we have experienced, as well as what we've heard from the community and what we should be focusing on to give admins the knowledge that they need for a successful Agentforce implementation. And we're able to collect that feedbacks from the admins and the community about what they've been struggling with and what resources and discussions they feel have been missing, which was the biggest thing that was contributed to us as we were building this.

Mike Gerholdt:

So here's a meta question. Did you use AI to create any part of the adoption journey?

Kate Lessard:

I did. Okay. So let's think back to this ... It's been such ... Oh gosh, we've been working on this for months. But-

Mike Gerholdt:

Got to do the flashback [inaudible 00:16:51].

Kate Lessard:

First it started off with just a giant brain dump mind map. That was what helped us kind of sort out the emotions and the stages. And then they've shifted terminology and what we are referring to them and how we process them a few times. I think AI really helped me with the survey, is where it helped out. So I was like, "These are the things that I'm trying to get. This is how I'm trying to ask the questions. This doesn't feel quite right. Can you help me refine this?" And so I did use AI to help me with that survey. And then got feedback from our internal marketing team as well to make sure that it was capturing what we needed it to.

Because I think the biggest thing that we see with surveys in general, and this is me going down a total rabbit hole from my past project management and consulting experience, when you send out surveys or you're gathering requirements or you're asking questions, if you do so without having the specific goal in mind of what you're trying to get back, you can get so much information that is valuable, but maybe not what you're looking for or answering the questions that you really need answered. So I think that AI, as well as our internal marketing team, was super helpful in refining that.

Mike Gerholdt:

That, or what I've found is you can ask the question in such a way that it elicits only a certain answer, as opposed to kind of an A, B, C answer. Really you're asking it, is it this or not this? And then you end up with an answer where the person really kind of hones in. And it's almost like, I don't know if the term confirmation bias is right, but I do know a friend once asked me, "When you ask somebody their opinion, it's because you really want them to confirm that you're right." And I was like, "Oh, yeah, that's kind of true."

Kate Lessard:

Right. Yeah. Do I look good in this?

Mike Gerholdt:

I mean, all of the time. Yeah. You ask questions like that, "Do you really think I should buy this house?" And it's like, you don't want them to say no. You want them to be like, "Yes, it's going to be an amazing house for you."

Kate Lessard:

Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt:

"Absolutely. It's a totally good decision." I don't know. That just stuck with me, that kind of thing.

Kate Lessard:

Yeah. Big shout out to our research team that does that every day, right? They're putting together these questionnaires and they're talking to people at events like TDX and Dreamforce and having to just put together these thoughtfully designed surveys and questionnaires, and it really is an art.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, Kate, I appreciate you coming on the podcast and talking about adoption journey and Kate Clicks Through It. You're out there helping admins progress through different emotions, not just learning. Because that's also important, because emotions drive a lot of things, and creativity and inspiration are definitely two of those things. So I appreciate you coming on the pod and talking about that.

Kate Lessard:

Absolutely. And I think that you're exactly right, those emotions are important. And they help make us better admins and the passion that we have for helping out the business and the organizations that we work with. It's just really important. It's a driving factor. And that's part of what makes us so successful and helps make both our users and our external customers happy.

Mike Gerholdt:

Big thanks to Kate for walking us through the Agentforce adoption framework and showing us what a thoughtful community-driven AI adoption can look like. Be sure to check out her YouTube series, Kate Clicks Through It, and explore the resources linked in the show notes. Whether you're starting or already building AI demos, I promise you this journey's for you. So until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Prag Ravichandran Kamalaveni, Founder & CEO of Skilled Cohort and the Founder & Co-Chair of Salesforce Saturday Cohort Canada.

Join us as we chat about his Dreamforce presentation on AI readiness and how to be a better storyteller.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Prag Ravichandran Kamalaveni.

Why AI is moving technology from clicks to chats I caught up with Prag fresh off his Dreamforce presentation about AI readiness. The idea for his talk came from thinking about what people were saying years ago, when he started attending the conference, compared to now. If we're talking about Agentforce this year, what will we be talking about in five years? In ten years?

"We are moving away from clicks and moving towards chats," Prag says. AI currently sits in the application layer, working as a tool on top of your org. But as these functionalities become more deeply embedded in everything we do, Prag predicts that an "agentic layer" will sit directly on top of your data.

What this all means is that data cleanup and data quality need to be top priorities for your organization to get the most out of AI.

How to find presentation topics As a 10-time Dreamforce speaker, Prag has a simple and effective approach for how he turns ideas into presentations.

It starts with the topics—pick something you're excited to talk about. The best topics are in areas where you have some experience but want to learn more. "Curiosity is fundamental for success," Prag says. Write out a list of topics that you're curious about, and then look at the big picture of how they might fit together in a presentation.

Prag also points out that you don't need to write a fully finished 20-minute script to submit for a conference. Technology moves so quickly that by the time you're actually giving your talk, half of the information will be out of date. Write a good abstract and focus on the core concepts.

Finally, keep a sense of perspective and don't get discouraged by rejection. As an event organizer myself, I see plenty of great presentation ideas that just don't fit with the event as a whole. It's all about persistence, so keep at it.

Forget the script—go for flexibility and rehearsal So you've submitted some great topics and booked that speaking gig—how do you prepare?

As he's gained more experience as a speaker, Prag has stopped trying to write a detailed script. Instead of focusing on the exact words you have to say, think about what you want your audience to understand.

Practice makes perfect, so make sure to take the time to rehearse your speech in front of friends, family, and anyone who will give you input. Prag has found ChatGPT to be effective for doing a few practice runs, once he prompted it to stop being so complimentary and give him direct feedback.

Listen to the full episode for more insights from Prag about AI readiness and how to be a great presenter. And don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Dreamforce for Admins playlist on Salesforce+ * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: Essential Tips for Creating Effective Presentations

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Prag on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're joined by Prag to talk all things AI readiness, from Dreamforce stages to real world slide decks, so if you've ever wondered how to prep for a major presentation in a fast moving AI world, or how tools like ChatGPT can play coach, creator and confidence booster, I promise you, you're in for a treat. Now, Prag shares what it takes to go from idea to impactful delivery, plus the pivotal role that data plays in getting AI ready. Now, whether you're planning your next big talk or just curious how AI fits into your workflow, this episode has something for you. So with that, let's get Prag on the podcast. So Prag, welcome to the podcast.

Prag: Pleasure to be here, Mike, with you.

Mike: Let's get started, for those people that didn't see your presentation at Dreamforce or haven't bumped into you in the community, let's do a little bit, tell me how you got started in the Salesforce community and what you presented at Dreamforce this year.

Prag: Wow, okay. So you are backdating probably 15 years ago, that's when I started Salesforce. This was the pre-Salesforce classic version is when I started, and Salesforce evolved a lot, and I couldn't believe that it's already 15 years past, and I think this Dreamforce is my sixth or maybe seventh.

Mike: Wow.

Prag: But every Dreamforce for me is pretty amazing because of the energy and people around the globe who could able to come join us, exchange ideas, mostly the problems and the pain they're going through, it's fantastic. So I always look for Dreamforce every single year, and the energy that I take away from Dreamforce is obviously the biggest driver for me. I know people sometimes complain that they become tired by end of day four. I think, me, on the opposite, I allow to steal energy from others, so I take more energy, if it is crazy week like Dreamforce, and that's fantastic feeling for me.

Mike: So you're taking other people's energy, oh no. I think this year you presented about getting AI ready. Can you talk to me? I mean, if you think about it, even in the short time that you've been, if you go back six or seven Dreamforces ago, I promise you we probably weren't talking AI, and now we are. How was that presentation and what did you talk about?

Prag: So it's a very, very new topic to a lot of us. We are consuming AI in a lot of ways, and I'm pretty sure almost everyone who is listening to this podcast might have used some version of ChatGPT or Gemini at some point, but I started believing in my co-speaker, like we both started believing that we all are going to start using AI as part of our work. So the presentation, we started in a way that in the next five to 10 years, what we predict is we are going to move from application layer to data centric layer. What it means is the AI or the agent layer is going to sit on top of the data layer, and the phrase we actually mentioned at our session was, we are moving away from clicks and moving towards chats. So that's going to be a very interesting starting point when it comes to AI. How are we going to consume AI?

Mike: Yeah, I mean, I feel like having just come off of [inaudible 00:04:26], even if people don't want to talk AI, they're still talking AI about just about everything. I even had an AI conversation with my Lyft driver, which I will tell you, that was probably the first time I've ever had that. Yeah.

Prag: That's nice. Yeah, I think none of us could able to avoid the topic.

Mike: So what did you see at Dreamforce this year that you're excited maybe to have come GA or just the next advancements in what could come out for Salesforce in 2026?

Prag: Wow, there's a lot of things, but being very honest, I enjoyed this Dreamforce because the message was clear. If your AI needs to work, you need to have the right data. I think that message was little bit under the hood for a while, but I think it's been clearly communicated this time that any kind of AI content that you consume during Dreamforce, it's not even disclaimer, it's very clear that, "Hey, you need to have the right data to make sure that your AI works the way you want it to work." So first of all, kudos to the team who made this approach of making the message clear about the data layer, which is super important to make your AI works. But I also super excited about the naming convention and the name change of all the products.

Mike: Oh?

Prag: It's not easy to move from sales cloud to agent force sales. That's a big difference. That means that there is an organization switch at the company level, or at the product level, there's going to be a lot of agent force presence going to come along that we are going to start using probably much faster and much sooner. Those are all kind of an indications that I got, but at the same time, at the keynote, I was super surprised to see Patrick doing a demo of agent code wipe. That's beyond what I would expect to see at the keynote floor.

Mike: Well, that's the whole reason we do keynotes is to wow and amaze you.

Prag: Yeah, it is definitely worth getting the goosebumps moments there, for sure.

Mike: Yeah. Well, let's talk a little bit about, so you presented at Dreamforce and you talked about getting AI ready, I think absent of talking about your presentation, one thing that's really relevant having just come off of a community conference, and I know quickly the holidays will be here and gone and it'll be January, February and community conferences, user groups, Trailblazer DX will be coming back. I'd love to hear your perspective on if you had some advice or things that you would love to share about how you got ready to present at Dreamforce that would be helpful for others.

Prag: I think what I have done in the past as a mistake was, oh, I want to make sure that my presentation is ready or the content is completely ready before I even submit my topics to talk about. I think that's a biggest mistake that I have done in my own life and the moment I started coming out of it, because the things are changing much faster. You cannot have something ready assuming that you can present that in three months or four months, then you're going to be old dated content. So my suggestion would be, start picking up the topics that you are excited to talk about. You have experience, but also wants to gain more experience. So the curiosity is the fundamental success for you to have a successful content delivery and for that, pick a range of topics. So I'm always the security guy. I love talking about Salesforce security. It's just my thing. And now I love data. I started talking about data layers in different angles, and since I talk about security and data layer, I could able to start adopting AI topics because when you talk about anything AI, you need to have two most important things, which is the data and how secure that AI have access to the data. So it's kind of putting those puzzles together is going to be phase two of how you can start thinking of presenting to either the community conferences or trial ideas or even at Salesforce World Tours. So these are the two fundamental things that I would be picking before I start worrying about how to deliver that presentation.

Mike: Yeah, I completely agree, I mean, selfishly, the event organizer in me would love to have everybody have all their topics ironed out, but in reality, if you have a really good idea and a really thoughtful abstract that explains it, it makes me think of the Wayne Gretzky quote, you just have to skate to where the puck will be. Which is you have to know that you're going to create that presentation even though it's not created right now, so I think that's really good advice because sometimes people can think they have to sit down and have a fully vetted idea before they submit, and you don't, you just have to know that your idea will come together and be incredibly helpful for others.

Prag: Exactly. Again, I was one of those folks who made that mistake, but the moment I moved out of it, now I start my presentation with just a piece of paper or a Google Doc. I won't even go to Google Slide and have four or five bullets. I would, "Okay, this is the four or five things I want to talk about that. What could be a potential title?" And then I pick a title and I usually submit at least three or four different kinds and versions of the content, because again, don't give up if your topic didn't get selected. I have seen so many people, if they don't get selected to speak within the first two or three times, then they started believing that they are not the good presenters or they don't know how to submit their topics, and they started giving up on not taking that approach of submitting the topics. I want to tell them that my topics has been rejected many times compared to the times of the topics that's been selected. So rejection is good at times to make sure that it's not your turn yet doesn't mean that you never get your turn.

Mike: Yeah, I mean, having been on both sides of the fence on that, it's amazing, but if you think about it relevant to other things like applying for a job, you apply for jobs when you're searching for a job. And yes, there's jobs that you really want, but you also apply knowing you're not just the only person applying, and to your point, it's not like you find one job and apply for it and then go, "Oh, well, I guess nobody ever will employ me again, just because I got rejected from that one." From an event standpoint, it's a combination of, what are the contents being submitted, what is the mix that the event is looking for, and what do I have to pick from? And sometimes you can be one of a thousand submissions on a certain topic, and it's not that your content isn't good, it's one of a thousand, and there's maybe only two or three slots. And other times it can be, boy, I've had it where, like in your case, I've needed one or two sessions on a certain topic, and thankfully there was one or two submissions on that. And so I hate to say it's luck, but a lot of it is. It's being open and flexible and kind of making presentations that fit for what the organizer's looking for.

Prag: Exactly, exactly. So I think if people get clarity around that, I think they won't get demotivated for not getting selected.

Mike: No, I mean, it's also, how many times do you buy a lottery ticket and you don't win the lottery, right? If you bought a lottery ticket, you're like, "Well, I'm going to win." And then you don't win and you're like, "I'm never buying a lottery ticket again." Come on. I mean, I hate to say it's the same way, but part of it is that's kind of just how, when you're in a big pool like that, it works, and sometimes the reverse also holds true. You can submit something and it may be a great presentation, it just doesn't fit for what the company or the organization's looking for. I mean, I've gone through lots of call for presentations for other events, and I'm like, "This is a really good subject." And from my perspective, it's really good, but from an organizer's perspective, it's good, it just doesn't fit what they're looking for. And so it's like being cinnamon and somebody's trying to make a ravioli dish, and I'm not saying cinnamon's bad, cinnamon's really good with sugar and frosting. You can make cinnamon rolls, it's just, we're trying to make ravioli over here and cinnamon doesn't work out.

Prag: Yeah, yeah, no, I one hundred percent agree with that. So yeah, these are all something that I suggest people to think before submitting their topics. But once it gets accepted, I think the best thing that you can do as a presenter is not to have a pre-written script.

Mike: I would agree.

Prag: And I have tried it multiple times and almost every single time I failed because if things are not going as per the plan, which 90 percent of the time it doesn't, then the moment you get into the panic mode, the script that you remember magically disappeared and you started blanking, you started blinking, you started filling with words that is, even though it's appropriate, but it doesn't match the exact tone that you're trying to say certain things. So what I started practicing for the last decade is, "Okay, I'm going to talk about the things that I do know and I'm not going to stick with a specific script." And if I'm speaking with my co-speaker and if my co-speaker took more time, then if I don't have a script for me, I could able to shorten the version of the content that I plan to deliver. So there are a lot of flexibility and lot of freedom that you get if you do not have a script that's pre-written and you want to stick with it, which is not easy for people who doesn't have English as their native language because I'm coming from that background. But once you started practicing by delivering presentation without scripts, it's easy, it's comfortable, and you won't go into a panic mode any time.

Mike: I couldn't agree more. As somebody that presents a lot and helps prepare presenters, there's definitely a point in time that a script is necessary to help you kind of vet out what the talking points are, but you're not in a play, you're not in a musical, you're not in a blockbuster movie where you have to say it word for word. And the thing that I always remind presenters when they get up on stage is, people will remember how they feel when they saw your presentation. People will remember the passion and the information better if you just speak to, what is the point you're trying to make across. And a script is definitely a step in that, you need something to kind of get your framework about it, but I think too often people do get hung up. Even English speakers, where we're native language, they get hung up on, "I have to say these exact words."

Prag: Exactly.

Mike: And you don't, you have to convey the meaning. What is the point of this slide? The script got you there, but in your own words, what is that slide? And that's often when the presentations, I can always tell when a presenter goes what we call off script, and generally the first time they rehearse it and they're off script, they go long because the need to over explain, it's in the back of your head and you're like, there's this little person inside that's like, "You didn't say enough. You got to keep talking. Say more words. They don't understand."

Prag: Exactly.

Mike: And the irony is, it's actually fewer words, but with more intention, because if you choose your words carefully, then you can really convey that meaning. So yeah, I mean, boy, and I've seen, you can also tell as an audience member, when somebody is up there and they're going through the script in their head and they're looking up and then they forgot something and they don't know what to do, and that's where rehearsal comes in. Just rehearsing for that. I always tell people, "You should rehearse in front of your family, your friends, and periodically have them unplug the computer or let something go wrong." Because it's like why sports and athletic people practice all the time, because the more you go through the motion of doing it, the more natural it is when something comes up. I've walked up on stage and had microphones fail, I've had screens go blank, and there's a moment where you're like, "Oh, I've practiced this. I'm just going to keep with the talk. I'm going to let the AV people do their thing, and if it comes back, great. And if it doesn't, then I just realized nobody can see what I saw and I'm going to have to describe it in my head." But if you're on script, you're like, "I don't know what to do because the script doesn't say that."

Prag: Yep, exactly. No, I one hundred percent agree with that point, right? It's the pattern, and I think I've been told once that you should also explain in a way a ten-year-old should able to understand, so that you kind of avoid all the complex words and terminologies, to even explain a complex concept, but in a simple way.

Mike: Yep, I agree with that.

Prag: Yeah.

Mike: Interesting, so I'm kind of curious, this is sort of Salesforce related, sort of not. But what role did AI play in getting you presentation ready? Did you lean on it to help create some scripts for you? Did you lean on it to help create some visuals for you?

Prag: Oh, a combination of both, being very honest. I did use AI to generate specific graphics. I used to have to go rely on a graphic designer to do some graphics that gets aligned with Salesforce color factor, which changes every Dreamforce. So until last year, I was relying on another human who could able to do the magic and then get it plugged into my presentation, but this time it wasn't required, actually. I could able to give the prompt, give the exact font style I want, give the exact place of the image that I want, and it could able to get back to me with my expectation. Even though it does not meet exactly how it used to be done in the previous times, but this is pretty amazing, I took advantage of building images for sure. The other thing I used it for is subtitles. For each and every slide, I always try to avoid the tiny little subtitle under your title section on each and every slide, because I don't know what I could put there as an subtitle, and then I tried it with AI and it could able to process my content and say, "Oh, this is something you can put under your title." Which is very interesting way of seeing it. And I started almost for all my slides, I used AI with my own content that I put it on that slide and asked it, "Hey, how can I frame it under subtitle?" And it could able to give me some really interesting titles.

Mike: Yeah. I got to say, for probably this year, for me, it's been so incredibly helpful to generate images that I needed to really drive home a point in a presentation without worrying about copyright or having to figure out where I was going to get an image because it could generate the image for me, and I saw that across other presentations as well, because that was always something you run into, is the use of images that were under copyright.

Prag: Exactly. Oh, a hundred percent, I agree. I also remember, I want to remove a certain content from the image, and I asked AI to remove it. It did a decent job, but the job it does is all I needed, and that was an a-ha moment for me. Rather than just generating one, it also fixes the image in a much faster and a much efficient way.

Mike: Yeah, yeah, absolutely.

Prag: The other thing, I know you ask about the presentation and you mentioned about presenting it to your friends and families, but you wouldn't believe that I presented to ChatGPT, actually.

Mike: Tell me more.

Prag: Yeah, so it's the voice conversation and I gave inputs that, "Hey, these are all the topics. These are all the content that I'm going to present on, and I want to do a trial run with you." And it was listening for the entire 20 minutes, and then the feedback it gave me was phenomenal. It was like, "Here you went faster. You have to slow down. Here, your content is repeating, try to address. Here you are using lot of ums. Here you are using a big pause. Here you are running because you notice that you're running out of time." This is amazing. So the active feedback layer that I received from the conversation I had with AI tuned me, trained me in a much faster way compared to doing it with a human.

Mike: Yeah, I mean, that's really amazing because if you think about it, part of presenting in front of others is just to get used to being in front of people and talking, but rarely do you have the opportunity to present in front of a talented speaker coach, and you did that because ChatGPT has access to, I don't even know how much information, and it can be that talented speaker coach that normally speakers pay thousands of dollars to interact with, and you got to do that. It's really an interesting use case, I really like that.

Prag: Oh, yeah. And the feedback it gives, it was unbelievable. So I did at least a couple of times. The first time, it was more soft acknowledgement, I got it. And then the second time before I even say, I said, "Hey, be rude. Try to be a coach. Don't give me polite responses. Be straight and help me understand because you are preparing me and not judging me." And then you won't believe the acknowledgement and the response I received was more straight, there is no polished way of saying, it says like, "Prag, this is where you made this mistake. This is how you need to fix it." It was more, I think I would say commandable in a good way, which I really liked it.

Mike: That's interesting that you had to tell it to be a little more straight with you as opposed to probably understanding and empathetic.

Prag: Exactly. It's not a human. So for me, why would I expect it from a mission, right? It's like, okay, I'm here. I want to use you for this particular reason, this is the use case for me to use you as an application. I don't expect you to be nicer to me. I want you to be the reason for why I'm using you for.

Mike: Right? Yeah. I know, maybe this is a positive thing, but often I run across a lot of prompts and different settings for different AI because they're built to be so helpful, and you often have to kind of like, "No, dial it back. You can disagree with me." And I run into that where anything that you use, the AI is almost like, "Oh, well, that's a really great idea, Mike, and let's do that, and would you like me to do this?" And you're like, "But it's not always a great idea. You can tell me it's not a good idea." You can go to an AI and be like, "Hey, I've got some cinnamon. Would this taste good dusted on ravioli?" And I mean, I guess to our benefit, we've built AI systems that are like, "Absolutely, Mike, you are the Bobby Flay of the next world, but [inaudible 00:29:52]." You're like, "No, you can say it's going to be bad." But we almost have to tell it that. I guess it's somewhat commendable that we've done something that we have to say, "No, you can tell me I can be wrong."

Prag: Exactly. And I am one of an example that I tried it and the responses are different. So if I am having any serious thought process that I have, and if I want to get an AI, not opinion, but how it would answer it or how it would handle the situation, before I ask them, I will say like, "Hey, make sure that you don't need to be kind or soft as part of your response and being very straight. I want more factual information." And the response you get is definitely different.

Mike: Yeah. Wow. I love your tip on using AI and presenting to it and having you give you feedback, because I think that's incredibly useful. Well, this has been a fun conversation, Prag. I appreciate it.

Prag: Thank you, Mike. It's always fun connecting with you, and I'm happy that we are talking about the future of how we are going to use tools that's going to help us becoming more and more efficient in what we are doing. That's my excitement.

Mike: I know I often think back to what'll happen in 10 years if somebody's listening to this podcast and be like, "Oh, you remember that time that Prag and Mike were talking about presenting to AI, and they thought that was such the future, and now it's bloody [inaudible 00:31:51]." I think of that because I go back and listen to old episodes. I mean, there's over 12 years of the podcast episodes available.

Prag: Wow, wow.

Mike: And I go back and I remember talking about things like dynamic lightning components, like a page rendering dynamically, and now we're just like, "Well, yeah, obviously you would do that. Obviously you would do that." But back then it was like, "Oh my goodness, you can do that now, and you can make this setting." And then I remember putting together a demo and like, "Watch, we'll change this stage, and then this field will appear." And then everybody's quiet, and then the page refreshes and the record's there, and then the field shows up and you're like... I wonder if we're not going to sound like that in 10 years when we're talking about AI.

Prag: But I wish we be like that in 10 years, right? That's where the technology advancement is going to take us.

Mike: Yeah, hopefully we still have to keep telling it it can disagree with us because I kind of like that part.

Prag: I agree. I agree.

Mike: Well, thanks so much for being on the podcast.

Prag: Oh, thank you so much for having me, Mike. It's always a pleasure.

Mike: Big thanks to Prag for joining us and sharing so many insights from crafting compelling content, to using AI as a trusted prep partner. If you're thinking about submitting a talk or just want to sharpen your storytelling, this episode was packed with some wisdom. Now, do me a favor, share it with a fellow trailblazer who perhaps needs that nudge. Until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Daniel Peter, Chief Technology Officer at Petaluma Creamery.

Join us as we chat about how he manages cheese wheels with custom objects and how Salesforce and AI can level the playing field for SMBs.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Daniel Peter.

Modernizing business processes at a historic creamery Daniel gave out some of the best swag at Dreamforce—free cheese samples. As a Salesforce MVP Hall of Fame member, he's held a wide range of roles on the platform, but none have been quite as delicious as his current gig as the Chief Technology Officer at Petaluma Creamery. You could say he's the big cheese for digital transformation.

The creamery is a 115-year-old business capable of producing over 140,000 pounds of cheese per day. It's an old-school business, and that means he inherited several old-school business processes. With so many manual processes, Daniel had to move fast and focus on the biggest wins first.

Digital transformation priorities for SMBs So how did Daniel take his business processes from aged Gouda to fresh mozzarella? He started with the basics: getting the cheddar through the door. In other words, simplifying the ordering process.

Like a lot of SMBs, the creamery's system dated back to a time when you could just throw more people at a logistics problem. A sales or delivery person would talk through the order with the customer, fill out a paper form, and then do some unit conversions before they could enter the data into a database. It was time-intensive, labor-intensive, and introduced all kinds of opportunities for mistakes.

Daniel quickly built an order system in Salesforce that saves time, does all of the conversions on the backend, and makes it easier for his users to find the product they're looking for. The creamery is also able to track all sorts of data about the cheese-making process, like where ingredients come from and how they were stored, which is crucial for getting a certified-organic label.

Why Agentforce levels the playing field for SMBs A common misconception is that AI tools are reserved for huge corporations with the technical resources to implement them. However, as Daniel explains, affordable tools like Agentforce actually level the playing field for SMBs.

Looking forward, he's aiming to implement several agents that will streamline the creamery's business processes:

  1. An internal agent to take orders, so a delivery driver can talk to a customer and dictate the order over the phone.
  2. A customer service agent that can use the context of a customer's order history to decide what remediation needs to be done and how to do it.
  3. A cheese expert agent, using the decades of unstructured data from the creamery's cheese lab to answer questions like optimal storage temperature, or what type of rennet was used to make a particular product.

If all of this sounds exciting to you, be sure to check in with Daniel at TDX to see what he's built. And, you know, try some delicious dairy.

Make sure to listen to the full episode for more from Daniel, and don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Petaluma Creamery

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Daniel on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike: Hold onto your curds folks. Today's episode is un-brie-lievable. We're chatting with Daniel Peter, CTO at Petaluma Creamery, where they're proving that even in a world full of mozzarella sticks and spreadsheets, Salesforce can be the big cheese. Now today, Daniel's going to dish on how he's gone from QuickBooks and paper trails to a cheddar-rific automation and including some AI agents. So if you've ever wondered what it's like to manage wheels of cheese with custom objects, or if curd record type is a thing, then this is your jam. I mean, cheese, let's melt into it. Let's get Daniel on the podcast. So Daniel, welcome to the podcast.

Daniel Peter: Hey, thanks for having me.

Mike: I know it's been a while since we've had you on, it was Talking Community and Twitter back when it was called Twitter.

Daniel Peter: Yeah, I did look up that podcast, it was 2017.

Mike: Oh man, that was a thousand years ago.

Daniel Peter: Yup.

Mike: For those people that aren't familiar with who Daniel Peters is, can you give us a quick update and kind of let everyone know what you do and how you got started in the ecosystem?

Daniel Peter: Yeah. I got started way back in 2009 as a developer, and I've done a lot of things. I've worked for Salesforce customers, ISV Partners, did a stint at Robots and Pencils where I ran a SI Salesforce practice, done a lot of consulting work on the development side for ISV, and actually even for Salesforce. But my most recent venture here, I'm back in the customer seat. So I'm the chief technology officer here at the Petaluma Creamery, and we're having a lot of fun relaunching this place on Salesforce. So that's what I'm up to now. And I'm also a Salesforce MVP Hall of Famer.

Mike: Aha. There, snuck it in just by the way, buried the lead.

Daniel Peter: Yeah, I got that in.

Mike: I think we met when you were at the nonprofit.

Daniel Peter: I don't remember which nonprofit that was.

Mike: I thought it was the Pencils one anyway.

Daniel Peter: Oh, Robots and Pencils, yeah.

Mike: Yeah, Robots and Pencils. Sorry. I knew there was pencils and paper. Pens and papers and [inaudible 00:02:42].

Daniel Peter: Yeah. So Robots and Pencils is a Salesforce nonprofit partner, but only on the higher ed side, not on the NGO side. And I know that whole organization has changed with Education Cloud and all of that. So yeah, that threw me off for a second. But yeah, technically we were, yeah, we were a nonprofit partner on the education side.

Mike: Okay. So I know my friends are always like, every time I see customers, I'm like, oh yeah, I think that's a Salesforce customer. So now you work at a creamery, and I ran into you at Dreamforce. You were handing out cheese, which as a Midwesterner, that's exactly how you get straight to my heart is like you either hand somebody from the Midwest, a piece of meat or a piece of cheese.

Daniel Peter: Yeah, I think I'm the only one with cheese swag [inaudible 00:03:35].

Mike: Yeah, I think you are. Tell me a little bit about what being the CTO at a creamery is like, and what are some of the challenges? I mean, what do you manage the curds in Salesforce? What do you do? Is there a curd record type?

Daniel Peter: You know what there basically is, I mean, it sounds funny, but all that stuff is really important to track for all these different compliance reasons. If you want to be organic certified, you have to show the milk coming in, that batch that you made out of it, butter, cheese, yogurt. You have to show the ingredients that went in. And all of that really, I was at Canandy and we built a manufacturing ERP for Del Monte, and so I knew Salesforce was up to the task of tracing all the ingredients and manufacturing of food. So yeah, we do store all of that in Salesforce.

Mike: So how were they doing it before you started?

Daniel Peter: It was pretty fragmented. The main system we had for our kind of the closest thing to ERP was QuickBooks Desktop. And they used QuickBooks Desktop for 20 years, and it was the big manufacturing edition. He actually was doing a lot of business here. There was years when he did close to 50 million a year and all that ran through QuickBooks, and it did have some inventory capabilities, but it's pretty terrible to use. And then there was just a lot of paper-based, like the order forms were on paper. They would take inventory on paper and then put it into an Excel spreadsheet.

Mike: Did you have to do your compliance stuff on paper too?

Daniel Peter: Yeah, there's rooms here full of paper files. I mean, so it's kind of an old school industry, and I think a lot of the people in it, they know cows, they know how to make cheese, but technology isn't something that comes naturally to them. They're much more comfortable writing things on paper.

Mike: Well, even the technology of cheese has changed too. I mean, I know where I live in Iowa, we have a creamery that's about 20 miles south of us, and it's run by Amish, and that's always a big trip because you got to head down there to get some Amish cheese and bread. Oh, the bread is amazing. Let me know when you work for a bakery, by the way. But the technology of cheese, because they have the open windows, that's changed. But ironically, I think sometimes the technology that manages the processes, or in your case maybe just the data, just gets left to pencil and paper because it's what we know.

Daniel Peter: Yeah. And an interesting story here is that the pencil and paper at one point was an economical way to do things. I mean, that actually created a lot of jobs for people here. This creamery has been here for over 115 years, and back then you would just throw more people at the problem. But that's kind of the changing paradigm that we're in is the city of Petaluma has grown up around this creamery. This is a Bay Area kind of city, and property prices are through the roof, labor costs are through the roof, utilities are through the roof. You can't really exist anymore in a world where you're just throwing people at the problem. It's way too expensive and your margins will disappear quickly.

Mike: Well, I mean there's really, to be realistic, there's only so much you could sell that block of cheese for. And you can't pay 15 people to live in a high dense area with all of that cost just to move paper around. If a one pound block of cheese is going to end up costing $400 just to make everybody's living wage, right?

Daniel Peter: Exactly. And that's why most of the creameries have moved out of California, out of state into the lower cost of living. Yeah, that block of cheese is for commodity cheese it's kind of a race to the bottom who can make it for the lowest cost. But we're actually a little bit more of a differentiated product. So our cheese isn't competing for lowest price. We're actually competing more on quality and kind of a best cost. It's a pretty good price, but also really good quality.

Mike: Yeah. So what was some of the first things you tackled to move off of pen and paper and give a little more structured process around what you're doing and integrate Salesforce?

Daniel Peter: Yeah. Well, the very first thing was to stabilize just the IT here, which was get off of T-One lines if anyone knows what those are and get on fiber optic, get rid of on-premise servers. There was an exchange server, an Outlook server, a QuickBooks server. Somebody could walk by and accidentally turn it off or it might just die, and then all your systems are down. So getting good internet and getting on the cloud, that was the very first thing. But the first interesting thing we did in Salesforce was actually I wanted to make it, we need to stay alive here. We need to make money. So I wanted to make it super easy to take orders, get the cash in the door, the order to cash process.

Mike: Sure.

Daniel Peter: So QuickBooks was so painful. To put an order in QuickBooks, you had to actually do math either in your head or on a calculator. You had to convert, like if somebody ordered a case of cheese, you had to know, oh, those are eight ounce pieces and there's 14 in a case, so that's seven pounds. Okay, so they say one case. So we have to convert that to seven pounds in your head to put it into QuickBooks. And then you also had to do things like memorize the whole cheese hierarchy. So like C:J for Jack, M for Monterey, 8 for eight ounce. That's how you punch it into QuickBooks. And yeah, you basically had to have a computer in your head just to enter an order into the computer, and it was super painful. So we couldn't get orders into the system quickly, and we can't just... We'd have to highly train people and it's highly error-prone to put orders in and people would call on the phone or you'd get a written order, and then you'd have to convert that in QuickBooks. So I said, what we need to do is just bury QuickBooks on the backend. Let's build a really nice, basically an order entry screen in Salesforce. So we built it exactly like we want it for our business in Salesforce. So if customers want to order by the pound, by the piece, by the case, Salesforce does all the conversions, ultimately converts it back into pounds in QuickBooks, what's integrated with QuickBooks. But it lets you enter it in a very human friendly way, very nice auto complete. I mean, you can basically just start to type one letter of Y for yellow cheddar, and yellow cheddar just pops up. The orders almost right themselves now, and it's very easy to train new people how to put orders in the system. So that was a huge-

Mike: Oh, that's good.

Daniel Peter: Yeah. That was a huge win.

Mike: Did you also stand up an external facing way to take orders too, to speed that up, or is that on the roadmap?

Daniel Peter: That's still on the roadmap. We do have, so 99% of our business comes from wholesale to stores.

Mike: Oh, okay.

Daniel Peter: We do have a small segment of direct-to-consumer, so you can go to springhillcheese.com and order online. Right now that's just a Squarespace e-commerce website, and that works well, but we want to do some fancier things. So we might look into some Salesforce offerings. There's obviously things like Commerce Cloud, but there's also some ISVs have built some apps on Salesforce to sell. So we'll look into some of those. Right now during this relaunch and focusing on staying alive here in the short term, really wholesale is what we're focusing on. But there's a big opportunity in direct-to-consumer. We ship cheese in a kind of an insulated cooler. Believe it or not, it actually ships really well throughout the US, and a lot of people do order. That's on the roadmap, actually. But the tricky thing is the stores might not necessarily... The stores, a lot of them are still old school and the buyers still kind of want to call you. So even if we did give them a way to enter their own orders, not everybody would adopt it.

Mike: Yeah, they'd still call you.

Daniel Peter: Yeah, there's still a human element there that we need to preserve. But obviously you can start to dream about how AI can listen in on your conversation and create the order for you as you're talking, things like that.

Mike: Quiet, AI is listening right now, Daniel, it's taking my cheese order. And I mean, that completely makes sense. You want, for a business, you want to send truckloads of cheese, not shoe boxes of cheese. Because even a consumer, somebody like me thinks they're ordering a lot of cheese. Well, compared to a grocery store or a supermarket chain that's ordering for five stores to stock 10 coolers, focusing on wholesale totally makes sense. So keeping that human element there, you can always go to the consumer, but then you're shipping probably smaller chunks of items. So you really need the volume first.

Daniel Peter: Yeah. If people want to order just like a piece of cheese, they end up paying more for the shipping than the cheese costs. But we do free shipping over $100. That seems to be a good sweet spot. If people want to order, then it's like say it costs $100 worth of cheese and we pay the $30 shipping, that kind of thing. So there is a market for the direct-to-consumer when you want to purchase a little bit bigger order, it kind of makes more sense. But yeah, this place can make 140,000 pounds of cheese a day, and that's one of its-

Mike: Wow.

Daniel Peter: ... images we need to leverage. So yeah, definitely moving by the palette or by the semi-truck load is how we can make money here.

Mike: Okay. So you said something, and we talked at Dreamforce that I think a lot of small or medium-sized businesses are faced with, which is they all, "I'm too small for AI." Like AI is really for the big players like the Fortune 500 or the Fortune 100 companies need AI. But you're just a creamery, not just, I mean, you're a small creamery out in California, and before I pressed record, I mean you were at Dreamforce, you saw all the Agentforce stuff, you saw where AI is going. What are your plans for AI?

Daniel Peter: Yeah, I think the story we hear a lot is about AI replacing jobs. There's a lot of fear I guess, in the job market, both on the developer side, admin, but also basically any kind of a white collar worker that might be doing any type of work is my job going to be replaced by AI? But I think there's all these small businesses that really have a chance to have a renaissance because of AI. So instead of losing jobs, it's more like AI can enable them to save themselves, to save an industry or to save a small-medium business. We've seen, unfortunately, a lot of... Fortunately, or unfortunately, I guess there's been a lot of disruption over decades. A lot of mom and pop stores can't afford to be around because of places like Amazon. It's kind of changed the world, but Amazon's a great service too. I mean, you can get anything you want in a couple of days, so you could say it's fortunate or unfortunate. But I think people like to have some of these old school industries around. It kind of makes life more interesting to be able to go visit a historic place instead of everything just coming from a centralized factory. Yeah, I think the story for these smaller industries is, hey, you can actually compete. AI levels the playing field a bit now. You can actually afford AI, and it's pretty easy to use with tools like Salesforce. So you can actually make your business reinvent your business model, to be efficient enough to be profitable, this new paradigm. So that's the story we have here, and that's why it's exciting to me here. And so I think, yeah, small business, you need a little bit of tech talent. You might have to find, like my cousin that owns this creamery came and found me to help them out with that. You might have to find somebody to help you, but it's really easier now than it's ever been. And I think people are pretty comfortable now doing things like writing customer service emails with ChatGPT that we've achieved a certain threshold where the fear is kind of going away and the trust is starting to come into play. And so it's just a matter of, okay, well, how can I implement this now at scale for my business, to where I'm focusing on the things I'm really good at? Like my vision for the business and interacting with the customers that come in the door while AI is doing all the grunt work in the background for you, and at a pretty low cost.

Mike: So you envision at your creamery using AI as kind of a scalable factor? Like you can scale one person, as opposed to how our conversation began, which is you would just throw people at it. AI kind of gives you that ability to throw people at it, except you're just throwing an agent at it, right?

Daniel Peter: Yeah. It's sort of what the cloud did for computing when we needed elasticity. When you got a Black Friday and you got a million requests all at once and your server went down, and the cloud, kind of solve that. I think AI solves the people elasticity problem. Certain times you have a lot of orders coming in, and do you really want to have 10 people on staff all the time when they're mostly sitting around? But then once in a while, all 10 phones are ringing. AI can solve that pretty easily.

Mike: So you saw a lot at Dreamforce. I mean, we've rolled out so many things, it's hard to remember everything, but I mean, even my team is sitting back trying to build examples for agents and prompting. As a small business. And I think it's fair to say that where are you looking at deploying, or hey, this could be a good use case for Agentforce, or really thinking about how we can scale there.

Daniel Peter: Yeah, we've got a few great ones. I think they're all similar level of importance. So this will be in no particular order, but one of them is an agent to take orders. It's very smart. So it would be something we'd use internally. Maybe even a delivery driver in the field might dictate it from their phone, or we could use it right in the office, but instead of having to type things into the order entry screen, we can just talk to it, talk to the agent. Ideally even with our voice and just say, "Hey, for Safeway, number 572 in San Francisco, they called in, they want to duplicate their order, but they want to add in an extra case of this." And it has all that context already of what they ordered before. So you don't have to go look it up and try to clone it and add to it, and it can just crank out that order. And it can say, is this what you meant? And you can say, yeah, so there's that one we want to build. There's also one that's more customer focused, and that would be, we get a lot of calls, emails for random customer service requests that are... They're along the lines of refunds, credits, changes, questions, things like this. And again, we have all that context. We had QuickBooks for 20 years, so we have 20 years of their order history imported into Salesforce.

Mike: Wow. Wow. That's huge.

Daniel Peter: Yeah. So we don't have a data problem. Actually we have plenty of good data here, but these things eat up a lot of time. So people call in and they'll send a very vague request. They'll say something like, we need three replacement pieces of yellow cheddar. And so we make so many different types of yellow cheddar. And then once you figure out what they need, how do you handle that? Do you add them to their next order? Do you create a credit memo? These kinds of things. So you can imagine an agent knows everything about the customer's history. It fills in the blanks on these vague requests, and it does the action. Whether it's adding something onto the order, issuing a credit, that kind of thing. And if it needs to, let's say emails the channel that could clarify through an email. Maybe if it's a vague request and we have context, but the responses are still ambiguous, there may be one thing we need to clarify. It can do that agentic loop and iterate until the customer's happy with the outcome. So that's another one. And then the final one that I was thinking would be really fun to deploy, it's kind of a... I haven't thought of a name for it yet, but basically be kind of a cheese agent that really knows everything about all of our products. So we've got all the order history, but what we also have is a super rich library of unstructured data here. So there was a world-class lab here on site for 20 years. It's one of the three blocks that this place is on, and it had all kinds of testing equipment. And they cranked out so many analysis, studies of all the products. So anything, any random long tail questions somebody might want to ask about dairy products, cheese, butter, powdered products, any of that, we have the answer to sitting in these unstructured documents. Anything from PowerPoint presentations to Excel to PDFs, and I can just imagine putting that into data cloud and being able to produce a really good answer. So I think probably a way better answer than a customer service rep is ever going to be able to come up with, because how are they going to be able to do all that research?

Mike: Yeah. It'd be just based on their knowledge. And then it's a lottery based on whoever's working that day.

Daniel Peter: Yeah. So if people want to know salt content and this or that, or do you use this type of rennet that had this particular genetically modified organism or not? Or how many days out of the year are your cows eating grass? Or how long is this product good in our refrigerator at 38 degrees? We can answer just infinite number of these long tail questions. So I think that one would be not just an efficiency gainer, but actually would increase our customer satisfaction by giving them not only the information they want, but these generative AI responses have a very nice friendly tone to them also. So you'd get a great answer and it would also make you feel good, because it's so nice to you. And so I think that would be huge for customer satisfaction.

Mike: Yeah, I mean, I was even thinking the consumer route, once you go that way is a lot of people, when you go to the butcher, it's the same way too. You have a general idea of what you could do with this, but especially with cheeses, the right or wrong cheese can make or break a dish. And even combinations of cheese. I like watching the Food Network, and they'll make a macaroni and cheese, and it won't just be one cheese, it'll be five. And it's funny because my mom will be like, "How do they know those five tastes good together?" I'm like, "Well, mom, they're trained chefs." They're not like you and me where it's trial and error. Let's add this in, and it totally makes it a mess. But you could even be that same way too. Oh, if you're ordering these three cheeses, you could order these other two. And they pair really well, all five of them together. And then they're ordering more cheese.

Daniel Peter: Yeah, totally. And yeah, I've experienced that. So we have this four-way shred blend we do for the Kings, Sacramento Kings Stadium.

Mike: Oh, wow.

Daniel Peter: And I don't know what it is about that mix, but those four cheeses together, they synergize. And I go out and sample it when they're making it, and it's way better than... You could have one, two, or three of the cheeses. But when you put all four together, it's like something magic happens with the combination-

Mike: [inaudible 00:26:26], yeah.

Daniel Peter: ... cheese and some spicy cheese, and maybe there's some mozzarella in there or something. But the way they... Yeah. So there's definitely something to getting that magic mix right. And I think that, yeah, that's something really fun, that'd be a fun AI problem to solve.

Mike: That would also, you think about that. It would help educate your consumer, but it also helps sell more cheese. The good salesperson doesn't just sell what the customer wants. It also sells what the customer doesn't know they want.

Daniel Peter: Yeah.

Mike: Right? Like I know I'm going to come to you and just buy some cheddar or some Parmesan, but I'm buying these two. Did you know if you mix this with it, or here's five other recipes you could use it for. So it's always kind of... And again, these are all things a small little creamery is here's how we can add scalable people on with agents that more than offset the cost of it. And you're not a thousand person company or a 10,000 person company that's doing it, right? But you can act like you have a thousand people.

Daniel Peter: Yeah. So a lot of the stuff you're mentioning is things that really good salespeople are good at, and really good salespeople are hard to find. And we have some here, but yeah, they don't scale. So yeah, that upsell opportunity, I mean people... That actually it's a win-win. We make more money and they actually walk away feeling like they had a way better experience. They got to try this new thing they wouldn't have tried otherwise, something like that. So yeah, that's pretty exciting when you can have AI fill in for that lack of top sales talent like that.

Mike: So I guess we'll end on a fun note. What is something that you saw at Dreamforce that you can't wait to get your hands on?

Daniel Peter: Oh boy. Well, I know this is the admin podcast, but-

Mike: That's okay. You can talk about any of our products.

Daniel Peter: I'm pretty excited about the vibe coding. Basically, I've been a big fan of generative AI just as an easy button for everything and seeing how good it can write your code for you now. I was a little skeptical at first just because I've been a developer for so long, but when I saw it in action, I realized that's going to be the next game changer for developers. So I actually, I haven't been using it much, and I want to start using it now, and it'll actually help to build some of these agents that I'm talking about more quickly. So that's huge. I mean, I'm wondering, we've seen generative AI disrupt so many different tools that we use. It's what people use now for, we saw the students using it to write their term papers for them, and it's just gone the gamut of things. But now actually it's smart enough to be able to write code in quality, and it's a really high-level skill that's going to be a huge time saver for developers.

Mike: Yeah, I think, not to belabor the point, and I certainly have never written code, there's always, oh, it's going to take our jobs. Well, technology's evolved since forever, but it's always taken the mundane parts of our job. And that's how I see a lot of... Like I sat in the developer keynote and watched it. To me coding, I think they demoed building a menu, I don't know, Daniel, you tell me. If you had to sit down and code something, I have to believe that coding the menu, the mundane part wasn't the part you were most excited to work on.

Daniel Peter: No.

Mike: But if AI can do it and then it can be like, okay, so here's the 10% I can't do, that's probably the 10% you really wanted to work on anyway.

Daniel Peter: It's so true. And that's actually been what Salesforce has been good at since the very beginning. You go back to when you would create a custom field, you wouldn't have to go put it in the database and put it in each TML page. It just showed up everywhere automatically. And that's all you wanted was a custom field. You didn't want to have to write all the tedious code to wire it from the bottom to the top of the stack. So yeah, it's just the next logical evolution of Salesforce making it to where you just get to do what you want to do and it handles the mundane things.

Mike: Yeah.

Daniel Peter: Yeah. Salesforce was an early adopter to that lower code way of doing things. And it's exciting that now it's come all the way to actually pro code can be written with your voice.

Mike: I mean, there's always a need for both. I think you're kind of a car guy. I saw a stat that like 94% of the automobiles produced are automatic transmissions now. Well, that's still 6% that aren't, and is that good or bad? Well, I mean, some people that really like three pedals, oh, that's horrible, why are they making all these automatic cars? They're taking the fun away and this. Yeah, I mean, to be fair, you drive a 50-year-old manual clutch car, it's a lot different than when you get in your car. And I mean, some of them don't even have a gear shift now, some of them, you just press a button to start and press a button to put it in gear. But then also the experience of driving. You can focus on the things that really help you prevent getting in a car crash, as opposed to just making the car go the road. And as a car guy, it's two very different things. One's not better than the other, it's just less weight on your mind.

Daniel Peter: Yeah. Yeah, that's a cool analogy. I like that.

Mike: So I mean, they'll probably always still make manual transmission cars. If not, I'll just keep mine going. And that doesn't make them any less, it just means that there's less tediousness for you to do to make the car go down the road so you can focus on some of the other things. Perspective, right?

Daniel Peter: Yeah, no, I like that perspective on it. It makes a lot of sense. So yeah, don't fear the loss of having to figure out how to use your clutch and your gear shift, just embrace it.

Mike: I mean, I still think everybody should learn how to drive a manual transmission car. It does make you a better driver. I guess the opposite of that is I imagine learning how to code would make you a better admin too. So the reverse of everything has to hold true.

Daniel Peter: Yeah. I know it gets into a pretty deep discussion about maybe how long until code totally goes away, at least from our perspectives, creating business software on Salesforce. I think I could see that even happening. And then it's like, well, you don't even have to drive the automatic, it's more like the Waymo or something.

Mike: Even then somebody has to write the software that makes it so that you don't have to write code.

Daniel Peter: Yeah, there'll always be at some level. Yeah, I think there'll always have to be. It just keeps moving further away from the people that are familiar with the business and more down to that platform level.

Mike: Yeah. I guess I look at it much in the same of an engineering. The people that engineer and make automatic transmissions, I mean, they make automatic transmissions that can hold thousands of horsepower. And these engineers are incredibly intelligent. That doesn't mean that the mechanic is any less of an engineer. It just means that the engineering skill moved in a different part of the business. Much like the coding skill or the non-coding skill.

Daniel Peter: Yeah. And I think that's good. I mean, I think people are scared of it, but I think businesses should be in business to focus more on how they can basically make their customers happier. Not so much in having to do all the tedious behind the scenes things to make it happen.

Mike: Right. Well, Daniel, we've covered a lot today. Cheese, manual transmissions, business process, AI. I think if I had a wheel, we would've spun it and hit every corner of the wheel.

Daniel Peter: Yeah. Well, I'm excited to keep building out these agents we're talking about. And I'll keep everybody in the ecosystem updated through different means. I've been doing some different articles and things like that, posting on LinkedIn, and so excited to get more and more of these cheese agents rolled out, and get us scaled up without having to eat up all of our margins and then some.

Mike: Oh, look at you. Eat up all of your margins. I see where you're going with that. Good job. Well, Daniel, I look forward to, we got TDX coming up in April of next year. Hopefully we can see one of your cheese agents at TDX.

Daniel Peter: Yeah, definitely. Yeah, I kind of wish that I had more to show off a Dreamforce this year, but I've been wearing a lot of hats here as CTO of a creamery, so we need to get this stuff rolled out like yesterday.

Mike: Yeah. Well, I mean, the cheese has got to make the money before you can buy more software. So I think you got your priorities straight.

Daniel Peter: Yeah.

Mike: Yeah. And you make good cheese too.

Daniel Peter: Oh, thank you. Yeah, I love it. It's a little dangerous working here.

Mike: I could only imagine.

Daniel Peter: All the cheese you can eat.

Mike: Can only imagine. Well, Daniel, thanks so much for coming on the podcast, and I look forward to seeing your cheese agents in the future.

Daniel Peter: Thanks for having me, Mike. This was a lot of fun.

Mike: Well, that was cheddar than expected. So big thanks to Daniel Peter for cracking open the cheese vault and sharing how Salesforce is helping Petaluma Creamery brie-come more efficient, more scalable, and still delicious. Yes. Remember, digital transformation, including Agentforce, isn't just for the big cheeses, even small creameries can scale with AI and Salesforce. No provolone required. So spread the word, and until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Laura Pelkey, Director of Customer Security Communications & Engagement, and Kylie McKlveen, Director of Product Marketing at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about a simple framework for thinking about security in Salesforce and what you can do to protect your org.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Laura Pelkey and Kylie McKlveen.

The evolving security landscape in the age of AI With Agentforce and the rise of AI, protecting your data is more important than ever before. Remember, the bad guys have access to these tools too, and that means phishing and deep fake attacks are becoming more sophisticated by the day.

That's why I wanted to bring Laura and Kylie on the pod to talk about security. They're here to help explain how Salesforce is already hard at work to help you protect your data, and what simple steps you can take to beef up security for your org.

A simple Salesforce security framework Laura and Kylie have a simple framework for the security available to you on Salesforce. There are three layers to think about:

  1. Invisibles: The things that Salesforce already does to watch your back. This includes a global, 24/7 threat hunting team that is constantly scanning the network for anomalous events.
  2. Configurables: These are actions you as a Salesforce Admin can take to make your org more secure. Taking the time to configure your security settings and think through your permission sets can go a long way towards protecting your org.
  3. Enhanceables: If you work in a heavily regulated industry or have sensitive data, you may need to take extra steps to enhance your security. Tools like Salesforce Shield and Security Center can give you an extra layer of protection.

Most admins will want to focus on the configurables, and the security team has put together a handy video series to walk you through your next steps.

The importance of data continuity One important piece of the security puzzle is continuity. Protecting against attacks is important, but you also need to account for human error—sometimes users make mistakes. If someone's delete key gets stuck, tools like Backup & Restore and Field Audit Trail can help you save the day.

If you want to learn more, be sure to check out the Dreamforce Security Keynote on Salesforce+. And don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Security Keynote: Protecting the Agentic Enterprise * The 360 Blog: Laura on security * YouTube series: Trusted Enterprise Security: Built on Salesforce * Meet the Long-Lost Fourth Member of Snap, Crackle and Pop

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Laura on LinkedIn * Kylie on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're diving into some security framework that you've either seen online or at Dreamforce, specifically wrapping your head around invisibles, configurables, and enhanceables. So this week I am joined by longtime podcaster and security champion Laura Pelkey and new voice and new to the Salesforce Trusted Services Team, Kylie McKlveen. They are both here to help us unpack how we can think about the security layers baked into the platform, the settings they control, and the tools available for us to go even further. Plus we also jump into a little bit about what AI means for keeping your org secure. This is a fun podcast, and we also bring in a little bit of pop culture. I won't ruin it, but Sylvester Stallone does make an appearance in this episode. So with that, let's get Laura and Kylie on the podcast. So Kylie and Laura, welcome to the podcast.

Laura Pelkey: Hey, Mike.

Kylie McKlveen: Hey, thanks for having us.

Mike: I know. This is going to be fun, even though... Well Laura's a long time podcaster, so she makes security fun, but Kylie's a new voice. So Laura, let's start with you. Refresh everybody, what you've been up to at Salesforce since we've last chatted.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah, I know it's been a little while. I'm very happy to be back on the pod. Thank you for having me. So I'm actually coming up on my nine-year anniversary at Salesforce, which is crazy. Can't believe it's been that long. And lately I've been at Dreamforce speaking, writing a lot of blogs about security, and still just trying to get the word out there to our customers about how to be secure with their Salesforce data.

Mike: Yep, absolutely. And Kylie, you're a new voice to the podcast, so welcome. Tell us a little bit about how you got started at Salesforce and what you do.

Kylie McKlveen: Thanks, yeah, what do they say, long time listener, first time caller? So yeah, I work on our product marketing team for our trusted services products. I've actually just joined this team within the last year when Salesforce acquired Own or formerly Own Backups. So loving my new role and really excited to work with Laura and yourself working with customers on helping them with their security.

Mike: Now, trusted services sounds big and massive and like a lot of stuff. What are some of the products that maybe Salesforce admins are familiar with that fall under that umbrella?

Kylie McKlveen: Yeah, that's a great question. So Shield, Salesforce Shield, which consists of event monitoring, data detect, platform encryption, and field audit trail. It's also security center. And then with the acquisition of Own, we also added backup and recover, archive, data mask and seed, so that was enhanced with seeding capabilities. We also have privacy center. So those are some of the products admins would be familiar with.

Mike: Yeah, no, I think we saw a few of those in the admin keynote. So Laura, you're still on the mission and I'm with you on security-minded admins.

Laura Pelkey: Yes.

Mike: Let's talk about what being a security-minded admin is to get us in that security mode.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. You know Mike, I was actually just thinking about this. I think we did a podcast with that name, and I think two months after I started at Salesforce, we did a podcast together, which is-

Mike: I mean, we don't mess around. Lynn was like, "We're doing a podcast right away."

Laura Pelkey: Yeah, yeah, the security-minded admins, love that topic. So a security-minded admin is just someone who understands that securing their data in Salesforce and their organization's data in Salesforce is an admin's responsibility. Admins have many responsibilities. There's really not enough time in the day to do all of the stuff that an admin needs to do. But security is one of the most important ones. And it's often one of the most overlooked ones. So yeah, really, really passionate about that topic, and I feel my role is to help admins focus on the top things that they can do. Because there's a lot of stuff that can be kind of confusing, but really if you're doing a handful of things, best practices, using the right controls, you're doing most of what you can to protect your organization.

Mike: Yeah. Now I know Laura, at Dreamforce, you gave a presentation that took that security-minded admin up a notch because, I mean, pre-AI, we were just talking about making sure people didn't put sticky notes on monitors and strong passwords. Oh, we got MFA. Remember, MFA was like... That was going to save the world. And now we have AI, which I saw your presentation in Dreamforce. What is security like now in the world of AI?

Laura Pelkey: And first of all, MFA is still very important, so definitely still do that.

Mike: Right, absolutely. It still saves the world, it just there's more to it.

Laura Pelkey: Still saves the world. There's just more more things now. Yeah, we're seeing a huge rise in adoption of AI. I mean, look at how many people listening to this call use LLMs like ChatGPT on a regular basis. I mean, I know I do. Of course, Agentforce, we all love Agentforce. There's a lot of amazing AI technology out there now. But unfortunately what we're seeing is the attackers or hackers, bad guys, whatever you want to call them, are also leveraging this technology, and they're doing so in ways that make it harder to spot when malware is happening. They might be creating a deepfake, that's kind of advanced, but it's actually... It's pretty easy to do nowadays, in order to get your user credentials and to take over your user account. It could even just be maybe a really well phrased phishing text message. I think we all probably get those too nowadays, it's super common. And before it would be kind of easy to spot them. There might be some spelling errors or just language related errors that would be easy to guess that maybe this isn't really from somebody that I know, but nowadays with AI, it's actually... The AI can craft these messages that sound much more realistic and believable. So that's had an effect on how successful bad actors are when they're trying to take over a user account or get user credentials or get sensitive information and data.

Mike: I mean, the good news is a lot of people have access to AI, and unfortunately sometimes the people you want access to shouldn't. It also burst my bubble, so it means you're telling me that Bob Ross video of him wrestling Mr. Rogers wasn't real that I just watched the other day?

Laura Pelkey: Yeah, yeah, probably not.

Mike: Because it was awesome.

Laura Pelkey: Probably not. Just logistically, I think that would be pretty difficult. But we are seeing... If anyone watched the security keynote, we shared a really interesting video, it's on Salesforce+ now, of one of our executives, we said, "Hey, can we have a professional ethical hacker demonstrate how easy it is to hack somebody at your level? Can we do this live?" And he was like, "Yeah." So there's actually a really cool video of that in the security keynote.

Mike: Ooh, I'll put a link to that in the show notes so you can watch that.

Laura Pelkey: Oh, thank you, we would love that. Kylie and I would really appreciate that.

Mike: Yeah, no, absolutely. Well, and speaking of videos, Kylie, I think you worked with Laura. You put out a whole series of videos around security, talking about invisibles, configurables, and what was the third one? It's always the third. It's like Snap, Crackle... Who's that third one? Pop.

Laura Pelkey: The third child, I forget as well.

Mike: I heard there was actually four at one time. You should Google that. The Snap, Crackle, Pop, there was four. Totally not on topic of talking security, but you know... So Kylie, let's talk about that. I mean, it's an interesting concept to think about. There's invisible things that Salesforce does, there's configurable things, and then there's things that I guess we can put frosting on, right?

Kylie McKlveen: Yeah, the pop. I think this framework is just a really easy way to understand the security that's available to you. The invisibles are the things that we do, that Salesforce does kind of invisible to you, hence the name. The configurables things customers can do to make their org more secure, but it's up to them to configure them. And then the enhanceables, so things they can go above and beyond what's provided to them to really enhance their security. So the names are a bit obvious by design.

Mike: So tell me a little bit about some of the invisible stuff that goes on behind the scenes that helps admins sleep at night.

Kylie McKlveen: Yeah, I hope admins are familiar with things like network level security, our secure infrastructure, application level security, things like that. Those are really table stakes for SaaS platforms. But there's a lot of really cool things that our cybersecurity operations center does proactively protecting our customers. And I'm actually going to throw it over to Laura to give some of those examples. I know we've had multiple conversations about some of the examples of the things they do and it's really cool.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah, so our team, our cybersecurity operations center team, they are incredible. Actually, when I started working in cybersecurity, which I've always worked in cybersecurity, my very first job, which I won't say how many years ago that was anymore-

Mike: Well two, because you're 27, right?

Laura Pelkey: Exactly, exactly, correct. But when I first started working in security, I was learning about all of the really cool things that my company at the time, we had a social engineering team, and the things that other companies would hire us to do, and they would literally go into companies and attempt to hack them by physically gaining access to a structure, their networks in their building. And this was part of something that our clients would pay for. It was so cool to me. And basically it would just reveal where the holes were in their security so that the client could then fix those. So things like that, that's called social engineering. So at Salesforce we do things like that, we're constantly hunting for vulnerabilities in the platform, in our networks, we call that threat hunting. We have a global team that is working 24 7, literally just scanning all the networks for anomalies we call them, anomalous events. Does something look weird in one of our networks? Does something look weird in one of our customer's networks? And then we have a massive team of people who, as soon as they spot something, they jump on it. And if it's a customer issue, they'll contact the customer right away and actually work with them to resolve it. I don't know, it reminded me when I was first learning about this many years ago, it just was very cool work and it's always behind the scenes and you don't know that it's going on, but it actually does so much to shore up the security of your organization. So we do stuff like that.

Mike: No, that sounds really cool. When you were mentioning that, I was thinking of... I think it's like an early 2000s B-level Sylvester Stallone movie where he's like a guy that gets paid to break out a prisons to find their vulnerability.

Laura Pelkey: Yes, it's exactly like that, yes.

Mike: That's what I was thinking of. So that's how I envision your whole team is.

Laura Pelkey: I would actually love to do that kind of work. No one has asked me to, but if anyone at Salesforce is listening, I'm open to doing that, that sounds fun.

Mike: Okay, all right, look at that. Laura, while we have you, can we... I mean the invisible stuff's really cool, but it's behind the scenes. Admins love to get their hands on stuff. Let's talk about what we can configure.

Laura Pelkey: So as Kylie was saying, the second piece or second pillar of this are the configurables. And the configurables are... The easiest way to think of it is the things that are within the customer's control. So this is security settings, controls, and features that actually need to be set up properly by the customer. And Salesforce is a very robust platform, and we do provide a level of flexibility to make sure that our customer's needs are being met, but it's also part of our shared responsibility model where when a customer has control over these things, that they really spend the time to properly configure them to best protect their data. A couple of examples. The principle of least privilege. It's not a setting, but it's a principle that in cyber security is the defining principle for when you're talking about user permissions. So admins set up users all the time. Every day, maybe. So when an admin is setting up a user, it's really important that they're paying attention to the permission sets and the level of permissions that they're granting to this user. So we still say layering permission sets and permission set groups on top of profiles is the best practice, and when you are setting up a user, make sure that the permissions you're granting them are only what's necessary for them to do their job. So that's that that least privilege part. And by limiting them to only what's necessary, it actually helps limit the exposure if in... Hopefully this doesn't happen, but in the chance that a user account is compromised. And especially when we're looking at people who have admin level permissions, and what are those, Mike? Modify all data, view all data.

Mike: Everything's scary.

Laura Pelkey: Yes. So those are incredibly powerful permissions, and admins know they can do everything in their Salesforce org. But would you give, for example, okay, say like a Salesforce admin is the owner of a house. Let's just create that metaphor. Would you give all of your keys to your mail carrier? Why would they need access to the inside of your house? Maybe they need access to the gate for the pathway that walks to your front door, so you leave that unlocked for them, but they don't need to get inside your house. It's kind of like the same thing when you're setting up users. You don't want all of your users to be able to do every single thing in your Salesforce org. And again, it's because users make mistakes so they could accidentally and unintentionally do something that could cause a security issue. That happens all the time, or in the off chance that a user is compromised, you don't want the bad actor that has compromised and taken over that user account to be able to do all the things that an admin does. So yes, very long spiel about principle of least privilege and why it's important, but basically the configurable part of this is setting up users and making sure that they only have the level of permissions that they need.

Mike: And to run with your metaphor, Laura, I think even the delivery companies now, I have a code from my garage door and you can drop a package off in my garage door. So in theory, you're only getting into my garage unless I forget to lock the door to my house from my garage. Now you have access to the whole house. And that plays into the same... They should only have access to the things they should have access to.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah, exactly.

Mike: Laura, I think this falls into maybe a product that you oversee, which is Security Center.

Laura Pelkey: I don't oversee it, I wish I did.

Mike: Or Kylie, sorry.

Laura Pelkey: It's an amazing... Yes, Kylie's team does that. And you can actually, with Security Center, see the number of people exactly who in your organization has admin-level permissions? Kylie, correct me if I'm wrong, but I think in Security Center you can actually change those permissions within Security Center itself or apply policies across all of your orgs within Security Center to limit that, is that correct?

Kylie McKlveen: That's correct. Absolutely, you can apply policies. And I think especially for admins who have multiple orgs that they're managing, being able to view their security posture across and then have a sense of consistency and control, Security Center is a great product for that.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah, we love that product.

Mike: Yeah, and we saw a lot of this in the admin keynote where Kate and Lisa did a demo of Lisa just needing additional permissions to edit a field, not the entire object. And I think what was nice is we saw Agentforce double-checking with the admin to say, "I've set this up, but is this correct?" Which is a huge step, the human in the loop for a lot of security and AI things that we work on.

Laura Pelkey: Yes, it's so important that you're working with... And now that Security Center is enhanced with Agentforce, it's like admins have kind of a partner, but still the admin's responsibility to validate everything and to oversee everything. But it's now easier to do that, which is great.

Mike: Great. Especially when it goes GA. I think admins will be excited for the new setup. Kylie, Laura set you up perfectly. She mentioned enhanceables. Let's talk about some of those security enhanceables that admins can get their hands on or help set up that take security even farther.

Kylie McKlveen: As we talked about earlier, we have Shield and Security Center. These are the products that fall within the trusted services portfolio. Is that what you were asking, Mike?

Mike: Yeah, just I would love to learn more about what we consider enhanceables.

Kylie McKlveen: Yeah, so these are the products that go above and beyond to help you enhance your security. And when we talk about enhancing our security, there's really many reasons why customers are choosing to enhance their security. A couple of years ago, when we were talking to customers, it was really those in regulated industries that had specific requirements that they needed to meet in platform encryption or things like that. But now there's a variety of reasons, so some of these customers who are in high threat industries and need an additional layer of protection. Or scale, we talk about scale a lot. So whether you're resource constraint because you're an admin of one, but you need the security power, or if your company is growing and you need something to help you scale with that. These products can really help with that. And then another thing I'll mention is if you have a lot of sensitive data in your org, I think there's a lot of important data in Salesforce that customers need to protect in different ways, but sensitive data, if you really need to add additional layers or prevent people from seeing certain data, we have products within this portfolio to help with those specific scenarios.

Mike: I think one thing that's interesting to me in the discussions I've had with Laura and Lynn over the few years that we've worked together is security isn't only just keeping the bad actors out, it's also making sure the right people have the right access at the right time. I would love to know, because in my mind, backing up data, and you came from own backup, how is backing up data really part of a security posture?

Kylie McKlveen: This is really about continuity. So being able to ensure that if you were talking about bad actors or malicious intent, but there's human error. If one of your users accidentally made a mistake and corrupted the data or deleted the data, being able to have a backup that you can quickly and easily restore that data in your environment is really important. That data is there and needs to be restored. So you need a tool to help you quickly respond to that. And that's how backup is part of that.

Mike: Yeah, no, I never really thought of that. It's one thing to have the data, make sure the right people have the right access to it, but it's also having the history of the data and making sure... I guess it would be a paper trail of what's happened to it and when it's happened.

Kylie McKlveen: We do have products. Field Audit Trail is great for understanding how your data has changed over time. But there are some cool things about backup where you can look back into the past and see how the data has changed. You can actually look up in backup to look at the signals to see if the data might've been corrupted. So it's a really cool product.

Mike: Now, the idea of invisibles, configurables and enhanceables isn't something we just thought up one day. It's actually a series of videos that I believe are out on YouTube, if I'm not correct... And this is for you, Kylie or Laura, whoever was the most involved, what are some of the things that we're going to see in those videos, because I'll definitely link to those videos in the show notes.

Laura Pelkey: I could take that one. So this is something actually our Chief Trust Officer came up with. He's so smart, his brain is just constantly working. He just explained it one day, "Invisibles, configurables, and enhanceables," and we were like, "That is brilliant." And really what these videos are talking about, and they're also available on security.salesforce.com as well as YouTube, but basically he and our SMEs who are on the video series as well go into these layers. So invisibles is the bottom layer, and you can think of it's the strong foundation. Salesforce handles this for you. We're always working to keep our networks and our products secure and our infrastructure secure, and customers don't need to do anything to take advantage of this. I mean Hyperforce is an example of how we are creating secure infrastructure for our customers. So we talk about the invisibles. And then we talk about the configurables. Rachel Beard, who is featured in this video series, she's amazing, she's one of our security architects at Salesforce, she talks about specific things that customers can do, and these are like... If you watch these videos and just do everything she says, that's going to be hugely impactful to the security of your Salesforce org. One of the things she goes over is login IP ranges, which is when a Salesforce admin restricts the login IP ranges so that only people within the company's network can actually access your Salesforce org. And that's really one of the best things. So things like that. She talks about principle of least privilege as well. And then there's the enhanceables where, as Kylie said, we have a suite of amazing security and privacy products that are really designed to help our customers grow and scale. Like Kylie mentioned, a lot of admins might be struggling to keep up with their growth at their company, and these products can help you do that. And then there's actually a really cool... The last video in this series is our Chief Trust Officer speaking with a CEO and a CISO from one of our friend companies. And you just get the... From folks at that level, from these executives who think about cybersecurity all the time. You get to hear their perspective on what's next in the cybersecurity industry. So it's a really awesome video series. I would definitely encourage people to watch it.

Mike: Yeah, no, absolutely. Well, as we wrap up, Kylie, we're fresh off of Dreamforce. What was some of the exciting things that you're getting ready to work on heading into the coming year?

Kylie McKlveen: Yeah, we had two really big announcements, multiple big announcements in the security keynote, but two that I just want to call out I'm so excited about. We talked at the beginning of this podcast about how AI is changing everything, but now we're seeing AI in our security and compliance products, which is really cool. So AI is actually helping you be more secure. So we have Agentforce in Security Center, which can detect threats, and you can conversationally investigate the threats and remediate them. It will give you suggestions on how to quickly resolve those issues. And then we have Agentforce in Privacy Center too. So automating some of that hard work around complying with these constantly evolving regulations. You can tell it what's applicable to your business and it will give you suggestions around some risks you may have, some gaps, and it can suggest policies that you may want to deploy in your org. So really just making security and compliance a lot more accessible and a lot more easier, faster. It's just really cool how AI is actually helping us with security in this scenario.

Mike: And with a lot of those centers, I mean, there's a lot of data and to have AI comprehensively look at all of that, it might find things that you just didn't know to look for.

Kylie McKlveen: Oh, definitely. I think that's the struggle. Sometimes you're looking at this data and you don't even know what you're looking for, and AI can really just take the pain out of that. It can look across multiple data points and tell you what's out of the ordinary. So saving a ton of time.

Mike: Laura, similar question. We're fresh off Dreamforce. As you help admins in the coming year become more secure, more AI proficient, what would your advice be for admins for the upcoming year?

Laura Pelkey: Well, definitely the couple things that I mentioned when we're looking at configuring, I think just broadly, look at your security configuration in your Salesforce org. That's the broad thing I want all admins doing right now. And then within that the things that I think are the most important for admins to be focusing on are that setting up login IP ranges, that's super important. Following the principle of least privilege when setting up users. And that also means doing an audit of the permissions that your users already have, that's super important, and taking away unnecessary permissions. Admins should also be talking to their Salesforce users about things like phishing, like the security threats that are out there. They should be educating their users about that and setting them up for success so that if they ever get into a situation where they might be targeted, then they know at least to stop, think, and then disengage. So those three things are super important. And then MFA, as we said, saving the world. That's already required for all user logins in Salesforce, but I would also encourage everyone to set up MFA for their personal accounts. If you watch the hacking video in the security keynote, you can actually see that if you reuse your passwords across multiple user accounts, which everyone does, that's just natural, we all have a lot of credentials to keep track of, they can possibly be leveraged... Something from your personal account can possibly be leveraged to gain access to another personal account or even a business account. So you want to make sure you're using MFA on every account. And then if you can do this, if it's available to you, add a security contact in your Salesforce org so that in the event that Salesforce needs to contact you about something, like I was talking about our amazing CISOC team at the beginning of this podcast, how they're working 24/7, they never sleep, they're just staring at a computer looking for security things. If they need to get in touch with you, they will reach out to your security contact that's listed in Salesforce. So it's important that that's up to date. So that's my advice to admins.

Mike: That's good advice. I would also add, watch the 2013 movie Escape Plan. That's what that movie's called. Where Sylvester Stallone, AKA Laura, breaks out of prison. Well, Kylie, Laura, thanks for coming on and talking security. I mean, you know as well as I have since the moment I started at Salesforce, I think it's the most important thing because we're protecting our company's data. So what else you got better to do besides make the data better and more secure, in my opinion. So thanks for coming on. I look forward to seeing some of the new stuff that we have coming out from your area, Kylie, and the advice that you continue to give, Laura.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah, we've got a lot in store, so this will not be the last you hear from Kylie and I, I promise.

Kylie McKlveen: I love it.

Mike: Well, we're going to hold you to that, though.

Laura Pelkey: No pressure, Kylie.

Mike: We'll be back.

Laura Pelkey: We'll be back.

Mike: Big thanks to Laura and Kylie for walking us through the security stack that every Salesforce admin should know. Now whether it's understanding what Salesforce has your back on, tightening up your permission sets, or leveling up with tools like Shield and Security Center, there is something here for all of us. Make sure to check out the full video series on security.Salesforce.com. Don't worry, I'll link to that in the show notes. And until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Bradley Condon, Technology and Systems Specialist at Waste Solution Services.

Join us as we chat about his Dreamforce presentation and the custom apps Bradley built to help him land his next role.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Bradley Condon.

From customer service rep to the Dreamforce stage This year was the first Dreamforce Bradley was able to attend, and also his first time giving a presentation—I'd say he's off to a great start.

Bradley started his career as a Service Cloud user who got curious about the platform. He clicked on the Help Section, ended up on Trailhead, "and by the end of the day, I knew what I wanted to do with the rest of my life," he says.

However, when he started looking for jobs, he ran into a common problem. How can you show that you have hands-on experience without landing that crucial first Salesforce role?

Using personal projects to stand out Bradley decided that the best approach was to build custom apps in Salesforce and reference them on his resume. But what to build? As he explains, "I realized that in order for me to make time for it, I needed to build something I was passionate about that I wanted to use."

One thing he was definitely focused on was passing his Admin Certification exam. So he made an app to help him study by texting him a practice question every day. He also wanted to attend more Salesforce events, which led to another app that helped match Trailblazers with each other to save on accommodations.

Bradley listed all of his personal projects on his resume and also shared them on Experience Cloud so interviewers could see his solutions in action.

How to pick a side project In the course of building (and debugging) these projects, Bradley was able to learn by experience. By the time he was finished, he was able to sit for the Platform App Builder Certification without needing to study and pass it with flying colors.

As for what to work on, Bradley encourages you to work with what you know. Can you think of an app that would help you in your day-to-day? Or, if you're interviewing in a specific industry, something that would solve a common problem they might face?

We want to hear about your side projects, so tell us about them on our socials. And don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us in your feed every Thursday.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Automate This!: Boost Your Salesforce Certification Study Routine with Flows & Email-to-Text Gateways | Automate This!

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * Bradley on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike: Welcome to Salesforce Admins Podcast. This week I'm chatting with Bradley Condon, a first-time Dreamforce presenter who has a powerful story about self-starting service cloud and personal projects that pack a punch. Now, Bradley shared this at Dreamforce about how building custom apps on the side helped him land a role and prep for certifications, and it was even something really cool he could do for a friend in a tough time. Now, Bradley's journey starts from a call center agent, all the way to creating experience cloud solutions that he could share with future employers when he was interviewing. So if you're curious about why you should do Salesforce projects on the side and do personal projects, Bradley's story is for you. So let's get Bradley on the podcast. So Bradley, welcome to the podcast.

Bradley Condon: Hi. Thank you so much for having me.

Mike: Yeah, well, it's exciting, you are a first-time presenter, as I learned before we pressed record, at Dreamforce, and you're going to talk about building personal projects, which I've done quite a few on the side, and I think that's really cool. I can't wait to see your presentation, but let's learn a little bit about you. Tell me how you got started in the Salesforce ecosystem and what you do.

Bradley Condon: Yeah, of course. So I got started in the ecosystem as actually a call center agent using Service Cloud, working for a furniture company, just handling warranty issues and whatnot. And I got really interested in it and wanted to learn more about it, so I clicked on the Help section and ended up on Trailhead, and by the end of the day I was like, "You know what? I know what I want to do with the rest of my life," and started to make the transition to learn all I could about Salesforce and eventually, got my certification, landed a role, and then after that role, I had some time in between that I was trying to find the next one, and that's when I started building personal projects to really fill in that gap that I had to get my next role.

Mike: Wow, okay. I think you might be the first person that started off in Service Cloud.

Bradley Condon: Yeah, really?

Mike: Yeah. A lot of admins I know, I'm not saying nobody, but admins I know always start off in sales, and you were in Service Cloud, so that was really cool. You had to have been just a dream. I'm just sitting here back thinking of what that admin must've been like when you were like, "Hey, I clicked on Help and I'm starting to do some Trailhead modules." I would've looked over and been like, "Bradley, I'm going to buy you lunch right now," because-

Bradley Condon: Yeah, we didn't have an admin.

Mike: Oh, okay. Oh, you just burst my bubble. That's all right. Well, you probably became the admin then, defunct. I started off doing because when you get excited with Salesforce stuff, you're probably like me, and I was doing a whole bunch of things. I was like, "Oh, I could probably track that in Salesforce. Oh, I could probably track that in Salesforce." I think I had three or four dev orgs that all had different things in it. Personal projects, you know you're doing Trailhead stuff, you're working. First of all, how did you just find time to do extra projects on the side?

Bradley Condon: Well, so it all started when I was looking for another role and I was having trouble really getting my foot in the door for interviews, and I think it's because I was just looking like everyone else on paper. And I thought, "Okay, I need a different strategy. I need to do something that's going to help me standout." And that's when I decided, "You know what? I'm going to just start building, and that way, I have something to showcase during your interviews."

Mike: I like that. Did, as you were interviewing, change and modify the org? I'm assuming you shared credentials with your Mike.

Bradley Condon: Well, so I actually would make it so that it was available on Experience Cloud-

Mike: Ooh.

Bradley Condon: So that way, it also showed experience in cloud skills and made it available for them to use and made the flows available. So not only could they just see what I worked on, but they could actually play with it themselves.

Mike: Wow, okay. That's next level. I like that. How did you decide what to build?

Bradley Condon: So the first thing that I built was, I was studying for Salesforce certification and I needed to figure out a way to be more consistent with my study schedule. So I started to build an app that would send me a text message every day with a practice question to help study.

Mike: Wow, okay. That's a really cool, that's a neat idea. I'm over here thinking, how am I tracking, I was into binge-watching shows. You're sending yourself text messages, we're totally on different planets right now. That's awesome. So as you were sitting, as you were working through different Trailhead modules, also try to build other stuff in some of that project org as you'd go through different Trailhead modules?

Bradley Condon: Oh yeah, there was plenty of times where I'd be in a Trailhead module and I'm thinking, "Well, why don't they add this feature that we learned in this other module?" Well, obviously because you're not always going to be doing them in a certain order, and that's the one thing with Trailhead is there's so much to learn, you just kind of hop around and go with your interest.

Mike: Yeah.

Bradley Condon: But I've definitely seen times where I was like, "Okay, I've had to have this here," like this would be so perfect.

Mike: Now I can only imagine going from being an end user in Service Cloud to building something, had to feel very different. What was some of the ways that you promoted yourself when you were interviewing to show people, "Hey, I also have this org that you can try out." You have to get past that initial screening process.

Bradley Condon: Yeah, so the thing that I would also do is I would make sure that I included my portfolio site on my resume and also in the experience section, I would include those personal projects as part of my experience because that's something that I was working on almost full time for a while, that I just really dedicated myself to creating that project.

Mike: Yeah, wow. I know when I first took the admin certification 18 years ago or 17, something like that, it was a long time ago, I had had a lot of hands-on building things in an org, trying stuff out before I actually took the certification. How did working in your developer environment or just building out sample apps give you that confidence for trying your certification?

Bradley Condon: Yeah, that's a great question because most recent certification I took was the platform app builder certification, and I sat for that exam without studying at all. It all just had to do with what I learned doing on projects. So the one I've been working on recently is I'm building an app to match trailblazers who want to attend Salesforce events with one another to cut the cost of accommodations down. And so while I was building that, I learned a lot of concepts that were tested, so that really helped, especially with data modeling and stuff like that.

Mike: Yeah, wow. I've seen quite a few of those. I think that's really cool. Let's talk about, so one of the things that I like about Trailhead is you're in, you've got the module, you have an org to try and build something out, and basically as long as you copy-and-paste everything, it should work, right? There's a few times you have to think through things, but when you're actually in a developer environment and you're building something that's your own idea, there's been multiple times that I've had flows not work or something just didn't fire off like I thought it would, how did that, kind of having your own space to try something out and fail help you understand more?

Bradley Condon: Oh yeah, definitely 'cause that's the thing when you fail and you have that error message that you're trying to figure out what it is, that's probably when most of the learning happens, is when you don't do it correctly the first time and you really have to research and get down to the nitty-gritty and act like a detective pretty much.

Mike: Yeah. There's multiple times when you sit there and you hit that error message and you're like, "Ah, I just need, please just work this time," and you're five times into it and it's like midnight and you're like, "I'm going to get this flow to work before I go to bed," the number of times I've said that. When you were working through, how did you think of stuff that you wanted to build? I think it's pretty easy to sit down and be like, "Oh, I'm going to create a custom object in these five fields," but it's another thing to think of, "I'm going to create this big app that's maybe going to take me a week or two weeks to build." How did you work that out and plan that time in your head?

Bradley Condon: Yeah, so pretty much in order for me to make time for it and to really put the effort in and not to just stop building it was that I wanted to build something that I was passionate about and that I myself would use because that's going to show in the final product. If you're passionate about it, it'll show. It'll show in the user experience. It'll show in how you thought about it to be scalable 'cause you're going to want to continue to use it. So that's definitely how I did it.

Mike: So this makes a kind of meta question. Did you build an app to manage your orgs or your apps that you were building and your interviews when you were doing this?

Bradley Condon: No, I did not because I've seen so many of those and to me, that's not something I would use personally.

Mike: Okay. Okay. Can I needle you on what was something you built that you did use, besides the text message thing?

Bradley Condon: It was mainly the text message thing, but I also used it just to, so I had someone who had their mother pass away and they were really close to the mother and so as a gift for them, what I did is I had it so that it would send them different memories that they had with their mom every week, and then they could add little things about thinking-of-you messages to her. So that's something that I created that they used.

Mike: Wow. I never would've thought enterprise software to be used as that way. That's kind of interesting. What gave you that idea?

Bradley Condon: They were just going through a tough time, so I really wanted to do something that at the time, I didn't have that much money. So I had to do something that I could kind of make, and I'm like, you know what, I'm great at making apps.

Mike: Right. Yeah, no, I mean that's super creative, that's super creative. I love that. As somebody that's gone through, built a lot of things, did you often have an idea to build something and then go and use Trailhead to learn the skill or did you try to do it in parallel or did you try to build it first and then go back to Trailhead? What was your thought process there?

Bradley Condon: Yeah. So it would usually come up that I'd want to add a feature, like if I wanted to do something where I wanted to add commerce and I wanted to figure out, "Okay, well, how would I take payments if I did actually take payments?" And I had never done anything like that in my other position, so I had to go to Trailhead in order to find out how to do that. But there's also been times where I've been in Trailhead of thinking, "Oh, well, now I kind of want to add this to my app. I hadn't thought about this before."

Mike: Yeah. Yep, absolutely. Take payments, I never would've thought of that. So as somebody that, I mean obviously people are going to listen to this and think, "Wow, I want to do the same." If people are looking for ideas to get started on, "I want to build out an org, maybe I'm going to look for another job, maybe I'm not, but I kind of want to test my skill," what is an idea or something they should think about in terms of building their first project?

Bradley Condon: So I think a good thing to do is look at the roles you're trying to apply for and if there's a specific industry, create a project that's specific to the industry. If you're into the hospitality industry, maybe you create an app that helps with hotel room bookings, or if say maybe you find out there's a job you're applying for and they have room service, but they don't have a way to order it online, create an experience cloud site that allows people to start ordering their room service online. So you can present that in the interview. It's something that they're missing and something you could deliver.

Mike: Yeah. And I've heard that in previous podcasts too, definitely start in the industry that you're in. Tell me about how the Trailblazer community helped you in building different projects or different ideas that you had.

Bradley Condon: Oh, yeah. So I'm part of the Serviceblazer community, and that group has been so helpful to me. Obviously coming from Service Cloud, I gravitated to that community, but they've been really helpful. Anytime that you post anything on there, like Ask a Serviceblazer, you'll get a response usually within the next 10, 15 minutes, and everyone there is extremely knowledgeable. The amount of knowledge that comes through that channel is crazy.

Mike: Yeah. Do you find, because you were in the service industry, that a lot of your apps start in Service Cloud?

Bradley Condon: Yeah. And even if they don't start in Service Cloud, somehow I'll manage a way to add it into it.

Mike: Yeah, I can see that.

Bradley Condon: For the text message service, I used Email-to-Case to send text messages, I'd used e-mail-to-text gateways so that you send an e-mail to, e-mail that's dedicated to your phone number to get the text message to them. So even though it was not using the texting service, I used the Email-to-Case to make it [inaudible 00:15:14].

Mike: In some aspects, the limitations on those orgs actually force you to be more creative.

Bradley Condon: Exactly.

Mike: I didn't even think about that. It's always easy, like, "Oh, please turn this on." That's what we have at Salesforce. Just go to another PM, turn this on for me really quick and you don't think of if you actually had those limitations in place, how would you get more creative. I'm curious, so as you've done this and done different projects, have you helped anybody build projects or ideas that they've had of their own?

Bradley Condon: I haven't really helped anyone build their own personal project. On the Serviceblazer community, I answer a lot of questions when it comes to people that are facing problems they're coming up with in their company that they need help with. But the funny thing is I usually end up going to a developer org and making sure that I try it out myself before I give them the answer. So I always make sure that I'm trying it and make sure that it's going to be accurate information I'm giving them.

Mike: Yeah. Nope, I'm the same way. You cannot, in theory this should work, but let me log in and double-check that something hasn't changed or something is different. Is this your first Dreamforce?

Bradley Condon: It is my first Dreamforce and it's also my first Salesforce event ever. I've never been to a community conference and never been to a Salesforce event, so I'm really excited.

Mike: Wow. So you're just jumping in the deep end right away? Holy cow.

Bradley Condon: Pretty much, yeah, pretty much. I'm a little nervous, but we'll see.

Mike: It'll be fine. By the time you listen to this podcast, you'll be like, "Phew, what was I nervous for? I was awesome up there on stage. They loved me." So off the cuff question, when you present at Dreamforce, people always have questions. What's the one question you're afraid somebody's going to ask you?

Bradley Condon: Oh, wow. Can you make it an agent?

Mike: Well, by the end of Dreamforce, you'll know how to build plenty of agents.

Bradley Condon: Yes. I'm really excited for that. My company wants to do a lot of stuff with Agentforce, so I'm really looking forward to that aspect.

Mike: Yeah, and then you'll be able to come back and be like, "Well, here, let me just have you log into this," and you can build a Bradley agent of your own.

Bradley Condon: Exactly.

Mike: That's the plan. Thanks for coming on the podcast and telling us about this. I think it's a really cool idea. I hope people do it on their own. I know it feels like you're pressed for time. And when I was a Salesforce administrator, weekends and nights were the time that I would build stuff. I didn't have Trailhead. Back in my day, it was just the little Help box. But I think getting out of just that business world of accounts and contacts and contracts and building something fun, I remember going to user groups and having friends tell me about diaper changing apps, and I think one person talked about how they managed their wedding in Salesforce. That to me is just like, it gets you in and it gets you doing things that make you feel super empowered. So I think everybody should build on their own free time.

Bradley Condon: Yes, it's a great skillset to have.

Mike: Well, I look forward to seeing your presentation at Dreamforce, and I appreciate you coming on the podcast, Bradley.

Bradley Condon: Yeah. Thank you so much for having me.

Mike: Big thanks to Bradley for joining us and sharing such a thoughtful hands-on approach to growing as a Salesforce admin. If you've ever been stuck in-between jobs or just unsure of your next step, I think Bradley's story is a great reminder that building what you love can open surprising doors. And hey, I would love to know if you are building something fun on the side. Share with that on social and be sure to comment. I'd love to know what fun things you're building. So with that, until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to David Simpson, Salesforce Administrator at the 1916 Company.

Join us as we chat about how he landed his first Salesforce Admin role and what advice he has for folks who are new to the ecosystem.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with David Simpson.

A career pivot from finance to Salesforce If you didn't catch David's presentation about resolving Flow errors at Dreamforce, be sure to check out our earlier episode with him. Another thing that came up was his career pivot, and it was so interesting that I had to bring him back to talk about it.

David started out as an accountant before eventually becoming a financial systems analyst. He had to run a lot of reports and quickly discovered that the thing he was actually interested in was the Salesforce platform.

Soon enough, David became the part-time admin for his organization, but he quickly realized that if he wanted to just focus on Salesforce, he would need to find a new job.

What to look for in a job description While David bulked up his credentials, he started looking for full-time Salesforce Admin roles to apply to. One piece of advice he has is to take a closer look at the job description and be clear about what you want.

"It's not uncommon now for admins to have developer skills or maybe dip their toe into the architect side of things," he says, "but I focused mainly on positions that were only looking for admin-related work."

David also was really specific about finding an organization that was already committed to Salesforce. He looked for green flags like job postings with specifics on certifications or Superbadges. Finally, it was important to him to join a Salesforce team as opposed to try to cut his teeth as a solo admin.

Find opportunities to grow as an admin David's advice for people new to the ecosystem is to get curious. Back when he was a part-time admin, he was laser-focused on opportunities because that was what his organization was asking him to do.

"I should have given myself the benefit of the doubt," he says, "and taken a little bit more risk in learning new things." Reflecting now, he sees where he could have taken the initiative to try automations or enhance integrations and become a better admin in the process.

There are a lot more great tips from David about his pivot into a Salesforce Admin career, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don't forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: Navigating Flow Errors as a New Salesforce Admin

Admin Trailblazers Group * Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social * David on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins on X * Mike on Bluesky social * Mike on Threads * Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike: Welcome to Salesforce Admins podcast. This week I'm joined by David Simpson, who you might remember from our pre-Dreamforce chat not that long ago. It was a little over a month ago, but this time we're diving into something that really hits close to home for a lot of Salesforce admins, and that is career change. The number one question I get in my inbox is how do I find a different career? What does it look like to interview as a first time Salesforce admin and questions like that? I'm telling you, we're going to dive into all of that with David because he's going to share how he went from spreadsheets as a staff accountant to automations as a Salesforce admin and what his transition looked like. We get into certifications. We talk about job hunting. We talk about imposter syndrome, and I dig into what it looked like to be a brand new Salesforce admin on his first day at a new job. I think this might be the most comprehensive podcast interview about what it looks like to change careers that I've done since I've launched this show. If you're curious about how David did it, this is the episode for you. Give it a listen and let's get David on the podcast. So, David, welcome back to the podcast.

David Simpson: Thank you for having me back.

Mike: It wasn't that long ago that we were talking, it was pre-Dreamforce about 45 days ago or so. I had you on the podcast to talk about the presentation you're giving at Dreamforce, and we've since wrapped up Dreamforce now and people are at home. Well, some people. I think some people stayed and probably went to Napa Valley and did wine tastings, which I wouldn't blame you. There's a lot of great vineyards and stuff out there. But one thing you brought up that I wanted to follow up on was your career trajectory, and we haven't talked about careers a whole lot, but let's just rewind a little bit and give one of those the last time on the Salesforce Admin podcast, because I've watched a lot of streaming things. Let's fill people in on what you do and where your career started and how you became a Salesforce admin.

David Simpson: Sure. Previously on Salesforce Admins.

Mike: Exactly.

David Simpson: So, many years ago, I went to college for accounting, and my first job out of college was a staff accountant at a software company. After a few years of working in spreadsheets and doing the monotonous day-to-day that comes with being a staff accountant, I made a pivot to be a financial analyst, more specifically a financial systems analyst, and after I made that pivot, my supervisor at the time, he informed me that he was the administrator for our company's Salesforce instance, and that a lot of the work that I was doing, which was doing financial analytics for our professional service team, a lot of that data came out of Salesforce. Our professional service team would put opportunities into Salesforce, and we needed to make sure that those financials were clean. So, he suggested that I become another admin with the company, and that I would learn about the general inner workings of Salesforce and be a point of contact for cleaning up that data, for troubleshooting issues and just all the things that come with being a junior level admin. So, he gave me a system administrator license. He recommended that I go into Trailhead to just learn the basics of being a Salesforce admin, the Salesforce ecosystem, custom objects. All those general items that you learn as an admin, and then I just kind of fell in love with it. It was such an interesting pivot from doing spreadsheets and reconciliations. I was able to kind of do problem solving and be an environment that I wasn't too familiar in, but I was also able to see how Salesforce works and how we can get this data to be reportable data. So, the automation behind it or validation rules, just even something simple like setting up a page layout. It was all very interesting and new to me, so I just latched onto it a hundred percent, and then I further got sold on the whole experience after about a year or so, being a Salesforce admin, I went to my first Dreamforce in 2018 and I got my Salesforce administrator certification, and at that point, that kind of signaled to me that this is what I want to do full time. So, from that point on, it's all history. I went and unfortunately, the company I was with didn't have the resources for a full-time admin, so I did go to another company, but since then I have been an awesome admin just doing it every day. Custom objects, flows, you name it, admin work-wise, I do it.

Mike: And I think career changes are hard. I went from sales to becoming an admin as well, and I think everybody kind of looks at like, well, what do I have to do? Or where do I have to go? Or what skills are required? And I think you, like me, kind of got fortunate you were with a company that was like, "Hey, we need these skills." And I'm assuming you probably did both jobs for a while, right?

David Simpson: Yes. I was doing both jobs up until I left the company. It was essentially 50/50 financial systems analysis and then admin work.

Mike: So, it's not like you just all of a sudden jumped in the pilot seat and took over the plane and away you go.

David Simpson: Thankfully, that wasn't the case for me. I was able to kind ease myself into the admin role because I still had work to do on the financial side.

Mike: Yeah. And I think that that works out as an incredibly lucky path.

David Simpson: Yeah, definitely.

Mike: One thing, so you mentioned they didn't have the budget for a full-time admin, which is the role you wanted to pursue. Did you consider just staying at that current position and kind of dividing your time, or was this something where you were like, "No, I really, this is, I'm going to commit?"

David Simpson: It was something that I really wanted to commit on. In the beginning when I had first gotten a system administrator license and started doing basic admin work, I was completely on board with splitting my time between the two. I wasn't super confident in what I was doing as a Salesforce admin. I was still learning the ropes, but after I had gotten my first certification, that kind of sold it to me and locked in that this is what I want to do as a career. So, at that point, I did bring up my interest in being a full-time admin to the company, and they said, "Unfortunately, we just don't have the bandwidth to have a full-time admin whose only job is to be a Salesforce administrator." So, unfortunately, I did have to switch companies to go and find that.

Mike: Okay, so let's pause there because that is the point that I think everybody has questions about, which is, so what did interviewing look like? What kind of prep did you do? You're going from career A to career B, and you kind of have some experience. I mean, what was that like? Because I'm assuming you sat in interviews for jobs you didn't get.

David Simpson: Yeah, I won't sugarcoat it. It was a little tough. You're going into a new job where, yes, you do have experience, but you don't have a ton of experience. So, what I focused on was first the credential side of things. By the time I decided to make the jump to be a full-time Salesforce administrator, I did have, I believe, three certifications under my belt. I had the Salesforce administrator certification, the platform app builder, and then the CPQ specialist. So, I-

Mike: Ooh, CPQ specialist. Wow.

David Simpson: Yeah. Yep. I haven't used it in a while, but it was a very challenging and interesting certification to take. I actually took the Salesforce-provided trainings for it, and it was a wealth of knowledge, but so I had these three certifications. I did lean a little bit heavier on that to say, listen, I may not have years of experience, but you can see here that I'm able to answer the tough questions. Additionally, I did focus on what projects and initiatives I was able to complete at my job while I was part-time being a Salesforce admin. So, I had done some work building a custom object for, funnily enough, our accounting team to log their calls to people for collecting payment. So, I made a point to mention that in my interviews. So, I used the certifications. I used actual project and real-world experience, but something else that was a little kind of ace up the sleeve for my interview process was that I did have finance and accounting background. The job that ultimately hired me, while I did not do finance and accounting work for them, I was able to be a point of contact to help bridge the gap between the finance team and the Salesforce team. If they needed to pull financial data from Salesforce, I would be a person that they could go to, and I could confidently answer that because of my background. So, when it comes to jumping from one career to a Salesforce career, I definitely recommend that people do lean into what they've done in the past and show how they can enhance a new job's day-to-day by focusing on those areas of expertise, but just in a Salesforce context. That's what really helped me because yes, I did unfortunately have a handful of interviews where I didn't get the job, and I think that ultimately came down to just pure raw Salesforce experience. But the job that did hire me, it was because I had a great rapport with their CFO, and I was able to talk the talk with finance as well as bridge that gap to the Salesforce side of things.

Mike: Yeah, I mean, you stayed in finance. It's not like you went over to a fish distribution warehouse or something.

David Simpson: Yes, exactly. [inaudible 00:10:41]-

Mike: I tried to pick something that was the opposite of finance, and my brain went blank for a second, and I was like, "Oh, I just watched a show on cooking last night."

David Simpson: I mean, those are pretty different. I can't think of a much more different thing, but yeah, I mean because the Salesforce department at that new job also heavily interacted with the finance department, that was a big benefit to me.

Mike: I can feel people listening to this podcast right now, and they're like, ask this question, ask this question, ask this question. I got like a million. What were in ... Because we're going to get to your job, I promise you, but we're going to just stay in this middle ground here for a second. In some of the job search that you were looking for in some of the, I don't know even, it sounds so old of me to call it classified ads. I'm sure it was like LinkedIn listings or Indeed job boards or something. What were some of the things that you looked for in terms of the description that you either filtered in or filtered out in terms applying for?

David Simpson: Yeah, so some of the things that I looked for in my job search was making sure that the job posting focused purely on admin work. I think nowadays we focus so much on being specialized in a number of different aspects of Salesforce. It's not uncommon now for admins to have developer skills or maybe dip their toe in the architect side of things, and that is fantastic, don't get me wrong, but I focused mainly on positions that were only looking for admin-related work, so building custom objects, administering users, building validation rules, just those general kind of things were the main items I was looking for when I was transitioning to my first full-time Salesforce job. Additionally, I was looking to see what kind of qualifications and credentials they were looking for from an education side of things. If there was nothing about a Salesforce certification, then I erred on the side of caution and didn't apply there. I wanted a company that was fully bought into the Salesforce ecosystem, and that can be illustrated in a job posting by seeing that they're asking for the proper credentials. An extra little bonus, which was much more rare, was seeing your certain Trailhead status, or you have certain super badges. It's very rare for a job to ask for those sorts of things, but that's how you know you're working with a company that knows the Salesforce ecosystem and knows what they want.

Mike: Yeah. And it's done its homework.

David Simpson: Exactly. So, I was looking for those types of companies, just really people who were bought into the ecosystem, people who knew what they were looking for, knew what enhancements and long-term goals they had for their Salesforce org, and also was going to treat it with the level of attention and detail that is needed in a Salesforce org. There's many times where unfortunately, due to resourcing or staffing issues, Salesforce gets a little bit put by the wayside, and instead of having great initiatives and solutions deployed, it's just a bunch of band-aids, and then that comes back to the admin saying, "Oh, we can't deliver on something truly incredible because we're not given the time and the resources for it." So, I was looking for companies that really didn't have that mindset and were looking for true, awesome admins.

Mike: Yeah. You were fortunate enough that you had worked in an org. Did you, at any one point in time in the interviewing process, think about preparing a developer org or a Trailhead org to showcase some of your skills?

David Simpson: When I was first applying for a full-time Salesforce admin, that thought did not cross my mind. That said, this was many years ago in, I think it was 2019. That said, a little over a year ago, I did get a new job at my current position, and during that job search, I did have a Salesforce developer org that I had built out, and I recreated some of my most interesting and complex solutions in that developer org, and then basically in every single job interview I had, I said, "Do you want to see my dev org? I've built some awesome flows." And most of the time they said no. But every once in a while they'd say yes, and then I get to show off my screen flow that I worked really hard on. So, nowadays, yes, I do have my dev org. I'll bring up Trailhead every now and then, or I did back then when I was in the job hunt, but really, I like to showcase the dev org whenever possible because it is something that I'm actively developing in. Even now that I have a job and I'm in a job I love, I still whatever I do at my normal job, if I say, "Oh, that's pretty interesting," I go and I rebuild it in the dev org. But of course, without confidential information.

Mike: Right. No. Oh, man. I'm the same way. I was crushed, I want to say a year and a half ago I was prepping for Dreamforce and the dev org that I'd had since 2006. I forgot to log in and it expired.

David Simpson: Oh, no. Oh, that's horrible.

Mike: And it was just more of like, it was just such an awesome little relic of stuff that I had built and things that I had tried out, and I have another one, but it's not as old and it doesn't have as much. There wasn't anything cool in it, but it was cool because it was stuff that I had built when I was, it had my first workflow in it.

David Simpson: It shows a timeline of how you've grown.

Mike: Yeah, I mean, very much so. I'd let nobody in there because they'd be like, "What were you doing?" Well, I was a kid with crayons back then.

David Simpson: Yeah, you got to make mistakes in order to get better.

Mike: Absolutely. Okay. So, I mean, we could do a whole podcast on interviewing and everybody in the comments will be like, "You should." Let's go to day one of the new job. So, you've transitioned, you're no longer 50/50. The company's bought in. Dave's our new Salesforce admin. Day one, outside of all of the HR paperwork and stuff, what did you do on day one?

David Simpson: First, I quietly panicked because I was afraid I was not going to be able to live up to expectations. But after that calmed down, I of course met the team. I was very fortunate to work with a team of several people in the Salesforce space. There was two developers, there was another admin. There were two architects, and of course the Salesforce manager. So, they showed me around the org and they showed me some of the details of what they had built, what they're currently building, how they take in tickets. It was just essentially getting a feel for the Salesforce ecosystem that was there. And then from that point, once I was left my own devices, I just continued to do some more digging. I looked, okay, they're using cases. How are they using cases? Where is the queue that stuff that we get asked to do comes in? What does their account object look like? Because the account object is always one of the busiest objects in the Salesforce ecosystem. How many validation rules do they have? I was really just trying to take the little experience that I had from my previous job and then look at those same areas in this new job. So, essentially just getting a feel for the org.

Mike: So, you joined a team of people?

David Simpson: Yes. Yes.

Mike: What was that like?

David Simpson: It was a fantastic experience. I still keep in touch with all of them to this day, despite the fact that I haven't worked with them for a few years now. They were all super friendly and super helpful, and I think that was something that really helped me to continue this admin career path is that I got paired with such great people in this team, and it wasn't just the Salesforce team that was super friendly and helpful. Everybody in the company was, but these people took me in and they knew that I had limited experience, and they said, "It's okay. Let's show you the ropes of what you don't know and make sure that you are as successful as possible." That company was actually where I learned how to build flows. The Salesforce architect there, Nick, he sat down with me one day for two hours and he said, "Okay, we're going to build a screen flow and this needs to be triggered from a button and it needs to grab all these records. Let's see you build it." And then he walked me through it step by step, and it was just such an incredible experience, and I'm super grateful for it because now I use flows every single day in my job and I talk about flows. I talked about it at Dreamforce that just recently ended. I have a YouTube channel where I talk about flows. So, it was just such a good experience and I'm forever grateful for them.

Mike: Would you advise newer admins when they're joining an organization to join as part of a team rather than trying to be a solo admin?

David Simpson: Yes, most definitely. I think a team is one of the best things that you can have as a Salesforce admin outside of a good clean org, and of course, knowledge [inaudible 00:20:22]-

Mike: Oh, a clean org. You mean the first day you get one?

David Simpson: Oh, yeah, exactly. But yeah, a team is so important. Not only do you have other people that you can bounce ideas and problems off of, but just being able to work together and help lift each other up is such a good blessing in a Salesforce org. I think it's not only going into a job that has a team, but going into a job that has a team that is friendly, helpful, and inviting. Because I have had experience at a different position where unfortunately the team wasn't as welcoming, and that was really difficult to do good work because I couldn't ask questions. I couldn't troubleshoot certain things properly, and then when I eventually made a mistake, it was coming down on me pretty hard, but this first company here, it was just nothing but super niceness.

Mike: So, having worked as part of a team, are you looking at your other team members in terms of where you want to grow your career or your skills and where are those?

David Simpson: Yeah, definitely. So, working with a team and working with a team of a variety of skill sets, such as like an architect or a developer, it really does help kind of narrow down what I want to do. The architect route is something that is certainly interesting to me. I feel like it's a slight natural progression from being an advanced administrator and doing all these complex flow work, but I've seen what developers do with Apex, and while I think it's incredibly interesting and incredibly impressive, it's not something that's necessarily for me. So, you do get those different perspectives working in a team of people that you wouldn't get all by yourself because you're just kind of in the silo trying to figure everything out yourself.

Mike: Well, and sometimes working in a silo, you have to do all those things. You just don't know that you're doing them, and then what part of it you're doing well.

David Simpson: Yeah, exactly.

Mike: I mean, I'd like to think I was an architect by drawing diagrams, but then I've seen architectural diagrams and I've realized I was just scribbling.

David Simpson: Yeah, you don't know until you see it firsthand.

Mike: Yeah. Well, and sometimes the only exposure, for me, the only exposure was talking with other people at user groups, and that's often limited as opposed to having them as coworkers.

David Simpson: Yeah. You really do get the benefit of just day-to-day exposure with working in a team. So, I'm incredibly grateful for that exposure and that opportunity.

Mike: So, last question, and maybe it's the hardest, I don't know, but if you had to rewind the clock and do it all over again, what's one thing you would do differently?

David Simpson: Great question. I think that if I were to rewind time and do stuff differently, I think back when I was still that part-time admin and I was still just getting my feet wet, I think I probably would've taken a little bit more risk in learning new things because I was just told to handle this one aspect of Salesforce at the very beginning, as I'd mentioned earlier on, I was working with opportunities and our professional service team. I really only focused on that kind of area, but if I could do it all over again, I probably would've asked more questions and said, "Hey, how does this third-party integration work? Can I do some enhancements on it? I might break something, but can I give it a shot?" Or, "Why doesn't this process work the way as intended? Can you let me try this automation?" I eventually got those skill sets over the years, especially with automation, but it took a little bit longer than expected because I was just afraid to take that leap very early on, and I should have given myself the benefit of the doubt that I could have figured it out that early on, and I think that would've made me a stronger admin from the get-go.

Mike: Yeah, I could see that. The benefit of hindsight is hindsight, right?

David Simpson: Yes.

Mike: The ability to look back and boy, if I had to do the same thing, I don't know what I would do differently other than probably be less hard on myself.

David Simpson: Yeah, that too. You need to be forgiving of yourself because as an admin, especially a newer admin, you will make mistakes. You'll accidentally use the wrong tools or the wrong process. I mean, look to the admin certification where you have to separate between sharing rules and field level security profiles, permission sets. You're going to grab the wrong thing or do the wrong process, and it might not be the end of the world, but you should give yourself some leeway that you will make those mistakes and you'll learn from them.

Mike: Yep. Well, I think that's a great way to end this podcast. David, thanks for coming on, and given is probably one of the most comprehensive overviews of switching careers that I think I've talked to in a while, so I appreciate it.

David Simpson: Yeah, of course. Thank you so much for having me on again.

Mike: So, big thanks to David Simpson for sharing his journey with us presenting at Dreamforce. It was amazing last week to see his presentations. I really appreciated how honest he was about the highs that he had, the hesitations and everything in between. So, whether you're just starting out or you're thinking of making your own pivot, there's a lot to take away from his story. And hey, if you found it helpful, pass this podcast along to somebody that might need to hear it. And until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Naveen Gabrani, Founder and CEO of Astrea IT Services.

Join us as we chat about why Salesforce Foundations is a game-changer for admins.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Naveen Gabrani.

Why Salesforce Foundations is a big deal This year at Dreamforce, Naveen is giving a presentation about something that Enterprise users already have access to that's criminally underrated. "Salesforce Foundations is one of those lesser-known features," he says, "but it is extremely important."

Announced last year, Salesforce Foundations brings the most useful basic features from Sales Cloud, Service Cloud, Marketing Cloud, Commerce Cloud, Data Cloud, and Agentforce to your org. It has a modern UI that consolidates the most important features you use every day into an updated homepage.

And the best part? It's free—you simply have to enable it in Setup.

Take Agentforce for a test drive Naveen gives some examples to highlight how important Salesforce Foundations truly is. If you have Sales Cloud, you can borrow Service Cloud features like Knowledge and macros to give your customers some technical support. Or you could build a customer journey with Marketing Cloud's flow-based interface that feeds into a Commerce Cloud storefront.

With so many businesses pushing to integrate AI features, Salesforce Foundations gives you the opportunity to try before you buy. You can configure Agentforce and Data Cloud to get everything integrated with your org and then make the decision to expand functionality. It's much easier to convince stakeholders when you have something concrete to show them.

Tips from a Dreamforce veteran Naveen is a Dreamforce veteran, so I wanted to know what keeps bringing him back, year after year. "The biggest thing for me is to make sure that I get time to meet my customers, meet my friends in the ecosystem, meet my partners," he says. "Those networking aspects of the conference have helped us a lot as a company in the long term."

Each year, Naveen makes a point of writing a blog post to summarize his takeaways on what's happening with the platform. Make sure to check it out, and make sure to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: How Can Salesforce Admins Leverage Foundations to Prepare for Agentforce?

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Naveen on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins podcast, we're joined by Naveen Gabrani, founder of Astrea IT Services and longtime Salesforce ecosystem veteran. Now Naveen sat down with us just a little bit before Dreamforce to share why Salesforce Foundations is a game changer for admins; offering multi-cloud access, a sleek, modern UI, and best of all, it's free with Enterprise or higher licenses. Now if you've been curious about how to do more with what you already have, this episode's for you. Now stay tuned and don't miss Naveen's tips, use cases and insights from 30 years in tech and what he does after Dreamforce. So with that, let's get Naveen on the podcast. So Naveen, welcome to the podcast.

Naveen Gabrani: Thank you so much. Thanks for having me.

Mike: Yeah. Well, you are a string of presenters that we've had on the podcast over the last month, and today, when this episode comes out, it's the Thursday of Dreamforce. So I bet a lot of people probably listening to this on the plane flying home. But let's get started with a little bit about yourself, kind of how you got in Salesforce, how you got in the ecosystem, and then I want to talk to you more about what you're presenting at Dreamforce.

Naveen Gabrani: Great. So my name is Naveen Gabrani. I ran a Salesforce partner company called Astrea IT Services. We are based in a place called Noida in India. So I have been running this company Astrea for about 15 years, so it's been a long time. It's been a fun journey. Before this, I used to work as a program manager with a large MNC, and so my total experience is more than 30 years.

Mike: Wow, that's a long time. I was going to say your company is a teenager.

Naveen Gabrani: Yeah.

Mike: That's been around for a while. Now at Dreamforce this year, which is today. Whee. Or it could have been a few days ago, depending on when you're listening to this. You talked about Salesforce Foundation, get more from your org with Salesforce Foundations. Why was it so important for you to have admins understand how to get more from their org with Salesforce Foundations?

Naveen Gabrani: So Salesforce Foundations is one of the features that is less known, but it is extremely important feature. This was announced in last year 2024 Dreamforce, and it's about one year now, but still it is not so well known. So I wanted to work towards making it more popular in the ecosystem.

Mike: Yeah. What have you done with Salesforce Foundations? What made you so passionate about it?

Naveen Gabrani: Sure. So let me talk a little bit more about what is Salesforce Foundations, and why is it so important? So I would classify Salesforce Foundation has two different parts. One is a modern user interface, which is fun to use, and second is the access to multi-cloud. So let me talk about the user interface part first, then let me get into the multi-cloud functionality. But before that, let me just talk who has access to Salesforce Foundation. So any customer that is using Enterprise Cloud or higher of Sales Cloud, Service Cloud or Industry Cloud, has access to Salesforce Foundation out of the box. The great thing about this is that it is completely free. You just need to enable it in your setup and then you're ready to go. Okay? So that is one of the wonderful things about Salesforce Foundation is that there is no cost involved in using it. Coming back to the user interface part, there are a few different things that are provided in the Salesforce Foundation user interface. One is all the apps are accessible on the left nav bar in a very modern UI. And also for setup for admins, the most important features are available through a dropdown. So for example, managing users, you can just go to the top right and then access the most important features that you use every day. The third important feature of the new Salesforce Foundation user interface is access to a more modern homepage that will give you everything that you need the moment you'll land on the homepage. So that is the UI aspects of the Salesforce Foundation. The second part of Salesforce Foundation is the access to multi-cloud, which is more important actually. So let's say you are using Sales Cloud and you enable Salesforce Foundation. What it will give you is it'll give you access to Service Cloud's essential features, it will also give you access to essential features of Marketing Cloud, Commerce Cloud, Data Cloud, and Agentforce. The reason it is called Salesforce Foundations is because it gives you the platform on which you can start building your Agentforce applications without paying anything extra. Okay? So let me just elaborate this multi-cloud features.

Mike: Yeah.

Naveen Gabrani: So let's just say that you are using Sales Cloud. Similar things are applicable for Service Cloud as well, but let's assume you are a Sales Cloud or CRM kind of customer. So main features of Service Cloud that will be available to you, to the users, are you have access to Knowledge Base. So the commonly occurring features are available to your users to let's say you can resolve the case using standard Salesforce Knowledge features, even though you are just having the Sales Cloud license. You also have access to features like macros, so you can perform multiple tasks together by just clicking them. Single click. Okay? So that is some of the Service Cloud aspects that are available out of the box to Sales Cloud license with Foundations. The additional clouds that are available are Marketing Cloud and Commerce Cloud, Data Cloud and Agentforce. So let me talk about Marketing Cloud next. So Marketing Cloud here is based on a flow like interface, so it's based on top of flows. So you build journeys and you use flows to build your journeys. So let's say you want to send a mail today and send another mail after two days to a market segment. Then you can create email contents using an Experience Cloud kind of interface, and then you build a journey and set up the campaigns, and this is all included within Salesforce Foundations. Okay? So you have Sales Cloud, you are getting essential version of Marketing Cloud for free, for no other charges. Okay?

Mike: Yeah.

Naveen Gabrani: So that is another big kind of bonus you get as part of Salesforce Foundation. The next is Commerce Cloud. So as part of your Foundation license, we have access to one storefront. You already have products available as part of Sales Cloud, so we can use Experience Cloud interface, a drag-and-drop kind of functionality, to build a professional looking user interface. And it's fairly easy to set up. So we can build an e-commerce site for our clients using Commerce Cloud and Salesforce Foundations. And this is you can pretty much go live in a day, it's so easy to set up. There are some limitations on the number of transactions and the number of storefronts, etc. But that is... So the idea is if you are a very large company and you're exceeding those limits, then you work with your account manager and purchase additional transactions. Also included our Data Cloud and Agentforce. If you want to just learn Data Cloud or you want to check whether Agentforce is good for me or not, then the idea is you can set it up in your Sales Cloud or Service Cloud org, try it out, test it out, set it up, everything. And then when you are satisfied with it, only then you buy it. So basic advantage of Salesforce Foundations is that you try everything. When you're satisfied, only then go ahead and make a purchase. So that in a nutshell is various aspects that come out of the box without any charges when you have just a Sales Cloud or Service Cloud Enterprise or higher license.

Mike: Yeah, I know we did... I was just looking back, and I did a podcast with Eddie Cliff, who at the time was the product manager for Salesforce Foundations. And of course I think the benefit of everything we were talking about was it's such a simplified area to go to so that you know you're turning on all the right things and you're not really having to hop around in set up.

Naveen Gabrani: Definitely. That is the interface part of it. Everything is... Like the most easy to access aspects of the platform for end user or for admin are available at one place.

Mike: Yeah. You've mentioned you've been in the tech ecosystem for 30 years, and at your company for 15. In terms of if you had to stack rank really cool features that Salesforce has come out with, where on your list would Foundations fall?

Naveen Gabrani: Oh, that's a tough one.

Mike: Well, I did tell you there might be a few hard questions every now and then.

Naveen Gabrani: Yeah, there's so many different things and it's difficult to compare. The big thing about Foundation is obviously the access to so many different things, and it's free. I'm not aware of any great Salesforce product that is available free of cost. So that is one thing that I really like about Foundations. And obviously the things that are extremely popular are... Like because I'm from development background, I like Apex a lot. Pretty much we never have to say no to a client. We never say no for any requirements because we know that we have flows, we have Apex, and we can handle it. So those are a couple of other favorite things that I have.

Mike: Do you find, when you're working with clients, that you use Foundations more often to turn on Marketing Cloud and Commerce Cloud? Or do you use it to... Is it when they're expanding from Sales Cloud to Service Cloud?

Naveen Gabrani: For now the focus has been on Agentforce, because that is the buzz in the market. But I think Marketing Cloud and Commerce Cloud are going to be equally popular with time, but for now, Agentforce is on everybody's mind. And sometimes clients are not convinced, so they want to give it a try and see a demo before they make a decision, and that's where Salesforce Foundation comes in.

Mike: Well, sure. You got to test drive the car before you buy it. Right?

Naveen Gabrani: Exactly.

Mike: What are you excited about for Dreamforce this year, besides your session on Salesforce Foundations?

Naveen Gabrani: I'm kind of a veteran. I've been to Dreamforce I think seven or eight times, I've spoken a few times. And so I mean you make so many friends in the ecosystem over the years, so the biggest thing for me is just to make sure that I get time to meet my customers, meet my friends in the ecosystem, meet my partners. Those are kind of the networking aspects of the conference, that has long-term... That has helped us a lot as a company historically. So because we are virtual, living in a far-off place, and the clients are in the US are elsewhere in the western world, Dreamforce is a place... It's like a get-together. So we get to meet them, build relationships, and then those relationships help us out for rest of the year.

Mike: Yeah. No, I could totally understand that. So most people that are going to listen to this episode are probably listening to it after Dreamforce, because it comes out the Thursday of Dreamforce and everyone's like, "Oh my gosh, I got to run to this session. And I got to go to this place and get this food because San Francisco has a lot of food."

Naveen Gabrani: Yes.

Mike: I'd be remiss if I don't talk about food on my podcast, even though it's a non-food podcast. But my question to you, you've been to a lot of Dreamforces and you've been in the ecosystem for a long time, what is the most important thing that you do after Dreamforce?

Naveen Gabrani: So my goal is that I try to summarize a couple of things. One is summarize the key announcements.

Mike: Uh-huh.

Naveen Gabrani: And whatever I have learned, like interesting things. So I meet a lot of vendors, I go to booths, I spend time in the expo. I listen to a few keynotes and get a feel of the new features that are coming in, I look at a few Salesforce demos, I also attend a few sessions. I try to mix and match and do many different things. So at the end of the show, I have a fair idea about what are the new things that the platform is announcing, and I try to publish a blog on that. That these are my learnings, so that the people who are not able to attend get to see that. That is one. Second is just like an acknowledgement mail to all the people that I have met kind of summarizing our discussions.

Mike: Yeah.

Naveen Gabrani: So those are the two things that I do while it's fresh in my mind.

Mike: And I think you have... Well, a lot of people have a long plane ride home. I'd love for you to remember back to your first Dreamforce. If you could do your first Dreamforce differently, what would you have done?

Naveen Gabrani: The first one, I think what happened was that people... I booked a lot of sessions, and so I didn't... It was just spent some time in the expo in looking at demos and all. I was trying to attend session from morning to evening, and your brain gets exhausted. So that was probably not a good idea. That's what I learned. So I try to keep my schedule somewhat free now.

Mike: Yeah, I appreciate that as somebody who manages a lot of sessions with a lot of great content for you to have gone to. I was thinking back to my first Dreamforce, and I remember one of the best things I did was if I got to a session early I just sat down and just chit-chatted with the people around me, because we were all there to learn the same thing.

Naveen Gabrani: Sure.

Mike: And you meet some really fun people. Of course, this was I feel like 100 years ago. I also remember that was one of the first Dreamforce I was walking around with an iPad, and people were like, "Whoa, you're taking notes on iPad." I felt like I was so in the future at that time.

Naveen Gabrani: Yeah. How things have changed in the last 10, 15 years.

Mike: Right? Exactly. Naveen, I appreciate you coming on the podcast and talking about Foundations. I know I've covered this topic before, but it's really cool. The UI is super intuitive and helpful for admins. And I love that you've been in the ecosystem for a long time and are still coming to Dreamforce and still pointing out new things and inspiring people all the time.

Naveen Gabrani: Thanks a lot. Thank you so much, Mike, for having me.

Mike: Big thanks to Naveen for joining us and shedding light on Salesforce Foundations. Whether you are helping users with a streamlined interface or testing out Agentforce before you commit, Foundations gives us admins a powerful, no-cost way to do more with our org. Now don't forget to check out Naveen's post-Dreamforce blog wrap-ups, and keep an eye on what's next in the ecosystem. He is out there presenting a lot of things. So until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Sharon Klardie, Senior Director of AppExchange Labs & Innovation at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about how Labs empowers Salesforce employees to build and share solutions on the AppExchange, and what that means for admins navigating the new world of AI.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Sharon Klardie.

What is Salesforce Labs? Next year, Salesforce Labs will celebrate its twentieth birthday. If you haven’t checked it out, it’s an innovation program for Salesforce employees to create solutions, package them, and share them with customers like you.

That’s why I was so excited to sit down with Sharon Klardie. She’s the Senior Director of AppExchange Labs & Innovation, and as she puts it, her team’s job is to “showcase the art of the possible.”

If you’ve ever stared at a new feature and felt some blank canvas anxiety when it comes to how to actually implement it in your org, browsing through Salesforce Labs solutions could be a great starting point. Even if you don’t end up using something, you can see what’s possible and even look at how they did it on GitHub.

The key to AI implementation If you’re like most of the admins I talk to, you’re probably looking for new ways to use Agentforce. As Sharon puts it, “How do you have meaningful and mindful implementations of AI at your organization?”

You can get a lot of ideas looking through Labs apps that incorporate Agentforce. However, as Sharon points out, that’s only one piece of the puzzle. You need to get your data in a good place and build a solid foundation for scalable AI, and there are several Salesforce Labs solutions that can help you get started.

Best practices for AppExchange Finally, we talk through some AppExchange best practices that will help you get the most out of any Labs solutions you want to try out.

First and foremost, never install an app you haven’t used directly into production. Spin up a dev org or sandbox so you can test without breaking anything. But more importantly, make sure you have a solid rollout and change management plan for any new functionality you’re adding to your org. You need to tell users what’s new, teach them how to use it, and be ready to handle any edge cases that will inevitably pop up.

Be sure to catch Sharon’s presentations at Dreamforce, and say hi if you see her! And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Trailhead Module: Salesforce Labs Basics * Trailhead Module: AppExchange Basics * AppExchange: Trending on Salesforce Labs * AppExchange: Salesforce Labs App Guide * YouTube channel: AppExchangeTV * GitHub: Salesforce Labs * Help Article: How To Get Support for Salesforce Labs Created Applications

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Sharon on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admin Podcast, I sit down with Sharon Klardie, who's the senior director of Salesforce Labs, to talk about, well, what else? Free innovation. Sharon shares how labs empower Salesforce employees to build and share solutions on the AppExchange and what that means for Salesforce admins navigating the new world of AI and why, this is important, you should never install a new app straight into production. Now, whether you're Dreamforce-bound or catching up after Dreamforce, this one's packed with a lot of great tips from Sharon and a lot of AI strategy gold. So tune in, take notes, and let's get Sharon on the podcast. So, Sharon, welcome to the podcast.

Sharon Klardie: Thank you for having me, Mike.

Mike: I find it hard to believe, but you are one of the few people in the world that hasn't been on the Salesforce Admin podcast despite you and me being in the ecosystem for like a thousand years.

Sharon Klardie: I know. I was thinking about this morning and I was like, "I can't believe I haven't been on here yet." So I'm super excited to share with the listeners here today.

Mike: Well, let's talk about that. So how did you get started in Salesforce and in the ecosystem, and what do you do at Salesforce?

Sharon Klardie: Oh, I love a Salesforce origin story. So picture, it's 2010, and I'm working at a software company that gets bought by an equity partner, and that equity partner implements Salesforce at every company they buy. And that was my first introduction of Salesforce back when it was just Sales and Service Cloud. And I absolutely felt in love with the platform. I felt empowered. There was community behind it. And ever since then, so from 2010 till today, I've been all Salesforce all the time.

Mike: Wow. And you joined Salesforce. What part of Salesforce did you join?

Sharon Klardie: So when I joined Salesforce in 2018, I joined leading the Salesforce Labs program. That was exclusively my focus. It's been part of my remit my entire time, almost eight years here at Salesforce. And I've added some other things to what I do on the daily basis, but the Salesforce Labs program, community innovation, it's my passion area. It's what brings me joy. I just actually love being part of it, seeing the creativity of the employee community, creating labs, and seeing the creativity of our trailblazers who are using Labs solutions.

Mike: So for anybody that hasn't heard about Labs, when you say Salesforce Labs, what do you mean?

Sharon Klardie: So Salesforce Labs is a program that's actually turning 20 next year, if you can believe it. It's an innovation program where we empower Salesforce employees to create solutions, package them, and share them on AppExchange for our customers to use. And Salesforce Labs solutions are always free. They're community-driven. You can think of them like an open-source project. So it's volunteered by employees. It's not an employee who is on a product team and this is part of their regular release roadmap. This is an employee who sees a problem in the space that they want to solve, or they have a really creative idea on how to use our technology. So the Labs program really helps trailblazers to learn new technology, play around with it, get starter packs and templates. Blank canvas anxiety is a real struggle as an admin, throwing back a few years from my admin days, but sometimes a new feature would be rolled out and you'd be like, "I'm not sure where to start." So the Labs program really tries to help trailblazers be able to adopt new technology, understand how you can use it, and showcase the art of the possible.

Mike: That's good. I know as an admin, I found Labs because I needed a project management app, and at the time, Reid Carlberg had a really cool one, so I was like, "Oh, that's kind of cool." And then from there on, I looked for the little beaker logo.

Sharon Klardie: Yeah, we love that beaker logo, and then we evolved the logo to actually use the periodic elements of tables to use labs spelled out because we're geeky like that.

Mike: Right. I know. It kind of has like a Breaking Bad feel to it.

Sharon Klardie: Yeah.

Mike: I'm all about that. So at Dreamforce you're going to talk about seven free solutions to drive your AI strategy forward, and it's going to be a really cool presentation, and some people are going to get to see it, some people aren't. Why is it important for admins to look to the AppExchange and some of our Labs apps in terms of moving AI forward in their organizations?

Sharon Klardie: Yeah. So right now, AI is moving at the speed of light or whatever is faster than the speed of light. I'm not sure what that is, but there's probably something faster than the speed of light, and that's what it feels like is happening right now. So one of the benefits that the Labs program will have is we can showcase different solutions on how to use this new technology, but also I think even more importantly is how do we think about how do we want to implement AI at our organization. And sometimes that might actually be using a Labs solution or another partner solution on AppExchange that isn't actually AI-driven, but helps set the groundwork for how do you have a strong AI strategy. So an example of that would be, is there a set of technology or tools or processes that you should have in place at your organization to really help you identify what are your goals and use cases for using AI? And we have a number of different Labs solutions that we'll share. Pro-tip for anybody who's going to see the content, it would be probably a few more solutions than seven. We'll throw a couple bonus things in there and some shout-outs. But there's a lot of technology out there to really help you frame is your data ready. Data readiness is super important as an AI strategy to move forward in the space. If you're going to train your AI or use AI on your data and if your data is no good, then you're going to have a problem. The AI isn't going to respond the way that you expect or what your business needs. So we want to showcase these solutions that you can use to get started to help ground you in strong AI strategies.

Mike: So it's not just downloading agents.

Sharon Klardie: Exactly. It's going to be more than that. It's really about thinking about how do you have meaningful and mindful implementation of AI at your organization. And we'll also have some showcases of how to use cool Agentforce and AI technology.

Mike: Oh, nice. I noticed you put the word free in your title. That implies that there's some that aren't free.

Sharon Klardie: Yes. So all Salesforce Labs solutions are free. So anything that our employees create and contribute are free to download from AppExchange. But there are other solutions from our partner ecosystem and some are free and some are paid. It is important to note for anybody who's not familiar with the Salesforce Labs program is these are not official Salesforce products, which is actually called out in the master service agreement, the MSA. These are community contributions, so you can't pick up the phone and call support and get help for them. We generally try to open-source all of our Labs solutions on GitHub so you can actually use it to learn new technology, see how an employee built that solution, or maybe that solution does 80% of what you want, but you want to change it. You can go get the source code and then go customize it for whatever works for your business. And if the solution that the employee built hits a home run and it solves your business challenge you're trying to solve, you can go install the managed package and off to the races.

Mike: Yeah. And I'm also thinking any of your Labs apps are also going to immediately be able to be agentified?

Sharon Klardie: I would say. So we have some Labs solutions. I wouldn't say that's a hundred percent guarantee, although most of them should be able to be extended, but we have over 500 Labs solutions on AppExchange and I can't say conclusively that all 500 would become-

Mike: You don't know all 500 just like the back of your hand? Come on now.

Sharon Klardie: I, unfortunately, do not. I know many of them, but not all 500. But yeah, most of them should be extended. We're actually looking at engaging with some of our more popular Labs solutions and having conversations with the builders to say like, "What are ways that we could extend this using newer technology that's come out?" Either adjacent, something like if you want to use AI, you can add onto it, but if you still want to use the main core functionality, like custom objects and flows that was there but not to have an AI arm to it, then you could still use the original. But how can we take these to the next level using the great technology that's come out over the past couple of years?

Mike: Yeah. Now, I think the use of apps within Salesforce has probably evolved since you and I were out in the world as we little admins wandering blindly through the Salesforce universe, because it's become ubiquitous that you'd use an app on your phone, right? Like there's specialized apps to do things. Oftentimes on my iPhone, I'll get an app, I'll try it out, it won't work, I'll just delete it, but I don't have a spare phone. What is best practice for admins evaluating apps, be it from Labs or somewhere on the AppExchange, in terms of trying and testing something out perhaps before it goes into production?

Sharon Klardie: There absolutely are some best practices. Number one will be we do not install brand-new apps we've never explored into production. We do not do that. I'll repeat, we do not do that. Some trailblazers like to explore in a dev org first, but the cons of that is you don't have your unique customizations. A lot of trailblazers have a lot of success in installing a Labs solution or a partner solution in a sandbox first so you can see how it interacts with the customizations you've made to the platform. But both either a dev org or a sandbox is absolutely where you want to start to check out any new solution, whether it be Labs or partner solution.

Mike: Yeah. So that was the first mistake that I made back in the day. I would just try things out in production. Why not?

Sharon Klardie: Yeah, no, hopefully nobody takes that guidance, Mike. Definitely it's much more advantageous for everyone to play around and see how things work. And it gives you a little bit more freedom as an admin to look under the hood and see how exactly it's going to work and then what your rollout plan is. Because it's just like what I tell my Labs builders, it's not if you build it, they will come. It's not if you install it, it will work, right?

Mike: Right.

Sharon Klardie: So you also need to have that kind of change management process at your organization. If you just install a new app and have some great functionality, if you don't tell your users about it once you move it to production, they might not know what to do with it or they might not use it in the way that you had in mind. I think we all know in technology, when we release things into the wild of our user base, we are going to come across some use cases and edge cases that we never thought might be the reality. So the more that you can get ahead of that and the change management process, it's just going to be smoother for both you as an admin and also for your end users.

Mike: Yeah. Now, one thing I'd be remiss not to cover, we talked a lot about consumption part, but you mentioned Labs is also open to non-Salesforce employees, correct?

Sharon Klardie: No. So only Salesforce employees today can create and distribute a Salesforce Labs solution.

Mike: Gotcha. But our AppExchange is open to non-Salesforce?

Sharon Klardie: Absolutely. We have a very robust partner ecosystem and a process to engage. It can be a free solution that somebody wants to create as a business to kind of spin up and share with the community. You can go through our partner program to do that. And of course, it's an ecosystem, so if you have a solution, idea that you believe is of value to our broader trailblazer community and customers, then you can engage with our program and list there. But anything created by Salesforce Labs is created by a Salesforce employee.

Mike: Yeah.

Sharon Klardie: And I just also want to note Labs go through the same security review process that all of our partner solutions go through as well.

Mike: Oh, so no cheating because it's a Salesforce employee?

Sharon Klardie: That's exactly right. Trust is our number one value here. We want all the Labs to adhere to that as well.

Mike: Right, yeah. No, it's same rules apply for everybody. That way you get the same quality and consistency. So that makes sense. Well, Sharon, thanks for coming on the podcast. I think this session's going to be awesome. I can't wait to hear what people have to say about it, and I can't wait to see what new stuff comes out from the Labs team.

Sharon Klardie: Yeah. Well, thank you for having me. Hopefully, it's the first time, but hopefully not the last time. I've really enjoyed chatting with you, Mike, and if anybody is at the session and shows up at Dreamforce, stop by and say hello. I'd love to meet you. And I'm on LinkedIn, and if you want to engage with that way, share any feedback about the Labs program, I'm happy to engage.

Mike: So a big thanks to Sharon for joining us and sharing some behind-the-scenes look at the Salesforce Labs. I don't know about you, but I'm ready to fire up a sandbox and test drive some :abs apps. That was always the most fun part for me as an admin. But remember, not in production, just in a sandbox or not in production. But hey, if you're heading to Dreamforce, don't miss her session on the seven, plus she says a few bonus free sessions to fuel your AI strategy. And remember, best part about Salesforce Labs apps is they're free and open, and they're built with you, the community, the Salesforce admins, developers, architects in mind. So with that, until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Abhishek Saxena, Technical Architect at Copado.

Join us as we chat about how he learned Data Cloud and why understanding context is the key to making Agentforce shine.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Abhishek Saxena.

Overcoming the complexity of Data Cloud As a developer and architect, Abhishek isn’t lacking for technical knowledge about the Salesforce platform. But even he found it hard to get his head around what Data Cloud was and what it could do.

Abhishek attended community events, scoured LinkedIn posts, studied videos, and even read a book about Data Cloud. But there were so many new terms being thrown around, and he still couldn’t explain the difference between a data lake object, a data model object, and a data source object.

“Even though there was a lot of buzz around Data Cloud and how it is such an amazing, innovative solution,” Abhishek says, “I was not able to grasp what it does in an easy fashion.” Luckily, he had an ah-ha moment that helped him see the big picture, and so he’s giving a presentation at Dreamforce to share what he’s learned.

What Data Cloud actually does Abhishek’s talk, “A Beginner’s Guide to Data Cloud,” will get you up to speed in 20 minutes or less. As he explains, the main thing to understand is that Data Cloud is about data unification.

If you have your data in a bunch of different places, you used to have to dedicate significant developer time to maintaining APIs that allowed Salesforce to share information with your other platforms. With Data Cloud, you have everything on one record, with Salesforce and Slack as the front door. You have a complete 360 view of your customer, regardless of where the information is.

Why Data Cloud is crucial for Agentforce Getting a complete picture of your customers is doubly important when it comes to Agentforce. AI agents are extremely context-dependent: they do a much better job when you “ground” them with extra parameters.

As Abhishek says, “If you give agents good data, your responses are going to be much more personalized and better.” Data Cloud allows you to give your AI agents a much more specific picture of your customers, opening the door for better and more effective automations.

If you’re coming to Dreamforce, make sure to come to Abhishek’s presentation so you can be a Data Cloud pro. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Blog: From Pillars to Lakes: Using Data Cloud As Your Source of Truth

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Abhishek on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike: So have you ever tried to figure out what a data lake is and then ended up wondering where the lifeguard's at? Ditto. Today on the Salesforce Admins podcast, we're talking with Abhishek Saxena, a Salesforce consultant with a developer's mindset and a teacher's heart. Abhishek's going to take us through his journey of learning Data Cloud and how it went from something buzzworthy to something he could really explain to a five-year-old. So if you've ever felt overwhelmed by new tech or just really weren't sure where to begin this episode's for you. Plus Abhishek gives us a sneak peek at his Dreamforce session and why understanding context is key in making AI tools like Agentforce shine. So with that, let's get Abhishek on the podcast. So Abhishek, welcome to the podcast.

Abhishek: Thank you so much for having me, Mike.

Mike: I'm excited to talk about this because of all the things going on at Salesforce, we've got a big event coming up in just a few weeks from when this is going to air, and you're doing a presentation there, but before we talk about that, let's find out a little bit about you. How did you get started doing stuff in the Salesforce ecosystem and want to present at Dreamforce?

Abhishek: Certainly. So I have been working in the Salesforce ecosystem for about 10 years now, it'll be 10 years later in November. I started off immediately after my college where I was studying computer science engineering. I always had an affinity to computers and how they work, so it was an easy choice to what to study. But getting into Salesforce, that was a happy coincidence. My hometown, where I'm originally from, it's called Jaipur, it's in India, and that's where I did my engineering from as well, Jaipur is traditionally not touted as a tech hub, but for some divine reasons there were several Salesforce consultancies that were trying to make it big in that area when I was just graduating, I got an offer to work for one of them as a Salesforce consultant after a series of intense grueling interviews. But yeah, that's how I got started, and I have never looked back since then.

Mike: Fresh out of college. And let's see, people heard this in the past, I've recently had somebody point out to me that my Salesforce experience is old enough it could graduate from high school. So your Salesforce experience is somewhere in middle school, I guess, at this point.

Abhishek: Yeah, sounds about right. I'm eager to get to high school and get to be the cool kid.

Mike: Well, right now it's getting its first iPhone and being popular. I don't know what ten-year-old kids do nowadays, I don't have kids, so we'll just move on. Eventually my experience will be in college and that'll scare me.

Abhishek: Yeah, I hope I can get the certified technical architect or MVP or one of those cool badges to show around everyone.

Mike: Yeah, I don't know. I mean, being in the ecosystem is just fun enough too. It's not going down the road with all those biker patches or like a race suit. It's not, what was that game? Pokemon? You don't have to collect them all. But you're talking Data Cloud, so tell me from your experience, what's so interesting about Data Cloud that admins need to know about it?

Abhishek: So as I mentioned, I've been in the ecosystem for a long time and got decent exposure on Sales Cloud, Service Cloud, Experience Cloud, so yeah, just the core platform in general. But over the last few years, Data Cloud has been one of those top things, and most talked about things from Salesforce at events everywhere. So even though there was a lot of buzz around Data Cloud about how it is such an amazing innovative solution, it could replace some of the other tools that an organization might be using, I was not able to grasp what it does in an easy fashion. Especially around two years back, 2023 Dreamforce when it was relaunched after being renamed from Genie, I was trying to understand what it does, what could be its use cases, maybe look at some Trailhead modules, but at that point in time, there wasn't a lot that was available. So Trailhead modules weren't baked out completely. There weren't any demo environments that I could get hands on, and it just felt a little bit overwhelming. I knew my friends who were doing Marketing Cloud, Einstein, CDP, that sort of stuff, knew what was going on, but us commoners who were just working on the core clouds.

Mike: Us commoners.

Abhishek: Yeah, we weren't privy to that information as much as they were. So I started to get down on this journey to learn a little bit myself because yes, seems like everyone was talking about it. So I started by attending different community events in the States and Canada, trying to attend the Data Cloud specific sessions, read people's LinkedIn posts, watch some videos. I even read a book on Data Cloud-

Mike: Wow.

Abhishek: ... that one of our friends in the community had put out, but even then it was just so overwhelming trying to think about it logically. I am an engineer, I like to think about things in a logical analytical manner that, okay, I'll first learn the alphabets, then I'll start to learn words, sentences, so on and so forth. So I wasn't able to get that topography down in my mind that way to get started with Data Cloud. There was these few workshops or actually Salesforce Data Cloud trainings that Salesforce teams were doing several times a month. I had to attend that one training probably four times until it finally clicked to me that, okay, now it feels that I have the basics down of what's going on with Data Cloud, and if someone comes up to me and asks me about it, I'll probably be able to give at least a satisfactory answer on what exactly is Data Cloud. But at this point, now I had several months of experience trying to learn Data Cloud, I thought that, okay, let me go ahead and do the Data Cloud certification as well just to quiz myself if I know enough. I did that and I passed. So that was the validation I was seeking that, okay, now I am somewhat of a Data Cloud consultant. But I wanted to share this journey with everyone else because I consider myself fairly technical with a consultant and a developer background, and if it took me a lot of time to get through, then I would not blame anyone else in the ecosystem who's not as technical to not completely understand that, Hey, why Data Cloud? What is Data Cloud? Why is this important? So that's why I thought that yes, I need to share my knowledge with everyone else.

Mike: No, I get that. And what's so relevant about all that is when companies roll out features, and I'm not just speaking for Salesforce, but anybody, there's often a lot of thought and process that has gone into it, and just because you don't get it right away within a sentence or two or 10 seconds into somebody's presentation, that's not on you. That's just speaking to the complexity of perhaps the situation, where you're at in your learning journey, and then also just the complexity of the product that you're trying to understand. I think it's a lot for you to say, it took me a few months to kind of wrap my head around this. It doesn't just happen right away. And I think some people get really frustrated in themselves when they're like, well, I just don't get it.

Abhishek: No, absolutely. I agree with you. And yeah, I have been very lucky that I like what I do. So even after work, I'm not afraid to put in some hours to just sharpen my skills. But everyone's situation is not the same, you've got a life outside work as well, you've got so many things going on that sometimes you're just not able to put in those 10,000 hours to get perfect on something. And that's why I feel that if you attend my session on A Beginner's Guide to Data Cloud, at least in those 20 minutes that we are together, I could give you a good framework about, okay, after you leave it that I understand what is Data Cloud. I know what are some key use cases and why everyone says that it's needed for Agentforce. So that's what I'm trying to get out in those 20 minutes for everyone who has not yet had the opportunity and the luxury to actually focus on going through the Data Cloud trail certification modules or just having the training on the job of their own organization adopting Data Cloud yet.

Mike: Yeah. What was it for you, as you were investigating looking into and learning about Data Cloud, what was the first kind of piece of it that started to click for you that really was like, oh, I think I'm starting to understand it?

Abhishek: Yeah, great question. So when I was learning about it, and as I said, Data Cloud is a slightly different beast than the regular core clouds like Sales, Service, Experience, it's something called as a near core cloud. So it's not directly built on Salesforce, it's Salesforce adjusting, you can say. So some of the concepts that were being introduced, they were not getting my other knowledge that I had gained through learning Sales, Service and Experience Cloud. There were concepts called as Data Lakes, there were some activations, segmentations, things that I had never really learned in the other clouds while working on it. So even though it was somewhat difficult to get the vocabulary for Data Cloud to get started, once I was able to work through those first few basic things, the biggest aha moment for me was when I saw that Data Cloud can help you consolidate a lot of different records. So I'll try to explain this and I go into much more detail in my session as well. If anyone in our listeners is in the attendance, I would love to have you in my session. But just to give you a recap or a quick preview of what I'm going to talk about is that let's say your company uses Salesforce, your company also uses SAP for something else. Your company maybe uses Trello for tracking some stuff as well. So you have your record your identity as, since my name is Abhishek, all these systems have my identity there in SAP or ServiceNow, Abhishek can do certain things, maybe that has my personal email for some reason, or maybe a different phone number. And then the Abhishek on the Salesforce ecosystem, that record, that contact or user, has slightly different details. Maybe the address I put in is different. Maybe the phone number I put in is my work phone, and in the other one I put in my personal phone. So what Data Cloud ends up doing is that from these different identities of Abhishek that exist in these separate platforms that are not linked, it allows you to create one record where all of your identities are linked. So in case I want to get Abhishek's email in SAP, I can just call out to Data Cloud and Data Cloud will give that to me instead of myself having to write three or four different APIs trying to de-duplicate records, trying to find some common way or how it's called an external key of linking that, okay, this Abhishek in Salesforce and that Abhishek in SAP are the same person. Data Cloud takes all of that complexity out of this and just tells you that, okay, Abhishek's record exists in five systems, here are the values of different things in those five systems. And I could just get that. So once I understood this, I was like, wow, this unified data that Data Cloud is giving you could have so many ramifications. And that's again, one of those things that I explored in that presentation that how agents that need this sort of information can benefit from Data Cloud.

Mike: You were so close. I was about to say, wow, you just described Data Cloud and you didn't talk about agents. But no, what's crazy is thinking back in my umpteen hundred years of Salesforce experience, there's been different waves of where's your data? For a while it was, well, Salesforce is CRM, and then they had Service and then that takes care of that. But there's another system for this and there's another system for that, another system for that. And the world just kind of operated that way. It was like just understood, people had multiple systems to log into. And I remember for a long time when I was a Salesforce administrator, the big question was, well, such and such system, does X, can't Salesforce do that? And there was a big push for admins and developers to kind of rebuild all of this functionality into Salesforce. And so you would have these really robust time management or project management apps and the platform could more than easily handle it. And you didn't have to be a coder, you could build a project management app with a few objects and a couple dozen fields and some relationships, and there you're ready to go. And then it kind of became like, well, wait a minute, why are we spending all this time building on this platform when we can just connect things? But there was no sense of unification there. And I think in your description, what I heard is finally now you can have an entire enterprise where the front door is Salesforce or Slack and it can access all of that data and you're getting a complete view of a customer regardless of where the system information is, and that allows other applications and other things to run and do their job just well, but you still get that unified pull back in, and then you don't have the burden of a developer maintaining 200 APIs on the back end.

Abhishek: 100%, Mike, you got a spot on.

Mike: See, you're a good teacher. Look at what you just taught me.

Abhishek: Well, you are not a bad student either.

Mike: Well, I think a lot of people have had Data Cloud explained to them in terms of agents and Agentforce, and there's power there, but there's also the first step out the front door, which is, yeah, but what if your customer service people or your salespeople sit down and actually get that full view that we've been talking about regardless of where the system of that information lives?

Abhishek: Certainly, and that reminds me actually, so the terminology that Data Cloud uses is that you get the customer 360 view. Meaning that, okay, your organization uses Salesforce for CRM, you are using Azure to actually log into different systems, single sign on, maybe Excel and other Azure products. You're using Workday for HR related things. You're using Asana for project tracking. And like I said, you have different identities in these different systems, different values for maybe same fields, similar fields like email address, regular address, phone number, et cetera. But with Data Cloud, you are able to unify all of these different identities of a single user and then present that within your Salesforce systems as the customer 360 where you can access all these different details and take much more intelligent decisions. So hopefully now our listeners are able to get that, okay, why is it so important for Agentforce and why is it so important in general.

Mike: Yeah. So then that's my next question. Why is it so important for Agentforce?

Abhishek: So agents, like any AI, and I'm sure our listeners must have used some sort of AI at this point, ChatGPT, Gemini or anything. When do agents do their best work? They do their best work when they have good context to go on and a good prompt that the user asks. Now, what is context? Context means that if you ask it to write me a sales email, if that's your prompt, it's going to give you a very generic answer, a generic response that, okay, Dear ABC, are you interested in our sales services? Are you interested in buying our product? But that's going to be it. It's going to imagine a few things, it's going to skip out some important details. So basically the answer is going to be generic and not as helpful for your particular organization's scenarios. Now, if you provide the agent with good context that whenever agent responds, it knows that I'm working for Coral Cloud Resorts, I am responsible for handling bookings, I can refund things, I can access customer details and which objects to look at, where to get the information from. If your agent has these informations, or again, a simpler example that if you are in ChatGPT and tell it that, okay, I want to write a sales email as a customer service agent for Coral Clouds, my name is Abhishek Saxena, when you start your email, start with the salutation. This is intended to be for the guests who are staying at the resort. And if I give all of these details and then hit enter, the response I'm going to get is going to be a lot more personalized. And that's how you can automate it to send to any user that is using your agent. That's what I mean by why context is so important for any AI to work. And with Data Cloud, as we have discussed in the podcast so far, it gives you that unified profile. It gives you the customer 360 so that your agents have all the information about your particular user who is asking the question or to wherever you're trying to use it. Because good data, if you give it good data, your responses are going to be much more personalized and better.

Mike: And that's a lot of what we do in the Agentforce Now workshops like the one I do, the intro one where we talk about just prompts and even just writing a better, more descriptive prompt. If you think about it, I kind of reference it in the same way of it's like learning to cook with one cookbook or learning to cook with a library of cookbooks. If you have more references then you have more ways of looking at things and more context into providing better information and a better response.

Abhishek: Certainly.

Mike: I love it. I'm curious to know, in learning something, there's always something you're going to run into that maybe frustrates you or maybe for me, just bounces off the surface. What was it about Data Cloud that was kind of something you really had to work to try and understand that maybe other admins might be having difficulty understanding as well?

Abhishek: Yeah, great question. Like I said, most of my experience was on Sales Service Experience Cloud, so I was not a data specialist or a data consultant. So wrapping my head around what is a data lake? What is a data warehouse? What is the difference between a data lake object versus a data model object versus a data source object? How are they getting stored? Where are they getting stored? Is it not just another Salesforce object in which we are storing everything? So that's sort of basics of data processing that a typical data engineer knows, but a typical Salesforce consultant, admin developer does not, that was somewhat difficult for me to wrap my head around because in my training on working on Salesforce platform for so many years, I have been accustomed to think about data in terms of objects, Socket queries, and that form. But with Data Cloud, it's a little bit different. So that was one of the things that threw me off initially, and I had to look at some resources even outside of Salesforce's Data Cloud trainings to understand that data lake is not actually a lake. Data warehouse is not a big factory in which there are tons of books with data. So yes, that was something that threw me off initially.

Mike: Yeah, those terms when they first came out, I know I've done some podcasts like with Skip Sauls, and he's talked about putting a cabin next to the data lake and stuff that. I'm like, okay, who comes up with these terms? It's not helping me understand. Where's the data pond? Can you have a data swimming pool? Somebody decided lake. Abhishek, this has been a fun conversation. I think it's going to be a very compelling presentation at Dreamforce, but also I think it's been very inspirational, at least for me, that even the hard stuff is still not that hard to learn. I go back to a saying, everything in the world is created by somebody at some time, and if that somebody can figure it out, you certainly can too. So Data Cloud and Data Lakes was created by somebody, which means they figured it out, so it can't be that hard for anyone else to figure it out.

Abhishek: Yeah, no, absolutely. And as I said, you got to learn the alphabet before you can learn to work with words and work with sentences. And I firmly believe that if you cannot explain something to a five-year-old, then you don't understand it yourself. And again, a five-year-old needs to have that structure to understand it. So hopefully with the session that I've put together, everyone can learn the alphabet of Data Cloud and even start to make their own sentences.

Mike: I like it. Well, we'll see how many people can describe it to a five-year-old after we're done. Thanks so much for coming on the podcast. This was a lot of fun.

Abhishek: The pleasure has been mine, Mike. Thank you for having me.

Mike: Okay, big thanks to Abhishek for joining us and breaking down what it really means to learn Data Cloud. I think I picked up a few things in just that short bit of time. Now, whether you're prepping for a certification or just trying to make sense of new tech, I really think his story was a reminder that persistence pays off and that even you as a Salesforce admin don't need to have to figure it all out in one day. So be sure to catch his session if you're going to dream for us and share this episode with a fellow Salesforce admin maybe who's also struggling to understand some new technology or just getting started with Data Cloud. Either way, until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Denise Carbone, Director of Delivery at ImagineCRM.

Join us as we chat about her journey from business analyst to external consultant admin and why AI makes BA skills even more valuable.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Denise Carbone.

Why business analyst skills are so important for AI Denise was working as a business analyst when she was first handed the keys to a Salesforce org. She remembers getting a plaque in the mail for being one of the first 500 people to become Salesforce certified.

Obviously we’ve come a long way since then, but the skills needed to understand a business problem and map out the requirements for a solution haven’t changed. As Denise explains, you have to be “process first, technology second.” I sat down with her for this episode to find out how these BA skills are even more important with Agentforce.

The power of asking why In order to really do your job well, an admin needs to be more than just an order taker. But if you’re spending your time running through a list of requests without having conversations with users and really understanding the business process, well, that’s a tough row to hoe.

Instead, you need to ask why. That’s where your business analyst skills come into play. You need to have a full understanding of how things currently work, where they could be improved, and who cares about it the most.

Admins in the age of AI Another key business analyst skill is change management. You may have built the coolest solution in the world, but how do you get folks to actually use it?

As Denise explains, if you want your solution to be adopted, you need to make it adaptive. As you’re building, you need to keep going back to your users for input. If they feel like their feedback is a part of the process, they’ll have ownership over the results.

While Agentforce has greatly expanded what the platform can do, it’s still just technology you’re using to help solve a business problem. As long as you understand the why behind a request, you can build solutions that transform your organization.

Be sure to listen to the full episode for more from Denise on business analyst best practices and the importance of establishing AI governance policies. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Blog: Why Every Admin Should Adopt a Consulting Mindset

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Denise on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins podcast, I'm joined by Denise Carbone, longtime admin, Salesforce MVP, and all-around champion of business analysis. We unpack her journey from BA to external admin through the power of asking why, and why AI makes those foundational skills more valuable than ever. So, whether you're like me and you've just figured out dependent picklists, or you're leading delivery teams, I promise Denise's insight on governance, process and career growth is a must-listen. So with that, let's get Denise on the podcast. So Denise, welcome to the podcast.

Denise Carbone: Awesome. Thanks, Mike. I'm really happy to be here.

Mike: I know, I've been to a whole bunch of Chicago user groups, I can't believe I haven't had you on the podcast. So, I've tipped the scale a little bit in your favor, but tell us how you got into the ecosystem and what you do in Chicago.

Denise Carbone: Yeah. No, thank you. Thank you. Yes, longtime listener of the podcast so happy to be here. So, I actually started in the ecosystem in 2004. I was a BA turned external admin. I was working for a technology company in Chicago, and I was bestowed the ownership of our Salesforce platform. I was a BA operations kind of girl. I've done work in CRM systems like Goldmine and Act!, so really old system. So, when Salesforce was presented to me I wasn't totally intimidated. I knew it was a CRM platform, I just didn't know much about it. I will be honest, I did not fall immediately in love with it. Later on I found out why. It was not because of the platform or the technology, it was because of lack of governance and processes. So, when I was doing reporting and operational metrics and things weren't being presented, as the CEO was saying, as they wanted to see them, it turned out just a lack of the governance and the processes is what really caused those issues. So, I put my BA hat back on and went back to the team, and explained some of these points we had to clean up and just do better with some guidance, and some structure and rigor around using the tool in the platform me. And that was in 2004, so in 2006 I attended my first Chicago user group meeting. Completely intimidated. I had major imposter syndrome because I really didn't know much about the platform. Do I even belong here? But I needed to learn, I had that desire and curiosity to really build out my skill set. So, I got a little bit more comfortable in this ecosystem. And then, in 2008 I was presented an opportunity to help co-lead the group. The user group leader was moving on and actually going to work for Salesforce at that time, and left a vacancy in Chicago. So I said, "Yes, sure." At the time I agreed to helping co-lead the Metro Chicago area, so just anything in the city limits. And that same year I actually took the certification exam. So, in October of 2008 I was certified as an admin. So that solidified, put to rest slightly the imposter syndrome that I was carrying along, but felt really confident and good about that. And a few months later I received a plaque in the mail, I was one of the first 500 people globally to become Salesforce certified.

Mike: Welcome to the club.

Denise Carbone: Thank you. It was a really cool designation at the time, but yet looking back how many years later, I'm like, "Oh my God." And today with the number of certified professionals out there and all the different types of certifications available, it's a pretty cool little fun fact. So, I like to share that. And going into my career, and again, I was on the client side for the past, starting my career from 2004 on the client side, learning the platform, being that admin, external admin, utilizing my business analyst skills, always asking the questions of why. In 2013, I actually joined the MVP program, so super, again, imposter syndrome, why am I here? Appreciate all the peer support, love being there, but also completely intimidated. I wasn't sure if I belong, but it was a really cool opportunity for me to learn and grow, get to meet amazing people like yourself, Mike.

Mike: Oh, thank you.

Denise Carbone: And Steve Moe, actually, I was a huge fan of Steve's. Met him through the MVP program, became friends to date. The MVP program just helped me solidify my career and just learning journeys I think is where it helped me the most. In 2015 I took the leap over to the partner side, so I needed the opportunity to really stretch my skillset. Working on the client side, you really are focused on industry specific workflows and processes, your growth opportunities on the industry side, at least for me at that time, were a little bit limited. So, going over to the partner side was really an opportunity for me to stretch my skillsets in both BA and admin, working with clients, getting to know why they're building something and less about the how. So, one of my mantras I use all the time is it should always be process first and then technology second. I've seen situations where people love the shiny things and, "Oh, we can automate this and turn this on, and doesn't this look great?" And the design of the layout is, it's not intuitive, it's hard to follow. It doesn't make sense. It's over-automated, over-architected, over-engineered, so I always like to peel it back and ask the questions why, and get to learn more about the users, more about what we're trying to solve for. I love that journey, and when I joined the partner side I had the opportunity to really upskill myself in both BA, administration, and then just focused on delivery. So on the partner side today, I am a director of delivery. I stepped into a leadership role in the past 10 years. So, I started as a director of delivery in 2015 with a team of one. I was able to build a team of 14 people, which means I manage a team of consultants, and I am accountable for all of our project success. Today I'm in the same industry, work for a smaller SI. We are focused in the philanthropy space and also nonprofits. Again, I support a team of consultants and I am very client-facing. I work day-to-day with our teams, I meet with our clients, and I'm accountable for the overall project success. So, one of the things I really love about the job I do today is the coaching and the mentoring for learning and upskilling. In this space in the day and age that we're in today, things change fast. I remember last summer seeing a preview of the Dreamforce keynote where they're talking about agents, and being presented to us, and what do we think about this, and how does this work? I will say Salesforce has done an amazing job at providing enablement so that we can all start this learning journey, and you have to stay up to date with it because it changes, as you know, as the ecosystem knows, almost weekly. So, it's been fantastic. But today, again, I focus on project delivery with my teams, and upskilling, and supporting, and mentoring folks.

Mike: Wow, you said a lot in all of that answer. So, I want to dig into what you're presenting at Dreamforce, but there was a theme in your answer that's come through on quite a few podcasts, which is imposter syndrome. Do you feel that a lot of admins get into their role because they weren't pursuing something in tech and they fell into it? Is that where you were feeling your imposter syndrome? And to be fair, I also want you to clarify, when you say BA you mean business analyst, right?

Denise Carbone: Correct, yes. Business analyst.

Mike: Okay. So I mean, you had a background in business analyst skills. That's not a skill to scoff at. What do you think was giving you the imposter syndrome?

Denise Carbone: That's a great question. I think it was learning the technology and learning the platforms, I felt at the time when I fell into it, anything technology related you would be categorized as a developer, and it was very tech heavy. We used technology, we used business tools, but it was just a tool. I didn't have to learn the behind the scenes. So, I felt a little intimidated that we're learning the system, and I think the power of the platform, which really helped solidify my career and I think a lot of people's career back at that time was the clicks not code focus and everything that you're able to do declaratively. That was a huge lift for people's career. Obviously when I started back in 2004 I wasn't seeking out a role in the Salesforce ecosystem, and I'm using my air quotes here, because it wasn't really a thing. We didn't call it out at that time. It was a business tool, and it took you through a whole wave and phase of a career path. And today in this space, I think it was even maybe eight years ago when people were really talking about career transitions, and they wanted to get into the Salesforce ecosystem and they wanted to learn Salesforce, and it was definitely a shift in that learning and it became a career back in 2004. And I don't know about even yourself and folks, was that something people aim for? I think it started becoming a career path more towards maybe 2008, 9, 10, when certifications become more prevalent.

Mike: I mean, I ask because I'm the similar path. I was hired to do something else, and along the way of improving business process Salesforce became vital. And so it was, "Well, I have to learn this because it's really at the crux of improving our business process." There's only so much I can do to suggest sales stages and stuff, but without the technology supporting it. And so yeah, I mean, I accidentally fell into it, and within easily a couple years I was like, "This is my full-time job."

Denise Carbone: It does become full-time job, for sure. I think my skillset in being a business analyst, my superpower, if I'm getting asked that today what's my superpower, is being able to break down complexity and talk in layman terms. That is a huge, again, superpower, because I have this ability to hear and kind of visualize in my head a process flow chart. Like, "Okay, we start here." I always ask people if we're trying to elicit requirements and gather requirements, understand a day in the life of the X persona, "Walk me through your day," and they walk through stuff. And you start getting a visual and how you can build it, but outside of the technology is really getting to know their process and building out. Because sometimes people say, "Oh, this is so different. You've probably never seen this before." Well, some cases maybe because maybe really broken, or sometimes it's just they never took time to step a few steps back and optimize, make things more efficient. So, I love efficiencies, I love optimization, I love the ability to break down complexities, I love the ability to speak in layman terms. I think that's a learning that I've taken wholeheartedly through my journey because I can speak business speak, I don't want to speak Salesforce speak if the recipient on the other end doesn't speak Salesforce. So, I want to speak in a language that's going to be comfortable for them, and then break down the complexity and really help and work to build systems that are going to bring the client along for the journey.

Mike: I feel like we've gotten a hell of a preview of your Dreamforce presentation. Because I don't know if admins always think, "Well, I'm doing business analysis," how do you look at business analysis maybe different than somebody that's never been formally trained?

Denise Carbone: That's a great question, and this will definitely be part of my session, is I always ask why. There's been a mantra back in the admin world-

Mike: Forever.

Denise Carbone: Yeah, we're not order takers. We should ask the question on why. I've heard people say, "You should say no," but I would challenge that and say, "Well, ask why," because that is the root of what a business analyst is doing is they have this curiosity mindset where they are just like, "Well, why? Why do you do this? Have you ever considered this?" Just not saying no per se. I like to say, "Yes, and," but you give the options. Because you can do it, this, this or this, but what are the impacts of your decision if you go that route? So, I believe that admins inherently have some BA, business analyst built into their skills, it's just maybe they don't realize it yet, it's unrealized. But they actually do in a way, if they're asking what somebody wants, and they should also follow up with why. I think that should be the starting question honestly, and then go forward and then do the build if applicable. But it's definitely a learned skill. The other flip side to that is, I think there was, I've heard it before and it's so not true, that business analysts are not just note takers. They should never be a note taker. I mean, they can do documentation, but they're not glorified note takers. It's definitely a skillset where you talk about a user story, or a requirement, or use cases. Those are all three very separate things. And the reason why you do some of this documentation upfront is to make sure that what we're building as admins meet the technical requirements for the end user.

Mike: What is your best advice for an admin to not be a note taker? Because I think when I first started, I knew improvements that needed to be done because I was in sales and I was working on sales. And so, very easily out of the box I was like, "Well, I know we need this. I know we need to track that." And then it quickly became my user seeing the change and offering for, "Well, can you add this? Can you add this? Can you add that?" And I think what I realized early on was I really wanted to appease my users right away. Like, "Oh yeah, absolutely I can do this." Or I remember the time, this is going to sound silly, I remember I figured out how to do dependent picklists, and let me tell you, I was like, "I can code the internet, because I can make a picklist where if you pick hot dogs it can say 'Red Hots,' and if you pick hamburgers it can say, 'Rare, medium, well.'" And I just thought I was the cat's pajamas.

Denise Carbone: [inaudible 00:16:51] it was very powerful.

Mike: Yeah. And then your users are like, "Well, can you make it do this?" I was like, "Yes, I can. Ha-ha. That's a dependent picklist." For a while all I wanted to build was dependent picklists. But how do you move from that to like, "No, I need to set a vision. I need to understand more of what's going on"? How do you make that your approach versus piling up a bunch of tickets?

Denise Carbone: That's a great question. So, you want to make sure that it's going to be adopted, that we always talk about adoption in the space, and adapted, being adaptable to things and change. So, there's a whole change management aspect of what we do. I do believe that through the journey and empowering the admins, it's making sure, so partnering with the end user. I think it's on the consulting side we always say, "We're a partner," so we partner with our clients. It is a partnership because we can do the work but we need their input, and we want feedback. So, it's like a continuous feedback loop. So, we have a hybrid methodology in how we do things today, but it's definitely we will gather requirements, and get approval of these requirements, and do some build, and we build that. We break it up in sprints, maybe theme it out by certain features and functionality and present it back to the end user and get their feedback. "Does this work? Does this look good? Are we missing anything? Is there any key step that we did not capture?" It's really getting that buy-in as you're doing the build so that it can easily be adopted, and you're getting the feedback in the time where it's more real time. So, if it's features and functionalities that are, like you said, the bells and whistles of dependent picklists were amazing, but after a while it could become stale and they're not using it. The goal is, I always say less is more. You don't want to overkill something that's not going to be used. Even today I was talking to somebody earlier about utilizing a tool to be able to scan all the metadata and see all the unused fields that were created at one point in time that are just sitting out there and untouched for a long time. So, we have to get rid of that technical debt. So, my approach and my recommendation or suggestion is for people to really partner with who they're building it for so that they can get the buy-in, get feedback. "Does it work? What would you like to see? Does the user interface still, is that intuitive?" I feel like with the new Lightning design pages, Mike, we grew up on Classic, remember that?

Mike: Oh, I know. We've called it a few other things too, like Aloha. But yeah, Classic. I remember describing to my users, Salesforce is like the Amazon interface because at the time Amazon had those tabs. The world has gotten away from tabs on websites now.

Denise Carbone: They have.

Mike: We're too fancy for that.

Denise Carbone: When I log into something I'm like, "Wait, where do I go?" So, the intuitiveness of some of these apps and the design is escaping the newer, what's being published today. But it's really, you want to make sure whatever you're building is going to be usable, it's intuitive. All the things like practical foundational serum, best practices should always be applied, and I feel like it's really partnering with who you're building it for. And the business analyst aspect that feeds into the admin role is that why are you building it? What are you building? The how is always something, I don't necessarily know if the end users need to see behind the curtain for it, but you want to make sure that what you're building is, it works and it flows well. I always still laugh because it still comes up today, we don't want to do all these clicking. So, there's many magical ways to make things a lot faster than to do all these clickings. The automation tools that are available today on the platform are amazing, the flow automation is just next level. So, I feel like there's a lot of opportunity there to do really cool things, but you want to make sure the cool things are really going to support the folks that are going to use the platform.

Mike: I couldn't agree more. So, let's talk about the cool things. AI is everywhere, and that's in your session.

Denise Carbone: It is.

Mike: So, let's talk about why. I mean, there's been a lot. There's always new features coming out with Salesforce, and sometimes we cover features too heavily but I feel like there's AI in everything. I was at a car dealer website the other day and they had an AI chatbot on the homepage. I was like, "Man, if car dealers got it, you know everybody's got it now." So, what makes it different for admins about why we need to learn and understand business and analyst skills in the age of AI?

Denise Carbone: That is a great question. There's truly a distinction between our human skills and the strengths of AI. AI is definitely a tool. It can be your autonomous agent, it can support different tasks, but the human skills are and will always hopefully remain relevant in this space. Right now, humans bring to the table we can do critical thinking, we provide judgment. Most people have emotional intelligence. The thing about BAs too, I talk about, and I think this is a skill that crosses both the adaptability and growth mindset, we have to be able to think differently. As humans, we are, "Okay, so what's the new shiny thing out there? Do I need to learn this? How is it impacting the work I do today?" That statement I just said about, "Do I need to learn this? How does it impact the work today?" For me, just a full transparency, I did not need to learn how to actually build flows for a while. I needed to be able to document and explain what needed to happen based on a client's experience, or their workflow, or their processes. So, I would document processes and I would be able to document the heck out of how to explain or the build steps to create a flow. But I didn't have to be hands-on right away. I do know how to build flow and I can build flows, but it wasn't a skill that I had to learn because I was able to document that, write that, and I was able to articulate it well enough so that an admin or one of our builders was able to pick it up and run with it to build. But this day and age today with AI, it is here, it is not going away. It is not like a nice to learn later, it is if you don't know it or if you haven't started, you're already behind. And that's one of the pieces I really want to emphasize is that if you have, and I would beg to differ with the folks attending Dreamforce, if this is not on the radar, if they're not already in this learning journey, I'm sure a good majority of them are because it is so prevalent. But if they're not, they're already left behind. But I do feel that the human skills, storytelling, communication, ethnical reasoning, these are things that we bring to the table to it. Using AI, AI is really good at processing, data processing, or summarizing, maybe some automation. They're good at pattern recognition, but they're lacking certain human emotions, human elements that go into the work that we do today.

Mike: I can agree with that. It's also fun if you ask it for things and it's like, "Yep, that sounds bad." And you're like, "No, you wouldn't understand."

Denise Carbone: Yeah, one of another piece I'm going to hone in on a bit in the session is admin skills and BA skills are needed because you have to vet it. So many times I've seen people generate, the generative AI, I read this thing, I was like, "This is so AI generated." I'll go back to my team and I'm like, "All right, so here's my problem. What other sources did you reference this on? Is this validated? This to me," and I'll point out a spot, "This looks like a hallucination. Is this a real thing?" "I don't know." And I was like, "Well, you need to check that."

Mike: Yeah. I was recently on a long road trip and some people in the car were scrolling through Facebook ads and stuff, and the one was like, "Oh, hey. Hey, I think I found one." And they read it and I go, "That was 100% generated by AI." It was describing some 1992 used car, and it said, "With a fresh battery for those cold starts on Iowa mornings." And I was like, "Anybody that's selling a $2,000 car probably doesn't have the copy editing skills to put that level of detail into the ad." So, yeah.

Denise Carbone: Yeah, the description and the adjectives totally give it away.

Mike: I mean, I am starting to get to the point where you look at an article and you're like, "That's AI generated," and I'll just give it to another AI and be like, "Just tell me what this says." So, great. And so, I have to think back that somewhere AI is sitting going, "Isn't it fun that the humans make us type all this stuff out and then the human make us decode all of our own stuff?"

Denise Carbone: Probably, probably. It is a little humorous in what we ask it to do. I know someone that actually wanted constructive feedback on his code, so he fed, and he actually asked the bot or the agent to change his tone to be, I don't know, he called irrigate or snotty. So, he wanted to get the constructive feedback versus the, "Oh, this is great." So, it was pretty funny and it was actually a pretty fun read on some of the feedback, and there's a lot of experiments you can do with it. But yeah, in the end I think you really need to validate, at least from a solution perspective what it's doing. It's entertaining in some ways, but other ways you really need to validate against other true sources.

Mike: So I'll end on, I hope it's not a hard question but it is something I'm curious about.

Denise Carbone: Sure.

Mike: As a business analyst, what is a question you ask now because of AI that you didn't ask before?

Denise Carbone: That is a great question. One of the things we ask people or clients today is, "What is your AI policy?" And what that actually entails is also governance, because there's certain aspects of the platform that based on industry certain people not are allowed to use it. Or we have even some scenarios where we would use a Zoom recording and there's an AI summary function. Some people don't allow that. But actually when it comes to platform questions, it's relevant in that do you have a policy? You're thinking about a governance, there is a good 50-50 that don't and a good 50-50 that do. It's also what are your thoughts about using AI? Do you have any use cases today that you're thinking about using? We also recommend maybe AI readiness, which means do you have those use cases? Do you have policies or governance in place? How do you think you want to use AI? And then we can provide use case examples based on those responses, but those are the top few questions we ask.

Mike: Yeah, I could understand that because otherwise everybody's just going to be, "Well, at this point I just have Bob," because I'm waiting for somebody to call AI Bob, "Generate this," and cool. So, isn't that your job? Yes, it is. Yes, it is.

Denise Carbone: It is.

Mike: Denise, I think your session at Dreamforce is going to be amazing. I hope you can get out into the user group world and share more BA skills with admins, because I want us to be more than order takers. And I say that for all of the personas, I don't think a developer should be an order taker or an architect. I mean, bring yourself into the role, and bring your knowledge and experience because that's what they hired you for, right?

Denise Carbone: Yeah, for sure. No, I love it. And we have some really great BAs out there in the space, but I'm also happy to support and share knowledge, and just talk through these scenarios, because the work is not going away. It's only getting deeper.

Mike: Right, I know. The work's not going away, it's just going to change.

Denise Carbone: Right.

Mike: Right? Thanks so much for being on the podcast.

Denise Carbone: Awesome. Thank you, Mike.

Mike: Big thanks to Denise for sharing her story and dropping some really insightful knowledge about the intersection of business analysis and admin work in the age of AI. And her message, ask why, build smart, and don't let imposter syndrome hold you back really resonates with me. Now, if you found this episode helpful, pass it along to a fellow Salesforce admin, or a teammate, or a friend maybe. Until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Nicole Pomponio, Director of Delivery Management and Operations at SaltClick.

Join us as we chat about how admins can unlock the full potential of Slack in Salesforce.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Nicole Pomponio.

Why Slack is changing what it means to be an admin If you’re planning on coming to Dreamforce this year (or catching it at home), you’re probably going to hear a lot about new ways of combining Agentforce and Slack. That’s why I’m excited I got a chance to sit down with Nicole for this episode and have a conversation about her Dreamforce presentation.

Nicole is the Director of Delivery Management and Operations at SaltClick, a consultancy for Salesforce and Slack, so she’s eager to find new ways to get the most out of both platforms. The ever-deepening integration between Salesforce and Slack means there are all sorts of new ways to connect users with data.

As Nicole explains, all this means that the entire idea of what an admin can do is becoming more and more expansive.

Getting organizational buy-in for Slack If your organization isn’t using Slack, how do you get the buy-in you need to overcome inertia? And if you are using Slack, how do you get the most out of it?

Nicole is an admin, but she’s also a decision-maker at SaltClick, and when she puts on her leadership hat, she wants to hear about business problems and possible solutions. So the key to getting buy-in is to reposition Slack from something that sends messages to something that can solve real business problems.

“I think the magic of Slack is that when you're using it and when you're using it right, it's easily adopted,” Nicole says, “you don’t have to sell it because when you use it, you showcase it.” For example, identify how many meetings can be eliminated with a dedicated channel on Slack, or show how much you can simplify your team’s workflow with the Jira integration.

Tips, tricks, and best practices for Slack As Nicole explains, it’s helpful to establish some rules of the road for how your organization will use Slack. Here are a few tips to get started:

  • Have consistent naming conventions for channels. SaltClick uses prefixes to keep things organized: #ext for external channels, #int for internal channels, and #salt for fun stuff like #salt-babies.
  • Let your users know how to organize things for themselves, especially how to leave or mute a channel that they don’t need to use every day.
  • Make a channel for dedicated Slack support, so you can quickly help folks who get stuck.
  • Establish guidelines for what Slack etiquette means at your organization and any emojis you’re using.
  • Make space for fun, but mostly on a different channel from work.

Make sure to check out Nicole’s Dreamforce presentation, in-person or online. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: What Can Salesforce Admins Do With Slack and Agents? * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: What Can Salesforce Admins Do with Slack Integrations? * Salesforce Admins Blog: Slack and Salesforce: The Power of No-Code Automation * Salesforce Admins Blog: Getting Started With Slack and Agentforce Integration

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Nicole on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike: Slack-first doesn't have to mean Slack-only. And today's guest, Nicole Pomponio, tells us why. Nicole is the delivery and operations manager at SaltClick, and she's going to tell us, Salesforce admins, how we can unlock the full potential of Slack and Salesforce. In addition, Nicole shares her journey from accidental admin to leadership, and she gives us some insight into building intentional channel structure, integrating external platforms, like Jira, and reshaping the admin role in this new very connected era. So whether you're Slack-curious or already swimming in salty channels, you're going to walk away with some ideas you can use. And with that, let's get Nicole on the podcast. So Nicole, welcome to the podcast.

Nicole Pomponio: Thank you so much for having me, Mike. Super excited to be here.

Mike: I'm excited for everything that's coming up for Dreamforce. Last week we got done talking about navigating flow errors as an administrator, and the irony is I had to do a workshop and navigate my own flow error. So it's fortuitous the way things happen sometimes when you report a podcast.

Nicole Pomponio: It was meant to be. It was meant to be.

Mike: But Slack is a thing, and Slack's been a thing for a while, and you're going to present about Salesforce channels inside Slack. Before we talk about that, let's learn a little bit about you, Nicole. Tell us what you do in your everyday life and how you got into the Salesforce ecosystem.

Nicole Pomponio: Absolutely. I have been in the Salesforce ecosystem for about 14 plus years. I stopped counting because it makes me feel old. Got started reporting, and it grew from there. I was lucky enough to become a solo accidental admin, and then the opportunities just spun up from there. My day-to-day life right now, I manage delivery and operations over at SaltClick. We're a consultancy for Salesforce and Slack, so I get to work with very bright people building out super fun solutions for customers and ourselves, and that's Salesforce and Slack together, which also gets me very excited.

Mike: I reached the same kind of milestone where my Salesforce experience, somebody said, oh, it's old enough that it could have graduated from high school.

Nicole Pomponio: Oh, ouch.

Mike: Yeah, burn. Yours at least has a learner's permit.

Nicole Pomponio: I'm almost driving, yeah.

Mike: Right, almost driving.

Nicole Pomponio: I'm almost driving.

Mike: There's no segue to talk about Slack and driving. Things you shouldn't do while driving.

Nicole Pomponio: There you go.

Mike: Have your phone and use Slack. Why do admins need to discover channels in Slack?

Nicole Pomponio: It's such a great timely question, Mike. For me, there's no better time because Slack is being positioned in front of Salesforce, and I know we just aged ourselves a little bit, but it's really the first time that I've seen that happen and seen it done in a really meaningful way. So from my perspective, we're starting to see a really close merge of Slack, this communication powerhouse, with Salesforce and having the ability to understand and navigate both right now is going to be such an amazing opportunity, and I think it starts to rewrite the narrative of what an admin is.

Mike: Oh, how so?

Nicole Pomponio: An admin, I think it's been changing over the years. If we look at what a Salesforce admin historically was, we're creating workflows, we're navigating some fields, some page layouts, and then we're growing from there. We're working with flows, and we're starting to dip our toe into becoming developers maybe, if we want to take that path. And now it's merging more with other platforms. As a Salesforce admin, I need to also understand connected platforms, how to maybe connect to different systems. So over the course of, I think rapidly the past three years, what an admin has been I think is no longer just those foundational Salesforce elements. It's really starting to evolve. So I see that happening too with Slack, so bridging the gap a little bit, expanding out to other systems. So I do think it's shifting, and Slack has helped shaping that.

Mike: I mean, I always look at how many meetings are people in. And I remember when Salesforce required Slack. Of course, we had a lot of collaboration tools, and organizations have a lot of collaboration tools. With channels, does the collaboration tool become the channel, or how does it really narrowly define what some of the users are looking for in terms of supplemental data outside of what's on the record?

Nicole Pomponio: That Slack channel, now merging with Salesforce, of course, we've got Salesforce channels, really is that collaboration. It's a point where teams are coming together. They're not having to wait for that weekly meeting. I'm not having to wait for my monthly meeting, my weekly meeting. I can work async in Slack, but all of that information is being condensed and surfaced in that Slack channel, so it's easier for us to find what we're looking for. Everything stays together. If we're using threads like we should, all of those answers are within one thread. We're seeing associated files. And now with Salesforce channels, we're seeing that Salesforce data as well in details tabs and related lists. Everything's right there surfaced and condensed for us, so it really creates an efficiency that I don't think we've seen before.

Mike: Do you feel in terms of broadening the reach and looking at other platforms, I mean at Salesforce we look at Slack and Salesforce is really just the platform, how have you navigated working with others in your organization to integrate platforms into Salesforce?

Nicole Pomponio: It's one of my favorite questions.

Mike: Ooh.

Nicole Pomponio: I love to bring things into Slack. I really want to, and this is a little bit selfish of me, I just want to be in Slack. I'm biased heavily here. So the more that I can bring in, I think the better it's going to be for me. But also our teams. We talk about Slack being our work operating system and wanting to do more in the flow of work, all these buzzwords and phrases we hear. What does that really mean? It's bringing those systems in, whether it's just the data or it's actually actions and connecting out too. So I think the example that is top of mind for me, because I'm in it constantly, is Jira. So I want to connect with Jira through Slack so that I can create issues, I can update issues. I just get things done faster with pulling in those external systems, the data, but now the actions too, right?

Mike: Right.

Nicole Pomponio: Which that gets me really excited because if we're talking about our agentic era, then if I start to think about the data that's available to me and the actions I could potentially do, I think natural next step is can I get an agent to do them for me? Which, if we're talking about efficiency, frees up my time for the higher level things. I love to spend my time with people. So I know that was a long way from connecting systems and bringing things in, but it becomes my favorite question because we can start to do so much when we connect systems that we're using every day and when we're actioning in those systems too.

Mike: Well I, just for clarity's sake, I prefer the long scenic route of the answer, not the short, short route.

Nicole Pomponio: Oh, good. Oh, good. Yeah, mine are long.

Mike: Drive around the block, got to see everything, take the long way. Sunday afternoon cruise in the convertible.

Nicole Pomponio: Perfect.

Mike: So one question I have, and this goes back to maybe I was an admin in a different era, it sounds like your organization is bought in and your leadership is bought in to let's make Slack the interface for a lot of our work. Is that true?

Nicole Pomponio: Yeah, we are Slack-first.

Mike: Okay. Did you sell that vision or was that a consensus that came down from leadership that you embraced and get to work towards?

Nicole Pomponio: I mean, Mike, I would love to take all of the credit for this. Sometimes I do. Just kidding. I don't. It's a top-down, bottom-up type of approach. I think the magic of Slack is that when you're using it and when you're using it right, it's easily adopted, and I don't have to sell it, if you will, because I use it, I showcase it, and then everyone sees the power of that. My favorite thing is the light bulb moments. So the more that we can do that, the easier that story becomes. But I will say when I started at SaltClick, it was almost three years ago, time flies, it was already heavily being used, and one of my predecessors was really starting to push on what is Slack, how can we use it? And I really gravitated toward that, so I just started to pick that up, training sessions for folks, really empowering people and pushing them to Slack's help articles because they're amazing. So it just became a natural conversation for us. And now it's people coming to me saying, hey, can we do this with Slack? I just posted something about Gearset and getting notifications and then linking out to pull requests to understand what's being validated, what's failing. That wasn't my idea. Shout out to Jacob on my team because he knows that we can use Slack for many different things, and he wants to make his own life easier. So it's become a natural conversation for us. What can we do in Slack, and how can we do it? People come to me with half-baked ideas. I love it, and then I just help get it to the finish line. I might have an idea I reach out to somebody about, but it is really all hands in on Slack.

Mike: Okay, you win. You got the fun leadership. So let's play the opposite side of that coin. The admin's bought in, you, and you see the vision, you see the potential, but perhaps leadership, they're busy. They don't pay attention 24/7, like you do, to the innovation that's coming out of Salesforce and Slack. But you know your users and you know the pains and the gaps within the organization. What would your advice be for an admin that's maybe going to go to Dreamforce or maybe watched a YouTube video online about Slack or just knows that their organization has Slack, but it's like, to me it's like Slack's like a Ferrari and you use it to go to the store and buy a gallon of milk every week and you don't use it to its full potential. What would your advice be for those admins to get the organization to flip to where you are at?

Nicole Pomponio: I think that's such a great question. And just to be fair for the previous question, I am on our leadership team, so that was-

Mike: So you have sway there too.

Nicole Pomponio: ...it's an unfair advantage for me. But if I put my leadership hat on, what I'm looking for is not just the problem but the solution. So for folks that are trying to navigate, well, how do I really showcase this, it's really difficult sometimes to get enough data to show ROI. But if you go to leaders in your organization, you say, hey, I see this problem. I think that Slack can solve this for us, can fill this gap, here's how we could do it, I don't know many leaders that would just say, hard pass. I don't want to even look at that. I think taking that initiative would really show that you're invested and showing the solution to that problem I think would be phenomenal. I think as leaders we tend to see problems and we have potential solutions, but we really want input and buy-in from the people that are using the tools, right?

Mike: Right.

Nicole Pomponio: It shouldn't just be the Nicole show. I want to definitely understand that it's going to add value for folks. So if you are one of those people that are really trying to showcase what Slack can do, I would suggest going to Slack sessions at Dreamforce. I would suggest joining the Slack community and making some friends in there. I'll definitely say hi to you, but really poke around at here's a problem I'm trying to solve, what's a way I could do it With Slack? I know I would be willing to help folks, but anyone in the community would be willing to help too. And I bet you, in some of the sessions that you're going to, you're going to see a lot of use cases and a lot of ways to solve those problems. So that's what comes to mind for me when I think, how do I reposition this tool that might just be seen as a way to send messages to something that can actually solve some business problems for us.

Mike: I mean, I've felt that way. So you opened up a whole other can of questions when you said you're on leadership. I think that's incredibly awesome that you're a Salesforce admin and you're in leadership. For admins that aren't in leadership, was this just the way that your organization operates, the admin is part of leadership, or how did you get that seat at the table?

Nicole Pomponio: Such a great question. Many of your questions are great questions.

Mike: I try really hard. I'm thinking of hosting a podcast where I ask questions. What do you think?

Nicole Pomponio: I think this would be a great journey for you [inaudible 00:14:58].

Mike: Okay, we'll see how it works out.

Nicole Pomponio: I think in our organization I have the flexibility and opportunity to be the Slack owner as well as participate in being that Salesforce admin as well. It's a shared responsibility, so it's not just me doing it. But because of the experiences I've had, not only being a Salesforce admin, being a Salesforce BA, being the doer and the navigator in different business units in my past life, I've been able to take that with me wherever I go. So it is a gift that I'm able to bring at SaltClick to be able to do multiple things, but I really enjoy coaching others on that too. So for me in leadership, it's been very powerful because I can understand how we can use our systems to really solve our business needs. And again, SaltClick gives me the opportunity to continue to do the things that bring me joy.

Mike: That's a really good, really good answer. See good questions, good answers. On the subject of Slack, because I'd love to know, how often do you communicate with your users broadly? Do you have a dedicated Slack channel? Do you run help through Slack? Is there a place for them to ask questions? How do you run user engagement on your end?

Nicole Pomponio: So from the SaltClick lens, we have fun channels. We have learning channels, training channels. We have chit-chat channels. We all have some salty channels as well because we like to have fun. We have Salty Babies and Salty Pets. I'm a jokester, and I can't help but bring corny jokes into every aspect of my life. And then as a Slack community group leader, I have a channel in our Slack workspace as well. So from the Slack community lens, the engagement there is really answering questions that come in. Sometimes you're going to get a meme. Sometimes you'll get some help articles and some directions and a path forward. And it's really posting consistently there to help people understand that you're there for them, that you can bring them information in the flow of their lives that's going to help them. On the SaltClick side, it really is about trying to organize because I did some kind of research pretty recently to understand how many channels are we in, how many messages and files and all kinds of stuff are we sending around. It's a lot. I think on average people are in 100 or 200 channels, so the noise can become pretty robust. You want to try and organize that and make it meaningful. So really helping navigate with channel descriptions. What are we even doing in this channel, what's our goal, what can you expect? Letting people know that they don't have to be in a channel. They can exit it. They can leave. They can set their own notifications. I really like to advocate for not only the way that we have our channels set up, but the way that they can help themselves in that experience as well. But we have all kinds of fun. I think my favorite is probably the Salty Babies one.

Mike: I won't dig into that because who knows where that goes. I would like to know because, and we have this a little bit at Salesforce, did you enforce or did you... Enforce sounds bad. I don't have a different word for it. Parameter, I don't know, fence. Did you put out guidelines? That feels the best.

Nicole Pomponio: Guidelines feels right.

Mike: You put out guidelines. Guidepost, yeah. Because people can name channels whatever they want, did you put out a naming thing so that people know... You mentioned salty channels and chit-chat channels, and boy, say that one five times fast.

Nicole Pomponio: I can't. I can't.

Mike: I will. I'll just get myself kicked off the air. And work channels, and we have that at Salesforce too, did you put out a guide and get leadership, I mean, you're on leadership, but a corporate understanding of here's how we should name things so that people can easily quantify stuff?

Nicole Pomponio: Yes. You want to have some pretty solid channel naming conventions to help people organize their day and to make it easier to find things. So I did mention the Salty Babies channel. The fun ones could start with Salty. They could start with Fun, but you want to make sure that you are outlining what those are for your teams and that you're building out some Slack etiquette. But thinking about too not only our internal channels, our external ones as well.

Mike: Oh.

Nicole Pomponio: So yes, we don't want to confuse ourselves or our vendors or customers, so. And I'm sure you know, you might be in many different channels. And you have an external channel, you want to quickly know that it's external, so putting ext in the front of it is definitely helpful for your eye to make sure you understand you're posting something in the right location. And then if it's internal, putting an int in front of it. And then we did develop a standard naming convention for our project channels because again, we are Slack-first. So we are running our projects through Slack, and then we have our customers in Slack channels as well. So we wanted to define what those naming conventions were so that we could organize ourselves a lot more efficiently. And then we also think about too what should go in that channel. Should there be a canvas or not? So not only are we thinking about standard naming conventions for channels, we're also thinking about what would add value right there in the channel. So if I have a canvas for a project, what should I have in that canvas? If I have a canvas and a DM with one of my direct reports, what should I have in that canvas to make it meaningful? So in my mind, it's definitely thinking about the structures of the channels, how we're using Slack, what our etiquette is for each other. And even things like defining the emojis that you use. A thumbs up or thumbs down could mean something else to someone. I like to give the example of my parents texting one another back and forth. My mom sent a long paragraph to my dad, and then his response was a thumbs up, but we probably had a good five-minute conversation around what his thumbs up meant. Was it a good thumbs up? Was it a sarcastic thumbs up? So defining what your emojis mean could avoid some confusion down the line.

Mike: Yeah, I would agree. There's a few channels that, well, we have one internally on the admin team, and we use an emoji just to recognize or put your hand up for something, and I never realized how many different hands there were as emojis. Because it also kicks off a workflow that like, hey, so-and-so said, yes, and they would do this. And I'm like, I put my hand up. Why didn't the workflow fire? Oh, I used the wrong hand. I used hand two instead of hand one.

Nicole Pomponio: There are a lot. There are a lot. And then you can make your own custom emojis. That can get real.

Mike: Oh, well, that's a requirement on my team. Everybody has to have their own emoji.

Nicole Pomponio: You have to have it. I love that.

Mike: And I'm blessed enough somebody made one of me giving a thumbs up, so I got both.

Nicole Pomponio: Nice.

Mike: I got me and a thumbs up.

Nicole Pomponio: That's awesome.

Mike: Last question. For all of the stuff that you're working on for Salesforce, for Dreamforce... Sorry, so many forces. I'm sure it'll be Slackforce, right?

Nicole Pomponio: It could be.

Mike: If admins were listening to this and they had to go what's one reason I need to talk to my leadership about Slack and why because I heard it from Nicole, what would that answer be?

Nicole Pomponio: My gosh, Mike, no pressure.

Mike: No, none.

Nicole Pomponio: I truly believe that we are going to continue to see an evolution of the integration between Slack and Salesforce. It feels like we're on the arc, we're on that path, right?

Mike: Uh-huh.

Nicole Pomponio: Purchased in 2021, started to hear some rumors about things being connected, started to see it happen. We've got Salesforce channels. We have to be empowered to understand what we can do with both systems. And the best way to do that is to immerse yourself in at least three days of sessions heavily centered around what you can do with Slack, what you can do with Salesforce, and what you can do by combining them. I think it is the perfect opportunity. I was at TDX and started to hear a lot of Salesforce people asking, what's up with Slack, what can we do there? A lot of people are starting to join the Slack community. It's the perfect time. And I think with how fast things are changing, I don't want anyone to get left behind. I don't want them to feel like they're being left behind, certainly not anyone's company. So I think, for me, it's really, really being at this point of being able to understand both and connect them.

Mike: Well, I think that's very, very solid reasoning right there. I can't think of anything better.

Nicole Pomponio: It feels right. I feel like anyone would say yes to that.

Mike: I mean, it's also one of those pretty obvious things. AI is a very conversational tool, and so is Slack.

Nicole Pomponio: Yes.

Mike: It's made for each other.

Nicole Pomponio: I think so. I want an agent right in there chatting with me helping me with my day.

Mike: I would love. I'm a fan of Marvel. One of these days I'm going to get my own assistant.

Nicole Pomponio: Yes, yes.

Mike: And it fires up, "Good morning, Mike."

Nicole Pomponio: I want my own J.A.R.V.I.S. I wouldn't name them J.A.R.V.I.S., but-

Mike: Oh, I would totally name them J.A.R.V.I.S., and I expect him to have a British accent because it sounds just very proper. But yes, open up my shades, tell me what the weather's going to be in my first meeting and summarize the urgency of Slack messages that I got. That's what I want.

Nicole Pomponio: I don't think we're asking for too much.

Mike: No. I mean, we were supposed to have flying cars by now.

Nicole Pomponio: Yes.

Mike: So...

Nicole Pomponio: The least we can do is have a Slack agent that could do work around our house.

Mike: That speaks in a British voice.

Nicole Pomponio: Yes.

Mike: Cool. Thanks, Nicole, for coming on the podcast. I appreciate it.

Nicole Pomponio: Thank you so much for the opportunity.

Mike: Big thanks to Nicole for sharing how she's leading with Slack and evolving the admin role along the way. I really love the fact that she is an admin for multiple platforms and has leadership in leadership at her organization. It's great to hear from her how she's building smart channel conversations and also, yes, finding that seat at the table. I don't know about you, but I got a lot of strategy. I got a ton of inspiration out of this episode. Now I know not everybody's headed to Dreamforce, but if you are, I hope this session got you excited for some of the content that's out there. If you're not, that's okay. There is a ton of content on Slack, on both Trailhead, on our YouTube channels. You're not going to miss out. We'll also broadcast a whole bunch of this. I do believe Nicole's session will probably also be online, so I'll just let that out as a sneak peek. Now, if you learned something new or you enjoyed this episode, do me a favor, share it with somebody, promote it on social, spread the word. Let other admins find some of this great content that you enjoy listening to. And with that, until next time, I'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to David Simpson, Salesforce Admin at the 1916 Company.

Join us as we chat about his process for troubleshooting Flow errors and his unexpected path into the Salesforce ecosystem.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with David Simpson.

Why can Flow errors be so intimidating? If you’ve ever received an emergency ticket from a user because they’ve encountered a Flow error, you know just how cryptic they can be. It’s not always clear at first glance what’s going on, or what your user can do to fix it.

What’s more, if you’re hearing about an error from a user, that means it’s made it to production. So now you need to start worrying about your testing and anything else that might pop up. And oh yeah, you need to fix the dang thing, too.

That’s why I was so excited to sit down this week with David Simpson. He’s doing a Dreamforce presentation about how to better navigate Flow errors and how to prevent them from happening in the first place.

Five steps to resolve a Flow error David breaks down the process of fixing a Flow error into five steps:

  1. Gather information about the Flow error. What’s in the error notification? Is it specific to a particular user or record?
  2. Try to replicate the error in a sandbox environment.
  3. Find the fix.
  4. Test the fix in your sandbox, and test for any similar scenarios.
  5. Push your fix to production.

David emphasizes the importance of communicating with stakeholders at every stage of your solve. You don’t need to share every single detail, but you want to make sure your user knows that you’ve identified the error, how long it will take to fix it, and if there are any workarounds in the meantime.

Reach out to the community We also discuss David’s path from finance into the Salesforce ecosystem. He started out as a staff accountant, but when he was asked to take over some of the Salesforce administration duties, he realized he loved working with the platform far more than burying his head in spreadsheets.

Finally, I ask David about his top tips for getting better at solving Flow errors. He points to the Trailblazer community and Salesforce help articles as two of his best resources. However, he also suggests getting hands-on in a sandbox by trying to build things that might break. It’s a low-risk way to flex your problem-solving skills and will give you valuable experience for when a real error ends up in production.

Make sure to listen to our full conversation for more from David about how to solve Flow errors. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Navigating Flow Errors Session at Dreamforce * True to the Core Deep Dive: Flow Testing and Debugging * Test or Troubleshoot Flows With the Flow Builder Debugger

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • David on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike: Ever had a flow error throw your day off track? You're not alone. This week on the podcast, we welcome David Simpson, Salesforce Admin at the 1916 Company who's bringing his session from Dreamforce navigating flow errors as a new admin right into your old earbuds. David's going to walk us through his process for troubleshooting errors, he shares tips for smarter flow testing, and we even talk about his unexpected path from finance into the Salesforce ecosystem. Now, if you've ever stared down an Apex exception email and wondered what is this trying to tell me? I promise you this episode is for you. So with that, let's get David on the podcast. So David, welcome to the podcast.

David Simpson: Thank you for having me.

Mike: Let's get started with what you do in the Salesforce ecosystem and the topic you're going to talk about at Dreamforce this year.

David Simpson: Sounds good. My name is David Simpson. I am a Salesforce Administrator at the 1916 Company. I have been an admin for a little over eight years now and a flownatic for over five years now, and my session is Navigating Flow Errors as a New Salesforce Administrator.

Mike: Okay, do you have a robe?

David Simpson: I had a cape from being an awesome admin back at Dreamforce 2018, but that has been lost in multiple moves.

Mike: Okay, well I'll say this publicly. I have an extra one in my basement and I'm going to get it after this podcast. You getting the cape back.

David Simpson: Sounds good to me.

Mike: So there we got that solved and all 35 people who are listening are like, cool, David's getting a cape, what else can I learn? But I saw your session. So navigating flow errors as a new administrator. I think for me, I've built demos for Flow. I am nowhere near Jennifer Lee level, Jennifer Lee's admin evangelist on my team. I think she knows more about Flow than Flow knows about itself. But I've always, I'll run into that error and be like, cool. I don't know Jennifer, what do I do? And for those people that don't have Jennifers, why are flow errors daunting?

David Simpson: Flow errors can be daunting first off because the error message itself can be very vague. You're dealing with developer query language and it might not be incredibly clear on first glance what the error is. So you have this issue where your end user or your stakeholder is stopped in doing their job, and they get some cryptic error that they don't know how they can fix it and they are now looking to you and now you have to decipher this cryptic error message. So it can be pretty daunting even when you have experience in the Salesforce ecosystem to know exactly where to go and what to do to solve that error.

Mike: So when do you find... New administrators, even experienced administrators get flow errors. Are you focused on when users get the flow error or when the admin is building a flow and testing it?

David Simpson: So it's actually both. My session is planning on covering what happens when you encounter an error, more specifically once it's live in your production environment and maybe somebody has encountered it and maybe your testing didn't cover that aspect. How you can handle that, how you can troubleshoot it and get to the bottom of it. But then also how you can do some more comprehensive testing when building your flows. So if you get those errors, you can adjust them immediately or you can read those errors and understand what you have to do without going through a bunch of help documents online and figuring out what that code means.

Mike: Yeah. So let's take us through David's thought process when you get a flow error. What happens?

David Simpson: So the first thing I do is I go see how I was notified of the flow error. If it is an Apex exception email, I'll read through the Apex exception email and try and see, okay, who caused this? What's the record? What step in the process did it fail? And just all of that information that's in those emails. Alternatively, if it happened to have been triggered via a Flows fault path, I will then investigate that notification. But then what I try to do is I first see what the error message is, if it's something that I'm familiar with, if it seems like it might be related to a validation rule or permissions or just general access, I'll see if I can address that quickly. But if it's something a little bit more convoluted or harder to decipher, normally what I like to do is to take that same flow and we have sandboxes, so I'll go into the sandbox and I'll just try to replicate those steps. I will perhaps use the flow debug and run it as the user who encountered the issue. Maybe I'll try and recreate the record if it feels like a particularly daunting error and then just run through the flow and see where it fails. Those are normally my processes and through that I will eventually encounter the cause of the error. And then at that point it's just going through the process of fixing the error in the flow, performing more tests to make sure that I've covered that as well as any other potential unexpected issues that might arise from the change and then getting that pushed out, all the while communicating to whoever encountered the issue that this is being taken care of, this is the ETA, and if possible, any workarounds for that fix and error.

Mike: Wow, you're better than the local mechanic that works on your car. Here's my car, it's making a noise. Three weeks later, you find anything out?

David Simpson: Yeah. With Salesforce, it's really nice because there is so much information that it can almost seem a little bit overwhelming, but that information can be used to get to the problem a lot faster. We're not getting just some generic error that says, oh, an issue occurred, good luck. We're getting a more specific error that is pointing us where we need to go. We just need to be able to translate that into human readable language in order to solve it.

Mike: Yeah, so I'm thinking of this. You've mentioned you've been an admin for eight years now, that's a decent time in the seat. How has working with Flow changed over time for you?

David Simpson: It has gotten so much better, so much easier, but also more complicated. I remember just a few years ago having to perform a process builder that triggers an auto-launched flow that might have some issues accessing certain records or a collection of records. And throughout the years with all of these releases and updates, it's just gotten a lot easier and more intuitive. A great example would be just the introduction of an auto-layout in a flow. Being able to see that clear process and order of operations to the flows, it's really helped. But also with all of these features, it does get a little bit more complex. What is the best element to put on your flow in order for this to not only run but run efficiently? Is it multiple update records? Is it doing a loop and an assignment and then an update? Is it using Transform? There's so many options and there's no particular right way to do a lot of stuff, which is really freeing. You can get super creative with these solutions and I think that that's been an awesome thing. And not to mention testing, going back to the flow errors. The recent introduction of an enhanced flow debug has really made my life a lot easier. I can see so much more detail in what's going on in my flows than what I just built. I can see the technical specs behind it, and that's really helped me narrow down what exactly needs to be done or what needs to be fixed in my flows when I do encounter an issue.

Mike: I'm going to say this respectfully. You sound like you have a lot of technical knowledge coming into the role of Salesforce Admin.

David Simpson: Oh, well thank you.

Mike: What was your history before being a Salesforce Admin?

David Simpson: Before I was a Salesforce Admin, I actually worked in accounting and finance. I was a staff accountant.

Mike: Oh, detail. Hello?

David Simpson: Yeah. Very process-oriented, very consistent in my day to day, and I at one point made a transition from being a staff accountant to a financial analyst, which was just essentially more spreadsheets. But during that time, my supervisor said, "Hey, I administer our Salesforce instance here. I think you'd be good at it. I need some help. Our professional services team, they put their opportunities in and we need to clean up their financials at the end of each month, but you should probably know the system in which they're putting this in." So he gave me an admin license and told me go on Trailhead, start learning some of the beginner stuff, and I just instantly fell in love with it. I love the problem solving aspect. I love the ability that there's so much you can do and build, that Salesforce is just a canvas of process creativity that I said, you know what? I don't think I want to do finance related work anymore. I want to do Salesforce full time.

Mike: Wow. Okay. So that's another podcast I'm going to have you on because I want to talk about career path. I think that'd be really cool, but I can see now the structured way that Flows work really could appeal to an accounting mindset. Is that the first feature that you really gravitated to?

David Simpson: Interesting that you asked that. It did take me a few years to get into the flow space and the automation space. When I became an admin, the first automations I touched were Workflow and a little bit of Process Builder, but I was really moreso focused on user access and just general custom object setup. It wasn't until a few years into being an admin that my manager, I had switched jobs, he said, "I need you to build this automation and it's not going to work in Process Builder. It's not going to work in Workflow. You'll have to do Flow." And I was very intimidated at the point. But I had a mentor who walked me through flows that they had built and it just clicked. It was so logical and just made so much sense while still being flexible that it was, I didn't go back to Workflows and Process Builders unless I absolutely needed to.

Mike: Yeah.

David Simpson: So yeah, it took a few years, but once I was on the flow train, I could not stop.

Mike: Yeah, no, I get you. I remember seeing Flow in its early early days back in 2012 when you used to have to actually download software to use it and the various iterations that it went through. But it's very useful now I think because of the visual aspect of it.

David Simpson: Yes.

Mike: I'm a very visual person and I've always, that's the thing that I loved about Process Builder was it looked like a process flow that you would diagram, and I'm glad that Flow has caught back up to that now.

David Simpson: Yeah.

Mike: Where do you stand on, so new admins, building flows, I've seen all kinds of flows. What's your process on how complicated you get a flow and testing it as you get more complicated?

David Simpson: Well, the complexity of a flow, I try to start by being simple first and only using some basic decision elements and update or create records elements, something that is really just a simple if/then statement and then add the complexities as the business requirements change. But with every single change that is made, I just test. That debug button is right there on the flow and is so easy to use. You just click it, pick a record or put your inputs in and let it run and just make sure that you're seeing everything that should be happening with each step. It's like cooking. You should be tasting as you go to make sure that nothing unexpected is happening. And you can do the same with the flow. You add a new element, you click the debug and you test it. You add a couple of decisions or a loop, click that debug and test it. So it can get as complicated or as complex as you need it to be. But you can also just start very simple and you can test along the way and it will come out fine, just provided that you're being proactive in your testing.

Mike: Yeah, no, sometimes I just dive in, I just want to build the whole thing and then it throws a million errors and I'm like, I should have built this more step-by-step. What was I thinking? It's the reason when they build houses, they home inspectors come at every stage. There's a reason for that. Let's talk about screen flows. I'm sure you touch on them in your session. I personally think they're really cool. I'm from, I was a Salesforce admin back in '06, and I remember thinking if only I could do a screen pop that walked people through filling out an account page or something, and now I could right? My fear if somebody turned me loose as an admin or I would do screen flows for everything. What is your decisioning on should I make this screen flow or not?

David Simpson: I am incredibly pro screen flow, much like yourself. In our company, we use screen flows for almost everything that requires end user interaction. The idea is to provide our users only what they need to interact with or change or take action on, and nothing beyond that for both an efficiency sake and also to make sure that there's no confusion or there's potential bad data. So we utilize opportunities to process our sales. We actually use Salesforce as our main point of sale, and when they go to close out their sales, they click a button which triggers a screen flow that says "Have you gotten all of your tasks in order for this opportunity? Do you have the opportunity products added? Are they available for sale? Have you synced this opportunity to our external system?" And then all they have to do is just fill out a few fields, probably less than a dozen throughout the entire screen flow, and then it completes the sale for them. Similarly, when they want to create a brand new sale, they click a button on the account that creates a screen flow instead of the new opportunity standard action. Because it has many less fields on it, they only need to fill out, okay, who the customer is, what's the deal name, and then some just basic additional info that our customer experience team likes to have. So it's a very streamlined process and we find that it not only saves them clicks, but it saves them time and gets them back to helping out their clients a lot faster. So I'm very much screen flow. I just gave an example about opportunities, but we use it throughout the entire Salesforce org.

Mike: Yeah, no, I'm with you. Pop a flow for everything. That'd be what I would do. So you're going to present this at Dreamforce next month. For people going, they'll see the presentation, not everybody goes and they listen. For people not going, but still really want to dig into what are things I should understand or how should I navigate flow errors as an administrator, what are some resources that helped you learn how to read through those error messages and understand them as a Salesforce administrator?

David Simpson: So the first thing I would suggest is the Trailblazer community. There are so many helpful people on those forums, and if you encounter an issue, you can post a question and in a matter of minutes you'll get a response. But they're also just generally friendly people and they just want to see you succeed and they will help you out. So that is an incredible resource. Just the community that is built up around Salesforce and administrators is so great, and I highly recommend that if you ever run into an issue that you check out the Trailblazer community. Additionally, the Salesforce help articles have been super helpful for me. They're a little bit more technical. They're more about the steps that a process or a system can do, but those are also great for getting a foundational knowledge. And then the third and final resource that I would say is just build and break in a sandbox. Just try to make things that don't work and see what happens, and then try to fix them. Because it's a sandbox and it's not real data you're not at risk of causing any issues. But I learned the most by making mistakes, by building a flow and maybe not testing it thoroughly enough or forgetting a field or forgetting a step where I get a certain record and then seeing what that error is and then adjusting that. That generally happens to all of us eventually, but try and do it deliberately and see what error results you get back. You'll be surprised to find that they're the same errors that you get when you're not trying to make mistakes. So a great way to learn is just by simply doing.

Mike: Yeah, I couldn't agree more. I'm from the days when you used to get a little help box and you just hit this most frustrating error and try it again, try it again, try it again. It goes back to that was it Thomas Edison, he didn't find one way to invent the light bulb, he found 99 ways to not invent the light bulb or something like that. I feel like we're all that way. I've found 99 different ways to make a flow not work out of trial and error. And sometimes that's all it takes. But you can only read so much and then you have to actually go do and try things out and poke around in the org. So last thing that's on my mind, and I wonder. AI in the last few years has just erupted. What in your job has changed because of AI? And I just mean in general. Doesn't have to be Agentforce, nothing like that. Just in general, has anything changed for you as an admin because of AI?

David Simpson: Yes. With the advent of AI, there is this unspoken expectation to be a little bit faster and a little bit more efficient. We are encouraged to use AI to help assist in creating solutions for the tasks that we are given and turn them around a little bit faster. It's just a general efficiency overall with AI. And I use AI in my day-to-day to help maybe create some tickets. We use Jira to spin up our tickets for the work that we need to do, and I will use AI to put my thoughts in. If I don't know a solution to something, I can say, "Give me the best recommended suggestions for implementing this type of action on the flow." Additionally, I can put in a solution that I've already had and have it output a nice format so that way if maybe I'm not the one doing the ticket, whoever I hand this off to, it can be much easier understood. So overall, just AI is making us more efficient and making us have a faster turnaround time, and that's just in turn building up the expectations for our stakeholders to deliver faster.

Mike: Yeah, plus now they're the ones feeding the error messages to AI being like I think I know what the answer is, David.

David Simpson: Yeah.

Mike: Really? Did AI tell you that? I bet it told you to go buy me a cookie and a coffee at Starbucks because if it didn't say that, then it was wrong. It's lying to you, Alice.

David Simpson: It's hallucinating.

Mike: It's hallucinating, Alice. AI's hallucinating. All right, David, this has been super fun. I look forward to your session. I will ping you after this and get you that cape because I have one downstairs and I don't like it when people lose their capes.

David Simpson: Sounds good.

Mike: We'll get that taken care of. Absolutely. Thanks for being on the podcast.

David Simpson: Yeah, thank you.

Mike: Big thanks to David Simpson for joining us and sharing his approach to navigating flow errors. Whether you're a new admin or just trying to make sense of that latest debug message, I think David's insights really offer some practical steps to take the fear out of flow troubleshooting. Now, I'd love for you to get the whole story. So if you're able to make his session at Dreamforce, that's great. If not, follow his tips and learn on Trailhead like he did. And I will say this, cape not required, but bonus if you do Trailhead with a cape on because I think that's really cool. Do me a favor, if you enjoyed this or you have friends that are navigating flow errors, share this episode with them and I would appreciate that. And until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Jim Ray, Director of Developer Relations and Advocacy at Slack.

Join us as we chat about enhancements to Workflow Builder, the Slack features everyone should be using, and the future of AI and Slack.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jim Ray.

Usability upgrades to core Slack features Jim and his team have been improving the core Slack experience. “We’ve really been focusing on those little paper cuts, the smaller features that just never quite made it into the next release,” he says. So essentially, Slack is a little better everywhere.

One area they’ve focused on is Workflow Builder. In particular, they’ve added new branching functionality—allowing admins to create conditional paths like “if/then” logic.

They’ve also been hard at work upgrading canvases and lists. With new data like AI-generated meeting notes, canvases provide a central place for all the relevant information. Jim also urges you to check out lists as a sort of “semi-database” for data you want handy in Slack.

Slack’s AI vision centralizes agent interactions For Jim, Slack is one of the best tools to interact with and fully take advantage of the AI agents you build with Agentforce. It’s already the place your team communicates with each other, so why not be able to loop in AI teammates?

“In the same way that Slack is the single place where every person in your organization is communicating, now it's the place where you're all working with those agents,” Jim says. And so his team is looking at how Slack can bring together every AI agent your team uses, whether they’re built in Agentforce or another third-party platform.

Dreamforce 2025 will spotlight Salesforce-Slack integration I asked Jim for a sneak preview of what he has in store for Dreamforce 2025, and he did not disappoint. We’ve come a long way with tools like Salesforce channels and the ability to deploy an Agentforce agent directly to Slack. Now his team is working on ways to deepen the integration. So look for improvements to search and embedded Salesforce data in the coming year.

There are so many more great insights into how you can get the most out of Slack in the Agentforce era, so be sure to listen to our full conversation with Jim. And be sure to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: What Can Salesforce Admins Do with Slack Integrations? * Heroku

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Jim on LinkedIn

  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn

  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast. This week we're catching up with Jim Ray from Slack because it's very conversational. He's going to walk us through what's new in Slack from major releases that you may or may not have been paying attention to on Workflow Builder, Lists, and Canvases to, of course, all of the latest around AI and Agentforce. Plus, we're going to talk about what's coming at Dreamforce this year and how admins and developers like yourself can get the most out of Slack. So whether you're all in on automation or just exploring Slack's potential, I promise you there's something here for you. So you've already got those earbuds in? Let's get Jim on the podcast. So Jim, welcome back to the podcast.

Jim Ray: Mike, thanks so much for having me. It's a pleasure to be back. I'm excited to talk to admins and maybe we'll talk a little bit about what's coming at Dreamforce.

Mike: I mean all the things, because it's not that I didn't want you back sooner. It's just a really big platform and there's so many things to talk about.

Jim Ray: Of course.

Mike: But we use Slack every day at Salesforce and a lot of our customers do too. So it's been a while since we've chatted, but what's some of the big stuff that Slack has come out with this year that admins should be excited for if they haven't been paying attention?

Jim Ray: Oh, that's such a great question, and obviously we use Slack every day as well, and nobody uses Slack quite like Slack uses Slack.

Mike: Oh.

Jim Ray: And I think that's probably true for Salesforce in some ways too. But we've been really excited to talk to some of our admins. We're continuing to learn more about the Salesforce developers in particular, and so always excited to hear about the use cases there. A few exciting things that have come out recently that I think will be pretty interesting. So our Workflow Builder product, so this is our no-code automation product that's built right into Slack, I think that's probably something that a lot of Salesforce admins and Slack admins are using. I like to think of Workflow Builder as the front door to the platform. And it's certainly adjacent to the platform in a lot of ways. So we've had some really great development happening in Workflow Builder. Something I'm actually really proud of is we've been really focusing on the core user experience of Workflow Builder. We've got a whole team that's working on something that internally we call Back to Basics, which is really just all about focusing on those little paper cuts or the smaller features that just never quite made it into the next release. So they've been building that out. So hopefully just the experience of using Workflow Builder is a little bit nicer, which is something that we always aim for.

Mike: I never found it bad.

Jim Ray: It's not that it's been bad, it's just that as the-

Mike: To be fair.

Jim Ray: Yeah, it's a great point. As the surface area of Workflow Builder has grown, we've added lots of new functionality and we've just needed to go back and polish here and spit-shine there.

Mike: Sure. I mean, for me as an admin, it was the most intuitive thing that I could immediately jump into and kind of feel like I made a difference when we got Slack and when we started setting up channels. Because I think you probably hear this a lot, but to me the fallacy of, well, Slack is just where we communicate. No, you can actually guide the communication, and we do that with our team to help get the right information to the right spots. Because there's data and then there's contextual data, which is the conversation, and that's where we use a lot of workflows. And I was almost overwhelmed by the number of options that I had on ways and things I could do with the conversation or the input, like we use it, like an input form. I was like, "Wow."

Jim Ray: Right, exactly.

Mike: "Oh my God, now I got to go back and rethink this." It wasn't something where I was diving into it and thinking, "Okay, well, I'll just figure out what I got and just work with what I had." It was showing up to the grocery store and being like, "Oh, so you guys really do have everything? All right, cool." Kind of wasn't expecting that. I was expecting three kinds of cheeses and you got a whole cheese counter.

Jim Ray: That's really great to hear. And even with the addition of things like Lists and Canvases, which are some features that we're continuing to expand on, we released those a while ago and obviously we use them a ton internally, but we're hearing from our customers that they're putting more and more of their mission-critical data. Canvases are fantastic because it's a really lightweight form of documents. You're not overwhelmed with all the different formatting options, but they're still really quite powerful, still a great way to capture information and add context to your channels. And my team uses them with Notes and with some of the AI generated notes that are happening within huddles and things like that. But I think Lists are another place that we're seeing a ton of value with things like Workflow Builder. So you were saying you've got an input form, but where are you going to put that once somebody has filled out the form? Lists are a perfect place for that. And again, it's not a full-blown database or even as powerful as something like an Excel or a Google Sheet, but if you just need to capture that data and you want it native inside of Slack, something that's searchable inside of Slack, something that you can easily add workflows to, I love Lists. And so they're both really fantastic features.

Mike: I haven't used Lists. I can't speak for them yet, but I have used Canvases.

Jim Ray: If you don't need something as full-featured as Jira, for instance.

Mike: Maybe that's why.

Jim Ray: My team, we use Lists a lot to track the projects that we're working on. We don't need a full suite of Jira tools. We're not working [inaudible 00:06:19] and things like that. So it's actually a really great way to do some lightweight project management as well.

Mike: Ooh, I like that. You said a magic word, AI.

Jim Ray: Yes.

Mike: So I feel like Slack's built for AI because AI everywhere is just conversation, and I'm like, "Well, naturally, that's Slack." So talk to me about Agentforce and AI and Slack.

Jim Ray: Absolutely. Before I jump to AI, I do want to mention one more Workflow Builder feature-

Mike: Oh, yeah.

Jim Ray: ... that I want people to check out is this is probably the longest standing request, which is the ability to branch your workflows. Essentially think of them as an if statement or a case statement if you're a programmer. But this was, when we gave people the ability to start doing some automation, the first thing they said is, "Oh, I need to branch my automation." So if they hit this button, do this thing, and if they hit this button, do that thing. We have finally built that into the product. It's a really fantastic way to make your automations even more powerful. If you are a programmer or if you're a developer and you're building on the Slack platform, one thing that I like about the new branching feature is that you can actually handle a lot of the, for lack of a better word, validation that you would normally be doing on the back end. Now, you can do a lot of that on the front end inside of Workflow Builder itself. So quick plug for branches there, another fantastic feature that we rolled out to Workflow Builder. And it's going to make those workflows even more powerful, but now we're ready to talk AI.

Mike: Yeah, no, that's good. I do like that. I kind of want to play with that now.

Jim Ray: It's really great. So yeah, so with AI, obviously, and Mike, as you implied, Slack is the best place to interface with the agents that are popping up in every single application that we use. And in some ways this is a return to form for Slack and the Slack platform. So when Slack launched in 2014, part of the reason that we were able to be so successful is we were riding this wave of a few trends that were happening in the industry. One of them, I'm sure you remember, DevOps. And DevOps was hugely successful to Slack being successful because a lot of our earliest customers were startups, engineering-focused organizations, media organizations, places that understood kind of the basic premise of DevOps, and we could just plug Slack right into it. So many developers looked at Slack and they were like, "Oh, this will fit right into my GitHub pipeline or my Jenkins pipeline, and then I can just pipe messages right into Slack. I can have all my entire engineering team in a channel and they can all come take a look at this." But as the platform grew and evolved, we added all of these features for interactivity. We added Block Kit, which is our UI composition framework. And now that we have all of these large language model and other generative AI tools, it is kind of this return to form for the platform in many ways. And so 10 years ago, if you wanted to build a Slack app that interacted with you, it was almost like a command line more than anything. It wasn't a natural place to chat. You would kind of send off some commands and then wait for the response. It felt very much like using a terminal or a Unix command line or something like that. But now with all of these LLM tools that are being plugged into all of the various systems of record, Slack is of course the place to bring all of that into the same place where you're working with your colleagues. And that's kind of been the basic pitch of the platform for a long time.

Mike: So I do want to touch on that because it's a thing that I've been thinking of a lot. And of course it's the admin podcast, but that doesn't mean that admins don't code.

Jim Ray: Sure.

Mike: Lots of admins code and they just choose to identify as admins. Some developers only code. I don't want the perception to be, well, Slack is just for admins because they don't have to write code to do anything. But I think as you sit and look at when you're working with your team, whatever, of stakeholders, it's an admin and a developer, especially at a large organization, probably an architect. There's a lot of roles involved. Slack can really interface with a lot of different products that you have across the enterprise. What do we do for admins that had to be like, "No, let me talk to my developer because Slack is very developer friendly"? When we say Slack is very developer friendly, what do we mean by that?

Jim Ray: Well, I like to think that our platform, first and foremost, is just one that developers really like to use. Again, that was something that was really critical to the success of the platform pretty early on. It doesn't feel like developing on a piece of enterprise software. And so we would hear from these developers that were used to these massive Java stacks, or they had to use an SDK that they weren't familiar with, or even a programming language that they weren't familiar with. And the premise for the Slack platform from the very beginning, and this is still true today, is that you can bring whatever programming language you want to. We make some first party SDKs available, but you don't have to use those. We have some frameworks that are even a little bit higher level than the SDKs. Those are all available in Python, Java, and JavaScript, but you don't have to use them if you don't want to. We have some amazing community-developed SDKs and frameworks as well. So that's the initial thinking as to what makes developing on the Slack platform great. But then the other part is that you can do things with the Slack platform that really you couldn't do with other forms of communication. They just didn't make sense in the context of email, for example. Even if you wanted to use email as the ultimate endpoint, it kind of didn't make sense because an email inbox is a one-to-one relationship with every person in the organization. Well, there's no really good way to collaborate until you pull people into these channels. And so that was another part of Slack's big success we kind of created, and again, we were pulling from a lot of what was happening in the world at the time, but we pulled a lot of these ideas and we put them into this kind of channel-based interface. And now you bring groups of people together that are working on a similar project, similar feature. And then when you layer on top of that, the platform pieces, that's where it starts to get really powerful. So again, think about your engineering org within your organization. So you've got a team and they get an alert from somebody has pushed some code and the tests fail. Well, now everybody on that team can see why the tests failed. So the engineer who pushed the code, that test probably wouldn't have failed if they knew what the problem was. So another engineer that might have a different bit of context, oh, I just checked in this bit of code, that's probably why your tests are breaking, for example. They can see that. And so now you're maximizing that visibility. And so when we layer on these other tools, to bring us back to this AI, so now every tool that you're using in your organization, they're starting to add these agentic features. And we were talking about, so if you're an admin, well, Slack now becomes the place. Rather than having to administer an agent in every single platform that you use, you bring those agents into Slack, so now you have a single place to work with them. In the same place that Slack is the single place where every person in your organization is communicating, now it's the place where you're all working with those agents. And so we're not there yet. We're still working on it. Obviously Agentforce is the best place to, if you're just getting started with this and you have a ton of data inside of Salesforce, of course Agentforce is the place where you're going to go, maybe try out some of these agents built on top of your data. But as we're seeing many of our partners, many of the other SaaS tools that our customers are using, all of these agent features are being built on top of the systems of record that they manage. And so what we've got, we've made those same AI features available to everybody on the platform. So now anybody can build an agent that works inside of Slack. And if you're an admin, this is fantastic news because now you've just got one place to manage all of these.

Mike: And we use agents a lot at Salesforce. It's kind of fun. Sometimes I don't know where to look for my approvals.

Jim Ray: Yeah.

Mike: One thing to look forward to, bury the lead there, Dreamforce, it's coming now.

Jim Ray: Absolutely. Absolutely.

Mike: They just announced the band. Are you going to go?

Jim Ray: I have never made it. Usually, because I'm so swamped, I've never made it to see the show.

Mike: I know.

Jim Ray: But we've got two choices this year, I think. Is this the first time that there's going to be two different stages?

Mike: I don't know. I feel like they're doing that now because there's a generation of us that are coming up in the years, and then there's a younger generation. I remember a couple Dreamforces ago, I didn't even know one of the opening acts.

Jim Ray: Oh, boy.

Mike: And I was like, "Oh, I didn't know what my parents feel like now when I was a kid, and be like, "But Mom, of course it's Michael Jackson."

Jim Ray: Right, exactly.

Mike: "Duh." And that happened. I'm with you though. I have been once to the concert because that year we had the admin keynote the first day and we could go and it was almost like, I don't know, a celebration for us because it's like, "Yay, our keynote's over, we can go."

Jim Ray: Oh, nice.

Mike: And it was fun because it was Foo Fighters. I don't know if you were around then. I can't remember the year, but it was the one year it felt like it was out in a field or somewhere.

Jim Ray: I think that was our first year as an official Salesforce company.

Mike: Okay. I went, we got in, it was like, "Okay, I really need something to eat." They had hamburgers and stuff. I had that. And I was like, "Oh, the stage is that way. Let's walk that way." We got to what we thought the stage was, it was a giant TV screen.

Jim Ray: Oh, no.

Mike: Because they had all these satellite stages.

Jim Ray: Yeah, exactly.

Mike: And I was like, "Oh, well, this isn't so bad." And it was Foo Fighters, which was awesome. It was one of the years that Dave Grohl broke his foot, and so he was in that really cool throne. But I mean, of all the people that could still put on a show, he put on a show.

Jim Ray: Nice.

Mike: And I looked over and I was like, "Well, no, it looks like the stage is over there." Long story short, we ended up walking to all three of the satellite stages and never found the main stage because we kept thinking we were. And I was like, "You know what? I think this is the point at which I need to stop going to the concerts because-"

Jim Ray: Yeah, there you go. And so this year we have a choice between, and you were talking about that generational divide, so it'll be very obvious. We've got Metallica on one stage and then Benson Boone on the other.

Mike: Yes. Yes.

Jim Ray: I can definitely remember buying Metallica on cassette tape.

Mike: Yeah. Yep. I used to buy Metallica stuff when you could go to the convenience store and buy a glass bottle of 16-ounce Mountain Dew.

Jim Ray: Oh, wow. Now there's a throwback right there.

Mike: Everybody's like, "Oh man, old dudes on the podcast." Anyway.

Jim Ray: Yeah, exactly.

Mike: Let's give admins and developers some sneak peek stuff or what are some of the stuff, Jim, maybe that you're working on for Dreamforce this year?

Jim Ray: Well, everything is still very much in flight.

Mike: Oh, absolutely.

Jim Ray: We just had our half year-

Mike: Full-on forward-looking statement.

Jim Ray: Absolutely. We just had the half-year company kickoff, but it was super exciting. The things that we're most excited about, obviously continuing to deepen the integration between Slack and Salesforce. And I think certainly from the Slack perspective, but I think even from the Salesforce perspective, that's really going to be a big story at Dreamforce, is deepening that connection. We've had things like Salesforce channels and these agents, the ability to deploy an agent from Agentforce into Slack with just clicks without having to manage any of the deployment bits. So super excited to just see that deepening continue to happen. And we've been working behind the scenes on some things that I think will continue to make Salesforce even more embedded and useful with the context of Slack, a lot of them having to do with things like search. And so we've been releasing these new features to search that allow you to search not just your Slack corpus, but your Salesforce data and your Google Docs data and your Microsoft data. And so continuing to broaden and make search that much more useful. I feel like search is one of those hidden superpowers inside of Slack. People will sometimes come ask me a question and I don't know the answer, but I know how to search for it and where to find it.

Mike: Oh, literally how to search for it. Ha-ha. I see what you did there.

Jim Ray: Well, and you kind of become the oracle within an organization in some ways. But there are some things that we can do on the product side to make some of those things a bit more obvious. So I think that'll be good. I'm excited about our continued partnership with Heroku. Heroku is really doing some really amazing work. And they're in a big reboot phase right now over there in Heroku, and they're really leaning heavily into AI. But if you are doing custom development work, Heroku really is the best place to deploy those apps, especially if you want those apps to show up inside of Slack. But some of the work that they're doing with their custom inference and the databases that they've got for AI tools, I think is really, really cool. So if you're a developer, if you've got a team of developers that's really interested in pushing pretty hard into some of this custom AI tools, it's probably time to give another look to Heroku and see what they've got going on. Really, we're doing some workshops with that team as well, and so we'll be showcasing how to build great custom apps, deploy them to Heroku and have them show up inside of Slack.

Mike: Oh, very cool. Awesome. Well, thanks for making time out of your day, Jim. And I mean, you're always welcome back to the podcast. I'm sure after Dreamforce, we should have a debrief and be like, "Okay, remember all those things we talked about? Here's where we're at."

Jim Ray: Absolutely. And by then, we'll have figured out what we're actually going to be talking about. So that'll be great.

Mike: That's always the plan. That's always the plan. Jim, it's great to have you on the pod. You're always welcome back. So thanks for keeping us enlightened.

Jim Ray: Excellent. Thanks so much, Mike. I appreciate it.

Mike: Well, that was a Slack-tastic time with Jim. You know I had to throw that in, try something, right? I appreciate him giving us a sneak peek on what's ahead for Dreamforce. It's going to be exciting this year. And enhanced workflows, smarter agents, I'm telling you, there's just never been a better time for admins to explore what Slack can do. Now, if you enjoyed this episode, do me a favor, share it with a fellow Salesforce admin or somebody else in the community that you think would enjoy listening to it. And until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to LeeAnne Rimel, Senior Director of Admin and Developer Strategic Content at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about True to the Core Deep Dive and how it will give Salesforce Admins more chances to engage with product leaders, ask questions, and influence the roadmap.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with LeeAnne Rimel.

True to the Core with a spin If you’ve been to a Dreamforce or TDX, you’re probably familiar with True to the Core. Typically, it’s a keynote session with Salesforce product leaders where you can get key insights and engage them in a Q&A. However, as LeeAnne points out, we’ve noticed over the years that there isn’t always time to go deep on a particular topic.

That’s why we’re launching a special monthly video series, True to the Core Deep Dive. Each month, we’ll focus in on one core Salesforce Platform product area, with product leaders there to answer questions and really get down to the nitty-gritty.

First episode focus: Setup and user access management For our first episode, we looked at the most highly voted topic area on IdeaExchange: Setup and user access management. So we sat down with Senior PMs Cheryl Feldman and Elizabeth Martin to walk through recent feature updates and look at what’s on the roadmap.

The highlight was definitely the 40-minute question and answer section, which really let us go so much deeper than your average keynote session. Other product owners Larry Tong and Laurent Kubaski were firing away answering even more questions in the chat. If you missed it, be sure to check out the video on LinkedIn or YouTube.

We need you to help pick future topics If LeeAnne wants you to take one thing away from this episode, it’s that we need you to help us pick future topics. That’s right, this series is all about transparency and that includes topic selection. So each episode ends with a survey to determine what next month’s episode will be about.

“I read every single comment,” LeeAnne says, “we read all of the feedback and it directly informs every episode we’re going to put together.” So tune in next month for the first community-chosen topic, Flow testing and debugging, and help us figure out what to look at next.

Be sure to listen to the full episode for more from LeeAnne about what she’s working on for Dreamforce. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us in your feed every Thursday.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Blog: Introducing True to the Core Deep Dive: In-Depth Product Conversations with Salesforce PMs * LinkedIn: True to the Core Deep Dive: Setup and User Access * YouTube: True to the Core Deep Dive: Setup and User Access

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • LeeAnne on LinkedIn
  • LeeAnne on X
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike: Welcome to Salesforce Admins Podcast. Today, we're diving into a brand new way that Salesforce is connecting with the community called True to the Core Deep Dive. So LeeAnne Rimel, who's been on the podcast before, is going to join me and talk about this new series that gives you, the Salesforce admin, more chances to engage with product leaders, ask questions, and influence the roadmap based on your feedback. You'll have to hear how the first episode went. I'll have the link in the show notes. We're going to hear a little bit about what's coming next, but more importantly, how you can shape future topics. So if you're as excited as I am, keep walking or riding the train or listening, and let's get LeeAnne on the podcast. So LeeAnne, welcome back to the podcast.

LeeAnne Rimel: Hi, Mike. Thanks for having me.

Mike: Yeah, it's been exciting. And last I checked, there was live, there some event that just melted my social feeds about True to the Core, so we have to start there. Tell me what's going on.

LeeAnne Rimel: Well, we love True to the Core and we love True to the Core so much that we are bringing it to you virtually throughout the year. So if you're not familiar with True to the Core, if you haven't attended True to the Core in the past, it's a program with Salesforce that typically is a keynote setting at TrailblazerDX and at Dreamforce where all of our senior product leadership, senior Salesforce executives get on stage and they talk about Salesforce and the future of Salesforce and they answer questions from the audience. And I think, I should know this, I can't remember exactly when it started, but it's more than 10 years old. So it's a little bit of a fan favorite if you've been in the Salesforce ecosystem for a while because it's such a great opportunity to get transparency into roadmap, to ask very direct questions about things that impact you as a Salesforce professional. However, we got feedback from our community about True to the Core that there wasn't enough of them. We only really do it at Dreamforce and at TrailblazerDX typically. And the product suite has gotten big. There's a lot of features, there's a lot of product in the Salesforce world, as we all know. So it was a little bit like a mile wide, an inch deep, I think is how people were feeling. Like, yes, maybe I got the opportunity to ask a question, but I wanted to spend more time on that question and more time in that area with the product managers. So with that context, that's why we created True to the Core Deep Dive. So that's what we launched in August. August 12th was the first episode. And it's very much directly in response to that community feedback that we heard. We want more opportunities for this feedback loop. We want more transparency into roadmap. We want to ask more questions, we want to dive deeper into specific features that matter to us. So the first episode, which you can find on LinkedIn, was in August. And it was with Cheryl Feldman and Elizabeth Martin, who look after set up and user access. And it was so much fun, Mike. We did like 40 minutes of questions, which is a ton. So it was a lot of-

Mike: It's still not enough. It's still not enough.

LeeAnne Rimel: Not enough. I know, I hear you. I did see a couple notes-

Mike: You could do 400 minutes of questions, still not enough.

LeeAnne Rimel: I know. I know. But it's definitely more than we had before. So we did over 40 minutes of questions, ton of live Q&A. We had product owners Larry Tung and Laurent we're in the chat also firing away. It was the meme of doing the keyboard and the keyboard's lighting on fire because we're typing so fast. I felt like they were just answering so many questions in the chat about pilot programs, about roadmap, and then really specific technical questions about things that members of the community are facing. So it was really exciting. I'm really proud of it. I'm really excited that it's so deeply connected to community feedback. I think it's really important. That's basically the north star of True to the Court Deep Dive is community feedback and community voting and community questions. So it was really fun. It was great.

Mike: So if they missed that first August 12th episode, we'll link to that. You could still watch, it's still worth watching, right?

LeeAnne Rimel: Oh, absolutely. I think there was a ton Cheryl and Elizabeth, like I said, they look after user access and permissions, so they shared some of what's coming. They also shared, Cheryl shared, "Here's things that we're not working on," right? Because we're really active on the idea exchange and they-

Mike: Can't work on everything.

LeeAnne Rimel: Yeah, and I think that level of transparency is one of the reasons that Cheryl is so well-connected with the community and really listens to the community is like we need to know, as admins, as developers, we need to know what's coming on the roadmap. And also we need to know for planning what's not going to be worked on. If I had my heart set on a particular feature area, I think that transparency is really valuable to have the information to make plans.

Mike: So let's talk about the future of this series. Is it series? I think that's fair to [inaudible 00:05:40]-

LeeAnne Rimel: It is a special monthly series.

Mike: Special monthly series. Oh, boy. I feel like get home from school and you get your carrot sticks and your ranch.

LeeAnne Rimel: Exactly.

Mike: That's what everybody got as a kid, right?

LeeAnne Rimel: Maybe ants on a log.

Mike: Oh, ants on a log. I forgot about that. Yeah. Okay. There's always food in the podcast. So first of all, I'm Salesforce admin and I really want to contribute to this series. What are ways that I can participate?

LeeAnne Rimel: We need you to contribute to this series, Salesforce admins. The topics for this are entirely chosen by the community. So the very first topic was chosen based on idea exchange trending topics and highly voted topic areas. But all subsequent episodes will be chosen based on the surveys and the voting that we're hosting on each episode. So in episode one, at the end of episode one, we had the episode one survey. And the top topic that came out of that and also happens to be a top trending idea exchange topic is flow, and within that, testing and debugging. So that's our next episode is flow testing and debugging. So we'll link, Mike will link in the show notes the blog announcing this, and within that we'll have both the recordings for the previous episodes, the link to register for the upcoming episode, and also the opportunity to vote on topics that are meaningful to you. So that is very much, that community feedback specifically from that voting mechanism that we will have in every episode is incredibly important for us to ensure that we are putting together episodes and shows that are directly meeting the community with what you need to talk about. And we're going very deep. We're really getting granular with the features. So notice it's not just a flow episode, which is a very popular topic, but there's so much within flow. So we went into the subtopic of what is the most hot, trending, highly voted subtopic within flow? And that was, for this round, was testing and debugging. So I think your feedback and I read every single comment, so if you've filled out a survey, thank you so much, from episode one. And then if you fill out surveys in the future, I want you to know we read every single comment, we read all of the feedback, and it directly informs every episode we're going to put together.

Mike: So you got to put Easter eggs in your comments. That's what I hear.

LeeAnne Rimel: You can throw a little joke in there.

Mike: If I was [inaudible 00:08:32] I got to put something in there.

LeeAnne Rimel: I like dad jokes. You can put little dad jokes in there if you want.

Mike: Well, but that was actually-

LeeAnne Rimel: As long as you pick a topic.

Mike: Right, pick a topic. That was actually my question is so I'm glad you're going granular. Is there a world where flow debugging gets two episodes because it just keeps rising to the top?

LeeAnne Rimel: Yeah, I think that's a really good question. I think we're going to have to see what the data show us. So I think if we see something that is really persistent in where it is on the priority list, I think we will have to talk about should we have repeat kind of follow-on episodes for that. Maybe there's additional content forms or forms that we should create for that topic area. So I think this is, I think as we face those, we'll see the best way to make sure we're meeting the community where they're asking us for more information. I would anticipate, safe harbor, but I would anticipate over the next year we're probably going to have more than one episode on flow because it is such a prevalent topic and there's so many areas within flow to talk about. And we do really want to be able to have this space to go really deep, really granular on those subtopic areas, if you will, like those feature areas within a larger area. It's a great question and I think, yeah, there's no rules around, well, we spend time on this feature area and we're never going to talk about it again. I think that that's not true to the nature of True to the Core and what we're intending here. And then also I think we'll see what the data show and what's demanded.

Mike: Yeah, because I was going to say it could also be kind of frustrating if you suggest a topic. I'll be honest, security is a topic we should cover. It never gets voted up very high. Nobody likes talking about all of the padlocks and security features, but it is important. It's in everything that we do, and so-

LeeAnne Rimel: Well, and I think we're going to-

Mike: ... it'd be kind of fun to see.

LeeAnne Rimel: Yeah, I hear you, right? If something isn't always a number one topic, will we get to it?

Mike: Right.

LeeAnne Rimel: And I think to that, we'll definitely be kind of moving down the list, if you will. Yeah, so to answer your question more clearly, I think we'll definitely be kind of moving down the list and moving onto the, for the episode in November, we'll be looking at, okay, based on the data that we collected so far, and we just had a flow episode, kind of what's number two? And then we'll be moving down in that way.

Mike: Gotcha. So Dreamforce will be a little over a month and a half away when this episode drops. Are there big True to the Core Deep Dive plans for Dreamforce?

LeeAnne Rimel: Well, there will be a, that we're anticipating a True to the Core keynote at Dreamforce. So I think that is, if you are newer to Dreamforce or haven't attended True to the Core at Dreamforce in the past, I really recommend, if you're going to be there in person, attending the True to the Core keynote. I think it's a really meaningful part of a Dreamforce experience. And then also, if you're not attending Dreamforce in person, it will, typically, it is on Salesforce+, so you can watch it on VOD afterwards. But I think that will be our big... Dreamforce is in mid-October. That will be the True to the Core for October will be the Dreamforce keynote. We're hoping to share more opportunities to vote, to really increase the feedback that we get on future episodes. So stay tuned for Dreamforce posts and things like that. And we're hoping to share more opportunities for Dreamforce attendees to share what they would like to see more of with True to the Core Deep Dive episodes. And then when we'll be back with our regularly scheduled programming, if you will, [inaudible 00:12:34].

Mike: Right, because Dreamforce interrupts everything. For fans of LeeAnne, because they had the how... You did the Did You Know series. That was what I was thinking of. Are there other things that you're working on that you want to share or is it all forward-looking statement right now?

LeeAnne Rimel: Forward-looking statements. I think we're working on, I think for Dreamforce this year, so I'm hard at work on Dreamforce technical content in general, sort of the experiences that you have in the Trailblazer Forest and across our technical tracks. And I think I am really excited to see what all the teams are working on for Dreamforce, specifically for our admin, developer, and architect audiences. I think there's just going to be a lot of great technical learnings. We also, I will share, are going to have more community-led sessions than ever before, so there'll be more information coming out about that. But I think we're going to have a lot of technical sessions, a lot of opportunities for admins and developers and architects and more community-led sessions than... We've always had a lot of community-led sessions, we have even more. So I'm really excited to hear and learn from our community.

Mike: Well, thank you LeeAnne, for coming on the podcast. I know one fun fact, if people are hungry at Dreamforce, you always have snacks.

LeeAnne Rimel: I do always have snacks,

Mike: Always. Not candy, but snacks. So that's always good to have

LeeAnne Rimel: Snacks to help sustain you through... I think I have a few blogs floating out about there about my preferred snacks, but-

Mike: I'm sure you do. You've always kept the team energized in a healthy way, not in a sugar inducing caffeine coma way, which is great.

LeeAnne Rimel: Yeah, if someone's having low blood sugar, I probably have a protein bar for you. You'll probably be-

Mike: Yes. Yep.

LeeAnne Rimel: Or some sort of like-

Mike: A nutritious organic environmental perfect protein bar.

LeeAnne Rimel: I do my best.

Mike: Thanks for coming on the podcast, LeeAnne. We will tune into the True to the Core sessions and I can't wait to see what you come up with for Dreamforce.

LeeAnne Rimel: Awesome. Thanks for having me, Mike.

Mike: Big thanks to LeeAnne for coming on the podcast and giving us the scoop on the True to the Core Deep Dive. I have a question for you. What after school snack did you get that wasn't carrot sticks and ranch or ants on a log? Curious minds want to know. I also got Ritz Crackers with peanut butter, chunky peanut butter because chunky peanut butter on Ritz crackers is awesome. So there we go. There's a little nugget. Share that on social, be sure to ping me. I'd be curious. Don't forget now, all these True to the Core Deep Dive episodes are going to be built on your questions and your input, so be sure to jump in, vote, share your thoughts, jump on the lives, ask questions. I don't anticipate these ending for a while. We'll have links in the show notes to the first episode and any other information that I have about it as of when this comes out. So that's it. I'm going to go maybe have some carrot sticks and ranch. And until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Kate Lessard, Lead Admin Evangelist at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about the new Agentforce Adoption Framework and her new YouTube series, “Kate Clicks Through It”.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Kate Lessard.

A flexible, nonlinear learning journey for admins It’s been a while since we’ve had Kate on the pod, but she’s been cooking up something cool, and I wanted to sit down with her to hear all about it. It’s called the Agentforce Adoption Framework, and it’s your guide for bringing the power of AI into your organization.

Kate and the Evangelist team identified a gap: admins needed a structured path to get up to speed with everything Agentforce has to offer. The framework breaks this down into five areas of focus:

  1. Explore what’s possible
  2. Get curious
  3. Try it out
  4. Make it work
  5. Use it often

You can check out Kate’s post on the Admin Blog for more details, but the goal is to help you set goals for your organization and get ready for what’s coming next with AI.

Hands-on learning through “Kate Clicks Through It” Kate’s also started a new YouTube series, “Kate Clicks Through It,” where she walks you through Salesforce processes step by step, with demos so you can click along and try them yourself.

“I personally am someone who learns best by doing,” Kate says, “I need to get hands-on, I need to do something. In many cases, I need to do it over and over again.” The videos are around 10 minutes long, giving you quick tutorials on subjects like how to build an Agentforce data library, or how to use Org Check as an alternative to Optimizer.

A framework for learning just about anything The Agentforce Adoption Framework was developed through tons of research and feedback from admins, Salesforce MVPs, and folks on the product team. We think it’s pretty spiffy—so keep an eye out for more adoption-focused content at Dreamforce or even an event near you.

As Kate points out, while Agentforce might be the shiny new toy, the adoption framework can be adapted to just about anything you want to implement. She uses the example of Data Cloud to highlight how important it is to have that fundamental level of adoption for both your users and your external customers.

There are so many more great insights from Kate about how to level up your understanding of Agentforce, so be sure to check out the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you can catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Admin Blog: Your 5-Step Guide to Successful Agentforce Adoption * YouTube Series: Kate Clicks Through It

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Kate on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full Transcript

Mike: Welcome to the Salesforce Admin's podcast. This week, admin evangelist Kate Lessard joins us to dive into the Agentforce adoption journey. From building a foundation AI to launching the new Kate Clicks Through It YouTube series, Kate walks us through how admins can thoughtfully and confidently bring AI into their organizations. We also chat about how feedback shaped the adoption framework and, sneak peek, what you might see at Dreamforce. So if you've been wondering where to start or where you are on your AI journey, this episode's for you. Let's get Kate on the podcast. So Kate, welcome back to the podcast.

Kate Lessard: Thanks. It's been a while.

Mike: Yeah. January. Was it when we did the kickoff? That was the last time.

Kate Lessard: Maybe. Or maybe did we do a TDX, prep for TDX call maybe?

Mike: We might've. Other podcasters would remember their episodes, but me, just crank them out.

Kate Lessard: Yeah, you're a little busy.

Mike: It's okay. So you've been busy as well. Let's talk about Agentforce stuff and YouTube stuff and everything you've been working on.

Kate Lessard: Yeah, absolutely. It has definitely been a busy year. It's been flying by. And some really exciting stuff that we've been working on for admins this year.

Mike: First up being Agentforce stuff, because Agentforce. I know there's not too much Agentforce out there. People say that, there's not. When we're recording this ChatGPT is coming out with a new model. This is our new norm. It's like when the iPhone drop, there's not enough iPhone information out in the world. There's always iPhone information out in the world. There's always going to be AI stuff for us to learn.

Kate Lessard: Yeah, agreed. I think that that's the really cool thing about Agentforce and the job that we get to do is that we get to play with and learn the new things as they're coming out because it's so important for us to share with others and let them learn from our mistakes. So I think that that brings a lot of fun experimentation into our jobs.

Mike: Right, absolutely. So speaking of that, how do we kind of walk people through the journey to Agentforce?

Kate Lessard: At TDX last year we, or I guess this year, we announced that we have this Agentforce development life cycle. But then we kind of started asking what comes before that? How do we get into this cycle where we're iterating through ideation, configuration, testing, deployment, and supervising our agents? How can we get ready to actually go live with agents and Agentforce and using it? And so on the admin relations team, we kind of took a step back and started to think about adoption and how we can set up adoption for admins and get them not only familiar with Agentforce, if they have no idea what it is, where they can get started, how they can start to learn the fundamentals of AI just in general, and then dive into Salesforce and Agentforce and using AI within their CRM. That's been something we've been really focused on, is creating the concept of this adoption framework to help admins get ready to move their organizations towards actually using Agentforce consistently.

Mike: Yeah, because I think it's one thing ... I mean, it's a little different than ... And I use this a lot when we talk about Flow or some of our other products. Automation within the CRM space has always been there. We didn't really have to learn it. But with AI, we're all learning AI on top of our organizations learning AI, on top of us going, "Okay, so now how do we use this? And what's the best use of this?" And all of that has to transfer into the admin sitting there going, "Oh my, I have a lot to learn. Where am I at?" And I think that's really one of the goals of coming out with the journey, is helping people understand where are you at, where do you want to go?

Kate Lessard: Agreed. I think that the development of Agentforce and of course more widely artificial intelligence, it's fast. It feels like there's something new to learn every week. I think that can cause a lot of overwhelm because we're trying to keep up without maybe even having a solid foundation. So this concept of the adoption framework was really designed as a baseline for admins to be able to take stock of where they are in their Agentforce learning journey, overcome that analysis paralysis that I think many of us have been feeling over the past couple years, and then have resources and a guide for exactly where they are now and what is coming next.

Mike: Yeah. So where is this guide or the adoption journey going to show up for us?

Kate Lessard: So you will be able to see it, we have a nice blog on the admin's website right now. It is called Your Five Step Guide to Successful Agentforce Adoption. Just double checking that title, but that is correct. And this kind of introduces that adoption framework, the steps that are included with it, some resources for each step along the way. And then you might see this show up in a couple other places. It might show up in a Dreamforce session or it might show up on our website or any other place that I could maybe tease that it would come out. I think it's something that you might see here and there. And the nice thing is that it's ever-changing because we're constantly having new content and new resources to add to it in each step. So I think it's something that you're going to see in multiple places moving forward.

Mike: And I was a part of you brainstorming this and bringing it to the team, and really it was everybody on the team had something to contribute to this. Where do you feel like admins are progressing through in terms of the journey? Are we starting off? Does everybody start off at the beginning, or we jump in steps? I mean, is it like a step method, everybody has to go through every single step?

Kate Lessard: I think you go through every step, but maybe you don't recognize that you've gone through some of them. So our first step is really exploring what's possible and just really understanding what AI fundamentals are, what is Agentforce? And a lot of our admins are really active. They've already been hands-on in Trailhead. So they've maybe gone through this stage themselves without even realizing it because they've kind of figured out how the technology works. They've actually done a little hands-on work. They have been picturing use cases for their organization. And so maybe they're hopping into that next phase where they're actually sharing this and doing demos to their stakeholders and trying to bring this to their organization. So I think everyone goes through all the stages, but you might not be just starting directly at the beginning. Once you become aware of this framework, I think that you can hop in and find the point that is most relevant to where you are on your journey and be able to kind of pick up from there.

Mike: Yeah. And hopefully it kind of helps you gut check content and say, "Hmm, Maybe this is for next week when I'm moving into a different phase." Not to say that it would be a week that you would be in a phase. I'm just using it as a example.

Kate Lessard: Absolutely. I mean, admins move fast. I would not be shocked if some of them were moving from phase week to week. Although I would be surprised if they didn't spend some time in that phase where they're building out a demo and getting stakeholders involved in really building that support. I feel like that always takes time.

Mike: Yeah, absolutely. So in addition to the adoption journey, what else have you been working on?

Kate Lessard: Lots. It's been a busy year. I'm super excited to share some of the things that I've been working on and the team's been working on. We recently launched a new series on YouTube called Kate Clicks Through It, which has been just a labor of love. And I feel like it has been something that I'm really excited about, really excited to put out into the world because it is a series that allows admins to get hands-on and follow along different Salesforce processes step by step. And I personally am someone who learns best by doing. I need to get hands-on. I need to do something. In many cases, I need to do it over and over again. I need to try. I need to fail. That's why admins love sandboxes so much. That's why we love Trailhead, so that we can get in there and we can actually just try things out and see what works and what doesn't, and then take the best version of that to our business. So Kate Clicks Through It launched in July. We have two episodes out right now, one on Agentforce data libraries and one on using Org Check as an alternative to Optimizer, which is retiring this winter. And it's just a way to follow along step by step. They're short episodes, less than 10 minutes spent on each demo so that you can actually have your computer up and click along beside me, and by the end we've accomplished something together.

Mike: It's kind of like a Salesforce Twitch stream.

Kate Lessard: Yeah, absolutely.

Mike: You're not playing the video game, you're building the app or clicking through the app.

Kate Lessard: Exactly.

Mike: Cool. So Kate, it is, boy, end of August. Well, end-ish of August. I swear these months, it's like it took forever ... February took like eight or nine months. And then we had TDX, and then it was spring for a day, and now Summer is flying by, it's already the end of August. The kids are back in school. Dreamforce is right around the corner. Which usually for most of us is September. It's October this year. It's not close enough to Halloween, but it still would be close enough that you could totally get away with wearing a Halloween costume at Dreamforce. I just realized that, that might be kind of fun. I mean, the biggest costume is Cloudy and Codey. They would win, I suppose. Would they wear a costume? Would the costume wear a costume?

Kate Lessard: I don't know the answer to that.

Mike: It's inception, like Astro in his Tanooki suit, would he wear another costume on top of that? These are the things that keep Mike up at night. We did wear a Yeti suit.

Kate Lessard: [inaudible 00:11:30]. That is true. The Yeti suit and the safari suit.

Mike: I forgot about the safari.

Kate Lessard: I think we could all just call it a win across the board and wear some awesome admin capes.

Mike: Right. I mean, if you don't wear that in your every day, just because you could. We're going to see some of the Agentforce adoption journey show up at Dreamforce, maybe in the keynotes, maybe in the track?

Kate Lessard: Maybe. I think that the nice thing about the adoption journey is that it really is applicable to so many situations. I think that it is, even if it's not called out directly, it is going to be there and you're going to start noticing it as part of that underlying education and the foundation of how we're talking about and building things. It's also really nice because it doesn't just have to be for Agentforce either. I think that what we've created is really applicable for a lot of different adoptions of different technologies. So I think that it's something that maybe we'll see as the world continues to progress and AI gets more advanced. So it's definitely something that you'll start to notice at Dreamforce.

Mike: Yeah. I'm also thinking of, it always seemed as when I was an admin going to Dreamforce, nine times out of 10 it was, I need to learn about this other cloud because we're getting ready to implement it. So I could see that Agentforce adoption journey being applicable as you're looking at additional clouds as well.

Kate Lessard: Yeah, I think especially if you're using something like Data Cloud to unify your data and bring things from multiple sources, that it becomes really important to have that foundational level of adoption for your users in general and your customers, external customers as well.

Mike: Yeah. One thing we didn't touch on, and we're not giving away the chili recipe ... I always think back to Food Network where they're, I've got some ... It's always they're making a sauce and they put in, "Well, I've got some salt and pepper and some onion powder," and you're like, "Yeah, that goes in everything." And then I got my seasoning blend, and you're like, "Oh, that's you don't want to tell us everything else that you put in there."

Kate Lessard: The secret admin sauce.

Mike: The secret ... Yeah. But I mean, I don't want people to think like, "Oh, well, Kate just sat down and mapped out a journey and presented it to the team, and then now it's on the website." What was some of the process or the input that we got on the adoption journey?

Kate Lessard: Absolutely. That is a great question because we involved a lot of people in creating this. Not only the team, although that's where we certainly started, but the framework was not built in a vacuum. We had a ton of feedback and interaction both internally and from the community as we developed this. So we got feedback from members of our product team at Salesforce. We did a very soft launch at TDX as part of my demo to deployment session and got some feedback from that. And then we continued to refine and then get feedback from admins in a survey that we shared at a local community conference. And then after that, we took that survey to the Salesforce MVPs and got some more feedback from some of them as well. So everyone that weighed in helped us refine this framework. They called out some things that maybe we hadn't thought were really that important for admins to include in this journey, this roadmap. But once we heard that and we saw it consistently show up, we added it in. So a lot of people weighed in and helped us create this journey map.

Mike: And some of it was us just looking at each other and being like, "Is this what we're going through?" Because we're going through Agentforce adoption as well. I mean, from the moment the product hit some of our orgs for us to try and play around with, it was, what are we learning and is this what we're going through?

Kate Lessard: Absolutely. And I think that that really hits the nail on the head. I think that we went through a lot of these different emotions that we associated with each stage here. We were curious, we were frustrated, we were feeling really proud once we got to this stage. So selfishly, this framework has kind of evolved into a game changer for our team internally and our internal content strategy as well, because we've been able to see where there are content gaps that we have experienced, as well as what we've heard from the community and what we should be focusing on to give admins the knowledge that they need for a successful Agentforce implementation. And we're able to collect that feedbacks from the admins and the community about what they've been struggling with and what resources and discussions they feel have been missing, which was the biggest thing that was contributed to us as we were building this.

Mike: So here's a meta question. Did you use AI to create any part of the adoption journey?

Kate Lessard: I did. Okay. So let's think back to this ... It's been such ... Oh gosh, we've been working on this for months. But-

Mike: Got to do the flashback [inaudible 00:16:51].

Kate Lessard: First it started off with just a giant brain dump mind map. That was what helped us kind of sort out the emotions and the stages. And then they've shifted terminology and what we are referring to them and how we process them a few times. I think AI really helped me with the survey, is where it helped out. So I was like, "These are the things that I'm trying to get. This is how I'm trying to ask the questions. This doesn't feel quite right. Can you help me refine this?" And so I did use AI to help me with that survey. And then got feedback from our internal marketing team as well to make sure that it was capturing what we needed it to. Because I think the biggest thing that we see with surveys in general, and this is me going down a total rabbit hole from my past project management and consulting experience, when you send out surveys or you're gathering requirements or you're asking questions, if you do so without having the specific goal in mind of what you're trying to get back, you can get so much information that is valuable, but maybe not what you're looking for or answering the questions that you really need answered. So I think that AI, as well as our internal marketing team, was super helpful in refining that.

Mike: That, or what I've found is you can ask the question in such a way that it elicits only a certain answer, as opposed to kind of an A, B, C answer. Really you're asking it, is it this or not this? And then you end up with an answer where the person really kind of hones in. And it's almost like, I don't know if the term confirmation bias is right, but I do know a friend once asked me, "When you ask somebody their opinion, it's because you really want them to confirm that you're right." And I was like, "Oh, yeah, that's kind of true."

Kate Lessard: Right. Yeah. Do I look good in this?

Mike: I mean, all of the time. Yeah. You ask questions like that, "Do you really think I should buy this house?" And it's like, you don't want them to say no. You want them to be like, "Yes, it's going to be an amazing house for you."

Kate Lessard: Yeah.

Mike: "Absolutely. It's a totally good decision." I don't know. That just stuck with me, that kind of thing.

Kate Lessard: Yeah. Big shout out to our research team that does that every day, right? They're putting together these questionnaires and they're talking to people at events like TDX and Dreamforce and having to just put together these thoughtfully designed surveys and questionnaires, and it really is an art.

Mike: Well, Kate, I appreciate you coming on the podcast and talking about adoption journey and Kate Clicks Through It. You're out there helping admins progress through different emotions, not just learning. Because that's also important, because emotions drive a lot of things, and creativity and inspiration are definitely two of those things. So I appreciate you coming on the pod and talking about that.

Kate Lessard: Absolutely. And I think that you're exactly right, those emotions are important. And they help make us better admins and the passion that we have for helping out the business and the organizations that we work with. It's just really important. It's a driving factor. And that's part of what makes us so successful and helps make both our users and our external customers happy.

Mike: Big thanks to Kate for walking us through the Agentforce adoption framework and showing us what a thoughtful community-driven AI adoption can look like. Be sure to check out her YouTube series, Kate Clicks Through It, and explore the resources linked in the show notes. Whether you're starting or already building AI demos, I promise you this journey's for you. So until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Amit Malik, the Content Portfolio Lead for AI within Product Education at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about how we can teach AI effectively to admins and the easiest way to learn Agentforce.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Amit Malik.

The shift from knowledge to value As the Content Portfolio Lead for AI in Product Education at Salesforce, Amit is the perfect person to talk to about where admins should get started with learning Agentforce. After all, his job is all about planning the courses that are offered globally about Agentforce and Data Cloud.

What Amit emphasizes is that past knowledge matters less than what learners do in the next 12 months. Agentforce’s capabilities are growing with every release, so he recommends focusing on understanding the core concepts of how AI works and building from there.

Malik’s agent framework for admins When you’re building with AI, the first step is aligning on why an agent is needed in the first place. From there, he recommends asking five questions to guide your process:

  1. Is an AI agent the best way to solve this problem? Would it be easier to build a flow? Just because you can solve something with Agentforce doesn’t mean you should.
  2. What agent type do you need? Salesforce has several pre-built agent templates for specific use cases, like Service Agent, Employee Agent, or Guided Shopping Agents. Consider those options before trying to build something more complicated.
  3. What topics do you want to assign to this agent? Define the set of business problems you want your agent to solve. There are standard pre-built topics like FAQ or escalation, but you can make a custom topic if needed.
  4. How will you provide data to your agent? AI is only as good as the data you provide it, so you need to make sure you have everything you need in Data Cloud and set up access with the Agentforce Data Library.
  5. What actions do you want the agent to perform? “This is where the magic happens,” Amit says. There are four types of actions: Flow, Apex, API, and Prompt Template.

It’s important to understand that Agentforce is the final layer of the org, the interface. An agent is really an aggregation of the topics you build it to solve. Those topics comprise the specific actions you enable your agent to perform, and those topics, in turn, are possible based on the data you’ve integrated into Data Cloud.

Adopting a learner’s mindset For Amit, the most important thing you can do if you want to learn Agentforce is to adopt a learner’s mindset. “The art of learning is to become curious,” he explains, “education is not about the instructor, it’s more about the learner.”

Where many businesses go wrong is viewing AI as a solution in search of a problem. But once you start to get curious about the specifics of your business processes, you’ll start to find all sorts of new ways that AI agents can help. And building around these specific, real-world use cases is the easiest way to get started mastering Agentforce.

Amit has a lot to share about learning, teaching, and working with Agentforce, so be sure to tune in for the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch a new episode every Thursday.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: Architect Courses for Admins with Amit Malik * Trailhead: Discover Agentforce * Trailhead: Review Agentforce and Data Library

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Amit on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt:

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're welcoming back, Amit Malik to talk about a topic that's very top of mind for every Salesforce admin right now, which is how do we teach AI effectively? Amit's going to share with us some insights from over a decade of Salesforce instruction diving into why teaching AI is a little bit different now, and how admins can use his five question agent framework to put to better use. Now, whether you're just getting started with Agent Force or you're already experimenting with Data Cloud, this conversation's packed with practical ways to bring clarity to your learning and to your users. So with that, let's get Amit on the podcast.

All right, Amit, so welcome to the podcast.

Amit Malik:

Thank you.

Mike Gerholdt:

I know a few years back you were on to talk about the architect mindset, so I'll be sure to link to that episode, but now we're talking everything Agentforce and Data Cloud and Metadata and Customer 360. But for people that haven't been around listening to the podcast for three years, and there's a few of them, could you reacquaint the audience with what you do at Salesforce and your journey to Salesforce?

Amit Malik:

Sure. I joined Salesforce in 2013 and I have been lucky to teach audiences across the globe on Salesforce technologies every year, and I've trained on different topics about Salesforce, like whether it's about teaching administrators or developers or consultants, architects. So I've been fortunate to talk about Salesforce aspects to different audiences. In my current role, I'm working on as a cloud content portfolio lead where I'm specializing in Agentforce and Data Cloud. So my role is to plan what kind of courses should we offer to our customers globally so that we can enable our ecosystem on Agentforce and Data Cloud.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I mean, there's a lot to learn. I started using the platform back in 2006 and even trying to keep up is a lot, and so I can imagine learning constantly, there's so much.

Amit Malik:

It's easy. I would say nobody cares what we know in the past. What matters is what we are working today and for next 12 months.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, there you go.

Amit Malik:

So I've always retrained my mind that what I have done in the past does not matter today. What matter is what I will do in next 12 months.

Mike Gerholdt:

So let's talk about what we're going to do in the next 12 months. I would love to know, this is going to be my first hard question, they're all hard, I think, not to scare you. I don't think it's hard. But I am curious because you're on a different side of the fence than I'm at. What is different about teaching AI than teaching other technologies?

Amit Malik:

I would say the interesting part here is there is knowledge explosion in the current times. And when a learner is learning, he has multiple channels to learn from and there is no direction what is the right way to spend your time. So what we need is knowledge distillation. We need to tell our learners, if you only have 10 hours, what should you learn in your first 10 hours. Or if you're not time-bound, what are the first 10 words should you know to do your project better in next three months. That my suggestion, that we should stop the noise and try to develop our attention span in these current time of knowledge explosion.

Mike Gerholdt:

I really like that because there is a sense of needing clarity when there is this much noise out in the world. Do you find when individuals come to your classes that they have a preconceived idea of AI that you might have to work past?

Amit Malik:

Yes, because the interesting part is that, for example, let's take a word AI agent. If someone is learning about AI agent from Google's perspective or OpenAI perspective or how Claude thinks about it, how we think about it at Salesforce, we may have different explanations, but at the core, AI agent is an AI system. So once we start getting a clarity of thought that where are we heading, we are trying to suggest how do you build a digital labor who will work along with the human at present. Once you know the goal, I think then it does not matter what is your understanding. You just need to understand why are we learning AI agents. Just because people are saying about it? Or do you really believe in the spirit of, "Oh yeah, it makes sense. If I can get my job done autonomously by a AI system, I can be more productive than I am." I think that's where, the why has to start first before you start doing what is what.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. Yeah, I often think a lot of times solutions come before people see problems and so they make up problems for the solution when in fact they didn't need to make up the problem. They already had it.

Amit Malik:

Very well said, very well said. I would say in a different way that for every problem, Agentforce is not the answer. So we need to find out a use case and say, "Oh, this is fit for predictive AI, this is fit for generative AI, this is fit for autonomous agents." So when you start as an architect, you start questioning to yourself, "How should you think to arrive at the solution that, oh, this is a use case of Agentforce now."

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, absolutely. So as somebody that has instructed admins, architects, probably even developers, I mean, you run the gamut, because I know I've signed up for developer courses. If you had to describe Data Cloud to an admin and give its relevancy, what would you say?

Amit Malik:

Very good. So think of Data Cloud as a portion of all your data from multiple data sources. It's a one repository where we want to bring data from multiple data sources. It could be Snowflake, it could be Databricks, it could be AWS, it could be any data source in your enterprise business. And once we have all this data in Data Cloud, that can act as a knowledge for your agent. As the analogy, think like this. When you join as a employee to a new organization, you need to learn about the system. In the same way we want to give the knowledge about systems to our agent so that they can understand the business and then talk to the customer on our behalf about our business.

Mike Gerholdt:

And I even think beyond just the customer, I mean, even the employee. If you only set up an agent to look internally within your CRM data, that's almost like giving them a book, whereas if you use Data Cloud, it's like giving them a library. Is that a kind of a competent analogy? Would you use that?

Amit Malik:

Yes. So see, Data Cloud is in simple way exposing all the data sources and how we attach it to the agent technically with the help of Agentforce data library. So we do not want our learners to get worried about Data Cloud so much because in the future or in the present world, we are trying to encapsulate the plumbing of Data Cloud. So if you're a [inaudible 00:08:50], we just ask you to upload the PDF file to Agentforce data library, and then we take care of all the plumbing behind the scene. So as the admin, you just need to know how to upload your data and we take care of everything. And that's the beauty of Salesforce platform that we try to make things simple because our engineers have done a complex job for you.

Mike Gerholdt:

The irony is it's usually the businesses that make things complex with processes or approvals or reviews.

Amit Malik:

That's fine. See, we cannot change the business. I think as a technical person, what I've learned over the years is never challenge the business, rather adapt to business.

Mike Gerholdt:

That's very good.

Amit Malik:

Because that's a very important learning. If you keep on challenging, because as a technical mindset, we always think, "No, business is not right," but hey, business exist and that where technology exists. So we need to adapt to the business needs and that's where as you grow as an architect, your fight is not to learn technology because you will have lot many people under you who knows much better than you. But your job is to understand what business value business need to create and how do you bridge that gap with the technology solution. That's where the real fun is. You tie up the business outcome.

Mike Gerholdt:

And I feel like, because I was just going to ask you, back to our first question, how do you kind of filter out the noise? I feel like your previous answer is kind of that, right? Really focusing on what the business outcome, the business need is, right?

Amit Malik:

Yeah. So I would like to give you a very small framework which I have been using for myself as I've been learning Agentforce from the front, and I'm lucky to be part of all the teams here whom I interact with internally.

Mike Gerholdt:

I love frameworks.

Amit Malik:

The first question I would like to give to my learner is ask yourself, do you need AI agent? If the answer comes yes, that yes, you need AI agent, then move forward in Agentforce thinking, because it could be that you can handle something without AI agent and you don't need it. Once your first question is answered to yes, then you move to the second question, what agent type do you need? For that, you need to know what agent types are offered by Salesforce. Like we offer, say, customer agent, which is implemented through Agentforce Service Agent. We offer employee agent, which is for employees. We offer sales agents like SDR agent for initial outreach and booking meetings. We have coach agent, which is for coaching and mentoring. So once you understand our offerings, then you see, okay, given a use case where customer says, "I want my agent to answer business questions and handle my refunds, or tell about my loyalty balance," we know that I need something for service, I need something for customer, so I need a customer agent.

So once you start reasoning that I need a agent and I need a customer agent and I can implement customer agent using Service Agent, then comes a third question, what topics do you want to assign to this agent? Now topic is a very interesting vocabulary which we have launched in Salesforce ecosystem, which is how do you define the job to be done? So think of topic as a aggregation of your business process. So if you want your agent to work on, say, loyalty balance check. So that's all the questions about loyalty balance will be handled by loyalty management topic. So that loyalty management topic is like a grouping of all the actions. Once you know the right topics that do you want to leverage the existing topics like standard topics, like say general FAQ or escalation, or do you want to make a custom topic, your third question is answered.

Once you have answered the third question, the fourth question is, how will you provide data to your agent? And here where your Data Cloud come into play. Because agent is dumb. Agent does not know anything about your business. So to provide the value to your agent, you need to connect your agent with the data library. And now with Agentforce data library, we support web search, we support files, we support your knowledge articles. So once you understand how do you want to educate your agent, your agent is now having a data about your business. Once these four questions are answered, the fifth question is, do you just want agent to answer the questions or do you also want agent to act upon it? Customer says, "No, I want agent to act upon." And then comes the fifth thing, which is what actions do you want agent to perform?

Now this action is where the magic happens, and this is where all the administrators and developers can start working on leveraging their past knowledge. So if you're good in flows, you can have a flow agent action. If you are good in Apex, you can have Apex agent actions. If you're good in API, you can have new soft calls, you can call external services. If you're good in prompt engineering, you can use Prompt template. So depending on the use cases, we give you four reference action types, which is Flow, Apex, API, and Prompt template. Once you have answered to this five questions, now you know a lot about solutioning. So this framework will help you through how to position the right solution for your customer.

Mike Gerholdt:

I really like that. Thanks for sharing that. And I was thinking through as you were talking through that because we have, I mean, internally we use Salesforce on the admin team to manage our content. And Josh Birk built what we call Agent Goat, which helps us answer questions and create relevant records. We even did something fun, I don't know if you think this is cool, we think this is cool. We uploaded the release notes to Agent Goat and gave that as a resource.

Amit Malik:

Wonderful.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. Because then we can ask it about new features.

Amit Malik:

And recently we launched our Salesforce documentation action. So we can just plug in that action to our agent and now it can start answering questions based on our Salesforce documentation. We just launched.

Mike Gerholdt:

I mean, there's so much to do.

Amit Malik:

Yes, that's the fun thing. Once you understand that agent is nothing but aggregation of topics and topic is nothing but aggregation of actions, and actions can happen on your data. So agent, topic, action, data, that's a master framework.

Mike Gerholdt:

Right.

Amit Malik:

Once you start thinking on this four words, agent, topic, action, and data, everything will start falling into place.

Mike Gerholdt:

So I'm curious, and I genuinely don't know the answer to this, but have you been to any of our events and happened to see any of the agents that customers have built that you find really inspiring?

Amit Malik:

Yes, I was lucky to be part of TDX Bengaluru Hackathon.

Mike Gerholdt:

Ah, yes. Tell me more.

Amit Malik:

It was so wonderful to see our customers showcasing the real use cases. Let's say a job application agent, some student is applying for a job, that how we can have a agent which can read the resume and do the shortlisting and send the further steps for the candidate. Or it could be other scenarios which customers were showing in insurance that how we can process the claims with the claim agent. Or as we know in the Conquer, for example, expenses, how we can have expenses being reviewed by agent and auto approve, saving the time of senior management to approve the expenses. So see, once you start thinking of use cases, then the value is derived. The value is not in technology. The value is in applying the technology to benefit the customer and improving the customer experience.

Mike Gerholdt:

And would you also extend the customer for admins and architects and developers to users of Salesforce, not just external customers of your organization?

Amit Malik:

Yes. So let me define this. So here, when I say customer, so customer is, say, Marriott who is buying our Salesforce license, or any customer who buys our Salesforce license. And then in that customer, we have employees who are using our product, they're our end users, and if this customer is further implementing our solution for their customers, then they become end user.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yep, that makes sense. Amit, I'm curious, in the instructional side of Salesforce and having done instruction for a long time, if you were to look into a crystal ball a year out from now, how do you see AI influencing instruction at Salesforce?

Amit Malik:

See, it's very funny. I would say this. Everyone believes that in the future we all will learn through ChatGPT, Claude, and we'll keep on learning through AI tools. But to me, there's a need for clarity of thought. Because if you don't know what to ask, you will never get the answer. So the magic of learning is your curiosity. So as everybody's moving, we are moving towards AI teaching us step by step, but if you do not know how to leverage AI, then AI will be useless to you. So the art of learning is to become curious, and once you know how much curious you are, then AI or human does not matter. Then you can learn from AI also because you know how to ask right questions. So I think, in my mind, education is not about the instructor. Education is more about the learner. If learner is good, he can extract more from a teacher. If learner is not curious, then teacher or AI does not make a difference.

Mike Gerholdt:

That's a really powerful point.

Amit Malik:

This is my experience of teaching for last 20 plus years that I've seen some interesting audience and it changes the whole class when you interact with the different kind of groups. Just a good example, the way you are asking me questions, that is a prompt to my mind and I'm giving you live answers. So you are getting best out of me because of you, not because of me. So it's just a very interesting phenomenon to understand that it's all about how much you extract from my mind. My mind is prepared.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. I never really thought of it that way of when you go in, because as a customer before joining Salesforce, I've taken quite a few of our, I believe five day or four day classes, instructor led. One of those was with Wendy Braid.

Amit Malik:

This is amusing.

Mike Gerholdt:

They were all great, but they all, to your point, all of the classes were different. And they're different, well, one of them just because the instructor is different, but because the people are different and the goal of what the people are trying to get out of the instructor changes, and it also changes based on the level of curiosity, I think you said that, of the learner, right? So if they're genuinely curious, they're going to get more out of the learner than if they're just kind of sitting there expecting to be brought up to speed, right?

Amit Malik:

Exactly. I would like to add one more point to this discussion here.

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, please.

Amit Malik:

So the role of the instructor is not information sharing. Information is available in abundance through internet channels these days. So the goal of the learner is to help learner connect to their business goals. So when a learner is listening to the instructor, instructor need to understand what is the goal learner trying to achieve in their business goals. And you only get to know that when you're in the classroom. Before that you don't know. So how can you plan your speech? And that's where I believe in dynamic speeches where the real agenda gets opened up when you start engaging with the real audience. Topic remains same.

Mike Gerholdt:

So I just had a question pop to me that I really thought brings this kind of all the way 360. One of the roles that admins, developers, and architects play is your role. They have to be an instructor to end users. When they roll out a new feature, whether it's a new application, Data Cloud, an Agentforce agent or whatever, part of their role is to teach their end users what the feature is, how to use it, how to be productive in their role. With your vast experience in teaching and educating individuals, what advice would you give to people that kind of have to temporarily step into that role and be productive?

Amit Malik:

I would say listen more, speak less, think more and process your thoughts. Articulate your answer well before you speak to the listener, because sometimes we try to propose what we know and what we want, but that is not the winning edge. The winning edge is trying to understand what is the business problem customer is trying to solve, and then within your mind, you know all the products what we offer, and then find out the best solution and say, "This is what will suit you. Use Agentforce Service Agent, and that will solve you in this use case. Let me show you how."

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, well, that's powerful advice. You would think it would be the opposite, right? Talk more. But sometimes there's a reason we have two ears and one mouth.

Amit Malik:

I agree. And I have learned, again, I'm fortunate thanks to God that I've learned this by, I've been teaching for more than 20 years now, I've learned this skill in real world that the best teachers speak less and personalize to diversified audience where every audience should feel that he is speaking for me.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I like that. Thanks so much for coming on the podcast, Amit. I appreciate these check-ins and really giving us this perspective on what our team is doing to get people up to speed and really also just have admins and developers and architects think about how they can be better educators themselves when they have to demonstrate the platform to their end users. I appreciate this.

Amit Malik:

Thank you. I will just say at the end, as a good practice, make sure you are spending at least 30 minutes doing something on the Salesforce org. There's nothing which is better than doing something. People are watching YouTube, people are reading blogs, listening to podcast. But 30 minute of doing on Salesforce org is the most powerful experience.

Mike Gerholdt:

Absolutely. I mean, if you follow pro sports or any entertainment, all of those players practice for a reason. And it's not just to be out on the field, but it's actually the motion and going through it and keeping themselves sharp and the same holds true for us. Thanks so much for coming on the podcast, Amit.

Amit Malik:

Yes, thank you. Excellent. Thank you for the opportunity.

Mike Gerholdt:

Big thanks to Amit for joining us and sharing such a clear and thoughtful perspective on teaching AI in a way that actually works for admins, for users, hopefully for your organization. I really think his framework is something you'll want to listen to, take notes, and probably come back to again, so. Hey, if you thought this episode got you thinking about how to introduce AI to your org, share it with somebody that you are working with so they can give it a listen. And until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to John Wall, co-host of the Marketing Over Coffee Podcast.

Join us as we chat about how new generative AI tools are enabling marketers to get more personalized.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with John Wall.

Six core marketing use cases for AI Thanks to Agentforce, generative AI has moved from novelty to necessity for most organizations. It’s a key tool for strategic content creation, customer insight, and business transformation. That’s why I sat down with John Wall, co-host of the Marketing Over Coffee Podcast, with guests like Simon Sinek, Seth Godin, and Debbie Millman.

John identifies six key areas where marketers can lean on AI support:

  1. Generation
  2. Summarization
  3. Extraction
  4. Rewriting
  5. Classification
  6. Question answering

These tasks are helping marketers analyze massive datasets, repurpose content, and simulate customer feedback in ways that were previously unimaginable. So my question for John was: what can we, as admins, build to help them out?

Better data, smarter personas Marketers use personas to help them think about the specific people in their audience that they want to reach. “Right now, that’s four people in a conference room coming up with cute nicknames like Sally Shopper or Wally the Weekend Warrior,” John says.

In the future, however, AI will make it possible to decide on marketing personas based on data-driven profiling. Marketers can extract customer patterns from engagement data and train real models based on statistics, not spitballing.

Even more exciting, these new persona agents are essentially customers on demand. You can ask them questions and get their feedback while you plan your next marketing campaign.

Why you need a human in the loop As everyone rushes to deploy AI, John emphasizes the importance of the human in the loop. Mistakes are bound to happen, and rushed implementations can harm brand trust. You need to make sure that any solution you deploy has gone through a thorough internal vetting process before it goes live.

As John says, AI advancements are probably not going to put you out of a job, but they’ll definitely make your job easier. “The big thing is you have to be curious,” he says, “go play with something and see what you can make it do and what kind of results you can get from it.”

Listen to the full episode for more from John about how AI is transforming marketing. And make sure you’re subscribed to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * John’s Podcast: Marketing Over Coffee * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: 2025 Roadmap for Salesforce Admins: AI, Agentforce, and Emerging Trends * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: How Agentforce Transforms Customer Interactions at Salesforce * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: How Agentforce Is Changing the Career Landscape

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • John on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt:

This week on the Salesforce Admin's Podcast, we're catching up with John Wall, longtime marketer, podcaster, and co-host of Marketing Over Coffee. We're going to dive into the rise of AI in marketing from smart summarization and rewriting tools to full-blown virtual agents. We're going to unpack how marketers can stay ahead and why AI is not magic, even though it kind of feels that way, and what smart Salesforce admins should be watching for next. Plus, you'll hear why having a human in the loop is still the secret sauce to marketing. So give this episode a listen and join me in welcoming John Wall to the podcast.

So, John, welcome to the podcast.

John Wall:

Mike, it's great to be on the mic with you again.

Mike Gerholdt:

I know, it's been a while. I feel the last time we recorded was in Boston, 100 years ago.

John Wall:

Yeah, downtown Boston. I remember we were live on Newbury Street. That was like the heart of all the action.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yep. We were recording the old style podcast. We had an Edison, it was putting it on a phonograph and some wax tubes.

John Wall:

That's right. Sitting there with my ear trumpet listening.

Mike Gerholdt:

Ear trumpet, I love it. For those people, like the two people in the world that don't listen to Marketing Over Coffee, can you give us a brief overview of what you do and what Marketing Over Coffee is?

John Wall:

Yeah, sure. So, my whole career I worked in marketing and tech, and God, going on what, 16, 17 years ago when podcasting was just done with steam engine and hammers and nails. We created Marketing Over Coffee, with my co-host Christopher Penn. And we've had this ongoing dialogue of just every week, 25 to 30 minutes talking about what's going on in marketing and tech. And just like CRM, this space is so insane and changing every week, there's no shortage of stuff to talk about. But then, and it's also grown up enough that I've been fortunate enough to get a lot of big marketing brains and authors on, like Simon Sinek and Debbie Millman, Seth Godin, folks like that. So yeah, it's really kind of opened up the world because the family doesn't want to hear what I have to say about marketing over Thanksgiving, so I have somewhere to talk about that.

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, that could be another, you should rename the podcast that for the holidays, Marketing over Thanksgiving.

John Wall:

Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt:

Just see if anybody notices.

John Wall:

That glazed overlook when I'm talking about what I do for a living.

Mike Gerholdt:

So I make ads, I'm like Jon Hamm on Mad Men. No, and I remember the Boston. So much of what admins do I remember, is interface with marketing. And that's why I love having you on because not only as a personal brand, but also as somebody that does a lot of podcasts and content creation, it just overlaps with what admins do. And marketing is such a big facet of any organization now. I mean, you can't sit down and talk sales without, well, we should have the marketing person in here, and they always want 5,000 more requirements than what you started with, but that's why I love having you on.

So, let's dive in. I feel like we woke up from the pandemic and AI just was everywhere now. I'd love to know on what the world of AI looks like for marketers now.

John Wall:

Yeah, I mean, you totally nailed that, and the world has changed yet again. We were kind of finally, things were finally stabilizing a little bit. Platforms that matured, as far as email and text messaging and advertising and things are fairly solid, and now AI has shown up to destroy everything.

It's been a little weird though, because our world didn't change as much. We've been working a lot with machine learning to do data analysis for years. So my co-host on the show and partner at Trust Insights, Christopher Penn, had long been using machine learning to measure PR and advertising results. Doing statistical models to prove like, okay, what's actually working in your branding and your advertising? These things that you can't easily measure with clicks. And so that has been an area where we were able to kind of provide some value and insight that nobody else could get. But then really, I don't know, about a year and a half ago when generative AI became the hottest thing going on all fronts for marketing, the amount of interest in that has just exploded.

So yeah, we have a bunch of fronts that we're applying the technology and it's just amazing to see the range of how marketers adapt. There's still plenty of marketers that don't want to look at it and have their head in the sand, and all the way up to, we have clients that are like, "Hey, we want to reimagine our entire business because we think it's going to be something completely different in the next five years."

So yeah, we spent a lot of time thinking about where this stuff is going to go, and it's amazing how... And literally we have, Christopher works full time on monitoring this space and seeing what's new and what's coming next, because it's just insane when you look at the fact that we've had six major models this year. There's never been a time in tech history where you have six major products show up at once. So, yeah, everything is changing and it's just a challenge to keep track of what's happening this week.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I remember not that long ago, thinking how long in the tooth we've been working in tech, when I heard some statistic of, today we'll create more content than was ever previously created in human history. So now with AI, are we exponentially creating more? Are we creating better content? Is that the converse... I always dig into like, what's that next layer down? Are we really caring about creating better content with AI or are we just creating more content with AI?

John Wall:

Right. Well, of course, marketers ruin everything, right?

Mike Gerholdt:

Right.

John Wall:

This is nothing new. Yeah, there's a whole army of people that are taking their stuff that was pretty crappy and now we have an exponential amount of pretty crappy stuff out there. So yeah, and it's going to be really weird to see how all this goes because it's the classic antivirus defense too. It's, as soon as people are creating exponentially more junk, all of the search engines or AI powered search engines are adding defenses to pull all that stuff back out. So it's just this never ending battle and yeah, the level of content, I don't know, it's so much so that we're going to burn more electricity in the next year than the power of the sun. I mean, it's just insane how this is all changing.

Mike Gerholdt:

But we'll have better copy for our websites.

John Wall:

Right, you'll have a better landing page. It's going to convert for you. But then we do see, as with everything, right? There's people that are using the technology to automate the foolishness of the past, we have electronic yellow pages being created. But at the other end, there's people who are using these tools in totally brand new and novel ways to get some insight that they've never had before, or automate things that used to be just insanely difficult to automate, and yeah, go to new places and create advantage. So there are ways to win and yeah, there's going to be a ton of things that we never even expected that will change everything for us.

Mike Gerholdt:

I mean, the biggest thing before AI, the wave of AI hit, the biggest thing we were dealing with was data lakes and these massive data volumes. And I think even marketers were dealing with that too, because you have people going to their website and they're unauthenticated and we're assigning a profile to them. How do we dig through when you've got millions of impressions on a page? What was that journey of that person? How did they actually get to the pair of shoes that they bought? Now with AI, are we getting smarter at doing that? Is that kind of the data that we're digging into?

John Wall:

Yeah, absolutely. And so yeah, when you look back, step back and look at the landscape. Generation, we consider that one of only six different options to use AI for to help get you places. And two of them extraction and summarization, that's just what you're talking about. It's like to finally be able to have all of these different data sources all over the place, load them up into a system and have it do the heavy lifting of, okay, find the commonalities between these things.

And yet it's just, we had been promising this for decades, this idea that when people in marketing talk about personas, that's just because four people in a conference room came up with cute nicknames and an idea of who these people should be. They're like, oh yeah, Sally Shopper and George Weekend Warrior, or whatever. But now you can get actual summarizations based on the data itself. And you actually know that, okay, we do see that 40% of the buyers look like this, and they have these things in common, and it's all based on statistics, none of it's based on gut. So yeah, those kinds of insights are really interesting.

And we've actually been pushing another level. You can go ahead and create these profiles of who these people are, but then use those profiles to train the large language models. So now that you can actually treat that as a customer on demand that you can survey and ask questions to, instead of emailing everybody with every purchase of $0.35 to ask for feedback on what's going on, you just go to the large language model and say, "Hey, here's the next four marketing campaigns. Tell us what you think about those and does this resonate with you?" And you can get similar insight but not cause as much trouble and not have to wait.

Mike Gerholdt:

You mentioned six, I think you gave us one or two. What were the other four?

John Wall:

Yeah, so obviously generative AI, you've got generation, we just talked about extraction and summarization. The other three, rewriting, which is just something that can easily raise your productivity, right? If you're somebody who's having to, okay, I wrote this white paper for the construction industry. I want to write about the same kind of stuff for the food service industry. Rewriting is very easy and instant for generative AI to do.

Classification is another use case. We see this a lot where people that have multiple products, they don't know how they fit in together, or even if you just have large amounts of data. A good example is for a call center, you've got 30,000 calls a month. To have AI transcribe those and go through and find the 20 features that you should fix to make 10% of your calls go away. That kind of stuff is a huge benefit, huge lift.

And then out of the six, yeah, the last is just question answering. You can really get better insight into topics than search engine results by asking AI to not only give you the answer, but explain how it got there and educate you on, what do you need to know to kind of understand the space a little bit more.

Mike Gerholdt:

And I think we're seeing, I mean, from the Salesforce side, we're showing a lot of use cases and we have a lot of customers that are standing up agents on public facing sites. Are you seeing that more and more as a trend for marketers to work with? I think one of the things, as I say this, one of the stereotypes that most marketing falls into is, how do we drive more sales? But I think a lot of marketers are also, how do we divert service cases as well and drive sales through service? Are you seeing agents on public-facing websites as something marketers are paying attention to for that?

John Wall:

Yeah. I mean, everybody wants that, right? And unfortunately, we've all seen this cycle. This happens where there's the board meeting and the board is saying, "Hey, we got to get onto this," and so now somebody's like, okay, I need to get me one of these shiny object things. And unfortunately, it's mostly disaster-ville, right? We were seeing these things of people hooking up a chatbot or whatever, and it's starting to just spout off lies and crazy answers and it just becomes a train wreck. So yeah, that is one thing that's going to be huge over the next couple of years. The idea of, okay, yeah, you've got these bots or these agents, but which ones are enterprise-ready? There's a huge difference between something that's been vetted and tested.

For most of our clients we're saying, no, you need to have a human in the loop. A great... The use case that you just talked about would be, yeah, have the AI generate the top 2,000 answers for problems that it sees, but then that goes through the product manager for verification to prove that they're all real. You can't go live with that, but yeah, there's definitely going to be a lot of, unfortunately, we're going to see a lot of scary news as people pull the trigger on something that goes awry.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, that's kind of like we saw like the, we're not ready for the self-driving cars. We've seen that in San Francisco, but they still have somebody in the passenger seat or in the driver's seat just in case. The human in the loop.

John Wall:

Right, and that's always been, even you look back in history and it's like, yeah, escalators and elevators. There used to be people that was their job just to make sure that nothing went wrong.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, and of course not to be predictive, but I don't know the last time I rode an elevator where there was a person there to press the buttons for me.

John Wall:

Right, exactly. And yeah, there are... Well, yeah, it's just so much of that is the media and the way information gets presented to us as news. It's like, yeah, okay, these three automated cars got in some kind of weird accident, but we're not getting the story of all the ridiculous stuff humans did over the past month in cars. That's just not news for us anymore.

Mike Gerholdt:

Right, contextual. You mentioned at the beginning, sort of the great spectrum of marketers with their head in the sand, all the way to, we want to revolutionize our business. Where do most marketers fall, in terms of thinking with AI, thinking about AI? And where should that be?

John Wall:

Yeah, that's a great question because it's really, in a lot of ways this is a retooling for everybody. You have to go back and look at all your processes and figure out which ones apply. And because, and you've talked about this in the past, the fact that it's not about AI showing up and it's just like the marketing department's going to get wiped out. What's going to happen is over time, there's going to be three or four marketers that have added AI to a bunch of their workflows, things that they've hated doing, and so they've figured out how to automate them. And those people are going to be exponentially more productive than the folks that are avoiding AI and trying to stay away from it.

So yeah, where people should be. The big thing is you have to be curious. It's just like with every other major tech change. Go start playing around with something and see what you can make it do and what kind of results you can get out of it. Because at this stage of it, you're going to find these really crazy things. You're like, oh man, I never thought that I could use that to come up with an intelligent email address predictor. Every sales and marketing person has this where they're like, oh, I have to get in touch with this person and they haven't put their email up on the social networks that I normally follow. And so getting some suggestions to do that kind of stuff.

And the other one is, yeah, so much of marketing is combing through spreadsheets and trying to prove results or manage copy and things like that. So much of that stuff can be automated and give you hours back in your day. So yeah, it's a matter of having... Be bold, play around and kind of see what you can break.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I think back to, and I've tried to look this up, but I've heard the story of in the late-1800s, I forget who it was. I want to say Thomas Jefferson but that's probably not right, writing a letter to the US patent office saying, "You can shut down because everything that's been invented has been invented." And correlating that to, we can't let cars happen in the world because they'll put wagon wheel manufacturers out of business. And the labor force of wagon wheel manufacturers, it'll be devastating to the economy that all these wagon wheel manufacturers will go out of business. And I think back to, well, they just didn't understand. If you're a wagon wheel manufacturer, you're just really good at making things with wood. And if cars come around, then make things with wood for the car, as opposed to making wagon wheels.

And I feel like we're in that age now where people are, if AI comes out, AI's going to take my job. AI can generate an image, there's no more graphic designers. No. Have you seen AI's images? Graphic designers are going to be around for a while, but there will be a point where I feel we're riding on the elevator where it'll be pretty good, but the really good stuff will be the boutique stuff. And you think about it now, probably what, 90% of the furniture in your home probably was made by a robot. I mean, it's slapped together really good, but the craftsmen, the people that know how to make that stuff, they're still in high demand. There's just a smaller labor force of them.

John Wall:

Yeah, right, and that's the, we see this all the time, is the expert tools versus tools for experts, right?

Mike Gerholdt:

Right.

John Wall:

The idea that the tool is just going to do all the things for me. But yeah, no, the real neat, interesting stuff, like you said, the master woodworker who doesn't have to deal with all of the paper instructions and measuring things. They can just work on picking the right wood and thinking about the design of the furniture itself, rather than the more mundane tasks. And yeah, that's where things are going to... And you hit another great point of freeing resources up. I mean, yeah, okay, the big one is stock photo. Stock photo takes a huge hit if people are able to generate and just kind of get images that they want. But now it's the thing of, okay, all these companies that really had a hard time having quality graphics and images on their website, what happens if they finally have the ability to create a better website and be able to kind of do more with less? What kind of lift can they see from that?

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. So I'll ask a big question. Does AI make us better?

John Wall:

Well, it's like any tech tool, right? That's the problem. It can make us better and it can make us worse. It's all about whose hands is it in and what are they trying to do with it and where are they trying to go? But it is weird in that it, again, tech, it makes everything faster and bigger and accelerating. And unfortunately, our kind of caveman brains are already having enough difficulty handling the speed and volume of everything that's going on around us in the world. So yeah, it's going to get a little bit wonky and weird, and the idea of me even trying to predict something is kind of silly.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. Well, I think that's the hardest part of it is, great tech appears as magic. Right? Isn't that the saying? And we're getting to the point now where we can't tell magic from great tech. So, I guess that's always where we're going, but we're always trying to out-invent ourselves. You know?

John Wall:

Yeah, and ultimately, it just comes down to the good news is, okay, what are people actually willing to pay for? I mean, we can do a lot of weird and crazy stuff, but what's actually going to find something that fits? And that's funny, that's something that's kind of evolved over the past 10 years too, is that we'd always thought about sales as kind of guiding people to your thing and moving the river to go in your direction. But really what we're seeing is that business is more about, what is the existing system already there and how do we move our business so that we can get in front of whatever's coming next and where to go? And so that idea of being able to strategically see what's coming next and already be there waiting for the customers as they show up with the money, that's a different approach and kind of changes everything for sales and marketing. Right? It's not about just banging the drum, it's more about listening ahead and figuring out where to be.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, and that's the part that I think all of this and we've never touched on, is the economics of AI, right? So we're approaching all of this now because almost everything has some sort of freemium model, which means we're the product. And it's free because they need our data, they need our prompts, they need to be able to comb the internet. They need to be able to read our blog post and our white papers. But when they don't need that anymore, then what is the economics of AI? Will there quickly become a have and have-nots layer? Because the have-nots can't afford the AI, because there is a cost to it now.

John Wall:

Yeah, that is a gigantic question that I think is just underappreciated, is the fact that AI has taken all the oxygen out of the room as far as VC. And we normally would kind of see money being sprinkled across a whole bunch of places, but everybody is just putting all their chips on this and it's, yeah, the-

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, everybody wants to have the iPod. They want to be the one that invested in the Facebook and the one that wins.

John Wall:

Right, yeah, yeah. Everybody is going for the top. But I can't think of a period of time where we're getting more powerful, free stuff than ever before.

Mike Gerholdt:

True.

John Wall:

And so, yeah, yeah, there's huge questions as far as like, okay, when this shakes out and suddenly maybe there's three winners or one winner or whatever, how does that change? Yeah, unfortunately, marketing again, has a horrible track record for like, yeah, it's great and free at the beginning, but then once it starts getting tuned for ads and traffic, yeah, it gets expensive fast, and a lot of people get left behind.

Mike Gerholdt:

Right. I mean, that was just as you were answering that, that was something I was thinking of is, at some point, and I suppose we thought about this with social networks too, at some point they're going to start charging. And we didn't think that day would come, and I actually thought the model would be very different. Now, the social networks charge to verify you're a human, which I wouldn't have expected. We thought everything on social would go to a subscription price. We're seeing AI be subscription price early on, but I don't even know if in five years AILB subscription price, because there could be a completely different cost model to it because of, I don't know, right? Could you have predicted that Facebook is going to charge you to become a verified Facebook user, as opposed to a monthly subscription, which was the traditional magazine model?

John Wall:

Yeah, that's a turn that is bizarre. And I don't know, part of me too is still hoping one day we get to that point where it's more about verified users. Because when you get back to all these platforms, the problem is, they do violate the laws of communication. Right? Anybody can go on any platform and just say whatever they want and it can be unchallenged. Whereas for all of human history prior to that, if you were talking some crazy stuff, there was instant ramifications, whether it was somebody throwing a tomato at you or whatever, but there were repercussions for this. And so we see this as a crisis to entrust across the board in all institutions and yeah, I kind of think at some point somebody's going to get the bright idea that by verifying who's real and what's fake and what's not in anybody's best interest, when that stuff gets filtered, how does that make it different? But I [inaudible 00:24:35], I thought that that would've happened a long time ago and it's not here yet, so I don't know. Can it even happen?

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, yeah. I mean, selfishly, I know I've had a friend have a YouTube video of his transcribed and turned into three online magazine articles, all without his consent. And then posted to Facebook via a bot, and the bot 100% had an AI-generated profile image. So, I'd be afraid. Yeah, verified users, that would be.

John Wall:

Yeah, it would be.

Mike Gerholdt:

It's like when you get pulled over by the police, you have to hand them your ID. We need some sort of digital ID for that.

John Wall:

Yeah, that use case that you've described as crazy when you think about it, right? Because that's playing under old SEO rules. Somebody's thinking like, oh, I'm going to get in three or four more different channels and I'm going to take that traffic. And the reality is, all the search engines now, the first five things they're throwing up are their own internally-generated AI. Organic traffic just continues to crater.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, yeah. Well, especially when you take other people's stuff and you duplicate it, at least they're not rewarding that bad behavior.

John Wall:

Yeah, right.

Mike Gerholdt:

John, it was great having you on the podcast. I'm sorry it took so long, but I promise I've not stopped drinking coffee since then, nor will I ever, usually.

John Wall:

That sounds great. Yeah, no, it's good to be back. We haven't had a chance to hang out at Dreamforce like I used to do all the time, so it's good to catch up.

Mike Gerholdt:

I know, but there is still the Dreamforce Marathon. I don't even know what people are wearing now for wearables. You remember, it used to be Fitbits, and-

John Wall:

Oh, yeah. Right, yeah, yeah-

Mike Gerholdt:

I mean, we were all Fitbits and everybody had that, and it was the Dreamforce Marathon. I think, to be fair because I am Salesforce, we did hear that. And there has been a very long look at, how do we not necessarily keep people in the same space, but reduce the amount of-

John Wall:

Yeah, [inaudible 00:26:35]-

Mike Gerholdt:

... the 30-mile across San Francisco. Because it can be banned, there's a few of them hills that you just look at and be like, yep, I'm just going to stay at the bottom.

John Wall:

Always a fan. I just get the cable car pass for the week and take care of that.

Mike Gerholdt:

There you go, there you go. Well, it was great having you on. I promise to have you back on sooner, because I'm sure we're going to have more AI to talk about as it's ever evolving so quickly.

John Wall:

Yeah, yeah. Hopefully it'll still be us and not just avatars of us having to do it for us.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, that'll be fine too. We'll see. Maybe people won't know the difference, and then you and I can be riding a cable car in San Francisco.

John Wall:

Right, right, as they're watching the video of me with my third arm wave.

Mike Gerholdt:

Don't forget your sixth finger. It always gets the fingers wrong too.

Huge thanks to John for joining us and bringing his insights on AI marketing trends and why curiosity is your greatest asset right now. I know I'm always curious to hear his podcast, Marketing Over Coffee. And it being summer, I like to listen to it while I'm on my yard. That's just how I listen the podcast. How do you listen to this podcast, mowing and walking the dog? I'd love to know. Shoot me a message on social somewhere.

If this episode got you thinking or questioning some AI landing pages, hey, as an admin, time to meet with your fellow marketing peer and learn more about what we can do with Agentforce and everything else. Until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Derika West, IT Application Support Analyst II at KinderCare Learning Companies.

Join us as we chat about how she got started in her tech career and how she started her Salesforce journey.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Derika West.

Getting started in a tech career Derika started her career in the U.S. Army as a Carpentry and Masonry Specialist. From there, she bounced around between service industry jobs while she tried to figure out what was next. “There’s no way I could get into tech,” she told herself, “that’s way too smart for me.”

However, when Derika moved to the West Coast, her friends believed in her. She applied for a position as a QA Test Technician, and spent a lot of time figuring out how to pitch her skills in a way that would make sense for the role. And that position gave her a foothold into an entirely new career.

Getting hands-on with Salesforce In her current role, Derika is the SME for her organization’s transition from Classic to Lightning. It’s an org with over 40,000 users, so change comes slowly. She found herself in more and more conversations with end users about their pain points using their Salesforce deployment, and started looking for solutions.

One thing that has been very helpful for Derika is to reach out to the people at her organization who are more experienced with the Salesforce platform. Even learning the basics of what they do and how they got to where they are today was very helpful in making the decisions that would shape her career.

Why you should go to a Salesforce Admin Meetup Derika resolved to go to the next Portland Salesforce Admin Meetup, where she happened to meet Admin Evangelist superstar Kate Lessard. “I told everyone in the room that I’m new and I know nothing about what I’m doing,” Derika says, “and everyone was so welcoming and so helpful.”

Kate connected Derika with Supermums, an organization that provides training and volunteer opportunities to help people get started with a career in Salesforce. She’s about to take her certification exam, and let’s all send her good vibes and good luck.

Make sure to listen to the full episode for more from Derika, and don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you can catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store
  • Supermums

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode:

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Derika on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Josh Birk: Hello, everybody. Welcome to The Salesforce Admins Podcast. I am your guest host, Josh Birk, and today I'm delighted to bring Derika West onto the show, to talk about her journey into Salesforce, into the world of tech. And where she is on that journey, where she's looking for to go. Welcome to the show, Derika. All right, welcome everybody to the show. Today we are going to welcome Derika West to talk about her journey into Salesforce, where she is with it right now, and we're her future looks. And Derika, in looking at your CV, it pretty much starts with your military experience. What was it like being in the Army?

Derika West: Yeah. The Army was a wonderful thing for development for myself. I've always been a self-starter, I would say. And someone who thinks outside the box. And I just didn't know where that would fit for me in terms of which direction of a career I wanted to take. I initially started in college, and then I met somebody in my math class in college who was actively in... I think it was the reserves at the time, and I think she's full-time active duty now. But we just started talking about options of careers. And I'm always asking questions, as you'll find out. I just asked her, what is it like being a female in the military? And she just said, "There's so many things that you can do as a female that you aren't really told growing up, and even high school." For me, I never considered the military as an option for me. And then, I just learned that there's so many different routes you can take. It's a way to build yourself up and get some self-confidence, really, as a female. And so, I ended up speaking to a recruiter, got involved, and then I joined the Army. And did battle buddy things with her and talked to her throughout my journey. It was really great. Yeah, I had a good time in the military.

Josh Birk: So two follow-up questions to that. First, was there something about the Army role that you were looking at that you were... Going back to your point, I didn't know. I didn't think about me being as an engineer because I haven't seen a lot of women in tech, women in engineering, stuff like that. Was there something about the role that was like, oh, this could be something cool and new that I could learn that I hadn't thought about before?

Derika West: Yes, absolutely. That was one of the main points for me in joining the military. I really wanted self-confidence. I wanted to build myself up, and I didn't know where to start. For me, the military seemed like a wonderful route. It had a lot of structure. I was looking for discipline, I was looking for travel, I was looking for all the things that the military had to offer. And I think anybody knows that the military is very eager to get people in. Yeah, it was pretty much, once I talked to a recruiter it was no-brainer after that.

Josh Birk: Nice. I got to ask, what is traveling with the military like? I can imagine it's wildly different from commercial.

Derika West: Absolutely different. You are definitely the government's property. Anywhere that they say you're going, you're going. Luckily for me, my first duty station was Hawaii, so I got very lucky.

Josh Birk: There you go.

Derika West: And it was just, I lucked out because nobody else got a duty station like that. And I know my brother-in-law, he's currently active in the Army, he doesn't really get that much flexibility on travel. But it's definitely, it's very safeguarded when you travel. It's not picking the cheapest flight and going somewhere beautiful. It's very structured in that way.

Josh Birk: You roll the dice, sometimes you get a 20-unit up in Hawaii, but other times maybe not so much. That makes sense.

Derika West: I got very, very lucky. Yes.

Josh Birk: What was life after the military? What was that like?

Derika West: Life after the military was a bit confusing for me. I was struggling with figuring out which path I wanted to take for my long-term in terms of career. Outside of having that structured day-to-day life, I was pretty much a spinning compass at that point. I decided to move back home and start from the ground and spend more time with my family. Recharge my roots back home a bit. And then for, I would say, about five to 10 years there I was just doing service industry things and just trying to find my way. And then I made another move after that out to the West Coast. And then I got more connections out here, much different than the Midwest, and found my way into tech eventually. But it did take me a while to get to this point.

Josh Birk: You moved to a new coast and you started getting into tech. What was the appeal of tech to move all the way out there and try to get a job in it?

Derika West: Life brought me out to Oregon. I was looking for expansion. I wanted to really grow myself physically and mentally, and I wanted to learn things that were outside of my Midwestern bubble.

Josh Birk: Got it.

Derika West: I felt like when I came out to the West Coast, a lot of people acted different, they thought differently. A lot of the things that I learned about in the Midwest were produced from the West Coast, so I felt like I could [inaudible 00:06:12] to people here.

Josh Birk: I love that. I love that.

Derika West: You feel that... I don't know how to put this. You're from the Midwest.

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Derika West: You feel a bit siloed in the Midwest. And I never really considered tech as a career option for myself when I was living there. So when I moved here and I started hearing about all these new people and different career paths, I was like, I need to expand my brain and I need to think outside the box of these potential possibilities for myself longterm. I think, really, it came down to the careers before this point that didn't work out for me. The things that I liked about those careers and the things I didn't like about those careers. And then just simply networking with like-minded individuals who were really interested in self-growth and just being in a space of learning more. Yeah.

Josh Birk: What were some of those early touch points of here are other people in a similar situation that they're trying to put themselves into a new skillset and something in technology?

Derika West: Honestly, it started with meeting a software engineer in a friend group. And she worked for a local cannabis company here in Oregon. And she and I just started chatting, and I just asked her what she liked about tech, what got her into it. And she gave me the breakdown of her day-to-day. And just asked if I had ever considered getting into tech. And my response was, "I've never considered that. And also, it's way too smart for me. There's no way I could get into tech, I don't understand anything about it." That's my first touch point in getting some exposure.

Josh Birk: It's such an important one. I feel like there's so many people that I've met over the years who just needed that one friend to help demystify it a little bit.

Derika West: Definitely.

Josh Birk: It'd just be like I've done interviews where people are like, "I challenged myself to learn JavaScript by not going out socially for three months, but now I work in my dream job." So that [inaudible 00:08:27]. What was some of your early successes? What jobs were you getting into?

Derika West: My first job was a QA test technician, which I would've never pictured myself doing ever, but it was incredibly helpful to get me started into tech. It was everything that I didn't know that I needed getting into this industry. It taught me how to ask hard questions. It taught me how to put myself in uncomfortable situations, and just to get into something that I know nothing about. And I honestly didn't even think that I would get a QA job, but it really laid the foundation of my tech career. And I am very lucky and fortunate that I got that job. Because coming from a background that has zero experience in tech, I really had to talk myself up about the skillset that I had prior to that position, and that was something that I didn't know would sell. And I just did a lot of research prior to my interview and I looked up what a QA does. I looked up where you could go with it. And I just was doing a lot of homework, I guess you could say. Just doing a ton of research.

Josh Birk: Yeah. And what I love about this, and for anybody who's listening, and if this vibes with you, I know so many people who are now product managers and senior engineers, and all of these things, and a lot of them got their start in customer support or QA. And I think part of it is you get confronted with technology that even if you didn't build it, you have to understand its working parts. Right?

Derika West: Right.

Josh Birk: And then, also that QA mindset is also very similar to a programmer's mindset, to a developer's mindset. I'm going to get the joke wrong, but it's like the QA engineer enters the bar. The bartender says, "What do you want?" And it's like, "One beer, two beers, an owl, no beers, zero, null." You have to take in all these weird use cases. Then, how did you start... Was your transition into more of the software side of things, was that Salesforce itself, or was there a transition period?

Derika West: There was definitely a transition period. I went from QA to my current role, which is more software-based. My QA position was more testing hardware behind the scenes, working with our devs and working with the product owners and things like that. My current role is more end user facing, but also working with the product owners and other teams. It's a lot of cross collaboration. In my current position, that's where I work directly with Salesforce. And I work with their team, and I'm the person who's the SME of our current project. And undergoing a bunch of transition from changing our old Salesforce platform to Lightning, which is a new one, for those who don't know about it.

Josh Birk: Welcome to the club.

Derika West: It was quite the transition. Yeah, yeah, it was big. It's huge. We have 40,000 users. It's a lot.

Josh Birk: Oh, wow. You have 40,000 users?

Derika West: I can't exaggerate that enough. Yes.

Josh Birk: And how many of them are system administrators?

Derika West: Honest, on our Salesforce team, I don't know at the moment. But for me, it's just me on my team.

Josh Birk: Got it. Okay. It's the old admin joke, 200 people in the company, 180 of them are system administrators.

Derika West: Right. Yeah. Few and far between, that's all I got to say there.

Josh Birk: Nice. Which is the way it should be. What was it like... I'll just come right out on that. What was it like learning Salesforce?

Derika West: Learning Salesforce was something that was self-taught for myself. I knew absolutely nothing about it. I was like, "What? What do you sell? What products do you sell?" Even my family was like... My grandma was like, "Salesforce is you're selling things?" And I was like, "No, no, no."

Josh Birk: Right.

Derika West: Yeah. I had no idea what it was, so I just simply pulled out my resources. I started asking about it. I asked our Salesforce team, "Hey, what do you do? What is Salesforce?" And I had individual meetings with every single team member on that team for myself. And I just made it a point to let them know that, "Hey, this is something I'm very interested in. And on my outside working hours I'm learning this on my own."

Josh Birk: Got it.

Derika West: So, yes, Trailhead was my first stop. Trailhead was very overwhelming for myself. I was like, where do I start? And also, what am I supposed to be studying? And then I found Trailmixes. And then one thing just led me to another thing, and that's just how my tech journey has been since the beginning. I found that just played out in my own learning with Salesforce. So, that's how I got started with that.

Josh Birk: How long do you think you took from you, okay, I want to put this under my belt? Because you work with other applications as well. Or at least you have been, right? Like, oh gosh, I want to say Office 360, and that's the worst example.

Derika West: Office 365, yeah.

Josh Birk: Like, who doesn't?

Derika West: Yeah. What is your question?

Josh Birk: Well, no. Yeah, let me start with the question, because that was a tangent [inaudible 00:14:27]. Anyway, it worked in my brain. I swear it worked in my brain.

Derika West: It's like...

Josh Birk: How long do you think it was before you're like, oh, I really want to put this in my tool belt, I'm going to take some time that's my own personal time and I'm going to start learning it, until you were like, I feel pretty comfortable that I could help administer our Salesforce work? What are we talking weeks, months here?

Derika West: I would say about the three-month mark into our transition with our project at work is when I was like, okay, I'm fully going to dive into this and take the reins myself. Because I noticed there was a gap between our team and the Salesforce team. And I was helping these end users on a live call, and they would become extremely frustrated. It's a big pain point in our company, and I'm the one to bring it up because I'm going to bring it up, because I want change and I want things to be smoother for people. And that's really what I'm passionate about in this career is helping people.

Josh Birk: Nice.

Derika West: And I told our Salesforce team, "Hey, I do not have permissions to do X, Y and Z. Can you get them for me?" And they said no. And then, I took it upon myself to start going to more Salesforce related things so I could learn the platform better. It came down to me and wanting things to be better for myself and for other people, but no one would have bridged that gap had I not been in that gap.

Josh Birk: Right. Did you eventually get those permissions?

Derika West: No, I did not.

Josh Birk: Okay. All right.

Derika West: But I am in a place where I'm in a transition, so I understand the business needs and I understand the Salesforce side of things as well. It's my passion hobby right now is learning Salesforce on the side. And it's taught me a lot.

Josh Birk: At least you can be that interaction between a user and what Salesforce is when the Salesforce team isn't in the room. Yeah.

Derika West: Right. Exactly.

Josh Birk: Now, you recently got involved in Supermums, right?

Derika West: I did, yes.

Josh Birk: How did that get on the radar? And can you give us a quick elevator pitch on Supermums?

Derika West: I will try my best.

Josh Birk: Okay.

Derika West: As I was mentioning before, I work full-time. In my application support role, I am wanting to get into our transition to the admin role. I went on Trailhead and I found one of our local Portland admin meetup groups, and I noticed that they had one coming up. I think it was back in February, it was like four months ago. And I was like, I know nothing about automation. I have no idea how it works, but I'd love to know. I'd love to learn more about this thing. So I just went as a newbie to one of these local admin group meetups. It was my first one ever. And at the end of the meeting I met a wonderful human, her name's Kate Lessard. Shout out to you, Kate.

Josh Birk: Shout out to Kate.

Derika West: Hey, Kate. We just started connecting afterward. I told everyone in that room that I'm new, I know nothing about what I'm doing. And everyone was so welcoming and so helpful, and it just further enhanced my want to be in the Salesforce ecosystem. So that's where I got started. And then Kate introduced me and gave me a bunch of resources after that meetup, and Supermums was one of those things. And Supermums is a global training program, and it helps people transition their careers and also learn Salesforce. And it can help you get into the tech industry if you aren't already in. They offer flexible hands-on courses. They offer one-on-one mentoring sessions, and then career coaching. And then all of that bundled together at the end, you'll get hands-on work experience with nonprofits. It's a really cool program, and not something that I knew that I would get into. But I wanted more structure for myself, and so I just reached out, I just sent them an email. And I think there's one slot left.

Josh Birk: Nice.

Derika West: And I was like, sweet, okay, I'm going to take this opportunity to learn more. And I got in there.

Josh Birk: Love it.

Derika West: That's where I started, with Supermums. It's been a game changer, for sure.

Josh Birk: And I've talked with people who there are similar programs out there. But the thing I love about that structure twofold is the fact that I find that a lot of... Without the soft skills part of it, without the career advice part of it, like, okay, now you have a certificate, now what? But the nice thing about getting to work with nonprofits, first of all, nonprofits love people who work with Salesforce that can help them. They need this help so badly. Back when I was consulted, nonprofits and small businesses were always my favorite. Because that thing that you just fixed for them has probably been annoying the heck out of them for the last year. And suddenly you are the superhero, you're employee of the month. But it also solves, because I've talked to developers, I've talked to admins, and they're trying to get a new job, and it's the classic tech chicken and egg problem. You have no experience. I want a job. Well, I won't give you the job because you don't have any experience. And it's the two things. If you can work with a nonprofit and be like, "This is what I have fixed for them." I've told developers, just go get a developer edition and start coding. Just have an application that works that will prove to people that this is going to work.

Derika West: Right.

Josh Birk: Yeah. I'm assuming the learning experience has been good. Where are you in the course history right now?

Derika West: Yeah, we're actually in exam prep, so we're at the very end. And everyone is extremely nervous to take their exam, including myself. But I am also really excited, because I know that everything I've been learning over the last six months has really helped me in my full-time position, and will only further enhance my skillset moving forward. I'm really excited.

Josh Birk: And I will repeat words of advice I've gotten from people who have taken multiple exams in our own Salesforce certifications, and stuff like that, and people who are now technical architects. It's like, always remember, failure is an option. It doesn't mean you fail, it just means it's part of the learning process. They do happen, but good luck. Sorry.

Derika West: Absolutely.

Josh Birk: I didn't want to be pessimistic with that, but it's always like we have... It's part of our ecosystem a little bit, like coders who think that they have to be perfect. No, your code's going to break the first 15 times you're trying to make it. That's just the iterative process. I want to shift gears a little bit, because I get paid a nickel every time I say the word AI. And I guess this is a weird question now that I know that your current big project is moving from classic to Lightning web components, so you might be a little hindered with this, but let me ask. In general, AI has become such a focus of all of our lives. How do you think it's been... Has it impacted your work? Not necessarily even in an agent force point of view. But when you're learning things or you're researching things, has AI either impacted your work or your life?

Derika West: On the work aspect, we are gearing up for AI. And that was actually one of our meetings today was going over the impact that it's going to have on our applications. We're literally switching every application that we own over, and we're going to start implementing AI. Our daily functions, how we support users. So it's going to be really exciting, but we're not there quite yet. We're at the very beginning of that transition, and Salesforce being one of them. That's on the work front. On a personal front, I've been using AI to do so many different things for myself. To help learn at my own pace, to gather different types of documentation for myself just to organize my thoughts better. It helps me brainstorm better. It helps me get all my ideas down into a simplified version. AI is something I utilize all the time, if not daily. I love AI, and I'm excited to see how it's going to grow the ecosystem.

Josh Birk: Yes, and the same. And it's like, you're definitely sounding... From a work point of view, I think that's where a lot of people are right now. It feels like a lot of people are moving out of the awareness phase and more to an adoption phase. That was a lot of nickels, so thank you for that. Okay. I have one final question for you. What is your favorite non-technical hobby?

Derika West: Oh, goodness. Favorite non-technical hobby is probably hiking or snowboarding. I'm going to put them together because they're one in the same. Hiking as a summertime activity-

Josh Birk: I was just going to say.

Derika West: ... then snow [inaudible 00:24:12].

Josh Birk: Yep. That totally tracks. And you are in a perfect part of the world in order to do both of those things.

Derika West: Yes, yes. Those are definitely my hobbies. It's summertime here in Oregon now, so I'm taking full advantage of all the beautiful hikes nearby. And then, during the winter I go up to Mount Hood and snowboard.

Josh Birk: That's awesome.

Derika West: It's been great.

Josh Birk: Awesome.

Derika West: I love living here for those reasons.

Josh Birk: I love it. All right. Well, Derika, well, first of all, good luck on your exams. And thank you so much for the conversation, it was a lot of fun. I want to, once again, thank Derika for the wonderful conversation. And of course, I always want to thank you for listening. If you want to learn more about this show, head on over to admin.salesforce.com where you can hear old episodes, see the transcript, and also see our blogs and our videos and other aspects of being a Salesforce admin. Thanks again everybody, and I'll talk to you soon.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Chris Emmett, Salesforce Solution Architect at Capgemini.

Join us as we chat about how to clean up your data to prepare your org for Agentforce, and why data without context is useless.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Chris Emmett.

AI requires clean data I caught up with Chris hot on the heels of his TDX London session, “Prep Like a Pro: Clean Data and Metadata for Agentforce.” He’s an experienced Salesforce consultant who has helped countless organizations of all sizes reboot their business processes.

As Chris explains, unless you have a company of five people that started last week, your org probably needs some data cleanup. And if you want to get started with Agentforce, you need to do the work to make sure the agents you build can understand your data and use it to generate actionable insights. After all, if you can’t derive useful information from your data, then it’s useless.

Why cleaning data can feel like boiling the ocean When I worked in sales, we used a CRM that was so complicated that only one guy at our company knew how to use it. Talk about a bottleneck!

The truth is, if your business has been around for a little while, you’ve probably inherited all sorts of legacy data. Maybe it’s some random field created by that one guy in the 90s who didn’t document anything, or a legacy system like SAP or MSX that is essential to your day-to-day operations.

Chris has seen it all, and it can often feel like cleaning up all that data is akin to boiling the ocean. It’s a monumental task with no end in sight, let alone getting the organizational buy-in to do it in the first place.

A practical way to start cleaning your data Chris recommends focusing your data cleanup strategy on the functionality you want to build in Agentforce. For example, if you want an agent to email a customer when their opportunity is five days from the close date and still unsigned, what data do you actually need?

You don't need the 300 fields that might be on the opportunity page, or the 300 fields in that account. You might need the opportunity's name, the stage of the opportunity, the close date, the account, and maybe the primary contact of that account. That’s five pieces of information.

Suddenly, you don’t need to boil the entire ocean—you just need to boil a cup of water. So start small, focus on the functionality your data cleanup project will deliver, and get the ball rolling. Trust that the things you build with Agentforce will speak for themselves, and you’ll be able to generate momentum to clean up your data project by project.

Make sure to listen to our full conversation with Chris to learn more about how to clean up your data and provide context for AI agents. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Automate with Agentforce Episode: Using AI To Maximize Sales | Automate with Agentforce * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: How Should I Clean Metadata for Salesforce AI Agents?

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Chris on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're joined by Chris Emmett, consultant, data enthusiast and Salesforce evangelist accidentally. Well, Chris is passionate about data, and he takes us on a journey from legacy systems and those DOS screens to databases and AI-powered actions, all while sharing practical advice on how to clean up your data without making it feel like you're boiling the ocean. So if you ever wondered how to prepare your org for Agentforce or why data without context is basically useless, this one is for you. So listen in, share it with somebody who maybe is swimming in a sea of records. So let's have Chris swim his life raft over and let's get him on the podcast. So Chris, welcome to the podcast.

Chris Emmett: Thanks for having me.

Mike: Yeah. Well, it's good to be here. I got a note from Jennifer Lee. She saw the session that you and Jonathan did at TDX London about cleaning data and cleaning metadata, and last week, we talked with Jonathan about cleaning metadata, so this week, of course, we're going to clean our data because who doesn't have clean data? But let's start off first with a little bit about you, Chris. How did you get into Salesforce and why are you so passionate about clean data?

Chris Emmett: Yeah. Before I start that, you said who doesn't have clean data? It really should be the other way around.

Mike: I know. It was a rhetorical question to get people to listen and be like, oh, but there could be that one person that tunes into the podcast, like I don't need to listen to this. My data is sparkling.

Chris Emmett: You know what? If there is a company out there with five people who just opened up last week, their data is going to be impeccable, and they do want to listen to this podcast. They can tune out.

Mike: Right.

Chris Emmett: I started in the ecosystem in a weird and wonderful way because a lot of ... you've obviously got your accidental admins that find a weird and wonderful way into Salesforce. I was an accidental consultant. So I started out fresh from university as a desktop support engineer, just fixing Windows and fixing printers and fixing Office, and it was great, fun. Then I did a bit of work as a developer, cutting my teeth on Visual Basic 6.0 and .NET all the way back in 2008. But that entire team was made redundant to make way for an off-the-shelf manufacturing system. And as an SME, as an expert in how that old system worked, I was brought in, and then the project manager on that project quit, and I became a project manager, and I was a project manager for 10 years. And then about 10 years later, around 2016, I was working for a company and we were really interested in changing how we managed products. We wanted a brand new system to manage our projects, and one of the products that we looked at was Salesforce. And my word, I was blown away. Literally within one day of using Salesforce, I was creating formula fields and workflow rules as they were back then, and I just fell in love. And this is coming from a person who had spent the best part of a decade dealing with systems where if you needed to add a field, it would take two, three months to get through, and I was dealing with a system where I could start a sentence, explaining to someone what Salesforce was, and by the time I've finished that sentence, I could have created a field. I could have expanded that data model, and I fell in love with it. The company I was working for did not fall in love with it, and that pilot failed. It fell by the wayside, but I was hooked. I was like, man, I need to change my career. So I start looking for project management jobs within the Salesforce space. I had never project managed software before. I had project managed big old factory systems that were very waterfall in their approach. I had never done agile before, so I was applying and applying and applying, getting nowhere. I was probably applying for about eight months, and then this small company in Cambridge were like, dude, you are not great for a project manager but you seem really enthusiastic. Had you considered being a consultant? And I went, but yeah, because it's not managing the projects that I love. It's the system that I love. Salesforce is a platform that I love. I want to be able to empower other companies to improve themselves through Salesforce. So I got a job there as a consultant, and that was 2017, and I have just been building up and flourishing, and since then, I've got 600 odd badges on Trailhead and I think 23 certs now. So I've just gone all in and built my career up.

Mike: Wow. Holy cow. That's a lot. I feel such a kinship with you because I joined ... when I started doing Salesforce stuff, I worked at a publishing company, and we had this Apple-based CRM. I can't even remember what it was called, but there was one guy in the office that still knew how to use it, and he would create views or lenses, and that was basically the only way we got things done. All of the salespeople, I was one of them, had to go to him and be like, please, Mr. Jay, would you create a view of ... because none of us knew how to use it. It was incredibly complex. And then we tried to go to this other, this was 2004, we tried to go to this other web-based CRM thing. It was called absoluteBUSY. And if you wanted a field created, you had to log a ticket, and then the person that created the CRM in Sweden would create the field. And it would be like you. It was sometimes months. I just need another phone field. How hard can that be?

Chris Emmett: Yeah.

Mike: And then I went to another company and they had Salesforce, and I was like, oh, click, click, boom. And I remember, I was like, this is almost too easy to create a field. This is dangerous.

Chris Emmett: Dangerous is the right word. It is. I'd like to think most Salesforce professionals go through some ... it's not quite like the seven stages of grief, but it's the seven stages of Salesforce acceptance. You can't go in. You're very skeptical, and then you're like, oh, wow, this can create whatever fields I want, whatever data points I want, whatever automation I want, whatever reporting I want. And then at a certain point, you go, oh, wait a minute, I have just created a monster for myself, and then you learn to think before you build.

Mike: I feel like that's a good starting point. Is that where you find most people go off the rails, is maybe they get Salesforce and like, you know what, let's start fresh and they create too many fields? And then because there's too many fields and they're in such a hurry that they get to bad data.

Chris Emmett: I look at it a different way. It may be my exposure. I deal with a lot of existing companies. I've not really dealt with a lot of brand new companies. So a lot of existing companies, especially if they're at least 40 or 50 years old. They've got a lot of older systems. They might have a bit of SAP. They might have mainframes kicking around. They might have things written in COBOL or FORTRAN. I would even deal with companies today that have things in MSX, believe it or not. So the danger isn't, oh, let's just create everything in Salesforce. The danger is 14 years ago, Derek created this field. We don't know what it does. We don't know where it's hooked up to. It's not documented anywhere, but we feel like we should pull it over. So the real danger is actually migrating everything. If you don't know what that data point is, you don't know what use it is, you can't validate it, and you can't use it in any meaningful way. Because if you don't understand, then to bring it to the point of this pod, if you don't understand what that data is, what it means, what it's doing for your business, how can an AI agent understand that? An AI agent is not magical. It's not telepathic. It reads the information as if it's a human. It tries to interpret that information. So you've got to know what it means so your AI agent can be told what it means as well.

Mike: Yeah. I think people forget that new systems or new features won't save them if they haven't started to save themselves.

Chris Emmett: Yeah. This is genuine, by the way. I was thinking this morning as I was just leaving the gym, so I can sound like I'm healthy.

Mike: Oh, wow. Fancy. My weightlifting for this morning has been coffee cups.

Chris Emmett: Yeah. So I was thinking this morning like, oh, what intelligent things can I say on this pod? I was actually thinking about the meaning of information technology as a term for a department within a business. Information technology, what does that actually mean? It's not about the data. It is, but it's not about the data. It's not data technology. It's not technology that drives data to help a business. It's information technology. And the information that you derive from that data is the most important thing because you can throw data into a data lake or just into a database and just have it stored there. But if you can't derive useful information from it, and similarly, if an AI agent can't derive useful information from it, it's actually pointless.

Mike: Yeah. I've once heard information described as data plus context.

Chris Emmett: Yeah, absolutely.

Mike: And so if your data is bad, then it really lacks context, or you could say it doesn't provide context.

Chris Emmett: Yeah. It is all about that context. And again, just to bring it back to the whole Agentforce thing. Agentforce needs to understand that context. It needs to be able to derive some meaning from it. So just as a random example, let's say you've got an opportunity record, which is great, and you've got a date on that opportunity. Cool. Agentforce, can you tell me if there's a date on this record? Agentforce might go away and it might find that date and it might go, cool, Chris, I found a date. It's July the 24th, 2025. Now, if that's written in a note without any context, and I say Agentforce, what does this mean? It's going to go, well, I don't know. A date in the future. But if it's against the close date field, it's immediately got context, and it immediately can derive something from that. It can say, oh, right, okay, so this is the close date. I can see that we are in a negotiation stage. We've got one more stage after this, which is sign contract. It's the 24th. It's a few weeks away, or at least from when we're recording. I understand a bit of context. I understand that there's another stage ahead of this, and I've immediately got more information other than just a record with a random date. That context is everything, especially for an LLM.

Mike: But the irony is, and I've done other episodes on this, you could have a close date, continuing your idea, of July 24th. In the close date field, except your company doesn't use that, that's the date that this part of the opportunity is going to close. But then maybe there's a follow-on implementation stage, and that's the context in which you use that. However, if you haven't given your AI any kind of information about that, the context at which you use the close date, ironically, because you have a date in that field, it's bad data, even though it looks like good data.

Chris Emmett: Yeah, absolutely. And the point of the TDX talk I did with Jonathan, and I'm sure Jonathan has already mentioned this in last week's episode, the data is important, the data has to be valid, but it also has to sit within contextual metadata. Because if you have a field on your opportunity that is called installation date or delivery date or deployment date, whatever, and you have an accurate data against that, again, you're giving meaning to that data. You're giving meaning to Agentforce so it can interpret it and give you useful information because it is about information. It's not about the data. It's the information. In fact, if I had a time machine, I would go back three weeks, redo my TDX talk, and it would be called prepping your information like a pro, and I guess your meta information.

Mike: Yeah. But let's pivot into that because it's time to get actionable and less heady. And I've heard this a thousand times, it can feel like boiling the ocean to clean your data. What is your approach that you would suggest people use to start cleaning their data in preparation for deploying Agentforce?

Chris Emmett: Yeah, sure. So again, unless you are that three-day old company with three people in and the data is perfect, it's probably safe to assume you are sat on a mountain of data. If you are a relatively small company, maybe it's tens of thousands of records. If you are a medium or enterprise, you might have hundreds of thousands or millions of records. I certainly worked for a company that had 30 million accounts in the system. That is a lot of data, and you cannot possibly begin to go through that top to tail, making sure that every field is correct and accurate and has meaning. So how do you actually break that down? You're right. You cannot boil the ocean. We start off by thinking about the actions and the intents that you want your agents to do. So if you want your agents to write an email to a customer if their opportunity is within five days of the close date and they've not signed yet, well, what do you need for that? You don't need 300 fields that might be on the opportunity page or 300 fields in that account. You might need the opportunity's name. You need the stage of the opportunity. You need the close date. You need the account, and maybe the primary contact of that account. That's five pieces of information. And then you do not really need to think about all of the old opportunities because this is about an action where you are emailing people for opportunities that are about to expire or about to close. So immediately, you've gone from a million records, let's say, you've got it down to a thousand records, and then you're only looking at those five pieces of data. So you got it down to a thousand records and you got it down to five pieces of information on those thousands records. So I'm not going to do the math in my head because I'm terrible at that, but it's-

Mike: Nobody should do math live.

Chris Emmett: Yeah. You're probably looking at about less than 1% of data because you're thinking about the intent of that action, that AI action. You're thinking about exactly what pieces of information you need to help that agent. And you're making sure that that specific data is accurate. My theory behind this, my thesis, is by doing that, by getting rid of 99% of the data that you don't need to worry about today, you can get agents and agent actions out to your users quicker, which means they're happier. They're trying new things. You're getting feedback on those new things. And it means that you can improve more processes because you're getting more feedback. You're getting more insight into what is helping people, what's hindering people. And you're doing that because you're just targeting the data that matters, and everything else can wait until it's actually needed.

Mike: That is probably the most concise spot-on answer I have heard in a long time.

Chris Emmett: I felt like I was talking for about 20 or 30 minutes on that.

Mike: No, you weren't. So targeting the data that matters.

Chris Emmett: Yes.

Mike: Those words, put that on a shirt. Somebody needs to wear that shirt at Dreamforce because ... so that as you were talking through, I was realizing you're really making it from boiling the ocean to boiling a cup of water. Everything doesn't have to be perfect for you to start this project. Just the part that you need to worry about. And I was thinking back to last week. So in Iowa, in the US where I live, we had a really bad frost all winter. We didn't get the snow cover that we usually do, and some of my landscaping plans didn't make it because the roots were just burned by the frost, but not all of them. Some of them were hardy and they're fine. And so I called my landscape company. I was like, I need to replace all these, and plus I want different ones anyway. He's like, good, because if we go through another winter like this, we're just going to be replacing them. And I promise you this gets somewhere. But much like your analogy, so the landscape company came out, and just in the area that they needed to replant those bushes, they scraped all the gravel, leveled the bed, put new tarp down, replanted the bushes, put the gravel back. They didn't have to clean the entire planter bed and scoop all the gravel out and dig up all the bushes and start from scratch. They only had to do the part that mattered. And I felt like that was like, wow, that's like a real life scenario of if we're going to implement this and we're going to really laser focus on this one part of it, let's do that. But the other key thing that you said that nobody has said on a podcast about cleaning data is you improve the process while you do it. Because if you are not going to improve the process that led you to the bad data, you're always going to be cleaning data. It's almost like sending a janitor out to a sports stadium to pick up trash because there's no trash cans. Well, if you're not going to sit down and say, okay, how do we put trash cans out so that trash isn't everywhere? All you're doing is sending the janitor back out to clean up trash. You're not actually fixing the problem that led to the trash being everywhere.

Chris Emmett: Yeah. It's interesting you say that because I genuinely hadn't really thought that far ahead.

Mike: Yeah, you had-

Chris Emmett: Probably not.

Mike: ... at night in your brain while you were sleeping. Chris' brain is like, I got this idea about this process and then it was going to sound smart, and then it surfaced while you were working out.

Chris Emmett: Yeah. People are going to be so disappointed when they see a picture of me because I'm making it sound like I'm some sort of gym monkey. Gym monkey, that's probably not the right word.

Mike: Well, I could throw your picture in AI.

Chris Emmett: Yeah, yeah, yeah. You should.

Mike: You're like Arnold Schwarzenegger.

Chris Emmett: You should. Yeah. I'll look exactly like Arnold Schwarzenegger.

Mike: Yeah, absolutely.

Chris Emmett: I look more like Captain America at the start of the film.

Mike: That is the best description. I look more like Captain America, but at the start of the film.

Chris Emmett: Thanks. I'm glad you agree. I'm really glad you agree. Oh my, what was the point I was trying to ... yeah, yeah. Okay. Yeah, back on track. So the whole point of IT, the whole point of computer systems is to improve things. So if you genuinely are taking an existing process and you are just throwing at an agent and say, robots, do my bidding, without changing anything, you really are missing the point of IT. It's about evolution, it's about simplification, and it's about making things more efficient. So why wouldn't you try and make it more efficient in the process of moving it over? Because if you don't, you are just lifting and shifting a process, and that is not going to help anyone. It's not going to fix any errors. The worst case of that is that you program an agent with all of the issues and problems that a human would have, so you are just replicating those problems. You've got to improve. You've got to evolve.

Mike: Do you find, because you mentioned you work with mature companies that often when they're doing a Salesforce implementation or they're bringing you in or they're thinking about something, that they're stuck thinking within the constraints of the legacy system that they have?

Chris Emmett: I was going to be kind. That sounds terrible.

Mike: Well, you don't have to ... I don't want you to-

Chris Emmett: I was going to be kind and say the majority of companies will try and hold onto legacy, and there's a few that don't. But actually, I would be as bold as to say every single customer I've worked with, not necessarily through any fault of their own, holds onto the past. And it is either because there's things that they don't know, there might be fields or tables or data points or integrations that no one knows why they exist, and they're afraid of removing them. And in the data, they don't know what the data means or whether it's useful. It's just there. So they don't don't know know how to cleanse it. They don't know if it's got any meaning. But then you've got companies who are just in a bind where they've got a 30-year-old system and they do not have the budget to replace it, but Salesforce has got to integrate with it, and the design decisions 30 years ago for that system that Salesforce has to adhere to. So sometimes, it is because the systems that you have to hook Salesforce into are just bound by old design, and then you have to introduce those bad data decisions into Salesforce.

Mike: I could see that. I was also thinking back as you were saying that. About a week ago, I was standing at a rental counter and I happened to see their screen and it was still a DOS screen, like the whole ... I was like, wow, you still work on that? I'm fairly certain the car you're about to hand me keys to has a stronger computing system in it than what you're sitting at right now.

Chris Emmett: Probably. The phone in that pocket is probably more powerful. I definitely worked for a company, I can't say their name, I'm pretty sure, but I worked for a company where they were using an MS-DOS program because the person who wrote it, he wrote it in his garage and then retired in the '90s. And if he's still with us, he's probably, I'd like to think, on a yacht somewhere because the software developers in the '70s probably earned quite a lot of money. He's enjoying life and not thinking about it. But that company was stuck with that MS-DOS program because it did a vital thing and it can't be removed. It can't be replaced because they know it does a vital process, but they don't know how it works. And then it becomes a business risk. It's like, do you risk the operation of the business to try and rebuild this or do you just leave it? And then another thing I was thinking about this morning, I was thinking a lot of stuff at the gym.

Mike: Apparently. Holy cow. But to be fair, you're always thinking like this. This wasn't just this morning.

Chris Emmett: You are right. You are right. I'm always thinking this. My thought process flips between IMDb trivia and Salesforce. I was thinking that I have worked with a lot of companies where it's common practice to buy old equipment from eBay.

Mike: Oh, wow.

Chris Emmett: If you're a retailer and you've got systems that haven't been made in 10, 15 years, but you need that equipment, your only course is to scour eBay. I've worked with two or three companies that have done that, and it becomes a risk. But again, not to be too mean against them, it's more often than not a budget constraint. So bad systems and bad data with those bad systems is not necessarily because people have just made bad choices or due diligence isn't being put into it. More often than not, it's about legacy systems and budget, and that's a difficult thing to overcome.

Mike: Especially the budget part.

Chris Emmett: Yeah.

Mike: I was just thinking back. I worked retail in the '90s. And retail in the '90s, if you were a smaller retailer, it was common practice for smaller retailers, when the big box companies would change systems, they would have a clearing out, and smaller retailers could buy enough POS systems that worked and then enough that didn't work for parts and literally upgrade their whole system, even though it was used systems. And that was common in retail in the '90s. Now, it's all changed. It's all online. I'm sure that doesn't happen. But I remember working for a couple retailers and like, oh, we're getting new cash registers, and they would show up, and why are some of the keys sticky? And they're like, well, they're not new. THey're new to us.

Chris Emmett: Yeah.

Mike: I wonder what's creeping around inside of those old systems. You bring up a good point. I think I've done a lot of podcasts on cleaning data and cleaning metadata, but what's interesting about this one, to put a point on it, is you pointed at something that none of the others have brought up, which is it's not necessarily bad user's fault that we have bad data. It's sometimes a systematic failure of bad decisioning or a lack of budgeting priorities that leads to it. It's not just Bob, the sales guy, who puts his call notes in the phone field because that's what he does because he pays no attention. It's sometimes working within the constraints of the budget. You're probably doing that now, even doing a Salesforce implementation with AI. You're like, well, we would love to do all this, one through five, but we can afford one now and maybe two later. They maybe even start on the second project, and then that's as far as they get on their list of one through five.

Chris Emmett: Yeah. You know what? If Bob wants to put his data in the wrong field, that is, in my opinion, that is probably a low impact. It's a quick fix because either you can tell him to move it or you can, if it's consistent, you can go in with Data Loader, export it in Excel, copy it from one column into another column, re-upload, you're done. For me, it's about all of this historical data that you may be pulling into Salesforce where you don't necessarily understand its context. You don't necessarily understand its validity. And that's where the whole point of trying to identify what's the actual action that you want your AI agents to carry out, and what are the data points that that action needs to interact with? Okay. And then let's tackle those data points and turn those data points, to go way back to the start of the conversation, you turn those data points into information, because you cannot boil the ocean. And the majority of companies, at least the ones I've dealt with, have a sea of data that just either makes no sense or comes from old systems or comes from unnecessary decisions. And you cannot ... there's no business case that will ever be put forward to say, we need to spend 10 years improving all of this data. But there definitely would be a business case that says, we need to spend a month chipping away at this opportunity data or this account data so we can deliver this agentic functionality.

Mike: Right. Spot on. Now, I want to end on a fun note. You said IMDb data trivia.

Chris Emmett: I like IMDb.

Mike: Is it trivia about the website IMDb or is it trivia about movies and TV shows?

Chris Emmett: Oh, wow. I'm really upset that I don't know the history of the website now.

Mike: Oh, I kind of do.

Chris Emmett: Oh, do tell.

Mike: So the Cliff Notes version is a guy started, I don't know when, but it was started pretty early in the ... maybe even pre-internet. I want to say he either had a huge collection of VHS tapes or he ran a rental movie store, and he created this literal database of movies and actors and actresses and roles and directors, because he found it fascinating to see what, like we've all heard, the seven, six degrees or Six Degrees of Kevin Bacon, like connecting people to different movies. He found that fascinating. And I want to say early on, Amazon bought it and curated it into the big website that it is now. That's the amount of history that I know about it.

Chris Emmett: Well, I can add to that.

Mike: But it was one person's passion project.

Chris Emmett: That's crazy. I can add to that in a related way, in a very Salesforce related way.

Mike: Oh.

Chris Emmett: And if anything, that's why we're all here. So during COVID, we were all watching a lot of TV at home, I'm pretty sure. I was. And I wanted to track what I was watching. I wanted to be able to give it some fun ratings. And I could have done that in a notebook or on a spreadsheet or in my notes on my phone. But 23-time certified, of course, I'm going to build it on Salesforce.

Mike: Yeah. You have 600 badges. You can't not.

Chris Emmett: So I built it in a developer edition, salesforce.org. I was tracking all of the movies, all of the TV programs I was watching during COVID. And to just take it a step further, I didn't build it, I ripped it off the internet, an integration into IMDb to pull the correct title, the director, the Rotten Tomatoes rating, I think, and the synopsis. So all I needed to do is type in the title and my own personal rating. And when it saved, it pulled back the poster, all of the cast, the directors, genre, everything. And that took one weekend. If people are listening to this and they never touched Salesforce before, that's how quick it is to build something in Salesforce. I did that in a weekend.

Mike: So you're my long-lost brother, I swear. No lie. And I can show this to you. I'll show this to you at Dreamforce, hand to god. I was in the same scenario in December of 2013. I took a long vacation break. And for many years, up until that point, I was hooked on Top Gear, and I thought I should keep track, because you could also get all of the Top Gear episodes off of iTunes, off of that, it was called iTunes at that point.

Chris Emmett: Yeah.

Mike: And I was like, I should keep track of this so that I know which ones to buy, which ones I like and have a whole ... And so I literally spent 30 seconds. I was like, I could do this on a spreadsheet, but wait a minute, let's do this in a developer org in Salesforce. And I created a Top Gear app, and I branded the whole salesforce.org Top Gear with Jeremy Clarkson and all of them. I had cars and stars and lap times and episode ratings and titles. I ended up, for almost a whole weekend straight, just non-stop binging Top Gear and building this org.

Chris Emmett: That is awesome.

Mike: And now, it's one of those where I have to remember every month I log into it to make sure that that org dies. I would cry if that org went away. I seriously would. But yeah, I'm not fancy and smart like you. I don't know what I'd integrate it to. I guess I could integrate it to IMDb to pull that stuff in, but I more just wanted it of my own information. But it was so old. It was back in the day when you used to stick image files in resources.

Chris Emmett: Oh, yeah.

Mike: And then you would do an image. You would create a formula field that returned an image, and that's how I did star ratings on the page.

Chris Emmett: That is still a valid way to do it. I don't care what anyone says.

Mike: It just feels so old school. But I remember showing it to somebody and they're like, how did you get stars to show up on the page? It was like, well, let me tell you.

Chris Emmett: That's what it's about. I don't care what anyone says. Salesforce for me is about, as a profession, you are obviously going into businesses and building out their systems to improve the way they work, but for me, the beauty of a dev or a developer org is to be able to just do my own personal random projects where I might have an idea where it's a weekend. I want to see if it works. And nine out of 10 ideas may burn and fail, but that one idea out of 10 might be just gold. And all of a sudden, I have a movie tracker that I can use, and I've learned something. And you know what? I can then take some of that integration knowledge to my next customer. It's about just trying stuff out, exploring, being bold, being crazy.

Mike: I would argue even those other nine are still fun when they fail because there's a moment when you're like, I think this is going to work. Well, I know it's not going to work now, and now I know what not to do.

Chris Emmett: Exactly.

Mike: Chris, this was a blast.

Chris Emmett: It was amazing.

Mike: I'm so glad ... I think we talked about some clean data.

Chris Emmett: Data is important. Data and information, very important. That's the takeaway.

Mike: Yeah. We got to get some shirts made for Dreamforce. Thanks so much for being on the podcast. And I'm fairly certain you and Jonathan will have long legs in presenting your clean data and metadata information to the world.

Chris Emmett: Yeah, no doubt. Thanks for having me.

Mike: All right. So that's a wrap for today's therapy session with Chris Emmett. I can't help but say we laughed, we learned, we IMDb'd. I will say after the call, we probably went down a rabbit hole of movie fun facts from television shows from the '80s. That was incredibly fun. But again, if you're secretly running a DOS system or still mourning a lost developer org, just remember, not all your data deserves your attention. Boil a cup of water, not the ocean. And maybe for fun, build a movie tracker while you're at it or a television show tracker. So if you love this episode, be sure to give us a review on iTunes. Share it with another admin who needs a nudge in the better direction of cleaning data. And until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Jonathan Fox, Head of Salesforce Architecture at IntellectAI.

Join us as we chat about why we should rethink how we label, structure, and maintain Salesforce metadata.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jonathan Fox.

How do you know if your metadata needs to be cleaned up? When we were trying to implement Agentforce on the Admin Evangelist org, we came to a sobering realization. Despite all the content we create on how to do things the right way, it turns out that we all approach metadata a little differently. That’s why I was so excited to sit down with Jonathan to talk about how to clean up your metadata for AI.

Training an agent is like showing your org to someone who knows nothing about your business. Suddenly, it’s really important what the labels mean and that they’re consistent.

Start small with metadata The thing about technical debt is that it’s not a problem until it becomes a problem. Your metadata is probably fine for most of your users, who have a working knowledge of your business processes. It’s only when you try to implement Agentforce that you realize you have a problem.

Jonathan recommends that you start small when you’re trying to clean your metadata. Roll out Agentforce for a small use case and only clean up the metadata associated with that specific task. If you need to generate buy-in, try running Agentforce as-is and then show your stakeholders just how much difference a little bit of cleanup can make.

Metadata is the foundation “Your metadata is the foundation of your Salesforce org,” Jonathan says, “you don't want to get it wrong, you don't want to make it worse. So it needs to be treated with that respect and that kind of importance when you're changing it.”

Documentation is the key to making sure that you’re keeping things usable for human and AI employees alike. You need to make sure that you fully understand the impacts of any changes you’re implementing, or you risk breaking all sorts of automations in your org.

Jonathan had so many more great insights about how to start cleaning up your metadata for AI agents, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode:

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Jonathan on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike: Welcome to the Salesforce Admin's podcast, and hey, how did we do last week? Did you listen to that episode to see how our 2025 admin predictions were holding up? If not, add that to your play next list, because that was a fun look back. I like listening to things from the past, but let's go ahead to the future. So in this episode this week, we're joined by Jonathan Fox, who takes us behind the scenes on something every admin deals with, and maybe you don't think you do, but it's metadata. And in fact, in next week's episode, we're going to talk about cleaning data, so buckle up folks. It's summer cleaning time. But the fun thing is we start off with a conversation around a barbecue that sparked Jonathan's career and got it into amazing directions. How many people talk Salesforce over barbecue? And Jonathan also helps us rethink how we label, structure and maintain Salesforce metadata. So whether you're prepping for Agentforce or just going through an org and wondering what some of those data labels mean, I promise you, this episode is for you, and if you love what you hear, be sure to give us a favorite or a review on iTunes. But with that, let's get Jonathan on the episode. So Jonathan, welcome to the podcast.

Jonathan Fox: Thanks for having me. I'm excited to be on.

Mike: Well, I'm excited to tackle this because we've bounced around and I've done a few episodes on cleaning data and cleaning metadata and back and forth and back and forth, and I think it hit our team like a truck when we were working on implementing Agentforce in our org, and Josh, who was working on it, came to the realization that despite having three or four evangelists on the team, we'd all named fields differently and we'd all done things a little different. And he's like, "We really have to talk to people about metadata." And we'll get into that and we'll have a follow-up episode on data data, but Jonathan, let's hear about you. How did you get started with Salesforce and what do you do?

Jonathan Fox: My journey into Salesforce was, well, most people say this, a little bit unorthodox. My background is the military in the British Army, and I stumbled across Salesforce, family barbecue. My brother-in-law brought me into the Salesforce world and taught me how to be a developer basically, and I worked my way up through-

Mike: At the barbecue?

Jonathan Fox: At the barbecue, yeah. That was the riveting conversation we were having over beers and burgers, was Apex in fact. Not quite metadata, but at least a bit of Apex was the topic of conversation. He taught me how to get started in tech and how to be a developer, and the rest is history as they say.

Mike: I feel like that was the one line that he's telling his significant other. "No, this line's going to pay off. I'm going to find somebody at a party or a barbecue that wants to talk about Salesforce stuff, just trust me." Years go by, he goes to parties and nothing happens, and then he finds you and he just says something. You're like, "Yeah, that sounds good." "What?"

Jonathan Fox: His significant other and mine at the time were just sick of hearing about what is Salesforce? It's all we spoke.

Mike: You two go off, grill a burger, talk Salesforce.

Jonathan Fox: Come back later.

Mike: Come back later. That's crazy. So when we talk about data, every single feature that we roll out, it always comes back to data, but I think more so with Agentforce. Now we have to go one layer deeper with metadata, and I'm going to start off with a hard question.

Jonathan Fox: Go for it.

Mike: I think it's hard. How do you know your metadata is bad metadata?

Jonathan Fox: I think that's a really good question, and I think it is a hard question. I think it's really difficult to know whether your metadata is bad, and until you start poking around with things such as AI, you probably don't realize it. And a really good example, and probably one that we've had conversations in the past about this at your org that you use and things like that where you have these field names. Field labels for example is a type of metadata, and they often have acronyms or naming conventions that only you, the users, actually know about. And until you start trying to make AI understand what they mean, you don't realize because you've got all your industry knowledge, you've got all your organization knowledge, you've done your onboarding. You know how the org works because you've been trained and taught and you speak the lingo, but the AI doesn't know that. So it's only until you start getting to play around with these kinds of things, you go, oh, actually, a fresh set of eyes, somebody who has no idea about this hasn't got a clue, and I think it's at that point you start realizing our metadata needs to have a little bit of a revamp.

Mike: Yeah, the field labels and values that you use for fields that are going to be displayed on a page is one thing. I always got quite cavalier, I'll use the term, with fields and labels for stuff that I just needed on the object that wasn't going to be displayed on a page. And now I'm thinking, oh God, Agentforce is going to have reference those and it's totally not going to understand what SP_25Z_PRD means.

Jonathan Fox: Exactly, but you know what it means?

Mike: The whole organization knows what it means, because everybody's into acronyms, and I just need to store the value on the object for the record but I didn't need to display it for the user, but now I'm going to ask Agentforce for what's the speed record number or something, and it's going to look at me like, "I don't know. You're not capturing that. I'm going to go back over here and talk with this dude about some Apex and grill a burger."

Jonathan Fox: Yeah, exactly. There are ways we can get around it with Agentforce and it's things like putting those acronyms in instructions, but is that really the best way to do it? That's almost like hard coding references within Apex. And at that point, you start thinking, yeah, this isn't right. This isn't the best way to do it, and I think that probably answers your question. At that point, when you start having to do workarounds and figure things out like that, you know your metadata is not in a good state.

Mike: So that feels like we're walking down a path and we hit a fork in the road where we realize there's a whole bunch of these weird fields. They always include underscores. Why is that? I don't know. People like the underscore. They do that on Instagram too. Do we create this massive dictionary and feed it to Agentforce, or do we have to go back and... When we talk about clean data, you extract the data, you look at it, you fix what's wrong and you shove it back in for the most part, or should we do that with metadata?

Jonathan Fox: I think you have to take a pragmatic approach with anything that you do in the Salesforce org, and that goes for metadata, data, tidying up your flows or refactoring your Apex classes and methods. You take a look at it and go, how big is the job? You impact SS? You go, how big is the job? What's the return on investment of me doing this now versus the cumulative over the next few years? Is it worth my time to go back and fix it all? And gold standards, what we teach and what we hope to aim for is yeah, go back, refactor it, make it perfect, but sometimes it's not an issue until it becomes an issue. In this case, for example, your field labels, they weren't an issue in the past, they are now, and I think it's one of those where you have to sum up all those different variables and think, is it worth it? Now, if it's only a couple of fields and it's only ever going to be a couple of fields, maybe it's quick enough just to go back and fix it, or maybe it's not worth the effort and you write it in the instructions. But I think it's org dependent, variable dependent, even individual skill set dependent. But it's one of those that you have to... It's a really non-answer, I know that, but I think there are so many variables. You can't just blanket rule. Obviously, we want to aim for gold standard.

Mike: Well, the fallacy is we hear metadata and data and you think, "Well, I'm just cleaning data." But the cleansing of it is actually very different, so what are the implications? I'm sure Chris and I will talk about this, but if you go through your org and you're like, well, everybody has to have a proper name, and so you fix all the nicknames or shortened names. And so you come across the John Fox record. You're like, nope, it's got to be Jonathan. I can confidently say for the most part that changing John to Jonathan isn't going to fire anything, isn't going to break anything, but my question to you is if I go in and I change a field label or I change some metadata on a field, what could I break?

Jonathan Fox: Oh yeah, you are risking breaking things. You're potentially risking breaking your flows, your Apex, your validation rules. Sometimes, hopefully you referenced them through API names and we might not be changing them here. We're probably changing field labels, not API names, but you may want to change those as well, and then at that point, you are potentially impacting all of your automation in the org, your validation rules, your assignment rules, et cetera, et cetera. So you have a big knock-on effect by changing metadata, and that's because metadata in Salesforce is the replacement for you writing code on the back end. That's the whole point of it. That's why it's a SaaS and a PaaS to some degree. Salesforce themselves by producing the platform is saving you having to write how fields appear on the UI. You are just putting placeholders there and that's what metadata is on the Salesforce platform, and you change that, you're impacting everything else that references it potentially. So there are big consequences and it isn't just a case of going to object manager and going switch some characters around to make it look neat for Agentforce.

Mike: So I think oftentimes, people hear cleaning data and I'm sure cleaning metadata, which feels like next level cleaning. It's like having your carpet shampooed. It's like, cleaning your house is just vacuuming. Nope, we're calling in Stanley Steamer. They're going to do the rugs now. They're going to get all of the dirt out. It can feel like, oh, we have to do all of it. We have to clean everything. And I don't know, maybe you have a tiny house and you can spend half a day and clean your whole house. I can't clean my whole house, but people for some reason look at, "I have to clean all of my data." Given the implications of updating information and metadata, how should people approach cleaning or getting their metadata right for Agentforce?

Jonathan Fox: There's probably a couple of ways to approach it. I have a small house, I can probably clear most of mine within a day so I'm lucky. That doesn't mean I enjoy it though, so there are definitely-

Mike: No. Well, there's that. I don't know, using the big leaf blower, I could probably clean my whole house and I wouldn't enjoy it, but it'd be clean.

Jonathan Fox: Well, that's true, and it'd be good fun in the process. I suppose if you think you're going to have guests over to your house, you're going to host a dinner party or just have some friends, you don't go cleaning all the bedrooms necessarily, and you clean the places that they're going to see. You clean your living room or your kitchen and the bathroom that they're going to use. In a similar way, what is Agentforce going to be using within your org? You might be rolling out Agentforce for a small use case first to prove the ROI to your org. Fantastic. So you might have a small use case and it's only referencing fields on the contact object. Start with the contact object then. Start with those fields that Agentforce is going to be using, and you've proven out that return on investment, your organization loves it, and now they want to expand it to using data from opportunities or orders or whatever else. Then you start moving out to where your guests, your agent, is going to look next. So that's how I would personally approach it, is start with what it's going to be looking at first, because otherwise you're going to be overwhelmed with such a huge task and that's not going to be as productive. Be iterative, work on it in chunks, break it down.

Mike: No, I like that. Clean where the guests are going to be, close the doors to the rest of the house. There's nothing there.

Jonathan Fox: Exactly.

Mike: It's a doorway to a big black hole. Don't open that.

Jonathan Fox: You don't need to look in there. You don't need to see the piles of boxes.

Mike: Here be dragons. So one thing, and I'm going to have to ask Chris this when we record his podcast, because I've done data cleansing exercises before where you look at things and consultants, you're brought into jobs and stuff, and you look at the data and you're like, well, this is close date and there's July 27th, 2025. That's a valid close date. Why is that bad data? And it's bad data because the process is, well, but after the opportunity closes, we also have an implementation stage and blah, blah, blah, and so if we ask Agentforce, what's the close date? It should say August 24th because it's always a month after the close date of the opportunity. How do you know when you're looking at metadata in the same way that you're like, oh wait, this is something that Agentforce can't use, although it completely looks like usable metadata.

Jonathan Fox: I guess you have to almost treat the agent as it is your employee. It's your agent employee within your org, but it's one that hasn't gone through on board and it doesn't work day to day in your org doing all the different processes that your service agents or sales reps might be doing. So you've got to look at it and treat it as if it is a brand new fresh employee that hasn't been through any of that training, hasn't gone through any of that. Straight out of college or something, never been in the industry either, and walk through the life of what you're asking that agent to do, and if it can't do it, then that's where you need to be looking at changing that metadata, change that label. And you've also got to think as well, you don't necessarily want to change it if it's going to impact all your human employees either, so where do you draw the line and strike the balance between making your metadata perfect for agents, AI agents, and making it really confusing and changing it all after many, many years for your human employees? And I think there's a balance that needs to be struck there.

Mike: So that to me sounds like the importance of perhaps a data dictionary or just org documentation, right?

Jonathan Fox: Absolutely.

Mike: We can upload those as resources. I think that's getting better. I haven't done it. Have you done that?

Jonathan Fox: I've played around with it a little bit and I think it'll only get more powerful, and I think it only really highlights the absolute need to have strong documentation within your Salesforce org. Again, documentation is one of those really good topics that we can speak for hours about because documentation is only as good at the point in time when it's written because your org is ever evolving. As soon as you bring out a new field, you're having to update that documentation, so keeping on top of it is really important, and trying to have that living document, you upload it to Salesforce for Agentforce to use, it comes out of date immediately. So again, that's a whole topic of its own, but I think it does really highlight to Salesforce customers and people working in Salesforce orgs that tracking all these kind of things is really key if you haven't already done it, and that is a big task, but it will pay dividends.

Mike: Yeah, I think sometimes people, and myself included, you get caught up in the speed and the immediacy at which you can do things and you forget, oh, I need to, best practice, write down what I created, why I created it. So I want to pivot off that because if you have bad metadata, it could be the result of you have a bad deployment process or a bad, I don't know, requirements or discovery process. Can both be true?

Jonathan Fox: Yeah, absolutely. If you think all the way back to the beginning of their future and you've got your BAs looking into what the product owner wants and they're trying to gain this information from them and then perhaps translate it into Salesforce terms, and maybe there's a gap there or maybe the Salesforce consultant hasn't poked enough holes in the requirements and tried to transform them a bit more. You may have missed that gap all way at the beginning. Or it may be it's absolutely fine for what you've been requested to do and you've built it exactly to spec, but it gets to UAT, and at that point, it was missed that your users had no idea or your agentic employees had no idea what it was doing and it got deployed. And absolutely, that whole lifecycle of development there, there are different quality control gates that absolutely could have missed this or just never had to think about it in the past, and now we do have to think about it. And I heard you laugh a little bit then about the agentic employees and the UAT. Is that something that we maybe need to start thinking about? Testing in UAT, but with agentic employees rather than just running scripts to test things, and taking it outside of the box a little bit. If we're going to treat them as employees then perhaps that's the right stage for them to get involved in a different way.

Mike: Until you said that, I never thought about UAT for agentic employees, but it completely makes sense. And it completely makes sense you can do it with user testing because you don't want to get all the way to production and then suddenly it falls on its face so you're like, wait a minute, how come that didn't work? No, it's fascinating concept. I think one of the things you mentioned that I want to bring up, so when we have Chris on next week and we talk about data cleansing, I'm going to ask him about changing data. Because data, for everybody, they see it, it's very visual. If you change the date format, let's say, of a field and you go from European style to American style, your user is going to be, "Whoa." They're going to immediately see that. I don't know that they would immediately see, or they probably shouldn't unless they're pulling in weird fields and reports, metadata fixes. But with that, I think what is important to get in terms of sign-off or process or executives to go through this process? Because at some point, you're going to have to talk, well, we got to fix this data, we got to do this, we got to do that, and we need to make sure that we're fixing the process. I think data is a public thing, your users see it, but metadata is almost the behind the scenes. How do we make the backstage cleaner, and then how do we make sure that all the stagehands know to keep the backstage cleaner? So that's a really long question of in addition to knowing we need to fix it, if I'm sitting here saying, "Cool, I've listened to this podcast and Jonathan's hammered it into my head, I need to fix it," who should I start talking to? What are the sign-offs I should get?

Jonathan Fox: Yeah, I think you are obviously going to need sign-off. You're going to need the buy-in of the people who hold the budget within the organization, and that could be all sorts of different roles within your organization to all sorts of different levels. I don't know who that will be in your given organization, but it's whoever owns the platform ultimately and whoever has the budget to deploy the team who's going to do, one, the analysis, but two, the actual development, we'll call it the implementation and the testing and deployment afterwards. And I think the best approach for that is to even perhaps try using Agentforce today without changing your metadata, in a sandbox or something, and then show even the smallest of change and how it impacts the agent. Because listening to the podcast today and hearing that you need to transform your metadata isn't going to get the sign-off and the approval of these people within the organization. They're going to want to see how it changes, why, the metrics behind it, and I think that's the best way to do it because every org is so different. Your metadata is going to be so different from the org next to yours, there is no one rule fits all, and I think other than just showing and visually demonstrating how much Agentforce can enhance your org without it versus with the change and show how much it can speed up your users and all the automations it can do, I think that's the best way to approach it, and it is with that person who ultimately holds the budget. Because it's not a one-person job. There is going to have to be some analysis there. You're going to have to do some changes, you're going to have to test them and deploy them. It's almost a project in itself, and I think it should be treated as such because it is such an important step. And your metadata is the foundations of your Salesforce org. You don't want to get it wrong, you don't want to make it worse, so it needs to be treated with that respect and that importance when you're changing it.

Mike: Well, if you think of it, I've always answered the question, if you ask a company what's its most valuable asset, it shouldn't be the product it puts out. It's the data that it has, and its second most valuable is its metadata because that's the way that you find out what data you have.

Jonathan Fox: Yeah, exactly.

Mike: And you query it.

Jonathan Fox: Yeah. If you don't have a strong metadata structure within your Salesforce org, well, then you don't really have a Salesforce org because your data's not going to fit. So yeah, it's second because obviously the data is what you're using day-to day. That's the valuable part.

Mike: One thing we haven't touched on is we've lived in this perfect world of we're just fixing metadata in Salesforce. I don't want to say the wrong term, but when I think about it, integrations, I call it the data you inherit, the data that comes from other systems. How should we approach metadata fixes for that?

Jonathan Fox: It's difficult, especially if you're forced into a particular route because of an integration or another system, but the Salesforce platform is really flexible. There's not really any reason why the metadata that Agentforce uses today can't be specific and clean in accordance with your Salesforce org. There is no other external system out there that necessarily will force you down a rabbit hole and make you have to do it in a certain way. There are always ways that within the org, you can transform your data from where it's held on that metadata and make it work for those external systems. I think it goes back down to again though, making sure your documentation's clean, because if you are forced down a particular route through inherited metadata or third party systems and all the things that you can't control perhaps, then that's where the documentation becomes vital again as we mentioned earlier.

Mike: Yeah, especially if you're... Anytime you bring something in or Salesforce pushes data out, there has to be some documentation on that. That was always the fear that I had as an admin of did I leave enough behind so that somebody knows if things go thermonuclear, what buttons to push? And the end result is if you feel like you have enough, you're probably halfway there because you could always write more.

Jonathan Fox: Yeah, absolutely, and even look at the things that you can't control. You have some really cool app exchange apps in your org. You can't control their metadata. That's the whole point of those vendors, and perhaps they're not top of mind for AI at the moment or they're getting round to doing it, but you want to adopt it before they've had chance. That's where documentation is going to become key, because you can't control what they've produced for your org, and it works amazingly because it's the product you've been using for years. But you need it to work today for Agentforce and perhaps they're not ready or it doesn't work the way that you want it to but it works for them and all their other customers. Documentation is going to be a key there.

Mike: Right, absolutely. Well, this is fun. We dove into the scenes behind the scenes. It's like best practices on writing cue cards for comedians.

Jonathan Fox: Absolutely.

Mike: It's the person that stands behind the camera that tells the camera and the comedian what to do is often underappreciated. There's a whole world of people, just to go off on a tangent, that do write cue cards, and there's a script to learn how to write it so that it's very readable. It was a fascinating-

Jonathan Fox: I did not know that was a thing.

Mike: A fascinating little rabbit hole I went down one day on YouTube and the internet, because you can learn everything from the internet these days.

Jonathan Fox: Oh, it's so true.

Mike: Yeah, isn't it? But you'd think by now we'd be printing it, but nope, it's humans writing it. So Jonathan, this was a blast. I'm glad we came on, we got to talk about metadata. I think it's probably the thing that most people aren't looking at. They're probably like, "Oh, I got to fix my data. I got to do this," and they're just tidying up the entryway and they're forgetting there's a whole lot more to do behind the scenes in addition to just the data that Agentforce consumes, and it pays dividends outside of that too. Better reporting, better everything. I know that I'm guilty of users running reports and including fields and them saying, "I don't know what it is, but I just included it because it had numbers in it." I'm like, cool.

Jonathan Fox: Because it makes the report look fancy.

Mike: I need to fix that field and make it a little bit better. But no, this was great. Thanks for coming on the podcast.

Jonathan Fox: Yeah, thank you for having me. I've really enjoyed it.

Mike: Big thanks to Jonathan Fox for joining us and breaking down the realities and opportunities of cleaning up metadata, and as Agentforce becomes part of the how we work, taking a closer look at what's under the hood of our orgs is more important than ever. Now, before I say that and you're this far, get ready for next week's episode because in addition to cleaning metadata, I'm going to talk with Chris Emmett about cleaning data, and this is a super fun episode. We do go off the rails a little bit about movies, but that's okay. So I hope you enjoyed this episode. I hope you take the time, listen to what Jonathan has to say, talk to your executives, your stakeholders about field labels, documentation habits. And if you loved what you hear, share it with a fellow Salesforce admin, tweet it out on social, and until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Jennifer Lee, Joshua Birk, and Kate Lessard from the Admin Evangelist team at Salesforce.

Join us as we revisit the team’s predictions from the beginning of the year for how Agentforce will change the game for admins in 2025.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jennifer Lee, Joshua Birk, and Kate Lessard.

Agentforce content highlights from 2024 I started by asking the team which content from 2024 still holds up. Between “Automate This” and “How I Solved It”, Jenn puts a lot of great stuff out there. However, she pointed to her modular flows walkthrough on the blog. By breaking complicated processes down into smaller chunks, you make it easier to reuse bits and pieces of them in future solutions.

Kate was more focused on the big picture. In her blog, “Introduction to Agentforce for Salesforce Admins,” she explains why admins are the perfect candidates to become the go-to AI expert in their organizations.

Unsurprisingly, Josh got a little more technical with his answer, highlighting the growing importance of Retrieval Augmented Generation (RAG) and simple prompt engineering. He points to his interview with Nochum Klein about how he uses Agentforce to organize and search information security documentation at Salesforce.

How Agentforce will help admins in 2025 The team also looked ahead to 2025, and I think it’s fun to look back on how things are shaping up now that it’s July.

Kate was focused on how Agentforce will affect admins’ core responsibilities. The agents you build make life easier for both you and your users. However, she pointed out that security and AI governance will be critical as it becomes easier for more people to interact with your data.

Jen was excited to launch two new video series in 2025. If you haven’t yet checked out “Automate with Agentforce”, it’s been incredibly helpful in showing all the cool new solutions you can build with AI. She also has a series about how she’s learning Agentforce, which is a great place to get started.

Finally, Josh was excited about building AI agents that interact with documentation and metadata, enabling faster support, onboarding, and troubleshooting experiences. When combined with Slack integration, you can save your users so much time.

What we’ll be saying at the end of 2025 To finish out the episode, I asked the team to make predictions for what we’ll be saying at the end of 2025.

  • Josh: “It’s the end of 2025, and I can’t believe Salesforce Admins found Agentforce so easy to work with.”
  • Kate: “It’s the end of 2025 and I can’t believe Salesforce Admins are creating dynamic experiences this advanced!”
  • Jen: “It’s the end of 2025 and I can’t believe Salesforce Admins can now do things like troubleshoot user management issues faster than ever before!”

It’s halfway through the year now, so how did we do? And how is your 2025 going? Are you working with Agentforce? Navigating new AI tools? Hit us up in the Trailblazer Community and share your admin wins and lessons.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Jen’s 2024 blog post: Embrace Modular Flows to Build Smarter Automation for Agentforce * Kate’s 2024 blog post: Introduction to Agentforce for Salesforce Admins * Kate’s other 2024 blog post: Advance Your Admin Career With Dev Fundamentals * Josh’s 2024 Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: How Agentforce Transforms Customer Interactions at Salesforce * Blog: 6 Tips To Help You Troubleshoot Agentforce With Confidence * Blog: How Admins Drive Innovation With Core Responsibilities in the Agentforce Era * Video Series: Automate with Agentforce * Video series: Automate This! * Video series: How I Solved It

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Jen on LinkedIn
  • Josh on LinkedIn
  • Kate on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on Tiktok
  • Mike on X

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt:

Hey, Salesforce Admins! It’s July, and we’re officially halfway through 2025—which makes it the perfect time to hit pause and reflect. Back on January 1, we gathered the Admin Evangelist Team—Jen Lee, Kate Lassard, and Josh Burke—for a special kickoff episode full of predictions, priorities, and plans for the year ahead. So today, we’re rebroadcasting that conversation as a mid-year check-in. Were we right? Were we way off? You decide. Give it a listen, and then let us know how your year as a Salesforce Admin is shaping up.

Stay tuned—and see how far we’ve come.

Welcome, everybody, to the podcast. There's a lot of people to introduce, so I'm going to go in reverse order. Jen, let's start off with you. Can you give us a brief introduction and some of the cool content you've created last year at Salesforce?

Jennifer Lee:

Sure, absolutely. I am Jen Lee, Lead Admin Evangelist, and you all probably know me as the host of Automate This or How I Solved It on our Salesforce Admins YouTube channel or for reading my mega blog for each release. Some of the things I'm really excited that I created last year was, again, I love Automate This. I love the How I Solved It, bringing in trailblazers who showcase their skills and what they've built in their orgs, and I really enjoyed writing the blog on building modular flows and thinking about really chunking out and building out smaller flows to get ready for your company in moving over to Agentforce.

Mike Gerholdt:

Nice and got Agentforce in the first minute of the show. Kate, you're our newest member. Let's go with you next.

Kate Lassard:

Hi, everyone. Kate Lassard, also a Lead Admin Evangelist here at Salesforce, and I have been here since August, so still diving in. This past year, I've been really focused on Agentforce and have put together some content including an intro to Agentforce blog post, talking about why admins make great AI specialists, and then also talking about advancing your admin career with dev fundamentals. So you might've seen me on the road at one of the Agentforce tours talking about core responsibilities, and in the new year, keep your eyes open for some new content about how emerging AI technologies fit into those admin core responsibilities.

Mike Gerholdt:

New stuff in the new year. I like it. And of course, Josh Burke.

Josh Birk:

Hi, everybody. I think actually I'm technically the oldest member of the team, but that's only by chronological age. I've been on the admin team for, gosh, I think it's a little over a year now, but I've been at Salesforce for coming on 15 years in 2025. All of them in evangelism in one form or another.

And a lot of the things I've been trying to write about and post about and blog and video and some of our podcasts is really trying to explain through some of the more technical side of artificial intelligence. We have all of these terms. We've got things like LLMs, we've got RAGs, we've got vector databases, and honestly, frequently the concepts are far more simple than the tech terms actually seem to suggest. I'm on record for saying I don't like the term prompt engineering, for instance, because it sounds like you need some kind of union guy to come over and rewire your computer in order to, but is basically just talking to a conversational UI in the first place. So definitely see more of that in the near future, especially as our Agentforce features keep expanding into things like RAG and being able to pull in your knowledge libraries and your documentations and actually have a conversation with them.

Mike Gerholdt:

Awesome. Well, and of course anytime somebody goes to Trailhead, Josh, they're using something you invented.

Josh Birk:

I get a penny every time.

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, a penny.

Josh Birk:

A whole penny.

Mike Gerholdt:

A whole penny. That's before taxes. Okay. Well even in 2025. So speaking of which, we would be like, if you're listening to this the day it comes out, you're in the second day of paying for a gym membership that you think you're going to use for the rest of the month, bet you're probably not going to make it to the 15th, most of us anyway. Or eating vegetables. That's usually the two things. At least those were my horribly tried out New Year's resolutions.

But I'm going to start off with Jen. So Jen, it's 2025. We've got 363 days ahead of us as Salesforce admins. What are you, as of now, going to start focusing on?

Jennifer Lee:

Well, of course, Agentforce. Who isn't? I am very excited for two video series that I'm working on and hoping to put out soon, and this will focus around one will focus around automation and thinking ahead about how that factors into Agentforce and the strategy that you should think about and work through in bringing that along with your company. So that's going to be, I think about 10 to 12 episodes. We're looking to do monthly and then we'll be going through, and just like you all are learning Agentforce, I'm learning Agentforce, so I'm going to take you on my journey of how I'm working through various pieces. So really excited to put that type of video content out.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, we're excited to see it.

Kate, similar question, but a little bit different. You were most recently in the seat as an admin. What are some things you should be thinking of as a Salesforce admin in January that would help set you up for success for the rest of the year?

Kate Lassard:

That is a great question. With all the advancements in AI and with, as I said, admins being the ideal candidates at their organizations to become their internal AI specialists due to their unique understanding of business and user needs combined with their declarative Salesforce skillset, I'm going to be paying attention to new ways of managing admin responsibilities we already have in place. So one that is top of mind for me is security. New technology like Agentforce brings advanced value to admins, but it also brings new security concerns and the need for AI governance, so I have my eyes on the innovative ways that our admin community will continue to evolve in their roles while they're addressing these emerging technologies.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, that's good.

Josh, you probably work on some of the most advanced stuff, and half of the words that you said in your previous answer I didn't understand. Are there things that you're looking ahead at 2025 to understand that you weren't on your roadmap for 2024?

Josh Birk:

Yeah. Well, not to repeat myself too much, but it's been an interesting journey with our friend RAG, which is a Retrieval Augmented Generation, which is a very fancy way of saying that the AI models can absorb information that was not part of their original training, their original model. And typically this is going to be in the form of things like PDFs and documents and things like that.

And the reason why I think it's an interesting journey is when we first started talking about RAG here internally at Salesforce, it was actually more about how our models were going to start getting trained on enterprise data. So we have all of this wonderful custom metadata, and it tells the models of what your custom objects look like, what your custom fields look like, and so they can consume that using RAG in a very nice and flexible way, and you don't have to rebuild an entire LLM for it.

We didn't talk about it much back then because that was behind the scenes, under the covers. This is how the engine is running kind of thing. Now it's actually turning into a very common use case where people are putting in 500 page documents. Think about that mega blog that Jen was talking about. Think about having release notes available to you through a conversational UI kind of thing, so it's something that's fastly growing. And when it comes to those like, oh, what's that killer use case that we could get in to have Agentforce really do good things for our company, RAG is turning in one of those big solutions.

Mike Gerholdt:

And it's another acronym for us to learn.

Josh Birk:

Right.

Mike Gerholdt:

Let's pivot. We do a lot of things as events at Salesforce, and I know our admins, I always try to make it to a lot of events, but you can't make it to them all, right? FOMO is a thing. As you're planning your year, and Kate, I'll start off with you just to mix up the questions a little bit. How would you, as a Salesforce admin for 2025, look at events and what you could or could not go to? And Katie, bar the door. There's no restrictions.

Kate Lassard:

Oh my goodness. Well, I would love to go to all of them. FOMO is real, but not a possibility. I think it's really about prioritizing what you want to learn. So at the beginning of every year, I always try to think about what are my learning goals? What do I want to come out of this year? And whether it's a specific certification or something like learning more about Agentforce and AI governance and security, to go back to my last answer. And then finding the events that are in alignment with that. So obviously things like TDX and Dreamforce are going to be great options because there's going to be a huge amount of content, but the community conferences are also fantastic, and figuring out which ones thematically match your learning goals is really the way that I like to approach events and always maybe trying to fit in a fun new destination like Irish Dreaming this year. So if you've never been to Ireland, maybe that's a good one to add to your event bucket list.

Mike Gerholdt:

Wow, budget. Budget. Katie, bar.

Kate Lassard:

I didn't say my event bucket list.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. No, that's cool. I mean, I love all of those Dreaming events. And Jen, to pivot to you, you speak at a lot of the Dreaming events. What are some of the things that, as an admin, you looked for and got out of going to some of these community-run conferences?

Jennifer Lee:

It's a different vibe from attending Salesforce events like TDX and Dreamforce, it's more low-key, but you're actually learning from the practitioner. So it's beyond the things that Salesforce is focusing on, but getting those really best practices and things like that from the people on the ground who are doing the thing that you're doing. And that's what really excites me about going to community events because you're able to learn from your peers and talk to them and ask questions. There might be something that you're working on that you ran into roadblock, but then you attend a session and then that opened your eyes and gave you ideas and inspired you to go back and try different things, so that's why I love going to community events and just seeing all the people in the community.

Mike Gerholdt:

And the time in between sessions is usually the most fun because it's when you connect with everybody.

Jennifer Lee:

Exactly.

Mike Gerholdt:

I love that.

Josh, I'm not going to ask you to pick between your two favorite children of TDX and Salesforce, but I know you've been a part of both and building activations for both. I think very real in the minds of Salesforce admins is how do I justify going to one or both? What are some of the considerations that you would give admins as advice for planning their travel to one or both of those this year?

Josh Birk:

Yeah. Well, I think it's important to point out that we've kind of acknowledged TDX's role as more of a builder-centric conference, something that's really about enablement, and it's about knowledge, and it's about learning, and it's really about upscaling your career and your skill set. And so I think that's one justification if you're trying to convince your boss that you really need to go to both is that one's a really good learning experience, and the other one is a really good networking experience. Not that you're not going to learn from Dreamforce, not that you're not going to get the good sessions and the good breakouts and all of that, but it is definitely, we are kind of trying to make TDX a little bit more of its own thing on the map as opposed to just kind of a companion event to Dreamforce itself.

And the advice I always give people is prepare, prepare, prepare. It's just like go to agenda builder, make sure you know which sessions ahead of time that you're really going to get the most bang for your buck out of. And always that constant reminder, if breakouts don't have repeats, you might want to show up early because if that's the session that you convinced your boss to send you on the plane for, make sure that you get a seat.

So yeah, no, very much looking forward to them this year. Also looking forward to the community events. I'll echo what Jen said. So I used to joke, I'm not really a developer, I just play one on TV. I guess I'm not really a developer, but I just play one on TV. But it's like we need to hear from you. You're the people on the front lines. You're the people who are actually putting these use cases together. You're going to be the people finding the weird little niche things about these features that maybe when we kick the tires of them, we didn't consider it. So it's a great way to get that wonderful feedback loop kind of closed in.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, no, I hear you. Plus going to TDX means sometimes you can eat at the restaurants around Moscone Center, right? There's some really good ones there. Always food. This podcast always has food, food and time travel, which is what we're going to do.

So last question, and this is for everybody, and now everybody's sweating like, "Oh God, don't call on me first." Okay, Mike takes an hour and a half to ask a question. You have plenty of time. You can read War and Peace in the time it takes for me to ask a question, but we often time travel on the podcast. So we're going to fast-forward. It's now the end of December 2025. You go back and listen to this podcast, and Josh, I'm going to start with you because I didn't start with you on any of the questions. You have to complete this sentence. It's the end of 2025, and I can't believe Salesforce admins blank.

Josh Birk:

Can't believe Salesforce admins found Agentforce so easy to work with. And I can kind of say that safely because it's something I've seen on the road a lot, and it's part of our job is to make it like when you say, "I'm going to go develop an artificial intelligence custom agent." It sounds like something that you better put on your scholarly hat and really dig in deep. What we're finding is it's just really not that hard.

So what I'm hoping is that as we do these enablement workshops and as we get the Trailhead Playgrounds, and people can go in and kick the tires, and they just want to give that a shout-out that that's here in the present, not just in the future, that you can go get a free version of this, and you can go to Trailhead, and you can start learning these things now. And I remember back when Lightning One components hit, and everybody's like, "Oh, what do we do?" It's like, "What do we do about LWC?" It's like, well, don't panic, but now is the time to learn it. Now is the time. And one of the things I've said many times in my keynotes is like, now is the time to determine your relationship with AI. It's your time to figure out what's going to make you more efficient, what's going to make you more productive, what's going to make your job happier.

Mike Gerholdt:

Okay, well, that was a great answer.

Kate, you have to follow Frank Sinatra.

Kate Lassard:

Oh my gosh.

Mike Gerholdt:

So it's the end of 2025, and I can't believe Salesforce admins.

Kate Lassard:

Are creating dynamic user experiences this advanced. I think that a few years ago when Salesforce announced dynamic forms, that was such a game changer for admins allowing us to create more customized dynamic user experiences right on those record pages for our users. And with Agentforce and Prompt Builder, that adds completely new functionality that admins can leverage to really create those dynamic experiences for their users, for their customers. And I think we're going to see not only a resurgence of creating those dynamic user experiences, but now we have even more capability to do so, so I can't wait to see how advanced and how exciting those experiences are.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, a hackathon at the end of 2025 is probably going to look a lot different than the hackathon we did in New York back in November.

Kate Lassard:

Exactly.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. Jen, you get the final word. It's the end of 2025, and I can't believe Salesforce admins.

Jennifer Lee:

Right. So not to copy what Josh or Kate said.

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, it's the hardest when you're the third person on a panel.

Ditto. That's what you should say. Ditto. And the first guy just went ahead and went right to AI.

Josh Birk:

I know.

Jennifer Lee:

I would say, I can't believe Salesforce admins can now do things like troubleshoot user management issues faster than ever before. Just knowing what Cheryl's team is doing behind the scenes and the things that they're working on, your mind's going to be blown. We're going to have agents that help you troubleshoot those things so that you are not spending all the time trying to figure out why Josh has this permission, but Kate doesn't.

Kate Lassard:

Great answer. Way to close with a bang.

Mike Gerholdt:

You know what's going to be fun is I'm going to save this, and we're going to do this again at the end of 2025 and see how close we were. Oh, because why not? And then hopefully we'll say, "Yeah, so we could do that by June." Maybe not. Who knows?

Thanks all for coming on the podcast and helping admins get ready for the new year. I know we have a lot of content lined up, so I appreciate it, and I appreciate your perspective on bringing things.

Josh Birk:

Thanks for having us. You bet.

Jennifer Lee:

Happy New Year. 2025 here we come.

Mike Gerholdt:

What a ride, right? It’s always fascinating to look back and see what held true—and what surprised us. Huge thanks again to Jen, Kate, and Josh for setting the tone back in January. And now, we want to hear from you: how’s your 2025 going? Are you working with Agentforce? Navigating new AI tools? Hit us up in the Trailblazer Community and share your admin wins and lessons.

Until next time, we’ll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Brinkal Janani, Director of Product Management at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about how Generative Canvas will help admins create dynamic, personalized user experiences.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Brinkal Janani.

What is Generative Canvas? Brinkal was on the team of engineers that built Dynamic Forms. Since then, he’s been looking for new ways to help admins build dynamic user experiences without code. That’s why I was so excited to sit down with him and hear about his latest project: Generative Canvas.

Generative Canvas allows Salesforce Admins to create interactive, persistent layouts by prompting AI agents. Basically, you ask an agent to run an analysis or summarize some records and it’ll respond with a Lightning Component that you can drop into your layout. Admins configure the agents, connect the data, and suddenly, their users can build their own dynamic, personalized UX.

Persistent and personalized user experiences One of the biggest challenges for admins is anticipating what your users are going to need in terms of data and workflows. Static tools like Lightning Page Builder and Dynamic Forms are great as long as you have the right requirements. But making adjustments means a lot of back-and-forth, especially when you have to balance the needs of several different users.

Generative Canvas UIs are persistent, but they’re also personalized. The admin still has control over what data can be used, but the user has control over how they see it. Instead of going through all those extra steps, they just need to ask an agent for what they want and drop the Lightning Component directly into their own individual, personalized UI.

A hybrid future for admins Brinkal envisions a hybrid future where static and dynamic tools coexist. Admins might start building with Lightning pages, but move into Generative Canvas when deeper interaction is required. This hybrid approach ensures flexibility while harnessing the power of AI-driven customization.

If all of this sounds a little vague to you, I highly recommend watching the demo video to understand what it looks like in action. As Brinkal says, the future is dynamic, personalized, and built with no code.

For more about Generative Canvas from Brinkal, make sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Generative Canvas demo video * Help Article: Visualize Your Data with Generative Canvas (Preview) * Release Notes: Generative Canvas (Preview)

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Brinkal on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt:

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're diving into the future of AI-powered customization with Brinkal Janani. Now Brinkal is a product manager here at Salesforce and he's leading the charge on Lightning App Builder and AI-generated apps. Today, specifically we're talking about Generative Canvas, forward-looking statement. I bet it's going to get renamed. So we're going to call it Generative Canvas for now, but literally watch the video that's in the show notes. This thing is so cool because it's going to reimagine how admins, how our users can interact with data and build dynamic experiences. And my two most favorite words, without code. Now, before we jump in, I want to make sure you're subscribed to the Salesforce Admins Podcast. That way when a new episode like this drops, boom, you can listen to it. I don't want you to miss out, so be sure to pay attention in whatever app you are using to either press that follow or subscribe button. So with that, let's get Brinkal on the podcast.

So Brinkal, welcome to the podcast.

Brinkal Janani:

Thanks, Mike, for having me.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, we're fresh off the heels of TDX and with AI and everything going on, I feel like the metaphor I've used of how fast technology changing is jumping out of a plane, it's moving very fast. I feel like it's jumping out of a plane and skydiving superfast towards the earth because with AI, everything's changing. And we're going to talk about some of the really cool stuff that you're working on on the platform, but let's get started with just learning a little bit more about Brinkal and what you do at Salesforce. So why don't you tell us what you do and some of the stuff that you work on?

Brinkal Janani:

Sure. Mike, as you guys know, I'm Brinkal Janani and I've been at Salesforce for a little over than nine years now, and throughout my career at Salesforce. I've played various roles. I started my career as a software engineer in test, eventually transitioned to full stack software engineer, and now I'm a product manager overseeing a couple of product portfolios, namely Lighting App Builder and generating apps using AI. And that's where my focus is right now.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I feel like everybody at Salesforce working on AI stuff, right?

Brinkal Janani:

Yeah. And I'm glad to see whatever we're building at Salesforce is for the better. So I'm glad that to give the analogy, but that also means we are doing something that's fast-paced and would provide incremental value to our customers.

Mike Gerholdt:

Absolutely. So you want to talk about, and this is where I will insert forward-looking statement because I feel like this is probably going to change names. So as of this recording, it's currently known as what, Generative Canvas? Is that right?

Brinkal Janani:

That is correct, yes.

Mike Gerholdt:

Okay. Let's talk about as known as Generative Canvas right now.

Brinkal Janani:

Yeah, so I'm glad to talk about this project in particular because there's a history to it. I don't know if most of you know this or not, but I'm familiar that admins love concepts such as Dynamic Forms, Lightning Pages and Lightning App Builder. I mean, those are some of the popular features that admins love to play and use. And one of the fun fact that I wanted to also share was I was one of the original engineers in the team who built Dynamic Forms when it went tiered. So I have quite a bit of understanding on the expectations that admins have from the no-code tools like Lightning App Builder and the experiences they ship to our end users.

And for years I've seen Salesforce admin utilize technologies such as Lightning App Builder, Dynamic Forms, even Page Layouts to control how the UI appears, period. And these no-code tools are the best and have been the best in what they do, but it's also nearly impossible to anticipate the full spectrum that the end users would need in terms of data and workflows, which is where Generative Canvas as a technology becomes really important. It unlocks a whole new way of interacting with data and workflow. So the general concept of Generative Canvas is, it goes beyond static user interfaces to more interactive and dynamic ones where you're talking to an agent and having those responses stored as Lightning components on the layout. That's the crux of it.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, this is one of those where the audio podcast has limitations, but I was watching the video and I'm thinking what you're working on is so far into the future because where we're at now with agents and admin, building agents is we add the agent, enable them, and they can be anywhere in Salesforce and we just ask them a text question. But this is actually really building a visual, well you call it a Canvas, a visual Canvas of chats plus also text and documents, right, meeting notes?

Brinkal Janani:

Yeah, that is correct. I think what would really help understand what the concept is, it's a good example. A good example that we are starting off from is tackling meeting preparation use cases. We all have been in situations where we have back-to-back schedules where we don't even get enough time to see who we are meeting next. And I think that's true for most of us who will be listening in into this podcast, or have been in this situation.

So imagine a sales executive who is handling multiple accounts and is literally in back-to-back situations with meetings when it comes to talking to these accounts and customers. And what it really is, and it's what you've seen with our customers, is like a very personalized approach, a personalized pitch. And executives not having enough time to prep that pitch, or even prepare for that meeting, has been the biggest disadvantage.

And even if they do get time, they usually go to multiple UIs or even leverage multiple tools to be able to create that insight, which is why this was the first use case we felt is the best fit to tackle with Generative Canvas. Because Generative Canvas will make it super easy for any executive starting with sales executives to focus on the job to be done, and not a tool. And the reason I say this is because it's a single-page application where they are interacting with the agents on the backend.

And as I said, agents are responding via text, via components that you put and organize on the UI. And not just that, you can personalize this layout or UI by moving these responses/components around on the Canvas and even resizing them so it exactly fits the way you would have imagined the UI could look like and carry this UI into the meeting so you have something to talk about, you have talking points to break the ice, or even you have insights if you want to cross-sell or upsell any of our products. So I think that example really nails the value of what we are trying to achieve with Generative Canvas. And obviously it's a start and we are going to grow from this use case to multiple other use cases, but hopefully this shows a value.

Mike Gerholdt:

So I think the really cool part is you're thinking of quantitative and qualitative data because a lot of that, there's quantitative data, there's stuff that we can actually see in Salesforce. You brought up the sales example like number of opportunities or sum total of opportunities on this account. But the second part where your Canvas brings it together is all the qualitative data, which is all of that information, the chats, the extra documents, the insight that people need when they walk into a room to have that deeper level conversation as opposed to just the data that's in front of them.

Brinkal Janani:

That is correct, and which is why I also feel like the future experiences is going to be both like a static experience and a dynamic one. I foresee living us in a very hybrid world where technology such as Generative Canvas will exist and coexist with technology such as Lighting Pages. To your point on Canvas, it's beyond static data. You get these insights and summaries that AI is able to generate and piece from the vast pool of data that we have in Data Cloud and at Salesforce. And that's the essence of it. Not just that, but once we start building in and start pulling data from public domain, you should be able to also get that data on the Canvas along with this data that's stored in CRM in your org.

Mike Gerholdt:

Just help me elaborate on that. What would be data pulling from the public domain? What would be example of that?

Brinkal Janani:

Example would be I'd like to learn more about the competitors of my current account. What is people, what is accounts, and what are they doing? So using that data, just having that competitive analysis and the most present one, which can only be learned by pulling the data from the public domain, the sales executive can use this information and potentially create a cross-sell pitch or upsell pitch for the existing customer. Just like having that lens, having that view inside can really help them create a personalized pitch for the customers.

Mike Gerholdt:

Do you envision, and this is all me just thinking like, oh, this is kind of cool. So once somebody creates a Canvas, let's say for an account, would you envision that they would go back to that and then of course it would live update? Because obviously if you're pulling in news articles, it could do that. Like say six months comes down the line and the customer's up for a renewal, you'd want to go back to that same Canvas that you used to close the deal. Right?

Brinkal Janani:

That's a great point, Mike. And I think one thing that I also want you to touch about Generative Canvas is that this Canvas is, as you said, are persistent, which means once you create this Canvas, they are there, they're part of your org and you can obviously revisit them. And obviously since Canvas is based on data, both static, and data coming from public domain, you would want to make sure they're still relevant, right? Because even the record details might have changed, a number of little records might have changed, a whole lot of data. The data that existed when the Canvas was created might be completely different from what exists right now. So having an ability to refresh the Canvas entirely would be essential to keeping Canvas not just persistent, but also relevant.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. Just on a non-Generative Canvas note, you mentioned in your intro that you'd also worked on Dynamic Forms, which I love to demo because I'm from that period of time when you couldn't have Dynamic Forms. Well, you could. My Dynamic Form was two different page layouts and a workflow rule to flip the page layout. That was my faking Dynamic Forms. What got you into the visual part of working in technology? I mean, it's obviously something you're really good at and something you're really passionate about.

Brinkal Janani:

So I think I need to share this. When I was interviewing with Salesforce, I was actually interviewing the day right before my wedding.

Mike Gerholdt:

Whoa.

Brinkal Janani:

And the only reason I did this, and I'll never do this obviously again-

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, I hope you don't have to get married again, in case your wife's listening.

Brinkal Janani:

... is because I knew what Salesforce was doing and what it continues doing, it's like creating these products which also create this community and just uplevels a whole lot of folks with the career insights and the career paths. And that is huge and that really resonated with me. And ever since my career at Salesforce, I've played multiple roles. My focus has always been delivering value for admins through no-code tools and specifically in my case, it's Lighting App Builder. So being an engineer or being a product manager, my focus has been how do I help admins unlock value for the end users through UI using no-code tools? And that has been my problem statement from day one at Salesforce, and which is why I'm super exciting to see how the feature's set, how the technology's evolving from beyond the static layouts in terms of Lighting Pages to a more dynamic world where everything is personalized, everything's AI driven. But as I said earlier, I also feel like the reality, the future is mostly hybrid with both technologies coexisting seamlessly.

Mike Gerholdt:

When you say hybrid, do you mean humans and technology or what do you mean by hybrid?

Brinkal Janani:

When I say hybrid, I think I see a world where it's not completely one-sided where you only have static experiences or you only have dynamic experiences. When I say hybrid, I mean I see a world where you have both kind of experiences, probably start from a static experience to a Lighting Page, and eventually transition to a more dynamic experience through technology such as a new Canvas where you're conversing with a tool, where you're conversing with an agent, and updating the layout on the fly.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, okay. And everything turned out okay at the wedding, I'm assuming?

Brinkal Janani:

Yes.

Mike Gerholdt:

Okay, good.

Brinkal Janani:

Safe to say that.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, we know the job thing worked out because you're on the podcast. So I don't know I've ever had anybody on that interviewed before their wedding day. But good for you. When you sit down and think of all of the stuff that AI has to interact with now, and what you're working on for this Generative Canvas, I'm not an engineer, but it's very easy to get caught up in the here and now. How are you trying to plan for two to three year out technology that you might not even know exists and pull that in for the next generation of Generative Canvas? I mean, you have to know you're building something out of Minority Report, right?

Brinkal Janani:

And I think that's a great question again, Mike. To be honest with you, in this period of time, it's extremely difficult to even look out two years out in advance just because the pace of technology is changing so drastically. But one thing that remains constant, regardless of what period we are in, are the problems that you want to solve for your customer base. Those are not going away. Eventually technology needs to be able to solve customer problems. So my focus always has been less on the technology itself, but figuring out the right problem set to solve in the right period of time using the right technology, and that's what I want to achieve. And that's what I've always been trying to achieve. Two different sets of technologies. So eventually in time technologies might change, but you still have the same problem set to deal with. And solving some problem sets might become just easier as in when technologies evolve. And I think we just need to keep on revisiting that list of problems that you have that you want to solve for your customers.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. Last question, because I threw some hard ones at you, but you also came with the wedding thing. That's pretty unexpected. When your... I mean, man, this is so, "In the future we're going to have flying cars, but we don't know." When you're planning through and looking for inspiration, this is the one thing that I think I learned it from a long time ago, I had a guest on the podcast that talked about board games and how they found inspiration in board games when they were creating a product in Salesforce. Because you work in very visual products, where do you go to find inspiration for ideas like for Generative Canvas that you're working on?

Brinkal Janani:

That's a tough question again, Mike,

Mike Gerholdt:

I don't ask easy ones. Nobody comes on for easy questions.

Brinkal Janani:

All right. Point taken. I think the answer is two-folded, one is very personal and one is more cooperative. I'll start with the personal one. I'm also father to a three-year-old daughter.

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, boy.

Brinkal Janani:

And it's been quite a journey, and mostly good. The reason she is an inspiration is because it's so amazing to see how a creature of such small size can learn and absorb from visual experiences, from sensory experiences, so quick. And depending on what the experience is, the message that they learn is drastically different. And I know it seems like a very far-fetched connection, but if you tie the dots, it's actually not that far. That is my daughter has been an inspiration just to keep my mindset more agile and rapidly adopt with changing environment and learn from it and keep on delivering value. So that has been something that I'm really grateful for. The other thing is a lot of people, we have an amazing set of people in the world right now and everybody's doing something very amazing. So this thing connected, and in the know on what's happening around you, also serves a good idea for inspiration.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, no, I mean think a lot of us are still wrapping our heads around... I have a good friend of mine has a young child too, and he told me the other day, "He just ran up to the TV and started touching it, expecting it to do things," much like his phone. And that to me is like, whoa, because that's the world they live in. As a parting gift, if admins are definitely thinking about Agentforce, and AI, and everything that they can do in Salesforce, what would your best advice be for admins around getting ready for just AI and Agentforce and learning this new world that we live in?

Brinkal Janani:

I've always felt for Salesforce, the local community groups that we have, the Trailblazer communities that we have, Trainforce, TDX, and just like one-on-one engagement with product managers and MVPs have been a very solid ecosystem that has helped spread the knowledge and just up-level everyone by sharing knowledge, talking about the problems, and talking about how do we unlock, or solve for these problems using the technology that the Salesforce has right now. And I think it will be vital for us, especially product managers at Salesforce, being part of those communities and local groups and talking about the technology, the product that they're working on, and helping customers connect with it. I think that would be a key, not just for success of products, but also for success of our customers.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I couldn't agree more. I mean, it can be oftentimes very isolating to sit in your office and feel like you must be the only person working on this right now, and you're not. And getting out to a user group and hearing stories and thinking, "Oh, you just need to change a couple terms, but we're working on the same problem," and seeing different approaches to things is always very helpful. Brinkal, thanks so much for being on the podcast. I can't wait to have to go back and edit this once we rename Generative Canvas three or four more times.

Brinkal Janani:

And yeah, thanks Mike for having me. This has been special.

Mike Gerholdt:

No, it'll be great. So that was a fun conversation with Brinkal. I'll be honest, I don't know of any podcast guests that may have interviewed the day before their wedding. Usually there's things to do. You know what, Brinkal is like, "I'm going to work at Salesforce and build the future of applications." So I'm so glad everything's working out for him. But man, I can't wait to see your reaction to some Generative Canvas stuff. Again, I'll include all the links in the help and the video to watch it. If it works for you, go for it. I think they're going to roll it out even farther, forward-looking statement. But this is going to be cool.

If you enjoyed this episode, hey, do me a favor, share it with a fellow admin. You can tap the dots in Apple Podcasts and click share episode and then that way you can post it on whatever social platform you are on or, text it to a friend. Or share it in your community user group. I'd be a fan of that. Of course, all the resources, including the transcript, are in the show notes for this episode. And where are those? Well, those are your one-stop shop for everything admin, which is admin.salesforce.com. Now don't forget to join the conversation over in the Admin Trailblazer group. Don't worry, the link is in the show notes. Where's the show notes? Admin.salesforce.com. Look at that. It's like we thought about this ahead of time. I promise we did. All right. Until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Kurtis Kemple, Senior Director of Developer Relations at Slack.

Join us as we chat about what’s possible when you combine Slack, Salesforce, and AI agents.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Kurtis Kemple.

Starting at square one in tech Kurtis’s path to his career in tech is truly inspiring. Not only is he a completely self-taught programmer, but he learned those skills while incarcerated. It was hard to get any sort of job when he got out, let alone convince someone to take a chance on him as a software engineer.

Today, Kurtis is the Senior Director of Developer Relations for Slack. His role is primarily focused on advocacy, with a focus on improving the developer experience through thoughtful product design and community input. So he’s the perfect person to talk to about what’s possible with Slack, Salesforce, and AI agents.

Slack is the OS for work When it comes to collaborating with your team, Kurtis sees Slack as the OS for work. It’s a space to bring together everything you need—your communications, your documents, your data—all in one place so you can start getting things done.

Switching contexts can be a productivity killer. That’s why Slack’s integration with Salesforce is so powerful, because it allows you to have everything right at your fingertips without needing to go back and forth between windows.

Whether you’re looking at Salesforce data in Slack to have a conversation with a co-worker about an opportunity, or updating your team on what you’re building in Salesforce, seamless authentication means you can do everything from wherever you happen to be working without having to switch back and forth.

Agents and automation inside Slack The possibilities are even more exciting when you throw Agentforce into the mix. As Kurtis points out, Slack actions are part of the list of standard actions. That means you can build custom agents that use data from either platform to launch workflows, run a quick analysis, and much more.

Kurtis also gets into how you can customize Agentforce by plugging in various LLM libraries, or connecting it with external services or authentication providers. As he explains, prompt templates are powerful tools for controlling your agents’ responses so that they fit into your business processes.

This episode is a deep dive into everything you can do with Agentforce and Slack, so be sure to take a listen. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Blog: Getting Started With Slack and Agentforce Integration * Trailhead: Connect Your Agentforce Org with Slack * Trailhead: Learn How Agentforce and Slack Work Together * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: What Can Salesforce Admins Do with Slack Integrations?

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Kurtis on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on Tiktok
  • Mike on X

Full Transcript

Josh Birk: Hello, Salesforce admins, your guest host Josh Birk here. Today on the show, we're going to welcome Kurtis Kemple, who's overrunning developer advocacy at Slack. We're going to talk about Slack, we're going to talk about AI, we're going to talk about Kurt's beginnings, and this was a great interview. Very happy we got it on tape. And so, let's go right over to Kurt. All right. Today on the show we welcome Kurtis Kemple of Salesforce Developer Advocacy. Kurt, welcome to the show.

Kurtis Kemple: It's a pleasure to be here. Thank you so much for having me.

Josh Birk: So let's start, I usually start talking about people's early years. And you have a very, let's not say unique, but a very interesting early days of getting into computing. You're self-taught in web development and you learn that in prison. Correct?

Kurtis Kemple: Yeah, that's correct. I prefer to think of it more as self-guided. I'd like to take all the credit, but I was still reading books, watching YouTube videos, paying for courses. So you're still creating a learning environment more so than just I had... Well, in prison I did have nothing, but then I just opened a laptop and just essentially went at code with nothing. I don't want to essentially leave out all the people who I wouldn't be here without them.

Josh Birk: Did you have an interest in computers beforehand or was it just sort of a, "Here's this moment in my life and I want to make changes, and I want to learn something new"?

Kurtis Kemple: Well, it was definitely that second one, but not related to code. So it was pure happenstance. Prior to incarceration, I had very limited experience in technology. I had a pager once when I was 18, cell phones were coming out, and I would download music off LimeWire. That was it. I had to type with two fingers, like pecking at the keyboard.

Josh Birk: Did the looking over the keys with the finger on either side of it? Yeah.

Kurtis Kemple: Oh my gosh, absolutely. Absolutely.

Josh Birk: I also love doing interviews like this because we always accidentally date ourselves.

Kurtis Kemple: Oh, my lord. Yeah.

Josh Birk: In some wonderful way.

Kurtis Kemple: I know people are going like, "What's a pager?" They're like, "Oh, I've seen those on TV."

Josh Birk: I know, right? "Did they beep or something like that? They had numbers on them?" Yeah. Actually, I didn't get a cell phone for a long time because my dad's a doctor and he had a pager, and I remember hating the fact that he would be taken away from the dinner table because his pager is on his belt. I'm like, "Oh, I don't want to have constant access to people always being able to call me." And now, of course, I'm the dude that my wife slaps my wrist because I'm picking up the cell phone during dinner with friends.

Kurtis Kemple: Absolutely.

Josh Birk: Just as addicted as everybody else. So tell me a little bit, 'cause tech is not the easiest to break into, and there's ageism, there's sexism, there's racism, there's the old white guy syndrome, all this kind of stuff. With a record of a conviction, what challenges were you facing there?

Kurtis Kemple: Sheesh know, I'd say that-

Josh Birk: How many hours do we have?

Kurtis Kemple: Honestly, honestly. Look, this is for all you PMs out there, I'm going to throw in a little product analogy, but there's a ton of upfront friction. It's like they would never let me get through to the other side to realize the value. So it's like having that record, it's immediately, oh, that's like, "I don't want to mess with that." They had no idea that on the flip side of that, I was willing to work so hard to prove myself. So hard. And so, I think there's two sides to every coin, but it was a big blocker. It's just immediate nos. You have conversations with people and they're like, "Oh, that's interesting." And then they find out about the record, or back then you had to check a box, "Have you been convicted of a felony in the last seven years or since you've got out?" And it's like, "Yeah. Yeah, I have. But I thought the whole point of going through half a decade of incarceration was that I did that. I paid my dues." But no, you're doing time for forever after you get out in the US, honestly.

Josh Birk: Yeah. Well, I am very glad that you have managed to break your way into tech and join us. Tell me a little bit about your current job.

Kurtis Kemple: Yeah, so from there all the way learning and coding, I went through an entire career in software engineering, and then I ended up making a switch to DevRel about eight years ago. And then I went from IC up in DevRel, really, up to leadership. And so now, I'm senior director of developer relations here at Salesforce, and I focus on Slack, Slack platform.

Josh Birk: And tell me a few of those highlights, because you've worked for companies like, if I'm remembering your CV correctly, like Amazon. Correct?

Kurtis Kemple: Yeah, I've worked for a ton of pretty big companies, some that might not be as well known, but you'd know them in certain verticals. So I worked at Integral Ad Science, which is actually, if you've ever seen an ad, they're the analytics platform behind the analytics platforms. So it was a really big one. And then from there, a bunch of places that culminated with my last job as a full-time engineer. I was the tech lead of the UI team at Major League Soccer. And so we built-

Josh Birk: Cool.

Kurtis Kemple: Yeah, it was a really fun one. So we built all the interfaces that fans interface with, like user interface, literally, chatbots, Roku, Fire TV, websites, mobile apps. You name it, we built it.

Josh Birk: Nice. Very, very nice. Now, this is kind of a personal question for myself because it's one I get frequently, and I apparently struggle to answer it correctly because I still have people in my life who have no idea what I do. What is developer evangelism or advocacy? Which of the labels or do you land ,on evangelist or advocate?

Kurtis Kemple: So, I think at any point, you might be doing a bit of both in reality in these days, but if we wanted to put a label on it, you could say evangelism is more outbound-driven. Advocacy, ideally you're doing a lot of inbound. We're advocating, both internally and externally, we're providing feedback. I would say I lean heavily, I'm a very product-driven person, so lean on the advocacy. I want to unlock better developer experience through improvements to the product.

Josh Birk: Got it.

Kurtis Kemple: That's my main thing. But also, I love getting out there and just talking [inaudible 00:06:54] and engaging with people, interestingly enough, because I am introverted, but I love it. I absolutely love it.

Josh Birk: It's such an interesting trend in advocacy and evangelism. I remember having a beer with a former evangelist actually, and I'm like, "Well, you know I'm a closet introvert. Right?" He's like, "No, you're not." I'm like, "No, dude."

Kurtis Kemple: Yeah, they have no idea.

Josh Birk: "You have no idea." One of the first things I told my therapist is, "I have raging social anxiety, and so I decided to go into public speaking." Don't ask me why. Don't ask me why.

Kurtis Kemple: "I wanted to live my worst fear daily."

Josh Birk: Right, exactly. Exactly. Oh, yeah. Okay. So our focus is admins, and what I'm kind of curious is, because first of all, I'm a huge Slack fan. And it's one of the purchases that I'm like, "Oh, I get this one." Sometimes Mark buys a company, I'm like, "I don't know who they are. I don't know why we would use them." First of all, I'm very glad we purchased Slack because it finally answered an age-old question of which IM service should we use to talk to our teammates? And yeah, finally have a-

Kurtis Kemple: Really?

Josh Birk: Oh, it was horrible. It was G-Chat and it was Top This, and then there's Chatter, and to have everybody agree was great. But how do you see, in the Salesforce ecosystem, what is Slack's role as a product?

Kurtis Kemple: Yeah. And this is so great 'cause this ties right into administration as well. It is the operating system, without a doubt, that is, I don't know, I think of a computer, extrapolating out a bit higher level. It is aggregating all of the useful tools, access to information, communication channels, but that is very broad, very general. It's covering it for everything. Slack narrows in onto one particular aspect of your life, work. Or actually, I won't even say work, but I will say collaborative organization and communication, 'cause we have millions of communities on Slack as well. And yeah, I think that it's about that. Honestly, it's that. It's an operating system to help you organize and be productive and get things done. And especially now when you put the lens of work on it, it becomes even more valuable. That starts turning into dollars. And it's tangible, tracks billions of dollars.

Josh Birk: Yeah. Yeah. And I really love positioning it as it's kernel, is kind of the... Oh gosh, I just made an OS pun when I didn't mean to. Kernel is sort of that collaborative tool, but then there's all these other layers to it to help people be more productive and be more collaborative. And over the years, we've had tighter integrations with Slack and Salesforce. What are some of the key integrations that come to mind when I'm using Slack, but I'm also trying to interface with Salesforce?

Kurtis Kemple: Salesforce channels. Without a doubt, if those are not set up, oh my Lord, it is a game changer. So quick links at the top, taking action within Salesforce. Again, for me, it's like the work operating system, I don't want to switch context. I don't care if it's to switch a window for three seconds to click a button, or I have to go out there and do a bunch of other things, it breaks the flow of work. And to me, what I'm actually most excited about is when you look at a Salesforce channel, you've got your conversation. Let's say it's related to whatever, like an account, there might be your opportunities, or the health score or recent notes, and all this stuff is right there in the team channel as soon as you drop in. And I'm sure that we use Slack more than most people use Slack 'cause we are Slack and Salesforce. But if you are starting to take advantage of those tools, I've got all my documents related to the DevRel team, in our Dev Rel channel. It's just so convenient. But when you integrate other systems in that, like Salesforce, and now I just have a canvas, but it's real time updates and back and forth collaboration. Okay, my job keeps me mostly in Salesforce platform. A, it's day to day business as usual, but if I spend most of my time in Slack, I'm no longer breaking the flow of work, even if it is just a few times, that can really have an effect, compounded. So I would say definitely that. And now, the counterpart to that is we've got the Slack channels in Salesforce.

Josh Birk: That's so cool. That's so cool. Is that GA? How do people turn that on? Or is it just there?

Kurtis Kemple: It is GA. How do the people turn it on? I think it's just there if you already have things connected. So if you set up a Salesforce channel connection, it will show up for you in the Slack, in the Slack UI with the Slack way of doing things. And if you're in Salesforce, then you get the Slack channel, messaging still available, everyone conversation one place, but you have your Salesforce UI that you've custom designed and built around you so that you can do your work more efficiently. I'm sorry, I swear I'll let you talk right after this, but you hit on something so key, I swear to God.

Josh Birk: No, go, go, go.

Kurtis Kemple: It took us a while to get here. Look at this. We're like three, four years into this thing. More, more. But when you look at how to thoughtfully integrate something like Slack and Salesforce, there's going to be some trial and error. And I know people wanted it faster and I wish we gave it to them, but I'm actually just happy that the things we're building now are so much in the flow of work. There's some things coming up that I don't know if I can talk about. I should have ran through the list, but I cannot wait. Cannot wait for folks to see 'cause bridging Salesforce and Slack in ways that are just amazing, and are really going to close the gap for ease of use and just being able to stay where you're meant to be and do your job.

Josh Birk: Nice, nice. I want to touch on that a little bit, but I also want to kind of applaud the engineering team over there, because the demos I've done, and I'm old, I've done integrations. My first application was a CGI, getting things to work, but integrating systems sometimes isn't easy. The seamless OAuth between Slack and Salesforce is pretty cool. The idea that you have this mirror user and then you just tell Salesforce, "This is my user over here, go be Slack." And then I'm like, "What do you mean there's no OAuth window? What do you mean I don't have to worry on tokens?"

Kurtis Kemple: You're already you. You're already you.

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Kurtis Kemple: Yeah.

Josh Birk: Yeah. Did you have a follow up there, or?

Kurtis Kemple: I do. I do, I do, I do, I do. Yeah. So Seamless OAuth I think is foundational. As a matter of fact, I see this as foundational to the entire Salesforce ecosystem. And so now that's seamless, all right, so here's the deal. Imagine now it's like, oh, click of a button, I deploy a Slack workspace for my Salesforce org. That's awesome. But now, it's like I want to also extend my operating system, my Slack org, so I want to start building and deploying apps. Well, what if that user was also seamless off to Heroku and you could just deploy your apps immediately to Heroku? And what if you wanted to use MuleSoft APIs to further extend it? But guess what? You're the same user there, too. So now, it's like you can immediately spin up these really ridonkulous, enterprise-grade-ready, all seamlessly authenticated systems and just go to town.

Josh Birk: Right. Well, and that really starts to put the cap on the concept of it being an operating system.

Kurtis Kemple: Bingo.

Josh Birk: It's Slack, it's Salesforce, it's MuleSoft, it's Heroku, it's whatever in our ecosystem that you have to touch. And I'm going to be very honest, when canvases really became a thing, I was kind of like, "Okay, I've got docs, I've got this kind of stuff." And then our team recently tasked me with trying to track some pilot features, and I was struggling with, "Well, where should this live?" Because of course, this is not going to surprise you, my first instinct was, "Custom object, throw it in the enterprise org that we all collaborate on, keep them as records, blah, blah, blah, blah."

Kurtis Kemple: Yeah. Yeah.

Josh Birk: And then-

Kurtis Kemple: Permissions, groups, we're all good to go. Right?

Josh Birk: Right. And then I thought about exactly what you were talking about before, how many touch points is that for somebody to go and read something that they're not... This is something people are intended to scan.

Kurtis Kemple: That's it.

Josh Birk: This isn't a research doc. It's a "Here are some things to think about in front of Dreamforce." And I'm like, "That's why I put it into a canvas."

Kurtis Kemple: That's it.

Josh Birk: It's right there and you can just click that button and go. Now, speaking of OSs and conversational UIs, because I think this touches a little bit on what you just said about deploying workspaces and things like that, because we now have Slack actions in Agentforce as standard actions. Can you tell me a little bit about those?

Kurtis Kemple: Yes, I absolutely can. So, you want to be able to take action in Slack from Agentforce. It's like if that is the work operating system and agents are truly supposed to be doing work on my behalf, I want those reports summarized and put into a canvas and added to my channel. I want to set up DMs maybe with somebody from customer success and sales, or IT and wherever. I think as we see Agentforce start to grow more in maturity, we're going to need to see a lot more Slack actions. And fun fact, like little shout out to the DevRel team over here. If you want to extend beyond the Slack actions that exist, we've already got the docs all set up for you for building custom Slack actions for Agentforce. So you can literally just, world is your oyster with Slack. And technically, they work for any service. We're not doing anything particularly bespoke. But it's nice, because you can set up a Slack app which gives you all the proper authentication to either be you or a bot, depending on how you want to set all that up. And then you can now start taking that even further. You can have agents doing things on your behalf, like responding to messages, or summarizing things and aggregating stuff, updating records in Salesforce, or updating channels and canvases and lists within Slack, kicking off Slack work flows, all kinds of stuff. But to be honest, that's all very well and good, except I think until we get agents more deeply integrated into the UI of Slack, into your flow of work, we're just scratching the surface. And we're working on some cool stuff now that you'll see, but right now it's really just the agents are there, you know what I mean? We brought them into Slack, but they're kind of side card, they still have access to all your info, have access to the relevant channel and stuff like that, or channels. And now, you can actually message them in channel, which is a big step forward, but that's still very much the initial phases. I can't wait for all this stuff we'll be able to do. Yeah.

Josh Birk: Okay. I'm going to free you from the restraints of a forward-looking statement.

Kurtis Kemple: Let's do it.

Josh Birk: And we're going to walk right into the land of theory. So everybody listening to me right now, this is not a product roadmap, Kurtis is not promising you anything. I am just going to ask what's your dream version of an agent residing in Slack?

Kurtis Kemple: All right, so I think it's twofold. Oh my gosh. Oh man, this is going to get so deep. Here we go.

Josh Birk: I love it.

Kurtis Kemple: Number one, I think agents should be able to be preferential. They should learn about you over time, specifically. Not general knowledge, not learning about all of the people in Slack, you specifically. So, I would like to see more of that happen because then you get into generative use cases. It would better understand what actions to take, better understand what things to do because of you and how you specifically have interacted with it. So I think that's one. And then two is like, this is going to sound so funny 'cause we're the conversational interface, but it's like we've already cracked that nut. We're good there. What if agents were more in flow into literally to the micro flow of work? When I highlight texts, I should be able to kick off agent actions and send that to agents. And then I would love to see more eventually agent orchestration. So right now, we've got a few agents, but let's assume you're like X-Corp, 5,000 to 10,000 employees. You open up Agentforce for them, they build one agent per, not everyone would, but realistically, now you're talking about thousands of agents within your environment. That could be a lot to handle. So I think winning the game there is about making it a lot easier to synthesize and have AI help you manage that.

Josh Birk: A couple of meetings ago we were joking about whether or not we should consider adding a mental health topic to our Agentforce. And as you're saying that, I'm like, okay, so one of these days my Slack channel is going to have an agent in it and that agent's going to be like, "Dude, you've got too many meetings this week. Go take a walk."

Kurtis Kemple: Exactly. Exactly.

Josh Birk: I love it. I love it.

Kurtis Kemple: Or there's like, Hey, there's 13 agents in here and going through their topics and descriptions, their classification, these are all doing roughly the same thing or something like that. Or, "Here's all these agents around your org that are all doing the same thing." I think a lot of stuff, I don't know, I've just been digging AI lately in, one, non-conversational use cases, so kicking off from buttons and stuff like that. I think we should get a little bit back to that. And then two, I would like for agents to not just be specific to a topic or an industry, but specific to me.

Josh Birk: Got it. I love it. I love it. One of the things I preach often is if you are a Salesforce admin, you're already an AI builder. If you know Flow, you already know how to extend an AI.

Kurtis Kemple: Absolute.

Josh Birk: [Inaudible 00:21:56]. And one of the things that I've seen some of your use cases, and that's what I want to dig into next, but it's interesting how simple Flow can be, but also how much more power it can add to an AI, into an agent, simply because of its ability to integrate with external systems and other things. What are some uncommon use cases that you've tinkered with when it comes to... And we'll do Flow/Apex because they're pretty parity when it comes to features these days, so don't limit yourself to just Flow. But what are some uncommon use cases where maybe somebody's like, "Oh, I didn't think an agent would do that"?

Kurtis Kemple: When we think of Agentforce, we immediately just zoom in on that is our agent, we have the reasoning engine, and then we have the actual agent itself, and that's the only access to LLMs within Agentforce. And that's not true. So, Salesforce has the LLM Open Connect standard. You can attach any LLM you want to as a foundational model if you have a data cloud. And you can start doing models for all kinds of things like specific actions, like a model per action. This was kind of blowing people's minds when I started showing them this. I have actions that can help me summarize text, actions that actually help me review and rewrite text, actions that can help me with code instruction, actions that help me analyze data. I have my Salesforce developer advocate model that helps me learn Apex Lightning web components, policies and setup. I'm becoming an admin myself. I'm starting to get pretty dangerous in there.

Josh Birk: I love it. Nothing wrong with being a double or a triple threat out there, that's for sure.

Kurtis Kemple: Absolutely.

Josh Birk: Yeah. I love it. I love it.

Kurtis Kemple: I could dive more into third-party services too though, 'cause I think that's a big one that we've not tapped on.

Josh Birk: Go for it.

Kurtis Kemple: Yeah, yeah. So aside from custom LLMs, which again, now you can handle any use case you want, but Salesforce is the most integrated platform probably in a history of platforms. And I think people try to leave a lot of that at the door. And so we'll get into Flow and Apex next, but those are the gateway for this. Because I can set up external services or auth providers, or like I said, custom models, and then all of those things, prompt templates are great for really controlling the responses in Agentforce. All these tools become available to you. And so I have an agent, engineering agent that... Actually, this is a cool one. It pulls down my PRs for me that I have, and it will spin up GitHub Codespaces. And I can run the code, review it, and then be like, "This looks good. Please break that down, merge this for me." And it goes off and does it.

Josh Birk: I love it. I love it. And for the admin, non-technical group PR pull request, so basically we keep coming back to this theme. We are your engineers working? Well, they're probably talking to each other in Slack. They're probably talking about that pull request in Slack. So why get out of Slack once they've already approved it in Slack? So why get out of Slack in order to approve it and then add that to the code base?

Kurtis Kemple: That's it. I'm in the flow of work. I never left Slack. I sat down and I said, "Oh, you know what? I have a few minutes. Let me"... Okay. Now, here's the beauty. I said, "Oh, I have a few minutes. Let me see what I can tackle." If I had had to leave to go to GitHub to do that, I would've never happened. I would've looked for things I could do a few minutes within Slack.

Josh Birk: Yeah. Yeah, you know how some people have a swear jar. Right?

Kurtis Kemple: Mm-hmm.

Josh Birk: I thought about just putting a jar in the kitchen to put a penny in every time I walk into the kitchen and forgot what I was going to do.

Kurtis Kemple: Oh my gosh.

Josh Birk: So yeah, if I have to leave Slack, I'm probably getting a coffee or figuring out why the cats been away or something. Yeah, totally.

Kurtis Kemple: Literally.

Josh Birk: Totally. I want to dig a little bit more in the custom models, because that's actually one thing I have been curious about. I have not played with it much myself. And one of the things that keep kind of, when I'm talking about AI, is kind of breaking down this concept that it's a rocket science sort of thing. Yes, I've seen the math and it made my eyes bleed, basically. If you want to understand the formulas, you're probably going to be a Stanford research scientist. If you want to use the technology though, you already have the skills. And one of the things it's interesting about the concept of a custom model is when we do an API call to OpenAI, OpenAI is intended to know how to cook a rotisserie chicken. Admins don't need to know, our users don't need to know how to use a rotisserie chicken when they're in Slack.

Kurtis Kemple: Yeah. I don't need a model that can talk like a pirate. You know what I mean?

Josh Birk: Exactly. Although, prompts that talk like a pirate are a fun demo to do.

Kurtis Kemple: They are great.

Josh Birk: But what is involved in creating a custom agent, like when you say, "I created an agent that understands Apex and LWC"?

Kurtis Kemple: Yeah. Yeah, so I actually created an action and I just attach that action to the agent. So here's a cool thing, I'm not training anything. AI has gone from frontier to common product so fast. If we look at the Wardley scale, probably faster than anything else in the history of humankind. And we are now at the stage where AI, you can have access to very specifically trained models to do something very well through a simple API call. I'm sorry, I shouldn't say simple, because even API calls can be complex for those unfamiliar. My point being, is that you don't have to train your own models. You don't have to be an AI or ML engineer. You don't even have to be a developer. If you can open up Postman and figure out how to use a couple API endpoints, that's all you need to become very active with AI. And then it's just a matter of identifying which models are best for which job. And trust me, there is no shortage of that information online.

Josh Birk: Where are some of your favorite places to find custom models?

Kurtis Kemple: I definitely lean heavily into Hugging Face. So it's basically like the GitHub for models and data sets and stuff like that. I like it because it's the platform I found that opens the most transparency. So a lot of them can even record the carbon footprint of what it costs to train their models. And they have little cards right there on Hugging Face. Yeah.

Josh Birk: Oh, very cool.

Kurtis Kemple: Yeah, it is. It's cool. You can also see the data sets for a lot of them, what they're trained on, but they also have access to all your big, what I call the 100 million club models. You need $100 million or more to train. They've got access to all those as well. So, I like it because then I use one API, the Hugging Face API, and then I just switch the model as one property and I can completely change the response. Absolutely.

Josh Birk: Oh, that's very cool. That's very, very cool. So let's broaden a little bit outside of the world of Slack and Salesforce, because I know you've also talked in general about the importance of democratizing artificial intelligence. Give me a little bit of a pitch on that.

Kurtis Kemple: All right. So, it goes back to incarceration. And this is also why I said self-guided, not self-taught. The only reason I was able to succeed is because enough people had come before me in tech and been willing to share what they had learned. That is not common. Go Google how to become a doctor. There's not doctors out there writing blog posts on how to become a doctor. There's not electricians doing it, accountants, bankers, I can go down the list. Now, there are some, don't get me wrong, I don't want to talk negatively about any industry. Trust me, there are people out there, but there's not the wealth of information that there is for learning tech, for especially coding. Look, even in a Salesforce ecosystem. So I look at Trailhead, I am so blown away by what I call the opportunity funnel of something like Trailhead in the Salesforce community. Say what you want, but nothing is a career creator vacuum for people who have non-traditional or resource-deficient backgrounds and have a viable career. So sorry, circling back. Imagine if I had had a small un-internet connected device with a model, trained specifically on code instruction to help me along in there, instead of one textbook and my teacher being willing to print out some pages on JavaScript MouseEvents.

Josh Birk: Yeah. And I think a lot of that, I think there's a harmonious cycle there, because I think a lot of it is also how, especially techie people, whether they're an admin or a developer or an architect or whatever, I feel like we learn once we do it sort of thing. We can read it, we can see it, but the best... This statement alone is probably why I'm in computers. Back when I was in school and we got to play around with Apple IIs, I think they were Apple IIes, and our teacher said, "Do whatever you want in this class. You are not going to break the computer by typing code into it." And it was all of a sudden just like, it's like, "Okay, I'm going to go do go-to lines for 1,000. Let's just to see what happens." And it was so freeing, so freeing just to be able to be like... And JavaScript, and anytime somebody asks me, "How should I start?" I'm like, "Start with JavaScript." It's free. You can do it in a browser. You can instantly see the results when typing into it. It's great. And back to your point, my father was a doctor and I asked my dad how to become a doctor, and his advice was, "Don't."

Kurtis Kemple: There you go. Right?

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Kurtis Kemple: Yeah. And I just think even for becoming a doctor, I think AI changes the technology landscape, the learning curve, the accessibility. The accessibility. So I think another piece of this too, and about democratizing AI, again circling back to the $100 million club, is that a lot of information is available through AI, but you know what's not available through AI right now, honestly? Expertise.

Josh Birk: Oh yeah.

Kurtis Kemple: Right?

Josh Birk: Yeah. Yeah. I feel like we're still in that phase where we're the experts and AI is trying to catch up to us in a lot of ways. I've used ChatGPT just to write a simple Apex class, and sometimes it not only nails it, I'm like, "Okay, that's prettier code than I would've written." And then sometimes it's like, "You dumb bot."

Kurtis Kemple: That's it. That's it. And it's literal, it's statistics, it's probability. And the reason why, is 'cause if it's trained on the whole internet, chances are there's as much bad info about it as there is good.

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Kurtis Kemple: But also, I think about this, even getting deeper than that, 'cause that's still recognition. Right?

Josh Birk: Right.

Kurtis Kemple: But you could tell me every song on a Taylor Swift album as AI, but you can't tell me why Taylor Swift arranged to the tracks the way she did, what she is listening for, when she knows it's the right time to make an album, if she even cares at all. And it's just like all is actually just like, "Woo hoo." Who knows?

Josh Birk: Yeah. And I think based on how much Swifties themselves analyze her songs, that by the time AI can tell you what Taylor was thinking when she wrote a song-

Kurtis Kemple: Too Late

Josh Birk: ... we're at the singularity.

Kurtis Kemple: That's it. That's it. It's too late.

Josh Birk: It's over guys.

Kurtis Kemple: Yeah, even borgs and everybody knows why.

Josh Birk: Exactly. All right, so totally switching gears. I want to give you an opportunity to talk a little bit about Forthright.

Kurtis Kemple: Oh, okay. So Forthright, actually, I do not run that anymore, the consultancy, but it was fun. It was amazing. So I was doing DevRel consultancy actually before I joined Salesforce and Slack. I had had a number of jobs in developer relations. This is still very awesome and relevant, but I just felt like I was... I don't like to do things kind of in isolation. I don't want to make assumptions or not have other information to lean on. It makes sense when we want to put care into something, we want to ensure we do it. It's actually how I got into DevRel. When I was at Major League Soccer, we wanted to adopt React Native and GraphQL. They were both being used in production by a lot of places, big companies and stuff, but really nobody was talking about it yet.

Josh Birk: Interesting.

Kurtis Kemple: So I selfishly, very selfishly started writing blog posts about them, talking to people from the companies. I started GraphQL NYC Meetup. I started doing talks at the React Native meetup, just to hear how other people were doing things so that I could do a better job at MLS. I was a tech lead. It's literally my job to understand the tech. That kind of just stuck with me as a really good and powerful way to learn. So, after having some time in DevRel, like Gatsby, AWS, like you said, Apollo GraphQL, I had my own thoughts about how it should be done, but what I realized is that I don't have enough information, so clearly I'm missing pictures. And secondly, I'm not going to be able to really provide that type of environment for myself in a full-time job, because it's one environment and you're in that ideally for years. Right?

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Kurtis Kemple: So I did consulting. I worked with startups, scale-ups, enterprise companies, and I just went deep into DevRel. Plus I'm, of course, interested in talking to everybody in the industry. And yeah, it really helped. I really feel like I had such a better understanding at the end of that year and a half. And so coincidentally enough, there was a bit of a downturn in the market, hot leads started turning into cold leads, and then right when I was like, "This is my least favorite part of the job, do I want to keep doing this?" I actually got the referral, like a reach out about an open position at Slack.

Josh Birk: I love it. I love it. All right, Kurtis, one final question. What is your favorite non-technical hobby?

Kurtis Kemple: Oh, I have to pick between two. I'm going to say photography and street photography. It's very close to that and riding my motorcycle, but-

Josh Birk: I love it.

Kurtis Kemple: Yeah, yeah. Both of them serve the same purpose though, which is what we talked about, anxiety and pressures and work and stuff. And with my history, it's very easy for me to live in the past or the future and not in the present. And both street photography and my motorcycle forced me to be extremely present. And so I really enjoy those two hobbies because it lets me just be in the moment. I'm not worried about something, whereas I normally am worried about everything.

Josh Birk: I love it. All right, Kurtis, thank you so much for the great conversation and information. That was a lot of fun.

Kurtis Kemple: It's so much fun. I had such a good time.

Josh Birk: I want to thank you for listening, and I of course want to thank Kurt for all that great information and conversation. It was just a lot of fun. If you want to learn more about this podcast and being an admin, head on over to admin.salesforce.com. And of course, if you want to learn more about Slack and artificial intelligence, head on over to Trailhead. Thanks again everybody, and I will talk to you soon.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Michael Rose, Senior Director of SMB Solution Engineering at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about the ever-evolving role of the Salesforce Admin and why now’s the time to start exploring what AI can do for your org.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Michael Rose.

The parallel between admins and solution engineers It’s always a pleasure to sit down and talk about Salesforce with Mike Rose. In his new role as Senior Director of SMB Solution Engineering, he has a lot to share with the admin community about what he’s seeing with small to medium-sized businesses coming onto the platform.

Mike points out that admins and his team of solution engineers share a core responsibility: evangelism. For both, your job is to make the case for how Salesforce implementation can help your organization achieve its business goals.

The integration challenges of smaller orgs As Mike likes to joke, many SMBs are running some version of what Mike jokingly calls POIM (Post-It On Monitor) integration. As in, someone comes over with a sticky note (or Excel file) and asks you to put that info into Salesforce. “That's all integration,” he says, “it is taking that data and putting it somewhere where it can be more valuable.”

These workflows can be hard to change, and that’s because they work well enough to get the job done. As Mike explains, the opportunity cost of things like errors, bottlenecks, and latency doesn’t factor into the equation. It’s hard to envision a world where an entire business process could happen automatically.

For Mike, the next frontier of this conversation is Agentforce. You can develop bespoke, enterprise-grade AI solutions tailored specifically for your business, but that kind of power is hard to wrap your head around when you’re still trying to limit the number of sticky notes circulating around the office.

Why admins are the key to unlocking the power of AI As AI solutions continue to evolve, Salesforce Admins will play a critical role in bridging the gap between humans and technology. As Mike says, “there is always going to be a border that has customs agents and couriers and envoys working across that human intelligence and machine intelligence boundary.”

Agentforce is evolving so rapidly that even the Solution Engineering team is struggling to keep up to date. So Mike recommends getting your hands dirty as soon as possible, either by spinning up a developer org or turning on Salesforce Foundations.

There’s a lot more great stuff from Mike in this episode, so be sure to take a listen. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Foundations Setup * Get Started with Developer Edition with Agentforce and Data Cloud

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Mike Rose on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Michael: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're thrilled to welcome back Mike Rose, a 12-year Salesforce veteran who has a new role and some fresh insights. Mike and I get into the real talk about what it's like supporting small to medium businesses, the ever-evolving role of the Salesforce admin, and how tools like Agentforce are really changing the game. Now, whether you're a full-time admin or you're wearing five hats in your org, this episode speaks your language. Mike also shares why now is the best time to roll up your sleeves and start exploring AI in your sandbox. So you've already hit play on this episode, get ready to feel seen, and let's get Mike back on the podcast. So Mike, welcome back to the podcast.

Mike Rose: It's such a pleasure, Michael. I have been a long-time listener and repeat caller, but very glad to be back after years.

Michael: I know. I feel like we used to do World Tours and we'd run into each other like we need to do a podcast together.

Mike Rose: It's true.

Michael: And then we'd do a random podcast together. And then this last time I just saw you on Slack. I was like, I haven't had Mike on the podcast in a while.

Mike Rose: It's true. And I actually said, "Yes, absolutely, let's do it." And then, I think it was a month of gap before I got back to you and then you were on vacation. By the way, folks, if you find yourselves running into the consequences of your own inaction, say, in the middle of the night on a weekend, and you say, "Oh, I really should reach out to that person, but I don't want to do it right now, because that's just awkward." Slack's scheduled messages are your friend.

Michael: I'm telling you, I use Slacks' scheduled messages all the time, especially when I go on vacation, I can schedule stuff. Or the best is when you have a team that's in a different time zone. So we'll have a team, let's see when this airs, the London event will be happening/happened, and I can schedule stuff and it looks like I just schedule it right for 8:00 A.M. their time, but I'm off in sleepy land.

Mike Rose: I have to say that I have one of my managers who reports up to me is on maternity leave right now, and she has set Hari Seldon Foundation style messages that pop up in Slack and they say, "Hi, it's the ghost of Gab here to tell you." And it's hilarious and it's great because it's all the reminders that otherwise I would have to remember to do, like do your Q2 check ins and do this. But what's particularly funny is that because she branded it as the ghost of Gabrielle, the reaction emoji that people are using to respond to those messages is the face of Fred from Scooby-Doo reacting in terror to a ghost. I didn't come up with this. One of her team members reacted that way. I was like, oh, no, no, no, no, this is it. Now, everybody has to react that way. It's so much fun to see these little microculture moments that build a custom or build a tradition around something as simple as an emoji response. But yes, scheduled messages, you can just sit down and knock out a quarter's worth of admin if you're going to be out and do it all pre-programmed. It's very handy.

Michael: I would say, as a best practice, and I'm looking at a scheduled message that somebody had sent me over the weekend. They italicized, "Hey, by the way, this is a scheduled message."

Mike Rose: Oh, that's really smart. That's really smart.

Michael: Just in case you want to, not in the heat of a moment.

Mike Rose: Well, it's also so awkward when there's something that you've been working on with someone and you set the scheduled message for 9:00 A.M. their time on a Monday, only to discover that at 7:30 A.M. they already gave you the full rundown of everything you possibly could need. And then, your message pops in. It's like, "Hey, just wondering if you had an update on project X." And then like, "Dude, do you not read first?" So yeah, putting it in italics is a good, I like that custom.

Michael: Yeah. I do a Friday message to the team and I schedule it for 1:00 my time, and 12:55, somebody had an urgent message that they posted to the team and they said, "In the spirit of the Friday message," and I was like, oh, my Friday message is going to appear in five minutes from now and it's totally going to look like Mike forgot to send it.

Mike Rose: Can't win them all. Can't win them all.

Michael: Well, I'm sure Slack is something we'll talk about, but I mean, we have a lot to talk about because there's Agentforce stuff now, you have people that report to you. You've always had people that report to you, but you're demoing to different customers. Where would you like to dive in first? Because otherwise, we'll just go off the rails and end up talking about something in New York or soup, I don't know.

Mike Rose: Soup would be good. Well, I could just start with on the perhaps bold assumption that previous listeners who might vaguely remember me having been here before, might think what did he used to do and what is he doing now?

Michael: I'm sure people track that.

Mike Rose: I actually have seen some of the Always Sunny in Philadelphia murder boards for this show, for the Admins Podcast. And they're elaborate. There's a lot of community investment in understanding the connection. So no, I've been at Salesforce 12 years, celebrated my 12th anniversary a couple months ago. Very exciting.

Michael: Wow, congrats.

Mike Rose: Thank you. I also am delighted to report that my brother is also now back at Salesforce. He is boomeranged, so he was part of our solution engineering world for several years. Left to go take a role at OwnData or OwnBackup.

Michael: And then we acquired them.

Mike Rose: And then we acquired them. So now, he is back. And so, now we have sibling force back in effect, which I'm delighted by. And so, last time I was on the program, I was managing a team of technical architects. So our pre-sales TAs are the successors of our platform solution engineering team. So these are folks who are working with customers, mostly working with the technology decision makers and technology leaders, IT leaders at customers to work on questions around security and data strategy and AI and app dev and customization and getting into the cracks or the weeds in the customer 360. A lot of conversations around integration and really with all the integration products and capabilities that we currently have and will safe harbor have in the future, the TA team has spent a lot of time working on Data Cloud and Agentforce as well. And that was what I've been doing for several years, eight years actually, I think. And then, an opportunity came along last year and I have now taken over a larger team of solution engineers, not technical architects, but core solution engineers, account solution engineers working in a part of our SMB business. So this is a team of about 50 and with several different teams, geographies and verticals within it. But basically working with customers between about 50 and 250 employees in a subset of our industry's framework to help them understand what we can offer, do discovery, do demos, talk about AI, which it seems is what we're doing a lot of the time nowadays. And it's been a great transition for me. It's been really educational and informative to get closer to the customer again with some of the opportunities and some of the challenges that are out there nowadays.

Michael: And the reason, well, first of all, I love talking to you because you're incredibly smart human being.

Mike Rose: Thank you.

Michael: But the second is your job is so closely aligned to everything admins do. It's like an aspect of their job. You just get paid to do essentially a sales role of admin stuff. But that's essentially what a Salesforce admin does in their organization is walk around and talk with the executives and oh, well, let's see how we can use Salesforce in your area and everything you described.

Mike Rose: Yeah, I mean, I think that there is a partnership between the admins and the solution engineers that's really important and that I think you highlighted very effectively, which is it's a shared responsibility of evangelism, sort of evangelism from the outside, evangelism from the inside. And the admins are those folks who are doing discovery, internal discovery, process assessment, understanding where is their pain, where is their organizational inefficiency. And I think for our small business admins, a lot of them are accidental admins. A lot of them are people who came into the Salesforce ecosystem through the back door, not really with the awareness or intention of taking on that responsibility. And so, they've had to learn very tactically. They've had to learn based on what was the problem in front of them at that moment. And when we arrive at those customers or come into those conversations, often the question is, well, not so much what should you be doing or what should you be doing better, but what are the things that haven't even been examined yet? And often, it is around something like integration. I joke with customers that we see a lot of, particularly in our healthcare customers, we see a lot of PIOM data integration models, and I'll bring that up in the course of our conversation and just let it simmer there for a minute. And sometimes someone will ask, sometimes they won't put us like, oh, I should probably explain my acronyms. PIOM stands for Post-it on monitor. And literally, the way data gets into Salesforce is someone from the sales team goes over to the lead management person, Joanne, and leaves a Post-it on Joanne's monitor saying, please update this record. That's integration.

Michael: Or update this spreadsheet so that I can insert it.

Mike Rose: Yes. Yeah, exactly. And so, that is an integration driving the motion of data or added value on top of data through human intervention, through re-keying, through copy and paste, through let me look over your shoulder and key this in for me. That's all integration. It is taking data that exists usually in email or Excel or in somebody's brain or on a piece of paper and putting it someplace where it can be more valuable, where it can create a multiplier effect of visibility and actionability and observability and impacting the situational awareness for business leaders and for people on the front lines. All of that is value added for that data. But when we see those points of pinch points and points of friction, usually it's because there wasn't enough perceived value to change it. It's working the way it is, why should we change it? And usually the answer is, it is working the way it is, but you don't understand or don't fully account for the opportunity cost of not having that happening automatically every time like the errors and the lag, the latency of that data and all those other things. So that's just one tiny corner of it, but it really is common, especially with smaller customers, to just see largely a great Salesforce implementation and everything working really efficiently. And then you're like, what's under this rock?

Michael: Oh no, here be dragons.

Mike Rose: Here be dragons. So yeah, so it's a lot of fun.

Michael: Well, I think having gone through, I feel like I've kind of run somewhat of the gamut. When I started out as an admin, we had 10 licenses because that's what you got with the foundation.

Mike Rose: Power of us, yeah.

Michael: And then, we grew all the way up to like 1,500. So I've run, and we didn't go right away. It was steps. And so, I've been in that 50 to 250-seat area. One thing that I think we probably do, and you work at Salesforce too, we often assume that when we talk to a Salesforce admin or developer architect and they're in the smaller business, 50 to 250-seat, that that's all they do. Every day, they wake up and they pine what field can I release? What training thing can I do? But I'm going to go out on a limb and say, because you said most of them come in accidentally or through the back door. What are some of the other jobs that you find that they're also responsible for in addition to sitting in these Salesforce meetings with you?

Mike Rose: Oh, gosh, that's a great question. I mean, I will say for our customers, because they're just a little bit on the larger side of the larger half of our SMB space, that by and large, by the time we get to them, they have transitioned into full-time admins. However, they're coming from sales ops or they're coming from being-

Michael: They always come from sales ops.

Mike Rose: They do.

Michael: The sales guys are the ones that care about the CRM. That's why.

Mike Rose: It's funny how that works. Sometimes it's actually an AE or someone who was on the sales team. Sometimes it's a business analyst or someone who is coming in from the marketing side or from lead gen. A substantial number of folks who end up as Salesforce admins are coming from office management, receptionist, executive assistant, presumptively, non-technical roles. But because of their proximity to the leadership and because their work tends to be a little more bursty and they have fallow time or downtime along with the time that they're extremely busy and they can do stuff asynchronously, there's a lot of folks who are coming from that front office and front of house role into a Salesforce admin role, which is great because I can't think of another enterprise software environment where it's as easy and as welcoming to get started and get skilled up than us, than Salesforce. So we do have those opportunities for people to change their careers and step in a different direction. I can think of a lot of people who were either not in IT or were in IT, peripheral IT and peripheral technology roles and Salesforce was their angle and ended up being the transformative thing that brought them into a technology career. So you'd love to see it.

Michael: I mean, mine was the same way. I was in charge of inside sales and Salesforce because sales.

Mike Rose: Yeah, because those are it. And honestly, if you can be effective as an admin in a part-time way, that's great because it helps you stay closer to the business and helps you stay connected to what's driving value and where the pain points are, where things need work. The thing that I think is interesting for our smaller customers is we don't have, to my mind, enough customers taking advantage of premier support, the delegated admin features and the ability to get Salesforce to do stuff for you, take stuff off your plate. I know we're adding a lot of admin AI capabilities as well to speed up the work and makes things easier for admins, but honestly, if you're going to get value out of something that Salesforce can give you, I think that's a good thing to do because what it gives you back is time. It gives you back time to again, spend more time understanding what the business needs.

Michael: And there's a cost. I mean, I finally sold one of my employers on it, but the ability to, I think at the time it was log a ticket and get a dashboard made, I mean, that was an afternoon back for me. It was huge. So let's talk, I mean, we also, it's the age of AI. Everybody's got AI. We've got Agentforce. You see the headlines of big companies building their own AI. I promise you, the NAPA Auto parts in Farmington, Minnesota that uses Salesforce, I don't know if that's true or not, I'm just making it up.

Mike Rose: Well, it's true now.

Michael: Probably isn't building-

Mike Rose: Now it's canonical since you said it on the podcast, it's true now.

Michael: But I mean, probably isn't sitting down building their own AI model. What do you find are the questions or the gaps that maybe they don't know that they should look for or is there a perceived we're just not big enough so we're not going to use it?

Mike Rose: It's a really interesting question. I mean, I think in general, the thing that we are telling customers or the thing that customers are coming to understand is that creating a bespoke AI solution for a particular business, for a particular sector, for a particular whatever is an enormous lift. It's an enormous lift. And I mean, again, that's true today. It may not always be true. It may not be true indefinitely into the future, probably won't be. But if you are the NAPA Auto Parts franchise in Farmington, Massachusetts, and you're saying to yourself, "What we really need is a custom NAPA Auto Parts AI," the answer is not to build it from an LLM vendor up from that layer, and certainly not to train one, again today, but you can get, it always comes down to time to value. You can get 98% of the value of a custom AI solution for your business with Agentforce today, and you get the one year, two years, three years, however long of advantage of having access to that capability, having access to the tool prior to whatever you build being ready and pressure tested and secure and highly available and supported and having someone you can call or email or text or chat for help when you need it. It's everything about developing bespoke on-premise solutions for your business multiplied by a couple orders of magnitude. Because i don't think anybody or very, very few businesses today, if you said to them, "Here's what we think you should do. We think you should start with a database solution, Microsoft SQL or Postgres or whatever, and you should build your own CRM on your own infrastructure with your own code and your own customizations from scratch." If we were to tell a customer, "We think this is the best use of your time and resources," most 99% of customers would say, "No. Why would we do that when Salesforce exists, when Salesforce is a thing?" Similarly for an ERP, I think that if you go back in time, building your own ERP or constructing your own version of that system from a database and some logic could be a thing, but then vendors came along that could solve that problem, and at the smaller segments of the market. For most business applications today, you would not assume that the right thing to do is to build it yourself even under pretty extreme conditions. Sometimes, of course you will. Stuff that is a differentiator that is going to be unique to your business, that is going to offer value that makes you something special compared to your competitors. Yeah, then you might consider building it. You might consider building it on an application platform as a service, but you might consider building it. That's where we're even further back in the chain right now with AI because the expertise is thin, because the effort is high, because the risks are very high. So you can do great stuff that's a point solution with commercially available consumer-grade AI solutions. If you're trying to integrate it and implement it in the enterprise, it's really, to my mind, only the biggest companies that have the resources and stamina to see this through and actually deliver something that is valuable, actually deliver something that's useful rather than getting something that works and does what you need it to do now and is driving value for customers now. Sales pitch over.

Michael: I didn't see it as a pitch. You know what's interesting? I think of Agentforce first as a helper for admins. And listening to your answer, it was all, and Agentforce can be customer-facing. I always think of, if I could go back in time when I had 200 licenses and I had 175 questions a day, how would I create an agent that would just offload some of that lift, that I could just give it an FAQ of the last six months of questions that I've been getting that it could just answer those questions for my internal users because there's probably 10 heavy question askers and then everybody else falls in the middle. And hearing you talk through that, I was like, this is so fascinating. I wonder if I'm the only person that thinks of rolling out Agentforce first as an admin assist and then as a customer assist.

Mike Rose: Oh, my gosh, yes. I honestly think that the internal use cases for Agentforce are as compelling if not more compelling than, well, I don't want to say more compelling than the customer-facing stuff. Because the customer-facing stuff, the externally-facing stuff, when it is aligned and when it is doing something that is a value add is incredible. And what we hear, see from customers is it's incredible. But it also because it's interacting with customers and it's representing your brand externally, you have to pressure test it a little bit. You have to go in and do your validation. We have great testing tools now. The Agentforce testing center is fantastic and it's a lot faster than it used to be, but you have to be reasonably confident that this is going to behave and not create brand risk. Internally, you still have that, but it's a little different. The equation is somewhat different and you can gauge the appetite and the trust of your internal stakeholders for, hey, here's something new that is intended to save you time and effort and aggravation, and we're putting it out there and we want your feedback and we want to be able to make it better. And you can do that innovation and that iteration as an admin in an agile way. You know, I mean, every admin knows who their frontier users are, their bleeding edge people, their cohort of down for anything people are. So you let them hit it, you let them work on it and try it out and see where it breaks, and then you are able to deliver that as an innovation for your organization that much more quickly.

Michael: Yeah. I also, maybe this is just me, but pressure testing your AI, you roll it out and say the 500th customer, it says, "You know what? I can't find your order. Can you give me that order number again?" And they get mad and they're like, "Well, your AI doesn't know that." Think of the last time you went to anywhere where there was human interaction. I promise you, I've had to give humans behind a counter in order number more than once. And so, you think of which is worse for your brand and AI saying, "Hey, I need that order number again," or some employee that's having a bad day mouthing off to your customer on the other side of the counter.

Mike Rose: Yes.

Michael: We tend to forget, well, AI can never make a problem or it can never be wrong. Okay, I get that. But you're also, you got somebody, God willing, $14 an hour on the other side of the counter, what are they going to say?

Mike Rose: Yeah. Well, I mean, this is funny because we said before the show we weren't going to get into the whole digital labor thing, but we're getting a little bit-

Michael: No, I know. We're not. But it is one of those things where it's like you have to give yourself some sort of leeway. I've used different AIs and it's come back and I was like, but that's not what I asked. And I realized, well, I've also placed orders at restaurants. And I was like, but that's not what I asked.

Mike Rose: Right.

Michael: Well, humans make the same mistakes.

Mike Rose: Humans make the same mistakes. But I think it's funny because there's different failure modes. There's different points where things break down or the abstraction and the expectations get a little sideways, and with humans, it's fatigue, it's long shift, it's distraction. So it's doing multiple things at once and having thing A override the logical thinking for thing B. And for an agent, it's a different kind of responsiveness and different kind of intelligence. So it's not going to get tired. It's not going to be in a different mood at 4:58 on a Friday afternoon than it is in the middle of the week. But it is going to have stronger, essentially what you might give a human support agent or human customer service rep as a boundary, a policy boundary that says you don't talk to customers about whatever, the fact that the X300 has an open warranty, there's warranty extension. The only way they find out about that is if they send it in, don't tell them in advance. And you've set that policy. That's the rule. And a human agent who's hearing from the 80th customer who says, "I've got an X300 and I don't understand why this red light is blinking," might say, "Well, you know, you didn't hear it from me. But if you were to send that in for warranty repair, even if it's out of warranty, it would get covered." Their ability to operate in the liminal space between policy and practicality is what we count on humans to be able to do. That is what we depend on human, that is what we have learned as a species over millennia is that interacting with other human beings has gray areas, it has fuzziness. And by the way, we're still not fixed as a species. We're still not back the way we need to be from 2020 and having every single interaction that we had be through a screen as opposed to in-person, because all of our heuristics are built for in-person interaction. So it's like the further you get away from talking to someone face-to-face in-person, the more opportunities there are for slippage and stuff to go the wrong direction in that gray zone. Complete tangent, I don't know if anybody saw this last week, but Google's 3D video conferencing project, project reach, project, I forget what it's called, but Google has these video conferencing booths that are hologram style 3D, like R2-D2 holograms, those are being commercially deployed, and it has already been announced, and I cannot wait that Salesforce is one of the initial pilot customers for these 3D video conferencing booths. I cannot wait. So we'll do the next podcast in one of those if-

Michael: I mean, so are we talking like Star Wars where you see the person just hologram in?

Mike Rose: You are look-

Michael: Or maybe Marvel, which Marvel movie is that? Where they're like, there's a board of directors that are all hologrammed.

Mike Rose: It's all the Avengers movies, and actually in Endgame, the Avengers themselves hologram into headquarters. But no, it's not like that. It is, from what I can tell, much more like a prison visit because well, because there's a pane of glass between you and the person. It's like you're looking through a pane of glass, but it's like they're in that space beyond the pane of glass.

Michael: Gotcha.

Mike Rose: So we'll see it when it arrives at New York and at HQ.

Michael: Wow.

Mike Rose: But my point, which I wandered away from is that human beings are perfectly equipped by evolution and by culture and custom to operate in that ambiguity. And admins know this by the way. You are always operating in, well, am I giving them what they ask for or am I giving them what they want? You have to be able to interpret and adjust on the fly. And an agent isn't going to do that in the same way. And operating in the ambiguity and operating in the gray area is where you're going to learn a lot about what does and doesn't work. So I've been thinking about this and I'll probably maybe for your listeners have a LinkedIn post on this at some point in the next week or so about what kind of careers going forward have an AI moat or have sort of a digital labor are going to be more partnership with digital labor and less being overrun or overtaken by digital labor. And I do think that Salesforce admin work is one of those categories of career where you are going to be a partner with the AI and not a-

Michael: Replacement.

Mike Rose: Not being replaced by it. I really think because it is that human and technology interface. It doesn't exactly matter what is happening there, but the fact that there is always going to be a line, there's always going to be a border that has customs agents and couriers and envoys working across that human intelligence and machine intelligence boundary, until and unless that boundary completely disappears, which I don't expect soon, if ever, there's always going to be work to do, there's always going to be responsibility that accrues at that boundary, and that's what Salesforce admins do. It's like you're working on that boundary. You're working on getting the fuzzy, blurry, maybe not quite explicit human stuff over to the Salesforce side.

Michael: It's funny, this brings up a conversation I had with a co-worker about admins and AI and what features Agentforce is coming out with and [inaudible 00:33:06] admins and developers, because now, I mean there's AIs that write code, tons of code. I saw, I forget which one it is, you could give it just a hand drawing of an idea of a website and it'll code it for you. And some people look at that, oh, well, I'm going to be out of a job. And I think I relate things to various different industries. I remember not so much, but growing up, I grew up in the '80s and robotics and car manufacturing. That was the age. The '70s, it was still mostly men and women on a production line, putting cars together, brute force. There was some assist tools. But the '80s is really when we started to see the age of robotic welders and robotic painters and all these people are going to be out of jobs. But if you ever watch the news and they show a production line of cars, there's still hoards of people, hoards of people that show up every day to put cars together. And they're the people that know how to work with the robots. They weren't replaced with the robots. And the discussion that we had was AI is not going to take your job. The person that's going to take your job is the guy that knows or the woman that knows how do you use AI more effectively than you. It's the admin that sits down and paints the picture for the organization of how Agentforce enhances everything as opposed to the admin that sits down and doesn't understand how Agentforce can enhance anything.

Mike Rose: Yeah, and I think that is, I mean, not to send people off to prompt engineering courses or getting into the weeds in Coursera or someplace like that, but I do think it's worth noting for our admins, you can spin up, I'm sure this has been mentioned repeatedly and everybody knows this, but you can spin up a developer org with Agentforce and Data Cloud in it today for free. You can have that environment. Not to put too fine a point on it, you can also call your account executive or go into Digital Wallet or My Account and turn on Salesforce Foundations, which gives you a starter pack for Agentforce and Data Cloud as well, and that's in your org and in your environment. So up to you, do you want to live dangerously and do it live or would you rather be in a nice safe developer org? But the ability to get your hands in there and start working with it is not out in the distance somewhere. It's now.

Michael: Right. And a lot of that is new, thankfully. But yes, attainable.

Mike Rose: Attainable. Available, attainable, achievable, and continuing to build and change and transform along with the product. And I think true confession's time, like hop into the confessional booth, it's hard for us, even those of us who are in the pre-sales world where we're supposed to be as the solution engineers, we're supposed to be as caught up as possible on what the product is doing and where we're at. And every release, we've got summer release coming out, I think next weekend for some chunk, either the first tranche or the second, it's either R0 or R1 coming soon. And I'm looking at this release in a box and thinking, oh my God, there's so much in here, this is crazy. But the thing that caught us up short as an organization was we were building Agentforce agents in the very manual topic at a time, prompt at a time mode and saying, "Well, this takes us a long time to build these demos and this is very piecework and a lot of effort to even put together one thing that is representative." And then, unbeknownst to us, the create an agent with AI button showed up in the agent builder in production. This is a real feature that's really working today, where you can, in natural language, share your website, share what you want the agent to do, and just stand back. And Salesforce and Agentforce will create a first approximation of the agent that you describe with appropriate topics, appropriate actions. Granted, it may not be wired up to your configuration, your metadata and your flows, but it's a pretty reasonable starting point and all from a website and a prompt. And that enables us to do some really interesting things. That enables us to show customers that light bulb moment and enables you as admins to go in and show your stakeholders that light bulb moment so much more quickly. Again, whether you've turned on Foundations and have the starter credits or whether you're doing it in a dev org, you can do it really, really fast. You can get to something that works the way you want really, really fast. And honestly, that took us by surprise. I did not know that that was, I thought that was still beta and still something we weren't ready to talk about, much less show. Nope, there it is in the product. So lesson learned. I feel like being an admin is a lot and being a solution engineer at Salesforce, one thing you have in common is you have to have a best served by date sticker on everything you know, on every piece of knowledge and every product awareness that you have should have a staleness timer on it, so that once this has been true for X number of years, you go back, you say, "I have to check my assumptions here. Is this truly the case?" Great example is employee cases and anybody who deployed platform licenses into their environment and was accessing the case object and had to deal with this concept of employee cases and considering how there was a lot of product specific language about that. Well, you know what? Guess what? A year ago, we got rid of that PS, the product specific language and product specific terms. And now, there's just cases. And the only rule is the rule that was there all along, which is if you as a user or as an employee are primarily or even partially servicing customers and working on customer cases, you need to be sitting on Service Cloud. Otherwise, you don't have to care quite as much of is this an employee case or is it a case case and they're actually the same object, but we're going to call them different things. No, all that is gone. And so, if you were operating with the old knowledge either as a customer or as an SE, you're going to tell people to do unnecessary work or you're going to create a lot of superstructure and a lot of effort that doesn't have to be, and that's the price of not keeping up.

Michael: The price of not keeping up. That might be the title of this show.

Mike Rose: There we go.

Michael: Let's end on an action item. Based on your experience, admins in what we consider small, medium business size, after hearing this podcast, what should they do?

Mike Rose: What should they do? Well, they should take three deep breaths and touch some grass. Oh, no, what if you're in downtown New York? You're going to have challenges. I would say first of all, they should take a moment to remember they're not alone in the chaotic circumstances, the macro factors and the micro factors that are all conspiring right now to make this a very challenging and a fraught time for a lot of people. So giving yourself that grace and space, which is what my team is focused on right now. Take a little space, give a little grace. And the other thing, the other action item is to, if you don't have Agentforce and Data Cloud active in your production environment, take a look at Foundations, see if you're comfortable turning it on. Again, remember, it doesn't cost anything to turn on Foundations, and if you don't want to do that or don't feel comfortable doing that, then by all means, please, please, please go spin up a developer org for Agentforce. It will not get easier to take the first step. It is never going to be easier than it is today. I don't know if that's true. We are in a local minima for easiness.

Michael: It wasn't true yesterday. See?

Mike Rose: Yeah, that's true.

Michael: I mean, every single day, it's not going to get easier than today.

Mike Rose: That's correct. Which I think we can look out to a point where it actually is going to get easier in that this will be on for everyone and certainly for new orgs and new environments, it'll be on for everyone. So that will make it a zero effort to get access to it. Right now, you still have to effectively opt in, but it will never get easier to decide to decide to do it. And if you decide to decide to go spin up an Agentforce developer org, you then have the ability to share and evangelize and talk confidently to your stakeholders about what Salesforce is doing with Agentforce and AI. And I think that's great. I think that's a really good place to be starting from a place of knowledge and a place of a little bit more comfort and familiarity is always going to be easier than coming at it from, well, I haven't seen it, but I understand what I've read about is, you're admins, don't read about it, go touch it, go get your hands-

Michael: Or I haven't been hands on with it yet.

Mike Rose: Exactly. Well, guess what? Today's the day.

Michael: Yep. And you're right. I mean, there are times, I'll do the Agentforce now virtual tour stops workshops and I introduce myself and I tell people, "I've been doing Salesforce since 2006 when I remember the big release was a WYSIWYG page builder."

Mike Rose: Wow.

Michael: Where you could actually just drag the field from a pallet onto a canvas, and it was there and I was like, "Whoa." Anyway, those were the days. Thanks so much for being on.

Mike Rose: My pleasure. It's been too long and I have had too much fun this morning doing this to let it be that long again, so I will be back sooner rather than-

Michael: Okay. I will hold you to that and we will, because I should have you on before Dreamforce. I'm sure we're going to need to do a Dreamforce prep episode because you are in the weeds. You're right out there and you can help. What should we prep for? Between the two of us, we'll know what's going to go on for admins at Dreamforce.

Mike Rose: I mean, I am flattered that you believe that and we'll find out if it turns out to be true, but yes, Dreamforce is going to be amazing this year. So much, so much to talk about, so much that we're going to be able to see, and honestly, if people haven't been tuning into World Tours and attending or watching, should do that because what you're getting right now in World Tour, in the keynotes and in the sessions is the Dreamforce is the run-up.

Michael: The run-up.

Mike Rose: It's the Dreamforce preview. Every one of those, and by the way, if you do attend and you do watch the keynotes, you do participate in sessions or the Agentforce activations or anything like that, give feedback, share it at the welcome desk, share it with the surveys that you get because that actually helps to create a better experience for everybody when we do get to Dreamforce and the big show.

Michael: It's never been easier to learn than today.

Mike Rose: It's never been easier to decide to take the first step.

Michael: Than tomorrow.

Mike Rose: Who knows?

Michael: Same way.

Mike Rose: It's going to be just more stuff.

Michael: Same way.

Mike Rose: Just more stuff.

Michael: It'll be one more day.

Mike Rose: Thank you so much for having me. It's been a pleasure and thanks to your listeners for being such an amazing part of the Salesforce community. We love y'all.

Michael: And that's a wrap. Huge thanks to Mike Rose for reminding us that admins are basically the diplomats of digital labor navigating ambiguity like a pro. If you've ever faced the here be dragons in your org, don't worry, you're not alone. Now, here's some advice from Mike. If you can go outside, take three deep breaths and touch some grass, and then spin up an Agentforce org and test out something. Also, if you get access to the hologram booth, that would be kind of cool. Maybe try that out if you got one lying around. But in any case, make sure to share this episode with fellow Salesforce admin if you found this useful and give it a rating on iTunes. I would really appreciate that. Until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Jennifer Lee, Lead Admin Evangelist at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about what’s coming in the Summer ‘25 release and the features that will make your life easier as an admin.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jennifer Lee.

The Summer ‘25 release is coming soon It’s that time of year again. The time for popsicles, backyard barbecues, and the Summer ‘25 Release. So I’ve brought none other than Jennifer Lee on the pod to tell us what’s coming for admins.

As always, Jen has a great blog post covering all of the changes with animated gifs that show how they work. I’d highly recommend scrolling through it as a visual companion to this episode, but the big takeaway here is that admins’ lives are about to get a whole lot easier.

Jen’s highlights from the Summer ‘25 release At a high level, Summer ‘25 means fewer clicks and more control for admins. Jen highlights some key changes:

  • The Close Case button: No need for custom buttons—you can add a Close Case button to the Case Details page and save your reps the extra clicks.
  • Better custom object deletion: When you delete a custom object, you’ll see a detailed page listing any relationships it has to other objects.
  • The new Permission Set Summary page: You can now update user, object, field, and custom permissions directly from a permission set’s Summary page, without navigating to multiple pages.
  • Expanded Salesforce Go: Your guided tour for how to enable/configure features in your Salesforce edition, with resources to help you get started.

As always with releases, the little things add up. And these changes help you effortlessly manage your org like never before.

Powerful new features in Flow Of course, no episode with Jen would be complete without diving into the changes coming for Flow. She draws our attention to a few key enhancements for Flow:

  • Get related records (beta): Instead of dealing with multiple Get Records and Update Records elements, you can now get entire hierarchies of related records, such as an Account and all of its Contacts and Opportunities, in a single Get Records element.
  • Expanded resources search in Flow Builder (beta): When you enable this feature in Setup, you’ll be able to quickly find resources like fields from records and outputs from actions.
  • New Time data type: You can now reference the new Time data type for things like scheduling reminders, routing records based on specific times of day, and triggering time-sensitive actions with pinpoint accuracy.
  • Debug enhancements: Debugging your flows has never been easier, with element-level summaries, and search capabilities within the debug to help get your flow flowing.
  • Approval Wizard: It’s complicated to build an approval process, so we’ve made it easier to get started with up to three approval levels, final actions, and even a recall path.

There are a lot more great insights from Jen about screen flow enhancements and other changes coming in Summer ‘25, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Blog: Jen’s Top Summer ’25 Features for Admins

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

r

  • Jennifer on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast. This week, Jennifer Lee returns to the pod to break down what's new in the summer '25 release. And trust me, it's more than sunshine and good vibes if you read her blog post that she put out earlier in May. From long-awaited case close buttons to a major user management upgrade, I promise you Jennifer is going to walk us through some features that make your admin life easier. Plus we dig into flow enhancements, better debugging and why thoughtful resource naming still matters. I mean, we can't not talk flow with Jennifer Lee, that's just how it works. If you've ever been wondering what to focus on with your attention to this release cycle, this is your episode. Super fun to go through. Now, if you enjoy this episode, be sure to hit that follow or subscribe button on whatever podcast platform you're listening to. So with that, let's get Jennifer back on the podcast. So Jen, welcome back to the podcast.

Jennifer Lee: Always love being here.

Mike: I mean, it's summer already. It feels like it was just spring. We were just talking about spring and now it's summer. Isn't this how it always works?

Jennifer Lee: Well, now I'm actually feeling summer for real in Boston. It's hot out, I'm wearing shorts.

Mike: Yeah, I mean, every time I've been to Boston it's either snow, really hot or snow.

Jennifer Lee: And it was cold probably a few days ago too, so I'll take it.

Mike: Right. Yep, that's okay. But with summer comes summer release, and we're a little behind. We're not terribly far behind. But you did put out a blog post back in May about summer '25 features for admin. So I figured we could talk through those because sometimes there's stuff that you learn after you write about it that you wanted to bring up that maybe you didn't get a chance to bring up. So that's where we're going to start. But before we do that, what other things are you working on? Anything fun you want to share?

Jennifer Lee: Yeah, I'm always learning more... Like with our admins, learning more about Agentforce. So currently working on a video, should be out shortly, so we'll say that. And again, working on a new series, we should have that out not too long from now. So a lot of things in the works.

Mike: Cool. I know there's always fun stuff, always fun stuff, but well, let's talk release stuff. So what were some of your top features this summer?

Jennifer Lee: Okay, so for those who have case management, you always had to create your own custom close button. And it's the little things, it's the little things in these releases that make it, right. So now there's a standard close button. You don't need to go and make your own. You can just bring in the standard close button to your record page layout and boom, on your page layout, you can just say close case and it works. Again, the little tiny things.

Mike: But you know what, I mean sometimes release stuff doesn't have to be like, "Look at this giant 60,000 foot tower I built." It can be, "Look at this little stool that you can now close your cases with."

Jennifer Lee: Yeah, and another thing I like, so bringing me back to my admin days, is when you go and you tried to delete an object. And it just goes, [inaudible 00:03:50]-

Mike: [inaudible 00:03:51].

Jennifer Lee: You got other stuff going on there, you have dependencies, you can't delete it, and then you had to go and find all the places.

Mike: Yeah.

Jennifer Lee: That was not fun.

Mike: No.

Jennifer Lee: Not fun at all. But with this release now when you try to delete an object, it'll say you can't delete it, but it'll show you all the dependencies. So all the object in the fields, and then it gives you a hyperlink so that you can go and click on that and easily find the thing that you have to delete before you can actually go ahead and delete the object. So again, it's the little tiny things like that. And Cheryl Feldman's team continues to deliver and make enhancements to user management because we all know user management can be a mess. But she's delivering stuff to make lives easier for admin so that we can focus on the cooler things that we can build out. But here are some of the highlights on the things that her team is delivering in this release. So when you're in object manager on an object, you can now go to the access page, and from there you can review and add and remove permissions from custom profiles and permission sets, and not have to navigate away. So your object access is right there, your field level access is right there.

Mike: Wow.

Jennifer Lee: Yeah, these are huge.

Mike: Yeah, I'm looking at the GIFs that you have in that blog post.

Jennifer Lee: I love making GIFs.

Mike: I know it's kind of-

Jennifer Lee: It really brings a feature to life.

Mike: Here's a pro-tip. As you listen to this podcast, look at the blog post and it's like surround sound. Sorry, I interrupted you. Go on.

Jennifer Lee: Oh, no worries. Another thing is on the permission set summary page, again, it's not having to click all these places to do the thing, but on the permission set summary, you can now update user object, field and custom permissions right there. Again, you don't need to navigate away to those places to do it. Same thing with permission set groups, on that summary page, you can add and remove permissions within your permission set group. So that's great. And then additionally on the user summary page, so on the user record, you click that summary button. From there you can edit tab access directly, and then you can add and remove assignments for the user to perm sets, groups and queues.

Mike: I think that tab thing's probably the coolest thing that if you've ever had to go through and figure out-

Jennifer Lee: Where it is.

Mike: I mean just like, "Oh, where did I stick that tab on these 10 applications?" Or, "Who can see this?" Or why. There was always one user that just randomly had a tab show up. "Sorry, let me go fix that."

Jennifer Lee: And as it relates to user management, if you haven't tried out Salesforce Go, I recommend you go and do that. That really simplifies when you're setting up your features. And it also provides access to videos and you can do tours, or it points you to some Trailhead modules and guides you through how to enable features based on your addition that you have in your org, and also whatever clouds you have. So if you have Sales Cloud, there's a Sales Cloud section, Service Cloud, Service Cloud section. So it really makes enabling features in your org much easier.

Mike: So Salesforce Go, you should go check it out.

Jennifer Lee: Like that.

Mike: Go. Go.

Jennifer Lee: All right. And no release would be complete without me talking about flow.

Mike: I mean, I feel like at this point it's the sound of clouds separating, "Flow!" And angels singing.

Jennifer Lee: Yeah.

Mike: You're like, "Yeah, okay, let's talk about flow."

Jennifer Lee: I can talk about flow all day long as you know [inaudible 00:08:10]-

Mike: I know, I know.

Jennifer Lee: So in the Get Records element, when you're doing Get Records for whatever object it is, you can now have the ability to get the related records as well. Right before, you would have your one Get Records for the object, and then you would do another Get Records for the related objects. Now you could do it all in one, and then when you click and you say, "Oh, I want related records," then from there there's an interface that allows you to select the fields for that record and you still train and all that.

Mike: Does that apply to... Obviously it's master detail, but what about lookup relationship?

Jennifer Lee: I believe it's right now-

Mike: Master detail.

Jennifer Lee: [inaudible 00:08:57] detail.

Mike: Okay, that's what I figured, but still...

Jennifer Lee: Yeah, it's still big.

Mike: Get Records account. Hello.

Jennifer Lee: Yep. So when you are finding your resources, let's say in your flow you have a lot of things you want to look up or related and all that. You now can use the expanded resources search, which you have to enable and set up, and then it'll be available in your flow to quickly find resources. So one thing to note was we did push this out, so something similar to this in winter and we took it back, and then based on customer feedback, we brought it back and improved it.

Mike: Do you have... While we're talking resources, do you have... Because I was looking at your GIF, and I would imagine you have a methodology for how you name your resources. How would you advise admins name their resources? Because obviously this is super powerful.

Jennifer Lee: Yeah, so when I create my own custom resources, I do have a certain name in convention, so if I have variables, I'll do a VAR in the front of it, if I can easily find those. Or if I have a record collection, I'll always have the word collection in there, so I can easily find it. Or if you're using a text template, the word text template or a formula. So I'll just put those little keywords so that when you're doing the search and you know it's the thing that you're looking for, you can easily type that in and then they'll show up in the search.

Mike: Yeah, no, it's smart. I like that. Thank you.

Jennifer Lee: And then for people who have flows that deal with time, we now have the time data type that you can use, and you can also reference time formulas as well in your flows. So that's huge for people who have those time dependent flows.

Mike: Wow.

Jennifer Lee: Yeah.

Mike: Oh, that gives me a little bit of anxiety. I see minute is an option. And second, holy cow, second. Bless you people that have time dependent flows.

Jennifer Lee: Yeah, I had a few of those as a customer.

Mike: Okay. What would be an example of that? Like was it on cases mostly?

Jennifer Lee: Yeah.

Mike: Because you need to follow up or it needs to do something like hippity hop right now.

Jennifer Lee: Yeah, we were a big Service Cloud customer, so yeah.

Mike: So based on how old that case is or how long that's been, yeah, I could see that. Boy! Testing.

Jennifer Lee: So the flow team has also made enhancements to debug. So now it has slightly different UI, but it's so much easier to debug your flows. They now have element level summaries, and you also have search capabilities within the debug. So let's say you're working through and you have a variable that you're just checking to see if the data flows through and the various elements. You can do a search on that variable name and it'll pop up and kind of highlight where it is in the debug elements so that you can go through. You can also show API names and things like that, so it's really more interactive than it was previously.

Mike: Yeah, that makes sense. Boy, that's got to be helpful.

Jennifer Lee: And for admins who have approvals as part of your process, there's now a new wizard, will help you build your flow approvals. I never really use approvals, like I never really had a need to use approvals in my business, but the process of going through the approval process seemed really clunky.

Mike: I built approvals a few times, and the problem I always had is the company kept changing the approval process and not telling me. So that, or making the approval process something wonky, that was super hard to build.

Jennifer Lee: Yeah, I would believe that.

Mike: You're like, "Yep, been there." "Did you even consult me?" "No, we just changed this." And so now... And then you always had users that were like, "Well, but that doesn't go to the right person." I know, they changed that without telling me.

Jennifer Lee: And I was supposed to know.

Mike: My time machine... What was that? What's that... I was thinking of that. Cerebro from X-Men. "My Cerebro is in the shop."

Jennifer Lee: All right, so a couple of screen flow enhancements. So you now have the ability to trigger a screen action without needing a button. So previously we had a button that was in beta, so now that's generally available. So go ahead and use it on all the places everyone. There's also now a new feature called File Upload Enhanced (Beta) component. It's in beta. You can bring in the component and with File Upload, you can now set it to require files to be uploaded. So if you have cases and you have a screen flow, you want people to upload files, previously they could forget about it. And then you're like, "Oh, well I wanted you to give me supporting documentation," but there's no way to require that, and now you can. So note that you do need to enable that feature in Salesforce Files and set up, and then it'll show up in your screen flows.

Mike: So then that puts the file on the record?

Jennifer Lee: Yes.

Mike: Oh, man. These are all things I needed 20 years-

Jennifer Lee: Back then, right? Back then when we were admins.

Mike: Oh, I so... Oh, just the number of times I would have... Well first of all, we did have screen flow. I envisioned what a screen flow would look like, and then they'd be like... Then at this point, it should be like a website and you upload a thing that maps out all the sites. And I'd be like, "That sounds really cool, I wish I could build that." Now it's 2025, now I could build that.

Jennifer Lee: Yes, without a developer.

Mike: And the file just goes to the record and away we go.

Jennifer Lee: Yep, yep. And then lastly, on screen flows, you could... Like imagine your screen flows, you have multiple columns and fields. Let's say you're collecting an address, the street, zip code, state, those are different sizes. You typically don't have a long field for a two-state drop down [inaudible 00:16:20]. So now you have the ability to adjust the components and the fields on your screen flows to say, "Here's the width I want to use," and then do the vertical alignment too. So it really makes your screen flows look so much prettier-

Mike: Oh my god.

Jennifer Lee: ... than before.

Mike: And just useful. I'm watching your GIF, and the number of street, city, state zip fields that I've had in orgs that are all the same size. And everybody's always like, "Well, how come you can't make it look like an address field?" Well, you see there are reasons, but not anymore.

Jennifer Lee: Yeah, that's my wrap up.

Mike: Those are cool.

Jennifer Lee: But there's more in the blog.

Mike: I mean there is, you scrolled through a lot. There's always a ton, and it's a ton... And it's always based on like, I think it's fun when you go through the stuff, the release notes every year and you kind of look at it. Because the stuff you always get the most excited about are the things that frustrated you that you kind of knew weren't hard to fix. It was just like at some point you know it's going to bubble up on the calendar and somebody's going to knock it out. I think that styling for flows is huge. I mean flows for the... Screen flows for me are the easiest way I can get into flow and kind of understand it because you can visually see what you're putting in, but the ability to edit the way that looks has always been not the most easy. But this now... I like your example, you're like, this is a really long label for a long text area. Yeah, I mean, it spells it out, but it's really helpful to understand because the end user's the one that's going to stare at it all day. You're going to look at it a few times in testing, and you also talk about, "Oh, icons. Oh, these are cool too."

Jennifer Lee: Oh, those icons that you can use... So if you have a pick list in your screen flow, you can add little icons to make it easier as well.

Mike: It's funny, I was on a related unrelated topic. I was at a car show a couple weekends ago, and I ran into somebody and we were talking. He said, "Oh, well, I code for the university because I live in Iowa City." And I said, "Oh, cool." He asked me, "Where do you work?" I said I work at Salesforce. And so immediately he thinks I understand code. I wasn't going to say otherwise. But the next words out of his mouth really caught me off guard. He said, "You know, your lightning design system is probably one of the most well-thought-out documented systems I have ever had to work with." And I bring that up because the images of those like, excellent, good, like the way that our iconography kind of looks within the system, I think is really cool. So is a long walk for a short drink of water, but... And it would carry over. Plus anytime that you can mix things up and use images... I mean images, do you remember back in the day, you used to set up a resource library and import all these images, like four star images and five star images and stuff, and then you would show that on the screen. I used to have users that were like, "You're a wizard. I can now see stars on my account page." And I was like, "Yes, I am."

Jennifer Lee: I do remember that back in the day.

Mike: Because the edit page would just show them a number, but the actual page... Anyway, off on tangents. Off on tangents.

Jennifer Lee: Oh, I do have a note. So there's one thing that is in summer that I didn't include in my blog because I wrote my blog and then I found out that it's in this release, but Prompt Builder undergoes a major UI change. So for those who use prompt templates, check it out. It is a better UI right now in summer. So think of the little preview section that you have, the resolution that has its own tab now, and you don't have that little window that you have to scroll to see everything. Yes.

Mike: Okay. I like that. I was going to say it wasn't that bad. And then I was thinking, "I've done a bunch of those Agentforce NOW tours.

Jennifer Lee: Yeah, like this itty bitty thing-

Mike: Well, there's always a part... There's kind of two parts on that. The intro of the Agentforce NOW tour that I do. One of them is shortly after you enable the agent and then you have to show the drop-down open agent and builder. And it's literally right at the bottom bar of your web browser. So I would always tell people like, "Look at me in the camera," and I would point and be like, "It's at the very bottom because you're probably looking at a screen and you can't find my cursor. It's at the very bottom." And then there was always that. Then the second time was when we would test prompts after we've built our first prompt and we brought in some fields in that resolution window, I'd always point on camera down at the bottom. Like, "It's down at the bottom all the way on the far right." So sticking those in their own... You said their own window?

Jennifer Lee: They're like little plus and minuses, and then they'll expand out to show the [inaudible 00:22:42]-

Mike: So much nicer. So much nicer.

Jennifer Lee: So the preview button has also moved up to the upper left-hand corner.

Mike: Okay. Yeah, because where it was before kind of didn't make sense.

Jennifer Lee: So you can hit this little icon and then set your record and then you'll hit the preview button next to it, and then it'll do all its magic. Yeah, folks should definitely check that out because it's a great improvement to what it is today.

Mike: Absolutely. Jen, thanks for coming by and pointing out some of the newest features. I mean, I'd read your post, but it's kind of always nice to hear from the person and you know, like, "Oh, here's what's really cool," because sometimes texts on a page just don't convey it.

Jennifer Lee: Yeah, and I just like geeking out about Salesforce so I can talk about-

Mike: I know.

Jennifer Lee: ... [inaudible 00:23:44] all day long.

Mike: I think back to the days of going through the release notes, and now I have this fun competition, and when I say fun competition, it's fun for me. I like to go through the release notes and then I like to feed the release notes to an AI, and be like, "What do you think are the top features I would like or top features for admins?" And I like to see what it finds versus what I find, kind of like a treasure hunt.

Jennifer Lee: And what did it do for this release?

Mike: It was kind of a little all over the place. Yeah, it wasn't as concise as yours. It also doesn't understand how cool flows are, and so it points things out. I will say this, it's very helpful in getting through sometimes a lot of release notes and finding things you might've not read. I think that one of the coolest pieces of advice I was ever given by somebody was, read all of the articles front end to end that are on the front page of a newspaper. Because most of those articles, very few of them are encompassed all on the front page, but they get you into the newspaper. It's also a good mixture of topics, so it might be things that you not normally read, and I think it was good advice. That is kind of like... It's like the AI version of it. Sometimes you got to feed the release notes to some AI and just see what it points out because it might be things that you scrolled past and had no idea.

Jennifer Lee: Because there's a lot to go through.

Mike: I mean, the other part of it too is it's an enterprise level platform, so you kind of want it to be a lot of release notes. I do anyway. Anyway, thanks for coming by, Jen. We'll be sure to check out your videos on YouTube because they're always super explanatory, and they're helping people understand agents and flow, and how agents use flow and how you can put flow into agents.

Jennifer Lee: Well, thanks for having me, Mike.

Mike: You bet. Big thanks to Jennifer for walking us through the summer '25 updates. It's always a treat to hear her perspective, and it gives that blog post so much more life, right? There's a lot of things that we find out. She walked us through fine-tuning flows and trimming down clicks and user management, and just discovering the magic of the time data type. This release really has something for everybody. You can hear me go through my brain on writing flows with that time data type. That was... I had a moment, I will just say. Be sure to check out Jen's YouTube videos because she dives through so much stuff and they are so incredibly useful, and I'll include a link to her blog post as well. And of course, if you enjoyed today's episode, go ahead and give it a share. Maybe send it to your friends, your admin friends, or other people in the community that would benefit from being up-to-date on the summer '25 release features. So with that, until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Joshua Birk, Admin Evangelist at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about why your metadata is crucial for building effective AI agents.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Joshua Birk.

Why multi-tenancy still matters for Agentforce As the Admin Evangelist team has been helping people get started with Agentforce, we’ve noticed that the key to unlocking this new technology is to revisit some of the oldest concepts about the Salesforce platform.

That’s why I brought Josh Birk on the pod to talk about metadata and multi-tenant architecture. If you need a refresher, that’s the idea that Salesforce is like an apartment building where each org is an apartment. Your stuff is in your individual unit, but the entire building shares resources like water and electricity.

So what’s the difference from 2010? As Josh explains, it’s that every apartment comes standard with an Agentforce-powered robot butler.

Quality data leads to better automation Imagine you’re sitting down for dinner, and you want your robot butler to set the table—how does it know where the forks are? And what happens if they’re buried in your junk drawer?

Clearly, a robot butler will be more helpful if you keep your apartment organized. And, as Josh points out, the same is true for your Salesforce org. AI agents rely on your metadata, like description fields and field types, to help them respond correctly and find what your users are looking for.

With longstanding orgs, there can be an “if it ain’t broke, don’t fix it” mindset, but that’s the equivalent of throwing everything in the junk drawer. Doing a little spring cleaning and organizing your metadata helps Agentforce help you.

Why you’re already an AI builder The key thing Josh wants you to realize is that you’re already an AI builder. An agent is just another user in your org, and so the work you do to make your data easy to use is also what powers the solutions you build in Agentforce.

That’s why it’s so important to fall back on Salesforce fundamentals. Building an agent is the easy part. The hard part is making sure your metadata is in a good place to support your AI solutions, but that’s the work that admins do every day.

There’s so much more great stuff from Josh in this episode, so be sure to take a listen. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Trailhead: Custom Metadata Types Basics

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Josh on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full Transcript

Mike: Hey, Salesforce admins. Ever wonder what multi-tenancy AI and your junk drawer have in common? Luckily, Josh Birk is back to explain it all, from forks, to metadata. Yeah, we even throw in some robot butlers. This episode's a ride through the architecture that makes Salesforce magic happen with, I promise you, enough analogies to stock your kitchen. So, if you've ever said, "Wait, where are the forks?" This one's for you. And when you listen to it, that sentence will make sense. So give it a listen, send it to your friends. Be sure to hit that follow subscribe button to get brand new episodes downloaded on your mobile device. And without waiting any longer, let's get Josh Birk back on the podcast. So Josh, welcome back to the podcast.

Josh Birk: Thanks, Mike. Glad you're back.

Mike: It's been a while, but you've been working on stuff.

Josh Birk: I have been working on stuff. It's been a busy little quarter. This thing called AI never really stops sleeping. I guess it's one of its benefits. But yeah, trying to catch up with all things AI, and data cloud, and especially trying where there's a wealth of stuff happening before Dreamforce, and we really would like to get our admins community armed with that information.

Mike: You mentioned Dreamforce. Dreamforce start till October.

Josh Birk: Well, I know, but I thought July was a really far away away, and I realized I have a trip to Montreal next week because it's June, and it's like, "Okay, right." The months, they're collapsing away.

Mike: It literally, it's like one minute you're like, "Yay, it's February," and the next thing you know it's like 4th July.

Josh Birk: Right. Yeah. And you have a TDX going over.

Mike: All the hangovers. The first thing that I think we want to talk about, so what's crazy is we brought this stuff up, what are we going to talk about, and you're like, "Let's talk about the multi-tenant analogy." And I was thinking back to, whoa, that was like 2010 when I first learned about multi-tenant, and hearing the Salesforce apartment analogy.

Josh Birk: Yeah. Yeah. It's interesting. It's actually, I think, a testament to the platform, that you can use it for years and not really understand. And I used to understand not having to comprehend exactly what's going on, because one of the, it's not really a catch 22, it's this nice cycle because it's part of the wonder of the multi-tenant structure is that you don't have to worry about it, because you log in and you're in, basically, your own space. First of all, I think it's one of those things that does get bandied about, but sometimes it doesn't stick in people's heads. For instance, I was talking to somebody about Trailhead, and they were like, "Well, is that why we have multi-tenancy?" And I'm like, "No, no, no, no, no. Multi-tenancy was the thing, that was day one. That was the magic fuel that was moving our product before anything else was getting built on top of it." And I think it's important to kind of have a basic understanding, because every now and then, as a developer, one of the things that people, if you come from Java, or you come from C++, and one of the things you're used to doing is whatever you want, if you want to spin up a crazy thread in an application and have it run for three days straight, the only person stopping you from doing that is you. And so then people come into Salesforce platform and they're like, "Well, Apex has these limits to it. You can't spin up too many CPU cycles, you can't do too many searches." You can't do these things. And some developers are like, "Why are you tying my hands back behind my back?" And it's like, because part of the multi-tenant architecture makes sure that Mike's org might be sitting next to my org in terms of hardware. So we're sharing a CPU. And if Mike misbehaves too much, you might steal CPU cycles from me, and vice versa. You might slow down my application by no intent of yours. You don't even know I'm on the other side of the wall, but you're using up all of my power. And our multi-tenant architecture basically makes sure that doesn't happen. And it makes sure that you can go in and do all the things that we give you the rules to, and I can go and do all the things we get the rules to, and we're always going to be play safe with each other.

Mike: And I remember, it's so fascinating here you describe multi-tenant that way, because I remember having to describe it as, "No, no, no, no, all of the data that we put in is in our own apartment. And all of the data that somebody other company puts in is their own apartment. And it doesn't matter what pictures we hang on our walls, they can't see our pictures and we can't see theirs."

Josh Birk: Exactly.

Mike: As opposed to the amount of boiling water that we have left, because we're all sharing a water boiler.

Josh Birk: Right. Because it's summer in Chicago, and you take three showers a day sometimes. Yeah.

Mike: Right.

Josh Birk: Yeah, exactly.

Mike: But I mean, perspective wise, I'm thinking through all this, and multi-tenancy, if you're going through even Salesforce admin one-on-one stuff, like this is the first day, everybody's thinking AI and agentic, and what can AI do for me. What are you doing talking multi-tenancy when we have this really cool agentic stuff that we should be talking about?

Josh Birk: Yeah. And it's a great question, and there's a couple of answers. And the first one is to kind of go back to the analogy of an apartment complex. So that experience starts at the front door. You can't get in through the front door unless you are a tenant in the apartment building. And then the next thing you're going to do is you're going to go to your apartment, and you can't get into your apartment unless you're a tenant of that apartment. And then start breaking all it down to the stuff that you were just saying. Your pictures are your own, the boxes you have in the attic, they're all your own. All of that is, so this is why trust is our number one value. You trust us to hold your apartment near and dear to you, and you trust us to keep that security layer, you trust us to keep the powers on. All of that is the same stuff that the agents are building on top of. That is why they're a very easy to use enterprise solution for AI, because they're like the robot butler who lives in your apartment. And all of that other stuff, the security, the power, the storage, all of that stuff, it just comes with the apartment. And your agent is able to understand where all your pictures are, and where all your boxes are, and how those boxes are structured. And one analogy I like to give is like, well, if you're going to ask your robot butler, aka agent force, for a fork, if I'm a guest in your house, like, "Hey, Mike, can I get a fork?" You would know which drawer to tell me. You would be like, "Go to the second drawer next to the stove. That's where the forks are." How does the agent know that? And the agent knows that because of metadata. And metadata is the second tier of what makes multi-tenancy work. One of the things back in my workshop days, a question got a lot, especially because I'm talking to old school Oracle developers and Java developers, and they're like, "Well, what's your web stack?" What they're asking is, are you running Java? Are you running Oracle? And stuff like that. I'm like, "I could answer this for you, but it's not going to be the answer you think it is, because our data structure doesn't start like a normal database does. Our database structure starts with multi-tenancy with a metadata tier on top of it." And what that metadata allows you to do is you can put your forks in a drawer, I can put my forks in a different drawer, and metadata can tell the agent, "This is where those forks are held." And let's say you ripped your kitchen apart. Now, if you're going to rip your kitchen apart and put your kitchen back together again, you're going to get a contractor. You're not just going to go pay a couple of teenagers with some sledgehammers and just knock everything down. I mean, it might start that way, it could be entertaining.

Mike: I mean, if you watch HGTV, that's how it's supposed to go.

Josh Birk: It does kind of start that way, right. But at some point, you're going to want to have a plan for how tall the counters are, where the counters are going to stop, all of this kind of stuff. You're going to have a blueprint. And a blueprint is going to instruct everything down to where your drawers are. And that blueprint is crafted for you in metadata whenever you're doing things like creating custom objects, and you're creating custom fields. And everything on the platform basically has this blueprint to it. Now, the great thing about that blueprint is if you invite me over to your apartment and I'm like, "Dude, this is a killer kitchen. I would love to have this kitchen in my apartment," you're like, "Dude, I'll just get you the blueprint." And then we just package up that blueprint, I take it over my apartment, and then I can just build out the kitchen exactly to your scale.

Mike: So, I'm thinking through all of the times that I've built and remodeled my kitchen, as admins do, continuing the metaphor, and failed to write blueprints. So now I'm building an agent and I'm telling it forks are in the second drawer from the left of the stove. And that's the instruction I give it, but it has to go learn what the second drawer is because it doesn't have a blueprint to look at.

Josh Birk: Yeah. So this is a very strange little section of metadata and AI. It was one of the first things that I heard during a workshop, and it's always stuck with me. So you've got your blueprint. Your blueprint knows the size and scale of your kitchen, it knows how many drawers you are, and it knows where the drawers are. Now, let's say you want to identify which drawer is going to be the silverware drawer. When you're building out the custom object and you're building out the custom fields, we know that it's good to have a description fields. So if there's any ambiguity, because sometimes you might have a similarly named field, you might have a similarly named object, something like that, and you want to make sure people are guided to the right drawer, so find that fork, well, if it's a good idea for a human, it's a great idea for an agent, because when you say, "Get me the largest fork in the drawer," it's going to go through what it knows about the data model. And if it sees the word fork in a description, it knows it's going in the right direction. You're giving it that breadcrumbs. And this is why it's like, "Which descriptions fields do you mean, Josh?" And it's all of them. It's the ones in the custom actions, and we won't even get into instructions yet. It's all the ones in your custom fields, it's all the ones in your custom objects, et cetera, et cetera, et cetera. You want to leave that little breadcrumb trail so that when agent force is doing its little agentic reasoning, and it's like, "Which custom action should I use? Which standard action should I use?" You're going to end up with a much higher rate of success.

Mike: So what I'm hearing is the importance of metadata in terms of describing things, in any possible term that a user could use to give that to an agent, so that an agent doesn't have to reason, "Oh, date on opportunity means contract date, as opposed to close date, because you have six date fields and you title them date one, date two, date three."

Josh Birk: Exactly.

Mike: And the user, because it's nomenclature within the organization, oh, well, the second date is the date it leaves the warehouse, and the third date is the date it's expected to be delivered. But if you ask an agent that it's not going to know that until you tell it through metadata.

Josh Birk: Until you tell it through metadata. At best, if it doesn't know, it will guess, which is problematic for two reasons. One, obviously it might be wrong, but it also might be right two times out of three, but then you don't know that third time. It makes your testing even harder anytime that the agent has to guess for it. Now, people might be listening to this like, "Well, okay, I understand that, but how powerful can a description field be?" And it's true. It's only so powerful, but the great thing is, this is why, and it's one of the things I think people, I really like talking about this, because one of the things is I think it demystifies agents a certain extent. We treat agents almost like, I just referred to it as a robot butler. So we're already into a sci-fi. We've gone from an apartment complex to Star Wars, right?

Mike: I'm thinking Rosey from the Jetsons.

Josh Birk: Yes, yes. I love it. I love it. But there's so much human in the loop that's involved. And we have to remember when we talk about guardrails, all agents have guardrails. It's the thing that keeps them from saying horrible things and doing horrible things. And there's so much we can control over an agent just by text, just by writing to it. And so we've been playing with agent force internally. And one of the first things I had to do, because I was trying to make sure that our users could talk to it like they would want to talk to it, right? So when you say my blog post, you mean a blog post that our wonderful Eliza Riley created an object record for, and then added you as an author, and then added Kate as a reviewer. So we're really talking about contributors. But if you say the word my without giving any context to the agent, it's going to think you mean the current owner. But instructions, you can say, "Hey, in this topic, when I say my, when I say blog, I mean these different things." And so that's the first place that the breadcrumb trail is going to start going, and it can be one of the little behavioral issues. It's not responding in the right way, or it's not using the right style and things like that. The prompt builder instructions can solve so much just by writing a few sentences.

Mike: So, I'm thinking through the apartment analogy. And I've used Rosey before, because I do think eventually at some point we'll have, I would like to have a robot in my house. Amazon had that little puppy dog thing.

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Mike: I should have signed up for that. But in hindsight, I don't think AI was really where it should be.

Josh Birk: It was basically an Alexa on wheels, I think.

Mike: I know. I was afraid it was going to go downstairs and there goes $2,000. What was that, literally here's the sound, it was like, "Zoop, zoop, pom, pom, pom, pom, pom, pom."And then mom would be like, "What was that?" And I'd be like, "That's the sound of $2,000 falling downstairs."

Josh Birk: Not being able to use stairs.

Mike: You can't use stairs. But I would like to have that. So, I'm thinking through the apartment analogy. And basically what you're saying is, so Salesforce can roll out the ability to find forks, to all of its agents. And so everybody in the apartment complex benefits, but what's key is your blueprint, because where you keep your forks is different than where your neighbor in 5B keeps their forks. And so if you are filling in your metadata and Salesforce ups the ability for agents to do things like find forks, like, "Oh, now they have the ability to find spoons," everybody can benefit all from one action. But just because of that action doesn't mean that your agent is up and running because it needs the metadata to really target in on what does this action actually mean for me and the customization I've done.

Josh Birk: Right.

Mike: Is that fair?

Josh Birk: That's fair. And remember, your Rosey and my Rosey, they're the same model. And if there's upgrades, you're going to get your Rosey upgraded, I'm going to get my Rosey upgraded.

Mike: Kind of like our phones.

Josh Birk: Like our phones, right? Every now and then, it's like, "Oh, yep, you're three updates behind. Please restart your phone."

Mike: Any more it seems that way, doesn't it?

Josh Birk: It really does. They're coming faster.

Mike: I never used to fall behind. The other day I was like, "Oh, you're three updates behind," it was something like that. I was like, "How?"

Josh Birk: "I thought you were doing this for me." But even if I copied your kitchen one to one, but we also then give me the ability to swap out the drawer that forks are going to be in, or to add a new cabinet and things like that. And the great thing is about metadata is my Rosey instantly knows my new kitchen layout because of the metadata. Now, going back to the blueprint and the description fields and the topics, and also the other thing to mention here is the quality of your data. How well-structured is your kitchen when it comes to, do you have all the forks in one drawer, and the spoons in another drawer? Do you have one of those nice slotted trays?

Mike: What do you do if you have a junk drawer?

Josh Birk: What do you do if you have a junk drawer? And it's like, what if you have everything in the junk drawer? Well, Rosey's going to have a really hard time finding your fork if everything's in the junk drawer. So, all of these things we're talking about, metadata, description fields, quality of instructions, guard rails, we also have to all go all the way back to the OG. Quality of your data structure, right? It's great to have a description field to help them guide, but it's also a really good idea. Do you need three fields that end with one, two, three, and four? Or is it now the time to convert that into a pick list value, which might be easier for Rosey to work with?

Mike: Yeah. I'm just thinking through that, because I was also thinking of how many I got stuck on junk drawers.

Josh Birk: We're Midwesterners. Is it a Midwestern thing?

Mike: You ever ask a question and then somebody totally answers, and you're like, "Sorry, I wasn't listening. I was thinking of a junk drawer."

Josh Birk: Well, see, and that's now I have to fall back on my old, "Do we have to explain what a junk drawer is? Do people know what a junk drawer is?"

Mike: I mean, it's like everything that doesn't make sense. My junk drawer is the water filter for my fridge, my owner's manuals, a pile. And I mean a pile of pens and pencils from various local establishments. And they're in varying states of operability. So, that's why you have three, or I got at least 10. 10 pens. Probably three of them work. And the other seven are just there, it's like a lottery. If you get it and you go to try and write something, and that's how it gets thrown away. And then straws. Straws, and then packets, ketchup packets.

Josh Birk: Ketchup packets.

Mike: Hot sauce packets.

Josh Birk: Hot sauce packets, hot mustard packets, anything from a Chinese store.

Mike: Right. And then here's where you throw in, it's a real wild card, this is where the podcast goes completely off the rails. You throw in the occasional thumb tack rubber band.

Josh Birk: Just put traps in for yourself.

Mike: And the newest thing now is those 3M wall sticky hanger things.

Josh Birk: Oh, yeah. Those have escaped.

Mike: That's a junk drawer in the Midwest. Oh, and a flashlight. Got to have a flashlight.

Josh Birk: A flashlight. And a flashlight.

Mike: Flashlight that may or may not work and may or may not have batteries in it. Does it matter? Still in there.

Josh Birk: Still in there. Still in there. Yeah, that's about it.

Mike: But no, so back to the regular scheduled podcast, already in session, I was thinking through the junk drawer of like, the junk drawer to me in any database, or mostly in all of the Salesforce databases I've managed was the description field. People throw everything in the description field. And then I can foresee now, God, the nightmare of, "Well, I asked Agent Force, what was the last five calls that I made, and it couldn't find it." "Right. Well, did you log those as activities?" "No, I just added it as bullet points in my description."

Josh Birk: Exactly. Yeah, and it's like, we're humans. And the amount of interesting human behavior I've seen over the years of how people have implemented Salesforce. But there's kind of the old adage, if it ain't broke, don't fix it. And if I'm doing this day in and day out and it's working for me, great. But the times they are changing. And this is back when we were trying to get people to move from visual force to web components, now aura. I'm like, "Don't fear it. I'm not asking you to go and delete all of your existing components and start from scratch and build everything up with all of these amazing demos that I'm talking about, but now is the time to start getting your feet wet. Now is the time to start looking ahead. Now is the time to go to Trailhead and tinker with your first agent." "And now is the time to start asking really hard questions like, how messy is our data structure? And what have people started?" So, I'll go way off on a tangent, but I swear I'm getting somewhere. Back when I worked for a major retailer as their lead client side developer, we had a problem with pop-up windows. And the problem was, because everybody knows-

Mike: Got pop-ups for a long time, were just the bane of everybody's existence.

Josh Birk: Right, and they get hidden behind other browsers, they just do all this behavior you don't expect.

Mike: Pop-unders. There was pop-unders too.

Josh Birk: Yeah. So me and my old friend and colleague, Jamie Dehansen, he was the designer. And so we started a project to take that down and turn it into a modal window that would be on the page itself, that Jamie and I could control 100%. The event structure, everything clicks. We launched that thing, we're so proud of ourselves. This thing is cool, it looks great, it works wonderful. And then the complaints. Started swarming in. I don't mean two, I mean like 20, I mean like 30, just over and over again. Because people kept asking, "Why did you take your comparison feature away?" And Jamie and I are like, "What comparison feature? We don't have a comparison feature." And then we realized that people were going to a product item, clicking the pop-up, going to another product item, clicking the pop-up, taking the two pop-ups, putting them next to each other. They had built their own feature without even asking us. And so we fixed it by adding that functionality in, like the way we wanted it to work, and everybody was really, really happy. But that's the kind of thing that happens within a Salesforce org. You didn't think that you gave them the feature of transcribing their phone calls into the long text field that was meant for something else, but you did, and they're using it. And that's the kind of, I think you're credited for saying the walk around the broom style of admin.

Mike: Sabla.

Josh Birk: Sabla. You need to look over somebody's shoulder and be like, "That's not how I meant you." We need to fix that description, that long text field, and I need to make it work in our data structure so that Rosey can find those calls for you.

Mike: So, here's a fun fact, and this is a deep cut for people that listen. So, I came up with Sabla after watching planes, trains, and automobiles.

Josh Birk: Oh, really?

Mike: Yeah. Let me tell you how. How does planes, trains and automobiles open? Opens with an ad agency in downtown Chicago. I think, right?

Josh Birk: It's New York.

Mike: It's New York, okay. New York. The CEO is looking at what would be a billboard, except he's sitting at a chair in a well-lit office room. My friend and I were watching this, because we watch planes, trains, and automobiles every Thanksgiving. And he owns an ad agency, and he just dies laughing every time he sees that, he goes, "So what's funny about this is how executives look at billboards, but everyone else is going to look at this billboard going 60 miles an hour down an interstate trying to make a corner and avoid a semi." He said, "Because nobody looks at billboards from the perspective of the person they want to sell to." And I was like, "Oh, it just dawned on me," because I had just done a Salesforce deployment. I was like, "I didn't look at that page that I deployed. I looked at it from my desk with my headphones on, uninterrupted, knowing what I was looking for, not on a phone call with an irate customer because their plant had just died or something, and trying to work through how do I disseminate this information." So there you go. There's the history of Sabla.

Josh Birk: Love it. Love it. Yeah, the interview I did with Katie Coats, she was like, "Don't tell me how you've used this application. Just show it to me."

Mike: Right. Yeah, yeah. Okay. So put a lid on this.

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Mike: All the admins out there are sitting like, "I was supposed to deploy Agent Force three weeks ago," or, "We're still trying to figure out how we're going to Agent Force, but my CEO wants it deployed by Dream Force."

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Mike: What should I be doing now? Because it feels like I should be learning to build agents, and you should.

Josh Birk: You should. But, we go to these workshops and we're like, "You're already an AI builder. You're already an agent builder." And the reason I can say that confidently, and this is why we're talking about things as basic as your data structure in your description fields, remember your training, all of these things that you already do when it comes to who can come into the apartment? Who's allowed in the apartment during certain hours? Who can go to the certain rooms? Who can use the certain? All of these things is the stuff that the agent is going to build up on. So the better you're already doing your job, the better the agent's already going to be. You're already putting in the hard work, that's the hard work. Building the agent's easier. Way easier. Like Jen and I have compared notes, and most of the flows we work with agents are fairly intermediate in complexity at bust. I've got a few that are five or six steps at all. So, if you don't even have to be Jen League, Queen of Flow, you don't have to be a crazy flow-natic. You just need to know how to build flow. Now, you know how to build flow, great: you know how to build custom actions. And when you take that flow and you convert it over to a custom action, all of that work that you've put into the apartment leading up to that moment is going to make that agent so much more successful. So it's like, don't think of it as this brand new thing that's off on its own little lonely island, it's more similar to when we released Flow, or when we released things that are new, but they're new on top of the platform. And so all of the things you already know how to do on the platform, all of those things are going to be important. In one of the blog posts we have coming out, one of the things Jen reminded me to put in there is, "Remember to think of your agent like a user. It's a Rosey. It's another thing in your apartment running around doing stuff." And so all of your ability to be like, "Oh, what fields should I have access to? What permission sets should I give it?" All of that, it's all stuff that's going to make your agent more successful.

Mike: That makes sense. I mean, it's also like cleaning up before you get new furniture.

Josh Birk: Right. Exactly. Or maybe throwing out that old sofa.

Mike: Yeah. I live in a college town, that happens every May. Every May, at the end of May, you drive around, and people can go sofa shopping because all of the college kids are moving out, and all of the target futons, and IKEA futons are at the corner. And you realize how hard college kids are on furniture.

Josh Birk: They're very hard on furniture, and they usually get it secondhand in the first place.

Mike: Right. They got it last year off a street corner.

Josh Birk: Exactly. And became anew.

Mike: Awesome. Josh, thanks for coming on and helping us understand our apartments, and understand that we should be blueprinting them. But more importantly, I mean, the cleanup of data doesn't just stop there, it's also the cleanup of metadata too.

Josh Birk: Yeah. Like I said, remember your training, and I shall be successful. Thanks for having me, man. This was a lot of fun.

Mike: So that's a wrap with this chat of Josh Birk. Huge thanks for coming and unpacking the foundation of Agent Success. I can't tell you how important metadata is, so be sure to check out his blog post that he's got coming up. And remember, your data structure and metadata aren't just back end details, they're the keys to unlocking smarter, more helpful agents. Whether you're prepping for Dream Force, or just organizing your org, start with a blueprint. Now, if you found this episode helpful, do me a favor, share it with some of your friends. And be sure to hit that subscribe button for new episodes downloaded. And with that, until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Amit Malik, the Content Portfolio Lead for AI within Product Education at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about how admins should approach learning Agentforce and bringing AI to their organizations.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Amit Malik.

Learning AI starts with filtering out the noise We often get asked where admins should get started with learning Agentforce, so I brought Amit on the pod to get the inside scoop. In his role as a Content Portfolio Lead for AI in Product Education at Salesforce, he’s in charge of planning the courses that are offered globally about Agentforce and Data Cloud.

For Amit, the challenge with teaching AI is what he calls the “knowledge explosion.” There are so many different things that Agentforce can do, and that list is growing daily, so it’s hard to know where to get started. What’s needed is “knowledge distillation.” So the key to learning Agentforce is to focus on the core concepts of how AI works before getting into the specifics.

A framework for building with Agentforce Amit goes through five questions you should ask when you’re thinking of building a solution with Agentforce:

  1. Is an AI agent the best way to solve this problem? Would it be easier to build a flow? Just because you can solve something with Agentforce doesn’t mean you should.
  2. What agent type do you need? Salesforce has several pre-built agent templates for specific use cases, like Service Agent, Employee Agent, or Guided Shopping Agents. Consider those options before trying to build something more complicated.
  3. What topics do you want to assign to this agent? Define the set of business problems you want your agent to solve. There are standard pre-built topics like FAQ or escalation, but you can make a custom topic if needed.
  4. How will you provide data to your agent? AI is only as good as the data you provide it, so you need to make sure you have everything you need in Data Cloud and set up access with the Agentforce Data Library.
  5. What actions do you want the agent to perform? “This is where the magic happens,” Amit says. There are four types of actions: Flow, Apex, API, and Prompt Template.

Learning Agentforce is about understanding the layers you’re working with. As Amit explains, an agent is really an aggregation of the topics you decide it can solve. Those topics can be broken down into the specific actions your agent can perform, which it does based on the data you give it access to via Data Cloud.

The art of learning is to become curious With twelve years of experience as a Salesforce instructor, Amit’s biggest piece of advice for admins trying to learn Agentforce is to cultivate curiosity. Where many people go wrong is that they approach AI as a solution in search of a problem. That can be like trying to jam a square peg in a round hole.

Once you start getting curious about the business problems you’re trying to solve, you’ll find use cases all over the place for AI. But that comes from understanding, specifically, how an AI agent can improve the experience for your users. This makes learning Agentforce simple because you know what you’re trying to do with it.

There’s a lot more great stuff about learning, teaching, and working with Agentforce in my conversation with Amit, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: Architect Courses for Admins with Amit Malik * Trailhead: Discover Agentforce * Trailhead: Review Agentforce and Data Library

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Amit on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on Tiktok
  • Mike on X

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt:

Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast. This week, we're joined by Amit Malik, a cloud content portfolio lead at Salesforce. Guess what we're digging into? That's right. Agentforce and Data Cloud, but we're going to talk a little bit different. It's about how admins can confidently navigate AI in their orgs. Amit brings over a decade of instructional experience and delivers a fresh, clear-eyed framework of thinking about AI agents. Trust me, you're going to want to hear this framework.

So whether you're new to Agentforce or looking to level up your implementation game, I promise you, Amit breaks down the essentials with clarity and care for us. Plus, we also talk about why doing not just watching is a key to learning because as admins, we do some instruction as well. So it's good to learn from an instructor. Before we start the show, just a reminder to press follow on that podcast platform that you're listening to us. That way you get new shows right on your mobile device so you can listen to them when you're out mowing your yard, which is what I will be doing after I record this episode because it is summer and the grass is growing and it is gorgeous outside. So enjoy this episode with Amit. Go walk your dog or go enjoy some sunshine if it's pretty out where you are at. So with that, let's get Amit on the podcast. All right, Amit, so welcome to the podcast.

Amit Malik:

Thank you.

Mike Gerholdt:

I know a few years back you were on to talk about the architect mindset, so I'll be sure to link to that episode, but now we're talking everything Agentforce and Data Cloud and Metadata and Customer 360. But for people that haven't been around listening to the podcast for three years, and there's a few of them, could you reacquaint the audience with what you do at Salesforce and your journey to Salesforce?

Amit Malik:

Sure. I joined Salesforce in 2013 and I have been lucky to teach audiences across the globe on Salesforce technologies every year, and I've trained on different topics about Salesforce, like whether it's about teaching administrators or developers or consultants, architects. So I've been fortunate to talk about Salesforce aspects to different audiences. In my current role, I'm working on as a cloud content portfolio lead where I'm specializing in Agentforce and Data Cloud. So my role is to plan what kind of courses should we offer to our customers globally so that we can enable our ecosystem on Agentforce and Data Cloud.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I mean, there's a lot to learn. I started using the platform back in 2006 and even trying to keep up is a lot, and so I can imagine learning constantly, there's so much.

Amit Malik:

It's easy. I would say nobody cares what we know in the past. What matters is what we are working today and for next 12 months.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, there you go.

Amit Malik:

So I've always retrained my mind that what I have done in the past does not matter today. What matter is what I will do in next 12 months.

Mike Gerholdt:

So let's talk about what we're going to do in the next 12 months. I would love to know, this is going to be my first hard question, they're all hard, I think, not to scare you. I don't think it's hard. But I am curious because you're on a different side of the fence than I'm at. What is different about teaching AI than teaching other technologies?

Amit Malik:

I would say the interesting part here is there is knowledge explosion in the current times. And when a learner is learning, he has multiple channels to learn from and there is no direction what is the right way to spend your time. So what we need is knowledge distillation. We need to tell our learners, if you only have 10 hours, what should you learn in your first 10 hours. Or if you're not time-bound, what are the first 10 words should you know to do your project better in next three months. That my suggestion, that we should stop the noise and try to develop our attention span in these current time of knowledge explosion.

Mike Gerholdt:

I really like that because there is a sense of needing clarity when there is this much noise out in the world. Do you find when individuals come to your classes that they have a preconceived idea of AI that you might have to work past?

Amit Malik:

Yes, because the interesting part is that, for example, let's take a word AI agent. If someone is learning about AI agent from Google's perspective or OpenAI perspective or how Claude thinks about it, how we think about it at Salesforce, we may have different explanations, but at the core, AI agent is an AI system. So once we start getting a clarity of thought that where are we heading, we are trying to suggest how do you build a digital labor who will work along with the human at present. Once you know the goal, I think then it does not matter what is your understanding. You just need to understand why are we learning AI agents. Just because people are saying about it? Or do you really believe in the spirit of, "Oh yeah, it makes sense. If I can get my job done autonomously by a AI system, I can be more productive than I am." I think that's where, the why has to start first before you start doing what is what.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. Yeah, I often think a lot of times solutions come before people see problems and so they make up problems for the solution when in fact they didn't need to make up the problem. They already had it.

Amit Malik:

Very well said, very well said. I would say in a different way that for every problem, Agentforce is not the answer. So we need to find out a use case and say, "Oh, this is fit for predictive AI, this is fit for generative AI, this is fit for autonomous agents." So when you start as an architect, you start questioning to yourself, "How should you think to arrive at the solution that, oh, this is a use case of Agentforce now."

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, absolutely. So as somebody that has instructed admins, architects, probably even developers, I mean, you run the gamut, because I know I've signed up for developer courses. If you had to describe Data Cloud to an admin and give its relevancy, what would you say?

Amit Malik:

Very good. So think of Data Cloud as a portion of all your data from multiple data sources. It's a one repository where we want to bring data from multiple data sources. It could be Snowflake, it could be Databricks, it could be AWS, it could be any data source in your enterprise business. And once we have all this data in Data Cloud, that can act as a knowledge for your agent. As the analogy, think like this. When you join as a employee to a new organization, you need to learn about the system. In the same way we want to give the knowledge about systems to our agent so that they can understand the business and then talk to the customer on our behalf about our business.

Mike Gerholdt:

And I even think beyond just the customer, I mean, even the employee. If you only set up an agent to look internally within your CRM data, that's almost like giving them a book, whereas if you use Data Cloud, it's like giving them a library. Is that a kind of a competent analogy? Would you use that?

Amit Malik:

Yes. So see, Data Cloud is in simple way exposing all the data sources and how we attach it to the agent technically with the help of Agentforce data library. So we do not want our learners to get worried about Data Cloud so much because in the future or in the present world, we are trying to encapsulate the plumbing of Data Cloud. So if you're a [inaudible 00:08:50], we just ask you to upload the PDF file to Agentforce data library, and then we take care of all the plumbing behind the scene. So as the admin, you just need to know how to upload your data and we take care of everything. And that's the beauty of Salesforce platform that we try to make things simple because our engineers have done a complex job for you.

Mike Gerholdt:

The irony is it's usually the businesses that make things complex with processes or approvals or reviews.

Amit Malik:

That's fine. See, we cannot change the business. I think as a technical person, what I've learned over the years is never challenge the business, rather adapt to business.

Mike Gerholdt:

That's very good.

Amit Malik:

Because that's a very important learning. If you keep on challenging, because as a technical mindset, we always think, "No, business is not right," but hey, business exist and that where technology exists. So we need to adapt to the business needs and that's where as you grow as an architect, your fight is not to learn technology because you will have lot many people under you who knows much better than you. But your job is to understand what business value business need to create and how do you bridge that gap with the technology solution. That's where the real fun is. You tie up the business outcome.

Mike Gerholdt:

And I feel like, because I was just going to ask you, back to our first question, how do you kind of filter out the noise? I feel like your previous answer is kind of that, right? Really focusing on what the business outcome, the business need is, right?

Amit Malik:

Yeah. So I would like to give you a very small framework which I have been using for myself as I've been learning Agentforce from the front, and I'm lucky to be part of all the teams here whom I interact with internally.

Mike Gerholdt:

I love frameworks.

Amit Malik:

The first question I would like to give to my learner is ask yourself, do you need AI agent? If the answer comes yes, that yes, you need AI agent, then move forward in Agentforce thinking, because it could be that you can handle something without AI agent and you don't need it. Once your first question is answered to yes, then you move to the second question, what agent type do you need? For that, you need to know what agent types are offered by Salesforce. Like we offer, say, customer agent, which is implemented through Agentforce Service Agent. We offer employee agent, which is for employees. We offer sales agents like SDR agent for initial outreach and booking meetings. We have coach agent, which is for coaching and mentoring. So once you understand our offerings, then you see, okay, given a use case where customer says, "I want my agent to answer business questions and handle my refunds, or tell about my loyalty balance," we know that I need something for service, I need something for customer, so I need a customer agent.

So once you start reasoning that I need a agent and I need a customer agent and I can implement customer agent using Service Agent, then comes a third question, what topics do you want to assign to this agent? Now topic is a very interesting vocabulary which we have launched in Salesforce ecosystem, which is how do you define the job to be done? So think of topic as a aggregation of your business process. So if you want your agent to work on, say, loyalty balance check. So that's all the questions about loyalty balance will be handled by loyalty management topic. So that loyalty management topic is like a grouping of all the actions. Once you know the right topics that do you want to leverage the existing topics like standard topics, like say general FAQ or escalation, or do you want to make a custom topic, your third question is answered.

Once you have answered the third question, the fourth question is, how will you provide data to your agent? And here where your Data Cloud come into play. Because agent is dumb. Agent does not know anything about your business. So to provide the value to your agent, you need to connect your agent with the data library. And now with Agentforce data library, we support web search, we support files, we support your knowledge articles. So once you understand how do you want to educate your agent, your agent is now having a data about your business. Once these four questions are answered, the fifth question is, do you just want agent to answer the questions or do you also want agent to act upon it? Customer says, "No, I want agent to act upon." And then comes the fifth thing, which is what actions do you want agent to perform?

Now this action is where the magic happens, and this is where all the administrators and developers can start working on leveraging their past knowledge. So if you're good in flows, you can have a flow agent action. If you are good in Apex, you can have Apex agent actions. If you're good in API, you can have new soft calls, you can call external services. If you're good in prompt engineering, you can use Prompt template. So depending on the use cases, we give you four reference action types, which is Flow, Apex, API, and Prompt template. Once you have answered to this five questions, now you know a lot about solutioning. So this framework will help you through how to position the right solution for your customer.

Mike Gerholdt:

I really like that. Thanks for sharing that. And I was thinking through as you were talking through that because we have, I mean, internally we use Salesforce on the admin team to manage our content. And Josh Birk built what we call Agent Goat, which helps us answer questions and create relevant records. We even did something fun, I don't know if you think this is cool, we think this is cool. We uploaded the release notes to Agent Goat and gave that as a resource.

Amit Malik:

Wonderful.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. Because then we can ask it about new features.

Amit Malik:

And recently we launched our Salesforce documentation action. So we can just plug in that action to our agent and now it can start answering questions based on our Salesforce documentation. We just launched.

Mike Gerholdt:

I mean, there's so much to do.

Amit Malik:

Yes, that's the fun thing. Once you understand that agent is nothing but aggregation of topics and topic is nothing but aggregation of actions, and actions can happen on your data. So agent, topic, action, data, that's a master framework.

Mike Gerholdt:

Right.

Amit Malik:

Once you start thinking on this four words, agent, topic, action, and data, everything will start falling into place.

Mike Gerholdt:

So I'm curious, and I genuinely don't know the answer to this, but have you been to any of our events and happened to see any of the agents that customers have built that you find really inspiring?

Amit Malik:

Yes, I was lucky to be part of TDX Bengaluru Hackathon.

Mike Gerholdt:

Ah, yes. Tell me more.

Amit Malik:

It was so wonderful to see our customers showcasing the real use cases. Let's say a job application agent, some student is applying for a job, that how we can have a agent which can read the resume and do the shortlisting and send the further steps for the candidate. Or it could be other scenarios which customers were showing in insurance that how we can process the claims with the claim agent. Or as we know in the Conquer, for example, expenses, how we can have expenses being reviewed by agent and auto approve, saving the time of senior management to approve the expenses. So see, once you start thinking of use cases, then the value is derived. The value is not in technology. The value is in applying the technology to benefit the customer and improving the customer experience.

Mike Gerholdt:

And would you also extend the customer for admins and architects and developers to users of Salesforce, not just external customers of your organization?

Amit Malik:

Yes. So let me define this. So here, when I say customer, so customer is, say, Marriott who is buying our Salesforce license, or any customer who buys our Salesforce license. And then in that customer, we have employees who are using our product, they're our end users, and if this customer is further implementing our solution for their customers, then they become end user.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yep, that makes sense. Amit, I'm curious, in the instructional side of Salesforce and having done instruction for a long time, if you were to look into a crystal ball a year out from now, how do you see AI influencing instruction at Salesforce?

Amit Malik:

See, it's very funny. I would say this. Everyone believes that in the future we all will learn through ChatGPT, Claude, and we'll keep on learning through AI tools. But to me, there's a need for clarity of thought. Because if you don't know what to ask, you will never get the answer. So the magic of learning is your curiosity. So as everybody's moving, we are moving towards AI teaching us step by step, but if you do not know how to leverage AI, then AI will be useless to you. So the art of learning is to become curious, and once you know how much curious you are, then AI or human does not matter. Then you can learn from AI also because you know how to ask right questions. So I think, in my mind, education is not about the instructor. Education is more about the learner. If learner is good, he can extract more from a teacher. If learner is not curious, then teacher or AI does not make a difference.

Mike Gerholdt:

That's a really powerful point.

Amit Malik:

This is my experience of teaching for last 20 plus years that I've seen some interesting audience and it changes the whole class when you interact with the different kind of groups. Just a good example, the way you are asking me questions, that is a prompt to my mind and I'm giving you live answers. So you are getting best out of me because of you, not because of me. So it's just a very interesting phenomenon to understand that it's all about how much you extract from my mind. My mind is prepared.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. I never really thought of it that way of when you go in, because as a customer before joining Salesforce, I've taken quite a few of our, I believe five day or four day classes, instructor led. One of those was with Wendy Braid.

Amit Malik:

This is amusing.

Mike Gerholdt:

They were all great, but they all, to your point, all of the classes were different. And they're different, well, one of them just because the instructor is different, but because the people are different and the goal of what the people are trying to get out of the instructor changes, and it also changes based on the level of curiosity, I think you said that, of the learner, right? So if they're genuinely curious, they're going to get more out of the learner than if they're just kind of sitting there expecting to be brought up to speed, right?

Amit Malik:

Exactly. I would like to add one more point to this discussion here.

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, please.

Amit Malik:

So the role of the instructor is not information sharing. Information is available in abundance through internet channels these days. So the goal of the learner is to help learner connect to their business goals. So when a learner is listening to the instructor, instructor need to understand what is the goal learner trying to achieve in their business goals. And you only get to know that when you're in the classroom. Before that you don't know. So how can you plan your speech? And that's where I believe in dynamic speeches where the real agenda gets opened up when you start engaging with the real audience. Topic remains same.

Mike Gerholdt:

So I just had a question pop to me that I really thought brings this kind of all the way 360. One of the roles that admins, developers, and architects play is your role. They have to be an instructor to end users. When they roll out a new feature, whether it's a new application, Data Cloud, an Agentforce agent or whatever, part of their role is to teach their end users what the feature is, how to use it, how to be productive in their role. With your vast experience in teaching and educating individuals, what advice would you give to people that kind of have to temporarily step into that role and be productive?

Amit Malik:

I would say listen more, speak less, think more and process your thoughts. Articulate your answer well before you speak to the listener, because sometimes we try to propose what we know and what we want, but that is not the winning edge. The winning edge is trying to understand what is the business problem customer is trying to solve, and then within your mind, you know all the products what we offer, and then find out the best solution and say, "This is what will suit you. Use Agentforce Service Agent, and that will solve you in this use case. Let me show you how."

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, well, that's powerful advice. You would think it would be the opposite, right? Talk more. But sometimes there's a reason we have two ears and one mouth.

Amit Malik:

I agree. And I have learned, again, I'm fortunate thanks to God that I've learned this by, I've been teaching for more than 20 years now, I've learned this skill in real world that the best teachers speak less and personalize to diversified audience where every audience should feel that he is speaking for me.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I like that. Thanks so much for coming on the podcast, Amit. I appreciate these check-ins and really giving us this perspective on what our team is doing to get people up to speed and really also just have admins and developers and architects think about how they can be better educators themselves when they have to demonstrate the platform to their end users. I appreciate this.

Amit Malik:

Thank you. I will just say at the end, as a good practice, make sure you are spending at least 30 minutes doing something on the Salesforce org. There's nothing which is better than doing something. People are watching YouTube, people are reading blogs, listening to podcast. But 30 minute of doing on Salesforce org is the most powerful experience.

Mike Gerholdt:

Absolutely. I mean, if you follow pro sports or any entertainment, all of those players practice for a reason. And it's not just to be out on the field, but it's actually the motion and going through it and keeping themselves sharp and the same holds true for us. Thanks so much for coming on the podcast, Amit.

Amit Malik:

Yes, thank you. Excellent. Thank you for the opportunity.

Mike Gerholdt:

So that was a fun conversation with Amit. I always appreciate instructors coming on the podcast because not only do they give us insight into instruction, but they also give us insight into how we can be better instructors. So it was great to have him help unpack the agent, topic, action, data. I know I've done a lot of Agentforce NOW workshops and I've walked through that framework before, but hearing him say it kind of helped me even make sense more, like the knowledge boxes in my head don't jiggle around. So it's making sense to me now. I love that he left us with some tools to teach, learn, and lead more effectively. And don't forget his advice, which is 30 minutes in your org beats three hours of theory. That's good thinking. If this episode helped sharpen your focus, could you do me a favor, pass along with some fellow Salesforce admins, friends, user groups. I would love if you could do that. And until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Why Secure AI Starts With You: What Admins Must Know About Agentforce

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Sri Srinivasan, Senior Director of Information Security at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about what admins need to know about Agentforce and how to build secure AI experiences.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Sri Srinivasan.

Quick heads-up before we get started: This episode may include forward-looking statements—things we're excited about, but not yet available. So please make any purchasing decisions based only on products and features that are currently available. For all the legal details, visit salesforce.com.

The hidden job of AI security: admins build the brakes Sri gave a great TDX presentation about AI security and the crucial role admins play in the future of Agentforce. “Admins are key to everything that we do,” he emphasizes, “they understand everything that's happening within their environment. They know which actions, what permissions, what they do, and agents are just another avenue to expose and interact with this crux of it.”

As Sri puts it, Agentforce is like a sports car in terms of what it can do with your data. But how fast would you drive a sports car with no brakes? That’s why admins are so important in the age of AI. We can build the brakes for Agentforce to make sure our agents are behaving correctly.

Five questions to ask when building secure Agentforce experiences Security conversations can get very scary very quickly, but Sri boils it down to five questions admins should ask when they’re building with Agentforce:

  1. What is the agent’s role and scope?
  2. What data will the agent have access to?
  3. Which actions should be public and which should be private?
  4. Do you need to build any extra guardrails?
  5. Which channels will the agent use?

The key here is practicing the principle of least privilege. And for admins, that comes down to managing permissions and profiles in Salesforce and following security best practices. Every agent runs as a user—and that user needs to be tightly scoped.

Test before you trust: scaling with the Agentforce Testing Center Going back to the idea of brakes, Sri cautions that just because you built an agent fast doesn’t mean that it’s ready. Luckily, his team has been hard at work on new tools to help you make sure your agents are working as intended.

The new Agentforce Testing Center helps simulate and validate agent behavior at scale—without needing a QA army. You’re also able to peek under the hood to understand why an agent made a certain choice—turning debugging into decision-making clarity.

Be sure to listen to the full episode for more on what admins need to know about Agentforce. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss out.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Sri at TDX: 5 Easy Steps for Secure Agentforce Implementation * More from TDX: Security Best Practices with Agentforce * Trailhead: Trusted Agentic AI * Blog: Best Practices for Building Secure Agentforce Service Agents

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Sri on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt:

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're talking with Sri Srinivasan about secure, reliable AI experiences with Agentforce. Now, Sri is a leader on the security compliance customer trust team at Salesforce, where he helps customers understand and implement security best practices. Of course, before we get into this episode, be sure to follow the Salesforce Admins Podcast wherever you get your podcasts. That way you get a new episode every Thursday delivered right to your phone or your mobile device. So with that, let's get into our conversation with Sri. So Sri, welcome to the podcast.

Sri Srinivasan:

Thanks for having me here, Mike. Super excited for it.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, I love the presentation that you gave at TDX, and I'm sure more people would love to hear about it too, which is why I wanted to have you come back on, because everything now is Agentforce and security is always top of mind. I've always preached security ever since I started at Salesforce. I've had, I think, Laura Pelkey on quite a few times. But that was the compass of what you talked about at TDX. But I'm jumping ahead. Let's talk about you a little bit. Tell me kind of where you got started and how you got to Salesforce.

Sri Srinivasan:

Let me try to make it very sweet and sharp. So I have always been in security. I have a master's in information management specializing in security. I worked for big four accounting firms, but not doing accounting. I did security for them, data security and data privacy. Then I ended up working for a little gaming company where I really got involved in security, due diligence. Was a small company based out of Reno, but they were not really small. They did almost all gaming systems, all gaming interactions, lottery, all across the world. So that got me exposed to different systems and more specifically around fraud and how systems can be hacked to do things that they shouldn't be doing. That's where I got more interested in understanding the lay of the land of security. I spent about five, six years there.

Then I got an opportunity to work for one of the biggest tax preparers in the United States. I ran their cyber fraud operations group for two years down there, and then my business teams, product teams came over to me and said, "Sri, you've been on the other side yelling at us to do a better job. Why don't you come on this side and do that?" So I spent a couple of years on the product side as well.

Then during COVID, I was looking back at my life when we had lots of time at home, and I realized I've done a lot of the security functions in total audit, GRC, red teaming, blue teaming, security operations center, fraud operations. One thing that I thought I did not have was that customer-facing experience, and this great opportunity came about at Salesforce, and my role currently in Salesforce is to interact with customers. My team, security compliance customer trust, is the front-facing team for all customer-facing security inquiries around security, compliance, and trust. So that's how I got here, and I've been here for about five years or so, almost five. It feels like I just started yesterday, and it's amazing. Every time I meet a customer, I just feel excited.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. I mean, if I had to go back in time and pick a career in tech, I feel like security is one that you're always going to have a job because if there's a lock out there, I promise you there's probably somebody trying to break it.

Sri Srinivasan:

Yep. I hear you. And the frustrating part about is that it's oftentime not people trying to break the lock. It's just people forgetting to lock their locks, and then figuring out like, "Hey, how did somebody get in?" Well, you didn't lock it at the first place.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yep. Oh, man. Speaking the truth. So it feels like there's kind of two eras. Well, I mean, we talk about different waves at Salesforce, but to me there's the pre-AI era and then there's the post-AI era. And for a long time, up until I saw your presentation, I kind of didn't think about security with AI, because most of everything that we do on the platform is just so secure, but let's talk about what your presentation at TDX was. So kind of in a nutshell, bring us into that presentation and what you talked about.

Sri Srinivasan:

Sure. I think what the intent was, AI is the hype word right now. So everybody's talking about LLMs, everyone's talking about how to protect those LLMs, but that's just the tip of the iceberg. There's so much more when it comes to implementing AI right. Salesforce provides you with a very secure platform, but is only as secure as you implement it. So that was kind of the crux of the presentation where we actually articulated the shared responsibility model in terms of what is expected is you as a customer, you as an admins, what are the few five or 10 things that you want to question anybody in your organization that is wanting to come up with an AI solution?

And we wanted to break it down from a business case perspective, in a sense, if you look at all of our top tracks around Agentforce, we break it down into role, data, actions, guardrails, and channels. Those are the things that your business users are very familiar with. If we can build security into those aspects, by nature of it, we're building security into the product itself, rather than coming at the end and saying, "Now I'm going to do a security review and I'm going to add security on top of it."

So that's what we were focusing on during the presentation. Things around being very cognizant on what is the role of the agent, what is the scope of the agent, what will it do? What will it not do? What data it will have access to, and where is that data coming from? Do we need to bring that data into the Salesforce system? Do we need the agent to have access to that? Other critical things, such as least privilege, access controls, designing your actions securely. Those are the things that we spoke about during our presentation, most of which, if you just took it out of context and put it in a paper, none of this should be new words. All of this is standard security practices, but the way it's applied, the lens through which you look at it, is a little different when it comes to Agentforce.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I think it's always interesting as we delve into new tech when you think of security as really telling the agent what it should and shouldn't do. Wow. Because most people, I think, probably encapsulate security into permissions and profiles and data access, but also what it should and shouldn't do is also security, right? One of the things you mentioned in your answers was guardrails. And I'm wondering, can you give us some examples of what could go wrong if guardrails aren't set properly?

Sri Srinivasan:

Yeah. So I'm trying to give a better example here because I don't want it to be something that is future-looking, but rather what's in the product today. So when you give your agent guardrails, a simple one could be your agent instructions. Under no circumstances should I ask for your email address or customer name or your order number because I have all that information. If I can validate Mike, I have all that information. I shouldn't be asking you to give me that information and assume that is right. So that's a very simple guardrail that you can throw into your system, right? Another set of guardrails could be you shall not perform these actions without having the user verified. You need to know who the user is before you can go and reset his password, or you need to have their second factor. You need to do a step-up authentication before you can trigger these actions, things of that sort. And what agent does with our Agent Builder, you can start providing these as natural language instructions. And the system would know.

Mike Gerholdt:

One thing I was thinking of, so I'm going to ask a silly question, because when we talk security, I feel like I'm the person that has to ask the silly questions. So I'm going to do that. You mentioned one thing of, well, I'm going to set the guardrail if it shouldn't have access, or it shouldn't ask for the order number because the person looking at the screen has the order number. Why is that important if we're not passing an order number to an agent? Why would we withhold data to an agent?

Sri Srinivasan:

So we're not actually withholding the data to an agent. The reason why we don't want to explicitly ask the user for certain information is not just to ask, but we can ask, but we shouldn't trust that information. It's the innate concept of trust but verify. I can ask you for this information, but that's not a great user experience because I already know your account number, your order number. I have all that information. But rather, what I don't have is I don't know who's on the other side of the system. So that's more important for me when I say that you shall not ask for it. The reason why I explicitly state that is because I don't need this information from you. I already have it. What I need from you is to validate who you are. Once I know you're Mike and this is the associated user ID, I have all the other information. Are you able to connect those dots?

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, no, I totally get it now. I mean, guardrails, I guess I was envisioning guardrails as like those bumpers that you put up when you go bowling and you're not very good at it so you roll a strike every time. And it's kind of that, but it's also kind of that to make sure that the conversation and the agent is flowing in a natural manner so that you're actually being productive is the way I hear it. So that totally makes sense.

Sri Srinivasan:

100%. And what we have, it's currently in pilot, is we have instruction adherence. So this is basically our systems, our Atlas Reasoning Engine has supervisory elements that are constantly looking at those conversations and getting metrics around key aspects such as instruction adherence, coherence, how factual it is, how grounded it is. These are then used to decide how the user experience should be.

For example, if there is an instruction that says you shall not ask for the password through the portal, and if the system has to ask for the password, then the instruction adherence will be low and it will be ungrounded because it's going to do something that is not grounded in its instructions. So then we can set the system to say, "Block those transactions, don't do it." So the agent would say, "Hey, sorry, I cannot help you here." Whereas on the other cases, maybe we can say, "We don't have enough information," so then we can build the system in a way that it starts asking for more information so it has all the information that it needs to help you. So these are some things that are coming out. These are our guardrails that are happening when the system's executing.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, no, it makes sense. I mean, you wouldn't have to teach somebody the history of math, algebra, geometry, and trigonometry if all you were going to ask them is what is two plus two? And that totally makes sense to me now. Like I'm rethinking guardrails in a completely different way now. I just learned something on my own podcast. Light bulb moment. Let's talk about that. You mentioned you're talking with a lot of customers. Tell me about, you don't have to be specific, but what were some of the aha moments that stood out when you were working with admins or customers and they finally, I don't want to say finally, but there's always that moment where you finally make a really good egg and you're like, "Oh my God, I know how to fry eggs now," using that as an example because I'm cooking eggs, but can you kind of give me that, because I feel like I get to see it a lot with some of the workshops, but it's probably a little bit different for everybody.

Sri Srinivasan:

So off-lead, one of the biggest aha moments that I have experienced with admins is I do run these AI workshops at these world tours, and it is really eye-opening for them to look at the Agent Builder in the middle section. When they start looking at the reasoning, they now know why an agent does something that it did. So what are the biggest reasons why this whole agents are a little complicated and different is under the hood, agents use LLMs, right? And we all know what LLM is famous for, right? They're non-deterministic. What do I mean by being non-deterministic? By non-deterministic, I mean that the same input can give you different outputs at different times. And earlier, like I think about a year and a half ago, one of the bigger problems with LLMs were they hallucinate. It's still a problem, but we have figured out how to solve it. We provide it with more data, we ground it with more truth, so that it is then working within this construct. We have RAG, we have a lot of other things that we have actually provided to solve that problem.

But the other problem of being non-deterministic is still there, right? And that is why when you start looking at the Agent Builder and you can start looking at the reasoning sections, our Atlas Reasoning Engine is basically telling you there which topic did I choose, what was the utterance that was provided. By utterance, I mean what the user typed. What topic did I choose based on the utterance. And once I chose the topic, what action I chose and I executed the action. But before I execute the action, I did a plan of executing the action. If I did execute the actions, here are the guardrails, here are the runtime guardrails that I would have triggered or I would've violated. And hence, I chose not to provide this answer, or hence I chose to go on to the next step.

So when admins look at it, it instantly clicks in their mind. "Okay, this is how the agent worked." And that also allows them to understand, "Oh, if I were to tweak this one word, maybe the agent would react a different way." And then they go in and they try that and they're like, "Whoa, wow. Now I've actually cracked the code of agents." That has personally been one of the biggest aha moments for me.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I mean, for me, it was always, I love when I help admins and myself build a prompt, and especially when we do grounding, and then we'll bind it to a field on a page, that's always very simple, and they press this, I call it the sparkle button, and they get a response back and it's like, "Wow." And it's consistent enough, but it's not like a chatbot, right? It's not like an email template. It's a little bit different every time. But that feeling of AI isn't scary and it's not hard to do, you can see it sort of start to melt away.

Sri Srinivasan:

Right. 100%. And in those same scenarios, I've seen admins go really crazy when they do the dropdown in the prompt builder and they say, "Oh, so Sri, I can actually bring in data from an Apex class?" I'm like, "Yeah, you can." And now they're able to relate AI to the things that it's dear and near to them, actions, flows, and Apex classes. Admins, that's their bread and butter, they know that in and out. So now when they're able to look at that and they're like, "Oh, it's as simple as using this in the AI world," I feel they get very empowered and they're like, "Okay, let me go play with it more now."

Mike Gerholdt:

Yep. Let's touch on permissions for a little bit because I know you covered that in your presentation... Words. What are some common pitfalls? Because I know that I've gotten questions at the Agentforce NOW Tour about setting up permissions and giving people access to Agentforce, but what are some things that are just real easy things that most people trip over?

Sri Srinivasan:

So one thing to understand when it comes to permissions is every time you create a service agent, those agents are running as their own designated user. We are going to be releasing employee agents pretty soon. Again, forward-looking statement supply. Employee agents actually run as the underlying user that are executing it. So if you are in your CRM panel, the right-hand side, Einstein Copilot panel we used to call it, that, now you can start interacting with it, those are kind of like the employee agents where it runs as Mike. Whereas if I create a service agent and you're interacting it through any of the different channels through WhatsApp or through an Experience Cloud, you have to designate a running user. And oftentimes, folks will create a brand new user. And good thing is that this user comes with no permissions, which is good, but the downside of it is it will not be able to do anything. So similar to your standard profiles, licenses, permissions, object and record level, all of those needs to be assigned to this user.

And sometimes what folks forget, admins forget, is you have organization-wide defaults and role hierarchy that could overwrite this. And over time, these roles, these permissions, because they're like, "Oh, this doesn't work. Maybe add this, maybe add this." And over time, that role could end up having excess permission. So it's always important to review the access to this agent user periodically to make sure it's appropriate and make sure that only the right folks have access to even edit the permissions for these agent users.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I always think of, especially when you're getting started, who are you going to roll it out to? Because you don't need to just turn it on and let everybody just ask Agentforce whatever question it feels because you're not set up for that. And that's probably not the business case, and that's a lot of the prep, is sitting down and saying, "So we have this really powerful tool, we have this really fast car. Where are we going to drive it?" It's not like you necessarily have to drive the really fast car everywhere you go, and not everybody needs to have keys to it. So let's end on kind of a, this not forward-looking statement, but I want to get your opinion on this. What do you think the role of admins will be in terms of shaping the future of AI at Salesforce?

Sri Srinivasan:

That's a very interesting question. Admins are key to everything that we do. And admins, literally, they understand the Salesforce ecosystem. From my vantage point, I look at admins as the know-it-all people because they understand everything that's happening within their environment. They know which actions, what permissions, what they do, and agents should be considered as just another avenue to expose and interact with this crux of it. So admins should take it on themselves to make sure that we are interacting with these agents in the right way. There are right guardrails in place. And I think one thing I want to just quickly peel back, you brought in the example of a sports car, right? So let me ask you, what makes the car go fast?

Mike Gerholdt:

Could be a number of things, but usually it's the motor.

Sri Srinivasan:

Yes, I would say it's the brake. If I gave you a Bugatti and I told you I took the brakes off, would you drive it at a hundred miles an hour?

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, you're asking the wrong person.

Sri Srinivasan:

So that's where I feel the admins come in. They have to put the brakes to make sure that agents are doing the right things, agents are responsible, agents are ethical, agents are doing the right things that they're supposed to do. Yes, Salesforce does provide a lot of these out of the box, but you also need to provide. If the underlying data is biased, then the response will also be biased. So admins play a very important role, maybe not in developing all these things, but being the trusted advisors to their implementation teams to ask them the right questions.

Mike Gerholdt:

I love your example, because fast is only relative if you understand slow. And fast only matters if you can stop. Great way to frame security. See why I have smart people like you on the podcast because you got to educate us more.

Sri Srinivasan:

I'm happy to be here and thanks for this opportunity. And I think one thing I also want to emphasize is, just like everything, protecting data is a partnership. Salesforce provides you with the tools, the foundations, out-of-the-box topics, the guardrails. When we spoke about guardrails, we have runtime guardrails, detective guardrails, and then corrective ones too, so that we can actually look at things and make changes to the system. So we have all those things, self-improving guardrails, all of those things, we're providing that as a platform, but it's on you as the customer and admins to understand and use them. One of the biggest things that we just released was the Agentforce Testing Center. That's something that's very different, because like I said, how do you test non-deterministic outputs? Yes, I can put 20 people in front of the agent and have them test for 10 hours a day or for a month, and we would be able to cover a lot of use cases. But think about it, you've built your own agent, right, Mike?

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, yeah. Quite a few times.

Sri Srinivasan:

How long does it take for you to build your first agent?

Mike Gerholdt:

So that's a trick question. It doesn't take long to turn it on, but I wouldn't consider it built in that time.

Sri Srinivasan:

So if we have Salesforce enabled folks to quickly churn out agents we would not be able to reap that benefit if we're going to tell the organizations, "Well, I've churned out 50 agents in a matter of three days. Now go ahead and spend 50 days per agent to test it." It doesn't scale. So that's where Agentforce Testing Center comes in. It allows you to use AI to now start generating test cases and to evaluate your agents. So that's a great addition. And as admins, we should be aware of that, and we should be leveraging that in order to make sure that our agents are secure and does what it says it does.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. No, I agree. I mean, does it take long to spin it up and do some configuration? No, probably faster than most. But is it ready for prime time? You can think of all the car builders. They can build cars really fast, but then they got to test them. And just because it's built doesn't mean it's ready for people to use it. So it's a great analogy.

Sri Srinivasan:

Yeah, and we're bringing in things. One of the other things that I spoke about during my presentation was your need to bring in the user context. You need to do user validations and verifications. We are coming with newer features that we're going to enable agent variables. These are secure session-scoped variables that capture and store data, and it can only be set by action outputs. So therefore, this is something that you can start using to improve your trust of your agents as well. The other things you can do is that you can have filtering rules now with your agents. So basically you say that only certain topics can be unlocked if you did some other activity. For example, you can only start handling refund when the user is verified. So those are some things that are coming out very shortly. We call them the agent variables, the action bindings, and then filtering rules. These are keywords. I'm just prompting it out so that you can go in after hearing this podcast, go in, search for it. You should be able to find more details in our help articles.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, and our coming up events. I'm sure there'll be more stuff about that at Dreamforce. Yeah, I mean, so people ask me why this or why that? And you have to think of when you're building an agent, you're building something at an enterprise level, and it's almost like the difference between commercial grade and household grade. When you buy a mower, there's like for the homeowner that's going to maybe mow a couple times a month, and then there's mowers that are made for people that own businesses that are going to run the mower eight hours a day, five days a week, 200 hours a month, and really put it through its paces. And that's the difference between some of the stuff that we build and some of the low lift, other stuff that's out there. So I appreciate that perspective.

Sri Srinivasan:

Yep. I think if we're still at time, the only other thing that I want to let folks know is we just started pilot with our Interaction Explorer, and I think as admins, this is something that we all like to do. How many times have we gone in, looked into our history or logs and we love that part, right? So Interaction Explorer takes the hard work out. It gives you all the information, one pane of observability across all your Agentforce interactions. How many users, how many sessions, what is the quality score, how many interactions per moment, what are the top ranking topics? What are the top ranking tags?

By tags, what we have done is we have taken all these interactions using AI, and we've generated tags and we have grouped them together. So what that allows you to do is that now you can trace in cluster sessions with granular log data, and then now you can click down on it and inspect configurations at each and every level so that you can optimize your agents. I can actually go down to a specific conversation you had with an agent at this time, and then look at that specific interaction, that message that you typed, look in the background and say, "How long did the agent take? Where did it spend its time on? How much time did it take on utterances? How much time did it take on doing trust-related activities? How much time did it take to execute another action?" All that information is available for you so that you can take a much more smart decision on your agent enablement and also on how your agent is being consumed.

Mike Gerholdt:

No, I like it. Thanks for coming on the podcast, Sri. I mean, I feel like we went through all levels and I bet if I had a two-hour podcast, you and I could talk all day.

Sri Srinivasan:

I would love to.

Mike Gerholdt:

There's always something to talk about, right?

Sri Srinivasan:

Yes, there's definitely a lot. Again, folks know our security blogs coming out, our security sessions that happen at these world tours and other events. If you ever run into me, feel free to stop by and talk to me. I love to talk to customers. I love to talk to fellow admins.

Mike Gerholdt:

Okay, I don't know about you, but my brain's doing cartwheels in probably the best possible way. Just a huge thanks to Sri for coming on the podcast. I know he worked really hard on his TDX presentation, and security and AI is always a very difficult thing to wrap your head around. But hey, showed up and nailed the seatbelt on your self-driving car and came loaded with car analogies. So I thought it was fun.

And if this episode made you go, "Ooh, that's what guardrails do," do me a favor, send it to your favorite admin friend out in the community. And to do that, just tap those three dots and boom, share away. You can put it on social, you can put it on the Trailblazer Community, you can text it to a friend. And if you're hungry for more Salesforce Admins Podcast, be sure to go to admin.salesforce.com. That's where you'll find any of the links to resources that Sri shares with us, including other podcasts and a full transcript on this entire episode. So that's always good. I appreciate that. But one last thing. If you're looking to bounce knowledge off, ask questions, communicate, interact with other Salesforce admins, you can go to the Admin Trailblazer group that is in the Trailblazer Community and pop over there. There's a lot of good stuff going on. But hey, until next time, you keep those agents in line and we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Dana Walton, Senior Manager of Credential Programs and Operations at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about how the certification experience is evolving with smarter personalization, easier access, and a learning journey built just for you.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Dana Walton.

Certifications are moving to Trailhead Academy Dana has been working on the certification team since 2015. When she started, Salesforce had nine certifications. Today, they offer 83. I sat down with her for this episode because her team is finishing a two-year project to overhaul the certification experience.

The biggest change coming is that certifications are moving to Trailhead Academy. While you can still go completely self-guided with your learning, Dana and her team are making it easier to find the help you need—whether that’s an instructor-led course or curated Trailmixes and modules.

Why skills are the most important factor in choosing new certifications One thing that Dana wanted to know during testing was how her team could help people figure out which certifications they should work on next. She asked Salesforce MVPs how they choose new certifications to target: are they looking for things that fit a specific role? A particular product?

The answer was none of the above. The Salesforce MVPs in Dana’s testing group look for certifications based on what new skills they can learn. Armed with that knowledge, her team added a skills breakdown for each cert to make things easier to browse.

They’re also adding more personalization to your Salesforce learning journey, with AI recommendations to help you plan your roadmap. Dana emphasizes that these are recommendations, not requirements. Your certification experience can still be completely self-guided; they’ve just added a helping hand.

Why certification is the final step on your learning journey If she could give one piece of advice to admins looking for the next steps in their Salesforce learning journey, it’s that you need to look at every possible pathway. “Certification is not how you learn,” she says, “it’s how you prove the skills and knowledge that you’ve already learned.”

Go to Trailhead, reach out to the community, or find a mentor who can help you understand what you’re getting into and create achievable goals for yourself. And then, when you’re ready, certification will be a breeze.

Be sure to listen to the full episode for more from my conversation with Dana about what’s coming next for the certification experience. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you can catch us in your feed every Thursday.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * New Salesforce Certification Experience FAQ * Certification: Salesforce Associate * Certification: Strategy Designer * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: When Collaboration Meets Agentforce: The MH4 Hackathon Story

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Dana on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast. Today we're sitting down with Dana Walton from the Salesforce certification team. Dana is here to share how the certification experience is evolving. I want you to think smarter personalization, easier access, and a learning journey built just for you. We'll talk about the exciting move to Trailhead Academy and how it's making certifications more accessible than ever. Be sure to stick around. I promise you're going to walk away and be ready to take your next step in that Salesforce ecosystem. And hey, if you enjoy this episode, go ahead and give us a follow wherever you listen to podcasts. So with that, let's get Dana on the podcast. So, Dana, welcome to the podcast.

Dana Walton: Thank you. I'm excited to be here.

Mike: I'm excited to talk about certification. I've been talking about it ever since 2008 when I first got certified, which is a super long time ago. But let's get started with you. Tell us a little bit about how you got to Salesforce and what you do at Salesforce.

Dana Walton: Happy to. You predate me just a little. Yes, but I mean, I think in terms of longevity, I hit Koa this year, so I'm very excited.

Mike: Congrats. Thank you. And for those of you that don't know, Koa is 10 years.

Dana Walton: Yes. So my 10-year anniversary will be in June, and I have been a part of the certification team for almost all of my tenure. I joined in October 2015 because I started as a contractor and then got hired on through the certification team, and I have been a part of the growth of this program since then, and it's been really excited to see when we first were in a very... When I joined, we only had nine certifications.

Mike: Only. Only nine.

Dana Walton: Only nine. Now we have 83. It's been quite a journey.

Mike: Wow. I didn't know that. I'm having a moment. 83. Holy cow.

Dana Walton: Through natural growth and then through mergers and acquisitions, we are now up to 83.

Mike: Yeah, I didn't really think about that. I always think of the homegrown. Somebody reminded me the other day that my Salesforce experience would be graduating from high school. I'm like, "Oh."

Dana Walton: It hurts when people talk like that. That's not fair.

Mike: Oh, well, okay. Maybe we'll get into a good college, grow up. But honestly, I do remember that first time I took the certification. This was '08. It was a long time ago. I had to drive 90 miles one way to a testing center. I also live in Iowa, so look, it's fair. Salesforce was like, "Look-

Dana Walton: It's still extreme.

Mike: I don't know. We're used to it in the Midwest. They only need one spot. I could see somebody saying, "How many people besides Mike are really going to get a certification in Iowa anyway?" But I remember taking the test. I was the only one in the room. I got done. And then there's that moment where you're like, "Okay, I think I've answered all the questions." I click Submit, and then you're expecting a result, and at the time, I think it asked you a followup question, "How was your certification experience or something?" I was like, "I don't know. Just tell me if I passed or not." I was like, "It's great." And then I clicked and it was pass, and I remember I stood up and shout. Really loud. I was like, "Woo-hoo," really loud, and I kicked the chair over and the proctor ran in. I was like, "I passed." And she's like, "Be quiet." I was like, "There's nobody in here." I was so excited.

Dana Walton: If you did 2008, you must have been one of our beta testers because the program didn't officially launch until 2009.

Mike: Yeah, I was one of the first 500 for admin and for advanced admin

Dana Walton: My goodness. Congratulations.

Mike: Yeah. So very exciting. So this is what we're talking about, the new certification experience.

Dana Walton: Yes. This is-

Mike: Go ahead. Go ahead.

Dana Walton: Sorry. I'm really excited about this product because I've been working on it for two years.

Mike: Wow

Dana Walton: And so we're at the finish line. We're so close. We're about to start user acceptance testing, so I'm really anxious to see how people are responding to what we've built. And the whole experience that we are building is really with the end user in mind. We rethought the entire journey of what a user would experience when it comes to how they would get started with Salesforce certifications. Where would they go to find information? And we realized that it's a really disparate journey that we offer to our users. We assume a lot on their behalf, and we wanted to roll that back and really come at it from both an expert and a beginner mindset. So first things first. It's moving to Trailhead Academy, which is the learning platform of Salesforce, and we're really excited because it brings a combined experience of both instructor-led training and certification onto the same platform. So when you go to Trailhead Academy, you are first introduced to both instructor-led courses, instructor-led training, and then you can also look up certifications, and you can start your journey wherever you choose. If you feel confident in your certification goal, you don't have to take any classes. You can go ahead and get started and register right away, but if you want to brush up on some skills or if you're net new, we also provide the learning resources on the exam pages that will help you out. And it's not just instructor-led training. We still link out to Trailhead modules and Trailmixes, and those are curated by the certification team and aligned directly to the exam objectives. So we don't forget the learner in all of this experience, but we bring it together in a new platform that then uses single sign-on through TBID so we can continue building that journey out for you as you grow in experience through Salesforce.

Mike: Nice. I like that. I mean, the goal is the certification, but the journey is learning and understanding everything so that you not only have the certification, but you have the knowledge behind that certification.

Dana Walton: And we're building in personalization too, so it's not just you have this certification, but it helps you figure out what's the next one on your roadmap. So if you already have started building some skills, we're going to use algorithms and AI to suggest new skills or new certifications for you to focus on next, because a lot of questions that we get from our users is, "I've done this. Where do I go to after that?"

Mike: Yeah. I mean, I think that's always the discussion around certification. It's always the question I get is, "Where do I start?" Even with Trailhead modules, where do I start?

Dana Walton: It's a lot. There's so much that's offered these days that figuring out that entry point can be really challenging. We have a new format for our catalog where we also highlight exams without prerequisites, so that way we're not sending you to focus on something that you're not ready to take. If you haven't earned that prerequisite, you can start at the entry level and then work your way up or stay wherever you're most comfortable.

Mike: So in your initial introduction, we talked about 83 different certs through acquisitions and just growth, which still amazes me. I thought it was 18 or 20. I was like, "Oh, 18 or 20." No, 83. I'd love to know, when you looked at that whole family of how everything had grown organically and through acquisitions, what were some of the challenges or opportunities that you were looking to solve in this new experience?

Dana Walton: I think the biggest opportunity or challenge that we were focused on is the fact that our audiences are so different. When you just look at it purely from an M&A perspective, you have Slack. You have Tableau. You have MuleSoft. You have accredited professional. All of those users come from a different experience for how they get certified, for how they maintain their credential, and then we have to bring them onto the Salesforce way of doing things, which is jarring in a lot of ways, because as you know with Salesforce, we like to do our own thing. We don't necessarily like to follow prescribed paths, and so trying to bridge the Salesforce method versus the history that those programs have can be really challenging for the audience. And so we're trying to be mindful in how we roll that out with the, again, challenge of the fact that we're still going to do it this way. We're going to try and bring you on slowly.

Mike: You also mentioned that learning journey, the personalization, and I think that's one thing where you always have to think of... And I was a learner. I still am a learner. You're never not a learner. Where you're trying to go and the questions you're trying to ask. How does that personalization work for an individual who may only know the next year or two?

Dana Walton: Well, with all the personalization, it is recommendations, not requirements.

Mike: Got you.

Dana Walton: And so we will look at the skills or the product areas that overlap between credentials and really say, "Okay, based on where you are, here's where we think you may be going." But it is not a requirement. It is not a checkbox that you have to complete. If you decide that, "I want to pivot and do something else," you are absolutely more than welcome to do that, and we will still support you through that journey as well.

Mike: Got you. Yeah, it's always trying to understand where you want to go, because the platform is so big and so vast at some points that I don't know if there's any one person even on your team that knows everything.

Dana Walton: I would not assume that at all, and I think that that's where the community is still going to be a great resource for users because we can only tell you from our experience of what we think aligns, but somebody else may out there may say, "Oh, actually, because of this really interesting job path that I took, I had these different certifications that you wouldn't think would overlap, but they serve me really well."

Mike: Absolutely. I believe you said at the very beginning you're in user feedback beta testing.

Dana Walton: We are about to start.

Mike: About to start.

Dana Walton: We haven't officially started yet, but that is our next goal.

Mike: Okay. Okay. I was going to ask you what kind of feedback you were getting.

Dana Walton: Well, actually, when we first introduced this project, we brought it to our MVP audience first, because before we built anything, we wanted to make sure that what we were building made sense for them.

Mike: Okay.

Dana Walton: Now, they are the experts, so we had to caveat that a little bit because they know Salesforce so incredibly well, and we still had to think about the people who don't know Salesforce that well. For instance, something that I thought was really interesting from MVPs, when we were trying to segment our certifications and show different filters in the catalog, one of the things we asked them was, "What do you focus on when you're filtering? Is it skill? Is it level? Is it role?" And I thought it would be role or product. And they completely flipped the script on that and they said, no, they want to build skills. So whenever they're looking at a certification, they want to know what skills that aligns to and then they'll fit it where it needs to fit. But that's where they are in their journey. And so we added a skills option. We put it on each certification page that this aligns to these skills to help bridge that gap of knowledge area that we hadn't highlighted previously. We still have the ability to segment by role or segment by product, but we added this new feature as well because it was missing from the previous experience.

Mike: Yeah. Funny story: when I did get back after taking the certification, I ran into my boss's office, and at the time, as the admin, I reported to the president of the division. That's a long story, but I ran in and I was like, "Is So-and-so in?" And his assistant was like, "Yep, just go ahead. Go inside." And I ran inside. I was like, "I passed. I'm certified." He was like, "Great, what does that mean?" And if it had been a sitcom at that point, the sound of all of the air rushing out of a balloon would have been made. Because it's like, ah. But the reason I get at that is a lot of career building, a lot of what you do and skill shows through the certification. So I'd love to know how this new experience helps admins, developers, members of the ecosystem track their career and grow their career.

Dana Walton: I think that is definitely something that we will focus on for the next iteration. We have not really focused on the career side of the house yet. Well, I will say that everything that we're doing will still integrate and update your Trailblazer profile, so we're not taking that away from you. When you have your certifications on your Trailblazer profile, that is still the source of truth or your certification history. But when it comes to how this experience directly impacts how that reflects on your career, we're not quite there yet. I think it is a great question and a great lens to look at, but in phase one, we're just building the brand new platform and make sure that it functions. Phase two is really about, okay, now that this is live, what else can it do?

Mike: Yeah, and I love pivoting off of the skills thing, because then you can also look at adjacent skills and maybe a certification will stand out to you that you weren't previously aware. I think I did a podcast a couple episodes ago and there's a strategic design certification.

Dana Walton: Strategy designer, yes.

Mike: Strategy designer, thank you, that Melissa Hill Dees brought up, and I had no idea that certification existed.

Dana Walton: Yes. And for instance, somebody may look at strategy designer and say, "I don't think that really applies to me," but maybe you're business analyst, and why wouldn't that apply to you? Just because you're not actually the UX designer doesn't mean that you're not involved in the strategy of whatever project or company or direction you're working on.

Mike: So let me ask, because there's 83 and I can't possibly know them all. Maybe you don't. I am hearing from you that there are certifications that also include non-technical skills.

Dana Walton: Not a ton.

Mike: Not a ton.

Dana Walton: But there are a few.

Mike: Okay.

Dana Walton: Yes. So for instance... Well, I will say our certification names are going to be changing as a part of this experience.

Mike: Well, of course it's Salesforce.

Dana Walton: Of course.

Mike: We change the name all the time.

Dana Walton: So I'm going to reference the old name right now, but if people are listening once the experience is live, those names may have changed. Quick caveat. But for instance, sales representative. That is not a technical focus. That is an end-user focus. It is about what key skills, core concepts, do you have as an end user in Salesforce that you need to be able to apply to your job?

Mike: I like it.

Dana Walton: Then, similar... Well actually, I would say business analyst does have some technical overlap. Even though we did take away the admin prerequisite, you still need to know some admin skills as a business analyst. Strategy designer would be another good example. It's more knowledge-based, and not knowledge in skills, but knowledge and capabilities that you need to be able to be successful in that certification. I feel like I'm just now going through all of the different things that we offer, and I'm trying to think. You put me on the spot.

Mike: Right.

Dana Walton: The majority of our exams are technical-focused. The vast majority are.

Mike: But I think it's also good to know that there's non-technical ones out there to really grow that skill.

Dana Walton: I mean, this is definitely something that most of your admins, I don't know if it applies to them, but for folks who are not admins but are aspiring to be, getting started with our associate certification, so we have Salesforce certified associate, that really is not technical at all. It's just understanding, how does Salesforce work? How does Trailhead work? And then if that's something you want to keep growing in, admin may be the next logical path for you.

Mike: Yeah. No, I've seen that one. I think it's great. It also helps explain things when you have a friend that's like, "I hear you do Salesforce. What's that?" and they look at you. Because Salesforce is a platform, if you introduce it to most admins, they fundamentally see it as a B2B CRM platform, and, "That's just alphabet soup you threw at me." "No, here's how this works." And then once they conceptualize it, "Okay, great. A lot of people buy this?" You're like, "Yes, a lot of people do buy this." So it's an actual conversation I've had with a friend, I suppose.

Dana Walton: You're right, because it's overwhelming, so it's nice to be able to break it down into digestible portions.

Mike: Well, yeah. I mean, most people already assume they're going to go in overwhelmed when you start talking about technology in a platform. "Oh, I'm probably not going to understand this anyway," because for a myriad of reasons that they've told themselves, they won't understand it. You mentioned the MVPs flipping the script on you and bringing up skills. Was there any part in the design or testing process that maybe, other than that, caught you off guard?

Dana Walton: Oh my goodness. I had a feeling you were going to ask something like that.

Mike: No, no. Oh, you gave me the easy one. I want to find out the other ones.

Dana Walton: We have learned so much. Honestly, it's the boring stuff, because as a part of this, we are bringing on a new exam delivery vendor, and I think the biggest learnings are transitioning away from a platform that we've been on for 15 years, and that's been really hard. But I think as well, we are still trying to understand, what are the pain points that our users encounter when it comes to any part of the certification experience? Where do we need to provide more clarification, more information? And so we're still learning. We are still figuring out, okay, so like I said before, once this is live, where do we go next? Because it is not just going to be static. It will keep growing and keep improving and iterating. I think that there are definitely more opportunities to integrate with more of Salesforce, especially Trailhead, to build out the full comprehensive journey for users. That is a gap that we still haven't quite evolved for. We point to Trailhead, but we don't have an integration with Trailhead yet, and so with the experience for our users and where we're trying to meet them at their needs, I think that would be our next logical path forward, but we will need to get so much feedback from audiences as well. So hold us accountable, reach out, open cases, reach out to us in the community, because we want to hear from our users. We need that feedback, because we don't want to assume we know what's best for them.

Mike: Yeah. I hear you. I had a question pop in my head and I'm just going to run with it because I think it's fun. You've also been in the certification space for a long time, so I recently did a podcast with some hackathon participants, and I asked her a question, what's one piece of advice you could give admins as they're building agents? And we were talking about AI. And she said, "Well, look ahead, the next 5, 10, or 15 years. Will this still be here? And frame your decision-making around that." And that added a lot of gravity to the situation, because is it just adding a field or is it more than that? You can spin off into that. But where I'm going, so bring the car home, Mike, AI is everywhere, and we're still building tests that are very static questions, static answers. Do you, 15 years from now, see us or certification getting to a point where perhaps it's more interactive with, say, an AI agent as opposed to an exam?

Dana Walton: That is the million-dollar question. I definitely think that the landscape of certification is going to change. It has to. AI is so revolutionary, it completely upends the way that people experience how they learn. There will need to be a balance that we have to put in place between memorization or recall skills, which is a lot of what certification does, versus practical application. I don't know if that practical application will involve an AI agent or if it'll involve something more like hands-on challenges in Trailhead that are in a secure environment that can be that kind of idea, where we can still see you implement skill, actually have you go through and solve a business use case in an org, for example, or some environment that is not just you answering questions. But I am also grateful that I am not on that side of the house where I have to develop that. I just have to implement what they say to do.

Mike: Yeah. No, I do think it's interesting the way that AI is evolving, and we even see that with Agentforce, how you can really be conversational with it and actually give it more context and meaning than... There's been times when I've been taking a certification and I was like, "It's really A, B, and C, but that's not one of the answers, and I need to talk you through my thought process. I don't know. I'll just put D." That's usually where I end up. Dana, if somebody's listening to this and they're like, "I should probably get on the ball. I should start thinking about certifications. I should plan my career growth," if you were to give them advice on taking advantage of our certifications and all of that, what would you say?

Dana Walton: I think that certification is a really great tool to prove the knowledge that you have. It is not the tool to learn, and I think that's a distinction that some people don't always grasp. And so if you are trying to learn something new, absolutely go forward and do that, but certification is not how you learn. It's how you prove the skills and knowledge that you've already learned. So if you have a goal in mind of where you want to be and you're not quite there yet, go to Trailhead, reach out to the community, find a mentor of somebody who knows that job, knows that role, or can at least help you put it in a format that is approachable and has achievable goal as you work towards that and then get certified. I think so many people just jump to certification, and that's not always the right path forward for them at that time. But once you are ready, please get certified. We love our certified audience. Come see me at Dreamforce. If you have questions, I'm there to help.

Mike: Oh, that's good to know. I mean, to me, I remember 2011, standing on Dreamforce stage and talking about the importance of certification as just a common language. It's a way to, in the community, connect with other people and say, "Well, I'm a certified Salesforce admin," or, "I'm certified advanced," or now I suppose you probably have Data Cloud and Tableau, MuleSoft.

Dana Walton: You do.

Mike: And it's also a great way to introduce yourself in a short way that somebody goes, "Wow, MuleSoft. You're certified in that. I would like to know more. Please tell me," as opposed to trying to explain all of the tools and products that you use.

Dana Walton: I think that's a really great lens to look at it from as well. It starts the conversation. It's not the end of the conversation.

Mike: Right. Unfortunately, we've reached the end of our conversation, Dana.

Dana Walton: Ah, look at that.

Mike: So thank you for coming on the podcast and giving me a great segue at the end.

Dana Walton: Happy to. This was a lot of fun. Thank you, Mike.

Mike: Big thanks to Dana for helping us get through the maze of certifications and understand all of the behind-the-scenes changes that are coming in the new Salesforce certification experience. I love how the new experience keeps the learner front and center while helping you chart a clear path forward. That's something I've always wanted. If you found today's conversation helpful, be sure to share it with a friend or a team member. Maybe somebody you know is looking to get into the Salesforce ecosystem or get certified. And remember, you can always find more resources on the admin site at admin.salesforce.com and connect with us in the Trailblazer community. So until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Melissa Hansen, Co-Founder and Principal Architect at HiFi Consulting Group, RAD Women Curriculum Lead, and Salesforce MVP.

Join us as we chat about her journey from fixing printers to developing an agent-powered scheduling tool in the TDX Agentforce Hackathon on Team MH4.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Melissa Hansen.

How Melissa started her career as a Salesforce Developer Melissa started her career at a nonprofit, where she was the go-to person for troubleshooting tech issues. “You just become the person who’s best at fixing the printer, and then fixing the database, and then, before you know it, you’re a database administrator,” she says.

These days, Melissa is a developer, a consultant, and a Salesforce MVP for her work with RAD Women. She’s also a member of Team MH4, and I brought her on the pod to hear what building a conference scheduling agent in 16 hours was like from the dev side of things.

Building an agent-powered scheduling tool at the TDX Agentforce Hackathon Melissa is not someone who wants to be up until midnight coding, but she was so excited about the solution they were building that it was worth the sacrifice. Like most people on the team, it was her first time making something with Agentforce, and this was a great use case to learn more about it.

One of the biggest challenges for Melissa in going from building with code to grounding an agent is that the output is nondeterministic. In other words, if you run an automation, you expect to get the same results every time you give it the same data. Agents don’t work that way, they’ll give you something slightly different every time, and so you need to account for that in how you build and test your solution.

To code or not to code, that is the question We don’t always have a chance to talk to devs on the pod, so I wanted to hear what Melissa thinks about admin and developer collaboration. For her, the most important conversation to have is around automations.

Flow is a powerful tool for automations, but it’s not the only game in town. Melissa’s seen her share of scary flows for things that would be fairly straightforward in Apex. For her, the biggest determining factor is who will maintain the automation after it’s up and running. As no-code tools like Flow and Agentforce continue to improve, it’s especially important for admins and devs to help each other out.

There are so many more great insights from Melissa on where Agentforce is headed and how to work with developers, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you can catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: When Collaboration Meets Agentforce: The MH4 Hackathon Story * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: Transforming Conference Scheduling With Agentforce

  • MH4’s presentation at the TDX Hackathon

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Melissa on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on Tiktok
  • Mike on X

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Transcript

Mike: Ever gone from changing printer ink to writing Apex code? Melissa Hansen has and she's here to tell us all about it. So, today's episode, I am chatting with Melissa Hansen, Salesforce MVP, RAD Women Curriculum lead and longtime champion of nonprofit tech. We talk about her journey from, well, fixing printers to architecting agent-powered scheduling tools and what she learned working on the team of MH to the Power of Four at the TDX Hackathon. Now, she shares her thoughts on building ai, designing for users, and what every admin should ask their developers. So, you don't want to miss this one. Now, be sure to follow this podcast on whatever platform you listen to so that you never miss an episode. And with that, let's get Melissa on the podcast. So, Melissa, welcome to the podcast.

Melissa Hansen: Thank you so much for having me. I'm excited to be here.

Mike: I'm excited. This whole series of talking to the MH to the Power of Four team has been such a thrill because I know we've done hackathons... by the time this episode comes out, we've done a hackathon at TDX in India. I know there's a virtual hackathon we've done. I feel like we've done hackathons everywhere, but it's such an interesting perspective because I was at TDX in San Francisco. I saw some of the teams working, but to sit down with each of you, and hear the perspective and what happened through your eyes is such a neat way of hearing the story and getting the full vibe of what's going on. So, before we get into that though, Melissa, tell us a little bit about yourself, and what you do in the Salesforce ecosystem and how you got on this Power of Four team.

Melissa Hansen: Oh, sure. Yeah, I've been in the ecosystem for quite a while now. I think just over 15 years, which blows my mind. I was on a path that I think a lot of nonprofit listeners would be familiar with, which is I was in-house at nonprofits starting at the very beginning of my career and slowly moved into the technology side of things. You just become the person who's best at fixing the printer, and then fixing the database and finding the data. And before it, you're a database administrator. And I was at an organization that was adopting Salesforce in 2010. Yep, 2010. And that's how I got started. I began as an admin and I was at an organization who had some really incredible developers who were really encouraging and mentored me as I started to pick up Apex and the developer side of things. And I just loved it so much. I loved the platform and that has really been my whole career from then becoming a developer. All the way to, in 2020, after being a developer at a nonprofit for about almost 10 years, a coworker and I split off and started our own consulting group to work with other nonprofits and build out Salesforce solutions. So, that's been my overall arc. Also, I'm a Salesforce MVP Hall of Fame, and a big part of that is because of my work with RAD Women Code.

Mike: Ah, a connecting Factor. I've talked to a lot of RAD Women coders.

Melissa Hansen: Yes, it's such a cool organization. I was a coach in the very first round of RAD Women. Angela Mahoney, who Is an incredible connector in our ecosystem, and a lot of your listeners may know of her, invited me to coach. And I had some feedback on the curriculum and ended up taking over the curriculum as this wanted to happen. Yeah, so I've been with RAD since the very beginning. I work on the curriculum. And it's one of my very favorite things that I've done, just working with so many women and non-binary folks who are on that same developer journey I was, and who want to learn more about coding. I know this is an admin podcast, but this is our target audience for Rad, too.

Mike: So, let me talk about that for a second because I feel like that's an unnecessary division that people have sown. There's admins that know how to code. Just because you code doesn't mean you have to identify as a developer.

Melissa Hansen: Yeah, no, and that's a great point. And I think in Salesforce in particular, there's a ton of overlap because the declarative automation tools have become so sophisticated. If you're building some of these more complex, complicated flows, I mean you're a developer.

Mike: And vice versa, too. So, how did you get connected to the other MHers?

Melissa Hansen: Yes, I do all of them from for quite some time, mostly through the community. I think they're all MVPs as well. Marisa is a developer. I think she does more on the consulting side now outside of development. But Michelle and Melissa are both people who are at a lot of conferences. And we've just been really good friends and colleagues, but we've never actually worked directly together prior to the hackathon. So, that was a really cool opportunity.

Mike: Yeah, it brought a lot of people together.

Melissa Hansen: It really did. And I'll admit that I had initial reluctance because I am not a person who wants to be up until midnight coding. Not really my happy space. And so, I was a little, I don't know, and I've got a lot of other stuff to do. But boy, Melissa Hill Dees is very good at convincing you. And I was happy to be convinced because once we started talking about what we might build if we were to do this, we've found some really great use cases. And that's what I got really excited about actually, building something.

Mike: Yeah, I mean, I talked with Melissa on previous episodes and Marissa about the conference scheduling app, which I've worked a lot in scheduling environments with Dreamforce and TDX, and it sounds like such a cool thing. And so, obviously we don't need to get into the app, but it's an agent that helps you schedule. I would love to know, because you mentioned developer. And that's the cool thing is I love that each of you had different roles in this team. And yes, some were overlapping, but because Melissa did call you out, she's like, Melissa, it sounds like I don't know who I'm talking about.

Melissa Hansen: I know we didn't use last names-

Mike: Melissa called Melissa the developer, like what? Melissa Hill Dees specifically was like, "Are you going to talk to Melissa Hansen?" I was like, "Yes." She goes, "Well, you got to talk to her about the developer perspective." And so, I want to start there. From your developer's perspective, what was the most technically challenging or exciting part of the agent that you built?

Melissa Hansen: Well, it was the first time I really got hands-on building an agent outside of things like trailheads or quick little workshops. Which was a big draw for me because of our clients, we don't have anybody who's actively using it yet. But we want to be a little bit ahead of them and able to guide and lead when the time comes. So, I was super interested in that part. And I much more motivated when I have a real use case. I wander off if things are too theoretical or sort of like, oh, just learn it for the sake of learning it. I really need something I'm trying to get done. And I loved this use case because we have a similar one for RAD Women about matching up all of our schedules for our coaches, and our learners and our Zoom rooms. So, I could see on the other side of this some really cool applications. I think the most challenging thing conceptually is getting used to non-deterministic results.

Mike: Tell me. So, before you get into that, because that's awesome. Please tell me what non-deterministic results mean.

Melissa Hansen: Yes, definitely. So, typically when you're writing code or configuring a flow, a lot of times you have inputs and you have outputs, and you have the automation in the middle. And so, if I am taking in a set of inputs, let's say a few contacts, and maybe some opportunities, and I have some logic in the middle, and then I want something to come out the other end, maybe some contact roles, or who knows? And if I've configured everything, and I give it a set of data and I get a result, I expect that if I give it that same set of data again, I will get the same result every time. I could run it a hundred times, I'll always get the same result. Whereas with these agents and large language models, it's not giving you the same response every time. It's trying to come up with the right... if you could see me, right in quotes, the "right" answer for you, but that answer might change, ordering might change, the way it presents, it might change. And that is a very different paradigm than what I'm used to.

Mike: Yeah, I think one of the things early on when we were talking Agentforce with customers and admins was it's not a bot. You're not plugging in if A then C, if B then D. You build upon it as opposed to having exactly follow the same path. So, now I get what you mean.

Melissa Hansen: And learning how to give it instructions and natural language. When you're building out these topics, I'm starting to tell it things like, your job is to match these speakers with these time slots. And then you'd start to fill things in of you have to pay attention to the dates of the conference, and leave an hour for lunch, and make sure there's a passing period and just the series of instructions. And it almost feels weird to just be like, I'm just going to put it in a sentence. That's no syntax. Okay.

Mike: Because math class, when you got to the story problems never felt like math class.

Melissa Hansen: Well, maybe to me it did.

Mike: I know. Math class always felt like math class to me. Don't kid me. So, I would like to know in the hackathon, I mean it's a finite time. And part of that is just you can't run a hackathon forever because you could run out of people and there's only so much that we want to see built. I'd love to know in that time, how did you prioritize what to do, what to configure, what to simplify, what to include, what to exclude.

Melissa Hansen: Yeah. I mean, I think the goal that I have personally and I think that we shared as a team is we wanted to get to something at the end that was... we knew it wouldn't be perfect in a final product, but something that was really, really working. And it's fine if it's messy. It's fine if we have things we want to go and fix later, but we wanted something that was working. We obviously wanted to learn the tool set and we wanted to work together. So, those were the defining goals that told us where we wanted to go. We had discussed what our use cases were and we had a loose data model in mind, and then we divided and conquered. We had Michelle and Melissa Hill Dees were working on loading data from their respective conferences. And Marisa was participating in that so that they could be getting the data model and the data loaded together. Well, I was working a little bit with Melissa on actually building the agent. What does this thing even look like? The time crunch is real. One of our first questions was like, okay, how do we get the data once we've got it in the org accessible to this agent so that we can ask it to do all this stuff? And I think I started to build a flow. I don't build nearly as many flows as I write Apex.

Mike: I mean, that's what I think every time I go to build a flow, oh, I feel like I've not built a flow in, I don't know, 16 minutes now.

Melissa Hansen: It's different. So, I tried for a little bit and then I was like, given the time crunch, you go to the tools you already know and that you're fastest with. So, at a certain point I was like, I think what's going to work best is if I just build some Apex methods that pull the data query for the data, filter down to what we want, and then conserve that up to our agent. And one of the things I'm curious about as, because we're going to continue to develop this thing and hopefully get it to the point where it's a useful product for lots of conference organizers.

Mike: Oh, that would be cool.

Melissa Hansen: Yeah, I'm super excited. So, we have a little bit of a roadmap here, but I've got a couple of parts of it that I'm most interested in or that I have the most to do. And one is how much of the work I did was unnecessary, because you go to your comfort zone. I was like, let me write Apex that does this, gets this data, feeds it back. I was like, did I even need that? Can I configure the agent to get the data on its own? Or can I do it in a more lightweight way so that it's more flexible? Because I definitely went in with my own biases and tool set, and as I was building the agent, I was like, okay, I would think about this differently next time.

Mike: Well, that leads me to the one question I was thinking about, which is... and I always do this with everything I build. There's always one part of it that I'm still thinking on, that I'm still like, if I had time, I would do X. One part of that are you still thinking about?

Melissa Hansen: I'm thinking about the user interaction piece. So, our final product was a conversation that you were having within that sort of agent panel. And you say, "Okay, figure the schedule out for me." And it would output a table, but right in the chat that would show you who's scheduled for which room. And you don't have enough space really in that chat window. You could ask it to make modifications, but it's not always clear what's happening. So, it's just not the right visual paradigm. And so, the thing that I'm thinking about is getting it into a flow, into a screen flow so that the user-

Mike: [inaudible 00:15:55].

Melissa Hansen: Oh, sorry.

Mike: No, I was just thinking this through.

Melissa Hansen: Yeah. So, that the user could launch their screen flow, maybe answer a couple of questions up front, and then we invoke the agent to do the really cool automated scheduling template for us, feed it back to the flow, and then the user has a table that they can actually work with and make modifications to make adjustments here and there. I'd really be able to see the whole thing in a way that makes sense before they sort of agree and commit, and then save that scheduling.

Mike: Yeah, I think one thing for us to consider is you go and listen to this podcast when I was talking to Marissa of five years from now or 10 years from now, we're going to say, "Oh, wow. So, that's like back when Agentforce, they just had a prompt window." Back when we talk about Salesforce. Do you remember when the interface was WYSIWYG, and we could finally drag and drop fields onto a page and see them?

Melissa Hansen: Oh, yeah.

Mike: [inaudible 00:17:00] years ago.

Melissa Hansen: It has changed so much. Yeah. I was at a presentation recently and somebody had a screenshot of not just classic but classic from a long time ago.

Mike: With tabs.

Melissa Hansen: Yes. And you're just like, "Oh, yeah, that used to be my every day."

Mike: Yeah, yeah. Yep. And that used to be new.

Melissa Hansen: Yes, it was [inaudible 00:17:23] new.

Mike: Wow, that's the future. I was going to joke, you mentioned your gateway to becoming a developer was learning how to change printer ink, perhaps don't do that or do. I think it's interesting, I have a friend. I asked him, "How did you get into..." he was a consultant and he's now a CIO for a company. I said, "How'd you get into all this?" He goes, "Well, when my company got Salesforce, I was really good at Facebook." And I think even another 10 years from now, it's going to sound really interesting for a bunch of people when they ask us, "How did you get into Salesforce?" I was good at Facebook. I knew how to change the printer ink.

Melissa Hansen: How are these things related?

Mike: Help me out. But I do think, so I came from a non-technical background. I came from a sales background. I don't want to say a lot of admins, but a fair share of admins who really embrace the non-technical side of Salesforce that use the standard platform tools, understand it at its base level and look at things differently than perhaps a would who's been trained in code or looks at the platform first. I'd love to know, what's one thing you wish admins asked when working with developers?

Melissa Hansen: We'll see if this answers your question. I think the conversation, especially since flow has become so robust, so the conversation between admins and developers is often, not exclusively, but a lot of times about what is the best place for this automation to live? Because there's way more things now that really could go either way. You could do it in a flow, you could do it in Apex. And I think there's sometimes a bias on the admin side to if you can build it in flow, build it in flow. And I have definitely seen some Flows that are a little bit scary. And not scary because the person who built them didn't know what they were doing, or did it poorly or anything like that. It's just the sheer complexity and management of a flow to do something that in some cases would be very straightforward if done in code. And so, I think especially in an organization that has code already, that has the ability to support programmatic automation, having good conversations about what is... not just can it be in flow, but should it be in flow? And that is going to continue to change as features come in and shift. But I think that's a fun conversation that's ongoing. And it goes both ways because my bias is probably to put more things in Apex than I should. And so, I need someone to say, "Actually flow's getting really good at that. We should look at it again."

Mike: Well, and it's the maintainability, too. If I was an admin, and I've worked with consultants before where you sit down and it's, well, who is going... at the end of the day, who's going to maintain this? Because for some stuff we could have built a trigger. They're never going to be able to maintain a trigger. And so, if you build it in flow, it's harder, yes, but it's maintainable.

Melissa Hansen: Yeah. Yeah. And that who's going to be in charge of it? Is one of the biggest questions because absolutely, if there isn't a developer on staff or on retainer than taking more time to build a flow to have a chain of declarative automation. Yeah, that's going to be the right answer.

Mike: Yeah. So, I'll ask you this. As a developer, how do you see AI tools like Agentforce changing what the day-to-day is for admins and developers?

Melissa Hansen: I mean, it's changing so much so quickly. Most of my actual hands-on usage is with Agentforce for developers. That tool set and related AI tools that are geared towards developers have already changed my day-to-day so much. I have conversations with them about code that I'm refactoring, or writing tests. Or a very common thing for me is I'm going into a new environment and now I can have the agent summarize what is happening in these classes and give me something that would've taken me quite a lot longer to just try and pour through, and read and synthesize on my own. It gives me a good jumpstart. And you're starting to see that more on the declarative side as well, where we're going to have agents where you can say, "Summarize this data model for me," or, "How are these objects related?" And my favorite would be, what automation is happening after I save an opportunity to have something that could look across your system, summarize both declarative and programmatic automation and say, well, there's this flow that fires, and these two triggers and a field update. You're like, wow, [inaudible 00:22:50] a bit of a much harder question to answer. And it feels like that's the direction we're going in. It's like this little assistant that you have that you can ask all kinds of questions.

Mike: Yeah, I mean, because there's such a big platform behind it. So, I want to ask the next level question for one of those. Internally on our team, I did a ChatGPT demo for some of our marketing people to show them, here's how I do this, and essentially, here's how I use this to make me a better writer. And one of them very astutely asked me like, "Mike, how many hours a day do you think you save?" And I don't know. I mean I use it extensively to help me write and edit better to compare. It's easy to compare big blocks of sentences and paragraphs together. What I'm getting at for you is you mentioned having it and having AI compare code and tell you what's going on in the class. How long would that have normally taken you? What's the time saving you're getting by just dumping in some code and saying, "What's going on here?"

Melissa Hansen: I mean, it's definitely on the order of hours. It very much depends of course. If I'm looking at something pretty straightforward, take me a few minutes. Or just made it a lot more pleasant potentially. But for something that is pretty gnarly and I need a lot of context to even get started, it can absolutely be, I'm like, wow, that helping me refactor and summarizing things cut two hours off of what would've been a six-hour project.

Mike: Holy cow.

Melissa Hansen: Possibly more. And there's some days where I don't end up needing a lot of that, and things are as usual. And then there are some days where it's like, that would've taken me twice as long. Because you still need to validate with telling you. We're not at the point, if we'll ever be, where you could just say, "Refactor this class, compiled, I'm done."

Mike: Right. Well, I mean that was exactly one of the use cases I was going through with our team. She pointed out, she's like, "Yeah, but that's still not right." And I was like, "I know. That's the human in the loop part." And I told her, I go, "That's where you're the human." And we kept rewriting a sentence and it just never got right. It got really good, but it just never got right. And I was like, well, that's because it's not there yet, but it got us 80% of the way there. It's like Google Maps. When you put in an address and it's like when you get here, you just got to figure out the rest of the way how to get to the front door from the parking lot.

Melissa Hansen: Yeah, address is on the wrong street, but actually the entrance is over there. But yeah, figure that out.

Mike: Yep. Yep. One of the questions, so this came happenstance during the Melissa Hill Dees episode. And when I asked it, I realized I got to ask everybody this question. So, I asked everybody this, if you could build an agent to help every admin do one thing better, what would it be?

Melissa Hansen: That's a good question and I really need to think about it. I'd probably go to data model.

Mike: Oh, all right.

Melissa Hansen: Yeah, something that is aware enough of your organization, what it does, packages you've got, the objects you've got, that when you're solutioning and you're proposing, maybe we're creating some new objects or maybe it's existing objects and we're going to create some fields. Something that can ride along and really help you make sure that the way that you're architecting that object in those fields makes sense. And I would take it a step further and have it really help with the self-documentation side of that as well.

Mike: Yes. Oh, my God, Somebody finally said it. I was hoping somebody would say it. You said it.

Melissa Hansen: I think those labels, those descriptions, the help text. It's always been helpful and important to have those things for different people coming in and learning the organization for helping users. But as we use more and more agents, it becomes even more important because those tools are using your documentation, that metadata to understand and give you better answers. So, I can ask it, "Hey, give me all the contacts who are this and this kind of member," and it can give me a good answer if the fields that tell you what that means and what kind of memberships are, if those things are annotated and filled in, it's going to give me a really good answer. If they're not, it might be guessing and it might pull an old field from a package we don't use, and give you a really wrong answer.

Mike: I would totally use your agent and ask me, based on the data architecture I've given you, can I build this report?

Melissa Hansen: Oh, that's a good one.

Mike: Because we all have an Achilles heel. Reporting is my Achilles heel. And for as much as I'd love getting reports out, I'm always afraid when I'm architecting an app, that I'm building it in such a way that I'm not going to be able to get the reports that I want. I would love that. So, I would love to use your agent to be like, okay, before we commit this, I'd love to have it say, "Here's the reports you can build and give me some sample reports."

Melissa Hansen: And that's such a great example as a time saver too, because typically that's always a validation step after you've built, can we get the report? Can I build the report? But if you can answer that question before you implement the data model and make all those connections, you can fix things a lot earlier and a lot quicker.

Mike: Or have to make all of those really crazy custom report types. Yeah. That was it. Melissa, this is a fun conversation. I'm glad you came on and gave us some perspective on the agent that you guys built and some of the things you're working on. And I had a million more questions, but-

Melissa Hansen: Time is finite.

Mike: Time-

Melissa Hansen: Our time is finite anyways.

Mike: Time like the hackathon isn't on our side. But I think it's really cool what you guys built, and I would love to see something like that come out. I think for people that have listened to the podcast and they're like, "Oh, it's a conference schedule thing." Yeah, I don't think we'd use that. Folks, it's like meetings. If you've ever got two or three people, you got to schedule meetings for this thing, there's so many relatable uses for it.

Melissa Hansen: Yeah, absolutely. I can think of a lot of places where this would come in handy. And even, I think just learning it is such the case that once you get into it and see how it was built, then you start to see the other applications. It's like, oh, but we could use this for managing our conference rooms or a whole variety of other things. Once you see the kinds of questions that can answer for you, given data that would take humans a long time to munch through and align.

Mike: Yeah. And you only had a finite amount of data to work with as opposed to what an organization may have after even a few years.

Melissa Hansen: Right. Yeah, there's some rich data sets out there, which is great because yeah, we're going to continue to develop this thing and hopefully have a useful tool that other members of the community can utilize. I'm thinking about taking it to the next community sprint, and seeing if we can get some more help and more use cases over there because such a cool, cool event.

Mike: Yeah, everybody needs to share out those use cases. Let's end on a high note. What's one word your teammates would use to describe you?

Melissa Hansen: It's a hard question. Let's go with analytical.

Mike: Oh, I feel you were very analytical in coming up with that answer.

Melissa Hansen: That's fun.

Mike: That's great. Well, Melissa, thank you for being on the podcast. This is wonderful. I feel you've done a lot to inspire people to just sit down and be curious with an agent, and see what they can and can't do, and just be creative with it.

Melissa Hansen: Well, cool. Thank you so much for having me on, Mike. This was really fun.

Mike: Big thanks to Melissa for joining us and sharing her thoughtful insights, not just on building with AI, but on collaborating across roles and using tech to empower others. If you enjoyed this conversation, share it with a fellow admin or developer. And don't forget, you can always find more resources at admin.salesforce.com, including a transcript of today's show. Be sure to connect with other Salesforce admins in the Trailblazer community. And as always, until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Marisa Hambleton, Chief Delivery Officer and Founder of MH2X, and a member of the Salesforce MVP Hall of Fame.

Join us as we chat about her experience in the TDX Agentforce Hackathon as a member of team MH4 and why clean data is essential for AI.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Marisa Hambleton.

The intense Tetris of conference scheduling Marisa is a co-leader of the Phoenix Developer Group and the lead organizer for Cactusforce, a community conference for Salesforce Developers and Architects. In other words, she knows how much work goes into scheduling speaker tracks and getting everything organized.

Juggling speaker availability and placing them in the correct conference rooms without double-booking anyone takes up hours of time behind the scenes. “It’s an intense game of Tetris,” Marisa says, “and that’s a gross understatement.” So she was thrilled when Melissa Hill Dees asked her to join team MH4 and build a conference scheduling agent for the TDX Agentforce Hackathon.

Why data hygiene is foundational for Agentforce With only 16 hours to build a working agent, the team had to split up responsibilities so they could hit the ground running. Marisa’s focus was on the data, which they brought in from Cactusforce and Midwest Dreamin’.

Marisa’s biggest takeaway from her first time building an agent is that data quality is foundational for any work you do with AI. That needs to be the starting point. Even though they were working with a relatively small data set, they had a lot of cleanup work to do if they wanted their agent to work right.

How to get your org ready for advancements in AI If you’re looking to implement Agentforce in your org, Marisa recommends starting with the Salesforce Well-Architected Framework. We’re only scratching the surface of what will be possible with AI, but you need to do everything you can right now to make your data easy to work with.

There’s a lot more great stuff from Marisa Hambleton about data hygiene and what’s next for Agentforce, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you can catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: When Collaboration Meets Agentforce: The MH4 Hackathon Story * Trailhead: Salesforce Well-Architected Framework * Cactusforce

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Marisa on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt:

Welcome to the Salesforce Admin's podcast. Today, we're chatting with Marisa Hambleton, Chief Delivery Officer at MH2X, and a longtime leader in the Salesforce ecosystem. Now, this is part two of the MH to the Power of Four episodes where we talked to the team that participated in the TDX Hackathon about the agent that they built. Boy, I got to tell you, if you ever organized a community conference or just wrestled with a gnarly spreadsheet, Marisa's insights into scheduling and automation using Agentforce technology we're really going to hit home. I love that she's going to walk us through how she and the Hackathon team built the agent from her perspective and what she did. Plus, she shares why clean data and a well-architected mindset are must haves for any admin looking to build for the future. Make sure to follow the podcast so you don't miss out on more great conversations like this one. With that, let's get Marisa on the podcast. Marisa, welcome to the podcast.

Marisa Hambleton:

I'm glad to be here.

Mike Gerholdt:

You are the second MH of the MH, I believe it's MH quad, right? Isn't that what Melissa Hill Dees told me? It is MH to the Power of Four.

Marisa Hambleton:

MH to the Power of Four.

Mike Gerholdt:

Power of Four.

Marisa Hambleton:

Yes, or MH four. You can just read it MH Four, but MH to the Power of Four, to the Fourth ...

Mike Gerholdt:

I know, but I like the Power of Four. It sounds a little more strong.

Marisa Hambleton:

Yes.

Mike Gerholdt:

We talked with Melissa Hill Dees on the last episode about the TDX Hackathon and the agent that you built, but just per chance, if somebody didn't listen to that episode, can you tell us a little bit about, well, first, who you are and what you do, and then a brief overview of that project that you built at the Hackathon.

Marisa Hambleton:

Sure. Marisa Hambleton, I am the Chief Delivery Officer of MH2X. That is my consulting firm. I've been in the ecosystem over 15 years. I'm a Salesforce MVP Hall of Fame, and I am also the Phoenix developer, one of the leaders. I am the lead organizer of Cactus Force, a community conference for Salesforce developers and architects. My role in Cactus force is one of the things that led me and Melissa to connect around this agent that we built for the Hackathon.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, so tell me a little bit about that agent.

Marisa Hambleton:

Yes, so one of the difficulties in organizing a conference is scheduling, and most of our conferences we have different volunteers and we're part of a team of organizers who come together to put these conferences on for the community, the trailblazer community. Once we get all our submissions, we go through our speaker selection, we've got all these speakers, and we have all of the space, the conference space, and we've got to put the two together. It's calling it a intense game of Tetris would be a gross understatement because there's always somebody that maybe if they're flying in from across the country or if they have some other commitment, or for whatever reason, they cannot go into the slot that you put them in. We plan out our agendas and the program.

It is very time-consuming. I can't remember exactly the number we came up with, but we had written out on our submission at the Hackathon how many hours, because we all got together as organizers of conferences and ask, okay, us individually, the time we spend on the scheduling is quite extensive and we hadn't even really accounted for then our co-organizers, who then also spend time and we go through as a team for each of the conferences, how much time we spend on scheduling.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, no, I hear you, schedule. Oh, man. The intense game of Tetris because you think you have everything put together and then a speaker comes back and says, "Oh, by the way, I'm flying in on such and such date," and you're like, "Ah, I just had everything figured out."

Marisa Hambleton:

Yes, yes. You have room size limitations or all of a sudden you're coming into the event and you need a bigger room or just all the different things of scheduling a session. We thought that this was a fantastic idea for the agent. The other, my partners in this effort, this Hackathon, Melissa Hanson, she's one of the RAD Women founders, and the scheduling that she does for RAD Women is at a whole other level because we are Michelle Hanson, Melissa Hill Dees and myself. We're scheduling speakers and rooms. Melissa Hanson is scheduling coaches with the cohort members and time zones and time slots across many weeks. That's a whole other, it's just highly complex.

Our solution, our agent that we wanted to build really was able to handle all, at least at a minimum, let's try to get one set in because that is very time-consuming for the RAD Women team. That was how we came up with the idea. Melissa Hill Dees has a wonderful heart for nonprofits and the community and helping organizations, and we all agreed that this was a well-worth effort to spend our Hackathon time on.

Mike Gerholdt:

No, I can. Tell me about that process of creating all of the things that you needed to get done to build that agent. I'd love to know, was there any happy accidents you'd repeat again?

Marisa Hambleton:

Gosh, I can't think of happy accidents. There was this fast and furious effort on all our parts. There was little things that I feel like they were very Hackathon specific. The org setup, right, where everybody had a job. Melissa Hansen was our Apex Rock star. Melissa Hill Dees, the visionary. She built the agent before and then Michelle Hansen and I were primarily the data part of it. There were some of the org settings that we were like, "Oh, wait a minute. We're trying to use this object and it's not turned on in the org." I had gone in and was doing some of the initial configuration. I spun up the org and was just doing that initial setup, adding the rest of the team as users and making sure everybody had all the correct permissions, doing some of the admin admin things for the project.

We'd be chugging along, getting things taken care of and all of a sudden, you hit a roadblock or Melissa's like, "Oh my gosh, I'm getting this error." Okay, let's all get it, jump in and troubleshoot. I feel like I didn't have time to really think of, I guess the reflection for me was more of the experience and not the technical part. I feel like the technical part, especially with something like Agentforce is, it's still new and I'm very much in the exploring like, oh, what else can it do, versus like, oh, okay, I'll know better not to do this next time. I was more on the support side. I would ask Melissa Hansen those questions because she definitely had things that she's like, "Okay, now I know."

Mike Gerholdt:

You talk about the experience. I'd love to know, what did you learn about agent design based on that Hackathon experience?

Marisa Hambleton:

The data modeling, the data and the data modeling really are, you have to have that first. That has to be foundational. One of the things that comes to mind is the well-architected, the Salesforce well-architected. Cactus Force is very much, we work really hard as an organization. Our organizers work really hard to always be at the forefront of what Salesforce is doing so that we can prepare content to share with our attendees and with a Salesforce well-architected, that's really become foundational to our conference, but those principles for Agentforce, for this Hackathon and really having that mindset of an architect of like, "Okay, you're starting from the ground up and you're building that theoretically you're modeling out what do we want the data to do? What kind of results are we looking for," before we ever start building anything. That would be the thing that played a biggest part of the design for me outside of the mechanics of it.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, no, it's good. You mentioned you were in the admin role on this team and support. Let's talk about just giving Salesforce admins some general wisdom and your thoughts on innovation. What do you see as an admin best practice that you think gets overlooked but has a really big impact on an organization?

Marisa Hambleton:

I would stick with data. I think that data really having, again, thinking in a well-architected mindset, but as an admin, really thinking about your data. Before we started recording, we were chatting about Michelle Hansen and I being organizers with her, with Midwest Dreamin and myself with Cactus Force. We needed a data set to work through this project and make sure that we had some, we could make up fake data, but we decided we're going to go and use the real data because it's already public, it's our speakers and our sessions and we did a lot of data work. It is looking through our data and really asking ourselves, "How clean is this data? How reliable is this data?"

It really forced us to see something that we as organizers probably wouldn't have looked at just a regular scenario, but building an agent that relies on this data, well, we have to make sure that that data is, it's clean, it's correct. Even though, again, we were working with a very small data set, which was our speakers and sessions and rooms that are available for the conferences and we did. We made up some fake rooms to mirror that, okay, your conference and my conference, we have different spaces.

Mike Gerholdt:

Sure. Sure.

Marisa Hambleton:

It did. It came down to the quality of the data that we were feeding it that the agent could then work with and give us back something that was usable of, here's our space, here's our list of speakers, and feed it all that information. I think as an admin, I think an admin really has the ability to be at the forefront of that conversation in the business.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, absolutely. I mean, a lot of it, people get hung up on what the tool can do, but you forget data is what powers everything, all of the responses and how good those responses are. You kicked off, when we started the podcast, you talked about the years that you've been in the ecosystem and how you're in consulting. I would love for you to give admin some advice on how you help balance innovation with maintainability when you're building on the Salesforce platform.

Marisa Hambleton:

I love that question. I am a big look to the far future person.

Mike Gerholdt:

Okay.

Marisa Hambleton:

I always think, is this something, if my team is working on a solution, is this solution going to be part of this organization for the next 10 years, 15, 20 years? I think really far out there to challenge. It's fun to be innovative and it's fun to use all the new, coolest, latest technology, all the newest features, but what is it going to look like in 10 years? Is it still going to look the same? Is it still going to be needed? Is the company still going to be around? I think it challenges me. It challenges my team to really think ahead that far so that you're not just looking at an immediate, oh, I need this field. It's like, okay, why? I think that is typical, I think, with admins, especially their experience they've been in the ecosystem is to question and maybe put a BA hat on and question that and then be innovative within that vision.

I think with Agentforce, it is revolutionary and I believe that it will revolutionize a lot of business. I believe Salesforce believes that as well, but it's also allowing people to do more of the work that matters. Back to our community solution for scheduling, as organizers, these are passion projects. We're volunteers. If we used to spend 10 to 20 hours on scheduling and now we can spend 10 minutes on it, it'll give us more time to spend on our conference, on more valuable activities, giving our sponsors more attention, giving our attendees more attention, and just being able to be present with the people that are there and letting the agent take care of the busy work that we would prefer not to do. I think that that also comes back to the innovation and for myself, I guess a principle of innovation is create a solution that's again, not only innovative, but lasts a long time and is maintainable and flexible and well-architected, using those buzzwords.

Mike Gerholdt:

No, I mean, that's exactly the whole ... I love what you said, think about the solution being there for the next five or 10 or even 15 years out. I think we've seen in tech a lot of features and innovations come and go. I don't know that what we're seeing with AI is a short-lived thing. I really think we're on the early days of it and it's only going to continue to grow, mostly because it's only got everywhere to go in terms of what it can use and how it can help us. I would love for you, thinking big picture, can you give an elevator pitch that you would provide to a business leader on why every admin needs to understand Agentforce?

Marisa Hambleton:

Build for the future. Yeah. Building for the future.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah.

Marisa Hambleton:

I know.

Mike Gerholdt:

Your elevators are really fast, by the way.

Marisa Hambleton:

Yes.

Mike Gerholdt:

Built for future, and we're there already.

Marisa Hambleton:

Build for the ... Yes. Build for the future.

Mike Gerholdt:

Holy cow. We don't have to worry about Keanu Reeves coming to save you or anything. Nope, we're done.

Marisa Hambleton:

Yes. Well, I love tech. I always have loved tech, and I think that working in technology is always a forward-looking, always looking to the future. A lot of change and AI, Agentforce, that's part of it. Sometimes it is scary. Skynet, is it possible? Okay, maybe because anything's possible. Likely, I don't know. Again, coming back to the data conversation, if you don't have the data for something and there's still a lot of humans involved. I think people forget that there's still a lot of ... I mean, it took four of us, four humans to build the solution. There's still a lot of humans involved. It's a helper. It's a helper. It's like a workmate, a little digital workmate. Yes, build for the future.

Mike Gerholdt:

I like it

Marisa Hambleton:

As a company, if I was in front of my customer, I'm like, "Build for the future."

Mike Gerholdt:

One of the things that I asked Melissa Hill Dees about, and I stumbled upon the question, and I think now, I have to ask all of you. If you could build an agent to help every admin do one thing, just one thing better, what would it be?

Marisa Hambleton:

Oh, gosh. Well, I'm going to keep coming back to the data thing.

Mike Gerholdt:

Okay.

Marisa Hambleton:

I was having a data hygiene conversation earlier today, and I feel like users in any system, but in Salesforce, you want your sales forecast to be correct. You've got to have that data and that hygiene, so a little agent that's always running in the background, that goes the step beyond your validation rules and any other automation that you might have running. Let's say you have a very large organization and you have people that are just doing a lot of different things. I think that data hygiene would really go a long way.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. I'm thinking of, did you ever watch The Jetsons as a child growing up?

Marisa Hambleton:

I did. I did.

Mike Gerholdt:

Remember Rosey, the maid that would go around. I'm envisioning every org needs a little Rosey.

Marisa Hambleton:

Yes, yes.

Mike Gerholdt:

It's got to make those little sounds. Remember, she would just go around and dust. By the way, it was crazy. I don't even know what year it was, like 2450 or something, but apparently, robots still use feather dusters.

Marisa Hambleton:

Yes, yes. Yeah. I think that's probably more general. I would say the next thing is building the flow with voice commands and just talking through. This is, again, I'm thinking far into the future.

Mike Gerholdt:

That's okay. We're in the future.

Marisa Hambleton:

Yeah. It's like my plane and I know there's some AIs that can, it's like mid-journey. You're giving it this. You're like, I have this. I'm looking at data from the last 10 years and I need to build an automation that pulls in quarter by quarter the delta of some of my projections or something big and just talking through the use cases and the scenarios, and here's what I want to automate. Then, okay, here's your automation. Here's the flow. You wanted to write it in flow, and here's the apex.

Mike Gerholdt:

I like that. I think that would be ... I've often thought of if I could just click on a record and write a path that I need it to go, that would be really cool. We talk about that now, it's 2025, and who knows? Somebody's going to resurrect an old recording of this podcast maybe in five or 10 years and be like, "Wow, that was the future for them."

Marisa Hambleton:

Yes.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yes. It's going to be like us talking about pencil sharpeners.

Marisa Hambleton:

Oh my gosh. I still have an old manual pencil sharpener in my garage that I've had forever.

Mike Gerholdt:

I mean, they were commonplace in my school.

Marisa Hambleton:

Yes. Now, I don't have as many pencils that need sharpening anymore.

Mike Gerholdt:

I was going to say, I couldn't name a pencil in my house right now. Let's end on a fun note. What's one word your teammates would use to describe you?

Marisa Hambleton:

Oh, energetic.

Mike Gerholdt:

Okay. I like that. Marisa, thanks for coming on the podcast. This was insightful and it's such a neat way to get a view into what a team did and worked together in the Hackathon and the problem they solved, and I really like getting each of your perspectives. This is a fun little series of sitting in and having these conversations. Thanks for coming on and sharing with us.

Marisa Hambleton:

Oh, thank you for having me.

Mike Gerholdt:

Big thanks to Marisa for joining us today. Such a thoughtful perspective on innovation, data and what it really takes to build something that lasts. I love the thinking ahead into the future. If this episode got you thinking, really, I'd like for you to share it with a fellow Salesforce admin or, hey, how about a conference organizer? Bet they could ask you to build their first agent for them. You never know who might be wrestling with their own speaker schedule. Bet it's somebody. For more tips and tools, head over to admin.salesforce.com. There, you'll find links and a transcript of this episode, and be sure to connect with us in the Trailblazer community. Until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Melissa Hill Dees, nonprofit Salesforce consultant and Salesforce MVP.

Join us as we chat about how her TDX Hackathon team built a conference scheduling agent from scratch in 16 hours.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Melissa Hill Dees.

How to help nonprofits define goals for Salesforce Melissa majored in computer science back when you still programmed with punched cards. However, she didn’t really start her career in tech until 2008, when the nonprofit she was working for started using Salesforce. She was hooked on how she could help these organizations use technology to do more with less, and quickly pursued an MBA in digital entrepreneurship.

One thing that came up in our conversation was the difference between how nonprofits and businesses approach Salesforce. In particular, Melissa emphasizes the importance of defining measurable goals for any tech project so you have common ground when prioritizing requests. As the capabilities of Salesforce continue to grow with Agentforce, admins need to help their organizations maintain focus.

Building an agent in 16 hours at the TDX Hackathon Melissa is fresh from the TDX Hackathon, where she put together an all-women team of Salesforce MVPs called MH4. Why the name? Because everyone on the team has the same initials: Melissa Hill Dees, Michelle Hansen, Marisa Hambleton, and Melissa Hansen.

Together, they had 16 hours to make a working agent, but Melissa was the only person on the team who had built one before. However, from their experience as Dreamin’ event volunteers, they had a pretty good idea for a problem they could solve: scheduling a conference.

Finding the right-sized room for each talk when there are several concurrent speaker tracks gets complicated, especially when people are presenting more than once. It’s a problem that everyone on the team could rally around. As Melissa explains, building the agent wasn’t the hard part. It was setting up the backend to make sure it had the right information and permissions to accomplish its goal.

Why admins should get the Strategy Designer Certification If you’re looking to learn more, Melissa highly recommends getting the Strategy Designer Certification. You can learn tons of valuable tactics, like consequence scanning, that help you align a group of people around an idea and allow everybody to feel like they have input.

Finally, Melissa emphasizes how crucial it is for admins to start learning Agentforce now, even if your organization is hesitant. “Admins have to see the big picture,” she says, “so start learning it now so you don’t have to play catch-up when everybody comes around and wants to use AI.”

Be sure to listen to the full episode for more from my conversation with Melissa, and don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you can catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Certification: Strategy Designer * MH4’s presentation at the TDX Hackathon

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Melissa on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike: You've got a dream team when everyone's name starts with MH, and you're building a functioning AI agent in 16 hours while laughing and having fun at it. This week we've got Melissa Hill Dees on the pod, and the vibe is totally Agentforce, nonprofit tech, and I even talk about the future of Salesforce admins in the era of AI. And we also talk about the little thing that she built at the hackathon. It's just a scheduling tool that is really cool for all the dream and events. But let me tell you this, if you've ever said, "I'm not a developer, but ...", you're going to feel right at home. So with that, let's get Melissa Hill Dees on the podcast. So Melissa, welcome to the podcast.

Melissa Hill Dees: Thank you, Mike. I'm so glad to be here.

Mike: Well, I'm glad to have you on, and we're going to kick off ... I'm going to call it a few weeks of MH4s.

Melissa Hill Dees: I love that

Mike: All of the MH4s because you guys were such a cool little group that got together for the hackathon at TDX, which we're going to talk about. But before we get into that, Melissa, which spells out some of the MH4, tell us a little bit about yourself.

Melissa Hill Dees: Oh goodness. So a little bit about myself. I found Salesforce in 2008 after becoming a stay-at-home mom for a little while and not knowing what to do with myself and trying to help small businesses improve what they were doing from a customer relationship management side. I didn't really get very deep into Salesforce then but a couple of years later, I went to work for a nonprofit and they had Salesforce and I became the classic accidental admin. Which was ironic considering that back in the dark ages when dinosaurs still roamed the earth I had majored in computer science.

Mike: That's back when they were inventing dirt, because I was also back in that era too.

Melissa Hill Dees: They were literally inventing the internet. When I went to university, we still had punch cards. You remember punch cards?

Mike: Uh-huh.

Melissa Hill Dees: So I felt like I had come full circle. But I really loved what Salesforce was doing with nonprofits and giving them the opportunity to use the best technology that was out there to make a more impact, to improve their mission. And so the more I worked in nonprofits, the more I saw that they thought differently. They didn't think like a business, they thought like a nonprofit, and they didn't always use Salesforce like a business, they used it like they thought a nonprofit would. So it was really interesting. I studied. I did a lot of research and went back and got my master's in digital entrepreneurship because I really wanted to understand the best ways to help nonprofits leverage technology because they have to. That's the only way they can do more with less. So that's really become my passion. How do we make it simple, easy, welcome even. Everybody fusses about technology, but it can do so much that we don't have to do, so we have time to do the things that we really want to do.

Mike: Well, that's a great intro. Holy cow. Could you ever have imagined back in 2008 that you would be at a hackathon building an agent?

Melissa Hill Dees: Absolutely not. Absolutely not. Again, once upon a time, I could write a little Cobol or a little Fortran, but I'm sure I can't even do that anymore. And certainly not a developer by any stretch of the imagination. And you say hackathon, I immediately think developers.

Mike: I know.

Melissa Hill Dees: That who goes to hackathons, right. But I had learned early on from attending the nonprofit community sprints that you didn't have to be a developer. You didn't have to even be a hardline admin. If you wanted to help in a sprint, you had input and you could help in so many different ways. So it made the hackathon a little less intimidating.

Mike: Absolutely. So let's get into that. First of all, I need you to explain the MH4s. What's the MH4s? Am I saying it correctly?

Melissa Hill Dees: Well, I say MH to the fourth.

Mike: Oh, okay. Sorry. MH to the fourth.

Melissa Hill Dees: Yeah. Because we're exponentially awesome. And ironically, a couple of things were going on with that. One thing, ever since I've been involved in the ecosystem, I've been involved with the women in tech groups and WITness Success and all the different groups working with women in minorities. And especially when it comes to AI, I am just adamant, everywhere I speak, I tell everybody they need to get in there and help train the AI. And so I wanted almost as a social experiment to have an all female team for the hackathon. And I started thinking about what we would need on that team. And I knew we'd need a good developer. And so Michelle Hansen is who immediately came to mind. I knew we would need somebody who could write flows at the drop of a hat, do the adminning, and of course Michelle ... Michelle Hansen. I'm going to get confused here. Michelle Hansen is obviously that person. She's so good at those sorts of things. We also needed someone that was more of an architect view. And Marisa Hambleton runs Cactusforce and does that work and so I invited her. And then I was the only one of the group that had actually built an agent before we got to hackathon.

Mike: Oh, wow.

Melissa Hill Dees: So it was a really exciting opportunity. And it was funny that I didn't consciously think we need everybody named MH, initials MH. But it worked out that way. And in fact, I was going to ask Maham Hassan to be on our team as well, and she couldn't because of the rules and regulations about folks out of the country.

Mike: Okay.

Melissa Hill Dees: We would've been MH to the fifth power. And five was all you could have. But I'm so glad I did that. It was everything I dreamed it would be. The collaboration between us. None of us have ever worked together. We've never been even employed by the same company, let alone in the same room to sit down together and have 16 hours to go from zero to a working agent. And I loved it. We talked and we talked and we talked. We got all the consequence scanning done and the road mapping done and everything done because we just talked and talked and talked and talked. And we didn't have to go back and do that after we built the product. That was built into the way we thought and building the product and building the agent. So both Melissa and Marisa and even Michelle did a little bit. We're all like, "Oh, I don't know if I want to go to a hackathon. I'll have to take two days out of my work." And I really twisted their arm a little bit and I said, "We could do something really awesome." All of us are involved in community driven events, and we talked about could we do scheduling? What could we do? And then when we got there, of course actually, that's what we built, was a scheduler for presentations based on the rooms that they would be in based on what we had available. And literally took what ... Marisa said took her and Steve about 40 hours combined to do, and the agent does it in seconds.

Mike: Oh, wow. So tell me ... You've teased it out. Tell me a little bit about what you built at the hackathon.

Melissa Hill Dees: Yeah. It was great. So we started thinking about what ... All of our driven events we're all volunteers. Nobody gets paid to do those. And so it was a situation of what can an agent do for us that will save us time? And that's one of the huge tasks. After you actually go through all the submissions for presentations and you decide which ones you want, then how in the world do you schedule them in these different rooms? The tracks are running at the same time. You've probably got four or five different tracks running at the same time. Somebody may be presenting more than once. You don't want them to overlap. The rooms, depending on how big they are and what else they're being used for. So it just seemed like a really great idea for an agent. And we decided to build it. After we were done we thought we probably could have done this with a flow, but because we had that 16 hour time constraint, Melissa Hanson whipped out a ... She said, "I can do this with code." We're like, "Okay. Do it. Because we want a product when we leave here and we can update it later." So literally ... And the demo that we had to make to submit for the hackathon is on my LinkedIn page and shows you how quickly it goes to, you've already got all that data in your Salesforce instance, you've got the speaker, the session, the titles the rooms, and you hit that agent and it creates a schedule for you.

Mike: Yeah. No. I believe me more can relate to what you're asking that agent to do as somebody that's involved with a lot of the events and stuff that Salesforce does.

Melissa Hill Dees: And the best thing, I think for us about the hackathon, and it was ironic because the very next day I was invited to an executive listening session. And I said, "I would've come to TDX just for the hackathon." I learned so much. And I'm a very kinetic learner. I need to do it. I don't need you just to show it to me or tell me about it. I need to do it myself. And because I had already built some, that's why I knew that the hard part was not building the agent, the hard part was writing the code if you needed something invocable there or getting the permissions correct on the back end for the agent itself and applying all of that. So deep dive into that agent. We were learning from each other and with all of our different skill sets, we're all MVPs, but each of us has such different skill sets. And then we could really actually create something that would work in the real world, say in less than 16 hours. To me that's amazing.

Mike: Oh, absolutely. You've done so much to encapsulate that weekend, and I'll point people to that video on your LinkedIn page. I'm wondering if you could bottle up one moment from that weekend and share it with the world, what would it be?

Melissa Hill Dees: Oh, goodness. The word that comes to my mind again and again and again is the collaboration with those women. And there was not arguments. And there could have been, and that would've been fine because it's okay to disagree. But we didn't. We really aligned on what we were trying to accomplish and we knew what we wanted to do. And that level of collaboration was just like I say, everything I ever imagined something like that would be,

Mike: Yeah. Let's transition out of that because you've been in the community since we've invented the cloud. I say that because I've been around since 06 so we've been there a while. And I started, the first question was, could you imagine an AI agent now? How do you see the Salesforce admin role evolving in an AI forward world?

Melissa Hill Dees: Ooh, that's very interesting. I am fascinated by AI and how we can leverage it to do things. I think I really believe even now, admins need to at least learn how to use the agent and how to build an agent. Because right now it's relatively simple to do, but I think about 2008, Mike, what was there of Salesforce? It was one product. It was one thing. I could learn it then. There were times when I could tell you that I felt like I knew everything you need to know about Salesforce. Now, no way. With all the product acquisitions and the different clouds and the different architectures and the different information, there's just no way possible that I can be an expert at Field Service and at Marketing Cloud and at Slack and at all those things. So I always think of admins like architects. They have to see the big picture. And with the AI I think that's important. Start learning it now. Don't wait. Even if your company says, "Absolutely not. We're not going to use AI. We don't trust it, we don't like it, but start learning it now so you're not trying to play catch up when everybody comes around and is using AI."

Mike: Yeah. I couldn't agree more. And to your point, I remember as an admin trying to pass my certifications and thinking, oh, but my company doesn't use Service Cloud. I don't know Service Cloud. And the certifications ... Forced is a bad word to say, but required that I learn it. And I remember thinking to myself, but it's good that I know it now so that when the company's thinking about it, I'll be ready. Or at least I'll have a base foundation. And a lot of that is realizing where you sit between technology and strategy within an organization. So my question to you is, what's something you wish more people understood about the intersection of being a Salesforce admin and strategy?

Melissa Hill Dees: I think that Salesforce admins probably have the best view of what the strategy might be like. I think it's important. I love the strategy designer certification.

Mike: Tell me about that.

Melissa Hill Dees: Yeah. If you're an admin and you haven't looked at that, you should because it's less technical and more people management. And one of the things that I learned studying for that and from the design team from Adam Doti's team was consequent scanning. I'd never done that before. And it was so fantastic to do that and be able to align a group of people around an idea. It wasn't a threatening way. It wasn't, I'm the boss and we have to do this. It wasn't that I'm the admin and we have to do this. It was an opportunity for everybody to have that input. And I think that's so important for admins. They have so many jobs and they're not just the technical side of things. They're the ones that get the complaints because the button didn't work or it's not where it would be easy to use or whatever, the report's not pulling correctly. And it's just so much responsibility when you do Salesforce admin and do it really well. That's why I recommend that to everybody. I don't even think you have to have your admin cert. I don't think that's a prerequisite. But it's definitely worth doing and learning. At least do the trailhead on it.

Mike: Yeah. No. I didn't even know about now it's on my list. Thank you.

Melissa Hill Dees: Yeah.

Mike: So you brought that up because the admins are responsible for a lot and they do often have that first line of reaction or giving some sort of an answer to a user and looking up an issue, whether that was something they found in discovery or not. But I'd love to know, when you think about best practices, is there something underrated that has maybe made a huge impact in one of the organizations that you've managed or worked on?

Melissa Hill Dees: That's a great question. There are a lot of things that are underrated. And right now what I'm encouraging ... Especially if you're a sales organization, encouraging folks to do is to use the agent summary function in sales. Working in a implementation partner, you don't always talk to the customer when they're in the sales process. You may not even talk to them when they're in the delivery process, so you really don't know them that well, but you're going to write a customer success story. Well, how do you go back and capture three years worth of work or three years worth of interactions? And I've seen it done with the agent summary. And to me, that is the most impactful thing from an ROI. Do you want to pay me to spend five or six hours trying to track down information for something or do you want to pay me for writing a customer success story? So if I can get that summary at the click of a button, then I can write the success story, then I can write five success stories, six success stories, whereas I'd only be able to write one in the same timeframe if I were having to do it all manually. That's just a huge thing, I think.

Mike: And you always bring it up. There's so many underrated things because there's very powerful things in setup that sometimes get overlooked.

Melissa Hill Dees: The design. The user design. There are a lot of ways to improve it significantly, and most people don't take the time to do that. And you talk about user adoption, we all know that that's the easy route to user adoption. It doesn't matter how complicated it is on the backside, I just want to click a button. And we don't think that way always as an admins, and we are the ones that would do that.

Mike: No. Absolutely. You think about keeping up on technology, and you often talk about technology as a tool for social good. I'd love to know how do you keep that front and center when building in Salesforce?

Melissa Hill Dees: Well, personally, I love the V2MOM. And you're probably going to think this is crazy, but I use it with customers to suss out what the important aspects of any project we're working on are. Something that we can set up a goal, make it a measurable goal, and that makes it so much easier to start fleshing out requirements and user stories and you turn it over to delivery and they've got metrics to build against. So thinking about with nonprofits, if you want to double your online donations this year, maybe that's your goal. Then we build a new donation interface in Salesforce or in an experience and then create the report as well to be able to track that so that we can see did we accomplish that? And I don't know if you make it purple and they're like, "No. It needs to be pink." And you say, "Well, so is Pink going to help increase the number of donations?" And if they say, "Okay. Let's put that in the parking lot. Let's go to phase two with that." But they may say, "Well, it has to be pink because we're breast cancer, and so pink is our signature color. People won't even recognize us if you don't do pink." Then yes, it probably would help increase the donations. And so that's worthwhile to include in that. Just helps not get out of scope, but to be able to focus on what they're really trying to achieve before they get to the end of the project and then go back and say, "Well, was this a successful project? Did we build something good in Salesforce?" Well, who knows?

Mike: You said a lot. And you actually answered my next question because I do think a lot of ... I was going to ask you about an admin superpower, and I think you brought it up, which is really having that critical eye and being able to look at how easy is it to use the thing that I just built, and does it align with what we're using it for?

Melissa Hill Dees: Right. You have to ask why. Why is my favorite word. And the five whys, that's part of the strategy certification too. But customers don't ... And I say customers. Whether they're internal customers, users, or if you're a partner and working with external customers, they don't always know what they want it. Like children. You never say to a child, "What do you want to drink?" You say, "Would you like milk or would you like juice?" And so understanding their business and what they're trying to accomplish I think is critical to being able to help them and then asking why. The best example I have of that, we were in Prague, my husband and my daughter and I. I was speaking at CzechDreamin a couple of years ago, and we'd been there about 24 hours and my daughter came to me and she's like, "Mom, there's nothing left to see in Prague."

Mike: Wow.

Melissa Hill Dees: I was like, "Why would you say that?" It's a great old city. There's tons to see in Prague. She said, "Well, there's nothing left in walking distance." I was like, "Okay. So why don't you take public transportation? You're a huge one to use public transportation." She's like, "Well, I can't read the language." And of course know Czech is not even our alphabet. So she was really struggling with that. I said, "Okay. So why don't you take a Lyft or an Uber?" And she said, "Because I'm out of money." So that was what she really needed. It wasn't that there was nothing left to see in Prague, it was that she didn't have the money to get to the places that she wanted to go to see the things she wanted to see in Prague. But you don't get that unless you get to the root of what it is they're trying to accomplish.

Mike: Yeah. Wow. It's like reaching the end of the internet. No you didn't. You didn't reach the end of the internet. Boy, we covered a lot. I'd love to go back. Just one thing on agents as we close it out. And this has been lingering with me. I think maybe since I've got all the rest of the MH4s coming ... MH to the power of four coming up. Maybe I'll ask him this. If you could build an agent to help every admin do one thing better, what would it be?

Melissa Hill Dees: Understand the error messages in Salesforce.

Mike: Oh, I like that.

Melissa Hill Dees: In fact, a partner and I have been working on this. It's not an Agentforce agent. We started it before Agentforce came out. But again, because admins speak a different language than developers do, and they both speak different languages than users. And so what we're working on actually looks at your metadata, tells you what the problem is and speaks to you based on your role. I do. I think that that's the most time consuming challenge that admins face. You get that error message that says, "If this error persists, contact your Salesforce administrator." It's like, I am the administrator.

Mike: I love getting that message with the administrator. That's me. Don't you know that's me.

Melissa Hill Dees: And it gives you no helpful thoughts at all. And now that there's an agent in the help, that's fantastic because used to, I'd be like 57 tabs later and I still didn't have an answer to fix whatever the problem was that I was getting that error message. So yeah. That's what I would build and I am building.

Mike: Okay. Well look at that. I asked the question that's already stuff's in flight.

Melissa Hill Dees: Right.

Mike: Melissa, this is a wonderful conversation. You need to come on the podcast more often. Talk about nonprofit tech and equitable technology. I feel like that's a whole other podcast.

Melissa Hill Dees: It is. It is. And so important. So, so, so very important.

Mike: Yeah. Absolutely. And I've done podcasts before, but asking why ... I love your example of you didn't see everything in Czech. You're just out of money.

Melissa Hill Dees: Right.

Mike: That was great. Thanks so much for coming on the podcast, Melissa.

Melissa Hill Dees: Thank you.

Mike: Big thank you to Melissa Hill Dees for joining us and sharing her journey of nonprofit tech advocate and AI hackathon hero. If you enjoyed this episode, be sure to share it with a fellow Salesforce admin or a community member, maybe both. For more great resources, of course, head on over to admin.salesforce.com and be sure to check out that trailblazer group and let's hope Melissa is working on building that decoding error messages agent, because I think I'll be the first in line when that launches. Anyway, until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Level Up: The Admin’s Action Plan for Thriving in the Agentforce Era

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Dorian Earl, Salesforce Admin and Founder of Development Consulting Partners, LLC.

Join us as we chat about the 5 steps admins can take today to lead the charge in the Agentforce era.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Dorian Earl.

Admins are at the center of the Agentforce era I always love having Dorian on the pod because he has an amazing origin story. He started out as a traveling sales rep for medical and dental equipment. He had to keep track of over 100,000 products and 300 clients, all in paper notebooks, until one day he left his Franklin planner on the roof of his car and realized he had to find a better way. That’s when he started looking into a new digital CRM platform called Salesforce.

These days, Dorian helps organizations with digital transformation through Salesforce, and he sees admins as the linchpin for driving organizational change in the Agentforce era. In fact, he flagged me down at a recent event because he was so excited to share his 5-step action plan for how Salesforce Admins can lead the charge on AI.

  1. Build awareness beyond the buzz While most people have talked to an LLM by now, Dorian has noticed that most of his clients don’t quite grasp what it could mean for their organization.

Admins are in a unique position to translate the buzz into action. Start by educating your teams, surfacing practical use cases, and bringing the conversation into team meetings. This isn't about replacing people—it's about making everyone 10–20% smarter, faster, and more capable.

  1. Prep your data for Agentforce AI is only as good as the data you give it. And we’re not just talking about client data, though that needs to be in a healthy place. As Dorian points out, consumer-facing agents need to know things like your operating hours, company values, and brand voice. Prepping your data for Agentforce makes it easier to try new features and build something that works.

  2. Identify the quick wins Admins don’t need to wait for long-term projects to start making an impact with AI. Agentforce comes with ready-to-use features that drive value today. Dorian points to two in particular:

  3. Record Summaries: AI-generated account overviews save time and provide instant context, especially for reps managing hundreds of accounts or taking over a book of business.

  4. Quick Reporting: Need to know how many leads are in New York with a certain status? You can just ask. No more report-building marathons—admins and users alike can get insights on demand.

These tools aren’t just time-savers—they’re credibility builders. They show stakeholders the value of AI quickly and easily without much heavy lifting.

  1. Find internal processes to improve The biggest thing that should be on your radar is how Agentforce can overhaul internal business processes. There are so many places where an internal-facing agent can save clicks and smooth out a workflow. Dorian brings up the example of processing a return. An agent can take care of all the little steps, like creating a case, logging information, and authorizing a refund, instead of that being a multi-person business process.

  2. Lead the AI transformation Admins are no longer just behind-the-scenes builders—they’re transformation leaders. You understand the org’s data, its pain points, and its goals. That makes you the ideal person to customize and scale AI across departments.

As Dorian puts it, success with Agentforce isn’t just about features—it’s about alignment. Help your teams adopt AI by showing them how it can support their goals, simplify their day-to-day, and elevate their performance.

There were so many great tips in my conversation with Dorian for how admins can thrive in the Agentforce era, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday morning.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: Keeping Processes Fresh in Salesforce with Dorian Earl * Salesforce Admins on YouTube: Agentforce Decoded * Trailhead: Einstein Work Summaries for Service

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Dorian on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on Tiktok
  • Mike on X

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt:

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, I'm thrilled to welcome back Dorian Earle, founder and CEO of a thriving consultancy that has over 450 clients and just a massive wealth of Salesforce experience and knowledge.

Dorian has been the Salesforce ecosystem for nearly two decades. He started as a sales rep who needed a better way to track his deals and opportunities and really turn that into a career empowering companies to embrace better CRMs and smarter systems.

Now in today's episode, we dive into Dorian's five steps to prepare for Agentforce and AI. Now, from understanding the buzz around AI to implementing quick wins and long-term strategies, Dorian shares invaluable insights to help you, the Salesforce admin, and/or organizations you work for stay ahead of the curve this year in 2025.

Now, of course, before we jump in, I want to make sure that you're following or subscribed to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so that you never miss a great episode like this. New episodes drop every Thursday morning. That way you've got them, boom, right on your phone before you head off for your dog walk or your commute to work. So with that, let's get Dorian on the podcast.

Dorian, welcome back to the podcast

Dorian Earl:

Though this is an absolute pleasure more than you know and good to see you again at all of the events. So good to see you and good to chat with you again.

Mike Gerholdt:

You're one of the people that I'm happiest out in the world and we get to run into each other at different events, and you and I are such easy people to miss out in a crowd.

Dorian Earl:

Well, I don't know if that's the case. I'm the tallest person. You have the best beard and the most charismatic smile. Everybody who sees you go, literally.

Mike Gerholdt:

I don't know about that.

Dorian Earl:

Yeah, well, yeah. When you walk past, and for the listeners who don't hear this, Mike had walked past us at the World Tour and two people at the table said, "I don't know who he is, but he has to be somebody." I said, "You don't know who Mike Gerholdt is?" And so you have a reputation. I'm surprised there's not three people following you carrying your briefcase and just kind of handling all of it.

Mike Gerholdt:

There used to be. I say I'm kind of in my late '80s John Travolta stage of Salesforce celebrityism where I'm doing the really bad B movies and nobody knows who I am.

Dorian Earl:

But that's not true.

Mike Gerholdt:

I'm hoping for the next Pulp Fiction level role to come up and then I'll be dancing around like a Santa Claus selling Citibank cards and stuff.

Dorian Earl:

I was going to say, if you just come out with a good costume, which at every event there are people with a really good... And dance moves, I guarantee you, you'll be more relevant.

Mike Gerholdt:

And don't forget, I got to shave my head. Travolta had that whole time where he shaved his head too.

Dorian Earl:

Ah, that's true. I would just tell you, you should keep yours. You got good hair.

Mike Gerholdt:

I think so.

Dorian Earl:

You got a lot happening. You got a lot happening.

Mike Gerholdt:

You know what everybody who subscribes to the podcast didn't want to listen to?

Dorian Earl:

What's that?

Mike Gerholdt:

Was all of that conversation. So let's talk about something that'll provide business value to our customers again, and that is getting ready for Agentforce and AI. And when you and I ran into each other, well, to be fair, when you beelined through a hotel restaurant to find me horsing down my chicken fingers at the bar, you had this wonderful thing, you were like, "Mike, we got to talk about this on the podcast. I have these five things that I'm helping companies do to get ready for AI." And I said, "You're right." So Dorian, let's get into that. But let's start off just because sometimes people don't listen to all of the episodes of the podcast. What do you do? How did you come to be in the Salesforce world?

Dorian Earl:

Yeah, so I started almost 20 years ago as a sales guy. I needed a way to track my deals and opportunities, and if anybody's around in the mid, I'm not going to give my age, in the mid 40s, we all used Franklin portfolio, Franklin Company Planners, and I would leave them at my client's office and set them on top of my car and drive off and there goes my pipeline and all of my stuff and I couldn't do that. So kind of being a forward-thinking salesperson, I said I need to have a way that I wouldn't lose my notes, my deals, my opportunities, everything I had worked hard to build. Then I went to purchase programs and databases and lo and behold, I found a web-based CRM called Salesforce. That was 20 years ago. That was really became my secret sauce, Mike.

I was an average salesperson and getting good, but really my secret sauce was organization and to be able to stay on top of deals. And in my line of work as a salesperson at that time, we had over 100,000 products to keep track of. So what kind of promotion was going on? Who needed what? What was going on? I was a sales rep in the medical dental supply space. So we had a lot of manufacturers and four or five different manufacturers for each line. Like gloves, we had five or six brands of gloves and masks. So who had the promotion? Which one did my customer like? Oh, my doctor liked the left-handed glove from Crosstechs or from MedTech or from all those kind of companies. And I had to keep all those things straight because I had 300 plus clients.

The doctor would like one and their front desk would like another and the assistant, that kind of... And so all those things became really difficult for me to keep track of and I needed a better way to do that. And so lo and behold, I purchased Salesforce for myself, started to get some success. The down economy hit and I was of the few people that I could actually forecast my sales to my boss. I can go in and say, "This client mentioned this to me earlier on in the year. I think we can close them if we do these things." I was one of the few people at our branch that could do that. Long and short of it, that grew to me going independent, started my own firm and then working with other companies, help bring in their sales or their product in the market. It was always, "Hey, I can help you lead your sales team, but you need to have a database or CRM."

Again, 15 years ago, it was, "I have this in some spreadsheet or somebody in our office has this in a spreadsheet." And I said, "You need to have one, a better way to track your sales and deals." And I would tell them, "You need to go out and buy the Salesforce thing." And so I worked in tech startup helping companies take the product in the market. One of those products was acquired by Google. And so I became a contract sales manager for Google for a while and Apple for a little bit, and that's part of my story. And six years ago, a company actually just reached out and said, "Can you help us with the CRM and sales thing?" And then my career helping companies from the inside out versus the outside in kind of worked. And so now, I'm the founder and CEO of a company with 450 plus clients and about 20 plus team members and things are really fun. So that's the long story short, right?

Mike Gerholdt:

Right, right. It's interesting because we've known each other for a while and we've both been the ecosystem for a while and we've CRM and Salesforce change and add new features to the time. I think what we're seeing now with AI everywhere, what is your level of, let's start off with your five things, what is your level of awareness that you're seeing with your clients on being AI ready or even having thoughts of how they would use that?

Dorian Earl:

Everybody knows about it. As I said, I see articles at my desk. My team is using this. There are everyday products that they are seeing now that are becoming more intelligent or adding AI. You can't turn on a TV today every... If you're watching football and there's a break, one commercial will say, "This is the product with AI now." So there's a lot of buzz and really awareness, and now it's starting to really be embedded into other products.

What I'm finding out with our clients is they don't understand the real impact of what this means for their business yet. They know it's out there, but they just don't know how to leverage that, how LMMs work, which ones to use, use cases, but they are seeing AI being embedded into their everyday tools. They are seeing email plugins, they are seeing these things and they're starting to encounter it. So our role is really just to say, "Look, let 2025 be the year of intelligence at your company. Let's make everybody 10% smarter. Let's make everybody roll in your work, let's make everybody 10, 15, 20% smarter this quarter, this six months this year." And they're really getting excited with that.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. It's kind of like the early 1900s with cars. I mean, there's how many people making an AI product right now? And I guess we'll find out how many survive and don't because the early 1900s, there was over 300 car manufacturers and now there's what? 5, 10 arguably?

Dorian Earl:

Right. Maybe. Right, yeah, maybe. Right.

Mike Gerholdt:

I'm sure more, but you know. So in the five things admins can do to get ready for Agentforce and AI, you list number one is awareness. So I feel like maybe last year that was like, "Oh, we kind of need to wake up." And most people, I don't want to say most people, most people I know became AI aware at the consumer grade level. I think it's another to think of AI at the enterprise level, which is where Salesforce operates because we're an enterprise CRM. We're operating immediately with millions of rows of records and sometimes even data lakes or multiple organizations. So I'm sure that you probably run into a few that are aware. Let's go on to number two, which is the preparedness. Where do people fall there?

Dorian Earl:

They are not because one, if they are aware, and I think you hit it on the head, and I don't want to bury what you just said.

Mike Gerholdt:

Sure.

Dorian Earl:

Really, most technology comes out as a consumer facing application to catch what's called a user adoption, right? And I remember when I was in college and Google first launched and literally people going out and say, "You can ask Google anything and it would just come back with an answer." Or as Amazon, you can go put in any book you want. Well, it took a few years for people to understand the business implication of having all the data on the internet to ask a question. It even took Google really by storm or Amazon if you would've asked them when they started what their business would look like. They didn't know. So we are in early days, but the people that are understanding, okay, there is an entity or there is a program out there that can ingest data and then come back to you with patterns, use cases, ideas, analysis, and that could have some ramification for us as a company. So how do we get prepared to use this?

And so when we start telling our clients about this, they said, "Wow, this could be really exciting. What do we do then to prepare to really turn these features on?" And so I'm going to mention this. I'm going to kind of go backward and start to go forward. This analogy I start to tell is I think it's maybe going to ring true. So I was a previous athlete, and if I was going to ask you, Mike, "Hey Mike, my knee is swollen and it's a little sore." You would probably tell me rest it, elevate it, ice it. These are common things that... this is generalized intelligence, right? If my three-year-old son falls and scrapes his hand and it's bleeding, you're going to go wash it, you're going to go let it air, obviously you're going to put some things on it, you're going to wrap it up in a Band-Aid. That's generalized intelligence.

Now, if I told you as a 40-year-old male that's 50 pounds overweight, that played basketball at a very high level for many years, that over exercises in my yard and my knee swells probably once a month. And you would say, "Given that relative information about you, you should probably go see a doctor. You may have a micro tear, you may have tendonitis, you may have some other things. All I did was I just gave you further background and relevant information versus general. And that's exactly how AI works. Most people are just going asking it generalized questions and getting generalized answers. But the more relevant information you can give AI, just in general, through prompting, then it can come back and say, "Based on information you told me and the background and the person and this issue, I'm going to recommend these things."

And really AI in general is as good as the data you give it. And so one of the things we are telling our clients is to prepare to use lists. In order for this to work at an enterprise level, where are all of your company data? Are you giving AI all the background you can on your company? Where would it find it? Do you have it in PDF? The origin story on your company, the history, the industry, how you service, the founders. So all of those things, the company data, the user. Tell us about the sales reps, their roles, their unique skills, the images on them. Products and services, where does that data set and how do we adequately get it into a place where AI can read it? One, if it's not, obviously of course, on the internet, then we should put it there. But two, it should be in a place that's up-to-date so AI can go in and read those things and answer questions.

And so we just want to give it as much relative information as you can. That way, it doesn't give general answers or general information, which of course could be issues. So we want to prepare our clients and say, "If you don't have this, let's start to gather it. If you need help gathering it, we're going to help you put it in a way that AI can read it. Your company data, the user data, your products and services, your customers, and any systems you would like AI to have access to."

The good part of it is a lot of this should be in their CRM. It should already be in Salesforce. What most people don't know is you can go into the user records and pretty much put in these custom fields about roles and background and info. And obviously, you can fill out information on the company. This is actually the good part, what a lot of people don't really know. Your company data is stored in Salesforce, your NAP, your name, address, phone, number of the business, the website, the social. We can start enriching Salesforce with your company data. Images, logos, all of those things.

And so if we do that, we are really preparing AI, we're really just teaching it. So what can we teach it and how much can we get AI to know about your company? And then this is what I call that preparedness stage, Mike. It may take people weeks to do this. They may say, "Wow, how much data should we give AI?" As much as you want given the relevant tasks. So sometimes it takes our clients weeks to do this. Sometimes we're putting together an entire process on what do we want AI to have access to and learn on. So that's kind of step two.

Mike Gerholdt:

No, I like that. I'm thinking of all of the use cases my team puts together. When we put out the Agentforce Decoded series, a lot of it is thinking from the sales or service perspective of, hey, how do you summarize this account or summarize this case. One part that you brought up that's very salient that I think is, not to look ahead, but is like a good quick win is also what is your company about? What is your brand voice?

Dorian Earl:

Yes.

Mike Gerholdt:

What are your, kind of if you had a front door, what are your window information? What's your address? What's your mailing address? What's your hours? I say that because if you're thinking of creating an agent to help your salespeople write better emails, well, it needs to be grounded in some information that it knows what it is and it knows what company you are and how to sound, right? I think it's always important that brands have a voice, and even the admin relations, we have a brand voice. That they're constructing that so it's sounding cohesive. And that can just be a simple PDF or a knowledge article that an agent could reference.

Dorian Earl:

Absolutely.

Mike Gerholdt:

A lot of things, including data cleanup is important, but it's also where do we go to get repositories of this information that's just kind of the basic window sticker of your company? So that's really good.

Dorian Earl:

Well, and that's that preparedness phase. Because if you do this well, now again, I've thought this through because as every company you work for, you start with, "Let me give you background on the company."

Mike Gerholdt:

Right.

Dorian Earl:

And then, "Let me tell you what we do." And, "Let me tell you who we service and who our ideal customers are. And then let me tell you about the task you're going to be doing." AI is almost no different. "Let me tell you about the company that you're going to do this work for. Let me tell you about our background. Let me tell you about our products and services."

So if this data is not in a place where Agentforce or an agent can read it, then the challenge is it's going to make it up. It's going to make up the answer or it's going to say, "I'm sorry, I don't know." And both of those items you don't want. And so exactly to your point on brand voice, imagine a sales rep says, "I want to craft an email." And you don't tell the AI what the brand voice is, so then you have to prompt it. So if you can pre-ground Salesforce or your AI in this data already, then it's that much further ahead, which is really kind of the secret sauce of this though. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt:

Thinking ahead, moving on step three because we're in a five-step program, got to get through our steps. But rightfully so, and even my team tries to do this, we try to come up with super complex use cases and stuff and really show the breadth of what some of these tools and features can do. But we all live in the real world. And in the real world when you're a project manager, it's what are the quick wins? What is the low effort, high result stuff that we can return? I think implementing Agentforce, we're looking, as an admin you'd be looking for that too. So when you talk through quick wins and usage, what do you talk through as examples with some of your clients?

Dorian Earl:

Yeah, so this was really the thing that kind of got me excited about this because as I look at all new pieces of tech, I said, okay, who can use it and what's the level of effort does it take to really get something out of it? And so when I turned on Agentforce and trails, one of the first trails, one of the first examples I saw were record summaries. And my mind immediately went back to, "Wow, as a sales rep, I wish I had this." And those that haven't seen this yet, you can literally, inside of Salesforce, pull up a record and prompt and say, "Summarize this record." And it will read the record and it will read the related records and then give you a summary of what that record is.

Now, I'm going to go back to my previous example. I was a sales rep with 300 clients. Some days my boss would say, "This is a new client, go visit them." I wish I could click and summarize what the previous rep was doing with them in the last three, six, nine months. How do you do that? And so if you are a sales rep, this is great. If you're a sales manager and somebody says, "You need to do an account plan for this client." And you haven't seen them, or a classic, the client is upset, "I want to talk to your manager." They talk to the sales manager or service manager. And of course, we've all made that phone call of, we're calling in and they say, "Please hold. I need to look at the notes." Record summaries save us... I know you're laughing, but even when I'm happy, I called in and I said, "Hey, I have a question." "Hold on please, sir, I'm going to pull up your account. Let me read the notes."

Mike Gerholdt:

Let me get up to speed really quick here.

Dorian Earl:

Exactly, exactly. Let me get up to speed. And that person skims through as quick as they can to try to answer, "Oh, I see you called in on January 6th and you were asked about this issue. Was it ever resolved?" Do you have an open case about... " Well, you have the data sitting right in front of you.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah.

Dorian Earl:

So record summaries are the quick wins, I think at every company you can use. And as an admin, it's great because it comes out of the box. As a user, these things are huge because if you're working with a mass amount of records, any individual record, or again, a large amount of related records to a parent record. Cases, tasks, notes, all of those things, and related to an account, opportunities, the record summaries are huge. It's actually one of my favorite features if I could say. That would be one of the very first quick wins.

The second one, I would say quick reporting. I know it's a little bit lower on my list, but I found this out just by accident. You can just query, you can ask AI to say, "How many accounts do I have in New York?" And it could come back based on the state that's on the account. It will say, "You have 967 accounts in New York, you have 300 in Illinois." Now imagine if you are the Salesforce admin, and I used to get this question, "Can you pull a list of leads in this city for me? I'm just curious." I would get those questions all the time from an executive or from a manager or somebody.

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, yeah.

Dorian Earl:

Now, you don't have to ask your admin. You don't have to go in and learn how to build a report. You can just ask, "How many of certain record do I have?" And AI can answer that question, which is pretty cool. How many leads do I have in nurture? How many leads do I have in New York? That's in the working status? These are huge things when it comes to quick reporting. Marketing should be able to do this, sales should be able to do this. I mean, just a sales rep, "How big is my pipeline based on this product?" It could answer that question for you. So really cool. Those are just two of the quick ones I would say, which are huge.

Mike Gerholdt:

I think sometimes people confuse like, "Well, that should just be a list view." Yeah, it could be a list view, unless it's the one time you need that data or you also need that data plus something else. Because everything you were asking for, I could create as a list view. Why have AI do it? Well, because it can probably do it faster and I can also just add a quick filter to it. And it's a one-off use case that's just faster than creating a list view in your example.

Dorian Earl:

Well, yes, yes. And one of the things our clients always ask is, should I build a report for this or should I build a list view for this? Again, if you're just doing analysis, just build the report. You may say, "Okay, there's 900 accounts in New York." You say, "Okay, based on that, I can assign those accounts to a person to do certain action." To call, to follow up, to send a postcard, to do certain things, invite to an event, start targeting for this. Then you would create a list view then to take action against that. However, before you get to the action stage, you still need to do some analysis. Not every report is going to turn into a list view, something to take action on.

Mike Gerholdt:

And I'm sure you're finding too that a lot of the quick wins are, the examples you gave, somebody could be listening like, "Well, that's not going to work for me." Right, the quick wins, I anticipate for what you bringing up are department specific and/or company specific. So as an admin, I may go to a department and show them record summary, and they're like, "Well, but that's not going to work for us." Great. Well, here's three other things that we can do as quick wins. That might not work. So record summary may be a quick win for a customer service team or a salesperson, but might be completely different for somebody else that has to do deal ops or a deal desk kind of thing.

Dorian Earl:

Well, you know what? I'm going to challenge your users because I'm going to ask them, send me a message on LinkedIn and tell me when a record summary would not work, would not be relevant.

Mike Gerholdt:

Okay, good. Please do.

Dorian Earl:

Because I've never pulled up a record of Salesforce and said, "I don't want a summary of everything happening here." I've never had it happen. I've never pulled up a record in Salesforce and said, "I don't want to see everything related to it and really have that knowledge." Now, not every single time, but I can foresee anybody that's ever used Salesforce, you want to pull up a record and you want to know as much as you can about that record. Now, you don't have to know everything and to take action, but I can see every user in Salesforce can take advantage of the record summary feature. That's really my point there.

Mike Gerholdt:

No, it's good.

Dorian Earl:

And so somebody could say, "You know what? I'm using Salesforce. I would never want a summary of a record." I'm like, intriguing because I've never worked with anybody in Salesforce that would never find that feature useful.

Mike Gerholdt:

I don't know. We're going to find out. I've got some edge case listeners, man. There's dark corners of the internet.

Dorian Earl:

Yes, please find me on LinkedIn. Now, if somebody is like a lawyer doing auditing, "Yes, I never get in there and do it." Okay, okay, I got it. But again, I am really, really curious who would not use or who does not find that feature useful.

Mike Gerholdt:

So I guess my point was quick wins could be different wherever you go. I'm betting number four is the thing you probably run into a lot, which you have down as internal process improvement.

Dorian Earl:

Yes. And so this is what really gets people to start moving. They're really not adopting technology for record summaries, even though it is important. I would say internal process improvement is the first place AI will show up. It's what everybody's talking about in articles. We are becoming so much more efficient. We don't need to hire that many people to do this now because internal process improvement would mean you could cut tasks down from eight or nine clicks down to two. You can have AI augment the workflow or work that is being done because it is doing things on the background that would cost you time, energy, effort, all of that.

This is where the big ROI is coming in AI that a lot of people do not understand. You could say, "Please create a case. Please schedule an appointment. Please create a record. Please send a sample. Please issue a return for this record." And just speaking of the last one, chargebacks, returns. Those usually take multiple records being opened up, some analysis being done, five or six clicks, related optics, and then emails going out, approvals. AI can handle that stuff, which is really cool because they could say, "Great, this is all done for you." As opposed to, "Okay, give me one second, let me see which order this is from. Let me see what product this was. Let me find this view. Okay, how did you pay? Would you like a return on your card?" You could say, "AI, please go in, issue a return for this item and credit it back to their credit card." Okay, done.

And so instead of eight or nine clicks, five or six minutes of downtime on a call, all those things. And in some companies I worked with, they just was one person that just issued returns, which is crazy. Now AI can do those things or create a case. So now you're talking about imagine one person having the benefit of saying, "I can do my job and a quarter of another job." If you have five people doing that, you really have five people working, getting the benefit of six. That's huge.

Mike Gerholdt:

Wow, I wasn't thinking about that. But your point five. So expand on this. External tasks outsourced to AI.

Dorian Earl:

Yeah, so what I mentioned for number four, this is where a lot of companies are a little scared to say, "I would not have AI talking to my clients." Okay, I got it. But if you have internal process, if AI is handling, if an agent, and we'll mention the Agentforce in this case because it has all the relevant context on your company, all the relevant context on your products and services, the people using it and your clients. You can enable it to do narrow tasks such as, "Hey, here are a list of leads."

So imagine this workflow, Mike, and then I'll get the external case in. You would say, "Pull up a lead, summarize the record, draft an email based on the record summary and their needs for this lead." Okay, email draft. "Okay, put the email and send it out for me please." So that could be five or six clicks. Pull up the record, click summarize the record, click draft an email, click send the email, right?

Mike Gerholdt:

Uh-huh.

Dorian Earl:

And then move along. Or you could just say, I will have an agent. I will program an agent or ask an agent in Salesforce to do that for all of my 30 leads in the New York area. Pull up, summarize, create an email, send off. Now, if it's watching you do it for the next year, it would've learned what you've liked, what you don't like, what the replies are like, information to add in because it gets smarter. This is the thing a lot of people aren't realizing with AI is that it becomes smarter over time. And so you can allow it to do these narrow tasks. "Hey, follow up with these 30 leads that were nurturing in New York and do this for me." Those are external facing AI agents that are taking action on your behalf.

And then you can say, I will have an agent for those that are interested that reply back. I have a second agent that's just a scheduling agent. So the Salesforce Scheduler, which allows people, external people in your email to look in, look at your calendar, look at your availability, schedule blocks of time based on their availability. All you do is really send the email with the link in there. They schedule. Now, do you have to send an email, Mike, or can you have an AI agent send the email? Okay, great. Now that's a narrow task, but that's an external client facing that you don't have to be involved. They can schedule. So now we have two agents. We have one that's doing the nurturing, we have one doing the scheduling. Okay, great.

Now imagine previous to this appointment scheduling, you can say, "Summarize the record. Give me some bullet points. I want to do an account review." Maybe that's not a lead, maybe it's an account in this case. Let's do an account review of what they previously ordered or most likely to order, our recent comms, open tickets, open cases, anything that's going on with them and give me three things that could be beneficial for us to mention. Maybe have an AI to summarize the record, come up with those things, pop that data into a field for you. So now we have the third agent that somebody nurtured, somebody followed up, somebody scheduled, somebody summarized records, prepped in account plan for you. We have three external facing agents just in the sales motion or maybe account planning motion. Those are external facing AIs because they're dealing directly with your clients or your accounts. And just in the sales motion, those are three. Now you can have one agent to do all three. You can have three different ones. So imagine having an external facing AI that just does those three things. That's huge, right?

Mike Gerholdt:

Absolutely.

Dorian Earl:

Oh, yeah. Yeah. Well, again, I'm talking about just sales motion, but there's a whole nother workflow in there. The marketing motion, there's a whole nother workflow and the service motion. But those are just really, really cool things though. Either way.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, going back to point three, it's always looking for the quick wins. How do you make sure you go through each department and get them up and running and then come back? Because that's what I always like to do as opposed to spend too long in one department and they're fully vested, and another department is like, "Well, where's our love?"

Dorian Earl:

Well, true, true. And this is where if we can step back, I know this is kind being prepared for Agentforce. To my understanding, there is not an agent that can prepare a client for Agentforce. It would be great if it could, but it's not. But there is one. It's called the Salesforce Admin or the Salesforce product order, or whoever is in charge or forward looking for the client and saying, "Hey, in 2025, what are we going to do with our technology stack center it around Salesforce to grow our business, make us more efficient?"

This is where some intelligence, some wisdom, some understanding some business analyst skills, some requirements gathering skills. This is what our team is doing with our clients. Actually maybe this new era of really intelligence, this is where Salesforce is really excited for all of us working in the ecosystem because they are saying, we now have a tool that you can make yourself more efficient. And we are all kind of shepherding them into this new era of really intelligence. So this is really fun.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. Well, I mean, that's why you work in tech, right? Every day is a little bit something different. I never would've predicted this, but I remember back when it was social and mobile and it's like, where are we going? And we're talking about connected toothbrushes, and now I don't know. Now the toothbrush maybe is going to start giving me advice.

Dorian Earl:

Well, it could. I mean, with all the things that are happening, obviously I used to work in the medical dental space. I give you a lot of thoughts and advice there, but I cannot wait to see in the next year as we enable customer facing agents that have been trained. There is something to that. Now, I wouldn't put a customer facing agent out there without training. I wouldn't put regular people out there without training. But in the next year or two, with every company that I deal with becoming smarter, the places I order pizza from, they say, "Hello, how can I help you?" I'm like, "You don't know what I previously ordered?" "No." That's a lack of intelligence, right?

Mike Gerholdt:

Right.

Dorian Earl:

And so how many places that we go to and solicit, and they're not as intelligent, that an agent can help the person on the other end do their job better, which is really cool. So I am super excited. I wish every company that we worked with, big and small, would adopt technology like this. And trust me, I've been singing the song to everybody going, "Hey, hey, I don't know what systems you have internally, but let me help you." And everything from athletics, to restaurant, to food, to the travel, to all of those things. So I'm looking forward to it.

Mike Gerholdt:

It's going to be good. Dorian, thanks for coming by and helping admins out again. You're always in our corner giving us advice and setting us on the right path. So I appreciate it and can't wait to connect with you again later this year at all of our events.

Dorian Earl:

Yeah. Well, and I'll let you know how this goes because as we shepherd clients into this new era of intelligence, I'll tell you which ones on step two, step three, and step four. And Salesforce is really doing a good job of telling the story of what people are doing with agents and AI, which is really cool. I cannot wait. This is really, really fun. But thanks for all you do with helping us in the ecosystem. I think I mentioned to you, when I started with Salesforce 2017, I was listening. I went back and listened to all of your previous podcasts and just to get caught up, and I listened to one a day, one every other day and listened to them on one and a half or two speed. And so it was a really, really, really cool thing. One, you've got a great obviously voice, and you know-

Mike Gerholdt:

Even at two speed, I do?

Dorian Earl:

Even at two speed, you'd be surprised what Mike sounded like at two speed. Yep, yep, yep.

Mike Gerholdt:

I sound like Alvin and the Chipmunks.

Dorian Earl:

Mike, and Gillian at one and a half or two speed was something, right? And so yeah, that was really good. But still having a place where people can stay up to date and knowledgeable. On behalf of me and everybody else, we thank you for having a place that where we can learn and obviously stay up to date here. This is really cool.

Mike Gerholdt:

I appreciate it. Thanks so much.

Dorian Earl:

Yep. Yeah, thank you.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, that was another fun discussion with Dorian. I always love running into him at events. And if you've ever checked out his breakout sessions, they're one for the books. He is an incredibly powerful and passionate presenter and knowledgeable, huge fan of Salesforce Admins.

I really loved his five-step approach for preparing for Agentforce. I think it gave us some actionable insights for us to think about and look forward to bringing more intelligence and efficiency to our organizations.

Now, have you found this episode helpful? Hey, do me a favor, share it with somebody. Put it out on social. I'm on Bluesky. Everybody's on Bluesky. And if you're on Apple Podcasts, all you have to do is tap the three dots to click share episode, and it'll take care of posting the rest. Now, don't forget all the links, everything that we mentioned on the episode, including a transcript, is available at admin.salesforce.com. You can find everything there, including a lot of blog posts. Tons of information.

Now, as always, if you'd love to join in the conversation, and I'd love to be there with you, jump over to the Admin Trailblazer Group. That is in the Trailblazer community. You know where the link is. It's in the show notes, which is at admin.salesforce.com. Look at that. It's like, "Toot, toot, toot, here we go." Anyway, thanks again for tuning in and we'll see you next Thursday in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Mehmet Orun, SVP, GM, and Data Strategist at PeerNova.

Join us as we chat about how to use Data Cloud to create trustworthy AI experiences.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Mehmet Orun.

How Data Cloud powers trustworthy AI experiences The last time we had Mehmet on the pod, the big concern with AI was hallucinations. How can we be sure that the agents we create don’t start making stuff up? What’s more, how do we know that they won’t share data they shouldn’t? In short, how do we create trustworthy AI experiences?

As we’ve learned time and again, AI is only as good as the data you give it. But, as Mehmet explains, Data Cloud has changed the game for admins in terms of control over who sees what and in what context. Admins can create personalized experiences with Agentforce, constrained by the permission model and capabilities of Flow to ensure that everything is working as intended.

How data management best practices have changed with AI One thing Mehmet reflects on is the way that data management techniques have changed over time. Several best practices no longer make sense in today’s context of AI. For example, duplicate records that used to be a mortal sin make more sense when you’re trying to constrain what a customer can see vs. your employees vs. your vendors.

However, the personalized engagement that is possible with Agentforce requires a complete understanding of what’s happening with someone. At the same time, you want your agents to only act on information they’re “allowed” to see, or generate insights that are relevant to the outcomes you want to achieve. As Mehmet explains, “good” data and “bad” data is really about making sure your data is structured in a way that makes it easy to use.

Data unification made easy with Data Cloud The good news is that it’s never been easier to take care of your data with Data Cloud. Mehmet’s seen this with the nonprofits he works with. Data unification projects that used to take months or even years are now relatively simple affairs. You can identify bad data, filter out irrelevant data, and put the right data standardizations in place all in setup.

Mehmet’s biggest piece of advice is to measure your data quality in terms of the business outcomes you are trying to achieve. As he points out, the amount of data you need to open an opportunity is different than what you need to close an opportunity. The same principle applies to AI agents. If you make sure they get everything they need and nothing extraneous, you’ll get good results.

There are a ton of great insights about data management best practices for AI in our conversation with Mehmet, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And make sure you’re subscribed to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you can catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: Understanding the Importance of Data Health in Salesforce

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Mehmet on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on TikTok
  • Mike on X

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt:

Welcome back to the Salesforce Admins Podcast. Today we're catching up with Mehmet Orun, longtime friend of the pod and true expert in data and AI. I'm going to tell you, a lot has changed in the world of artificial intelligence since our last chat. And Mehmet's here to break it down from hallucination risks to the role of data cloud in creating trustworthy AI experiences. If you've ever been wondering how to make your data more meaningful and your AI outputs more reliable, well, you are in for a treat. So, make sure to follow the podcast so you don't miss a single episode. And with that, let's get Mehmet back on the podcast. Mehmet, welcome back to the podcast.

Mehmet Orun:

It is wonderful to be back, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt:

I know. You just come by with all these wisdoms and knowledge that you have in the world. Last time we were on, and I'll link to that show, we were talking about hallucination risks. And it's been a year. And boy, I tell you, a year in AI time, everything's changed. So, what's new in your world? What are you paying attention to in terms of AI and Agentforce?

Mehmet Orun:

To be honest, one of the interesting things about having been around a while is while the technologies are new, our overall objective haven't really changed. And one of the things I've been really trying to look back to is what were past challenges we overcame, what were the parallels, and what were some of the best practices that people newer to the field around data integration, artificial intelligence, may not know about, so we can share this knowledge while absolutely picking up new ways of doing things? Also, because we definitely have new tools under our belt. And having a organized way to assess what may cause hallucination risk and mitigating it has been a truly hot topic. I have been visiting old friends, making new friends as I've been traveling across different Salesforce events as well. And the good news is people are excited about the potential. People are also excited about having tangible methods they can take back to their organization. I'm looking forward to sharing some of these with you today.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. It's interesting, you look at some of the stuff that's out in the world and the spectrum for people looking at what's going on with AI goes all the way from everything that it says is right to nothing that it says it's right, and somebody falls somewhere in between there. But I feel like I did podcasts in 2024, early '24, I think in '23, even talking about hallucination. The one thing that it came back to, it seems to have gone away, because I think more of the conversation is around the quality of the data and what we're feeding Agentforce and getting your data ready. Am I right?

Mehmet Orun:

So, given you mentioned '23, '24, a lot of the hallucination-

Mike Gerholdt:

This was a long time ago.

Mehmet Orun:

Yeah, in the AI world, right?

Mike Gerholdt:

Uh-huh.

Mehmet Orun:

A lot of the hallucination risk conversations that were happening, and this was mostly around ChatGPT, was because the information that was available was up to a particular date. It was predominantly unstructured data available on the internet. So, if something was published past a certain date, it was not going to show up in answers. One of the big changes I think in the ecosystem is in the past we talked about IT solutions, data warehouses, analytics, which was separate than marketing segmentation and engagement.

And then we had these really interesting LLMs and generative AI for the past several months, it feels like years. The focus is the idea of a truly enterprise scale data platform that can power automation, that can power analytics. That can look at structured and unstructured data in order to provide complete, compliant, and contextual information that can also power AI. I know we both like storytelling. I had a really interesting experience with my father a couple of weeks ago. Do you mind if I tell that story?

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, please, tell me. I love a good story.

Mehmet Orun:

She's a 90-year-old retired brigadier general. He's a military engineer.

Mike Gerholdt:

90 years young, you mean?

Mehmet Orun:

Oh, man. I still barely keep up with him.

Mike Gerholdt:

See, that's what I'm saying.

Mehmet Orun:

And as a military engineer, you are always given a mission and you have what you have. That is the typical mindset. And in every country, in every place, people are talking about artificial intelligence, what it may mean. And he said, "Okay, look, I think this is your field. Help me understand what is new versus what he was working with in older computing days, and why are people worried? Why are people excited?" So, I sat next to him. We brought up ChatGPT, and I asked a series of three questions. The first question was, I said, "Tell me what you know about my dad's name, Sunday Orun, a retired engineer, a retired soldier, not even rank." And it gave what rank he retired at, what branch of the military, where he went to school. Simple question, limited context.

I said, what else do you know about him? I said, him without the name. And I got information about article field-working for magazines in a couple of his books. Post-retirement, he did poetry, which is a wonderful way to retire. And he's like, "Oh, it's interesting. How does it know that?" I'm like, "Well, can people find your books in online storage?" He's like, "Yes." So, it's available information. It can leverage all of these as it searches. He's like, "Okay, it makes sense." Then I asked the question, "What do you know about his son?" And ChatGPT says, "I do not know who his son is." And he's like, "So, why doesn't it know we are related?" And I said, "Because the fact that you and I are related would be in a government database. It would not be in public records. It's not something that's on the internet." And for him, this was an obvious separation.

So, you asked a question, this is a long-winded way of getting there, perhaps, so what has changed? A year ago, I could dump a bunch of knowledge articles or perhaps a meeting transcript and say summarize, or I could use knowledge articles to power chatbots. Now I can look at what do I know about a person in their transactional context based on their order history, based on their case history, based on their knowledge of the product. And I can give much more personalized recommendations, because the AI platform idea, as opposed to an LLM technology idea, is bringing together matching technology where we used to think about as duplicate management and CRM.

That mindset has evolved, and it is there to provide contextual interactions. Data cloud is not just powering the generative AI capabilities for Agentforce. It's also providing the unified insights that can even be constrained to only what a person is supposed to know about, where admins and architects can control this, given the permission model and capabilities of flow. Which for me is incredibly exciting, because that means we can deliver more value. We can use the technology we are already deeply familiar with, and we can show the true potential of AI while minimizing risk to our organizations and minimizing confusion for our end users.

Mike Gerholdt:

That's a fabulous story. I feel you're spot on. Just the level of understanding why and what we have available to us is huge. In the email you sent me, I want to pull out a sentence, because we're talking about data and we're talking about a lot of things. But I feel this is a good foundation. You said, "Part of this helped them realize why historical CRM data management techniques do not scale versus benefits of data cloud." To the uninitiated, and I'm one of them, so I'm asking this question for me, can you give me what you mean by historical CRM data management techniques and help me understand that versus the benefits of data cloud?

Mehmet Orun:

So, if I think about what is in the Salesforce admin data management toolkit, we talk about a distinct set of areas we expect admins to do. They configure objects, object fields with validation rules and some data management rules, such as, do you want a default value or not, if it's required or not? We talk to them about duplicate management rules, which led the impression that all duplicates are bad. And we talk about storage optimization more around performance, because every org had a storage limit, you wanted to think about when you may want to offload storage either for cost savings or build skinny tables for large data volume handling. Those were the domains of data management we got to, which was fairly technical, focused on mostly data entry operations. Let's fast-forward to even two years ago.

If you have a Salesforce CRM org with Experience Cloud, you need to have intentional duplicate records because the records and end user maintains their information should be separated, then how that customer's information is maintained by employees. You may also have records maintained by partners using Experience Cloud that's still about the same customer. So, already thinking that for a customer that should have one record is no longer sufficient and acceptable, because partners need to have their view of the information. Customers want to maintain their own perspective of what they're called, what's their best contact information. And companies want to be able to have their internal view as well, such as customer segment, customer risks, so on and so forth.

But personalized engagement requires a complete understanding of what's happening with an organization, where you only act on information you're allowed to see and you act on insights that is relevant to the outcomes you want to achieve. So, three things I really, really like that data cloud brought in to our solution kits is, first, I can provide a holistic understanding of the individual or a business contact, even though I have multiple contact or lead records in my CRM, even in the simplest of architectures. Let's talk about a nonprofit example. Let's say that we're talking to Sam Smith, and Sam is a donor. Sam was a board member. Sam worked for an organization that gave us grants.

That is us interacting with Sam, the human, into a business context and in a donor relationship. We are going to want to track these through different departments, probably through different records. But when we want to know what do we know about the people we engage with, how do we send them a personalized thank you, this is where data cloud powers that unification perspective. Does that example make sense before I tie to the AI specific examples that extends this?

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, no, it does. I'm following along.

Mehmet Orun:

So, let's say that we are now in a data model that we have accepted, we should maintain contextual transactions in our business applications, whether we have one or multiple CRM orgs, and of course, other systems. We first unify it around individuals' business contacts and accounts. So, now, related transactions, related emails, donation history from external systems or cases, regardless of your industry, can come together in one umbrella. Now, if I want to create a personalized thank you message, we can look at overall interaction history and not just think that we have seen someone for the first time, because they're using their new email address in their new corporate role, but they've been a lifetime member.

So, generative AI solutions work better when interactions across a person's contact points can be made accessible within compliance rules, of course. And agentic solutions work better when it can understand what are all of the different type of transactions that may be associated to an individual or an account, even when they're distributed across multiple account records, multiple contact records, even multiple CRM orgs. You can see me, I'm pointing to things on the whiteboard in front of me, but this is something that used to take organizations months, if not years to put in place. And having done this now for real with a few nonprofits as part of my pro bono work, I know we can do assessment and planning in a few days.

We can then onboard the data and configure data clouds, data unification capabilities in less than a month. And that includes identifying bad data that is in the system. Na@na.com, they're still present, whether your org is three years old or 20 years old, by filtering out irrelevant data, by putting the right data standardizations in place. These are all part of a single umbrella of capability. Whereas an admin, you just worked with the admin tools in the past. And now many of these transformation capabilities, configurable rules are accessible still under the setup tree, still under the Salesforce tabs. That allows us to be more productive Salesforce professionals and allows us to decrease the total cost of ownership as we support our organizations.

Mike Gerholdt:

I mean, I've always thought when I've asked people a rhetorical question, what is the most important thing that your company owns? And 99% of the time when I ask people that question, they get it wrong, because they mention a patent or a brand, or a product that they produce. And I say, "No, it's your data." The data that you have is the most important thing for you to take care of. And ironically, it's also the most least paid attention to, because we just throw things in, and we'll sort it and figure it out later. Hurry up, move on to the next thing. And now, as you bring up the unification of all these systems, where we've put all this data and the management or mismanagement of it, now is the vital importance, because now we can truly link all of this information, and have AI sort through it and give us the relevant information that we need by just thinking through a few more processes.

Mehmet Orun:

I think what's important in what you said is AI is additive to what we have had, because I agree data is the most important asset. And the fact that no organization I've ever been a part of or helped had perfect data. It's something we just need to accept, but not live with.

Mike Gerholdt:

Right. I have a friend that has a small marketing agency. He probably has 200 people in his little CRM. I promise you, his data isn't good. Even in that, I mean, nobody's got perfect data.

Mehmet Orun:

So, what matters, and this is what we talked about last year, is we can't assess data quality as a technical concept. We can't just look at what is in my object. Is it good? Is it not good? We always need to look at data in context of a business outcome. I think an example I give often is how much data you need to start an opportunity is different than the amount of data you need to close an opportunity. What you want to gather if you lost a big opportunity is different than what you probably would ask people to capture if you lost a small opportunity. So, these are all proportionate to the business benefit, where I don't think historically we did a great job explaining as professionals, whether we are admins, architects, business analysts.

But when it comes to AI, because agentic AI puts so much focus and emphasis on use cases and the persona we are empowering. If it's a sales agent, we want to find out what is the job a sales agent is supposed to do. What is the information they need? What are the rules they should follow? And whether you have 100 fields or 800 fields in your constant opportunities objects, we still need to look at what data is reliable today, if that's sufficient. If it is not sufficient, we need to go through some type of a data improvement process or when to look at a different use case. If we have sufficiently reliable data, we need to look at how do we ensure our prompts both use data from those fields that have reliable data and sufficient metadata, and also know when a subset of records don't have sufficient data quality in those very same fields.

And then third, just because it works today, we shouldn't assume things are going to be the same tomorrow because processes are changing, configurations are changing, people habits are changing. So, by monitoring what's happening in our business applications and catching deviations, we can avoid unexpected batch surprises, also in the flows. Honestly, these are things with a time machine we should have thought of and incorporated into our automation flow, into our reports, but the attention wasn't there as much as it is today. So, people being excited about AI, but worried about hallucination risk is one of the best things that happened to ensure we can provide reliable data for all types of decision making through Salesforce.

Mike Gerholdt:

Right. Well, I mean, what do they say? 2020's hindsight? If you could go back and know the future, then you'd obviously plan for it, but it also creates opportunity for us to be creative and corrective in how we move forward. Which means that every solution you're thinking of today moving forward is going to look very different than before Agentforce.

Mehmet Orun:

One of the things I'm still noodling on, and I'll probably spend a few more years noodling is how do we make sure we can take better advantage of unstructured data that is the vast maturity of all interactions. I remember being excited about Einstein Activity Capture, which was a few years ago. And it's still an untapped potential, but now we are analyzing that data, we're incorporating that data. The more we can streamline the end user experience to capture information, know when information may be missing, incomplete, potentially out of date, so they can improve it in a tactical, surgical way, and then be able to explain to them why we're making certain recommendations in AI assisted suggestions.

I think that's also going to increase the confidence for agentic experiences, where humans are engaged in a secondary level. I know that I would like AI tools to give me results I can believe in when I'm directly engaging first, before I'm willing to expose it to perhaps less savvy or less aware of my underlying processes end user. I think a lot of people are going to go through the journey, so thinking about process mapping, thinking about testing strategies are also going to be important considerations for all of us.

Mike Gerholdt:

I mean, that's the whole point, is to test. You want something reliable and to ask why. I think that the important thing is people get things wrong, too. We sometimes look at some of these technology solutions as infallible, as they're always perfect and they're not. They're imperfect because they're built by imperfect people. But that doesn't mean that you can't constantly iterate on your solution. I remember long time ago when I was an admin, I feel like it was Josh Burke or it was another developer who was always like, "Every year, I look at the code I wrote for the previous year and wonder why did I write it that way." And it's because you're a year smarter.

Mehmet Orun:

100% agree. I have 13 years of Salesforce presentations in my Dropbox folder. And when I look at it's fascinating to see what is still true. And it's interesting to see when some recommendations have completely changed over the course of the last 15 years, because we are learning. And I think we need to be honest about, look, yes, this was the recommendation based on what we knew, here's what we learned since, and here's why we are recommending X today that is different. I think on the other side, as professionals, we need to remember none of us have all the answers. And what we knew yesterday might have changed today. So, look, I love your podcast. I love some of the things that come out of the various blogs, because people share what they've learned at a level of frankness, including what we stopped doing. And that is a sign us being learning humans. And it's the best way to be.

Mike Gerholdt:

Absolutely.

Mehmet Orun:

How do we learn to be better every single day?

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, I feel like that's a really good place to end this episode on, because I always want to learn more. And I appreciate you coming on the podcast and helping everybody else learn more.

Mehmet Orun:

It's my pleasure. I know that there are so many thoughts we can always get into. I hope these sessions enable more personal connections. And if you're listening to it and we run into each other at an event, let's grab coffee. Let's talk about data or life, because we're going to learn from each other. We will make each other better. And thank you, Mike, for this opportunity.

Mike Gerholdt:

Absolutely. So, Mehmet took us for a ride from a 90-year-old general, his father, all the way to data that doesn't quite behave. And the takeaway, well, AI is like a great intern. It's only as good as the notes you give it. So, let's feed it well and ask better questions. But anyway, a huge thanks to Mehmet for the wisdom and the stories. If you learn something today or you just enjoyed the ride, can you do me a favor and just share the podcast and spread the data love? Now, until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Sri Srinivasan, Senior Director of Information Security at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about his recent presentation at TDX and how to build secure, reliable AI experiences with Agentforce.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Sri Srinivasan.

Quick heads up before we dive in: This episode may include forward-looking statements—aka things we're excited about that may not be here just yet. So, as always, make your purchasing decisions based only on what's currently available. For the full legal scoop, check out salesforce.com.

Five questions to ask when you’re building with Agentforce I caught up with Sri fresh off his TDX presentation about secure Agentforce implementation to pick his brain on how admins should think about security and AI.

For Sri, there are five things to think about in order to build secure AI agents:

  1. What is the agent’s role and scope?
  2. What data will the agent have access to?
  3. Which actions should be public and which should be private?
  4. Do you need to build any extra guardrails?
  5. Which channels will the agent use?

As always with security, the key concept here is the principle of least privilege. Running through Sri’s questions helps you build an agent that can’t do something you don’t want it to do.

What’s coming next for security in Agentforce Sri also gives us a sneak peek at the new tools his team is piloting to help admins build secure AI agents. You’ll be able to look at metrics like instruction adherence, coherence, how factual the responses are, and how grounded the agent is.

They’re also trying to simplify how user permissions work with AI agents in order to make it easier to keep things limited and secure. It’s easy to turn things on and off when you’re trying to get something to work, but you need to revisit your permissions from time to time and apply the principle of least privilege.

The role of admins in the future of Agentforce Finally, I asked Sri about how admins fit into the future of AI on Salesforce. “Admins are key to everything that we do,” he says, “they understand everything that's happening within their environment. They know which actions, what permissions, what they do, and agents are just another avenue to expose and interact with this crux of it.”

How fast would you drive a car with no brakes? Sure, Agentforce is a sports car in terms of everything it can do. But it’s up to admins to build the brakes and make sure that AI agents are only doing the things you want them to do. And that starts by understanding the systems and data behind them and then asking the right questions.

There’s a lot more great stuff in my conversation with Sri, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Sri at TDX: 5 Easy Steps for Secure Agentforce Implementation * More from TDX: Security Best Practices with Agentforce * Trailhead: Trusted Agentic AI * Blog: Best Practices for Building Secure Agentforce Service Agents

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Sri on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're talking with Sri Srinivasan about secure, reliable AI experiences with Agentforce. Now, Sri is a leader on the security compliance customer trust team at Salesforce, where he helps customers understand and implement security best practices. Of course, before we get into this episode, be sure to follow the Salesforce Admins Podcast wherever you get your podcasts. That way you get a new episode every Thursday delivered right to your phone or your mobile device. So with that, let's get into our conversation with Sri. So Sri, welcome to the podcast.

Sri Srinivasan: Thanks for having me here, Mike. Super excited for it.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, I love the presentation that you gave at TDX, and I'm sure more people would love to hear about it too, which is why I wanted to have you come back on, because everything now is Agentforce and security is always top of mind. I've always preached security ever since I started at Salesforce. I've had, I think, Laura Pelkey on quite a few times. But that was the compass of what you talked about at TDX. But I'm jumping ahead. Let's talk about you a little bit. Tell me kind of where you got started and how you got to Salesforce.

Sri Srinivasan: Let me try to make it very sweet and sharp. So I have always been in security. I have a master's in information management specializing in security. I worked for big four accounting firms, but not doing accounting. I did security for them, data security and data privacy. Then I ended up working for a little gaming company where I really got involved in security, due diligence. Was a small company based out of Reno, but they were not really small. They did almost all gaming systems, all gaming interactions, lottery, all across the world. So that got me exposed to different systems and more specifically around fraud and how systems can be hacked to do things that they shouldn't be doing. That's where I got more interested in understanding the lay of the land of security. I spent about five, six years there. Then I got an opportunity to work for one of the biggest tax preparers in the United States. I ran their cyber fraud operations group for two years down there, and then my business teams, product teams came over to me and said, "Sri, you've been on the other side yelling at us to do a better job. Why don't you come on this side and do that?" So I spent a couple of years on the product side as well. Then during COVID, I was looking back at my life when we had lots of time at home, and I realized I've done a lot of the security functions in total audit, GRC, red teaming, blue teaming, security operations center, fraud operations. One thing that I thought I did not have was that customer-facing experience, and this great opportunity came about at Salesforce, and my role currently in Salesforce is to interact with customers. My team, security compliance customer trust, is the front-facing team for all customer-facing security inquiries around security, compliance, and trust. So that's how I got here, and I've been here for about five years or so, almost five. It feels like I just started yesterday, and it's amazing. Every time I meet a customer, I just feel excited.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I mean, if I had to go back in time and pick a career in tech, I feel like security is one that you're always going to have a job because if there's a lock out there, I promise you there's probably somebody trying to break it.

Sri Srinivasan: Yep. I hear you. And the frustrating part about is that it's oftentime not people trying to break the lock. It's just people forgetting to lock their locks, and then figuring out like, "Hey, how did somebody get in?" Well, you didn't lock it at the first place.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep. Oh, man. Speaking the truth. So it feels like there's kind of two eras. Well, I mean, we talk about different waves at Salesforce, but to me there's the pre-AI era and then there's the post-AI era. And for a long time, up until I saw your presentation, I kind of didn't think about security with AI, because most of everything that we do on the platform is just so secure, but let's talk about what your presentation at TDX was. So kind of in a nutshell, bring us into that presentation and what you talked about.

Sri Srinivasan: Sure. I think what the intent was, AI is the hype word right now. So everybody's talking about LLMs, everyone's talking about how to protect those LLMs, but that's just the tip of the iceberg. There's so much more when it comes to implementing AI right. Salesforce provides you with a very secure platform, but is only as secure as you implement it. So that was kind of the crux of the presentation where we actually articulated the shared responsibility model in terms of what is expected is you as a customer, you as an admins, what are the few five or 10 things that you want to question anybody in your organization that is wanting to come up with an AI solution? And we wanted to break it down from a business case perspective, in a sense, if you look at all of our top tracks around Agentforce, we break it down into role, data, actions, guardrails, and channels. Those are the things that your business users are very familiar with. If we can build security into those aspects, by nature of it, we're building security into the product itself, rather than coming at the end and saying, "Now I'm going to do a security review and I'm going to add security on top of it." So that's what we were focusing on during the presentation. Things around being very cognizant on what is the role of the agent, what is the scope of the agent, what will it do? What will it not do? What data it will have access to, and where is that data coming from? Do we need to bring that data into the Salesforce system? Do we need the agent to have access to that? Other critical things, such as least privilege, access controls, designing your actions securely. Those are the things that we spoke about during our presentation, most of which, if you just took it out of context and put it in a paper, none of this should be new words. All of this is standard security practices, but the way it's applied, the lens through which you look at it, is a little different when it comes to Agentforce.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I think it's always interesting as we delve into new tech when you think of security as really telling the agent what it should and shouldn't do. Wow. Because most people, I think, probably encapsulate security into permissions and profiles and data access, but also what it should and shouldn't do is also security, right? One of the things you mentioned in your answers was guardrails. And I'm wondering, can you give us some examples of what could go wrong if guardrails aren't set properly?

Sri Srinivasan: Yeah. So I'm trying to give a better example here because I don't want it to be something that is future-looking, but rather what's in the product today. So when you give your agent guardrails, a simple one could be your agent instructions. Under no circumstances should I ask for your email address or customer name or your order number because I have all that information. If I can validate Mike, I have all that information. I shouldn't be asking you to give me that information and assume that is right. So that's a very simple guardrail that you can throw into your system, right? Another set of guardrails could be you shall not perform these actions without having the user verified. You need to know who the user is before you can go and reset his password, or you need to have their second factor. You need to do a step-up authentication before you can trigger these actions, things of that sort. And what agent does with our Agent Builder, you can start providing these as natural language instructions. And the system would know.

Mike Gerholdt: One thing I was thinking of, so I'm going to ask a silly question, because when we talk security, I feel like I'm the person that has to ask the silly questions. So I'm going to do that. You mentioned one thing of, well, I'm going to set the guardrail if it shouldn't have access, or it shouldn't ask for the order number because the person looking at the screen has the order number. Why is that important if we're not passing an order number to an agent? Why would we withhold data to an agent?

Sri Srinivasan: So we're not actually withholding the data to an agent. The reason why we don't want to explicitly ask the user for certain information is not just to ask, but we can ask, but we shouldn't trust that information. It's the innate concept of trust but verify. I can ask you for this information, but that's not a great user experience because I already know your account number, your order number. I have all that information. But rather, what I don't have is I don't know who's on the other side of the system. So that's more important for me when I say that you shall not ask for it. The reason why I explicitly state that is because I don't need this information from you. I already have it. What I need from you is to validate who you are. Once I know you're Mike and this is the associated user ID, I have all the other information. Are you able to connect those dots?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, no, I totally get it now. I mean, guardrails, I guess I was envisioning guardrails as like those bumpers that you put up when you go bowling and you're not very good at it so you roll a strike every time. And it's kind of that, but it's also kind of that to make sure that the conversation and the agent is flowing in a natural manner so that you're actually being productive is the way I hear it. So that totally makes sense.

Sri Srinivasan: 100%. And what we have, it's currently in pilot, is we have instruction adherence. So this is basically our systems, our Atlas Reasoning Engine has supervisory elements that are constantly looking at those conversations and getting metrics around key aspects such as instruction adherence, coherence, how factual it is, how grounded it is. These are then used to decide how the user experience should be. For example, if there is an instruction that says you shall not ask for the password through the portal, and if the system has to ask for the password, then the instruction adherence will be low and it will be ungrounded because it's going to do something that is not grounded in its instructions. So then we can set the system to say, "Block those transactions, don't do it." So the agent would say, "Hey, sorry, I cannot help you here." Whereas on the other cases, maybe we can say, "We don't have enough information," so then we can build the system in a way that it starts asking for more information so it has all the information that it needs to help you. So these are some things that are coming out. These are our guardrails that are happening when the system's executing.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, no, it makes sense. I mean, you wouldn't have to teach somebody the history of math, algebra, geometry, and trigonometry if all you were going to ask them is what is two plus two? And that totally makes sense to me now. Like I'm rethinking guardrails in a completely different way now. I just learned something on my own podcast. Light bulb moment. Let's talk about that. You mentioned you're talking with a lot of customers. Tell me about, you don't have to be specific, but what were some of the aha moments that stood out when you were working with admins or customers and they finally, I don't want to say finally, but there's always that moment where you finally make a really good egg and you're like, "Oh my God, I know how to fry eggs now," using that as an example because I'm cooking eggs, but can you kind of give me that, because I feel like I get to see it a lot with some of the workshops, but it's probably a little bit different for everybody.

Sri Srinivasan: So off-lead, one of the biggest aha moments that I have experienced with admins is I do run these AI workshops at these world tours, and it is really eye-opening for them to look at the Agent Builder in the middle section. When they start looking at the reasoning, they now know why an agent does something that it did. So what are the biggest reasons why this whole agents are a little complicated and different is under the hood, agents use LLMs, right? And we all know what LLM is famous for, right? They're non-deterministic. What do I mean by being non-deterministic? By non-deterministic, I mean that the same input can give you different outputs at different times. And earlier, like I think about a year and a half ago, one of the bigger problems with LLMs were they hallucinate. It's still a problem, but we have figured out how to solve it. We provide it with more data, we ground it with more truth, so that it is then working within this construct. We have RAG, we have a lot of other things that we have actually provided to solve that problem. But the other problem of being non-deterministic is still there, right? And that is why when you start looking at the Agent Builder and you can start looking at the reasoning sections, our Atlas Reasoning Engine is basically telling you there which topic did I choose, what was the utterance that was provided. By utterance, I mean what the user typed. What topic did I choose based on the utterance. And once I chose the topic, what action I chose and I executed the action. But before I execute the action, I did a plan of executing the action. If I did execute the actions, here are the guardrails, here are the runtime guardrails that I would have triggered or I would've violated. And hence, I chose not to provide this answer, or hence I chose to go on to the next step. So when admins look at it, it instantly clicks in their mind. "Okay, this is how the agent worked." And that also allows them to understand, "Oh, if I were to tweak this one word, maybe the agent would react a different way." And then they go in and they try that and they're like, "Whoa, wow. Now I've actually cracked the code of agents." That has personally been one of the biggest aha moments for me.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I mean, for me, it was always, I love when I help admins and myself build a prompt, and especially when we do grounding, and then we'll bind it to a field on a page, that's always very simple, and they press this, I call it the sparkle button, and they get a response back and it's like, "Wow." And it's consistent enough, but it's not like a chatbot, right? It's not like an email template. It's a little bit different every time. But that feeling of AI isn't scary and it's not hard to do, you can see it sort of start to melt away.

Sri Srinivasan: Right. 100%. And in those same scenarios, I've seen admins go really crazy when they do the dropdown in the prompt builder and they say, "Oh, so Sri, I can actually bring in data from an Apex class?" I'm like, "Yeah, you can." And now they're able to relate AI to the things that it's dear and near to them, actions, flows, and Apex classes. Admins, that's their bread and butter, they know that in and out. So now when they're able to look at that and they're like, "Oh, it's as simple as using this in the AI world," I feel they get very empowered and they're like, "Okay, let me go play with it more now."

Mike Gerholdt: Yep. Let's touch on permissions for a little bit because I know you covered that in your presentation... Words. What are some common pitfalls? Because I know that I've gotten questions at the Agentforce NOW Tour about setting up permissions and giving people access to Agentforce, but what are some things that are just real easy things that most people trip over?

Sri Srinivasan: So one thing to understand when it comes to permissions is every time you create a service agent, those agents are running as their own designated user. We are going to be releasing employee agents pretty soon. Again, forward-looking statement supply. Employee agents actually run as the underlying user that are executing it. So if you are in your CRM panel, the right-hand side, Einstein Copilot panel we used to call it, that, now you can start interacting with it, those are kind of like the employee agents where it runs as Mike. Whereas if I create a service agent and you're interacting it through any of the different channels through WhatsApp or through an Experience Cloud, you have to designate a running user. And oftentimes, folks will create a brand new user. And good thing is that this user comes with no permissions, which is good, but the downside of it is it will not be able to do anything. So similar to your standard profiles, licenses, permissions, object and record level, all of those needs to be assigned to this user. And sometimes what folks forget, admins forget, is you have organization-wide defaults and role hierarchy that could overwrite this. And over time, these roles, these permissions, because they're like, "Oh, this doesn't work. Maybe add this, maybe add this." And over time, that role could end up having excess permission. So it's always important to review the access to this agent user periodically to make sure it's appropriate and make sure that only the right folks have access to even edit the permissions for these agent users.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I always think of, especially when you're getting started, who are you going to roll it out to? Because you don't need to just turn it on and let everybody just ask Agentforce whatever question it feels because you're not set up for that. And that's probably not the business case, and that's a lot of the prep, is sitting down and saying, "So we have this really powerful tool, we have this really fast car. Where are we going to drive it?" It's not like you necessarily have to drive the really fast car everywhere you go, and not everybody needs to have keys to it. So let's end on kind of a, this not forward-looking statement, but I want to get your opinion on this. What do you think the role of admins will be in terms of shaping the future of AI at Salesforce?

Sri Srinivasan: That's a very interesting question. Admins are key to everything that we do. And admins, literally, they understand the Salesforce ecosystem. From my vantage point, I look at admins as the know-it-all people because they understand everything that's happening within their environment. They know which actions, what permissions, what they do, and agents should be considered as just another avenue to expose and interact with this crux of it. So admins should take it on themselves to make sure that we are interacting with these agents in the right way. There are right guardrails in place. And I think one thing I want to just quickly peel back, you brought in the example of a sports car, right? So let me ask you, what makes the car go fast?

Mike Gerholdt: Could be a number of things, but usually it's the motor.

Sri Srinivasan: Yes, I would say it's the brake. If I gave you a Bugatti and I told you I took the brakes off, would you drive it at a hundred miles an hour?

Mike Gerholdt: Well, you're asking the wrong person.

Sri Srinivasan: So that's where I feel the admins come in. They have to put the brakes to make sure that agents are doing the right things, agents are responsible, agents are ethical, agents are doing the right things that they're supposed to do. Yes, Salesforce does provide a lot of these out of the box, but you also need to provide. If the underlying data is biased, then the response will also be biased. So admins play a very important role, maybe not in developing all these things, but being the trusted advisors to their implementation teams to ask them the right questions.

Mike Gerholdt: I love your example, because fast is only relative if you understand slow. And fast only matters if you can stop. Great way to frame security. See why I have smart people like you on the podcast because you got to educate us more.

Sri Srinivasan: I'm happy to be here and thanks for this opportunity. And I think one thing I also want to emphasize is, just like everything, protecting data is a partnership. Salesforce provides you with the tools, the foundations, out-of-the-box topics, the guardrails. When we spoke about guardrails, we have runtime guardrails, detective guardrails, and then corrective ones too, so that we can actually look at things and make changes to the system. So we have all those things, self-improving guardrails, all of those things, we're providing that as a platform, but it's on you as the customer and admins to understand and use them. One of the biggest things that we just released was the Agentforce Testing Center. That's something that's very different, because like I said, how do you test non-deterministic outputs? Yes, I can put 20 people in front of the agent and have them test for 10 hours a day or for a month, and we would be able to cover a lot of use cases. But think about it, you've built your own agent, right, Mike?

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, yeah. Quite a few times.

Sri Srinivasan: How long does it take for you to build your first agent?

Mike Gerholdt: So that's a trick question. It doesn't take long to turn it on, but I wouldn't consider it built in that time.

Sri Srinivasan: So if we have Salesforce enabled folks to quickly churn out agents we would not be able to reap that benefit if we're going to tell the organizations, "Well, I've churned out 50 agents in a matter of three days. Now go ahead and spend 50 days per agent to test it." It doesn't scale. So that's where Agentforce Testing Center comes in. It allows you to use AI to now start generating test cases and to evaluate your agents. So that's a great addition. And as admins, we should be aware of that, and we should be leveraging that in order to make sure that our agents are secure and does what it says it does.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. No, I agree. I mean, does it take long to spin it up and do some configuration? No, probably faster than most. But is it ready for prime time? You can think of all the car builders. They can build cars really fast, but then they got to test them. And just because it's built doesn't mean it's ready for people to use it. So it's a great analogy.

Sri Srinivasan: Yeah, and we're bringing in things. One of the other things that I spoke about during my presentation was your need to bring in the user context. You need to do user validations and verifications. We are coming with newer features that we're going to enable agent variables. These are secure session-scoped variables that capture and store data, and it can only be set by action outputs. So therefore, this is something that you can start using to improve your trust of your agents as well. The other things you can do is that you can have filtering rules now with your agents. So basically you say that only certain topics can be unlocked if you did some other activity. For example, you can only start handling refund when the user is verified. So those are some things that are coming out very shortly. We call them the agent variables, the action bindings, and then filtering rules. These are keywords. I'm just prompting it out so that you can go in after hearing this podcast, go in, search for it. You should be able to find more details in our help articles.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, and our coming up events. I'm sure there'll be more stuff about that at Dreamforce. Yeah, I mean, so people ask me why this or why that? And you have to think of when you're building an agent, you're building something at an enterprise level, and it's almost like the difference between commercial grade and household grade. When you buy a mower, there's like for the homeowner that's going to maybe mow a couple times a month, and then there's mowers that are made for people that own businesses that are going to run the mower eight hours a day, five days a week, 200 hours a month, and really put it through its paces. And that's the difference between some of the stuff that we build and some of the low lift, other stuff that's out there. So I appreciate that perspective.

Sri Srinivasan: Yep. I think if we're still at time, the only other thing that I want to let folks know is we just started pilot with our Interaction Explorer, and I think as admins, this is something that we all like to do. How many times have we gone in, looked into our history or logs and we love that part, right? So Interaction Explorer takes the hard work out. It gives you all the information, one pane of observability across all your Agentforce interactions. How many users, how many sessions, what is the quality score, how many interactions per moment, what are the top ranking topics? What are the top ranking tags? By tags, what we have done is we have taken all these interactions using AI, and we've generated tags and we have grouped them together. So what that allows you to do is that now you can trace in cluster sessions with granular log data, and then now you can click down on it and inspect configurations at each and every level so that you can optimize your agents. I can actually go down to a specific conversation you had with an agent at this time, and then look at that specific interaction, that message that you typed, look in the background and say, "How long did the agent take? Where did it spend its time on? How much time did it take on utterances? How much time did it take on doing trust-related activities? How much time did it take to execute another action?" All that information is available for you so that you can take a much more smart decision on your agent enablement and also on how your agent is being consumed.

Mike Gerholdt: No, I like it. Thanks for coming on the podcast, Sri. I mean, I feel like we went through all levels and I bet if I had a two-hour podcast, you and I could talk all day.

Sri Srinivasan: I would love to.

Mike Gerholdt: There's always something to talk about, right?

Sri Srinivasan: Yes, there's definitely a lot. Again, folks know our security blogs coming out, our security sessions that happen at these world tours and other events. If you ever run into me, feel free to stop by and talk to me. I love to talk to customers. I love to talk to fellow admins.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay, I don't know about you, but my brain's doing cartwheels in probably the best possible way. Just a huge thanks to Sri for coming on the podcast. I know he worked really hard on his TDX presentation, and security and AI is always a very difficult thing to wrap your head around. But hey, showed up and nailed the seatbelt on your self-driving car and came loaded with car analogies. So I thought it was fun. And if this episode made you go, "Ooh, that's what guardrails do," do me a favor, send it to your favorite admin friend out in the community. And to do that, just tap those three dots and boom, share away. You can put it on social, you can put it on the Trailblazer Community, you can text it to a friend. And if you're hungry for more Salesforce Admins Podcast, be sure to go to admin.salesforce.com. That's where you'll find any of the links to resources that Sri shares with us, including other podcasts and a full transcript on this entire episode. So that's always good. I appreciate that. But one last thing. If you're looking to bounce knowledge off, ask questions, communicate, interact with other Salesforce admins, you can go to the Admin Trailblazer group that is in the Trailblazer Community and pop over there. There's a lot of good stuff going on. But hey, until next time, you keep those agents in line and we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Real Talk for Admins on Content, Conferences, and Agentforce Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Joy Shutters-Helbing, Senior Manager of Salesforce Practice at Captech and Salesforce MVP Hall-of-Famer, and Mike Reynolds, Senior Product Marketing Manager at Slack.

Join us as we chat about creating community content, navigating conference submissions, and their new podcast, the Jam Pod.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Joy Shutters-Helbing and Mike Reynolds.

Catch Mike and Joy (and me) on The Jam Pod Mike and Joy are movers and shakers in the Salesforce community. Joy’s in the Salesforce MVP Hall of Fame, hosts MVP office hours on the first and third Friday of every month, and has spoken at Dreamforce, TDX, and tons of community conferences. Mike has helped create 13 different Salesforce certifications as a Credential Ambassador, and he’s a regular speaker at conferences big and small.

Together, Joy and Mike are the dynamic duo behind the Jam Pod, where they talk to folks in the Salesforce ecosystem about everything from hiring to technical talks to highlights from the release notes. In fact, they just had me on the pod to talk about the Salesforce community, so be sure to check that out at the link below.

How to come up with ideas for Salesforce presentations and content As veteran speakers and content creators, Joy and Mike want to know that you have what it takes to give a Salesforce presentation. In their experience, most people fall into one of two camps:

  1. I don’t feel like anything I have is important enough to share with anyone.
  2. I have something to share, but I don’t know where to start.

If you’re in camp number one, it’s important to remember that you’re an expert on your own business’s problems, and how you solved them can help someone else facing a similar issue. “When you’ve toiled over a solution and, all of a sudden, it works and you stand up and do some sort of victory dance, that is the thing you should be sharing,” Joy says.

If you’re ready to give a Salesforce talk but don’t know where to start If you’re in camp number two, where you think you could share something but you don’t know how to get started, Mike recommends following Salesforce Evangelists & Advocates and event organizers on social media to hear about calls for speakers. I’ve included a few links below for Midwest and Florida Dreamin’, and Mid-Atlantic Dreamin’ is right around the corner.

Smaller events like community groups and conferences are a great place to polish your presentation and practice your public speaking skills. And while you might not feel ready for the Dreamforce stage just yet, you can submit topics you’d like to hear more about or even nominate someone to give a talk.

There’s a lot more great stuff from Mike and Joy about giving presentations and creating great Salesforce content, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you can catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Listen to Mike on The Jam Podcast here * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: Unlocking Salesforce Efficiency with Joy Shutters-Helbing * How I Solved It: Get Agentforce Ready: Move From Profiles to Permission Sets | How I Solved It with Mike Reynolds * Squire Kerschner on the first episode of The Jam Podcast * Midwest Dreamin’ Call for Speakers * Florida Dreamin’ Call for Presentations

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Joy on LinkedIn
  • Mike on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on TikTok
  • Mike on X

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt:

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're jamming, literally, with Joy Shutters-Helbing and Mike Reynolds about creating community content, navigating conference submissions, and yes, even launching a podcast of their own. It's called The JAM Pod. I listen to it, do you? Joy is a longtime Salesforce MVP Hall of Famer, community group leader, and admin extraordinaire with over 21 years of experience. Mike is a Salesforce credential ambassador, known for his deep knowledge on permission sets, permissions, and profiles, and now, he works with Slack. Before we get into this episode, be sure to follow the Salesforce Admins Podcast wherever you listen to podcasts. That way, you get a fresh episode every Thursday, right on your phone. With that, let's jump into the conversation with Joy and Mike. Joy and Mike, welcome to the podcast.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

Hi.

Mike Reynolds:

Thank you.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

Thank you.

Mike Gerholdt:

Joy, let's start with you. You've been in the community, you've actually been on the Salesforce Admins Podcast before, but for listeners, just finding out who you are and probably missed your wonderful TDX presentation, can you tell us a little bit about what you do in the community and how long you've been working with Salesforce?

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

I have been working with Salesforce for 21 years, and for those of you who haven't heard me talk about it before, it does run in parallel with the age of my son. I've been a Salesforce Admin for the duration. I'm a Chicago Admin Community Group leader, along with Denise and Chris. I am a Salesforce MVP Hall of Fame. I am podcast host with Mike Reynolds, and he will talk about that a little bit more in a second. I also host MVP Office Hours on the first and third Friday of every month, and I've spoken at Dreamforce, and TDX, and a host of other community conferences. I think that's it.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, if not, then we'll definitely be able to find you online.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

Yes.

Mike Gerholdt:

Mike, how about you?

Mike Reynolds:

Well, I have been Salesforcing for about 10 years, and I've been able to do a lot over that time. It's been a wild ride. I'm a credential ambassador, so I've helped create, I want to say, 13 different certifications or updates to them, some Superbadges and Trailhead modules, stuff like that, maintenance modules. I've spoken at a lot of conferences, all sorts of different topics. Things that range from DevOps to, I think most people have heard me talk about permissions. It's been a real big deal for the last couple of years. Spoken at a lot of conferences, it's super fun. I love connecting, and getting out, and doing all that. Now, I work at Slack.

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, yes. That's right. Very communicative of you to work at Slack.

Mike Reynolds:

Yeah, because I like the collaboration.

Mike Gerholdt:

You almost threw me a perfect segue there, which is that you've been out and done a lot of presenting. One thing that I've seen when I was doing user groups when we were in Chicago, you guys also both host a podcast called The JAM Pod, and depending on when you choose to air my episode, I was on it.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

Yay.

Mike Gerholdt:

[inaudible 00:03:52] I'll link to that. I might have to go back and link to it depending on when it happens. But one of the things that we see ebb and flow in the community is the amount of contributions that community members, of their own free will, put out, and I know, on your podcast, we talked about speaking at user group events. Where did the idea of, "Hey, let's sit down and create something that's not the easiest thing in the world to create, but we want to put it out and the world," come from?

Mike Reynolds:

I think that's Joy's fault.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

It's always my fault. Everything's always my fault. It was probably me asking a lot of questions and Mike being like, "Well, we should talk to people that have the answers to that." I think that's really where it started. But also, there was a challenge that happened on MVP Office Hours once upon a time from Squire. Squire, I'm sorry. Here we are, just keep talking about you. But it's really in a good way about how he had opinions about Mike's presentation on permissions, and I was like, "I can arrange this phone call." There was some excitement around this throwdown-at-the-flagpole-on-the-playground situation.

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh my.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

Yes. People thought that, well, I'm not going to give it away, but people were very excited to see the fisticuffs that were going to happen around permissions and profiles between Mike Reynolds and Squire Kershner. If you haven't heard our first episode, you should go back and listen to it, and you can find out how that turns out. But since then, we have spoken with a number of different people in the Salesforce ecosystem about, wow, a host of different things. Everything from hiring, to technical talks, to... The topics are very wide-ranging, including the podcast we recorded with you. Did you have something else to add, Mike Reynolds? I have two mics on this call. This is crazy.

Mike Gerholdt:

I know. I forgot to mention that Joy's in not a good situation where she says, "Mike," and then there are two people go up.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

Yeah. I say, "Mike," and then I roll my eyes.

Mike Reynolds:

I can tell from the tone who you're talking to though. We were working together at the [inaudible 00:06:16] group.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

A customer? A customer.

Mike Reynolds:

Yeah. We were at a customer, but Joy and I were working together. This idea came up and I looked into it. It didn't cost that much to get a really basic, "Here's what we can do to record a podcast, doesn't take a ton." It's not super sophisticated or anything, but it works, and we have a developer edition of Salesforce that we built out over... Yeah, it was on a Saturday. I think four hours to put together a very basic community site that we host the episodes on, and then that was kind of it. We just didn't give up, I guess.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

I'm still adding fields in production.

Mike Reynolds:

That's true. That's true.

Mike Gerholdt:

Joy following all of the best practices that we speak about.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

It's a dev org.

Mike Reynolds:

All the work has been done in prep. I think that's the key.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

Yeah, all the work. Yeah, yeah.

Mike Reynolds:

It's the main takeaway.

Mike Gerholdt:

Gotcha.

Mike Reynolds:

But really, it's funny because the podcast is... It's been a lot of fun, but when I look back at how we got here, it's basically the exact same as how we got with all these things, the conversation about permissions. I mean, I've given that talk so many times, people reach out, user groups reach out, and they're like, "Hey, we would love to have you come and get this presentation." I'm happy to do so, but the presentation came from a work meeting where we were trying to solve the problem. Yeah. I called Joy and I called another colleague, and I was like, "Hey, this is messed up. We have to find a way around this." We worked on it for about an hour and a half and then iterated over it for maybe a week. There's our real life business problem and our real life solution, and then we just decided to talk about it, because it's applicable. It happens to everybody. Everybody's got permissions, everybody's got the same challenges.

Mike Gerholdt:

What do you feel is the biggest barrier from people going from, not necessarily starting, let's say, a podcast, but creating and contributing community content in the Salesforce ecosystem?

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

What's the biggest hurdle, the biggest obstacle of folks creating and sharing their content with the rest of us? I think there's a lot of things. There's, where to start? You have two different people. You've got people that have stuff and they're ready to share, they just don't know where to start, and then there's the folks that are like, "I don't know if what I have is important enough to share with anyone." I think the first hurdle is getting folks to a place where they understand that they are experts in the business problem that they have, that they can share with the community, and they are the experts on how they've applied a solution to this problem. Giving these folks the confidence to say, "There is someone out here who is dealing with this similar problem, who will learn, and engage, and benefit from what you're sharing." Once we get folks to build that confidence and that what their experience is worth sharing, I think then we can start getting more content from them.

Mike Gerholdt:

Mike, how about you?

Mike Reynolds:

I think one of the challenges that a lot of people have is knowing that they can and then knowing when. Maybe you've been to a community conference. Do you think, "Oh, I could contribute to this," but you didn't think of that three months ago when the call for speakers was open, and so right now is a brilliant time. I mean, I know Midwest Dreamin's call for speakers is open.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

Through the 31st, I think.

Mike Reynolds:

Yeah. Right after that, Florida Dreamin, their call for speakers will be open. Mid-Atlantic has got to be soon.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

Dreamforce is coming up.

Mike Reynolds:

Yeah, it will. Here before you know it, which is crazy to think about that it sets in, but it will.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

Community groups and conferences are the best place to run those through for the big ones.

Mike Reynolds:

Because I think most people have something that would benefit from someone else. Most of us have done something. If you're sitting at home going, "Oh, well, I haven't done anything that's that cool," you have. You have, because there's somebody else who wasn't able to do it that tried. Anytime you make a flow, somebody else tried that and didn't get it right. We've all got things, and I think it's that realization that you actually do have something of value to share, because you do.

Mike Gerholdt:

I think we talk a lot like, "Oh, you got to participate, got to do this." Whenever I've done end user training or just technology training, you always got to think about the what's-in-it-for-me perspective when you are talking with an end user, because you're generally going from one system to another when you're switching to Salesforce. I'm going to ask you the same question. For your podcast, The JAM Pod, what's in it for you? What do you get out of it?

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

Nothing.

Mike Gerholdt:

I disagree. I disagree. I think you get something out of it, because there's a reason people create that content in the community.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

What does Joy get out of The JAM Pod podcast? I get to create a connection with folks that I might not have been able to unless I had done this. Being a community group leader, I don't necessarily get a lot of time to speak with the group of people about content, or I go to a conference and I only get to speak about the content and there's less time engaging with folks on a different level. One of our listeners said to me recently, they're like, "Joy, when I listen to The JAM Pod, I just feel like I'm in a room having a conversation with you and Mike." That was actually the best compliment we could have gotten, I think. You learned a lot, you just felt comfortable with us. What I forget though is that there's a lot of people that are at these conferences that introduce themselves to me, and they know me better than I know them. It's interesting for my brain to be like, "Oh, they have been listening to you and they're watching what's happening, but Joy, you don't know these folks yet, so it's okay."

Mike Gerholdt:

Mike, how about you?

Mike Reynolds:

I mean, I know what I get out of it. I mean, I get to meet with people, and talk about them, and learn about them, and learn how they've contributed. For me, very selfishly, The JAM is an excellent way to just get to know some people a little bit better than I already do. I have to suffer through time with Joy, which I actually do like, and I enjoy spending time with Joy. But I think just broadly speaking, this idea of, "Well, why would I want to go stand up on stage and contribute? Why do I want to do anything?" There have been a handful of moments where somebody comes up to you and says, "Hey, you talked about this, and I was able to do it." Those moments, that feeling is so damn good, to know that you have been able to make somebody a little bit more successful or speed somebody's path to success, anything, you just helped. Being helpful is such a good feeling. I mean, for me, that's my why.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. No, I don't think you can undersell that enough, because you forget how often in life and in your career being helpful feels good, and it can almost get a little bit addictive in terms of wanting to put content out there and getting any kind of that feedback of, "Wow, that was so helpful. I'm so appreciative of your content."

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

I was going to say, one of the catalysts for sharing content, to be helpful so that you can get this experience that we're talking about that can be addictive, when you have toiled over a formula, or you have toiled over the flow, or you have toiled over a solution, and, all of a sudden, it works, and you stand up and you do some sort of victory dance, that is the thing that you should be sharing, the thing that you toiled over, because we know that you did the Google search, we know that you did... You reached out for help and you cobbled together all of these things that helped you with the solution. That victory dance is why you should share your experience so that you can help folks not have to toil over the hours of cobbling together the thing.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I usually run around the neighborhood with an air horn.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

That is a different victory dance than mine, but I like it. I like it.

Mike Gerholdt:

Letting people know what I've accomplished feels good, keeps the neighbors awake, keeps them on their toes. All right. Last question for both of you, and you weren't expecting any of this, but if you were on... Mike, this is kind of interesting for you because you're on the Salesforce side, but if you were on the Salesforce side of things, how could Salesforce enable more community content creation?

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

Go ahead, Mike.

Mike Reynolds:

Wow, okay. Yeah, sure.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

I'll jump in later.

Mike Reynolds:

I think that the first thing is just awareness. We shout, and we really do. If you are following the evangelists and the people that are the mouthpieces for Salesforce, if you're following those people on the socials, you will see that they start posting things like, "Hey, it's time to submit your ideas." That is, I think, we can do more of that. I feel like we do a lot, but we could do more. I think the other thing is to encourage people to just submit ideas. I think what a lot of people don't realize is... Let's take Dreamforce, that's the next mega event that we have. When you submit to Dreamforce, you don't have to submit the idea for yourself. You can submit an idea and say, "I really want to hear about this, but I'm not going to be the speaker for it."

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

You can nominate other people.

Mike Reynolds:

Yeah. You could say, "I think this person should talk about it." I want to hear Mike Gerholdt talk about community. I can submit that as an idea." That doesn't mean that you're going to have to go do it, but it gets the idea in front of the people. I think we could do a better job of making sure that we have the megaphone at the right moments and that we are helping and getting the word out right.

Mike Gerholdt:

Joy, how about you?

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

I think that is a solid way to encourage more folks to submit to these sorts of things, whether it's a community conference, a community group, or our Salesforce conferences. I think something that Salesforce can do, it would be maybe to, wow, this is really off the cuff here, I'm sorry, but encourage the brainstorming sessions, encourage the speaking mentorship situation. I know that there is some very soft and lighthearted speaking mentorship happening. I forget where I saw it and I'm sorry if folks are recognizing themselves. I'm not putting names, and faces, and topic together, but if folks could brainstorm, and feel like they're being heard, and have these ideas bounced around in a way that they can validate their ideas, I think that would help with more of this content creation that is not seemingly all the same, because I think that what happens is folks see this piece of content somewhere, and then they put their own twist on it or their own flavor to it, and then they try to run with it that way.

It's a formula and it works. If you've seen it in a small space and you can make it better, that's great. But I think that if you want to really build some incredibly interesting content, having a safe space to brainstorm, like a writer's workshop perhaps, would really help that.

Mike Gerholdt:

Those are good suggestions.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

That just came to me.

Mike Gerholdt:

Some of the best content happens on the fly. Let me tell you. Joy, Mike, I want to thank you for taking time out and being on my little podcast with all of our five listeners that we have. Hopefully, somebody from your podcast will come over and I'll have 15 or 20 maybe.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

I think there's going to be some crossover on this.

Mike Gerholdt:

I think it's good.

Mike Reynolds:

I only hope so.

Mike Gerholdt:

I'm glad you guys are out there creating content in the world. Also, just as a side note, not that you asked for it, I'm glad it's called The JAM Pod and not The Jelly Pod, because jam is better than jelly, and I, 100%, think you should have a jam chosen for every single podcast.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

Like a pairing?

Mike Gerholdt:

I'm telling you, there is a shop-

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

A jam pairing?

Mike Gerholdt:

There is like two or three... Now, it's spring, so this'll come out in April, March something. It's farmers' market season.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

Oh, it is.

Mike Gerholdt:

I spend an absorbent amount of money on farmers' market jams, like blueberry jams, apple. In my house, jam does not last that long and there's a couple shops that we definitely frequent, so I was thinking of... It'd also be a good excuse just to buy jam.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

It is, it is.

Mike Reynolds:

I'm going to admit this to you because I have no shame, I, one time, made a bracket for the best jam for a peanut butter and jelly sandwich.

Mike Gerholdt:

I like where this is going.

Mike Reynolds:

I'm just going to tell you, it took determination, it took grit and staying power, but I have some pretty strong opinions on strawberry, strawberry jam, as being the definitive leader of the field. A lot of honorable mentions available, but a good strawberry jam, so hard to do better.

Mike Gerholdt:

With peanut butter.

Mike Reynolds:

With peanut butter for peanut butter and jelly sandwich.

Mike Gerholdt:

100%. I can go with that. I can go with blueberry too. I'm indiscriminate. Let me tell you what I prefer with bacon on toast, blueberry, blueberry jam with black pepper bacon. Let me tell you, life changing.

Mike Reynolds:

This is what I'm doing tomorrow morning. All right.

Mike Gerholdt:

It's life... You could put-

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

Are you telling me I'm making blueberry jam tonight? [inaudible 00:22:34].

Mike Gerholdt:

I'm saying, you could put... Now, here's the thing. I will also eat it with strawberry jam, but there is something about the sweetness of the blueberry and the savoriness of the bacon.

Mike Reynolds:

Oh, yeah. Yeah, yeah, yeah. With a little bit of smokiness in there.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. I mean, in America, we smoke our bacon.

Mike Reynolds:

Do you go on with a sourdough here?

Mike Gerholdt:

No, just regular old bread, whatever's at the store.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

This was the question, Mike, Mike and Mike. I needed to know the vehicle for the jam, because sourdough is good.

Mike Reynolds:

Is magical.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah.

Mike Reynolds:

Fresh bacon [inaudible 00:23:10].

Mike Gerholdt:

No, I enjoy... Here's the crazy thing, because it's been a while since I've worked food into the podcast, but that's always in our feedback of, "He works food into the podcast since [inaudible 00:23:20]." Yeah, whatever.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

We talked about hamburgers last time.

Mike Gerholdt:

I saw that.

Mike Reynolds:

Look, I'm not saying we have to do this, but we can have... Here's what we'll do. If you create a podcast, a Salesforce podcast by Dreamforce, I will arrange... I'm saying you, anybody in the ecosystem, you go to Dreamforce, you create a podcast, I will arrange for a... We have a podcast-

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

Breakfast?

Mike Reynolds:

We're going to do... No, not a breakfast. A bracket of jams and jellies under various circumstances, and then we can just create this.

Mike Gerholdt:

I'm a part of this. [inaudible 00:24:01].

Mike Reynolds:

We will make this happen. You only get an invite if you create a podcast, but I will make it happen. [inaudible 00:24:08].

Mike Gerholdt:

I feel like we're going to be a-

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

You just created a session, Mike. He just created a session.

Mike Gerholdt:

I feel like we're going to be in the mezzanine of the Marriott Marquis. It's like me and you in 30 jars of jam.

Mike Reynolds:

This sounds ideal.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

[inaudible 00:24:22].

Mike Gerholdt:

We're just like, people are walking by, "What are those guys doing? I don't know, they must be really into jam." Yes, we are. Just jam all over our face. We're just jam drunk.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

Oh my god, [inaudible 00:24:35].

Mike Gerholdt:

What's going on?

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

Oh my gosh.

Mike Reynolds:

So many jars.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, that sounds like an emergency room appointment for diabetes so-

Mike Reynolds:

Appreciate that.

Mike Gerholdt:

... ought to be awesome.

Joy Shutters-Helbing:

Thanks, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, thank you both for coming on the podcast. I do like your idea, and now I'm going to go have some toasted jam for lunch.

Mike Reynolds:

It's perfect.

Mike Gerholdt:

That's a wrap on our jam-packed episode with Joy and Mike. Whether you're team strawberry or blueberry, no judgment. We hope you're walking away inspired to share your own admin wins and fumbles, flow fixes, and really all of your stories. If you like this episode, hey, spread the jam. I mean, the love. Thinking of jam. Tap those three dots, share it with a fellow admin, or shout it from the rooftops, or hey, ooh, I know, a Slack channel. If you're hungry for more, head over to admin.salesforce.com for everything admin, including a transcript of the show. Oh, don't forget, you can also join us in the Admin Trailblazers group, the conversation, and I bet the jam bracket planning continues there. Until next time, keep those flows flowing and those toast slices jammed. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Brinkal Janani, Director of Product Management at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about the future of AI-powered customization that’s coming with Generative Canvas.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Brinkal Janani.

Build dynamic experiences for users with no code Brinkal has always been fascinated by how admins can build dynamic user experiences without code. He was on the original team of engineers that built Dynamic Forms, and as a product manager, he’s been leading the charge on Lightning App Builder and AI-generated apps.

Today on the pod, we’re going to take a sneak peek at what Brinkal’s working on right now. Think of all of this as one big Forward looking Statement™ but right now, they’re calling it Generative Canvas.

How admins can create AI-powered dynamic layouts with Generative Canvas I’ve been in the ecosystem long enough to remember how much of a game-changer things like Lightning Forms, Lightning Page Builder, and Dynamic Forms were for admins. These tools put admins in the driver’s seat to guide users to the insights they need. However, as Brinkal points out, it’s difficult to anticipate what users will need in terms of data and workflows.

The concept of Generative Canvas is to leverage AI agents to go beyond static user interfaces to something more dynamic and responsive. The user prompts an agent that responds with Lightning Components that can be slotted directly into the UI.

As an admin, you build the agents, connect the relevant data, and Generative Canvas takes care of the rest. Suddenly, without any coding, you’ve built AI-powered dynamic layouts for your users.

Generative Canvas in action You really have to see a video of Generative Canvas in action to get how big this is going to be. But imagine a team is collaborating for a sales meeting. You can drop the pitch deck into the UI and ask for an outline to work from. Another person can pull up data about the customer from Data Cloud, and maybe a chart built from public data showing growth in the market. And this is just scratching the surface of what Salesforce Admins will be able to build with no code.

If all of this is exciting to you, make sure to listen to the full episode for more from Brinkal. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Generative Canvas demo video * Help Article: Visualize Your Data with Generative Canvas (Preview) * Release Notes: Generative Canvas (Preview)

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Brinkal on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're diving into the future of AI-powered customization with Brinkal Janani. Now Brinkal is a product manager here at Salesforce and he's leading the charge on Lightning App Builder and AI-generated apps. Today, specifically we're talking about Generative Canvas, forward-looking statement. I bet it's going to get renamed. So we're going to call it Generative Canvas for now, but literally watch the video that's in the show notes. This thing is so cool because it's going to reimagine how admins, how our users can interact with data and build dynamic experiences. And my two most favorite words, without code. Now, before we jump in, I want to make sure you're subscribed to the Salesforce Admins Podcast. That way when a new episode like this drops, boom, you can listen to it. I don't want you to miss out, so be sure to pay attention in whatever app you are using to either press that follow or subscribe button. So with that, let's get Brinkal on the podcast. So Brinkal, welcome to the podcast.

Brinkal Janani: Thanks, Mike, for having me.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, we're fresh off the heels of TDX and with AI and everything going on, I feel like the metaphor I've used of how fast technology changing is jumping out of a plane, it's moving very fast. I feel like it's jumping out of a plane and skydiving superfast towards the earth because with AI, everything's changing. And we're going to talk about some of the really cool stuff that you're working on on the platform, but let's get started with just learning a little bit more about Brinkal and what you do at Salesforce. So why don't you tell us what you do and some of the stuff that you work on?

Brinkal Janani: Sure. Mike, as you guys know, I'm Brinkal Janani and I've been at Salesforce for a little over than nine years now, and throughout my career at Salesforce. I've played various roles. I started my career as a software engineer in test, eventually transitioned to full stack software engineer, and now I'm a product manager overseeing a couple of product portfolios, namely Lighting App Builder and generating apps using AI. And that's where my focus is right now.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I feel like everybody at Salesforce working on AI stuff, right?

Brinkal Janani: Yeah. And I'm glad to see whatever we're building at Salesforce is for the better. So I'm glad that to give the analogy, but that also means we are doing something that's fast-paced and would provide incremental value to our customers.

Mike Gerholdt: Absolutely. So you want to talk about, and this is where I will insert forward-looking statement because I feel like this is probably going to change names. So as of this recording, it's currently known as what, Generative Canvas? Is that right?

Brinkal Janani: That is correct, yes.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. Let's talk about as known as Generative Canvas right now.

Brinkal Janani: Yeah, so I'm glad to talk about this project in particular because there's a history to it. I don't know if most of you know this or not, but I'm familiar that admins love concepts such as Dynamic Forms, Lightning Pages and Lightning App Builder. I mean, those are some of the popular features that admins love to play and use. And one of the fun fact that I wanted to also share was I was one of the original engineers in the team who built Dynamic Forms when it went tiered. So I have quite a bit of understanding on the expectations that admins have from the no-code tools like Lightning App Builder and the experiences they ship to our end users. And for years I've seen Salesforce admin utilize technologies such as Lightning App Builder, Dynamic Forms, even Page Layouts to control how the UI appears, period. And these no-code tools are the best and have been the best in what they do, but it's also nearly impossible to anticipate the full spectrum that the end users would need in terms of data and workflows, which is where Generative Canvas as a technology becomes really important. It unlocks a whole new way of interacting with data and workflow. So the general concept of Generative Canvas is, it goes beyond static user interfaces to more interactive and dynamic ones where you're talking to an agent and having those responses stored as Lightning components on the layout. That's the crux of it.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, this is one of those where the audio podcast has limitations, but I was watching the video and I'm thinking what you're working on is so far into the future because where we're at now with agents and admin, building agents is we add the agent, enable them, and they can be anywhere in Salesforce and we just ask them a text question. But this is actually really building a visual, well you call it a Canvas, a visual Canvas of chats plus also text and documents, right, meeting notes?

Brinkal Janani: Yeah, that is correct. I think what would really help understand what the concept is, it's a good example. A good example that we are starting off from is tackling meeting preparation use cases. We all have been in situations where we have back-to-back schedules where we don't even get enough time to see who we are meeting next. And I think that's true for most of us who will be listening in into this podcast, or have been in this situation. So imagine a sales executive who is handling multiple accounts and is literally in back-to-back situations with meetings when it comes to talking to these accounts and customers. And what it really is, and it's what you've seen with our customers, is like a very personalized approach, a personalized pitch. And executives not having enough time to prep that pitch, or even prepare for that meeting, has been the biggest disadvantage. And even if they do get time, they usually go to multiple UIs or even leverage multiple tools to be able to create that insight, which is why this was the first use case we felt is the best fit to tackle with Generative Canvas. Because Generative Canvas will make it super easy for any executive starting with sales executives to focus on the job to be done, and not a tool. And the reason I say this is because it's a single-page application where they are interacting with the agents on the backend. And as I said, agents are responding via text, via components that you put and organize on the UI. And not just that, you can personalize this layout or UI by moving these responses/components around on the Canvas and even resizing them so it exactly fits the way you would have imagined the UI could look like and carry this UI into the meeting so you have something to talk about, you have talking points to break the ice, or even you have insights if you want to cross-sell or upsell any of our products. So I think that example really nails the value of what we are trying to achieve with Generative Canvas. And obviously it's a start and we are going to grow from this use case to multiple other use cases, but hopefully this shows a value.

Mike Gerholdt: So I think the really cool part is you're thinking of quantitative and qualitative data because a lot of that, there's quantitative data, there's stuff that we can actually see in Salesforce. You brought up the sales example like number of opportunities or sum total of opportunities on this account. But the second part where your Canvas brings it together is all the qualitative data, which is all of that information, the chats, the extra documents, the insight that people need when they walk into a room to have that deeper level conversation as opposed to just the data that's in front of them.

Brinkal Janani: That is correct, and which is why I also feel like the future experiences is going to be both like a static experience and a dynamic one. I foresee living us in a very hybrid world where technology such as Generative Canvas will exist and coexist with technology such as Lighting Pages. To your point on Canvas, it's beyond static data. You get these insights and summaries that AI is able to generate and piece from the vast pool of data that we have in Data Cloud and at Salesforce. And that's the essence of it. Not just that, but once we start building in and start pulling data from public domain, you should be able to also get that data on the Canvas along with this data that's stored in CRM in your org.

Mike Gerholdt: Just help me elaborate on that. What would be data pulling from the public domain? What would be example of that?

Brinkal Janani: Example would be I'd like to learn more about the competitors of my current account. What is people, what is accounts, and what are they doing? So using that data, just having that competitive analysis and the most present one, which can only be learned by pulling the data from the public domain, the sales executive can use this information and potentially create a cross-sell pitch or upsell pitch for the existing customer. Just like having that lens, having that view inside can really help them create a personalized pitch for the customers.

Mike Gerholdt: Do you envision, and this is all me just thinking like, oh, this is kind of cool. So once somebody creates a Canvas, let's say for an account, would you envision that they would go back to that and then of course it would live update? Because obviously if you're pulling in news articles, it could do that. Like say six months comes down the line and the customer's up for a renewal, you'd want to go back to that same Canvas that you used to close the deal. Right?

Brinkal Janani: That's a great point, Mike. And I think one thing that I also want you to touch about Generative Canvas is that this Canvas is, as you said, are persistent, which means once you create this Canvas, they are there, they're part of your org and you can obviously revisit them. And obviously since Canvas is based on data, both static, and data coming from public domain, you would want to make sure they're still relevant, right? Because even the record details might have changed, a number of little records might have changed, a whole lot of data. The data that existed when the Canvas was created might be completely different from what exists right now. So having an ability to refresh the Canvas entirely would be essential to keeping Canvas not just persistent, but also relevant.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Just on a non-Generative Canvas note, you mentioned in your intro that you'd also worked on Dynamic Forms, which I love to demo because I'm from that period of time when you couldn't have Dynamic Forms. Well, you could. My Dynamic Form was two different page layouts and a workflow rule to flip the page layout. That was my faking Dynamic Forms. What got you into the visual part of working in technology? I mean, it's obviously something you're really good at and something you're really passionate about.

Brinkal Janani: So I think I need to share this. When I was interviewing with Salesforce, I was actually interviewing the day right before my wedding.

Mike Gerholdt: Whoa.

Brinkal Janani: And the only reason I did this, and I'll never do this obviously again-

Mike Gerholdt: Well, I hope you don't have to get married again, in case your wife's listening.

Brinkal Janani: ... is because I knew what Salesforce was doing and what it continues doing, it's like creating these products which also create this community and just uplevels a whole lot of folks with the career insights and the career paths. And that is huge and that really resonated with me. And ever since my career at Salesforce, I've played multiple roles. My focus has always been delivering value for admins through no-code tools and specifically in my case, it's Lighting App Builder. So being an engineer or being a product manager, my focus has been how do I help admins unlock value for the end users through UI using no-code tools? And that has been my problem statement from day one at Salesforce, and which is why I'm super exciting to see how the feature's set, how the technology's evolving from beyond the static layouts in terms of Lighting Pages to a more dynamic world where everything is personalized, everything's AI driven. But as I said earlier, I also feel like the reality, the future is mostly hybrid with both technologies coexisting seamlessly.

Mike Gerholdt: When you say hybrid, do you mean humans and technology or what do you mean by hybrid?

Brinkal Janani: When I say hybrid, I think I see a world where it's not completely one-sided where you only have static experiences or you only have dynamic experiences. When I say hybrid, I mean I see a world where you have both kind of experiences, probably start from a static experience to a Lighting Page, and eventually transition to a more dynamic experience through technology such as a new Canvas where you're conversing with a tool, where you're conversing with an agent, and updating the layout on the fly.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, okay. And everything turned out okay at the wedding, I'm assuming?

Brinkal Janani: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay, good.

Brinkal Janani: Safe to say that.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, we know the job thing worked out because you're on the podcast. So I don't know I've ever had anybody on that interviewed before their wedding day. But good for you. When you sit down and think of all of the stuff that AI has to interact with now, and what you're working on for this Generative Canvas, I'm not an engineer, but it's very easy to get caught up in the here and now. How are you trying to plan for two to three year out technology that you might not even know exists and pull that in for the next generation of Generative Canvas? I mean, you have to know you're building something out of Minority Report, right?

Brinkal Janani: And I think that's a great question again, Mike. To be honest with you, in this period of time, it's extremely difficult to even look out two years out in advance just because the pace of technology is changing so drastically. But one thing that remains constant, regardless of what period we are in, are the problems that you want to solve for your customer base. Those are not going away. Eventually technology needs to be able to solve customer problems. So my focus always has been less on the technology itself, but figuring out the right problem set to solve in the right period of time using the right technology, and that's what I want to achieve. And that's what I've always been trying to achieve. Two different sets of technologies. So eventually in time technologies might change, but you still have the same problem set to deal with. And solving some problem sets might become just easier as in when technologies evolve. And I think we just need to keep on revisiting that list of problems that you have that you want to solve for your customers.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Last question, because I threw some hard ones at you, but you also came with the wedding thing. That's pretty unexpected. When your... I mean, man, this is so, "In the future we're going to have flying cars, but we don't know." When you're planning through and looking for inspiration, this is the one thing that I think I learned it from a long time ago, I had a guest on the podcast that talked about board games and how they found inspiration in board games when they were creating a product in Salesforce. Because you work in very visual products, where do you go to find inspiration for ideas like for Generative Canvas that you're working on?

Brinkal Janani: That's a tough question again, Mike,

Mike Gerholdt: I don't ask easy ones. Nobody comes on for easy questions.

Brinkal Janani: All right. Point taken. I think the answer is two-folded, one is very personal and one is more cooperative. I'll start with the personal one. I'm also father to a three-year-old daughter.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, boy.

Brinkal Janani: And it's been quite a journey, and mostly good. The reason she is an inspiration is because it's so amazing to see how a creature of such small size can learn and absorb from visual experiences, from sensory experiences, so quick. And depending on what the experience is, the message that they learn is drastically different. And I know it seems like a very far-fetched connection, but if you tie the dots, it's actually not that far. That is my daughter has been an inspiration just to keep my mindset more agile and rapidly adopt with changing environment and learn from it and keep on delivering value. So that has been something that I'm really grateful for. The other thing is a lot of people, we have an amazing set of people in the world right now and everybody's doing something very amazing. So this thing connected, and in the know on what's happening around you, also serves a good idea for inspiration.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, no, I mean think a lot of us are still wrapping our heads around... I have a good friend of mine has a young child too, and he told me the other day, "He just ran up to the TV and started touching it, expecting it to do things," much like his phone. And that to me is like, whoa, because that's the world they live in. As a parting gift, if admins are definitely thinking about Agentforce, and AI, and everything that they can do in Salesforce, what would your best advice be for admins around getting ready for just AI and Agentforce and learning this new world that we live in?

Brinkal Janani: I've always felt for Salesforce, the local community groups that we have, the Trailblazer communities that we have, Trainforce, TDX, and just like one-on-one engagement with product managers and MVPs have been a very solid ecosystem that has helped spread the knowledge and just up-level everyone by sharing knowledge, talking about the problems, and talking about how do we unlock, or solve for these problems using the technology that the Salesforce has right now. And I think it will be vital for us, especially product managers at Salesforce, being part of those communities and local groups and talking about the technology, the product that they're working on, and helping customers connect with it. I think that would be a key, not just for success of products, but also for success of our customers.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I couldn't agree more. I mean, it can be oftentimes very isolating to sit in your office and feel like you must be the only person working on this right now, and you're not. And getting out to a user group and hearing stories and thinking, "Oh, you just need to change a couple terms, but we're working on the same problem," and seeing different approaches to things is always very helpful. Brinkal, thanks so much for being on the podcast. I can't wait to have to go back and edit this once we rename Generative Canvas three or four more times.

Brinkal Janani: And yeah, thanks Mike for having me. This has been special.

Mike Gerholdt: No, it'll be great. So that was a fun conversation with Brinkal. I'll be honest, I don't know of any podcast guests that may have interviewed the day before their wedding. Usually there's things to do. You know what, Brinkal is like, "I'm going to work at Salesforce and build the future of applications." So I'm so glad everything's working out for him. But man, I can't wait to see your reaction to some Generative Canvas stuff. Again, I'll include all the links in the help and the video to watch it. If it works for you, go for it. I think they're going to roll it out even farther, forward-looking statement. But this is going to be cool. If you enjoyed this episode, hey, do me a favor, share it with a fellow admin. You can tap the dots in Apple Podcasts and click share episode and then that way you can post it on whatever social platform you are on or, text it to a friend. Or share it in your community user group. I'd be a fan of that. Of course, all the resources, including the transcript, are in the show notes for this episode. And where are those? Well, those are your one-stop shop for everything admin, which is admin.salesforce.com. Now don't forget to join the conversation over in the Admin Trailblazer group. Don't worry, the link is in the show notes. Where's the show notes? Admin.salesforce.com. Look at that. It's like we thought about this ahead of time. I promise we did. All right. Until next time, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Megan Tuano, Sr. Business Analyst at Accenture Federal Services and an amazing YouTube content creator.

Join us as we chat about how she uses AI in her consulting and Salesforce Admin work, and how she’s built a career in tech without a traditional tech background.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Megan Tuano.

The misconception about tech careers Megan started her career at UC Berkeley as an admissions and career counselor for a data science program. Watching her students break into the tech industry without a traditional tech background inspired her to make a career shift of her own. She didn’t have to look far for inspiration—she was already using Salesforce every day to move students through the admissions process.

Many people believe a career in tech requires a background in engineering, but Megan shares a different perspective. You don’t need to know how to code to be a business analyst, a product manager, or a Salesforce Admin. And AI is transforming the landscape even further.

AI’s impact on consulting and problem-solving One thing that stands out to me about Megan’s story is how well she prioritized her learning. She started with her career goals, and then worked backwards to figure out which Salesforce certifications she needed to achieve those goals. And the biggest difference-maker in her career has been learning how to use AI in her consulting and Salesforce Admin work.

When she’s solutioning, Megan uses AI to help her brainstorm. For example, if she’s building something to solve a specific business problem, she might ask ChatGPT to suggest other use cases she hasn’t thought of. AI helps her generate ideas beyond her personal experience, making her consulting work more effective.

The importance of soft skills in tech We also touched on soft skills and why they’re so important for Salesforce Admins. Getting your users to buy in to what you’re trying to do and how it can help them is all about showing that you care and that you’re here to help them.

One way you can do that is by asking questions. Don’t be afraid to ask about a business process that you don’t understand—it shows that you care and want to get it right. In tech, your soft skills will make you stand out.

If you want to hear more from Megan, be sure to check out her YouTube channel. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Megan’s YouTube channel * Megan’s article on Salesforce Ben: Can ChatGPT Replace a Salesforce Consultant? * Trailhead: Prepare for your Salesforce Certified AI Associate Credential

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Megan on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt:

This week on the Salesforce Admin's Podcast, we're talking to Megan Tuano about navigating career transitions in tech, the power of AI, and making your mark in the Salesforce ecosystem. Now, Megan is a senior business analyst team leader, and let me tell you, a prolific YouTube content creator with a knack for turning really complex concepts into engaging lessons. But before we dive into this insightful conversation, make sure you're following the Salesforce Admin's podcast on your favorite platform. I don't know which one that is, but I bet you have yours. And if you do that, you're never going to miss an episode because it's just going to show up every Thursday morning. All right, enough of the promo. Let's get to our conversation with Megan. So Megan, welcome to the podcast.

Megan Tuano:

Hey, I'm happy to be here.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, I came across your YouTube channel. We did a military... What was the official name of that? Was it a happy hour that we did?

Megan Tuano:

It was the military trailblazer office hours.

Mike Gerholdt:

Office hours. I keep calling everything happy hour, maybe it's wishful thinking.

Megan Tuano:

It was happy.

Mike Gerholdt:

It was happy hours, office hours, but it was fun doing that with you. Jennifer Lee was on, there was quite a few people on. Warren Walters, former podcast host. It was like a roundup, and I was like, "Wait a minute. Megan hasn't been on the podcast, so it's not a true family reunion, vet force, happy hour unless I had Megan on the podcast." So I had to have you on the podcast to talk about career and life, your YouTube channel and all of AI and Agent Force that's coming in everywhere in the Salesforce ecosystem. So let's get started there. How did you get started in the Salesforce world?

Megan Tuano:

Yeah, so taking me back. So basically I was actually working for UC, Berkeley at the time. I was an admission's counselor slash career counselor. I was helping a lot of students at the time really figure out if they wanted to start the data science program that I was a part of. And this is when data science was really hot. This was the time where a lot of students that were trying to figure out, "I love data, I love storytelling, but how do I take my non-technical background and actually apply it into the tech world?" Because a lot of the times I would speak to students and they were kind of scared about breaking into the tech because they didn't come from that "traditional tech background." But when data science emerged, it was a challenge for me, but also them to figure out where can we put this person who may have been an architect I worked with that designed the 9/11 memorial, or I was working with the 60-year-old that developed a police camera.

So these really cool people with non-technical backgrounds, I was figuring out how to get them to the data science space. So with working with UC, Berkeley at that time, with the admission's counselor title that I had, we were actually using Salesforce at the time, and it was totally new to me. I was like, "This is a great way to be able to track my students." Once they submit that they're interested in the program, they would come to me, we would funnel them, get them through the essentially, I say sales process, because that's kind of what it was. We're kind of getting them to enroll in the program. But that was my first real introduction to Salesforce and I loved it. I was kind of like that admission's counselor that was making all these data charts like, "Hey, wait, my students said that this could be better on the page. Let's take this to the marketing team, or they said that this course could be beneficial for their career. Let's take it to the professors."

And I would get all these reports together and I was kind of like, "Okay, well what else can I do?" And I was very fortunate because at the time my uncle actually worked at Capgemini, and he was probably in the ecosystem for about 15 years at that time. But he was like, "Look, you're working with Salesforce, did you know you could get certified?" I was like, "No way. Stop." I said, "Stop. I did not know that." I was just trying to figure out a way to break into tech myself because of working with my students. I was like, "This is super inspirational." They're doing things that I never imagined. So the same fear that they had about breaking into tech, I had that too. And I didn't come from a background that was computer science or technical. My background was international affairs. I wanted to travel the world and figure out something. But yeah, no, I got certified. Took about a year and a half between early mornings, late nights, and finally broke in. It was a challenge, but it was very, very worth it now looking back.

Mike Gerholdt:

It's crazy, I was literally just looking at the Trailblazer community today, and I saw a few people asking questions like they were a new developer, they were a new admin, and they really wanted to get in Salesforce and what should they learn? And then I hear you say, "Well, I don't have this tech background." I wonder why tech has this kind of, I don't know, ominous sort of theory or aura around it of, "Well, if you're not in tech, you're not getting in tech." But yet you look around and I mean before we started recording, we're talking about YouTube and some of the easy click to configure... ChatGPT and some of the AI stuff, it couldn't be any easier. You literally just ask it a question. But the perception... That's the word I was looking for, the perception of getting into tech is still this mountain that you have to climb.

Megan Tuano:

I think it really is. And I think kind of going back to UC, Berkeley, I was just invited to speak with some of the students and I would probably say they're about 19, 18, 20 years old. And a lot of them are coming from their undergrads where it's sociology or again, mirroring business. And I think a lot of them, especially being in the Silicon Valley area, they oftentimes look at companies that are the fan companies. You have Google, Meta, all these companies, and usually what they're being fed is YouTube videos. What do you work for? What are your job titles? And you'll hear a lot of engineers, developers, coding, and I think that gets ingrained in a lot of people's mind when they're not surrounded by the different positions that you can have. And that was one of the goals that I had when speaking to the students.

It's like, "Look, I do not code. I can dabble but not code." And it was just about opening their eyes to, you can be a business analyst, you can be a product manager, you can be product owner, project manager. There's so many cool things that you can do in the ecosystem within the Salesforce world and really expand yourself out there. I think it's just about knowing the differences in roles and the possibilities, and it's listening to podcasts like this where you can really discover things and put your foot into finding maybe I want to do a PM job or BA role and just trying it out. I've done probably three different roles in the five years of Salesforce that I've been in here. And without dabbling, I couldn't have found that. But without podcasts like this, I don't even know if I would've been able to go into the BA role. So I've definitely seen what you're talking about.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, what... I'm looking at your site and it's launching my small business and a week in life Salesforce consultant. I'm curious... Well, one of the videos was two years ago. Two years ago, we really didn't have much AI in our world. We thought we did, let's be honest, even Salesforce had Einstein, but it wasn't a conversational UI, it wasn't a learning model, it was a predictive model. And just to be nerdy, there's differences between the two of those. To say in my nerdy voice, and I've had people that have had to tell me the difference. "I don't understand the difference." Well, one kind of predicts the future based on the data you've given it and the other is learning and giving you an outcome. How has your day-to-day as a consultant and with some of the businesses you've worked with changed now that you have AI in it?

Megan Tuano:

Well, it's fantastic. Well, I actually used to be an expert offer for Salesforce Ben for about two years, and a lot of it was helping new consultants and new people in the tech space on how to use AI. One of the first articles I did was based off a scenario where I was given a task as a consultant. And I have found that while using AI, I can kind of bounce ideas or conversations that I've had with my clients. Let's say they give us a survey and they want to have a rating system through there and they want to have automations if the survey comes out as not so well, and maybe the agent could have improved. Well that's great, but I think that AI and using things like ChatGPT and giving them the prompts and the scenarios and continuing to build off that has really elevated my thinking skills, but also helped me prompt to ask better questions, but also take all of the stuff that I applied on ChatGPT and take that back to the client.

So now, not only do I look more creative, but I have more suggestions and solutions. You can see them really get excited. Sometimes I'm limited to my experiences and my consulting jobs and stuff that I've had, but ChatGPT just kind of opens up an AI, opens up a different world where it's taken prompts from every other consultant, let's say, that's asked the same thing, and now it's spitting back different scenarios where I can take my client through. Maybe I didn't think about, well, what happens to the ratings and the survey that are conducted as well surveys, what do you want to do? How do you want to reward the agent? Because I think that's really important. And you can tell that the customer gets so happy, they're like, "Oh, I didn't think about that." "Well, no problem, ChatGPT got you." So it's been a huge, huge, huge, huge game changer, not just within my job, but content all over.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, same. Also, I feel like somebody the other day said, "Well, you need to treat it kind of like if you had an intern." I was like, "No, don't say that because I'll ask it too many questions that are like, 'I don't know where you're going with this, Mike.' Well, I'm just asking just to see if you knew." But thinking through as an admin, looking at getting started as a career, I know I was always asked, what's the most important thing that I could learn as a Salesforce admin or what's the first thing I should learn? And you think of the large ecosystem of what's available to learn, and there's a lot of different ways that you can learn the platform. But to put your hat on, if you were getting started as a Salesforce admin today, where would you get started in terms of not where to learn, but in terms of what to learn?

Megan Tuano:

That's a really great question, and I think I had an advantage because I was working with the platform as an end user, so I understood where to start and I had help, especially with my family member at the time. And especially being a part of Salesforce military, they have a very set-up structured path for you to learn. But being a content creator, I oftentimes hear like, "Hey, I saw your video. I really want to start Salesforce. Where do I start?" And I think there's so much out there, whether it just be Salesforce material, if you're a developer, what coding material do I need to use? There's so much. This ecosystem of tech in general is so, so big. But if I was to start right now, I would start with the basic functionality because you need to understand how do use Salesforce. You need to understand where's this, what's this do, where's that?

And then once you understand, I would combine it. Be very structured about your journey. I know it's very tempting sometimes to kind of grab onto this or that because everything's being pushed out at such a fast pace. But really AI, I think whether you want to be a consultant, a BA, a developer, being able to keep up with the trends of today, and you don't need to overwhelm yourself of course, but just know what's going on. How do you use AI? And I think Salesforce has the associate Salesforce AI cert, which doesn't dive too deep, but it really covers the basics of what is AI, what can I do? And then it navigates you to ChatGPT. And then there's fantastic articles where you can go on and kind of... The article that I mentioned earlier from Salesforce spend, how to be able to use chat to prompt it better and you kind of elevate yourself through that way.

So I would definitely start with the functionality, make sure you've got that. And then compliment it with AI because these are skills that you're going to need to have when you go for that first job, when you're in that first job because you need to be able to talk with your stakeholders, talk with your team, and then on top of it, just set that cherry on top. If you have great ideas, you can also kind of use AI to say, "Hey, I thought about this for my team. What do you think about X, Y, Z?" And then it can prompt you with better ideas for you to be a great team player. So I definitely think the basics, AI, and then kind of follow with Sales and Service Cloud, because those are going to compliment many of the other clouds that you have.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, it's interesting you said start with the platform first because for some of us, we don't even see a platform. It's just Salesforce. And I know I have members on my team that are the exact opposite. They don't even see Salesforce, they just see a platform and to walk through different scenarios of problem solving. Some of us hit limitations faster than others, and that can be kind of interesting just based on your perspective and your lens. And then you add in that layer of agent force and AI and it's like, okay, well what questions are we going to ask it? Well, what are the answers and where are they to begin with?

You have to think of if I don't know the platform and Sales Cloud, if I start asking questions and build an agent, I better know where it's going to grab those answers from. Oh, it's ever-changing world. Speaking of content creator, I'm sure you do a lot of presentations and crafting stuff together, so do admins. When you're getting ready or you're putting together a demo or a presentation, what is some advice that you have that maybe as somebody that's done it for a while or even a beginning Salesforce admin at a company, some best practices to kind of help them demo their new app or talk about something in front of a large group of people?

Megan Tuano:

And I think for a lot of people, if you're new to tech, it can be kind of scary or exciting, like a mix of emotions really, because you really... Just to go off the example of showing off an app, you really put a lot of effort into this and you really want the users to be able to like it, but it's going to be a little daunting sometimes. You're talking to heads of departments, and I would say I've totally been there, kind of still do get a little nervous because you put all this time into something and you really want the people to like it and the users to benefit from it.

So I think the number one suggestion that I would have is think about the user at the end of the day, because no matter if you sit with the business executives, they do know their client, but at the end of it, you have the same end game. It's for your user. And if you go in there confidently focusing on, "Hey, I thought about this business process, which could expedite the agents and how they're working, overall customer satisfaction and increase efficiency with the agents." These things that are helping at the end game. I think if you go in with that thought first, then your heart's in the right spot and everything else can follow.

Now in terms of presentation, I would definitely say this is your time to work with a peer. It's time to bounce ideas off of with your coworkers. "Does this sound good? Am I making my point clear?" Because sometimes if we read our own article... I'm guilty of this, I'll read my article, I'm like, "Oh, this is fantastic." I'll pass it off to somebody else. And they're like, "What did you mean here?" So just passing it to somebody for peer review is definitely always helpful.

And then I would say maybe the last thing is a lot of visuals. One thing as a content creator and as a business analyst now is we all sit through meetings. We all have that Monday through Friday, 9:00 to 5:00 things can get overwhelming. There's a lot of text. And one thing that's helped me as a content creator is just making learning fun, making it understandable, making sure that you're still getting the text side across, but also making the user excited and engaged and want to actively be on the platform. So that would be my little suggestion right there is just making it fun and going into it with excitement because your energy feeds off to the user and who you're talking to.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I definitely have seen people present and/or train when they were excited and knew the content versus, I won't say not excited, but a little less than enthused and new to the content and the vibe comes off very different. And I feel like sometimes people learn more from your vibe than the words that you're saying, and that level of confidence can really pay off.

Megan Tuano:

It does, exactly.

Mike Gerholdt:

So let's go in the opposite direction. What is one thing that people overestimate about themselves when starting a career in technology or learning about AI or Salesforce?

Megan Tuano:

That is a great question. I think soft skills. I think soft skills. One of the things that I was challenged with when I was a business analyst and my first position was coming in and needing to understand different business processes. When I started my first business analyst position, I was working with five to six clients and it ranged from sales service, marketing and Pardot, and that's just the clouds. And then every business did something different. One was healthcare. A lot of them were hospitals and one was a marketing agency.

There were so many different things that I was doing at once, where despite me learning... Because you're balancing, you're learning the tech, you're also learning about the business. And I felt so confident on the tech and it's a lot to juggle, but when I went into the business, they would kind of run through, "This is our business process, what could we do to improve it?" And it's like, "Wait, wait, I thought I got this." I thought I went through the website and understood things. I thought I had these sessions with them where I was breaking down things to understand their business better. But sometimes you're going to have to figure out how to ask the same question in different ways, and you're going to have to be okay with saying like, "Hey, I didn't get this and what you were saying it, can you take some time to explain to me a little bit more in detail?"

And I think those are some of the challenges that people face because we're not in the business that our clients do all the time. We don't know exactly what goes on, but we know what to do for them. But we also need to balance configuring and advising with understanding their business. And I think learning to be okay to ask questions to follow up with clients and really show them that you're fully invested, they'll hear you. And I think at the end of the day, clients want to know that you have their back and being able to show that, they'll work with you. So that was a challenging part for me. Some things I've seen from my coworkers as well, and being able to kind of talk through it.

Mike Gerholdt:

I could totally see that. Sorry, I was lost in thought. I was thinking of something else and it was like, "Wait a minute, silence. Let's talk." The thing I was thinking through, so overestimate that. Another question that I've always seen, I think actually we got this in the military office hours... About to say happy hour again, military happy hour office hours that we got was social presence. And I think too unfairly, there's oftentimes where people put together panels, and to be fair, Jennifer Lee was on this panel and Warren, myself, even though I guess when you've had a social profile since dirt was invented, you've got a social presence. But I think too fairly, people are often put up on a pedestal, look at all these people and they have these huge social presence and people getting started in tech or admins even in tech are like, "Oh, well I have to do all that."

What do you advise maybe people that are switching careers because that can be a starting brand new or people just getting into tech as kind of like what is the minimum thing that you should do to make sure you have a solid internet profile, I'll call it?

Megan Tuano:

And I think that's a fantastic question, and especially working with a lot of people who start their tech careers, like Salesforce careers. That is one of the number one questions that I would say in the top five questions that people ask is everybody's doing so much. Their personal branding, they're attending networking, they're learning, and it's so much, especially if you have a family, if you have... You're working two jobs, whatever the case may be, there is the idea that people have to do a lot and I think it's very easy to get overwhelmed, especially with new certs coming out and the demand for needing to do A, B, C and D. The biggest thing that when I hear people say this and I've fallen guilty to this as well, it's just taking a step back and I really needed to guide myself and others and take this advice.

It's just about painting a picture. To our point, we were talking about Canva earlier. Canva is fantastic for having a vision board, and I think that's something that from watching other YouTubers in tech, I've seen people be really successful with this. Is when they create a vision board of where they see themselves, let's say in two years, I don't want to jump to five or 10, but just keeping your goal small and achievable. I think that's number one step. But number two, creating that vision board of where you see yourself and what certs are going to help you get to where you need to go. I think that's a great starting point because it helps you keep aligned, it helps you keep in your lane of where you want to go. And then if you do have a new cert that comes out, then you're able to figure out, "Okay, I want to do this. I'm excited to do it."

I always tell people to act on the excitement. If you have it in you and it doesn't take you away from your ultimate goal, go for it because then you're going to start thinking about it. But kind of keep yourself aligned and then it allows you for more opportunity to be like, "Oh, this might be good for my career. I can put it in, or "This may not be good for my career, so I'm not going to put it in." It really helps you see clear, and I'm actually going to be setting up my 2025 vision board and going to be doing it as a YouTube video, just to be able to help people. Yeah, I think just having that vision board is really helpful.

Mike Gerholdt:

That's the perfect segue into exactly the question I had, which was what is one big thing you hope to accomplish next year?

Megan Tuano:

Yeah, I actually took on a new position as a senior business analyst. It's a kind of multi-role QA lead and product owner, but I have my own team. It's of two gentlemen and both of them got promoted this year. So I found that I really like leading teams. I'm also kind of working as the head of the development team that we have. I led a QA specialist... Not a QA. I led a UX designer this year, and I really fell in love with building up people, and I would love to be able to continue that. I just got a new project where I'll be more of the functional lead, leading all of the teams.

So while I think it's going to be a challenge, I would love to be able to learn more of how to lead efficiently and be able to get my people promoted, teach others how to be a good leader. Managers make a huge difference in your career, whether you're supported, listened to, and I want to be that for people. So that's my goal is as I come into the new project, come the new year and lead this huge team, I'm excited and all types of nervous for it. But the goal is just to be somebody that they can look back in 10 years and hopefully when they get into a manager position, be like, "I want to lead like her," because I lead other leaders that have made an impact in my life.

Mike Gerholdt:

I think that's a very cool goal. Thanks for sharing it.

Megan Tuano:

Thank you.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, Megan, appreciate you coming on the pod and breaking out of your YouTube videos and trying a new medium, maybe that was on your vision board for 2024.

Megan Tuano:

It really was. So thank you.

Mike Gerholdt:

If not, you can always say it is, nobody can check it. It's like what I always tell people when you give a speech, nobody knows your script.

Megan Tuano:

It's okay. We can vote for the happy hour now.

Mike Gerholdt:

Exactly. But no, thanks for coming on the podcast and giving us that advice and helping us share things together. And I'll be sure to link to your YouTube page, that way people can check it out because you do a nice mix of shorts and videos and real life and Salesforce, and it feels very honest and attainable. So I appreciate that.

Megan Tuano:

Yeah, of course. That's the goal, and thank you so much for having me on.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, that was a fantastic conversation we had. I hope you found it helpful. If so, be sure to share it with somebody who might benefit from Megan's insights. If you're on Apple Podcast, just tap the three dots to share it or spread the word on social. And don't forget, admin.salesforce.com is your one-stop shop for all the resources, including a full transcript of this episode. Now, be sure to join us in the Admin Trailblazers group to keep the conversation going. Don't worry. Again, you'll find those links in the show notes. So until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Gillian Bruce, Director of Developer Marketing at Slack.

Join us as we chat about how to combine Agentforce with Slack and all the cool new things you can do with custom AI agents.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Gillian Bruce.

If you can build on Salesforce, you can build on Slack Peanut butter and jelly, macaroni and cheese, cookies and milk—some things just go together. That’s why I’ve brought Gillian Bruce back on the pod to talk about her new role as Director of Developer Marketing at Slack.

Gillian’s still a Salesforce Admin at heart, and she’s constantly seeing new ways that Slack can help admins with low and no-code solutions. If you can build in Salesforce, you can build in Slack. And with powerful features like Slack Canvas, Slack Lists, and Workflow Builder, you have a ton of flexibility to communicate information effectively and save time for your users.

She also has another great combo to add to our list: Agentforce and Slack.

How to combine Agentforce with Slack Slack has over 2600 integrations, allowing you to bring in data from Jira, Workday, Salesforce, and more. This lets you build workflows for users and share information with them without needing to set them up on every platform you’re using. But how can you help them interface with all of that data?

That’s where Agentforce comes in. With Agent Builder, you can create custom employee-facing AI agents for Slack to cut through the noise. These agents can update information in Salesforce, pull data your users need to know, give them a summary of service interactions with a customer, and it all happens in Slack.

Get started with employee-facing AI agent templates If you need some help getting started, we’ve got you covered. Slack has built a plethora of templates for employee-facing AI agents that you can adapt as needed. For example, there’s a product specialist agent that can ingest documentation and answer questions from your users so they don’t have to pull up a bunch of PDFs.

If there’s one thing Gillian wants you to know, it’s that every Salesforce Admin should be building in Slack. “It's going to not only set yourself up to be super valuable to your organization in this era of agents,” she says, “but it also is going to open up so much more possibility for you career-wise.”

Be sure to listen to the full episode about more cool things you can do with Salesforce and Slack, and why you might see Gillian at your next Dreamin’ event. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * slack.dev * Slack Developer Program * Workshop: Build an automated workflow * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: What Can Salesforce Admins Do with Slack Integrations?

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Gillian on LinkedIn
  • Gillian on X
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike:

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're thrilled to have Gillian Bruce back with us. Gillian, who now leads the Slack ecosystem marketing team and is on a mission to show why every Salesforce admin should be jumping into Slack and using it to not only build custom agents, but also amazing workflows and incredible integrations that Slack can do.

Gillian explains why learning and leveraging Slack is simply a must for an admin. I mean, it's so easy to use. I love it. Now, before we jump in, I want to make sure that you're following the Salesforce Admins Podcast wherever you get your podcasts. That way, you can catch every new episode immediately when it comes out on Thursdays. So be sure to hit the follow button on whatever podcast platform you're listening for. So now, let's welcome Gillian back and talk about Slack and Agentforce.

So Gillian, welcome back to the podcast.

Gillian:

Mike, thanks for having me.

Mike:

I know, you've been over overly communicating with people.

Gillian:

It's been a while since I've been on the pod with you, it feels like I just rewound the clock quite a while.

Mike:

I know, in the Wayback Machine. Don't forget, we have the Wayback Machine. I don't have the fancy noisemaker, you just got to put it in your head and envision that. What have you been up to since we've last talked on ye olde podcast?

Gillian:

Oh, just a few things, you know? A few changes.

Mike:

Okay. Still all about admins, obviously.

Gillian:

Admins are always in my heart, and it's actually been quite fun, because about, what, eight months ago at this point, I have transitioned over to Slack to lead up their ecosystem marketing team, which includes developers, community, and partners. And one of the big things I'm focused on is, as I've gotten to know the Slack community over here, is helping all Salesforce admins understand how awesome Slack is, and how important it is that you learn how to build and use Slack.

Mike:

Yeah, I mean, you know me, I use Slack for a ton of things, and I love building out forms and workflows in Slack. It's so admin friendly.

Gillian:

It is very admin friendly, and the thing that I think is so interesting to me, as I've been getting to know the Slack community, and people who are Slack developers, and Slack builders, is there are so many commonalities and opportunities between the Salesforce, admin, and Builder audience and the Slack Builder audience. And when you're building something with Workflow Builder. It's very similar to building a flow. In fact, building something with Workflow Builder in Slack is, to me, honestly a lot easier than building an automation with Flow and Salesforce.

Mike:

Kind of is, a little bit.

Gillian:

A lot more straightforward, and part of that is because the platform is built to do a different thing than Salesforce is. But there's so much you can do with being able to point and click, and do these low-code builds and low-code solutions in Slack. And it doesn't even mean building a lot of customizations. We've got things like Slack canvas, and now we have Slack Lists, which are amazing for your to-do lists, if you haven't tried those out yet. And just generally using channels and building automation between channels to help manage your notifications and work processes, there's a lot there. But of course, there's something on the top of everyone's mind these days.

Mike:

I mean, I would love to talk all of the workflow stuff, but we're Agentforce, Gillian, we have to cover agents.

Gillian:

Well, and agents are a big deal, and I think especially agents... So let's put my developer hat on for a second. So in the Slack developer community, people have been building agents for quite a while, and they've been building their own agents and deploying them into Slack. There's also agents that are already on the Slack marketplace built by our third-party vendor, so like Adobe Express, and Writer, and Cohere. They already have agents that you can interact with in Slack, but the amazing thing with Agentforce is that it's bringing that Salesforce builder experience to being able to enable you to build your own custom agents. And Mike, I just want to take a second here. Admins, agents, I know it might feel a little overwhelming, but let's back it up. What is an admin's number one customer?

Mike:

Our users, always our users.

Gillian:

Our users, and so-

Mike:

Yes, I didn't know there was a quiz. You didn't tell me there was a quiz.

Gillian:

Sorry, I can't just come on the pod and just be a normal guest. You know that.

Mike:

Ugh, I'm going to build an agent in Slack for the quiz now. That's what it should be.

Gillian:

There you go. Okay, so an admin's number one customer is the end user, which we also call an employee. Let's say that, right? If you're a part of an organization, you're an employee, what is the best operating system to enable employees to collaborate with each other and with other systems?

Mike:

I feel like I have to say Slack, because you're on-

Gillian:

Yeah, you do. It is the best one. I mean, we can debate that, but...

Mike:

I wasn't going to. It's like being on Family Feud.

Gillian:

Okay, so then, the third question is, so if an admin's number one customer are the employees, and the best way to bring employees together to collaborate and to interact with other systems is Slack, then where is the best place to bring those custom agents that you're building in Agent Builder?

Mike:

I mean, you should build them in Slack, right?

Gillian:

Ding, ding, ding. Mike, you pass.

Mike:

I tried. I was fighting really hard, I was going to say Chatter.

Gillian:

Oh, well, you know what? We can actually talk about Chatter for a second, too.

Mike:

We should.

Gillian:

We should. So real quick on the Chatter of it all, so I love Chatter. A lot of us love Chatter. Remember the highlight? What do they call it, a Chatter brag. It was a Chag.

Mike:

Oh, yeah. Oh, yeah, a Chag. Yeah, we had templates.

Gillian:

We sure did, yeah.

Mike:

Yeah, formatting.

Gillian:

So Parker very publicly announced that, while he helped build Chatter, he is now going to help kill Chatter. And I know this might give us some heart palpitations, but let me just be really clear. Chatter is getting a major glow-up if you think about it, because we have something called Salesforce channels that are in Slack. And what this is is one of the best things about Chatter is it had a feed on every record, right? So everyone could talk about what's going on.

Well, we already have Salesforce channels live in Slack, as of Dreamforce. This means that you can have a dedicated record channel that automatically gets spin-up for that record in Slack. So you have a channel there where you can collaborate, you can talk about it, you can interact with folks, you can bring other systems data in right there. Coming in February, that same UI, that channel experience is going to be visible in Salesforce for those records.

Mike:

Well, that's going to be incredibly useful, because I think that was always the disconnect. You know, I'm over here for one thing, and then I'm over there for another thing. And I mean, Slack is already such a conversational UI. It makes sense that I should think about not only building agents in the Salesforce UI, but in Slack as well, because that's where people are already talking.

Gillian:

So, yeah, and two things on that, Mike, right? So one, it's a place where people are already talking. It's the place where they're being able to interact with systems beyond Salesforce as well, right? So maybe they have Workday in there, maybe they're pulling in JIRA tickets. There's a lot of other systems that integrate with Slack, so that people don't have to leave and swivel chair out of that interface into something else. So by putting your agent in there, bringing that Salesforce experience into Slack, you're again making it much more efficient for people to get their work done.

But then, that second piece of it, Mike, is that Slack is going to be the way that you're going to be able to not just bring that systems and all of that data together, all those people together, but those agents are going to be able to interact there in Slack with you, and you're going to be able to tell that agent to do things that are pulling from Salesforce, from all of your data cloud sources, and take action right there in Slack. And you're going to be able to, come March, actually have that in a threaded conversation. So you're going to be able to interact multiplayer style. So you'll have a conversation with an agent and other people can join in in that conversation.

Mike:

And they can converse with the agent?

Gillian:

Correct.

Mike:

Oh, boy, we're going to keep agents busy. Do you think of agents like interns? Somebody said that the other day. It's like, if you're trying to think of what to build an agent for, think of what if you had an intern?

Gillian:

Well, I mean, yes and no. I'd like to think that when you have an intern, you're spending a lot more time training them, and mentoring them, and...

Mike:

Not us, we get smart interns

Gillian:

Giving them unique opportunities.

Mike:

More than just getting coffee.

Gillian:

Well, yeah. Can you find me an agent that can get you coffee? I guess you could probably-

Mike:

That would be awesome.

Gillian:

... build an agent that could order you coffee and get it delivered.

Mike:

That would 100% win every hackathon, an Agentforce that just all of a sudden, out of your screen comes a cup of coffee.

Gillian:

Well, so-

Mike:

You're like, "Mike, this isn't what I wanted to talk about."

Gillian:

No, it's good. Actually, you know what? But having your agent take an action... So one of the things I did want to highlight is when we're talking about Agentforce and Slack, so there are kind of three main elements when you're talking about Agentforce and Slack that are important to think about. Number one, deploying your agents in Slack, right. Taking that agent you've built with Agent Builder and bringing it into Slack. That second thing is having your agent take Slack actions. So in Agent Builder, you're going to be able to tell your agent to do things with Slack, like search Slack data, so that unstructured data in Slack. These are going to be actions available in Agent Builder. You're also going to be able to tell your agent to create or update a Slack canvas, which is pretty great. Again, you're a fan of canvas.

Mike:

Oh, yeah. We use it a lot.

Gillian:

Great way to aggregate and share information. The other Slack action that's going to be available is be able to send a DM. So that's that simple kind of direct, one-on-one, agentic experience of being able to talk to an agent. So those are going to be actions that are available natively in Agent Builder that anyone can use. Additionally, the team is going to be working on a lot more, including... I just heard about this the other day. So they're actually going to build some template agents, some template employee-facing agents. So things like imagine a product specialist.

So you're in Slack, and you have a question about how a product works, because you are in a conversation with a customer or you're trying to answer a question, instead of having to go search all of the documentation and figure out, "Oh, who's the right product manager to reach out about this?" You can just ask the agent right there in Slack your question and get served up an answer, as well as, "Hey, how do you want me to format this answer? Is this for a sales customer? Is this for a sales engineer?" And that is just one use case that I get excited about, because I'm always knee deep in product, and I can never keep up on everything. So that's one good example, and that's a template that's going to be available, so that people can take that, put that in Agent Builder, and then customize it to sort from their own knowledge base.

Mike:

So when you're thinking of agents, I mean, you probably know this, like with Salesforce, we can control the agent on the profile, and well, not profile, permission set and perm set group. If you're deploying agents in Slack, is it to all the users, or can you do the same thing? Can you like, "Ah, I really want a test group of users to have access to this agent"?

Gillian:

Yeah, so the first thing I'll say is that no agent you deploy to Agent Builder or you deploy to Slack will override any of your Salesforce permission structure. So all the security settings you have about visibility and who's able to edit and make updates to different records, all of those permissions are going to carry over into Slack. So there's never going to be a situation where you have an agent in Slack, interacting with someone who doesn't have access to the data that they're requesting, things like that, so it will never override.

The next thing to that is you might have a situation where you have part of your company, part of your employee base that actually doesn't even work in Salesforce. They don't even need Salesforce seats, but you want to build an agent experience for them, in Agent Builder that extends an agent functionality to them, so you don't actually have to buy a Salesforce seat for them. Maybe you have a group of, I don't know, marketers who never go into Salesforce, which is probably a bad use case, maybe, but-

Mike:

We'll say warehouse workers. Warehouse workers.

Gillian:

Warehouse workers, right? Yeah, who don't have to log in, [inaudible 00:13:01]-

Mike:

They're driving forklifts all day, they don't have time for the Salesforce.

Gillian:

Exactly. But what you could do is build an agent in Agent Builder that enables those warehouse workers to be able to be in Slack, maybe ask questions about inventory, when certain products are going to be available, and all of that information that they're going to be able to see is, again, permissions that you control in the Salesforce side of what's publicly available, what are people able to see, what level of permissions are accessed. But that's a way you can extend all that information that's otherwise just held within Salesforce, beyond Salesforce, into Slack, in that agentic experience.

Mike:

Yeah. I mean, we've talked about before, and Gillian, this was even back before you joined Slack, but I do think you look at the way that conversational AI and even some of the voiceover apps are going, Slack could be the front door for everything Salesforce within your organization, and then you button up data cloud on top of that. Now, they basically could, via Slack, have access to the right data anywhere in the organization, conversationally.

Gillian:

And not just Salesforce data, but data in Workday, or Asana, or any of the other of the 2,700 integration apps that we have out there in the marketplace that connect all of your systems in one place, and that is Slack.

Mike:

Yeah, that's crazy.

Gillian:

I'm not going to lie, I'm pretty happy to be over here. I do feel like Slack is the future, and this is why I am extremely passionate about helping every Salesforce Admin understand that they should be using Slack, they should be learning how to build in Slack, because it is going to be something that opens up the world beyond just Salesforce for folks in a builder capacity. And it just, I mean, imagine the value you can deliver your organization by saying, "Hey, just by using Slack as our work OS, we can bring in these six different systems that people have to log into at some point every week, and I can deploy these agents there that reduce their time of work by hours every week or hours every day." I mean, that level of efficiency and productivity you can deliver, I mean, that is one of the number one goals of every Salesforce admin.

Mike:

Yeah. Well, and I don't know what Slack battles with in the marketplace, but I have to believe the nice thing I like about Slack is, even if you spin up a channel and then you archive it, you can still go back and search it, and you can still... It's like you never lose that information. And I know we used to have, I don't know, Google had the instant messenger and stuff. The second you closed your window, it was gone, and that information, it was like Snapchat, it was just gone. But at least with Slack, it's retained for a little bit that you can actually make it actionable and be like, "Oh, I did need to pull this thing back up," as opposed to scrolling through a huge Chatter thread or something.

Gillian:

Oh, yeah, I use command K at least 20 times a day.

Mike:

Oh, is that what it is? That's a shortcut?

Gillian:

A shortcut, and command K is not just search, it's like recent history search, so-

Mike:

Oh.

Gillian:

Yeah.

Mike:

Oh, I didn't know this. I just go [inaudible 00:16:22]-

Gillian:

Command K all day.

Mike:

... like the old scoll… You know, I still use a mouse. I'm very mouse centric for a reason.

Gillian:

Well, mosey your fingers on over from the mouse to do command K, and you'll be able to find-

Mike:

I suppose.

Gillian:

... recent things so, so much more quickly.

Mike:

I suppose. I don't know. Tell me a little bit more about these channels. So one of the things that I think I struggled with as an admin was advising users on how much and what they should follow and when. Because with Slack, it's tempting you, just like, "I got to pay attention to everything, because FOMO, and there's this going on." And it can be that way with your data and records, too. How do you think about channels, and following those, and having that information?

Gillian:

So one of the hardest things that I have experienced in transitioning from the Salesforce core side to the Slack side is the proliferation of Slack channels that I am part of, so-

Mike:

Ah. I mean, you don't email at all. I can't imagine you send-

Gillian:

No, I-

Mike:

When was the last time you sent an email? Like, two years ago, probably.

Gillian:

Yeah, I check it maybe once or twice a week, which is really bad, because then, sometimes I miss stuff, but-

Mike:

Eh, don't [inaudible 00:17:37].

Gillian:

... you can find it on Slack. But for the channel organization, and I think this really relates to kind of, as we were talking about, the evolution of Chatter to Salesforce channels, you might just hear like, "Ugh, the last thing I want is another channel." But here's the thing, so there are two things that I think are really helpful for this. Number one, Slack AI is awesome. So Slack AI enables you to do recaps and summaries that you can check when you are ready for it, and it will automatically update, depending on how long ago it was you checked it.

So let's say the last time you checked, I don't know, the marketing updates channel was a week ago. It'll say, it'll recap the last seven days in one paragraph for you, versus every day, there's a recap that you have to go through. That is very helpful. The other thing that's very helpful is just asking Slack search to summarize for you. So you're going, "Tell me what's going on with X, Y, Z project," and it will give you the highlights, as well as links to all the source information there. That is really useful. I love Slack AI for that. It helps really kind of sift, and sort, and prioritize the information for me. The other thing that we now have, and you may have seen it, this is brand new, is we have what's called a VIP, so-

Mike:

I have had VIP.

Gillian:

You've seen this? Yeah.

Mike:

I've tried it. Let's talk about it, please tell me. Tell me more.

Gillian:

So you can identify specific users as VIPs, and what that does is it gives this little teeny, tiny, little VIP like emoji right next to their name. It'll automatically prioritize any DM or channel message that that person has that you are involved with to the top of your sidebar there. So it'll be the first thing that you see. So I put for my VIPs, it's like my management chain, my Agentforce group that I'm really working with every single day, and that is helpful for me, because then I don't have to manually update which channels should be in my priority bucket every day. It's just, "These are the people I have to pay attention to, and I know that I'm working on something hot with them, so I need to prioritize them in how I look at my Slack feed."

Mike:

Yep. I did VIPs for like a day, and then I need to come back to it, because the only thing I needed is I need to be able to move that list, just where on the sidebar. I wanted to move the list, that would be it.

Gillian:

Oh.

Mike:

Yeah, yeah, because it sticks it right at the top, and it's like, "Here's where it's going to be," and it's like chiseled in stone. It's like, "Yeah, no, can I have it farther down?" I'd also like... Oh, you know what would be really cool? Besides VIPs is just like my team, because that's one of the sections, I think that's what it's called, right? Sections.

Gillian:

Yep.

Mike:

That's one of the sections I have, is just all my team members in one area, so that when they DM me, I only have to look in one thing.

Gillian:

Yep, yep. I mean, these are all things, so there's a lot of features that-

Mike:

But it's so easy to use. It's so easy to do that that I was like, "Okay, I'll come back to VIP."

Gillian:

Well, and there's, actually, coming out for the next few months, pay attention, because there's a lot of features that we're putting in this bucket calling Quiet the Noise for Slack.

Mike:

Ooh, ooh.

Gillian:

And these are honestly, a lot of them are based off of feedback we've gotten internally at Salesforce for people who are overwhelmed by the amount of channels or the amount of DMs, and trying to really figure out how to streamline the experience, to make it more pleasant and easier to get the information that you care most about, without having to sort through a whole bunch of different updates.

Mike:

Right, summarize things. Help me summarize-

Gillian:

Summarize things, prioritize them, be smart in terms of how you're displaying things and enabling... Like, some of the things that you've talked about, Mike, just in terms of like, "Here's a group for my team," more features along those lines. So stay tuned. Over the next few months, there's going to be a few more of those coming out, and I think people are going to really like them.

Mike:

I agree. And also, if you're an admin, sitting there thinking, "How do I get all of this? Where do I start the conversation?" I think a lot of it, we're working on redoing the core responsibilities. We've had a fifth core responsibility, which is product management fits well into this, because agents need to be product managed. There's no good way to say that, that just-

Gillian:

Agents need managers.

Mike:

Agents need, yeah, whatever. But the thing that I'm thinking of is like, so how do I get this conversation going with Slack, assuming the admin doesn't have Slack in their organization? And sitting down with the user, saying, "What do you search on?" Because that, to me, sounds like 90% of the benefit of Slack, besides the conversation, is just being able to search for stuff. And then, you throw an agent on top of that, and it's like, "Good, I'll be back in three months when you have some real problems."

Gillian:

Well, and it's, "What are you searching for? What applications are you working in all the time? What are you swivel chairing between?" And then, yeah, "What are you trying to get done?" And if you have those three answers, then you could easily whip up a solution in Slack. And I will tell you, for people who want to get hands-on with Slack who don't have it at their organizations, first of all, anyone can get access to a free Slack workspace. It doesn't have all the bells and whistles, but you can... There's plenty [inaudible 00:23:08]-

Mike:

It's good enough, you can build a demo out of, right? You built demos before?

Gillian:

Totally. And actually, and one of the other thing we have is we have an actual Slack developer program, and admins, don't get scared that it's called a developer program. It's basically just a way that you can go tinker around and build things with Slack, you can spin up a Slack Sandbox, and it's totally free. You can go to slack.dev, I'm sorry to say it, it's my new favorite website I just built it-

Mike:

Yes, okay. Eventually, while you're over there, Gillian, you'll have Slack admins.

Gillian:

You know, we are already talking about Slack admins quite a bit.

Mike:

We should.

Gillian:

We are. We got a lot of work to do over here, Mike. So we're starting.

Mike:

That's okay. I'm going to be busy challenging people to say Slack Sandbox five times fast, not mess that up.

Gillian:

But, so you can get access to a Slack Sandbox, and this is forward-looking statement, soon, you will be able to build an employee-facing agent with Agent Builder that is connected and deployed to Slack in Trailhead.

Mike:

Ooh. Ooh, that'd be awesome.

Gillian:

Yeah, so the team are-

Mike:

Oh, I'm going to do that.

Gillian:

... working on it right now. We're hoping we might be able to get something out by TDX. So really working towards that. But already, and this was kind of released a little silently, but on Halloween, so trick or treat, we now have hands-on content for Slack in Trailhead. So if you want to learn how to build a Slack app using our Bolt framework, or if you want to learn how to use Block Kit Builder, you now have hands-on content in Trailhead for those two modules that will actually have you spin up a Slack developer environment, do the work in there, follow the instructions, and Trailhead will check it and verify it. So even as someone... I don't think of myself as much of a developer first. I always think myself as admin first. Believe me, admins, you can all do these modules. They're not hard.

Mike:

Oh, Block Kit Builder is the coolest thing.

Gillian:

Yeah.

Mike:

I've been using Block Kit. We used Block Kit Builder before you even left the team. Block Kit Builder is the closest I can come to understanding code. It's probably the only thing that would ever teach me how to code, if I had to.

Gillian:

I also remember the first time you started using it to post our podcast updates, and everyone was like, "Oh, my gosh, how do I do that? I totally-"

Mike:

"Oh, how'd you do that? It's so cool, the formatting." I'm like, "Yep, Block Kit Builder." "Wow." And then, and there's templates. So it's literally just copy and paste, and steal from other people's templates. That's all developers do, is copy and paste code, too. That's-

Gillian:

You know, I'm learning that a lot. Yeah.

Mike:

Yep. When somebody has something that works, copy and paste, and then it works for you. Yay, done.

Gillian:

You tweak it, you test it, you break some stuff, and then you figure it out.

Mike:

So let's see, this is going to be very interesting to see how much new Slack there is for TDX, because I was silently making a list in my head of the number of new stuff that you were talking about that's coming out, and you're like, "Well, hopefully March or something." Like, that's TDX time. TDX is going to be bigger than Dreamforce for you is what I'm hearing.

Gillian:

It is. And I mean, which is crazy to say, because we actually did five launches at Dreamforce this year.

Mike:

Oh, just a few.

Gillian:

Just a few. But between Dreamforce and TDX, we will be launching Agentforce and Slack, Quiet the Noise, Salesforce channels, and I think there's like two other ones that I'm not remembering.

It's the product team that's burning the midnight oil, so shout out to them.

Mike:

Oh, I have to imagine. And they also, I know we have a unique instance, but it's really cool, the relationship that we have, that your product team has with all of Salesforce, because they're super responsive. Any time you submit something, they really... I submitted something on VIP and one of the PMs was like, "Help me understand this." And I don't think anybody had given them feedback. I'm like, "I am always a wealth of feedback."

Gillian:

You know, one of the things I've noticed since coming over to Slack is Slack, even though we're part of Salesforce, is still kind of a small company and it's very human and people first, because that was the foundation of why Slack was created, was to connect people, right? And that is very much in the culture and inherent to how Slack thinks about building everything, is thinking about that user first, and how do we make it more pleasant? How do we make it more fun? How do we give you more custom emojis? But it's a really great place to be, and again, I'll just, not even shameless, just full on, if you are listening to this and you have not built anything with Slack, please take a beat, do a favor for yourself, go to slack.dev. There is a super simple workshop right there.

It's called Build an Automation with Slack. It walks you through building your first workflow automation. That's a great place to get started. There's also great content on Trailhead. There are so many ways to get your hands on Slack and start building things beyond just responding in channel, and I really, really hope that you do that, because it's going to set not only yourself up to be super valuable to your organization in this era of agents, but it also is going to open up so much more possibility for you career wise, because so many organizations are going to be using Slack as their employee agent delivery mechanism and an operating interface, that it's just, you got to get on. This is the time, I'm telling you right now, everybody get on board with Slack.

Mike:

I'm thinking of the number of community, the Dreamin' events, almost all of the Dreamin' events I go to have a Slack channel, is that right term?

Gillian:

Yeah.

Mike:

Workspace?

Gillian:

The Slack workspace, yeah, and the Trailblazer community. I know there's Ohana Slack. We have almost 100,000 people just in the Slack workspace alone who are Slack community members. And you mentioned Dreamin' events, one of the big goals I have this year for us as a Slack marketing team is to be present and to deliver really valuable Slack content at most of those Dreamin' events. So we want to be there, we're going to work on a way to get there.

Mike:

Well, I'm also thinking of all the cool hands-on Trailhead module stuff that's coming out. Like, if you build something, this is worth going to one of those community Dreamin' events and presenting it, A, but B, also getting in touch with the coordinator and saying like, "How do you put this in your workspace?"

Gillian:

Exactly, yes.

Mike:

Especially for the Agentforce stuff. Can you imagine that? You could maybe even be in a workspace and just register for a Dreamin' event, using an agent.

Gillian:

Look at that. Mike, you're thinking next level. I like it.

Mike:

Just thinking ahead. I mean, I'm always thinking what I can ask my agent to do next. I also like saying that. That's what admins should think of, like, "I'm so cool, I have my own agent."

Gillian:

Well, once you start understanding what an agent can do, there's a zillion different agents you want to build. I was just thinking this morning, "How great would it be if we had an agent in Slack that knew Slack, knew Salesforce documentation and developer stuff," and you could literally ask it, say, "Hey, I want to build an agent in Agentforce that does X, Y, and Z, and give me the recipe for how to build it," and it would give you like, "You need this flow, and you need this channel, and you need to enable this in your workspace, and you need to have..." It would basically tell you all the things you need to do, to then have that employee agent deployed and ready to go.

Mike:

Yeah. I am thinking of a Jarvis for Slack. That's what I want.

Gillian:

Of course you are.

Mike:

It's basically, I sit down, when you sit down at your desk, and it would be like the whole screen, the whole Slack screen would just turn white and say, "Good morning, Mike." And it would say it in the Jarvis voice, not my voice, because I'm like George Costanza. If it was in my voice, it would be very weird. But it would be like, "Good morning, Mike. Here's what you missed overnight," because you know, we're global companies, we work on different time zones, and it would just give you your morning recap that you could have over coffee, until the agent can build you coffee. That's what I'm thinking. That would be the agent I want to build. I don't know if I'll get there, but I will try.

Gillian:

It's pretty good. I mean, basically, what you need is an agent with a Jarvis voice to read your Slack recaps in the morning.

Mike:

I mean, I have to believe, leaning on some of the accessibility stuff, that you're probably in that territory? We just really haven't perfected that voiceover, because there's other stuff too that can do text to speech, right?

Gillian:

Mm-hmm. Well, and one of the things that we rolled out earlier this year was Slack AI for huddles. So huddle is basically a Google Meet, but with Slack and-

Mike:

And a way more pleasant ringtone.

Gillian:

Oh, yeah. And you could choose your own hold music, it's great. But what we have now is AI can capture the conversation, not only transcribe it, but then summarize it, and then continue to alter that summary based on the feedback you give them.

Mike:

Smart. That's the best thing, that's literally the best thing about some of the AI stuff is meeting summaries, especially when you can't join them. You can just read through. We did that as a team a couple of weeks ago, when most of the team was out, and we sent the meeting summary, and Josh was like, "It was amazing." I read it, and I was like, "Yep, that was 100%, I could envision what the meeting was like, but I didn't have to sit through the hour and a half recording."

Gillian:

Yeah, and then, it gives you suggested, like, "Here are the next steps. So-and-so should do this and so-and-so should do that." It's great.

Mike:

Gillian, you have a bunch of links that you're going to send me, so I can include those in the show notes, and it was great to have you on. Thanks for coming back over to the platform side.

Gillian:

Hey, I am so happy to be back, and I am very happy to be at Slack, but I want all of you to know that Salesforce admins are still in the center of my heart. So as I'm thinking about everything we're building over here, I am always thinking about, "How do we enable Salesforce admins to do all this cool stuff, too?" So thank you so much for having me, Mike, and it's so nice to be back.

Mike:

So that was a fun episode, it was great to chat with Gillian. They are doing a lot of things over in Slack. I mean, I am all about Agentforce, and they are on the Agentforce train. Is it an Agentforce train? I'm going to say it's an Agentforce train. And the amount of cool things that Slack has going on, and just thinking of the possibilities not only of what you can integrate for applications in Slack, but also then, once you have Data Cloud hooked up into Salesforce, the integrations across your entire organization, you can basically make your conversation or your data conversational, which to me sounds really cool. I can't wait to see all of the stuff that they've got rolling out in the next few months.

Anyway, that was fun. I hope you enjoyed listening to the podcast. If you do, can you do me a favor? There should be like three dots in the app that you're listening on. Usually, you can hit those, and then you can share the episode. You can share it via social. There's a lot of different social channels out there, share it on your favorite social channel. Text it to your friends, or, hey, you know what? Post it in Slack. That seems very appropriate, to post the Slack podcast in Slack.

Of course, if you're looking for more resources and all of the links that Gillian mentioned, your one stop, your one place to go, admin.salesforce.com is where you can find that, including a transcript of the show. That ought to be fun to read. You know what we didn't talk about? We didn't get a recipe this time. There's always been a recipe with Gillian. I'm going to have to maybe go back and see. You know what, we'll have to have her back on again, just to get a recipe for some holiday thing, because I feel like that's what we used to do when she was on the podcast. So anyway, remember, also, join the conversation. The Admin Trailblazer group, that's over in the Trailblazer community. Don't worry, like I said, links are in the show notes. So with that, until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Jennifer Lee, Kate Lessard, and Brittney Gibson from the Admin Relations team.

Join us as we chat about what they're looking forward to at TDX 2025 and the keynotes, sessions, and how to make the most of your time.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jennifer Lee, Kate Lessard, and Brittney Gibson.

Don’t miss Jen and Kate’s sessions at TDX We’re looking forward to seeing you at TDX next week, and we want to extend a personal invitation to friends of the pod to come to our breakout sessions.

In Unleash the Power of Modular Flows for Agentforce, Jen will be teaching you how to break down flows into smaller, modular components, so you get the most out of them. She’s also running another session, “Elevate Prompt Template Agent Actions with the Power of Flow,” where she’ll look at how to use flow to enrich your prompt templates with data.

Kate will be in Theater 2, presenting Demo to Deployment: Engaging Stakeholders with Agentforce. She’ll go over how to create a demo that shows your stakeholders everything Agentforce can do, enabling you to get better input and transform your organization with AI.

Where to learn more about what’s next with Agentforce Kate’s also been working on the demos you’ll see in the keynote. We’ll be looking at how Agentforce has enabled builders with low code, no code, and pro code solutions to create agents and problem-solve for their organizations using AI.

You can also stop by the Agentforce Zone, where we’ll have plenty of introductory content to get you started with AI. You can learn about Agent Builder, find out more about Service Agents and Headless Agents, and how to use AI to test what you’ve built. We’ll also cover how you can get data from PDFs with RAG 2.0, and what happens when you combine Agentforce with Data Cloud and screen flows.

How to keep up with everything at TDX If you’re not able to attend in person, Brittney’s got your back. You can catch key sessions on Salesforce+ and she’ll cover all the TDX action on our socials. We’re also sharing must-attend sessions and opportunities to get hands-on with Agentforce to help you plan ahead.

Listen to the full episode for more on how to get the most out of your time at TDX, and don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Blog: A Salesforce Admin’s Guide to TDX 2025

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Jen on LinkedIn
  • Jen on X
  • Kate on LinkedIn
  • Kate on X
  • Brittney on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, well, I hope you took the over on the over-under of number of admin relations team members that can fit on a pod, because I've got the second most or maybe the most, but we're all here to give you a roadmap to get prepared for TDX. I almost said Trailblazer DX, but then it was Trailhead DX. I'm going to go with TDX, that's probably the most current name right now. But we're going to talk about keynotes. We're going to talk about sessions. We're going to talk about stuff to walk around and look at and put your fingers on the keyboards. And then also, everybody's got a phone in their pocket and you've got to be on social. So Brittany's back from 100 years ago when I first had her on the podcast to help you engage in social and share all the fun pictures and stuff. So Kate, Jennifer, Brittany, welcome to the podcast.

Kate: Thanks for having me.

Brittany: Thank you.

Jennifer: Glad to be here.

Mike: Let's get started with sessions because I don't know about you, but every time I sign up for a conference, it's like I got to figure out what sessions I'm going to. So Jen, Kate, I know you're both working diligently on some amazing sessions. Jen, you have the most, and that's no surprise. But let's start with you. What are the two breakout sessions you're working on for TDX?

Jennifer: Yeah, very excited for this. So my first breakout is called Unleash the Power of Modular Flows for Agentforce. I know that sounds a lot, but it's your admins, you're building out those flows. Now you could maximize those flows by building them modularly, and what I mean is breaking them down into the smallest components. So I will show you how you can go from a big flow down to a small flow and really optimize it for use with your agents. So that's the first one. And then the second one is called Elevate Prompt Template: Agent Actions with the Power of Flow. So there is a theme that you see flow, flownatics, right? I love flow. I love the ability to leverage that flow magic in our prompt templates to really enrich your prompt templates and ground them in data. So I'm going to step through how to do that, how to use that power of flow in your prompt templates, and then further enrich your AI agents. So those are my two sessions, and they will be available video on demand on Salesforce+ if you're not going to be there in person at TDX.

Mike: Oh, that's right, because Salesforce+ is a wealth of information. When we get done with events, holy cow! I wish there was an Apple TV app for that because you could just sit and stream all of those sessions all the time. You should think about getting a Lego agent cloudy, modular flows. Be kind of cool. You could rebuild it in Legos. Nope? Anyway, I think it's a good idea.

Jennifer: I might need to outsource that to my nephew.

Mike: Yeah, no, we got to find the budget for it.

Jennifer: Because he's a big Lego person.

Mike: Yeah. Just see if we got budget for that first. Kate, so Jen's going to show us some amazing flows. What session you're working on because I think it's going to tie in?

Kate: Absolutely. And I am going to leave the flows to the flow queen herself, but I will be doing a theater session. It's on day two at 12:00 PM Pacific. That's March 6th. And we're going to talk demo to deployment, and this is a session on engaging stakeholders with Agentforce. I'm really excited about this session because I feel like the admins and the builders getting to know Agentforce have been operating almost in a vacuum. And while we're creative and smart and we know our users inside and out, that doesn't mean that we should be creating agents without input from our stakeholders and taking different business considerations into our agents and how we're building them. So in this session, we'll look at how to create an Agentforce demo to present to your stakeholders so that they understand the intents and capabilities of autonomous agents if they don't already. And then we'll work into working with them to brainstorm and prioritize how to put this technology to work in your own organization. And this is really important because it empowers admins to know exactly what to go build, and then stakeholders know what they're getting buy-in and building internal excitement around which is going to ensure smoother adoption for everyone. Another shout out to Salesforce+ here. This will also be video on demand. And I personally missed TDX last year. I had a big family trip that I had to go on. It was terrible. I was in Paris. I know.

Mike: You poor thing. However would you survive?

Kate: I know. Somehow I made it. All the croissants and baguettes and cheese that I had while I was there helped ease my pain. But when I came back, I was able to just on my lunch breaks watch the sessions that had been recorded and were on Salesforce+ and it really helped me get up to speed and feel like I was there, even though I was not able to attend.

Mike: So speaking of which, Brittany, you do a fabulous job of making everybody in the world feel like they're attending our events and engaging on social. For the admins that are like Kate and just have to go to France during TDX, what do you have planned for social or what could admins that aren't attending TDX engage with?

Brittany: Yeah, of course. And I don't mean to sound like an infomercial for Salesforce+ again, but really whether you're attending in person or you're going to be tuning in virtually, we have you covered. Leading up to the event, what we have is we'll be sharing must attend sessions and can't miss opportunities to get hands on with Agentforce. We'll be calling out things that are available on demand. So as I'm sharing things on X, LinkedIn, and Facebook, you'll know if it speaks to you, if you are going to join us, or if you'll be watching online. I highly recommend if you don't follow us on social, you go do that because that's where you're going to get a ton of event updates before and after. And if I remember correctly, Mike always links to our social profiles in his show notes, so you should be covered there. And then during TDX, we got a lot of fun stuff planned for you. Really we're your go-to hub for key updates, special moments. We have an Agentforce Hackathon leading up to TDX, so we'll be sharing some moments from that. We also just share plenty of resources. So as we're sharing fun photos, videos, if you're not with us in person, we always try and share something from admin.salesforce.com that you can go and get a little bit more information on that. Like Jen's modular flow session, I think she has a, correct me if I'm wrong, Jen, but has a blog post on that already. So you will not miss out on the action. So really just get ready, stay connected, and it's going to be an epic TDX, whether you're there in person or you're hanging out with me online.

Mike: I mean, it could be epic. If you're having French baguettes and watching Salesforce+, I think that would work. Before we leave sessions, I'd love to get an idea of best practices for what admins could do to take notes when they attend sessions. So Kate, I'll start with you. You were most recently an admin. When you would attend events or watch some of the content online, how would you take notes that you could translate back to the organization?

Kate: That is a great question, and it was something that I have played around with a couple different ways that I've done this. And what has worked for me because when you're sitting in these sessions, you don't want to miss a thing. You see people there that are taking pictures on their phone of every slide that they see, and that just doesn't work for me to jog my memory and my brain. So I always have just a little notepad or my phone where I'll take notes on just key concepts or things that I want to dive deeper into. That way I can still be really engaged, watch the content, take it all in much as possible, and then know those things that I want to go back and do a deeper dive into. Jen, I don't know if you have a way that worked for you when you were an admin and a customer. It's definitely challenging to balance all of the excitement and just take in all of the information.

Jennifer: So Kate, I was that person with my phone taking screenshots.

Mike: We found you. Now we know who you are.

Jennifer: But now in the events app, afterwards you'll have access to the PDFs of the slides. So you don't have to be that person taking the screenshots. I would go on my phone and have a notepad up, and I would indicate the session, and then here are the things that were worthy of remembering after I go home from TDX to look further into. So those were the things that I did because there's going to be a lot of walking around, standing around at TDX, and you don't want to bring your heavy laptop. So definitely if you could utilize whatever's on your phone for note-taking, I would highly recommend that.

Mike: Yeah, big plus on that. I remember a few... Well, before I joined Salesforce, I used to walk around with an iPad. And now I know how silly I looked because it was like holding up a textbook to take a picture, a screen as opposed to a little phone. Let's jump into keynotes because keynotes are always... People have opinions. They love them. They don't like them. There's a lot to take in. They're always afraid, oh, my CEO is there. Now they just showed this and we're going to have to do this. What do we do? Kate, you're working on the keynote. Can you share anything for the keynote?

Kate: Absolutely. So this is my first TDX as an employee and first time working on a keynote like this. So I've been learning a lot and just really taking it in. My role has been focused on the demos that you'll see in the main keynote. So working with the team to visualize an Agentforce journey from both a customer's perspective of how autonomous agents have revolutionized their business, but also from the builder perspective, so how admins and developers can leverage low code, no code, pro code solutions as they create agents and problem solve for their organizations using AI. So hopefully it'll be really inspirational, visionary. You'll see some really great new product updates at TDX, so be sure to tune in either in person or again on Salesforce+.

Mike: Jen, we'd be remiss to say that everything is Agentforce at TDX this year. And I know you're working on a big Agentforce area, I'll call it that, because activation sounds too insider baseball. But what are you working on that's just huge for admins in Agentforce?

Jennifer: Yeah, so I'm part of the team that's working on the Agentforce Zone because it does take a village to put this all together.

Mike: It takes a whole zone.

Jennifer: So the Agentforce Zone will be on the second floor right by where the staircase is in Moscone West. Walk up the stairs, if you want. Get those steps in. Get those steps in. And it's going to be right there. And we're going to feature really introductionary content for Agentforce to whet your appetite for more information. So we have three sessions that we will be running throughout the two-day event. First one being intro to building AI agents with Agentforce, and this will give you an overview of the core components of Agentforce talking about the Atlas Reasoning Engine and really diving into Agent Builder. We're going to showcase and talk about all the different agent types that are available, but showcase the service agent. And also what is new to Agentforce is Headless Agents.

Mike: Oh no!

Jennifer: And what I mean by that is agents running around without a head.

Mike: Is that like the backup movie, Headless Agents, after Agentforce?

Jennifer: So it's really events on a record that trigger an agent to work behind the scenes. So it's not the user interacting them. Let's say it could be someone submitted a comment on a case. And as a result, the agent's going to do these things behind the scenes. So it might be sending an email out or things like that.

Mike: Okay. We should call them like Wizard Agents or something like Wizard of Oz.

Jennifer: Secret Agents.

Mike: Secret. Oh yeah! Then we could play this band. That would be awesome. I'd be a fan of Secret Agents. They're already wearing sunglasses though. Secret Agents wear two pairs of sunglasses. Just be like a dude out golfing, multiple pairs of sunglasses.

Jennifer: Oh, and also in that demo, we're going to showcase...

Mike: Oh yeah, Jen, sorry, we gave you nowhere to go with that. Just completely veered off course. Thanks for bringing us back.

Jennifer: Steering you all back.

Mike: Yep. I know. It's what you do.

Jennifer: There's some really cool things coming down the pike for creating agents by using AI and also creating test cases to test your agents. So I was playing around with that, really excited to have folks show you that. Our second session is build AI agents using the power of Agentforce and Data Cloud. So you know what Agentforce is. Some of you may or may not know what Data Cloud is, but why is Agentforce and Data Cloud together important to have? So we're going to show you how you can use pieces from Data Cloud like data graphs and the Agentforce data library and pulling in Data Cloud data into your agents to really take it to the next level. And we're also going to show you RAG 2.0.

Mike: Wow! The sequel to RAG 1.

Jennifer: Yeah, yeah. I was playing around with it and mind blown as to how accurate being able to pull in all that instructor data from PDFs is. It can really search all those PDFs. We're also playing around with pulling in, having it search on audio and video files. So fingers crossed, we hope it works.

Mike: Oh man!

Jennifer: So we could showcase that.

Mike: You can feed it a whole bunch of these podcasts and then you can understand how many times Mike says so.

Jennifer: And then lastly is the intro to Prompt Builder. So we're going to showcase how you can use it in your agents, how you can use it in field generation, so the little sparkles on your field to auto-generate content and also things like screen flows. So really a lot of great introductory content. And then we're going to send you off to our demo booth so that you can get a deeper dive of the cool things that you saw in our demos.

Mike: Can I just tell you that sparkle fields are my jam?

Jennifer: I love sparkles.

Mike: I think they're the coolest things. I love them. I need a shirt that says that. Brittany, there is a buzz at TDX, and I will say you do an amazing job of capturing it from video and pictures. What would your advice be for people attending TDX that want to share out some of the fun stuff in as cool a manner as you do?

Brittany: Oh, I love that question, Mike, and thank you for the compliment. I guess I'd just say video content is awesome. We love to hear from our trailblazers, agent blazers, admins on social. So just don't be scared to pull out your phone, capture some genuine reactions to some of the things that you're experiencing. And you never know, if you tag us on X or LinkedIn, you might get a repost. But the posts that resonate most with me that I see from our community are just general feedback and response to what you're seeing. And I think admins who are not able to attend the event are also really excited to see what people on the ground are sharing and experiencing. So that's my job is to make sure that I capture that so that if you're not able to attend, you get the magic, the feel of it all.

Mike: Yeah, and you have a whole command center set up in the room.

Brittany: I try.

Mike: It's quite the setup. As long as the cord works, then all your monitors work and it's fabulous.

Brittany: You have to have double screens when you're trying to see all of the action going on.

Mike: Right. So now, but attendees don't need double screens. You don't have to walk around with two phones capturing everything for Brittany.

Brittany: Do not recommend that for attendees. No.

Mike: That would be hilarious. Okay, so we'll wrap up here. But last question for everybody, and Brittany, you were the last to talk, so we'll start with you. If you were going to TDX this year or you are planning agents in your org, what is one thing you would start doing today as of this podcast to help get ready and maybe some content you'd look at it for TDX?

Brittany: I'm so glad that you asked this question because I was about to ask you if I could plug something else that is very important for admins. So we have a great resource available right now on admin.salesforce.com that our wonderful blog manager, Eliza Riley, wrote. It's A Salesforce Admin's Guide to TDX 2025. It captures everything we chatted about today, but it has links and way more details about everything that you'll get to experience in person and online. So I highly recommend if you haven't already read that blog post, go do that now. It's a great starting point to get ready for the event.

Mike: I like it. It's very good. Kate, how about you?

Kate: To build on that, I think that getting the foundations before you go is really important. Whenever you go to TDX, there's just so many directions that you can be pulled in and there are so many exciting things you can do. So if you have it prioritized in your mind what you want to do, like if you want to be going to sessions or if you want to make sure that you get in the demos that Jen was talking about, or you want to for sure get that hands-on time building agents or get one of the Agentforce consultations while you're there, do the homework up front. Get your foundations. Read the blogs that have been put out on what is Agentforce and the basics and have that knowledge going in so that you're able to really get the most out of the event and prioritize what you need.

Mike: That's great advice. Jen, you're going to back clean up because you're our most experienced, longest lasting evangelists on the call.

Jennifer: So because you're at TDX and you're in person, there's all these hands-on trainings. I would sign up for as many as possible just so that you can get hands-on. Because I know going on Trailhead, you're creating that Agentforce Trailhead Playground and that goes away in three days. It doesn't give you a lot of time to play, but you're going to be taught by experts and they'll be there to answer your questions as well. So I would check those out. I would definitely check out sessions where you're learning about the new features that are coming down the pike. So anything that you're not aware of, you should go to those sessions so that... Again, a lot of those sessions will be led by the product manager, so you can actually talk to them afterwards. And that's what I found helpful of attending in-person events is that you get that FaceTime with the PMs to ask them additional questions. They probably don't like me saying that, so that people can stalk them afterwards. And I would say also build out your agenda. Make sure that you aren't overloaded and you have time to actually go around and look at the demo booths and talk to people in addition to watching sessions and attending them.

Mike: Yeah, I can't agree more with you on that. The number of people that I've had walk up to me and say, "So what should I go to?" And it's day one at 10:00 already. And it's like, wow, clock's ticking. You're missing out on stuff. I think the one thing I would add to all of that, if you're in-person, get as early as you can to a session and then talk to the people next to you or afterwards. And if you're online, talk to other people that are on social. Talk to Brittany and see the other people that are maybe tweeting or posting about stuff like that because you can also make connections with them. I think the biggest thing is a lot of the content is recorded or online later, but those happenstance conversations or people you run into, that's a one in a million time situation, and that's all part of what's awesome about going. Fantastic. Well, thank you all for coming on the podcast and giving us a roadmap to TDX. If people really like this, we might have to do a similar version for those other event, that other big event we do in October. Fabulous. So that was a fun discussion with everybody. I still think I can fit one or two more people from evangelists or admin relations on the call. So that's going to be my goal for Dreamforce. But if you enjoyed listening to this episode and you're on iTunes or some other podcast app, generally there's like three dots you got to tap and you can follow or can share the episode. Hey, share, post it on social because I would love for you to share it with more people. More people can listen and be part of this wonderful admin community. And of course, as Brittany mentioned on the call, if you're looking for more great resources, your one stop for everything admin is admin.salesforce.com, including a transcript of the show and any links that we have mentioned. And be sure to join the conversation in the Admin Trailblazer Group. That is in the Trailblazer Community. And you know where to find that link? In the show notes on admin.salesforce.com. It's like we thought of this stuff in advance. Anyway, until next week, which funny enough is also TDX, I'll see you in the cloud. Well, that just dropped there. Isn't that fun? Just here it is. I don't know where to go. Yeah, thanks. 20 minutes. Well, we'll see if Dan leaves that in. Sometimes he just leaves some stuff like that.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Eddie Cliff, VP of Product Management at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about Salesforce Foundations and why it’s the key to unlocking the power of Agentforce.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Eddie Cliff.

Introducing Salesforce Foundations Everyone’s excited about Agentforce and everything you can do when you combine Salesforce with AI. But what about smaller orgs? How will EE or UE orgs be able to keep up without access to all of the bells and whistles?

That’s exactly what Eddie and his team have been working on with Salesforce Foundations. It’s a free way to add the basic capabilities of Sales Cloud, Service Cloud, Marketing Cloud, Commerce Cloud, Data Cloud, and Agentforce to your org.

How Salesforce Foundations supports AI and Agentforce Salesforce Foundations eliminates the need for 3rd-party solutions to do that one little thing, like creating a payment link, or triggering a marketing campaign based on Commerce data. You can get all this cool cross-cloud functionality without having to upgrade your org, allowing you to start building that full Customer 360 in Data Cloud.

And this is crucial because Salesforce Foundations also gives you access to a freemium version of Agentforce. “What’s really cool,” he says, “is that as you do more and you use more of these cross-cloud capabilities, your data in Data Cloud gets richer and more powerful and so does Agentforce.”

And did I mention it’s free for Sales or Service EE and UE users?

How to activate Salesforce Foundations Getting started is as easy as going into Setup and clicking on the Salesforce Foundations node. You’ll go through a checklist of everything you need to get going. From there, you’re in for a whole new world of segmentation, personalization, and automation.

Listen to the full episode for more from Eddie on Salesforce Foundations and what’s coming next, and don’t forget to subscribe so you never miss an episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Trailhead: Salesforce Foundations: Quick Look * Help docs: Considerations for Salesforce Foundations

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Eddie on X

  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn

  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on Tiktok
  • Mike on X

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt:

This week on the Salesforce Admins podcast, we're talking with Eddie Cliff, VP of Product Management at Salesforce, about some exciting developments in Salesforce Foundations. It was the subline to Agentforce that you heard at Dreamforce this year. Eddie has been at Salesforce for nearly 14 years, transitioning from roles in go-to-market and solution engineering to now product management. And in this episode, Eddie shares insights into the evolution of Salesforce products like Starter, Pro Suite, and we learn about Salesforce Foundations.

Now, before we get started, I just want to make sure that you're subscribed to the Salesforce Admins podcast on whatever platform you get your Salesforce podcast on. Go ahead and click that subscribe, or sometimes it's a follow button. And that way, when new episodes come in every Thursday morning, they will be downloaded to your phone. So with that, let's jump into our conversation with Eddie where he explains how Salesforce Foundations is designed to give customers access to even more capabilities within sales, service and beyond, including all of their existing Salesforce implementations at no cost. So Eddie, welcome back to the podcast.

Eddie Cliff:

Hey, thanks for having me again. Good to be here.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, absolutely. Well, product managers that work on good features that admins love, we love to have on the podcast. So if people aren't avid listeners, let's refresh their memory. Tell me what exactly you do at Salesforce and how you came to be?

Eddie Cliff:

Yeah, definitely. So my name is Eddie Cliff, VP of Product Management, leading product for our Starter, Pro and now Foundation Suite, which I'm really excited to talk about today. I've been at Salesforce for almost 14 years now, and I've done a variety of roles, from go-to-market and sales and solution engineering and customer success prior to moving into product management about eight years ago now.

Mike Gerholdt:

Wow, I didn't know you were an SC. I don't think you said that in the last podcast. That's awesome.

Eddie Cliff:

Yeah, SCs are amazing in what they can bring from their technical understanding and how Salesforce works, but also working with our customers to understand their requirements and needs, and ultimately designing the solutions that they can present back to the customer to hopefully prove out the value of Salesforce as they look to explore it. So actually, have a couple of SCs on my team... Well, former SCs that are now PMs. SCs make really great PMs because of that solutions mindset that's really tied to customer outcomes, which is super valuable.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, no, I hear you. I also steal from the SC pot as well because they make for good evangelists too.

Eddie Cliff:

Definitely.

Mike Gerholdt:

And they help us present and run demos at Dreamforce, so it doesn't hurt. Speaking of Dreamforce, maybe not lost in, but the byline under Agentforce was Salesforce Foundations, which we announced, and you’re leading as the PM for it. So let's talk about what Salesforce Foundations is.

Eddie Cliff:

So it was buried there at the very end of the keynote. So perhaps some people missed it because it was all about Agentforce and it was an amazing keynote. But we're really excited about Foundations because it's going to help customers unlock Agentforce. And so before I talk about Foundations a little bit more, I want to take a step back to talk about AI in general, which I know is top of mind for a lot of businesses today and probably a lot of the admins listening today. And I promise we're going to get to the meat of Foundations, but I think it's important to talk about this first. So first and foremost, great AI starts with great data, and you can only have great data if all of your apps and systems are connected and you have that single source of truth. And that's what Data Cloud really does for a lot of our customers.

Now, bringing all that data into one system will lead to happier customers because now you can do targeted marketing, smarter commerce, and more effective sales. And what's really cool is that this also gets all of your data centralized and ready for AI, but it's not easy for a lot of our customers to go from say just Sales Cloud or just Service Cloud on their own to the full Customer 360 that we talk about a lot. You need time and resources, and I know from a lot of customers I talk to, that's not something that they have the luxury of having. And so that's the goal here with Foundations is we're making this easier by bringing all of these capabilities to all of our customers through Salesforce Foundations.

So Foundations gives all of these sales and service customers access to more of Salesforce included with their existing Salesforce implementation, and this is free. I want to make sure that's clear. That's not something we're charging for, and you can add this to your existing org and we'll talk a little bit about that. But ultimately, with Foundations, we've made it easier than ever before to get started with that Connected Customer 360 by building our foundational apps into your CRM. And this includes the basic capabilities within Sales Cloud, Service Cloud, Marketing Cloud, Commerce Cloud, Data Cloud, and now Agentforce, which is really exciting because it's now available at no additional cost as part of Foundations.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, free is always good. I also thought for a second that I was like, somebody said, "Well, did you hear about Salesforce Foundations?" And I think they dropped the S and I was like, "Yes, I've heard of the Salesforce Foundation."

Eddie Cliff:

No, that's right. Yeah, I know there's a lot of words that we use at Salesforce and a lot of them sound familiar. This is Foundations with an S, not our .org and all of the amazing things that we do via the Salesforce Foundation. This is, if you think about it, like the foundations, the platform, the beginning point of your Salesforce journey and all the power you can bring.

Mike Gerholdt:

So I feel like all of this existed prior, we just brought together... I've seen all this stuff. How did Foundations come to be?

Eddie Cliff:

Yeah, and I think, Mike, last time I was on, we were talking about the Pro Suite and hopefully everybody had an opportunity to listen to that, but this is a refresher, the journey we've been on over the last few years with Salesforce Starter launching back in 2022. We really built this with this ethos of being easy by default and advanced by choice and creating that 360 out of the box, sales, service, commerce and marketing with a hidden version of Data Cloud that was powering all this behind the scenes. And we were getting a lot of great feedback on Starter. It's really a self-service product. You didn't need any help to get up and running. You didn't need to talk to an account executive. You could sign up online, try it for free and purchase with a credit card. But what we started to hear from our customers is they wanted more, either because they were growing or they just needed more advanced capabilities and more customization options.

And so that's why we launched Pro Suite last year to allow for that seamless upgrade from Starter, and to allow our customers to get that enhanced set of capabilities and customization options. And again, we were getting really great feedback, which is awesome. And so what we started to hear from customers is they wanted to go up, they wanted to expand to Enterprise or even to Unlimited Edition, but they didn't want to lose any of that 360. They didn't want to go to Sales EE and lose the marketing and the commerce and the service capabilities that came with Starter and Pro Suites.

So that was the beginning of, "Well, let's create this in a way that we can allow customers of Starter and Pro Suites to upgrade and not lose any capabilities." But at the same point, we realized, "Well, we should make this base set of capabilities available for all of our customers so they can get that value, and they don't have to start with Starter or Pro Suite. So they can do this directly in their EE or UE org." And so doing things like allowing sellers to speed up things with payment links, and so they can send people to a digital storefront to take care of transactional deals that might free them up to focus on more strategic opportunities or doing cross-cloud scenarios like driving loyalty with Service Cloud and Marketing Cloud, working together to create onboarding journeys and loyalty campaigns.

And then also allowing marketing teams to get into the mix with really targeted Data Cloud segmentation and personalization tools to execute their email marketing campaigns. And ultimately allowing all the teams within an organization to get better cross-functional visibility by working out of that same system, all underpinned by Data Cloud.

Mike Gerholdt:

I think some of that, I'm thinking through as you were talking through that, a lot of that saw in the keynote with how... I forget the retailer we were talking about, but retailer can go in and the person can shop online and then look at it and then immediately pay in the store, making everything a little bit more seamless as opposed to having to send a link or somebody just call in with a credit card or paying online the modern way.

Eddie Cliff:

Yeah, that's exactly right. So bringing all of these pieces together and making it easy to consume and connecting all of the dots so you don't have to do that on your side, allows you to do more with Data Cloud, to do more segmentation and personalization because you're capturing that full Customer 360 in that unified profile that you can then use. So if you have say your commerce order data flowing in, that can be used to trigger marketing campaigns or can be used to surface in a service interaction within a case. And as you start to think about all of the Agentforce use cases you saw at Dreamforce, it's predicated on the fact that you have a connected view of your customer. You built that Customer 360, which we know is a challenge for a lot of our customers. And so again, that's the hope here with Foundations is it will help give you a starting point to start building that Customer 360 that you can grow with and scale up with as you need to.

Mike Gerholdt:

So one thing that struck me as you are walking through your last answer is thinking, I started as an admin and admins start in different orgs that are of different size. I started in enterprise level, so we were EE with days of always becoming a UE org, the big shiny emerald city. But you said in your answer, customers wanted to expand to EE and above. Was a lot of this predicated on our organizations that were below EE that set up very transactional use cases?

Eddie Cliff:

Yeah, good question. It was primarily with those that had started with Starter or with Pro Suite for one reason or another, maybe that fit their business needs when they were first evaluating Salesforce, and then their needs grew and they needed the EE level of capabilities from a sales standpoint, from a service standpoint or just from a platform standpoint. And so that's where we wanted to create this seamless motion that they could go up to EE without losing any of the functionality as well as the experience. It's something we haven't talked about that we've brought in with the Starter and Pro Suites with things like the Left Nav and our homepage, but ultimately allow them to grow as they need to without losing anything was really important to us.

And again, as I was talking about before, we realized that there was a large opportunity here to say, "Hey, there's a lot of EE customers." It's by far and large the most adopted edition for us. There's an opportunity to bring this starter level functionality from Marketing, from Commerce and from Service to let's say, a Sales EE customer to start taking advantage of, to start trying out and using and see if it's a good fit. They can start to bring in more team members across the organization, and then those solutions will scale and grow with them. But again, all can underpin by Data Cloud. So this makes it really easy for them to create that 360 view and sets it up really nicely now for the launch of Agentforce.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, so that begs the question then, who's eligible to get Salesforce Foundations?

Eddie Cliff:

So right now, customers with sales and/or service, EE or UE, so Enterprise Edition or Unlimited Edition can get Foundations for free, and that's something that you can do. It just takes a couple of minutes, we'll talk about it. But for those customers that have industries or might have some additional capabilities already in their org, we are working really hard to make Foundations available for you in the near future as well. So stay tuned there. And if you're unsure of what your Salesforce org has, and if it's eligible for Foundations, we have a lot of documentation, but of course, you're also always able to reach out to your account executive and talk with them and learn more, and they can even assist with getting Foundations turned on.

Mike Gerholdt:

Right, because it normally was available to people EE and below, right?

Eddie Cliff:

That's right. Yeah. So if you think about what we've done in Starter and Pro Suites, I think probably a simple way to think about what Foundations is, is the Pro Suite level of capabilities that we built, which is based on Professional Edition, Sales, Service, Marketing and Commerce. And in bringing that level of functionality up to EE and UE so that you get those additional capabilities that you didn't have access to before. If you had Sales EE or Sales UE, you didn't have a lot of this service or marketing or commerce capabilities and you didn't have Data Cloud. And so that's really what we're trying to bring when you think about a foundational layer of capabilities and value that we can bring to all editions so everybody can take advantage of it and see the value from it.

Mike Gerholdt:

It's almost, I think of the the Steve Jobs early Apple mantra of them looking at remotes and seeing 1,000 buttons and saying, "Well, yeah, anybody can make something complicated. It's really hard to make something simple," and bringing that motion forward. Sometimes you can overcomplicate things in set up. In this way, it's just bringing it forward and making it very simple and logical to set up.

Eddie Cliff:

Yeah, that's certainly the goal and that's the ethos that we took with Starter, that easy by default, advanced by choice, that you don't need to be a Salesforce expert to get started with Salesforce. And we've carried that forward as we launch Pro Suite and now as we're launching Foundations, to try to make this as easy as possible for everyone to set up and use and save everyone time in the implementation or adoption of these key features. And you're right, Mike, it's really hard to take something that's hard and to make it easier, and we have a “better, better, never best” mentality as we approach this. There's always work to be done and sharp edges and rough corners to round off and make the experience better and easier to use and fewer clicks to accomplish key tasks.

And so that's near and dear to my heart, my team's heart, on everything that we do in Starter and Pro and Foundations to hopefully make their products experiences as easy to use as possible and as delightful to use as possible as well.

Mike Gerholdt:

So you mentioned customers with sales and service, EE or UE are eligible. How do they turn it on? Is it light switch? That was the joke we made with Lightning, right?

Eddie Cliff:

Yeah. And as I transitioned into product management, you gave me some PTSD a little bit for the early days of Lightning back... When was that? 2015, 2016. And yeah, we had to do a lot of work to really make it so Lightning was something that large organizations could adopt. Foundations is a little bit different, which is really exciting and it is really simple to add it to your org. And actually, in setup now, there's a new Salesforce Foundation setup node, which you'll notice at the top left. So if you go into setup and you click on Salesforce Foundations, you'll see all of the steps you need to do in a section called Start Here. And so we've made this super simple to get Foundations added and to get started with in your work. And it does require that you'll need to add some skews as we call them, some licenses that you get added to your order to provision the right level of functionality.

And so you'll have to accept some terms and go through that process, it’s all powered via your account, hopefully everybody's seen that really cool self-service capabilities to manage what you have access to in Salesforce. But again, this is free. You're not paying anything. It's just adding these capabilities, accepting the terms because it's some addendums and that's legal terms and the lawyers required it. But once you agree to all that, then we take care of the rest and provisioning and adding everything to your org. And so then all of the necessary pieces will then be present. And so you can go through the rest of the steps once you've added it in. There's some more sections in that set up node. So if you want to go ahead and enable Data Cloud, you can go through that process. If you want to get started with Marketing Cloud, you can enable that, and Commerce Cloud and so forth.

And we're going to continue to add on to this page as well to make it simpler, and so that you can take advantage of some of the experience pieces too, like being able to add the Left Nav, to get our homepage in the quick settings enabled for your users. So we're really excited about that. So it's just the beginning of what you'll see if you log into your org today. More will be coming in the following months and releases.

Mike Gerholdt:

Good. I like when things just show up in setup. That's a lot easier for me. Early in the podcast, we talked about how Agentforce stole all the headlines at Dreamforce. I know there was at least one session in the admin track that talked about Marketing Cloud and Data Cloud and their importance, and I've heard you mention all of those in your answers. So I think tying Foundations to Agentforce, how does this help an admin get ready for Agentforce?

Eddie Cliff:

Yeah, we hadn't intended on this. When we started on Foundations, we didn't intend on this being the foundation for Agentforce. It was something that just organically happened. In partnership with that team, we realized, "Wow, we've got a huge opportunity here because in Foundations, we have all the necessary pieces that are really required for somebody to get started with Agentforce." And so you may have heard at Dreamforce, but there's a freemium offering of Agentforce that's being included in Salesforce Foundations, and that includes some of those agents that the Autonomous Service Agent, ASA, and the BDR, some of those Sales use cases, which was really exciting. So if you're listening now, you can get started with agents as part of Foundations.

And as I mentioned, all those pieces that you need are there. And so you get Data Cloud out of the box alongside Agentforce, and you get that full Foundations Suite experience across sales, service, marketing and commerce. And what's really cool here is as you do more and you use more of these cross-cloud capabilities, your data in Data Cloud gets richer and more powerful, and so does Agentforce. So a great example of this, you think about the Service use cases, which I'm really excited about the possibilities and what our customers are going to do with the Autonomous Service Agents. Really, really cool stuff, where you get that base level of Service Cloud now that has Knowledge Base. And so you can create those knowledge articles and you can start to build out that wealth of information that can then flow into Data Cloud and be used via Agentforce, which is just really cool and not something that you'd been able to do without Foundations previously.

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, absolutely. That's always a question that admins get asked is, "How do I turn this on?" Eddie, one of the things I figured out this weekend was working in tech and having done this podcast for so long, I feel like everybody that does technology stuff, secretly on the side also has a very tactile hobby of theirs. And this weekend, I used some scrap wood because I live in a housing development and they're building new houses around me. So there's piles of scrap wood that I reclaim as my own, and I just build random stuff out of it, and it was incredibly fun. I'm wondering, is there a fun hobby that you like to do when you're not working on Salesforce Foundations?

Eddie Cliff:

Yeah, tons. And if you go in my garage, there's power tools everywhere.

Mike Gerholdt:

Of course.

Eddie Cliff:

So I love to tinker and fix things-

Mike Gerholdt:

You have to buy a new power tool just for every project. Right? That's the whole reason you do a project.

Eddie Cliff:

That's the best part. Yeah, that's the best part. Pick up projects you get a new power tool for. So I'm always constructing something, whether it's something that we need for the house or something that we like to do. For example, we have this Hobbie kayak, it’s a trimaran, a sailing kayak, and the seats… Being a product person, you just find the things that really annoy you and you come up with solutions for fixing them. And these seats sit in the bottom of the kayak. And so as you're going around, you start to get wet. So, "There's a solution to this. I can come up with something. Get some PVC pipe, I can construct some plans and get some mounts and some boat seats." And voila, I've got some nice cheap seats that I can put into the kayak that's going to keep me dry as I'm going out with my family, which is... I've got a 6-year-old. And so he loves to go out on that and go out on the water. And so that was really important to me to have, so a little bit more comfortable.

And also the utility of keeping me dry because it's got these pedals that you have to use with your feet to propel the kayak. So it's really important that you have a comfortable seat so that your back isn't killing you at the end of the day.

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, man.

Eddie Cliff:

So we do a lot of that kind of stuff. And then this past weekend, it was just tons of gardening that we were finally getting done around the house. It's not so hot anymore. So getting all those plants in place was really exciting and it looks great.

Mike Gerholdt:

And you said sailing kayak. Are they bigger than just the regular kayaks that I'm thinking of?

Eddie Cliff:

Yeah, it's a two-person kayak and it's got the Ama, as they call them, the little outriggers on either side.

Mike Gerholdt:

Okay.

Eddie Cliff:

So it's super stable, and then it's got a fairly big sail that goes into it, so you don't have to use the sail, but in light winds, it sure does make it a lot easier so you're not pedaling the whole time.

Mike Gerholdt:

Sure.

Eddie Cliff:

And so you can beach launch it, so it's really easy to get onto the water and get back onto the trailer. And so it's something that we really enjoy doing as a family together.

Mike Gerholdt:

Wow, okay. I had no idea these things existed. I've thought of kayaks before, but that sounds incredible. And pedaling would be... I guess there's no motor.

Eddie Cliff:

Yeah, you get a work out. Actually, my next project is to put a mount on the back and so I can put a trolling motor-

Mike Gerholdt:

I was going to say.

Eddie Cliff:

For those days where the current's a little stronger.

Mike Gerholdt:

Electric motors are getting better. I see them on The Price Is Right. These little things that divers can hang onto. They look like wings or whatever, and they pull them under, get a couple of those.

Eddie Cliff:

Yeah, exactly. And that's a fun thing. You get these types of things and you can modify it to fit your needs and your requirements. You can come up with solutions to really make it work for you. So I apply that same level of thinking that I do at Salesforce to my day-to-day, and the things that I use in my day-to-day life outside of work, which is always fun.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. Well, Eddie, thanks for coming on the podcast and talking about Foundations. I'll have to work on getting somebody on the podcast to see what they think of Foundations as a customer and what they're excited for as a follow-up.

Eddie Cliff:

Yeah, thanks for having me. And we're really excited about the future of Foundations. Stay tuned to release notes. There's more coming. We're going to be adding more capabilities to Foundations for you to take advantage of, and those will continue to be free. So keep an eye out for those release notes. And as you turn it on and try it out, we'd love to hear your feedback. So please share your feedback with us, or if you have any ideas going out to the IdeaExchange and share those with us because we're constantly reviewing those and seeing what we can implement to help make it better, better, never best. So thank you for listening and I appreciate your feedback.

Mike Gerholdt:

You bet. Thanks, Eddie.

So that was a fun conversation with Eddie. I had no idea there were sailing kayaks. Maybe you did. I grew up in the Midwest. We don't have a lot of water around here, so no surprise, but sounds cool. Sounds very cool, except for the pedaling part. Always a fan, if you can have a motor, I'm on board. But if you enjoyed this episode, be sure to share it with at least one person who you think could benefit. I think a lot of people can benefit from understanding and learning more about Salesforce Foundations. And of course, whatever podcast platform you're listening on, go ahead and click that follow or subscribe button. That way, new episodes will come out and will be immediately on your phone.

And if you're looking for more resources, we've got those. So you can learn about Salesforce Foundations. Just head on over to admin.salesforce.com for a wealth of content, all for Salesforce admins, directly for you, including a transcript of today's show. And don't forget to join our conversation in the Admin Trailblazer group, that's in the Trailblazer community. Again, link is in the show notes. Show notes are at admin.salesforce.com. We keep it all together for you in one place. Speaking of keeping it all together, until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Marianna Torres, Associate Salesforce Labs Evangelist at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about the Salesforce Labs AI Library and how it can get you started with implementing AI agents in your org.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Marianna Torres.

What is Salesforce Labs? Growing up, Marianna was always interested in more creative pursuits and had never considered a career in tech. That all changed during the COVID-19 lockdown when she enrolled in a workforce development program called Year Up United and landed an internship with Salesforce.

Today, Marianna works on the Salesforce Labs team, curating the Salesforce employee-built apps, components, and flows that are available for free on AppExchange. Now with the release of Agentforce, the team has put together the Salesforce Labs AI Library as a resource to help you get started with AI.

How the Salesforce Labs AI Library helps you get started with Agentforce If you’ve been keeping up with the pod, you know that prompt engineering can be tricky business. But what if you could copy all the best, most useful prompts from Salesforce product experts?

That’s what the Salesforce Labs AI Library is all about. It gives you everything you need to get AI agents up and running. When she’s going through submissions, Marianna asks three simple questions:

  1. Will this help the customer?
  2. Does this simplify something that historically takes a lot of time?
  3. Is it easy to use?

If the answer is yes, it gets included in the library, ready to help you implement Agentforce AI in your org.

More resources for Salesforce Labs If you don’t know where to start, Marianna recommends going through the Salesforce Labs Basics on Trailhead. You can also listen to the full episode, where she walks Josh through the process of looking something up in the Salesforce Labs AI Library.

That’s it for this episode, so be sure to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast and we’ll catch you next week.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * The Salesforce Labs AI Library * Trailhead: Salesforce Labs Basics * AppExchange: Salesforce Labs * Year Up United

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Marianna on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Josh Birk: Hey, gang, Josh Birk, your guest host here for today. Today we're going to talk to Marianna Torres about a project that I am very, very excited about. It's live now, it's called the Salesforce Labs AI Library. I'm really not sure if I'm getting that name right, but I will ask Mariana here in a second. All right. Today on the show, we welcome Marianna Torres to talk about the Salesforce AI Labs library. Do I have that title right or is there are more official one?

Marianna Torres: The Salesforce Labs AI Library is the official title. But yeah, you did a good job. Yeah.

Josh Birk: Okay. Welcome to the show. First, I want to talk a little bit about your early years. Was computers and software engineering, software in general something you always wanted to get into?

Marianna Torres: Honestly, no. I'm actually surprised about how I ended up here at Salesforce. But yeah, so growing up and stuff, I was always more of a creative person, so I was drawing, singing, doing all that. Basically anything that's creative, I was doing. So as I got older, it kind of got to the point where it's like you kind of realize that, okay, it's like I can go to school, I could pursue this, I could potentially do something. But at the same time, I had graduated and it was shortly before COVID.

Josh Birk: Oh.

Marianna Torres: Yeah, so instead of going the traditional route, I had just joined a workforce development program. The program was called Year Up. Yeah, so through that I did the six-month corporate training. They had transitioned it to virtual and everything. So yeah, I actually started my internship here at Salesforce in 2020, so peak COVID. And from there one thing led to another, I was a contractor for a couple years, and then I got full time.

Josh Birk: Nice, nice. What was the connection to get into the AI labs job itself? Other than the fact that we get paid a nickel every time we say the word AI.

Marianna Torres: Yeah. So yeah, the team that I'm with now, it's the exact same team that I had joined five years ago as an intern, and that is the Salesforce Labs team. So primarily, our job is to provide our customers with some free employee-built apps, components, and flows on AppExchange. Then this past whole year, AI became huge, and then we had to pivot and we're like, "Okay, the customers want AI, what can we give them?" Seeing as how AI wasn't packageable yet, so-

Josh Birk: Right.

Marianna Torres: Yeah, we actually just launched Actions, I believe. So Agent Actions are now packageable, prompt templates are not though, neither are full-on agents. So that's what this library serves as, it's a little resource for our customers to go in and grab some pre-made prompts, just click that copy button and then import it directly into Agent Builder. So too long [inaudible 00:03:17].

Josh Birk: Right. It's a kind of deploying, I guess.

Marianna Torres: Yeah. It's a quick little resource just for everyone to get started fast with Agentforce, with Agent Builder, all that.

Josh Birk: Gotcha. What's your relationship with AI? Were you getting into it as you were in the intern? Have you picked it up with your job? Do you use it day to day? Et cetera, et cetera?

Marianna Torres: Oh, yeah, so that's a great question. Okay, so I know that AI's definitely been something that's... It's been mainly the back burner of my mind until maybe the past year or so. So in 2023, okay, I had went back to school to go and finish my degree, and it was, I think ChatGPT had just exploded, and everyone was using ChatGPT and stuff. So in school, obviously it was very strict. You can't be using ChatGPT to write your essays. But I was using it to review it, so please fix any grammar errors and stuff. So with that, I kind of got a hand on of it, but it was here at work that I got to fine tune it. So at school, I was kind of experimenting with it, but then here I got to, okay, it's like look at this blog post I wrote and just expand on it. So I kind of got the hands-on skills here mainly, so it's like I had more freedom here than what I did at school. So I was using ChatGPT and then fine-tuning everything, all that kind of stuff. And then, yeah, at the time, I was also doing a lot of promotions and stuff for Labs, so YouTube videos, just promotional videos, all that. And AI just kind of opened a whole new door for us. So before all the videos that I would make, they were silent. It's like I wasn't confident to have my voice out there and stuff. But then what's it called? ElevenLabs comes out and it's like, oh, you can have AI generated voices for your videos, and I'm like, "What?"

Josh Birk: Oh, wow. Okay. Okay.

Marianna Torres: Yeah. So yeah, it's like I've definitely been... It first came out, I was kind of like, "Okay, yeah, whatever. It doesn't impact me directly," until it actually did impact me directly. And just here at Salesforce, I got to actually be able to experiment with it, see more of the capabilities with it and work with it. I think that's the best part.

Josh Birk: Gotcha. When you are out talking to people, do you have stories about how people are using the AI library, like how they're implementing it in their own uses?

Marianna Torres: Yes. So the AI library was actually just launched at Dreamforce, so that was September of last year. And just our customers were blown away by it. It was okay, it's like you're met with this new technology. Okay, you're kind of prompt engineering, I think it's what they officially call it, but creating those prompts and stuff. Where do you even start if you've never worked with AI before? So the resource itself has gotten a lot of great feedback. It's like everyone's been very excited about it. And I want to say that right now, it's like the Salesforce Labs team is a very small team, so our main goal is to evangelize it. So I want to say that not as many people know about it as we would like to yet. But whenever we've presented it to them, it was always like this just people have had such a great reaction to it and just they're very eager to explore it and engage with it.

Josh Birk: Yeah. Well, let me give the AI library some credit here because it's... So first of all, I have a kind of peeve about the term prompt engineering, because I kind of feel like it turns it into... Sounds like a scientific approach or something like that.

Marianna Torres: Exactly.

Josh Birk: But the point is valid. What is a good prompt? There's some resources out there, but if you've never actually sat down, it's kind of like the blank paper writer problem, like how do you write your first great novel? Your prompts are amazing. They're really, really good. I look at them and I'm like, "Oh gosh, I have to up my game now because they're really good." So it's kind of a two part question. First of all, what's the process of writing and reviewing these? Because they're very, very good examples. And then also just kind of, I guess the flip side of that. What's the process for, if I submit a prompt to you, what's the process for potentially putting that in the library?

Marianna Torres: Yeah, so, okay, Salesforce Labs is an internal program. So basically, all the prompts that are on that site were written by experts within Salesforce. So we work with employees from all over the organization, and just some of them have gotten... It's like they gotten a really good understanding and really good experience with Agentforce and with their own respective experience within the company and stuff. So those prompts, they were created some pretty top-notch people, you know?

Josh Birk: We're talking like the actual Stanford genius people.

Marianna Torres: Yeah, I was looking at them, I was like, "You know what? I don't think I could have craft this myself." But no, yeah. So in short, they were all built and created by Salesforce experts within their own fields and stuff.

Josh Birk: Got it.

Marianna Torres: So internally, we do have a process within Slack. We basically allow every single employee who is interested in submitting a prompt to just fill out that workflow. Then we look at it, we review it. First, we see if it'll provide value to customers. But then we also check to see is, okay, is there a prompt on here that's already kind of the same thing? And if yes, we're not going to move forward. But so far, yeah, the submissions have been people who've built with us, people who don't just understand the program on a general level, but on a very technical level. So this is the prompts that they're creating, it's like the real world problems that they've heard from customers. And just with their knowledge of the platform, with their knowledge of Agentforce, they're able to kind of craft these templates to just kind of support in that way.

Josh Birk: Got it. So if you're a solution engineer out there and you're listening to this and you just saved somebody's bacon because you got a really good prompt template for a very specific use case, then they should go to your workflow, right?

Marianna Torres: Exactly, yes. And we are always taking submissions. So this is PSA for any Salesforce employee, any SC, any developer, whatever you are, if you have a prompt that you're proud of, and if you want to share it with customers, come to us at Salesforce Labs and we will add it to the library.

Josh Birk: Now, I will say I've actually gotten a little bit of fame for testing out Prompt Builder by showing people how good it is at writing poetry in Haiku. How would that go through your review process?

Marianna Torres: I'm sorry, Prompt Builder for a haiku. Yeah.

Josh Birk: Yeah. Okay, fair. Fair. I cede the point. I concede the point.

Marianna Torres: No, that is awesome. But as of right now, yeah, the library is only to host those prompts that support.

Josh Birk: Got it. Got it. Okay, well, walk me through, give... It's a little harder on a podcast, but kind of walk me through the navigation of the library. So not haiku, not poetry, but what are some of your categories and audiences?

Marianna Torres: Yeah. Okay, so once you log into the Salesforce Labs AI Library, the main menu basically shows you a sub-menu of the Salesforce products. So you'll have sales, service, marketing, industries. If you click on any of those, you'll basically be redirected to a respective collection of prompts for that product.

Josh Birk: Got it.

Marianna Torres: So if we go down to, let's say the service icon, you're going to go ahead and click that, and then here, you already have a few prompts that can help you inside of your day-to-day service ops. So we have case classification, complaint attribute generation, that kind of thing. You would basically click into one of those tiles, and then from there you'll get access to the prompt. So on the left side, you'll get a little overview of the prompt. You also get the category, template type, whether it's a flex or not, basically all that general stuff. Then on the righthand side of the page, you'll see the actual prompt highlighted inside of blue. And here, we have you are a highly skilled agent support working at organization name, assign a case reason to the case owner based on their subject and their description. So there's a lot more to this prompt than what I just read, but we have this very handy copy text button that you can just click that and now the entire thing is copied to your clipboard, and it's pretty self-explanatory. You head to Agent Builder and just drop that in there.

Josh Birk: Fill in the blanks.

Marianna Torres: Exactly.

Josh Birk: It's deployment by Mad Libs. I like it. I like it. So the other thing I want to shout out to this is because not only are the prompts very well written, and I kind of want to dig one layer deeper into that in a second here, but it's also like if you're listening to this and maybe you're an admin and you've been struggling with that, why Agentforce? Right? Why would I bring this into my company? These are very solid use cases that are going to apply to a lot of people, and it might help answer that question like, "Oh, Agentforce could do that for me. Why don't I build a prompt to get that done?" So huge kudos for that. So going back to the prompt engineering bit, when you see a prompt, what makes you think this is a good prompt?

Marianna Torres: So right off the bat, I want to say it's the first, it kind of goes back to what I said earlier, but is this going to help the customer? And I want to say that my understanding is also very... Comes from a lot of just looking at these Salesforce Labs apps that our employees contribute every year. Another big thing is does this simplify something that historically takes a lot of time to get information from? [inaudible 00:13:30] the actual technical aspects, myself, I'm not super technical, but it's like right away I'm like, "Okay, which objects does this reference?" Is it something that the customer has to build out themselves, or is it just right there that it just grabs and goes? That kind of thing.

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Marianna Torres: I want to say that those are my top three for reviewing a prompt and seeing which ones would be most valuable to our customers.

Josh Birk: Right. Well, what I love about the style of them is that, like I said, I'm looking at these prompts. I'm like, "Oh gosh, I need to get better at this." Because not only do they follow a lot of the good rules, like it's very succinct, but it's also very instructive. When you're reading the prompt, you can kind of say to yourself, "Oh, this is what the AI needs to understand." And it's like if there's something that might be a curveball for it, we'll make sure that that's an instruction on the prompt. So I feel like reading these prompts actually makes it a little bit clearer as to kind of how a prompt is sort of that component between the user and the AI itself.

Marianna Torres: Yeah. When you're running a prompt, just one line isn't going to do it. So it's like the more that you give the AI, the better. So as you said, it's like you have to instruct it, you kind of have to guide it. I think that that's another thing too, it's like does this prompt have the necessary guidance it needs in order to provide the information that the user needs?

Josh Birk: Right. Right. They're not good at guessing. They just hallucinate when they have to guess.

Marianna Torres: Exactly.

Josh Birk: I think the phrase I've always gone back to is context is king. You have to tell them something. Sometimes you even have to tell them twice and put it into both or slash slash slash. There's some weird trick about putting in the apostrophes, and apparently that's supposed to be like, "Hey, AI, really pay attention to this kind of thing," so yeah. Okay, so let's look forward. Do you have new material that you want to shout out? And do you want to go into the new deployable actions?

Marianna Torres: Okay, so first off, I just want to call out that the Salesforce Labs AI Library is live. So you can go in there, you can grab the prompts, templates, they're all there ready for our customers to use. We also have a new section, for Actions and for Agent Topics. So from my understanding, okay, so Agent Actions are, in fact, packageable now. They were not packageable when we built this out. So if you also want some quick agent actions, we got them in there too. And then some agent topics as well as some pattern templates. So the future of the site is actually, it's like we are moving very, very fast, but it's like this site will live as a resource for AI and Salesforce Labs, whatever that looks like in the future.

Josh Birk: Got it. Marianna, one final question. What is your favorite non-technical hobby?

Marianna Torres: Does guitar count? I kind of think it-

Josh Birk: It does.

Marianna Torres: ... kind of counts as technical.

Josh Birk: Oh, yes.

Marianna Torres: Yeah.

Josh Birk: Yes. So I have run into this with this question so many times, and the two topics that people challenge me on, are they really technical? One is gaming, and I'm a video gamer, so I personally think it's a non-technical hobby because my programming brain turns off whenever I'm playing. And then the other one is music, and the reason is because people think music is technical in that terms of understanding the song, right?

Marianna Torres: Yeah, it's like you have to understand it, but also just even when you're putting together a song, I don't know, it's like you really have to think and stop and, okay, if I play this chord, is it going to-

Josh Birk: Right. Right. You're-

Marianna Torres: Does that fit nicely? It's kind of like a puzzle, I want to say, kind of. Yeah, it's very-

Josh Birk: Yeah, no. So yes, I considered a non-technical. I also got challenged on that one by one Kevin Portman, when he asked if I would consider woodworking technical, and that was a tough one to call out, but yeah.

Marianna Torres: I have no idea how I would've answered.

Josh Birk: Love it. Love it. Well, Marianna, thank you so much for the great time and the conversation and the information. That was a lot of fun.

Marianna Torres: Of course. Thank you for having me, Joshua. And yes, I also want to do one last call out the Salesforce Labs Basic Trail. Take that to learn more all about Salesforce Labs, who we are, what we do, and the kind of apps that are available to you.

Josh Birk: Love it.

Marianna Torres: Thank you so much, Joshua. This was awesome.

Josh Birk: You're so welcome. Listen to her people, head off to Trailhead. I want to once again thank Marianna for the great conversation and information. And as always, I want to thank you for listening. Head on over to admin.salesforce.com for more on the show. You can see the show notes, you can hear old episodes, and, of course, as Marianna noted, go over to Trailhead to see about the great trail, to learn more about the AI library. Thanks again, everybody. I'll talk to you soon.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Jennifer Lee, Lead Admin Evangelist at Salesforce and the host of How I Solved It and Automate This!

Join us as we chat about everything coming with the Spring ‘25 release and what’s new for Agentforce and AI on Salesforce.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jennifer Lee.

Jen’s highlights from the Spring ‘25 release Every year, Jen’s release readiness blog post is our most popular piece of content. So I thought I’d bring her on the pod to talk about Spring ‘25 so we can hear it straight from the source. She shares [number] areas where there will be big changes:

  1. Agentforce for all with Salesforce Foundations With Spring ‘25, more orgs than ever before will get access to Agentforce for free with Salesforce Foundations. This is a game changer for smaller orgs and solo admins, allowing you to use AI to harness the power of the Sales, Service, and Marketing Clouds to transform your business.

One thing Jen wants to highlight is the ability to add agent quick actions right on a record page. Prompting is an art, but sometimes your users just need the AI to do the thing. Now you can give them a magic button to give the agent the correct prompt.

If you have Einstein Bots, you can easily convert them into templates for agents to save some steps getting started with Agentforce.

  1. Einstein AI for flows For the flownatics out there, there are a ton of new ways that AI enhancements in Spring ‘25 can help you build flows. You can describe what you want a formula or flow to do, and Einstein will build it for you. While you’ll need to go in and iron out the details, it can get you 80% of the way there. No more googling to look up how to write a specific formula.

If you’re like most admins, your Salesforce org is probably full of flows that you didn’t build yourself. With Spring ‘25, you’ll be able to get Einstein to summarize what they do, which makes documentation and debugging much easier.

  1. User management made easy Meanwhile, there are several user management changes coming in Spring ‘25 aimed at minimizing clicks and making permissions easier to manage. The group summary page lets you view all the sharing rules and list views in one place, so it’s much simpler to figure out why someone can see something but someone else can’t.

  2. Better screen flows in Spring ‘25 Action buttons let you automatically trigger a flow when your user clicks a button, but what if you could pull up the output without any other user interaction? That’s where screen flows come in. For example, when your user selects a contact you can automatically pull up the associated cases or opportunities.

How to get ready for a Salesforce release Jen’s advice for going through release notes is to start with your org. What features do you rely on? Search through the release notes for those things, specifically, and make sure you know what’s new and what’s changing.

Two things that will affect every org are security updates and release updates. These security and performance enhancements will improve your org across the board, so be sure you know when they’ll be enforced and how to test them. Remember, a sandbox org is your best friend.

There’s a lot more great stuff from Jen to get ready for Spring ‘25, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Blog: Jen’s Top Spring ’25 Release Features | Be Release Ready * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: How Can Small Teams Benefit from Salesforce Foundations and Generative AI?

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Jen on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admin's podcast, we're thrilled to welcome back Jennifer Lee to talk about the Spring '25 release and all of its exciting features. Now, as you know, Jennifer is lead admin evangelist here on the admin relations team at Salesforce and host of the How I Solved It and Automate This video series on YouTube. She's also known for this blog post, which comes out with every release. I know you find it incredibly helpful. I do. Now, before we jump into the conversation with Jennifer, I want to make sure that you are following the Salesforce Admin's podcast on your favorite platform so that you never miss an episode, which could include really cool features like this one. So with that, let's get Jennifer on the podcast. So Jen, welcome back to the podcast.

Jennifer Lee: Thanks for having me, Mike. Glad to be back.

Mike: Well, it's almost spring. It doesn't feel like it where we're at-

Jennifer Lee: No.

Mike: ... but isn't that how it always is with all of our releases?

Jennifer Lee: I just want it to fast-forward.

Mike: Yes.

Jennifer Lee: Get me to spring.

Mike: Right. But you can fast-forward in your orgs because we're going to talk about Spring '25 release features. And Jen, back on January 16th, you put out an amazing blog post. I think it's the most popular blog post every year.

Jennifer Lee: Woo-woo.

Mike: So let's start off with going over some spring stuff and familiarizing people with what you do at Salesforce and go from there.

Jennifer Lee: Yeah, sure. I guess I could start with what I do at Salesforce and then we'll dive into the Spring '25 fun features. So, Jennifer Lee, lead admin evangelist on the admin relations team with Mike, and I'm also the host of How I Solved It, Automate This on our YouTube channel, and I write our mega blog releases for each of our three releases a year. And I speak at various Salesforce events, so you see me at TDX, Dreamforce and other community events. So let's dive into Spring '25. So I'm really excited about these Agentforce AI features come first because that's what we're talking about these days is Agentforce and AI. So really excited that folks can get their hands on Agentforce for free with Salesforce Foundation. So you can get access to Agentforce for sales and Agentforce for service and start playing around with it and getting your hands dirty. So that's pretty cool. And then also sometime in the spring release, we'll also add in the ability to have agent quick actions placed right on your record pages. So your users don't need to think of, "Oh, what's the correct prompt that I should use with the employee agent to get the thing that I want?" They can just click a button and we're just going to pass over that prompt into the employee agent for them, so they'll get a consistent response every single time so they don't have to figure out how to word your prompts.

Mike: This is so cool. When you showed this, because you sent around the GIF that you have in the blog, I was like, "Oh, this, I love buttons."

Jennifer Lee: Yes.

Mike: I love buttons. Users love buttons. People like to click buttons, and you get a sparkle little button. Like I'm telling you, because I also feel like when we talk AI, people just assume they know how to use it, and it's a little bit of an art. We're kind of early days of getting AI to respond the way you want it to, and the ability for an admin to set up a prompt, because you show this in the GIF, in the blog. The right wording, it kind of helps train your users how to be good prompt writers. I love it.

Jennifer Lee: Exactly.

Mike: This is the most exciting feature for me, I could talk about all day.

Jennifer Lee: And for those who were early adopters and they built Einstein bots in your org, you can now use that as a starting point to create your agent for service agent. How cool is that? That you don't have to start from scratch. You're like, "I have this thing over here. I want to make this into agent." Click a few buttons and then it just creates that draft for you so you have a starting point. So that's pretty cool. And then a couple of the other AI features that we have for those flow-natics out there.

Mike: Oh yes. Can't forget the flow-natics.

Jennifer Lee: Or even you're new to flow, you now have, we're going GA, so generally available, the ability to use natural language to describe what your automation should be, and then it creates that flow behind the scenes for you, right? That starting point, so that's pretty cool. So that's now GA. There's also, if you need help with formulas in your flows, you can describe it. You don't have to go and know what the right syntax is. You describe what you want and then it generates it for you. Again, that's such an improvement. I remember back in the day, I would have to go Google everything because not a great formula.

Mike: Nobody's a good formula. There's three people in world that are good at formulas and they're the ones that answer all our questions, but not kidding. Formulas and validation rules were always top performers in admin track for the longest time. I could probably bring those sessions back and they'd still be top performers. Everybody needs help. I still Google formulas for Google Sheets and stuff.

Jennifer Lee: Yeah. And I attended those sessions.

Mike: Yeah, I'm sure. Oh, man. Yeah, formulas are, that's stuff that I'm excited for Einstein.

Jennifer Lee: Yeah.

Mike: That like, "Oh, help me do this," and then it spits it out for me.

Jennifer Lee: And then another thing for flow-natics out there is imagine you're in a org. You didn't build the flow that you need to troubleshoot and you have no idea what the flow does. Well, now you can go in and with a click of a button, Einstein will summarize what's going on in that flow for you.

Mike: Oh.

Jennifer Lee: Yeah. So you don't need to go and open up each thing and try to figure it out. That is super cool.

Mike: I mean, to be fair, even if you were in that org and built the flow, but it was like eight months ago-

Jennifer Lee: You're not going to remember.

Mike: No.

Jennifer Lee: No, absolutely not.

Mike: Are you kidding? I couldn't tell you what I had for breakfast this weekend.

Jennifer Lee: Exactly.

Mike: Oh, man. That goes back to the other stuff that was always super popular at Dreamforce and TDX was like documenting your org. And the ability to do that, you think of that, Jen, then that's easily, you could spend a couple hours and get descriptions of all your flows and now you've got some documentation on flows started. There's probably a way to save that in the flow, right?

Jennifer Lee: Well, you summarize that and then there's a button that will save it to the flow properties. So as a general description of your overall flow, you can save it right there.

Mike: I mean, so there's no reason people shouldn't have this.

Jennifer Lee: Exactly, yes. All right. So we're going to move on to user management. And Cheryl Feldman and team continue to deliver and make lives of admins so much easier by minimizing the number of clicks they have to do to go and troubleshoot all things permission. So a couple things. A highlight for this one is at the object level, right, let's say you have users that need view access to all the fields in that object along with view all records, modify all. There's now a new view all fields permission at the object level. So you check that and that automatically sets all the fields on that object to view access. And when you create new fields going forward, it'll automatically check the box for those fields so you don't have to remember and go back.

Mike: Oh. That's awesome.

Jennifer Lee: Yes.

Mike: The number of times I've created the whole areas of fields and forgot.

Jennifer Lee: Makes me want to go back and be an admin at companies.

Mike: I mean, it's so much easier now. I feel like people in the ecosystem listen to our stories and it sounds like when our grandparents were like, "We used to walk to school both ways uphill."

Jennifer Lee: "Back in the day."

Mike: No, it really was, it really was hard.

Jennifer Lee: And then for permission sets on that summary page, you can now grant access to your permission set groups, and then you can also remove user and custom permissions at the permission set level. So it really minimizes clicks, like you're in the permission set, you can then assign it to permission set groups. You don't have to go navigate out of it elsewhere and set up in order to do that.

Mike: Right. That can be awfully tedious.

Jennifer Lee: Yes. Minimizing all those clicks. Love it.

Mike: I mean, I was wondering when permission sets and all of in permission set groups started coming out, you're from the old days of profiles and the millions of checkboxes, I thought, boy-

Jennifer Lee: Yes.

Mike: ... once they start rolling this out, there's going to be hidden corners of the universe that admins are going to have to search to try and figure out why somebody can see something and they can't. And I mean just to pile on, but thank goodness that Cheryl came along and was an admin and understood that. Because it was like, "No, I've been there and here's how this needs to work."

Jennifer Lee: [inaudible 00:10:40].

Mike: And it was from a usability standpoint as opposed to an engineering standpoint. It makes permission sets, permission set groups, all of that totally consumable.

Jennifer Lee: And I love how her group is really receptive to listening to admins like, "Okay, tell me what you're doing today to do this task. What are the steps? Why do you need to manage things in spreadsheets? Tell me why, so I can solve that for you in Salesforce."

Mike: Yeah. In fact, in less than a month from when this podcast airs, she'll be at TDX. And I promise you, those sessions are packed. The Q&A afterward, it's like you would think Taylor Swift showed up at TDX and you just turn and you're like, "Nope, that's just Cheryl Feldman."

Jennifer Lee: Yeah, so go and attend her Future of User Management session. Those, I've sat in on a couple of those and the number of claps and hollers as she's going through and saying, "This is coming and this is coming," yeah, it's amazing. It's amazing.

Mike: Yup.

Jennifer Lee: So a couple other things that her team is delivering in this release. On the group summary page, you can now view all the sharing rules and list views that you've assigned to groups. So all in one place. You don't have to navigate to each of those things, again, minimizing the clicks. And then also in the Salesforce Cloud Go, you can now view assigned permission sets and then monitor their usage in that tool as well.

Mike: Wow, that's a lot.

Jennifer Lee: And even more to come.

Mike: These are the highlights.

Jennifer Lee: [inaudible 00:12:28] not done.

Mike: You got to read everything, but you know. Okay, what else you got, Jen?

Jennifer Lee: All right, and then lastly, I got to rattle off some flow things, right? I touched on some, but there's so much more. A few releases ago for screen flows, the team delivered action buttons. On a screen, you can click a button and then it does some other things. You don't have to click next to go to the next screen. Well, in this release, they now introduce screen actions. So when you do, let's say you do a lookup on a contact, and as soon as you select that contact, it comes back with the associated cases for example, or opportunities. You don't even have to click the button. It does it for you. So that again, minimizes clicks. And then again, when you're working on screen flows, you want to give your users a sense of where they are in the progression of their flow. How many times have you worked on a survey and you're like, "How many screens is the survey?"

Mike: It's never going to end. It's perpetual

Jennifer Lee: Or I'm just going to quit because I'm done.

Mike: I'm done. You should have everything.

Jennifer Lee: Right? So now we can set stages on a progress bar for your screen flow without requiring a custom progress indicator that before you would have to build a custom component for. So now it's-

Mike: It's like path, but for-

Jennifer Lee: Uh-huh.

Mike: Okay, I'll take that. Yeah. I have wondered, because you don't know when you build... Most of the screens I build are simple because I don't have your skill, but I always wondered, you get three or four screens in. Well, I wonder if I could put a little cartoon up of, "Almost there. Keep going."

Jennifer Lee: Exactly. All right, a few more things. So when you are in Flow Builder now, and let's say you're managing multiple versions of this flow and you're like, "Well, which one? I don't remember if it was the previous version or this other version," and then you had to navigate out of that flow, a couple of clicks to go into another flow version. Well, now you can access right in that flow. There's a little drop-down and you can see all the different versions and when you click on that, it opens that up. So a lot of saving clicks.

Mike: This is cool. And you include a screenshot in your blog post. I had no idea I needed this until I saw the screenshot and I'm like, "Oh yeah, now I need this."

Jennifer Lee: I love just doing those GIFs because it really brings the feature to life. You don't just read it, you can actually see it in action.

Mike: Right, right.

Jennifer Lee: Yeah.

Mike: So this may be a silly question. No silly questions. I know what active means. I mean, that's the current flow, but in your screenshot there are some that are inactive and some that are deactivated. What are the differences in the statuses?

Jennifer Lee: Deactivated is probably a flow that you had activated at one point and then you deactivated it. Now inactive is a flow that you're probably just working on that you haven't saved, but you haven't done anything else with it.

Mike: Okay, got it. Just making sure. I figured somebody might have that question. It's like on deck, inactive is like a version but not ever been activated.

Jennifer Lee: All right. So for those who have a need to combine things, so in flow you can have a collection of records. Now in this transform element, you can now join two source collections into a target collection. So for example, let's say you had records that contain information from a third party system and they needed to be combined with data from Salesforce to make a complete record. Well, now in your flow you can take those two sources and combine them together with the transform element. So you don't have to go through that complex logic of looping through and doing all those things. You can take one element and magically combine them together.

Mike: Combining is good.

Jennifer Lee: And then lastly, for those who need to send emails as part of your automation and you need to attach something to those emails, well, you can now do that using the send email action. You can attach emails. Just know that there is a 35 megabyte max size and that includes the size of the file.

Mike: Wow, that's pretty decent. Google has like 25, so you should be okay.

Jennifer Lee: Yeah. Let's say you needed to send-

Mike: Like a PDF or something.

Jennifer Lee: ... a PDF of a coupon or something like that. Yeah, FAQs.

Mike: I like that. Boy, people. I thought 2025, we would be done with email by now. I don't think email's ever going to go anywhere. Nope. We're going to be emailing and attaching things forever. And I was just scrolling through your posts and I caught up to the little path thing. I really like that, and I like that it's visually consistent with what path looks like.

Jennifer Lee: And just a couple of things outside of those three major categories is you can now multi-column sort on your list views and related records up to five fields. So you don't have to just single sort. And you're like, "Oh, well what if I sorted by this field and I want to sort by this other field?" You can now do that.

Mike: Yeah. Oh, man. That's life right there. The ability to do that. That's the number of times that you've had to export list views or reports to-

Jennifer Lee: The spreadsheet?

Mike: ... something else. Yeah, I couldn't bring myself to say those words. Just multi-column sort. Yeah, descending here and alphabetic over here, makes sense to me.

Jennifer Lee: And then for your dashboards now, if you had a need to refresh a specific widget in your whole dashboard, you can now do so without having to refresh the entire thing.

Mike: So you can refresh just a component without refreshing the whole data.

Jennifer Lee: Mm-hmm.

Mike: Nice. That helps everywhere because that helps with the number of calls and stuff because then Salesforce doesn't have to rerun all of those reports.

Jennifer Lee: Uh-huh.

Mike: Oh, brilliant. That was always the big pain, especially you've probably built some monstrous dashboards and you get done, you're like, "Okay, I'm going to refresh this, go to the break room, come back in about 20 minutes."

Jennifer Lee: Right. Get a cup of coffee,

Mike: See if everything's back. And then it would always be the easiest report would be the first one to refresh. Some line chart or that accelerator bar and you're like, "Oh, that's not the one I wanted. Come on."

Jennifer Lee: And then I'll leave you with one last feature is, so now for your internal users, you have the ability to customize the welcome email. So it's not going to just be that standard Salesforce email. You can customize it with your branding, your instruction, personalize it so that the user who gets it, they're like, "I don't know what the Salesforce thing is."

Mike: Oh, that is 24 years in the making.

Jennifer Lee: It's the little things in life.

Mike: That was also the fun part of emailing a new user and be like, "You're going to get this email from Salesforce." And inevitably, unless you are sending it to somebody in sales, there was like, "But I'm not in sales." You're like, "I understand. You are also not in force either. So it's the name of the program. It's just like roll with things." This is awesome. Hey, one thing we haven't covered, and I think it's evolution because you and I grew up back in the olden days when we would print the release notes. Also the release notes weren't a billion pages.

Jennifer Lee: And you'd have the highlighter.

Mike: You'd have the highlighter. I had a whole user group presentation on highlighting stuff. I learned that from Andy up in Wisconsin user group. What's your tactic? If you're a new admin joining today, what's your tactic for getting through release notes? I mean, obviously nobody reads them all. Well, somebody probably does, God bless them. But to find the important stuff and the relevant stuff, what's kind of, if you were giving advice to somebody just starting out, what would that be?

Jennifer Lee: Yeah, so before I worked with Salesforce, I was a customer, so I was in your shoes. And what I did was I would go to the release notes and I'd search on things right away that I knew my company used. Things like flow, app building. If I had sales cloud, service cloud, I would look at those areas just to be aware of what's coming down the pike. And then if I had additional time, I'd look like a couple of the other things. But definitely you want to look at those things, anything security related because you don't want to be caught off guard of if there was a new security feature and you weren't aware of it. And definitely read through the release updates. It's also in your org and setup. It'll go through and highlight the updates and when they'd be in force, how to go about testing them. Release updates are pieces of functionality, things like performance enhancements, security enhancements that Salesforce is pushing through to the platform. So it's really important to be mindful of those because you are given a timeframe before that release update is in force. So you definitely want to give yourself enough time to test it out. In a sandbox, in some cases it might change the behavior or something, and you need to take action on it in your org in order for it to work once that release update is enabled. So you definitely want to get ahead of it and again, test, test, test, test.

Mike: Yes. Sandboxes are your friend.

Jennifer Lee: Yes.

Mike: Thanks so much, Jen, for coming on. This blog is just incredibly helpful as it is [inaudible 00:23:44]-

Jennifer Lee: I can talk about all day long.

Mike: I know you can. That could be a whole day seminar that we could create. Like, "Come see Jen talk about releases and flows," and it's like the AM for releases and the PM for flows, and there you go. We just have to have enough fluids to keep you going. But no doubt, and some of this, I mean the stuff that Cheryl's working on, it can feel like, "Oh, why are you guys getting so excited for that?" Because it's like the little things, it's smoothing out the rough edges.

Jennifer Lee: Yeah. I mean, the less time you spend on those things, the more time you can spend on the fun stuff, right? Building the new things for your users.

Mike: Right, right. Well, I appreciate this and I'll be sure to include a link in the post that links back to this blog for people. So how much fun was that to chat with Jennifer about the Spring '25 release feature? Seriously, if features were a game show, she'd be the reigning champion. I know, I'm sure you're probably nodding along, taking furious notes, but don't worry. Links to her blog post will be included in the show notes, which can all be found on admin.salesforce.com, including a transcript in case you missed anything on the podcast. Now, don't forget to join the discussion over in the Admin Trailblazer group, that is in the Trailblazer community. Link for that is over in the show notes. So until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Erick Mahle, VP of Revenue Operations & Digital Transformation at Lendz Financial.

Join us as we chat about how he’s using AI to drive digital transformation and how he started FlowFest, the largest global Salesforce flow competition.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Erick Mahle.

Solving business problems with Salesforce Erick was always interested in technology as a kid, helping his dad build computers. However, he originally started his career in marketing. Everything changed when his manager asked him to take over Salesforce for his organization and he saw what he could do with declarative solutions. “I thought it was the grownup version of Legos,” he says.

In his role at Lendz Financial, he’s combining those problem-solving skills with the power of AI to spearhead digital transformation. The mortgage lending industry is full of complicated business processes that need to be checked and re-checked, so it’s the perfect place to put new AI capabilities to the test.

How AI can streamline mortgage lending If you’ve ever bought a house, you’ll know that getting a mortgage is incredibly complex. With so many steps and regulatory requirements, Erick and his team are using AI to streamline these business processes and limit costly errors. They call it Project Lexi.

Obviously, with mortgages involved, they’re not ready to turn everything over to AI just yet. However, they’ve already found several wins by eliminating handoffs with automation and training the AI to flag potential problems.

For Erick, the key to any successful digital transformation initiative is to focus on the humans you’re supposed to be helping.

FlowFest, the largest global Salesforce flow competition Erick also runs FlowFest, a competition where Flownatics can strut their stuff. It started with the idea that although Trailhead is great at teaching you how to build things, a big part of your job as a Salesforce Admin is to fix broken flows.

Contests are put through several rounds of debug challenges, culminating in a livestreamed event where the finalists race to be the first to find a working solution for the final flow. It’s basically an esport, complete with live commentary and dramatic photo finishes. They just did their first in-person FlowFest at Mile High Dreamin’, and it may be coming soon to an event near you.

Erick had a lot more to share about how he’s thinking about AI and some of his favorite FlowFest stories, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Video: FlowFest V6 * Mile High Dreamin’ on YouTube

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Erick on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full Transcript

Josh Birk: Hello, admins, your guest host Josh Birk here. Today, we welcome Erick Mahle to talk a little bit about AI, digital transformation, and a lot about one of his projects, FlowFest, and how people can learn Flow in a really fun and interactive way. So, without any further ado, let's go welcome Erick. All right. Today on the show, we welcome Erick Mahle to talk about, of course, probably a little bit of AI since that's what we have to do these days and Mile High Dreamin' and FlowFast. Erick, welcome to the show.

Erick Mahle: Well, thanks for having me, Josh.

Josh Birk: So, let's start with your early years. Did you always want to get into software?

Erick Mahle: No, I had no idea I was going to get into software. Although, when I was a very young kid, my father used to build computers and I know I used to do a little bit of the same as well like getting all the video cards, the motherboards, getting all the components, joining them together. But that wasn't something that stuck with me throughout all these years. So, I went to school for marketing, but somehow ended up as the accidental admin and here we are 15 years later.

Josh Birk: Got it. Well, that kind of segues to the next question. How did you first get introduced to Salesforce?

Erick Mahle: Well, since accidental admin is the default answer for most folks...

Josh Birk: Right.

Erick Mahle: I will basically say, I joined a company as a marketing analyst. It was a small company. And like most small companies, you get to wear many hats and they basically said, "Hey, we have Salesforce, why don't you manage Salesforce?" And really had a great experience there. We had brought in my boss at that time who was a Silicon Valley-type global sales director, and he really challenged me a lot. He used to say, "Hey, at SuccessFactor, Salesforce used to do this, or at Zuora, Salesforce used to do that. And really, challenged me to kind of reverse engineer Salesforce and I found a lot of joy in that. I thought it was the grown-up version of Legos. I remember when the first time I successfully wrote a formula field, I went to the software developers because we were a software development company, so I went to the software development team and said, "Hey, I'm a developer now." And they were like, "No, you're not." And I'm like, "Okay, maybe I'm not right."

Josh Birk: Right.

Erick Mahle: But the passion was there to play around with it declaratively, and then just from there went to the consulting side, many years on the consulting side, then back client side and kept playing around with all these new tools and trying to keep up with all of the different features that Salesforce continuously tends to roll out.

Josh Birk: Nice, nice. Yeah, very old. I think he was my skip level boss for a while, but Mike Rosenbaum at Salesforce famously, I'm probably getting this wrong because it's been quite a few years, but I think it was something along the lines of, we sell Legos, but people build Millennium Falcons, right? It's like what you can put together with all these components. It's the really cool part of the platform.

Erick Mahle: It's true.

Josh Birk: And it's also my old boss and friend Dave Carroll used to say, "We have the one true platform because you're allowed to build on top of it." And it's this constant theme when I talk to people, right? Like especially back on the developer side, people who have to create Java servers and put all these connections together and run up a database, like the simplicity of putting a custom object together and then just using it. It's a... Can I say, I'm an evangelist so I can say it's a certain kind of magic.

Erick Mahle: It is. It's almost like an operating system of its own. You have so much that Salesforce takes care of for you that a lot of times people can take for granted, especially on the declarative side. It's folks just have to log in, get their login credentials and they can go to setup and start building things right away.

Josh Birk: Yeah. How would you describe your current job?

Erick Mahle: Exciting for sure.

Josh Birk: Nice.

Erick Mahle: No, actually it really is quite exciting. So, I'm in mortgage lending now. I was working beforehand as the Senior Director of CRM at First Advantage, which is a global leader in background checks and drug screenings and so forth. So, if you got a job recently, chances are your employer probably went through First Advantage, which I think Salesforce is now a customer of First Advantage.

Josh Birk: Got it.

Erick Mahle: So, but that was an interesting time. I got to learn a lot of the corporate world. I got to know a lot of working with different departments, really having to get creative to get things done and get things accomplished and budgeting and all of these things that a lot of organizations had to deal with over the past couple of years. And during that time in came the President in Lens Financial that had been kind of courting me for a couple of months and he's like, "Look, we're growing. We're growing really fast." Still, very small organization like when I joined, we were in the mid-30s, now we're 50 employees all within less than a year. But he basically was raising a round of investment to kind of take the company to the next level and he's like, "Help me put a budget together for what a digital transformation would look like to be able to really take Lens to the next level." So, really when he finally got the approval and he got that round of investment cleared, he's like, "When can you start?" And we've been on the run over since, working on really exciting projects including AI and several other things. So, it's been fun to be able to go pedal to the metal and really trying to put something exciting together.

Josh Birk: So, first of all, I want to give that person props because in so many corporate environments they say things like, we need to do a digital transformation, but they don't fund it. So, congratulations...

Erick Mahle: That's a lot of names.

Josh Birk: ... on them doing it right, without saying names or companies or large insurance companies I might've worked for in the past, anyway. Actually, I can't complain about that. They did give me a salary, I guess.

Erick Mahle: Yeah.

Josh Birk: Technically, that was their form of ending it. Tell me a little bit more about AI and about how you see that as part of this digital transformation.

Erick Mahle: Yeah. So, there's a lot that's going on there, right? So, the key thing that we're working on, Lens Financial's, project LEXI. So, Project LEXI on the surface is basically our digital lending ally. It's a character that we've come up with. And what we're trying to do is really build an engine behind the digital transformation that we can put a customer 360 project together and have that database and try to learn from that as much as we can. And from an AI perspective, we have fairly ambitious visions with what we wanted to do and how we've been tackling over at Lens is that we're kind of dipping our toes in the water first, trying to see what we can get away with. I think we're still very much... We've grown in phases. We're still very much in a prompting phase. Everything is a very grounded prompt to get what we want and be able to derive insights that we're looking for. But we're starting to look at more serious things like building our own LLM or like training our LLM models to be able to have more specific things going on, evaluate our data, make sure that we're on, make sure that we can identify trends and make sure that we can identify red flags early on. And really trying to bring all of the process efficiency that we can. Our industry, the industry that has so many steps and so many things that we have to take. And what we're looking for LEXI to do is to be an extra eyes over the shoulder to say, "Hey, is there anything that you potentially missed? Is there anything that you have to be concerned with in order to make this deal go through?" And that's kind of one of the key things that we're looking to use LEXI for at Lens.

Josh Birk: Like this is a history of good data. If you see something that looks like it might be moving into bad category, let us know.

Erick Mahle: Exactly. And in addition to other things as well, we want to be able to use optical character recognition. So, we're actively looking to be able to build OCR. And when you're... Anyone that's listening here that's bought a house or that's considering buying a house, get ready to send an avalanche of documents. We will want to know about the 20 cents that you have at the bottom of your couch and where has that been for the past five years?

Josh Birk: Yup, yes.

Erick Mahle: So, there is a lot of documents to go through, a lot of processes to go through. So, really being able to evaluate all of that and trying to make sure that, "Hey, everything's in the norm here," right? Everything looks fine. Or, "Hey, here's something that doesn't add up." Anything that could raise the attention of whether it's the processor, the underwriter, just to make sure that we increase the... Continue to increase the quality of our processes without affecting our efficiency or our pull through ratios.

Josh Birk: Yeah, two thoughts come to mind. One is, first of all, I'm glad to hear the concept of getting mortgage getting into the digital age because when we bought our condo here in Chicago, my friends who had just gone through this themselves were like, "Well, you need to do one thing, bring two pens and a sandwich. You're going to be in a room for a really long time. It's going to be a pain if that pen runs out of bank." But also, back to how you're talking about training your own LLM, I think that's an interesting trend because we've had these conversations internally at Salesforce about, "Do we build our own models? What bottles do we use? Do we use the open models?" And the answer I think has been a hodgepodge of these things. But the interesting thing is you need an AI that knows about mortgage and mortgage processing and what a good document looks like. You don't need one that knows how to cook a rotisserie chicken.

Erick Mahle: Now, for everyone that's listening to this podcast, please imagine the forward-looking statement slide, strolling through as Josh is going through these items.

Josh Birk: Right, right. Although, I suppose back to the sandwich joke mightn't be handy if it can cook a rotisserie chicken for you too. How often do you think you personally use AI for work?

Erick Mahle: There's definitely a frequent use of ChatGPT within our organization, within a couple of users. It's actually something that we just started talking about putting in accepted AI use guidelines for all employees because it is something we have to be very mindful of.

Josh Birk: Yup.

Erick Mahle: I think at an individual like ChatGPT level, we have the ever occasional simplify this or change this JSON into tables for me because I don't have the patience to do it otherwise. There are use cases like that. Now, with regards to LEXI and the built models that we have, several times a day. So, typically, we're introducing LEXI internally right now as a culture building tool as well. So, instead of LEXI, people being worried about this LEXI tool or what it can do where we started a kudos channel. So, basically, LEXI is giving out kudos to the teams who...

Josh Birk: Nice.

Erick Mahle: ... managed to get loans in the fastest or people who log the most calls by the halfway through the day. So, there's a lot of that which helps us also understand kind of getting our feet wet, kind of how does this work, what can we get away with, what can we rely on? And really set that step-by-step foundation of where we really want to take this.

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Erick Mahle: So, I think as a small organization and having seen this in the past myself, things can get very expensive very fast if you're loose with perhaps just grabbing vendors right off the shelf saying, "Hey, I can promise you all of these things and just give us all your money," and the next thing you know this is something that we as a customer didn't fully understand what we needed. Maybe the vendor was maybe just too aggressive into getting the business because let's be realistic, if you ask for someone who is 10 years of AI experience, so that's optimistic to say that.

Josh Birk: Right.

Erick Mahle: Everything's so new that trying to be one of the early adopters without breaking the bank is definitely something that we're cognizant of and we're just trying to make sure that we're taking the right steps, checking everything off and then saying, "Alright, now we're comfortable with making the next move, the next level up." And ultimately, integrate that all together.

Josh Birk: Yeah, I don't think of at least three-fourths of anytime I talk about AI to audiences. One of the things I include is, if you do not have an acceptable use policy, like now it's back when social media suddenly took us all by surprise, didn't realize it could do as much good as harm. And your company was like, these are the things you probably should not do on Twitter. It's out of the gate. That's the time to start thinking about what do you think people should or should not do with it. It's funny you say the ten-year AI thing, and this is as I often do, and I get in front of a mic date myself. In my early days, Flash was still a primary motivator for application building, shall we say. And I couldn't get into Flash because I was a JavaScript nerd. And I learned Perl, I was kind of a programmer by default and Flash just didn't make any sense to me. But it was always a red flag when somebody would ask for five years of Flash experience when Flash had only been invented three years ago.

Erick Mahle: Yeah.

Josh Birk: I just didn't submit that.

Erick Mahle: It's a pain that we all have to go through. It's just hysterical. I see it in some of the Slack channels or some folks on LinkedIn feeds calling out some of these posts and it's ridiculous. They're out there. People are just like, "No, no, no. We want the most experienced person in the world to give us 15 years of experience," and something that came out like a year ago.

Josh Birk: Right. Unless you've been at Stanford working on this very quietly without telling anybody, you have not been doing this for 15 years.

Erick Mahle: Yup.

Josh Birk: All right. Well, let's change gears a little bit because we first met, I did an AI talk for you all at Mile High Dreamin'. When did you first start getting involved in Mile High Dreamin' itself?

Erick Mahle: So, it was last year, 2023. I had been running FlowFest for two years by that point.

Josh Birk: Okay.

Erick Mahle: And I guess, we'll go into the insides of FlowFest for anyone that's not familiar. But everything that we've done with FlowFest was an online event thus far. And we had a couple of regional conferences, organizers such as Mile High Dreamin' and a couple of other green events. And they were always reaching out and they were like, "We really like what you're doing. Can we do this in a conference setting conference?"

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Erick Mahle: And Mile High Dreamin' was the one that worked like the timing, the dates, everything that we needed. So, we decided to give it a shot last year in 2023. And we learned a lot of taking an online format into an in-person format. And this year, when you and I got a chance to meet, it was our second run at it, which we managed to improve a lot. I think we had a great time last year. We had an even better time this year. So, yeah, it was exciting to participate in it.

Josh Birk: Before we get into the mechanics of it, what's kind of the origin of it? What was the inspiration for doing that?

Erick Mahle: So, it was really interesting. I had the opportunity to participate in, I think this was peak pandemic, and someone organized the Zoom and said, "Hey, I have a couple of flow challenges and I want to see who can finish them first." And I think there was, I don't know, some basic raffle prize or something like that. And I love the idea and I had a conversation with them. I was like, "Look, I think we can do this much bigger and more importantly in a fun educational way." I know we're talking about AI. I know that that's the hot topic right now. I still think that there's so many foundational things...

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Erick Mahle: ... in order to make AI work, right? Whether it's data modeling or data cleanliness and all of these things. And I think especially for the declarative side of folks, I think knowing how to use automations properly is a crucial thing. Everyone has a flow course, right? Everyone, there's just so much content out there and we wanted to do something that's educational that is also entertaining at the same time.

Josh Birk: Okay.

Erick Mahle: And I remember I had pitched this to Ben McCarthy over at Salesforce Ben, and he's like, "Hey, I'm on board. What do you think? How many people do you think you're going to get on this?" I was like, "Look, maybe we get 10, maybe we get 100 people." He even sent me the screenshot of the WhatsApp message after we held the first one because the first time around, I think we got 2,000 people that registered.

Josh Birk: Nice.

Erick Mahle: And quickly, once we opened the registration, we realized that we kind of had to up our game. This isn't going to be 20 people hanging out in a Zoom conversation. So, we put our heads together and we managed to put the events online. And effectively, it's a series of challenges that folks have to go through. And the final challenge, the folks that pass the first qualifier round, they go into the final challenge. So, we'll have something like four to six competitors on the final challenge. And then, they have to screen share. So, if you think eSports, we're there just watching and commentating as we see people be given a challenge on a flow and they're building it out and you're seeing how folks interpret challenges differently or solution design things differently. And it's great because we get a chance to point out the different ways of approaching a challenge. And sometimes, the pros and cons of it. Equally, one of the key things that we love about FlowFest that we don't see anywhere else, and we were talking and trying to tell the Trailhead folks to see if they could incorporate something like this is, Trailhead gives you directions on how to build flows. But as an admin, one of the most crucial things is fixing broken flows.

Josh Birk: Rest.

Erick Mahle: So, in FlowFest, we will have challenges where the flows are broken at the beginning and the challenge is to fix whatever is wrong and debug it successfully.

Josh Birk: Got it.

Erick Mahle: So, yeah, ultimately, it's just a really entertaining way to learn some more about flows and we try to do every FlowFest or challenge around recent feature releases and so forth.

Josh Birk: So, first of all, I want to go back to what you said about AI is important, but it's an important part of the platform. It's not... I know it's the big marketing push right now. I go back to the Legos thing, right? AI is another Lego. It's another Lego set that's very powerful one, but it's going to be way more powerful if you leverage your flow skills, if you leverage your data security skills, if you leverage your data management skills. So, 100% agreement there. Let's dig a little bit more into the challenge. So, you have teams, they get an org, and then how are you presenting the challenges to them? And you said some are debugging challenges, but what are some of the other challenges that they go through?

Erick Mahle: Yeah. So, the online and the in-person format have their own deviations. But ultimately, what competitors will be given is that there will be a list of challenges and the team that's organizing the event, myself and several other flow experts, everyone that has been a FlowFest champion has come back to help building the future challenges, which is cool. So, ultimately, you'll have a series of challenges and we'll try to list it almost as if it's a certification exam question. All very scenario-based like Universal Containers is looking to accomplish X, Y, Z. So, effectively, there'll be these four challenges. You'll have your own dev org. So, we provide all of these instructions. We have a managed package that you'll install, which basically will nuke all of the dev org's data and install a fresh data set, so that way we know everybody's using the same data. So, please don't install this managed package in your production environments. And I don't think I've put enough disclaimers now, I probably put more in there, just in case. So, you'll set up your managed package, you'll have the data normalized, so all competitors have the same data. And then, they'll have a series of challenges. Now, the challenges, we provide an unmanaged package that has... We try to simplify as much as we can. So, every challenge will have a flow already built for it. So, effectively, all they need to do is just build on top of that. We tell them...

Josh Birk: Got it.

Erick Mahle: ... you don't need to go anywhere outside of the flow canvas for any portion of the competition. And the final element in every challenge is a subflow that pushes your work to our host org. So, we actually do receive all of your work. We'll receive a couple of submission variables, which helps us check to see if at an early pace, if we see all the right numbers to see if everything's done correctly.

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Erick Mahle: And then, we also get the XML so we can look at things like have you used loops? Have you used... Is there any DML inside a loop? We could really kind of pin down what you have there. And then, when you do the final challenge, we'll have a judge's review of the work. So, I have actually someone looking in, like we'll usually tell them like, "Hey, there are a couple of things that are off limits." For example, you can't have unofficial SF components in there. If we start seeing Apex sections, that's not... You're not giving everyone a fair shot because you thought of installing Apex actions in their invocable actions that you could, try to use to skip some steps. That's not fair game.

Josh Birk: Right.

Erick Mahle: So, and ultimately, short of they're not being anything like brazenly, bad practice like DMLs inside a loop. Then, typically, if everything's correct and they got the numbers correctly, then we will name the winner.

Josh Birk: Nice, nice. Now, having seen you in person, I got to compliment, you're a really good pitchman during this. You're really keeping the audience engaged, you're keeping the audience very excited, you're pitching the teams next to each other. I'm curious, how did that work in the online version? Like, were you just sort of a talking head that was kind of like doing an MC for the whole thing?

Erick Mahle: You barely got to see me on the online version. You go back and walk any of those, you'll barely see me. I have to give credit to Ben McCarthy.

Josh Birk: Nice.

Erick Mahle: So, he was the MC for most of those. And I was mostly in the background running logistics.

Josh Birk: Got it.

Erick Mahle: And making sure that everyone was up and running. We would have our panel of judges. We'd be coordinating internally, so there would be a Zoom meeting that all of the competitors would be in. So, everyone's running the first part of the competition there. We do our housekeeping rules. We share the challenges. If anyone has any questions, we try to address it there. And then, in the parallel track there will be... We use StreamYard, so it'd be the live stream, and then that is a group of 12 folks. And then, for the qualifier rounds, which are those challenges where we don't know who's going to go in the final round yet. Then, Ben McCarthy would have guest speakers like Jen Lee was there at the last one. We had several like Flownatics will be doing presentations on, "Hey, here's the latest Flow releases" or any specific presentation that we want to bring in. And then, usually, there's the turnaround point where we'll bring the finalists for that final challenge in because then they'll jump in on StreamYard, so they can screen share.

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Erick Mahle: And then, at that point, because now we're only managing four folks, I'll jump in and I'll be commentating on what they're doing. So, I'll usually be operating StreamYard and kind of switching between screens and be like, "Oh, look, here, something's interesting. Here's a different approach to this or a different take."

Josh Birk: Nice.

Erick Mahle: And use a couple of my fellow Flownatics to kind of pick apart what we're seeing. And if we see something that's interesting, especially if something that we haven't thought of, the nice thing about the online competition is that you really get hundreds of competitors. So, sometimes you see things that you haven't thought of, which is exciting to be able to share with the crowd that's watching.

Josh Birk: Yeah, do you have some favorite moments or some things that you've seen from the challenges?

Erick Mahle: When we first introduced this live final challenge, which I think was FlowFest V4, you couldn't have planned this out. So, we roughly came up with the rules that if you submit that you've completed the challenge, we're going to do a judge's review on screen, will ask you to kind of go through to show us different parts of the flow. And if you get it wrong, then you go to the back of the line and anybody that says they've completed the challenges, then we would go and review theirs.

Josh Birk: Got it.

Erick Mahle: So, we don't want to motivate people to just kind of immediately submit, and then kind of like...

Josh Birk: And hope for the best, yeah.

Erick Mahle: Yeah.

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Erick Mahle: So, this guy had submitted and he got it wrong. There was something hysterical when he ran the debug, it was a screen flow and it said something like, you have 30 opportunities in your org and 70 closed one opportunities. I'm like, "That math does work out." I was like...

Josh Birk: That's not the right Venn diagram there. Nope, nope.

Erick Mahle: Exactly. I was like, "There's something, there's off here." So, and it was funny because it suddenly became tense and everyone just kind of like, all of the judges kind of lit up because we're reviewing the next guy and it's like suddenly the heat is on, the pressure is on, and everyone's just kind of like, "Alright, what's going on? Oh, yeah, another one's ready for submission, if this guy doesn't make..." And it was literally kind of end of World Cup. Everyone's just kind like it's the end of the second half and everyone's just counting the seconds and they're just kind of like, "Who's going to win?" And it turns out that the second guy also had gotten something wrong. So, the first one comes back and actually had fixed what he needed. So, taking the FlowFest Champion title.

Josh Birk: Nice.

Erick Mahle: And it was just something how it all worked out. It was just tons of fun and excitement and new adrenaline. I've organized six of these online and the two Mile High Dreamin' ones and your adrenaline is running at a million. You needed a solid 72 hours just to bring yourself down to a normal human level. So, with everything going on, it was just so exciting. It was a really great experience to be able to be a part of that.

Josh Birk: Nice. That's awesome. Is there any place people can see previous versions?

Erick Mahle: Yes. So, Salesforce Ben has listed most of the FlowFest videos, live streams, so you can check most of them out there. We tried on Mile High Dreamin' last year, and you can find it somewhere on LinkedIn. I don't recommend you do or have a lot of patience because one of the things we learned was that you can't do 10 million things at once.

Josh Birk: Right.

Erick Mahle: So, I literally just had two webcams connected and one facing different parts of the stage and the sound quality was atrocious. We only found that out later. It was just we're like, "Alright, less than one. If someone's going to do video or we're going to try to live stream this, we need a separate team." But this year, the Mile High Dreamin' folks did have a video production company, so I know there's video being edited. I don't know what the final video is going to look like, but I know it's in the works. So, check out the Mile High Dreamin' YouTube channel. Maybe, by the time this airs, then it'll already be out there.

Josh Birk: Awesome. Future plans. Do you have a home at Mile High Dreamin'? Are you going to keep going there? Are you going to do more online things? Or we might, we see you at a TDX or a Dreamforce in the future?

Erick Mahle: Well...

Josh Birk: That's probably more of a me question. You're like, "I don't know, Josh."

Erick Mahle: Nice. Look, I think, it's incredibly exciting. The online ones is an incredible amount of work.

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Erick Mahle: And I would not be able to put any of this together if it wasn't for the awesome Flownatics or previous FlowFest Champions folks that help put this together, build the managed package, all of these things, it's quite a lot. And the Mile High Dreamin' folks are also super helpful in helping organize that. So, Mile High Dreamin', I think it's an awesome home, so to say. And the timing works out well. I know a couple of other Dreamin' events, like I mentioned earlier, came one in specific both times. There was just schedule conflict. It is just a really bad time of the year because I'm usually traveling, and we just couldn't make it on that alone. But we've had interest. If anyone's interested, I'm happy to try to see what we can do. TDX would be definitely the goal.

Josh Birk: Nice.

Erick Mahle: Because I think there's a ton of potential, everyone that goes, seems to have some really good feedback. Not only like, sometimes people are like, "Yeah, this is awesome." And sometimes, people come, I've never had someone like, "Well, well, this sucks."

Josh Birk: Right.

Erick Mahle: What we've had and I think was really interested is that people are passionate about this stuff. So, they'll come and be like, "Oh, you know what? It would be a really good idea or here's something that I didn't see over, I was hoping to see." And we look at that and a lot of the comments kind of comes around on things that are like video production, right? You need a video production team, an AV team running this if you're going to be sharing screens, if you're going to be commentating all of these things. So, it's something whether I think we're getting enough traction with Mile High Dreamin' that maybe for the next year we can do a sponsorship package for Mile High Dreamin'...

Josh Birk: Nice.

Erick Mahle: And if there's a sponsor that picks up that tab, then we can invest in all of these big things.

Josh Birk: Uh-huh. Uh-huh.

Erick Mahle: But naturally, Salesforce has Salesforce+. They have amazing venues for admins and developers like TDX. If it's something that... If there's somebody that can pull this off at its fullest and show the full potential of what FlowFest can be, I have no doubt that a venue like TDX would be it.

Josh Birk: Awesome. Erick, I've got one final question for you. What is your favorite non-technical hobby?

Erick Mahle: My favorite non-technical hobby is absolutely flying. I am a private pilot.

Josh Birk: Wow.

Erick Mahle: So, I've made the poor financial decision to getting my private's license. And with my pilot's license since 2017, I've been flying around Southeast United States...

Josh Birk: Nice.

Erick Mahle: Bahamas, all those things. I just need a poor excuse to fly, and I'm on my way to the airport.

Josh Birk: And away you go. Nice. My dad's a pilot. He was a co-owner in an aerobatic biplane. And I can tell you for a fact, I do not know, I do not have any fear of roller coasters anymore after he did, I think it's called the reverse Immelmann. You know what I'm talking about? Or you go straight up?

Erick Mahle: I see. I don't fly acrobatic, but I know exactly what that is, yes.

Josh Birk: All the engine... Nothing like the silence of air around you while you're here. So, I totally get the thrills. Totally, get the thrills. Erick, thank you so much for the great conversation and information. That was a lot of fun.

Erick Mahle: Yeah, it was always fun having a chat with you, Josh, whether it's in person or over the podcast here. Thanks for having me. And yeah, hope everyone enjoys it.

Josh Birk: And that's our show. Now, if you want to learn more about this podcast and the life of a Salesforce admin in general, head on over to admin.salesforce.com. And, of course, you can subscribe to this podcast using the podcast client of your choice. I want to thank you for listening, and we will talk to you later.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Dorian Earl, Salesforce Admin and Founder of Development Consulting Partners, LLC.

Join us as we chat about the 5 steps you can take to prepare for Agentforce and AI.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Dorian Earl.

Preparing for big changes with AI Dorian started his career as a medical and dental equipment sales rep. He had over 100,000 products and 300 clients to keep track of, and he was looking for something to replace his paper notebooks. That’s when he came across a new CRM platform called Salesforce and a new career in tech.

Today, Dorian runs a consulting firm that helps organizations leverage their tech stack to improve their business processes. The changes that are possible with AI are just as big as switching from paper planners to a CRM, so I wanted to sit down with him to find out how Salesforce Admins can get ready for Agentforce.

  1. Awareness Dorian is seeing a lot of enthusiasm and curiosity from his clients about AI, but most organizations are unsure about how best to use it. He compares it to when search engines were first coming out. The idea of being able to search the entire internet with a query was so groundbreaking that it took time for people to understand the business implications, even at Google.

  2. Preparedness Since the possibilities of AI applications are so broad, the best thing we can do is to get any data that an AI agent might need into Salesforce. That can be anything from your operating hours to your company values to your brand voice. Essentially, the same sorts of things you’d go over with a new hire. That way you don’t have to start at square one every time you want to build a new agent.

  3. Quick wins and usage AI implementation starts with finding quick wins for your organization. Dorian’s found the summarize record action to be particularly useful for just about everyone who works with customers. He also recommends taking advantage of AI’s ability to do quick reporting for users without the admin needing to get involved.

  4. Internal process improvement The biggest changes AI will bring are to internal business processes. Essentially, this comes down to saving clicks and smoothing out workflows. Dorian brings up the example of processing a return. An agent can take care of all the little steps, like creating a case, logging information, and authorizing a refund, instead of that being a multi-person business process.

  5. External tasks outsourced to AI The final thing to look at is whether or not any external-facing tasks can be outsourced to AI. Something like prospect nurturing can be handled by an agent that summarizes a record, drafts an email based on that summary and your business information, and then sends it. And then a second agent can schedule a phone call with an actual sales rep for anyone who replies.

Obviously, you want to be fairly confident in the agent you’ve built before you put it directly in touch with customers. But that’s why you need to get started now. For Dorian, Salesforce Admins are uniquely positioned to transform their businesses with new AI solutions.

There’s more great stuff from my conversation with Dorian, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you stay up to date.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: Keeping Processes Fresh in Salesforce with Dorian Earl * Trailhead: Einstein Work Summaries for Service

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Dorian on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, I'm thrilled to welcome back Dorian Earl, founder and CEO of a thriving consultancy that has over 450 clients and just a massive wealth of Salesforce experience and knowledge. Dorian has been the Salesforce ecosystem for nearly two decades. He started as a sales rep who needed a better way to track his deals and opportunities and really turn that into a career empowering companies to embrace better CRMs and smarter systems. Now in today's episode, we dive into Dorian's five steps to prepare for Agentforce and AI. Now, from understanding the buzz around AI to implementing quick wins and long-term strategies, Dorian shares invaluable insights to help you, the Salesforce admin, and/or organizations you work for stay ahead of the curve this year in 2025. Now, of course, before we jump in, I want to make sure that you're following or subscribed to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so that you never miss a great episode like this. New episodes drop every Thursday morning. That way you've got them, boom, right on your phone before you head off for your dog walk or your commute to work. So with that, let's get Dorian on the podcast. Dorian, welcome back to the podcast

Dorian Earl: Though this is an absolute pleasure more than you know and good to see you again at all of the events and a couple of weeks back at the World Tour. So good to see you and good to chat with you again.

Mike Gerholdt: You're one of the people that I'm happiest out in the world and we get to run into each other at different events, and you and I are such easy people to miss out in a crowd.

Dorian Earl: Well, I don't know if that's the case. I'm the tallest person. You have the best beard and the most charismatic smile. Everybody who sees you go, literally.

Mike Gerholdt: I don't know about that.

Dorian Earl: Yeah, well, yeah. When you walk past, and for the listeners who don't hear this, Mike had walked past us at the World Tour and two people at the table said, "I don't know who he is, but he has to be somebody." I said, "You don't know who Mike Gerholdt is?" And so you have a reputation. I'm surprised there's not three people following you carrying your briefcase and just kind of handling all of it.

Mike Gerholdt: There used to be. I say I'm kind of in my late '80s John Travolta stage of Salesforce celebrityism where I'm doing the really bad B movies and nobody knows who I am.

Dorian Earl: But that's not true.

Mike Gerholdt: I'm hoping for the next Pulp Fiction level role to come up and then I'll be dancing around like a Santa Claus selling Citibank cards and stuff.

Dorian Earl: I was going to say, if you just come out with a good costume, which at every event there are people with a really good... And dance moves, I guarantee you, you'll be more relevant.

Mike Gerholdt: And don't forget, I got to shave my head. Travolta had that whole time where he shaved his head too.

Dorian Earl: Ah, that's true. I would just tell you, you should keep yours. You got good hair.

Mike Gerholdt: I think so.

Dorian Earl: You got a lot happening. You got a lot happening.

Mike Gerholdt: You know what everybody who subscribes to the podcast didn't want to listen to?

Dorian Earl: What's that?

Mike Gerholdt: Was all of that conversation. So let's talk about something that'll provide business value to our customers again, and that is getting ready for Agentforce and AI. And when you and I ran into each other, well, to be fair, when you beelined through a hotel restaurant to find me horsing down my chicken fingers at the bar, you had this wonderful thing, you were like, "Mike, we got to talk about this on the podcast. I have these five things that I'm helping companies do to get ready for AI." And I said, "You're right." So Dorian, let's get into that. But let's start off just because sometimes people don't listen to all of the episodes of the podcast. What do you do? How did you come to be in the Salesforce world?

Dorian Earl: Yeah, so I started almost 20 years ago as a sales guy. I needed a way to track my deals and opportunities, and if anybody's around in the mid, I'm not going to give my age, in the mid 40s, we all used Franklin portfolio, Franklin Company Planners, and I would leave them at my client's office and set them on top of my car and drive off and there goes my pipeline and all of my stuff and I couldn't do that. So kind of being a forward-thinking salesperson, I said I need to have a way that I wouldn't lose my notes, my deals, my opportunities, everything I had worked hard to build. Then I went to purchased programs and databases and lo and behold, I found a web-based CRM called Salesforce. That was 20 years ago. That was really became my secret sauce, Mike. I was an average salesperson and getting good, but really my secret sauce was organization and to be able to stay on top of deals. And in my line of work as a salesperson at that time, we had over 100,000 products to keep track of. So what kind of promotion was going on? Who needed what? What was going on? I was a sales rep in the medical dental supply space. So we had a lot of manufacturers and four or five different manufacturers for each line. Like gloves, we had five or six brands of gloves and masks. So who had the promotion? Which one did my customer like? Oh, my doctor liked the left-handed glove from Crosstechs or from MedTech or from all those kind of companies. And I had to keep all those things straight because I had 300 plus clients. The doctor would like one and their front desk would like another and the assistant, that kind of... And so all those things became really difficult for me to keep track of and I needed a better way to do that. And so lo and behold, I purchased Salesforce for myself, started to get some success. The down economy hit and I was of the few people that I could actually forecast my sales to my boss. I can go in and say, "This client mentioned this to me earlier on in the year. I think we can close them if we do these things." I was one of the few people at our branch that could do that. Long and short of it, that grew to me going independent, started my own firm and then working with other companies, help bring in their sales or their product in the market. It was always, "Hey, I can help you lead your sales team, but you need to have a database or CRM." Again, 15 years ago, it was, "I have this in some spreadsheet or somebody in our office has this in a spreadsheet." And I said, "You need to have a one, a better way to track your sales and deals." And I would tell them, "You need to go out and buy the Salesforce thing." And so I worked in tech startup helping companies take the product in the market. One of those products was acquired by Google. And so I became a contract sales manager for Google for a while and Apple for a little bit, and that's part of my story. And six years ago, a company actually just reached out and said, "Can you help us with the CRM and sales thing?" And then my career helping companies from the inside out versus the outside in kind of worked. And so now, I'm the founder and CEO of a company with 450 plus clients and about 20 plus team members and things are really fun. So that's the long story short, right?

Mike Gerholdt: Right, right. It's interesting because we've known each other for a while and we've both been the ecosystem for a while and we've CRM and Salesforce change and add new features to the time. I think what we're seeing now with AI everywhere, what is your level of, let's start off with your five things, what is your level of awareness that you're seeing with your clients on being AI ready or even having thoughts of how they would use that?

Dorian Earl: Everybody knows about it. As I said, I see articles at my desk. My team is using this. There are everyday products that they are seeing now that are becoming more intelligent or adding AI. You can't turn on a TV today every... If you're watching football and there's a break, one commercial will say, "This is the product with AI now." So there's a lot of buzz and really awareness, and now it's starting to really be embedded into other products. What I'm finding out with our clients is they don't understand the real impact of what this means for their business yet. They know it's out there, but they just don't know how to leverage that, how LMMs work, which ones to use, use cases, but they are seeing AI being embedded into their everyday tools. They are seeing email plugins, they are seeing these things and they're starting to encounter it. So our role is really just to say, "Look, let 2025 be the year of intelligence at your company. Let's make everybody 10% smarter. Let's make everybody roll in your work, let's make everybody 10, 15, 20% smarter this quarter, this six months this year." And they're really getting excited with that.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. It's kind of like the early 1900s with cars. I mean, there's how many people making an AI product right now? And I guess we'll find out how many survive and don't because the early 1900s, there was over 300 car manufacturers and now there's what? 5, 10 arguably?

Dorian Earl: Right. Maybe. Right, yeah, maybe. Right.

Mike Gerholdt: I'm sure more, but you know. So in the five things admins can do to get ready for Agentforce and AI, you list number one is awareness. So I feel like maybe last year that was like, "Oh, we kind of need to wake up." And most people, I don't want to say most people, most people I know became AI aware at the consumer grade level. I think it's another to think of AI at the enterprise level, which is where Salesforce operates because we're an enterprise CRM. We're operating immediately with millions of rows of records and sometimes even data lakes or multiple organizations. So I'm sure that you probably run into a few that are aware. Let's go on to number two, which is the preparedness. Where do people fall there?

Dorian Earl: They are not because one, if they are aware, and I think you hit it on the head, and I don't want to bury what you just said.

Mike Gerholdt: Sure.

Dorian Earl: Really, most technology comes out as a consumer facing application to catch what's called a user adoption, right? And I remember when I was in college and Google first launched and literally people going out and say, "You can ask Google anything and it would just come back with an answer." Or as Amazon, you can go put in any book you want. Well, it took a few years for people to understand the business implication of having all the data on the internet to ask a question. It even took Google really by storm or Amazon if you would've asked them when they started what their business would look like. They didn't know. So we are in early days, but the people that are understanding, okay, there is an entity or there is a program out there that can ingest data and then come back to you with patterns, use cases, ideas, analysis, and that could have some ramification for us as a company. So how do we get prepared to use this? And so when we start telling our clients about this, they said, "Wow, this could be really exciting. What do we do then to prepare to really turn these features on?" And so I'm going to mention this. I'm going to kind of go backward and start to go forward. This analogy I start to tell is I think it's maybe going to ring true. So I was a previous athlete, and if I was going to ask you, Mike, "Hey Mike, my knee is swollen and it's a little sore." You would probably tell me rest it, elevate it, ice it. These are common things that... this is generalized intelligence, right? If my three-year-old son falls and scrapes his hand and it's bleeding, you're going to go wash it, you're going to go let it air, obviously you're going to put some things on it, you're going to wrap it up in a Band-Aid. That's generalized intelligence. Now, if I told you as a 40-year-old male that's 50 pounds overweight, that played basketball at a very high level for many years, that over exercises in my yard and my knee swells probably once a month. And you would say, "Given that relative information about you, you should probably go see a doctor. You may have a micro tail, you may have tinnitus, you may have some other things. All I did was I just gave you further background and relevant information versus general. And that's exactly how AI works. Most people are just going asking it generalized questions and getting generalized answers. But the more relevant information you can give AI, just in general, through prompting, then it can come back and say, "Based on information you told me and the background and the person and this issue, I'm going to recommend these things." And really AI in general is as good as the data you give it. And so one of the things we are telling our clients is to prepare to use lists. In order for this to work at an enterprise level, where are all of your company data? Are you giving AI all the background you can on your company? Where would it find it? Do you have it in PDF? The origin story on your company, the history, the industry, how you service, the founders. So all of those things, the company data, the user. Tell us about the sales reps, their roles, their unique skills, the images on them. Products and services, where does that data set and how do we adequately get it into a place where AI can read it? One, if it's not, obviously of course, on the internet, then we should put it there. But two, it should be in a place that's up-to-date so AI can go in and read those things and answer questions. And so we just want to give it as much relative information as you can. That way, it doesn't give general answers or general information, which of course could be issues. So we want to prepare our clients and say, "If you don't have this, let's start to gather it. If you need help gathering it, we're going to help you put it in a way that AI can read it. Your company data, the user data, your products and services, your customers, and any systems you would like AI to have access to." The good part of it is a lot of this should be in their CRM. It should already be in Salesforce. What most people don't know is you can go into the user records and pretty much put in these custom fields about roles and background and info. And obviously, you can fill out information on the company. This is actually the good part, what a lot of people don't really know. Your company data is stored in Salesforce, your NAP, your name, address, phone, number of the business, the website, the social. We can start enriching Salesforce with your company data. Images, logos, all of those things. And so if we do that, we are really preparing AI, we're really just teaching it. So what can we teach it and how much can we get AI to know about your company? And then this is what I call that preparedness stage, Mike. It may take people weeks to do this. They may say, "Wow, how much data should we give AI?" As much as you want given the relevant tasks. So sometimes it takes our clients weeks to do this. Sometimes we're putting together an entire process on what do we want AI to have access to and learn on. So that's kind of step two.

Mike Gerholdt: No, I like that. I'm thinking of all of the use cases my team puts together. When we put out the Agentforce Decoded series, a lot of it is thinking from the sales or service perspective of, hey, how do you summarize this account or summarize this case. One part that you brought up that's very salient that I think is, not to look ahead, but is like a good quick win is also what is your company about? What is your brand voice?

Dorian Earl: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: What are your, kind of if you had a front door, what are your window information? What's your address? What's your mailing address? What's your hours? I say that because if you're thinking of creating an agent to help your salespeople write better emails, well, it needs to be grounded in some information that it knows what it is and it knows what company you are and how to sound, right? I think it's always important that brands have a voice, and even the admin relations, we have a brand voice. That they're constructing that so it's sounding cohesive. And that can just be a simple PDF or a knowledge article that an agent could reference.

Dorian Earl: Absolutely.

Mike Gerholdt: A lot of things, including data cleanup is important, but it's also where do we go to get repositories of this information that's just kind of the basic window sticker of your company? So that's really good.

Dorian Earl: Well, and that's that preparedness phase. Because if you do this well, now again, I've thought this through because as every company you work for, you start with, "Let me give you background on the company."

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Dorian Earl: And then, "Let me tell you what we do." And, "Let me tell you who we service and who our ideal customers are. And then let me tell you about the task you're going to be doing." AI is almost no different. "Let me tell you about the company that you're going to do these work. Let me tell you about our background. Let me tell you about our products and services." So if this data is not in a place where Agentforce or an agent can read it, then the challenge is it's going to make it up. It's going to make up the answer or it's going to say, "I'm sorry, I don't know." And both of those items you don't want. And so exactly to your point on brand voice, imagine a sales rep says, "I want to craft an email." And you don't tell the AI what the brand voice is, so then you have to prompt it. So if you can pre-ground Salesforce or your AI in this data already, then it's that much further ahead, which is really kind of the secret sauce of this though. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Thinking ahead, moving on step three because we're in a five-step program, got to get through our steps. But rightfully so, and even my team tries to do this, we try to come up with super complex use cases and stuff and really show the breadth of what some of these tools and features can do. But we all live in the real world. And in the real world when you're a project manager, it's what are the quick wins? What is the low effort, high result stuff that we can return? I think implementing Agentforce, we're looking, as an admin you'd be looking for that too. So when you talk through quick wins and usage, what do you talk through as examples with some of your clients?

Dorian Earl: Yeah, so this was really the thing that kind of got me excited about this because as I look at all new pieces of tech, I said, okay, who can use it and what's the level of effort does it take to really get something out of it? And so when I turned on Agentforce and trails, one of the first trails, one of the first examples I saw were record summaries. And my mind immediately went back to, "Wow, as a sales rep, I wish I had this." And those that haven't seen this yet, you can literally, inside of Salesforce, pull up a record and prompt and say, "Summarize this record." And it will read the record and it will read the related records and then give you a summary of what that record is. Now, I'm going to go back to my previous example. I was a sales rep with 300 clients. Some days my boss would say, "This is a new client, go visit them." I wish I could click and summarize what the previous rep was doing with them in the last three, six, nine months. How do you do that? And so if you are a sales rep, this is great. If you're a sales manager and somebody says, "You need to do an account plan for this client." And you haven't seen them, or a classic, the client is upset, "I want to talk to your manager." They talk to the sales manager or service manager. And of course, we've all made that phone call of, we're calling in and they say, "Please hold. I need to look at the notes." Record summaries save us... I know you're laughing, but even when I'm happy, I called in and I said, "Hey, I have a question." "Hold on please, sir, I'm going to pull up your account. Let me read the notes."

Mike Gerholdt: Let me get up to speed really quick here.

Dorian Earl: Exactly, exactly. Let me get up to speed. And that person skims through as quick as they can to try to answer, "Oh, I see you called in on January 6th and you were asked about this issue. Was it ever resolved?" Do you have an open case about... " Well, you have the data sitting right in front of you.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Dorian Earl: So record summaries are the quick wins, I think at every company you can use. And as an admin, it's great because it comes out of the box. As a user, these things are huge because if you're working with a mass amount of records, any individual record, or again, a large amount of related records to a parent record. Cases, tasks, notes, all of those things, and related to an account, opportunities, the record summaries are huge. It's actually one of my favorite features if I could say. That would be one of the very first quick wins. The second one, I would say quick reporting. I know it's a little bit lower on my list, but I found this out just by accident. You can just query, you can ask AI to say, "How many accounts do I have in New York?" And it could come back based on the state that's on the account. It will say, "You have 967 accounts in New York, you have 300 in Illinois." Now imagine if you are the Salesforce admin, and I used to get this question, "Can you pull a list of leads in this city for me? I'm just curious." I would get those questions all the time from an executive or from a manager or somebody.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, yeah.

Dorian Earl: Now, you don't have to ask your admin. You don't have to go in and learn how to build a report. You can just ask, "How many of certain record do I have?" And AI can answer that question, which is pretty cool. How many leads do I have in nurture? How many leads do I have in New York? That's in the working status? These are huge things when it comes to quick reporting. Marketing should be able to do this, sales should be able to do this. I mean, just a sales rep, "How big is my pipeline based on this product?" It could answer that question for you. So really cool. Those are just two of the quick ones I would say, which are huge.

Mike Gerholdt: I think sometimes people confuse like, "Well, that should just be a list view." Yeah, it could be a list view, unless it's the one time you need that data or you also need that data plus something else. Because everything you were asking for, I could create as a list view. Why have AI do it? Well, because it can probably do it faster and I can also just add a quick filter to it. And it's a one-off use case that's just faster than creating a list view in your example.

Dorian Earl: Well, yes, yes. And one of the things our clients always ask is, should I build a report for this or should I build a list view for this? Again, if you're just doing analysis, just build the report. You may say, "Okay, there's 900 accounts in New York." You say, "Okay, based on that, I can assign those accounts to a person to do certain action." To call, to follow up, to send a postcard, to do certain things, invite to an event, start targeting for this. Then you would create a list view then to take action against that. However, before you get to the action stage, you still need to do some analysis. Not every report is going to turn into a list view, something to take action on.

Mike Gerholdt: And I'm sure you're finding too that a lot of the quick wins are, the examples you gave, somebody could be listening like, "Well, that's not going to work for me." Right, the quick wins, I anticipate for what you bringing up are department specific and/or company specific. So as an admin, I may go to a department and show them record summary, and they're like, "Well, but that's not going to work for us." Great. Well, here's three other things that we can do as quick wins. That might not work. So record summary may be a quick win for a customer service team or a salesperson, but might be completely different for somebody else that has to do deal ops or a deal desk kind of thing.

Dorian Earl: Well, you know what? I'm going to challenge your users because I'm going to ask them, send me a message on LinkedIn and tell me when a record summary would not work, would not be relevant.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay, good. Please do.

Dorian Earl: Because I've never pulled up a record of Salesforce and said, "I don't want a summary of everything happening here." I've never had it happen. I've never pulled up a record in Salesforce and said, "I don't want to see everything related to it and really have that knowledge." Now, not every single time, but I can foresee anybody that's ever used Salesforce, you want to pull up a record and you want to know as much as you can about that record. Now, you don't have to know everything and to take action, but I can see every user in Salesforce can take advantage of the record summary feature. That's really my point there.

Mike Gerholdt: No, it's good.

Dorian Earl: And so somebody could say, "You know what? I'm using Salesforce. I would never want a summary of a record." I'm like, intriguing because I've never worked with anybody in Salesforce that would never find that feature useful.

Mike Gerholdt: I don't know. We're going to find out. I've got some edge case listeners, man. There's dark corners of the internet.

Dorian Earl: Yes, please find me on LinkedIn. Now, if somebody is like a lawyer doing auditing, "Yes, I never get in there and do it." Okay, okay, I got it. But again, I am really, really curious who would not use or who does not find that feature useful.

Mike Gerholdt: So I guess my point was quick wins could be different wherever you go. I'm betting number four is the thing you probably run into a lot, which you have down as internal process improvement.

Dorian Earl: Yes. And so this is what really gets people to start moving. They're really not adopting technology for record summaries, even though it is important. I would say internal process improvement is the first place AI will show up. It's what everybody's talking about in articles. We are becoming so much more efficient. We don't need to hire that many people to do this now because internal process improvement would mean you could cut tasks down from eight or nine clicks down to two. You can have AI augment the workflow or work that is being done because it is doing things on the background that would cost you time, energy, effort, all of that. This is where the big ROI is coming in AI that a lot of people do not understand. You could say, "Please create a case. Please schedule an appointment. Please create a record. Please send a sample. Please issue a return for this record." And just speaking of the last one, chargebacks, returns. Those usually take multiple records being opened up, some analysis being done, five or six clicks, related optics, and then emails going out, approvals. AI can handle that stuff, which is really cool because they could say, "Great, this is all done for you." As opposed to, "Okay, give me one second, let me see which order this is from. Let me see what product this was. Let me find this view. Okay, how did you pay? Would you like a return on your card?" You could say, "AI, please go in, issue a return for this item and credit it back to their credit card." Okay, done. And so instead of eight or nine clicks, five or six minutes of downtime on a call, all those things. And in some companies I worked with, they just was one person that just issued returns, which is crazy. Now AI can do those things or create a case. So now you're talking about imagine one person having the benefit of saying, "I can do my job and a quarter of another job." If you have five people doing that, you really have five people working, getting the benefit of six. That's huge.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow, I wasn't thinking about that. But your point five. So expand on this. External tasks outsourced to AI.

Dorian Earl: Yeah, so what I mentioned for number four, this is where a lot of companies are a little scared to say, "I would not have AI talking to my clients." Okay, I got it. But if you have internal process, if AI is handling, if an agent, and we'll mention the Agentforce in this case because it has all the relevant context on your company, all the relevant context on your products and services, the people using it and your clients. You can enable it to do narrow tasks such as, "Hey, here are a list of leads." So imagine this workflow, Mike, and then I'll get the external case in. You would say, "Pull up a lead, summarize the record, draft an email based on the record summary and their needs for this lead." Okay, email draft. "Okay, put the email and send it out for me please." So that could be five or six clicks. Pull up the record, click summarize the record, click draft an email, click send the email, right?

Mike Gerholdt: Uh-huh.

Dorian Earl: And then move along. Or you could just say, I will have an agent. I will program an agent or ask an agent in Salesforce to do that for all of my 30 leads in the New York area. Pull up, summarize, create an email, send off. Now, if it's watching you do it for the next year, it would've learned what you've liked, what you don't like, what the replies are like, information to add in because it gets smarter. This is the thing a lot of people aren't realizing with AI is that it becomes smarter over time. And so you can allow it to do these narrow tasks. "Hey, follow up with these 30 leads that were nurturing in New York and do this for me." Those are external facing AI agents that are taking action on your behalf. And then you can say, I will have an agent for those that are interested that reply back. I have a second agent that's just a scheduling agent. So the Salesforce Scheduler, which allows people, external people in your email to look in, look at your calendar, look at your availability, schedule blocks of time based on their availability. All you do is really send the email with the link in there. They schedule. Now, do you have to send an email, Mike, or can you have an AI agent send the email? Okay, great. Now that's a narrow task, but that's an external client facing that you don't have to be involved. They can schedule. So now we have two agents. We have one that's doing the nurturing, we have one doing the scheduling. Okay, great. Now imagine previous to this appointment scheduling, you can say, "Summarize the record. Give me some bullet points. I want to do an account review." Maybe that's not a lead, maybe it's an account in this case. Let's do an account review of what they previously ordered or most likely to order, our recent comms, open tickets, open cases, anything that's going on with them and give me three things that could be beneficial for us to mention. Maybe have an AI to summarize the record, come up with those things, pop that data into a field for you. So now we have the third agent that somebody nurtured, somebody followed up, somebody scheduled, somebody summarized records, prepped in account plan for you. We have three external facing agents just in the sales motion or maybe account planning motion. Those are external facing AIs because they're dealing directly with your clients or your accounts. And just in the sales motion, those are three. Now you can have one agent to do all three. You can have three different ones. So imagine having an external facing AI that just does those three things. That's huge, right?

Mike Gerholdt: Absolutely.

Dorian Earl: Oh, yeah. Yeah. Well, again, I'm talking about just sales motion, but there's a whole nother workflow in there. The marketing motion, there's a whole nother workflow and the service motion. But those are just really, really cool things though. Either way.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, going back to point three, it's always looking for the quick wins. How do you make sure you go through each department and get them up and running and then come back? Because that's what I always like to do as opposed to spend too long in one department and they're fully vested, and another department is like, "Well, where's our love?"

Dorian Earl: Well, true, true. And this is where if we can step back, I know this is kind being prepared for Agentforce. To my understanding, there is not an agent that can prepare a client for Agentforce. It would be great if it could, but it's not. But there is one. It's called the Salesforce admin or the Salesforce product order, or whoever is in charge or forward looking for the client and saying, "Hey, in 2025, what are we going to do with our technology stack center it around Salesforce to grow our business, make us more efficient?" This is where some intelligence, some wisdom, some understanding some business analyst skills, some requirements gathering skills. This is what our team is doing with our clients. Actually maybe this new era of really intelligence, this is where Salesforce is really excited for all of us working in the ecosystem because they are saying, we now have a tool that you can make yourself more efficient. And we are all kind of shepherding them into this new era of really intelligence. So this is really fun.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Well, I mean, that's why you work in tech, right? Every day is a little bit something different. I never would've predicted this, but I remember back when it was social and mobile and it's like, where are we going? And we're talking about connected toothbrushes, and now I don't know. Now the toothbrush maybe is going to start giving me advice.

Dorian Earl: Well, it could. I mean, with all the things that are happening, obviously I used to work in the medical dental space. I give you a lot of thoughts and advice there, but I cannot wait to see in the next year as we enable customer facing agents that have been trained. There is something to that. Now, I wouldn't put a customer facing agent out there without training. I wouldn't put regular people out there without training. But in the next year or two, with every company that I deal with becoming smarter, the places I order pizza from, they say, "Hello, how can I help you?" I'm like, "You don't know what I previously ordered?" "No." That's a lack of intelligence, right?

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Dorian Earl: And so how many places that we go to and solicit, and they're not as intelligent, that an agent can help the person on the other end do their job better, which is really cool. So I am super excited. I wish every company that we worked with, big and small, would adopt technology like this. And trust me, I've been singing the song to everybody going, "Hey, hey, I don't know what systems you have internally, but let me help you." And everything from athletics, to restaurant, to food, to the travel, to all of those things. So I'm looking forward to it.

Mike Gerholdt: It's going to be good. Dorian, thanks for coming by and helping admins out again. You're always in our corner giving us advice and setting us on the right path. So I appreciate it and can't wait to connect with you again later this year at all of our events.

Dorian Earl: Yeah. Well, and I'll let you know how this goes because as we shepherd clients into this new era of intelligence, I'll tell you which ones on step two, step three, and step four. And Salesforce is really doing a good job of telling the story of what people are doing with agents and AI, which is really cool. I cannot wait. This is really, really fun. But thanks for all you do with helping us in the ecosystem. I think I mentioned to you, when I started with Salesforce 2017, I was listening. I went back and listened to all of your previous podcasts and just to get caught up, and I listened to one a day, one every other day and listened to them on one and a half or two speed. And so it was a really, really, really cool thing. One, you've got a great obviously voice, and you know-

Mike Gerholdt: Even at two speed, I do?

Dorian Earl: Even at two speed, you'd be surprised what Mike sounded like at two speed. Yep, yep, yep.

Mike Gerholdt: I sound like Alvin and the Chipmunks. Mike, and Gillian at one and a half or two speed was something, right? And so yeah, that was really good. But still having a place where people can stay up to date and knowledgeable. On behalf of me and everybody else, we thank you for having a place that where we can learn and obviously stay up to date here. This is really cool.

Mike Gerholdt: I appreciate it. Thanks so much.

Dorian Earl: Yep. Yeah, thank you.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, that was another fun discussion with Dorian. I always love running into him at events. And if you've ever checked out his breakout sessions, they're one for the books. He is an incredibly powerful and passionate presenter and knowledgeable, huge fan of Salesforce admins. I really loved his five-step approach for preparing for Agentforce. I think it gave us some actionable insights for us to think about and look forward to bringing more intelligence and efficiency to our organizations. Now, have you found this episode helpful? Hey, do me a favor, share it with somebody. Put it out on social. I'm on Bluesky. Everybody's on Bluesky. And if you're on Apple Podcasts, all you have to do is tap the three dots to click share episode, and it'll take care of posting the rest. Now, don't forget all the links, everything that we mentioned on the episode, including a transcript, is available at admin.salesforce.com. You can find everything there, including a lot of blog posts. Tons of information. Now, as always, if you'd love to join in the conversation, and I'd love to be there with you, jump over to the Admin Trailblazer Group. That is in the Trailblazer community. You know where the link is. It's in the show notes, which is at admin.salesforce.com. Look at that. It's like, "Toot, toot, toot, here we go." Anyway, thanks again for tuning in and we'll see you next Thursday in the cloud.

View Details

Agentforce's Best Friend: Clean, Reliable Data

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Lizz Hellinga, a Consultant and Salesforce MVP.

Join us as we chat about why clean data is essential for leveraging generative AI and how you can get your organization moving.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Lizz Hellinga.

Generative AI thrives on clean data Lizz has a clear message: clean data isn’t optional anymore. She stresses, “If your data isn’t ready for generative AI, your business isn’t ready.” As organizations eagerly adopt generative AI tools, Lizz cautions that the insights and outputs from AI are only as reliable as the data feeding into it. Simply put, poor-quality data undermines the potential of these powerful tools.

What constitutes “bad data”? Bad data comes in many forms, and Lizz highlights the usual suspects:

  • Duplicates
  • Inaccuracies
  • Incomplete records
  • Outdated information
  • Hoarded data

The concept of hoarded data stands out as particularly problematic. Many organizations have accumulated large amounts of data they no longer use but are reluctant to delete. According to Lizz, the solution starts with collaborating with stakeholders to establish a robust data governance policy that defines data quality standards and retention policies. Reporting, she adds, can be a powerful tool to illustrate the value of clean data and spotlight areas of improvement.

Steps to prepare data for AI Lizz has four steps you can take to start your journey toward clean data:

  1. Document your processes: Map out key workflows to find the key points where data enters the system. How can you make it easier to get high-quality data at these moments?
  2. Engage your stakeholders: Explain why clean data is vital for AI initiatives. Use examples to illustrate how high-quality data enables AI to deliver actionable insights that can make their work easier and more efficient.
  3. Prioritize key areas: Focus on cleaning data critical to processes where AI will have the most impact, such as sales or customer engagement. Start with essential objects and gradually expand to other areas.
  4. Leverage your tools: Use reports, dashboards, and tools like Salesforce’s “Clean Your Room! Dashboard” to gamify data-cleaning efforts. Friendly competitions can motivate teams to tackle bad data without feeling overwhelmed.

Proactive data management strategies Preventing bad data is just as important as cleaning up existing records. Lizz suggests:

  • Using paths and dynamic forms to streamline data entry.
  • Highlighting key fields on page layouts to emphasize their importance.
  • Integrating email tools like Einstein Activity Capture to ensure accurate, up-to-date information.
  • Customizing user interfaces to make data entry intuitive and error-free.

Why data quality matters Clean data isn’t just about fixing reports; it’s about future-proofing your business. “Data is an asset,” Lizz explains. For organizations looking to adopt AI, ensuring that data is accurate, current, and relevant is a crucial first step. Without it, even the most advanced AI tools won’t deliver meaningful results.

Get started today Lizz advises admins to start small but think strategically. Build baseline reports to identify problem areas, engage stakeholders to define what good data looks like, and focus on key processes that need improvement. With these steps, you’ll not only prepare your organization for AI but also elevate your role as a Salesforce Admin by demonstrating leadership in data governance.

We get into a lot of specifics with Lizz on the podcast, so be sure to take a listen to learn more. And make sure to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Resources

  • Podcast: Sarah Flamion on Generative AI
  • McKinsey Article: The data dividend: Fueling generative AI
  • Clean Your Room! Dashboard

Social

  • Lizz on LinkedIn

  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn

  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we are talking with Lizz Hellinga about why clean data is so important for AI. Lizz is a consultant and Salesforce MVP, and before you think, “I can skip this,” it’s probably going to be boring. Let me tell you, this is a fun conversation because you’re going to learn about different types of bad data. One of them is super fun to understand. Also, Lizz shares with us a lot of tips and tools for cleaning up your bad data, and also making things a little bit more easy for your users, so I really enjoy this conversation.

But before we get in the episode, can you just be sure that you’re following the Salesforce Admins Podcast on iTunes or just wherever you get your podcast. That way, you get a new episode every Thursday right on your phone. So with that, let’s get to the conversation with Lizz. So Lizz, welcome back to the podcast.

Lizz Hellinga: Thank you, Mike, for inviting me. I am thrilled to be here.

Mike: It’s been a while since you’ve been on and a part of the team, but we had Jennifer Lee down at Florida Dreamin’, and she Slacked me, “Oh my God, Mike, you have to talk to Lizz about her Florida Dreamin’ session and Clean Data, and get her on the podcast.” That’s literally word for word what she said. So I listen to my team members when they have good suggestions and wanted to get back on the podcast and talk about clean data and why it’s important. But before we do that, what have you been up to?

Lizz Hellinga: Yeah, it’s been a busy time. I’ve been consulting for a couple of years now, and just building that and enjoying working with customers on their Salesforce challenges. Then, I did move to Michigan, so I am enjoying the Michigander lifestyle, which includes winter, which is coming.

Mike: Yeah, you’re north of the cold air line.

Lizz Hellinga: Exactly, but it’s beautiful. So we’re in Holland.

Mike: Yeah, and you get all the seasons.

Lizz Hellinga: We do.

Mike: I like the seasons.

Lizz Hellinga: Yup. Yes.

Mike: Yep. I hinted you had a great presentation at Florida Dreamin’ about Clean Data, and especially now with AI, I guess we need clean data. I don’t know, Lizz. Do we need clean data? I mean, we’ve always needed clean data, right? Like I’m supposed to clean my room.

Lizz Hellinga: Yes. I mean, we always needed clean data. We always need clean data, but it is now not optional, right? You need to have clean data because with generative AI, it’s table stakes. So if your data’s not ready for generative AI, your business isn’t ready, and I’ve read that amazing quote from a McKinsey report about data and being ready for AI.

But I will say, before we get too far into this, I was inspired to discuss data because of a podcast that you all shared, not once, but twice, with Sarah Flamion on generative AI. And listening to that, and I started to think about, “Well, what can I do to help the orgs that I’m involved in be ready for AI?” And doing my research, I came across this McKinsey article that talks about if your data isn’t ready for generative AI, your business isn’t ready, and I thought, “Well, gosh, not all of this is new, right?” Having your data and your clean data approach isn’t something that’s new to Salesforce Admins. It just is becoming more important now, because of the way that data is consumed to create generative AI outputs.

Mike: Yeah. I think it was always, “Okay. Well, this report’s wrong, so I need to fix it,” or kind of as issues play whack-a-mole with data, “If that comes up, then we’ll deal with it,” or, “If there’s imports that are going sour, then we’ll kind of deal with it,” but now that we’re on the precipice of having these discussions, I feel like the second discussion besides, “What are we going to use AI for?,” is exactly what you brought up is, “Is it ready? Have you ran a report? Can we even have AI tell us if we’ve got a good enough phone number list?”

Lizz Hellinga: Exactly, and so that leads to my first question in the presentation that I shared with the audience was, “What really is bad data? What is poor quality data?” Some of the common ones, duplicate data, inaccurate data that we see, incomplete data, that’s a huge challenge usually, stale data, and my new favorite, hoarded data. So almost having too much data, not going through, and maybe cleaning up, archiving, removing data from your system.

Mike: Oh, I feel like that could be the next show on TLC Data Owners.

Lizz Hellinga: I have seen where I’ve been in orgs where people will have 600,000 contacts in there and maybe only use about 30,000 at a given time, so …

Mike: So is that what you mean by hoarded data?

Lizz Hellinga: Yes.

Mike: Okay.

Lizz Hellinga: Just maintaining or keeping data in there that may not be relevant.

Mike: Just afraid to throw it away.

Lizz Hellinga: Yeah, just to … Yeah.

Mike: I mean, we got it, right? At some point, you paid for a list, or did a trade show, had a fishbowl out there.

Lizz Hellinga: Exactly, and then they just never go through to clean it and remove it, and sometimes there’s resistance to doing that. It just depends on the org and the leadership, and that changes at times.

Mike: Yeah, or I could see this, I bet there’s no policy for hoarded data …

Lizz Hellinga: True.

Mike: … to really sit down and like what … Lizz, you do a lot of consulting. You sit down. Well, what is the last time you’ve contacted them, and then setting that as a timeline, and okay, maybe contacts older than that. Now, this is our policy, much in the same way of data retention, you know?

Lizz Hellinga: Exactly. And it’s the same type of conversation, and it’s important that as an admin, that you and your stakeholders agree on how you define that data. “How do you retain it? What do you define as poor quality or bad data?,” and you have to work with your stakeholders to do that, but there’s ways that you can start the conversation, because it can feel daunting, and reporting is the best place to start.

Mike: Now, as we did, or as you mentioned, the types of bad data with hoarded data, as you would go through and create different applications, would you include maybe some of those policies or procedures in that documentation? Right? I’m thinking if we’re creating maybe one-off delivery records as they would apply to an opportunity, for example, we probably don’t need to keep that for very long, maybe a year or two as part of a data retention policy, but would you include kind of what the definition of hoarded data in your process documentation?

Lizz Hellinga: I would. I would, and you have to have a data governance policy, I mean, at least an outline, and you have to start somewhere with it, or else it could get unruly and out of control. I mean, many orgs do have that, where they’re just not as diligent about maintaining it because they’re only working on the records that they’re focused on at that time.

Mike: Right.

Lizz Hellinga: And it can become pretty easy, and so that’s why as an admin, it is your role to think through these things and build the reports and have the discussions around what this means, and sort of push that rock forward within your company.

Mike: Yeah, and I think as we think through the use of AI and cleaning data, anytime you do data cleanup as a topic, whether it’s a blog post or a podcast, I’m sure, or eight or so minutes in, I’d be surprised half the people are listening because the other half are like, “I don’t want to listen to that. I know I got to do.” It’s like almost weight loss. Yes, you need to do it for all of your data, but I would think with AI, you would really want to prioritize the data that you’re going to expose as part of your use with AI, right?

Lizz Hellinga: Yes. And I would start with your key processes that you want to use AI to support. So if you’re thinking about your sales process, that’s a big topic that comes up quite a bit. How can sales reps use AI for contacting clients or knowing when to contact clients, and what to contact them about? I would start with by documenting that process and really highlighting, “What are the essential data points within that journey?,” so whether it’s, “What contact information is essential?,” “What account information?,” “What opportunity data will help drive those generative insights?”

You can start there and start even just simply building some reports that examines that information. “Do you have the email addresses? Do you have correct roles, and titles, contact? Are you using last activity date?,” things like that, to help you start to see how healthy that data is. So it doesn’t have to be overwhelming. You could start with just a few basic objects to get that going.

Mike: Yeah. Then, once you kind of have those reports and you figure out the level of uncleanliness that you have, what’s out there for admins to kind of work on and pick away and get that data cleaned up?

Lizz Hellinga: There’s a couple of things that you can do starting today. So reports and dashboards are the springboard for it, but you can have fun with it, kind of gamify it, and use … One Salesforce Labs application that I like is called Clean Your Room! Dashboard. That just is a springboard dashboard with components that help you examine the fields that you find important for AI or for your processes. You can use those to start a competition of like, “Who’s going to have the cleanest data?,” and fun things like that.

Obviously, you have to work with your stakeholders, but having people focus on updating some of the key fields makes it a lot easier than having them say like, “Oh my gosh, you got to clean up all 1,000 accounts that are in your territory.”

Mike: Right.

Lizz Hellinga: Nobody wants to do that. So just highlight the things that are most important, and it could be, even if you’re looking at deals this quarter or deals for the six months, opportunities, they’re set to close in the next six months, getting them to at least update things that are in flight will be hugely beneficial. And then, it’s about helping them build those habits. They’ll start to update other things when they have to update those few.

Mike: What do you … Because I want to pause on that for a beat here. Anytime I’ve asked salespeople to update stuff it’s, “Well, it’s this quarter, or it’s almost the end of the quarter, or it’s this,” or I mean, a million excuses, right? And I’m sure you’ve ran into it too. I love the idea of gamifying it, and I think that’s something that an admin could really get an executive to help be behind, and they can push out. What is your advice for kind of rolling that out that also helps with scale when you gamify data cleaning in terms of timing that admins could suggest?

Lizz Hellinga: There’s a couple of things that you could do. Obviously, the executive support is huge, really talking about the why. This is a journey, and it is going to become a competitive imperative. They have no choice to really … But if they want to take advantage of AI, they have to have updated data, and it will eventually make their roles easier so that they could potentially target more customers more quickly, right?

It’s hard to sell that long game sometimes, but gamifying a little bit, getting a Starbucks gift card or some kind of treat even goes a long way. People like to be rewarded even if it’s not something expensive. People like that recognition.

Mike: Right. I think we always talk about cleaning data in the sense of, “Well, there’s bad data in there,” but it’s also a little bit like, “How do we prevent shoveling in a snowstorm?,” to use a Midwest term, because we’re Midwesterners here.

Lizz Hellinga: Right.

Mike: But once you do have everything shoveled, now, how do you prevent more bad data from accumulating? So there’s the proactive or reactive of running reports and fixing stuff, but what do you see as being on the proactive side so that we can start making sure that it’s cleaner data coming in?

Lizz Hellinga: Yes, there’s so many tools that admins can use for this, and one of my favorites is Path, so Sales Path of putting those key fields that you deem necessary at front and center as they’re managing their opportunity lifecycle. The highlights panel is another area that you can use on a page layout to highlight key fields, again, that are essential, or I’ve even done this, where I’ve done like a quality of data rating in the highlights panel using flows and formula fields. Dynamic forms can help support the data entry process, as well as screen flows. Then, another thing that is great too is just the email integration. Either using Einstein Activity Capture, or the Outlook, or Google plugin with Salesforce is huge.

It makes it a lot easier for people to get the data in and accurate. So thinking more, I guess, putting on your user experience hat when you’re thinking about the requirements for your teams will help you, to your point, that you always say, Salesforce administration by walking around, so sitting with them, thinking about what their user experience is, and figuring out ways within the tool that you can make it easier for them to enter the data. Sometimes it’s just as simple as moving a field up the screen page layout, so above the fold. It could be that simple. Other times, it could be thinking about dynamic forms and something a little bit more sophisticated.

Mike: Yeah. I love the idea of SABWA, I just didn’t contextualize it right, because SABWA is really about personalization as opposed to customization, and the difference being scale.

Lizz Hellinga: Right.

Mike: And what you’re talking about there is also thinking through when you’re working with users to get better implementation, and maybe it is moving a field. Like I recall for a call center, they 100% wanted all of the fields lined up on the left side of the page, which wasn’t hard, right?

Lizz Hellinga: No.

Mike: In the edit field, you could edit the page layout, because it just didn’t make sense to them to go left, right, left, right, left, right, right? They just bang, bang, bang, bang, bang, bang. What was interesting is then you also have to think through, “Were other teams using that?,” and the sales team, it did not work for the sales team. They were used to seeing left, right, left, right, left, right, and so one of the things that we talk about, which is why I’m hung on this, is you get these ideas for personalization, but you can’t confuse them with customization, because there is ways to make it easier for that one particular user that doesn’t affect the productivity of all of your users.

Lizz Hellinga: Right. And that’s where page layouts, dynamic forms, all those things can help with that process, so that in using the tools in your admin toolkit, that can help you think about it from almost like a persona-driven approach.

Mike: Yeah. I think this is the interesting conversation that most people don’t have as the follow-up to, “Oh, there’s a whole bunch of AI stuff, and how are we using it?” And the second part is, “But are we ready to use it?” It’s almost like the, “Oh, everybody’s having a house party. Let’s have a house party,” and nobody looks around to be like, “Oh, we better clean the house first.”

Lizz Hellinga: Right. Make sure everything’s in its right spot. Make sure we have plenty of napkins and cups.

Mike: Yeah. Yeah, and that-

Lizz Hellinga: It’s true.

Mike: Yeah, because I mean, we’re so interested in just like, “Let’s use AI,” and then it’ll fix everything.

Lizz Hellinga: Right. It’s all good until something happens that isn’t good, and then they’re like, “Oh, why is this not working the way we intend?” It’s like, “Well, we’ve got to go back and we’ve got to clean these things up.” It’s interesting because it’s a very hot topic, and it makes people nervous too, a little bit. I mean, there’s some hesitancy and there’s some like …

I still don’t fully understand generative AI. I mean, I’ve been-

Mike: No. I think like three people do in the world. Yeah.

Lizz Hellinga: Right, and so it’s, “What do I know?” is most important to help us be ready for that, and to me, it’s thinking about the quality of the data in the system so that when we are confident to make those decisions and investments and using generative AI in Salesforce, we’re ready, because it’s going to take a little bit to get people all on the same page and ready for it, but you don’t want it to fail because you haven’t spent the time thinking about the backbone to me, which is the data quality.

Mike: Right. No, it’s comparable. This has an ending. I was reading somewhere that Glengarry Glen Ross, the movie with Alec Baldwin and Jack Lemmon, was actually … It was ranked up there as one of the … Something.

I forget what it was at the top of the list for. I bring it up because it is in, and they point this out in the article, very specific time in sales and technology in the United States, where salespeople had individual Rolodexes on their desk, and that was the value that that person brought to the organization. This almost feels like the same precipice, because can you imagine, at some point, every organization went from salespeople with Rolodexes to know, “We’re all going to take this data and share it, and you’re all going to have access to it, but I promise you, every single person’s Rolodex, those cards look different and had different notes, and now, we have to clean this up so that we can all be unified to be in one CRM.” Now, fast-forward how many years later, and now that we’re in that CRM, this is almost like, “How do we get that clean data to the next level so that AI can jump in?,” because I’m sure at that time, most people looked around and said, “I don’t know how A CRM works.” Much like you said, “I don’t know how an AI works.”

Lizz Hellinga: Right. I mean, I had a really amazing manager say to me, probably in 2017, maybe 2016 … No, it was probably 2015.

Mike: Wow. Wow.

Lizz Hellinga: She said, “Our data in our CRM, our goal for it is to be an asset.” I feel like she was years ahead saying that to me, because I keep reflecting on that phrase within the last, I’d say just six months realistically, as we start to think about how we can use AI with Salesforce, with our CRM data. How is it an asset, that it will help us reach our customers, reach potential customers in a targeted, genuine approach?

Mike: Yeah. Data is an asset. She’s light-years ahead.

Lizz Hellinga: Yeah, she was.

Mike: There might not even be companies that know that now.

Lizz Hellinga: Right. I remember her saying that, and as I worked on this presentation for Florida Dreamin’, and thinking about like, “How do we turn it into an …” It needs to be an asset before we can even dip our toes in the world of generative AI.

Mike: You would argue, and companies forget this too, but it is the one thing that is always sellable when companies close down or they get acquired. You could say, “Well, it’s the manufacturing plant.” No. I mean, you live in Michigan. Just go across the state to Detroit and look at how many empty manufacturing plants there are.

They didn’t buy the company because of the manufacturing plant. They didn’t buy the company because of the raw steel that they had in inventory. They bought it arguably for the brand, but also the data.

Lizz Hellinga: Right.

Mike: That’s something every company has, a list of people they sold to and what they bought.

Lizz Hellinga: And their longevity with them.

Mike: Right. Yeah, or lack thereof, longevity. There’s a lot to tackle. The one thing that I always love to ask people, because I feel like it could be walking into a hoarder’s house and you don’t know where to start, journey of a thousand miles starts with one footstep, for admins that listen to this and think, “Okay, maybe we have or have not started the conversation about we’re going to use AI,” needless to say, I should start the conversation about cleaning up data, where would you start? What would be the next thing that Lizz would do after listening to this podcast?

Lizz Hellinga: We’ve said it a couple of times, I think begin with reports and dashboards. Start to examine the data. Maybe build some baseline reports, because your next move will need to be to have some conversations with stakeholders, so speak with leadership, your main stakeholders … I’m trying to think of the right word, but the main people that you work with that use the system. Start to define, “What is your bad data?,” because it is not so much like I may come in and say, “Oh, you haven’t talked to them in two years,” but your deal cycle may be three years, or there may be some different things that go on within your organization that are unique and different.

So I may think something stale because we haven’t talked to them in three months, but to you, your org, it could be a year. So determining what really is poor quality, low quality, bad data in your system, so whether it’s … Obviously duplicate’s usually inaccurate, incomplete, stale, hoarded, and you can kind of flip that and say, “What is the most important data about our customers that’s in Salesforce, and how do we make sure that people are able to update it accurately on a regular basis?” Those are a couple things to think about. So gather your stakeholders.

Reports usually will help you do that because it kind of shines a light on the problem areas. The next thing, thinking about your process. What data points are key throughout maybe your opportunity life cycle, your case life cycle? Thinking about those things will help you identify the essential data points in that journey, and that’s where you want to begin, because it can be overwhelming. You may have 150 fields on your account page.

I guarantee that not all of those are essential to the data journey in relation to maybe the opportunity life cycle. So think about those processes, and what are the key points of data? Then, embark on that journey of cleaning the data, but then also put on your user experience hat and think about how your end users are updating, adding, creating data in the system, and see what you can do to help drive towards those key data points so that they’re easily able to update them.

Mike: I think that’s very actionable stuff. Thank you.

Lizz Hellinga: Thank you. I’m excited to keep talking about this.

Mike: I can tell.

Lizz Hellinga: There’s so many things that you can do with promoting quality data within your system, but these are tactical things, but there’s also long-term, like with data governance, that you can start to be a leader. It’s a way to elevate your role, yourself within your organization because you’re seeing this. Clean data is the imperative now.

Mike: Yeah. Absolutely. Thanks so much for coming on the podcast and hopefully inspiring us to clean up our data and not be data hoarders.

Lizz Hellinga: Yes, please. We don’t need a TV show on that.

Mike: I mean, we kind of do. I just like to see how they do it. I think that would be fun.

Lizz Hellinga: It would be interesting to see all that.

Mike: Because you kind of need that IT guy coming over and saying, “Move. Oh my God, you have 60,000 contacts in your Outlook. What are you doing?”

Lizz Hellinga: Right?

Mike: Just something funny like that.

Lizz Hellinga: Clean those up.

Mike: Right.

Lizz Hellinga: I know.

Mike: Exactly. All right, thanks, Lizz.

Lizz Hellinga: Thanks so much.

Mike: So I love that discussion with Lizz. I think her line, “The tactics aren’t anything new, it’s just more urgent now,” is completely true with the precipice of a new, really transformational technology coming our way on top of just having clean data being important, really making sure that our organizations and ourselves can be successful with AI as this comes about is super important. Now, if you enjoyed this episode, I need you to do one thing, and that is share it with somebody you think would appreciate listening to it. If you’re listening on iTunes, you can just tap the dots and choose Share Episode, then you can post it to social or text it to that friend. If you’re looking for more great resources, your one-stop for everything admin is admin.salesforce.com, including a transcript of the show, and be sure to join our conversation in the Admin Trailblazer group that’s over on the Trailblazer community, and of course, the links are in the show notes. So until next week, we’ll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to John Wall, co-host of the Marketing Over Coffee Podcast.

Join us as we chat about how tools like generative AI are reshaping workflows, strategies, and content creation for marketing.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with John Wall.

AI and the future of marketing Most Salesforce Admins need to work hand in hand with marketing to give them the tools they need to do their jobs. As we continue our conversation about Agentforce and the impact agents can have across an organization, I thought it would be great to hear from John Wall about the future of AI and marketing. He co-hosts the great Marketing Over Coffee Podcast, with guests like Simon Sinek, Seth Godin, and Debbie Millman.

Most marketers are already using AI for data analysis and insights, with a little help from their admins. However, the game is changing fast with the proliferation of LLMs and the ability to build custom AI agents.

How AI will revolutionize marketing personas Recently, we’ve been hearing a lot about how Agentforce can help you manage your documentation or take the load off your customer service reps. So what can admins build for marketers?

John brings up the idea of marketing personas. “Right now, that’s four people in a conference room coming up with cute nicknames like Sally Shopper or Wally the Weekend Warrior,” he says. But with AI, you can use its classification and summarization abilities to pore over your customer data and generate personas based on statistics, not spitballing.

Where it gets even more interesting is how you can use that information to create customers on demand. John suggests building an AI agent for each marketing persona, which can answer questions as that type of customer to give you insights or plan a new campaign.

The human in the loop Just like with any new technology, some businesses will rush to adopt the new shiny tool and mistakes are bound to happen. John emphasizes the importance of “the human in the loop,” which is a key role for Salesforce Admins going forward.

AI advancements are probably not going to put you out of a job, but they’ll definitely make your job easier. “The big thing is you have to be curious,” he says, “go play with something and see what you can make it do and what kind of results you can get from it.”

There’s so much more great stuff in our conversation with John Wall, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss out.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * John’s Podcast: Marketing Over Coffee * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: 2025 Roadmap for Salesforce Admins: AI, Agentforce, and Emerging Trends * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: How Agentforce Transforms Customer Interactions at Salesforce * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: How Agentforce Is Changing the Career Landscape

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • John on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on Tiktok
  • Mike on X

Full Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're joined by John Wall, co-host of the long-running Marketing Over Coffee podcast. That's right, we're starting 2025 off on the right foot, because John shares with us insights into the ever evolving landscape of AI in marketing, including how tools like generative AI are reshaping workflows, strategies, and even content creation. I bet admins, you know about this. Now, before we jump into the fascinating discussion that we have with John, I want you to be sure to jump over and press that subscribe or follow button, depending on what kind of app you're using. It's probably on your favorite platform. And then that way you don't miss a single episode, because new ones come out every Thursday and I would hate for you to miss something like this discussion that I'm going to have with host of the ever-popular Marketing Over Coffee podcast, John Wall. Let's get John on the podcast. So, John, welcome to the podcast.

John Wall: Mike, it's great to be on the mic with you again.

Mike Gerholdt: I know, it's been a while. I feel the last time we recorded was in Boston, 100 years ago.

John Wall: Yeah, downtown Boston. I remember we were live on Newbury Street. That was like the heart of all the action.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep. We were recording the old style podcast. We had an Edison, it was putting it on a phonograph and some wax tubes.

John Wall: That's right. Sitting there with my ear trumpet listening.

Mike Gerholdt: Ear trumpet, I love it. For those people, like the two people in the world that don't listen to Marketing Over Coffee, can you give us a brief overview of what you do and what Marketing Over Coffee is?

John Wall: Yeah, sure. So, my whole career I worked in marketing and tech, and God, going on what, 16, 17 years ago when podcasting was just done with steam engine and hammers and nails. We created Marketing Over Coffee, with my co-host Christopher Penn. And we've had this ongoing dialogue of just every week, 25 to 30 minutes talking about what's going on in marketing and tech. And just like CRM, this space is so insane and changing every week, there's no shortage of stuff to talk about. But then, and it's also grown up enough that I've been fortunate enough to get a lot of big marketing brains and authors on, like Simon Sinek and Debbie Millman, Seth Godin, folks like that. So yeah, it's really kind of opened up the world because the family doesn't want to hear what I have to say about marketing over Thanksgiving, so I have somewhere to talk about that.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, that could be another, you should rename the podcast that for the holidays, Marketing over Thanksgiving.

John Wall: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Just see if anybody notices.

John Wall: That glazed overlook when I'm talking about what I do for a living.

Mike Gerholdt: So I make ads, I'm like Jon Hamm on Mad Men. No, and I remember the Boston. So much of what admins do I remember, is interface with marketing. And that's why I love having you on because not only as a personal brand, but also as somebody that does a lot of podcasts and content creation, it just overlaps with what admins do. And marketing is such a big facet of any organization now. I mean, you can't sit down and talk sales without, well, we should have the marketing person in here, and they always want 5,000 more requirements than what you started with, but that's why I love having you on. So, let's dive in. I feel like we woke up from the pandemic and AI just was everywhere now. I'd love to know on what the world of AI looks like for marketers now.

John Wall: Yeah, I mean, you totally nailed that, and the world has changed yet again. We were kind of finally, things were finally stabilizing a little bit. Platforms that matured, as far as email and text messaging and advertising and things are fairly solid, and now AI has shown up to destroy everything. It's been a little weird though, because our world didn't change as much. We've been working a lot with machine learning to do data analysis for years. So my co-host on the show and partner at Trust Insights, Christopher Penn, had long been using machine learning to measure PR and advertising results. Doing statistical models to prove like, okay, what's actually working in your branding and your advertising? These things that you can't easily measure with clicks. And so that has been an area where we were able to kind of provide some value and insight that nobody else could get. But then really, I don't know, about a year and a half ago when generative AI became the hottest thing going on all fronts for marketing, the amount of interest in that has just exploded. So yeah, we have a bunch of fronts that we're applying the technology and it's just amazing to see the range of how marketers adapt. There's still plenty of marketers that don't want to look at it and have their head in the sand, and all the way up to, we have clients that are like, "Hey, we want to reimagine our entire business because we think it's going to be something completely different in the next five years." So yeah, we spent a lot of time thinking about where this stuff is going to go, and it's amazing how... And literally we have, Christopher works full time on monitoring this space and seeing what's new and what's coming next, because it's just insane when you look at the fact that we've had six major models this year. There's never been a time in tech history where you have six major products show up at once. So, yeah, everything is changing and it's just a challenge to keep track of what's happening this week.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I remember not that long ago, thinking how long in the tooth we've been working in tech, when I heard some statistic of, today we'll create more content than was ever previously created in human history. So now with AI, are we exponentially creating more? Are we creating better content? Is that the converse... I always dig into like, what's that next layer down? Are we really caring about creating better content with AI or are we just creating more content with AI?

John Wall: Right. Well, of course, marketers ruin everything, right?

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

John Wall: This is nothing new. Yeah, there's a whole army of people that are taking their stuff that was pretty crappy and now we have an exponential amount of pretty crappy stuff out there. So yeah, and it's going to be really weird to see how all this goes because it's the classic antivirus defense too. It's, as soon as people are creating exponentially more junk, all of the search engines or AI powered search engines are adding defenses to pull all that stuff back out. So it's just this never ending battle and yeah, the level of content, I don't know, it's so much so that we're going to burn more electricity in the next year than the power of the sun. I mean, it's just insane how this is all changing.

Mike Gerholdt: But we'll have better copy for our websites.

John Wall: Right, you'll have a better landing page. It's going to convert for you. But then we do see, as with everything, right? There's people that are using the technology to automate the foolishness of the past, we have electronic yellow pages being created. But at the other end, there's people who are using these tools in totally brand new and novel ways to get some insight that they've never had before, or automate things that used to be just insanely difficult to automate, and yeah, go to new places and create advantage. So there are ways to win and yeah, there's going to be a ton of things that we never even expected that will change everything for us.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, the biggest thing before AI, the wave of AI hit, the biggest thing we were dealing with was data lakes and these massive data volumes. And I think even marketers were dealing with that too, because you have people going to their website and they're unauthenticated and we're assigning a profile to them. How do we dig through when you've got millions of impressions on a page? What was that journey of that person? How did they actually get to the pair of shoes that they bought? Now with AI, are we getting smarter at doing that? Is that kind of the data that we're digging into?

John Wall: Yeah, absolutely. And so yeah, when you look back, step back and look at the landscape. Generation, we consider that one of only six different options to use AI for to help get you places. And two of them extraction and summarization, that's just what you're talking about. It's like to finally be able to have all of these different data sources all over the place, load them up into a system and have it do the heavy lifting of, okay, find the commonalities between these things. And yet it's just, we had been promising this for decades, this idea that when people in marketing talk about personas, that's just because four people in a conference room came up with cute nicknames and an idea of who these people should be. They're like, oh yeah, Sally Shopper and George Weekend Warrior, or whatever. But now you can get actual summarizations based on the data itself. And you actually know that, okay, we do see that 40% of the buyers look like this, and they have these things in common, and it's all based on statistics, none of it's based on gut. So yeah, those kinds of insights are really interesting. And we've actually been pushing another level. You can go ahead and create these profiles of who these people are, but then use those profiles to train the large language models. So now that you can actually treat that as a customer on demand that you can survey and ask questions to, instead of emailing everybody with every purchase of $0.35 to ask for feedback on what's going on, you just go to the large language model and say, "Hey, here's the next four marketing campaigns. Tell us what you think about those and does this resonate with you?" And you can get similar insight but not cause as much trouble and not have to wait.

Mike Gerholdt: You mentioned six, I think you gave us one or two. What were the other four?

John Wall: Yeah, so obviously generative AI, you've got generation, we just talked about extraction and summarization. The other three, rewriting, which is just something that can easily raise your productivity, right? If you're somebody who's having to, okay, I wrote this white paper for the construction industry. I want to write about the same kind of stuff for the food service industry. Rewriting is very easy and instant for generative AI to do. Classification is another use case. We see this a lot where people that have multiple products, they don't know how they fit in together, or even if you just have large amounts of data. A good example is for a call center, you've got 30,000 calls a month. To have AI transcribe those and go through and find the 20 features that you should fix to make 10% of your calls go away. That kind of stuff is a huge benefit, huge lift. And then out of the six, yeah, the last is just question answering. You can really get better insight into topics than search engine results by asking AI to not only give you the answer, but explain how it got there and educate you on, what do you need to know to kind of understand the space a little bit more.

Mike Gerholdt: And I think we're seeing, I mean, from the Salesforce side, we're showing a lot of use cases and we have a lot of customers that are standing up agents on public facing sites. Are you seeing that more and more as a trend for marketers to work with? I think one of the things, as I say this, one of the stereotypes that most marketing falls into is, how do we drive more sales? But I think a lot of marketers are also, how do we divert service cases as well and drive sales through service? Are you seeing agents on public-facing websites as something marketers are paying attention to for that?

John Wall: Yeah. I mean, everybody wants that, right? And unfortunately, we've all seen this cycle. This happens where there's the board meeting and the board is saying, "Hey, we got to get onto this," and so now somebody's like, okay, I need to get me one of these shiny object things. And unfortunately, it's mostly disaster-ville, right? We were seeing these things of people hooking up a chatbot or whatever, and it's starting to just spout off lies and crazy answers and it just becomes a train wreck. So yeah, that is one thing that's going to be huge over the next couple of years. The idea of, okay, yeah, you've got these bots or these agents, but which ones are enterprise-ready? There's a huge difference between something that's been vetted and tested. For most of our clients we're saying, no, you need to have a human in the loop. A great... The use case that you just talked about would be, yeah, have the AI generate the top 2,000 answers for problems that it sees, but then that goes through the product manager for verification to prove that they're all real. You can't go live with that, but yeah, there's definitely going to be a lot of, unfortunately, we're going to see a lot of scary news as people pull the trigger on something that goes awry.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, that's kind of like we saw like the, we're not ready for the self-driving cars. We've seen that in San Francisco, but they still have somebody in the passenger seat or in the driver's seat just in case. The human in the loop.

John Wall: Right, and that's always been, even you look back in history and it's like, yeah, escalators and elevators. There used to be people that was their job just to make sure that nothing went wrong.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, and of course not to be predictive, but I don't know the last time I rode an elevator where there was a person there to press the buttons for me.

John Wall: Right, exactly. And yeah, there are... Well, yeah, it's just so much of that is the media and the way information gets presented to us as news. It's like, yeah, okay, these three automated cars got in some kind of weird accident, but we're not getting the story of all the ridiculous stuff humans did over the past month in cars. That's just not news for us anymore.

Mike Gerholdt: Right, contextual. You mentioned at the beginning, sort of the great spectrum of marketers with their head in the sand, all the way to, we want to revolutionize our business. Where do most marketers fall, in terms of thinking with AI, thinking about AI? And where should that be?

John Wall: Yeah, that's a great question because it's really, in a lot of ways this is a retooling for everybody. You have to go back and look at all your processes and figure out which ones apply. And because, and you've talked about this in the past, the fact that it's not about AI showing up and it's just like the marketing department's going to get wiped out. What's going to happen is over time, there's going to be three or four marketers that have added AI to a bunch of their workflows, things that they've hated doing, and so they've figured out how to automate them. And those people are going to be exponentially more productive than the folks that are avoiding AI and trying to stay away from it. So yeah, where people should be. The big thing is you have to be curious. It's just like with every other major tech change. Go start playing around with something and see what you can make it do and what kind of results you can get out of it. Because at this stage of it, you're going to find these really crazy things. You're like, oh man, I never thought that I could use that to come up with an intelligent email address predictor. Every sales and marketing person has this where they're like, oh, I have to get in touch with this person and they haven't put their email up on the social networks that I normally follow. And so getting some suggestions to do that kind of stuff. And the other one is, yeah, so much of marketing is combing through spreadsheets and trying to prove results or manage copy and things like that. So much of that stuff can be automated and give you hours back in your day. So yeah, it's a matter of having... Be bold, play around and kind of see what you can break.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I think back to, and I've tried to look this up, but I've heard the story of in the late-1800s, I forget who it was. I want to say Thomas Jefferson but that's probably not right, writing a letter to the US patent office saying, "You can shut down because everything that's been invented has been invented." And correlating that to, we can't let cars happen in the world because they'll put wagon wheel manufacturers out of business. And the labor force of wagon wheel manufacturers, it'll be devastating to the economy that all these wagon wheel manufacturers will go out of business. And I think back to, well, they just didn't understand. If you're a wagon wheel manufacturer, you're just really good at making things with wood. And if cars come around, then make things with wood for the car, as opposed to making wagon wheels. And I feel like we're in that age now where people are, if AI comes out, AI's going to take my job. AI can generate an image, there's no more graphic designers. No. Have you seen AI's images? Graphic designers are going to be around for a while, but there will be a point where I feel we're riding on the elevator where it'll be pretty good, but the really good stuff will be the boutique stuff. And you think about it now, probably what, 90% of the furniture in your home probably was made by a robot. I mean, it's slapped together really good, but the craftsmen, the people that know how to make that stuff, they're still in high demand. There's just a smaller labor force of them.

John Wall: Yeah, right, and that's the, we see this all the time, is the expert tools versus tools for experts, right?

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

John Wall: The idea that the tool is just going to do all the things for me. But yeah, no, the real neat, interesting stuff, like you said, the master woodworker who doesn't have to deal with all of the paper instructions and measuring things. They can just work on picking the right wood and thinking about the design of the furniture itself, rather than the more mundane tasks. And yeah, that's where things are going to... And you hit another great point of freeing resources up. I mean, yeah, okay, the big one is stock photo. Stock photo takes a huge hit if people are able to generate and just kind of get images that they want. But now it's the thing of, okay, all these companies that really had a hard time having quality graphics and images on their website, what happens if they finally have the ability to create a better website and be able to kind of do more with less? What kind of lift can they see from that?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. So I'll ask a big question. Does AI make us better?

John Wall: Well, it's like any tech tool, right? That's the problem. It can make us better and it can make us worse. It's all about whose hands is it in and what are they trying to do with it and where are they trying to go? But it is weird in that it, again, tech, it makes everything faster and bigger and accelerating. And unfortunately, our kind of caveman brains are already having enough difficulty handling the speed and volume of everything that's going on around us in the world. So yeah, it's going to get a little bit wonky and weird, and the idea of me even trying to predict something is kind of silly.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Well, I think that's the hardest part of it is, great tech appears as magic. Right? Isn't that the saying? And we're getting to the point now where we can't tell magic from great tech. So, I guess that's always where we're going, but we're always trying to out-invent ourselves. You know?

John Wall: Yeah, and ultimately, it just comes down to the good news is, okay, what are people actually willing to pay for? I mean, we can do a lot of weird and crazy stuff, but what's actually going to find something that fits? And that's funny, that's something that's kind of evolved over the past 10 years too, is that we'd always thought about sales as kind of guiding people to your thing and moving the river to go in your direction. But really what we're seeing is that business is more about, what is the existing system already there and how do we move our business so that we can get in front of whatever's coming next and where to go? And so that idea of being able to strategically see what's coming next and already be there waiting for the customers as they show up with the money, that's a different approach and kind of changes everything for sales and marketing. Right? It's not about just banging the drum, it's more about listening ahead and figuring out where to be.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, and that's the part that I think all of this and we've never touched on, is the economics of AI, right? So we're approaching all of this now because almost everything has some sort of freemium model, which means we're the product. And it's free because they need our data, they need our prompts, they need to be able to comb the internet. They need to be able to read our blog post and our white papers. But when they don't need that anymore, then what is the economics of AI? Will there quickly become a have and have-nots layer? Because the have-nots can't afford the AI, because there is a cost to it now.

John Wall: Yeah, that is a gigantic question that I think is just underappreciated, is the fact that AI has taken all the oxygen out of the room as far as VC. And we normally would kind of see money being sprinkled across a whole bunch of places, but everybody is just putting all their chips on this and it's, yeah, the-

Mike Gerholdt: Well, everybody wants to have the iPod. They want to be the one that invested in the Facebook and the one that wins.

John Wall: Right, yeah, yeah. Everybody is going for the top. But I can't think of a period of time where we're getting more powerful, free stuff than ever before.

Mike Gerholdt: True.

John Wall: And so, yeah, yeah, there's huge questions as far as like, okay, when this shakes out and suddenly maybe there's three winners or one winner or whatever, how does that change? Yeah, unfortunately, marketing again, has a horrible track record for like, yeah, it's great and free at the beginning, but then once it starts getting tuned for ads and traffic, yeah, it gets expensive fast, and a lot of people get left behind.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. I mean, that was just as you were answering that, that was something I was thinking of is, at some point, and I suppose we thought about this with social networks too, at some point they're going to start charging. And we didn't think that day would come, and I actually thought the model would be very different. Now, the social networks charge to verify you're a human, which I wouldn't have expected. We thought everything on social would go to a subscription price. We're seeing AI be subscription price early on, but I don't even know if in five years AILB subscription price, because there could be a completely different cost model to it because of, I don't know, right? Could you have predicted that Facebook is going to charge you to become a verified Facebook user, as opposed to a monthly subscription, which was the traditional magazine model?

John Wall: Yeah, that's a turn that is bizarre. And I don't know, part of me too is still hoping one day we get to that point where it's more about verified users. Because when you get back to all these platforms, the problem is, they do violate the laws of communication. Right? Anybody can go on any platform and just say whatever they want and it can be unchallenged. Whereas for all of human history prior to that, if you were talking some crazy stuff, there was instant ramifications, whether it was somebody throwing a tomato at you or whatever, but there were repercussions for this. And so we see this as a crisis to entrust across the board in all institutions and yeah, I kind of think at some point somebody's going to get the bright idea that by verifying who's real and what's fake and what's not in anybody's best interest, when that stuff gets filtered, how does that make it different? But I [inaudible 00:24:35], I thought that that would've happened a long time ago and it's not here yet, so I don't know. Can it even happen?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, yeah. I mean, selfishly, I know I've had a friend have a YouTube video of his transcribed and turned into three online magazine articles, all without his consent. And then posted to Facebook via a bot, and the bot 100% had an AI-generated profile image. So, I'd be afraid. Yeah, verified users, that would be.

John Wall: Yeah, it would be.

Mike Gerholdt: It's like when you get pulled over by the police, you have to hand them your ID. We need some sort of digital ID for that.

John Wall: Yeah, that use case that you've described as crazy when you think about it, right? Because that's playing under old SEO rules. Somebody's thinking like, oh, I'm going to get in three or four more different channels and I'm going to take that traffic. And the reality is, all the search engines now, the first five things they're throwing up are their own internally-generated AI. Organic traffic just continues to crater.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, yeah. Well, especially when you take other people's stuff and you duplicate it, at least they're not rewarding that bad behavior.

John Wall: Yeah, right.

Mike Gerholdt: John, it was great having you on the podcast. I'm sorry it took so long, but I promise I've not stopped drinking coffee since then, nor will I ever, usually.

John Wall: That sounds great. Yeah, no, it's good to be back. We haven't had a chance to hang out at Dreamforce like I used to do all the time, so it's good to catch up.

Mike Gerholdt: I know, but there is still the Dreamforce Marathon. I don't even know what people are wearing now for wearables. You remember, it used to be Fitbits, and-

John Wall: Oh, yeah. Right, yeah, yeah-

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, we were all Fitbits and everybody had that, and it was the Dreamforce Marathon. I think, to be fair because I am Salesforce, we did hear that. And there has been a very long look at, how do we not necessarily keep people in the same space, but reduce the amount of-

John Wall: Yeah, [inaudible 00:26:35]-

Mike Gerholdt: ... the 30-mile across San Francisco. Because it can be banned, there's a few of them hills that you just look at and be like, yep, I'm just going to stay at the bottom.

John Wall: Always a fan. I just get the cable car pass for the week and take care of that.

Mike Gerholdt: There you go, there you go. Well, it was great having you on. I promise to have you back on sooner, because I'm sure we're going to have more AI to talk about as it's ever evolving so quickly.

John Wall: Yeah, yeah. Hopefully it'll still be us and not just avatars of us having to do it for us.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, that'll be fine too. We'll see. Maybe people won't know the difference, and then you and I can be riding a cable car in San Francisco.

John Wall: Right, right, as they're watching the video of me with my third arm wave.

Mike Gerholdt: Don't forget your sixth finger. It always gets the fingers wrong too. So that was a great discussion with John, and I'm so glad I could have him back on the podcast. It's been way too long. I've been a long time listener, a second time interviewer. Did I say that? Anyway, if you enjoyed John's episode, be sure to check out Marketing Over Coffee, it is definitely on my podcast playlist. They do so much to help everyone keep up. If you're in tech, marketing is definitely something you pay attention to. And you know what? If you enjoyed this episode, be sure to share it with a friend. On Apple Podcasts you can tap those three dots and click to share episode, or you could head on over to all of the resources that we have on admin.salesforce.com. That's your one stop for all of the links, anything that we included, including a transcript of this episode. Now, of course, it'd be remiss if I didn't mention that you can join the conversation in the Admin Trailblazer group, that is in the Trailblazer community. Don't worry, link is in the show notes. So until next week, thank you so much for your time and we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Jennifer Lee, Joshua Birk, and Kate Lessard from the Admin Evangelist team at Salesforce.

Join us as we ask our guests three questions about what Agentforce means for admins, content they want to highlight from 2024 to help you get started with AI in Salesforce, and what they’re looking forward to in 2025.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jennifer Lee, Joshua Birk, and Kate Lessard.

What is your Agentforce content highlight of 2024? If you know anything about Jennifer Lee, it’s that she puts out a lot of great content for admins. Between “Automate This” and “How I Solved It”, she also finds time to write some pretty great blog posts. Her highlight for 2024 is her walkthrough on how you can build modular flows, breaking things down into smaller chunks that make it easier for your organization to take advantage of everything Agentforce has to offer.

Kate Lessard is the newest member of our team, and she makes a strong case for why you as a Salesforce Admin might be the best-positioned person in your business to become an AI specialist. She gets into all this and more in her intro to Agentforce blog post.

Finally, if you’re a regular listener to the pod, you’ve heard some of what Josh Birk has been up to. He’s been digging into the technical side of AI, including LLMs, RAG (Retrieval Augmented Generation), and why prompt engineering is easier than it sounds. If you want to learn more about RAG, take a listen to his recent episode with Nochum Klein about how he’s using an AI agent to help with information security documentation at Salesforce.

What are you looking forward to in 2025? Moving into 2025, Kate is interested in how emerging AI technologies fit into admins’ core responsibilities. In particular, she anticipates that security and the need for AI governance will become increasingly important.

Jen, meanwhile, is expanding her video empire with two new series for 2025. The first is about automation and how to build things with an eye toward what will be possible for your business with Agentforce. She’ll also be doing a series about how she’s learning Agentforce, so you can follow along.

And if the idea of RAG is getting you excited, Josh has even more in store for you in 2025. It’s going to be very, very doable to build an AI agent to interface with dense documentation and make everything faster and easier for your users.

“It’s the end of 2025, and I can’t believe Salesforce Admins _____!” “It’s the end of 2025, and I can’t believe Salesforce Admins found Agentforce so easy to work with,” according to Josh. He thinks you’ll be surprised how simple it is to build your own AI agents, once you get started. You can download a free version of Agentforce right now and jump in with Trailhead.

For Kate, “It’s the end of 2025 and I can’t believe Salesforce Admins are creating dynamic experiences this advanced!” She compares Agentforce to what happened when dynamic forms were released. The possibilities for creating customized, dynamic user experiences are incredible with Agentforce.

Finally, for Jen, “It’s the end of 2025 and I can’t believe Salesforce Admins can now do things like troubleshoot user management issues faster than ever before!” Agentforce isn’t just about helping your users—there will also be agents that help you, too.

There’s so much more in this conversation with our Admin Evangelists about Agentforce and how to get the most out of Salesforce events, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And make sure to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss out.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Jen’s 2024 blog post: Embrace Modular Flows to Build Smarter Automation for Agentforce * Kate’s 2024 blog post: Introduction to Agentforce for Salesforce Admins * Kate’s other 2024 blog post: Advance Your Admin Career With Dev Fundamentals * Josh’s 2024 Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: How Agentforce Transforms Customer Interactions at Salesforce * Video series: Automate This! * Video series: How I Solved It

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Jen on LinkedIn
  • Josh on LinkedIn
  • Kate on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on Tiktok
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're kicking off 2025 with an amazing lineup of guests. So today I have on the Admin Evangelist Team, Jennifer Lee, Kate Lassard, and Josh Burke. We dive into the year ahead looking at topics such as Agentforce, emerging AI technologies, and best practices for Salesforce admins navigating this transformative time. Now, before we jump in, I want to make sure that you're following the Salesforce Admins Podcast wherever you listen to, that way you never miss an episode. So let's dive into our chat with Jen, Kate, and Josh. Welcome, everybody, to the podcast. There's a lot of people to introduce, so I'm going to go in reverse order. Jen, let's start off with you. Can you give us a brief introduction and some of the cool content you've created last year at Salesforce?

Jen: Sure, absolutely. I am Jen Lee, Lead Admin Evangelist, and you all probably know me as the host of Automate This or How I Solved It on our Salesforce Admins YouTube channel or for reading my mega blog for each release. Some of the things I'm really excited that I created last year was, again, I love Automate This. I love the How I Solved It, bringing in trailblazers who showcase their skills and what they've built in their orgs, and I really enjoyed writing the blog on building modular flows and thinking about really chunking out and building out smaller flows to get ready for your company in moving over to Agentforce.

Mike: Nice and got Agentforce in the first minute of the show. Kate, you're our newest member. Let's go with you next.

Kate: Hi, everyone. Kate Lassard, also a Lead Admin Evangelist here at Salesforce, and I have been here since August, so still diving in. This past year, I've been really focused on Agentforce and have put together some content including an intro to Agentforce blog post, talking about why admins make great AI specialists, and then also talking about advancing your admin career with dev fundamentals. So you might've seen me on the road at one of the Agentforce tours talking about core responsibilities, and in the new year, keep your eyes open for some new content about how emerging AI technologies fit into those admin core responsibilities.

Mike: New stuff in the new year. I like it. And of course, Josh Burke.

Josh: Hi, everybody. I think actually I'm technically the oldest member of the team, but that's only by chronological age. I've been on the admin team for, gosh, I think it's a little over a year now, but I've been at Salesforce for coming on 15 years in 2025. All of them in evangelism in one form or another. And a lot of the things I've been trying to write about and post about and blog and video and some of our podcasts is really trying to explain through some of the more technical side of artificial intelligence. We have all of these terms. We've got things like LLMs, we've got RAGs, we've got vector databases, and honestly, frequently the concepts are far more simple than the tech terms actually seem to suggest. I'm on record for saying I don't like the term prompt engineering, for instance, because it sounds like you need some kind of union guy to come over and rewire your computer in order to, but is basically just talking to a conversational UI in the first place. So definitely see more of that in the near future, especially as our Agentforce features keep expanding into things like RAG and being able to pull in your knowledge libraries and your documentations and actually have a conversation with them.

Mike: Awesome. Well, and of course anytime somebody goes to Trailhead, Josh, they're using something you invented.

Josh: I get a penny every time.

Mike: Oh, a penny.

Josh: A whole penny.

Mike: A whole penny. That's before taxes. Okay. Well even in 2025. So speaking of which, we would be like, if you're listening to this the day it comes out, you're in the second day of paying for a gym membership that you think you're going to use for the rest of the month, bet you're probably not going to make it to the 15th, most of us anyway. Or eating vegetables. That's usually the two things. At least those were my horribly tried out New Year's resolutions. But I'm going to start off with Jen. So Jen, it's 2025. We've got 363 days ahead of us as Salesforce admins. What are you, as of now, going to start focusing on?

Jen: Well, of course, Agentforce. Who isn't? I am very excited for two video series that I'm working on and hoping to put out soon, and this will focus around one will focus around automation and thinking ahead about how that factors into Agentforce and the strategy that you should think about and work through in bringing that along with your company. So that's going to be, I think about 10 to 12 episodes. We're looking to do monthly and then we'll be going through, and just like you all are learning Agentforce, I'm learning Agentforce, so I'm going to take you on my journey of how I'm working through various pieces. So really excited to put that type of video content out.

Mike: Yeah, we're excited to see it. Kate, similar question, but a little bit different. You were most recently in the seat as an admin. What are some things you should be thinking of as a Salesforce admin in January that would help set you up for success for the rest of the year?

Kate: That is a great question. With all the advancements in AI and with, as I said, admins being the ideal candidates at their organizations to become their internal AI specialists due to their unique understanding of business and user needs combined with their declarative Salesforce skillset, I'm going to be paying attention to new ways of managing admin responsibilities we already have in place. So one that is top of mind for me is security. New technology like Agentforce brings advanced value to admins, but it also brings new security concerns and the need for AI governance, so I have my eyes on the innovative ways that our admin community will continue to evolve in their roles while they're addressing these emerging technologies.

Mike: Yeah, that's good. Josh, you probably work on some of the most advanced stuff, and half of the words that you said in your previous answer I didn't understand. Are there things that you're looking ahead at 2025 to understand that you weren't on your roadmap for 2024?

Josh: Yeah. Well, not to repeat myself too much, but it's been an interesting journey with our friend RAG, which is a Retrieval Augmented Generation, which is a very fancy way of saying that the AI models can absorb information that was not part of their original training, their original model. And typically this is going to be in the form of things like PDFs and documents and things like that. And the reason why I think it's an interesting journey is when we first started talking about RAG here internally at Salesforce, it was actually more about how our models were going to start getting trained on enterprise data. So we have all of this wonderful custom metadata, and it tells the models of what your custom objects look like, what your custom fields look like, and so they can consume that using RAG in a very nice and flexible way, and you don't have to rebuild an entire LLM for it. We didn't talk about it much back then because that was behind the scenes, under the covers. This is how the engine is running kind of thing. Now it's actually turning into a very common use case where people are putting in 500 page documents. Think about that mega blog that Jen was talking about. Think about having release notes available to you through a conversational UI kind of thing, so it's something that's fastly growing. And when it comes to those like, oh, what's that killer use case that we could get in to have Agentforce really do good things for our company, RAG is turning in one of those big solutions.

Mike: And it's another acronym for us to learn.

Josh: Right.

Mike: Let's pivot. We do a lot of things as events at Salesforce, and I know our admins, I always try to make it to a lot of events, but you can't make it to them all, right? FOMO is a thing. As you're planning your year, and Kate, I'll start off with you just to mix up the questions a little bit. How would you, as a Salesforce admin for 2025, look at events and what you could or could not go to? And Katie, bar the door. There's no restrictions.

Kate: Oh my goodness. Well, I would love to go to all of them. FOMO is real, but not a possibility. I think it's really about prioritizing what you want to learn. So at the beginning of every year, I always try to think about what are my learning goals? What do I want to come out of this year? And whether it's a specific certification or something like learning more about Agentforce and AI governance and security, to go back to my last answer. And then finding the events that are in alignment with that. So obviously things like TDX and Dreamforce are going to be great options because there's going to be a huge amount of content, but the community conferences are also fantastic, and figuring out which ones thematically match your learning goals is really the way that I like to approach events and always maybe trying to fit in a fun new destination like Irish Dreaming this year. So if you've never been to Ireland, maybe that's a good one to add to your event bucket list.

Mike: Wow, budget. Budget. Katie, bar.

Kate: I didn't say my event bucket list.

Mike: Yeah. No, that's cool. I mean, I love all of those Dreaming events. And Jen, to pivot to you, you speak at a lot of the Dreaming events. What are some of the things that, as an admin, you looked for and got out of going to some of these community-run conferences?

Jen: It's a different vibe from attending Salesforce events like TDX and Dreamforce, it's more low-key, but you're actually learning from the practitioner. So it's beyond the things that Salesforce is focusing on, but getting those really best practices and things like that from the people on the ground who are doing the thing that you're doing. And that's what really excites me about going to community events because you're able to learn from your peers and talk to them and ask questions. There might be something that you're working on that you ran into roadblock, but then you attend a session and then that opened your eyes and gave you ideas and inspired you to go back and try different things, so that's why I love going to community events and just seeing all the people in the community.

Mike: And the time in between sessions is usually the most fun because it's when you connect with everybody.

Jen: Exactly.

Mike: I love that. Josh, I'm not going to ask you to pick between your two favorite children of TDX and Salesforce, but I know you've been a part of both and building activations for both. I think very real in the minds of Salesforce admins is how do I justify going to one or both? What are some of the considerations that you would give admins as advice for planning their travel to one or both of those this year?

Josh: Yeah. Well, I think it's important to point out that we've kind of acknowledged TDX's role as more of a builder-centric conference, something that's really about enablement, and it's about knowledge, and it's about learning, and it's really about upscaling your career and your skill set. And so I think that's one justification if you're trying to convince your boss that you really need to go to both is that one's a really good learning experience, and the other one is a really good networking experience. Not that you're not going to learn from Dreamforce, not that you're not going to get the good sessions and the good breakouts and all of that, but it is definitely, we are kind of trying to make TDX a little bit more of its own thing on the map as opposed to just kind of a companion event to Dreamforce itself. And the advice I always give people is prepare, prepare, prepare. It's just like go to agenda builder, make sure you know which sessions ahead of time that you're really going to get the most bang for your buck out of. And always that constant reminder, if breakouts don't have repeats, you might want to show up early because if that's the session that you convinced your boss to send you on the plane for, make sure that you get a seat. So yeah, no, very much looking forward to them this year. Also looking forward to the community events. I'll echo what Jen said. So I used to joke, I'm not really a developer, I just play one on TV. I guess I'm not really a developer, but I just play one on TV. But it's like we need to hear from you. You're the people on the front lines. You're the people who are actually putting these use cases together. You're going to be the people finding the weird little niche things about these features that maybe when we kick the tires of them, we didn't consider it. So it's a great way to get that wonderful feedback loop kind of closed in.

Mike: Yeah, no, I hear you. Plus going to TDX means sometimes you can eat at the restaurants around Moscone Center, right? There's some really good ones there. Always food. This podcast always has food, food and time travel, which is what we're going to do. So last question, and this is for everybody, and now everybody's sweating like, "Oh God, don't call on me first." Okay, Mike takes an hour and a half to ask a question. You have plenty of time. You can read War and Peace in the time it takes for me to ask a question, but we often time travel on the podcast. So we're going to fast-forward. It's now the end of December 2025. You go back and listen to this podcast, and Josh, I'm going to start with you because I didn't start with you on any of the questions. You have to complete this sentence. It's the end of 2025, and I can't believe Salesforce admins blank.

Josh: Can't believe Salesforce admins found Agentforce so easy to work with. And I can kind of say that safely because it's something I've seen on the road a lot, and it's part of our job is to make it like when you say, "I'm going to go develop an artificial intelligence custom agent." It sounds like something that you better put on your scholarly hat and really dig in deep. What we're finding is it's just really not that hard. So what I'm hoping is that as we do these enablement workshops and as we get the Trailhead Playgrounds, and people can go in and kick the tires, and they just want to give that a shout-out that that's here in the present, not just in the future, that you can go get a free version of this, and you can go to Trailhead, and you can start learning these things now. And I remember back when Lightning One components hit, and everybody's like, "Oh, what do we do?" It's like, "What do we do about LWC?" It's like, well, don't panic, but now is the time to learn it. Now is the time. And one of the things I've said many times in my keynotes is like, now is the time to determine your relationship with AI. It's your time to figure out what's going to make you more efficient, what's going to make you more productive, what's going to make your job happier.

Mike: Okay, well, that was a great answer. Kate, you have to follow Frank Sinatra.

Kate: Oh my gosh.

Mike: So it's the end of 2025, and I can't believe Salesforce admins.

Kate: Are creating dynamic user experiences this advanced. I think that a few years ago when Salesforce announced dynamic forms, that was such a game changer for admins allowing us to create more customized dynamic user experiences right on those record pages for our users. And with Agentforce and Prompt Builder, that adds completely new functionality that admins can leverage to really create those dynamic experiences for their users, for their customers. And I think we're going to see not only a resurgence of creating those dynamic user experiences, but now we have even more capability to do so, so I can't wait to see how advanced and how exciting those experiences are.

Mike: Yeah, a hackathon at the end of 2025 is probably going to look a lot different than the hackathon we did in New York back in November.

Kate: Exactly.

Mike: Yeah. Jen, you get the final word. It's the end of 2025, and I can't believe Salesforce admins.

Jen: Right. So not to copy what Josh or Kate said.

Mike: Oh, it's the hardest when you're the third person on a panel. Ditto. That's what you should say. Ditto. And the first guy just went ahead and went right to AI.

Josh: I know.

Jen: I would say, I can't believe Salesforce admins can now do things like troubleshoot user management issues faster than ever before. Just knowing what Cheryl's team is doing behind the scenes and the things that they're working on, your mind's going to be blown. We're going to have agents that help you troubleshoot those things so that you are not spending all the time trying to figure out why Josh has this permission, but Kate doesn't.

Kate: Great answer. Way to close with a bang.

Mike: You know what's going to be fun is I'm going to save this, and we're going to do this again at the end of 2025 and see how close we were. Oh, because why not? And then hopefully we'll say, "Yeah, so we could do that by June." Maybe not. Who knows? Thanks all for coming on the podcast and helping admins get ready for the new year. I know we have a lot of content lined up, so I appreciate it, and I appreciate your perspective on bringing things.

Josh: Thanks for having us. You bet.

Jen: Happy New Year. 2025 here we come.

Mike: So I think that was a great way to kick off 2025. Big thanks to Jen, Kate, and Josh for sharing their insights and setting us up for what I believe will be a fantastic year. In case you're wondering, my answer to it's the end of 2025, and I can't believe that Salesforce admins fill in the blank, my answer is continue to be recognized within their organizations as transformative leaders of technology. That's where I'm going. Now, if you enjoyed this episode, share it with your fellow Salesforce admins that could use some inspiration. On Apple Podcasts, you can tap the dots and choose share episode. And of course, for more resources, visit admin.salesforce.com. You'll find transcripts to this podcast. You'll find blog posts. You'll find so much. There's literally everything you need to be a successful Salesforce admin there. And don't forget to join our admin Trailblazer group that's in the Trailblazer community. All the links, don't worry, in the show notes. Where are the show notes? Show notes are at admin.salesforce.com. So until next time, here's to an exciting 2025, and we'll see you in the Cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Nochum Klein, Director of Information Security at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about how Agentforce can make customer interactions and interacting with your organization’s documentation much, much easier.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Nochum Klein.

A rabbi, a mainframe programmer, and a data security expert… Nachum might have one of the most interesting paths to the Salesforce ecosystem of any guest we’ve had on the pod. Before he ended up as Director of Information Security at Salesforce, he originally trained as a rabbi. However, after he graduated, he realized that it wasn’t for him.

Instead, Nochum wanted to get into computers. By day, he was a coupon broker, buying and selling frequent flyer miles. By night, he went to school to learn mainframe programming in COBOL. Eventually, he got into mainframe integration and parlayed that into a career at Salesforce.

How Agentforce can help you manage your documentation Salesforce is SOC 2 compliant, which means that Nochum’s team gets audited twice a year. As a part of the process, they have to prepare pages and pages of PDF documentation about their security measures. And while this information is also handy for fielding customer questions, it’s not exactly the most user friendly way to keep track of everything.

What the Security team used to do is take the information in their PDF documentation and compile a response database. Essentially, it’s a list of questions and their answers. But that means you needed someone to update the answers every time something changes, and things at Salesforce change fast.

With Agentforce, they’ve been able to take their documentation PDFs and break them down into a vector database, making it legible for AI. That means they can chat with an agent to get the most complete, up-to-date answer to a customer’s question in moments. For Nochum, it means he can spend less time digging through PDFs to make sure his language is correct and more time making sure his customers have the answers they’re looking for.

Building AI agents you can rely on None of this would be possible without the confidence that the agent they’ve built is only pulling from the correct information. That comes from thorough testing, and thinking about edge cases where you might be able to get it to give you the wrong answer. For Nochum, building an agent isn’t just about what you want it to do, it’s about being explicit about what don’t want it to do.

There’s so much more great information in our conversation with Nochum about building agents and how to think about security with Agentforce, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss out.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Build Effective Agentforce Agents for High-Impact Automation

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Nochum on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on Tiktok
  • Mike on X

Full Transcript

Josh Birk:

Greetings, admins. It's your guest host, Josh Birk here today. Today, I'm gonna bring Nochum Klein to the mic. He's the director of security here at Salesforce and he has found a transformative experience with agents, shall we say. Uh, we're gonna talk about use cases, we're gonna talk about building agents, we're gonna talk about, uh, security around agents and, um, I hope you have a lot of fun listening to that. So let's go to the tape.

All right, today on the show, we welcome Nochum Klein. Um, am I saying your name correctly?

Nochum Klein:

Yes, you are. That's perfect.

Josh Birk:

Alright. Uh, we are gonna be talking about agents and building agents and maybe even a little bit about security around agents, but first of all, Nochum, welcome to the show.

Nochum Klein:

Thank you. I'm really excited to be here.

Josh Birk:

Let's, uh, let's talk a little bit about your early years. Uh, what did you go to college for?

Nochum Klein:

I became a rabbi.

Josh Birk:

Ah. (laughs)

Nochum Klein:

So I grew up in an Orthodox Jewish household, and so throughout my years of school, I never went to public school, I went to the Jewish religious school system, which prepares you for one thing and one thing only.

Josh Birk:

(laughs)

Nochum Klein:

(laughs) So I finished and, uh, I did my thing and became a rabbi and I said, "No."

Josh Birk:

(laughs)

Nochum Klein:

"I don't wanna do this."

Josh Birk:

(laughs) So, so you're saying that, uh, you didn't have access to a lot of computer labs right out of the gate?

Nochum Klein:

No, uh, i- it's funny you say that, because as a child, we were really poor.

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

Uh, so, yeah, I had no access to that. And we had, I remember as a kid, and I'm gonna age myself-

Josh Birk:

(laughs)

Nochum Klein:

For those who can't see me, I've got kind of salt and pepper beard with more salt than pepper at this point. Uh, so as a kid, I would walk past the Radio Shack and Radio Shack had just come out with a PC, uh, and ...

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

... in those days, there were no hard drives they were using. We also don't have these days, which are tape recorders with cassette tapes.

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

Uh, and so I would go and just, and they were very nice to me. They would just let me go in, and that, in those days, the language du jour was basic.

Josh Birk:

Uh-huh.

Nochum Klein:

And I would go and just play on the computers and it just really excited me and interested me.

Josh Birk:

Interesting.

Nochum Klein:

And so once I determined that being a rabbi wasn't what I wanted to do, computers was, was always something that, that really grabbed me.

Josh Birk:

Nice. Uh, first of all, I'm with you brother, (laughs) uh, basic was also my first language, which, which almost kept me from being a programmer because, uh, I was, I was pulling it out of the back of P, like computer-led magazines, right? And it's like, if you put all of these lines of random text in, you'll get this cool 3D game and all I wanted was the 3D game, right? And I didn't know what a syntax error was and I didn't care what a syntax error was. I just wanted my game to work. And so I found that my first experience is trying to get code work, just wildly frustrating and, and actually took part of a college education for me to realize, "Oh, actually, the s- stuff's not (laughs) as hard as I thought it was."

Nochum Klein:

Yeah, yeah. No, I've definitely also had to unlearn a lot of things along the way that I perceived were one way. Yes.

Josh Birk:

Yes. So, so tell me a little bit more about that transition. How did you, how did you land your first computer job?

Nochum Klein:

So that's interesting. So I didn't go directly from rabbi to computers because I needed to learn about computers in between while I was doing something that would actually make me money, so I could put food on the table.

Josh Birk:

Right.

Nochum Klein:

So I ended up being a coupon broker, which is someone who works with frequent flyers, who fly a lot and they have more mileage than they can possibly ever use.

Josh Birk:

Right.

Nochum Klein:

And so I would essentially, and this wasn't my business, I was just working for somebody, but we would essentially buy the miles off somebody, say for example, uh, American Airlines was with British Airways. They, British Airways at that time had the Concorde with three-hour flights from New York to London. Uh, so you could get two of those tickets for, at the time, each ticket would normally cost on the market about $7,000. American Airlines had a, an award for 1,000, 175,000 miles for two tickets. We would turn around and sell the tickets for essentially a penny, uh, or we would buy the tickets for a penny a mile. Uh, so it's essentially 1,750, sell it for say $3,000 a mile, a ticket.

Josh Birk:

Uh-huh.

Nochum Klein:

So everybody's making off of it. The airlines weren't particularly happy.

Josh Birk:

(laughs)

Nochum Klein:

Uh, but I got, I actually went to Concorde. I did a lot of traveling. That was really great.

Josh Birk:

Nice.

Nochum Klein:

So while I was doing that, I was going to school at night to learn computers, which at that time was the mainframe.

Josh Birk:

Uh-huh.

Nochum Klein:

So I learned COBOL.

Josh Birk:

And hey, once you learn COBOL, you have a job for life. I mean- (laughs)

Nochum Klein:

Especially yes, 'cause you can't find COBOL programmers these days.

Josh Birk:

No, nope. And it will, it will be the last language (laughs) that we will probably ever end up using. Uh, so then how did you get involved with Salesforce?

Nochum Klein:

So, uh, it's, so here's what happened. I felt that being on the mainframe would eventually make me a dinosaur ...

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

... uh, so, uh, but the challenge is, once you reach a certain level in anything kind of changing gears brings you back to square one in terms of salary.

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

So what I did was I decided to work on integration. Mainframes, you know, as I indicated earlier, a bit of an island ...

Josh Birk:

(laughs)

Nochum Klein:

... uh, but companies need ways to integrate their mainframes with other places. Uh, so I was working with ... I'm in, I'm based in New York, so I was working with broker dealers, uh, you know, the large financial institutions and they had a need to work with their banks, uh, because many of their customers would be wiring money in or out. And many of these broker dealers take overnight loans. So they needed to know earlier in the day how much money they would need to take for overnight loans because the price of an overnight loan and interest is lower the earlier in the day that you need. It's supply and demand.

Josh Birk:

Right, right.

Nochum Klein:

So it was a lot of swift conversations in terms of banking messages, uh, between various banks and the treasury department of the financial institution. And that got me into integrating mainframe to other platforms, which then got me to working for an integration company, uh, at the time, uh, which was TIBCO Software, which later as MuleSoft came out, uh, was a, a competitor to MuleSoft.

Josh Birk:

Okay.

Nochum Klein:

Uh, so I spent a good amount of time doing integration, and at one point, said, "Okay, I've done enough of that. I, I wanna do something different." Uh, somebody I worked with at TIBCO had moved to Salesforce, introduced me to his manager and that's how I joined.

Josh Birk:

Got it. What was, what was your first role at Salesforce?

Nochum Klein:

My first role at Salesforce was platform. Since platform and integration are very kind of fundamental foundation-y ...

Josh Birk:

Uh-huh.

Nochum Klein:

... kind of pieces. So I joined as a platform solution engineer ...

Josh Birk:

Got it.

Nochum Klein:

... pre-sales technology.

Josh Birk:

Nice, nice. And how would you describe your current job?

Nochum Klein:

So my current job is very different. Now, I'm in the security team at Salesforce, so I report up to our chief trust officer, Brad Arkin. And in my role, I'm still very customer-facing.

Josh Birk:

Mm-hmm.

Nochum Klein:

So that part of me hasn't changed. And now what I do is I work with customers and help them understand the security controls that are inherent in how S- Salesforce delivers our services and capabilities.

Josh Birk:

Yes, yes. I was, I was briefly in data security, uh, for a, uh, it's on my LinkedIn. I don't, I don't know why I'm always shy about saying State Farm. I think they trained me that way, uh, and I was in data security for long enough for me to realize I probably should not be in data security. (laughs) Then I fled back to the world of HTML and JavaScript. Um, alright, well, today's topic, we're gonna be talking about agents and Agentforce. What was, what was your first interaction ... Actually, I guess l- let me take this one step back because this is kind of like the evolution we're all going through right now where, you know, AI was this thing under a scientist's rug somewhere and now it's like in, in everybody's face. What was your first interaction with AI itself?

Nochum Klein:

So at some point Salesforce has had acquired, uh, some companies that did AI. It wasn't anything with large language models.

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

Uh, it was more the predictive AI. Uh, we had some visual tools as well. For example, uh, one demo that, that actually a colleague of mine, Shane McLaughlin put together was hard hats. Uh, you know, so working with on construction sites ...

Josh Birk:

Uh-huh.

Nochum Klein:

... you have to wear a hard hat. So you have some camera taking pictures of everybody who comes in, "This person's wearing a hard hat, this person is not," and eventually, come to figure out and be able to say with a good degree of, uh, certainty, "This person isn't wearing a, a hard hat. Maybe you should stop them."

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

Uh, so that was my first look at AI and that was ... Uh, we weren't dreaming of being able to talk to AI ...

Josh Birk:

(laughs)

Nochum Klein:

... and get results back.

Josh Birk:

You're right, right, because like, because I remember those days, uh, that's a far more better enterprise solution than the, uh, bear or not bear, uh, demo that ...

Nochum Klein:

(laughs)

Josh Birk:

... (laughs) I put together, but try to identify bear as humans and humans in bear suits. Uh, no, no practical (laughs) s- solution for that I think. Uh, but it was, because at that time, we were talking about models, but we were talking about models like how much training data, how many, how many imagery can you throw. Uh, it's, it's formally noticed [inaudible 00:11:18]. And then, and then at kind of off the side, right, there was the birth of Alexa and natural language processing.

But even, even that, as we all know, I mean it's the classic joke, right, that this, that the, the processing abilities and the human-like c- capacities of things like Alexa and Siri, they're just not there, right? They're, they're, they sound nice, but they're, but just frequently will just get things wrong and they don't hear you correctly or they don't know very specifically how to have a conversation and, and that's, and then we've talked a lot about like conversational UI, "Why, why is a conversational UI transformative, etcetera, etcetera?" Uh, what was your first interaction using, using today's platform using Agentforce?

Nochum Klein:

So it's funny 'cause you talked about Siri and my, my family knows if there's a family emergency, I'm the first person not to reach out to because ...

Josh Birk:

(laughs)

Nochum Klein:

... I'm, I'm totally disconnected from my phone and I'll, I'll check like WhatsApp maybe once a day and, and kind of respond to things.

Josh Birk:

Uh-huh. Uh-huh.

Nochum Klein:

So with Siri-

Josh Birk:

Y- you and my wife would get together very easily.

Nochum Klein:

(laughs)

Josh Birk:

You could write letters to each other. I, I understand. Sorry, sorry, go on, go on.

Nochum Klein:

Yeah, except it would be very stilted because it would take a week between ...

Josh Birk:

(laughs)

Nochum Klein:

... each interaction. So for me, it was actually, when people on my team who know a lot more about AI than I do, started talking about ChatGPT and what it could do. And, you know, initially, you know, I got my day job, so I didn't ... You know, it's interesting and all that, but it wasn't really relevant to me at the time until all of a sudden I started seeing the things that ChatGPT could do and I actually started playing with it.

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

And my, my jaw dropped and, and, you know, I've been, I haven't been the same person ever since.

Josh Birk:

(laughs) Yeah, and I, and I think you, you fell into the rabbit hole that I, I tempt people into all the time. Uh, p- people are like, "Well, how do I get started with it?" and I'm like, "Go find one of the ones that's free. It doesn't matter. And just go, just go talk to it. Like the first thing you need to do is just realize the, get that feeling of how it's different. Like, like ask it to tell you a dad joke, right? Like, like what ... They're so good at dad jokes." And then, uh, the other one I recommend to a lot of people is ask, to play 20 Questions with it because playing 20 Questions with an AI that's trying to guess as a random object that you're thinking of almost reaches creepy, right? Because again ...

Nochum Klein:

Yeah.

Josh Birk:

... they're, they're very good at it, but it also is a really good demonstration of how, what a conversational UI can do versus almost any other kind of UI. Uh, what have, what's been your experience like with, with Agentforce itself?

Nochum Klein:

For me, Agentforce has been transformative ...

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

... particularly in my current role. So in my role, you know, as I stated, I'm still customer-facing, so answering customer questions about how we do security inside of Salesforce.

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

So we've got so much documentation and I think part of the problem is, in a sense, too much documentation or too much information becomes makes it challenging to essentially find the information you need at the time that you need it.

Josh Birk:

Mm-hmm.

Nochum Klein:

And what has been transformative really for me in my job on a day-to-day basis is one of the things that we've done, is we've taken all of these compliance documents. Salesforce gets audited twice a year for various, uh, you know, we call it SOC2 reports ...

Josh Birk:

Uh-huh.

Nochum Klein:

... which are essentially we say, "These are the various security controls we have and this is how we meet them," and the auditor comes in and reviews everything and signs off. So now we've got all these PDF documents that really are rich source of information about how Salesforce does security ...

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

... and how cool would it be if we could just take these documents and make it available to Agentforce ...

Josh Birk:

Mm-hmm.

Nochum Klein:

... and now be able to ask Agentforce questions and be able to then get answers in a much more reasonable timeframe. And there's some history here. Before we had Agentforce, what we had was database of, of answers, so a response database. So, you know, standard question is, "How do you encrypt data?"

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

So we have an answer for that. So now we've got these thousands of responses, and the problem particularly here at Salesforce is we move at such a rapid velocity ...

Josh Birk:

Yes. (laughs)

Nochum Klein:

... that now our answers, you know, over a very short period of time are no longer applicable.

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

And nobody wants to go and review these answers. Now you've got answers which are purely absolutely wrong inside of the database and the challenge is how do we maintain that. It's imp, it's impossible.

Josh Birk:

Right.

Nochum Klein:

So what we've done now is we've taken all these compliance documents and put them inside of a data cloud, and using data cloud, you have this concept of retrieval augmented generation, which is a long term, that just simply means I have the ability to take a PDF file, break it up into chunks and now I can take each of those chunks and put it in a place, we call it a vector database, which is just a way of making it available so that an AI model can easily and efficiently access it.

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

Because if you think about it, when I ask a question, you know, of that where the answer is in a PDF, PDF is 500 pages, the answer is on page 23, paragraph five, having these chunks now allows the model to efficiently just zap into paragraph five ...

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

... find the answer and give it to me. And so now I've got all these compliance documents, I don't even need to read them anymore, although I should.

Josh Birk:

(laughs)

Nochum Klein:

And, uh, and now because the agent is really responding in the context of the documents that I fed it, I also have a good degree of comfort that it's not just making up answers where we know that possibility exists out in the internet because the, you know, many of the models on the internet are just trained with, you know, information on the internet, which is not often reliable.

Josh Birk:

Right.

Nochum Klein:

Here, it's trained, you know, it's pulling in the data that I've just fed it and now I get amazingly accurate results, uh, and longer results than I would ever be able to write myself in just record time and significantly increase my own productivity.

Josh Birk:

Yeah. Uh, first of all, thank you because that is one of the most straightforward, uh, descriptions of rank that I think I've heard and, and we've kind of struggled over here because, uh, and, and for exactly the way you just walked through, the, the, there are things in the AI world right now that have very technical sounding names to them because an engineer got to name them and then that name has stuck. Uh, and it's like, to, to me, it's like the end result is, is really, you don't need to understand how vector database works to realize that's the thing that's connecting a PDF to, to your conversational agent, right? And ...

Nochum Klein:

Right.

Josh Birk:

... over the, a lot of the use cases that, because that's kind of the phase we're in now, right? Like the, the toys are in everybody's hands, they're getting to play with them and we need to get, we need information from people out there in the wild who have real jobs as to what are the use cases that are, uh, that, that are, you know, really important to you, that, that are gonna make this, as you say, transformative. Before I get to that though, I just, I wanna touch on that last part that you were talking about. Uh, are there steps that you go through to kind of test it to make sure, because, you know, we have misinformation on the internet, so we skip that because you've just given it 500 pages it could use, instead of anything it needs on the internet, but is there, like do you test it against hallucinations to make sure it's not just like, "Oh, Nochum wants to hear this. I don't know if I know the answer, but I'm gonna tell him, uh, this compliance rule looks like this anyway"?

Nochum Klein:

Yes, and there's actually a, a, a number of ways to do that.

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

Firstly, in, in my specific scenario, my team handles security questionnaires, and oftentimes, these are pre-sales, "We're making a new deal with the customer and the customer before they decide they wanna put their crown jewels and really sensitive information inside of Salesforce wanna make sure that it's secure." So a lot of these questionnaires, the questions on it are questions we get fairly frequently. We know the answers ...

Josh Birk:

Uh-huh.

Nochum Klein:

... although, as I said, answering them is, you know, a, a, an undifferentiated heavy lift in the sense that it takes time and effort to just write all that down.

Josh Birk:

Right.

Nochum Klein:

Uh, but the good news is because we know the answers, we have the ability to essentially take these questions out of the questionnaires and feed them into, uh, you know, what we've just created to actually get the results.

Josh Birk:

Got it.

Nochum Klein:

Now, one thing I just read literally this morning ...

Josh Birk:

(laughs)

Nochum Klein:

... was an announcement that Salesforce made and, Josh, you, I'm sure you know more about this than I do, so, so please educate me, but I saw an announcement where Salesforce just announced a testing framework ...

Josh Birk:

Uh-huh.

Nochum Klein:

... for agents where actually now that we can use a model that essentially we've developed inside of Salesforce to create random questions ...

Josh Birk:

Yup.

Nochum Klein:

... that it will ask the agent. Is that something that you're familiar with?

Josh Birk:

I was l- literally, uh, reviewing a blog draft (laughs) for it right before this interview, so and, and this is what I love about being somebody who gets to evangelize AI, is exactly what you just described, because it's like what was true two weeks ago is probably not gonna be true today, right? Like the answer to these questions would have been wildly different, uh, uh, because we didn't, I didn't know, uh, I knew this was coming down the pipe, but I didn't know when it was going to look. Uh, I can't get too into details because it's still a little fluid. It is exactly what you're describing, though it's basically AI being able to test AI and it is looking really, really cool.

Uh, so if you're hearing this, I don't know when this episode's coming out, uh, there's probably already material by the time we get this produced and published that there's probably material in what we're talking about on admin.salesforce.com. But it, it is, it's, it's very cool and what I like about both of those aspects, right, like giving it a litmus test that, you know, the accuracy of and then also using AI to form questions to kind of poke at the AI itself, but, but the key element here is we still have the human in the loop, right? There's still the human who's pulling that lever and seeing what happens to it and saying, "Yes, you're being a good AI."

Nochum Klein:

Yes, I perceive, and as we look at Agentforce, and increasingly, we're, we're looking at some of the differences of say Agentforce with say Copilots that we had last year is the autonomous ability of agents. But at the same time, I perceive, before we let anything loose, it's just really important and imperative that we make sure that it's doing exactly what we want it to do.

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

And I think that's where, where this level of testing comes into play to give us that, that good degree of comfort.

Josh Birk:

Yeah, I agree. And it's when you wanna have that, that, uh, QA engineer mindset a little bit. You know, the QA engineer walks into a bar, he orders, uh, he orders a beer, he orders 10 beers, he orders zero beers, he orders a milk, he asks for a cow. You know, it's like you have to, I've told people like, like, "You know, test your prompts repeatedly. Uh, test them with, you know, run like like, 'Your dataset looks like this. Oh, what if your dataset has 500 rows instead of five rows, etcetera, etcetera?'" And just make sure that we've, we've still, you're, you're dead on.

It's like autonomy is great, uh, and I think it's gonna have a lot of power, uh, for, for Salesforce users to reach, you know, their customers and their consumers, but, you know, you still have to be in the pilot seat. Now when it comes to some of these, what are, what are, going back to use cases, what are some of the other use cases that you're seeing from the public?

Nochum Klein:

So I'm seeing a lot of internal use cases as well as potential external use cases. It boils down to essentially that undifferentiated heavy lifting. And, uh, especially going back to the trust aspect before you're gonna have your agents do the really important stuff, you wanna make sure you get a level of comfort at the lower level stuff. If you think about it, this isn't about replacing the high-level work that I'm doing anyways. It's about making me just a lot more productive, because in my job, there's a- always a lot of just lower level, what I call, and, and I think this is a term AWS coined, but I've stolen it ...

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

... the, the undifferentiated heavy lifting, which is essentially just the lower level drudge work that all of us have in our jobs that potentially eats up hours and prevents us from doing the knowledge work from reaching out to individuals, making the human connections that will really change our business.

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

So I think everybody has that. And what I'm hearing just in my conversations with customers is, in each of their particular roles, "How do we just take those little pieces and, and manage those?" Uh, another example that came up actually on my team, we produce a monthly n- newsletter in term, just highlighting, you know, "Here are the things that our team has done over the past month." Uh, we track everything we do, we actually, internally use cases. And one of the things that we do is we've been using the A- Agentforce actually firstly whenever we close a case to summarize all the interactions that we've had back and forth with the various stakeholders, so that it's, "Here, here was the initial problem that we were brought in to discuss or the security concern that the customer had."

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

"Here are the points that we discussed. Here were some takeaways." So now you take all that conversation and we're boiling that down into a summary.

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

So on the case level now, we've got an agent-generated case summary that looks at all these interactions and summarizes it really nicely.

Josh Birk:

Nice.

Nochum Klein:

Now take it to the next step.

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

Now at the end of the month, we've got this aggregation of cases that we've worked on all month, right? Uh, how cool would it be if we could just now chew through each of these summaries and, and identify the ones that really provided the deepest value because we can't talk about everything ...

Josh Birk:

Right.

Nochum Klein:

... but, "What were the biggest problems we solved? Uh, what were the biggest customers with whom we interacted? Uh, how did we really move the needle?" And so now we're looking at these cases over an aggregate and this is another example of using Agentforce to do that.

Josh Birk:

Uh-huh.

Nochum Klein:

So, you know, increasingly kind of the little things you do that take up the, the large amounts of time.

Josh Birk:

And you're, that's fascinating because I think you're at least the second or third team that I've talked to, that has at least looked at something like that. I actually might sync you up with a couple people back here on Salesforce side, (laughs) uh, because I know that there's a lot of people who are thinking in, in those terms. Uh, let's, let me put your security hat on for you. Uh, let, let me have you put your security hat on. (laughs) Uh, when it comes to an internal use case like that, are there any extra like security questions that, because I'm trying to keep this in a format that doesn't turn into a three-hour (laughs) walkthrough of how to make, make e- everything secure, but I mean, if, if you already are a good-minded security person, a security-first person, are there extra steps that you would recommend before deploying an internal agent? And you know, I'm gonna turn this around and ask about an external agent right after this.

Nochum Klein:

For the internal ... Oh, first thing I would say is, increasingly, we're seeing insider threat as, as a huge threat.

Josh Birk:

Okay.

Nochum Klein:

Um, so while at some level I think we need to trust our insiders. Uh, a- at the other level, insider threat is huge. So I think that's something to keep in mind. So ...

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

... while yes, you probably don't need the same degree or the same set of tests that you would do or perhaps controls that you put in place beforehand, nevertheless, uh, you, you do need to think about that insider threat. And I think for the insiders, I would say it's primarily looking at the access control, uh, because clearly, potentially, an agent could be used to pull in, and largely, I would say that's, that could be inadvertent where I just ask an innocuous question because now my agent can do things that I wouldn't normally have done myself just, you know, going and poking where I shouldn't.

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

But I'm asking an innocuous question and the agent, may realize that I have the access that perhaps I shouldn't, uh, and is going to want to do my bidding, and inadvertently, now I get more information than I should. So that's a question of access control where you really wanna think about uh, "For this individual, uh, what can this individual access? Because at the end of the day, the agent is always going to respect the access control, and therefore, you wanna make sure that as you build your agents and you're looking at the various Salesforce objects that the agent is going to be accessing in order to perform its tasks, just make sure that you're thinking in terms of the broad set of individuals who may be accessing this agent and ensuring that the access control is as it should be," which then kind of brings us into other scenarios, which takes us out of, out of this Agentforce conversation around things ...

Josh Birk:

Right.

Nochum Klein:

... like, you know, role-based access. There are so many ways where access can be granted to a user that may not necessarily be immediately, uh, intuitive to, uh, understand why a particular user is able to access this particular information. And that's kind of a separate conversation.

Josh Birk:

Right, right. Well, I, I always, like I, I guess I'll, I'll frame this in, into a question, because when I have been reading, uh, when it comes to best tips for an external agent, I am reminded back to my integration roots and my roots of like, "Oh, if you're gonna put," you know, back when we started propping up users that were, you know, accessing systems as an anonymous guest kind of thing, how different is an external agent from those principles or i- is that i- is how much extra experience is required, but, or if you are already are familiar with setting up an integration user, principle of least privilege, etcetera, does, does an external agent change that much?

Nochum Klein:

It does a lot.

Josh Birk:

Oh, okay, okay.

Nochum Klein:

Uh, a- and here's why. Last year, there was a famous story with an airline, uh, where an individual went on the airline website and the, and the airline had bot and the individual asked a question about, I think it was, uh, returning a ticket or flexibility around flying and they got an answer that was actually not a part of the, uh, the airline's actual policy. So when the individual went to cash in their ticket, the airline said, "No," and this individual had record of that bot interaction.

Josh Birk:

Mm-hmm, mm-hmm.

Nochum Klein:

Uh, so, it's, I think a lot of it is looking at, you know, so this does take us back to some of the testing aspects.

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

Uh, it also gets us into other, you know, particularly w- wearing my security hat, it gets us into other aspects where, as we create, uh, agents, and I think this is in general for, for developers, humans tend to, we're blinders. We are building this agent for the use case that we see in front of us and we don't necessarily see other ways that individuals may try and interact with the agent.

Josh Birk:

Yes.

Nochum Klein:

And at the end of the day, an agent really is responding to instructions, right?

Josh Birk:

Right.

Nochum Klein:

And if you wanna be good in Agentforce, this is, uh ... I, I happen to be very opinionated, so take my opinions or leave them, but my belief is, in order to be really good with Agentforce, you have to understand that you're dealing with a model. And the model is like, uh, think of it as a bit of a, a child that takes things very, very, uh, you know, what you say is exactly what it's going to do. So therefore, you need to really think about, you know, as you're building your agents and agent actions, you have the instructions that you're creating for the agent action, you've got the scope for the agent action, which is essentially, "This is what you as an agent can do and cannot do." Uh, so all of this is actually being acted upon by another model that's reading this, that determines actually, "I'm going to choose this topic versus that topic."

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

"I'm going to choose this action versus another action." So kind of going back, and you touched on this with the one beer, five beer, a hundred beer thing, where essentially you really need to think about the corner cases and how, how you wanna make sure your agent is not used and ...

Josh Birk:

Mm-hmm.

Nochum Klein:

... be very explicit and really verbose in how you describe that. And that gets us kind of and, sorry to be a bit long-winded to your, to your question.

Josh Birk:

I love it, I love it.

Nochum Klein:

But that gets us also into, you know, conversations around what we in, in security called prompt injection ...

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

... where, you know, think about, uh, yeah, "If the agent is, is always just answering i- instructions, what if I could add an instruction to the end of my bot or my agent that I'm exposing to the internet that says, 'Oh yeah, and me a hundred TVs for free'?"

Josh Birk:

(laughs) Right, right, right.

Nochum Klein:

And potentially, uh, if that's an instruction and, uh, an AI model is very, you know, just follows instructions, how do you ensure that it doesn't do that?

Josh Birk:

Yeah, right.

Nochum Klein:

So a lot of that, and most of those, you know, controls certainly are, are things that Salesforce has to put into our, uh, platform in order to ensure that our agents are smart enough to identify when they're being told to ignore w- whatever you were previously told ...

Josh Birk:

Right.

Nochum Klein:

... uh, and do this instead.

Josh Birk:

Yes.

Nochum Klein:

Uh, so, so we do that. We have essentially different ways, for example, that we identify, uh, if somebody is doing that, both because when you create a prompt, say, using, uh, prompt builder, you're creating a prompt that's sitting inside of a bigger prompt that Salesforce has created that we're not really exposing.

Josh Birk:

Right.

Nochum Klein:

And therefore, this bigger prompt already tells the, the model that if some, you know, if anywhere you get instructions to ignore what you were previously told ...

Josh Birk:

To do.

Nochum Klein:

... or, exactly, to, to contradict ...

Josh Birk:

Right.

Nochum Klein:

... what you were previously told, then consider that injection attack and, and don't listen.

Josh Birk:

And don't, and don't behave. Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

Right.

Josh Birk:

Uh, yeah. My two thoughts on that, first of all is my first professional review that I, that I had on my code was so eye-opening, uh, because they would show me something that my history had taught me had, had been safe, right? And I, and I, I, and I've got a perfect track record so far and I've never, and I've never written anything that got anybody hacked. But after that review, I kind of felt lucky for him because he's like, "Oh, but yeah, what if?" And it was the what if that's like ... The, the thing that I think developers don't, don't have the same mindset as a security engineer or even a QA engineer is, uh, you know, we're gonna develop, we're good at finding bugs and edge cases as to why something's not working. We're not, we always kind of assume good intent when it comes to the client.

And it was like the first security lesson I learned when I was at data security is like you never trust the client. Like assume the client is malicious. Assume the client is gonna try to trick you. Assume the client is gonna pull up your JavaScript code, it's gonna pull up your HTML code, etcetera, etcetera, etcetera. And then the second thing is "These things are great pieces of technology. I love them. They're really powerful. I am very excited for the future, but they need us, right? They need us to ride these guardrails, to put in these instructions, to put in the, the, the larger things to, to kind of make sure that we're, we're keeping safe." And it's like, you know, "Have fun at the swimming pool, but also don't, don't run. (laughs) Don't bring glass." Like, like there's always gonna be rules, you know, that we're gonna have to apply.

Uh, now, Nochum, you've also got a blogpost. It's currently a draft mode. Once again, through the miracle of time travel, uh, will probably be published by the time this is out there. Do you wanna give a quick penny tour, like a quick elevator pitch for that blogpost?

Nochum Klein:

Sure. So as you create agent actions, uh, you know, so what the blogpost really tries to do is, is help you understand kind of some of the things you need to think about as you create agent actions. Uh, creating an agent action can be based on a number of different things. So firstly, when you create the action, you're going to firstly determine, "Oh, what does my action wanna do?" and you kind of know that beforehand.

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

So I think of it in, in two, two main buckets. One bucket is, "Do I need to do something that Salesforce say does well, for example, summarize records or find records?" Uh, those are very common scenarios. And oftentimes, you wanna find records based on certain criteria. So there's a little bit additional complexity, but those would be scenarios where, for example, using a prompt template would be an ideal solution.

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

Then you've got other types of use cases where you need to maybe update records or you've got very complex logic that you need to, your agent to do. And for that, uh, you know, so it's not just find records. Uh, for something like that, you typically want to do a, um, a flow-based agent action or an apex-based agent action.

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

Uh, and I find flows are just so much easier to use. Uh, apex has got, got a lot of rules around also the structure of the code in terms of how you annotate your, your apex, uh, and, and you have to pass it in a list and it has to get a list back out. Uh, whereas I find flows are just so much simpler. And just internally also for the ongoing administration and maintenance flows, y- you look at the flow and you immediately understand what it's doing.

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

Whereas with apex, that's not always the case.

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

I tend to lean more towards the flows than the apex unless there's a really good reason to use apex.

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

Um, so there's the, firstly, you know, "What kind of flow am I building? Is it, is it, or what kind of action am I building as based on flows or based on apex or based on prompts?" Um, so that's one aspect of it. And then, you know, is, there's the, uh, you know, there's the, also, you know, going back to another thing I said in terms of the types of actions because there's a good degree of actions that Salesforce has delivered out of the box, which we call standard actions. So as admins, we're all familiar with the standard objects versus custom objects. And so really, you can think of the agent actions as exactly the same thing ...

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

... where Salesforce, we're continuing to roll out standard actions at a fairly good clip with each new release. Uh, and that's something I think that, that, you know, that, as admins, it's kind of you should be plugged in ...

Josh Birk:

(laughs)

Nochum Klein:

... because, uh, you know, uh, even as an internal Salesforce employee, uh, it's just moving so quickly. Uh, but I think the first thing is just understanding also what the universe, uh, of out of the box standard actions are because oftentimes you may discover you don't need to build one.

Josh Birk:

Yup.

Nochum Klein:

And, you know, what, you know, here we are right now on the, uh, winter '25 release, uh, and soon it's going to be the spring and then summer, and with each new release, you're going to see many, many more standard actions ...

Josh Birk:

Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

... out of the box. Uh, so that's kind of another thing you wanna be of in terms of as you decide you wanna build an action, just take a look at what those standard actions are, uh, because you may find a number of them that can actually meet your needs. And then you could just include those in your topic, which you may still wanna build. One thing that I've found is that oftentimes departments may wanna have their own separate topics and you may actually have some common standard actions that you'll bring into each of the, of the different topics ...

Josh Birk:

Uh-huh.

Nochum Klein:

... because if you think about it, what, what's going to happen is, first, as you build your, and use your, your agents or your agent actions, it's first going to determine the topic it wants to use and then the actions within that topic. So having the same actions in different topics is perfectly acceptable and very common. Uh, so you wanna then think about the actions that you wanna include and that will include both your standard and your custom actions. And then there's the logic of, "How do I actually go about that?" and that's some of the things that I describe inside of the blogposts.

Josh Birk:

Wonderful. And what I love about all of that is that it really underlies what one of our, you know, we, we keep trying to tell and, and message out to people because I think if you're just coming fresh out of the woods and you hear, "Oh, hey, your job today is to go build an artificial intelligence conversational agent," you probably think that's some really overwhelming task. And, uh, and as you just described, it really isn't because the standard actions do so much for you. And what I have found is that the standard actions will get you so far and then every now and then, it's like, "I had a prompt built there or I had a prompt template that was hallucinating consistently on this one part." So I'm like, "Okay, clearly you don't wanna do that task. I'm gonna go into this flow."

Uh, and I'm an old, I'm an old school developer and I completely agree with you. I think that's a really good way of thinking about, thinking about standard actions, think about flows, so then if flow can't do your use case, consider using apex. And the thing we keep telling people, the flows themselves, most of the flows I've written for my demos are maybe four steps long. They're very simple. Go in, filter some data, manipulate some data, hand it back to the AI and, and walk away. So, uh, really great stuff, Nochum. Uh, o- one last question for you, what is your favorite nontechnical hobby?

Nochum Klein:

Favorite nontechnical hobby? I hike. I love kind of the outdoors. Uh, I find my work is very demanding, and luckily, I have a great manager and, who doesn't micromanage me. So I find even between my meetings, just during the day and I happen to live in the suburbs right near the mountains, I'll just go out for 15 minutes and just get a breath of fresh air. I have a stream near my house and just, "Ahhh" ...

Josh Birk:

(laughs) Yeah.

Nochum Klein:

... just take my mind off work ...

Josh Birk:

Uh-huh.

Nochum Klein:

... and I can come back and recharge.

Josh Birk:

Love it.

Nochum Klein:

And so just spending time in nature, hiking, uh, that's just something I absolutely love.

Josh Birk:

Absolutely love it. Well, thank you so much for the great conversation and information. That was a lot of fun.

Nochum Klein:

Thank you, Josh. I really enjoyed it.

Josh Birk:

And that's our show. I wanna thank Nochum for the wonderful conversation. Of course, I wanna thank you for listening. If you wanna learn more about the show and being a Salesforce admin, head on over to admin.salesforce.com where you can hear old episodes, see the show notes and a lot more information on being a Salesforce admin. And of course, you can subscribe to this podcast on the podcast client of your choice. Thanks again, everybody. I'll talk to you later.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Megan Tuano, Sr. Business Analyst at Accenture Federal Services and an amazing YouTube content creator.

Join us as we chat about navigating career transitions in tech, the power of AI, and making your mark in the Salesforce ecosystem.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Megan Tuano.

Overcoming barriers to a career in tech Megan got her start working in college admissions for a data science program at UC Berkeley. “A lot of the students I talked to were scared about breaking into tech because they didn’t come from a traditional tech background,” she says.

After seeing what her students were able to accomplish in tech, Megan got curious about what she could do with her career. She was already using Salesforce to get people through the admissions process, so she started looking into how to get certified.

There’s this idea that you can’t work in tech if you don’t need to know how to code, but there are so many roles out there where that’s not important. You can be a business analyst, a product manager, a project manager, or even a Salesforce Admin.

How Megan uses AI in Salesforce consulting One question that I always get is how to prioritize Salesforce certifications. For Megan, that comes down to setting clear goals for your career. What roles are you building towards, and what do you need to stand out?

Megan’s found that AI certifications and knowing how to use AI to help you with your work have been a difference-maker for her career. She likes to ask ChatGPT about other scenarios her solution could apply to. The AI has had conversations with many other people about similar problems, so she’s bringing all of that knowledge into her solutioning process.

Why soft skills matter for Salesforce Admins Megan highlights how important soft skills are for Salesforce Admins. We’ve all sat in a boring meeting, or a presentation where the speaker didn’t seem to care. She always looks for ways to spice up her presentations with visuals and humor. Most importantly, you need to have passion for what you’re doing with the platform and what it can do for your users. Passion is infectious.

Finally, don’t be afraid to ask questions if you don’t understand a business process. There’s often some fear that creeps up that asking too many questions will you seem incompetent or unqualified. But consider the opposite: asking questions shows that you care, that you’re thorough, and that you’re trying to find the absolute best solution for the business.

There’s a lot more great stuff in my conversation with Megan about shaping your career in tech, so be sure to take a listen. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Megan’s YouTube channel * Megan’s article on Salesforce Ben: Can ChatGPT Replace a Salesforce Consultant? * Trailhead: Prepare for your Salesforce Certified AI Associate Credential

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Megan on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on Tiktok
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admin's Podcast, we're talking to Megan about navigating career transitions in tech, the power of AI, and making your mark in the Salesforce ecosystem. Now, Megan is a senior business analyst team leader, and let me tell you, a prolific YouTube content creator with a knack for turning really complex concepts into engaging lessons. But before we dive into this insightful conversation, make sure you're following the Salesforce Admin's podcast on your favorite platform. I don't know which one that is, but I bet you have yours. And if you do that, you're never going to miss an episode because it's just going to show up every Thursday morning. All right, enough of the promo. Let's get to our conversation with Megan. So Megan, welcome to the podcast.

Megan: Hey, I'm happy to be here.

Mike: Well, I came across your YouTube channel. We did a military... What was the official name of that? Was it a happy hour that we did?

Megan: It was the military trailblazer office hours.

Mike: Office hours. I keep calling everything happy hour, maybe it's wishful thinking.

Megan: It was happy.

Mike: It was happy hours, office hours, but it was fun doing that with you. Jennifer Lee was on, there was quite a few people on. Warren Walters, former podcast host. It was like a roundup, and I was like, "Wait a minute. Megan hasn't been on the podcast, so it's not a true family reunion, vet force, happy hour unless I had Megan on the podcast." So I had to have you on the podcast to talk about career and life, your YouTube channel and all of AI and Agent Force that's coming in everywhere in the Salesforce ecosystem. So let's get started there. How did you get started in the Salesforce world?

Megan: Yeah, so taking me back. So basically I was actually working for UC, Berkeley at the time. I was an admission's counselor slash career counselor. I was helping a lot of students at the time really figure out if they wanted to start the data science program that I was a part of. And this is when data science was really hot. This was the time where a lot of students that were trying to figure out, "I love data, I love storytelling, but how do I take my non-technical background and actually apply it into the tech world?" Because a lot of the times I would speak to students and they were kind of scared about breaking into the tech because they didn't come from that "traditional tech background." But when data science emerged, it was a challenge for me, but also them to figure out where can we put this person who may have been an architect I worked with that designed the 9/11 memorial, or I was working with the 60-year-old that developed a police camera. So these really cool people with non-technical backgrounds, I was figuring out how to get them to the data science space. So with working with UC, Berkeley at that time, with the admission's counselor title that I had, we were actually using Salesforce at the time, and it was totally new to me. I was like, "This is a great way to be able to track my students." Once they submit that they're interested in the program, they would come to me, we would funnel them, get them through the essentially, I say sales process, because that's kind of what it was. We're kind of getting them to enroll in the program. But that was my first real introduction to Salesforce and I loved it. I was kind of like that admission's counselor that was making all these data charts like, "Hey, wait, my students said that this could be better on the page. Let's take this to the marketing team, or they said that this course could be beneficial for their career. Let's take it to the professors." And I would get all these reports together and I was kind of like, "Okay, well what else can I do?" And I was very fortunate because at the time my uncle actually worked at Capgemini, and he was probably in the ecosystem for about 15 years at that time. But he was like, "Look, you're working with Salesforce, did you know you could get certified?" I was like, "No way. Stop." I said, "Stop. I did not know that." I was just trying to figure out a way to break into tech myself because of working with my students. I was like, "This is super inspirational." They're doing things that I never imagined. So the same fear that they had about breaking into tech, I had that too. And I didn't come from a background that was computer science or technical. My background was international affairs. I wanted to travel the world and figure out something. But yeah, no, I got certified. Took about a year and a half between early mornings, late nights, and finally broke in. It was a challenge, but it was very, very worth it now looking back.

Mike: It's crazy, I was literally just looking at the Trailblazer community today, and I saw a few people asking questions like they were a new developer, they were a new admin, and they really wanted to get in Salesforce and what should they learn? And then I hear you say, "Well, I don't have this tech background." I wonder why tech has this kind of, I don't know, ominous sort of theory or aura around it of, "Well, if you're not in tech, you're not getting in tech." But yet you look around and I mean before we started recording, we're talking about YouTube and some of the easy click to configure... ChatGPT and some of the AI stuff, it couldn't be any easier. You literally just ask it a question. But the perception... That's the word I was looking for, the perception of getting into tech is still this mountain that you have to climb.

Megan: I think it really is. And I think kind of going back to UC, Berkeley, I was just invited to speak with some of the students and I would probably say they're about 19, 18, 20 years old. And a lot of them are coming from their undergrads where it's sociology or again, mirroring business. And I think a lot of them, especially being in the Silicon Valley area, they oftentimes look at companies that are the fan companies. You have Google, Meta, all these companies, and usually what they're being fed is YouTube videos. What do you work for? What are your job titles? And you'll hear a lot of engineers, developers, coding, and I think that gets ingrained in a lot of people's mind when they're not surrounded by the different positions that you can have. And that was one of the goals that I had when speaking to the students. It's like, "Look, I do not code. I can dabble but not code." And it was just about opening their eyes to, you can be a business analyst, you can be a product manager, you can be product owner, project manager. There's so many cool things that you can do in the ecosystem within the Salesforce world and really expand yourself out there. I think it's just about knowing the differences in roles and the possibilities, and it's listening to podcasts like this where you can really discover things and put your foot into finding maybe I want to do a PM job or BA role and just trying it out. I've done probably three different roles in the five years of Salesforce that I've been in here. And without dabbling, I couldn't have found that. But without podcasts like this, I don't even know if I would've been able to go into the BA role. So I've definitely seen what you're talking about.

Mike: Yeah, what... I'm looking at your site and it's launching my small business and a week in life Salesforce consultant. I'm curious... Well, one of the videos was two years ago. Two years ago, we really didn't have much AI in our world. We thought we did, let's be honest, even Salesforce had Einstein, but it wasn't a conversational UI, it wasn't a learning model, it was a predictive model. And just to be nerdy, there's differences between the two of those. To say in my nerdy voice, and I've had people that have had to tell me the difference. "I don't understand the difference." Well, one kind of predicts the future based on the data you've given it and the other is learning and giving you an outcome. How has your day-to-day as a consultant and with some of the businesses you've worked with changed now that you have AI in it?

Megan: Well, it's fantastic. Well, I actually used to be an expert offer for Salesforce Ben for about two years, and a lot of it was helping new consultants and new people in the tech space on how to use AI. One of the first articles I did was based off a scenario where I was given a task as a consultant. And I have found that while using AI, I can kind of bounce ideas or conversations that I've had with my clients. Let's say they give us a survey and they want to have a rating system through there and they want to have automations if the survey comes out as not so well, and maybe the agent could have improved. Well that's great, but I think that AI and using things like ChatGPT and giving them the prompts and the scenarios and continuing to build off that has really elevated my thinking skills, but also helped me prompt to ask better questions, but also take all of the stuff that I applied on ChatGPT and take that back to the client. So now, not only do I look more creative, but I have more suggestions and solutions. You can see them really get excited. Sometimes I'm limited to my experiences and my consulting jobs and stuff that I've had, but ChatGPT just kind of opens up an AI, opens up a different world where it's taken prompts from every other consultant, let's say, that's asked the same thing, and now it's spitting back different scenarios where I can take my client through. Maybe I didn't think about, well, what happens to the ratings and the survey that are conducted as well surveys, what do you want to do? How do you want to reward the agent? Because I think that's really important. And you can tell that the customer gets so happy, they're like, "Oh, I didn't think about that." "Well, no problem, ChatGPT got you." So it's been a huge, huge, huge, huge game changer, not just within my job, but content all over.

Mike: Yeah, same. Also, I feel like somebody the other day said, "Well, you need to treat it kind of like if you had an intern." I was like, "No, don't say that because I'll ask it too many questions that are like, 'I don't know where you're going with this, Mike.' Well, I'm just asking just to see if you knew." But thinking through as an admin, looking at getting started as a career, I know I was always asked, what's the most important thing that I could learn as a Salesforce admin or what's the first thing I should learn? And you think of the large ecosystem of what's available to learn, and there's a lot of different ways that you can learn the platform. But to put your hat on, if you were getting started as a Salesforce admin today, where would you get started in terms of not where to learn, but in terms of what to learn?

Megan: That's a really great question, and I think I had an advantage because I was working with the platform as an end user, so I understood where to start and I had help, especially with my family member at the time. And especially being a part of Salesforce military, they have a very set-up structured path for you to learn. But being a content creator, I oftentimes hear like, "Hey, I saw your video. I really want to start Salesforce. Where do I start?" And I think there's so much out there, whether it just be Salesforce material, if you're a developer, what coding material do I need to use? There's so much. This ecosystem of tech in general is so, so big. But if I was to start right now, I would start with the basic functionality because you need to understand how do use Salesforce. You need to understand where's this, what's this do, where's that? And then once you understand, I would combine it. Be very structured about your journey. I know it's very tempting sometimes to kind of grab onto this or that because everything's being pushed out at such a fast pace. But really AI, I think whether you want to be a consultant, a BA, a developer, being able to keep up with the trends of today, and you don't need to overwhelm yourself of course, but just know what's going on. How do you use AI? And I think Salesforce has the associate Salesforce AI cert, which doesn't dive too deep, but it really covers the basics of what is AI, what can I do? And then it navigates you to ChatGPT. And then there's fantastic articles where you can go on and kind of... The article that I mentioned earlier from Salesforce spend, how to be able to use chat to prompt it better and you kind of elevate yourself through that way. So I would definitely start with the functionality, make sure you've got that. And then compliment it with AI because these are skills that you're going to need to have when you go for that first job, when you're in that first job because you need to be able to talk with your stakeholders, talk with your team, and then on top of it, just set that cherry on top. If you have great ideas, you can also kind of use AI to say, "Hey, I thought about this for my team. What do you think about X, Y, Z?" And then it can prompt you with better ideas for you to be a great team player. So I definitely think the basics, AI, and then kind of follow with Sales and Service Cloud, because those are going to compliment many of the other clouds that you have.

Mike: Yeah, it's interesting you said start with the platform first because for some of us, we don't even see a platform. It's just Salesforce. And I know I have members on my team that are the exact opposite. They don't even see Salesforce, they just see a platform and to walk through different scenarios of problem solving. Some of us hit limitations faster than others, and that can be kind of interesting just based on your perspective and your lens. And then you add in that layer of agent force and AI and it's like, okay, well what questions are we going to ask it? Well, what are the answers and where are they to begin with? You have to think of if I don't know the platform and Sales Cloud, if I start asking questions and build an agent, I better know where it's going to grab those answers from. Oh, it's ever-changing world. Speaking of content creator, I'm sure you do a lot of presentations and crafting stuff together, so do admins. When you're getting ready or you're putting together a demo or a presentation, what is some advice that you have that maybe as somebody that's done it for a while or even a beginning Salesforce admin at a company, some best practices to kind of help them demo their new app or talk about something in front of a large group of people?

Megan: And I think for a lot of people, if you're new to tech, it can be kind of scary or exciting, like a mix of emotions really, because you really... Just to go off the example of showing off an app, you really put a lot of effort into this and you really want the users to be able to like it, but it's going to be a little daunting sometimes. You're talking to heads of departments, and I would say I've totally been there, kind of still do get a little nervous because you put all this time into something and you really want the people to like it and the users to benefit from it. So I think the number one suggestion that I would have is think about the user at the end of the day, because no matter if you sit with the business executives, they do know their client, but at the end of it, you have the same end game. It's for your user. And if you go in there confidently focusing on, "Hey, I thought about this business process, which could expedite the agents and how they're working, overall customer satisfaction and increase efficiency with the agents." These things that are helping at the end game. I think if you go in with that thought first, then your heart's in the right spot and everything else can follow. Now in terms of presentation, I would definitely say this is your time to work with a peer. It's time to bounce ideas off of with your coworkers. "Does this sound good? Am I making my point clear?" Because sometimes if we read our own article... I'm guilty of this, I'll read my article, I'm like, "Oh, this is fantastic." I'll pass it off to somebody else. And they're like, "What did you mean here?" So just passing it to somebody for peer review is definitely always helpful. And then I would say maybe the last thing is a lot of visuals. One thing as a content creator and as a business analyst now is we all sit through meetings. We all have that Monday through Friday, 9:00 to 5:00 things can get overwhelming. There's a lot of text. And one thing that's helped me as a content creator is just making learning fun, making it understandable, making sure that you're still getting the text side across, but also making the user excited and engaged and want to actively be on the platform. So that would be my little suggestion right there is just making it fun and going into it with excitement because your energy feeds off to the user and who you're talking to.

Mike: Yeah, I definitely have seen people present and/or train when they were excited and knew the content versus, I won't say not excited, but a little less than enthused and new to the content and the vibe comes off very different. And I feel like sometimes people learn more from your vibe than the words that you're saying, and that level of confidence can really pay off.

Megan: It does, exactly.

Mike: So let's go in the opposite direction. What is one thing that people overestimate about themselves when starting a career in technology or learning about AI or Salesforce?

Megan: That is a great question. I think soft skills. I think soft skills. One of the things that I was challenged with when I was a business analyst and my first position was coming in and needing to understand different business processes. When I started my first business analyst position, I was working with five to six clients and it ranged from sales service, marketing and Pardot, and that's just the clouds. And then every business did something different. One was healthcare. A lot of them were hospitals and one was a marketing agency. There were so many different things that I was doing at once, where despite me learning... Because you're balancing, you're learning the tech, you're also learning about the business. And I felt so confident on the tech and it's a lot to juggle, but when I went into the business, they would kind of run through, "This is our business process, what could we do to improve it?" And it's like, "Wait, wait, I thought I got this." I thought I went through the website and understood things. I thought I had these sessions with them where I was breaking down things to understand their business better. But sometimes you're going to have to figure out how to ask the same question in different ways, and you're going to have to be okay with saying like, "Hey, I didn't get this and what you were saying it, can you take some time to explain to me a little bit more in detail?" And I think those are some of the challenges that people face because we're not in the business that our clients do all the time. We don't know exactly what goes on, but we know what to do for them. But we also need to balance configuring and advising with understanding their business. And I think learning to be okay to ask questions to follow up with clients and really show them that you're fully invested, they'll hear you. And I think at the end of the day, clients want to know that you have their back and being able to show that, they'll work with you. So that was a challenging part for me. Some things I've seen from my coworkers as well, and being able to kind of talk through it.

Mike: I could totally see that. Sorry, I was lost in thought. I was thinking of something else and it was like, "Wait a minute, silence. Let's talk." The thing I was thinking through, so overestimate that. Another question that I've always seen, I think actually we got this in the military office hours... About to say happy hour again, military happy hour office hours that we got was social presence. And I think too unfairly, there's oftentimes where people put together panels, and to be fair, Jennifer Lee was on this panel and Warren, myself, even though I guess when you've had a social profile since dirt was invented, you've got a social presence. But I think too fairly, people are often put up on a pedestal, look at all these people and they have these huge social presence and people getting started in tech or admins even in tech are like, "Oh, well I have to do all that." What do you advise maybe people that are switching careers because that can be a starting brand new or people just getting into tech as kind of like what is the minimum thing that you should do to make sure you have a solid internet profile, I'll call it?

Megan: And I think that's a fantastic question, and especially working with a lot of people who start their tech careers, like Salesforce careers. That is one of the number one questions that I would say in the top five questions that people ask is everybody's doing so much. Their personal branding, they're attending networking, they're learning, and it's so much, especially if you have a family, if you have... You're working two jobs, whatever the case may be, there is the idea that people have to do a lot and I think it's very easy to get overwhelmed, especially with new certs coming out and the demand for needing to do A, B, C and D. The biggest thing that when I hear people say this and I've fallen guilty to this as well, it's just taking a step back and I really needed to guide myself and others and take this advice. It's just about painting a picture. To our point, we were talking about Canva earlier. Canva is fantastic for having a vision board, and I think that's something that from watching other YouTubers in tech, I've seen people be really successful with this. Is when they create a vision board of where they see themselves, let's say in two years, I don't want to jump to five or 10, but just keeping your goal small and achievable. I think that's number one step. But number two, creating that vision board of where you see yourself and what certs are going to help you get to where you need to go. I think that's a great starting point because it helps you keep aligned, it helps you keep in your lane of where you want to go. And then if you do have a new cert that comes out, then you're able to figure out, "Okay, I want to do this. I'm excited to do it." I always tell people to act on the excitement. If you have it in you and it doesn't take you away from your ultimate goal, go for it because then you're going to start thinking about it. But kind of keep yourself aligned and then it allows you for more opportunity to be like, "Oh, this might be good for my career. I can put it in, or "This may not be good for my career, so I'm not going to put it in." It really helps you see clear, and I'm actually going to be setting up my 2025 vision board and going to be doing it as a YouTube video, just to be able to help people. Yeah, I think just having that vision board is really helpful.

Mike: That's the perfect segue into exactly the question I had, which was what is one big thing you hope to accomplish next year?

Megan: Yeah, I actually took on a new position as a senior business analyst. It's a kind of multi-role QA lead and product owner, but I have my own team. It's of two gentlemen and both of them got promoted this year. So I found that I really like leading teams. I'm also kind of working as the head of the development team that we have. I led a QA specialist... Not a QA. I led a UX designer this year, and I really fell in love with building up people, and I would love to be able to continue that. I just got a new project where I'll be more of the functional lead, leading all of the teams. So while I think it's going to be a challenge, I would love to be able to learn more of how to lead efficiently and be able to get my people promoted, teach others how to be a good leader. Managers make a huge difference in your career, whether you're supported, listened to, and I want to be that for people. So that's my goal is as I come into the new project, come the new year and lead this huge team, I'm excited and all types of nervous for it. But the goal is just to be somebody that they can look back in 10 years and hopefully when they get into a manager position, be like, "I want to lead like her," because I lead other leaders that have made an impact in my life.

Mike: I think that's a very cool goal. Thanks for sharing it.

Megan: Thank you.

Mike: Well, Megan, appreciate you coming on the pod and breaking out of your YouTube videos and trying a new medium, maybe that was on your vision board for 2024.

Megan: It really was. So thank you.

Mike: If not, you can always say it is, nobody can check it. It's like what I always tell people when you give a speech, nobody knows your script.

Megan: It's okay. We can vote for the happy hour now.

Mike: Exactly. But no, thanks for coming on the podcast and giving us that advice and helping us share things together. And I'll be sure to link to your YouTube page, that way people can check it out because you do a nice mix of shorts and videos and real life and Salesforce, and it feels very honest and attainable. So I appreciate that.

Megan: Yeah, of course. That's the goal, and thank you so much for having me on.

Mike: Well, that was a fantastic conversation we had. I hope you found it helpful. If so, be sure to share it with somebody who might benefit from Megan's insights. If you're on Apple Podcast, just tap the three dots to share it or spread the word on social. And don't forget, admin.salesforce.com is your one-stop shop for all the resources, including a full transcript of this episode. Now, be sure to join us in the Admin Trailblazers group to keep the conversation going. Don't worry. Again, you'll find those links in the show notes. So until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Gillian Bruce, Director of Developer Marketing at Slack.

Join us as we chat about how Agentforce allows you to bring Salesforce to Slack, and why every admin should learn how to build Slack solutions.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Gillian Bruce.

Why Salesforce Admins should build on Slack If you’re a longtime listener to the pod, you’ve got to be excited about this week’s guest. Gillian was my co-host for years, and I thought we should bring the dynamic duo back together to talk about her new gig as Director of Developer Marketing at Slack.

Ever since she went over to the Slack team, Gillian’s been struck by how friendly the platform is for admins. There are tons of solutions that you can implement with low or no code, and powerful features like Slack Canvas and Slack Lists that give you a lot of flexibility without the need for customizations.

All this is a cinch if you’re used to building things in Salesforce. And when you hear what Gillian has to say about combining Agentforce with Slack, you’ll want to get started today.

Bringing Agentforce to Slack In our episode with Jim Ray about Slack integrations, he told us how Slack can be a multi-purpose tool. There are over 2600 integrations currently out there, letting you bring information from Jira, or Workday, or Salesforce, directly into Slack. While that could be a lot of information to sift through, Agentforce is here to lend a helping hand.

You can now use Agent Builder to create employee-facing AI agents for Slack. There are special Slack actions, like searching and summarizing data in Slack, creating or updating a Slack Canvas, and sending DMs. This gives admins all sorts of new ways to integrate Salesforce into your business processes with less friction and more wow.

The future of Agentforce and Slack Agentforce is new and we know it can be hard to get your head around everything that it can do. That’s why Slack is building some templates for employee-facing AI agents. For example, a product specialist agent that can give you quick answers so you don’t have to comb through pages of documentation.

If there’s one thing Gillian wants you to take away from this episode, it’s that Salesforce Admins should start building on Slack. “It's going not only set yourself up to be super valuable to your organization in this era of agents,” she says, “but it also is going to open up so much more possibility for you career-wise.”

There’s so much more in this episode about tricks for Slack and why you should look out for Gillian at your next Dreamin’ event, so be sure to take a listen. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * slack.dev * Slack Developer Program * Workshop: Build an automated workflow * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: What Can Salesforce Admins Do with Slack Integrations?

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Gillian on LinkedIn
  • Gillian on X
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on Tiktok
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're thrilled to have Gillian Bruce back with us. Gillian, who now leads the Slack ecosystem marketing team and is on a mission to show why every Salesforce admin should be jumping into Slack and using it to not only build custom agents, but also amazing workflows and incredible integrations that Slack can do. Gillian explains why learning and leveraging Slack is simply a must for an admin. I mean, it's so easy to use. I love it. Now, before we jump in, I want to make sure that you're following the Salesforce Admins Podcast wherever you get your podcasts. That way, you can catch every new episode immediately when it comes out on Thursdays. So be sure to hit the follow button on whatever podcast platform you're listening for. So now, let's welcome Gillian back and talk about Slack and Agentforce. So Gillian, welcome back to the podcast.

Gillian: Mike, thanks for having me.

Mike: I know, you've been over overly communicating with people.

Gillian: It's been a while since I've been on the pod with you, it feels like I just rewound the clock quite a while.

Mike: I know, in the Wayback Machine. Don't forget, we have the Wayback Machine. I don't have the fancy noisemaker, you just got to put it in your head and envision that. What have you been up to since we've last talked on ye olde podcast?

Gillian: Oh, just a few things, you know? A few changes.

Mike: Okay. Still all about admins, obviously.

Gillian: Admins are always in my heart, and it's actually been quite fun, because about, what, eight months ago at this point, I have transitioned over to Slack to lead up their ecosystem marketing team, which includes developers, community, and partners. And one of the big things I'm focused on is, as I've gotten to know the Slack community over here, is helping all Salesforce admins understand how awesome Slack is, and how important it is that you learn how to build and use Slack.

Mike: Yeah, I mean, you know me, I use Slack for a ton of things, and I love building out forms and workflows in Slack. It's so admin friendly.

Gillian: It is very admin friendly, and the thing that I think is so interesting to me, as I've been getting to know the Slack community, and people who are Slack developers, and Slack builders, is there are so many commonalities and opportunities between the Salesforce, admin, and Builder audience and the Slack Builder audience. And when you're building something with Workflow Builder. It's very similar to building a flow. In fact, building something with Workflow Builder in Slack is, to me, honestly a lot easier than building an automation with Flow and Salesforce.

Mike: Kind of is, a little bit.

Gillian: A lot more straightforward, and part of that is because the platform is built to do a different thing than Salesforce is. But there's so much you can do with being able to point and click, and do these low-code builds and low-code solutions in Slack. And it doesn't even mean building a lot of customizations. We've got things like Slack canvas, and now we have Slack Lists, which are amazing for your to-do lists, if you haven't tried those out yet. And just generally using channels and building automation between channels to help manage your notifications and work processes, there's a lot there. But of course, there's something on the top of everyone's mind these days.

Mike: I mean, I would love to talk all of the workflow stuff, but we're Agentforce, Gillian, we have to cover agents.

Gillian: Well, and agents are a big deal, and I think especially agents... So let's put my developer hat on for a second. So in the Slack developer community, people have been building agents for quite a while, and they've been building their own agents and deploying them into Slack. There's also agents that are already on the Slack marketplace built by our third-party vendor, so like Adobe Express, and Writer, and Cohere. They already have agents that you can interact with in Slack, but the amazing thing with Agentforce is that it's bringing that Salesforce builder experience to being able to enable you to build your own custom agents. And Mike, I just want to take a second here. Admins, agents, I know it might feel a little overwhelming, but let's back it up. What is an admin's number one customer?

Mike: Our users, always our users.

Gillian: Our users, and so-

Mike: Yes, I didn't know there was a quiz. You didn't tell me there was a quiz.

Gillian: Sorry, I can't just come on the pod and just be a normal guest. You know that.

Mike: Ugh, I'm going to build an agent in Slack for the quiz now. That's what it should be.

Gillian: There you go. Okay, so an admin's number one customer is the end user, which we also call an employee. Let's say that, right? If you're a part of an organization, you're an employee, what is the best operating system to enable employees to collaborate with each other and with other systems?

Mike: I feel like I have to say Slack, because you're on-

Gillian: Yeah, you do. It is the best one. I mean, we can debate that, but...

Mike: I wasn't going to. It's like being on Family Feud.

Gillian: Okay, so then, the third question is, so if an admin's number one customer are the employees, and the best way to bring employees together to collaborate and to interact with other systems is Slack, then where is the best place to bring those custom agents that you're building in Agent Builder?

Mike: I mean, you should build them in Slack, right?

Gillian: Ding, ding, ding. Mike, you pass.

Mike: I tried. I was fighting really hard, I was going to say Chatter.

Gillian: Oh, well, you know what? We can actually talk about Chatter for a second, too.

Mike: We should.

Gillian: We should. So real quick on the Chatter of it all, so I love Chatter. A lot of us love Chatter. Remember the highlight? What do they call it, a Chatter brag. It was a Chag.

Mike: Oh, yeah. Oh, yeah, a Chag. Yeah, we had templates.

Gillian: We sure did, yeah.

Mike: Yeah, formatting.

Gillian: So Parker very publicly announced that, while he helped build Chatter, he is now going to help kill Chatter. And I know this might give us some heart palpitations, but let me just be really clear. Chatter is getting a major glow-up if you think about it, because we have something called Salesforce channels that are in Slack. And what this is is one of the best things about Chatter is it had a feed on every record, right? So everyone could talk about what's going on. Well, we already have Salesforce channels live in Slack, as of Dreamforce. This means that you can have a dedicated record channel that automatically gets spin-up for that record in Slack. So you have a channel there where you can collaborate, you can talk about it, you can interact with folks, you can bring other systems data in right there. Coming in February, that same UI, that channel experience is going to be visible in Salesforce for those records.

Mike: Well, that's going to be incredibly useful, because I think that was always the disconnect. You know, I'm over here for one thing, and then I'm over there for another thing. And I mean, Slack is already such a conversational UI. It makes sense that I should think about not only building agents in the Salesforce UI, but in Slack as well, because that's where people are already talking.

Gillian: So, yeah, and two things on that, Mike, right? So one, it's a place where people are already talking. It's the place where they're being able to interact with systems beyond Salesforce as well, right? So maybe they have Workday in there, maybe they're pulling in JIRA tickets. There's a lot of other systems that integrate with Slack, so that people don't have to leave and swivel chair out of that interface into something else. So by putting your agent in there, bringing that Salesforce experience into Slack, you're again making it much more efficient for people to get their work done. But then, that second piece of it, Mike, is that Slack is going to be the way that you're going to be able to not just bring that systems and all of that data together, all those people together, but those agents are going to be able to interact there in Slack with you, and you're going to be able to tell that agent to do things that are pulling from Salesforce, from all of your data cloud sources, and take action right there in Slack. And you're going to be able to, come March, actually have that in a threaded conversation. So you're going to be able to interact multiplayer style. So you'll have a conversation with an agent and other people can join in in that conversation.

Mike: And they can converse with the agent?

Gillian: Correct.

Mike: Oh, boy, we're going to keep agents busy. Do you think of agents like interns? Somebody said that the other day. It's like, if you're trying to think of what to build an agent for, think of what if you had an intern?

Gillian: Well, I mean, yes and no. I'd like to think that when you have an intern, you're spending a lot more time training them, and mentoring them, and...

Mike: Not us, we get smart interns

Gillian: Giving them unique opportunities.

Mike: More than just getting coffee.

Gillian: Well, yeah. Can you find me an agent that can get you coffee? I guess you could probably-

Mike: That would be awesome.

Gillian: ... build an agent that could order you coffee and get it delivered.

Mike: That would 100% win every hackathon, an Agentforce that just all of a sudden, out of your screen comes a cup of coffee.

Gillian: Well, so-

Mike: You're like, "Mike, this isn't what I wanted to talk about."

Gillian: No, it's good. Actually, you know what? But having your agent take an action... So one of the things I did want to highlight is when we're talking about Agentforce and Slack, so there are kind of three main elements when you're talking about Agentforce and Slack that are important to think about. Number one, deploying your agents in Slack, right. Taking that agent you've built with Agent Builder and bringing it into Slack. That second thing is having your agent take Slack actions. So in Agent Builder, you're going to be able to tell your agent to do things with Slack, like search Slack data, so that unstructured data in Slack. These are going to be actions available in Agent Builder. You're also going to be able to tell your agent to create or update a Slack canvas, which is pretty great. Again, you're a fan of canvas.

Mike: Oh, yeah. We use it a lot.

Gillian: Great way to aggregate and share information. The other Slack action that's going to be available is be able to send a DM. So that's that simple kind of direct, one-on-one, agentic experience of being able to talk to an agent. So those are going to be actions that are available natively in Agent Builder that anyone can use. Additionally, the team is going to be working on a lot more, including... I just heard about this the other day. So they're actually going to build some template agents, some template employee-facing agents. So things like imagine a product specialist. So you're in Slack, and you have a question about how a product works, because you are in a conversation with a customer or you're trying to answer a question, instead of having to go search all of the documentation and figure out, "Oh, who's the right product manager to reach out about this?" You can just ask the agent right there in Slack your question and get served up an answer, as well as, "Hey, how do you want me to format this answer? Is this for a sales customer? Is this for a sales engineer?" And that is just one use case that I get excited about, because I'm always knee deep in product, and I can never keep up on everything. So that's one good example, and that's a template that's going to be available, so that people can take that, put that in Agent Builder, and then customize it to sort from their own knowledge base.

Mike: So when you're thinking of agents, I mean, you probably know this, like with Salesforce, we can control the agent on the profile, and well, not profile, permission set and perm set group. If you're deploying agents in Slack, is it to all the users, or can you do the same thing? Can you like, "Ah, I really want a test group of users to have access to this agent"?

Gillian: Yeah, so the first thing I'll say is that no agent you deploy to Agent Builder or you deploy to Slack will override any of your Salesforce permission structure. So all the security settings you have about visibility and who's able to edit and make updates to different records, all of those permissions are going to carry over into Slack. So there's never going to be a situation where you have an agent in Slack, interacting with someone who doesn't have access to the data that they're requesting, things like that, so it will never override. The next thing to that is you might have a situation where you have part of your company, part of your employee base that actually doesn't even work in Salesforce. They don't even need Salesforce seats, but you want to build an agent experience for them, in Agent Builder that extends an agent functionality to them, so you don't actually have to buy a Salesforce seat for them. Maybe you have a group of, I don't know, marketers who never go into Salesforce, which is probably a bad use case, maybe, but-

Mike: We'll say warehouse workers. Warehouse workers.

Gillian: Warehouse workers, right? Yeah, who don't have to log in, [inaudible 00:13:01]-

Mike: They're driving forklifts all day, they don't have time for the Salesforce.

Gillian: Exactly. But what you could do is build an agent in Agent Builder that enables those warehouse workers to be able to be in Slack, maybe ask questions about inventory, when certain products are going to be available, and all of that information that they're going to be able to see is, again, permissions that you control in the Salesforce side of what's publicly available, what are people able to see, what level of permissions are accessed. But that's a way you can extend all that information that's otherwise just held within Salesforce, beyond Salesforce, into Slack, in that agentic experience.

Mike: Yeah. I mean, we've talked about before, and Gillian, this was even back before you joined Slack, but I do think you look at the way that conversational AI and even some of the voiceover apps are going, Slack could be the front door for everything Salesforce within your organization, and then you button up data cloud on top of that. Now, they basically could, via Slack, have access to the right data anywhere in the organization, conversationally.

Gillian: And not just Salesforce data, but data in Workday, or Asana, or any of the other of the 2,700 integration apps that we have out there in the marketplace that connect all of your systems in one place, and that is Slack.

Mike: Yeah, that's crazy.

Gillian: I'm not going to lie, I'm pretty happy to be over here. I do feel like Slack is the future, and this is why I am extremely passionate about helping every Salesforce admin understand that they should be using Slack, they should be learning how to build in Slack, because it is going to be something that opens up the world beyond just Salesforce for folks in a builder capacity. And it just, I mean, imagine the value you can deliver your organization by saying, "Hey, just by using Slack as our work OS, we can bring in these six different systems that people have to log into at some point every week, and I can deploy these agents there that reduce their time of work by hours every week or hours every day." I mean, that level of efficiency and productivity you can deliver, I mean, that is one of the number one goals of every Salesforce admin.

Mike: Yeah. Well, and I don't know what Slack battles with in the marketplace, but I have to believe the nice thing I like about Slack is, even if you spin up a channel and then you archive it, you can still go back and search it, and you can still... It's like you never lose that information. And I know we used to have, I don't know, Google had the instant messenger and stuff. The second you closed your window, it was gone, and that information, it was like Snapchat, it was just gone. But at least with Slack, it's retained for a little bit that you can actually make it actionable and be like, "Oh, I did need to pull this thing back up," as opposed to scrolling through a huge Chatter thread or something.

Gillian: Oh, yeah, I use command K at least 20 times a day.

Mike: Oh, is that what it is? That's a shortcut?

Gillian: A shortcut, and command K is not just search, it's like recent history search, so-

Mike: Oh.

Gillian: Yeah.

Mike: Oh, I didn't know this. I just go [inaudible 00:16:22]-

Gillian: Command K all day.

Mike: ... like old screwball. You know, I still use a mouse. I'm very mouse centric for a reason.

Gillian: Well, mosey your fingers on over from the mouse to do command K, and you'll be able to find-

Mike: I suppose.

Gillian: ... recent things so, so much more quickly.

Mike: I suppose. I don't know. Tell me a little bit more about these channels. So one of the things that I think I struggled with as an admin was advising users on how much and what they should follow and when. Because with Slack, it's tempting you, just like, "I got to pay attention to everything, because FOMO, and there's this going on." And it can be that way with your data and records, too. How do you think about channels, and following those, and having that information?

Gillian: So one of the hardest things that I have experienced in transitioning from the Salesforce core side to the Slack side is the proliferation of Slack channels that I am part of, so-

Mike: Ah. I mean, you don't email at all. I can't imagine you send-

Gillian: No, I-

Mike: When was the last time you sent an email? Like, two years ago, probably.

Gillian: Yeah, I check it maybe once or twice a week, which is really bad, because then, sometimes I miss stuff, but-

Mike: Eh, don't [inaudible 00:17:37].

Gillian: ... you can find me on Slack. But for the channel organization, and I think this really relates to kind of, as we were talking about, the evolution of Chatter to Salesforce channels, you might just hear like, "Ugh, the last thing I want is another channel." But here's the thing, so there are two things that I think are really helpful for this. Number one, Slack AI is awesome. So Slack AI enables you to do recaps and summaries that you can check when you are ready for it, and it will automatically update, depending on how long ago it was you checked it. So let's say the last time you checked, I don't know, the marketing updates channel was a week ago. It'll say, it'll recap the last seven days in one paragraph for you, versus every day, there's a recap that you have to go through. That is very helpful. The other thing that's very helpful is just asking Slack search to summarize for you. So you're going, "Tell me what's going on with X, Y, Z project," and it will give you the highlights, as well as links to all the source information there. That is really useful. I love Slack AI for that. It helps really kind of sift, and sort, and prioritize the information for me. The other thing that we now have, and you may have seen it, this is brand new, is we have what's called a VIP, so-

Mike: I have had VIP.

Gillian: You've seen this? Yeah.

Mike: I've tried it. Let's talk about it, please tell me. Tell me more.

Gillian: So you can identify specific users as VIPs, and what that does is it gives this little teeny, tiny, little VIP like emoji right next to their name. It'll automatically prioritize any DM or channel message that that person has that you are involved with to the top of your sidebar there. So it'll be the first thing that you see. So I put for my VIPs, it's like my management chain, my Agentforce group that I'm really working with every single day, and that is helpful for me, because then I don't have to manually update which channels should be in my priority bucket every day. It's just, "These are the people I have to pay attention to, and I know that I'm working on something hot with them, so I need to prioritize them in how I look at my Slack feed."

Mike: Yep. I did VIPs for like a day, and then I need to come back to it, because the only thing I needed is I need to be able to move that list, just where on the sidebar. I wanted to move the list, that would be it.

Gillian: Oh.

Mike: Yeah, yeah, because it sticks it right at the top, and it's like, "Here's where it's going to be," and it's like chiseled in stone. It's like, "Yeah, no, can I have it farther down?" I'd also like... Oh, you know what would be really cool? Besides VIPs is just like my team, because that's one of the sections, I think that's what it's called, right? Sections.

Gillian: Yep.

Mike: That's one of the sections I have, is just all my team members in one area, so that when they DM me, I only have to look in one thing.

Gillian: Yep, yep. I mean, these are all things, so there's a lot of features that-

Mike: But it's so easy to use. It's so easy to do that that I was like, "Okay, I'll come back to VIP."

Gillian: Well, and there's, actually, coming out for the next few months, pay attention, because there's a lot of features that we're putting in this bucket calling Quiet the Noise for Slack.

Mike: Ooh, ooh.

Gillian: And these are honestly, a lot of them are based off of feedback we've gotten internally at Salesforce for people who are overwhelmed by the amount of channels or the amount of DMs, and trying to really figure out how to streamline the experience, to make it more pleasant and easier to get the information that you care most about, without having to sort through a whole bunch of different updates.

Mike: Right, summarize things. Help me summarize-

Gillian: Summarize things, prioritize them, be smart in terms of how you're displaying things and enabling... Like, some of the things that you've talked about, Mike, just in terms of like, "Here's a group for my team," more features along those lines. So stay tuned. Over the next few months, there's going to be a few more of those coming out, and I think people are going to really like them.

Mike: I agree. And also, if you're an admin, sitting there thinking, "How do I get all of this? Where do I start the conversation?" I think a lot of it, we're working on redoing the core responsibilities. We've had a fifth core responsibility, which is product management fits well into this, because agents need to be product managed. There's no good way to say that, that just-

Gillian: Agents need managers.

Mike: Agents need, yeah, whatever. But the thing that I'm thinking of is like, so how do I get this conversation going with Slack, assuming the admin doesn't have Slack in their organization? And sitting down with the user, saying, "What do you search on?" Because that, to me, sounds like 90% of the benefit of Slack, besides the conversation, is just being able to search for stuff. And then, you throw an agent on top of that, and it's like, "Good, I'll be back in three months when you have some real problems."

Gillian: Well, and it's, "What are you searching for? What applications are you working in all the time? What are you swivel chairing between?" And then, yeah, "What are you trying to get done?" And if you have those three answers, then you could easily whip up a solution in Slack. And I will tell you, for people who want to get hands-on with Slack who don't have it at their organizations, first of all, anyone can get access to a free Slack workspace. It doesn't have all the bells and whistles, but you can... There's plenty [inaudible 00:23:08]-

Mike: It's good enough, you can build a demo out of, right? You built demos before?

Gillian: Totally. And actually, and one of the other thing we have is we have an actual Slack developer program, and admins, don't get scared that it's called a developer program. It's basically just a way that you can go tinker around and build things with Slack, you can spin up a Slack Sandbox, and it's totally free. You can go to slack.dev, I'm sorry to say it, it's my new favorite website I just built it-

Mike: Yes, okay. Eventually, while you're over there, Gillian, you'll have Slack admins.

Gillian: You know, we are already talking about Slack admins quite a bit.

Mike: We should.

Gillian: We are. We got a lot of work to do over here, Mike. So we're starting.

Mike: That's okay. I'm going to be busy challenging people to say Slack Sandbox five times fast, not mess that up.

Gillian: But, so you can get access to a Slack Sandbox, and this is forward-looking statement, soon, you will be able to build an employee-facing agent with Agent Builder that is connected and deployed to Slack in Trailhead.

Mike: Ooh. Ooh, that'd be awesome.

Gillian: Yeah, so the team are-

Mike: Oh, I'm going to do that.

Gillian: ... working on it right now. We're hoping we might be able to get something out by TDX. So really working towards that. But already, and this was kind of released a little silently, but on Halloween, so trick or treat, we now have hands-on content for Slack in Trailhead. So if you want to learn how to build a Slack app using our Bolt framework, or if you want to learn how to use Block Kit Builder, you now have hands-on content in Trailhead for those two modules that will actually have you spin up a Slack developer environment, do the work in there, follow the instructions, and Trailhead will check it and verify it. So even as someone... I don't think of myself as much of a developer first. I always think myself as admin first. Believe me, admins, you can all do these modules. They're not hard.

Mike: Oh, Block Kit Builder is the coolest thing.

Gillian: Yeah.

Mike: I've been using Block Kit. We used Block Kit Builder before you even left the team. Block Kit Builder is the closest I can come to understanding code. It's probably the only thing that would ever teach me how to code, if I had to.

Gillian: I also remember the first time you started using it to post our podcast updates, and everyone was like, "Oh, my gosh, how do I do that? I totally-"

Mike: "Oh, how'd you do that? It's so cool, the formatting." I'm like, "Yep, Block Kit Builder." "Wow." And then, and there's templates. So it's literally just copy and paste, and steal from other people's templates. That's all developers do, is copy and paste code, too. That's [inaudible 00:25:41]-

Gillian: You know, I'm learning that a lot. Yeah.

Mike: Yep. When somebody has something that works, copy and paste, and then it works for you. Yay, done.

Gillian: You tweak it, you test it, you break some stuff, and then you figure it out.

Mike: So let's see, this is going to be very interesting to see how much new Slack there is for TDX, because I was silently making a list in my head of the number of new stuff that you were talking about that's coming out, and you're like, "Well, hopefully March or something." Like, that's TDX time. TDX is going to be bigger than Dreamforce for you is what I'm hearing.

Gillian: It is. And I mean, which is crazy to say, because we actually did five launches at Dreamforce this year.

Mike: Oh, just a few.

Gillian: Just a few. But between Dreamforce and TDX, we will be launching Agentforce and Slack, Quiet the Noise, Salesforce channels, and I think there's like two other ones that I'm not remembering.

Mike: You know, there's holidays coming up. You guys should celebrate Festivus with the rest of us.

Gillian: Well, it's Agentforce. Everyone's really excited.

Mike: I'm going to Agentforce an aluminum pole and send it to your team.

Gillian: Send it to our product team, my team's okay. It's the product team that's burning the midnight oil, so shout out to them.

Mike: Oh, I have to imagine. And they also, I know we have a unique instance, but it's really cool, the relationship that we have, that your product team has with all of Salesforce, because they're super responsive. Any time you submit something, they really... I submitted something on VIP and one of the PMs was like, "Help me understand this." And I don't think anybody had given them feedback. I'm like, "I am always a wealth of feedback."

Gillian: You know, one of the things I've noticed since coming over to Slack is Slack, even though we're part of Salesforce, is still kind of a small company and it's very human and people first, because that was the foundation of why Slack was created, was to connect people, right? And that is very much in the culture and inherent to how Slack thinks about building everything, is thinking about that user first, and how do we make it more pleasant? How do we make it more fun? How do we give you more custom emojis? But it's a really great place to be, and again, I'll just, not even shameless, just full on, if you are listening to this and you have not built anything with Slack, please take a beat, do a favor for yourself, go to slack.dev. There is a super simple workshop right there. It's called Build an Automation with Slack. It walks you through building your first workflow automation. That's a great place to get started. There's also great content on Trailhead. There are so many ways to get your hands on Slack and start building things beyond just responding in channel, and I really, really hope that you do that, because it's going to set not only yourself up to be super valuable to your organization in this era of agents, but it also is going to open up so much more possibility for you career wise, because so many organizations are going to be using Slack as their employee agent delivery mechanism and an operating interface, that it's just, you got to get on. This is the time, I'm telling you right now, everybody get on board with Slack.

Mike: I'm thinking of the number of community, the Dreamin' events, almost all of the Dreamin' events I go to have a Slack channel, is that right term?

Gillian: Yeah.

Mike: Workspace?

Gillian: The Slack workspace, yeah, and the Trailblazer community. I know there's Ohana Slack. We have almost 100,000 people just in the Slack workspace alone who are Slack community members. And you mentioned Dreamin' events, one of the big goals I have this year for us as a Slack marketing team is to be present and to deliver really valuable Slack content at most of those Dreamin' events. So we want to be there, we're going to work on a way to get there.

Mike: Well, I'm also thinking of all the cool hands-on Trailhead module stuff that's coming out. Like, if you build something, this is worth going to one of those community Dreamin' events and presenting it, A, but B, also getting in touch with the coordinator and saying like, "How do you put this in your workspace?"

Gillian: Exactly, yes.

Mike: Especially for the Agentforce stuff. Can you imagine that? You could maybe even be in a workspace and just register for a Dreamin' event, using an agent.

Gillian: Look at that. Mike, you're thinking next level. I like it.

Mike: Just thinking ahead. I mean, I'm always thinking what I can ask my agent to do next. I also like saying that. That's what admins should think of, like, "I'm so cool, I have my own agent."

Gillian: Well, once you start understanding what an agent can do, there's a zillion different agents you want to build. I was just thinking this morning, "How great would it be if we had an agent in Slack that knew Slack, knew Salesforce documentation and developer stuff," and you could literally ask it, say, "Hey, I want to build an agent in Agentforce that does X, Y, and Z, and give me the recipe for how to build it," and it would give you like, "You need this flow, and you need this channel, and you need to enable this in your workspace, and you need to have..." It would basically tell you all the things you need to do, to then have that employee agent deployed and ready to go.

Mike: Yeah. I am thinking of a Jarvis for Slack. That's what I want.

Gillian: Of course you are.

Mike: It's basically, I sit down, when you sit down at your desk, and it would be like the whole screen, the whole Slack screen would just turn white and say, "Good morning, Mike." And it would say it in the Jarvis voice, not my voice, because I'm like George Costanza. If it was in my voice, it would be very weird. But it would be like, "Good morning, Mike. Here's what you missed overnight," because you know, we're global companies, we work on different time zones, and it would just give you your morning recap that you could have over coffee, until the agent can build you coffee. That's what I'm thinking. That would be the agent I want to build. I don't know if I'll get there, but I will try.

Gillian: It's pretty good. I mean, basically, what you need is an agent with a Jarvis voice to read your Slack recaps in the morning.

Mike: I mean, I have to believe, leaning on some of the accessibility stuff, that you're probably in that territory? We just really haven't perfected that voiceover, because there's other stuff too that can do text to speech, right?

Gillian: Mm-hmm. Well, and one of the things that we rolled out earlier this year was Slack AI for huddles. So huddle is basically a Google Meet, but with Slack and-

Mike: And a way more pleasant ringtone.

Gillian: Oh, yeah. And you could choose your own hold music, it's great. But what we have now is AI can capture the conversation, not only transcribe it, but then summarize it, and then continue to alter that summary based on the feedback you give them.

Mike: Smart. That's the best thing, that's literally the best thin about some of the AI stuff is meeting summaries, especially when you can't join them. You can just read through. We did that as a team a couple of weeks ago, when most of the team was out, and we sent the meeting summary, and Josh was like, "It was amazing." I read it, and I was like, "Yep, that was 100%, I could envision what the meeting was like, but I didn't have to sit through the hour and a half recording."

Gillian: Yeah, and then, it gives you suggested, like, "Here are the next steps. So-and-so should do this and so-and-so should do that." It's great.

Mike: Gillian, you have a bunch of links that you're going to send me, so I can include those in the show notes, and it was great to have you on. Thanks for coming back over to the platform side.

Gillian: Hey, I am so happy to be back, and I am very happy to be at Slack, but I want all of you to know that Salesforce admins are still in the center of my heart. So as I'm thinking about everything we're building over here, I am always thinking about, "How do we enable Salesforce admins to do all this cool stuff, too?" So thank you so much for having me, Mike, and it's so nice to be back.

Mike: So that was a fun episode, it was great to chat with Gillian. They are doing a lot of things over in Slack. I mean, I am all about Agentforce, and they are on the Agentforce train. Is it an Agentforce train? I'm going to say it's an Agentforce train. And the amount of cool things that Slack has going on, and just thinking of the possibilities not only of what you can integrate for applications in Slack, but also then, once you have Data Cloud hooked up into Salesforce, the integrations across your entire organization, you can basically make your conversation or your data conversational, which to me sounds really cool. I can't wait to see all of the stuff that they've got rolling out in the next few months. And boy, if you're not registered for TDX, this to me seems like one of the many reasons to come, on top of just all of the Agentforce stuff that you got to learn. Anyway, that was fun. I hope you enjoyed listening to the podcast. If you do, can you do me a favor? There should be like three dots in the app that you're listening on. Usually, you can hit those, and then you can share the episode. You can share it via social. There's a lot of different social channels out there, share it on your favorite social channel. Text it to your friends, or, hey, you know what? Post it in Slack. That seems very appropriate, to post the Slack podcast in Slack. Of course, if you're looking for more resources and all of the links that Gillian mentioned, your one stop, your one place to go, admin.salesforce.com is where you can find that, including a transcript of the show. That ought to be fun to read. You know what we didn't talk about? We didn't get a recipe this time. There's always been a recipe with Gillian. I'm going to have to maybe go back and see. You know what, we'll have to have her back on again, just to get a recipe for some holiday thing, because I feel like that's what we used to do when she was on the podcast. So anyway, remember, also, join the conversation. The Admin Trailblazer group, that's over in the Trailblazer community. Don't worry, like I said, links are in the show notes. So with that, until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

Gillian: I'm back.

Mike: Oh, boy. I don't even know how to begin this podcast with like... This is old pair of shoes, like weird.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Andrew Russo, Salesforce Architect at BACA Systems.

Join us as we chat about Salesforce Foundations and why it’s a game changer for solo admins and small orgs.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Andrew Russo.

The solo admin guide to Dreamforce Andrew calls himself a Salesforce Archi-admin-eloper. At BACA Systems he’s a team of one, managing a complex org with all sorts of flows and customizations. Despite his busy schedule, he also manages to get himself out there to all sorts of Salesforce events, so I wanted to chat with him about what caught his eye at Dreamforce as a solo admin.

Like everyone else, Andrew is psyched about the possibilities for generative AI and Agentforce. He knows that data health and cleanliness are crucial in order to take advantage of these new features, and he’s already started a project to implement Salesforce Knowledge in his org. But what he’s really psyched about is Salesforce Foundations.

What’s so exciting about Salesforce Foundations? Like many smaller companies, Andrew can’t easily do a pilot to test out larger features. “Having access to try things before you actually fully configure them is really helpful for us to look at where we can grow and move to with the platform,” he says.

Salesforce Foundations gives you access to all of the little features you wish you had from each cloud. For Andrew, they can swap over from using an external email marketing tool to doing everything in Salesforce. They’re also looking at implementing Salesforce Payments instead of doing it over the phone. While they may not be the shiniest tools in the toolbox, the time saved with these little features adds up in a small organization like Andrew’s.

Manage requests with a Salesforce roadmap One thing that can get tricky as a solo admin is handling requests while keeping the org on track. Andrew keeps a Lucidchart roadmap for where they’d like to be with things like data cleanup and their Salesforce Knowledge project, which helps him balance short-term needs with long-term goals. “We’re not trying to implement features just because we have them,” he says, “it has to align with ‘our company goals.”

Andrew has more to share about tips for solo admins, why you should get started going to Salesforce events, and the best cold pizza, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast to catch us every Thursday.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode:

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Andrew on X
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Bluesky social
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on Tiktok
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt:

Hey there, Salesforce Admins. So, buckle up because today we got Andrew Russo on board, who's not just managing the Salesforce org, but is essentially the captain of a one-man cruise ship. That's the analogy that we made. So, you like that? I said on board. No, but seriously, this guy is juggling a lot of flows, customizations, and data, much like we all are, and he's steering the ship solo, so single Salesforce admin.

Now, in today's chat, we're talking about everything from taming data gremlins to rolling out Salesforce Knowledge, but big is what he found impactful at Dreamforce this year, which was Salesforce Foundations. And we're also getting some insight into how Andrew's planning on keeping his org ready for the next wave of AI. And of course, we reminisce a little bit about Dreamforce, and it wouldn't be a Salesforce Admins podcast without food. This time we're talking pizza. No surprise.

So, before we get Andrew on though, make sure you're following the Salesforce Admins Podcast on your favorite podcast app or wherever you listen to podcasts. That way, as soon as a new episode becomes available, it will download. So, that being said, let's get Andrew on the podcast. So, Andrew, welcome to the podcast.

Andrew Russo:

Thank you for having me.

Mike Gerholdt:

Absolutely. Well, it's been a little bit since you've been on, so let's refresh everybody's memory. What have you been up to and what do you do in the Salesforce ecosystem?

Andrew Russo:

So, right now, my role is as the Salesforce architect, admin, developer. I mean, we're a small company at BACA Systems, so I'm the solo Salesforce resource. So, I kind of play a lot of hats and I manage our entire org. So, that's the main thing that I do here. We have a lot of flows, of customization. So, I've been trying to learn a lot about that and how to manage our complex org.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. Captain of the ship, which is what most admins play.

Andrew Russo:

Yeah. It's a big ship though. It's challenging.

Mike Gerholdt:

I know. Yep. Well, the whole goal is to grow the ship and then maybe you get a fleet of people to help you.

Andrew Russo:

It started as a rowboat. Currently, it's like a cruise ship with one person in charge of it, and cruise ships are hard to drive with one person.

Mike Gerholdt:

They could be, yes, but you need to have resident comedian, house band, buffet. I'm sure those are all fun analogies to things.

Before we go down the cruise ship line, that's for another podcast, let's talk about, you were at Dreamforce and I think a few Salesforce Admins were at Dreamforce. If not, they definitely saw some of the content that's online. I'd love to know when you get back from, was it three days of Dreamforce now? And the content that you're a part of and the notes that you've taken, what are some of the things that you do to think about what's next or to put into action some of the things that you learned?

Andrew Russo:

Yeah. I think when I'm there, really the big thing is I like to take high-level notes when I'm there. I think if you get too in the details trying to take notes, it's hard for me at least to go and actually take actual things. So, generally what I've learned to do is I take some of the high-level notes of key areas and then I go back to them. So, when I'm there, I'm able to just focus on the content and the learning and connecting with other people in the community, and then I go back to the content that I thought was really helpful and I look at it.

But for me, right now, if I think about some of the big takeaways, one of them was data quality and really getting everything in shape is probably the most critical thing that you can do for an existing org like us. Trying to fix those type of things that are just foundational to support all of our future things we're trying to do.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. I mean, I know anecdotally from seeing some of the session data, all of the sessions that were about data and cleanliness were really well attended, and it makes sense, right? Because good data in, good data out, and now good data for AI to consume.

Andrew Russo:

Exactly. I think that's probably one of the biggest drivers is looking forward of the AI, and it's also thinking about what can we do to position ourselves to be ready for generative AI and how that will play a role. Thinking about on our service side, one of the big projects that became probably one of our top projects we're going to be rolling out, Salesforce Knowledge, I think was probably one of the biggest takeaways or actionable things that I now am ... That's my big project for this fall is to get our Knowledge base for service up and going to help our customers.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, that's no small feat. I feel like that's building your own library.

Andrew Russo:

It is building a library, an organization system and structure for a library, and then getting everyone who hasn't gone to the library in years to want to go to this library, and authors.

Mike Gerholdt:

Free library cards for everybody. Exactly. Yeah, I know authoring, ah, fun times.

Andrew Russo:

That's probably the hardest part is getting the content created.

Mike Gerholdt:

Mm-hmm. You mentioned you're an admin of one, and I want to get into some of the stuff that was announced at Dreamforce because that's why I had you on. But one other thing that crossed my mind, for admins of companies that are smaller and everybody defines their own size, how do you see AI and some of the new Agentforce features rolling into orgs like that?

Andrew Russo:

I think, for me, I was actually lucky enough to be able be part of some of the pilot stuff that happened. And one of the biggest ones, which it sounds crazy, but the formula one, that's to help you with formula fields. So, you could do it when you're making a formula field for a row level summary for reporting as well as on the admin side to just explain a formula. It sounds so simple, but the amount of effort that that has saved me from finding those pesky, you're missing the parentheses, or you had a curly comma or the curly single quote instead of it being a straight single quote. So, it doesn't work. Those kind of things, having it where it just fixes it, it's like the quality of life features for an admin that are amazing.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I never thought about it that way. That's a good perspective.

Andrew Russo:

Especially if you think about copying and pasting. That's where it's challenging.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, that's 90% of how I wrote all my formulas was copy and paste. "Somebody else, please write the formula. Okay, there's about 90% of the formula that I need. Let me just plug in the fields that it makes sense to."

A lot of this stuff ... I mean, obviously Agentforce was the big headliner at Dreamforce this year, but you pointed out you really see also the not off Broadway show that Salesforce talked about, which was Foundations. So, tell me from your perspective why as a Salesforce admin, Foundations was so big at Dreamforce this year for you?

Andrew Russo:

Yeah. I think Foundations, I mean, when I was watching the keynote, it was almost, I think kind of the last ... I think it was soft announced just right before Dreamforce, but then during the keynote it was also kind of re-announced it. I think that what was announced of what's included with it, having some of the different parts, like we're a small company, I don't really have the opportunity to just go try out some of the big, more expensive or larger features. I don't have the ability to just, "Oh, well let me go try and do some pilot..." It's kind of challenging. So, having access to a try before you actually go fully configure is really helpful for us to be able to look at where can we grow and move to with the platform?

Mike Gerholdt:

I mean, are you looking at data integrations across marketing or commerce or service? I mean, I know you mentioned Knowledge.

Andrew Russo:

Yeah. So, having Knowledge now is definitely a big thing. So, some of the little parts like sales and service cloud that were really heavily overlap, but just a little couple things, now that it's kind of more unified to be one thing, it makes it a lot easier. So, now we have access to Knowledge for all of our search [inaudible 00:08:41]. So, it kind of enabled that project, which we need to support generative AI as we go into the future too.

Mike Gerholdt:

I suppose we jumped maybe a little bit of the cart in front of the horse. For you, if you had to describe Foundations to another Salesforce admin, maybe they didn't hear about that, how would you describe it?

Andrew Russo:

All of the features that you wish you had five months ago that you now have. Just the little bits of the features, I think, that's how I look at it, as like, they're the features that you wish you had, but you would've had to go buy multiple cloud to just get the small, little piece that you wish you had.

Mike Gerholdt:

Gotcha. Well, that sounds awesome. So, it can be, like I remember sitting in Dreamforce keynotes and hearing sometimes about features that we were using, sometimes about features that we weren't using. With multiple features being announced as part of Foundations, for you, how did you prioritize your one admin, your one org? Obviously, you just can't go and it's like a gym locker and turn all the light switches on. How are you kind of prioritizing what features to use and how to roll them out?

Andrew Russo:

Yeah. So, for us, it's really about looking at where do we want to be strategically. So, I actually have a lucid chart, which I took one of the ... I think on the architect website, they have a roadmap one, so I kind of just copied that and then I just changed it a little bit and did a lot of copy paste and modified it. So, it's just a really high-level view of what we're doing as a company with Salesforce, just so that I can also show from a strategic point of view when people have these requests of like, "Oh, well, I want this." "Okay, but here's kind of what we have. We don't have an unlimited bandwidth here, so is that more important than all of these?" And then, that helps to keep requests that don't really make sense or align with the company goals.

So, that kind of became still the guiding light to it, and I think that even after Dreamforce, that didn't change a lot because it's still what are the company priorities? We're not just trying to go implement features because now we have them. It has to align with what our company goals are.

Mike Gerholdt:

That makes sense. That definitely also helps you prioritize, right?

Andrew Russo:

It helps me prioritize and also it helps me keep focused on what's the important thing that we need to do to keep our business growing overall?

Mike Gerholdt:

So, I realized this when I was sitting down, what are we going to talk about? A lot of the times we talk about the benefit to the admin, because that's the person listening, right? "What's it matter to me?" But so often, everything that we implement, everything that we do is on behalf of a user because we know sitting in their chair what their pain points are. How for you, is the admin looking to communicate some of the benefits of Foundations to your users?

Andrew Russo:

Yeah. I think it's looking at where the challenges are. An example for us that's why I'm also really excited for it is today we use an external marketing email sending tool that we just take exports of emails, put them in, send email list. So, on the sales side, we use sales engagement to send the sales cadences, right?

Mike Gerholdt:

Sure.

Andrew Russo:

Just a very small tree one just for trying to drip information about a specific product, but we're not doing full-scale marketing across the board, but for that use case today, right now, we're sending it out like that, but with Foundations now, we can use the marketing emails that get sent and it's essentially can do exactly what that is, but just from Salesforce. So, we can skip the whole having to send it out, then the emails will log in Salesforce, so our sales team can see when they were sent. Right now, the ones that are sent as bulk mail don't show up in Salesforce.

So, just that little quality of life thing and it's just easier overall. That's kind of a big thing, but we don't have a strong use case to go get a giant marketing automation system because honestly, we don't have the people to go generate all the content for that. Right?

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. Well, I mean, I think it's always, you never have to apologize for the size that you are. I think that's, "Oh, we're not a big organization." That's okay. You're the size that you are and you're also proportionate. You always need a couple more admins, right? But you're proportionate to the size that you can support. You don't need to apologize for, "Well, we're not this massive $10 billion email monster."

Andrew Russo:

It would be nice, but also I feel like if I got a bunch of emails from us every day, I would be a little ... Just thinking from the customer point of view, who I get emails from vendors and stuff like that all the time. I'm like, "Lululemon, how do you get me an email every day, 5:00 to 6:00 PM?" But I look at them like, "I should unsubscribe." But I also am like, "Okay. Well, I haven't yet, but I get them every day 5:00 to 6:00 PM."

Mike Gerholdt:

No. Sure.

Andrew Russo:

So, somehow it's enough that ... So, it's like, how do we become the company that can give information that's valuable enough that people don't want to unsubscribe because they find value in the content, but also be able to manage doing that?

Mike Gerholdt:

I know. I've got a whole folder of emails that's like that, that I don't want to unsubscribe because that one time that I need to get something, chances are they probably will have emailed me maybe a 20% off code. I'm just cheap enough that I want to keep those emails going to get that 20% off.

You mentioned marketing and email and stuff like that, that makes you think of the app exchange and the upgrade includes access to third-party extensions through the app exchange. Are you looking at ways or maybe things you could do now with that?

Andrew Russo:

Yeah. I think for us, a couple of the areas that we're excited also to extend out is one of those is on collecting payments and stuff. Right? We've got sales cloud, we've got service, which means we've got revenue, but we need to collect payments.

Mike Gerholdt:

It's very important. Right?

Andrew Russo:

It is very important. Today, right now, when they want to take ... They just log into this separate system. They type in a card number, right? The customer calls over the phone, they type it in, they process the payment, they download the PDF receipt, they send it to the customer. Right? So, it's not a good experience. It also takes time. But if we could send a link-

Mike Gerholdt:

Sure.

Andrew Russo:

... that then the customer could put their stuff into themselves. And maybe we include that link on the invoice ahead of time so the customer could self enter it in and we don't even have to have that phone conversation because it's just not a good experience. That's kind of big, and we could do that now.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. And I mean, you think of that person's time, rarely are they hired to just do that. There's also other things they need to do, but they've ... It just so happens, I imagine maybe over the lunch hour they get busy because that's when everybody calls in to make their payments really quick because they have to talk to a person.

Andrew Russo:

Exactly. The exact problem of like ... Or, they're busy working on sending out invoices to some of the other customers and now they're, "Oh, well, a phone call came in." You can't hold off on a phone call because you don't want to put a customer on hold or have it just ring continuously. So, you have to pick up that. Trying to prioritize ways to not have to do that type of thing.

Also, from a customer point of view, if I got a link that I could pay with Apple Pay or that I could put a card into myself, and when I've got an iPhone, it auto-fills my card that I have saved, that's a lot better of an experience.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. I had no idea, not that I want to turn this into an Apple Pay podcast, about a year and a half ago, finally the Luddite in me got to using Apple Pay, and since then, the frictionless payment method of Apple Pay has caused me to buy a lot more things than I probably should have.

Andrew Russo:

I think, honestly, for me, if I think about as a customer experience, everyone hates paying utility bills, right? Became a homeowner, I have utility bills that come in. The easiest one I have to pay, that's not an auto-pay one, because auto-pay is kind of scary to an extent. You don't realize how much money goes out. It's nice. But the one that I have is the water bill. It literally has a QR on it. It comes quarterly. The QR code, you scan it with your phone, it opens. You can click Apple Pay. You put in the amount, which you just type the amount that's on it. You click pay and it's done. It's the easiest thing I've ever had.

Mike Gerholdt:

That's nice.

Andrew Russo:

That's the kind of experience we want to deliver as a company.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. Well, congrats on being a homeowner. That's a big step.

Andrew Russo:

It is a big step. Midwest homeowner life.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, did you just become a homeowner over the summer?

Andrew Russo:

No, it's a year now.

Mike Gerholdt:

Okay. So, you've been through a winter, so you already know.

Andrew Russo:

Oh, yeah, we had an ice storm last winter.

Mike Gerholdt:

The water bill isn't the scariest thing that'll come in.

Andrew Russo:

No, the water bill is not. The when you get sod bill after that with the water bill is. Also, when you have woods around you and I have corn fields that are relatively close, that's really fun when there's a big ice storm.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yes.

Andrew Russo:

And you go to Harbor Freight to get a generator, so the next move that I did during that.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. Those battery generators, I will tell you, I stumbled across one of those over the summer to go for a lot of the shows that I do. And man, I really like that, having that in my house. I got one that's just big enough that'll run a refrigerator for a day. I hope I never have to use it, but knowing I have it, it's peace of mind.

Andrew Russo:

It's peace of mind. Exactly. Going back into the Salesforce world for off of our Midwest problems and woes.

Mike Gerholdt:

I mean, every now and then, you got to ... It's like a commercial break. You got to have a commercial break.

Andrew Russo:

Well, if we want commercial, I know that you don't unsubscribe to the Casey's Pizza email coupon.

Mike Gerholdt:

No, I don't. And they use Salesforce too.

Andrew Russo:

You got to be careful when those come through.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. Well, speaking of which, they have a jalapeno popper pizza, and if you listen to this podcast and you get Casey's Pizza and you get the jalapeno popper pizza, which say that five times fast, let me tell you how amazingly good it is when you put it in your fridge right away and eat it the next day. Don't eat it hot. It's okay hot. It is amazing as cold pizza because then the cream cheese sets up. Aces.

Andrew Russo:

Honestly, cold pizza, for me, I'm a big fan.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, yeah. I mean, I'll always eat cold pizza, but this pizza in particular, Andrew, I'm telling you it is life-changing because it tastes like a jalapeno popper, but when you get it and it's fresh and it's warm, it just doesn't work for me. I don't know. Also, I want them to bring back their bacon cheeseburger pizza because that was the best pizza they ever had.

Andrew Russo:

That does sound good.

Mike Gerholdt:

It's amazing. It's amazing. And they put some sort of brisket thing. They keep dancing around, not bringing back the best pizza they ever made, which people would argue is the taco, and their taco is good.

Andrew Russo:

They might be listening and it might come soon.

Mike Gerholdt:

I hope, man.

Andrew Russo:

It'd be a wish.

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, God. Anyway, we should talk Foundations. Back to the show. Ladies and gentlemen, now resuming progress. Already in progress, whatever. I mentioned a lot about Foundations. What haven't I mentioned that stands out to you is like admins should know about this?

Andrew Russo:

I think one of the biggest areas that admins haven't all been able to fully touch, like I think if I step back and look at what was the most impactful thing at Dreamforce? I had another admin who was talking to me. They did the Agentforce launchpad and they have said that experience, just sitting down and you're just talking with your voice and it generated an agent for you, a proof of concept of it, they said that alone was worth going to Dreamforce.

Mike Gerholdt:

Wow.

Andrew Russo:

So, that type of thing, Agentforce, as much as it's like, "Okay. Well, is it just hype?" I think it has a lot of utility. Even yesterday, I was having a conversation with someone and they were asking, and I didn't know exactly the context. They had asked, "Is there any way to chat with your Knowledge-based [inaudible 00:22:18]?" I was like, I think I just said, "What do you mean?" And then it was, "Elaborate..." Like, what do they mean? And they were like, "Well, if you wanted to just have a conversation with it and ask question about how to set stuff up." And I'm like, "Um, that's called Agentforce."

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah.

Andrew Russo:

It can do that. That's kind of the whole point of it. It's like, think about the customer experience of it. You're like, "Well, I don't have a thing." Say that you're selling software. Your customer installs the software, like a trial version, wants to get up and running. They want help setting it up. Do you want them to have to call and wait on hold possibly and then not buy the software? Because they're like, "Hey, I'm going to go to this other company who's got it that you don't have to wait on hold talking to somebody." That type of experience, it starts to make a lot of sense.

Mike Gerholdt:

Absolutely. It's a good example. As we wrap up, you go to a lot of Salesforce events. As a Salesforce admin, if you had advice for other admins out there looking at the breadth of what is available for them to go to, because there's user groups, there's world tours, there's TrailblazerDX, there's obviously Dreamforce. How do you kind of plan out ... I know you go to a lot, but strategically, if you had to give admins advice on what events should they go to, how should they plan their year so that they stay up to date, they stay knowledgeable, they stay connected?

Andrew Russo:

If I was going to pick, I'm going to say one Salesforce official event that Salesforce hosted, if I had to choose one, I would probably say TrailblazerDX. Honestly, if you're an admin, that's the one to be at. Dreamforce has a lot of announcements and stuff, but it was a lot more technical, I will say, this year than ever in the past. But TrailblazerDX, it's a smaller event. It's a lot more manageable to go to. You're seeing a lot more. It's admin focused. The admin is the heart of TrailblazerDX.

But the other thing is, go to a local community event that's there, or even just Trailblazer Community groups are a great resource to go to. And for me, when I go to the events, like I said at the beginning, it's like full circle. When I go, I focus on high level and then I come back to the content after. I'll take the notes and I'll try and go back to it. But I really like just connecting with people. I think the friendships that you build in person are the most valuable thing out of going to different events.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. No, I couldn't agree more. Andrew, thanks so much for coming on the podcast and opening my eyes to Foundations because I know I was knee-deep into Agentforce at Dreamforce, so I appreciate that.

Andrew Russo:

Yeah, no problem. It was a really great time. And also, pizza. I think I might get pizza or Culver's.

Mike Gerholdt:

I'm telling you, if you're a regular listener to the podcast, the food diversion is going to happen at some point in every episode. I've had people call out the fact that I've talked about Casey's Pizza before. And if you don't live in the Midwest, it's literally mind-boggling for people to be like, "That's gas station pizza." Yeah, it's gas station pizza at another level. Also, their breakfast pizza, in my opinion, now that they got rid of the bacon cheeseburger, their breakfast pizza might be the single best pizza on the planet.

Andrew Russo:

I just realized something, and we might talk, there might be food diversions, but the caramel apple spice or pumpkin spice, or what is it? Do you remember? I'm thinking back, it's October though. It's like the exact month.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. I mean, it's pumpkin spice season right now. My mom's huge into pumpkin spice. I think growing up I had too much pumpkin pie as a kid. I can't do pumpkin pie.

Andrew Russo:

Well, is a PSL pumpkin spice latte or permission set license?

Mike Gerholdt:

No. I can do that. I know, right? Both. And that's the one exception that I make to the ick of pumpkin spice is I do like at least one pumpkin spice latte, which sounds weird.

Andrew Russo:

I can say I haven't had one in probably three-plus years.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, when you have one-

Andrew Russo:

I don't know-

Mike Gerholdt:

... you're going to realize the mistake you've made by not having one.

Andrew Russo:

I know. I might get one tomorrow.

Mike Gerholdt:

You should, along with some Casey's breakfast pizza, because that sounds amazing. Literally, all the time. Andrew, thanks so much for being on the podcast.

Andrew Russo:

Thank you for having me.

Mike Gerholdt:

So, that was a fun conversation with Andrew. I hope you enjoyed the episode. He really seems to have his head wrapped around a lot of different things and is really paying attention to both keeping in sync with features that Salesforce is rolling out, along with the needs and direction that his organization is looking for him to go to.

And of course, I warned you, if you're hungry, and probably not hungry no more, you're going to order pizza tonight. But if you're looking for some tips, not necessarily pizza tips, although there are a few podcasts with recipes in them, you can find all of that over at admin.salesforce.com for everything that you'll need, including a full transcript of the episode. And if you'd like to get more information, follow along, connect with other Salesforce Admins, be sure to join the Admin Trailblazer group in the Trailblazer Community. Of course, all those links will be in the show notes for the episode.

So, with that, I think we've covered a lot. We've laid a good foundation, as you would say. Until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, Josh Birk talks to Jagan Nathan, Technical Architect with Customer Success at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about guest user anomalies and what you can do about them with the Threat Detection app.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jagan Nathan.

The most important thing for a successful Data Cloud migration Jagan works as a Technical Architect with the Customer Success Group at Salesforce. He’s focused on helping businesses use Data Cloud to de-silo their data so they can get a full picture of their customers.

Jagan estimates that 60-70% of the time you spend on a Data Cloud migration is used to make sure you understand what needs to be done. That’s because the most important decisions are around what objects and data sources you want to map and how it all fits together. If you need help getting started, his team has put together the Data Cloud Workbook Template to walk you through everything.

What is a guest user anomaly and why is it dangerous for your data security? The biggest security issues Jagan encounters in orgs come from changes made to profiles and permissions over time. All those consultants can begin to add up! At some point, you need to do an audit of who can see what and apply the principle of least privilege.

And that’s the reason we brought Jagan on the pod, because one way this can happen is through something called a guest user anomaly. Essentially, it’s when a guest user account has more access than it otherwise than it should. For example, an Apex class that allows them pull all of your data. It’s the kind of thing that’s difficult to identify but can leave you primed for a data breach if you don’t know about it.

How the Threat Detection app can help you identify guest user anomalies The good news is that there’s something you can do about guest user anomalies. If your org has Event Monitoring, you can use the Threat Detection app to identify problematic accounts and take action. It uses the power of machine learning to figure out where the gaps are in your permissions and flag them for you.

In fact, the Threat Detection app can help you monitor all sorts of other anomalies, too. Like if a user who does their reports in the same time window each week suddenly logs in at 3 a.m. to pull a bunch of data, or someone based in Albuquerque logs in from Finland. It can even monitor your APIs. And the best part is that enabling Threat Detection is as easy as turning on the permission set.

Jagan gets into more specifics in our interview, so be sure to take a listen. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Security Guide: Threat Detection * Salesforce Security Guide: Guest User Anomaly * Salesforce Help: Best Practices for Investigating Guest User Anomalies * Trailhead: Get Started with Event Monitoring

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Jagan on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on Tiktok
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Josh Birk: Hello Admins, it's your guest host Josh Birk here. Today, I'm going to welcome Jagan Nathan to talk about some very specific things about security, specifically quirks in security that can sometimes be a little difficult to detect and how we're going to help you detect them. So without further ado, let's go to Jagan. All right. Today on the show we welcome Jagan. Did I do that right, Jagan?

Jagan Nathan : Yes.

Josh Birk: All right. We're going to talk about some very interesting security things, but first of all, welcome to the show.

Jagan Nathan : Thank you, once again, for having me.

Josh Birk: Thanks. All right, well, let's start, once again, in some of your early years. How did you originally get into computing?

Jagan Nathan : Oh, yeah. So back then during school days, we used to play Counter-Strike. We have in-house network connected with a group of friends.

Josh Birk: Nice.

Jagan Nathan : So that is how we started into it. We started in a playful mode and then we slowly started programming and all those aspects to it.

Josh Birk: Did you actually get into modding Half-Life and all that stuff?

Jagan Nathan : Not really.

Josh Birk: Got it. Nice. How did you originally get involved with Salesforce?

Jagan Nathan : Salesforce, initially I got trained in the Java platform and then back then we got a new project on Salesforce and we have been asked if we could try this out and then I initially thought of giving it a try. I initially thought Salesforce is purely sales driven or some sort of MBA-related work, but that is how it was. And then slowly I got into it. It was quite interesting. And then back then it was even more interesting without Trailhead. We had a lot of learnings. We used to push in developer forums. It was quite challenging and interesting. From that point of time, there's no looking back. We just love this platform.

Josh Birk: Nice. How did you find the transition from Java to Apex?

Jagan Nathan : So I was able to correlate most of our things through the basic modules. I usually compare Java-related world with Salesforce Apex related, so that it was easy for me during the transition phase.

Josh Birk: Got it. And how would you describe your current job?

Jagan Nathan : So current job is more of a technical architect part of customer success group. Work with different set of customers. Each customers have their own set of challenges and problems to be solved. So right now I'm even focusing on the Data Cloud related piece of it. Try to stitch in the data from multiple data source what customer is having. They have a lot of silos data across the platform. We are using the power of Data Cloud to bring in and harmonize all those data.

Josh Birk: Got it. I feel like that's a very common thing at the company right now. So welcome to the club. Just as on that topic itself, especially when it comes to Admins, are you finding any particular specific challenges that run into when they start adopting Data Cloud?

Jagan Nathan : Our Data Cloud, the best part is we at Salesforce, we have a template called Data Cloud Workbook Template, which is mainly recommended for all the admins and then whoever is trying to configure Data Cloud. So Data Cloud, what we have seen so far is 60 to 70 percentage of time we need to spend on understanding what needs to be done, like what objects we're going to map, what are the data sources we're going to map. So we have a pretty good decent template out there called Data Cloud Workbook Template, which is highly recommended for our customers so that they spend a lot of time on what needs to be done, what fields needs to be mapped, what should be the data sources. So once we have that in place, admin life looks even more simple.

Josh Birk: Got it. Nice. And I think I'm going to ask this in the right way because I believe I don't know the answer, but since we're talking about security today, does Data Cloud offer any new thoughts on what to be concerned with security, or does it just kind of bolt itself on the platform and the platform is taking care of security like it normally would?

Jagan Nathan : Yes. So Data Cloud currently supports our data spaces. We have this concept called data space filters through which we can set up the security of it so that authorized users can access a particular set of data instead of accessing all Data Cloud data.

Josh Birk: Got it. Before we get into some of the specifics, when you first start talking to clients and customers, are there very common security issues that you find people aren't concerned about or aren't aware of that they should be aware of?

Jagan Nathan : Yeah, so the main concerns or challenges what customer was facing right now is down the line, Salesforce or a lot of consulting companies work for them and then they have tons of changes made on the profiles and the permissions, and then someone got access to something which they are not supposed to. For example, I have seen customers, some marks, they have lot of sales users have export report function permissions and a customer is thinking about do they really need those export reports permission? Definitely not, only a subset of users need that. So it is all about backtracking and trying to find out how did they got this permission? Do we really need to give this user a permission to those reports? That is one of the challenges there.

Josh Birk: Right. Nice. It's amazing how many of the security issues really can be boiled down to the concept of lease privilege.

Jagan Nathan : Oh, yeah. There are a lot of things happening around the permissions and then recently we also rolled out object permissions and permission sets, for example, how the particular permission got assigned to the particular user. Is it through profiles or a permission set? So we have all those enhancements as part of recent releases too.

Josh Birk: Right. Now today we're going to talk about a very specific one, and I'm going to give you credit because I had not heard of this, although I think I was kind of aware of the concept, I swear back from my IoT days, but we're going to talk about what a guest user anomaly is. Let's start at the beginning. Define that for me. What is a guest user anomaly?

Jagan Nathan : So this guest user anomaly, before we talk about it, in the last podcast we discussed about event monitoring in general, what are the events we have as part of event monitoring. For the listeners, to give a quick background, event monitoring is a subscription-based QVF. The beauty of our Salesforce platform is everything is built on top of event-driven architecture, right from the user logs in, logs out, when the user access the list views or reports, all those are captured as events at the backend. So when it comes to threat detection, threat detection is one of the submodule of the event monitoring, which comes free of cost. If customer has event monitoring, then they would be able to use threat detection free of cost. So threat detection has a lot of events built into it and one of the events is a guest user anomaly event. So guest user anomaly is one of the interesting event because there are a lot of customers who are using guest users in their communities or back then they used to have a Force.com site. So they have built a business process surrounding guest user. So here at Salesforce what we thought is why can't we build a guest user anomaly even so that customers would be able to identify if there is any threat around the guest user.

Josh Birk: What sort of traffic is the threat detector picking up that says this is a guest user and then this is a guest user anomaly?

Jagan Nathan : So behind the scenes we have a lot of machine learning methods through which we constantly understand the profile of a guest user, what they are supposed to access. And there are a lot of parameters at the backend, which is quite black box for the customer, which is totally handled at the product side. So at the higher level we use a machine learning algorithm to detect if there are any information which the guest user is not supposed to access to, but due to some different options, if the guest user is able to access it, then we are throwing that as guest user anomaly events to our customers.

Josh Birk: So go down one more level to that for me because it was interesting that, so I've set up a guest user, I expect him to have this set of lease privileges, but you're saying there might be some things that I did in setup that would cause an unexpected ability to access data. Is that what the anomaly is?

Jagan Nathan : For an example to deep dive into it, let's say we have lightning community, which is running on a guest user mode, and then behind the scenes it all starts with the OWD settings. So our recommendation for a default external access is a public read or some customers might have a public read. It depends on the business use cases. Let's say if there is any suspicion even caused by a guest user, for example, if there is a Apex class which runs in without sharing mode for an example, and then if that guest user through some ways, if they are able to get the data, which they are not supposed to get. So in this scenario in general, guest users should not have access to the objects. But in a worst case, if something happens and if there is any Apex class without sharing, if they're able to get some information out of it, so it is inadvertently permitting the guest user to access some data which they are not supposed to.

Josh Birk: Got it. So it's nothing necessarily that the admin would see from a setup point of view when it comes to inspecting profiles or permission sets or anything like that, but it would be access to et cetera, et cetera, something else like an Apex class and then how that was designed is giving them access to something that's outside of their profile.

Jagan Nathan : Exactly. From the admin standpoint, what we recommend is whatever list views which are getting shared, make sure it is getting shared only with a certain set of groups which are set to private. That is one recommendation, what we could say to our customers. And then the next one is make sure to do a proper analysis on all the sharing rules we have. Do we have any sharing rules, which is sharing with any side guest user? That is one option we would recommend.

Josh Birk: What are some inherent risks here? Is it simply access to data that they shouldn't have or can it get more nefarious than that?

Jagan Nathan : Let's say if that guest user is not supposed to access the data what they should have, then what happens at the background, it could lead to a data breach in the near future because there could be some guest user, there could be some data Apex class which runs in without sharing mode, for example. It gives a view all data of all the accounts, then the guest user would get all the accounts. Then that eventually turned out to be a data breach.

Josh Birk: Got it. Got it. In reference to these tools, let's assume that an admin, they're not familiar with it. What does it look like? Is this a report that they're going to run from time to time? Is this an app that's going to alert them that maybe something is wrong? What's the user interface here that's letting them know that there's a red flag?

Jagan Nathan : So it all starts with a permission. So there is a permission called view threat detection event. So once that permission get assigned to us through a permission set, then we will get access to a threat detection app. So threat detection app, once you navigate to a threat detection app, we should be able to see the list of anomalies. For example, if there is any guest user anomaly happens, then we will see a record on the threat detection that says guest user anomaly event. Then it is up to customer to take up a decision if they really think it's a threat, or else, if they think it's not a threat, they can provide feedback back to Salesforce.

Josh Birk: Got it. So it is kind of a constant monitoring, taking action when they feel like that was definitely a set of data that this person shouldn't be able to have access to.

Jagan Nathan : Exactly. So in addition to it, we are also giving customers option to build a transaction security policy as well. Transaction security policy is something like it is automatically monitoring the trades. For example, guest user anomaly is one event. So we have an anomaly event called report anomaly event. For example, user is everyday logging in on a particular time interval and they are working on the reports, but suddenly if the user works over the weekend or suddenly if the user tries to connect from a different VPN network altogether, and if that particular user is trying to export a report, if that report count is more than 10 million rows, for an example, then Salesforce can throw that as an anomaly event and then customer can take up an action. If they really feel it's a threat, then they can block it or else they can add it in some audit log for their purposes.

Josh Birk: Got it. Without going into too much detail, what are some of the other events that the threat detector is monitoring?

Jagan Nathan : One of the event is a session hijacking event. This is more of a customer-focused attack event. For example, if any attacker is trying to steal information from using client access to their web application, then through session hijacking event we would be able to identify if the attacker tries to hijack the client's session by obtaining some session token.

Josh Birk: Got it. How about APIs?

Jagan Nathan : API, that is super important. Thanks for bringing that up. So behind the scenes what we do is once we have the streaming and storage enabled for API anomaly, let's say there's an integration user who periodically runs the API scan and then they get data out for business processes, but suddenly out of nowhere, if the integration user is trying to export more than X number of records or else the way the integration user is pulling the data, for example, the row count might be new or else they might be logging in from a different IP address or some sort of anomalies. So what Salesforce does at the backend is it constantly understand the pattern of how that API user is being used for all the API requests. And if Salesforce thinks the new request is quite different from the existing request in the past, then Salesforce will throw it as an anomaly.

Josh Birk: Got it. So kind of at a high level, because if we look at the session hijacking, that's where I steal your cookie for lack of a better term. I steal your session ID, I hijack your identity, I try to access Salesforce as you, that would be something very difficult for somebody, a human on the Salesforce side to detect, well, that's not Jagan, that's Josh. With the APIs it's sort of similar. It looks like somebody knocking on the door and the fact that they are doing something once that door is open that's anomalous is not something easy for a detect and then finally going back to the guest user. So at a high level, the threat detector is giving us this machine learning eyeball into what the traffic is coming out and saying, "Hey, that thing doesn't..." It's kind of like when you get the fraud alerts, right? It's like you don't normally buy $300 worth of goods in Ohio,. Maybe you should call us before we spend $300. But it gives us this suite of tools to be able to do that kind of investigation.

Jagan Nathan : Yeah, perfect. Exactly.

Josh Birk: Nice. Where can people learn more?

Jagan Nathan : Oh, yeah. So we have a help article, which we'll be adding it in the podcast as well. That help article talks about threat detection and how the machine learning algorithm at high level works and how customers can proactively build a transaction security policy on top of it to play around with the threat detections.

Josh Birk: Nice. And once again, this is not a licensed add-on, it's on a SKU, it's once somebody turns on the permission set, they're good to go.

Jagan Nathan : Yes, exactly.

Josh Birk: Very nice. In general, do you have any security resources that you'd like to share?

Jagan Nathan : Oh, yeah. In general?

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Jagan Nathan : I will add that as well.

Josh Birk: Okay, perfect. Well, Jagan, thank you so much for the great conversation information. That was a lot of fun.

Jagan Nathan : Good. Thank you so much to, Joshua, for having me again.

Josh Birk: I want to thank Jagan for the great conversation information. And as always, I want to thank you for listening. If you want to learn more about this podcast, head on over to admin.salesforce.com and of course you can subscribe to it in the podcast client of your choice. Thanks again for listening everybody. I'll talk to you soon.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to John Demby, Director of Solution Engineering at Tableau.

Join us as we chat about Tableau Pulse, Tableau Einstein, and how easy it is to get started.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with John Demby.

Getting to know Tableau Pulse and Tableau Einstein John leads a team of demo engineers for Tableau. What that means is they get their hands on all the new solutions and products ahead of time, and use them to make cool things. And two of the coolest, newest things out there are Tableau Pulse and Tableau Einstein.

Tableau Einstein takes all of the goodness of Tableau, the powerful features of Data Cloud, a new semantic layer called Tableau Semantics, and brings that into Salesforce. There’s also a Tableau Agent, allowing you to open up the power of business intelligence and analytics to everyone on your team through Agentforce.

Introduction to Tableau Pulse “We started thinking about how people consume data,” John says, “and I think it’s changed.” People want to consume data within the flow of their work. They don’t want to have to go looking around for things, or sift through multiple dashboards to figure out what information is relevant.

That’s where Tableau Pulse comes in. It provides contextual, relevant insights from your data directly into Salesforce. With a simple KPI scorecard, you and your users can see what metrics are up, what metrics are down, and get insights about the next steps you should take.

AI-infused and ready to share The scorecards Tableau Pulse provides are just the beginning because you can also ask it questions. Pulse is AI-infused, meaning you can ask plain language questions to generate specific insights about your data. It’s also built for collaboration, so it’s easy to take these insights and start a conversation with anyone else in your organization.

Getting Tableau Pulse is as easy as installing a managed package in your Salesforce instance. “We’ve made it really for a Salesforce Admin to set this up with little to no Tableau experience,” John says. There are nine premade dashboards to get you started, and it’s easy to customize things to get something that works for you.

John shares a lot more great stuff about Tableau Pulse and Tableau Einstein, so be sure to take a listen. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Get Tableau Pulse * More about Tableau Pulse * What is Tableau Einstein?

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • John on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on Tiktok
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast we've got the much loved John Demby, our resident Tableau guru, here to talk about some of the really super cool things that Tableau has come out with, specifically Tableau Pulse and Tableau Einstein. Now, you may remember John and his team create these amazing demos that really show all of the possibilities of Tableau Pulse and Tableau Einstein. And boy, we get into it, about how we're driving insights with AI, and of course we talk about why pie charts are so out. This is really a fun episode. Now before we get started just a quick reminder, if you want to hit that follow button, that way whatever podcast app you're listening to, every Thursday a new episode will be downloaded right to your phone. So with that, let's talk Tableau Pulse and Tableau Einstein and get John on the podcast. John, welcome to the podcast.

John Demby: Hey Mike, it's great to be back.

Mike Gerholdt: I know, it's been a while. So what have you been up to? What do you do at Salesforce, for the people that haven't run into you at our many events?

John Demby: Well, I have I think today the coolest job in the world. I work in our pre-sales organization in solution engineering but what I do is, I lead a team of demo engineers. You might go, demo engineers, why is that really cool? Well, we get our hands on the solutions and the products ahead of our customers. We get to put it through its paces and figure out what it really can do and how it can do it, and then we build these just really ... pardon the expression, kick-ass demos to show to our customers and to anybody else that wants to see them. So yeah, that's what I do. I lead a team and they are all all-stars and amazing people, and we have just been killing it.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, it sounds like fun. I mean, that's also what admins do, get our hands on stuff and try and build killer demos to get our executives to fund it.

John Demby: Yeah, we've got a lot of similarities there.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Well, I mean, also a very close kinship. You kind of started out with Tableau the same way I did, you were just a super admin power user that got hired on.

John Demby: Yeah. My story goes back to a long time ago ... man, probably about 12, 13, 14 years ago, I was working with Salesforce data. I was leading at that time a pre-sales organization, and I couldn't get a decent report out of Salesforce, no offense to dashboards and reports. It was partly because of the way we had configured our Salesforce data. I mean, we had the same company in Salesforce maybe 70 times because they were all around the globe and stuff like that. I couldn't figure out where my solution engineers were spending their time. I did a Google search, found this really cool thing called Tableau, downloaded it, and within about 10 minutes I had the report that I'd been wanting to make for months. So I filed that away and became a power user of Tableau, and then when I was ready for a career change, it just worked out. Tableau and I made things happen, came to work for Tableau. I did some pre-sales work for Tableau and then we got acquired by Salesforce. And then I got to do all sorts of cool things, like move into the office of the chief product officer where I worked on Salesforce Tableau integration strategies, and now I get to lead my fun team.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I remember ... Well, I mean, you're right, there's totally a limitation on the reports and dashboard stuff. But I remember the last time we talked, one of the things you gave me the insight into was just all the visualizations that Tableau could do. I think it was, "The biggest common mistake is, everybody makes a pie chart."

John Demby: Oh yeah, pie charts are not very good for analyzing data, believe it or not. But yeah, we build that into the product. In fact, when you start analyzing your data in Tableau, we actually propose or suggest or give you the best practice visualization for what you're trying to find.

Mike Gerholdt: So it's not a dashboard of pies.

John Demby: No, not a dashboard of pies.

Mike Gerholdt: That's okay. We have AI now, so let's talk about that because we've got Tableau Einstein and Pulse. Help me figure out what these are because these sound fun.

John Demby: Well, I want to talk to you a lot about Pulse today, but let's talk about Tableau Einstein real quick. So Tableau Einstein ... Well, just back up. AI in general is disrupting everything and very much so in the business analytics space. Two years ago I went to the Gartner Data and Analytics Conference, and all the vendors were starting to talk about AI. Last year, it was the subject of everybody. It was everybody had a cockpit, or a copilot rather, and were starting to feed data into LLMs, and now it just got to be part of the table stakes of the application. You've got to be able to use the power of AI to be able to generate and understand and see things even quicker. So what we did with Tableau Einstein is, we are envisioning a new paradigm infused with AI and built on the Salesforce platform. So we're actually taking all of the goodness of Tableau, we're bringing it over to Salesforce, we're using all of the fantastic features of Data Cloud. We're adding things like a new semantic layer that we call Tableau Semantics, and then on top of all that we have Tableau Agent, which is part of the Agentforce family. It is going to be an evolving product, we showed our vision at Dreamforce. It'll take us the next couple of releases to fully get it realized, but it is an amazing leap forward as it relates to AI and especially integrating into Salesforce data.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, is it really any surprise? Because I feel like for the last couple of years, especially once we talked about Data Cloud, I remember having guests on talking about data lakes, and joked about putting the cabin out on a data lake. I mean, we're at the point now where the amount of organizational data that we are creating, it's almost incomprehensible to be analyzed by any human.

John Demby: Oh, absolutely. In fact, what AI gives us, which is kind of cool is ... traditionally BI tools rely on structure. They need the data in rows and columns or in a database or in something of that format. And what AI begins to do is, it allows us to reach unstructured data and that's a big value prop for Data Cloud right now, is that people are able to ingest unstructured data. Tableau Einstein is on top of that and able to see both structured and unstructured data through AI. So it's really, to me it's exciting. I've been in this space for a long time, and to see this disrupt and then us embrace the transformation has been pretty fantastic.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I think back to the early days of Salesforce, talking about Einstein, and us talking about having to feed it 100,000 rows for the LLM to understand in a very simple use case, what makes an opportunity more likely to be won versus lost? And to feed it all of that data, but boy, you had to get your data in line. Everything was, get your ducks in a row, data, data, data this. And now it's data but it's like, well, let the AI figure it out. Right?

John Demby: Yeah. I think that's one of the things that Salesforce has really hammered home, especially with our AI vision is, context is everything when it comes to AI. As much context and information that you can drive ... and we have it in Salesforce just out of the box, begins to really drive that AI interactivity in a way that without the context, yeah, AI is pretty dumb at that point if it doesn't really understand the context of what you're asking.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Now, you sounded excited for Tableau Einstein, but you sounded over the moon for Tableau Pulse. So tell me about Pulse.

John Demby: We released Pulse back in February ... I guess, here's my question for you, Mike. When is the last time you picked up an actual newspaper?

Mike Gerholdt: You mean, outside of needing it to start a charcoal fire?

John Demby: Yeah. Or actually read it or something like that. But you were probably like me, you probably got the Sunday paper back in ... now, we're dating ourselves here-

Mike Gerholdt: I know, little age. Absolutely, the Sunday, because it had the thickest classifieds.

John Demby: Oh, yeah. Well, thickest classified, but it had all the-

Mike Gerholdt: And the Sunday cartoons.

John Demby: ... cartoons and for me it had the score, all the information about the college games from around the country and stuff like that. But even when we had Sunday papers, if you were like me, you didn't read it in order, you went and grabbed your favorite section. Maybe for you it was the classifieds, maybe it was the comics or something like that, so you would pick and choose. And then when you actually go through the newspaper, you probably would read a headline and if the headline didn't grab you, you probably just moved on. Since the pandemic and since the advent of smartphones, and our attention spans really coming down considerably ... there's lots of research that talk about that, now most people consume their news maybe on their smartphone. I know I use a news app and I've curated what I want, I pick the sources that I'm interested in, and it surfaces me high-level summaries. In the morning when I wake up, I look at the news, want to make sure the world is still around. I scroll through and I find something, maybe the latest story about Taylor Swift and that other dude she's dating.

Mike Gerholdt: He plays football.

John Demby: Yeah. He plays football and they were saying, at the Taylor Swift concert Sunday they were actually playing the football game on the big screen. So go figure how far we've come. But yeah, it's really a different paradigm where we look for information so we started thinking about, how do people consume data? I think it's changed. I think people want to consume data in the flow of their work. I think they don't necessarily want to have to go look for it. They don't want to have to go interrogate a very complex dashboard. They want it to be contextual, they want it to be informational, they want it to be relatable to what they're looking at. And then they want it to tell them maybe in plain language, maybe through AI, things that they should be worried about and things that they should double-click on. So that's what we did with Pulse was, we totally re-imagined how people consume data for information. We built an app that's very similar in some ways to a newspaper app on your phone, that lets you pick the metrics that you're interested in, you can double-click on them. It'll tell you what's up, what's down. It has AI infused in it, it has the ability to really give you insights very quickly. So then what you need to do is to take action, either early warning or corrective action, or even if something's going great, letting your team know it's going great.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I mean, listening to you describe it, for the longest time that I've built reports and dashboards, I've never really thought about it in the way that you described it. But the way that I hear you talk now, it makes sense. Because if you think about driving your car down the road, you look down at the speedometer and some gauges, make sure you have gas. You get real-time information in your car so that if you're coming up on an exit and your car is getting low on fuel, you know to exit to get fuel. Whereas traditional reporting, you would do most of the trip and then you'd stop and go, okay, so how fast was I going and when do I need fuel? You're like, oh, I actually ran out of fuel a mile ago, as a traditional dashboard. So when you say it gives insights in the flow of work, where does that surface? What should an admin be thinking about, where should they put these insights and what should they be looking for?

John Demby: Well, we launched the original product, Tableau Pulse, in February. Since then we have over 5,000 customers, that were basically Tableau customers that have adopted the product. About the beginning of the summer we started asking the question, what if we could do, bring Pulse natively to the Salesforce platform? What would that look like? How would people consume it? And things like that. So we were very aggressive. We took a very agile approach, maybe almost like a startup, and we built a companion product to Pulse that we called Pulse for Salesforce. And what it does is, it takes these metrics really show up in the form of a KPI card. The KPI card, like I said, has a big number. It tells you if you're up or down, gives you a spark line, begins to tell you in plain language what's happening. So you can read that and then as you double-click into it, it gives you all of the additional information you've asked for. The outliers, the what's up, what's down, what's causing this, what should I be looking at? So over the summer we built Pulse for Salesforce and we released it a couple of weeks before Dreamforce. It is as simple as installing a managed package, and then we drop in nine pre-configured Sales Cloud metrics. So we started with Sales Cloud, we're looking at expanding into the other clouds, into the industries and Service Cloud. But it actually gives you nine pre-built metrics. The good news is, we gave you permissions to be able to create all the metrics you want on any of the data, as long as you surface it inside of Salesforce from that perspective. If you've got some external data that your salespeople would really value and seeing right there on the opportunity record or the home page or something like that, you can actually add those metrics, not just the nine that we ship. It's just embedded in Salesforce. It works on Salesforce mobile. We actually made it to pop up off the utility bar, which people think is really cool. So I'm right there in the sales app and at any point I want, I hit the button and I've got Pulse metrics. But yeah, you can stick it anywhere inside of Salesforce. We give you those nine pre-built ones, but we don't limit you to that. It's a simple app but it is a very powerful app, and we're already seeing demand. We've got hundreds of customers already lined up that want to get onboard with Pulse for Salesforce.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, that utility bar is so underutilized, I need to work that into demos more. As you explain through that, I'm hearing yet another reason for Data Cloud. Because it's not only the data in Salesforce but the data that you bring to, or surface as you said. So if I had Data Cloud and I was just bringing in data, then Tableau Pulse can help me bring insight to that as well.

John Demby: Oh yeah, absolutely. Pulse for Salesforce assumes that maybe you don't have Data Cloud, so we don't make that a requirement. But if you do have Data Cloud ... or if you are moving along with us because you really see the value of Agentforce and all the things that Data Cloud is going to power, then yes, Tableau has a live connector to Data Cloud. You could create these additional metrics or data that you bring into Data Cloud or Zero Copy or any of that kind of stuff right there in Data Cloud, and then have these Pulse metrics sit on top of them, so that you're giving your people the most up-to-date information possible so they can make data-driven decisions.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I think I heard you say this, but I just want to make sure because this is really cool. Tableau Pulse helps me understand the what, but I think you were getting at more than that, it also helps me understand the why. Can you explain that?

John Demby: One of the things we've built into Pulse for Salesforce and Tableau Pulse is, in addition to surfacing insights that may be relevant and popping those up immediately ... Let's just say for instance I'm looking, one of the out-of-the-box metrics for Pulse for Salesforce is conversion rate. The metric card tells me my conversion rate is down over the last month and gives me some indicators from that perspective. I double-click in, and maybe the first thing that Pulse tells me is, these are the segments that you're underperforming in. So I can begin to take some analysis, maybe I need to look at that. But maybe I want to ask it a question, so we do have Q&A built into the product. I'm not bound by what Pulse tells me, I can actually click the ask button and then just type a plain language question like, tell me what industries are in decline? Or something like that. And then it will source that information for me and I can begin to do that additional analysis, and then with tools like Slack and others I can take those insights and even share them with others in my organization.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, that was going to be my next question is, it's fun if one person knows about it, but how do they broadcast that out? It sounds like you've got that figured out with collaboration.

John Demby: Yeah, collaboration is built into the product. This idea of sharing is really critical in the solution, I could share a number of different ways. But keep in mind, we do usually encourage customers to adhere to some level of security. So if I try to share an insight with somebody they don't have access to, that I've set up in Tableau, they won't see it. But that's fine because we want governance, we want data governance and stuff like that. But it still gives you that ability for that data you do share and you do have, to very quickly share those insights and start a conversation about it.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I mean, that to me is one of the often overlooked things, you set up your profile, your permission set groups, once in Salesforce, and then everything on the platform respects that. You don't have to worry about, oh, we use this third-party tool and then going over there and learning their terminology, and then configuring that and then hoping you got it right. I like that. As an admin, who do you often talk to in organizations about Tableau Pulse? Because more often than not admins are square in the middle of business process. They're like the BAs. They often do BA work. They know the pain points of the end user and they often need to translate that up to executives to say, here's a way that we can improve our process better, but also it's going to cost money. Where often in organizations are you talking to people about Tableau Pulse?

John Demby: Well, Pulse is really, it's interesting, when Tableau first started, Tableau really spoke to the business user. We made it really easy that a business user ... like I said in my introduction with how I found Tableau, could easily go and get a license and start using Tableau. We still do that today. We still have an online store and anybody can buy Tableau, even if it's one license to get started and things like that. But it's usually the business that drives this. It's like, okay, I need these insights. I would imagine it's the same customers that admins deal with on a day-to-day basis, is their end users and leaders and people that are overseeing things in Salesforce, they want these kind of things. And what we've done, especially with Pulse for Salesforce is, because of the managed package we've made it really easy for a Salesforce admin to set this up with really little to no Tableau experience, and then get started. And then they can expand their usage and learn more about the product and stuff like that. But yeah, it's the business I think is really who's driving a lot of this. In fact, one of the things, it's a stat that's out there is, if I remember it right, 70% of leaders really want their organizations to be data-driven. But when you look at it, only about 30% of the potential knowledge workers ... think of a knowledge worker as really anybody that could use data to influence a decision, so that could be all the way down to the shop floor. So knowledge workers are everywhere, they're not just behind a desk and things like that, but only about 30% of those actually have access to data. Sometimes, like I said, it's locked away. It may be in a dashboard, so we actually ask them to go find it. But the future is really bringing it in the flow, embedding it in where they are, being able to show it on things like mobile devices and tablets and all those accelerated devices where you can get more information. Yeah. I think admins will find that it's a very common conversation to have with the business. We're happy to have it with you, to talk to you about all the different industry use cases and all the different options that we've seen people use Pulse for.

Mike Gerholdt: The perfect segue. I was going to ask, is one thing that I don't ask enough on this podcast, I try to keep things generic and applicable to most. But industry use cases in industries, is there any industries this is specifically geared for, or which ones are really benefiting the most?

John Demby: That's a great question. In fact, in case my team actually listens to this ... I don't know if they will or not.

Mike Gerholdt: Of course they do. Everybody listens to the admin podcast.

John Demby: Everybody listens to the podcast, but I'll actually compliment them. Because once we launched Pulse, we started on a mad project to enable and create as many industry demos as we could on Pulse. And do everything from HLS, healthcare to financial services to non-profit, to public sector to manufacturing, to ... I'm going to leave some of them out, Salesforce, all the Salesforce clouds, really marketing, HR. There's really not a use case out there that Pulse doesn't meet some need for, because everybody's got KPIs. And what's kind of fun to me is, I had a sales ... I'm going to talk about how great it is to use AI here too. I had a sales rep come to me and says, "Hey, I've got a customer, they're buying Loyalty Management from Salesforce. I want to know what I could do from a Pulse perspective." Well, we have 50 plus demos out there but we haven't got the 51 done for Loyalty Management yet. It's a product that I'm not as familiar with, so I turned to my friend AI that we actually have licensed in-house, so it's secure and everything like that. I simply ask it, tell me the Pulse metrics for Loyalty Management and next thing I know, I had about 10 Pulse metrics they called out that you could actually write on Loyalty Management. It was very simple, very clean. I could actually take those definitions, create my dataset for Loyalty Management, and build out those metrics just in a matter of minutes and then share them with the organization. So AI is helping us even figure out what ways to deploy our software, which I think is really cool.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, yeah, that's always beneficial. You think of, especially for an organization like Salesforce, how much documentation and video and just even internal assets we create, it can be hard to know where it all is and what's what too. John, thanks for coming on and talking Tableau Einstein and Pulse with us. It's always good to hear. Are you going to any world tours this-

John Demby: I think I may end up at the Dallas World Tour since it's local.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, well, that makes sense. I would say, look for the guy in the cowboy hat, but if you're going to the Dallas World Tour ...

John Demby: Surprisingly enough, even if-

Mike Gerholdt: ... you're probably not the only person.

John Demby: ... the Dallas World Tour, I will probably be the only person in a cowboy hat. Because I seem to be pretty ... Although it was interesting, I will say this, I was at, of course, Dreamforce with you a couple of weeks ago or a month ago or however long it was. I'm coming down the escalator-

Mike Gerholdt: I don't really know, it was in the past, in the time.

John Demby: Yeah, it's in the past. But I'm coming down the escalator and I'm going to do a session in one of the broadcast theaters, I literally walked by a guy with a cowboy hat. I was like, wait a minute, I'm the only one out of the 45,000 people who are supposed to have a cowboy hat in San Francisco.

Mike Gerholdt: Didn't you get the memo?

John Demby: Yeah, there you go. But no, look for me at the Dallas World Tour. I would love to catch up with you in any other way, just reach out to me on LinkedIn or however you want to find me, I'd be happy to chat.

Mike Gerholdt: Was it a white cowboy hat? Because I will say this, you have the most crisp white cowboy hat.

John Demby: Yes. Well, I have a collection-

Mike Gerholdt: I'm sure.

John Demby: ... much to the chagrin of my wife, but I do have a collection of cowboy hats. And yes, for Dreamforce I was wearing a nice, silver/white hat.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. No, I remember it. So did the other person have a white cowboy hat or do you not remember?

John Demby: I think it was brown.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. See, so you're one of-

John Demby: I was the only one with the silver cowboy hat there.

Mike Gerholdt: Exactly.

John Demby: There you go.

Mike Gerholdt: No, it's awesome. Good. Well, people make it down to Dallas, then look for you, I'm sure it will be hard to find anybody else walking around with a white cowboy hat. But also think of it, they can also just go, they're in the perfect city to get themselves a white cowboy hat.

John Demby: Yeah, there we go. Or ask me, I live in Fort Worth, I'll hook you up with my hat guy if you want a hat.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, man. A good haberdasher that can form and foam, that is ... I have gone down that rabbit hole of TikTok before for a couple of hours and watch them, how they can make those hats and steam and form, it's an art.

John Demby: In fact, I have one sitting by my desk, that I need to go see my hat guy and have him shape it back up because it's a little crooked. I need to do that this week.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, so cool, I could watch those too. Thanks so much, John. Have a great world tour and we're going to go check out some more Tableau Einstein and Pulse.

John Demby: All right, sounds good.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, it was another great discussion with John. I hope you enjoyed this episode, I know I did. It was a fun reminder of just all the amazing things that Tableau can help us Salesforce admins do in terms of driving insight across our orgs. Now, if you enjoyed the episode, please be sure to share it with a friend or a colleague, especially if you're listening on Apple Podcast or wherever you listen. Generally there's three dots in the corner and you can click share episode, and then you can post it to social or maybe text it to a friend. Now, we mentioned a few things, any resources and really just a lot of content for you to check out is over at admin.salesforce.com. That's where you can find a ton of blog posts that me and the whole admin team create to help you be successful with our product and in your career. Of course, you can find everything that we mentioned, links in the show notes, including an episode transcript if you need to go back and check that out. And don't forget to join the conversation with other Salesforce admins over in the admin Trailblazer group that is over in the Trailblazer Community. Again, you know where to find the link, it's in the show notes. So until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, guest host Josh Birk talks to Katie Villanueva, Golden Hoodie winner and Salesforce Administrator at 10K Advisors.

Join us as we chat about her work with mental health advocacy and mindfulness principles that you can apply to your work as a Salesforce Admin.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Katie Villanueva.

Mental health advocacy in the Salesforce ecosystem Katie started out as an accidental admin, getting her degree in radio and television. These days, she works as a Salesforce Administrator for 10K Advisors, where she’s hard at work updating legacy code with flows and improving workflow processes.

Katie’s also the founder of the Mental Health and Illness Trailblazer Community Group. It’s a space in the ecosystem to make meaningful connections, share resources, and share stories. “We’re not alone in our struggles,” Katie says, and what’s important is to build that support network and talk about it.

Mindfulness principles for stress management and personal growth Recently, Katie gave a talk at Midwest Dreamin’ entitled “Appreciate Your #AwesomeAdmin Self,” based on Jon Kabat-Zinn’s seven principles of mindfulness. The principles are a skill and something you have to practice, but they can help you overcome fear, doubt, imposter syndrome, burnout, stress, and negative self-talk.

The principles are:

  1. Non-judgement
  2. Patience
  3. Beginner's mindset
  4. Trust
  5. Non-striving
  6. Acceptance
  7. Letting go

In the talk, Katie gets into how you can apply those principles to your work as a Salesforce Admin.

As seen on the Dreamforce stage At Dreamforce, Katie presented “Automate with AI: Prompt Builder, Flow, and Slack,” about the magic you can make when you get all three working together. If you missed out, she recently covered the same topics on How I Solved It with Jennifer Lee.

Katie has so many great insights to share, so be sure to listen to the full episode to learn more. And don’t forget to subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Trailblazer Group: Salesforce Mental Health + Illness Group (Virtual) * How I Solved It: Harness the Power of AI, Flow, and Slack to Summarize and Notify Users

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Katie on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on Tiktok
  • Mike on X

Full Transcript

Josh (00:05): Hello, Admins! Guest host Josh Birk here, and today I'm going to bring you my guest, Katie Villanueva. You may have known Katie Villanueva from her recent Golden Hoodie Win. Also, Katie and I share a long history of mental health advocacy, and indeed, today we are going to talk about mental health and wellness tips for the workplace. Now a quick note due to the Gravity, well, which is Dreamforce. We actually recorded this shortly before Dreamforce, but it is not coming out until well after Dreamforce. So just kind of imagine when Katie's talking about the session that she's going to do at Dreamforce that she already did it. I attended it and it was wonderful. Now over to Katie. Alright, today on the show we welcome Katie Villanueva to talk about her work with mental health advocacy and some of her upcoming presentations. Katie, welcome to the show.

Katie (00:56): Hi, thanks for having me.

Josh (00:58): Alright, well let's start with your early years. What did you go to school for?

Katie (01:02): I went to school for radio. Television. Yeah. Well, no, actually a farmer. And then I graduated with radio, television, so I bounced around until I found my niche in the world, which is Salesforce being an admin.

Josh (01:20): Okay. And what was your first involvement with Salesforce?

Katie (01:23): I was an accidental admin, accidental on purpose admin. I wanted to do the job so they didn't have anybody doing the job. So at a company that didn't have a team or didn't have any experience with Salesforce, you always have that one person who ends up being the accidental admin. I sought out that position and said, I want to do it.

Josh (01:49): So you were kind of a voluntold admin, but you sort of voluntold yourself?

Katie (01:54): Yeah, yeah. I had a lot of really good ideas and nobody was going to execute 'em the way that I wanted to execute them, so I just decided to steer the ship myself.

Josh (02:09): A classic form of if you want a job done. Right. Got it.

Katie (02:13): Yes. Love it.

Josh (02:16): And how would you describe your current job?

Katie (02:18): Oh, my current job, I am no longer steering ships. I am absorbing all the things about Salesforce. I went to, the first role that I had was at a smaller company, no integrations, we only use Sales Cloud. It was a great role to wrap my arms around Salesforce and what its core capabilities were. But I graduated into this role. Now I'm with 10 K advisors. They're amazing, made up full of great people, and they have a really old org and it's full of code, and they're looking to update it with flows and retire those old workflow rules and put 'em into flows and clean up that old code and put it into something that now Salesforce is capable of doing that it wasn't able to do eight years ago. So I'm learning a lot about Code and Flow and also just the mega massive org that it is. And I'm working with a team, so I'm also learning best practices and how to work with others and share the helm.

Josh (03:31): Got it. Nice. Nice. Well, we're focusing on mental health for the most part today and awareness. So tell me a little bit about the Trailblazer community that you started. Yeah,

Katie (03:40): So I created the mental health and illness user group, and it is a space in the ecosystem where we can make meaningful connections and share resources and share stories and try to figure out this not only work-life balance and build up a support system around you, but understand that we're not alone in the struggles that folks have that I think everybody has at one point or another in their lives, or folks that are dealing with mental illnesses such as myself, I have bipolar disorder and I get to meet other people with bipolar disorder, and we get to talk about how that affects us doing the job and how we get through that. So all kinds of, everybody's got stuff going on and we weren't talking about it that much prior to the group, openly, at least that I was aware of. And I started talking about it and folks gathered around and I went to Salesforce and said, Hey, I think there's a community here that could use some support and can flourish. And they agreed and we created the user group. It's a virtual user group, but at conferences we try to meet up and color Well, I mean, conferences are so exhausting.

Katie (05:15): You get zapped or whatever the word you want to use, you get drained really easily over socialized, overstimulated. And some folks use it as a quiet time and put on some music and chill out. And then other folks just use it as icebreakers too, to meet some other people, conference goers, and then it's very library vibes. It's quiet, there's small talk or there's no talk. I love it.

Josh (05:47): Which is sometimes exactly what people need. So that's good. Yeah, no, I agree. And I feel like it's actually Dreamforce and Trailhead DX have only gotten, I think is the way I'd put it. Being on the floor on Moscone can just be visually overstimulating even before you start lingering in sounds and social interactions and things like that. And I know it's become even more important for me to remind myself that sometimes you just have to take a walk, get outside, enjoy that wonderful park that's right next to Meko before things get a little haywire. Tell me a little bit about before you started grappling with your bipolar disorder and with stress and anxiety, what were some symptoms that you saw at work that were causing you pain?

Katie (06:43): Oh man. I was a wreck. I think the first thing that comes to mind was probably the most impactful that had happened to me is that I had a manager just blow up at me on one day and say, I don't know which version of you I'm going to get.

Katie (07:06): Some days you come in here, you're on top of it, you're productive, you're all over it. I don't have to worry about anything. And then other days it's like you don't know what's going on or you're crying or you just aren't thinking through some simple tasks, stuff like that. And he couldn't depend on me, which broke my heart because I am a hard worker and I put so much of myself into my work because, and this was at the radio station, I loved the radio station. I found a direction at that time in my life and the fact that I was failing it and failing at what I'm capable of really just hurt me to my core. So that was an issue. And then a lot of times I cried a lot. I cried so much if my personal life was not steady, which at age 20, trying to figure life out, it's not really one thing

Katie (08:20): Yeah, yeah. You don't have balance in your life. That was a trigger. And then some personal stuff, deaths in the family, stuff like that, just like anybody else would react to. But for me, when I had those triggers, it was exponential. I mean, here's good example. Just recently my dog died and it was my soulmate dog, and I had a manic episode after she died. Yes, I was grieving, but I took that for the nth degree and abandoned my everyday life. And just because I was so obsessed about, I went to a manic episode about creating a photo album. I created three, I printed 400 pictures out of, I only had 200 out of my dog and I printed 400. I had triplets of the same picture, and I kept on printing them. And then I bought photo album after photo album after photo album because the photo albums weren't good enough for the kind of book that I wanted to make. And then I spent time obsessing and I wasn't doing my work. I wasn't going to the gym. I was eating crappy food, I was also depressed. So I was drinking every night and I was just going through pictures, and I spent a ridiculous amount of money on this more than anybody really should when they want to put together a photo album for a dog that may have passed away.

Katie (09:57): So when life gets imbalanced for me, it trickles into my work life. And unfortunately, that just means, I guess my manager said, I can be unpredictable or unreliable. It's hard. It's hard to hear because I know I can do a good job and I know I am a good worker and I know I produce good work.

Josh (10:25): Yeah. Well, and we've talked about this back on the dev pod days, and it's so important to be able to talk about it because first of all, I think in the tech industry, it's really hard for people to admit that they might become unreliable for some reason because so much of our jobs, it is supposed to be show up. I was just at a user group meeting and they were joking about how they figured out that the best way to learn how to do flow was by failing at it five times. Right? It's the same thing with coding. You're going to break it three times to Sunday before you ever get anything work. But our outer image is like, oh, you need that code to get you to work. The train's going to come on time, boss. You're going to just kind of get it done. But if you don't talk about it, you don't normalize it. You don't rationalize it. And then we realize so much that we're not alone, that there are so many people out there dealing with depression, anxiety, chronic illnesses, or even just basic,

Katie (11:26): I can't be, there's 10 million people with bipolar disorder. I cannot be the only person that this company who employs not 10 K, but I mean a company of however, a hundred, I worked for larger companies, national, global companies with a hundred thousand plus workers. I can't be the only one with this. So how are you going to deal with this? How do we learn how to deal with this when it comes up? So yeah, you got to talk about it.

Josh (11:55): Yeah. And I'm on the record on a different session than I did, basically saying to people, managers, I know you didn't sign up to be somebody's therapist, and we're not asking you to be somebody's therapist. That's not your job. However, part of your job as a people manager is to recognize, acknowledge and work around mental health challenges because it will happen. It will happen to somebody who has, I don't even know if normal brains exist in a post pandemic world, to be honest. When somebody loses a dog or a mom or a father or something like that, every now and then life is going to break you down a little bit and you're not going to show up to work and be a hundred percent and maybe not showing up to work for a while is exactly what you need. And I will, as I always do, give a shout out to the wonderful people I've worked with at Salesforce who have been so supportive in things that I've done in the past and really helping prioritize mental health days and be able to take time off and the important things. So the self-care is very important to the employee, but it's very important to have a safe space that management can help provide that as well.

Katie (13:03): Yeah, agreed. I think, I don't know, I got nothing. I feel like we hold so much back

Josh (13:19): Because

Katie (13:20): We're spending so much energy trying to cover it up. When I let go of holding back and I got my medication and I found my balance and I went to therapy, all that energy that I had trying to hide, it turned into something really productive and my career skyrocketed.

Josh (13:40): Yeah. Yeah. Nice. What are some things that you do on the day-to-day that kind of help you regulate your stress and monitor your stress?

Katie (13:55): Definitely workout. Workout and eating. That is what I can keep in my control

Katie (14:04): When I, I reduce my stress levels, which evens out my moods. And then I also, I get a boost of serotonin in my brain, which is pretty much a dose of happy medicine. Then you put that on top of the actual medicine. Then it keeps me my boat upright. Nice. I like it. Yeah. Eating. I try to eat healthy and I control how much I drink. Unfortunately, like I said, when my dog passed, I wasn't monitoring those things and I spiraled and I felt like junk and alcohol's a depressant. So when I was depressed, I, and I knew I was digging myself deeper in the hole. I didn't have the energy to stop myself, but it was enough for warning signs for my loved ones to know, Hey, Katie doesn't drink that much. And my husband said, if you're sad, we can't drink. He helped me. He was like, I'm not going to buy any alcohol this week.

Josh (15:16): Nice.

Katie (15:18): And it helped and it just broke the chain and we got alcohol back in the house. Again, not that I'm an alcoholic, but I couldn't stop myself, but my support was able to see these signs that this is irregular, this is not everyday, Katie. So when I stopped going to the gym and when I stopped eating healthy, those were signs.

Josh (15:42): I had somebody, actually, I think it was an article I was reading, and this is mostly about anxiety. So serotonin inhibitors, they work by forcing serotonin to go back to the front lines and keep working. And then she's like, so it's a very healthy thing because you're basically just tricking your brain into doing what it was supposed to be doing in the first place. And then if you smoke marijuana, marijuana goes after the same receptors, it goes after the same serotonin receptors, so it doesn't let this SSRIs do their job. And so she's like, now think if your house is on fire, right? Serotonin is like a sprinkler system in your house goes off, fire is down, your house is fine. Marijuana is kind of like you call the fire department even though it's just a kitchen fire. So now the fire is out, but your entire house is drenched and you have all this property damage.

Josh (16:40): And then she's like, alcohol is like you have your house on fire and you call in the military and send in a tank to blow up your house. That's how much more powerful alcohol is taking the attention away from what your brain is supposed to be doing. Alright, well let's shift gears here a little bit. Move into kind of positive vibe mode. And I want to talk about the talk that you did at Midwest streaming, which is appreciating your awesomeness as an admin. And the first thing I want to ask you, because you kind of set up the session is like, this is about you. This is about a person, but you bring up somebody, John Cabot, Z, and I don't know if I'm saying that right, but who is John Cabot Zi and how did he impact your session?

Katie (17:21): Oh my gosh. Actually, I have a funny full circle story about him. So I'll just start with, so the session is based off of the seven principles of mindfulness, which he is known to have created or at least put pen to paper and say, these are the seven principles. I'm sure they existed prior before that, but he popularized the principles. So the principles are widely accepted around the world for its impact on stress. It will, and this is what I tell the folks that come to my session. It'll help you overcome fear and doubt and imposter syndrome and burnout and stress and negative. The principles are a skill and it's something you have to practice. But if you practice, you will be able to manage your stress. And sometimes I even catch myself thinking, oh, I am not applying a principal right now. But the principles themselves are non-judgment. So I relate that to folks. I say, are you comparing yourself to others? Because that means you're passing judgment on yourself.

Josh (18:29): Yes.

Katie (18:31): Which everybody does at one point or the other. And then the second question is, are you patient with yourself? We all want to learn everything right now, especially the new stuff that comes out. I remember when AI came out and people were experts the next day, they're self proclaiming experts.

Josh (18:57): That is a very important addition to that phrase because I assure you, as somebody who jumped on that bandwagon and had to do a lot of reading, unless you were already an AI researcher, nobody was an expert when this certain bandwagon started rolling up.

Katie (19:11): Yeah. Yep. Exactly. So the second one is be patient and give yourself time and space to learn. The third question that he cited was having a beginner's mindset. So are you being open to learning new things, which is so important. I mean, you can't be in this profession without it. And if you don't have it, you probably aren't very good at your job. And I'd say that sounds harsh, but what I'm saying is having a beginner's mindset is being open to new things. We always have new releases. It's being open to new solutions. If you come to a table and think that you already have the fix and you haven't heard other ideas or other things that may snag it up in the process, then you're being very closed-minded and may not have the best solution. And then being open to learn, like I said. And so it's having a beginner's mindset. And I say this in the session and it's my favorite line in the entire session is having a beginner's mindset is the thing that prevents you from getting stuck. It allows you to grow.

Josh (20:24): Yeah, yeah. Well, and as you're saying, it's very important in our culture and Salesforce culture because we do stuff changes so quickly. Three releases a year, new features, new products. The joke that I've been putting on the road these days is at one point you could actually learn the whole platform. You could learn almost everything about being an admin. You could learn almost everything about being a developer. And it wasn't, wasn't a mind killer. And now it's practically impossible because even within just the Salesforce platform itself, there's so many moving gears, but then you add in MuleSoft and Tableau and Slack and they have their own releases and they're constantly updating stuff. But I think it even goes farther than that. It goes exactly what you're talking about with your new job. If you don't assume that there might be a better thing on the table now than when you made the thing three years ago, you might be missing out. And I always told my developer teams, don't rely on the code you wrote last year because chances are somebody at Salesforce fix that 15 lying piece of code that you wrote just to get that one thing to work. It's probably one line of code now, and if you don't go researching it, you won't find that out.

Katie (21:31): Yeah. I mean, I don't mean to be so harsh, but it's so important in this line of business is to open yourself to all the things available and to all the possibilities and all the ideas and all the learning, and that's what keeps us moving forward. But going back to the principles, the fourth principle of mindfulness is trust. So I feel like a lot of us don't trust ourselves. We're not confident in questioning or even I gave them an example of saying no to somebody, especially maybe somebody in a leadership position. But sometimes we don't do that because we're afraid we're going to make a mistake. But I remind folks that mistakes are okay. It's not failure, it's just learning in action, but still trust your gut. So that's the fourth principle. The fifth principle is non-striving. And people are like, what? Non-striving, you mean don't cry? No, what I mean is that if you're always breaching and striving for the next thing, how can you be happy with what you did accomplish? And I say the example of how often do you see somebody work really hard for a certification and they post on LinkedIn that they got it, they're certified now, but before the end of the post, they're already onto that next one.

Katie (23:02): And so they're not in the moment and they're not supporting themselves and they're not appreciating their accomplishments. So a non-striving is definitely appreciate how your accomplishments make you feel and tap into that. The sixth principle is acceptance. And that's another what I get from people. The acceptance is see things as they are. But I quickly follow that up as that does not mean keep things as they are. I mean, how many of us are in a situation with either rose colored glasses and something is so great, whether it be a work experience or a job or maybe a skillset that you think you have spot on and you really don't. Or maybe you're in a situation that's really negative, but maybe it's not so negative because you're not being open to what's coming at you and you are not really benefiting from it. You just are so against it. So the sixth question really challenges people to open their minds and their hearts to the situations they're in. Because I say and what Mr. John says, he says, if you can see a situation for what it truly is, that's what helps you decide to change it.

Katie (24:30): And that's what gets you organized and motivated to take on the next challenge. And I tell folks, I said, you have to appreciate that you have the power to change what you see.

Josh (24:42): Nice.

Katie (24:43): Yeah, it's really cool because sometimes we feel like we don't have that power. It is like we don't have the power to grow. We don't have the power to learn will take us forever to get to where we want to go. We can't say no to somebody that is all inside you. We have that. We just have to recognize it. And then the seventh principle is the hardest one, but the simplest. And that is to let go, just let go. This is where we're at, this is what we're learning. This is the situation I'm in and I'm going to change it, but it's going to take time. And I'm working towards those goals and just let go of that stress

Katie (25:32): I just fixating on what isn't really isn't healthy.

Josh (25:39): So I love all of that. And the two things that come to mind, first of all is there are so many things that you're describing that are so similar to how cognitive behavioral therapy works, which CBT is a lot about reframing and asking questions. Do you have evidence for this thought that you're having? And if you don't have evidence to it, does that mean it's an irrational thought or a rational thought? And it's like investigating the emotions that we jump to before we actually try to make change. So there you've got acceptance there, you have patience. The other thing I love about it is how they kind of play with each other a little bit. You have to give yourself patience to not know something, but also open a beginner's mindset to go learn something new. So it sounds like it's a very good lesson in balance. It's not just all our favorite statement and no insult to yoga people because yoga is wonderful, but when people are like, oh, you're having a bad mental health day, why don't you just go do yoga? It's just not that simple people. It just doesn't work that way. How do you find yourself dealing with, when does this introduce into your daily life? Do you find yourself in a situation and then you take a step back and be like, oh, I should leverage this principal at this point?

Katie (27:03): Oh, for sure not. Yeah. And I'll be honest, I was introduced to this when I was going through yoga teacher training. It's not the seven principles of mindfulness, it's the eight branches of yoga, and it's very similar and it's theories of mostly being letting go, not being possessive of things and so on and so forth. So that's what got me to looking for something that I can bring to the Salesforce community along those lines. And I stumbled upon these. So when I wrote this up, I was like, I need this. And every time I give this session, it's like a love letter to myself from my past self. It is just a reminder that I am imperfect. It's a reminder that I am on a journey and to be patient. And so when I get mean at my job at 10 K, I'm still in my first year. Everybody there. I don't know if you know this is a hall of Famer or an MVP. Oh, I know that. No. Oh gosh. It's really intimidating. And I've only been in the ecosystem for four years. I've the least amount of experience and everybody on the Team.

Katie (28:18): I get really insecure about that. But you know, it's where I'm at.

Katie (28:24): Yeah, it's where I'm at and I'm learning and I'm growing. So when I get upset about work stuff, I do think about these principles or I'm prepping for Dreamforce and I'm really excited to give my presentation, but I'm like, am I going to get it done in time? Am I going to remember all the words? Am I going to get tongue tied? And I just take a step back when I get really upset or really wrapped up into something, something that's stressing me out that I'm trying to be productive on. That's when the principles come to me. And then I take a step back and I think through them and I'm like, how am I applying this? What is the one that's stressing me out the most? And so it's taking that step back and it definitely calms me down a lot.

Josh (29:15): Got it. So kind of preparing your mind to go prepare yourself to go do something.

Katie (29:19): Yeah. Yeah.

Josh (29:21): Nice. What are some of the things that you're going to be doing at Dreamforce?

Katie (29:26): Oh, I will be giving my first technical session about automating with ai. I'll be reviewing Prompt Builder flow and Slack and what happens when you combine them all and what kind of magic comes out of that?

Josh (29:43): Nice.

Katie (29:44): I'm really excited about it. I keep on making a joke. I was like, I've talked about my feelings a lot. I am ready to talk.

Josh (29:58): Yeah, I hear you. I hear you. I'm trying to teach my status as the guy who really bums people out. Oh, she's going to talk about something dark again.

Katie (30:14): I just say I'm an admin. I want to show people that I do admin stuff too. Nice. I love it. But oh, speaking of which, I did say that I called it John Kebas. You called it his name different, I don't know, I should probably look that up exactly. But I said it was a full circle thing because when I went to my first community conference, I went to my first Salesforce tower in Atlanta and I was really excited and they had all these books on the shelves and they said, we can grab one. And I grabbed Barack Obama's book, I grabbed his book, and it's a book on mindfulness.

Josh (30:56): Nice.

Katie (30:57): I didn't realize that when I wrote this session last year, I didn't realize that I had grabbed that book two years prior because I never read it because it's not a graphic novel, but I'll get to it when I put my comic books down, I will get to it. But I just thought it was weird. I was like, this guy has been in my life before and now I'm talking about him. That's

Josh (31:20): Nice. That's nice. Are there any mental health and illness events coming up soon?

Katie (31:28): Well, let's see. We're still trying to figure out what we're going to do for Dreamforce. We do want to color, unfortunately, it will not be in the community networking area, but they do have coloring posters though. So I still suggest people go and decompress with their coloring posters. But we are looking at maybe having a nonprofit event where we raised money for a charity by coloring.

Josh (31:55): Oh, nice.

Katie (31:56): Teaming up with Green Power, who's interested in giving back to the community. And they reached out to me and loved the coloring event, and I was like, I'm looking for somewhere to host, so someone to host. So doing that. And then also October 10th is World Mental Health Day,

Katie (32:13): And I saw a speaker at Dreaming in Color this year. She was speaking about mindfulness, and her name's Nick e Thomas, and she's not part of the ecosystem. She actually was a radio DJ who went rogue and wanted to do more mindful and self-care talks and helping people find their purpose and balance and center. And it was a wonderful session. So I invited her to come for World Mental Health Day and teach us a little bit about self-care. We're going to do a little bit of meditation, a little bit of chair yoga, and then just learn about centering ourselves a lot. Like these principles next tell us to do so. Yeah, we got

Josh (32:58): That's awesome. And that's a virtual event. I love the Rogue DJ who went out to try to help the world. That's a movie I would watch. I'd watch that.

Katie (33:10): Yeah, she's awesome. I'm really happy that I stumbled upon her.

Josh (33:14): Nice. Alright, well one final question. Do you have a favorite comfort food?

Katie (33:21): 97% dark chocolate.

Josh (33:24): Oh wow. That's a good one.

Katie (33:28): I like it. Dark and bitter,

Josh (33:31): Not a lot of

Katie (33:32): Sugar. And it's

Josh (33:33): Creamy. Nice, nice. I like it a lot. I like it a lot. I always go back to meatloaf. I think it's because my mom used to make meatloaf. I think it's a mom

Katie (33:44): That's on the whole other spectrum for me. No way. Although my husband introduced me to smoked meat loafs and that's actually really good. So if it's smoked, I'll eat it.

Josh (33:54): And this is the thing I have learned since cooking meatloaf. There are a lot of different ways to do it. So yeah, wrap them in bacon sometimes works really well.

Katie (34:03): Oh wow.

Josh (34:06): Alrighty, Katie. Well thank you so much for the great conversation information. That was a lot of fun.

Katie (34:10): Thanks. Thanks for having me.

Josh (34:17): I want to thank Katie for the great conversation and information. And as always, I want to thank you for listening. Now, if you want to learn more about this show, head on over to admin.salesforce.com or go to your podcast client of choice. And of course, as always, join us over on admin.salesforce.com to learn more about being an admin. Thanks again everybody. I'll talk to you soon.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Eddie Cliff, VP of Product Management at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about Salesforce Foundations and how it can give you access to even more capabilities within Sales, Service, and beyond.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Eddie Cliff.

Introduction to Salesforce Foundations Eddie is the lead PM for Salesforce Foundations, and he’s here to tell us how it can be a game-changer for orgs looking to incorporate AI. Now, if you’re a longtime listener to the podcast you know that AI tools are only as good as the data you give them. And while Data Cloud is meant to help you bring all your data into one place, it’s not always easy for customers to make the transition.

That’s where Salesforce Foundations comes in. It adds the basic capabilities of Sales Cloud, Service Cloud, Marketing Cloud, Commerce Cloud, Data Cloud, and Agentforce to your org, for free.

How to get started with Salesforce Foundations The goal with Salesforce Foundations is to make it easy to get that 360 view of your customers. As Eddie says, their philosophy is “Easy by default, advanced by choice.” And you’ll find that as you start doing more with segmentation and personalization, you’ll realize just how much further you can go.

Right now, customers with Sales or Service EE or UE can get Salesforce Foundations for free. All you have to do is go into Setup and click on the Salesforce Foundations node, and you’ll be presented with a handy-dandy checklist with everything you need to get started.

Preparing for Agentforce Foundations makes it easy to get your org ready for Agentforce. That’s why Eddie and his team have included a freemium version of Agentforce in Foundations. “What’s really cool,” he says, “is that as you do more and you use more of these cross-cloud capabilities, your data in Data Cloud gets richer and more powerful and so does Agentforce.”

There’s a lot more in this episode about how Foundations was developed, what’s coming in the future, and the ins and outs of sea kayaking, so be sure to take a listen. And don’t forget to subscribe so you never miss an episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Trailhead: Salesforce Foundations: Quick Look * Help docs: Considerations for Salesforce Foundations

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Eddie on X
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on Tiktok
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins podcast, we're talking with Eddie Cliff, VP of Product Management at Salesforce, about some exciting developments in Salesforce Foundations. It was the subline to Agentforce that you heard at Dreamforce this year. Eddie has been at Salesforce for nearly 14 years, transitioning from roles in go-to-market and solution engineering to now product management. And in this episode, Eddie shares insights into the evolution of Salesforce products like Starter, Pro Suite, and we learn about Salesforce Foundations. Now, before we get started, I just want to make sure that you're subscribed to the Salesforce Admins podcast on whatever platform you get your Salesforce podcast on. Go ahead and click that subscribe, or sometimes it's a follow button. And that way, when new episodes come in every Thursday morning, they will be downloaded to your phone. So with that, let's jump into our conversation with Eddie where he explains how Salesforce Foundations is designed to give customers access to even more capabilities within sales, service and beyond, including all of their existing Salesforce implementations at no cost. So Eddie, welcome back to the podcast.

Eddie Cliff: Hey, thanks for having me again. Good to be here.

Mike: Yeah, absolutely. Well, product managers that work on good features that admins love, we love to have on the podcast. So if people aren't avid listeners, let's refresh their memory. Tell me what exactly you do at Salesforce and how you came to be?

Eddie Cliff: Yeah, definitely. So my name is Eddie Cliff, VP of Product Management, leading product for our Starter, Pro and now Foundation Suite, which I'm really excited to talk about today. I've been at Salesforce for almost 14 years now, and I've done a variety of roles, from go-to-market and sales and solution engineering and customer success prior to moving into product management about eight years ago now.

Mike: Wow, I didn't know you were an SC. I don't think you said that in the last podcast. That's awesome.

Eddie Cliff: Yeah, SCs are amazing in what they can bring from their technical understanding and how Salesforce works, but also working with our customers to understand their requirements and needs, and ultimately designing the solutions that they can present back to the customer to hopefully prove out the value of Salesforce as they look to explore it. So actually, have a couple of SCs on my team... Well, former SCs that are now PMs. SCs make really great PMs because of that solutions mindset that's really tied to customer outcomes, which is super valuable.

Mike: Yeah, no, I hear you. I also steal from the SC pot as well because they make for good evangelists too.

Eddie Cliff: Definitely.

Mike: And they help us present and run demos at Dreamforce, so it doesn't hurt. Speaking of Dreamforce, maybe not lost in, but the byline under Agentforce was Salesforce Foundations, which we announced, and your leading as the PM force. So let's talk about what Salesforce Foundations is.

Eddie Cliff: So it was buried there at the very end of the keynote. So perhaps some people missed it because it was all about Agentforce and it was an amazing keynote. But we're really excited about Foundations because it's going to help customers unlock Agentforce. And so before I talk about Foundations a little bit more, I want to take a step back to talk about AI in general, which I know is top of mind for a lot of businesses today and probably a lot of the admins listening today. And I promise we're going to get to the meat of Foundations, but I think it's important to talk about this first. So first and foremost, great AI starts with great data, and you can only have great data if all of your apps and systems are connected and you have that single source of truth. And that's what Data Cloud really does for a lot of our customers. Now, bringing all that data into one system will lead to happier customers because now you can do targeted marketing, smarter commerce, and more effective sales. And what's really cool is that this also gets all of your data centralized and ready for AI, but it's not easy for a lot of our customers to go from say just Sales Cloud or just Service Cloud on their own to the full Customer 360 that we talk about a lot. You need time and resources, and I know from a lot of customers I talk to, that's not something that they have the luxury of having. And so that's the goal here with Foundations is we're making this easier by bringing all of these capabilities to all of our customers through Salesforce Foundations. So Foundations gives all of these sales and service customers access to more of Salesforce included with their existing Salesforce implementation, and this is free. I want to make sure that's clear. That's not something we're charging for, and you can add this to your existing organ, we'll talk a little bit about that. But ultimately, with Foundations, we've made it easier than ever before to get started with that Connected Customer 360 by building our foundational apps into your CRM. And this includes the basic capabilities within Sales Cloud, Service Cloud, Marketing Cloud, Commerce Cloud, Data Cloud, and now Agentforce, which is really exciting because as of today, it's now available at no additional cost as part of Foundations.

Mike: Yeah, free is always good. I also thought for a second that I was like, somebody said, "Well, did you hear about Salesforce Foundations?" And I think they dropped the S and I was like, "Yes, I've heard of the Salesforce Foundation." That's not what we're announcing.

Eddie Cliff: No, that's right. Yeah, I know there's a lot of words that we use at Salesforce and a lot of them sound familiar. This is Foundations with an S, not our .org and all of the amazing things that we do via the Salesforce Foundation. This is, if you think about it, like the foundations, the platform, the beginning point of your Salesforce journey and all the power you can bring.

Mike: So I feel like all of this existed prior, we just brought together... I've seen all this stuff. How did Foundations come to be?

Eddie Cliff: Yeah, and I think, Mike, last time I was on, we were talking about the Pro Suite and hopefully everybody had an opportunity to listen to that, but this is a refresher, the journey we've been on over the last few years with Salesforce Starter launching back in 2022. We really built this with this ethos of being easy by default and advanced by choice and creating that 360 out of the box, sales, service, commerce and marketing with a hidden version of Data Cloud that was powering all this behind the scenes. And we were getting a lot of great feedback on Starter. It's really a self-service product. You didn't need any help to get up and running. You didn't need to talk to an account executive. You could sign up online, try it for free and purchase with a credit card. But what we started to hear from our customers is they wanted more, either because they were growing or they just needed more advanced capabilities and more customization options. And so that's why we launched Pro Suite last year to allow for that seamless upgrade from Starter, and to allow our customers to get that enhanced set of capabilities and customization options. And again, we were getting really great feedback, which is awesome. And so what we started to hear from customers is they wanted to go up, they wanted to expand to Enterprise or even to Unlimited Edition, but they didn't want to lose any of that 360. They didn't want to go to Sales EE and lose the marketing and the commerce and the service capabilities that came with Starter and Pro Suites. So that was the beginning of, "Well, let's create this in a way that we can allow customers of Starter and Pro Suites to upgrade and not lose any capabilities." But at the same point, we realized, "Well, we should make this base set of capabilities available for all of our customers so they can get that value, and they don't have to start with Starter or Pro Suite. So they can do this directly in their EE or UE org." And so doing things like allowing sellers to speed up things with payment links, and so they can send people to a digital storefront to take care of transactional deals that might free them up to focus on more strategic opportunities or doing cross-cloud scenarios like driving loyalty with Service Cloud and Marketing Cloud, working together to create onboarding journeys and loyalty campaigns. And then also allowing marketing teams to get into the mix with really targeted Data Cloud segmentation and personalization tools to execute their email marketing campaigns. And ultimately allowing all the teams within an organization to get better cross-functional visibility by working out of that same system, all underpinned by Data Cloud.

Mike: I think some of that, I'm thinking through as you were talking through that, a lot of that saw in the keynote with how... I forget the retailer we were talking about, but retailer can go in and the person can shop online and then look at it and then immediately pay in the store, making everything a little bit more seamless as opposed to having to send a link or somebody just call in with a credit card or paying online the modern way.

Eddie Cliff: Yeah, that's exactly right. So bringing all of these pieces together and making it easy to consume and connecting all of the dots so you don't have to do that on your side, allows you to do more with Data Cloud, to do more segmentation and personalization because you're capturing that full Customer 360 in that unified profile that you can then use. So if you have say your commerce order data flowing in, that can be used to trigger marketing campaigns or can be used to surface in a service interaction within a case. And as you start to think about all of the Agentforce use cases you saw at Dreamforce, it's predicated on the fact that you have a connected view of your customer. You built that Customer 360, which we know is a challenge for a lot of our customers. And so again, that's the hope here with Foundations is it will help give you a starting point to start building that Customer 360 that you can grow with and scale up with as you need to.

Mike: So one thing that struck me as you are walking through your last answer is thinking, I started as an admin and admins start in different orgs that are of different size. I started in enterprise level, so we were EE with days of always becoming a UE org, the big shiny emerald city. But you said in your answer, customers wanted to expand to EE and above. Was a lot of this predicated on our organizations that were below EE that set up very transactional use cases?

Eddie Cliff: Yeah, good question. It was primarily with those that had started with Starter or with Pro Suite for one reason or another, maybe that fit their business needs when they were first evaluating Salesforce, and then their needs grew and they needed the EE level of capabilities from a sales standpoint, from a service standpoint or just from a platform standpoint. And so that's where we wanted to create this seamless motion that they could go up to EE without losing any of the functionality as well as the experience. It's something we haven't talked about that we've brought in with the Starter and Pro Suites with things like the Left Nav and our homepage, but ultimately allow them to grow as they need to without losing anything was really important to us. And again, as I was talking about before, we realized that there was a large opportunity here to say, "Hey, there's a lot of EE customers." It's by far and large the most adopted addition for us. There's an opportunity to bring this starter level functionality from marketing, from commerce and from service to let's say, a sales EE customer to start taking advantage of, to start trying out and using and see if it's a good fit. They can start to bring in more team members across the organization, and then those solutions will scale and grow with them. But again, all can underpin by Data Cloud. So this makes it really easy for them to create that 360 view and sets it up really nicely now for the launch of Agentforce.

Mike: Yeah, so that begs the question then, who's eligible to get Salesforce Foundations?

Eddie Cliff: So right now, customers with sales and/or service, EE or UE, so Enterprise Edition or Unlimited Edition can get Foundations for free, and that's something that you can do. It just takes a couple of minutes, we'll talk about it. But for those customers that have industries or might have some additional capabilities already in their org, we are working really hard to make Foundations available for you in the near future as well. So stay tuned there. And if you're unsure of what your Salesforce org has, and if it's eligible for Foundations, we have a lot of documentation, but of course, you're also always able to reach out to your account executive and talk with them and learn more, and they can even assist with getting Foundations turned on.

Mike: Right, because it normally was available to people EE and below, right?

Eddie Cliff: That's right. Yeah. So if you think about what we've done in Starter and Pro Suites, I think probably a simple way to think about what Foundations is, is the Pro Suite level of capabilities that we built, which is based on professional edition, sales, service, marketing and commerce. And in bringing that level of functionality up to EE and UE so that you get those additional capabilities that you didn't have access to before. If you had sales EE or sales UE, you didn't have a lot of this service or marketing or commerce capabilities and you didn't have Data Cloud. And so that's really what we're trying to bring when you think about a foundational layer of capabilities and value that we can bring to all editions so everybody can take advantage of it and see the value from it.

Mike: It's almost, I think of the the Steve Jobs early Apple mantra of them looking at remotes and seeing 1,000 buttons and saying, "Well, yeah, anybody can make something complicated. It's really hard to make something simple," and bringing that motion forward. Sometimes you can overcomplicate things and set up. In this way, it's just bringing it forward and making it very simple and logical to set up.

Eddie Cliff: Yeah, that's certainly the goal and that's the ethos that we took with Starter, that easy by default, advanced by choice, that you don't need to be a Salesforce expert to get started with Salesforce. And we've carried that forward as we launch Pro Suite and now as we're launching Foundations, to try to make this as easy as possible for everyone to set up and use and save everyone time in the implementation or adoption of these key features. And you're right, Mike, it's really hard to take something that's hard and to make it easier, and we have a better, better, never best mentality as we approach this. There's always work to be done and sharp edges and rough corners to round off and make the experience better and easier to use and fewer clicks to accomplish key tasks. And so that's near and dear to my heart, my team's heart, on everything that we do in Starter and Pro and Foundations to hopefully make their products experiences as easy to use as possible and as delightful to use as possible as well.

Mike: So you mentioned customers with sales and service, EE or UE are eligible. How do they turn it on? Is it light switch? That was the joke we made with Lightning, right?

Eddie Cliff: Yeah. And as I transitioned into product management, you gave me some PTSD a little bit for the early days of Lightning back... When was that? 2015, 2016. And yeah, we had to do a lot of work to really make it so Lightning was something that large organizations could adopt. Foundations is a little bit different, which is really exciting and it is really simple to add it to your word. And actually, in setup now, there's a new Salesforce Foundation setup node, which you'll notice at the top left. So if you go into setup and you click on Salesforce Foundations, you'll see all of the steps you need to do in a section called Start Here. And so we've made this super simple to get Foundations added and to get started with in your work. And it does require that you'll need to add some skews as we call them, some licenses that you get added to your order to provision the right level of functionality. And so you'll have to accept some terms and go through that process, top power via your account, hopefully everybody's seen that really cool self-service capabilities to manage what you have access to in Salesforce. But again, this is free. You're not paying anything. It's just adding these capabilities, accepting the terms because it's some addendum cinema says, and that's legal terms and the lawyers required it. But once you agree to all that, then we take care of the rest and provisioning and adding everything to your work. And so then all of the necessary pieces will then be present. And so you can go through the rest of the steps once you've added it in. There's some more sections in that set up node. So if you want to go ahead and enable Data Cloud, you can go through that process. If you want to get started with Marketing Cloud, you can enable that, and Commerce Cloud and so forth. And we're going to continue to add on to this page as well to make it simpler, and so that you can take advantage of some of the experience pieces too, like being able to add the Left Nav, to get our homepage in the quick settings enabled for your users. So we're really excited about that. So it's just the beginning of what you'll see if you log into your org today. More will be coming in the following months and releases.

Mike: Good. I like when things just show up in setup. That's a lot easier for me. Early in the podcast, we talked about how Agentforce stole all the headlines at Dreamforce. I know there was at least one session in the admin track that talked about Marketing Cloud and Data Cloud and their importance, and I've heard you mention all of those in your answers. So I think tying Foundations to Agentforce, how does this help an admin get ready for Agentforce?

Eddie Cliff: Yeah, we hadn't intended on this. When we started on Foundations, we didn't intend on this being the foundation for Agentforce. It was something that just organically happened. In partnership with that team, we realized, "Wow, we've got a huge opportunity here because in Foundations, we have all the necessary pieces that are really required for somebody to get started with Agentforce." And so you may have heard at Dreamforce, but there's a freemium offering of Agentforce that's being included in Salesforce Foundations, and that includes some of those agents that the Autonomous Service Agent, ASA, and the BDR, some of those sales use cases, which was really exciting. And this podcast that you're listening to this, it's October 24th or after, and that's the same day as Agentforce is going live in Salesforce Foundations. So if you're listening now, you can get started with agents as part of Foundations. And as I mentioned, all those pieces that you need are there. And so you get Data Cloud out of the box alongside Agentforce, and you get that full Foundations Suite experience across sales, service, marketing and commerce. And what's really cool here is as you do more and you use more of these cross-cloud capabilities, your data and Data Cloud gets richer and more powerful, and so does Agentforce. So a great example of this, you think about the service use cases, which I'm really excited about the possibilities and what our customers are going to do with the Autonomous Service Agents. Really, really cool stuff, where you get that base level of Service Cloud now that has knowledge base. And so you can create those knowledge articles and you can start to build out that wealth of information that can then flow into Data Cloud and be used via Agentforce, which is just really cool and not something that you'd been able to do without Foundations previously.

Mike: Oh, absolutely. That's always a question that admins get asked is, "How do I turn this on?" Eddie, one of the things I figured out this weekend was working in tech and having done this podcast for so long, I feel like everybody that does technology stuff, secretly on the side also has a very tactile hobby of theirs. And this weekend, I used some scrap wood because I live in a housing development and they're building new houses around me. So there's piles of scrap wood that I reclaim as my own, and I just build random stuff out of it, and it was incredibly fun. I'm wondering, is there a fun hobby that you like to do when you're not working on Salesforce Foundations?

Eddie Cliff: Yeah, tons. And if you go in my garage, there's power tools everywhere.

Mike: Of course.

Eddie Cliff: So I love to tinker and fix things-

Mike: You have to buy a new power tool just for every project. Right? That's the whole reason you do a project.

Eddie Cliff: That's the best part. Yeah, that's the best part. Pick up projects you get a new power tool for. So I'm always constructing something, whether it's something that we need for the house or something that we like to do. For example, we have this hobby, Kayak is a trimaran, a sailing kayak in the seats. Being a product person, you just find the things that really annoy you and you come up with solutions for fixing them. And these seats sit in the bottom of the kayak. And so as you're going around, you start to get wet. So, "There's a solution to this. I can come up with something. Get some PVC pipe, I can construct some plans and get some mounts and some boat seats." And voila, I've got some nice cheap seats that I can put into the kayak that's going to keep me dry as I'm going out with my family, which is... I've got a 6-year-old. And so he loves to go out on that and go out on the water. And so that was really important to me to have, so a little bit more comfortable. And also the utility of keeping me dry because it's got these pedals that you have to use with your feet to propel the kayak. So it's really important that you have a comfortable seat so that your back isn't killing you at the end of the day.

Mike: Oh, man.

Eddie Cliff: So we do a lot of that kind of stuff. And then this past weekend, it was just tons of gardening that we were finally getting done around the house. It's not so hot anymore. So getting all those plants in place was really exciting and it looks great.

Mike: And you said sailing kayak. Are they bigger than just the regular kayaks that I'm thinking of?

Eddie Cliff: Yeah, it's a two-person kayak and it's got the Ama, as they call them, the little outriggers on either side.

Mike: Okay.

Eddie Cliff: So it's super stable, and then it's got a fairly big sail that goes into it, so you don't have to use the sail, but in light winds, it sure does make it a lot easier so you're not pedaling the whole time.

Mike: Sure.

Eddie Cliff: And so you can beach launch it, so it's really easy to get onto the water and get back onto the trailer. And so it's something that we really enjoy doing as a family together.

Mike: Wow, okay. I had no idea these things existed. I've thought of kayaks before, but that sounds incredible. And pedaling would be... I guess there's no motor.

Eddie Cliff: Yeah, you get to work out. Actually, my next project is to put a mount on the back and so I can put a trolling motor-

Mike: I was going to say.

Eddie Cliff: For those days where the current's a little stronger.

Mike: Electric motors are getting better. I see them on the prices. These little things that divers can hang onto. They look like wings or whatever, and they pull them under, get a couple of those.

Eddie Cliff: Yeah, exactly. And that's a fun thing. You get these types of things and you can modify it to fit your needs and your requirements. You can come up with solutions to really make it work for you. So I apply that same level of thinking that I do at Salesforce to my day-to-day, and the things that I use in my day-to-day life outside of work, which is always fun.

Mike: Yeah. Well, Eddie, thanks for coming on the podcast and talking about Foundations. I'll have to work on getting somebody on the podcast to see what they think of Foundations as a customer and what they're excited for as a follow-up.

Eddie Cliff: Yeah, thanks for having me. And we're really excited about the future of Foundations. Stay tuned to release notes. There's more coming. We're going to be adding more capabilities to Foundations for you to take advantage of, and those will continue to be free. So keep an eye out for those release notes. And as you turn it on and try it out, we'd love to hear your feedback. So please share your feedback with us, or if you have any ideas going out to the Idea Exchange and share those with us because we're constantly reviewing those and seeing what we can implement to help make it better, better, never best. So thank you for listening and I appreciate your feedback.

Mike: You bet. Thanks, Eddie. So that was a fun conversation with Eddie. I had no idea there were sailing kayaks. Maybe you did. I grew up in the Midwest. We don't have a lot of water around here, so no surprise, but sounds cool. Sounds very cool. Except for the pedaling part, always a fan. If you can have a motor, I'm on board. But if you enjoyed this episode, be sure to share it with at least one person who you think could benefit. I think a lot of people can benefit from understanding and learning more about Salesforce Foundations. And of course, whatever podcast platform you're listening on, go ahead and click that follow or subscribe button. That way, new episodes will come out and will be immediately on your phone. And if you're looking for more resources, we've got those. So you can learn about Salesforce Foundations. Just head on over to admin.salesforce.com for a wealth of content, all for Salesforce admins, directly for you, including a transcript of today's show. And don't forget to join our conversation in the Admin Trailblazer group, that's in the Trailblazer community. Again, link is in the show notes. Show notes are at admin.salesforce.com. We keep it all together for you in one place. Speaking of keeping it all together, until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Jennifer Cole, Director of Business Intelligence and Automation at 908 Devices.

Join us as we chat about how Salesforce Admins can bridge the gap between business processes and data accuracy.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jennifer Cole.

The importance of understanding the 'Why' behind data entry Jen gave a stellar presentation about business processes and data strategy at World Tour Boston, and I wanted to bring her on the podcast to learn more. “Data isn’t helpful if you don’t know your process,” she says, “it’s just interesting facts on a screen that maybe make pretty graphs. But what does it tell you if you don’t know what questions you’re answering?”

More often than not, the people doing a business process don’t understand why they need to log data a certain way. That’s why as Salesforce Admins, we need to understand the “Why” behind data entry. If we can bridge the information gap and explain why having accurate data is so important, we’re more likely to get people on board.

The impact of inaccurate data on business tools With new AI tools like Einstein Copilot or Next Best Action, having accurate data is more important than ever. As Jen puts it, “Inaccurate data creates inaccurate business decisions.” But in order to get there, you have to explain why it’s important.

Jen supports a lot of sales teams, and it’s a great example. Sales teams want to sell things, and they don’t always understand why they need to log an email into Salesforce or create the next step on an opportunity because they don’t know how that information will be used.

It’s up to Salesforce Admins to bridge this gap and spell out what the data is used for. If your sales team knows that logging their calls accurately will help you tell them the best time to call each prospect, they’ll be a lot more attentive to how they enter that data into Salesforce.

Strategies for improving data collection Jen points out that trainings are a great time to get started with explaining the why behind data collection. When they fill in this field, who else will use that information and how will it help the business as a whole? You need to get them invested in the process and help them see the broader picture.

Finally, it’s important to establish feedback loops that help your team stay invested in the process. If they can see how accurate data impacts their day-to-day, they’re much more likely to be invested in the project of data collection.

There’s a lot more great stuff from Jen about how to look at your business processes and data strategy, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to hear more from the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Podcast: Solving Business Problems with Composer and Flow with Jennifer Cole * Blog: How to Use Salesforce to Manage Your Documentation * Blog: How to Write Great Documentation to Help with Future Problem Solving * Podcast: Understanding the Importance of Data Health in Salesforce

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Jen on LinkedIn

  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn

  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on Tiktok
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt:

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're talking with Jennifer Cole about data strategy and process. Well, yeah, a little something different because in the world of AI and a lot of tools just in general, not to mention automation tools, it's good to know what you're doing with your data and do you have a process in place to make sure you're collecting good data. Also, I ask her about bad data, so that's an interesting answer. But really understanding what data are you collecting, and does everybody know the process for data collection because as we know, it's going to be even more important to have great data so that AI can give us even better insights. But if we don't know the process, then I think we're in trouble. So Jennifer's going to help us with that.

But before we get into the episode, just a reminder that if you're listening on Apple Podcasts or Spotify or wherever you get your podcasts, be sure to click the follow button, that way this podcast can automatically be downloaded right to your device so that when you're out on your dog walk, you don't have to worry about downloading it because it'll already be there. And of course, I always appreciate a good review, so let me know how we're doing. With that, let's talk process and data quality and maybe data strategies. There's quite a few things in this podcast with Jennifer. And let's get Jennifer on the podcast. So, Jen, welcome back to the podcast.

Jennifer Cole:

Thanks, Mike. I'm really excited to be back.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, last time, and I'll put a link in the show notes because you won't hear that a thousand more times today, but we were talking about documenting your process as an admin when you're solving things.

Jennifer Cole:

Yes, good stuff.

Mike Gerholdt:

I know. Well, I really enjoyed that. I could spend, again, probably another two hours doing that because, first of all, I constantly forget, "What was I doing here?" I should have wrote that down better. But we've since caught up a thousand other times and wanted to expand on that conversation because with AI, there's so many more shiny tools out there.

Jennifer Cole:

There are.

Mike Gerholdt:

I know, seriously.

Jennifer Cole:

A lot.

Mike Gerholdt:

I'm getting the cart in front of the horse. Let's refresh people about the amount of awesomeness stuff that you work on and what you do in the community. So let's start there.

Jennifer Cole:

Sure. Yeah. I am Director of Business Intelligence and Automation at 908 Devices, which is a super cool title that basically says, "I am still an awesome admin." I'm building apps and supporting my team. I run a team of awesome admins and have recently been able to co-present with one of my awesome admins at the Boston World Tour last, what, two months ago? Wow, time flies.

Mike Gerholdt:

I know. Yeah.

Jennifer Cole:

Oh, so much. Talking about process and data strategy. So that is my sweet spot and what I'm still rocking out at 908.

Mike Gerholdt:

I feel everybody now is paying attention to data with AI. Data, data, data. Pay attention to your data, clean your data, wash your data, put your data in a dishwasher.

Jennifer Cole:

Give me your data.

Mike Gerholdt:

Cascade is going to have special data tabs here pretty soon. Tide's going to have data pods, right? I'm kidding.

Jennifer Cole:

I was going to ask if they were going to be Salesforce branded, that would've been fun. I would've bought those.

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, I know, right? But they only work in the cloud, so you'd have to stand outside in the rain. That wasn't a well-thought-through joke, so that's okay. You can't have a zinger every single time. But you bring up a good point. So what good is data if you don't know your process, right?

Jennifer Cole:

Yeah. I don't know that it's helpful if you don't know your process. It's just interesting facts on a screen that maybe make pretty graphs, but what does it tell you if you don't know what questions you're answering?

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. I guess in the scheme of things, if we're sitting down and we're looking at our data and we're cleaning our data, we should really take a step back and think about, "What are we doing with our process?" And maybe to your point, and you can expand on this, does everybody know the process? Do you run into a lot of organizations that don't know their process?

Jennifer Cole:

Yes.

Mike Gerholdt:

Or a process, I should say. The process, like there's one.

Jennifer Cole:

Can I choose C, all of the above?

Mike Gerholdt:

C, all of the above.

Jennifer Cole:

Yeah, actually quite a few. And I would expect most people assume it's certain pockets of the organization or those who just aren't doing the day-to-day work, but I don't think that's true. I actually experience people that are doing the day-to-day work don't even fully understand the process or why they're doing what they're doing or what information downstream or upstream their process is being leveraged in. So it's everywhere, honestly.

Mike Gerholdt:

Look, we all go to work. People are probably listening to this podcast going to work, like, "I'm going to go to work and send some emails and do work." And they do things. So when you say they don't know the process, what about that do you... Is it there's no organizational book or they don't know where the data comes and they don't know what they're shipping out or where it goes?

Jennifer Cole:

I think a little bit of both, but if I think about the group of folks I support the largest amount of my time against is the sales organization. They have an objective to make sales, right? They're in sales. It's literally in their title. And for them, they just want to get the job done, right? They want to make a customer happy, they want to book that order, and they want to move on to the next one. And they don't always understand why they have to log an email into Salesforce or why they need to create this next step on their opportunity, and who is actually using the application field that they're tagging about their customer.

I think they get rightfully so focused on what they're trying to achieve, they don't see the broader picture of where their data's going and how that helps the company refine what they're doing or tweak the customer they want to focus on or tweak how we do things to make them more efficient. So I think in that particular very specific example, they're just so focused on their job, they don't understand why or how it matters.

Mike Gerholdt:

You bring up a very good step in the sales process. If they don't understand why that step's required and the data they're gathering for that step, then they're less likely to do it, right? They'll just do it in a spreadsheet and then when the deal's closed, they'll just go in Salesforce and just bang through the opportunity as fast as they can, right?

Jennifer Cole:

Right. There's nothing enriching in that. I can't look at a bigger scope of data to understand, "Geez, a lot of our opportunities close faster when they do a follow-up call 20 days after X event." And that would be juicy information to know because then it becomes a feedback loop in the process to say, "Hey, it looks like the odds of closing your deal faster if you do this particular step." But if all of that is being logged outside of the system and we don't know how many follow-up calls there are or face-to-face meetings or customer demos that are taking place, then we can't provide that intel back to help them achieve their goals faster and smarter.

Mike Gerholdt:

So if they're logging, let's say, a required field, which is an arbitrary date because they're trying to get through to the closed one because they think they're following the process, but they really did the whole thing out of Salesforce, and then it's Friday night and the quarter closes and they're trying to get their opportunities in, by not understanding the process, are they then creating bad data?

Jennifer Cole:

Oh, bad's a funny word. I would say inaccurate data. I would say data that's going to mislead you. Yes, there's technically bad data, but in that case, it's not intentionally bad. It's more just inaccurate to the true story. And I think that can make it very misleading for the business because they might adjust their workflow based upon the intel they have and it actually isn't improving anything because nobody was being honest about what they were entering.

Mike Gerholdt:

So CEO goes to, we'll use your example, Boston World Tour and sees the new AI, Copilot and Einstein stuff, and maybe wants to use Einstein Next Best Action, but because they're just putting in arbitrary dates, the new shiny isn't really helping them.

Jennifer Cole:

No, it just becomes a very expensive toy. Sorry, but it does. It doesn't help them move anything faster, right?

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. And I think it's an interesting concept because we always go back to, "Well, this one thing will just help you do stuff better." But ultimately, before you even look at those things, it's, "But what is the process that you're trying to get to? Do you even understand the process?" Is that where you start with a lot of things?

Jennifer Cole:

It's where I start everything. When a person comes for an enhancement or wants to report out on this particular metric or get data to understand what's happening with their business, the question always begins with, "What questions are you trying to answer? I understand you are asking for this data point, but why? Is it something you're doing today or you're not doing today and you want to understand how well you are or are not filling that information in or following that process?"

Because understanding the process for me and my experience and my team's experience helps us serve our customers better. And when I say customer, I mean internal employees in this case because we're an internal team. We help them achieve so much more when we can get underneath and get to the why. Understanding their why is what drives bigger change for us because it often is not just them who need the help or need the change, but actually other people in the organization have that same why. So process is almost like a keystone in the bridge for us. We have to get to it. We have to understand it before we start building across and bridging islands together.

Mike Gerholdt:

Man, the number of times understanding the why has come up. I should get a shirt that says that.

Jennifer Cole:

That'd be a great shirt.

Mike Gerholdt:

Understand the why. So let me dial in specifically for an admin that's listening. Are there things that you build into your application when you create something, let's say for sales or customer service, that helps remind the end user about the why?

Jennifer Cole:

Sometimes, yes. Actually, a recent deployment we did was to enable sales to capture who should get automated booking and shipping notifications. And we moved that into Salesforce so that when it replicates over to our ERP, it's auto-fed. It's just more accurate. The sales rep knows who should be getting those notices. And we have those fields there to fill in those addresses, but we did something super simple. We added a little text bubble, an actual text component on the lightning page that explained what field did what, and critical reminders about which field you should fill in and which field you should update this address only.

And the feedback we got was, "That was great. I need that. That always will remind me because I can never remember what I'm supposed to do or why it matters." And it was just a really simple little text component on the screen. So we try to do small things like that where we nudge them through the workflow with those gentle reminders, conditional visibility reminders, anything that helps them in that moment for that particular step in the process to remember the critical reason why it matters helps.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. That's really great because you think about the level of complexity that is getting added to everyone's job. I remember as an admin, I'd spent two, three months with maybe a department or a team working on what their process is and getting their app right in Salesforce. And by the end of it, man, you could have quizzed me Jeopardy-level on what was going on with that team and how the data flowed and I would have nailed it, but two months later-

Jennifer Cole:

It's gone.

Mike Gerholdt:

... no idea. It's gone.

Jennifer Cole:

What's my name? Yes.

Mike Gerholdt:

I'll take, nope, I don't know, hodgepodge for 500, Alex.

Jennifer Cole:

Yes. Real admin life.

Mike Gerholdt:

Exactly. But somehow you just expect to turn that app over to your users and like, "Oh, I'm sure they'll remember this." So when you're creating an app and have those epiphanies, "Let's add this box that reminds people," how important is it for you? Or how important do you feel it is that admins make sure that their users know where the data that they're working on comes from and where it goes?

Jennifer Cole:

I think it's actually critical to adoption. Everyone loves to throw this word adoption around, and it's more than just logins. It's actually usability of the system and following the process. And we had a sales meeting, was it two years ago, a year ago? And we were asked to present as a Salesforce team to the sales team about critical fields they need to fill in. And everyone's done those trainings. They're painful for the salespeople. They're just sitting there, "Yeah, okay, I have to fill in the application. Yeah, okay, I have to update my close date. Yeah, okay." And they go through this monotony. But what we found was so successful and an incredible adoption to following the process was when we told them why.

We said, "Okay, when you fill this in, here are the people after you that are using this data. Here's your marketing team and how they're using it to refine the drip campaigns to send to your customers. So if you classify them right, they're going to get special content against their industry or application usage." And we found, Mike, it was the coolest thing, we found in our support channel, we use Slack for issues and questions by the business, people after that sales meeting we're just saying, "Now, what if I choose this and what happens if I choose this?" Because they knew who was using the data that they input and where it went, they started to care. And then we just saw greater adoption and questions around, "Well, what happens if I choose the wrong thing? Can I fix it?" And that's a win as an admin in my book when your business suddenly cares about the data they're putting in.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, especially for salespeople. I did an exercise like that where the salespeople went through the call center. And I remember sitting in the break room and the salespeople sitting down with call center agents and like, "Well, whenever we get this from sales, it says this." And them sitting there going, "Well, we fill it out because we think it's this." But those two people had never talked. And the second they talked, it was like, "Oh, well we could 100% get this." And then the customer service agent is like, "Oh, that would be so helpful because then when they call in and ask, we don't have to spend 20 minutes looking something up."

Jennifer Cole:

It's amazing. It's powerful.

Mike Gerholdt:

I'll take ownership of this too, it's the fact that when you sit down sometimes, you work at processes at a stage gate level and you forget, "Okay, well, I did sales and then sales ends here." Well, sales doesn't end there. There's that gray area, and I just didn't bring those groups together. I jumped over to service and obviously everything shipped and it was fine or then they'd call, except that gap in between there is the parts you got to work on.

Jennifer Cole:

The bridging of the teams and how the data flows between them.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah.

Jennifer Cole:

I think that's where the secret sauce is.

Mike Gerholdt:

A lot of it is. So let's touch on this. Automation has always been huge, and I know we've talked a lot with you about integrations and bringing data over. How does not knowing the process really impact automations?

Jennifer Cole:

How much time do we have? No, I'm kidding.

Mike Gerholdt:

As much time as you'd like.

Jennifer Cole:

I think it can have a huge impact on the business in not a good way. I think it could accelerate inaccurate data faster. If you don't understand your process and why you're filling in what fields, you could be filling in fields that mean nothing to your business, that mean nothing to you learning how to change your process, adapt your process to better suit your business and your customers. I think it can actually be an unfortunate waste of energy for your admins and money for the organization if you just don't understand what you want to do and who's doing what and why. Remember the TV show Lost, which is very controversial, no one likes the ending of Lost. But remember-

Mike Gerholdt:

I remember it. I'm one of the few people that never got into it.

Jennifer Cole:

Okay, consider yourself lucky.

Mike Gerholdt:

So I've been told.

Jennifer Cole:

You've saved so many hours of your life that you've done better things with.

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh no, I've wasted them with other TV shows.

Jennifer Cole:

Well, I will quickly say, for the audience that does know the show, there's this scene or episode where this guy just keeps pressing a red button and he has no idea why. And then he leaves and someone else has to take over pressing this red button. And ultimately, it ends up being not as critical as anyone might think, but they're just doing it because they were told to do it and they have to do it, but nobody knows why.

And I think businesses, if they don't understand their process, are doing the same thing. They're demanding fields to be populated by their users that are never used, that are never actually aggregated to understand if there's value or something to modify an existing workflow or change the direction of how you advertise to customers. They're just pressing red buttons. So I think it can be dangerous if you don't understand.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. So is that perpetuated by the fact that a lot of products and services are sold with, "Here's the easy way to fix your X"?

Jennifer Cole:

Short answer? Yes. And I understand why that's done. They want to show the ease of use of the tool. But I think the piece that's really hard is we can't get underneath to see how it's built to know if it's going to work for our challenging business problems that we're trying to solve. And what isn't really discussed either is why understanding your data strategy is so important and how that tool fits in. I think that's missed.

And I don't think that's always understood by the C-suite or the folks that are paying for these tools. They just see this really cool tool like, "Hey, AI is going to do this for you. I want to be able to do that too. Let's just buy it." But somebody has to understand how it works, and somebody has to understand the process so that it actually becomes valuable. It's missed. It's truly, truly missed. And it's hard for admins.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, I think you said something that's even bigger than process that I'm realizing now, which is process exists in a world where there is a data strategy.

Jennifer Cole:

It's a piece.

Mike Gerholdt:

We've probably not sat down, I've never sat down, have you ever sat down and written a data strategy with an organization?

Jennifer Cole:

Written it down? No. It's desperately needed, but conversations are a good place to start, for sure.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, but it's something that we as a Salesforce admin should think about because then we can create a world in which process can exist because data strategy tells me, "We know where the data is going to originate from, how we're going to use it, and what our end goals are." And end goals could be many endpoints. And then within that data strategy world is where we start to build different processes that take that data and transform it into useful things that the business can then use to make decisions on. So we just haven't sat down and wrote data strategies.

Jennifer Cole:

I think so. And I think that's hard day one. My own experience has been the process that was just built over time because somebody needed this field or somebody wanted to do this. There wasn't a broader conversation of, "Well, who else wants to use this field?" And it's something I need, do you need it too, Mike? Those conversations, I don't think they happen at the beginning because businesses are just trying to get off the ground and they're just trying to get customers engaged.

So we're a little bit backwards in the whole process, but it is critical, I think, for businesses to start and stop... Well, how do I want to say this? They need to stop and think about, "We've got all these processes, do they still make sense? Are they where we want to go and do they fit into our larger strategy for what data we want to use to navigate the ship of our business truly?" So I think unfortunately, the data strategy doesn't come until after processes are baked in, but hopefully not too solidified that they can't rip them up and start something from scratch if it doesn't fit the strategy they want to achieve.

Mike Gerholdt:

Right. Yeah, because I'm thinking early day one, which who knows where people are at, but early day one of a sales process is, "How do you get the widget to the customer as fast as possible?" Right?

Jennifer Cole:

Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt:

Later stage day one, as the company matures, "How do we efficiently get the widget to the customer and understand our operational challenges?"

Jennifer Cole:

It's an evolution, yeah.

Mike Gerholdt:

We're still shipping widgets, it's just why does the widget sit for six days at this stage? Is that six days lost or is that six days... I don't know. And that's where data strategy figures that out because are we even capturing that data to make that decision to figure that stuff out? And if not, then we need to start doing that.

Jennifer Cole:

Yes. And it makes me think about how I'm hearing more in the community, which very much excites me, of reverse thinking, "Well, what do you want to measure? Okay, let's go backwards and figure out do you even have the fields to start measuring it. And are you measuring it because you're curious or are you measuring it because it's something you want to bake into your workflow and your process there?" So I'm excited to hear more in the community of folks starting to think about this reverse modeling of, "Well, we want to understand what our customers are doing with our widgets. Now that they're using them, we're super excited we've got this customer base, but should we start to target certain types of customers? Well, what are they doing with our widgets?"

"Okay, great question. Are you set up to even track that? And what do you need in order to start tracking it? And then who's going to fill it in and do they know why they're filling it in?" That whole reverse model. So that's an exciting shift that I'm hearing more of in the industry and fellow admins to support that data strategy. But I think you're right, that next step is really sitting down to define on paper what that strategy is and then communicating it to everyone in the organization at every level of the organization because that just goes back to the why. When folks understand the why, they get excited, they want to help.

Mike Gerholdt:

I'll flip back and forth. So then you sit down, you look at process, you think of data strategy. When looking at tools, what are some things that admins shouldn't be afraid to ask or should really get behind and get their hands dirty looking at?

Jennifer Cole:

Oh, thank you for the question. I think it's setup. As a customer of Salesforce, your poor sales reps, I'm tough because I always want to see what's underneath. Don't give me the shiny YouTube video, let me play with it, let me get in there. So I would love for fellow admins to be just as precocious and go into setup. Let me physically see my options. And that's super cool what you just showed me, but how did you set it up? Let me in your demo org. And Salesforce demo orgs are incredible, like what your solution engineers build and play with and what's in there. Ask admins, ask for a sneak peek because you, as an admin, not only need to understand how your business would apply the tool, but you need to understand how it works and how it can scale to solve all the crazy problems that you'll come across because in a way, you've got to sell it to your business. Admins are diverse. They're builders, and they're also internal salespeople to their own executive suite. So I would encourage them to say, "Show me how it's made."

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. I also, as an admin, liked showing my users if they wanted to see how I made the app or parts of it that, say sales, for example, if they asked, "Well, what happens if we add a step here?" Well, then I can just go click, click, boom, and now that new step shows up in path and shows up in the opportunity. And it lets them know two things. One, I understand the value of being agile and changing because if we're working on a new process, we've got to be ready to, "Hey, this really isn't working despite what we thought it would do on paper." And also two, when we get to that point, you need to know I have the skill to change the application at the speed of business so that we can make that adjustment and keep moving forward.

Jennifer Cole:

Yes, I fully agree. And it's interesting too because even my user population loves to see under the hood, even though they're never-

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, really?

Jennifer Cole:

... going to use it. Oh, they love it. When they like to see those changes on the fly that you were just speaking to, like, "Yeah, I do know how to manage this application. I do know how to customize it. I can improve it for you." When we do on-demand changes for them in a meeting when we're getting app feedback or process feedback that we've implemented in Salesforce, they just think it's so much fun.

Number one, they gain a lot more confidence in the team because they're seeing something happen in real-time. But number two, they themselves love to see it and enjoy how quickly we can support the business. And also, it allows them to understand when sometimes it takes us more time because it's more complicated, there's a better understanding. So totally diverging topics on you, but yeah, users love it too.

Mike Gerholdt:

It's getting behind the scenes, which is digging into process and digging into data strategies. So a follow-up to that, do you regularly share that, and would you recommend admins regularly do that as well?

Jennifer Cole:

Yes, I would actually. And it's funny, as an admin, we're often tagged as being a tiny bit controlling in our orgs and love everything to be precise and buttoned up. But I think it actually gains business trust when we crack open the org in setup for them and they can see how we click around because there's no risk. If someone wants to join the admin team and they're that curious and inspired by what they see in setup, oh my gosh, come on over. But at the same breath, admins can gain so much trust, I feel, from their business when they expose what they're doing.

Because if you think about it, admins are going into the business every day and saying, "Show me your process. How are you doing it? Let me see what you're doing." We're putting our business under the microscope to improve it. I don't think there's any harm in the reverse. It just helps build that mutual trust and relationship of sharing how to build something and what the possibilities are or are not. And I encourage it. I think it would be great. Actually, I encourage my team to do it. They do it in front of our users all the time, and it's been a positive experience.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, I can't think of a better way to wrap up the conversation than having brought it completely back around on us where we're being as transparent with our processes, we're asking the business to be with us while we create the technology to support it. Thanks for coming back on the pod and sharing your thoughts on this and giving us data strategies to work on.

Jennifer Cole:

Thanks, Mike. It was really great.

Mike Gerholdt:

I'm excited.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, I don't know about you, but I was thinking of a thousand different times that I needed to have a conversation between different departments so that they understood the importance of putting fields in. And really, it was interesting, after the call, Jennifer and I talked a little bit because so much of what we do when we sit down with our users is, "Well, how are we going to document this? What are we going to put in Salesforce?" And we get wrapped up with what we're going to put in Salesforce, which we should, but we forget to talk of why.

And that came up in this conversation is why are we putting this down? Why is this a critical stage? Why is it critical that we capture this data at this point? And then who's going to do something with it to make us a better organization? When talking sales, it's not just shipping out the widget as fast as we can, but maybe as efficiently as we can and understanding different parts of our organization so that we can capture data. And I got to agree with Jennifer, boy, it was such a good point, having all of your users understand where the data is coming from and where the data that they create goes, where in the process they sit, and having those individuals meet with each other. I think that was such a great insight that Jennifer brought to this episode.

I hope you enjoyed listening to it. And of course, if you did, you can share it with your friends. Just go ahead and click on those three dots. There's usually three dots in just about every application now, and you can share it on social. I would so appreciate that. And if you're looking for resources or anything that we mentioned in the episode itself, show notes are right there. They're also on our website, admin.salesforce.com, which has got everything you need to read, blog posts, other podcasts you can listen to, and a transcript of this show. And of course, you can join the conversation in the Admin Trailblazer group, which is in the Trailblazer Community, that is also a link in the show notes. A lot of people talk in data quality and process there too. All right, so until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Jim Ray, Director of Developer Relations and Advocacy at Slack.

Join us as we chat about Workflow Builder, Slack integrations, and what happens when you put them together.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jim Ray.

Slack as a multi-purpose tool Jim is here to tell us that Slack is much more than a chat tool. Automations and integrations can open a whole new world of utility for your organization. And while Slack integrations have always been a thing, you used to need some technical knowledge in order to build your own.

All that’s changed with the launch of Workflow Builder. This tool allows you to build automations in Slack without ever having to code or host an app. Once you get started with making your own Slack integrations, you’ll never know how you got by without them.

Empowering admins with Workflow Builder You can do a lot of cool things in Workflow Builder, like create a new channel or automatically post a formatted message at a certain time each week. But Slack integrations are where it really gets interesting.

For example, let’s say you have a weekly status report meeting. You can create a scheduled workflow that automatically drops the relevant Salesforce info into a Slack channel so everyone can refer to it for the meeting. Slack integrations go both ways, so you can also use a Slack automation to execute a flow in Salesforce.

With Workflow Builder, you can bring your Salesforce data directly into Slack and vice versa, and the possibilities are endless.

Enhancing Productivity with Slack AI Finally, Jim had a lot to say about Slack AI, which gives you the ability to search Slack with natural language queries and summarize or format the results. When he came back to work after his paternity leave, he needed to prep for a first meeting with a new skip-level manager. So he asked Slack AI, “What does this person think about the Slack platform?” It gave him a summary of everything they ever posted on the subject, complete with footnotes so he could look at specific comments.

Most importantly, Jim points out that the automations you create in Workflow Builder are exactly the kind of structured data that Slack AI loves to work with. This opens up a whole new world of possibilities for how you can share information across your organization without the need to put everyone on Salesforce.

This episode is full of use cases and tips for how to get started with Slack integrations, so be sure to take a listen. And don’t forget to subscribe for more from the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: Amber Boaz on Slack Best Practices

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Jim on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on Tiktok
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt:

Okay, this week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we are going to have a lot of fun because we are talking about Slack automations with the director of developer relations and advocacy, Jim Ray of Slack. Now, you're probably a Salesforce Admin, you're like, "Oh, but we don't use Slack. I'm not going to listen to this." No! This is a fun episode and it's going to give you a ton of ideas for, hey, maybe we should think about using Slack. I'm not here to sell you anything. I don't get any commissions.

I just love when I can give you ideas and creative answers to challenges that you're facing. And Jim talks us through a whole bunch of fun stuff that you can do in Slack and gave me a ton of ideas. We talked about canvases. I don't know if you use canvases, but it's a ton of fun. Now, before we get into that, I want to tell you about, hey, what we got coming up in April, because this is last episode of March. I have architect evangelist Tom Leddy coming on to talk about decisioning. I reconnected with Lizz Hellinga at TrailblazerDX.

Remember, she was on a previous episode talking about the importance of clean data and why that's important for AI. She's coming back. I'm working on getting Skip Sauls with the Data Cloud update, so Data Cloud. And then I'm going to introduce a new episode at the end of April where I'm bringing my co-worker, Josh Burke, on, and he's going to do a deep dive episode with a product manager. We're working on getting somebody really cool to help you change the way you do some of your thinking.

That's all I'm going to tease out for right now. But of course, if you're not already subscribed to the podcast, make sure you're doing that, make sure you're following it. It's a different word on every podcast platform. But if you do that, new episodes automatically get downloaded to your phone. That way when you wake up in the morning, you put the leash on the dog, you go out, boom! You press play, podcast is going, and you can get some great information. You don't have to think about it, or maybe you're riding the bus to work or bicycling.

It's starting to become summer now. So anyway, that's a whole long way. This is fun. You're going to enjoy this podcast. Let's get Jim on the pod. So Jim, welcome to the podcast.

Jim Ray:

Thanks so much. It's great to be here, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt:

I always have fun talking Slack. I feel like the last time we talked Slack was with Amber Boaz and she was telling us how to replace meetings with Slack. And then you did a presentation in the admin track at TDX about automating in Slack, and I just feel like that's the next level for people that use Slack is getting it to do stuff automagically. So that's what I'd love to talk about, but let's start with how did Jim get all the way to Slack?

Jim Ray:

That's a great question. I'm also glad you mentioned Amber Boaz. I had the opportunity to meet her at TDX.

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, she's wonderful.

Jim Ray:

She's from my neck of the woods, so I'm going to try to drive down to Durham in a month or so and hang out with the user group that she's got.

Mike Gerholdt:

That's pretty country down there too.

Jim Ray:

It is. It's nice. I went to school down there too, so it's pretty great. So if we're talking background here, my background is actually in journalism. I have a journalism degree from the University of North Carolina. That's what I did.

Mike Gerholdt:

So it's obvious that you would work in tech.

Jim Ray:

Obvious that I would be working in developer relations at Slack. It's maybe not as much of a leap as people might think. I was always kind of the techie guy that was looking for... My degree is in this multimedia storytelling. This was the late '90s. We were trying to figure out how to do interesting new ways of telling stories on the web, and that's what I was into. So I always had a tech mindset inside of the newsrooms that I worked in. And then when I switched over to tech, I still brought that media background with me.

And interestingly enough, DevRel has merged those two things. It wasn't something that I'd set out to do, but I was really interested in what was going on at Slack. I started working at Slack in the middle of 2016, so just as the company was really rocketing off. It was a really incredible first year. The user growth was happening a lot. The company itself was growing tremendously. It was a different place every year for the first couple of years that I was there. And so I've been working on the DevRel side for most of that time.

And then recently, about a year and a half ago, I took over our developer advocacy team. And so on developer advocacy in Slack, what we do is we work primarily with our customers who are building on the Slack platform. The platform is multifaceted in some ways. We have our Slack App Directory where you go and you install apps that are built by our partners, or they're built by companies that are building their business on top of Slack.

But the bulk of the work that happens on the platform is custom apps and integrations that are built by our customers to solve their own needs. We're always looking for ways to engage with that audience and help them understand how to do automation in Slack.

Mike Gerholdt:

I mean, I think too often people just look at Slack as like, oh, it's just another communication tool. But just as we were chatting before we even got started, the number of features that it has and the way you can configure things to, lack of a better term, almost communicate back with you and make life easier, which is what the point of automation.

I remember the first time I built an automation, which I believe was just for a simple Slack group where it was like, I really want questions in the Slack group formatted in a certain way, and so I just stuck up that form and they just auto created that post. But the cool thing was somebody on my team pointed out, you know it could also put all of that text into a Google Doc so that you have this running FAQ?

I was done at that point. I was like, oh God, no idea, right? Because for so long, you mentioned you started in 2016, but you got a degree in multimedia storytelling, who would've thought like, VHS, what are we going to do? DVD now for a certain period. Now, so many of these communication apps are not just like remember the days of MSN Messenger. It's not just text back and forth. It's actually managing of information and context.

Jim Ray:

I think that's such a good point, and I really love your example of formatting your questions. I think one of the things, and this is something that I learned from working more closely with my friends on the sales side of the house, is that if you're just using Slack for communication, you're overpaying for a chat tool, as they like to say. And there's a lot more that you can do to broaden your usage of Slack, and we're increasingly trying to be a surface area for getting work done. Obviously, Slack doesn't have any desire to be the only place where you come and do your work.

It would pretty well constrain the work that I think people could do. But it's definitely a place, particularly those quick interactions, and that's where some of the automation comes in. But things like approvals, things like questions, even quick bug reports where you're already interacting with your colleagues, automation allows you to bring in your other tools, and that's where the power of that lies. And the platform has really expanded a lot in the early days. Slack came with some built-in integration.

So if you wanted to do things like get an alert whenever somebody uploaded a file to Dropbox, then we had that automatically configured. But if you wanted to do something outside of the bounds of that automatic configuration, then that wasn't really possible. Then we launched the API and along with that we launched the app directory. And so we were approaching it from a couple of different ways. You could build custom integrations, or you could install apps and integrations that other people had built from the directory.

And then that's where we saw that usage explode, where people were really building custom use cases. The problem was for those early days of the API was that it really did require a fair bit of technical knowledge. You had to know how to program against our APIs, which means you had to know how APIs work. You also had to host the app yourself. And so in those early days of the APIs, you had to build out an application. And it worked very similarly to how you might build a Twitter app or something like that, but you were responsible for hosting that.

And then we built a lot of tooling around that to help improve that. We built some frameworks to make it easier to build with some of our most popular programming languages. And then we acquired a company called Missions, and this is where Workflow Builder really... Where its origins lie. We acquired this company called Missions, and the team that built Missions, they were a team that was actually inside of a consulting company called Robots & Pencils, and they were like, "We've got this idea for our product that can interact with Slack."

Mike Gerholdt:

That's a great name.

Jim Ray:

It's a cool name, right? And so the Missions app was all about making it easier to build automations without having to write any code. So we acquired that team, fantastic team, really love working with them. A number of them are still at Slack, thankfully, and they're doing fantastic work. And that became the first version of Workflow Builder, and Workflow Builder was our no code automation product. And that was a way to use the platform without having to know how to program, without having to host an app. And so that was the first big expansion beyond just writing applications.

Mike Gerholdt:

Jumping ahead to your TDX presentation, because we talked about automation, because the example I gave was just literally Slack just automating within itself, what were some of the examples you gave in that breakout presentation?

Jim Ray:

The evolution of Workflow Builder also mirrors the increased complexity of things that you can build. The initial version of Workflow Builder allows you to do exactly what you were just talking about, allows you to automate work within Slack. So if you wanted to do something like create a new channel or post a message that was formatted in a certain way, then you could do that with Workflow Builder.

The second version of Workflow Builder that we released, and this is the current contemporary version, allowed hooks into other applications. And so apps could build custom steps that could then be inserted into workflows. And so you could install an app, and then that app would bring custom steps along with it. And what we've done now is continue to expand on that surface area.

So now anyone can write a custom step and you can actually deploy that up to Slack and we'll run that custom step inside of Workflow Builder. We've also built out a number of what we call connectors. These are connections to other third-party tools. So Salesforce is a great example. So if you want to create a new record in Salesforce, then we have that connector built in.

And what's nice about the way that we've built it is we handle things like authentication. We handle all of the API communications so that you don't have to worry about that, and then all you have to do is off with your credentials. And then when you run the workflow, then it will just essentially act on your behalf. And so we've got about 70 of these connectors into a whole bunch of apps.

So Salesforce is obviously one. The Google suite, so if you need to create a new Google Doc or if you need to insert a row into a spreadsheet, if you want to upload files into various file providers. So we've got a number of steps that do things like that. And then one of the Salesforce steps that we've also got is to kick off a flow.

So if your organization is dependent or you've built out a lot of custom flows or things like that, then you can insert a step into Workflow Builder and then we'll kick off that flow. So it'll actually execute a more complex workflow instead of just creating a new record or updating a record or something like that.

Mike Gerholdt:

I think the really cool automation stuff, at least cool to me, was giving Salesforce admins the ability to, lack of a better term, expand the footprint of Salesforce within an organization, but without having to add per se more platform licenses. And we did an example where like a warehouse manager really deals with the data, but a lot of people also needed to just know about things. And with automation, they could follow records and channels and get updates, but they never needed to update any of the physical data on the Salesforce record.

Jim Ray:

That's such a good example, and it's something that we see from our sales and customer success friends all the time as well is... So at Slack, the way that our channels are organized is that every account that we're attached to gets its own channel. They all have their own prefix and stuff like that. So it might be Account-Salesforce and Account-Acme. And then you can actually build automations that will do things like one of the ways that you can trigger your automation is you can have your automation set to go at a certain time once a week.

So maybe you've got a Monday morning meeting and you want to get the entire sales team around that, but you want to pull some data from Salesforce. So you can go grab some information from Salesforce. You want to get the latest updated figures that have come in over the past week, and then you can just drop that information into channel, and then now everybody's got the context. And so you're not just blindly talking about, "Hey, what's going on with the customer this week," you actually have some information, and then you can start a conversation around that.

It's actually a great way that teams have eliminated those regular meetings that we have so that everybody stays in sync. There's often good reasons why we have them, but maybe not good reasons why we keep them, especially now that everybody's working in a more distributed way these days. This works across all kinds of teams, not just sales team, but you might have a marketing team and maybe you want to pull some data from Google Analytics or any of your social analytics platforms or anything like that.

You can drop that information in there and then the team can have a conversation around that. Maybe you notice something's right, or maybe everything's great and then you just don't need to have a meeting. It's just like, "Looking good and all systems go," and then you've just saved your entire team half an hour. Translate that over a quarter or a year, and that's some actual real-time savings.

Mike Gerholdt:

Am I understanding you right by also saying it could pull from reports or dashboards in Salesforce?

Jim Ray:

Absolutely. Because everyone's Salesforce instance is special, we operate on the record level, and so we'd be able to look at how those records are set up. And one thing that we're interested in getting a little bit closer to is things like Tableau and MuleSoft where there might be some complex records that run in the background, and then how do we pull that information into Slack? So we haven't quite fully figured out that level of automation yet, but it's absolutely something that folks on both sides are working on.

Mike Gerholdt:

On top of it just being cool, the part that really appeals to me is the lack of having the context switch. So this concept came to me, oh, I want to say four or five years ago when we were trying to work through a ticketing system for what my team does. We really tried to narrow down, what is the hardest part of your job? Well, the hardest part of your job is regardless of where your mind is at at say 12:30, you have to join this meeting. And for me, oftentimes I'll sit down at my desk, I don't know what the priority is that morning.

I could get working on something. And then to your point, oh, it's 10:00. I got to join this team meeting. Boy, if I didn't have to and I could just stay in my mindset and do another 45 minutes, I could finish this project. But now I have to context switch. Join this meeting, look at 20 people on a call, waste an hour, and then spend another 20 minutes getting my brain back to where it was. I could have been done with this project and maybe my update was five minutes.

And I bring that up because I think like, wow, just the ability to, hey, we're still going to have that Monday team call at 10 AM, except it's going to be a scheduled Slack post. And then I just expect you, the directs, to respond to as needed throughout the day. Because if you're a sales guy, you probably have a 10 AM with a customer, and that's bringing money in as opposed to, well, my update was only five minutes anyway, I'm going to add this update at 11:05 after I'm done with my customer call.

I'm not going to prevent anybody. I bring that up because I think the value of not having to context switch by just putting in simple automation is so important when you think of it's not just automating and putting a dashboard in a Slack channel.

Jim Ray:

I think it's a hugely important point, and I think it really emphasizes how we work today. So the instance that you were just talking about about the meeting interrupting your day, so if you can eliminate that standing meeting, obviously we're not going to eliminate all of our meetings, I still have one-on-ones with all my reports and all that, but eliminate those kinds of meetings where the sharing of information is important, but having to sit together in a room is less important. So that's one great way that we can eliminate context switching.

I think it's really important. One another way is to eliminate what I think of as alt tabbing. So every time you alt tab between applications, that actually... Even if you are actually working on the same project, we know, and I've studied this a little bit because it has to do with the customers that I work with and the kinds of applications that they're interested in building, but every time you alt tab between apps, it actually does a little mini version of that context switch.

It's almost like going into a new meeting, especially if you haven't offed in, or you can't remember where you're supposed to go, or you have to pull some information from one system of record and put it into another. So those are the kinds of things that we know are real drains on people's productivity and actually their ability to get into that meaningful deep work state, that flow state that we know is really important for knowledge work. I mean, we're all really lucky we get to sit in front of computers all day for the most part.

I'm not worried about getting black lung or anything like that, but the work actually does have a drain on our brains, the thing that we're using to do the work. And we know that by eliminating some of that context switching, we can actually help people get back and do some important work. There's some really great examples about how bringing some of that automation, and again, not bringing all of your work, but bringing some of that automation into Slack can be really helpful.

So a couple of ways that we've been using it for a long time is, again, at Slack, we will set up channels for specific projects or features that we're working on. So we're working on a new feature, and that feature gets its own channel. And the team that's working on that feature will start working on it. And then when we release it internally, we create a feedback channel. And the feedback channel is where everybody who is starting to use that new feature, they'll come and they'll offer up obviously their feedback or give bug reports or maybe just things that they think could be tweaked.

And so oftentimes we'll set up a workflow, and we've got some examples of it that teams across the organization can use, we'll set that workflow up in that channel. And then what it'll do is it'll post a message in the channel and we can have some conversation about that feedback. And then you can take that conversation and you can submit a bug report. So if somebody says, "Hey, this doesn't look right," then it doesn't automatically submit the bug report, but then the PM or the engineer or the designer can come in and say, "Oh, you know what? I can reproduce that. Let me file a bug."

And then what they can do is they can kick off another workflow that will log that entire conversation in JIRA and create the new bug. And then once the bug has been created in JIRA, attach the URL for the bug into the thread. So then you've got the context in both directions. So the person who submitted the bug, they don't have to go through and figure out how JIRA works or whatever. The PM or the engineer, they don't have to context switch out to another application.

And then if you want to come back and get some context about it, maybe I reported this a week ago and I want to see what the update is, I can go back to that original conversation. I can search for my name or whatever, and then I can click on the link and go in JIRA. And then JIRA remains the system of record. We're not trying to replicate all of JIRA. I wouldn't wish that on anyone, but JIRA remains the system of record, but the actual filing of that bug report didn't require switching between lots of different systems.

Mike Gerholdt:

That's along the lines with the automation that I saw where Salesforce remains a system of record. Slack just hosts the conversation, right?

Jim Ray:

Yeah, exactly.

Mike Gerholdt:

Back and forth and keeping people up to date. And also it reduces training, right? If I've got somebody like I think the example we used was a retail manager, if all the retail manager knows Slack, they don't need to know the back ends of everything. That's the best part about the apps and stuff.

I was singing the praises of canvases before we started this call because I've started to use canvases a little bit more. I'd love for you to help me understand what are some examples that admins could use of automating with canvases or creating canvases as a result of automation? Is that even possible?

Jim Ray:

Totally, and it's a great question. So if listeners aren't familiar, canvases are kind of our document project or product inside of Slack. It's built into every Slack. You can create as many canvases as you want to. And think of a canvas just as kind of a lightweight doc. If you remember Dropbox Paper from back in the day, it works very similarly. It's not all the formatting that you get from something like Microsoft Word or Google Doc or something like that, but it's just enough formatting so that you can lay things out in a pretty consistent way.

And the nice thing about canvases is they can exist anywhere inside of Slack and you can attach them in different places. So you can create a canvas that is attached permanently to a channel. If you want to provide some context, maybe again, it's one of those feedback channels, so you want to provide some information about how a person gives feedback, what to expect, is there an SLA, things like that, you can write all of that up inside of a canvas. And the cool thing is canvases can be automated.

They can be automated with workflows. So one of the options for steps that you have inside of Workflow Builder is to create a new canvas. But the other thing that you can do is you can insert variables inside of canvases, and then the information that you collect from a previous step in a workflow can be inserted into that canvas where those variables are. We nerds, we call that variable interpolation. So basically you create a canvas that acts as a template.

So maybe you want to create across your organization, you want to say, every time we spin up a new feature, we're also going to spin up a corresponding feedback channel. And every one of those feedback channels should have a canvas attached to it that provides some information about the channel. Maybe it's going to be who is the DRI for this feature? Maybe it's a PM or maybe it's an engineering lead and that person is the DRI for this. And so you should expect to hear feedback from them.

And then maybe we also want to point you to a workflow that says, hey, this is the workflow to use if you want to give us information or if you want to give us feedback about this. And so you can create that workflow and then you can attach the workflow into canvas and we'll create a nice little widget for you. And then we'll put all of the information about the person, about the people who are responsible for that feedback channel into the canvas as well.

And so you can create a setup feedback channel workflow, and maybe you gather some information, maybe you say, "Who's the DRI for this? Point me to the tech spec," and then any further information. Well, you can fill all that in in your workflow and then we'll automatically create a new canvas from that template, fill that information in, and attach it directly to the channel that gets created. And the workflow can also create the channel too.

Mike Gerholdt:

I don't want to get into different channels because right now I feel I need a workflow to manage my channels, but that's probably... I mean, well, let me ask about that. That's probably where the AI is going to go, right? So I see AI now in Slack in the search, but I got to envision that it's going to start heading into channels and other things, right?

Jim Ray:

Absolutely. And that's kind of where we're starting to think about some of this. And so back in February, I think it was actually Valentine's Day, we dropped a little Valentine's Day gift for everybody, which was Slack AI. The initial version of Slack AI was really all about improving your ability to search and find and summarize. And so now if you have the Slack AI, and it is an additional product because it's pretty expensive computationally and just in terms of resources to run.

So if you have Slack AI enabled on your workspace, then search will be able to do things like take natural language queries. I was on paternity leave for about half of last year, and I came back and we still had a pre-release version of Slack AI running on our instance. And it was really great for me because I could do things like... I had a new skip level manager. And so I was like, what does this person think about the Slack platform? And it was just a very open-ended query.

I was testing to see how the system worked, but it was also some information that I really needed to do my job. And it came back, and not only did it come back with a standard search result that we give you now with just here are some bits, but it uses the generative AI piece to say it actually found all of the relevant posts, composed a response for me as if a human had written it, but then it also has footnotes to the relevant posts. And so I was just like, oh, what is this person? That's fantastic.

So I was ready for my one-on-one with them coming up. And then you can also do things like summarize. So if I wanted to be able to summarize a channel, again, that was super helpful for me coming back from a pretty extended leave, I was able to summarize some of the channels that maybe they were new or maybe it was the kinds of things that I keep an eye on, but I hadn't been there in a few months. So I was able to get those summaries. And so right now, Slack AI works on all of the data that gets put into your Slack instance.

Most of that data is unstructured data, and so it's conversations that you're having. We know that generative AI, large language models are really good with that kind of unstructured data. But we also know that search and AI and just computers in general do really, really well when we give them a little bit of structured data. And that's where automations in the platform come back in. And that's where we're really going to be able to enhance some of these AI capabilities.

So if you are adding context to all of these unstructured conversations with information back to your systems of record, that's the kind of thing that the AI is going to be able to ingest and get more information about. So if you need to know, hey, what's the latest with this customer, then we'll be able to grab that information. It will be inside of Slack. And then you can imagine, we're working on some ideas about this, we don't have any products or anything like that, but a whole bunch of...

Even our customers are building custom versions of this where they're using these large language models, they're accessing their various systems of record, and then they're pushing it all into Slack. So you might ask a custom AI bot that you build or someone else builds for you some information and then it goes out and spiders the various systems of record and then brings back a comprehensive result.

Mike Gerholdt:

I will tell you that we use the summarize this. I tried it on a few Slack channels, and then I put the summaries into a canvas as a way to summarize a big channel internally for my team. It was interesting to see how it came back. It's also fun because it talked about me in the third person, and I just let it continue doing that because it's an ongoing Seinfeld joke.

But last question for you. I mean, I got a million. We could go for hours, I think. If a Salesforce admin has... Obviously they've got Salesforce. They probably have Slack, that's why they're still listening. What is some automation that they should think about to get started with?

Jim Ray:

I think the easiest thing would probably be the ability to create or update a record. And this is for the low friction entry points. So obviously we're not trying to be the only interface to Salesforce, but Slack has a great mobile client. I know Salesforce does as well. But maybe you're out on the field and you just want to make it easy for folks that are out in the field to quickly update or create a new record and have that send the information. And you still want Salesforce to continue to be the system of record.

So an example, and this is an example that I showed during one of my demonstrations, I'd built out a Salesforce instance and I'd put a bunch of data in from a real estate management company. It's just one of the data back-ends that we have with a lot of sample data in it. And the idea was that you might be out on the road and you might want to quickly add a new property that you had gone to see or inspect or something like that. And so you could pull that up in Slack. You could pull that up.

The form is automatically formatted using our what we call Block Kit, which is really just our UI Kit, and you can create all of the fields that you need. So maybe there's half a dozen fields that you need just to get started on a new property. And then maybe when you get back to the office, you're going to fill it in. But maybe you're out there, you snap a quick pic and you want to add the address and a couple of quick information about it. That's something that you can do very quickly inside of Slack, quickly generate that, throw it in there, but then also have it update the rest of your team.

So it's not just storing the information in your system of record, but you're also posting that inside of a channel. So now your team knows like, "Oh, okay, Jim was out in the field. He added this quick record in here." And then maybe somebody else who's already in the office, they can add some more contextual information about it, or it can kick off a chat and people can start conversing about what we want to do with that and where to go from there.

So anytime that you have an instance where you want to keep the system of record, Salesforce in this case, you want to keep that updated, up to date, add new information, but then you also want to have a place where people are discussing that, and that could be a Slack channel, those two things are happening simultaneously, well, that's a great use case for a workflow.

Mike Gerholdt:

I would agree. You mentioned my favorite thing, which is Block Kit Builder. So I'm going to put you on the spot. Promise me you'll come back on and we'll do an episode on Block Kit Builder.

Jim Ray:

I would love to. Block Kit Builder is fantastic.

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh my God, I have so much fun with Block Kit Builder. You have no idea.

Jim Ray:

Fantastic.

Mike Gerholdt:

I have a million questions too.

Jim Ray:

Excellent.

Mike Gerholdt:

When you said that, I lit up and thought, oh, I have to do a whole episode on Block Kit Builder.

Jim Ray:

Well, schedule me up. I'd love to talk about it.

Mike Gerholdt:

l will. Thanks so much for coming on the pod, Jim. This was great. I've always been excited for Slack and just the cool stuff we can do, especially when it doesn't require code. The Block Kit Builder episode is going to be fun because it's both code and not code.

Jim Ray:

Absolutely.

Mike Gerholdt:

So we'll tease that out.

Jim Ray:

Thanks so much, Mike. I really appreciate it. It was great getting to talk to the audience.

Mike Gerholdt:

Am I right? How much fun is automations with Slack? Also, I might've gotten a little too giddy about Block Kit Builder, and I promise you that I'm already working on my schedule to get Jim back to talk about Block Kit Builder for Slack. But he gave me a ton of ideas for automations, including creating canvases and just the management of information. This was such a fun episode. I hope you enjoyed listening to it. And if you did, can you do me a favor?

Maybe you're heading to a community user group with other Salesforce admins, or you're going to dinner, or you've got a large social following, just click the dots there in the podcast app and choose share episode. And when you do, you can text it to a friend or you can post the social. And then that way you help spread the word and spread all this really cool stuff that we're learning how to do without code.

Now, if you're looking for more great resources, of course, everything that you need is at admin.salesforce.com, including the transcript of the show. And of course, you can join the conversation in the Trailblazer Community. There's a lot of great questions being asked there. A lot of admins helping other admins with stuff. And that's in the Trailblazer Community, in the Admin Trailblazer Group.

So I'll include all the links to those in the show notes, which is on admin.salesforce.com. And until then, I'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Warren Walters, Salesforce MVP and host of the Salesforce Mentor YouTube channel and website.

Join us as we chat about how we’re all becoming adminelopers and why you should learn to code.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Warren Walters.

What is an admineloper? Salesforce Admins and Developers are increasingly overlapping in their roles, leading to the rise of the “admineloper.” AI has made it easier than ever to get things done with Apex, even if it needs some tweaking to get everything working right. A little coding knowledge can go a long way.

For developers, declarative tools in Salesforce are becoming incredibly powerful. Using flows and formulas can often be a simpler way to solve a problem than creating something custom in Apex.

In short, if you know a little about both admin and developer tools you can truly get the best of both worlds.

Learning to code as a Salesforce Admin There’s a common misconception that only geniuses can understand code. However, Warren says, some of the best developers he knows didn’t go to school for computer science and are entirely self-taught.

A little can go a long way. Basic coding skills can significantly enhance an admin’s ability to implement more complex solutions and collaborate effectively with developers. Combining a working knowledge of how programming works with the declarative tools we all know and love can get you far.

Soft Skills and Career Advancement Beyond technical skills, Warren emphasizes that soft skills are just as important for career growth in the Salesforce ecosystem. While he identifies as an introvert, he’s made a focused effort to become a better communicator, and that’s helped him grow into new roles and bigger opportunities.

Warren also urges you to spend some time thinking about your personal branding. His YouTube channel has opened a surprising number of doors for him, but even a simple portfolio can do a lot to help you stand out.

There’s more from Warren about what he’s learned as a consultant and as a mentor, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to hear more from the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * SalesforceMentor.com * freeCodeCamp.org * Video: Salesforce Mentor on YouTube * Video: Salesforce Apex Hours on YouTube * Video: Coding with the Force on YouTube * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: How Can Solving Sudoku and Wordle Enhance Your Critical Thinking Skills?

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Warren on X

  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn

  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on Tiktok
  • Mike on X

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt:

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we are talking about mentorship and learning how to code. Surprisingly, not surprisingly, because admins and developers need to know the best practices for creating our apps and deploying the best technology for our organizations.

So I'm going to bring on Warren Walters who is a Salesforce consultant. He's an admin, he's a developer, he's a mentor and a self-described general geek. Now, Warren's on because he runs a really cool YouTube channel, and I came across his TikToks where he does Salesforce tutorials to help you understand and master the concept of different things in Salesforce.

He has this really cool site, salesforcementor.com, and just a really fun guy to talk about in terms of the world of mentorship, what a lot of skills are that he's seeing, and things that people should be paying attention to.

Now, before we get Warren on the podcast, I just want to make sure that whatever you're using to listen to the Salesforce Admins podcast, make sure you hit that follow or subscribe button because then new episodes will show up on your phone or on your computer right away. So with that, let's get to our conversation with Warren.

So Warren, welcome to the podcast.

Warren Walters:

Well, hey Mike, I'm happy to be here. Super excited because I've been listening to the podcast for such a long time and I'm finally on it, which is, I don't know if it's a dream come true or an honor, but I'm just happy to be here.

Mike Gerholdt:

It's destiny.

Warren Walters:

I'll take that.

Mike Gerholdt:

That's what I'll call it, it's destiny. Well, I ran across your TikToks when I was posting stuff about the podcast and really loved some of the videos that you're doing and the topics you're talking about. So let's just start off with what you do in the Salesforce ecosystem and how you got started.

Warren Walters:

Sure. So my name is Warren Walters. I am a Salesforce engineer. I do lots and lots of development. I probably talk too much about development. Some of you may or may not have seen my face on YouTube, and that's where I primarily host a lot of my content.

And just from my side, I've been in development for about 10 years now. Various different companies, various types of companies to consulting ISVs in-House. And more recently, I've been focusing on a lot of mentorship and training in the Salesforce development space. So that's a little bit about me. I can dive deeper depending on where you want to go.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, I think the mentorship part is intriguing. You said development a lot in this is admin podcast, but we kind of all live in the same space now. I think what's interesting is when I started doing Salesforce things back in 2006, there was a clear line between here's things I can do with the UI.

Drag-and-drop GUI was a thing. Oh my God, it's WYSIWYG now, that was the new acronym back in '06. But then there was also really hard things that you had to learn. I remember going across to another part of my organization and talking to a developer who had to learn Python, how to deploy stuff.

So there was code and there was the hard way of doing things, and there was the unhard way of doing things as people looked at it. Now those lines seem to be blurred. I mean, I'm looking at some of the data cloud stuff that we're coming out with, and you can very seamlessly connect things through a UI.

So let's start with that is sometimes you hear terms where people mash together names of personas of admin and developer, and they think just because it's declarative, it must be developer or it must be admin. And because it's code, it must be developer.

Warren Walters:

Yeah. So it's funny you bring up those personas in the mashing admin and developer together, because as far as I know, it's called or it's rising to be called admineloper. I've heard that a couple of times [inaudible 00:04:25]-

Mike Gerholdt:

It makes me think of Jackalope. Have you ever heard of a Jackalope? It's a rabbit with weird horns.

Warren Walters:

Yeah, maybe that'll be their mask on it in a couple of weeks. Dream Forces around the corner.

Mike Gerholdt:

It is.

Warren Walters:

But yeah, so from my side, especially with the mentorship and what I like to do or a lot of what I do is to help people understand that there's not just one type of person anymore. Maybe years ago it was like that, but now it is very fruitful for you to understand all sides of the Salesforce. And this could be the configuration.

So knowing how to set things up and the fields and the whizzy wigs like you mentioned, but also the benefits of knowing some development things. Now, maybe you don't need to jump all the way in where you're writing custom integrations yourself, but to just understand those core fundamental concepts of development can really help you build out more complex solutions and communicate better with your teams.

And through mentorship, especially with a lot of admins, it's all about encouraging them and showing them different resources they can use to really understand some of the concepts that were traditionally a bit foreign to them or locked away in a separate area that's only for developers, which is not true anymore.

Mike Gerholdt:

They'll be developers, let's put that on the map. It's interesting because I think maybe, I'll go back 18 months ago before I had a really cognizant working awareness of AI. Learning code meant copy the snippet of code, find a developer friend and be like, what does this do?

Now, I put a validation rule into ChatGPT just to have it double check what I was doing. And it can tell you back, you can copy snippets of code into AI and have it tell you what it's doing. So I have to believe that some of that acceleration for admins, just basic understanding of code is a little bit greater now that we have some tools like that, right?

Warren Walters:

Yeah, it's really been an explosion of what tools we have at our availability to help us understand it a lot better. In the past, we had maybe things like Stack Overflow and different websites you could go to, or if you were taking it back, you have to buy a book or something and try to read it. And that barrier to entry-

Mike Gerholdt:

The library.

Warren Walters:

That barrier to entry really stopped a lot of people from diving in and understanding certain things that were going on in Salesforce development and in code. But now with those other types of tools and even the tools that Salesforce is releasing, we're able to more easily understand different code and formula fields.

Even our flows now, we're starting to be able to just reduce all of the headache and all of the additional knowledge that you needed to have to be able to work with those particular items. Now, there are some benefits of going, getting that deeper understanding, really learning the fundamentals and branching out further into programming concepts.

But at least to get you started, get your feet wet, these AI tools have been really great for helping people get some encouragement and seeing if they're on the right path and getting more, down to complex questions where you're saying, all right, you needed to go to a developer friend to get that looked up.

You might come with a more refined question now that you're using AI instead of just, here's the code, help me out. It's, I have this particular piece of code, it should do this. How does this look to you? Is it best practice? So the conversations are shifting a little bit more.

Mike Gerholdt:

Plus also just disseminating some of the code that admins would look at, it's not foreign into, I don't know what this does, pages and pages of stuff. I can at least copy it and maybe have AI give me an idea of where to start.

Warren Walters:

Yeah, that's funny too where the starting piece, just because it's really about what it gives you. So in certain aspects you have to be a little bit careful of AI because of it could produce code in a different language other than Apex, you get Python code.

And if you don't know those fundamentals, it can really set you down maybe a rabbit hole or not be as helpful as you think. So it's a word of caution to a lot of my mentees. I definitely want them to use it, but make sure that you're still doing that due diligence to understand some of the basics of it.

Mike Gerholdt:

If you're having it generate code for you, I think I'm in the translation part of the world. So let's start there though with mentorship, what comes up most in the mentorship and in mentees that you work with?

Warren Walters:

Certifications is always a big topic. What search should they get and what should they focus on? What's next? So I think that one is really fun. And another big one is a lot of encouragement, especially for administrators that want to start to look in and dabble with code.

A lot of people here, they have this perception that, oh, it's for the geniuses or only people that go to university, which is not true at all. I've met many, many developers that could code me into a box that have never gone to school, have just learned by themselves, and they're very passionate problem solvers and they really stick with that craft.

So a lot of what I do is encouragement and then giving people resources for, if you're trying to learn integrations, start with either this Trailhead module or this specific article and bring it back to me and let's see if we can figure it out together.

Mike Gerholdt:

Do you find when individuals are coming into the ecosystem maybe with a coding background, that it's less obvious for them to pay attention to some of the declarative tools that are already built in Salesforce?

Or is it intuitive to have them under... Is it natural to just look at everything first and then only go to code as a solution, or do they see everything's a nail and they've got a hammer and I'm going to code them into a box, as you said?

Warren Walters:

Yeah, it definitely starts out as everything is a nail and code is the hammer. It's funny because if you're in a lot of different orgs, especially when I was doing consulting, I got into a few orgs that had code written for very simple things that you can do in configuration, like creating a validation rule or sending an email, that kind of stuff. Just tons and tons and lines of code that were not necessary.

But whoever got in there first, their mindset was, okay, I know how to code, let me just stick with that. So a lot of people that I talk with and mentor, especially if they have a coding background there, that's their first idea and that's one of the things that I have to educate them on, is Salesforce has so many different tools at your disposal.

It's better to at least be familiar with everything that's available, like flows and the formula fields, and even just simple things like knowing how a lookup field works, especially if you're not coming from this sort of space, it can be a little confusing to understand what it is and how it works.

So I generally recommend going on that journey of starting at the beginning, especially hitting a lot of those beginner admin trails where you can learn the fundamentals and work your way up into a good spot of understanding all the tools that are available and then you can jump into code. The code wall, always be there. There's plenty of reasons to use it, but you want to use the right tool for the right situation.

Mike Gerholdt:

And it's also, I have to think of just best use of your time. You could code escalation rules, you could code a workflow, but flow leaves you with an artifact that's easily upgradable and reproducible as opposed to something custom that, who knows, maybe something 10 releases down the line, Salesforce is going to change and now you might have to rebuild that Apex code.

Warren Walters:

Yeah, that's a big point, especially in consulting that you have to think about because a lot of times you may not be there one year later, two years later just because the contract or the project is ending.

So designing for the team that is going to be there is very important. If you're going to leave a ton of code only with a team of admins, and that may not be the best solution for you.

Or there might be a little bit of in-between where you can build out the complex pieces inside of code, but also leave the administrative side or leave the ability for the administrative side to have configuration or custom settings that can manipulate the code.

All things like that are things that you need to start to think about when you look at the longevity of your code and the maintainability.

Mike Gerholdt:

Do people that you work with and start to work with, when they come into the ecosystem, do they know their path? Are they looking at consulting or being a developer first? Or is it just eyes wide open, help me figure something out, Warren?

Warren Walters:

A lot of it is eyes wide open. Lots of existing admins know that the developer path is out there, but people just starting out often they hear about development from other tech stacks and they know that it's out there, but it's hard to understand where should I be going? What should I be looking at?

So there's a lot of education that goes on and there are so many different opportunities in Salesforce. So you need to try to find... Or I recommend trying out a bunch of things, but especially if maybe you have a background in project management or system management like databases and things like that. Take a look at how that translates directly over into a Salesforce career.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, no, that makes sense. Often you start off with an idea, and I've had a lot of friends too that were admins for a while and then they see that consulting dollar sign and they start chasing the money and obviously you can do that in any career. So that's interesting.

You mentioned something that I wanted to think a little bit about, which is the topics that admins and developers should think about. So I started a little bit dumped into the deep end with AI, but we have declarative side, we have the code side.

What is some of the stuff that admins and developers that you're mentoring aren't paying attention to and you're like, folks, the streetlight, the spotlight is on, you totally missed the sign on the side of the road. How did you blow past this exit kind of scenario?

Warren Walters:

That is really cool topic to bring up. I think a lot of it stems to one, everybody they know about AI, they probably are at least dabbling in it. If you're not dabbling in it, I would recommend at least looking at it. So that's one big piece.

But the other part is probably more, I want to say on the soft skills or it's really around communication, especially for a lot of introverted people. It may not seem like it, but I'm pretty introverted. But it's around how you can communicate effectively either with your boss or your teams or anybody that you're working with.

And that can be a huge valuable asset to you as an individual because it can help propel you into different types of roles that maybe somebody else that's lacking those skills or still working on those skills, they're not able to jump into what goes hand in hand with that is more personal branding as well.

So this is how you present yourself on LinkedIn, doing things like YouTube channels, having a blog and that can also propel you above the rest, especially in a competitive market. Having that awareness of where you're at and how you want to be presented to the outside world can be very important for a hiring manager to make a decision on.

So I recommend everybody working on a portfolio or having some sort of additional thing above the defaults of your resume and having a basic LinkedIn portfolio and that kind of stuff.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I'm so on board with everything you just said because I feel like for a lot of my career when I was an admin, not only was it just understanding the configuration, but for lack of a better phrase, I'll say it was selling the configuration, really communicating to the organization, no, no, no, no. I know how to do this and this is what's best for right now based on what you told me and confidently communicating that.

And then to your second point, showing up, I love it when people look like their profile pictures. It's so much because you look at, you think of how much you're online and when you see, especially with a coworker, your slack avatar all the time, and then you see them in person and they look the same, you're like, oh, I know I have the right person.

Because I've always joked that I'm an introvert, but I play an extrovert for work. I can summon up a solid eight or nine hours of extrovertness, but 5:30 at Dreamforce, the bell tolls, Mike is running down the stairs, glass slippers falling off, he's turning into a pumpkin. He really wants to get back to his hotel room and just have some quiet stare at the wall time.

But being able to show up and look familiar and then interact with people and that's how you network and that's how you get different ideas shared with everybody too.

Warren Walters:

I'm on board with that a hundred percent because at least for me, a lot of what you see online, a hundred percent of what you see online, I'm going to be the same exact way at a conference. As soon as you see me after I say hello, what is your name? I'm going to start spewing development and Salesforce right at you.

So I think that that is important though to be authentic wherever you're presenting yourself because it's going to take that toll on you, especially over time, especially if you're at working at a place where either you have to change yourself to do that. It's important to be at home as much as you can in where you work and how you're presenting yourself.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I mean for the longest time I wore a red shirt everywhere and it was very easy to spot Mike in the red shirt. So I had this question down, but in hearing you answer it, and I've done a million of these podcasts, I'm going to ask it to you different.

So one of the questions, and you probably get this too, is like, all right, so what is good places to start learning? I'm going to ask you that, but I'm going to give you the caveat of you can't say the word Trailhead.

And the reason I'm going to say that is, look, I work at Salesforce, Trailhead's table stakes. We all know to go there. Everybody in the community knows to go there. If you don't know to go there, you should go there. You're going to hear it at user groups. What are other places that you should go that are good places to learn in addition to Trailhead?

Warren Walters:

How much can I plug websites? How much is allowed? There are a few sites that I really love for either practicing Salesforce development or even Salesforce administration.

I'm a big YouTube person. If you've looked me up at all, I love video, that kind of stuff. So there are some really major channels on there that I definitely follow. So some of them are Apex hours on YouTube. There's Matt Gary's channel, which is also very focused on Salesforce development, so also look at those.

And then especially thinking more either when I'm studying for a certification or being more well-rounded, a lot of us know about Focus on Force, which is great. But what I like to do whenever I'm either taking exam or studying is, okay, maybe I'm doing some practice items, but I'm also actually building out the practice scenarios, maybe the exam question or something like that inside a Salesforce org so that I'm Retaining the knowledge a little bit better than just clicking through a few different examples. So this works really well for both administration and development.

Just recreate the scenario the best you can when you're working through those. On top of that, there are some really great, if you're looking to dive and learn development, really great sites for that. So there's free code camp org, which is more of HTML JavaScript, it's like web languages.

But like I've been mentioning, once you learn the fundamentals of development, you can transfer it around to any language and it will really help out in your configuration inside of Salesforce. So if you know how to do flows, either on the basic levels, if statement is an if statement, iterator, a loop is a loop in every different language.

So you're able to translate some of those a little bit easier once you know how they work under the hood. I'm trying to think of some other ones. I know there are a ton and maybe I can link some down in the show notes and stuff like that.

Mike Gerholdt:

I didn't mean to put you on the spot but to be honest with you, every time I ask a question I'm like, oh, go to Trailhead. It's like, where do you start? Well, what are you looking for?

Trailhead's been around I think almost 10 years to me now, it's to the point where it's like the help and FAQ part of a website. The first time that you saw a help or an FAQ on a website, you're like, oh, I wish every website had this. And to me, that feels table stakes. You should be able to do that.

But then to your point, there are things that you should learn like communication skills and presenting skills and personal branding skills, and some of that's on there, but there's also good sites and good places to go to learn stuff like that.

Last question, a little bit of a curve ball, but as a mentor, you've worked with a lot of people. What is one quality that is consistent across all of your mentees that seems to really drive their success?

Warren Walters:

I think one of the big ones is around persistence. Especially in the Salesforce space, configuration and development. I prescribed to a notion of, let me give you just enough so that you know where to look, you can be very dangerous. But not giving you everything to complete or solve challenges or whatever wacky idea that I've come up with at that point.

So knowing that there is a light at the end of the tunnel, there is a solution for every problem, especially in coding. We're not inventing anything new and if statement is an if statement, some of these things that we are creating have been studied and perfected over a long period of time.

So all you need to do is really find it and then use that solution and make that existing solution work for whatever your problem is. So understanding that idea of, okay, as long as I keep working at it, keep pushing, something will come from this that will put me in a better situation than I am currently, is really what I start to stress in a lot of the mentees that I work with.

I think it can get overwhelming to learn development and maybe you don't feel like you're making progress, but a lot of times it's about looking back and reflecting on how far you've come to see some of the progress that you've actually been doing, which is really cool. So I think that's a big one, right?

Persistence and then knowing when to ask questions may have come up before. But you're working on your own, you've found a lot of resources and you're going through and you end up getting stuck on one particular piece.

I think it's important once you are completely stuck and you've done as much research as you can, of course to reach out. And it's humbling because maybe years ago, I didn't like to ask for questions read. I was like, oh, I should know everything, or I should be able to figure this out on my own.

And I started progressing so much faster once I was able to say, all right, I've done enough research, I've looked at it, I'm going to ask a very educated question to somebody that has done this before, somebody who has been through whatever experience. It could be as small as making a formula field or as big as writing an integration to a third party system.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, you're spot on. Persistence is right there. You said that answer educated question, and this actually came up I want to say about a month ago or so. I interviewed David who does Wordle and Sudoku on YouTube and TikTok, he rather he also does coding, which is interesting. I feel like maybe a lot of software engineers and developers do Wordle and Sudoku.

But I would rather, he said in working with team members would rather have a team member spend 10 minutes working through what they know to try and solve the problem and then come to me with a question as opposed to just immediately hitting a problem going, how do I do this? Throw your hands up.

And I think when I've worked with people too well, how would you work through this? Because you need to start putting those connections together because every time something like this happens, there isn't going to be a Warren behind you that you can just turn around and be like, now what do I do? So educated question. That was really good.

Warren, thanks for taking time out of your day and being persistent and mentoring people and being a part of the great Salesforce community.

Warren Walters:

Yeah, Mike, it's been a pleasure and an honor and I guess destiny to finally end up on the Salesforce Admin podcast. Super happy that I was able to make it out and spread the word about development. If you're scared about it, if you don't think it's for you, do not worry. I don't think it's for me, right?

Everybody thinks that just try to take it one step at a time or reach out to me. A lot of developers are very, very helpful in the Salesforce Ohana. So yeah, so happy that we finally made this happen.

Mike Gerholdt:

Thanks, Warren. So that was a fun discussion with Warren. I love the term educated question. Going back and really thinking through it makes me think of that podcast that I did with David or ranks on Sudoku and Wordle solving, which is thinking through what are all the possible ways I can solve this, exercising those, and then turning to my community and seeing how they can help me based on what I've done.

Because you might find a creative way of doing something, but I couldn't agree more, persistence, persistence, persistence. There is a light at the end of every tunnel, and I think his sight is very inspiring. I just pulled it up and the first thing it says, remember, I believe in you. So, thank you Warren for being on the podcast.

Now, if you enjoyed the episode, be sure to click that follow or subscribe button so that new episodes are downloaded. And of course, if you're looking for resources, folks write down below in the show notes. I'm going to link to anything that Warren mentioned, including his social profile.

But you can always find resources at admin.salesforce.com. That is your one stop for everything admin. Release information, more podcasts and a transcript of the show. Now be sure to join our conversation in the admin Trailblazer group.

That is, of course, on the Trailblazer community, and you know where to find the link for that. That's right. It's in the show notes on admin.salesforce.com. So with that, I hope you enjoyed this episode. I enjoyed it a lot. And until next week, I'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Ben Sklar, Director of Product Management at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about how he’s making setup into a better, more consistent experience.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Ben Sklar.

The problems with Salesforce setup If there’s one thing Salesforce Admins know a lot about, it’s setup. It’s time-consuming, complicated, and varies wildly depending on what you’re looking at. Answering a simple question like what objects does this user have access to and why turns into an arduous process.

That’s why I was so excited to bring Ben Sklar on the pod to talk about how his team is fixing setup in Salesforce. We’ll find out how they’re laying the groundwork for faster updates and creating a more consistent user experience.

Gradual improvements to setup A big question I had for Ben was how the changes he’s making to setup will show up for those of us who use it every day. “All these amazing enhancements we’re making to the setup platform are really behind the scenes,” he says, “if we do this right way you don’t really even need to know that it’s there.”

However, you might notice a few improvements here or there. For example, there are new user summaries that allow you to see all the permission sets that a user has, all in one place. They’re also working with the Sales Cloud Go team to make sure that you can turn on features, discover new ones, and assign permissions, all in one place.

Creating a consistent experience At the end of the day, the goal is to make things easier for the people who use it the most (that’s you!). “We’ve heard our admins often complain about inconsistent experiences,” Ben says, “and by being able to reuse components across setup you’ll be able to see more consistency.”

As Ben says, setup was turning into the “Wild West” and it would feel different across experiences. His team has done a lot of work behind the scenes to make sure that setup always has a consistent look and feel, and they’ve established a setup design council to create guidelines that make sense. The future of Salesforce Setup is bright, and a whole lot easier.

You should listen to the full episode for more from Ben, including what’s next for setup and why he loves ultimate frisbee. And subscribe to the Salesforce Admins Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Ben on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on Tiktok
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're talking about Setup, and I joked before I pressed record with Ben Sklar, Admins live in Setup. We probably could pay a mortgage based on the amount of time that we spend in Setup. And the reason I talk about Setup and Ben Sklar is Ben is one of the product managers who's tackling Setup and fixing Setup, and he's working very close with another product major that you may have heard of, Cheryl Feldman. And so that's how Ben came to the podcast. He was a suggestion from Cheryl. Hey, you got to talk about all the cool stuff that Ben's working on with Setup on the podcast. And so we cover that and I'm sure many of you probably have seen some of the very cool stuff that Ben and his team are working on in Setup, but at Dreamforce last week, and so we're going to talk about that. But of course, before we get into it with Ben, just a quick reminder, wherever you're listening to the Salesforce podcast, if it's in app, go ahead and hit that subscribe or follow button. That allows you to get new downloads anytime a podcast drops, and every time a new podcast drops, you what time that is? It's Thursday mornings, so that way new pod right on your phone. If you're listening on the website, you don't have to worry about it. You should sign up for our Admin newsletter though, because we highlight podcasts in the newsletter. But enough about that, let's talk about the exciting world of Setup. It's really where all of us Admins live, and all of the cool stuff that Ben and his team are doing. So let's get Ben on the podcast. So Ben, welcome to the podcast.

Ben Sklar: Hey, Mike. Thank you. I'm excited to be here.

Mike: Yeah, well, when Cheryl comes knocking at the proverbial podcast door and recommends a guest, I can't turn her down, because every time Cheryl Feldman gets on stage to talk about the future of something in Salesforce, Admins flock to those sessions. So she recommended that we have a discussion. I'm very excited for this, but before we get into that, why don't we learn a little bit about you? So tell us briefly how you got the journey to becoming a PM at Salesforce.

Ben Sklar: Yeah, absolutely. So I started at Salesforce a few years ago. I joined as a product manager in our backend data services area. I became the product manager for our UI API, or user interface API, and I also launched our GraphQL API. And the reason I mention these things, I've been working on improving Setup, and it all starts at improving the way that we can pull in the right data and metadata inside of Setup. And so I'm really excited to talk more about how we're going to be fixing Setup.

Mike: You said the magical words, Setup. Now we're all excited. I've been in Setup, I think Admins live most of their work days in Setup. What are some of the challenges that we have with Setup right now?

Ben Sklar: Absolutely. We've heard a lot from our Admins and our customers. We've heard it can feel like when you're inside of Setup, it's really like being stuck on a deserted island.

Mike: Oh.

Ben Sklar: You're using these primitive tools and you really need a survivalist guide just to use it. So there's a lot of challenges we've heard. We've heard that it's very time-consuming and it takes forever to find out, what does a user have access to? Why do they have access to this object but not this other object? So we've heard a lot of challenges so far inside of Setup.

Mike: So to be clear, are you working on all of Setup or just Setup around users?

Ben Sklar: That's a great question. So we are working on all of Setup, but we needed to start somewhere. Where we started was around user access and user management, and as we've started building up, what we're calling, the Setup platform, and by the way, the Setup platform really allows us and will allow us to build features in Setup much faster than we ever have before. It's also allowing us to move experiences that are broken in Classic into Lightning.

Mike: Gotcha. Fun thing we should try out is naming this platform, because I can't envision Salesforce is going to go with the Setup Platform. That doesn't feel like us.

Ben Sklar: That's right.

Mike: We have Hyperforce and we have a lot of things, something force, we should... Is this like Benforce, Cherylforce, the Ben and Cherylforce? I don't know, Ben and-

Ben Sklar: Setupforce.

Mike: Setupforce. Yeah, people should share their ideas for the name of it. Setup1, there's a cadence of things. We got to have a one, and then that won't work for a while, and then we got to have a Thingforce, right?

Ben Sklar: That's right. What I will say is, all of these amazing enhancements we're making that we're calling the Setup platform, it's really behind the scenes. It's really just to let you all know that we're making amazing foundational changes to Setup, but if we do this the right way, you don't really even need to know that it's there.

Mike: So does this mean that as releases come out, the Setup menu's going to change for me? Or is this going to be a gradual thing that maybe I might not even notice because it's so seamless in the background?

Ben Sklar: That's a great question. This is more of a gradual change that you shouldn't notice at all, really, if we do our job the right way. What you will see are new features. You'll start seeing more consistency inside of Setup, where it looks like features are being developed by the same Salesforce and not disjointed experiences. And there's a lot of cool new things that are going to come every release because we can finally start moving, like I said before, these broken Classic experiences into Lightning?

Mike: What's one example that you think, well, that's top of your list to move, that you know Admins are running into?

Ben Sklar: Yeah, so if you were able to catch Dreamforce last week, you probably saw that the user list view, which was for some of our customers, a completely broken experience, we have finally moved that over into Lightning. And we're going to be expanding the functionality in that new Lightning Experience, release over release.

Mike: Wow, and you mentioned, so you called it the Setup platform. Platform implies a lot. Allowing Setup to become a platform, what is that going to give us in terms of an advantage in the future?

Ben Sklar: Absolutely. I think it really goes back to time to market for new features. As we build new features inside of Setup, like I said before, we can really build these features faster than we ever have before. Just to give you a little bit more context and information, when we're building features inside of Setup, in order to really populate that page with the components and all of the data that you see, we need to get it somewhere. And so we've really enhanced the way that we retrieve this data and put it on the page. And all of this is allowing us to really build the features much faster. And we've heard our Admins often complain about inconsistent experiences, and by being able to reuse components across Setup, that's when you're going to start seeing that consistency, and that similar look and feel for all these new features that are to come inside of Setup.

Mike: Can you share with me an example of that? Because I know when we went to Lightning Page Builder, I think we just call it Page Builder now, but I also noticed that as we launched some of the Agentforce Prompt Builder and Copilot stuff, that the configuration looks very similar. Is that what you're referring to in Setup?

Ben Sklar: Yeah, there's a few things to call out here. So the first is, I'm not sure if you've already seen the new summaries that we've built inside of Setup. So a good example would be if you go inside for a particular user, and you're trying to understand, okay, what permissions does this user have? What permission sets are they a part of? We can now see a summary of all that information in one place. We built one component, one summary component, but we're reusing that, not just for user but also now for objects, and for permission sets, and permission set groups. So this Setup platform really allows us to build once and use all over the place. And so the next thing that we are focusing on are list views, and so you will now see that new user list view. You're going to see list views being built across Setup, us moving from Classic to Lightning. And one last example, the Sales Cloud team has developed a framework inside of Setup, called Sales Cloud Go. And this allows Admins really to turn new features on, faster. It puts it all in one place. And we've been partnering with that team, and in that same experience that you go to turn on your features and discover new features, you'll also be able to assign permissions in that same place.

Mike: So I've seen the release notes on Sales Cloud Go, there was some stuff that came out in our most recent release about that. Is that an example where now we have a standard template and framework for all of the other teams to use? Was that one of the reasons that Setup had so many different experiences, is when somebody would put an item into the Setup menu, they really controlled the experience and there was no real, I guess, you're a UI guy, there was no real UI dictation for what it had to look like or act like?

Ben Sklar: That's right. Exactly. So in the past, it often felt like Setup was starting to turn into the Wild West, where teams who were building inside of Setup could really do so many different things, and make it look and feel so different across experiences. What we're trying to do now is really templatize this so that we have a similar look and feel for all new features, and we've even established a Setup design council, which helps teams.

Mike: Ooh.

Ben Sklar: Yeah, it helps teams who are building in Setup, understand how should this look and feel? How do I get started using these new features and templates that have been created? It's really exciting, all the things that are coming out for Setup.

Mike: To think of the amount of time that I've spent presenting and talking about even deployment best practices, and user acceptance testing, and feedback, you're always thinking of the frontend of the app, where the user will use the app. And it's just neat to think of, wow, we actually have a design council for the people that, when they click Setup, they click the gear, there's people that that's their world to think about, because for a lot of us, that's the world we live in. You think of, too often, there's so much emphasis put on the outside design of a car, but you know somewhere, at one of the manufacturing plants, somebody's job has to be, yeah, but what happens when you pop the hood? How much of a mess does that engine have to be and what's that like for the mechanic to work on it? And I feel like that's what you're telling me. No, we're actually thinking about it. What happens when you have to live under the hood of the car all day in Setup, what that experience looks like? So that's really neat to hear.

Ben Sklar: Absolutely.

Mike: So you mentioned platform. I'd be remiss for some of our very experienced Admins, when I hear platform, I think, "Well, maybe there's an API that I can tap into." Is there going to be any kind of developer experience for this new Setup platform?

Ben Sklar: That's a great question. We often are asked by our Admins and ISPs, "All of these amazing new enhancements that you're making to Setup and changes to existing APIs, or may be new APIs that are being created, can we have access to these?" And what I would say is, we are really enhancing the same APIs that some of you already use, know and love today, including our UI API or user interface API and our GraphQL API. We are enhancing these APIs to improve the experience and the ease of bringing data and metadata directly into Setup. And so for all of you ISPs and Admins out there, again, those are the same services that we already make available externally. We are just improving the ability for us to tap into these APIs directly from Setup. We're reducing the barrier that we had before in accessing these APIs, and we're making it a lot easier for us to develop inside of Setup.

Mike: Hmm, well, that's really cool. Can it envision how much farther we'll be, maybe a year from now when we've got all the user stuff tackled?

Ben Sklar: That's right, and that leads me to say, we really started with user access and user management, really is the first customer or consumer of these new Setup platform enhancements we're making. That was really just the start, and we're now really talking to and partnering across our clouds, Sales Cloud, Service Cloud, Data Cloud, Industries, Commerce, you name it, so that they too can make sure to take advantage of all these new things we're doing inside of Setup, to build better features for all of you Admins.

Mike: Yeah. That way it feels more unified, like everybody's building from the same playbook, right?

Ben Sklar: That's right.

Mike: Yeah. So Ben, when you're not fixing Setup, which I feel like is a 24/7, 365 thing, is there anything fun you like to do on the side? I know I've talked to product managers and some of them have smelted metals, and some run marathons and play board games, and they have all kinds of fun hobbies. Do you have any fun, tangible hobby you'd care to share with us?

Ben Sklar: I do. During the summer, I'm a big Ultimate frisbee player.

Mike: Oh, what's Ultimate frisbee? Tell us.

Ben Sklar: It's like a combination between football and soccer, and maybe some other sports, it's-

Mike: But with frisbees.

Ben Sklar: But with frisbees. It's a non-contact sport. But once you catch the frisbee, you become the quarterback, like in football, and everyone on your team becomes a wide receiver that you can throw to. And when you're on defense, everyone, including you on your team, is like a cornerback in football. So you're trying to intercept the frisbee from the other team when you're on defense. And when you're on offense, you're trying to either throw the frisbee into the end zone for a touchdown like football, or catch it in the end zone like a touchdown in football.

Mike: Wow. Do you have flags on the side since it's no contact, or you got to get that frisbee, that's the only way to stop the... is be to play good D.

Ben Sklar: That's right. So once you catch the frisbee, you cannot move. So there's no flag that you're trying to-

Mike: Oh, oh, you didn't say that before.

Ben Sklar: Yeah. Yep.

Mike: See, I didn't know that.

Ben Sklar: So as soon as you catch it, you have to stop, and then the only way you can continue to move the frisbee forward is by throwing it to someone on your team.

Mike: Okay. Okay. All right. I was envisioning people running and throwing, and I've never played this frisbee before, clearly. This sounds awesome. I fell into a rabbit hole of frisbee golf on YouTube for a while, and I live by a big, there's a big recreational dam by me that's like a, 10 minutes away, and they have a huge frisbee golf course, and it's through woods, and streams, and stuff. I played it once and I was like, "Wow, this is really cool." And I totally banged my friend's frisbees against the trees a lot. Are they like the same frisbees used with frisbee golf? Are they harder? Some of them that I would use had the hole in the middle.

Ben Sklar: Interesting. So the weight is definitely different between a frisbee you use for Ultimate frisbee versus frisbee golf, and the shape can be a little bit different too. Like you mentioned, there's could be a hole in the middle for frisbee golf. Ultimate frisbee, it's a standard size and weight. There is no change to that, unlike frisbee golf where-

Mike: Right. Yeah.

Ben Sklar: ... you can use different types of frisbees.

Mike: Yeah, I know there was a driver and he had a putting frisbee.

Ben Sklar: That's right, a driver frisbee, putter frisbee, et cetera.

Mike: Well, how many is on a team?

Ben Sklar: Typically, you go up to seven people out in the line. Depending on if you're on a serious team or not, you might have an O line of seven and then maybe you switch out for a D line of seven. But typically, for the most part, I really just play pickup.

Mike: [inaudible 00:19:55].

Ben Sklar: And so just seven of us get together onto one team, seven of us onto another team.

Mike: Wow, that's a lot of people.

Ben Sklar: Yeah.

Mike: I don't know, for a pickup game.

Ben Sklar: Yeah, we often get maybe over 20 people who will show up, so we'll sub out and allow other people to come in and have fun too.

Mike: Sure. Wow, that sounds cool. I'm going to have to check that out. See, there's always stuff that people that work in technology do that's very tangible, because at the end of the day when you turn the monitor off, where did the Setup go? Well, it's off because there's no power, right? But extreme frisbee, and frisbee golf, and stuff, it still exists when you turn the monitor off because the frisbee's in the corner. So-

Ben Sklar: That's right.

Mike: That's awesome. Well, Ben, thanks so much for joining us on the podcast. I'm sure I will do my best if the recordings are up, post-Dreamforce, to link them in the show. Otherwise, I know our social team will share them out, and I look forward to seeing all of the updates and new things coming to the Setup menu for all of us.

Ben Sklar: Thanks, Mike. Again, thank you so much for having me. It's been a pleasure.

Mike: Okay. How much fun was that? Oh, by the way, Ben's into extreme frisbee playing golf tournament rugby. It sounds cool and it's a hundred percent not anything I could play, but I promise you this, I would sign up to watch that if some sports network put that on a television because that looks like fun to me. I don't know. Have you ever frisbee golfed? I frisbee golfed. Have you ever extreme frisbee'd? It sounds like fun. I can't throw very well, so maybe that's why I didn't do it. But anyway, how about all that stuff coming to Setup? I'm excited for it. I know that jumping around in Setup has felt a little different, and there's a lot of things to work on, and it's just cool that somebody's tackling... Also, there's a whole group of people that sit around and think about what the Setup experience should be like in UI, that is just like a warm glass of cocoa next to a crackling fire on a snowy winter's day, for me. That's what that makes me feel like. And a teddy bear. Let's throw that in for fun because it's fall, so I'm sure you got to have something pumpkin spiced. Anyway, I appreciate Ben coming on the podcast. I appreciate you listening to the podcast and being this far into the episode. We've got a lot of really cool guests lined up, and working on getting even more. So with that, be sure to join us next week, and until then, I'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Douane James, Salesforce Application Product Manager.

Join us as we chat about his Dreamforce presentation about how reducing profiles in your org can enable faster deployments.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Douane James.

How permission sets can help you reduce Salesforce profiles in your org Douane’s giving a talk at Dreamforce this year so I was excited to get him on the pod and hear more. He recently went through the process of reducing the number of profiles in his org from 11 down to only 2, so his talk is centered around why you can and should do the same.

I know I don’t need to tell you this, but Salesforce best practices change over time. Most Salesforce orgs are built to work right now, which is how you can wind up with technical debt. For example, permission sets have become a much more elegant solution to the problems we used to solve with profiles. Sounds like a big project, but Douane’s here to tell you that reducing the number of profiles in your org is not as hard as you might think.

Profile footprint reduction speeds up deployment A few years ago, Douane’s organization started using a new dev ops process. And while this made it easier to identify what needed to be built and do it quickly, he couldn’t help but notice how long the deployments were taking. More often than not, the delays were related to configuring profiles. He realized they needed to do an overhaul and reduce the number of profiles in their org.

The first step was to get buy in. For Douane, the key was to emphasize how much quicker his team would be able to respond to requests if they spent time on cleaning up profiles. It also helped that they were committed to gradual improvements over time. Profile footprint reduction isn’t something that happens overnight, but it takes less time than you might think if go step by step.

How to move from profiles to permission set groups Douane and his team set out to move everything they could from profiles into permission set groups. They identified a representative for each user role they could interview to make sure everything was still working as intended throughout the process.

When you’re looking at your existing profiles, you need to find out:

  1. What are the permissions in the profiles?
  2. What permissions are common to each job function?
  3. Are there any special cases?

For users that need a lot of special access, Douane recommends creating a “heavy” permission set that allows you to give them exactly what they need.

If Douane has one message for you, it’s that the hardest part of reducing their Salesforce profiles was getting started. And the impact was felt immediately in terms of much quicker deployments and better security.

Make sure to catch Douane at Dreamforce and subscribe to the Salesforce Admisn Podcast so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Trailhead Module: Permission Set Groups * Trailhead Module: Data Security Best Practices

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Douane on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on Tiktok
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Jason Atwood, CEO and Co-Founder of Arkus.

Join us as we chat about how to land your first Salesforce Admin role, from where to find good opportunities to how to prep for the job interview and more.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jason Atwood.

How Salesforce Admins should split their learning time We’re talking with Jason because he spends a lot of time interviewing and hiring people for Salesforce roles. So if you want to be a Salesforce Admin, how should you split up your learning time?

Jason recommends following the 20/30/50 rule. Spend 20% of your time on Trailhead, 30% on acquiring certifications, and 50% on finding some way to gain experience. This split corresponds to how important they are on your resume.

Trailhead: Becoming a Ranger is priority one, followed by getting some Superbadges. Take the time to set up your profile with a photo, a description of yourself, and a custom URL so that you look like you’re an active member of the community.

Certifications: When is the best time to take a Salesforce certification test? As soon as possible! If you don’t get it this time, you can use your results to help you prep for the next exam. And if you do pass, you can get the next cert sooner.

Gain Experience: Volunteering isn’t the only way to get experience. You can enroll in a program where you build mock projects in Salesforce, or just build something on your own. The important thing is to have projects you’ve built in Salesforce that you can demo in your job interview.

Interview preparation and skill assessments When you’re going for your first Salesforce job interview be ready for some sort of skill assessment. Time pressure is usually a factor in these tests, so Jason recommends doing a practice run.

Talk to a friend, find out what kind of data they collect, and then give yourself a day to build them an app. It could track the books they’ve read or the distance they’ve run, the important thing is that you don’t know what it’s going to be before you talk to them.

All admins are consultants It’s also important to realize that an interview isn’t just about showing your skills—it’s about showing who you are. It’s a chance to listen and empathize with the person on the other side of the table. It’s a chance to share something that stood out to you in your research about the company. And most importantly, to show who you are by asking questions.

Why does Jason place such an emphasis on soft skills in a Salesforce Admin job interview? Because, at the end of the day, every admin is a Salesforce consultant for their organization. You talk to people about their problems to get requirements, come up with a solution, and then iterate on that solution.

We touch on a lot more in this conversation about how to look for Salesforce jobs, developing listening skills, and what it’s like to be a Salesforce consultant, so be sure to listen to the full episode and subscribe so you don’t miss out.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: Pei Mun Lim on the Skills of a Business Analyst * Salesforce Admins Blog: Develop Your Communication Skills as a Salesforce Admin

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Jason on X
  • Jason on LinkedIn

  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn

  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on Tiktok
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript Mike Gerholdt:

I got an idea. How about we tackle the hardest question on the Salesforce Trailblazer community? That's right. This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're going to look for advice on finding your first admin job and doing the interview, getting experience, and more. And we're going to do all that with CEO and co-founder of Arkus, Jason Atwood. Jason and I chatted at TrailblazerDX and really wanted to dive into this topic. Now, before we bring Jason on, I just want to make sure that you're following the Salesforce Admins Podcast on iTunes or Spotify. That way, when new episodes like this one come out, they're automatically downloaded to your phone. But enough about that. Let's talk about finding that first job or even finding your next job as a Salesforce administrator. Oh, I almost forgot to mention we tackle the myth of "but it's just an admin job." So with that, let's get Jason on the podcast. So, Jason, welcome to the podcast.

Jason Atwood:

Thank you for having me. It's been a long time since we've podcast together.

Mike Gerholdt:

I know. I was thinking back; well, we were just reminiscing of the days at the Marriott Marquis and the Arkus podcast.

Jason Atwood:

Yep. You were on an episode of CloudFocus Weekly. We had it as part of our trivia once there was only four or five guests ever on the podcast, and you were one of them.

Mike Gerholdt:

Snuck in, only proximity. I'm going to say. So catch people up. What have you been up to?

Jason Atwood:

Well, since then, whatever that was, 10 years ago. Yeah. So I am now the current CEO and co-founder of Arkus. We're a Salesforce consulting firm. We deal mostly in the nonprofit space, and we've grown from that little company back then. We're almost up to 75 people. And now I run around between putting out fires, talking on podcasts, and trying to educate myself on the whole changing landscape of technology.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, it does feel like in the last decade, it's gone from everything we know to a brand new world.

Jason Atwood:

It certainly is. And I just spent three hours at a Heroku dev meetup and could hang there mentally for a bit, but they lost me at a little point. So it's both fun, interesting, and challenging to stay up with all this stuff.

Mike Gerholdt:

So one of the things that everyone's trying to stay up with is the ever-changing job market and hiring. We see a lot of the questions in the Trailblazer community from new admins, people getting into the ecosystem that want to become Salesforce admins, people in the ecosystem that are looking for jobs, or maybe have kind of hit a career plateau. And you and I were chatting, and boy, I think it'd be fun to kind of delve into that topic with you.

Jason Atwood:

Let's do it. I have some experience in hiring people over the last 15 years, so I can certainly talk about it.

Mike Gerholdt:

A little bit more than me. More than me.

Well, let's get started. So let's start fresh. There's a lot of new people. As we were talking about in the intro, there's a lot of new people coming into the ecosystem that maybe don't have tech advice. They are doing Trailhead modules, completing challenges, getting a lot of badges, trying to round out their resumes, and they don't know A, what to look for, or B, what to put on their resumes. So somebody that's hired a bunch of people and been around for a long time, let's start there with some of your advice and where they should go.

Jason Atwood:

Sure. This is a very common thing, and the first thing I would tell everybody is relax. It's going to be okay. I know it feels daunting, and you see these triple all-star rangers and you see all these, the hoodies, and you see the people with the 15 certifications and 10 years of experience, and you feel like, "How am I ever going to get there?" You will; you'll get there. So the first thing is just to take it easy and not to get too worked up on it. It does feel like a lot. It's a very big community and filled with lots of hungry people for jobs, a lot of recruiters, a lot of activity. When I talk to people about getting started in the ecosystem, and certainly on the admin track, and we can talk about other tracks if you want, but on the admin track, I kind of say all those things matter.

So when it comes to certifications, when it comes to Trailhead, when it comes to experience, they all matter. And usually the question I get is, "But what should I focus on?" And so I came up with something, I maybe made it up years and years ago. I call it the 30, 20, 50 rule, or 20, 30, 50. It doesn't matter; you can break it up anyway. And if you're going to take your time, right, you're in the hunt for a job, and you need to do the education, you need to get enabled, you need to build your experience level. I break it down into those percentages. So 20% of the time, I'd focus on Trailhead. And the trick for Trailhead is A, you just have to be a ranger. We don't even look at people who aren't rangers. I had an intern apply the other day, and I said, "No, you're not even on Trailhead. Go get a ranger before I even talk to you."

So that, to me, is just a minimum bar. Just go be a ranger, and then if you can go up from there, that's great. And then, if you're still in your Trailhead worlds, the thing that we then look for besides looking at their profile, is it filled out? Have they thought about it? Have they created it like LinkedIn? So second advice on the Trailhead side is treat your profile like LinkedIn: fill it out, put your picture, put your description, do all the things. It'll probably take you no more than a half an hour. Make your URL; you can make your customized URL so people can find you; do all the things so it looks like you're part of the community, right? Make sure that your profile is rich and full. And then the third thing on the Trailhead side of things is to go for super badges.

So I can look at double ranger, triple ranger all day long, but if I don't see some super badges and I speak from someone who doesn't have any super badges.

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, no.

Jason Atwood:

I know, I know, it's on my hit list for this year. I know, I know, I mean, I have 15 certs, and so I have some experience, but I'd say, get some super badges. We see that when we look at that as a higher level of dedication and of expertise, because, as you know and as I've been doing them, they're difficult. They show that you have really dug in, and they're more than just answering some questions or watching videos, or getting fun ones. I love badges, but the super badges really show that kind of a deeper level of education and sort of just being in the Trailhead world. So that's the 20%. Then the 30% is certifications.

You need to have both. You can't have one without the other. I don't know what that commercial was, peanut butter and chocolate or something, but-

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I think so, yeah.

Jason Atwood:

-You might be [inaudible 00:07:08]. Certifications are important; you should focus on them. What I tell people is you need to get them, but you can't stall. Most people, I think, when we talk to them and we'll find in the ecosystem, say, "Oh, I'm thinking about getting that, or I'm planning to get that one next year." And our advice is, "Nope, go get it. Go get it now. Go take it. Go take the test a couple of times." Do whatever it is you can do to start your certification journey; don't put it off; don't procrastinate on it. You don't have to be perfect; just go get some. And obviously there's a path of which ones you should get, blah, blah, blah.

It depends on where you're going in your world, but having at least one or two certs is kind of a bare minimum. So if you're starting off and you're trying to get into the ecosystem, that's your 20 and your 30, and then the 50 is the hardest part. And it's just hard to tell people because it's the experience. The third thing we look for is experience. I want to see that you've done something obviously new to the ecosystem, harder to have the experience, but that's where I say spend 50% of your time trying to gain that experience. There's the old adage: try to go work with a non-profit. Although there's some pushback on that nowadays because of the complexity of the platform, you don't want to hurt a non-profit.

There's definitely... Get in in a way, there's programs, there's tons of programs out there that will help you do mock projects and things where you can just get your hands dirty. And even if you have to build your own thing that you're going to demo, you got to get experience because I've not hired people with 22 certifications, and because it didn't add up to any experience, and I've seen people with tons and tons of experience with zero certs, and I would hire anyway, just from the experience. But for me, that's how I tell spend your time: 20% trailhead, 30% certifications, and 50% getting that experience.

Mike Gerholdt:

I think that 50%, that part that you're talking about is always the part that feels like the hardest to get into. Because if you're not in tech and you don't have any experience and you're trying to land that first job, that can feel like, "If I could get this job, then I could get the experience." And so, part of that lends to my next question is, so you're new, we've checked all the boxes on filling out our profiles and done that part. What should I get ready for when I interview?

Jason Atwood:

So every interview's going to be different, obviously, but a lot of places are using assessments now. So I would say be prepared for an assessment. That means functionally, they're going to ask you to do something; they're going to ask you to build something or take something they've done and turn it into something on the platform, using Salesforce as the platform. So I would just be ready for that, be prepared, be okay with it. Even do mock versions of it, go have a friend, and I have to given this advice to some people, but go have a friend, sit down with them, talk to them about what they do, and you'll uncover something that they're collecting data.

And as soon as you can figure out what the data they're collecting, whether it's books or they collect comic books, or they're a skier or they're a runner, anything you do, you can just come up with, "Ooh, what if I built you an app to track that?" So be prepared to have an assessment of your skills and be able to show that in a short period of time. Meaning it might be a take-home. Sometimes it's a take-home. Like, "Hey, go do this over the weekend." Other times it's, "You have an hour; come back and show us what you did."

Mike Gerholdt:

Ooh!

Jason Atwood:

So I'd say... Ooh! Yeah, I know. I've been doing that for 15 years to people. Trust me. I've seen a lot of, oohs.

Mike Gerholdt:

I would imagine.

Jason Atwood:

Even had one person pass out in the...

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, my. Oh, goodness.

Jason Atwood:

It happens.

Mike Gerholdt:

You get an extra hour now.

Jason Atwood:

Yeah. So I think that it's coming more and more in the ecosystem, because again, when you look at a resume, when you look at LinkedIn, a lot of it's just you can't tell whether they know what they're doing. If you actually do an assessment, you can then assess, "Okay, you know, you functionally know how to do things." So I'd be prepared for that. The other thing is, I think when you're really, especially in the new, just be honest about what you do and do not know. That's really, really key. Don't fluff up your resume; don't put things that you don't know; don't put clouds, don't throw in data cloud if you don't know what data cloud is and haven't used it or can't really explain it. Just because you took a Trailhead on something doesn't mean that platform or know that cloud. So I'd really say be honest with what you know and the clouds, and the products, because that's going to be super important in the interview process.

Mike Gerholdt:

Wow. How much... In prep work for resumes, there's a lot of AI tools out there, so I'd love to know your perspective on both sides of this one: how much do you, as somebody hiring, kind of look for, "Oh, they used AI to generate most of this resume?" And on the flip side, how much should somebody building their resume that could really benefit from an AI tool? How much should they lean into it?

Jason Atwood:

So I'm going to be the strange answer on this one, or...

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, good.

Jason Atwood:

Yeah, because I'm going to say, resumes don't matter.

Mike Gerholdt:

Okay.

Jason Atwood:

They're just checking a box. When people get to me in the interview process, they're beyond the resume. So yes, you need to have a resume; you need it because that's the part. It's like you have to have the internet; you have to have a way to fill out the form. So you need to have a resume, and it should have your accomplishments and stuff on it. But I don't look at resumes because they're just lies. They're just you telling me all these things, and sometimes I don't know if any of that's really true or not true. So to me, it's like it's just a checking the box. "Yes, you have to have a resume. Yes, it should be okay." Honestly, your LinkedIn profile should be your resume, right? Because that's real; it's on the web. And if you're lying, someone might actually call you out for it.

"Hey, you didn't work at that company for 10 years." So I would say focus more on the LinkedIn. Because I'll look at that. If you gave me 10 minutes, I'd look at your LinkedIn first. I would not look at your resume, what you've put on, rather than what your actual history has been. That being said, you want to throw all this stuff on there for this ecosystem. So I do think showing work that you've done and really pointing to problems you've solved, if you really think about any job, especially as an administrator, you're a Salesforce admin, you're basically solving problems all day all.

And you're communicating. So two things that I tell people about the resume and the process is how do you show that you've solved problems in the past in your resume, and then how do you show that you are a great communicator? Because great communication, it doesn't matter what, I mean, well, not what job, but certainly in this world, you are basically talking to people, helping them out, doing stuff, re-communicating with them, getting what they need to do, building it, whatever. You might work with different groups or whatever. But that communication skill is something we deeply look at. So again, if you're going to focus on stuff, don't so much focus on your resume as focus on how to be a great communicator.

Mike Gerholdt:

That's really good advice because I have been at that level where people show up and the resume looked good, but they couldn't facilitate the conversation or articulate any kind of answer in the interview.

Jason Atwood:

It is a skill that not a lot of people have, but it's a skill, you can learn it. So a couple of things to put into that communication bucket. We'll go down a little rathole here.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, let's do.

Jason Atwood:

One is empathy.

Mike Gerholdt:

Okay.

Jason Atwood:

Have the ability to show empathy, and that means sort of having a conversation with somebody and throwing in stuff that's like listening to them, talking to them, obviously pulling out information about them, but having the empathy when they say something's not going to happen or whatever, they could say, "It's a rainy day." I look for it in every interview that I do. Now this is going to be on the podcast; everybody's going to know this, but I will actually throw things into my talk track or as just the warm-up when you're sort of, "How are you and what's going on?" I will always throw in something to test empathy.

I'll say, "Oh, I'm okay, but I didn't sleep well last night. Or I had a bad egg sandwich this morning, or I've tripped over the dog when I came into the room." And I just listened to hear what they react. If they go, "Oh, that's terrible. Oh, yeah, I know dogs can be really difficult. Or you know what? I get my egg sandwiches from downstairs, whatever." But hearing that back of that empathy, super important. Second is actually listening, so I will listen to people, how they listen to me. Are they interrupting me? Are they talking over me? Are they going? Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah, as I speak, I listen for their real intent and true conversational skills. And so the ability to actually listen, pause, and then answer is a really big; it's a great skill to have. And so the people who can do that, I know that they can do almost any job better because they've intently done that listening skill and they've got it working. So those are two that I throw out to most people when they're trying to build their conversational habits.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I'm listening to you answer that, and I'm playing devil's advocate in my head and saying, "Maybe people are hearing Jason say this because he's hiring consultants." So why do you think this also translates over to people that are embedded in different work groups, or teams, or have stakeholders within an organization and aren't consultants, like for your organization?

Jason Atwood:

Because basically, being an admin is being a consultant in one organization. You are a consultant. What are you doing? You're talking to people; they're coming to you with their problems; you are getting their requirements; you're satisfying their needs; you're working with them; you're iterating; you're changing it; you're updating things, and then you're presenting it back to them. The thing that changes when you become a consultant is you're paying for someone's time, which then becomes a whole other thing. But also, you might be working with other organizations, and the level of expectation of how you do that and your expertise goes way up. And this is something I tell, I warn people about moving into consulting is that when you're an admin, you have the ability to take some time. Someone says, "Hey, can you build me these three dashboards that I want to track my sales forecasting?"

You go, "Sure," and you can go Google it, and you spend a week, and you come back, and you're like, "Here's your three dashboards." They're ecstatic; they're like, "Great, thank you." They don't care that it took you three weeks or whatever, and then you had to ask your friend and Google it or ask ChatGPT to do it for you. In the consulting space, it's different. They don't ask, "Could you build this for me?" They say, A, "What are the options to build it? How long is it going to take you, and can you get it to me by next Tuesday?" So the expectation level of what you're doing goes way up, and they expect you to be expert. They don't expect you to ever say, "I don't know, but I'll figure it out." As an admin, I said, "I don't know. I'll figure it out."

"Oh, you want to build some tracker for your feedback form? Sure, let go figure it out." Go away for a week, and I'll come back and show you something. So I think that's part of it, but as an admin, you're still doing all this stuff. It's the same stuff inside the organization. You're just not working with external companies or people; you work with internal people. So you still have Mary from accounting coming over and wants to synchronize with the QuickBooks, and you still have the CEO come over and they want an update to some dashboard because they can't figure it out, and you're doing the same stuff; it's more internal, more ad hoc, generally.

Mike Gerholdt:

I mean, I couldn't agree more. Also, Mary from accounting, they always want to, for some reason, can't seem to get opportunities flowing through your sales org, but let's integrate finance.

Jason Atwood:

So true, so true.

Mike Gerholdt:

But you kind of led into that. So what are the different jobs, or different tasks, types of jobs that admins would tackle within an organization?

Jason Atwood:

Yeah, I mean, we kind of started in there. You do become an internal consultant, but I think you first off just think of what, especially when you're applying for it, and this goes back to sort of the applying and getting the jobs' thing. When you're looking at the organization, you obviously want to know what their Salesforce landscape is. So if I were in the interview process, what I would do is come loaded with a bunch of really good questions, and I would pepper that person with tons of questions about their Salesforce instance, or, as we call it in the biz, we call it their org.

But I would come in with, "What kind of licenses? How old is it? What kind of integrations? What kind of applications do you have? When's the last time you did a health tech? Do you use permission sets or permission set groups? Or did you flip the lightning yet?" I mean, I would be peppering them showing my expertise to get that admin job. So that's just on the interview side; I just want to throw that in. But coming back to what you do, again, it really depends on the organization, and this is actually a myth that is out there in the ecosystem, is that admins get bored and admins don't get to play with lots of different clouds, and admins don't do a lot of diverse things. That's completely not true because it depends on what organization you're with. I was with a company who had 375,000 people.

I had a team; I had five people, or five, including me; we were all admins; that's what we did. And we had 12 different production orgs, 12 orgs with production, and I think nine different applications running in them with thousands and thousands and thousands of users. We were not bored; we had plenty to do; we were playing with great, big, unlimited licensing and integrations and projects, but we were admins. At the end of the day, we were admins. Same thing: you go work for a small company that's four... I don't think anyone would hire a full-time admin with four people. But the smaller the organization who's just using Salesforce for one thing and has no chance of expanding it or doing it, or going anywhere.

Yeah. You're going to get bored, right? You come in, you're going to help out Mary in accounting, you get that one project done, and then they're going to be like, "Can you reset passwords all day?" So I think as part of the interview process to pulling it back in to that, and when your job seeking, you should be really interested in what their, especially if you want to be a Salesforce admin and you really want to do it full time, what's their Salesforce roadmap? Are they just solid? They have it, and they have had it up and running for five years, and that's it? Or do they have things that they want to do? New stuff you can build? Do you want to do the integration with that? We want to bring in marketing cloud next year. We're looking at how to do predictive AI, whatever.

So if I were bringing more questions as the trying to get the job, I would bring in that to the organization. I'd say, "What do you guys, where's your roadmap? Or do you not have one?" And I think that would show as a hiring person; I'd be like, "Oh, they're forward-looking." And it'll also give you the idea of: "Are you going to get bored in six months?" Because you don't want to get bored in six months.

Mike Gerholdt:

Right. Although maybe a smaller footprint would be really good if you're looking to get that first admin job.

Jason Atwood:

Exactly. Exactly right. But then you have the counter, right? You have a smaller footprint, but they have 40 users, and they only use it for service. So you get in, you do some work, you do all the stuff, and then you're like, "Now what?"

Mike Gerholdt:

Right. So you brought up myths of admins, and one is, well, "I don't get exposed to enough clouds," and I've heard that at various events. "Well, we only use data cloud, or I just don't get to see it." And I feel like, and this still exists, all of these articles on admin to something else, as though admin is just the front door; all you got to do is get in and do that for a few months. But the real money and the real challenge is elsewhere. What would you say to that myth of just an admin?

Jason Atwood:

I think it is a bit of a myth, and it makes admins and being an administrator, Salesforce administrators feel like this... It's like you're the fry person in the back at McDonald's. It's like, "Well, I don't ever go back and cook the hamburgers." I don't know. And it's not true.

Mike Gerholdt:

Although the fries are kind of the best part.

Jason Atwood:

That's true. I actually worked at McDonald's, and I was the fry person, so that's why I brought it up.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah.

Jason Atwood:

But yes, at some organizations, you could be the one admin, and that could be your role for a long period of time. And you could get bored, and it could just be a starter. At other organizations, you could run an entire group of admins. You could have six or seven admins, you could be part of a team of people supporting a lot of different Salesforce instances, and it could go anywhere from just administrative down to sort of more the solution architect type of stuff, or more towards the BA towards so stuff or more towards the development.

One of the things you and I have been in this ecosystem for a long time, what we were able to do 10 years ago on the platform with our clicks and what we're able to do with clicks now, we're programming. Let's be clear: when we're building flows, we're programming; we're just programming with a user interface. But that's programming, and the stuff you can do is stunning, that you just couldn't do with any of the tools unless you're writing Apex. So I think even the idea that admins who are getting that technical acumen and are going into the more programmatic type of world of admin that could go long, there's lots of paths you can go down for that. So that's where I think some of the myths should go away because you're not just the admin who's building a report, adding a field to a page way out, and assigning a permission set. There's many, many different pieces of that platform. And that's before you even talk about the clouds; before you'd say there's now, I don't know how many clouds. There's a lot of clouds.

Mike Gerholdt:

There is a lot.

Jason Atwood:

Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. I mean, you brought up flow. I think back to the days of, "Boy, if I could just stand up like a window pane that a screen that people could input the data into as opposed to just editing raw right on the record." And now we can do that, and you can do that just using the interface. You don't have to try a single line of code, which is...

Jason Atwood:

It is stunning what you can do with that tool. And it's one of the things that has left me a little bit behind because I'm old school admin. I'm a work-for-rule person. And for that, I would've gone wrote in a user story and had someone written up a Visualforce, and with Apex in the background, and now it's... The stuff that we can produce with flows, screen flows, and even the call-outs. I was watching the call-out today, a flow that made a call-out to a Heroku Dyno that did a hookup to a Postgres database that pulled in AI predictions. I was like, "What?" So yeah, the world of an admin is becoming very, very broad in some ways.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, no, I agree. And you can also now trigger flows through prompts and have it call AI. And I mean, in a year from now, this is all going to sound like super, "Wow, they were impressed they could do that. Now look at where we are." kind of stuff. One thing we didn't touch on is there's a lot of job places to look at and career stuff. Often, when looking for a developer architect, I think those are a little more defined also, especially with developer, they've got experience in writing developer job titles for other platforms. So it's very easy to translate that over to Salesforce. What are things that an admin should look for in job descriptions? That maybe if the title or description doesn't say Salesforce admin, that will be the role?

Jason Atwood:

Yeah, it's a tough one because, I mean, the easiest thing to say is look for the keyword Salesforce. Obviously, there's going to be some sort of piece of that. I think you'd have to go a little old-school and think of the platform and what it's doing. So I would start to look for things that were based on what Salesforce, the platform's doing? Is it sales, right? Is it marketing? Is it service? Is it nonprofit? Especially in the nonprofit space, which is for me. So we would look at grant writing, fundraising, and all that stuff, which could be keywords for, we're using Salesforce in the background, but we're using it to do all these things. So I guess the meta hint without giving you the keywords is: What is this organization doing? What is the output of their world? And then looking at what the tool set they're using.

They might not be Salesforce, right? There are other ways of saying the word. They might say something like health cloud and a health cloud administrator, and you're like, "Well, that's Salesforce." Or they might say, "net-zero cloud." Or they might say, "nonprofit cloud." Again, not saying Salesforce, but that's what it's based on. So sometimes, as an administrator and as part of this ecosystem, you have to know that there are products that are sitting on top of the platform that don't necessarily say the word in it. Remember when they named everything Force? Everything was Force something Force, this Force, that Force.

Mike Gerholdt:

We had everything named Lightning for a while, too.

Jason Atwood:

That too. That was fun.

Mike Gerholdt:

We like to do that a lot. I think everything's named Einstein now.

Jason Atwood:

Pretty much.

Mike Gerholdt:

I'll probably get in trouble for saying that.

Jason Atwood:

Yes, you will.

Mike Gerholdt:

But you could do the bingo card of name everything, Einstein, Lightning, Force, and then you're covered.

Jason Atwood:

I'm going to win that Bingo.

Mike Gerholdt:

Einstein, Lightning, Force, and then the actual product. Then you're covered.

Jason Atwood:

Totally.

Mike Gerholdt:

I was looking through all my notes, roles and descriptions and interviewing and challenges, and certifications, and I feel we touched on a lot. What is something that you feel we missed, that you talk about, that you bring up that maybe people aren't thinking about when they're looking to interview or get an admin position?

Jason Atwood:

Sure. I think there's a couple of things. A couple more things I would, if I were giving advice, which I happen to do all the time.

Mike Gerholdt:

You're full of advice.

Jason Atwood:

I'm full of advice, maybe too much. So one thing, and this is just generic to not Salesforce, but as anybody looking for a job, cultural fit, I think, is becoming more and more of a need. And I think, as people applying for jobs, you should be looking at it both ways. Do I fit that culture, and does that culture fit me? And that's do my values and the company's values or the organization's values align together. And asking a lot of questions around culture is going to become more and more important, especially because we go do remote work and all that. So I think what we used to think of, like, "Oh, we had coffee breaks and pizza parties for every quarter," is now a much bigger discussion. So I would say bring culture into the conversation. Another tip that I hadn't given yet is just preparedness.

It seems silly to say you have to be prepared for an interview, but I can tell you the amount of people who show up who are not prepared, they're just not prepared; they don't know their resume; they don't have good questions; they don't know how to talk to their experiences. And I'm stunned when it happens, but it happens a lot. And one of my little pet peeves, I'm giving away all my hints, boy, anybody interviewing is going to be able to nail the interview the next time they get to me.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, you say that, but I bet not.

Jason Atwood:

Probably not, right? No one's even going to pay attention. But having really good questions is something that I look for. Again, we work in an industry where being able to ask your users what they want and question them, and being insightful is a great skill. So if I get to the end of one of my diatribe speeches and I say, "Do you have any questions?" And they're like, "No, I'm good." I immediately go, "Okay." And then I'm not good because I... So have questions ready at the go; have them sitting in front of you on a piece of paper, on a sticky note in a NeverNote, wherever. It's super important, and don't be generic. Don't say, "Where do you see yourself?" Don't interview the interviewee.

Ask really stuff that's based on homework you did. And that's sort of the prepared thing too. When people come in and they say, "Oh, I read your blog post last week about blah, blah, blah. I was really interested about this key point." Immediately, I'm like, "They did their homework; they know what they're talking about, and they're asking me something interesting." Don't say, "How do you guys do raises?" That's not going to be; you need to have the questions about the culture or the stuff. I mean, I've had some really good in the past, but I've had some really terrible questions. And then two more, I'll give you two more tips. This is like the hundred tips for interviewing the Salesforce Ecosystem Podcast.

Mike Gerholdt:

We'll call it 98.

Jason Atwood:

There you go.

Mike Gerholdt:

So there's two.

Jason Atwood:

Two more is you can never, if you want to get two skills. If I told someone to go get two skills before they get any job to be super useful on day one, two things they should be focusing on: data and documentation. Your ability to understand data is like you need to have it, you have to have it as a skill; you need to know data; you need to know how data interconnects with other data, you need to know how to report on it. It's getting more and more and more important. So I look for data skills, even data nerds, people who say, "I love data." So if you're not that type of person, I would say these jobs are going to be tough. Because I don't know anywhere in the ecosystem that we are not just really crazed about and or dealing with lots of data.

It is sort of what Salesforce is, in the back of all of it. So understanding data, taking courses on it, go learn SQL, go learn regular databases, go learn third normal form, learn it, and understand it because any of your skill sets that you have that are based in data will make you better at any job in this ecosystem. So data. Second is documentation, because one of the things you can do very quickly in any role is document things. You need to be able to document; you need to be able to take what people say, summarize it, put it into something, and spit it back out for people to take in. If you're an admin, you've got to come up with a training plan or a training agenda. You are an admin; you have to come up with a user story; you hand it off to a developer or someone to build something.

Documenting is, and it's, I know there's Trailheads on it, and you can go to those, but really learning how to document even so much prove that skill when you talk to somebody and you follow up with an email. Follow up with an email that proved that you listened and that you're following up with documentation skills, coming back with key points or things that you wanted or questions, all great ways to show. But I would say two things you could just learn to show up on day one to start working and doing things is know data very well and know how to document things.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, that was a really good point. I would hammer on that cultural fit and question part a lot because I always feel like you and I are of a certain generation that we kind of almost interviewed in the hopes that they chose us, right? The best of the survivor, we get picked. But the part that really dawned on me as I moved through my career was I also need to interview that person to see, is this the type of person that I'm comfortable... Would I be excited to get on a call with them every day? Does this feel like the type of company that I'm going to be excited to go to work at? Or do I just want to get in to get in? And I've made the mistakes of going to work for companies and then realizing I didn't ask enough cultural questions. The way things operate here and my expectations for this job are very different than what I had in my head, and it's my fault because I didn't talk about it.

Jason Atwood:

Yeah. And again, I think it's different. Even again, culture was, I hate to say it, but it wasn't really that much. It wasn't that important. 20 years ago, I wasn't worried about culture; now I think it's above compensation.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah.

Jason Atwood:

I think it really is. And I've seen people go to places for less compensation because of a better culture. I've seen people leave terrible cultures that were highly paid. So really bringing that in, and that means how do they work? How do people collaborate? And you can ask these questions in the interview. You can say, "What are the three things you're doing this year to help your culture be better or to improve your culture at your company?" If someone asked me that, I'd be like, "Ooh, wow. Okay."

Mike Gerholdt:

That's a good question.

Jason Atwood:

That's a great question, right? You're then learning A; are they doing anything to make it better.

Mike Gerholdt:

Right.

Jason Atwood:

Or ask about... One of the things that we take at Arkus as very important is when I was doing my key goals for the next five years, and I was doing some presentations and talking to the staff about it. I had culture as a fifth thing, and then after doing it, I thought, "Wait, no, that's wrong. It's got to be number one." So for me, you ask a company, you say, "What are the main things you're thinking about doing for the next five years? What are the five key things that you're doing? What are your pillars?" Or whatever. And if they don't say culture, then you'd be like, "Oh, why isn't culture there?" And then you'll probably catch someone off guard; maybe they won't hire you there, but they should be thinking that keeping the company culture and embracing it, and making sure that it is... Culture isn't something that you set up and then walk away from.

It's not a database system. You don't just go, "Oh, it's set up, and it's running in the corner." It's something that needs to be cultivated; it's something that needs to be put into; it's something that needs to be fed and loved, and thought of, and changed as the ecosystem and the world changes. Our culture changed when COVID happened, right? We had to adapt; we adapted to that; it wasn't the same culture as before. When we were three people, now 75, but the culture's different, but we're adapting to that. So again, it is a really, really big point. It is something you can catch people on, you can ask, and everybody likes to talk about their culture. Everybody will tell you that they have a great culture, but that's how, as an interviewer or interviewee, you should be questioning it and really ask the deep questions. So when they say they have a great culture, "Say, can you give me three examples from last week where you prove that or that you know that it is a great culture?"

Mike Gerholdt:

That's a good question. Thanks for coming by, Jason, and sharing your wisdom with us. You said you present some of this. Are you going to be presenting any of this at upcoming Dreamin' events after?

Jason Atwood:

I am. Well, you're catching me on my road tour. I don't know if this podcast...

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, there's a road tour.

Jason Atwood:

There's a road tour.

Mike Gerholdt:

Are you going to have shirts made up?

Jason Atwood:

I might. So yeah, I actually-

Mike Gerholdt:

Have dates on the back.

Jason Atwood:

-I go to a lot... A lot of things, I will be at World Tour this year. World Tour New York in two days, but I don't think this podcast will be out by then. But you can catch me at Texas Dreamin', I'm doing this year. You can catch me at WITness Success, you can catch me at Mile High Dreamin', you can catch me at Dreamforce, you can catch me at Northeast Dreamin'. And is that it? I think that's it.

Mike Gerholdt:

I mean, Northeast Dreamin' is kind of the tail end of the year for us.

Jason Atwood:

Yeah, it is. It's the last one. So I'll be at all those. I don't know if I'll always be presenting this, but you can at least find me if you wanted to.

Mike Gerholdt:

Right. I appreciate you coming by.

Jason Atwood:

Thank you. It's been great talking to you. Let's do it in another 10 years.

Mike Gerholdt:

Or sooner.

Jason Atwood:

Or a little sooner.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, I thought that episode turned out phenomenal. I'm so glad I got to have Jason back, and he is going to be on a road tour presenting and helping admins at different Dreamin' events. So hopefully, you can get to some of those that he mentioned. I think that'd be really neat, and some really solid tips on interviewing, and even I couldn't agree more on building experience when you've never had a job in the tech industry. So thanks, Jason, for coming on and sharing everything. And speaking of sharing, if you love this episode and you've got friends, or maybe you're going to a user group and you'd love to say, "Hey, I've got a podcast for you to listen to on finding that first job or getting your next Salesforce admin's job," here's how you do it. You click the three dots in the corner; most of these apps, podcast apps, have this now.

And you can click share episode and you can post it to social; you could send it as an email to somebody, and then they get a link and they can listen to the podcast right on their phone, maybe as they're walking their dog, and even more. Now, if you wanted to look for any links or any resources, everything, everything I'm telling you, start your day admin.salesforce.com; everything is there for you. And of course, we also include a link to the Admin Trailblazer community, which is the admin group in the Trailblazer community, which is a great place and also the place I went to get all of these questions. Now, we'll also include a transcript if there's something you need to go back and read through; that is all going to be in the show notes. So, of course, until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Rangsk, a Wordle and Sudoku educational YouTuber.

Join us as we chat about how solving puzzles every day can help you sharpen your critical thinking skills.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Rangsk.

The role of puzzles in critical thinking development I’m addicted to word games. They give me a chance to practice my problem solving skills and, hopefully, get better. That’s why I was so excited for this week’s guest, Rangsk, because he makes some of the best educational content out there on how to get better at solving puzzles.

For Rangsk, puzzles are a way to develop your critical thinking skills. They give you an opportunity to think about how you think. “Overthinking has a negative connotation,” he says, “all I’m doing is thinking, and there’s nothing wrong with thinking when you’re solving a puzzle.”

Practicing your problem solving skills in a low-stakes environment like a puzzle gives you the experience to fall back on in high-pressure situations.

The process over the result A key part of using puzzles to develop critical thinking skills is taking the time to reflect on your thought process. When you solve a problem, don’t just move on to the next one. Instead, Rangsk encourages you to do a postmortem so you can learn something about how you think.

Look through each step of a solve and analyze your decision-making. Where did you get stuck or tricked and why? What could you have done differently? And where did you make good choices that got you closer to the solution? If you take the time to internalize what worked and what didn’t work you’ll improve your critical thinking skills over time.

How to know when to ask for help When I’m solving puzzles, one thing I always struggle with is when to hit that hint button. Rangsk’s advice is to make an honest assessment of your mindset. Are you well and truly stuck? Or have you hit a snag but are still enjoying the process of working through it?

In puzzles and the workplace, we might not be able to solve every problem we encounter on our own. Maybe there’s some trick that we don’t know about or some key piece of information we don’t have. Puzzles help you teach your brain how to learn, and that’s something Salesforce Admins need to do every day.

Listen to the full episode for more from Rangsk on his approach to teaching and some other word puzzles you might like if you’re already hooked on Wordle. And don’t forget to subscribe to hear more from the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Connections and Wordle games from the New York Times are wildly popular. Can they improve cognitive function as you age? * Follow Rangsk on YouTube * Cracking the Cryptic on YouTube

Other word puzzles * Cell Tower * Squardle * Squaredle

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • @Rangsk_YT on TikTok

  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn

  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on Tiktok
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt:

Wordle, Strands, Connections, not just random words, but word games. And I am addicted to them. So, this week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, I had to get arguably the best word and logic solver I can find from TikTok and YouTube on the podcast. He goes by Rangsk on TikTok, and I'll put a link below.

But David and I are talking about critical thinking and problem-solving using word games. Also, just how that applies to life. This is a phenomenal conversation. Don't be scared about the time because this is such a fun discussion. Also, how looking for answers and the journey of problem solving really applies to just everything that we do, not only as Salesforce admins, but in our learning journeys and as we navigate life.

So, this is fun. Let's get David on the podcast. So, David, welcome to the podcast.

Rangsk:

Well, thank you.

Mike Gerholdt:

I'm glad to have you on. I feel this is one of those times where I'm way more the super fanboy because I have seen a ton of your TikTok videos and your New York Times solves. But without tipping too much, how did you get into word gaming and solving word games online?

Rangsk:

Well, it's a long story, but I can give the short version. Basically, YouTube likes to give random recommendations, and one day it recommended me a Sudoku video by Cracking the Cryptic. And I was familiar with Sudoku because it was a huge craze in the early 2000s. Do you remember that?

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, yeah. Absolutely.

Rangsk:

Everyone was doing Sudoku.

Mike Gerholdt:

On the planes, there were books. Every airport had a Sudoku book.

Rangsk:

Yeah. And so, I got into that craze back then, but then I burned out of it. And now, I realize it's because of the way I was solving it. It's because of the way everyone was solving it, it burned out quickly. But I was like, "You know what? Sudoku, I'm familiar with that." I clicked the video and I just immediately got hooked because this was not the Sudoku that I used to do.

And I just really got hooked on watching Cracking the Cryptic on YouTube and the various different kinds of logic puzzles that they solve. And then, I actually started creating my own Sudoku puzzles. I crafted them myself. And I would do things like... I would submit them to Cracking the Cryptic. They actually have solved a few of my puzzles in the past.

Mike Gerholdt:

Wow.

Rangsk:

Featured in front of tens of thousands, hundreds of thousands of people, which is great. And what I wanted to do is I wanted to document how I intended those puzzles to be solved and walk through the logic of them. Because I've always been... I had sort of an instructor mindset. I've always liked teaching. I've never been a teacher, but I've always liked teaching anyway.

And so, I decided to make my own videos where I walked through how to solve my own puzzles and I just uploaded them to my YouTube channel, which had nothing otherwise. And one day, Cracking the Cryptic featured one of my puzzles, and I commented saying, "Hey, I've got a walkthrough solve of this on my channel if anyone's interested." And I instantly gained 200, 300 subscribers.

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, wow.

Rangsk:

And at that point, I was like, "Well, I better start making content." So, I decided, "Hey, maybe I'll start solving Sudoku's on there, not just my own, and see if I can grow that audience." And I was really enjoying the feedback I was getting from that. Flash forward to Wordle becoming popular, I was very much entrenched at that point within the logic puzzle community.

And Wordle, of course, really became popular within that community. And so, I decided, "Well, I'm already making Sudoku content. Why don't I make YouTube shorts where I solve Wordle?" And so, that's really where I get started on that. And then, I went from... it had taken me two years to reach a thousand subscribers where I could finally monetize on YouTube. And then, within two months, my Wordle shorts had brought me to 10,000 subscribers.

Mike Gerholdt:

Wow.

Rangsk:

And so, that was like, wow, Wordle's my thing, I guess. And so, I decided just to... in addition to my Sudoku content, I started making word game content as well.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I definitely was on the sideline for the Wordle wave. I remember it kind of crashing through. And I feel like for me, it was, "Oh, everybody's playing it, so I'm not going to play it." I also was afraid that I would never get a word. "Oh, man." Because my Facebook feed was filled with all of the little Wordle squares that everybody would post. I'm like, "Oh, I know so-and-so."

I know some book editors and I know some people that are in the education space, and they were struggling with Wordle. And I was like, "I have no shot. Maybe I just shouldn't play this." But now that I've played it, I confess, today is my 40th day playing Wordle.

Rangsk:

Okay. I hope you're enjoying it.

Mike Gerholdt:

I am. I also have come now to the realization that I will never get it in one word. So, I have purposely looked ahead to see what words haven't been used as solutions, and then picked my beginning word now pending, the solution hasn't happened. My beginning word now is spoil because it has two vowels in it and it hasn't been used as a solution.

Rangsk:

Got you. Yeah. So, for me, getting word in one, of course, it would be exciting, but I would also feel a bit cheated because I didn't get to play that day.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yes.

Rangsk:

And to me, Wordle... I'm very much a logic puzzle guy. I approach even word games as if they were logic puzzles. And I think that's why I like Wordle so much is because you can treat it like a logic puzzle, where you're given information and then you want to come up with the best possible guess to utilize that information and get as much information as you can more.

And you think about patterns in the words, not just, "Here's all the words I know," but "Okay, E likes to be at the end. R likes to be second. These letters like to be near each other. These letters don't like to be near each other." And so, you can kind of think about the patterns that you notice within words. And of course, every once in a while, you get tripped up by a weird word that comes from French or something and doesn't follow any of the rules.

But even then, you get there by logically eliminating, it's not a regular word. So, I now have to investigate, is it one of those weird esoteric ones that came from French, for example, or came from a different language? So, yeah, I like to approach it as a logic problem, and I think that's why people enjoy watching me solve it. I constantly get feedback, "I'm better at the game after watching you play it."

That warms my heart. That's exactly what I want. I'm not out here trying to impress people. I'm not trying to be a magician. I'm trying to be an instructor, and I'm trying to get people to understand that these games can be approached from a logical perspective. You can learn to get better at it without just going and memorizing a bunch of words.

Mike Gerholdt:

Right. Perfect segue to exactly why I'm having you on the podcast, because I ran across one of your TikTok videos on Connections, and I'd never played Connections. And the tone and the manner, now that you say instructor, I joked with a colleague that I called you the Bob Ross of Connections. But your tone was very calming.

"And let's work through this, and here's all the words. We have to come up with four groups of four. Let me walk you through the way I'm going to think through this," which your logic or your critical thinking. And it wasn't just, "Well, these four have to go together. Why don't those go together?" And it's like, "No, but let's think about every possible meaning of this one word."

Or I love when you, especially on some of the Connections, "What is the, not weirdest, but what is the farthest outlying word? And let's pick that and see how it can connect to other things."

Rangsk:

Yeah, I'm glad you recognized both my logical approach, but also the demeanor that I try to give to my content. I've been called Bob Ross by more than just yourself, also Mr. Rogers. Just having that calming presence is really important to me because people have so much going on in their lives. They have stress coming from everywhere, and then they try to escape that with the free time that they have.

They're scrolling TikTok or they're scrolling YouTube or whatever it is. And when you do that, you're just getting people yelling at you. You're getting people trying to make you afraid, trying to make you angry. And I want to counter that. I want to be a place where I come up on your feed and you feel like, "Okay, this is a setting where I can understand what's going on. I'm not being yelled at."

"Things are calm, things are straightforward and I'm learning, but I don't feel like I'm being talked at." I don't know the best way to put that.

Mike Gerholdt:

Or chastise. I mean really, because I think that's one thing, how this kind of carries over to software is critical thinking, but also when you're building applications or you're building programs, it's change that you're going to introduce to somebody. And I've always told people, when you roll out something, nobody wants to show up to work and feel stupid.

And the easiest way to feel stupid is by showing them something they don't understand. And you can walk into some of these games and be like, "I don't understand. It doesn't make sense." And then, it makes you feel stupid when actually if you just sit and look at it.

To me, I use a few of these games in the morning when I have a cup of coffee to kind of warm my brain up, kind of get me thinking through the day and sitting there thinking, "Okay," so this word for example, and maybe Connections is coat. Okay. So, coat and I started, "Well, how would David describe this?" Well, coat could be a jacket. Coat could be a heavy coat.

Coat could also, you coat something with paint. I try to use some of the stuff that you teach to like, how would I talk through this and not just take it as the first thing that comes to mind?

Rangsk:

Right. And I get a lot of feedback, which I honestly don't appreciate very much because it's counter to what I'm trying to put across, which means I'm not communicating that effectively enough. But a lot of feedback is like "You're overthinking it. If you'd just gone with your instinct, it would've been correct." And they're ignoring all the times, probably the majority of the times, where had I gone with my instinct, it would've been wrong.

Because these puzzles are designed to trick you. They are logic puzzles. And it's not much of a puzzle if it's just find four things that go together and that will be right. And so, the game is all about... I just made a comment today where someone was like, "Overthinking the easy ones is detrimental, but overthinking the hard ones is actually useful."

And my response to that was, "Well, overthinking has a negative connotation to it, by definition. All I'm doing is thinking. And there's nothing wrong with thinking when you're solving a puzzle." So, yeah, the game is trying to get you to think. And you can either let it get you to think and follow along with the human creator of this puzzle and what they were trying to achieve in getting you to think about, or you can bash your head against it and try to get lucky, which to me isn't fun.

And sometimes I have to resort to that and I feel bad about it. But most of the time, I try to logically approach the problem and also try to see what did the creator of this puzzle intend me to think about? And that's going to be fun and that's going to give longevity to the gameplay.

Mike Gerholdt:

Overthinking also comes from a position of I know the answer and you don't. At one point, they didn't know the answer. So, how can I overthink something if I don't know the answer? In hindsight, yes, I can look back at a solution, "Oh, I way overthought that. But I only know that because I went down that path and then I came back."

Much like thinking through different situations or different, we talked about software debugging before I pressed record. Can you overthink software debugging? Well, yeah, I suppose. But you only know that once you go down that entire path and then come back.

Rangsk:

And I will say there's kind of a corollary to that where you said in hindsight, and I think that's another aspect of my content that you don't see a lot, and I think it's a really important aspect, which is after I've solved it, go and do a post-mortem basically, to use the industry term. Go and look back and say, "What is it that I did right? What is it that I did wrong?"

"How could I have thought about this differently to have succeeded when I failed? Or why did I succeed at this? What did I do that I liked that I should try to do more of?" And I think that's a really important aspect of after you've solved a puzzle, or if you're working on debugging software, if you're working on any problem that you're trying to solve, don't just say, "Oh, I solved it. Let me throw that out."

You say, "I solved it. Let me now internalize what worked and didn't work so that when I have a problem again in the future, I can utilize that and gain wisdom and gain experience."

Mike Gerholdt:

I'll be honest, one of the coolest things, I'll get off Connections. One of the coolest things that you added to your Wordle solutions is you go into a website that somebody create a bot and you kind of, "Okay, so here's the word I put in and we got orange, yellow, and green here. What is the bot say is the next one? What did I guess? Here's what I guessed. Here's this, that. Here's what I guessed. Okay."

And oftentimes you're either... it helps you do that post-mortem because with Connections, you have a little bit different, you can see your categories, but with Wordle, you're like, "Was this the next best thing for me to guess to try and get to the solution?" And I love that you kind of walk through that with that bot and the bot's like, "Oh, yeah, so you basically had two choices after this word and you went to this one, which no harm, no foul, it was the other word." I need that bot for everything.

Rangsk:

Yeah. And what's nice about Wordle is a bot like that can exist because it's pretty easy to write a perfect solver. I wouldn't say it's easy, but it's viable to write a perfect solver for Wordle. And there's not a perfect solver for every problem you're going to encounter, but you can at least go back and analyze that.

And I think an aspect that I thought about while you were describing what I do with that Wordle bot that I'd like to touch on is the question is, did I get lucky? Because a lot of times in problem-solving, there is a luck factor. Did I look at the right thing first or did I look at the right thing after struggling for three days on this problem? And the Wordle bot will answer that question for you.

It'll say, "Oh, yeah, you totally got lucky. There were 60 possible words and you picked out the right one." So, what I learned from that is maybe it was a lucky decision, but maybe it wasn't the optimal decision, even though the optimal decision would've had a worse outcome in this situation. And recognize because... I guess to put it this way, if you can't separate what was lucky from what was good, then you're going to depend on getting lucky more and more.

You're going to internalize what you did that made you get lucky rather than internalizing what you did that actually set yourself up for success.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, I think that's... some of that has to do with why people gamble. They just feel they're lucky as opposed to working through the, I go back to the... I love the movie Apollo 13. Let's work the problem and go through it. Kind of transitioning that because I obviously could talk Wordle. You also do that really good on the mini crossword, where if by chance you happen to get all the downs, all the downs also solve all the acrosses for the most part.

And so, you'll go back through and be like, "Oh, well, let's look and see actually what these questions were that the answer just autofilled back in." I think there has to be something that it does to your brain because it also trains it. You're like, "Oh, now, I'm not just reading this word, I'm also reading the clue that the creator of the puzzle had in addition to what the word is, and it just happened to be filled in for me."

Rangsk:

Yeah. If we want to even just touch back on Connections for a little bit.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, please.

Rangsk:

Every day I get comments from people saying, "Oh, the first thing I do is shuffle because they put in these red herrings and I don't want to be tricked by them." And I feel like this is just intentionally throwing out information about the puzzle because we've been told that they think very, very hard actually. They put a lot of thought into the arrangement of the words that are presented to you, which means they've added information to the system.

And by hitting shuffle immediately, without even attempting to interpret that information, you've thrown out part of the puzzle. And to me, I feel like I can go, "Okay, well, they decided to put these tiles next to each other. What does that mean? Are they trying to trick me? Are they trying to hint me towards the solution? What is the information that they are trying to give me by this placement?"

And I would lose all that if I hit shuffle. And so, I feel like it's kind of a short-sighted strategy because you can't learn to overcome the tricks that they're trying to put into the puzzle if you just wipe them clean first thing without even appreciating them.

Mike Gerholdt:

Right. Absolutely. Actually, you're the one that taught me that. I was partway through at Connections the other day and I think that two words were iron and steel, and I was like, "Those started right next to each other. I bet those don't have anything to do with each other. I'm not going to fall for it."

Rangsk:

Yeah, sure enough, they didn't. Exactly. And had you hit shuffle, you wouldn't have known that.

Mike Gerholdt:

No idea.

Rangsk:

And you might've said, "Well, iron and steel, those are both metals. Maybe that's a thing." I think they're getting wise to me. I think the other day they actually put three of them all on top of each other that were in the same category.

Mike Gerholdt:

Oh, no.

Rangsk:

In general, they are adding information when they, instead of presenting the tiles in a random order, just having a piece of software randomize it and presenting it, they are laying it out and they're discussing how they want to lay it out. And I think that's part of the puzzle. You're removing some of the interest in the puzzle by hitting shuffle. And it's the same with mini crossword.

Yeah, you can solve it with just the acrosses or just the downs, but you're losing something by not at least going back and looking what was the whole puzzle. Because these kinds of clues are going to come up over and over again and this is a perfect opportunity, while it's fresh in your mind and while you're in the context, to use it as a learning experience for future puzzles.

Mike Gerholdt:

I completely agree. So, I think one of the things that fascinates me and I love using, I'll call them word games and maybe they're logic games. You need to tell me the difference. But using these to keep my mind sharp is I feel like it helps me be a better thinker just in general, just at my job, just working through decisions in life. You've been solving games a lot longer than me. How have you seen that kind of help you in your professional career?

Rangsk:

It's really interesting that you asked that because an aspect of my day job is actually studying transference is what the psychology term is, which is if you are to play a game and get good at it or do a logic puzzle and get good at that puzzle, does that have transference? Does that transfer to other aspects of your life? Are you just getting better at that game? Or is there sort of a rippling effect to the rest of your life?

Okay. If I play GeoGuessr where I'm trying to locate where I am in the world, does that make me a better driver on my commute? Or if I am playing logic puzzles a lot, does that make me better at debugging software? Whatever it is that you're trying to actually accomplish in your life, are these things just games and you get good at that one game, or are these things that are going to transfer to other areas of your life?

And that's actually a pretty hot topic of study within psychology, cognitive science, neuroscience. And there's a lot of studies going on right now related to that with mixed results. Some of these things that they claim, "Hey, if you play this game every day, you're going to get smarter. You're going to get better in these other areas of your life." And it may not be true.

For me personally, I find it beneficial to just keep using my brain. Think of the brain as a muscle and just keep using it. Make sure those connections are strong. And by practicing it in low-stakes scenarios, when you get hit with a high-stakes scenario, you have this sort of instinct to fall back on for how you're going to handle that. Yeah. Does that-

Mike Gerholdt:

No, I'm still processing all of that transference information you gave because I was just thinking about how that applies to other things like prepping for tests. Did you just get good at taking the test, or did you genuinely learn the information? We can also talk about tests, but nobody wants to do that anyway.

Rangsk:

I'll talk about it.

Mike Gerholdt:

Are you just good at taking the test too? That's the third thing to bring up.

Rangsk:

Yeah, exactly. And this is a big topic in education, has been for a long time, which is how much do we lean on standardized tests and how much do we teach to the test? And is the standardized test important because we just need metrics on how students are generally doing, or is the standardized test also something that can direct curriculum? That's a question that every teacher has.

And I don't think there's a perfect answer to that, and I'm also not much of an expert on that at all. But in my opinion, I think that anything you learn is good. I've always hated the question, when am I going to use this? The answer is, you use your brain every day. And the more you can teach your brain how to learn and all these cool things, that expands your horizons.

It expands your use of your brain. Yeah, sure, you might not use algebra if you're not an accountant or a scientist or a mathematician. Yeah, you might not use algebra, but one day you're going to have the question and you're going to have the curiosity that's going to relate to math in some way. And you either have the tools to think about it properly or you don't, and that's something that you could have internalized, but you decided you weren't going to use it, and so you didn't.

But there's the expression, when you have a hammer, everything looks like a nail. I have always thought that the more tools you have in your toolbox, the more versatile you can be in problem-solving and just living your life properly. Properly is not the right word. I didn't mean to say it that way, but living your life to its fullest extent, being able to accomplish the goals that you want to accomplish, being successful.

It's all about setting yourself up for success. And you don't know what problems are going to arise. And so, the more tools you give yourself, the less everything starts looking like a nail, and the more you can be exacting and fall back on previous experience.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah, I often think of... it's funny you bring up that algebra example. I was also that kid that was really horrible at math, so I never played Sudoku. But the concept sometimes of how you solve the algebra problem, I think to me, was also more important than what the answer was.

And that to me is almost like the first time you pull the cover off a toy and realize there's a whole bunch of gears inside that make the bear move and kind of understanding, "Oh, there's more to this that I need to understand as opposed to just what the outcome is." We had this discussion the other day, outputs versus outcomes.

And if your outputs is solved puzzles, are you smarter than if your outcome is no, but I learned the process and I learned how to work through difficult situations. The outcome is very different than the outputs.

Rangsk:

I love the way you put that and that's something... I solve The New York Times hard Sudoku every day on my YouTube channel. And my goal is not to say, "Look, I solved the puzzle." My goal is to help the viewers be able to solve the puzzle, but not just that. To understand that it's the act of solving it that's the fun part, not having that completed grid with all the correct numbers in it.

And it seems obvious when I say it that way, but I get so many people commenting saying, "Well, if I just go through and fill out all the candidates first, which by the way is super boring, then I can solve it in four minutes, and you took 12 minutes." I feel like I failed that person because now they're going to get bored of Sudoku very quickly.

Because who wants the first thing they do when they first receive that piece of paper or the digitally, the Sudoku puzzle, is go cell by cell and do accounting work? The puzzle can tell you a story if you let it tell you the story. And there are ways that you can approach the problem solving such that you are following along. It's like you're reading a book.

You're following along the story. And in a sense, it's almost like a "choose your own adventure book" where you can choose where you want to go next. What do I want to discover about this puzzle? And just put a smile on your face every day because you found this really cool piece of logic and you go, "Ooh, that's really neat. It just told me about this cool structure."

And people who are like, "Oh, well, I solve it in two minutes and I can just plunk them down, and I don't understand why you're doing all of this." And a year later, they've moved on. They're not doing Sudoku anymore, and they think it's boring. And I'm still doing it and I'm still learning from it every day.

Mike Gerholdt:

Right. Because the outcome for you is a lot different. The euphemism is the journey versus the destination.

Rangsk:

Yes. I'm a big fan of Brandon Sanderson and that's a big thing in Stormlight Archive, which is there's... not to get too spoilery, I won't spoil Stormlight Archive for people. But there is a group of people who basically have a mantra and part of that is journey before destination. We all have the same destination. And when it comes to puzzles, the destination is the solved puzzle, but it's about how you got there.

The journey is the important thing. And you can start talking about things, do the ends justify the means? It's much of a corollary to that when you start talking about how you live your life. And I feel like if you start approaching even a logic puzzle that you're doing for fun, if you approach that in a way where you're trying to take shortcuts, that's training yourself to take shortcuts in all areas of your life.

And I feel like that's... you're cheating yourself. That's another thing. People are like, "Is it cheating if I do this? Is it cheating if I do that?" And it's like, it's a single-player game. There's no stakes to it. The only person you're cheating is yourself. Are you enjoying the way that you're solving this? And that's the important thing. Okay, if I'm doing a crossword or if I'm doing Connections and there's a word I don't know, is it cheating if I look it up?

Well, that's up to you. Do you want this to be a trivia game where you need to be going into the puzzle with a certain set of knowledge, and you want to learn as you go, and you learn from your failures because you didn't know what that word meant? And now you've looked it up and now you're going to remember it? That's one way to approach it.

And a perfectly other valid way to approach it is, "Oh, this puzzle has shown me this word that I don't know. This is a perfect opportunity to look it up and have some success because I looked it up." And I think both approaches are valid.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. There's so much to unpack there, but the first thing I wanted to say was the best and worst times of doing any of the logic puzzles or The New York Times stuff is when it's solved is the best because I was like, "Yes, I did it." And the worst is, "Ugh, it's over." Especially a few times with Wordle or with Connections or even the mini crossword, "Oh, I finally got it."

And to that other point, there have been times when I was like, "Okay, I clearly..." I don't know some... I think one of the questions was something and it was super pop culture. I was like, "I just need to Google this. That's my mulligan. I'm going to take it, I'm going to Google it and that's going to give me the answer." Because I'm past the point of enjoyment for this game and I need a little boost to get me back and going for that, and it's my game, so I can do that.

Rangsk:

Yeah. And it's all about knowing yourself and knowing what you're going to be happy with later and what you might be sad about later. And I think you kind of hit the nail on the head. Are you still enjoying the puzzle? Because that's the important thing. We don't do these because it's our job. We're doing puzzles because it's fun and enriching.

And so, it's all about sustainability. What's going to sustain your interest in this hobby? And are you going to be a flash in the pan where you deep dive into crosswords or Sudoku or whatever word game for a month and then you're done with it and you move on? That's one personality style. Another personality style is crosswords are something that I do every morning for 50 years.

There are people like that too. There are a lot of people like that. And there's a big difference. Someone who's going to do that every morning for 50 years, they're enjoying it every day and they've found ways to sustain that enjoyment. Whereas there-

Mike Gerholdt:

Go ahead.

Rangsk:

Sorry, go ahead.

Mike Gerholdt:

No, I'm 100% with you. I was going to ask because we didn't touch on it and maybe it's for a reason because it's in beta, but Strands. I think you said it in one of your puzzles, I was like, "I just need you. Can you just tell me if any of the four letters I put together are close to one of the words you want as opposed to just nothing?" And I think that for me, we get some of that.

Well, you can tell me more of the game logic. But with Wordle and with Connections, at least with Wordle, I get a yellow. I get a colored square. Regardless of what I put in, I'm getting a color back. And with Connections, oftentimes I'm like, "Please just say one away." But you get kind of that.

Rangsk:

But even if it's not one away, it's still information.

Mike Gerholdt:

It is, yes. Except with Strands.

Rangsk:

Yeah, Strands is missing that. And the reason Strands is missing that is because I really feel like they built the hint system because they knew this was an issue. But the hint system is terrible because people don't want to use it. Some people do use it, but I don't like using it. I think that, first of all, making it a choice. Wordle, you don't have the choice to see whether a tile was yellow or green.

It's just going to tell you. It's part of the game. A hint system feels like it's external to the game as like a, "I'm not good enough, so I'm going to press the hint button." And I don't think that was their intent, but I think that's what's happened because they realized that most of these games have some kind of lockstep functionality where you make as you progress through the puzzle and you gain information as you go.

Whereas with Strands, you can be sitting there for 15 minutes and know as much as you did on minute one, even though you have found 100 words because you didn't find any of the words that they're intending and you're not understanding what the theme is trying to hit you towards. And it's just frustrating. And so, they probably saw that in the playtest and went, "Well, if you get three words, we'll give you a word."

But that doesn't feel good because, first of all, they gave the choice. I kind of wonder what would the game be like? Is it just you get three words and it just reveals one without pressing hint? And it was just part of the game. I feel like more people would accept that rather than opting into admitting that you're not good enough at the game.

But also the hint system is just simultaneously not powerful enough and too powerful. And I could rant about this. I feel like it's a bit off-topic.

Mike Gerholdt:

No, this is 100% on topic.

Rangsk:

All right. Well, I'll rant about it then. Early on, it's too powerful because it gives you... for those not familiar with Strands, it's like a word search game, but they don't tell you what words you're looking for.

Mike Gerholdt:

Nope.

Rangsk:

Instead, they all follow a theme. Maybe the theme is names of football teams or the theme is pieces of time, so seconds, minutes, hours. And some of them are a bit more esoteric. They might be words that are slaying for money, but are also food was one of them. And so, it really varies in difficulty. And they give you a little kind of crossword style clue hint at the start of what the theme might be.

But it's usually not. Usually, it's either, "Oh, I know exactly what the theme is from this clue," or, "I have no idea what the theme is from this clue." There's not much in between. But anyway, what the hint does is if you get three words that they didn't intend, if you find three words, you can press the hint button and it highlights all of the letters involved in one of the words.

And then, it becomes an unscramble basically. And then, you find that word. And I think the ideal situation when using the hint is then, okay, now that I know what one of the words is, I've now gained information about what the theme might be and I can try to think of other words that match. And if that's not enough, I'll find three more and I'll press hint again and I'll get another word.

But it's too powerful because people don't want to just be shown one of the words. That's literally taking away from the enjoyment of the game because the game is only finding the words. And so, you're literally pressing a button saying, "I want one last word to find please." But then, at the end, sometimes you're down to one word left, it tells you how many words you need to find, and you're down to one word left.

And I've literally spent 10, 15 minutes trying to unscramble that word because I can't figure it out. When it was Broadway shows, and I couldn't unscramble Carousel for the life of me because I hadn't heard of that Broadway show, and it's a weird word. Carousel. And so, the hint wouldn't have helped me. If I'd pressed hint, it would've highlighted all the letters.

So, the hint is simultaneously too powerful early on and not powerful enough at the end. And then, also on top of that, isn't giving you what you want from a hint. So, I feel like it's a failure in game design there. And what they should have done is built-in ratcheting game mechanics that aren't opt-in.

Mike Gerholdt:

What are ratcheting game mechanics? Please tell me.

Rangsk:

So, if you think about a ratchet wrench. When you go one way, it doesn't lose progress on tightening, and then you go the other way and it tightens more. That's what a ratchet is. And so, you can make progress without losing progress. So, as you put input into the system and as you find things towards the game mechanics, you have now ratcheted yourself, you've given yourself more information.

It's a ratchet-style gameplay. So, like Wordle, you input a guess and you get those yellows and greens and grays, and now you have more information about what the answer might be. And you never lose that information. That information never becomes obsolete. You can always use it. So, in the same way, that's why some of my suggestions for Strands were, "Hey, you know what?"

"If I get partial word, maybe it should tell me, 'Hey, you got a partial word. You're on the right track.'" It's ratcheted that information into the system. It's like getting a green or a yellow in Wordle. Or if they want to keep the hint system, maybe one option for the hint system would be show me the starting letter of one of the words. Not the whole word, just give me somewhere to start.

Mike Gerholdt:

Where do I start? Yeah.

Rangsk:

Yeah. This letter I know is the start of a word now and I can focus my search on that. And so, I wouldn't feel as bad pressing that. But what if that were just part of the game mechanics? It's like rewarding you for finding words. They aren't the right words, but you're still finding valid words that exist. So, why not have those, just add information to the system as you guess in certain creative ways.

So, it feels like a failure of game design that there isn't that sort of ratchet other than the opt-in very heavy-handed hint system that they have right now.

Mike Gerholdt:

Right. I am so glad you brought up that Broadway Strands because I was about... I'm like, "I think I'm done. I think I'm done with Strands now." It took me so long to get... the first thing I found with Strands is you either get started and it starts to make sense, or you're sitting there and you're looking at these two words and the clue and you're like, "I have no idea what these three things have to do with each other. I don't know what another word to look for."

But that Broadway with Carousel, I was stuck on Carousel. I got everything else. Those are the only letters left. I never hit the hint button. And I thought, "What happens if you hit the hint button when you're done?" Because at that point, I'll be honest, the game Joy, it was no joy in Mudville right now. I just wanted to be done. Just please tell me what the answer is. I think I went through... I watched your TikTok.

I went through all the same words you did. I'm like, "I don't know what word this is. Just tell me." And when I hit hint, it just put the little things around. I was like, "I know it's those letters."

Rangsk:

Yeah, exactly.

Mike Gerholdt:

I know it's those letters. Get me out of here. Where is the escape room button? That's the only time I wanted the hint button to just be like, "Nope, we're just going to solve this because we feel bad for you."

Rangsk:

And people use my videos as hints. They'll be like, "Well, I'm done with this puzzle. I haven't solved it, but I'm not getting joy out of it. Let's see what Rangsk did." Rangsk being my handle. "Let's see what he did and maybe that'll give me a hint." And that's actually the entire premise of me doing The New York Times hard Sudoku every day in that instructive way is I know that there's always going to be someone who's stuck on that specific Sudoku puzzle because it's so widespread.

It's published by The New York Times. They're going to search on YouTube or Google. They're going to search "New York Times Sudoku today walkthrough or hint."

Mike Gerholdt:

Solve or something.

Rangsk:

Yeah, solve. And they're going to find my video and that'll track them to my channel. And not only will they find my video, but this video is going to blow their mind if they don't know modern Sudoku-solving techniques. And they're going to be like, "Wow, I need to watch more of these because this is way more fun than how I've been solving Sudoku, and I don't get stuck as much."

"And if I do get stuck, I watch him until he does something I didn't know, and then I can continue." So, almost using me as a hint button. And I feel like with Strands, there's no strategy. Strands feels like a trivia game to me almost. I've been trying so hard to make it a logic game, which you probably have noticed if you watched my Strand solves, where I'm like, "Okay, corner strategy, edge strategy."

And it kind of works, but it's not perfect and there's not a whole lot of logic involved. I will say there are word search games that do feel a lot more like a logic puzzle. One of them that I play is called Cell Tower. And this is probably the coolest word search game I've played. Normally, I'm not a big fan of word search-style games. I'm not very good at them.

But to briefly explain this game, it's a grid of letters just as you'd expect a word search to be. And the way that these letters form words is a little bit unique, and that's not that important to describe, except basically you're drawing shapes in the grid. So, you're connecting the letters together in kind of a different way that you'd normally expect.

You're not drawing a line through the letters to make words in order. You're just sort of highlighting them, and they have to be connected in some way. And it's red left to right, top to bottom. And so, it's sort of limiting you on... you can't make a word bottom right to top left. You can't just draw a line that way, or you can't zigzag around. Instead, there's a specific logical order to how the letters are going to appear in a word.

In addition to that, every letter is part of a word, similar to Strands in that way. So, every letter will be involved in a word, and there is only one solution. So, you can't just go, "Okay, I found this word. Let's lock that in. Okay, now I found this word." You're going to find a bunch of words, but you need to look at how that affects the rest of the grid around it and make sure you're not preventing the ability for the letters around it to also be part of words.

And that's where the logic comes in, where you go, "Okay, I think this word might be part of it. Can I add an -ed ending, an -ing ending, an S at the end? Is there a prefix I can add to it to expand that word? But also, how does that affect the letters around it? Am I going to be able to make a word out of these other letters if this was one of the words I use?"

And so, you end up with this really logical approach to how you solve it. And you're thinking about how letters go together, how they go next to each other, and how words are formed in general. And you're looking at corners like, "Okay, this letter is going to have to be related to the letters around it in some way because it's in a corner because it's been isolated in some way."

And so, it's not that you're trying to just find words that match a theme and the computer tells you, "Oh, yep, you found one of them," or, "Nope, that wasn't what I was looking for, sorry," with no extra information. Instead, you're trying to solve this logically and the computer is not giving you any help at all there. It's just the grid, the full information of the grid being used.

So, in a way, it's a lot like Sudoku, but also like Connections where you can't just pick any four words that happen to relate because that might disrupt the ability for the other words to relate to each other. So, that's what really makes a logic puzzle a logic puzzle is you have to take the puzzle as a whole and you have to take steps that are logical. It's not just a trivia game.

Mike Gerholdt:

That's so apropos to everything that we talked about. You have to look at the puzzle as a whole. Last question, because I happened to think of this when we were talking about Strands. As somebody that's online solving problems, word games and stuff, how hard, how many times do you just want to hit that hint button? Does that ever come up?

Maybe you have the patience of a saint, but have you ever gotten to that point where I know you're creating this for the good of other people and you have to walk through that, but you're like, "Maybe I just hit the hint button because I'm at 35 minutes on this video?"

Rangsk:

Yeah, for sure. And there's different forms that that takes in my mind. There's the built-in hint buttons to the game, but then there's also like, "Do I just Google this word?" I did do that once. There was a Connections, and I knew I was about to lose. I was like, "Okay, I've got no mistakes left. And there are three words on the board that I have no idea what they mean.

Literally never heard these words in my life. So, how am I supposed to... is it good content for me to just make a guess and lose? Or do I go on Google, look up what the words mean, and continue the puzzle?" And in that case, I decided to do that. And I got mostly feedback saying, "Yeah, I Googled it too. It was fine to Google it, looking it up. What's wrong with that?"

But then, I got a lot of negative feedback too about "How's it feel to cheat? You're such a cheater, blah, blah, blah." Just so much negativity. And so, I have to weigh the decision on how much negativity do I want in my comment section here, because they aren't just insulting me when they're calling me a cheater. They're calling everyone else who Googled a cheater.

So, people are seeing themselves in that comment when they're reading through the comment section. And that's something I need to figure... it's not something I've solved. I don't have an answer. But what I try to do is understand myself and go, "Okay, am I 35 minutes into this puzzle legitimately, or am I just done with it?" There's a game I play called Squaredle. There's actually two games I play.

Mike Gerholdt:

It sounds like all the puzzles put together.

Rangsk:

Yeah. There's two games I play called Squaredle. One of them has an extra E and one doesn't. The one with the extra E... so one of them removes the E in square and one of them keeps the E in square when they add the -dle ending. They're completely different games. One of them that I play with the E, it's another word search game.

It's a grid of four by four or sometimes five by five letters. And you need to find every possible word other than esoteric ones. They have some list of words that... you know how there's words that aren't really words, if you know what I mean? The esoteric ones, the archaic ones, out of use, highly specialized words. You don't have to find those.

They count as bonus words if you do find them. But there's a list of words that it's looking for you to get. And sometimes this list is 60 to 100 words. And this game can take me an hour and a half.

Mike Gerholdt:

Wow.

Rangsk:

I sit there and I record the whole solve. It's a special occasion usually. I'll do it once every week or every two weeks and then put it on my YouTube where I solve the hardest Squaredle of the week. Because just like The New York Times puzzles, it gets harder through the week. And so, I'm like, "I'm going to solve the hardest one today."

And it's a lesson in patience because you have to find every word, and it can take an hour and a half. And that's the kind of game where it's like, "Okay, I'm 30 minutes in, but I'm still solving the puzzle. And that's okay." There's also Sudokus that can take an hour, an hour and a half just because they're that hard. But it feels like you're making progress.

If you feel like you're making progress, that's just you're still in the journey. You're still solving it, and that's fine. It doesn't matter how long it's been, as long as you still feel like you're in the puzzle and you're making progress and you're enjoying it. But then, there's puzzles where... the puzzle usually takes two minutes, and you're 30 minutes into it, and you feel like you haven't made progress in the last 25 minutes or ever.

And you just have to make the decision of like, "Is this worth my time anymore?" And I've definitely had puzzles where I hit the stop button on the recording and I delete the video, and I just go, "I'm not solving that one today." Or ones where I go, "Well, it's time to get a hint." Literally, I just say, "I have failed this puzzle, but I want to see the end of it, so I'm going to look stuff up."

You have to make that decision in your head. And I think you brought up a really important point, which is... I think you brought this point up at least, it became this point in my head, which is you need to decide for yourself when that is and that it's okay. You gave it your best, time to seek help. And I think that's something that's really important in life is that it's okay to seek help when you need it.

I think people appreciate when you've put in some effort yourself first, but at the same time, they don't want... let me put it this way. I've been lead of several different teams as a programmer for my day job. And as a lead programmer, I would rather a junior programmer come to me with a problem that I can solve in a minute than spend six hours banging their head against it.

But at the same time, if it would've only taken them 10 minutes, I'd prefer them to learn that on their own. So, it's important to learn at what point have I stopped being productive? Have I stopped enjoying this? Am I not in the right mindset and I either need to take a break, do something else, or I need to seek help, or both?

Mike Gerholdt:

Yeah. No, I think you're right. The hint button and being called a cheater, you're only cheating yourself. It's what do you need to move on with? And your example is perfect. Is there something that can be gained by that person asking you? But I also think, what level of thinking did they put into solving this before they came to me?

And I always look at it as I'm very appreciative of, they came to me because they hit that wall, but they also realized quickly that they hit that wall.

Rangsk:

Exactly.

Mike Gerholdt:

And now they need to move on so that that learning journey continues as opposed to being frustrated in themselves.

Rangsk:

Yeah. And that's a skill unto itself. And that really separates the people you enjoy working with from the people you don't enjoy working with, people who are team players and people who aren't. That really separates them because it's a matter of, "I don't want to be doing your job for you. I've got my own job to do, but also I don't want you sitting there suffering as if you were alone."

And there's that balance. And recognizing in yourself when you've hit that state is really important. And I think that... going back to the conversation about transference. That's something that can transfer. If you're playing games, and you can learn in a low-stakes scenario, how do I... be in yourself, be in your body, be in your mind, and be like, "I now recognize what I'm like when I'm in this hopeless scenario where I've given up without giving up, where I'm frustrated, where I'm tired, where I'm hungry."

It's something even like children need to learn. Am I sad or am I just hungry? Or do I need to take a nap? That's something children need to learn, but it's not something we stop learning as a child. It's something we need to always know ourselves, know how our mind works, know what our limitations are, and know what our limitations aren't.

Is this something I can just continue on, or is this something that I need to use my coping mechanisms that I've learned throughout my life to deal with this situation? Part of the problem has now become my own mind. And that's something you can learn by putting yourself constantly in these difficult situations, like difficult logic puzzles or trivia puzzles, where you're not very familiar with that trivia or whatever it is for you that puts you out of your comfort zone in a safe, low-stakes environment.

So, you can learn how you yourself react to that and what that's going to take. And part of my job, implementing things, software. I need to recognize... have you ever had that... I'm sure everyone's had that late night where you've been banging your head against this fog or a thing you're trying to implement is just not working. You go home dejected. You get some sleep. You come in in the morning and you fix it in two minutes.

And had you just recognized that you were in that situation where you were not going to be productive anymore, and you'd just gone home and you'd gotten rest and you'd accepted that that's what's happening. And you actually had your relaxing night and you took the time that you needed for yourself, and you got the good amount of sleep, and then you came in the morning ready to go, and you just solved the problem.

Those two scenarios look the same from a work perspective, but look very different from a personal hygiene, mental hygiene perspective.

Mike Gerholdt:

I couldn't agree more. I couldn't agree more. I think it's also a great way to end this discussion, David. Thanks for coming on the podcast. You gave me so much to think about and here I was just excited to talk about word games. But really a lot of it is how you look at everything in life and how you tackle situations.

And really part of, I think, the word game or the game itself is also helping you understand yourself. So, this is a great discussion. I appreciate it. Thanks so much.

Rangsk:

Well, thanks for having me on. And if people want to watch my content, I'm just going to plug my stuff real quick.

Mike Gerholdt:

Absolutely.

Rangsk:

So, I am Rangsk on all platforms. R-A-N-G-S-K. I'm sure there'll be something in the description where you can find that. I'm on YouTube and also on TikTok. And I recently had to split my TikTok into multiple accounts. But if you find that Rangsk_YT account, that's the main one, and you'll be able to find the others through my videos.

And so, if you enjoy Sudoku, logic puzzles, word games, that sort of thing in an instructive calm environment, then my channel is for you.

Mike Gerholdt:

So, as I write, this was a shot in the dark, I'll be honest with you. I reached out to David after being completely addicted to his TikTok videos on Connections and Wordle, and just thought, "This is really what critical thinking looks like to me." And the conversation, I probably could have gone for another hour easily. I had a hundred more questions in my head, but I hope you enjoy it.

I do want you to do one thing. If you enjoyed this episode, go ahead and give David a follow. I promise you it's super rewarding to watch his critical thinking and the way that he solves problems and word problems and word games online. I honestly do think it will make you a better Salesforce admin and a better business analyst in general.

So, go ahead and give a click on the links below. Also, if you're not already following the Salesforce Admins Podcast, please do so. We're available on all the platforms. Click follow. Then new episodes like this one, we'll download automatically every Thursday morning. So, with that, thanks for listening and of course, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Kate Lessard, Lead Admin Evangelist at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat get to know the newest member of the Admin Evangelist team and her journey through the Salesforce ecosystem.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Kate Lessard.

Giving back to the Salesforce community Kate actually got her master’s in museum studies, so how did she get involved in Salesforce? “I started at a nonprofit in Denver, Colorado, and my first day on the job they asked me if I had ever heard of Salesforce,” she says, “and I said no and they said, ‘that’s okay but you’re in charge of it now!”

One thing that really helped Kate, back when she was an accidental admin, was finding a mentor in the Salesforce community. That’s why she’s been so focused on giving back through programs like Super Moms, WITness Success, and Forcelandia. And now, she’s the newest member of the Admin Evangelist team.

Working behind the scenes Kate takes the stage at tons of events but she also does work behind the scenes. For Forcelandia, she’s the Communications Lead, where she coordinates with speakers and makes sure they have all the information they need to be successful.

The two main lessons she’s learned from this work are that no question is a dumb question and that you balance how you communicate information. For the first one, you don’t want to be the person who shows up in the wrong place when people are depending on you. For the latter, it’s important to realize that some people want one big communication with all of the facts and others prefer it broken down into smaller snippets.

Kate is great Kate is excited to join the Admin Evangelist team and share how awesome it is to be a Salesforce Admin. “I’m really drawn to this because you get to still be technical and know how to do all the things,” she says, “but you also get to share the excitement behind them.”

We think Kate is great, and if you want to meet her she’ll be presenting two sessions at Dreamforce this year. The first will be on why admins should learn dev fundamentals, and the other will be a security breakout session. Make sure to stop by and say hello!

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Developers Podcast Episode: Creating User Stories with Kate Lessard * WITness Success * Forcelandia

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Kate on X
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on Tiktok
  • Mike on X

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Josh Birk: Welcome, Salesforce admins. I'm Josh Birk, your guest host for this week. This week we're going to sit down with our brand new Lead Admin Evangelist, Kate Lessard, and get to know her a little bit better. So let's go straight to the tape. All right. Today on the show we welcome Kate Lessard to talk about, well, mostly Kate Lessard, and the things that you're doing and some of the conferences you're going to be going to. So Kate, welcome to the show.

Kate Lessard: Thank you. Excited to be here and to talk about myself.

Josh Birk: It's all of our favorite topics. All right, so going into your earlier years, the first thing that I see in your early years is that you studied abroad in France. How did that come about?

Kate Lessard: Oh, my gosh, I was so lucky to be able to do that, and my study abroad sister is still one of my very best friends. I just went back and saw her this year. She just had a baby, so that was really cool. Yeah, I studied French in high school and just really loved the language and learning about France. And had the opportunity to go with my high school for a really short spring break-style program, and then went back in college.

Josh Birk: I got it. I did like that underneath you listed some of your activities that included gastronomy. Isn't that just a fancy word for saying French food?

Kate Lessard: Oh, yeah. We had a whole class that I got credit for in college on gastronomy, which was wine tasting and learning how to cook desserts and cheese tasting.

Josh Birk: I had to take PE.

Kate Lessard: I know it was the best class.

Josh Birk: Not fair. Okay. And then you went on to study art and eventually a master's in museum studies. Where did that interest come from, and what's it like studying museum studies?

Kate Lessard: Yeah, I've always loved art, and that was my favorite subject in school growing up, and especially when I went to France and got to see all these incredible artworks at some of their wonderful museums, decided that I really loved art, loved art history, and wanted to find a career in that. And museum study seemed like a cool way to be able to do that, to just be able to experience some of the best artworks in the world and be able to share that with others. So that was where I went into that kind of study path.

Josh Birk: Nice, nice. Well, and to put a cap on that, giving you an overview for the, and I'm going to try to get this right, the Pre-Raphaelite female muse in Juliet Margaret Cameron's, Idols of the King photographs. Did I get any of that pronounced correctly?

Kate Lessard: That was pretty close.

Josh Birk: Okay.

Kate Lessard: That was pretty good, yes. My master's thesis, the longest paper I will ever write in my life, hopefully. It was really fun to dive into some Pre-Raphaelite photography. It was one of the first actual times that photography was used as artwork and not just capturing the world around us. So that was really cool.

Josh Birk: That's really cool. That's very, very cool. Now, how did you move from French and art and photography into software and computer?

Kate Lessard: Oh, gosh, what a journey. So, with that museum studies and art background, I was working for some arts and culture organizations, nonprofits, and I started at a nonprofit in Denver, Colorado. And my first day on the job, they asked me if I had ever heard of Salesforce, and I said, "No." And they said, "That's okay, but you're in charge of it now." So accidental admin is my entry point.

Josh Birk: Gotcha. Nice, nice. And I mean, I assume you can talk about it, but your first gig was something about counterterrorism?

Kate Lessard: Yes, it was the Counterterrorism Education Learning Lab. They had an exhibit space, so that's why I was drawn to it initially, because there was this museum space that still exists in Denver that you can go into and learn about counterterrorism. But the main thing that we did was programs in training up event staff and volunteers about how they could recognize signs of terrorism. And if you see something, say something.

Josh Birk: Interesting. So in the age of 9/11, because museums, public spaces, all of this kind of stuff... It's fascinating how our public safety protocol has gotten above flight learning CPR.

Kate Lessard: Absolutely. Yeah. Your volunteer job is more in-depth these days.

Josh Birk: Right. Now, before we get into your current job, let's talk a little bit about your vast experience in volunteering. We'll start with: How did you get involved with Trailblazer mentoring?

Kate Lessard: Oh, gosh. When I was an accidental admin, I was so lucky to find a mentor in the community, and as I got more advanced in my career and was able to be like, "Oh, my gosh, I have kind of crossed this threshold of needing someone to mentor me," which I guess we always need someone to mentor us, but I felt like I was in a space where I could actually start to give back to others, and that's when I joined the mentorship program.

Josh Birk: Nice. And we had Heather Black on the DevPod talking about Supermums. Tell me a little bit about that program.

Kate Lessard: Supermums is such a cool organization. They are based in the UK, and they actually have a Salesforce class that their students go through, and they have these modules that they work through. And the mentors are kind of like, I almost think of it as like a teaching assistant, because you're not just there to provide career guidance. You are also there to help them develop their Salesforce skills and help them through the training classes.

Josh Birk: Nice. Nice. And I know there are similar programs, and they find that it's amazing how much that increases the success of not only gaining the knowledge but knowing what to do when you walk into an office and you have to have an interview for it.

Kate Lessard: Absolutely. And being able to have a portfolio of work that you can show someone like, "Hey, I've actually done this; I've built this." You can see it live.

Josh Birk: Now you've had a lot of experiences, both on the stage but also behind the scenes for events. You've been a community group leader; you've worked with WITness Success; you've worked with one of my favorites, Forcelandia. First of all, what brought you into that side? Because that is very different from mentoring; it's very different from educational; it's very organizational program management, working with people. What attracted you to that kind of volunteering?

Kate Lessard: Yeah, very different, but also a lot of the same group of people. And so, when I was mentoring and becoming involved in the community, I met several people that were involved with the Denver Women in Technology group as well as the Denver Admin group when I was living out in Colorado. And they kind of folded me into WITness Success and were really welcoming and started off just volunteering with the registration table, really enjoying the conference itself, and wanted to just be part of making it happen. It was such a good experience for me, both networking wise and learning wise.

Josh Birk: Got it. And speaking of learning, what are some lessons you've learned from those experiences?

Kate Lessard: Oh, my goodness. Well, with Forcelandia, I am the communications lead, which means that I am in charge of basically tracking down speakers, communicating with them, making sure that they have all of the information that they need to be successful. And the things that I have learned that I use in just my life project management philosophy is that no question is a dumb question. If you have a question, you should always ask it because you don't want to be the one that doesn't have the answer and isn't where you're supposed to be, especially at a conference when people are depending on you. And also to balance communication, figuring out how people respond. Do they want one big communication with all the facts? Is it helpful to break it down into littler snippets? Just figuring out the way that different people work and how they absorb information has been something that's been really helpful.

Josh Birk: Love it. Now talking about your roles, moving on to the stage, and also the skills that you were just talking about. Now you're only about two weeks into the gig, but first of all, welcome to the team.

Kate Lessard: Thank you. Happy to be here.

Josh Birk: What is your new job, and what's the one sentence or when people ask you, "Wait, what does an evangelist do?" What do you tell them?

Kate Lessard: My new job is Lead Admin Evangelist at Salesforce, and evangelists get to be out in the community sharing how awesome it is to be a Salesforce admin and the very cool things that we get to do. So I'm really drawn to this because you get to still be technical and have to understand and know how to do the things, but you also get to share the excitement behind them and be able to share that with others and get them excited and doing all of the really awesome things that you can do as a Salesforce admin.

Josh Birk: Love it. Is there any early content that you're working on that you can share with us right now?

Kate Lessard: Oh, absolutely. I will be at Dreamforce this year presenting two sessions and also kind of helping some other speakers get ready for their sessions on the admin track.

Josh Birk: So if you're on the admin track, you might be hearing from Kate pretty soon. Now let's go ahead and dive into those two sessions. Now, let's start with the one I'm actually a little familiar with because you presented a version of it at Forcelandia and you talk about jumping into the shoes of a developer and then some of the lessons you learned from that. What enticed you to try to jump into the shoes as a developer?

Kate Lessard: A few years ago, I was at a point where I was feeling really good in my admin career and didn't know what the next step was. And I feel like at the time, you were an admin or you were a developer, there was not the amazing options that we have right now to take our career in. They just weren't as widely publicized. And so I was like, "Oh, I guess a developer is my next step." And so I went through RAD Women, which was an incredible training program. I learned probably more in those few weeks than I've learned in much of my life and got to the end of it and realized that the number one lesson I learned was that I didn't want to be a developer. And that there's no such thing as being just an admin, which I think was the big lesson, that you can take skills, and you can continue to learn from different subject areas, and they can just make you a better admin. And that was a really big lesson.

Josh Birk: Yeah, because that was my follow-up question. So how long did the developer's life stay for you?

Kate Lessard: Oh, yeah, that was shattered pretty quickly. Still very dev curious; I am very fascinated by the things that developers do, and now I have the language to be able to speak and understand, which was one of those really important things to learn.

Josh Birk: And I think it's something that's going to become more common because the era you're talking about is the one before we started using phrases like admineloper, which I have been on the record of saying is both my favorite word and also my least favorite word. It's my favorite word because it's like it proves the need. We wouldn't throw that part together if we didn't have to describe people who had to carry both roles, but also, as an English major, it just makes my ears ring a little bit every time I say it. But I also feel like admins are being confronted with... As flow expands into being more parity, have more feature parity with APEX. What I've heard a lot is it's not the exercises that programmers go to when it comes to streaming logic together, but understanding what a variable is and what are these nouns that we're working with. Gives a good framework for using a lot of the more advanced features in flow.

Kate Lessard: Absolutely. And it just kind of lifts up the curtain. One of my developer friends always likes to say, it drives her crazy when people say that "Dev work is magic," because it's not magic.

Josh Birk: It's not magic.

Kate Lessard: It's logic.

Josh Birk: Actually, one of my old school jokes was when people found out that I'd gone from English and psychology and I got into computers, and they're like, "Yeah, but you were never very good at math." And I'm like, "Of course I'm not good at math; that's why I have a computer. I'm good at logic; I've got a computer that can do all the math for me. I don't need that."

Kate Lessard: That is great. I love it.

Josh Birk: Now tell me a little bit about your second session.

Kate Lessard: Second session is going to be a breakout on security.

Josh Birk: Oh.

Kate Lessard: So we're still working out what exactly that's going to look like. So this is just a teaser, of course, but going to talk about building a security culture at your organization.

Josh Birk: Oh, I like that. I like that. Don't worry. You still have about 30 days, so plenty of time.

Kate Lessard: Thank goodness.

Josh Birk: To get some slides together. And then I will be seeing you at Mile High Dreamin'. Tell me a little bit about the talk that you're going to present there.

Kate Lessard: Yes, this is one of my favorite talks because it's something that I've used in my own life. I will be talking about five tips to ace your interview. So, whether you're talking to HR, a hiring manager, doing a technical assessment, five tips that are going to help you land that next step, dream job.

Josh Birk: Nice, nice. Now, in fact, I'm going to be completely honest here. I'm like, I knew I had Kate on the DevPod, and I'm like, "Wait, what did we talk about?" And so I went back, and it was your case study, like how to write a good case study that you had presented at Forcelandia. So you've presented a lot of different topics over the years, and this is always a kind of a mean podcast trick, because I'm asking you to pick the favorite of all your children. But out of all your presentations, do you have one that kind of stands out that's like that was super fun to do?

Kate Lessard: Oh, gosh. I think that changes year over year.

Josh Birk: Sure.

Kate Lessard: I get really connected to one each year, it feels like.

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Kate Lessard: So right now I would say the Why Admins Should Learn Dev Fundamentals or Why Admins Should Learn Dev Fundamentals is probably my favorite. I think that's the most relevant-

Josh Birk: Got it.

Kate Lessard: -To my life. And so, that's the current favorite, but ask me next year.

Josh Birk: And I will tell you, as the life of an evangelist, chasing after the next shiny object is actually a very good habit to have. So you're on the right track. All right, well, if people want to hear about the interview tips, they'll have to visit you in Denver for Mile High Dreamin'. For the other stuff, we'll see you at Dreamforce. Kate, I have one final question for you. As a yoga instructor, what is your response when people ask, "Why do yoga?"

Kate Lessard: Oh, my gosh, I actually don't know that anyone has ever asked me that.

Josh Birk: Really?

Kate Lessard: Which is funny. Why not do yoga?

Josh Birk: There you go.

Kate Lessard: I love to tell people that... People have this whole concept that yoga is this huge big thing, and I like to tell them to take it back a step. And if you're in class, if you're breathing, you're doing yoga.

Josh Birk: Nice.

Kate Lessard: And breathing is good for everybody.

Josh Birk: Right. Yes. I love that. I love that. All righty, Kate. Well, thank you so much for the time and information. It was a lot of fun.

Kate Lessard: Yeah, see you soon. See you in Denver.

Josh Birk: See you in Denver. I want to thank Kate for the great conversation and information, and as always, I want to thank you for listening. If you want to learn more about this show and being an admin in general, go on over to admin.salesforce.com. Thanks again, everybody, and we'll talk to you next week.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Lisa Tulchin, Senior Curriculum Developer at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about user learning styles and how to use them to create better training sessions.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Lisa Tulchin.

Choose the right learning style for you on Trailhead As a Senior Curriculum Developer for Salesforce, Lisa spends a lot of time thinking about user learning styles. That’s why there are two paths to learning new Salesforce skills. You can use Trailhead to go at your own pace or sign up for Trailhead Academy to work in an instructor-led group setting.

The best way to choose between Trailhead and Trailhead Academy is to think about what’s worked for you in the past. When have you been able to learn something quickly, and when have you struggled? Remember that it doesn’t have to be an either/or decision. You can always see how far you get working through recommended badges and trails, but consider Trailhead Academy as an option if you get stuck.

Breaking through fear in user training Fear can be a major barrier to learning, and it’s often what’s behind resistance to a new process. That’s why Lisa recommends starting your training sessions by “hugging the elephant.” Acknowledge that, yes, this new process is tricky while also explaining how it will make their lives easier.

What makes sense to you may not work for other user learning styles—some people want to run down a checklist and others need more context. “Kids are a lot more comfortable making mistakes than we are as adults,” Lisa says, “saying, ‘I don’t know,’ is one of the scariest things for adults to admit.” In any user training, make sure give your users explicit permission to ask questions so no one gets left behind.

Best practices for planning user trainings When she’s writing a new training, Lisa tries to separate what information her users need to know from what would be nice for them to know. She calls it the 80/20 rule. Generally, if you can get your users to 80% with a training, they have what they need to do their job. You can fill in the other 20% as you go.

Another user training hack is to break complicated things down into manageable tasks to make them easier to learn. Lisa explains that our brains tend to remember 5-7 chunks of information at a time (for example, phone numbers or ZIP codes). So if you’re writing out a task and the individual steps get into the double digits, you might want to break it down differently so it’s easier to remember.

Lisa has tons of great tips in this episode for how to keep up with your own learning and take advantage of the resources out there from Salesforce, so be sure to take a listen. And don’t forget to subscribe for more from the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: Elizabeth Bochanski on Starting Learning on Trailhead * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: New Admin Classes from Trailhead Academy with Stuart and Feroz

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Lisa: https://www.linkedin.com/in/lisatulch/
  • Salesforce Admins on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins on X
  • Mike on Threads
  • Mike on Tiktok
  • Mike on X

Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we were talking to Lisa Tulchin about learning and how you can be a better learner, and also, as a Salesforce admin, how you can help teach and educate and drive user adoption with your user. I've known Lisa for over a decade now. She's a senior curriculum developer at Trailhead. She's done both in-person and self-paced learning. She's created both.

Mike Gerholdt: So I feel like she's a real expert on this, and we cover a lot because I had a lot of great conversations at TrailblazerDX about learning, and I know admins are always learning, so that's why I wanted to cover that. Now, before we get into the episode, I want to be sure that you're following the Salesforce Admins Podcast on iTunes or Spotify, wherever you get your podcasts. That way, when a new episode drops like this one, and it's amazing on learning on Thursday mornings, it's immediately on your phone. So be sure you're following that, and then a new episode will drop. So with that, let's get to, this is such a fun episode, let's get to Lisa Tulchin. So, Lisa, welcome to the podcast.

Lisa Tulchin: Thanks. It's such a privilege to be here.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, we've known each other for a while, but I am unleashing you to the Salesforce ecosystem because I feel like I've secretly held this decade of awesomeness of knowing you and talking about learning. That's what we're going to talk about today, in case you didn't listen in the intro. But Lisa, let's level set because I've had the privilege of working with you and seeing you teach, and create, and do, and that's why I wanted to have you on the podcast. But let's start with what you do at Salesforce and how you got here.

Lisa Tulchin: I am a senior curriculum developer, which means I help write content for the product education team. I have been focusing almost exclusively on instructor-led training. So when you sign up through Trailhead Academy or one of the bootcamps before an event to be in a live or virtual classroom with the person. So that's what I have been focusing on, but the group has expanded over the past year, and I will no longer be focusing just on that type of content.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. And so if you think about it, what's great about Salesforce is we have lots of different methods of learning.

Lisa Tulchin: Indeed.

Mike Gerholdt: And to hover around, I've seen you do instructor-led training and we have that. We also have Trailhead, or what'd you call it? Self-paced learning.

Lisa Tulchin: Yeah, so Trailhead is one example of self-paced, and I have in my past at Salesforce as a full-time employee, because I've been here three years, I have actually written a few trails. I may start writing them again. We are still figuring out exactly the roles, but that's just one example of what we'd like to say self-paced. And self-paced really means that you, as an individual, go to the resource and, I guess, take it in, read it, test it on your own timing. The difference with if you're in a classroom, you're following the agenda with the instructor, and you have to do things in a certain order, in a certain pace. But self-paced, and Trailhead is one example. Slack, and Tableau, or other resources that have their own training repositories that you can also take in at your own timing. So that's why we use the term self-paced.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, no, it makes sense. Otherwise, I was just going to call it instructor-led and not instructor-led.

Lisa Tulchin: Exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: Like hot dog, not hot dog, right?

Lisa Tulchin: Exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay, so I feel like here is the question everybody thinks I'm going to ask, and I'm not because everybody would ask, Okay, Lisa, well, then which is better, instructor-led or self-paced? And I'm not going to ask you that question because I think it's the wrong question to ask. I think what the right question to ask is how, as a Salesforce administrator getting into the ecosystem, do I figure out if in-person or self-paced learning is best for me?

Lisa Tulchin: I like that question a lot.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, that's why I'm asking it.

Lisa Tulchin: Yeah, no, I really like that question a lot. The hardest thing with radio, of course, is that people can't see me thinking literally when I think, I always think my face shows the wheels turning, but I have to remind myself that you all can't see that. So I'm thinking through-

Mike Gerholdt: You're envisioning.

Lisa Tulchin: Visualize Lisa looking away, and the [inaudible 00:05:01] the hamster in her brain is running on that wheel.

Mike Gerholdt: It's smoking.

Lisa Tulchin: Yeah, exactly. I think you have to stop and have an honest talk with yourself. What have you found for yourself in the past? We're all adults going into this scenario for the most part, and I'd like to think that by the time we get to that stage, we understand a little bit about ourselves and how we take information in. So for example, if you're just starting out in the ecosystem, not even for example, I'd say the first thing you should do if you haven't already is actually go to trailhead.com and sign up for an account.

Lisa Tulchin: It's free to do that, and you automatically then have an enormous number of resources at your fingertip just through that site. There is Trailhead, the slightly gamified, self-paced learning that's available to you for Trailhead resources. There's also Trailhead Academy, which are the classes. But there also is the community, and so your peers. So I think that's one way that you can explore and test out waters. If you're thinking to yourself, I think I could do this on my own. Well, if you log in and you see how you feel after taking a couple of what they call modules, or trails, or badges, then that may be a sign that you're good to go. But if you're doing this and you're thinking I need a little structure, then you immediately do have resources because you can sign up for ILT, but you also have the community.

Lisa Tulchin: So you can go there, maybe find a local user group through that site, and ask questions of other people there. So I think that's the first thing is have an honest talk with yourself. See if you can figure out for yourself what your learning style is. I personally often need that instructor. I need that person in the room either live or virtually helping talk me through things, honestly, helping me keep focused on what I'm actually doing. There are other resources there. I sometimes need a map.

Lisa Tulchin: I like to have a map and being able to think. I also need to be goal-oriented. So for me, credentials were a natural way to think about things. And even if you're not going to study and earn a credential, there is a section on the site for credentials, and they have, for example, if you were just starting out in the ecosystem, the Salesforce Associate Certification might be a really good starting point, and they have recommended badges and trails to take. So that's what I mean there's some guidance, even if you don't think that cert is for you, you could look at the map to get that cert and follow that along, and take information in.

Mike Gerholdt: No, I think, I mean, you're so spot on. I often see a lot of people in the community ask a question assuming someone else has the answer, and I really think a lot of people forget they have the answer inside them. They know what way they learn best. They just sometimes are looking for validation in that. Listening to your answer, I was thinking back to when I had to tackle something big, I really needed that in class sitting next to somebody with an instructor so that I was focused. And it's not that I can't focus at home or at work, it's that I think you probably know this, people sometimes try to do a trailhead module and answer email and maybe watch a webinar, and it's like, stop. You can't get away with that in class.

Lisa Tulchin: You can't.

Mike Gerholdt: So that's what I find. That's what I find.

Lisa Tulchin: Yeah, and I mean, the other benefit is finding a local Salesforce user group can also be super helpful because I think typically they have regular meetings at a certain date and time, and so I find there's a lot of talk about what they call the beginner's mindset and how we all have to have the beginner's mindset, and I think it's really hard and it's easy for us to talk about, but truly being beginners, it's scary. You don't know something, you don't know what you don't know. For me, there's that fear of messing up, and that's definitely something I've learned like teaching adults, and I have also taught kids or, yeah, kids, they were actually kids, and kids are a lot more comfortable making mistakes than we are as adults.

Mike Gerholdt: Why do you think that is?

Lisa Tulchin: I think part of that is that feeling of, as adults, we're supposed to know everything. If we followed a traditional path, we've gone to college, we've maybe gone on to graduate school, and we're just supposed to know. You're supposed to be able to move and function in an environment. And saying I don't know, is one of the scariest things I think for adults to admit.

Lisa Tulchin: And that's one reason why I just encourage a community and peers because there typically are themes for meetings where people go and either someone's presenting or sharing what they know or everyone's there asking questions, and sometimes it's just being in a room and having somebody else ask a question that you've been worrying about. It almost makes you relax a little, feel somewhat more secure. And that's one reason why I would recommend that. Now, I say that as an ambivert, as someone who is very uncomfortable in situations where I don't know people. So it's actually quite challenging for me. It's easy for me to say, go join the local user group. Actually, showing up to that first meeting of a user group is really hard for me.

Lisa Tulchin: But once I settle in an environment and I can feel more comfortable, I am very outgoing, but that's what that ambivert talks to, but that first getting me out the door. So if you're sitting here and you're listening to me talk and saying, Lisa, you are crazy. There's no way I'm ever going to join a user group, that's talking to people I don't know. I get it. And that's why, in a way, there's a virtual user group, people can chat. I think every cloud, for the most part, has its own section of the community where people can ask questions and help each other. And as I said, we have all these self-paced environments where you can little by little take on information and take it in without having, if you're truly introverted, you don't need to interact with anybody else.

Mike Gerholdt: So flip the coin a little bit from us learning to admins teaching and maybe even user group leaders doing some of this birds of a feather or instructor walking people through stuff. What in your experience in both you've said you've taught children, you've taught adults, what in your experience really resonates when you're trying to walk some adults through new technology or new functionality and have them learn?

Lisa Tulchin: There are a lot of different words for this, but yeah, I was thinking about how I was going to answer you while you were asking the question. I came up with three or four different ways of saying the same thing. When we first worked together, it was WIIFM, what's in it for me? I think now they talk a lot about personas or jobs to be done, so I'm throwing these out there in case folks listening have heard any of these. The really important thing for adults is that when they go into training, or if you're trying to think of developing training for them, the training speaks very specifically to what they need to know to get the job done.

Lisa Tulchin: When you're teaching kids, you can teach them almost any topic, and they'll be much more trusting about, I don't see the why, but I understand you're telling me, and therefore I need to know. But with adults, it is so critical that they understand the why am I sitting here or why am I watching this video? Or why am I reading this Java? I think figure out the why, and everything should hopefully flow a lot easier from that why. For one thing, you'll have immediate buy-in from the people that you're working with, because if they don't understand the why, they tune you out.

Lisa Tulchin: If you have that why you have their attention. I'm not saying they're going to be eager, willing, and able when they're sitting in the room, but they're going to be more likely to be behind you or stay with you as you go through it. And it also will help them remember what you're training them. It can be overwhelming to sit down and learn a new technology. Now, Salesforce, as we both know, has evolved and is constantly, I think, improving what they call the user experience, the way that you as an end user take in the system, but it's still scary, and new, and challenging. So the more that you get what you need to know in the moment that you're needing to know it and not getting a lot of extra stuff, that's another thing that's really important in designing training. Another thing people may have heard or some folks throw around is the 80/20 approach, which is that training should focus on the 80% of what people need to know.

Lisa Tulchin: So dividing the focus of the training to be almost exclusively on what they need to know 80% of the time, and maybe if you have time, have an extra session or just provide an additional resource for what they need to know 20% of the time. Part of that is I've learned a lot about the science behind the way we take information in, the way we remember things, and that's another reason to emphasize what they need to know now as opposed to the nice to have for that couple times a year. I mean, think about it, right? If you're a salesperson and you're learning how to use Salesforce, what do you need to know? You need to know how to enter leads.

Lisa Tulchin: If you're doing sales cloud, you need to probably know how to do leads so that you can track potential sales. And then you need to know how to create probably an opportunity so you can track an actual sale and maybe how to add products to that opportunity, but that's the bulk of your time, right? Creating leads, creating opportunities, tracking activity around those two records. But you may not close, depending on the type of business you do, you may not close that many opportunities in a year. It may be a lot of nurturing. So focusing training on closing opportunities may not be as important. That's just one example.

Mike Gerholdt: No, that's a really good example. So here's why I was looking forward to this podcast. So can I take those two principles and turn them on their head and ask you, do those two apply, and I'll regurgitate those, when admins are trying to learn Salesforce through Trailhead? And those two principles I'm pointing at are they may or may not understand why, and they're trying to focus on the 20% versus the 80%.

Lisa Tulchin: So that's a really good question because having from the admin perspective, there's just so much to learn, and it can be overwhelming. I think, honestly, what I had to do, and I'm trying to remember when I was first starting it out, I broke things down. Instead of looking at the whole 100%. What I did was I looked at, now I admit, because I've never sat in the job, I've never sat in the chair as an admin. I was looking at the admin certification, and I was looking at the breakdown of the exam and looking at what the breakdown of the exam was and what had the most emphasis in the exam. And then I was thinking, well, that's probably either what's the hardest or, I mean, I probably was going about it the wrong way from that point of ignorance, but I felt like that's most of what admins have to do. And so for me, I would probably break it down and focus section by section of that.

Mike Gerholdt: I think that's good philosophy. I mean, I was kind of sneaking that question at you because I feel like it's one thing to give people advice on how to instruct, but then it's also on, does that also apply to us learning as well? So you tackled it well. How does some of this work? As we both, I mean, we focus on learning and being new, and that applies throughout the years, but is there anything you think of if you are going into perhaps training an older set of users, and so there's median age, obviously companies try to hire for diversity, but some companies have older users, and should you think about how to frame things differently or if you are in that set, is there a way to think through maybe because you teased, and I'd love to know more about the science of what you read on learning?

Lisa Tulchin: Oh, yeah. So there are a couple of things popping into my mind with that. One is that there has been a lot written, and I've only read a little bit about generationally differences in learning. So that Gen X, Y, and Z, millennials, I'm not sure exactly the lineup, they learn differently, and the younger employees are having grown up in a much more digital first age, take information in differently. So if you're training older employees, there are a couple of things that come to mind. One is my feeling, oh my goodness, I may be approaching older employee "as a group." But the other thing is that try to be sensitive to what you may encounter as resistance may actually be fear.

Lisa Tulchin: There can be a sense with new, technology in particular, a fear of I know how to do things really, really well in the previous system, method, whatever you want to call it. This is something new, and I don't know how to do my job well. And the reality is there is age discrimination and so you could be starting to spiral into a fear cycle. What if I can't catch on? What if I can't do my job? What if I can't "wrap my hands" around this new technology? Am I going to lose my job? So I think there's a level of that that could be behind what you might be perceiving as resistance with older employees that you wouldn't necessarily be receiving from younger employees. For one thing, they're closer to being in that true beginner's mindset where they don't know things and are taking things in all the time. They're less likely to be as insecure about their job and potentially a little more open to systems changing.

Lisa Tulchin: So that's one thing that pops into my head. And I have gone and I've trained people on how to use a CRM system when the previous one was paper, and there was a range of employees in the room; they did tend to be older, and there was a lot of resistance to that. So it could also depend on the shift that you're making. If you're going from one online system to another online system, it likely would have less resistance. I kept emphasizing, you're just carrying around an iPad, you're not carrying around stacks and stacks and files and files. Look how much easier this is. And a lot of them though still were like, but everything's in my head. Now you're making me write it down. So I think the reality is change is hard, no matter what. I think it's just as someone who might be in charge of training others, being open to the fact that what you may be seeing as intractable resistance could actually be a fear-based response. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: One thing you said, which is the biggest thing in all of learning, which is change is hard, right? Anytime you're learning something, you're learning something because something is changing. One, and I believe you were part of this project with me, I've always tried to really make it resonate with admins. Hey, when you're rolling out a new app, make sure you're paying attention to all the other changes that are going on in the organization. Because I know the project that we worked on together, we had a big change in the organization on top of a technical change. And you can be focused on, well, we're just rolling out Salesforce, right? Oh, but there's organizational structure, and there's a whole bunch of other changes going on. I think it's one thing, it can be a little hard maybe for an admin to wrap their head around organizational change, although they should. But looking at yourself individually. Is there something to be said for taking an inventory in the amount of change that's going on in your life while you're trying to learn something? Does that affect how you gain your knowledge?

Lisa Tulchin: Oh, absolutely. Absolutely. And that's a really good point, which is that, and actually something popped into my head, sorry, when you were talking about how when we worked together, there was a big change, not just a technology, is that you may encounter resistance to training people on a new technology because the new technology could be the convenient scapegoat for a lot of the anxiety and fear around change that is happening. So sometimes it's good to just open things up or just acknowledge and be open to the fact. I was in a meeting with someone recently, who I loved the way they opened it. They just opened it with a phrase that they said they'd been taught, which is, "Let's start off by hugging the elephant," was what they said.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, I've never heard that.

Lisa Tulchin: Isn't it wonderful? I loved that, and a picture of a baby elephant and people hugging it. But it was really, let's start out by hugging the elephant, which is to just acknowledge upfront that that elephant in the room. We're not going to tiptoe around a topic. So it could be as simple as opening up a training with, Hey, I know there's a lot going on, let's just acknowledge that right out and maybe give five minutes for people to just talk about it and get it off their chest. And then they'll feel better. They'll have cleansed the air a little bit, and you can move into, okay, let's focus on how the system works. But I've noticed myself personally, yeah, if a lot of things are happening and I'm under stress, I could have more trouble focusing, which means that as a learner being in a classroom, it's harder for me to take things in if things aren't paced appropriately, which is a great way for me to seg into the science of learning.

Mike Gerholdt: Nice segue.

Lisa Tulchin: I took that, and I brought it back where I wanted to go five minutes ago, whatever it was, that was so subtle. So from a science perspective, there's this feeling of, and as a curriculum developer, we talk about the need to what we call chunk things out. So it's break things down. And now, admittedly, my research is a little outdated on this, but when I was first learning it, they talked about no more than five or seven things in any given segment. And I know sometimes, especially with software training, it's really hard because, in order to do a task, you may actually have to do a certain number of steps maybe. But I really try to break training down by tasks. So if I have an exercise, I'll have broken the exercise down into tasks, and if I've written a task out and it's more than a certain number of steps within that task, that's usually assigned to me that this might be too big a chunk. And I go back, and I see, do I have to break this down further?

Lisa Tulchin: And every exercise, I should say, is pinned to a scenario. And so it all goes back to the scenario. Okay, in this exercise, it's usually a scenario. Either you are an admin or you're observing an admin who has something to do and they're trying to do A, B, C, and I'm like, oh, well, maybe A, B, and C is too much, too big a chunk right now, and it has to really be A, B, or maybe even just A, and that's the way I approach it because you need to only give so much information to a person, and then you need to shift gears and maybe you need to talk about something else for a while, let them process. It's another reason why a lot of training with systems is around watch me do it. Now you do it. We don't always have the time. I always wish we were given more time for training, but you may not always have the time. So it may be introduce a concept and then have people walk through, but just make sure you're not having them walk through too much at one given time.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, training, unfortunately, is always like the landscaping when you're building a new house. It's the last thing and you have no money left, and it just ends up being here's a flower from the hardware store.

Lisa Tulchin: I know, I really wish-

Mike Gerholdt: Congratulations.

Lisa Tulchin: I really wish we'd be able to have the full landscape architect at all times.

Mike Gerholdt: The whole thing. The whole thing, the drawing. Everything.

Lisa Tulchin: Tear the yard out, rebuild it entirely. That's what I feel. I mean, that's one reason why it's nice that there is a resource such as Trailhead, and I haven't even talked about it, but when you onboard as a Salesforce customer, there are other resources that are available to you or to companies and to customers, especially if they're on a success plan. There are whole libraries and resources available to them. So I would say, as an admin, find out is your company, do they have a success plan? And if so, which plan and what resources are available to you? And if you have them, take advantage of them. Some of them are one-on-one coaching, I think for Premier. So you have all these resources, and I would say take advantage of all of the resources that are available to you to help you learn and then help you get everyone else working towards using the system effectively.

Mike Gerholdt: One thing I thought of as we bring this around to a close. One thing you do that is exactly what admins do, I mean, you do a lot, is approach a brand new feature and have to learn it because you have to write training for it. I mean, you have to write Trailhead modules and all kinds of stuff, and admins maybe don't necessarily have to train somebody else on that, but they have to learn it themselves. I would love to know, based on your experience, when a new feature comes down into your queue and you're like, I got to write a module on this and I got to learn this feature, what's your approach?

Lisa Tulchin: I personally might be more of a maximalist than a minimalist.

Mike Gerholdt: Please explain.

Lisa Tulchin: I want to get my hands on all the things and digest them to try to figure out what is the essence there. Now I admit, Mike, I am learning this not because I'm going to have to use it every day in my job. I'm learning this because I want to understand the full picture in order to be able to distill it down to its basic essence. And so my objective might be a little bit different. I would say that the task is easier if it's something that is new to me because there will be resources that are out there for me to take in. When it's net new, the challenge really can be trying to figure out how something works when there aren't as many resources, but I would definitely say being part of the ecosystem, stay plugged in, keep an ear out for the announcements that happen at the regular events such as the TDX, the conference that just happened.

Lisa Tulchin: Big announcements will be made at Dreamforce and at TDX. There are also what we call world tours, which are events that take place in different cities around the world. I know that it's not possible for everyone to attend these, but there is the Salesforce Plus website, and a lot of the keynotes and major presentations from all of these events are available for free streaming. And actually, I think Salesforce Plus has other admin-focused resources that could be amazing right there. And especially if you're a visual or an auditory learner, and by that I mean watching something or hearing something that could be a really good resource because you can listen to the announcements and then they have sessions that focus on different aspects of different clouds, and so you can listen in and hear announcements and sharing about resources.

Lisa Tulchin: The Salesforce blog is another good site because there'll be articles published there talking about new resources, and that's kind of how I get my information for net new content. And then they release webinars, and I know as an employee, I have access to all of them, but keep an ear out for resources such like that because they'll share all the changes that are coming and there'll be demos of how it works.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, no, there's a ton out there. You very much are a maximalist.

Lisa Tulchin: I know, man. I know. I'm not saying do it all, I'm saying pick and choose, right?

Mike Gerholdt: Thank you, Lisa, for being on the podcast. I appreciate you coming by and sharing resources, and helping us understand the world of learning. Again, you know what's funny? Is if you've listened to this podcast for a while, you know how many times we keep mentioning know the why. And I've done podcasts with Kevin Richardson on the five whys. I've worked with the Trailhead team on understanding the why. It really always keeps coming back to the why. But I will tell you this, listening to this episode, I learned something, which was the whole point, but it really sunk into me. The fear could equal resistance when you're doing training. I run into that where people are super resistant, and it was out of fear, not out of the willingness to learn. So I think that's interesting. I really hope you got something out of this. I loved the way Lisa approached training and talking about five to seven steps.

Mike Gerholdt: I feel like that was super important. So I hope you enjoyed this episode, and if you did, can you do me a favor? Share it on social. Share it to one person, maybe send it to a friend that could be doing training. I promise you, you have to know somebody that's doing training. That, or at a user group, you could share it and be like, Hey, listen to this great podcast about training. And I learned about five to seven steps and the 80/20 rule, but you got to listen for the 80/20 rule. And of course, if you're looking for more great resources, just check out the show notes. Also, everything is at admin.salesforce.com, including in the show notes a transcript of this episode. And of course, we will post this to the Admin Trailblazer community, which is one of the plethora of places that you can go and ask questions and help other Salesforce admins learn. So, of course, until next time, I'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Ella Marks, Senior Marketing Manager at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about the keys to creating an effective presentation, how to prep, and how to create a strong ending.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Ella Marks.

Core principles to prep any presentation We’re starting the last quarter of the year and that means it’s presentation season. Whether it’s presenting about the work we did last year or trying to get budget for next year, creating an effective presentation is a core skill for Salesforce Admins.

That’s why I’m so excited to bring Ella Marks on the pod. She’s presented on some of Salesforce’s biggest stages, like Dreamforce and multiple World Tours. So I wanted to hear her tips for how to put together a great presentation.

The cool thing is that no matter the format or venue, Ella uses the same core principles to prep for every presentation.

  1. Who is your audience? Ella’s first step is to identify the audience that you’re presenting for. Who’s in the room? What do they already know, and what are you going to teach them? Your content is going to be very different if you’re presenting to a room full of admins versus a room full of new users.

If you don’t know exactly who’s in the audience or what their level of expertise is, just ask them. For example, “Raise your hand if this topic is new to you.” In general, it makes your presentation more engaging if there’s a little bit of back-and-forth with the audience.

  1. Make an outline and blue box your slides The next step is to make an outline. Ella recommends starting by making a big list of everything you could possibly say about the presentation topic. Then you can start moving things around, whittling it down, and picking some themes. All of this helps you decide on a call to action.

When she’s ready to start creating her slide deck, Ella uses a technique called “blue boxing” to make a rough draft. Essentially, you use blue boxes to rough out what you’re going to put on each slide. So a slide might have three blue boxes that say:

  • Title about why this is important right now
  • Text of the most important point I’m going to say
  • Image to illustrate the point

We’re trying to sketch out just enough to see how the presentation flows as a whole. Look for a balance of slides with more text and slides with more visuals because that variation will keep your audience engaged. That way, we’re not spending time looking for the right image or writing the perfect title until we’re sure we need it.

  1. Nail the ending Conclusions are always tricky. Ella recommends asking yourself three questions:

  2. After my presentation, how do you want them to feel?

  3. After my presentation, what do you want them to think?
  4. After my presentation, what do you want them to do?

These are your three goals, and the secret to nailing your ending is to address them throughout the presentation. Every slide should be aimed at answering one of these questions so that, by the end, the conclusion feels inevitable.

Ella has lots more great tips for creating effective presentations, including how to prep with a group and the importance of a good pump-up song, so be sure to take a listen. And be sure to subscribe so you’ll never miss an episode.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Trailhead: Storytelling & Communication

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • https://sfdc.co/admintrailblazers

Social

  • Ella: @Marks_Ella
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike`
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt:

So we're halfway through August, and for many of us, that's the start or getting real close to the start of the last quarter of the year, which means we're doing a lot of presenting, either presenting to show our work, what we've got done for this year, presenting to get budget for next year as admins for what we'd like to do or, if you're like me and a few of my colleagues, going to world tours, going to events, going to community events, and presenting. Presenting, presenting, presenting is at the heart of a lot of what Salesforce admins do.

Mike Gerholdt:

So this week on the podcast, I pulled in Ella Marks to talk us through and give us some tips on building phenomenal presentations in the art of presenting. Now, if you're not familiar with Ella, she's on our admin relations team, and she has done quite a few Dreamforce keynotes. She's helped coordinate a lot of our release readiness lives at Dreamforce, both on stage and recorded. So she's presented to cameras, and she's presented live on stage, and she's also coached quite a few presenters.

Mike Gerholdt:

And I think this is really important for us to learn because no matter how great the app is that we build, and no matter how cool the functionality is, we need to be able to stand up and deliver. And being a solid presenter and really conveying those ideas is key. So that's why I wanted to have her on the podcast.

Mike Gerholdt:

Now, just a reminder, if you're listening to this and you really enjoyed this episode, be sure to hit that Follow button or subscribe, depending on what the app is that you're listening to. That way you'll get a new podcast episode every time a new one drops, which is on Thursday mornings. So with that, let's get Ella on the podcast.

Mike Gerholdt:

So Ella, welcome to the podcast.

Ella Marks:

Thanks so much, Mike. Thanks for having me.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, it's been a while, but I think people have seen you elsewhere in the ecosystem. I mean, we're on the same team together, but for community members that haven't run into you or seen the plethora of work that you've put out, what are some of the things you do at Salesforce?

Ella Marks:

I've been at Salesforce for almost seven years now and I've done a lot of different things and I'm so grateful. A lot of the time that I've spent here has been working with the admin community. You may have seen my face before on Release Readiness Live or on the keynote stage at Dreamforce, but I have the privilege of focusing on creating and distributing content for admins like you on some of our new release features and really exciting new innovations like AI. It's really fun. I get to learn a lot about the platform and I'm always really excited to hear from admins and speak to admins and create presentations for admins. So really excited to be here today and talk to you a little bit more about that.

Mike Gerholdt:

Cool. I'm thinking ahead and for some of the admins we're getting ready. There's TDX coming up, but also user groups for those of us in the Midwest that aren't snowed in anymore, we can get to user groups and presentations are important there and there's all kinds of stuff that we present. Not to mention that it's probably almost budget season. I got to do some presentations for budget. I got to do a whole bunch of presentations if I'm an admin.

Ella Marks:

There's no limit I think to the type of presentations and the amount of presentations that you can do as an admin. Like you mentioned, there's events where you're speaking to your fellow admins and developers, there's internal presentations. And I think the most exciting thing or interesting thing to me about presentations is no matter what presentation you're giving or who you're giving it to, you can go about planning for it and preparing that presentation in kind of the same way. There's some fundamentals that go across every type of presentation that you may have or create in your role as an admin.

Mike Gerholdt:

And you've done quite a few because I remember seeing you on the Dreamforce keynote stage and Release Readiness. I feel like you've done a lot of different style presentations too.

Ella Marks:

I've honestly had the privilege to be on a bunch of different stages at Salesforce, whether it's a virtual presentation or a webinar on the Dreamforce stage or even at an event. This year, I got to present and connect with a lot of people at world tour events, and like I said, they're all very different. The people in the audience are very different, and so the way that I create content for them, while I might be covering the same things is always going to have a different output because I am trying to tailor it to the audience that I have, but I kind of use the same fundamental principles when approaching any presentation I give, whether it's online, in person, a hybrid. There's a few key things that I really go back to.

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, let's dive into those principles. Where do you start?

Ella Marks:

The first thing that I do when I'm putting together any presentation is identify the audience that I'm presenting for. Now, this can be super straightforward. Sometimes you're going to know exactly who's going to be in the room. You might be doing an internal presentation at work, the stakeholders, the names on a meeting invite, and you can take the guidance from there. In other times, you may not have the list of everybody exactly who's going to be in the room, but you have a sense of who they are. So a user group presentation, for example, you may know there's a mix of admins and developers and maybe architects in that room.

Ella Marks:

And you need to know who those people are in order to build a presentation that is really going to engage them and teach them or persuade them or whatever your goal is. You need to start with knowing who that audience is to understand where that goal fits in and how can I communicate this information best to them.

Mike Gerholdt:

But I'm going to play devil's advocate and say, so what if I'm presenting to a user group and maybe I've only been there once and I don't know all the people that are going to see my presentation. What do you do then?

Ella Marks:

One of my favorite things that presenters do, and I use this trick sometimes. And Mike, I've seen presentations where I know you've done this too, is you can ask the room. I think it's important for us to not make any assumptions about the audiences that we're speaking to. I think that can lead sometimes to a lack of clarity and confusion. And so if you're presenting to a user group about a topic that you know a lot about, I think it's a great tool. Sometimes even just engage the audience and bring them with you to say, "Before I get started, raise your hand if you're an admin or raise your hand if you have familiarity with the topic that I'm going to cover."

Ella Marks:

And that does two things. One, it tells you how you can tailor the rest of your content or your presentation to the people in the room, but it also kind of opens up almost a dialogue between you and the audience. So even if they don't speak for the rest of your presentation, you've created a real human moment of engagement with them that is going to be super important and key to holding their attention for the entire time that you're presenting.

Mike Gerholdt:

And much like that, and Ella, I've seen you do this, is if you're going to ask the question, make sure it's data that you're going to actually act upon. Because I feel if you're going to somehow tailor your presentation and make a couple versions, which I've done for user groups because I wasn't sure what the level of interest or the level of knowledge of the topic that I was talking about was, then you can kind of immediately pivot based on that. And I think everybody appreciates when they took the time to raise their hand that you're actually curating the content for that.

Ella Marks:

There absolutely needs to be a payoff. If you're someone that's not as comfortable giving presentations, starting with the question at the very beginning and trying to weave that throughout can feel intimidating. And what I would recommend instead is to pick a moment within your content where you can do exactly Mike, what you just said. Which is, you have a slide that hits on, maybe it's a new feature or a different topic. Instead of asking a super broad question that you then need to weave into your story for the rest of your presentation. You can tailor your question to exactly what you're talking about on the slide.

Ella Marks:

And that can help you build that muscle to incorporate who's in the room and that audience into your talk track without having to start with that big broad question at the beginning. We have to start somewhere. And I think a great place to learn that skill is really starting with something small, a specific slide or a specific product, and learning from there how to incorporate the questions that you're asking to a more broader scale to cover a whole presentation.

Mike Gerholdt:

So sticking on the theme of building content, there's a lot of mechanics to a presentation, but building the content. Depending on the topic you're choosing, it can feel like you're boiling the ocean. "I have all this to show, and I'm on slide 68 already. I can't possibly show "What are some of the techniques that you use to really boil down what you're presenting given sometimes the restricted timeline that you have?

Ella Marks:

First, before I go into tips, I just want to reiterate that phrase, don't boil the ocean. That is the number one thing that literally...

Mike Gerholdt:

Literally don't. If you have a big death ray, please don't boil the ocean.

Ella Marks:

Please don't boil the ocean. Global warming, we don't need that. But I think with presentations, it's super important because you usually have limited time to communicate whatever it is in your presentation you're going to communicate. That's not even considering the fact that people's attention spans are short. So you need to do that work to figure out what are your key points. And one of the things that I really like to do is I create a document and I will just start an outline. I'll start typing out what I think the points are in the story that I need to cover.

Ella Marks:

I'll include any important examples, include a CTA, kind of those key pieces of a presentation, but I'm not actually putting it together yet. I'm just making a huge list of everything I think might be included. And then from there, I go in and I kind of prioritize. So that list is usually way longer than what the presentation ends up being or has way more information, but it is a starting point. And that's the starting point that I kind of use to say, "Okay, I'm identifying that I'm seeing a couple common themes in what I've written out here. How can I communicate those most effectively?"

Ella Marks:

And what I like about the list is that if you're doing it... Whatever platform that you're using, a Google Doc, a Quip Doc, whatever, it's really easy to copy and paste and move around the order as well to think about not just, "What am I including, but how am I going to start creating this story?" And that gives you kind of a framework to use moving forward.

Mike Gerholdt:

I would agree. So you mentioned story, and I think a big part of storytelling is the visual element. How do you balance just not putting paragraphs of text up on the slides and that imagery?

Ella Marks:

It's a really good question, and it's something that I ask myself all the time. Because I'm not a designer, I do not consider myself to be good at graphic design. And so when I build a presentation, it can feel really intimidating to think about what are the visuals that I need to create? And there's a technique that I learned at Salesforce that I was taught called blue boxing, and that's really what I use. And the way that it works is once I've gotten to that state, I have my outline, I kind of know what I'm going to put on slides. Instead of jumping right to what is my final slide going to look like, here is the exact paragraphs, here's the exact talk track, here's the exact visual.

Ella Marks:

I kind of take a step back from that and use blue boxes, literal blue boxes on a slide to map out what I think it could look like and how I think the content on the slide can reinforce what it is that I'm going to say. So if I know that I'm going to put together a slide that has some tips, for example. I might put together a placement of where those tips might go and think, "Oh, there could be a supporting image for this." What I don't do is I don't dive in and find that image right away. I really take that step of thinking through, "Okay, what is a visual that can support what I'm saying?" And I go through the whole deck like that first and then come back to really hone in on what the message is on that particular slide and pull in those core visuals.

Ella Marks:

But taking that step to do that kind of blue boxing framework really helps you identify how the story is going to flow and how those visuals are going to support you. Because I will say there are times when you're going to want more text on a slide than others, and so you want to have a good balance of that. You don't want folks to also just only be reading the content on your slides while you're speaking to them. And so if you take that kind of step to build it out first, you'll have a better idea of what the mix of your presentation is going to look like, how you might use different slide formats to engage people, because we know people have short attention spans, so you want to make sure that we're kind of switching things up.

Ella Marks:

We're providing different visuals every few minutes, and I think using design is a very powerful tool to help you do that.

Mike Gerholdt:

I would agree. I would agree. Plus pacing, when you're thinking that through, you mentioned people have short attention spans, so keeping the slides moving also helps keep people's attention as well. I think often when I'm reviewing decks or I'm watching presentations at events, and these are outside of Salesforce too, sometimes people have a hard time closing their presentation. I feel like it's either one, they kind of fade off into the distance. It's like an eighties' movie where they just walk off into the beach into the sunset and we never hear from them again. Or it's like a steel door slamming shut where it's like, "Okay, so that's this. And if you have any questions, thanks." Bam.

Mike Gerholdt:

And the presentation's done. What's your approach for the closure because I feel like the closure is the most important part?

Ella Marks:

I'd agree that if you don't have people with you at the end, I think you've really missed a big opportunity when it comes to creating presentations. The way that I would think about it is throughout your entire presentation, as you're putting together that outline. There are three things that you can think about that you want people to take away, how you want them to feel, what you want them to think and how you want them to act. And I would say that's not just your final slide or the thing that you leave the audience with. That should be at the core of why you're putting that presentation together.

Ella Marks:

I think the final slide in that CTA is incredibly important, but I also think that as someone in the audience who doesn't know anything about your presentation going into it, I think that they should know where you're going throughout the presentation. And that's really how you make whatever it is you share, whatever your CTA is super impactful. So I'll give you an example of that. If you're going to do an amazing presentation, let's say it's on new release features and you're going into great depth about... We have the spring 24 release right now, I know that's top of mind for a lot of admins.

Ella Marks:

If you go through great content throughout, at the end, to your point, if you don't leave folks with something to do next, they start to question what the purpose was of you sharing all that information. And as a speaker, that is the opposite of what you want. You want to be able to say, "I'm doing this presentation to help you prepare for the release, and I'm going to do that by showing you features and leaving you with either a resource or an approach or tips for you to take and go do this at your own companies or deliver your own presentation."

Ella Marks:

And I think where sometimes people fall flat is they think, "Great, I'll throw a CTA in my presentation at the end, and then everybody will go read my blog post or they'll all go follow me on various social media networks." And unfortunately, if you're not working in the purpose of what that CTA is throughout, it's not going to have that same impact. So you need it to close strong, but it shouldn't be an afterthought. Everything in your presentation should in essence be pointing towards your end goal, whatever you want to leave the audience with.

Mike Gerholdt:

I've many a times seen an entire slide devoted to resources and thought to myself, "I don't know where to start." There's a lot of resources, but a library is a resource too, and it's full of books, but I don't know where to start. [inaudible 00:16:32]

Ella Marks:

It's so common. Well, and that's the thing, it's kind of a double-edged sword, right? Because a lot of times there's so many resources because there are so many good resources out there, and that's awesome. But one thing to keep in mind when you're putting together a presentation is you're presenting because you have expertise or you have a message to share. And so really rely on that. Use that to say, "Okay, great. I know there are tons of resources." But actually share your recommendation. What is the number one thing that you would do. That's something that you as a presenter bring that no one else can that's unique to you, what that next step is.

Ella Marks:

We know that where most presentations, if you put 10 resources, people usually don't look at all 10. I hate to say it, but they probably won't look at more than one anyway, so focus on that one thing. And you really use your credibility that you've built with your audience to drive towards something more specific than a laundry list of things that people can do or read or engage with.

Mike Gerholdt:

A lot of this content creation focused around a solo presenter, but I think it carries over if you're presenting with someone else. And I see this a lot at our events, even user groups. It's a lot easier. And myself included, the first time I presented at Dreamforce, I had a co-presenter. It's a lot easier to feel like more people carrying the weight of a presentation. What advice or what best practices do you have when you're pairing up with somebody to present on how you divide up content and how the two of you interact during the presentation?

Ella Marks:

The first thing that I would do if I was presenting with someone else is have a meeting, get together with them, chat with them. I'm someone that prefers a meeting. I know some folks like to communicate on Slack or other formats, but I just love to chat with someone about this because you are going to be presenting and speaking. And to me, that's the best way to get a sense of that person's presentation style. And in that conversation, we might divide, if we're building content together, we might talk about our own expertise and where we feel like we can add the most value to the story and divide up the content that we work on and the slides and who's speaking based on what we think our strengths are.

Ella Marks:

And then making sure that we're having a really open conversation about that. And I think one thing that you can do that when you divide a presentation, a lot of times what you see is, "Okay, Mike and I are presenting together. I'll take one slide, Mike, you take the next one, then we'll go back and forth." And sometimes that doesn't feel super. It feels a little disjointed when you haven't had the chance to actually talk through your content and rehearse. Rehearsing is so important for any presentation, but if you have more than one person, it is absolutely critical because that's how you're going to feel out how that story is going to come together.

Ella Marks:

And what you may find is, "Yeah, I'm presenting with Mike, and Mike has a ton of expertise in this one area, but I have something to add there too." And actually switching up who's speaking on a particular slide that can reengage the audience. That's another tool that we have in our toolkits to make sure that people are staying with us throughout our presentation. And all that's going to come down to whether or not you've communicated all of these things with your co-presenter. Making sure that you guys are connected every step of the way is I think the best way to make a successful presentation with a partner or with the group, whoever it is.

Mike Gerholdt:

I would agree. And I feel to that point of, I've seen decks and presentations where it's every other slide. Change it up where it makes it most relevant because there is a little bit with the audience of context switching going on where they're trying to understand who's speaking and it should be relevant if the person's speaking and not just, "Oh, well, that means if we go every other one, I'm on this slide and I don't know anything about this." It can also help you regroup content that you're putting together.

Ella Marks:

Absolutely. And there's a lot of different ways that you can do this, but I really think that having that conversation with your co-presenter or co-presenters is going to be the best way to highlight how can you use your collective energy to get your message across in the best way possible?

Mike Gerholdt:

Right. Stage presence or stagecraft, even in small presentations where boardrooms I think are super important. How do you prepare for that? What are some of the things that you've gone through as you've kind of honed your ability as you were getting ready for a Dreamforce keynote to kind of make sure that your presence was there and it was adding to what the content you were presenting?

Ella Marks:

There are definitely a few things I do before every presentation, but I think a lot of it for me personally comes down to some important self-talk and pump up for a presentation. When you're chosen to present at an event or you've submitted something to a community conference, sometimes you need to remind yourself the day of, you get a little bit nervous, you might be scared to present. You were chosen for this, and you have knowledge and expertise to share. And going back for me and giving myself that confidence is probably the most important step that I take before I present anything. I always have to remind myself there's a reason I'm here.

Ella Marks:

I have valuable knowledge to share. I'll reset on whatever the topic or the goal is of the presentation. And then my hidden trick, I would say. I was like, "I don't know where I was going with that sneaky trick." I guess. Sneaky trick, my trick or treat tip, which is not uncommon at all, is I love a pump up song. I just love something to help, I don't know, make me feel energized and excited because I know that if I go into a presentation not pumped up, it's going to be really hard for people to listen. A lot of times we present... Internally, we present in a meeting and there's a lot of other people presenting or we're in a lot of meetings that day, or at Dreamforce, people attend a lot of sessions.

Ella Marks:

That's a lot of listening. And if you come out there with flat energy and aren't excited to be there and excited to get going, it shows and it makes it a lot harder for people to actually listen and absorb the content. And so going in pumping myself up is actually something that when I don't do it, I feel like I can tell in the presentation that my energy is not there, that I'm not communicating what I could in the best way possible.

Mike Gerholdt:

You know I have to ask what your pump up song is, right?

Ella Marks:

I know. It changes. A lot of my pump up songs are Lizzo though. I have to say Lizzo. I do love Taylor Swift as well, but I just... Lizzo, the number one song for me last year was Truth Hurts. There's some lyrics in there that I can't repeat on the podcast, but if you listen to the song, I think...

Mike Gerholdt:

My pump up song...

Ella Marks:

I think you'll know.

Mike Gerholdt:

A lot of lyrics I can't repeat on the podcast.

Ella Marks:

If you do listen, I think you'll know exactly what part of the song I'm referring to where I walk out and I'm like, "Aha, let's go. Let's get into it."

Mike Gerholdt:

So if you see people at community events or at Salesforce events, walk up to the stage with their AirPods in, it's probably a pump up song that they're listening to. I can't blame them. If you were to boil down and think of maybe, I don't know... Let's choose five because five's a good number to remember. What are five things that you always try to include that you really look for in like, "Wow, that presentation knocked it out of the park?"

Ella Marks:

That's a good question. As a reviewer of a lot of content, I'm just trying to think the things that have absolutely wowed me. Well definitely first, when it comes to presenting a good title to me, I'm immediately locked in. If there's a description associated with it like it would be for an event or maybe even a calendar invite. That to me is a sign of a good presentation. I know what I'm going to see. I'm excited for that content and I'm kind of hopeful to dive in. The second is probably... This is tough. There's just so many different ways to present, but I think looking for people that engage with the audience.

Ella Marks:

So either doing what we talked about before, getting that post-check of who's in the room or have some sort of engaging component to their presentation. That for me, because my attention span is very short, tends to be a very effective way to get my attention. And I enjoy presentations that have that. I think when people also set context by sharing their own expertise, we didn't talk about it in this conversation, but I think one important thing that you really need to do when you present is make sure that you highlight who you are. You need to have an introduction that is, "Here's who I am, here's why I'm here." And that builds credibility.

Ella Marks:

So when I hear something or see a presentation that I know the person is credible, that usually also is an indicator to me that it's a great presentation. Mike, I feel like you wanted five quick tips, and I'm giving you a lot longer than that.

Mike Gerholdt:

I don't know. I just picked five out of the air because it sounds good. It doesn't have to be five.

Ella Marks:

I also can't count, so I don't know what I'm on, but I'll say...

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, as a good host, you'd think I was paying attention and counting.

Ella Marks:

This is where I would use a visual to reinforce what I'm saying and remind me. If I was presenting this, I would put together a slide and I would have probably five horizontal bubbles on the slide and a few words about each, and that would help me stay on track. And at the end, I would have a super effective CTA, which I think would be one of the things that I look out for. If I know what... If I'm feeling inspired or motivated, or even just know the next steps I have to take after a presentation. That's how I know that it was good and it was effective.

Ella Marks:

And then I think my final thing would be, and this may seem counterintuitive, but if I have questions, a lot of times that's a sign to me that the content was really interesting. I think if I want to approach a speaker after their presentation and want to learn more and want to continue the conversation. I have follow-ups or things like that, that's a sign that they did a really good job in engaging me. It could sometimes be a sign that they didn't share the right information. So I think you have to be careful there, but wanting to connect with the presenter, wanting to learn a little bit more and asking a question, I think is engaging in itself. So that to me is a good sign that it was a good presentation as well.

Mike Gerholdt:

I go back and forth with questions, but I see your point. I think for me, I mean if I was to boil it to one thing. I don't have a word, but the comfort ability that the presenter has with the content. I really love it when somebody, it doesn't feel like their first time going through the content. And it so bugs me when I see somebody walk through and they click and goes to the slide and it surprises them. You're like, "Really? Okay." I really like it when somebody knows something and the slides are almost happening in the background and they're really paying attention to the audience. That to me, really gets me. And that comes with rehearsals, it comes with knowing the content, everything that you said previously.

Ella Marks:

Absolutely. I think a lot of us think, especially people who give presentations all the time, we're like, "Oh, we can win this. It'll be fine. I know the content." But the reality is people can tell when you have not done the preparation necessary for a particular presentation. And so I think it is a great sign of a good presentation and good content when someone isn't overly relying on their visuals or words on the slide to tell the story.

Ella Marks:

It's actually a story that they're telling where the visuals are supporting. It's not at the center of everything that they're doing. It's really more of a show that you're watching.

Mike Gerholdt:

I often compare presenting to athletes. Some of the greatest athletes that we've had in baseball or basketball or whatever sport you watch, they practice and there's a reason for that. They don't just show up and naturally wing it. Derek Jeter didn't naturally winged being good. It's repetition and it's doing and becoming comfortable with the moment. So it's great stuff. Thank you, Ella for coming on the pod and sharing. This is very relevant for where we are right now. Not only heading into TDX, but heading into world tour. And I feel like community group season, not to mention just budget presenting. I want more things in Salesforce season to my executives and all kinds of presentation times.

Ella Marks:

This is definitely super timely. So thanks so much, Mike, for having me.

Mike Gerholdt:

So I love that discussion with Ella. That was a lot of fun. And as with anything, presenting, content creation, stagecraft, there's only so much we can cover, but I feel like we could do so much more. And we're heading into Dreamforce. So a lot of people are probably getting ready to present or even if you're not going as a presenter, you might have to do like I did, which was get back and have to present what you learned. So you're presenting one way or another. But I enjoyed this.

Mike Gerholdt:

I love coaching people on how to present and Ella's one of truly a few people that can do it super well. So again, if you enjoyed this podcast, make sure you give us a follow on the app that you're listening to, and then that way you get new episodes. And of course, any resources that we listed can be found at admin.salesforce.com, including a transcript of the show, so that way you can read it and follow along. And of course, participate in the Admin Trailblazer community that is in the Trailblazer Group. And of course the link to that is in the show notes. So with that, until next week, I'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Jennifer Cole, Director of Business Intelligence and Automation at 908 Devices.

Join us as we chat about why understanding and documenting your business processes is critical for collecting quality data in your org.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jennifer Cole.

Admins connect the dots Jen recently co-presented at World Tour Boston about business processes and data strategy, and I wanted to get her on the pod to tell you all about it. “Data isn’t helpful if you don’t know your process,” she says, “it’s just interesting facts on a screen that maybe make pretty graphs but what does it tell you if you don’t know what questions you’re answering?”

I think a common misconception is that it’s the people not doing the day-to-day work who don’t understand the business process. As Jen points out, it’s often the folks actually doing the process who don’t understand why they need to log data a certain way.

As we’ll get into, that’s not necessarily their fault—there’s an information gap. So it’s up to us as Salesforce Admins to connect those dots and spell out why accurate data is so important.

How inaccurate data gets in your org Jen often supports sales teams and it’s a great example of how inaccurate data can end up in your org. Now it might sound obvious, but sales teams want to sell things. They don’t understand why they need to log an email into Salesforce or create the next step on an opportunity because they don’t know how that information will be used. So you see a lot of rushing through fields or just filling in a random date because it doesn’t matter anyway, right?

And that’s where the problems creep in. Inaccurate data creates inaccurate business decisions. AI tools like Einstein Copilot or Next Best Action turn into useless, expensive toys without accurate data.

So the first step is to figure out what questions you need to answer with data. If you can get to the Why behind the business process, you can build bridges across your organization and bring people together.

Business processes and getting to why The next step is to explain the Why to the people involved in the business process. For example, “If you log your follow-up calls accurately, we can look at all that data and tell you the best time to make those calls,” or, “Sue from marketing will use this to send a targeted drip campaign that we know makes them more likely to buy from you.” Suddenly, you’ve created a feedback loop that gets the people entering data invested in data quality.

Training is the best time to get started with explaining why. When they fill in this field, who else will use that information and how will it help the business as a whole? You need to get them invested in the process and help them see the broader picture.

There’s so much more great stuff from Jen about how to look at your business processes and data strategy, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to hear more from the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Podcast: Solving Business Problems with Composer and Flow with Jennifer Cole * Blog: How to Use Salesforce to Manage Your Documentation * Blog: How to Write Great Documentation to Help with Future Problem Solving * Podcast: Understanding the Importance of Data Health in Salesforce

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Connect with Jen: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jcole-trailblazer/
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Full show transcript

Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're talking with Jennifer Cole about data strategy and process. Well, yeah, a little something different because in the world of AI and a lot of tools just in general, not to mention automation tools, it's good to know what you're doing with your data and do you have a process in place to make sure you're collecting good data. Also, I ask her about bad data, so that's an interesting answer. But really understanding what data are you collecting, and does everybody know the process for data collection because as we know, it's going to be even more important to have great data so that AI can give us even better insights. But if we don't know the process, then I think we're in trouble. So Jennifer's going to help us with that. But before we get into the episode, just a reminder that if you're listening on Apple Podcasts or Spotify or wherever you get your podcasts, be sure to click the follow button, that way this podcast can automatically be downloaded right to your device so that when you're out on your dog walk, you don't have to worry about downloading it because it'll already be there. And of course, I always appreciate a good review, so let me know how we're doing. With that, let's talk process and data quality and maybe data strategies. There's quite a few things in this podcast with Jennifer. And let's get Jennifer on the podcast. So, Jen, welcome back to the podcast.

Jennifer Cole: Thanks, Mike. I'm really excited to be back.

Mike: Well, last time, and I'll put a link in the show notes because you won't hear that a thousand more times today, but we were talking about documenting your process as an admin when you're solving things.

Jennifer Cole: Yes, good stuff.

Mike: I know. Well, I really enjoyed that. I could spend, again, probably another two hours doing that because, first of all, I constantly forget, "What was I doing here?" I should have wrote that down better. But we've since caught up a thousand other times and wanted to expand on that conversation because with AI, there's so many more shiny tools out there.

Jennifer Cole: There are.

Mike: I know, seriously.

Jennifer Cole: A lot.

Mike: I'm getting the cart in front of the horse. Let's refresh people about the amount of awesomeness stuff that you work on and what you do in the community. So let's start there.

Jennifer Cole: Sure. Yeah. I am Director of Business Intelligence and Automation at 908 Devices, which is a super cool title that basically says, "I am still an awesome admin." I'm building apps and supporting my team. I run a team of awesome admins and have recently been able to co-present with one of my awesome admins at the Boston World Tour last, what, two months ago? Wow, time flies.

Mike: I know. Yeah.

Jennifer Cole: Oh, so much. Talking about process and data strategy. So that is my sweet spot and what I'm still rocking out at 908.

Mike: I feel everybody now is paying attention to data with AI. Data, data, data. Pay attention to your data, clean your data, wash your data, put your data in a dishwasher.

Jennifer Cole: Give me your data.

Mike: Cascade is going to have special data tabs here pretty soon. Tide's going to have data pods, right? I'm kidding.

Jennifer Cole: I was going to ask if they were going to be Salesforce branded, that would've been fun. I would've bought those.

Mike: Oh, I know, right? But they only work in the cloud, so you'd have to stand outside in the rain. That wasn't a well-thought-through joke, so that's okay. You can't have a zinger every single time. But you bring up a good point. So what good is data if you don't know your process, right?

Jennifer Cole: Yeah. I don't know that it's helpful if you don't know your process. It's just interesting facts on a screen that maybe make pretty graphs, but what does it tell you if you don't know what questions you're answering?

Mike: Yeah. I guess in the scheme of things, if we're sitting down and we're looking at our data and we're cleaning our data, we should really take a step back and think about, "What are we doing with our process?" And maybe to your point, and you can expand on this, does everybody know the process? Do you run into a lot of organizations that don't know their process?

Jennifer Cole: Yes.

Mike: Or a process, I should say. The process, like there's one.

Jennifer Cole: Can I choose C, all of the above?

Mike: C, all of the above.

Jennifer Cole: Yeah, actually quite a few. And I would expect most people assume it's certain pockets of the organization or those who just aren't doing the day-to-day work, but I don't think that's true. I actually experience people that are doing the day-to-day work don't even fully understand the process or why they're doing what they're doing or what information downstream or upstream their process is being leveraged in. So it's everywhere, honestly.

Mike: Look, we all go to work. People are probably listening to this podcast going to work, like, "I'm going to go to work and send some emails and do work." And they do things. So when you say they don't know the process, what about that do you... Is it there's no organizational book or they don't know where the data comes and they don't know what they're shipping out or where it goes?

Jennifer Cole: I think a little bit of both, but if I think about the group of folks I support the largest amount of my time against is the sales organization. They have an objective to make sales, right? They're in sales. It's literally in their title. And for them, they just want to get the job done, right? They want to make a customer happy, they want to book that order, and they want to move on to the next one. And they don't always understand why they have to log an email into Salesforce or why they need to create this next step on their opportunity, and who is actually using the application field that they're tagging about their customer. I think they get rightfully so focused on what they're trying to achieve, they don't see the broader picture of where their data's going and how that helps the company refine what they're doing or tweak the customer they want to focus on or tweak how we do things to make them more efficient. So I think in that particular very specific example, they're just so focused on their job, they don't understand why or how it matters.

Mike: You bring up a very good step in the sales process. If they don't understand why that step's required and the data they're gathering for that step, then they're less likely to do it, right? They'll just do it in a spreadsheet and then when the deal's closed, they'll just go in Salesforce and just bang through the opportunity as fast as they can, right?

Jennifer Cole: Right. There's nothing enriching in that. I can't look at a bigger scope of data to understand, "Geez, a lot of our opportunities close faster when they do a follow-up call 20 days after X event." And that would be juicy information to know because then it becomes a feedback loop in the process to say, "Hey, it looks like the odds of closing your deal faster if you do this particular step." But if all of that is being logged outside of the system and we don't know how many follow-up calls there are or face-to-face meetings or customer demos that are taking place, then we can't provide that intel back to help them achieve their goals faster and smarter.

Mike: So if they're logging, let's say, a required field, which is an arbitrary date because they're trying to get through to the closed one because they think they're following the process, but they really did the whole thing out of Salesforce, and then it's Friday night and the quarter closes and they're trying to get their opportunities in, by not understanding the process, are they then creating bad data?

Jennifer Cole: Oh, bad's a funny word. I would say inaccurate data. I would say data that's going to mislead you. Yes, there's technically bad data, but in that case, it's not intentionally bad. It's more just inaccurate to the true story. And I think that can make it very misleading for the business because they might adjust their workflow based upon the intel they have and it actually isn't improving anything because nobody was being honest about what they were entering.

Mike: So CEO goes to, we'll use your example, Boston World Tour and sees the new AI, Copilot and Einstein stuff, and maybe wants to use Einstein Next Best Action, but because they're just putting in arbitrary dates, the new shiny isn't really helping them.

Jennifer Cole: No, it just becomes a very expensive toy. Sorry, but it does. It doesn't help them move anything faster, right?

Mike: Yeah. And I think it's an interesting concept because we always go back to, "Well, this one thing will just help you do stuff better." But ultimately, before you even look at those things, it's, "But what is the process that you're trying to get to? Do you even understand the process?" Is that where you start with a lot of things?

Jennifer Cole: It's where I start everything. When a person comes for an enhancement or wants to report out on this particular metric or get data to understand what's happening with their business, the question always begins with, "What questions are you trying to answer? I understand you are asking for this data point, but why? Is it something you're doing today or you're not doing today and you want to understand how well you are or are not filling that information in or following that process?" Because understanding the process for me and my experience and my team's experience helps us serve our customers better. And when I say customer, I mean internal employees in this case because we're an internal team. We help them achieve so much more when we can get underneath and get to the why. Understanding their why is what drives bigger change for us because it often is not just them who need the help or need the change, but actually other people in the organization have that same why. So process is almost like a keystone in the bridge for us. We have to get to it. We have to understand it before we start building across and bridging islands together.

Mike: Man, the number of times understanding the why has come up. I should get a shirt that says that.

Jennifer Cole: That'd be a great shirt.

Mike: Understand the why. So let me dial in specifically for an admin that's listening. Are there things that you build into your application when you create something, let's say for sales or customer service, that helps remind the end user about the why?

Jennifer Cole: Sometimes, yes. Actually, a recent deployment we did was to enable sales to capture who should get automated booking and shipping notifications. And we moved that into Salesforce so that when it replicates over to our ERP, it's auto-fed. It's just more accurate. The sales rep knows who should be getting those notices. And we have those fields there to fill in those addresses, but we did something super simple. We added a little text bubble, an actual text component on the lightning page that explained what field did what, and critical reminders about which field you should fill in and which field you should update this address only. And the feedback we got was, "That was great. I need that. That always will remind me because I can never remember what I'm supposed to do or why it matters." And it was just a really simple little text component on the screen. So we try to do small things like that where we nudge them through the workflow with those gentle reminders, conditional visibility reminders, anything that helps them in that moment for that particular step in the process to remember the critical reason why it matters helps.

Mike: Yeah. That's really great because you think about the level of complexity that is getting added to everyone's job. I remember as an admin, I'd spent two, three months with maybe a department or a team working on what their process is and getting their app right in Salesforce. And by the end of it, man, you could have quizzed me Jeopardy-level on what was going on with that team and how the data flowed and I would have nailed it, but two months later-

Jennifer Cole: It's gone.

Mike: ... no idea. It's gone.

Jennifer Cole: What's my name? Yes.

Mike: I'll take, nope, I don't know, hodgepodge for 500, Alex.

Jennifer Cole: Yes. Real admin life.

Mike: Exactly. But somehow you just expect to turn that app over to your users and like, "Oh, I'm sure they'll remember this." So when you're creating an app and have those epiphanies, "Let's add this box that reminds people," how important is it for you? Or how important do you feel it is that admins make sure that their users know where the data that they're working on comes from and where it goes?

Jennifer Cole: I think it's actually critical to adoption. Everyone loves to throw this word adoption around, and it's more than just logins. It's actually usability of the system and following the process. And we had a sales meeting, was it two years ago, a year ago? And we were asked to present as a Salesforce team to the sales team about critical fields they need to fill in. And everyone's done those trainings. They're painful for the salespeople. They're just sitting there, "Yeah, okay, I have to fill in the application. Yeah, okay, I have to update my close date. Yeah, okay." And they go through this monotony. But what we found was so successful and an incredible adoption to following the process was when we told them why. We said, "Okay, when you fill this in, here are the people after you that are using this data. Here's your marketing team and how they're using it to refine the drip campaigns to send to your customers. So if you classify them right, they're going to get special content against their industry or application usage." And we found, Mike, it was the coolest thing, we found in our support channel, we use Slack for issues and questions by the business, people after that sales meeting we're just saying, "Now, what if I choose this and what happens if I choose this?" Because they knew who was using the data that they input and where it went, they started to care. And then we just saw greater adoption and questions around, "Well, what happens if I choose the wrong thing? Can I fix it?" And that's a win as an admin in my book when your business suddenly cares about the data they're putting in.

Mike: Yeah, especially for salespeople. I did an exercise like that where the salespeople went through the call center. And I remember sitting in the break room and the salespeople sitting down with call center agents and like, "Well, whenever we get this from sales, it says this." And them sitting there going, "Well, we fill it out because we think it's this." But those two people had never talked. And the second they talked, it was like, "Oh, well we could 100% get this." And then the customer service agent is like, "Oh, that would be so helpful because then when they call in and ask, we don't have to spend 20 minutes looking something up."

Jennifer Cole: It's amazing. It's powerful.

Mike: I'll take ownership of this too, it's the fact that when you sit down sometimes, you work at processes at a stage gate level and you forget, "Okay, well, I did sales and then sales ends here." Well, sales doesn't end there. There's that gray area, and I just didn't bring those groups together. I jumped over to service and obviously everything shipped and it was fine or then they'd call, except that gap in between there is the parts you got to work on.

Jennifer Cole: The bridging of the teams and how the data flows between them.

Mike: Yeah.

Jennifer Cole: I think that's where the secret sauce is.

Mike: A lot of it is. So let's touch on this. Automation has always been huge, and I know we've talked a lot with you about integrations and bringing data over. How does not knowing the process really impact automations?

Jennifer Cole: How much time do we have? No, I'm kidding.

Mike: As much time as you'd like.

Jennifer Cole: I think it can have a huge impact on the business in not a good way. I think it could accelerate inaccurate data faster. If you don't understand your process and why you're filling in what fields, you could be filling in fields that mean nothing to your business, that mean nothing to you learning how to change your process, adapt your process to better suit your business and your customers. I think it can actually be an unfortunate waste of energy for your admins and money for the organization if you just don't understand what you want to do and who's doing what and why. Remember the TV show Lost, which is very controversial, no one likes the ending of Lost. But remember-

Mike: I remember it. I'm one of the few people that never got into it.

Jennifer Cole: Okay, consider yourself lucky.

Mike: So I've been told.

Jennifer Cole: You've saved so many hours of your life that you've done better things with.

Mike: Oh no, I've wasted them with other TV shows.

Jennifer Cole: Well, I will quickly say, for the audience that does know the show, there's this scene or episode where this guy just keeps pressing a red button and he has no idea why. And then he leaves and someone else has to take over pressing this red button. And ultimately, it ends up being not as critical as anyone might think, but they're just doing it because they were told to do it and they have to do it, but nobody knows why. And I think businesses, if they don't understand their process, are doing the same thing. They're demanding fields to be populated by their users that are never used, that are never actually aggregated to understand if there's value or something to modify an existing workflow or change the direction of how you advertise to customers. They're just pressing red buttons. So I think it can be dangerous if you don't understand.

Mike: Yeah. So is that perpetuated by the fact that a lot of products and services are sold with, "Here's the easy way to fix your X"?

Jennifer Cole: Short answer? Yes. And I understand why that's done. They want to show the ease of use of the tool. But I think the piece that's really hard is we can't get underneath to see how it's built to know if it's going to work for our challenging business problems that we're trying to solve. And what isn't really discussed either is why understanding your data strategy is so important and how that tool fits in. I think that's missed. And I don't think that's always understood by the C-suite or the folks that are paying for these tools. They just see this really cool tool like, "Hey, AI is going to do this for you. I want to be able to do that too. Let's just buy it." But somebody has to understand how it works, and somebody has to understand the process so that it actually becomes valuable. It's missed. It's truly, truly missed. And it's hard for admins.

Mike: Well, I think you said something that's even bigger than process that I'm realizing now, which is process exists in a world where there is a data strategy.

Jennifer Cole: It's a piece.

Mike: We've probably not sat down, I've never sat down, have you ever sat down and written a data strategy with an organization?

Jennifer Cole: Written it down? No. It's desperately needed, but conversations are a good place to start, for sure.

Mike: Yeah, but it's something that we as a Salesforce admin should think about because then we can create a world in which process can exist because data strategy tells me, "We know where the data is going to originate from, how we're going to use it, and what our end goals are." And end goals could be many endpoints. And then within that data strategy world is where we start to build different processes that take that data and transform it into useful things that the business can then use to make decisions on. So we just haven't sat down and wrote data strategies.

Jennifer Cole: I think so. And I think that's hard day one. My own experience has been the process that was just built over time because somebody needed this field or somebody wanted to do this. There wasn't a broader conversation of, "Well, who else wants to use this field?" And it's something I need, do you need it too, Mike? Those conversations, I don't think they happen at the beginning because businesses are just trying to get off the ground and they're just trying to get customers engaged. So we're a little bit backwards in the whole process, but it is critical, I think, for businesses to start and stop... Well, how do I want to say this? They need to stop and think about, "We've got all these processes, do they still make sense? Are they where we want to go and do they fit into our larger strategy for what data we want to use to navigate the ship of our business truly?" So I think unfortunately, the data strategy doesn't come until after processes are baked in, but hopefully not too solidified that they can't rip them up and start something from scratch if it doesn't fit the strategy they want to achieve.

Mike: Right. Yeah, because I'm thinking early day one, which who knows where people are at, but early day one of a sales process is, "How do you get the widget to the customer as fast as possible?" Right?

Jennifer Cole: Yeah.

Mike: Later stage day one, as the company matures, "How do we efficiently get the widget to the customer and understand our operational challenges?"

Jennifer Cole: It's an evolution, yeah.

Mike: We're still shipping widgets, it's just why does the widget sit for six days at this stage? Is that six days lost or is that six days... I don't know. And that's where data strategy figures that out because are we even capturing that data to make that decision to figure that stuff out? And if not, then we need to start doing that.

Jennifer Cole: Yes. And it makes me think about how I'm hearing more in the community, which very much excites me, of reverse thinking, "Well, what do you want to measure? Okay, let's go backwards and figure out do you even have the fields to start measuring it. And are you measuring it because you're curious or are you measuring it because it's something you want to bake into your workflow and your process there?" So I'm excited to hear more in the community of folks starting to think about this reverse modeling of, "Well, we want to understand what our customers are doing with our widgets. Now that they're using them, we're super excited we've got this customer base, but should we start to target certain types of customers? Well, what are they doing with our widgets?" "Okay, great question. Are you set up to even track that? And what do you need in order to start tracking it? And then who's going to fill it in and do they know why they're filling it in?" That whole reverse model. So that's an exciting shift that I'm hearing more of in the industry and fellow admins to support that data strategy. But I think you're right, that next step is really sitting down to define on paper what that strategy is and then communicating it to everyone in the organization at every level of the organization because that just goes back to the why. When folks understand the why, they get excited, they want to help.

Mike: I'll flip back and forth. So then you sit down, you look at process, you think of data strategy. When looking at tools, what are some things that admins shouldn't be afraid to ask or should really get behind and get their hands dirty looking at?

Jennifer Cole: Oh, thank you for the question. I think it's setup. As a customer of Salesforce, your poor sales reps, I'm tough because I always want to see what's underneath. Don't give me the shiny YouTube video, let me play with it, let me get in there. So I would love for fellow admins to be just as precocious and go into setup. Let me physically see my options. And that's super cool what you just showed me, but how did you set it up? Let me in your demo org. And Salesforce demo orgs are incredible, like what your solution engineers build and play with and what's in there. Ask admins, ask for a sneak peek because you, as an admin, not only need to understand how your business would apply the tool, but you need to understand how it works and how it can scale to solve all the crazy problems that you'll come across because in a way, you've got to sell it to your business. Admins are diverse. They're builders, and they're also internal salespeople to their own executive suite. So I would encourage them to say, "Show me how it's made."

Mike: Yeah. I also, as an admin, liked showing my users if they wanted to see how I made the app or parts of it that, say sales, for example, if they asked, "Well, what happens if we add a step here?" Well, then I can just go click, click, boom, and now that new step shows up in path and shows up in the opportunity. And it lets them know two things. One, I understand the value of being agile and changing because if we're working on a new process, we've got to be ready to, "Hey, this really isn't working despite what we thought it would do on paper." And also two, when we get to that point, you need to know I have the skill to change the application at the speed of business so that we can make that adjustment and keep moving forward.

Jennifer Cole: Yes, I fully agree. And it's interesting too because even my user population loves to see under the hood, even though they're never-

Mike: Oh, really?

Jennifer Cole: ... going to use it. Oh, they love it. When they like to see those changes on the fly that you were just speaking to, like, "Yeah, I do know how to manage this application. I do know how to customize it. I can improve it for you." When we do on-demand changes for them in a meeting when we're getting app feedback or process feedback that we've implemented in Salesforce, they just think it's so much fun. Number one, they gain a lot more confidence in the team because they're seeing something happen in real-time. But number two, they themselves love to see it and enjoy how quickly we can support the business. And also, it allows them to understand when sometimes it takes us more time because it's more complicated, there's a better understanding. So totally diverging topics on you, but yeah, users love it too.

Mike: It's getting behind the scenes, which is digging into process and digging into data strategies. So a follow-up to that, do you regularly share that, and would you recommend admins regularly do that as well?

Jennifer Cole: Yes, I would actually. And it's funny, as an admin, we're often tagged as being a tiny bit controlling in our orgs and love everything to be precise and buttoned up. But I think it actually gains business trust when we crack open the org in setup for them and they can see how we click around because there's no risk. If someone wants to join the admin team and they're that curious and inspired by what they see in setup, oh my gosh, come on over. But at the same breath, admins can gain so much trust, I feel, from their business when they expose what they're doing. Because if you think about it, admins are going into the business every day and saying, "Show me your process. How are you doing it? Let me see what you're doing." We're putting our business under the microscope to improve it. I don't think there's any harm in the reverse. It just helps build that mutual trust and relationship of sharing how to build something and what the possibilities are or are not. And I encourage it. I think it would be great. Actually, I encourage my team to do it. They do it in front of our users all the time, and it's been a positive experience.

Mike: Well, I can't think of a better way to wrap up the conversation than having brought it completely back around on us where we're being as transparent with our processes, we're asking the business to be with us while we create the technology to support it. Thanks for coming back on the pod and sharing your thoughts on this and giving us data strategies to work on.

Jennifer Cole: Thanks, Mike. It was really great.

Mike: I'm excited.

Jennifer Cole: Me too. I'm excited [inaudible 00:32:28] admins do, have fun out there.

Mike: Well, I don't know about you, but I was thinking of a thousand different times that I needed to have a conversation between different departments so that they understood the importance of putting fields in. And really, it was interesting, after the call, Jennifer and I talked a little bit because so much of what we do when we sit down with our users is, "Well, how are we going to document this? What are we going to put in Salesforce?" And we get wrapped up with what we're going to put in Salesforce, which we should, but we forget to talk of why. And that came up in this conversation is why are we putting this down? Why is this a critical stage? Why is it critical that we capture this data at this point? And then who's going to do something with it to make us a better organization? When talking sales, it's not just shipping out the widget as fast as we can, but maybe as efficiently as we can and understanding different parts of our organization so that we can capture data. And I got to agree with Jennifer, boy, it was such a good point, having all of your users understand where the data is coming from and where the data that they create goes, where in the process they sit, and having those individuals meet with each other. I think that was such a great insight that Jennifer brought to this episode. I hope you enjoyed listening to it. And of course, if you did, you can share it with your friends. Just go ahead and click on those three dots. There's usually three dots in just about every application now, and you can share it on social. I would so appreciate that. And if you're looking for resources or anything that we mentioned in the episode itself, show notes are right there. They're also on our website, admin.salesforce.com, which has got everything you need to read, blog posts, other podcasts you can listen to, and a transcript of this show. And of course, you can join the conversation in the Admin Trailblazer group, which is in the Trailblazer Community, that is also a link in the show notes. A lot of people talk in data quality and process there too. All right, so until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Elizabeth Awad, Associate Product Manager for Prompt Builder at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about how you can use Prompt Builder to simplify users’ daily tasks by integrating generative AI moments powered by prompt templates into their workflows.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Elizabeth Awad.

What’s the difference between Einstein Copilot and Prompt Builder? There’s been a lot of buzz around Prompt Builder these days, so I was excited to get Liz Awad on the pod to pick her brain about it. She’s a product manager on the Prompt Builder team, so you could say she knows some things.

The first question I had for her is one I hear frequently from the community: What’s the difference between Einstein Copilot and Prompt Builder? “They go hand in hand,” Liz says, “the prompts that you create in Prompt Builder can be connected to custom actions in Copilot.”

In other words, Prompt Builder is where you as the admin create custom prompts to write a sales email or summarize a case, and Einstein Copilot is what allows your end users to invoke those prompts.

Practice your prompts We’ve had more than a few guests suggest that you jump on an LLM to practice prompting but I wanted to know from Liz, specifically, what she’s found helpful. She had a really interesting answer, which was to try to get ChatGPT to write a birthday text to her mom.

If you think about it, that’s a perfect use case for practicing writing better prompts. It’s pretty simple in terms of information but it’s tricky to get the right tone. More importantly, you probably have a good sense of what sounds right and what doesn’t. And so when you give adjustments, you instantly know how well they worked.

Liz points out that this process is what people mean when they talk about “grounding” a prompt. It’s the extra bits of information you give an AI to adjust the response, like “That sounds too formal” or, “Here are three other texts I’ve sent my mom.”

Prompt templates you can use in Salesforce right now As a reminder, there are four prompt template types that you can use in Salesforce right now. They are:

  1. Sales email
  2. Field generation
  3. Record summary
  4. Flex templates

Josh Birk and Raveesh Raina went over all of this in detail in their episode last month, so I’ll link below. However, Liz wanted to draw special attention to a new addition to the flex prompt template, which is the ability to use free text as an input. That means you can use something like a chat transcript or a case summary to ground your prompt. It’s super flexible, and the sky’s the limit.

There’s so much more great stuff from Liz about what you can do with Prompt Builder and how she approaches her role as a PM, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to hear more from the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Podcast: Salesforce Prompt Builder Features Every Admin Should Know * Podcast: Get to Know Prompt Builder with Marissa Scalercio

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Connect with Liz: https://www.linkedin.com/in/elizabeth-awad/
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Full show transcript

Mike: Earlier this year, we talked with Melissa Scalercio about Prompt Builder, because she was on the customer side and she had some pretty neat things to say about how they were using Prompt Builder. You can go back into the Salesforce archives there to listen to that episode. In case you're not familiar, Prompt Builder allows you to simplify users' daily tasks by integrating generative AI moments powered by prompt templates into their workflow. It's really cool. You get to bind a field and put sparkles on it. That's what it's called literally, sparkles. I wanted to talk to one of the product managers that is working on Prompt Builder. That is Liz Awad, who is based in New York. She is helping build the future of Prompt Builder. She not only gives us some really useful insights into Prompt Builder and how she's seeing other customers use it, but also into what's coming with Prompt Builder, and you may have already seen it. Then, fun fact, we get to learn a hobby. I bet it's one maybe that most of you do. I've seen it on a ton of TV shows. But I'm not going to tell you because you have to listen to the episode. With that, let's get Liz on the podcast. Liz, welcome to the podcast.

Liz Awad: Thank you. I'm excited to be here.

Mike: Well, I'm excited to talk about Prompt Builder. We've talked about Prompt Builder in the past, with Melissa, earlier. I wanted to hear from somebody that's actually working on the product and doing some really fun stuff, because not only is Prompt Builder a really cool tool for admins to use. We're seeing that in all of our AI Now tours. But also, there's a lot of really cool features coming as well. Look, I'm getting the cart in front of the horse, like I always do. Let's start off with you. Liz, how did you get to Salesforce and start owning Prompt Builder?

Liz Awad: Sure. I've been at Salesforce a little over a year now. I'm actually part of a rotational product management program here at Salesforce. Previously, I was on Sales Cloud, and I was working on adoption. Which is actually admin relevant, as a new feature on Sales Cloud is launching soon called Sales Cloud Go. I was part of that development. Then I knew my manager, Avantika. She's the one that pulled me into Prompt Builder, where I am now.

Mike: Wow.

Liz Awad: I've been working here for around five months now. I'm very excited. It's been a great journey. Things have changed really fast, as you know, in the large language model space. There's new models all of the time. We are, like you said, launching some amazing new features.

Mike: Yeah. Just trying to keep up with ... I remember when Einstein came out and we suddenly had to learn large language models as part of our nomenclature. Then now, we're having to learn generative AI, and prompts, and grounding. My most fun word to say is hallucinations. Because you know, hallucinations, what could go wrong there? But that's a different podcast that you can listen about. Prompt Builder, what are exciting things that you can dug into and are happy to work on out of the gate? We'll preface that by saying tell me how Prompt Builder is different than Copilot.

Liz Awad: Yes, great question. Prompt Builder is a low code prompt management tool. This basically allows you to create reusable prompts that are being sent to these large language models. Prompts are just instructions that you send so that the model outputs the correct text. The way that it's different than Copilot, the way that we view it actually is they go hand-in-hand. The prompts that you create using Prompt Builder can actually be connected to custom actions in Copilot. Then within Copilot, when you ask Copilot a question, it can invoke the prompt that you have created. They're different in that Prompt Builder is this tool that allows you to create the custom prompts. Copilot is maybe one area when your end users actually invoke the prompts.

Mike: Yeah. Copilot's a little more conversational.

Liz Awad: Exactly.

Mike: Yeah. That's also one of the things that, as a former Salesforce administrator, I love about Prompt Builder is it's just a little sparkle button that my users have to press and they get magic.

Liz Awad: Exactly.

Mike: It doesn't depend on their ability to write a good prompt.

Liz Awad: No. It's the admins, now you all become prompt engineers. I will say you do need to spend some time reworking your prompts, testing your prompts. In Prompt Builder, you can even change the models. Certain models are better at writing sales emails than others. Depending on your use case, that Prompt Builder workspace is really where you can test. Just so, like you said, your end users just get to see magic.

Mike: Yeah. Let me ask. What do you do to get better at writing prompts?

Liz Awad: I was introduced to the concept of prompt engineering, like the rest of the world, when ChatGPT came out in November 2022. The first thing I did was just go to the website and start asking it questions that I knew the answers to already. Or I would be able to tell that's a good response, and that's a bad response. It was as simple as, "Write a text to my mom, wishing her a happy birthday." When the LLM responds, it used maybe a formal tone, or something that I personally would never send to my mom. Then I'm like, "Make it sound more casual. I'm very close to my mom, so make sure you include that." That idea of editing a prompt, and trying to have it fit your tone and your style can be used in an enterprise context as well. The other thing to think about is, when you're telling ChatGPT or your LLM more information, that's called grounding. That's giving more data to the LLM about the type of response that you want back. All of those things are really important in prompt engineering.

Mike: Yeah. Well, I'll be honest with you. The first time I ever heard the term grounding was when I was doing the Data Now workshop. We talked about building a prompt in Prompt Builder. I think the very first line was, "Acting as," and then you could fill in $user.organization, however that worked. It was literally meant to pull the running user, which is you. I thought, "Oh, that totally makes sense." Then you could pull in, "Here's different information." Because I think back to the way you brought in writing prompts, the rest of the world was just like, "Oh, neat. With ChatGPT I just ask it questions." But here, we can actually pull in and say, "No, I want you to go into my Salesforce org and really pull that data out," as opposed to just asking it for a text for your mom.

Liz Awad: Exactly. That's what really makes it powerful, is that it's dynamic. What you said here is you can think of it as a variable, or a field, that's user.name. When that prompt is invoked at runtime, that is replaced with the actual end user's running the name in Salesforce. That prevents you from having to create multiple iterations of prompts. When we say grounding, all we're really saying is data. It's just a fancy way of saying injecting more data into your prompts.

Mike: Right.

Liz Awad: With Prompt Builder, that data can come from a wide variety of places, not just your CRM. It can come from Data Cloud. You could use a flow to inject data. It can get really powerful, which is really exciting.

Mike: If you think about it, if you really wanted to go back in time, this is where a time machine would help to tell our parents, "If I'm grounded, it just means I've got the data. Thanks."

Liz Awad: Yeah, exactly.

Mike: "You're grounded for a month." No, I'm grounded for life because I've got data. That's how you get more grounded. Just realized it, that dawned on me. One thing that I did for the longest time. I love using the little sticky notes feature on my Mac. When I would write a good prompt for ChatGPT and it would turn something out, it was like, "Oh, awesome." I would copy that and I'd hang onto it. Then I remember sharing stuff with my team early on. They're like, "Oh, how did you do that?" I would share the prompt with them, the text.

Liz Awad: Yes.

Mike: Then they would plug that in, and they would get something different. I realized early on, with AI, the learning curve for AI is everybody's different, as opposed to when we were trying to learn Flow Builder. When Flow came out, the admin created the flow, and then the record, or whatever the action was, worked the same for everybody. Then as I started looking at AI I was like, "Boy, this is going to be tough for users," because it really depended more on what is that end user's ability to write a good prompt. Or how do I disseminate good prompts to my users? That all changed for me when I saw Prompt Builder because we can put all that in there, which means the end user gets a solid experience every single time without having to be good at writing prompts. Right?

Liz Awad: Exactly. The end user doesn't need to be the prompt engineer because, as an admin, you are created those instructions every time and it's following that template. Now I will say you can have different outputs because it's generative. Even if you're invoking the same instructions, the response might be a little different every time you call the large language model. But it should be somewhat the same every time you call.

Mike: Right. Obviously, if it was the same, then it'd just be like email templates.

Liz Awad: Exactly. I do want to say, now that you've brought up email templates, just a small use case or a small story.

Mike: Yeah.

Liz Awad: One of our customers was telling us that they used to use the email templates. Now they're using the sales email template in Prompt Builder. Because it's generative, they're delivery rate was much higher. As in Gmail, Outlook, and these email clients wouldn't mark it as scam. It would actually deliver in whoever they were contacting, that inbox. That was really interesting for us to hear. That was the first time we had thought about that metric of tracking delivery rate. And how, when you're using generative AI, it's not a pattern, it's not a template. Those words can change every time you're calling the large language model, with the same theme throughout.

Mike: Right.

Liz Awad: That was really interesting for us to hear on the product management team.

Mike: No, I like that. That actually leads into the next question I had. Which was where are you seeing admins deploy Prompt Builder the most?

Liz Awad: It's a great question. It really depends on industry and use case. But we've seen a lot of field generation templates, which is what you described, where your end users see that magic button. You use a prompt template to fill in a field on a record.

Mike: Okay.

Liz Awad: We've also seen a lot of sales emails use cases. Case summarization use cases. It's really across the board. The best part is, you as an admin get to be creative with it. Because you can really think of 100 plus use cases, that's why we have flex template to allow you to customize and put in as many objects, or even now strings or free text, as input to a prompt.

Mike: Tell me more about the templates. I forget, there's four types of templates?

Liz Awad: Yes, there are four types of templates. Sales email.

Mike: Okay.

Liz Awad: Field generation. Record summary. And flex templates.

Mike: Flex sounds the coolest.

Liz Awad: Yes. Flex, it's in the namesake. It's allowing you to create those custom templates where you can call an invokable action, you can use flows. One feature that we just released is actually called string inputs or free text. Where, using a flex template, you can have text as your only input. Previously, we required templates to be associated with objects. But we heard from customers, "Hey, what if I have a transcript of a chat and I only want to use that as my grounding data?" Well, that's why we just released this, actually this month. It's very exciting.

Mike: That's interesting. Tell me more about that. Because I think I saw that in one of the release readiness' that you did.

Liz Awad: Yes. The use case here is that, if you want to invoke a template from a flow, or maybe using Apex, and all you want as the input is just text itself ... Another example could be an agent gathers a question from a user in a chat, and you want to use that question as input into the prompt. Previously, you would still have to associate that template with a record, which would just be wasted time. You're not actually using that record as grounding data. But now, you can just have that template with the input as a user question, for example.

Mike: Interesting. Yeah. No, I like that. I think, in the earlier podcast we talked to Melissa, she was using the sales email stuff a lot. I'm curious, do you have any insight ... Maybe this is just me, and I've worked in these overly micromanaged organizations where marketing needs to see every period, and comma, and I that's dotted, which is why they loved email templates so much. You mentioned sales templates. Sales email templates. How are marketers adjusting to AI, where it's not word-for-word every single time?

Liz Awad: That's a really good question. I just want to point out that we still recommend that a human's eyes are on the responses from the large language models before they're sent out. We don't recommend automated generation and sending just yet. Primarily for that reason, just to make sure that either a marketer or a sales rep understands exactly what is being sent to their customers. It's really just used as a tool to help, like an assistant, as opposed to replacing that job of writing the email. It gives you a baseline for you to go in and potentially edit or add certain things that you want, depending on the customer. Now, like you said, some organizations are stricter than others. Maybe they'll, in their company, have a process which is you still use the sales email template to start, but then someone either needs to check it before it's sent. Or the admin can actually go into the audit trail and see all the generated emails, and someone can review those and make sure that that pass is their standard of quality.

Mike: Sure, sure. Yeah. No, I like that. Plus, you could probably include some stylistic cues in the prompt when you're building that as an admin as well.

Liz Awad: Definitely. That is recommended.

Mike: Write in your voice and tone.

Liz Awad: Yes, voice and tone is definitely recommended. You really want to be as specific as possible. You can even give an example of a great email in your instructions.

Mike: Oh! Well, that works out nice.

Liz Awad: "This is an example of a great email we would want to send to a customer."

Mike: Interesting. I like that. There's so many areas now, I think of Salesforce, to talk about with stakeholders as an admin. Not just features that are coming out, but it's also ... I know working with sales teams, thinking of I've always had that sales manager that would come up to me and say, "So-and-so writes great emails. How do we make everybody a great email writer?" Prompt Builder now has that ability. You can work with that great salesperson to get some of their great email ideas, and use those as some initial early prompts, that you can then disseminate to all of your sales team. Which, to me, I'm sure that salesperson doesn't like that. Salespeople are a little competitive that way.

Liz Awad: Yes, that's interesting. That's true, I never thought about that.

Mike: As a product manager, I guess, admins do a lot of product managing. Is there any advice that you would give that you've learned in your year or so at Salesforce that would help them manage the onslaught of new features or how you balance priorities?

Liz Awad: Definitely. I think the biggest skill that's important in being a great PM is just communication, and over communication. And ensuring that everyone is aligned on not only what the priorities are, but why they are prioritized how they are. Because when you explain, "This is the use case, this is the problem, and this is the solution, and this is why it's important," then you really get that alignment. As far as how to understand what's being released at Salesforce and all the new features, that is a beast within itself. But that's why we have release notes. That's why we have all of the help docs. I would encourage you to even engage with your AEs and your SEs to learn more and inquire. As product managers on Prompt Builder and Copilot, we are actually aiming to talk to our customers as much as we can, because we learn from you all. Because you all are the ones that are engaging with the tool every day. That's also what helps us prioritize, is engaging with customers.

Mike: Yeah, absolutely. Too often, as an admin, I couldn't communicate enough with all the features that were coming out. Thanks for coming on the podcast, Liz. I will end by saying it's always fun to know, outside of managing Prompt Builder, which is what admins love, if there's anything fun you do as a hobby?

Liz Awad: I've recently picked up, not recently, but in the past year or two, pickleball.

Mike: Okay.

Liz Awad: But I'm based in New York, so that requires me to fight over pickleball courts as there's limited space. It's actually turned into quite an expensive hobby recently, because they charge per hour and per court. But I love it. I grew up playing competitive tennis. So this has just been my outlet as I can play tennis and racket sports, but not be too harsh on myself. Now my brother thinks that pickleball is an abomination. There's really two groups of thought on that coming from tennis players. But I love it and it's been really fun.

Mike: It's about the size of a tennis court, right? From what I know.

Liz Awad: No, it's actually much smaller.

Mike: Okay. But about?

Liz Awad: About, about, about.

Mike: But much smaller. Okay. Okay.

Liz Awad: Small enough that-

Mike: My neighbors set up pickleball in their driveway.

Liz Awad: Yeah. If anyone wants to challenge me to a pickleball game, I'm ready.

Mike: You should set that up. Do a pickleball tournament in New York. That's what we should have is a pickleball court at Dreamforce.

Liz Awad: That would be amazing. Maybe I should go talk to the event team.

Mike: That would be low impact sort of thing. But there's shoes, right? There's pickleball shoes. I know that you have to have a special paddle. Is it called a paddle?

Liz Awad: Yes.

Mike: Or is it called a racket?

Liz Awad: I believe it's called a paddle.

Mike: Okay.

Liz Awad: I'm actually not sure. Yeah.

Mike: It kind of looks like a ping-pong paddle, just a little bit bigger.

Liz Awad: Exactly. It is called a paddle.

Mike: Okay.

Liz Awad: You can get fancy with it. But you can go out in sneakers and be totally fine. You just have to watch your ankles.

Mike: Sure. Yeah. Boy, I don't know. Well, good luck with that because unfortunately, in New York, it's probably also hard to have an apartment any kind of size at which you could practice pickleball. You should take up ping-pong. It's New York size friendly.

Liz Awad: Yes, exactly. Well, thank you so much for having me on.

Mike: Absolutely. Thanks for being on, Liz. Okay, I feel like I've been on a lot of television shows lately that have featured pickleball. Am I right or am I wrong? It's just everywhere. I think there was even some sort of deal on pickleball equipment on one of the morning shows I was watching. Good for people playing pickleball. I don't know, do you play pickleball? I don't. But my mom wants to play pickleball. We'll see how that goes. I do think it would be fun to have a pickleball court at Dreamforce. Don't you? We should ask for that. Anyway, I thought that was a great, fun discussion with Liz. I think it's pretty cool, the stuff that admins can do without writing a single line of code in Prompt Builder. I wish I had this when I was a Salesforce admin. Boy, it'd be really cool. Anyway, if you enjoyed this discussion, I did, I'd love if you could just share it with one person. If you're listening in iTunes, or if you're listening in Apple Podcasts, or any of the podcast apps, usually all you have to do is click the three buttons. There's three buttons somewhere, you get a little arrow. You could share it on social, you could share it with your friends. You could text it, post it to Facebook, LinkedIn. I would appreciate any of those to help spread the word of the podcast. Of course, you can always give me feedback on the podcast if you go to iTunes. I'd love to hear what you think. Now if you're looking for any of the resources, links to anything that we mentioned, or just great blog post reading and podcast listening in general, that is on admin.salesforce.com. Including a transcript of this show. You can join with other admins in our Admin Trailblazer community. That, of course, is in the Admin Trailblazer group. I'll include the link to that in the show notes. Until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, it’s another deep dive with Josh Birk as he talks to Bobby Brill, Senior Director of Product for Einstein Discovery.

Join us as we chat about how you can use Model Builder to harness the power of AI with clicks, not code.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Bobby Brill.

What is Model Builder? Bobby started his career at Salesforce in Customer Success before working on Wave Analytics. These days, he’s the Senior Director of Product for Einstein Discovery, and he’s here to talk about what Model Builder can do for your business.

If you have Data Cloud, then you already have access to Model Builder via the Einstein Studio Tab. With it, you can create predictive models with clicks, not code, using AI to look through your data and generate actionable insights. As Bobby says, the AI isn’t really the interesting part—it’s how you can use it as a tool to solve your business problems.

BYOM - Build Your Own Model In traditional machine learning, models are trained on data to identify successful and unsuccessful trends, which is fundamental for making accurate predictions. For example, if you want to create an opportunity scoring model, you need to point it to the data you have on which leads converted and which leads didn’t pan out.

Model Builder lets you do just that, building your own model based on the data in your org. What’s more, it fits seamlessly into the structures admins already understand. We can put our opportunity scoring model into a flow to sort high-scoring leads into a priority queue. And we can do all of this with clicks, not code.

Building a predictive model that’s good enough Einstein’s LLM capabilities offer even more possibilities when it comes to using your data with Model Builder. You can process unstructured texts like chats or emails to do something like measure if a customer is becoming unhappy. And you can plug that into a flow to do something to fix it.

One thing that Bobby points out is that building a model is an iterative process. If you have 100% accuracy, you haven’t really created a predictive model so much as a business rule. As long as the impact of a wrong decision is manageable, it’s OK to build something that’s good enough and know that it will improve over time.

There’s a lot more great stuff from Bobby about how to build predictive models and what’s coming next, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to hear more from the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Trailmix: Drive Productivity with Einstein AI * Trailhead: Learn Artificial Intelligence with Trailhead

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Connect with Bobby: https://www.linkedin.com/in/bobbybrill/
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Full show transcript

Josh: Hello, everybody. Your guest host Josh Birk here. Today we are going to talk to Bobby Brill about Model Builder, which is going to allow you to create your own predictive and generative models to use within Salesforce. So without further delay, let's head on over to Bobby. All right, today on the show we welcome Bobby Brill to talk about Model Builder. Do you prefer Robert, Bob, Bobby? What do you like to go by?

Bobby: It's an excellent question. So I'm a junior. My dad is Robert Howard Brill Sr. I have the same first middle and last name. He goes by Robert, Rob, or Bob, so I've always been Bobby my whole life.

Josh: Yeah, I feel you. My brother is Peter. My father was a Carl Peter and my grandfather was a Carl Peter.

Bobby: Wow.

Josh: Got very confusing sometimes. Yeah, yeah. So introduce yourself a little bit to the crowd. What do you do at Salesforce?

Bobby: That's a great question. I've been at Salesforce almost 13 years. I was a customer of Salesforce for about three and a half years prior to joining, so I've been in the ecosystem for quite some time.

Josh: Got it.

Bobby: I started off in actually customer success group, actually it was called Customers for Life. So I worked with customers getting on boarded onto Salesforce. I joined the product team back in 2015 in analytics, so we had this thing called Wave Analytics. So even well before AI I've been working with data. The last year I've actually been part of the data cloud team, so I do AI for data cloud, so it's called Model Builder.

Josh: Got it. Got it. Were you interested in AI before it blew up, before it got all big?

Bobby: Am I interested in AI? I think it's interesting. I think it's really cool technology, but what I really like is how the technology can help our customers solve their business problems. I was a customer, I understood what it was like to just have this tool available and put my data in and what can I do with that data. What I like is showing customers how AI can help them achieve their business goals. I really focus on how the AI helps business goals versus really caring about all the new technology and all the new models that are out. I've got other people that do that. I focus in on how are these models going to be used.

Josh: Chasing solutions and not trends.

Bobby: Correct.

Josh: Like it. Now, before we get into the product, one other question, I just like to ask people this because in technology I find the answers are so varied, was software something you always wanted to get into?

Bobby: Yes. I actually had a computer science degree, so I was writing software. What I realized is, while writing software is fun, I actually really like to debug software still, what I really enjoy is coming up with the ideas of what software should do or how it can help solve problems. Product management has really been the thing for me. When I started Salesforce, I just wanted to get into the company any way I could, so I didn't try for a product manager position-

Josh: Got it.

Bobby: ... but the second I got in, I had to figure out how to get to this position.

Josh: I like it. From a very high level, what is your elevator pitch for Model Builder?

Bobby: Okay, elevator pitch for Model Builder is build predictive models with clicks, not code. It started with actually predictive models. Now that GenAI is available, it's utilize custom, predictive, or generative models with clicks, not code.

Josh: Okay. Now, when we say model, how do you describe that within the input and output of how we interact with an AI?

Bobby: That's a great question, I don't think anyone's really asked me this specifically. But I think the way I would best describe it is a model is just a function. You first want to know what do you want that function to do. You have to understand what that function is capable of doing. AI is only as good as what the model is capable of doing. So in traditional machine learning, you would have a model that perhaps could tell you what is the likelihood of this lead to convert. And how did it understand that? Well, it had to get some examples of what did conversion look like, give me some leads that successfully converted, give me some lead that didn't, so the model can understand what are the trends for a successful outcome or a non-successful outcome. That was traditional machine learning. You'd have to train your model. Now, large language models are really good at putting sentences together. It understood text, it's read so much text, it's trained on that, and it knows when it sees certain words, here's the potential. It can predict the next word and the next sets of words to come out. And so if you think of models as just it's a function and you're going to give it some input and it's going to give you an output, what that function can do is totally dependent and there's so many different use cases. But that's I think how I would best describe a model, is it's a function.

Josh: Gotcha. Now let's talk a little bit about building models with clicks, not code. I'm trying to think of the right way to ask this. Let's start with what's your basic user scenario of something that they're going to try to build?

Bobby: So thankfully when we're talking about models, it's all around business data. We are a company that sells to businesses. They put their data in our systems, and while a model can do lots of things, we try to focus on what are the things that our customers are likely doing. The easiest one, Salesforce has had Sales Cloud the longest, so you would build an opportunity scoring model. And that is nothing more than a predictive model that understands what are the traits that go towards an opportunity that's going to close, or win I guess, versus an opportunity that's going to lose. That's probably the simplest thing, and this is what machine learning has really done over the past probably 20 years. People have been solving this problem forever. But every single customer wants this, and they want to make sure that it's trained on their data. They use Salesforce because they can fully customize how they want that data to be stored, what object. They're going to have relationships across other objects. It's not going to be everything in an opportunity object. It's going to be across multiple things. And they want to make sure it's their data. So why they don't want to use an out-of-the-box model is they don't know what goes into that. Some people like that, but our large enterprises, they like to understand what goes in that. So by giving our customers control and just saying, "Tell us where this data is," we will then go train that model, and we can predict the likelihood of an opportunity closing or take Service Cloud, predict the likelihood of a case escalating or processes, business processes are really important, predict the time it's going to take for an opportunity to close or go from stage one to stage two or service case from the time it was created till when we think it's going to be predicted resolution. These are all things that I think are bread and butter to Salesforce and things that they can predict. And then again, that's your traditional machine learning, that's where you're going to need to use your data to train that model.

Josh: I think it's very interesting because as you say, this isn't a brand new problem, these are questions people have had and have tried to answer,. Right now I'm imagining the world's worst formula field that's trying to connect 17 different data points and make a guess about the probability of an opportunity closing.

Bobby: Exactly, yes.

Josh: How would you describe the level of precision that you're seeing from Model Builder these days?

Bobby: The level precision depends on the data. Some models can be really accurate, but if you have a predictive model that's 100% accurate, then it's not a predictive model, it's some business rule. You've basically told the model, "Look at this field. When you see this value, 100% of the time it's going to be a converted opportunity or... " Sorry, I guess a closed one opportunity. "And when you see this variable, it's always going to be a loss." So there's a lot of times this is data leakage. This is very common in machine learning where you introduce something that basically the model just looks at that and it's like, "I know what I'm going to do." So you never want it to be perfectly accurate. And then there's other levels of accuracy. You could say that, "60% accurate, is that good enough?" Well, it's better than a coin flip, so you are already getting some uplift.

Josh: Right.

Bobby: So then really it's up to the business to figure out what is the impact of a wrong prediction. And a lot of times the businesses, they know the impact of that wrong prediction. If it helps you prioritize the things faster, great. Then start with something that's, let's say, 60% accurate and then work towards something that is a little bit more accurate. It's an iterative process, so try to not be afraid of doing those iterations because you can get some uplift.

Josh: Yeah. I'm going to ask you the world's most leading question, but it's something that we keep trying to get people to think about, because when it comes to the data that the model is going to leverage, there's size, but there's also quality. How important is the concept of clean data to getting that prediction model?

Bobby: Clean data is very important to getting a good model. However, I don't think there's any company that thinks they have clean data. They all think their data's terrible. I think if you were to look at Salesforce, I mean, we know the data really well here, and I wouldn't say that it's clean. But I think you could argue that you have enough clean data to train these models. So it really depends on the use case.

Josh: Got it.

Bobby: If we're talking about sales data, you probably have a lot. Service data, that's probably the cleanest data out there. Service processes are very much you got to get the data in, you work on SLAs, there's very much these touch points. That data is really good. So if you ever want to try something like, "Where is my data the cleanest?" I guarantee you it's service. Sale is people don't enter things in right.

Josh: Okay, so I really love that messaging because it's not that cleanliness isn't important, but you don't need perfection to start using these tools.

Bobby: Right. And then I will say that with generative AI and the ability to process a lot of, I'm going to call it, unstructured text, let's say chats or email, and getting information out of that is perfect for actually cleaning up your data or even putting it into a predictive model. Then the next thing is layer these two things together. There's going to be a data cleanup. You're going to be training a model, but then when you're actually delivering the predictions, you don't want to have to worry about cleaning up that data. That's where the LLMs can be used. Something comes in, you get a signal that says, "Hey, this customer, let's say, their sentiment is dropping." Well, how do you know their sentiment is dropping? Because an LLM is figuring it out and saying, "The customer's not happy," and the models are really good at understanding that, which is pretty cool.

Josh: That's a really interesting point. I've actually not tried to really consider that before, because to an LLM, let's take one of the most common data quality problems, if you have, say, redundant fields or you have duplicate data, the LLM isn't actually as worried about that as, say, a standard reporting tool would be.

Bobby: That's correct. Yep.

Josh: So I think we've been touching on it as we've been talking about this, but where do you see the role of an admin being when it comes to constructing and maintaining these models?

Bobby: The best part about Model Builder, which I haven't even talked about, is how it integrates back with Salesforce. What we've tried to do is we give you this tool where you can build this really, really good function. It's got an input, it's got an output. As long as admins understand that there's going to be some inputs needing to go into this and it's going to have an output, you can actually put the models wherever you want. The same way that you're building, let's say, a flow, and within the flow there's a decision tree, admins know how that works really well, or even the admins that can write a little bit of Apex code. So as long as you know how to do that, as long as you know how these different Salesforce functions are coming together, models are going to be just another input to that. So take a flow with a decision. Perhaps it's a case escalation... Or no, let's not even take case escalation, let's talk about leads and lead prioritization. You built a flow, you want to put leads in the right queue. Well, what if before you even put a lead into a queue you can predict the likelihood that this lead is going to be converted. You can say, "Hey, everything that has a score between, let's say, 80 and 100, 100 being the highest score, maybe you want to route that to a special queue. You understand queues, you understand decision trees in a flow. So now all you need to know is, hey, I have this score. How do I get the score? Maybe there's another team that figured that out or maybe you were comfortable enough because you know the data to actually train that model. Now you can just use this as a decision. You don't have to actually show the prediction to anyone. Who cares if that prediction is written anywhere. You don't need that for anything, you just need it at that point. So admins should start thinking about this just says another function. I think flow is a great way to look at it because a process. Something goes through step one, you do this, step two, you do that, and so on. And that model might be just part of that process.

Josh: When you're saying that's interacting with flow, are you saying that it's like I have a custom object, I have a custom field, I can make a decision tree based on that? Is it that same level of implementation?

Bobby: It could be. You don't have to write that prediction out anywhere. We can actually generate it live within that flow. So let's say a lead comes in, you kick off a flow, so you have a lead form, the lead comes in, it goes through a flow. You're not sure where that lead is going to go. You technically I guess created the record, and then you want to figure out where does this lead go. Well, you don't need to score it and write that score back to the lead. You can actually within the flow call our model endpoint so we can get an on-demand prediction. We're going to give you that on-demand prediction and we can route it somewhere. What's really cool within a flow, you can also call LLM models. So perhaps the lead comes in, you have some unstructured text, maybe you care about sentiment, maybe you want to understand what's the intent from some texts, an LLM theoretically can go do that. And then you get the output of that LLM and you pass that into the model. Now we know more about this lead or this person and then make a prediction, then file the lead away in a queue. That prediction becomes sort of, I'm going to call it, throwaway. You don't need to use it anywhere.

Josh: Got it. It's a fun rule [inaudible 00:15:42]. You get the data-

Bobby: Correct.

Josh: ... on demand and then... Yes, gotcha. Now I think we just touched on sort of two different forms of Model Builder. We have the clicks, declarative generate your own model, and then we have bringing in an LLM, and I think this is what we keep referring to as bring your own model. What does bring your own model look like and what kind of models are we supporting there?

Bobby: That's a good question. When I talked about what's the value of Model Builder, my elevator pitch, it was all about building stuff with clicks. And that's because we're really allowing all of our customers to have access to this stuff. But the reality is there's only so much you can do with clicks and then the rest you're going to do with code. We have this idea of bring your own model, whether it's a predictive model or an LLM. You're just connecting these models that live in your infrastructure, customer's infrastructure, whether it's SageMaker, Vertex, Databricks, or maybe it's your Azure OpenAI model, or maybe it's your Google Gemini model. We're giving you the ability to just connect these models directly to Salesforce so you can operationalize them the same way that you would as if it was built on the platform. So you'd have full platform functionality, but the models themselves, they're not hosted in Salesforce. So there's all kinds of things you can do with that. Your data science team can make sure that they have full control. Let's say they fine tune the LLM so it talks specifically in your brand language, for instance. That's a use case.

Josh: Gotcha.

Bobby: We want to give customers the ability to do this on the platform as well. So the same clicks, not code, we want to bring that to LLMs. That's a future thing. We want to give that capability.

Josh: I'm going to make a comparison here, and I'm going to be a little controversial to my artist friends who I've had these arguments with, but I know artists who have actually built their own LLM model based on their own art, and then they're treating these models as their little AI buddy to try different things very quickly and then kind of motivates them in a very specific direction. Is that a quality comparison to what you're seeing people are doing when building their own models?

Bobby: It's a good question. I don't know that that's... Well, I don't know. I think what we are seeing, so brand voice for sure is something that people want an LLM to do. They put sentences together really well, but if you are distributing anything to your customers, you want to make sure that the sentences that are generated are on point to how you would speak as if it was a regular person. So fine-tuning that with specific words and phrases, that's what we're starting to see some customers do with their own LLM. But we're also seeing that there's other techniques, retrieval augmented generation, or RAG. People call it RAG, which I feel like is a... I can't just say RAG without saying retrieval augmented generation to customers because I don't want to be looked at like I'm a crazy. But then also-

Josh: It is a sort of unfortunate acronym. You're correct, yeah.

Bobby: It is. But I guess it's getting common, so I'm correcting it... Or not correcting, I'm not saying the full thing as often. But we're finding that that is another approach to not having to train those models. I think research is still out on which is the most effective mechanism because you can say at the time that you want that LLM to process something, say, here's some examples. So you don't have to train because training an LLM is pretty expensive right now.

Josh: Yeah. Both from a quantity and processing point of view, right?

Bobby: That's correct.

Josh: Yeah. Take that one step further for me. How does RAG change the game a little bit?

Bobby: With the ability to quickly find some examples of things that you're looking for... Okay, let's say you are replying back to a customer for customer service, you want to automate it. So customer asks a question, and the LLM obviously can't really answer the question unless you provide it some information. So you could give it some knowledge right away. So first, find some similar cases, find the resolution of these cases, and summarize that and go back to the customer. So simply by searching for certain resolutions and responding back or summarizing those resolutions, you already have brand voice because those resolutions themselves we're assuming that was all typed in by someone who understands how you're supposed to respond back. And then, let's say the LLM responds back, it's already similar, and that gets recorded as the resolution. Now the next you're responding back it already sort of knew how to respond and the next time if you're searching for similar things, you'll probably get the same kind of response back. Did that make sense?

Josh: It did. It did actually. Yeah. It's like, as a fishing analogy, you're fishing in the sea that you already have. You're bringing in examples that have already been contextualized within your data and you're just like, "Go ahead and just start there." Does that sound accurate?

Bobby: Exactly. Yeah, that's exactly it. And then the other thing is, as you're responding back you could... Because when you're talking to an LLM, you have to generate this prompt. I know this isn't part of the subject here, but Prompt Builder is another great tool that's on top of Model Builder where you basically tell the LLM what you want do. You program that LLM, and you can insert the retrieval augmented generation wherever you want. It's like you're building an email template and you're just saying, "Hey, here's some similar cases." And then around that within the Prompt Builder you can say, "Here are some examples summarized like this."

Josh: Got it.

Bobby: So you're using this LLM as if it's an assistant that can go do something for you and you give it a bunch of instructions and you put that all in one place. It's pretty cool.

Josh: Yeah, no, it's okay. I still get another nickel if we say Prompt Builder, so it's a good advertisement.

Bobby: Perfect.

Josh: And on that note, so I'm thinking of the Prompt Builder interface and where you build out the prompt and then over on the right we've got like, "Here are the models you can use." So are we going to make that portion transparent to Model Builder and be like, "Oh, hey, my data science team created this specialized model based on our marketing, our brand, our voice. Please use that instead of, say, OpenAPI... or OpenAI 3.0 or something like that."

Bobby: Yep. So that's actually in there today. So if you're using Prompt Builder, when you look at the models, there's a drop-down. The default is going to be the standard model. There's a drop-down there, you can change that to custom models. Once you change that to custom models, it's any other thing that shows up in Model Builder. So this could just be, let's say, OpenAI 3.5 turbo and you've configured it slightly, you've changed the temperature, one of those parameters. We have a model playground that allows you to do that. Or it's a LLM that you brought in. So whether it's the ones that we have, GA today or the ones that are coming, it's a model that's your own and you have full control. So then that just shows up in Prompt Builder and you build the prompt. In the future, we're looking at how to, I don't know, give you more controls over which LLM should show up in Prompt Builder versus the ones that you don't want to have show up. So while today it's everything, we know that our customers want that finer granularity, so we're thinking about that.

Josh: Got it. Well, let's touch on those two points. What is availability for Model Builder looking like today?

Bobby: Model Builder, it's actually packaged with Data Cloud. So if you have Data Cloud... I didn't say buy Data Cloud because Data Cloud is now being packaged with many different things. It's a consumption-based pricing model, so this is new to a lot of our customers. But what's cool about doing a consumption-based model for pricing is this tool can just be there. We want Data Cloud to be an extension of the platform, just like you're building custom objects and things like that, we want Data Cloud to be as easy as that. It's just there for everyone. It's a tab called Einstein Studio within Data Cloud. That name may or may not change in the future, so just bear with me if it does. I know we're talking about Model Builder and we have a tab called Einstein Studio, and we like to say Einstein 1 Copilot Studio. I love marketing at Salesforce. It's fun because it changes and I'm like, "I got to just go with it." So Einstein Studio, it's packaged with Data Cloud. So you get Data Cloud, you go into the Data Cloud app, you find Einstein Studio. But it's just a tab. So just like you can find the Reports tab and any app that you want, you can put Einstein Studio in whatever app you want. So if you're an admin, it's just a tab, you'll find it. It's only there if you have Data Cloud turned on in your org, but that is currently how it's packaged. If that's the future, whether it changes, who knows?

Josh: Who knows? I do feel like if there's one thing our audience has learned if they've been in the Salesforce ecosystem for even half a second, is that all things might change. They might change their name, they might change their location, they might change their pricing. So if you're listening to this and you're interested, please check out your health documents or talk to your account executive. Speaking of things that might change, anything on the roadmap you want to give a shout-out to?

Bobby: Model Builder itself, I mean, there's lots of things we're doing with Model Builder just in this release. Actually here, this is really important, for all you admins out there, we are working as fast as we can to get features out. We are no longer on the Salesforce three-release cycle. We are going to be coming out with stuff on some monthly cycle. You're going to see that across all AI. You're going to see that across Data Cloud. We're coming out with things just on a different cycle, so please bear with us. I know how difficult it is even to keep up with our three releases, so just bear with us. We, in fact, have a release coming up very soon with Model Builder for some of the predictive AI stuff. We're making it easier so that you can build models with clicks even easier than you could before. I would say there's nothing earth-shattering there, but we're making it easier. You're going to see a lot more LLMs that you can bring. You're also going to see a lot more default LLMs, ones that are just shipped. We have a handful of models today from OpenAI and Azure OpenAI. You're going to start to see ones from other vendors as well. So they're just going to show up, everyone just has access to it.

Josh: Got it.

Bobby: And configuring those models within flows and prompts and all these things, it's just going to get a lot easier. So please bear with us. Keep up with the release notes because release notes are only three times a year. We're just updating release notes mid-release, which is weird.

Josh: Got it.

Bobby: Trust me, I know this is weird because I've been around a long time and I keep asking myself, "Should we be doing this?" And you know what? We're doing it, so here we are.

Josh: Not to panic anybody, it feels like a fundamental change that Salesforce might be evolving to in the long run. So everybody obviously can keep your eyes on admin.salesforce.com, and we will try to keep you in the loop as those changes make. And Bobby, do we have Trailhead content on this?

Bobby: Yes. In fact, we just came out with a Trailhead for Model Builder, just the predictive model piece. I think there's some coming for LLMs in the future, but just the predictive model piece that just shipped, so take a look.

Josh: Sounds great. Bobby, thank you so much for the great conversation and information. That was a lot of fun.

Bobby: Absolutely. Thanks for having me.

Josh: Once again, I want to thank Bobby for joining us and telling us all the great things about Model Builder. Now, if you want to learn more about Model Builder and of course Salesforce in general, head on over to admin.salesforce.com, where you can hear more of this show, and also, of course, our friend Trailhead for learning about the Salesforce platform. Once again, everybody, thank you for listening, and we'll talk to you next week.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Mehmet Orun, GM and Data Strategist at PeerNova.

Join us as we chat about why data health is easier than you think and what you can do to get started.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Mehmet Orun.

Healthy data drives business outcomes We talk a lot about getting your data ready for AI, but there’s a simpler question you need to ask yourself: is your data driving business outcomes? After all, AI insights are only as good as the data they’re based on.

That’s why I’ve been looking forward to this episode with Mehmet Orun. He recently gave a presentation about all this and more, entitled “Harnessing AI: Strategic Planning & Data Best Practices for Salesforce Success,” and I was able to grab him for a quick conversation how you can improve data health in your org.

Questions for a foundational data health check If you’re cooking, you want to make sure that you have the basic ingredients and enough space on your countertop. And the same is true with your org. You need to have your data health squared away before you can cook up something tasty.

For Mehmet, a foundational data health check starts with asking three questions:

  1. Do you have any objects that are close to or past their limits?
  2. Are you retaining too much data in your CRM that you don’t use?
  3. Do you have unintentional duplicates in your solution and do you know where they come from?

You want to zero in on which data matters for which specific business need. You don’t need it to be perfect, you just need a solution that is good enough to do what you want it to do.

How to get started with data cleanup Every org is going to have some duplicates, and Mehmet recommends thinking through a few things about how data works in your business before you merge everything. Is there a business reason to have duplicate records? Do you have other information in objects or fields that can help you decide whether to match or merge?

Above all, Mehmet wants you to know that obtaining good data health in your org isn’t as difficult or time consuming as it sounds. There are free data profiling tools on AppExchange that can help you get most of the way there. So what are you waiting for?

There’s a lot more great stuff from Mehmet about what to look for when you’re doing a data health checkup, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to hear more from the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Video: Harnessing AI: Strategic Planning & Data Best Practices for Salesforce Success * Podcast: Why Clean Data Is Non-Negotiable in the AI Era with Lizz Hellinga

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Connect with Mehmet: https://www.linkedin.com/in/mehmetorun
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Full show transcript

Mike: We talk a lot about data readiness and getting ready for AI, but let's take a step back. Is your data really driving business outcomes? So that's what we're going to talk about today on the podcast, and I am bringing in Mehmet Orun, who is the GM and Data Strategist at PeerNova. I mean, just looking through his LinkedIn profile, he has a ton of publications and a ton of patents. I actually don't think I've ever had anybody on the podcast that has had patents. And I should have asked him about that. So spoiler, I don't ask him about patents. But we're going to talk about getting your data ready to drive business outcomes. You know what? Even if you're not ready to use AI, this is still a good podcast for it. So with that, let's get Mehmet on the podcast. So Mehmet, welcome to the podcast.

Mehmet: Thank you, Mike. It's a true pleasure to be here.

Mike: Yeah, well, you ran into colleague of mine at World Tour London. And well, I mean everybody's talking to AI and you're talking to AI and data. But before we get into that, why don't you give me a little bit of a brief history of how you got into the Salesforce ecosystem?

Mehmet: So before I was a partner, I was a Salesforce employee. Before I was an employee, I was a customer. I worked for Genentech, which is a biotech company, for a period of time. And what was interesting about Genentech was our CEO was a scientist. We looked at problems like they were clinical trials. You formed a hypothesis. In a safe way, you chose to assess if that hypothesis was going to be true or not. And then we would look at how can we solve it at greater scale. What that meant was when we were getting ready to launch a new set of products, and the enterprise architecture was going to be shifting from 150 or so disconnected applications, this is 20 years ago by the way, and the story today may sound much the same for many customers and companies, we wanted to bet on a new CRM solution, rather than the homegrown or the older technology ones. And Genentech became the first life sciences company to chose Salesforce. Because the idea of not needing to spend time just working on an upgrade, rather than solving business problems, made a lot of sense to us. There were a few challenges, like a contact model didn't really work for life sciences, because we are really engaging with a doctor or a prescriber who may teach at a university hospital, they may see patients at a different facility, they may have their own practice. By the way, this is why person account was born. If you're curious about the trivia, happy to dive into the details.

Mike: You need one of those shirts. "I'm the reason person accounts exist."

Mehmet: Yeah, I'm not sure how popular it may be, but maybe I'll submit to shirt force.

Mike: Yeah, you never know. Might try. So I've had Liz Helengo on the podcast, we've talked about data quality. And you have a great presentation out there, Best Practices for AI Ready Salesforce Data. Do you think people's Salesforce data is AI ready?

Mehmet: From what I have seen, and I do engage with many organizations still, neither the data nor metadata is AI ready, vast majority of the time. Now the question of readiness is interesting because it depends on how far you want to go. What is it that you're trying to solve or accomplish? If you just want to see if you can get recommendations, it's a proof of technology, great. You can definitely use it. If you're trying to get consistent answers based on reliable data, and make sure it is behind the trust layer, at a minimum, organizations need to do an assessment of the current state of their data and metadata, and make sure that their architecture is going to meet their needs, not just today, but on an ongoing basis.

Mike: One of the questions that you ask, and I think this is pretty paramount, because anytime we talk about data and data cleanliness, is oh, I've got to look at everything. And there could be some objects that have two 300 fields on it. Lord knows why, but there's a lot of fields, right? Because we're capturing everything. One of the things that you point out, is how do I know if it's good enough data to drive business outcomes? And I think that's second part, that clarifying part, is really important. Because when we're looking at data, yes we need to look at everything. But what is the data that we really need to have perfected to drive a business outcome? So what should admins be looking at?

Mehmet: Before diving into data that matters to business outcomes, one of the things I suggest is what is the foundational data health of your org in general? And I use cooking or dance analogies. Usually I'm [inaudible 00:05:27].

Mike: I use cooking analogies too.

Mehmet: Great. So if I'm getting ready to cook a big meal, I want to make sure I have the right ingredients, and the ingredients I have are also fresh. They haven't passed their expired date. I want to make sure that I have enough space on my countertop. Not everything has to be cleaned, not everything has to be put away. I don't need to have every single ingredient up there, but I need to have just enough. So when I mean a foundational data health check, we should always know, do we have new objects that are close to or past their limits. You mentioned two or 300 fields. I have seen 900 custom fields, which is the upper limit.

Mike: I was trying to be nice.

Mehmet: Salesforce platform is incredibly flexible. We can add packages from AppExchange, which we install [inaudible 00:06:21] custom fields at times. And then after a while processes change, people change, new people come in, we stop using fields that we used to. Or perhaps fields were added, but we weren't quite sure what they were going to be. User adoption head gaps. I think you can find many parts of this, but if your org is more than five years old, your foundational objects, account contact case opportunity probably have 25% of custom fields or more that haven't been used in the current last one or two years. So one aspects of foundational data health is about understand if any of your objects are nearing or at their limits. Number two is are you retaining too much data in your CRM org, because that is going to be part of what data you want to act on. If you have rubbish data or if you have data that has outlived its usefulness, archiving solutions are great. And the third piece to be mindful of is do you have unintentional versus intentional duplicates in your solution. Just looking at those three areas is going to give you a sense of data consistency, data completeness, data relevance risks. Once we look at that, then it is a matter of looking at what is the fields that matter, What is the data that matters to add specific business need at a point in time. I'm happy to dive into more details, but do you have any questions on the foundational data health outline I just gave?

Mike: Well, I think you mentioned duplicates. So I'm an admin, I'm looking at my data, and I find duplicates. Where should I start talking to understand are these intentional and good, are these intentional and bad, do I need to deduplicate? What are the types of questions, who are the stakeholders that I should be looking at to understand if we should have duplicates in our system, let alone not even talking about looking at other systems?

Mehmet: Yeah. When I talk to people, let's say that you're an admin for... You can make up a scenario.

Mike: Sure.

Mehmet: So how did you find out about the duplicate problem, and can you describe to me what is the problem these records are causing on your end users? The reason I start with that question is I am listening for the answer that is telling me whether stakeholder impact is well understood, and what is the nature of that impact that can really help drive the type of solution we could put in place. Time to value is something that's going to be quite important, as well as seeking to avoid nonreversible fixes. Because many solutions are not going to be 100% right. Especially when it comes to match [inaudible 00:09:23] type scenarios. A common challenge is let's say that it's a call center operation and we have a lot of context, but the data is distributed, which means it may be out of state, information may be incomplete, I would often ask the question, "So what if regardless of how many duplicates you have, every single record you click on shows the exact same transactional history? Would that solve your business need?" Or if it's a marketing challenge and they are concerned about consent and compliance, and they are unsure about which of these values should we pick, I would ask a question, "That's great. Do you have the policies in place on how would you approach these different related records?" And the question that I get incomplete answers most often, is, "Do you know why you have these duplicates, and if you are supposed to have some of these duplicates by design?"

Mike: I can only imagine the look on people's faces when you ask that.

Mehmet: Well, their examples help. I've written a few articles on that and I sent people pictures, and asked them how this could relate to their line of business. One of the things I love about how Salesforce talks about solutions is they put a person in the middle surround by the icons of the era. Every industry can use that mindset and think about their interaction with an individual or with an organization. The reality is, whether you're a nonprofit, whether you're a consumer company, you are a B2B company, you are likely to encounter the same individual or same organization in more than one business context.

Mike: Yeah, Very true.

Mehmet: There's a high risk in being overzealous in approaching duplicates, that I worked for Salesforce in the past, I worked for Genentech in the past, I work for PeerNova now, I'm involved in the trailblazer community. I Mehmet as a single human being, have at least four different business contexts in my engagement and relationship. So if you try to combine and merge all four of the records into one, first off, which email address do you take or keep, given the nature of the CRM data model? But what is some of the interactions were contact specific, account specific? Are we going to introduce more risks or would we be better off recognizing all of these records are associated with one person, and then use the contact record when it makes sense, use the individual record when that makes sense? Is the example helpful?

Mike: No, it is, because I think that's what a lot of people run into, is you run reports and you look at the data very, I don't want to say abstractly, but you try to look at it very black and white, and say, "Well, there is four Mehmets, so we should merge them. There shouldn't be four." But you bring up a very important point, is the associated, let's say account for this person, really brings context to what you were discussing with that person at the time. Which is lost when you merge it all. Because to your point, all of those activities would just merge together, and it's like it wouldn't make sense. It's like, so we talked to them one minute about partnering and the next minute about this, and it's like, wait, why was this happening? And you're losing the context of where this individual contact was employed at. So I think that's important. Those are the questions that people have to have, is yes, that is one person four times, but the context of what was our relationship with them is very important.

Mehmet: One of the other aspects is when we're looking at the records. I think people jump into, "Oh, I know they are duplicates because they have the same name and email, or they have the same name and address, or they have the same name and LinkedIn profile. Whatever it may be." It is incredibly important to look at the object as a whole, to look at the fields as a whole, for three reasons. There may be fields, record types, types, some other custom field for classification, that actually indicate this person, this organization is playing a different role. That may be the basis of what else to include in a match role. So if the context is different, you may want to match them, but you may not want to merge them. Or you still want to match them, but you want to create a unified profile in data cloud. Number two, there may be other fields that you can use, that increases matchability of that particular record. When I talk about account matching, I often say account matching is not a string matching problem. You are not trying to match Salesforce to salesforce.com or Salesforce Inc. What you are trying to do is understand Salesforce in San Francisco at 1 Market Street, which is the old address, is the same location as the new headquarters. Salesforce in Bishopsgate, London is part of Salesforce corporate hierarchy, but it's a distinct entity and subsidiary. By the way, Slack in San Francisco, completely different name, is also a legitimate distinct but related account record. If you don't have the depths of the B2B domain, let's say that you're a new admin, but you profile your account object, you may discover there are other fields that are not standard fields. They were brought in by a managed package, let's say D&B connect or BVD Connect, but then you see fields like dance number, global ultimate dance number, that have a high population rate, but low distinct rate. Maybe you can use these fields as part of your match rules also, and discover that you have a lot more attributes at your disposal than just name and contact points.

Mike: Right. Yeah, it's really diving deeper.

Mehmet: Absolutely. And the third and final reason, and I ask this question to everyone, "Mike, what is your favorite fake email address or phone number?"

Mike: I can't tell you.

Mehmet: Without exception, every single org I've analyzed, either had invalid or fake contact points in it. What is invalid? Maybe it is sales@companyname.com, or supportedcompanyname.com. They didn't have an email address, it was a required field. They just put a group email, or perhaps they put their own. Na@na.com. Noemail@noemail.com. If we do not discover the data content that may also throw off our match result, not only we may over merge where the contacts needed to be separate, we may actually incorrectly match and merge accounts and contacts the way they should never be. So we started this from duplicate management. I know the session is for data reliability and not just for AI. At the end of the day, we want to discover what is knowable with statistical techniques with data profiling, as much as we can. And once we determine that we want to define what an experiment would look like, how would we know for certain is this the outcome we're looking for, and then drive it forward?

Mike: Yeah. No, you're right. One thing you bring up, and I'm going to ask, maybe it's a bit of a facetious question, but I'd be curious what your answer is. Do most organizations have someone responsible for data quality?

Mehmet: I think most organizations have someone that cares about data quality, but that doesn't mean they're necessarily responsible or empowered.

Mike: What's the difference?

Mehmet: I have been in orgs where let's say there's a data quality manager, it's an independent role, it reports to the business, sounds great, but it is outside of the org hierarchy where the CRM administrator is reporting into. Even if they get long, if the CRM administrator cannot act on requests, unless it is associated with a specific project task, there tends to be delays or friction. Because I don't see a lot of organizations saying we need to launch a data quality initiative. Most of the initiatives are business initiatives where data quality assessments, verification, and as needed improvement should be a part of it. But if your job is to ensure data quality is good, if you are not authorized to be able to initiate projects that can then be prioritized, you may not even be able to get an AppExchange package installed in a quick and timely manner. Now on the flip side, you may be an admin and you have the rights and you are close to the system. You may not know that there are tools and techniques out there that helps you discover whether that field that was so urgent that you just edit and rolled out, is being used at all. Tracking user adoption of fields be rolled out, pick list values be rolled out, is something admins ideally would and should do if they're informed by effective techniques, and if their [inaudible 00:19:26] allow them to not just add a field but put in place the processes to monitor the usage of that field. Honestly, one of the reasons I'm most excited to be on this podcast is to be able to talk about these things being not only possible. But fairly easy and not time-consuming. So we can broaden the conversation on how do we make sure the good work admins put in is actually being impactful. And admins can even be more empowered to monitor what is being used, what is not being used, what is being used poorly. To be able to raise these to their stakeholders and drive that level of awareness, so they're being more impactful on any line of business.

Mike: No, I understand. Okay, so if I'm hearing this, depends on how big my backlog is and my requests are for new features, in your opinion, how much time should admins be spending ensuring data quality is happening in their org?

Mehmet: I don't know that I can answer that with number of days or percentage of time, as opposed to when should they look at their quality and act accordingly. Because each work is going to be a little bit different. One of the things I believe in, is if I'm a new admin, and you mentioned this earlier, she has a great LinkedIn post she did on what is the first thing you look at as a admin in a new org, and the answer is very broadly, "I like looking at for the foundational objects, what can I tell about the usage in current plus one year versus the life of the object?" That's a starting point data profiling scenario for me. And the reason is when I look at accounts, contacts, opportunities, and cases alone, or let's throw in leads for good measure, it's going to give me a sense of how well adapted is this org. It's a really good baseline. I want to know what fields are not used or no longer used, what fields appear to be used but not really used, because they only have the default value. The number of times I see 100% populated fields with one and only one value, is pretty significant. And to me that means it either is driving code somehow, or someone has set up a field with a default value and never looked at it again. I then look at what is my foundational health, and with the right tools on AppExchange, you can get much of these insights in a single business day. Then you have the ability to have a conversation with your manager, with your stakeholder, that is about starting the job and having an understanding of the foundational health. The other piece I look at, is if I'm starting on a new project, and my role as an admin is supporting the needs of that project, I'm going to focus on a scenario that is specifically for that. Maybe we have HR cases, customer cases, and partner cases in our org, but this project is just about customer cases. I'm going to want to look at what can I tell about the cases that are coming in that have caused successfully or unsuccessfully, whatever is the definition for my business. And I want to look at the fields that are being consistently populated with high fidelity, and then compare the difference between successful and unsuccessful outcomes. The way admins can minimize the amount of time they are spending analyzing data, is reports are great, but creating reports just on field rates are incredibly time-consuming and not scalable. There are great free data profiling tools that are 100% native on AppExchange. Start with one and start running different scenarios to see what you can tell about the state of your data. And then the best way to make sure that you don't have to keep checking is, set up and monitoring scenario. Salesforce CFJ has been talking about the importance of profiling, cleanup, and monitoring for a long time. When I go to roundtables, I see almost no one monitoring their data reliability. And with flow, with the right profiling tools, it is something you can very easily configure, and detect deviations whether your sale rates are going down, or you used to capture an active pick list value, it's no longer being picked up. Send a targeted alert based on understanding the fields that matter to a particular outcome. And I think three to six months, from the beginning of this journey, people are going to start noticing a higher level of either user or admin engagement.

Mike: Yeah. I also like you point out the idea of a data owner. I think that's important. That's something that admins when they're meeting with stakeholders, can sit down and really kind of empower one or two, maybe multiple people, within a team, along with the stakeholder to really kind of be the overseer of that data. And these can be that next level admin, maybe people that are looking to move up into the organize, and take ownership of that. I think that's a powerful idea.

Mehmet: And the nice thing about what you mentioned, is it could be an admin who wants to increase their scope and impact. It could be somebody in a line of business. At Salesforce, for example, the owner for account and opportunity fits within sales operations.

Mike: Makes sense.

Mehmet: Yeah, because that is where you're going to be closer to it. And if I recall, the ownership for contact and lead, set in the marketing organization. Because that is where you're wanting to make sure you have a holistic understanding from lead to contact, and you're also being consistent and compliant. For shared entities or when you are starting new, an admin would make sense, especially admins that are close to their business, and know what data matters or not. It is about increasing impact. And for anyone that doesn't know, you can capture data owner along with data sensitivity as part of your object manager and CRM metadata. A lot of people do not seem these attributes exist.

Mike: Yeah. As we kind of wrap things up, we talked a lot about the doing. And sometimes ironically we get caught up on the doing, and we forget to actually look at what the goal is. And so how do you define success when you're doing data cleanup? I mean, I'm sure there's multiple ways to define it, but what are things that admin should look at in terms of creating that definition of success so that they can show progress to the stakeholders that they're making their way towards AI ready data?

Mehmet: I was lucky to have a mentor that would say, "Unless you can define how you're going to demonstrate success at the end of your project, you're not going to start working on it." Now, we don't always have that luxury, but part of it is to be able to say what do we need to demonstrate differently. We started the conversation with duplicate management. And if people are seeing too many duplicates, and the concern is inconsistent data when they look at one record versus the other, perhaps the definition of success is they see consistent, complete, correct data. Which makes it not about merging anymore, by the way. It's about data consistency and correctness, which is what is impacting the end users. And if you think about it that way, we can now start taking about hiding records over time. Because everyone is already looking at information the same way, rather than taking the riskier task of merging records and then worry about, "Can I on unmerge?" If it's about an AI outcome, how would we know and users are going to be able to rely on the information? AI is not just one flavor of technology. We have deterministic solutions, we have probabilistic solutions, right? We have Einstein Discovery as well as Einstein Copilot. So at the end of the day, can we define a process that is human repeatable, to then demonstrate how this is being automated at scale? This is one of the things that AI is very good at. If it is going to be about judgment calls, an AI may or may not be as good at it, so we need to look at what is that feedback loop that can also be provided back to an admin. And sometimes data readiness is about having just the right data and just the right metadata you need for completeness sake. Einstein Copilot leverages the field description metadata in finding what fields to look at for information. Sensitivity classifications are also important. And sometimes you need to add a few additional fields in order to inform what AI could do for you. Just last week, gave a brief presentation on what if we can leverage copilot to inform end users that while their opportunity cost probability is at 75%, because as you move it along the stage, it updates the probability percentage, AI could tell you when that opportunity was actually at risk. It says, actually your risk of closing on time was 50%, 75%, whatever it may be. The idea of adding formula fields that most admins know about, to assess record level data quality, is something you can actually define, and then feed into your prompts, so you can look at information completeness at the record level, and then use that to inform your end users. The key message here is sometimes data completeness is about knowing what to remove, and sometimes it's about knowing what to add. And it all has to be about specific business use cases and specific business outcomes at the point of customer engagement.

Mike: Yeah. Oh, there's never a simple answer, is there?

Mehmet: Rarely, and I think this is what makes this a fulfilling journey. None of us have all the answers, but there are positive patterns and anti-patterns out there. I love reading the admin blog and listening to this podcast, I love reading articles on Salesforce Ben, going to Trailblazer community events, and in person get togethers. Because we shared stories, we complain, but then we make suggestions on, "Have you considered this way of approaching it?" And this is how we keep learning and how we keep being better.

Mike: Yeah, I would agree. I think it's much like when earlier this year I talked to David about puzzle solving, and sometimes it's like you literally just have to sit down, put the puzzle down, give your brain a break, and then come back to it refreshed, and with a different perspective, and that changes everything. So I would agree. Mehmet, thanks for coming on the podcast and talking about a different perspective to AI readiness, than what I've already covered. Because I feel there's a lot to cover, so I appreciate you sharing your insights, and getting us hopefully AI ready.

Mehmet: As you said, it is a journey. I hope this conversation helps all the listeners on what are some of the things to consider, right? It is not visual, we are not pointing to a roadmap. Much of this is really a mindset. And if anyone is curious about furthering the conversation, I am happy to be a part of that conversation. Feel free to reach out to me.

Mike: So that was a fun conversation with Mehmet. I love the idea of a data owner. I don't know why I haven't thought of that. Somebody that works with the stakeholders in every department, and kind of owns the data, right? It's like when you get a puppy, making sure that somebody is always going to keep their bowl of kibble full. I guess the kibble is the data in this scenario. That's the best I can come up with, but I really like that idea. I think that's something that we and Salesforce administrators are doing our quarterly check-ins with our stakeholders, and talking about business objectives. I think that's something we should start bringing up, and really having that conversation even with the larger organization, as we branch out and maybe bring in data cloud, and have the conversations with IT. Data owners. That's the next thing we need to be talking about. But anyway, if you love this episode, and I did, I thought it was great. Because it's more than just really reducing duplicates and figuring out good data and bad data, as you heard. But let's go ahead and just share this episode. You do me a favor, just share it. Just click share in whatever podcasting app you're listening to, and then that way you can send it to your friends who are maybe thinking about doing some data stuff. I promise you everybody's doing data cleanup. Now, Mehmet mentioned some things and some links. I'll be sure to put those in the show notes as always. And of course, if you enjoyed this episode, there's tons more episodes. Everything can be found admin.salesforce.com, which is just your one stop for everything Salesforce admin, including a transcript of the show. Now, if you want to join the conversation, there is the Admin Trailblazer group, and that of course is in the Trailblazer community. Of course, the link is in the show notes there. So with that, until next week, all of you data fans, I will see you in the cloud.

View Details

Why Mentorship is Crucial in the Salesforce Ecosystem

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Warren Walters, Salesforce MVP and host of the Salesforce Mentor YouTube channel and website.

Join us as we chat about what admins and devs can learn from each other and why everyone can learn to code.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Warren Walter.

The rise of the Admin-eloper If you’ve ever taken a peek at Warren’s content, you may have noticed that a lot of it is about learning how to code in Apex. So why have him on a podcast for admins? That’s dev stuff, right?

Warren has noted that there's an increasing convergence between these two roles. Personally, I've gained confidence in implementing code because AI assists in clarifying the processes involved. Similarly, for developers, using declarative tools such as flows and formulas can be much simpler than crafting solutions in Apex.

In short, we’re all becoming admin-elopers.

Why Salesforce Admins should learn to code One of the biggest misconceptions that Warren wants to dispel is that only geniuses can understand coding. The truth is that some of the best developers he knows are people who never went to school for it and taught themselves everything they know.

As an admin, you don’t necessarily need to know how to build complex Apex customizations. A basic working knowledge of how programming works can get you far, especially when combined with all the declarative tools at your disposal.

Soft skills can help you build your career Finally, Warren emphasizes the importance of honing your soft skills. A self-described introvert, he’s found that focusing on becoming a better communicator has helped him find his way into new roles and bigger opportunities.

He also urges you to think about your personal branding or, as he puts it, “how you want to present yourself to the outside world.” His YouTube channel has opened doors for him, but even something as simple as a portfolio can really help you stand out from the crowd.

There’s a lot more great stuff from Warren about his experience as a consultant and as a mentor, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to hear more from the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * SalesforceMentor.com * Video: Salesforce Mentor on YouTube * Video: Salesforce Apex Hours on YouTube * Video: Coding with the Force on YouTube * freeCodeCamp.org * Podcast: How Can Solving Sudoku and Wordle Enhance Your Critical Thinking Skills?

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Warren on X: @TheWalter954
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we are talking about mentorship and learning how to code. Surprisingly, not surprisingly, because admins and developers need to know the best practices for creating our apps and deploying the best technology for our organizations. So I'm going to bring on Warren Walters who is a Salesforce consultant. He's an admin, he's a developer, he's a mentor and a self-described general geek. Now, Warren's on because he runs a really cool YouTube channel, and I came across his TikToks where he does Salesforce tutorials to help you understand and master the concept of different things in Salesforce. He has this really cool site, salesforcementor.com, and just a really fun guy to talk about in terms of the world of mentorship, what a lot of skills are that he's seeing, and things that people should be paying attention to. Now, before we get Warren on the podcast, I just want to make sure that whatever you're using to listen to the Salesforce Admins podcast, make sure you hit that follow or subscribe button because then new episodes will show up on your phone or on your computer right away. So with that, let's get to our conversation with Warren. So Warren, welcome to the podcast.

Warren Walters: Well, hey Mike, I'm happy to be here. Super excited because I've been listening to the podcast for such a long time and I'm finally on it, which is, I don't know if it's a dream come true or an honor, but I'm just happy to be here.

Mike Gerholdt: It's destiny.

Warren Walters: I'll take that.

Mike Gerholdt: That's what I'll call it, it's destiny. Well, I ran across your TikToks when I was posting stuff about the podcast and really loved some of the videos that you're doing and the topics you're talking about. So let's just start off with what you do in the Salesforce ecosystem and how you got started.

Warren Walters: Sure. So my name is Warren Walters. I am a Salesforce engineer. I do lots and lots of development. I probably talk too much about development. Some of you may or may not have seen my face on YouTube, and that's where I primarily host a lot of my content. And just from my side, I've been in development for about 10 years now. Various different companies, various types of companies to consulting ISVs in-House. And more recently, I've been focusing on a lot of mentorship and training in the Salesforce development space. So that's a little bit about me. I can dive deeper depending on where you want to go.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, I think the mentorship part is intriguing. You said development a lot in this is admin podcast, but we kind of all live in the same space now. I think what's interesting is when I started doing Salesforce things back in 2006, there was a clear line between here's things I can do with the UI. Drag-and-drop GUI was a thing. Oh my God, it's WYSIWYG now, that was the new acronym back in '06. But then there was also really hard things that you had to learn. I remember going across to another part of my organization and talking to a developer who had to learn Python, how to deploy stuff. So there was code and there was the hard way of doing things, and there was the unhard way of doing things as people looked at it. Now those lines seem to be blurred. I mean, I'm looking at some of the data cloud stuff that we're coming out with, and you can very seamlessly connect things through a UI. So let's start with that is sometimes you hear terms where people mash together names of personas of admin and developer, and they think just because it's declarative, it must be developer or it must be admin. And because it's code, it must be developer.

Warren Walters: Yeah. So it's funny you bring up those personas in the mashing admin and developer together, because as far as I know, it's called or it's rising to be called admineloper. I've heard that a couple of times [inaudible 00:04:25]-

Mike Gerholdt: It makes me think of Jackalope. Have you ever heard of a Jackalope? It's a rabbit with weird horns.

Warren Walters: Yeah, maybe that'll be their mask on it in a couple of weeks. Dream Forces around the corner.

Mike Gerholdt: It is.

Warren Walters: But yeah, so from my side, especially with the mentorship and what I like to do or a lot of what I do is to help people understand that there's not just one type of person anymore. Maybe years ago it was like that, but now it is very fruitful for you to understand all sides of the Salesforce. And this could be the configuration. So knowing how to set things up and the fields and the whizzy wigs like you mentioned, but also the benefits of knowing some development things. Now, maybe you don't need to jump all the way in where you're writing custom integrations yourself, but to just understand those core fundamental concepts of development can really help you build out more complex solutions and communicate better with your teams. And through mentorship, especially with a lot of admins, it's all about encouraging them and showing them different resources they can use to really understand some of the concepts that were traditionally a bit foreign to them or locked away in a separate area that's only for developers, which is not true anymore.

Mike Gerholdt: They'll be developers, let's put that on the map. It's interesting because I think maybe, I'll go back 18 months ago before I had a really cognizant working awareness of AI. Learning code meant copy the snippet of code, find a developer friend and be like, what does this do? Now, I put a validation rule into ChatGPT just to have it double check what I was doing. And it can tell you back, you can copy snippets of code into AI and have it tell you what it's doing. So I have to believe that some of that acceleration for admins, just basic understanding of code is a little bit greater now that we have some tools like that, right?

Warren Walters: Yeah, it's really been an explosion of what tools we have at our availability to help us understand it a lot better. In the past, we had maybe things like Stack Overflow and different websites you could go to, or if you were taking it back, you have to buy a book or something and try to read it. And that barrier to entry-

Mike Gerholdt: The library.

Warren Walters: That barrier to entry really stopped a lot of people from diving in and understanding certain things that were going on in Salesforce development and in code. But now with those other types of tools and even the tools that Salesforce is releasing, we're able to more easily understand different code and formula fields. Even our flows now, we're starting to be able to just reduce all of the headache and all of the additional knowledge that you needed to have to be able to work with those particular items. Now, there are some benefits of going, getting that deeper understanding, really learning the fundamentals and branching out further into programming concepts. But at least to get you started, get your feet wet, these AI tools have been really great for helping people get some encouragement and seeing if they're on the right path and getting more, down to complex questions where you're saying, all right, you needed to go to a developer friend to get that looked up. You might come with a more refined question now that you're using AI instead of just, here's the code, help me out. It's, I have this particular piece of code, it should do this. How does this look to you? Is it best practice? So the conversations are shifting a little bit more.

Mike Gerholdt: Plus also just disseminating some of the code that admins would look at, it's not foreign into, I don't know what this does, pages and pages of stuff. I can at least copy it and maybe have AI give me an idea of where to start.

Warren Walters: Yeah, that's funny too where the starting piece, just because it's really about what it gives you. So in certain aspects you have to be a little bit careful of AI because of it could produce code in a different language other than Apex, you get Python code. And if you don't know those fundamentals, it can really set you down maybe a rabbit hole or not be as helpful as you think. So it's a word of caution to a lot of my mentees. I definitely want them to use it, but make sure that you're still doing that due diligence to understand some of the basics of it.

Mike Gerholdt: If you're having it generate code for you, I think I'm in the translation part of the world. So let's start there though with mentorship, what comes up most in the mentorship and in mentees that you work with?

Warren Walters: Certifications is always a big topic. What search should they get and what should they focus on? What's next? So I think that one is really fun. And another big one is a lot of encouragement, especially for administrators that want to start to look in and dabble with code. A lot of people here, they have this perception that, oh, it's for the geniuses or only people that go to university, which is not true at all. I've met many, many developers that could code me into a box that have never gone to school, have just learned by themselves, and they're very passionate problem solvers and they really stick with that craft. So a lot of what I do is encouragement and then giving people resources for, if you're trying to learn integrations, start with either this Trailhead module or this specific article and bring it back to me and let's see if we can figure it out together.

Mike Gerholdt: Do you find when individuals are coming into the ecosystem maybe with a coding background, that it's less obvious for them to pay attention to some of the declarative tools that are already built in Salesforce? Or is it intuitive to have them under... Is it natural to just look at everything first and then only go to code as a solution, or do they see everything's a nail and they've got a hammer and I'm going to code them into a box, as you said?

Warren Walters: Yeah, it definitely starts out as everything is a nail and code is the hammer. It's funny because if you're in a lot of different orgs, especially when I was doing consulting, I got into a few orgs that had code written for very simple things that you can do in configuration, like creating a validation rule or sending an email, that kind of stuff. Just tons and tons and lines of code that were not necessary. But whoever got in there first, their mindset was, okay, I know how to code, let me just stick with that. So a lot of people that I talk with and mentor, especially if they have a coding background there, that's their first idea and that's one of the things that I have to educate them on, is Salesforce has so many different tools at your disposal. It's better to at least be familiar with everything that's available, like flows and the formula fields, and even just simple things like knowing how a lookup field works, especially if you're not coming from this sort of space, it can be a little confusing to understand what it is and how it works. So I generally recommend going on that journey of starting at the beginning, especially hitting a lot of those beginner admin trails where you can learn the fundamentals and work your way up into a good spot of understanding all the tools that are available and then you can jump into code. The code wall, always be there. There's plenty of reasons to use it, but you want to use the right tool for the right situation.

Mike Gerholdt: And it's also, I have to think of just best use of your time. You could code escalation rules, you could code a workflow, but flow leaves you with an artifact that's easily upgradable and reproducible as opposed to something custom that, who knows, maybe something 10 releases down the line, Salesforce is going to change and now you might have to rebuild that Apex code.

Warren Walters: Yeah, that's a big point, especially in consulting that you have to think about because a lot of times you may not be there one year later, two years later just because the contract or the project is ending. So designing for the team that is going to be there is very important. If you're going to leave a ton of code only with a team of admins, and that may not be the best solution for you. Or there might be a little bit of in-between where you can build out the complex pieces inside of code, but also leave the administrative side or leave the ability for the administrative side to have configuration or custom settings that can manipulate the code. All things like that are things that you need to start to think about when you look at the longevity of your code and the maintainability.

Mike Gerholdt: Do people that you work with and start to work with, when they come into the ecosystem, do they know their path? Are they looking at consulting or being a developer first? Or is it just eyes wide open, help me figure something out, Warren?

Warren Walters: A lot of it is eyes wide open. Lots of existing admins know that the developer path is out there, but people just starting out often they hear about development from other tech stacks and they know that it's out there, but it's hard to understand where should I be going? What should I be looking at? So there's a lot of education that goes on and there are so many different opportunities in Salesforce. So you need to try to find... Or I recommend trying out a bunch of things, but especially if maybe you have a background in project management or system management like databases and things like that. Take a look at how that translates directly over into a Salesforce career.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, no, that makes sense. Often you start off with an idea, and I've had a lot of friends too that were admins for a while and then they see that consulting dollar sign and they start chasing the money and obviously you can do that in any career. So that's interesting. You mentioned something that I wanted to think a little bit about, which is the topics that admins and developers should think about. So I started a little bit dumped into the deep end with AI, but we have declarative side, we have the code side. What is some of the stuff that admins and developers that you're mentoring aren't paying attention to and you're like, folks, the streetlight, the spotlight is on, you totally missed the sign on the side of the road. How did you blow past this exit kind of scenario?

Warren Walters: That is really cool topic to bring up. I think a lot of it stems to one, everybody they know about AI, they probably are at least dabbling in it. If you're not dabbling in it, I would recommend at least looking at it. So that's one big piece. But the other part is probably more, I want to say on the soft skills or it's really around communication, especially for a lot of introverted people. It may not seem like it, but I'm pretty introverted. But it's around how you can communicate effectively either with your boss or your teams or anybody that you're working with. And that can be a huge valuable asset to you as an individual because it can help propel you into different types of roles that maybe somebody else that's lacking those skills or still working on those skills, they're not able to jump into what goes hand in hand with that is more personal branding as well. So this is how you present yourself on LinkedIn, doing things like YouTube channels, having a blog and that can also propel you above the rest, especially in a competitive market. Having that awareness of where you're at and how you want to be presented to the outside world can be very important for a hiring manager to make a decision on. So I recommend everybody working on a portfolio or having some sort of additional thing above the defaults of your resume and having a basic LinkedIn portfolio and that kind of stuff.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I'm so on board with everything you just said because I feel like for a lot of my career when I was an admin, not only was it just understanding the configuration, but for lack of a better phrase, I'll say it was selling the configuration, really communicating to the organization, no, no, no, no. I know how to do this and this is what's best for right now based on what you told me and confidently communicating that. And then to your second point, showing up, I love it when people look like their profile pictures. It's so much because you look at, you think of how much you're online and when you see, especially with a coworker, your slack avatar all the time, and then you see them in person and they look the same, you're like, oh, I know I have the right person. Because I've always joked that I'm an introvert, but I play an extrovert for work. I can summon up a solid eight or nine hours of extrovertness, but 5:30 at Dreamforce, the bell tolls, Mike is running down the stairs, glass slippers falling off, he's turning into a pumpkin. He really wants to get back to his hotel room and just have some quiet stare at the wall time. But being able to show up and look familiar and then interact with people and that's how you network and that's how you get different ideas shared with everybody too.

Warren Walters: I'm on board with that a hundred percent because at least for me, a lot of what you see online, a hundred percent of what you see online, I'm going to be the same exact way at a conference. As soon as you see me after I say hello, what is your name? I'm going to start spewing development and Salesforce right at you. So I think that that is important though to be authentic wherever you're presenting yourself because it's going to take that toll on you, especially over time, especially if you're at working at a place where either you have to change yourself to do that. It's important to be at home as much as you can in where you work and how you're presenting yourself.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I mean for the longest time I wore a red shirt everywhere and it was very easy to spot Mike in the red shirt. So I had this question down, but in hearing you answer it, and I've done a million of these podcasts, I'm going to ask it to you different. So one of the questions, and you probably get this too, is like, all right, so what is good places to start learning? I'm going to ask you that, but I'm going to give you the caveat of you can't say the word Trailhead. And the reason I'm going to say that is, look, I work at Salesforce, Trailhead's table stakes. We all know to go there. Everybody in the community knows to go there. If you don't know to go there, you should go there. You're going to hear it at user groups. What are other places that you should go that are good places to learn in addition to Trailhead?

Warren Walters: How much can I plug websites? How much is allowed? There are a few sites that I really love for either practicing Salesforce development or even Salesforce administration. I'm a big YouTube person. If you've looked me up at all, I love video, that kind of stuff. So there are some really major channels on there that I definitely follow. So some of them are Apex hours on YouTube. There's Matt Gary's channel, which is also very focused on Salesforce development, so also look at those. And then especially thinking more either when I'm studying for a certification or being more well-rounded, a lot of us know about Focus on Force, which is great. But what I like to do whenever I'm either taking exam or studying is, okay, maybe I'm doing some practice items, but I'm also actually building out the practice scenarios, maybe the exam question or something like that inside a Salesforce org so that I'm Retaining the knowledge a little bit better than just clicking through a few different examples. So this works really well for both administration and development. Just recreate the scenario the best you can when you're working through those. On top of that, there are some really great, if you're looking to dive and learn development, really great sites for that. So there's free code camp org, which is more of HTML JavaScript, it's like web languages. But like I've been mentioning, once you learn the fundamentals of development, you can transfer it around to any language and it will really help out in your configuration inside of Salesforce. So if you know how to do flows, either on the basic levels, if statement is an if statement, iterator, a loop is a loop in every different language. So you're able to translate some of those a little bit easier once you know how they work under the hood. I'm trying to think of some other ones. I know there are a ton and maybe I can link some down in the show notes and stuff like that.

Mike Gerholdt: I didn't mean to put you on the spot but to be honest with you, every time I ask a question I'm like, oh, go to Trailhead. It's like, where do you start? Well, what are you looking for? Trailhead's been around I think almost 10 years to me now, it's to the point where it's like the help and FAQ part of a website. The first time that you saw a help or an FAQ on a website, you're like, oh, I wish every website had this. And to me, that feels table stakes. You should be able to do that. But then to your point, there are things that you should learn like communication skills and presenting skills and personal branding skills, and some of that's on there, but there's also good sites and good places to go to learn stuff like that. Last question, a little bit of a curve ball, but as a mentor, you've worked with a lot of people. What is one quality that is consistent across all of your mentees that seems to really drive their success?

Warren Walters: I think one of the big ones is around persistence. Especially in the Salesforce space, configuration and development. I prescribed to a notion of, let me give you just enough so that you know where to look, you can be very dangerous. But not giving you everything to complete or solve challenges or whatever wacky idea that I've come up with at that point. So knowing that there is a light at the end of the tunnel, there is a solution for every problem, especially in coding. We're not inventing anything new and if statement is an if statement, some of these things that we are creating have been studied and perfected over a long period of time. So all you need to do is really find it and then use that solution and make that existing solution work for whatever your problem is. So understanding that idea of, okay, as long as I keep working at it, keep pushing, something will come from this that will put me in a better situation than I am currently, is really what I start to stress in a lot of the mentees that I work with. I think it can get overwhelming to learn development and maybe you don't feel like you're making progress, but a lot of times it's about looking back and reflecting on how far you've come to see some of the progress that you've actually been doing, which is really cool. So I think that's a big one, right? Persistence and then knowing when to ask questions may have come up before. But you're working on your own, you've found a lot of resources and you're going through and you end up getting stuck on one particular piece. I think it's important once you are completely stuck and you've done as much research as you can, of course to reach out. And it's humbling because maybe years ago, I didn't like to ask for questions read. I was like, oh, I should know everything, or I should be able to figure this out on my own. And I started progressing so much faster once I was able to say, all right, I've done enough research, I've looked at it, I'm going to ask a very educated question to somebody that has done this before, somebody who has been through whatever experience. It could be as small as making a formula field or as big as writing an integration to a third party system.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, you're spot on. Persistence is right there. You said that answer educated question, and this actually came up I want to say about a month ago or so. I interviewed David who does Wordle and Sudoku on YouTube and TikTok, he rather he also does coding, which is interesting. I feel like maybe a lot of software engineers and developers do Wordle and Sudoku. But I would rather, he said in working with team members would rather have a team member spend 10 minutes working through what they know to try and solve the problem and then come to me with a question as opposed to just immediately hitting a problem going, how do I do this? Throw your hands up. And I think when I've worked with people too well, how would you work through this? Because you need to start putting those connections together because every time something like this happens, there isn't going to be a Warren behind you that you can just turn around and be like, now what do I do? So educated question. That was really good. Warren, thanks for taking time out of your day and being persistent and mentoring people and being a part of the great Salesforce community.

Warren Walters: Yeah, Mike, it's been a pleasure and an honor and I guess destiny to finally end up on the Salesforce Admin podcast. Super happy that I was able to make it out and spread the word about development. If you're scared about it, if you don't think it's for you, do not worry. I don't think it's for me, right? Everybody thinks that just try to take it one step at a time or reach out to me. A lot of developers are very, very helpful in the Salesforce Ohana. So yeah, so happy that we finally made this happen.

Mike Gerholdt: Thanks, Warren. So that was a fun discussion with Warren. I love the term educated question. Going back and really thinking through it makes me think of that podcast that I did with David or ranks on Sudoku and Wordle solving, which is thinking through what are all the possible ways I can solve this, exercising those, and then turning to my community and seeing how they can help me based on what I've done. Because you might find a creative way of doing something, but I couldn't agree more, persistence, persistence, persistence. There is a light at the end of every tunnel, and I think his sight is very inspiring. I just pulled it up and the first thing it says, remember, I believe in you. So, thank you Warren for being on the podcast. Now, if you enjoyed the episode, be sure to click that follow or subscribe button so that new episodes are downloaded. And of course, if you're looking for resources, folks write down below in the show notes. I'm going to link to anything that Warren mentioned, including his social profile. But you can always find resources at admin.salesforce.com. That is your one stop for everything admin. Release information, more podcasts and a transcript of the show. Now be sure to join our conversation in the admin Trailblazer group. That is, of course, on the Trailblazer community, and you know where to find the link for that. That's right. It's in the show notes on admin.salesforce.com. So with that, I hope you enjoyed this episode. I enjoyed it a lot. And until next week, I'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, it’s time for a deep dive with Josh Birk, who talks to Raveesh Raina, Principal Solutions Engineer at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about what Prompt Builder can do and how to write effective prompts.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Raveesh Raina.

Intro to Prompt Builder Raveesh is the perfect person to talk to about Prompt Builder and all the cool stuff you can do with it. As a Solutions Engineer, he works with customers to implement the latest and greatest Salesforce innovations and right now, that’s Prompt Builder.

Prompt Builder takes all the power of LLMs and combines it with your Salesforce data. You can use it to help you write personalized emails to customers, build out records with more information, and much, much more.

The four prompt template types and what they do Right now, there are four prompt template types in Salesforce:

  1. The sales email template drafts an email you need to send to your customer. Some examples include introducing them to a new product, or reminding them about an appointment.
  2. With the field generation template, you can quickly and easily populate or complete a specific field on a record page with a summary or description created by an LLM.
  3. The record summary template does exactly what it says it does: summarizes a record. This one is really easy to use via Einstein Copilot, and his clients love it for meeting prep.
  4. Finally, there’s the flex prompt template. This can be used anywhere and everywhere on the platform to create a customized prompt template that incorporates records from multiple objects simultaneously. An example would be to create a personalized product recommendation for a customer based on an Einstein Next Best Action.

With all of these prompt templates, you can dynamically ground them with data from Salesforce or Data Cloud. That gives the LLM the power to pull data from records or, with flows, from pretty much any object—standard or custom—in your Salesforce org.

How admins can write effective prompts So how do you write effective prompts that do what you want them to do? Raveesh has four tips to share with us:

  1. Be explicit about your expectations and goals. What are you hoping to get out of the response? The AI needs a clearly defined goal in order to generate a good response.
  2. Contextualize the information. State if you want to add related records to contextualize the response.
  3. Specify your role. What is the persona for which this prompt template is built?
  4. Add limitations and set boundaries. For example, “do not exceed 500 characters.” The AI needs to be told, and sometimes told again, what not to do. This is especially important to think about as you test and refine your prompt in order to get consistent results.

There’s a lot more great stuff from Raveesh about building better prompts and how Salesforce protects your data, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to hear more from the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Blog: The Ultimate Guide to Prompt Builder | Spring ’24 * Trailhead: Get Started with Prompts and Prompt Builder * Video: Salesforce Admins Innovate with Prompt Builder * Podcast: Get to Know Prompt Builder with Marissa Scalercio

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Connect with Raveesh
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Full show transcript

Josh Birk:

Greetings everybody. Guest host, Josh Birk here, to take another deep dive into a topic. And this week, the topic is going to be Prompt Builder and Building on Prompts. I am joined by my good old colleague, Raveesh Raina, who is one of the people who wrote, for instance, our Ultimate Guide to Prompt Builder. Now, with no other hesitation, let's get over and talk to Raveesh.

All right, today on the show, we welcome Raveesh Raina to tell us about all things Prompt Builder. Raveesh, welcome to the show.

Raveesh Raina :

Thank you very much, Josh. It's an honor to be here and thank you for having me.

Josh Birk:

Excellent. Well, let's start off with a little bit about you. Tell me, what is your current role at Salesforce?

Raveesh Raina :

So I am a Principal Solutions Engineer. I work predominantly with our account executives and account directors to helping customers get inspired with our latest and greatest innovations that we are publishing and that we are releasing into the market. So I have a specific focus towards financial services. I'm based out of Toronto, Canada, so I work with all of our major enterprise banks with a lot of the different innovations and as far as financial services cloud is concerned, which is our flagship industries product. So helping them get inspired and sharing ideas on how we can help them better meet their goals.

Josh Birk:

And was computer something you always wanted to get into?

Raveesh Raina :

No, it's definitely an area that I personally have tried to get better at.

Josh Birk:

Okay.

Raveesh Raina :

And it's definitely an amazing opportunity and an amazing space to be.

Josh Birk:

What did you go to college for?

Raveesh Raina :

So funnily enough, even though I am based out of Canada, I actually went to the United States for my undergrad and I did mechanical engineering.

Josh Birk:

Ah.

Raveesh Raina :

So I graduated from New Jersey Institute of Technology, NJIT, with a mechanical engineering degree. But life had a different set of actions for me and somehow, I ended up aligned to the Salesforce ecosystem a long time ago.

Josh Birk:

Nice. Okay. Now, today we're going to talk about Prompt Builder. And when customers ask you about Prompt Builder, they're not familiar with it, what's the early elevator pitch you give them?

Raveesh Raina :

I essentially tell customers that Prompt Builder is an easy to use tool, which allows them to send a predefined set of instructions to an AI model, with the expectation of getting a response that has both value and meaning to them. And by value and meaning, I'm specifically referring to within the context of the data that they are providing via their CRM for Salesforce.

Josh Birk:

Okay. And walk us through the four templates we have right now that frame that data and that value add?

Raveesh Raina :

Yeah, absolutely. So right now, as of today, we have four prompt template types, sales email prompt templates, that's the first one. The second one is going to be field generation. The third one is what we call flex prompt templates. And the fourth one is record summary prompt templates.

Josh Birk:

Yeah. Now, I think the first two there are pretty straightforward. We're generating an email to send out to somebody, and if we're summarizing or we're generating a field, it means instead of a human putting in things manually, the GenAI is going to create it. Tell me a little bit more about the second two because I feel they're off to the corners and they're also very different from each other. Right? What's the purpose of a flex template and what's the purpose of the record summary template?

Raveesh Raina :

Yeah, so what I'll do is let me tackle record summary template first.

Josh Birk:

Okay.

Raveesh Raina :

Just as its name suggests, a record summary template is used by an admin to summarize a record or to get a succinct overview of a particular record. It is best served, best delivered in the UI via Copilot. So that is what we've seen greatest success in, in that record summary prompt templates can be surfaced up via Copilot, but it allows the admin to summarize a record based on whatever data model that they have already implemented.

Josh Birk:

Got it.

Raveesh Raina :

So that's a record summary template. Now, flex prompt templates, they are really powerful and versatile because what they allow an admin to do is to connect up to five objects together in a prompt template for the purposes of grounding. Those five objects could be standard objects or custom objects. They don't have to be related to each other in any way, shape or form, but through the power of the UI that the admin is surfacing, they can ground the flex prompt templates with each of those different objects with the expectation of getting a response from the LLM.

Josh Birk:

And for listeners at home, if you have somehow missed all of the wonderful Salesforce marketing about Einstein Copilot, it is a conversational AI for your platform and we will discuss that in another episode. Now, when it comes to these kind of templates, let's focus on the sales email, as I think it's the most straightforward. Some people listening might be like, "Well, I already know how to generate an email. Why do I need generative AI to do this?" What do you think the value add specifically that these are being pulled in through an AI model and having a generative response as opposed to a human created one? Where do you think the power lies there?

Raveesh Raina :

So the way I like to think of it where generative AI sales email templates provide value is the fact that it provides an easy mechanism for a user to craft an email in a conversational style that includes human and natural language text into it. If I were to use a standard email template as an example, that is static text, but replaced with either merge fields or even sometimes even with related records. But it removes that humanality sort of, from crafting an email. And the recipient may recognize that this is static text, but with generative AI, it adds more humanity towards that email template type. So that's where I feel is some of that value added.

Josh Birk:

And I think to some people, they might be scratching their eyebrows there because they're like, "But Raveesh, I'm using a computer to generate this email." But I think that's exactly spot on because we've all gotten that email that's like, "Hello, first name at company name. Congratulations on your date." And it's like you know instantly, this isn't from a human, but what these GenAI models are really good at is mimicking a human-like response, this human-like writing. And so it's like you get something that's acting like it's somebody to draft an email every single time you're sending this out to somebody.

Raveesh Raina :

Absolutely. Absolutely. It adds a little bit more personalization to a piece of communication that was missing with your static email templates in the past.

Josh Birk:

And also, I think it's hard to do it on a podcast, right? It's hard to show it on the podcast, the power of being able to ground this in Salesforce data. Tell me a little bit about... For each one of these templates we're talking about, what kind of data can we bring into the AI model to let it represent whatever it is that we're trying to generate?

Raveesh Raina :

Absolutely. So the real power of our generative AI tools with Salesforce, in my personal opinion, is the fact that we allow admins and customers the option to dynamically ground these prompt templates. What we mean by dynamically grounding is adding placeholders in these prompt templates that will be automatically replaced with either merge fields directly from a record or related lists that trace back to the origin of that record, or even through the power of flows. Once again, get a subset of related records associated to that original parent record as well.

So dynamically grounding can be done using merge fields, related lists, flows to get subset of records. And you can take it two steps further by grounding with Apex classes or even through the power of Data Cloud data model objects as well.

Josh Birk:

And what I think is also going back to the old way of doing things and doing things with this way, using flow, but also just because it's a conversational model, you can instruct the AI to do things based on the data. So it's not just, "Say something about this person's description." It could also be like, "Based on the fact that this person has no survey scores, change your response based on that." And what are some things that people who have flow skills can do to apply that extra layer of logic? Give me a good example of something that would change the course of the outcome based on a flow?

Raveesh Raina :

Yeah, absolutely. So I did mention that the power of flows is the fact that you can get subsets of records. So for example, if I want to surface up using a generative AI response, a summary of all open cases associated to a client or an account. If I were to use the standard related list component or resource picker, then it would give me a summary of all the cases associated to an account, whether it's open, closed, escalated, high priority, so on and so forth. But with flows, if I just want to surface up open cases only, that is what I can do through the power of dynamic grounding as well.

Josh Birk:

And what I love about it, if anybody's here, maybe for some reason, you haven't dipped your toe into the flow pool, the flows we're talking about can be very... I can do these flows, and I'm not Jen Lee. Flows are her job. She's the one who goes like, "Oh yeah, flow can do that crazy, impossible thing. Wait a minute, I'm going to show you how." Going on the other side of the spectrum, tell me a little bit about how data cloud can help complete this picture?

Raveesh Raina :

Yeah, absolutely. So as we all know, Data Cloud is an amazing tool that unlocks an organization's ability to tap into their enterprise data. So what that means is that for an organization that is using Salesforce, they may have a good portion of their data sitting in CRM, sitting in Salesforce, but a lot of it could also be sitting off platform in, for example, a lot of organizations, they have a separate dedicated app for their orders or their accounting, or even if they have a public website or mobile app, then some of that web traffic is logged in those third party systems.

Josh Birk:

Yep.

Raveesh Raina :

So through the power of Data Cloud, if they want to bring those insights and have a summarization or generative AI information associated to that data, customers are able to take all of that third party data that is sitting in those systems and have that surfaced up in Data Cloud. And the power of Prompt Builder allows for grounding with those Data Cloud objects or data model objects, I should say, and then surface up that information directly within the flow of work in Salesforce.

Josh Birk:

Yeah. Now, let's take a couple steps back because we've been talking a lot about data and grounding the data, taking the data from sources like Data Cloud, and I think that a lot of people have cautionary tales about AI. Describe the Einstein Trust Layer to me and how does it keep all of this stuff safe?

Raveesh Raina :

So one of the biggest messages that we have is the fact that we have zero retention policies with all of the public AI model providers that we have partnerships with. Whether those are, as an example OpenAI. So what that means is that I think we have to also take a step back and appreciate the fact that Salesforce's number one value is trust. And what we mean by that is the fact that we value our customers, we value that they are trusting us to securing their data. And we also take it one step further in ensuring that we are not sharing their data in any way, shape or form with any of these third party AI model providers.

So a big part of the Einstein Trust Layer is the fact that we are not sharing customer data directly or indirectly with AI model providers there. And also at the same time, those AI models are not learning from Salesforce's and customers' data as well.

Josh Birk:

And to be clear there, it's not like some generally handshake between us and Sam Altman. We filter that stuff out. OpenAI does not have the chance to train their models based on our data because they never see it.

Raveesh Raina :

Correct. Absolutely.

Josh Birk:

Okay. And then just to bring this to another level, because we think about things like in P-term, P2 and privacy and stuff like that, that's also stuff that's not being shared with entities that don't need to see it.

Raveesh Raina:

That is correct. Yeah, absolutely. We as a company have gone the extra mile to ensure that PII, personally identifiable information, or PHI, that is not shared, and it is actively masked and obfuscated before it is even sent to an AI model for processing as well.

Josh Birk:

Got it. Now, you've written a blog post, Ultimate Prompt Builder Guide, thank you for that, it's very extensive, and in it you include some very good tips on how to effectively write a prompt. Give me the high level like what are some really good tips to let me be more effective with that?

Raveesh Raina:

Absolutely. So a couple of pointers that I will suggest as admins and customers are looking to design prompts are that there are a few different areas that you should try to focus on. First is be explicit in your instructions in terms of the expectations and goals as far as what is it that you're hoping to get out of the response. So making sure that you are setting those expectations. Second is contextualizing information, meaning that state if you are adding in some related records to further contextualize the set of instructions. Third would be to specify your role. What is the persona for which the prompt template was built out for, whether it was a customer support manager or an account executive?

An important aspect of the prompt template that I would suggest is also ensuring that you add limitations and setting boundaries, so by being explicit with instructions such as, "Do not exceed past 500 characters," as an example. That is an explicit instruction and a guardrail, ensuring that the prompt template is not going to give a response longer than 500 characters. So those are some areas that I would suggest that folks go in on as far as designing prompt templates.

Josh Birk:

Yeah, one of the earliest things I realized in working with AI was, and this is in general, AI has this sort of default setting, shall we say, like a default tone, a default style. It thinks its response should be two paragraphs long, paragraphs should be three to four sentences. It's almost exactly what we'd learned back in high school for what a good writing style was kind of thing.

Raveesh Raina:

Right.

Josh Birk:

And it will default to that all the time unless you tell it not to. My favorite thing what you just said is explicit.

Raveesh Raina:

Correct.

Josh Birk:

I would actually add to that explicit and occasionally repetitive.

Raveesh Raina:

Yes. Yes, absolutely. It doesn't hurt being repetitive with your instructions because it's about ensuring that the AI model is going to meet your expectations of a response that has both value and trust.

Josh Birk:

Right. Because this is dynamically generated, which means even if you see the thing that you wanted to do once, run it three more times.

Raveesh Raina:

Correct. Exactly.

Josh Birk:

Because it might break one of your rules at one of those points. And then one of favorite anecdotes I give people is, if you saw the Dreamforce '23 keynote, we use Prompt Builder to do a sales email, and to have some fun, we added emojis to the sales email, which worked about three times out of five.

Raveesh Raina:

Yes.

Josh Birk:

Right? The team kept on coming out, they're like, "How do you fix this?" I'm like, "I have no idea. I'm going to go talk to the AI and figure it out." What it turned out was I had to beat the AI over the head and be like, "Not just use an emoji with this email, make heavy use of emojis all through this email." Be very, very explicit.

Raveesh Raina:

Absolutely, [inaudible 00:03:52].

Josh Birk:

Now, unlike myself, you have actually had the advantage of working directly with customers on some of these issues, and feel free to nerd out on fintech and banks in general, but what are some specific problems that you've seen from customers? Obviously, if you need to not name names, that's great, but what are some specific problems that you're seeing Prompt Builder help solve?

Raveesh Raina:

Yeah, absolutely. I think one of the reasons why I have been able to talk to a lot of customers is just because I've been also listening to a lot of customers as well. I think one of the most glaring areas where generative AI and Prompt Builder can provide most value is the use case for meeting prep. So I'm a rep, or I'm a customer support manager, and I need to prepare for an upcoming engagement with a client for a meeting. Using generative AI, I can quickly get a succinct overview on a particular client with all of the different data points that has both value and meaning to me, which I can use as part of my conversation in that meeting with that client as well. So meeting prep or account summarization is of immense value where we are seeing a lot of success with sharing this value with customers, and they are absolutely head over heels signing up for using Prompt Builder to address this need.

Josh Birk:

Got it. Well, to learn more, everybody, we're going to point to Raveesh wonderful blog post. We'll point you to a couple of Trailhead resources, some help documents. Raveesh, thank you so much. I do have one final question for you. What is your favorite hobby?

Raveesh Raina:

My favorite hobby at the moment right now is cycling. I use that as an opportunity to bond and to spend time with my kids. I have a seven-year-old and four-year-old, so any chance we get, especially with the weather that we're having this summer, we go outside, we go for cycling around the trails and around our neighborhood. So yeah, right now it's cycling for me.

Josh Birk:

Wonderful. Raveesh, thank you so much for the great conversation and information. That was a lot of fun.

Raveesh Raina:

Thank you very much, Josh.

Josh Birk:

I want to thank Raveesh for sitting down with us this week. And as always, I want to thank you for listening. Now, if you want to learn more about this show and stories about being a Salesforce admin in general, go down over to admin.salesforce.com. Thanks again, everybody, and we will talk to you next week.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we sit down for an Admin Evangelist roundtable discussion with Josh Birk, Jennifer Lee, and yours truly.

Join us as we chat about how AI can help you be a better Salesforce Admin and what you can do to improve your prompts.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Josh Birk and Jen Lee.

Practice your AI prompts With everything going on with Einstein Copilot and Prompt Builder, I wanted to bring the Admin Evangelists together to find out how they’re thinking about AI and what you should do to get ready.

The number one thing that everyone agreed on is to start practicing your AI prompts. Josh recommends seeing if you can get your LLM of choice to tell you a dad joke. Then try and get it to tell you a better one. Just like how we had to learn how to write a good Google query, you’ll quickly find out that some prompts are more effective than others.

Jennifer shares the story of how her husband used ChatGPT to help with their itinerary on their trip to Italy. They still had to double-check that the restaurants it recommended were still open and that the timing of everything made sense, but it was a great starting point for planning their vacation.

How Salesforce Admins can get help from AI Both Josh and Jennifer also use AI to help with work. Jennifer’s found ChatGPT to be really helpful for writing formulas. She used to spend hours on Google trying to find an example that matched the exact scenario she needed. These days, she can just write a prompt with her specific parameters and get back something useful in seconds. If Salesforce gives her an error, she can tell ChatGPT about it and it’ll try to fix the code.

Josh, meanwhile, has been using AI to help generate Apex code from scratch when he’s spinning up a demo org. As he’s quick to point out, it’s not necessarily helpful for the maintenance and debugging tasks that most developers do on a daily basis, but it’s perfect for his particular use case.

The human in the loop One last thing we talked about that I want to highlight is the importance of the human in the loop.

We used the example of someone calling a power company to find out why their electricity bill is higher. If a human has realized that the weather has a major effect on usage rates and created a screen flow to call the right API, then an AI might be able to give the customer the right answer. But you need a human in the loop to do that second-order thinking.

We’ll have even more about how Salesforce Admins can use AI next week in Josh’s deep dive episode, so be sure to subscribe to hear more from the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Trailhead: Get Started with Prompts and Prompt Builder

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Jennifer on X: @JenWLee
  • Josh on X: @JoshBirk
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt: So in the world of AI and GPTs, and I think one's called Hugging Face, maybe it's Hugging Chat, I don't know. There is a lot to learn and people maybe you're afraid of it or you haven't tried something out. I don't know. We've heard a lot as evangelists on the admin relations team. And so this week I wanted to dive in with all of the rockstar evangelists that I have. Josh Birk, our Senior Admin Evangelist, and Jen, our Lead Admin Evangelist. Also, everything flow about let's dive into prompts and let's start learning about prompts and what should we be afraid of or what shouldn't we be afraid of, or what should we start doing? So that was a really long, highly caffeinated intro, but welcome to the show, Jennifer and Josh.

Joshua Birk: Thanks for having us.

Jennifer: Hey.

Mike Gerholdt: So I won't name names, but I have been around in the community, and I have heard people like, "Cool, oh, you've done something with ChatGPT." And to be frank, if you follow me on Instagram, you'll realize that my feed, sometime in March, quickly took over crazy images generated by Dall-E. Because I find it fascinating that I can give it words to a 1970s music classic rock and say, "Make a picture." And it will produce something that would take me years to put together. And sometimes it's crazy, and I have to share that with the world because I think that's just so cool. But I guess I'm not afraid to try things out. So that's where I was with the world of AI. Where do you guys fall?

Joshua Birk: Well, first of all, I want to go back to something you just said about what's dangerous about talking to something like let's just call it ChatGPT. Just use that as the generic one since it's the most famous and most popular. But I go back to-

Mike Gerholdt: It's like the Kleenex of AI.

Joshua Birk: Yeah, exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: Everybody knows about it.

Joshua Birk: Exactly. And I'm going to say this and I'm going to add a huge caveat to it. But when it comes to going to especially a free one, and just tinkering around with it, it's the same thing that one of the best pieces of advice I ever got before I started programming on a pretty basic on an Apple II. And my teacher at the time, I don't even remember what the class was called, it wasn't computer science or anything like that. But basically he was like, "Do whatever you want. You're not going to break the computer." There's nothing you're going to do that's going to... Nothing's going to blow up. Nothing's going to go in smoke. The dangers of using AI right now is not the conversation you're having with the AI, it's what you do with the result. So Mike, you're posting things to Facebook. What's the nefarious outcome to that? There's not, right? Now, if I use the generation of AI to submit my legal brief without checking it, you might run into some troubles. But what I always tell people is just jump in and just try talking to it, because until you do... I usually start with have it tell you a dad joke, have it tell you five dad jokes. My favorite, actually, one of my favorites is go in and play 20 questions with it. Because having an AI guess the object that you're thinking in your brain is actually, it's an interesting way to prove how a conversational model works. But basically to go back to my teacher's advice, don't be scared. Go in an experiment.

Jennifer: Yeah, I have to say that when it first came out, I wasn't one of the people who went running to play with it. But when we were planning our trip to Italy last year, my now husband went and used it to come up with the itinerary. He said, "Okay, we're going to start here. Here are the sites we're going to, recommend some restaurants for me." So then it came back and it said, "Okay, you should go here and here." He, of course, human in the loop, had to go verify that these restaurants still existed.

Mike Gerholdt: Yup.

Joshua Birk: Sure.

Jennifer: But it helped put together our agenda. And then nowadays I've been using it to help me with formula creation, because I am the worst when it comes to the parens, commas, nested if statements, they drive me nuts. I used to spend hours Googling to find the exact scenario I needed that someone else posted, and then tweaked it. But now I can go and say, "ChatGPT, I need a if statement for three things. Give me the structure," and then I would put it in there. So it's been really helpful to me in that regard.

Joshua Birk: And not to throw down Jen, but being the worst, I might have to, I'm not sure. I think I might be worse than you are, because I've done the same thing. And the nice thing is, so ChatGPT is what's called a chained conversational AI. Which means when you create that formula, if you get... Like you put it in and you get an error from Salesforce, you can give that error back to ChatGPT and be like, "You got this wrong," and it already has the context of the formula it gave you, and it'd be like, "Oh, you're right. Let me fix that for you."

Jennifer: Right.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. And then just to clarify, in the context of what we're talking about, a prompt, because we spelled this out in our workshops, but a prompt is a starting line for an AI conversation or task where you tell the large language model what you're looking for using natural language, right?

Joshua Birk: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: So tell me this, because sometimes I struggle with this. How do you write your prompts differently, than say, putting in a search for Google?

Joshua Birk: Yeah. So first of all, I think that's one of the reasons we call it... People are like, why prompt? It's a weird word. And I think the reason why we refer to it as prompt, because it's a more generic thing than saying query or question or request, or anything like that. Because the thing that you need to provide in a prompt... So let's compare those two directly. When you do a search in Google, it's basically going to a database of a whole bunch of really fancy stuff Google's done, and then you're always going to get the same answer. If you do the same prompt in ChatGPT you might get slightly different answers because that answer is being generated on the fly. And so in order to be successful with... The nice thing with ChatGPT, once again, because it's a chain conversation AI, so you can start slow and then just keep adding context to it. But in a non-chained one like Prompt Builder, it's adding in all the instruction and the explicit instruction, and the repeated instruction, and the context of, "No, that's sort of the response I wanted, but that's not exactly. Here's how to correct it," kind of thing. So to compare it to a Google search, it would kind of be like, no, give me the Google searches that are actually relevant to the problem I have at hand. Which Google can't do because it doesn't understand context.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. That makes sense. Jen, you said human in the loop, and I feel like we've naturally in just comparing Google searches to prompting a GPT to return a result, naturally put the human in the loop. But what did your husband do in terms of planning to put the human in the loop for other things?

Jennifer: Yeah, I mean, he had to go, even though it would return an itinerary for us of sites to see in Italy, he still had to go and check and say, "Okay, is this the right path that it should take?" Confirm the hours that... Even though it suggested here's the order, well, is it even open at that time, right? Can you imagine just showing up there and like, oh, nope, it's not open until noon, but you have me going there the first thing in the morning.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Or it figures your itinerary is you just drive there, spend one second there, back out of the driveway.

Joshua Birk: Right.

Mike Gerholdt: Like, no, I'm going there for a reason.

Joshua Birk: Yeah, it doesn't always get the context of time correctly the first time. The last time I tried to do an itinerary, it gave me so many things to do in three hours that no human being could possibly do it.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh my goodness. Yeah. I will say I have tried... So one of the first things I experimented with was, I think it's called Gemini Now, because it was Google and it plugged into their Google Maps. And I think planning road trips and stuff, when you're looking for specific stops, not touristy stops, but okay, a couple hours into the drive, I'm going to want to stop and get some diesel. I want to take a break from driving for 10 or 15 minutes. I don't want to just sit there and figure out on the map and scroll mile by mile on the map. Does that look like a gas station? Does that look like a gas station? And have it go through that. But oftentimes I also have to go back through the map and validate like, oh, is that still open?

Joshua Birk: Right. Yeah. So I think they've gotten better because these large models at one point were impossible to pre-train on small amounts of data. They basically had to re-consume the entire internet over and over again. And that's why when they first became popular, they warned you it doesn't understand anything. Basically pre-pandemic, if I remember right. And that was a problem here in Chicago because a lot of very famous places had shut down. So to your point, Jen, about itinerary, making sure they're still there, it would've been spot on recommendations in 2019, but now not so much. And again, I think they've learned how to train them with smaller bits of data. So I think this is better. But yeah, it's whatever moment in time it's looking at when it was grounded in that data.

Jennifer: Well, when I was looking at free GPT products, I used Perplexity AI, and that was using the internet and not data up until a certain timeframe.

Joshua Birk: Nice.

Jennifer: And it came back and said, here's my answer, but then here's my sources.

Joshua Birk: Nice.

Jennifer: So then if I wanted, I could go click on that to get more information

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, as an article from 2007. Like, "Oh, cool, five star Michelin restaurant." What do you feel, in terms of using AI just for your everyday life, is helping you understand AI better as we work to understand the capabilities of prompt builder and copilot?

Joshua Birk: So for work, I'm going to confess, because I've been using AI to generate a lot of APEX. And it's not that I can't write that APEX. And I'm going to say this because I think this is a very unique situation because I'm writing a lot of APEX that's from scratch. I'm not an enterprise developer who has to go in and maintain large bits of code and large project related code and things like that. And there's this huge question out there for the everyday developer, is AI something that's really useful? Because a lot of everyday development is maintenance and it's bug fixes and it's very detailed work. And there's probably a role for AI when it comes to code reviews and things like that. But for what I'm using it for, it's like I know how to write this and I know I've written something like this, but AI will do it 90% correctly in about three seconds. I can't type that fast, especially these days. I cannot type that fast. And so if I just kind of go back in and I'll reiterate it and stuff like that, and because of that in very short period of time, for instance, the demo works we're spinning up. I have APEX that can recreate all the data for me in these styles. And that's, I think, the important thing is it's in the style that I want the data to look like. It's in the level of realism that I want the data to look like. Which actually would've been... That's the part that would've been very difficult me to do because to sit back and be like, I want 30 companies that sound like they would work with Northern Trail Outfitters.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh yeah.

Joshua Birk: Right? I'd have to sit back and actually ideate about that and spit out ideas and all of this kind of stuff. And ChatGPT is just like-

Mike Gerholdt: I'd come up with a whole bunch of Southern Trail Outfitters and Western Trail Outfitters and Eastern Trail Outfitters.

Joshua Birk: Exactly, exactly. It's not shy. It will just try to give you that kind of slightly creative information shoved inside of an APEX class. And it's definitely, I mean, I can't even calculate how much time it saved me.

Jennifer: I think for me, outside of the formula piece, which it has definitely helped me build formulas faster, but I use it to shorten things that I've written. Here's this thing, I need to narrow it down into this many characters. So that's been helpful in shortening that up. I have a problem of condensing things.

Mike Gerholdt: No, I think that's great. I mean, that's actually to look back at admin track at Dreamforce a few years ago, the biggest session that was always attended was documenting your org. And I think it's because you always would have to start from scratch as opposed to, Jen, I use AI for a lot of that as well. I will write a description in X number of characters following this style of writing and then give me three versions of it. Because Josh, to your point, I don't have three versions in my head, or I need a fourth version, but I need you to give me three to kind of push the cart down the hill a little bit.

Joshua Birk: Yeah. And it's like, why do we keep going back to summarization as such a classic AI use case? Part of it is because it can read it and then write that summarization faster than you could read it by a 100th percent. It can do it. So it's not just the speed of generation, it's the speed of consumption as well.

Mike Gerholdt: So working with, looking ahead, because Prompt Builders GA, we're doing workshops. What are some of the things that we should think about as admins for what organizations may be looking for in terms of prompts, so that... Because I literally think the amount of creativity that we have in our heads is the limitations we all have for delivering on super useful prompts.

Joshua Birk: Well, Mike, I don't know if you know this yet, but we have an upcoming episode with my friend Ravish [inaudible 00:14:47], where we talk about this a little-

Mike Gerholdt: Next week.

Joshua Birk: Right. So one of the things I asked him, because Ravish actually is working with customers and working with billing out some of these solutions. And I think the answer to that question is start looking at... Let's focus very specifically on this field generation prompt builder template. Look at your page layout and ask yourself, is there something here, or can I add a field to this that would be useful? Because going back to our friend summarization, that we could summarize not just the object that we're looking at on the record, but summarize it in its related data. And it's a data next to it and data that Flow can find to it and data that's in Data Cloud and all of these points of data. And what Ravish said, not to spoil my own content, but he's like, "One of the most useful things is either meeting prep or call prep." Like if you have a call with a customer coming up, you want to pull up the account and you want to get a one paragraph overview of all the activity of that account so that you are enlightened almost right away as to what to do with this. So I think it's going to be hard until you see the fields actually being generated, because it's a very different kind of data that we're used to. But the question is going to be, I'm trying to think of if, and maybe one of you two have a good example, because Salesforce has evolved so much over the years, right? I always joke with people, you don't know how good you have it because you can do GO selection and SOQL queries. I had to write an entire APEX class in order to make that work, and I couldn't even do it with Radius. I had to select zip codes by a square because we didn't have the capacity to do sign and co-sign back then. The things that we've added that make the platform so much more intelligent, and this is another step in that evolution. And so it's time to start asking yourself, what layer of generative data can I add to my object model that's going to make my users more successful?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I would agree. I think along those lines, looking at what's available, looking at what GPT, even if you can't get your hands on anything Einstein and all you do is Trailhead modules and you listen to some podcasts like this. I think the one thing, not that worries me, but the one thing that I would have a serious conversation sit down with stakeholders is I would look at what's all the anecdotal data that we store in Salesforce and where is it at? And so I bring that up because Josh, your example of zip codes, phone numbers, hard data, super hard data, a zip code, a phone number, even a street address anymore, you can write a call out and verify that. The number of websites I go to now, and I literally type the three numbers of my house in, and it's already narrowed it down to the five possible addresses this could be, I think is amazing, it didn't exist before. But what I think the power of what people are wanting is, so give me a summarization of the last five calls and what their pain points were. And if you're not running some sort of reports or like Jen, if you don't have, I'm thinking screen flows with really good fields to prompt people on, you need to fill this stuff out and we need to prepare for it. I don't care how good the AI is, it's not going to weed through bad call notes if the salespeople didn't put that stuff in.

Joshua Birk: Yeah. And I want to call out one of the demos I saw here internally, because I think it touches on that a lot. And the demo was case support, and I think this was Copilot. And the ticket was, "Why is my power bill so high?" And the AI doesn't know how to answer that question properly. And this is like when we keep the human in the loop, the human in the middle, we have to remember that's in the whole... It's from beginning to end, because a human had to realize, oh, we charge people for electricity. And what is one of the things that determines how much electricity you use? Oh, it's the weather. So what I'm going to do is I'm going to build a Flow that calls out to the weather API that brings me back the weather for the last whatever period of time this ticket was for. And then the AI is like, oh, well, your power bill was high because it was super cold, or it was super hot, or whatever. But the case support person can basically just ask, analyze the support ticket and with the power of Flow that a human created, then the AI can add into it and be like, oh, this is why we think this is wrong.

Jennifer: Yeah. I think back to the demo that we created for Dreamforce, for the admin keynote, we were using NTO, right? They did expeditions and we were able to say, okay, take the customer's expeditions that they've already been on and take the customer state, and then now go and based on what they've done in the past, recommend something similar. And looking at all the expeditions that were available. So that would've taken some time for the rep to then go research that and see what expeditions they've been to, what they might like, based on those things, to recommend other things. But with Prompt Builder and field generation, click a button, AI does it all for you.

Mike Gerholdt: I would agree. Well, thanks for sitting around and jawing about prompts and GPTs, because I feel like it's June, we've been talking about this... Has it been for over a year or has it just been a few months? Or has it just been a year-

Joshua Birk: It feels like over a year.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Right. But it's a little more advanced. It's interesting because I wonder in a year from now if we listen to this episode, if it'll sound super dated or not.

Joshua Birk: Yeah, I think that's an interesting question. And it's hard to answer because you have OpenAI saying the AI you're talking to right now are, oh gosh, I think I'm trying to remember their exact quote and realizing it might not be something we want to record on a podcast. So let's just say not nearly as evolved as the models that they are trying to bring into the near future. And the near future ones are supposed to be much more intelligent, much more capable of reading your contacts, much more behaving like a human, kind of thing. And so I think that poses the question of when I say how much context and how much repetition you have to put in your prompt to make it do what you want. That statement might sound dated in about six months to a year. Because the person listening to it at that time might be like, "What are you talking about? The AI just knows who I am and they just talk to me like a travel agent. It's just normal." But I think in general, what we're going to get is better results, and prompt building in general is going to remain relatively the same. We might get to the end faster. We might get more better concise data. It's going to realize that that great pizza shop is actually closed in Chicago, and it won't recommend it, and things like that. But I think the actual concepts of prompt building, I think they're here to stay for a while.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. Well, that's good to know. It doesn't feel like fly-by-night anymore. Well, I'll stick a bow on this episode for now, and thankfully none of our AI's hallucinated. If you enjoyed this episode, do me a favor and share it with one person, just one. It's not that hard. If you're listening in the Apple Podcast app, you can just tap the three dots up in the right-hand corner, click the share episode, and then you can post it to social. You can text it to a friend and be like, "Let's listen to the prompt building episode together." If you're looking for more great resources, of course, admin.salesforce.com. The number of people I know that don't know about admin.salesforce.com is hopefully dwindling in the world because I keep bringing it up. But the good news is the reason you can go there, all the resources, if we mentioned any in the show, will be there, a transcript of the show, and links to our Admin Trailblazer group on the Trailblazer Community will be there as well. So with that, until next week when Josh talks to Ravish, and you already had a preview of that episode, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Chris Zullo, Global Practice Director of Customer 360 and Marketing at AllCloud.

Join us as we chat about integrating Marketing Cloud and Data Cloud and how you can do more with your data.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Chris Zullo.

Bring all your customer data together in Salesforce Chris is kind of my go-to Marketing Cloud guy, so I wanted to bring him on the pod to talk through how Data Cloud and Marketing Cloud go hand-in-hand. In his role as Global Practice Director of both Customer 360 and Marketing at AllCloud, he’s seen firsthand just how much of an impact Data Cloud can have by allowing both departments to work in tandem.

There are so many applications businesses use in today’s environment that each store data about your customers. But there’s a problem. As Chris puts it, “The likelihood of all of those systems talking to each other in any cohesive fashion is slim to none.” That’s where Data Cloud comes in. It allows you to bring all of that data into one place in Salesforce, and that’s where the magic happens.

Data Cloud creates a consistent customer experience When a customer interacts with your business, they don’t care who they’re talking to—they just want to be treated consistently and as if they’re the same person. If they had a conversation with a sales rep about a certain product or feature, they expect the customer service rep they call to know what they’re talking about.

With Data Cloud, your customer service rep can look at all the communications a customer might have had with sales so they’re on the same page. And if they notice that there’s an email sequence scheduled next week to remind them about their warranty, maybe they can cancel it ahead of time and head things off at the pass.

That’s why it’s so important to give everyone a seat at the table when you’re establishing Data Cloud at your organization: marketing, sales, service, eCommerce, IT, and your data team. You want everyone working together to create a unified experience for your customers.

Data Cloud makes your data actionable Some business units get really attached to their data. Sure, they’ll build you an API to provide a one-way glass view of their data, but why do you need them to integrate it with Data Cloud?

“It’s all about making it actionable,” Chris says, “it’s a verb, it’s an action. Just because I have a view doesn’t mean I can do something with it.” Data Cloud lets you do segmentation and targeting at scale without having to copy-paste into a bunch of pivot tables. And with AI features like lookalike segments, the possibilities are endless.

There’s a lot more great stuff from Chris about how Data Cloud can transform your organization so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to hear more from the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Trailhead: Explore Data Cloud * Watch: Data Cloud Decoded

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Chris on Twitter: @ChrisZullo
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Full show transcript

Mike: With Data Cloud, you can organize and unify data across Salesforce and other external data sources. After data has been ingested into Data Cloud, it can be used to drive personalization and engagement through the creation of audience segments. So that's what our help documents say. And I wanted to find out from Chris Zullo, who is a business puzzle solver, Salesforce MVP and Global C360 and marketing practice director at AllCloud. What he's seeing when he's helped other admins integrate Marketing Cloud and Data Cloud and all of the benefits across the organization from having visibility into that. Also, what are some of the questions that admins should be asking in order to get that integration going? Now, before we get into the podcast, I want to be sure you're doing one thing and that's following the Salesforce Admins Podcast. And the reason I ask is if you're doing that on Apple Podcasts or Spotify or iHeartRadio, then the newest episode will automatically be downloaded right to your phone so you can listen to it on your bike ride or your dog walk, or maybe you just walk around the neighborhood to clear your head. But let's talk about integrating data with Chris and get Chris on the podcast. So Chris, welcome back to the podcast.

Chris Zullo: Thanks for having me.

Mike: It's probably been a while, but you're my go-to Marketing Cloud guy, and I feel a lot of people have seen you present in the ecosystem and talking Marketing Cloud. But catch us up. What have you been up to? What do you do? What's your exciting passion in the Salesforce ecosystem?

Chris Zullo: Sure. So I mean, right now, I am doing a lot of things around Marketing Cloud and Data Cloud as a global practice director for Customer 360 and marketing for a company called AllCloud and just really trying to figure out how best to utilize the data that we have.

Mike: I love it when you get titles based on marketing and you go, "Had that for a while."

Chris Zullo: It's a long one.

Mike: I used to be a director of social enterprise. I was like, "Ooh, that sounds neat." And then Salesforce dropped Social enterprise and I was like, "Oh, now I'm stuck with this." So I'm going to play devil's advocate because Marketing Cloud and Salesforce, I've done stuff, isn't campaigns enough? I mean, as an admin, I signed up my marketing people and they can create campaigns and they can put contacts in as campaign members.

Chris Zullo: I mean unofficially the campaign object is the first part of the Marketing Cloud going back in time. But no, it is not in fact enough by itself as that is merely just a folder, if you will, a job folder that you can manage any engagement and activities that you plan to execute and engage with your customer base. So yeah, you need to do more.

Mike: So what do we get when we sit down and have the grownup discussion of let's pull in Data Cloud?

Chris Zullo: So when you think about pulling in Data cloud or why you would need Data Cloud, you got to think about how many systems and applications store customer data and it's never just one. The likelihood of all of those systems talking to each other in any cohesive fashion is slim to none. So with Data Cloud, you have the ability to connect and create a number of bridges, if you will, to allow all of these systems and applications to feed into one centralized location where we can harmonize, centralize, standardize all of that data to create a unified view of any one individual to better engage with them, to better service them, whatever the topic may be, and not have to swivel chair across multiple systems and try and remove a lot of the manual labor that goes into historically accessing customer data in a lot of different locations.

Mike: So what are some of the things that you are finding when you work with marketers that they're excited to get data on with Data Cloud?

Chris Zullo: Well, some of the bigger things are some of the more advanced segmentation capabilities that you're able to do. If you think about from retail businesses that are selling goods or products and they're wanting to figure out what's the customer lifetime value of an individual or how much are they spending with us? Recency frequency and monetary models where you can get into these more robust modeling above and beyond your typical segments of, okay, give me all the people who like the color red. You can get more just deeper into the weeds to create these more robust groupings of individuals that you can then break down into smaller parts as you need. And so, that's one of the bigger things is just really being able to look at that and isolate at scale what people are doing, how are they interacting with us and how much do they really like us?

Mike: Yeah, how much do they really like us? Dear Marketing Cloud, how much do... Please, no, don't do that. So if I'm listening to this and I'm an admin, I'm putting myself back in those days of sitting in the chair and it's usually an executive or a stakeholder sees something at an event is like Data Cloud. We should talk about that. Where are you finding when you're helping admins or doing some of this work yourself? The admin should start this conversation. Does it start with the marketing team because the marketing team needs to pull that in and then they're going to service? Where are some of these conversations originating?

Chris Zullo: Marketing certainly has a seat at the table since the concept that Data Cloud is built upon originated within the marketing realm over 10 years ago, the concept of a customer data platform, which really was to make their jobs easier. That being said, they're not the only ones that can benefit from data. So I think if you're going to do it right, you have the right heads of each of the major business units or teams or departments, however you organize your company at the discussion around what do we want to do? Who is our customer? Even before you get to the technology, it's really around alignment across sales, marketing, service, e-comm, maybe IT is involved or if you have a dedicated data team, these are some of the main voices that should have input into creating that centralized model because you may have different uses in each of those teams. The customer doesn't changed and they don't care who they're talking to. They expect to be treated consistently as if they're the same person regardless of the context of what their conversation is on.

Mike: Yeah, sitting back as an admin where the data's at and that your customer doesn't know where their data's at, they don't get, like when you go check into a hotel, why don't you have all my information? I don't know where you keep all my information. I don't know where my name is stored versus my hotel room preferences and I don't care, I shouldn't because I'm talking to the front desk person. They should have all that. That's a thing that I always seem to forget. So what are some of the conversations like because I have to feel like a few of these databases or wherever this information stored have owners and they own the database. I've worked with orgs before where, yeah, well, IT owns the invoice server or whatever. Boy, they don't want to give that data up. What is the benefit in that? Or they'll come back and say, "Well, I can just write you an API that gives you a view into the order table." What is the benefit of going Data cloud versus a one-way, maybe pane of glass view?

Chris Zullo: It's really making it actionable. I don't recall the specific quote, but you were in the room with me-

Mike: Oh, boy.

Chris Zullo: ... back in the day. And it was a difference between a noun and a verb. If you recall the particular event we were at, it was it's all about making it actionable. It's a verb, it's an action. And so, just because you have a view doesn't mean I can actually do something with it. I mean, that's still swivel chair because if I've got to copy and paste or manually key something in that's not making it frictionless, and not only is that making my job harder, that is making the customer experience less enjoyable because that prolongs the conversation that slows down the resolution of whatever activity that individual's trying to carry out. And so, Data Cloud makes it actionable so that once we have that data in, and something that I don't think a lot of people realize is Data Cloud is not overriding those source systems. It's not a survivorship model. So the systems of record are still the systems of record. The system owners are still in charge of what goes on in their domain. Data cloud is just making it so that we can combine the data from these various systems and make it more usable for business users. And if you want, you can activate or push data back to those systems if you see fit. Otherwise, you're going to activate it into the channels where you can do something with it that's going to benefit the customer and hopefully make your day job a little bit easier.

Mike: So what I'm hearing is, as a marketer because that's where we started, I can query contacts and with Data Cloud also look at maybe contacts with invoices greater than a $1,000 and not have to do a pivot table with contacts I pulled out at Salesforce and then invoices that I got out of this other system because the data is actionable within Salesforce.

Chris Zullo: That's absolutely correct.

Mike: Just letting that moment of silence kind of fall upon people as you hear 10,000 pivot tables in the background screaming, because I feel like that. It's a different scenario, but I remember just Salesforce a long time ago used to be able to do web tabs or whatever. And so, I set up a web tab, which was our travel portal, and I remember the salesperson being like, "Oh my god, Mike, this is amazing. So this means that when I booked the travel, it's going to put it on my calendar." And I was like, "No, it's just a pane of glass to our travel portal. It is just that there is no integration." And too often I think people get caught up in what the visual looks like. You asked for order information, so here it is on another tab when you click this and now you have access to it. Except as a marketer, I still have to go to this other system, to the invoice domain on this other server and pull customer numbers and pull contact records and then pivot table the two as opposed to using a report in Salesforce or something in Tableau to create that campaign.

Chris Zullo: That can be a brutal way to go about things. And frankly, a lot of us have been used to that for so long because that's just the way it was done. But now there's a better way to utilize that data and like I said, make it more actionable to speed up the process and the time to value both for the business as well as the individual that you're supporting or trying to provide great customer experience to. So another example of that is you mentioned orders, but think about from a case perspective, and this is going to touch across multiple teams. If somebody calls in with an issue or have questions about a product or service that they've bought, so you have the customer service rep on the phone, there was an order placed and fulfilled at some point in the recent memory. And you may have active marketing communications going out to this individual on a regular basis. And so, that's just three teams that could be involved in that one call. And so, in that moment, does the customer service rep know what you have bought recently without having to ask and make you repeat 15 times after they've done that to validate that you are who you say you are? But then can I see your order history? Can I see that there's some marketing communications scheduled very soon that might be touching upon this very same topic or related topic, which maybe we let go? Maybe we want to hit pause for a second and say maybe we don't want to hit them up with this marketing communication because they've called in, they have a question, we haven't resolved it. It may or may not be negative, it may just be a neutral situation, but we don't want to potentially turn this into something bigger than it is. And so, you've got those three different teams that can be influenced by that one call, but how many systems does that rep have to go to see what this person has, what they have bought, what email communications are coming up, or SMS if it's a different channel? All of that can be in one view if you are able to unify everything through Data Cloud.

Mike: Yeah, I always feel like the conversation with marketing is sales oriented, but the real increase in fidelity is when as an admin, marketing and service talk to each other, because that's normally where the joy can be maintained of the sale. After the salesperson not walks away, but closes the deal, to your point, if they have say, a warranty issue, the last thing they want is two days later after a customer service call to get a marketing email reminding them to sign up for a three-year extended warranty. Like, "Hi, welcome to Tone Deaf Marketing." But it happens, right? And I always feel like when you sit down with marketing people, their initial inclination is sales oriented. But I feel like what I'm definitely hearing is a big value comes to the customer service rep who is, "Hey, I hear you. Let's work through this issue. I see you're on a couple of warranty reminder emails. I'm going to go ahead and uncheck you from those." And you can correct me on this, the marketing team, empowering the service team to do something like that, right?

Chris Zullo: Yes, exactly. Work smarter, not harder.

Mike: What are other examples that you're finding of, I won't say it's unintended, but unintended collaboration like that unlocked because of Data Cloud?

Chris Zullo: Sure. So I think other ones is to your point, from a sales perspective, sometimes people lump marketing and sales into the same team oftentimes and stereotypically and very humorously, it's like Westside story and they're on rival factions where we agree on nothing.

Mike: I would love to think that every sales and marketing meeting begins with teams snapping at each other.

Chris Zullo: Oh, I feel like there's a nice skit in the future with that one.

Mike: There is.

Chris Zullo: But so think about how those two can be working more collaboratively whether they want to or not, they should be. But thinking about you have people selling on an interactive basis, and if you are, say it's multithreaded in its account-based marketing, and you have different sellers talking to different people in the same organization, do they know that?

Mike: Oh, yeah.

Chris Zullo: Do we know if the left hand is doing while the right hand's over here shaking a new hand? How are we connecting the dots not only internally, but also looking at the target organization? Who is getting what communications? How are we bombarding them with all these different communications? Or potentially, do we want to empower the sales team to drop somebody into a nurture campaign? It would be a lot more effective if A, we can bubble up the fact that, okay, we have one organization, we have got two sellers talking to five different people and they're on all these different communications. One's not. And then we can look at a broader picture from an account level at the individual level and internally who's doing what, when, where, and why. All of that rolls into how can we provide a better service from a sales perspective, and how can we empower bidirectionally marketing and sales to help each other to put them into the right communication? Or maybe again, similar to the previous example, maybe dial it back. Maybe we don't want to hit them as much because they're talking to a human being. We don't need to prompt them to schedule their next appointment.

Mike: Right. Yeah, that's always fun when you're getting the email. So moving ahead, AI is a thing, it's been a thing for a while. We have Prompt Builder, we have Einstein Copilot. What are some of the cool things that you're hearing marketers are really looking forward to with some of the AI stuff that's out there?

Chris Zullo: I think some of the predictive capabilities, I think really being able to leverage the AI from an ideation perspective, creating content or I don't know about you, but I do enjoy writing, but I don't always hit the ground running and wanting to be able to throw an idea out there, get something back and go, okay, that's not exactly what I wanted, but I can work with this. And so, then I can tweak it. And so, I might have a great idea, but I don't have the words to get it going. And so, that's one example from a marketing perspective. The other is from a data perspective, thinking about, again, the data has a story to tell and the better your data, the better the story can become. And with AI in particular leveraging good data, we can then identify trends or identify opportunities that maybe we're not looking at as closely as we could or should, but also would take us a lot more time to effectively do if we were doing it manually and allowing that to create a lookalike audience, a lookalike segment to say, "Hey, here's your best audience based on these parameters. You've got this whole group of untapped potential that would potentially be really interested in this same product or this same service, but you've never bothered to ask."

Mike: Yeah, I mean, you put a lot on the salesperson to make those connections in their head, and sometimes it's just not going to happen depending on the salesperson, right?

Chris Zullo: Exactly.

Mike: This is more of a Mike question because Mike's curious. So where are marketers falling with a lot of the advancements in AI writing emails to customers? Because you and I, we're from the days when marketing had to go over every single letter word, consonant vowel period in an email, and we built email templates and we would build workflows with email templates. And somewhere a marketer would lay his head down or her head down at night and be like, "I know exactly word for word what the customer got when we closed the deal." But now with AI we can kind of say, "Hey, tone and voice..." And maybe be softer or maybe be happier or funnier. And I suppose it's no different than just letting people write emails, but I'd be curious kind of what you're hearing because I feel you're a little more plugged into marketers than I'm.

Chris Zullo: Yeah, I think there's a relative split. I think you've got a number of folks who are embracing it and leveraging it for the benefits that it offers. I do feel that there's still a bit of skepticism and fear. And to be honest, two years ago I was very much skeptical on what AI was going to do for me as a marketer. So I decided to investigate a little bit further and learn more about it and saw that there really is a lot of potential with AI. And I think the way I would explain it is AI is not going to replace you. I think people who understand and learn how to harness the power of AI are going to have an inherent advantage over others because it is a productivity play, in my opinion. And so, the way I have been explaining it to people is it's not so much artificial intelligence, but it's supplemental intelligence. You don't replace the human. The human still needs to be involved. You're still the chaperone. You still going to be a hand on the wheel, but it's almost like having Jarvis from a very popular.

Mike: [inaudible 00:25:27].

Chris Zullo: Yes, our boy, he is a helper, but he can't do all the things without your guidance. Jarvis was a product of Tony. And so, the AI that we're using in our organization, it's really going to be a product of how you utilize it to increase your time to [inaudible 00:25:54], your speed to market, or reduce the friction to process data. It's really about taking that and leveraging that in a way to be more efficient with the time that you have and still have the final say. I'm not asking Einstein to create an email and just send it blindly. No, I'm doing it to jumpstart the process and then I can refine it and revise it with a trained human hand that knows, you know what? That might not work the way that the output provided it. And you can either train it to get better, which it can do, but at the end of the day, it still requires you or me to be involved in the process. It doesn't work asynchronously. It just doesn't.

Mike: Yeah. I was talking with a friend this weekend, and of course, this'll date me in 10 or 15 years, he's a professor at university. He said, "AI's not going to take your job. What's going to take your job is the people that know how to use AI."

Chris Zullo: Exactly.

Mike: And I was like, "Oh, you're so spot on." We diverged a little bit. Last question, anyone who's looking to get interested in Data Cloud, what would your suggestion be?

Chris Zullo: I would jump on Trailhead for one. That is a great place to start because you can get hands-on exposure and experience. And honestly, whether you realize it or not, admins, you have such an important role in your organization and Data Cloud can have such a significant impact on how your data is managed, that it really is in your best interest to understand how it works, how it can impact your environment and how you can influence it. And so, number one, go to Trailhead and get started there. There's a number of resources out there. I'm trying to think of the name. There is a great YouTube series that Danielle Larregui oversees, the specific Data Cloud series and has a number of different guests from Salesforce on there about how Data Cloud works and how to use some of the various features within that, and it's a really good resource.

Mike: I like it. Thanks for coming on the podcast, Chris. It's always good to hear from you and I'm sure we'll hear some crazy visionary insights from you at Dreamforce this year, right?

Chris Zullo: I will certainly be there. I've been around for a while, so I don't know if anybody really wants to hear from me anymore, but I'm always happy to share.

Mike: I don't know, I got to believe so, right.

Chris Zullo: Hey, I'm willing and ready. If the invite's there, I'll be there.

Mike: I appreciate it. So it was a great discussion with Chris I, You always think of what's the immediate benefit of doing something with another cloud? So what will Data Cloud get sales? Or immediately, as you heard in the conversation, my head goes right into marketing and sales, but there's also a lot of other benefits that other departments are seeing and we had that discussion about service, how you can actually talk and service your customers better. Having that integration, that information, it just kind of makes sense. So I hope you enjoyed the episode. I thought it was a lot of fun.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Joe Sterne, a Solutions Architect and Salesforce contractor.

Join us as we chat about his tips for job interviews, what to look for in a job description, and how you can use AI to help you prep.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Joe Sterne.

Contract work in the Salesforce ecosystem Last month, we talked to Jason Atwood about how to prepare for a Salesforce job interview. That episode was fantastic because Jason interviews job candidates all the time, but I wanted to hear from someone who’s had experience sitting on the other side of the table. That’s why I was so excited to hear from Joe Sterne about his experience as a contractor.

Contracting is becoming more common in the Salesforce ecosystem, and it can be a great way to get experience to land that next-level position. “At the end of the day, certifications are great,” Joe says, “but certifications aren’t the be-all, end-all—it’s also experience.” Of course, being a contractor means that you’re constantly looking for that next gig, so Joe has a lot of great tips to share from going out on so many interviews.

What to look for in a Salesforce job description Looking for a new position usually starts with reading through a bunch of job descriptions. Joe recommends taking a close look at what responsibilities are actually listed because it doesn’t always match the job title. It can happen for any number of reasons, but it’s important information to know going into the interview process because it can affect the salary band.

Joe also suggests investing the time to make sure you have something to talk about once you land that big interview, especially if you’re bound by an NDA. It could be Superbadges, or work you’ve done for a nonprofit, or, as Joe says, “maybe it’s something you did for fun just so you could talk about it in an interview.” No matter what, you need a way to demonstrate your skills and knowledge and how they’re a fit for your new role.

How to prep for a Salesforce job interview When you’re prepping for an interview, Joe recommends taking some time to learn about the business and the industry they’re in. Who are their clients? What problems are they trying to solve? And, most importantly, why are you a good candidate for them to help them address those problems? At the end of the day, that’s what you’re selling.

As Joe says, you want to be able to walk into the interview and say, “Here are your problems, I understand them, I’m going to be able to fix them, here are some ways I should be able to fix them, and here are other ideas I have that I could work on with other people as I learn more to evolve those solutions.”

There’s a lot more great stuff from Joe in this episode about how to deal with weird interview questions and how he uses ChatGPT to help him prep, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to hear more from the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Listen: How to Prepare for a Salesforce Job Interview * Listen: Being Neurodivergent in the Salesforce Ecosystem with Joe Sterne * 5 Ways to Make Your Sales and Service Reps’ Lives Easier with AI

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Joe on Twitter: @MrJoeSterne
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Full show transcript

Mike: So let's say you're out there as a Salesforce admin and you're interviewing and you get a crazy question like, "If you could be any animal, what animal would you be?" Well, I won't tell you the answer that Joe Sterne gave but Joe Sterne is on the podcast today and he's going to help us flip on the other side of the coin. That's right. So it's June. If you remember back in May, I had Jason Atwood on the podcast. He's from Arkus and he was talking about what he does to interview Salesforce admins. My hope was to get you in the mindset of what a hiring manager is looking for. Today, I got Joe Sterne, who is out there in the job market and he's interviewing as a Salesforce admin, at least he was at the time that we reported this. And gave some tips to help you get ready for your interview, some things that he's doing. Also, you know what? We talk about contract work because I think that's a very viable solution as a new admin. Now, of course, before we get into the episode, I want to make sure you're following the Salesforce Admins Podcast wherever you listen to podcasts, whether it be Apple Podcasts or Spotify or iHeartRadio. Go ahead and click that follow button and the reason is then a new episode will be put on your phone right away when you wake up Thursday morning. So with that, let's get to our conversation with Joe. So Joe, welcome back to the podcast.

Joe Sterne: Hello.

Mike: Good to have you on again. It's been a while. But let's talk about, so back in May for the people that follow along with the podcast, because I know everybody does. I published an episode How to Prepare for a Salesforce Job Interview in 2024 and Jason Atwood was my guest. And I think he did a really good job of prepping us on the employer side. You, I know, are currently now on the admin side. So I wanted to get the... Does it show my age if I say the peanut butter cup scenario, like the chocolate and the peanut butter version?

Joe Sterne: I mean, I don't think so. I'm still a big fan of Reese's Peanut Butter Cup. Wait. Can I name drop brands on this?

Mike: Yeah. You can.

Joe Sterne: So-

Mike: I mean, if they want to want to send me a care package of peanut butter and chocolate, I'm all for that.

Joe Sterne: There you go. Yes. I mean, to me, that does not date you. If you were saying something more along the lines of... I'm trying to think of... Not Milk Duds. There's some candy that's coated in chocolate that has powder in the middle of it that's from the 1940s.

Mike: That's Milk Duds. That's Milk Duds. Every time I've had Milk Duds-

Joe Sterne: Oh, okay.

Mike: Oh. No, no. Malto-

Joe Sterne: Malt... yes. Malted Stuff. Yeah.

Mike: Malted Dots or something they're called.

Joe Sterne: Yes. Yeah. Those-

Mike: Yeah. Those things-

Joe Sterne: Are old.

Mike: You bite into it, you're like, "Oh, chocolate," and then it's like a puff of dry dust.

Joe Sterne: Exactly. Yes. That, I feel like, would date you.

Mike: Wow. All right. So Joe, since we've last spoke, what have you been up to?

Joe Sterne: Oh man. So was I still at Salesforce when we last spoke? I think I might have been.

Mike: You were still?

Joe Sterne: So yeah, I was wrapped up in part of the layoffs in the beginning of 2023 and landed a couple different solution architecture specific roles at companies over the course of 2023 that also had layoffs sadly. The market has been quite chaotic over the last year and a half in the Salesforce space. I am currently right now doing contract work for another company, still doing solution architecture, but doing it under my own LLC.

Mike: Ah. So what have you found interviewing... And I guess being an LLC and pitching consulting services, you're interviewing, right?

Joe Sterne: Right. Oh, yeah. Yeah. You're still interviewing. It's just, to me... Well, I'll take one step back here. I'm still interviewing for full-time or W2 positions as they like to call it when I've been talking about positions but I'm also open to 10-99 or corp to corp. Corp to corp is one of the main reasons that I decided to do an LLC. Besides the tax reasons, it's the ability just for somebody to come back to me and be like, "Hey, we can do contract but it needs to be corp to corp." It's like, "Cool. We can do that. I have one."

Mike: Gotcha.

Joe Sterne: And not have that be a limitation where it's like, "Hey, we can't do 10-99 or W2 on this engagement," that knocks you out of the rutting. It's like, "Well, okay, that doesn't really help me and I would love to be able to deduct stuff from a business standpoint. Since I'm going to be using my own hardware in most of these contract situations, I'd rather just wrap that up from a business perspective." So I know that's not necessarily totally viable for a lot of people, especially just starting out in the industry. But I would say, it's something to be aware of because I have seen a pretty big shift within the last 18 months in the industry. Well, big for me. I've been in the industry since 2013 and I fell into it. That there's been a dramatic increase in contract roles of any sort and a pretty pronounced pullback in full-time W2 roles.

Mike: Okay. But let's tackle that first part. Let's say you are, for your opinion, a newer admin. What is the level of experience you feel people should be at before they would go and do what you did which is start an LLC and do, we'll just call it contract admin work, as opposed to being hired on as a position within the company?

Joe Sterne: Yeah. I would recommend probably being at some sort of a senior level, so a few years of hands-on experience ideally. That you can then use to translate some of the value of why you would be a good candidate for them from a hiring role in general, whether it's contract or not. But here's some of the stuff that I've done, here's some of the things that I'm a part of, here's some of the knowledge that I have, that I've encountered on the job, some stuff that I may have not necessarily encountered on the job but dabbled in. Because at the end of the day, certifications are great. I am a certification ambassador for Salesforce so I will not say anything different. But obviously, certifications aren't the be all end all either. It's also experience. Experience both helps you get a certification as well as certifications help you get experience. So it's this chicken and the egg scenario sometimes when you're first starting out where it's like, "How do I get that experience if no one's willing to take a chance on me?" That is obviously a much larger conversation than what we're having today. But having some of that experience, I think, is helpful if you're trying to go that contract admin route or a fractional admin. Which I feel like as the rise of some of these C-suites, I think that some of that "fractional work" may start coming up where you may be working for two or three companies at once. That you're all doing admin things, but they just don't have the level of requests or tickets or change that would require somebody to be on full-time with benefits but they still need some help.

Mike: Right. That may be the case, right? In your area or depending on where a person is, maybe they're not hiring for a full-time admin. So you're newer, you need the experience, would you take on a contract role? Let's say a company's like, "Look, we're not going to hire for this position full-time but we will do a 6-month contract with you." As an individual, to me, that sounds like a great way to at least get some experience.

Joe Sterne: Absolutely.

Mike: And then you're also working towards, "Well, they could renew the contract. It also gives me a few months to get in with an organization," and maybe you may like it. And then, you could... Well, if you made this full-time, look at all that you would get.

Joe Sterne: Right. The one thing I've seen over the past few months as I've navigated the new contract world. Because historically, I've only looked for W2, but with this market I've had to open myself up to contract roles, is that there definitely is the concept of contract to hire. Where essentially instead of testing out an employee for 60 or 90 days, you're essentially testing them out for six months, a year, or so. Some of those offers might just be dangling in front of you to get you to be willing to do a contract. But I feel like others actually do convert and drawing some parallels to outside the Salesforce ecosystem when it comes to community management or marketing, having a bunch of contract roles before you land a full-time one is not unusual. It used to be unusual in the Salesforce realm and I feel like that is also starting to change just with the way that the current market is and the pullback on head counts. That is forcing companies to arguably prioritize their bottomline over their employees. But again, slightly separate conversation. But making sure that from a cost standpoint, that they're not necessarily wasting money on separate groups that they don't "need" too. So I think that having the ability to grab a contact role for six months is great. It's just that one of the things that you will need to be aware of is that from a interviewing perspective, you don't... Sometimes when you get a full-time job, especially if it's one that you've been pining for, for a while, you take a step back from the LinkedIn and the job application market for a period of time. When it comes to contracting like sales, you don't really have that luxury. So yes, I am currently contracting for one company but I've never stopped looking for additional work. Just because I don't necessarily have an exclusivity with my current company and I'm also... I'm trying to get to 40 hours a week billable right now which they can't offer and that's okay. It was only pitched as part-time anyway. But for me, it's always trying to find more work and more potential pipeline. So it's very similar. It's from a consulting standpoint of trying to build a book of business and trying to build a pipeline and trying to line that up. Because ideally, if I stayed in this world of contracting work and whatnot, I would be trying to make sure that I'm fully booked out for a year or so in advance and turn away work or refer work to other people rather than trying to scramble for it. It's the typical feast or famine concept.

Mike: What were... I guess I started in the past tense. But what are some of the things that you do when getting ready for a job interview, either as a W2 or a 10-99, that you feel is applicable to a lot of admins?

Joe Sterne: Oh, man. So I would say, one of the things that I've really started to leverage. And I know that the whole AI, AI, AI thing has been beat over-

Mike: Really? You don't get that anywhere? I haven't-

Joe Sterne: Yeah. No, I-

Mike: I haven't seen AI anywhere. That's the first I've heard of it.

Joe Sterne: Yeah. Exactly. Over the last year, I've definitely started to leverage at least ChatGDP more and more to a point where I'm actually paying for it. I tried to actually set up my own custom GDP around Salesforce architecture that got kicked off the store because it used the term Salesforce. But that is something that I've found to be helpful when I have been, A, researching the company and the industries that company is in. Because asking questions about that, diving deep, granted for most of the stuff that people think of AI today, arguably it's just spicy autocorrect. But there are some areas where it can definitely start doing things for you that are either tedious or just time-consuming. So I just saw an article that Shannon Tran posted around a Salesforce Ben posting where they were trying to implement different types of AI in an org and they were just trying to figure out what made sense. It turns out, a lot of it, they had to go off platform for and that brings up a ton of complexity. As an admin, you're not necessarily required to know all of that. But you would want to know at least on the Salesforce side, what they're planning on doing and what tools that they are implementing. And what different areas or different features that may have not been available in the past are now available. Is the company going to be paying for those extra licenses? How are those going to be implemented? Are you implementing them? Is a third party implementing them? So there's a lot of different questions that would probably come up in an interview if you start diving down into that. I have found that tools like ChatGDP are very helpful to navigate those flows beforehand and potentially, give you a talk track before you actually even talk to them. So I mean, you can use ChatGDP as a pseudo interviewer and have it just drill you for questions. You can use it as a certification prep tool and have it ask you questions. Now, granted, especially in the latter example, I would want to verify that those answers are correct because they do have the chance to hallucinate every now and then. Obviously, I always joke that because it's on the internet, everything is true. But I do feel that when people see things that are typed out, they usually default to thinking that is true rather than potentially critically thinking that it may not be. So just a word of caution that you may not have 100% accuracy in truthfulness. But, to me, that's been a great way to prep for interviews just because I can almost have a conversation rather than me just doing a few Google searches and having to potentially connect the dots here and there which is also very useful.

Mike: You said something that... Well, right at the beginning of your answer, it's been just echoing in my head that I want to know in the current landscape... You said, "When I'm looking at a company and how I would work with them..." How much does that come up in the interview? How important is it in the age of the internet that you actually do the prep work on the about page and the history page and the about us page or if they have a corporate values page? How much do you do that when you're prepping as an individual or as a consultant?

Joe Sterne: So I would say that you don't necessarily need to know their entire executive suite by the back of your hand and be able to recite off what they've done like you're talking about a sports player. Unless you want to, by all means, go for it. I've found that knowing a initial amount about what the industry that they're in, some of the customers that they deal with, whether that's other businesses, whether that's end consumers, whether that's both, it helps you figure out some of the problems that they're searching for. Because eventually, that's what you're trying to help them solve. That's what you're selling to them as a solution is, "Here. Here are your problems. I understand them. I'm going to be able to fix them. Here are some certain ways that I should be able to fix them. And there are other ideas that I have that I could work with other people as I learn more to evolve those solutions." I mean, that's true if you're a consultant, that's true if you're in-house. You're there to solve problems and make the company money or make the company money by making other people more efficient, stuff like that. So having a baseline knowledge of what they're doing helps you because from an initial interview standpoint, you may not necessarily have a lot of the... The best way to describe this is like a contact situation where it's, "Hey, given this certain issue that we're having, we're going to give you a quick brief background, tell us how you might approach it or tell us how you might solve it." I see that all the time. Those, if you don't know what the business does, you don't know how they necessarily act with their clients or partners or anything in their ecosystem, it's going to be a struggle for you to answer those. Because you won't know that off the top of your head and then you might have to fumble your way through it. As opposed to doing a little bit of research, not a ton. Because granted like right now in this market, I've found that there is a lot of quantity that you may have to go after initially before you can start focusing on quality as those amounts of interviews narrow as you go through the process. So it does take a lot of time to fully memorize a company. I'm not recommending that you do that. But not knowing anything about them and going in "cold" is not going to help you either because you won't be able to answer those hypothetical situations.

Mike: Right. Yeah. It's funny just having been in the world and seeing that change, just the difference that the internet brought interviewing people. God. Before times? So what are things that you... Always, we get asked, and a lot of people get asked like job description. What should I look for in a job description? How do I know if this is... Is this a Salesforce admin job? Some companies call it that. They call a duck a duck, you're a Salesforce admin. Some don't. The business technology specialist or corporations sometimes have different naming conventions. What are things that you look for in job descriptions?

Joe Sterne: Okay. So-

Mike: Buckle up. I feel like this is an answer.

Joe Sterne: Yeah. So it's funny that you bring this up because from the one thing that I have definitely noticed as being a solution architect, for the last half a decade or so, is that a solution architect these days isn't always a solution architect. You have to actually read the job description. Because a lot of times, I've encountered where you have a "solution architect", like that's what they call you. But you're asked to do Apex coding and debugging and all these other things that a technical architect would be responsible for. I don't know if it's just people don't understand that there is a fairly clear delineation between technical architects and solution architects when it comes to the amount of code that they should be required to do or if they're just trying to get a technical architect for cheap. Because arguably, the pay band for a technical architect, like any other dev, is a little bit higher than a solution architect which is generally not responsible for stuff like that. So I have seen a lot of that confusion in the marketplace when it comes to the position that I'm currently in. And I think that definitely also cascades down into even the difference between a "junior admin" where they're asking you to do everything an admin would do, but they're only trying to have you at the junior level to save cost or that they may not know better. It definitely depends on, if you can tease out, how long they've been using Salesforce. Because obviously, the newer they are to Salesforce, I think, the more struggle of understanding titles and how they reference to typical other titles in the ecosystem. It's a little bit more of a struggle if you've just started Salesforce as opposed to, "Hey, we've been on Salesforce for a decade. HR is caught up to this. We're well aware of pay bands. So that's not something that we're going to necessarily be able to," I don't want to say con, but, "argue with the level of talent that we want." Because that's something where if you're applying for a job that says junior and all of the stuff that they're asking and all the things that you talk about in the interview says, "This is actually a typical admin or a senior admin level," that's something to call out. Because that's probably going to show up, maybe not necessarily on the title side, but it's probably going to show up on the pay band side. So being aware of what a typical admin is responsible for is generally pretty helpful when you're reading these job descriptions. Because then, you can get a gut check of like, "Hey, are they really asking for an admin or are they asking for a senior admin? They just happen to have it marketed as something different."?

Mike: Yeah. Well, and a lot of times, a lot of what we find and this is true for a... I don't want to pick on just admins because I know I've talked to the developer relations side. It's that way, too, with a lot of roles that people write. Especially if it's a new role within the organization, they just blanket, "Here's everything you should do," and it's like... I remember reading job descriptions in... Was it 2017? And they said, "You need five years of Lightning experience." It's like, "Well, it's only been out for two." And it's no fault to the company, they just... I don't think they somehow know to categorize stuff like that. So yeah, job descriptions can be all over the place.

Joe Sterne: But as long as you're comfortable with what they're asking you to do, at least on the ten, that is usually a good start. Because the other thing to note about the job descriptions is it's generally, not always, but it's generally a starting place to some of the questions that you're going to start getting from the interviewers. One of the things that I get all the time when I am pitching companies or just interviewing generally is they're like, "Hey, you gave me an example about X, Y, Z. Can you go into more detail?" It's like, "No, I can't. I'm under NDA, so you can go talk to this company and have them sign a waiver if you want but I can't tell you exactly what I did. I can tell you that I worked on it." That happens more often than people think because they're trying to not necessarily see what the competition is doing but they're trying to gauge your skills. So being able to have ways that you can talk about your skills that aren't necessarily bound by an NDA can be really helpful. Maybe, that's some stuff that you've done with Superbadges, maybe that's something that you've done with a nonprofit that isn't necessarily bound by NDA, or maybe that's just something that you did for fun, literally, so you could speak about it in an interview. There's nothing wrong with that. But those questions generally do come up. It may not be first round. It might be second or third. And God, hopefully not fourth or fifth. But those-

Mike: You never know.

Joe Sterne: Yeah. You never know. Those examples usually directly relate back to that job description. Because there are people that you may be talking to that aren't necessarily very close to Salesforce. But they're brought into the interview process because they are a department that you're working with or a division that you're going to be embedded in. They may not know everything about Salesforce, so they may just go down the job description part and ask you questions. They may go down your resume and just drill you on, "Hey, why do you have this on here? Can you tell me a little bit more about it?" So being able to say, "Oh, cool. Thanks for asking me about that here. And I'm going to go into a 2-minute monologue of the question that you just asked." That's definitely very helpful because it shows that, A, you understand what they want and you also understand what you've done and you're able to talk about it at arguably a snap of your fingers. And not necessarily have to be like, "Oh, well, hold on a second. Let me look that up," and, "What did I write here?", kind of thing

Mike: As we wrap things up, I... It sounds like a fun question. Fun is a word that means a lot of things in my head so we won't use-

Joe Sterne: Are we using air quotes right now?

Mike: No. I'm trying not to. Nobody can see them. Let's use the word interesting.

Joe Sterne: Okay.

Mike: What is the most interesting question you feel comfortable sharing that you got in a job interview?

Joe Sterne: Oh, man.

Mike: See how fun could also work?

Joe Sterne: Yeah. Yeah. Fun could also work. I feel like that is... I've gotten a lot. I've had a... So I would say within the last year and a half across the last few jobs that I've gotten ever since I left Salesforce, I've probably put in well over a thousand applications.

Mike: Wow.

Joe Sterne: I've had not a very good conversion rate to interviews but I have had some interviews. I think that the more bizarre questions that I get are usually something that has absolutely nothing to relate to Salesforce. I think it's the ones that they're trying to figure you out from a psychological perspective but they haven't really thought it through. So it's the ones where it's like, "Hey, if you could be any animal, what animal would you be?" "I don't know. An elephant? So I can't forget all this stuff." Like, "How does this relate to what we're doing?" That was-

Mike: Joe, how are you going to type with elephant feet?

Joe Sterne: Right. Exactly. I'm like, "I'll have to use-"

Mike: [inaudible 00:29:30].

Joe Sterne: Right. I'm like, "Do I need to ask for accommodations here?" So it's questions like that, that I've gotten, where it's just been completely oddball. Like, "This has nothing to do with the job at all. How..." I even struggle to how connect the dot back to the interview process itself where it's like, "Hey, what are you trying to ask me?" Because it's not something simple of like, "Hey, I'm having this issue. How would you tackle it?" It's like, "Well, I'd try to do it in configuration and this is the way that I think I would tackle it based on this information. If that changes, then maybe I'd look at the App Exchange and see if I could find anything there. If that didn't necessarily work, then I'd have to start talking about custom code and understanding..." That's a whole train of thought that you can have with a question that is semi-technical related. But if you have somebody asking, "Hey, what brand of soda would you be and why?" Where do I go with that?

Mike: Yeah. First of all, you've got the big two. And then, what if you go a regional flavor that nobody understands with limited distribution?

Joe Sterne: Right. Or what if you go something retro like, "Hey, I'd like to be Tab or Crystal Clear Pepsi," like-

Mike: I was going to say Crystal Pepsi, yes.

Joe Sterne: Yeah.

Mike: That's the second or third time it's come up on this podcast. It's awesome.

Joe Sterne: Yeah. I mean, bringing it back full circle, talking about something that will date you, Gen Z has no idea what Crystal Clear Pepsi is. But it is definitely one of the, I would say, the rare failures of soda, up there with new Coke which is also-

Mike: It still doesn't... Coke still doesn't taste right. I remember what Coke tastes like as a kid and the whole new Coke, new Coke tasted like Pepsi.

Joe Sterne: Yeah. Exactly. They were trying to go after the sweeter market. I only remember this because Stranger Things did a Coke tie-in, I think, for Season 2 or 3 where you could buy redone new Coke in the can. And so, I bought it just to taste it and I remember sipping it and I was like, "This is horrible. This is knockoff Pepsi, store brand Pepsi." And I was like, "Yeah. I can see why this didn't go anywhere."

Mike: Right.

Joe Sterne: So yeah, so I would say that I don't know if you could necessarily prepare for those questions of, "If you were a soda, what soda would you be and why?" But those are usually ones that I would found there, it's like, "All right. Maybe I should reconsider wanting to work for this company in general if you're going to be asking me questions like this. Because I don't know if this is going to be a reflection of the type of company that it is too." Because I mean... I feel like one thing that a lot of people forget, and it's easy to especially when you're desperate for a job, is that you're also interviewing the company. You're trying to figure out if you want to work there too. So there are times where the interviewers are trying to sell you on working there and there are times where they may not be. But that's something that, ideally, is on you to figure out, "Hey, I need to be able to ask questions that would determine if I want to work there," and those can vary from people. So I can't say there's a list of questions that you should ask every company, period. But a very good one to start teasing out how they were is what is their stance on return to office? Because that's usually a really good indicator of, "Do we listen to our employees actually or do we say we listen to our employees and ignore them?" So it's questions like that... Obviously, if you want to be in the office full-time, you can ask that question. It doesn't necessarily matter what they say. But if you don't want to be in the office full-time or if this was marketed as a remote job and they're actually saying it's hybrid, that's something to think about like, "Hey, if they can't get this right in the job application, what else are they going to potentially be getting wrong or not necessarily telling you the truth when you're working there?" So make sure that you don't forget that you're also interviewing them to see if they're a place that you want to work for too. Not necessarily just... It's not one-sided. It's always two sides of a conversation. It's a conversation. It's not a monologue. It's something where you need to have back and forth and it's for the... Ideally, it's for both sides to make sure that, "Hey, we're both in agreement of what's expected."

Mike: Yep. I completely agree. I wasn't trying to teach admins anything out of this other than just sometimes getting funny questions is a fun way to end things. Joe, I want to thank-

Joe Sterne: Oh, yeah. Yeah. Sorry. I probably went on a serious tangent there.

Mike: No, you're fine. We know you want to be an elephant.

Joe Sterne: Yeah. I mean, sometimes that's also to keep with a funny thing like, "Do you have any questions?" That's also something that you can just throw back at them too. "Hey, if you were a soda, what soda would you be and why?" Because I guarantee that 99 point something percent of people aren't expecting that question. So it's a... Depending on the banter that you have with your interviewer, it might be a fun way to end it out.

Mike: Right. Good. Joe, thanks for stopping by and-

Joe Sterne: Of course.

Mike: Keeping us up to date on what's going on out there. If people wanted to follow you on anything social, I'll go ahead and link it down in our show notes.

Joe Sterne: Yes, that would be great. Yeah. You can find me on Twitter, I refuse to call it X. You can find me on LinkedIn and I mean, heck, you couldn't find me at my new company. You can shoot me an email. Feel free to reach out to me. I still have people reaching out to me from our past conversation I've had on this podcast periodically so I always love to get those notes. Yeah. I love to get those notes because I mean, I'm here to help other people. So if I haven't helped you, I'm sorry. That was definitely my goal of today. And if I have helped you, I'd love to hear that I have because it's always a nice ego boost.

Mike: Absolutely. Thanks so much, Joe.

Joe Sterne: Thank you.

Mike: It was a great discussion with Joe. I'd love to know, so what answer would you be for an animal? The whole time that he was asking that question, for some reason, the tiger came to mind. But I'd be curious, I'd love to know what animal you could be if you were a Salesforce admin at a job interview. But I did think that Joe gave us some really good tips and from an experience standpoint, oftentimes, it's brought up, "Go help a nonprofit." But sometimes looking for a full-time FTE job versus a contract job, a contract job might be a good path for getting some experience. If it's a trend that a lot of organizations are going to, it's a great way to get into the front door of that organization. So thanks, Joe, for being on here and sharing some of those wisdom. Now, if you're doing one thing and you enjoyed this, I want you to help share and spread the word. So if you're listening on Apple Podcasts, just go ahead and tap the three dots in the upper right and click Share Episode. What you can do there is you can post at social or you can text it to a friend, maybe you have somebody else that's out there looking for a job. Of course, I mentioned resources, links to Joe's social stuff, all of that will be in the show notes for the episode. All of the Salesforce Admin episodes can be found at admin.salesforce.com. That is your one-stop for everything admin, including a transcript of this episode. Be sure to join our conversation in the Admin Trailblazer Group that is in the Trailblazer Community. Again, link is in the show notes. So until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we have another deep dive with Josh Birk, who talks to Shoby Abdi, Principle Architecture Evangelist at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about the Well-Architected framework, why you should start using Data Cloud, and what you need to do to get ready.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Shoby Abdi.

The Well-Architected framework Shoby is the Principle Architecture Evangelist at Salesforce, and he’s come on the pod to tell us about the Salesforce Well-Architected framework. And he’s here to tell you that the framework is not just for Salesforce Architects—everyone should take a look at it.

As Shoby puts it, if your customers or users open Salesforce and it scares them, that’s how you know you need to use the framework. It can help you identify anti-patterns in your org and fix them by building solutions that are trusted, easy, and adaptable. Those are the essential ingredients for a healthy org, and that’s what puts you in the best position to take advantage of everything Data Cloud has to offer.

If Data Cloud was a parking lot We’ve talked a little about Data Cloud on this podcast in the past, and that’s linked below, but Shoby helped explain why it’s such a big deal. The main point he makes is that by bringing all of your data together in one place, it can start to tell a story. As he puts it, “What is your customer doing? Where are they? And then how do you interact with them next?”

When we talk about Data Cloud, it can often sound like it’s some sort of parking lot for all of the information you have about your customers. But as Shoby points out, it’s so much more than that. It’s more like if your parking lot had a valet that could tell you everything about who’s parked there, what kind of car they drive, how long they’re staying there, and exactly when they plan to leave.

Einstein and Data Cloud If you’re a Salesforce Admin looking to enable Data Cloud, Shoby recommends working through the Well-Architected framework to make sure that your org is healthy. After all, these tools are only as good as the data you give them.

If you’ve done all that, there’s a lot to get exited about. Data Cloud brings everything into Salesforce as standard objects, which means you can build all sorts of interesting things with flows and everything else you’re already using. And with Einstein Copilot and other AI tools, the possibilities are endless.

There’s a lot more great stuff from Shoby in this episode about how Data Cloud works, so be sure to take a listen. And don’t forget to subscribe to hear more from the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Well-Architected Framework * Making Data Cloud Work With Your Existing Salesforce CRM Data * Salesforce Architects Blog * Podcast: Well-Architected Automation with Tom Leddy

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Shoby on Medium
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Full show transcript

Josh Birk: Greetings, Salesforce admins. It's Josh Birk here, your guest host for this week. This week on a deep dive, we're going to dig into data cloud and then talk about data cloud. I brought one of my good friends and old colleagues, Shoby Abdi. All right. Today on the show we're going to welcome back Shoby Abdi to talk about data cloud. Shoby, how you doing?

Shoby Abdi: Not too bad. Just doing well. Connections is right around the corner. Just to timestamp this for everybody.

Josh Birk: It's a Connections week. It's a DevOps streaming week. Everybody here is in Chicago and I'm still at home talking to you. So that's my social calendar.

Shoby Abdi: Exactly. That sounds very similar. I am also in Chicago.

Josh Birk: Nice. Okay. So introduce yourself a little bit. Tell me a little bit about your current role.

Shoby Abdi: Sure. So my name is Shoby Abdi. I am a principal architecture evangelist on the Salesforce's Architects and Well-Architected team or the other way around. Essentially, if anybody has ever gone to or if you're a Salesforce architect or if you've ever gone to architect.salesforce.com or if you've ever heard of the Well-Architected framework, my role, along with a few others is that we are evangelists. So it's very similar to the work that Josh does or on the admin side or developer advantage to the developer size, except our audience is firmly architects. Architects of all kinds, whether that be our internal ones, customers, partners, architects all over the place.

Josh Birk: There's a nice overlap between admins and architects. So actually let's give you that this is the Tonight Show portion where you get to do your own plug. Tell me a little bit about the Well-Architected framework.

Shoby Abdi: Sure, absolutely. So the Well-Architected framework in a very simple manner is prescriptive guidance for solution health. When we put it that way... Now remember, it's a Well-Architected framework. Now, Well-Architected frameworks exist not just with Salesforce, but Amazon, Microsoft, all kinds of other cloud providers have created their own Well-Architected frameworks. What's really important about the Well-Architected framework is that it's not simply for architects, right? While it's Well-Architected, it's not a well-built framework for architects. It's a Well-Architected framework. So the idea is that regardless of your role, your function, if you're just a customer, if you're an implementer, everybody should be looking at it. And when we talk about solution health, really what it boils down to is a lot of times when anybody is implementing for the first time, or they're implementing in an existing org, or even at as an administrator, you inherit an org. You start a job and you inherit some eight, nine-year-old org with all kinds of technical debt happening and you're like, "Okay, I don't know what's good and what's bad, what to keep and what to deprecate." What the Well-Architected framework does, and when you look at it from a baseline perspective, is that it was really developed and designed by architects and other individuals in the ecosystem like yourselves, like the folks listening. It was also firmly designed by our individuals within our product and engineering team. And that's important is that the prescriptive guidance within it is really firmly built on top of not just base level knowledge, but it's firm recommendations, firm practices, and we even take the tack of actually dictating specific patterns and anti-patterns.

Josh Birk: Got it.

Shoby Abdi: Related to how it goes. And the way that Well-Architected framework is structured is around solutions should be trusted, easy and adaptable. And we firmly believe they should be in that order. One of the first elements of trusted is secure, but then easy, it's about being intentional and then adaptable. One of my favorite, one of the last ones is composable. And obviously as Salesforce, trust is our number one value. So obviously we're going to feel trust should be the first thing you focus on. So really the framework itself is really a... The simplest way I can put it is that if you want to build a healthy solution, if you want to maintain a healthy solution, you can utilize a prescriptive guidance within the framework and you can find it at architect.salesforce.com. It's available today. It's not hidden anywhere. You can find it today and utilize it as you need it.

Josh Birk: Love it. So if you're an admin and you open up your org and it scares you, this is a good trail guide to get out of it.

Shoby Abdi: It's not even if you're an admin, it often scares you, it's more of like if you're a customer or if a business user open up the org and it scares them.

Josh Birk: Right.

Shoby Abdi: It's like, "I'd love to use Salesforce, but I really can't use it because of the following SB issue. My report-"

Josh Birk: Because of all the anxiety it gives me, whatever.

Shoby Abdi: "I really want to use this report. I don't know where it is, but I really want to use this report, Meredith, but it takes five minutes to run. I can't use it." Okay, well, it may be full of anti-patterns. So that's where utilizing some of the guidance within our performance, topics, around throughput and latency could come in handy to really understand, are these reports I need to modify? Do I need to do skinny tables? Do I need to optimize any queries if it's custom? That's what that guidance really is. It's not simply an admin even or an architect or developer or anybody looking at it themselves. It could also be based on actual customer and end user feedback of what they're seeing and what they're telling you that needs to be fixed.

Josh Birk: Because that's the commonality between these three roles is that the users are always in the middle.

Shoby Abdi: And Salesforce.

Josh Birk: And Salesforce, yeah.

Shoby Abdi: There you go.

Josh Birk: Okay. So we're talking data cloud today, and let's take the very, very high level. If you have to introduce data cloud as a product to somebody, how do you describe it?

Shoby Abdi: The way that I describe data cloud is that when it's so much like you hear a lot of different capabilities around it. You'll hear data lake, data warehouse. Really what data cloud is, is it provides the ability for any organization, regardless of the amount of data sources that your organization has to make those data sources and all of that data, that disparate data that can be everywhere doing many things. It makes it useful in the context of your customer. If you're a B2C organization that has end customers out there in the world buying things, then it could be useful as far as a unified profile for that person goes. As you're a B2B organization where you're more business oriented and account oriented, it could be useful for you as well. I was actually describing this to someone yesterday where when you look at data cloud and its capabilities, and a lot of people will always think of different data sources, data lakes, data warehouses where it's different and important is that data cloud is not simply a place where you park your data, hope it works, and hope you can find it. It's not a parking lot for your data. Right?

Josh Birk: Right.

Shoby Abdi: What it is when you bring it into data cloud, you can automate it. You can get a view of your customer. Right?

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Shoby Abdi: When we talk about that single view of the customer. And really what drives that view is the customer's interactions and activity. Whether you're a consumer based organization or a business to business based organization, your customer is going to interact with you in some way that involves data. They're going to be creating data, whether they're clicking on websites, they're paying invoices, they're paying credit cards, they're creating cases, they're telling you that they want to buy 500,000 of these and you're closing a deal and they're paying off an invoice and agreeing to an order over email. All of these actions, all of these functions, all this data as it comes into data cloud starts to tell you what are the behaviors? What is your customer doing? What is your customer doing today? Where is your customer? And then how do you interact with them next? So that's the power of data cloud is, it's not simply a, "Okay, I've got all my data in. That's great." No, that's literally step zero. That's what we tell everybody. Get your data into data cloud. Just get it in. Because once you get it in, then it's the power of automation, analytics, unification, segmenting, activations. That's where it starts to matter. So that's really when we talk about the data cloud, that's what we look at.

Josh Birk: Yeah. I love the parking lot analogy because first of all, it's so easy to think of it like that. I've got my data in Salesforce, but then blah, blah, blah, blah, blah. There's something over here. I'll use data cloud to connect it. But to kind of extend that analogy, it's not just a parking lot. It's a parking lot with a valet and a security officer and a scheduling system. It's got all the moving parts you need in order to efficiently move cars in and out of that parking lot.

Shoby Abdi: Yeah, absolutely. It's not just lot covered. So really what it is, it's similar to everything that Salesforce does. Like I said before, trust is our number one value. Similar to the Well-Architected framework as well, it's built with trust in mind. It's built with security in mind. So because we have that trust first. Now, when it comes to data cloud, you can be secure that when your data comes in, we handle that. We can take care of that part. Then what starts to matter is what you do with it like automation.

Josh Birk: Yeah. What are some specific use cases that you see? What's an example of somebody who just clicked and they're like, "Oh, this is actually the problem that I need data cloud to be the solution"?

Shoby Abdi: So a lot of it really comes in terms of, okay, data cloud obviously started from its CDP days and it's evolved significantly. A lot of use cases that we'll see are simply around, "Okay, I need to understand how do I interact with my end customer next?" So principally you'll see some of that around unified profile. If you've ever seen a demo of data cloud, you'll see first use case of, "Okay, who is this human being? What websites are they going to? And then finally, what is it that we need to really work them with?" And then people often ask like, "Okay, I've got that element of data cloud and I've got all this data in. I see this person, but who's going to help me next?" That's where our friend Einstein comes in handy, right? Because you can create an email within Einstein utilizing different prompts, different capabilities, but once you include data cloud data into that prompt, now all of a sudden you've enriched it significantly. Where now because CRM data, while powerful is often limited. It's limited based on what your business does and how your business updates still that CRM data, whether it's case data or opportunity data. But data cloud data is your customer's data. Right?

Josh Birk: Mm-hmm.

Shoby Abdi: They're the ones who are constantly making it happen. So now all of a sudden if your email or if the campaign is a part of, is a reflection of actual real life activity they're doing and they didn't need to tell you, "Put me here next," that makes a big difference in that process. So that's fundamentally a use case that we see. It's like while it's very general, it could apply to marketing, it could apply to sales, in the end, the reason I articulate this specific use case is that it starts to really combine the power of the data cloud with the power of what you probably already have if you're looking at data cloud, which is your Salesforce CRM.

Josh Birk: Yeah. Well, and I like... Every now and then in tech, we get the handiness of a phrase that just makes sense. Unified profile, I feel like honestly gives you the solution, but also defines the problem in the first place, right?

Shoby Abdi: Yeah, absolutely.

Josh Birk: If I'm trying to communicate with you, Shoby Abdi, but you as a digital identity is actually strewn about 15 different data sources, then when I go to Salesforce, I have to cobble that together before I have an accurate representation of you.

Shoby Abdi: No, absolutely. A lot of the challenge is, someone even asked me this... Yesterday was apparently a busy day, but someone asked me this yesterday as well, was just around, "Well, can you use data cloud for de-duping?"

Josh Birk: Right.

Shoby Abdi: And then I said, "One of the things you have to think about is de-duping is a you problem. It's not a customer problem. The customer's problem is you don't know who they are. So if you've got eight different versions of that human being's name and you don't know which one is the which one that actually has bought anything, or maybe they've changed their name, they've changed their address, they've changed their phone number, but then all of a sudden when you bring in the data cloud, you bring in all those unified data sources and one of those John Smiths is clicking on a lot of your websites, ordering a lot of your product. And the John Smith you thought that was in your CRM was the one that was actually doing it, is not that one. Then you really don't have to de-dupe anything. Then you know which one is the actual human being, John Smith, like the ones you should actually start having that enriched discussion with, that enriched engagement with, whether it's through sales, service, marketing support, however. That's where you can start.

Josh Birk: So data cloud's not there to try to fix your bad data management, but it can help focus the lens, so to speak, so that you're looking at the right part of the data.

Shoby Abdi: No, absolutely. Right? Because by bringing all those data sources in, now all of a sudden your customer is almost in the data driver's seat because as they interact with your online properties, as they interact with your organizational properties and data created, now all of a sudden their activities start to reflect within those profiles and you start to see and understand what it is they do.

Josh Birk: To extend to that, how would you compare, because you and I are old school technologists and we grew up in the days where what we are talking about now would mostly be in the realm of extract, transform, and load, right? Like an ETL process. How does data cloud compare or how is it similar or different from those old school solutions?

Shoby Abdi: Yeah. And I think that comes up quite a bit of like, "Well, how do I do ETL with data cloud? Do I go with this ETL tool or do I go with data cloud? Do I do this or do I do that?" And invariably the power... One of the things that often comes up is it becomes a... When you look at what data lakes we're looking to solve and data warehouses were looking to solve was like, "Okay, we've got all of our data all over the place. We need and to be one specific place." And then it's like, "Okay, we've put it now in one specific place." And it's like, "All right, now what? Now, are we all of a sudden... Once again, it's the parking lot." Are we all of a sudden like, "Okay. Well, this person's claiming they need to leave the building at 9:00 PM. This person is leaving at 10:00. So why don't we park their car up here and then with there and then go over there." Right?

Josh Birk: Right.

Shoby Abdi: So now all of a sudden as a customer because of something I really didn't do, I may have gotten there really early. But because I got there early, I'm getting penalized for leaving early because a lot of people came after me. So the way that I compare it with ETL, it goes back to the ability to create that unified profile, activate on that unified profile, create some [inaudible 00:15:45] unified profile, is that you start to worry less about how to get clean amazing data. I don't even compare it to MDM. I'm sorry ETL, but it's MDM. How do you do data cloud with MDM? And it's like, well, once again, who is it for? Is it for your internal organization to have its perfect golden record situation when in fact the golden record should be the customer? It should be that customer. It should be the individual account record or that individual record inside of Salesforce. And then what's really driving it being meaningful golden are the interactions and activities that are happening. And that's where that power of data cloud comes in with you bring in from data sources through batch elements or through streaming elements, whether you bring it through our Insights API or any other API or an SDK. As you bring that data in, now all of a sudden you're simply enriching that profile more and more and you're able to automate on that more and more as it goes along. So that's why it's hard for me to compare it to base level ETL or anything because the power of it is that just bring the data in. Bring the data in. Where with ETL it's all about, "Well, before you bring the data in, let's talk about at least 50 things." Where now it's like, "No, just bring the data in. And then utilizing the power of the data cloud itself, the power of automation built within our platform like Flows, and Apex, and Orchestration, others, you can do a lot more with it. But the first step, I'm going to go back to what the first episode will be on, it's just got to bring it in.

Josh Birk: You just got to bring it in. Right. Well, and let's use that as a launching point because you just said automation a lot and you said Flow. So an admin who knows Flow, what are some things that they can use Flow to interact with data cloud?

Shoby Abdi: Yeah, absolutely. And what's interesting is a couple of weeks ago we actually put out a blog. So if anybody's ever read our blog, medium.com/salesforcearchitects actually blog post about this very thing. It's essentially, if you want to look, it's called Making Data Cloud Work With Your Existing Salesforce CRM data. And while I'm not good at titles, the end goal of it was really to talk about when we talk about data cloud and Salesforce and our entire platform, our Einstein 1 platform, it's really all about... One of the things that you'll see is that shared metadata framework. And that's one thing if anybody takes anything away from whatever it is I'm saying, it's really that all of this is a shared metadata framework. What that shared metadata framework means is that now as we just keep saying, "You bring that data in, bring that data in." It's not simply, "Okay, now that I've brought that data in, I don't know what to do with it. Can I actually access it? Can I use the tools that I have in place in platform to actually do anything with it?" Or it's like a marketing cloud thing. I need to learn marketing cloud automation. So one of the drivers behind creating that blog post was to say, "No. Data cloud was built with the power of the platform in mind." It's the marrying of data cloud capabilities with Salesforce CRM. So when data cloud comes in, it comes in as different kinds of objects. It's objects. So it starts usually from data streams as DSOs. And DSOs is essentially that data from all these different third-party sources. And this is where data starts to reflect within your data cloud environment, whether it's zero copy or it's registered. It's essentially there. It's available to you to actually start to proceed with. That's when you start to create essentially data lake objects as well as DLOs. And those DLOs is when you start to look at, "All right, what are those specific data use cases I want?" It could be sales-related, it could be service-related, it could be marketing-related, it could be telemetry-related, it could be anything. But then beyond those DLOs, once again, we're still talking about objects. That's when we're going to create other kinds of objects. So the first kind of object is usually what's called a DMO. Now, if you're an administrator or developer architect, when you're working with data cloud, you're probably going to be working with DMOs quite a bit because DMOs are more often than not, where a lot of the automation is happening. So a DMO is essentially to harmonized group in those DLO. So you could have those data lake objects. Let's just say, one of the things about I always miss is those fun old school MarTech diagrams where they're like, "Oh, let's show all the hundreds of billions of kinds of applications that exist out there for marketing."

Josh Birk: Right.

Shoby Abdi: It's true. Right? You may have 55 Google Sheets and ADRPs and etc, etc. As you start to go down the source object, DSO, data lake object, DLO, DMO object in a DMO process, you start to essentially build out, parse out what the object model needs to look like, what that harmonized elements of data needs to look like for your specific use case. And I'll go over a Sales Cloud, use case that'll be relevant. So for DMO, and then you'll have another kind of object, which is actually a calculated insight object, calculated insights, which is a CIO, now that you can create basically based on essentially an insight based on a query, based on specific analytics like certain... Old school calculated insight or [inaudible 00:21:33] review. There's a lot of different ways you can call it, but it is essentially based on a calculation that occurs where someone hits this website these many times, or they've made these many orders or that kind of thing.

Josh Birk: Gotcha.

Shoby Abdi: But those are the kinds of objects. So now all of a sudden, okay. You've got all these kinds of objects within data cloud, these data cloud objects. What happens then? So that is where the power of our fliend, friend. Not fliend, but friend.

Josh Birk: Fliend.

Shoby Abdi: Friend Flow comes in. So when we look at flow, it's really the one thing we need to realize about data cloud is that a data cloud instance can exist in one environment. It could exist as a single data cloud instance across multiple environments.

Josh Birk: Gotcha.

Shoby Abdi: So if you're an administrator who's like, "Well, it's not as easy for me Josh, because I've got 55 environments in this one data cloud instance, catering to all of them." You could still use Flow. The way that it changes the way that you design it slightly differs. And this is obviously evolving, but for now, this is the way it is at the time of this recording where if your data cloud and your Salesforce CRM are in a single environment, the same environment, that's where you're going to create a data cloud triggered flow. And the data cloud triggered flow, if anybody has an activated data cloud org, or if you've gotten a data cloud environment from Trailhead, you'll see the ability to create a data cloud triggered flow, and that's launched when a DMO or CIO have a change of data. So now all of a sudden it's like, "Okay. How do I then associate that triggered flow with my Salesforce data?" Well, you do it the way you do it.

Josh Birk: You would do it normally.

Shoby Abdi: You create a record or you essentially update a record or you do something, right? Because now all of a sudden that customer activity within that Flow can then drive whatever updates you want within that CRM object.

Josh Birk: Gotcha.

Shoby Abdi: So that's one of the first ways you can correlate, or you can actually directly link your data cloud, data model data that's being generated to your Salesforce CRM data model data.

Josh Birk: Got it.

Shoby Abdi: The second way to use Flow is that if it's in different environments. Now you may say, "Okay, well it's in different environments. Am I in trouble now? Now the answer is no. Once again, data cloud is designed for this in mind. Now, there are many ways to actually utilize a data action and data cloud, and what a data action does is very similar to the trigger flow. It looks for any data changes in the DMO or CIO, right? One of the specific ones, you could do web hooks and other means that work with all of our clouds, but the one that people probably most know is a platform event, because a platform event is basically another kind of object. And that now all of a sudden you can create a platform event and then that can hit a flow within another org, a platform event, and then all of a sudden it becomes, "Well, now how do I associate that data cloud platform event, data to my CRM data in my other org?" Well, you do it the way that you would do it today, right?

Josh Birk: Right.

Shoby Abdi: You essentially do it the way that it would work with the platform event today if it came from data cloud, if it came from grandma's Microsoft Access table, whichever one. So that's where you can operationally use it, where in those situations, whether it's the same or different environment, how you can use Flow if you want to create read, update or delete any and all Salesforce data.

Josh Birk: Gotcha.

Shoby Abdi: The other path that you can do is you can also... You have the ability to actually view some data cloud data associated with CRM data, and that's relatively new, what are called data cloud related lists and data cloud copy fields. A related list is essentially the way it sounds where it's just specific DMO like data model object data associated to a lead contact or person account or a field, or a field data that can be updated from data cloud. So that once again, the lead contact and person account. The only distinction on that one is that it's view only at the moment, and it's really restricted to lead contact person account at the moment. Whereas through our Flow process, any implementer, administrator, anybody can use the existing skills they have from a clicks or a code perspective to make it work Flow. I keep using Flow. People are like, "Well, what about Apex?" Same rules. Same principle rules. You can create a trigger on platform events. You can create a trigger off of... And utilize the triggered Flow and data cloud in the same environment to kick off Apex. You have a lot of those options as well. So in the blog, I have an example of like, "All right, I talked about it in very ethereal terms." How do I talk about that in terms of an actual use case, like a useful one? So the way that it's described is that essentially we have data like a Sales Cloud one because Sales Cloud is our number one biggest cloud, and we have Sales Cloud data coming in from order management systems and ERPs. And it used to be, "Well, if I'm bringing in from order management and ERPs, that's all ETL talk. Do I need to do that?" No, no, no, no. You can absolutely bring that data in into Salesforce using data cloud. And once it's in data cloud, you can create those data lake objects, you can create those DMO objects and even calculated insights. The example that I gave was if you have all these order management systems and all these ERPs, you can create DMO records that combine all of the order data across all these different sources into a single object model.

Josh Birk: Gotcha.

Shoby Abdi: You can combine all of them if they're, let's say, direct. In fact you're selling through like grandmas... I'm really harping on grandma today. Grandma's like a local convenience store. You can get their data as well. And then you could also create this calculated insight record and you could say you want to group all the order data by an individual across all of them, whether they went into grandma store or they went on your online e-commerce website. E-commerce, That's a good way to put it. You're online. E-commerce, I'm going to really age myself. Then regardless of which direction you go, you can get that data from all those disparate data sources, Salesforce, and that can create an order record and associated to a lead and opportunity or quote that can update data within your CRM. It could do all of those things. You can actually show those copy field data, those related list data associated to that lead contact or person account because it's probably you making that order regardless of where you go. So now all of a sudden, that order, whether you went to the store, whether you did it online, showing up under you. It's coming in from data cloud. So that's a very base level one example that's described in more visual diagram detail inside of the blog post. But the reason that we went with the route of a Sales Cloud, one, is that right now, obviously data cloud is activated in everybody's environment. You could turn it on today.

Josh Birk: Gotcha.

Shoby Abdi: The first thing that people turn on, they've got Sales Cloud. It's like, "Oh, let's see what this looks like with my Sales Cloud. Can I use it with Sales Cloud?" The answer is yes.

Josh Birk: The answer is yes.

Shoby Abdi: Absolutely you can and you should. So that's really the goal of that.

Josh Birk: Nice. Now, if somebody is listening to this and they're like, "Oh, this might be me. I use Sales Cloud. I have other clouds, I have other data sources, et cetera," are there considerations? I mean, other than the obvious stuff, don't go blow up your production just because you listened to Shoby and Josh on a podcast. But are there considerations an admin should take before flipping that switch and turning on data cloud?

Shoby Abdi: Yeah, absolutely. A lot of those considerations are obviously looking at the state of your existing environment. If all of a sudden you're going to open up all the sources of data, the source of very powerful automation, I think people should absolutely not underestimate how powerful is because in many respects is that it's going to be meaningful. It's going to be meaningful is because when we talk about bringing those data sources in, it's your data. It's your organization's data. But the end, you want to look at your org and essentially understand, okay, is it in the best place it can be to do that? Right?

Josh Birk: Yeah.

Shoby Abdi: And bar another word because I'm setting myself here, up here, am I healthy?

Josh Birk: Exactly.

Shoby Abdi: Is the organization healthy? So now all of a sudden it's like, "All right, well if I got to get healthy, where do I find that?" You could look at the prescriptive guidance that exists within the well architected framework, because while you'll find a lot of items there that maybe specific data cloud, one of the things over the next few months, our product managers associated with the framework and with data cloud, they're adding more as it goes along. But one of the things to keep in mind is that if you're going to bring that data into Salesforce, CRM, anyway, the guidance within what Well-Architected framework is all about that.

Josh Birk: Gotcha.

Shoby Abdi: So I wouldn't even say it's more of a, well, before you blow up your org... Remember, data clouds are really designed for such a significant amount of data. You may be listening to everything right now, I was like, "Well, Shoby, I got way too much data. I got way too much data." I can't handle this. Once again, that data cloud was designed so that problem doesn't exist. Because you may say, "Well, I've got too much data in Salesforce. How do I solve that?" Well, that's where data cloud has these amazing CRM connectors. Sales and service. And you can actually ingest your own data and utilize the analytics and automation capability at scale to make it work where if all of a sudden an account is 20 years old, you don't want to lose out on all the amazingness of the last 19 and a half years. Only the last six months matter from an automation perspective. It used to be used be, "Well, you just got to archive that data and then hope for the best." Now, you could still right, but in the end, bring it back in data cloud.

Josh Birk: Get the insights.

Shoby Abdi: Get the insights, absolutely. Get that historical insight. All of a sudden you're... And if you start to inject Einstein into this, because it's the Einstein 1 platform, you start to inject Einstein into it. That is where all of a sudden you may be using the latest and greatest in technology, but your customers aren't losing out on the historical context that you are providing them. They will gain. They will absolutely gain from what you're providing.

Josh Birk: And since we get paid every time, we can say AI on the air, it also completes that picture. When we talk things about like grounding prompts and putting your data into what the model is going to understand, if you haven't fixed that lens problem, if I haven't figured out who Shoby Abdi is or who John Smith is, then AI won't either.

Shoby Abdi: No, absolutely not.

Josh Birk: Data collect can help you point in that direction for the AI.

Shoby Abdi: And really that's where all of a sudden, even when we talk about principally AI, we talk about that human at the helm.

Josh Birk: Right.

Shoby Abdi: Right? For a long time we obviously called it human at the loop, but now we're talking human at the helm. And really the whole end goal of the human at the helm is that you in many respects need to co-pilot this. It's almost like we have this product called like Copilot.

Josh Birk: It's like, "We've thought about that name first."

Shoby Abdi: It's like, "Oh my God." And really the end goal of being a co-pilot... And the way that I'd like to think about it principally, especially with co-pilot and how it relates to data cloud, is that when you're a co-pilot and you're flying a plane, some large 747, what you're not having to do is go outside on the plane and the flaps, raise them up, go down to the fuselage, put the wheels down, and then when the plane is in the air, "Boy, now I got to get it for cruising. So now you got to go back outside when you're 10,000 feet in the air.

Josh Birk: In the air, yeah.

Shoby Abdi: But the flap is back down. Raise the wheels up. Our aviation technology has evolved beyond that. So when you look at the power of Einstein, look at data cloud, really what it is, is that you truly become the co-pilot where all of this automation, everything is there to help you as the human being to just do your job. But what it's not doing right is it's not adding more complexity to it, right? Aviation technology has gotten to that point where it's like... There's been jokes of like, "Well, if I fall asleep, who's going to flip the switch to land? When we have to land." It's like, "Okay." It's almost to that stage. It's like, once again, but would you ever fly a plane? Would you ever fly in a plane that didn't have a pilot? I don't think anybody is ready for that yet, right? So having a human at the helm providing all of this, so increasing the ability for that just makes things more trustworthy. It makes things a lot safer for you and your customer. So that's why I like to... Once again, I don't think it's an AI, but now I just did. But in the end, when I think about AI in terms of all this, it's really, it relates to me. The data cloud story is a huge part of it, right? The Salesforce CRM story is a huge part of it. You can't talk AI. You can't talk Einstein without data cloud and without CRM.

Josh Birk: Yep. All righty. Well, thank you very much, sir. We will give references and resources in the show notes, including to the Architect site and Shoby's blog post on this topic. Shoby, thanks for being on the show.

Shoby Abdi: Thank you.

Josh Birk: I want to thank Shoby for the great conversation and information. As always, I want to thank you for listening. Now if you want to learn more about this show, head on over to admin.salesforce.com where you can hear old episodes, see the show notes, and also read other resources on the topic. Once again, everybody thank you for listening and I'll talk to you soon.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Brandon Walton, President, Owner, and Principal Consultant at Cypress Learning Solutions.

Join us as we chat about discovery, building trust, and why building with core Salesforce features is the best option for small organizations.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Brandon Walton.

Creating a puppy pipeline in Salesforce Brandon started his career as a car salesman and support tech in the Redmond, Washington area when a fateful call with a tech executive who liked how he explained things led to a job offer. That company used Pardot and, when it was acquired by Salesforce, he had the opportunity to become the implementation partner. The rest is history.

Today, Brandon’s a Salesforce Consultant for small businesses. One of his clients is Family Bred Puppies, which works to maximize the quality of life for dogs by matching families with small breeders. I wanted to bring him on the pod to share how he created a Salesforce implementation for them that’s scalable and easy to maintain. After all, who doesn’t love talking about puppies?

Creating a low-maintenance, scalable Salesforce implementation As Brandon explains, when you’re working with a small team they want Salesforce to help them do what they do best. They often don’t have the resources to hire a full-time admin or developer. However, as he was doing discovery, Brandon realized that there was a way to map their already-existing business process onto basic Salesforce architecture.

Family Bred Puppies needs to go through an application and interview process to qualify families looking to adopt, which are handled with the standard Salesforce lead and lead status objects. If they’ve found a suitable candidate, they can upgrade that lead to a contact and use the stages of an opportunity to track the adoption process. There is, however, a custom puppy object for puppy-specific information like vaccinations and genealogy.

Because almost everything is built with standard Salesforce objects, the implementation is extremely low maintenance. It’s also easy to upgrade and expand. In fact, Brandon just came from a meeting to talk about adding case management and Marketing Cloud, and AI features like Einstein Next Best Action just work because it’s all standard.

How to build trust with clients While all of this is good in theory, I really wanted to know how Brandon was so successful at getting his client to follow his advice. That’s the real challenge, isn’t it? You can explain all day why an opportunity would work better than building a custom adoption object, but how do you get them to believe you?

For Brandon, it comes down to building trust. “When someone believes that you’re listening to them and have their best interests as your top priority, that’s the foundation of trust,” he says. Keep asking questions instead of jumping to a solution right away, and get them involved in the process of creating a Salesforce implementation that works for them.

There’s a lot more great stuff from Brandon in this episode about scalability, user training, and puppies, so be sure to listen to the full episode. And don’t forget to subscribe to hear more from the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * How I Solved It: We Turned Salesforce Into a Puppy Adoption Platform! * Puppies: Family Bred Puppies

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Brandon on Twitter: @WaltonForce
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt: I got a plan. How about this week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk about the Puppy 360 instead of the customer 360. That's right. So this week we're doing a follow-up. You might've seen Brandon Walton on How I Solved This with Jennifer Lee. If not, I'll include that link in the show notes. But Brandon helped a small family business that helps place puppies with the right people to use Salesforce. And so I'm having him on the podcast to talk about discovery, and building trust, and really building applications with native Salesforce features that require some, let's call it minimal maintenance, because I think there's parts of organizations that you build high maintenance or applications for because their business is constantly changing and ones that will require minimal maintenance. We also talk about the art of building trust, which is fascinating, but also puppies. So I'll warn you, there's a few puppy talks in there. But before we get into the episode, I want to be sure that you're following the Salesforce Admins Podcast on iTunes or wherever you get your podcast. It's super easy. Just click on the follow or subscribe button inside the app. And the reason I tell you to do that is then the app will automatically download new episodes. So you can wake up, say it's Thursday morning, because that's when new episodes drop, and you're like, "I'm going to go for a walk this morning. It's a beautiful May day, and I want to immediately listen to this fantastic episode about puppies." The Apple have taken care of it for you while you were sleeping, so all you got to do is subscribe and do that right on your phone. But with that, let's get into the conversation with Brandon. So Brandon, welcome to the podcast.

Brandon Walton: Thanks, Mike. Thanks for having me.

Mike Gerholdt: You bet. Well, I'm excited after watching Jennifer's How I solved It on her YouTube channel, see all the amazing things you do. Plus, when she recorded the episode, there was puppies all over our Slack feed. So I'm a dog lover. Got to have people on the podcast that help people out with dogs. But let's get started with you Brandon. How did you get started in the Salesforce ecosystem and what do you do?

Brandon Walton: Yeah, Mike, thanks. And before I get started, love puppies too. I love working with the Family Bred Puppies team. They're just a great group of folks, and puppies barking, yapping. Just add a little of excitement that you don't get to enjoy all the time. So rewind a long, long time ago, my first jobs out of college were sales jobs. And I was the young just out of college guy who became that impromptu help fix someone's computer here, help fix a printer there. This is back in the mid 2000s when we were still sending faxes back and forth. So I became-

Mike Gerholdt: VGA ports. Don't forget those. Never forget.

Brandon Walton: Yes, you get it. You've been there.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, yeah.

Brandon Walton: So I worked at a car dealership actually, I was selling cars in Bellevue, Washington. And a big demographic that we serviced were Microsoft folks. So I was the dealership sales/tech support specialist guy, if you will, just by function, not by job title. And I was working with an executive and he said, "Brandon, I like the way you talk and explain things. [inaudible 00:03:49]. Do you want to sell cars the rest of your life? And do you want to come work for me, work with me?". And I didn't look back. And so from there I did technical sales, business analysts work, a lot of it related to Microsoft, that being from Bellevue Redmond at the time, that was the big employer there. And the team I was on started using a tool called Pardot for communications, an email automation platform. Pardot eventually became acquired by Salesforce, and there was this opportunity to be an implementation partner. So I jumped at that opportunity, started working in the Salesforce ecosystem, and I've been a consultant in the ecosystem since 2014 now. So gosh, that's 10 years in doing Salesforce work specifically. 2018, started my own Salesforce partner consulting firm, and get to work with small teams like Family Bred Puppies every day. And I love the challenges. I love solving things for different businesses. It's kind of like you get to solve a new puzzle all the time.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Well, you lasted in consulting 10x more than I did, so congrats. You mentioned Family Bred Puppies quite a bit. Let's talk about them and a little bit of the solution that you built.

Brandon Walton: Sure. So Family Bred Puppies is a client of mine. They work with small family-owned breeders. So their whole thing is they believe in quality of life for puppies, for dogs, especially the ones that they work with. And also making sure that families are getting a good experience through the adoption process. So when they came to Salesforce, looking at exploring Salesforce to facilitate not only relationships with the different breeders that they work with, but also the families that are adopting these puppies, they were looking for that all-in-one solution of being able to qualify applicants, also work with breeders, but manage the life cycle of a family that's adopting a puppy, and also managing the relationships with the small family breeders that they're working with on a regular basis. So one of the things that we do as consultants, and where we start out with is, okay, let's understand what this business is looking to do, and let's understand how we can map what the business is looking to do with Salesforce's core platform. Because that's the other thing. Working with small teams like this is, they're not necessarily developers. The Family Bred Puppy team, they love working with dogs. They don't have a computer science background. So what's good about that is they're very open to our suggestions and recommendations. They really needed something that was easy to use, that didn't require a solution that was so advanced that they would need to hire a full-time admin or a full-time developer. So we start taking a look at all the parts of their business that they need to manage in order for them to deliver on their mission of providing a good adoption experience for families, providing a good relationship with the small family breeders that they're working with, and having something that they can manage very easily. So we started taking a look at just that core Salesforce architecture. You've got your lead, a lead can be converted into an account and a contact, and you're managing opportunities.And then down the road you look at cases and stuff like that. So they have an application process. You can go to their website, familybredpuppies.com, submit an application. They're asking questions that are important for the application process. So they want to make sure that families that they're working with, they're not looking to start their own puppy mills and things like that. All those things are very important for the team. So we took a look at all of the questions that they needed to have to qualify a family looking to adopt a puppy. We mapped that to a web-to-lead form. Again, keeping it very simple out of the box. We set up that web-to-lead form on their website. And so now when someone goes to Family Bred Puppies and submits an application to adopt, that gets added to their Salesforce account as a lead. And all of those fields are being mapped in so they can see it all inside of Salesforce. The team uses lead status as they're qualifying the family, so there's an interview process. The first part of that interview, if some of those questions aren't answered correctly, maybe they're looking for a breed of puppy that Family Bred Puppies doesn't have or doesn't work with, or maybe they're looking to adopt a puppy for a reason that the team doesn't want folks adopting puppies for, like they want to be very careful about people wanting to adopt a puppy and then go create a puppy mill from the puppies. They disqualify. So you have this using lead statuses, disqualify, [inaudible 00:09:34], disqualify. When someone goes through that application process and they are someone that would be a good fit, that's when we convert them from a lead to a contact. A contact gets associated with an account, a household, it's a specific record type that we're using. And then we have the opportunity. And what we did on the opportunity is we mapped the sales stages of the opportunity to the steps of their adoption process. So first step is let's match the family with a puppy. Let's have the family out to meet. Let's make sure that the puppy's gone through all their vaccinations and all these things. And then throughout the process, the final step is the puppy's been taken home. And so what we did with Family Bred Puppies is let's map your business process as close to the Salesforce process as we possibly can. And what was good about working with the team is sometimes you work with small businesses that say, "ell, this isn't an opportunity. This isn't a product, this is an adoption. So rather than using opportunity, we should create something totally custom and call it adoption." And then you end up recreating a lot of these out of the box features. And so what was really important for, I think the success of this project was the fact that they were so open to listening to our advice and leveraging that standard Salesforce architecture. So now they have a solution where we were having a discussion earlier today about adding cases so they can actually do case management. And because it's all built off of accounts and contacts in the core architecture, looking to add these things is just easier and easier and easier. We're early on in the conversations about looking at things like Marketing Cloud so they can send follow-ups a year in, two years in, three years in, when they're working with these families. Or if someone refers a friend, being able to manage all of those kinds of relationships. And because it's built on that core architecture, adding these new features and looking other things that we can do on the platform is just way more attainable because they're designed for scale.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, no, I think you said something key at the beginning there, which is... And I get you're a consultant and people listening to the, oh, why is he talking to a consultant? Well, essentially where admins are consultants are internal, right? We're just paid differently. But you'll go into an organization, and I've gone into different parts when I've worked in organizations, and this client for you needed an app that didn't need to be highly maintained because it was pretty sturdy. We're not going with a lot of crazy out of the box stuff. And I've had different departments that use Salesforce the same way. And I think it's kind of figuring out what does this department need, and how custom do they want to go, and how much can I support it? Because you were clearly wanting to set them up with something solid that they didn't really need to pay. It is essentially like buying a new car. I just need to be able to put gas in it and manage everything. You said something at the beginning before we pressed record that I thought was really interesting, because a lot of getting an organization or getting a department to use standard objects, and getting past the, "Well, but we adopt things and we don't sell things," is trust. And I wrote it down, you said, 'There's an art to getting them to trust you," and I think that's for the admin as well. What is that art for you? What does that mean for you?

Brandon Walton: Yeah, I think trust in my world starts with the client, or the team, or the department, understanding that you're listening and you understand. And I think for so many people, and sometimes by accident, that it's a skill that you learn over time, is to listen and to listen to understand. And I think when someone believes you, that's part of trusting, is believing. When someone believes that you're A, listening to them, and two, have their best interests as your top priority, that's the foundation of trust. How many times are we in a conversation, a conference maybe where we're meeting someone, or just whatever it is, meeting someone for the first time, and you're talking to them, and you can't get a word in because they're just talking, talking, talking, talking, talking? But when you are engaging with someone who's listening, and listening to understand, and asking questions, like we use the example, "Okay, Mike, you're not really selling, but it's more of this adoption process. But let's talk about this adoption process and what goes into that?". Just by asking questions rather than jumping to what that conclusion might be, it helps, not only it helps me really understand what you're looking to do, but my goal is that you understand that I'm here to try to understand as well. And then you can dig dig dig dig into a topic, and then at the tail end of that session, it might be a couple of days or a couple of hours depending on the complexity of the project, the goal for trust is to come out with we understand each other. And if we're talking from a place of understanding, then I can make a suggestion to you and you trust that my suggestion comes from a place of, "All right, Brandon understands what I'm looking to do, and now we can have a conversation." But when you rush that, it's kind of like if we were just going out for dinner, if we were going out on a date for the first time and I asked you to marry me after an hour, "Well, hold on, hold on. I don't know if we're ready for that." So I think trust comes from listening and from a place of mutually understanding each other, and then believing that the person who you're talking to really has your best interest in mind and can get you there because that person understands what you're looking to do.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I do feel like there's a TV show of One Hour Date And Marriage. But one thing you mentioned that I think is huge is you started with all of the core functionality web to lead. You mentioned lead object, you mentioned opportunity. And then you also, well, they're looking to expand. It's so easy to sit down and say, "Well, I was just at World Tour," or, "I was just at this fancy user group and I'm all juiced up. I'm going to build a custom object. And I can create an adoption object. And maybe I call it adoption process object." For you, what was the benefit for them being able to expand, having used that core just opportunity object, just the core lead object?

Brandon Walton: Well, in my world, I work with a lot of, whether it's an app exchange package that a customer wants to install down the road, or even just expanding with more Salesforce products, I've seen it happen so many times where, "Oh, you know what? We're ready to try CPQ," or, "We're ready to try Account Engagement or a Marketing Cloud." And you go in there and you realize, "Okay, well you can't use that right now because instead of using a lead or a contact, we've got something totally custom that's been rebuilt." So there's two things that come from that is one, just having gone through the pain of, "Oh yeah, you want to add on this DocuSign thing here," or something like that, and not being able to do it because you have to map all the custom stuff back into standard objects anyways. But also getting so familiar with all of those pre-built dependencies, and I think that's one of the mistakes that is easy to make early on, whether you are an admin that's just getting started, or a small business that's just purchased Salesforce and you're going to be your own admin, in my shoes, is understanding over time all of the relationships, like with opportunities, you get so much great stuff out of the box. You've got your opportunity line items, products and price books, and quotes, and just knowing all of these things and all of these relationships that exist out of the box without having to reconstruct them is a huge benefit. And I remember early days of being an admin, you don't necessarily know all of those things, and that's where you make those mistakes. "Oh, we need one other thing, so let's build it all custom." But I think a big part of it for me in my journey is getting to the point where you just understand all of the connections that are made available for you when you use that standard architecture, and you understand how an account relates to an opportunity, and all the great stuff you can do with that, and how a contact and account are related, and how all of the other, there's all this great new AI stuff that's coming out that supports some of the custom stuff that's out there, but when you're using the standard architecture, it understands what you're looking to do already. And that's so important. And sometimes you learn it the hard way, but we do our best to explain those things, and teach others and newer users about the benefit.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, no, absolutely. In fact, well, and so I'll use it as a jumping off point, thanks for setting me up, to teach the other users. Trust is also when you roll it out. I mean the trust factor, they get you in the door and you're listening to them, and I'm going to build a puppy pipeline report, which has to sound fun. The amount of paw prints and puppy knows things that must exist in this app. I can only envision your Google search results right now are up there. But the second part is also rolling it out. I mean, I've sat in weeks and weeks of discovery, and apps, and building, and then user testing. And then you go to roll it out. And this is a small company that has to sit and say, "Okay, so then how are we going to support this?". How did you build trust when you also rolled it out?

Brandon Walton: Yeah, so we meet regularly. In fact, we met earlier today and had a working session together. So we do these working sessions where we talk about what the business objectives are, "Okay, what do we need to do? How are we going to make this experience better for," maybe it's a family breeder that they're working with or an applicant that they might be working with, because now we have all this great data in Salesforce, we can take a look at these kinds of things. And I'll tell you what is the most exciting thing for me, is when we are talking about making an update to part one in the puppy pipeline, which is a puppy application. And Sydney, who started out on this thing, never using Salesforce before is like, "Oh, that sounds like a checkbox. I understand how check boxes work on a lead. And yeah, I can map that over to it." So for me, that's always the yes, the slam dunk home run moment, if you will, when we're talking about these concepts that when we first got started, it was still intimidating for them, but under understanding, "Oh yeah, that's going to be a pick list. And not only that, once we make the pick list here on the lead, let me go and add this to the lead mapping, so it's going to just move over to the contact when I hit that convert button." And so the first question, how we get there is just regular working sessions. Let's go through, let's talk about the business objectives here. Let's talk about what's been created and how it's all going to work. That's probably the most instrumental piece. So it's not Brandon going and locking myself in a room for three weeks, and now there's all these new fields and buttons, and let's teach you how it's done. It really has been collaborative the whole way through. And the discussion really is led by the business. So it's not necessarily Salesforce feature driven. We don't go in here with an objective of, "Oh, you know what? There's a lot of great new AI stuff, so let's just add all this AI stuff, whether we know what we're going to do with it or not." It has to be driven by the business first. And when the business users are able to say, "Yes, this makes sense, because when I check this box, I understand what that means versus when I'm checking this pick list or this, dare I say it, multi-select pick list, which some"-

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, I was just going to ask. They clearly aren't to reporting yet, or they'd understand the fallacy of multi-select pick lists.

Brandon Walton: Well, going back, that's one of the things that I am able to bring to the table, and why they want to avoid it. But the fun part in it for me is when those users are in the platform and they understand what the platform is doing, so more than just, "Oh, I have to go in and enter my data." I'm here to work with puppies, not enter data. But when Sydney and Peter understand why they're adding that, and it's not a burden for them, but they see the benefit because I think it really starts with them being involved in that process, so they feel like they were heard, they feel like their input was heard. And with larger organizations that might not be an entire puppy management portal or puppy pipeline, or some of the fun things that we're doing. Some larger organizations, it's a lot more work just to get small changes made. Just like with trust, when people feel heard, and people feel like they're part of something, and part of the creation of something, there's that bit of ownership. I found that those are the folks that are going to adopt it a lot more. "If my say was included when we were coming up with the sales process, because yes, it's important. On this step we need to make sure that we understand how they're going to pick up their puppy. And Brandon knows that I contributed to step five. Well, now Brandon's pumped up and excited because I was part of this thing, and so now I'm more excited to adopt the technology," versus something that was set up and it's a burden. It's maybe an extra step. I think that's a big differentiator I see in working with, especially small teams.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I've always said when I'm doing training, is this is how you do your job, not another thing to do your job. And it sounds like a small word change, but it's part of the job to get it complete. Ensuring in this case that the puppy has a great home, putting good data in and keeping track of that is part of that journey. It's not another thing to do. And when people look at data input, or data collection, or data reporting as another thing to do, then it feels superfluous to their mission and they get off track. So yeah, I can completely understand that. You've seen a lot, not only with this company, but in general. You brought up the AI thing, so I'll kind of wrap on that. If you were to start brainstorming, we're obviously not going to ask Einstein to draw us a puppy. I think I spend my countless hours making poor ChatGPT draw different versions of dogs. But how would you see, based on what you've built, that AI layer starting to come into what this organization uses Salesforce for?

Brandon Walton: Yeah. And we've already started having those conversations as well, starting out with some of those Einstein features that have been around for a while. We're looking at things like Einstein recommended next actions, things like that. And what's great about those is it's data driven. So going back to users adopting the importance of entering information, understanding how family breeder A, how Mike's pups is working compared to Brandon's pups, and being able to understand, okay, when I am entering the data on vaccines, and health of these puppies, and all of these other details, that's going to allow us to leverage this platform to assist our team in making better decisions, then data entry isn't a burden, it's a necessity. And we're very, very clear on the benefit. If we know that puppies from this family breeder are getting a certain type of worm, we know that we can work with that breeder. And that's the beauty of what Family Bred Puppies do, because they're working family to family, it's not a situation where their breeders aren't working with them. So they've got these great relationships already. And using the technology to improve the relationships and be better partners to their breeders, match families, whether that's getting through the adoption process quicker, what have you. It's, how can we drive business outcomes through this platform? Not, well, we have to put it in there because my boss says we're using this tool and we have to put it in there.

Mike Gerholdt: The number of times I've heard that. I'll end on a fun question. Oftentimes when you sit down, even in organizations that I've worked for, but as a consultant, you get to learn the business and fun facts. Was there something fun or interesting that you learned about puppies during all of this that you didn't know heading in?

Brandon Walton: Oh, there's so much. What's one thing I can summarize? I think, well, this might tell a little bit more about the kinds of things that I find fun and interesting. But you assume it, or I assume it, you assume that there's a lot of production that goes into raising breeding puppies. But the amount of planning that goes in... So where we did do some custom objects is we have a custom puppies object with litters. And so we are able to track the genealogy of the puppies through some custom objects. It was more than what opportunity products could do. We'll say that. So we started, can we do it from the... But-

Mike Gerholdt: I don't think opportunity products were ever envisioned to be used that way.

Brandon Walton: Yeah. So that was one place where we did go a bit custom, but it's just a couple of objects that have relationships to each other. And again, I didn't come in there as the puppy breeding expert, but being able to understand what those timelines are, what's happening at one week, what's happening at two weeks. And I think all the orchestration that goes into that is what was just really fascinating. And it's more than just shots, but it's, are the puppies, how much time are they spending with their mom? And then when you move them from indoor to outdoor facility, all these details that go in. And what's been really cool is, of course, we track those details on the platform. And so now it exists as part of the PMP, the Puppy Management Portal. But I think that was one of the takeaways that I thought was really interesting, is just how calculated that process is, just to make sure that, again, the mission is that the puppies are raised in a nurturing environment, that they're healthy when a family receives them. I would say that orchestration and seeing all of that come together was one of the coolest things for me.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. Yeah. No, very cool. Brandon, thanks for coming on the podcast, oh let's talk puppies. This had to have been easily one of the most fun projects to work on.

Brandon Walton: Oh, for sure.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Well, thanks for sharing it with us, and keep on keeping on with helping puppies in the world.

Brandon Walton: Will do, Mike, will do, Mike, I'll keep doing my part.

Mike Gerholdt: See, again, I told you that was a fun discussion. Also, tell me how quickly you wouldn't sign up to build a puppy pipeline report. If I saw that in my list of requests for things that needed to be built in Salesforce, a puppy pipeline report would definitely top the list. Also, I might take a little bit too long doing that. But I enjoyed that conversation. That was fun talking with Brandon. Now, if you enjoyed this episode and you're listening on iTunes or another app, go ahead and click the three dots in the upper right-hand corner or see if there's an arrow. You can share the episode, and you can post it on social, you can text it to a friend, you can DM it. And of course, if you're looking for more great resources, the entire transcript, all the links are in the show notes, and everything can be found at admin.salesforce.com. And until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

How Can Solving Sudoku and Wordle Enhance Your Critical Thinking Skills? Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Rangsk, a Wordle and Sudoku YouTuber.

Join us as we chat about critical thinking, problem solving, and why puzzles are a great way to practice and improve your thinking.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Rangsk.

Who is Rangsk? I’m a big word puzzle fan. Sudoku, Wordle, Connections, I love ‘em all! I think they’re a great way to warm up your brain and stay sharp. That’s why I was so excited to sit down with this week’s guest, Rangsk. His YouTube and TikTok videos have helped me become a better puzzle solver, and I wanted to bring him on the pod to talk through his unique approach.

Rangsk first got into puzzle solving via a recommended video on YouTube for Cracking the Cryptic. He fell down the rabbit hole and became obsessed with the logic game that happens behind the numbers. He created his own sudokus and started posting walkthrough videos of how he made them and how to solve them.

Rangsk’s channel has grown exponentially since then. The thing that sticks out to me about his content is the tone: he’s positive, gentle, and clear. He really helps you become a better critical thinker, and have some fun along the way.

Word games are logic puzzles “I approach word games as if they were logic puzzles,” Rangsk says, “you’re given information and you want to come up with the best possible guess to utilize that information and get as much information as you can.”

Some feedback Rangsk often gets about his solves is that he’s “overthinking it.” For him, that misses the point of doing these sorts of puzzles in the first place. Yes, you can brute force a sudoku or get a lucky guess on a Wordle. But what do you learn from that?

As Rangsk puts it, “It’s a single player game, there are no stakes to it. The only person you’re cheating is yourself.”

Practice your critical thinking skills Instead, Rangsk recommends using puzzles as a low-stakes opportunity to practice thinking through things logically. It’s an opportunity to build up your critical thinking skills for when there’s more on the line than beating your high score.

At the end of the day, it’s all about learning. Whether you solve a puzzle or get stuck halfway through, Rangsk encourages you take a close look at your thought process and learn from it. Why did you solve it? Why did you get stuck? It’s the chance to learn about yourself and how you think through things that makes these puzzles worthwhile.

Listen to the full episode for more from Rangsk on when it’s OK to hit the hint button, and some other word puzzles you might like if you’re already hooked on Wordle. And don’t forget to subscribe to hear more from the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Connections and Wordle games from the New York Times are wildly popular. Can they improve cognitive function as you age? * Follow Rangsk on YouTube * Cracking the Cryptic on YouTube

Other word puzzles * Cell Tower * Squardle * Squaredle

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Rangsk on TikTok: @Rangsk_YT
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Wordle, Strands, Connections, not just random words, but word games. And I am addicted to them. So, this week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, I had to get arguably the best word and logic solver I can find from TikTok and YouTube on the podcast. He goes by Rangsk on TikTok, and I'll put a link below. But David and I are talking about critical thinking and problem-solving using word games. Also, just how that applies to life. This is a phenomenal conversation. Don't be scared about the time because this is such a fun discussion. Also, how looking for answers and the journey of problem solving really applies to just everything that we do, not only as Salesforce admins, but in our learning journeys and as we navigate life. So, this is fun. Let's get David on the podcast. So, David, welcome to the podcast.

Rangsk: Well, thank you.

Mike Gerholdt: I'm glad to have you on. I feel this is one of those times where I'm way more the super fanboy because I have seen a ton of your TikTok videos and your New York Times solves. But without tipping too much, how did you get into word gaming and solving word games online?

Rangsk: Well, it's a long story, but I can give the short version. Basically, YouTube likes to give random recommendations, and one day it recommended me a Sudoku video by Cracking the Cryptic. And I was familiar with Sudoku because it was a huge craze in the early 2000s. Do you remember that?

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, yeah. Absolutely.

Rangsk: Everyone was doing Sudoku.

Mike Gerholdt: On the planes, there were books. Every airport had a Sudoku book.

Rangsk: Yeah. And so, I got into that craze back then, but then I burned out of it. And now, I realize it's because of the way I was solving it. It's because of the way everyone was solving it, it burned out quickly. But I was like, "You know what? Sudoku, I'm familiar with that." I clicked the video and I just immediately got hooked because this was not the Sudoku that I used to do. And I just really got hooked on watching Cracking the Cryptic on YouTube and the various different kinds of logic puzzles that they solve. And then, I actually started creating my own Sudoku puzzles. I crafted them myself. And I would do things like... I would submit them to Cracking the Cryptic. They actually have solved a few of my puzzles in the past.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow.

Rangsk: Featured in front of tens of thousands, hundreds of thousands of people, which is great. And what I wanted to do is I wanted to document how I intended those puzzles to be solved and walk through the logic of them. Because I've always been... I had sort of an instructor mindset. I've always liked teaching. I've never been a teacher, but I've always liked teaching anyway. And so, I decided to make my own videos where I walked through how to solve my own puzzles and I just uploaded them to my YouTube channel, which had nothing otherwise. And one day, Cracking the Cryptic featured one of my puzzles, and I commented saying, "Hey, I've got a walkthrough solve of this on my channel if anyone's interested." And I instantly gained 200, 300 subscribers.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, wow.

Rangsk: And at that point, I was like, "Well, I better start making content." So, I decided, "Hey, maybe I'll start solving Sudoku's on there, not just my own, and see if I can grow that audience." And I was really enjoying the feedback I was getting from that. Flash forward to Wordle becoming popular, I was very much entrenched at that point within the logic puzzle community. And Wordle, of course, really became popular within that community. And so, I decided, "Well, I'm already making Sudoku content. Why don't I make YouTube shorts where I solve Wordle?" And so, that's really where I get started on that. And then, I went from... it had taken me two years to reach a thousand subscribers where I could finally monetize on YouTube. And then, within two months, my Wordle shorts had brought me to 10,000 subscribers.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow.

Rangsk: And so, that was like, wow, Wordle's my thing, I guess. And so, I decided just to... in addition to my Sudoku content, I started making word game content as well.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I definitely was on the sideline for the Wordle wave. I remember it kind of crashing through. And I feel like for me, it was, "Oh, everybody's playing it, so I'm not going to play it." I also was afraid that I would never get a word. "Oh, man." Because my Facebook feed was filled with all of the little Wordle squares that everybody would post. I'm like, "Oh, I know so-and-so." I know some book editors and I know some people that are in the education space, and they were struggling with Wordle. And I was like, "I have no shot. Maybe I just shouldn't play this." But now that I've played it, I confess, today is my 40th day playing Wordle.

Rangsk: Okay. I hope you're enjoying it.

Mike Gerholdt: I am. I also have come now to the realization that I will never get it in one word. So, I have purposely looked ahead to see what words haven't been used as solutions, and then picked my beginning word now pending, the solution hasn't happened. My beginning word now is spoil because it has two vowels in it and it hasn't been used as a solution.

Rangsk: Got you. Yeah. So, for me, getting word in one, of course, it would be exciting, but I would also feel a bit cheated because I didn't get to play that day.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes.

Rangsk: And to me, Wordle... I'm very much a logic puzzle guy. I approach even word games as if they were logic puzzles. And I think that's why I like Wordle so much is because you can treat it like a logic puzzle, where you're given information and then you want to come up with the best possible guess to utilize that information and get as much information as you can more. And you think about patterns in the words, not just, "Here's all the words I know," but "Okay, E likes to be at the end. R likes to be second. These letters like to be near each other. These letters don't like to be near each other." And so, you can kind of think about the patterns that you notice within words. And of course, every once in a while, you get tripped up by a weird word that comes from French or something and doesn't follow any of the rules. But even then, you get there by logically eliminating, it's not a regular word. So, I now have to investigate, is it one of those weird esoteric ones that came from French, for example, or came from a different language? So, yeah, I like to approach it as a logic problem, and I think that's why people enjoy watching me solve it. I constantly get feedback, "I'm better at the game after watching you play it." That warms my heart. That's exactly what I want. I'm not out here trying to impress people. I'm not trying to be a magician. I'm trying to be an instructor, and I'm trying to get people to understand that these games can be approached from a logical perspective. You can learn to get better at it without just going and memorizing a bunch of words.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Perfect segue to exactly why I'm having you on the podcast, because I ran across one of your TikTok videos on Connections, and I'd never played Connections. And the tone and the manner, now that you say instructor, I joked with a colleague that I called you the Bob Ross of Connections. But your tone was very calming. "And let's work through this, and here's all the words. We have to come up with four groups of four. Let me walk you through the way I'm going to think through this," which your logic or your critical thinking. And it wasn't just, "Well, these four have to go together. Why don't those go together?" And it's like, "No, but let's think about every possible meaning of this one word." Or I love when you, especially on some of the Connections, "What is the, not weirdest, but what is the farthest outlying word? And let's pick that and see how it can connect to other things."

Rangsk: Yeah, I'm glad you recognized both my logical approach, but also the demeanor that I try to give to my content. I've been called Bob Ross by more than just yourself, also Mr. Rogers. Just having that calming presence is really important to me because people have so much going on in their lives. They have stress coming from everywhere, and then they try to escape that with the free time that they have. They're scrolling TikTok or they're scrolling YouTube or whatever it is. And when you do that, you're just getting people yelling at you. You're getting people trying to make you afraid, trying to make you angry. And I want to counter that. I want to be a place where I come up on your feed and you feel like, "Okay, this is a setting where I can understand what's going on. I'm not being yelled at." "Things are calm, things are straightforward and I'm learning, but I don't feel like I'm being talked at." I don't know the best way to put that.

Mike Gerholdt: Or chastise. I mean really, because I think that's one thing, how this kind of carries over to software is critical thinking, but also when you're building applications or you're building programs, it's change that you're going to introduce to somebody. And I've always told people, when you roll out something, nobody wants to show up to work and feel stupid. And the easiest way to feel stupid is by showing them something they don't understand. And you can walk into some of these games and be like, "I don't understand. It doesn't make sense." And then, it makes you feel stupid when actually if you just sit and look at it. To me, I use a few of these games in the morning when I have a cup of coffee to kind of warm my brain up, kind of get me thinking through the day and sitting there thinking, "Okay," so this word for example, and maybe Connections is coat. Okay. So, coat and I started, "Well, how would David describe this?" Well, coat could be a jacket. Coat could be a heavy coat. Coat could also, you coat something with paint. I try to use some of the stuff that you teach to like, how would I talk through this and not just take it as the first thing that comes to mind?

Rangsk: Right. And I get a lot of feedback, which I honestly don't appreciate very much because it's counter to what I'm trying to put across, which means I'm not communicating that effectively enough. But a lot of feedback is like "You're overthinking it. If you'd just gone with your instinct, it would've been correct." And they're ignoring all the times, probably the majority of the times, where had I gone with my instinct, it would've been wrong. Because these puzzles are designed to trick you. They are logic puzzles. And it's not much of a puzzle if it's just find four things that go together and that will be right. And so, the game is all about... I just made a comment today where someone was like, "Overthinking the easy ones is detrimental, but overthinking the hard ones is actually useful." And my response to that was, "Well, overthinking has a negative connotation to it, by definition. All I'm doing is thinking. And there's nothing wrong with thinking when you're solving a puzzle." So, yeah, the game is trying to get you to think. And you can either let it get you to think and follow along with the human creator of this puzzle and what they were trying to achieve in getting you to think about, or you can bash your head against it and try to get lucky, which to me isn't fun. And sometimes I have to resort to that and I feel bad about it. But most of the time, I try to logically approach the problem and also try to see what did the creator of this puzzle intend me to think about? And that's going to be fun and that's going to give longevity to the gameplay.

Mike Gerholdt: Overthinking also comes from a position of I know the answer and you don't. At one point, they didn't know the answer. So, how can I overthink something if I don't know the answer? In hindsight, yes, I can look back at a solution, "Oh, I way overthought that. But I only know that because I went down that path and then I came back." Much like thinking through different situations or different, we talked about software debugging before I pressed record. Can you overthink software debugging? Well, yeah, I suppose. But you only know that once you go down that entire path and then come back.

Rangsk: And I will say there's kind of a corollary to that where you said in hindsight, and I think that's another aspect of my content that you don't see a lot, and I think it's a really important aspect, which is after I've solved it, go and do a post-mortem basically, to use the industry term. Go and look back and say, "What is it that I did right? What is it that I did wrong?" "How could I have thought about this differently to have succeeded when I failed? Or why did I succeed at this? What did I do that I liked that I should try to do more of?" And I think that's a really important aspect of after you've solved a puzzle, or if you're working on debugging software, if you're working on any problem that you're trying to solve, don't just say, "Oh, I solved it. Let me throw that out." You say, "I solved it. Let me now internalize what worked and didn't work so that when I have a problem again in the future, I can utilize that and gain wisdom and gain experience."

Mike Gerholdt: I'll be honest, one of the coolest things, I'll get off Connections. One of the coolest things that you added to your Wordle solutions is you go into a website that somebody create a bot and you kind of, "Okay, so here's the word I put in and we got orange, yellow, and green here. What is the bot say is the next one? What did I guess? Here's what I guessed. Here's this, that. Here's what I guessed. Okay." And oftentimes you're either... it helps you do that post-mortem because with Connections, you have a little bit different, you can see your categories, but with Wordle, you're like, "Was this the next best thing for me to guess to try and get to the solution?" And I love that you kind of walk through that with that bot and the bot's like, "Oh, yeah, so you basically had two choices after this word and you went to this one, which no harm, no foul, it was the other word." I need that bot for everything.

Rangsk: Yeah. And what's nice about Wordle is a bot like that can exist because it's pretty easy to write a perfect solver. I wouldn't say it's easy, but it's viable to write a perfect solver for Wordle. And there's not a perfect solver for every problem you're going to encounter, but you can at least go back and analyze that. And I think an aspect that I thought about while you were describing what I do with that Wordle bot that I'd like to touch on is the question is, did I get lucky? Because a lot of times in problem-solving, there is a luck factor. Did I look at the right thing first or did I look at the right thing after struggling for three days on this problem? And the Wordle bot will answer that question for you. It'll say, "Oh, yeah, you totally got lucky. There were 60 possible words and you picked out the right one." So, what I learned from that is maybe it was a lucky decision, but maybe it wasn't the optimal decision, even though the optimal decision would've had a worse outcome in this situation. And recognize because... I guess to put it this way, if you can't separate what was lucky from what was good, then you're going to depend on getting lucky more and more. You're going to internalize what you did that made you get lucky rather than internalizing what you did that actually set yourself up for success.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, I think that's... some of that has to do with why people gamble. They just feel they're lucky as opposed to working through the, I go back to the... I love the movie Apollo 13. Let's work the problem and go through it. Kind of transitioning that because I obviously could talk Wordle. You also do that really good on the mini crossword, where if by chance you happen to get all the downs, all the downs also solve all the acrosses for the most part. And so, you'll go back through and be like, "Oh, well, let's look and see actually what these questions were that the answer just autofilled back in." I think there has to be something that it does to your brain because it also trains it. You're like, "Oh, now, I'm not just reading this word, I'm also reading the clue that the creator of the puzzle had in addition to what the word is, and it just happened to be filled in for me."

Rangsk: Yeah. If we want to even just touch back on Connections for a little bit.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, please.

Rangsk: Every day I get comments from people saying, "Oh, the first thing I do is shuffle because they put in these red herrings and I don't want to be tricked by them." And I feel like this is just intentionally throwing out information about the puzzle because we've been told that they think very, very hard actually. They put a lot of thought into the arrangement of the words that are presented to you, which means they've added information to the system. And by hitting shuffle immediately, without even attempting to interpret that information, you've thrown out part of the puzzle. And to me, I feel like I can go, "Okay, well, they decided to put these tiles next to each other. What does that mean? Are they trying to trick me? Are they trying to hint me towards the solution? What is the information that they are trying to give me by this placement?" And I would lose all that if I hit shuffle. And so, I feel like it's kind of a short-sighted strategy because you can't learn to overcome the tricks that they're trying to put into the puzzle if you just wipe them clean first thing without even appreciating them.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Absolutely. Actually, you're the one that taught me that. I was partway through at Connections the other day and I think that two words were iron and steel, and I was like, "Those started right next to each other. I bet those don't have anything to do with each other. I'm not going to fall for it."

Rangsk: Yeah, sure enough, they didn't. Exactly. And had you hit shuffle, you wouldn't have known that.

Mike Gerholdt: No idea.

Rangsk: And you might've said, "Well, iron and steel, those are both metals. Maybe that's a thing." I think they're getting wise to me. I think the other day they actually put three of them all on top of each other that were in the same category.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, no.

Rangsk: In general, they are adding information when they, instead of presenting the tiles in a random order, just having a piece of software randomize it and presenting it, they are laying it out and they're discussing how they want to lay it out. And I think that's part of the puzzle. You're removing some of the interest in the puzzle by hitting shuffle. And it's the same with mini crossword. Yeah, you can solve it with just the acrosses or just the downs, but you're losing something by not at least going back and looking what was the whole puzzle. Because these kinds of clues are going to come up over and over again and this is a perfect opportunity, while it's fresh in your mind and while you're in the context, to use it as a learning experience for future puzzles.

Mike Gerholdt: I completely agree. So, I think one of the things that fascinates me and I love using, I'll call them word games and maybe they're logic games. You need to tell me the difference. But using these to keep my mind sharp is I feel like it helps me be a better thinker just in general, just at my job, just working through decisions in life. You've been solving games a lot longer than me. How have you seen that kind of help you in your professional career?

Rangsk: It's really interesting that you asked that because an aspect of my day job is actually studying transference is what the psychology term is, which is if you are to play a game and get good at it or do a logic puzzle and get good at that puzzle, does that have transference? Does that transfer to other aspects of your life? Are you just getting better at that game? Or is there sort of a rippling effect to the rest of your life? Okay. If I play GeoGuessr where I'm trying to locate where I am in the world, does that make me a better driver on my commute? Or if I am playing logic puzzles a lot, does that make me better at debugging software? Whatever it is that you're trying to actually accomplish in your life, are these things just games and you get good at that one game, or are these things that are going to transfer to other areas of your life? And that's actually a pretty hot topic of study within psychology, cognitive science, neuroscience. And there's a lot of studies going on right now related to that with mixed results. Some of these things that they claim, "Hey, if you play this game every day, you're going to get smarter. You're going to get better in these other areas of your life." And it may not be true. For me personally, I find it beneficial to just keep using my brain. Think of the brain as a muscle and just keep using it. Make sure those connections are strong. And by practicing it in low-stakes scenarios, when you get hit with a high-stakes scenario, you have this sort of instinct to fall back on for how you're going to handle that. Yeah. Does that-

Mike Gerholdt: No, I'm still processing all of that transference information you gave because I was just thinking about how that applies to other things like prepping for tests. Did you just get good at taking the test, or did you genuinely learn the information? We can also talk about tests, but nobody wants to do that anyway.

Rangsk: I'll talk about it.

Mike Gerholdt: Are you just good at taking the test too? That's the third thing to bring up.

Rangsk: Yeah, exactly. And this is a big topic in education, has been for a long time, which is how much do we lean on standardized tests and how much do we teach to the test? And is the standardized test important because we just need metrics on how students are generally doing, or is the standardized test also something that can direct curriculum? That's a question that every teacher has. And I don't think there's a perfect answer to that, and I'm also not much of an expert on that at all. But in my opinion, I think that anything you learn is good. I've always hated the question, when am I going to use this? The answer is, you use your brain every day. And the more you can teach your brain how to learn and all these cool things, that expands your horizons. It expands your use of your brain. Yeah, sure, you might not use algebra if you're not an accountant or a scientist or a mathematician. Yeah, you might not use algebra, but one day you're going to have the question and you're going to have the curiosity that's going to relate to math in some way. And you either have the tools to think about it properly or you don't, and that's something that you could have internalized, but you decided you weren't going to use it, and so you didn't. But there's the expression, when you have a hammer, everything looks like a nail. I have always thought that the more tools you have in your toolbox, the more versatile you can be in problem-solving and just living your life properly. Properly is not the right word. I didn't mean to say it that way, but living your life to its fullest extent, being able to accomplish the goals that you want to accomplish, being successful. It's all about setting yourself up for success. And you don't know what problems are going to arise. And so, the more tools you give yourself, the less everything starts looking like a nail, and the more you can be exacting and fall back on previous experience.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I often think of... it's funny you bring up that algebra example. I was also that kid that was really horrible at math, so I never played Sudoku. But the concept sometimes of how you solve the algebra problem, I think to me, was also more important than what the answer was. And that to me is almost like the first time you pull the cover off a toy and realize there's a whole bunch of gears inside that make the bear move and kind of understanding, "Oh, there's more to this that I need to understand as opposed to just what the outcome is." We had this discussion the other day, outputs versus outcomes. And if your outputs is solved puzzles, are you smarter than if your outcome is no, but I learned the process and I learned how to work through difficult situations. The outcome is very different than the outputs.

Rangsk: I love the way you put that and that's something... I solve The New York Times hard Sudoku every day on my YouTube channel. And my goal is not to say, "Look, I solved the puzzle." My goal is to help the viewers be able to solve the puzzle, but not just that. To understand that it's the act of solving it that's the fun part, not having that completed grid with all the correct numbers in it. And it seems obvious when I say it that way, but I get so many people commenting saying, "Well, if I just go through and fill out all the candidates first, which by the way is super boring, then I can solve it in four minutes, and you took 12 minutes." I feel like I failed that person because now they're going to get bored of Sudoku very quickly. Because who wants the first thing they do when they first receive that piece of paper or the digitally, the Sudoku puzzle, is go cell by cell and do accounting work? The puzzle can tell you a story if you let it tell you the story. And there are ways that you can approach the problem solving such that you are following along. It's like you're reading a book. You're following along the story. And in a sense, it's almost like a "choose your own adventure book" where you can choose where you want to go next. What do I want to discover about this puzzle? And just put a smile on your face every day because you found this really cool piece of logic and you go, "Ooh, that's really neat. It just told me about this cool structure." And people who are like, "Oh, well, I solve it in two minutes and I can just plunk them down, and I don't understand why you're doing all of this." And a year later, they've moved on. They're not doing Sudoku anymore, and they think it's boring. And I'm still doing it and I'm still learning from it every day.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Because the outcome for you is a lot different. The euphemism is the journey versus the destination.

Rangsk: Yes. I'm a big fan of Brandon Sanderson and that's a big thing in Stormlight Archive, which is there's... not to get too spoilery, I won't spoil Stormlight Archive for people. But there is a group of people who basically have a mantra and part of that is journey before destination. We all have the same destination. And when it comes to puzzles, the destination is the solved puzzle, but it's about how you got there. The journey is the important thing. And you can start talking about things, do the ends justify the means? It's much of a corollary to that when you start talking about how you live your life. And I feel like if you start approaching even a logic puzzle that you're doing for fun, if you approach that in a way where you're trying to take shortcuts, that's training yourself to take shortcuts in all areas of your life. And I feel like that's... you're cheating yourself. That's another thing. People are like, "Is it cheating if I do this? Is it cheating if I do that?" And it's like, it's a single-player game. There's no stakes to it. The only person you're cheating is yourself. Are you enjoying the way that you're solving this? And that's the important thing. Okay, if I'm doing a crossword or if I'm doing Connections and there's a word I don't know, is it cheating if I look it up? Well, that's up to you. Do you want this to be a trivia game where you need to be going into the puzzle with a certain set of knowledge, and you want to learn as you go, and you learn from your failures because you didn't know what that word meant? And now you've looked it up and now you're going to remember it? That's one way to approach it. And a perfectly other valid way to approach it is, "Oh, this puzzle has shown me this word that I don't know. This is a perfect opportunity to look it up and have some success because I looked it up." And I think both approaches are valid.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. There's so much to unpack there, but the first thing I wanted to say was the best and worst times of doing any of the logic puzzles or The New York Times stuff is when it's solved is the best because I was like, "Yes, I did it." And the worst is, "Ugh, it's over." Especially a few times with Wordle or with Connections or even the mini crossword, "Oh, I finally got it." And to that other point, there have been times when I was like, "Okay, I clearly..." I don't know some... I think one of the questions was something and it was super pop culture. I was like, "I just need to Google this. That's my mulligan. I'm going to take it, I'm going to Google it and that's going to give me the answer." Because I'm past the point of enjoyment for this game and I need a little boost to get me back and going for that, and it's my game, so I can do that.

Rangsk: Yeah. And it's all about knowing yourself and knowing what you're going to be happy with later and what you might be sad about later. And I think you kind of hit the nail on the head. Are you still enjoying the puzzle? Because that's the important thing. We don't do these because it's our job. We're doing puzzles because it's fun and enriching. And so, it's all about sustainability. What's going to sustain your interest in this hobby? And are you going to be a flash in the pan where you deep dive into crosswords or Sudoku or whatever word game for a month and then you're done with it and you move on? That's one personality style. Another personality style is crosswords are something that I do every morning for 50 years. There are people like that too. There are a lot of people like that. And there's a big difference. Someone who's going to do that every morning for 50 years, they're enjoying it every day and they've found ways to sustain that enjoyment. Whereas there-

Mike Gerholdt: Go ahead.

Rangsk: Sorry, go ahead.

Mike Gerholdt: No, I'm 100% with you. I was going to ask because we didn't touch on it and maybe it's for a reason because it's in beta, but Strands. I think you said it in one of your puzzles, I was like, "I just need you. Can you just tell me if any of the four letters I put together are close to one of the words you want as opposed to just nothing?" And I think that for me, we get some of that. Well, you can tell me more of the game logic. But with Wordle and with Connections, at least with Wordle, I get a yellow. I get a colored square. Regardless of what I put in, I'm getting a color back. And with Connections, oftentimes I'm like, "Please just say one away." But you get kind of that.

Rangsk: But even if it's not one away, it's still information.

Mike Gerholdt: It is, yes. Except with Strands.

Rangsk: Yeah, Strands is missing that. And the reason Strands is missing that is because I really feel like they built the hint system because they knew this was an issue. But the hint system is terrible because people don't want to use it. Some people do use it, but I don't like using it. I think that, first of all, making it a choice. Wordle, you don't have the choice to see whether a tile was yellow or green. It's just going to tell you. It's part of the game. A hint system feels like it's external to the game as like a, "I'm not good enough, so I'm going to press the hint button." And I don't think that was their intent, but I think that's what's happened because they realized that most of these games have some kind of lockstep functionality where you make as you progress through the puzzle and you gain information as you go. Whereas with Strands, you can be sitting there for 15 minutes and know as much as you did on minute one, even though you have found 100 words because you didn't find any of the words that they're intending and you're not understanding what the theme is trying to hit you towards. And it's just frustrating. And so, they probably saw that in the playtest and went, "Well, if you get three words, we'll give you a word." But that doesn't feel good because, first of all, they gave the choice. I kind of wonder what would the game be like? Is it just you get three words and it just reveals one without pressing hint? And it was just part of the game. I feel like more people would accept that rather than opting into admitting that you're not good enough at the game. But also the hint system is just simultaneously not powerful enough and too powerful. And I could rant about this. I feel like it's a bit off-topic.

Mike Gerholdt: No, this is 100% on topic.

Rangsk: All right. Well, I'll rant about it then. Early on, it's too powerful because it gives you... for those not familiar with Strands, it's like a word search game, but they don't tell you what words you're looking for.

Mike Gerholdt: Nope.

Rangsk: Instead, they all follow a theme. Maybe the theme is names of football teams or the theme is pieces of time, so seconds, minutes, hours. And some of them are a bit more esoteric. They might be words that are slaying for money, but are also food was one of them. And so, it really varies in difficulty. And they give you a little kind of crossword style clue hint at the start of what the theme might be. But it's usually not. Usually, it's either, "Oh, I know exactly what the theme is from this clue," or, "I have no idea what the theme is from this clue." There's not much in between. But anyway, what the hint does is if you get three words that they didn't intend, if you find three words, you can press the hint button and it highlights all of the letters involved in one of the words. And then, it becomes an unscramble basically. And then, you find that word. And I think the ideal situation when using the hint is then, okay, now that I know what one of the words is, I've now gained information about what the theme might be and I can try to think of other words that match. And if that's not enough, I'll find three more and I'll press hint again and I'll get another word. But it's too powerful because people don't want to just be shown one of the words. That's literally taking away from the enjoyment of the game because the game is only finding the words. And so, you're literally pressing a button saying, "I want one last word to find please." But then, at the end, sometimes you're down to one word left, it tells you how many words you need to find, and you're down to one word left. And I've literally spent 10, 15 minutes trying to unscramble that word because I can't figure it out. When it was Broadway shows, and I couldn't unscramble Carousel for the life of me because I hadn't heard of that Broadway show, and it's a weird word. Carousel. And so, the hint wouldn't have helped me. If I'd pressed hint, it would've highlighted all the letters. So, the hint is simultaneously too powerful early on and not powerful enough at the end. And then, also on top of that, isn't giving you what you want from a hint. So, I feel like it's a failure in game design there. And what they should have done is built-in ratcheting game mechanics that aren't opt-in.

Mike Gerholdt: What are ratcheting game mechanics? Please tell me.

Rangsk: So, if you think about a ratchet wrench. When you go one way, it doesn't lose progress on tightening, and then you go the other way and it tightens more. That's what a ratchet is. And so, you can make progress without losing progress. So, as you put input into the system and as you find things towards the game mechanics, you have now ratcheted yourself, you've given yourself more information. It's a ratchet-style gameplay. So, like Wordle, you input a guess and you get those yellows and greens and grays, and now you have more information about what the answer might be. And you never lose that information. That information never becomes obsolete. You can always use it. So, in the same way, that's why some of my suggestions for Strands were, "Hey, you know what?" "If I get partial word, maybe it should tell me, 'Hey, you got a partial word. You're on the right track.'" It's ratcheted that information into the system. It's like getting a green or a yellow in Wordle. Or if they want to keep the hint system, maybe one option for the hint system would be show me the starting letter of one of the words. Not the whole word, just give me somewhere to start.

Mike Gerholdt: Where do I start? Yeah.

Rangsk: Yeah. This letter I know is the start of a word now and I can focus my search on that. And so, I wouldn't feel as bad pressing that. But what if that were just part of the game mechanics? It's like rewarding you for finding words. They aren't the right words, but you're still finding valid words that exist. So, why not have those, just add information to the system as you guess in certain creative ways. So, it feels like a failure of game design that there isn't that sort of ratchet other than the opt-in very heavy-handed hint system that they have right now.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. I am so glad you brought up that Broadway Strands because I was about... I'm like, "I think I'm done. I think I'm done with Strands now." It took me so long to get... the first thing I found with Strands is you either get started and it starts to make sense, or you're sitting there and you're looking at these two words and the clue and you're like, "I have no idea what these three things have to do with each other. I don't know what another word to look for." But that Broadway with Carousel, I was stuck on Carousel. I got everything else. Those are the only letters left. I never hit the hint button. And I thought, "What happens if you hit the hint button when you're done?" Because at that point, I'll be honest, the game Joy, it was no joy in Mudville right now. I just wanted to be done. Just please tell me what the answer is. I think I went through... I watched your TikTok. I went through all the same words you did. I'm like, "I don't know what word this is. Just tell me." And when I hit hint, it just put the little things around. I was like, "I know it's those letters."

Rangsk: Yeah, exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: I know it's those letters. Get me out of here. Where is the escape room button? That's the only time I wanted the hint button to just be like, "Nope, we're just going to solve this because we feel bad for you."

Rangsk: And people use my videos as hints. They'll be like, "Well, I'm done with this puzzle. I haven't solved it, but I'm not getting joy out of it. Let's see what Rangsk did." Rangsk being my handle. "Let's see what he did and maybe that'll give me a hint." And that's actually the entire premise of me doing The New York Times hard Sudoku every day in that instructive way is I know that there's always going to be someone who's stuck on that specific Sudoku puzzle because it's so widespread. It's published by The New York Times. They're going to search on YouTube or Google. They're going to search "New York Times Sudoku today walkthrough or hint."

Mike Gerholdt: Solve or something.

Rangsk: Yeah, solve. And they're going to find my video and that'll track them to my channel. And not only will they find my video, but this video is going to blow their mind if they don't know modern Sudoku-solving techniques. And they're going to be like, "Wow, I need to watch more of these because this is way more fun than how I've been solving Sudoku, and I don't get stuck as much." "And if I do get stuck, I watch him until he does something I didn't know, and then I can continue." So, almost using me as a hint button. And I feel like with Strands, there's no strategy. Strands feels like a trivia game to me almost. I've been trying so hard to make it a logic game, which you probably have noticed if you watched my Strand solves, where I'm like, "Okay, corner strategy, edge strategy." And it kind of works, but it's not perfect and there's not a whole lot of logic involved. I will say there are word search games that do feel a lot more like a logic puzzle. One of them that I play is called Cell Tower. And this is probably the coolest word search game I've played. Normally, I'm not a big fan of word search-style games. I'm not very good at them. But to briefly explain this game, it's a grid of letters just as you'd expect a word search to be. And the way that these letters form words is a little bit unique, and that's not that important to describe, except basically you're drawing shapes in the grid. So, you're connecting the letters together in kind of a different way that you'd normally expect. You're not drawing a line through the letters to make words in order. You're just sort of highlighting them, and they have to be connected in some way. And it's red left to right, top to bottom. And so, it's sort of limiting you on... you can't make a word bottom right to top left. You can't just draw a line that way, or you can't zigzag around. Instead, there's a specific logical order to how the letters are going to appear in a word. In addition to that, every letter is part of a word, similar to Strands in that way. So, every letter will be involved in a word, and there is only one solution. So, you can't just go, "Okay, I found this word. Let's lock that in. Okay, now I found this word." You're going to find a bunch of words, but you need to look at how that affects the rest of the grid around it and make sure you're not preventing the ability for the letters around it to also be part of words. And that's where the logic comes in, where you go, "Okay, I think this word might be part of it. Can I add an -ed ending, an -ing ending, an S at the end? Is there a prefix I can add to it to expand that word? But also, how does that affect the letters around it? Am I going to be able to make a word out of these other letters if this was one of the words I use?" And so, you end up with this really logical approach to how you solve it. And you're thinking about how letters go together, how they go next to each other, and how words are formed in general. And you're looking at corners like, "Okay, this letter is going to have to be related to the letters around it in some way because it's in a corner because it's been isolated in some way." And so, it's not that you're trying to just find words that match a theme and the computer tells you, "Oh, yep, you found one of them," or, "Nope, that wasn't what I was looking for, sorry," with no extra information. Instead, you're trying to solve this logically and the computer is not giving you any help at all there. It's just the grid, the full information of the grid being used. So, in a way, it's a lot like Sudoku, but also like Connections where you can't just pick any four words that happen to relate because that might disrupt the ability for the other words to relate to each other. So, that's what really makes a logic puzzle a logic puzzle is you have to take the puzzle as a whole and you have to take steps that are logical. It's not just a trivia game.

Mike Gerholdt: That's so apropos to everything that we talked about. You have to look at the puzzle as a whole. Last question, because I happened to think of this when we were talking about Strands. As somebody that's online solving problems, word games and stuff, how hard, how many times do you just want to hit that hint button? Does that ever come up? Maybe you have the patience of a saint, but have you ever gotten to that point where I know you're creating this for the good of other people and you have to walk through that, but you're like, "Maybe I just hit the hint button because I'm at 35 minutes on this video?"

Rangsk: Yeah, for sure. And there's different forms that that takes in my mind. There's the built-in hint buttons to the game, but then there's also like, "Do I just Google this word?" I did do that once. There was a Connections, and I knew I was about to lose. I was like, "Okay, I've got no mistakes left. And there are three words on the board that I have no idea what they mean. Literally never heard these words in my life. So, how am I supposed to... is it good content for me to just make a guess and lose? Or do I go on Google, look up what the words mean, and continue the puzzle?" And in that case, I decided to do that. And I got mostly feedback saying, "Yeah, I Googled it too. It was fine to Google it, looking it up. What's wrong with that?" But then, I got a lot of negative feedback too about "How's it feel to cheat? You're such a cheater, blah, blah, blah." Just so much negativity. And so, I have to weigh the decision on how much negativity do I want in my comment section here, because they aren't just insulting me when they're calling me a cheater. They're calling everyone else who Googled a cheater. So, people are seeing themselves in that comment when they're reading through the comment section. And that's something I need to figure... it's not something I've solved. I don't have an answer. But what I try to do is understand myself and go, "Okay, am I 35 minutes into this puzzle legitimately, or am I just done with it?" There's a game I play called Squaredle. There's actually two games I play.

Mike Gerholdt: It sounds like all the puzzles put together.

Rangsk: Yeah. There's two games I play called Squaredle. One of them has an extra E and one doesn't. The one with the extra E... so one of them removes the E in square and one of them keeps the E in square when they add the -dle ending. They're completely different games. One of them that I play with the E, it's another word search game. It's a grid of four by four or sometimes five by five letters. And you need to find every possible word other than esoteric ones. They have some list of words that... you know how there's words that aren't really words, if you know what I mean? The esoteric ones, the archaic ones, out of use, highly specialized words. You don't have to find those. They count as bonus words if you do find them. But there's a list of words that it's looking for you to get. And sometimes this list is 60 to 100 words. And this game can take me an hour and a half.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow.

Rangsk: I sit there and I record the whole solve. It's a special occasion usually. I'll do it once every week or every two weeks and then put it on my YouTube where I solve the hardest Squaredle of the week. Because just like The New York Times puzzles, it gets harder through the week. And so, I'm like, "I'm going to solve the hardest one today." And it's a lesson in patience because you have to find every word, and it can take an hour and a half. And that's the kind of game where it's like, "Okay, I'm 30 minutes in, but I'm still solving the puzzle. And that's okay." There's also Sudokus that can take an hour, an hour and a half just because they're that hard. But it feels like you're making progress. If you feel like you're making progress, that's just you're still in the journey. You're still solving it, and that's fine. It doesn't matter how long it's been, as long as you still feel like you're in the puzzle and you're making progress and you're enjoying it. But then, there's puzzles where... the puzzle usually takes two minutes, and you're 30 minutes into it, and you feel like you haven't made progress in the last 25 minutes or ever. And you just have to make the decision of like, "Is this worth my time anymore?" And I've definitely had puzzles where I hit the stop button on the recording and I delete the video, and I just go, "I'm not solving that one today." Or ones where I go, "Well, it's time to get a hint." Literally, I just say, "I have failed this puzzle, but I want to see the end of it, so I'm going to look stuff up." You have to make that decision in your head. And I think you brought up a really important point, which is... I think you brought this point up at least, it became this point in my head, which is you need to decide for yourself when that is and that it's okay. You gave it your best, time to seek help. And I think that's something that's really important in life is that it's okay to seek help when you need it. I think people appreciate when you've put in some effort yourself first, but at the same time, they don't want... let me put it this way. I've been lead of several different teams as a programmer for my day job. And as a lead programmer, I would rather a junior programmer come to me with a problem that I can solve in a minute than spend six hours banging their head against it. But at the same time, if it would've only taken them 10 minutes, I'd prefer them to learn that on their own. So, it's important to learn at what point have I stopped being productive? Have I stopped enjoying this? Am I not in the right mindset and I either need to take a break, do something else, or I need to seek help, or both?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. No, I think you're right. The hint button and being called a cheater, you're only cheating yourself. It's what do you need to move on with? And your example is perfect. Is there something that can be gained by that person asking you? But I also think, what level of thinking did they put into solving this before they came to me? And I always look at it as I'm very appreciative of, they came to me because they hit that wall, but they also realized quickly that they hit that wall.

Rangsk: Exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: And now they need to move on so that that learning journey continues as opposed to being frustrated in themselves.

Rangsk: Yeah. And that's a skill unto itself. And that really separates the people you enjoy working with from the people you don't enjoy working with, people who are team players and people who aren't. That really separates them because it's a matter of, "I don't want to be doing your job for you. I've got my own job to do, but also I don't want you sitting there suffering as if you were alone." And there's that balance. And recognizing in yourself when you've hit that state is really important. And I think that... going back to the conversation about transference. That's something that can transfer. If you're playing games, and you can learn in a low-stakes scenario, how do I... be in yourself, be in your body, be in your mind, and be like, "I now recognize what I'm like when I'm in this hopeless scenario where I've given up without giving up, where I'm frustrated, where I'm tired, where I'm hungry." It's something even like children need to learn. Am I sad or am I just hungry? Or do I need to take a nap? That's something children need to learn, but it's not something we stop learning as a child. It's something we need to always know ourselves, know how our mind works, know what our limitations are, and know what our limitations aren't. Is this something I can just continue on, or is this something that I need to use my coping mechanisms that I've learned throughout my life to deal with this situation? Part of the problem has now become my own mind. And that's something you can learn by putting yourself constantly in these difficult situations, like difficult logic puzzles or trivia puzzles, where you're not very familiar with that trivia or whatever it is for you that puts you out of your comfort zone in a safe, low-stakes environment. So, you can learn how you yourself react to that and what that's going to take. And part of my job, implementing things, software. I need to recognize... have you ever had that... I'm sure everyone's had that late night where you've been banging your head against this fog or a thing you're trying to implement is just not working. You go home dejected. You get some sleep. You come in in the morning and you fix it in two minutes. And had you just recognized that you were in that situation where you were not going to be productive anymore, and you'd just gone home and you'd gotten rest and you'd accepted that that's what's happening. And you actually had your relaxing night and you took the time that you needed for yourself, and you got the good amount of sleep, and then you came in the morning ready to go, and you just solved the problem. Those two scenarios look the same from a work perspective, but look very different from a personal hygiene, mental hygiene perspective.

Mike Gerholdt: I couldn't agree more. I couldn't agree more. I think it's also a great way to end this discussion, David. Thanks for coming on the podcast. You gave me so much to think about and here I was just excited to talk about word games. But really a lot of it is how you look at everything in life and how you tackle situations. And really part of, I think, the word game or the game itself is also helping you understand yourself. So, this is a great discussion. I appreciate it. Thanks so much.

Rangsk: Well, thanks for having me on. And if people want to watch my content, I'm just going to plug my stuff real quick.

Mike Gerholdt: Absolutely.

Rangsk: So, I am Rangsk on all platforms. R-A-N-G-S-K. I'm sure there'll be something in the description where you can find that. I'm on YouTube and also on TikTok. And I recently had to split my TikTok into multiple accounts. But if you find that Rangsk_YT account, that's the main one, and you'll be able to find the others through my videos. And so, if you enjoy Sudoku, logic puzzles, word games, that sort of thing in an instructive calm environment, then my channel is for you.

Mike Gerholdt: So, as I write, this was a shot in the dark, I'll be honest with you. I reached out to David after being completely addicted to his TikTok videos on Connections and Wordle, and just thought, "This is really what critical thinking looks like to me." And the conversation, I probably could have gone for another hour easily. I had a hundred more questions in my head, but I hope you enjoy it. I do want you to do one thing. If you enjoyed this episode, go ahead and give David a follow. I promise you it's super rewarding to watch his critical thinking and the way that he solves problems and word problems and word games online. I honestly do think it will make you a better Salesforce admin and a better business analyst in general. So, go ahead and give a click on the links below. Also, if you're not already following the Salesforce Admins Podcast, please do so. We're available on all the platforms. Click follow. Then new episodes like this one, we'll download automatically every Thursday morning. Thanks for listening and of course, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Michelle Blair, Community Manager at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about Salesforce Community Events, her work with local event organizers, and why you should attend one near you.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Michelle Blair.

By Trailblazers, for Trailblazers Michelle is a part of the Trailblazer Community team, which helps millions of Salesforce users around the world come together and learn. I brought her on the pod to tell us about community conferences and how you can find an event near you.

Salesforce community conferences are created by Trailblazers, for Trailblazers. As Michelle shares, over 40 events are happening this year around the world, and they offer a great opportunity to connect with other people in the community and learn more about Salesforce.

Get personal at a Salesforce community event near you When you think of Salesforce events, you probably think of Dreamforce or TrailheaDX. These events are huge and offer so much. But all of those choices can get a little overwhelming. The cost can also be a challenge. I remember exactly how much budget I had for attending conferences when I was a solo admin—it was $0.

If you’ve ever felt that way, Michelle recommends that you give community events a try. Because they’re volunteer-organized, they have a more intimate, personal, inclusive feel. It’s easier to talk to speakers and make those connections. You can also find one within driving distance so you don’t have to take a flight or book a hotel.

Most importantly, the quality of content and professional networking opportunities at community conferences is top-notch. Michelle and her team have put together a handy-dandy calendar so you can easily find a community event near you.

Get involved in the Salesforce community Michelle’s team is hard at work making Salesforce community events even better. They offer sponsorships to help with affordability and are connecting organizers with keynote speakers and Salesforce engineers. This year, they’re bringing several hands-on workshops to community events to take your learning to the next level.

Be sure to listen to the full episode for more on the Salesforce community events happening around the world and how you can get involved. And make sure to subscribe so you never miss an episode.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Community Conference Calendar * Trailblazer Community Groups

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Michelle: https://www.linkedin.com/in/michelleoblair/
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Full show transcript

Mike: Salesforce community events are a great way to connect with Salesforce people in your area, consume some amazing content, dare I say Dreamforce level content, and get connected with your local user group. So this week on the Salesforce Admins podcast I'm talking with Michelle Blair, who's the community major at Salesforce. And she helps all of these community event organizers really propel their event into the next level. We talk about what a community event is, how it's different than an actual Salesforce event, some of the stuff that Salesforce is involved and not involved in when it comes to that. And I'll be honest, why you should go. Now, before we get into that episode, just want to make sure that you're following the Salesforce Admins podcast on Apple Podcasts or wherever you get your podcasts. That way when new episodes like this come out every Thursday morning, it's going to be right on your phone. So with that, let's get to our conversation with Michelle. So Michelle, welcome to the podcast.

Michelle: Well, thank you, Mike. It's great to be here.

Mike: Yeah. Well, I'm excited to talk about there's a lot of events that Salesforce does, but then the passion that runs through our community also exudes into them running their own events, which we'll talk about. But let's get started with you, how did you get started at Salesforce and what do you do?

Michelle: Yeah, so it's been about three years that I've been at Salesforce now. And I actually was a customer prior to joining Salesforce and was implementing our marketing cloud and our social, using a lot of the social platform at the customer company. And came to Dreamforce back in 2018 and was able to lead a session at Dreamforce, and talking about our journey and working with a Salesforce expert within the company. And from there I really experienced the Trailblazer community and was so inspired and just like, okay, got to get in here somehow. And I was already working with our community at the customer. So kind of just got in there eventually and made my way in about three years ago now, and it's been quite a ride.

Mike: And so at Salesforce you manage all kinds of stuff?

Michelle: Yes, lots of community things.

Mike: I feel like the over/under at one time I was a customer, it used to be very unique as an answer. Now it's very common. But our community events, so we do TrailblazerDX, and have Dreamforce and we have World Tours which are smattered across the US and EMEA. But we also have events that our Trailblazer community puts on, so tell me about those.

Michelle: Yeah. So a little overview of the team that I'm on. So the Trailblazer community team we support that global network of millions of Salesforce users across the world now. And we really help them to learn, succeed, and enable them with the tools to be able to put on their own events, their own communities, bringing people together to talk all about Salesforce and share that knowledge. And we manage a number of different programs like the online community, our community groups, as well as our community experts like Salesforce MVPs, and of course these community conferences which I'm so excited to dive into a lot deeper on this podcast.

Mike: Yeah. No, and I've been to quite a few of them, not all of them because I feel like there's more all the time. So what are we... First of all, they're not put on by Salesforce so you don't have anything in the planning of it, right?

Michelle: That is correct.

Mike: Okay.

Michelle: We do not plan these. So these are a collection of learning conferences and they're created, organized, managed by the community for the community. So they are around Salesforce content, but just not a Salesforce led event. And they really do offer such a unique opportunity to learn network, get inspired and give back to your community. And like you said, they're entirely led by our incredible Trailblazers around the world. And they really just volunteer their time and pour their hearts into these community led events. And there are about 40 plus and counting this year and more to come. So these are just popping up all over, which is really exciting.

Mike: And various sizes too, right?

Michelle: Correct.

Mike: With 40 plus, what are we looking at?

Michelle: Yeah, so community conferences typically it'll be about 200 minimum and then can go to 1000s now. I think in certain places it goes, we've seen 1000s up to 2000, in the States about a 1000. And so they really are just quite a range of options as well. And each of them are so unique to their local culture, to their city, their region. And some are single day, some are multi-day, but all of them have tons of content and a lot of robust speaker lineups that really include a range of sessions, workshops, demos, and all of that networking that we know our Trailblazers love.

Mike: Yeah. You were a customer and you said you went to Dreamforce, which that was your first event. That's like, ooh, I'm going to go on vacation for the first time and I'm going to go to Vegas or something. But I feel like when I was a customer I had a budget of zero, which made it very easy for me to know my budget every year. And I found community conferences as a super easy way to get connected with content that was, I would say Dreamforce quality but at a different price. What do you see... And you can see this from both angles, what do you see as the advantages of community conferences and some of our customers going?

Michelle: Oh, absolutely. And kind of to touch on the Dreamforce part of my experience, it was extremely overwhelming. I remember just walking around and just not really knowing where exactly I should go. There was just so many options and it kind of is easy to feel a bit lost. And I think that is such a benefit of these community conferences. They really do feel like these intimate conferences that if maybe you are newer to the ecosystem, or maybe you're making a career change and you're just breaking in that way, or maybe you're a seasoned Trailblazer and you just enjoy more of these more intimate settings. And I think these community conferences really offer that. They also offer more of affordability in that way too, where they're just more accessible and budget friendly. So I think there's a lot of opportunity to be more inclusive through these than your typical industry event. And make it possible for folks who may not be able to attend those big events like Dreamforce and TDX. So I think that's really important to definitely note.

Mike: Yeah, I know for a few of them I didn't even have to spend a night in a hotel. It was great because it was one day, but also the drive, the Midwest, everybody, we drive everywhere. We only fly if we have to go to the coasts. But you could drive, attend the event and drive home. And that also was a huge kind of budget saver. Not to focus on that, but money talks a lot.

Michelle: 100%, yes. And I think that is something that we absolutely love about these events, is we have to keep in mind that they're 100% community-led so these are people who are just volunteering to put these events on. So they create these events through sponsors, like ourselves, the Trailblazer community team we do offer a sponsorship. And just to help out with some of those costs, but it really it's a lot of people just have to get creative to put these events on. And I think they do such a wonderful job and really hone in on the community. And that's really the whole point of these is to bring the community together.

Mike: Yeah, absolutely. And then for some of the events, I guess, what are you seeing as a trend in, you mentioned 2018 and I often think back to even the Dreamforce and some of the events that we've done pre 2020 and post 2020. What are some of the trends that you're seeing in the style of community event or the length of community event now versus say a few years ago?

Michelle: That's a great question, Mike. And I wish as a customer, I had attended a community conference to be able to share that perspective of like this is as a customer back in 2018 versus now working at Salesforce and actually helping to support these events internally. But I will say, I think with the pandemic we definitely saw that these particular events, there was a pause on a lot of them. Many of them had to skip a year or two years or just coming back maybe this year, which is really exciting. And I will say last year in particular, that's when I really helped to bring our focus back to community conferences and really find ways to support internally through our team and build out this sponsorship. And I think there was so much excitement this past year and that continues on through this year. And I think internally, something we have been really honing in on is that internal awareness and making sure that employees know that these are happening. We get out account executives, we get out those engineers who can really get this feedback in person. We also are delivering some hands-on workshops that have been really impactful at some of these pilots that we've had this year. And we have a goal of piloting 10 hands-on workshops at community conferences by the end of this year, which is really exciting.

Mike: Yeah, I think that's always the part for me that felt very, I don't know, lack of a better term, real, was you went to the event and it was very local to you unless you flew across the country or something, or you went outside of the United States. But it felt very local. So there's a lot of people that you would know or you could connect with. If you go to an event in the Midwest, you're going to talk about the weather 100%. And then we're going to avoid bumping into you and say, "Oh, [inaudible 00:12:10]." But I think you get a mix of community members presenting, but then you also have Salesforce shows up. It just shows up in a very different way. It's not a heavy-handed message, but in a supportive manner like you said, where we can do a workshop. And so you still get kind of that local flavor, but also some of the big production of a hands-on workshop that you feel like, oh, well, this poor customer didn't have to spend 10 weeks toiling away to create this workshop.

Michelle: Right. Yes, I think that is a really important note because we 100% want to respect the community and give them the credit that they all deserve for organizing these events. And one way we can do that is within our sponsorship package, we actually do offer whether it's keynote assistance, where we can make an ask on behalf of the conference organizers if they have a keynote or an internal speaker that they would really like as their keynote speaker or as a session topic. So that is one way we support logistically. And I think it is wherever we can help out, we will try to find a way. And I think it is just that trust piece where the community trusts us to have their back to know that we will support where we can. And then we trust in them to put on these incredible conferences that really just are the heart of this community.

Mike: Yeah. Speaking of local, are there... And there's so many, are there unique events that some of these community events do outside of the conference?

Michelle: Yes. So I know that... Well, and to give a little history but just on that local piece, Mike-

Mike: Oh, please do.

Michelle: So the history of these events really came from, I think it was back in 2012, and it's a customer who actually wasn't able to attend Dreamforce. They wanted to offer something similar to their local Salesforce network. So they basically decided to bring this mini Dreamforce to their hometown, and that's been duplicated all over the world now. We're seeing all of these pop up globally, but it really is the overall vision. And the goal here really is to connect local Trailblazer community groups. So those are those regional groups that get together, very product and industry specific groups, so architects, admins, developers. And then those local Salesforce customers who just want to get together and get to know each other as well as share that knowledge and then anyone interested in learning. And that's really the goal here is to spark those connections and ideas for all. And yeah, I think the local piece is just so important because these conferences are a celebration in a sense of that region, that local culture that people really love about their city, about their state. So we do see a lot of very specific, especially in the States, very specific regions that these Dream and events are named after. And then we're seeing a ton come up in EMEA as well as APAC. Yeah, there's so much local flavor that we're seeing and it's amazing.

Mike: It sounds like... Well, I'll flip to the other side of the coin because I feel like going to these is paramount. We've talked about that a lot. What if you're on the other side of the coin you're thinking, boy, I think I could do something like this in my area. From your perspective, what does it take to put on a community event? How big are some of these teams that plan these? And I think you said the turnout's kind of all over the place, but if somebody wanted to get started what are they looking at?

Michelle: Great question. So typically with our conference planning teams, we see at least three to four members. I would say that's a minimum because you got to think about all the different components that go into these conferences and up to it could be 10 planning team members. So really is just depending on the scope of your conference and what you're trying to bring together. And we really recommend even forming an additional volunteer team to help handle this day of responsibilities as well. So those are additional folks who can jump in if there's any fires, anything going on that need to be addressed as soon as possible. Something we also do recommend is having at least one community group leader that currently is leading one of those regional community groups, just so that they kind of have that full understanding of the Trailblazer community and the importance of bringing the community together. And then typically we also recommend that the planning team is individuals not employed but just by one company. It's really spread out through a company and different organizations coming together. And that could include customers, partners, and making sure that they are active members of the Salesforce ecosystem, the Trailblazer community. And that they really create that open and inclusive environment that these community conferences are known for.

Mike: Yeah. No, sometimes it takes an army or what's it? No, it takes a village.

Michelle: Takes a village.

Mike: It takes a village, yes. May feel like an army sometime, but yeah, I've been to quite a few and I think it's always interesting. I also, just to speak to kind of the vibe, I don't know how best to say that but the vibe, the vibes at a community conference are so different. On top of just the speakers being super approachable, they'll get up and literally there'll be times... There was one time I was sitting in a session, he's like, "I wonder who the speaker is." And he just got up because they're not in this bougie suit like you see at Dreamforce. But also when you're there talking with the partners, the SIs and stuff, they're a little more laid back. It's a little more casual. I really enjoy that you can have what I'll call a human conversation, as opposed to at some of these more formal corporate events where the people at the booth or whatever are just trying to hard sell you the whole time. There you can be like, now, you sit down and it's nothing to walk past a table and see people sketching stuff on a piece of paper. And then really working through the challenge as opposed to like, "Buy my product." I don't know how best to say that.

Michelle: I totally agree, Mike. I think that is really the magic is that relaxed environment where you can show up authentically. You don't have to play a certain role or act a certain way. You just show up as yourself, whether you've been in the ecosystem for years and years or you're coming in new, I think it's somewhere that is so welcoming and inclusive of all. And that is something I just absolutely love. And you see that across every single community conference. It really is that's just the vibe of our Dream and events. So it really is incredible. And I think touching on the opportunities that when you can show up authentically, it really does offer or allows you to grow personally and professionally on such a different level because you can be yourself and then you make those really special connections that will allow you to become a better admin, become a better community member, become a better community leader. And then that kind of just flows into your personal everything. So I think that's really such a beautiful thing about these conferences.

Mike: If somebody was listening and we'll put the link in the show notes, and wanted to find, do we list all these or is there a listing somewhere that they could find of these events?

Michelle: We sure do, yes. Great question. It's exciting because we're actually going to be updating this landing page very soon. So you can find community conferences at Trailblazercommunitygroups.com. And then on that top area you can just click onto community conferences from there. And you will see a calendar of all of the amazing events that are happening throughout this year, and then all of the past events that have happened as well.

Mike: So you can find out all the stuff you missed out on.

Michelle: Yes, exactly.

Mike: I feel like it's that way with me all the time. Like, oh. Every time I hear a band or a comic is going on tour, like, oh. And like, "You didn't know they were going on tour." You're like, "No, I didn't." And then you pull up the event and you're like, "Cool, [inaudible 00:22:19]."

Michelle: It was last weekend, yeah.

Mike: So conversely, if somebody's listening to this, what would be the bar? Is there a requirement that they should have stuff together before they contact you if they were looking to get into creating a community event?

Michelle: Yeah, I think it really is there's quite a range in that too. When a team will come to us and say, "I have interest in this. I really don't know what to do. Can you help guide me?" And then we also see the other side where it's like, we have the date, we have the venue, we have everything already set. All we need from you is really the sponsorship and a point of contact on your team to help support in that planning and execution. So we show up wherever the conference planning team really is. And yeah, once they kind of go through our intake process and we say, "All right, you're approved. Here's the sponsorship, here's your point of contact." We then the point of contact on our team will be able to support them with all the additional items like that internal awareness piece. We do a demo jam trophy, that keynote speaker sourcing, some marketing support as well, as well as some little giveaway items that we provide. And something new that we're piloting at domestic conferences is an onsite community booth where our team, yes, for those who our team is able to travel to some of these conferences. And when we do we kind of bring this community booth kit where we have pop-up banner, we have all of the things that help to identify the Trailblazer community. And we spread some of that awareness of what makes the Trailblazer community unique, and how we support these conferences as well as our community groups and our community experts. So lots of fun things.

Mike: I would say, that's quite the welcome wagon. My God.

Michelle: Yes.

Mike: Well, Michelle, thanks for coming on the pod and talking about our community events. I know that I've been to quite a few and I've got quite a few listeners that go to them and plan them and talk about them. And it's just kind of a neat extra layer of participation that we have as part of this ecosystem.

Michelle: Yes, I couldn't agree more, Mike. And thank you so much for supporting these incredible community led events. They really are just exactly what the community is all about. And we couldn't do any of this without the people who are organizing these events, so big shout out to them.

Mike: Yeah, absolutely.

Michelle: They're the real heroes here.

Mike: Yep, absolutely. Well, it was great to have Michelle on the podcast. I'm glad she could join us. I really love going to community events. I think they're a lot of fun, and I wasn't kidding about the vibe. I think it's so much more enjoyable when you can sit down with a lot of the vendors. And also to be honest with you, a lot of the speakers are also a little less rushed too. So if you're working on a budget like I am all the time, community events are a great way to get connected with some great content. Also, a great way for you as a Salesforce admin to try out your presentation skills. If you've been presenting at a local user group and kind of want to go that next level, community event is a great way to get in front of a larger group of people and really try out your speaking abilities. So if you enjoyed this episode, can you do me a favor and just tap on the three dots in Apple Podcasts and click the share episode. That way you can text it to a friend or you can most importantly share it on social. And of course, we mentioned resources, Michelle had a couple of URLs. I want to make sure you know how to get to those. All those resources are in the show notes, and those show notes and along with everything else is at Admin.salesforce.com, including a transcript of the show. Now, be sure to join us in the Admin Trailblazer group in the Trailblazer community if you're not there already. And of course, until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Jason Atwood, CEO and Co-Founder of Arkus.

Join us as we chat about landing your first Salesforce Admin role, from finding good opportunities to nailing the interview and more.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jason Atwood.

The 20/30/50 rule Jason has interviewed a lot of people for Salesforce roles in his 15 years in the ecosystem. His biggest piece of advice when looking for your first role is pretty simple: “Relax. It’s going to be OK.”

But you still need to acquire skills and there’s a lot to do, so Jason recommends following his 20/30/50 rule. Spend 20% of your time on Trailhead, 30% on certifications, and 50% finding some way to gain experience. This split loosely follows what he looks for on a resume when he’s making a new hire. He also shared some advice about each step of your journey.

Trailhead: Becoming a Ranger is your number one priority, followed by Superbadges. He also recommends taking the time to set up your profile with a photo, description of yourself, and custom URL.

Certifications: Don’t put off taking your certifications. Give it a go as soon as you’re ready. If you don’t get it this time, you can use your results to help you prep better the next time. And if you do pass, you can move on to the next one sooner.

Gaining Experience: Volunteering isn’t the only way to do this. You can enroll in a program where you build mock projects, or simply build something on your own that you’re willing to demo in an interview.

Preparing for a Salesforce Admin interview Jason interviews a lot of people so I asked him, how should you prepare for your first interview for a Salesforce role? The first thing is to be ready for some sort of assessment. Since there’s often time pressure, Jason recommends doing a practice run. Talk to a friend, find out what kind of data they collect, and build them an app to track the books they’ve read or the distance they’ve run, anything will do.

When you sit down in the room, Jason emphasizes the importance of listening and showing empathy. One way to do that is to ask good questions. What’s their Salesforce roadmap and what can you build for them? What’s their organization’s approach to culture? You can also do your homework and bring up a blog post they wrote, or something specific their company has done.

Admins are consultants Listening and empathy are so important to Jason because he sees that as the biggest part of the job.

“Being an admin is being a consultant for one organization. What are you doing? You’re talking to people, they're coming to you with their problems, you’re getting their requirements, you’re satisfying their needs, you’re working with them, you’re iterating, you’re updating things, and then you’re presenting it back to them.”

We touch on a lot more in this conversation about looking for Salesforce jobs, listening, and what it’s like to be a Salesforce consultant, so be sure to listen to the full episode and subscribe so you don’t miss out.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: Pei Mun Lim on the Skills of a Business Analyst * Salesforce Admins Blog: Develop Your Communication Skills as a Salesforce Admin

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Jason: @JasonMAtwood
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Full show transcript

Mike: I got an idea. How about we tackle the hardest question on the Salesforce Trailblazer community? That's right. This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're going to look for advice on finding your first admin job and doing the interview, getting experience, and more. And we're going to do all that with CEO and co-founder of Arkus, Jason Atwood. Jason and I chatted at TrailblazerDX and really wanted to dive into this topic. Now, before we bring Jason on, I just want to make sure that you're following the Salesforce Admins Podcast on iTunes or Spotify. That way, when new episodes like this one come out, they're automatically downloaded to your phone. But enough about that. Let's talk about finding that first job or even finding your next job as a Salesforce administrator. Oh, I almost forgot to mention we tackle the myth of "but it's just an admin job." So with that, let's get Jason on the podcast. So, Jason, welcome to the podcast.

Jason Atwood: Thank you for having me. It's been a long time since we've podcast together.

Mike: I know. I was thinking back; well, we were just reminiscing of the days at the Marriott Marquis and the Arkus podcast.

Jason Atwood: Yep. You were on an episode of CloudFocus Weekly. We had it as part of our trivia once there was only four or five guests ever on the podcast, and you were one of them.

Mike: Snuck in, only proximity. I'm going to say. So catch people up. What have you been up to?

Jason Atwood: Well, since then, whatever that was, 10 years ago. Yeah. So I am now the current CEO and co-founder of Arkus. We're a Salesforce consulting firm. We deal mostly in the nonprofit space, and we've grown from that little company back then. We're almost up to 75 people. And now I run around between putting out fires, talking on podcasts, and trying to educate myself on the whole changing landscape of technology.

Mike: Yeah, it does feel like in the last decade, it's gone from everything we know to a brand new world.

Jason Atwood: It certainly is. And I just spent three hours at a Heroku dev meetup and could hang there mentally for a bit, but they lost me at a little point. So it's both fun, interesting, and challenging to stay up with all this stuff.

Mike: So one of the things that everyone's trying to stay up with is the ever-changing job market and hiring. We see a lot of the questions in the Trailblazer community from new admins, people getting into the ecosystem that want to become Salesforce admins, people in the ecosystem that are looking for jobs, or maybe have kind of hit a career plateau. And you and I were chatting, and boy, I think it'd be fun to kind of delve into that topic with you.

Jason Atwood: Let's do it. I have some experience in hiring people over the last 15 years, so I can certainly talk about it.

Mike: A little bit more than me. More than me. Well, let's get started. So let's start fresh. There's a lot of new people. As we were talking about in the intro, there's a lot of new people coming into the ecosystem that maybe don't have tech advice. They are doing Trailhead modules, completing challenges, getting a lot of badges, trying to round out their resumes, and they don't know A, what to look for, or B, what to put on their resumes. So somebody that's hired a bunch of people and been around for a long time, let's start there with some of your advice and where they should go.

Jason Atwood: Sure. This is a very common thing, and the first thing I would tell everybody is relax. It's going to be okay. I know it feels daunting, and you see these triple all-star rangers and you see all these, the hoodies, and you see the people with the 15 certifications and 10 years of experience, and you feel like, "How am I ever going to get there?" You will; you'll get there. So the first thing is just to take it easy and not to get too worked up on it. It does feel like a lot. It's a very big community and filled with lots of hungry people for jobs, a lot of recruiters, a lot of activity. When I talk to people about getting started in the ecosystem, and certainly on the admin track, and we can talk about other tracks if you want, but on the admin track, I kind of say all those things matter. So when it comes to certifications, when it comes to Trailhead, when it comes to experience, they all matter. And usually the question I get is, "But what should I focus on?" And so I came up with something, I maybe made it up years and years ago. I call it the 30, 20, 50 rule, or 20, 30, 50. It doesn't matter; you can break it up anyway. And if you're going to take your time, right, you're in the hunt for a job, and you need to do the education, you need to get enabled, you need to build your experience level. I break it down into those percentages. So 20% of the time, I'd focus on Trailhead. And the trick for Trailhead is A, you just have to be a ranger. We don't even look at people who aren't rangers. I had an intern apply the other day, and I said, "No, you're not even on Trailhead. Go get a ranger before I even talk to you." So that, to me, is just a minimum bar. Just go be a ranger, and then if you can go up from there, that's great. And then, if you're still in your Trailhead worlds, the thing that we then look for besides looking at their profile, is it filled out? Have they thought about it? Have they created it like LinkedIn? So second advice on the Trailhead side is treat your profile like LinkedIn: fill it out, put your picture, put your description, do all the things. It'll probably take you no more than a half an hour. Make your URL; you can make your customized URL so people can find you; do all the things so it looks like you're part of the community, right? Make sure that your profile is rich and full. And then the third thing on the Trailhead side of things is to go for super badges. So I can look at double ranger, triple ranger all day long, but if I don't see some super badges and I speak from someone who doesn't have any super badges.

Mike: Oh, no.

Jason Atwood: I know, I know, it's on my hit list for this year. I know, I know, I mean, I have 15 certs, and so I have some experience, but I'd say, get some super badges. We see that when we look at that as a higher level of dedication and of expertise, because, as you know and as I've been doing them, they're difficult. They show that you have really dug in, and they're more than just answering some questions or watching videos, or getting fun ones. I love badges, but the super badges really show that kind of a deeper level of education and sort of just being in the Trailhead world. So that's the 20%. Then the 30% is certifications. You need to have both. You can't have one without the other. I don't know what that commercial was, peanut butter and chocolate or something, but-

Mike: Yeah, I think so, yeah.

Jason Atwood: -You might be [inaudible 00:07:08]. Certifications are important; you should focus on them. What I tell people is you need to get them, but you can't stall. Most people, I think, when we talk to them and we'll find in the ecosystem, say, "Oh, I'm thinking about getting that, or I'm planning to get that one next year." And our advice is, "Nope, go get it. Go get it now. Go take it. Go take the test a couple of times." Do whatever it is you can do to start your certification journey; don't put it off; don't procrastinate on it. You don't have to be perfect; just go get some. And obviously there's a path of which ones you should get, blah, blah, blah. It depends on where you're going in your world, but having at least one or two certs is kind of a bare minimum. So if you're starting off and you're trying to get into the ecosystem, that's your 20 and your 30, and then the 50 is the hardest part. And it's just hard to tell people because it's the experience. The third thing we look for is experience. I want to see that you've done something obviously new to the ecosystem, harder to have the experience, but that's where I say spend 50% of your time trying to gain that experience. There's the old adage: try to go work with a non-profit. Although there's some pushback on that nowadays because of the complexity of the platform, you don't want to hurt a non-profit. There's definitely... Get in in a way, there's programs, there's tons of programs out there that will help you do mock projects and things where you can just get your hands dirty. And even if you have to build your own thing that you're going to demo, you got to get experience because I've not hired people with 22 certifications, and because it didn't add up to any experience, and I've seen people with tons and tons of experience with zero certs, and I would hire anyway, just from the experience. But for me, that's how I tell spend your time: 20% trailhead, 30% certifications, and 50% getting that experience.

Mike: I think that 50%, that part that you're talking about is always the part that feels like the hardest to get into. Because if you're not in tech and you don't have any experience and you're trying to land that first job, that can feel like, "If I could get this job, then I could get the experience." And so, part of that lends to my next question is, so you're new, we've checked all the boxes on filling out our profiles and done that part. What should I get ready for when I interview?

Jason Atwood: So every interview's going to be different, obviously, but a lot of places are using assessments now. So I would say be prepared for an assessment. That means functionally, they're going to ask you to do something; they're going to ask you to build something or take something they've done and turn it into something on the platform, using Salesforce as the platform. So I would just be ready for that, be prepared, be okay with it. Even do mock versions of it, go have a friend, and I have to given this advice to some people, but go have a friend, sit down with them, talk to them about what they do, and you'll uncover something that they're collecting data. And as soon as you can figure out what the data they're collecting, whether it's books or they collect comic books, or they're a skier or they're a runner, anything you do, you can just come up with, "Ooh, what if I built you an app to track that?" So be prepared to have an assessment of your skills and be able to show that in a short period of time. Meaning it might be a take-home. Sometimes it's a take-home. Like, "Hey, go do this over the weekend." Other times it's, "You have an hour; come back and show us what you did."

Mike: Ooh!

Jason Atwood: So I'd say... Ooh! Yeah, I know. I've been doing that for 15 years to people. Trust me. I've seen a lot of, oohs.

Mike: I would imagine.

Jason Atwood: Even had one person pass out in the...

Mike: Oh, my. Oh, goodness.

Jason Atwood: It happens.

Mike: You get an extra hour now.

Jason Atwood: Yeah. So I think that it's coming more and more in the ecosystem, because again, when you look at a resume, when you look at LinkedIn, a lot of it's just you can't tell whether they know what they're doing. If you actually do an assessment, you can then assess, "Okay, you know, you functionally know how to do things." So I'd be prepared for that. The other thing is, I think when you're really, especially in the new, just be honest about what you do and do not know. That's really, really key. Don't fluff up your resume; don't put things that you don't know; don't put clouds, don't throw in data cloud if you don't know what data cloud is and haven't used it or can't really explain it. Just because you took a Trailhead on something doesn't mean that platform or know that cloud. So I'd really say be honest with what you know and the clouds, and the products, because that's going to be super important in the interview process.

Mike: Wow. How much... In prep work for resumes, there's a lot of AI tools out there, so I'd love to know your perspective on both sides of this one: how much do you, as somebody hiring, kind of look for, "Oh, they used AI to generate most of this resume?" And on the flip side, how much should somebody building their resume that could really benefit from an AI tool? How much should they lean into it?

Jason Atwood: So I'm going to be the strange answer on this one, or...

Mike: Oh, good.

Jason Atwood: Yeah, because I'm going to say, resumes don't matter.

Mike: Okay.

Jason Atwood: They're just checking a box. When people get to me in the interview process, they're beyond the resume. So yes, you need to have a resume; you need it because that's the part. It's like you have to have the internet; you have to have a way to fill out the form. So you need to have a resume, and it should have your accomplishments and stuff on it. But I don't look at resumes because they're just lies. They're just you telling me all these things, and sometimes I don't know if any of that's really true or not true. So to me, it's like it's just a checking the box. "Yes, you have to have a resume. Yes, it should be okay." Honestly, your LinkedIn profile should be your resume, right? Because that's real; it's on the web. And if you're lying, someone might actually call you out for it. "Hey, you didn't work at that company for 10 years." So I would say focus more on the LinkedIn. Because I'll look at that. If you gave me 10 minutes, I'd look at your LinkedIn first. I would not look at your resume, what you've put on, rather than what your actual history has been. That being said, you want to throw all this stuff on there for this ecosystem. So I do think showing work that you've done and really pointing to problems you've solved, if you really think about any job, especially as an administrator, you're a Salesforce admin, you're basically solving problems all day all. And you're communicating. So two things that I tell people about the resume and the process is how do you show that you've solved problems in the past in your resume, and then how do you show that you are a great communicator? Because great communication, it doesn't matter what, I mean, well, not what job, but certainly in this world, you are basically talking to people, helping them out, doing stuff, re-communicating with them, getting what they need to do, building it, whatever. You might work with different groups or whatever. But that communication skill is something we deeply look at. So again, if you're going to focus on stuff, don't so much focus on your resume as focus on how to be a great communicator.

Mike: That's really good advice because I have been at that level where people show up and the resume looked good, but they couldn't facilitate the conversation or articulate any kind of answer in the interview.

Jason Atwood: It is a skill that not a lot of people have, but it's a skill, you can learn it. So a couple of things to put into that communication bucket. We'll go down a little rathole here.

Mike: Yeah, let's do.

Jason Atwood: One is empathy.

Mike: Okay.

Jason Atwood: Have the ability to show empathy, and that means sort of having a conversation with somebody and throwing in stuff that's like listening to them, talking to them, obviously pulling out information about them, but having the empathy when they say something's not going to happen or whatever, they could say, "It's a rainy day." I look for it in every interview that I do. Now this is going to be on the podcast; everybody's going to know this, but I will actually throw things into my talk track or as just the warm-up when you're sort of, "How are you and what's going on?" I will always throw in something to test empathy. I'll say, "Oh, I'm okay, but I didn't sleep well last night. Or I had a bad egg sandwich this morning, or I've tripped over the dog when I came into the room." And I just listened to hear what they react. If they go, "Oh, that's terrible. Oh, yeah, I know dogs can be really difficult. Or you know what? I get my egg sandwiches from downstairs, whatever." But hearing that back of that empathy, super important. Second is actually listening, so I will listen to people, how they listen to me. Are they interrupting me? Are they talking over me? Are they going? Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah, as I speak, I listen for their real intent and true conversational skills. And so the ability to actually listen, pause, and then answer is a really big; it's a great skill to have. And so the people who can do that, I know that they can do almost any job better because they've intently done that listening skill and they've got it working. So those are two that I throw out to most people when they're trying to build their conversational habits.

Mike: Yeah, I'm listening to you answer that, and I'm playing devil's advocate in my head and saying, "Maybe people are hearing Jason say this because he's hiring consultants." So why do you think this also translates over to people that are embedded in different work groups, or teams, or have stakeholders within an organization and aren't consultants, like for your organization?

Jason Atwood: Because basically, being an admin is being a consultant in one organization. You are a consultant. What are you doing? You're talking to people; they're coming to you with their problems; you are getting their requirements; you're satisfying their needs; you're working with them; you're iterating; you're changing it; you're updating things, and then you're presenting it back to them. The thing that changes when you become a consultant is you're paying for someone's time, which then becomes a whole other thing. But also, you might be working with other organizations, and the level of expectation of how you do that and your expertise goes way up. And this is something I tell, I warn people about moving into consulting is that when you're an admin, you have the ability to take some time. Someone says, "Hey, can you build me these three dashboards that I want to track my sales forecasting?" You go, "Sure," and you can go Google it, and you spend a week, and you come back, and you're like, "Here's your three dashboards." They're ecstatic; they're like, "Great, thank you." They don't care that it took you three weeks or whatever, and then you had to ask your friend and Google it or ask ChatGPT to do it for you. In the consulting space, it's different. They don't ask, "Could you build this for me?" They say, A, "What are the options to build it? How long is it going to take you, and can you get it to me by next Tuesday?" So the expectation level of what you're doing goes way up, and they expect you to be expert. They don't expect you to ever say, "I don't know, but I'll figure it out." As an admin, I said, "I don't know. I'll figure it out." "Oh, you want to build some tracker for your feedback form? Sure, let go figure it out." Go away for a week, and I'll come back and show you something. So I think that's part of it, but as an admin, you're still doing all this stuff. It's the same stuff inside the organization. You're just not working with external companies or people; you work with internal people. So you still have Mary from accounting coming over and wants to synchronize with the QuickBooks, and you still have the CEO come over and they want an update to some dashboard because they can't figure it out, and you're doing the same stuff; it's more internal, more ad hoc, generally.

Mike: I mean, I couldn't agree more. Also, Mary from accounting, they always want to, for some reason, can't seem to get opportunities flowing through your sales org, but let's integrate finance.

Jason Atwood: So true, so true.

Mike: But you kind of led into that. So what are the different jobs, or different tasks, types of jobs that admins would tackle within an organization?

Jason Atwood: Yeah, I mean, we kind of started in there. You do become an internal consultant, but I think you first off just think of what, especially when you're applying for it, and this goes back to sort of the applying and getting the jobs' thing. When you're looking at the organization, you obviously want to know what their Salesforce landscape is. So if I were in the interview process, what I would do is come loaded with a bunch of really good questions, and I would pepper that person with tons of questions about their Salesforce instance, or, as we call it in the biz, we call it their org. But I would come in with, "What kind of licenses? How old is it? What kind of integrations? What kind of applications do you have? When's the last time you did a health tech? Do you use permission sets or permission set groups? Or did you flip the lightning yet?" I mean, I would be peppering them showing my expertise to get that admin job. So that's just on the interview side; I just want to throw that in. But coming back to what you do, again, it really depends on the organization, and this is actually a myth that is out there in the ecosystem, is that admins get bored and admins don't get to play with lots of different clouds, and admins don't do a lot of diverse things. That's completely not true because it depends on what organization you're with. I was with a company who had 375,000 people. I had a team; I had five people, or five, including me; we were all admins; that's what we did. And we had 12 different production orgs, 12 orgs with production, and I think nine different applications running in them with thousands and thousands and thousands of users. We were not bored; we had plenty to do; we were playing with great, big, unlimited licensing and integrations and projects, but we were admins. At the end of the day, we were admins. Same thing: you go work for a small company that's four... I don't think anyone would hire a full-time admin with four people. But the smaller the organization who's just using Salesforce for one thing and has no chance of expanding it or doing it, or going anywhere. Yeah. You're going to get bored, right? You come in, you're going to help out Mary in accounting, you get that one project done, and then they're going to be like, "Can you reset passwords all day?" So I think as part of the interview process to pulling it back in to that, and when your job seeking, you should be really interested in what their, especially if you want to be a Salesforce admin and you really want to do it full time, what's their Salesforce roadmap? Are they just solid? They have it, and they have had it up and running for five years, and that's it? Or do they have things that they want to do? New stuff you can build? Do you want to do the integration with that? We want to bring in marketing cloud next year. We're looking at how to do predictive AI, whatever. So if I were bringing more questions as the trying to get the job, I would bring in that to the organization. I'd say, "What do you guys, where's your roadmap? Or do you not have one?" And I think that would show as a hiring person; I'd be like, "Oh, they're forward-looking." And it'll also give you the idea of: "Are you going to get bored in six months?" Because you don't want to get bored in six months.

Mike: Right. Although maybe a smaller footprint would be really good if you're looking to get that first admin job.

Jason Atwood: Exactly. Exactly right. But then you have the counter, right? You have a smaller footprint, but they have 40 users, and they only use it for service. So you get in, you do some work, you do all the stuff, and then you're like, "Now what?"

Mike: Right. So you brought up myths of admins, and one is, well, "I don't get exposed to enough clouds," and I've heard that at various events. "Well, we only use data cloud, or I just don't get to see it." And I feel like, and this still exists, all of these articles on admin to something else, as though admin is just the front door; all you got to do is get in and do that for a few months. But the real money and the real challenge is elsewhere. What would you say to that myth of just an admin?

Jason Atwood: I think it is a bit of a myth, and it makes admins and being an administrator, Salesforce administrators feel like this... It's like you're the fry person in the back at McDonald's. It's like, "Well, I don't ever go back and cook the hamburgers." I don't know. And it's not true.

Mike: Although the fries are kind of the best part.

Jason Atwood: That's true. I actually worked at McDonald's, and I was the fry person, so that's why I brought it up.

Mike: Yeah.

Jason Atwood: But yes, at some organizations, you could be the one admin, and that could be your role for a long period of time. And you could get bored, and it could just be a starter. At other organizations, you could run an entire group of admins. You could have six or seven admins, you could be part of a team of people supporting a lot of different Salesforce instances, and it could go anywhere from just administrative down to sort of more the solution architect type of stuff, or more towards the BA towards so stuff or more towards the development. One of the things you and I have been in this ecosystem for a long time, what we were able to do 10 years ago on the platform with our clicks and what we're able to do with clicks now, we're programming. Let's be clear: when we're building flows, we're programming; we're just programming with a user interface. But that's programming, and the stuff you can do is stunning, that you just couldn't do with any of the tools unless you're writing Apex. So I think even the idea that admins who are getting that technical acumen and are going into the more programmatic type of world of admin that could go long, there's lots of paths you can go down for that. So that's where I think some of the myths should go away because you're not just the admin who's building a report, adding a field to a page way out, and assigning a permission set. There's many, many different pieces of that platform. And that's before you even talk about the clouds; before you'd say there's now, I don't know how many clouds. There's a lot of clouds.

Mike: There is a lot.

Jason Atwood: Yeah.

Mike: Yeah. I mean, you brought up flow. I think back to the days of, "Boy, if I could just stand up like a window pane that a screen that people could input the data into as opposed to just editing raw right on the record." And now we can do that, and you can do that just using the interface. You don't have to try a single line of code, which is...

Jason Atwood: It is stunning what you can do with that tool. And it's one of the things that has left me a little bit behind because I'm old school admin. I'm a work-for-rule person. And for that, I would've gone wrote in a user story and had someone written up a Visualforce, and with Apex in the background, and now it's... The stuff that we can produce with flows, screen flows, and even the call-outs. I was watching the call-out today, a flow that made a call-out to a Heroku Dyno that did a hookup to a Postgres database that pulled in AI predictions. I was like, "What?" So yeah, the world of an admin is becoming very, very broad in some ways.

Mike: Yeah, no, I agree. And you can also now trigger flows through prompts and have it call AI. And I mean, in a year from now, this is all going to sound like super, "Wow, they were impressed they could do that. Now look at where we are." kind of stuff. One thing we didn't touch on is there's a lot of job places to look at and career stuff. Often, when looking for a developer architect, I think those are a little more defined also, especially with developer, they've got experience in writing developer job titles for other platforms. So it's very easy to translate that over to Salesforce. What are things that an admin should look for in job descriptions? That maybe if the title or description doesn't say Salesforce admin, that will be the role?

Jason Atwood: Yeah, it's a tough one because, I mean, the easiest thing to say is look for the keyword Salesforce. Obviously, there's going to be some sort of piece of that. I think you'd have to go a little old-school and think of the platform and what it's doing. So I would start to look for things that were based on what Salesforce, the platform's doing? Is it sales, right? Is it marketing? Is it service? Is it nonprofit? Especially in the nonprofit space, which is for me. So we would look at grant writing, fundraising, and all that stuff, which could be keywords for, we're using Salesforce in the background, but we're using it to do all these things. So I guess the meta hint without giving you the keywords is: What is this organization doing? What is the output of their world? And then looking at what the tool set they're using. They might not be Salesforce, right? There are other ways of saying the word. They might say something like health cloud and a health cloud administrator, and you're like, "Well, that's Salesforce." Or they might say, "net-zero cloud." Or they might say, "nonprofit cloud." Again, not saying Salesforce, but that's what it's based on. So sometimes, as an administrator and as part of this ecosystem, you have to know that there are products that are sitting on top of the platform that don't necessarily say the word in it. Remember when they named everything Force? Everything was Force something Force, this Force, that Force.

Mike: We had everything named Lightning for a while, too.

Jason Atwood: That too. That was fun.

Mike: We like to do that a lot. I think everything's named Einstein now.

Jason Atwood: Pretty much.

Mike: I'll probably get in trouble for saying that.

Jason Atwood: Yes, you will.

Mike: But you could do the bingo card of name everything, Einstein, Lightning, Force, and then you're covered.

Jason Atwood: I'm going to win that Bingo.

Mike: Einstein, Lightning, Force, and then the actual product. Then you're covered.

Jason Atwood: Totally.

Mike: I was looking through all my notes, roles and descriptions and interviewing and challenges, and certifications, and I feel we touched on a lot. What is something that you feel we missed, that you talk about, that you bring up that maybe people aren't thinking about when they're looking to interview or get an admin position?

Jason Atwood: Sure. I think there's a couple of things. A couple more things I would, if I were giving advice, which I happen to do all the time.

Mike: You're full of advice.

Jason Atwood: I'm full of advice, maybe too much. So one thing, and this is just generic to not Salesforce, but as anybody looking for a job, cultural fit, I think, is becoming more and more of a need. And I think, as people applying for jobs, you should be looking at it both ways. Do I fit that culture, and does that culture fit me? And that's do my values and the company's values or the organization's values align together. And asking a lot of questions around culture is going to become more and more important, especially because we go do remote work and all that. So I think what we used to think of, like, "Oh, we had coffee breaks and pizza parties for every quarter," is now a much bigger discussion. So I would say bring culture into the conversation. Another tip that I hadn't given yet is just preparedness. It seems silly to say you have to be prepared for an interview, but I can tell you the amount of people who show up who are not prepared, they're just not prepared; they don't know their resume; they don't have good questions; they don't know how to talk to their experiences. And I'm stunned when it happens, but it happens a lot. And one of my little pet peeves, I'm giving away all my hints, boy, anybody interviewing is going to be able to nail the interview the next time they get to me.

Mike: Yeah, you say that, but I bet not.

Jason Atwood: Probably not, right? No one's even going to pay attention. But having really good questions is something that I look for. Again, we work in an industry where being able to ask your users what they want and question them, and being insightful is a great skill. So if I get to the end of one of my diatribe speeches and I say, "Do you have any questions?" And they're like, "No, I'm good." I immediately go, "Okay." And then I'm not good because I... So have questions ready at the go; have them sitting in front of you on a piece of paper, on a sticky note in a NeverNote, wherever. It's super important, and don't be generic. Don't say, "Where do you see yourself?" Don't interview the interviewee. Ask really stuff that's based on homework you did. And that's sort of the prepared thing too. When people come in and they say, "Oh, I read your blog post last week about blah, blah, blah. I was really interested about this key point." Immediately, I'm like, "They did their homework; they know what they're talking about, and they're asking me something interesting." Don't say, "How do you guys do raises?" That's not going to be; you need to have the questions about the culture or the stuff. I mean, I've had some really good in the past, but I've had some really terrible questions. And then two more, I'll give you two more tips. This is like the hundred tips for interviewing the Salesforce Ecosystem Podcast.

Mike: We'll call it 98.

Jason Atwood: There you go.

Mike: So there's two.

Jason Atwood: Two more is you can never, if you want to get two skills. If I told someone to go get two skills before they get any job to be super useful on day one, two things they should be focusing on: data and documentation. Your ability to understand data is like you need to have it, you have to have it as a skill; you need to know data; you need to know how data interconnects with other data, you need to know how to report on it. It's getting more and more and more important. So I look for data skills, even data nerds, people who say, "I love data." So if you're not that type of person, I would say these jobs are going to be tough. Because I don't know anywhere in the ecosystem that we are not just really crazed about and or dealing with lots of data. It is sort of what Salesforce is, in the back of all of it. So understanding data, taking courses on it, go learn SQL, go learn regular databases, go learn third normal form, learn it, and understand it because any of your skill sets that you have that are based in data will make you better at any job in this ecosystem. So data. Second is documentation, because one of the things you can do very quickly in any role is document things. You need to be able to document; you need to be able to take what people say, summarize it, put it into something, and spit it back out for people to take in. If you're an admin, you've got to come up with a training plan or a training agenda. You are an admin; you have to come up with a user story; you hand it off to a developer or someone to build something. Documenting is, and it's, I know there's Trailheads on it, and you can go to those, but really learning how to document even so much prove that skill when you talk to somebody and you follow up with an email. Follow up with an email that proved that you listened and that you're following up with documentation skills, coming back with key points or things that you wanted or questions, all great ways to show. But I would say two things you could just learn to show up on day one to start working and doing things is know data very well and know how to document things.

Mike: Well, that was a really good point. I would hammer on that cultural fit and question part a lot because I always feel like you and I are of a certain generation that we kind of almost interviewed in the hopes that they chose us, right? The best of the survivor, we get picked. But the part that really dawned on me as I moved through my career was I also need to interview that person to see, is this the type of person that I'm comfortable... Would I be excited to get on a call with them every day? Does this feel like the type of company that I'm going to be excited to go to work at? Or do I just want to get in to get in? And I've made the mistakes of going to work for companies and then realizing I didn't ask enough cultural questions. The way things operate here and my expectations for this job are very different than what I had in my head, and it's my fault because I didn't talk about it.

Jason Atwood: Yeah. And again, I think it's different. Even again, culture was, I hate to say it, but it wasn't really that much. It wasn't that important. 20 years ago, I wasn't worried about culture; now I think it's above compensation.

Mike: Yeah.

Jason Atwood: I think it really is. And I've seen people go to places for less compensation because of a better culture. I've seen people leave terrible cultures that were highly paid. So really bringing that in, and that means how do they work? How do people collaborate? And you can ask these questions in the interview. You can say, "What are the three things you're doing this year to help your culture be better or to improve your culture at your company?" If someone asked me that, I'd be like, "Ooh, wow. Okay."

Mike: That's a good question.

Jason Atwood: That's a great question, right? You're then learning A; are they doing anything to make it better.

Mike: Right.

Jason Atwood: Or ask about... One of the things that we take at Arkus as very important is when I was doing my key goals for the next five years, and I was doing some presentations and talking to the staff about it. I had culture as a fifth thing, and then after doing it, I thought, "Wait, no, that's wrong. It's got to be number one." So for me, you ask a company, you say, "What are the main things you're thinking about doing for the next five years? What are the five key things that you're doing? What are your pillars?" Or whatever. And if they don't say culture, then you'd be like, "Oh, why isn't culture there?" And then you'll probably catch someone off guard; maybe they won't hire you there, but they should be thinking that keeping the company culture and embracing it, and making sure that it is... Culture isn't something that you set up and then walk away from. It's not a database system. You don't just go, "Oh, it's set up, and it's running in the corner." It's something that needs to be cultivated; it's something that needs to be put into; it's something that needs to be fed and loved, and thought of, and changed as the ecosystem and the world changes. Our culture changed when COVID happened, right? We had to adapt; we adapted to that; it wasn't the same culture as before. When we were three people, now 75, but the culture's different, but we're adapting to that. So again, it is a really, really big point. It is something you can catch people on, you can ask, and everybody likes to talk about their culture. Everybody will tell you that they have a great culture, but that's how, as an interviewer or interviewee, you should be questioning it and really ask the deep questions. So when they say they have a great culture, "Say, can you give me three examples from last week where you prove that or that you know that it is a great culture?"

Mike: That's a good question. Thanks for coming by, Jason, and sharing your wisdom with us. You said you present some of this. Are you going to be presenting any of this at upcoming Dreamin' events after?

Jason Atwood: I am. Well, you're catching me on my road tour. I don't know if this podcast...

Mike: Oh, there's a road tour.

Jason Atwood: There's a road tour.

Mike: Are you going to have shirts made up?

Jason Atwood: I might. So yeah, I actually-

Mike: Have dates on the back.

Jason Atwood: -I go to a lot... A lot of things, I will be at World Tour this year. World Tour New York in two days, but I don't think this podcast will be out by then. But you can catch me at Texas Dreamin', I'm doing this year. You can catch me at WITness Success, you can catch me at Mile High Dreamin', you can catch me at Dreamforce, you can catch me at Northeast Dreamin'. And is that it? I think that's it.

Mike: I mean, Northeast Dreamin' is kind of the tail end of the year for us.

Jason Atwood: Yeah, it is. It's the last one. So I'll be at all those. I don't know if I'll always be presenting this, but you can at least find me if you wanted to.

Mike: Right. I appreciate you coming by.

Jason Atwood: Thank you. It's been great talking to you. Let's do it in another 10 years.

Mike: Or sooner.

Jason Atwood: Or a little sooner.

Mike: Well, I thought that episode turned out phenomenal. I'm so glad I got to have Jason back, and he is going to be on a road tour presenting and helping admins at different Dreamin' events. So hopefully, you can get to some of those that he mentioned. I think that'd be really neat, and some really solid tips on interviewing, and even I couldn't agree more on building experience when you've never had a job in the tech industry. So thanks, Jason, for coming on and sharing everything. And speaking of sharing, if you love this episode and you've got friends, or maybe you're going to a user group and you'd love to say, "Hey, I've got a podcast for you to listen to on finding that first job or getting your next Salesforce admin's job," here's how you do it. You click the three dots in the corner; most of these apps, podcast apps, have this now. And you can click share episode and you can post it to social; you could send it as an email to somebody, and then they get a link and they can listen to the podcast right on their phone, maybe as they're walking their dog, and even more. Now, if you wanted to look for any links or any resources, everything, everything I'm telling you, start your day admin.salesforce.com; everything is there for you. And of course, we also include a link to the Admin Trailblazer community, which is the admin group in the Trailblazer community, which is a great place and also the place I went to get all of these questions. Now, we'll also include a transcript if there's something you need to go back and read through; that is all going to be in the show notes. So, of course, until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, Admin Evangelist Josh Birk sits down with Kat Holmes, Chief Design Officer and EVP at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about diversity, accessibility, and her book, Mismatch: How Inclusion Shapes Design.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Kat Holmes.

What is a mismatch? I brought Josh on the podcast to host this special deep dive episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, and we couldn’t think of a better guest than Kat Holmes. At Salesforce, she’s in charge of User Experience. But she’s also the author of the amazing book, Mismatch: How Inclusion Shapes Design.

The title of the book comes from the World Health Organization. In 2011, they redefined disability as “a mismatched interaction between the features of a person’s body and the features of the environment in which they live.” As Kat explains, thinking of design as a way to solve mismatches leads to innovative solutions you wouldn’t otherwise find.

The problem with designing for the “average user” For decades, designers have tried to make things for the “average user.” Kat takes us through the fascinating history of the bell curve, which goes back to a 19th-century Belgian astronomer who set out to apply the principles of statistics and probability to sociology. The problem, as she points out, is all of the different types of users that this approach leaves out.

Kat’s favorite example is the keyboard. It’s an interface that’s incredibly efficient and enables pretty much everything we do with computers. But it was actually invented to help a blind Italian countess write letters without the need to dictate everything. And there are tons of other examples, like bendy straws and curb cuts. These designs solved one person’s specific mismatch problem but ended up benefiting all sorts of other people, too.

Designing with inclusion and the potential of AI When you’re building something, Kat recommends recognizing the abilities on your team and thinking about who might be excluded. As she puts it, “What abilities are missing that are important to the design we’re making?” Then, find a way to include someone with those different abilities in your process.

We also get into AI and what the future holds. As it becomes easier and easier for admins to build things, it’s more important than ever to factor in things like accessibility and inclusion into the equation. And there’s a lot of potential to adapt to the interface to the user to give each person a different experience.

There’s so much more in this deep dive episode, so be sure to take a listen for . Be sure to subscribe so you don’t miss out.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Mismatch: How Inclusion Shapes Design by Kat Holmes * 99% Invisible: Curb Cuts

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Kat: @katholms

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns

  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Full Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: This week on the Salesforce Admins podcast, well, it's our Deep Dive episode. I said we're launching something new for April, and with a deep dive comes a guest host. Hey Josh, how are you?

Josh: Hi, Mike. I'm doing pretty good. How are you?

Mike Gerholdt: I'm excited because I listened in on this episode and I can't wait to see if this is the pilot episode of where the Deep Dive series is going. Buckle up, folks because it's going to be awesome.

Josh: Right? I honestly think maybe we should just, I don't know if we're going to do better than this. This was a... And I hate saying things like when people are like, "Oh, who was your favorite guest?" I'm like, "I don't like picking the favorite of my children." Kat's going to get into the top five right away. I never thought I would talk about diversity when it comes to everything from the iPhone to bendy straws. Just almost [inaudible 00:00:58].

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, it's fascinating. Let's get into the episode with Kat.

Josh: Today on the Salesforce Admin podcast, we are going to talk to Kat Holmes about things, diversity, inclusivity, and AI. Kat, welcome to the show.

Kat Holmes: Thanks for having me.

Josh: So let's talk about your early years. In one of your talks, you speak about growing up in Oakland, and that led you thinking and eventually promoting inclusion. Can you expand on that a little bit? What about Oakland fermented this for you?

Kat Holmes: Yeah, in the way back machine. So growing up in a city that os incredibly diverse, all the way through my schooling, all of my community engagements, we really learned a lot about many different ways that people live. But the thing that was really interesting for me, all the way through college, so I went to college in the Bay Area as well. I never learned about the fundamentals of accessibility as part of my training as an engineer. I also studied pre-med. We just didn't learn about ways that people experience disability in the world. So it's kind of ironic, you'd come up in this environment where you have all these kind of movements that had happened, right? Free Speech Movement, there was the Black Panthers, and at the same time, we never learned about the Disability Rights Movement, which also started in Berkeley in the 19... I'm going to say '50s and '60s by students, Ed Roberts, students that really, they created some of the first accessible sidewalks in the United States-

Josh: Oh, wow.

Kat Holmes: ... right here in Berkeley. And I just never knew it even though I was going to school right there on campus.

Josh: Gotcha. Now, you've talked about how when you were 16 you encountered racism, and I believe even neo-Nazism for the first time. And that left you, and I believe I'm quoting you here, "Activated and angry." And I have to say, as somebody who has used the written word to try to exact revenge on his enemies, I can appreciate it. But when you say active and angry, what actions were you taking? What led you closer to activism?

Kat Holmes: The encounter I had, this was when I was a junior in high school. It was right off of the school campus, and I was physically and verbally assaulted by a group of neo-Nazis. I'm going for lunch. And it was a pretty shocking... I had also just moved from Oakland to a suburb, and this is where this encounter happened. So it was really shocking to my system. But the thing that really got to me is, that I told the administrators of the school, the principal, and their response was that there was nothing they could do about it because it was off of school grounds, so therefore it was perfectly legal, and that's the part that angered me the most. Because that sense of responsibility, here's the adults in the environment that are, I thought, there to provide my safety. And what I was really hearing is I only do that within a certain boundary. And the way I got activated was writing. New student in the school, and took the time to write a intense feeling-filled, sixteen-year-old article that was published in the newspaper about my experience. And so when I think about, for me, and it means many different things for different folks, but for me it was about saying what was true and saying what my experience was and what was true about that. And so finding ways to activate people through our experiences, really, to share those experiences. And that's what I really have taken through my entire life.

Josh: Did it feel like you were taking the power back?

Kat Holmes: I felt like I could make myself visible is the way to say it.

Josh: Got it.

Kat Holmes: In the moment where I felt very much like people were trying to keep me invisible.

Josh: Got it. Moving on a few years, what exactly did you study at UC Berkeley?

Kat Holmes: I studied orthopedic biomechanics and material science engineering. So my goal was to design prosthetic limbs for people and tried to find a way to eke that out of a combination of majors.

Josh: I got to ask, and I am going to throw in an anecdote here, because my father-in-law actually is blind and has no hands. So prosthetic limbs is something we... I think we have a few in the house here, actually. Why prosthetic limbs? Where were you going with that?

Kat Holmes: I had been really interested in materials and mechanics for a lot of my young adult life. One of the things that struck me was prosthetics. We often try to replicate a human [inaudible 00:06:13] to try to make some material look like skin or some material shaped like bone or nail. And I thought there were so many other kinds of materials that were more expressive or unique that actually when you pair them up with somebody, you ask them what their preference is, they may choose a really amazing leather over a polymer. So quite honestly, it was just curiosity, following curiosity, connecting with people that I knew in my life who used prosthetics, but also just there had to be a better way to do this.

Josh: Gotcha. Gotcha. Now at Microsoft, you were, I believe, if I'm correct, you were involved in designing their first-ever smartphone. Which I have to say, I think might've been my first-ever smartphone, might've been exactly that smartphone, and I remember it pretty clearly because it had this wonderful keyboard that was this very nice, tactile keyboard. And I know that a lot of people out there probably think this sounds weird because we live in... This is before the age of the iPhone where touch screen basically started ruling the world. What was that like at that time? Because smartphones were really just basically being invented. And so what kind of challenges were you facing when it came to designing a product for something that didn't exist before?

Kat Holmes: Just to clarify, I did not work on Windows Mobile, and Windows Mobile was a really relatively successful platform for Microsoft. I came in right about the time that the iPhone came out, so 2007. And it was this existential moment for Microsoft because like you said, there's this physical world, BlackBerrys, and Nokia phones, and some of those great tactile keyboards that you're talking about. And then the emergence of the iPhone was the pinch and zoom on a map. Being able to still take a phone call, even though you're taking photos, amazing. And the first phone that I worked on for Microsoft actually ended up being a spectacular failure, it was called Kin. I don't know if anybody knows it, but we had a blast building this phone, and it was about tactility. It was really a phone for teenagers, and it's because Facebook was one of the first apps on the iPhone. It was just emerging as well. And so we thought, wouldn't it be cool if you could create a full on social media app just for teenagers all built into the phone? So learning a lot about that time, what I'll say is the top lesson for me is we poured money, our hearts and souls. We developed beautiful hardware with a company [inaudible 00:08:57] Sharp. But we missed what the success of the iPhone was going to be. And that was the developer ecosystem, the App Store. So you can build the best phone in the world, but the game had changed and we hadn't realized it. The game was all about activating a tremendous ecosystem of applications and developers that could build on this platform. And so we were still thinking of it as a device-centered world when really it was a platform game.

Josh: Yeah. Well, and to your credit, I think Apple itself, because for the first year, I want to say of the iPhone, they're just like, "Oh, no, if you want to do anything custom to this, you have to do it through a website. We're not going to let you past our Ivory Palace into the App Store." And then somebody course corrected and here we are now in the middle of history.

Kat Holmes: Well, that's where I did then transition into Windows Phone. And so I did help build that product and that platform. And that was a really fun experience, a really interesting experience. I think we pushed the boundaries and the design of user interfaces for mobile, and that did change the game for a lot of companies and how they thought about mobile design.

Josh: Nice. Can you give me a couple of specifics there? What were some corners that you turned that you feel we might be still seeing today?

Kat Holmes: If you remember the iPhone in 2007 when it came out, I think we used the term lickable for the advertisements, it looked like pieces of candy. They were shiny, they looked like they had [inaudible 00:10:36] in the phone. And it's those kind of, we use the term in design of affordances. The shape of the button says, "Push here," because it's so clearly indicating that it wants to be touched. One of the first things that we did with Windows Phone was flat UI is what we called it. And we took all of those affordances out, but it's because we wanted the content itself to come through, people's photos. An application's top metrics, maybe it's biometrics from your health app. We want that content to come through on the icon or, we now think of them as widgets, but at the time it was very revolutionary to say, "What if the icon was the photo? What if the icon was the biometric data?" And so on a home screen for a user, they'd look at this unique, only looks like their phone, doesn't look like anybody else's, flat window into all of their content. And that was pretty revolutionary at the time.

Josh: To actually surface that detail right up to the phone so that you can just glance at it and be like, "Oh, it's Tuesday."

Kat Holmes: It's right there. And we still see that. I think the iPhone and its widgets in particular, but many developers have tried to bring, what's the most important thing a user wants to know both so they can glance and go, but also to maybe entice them to come into the app.

Josh: Right. One of my favorite T-shirts is from Apple's WWDC where they announced the App Store, and they must have still, the icons are literally the location and date and time of the WWDC announcement.

Kat Holmes: Oh, that's cool.

Josh: Yeah, they lifted that for sure.

Kat Holmes: I want a cool T-shirt like that. I have so many cool T-shirts from my 25, 30 years in tech. That's maybe the best part of working in tech is you get cool T-shirts.

Josh: You get cool T-shirts. I have found that every now and then I have to double check myself and make sure I don't have more than three Salesforce logos at a time. And then I just feel like that guy at that concert. So, yeah. Speaking of Salesforce, how would you describe your current job?

Kat Holmes: I am the Chief Design Officer and Executive VP for our user experience team. So I lead product experience, which means anything that at the end of the day ends up in front of an end user, whether it's through our amazing admin community, architects, developers, we're thinking about the platform that you use to build that, but also the end experience that people are going to interact with.

Josh: Got it. Now in your book Mismatch: How Inclusion Shapes Design, you talk about design leaning to the average person. How are you defining a mismatch here, and what are some examples of design that intentionally are not being inclusive because they're designing for the average person?

Kat Holmes: Yeah, the first thing I'll say is that in all my training as an engineer, in addition to not learning about accessibility, I also was taught the myth of there being an average person. So I'll get to that in a moment. When I think of... So the term mismatch, I borrowed from the World Health Organization's definition of disability, and they dramatically redefined it in 2010, they defined it as a mismatched interaction between the features of a person's body and the features of the environment in which they live. And I loved that as an engineer, as a designer, because it meant that it was my responsibility, in the choices that I make for the product, to make sure that I was considering different types of abilities that somebody might have when they come to use that product. The responsibility sits with me, as a product maker.

Josh: Got it.

Kat Holmes: And so some examples of mismatches might be stairs at the front of a library. It's a public library, but somebody who uses a wheelchair, who has limited mobility, would not be able to access that front entry. So another great example is the keyboard. This is a mismatch for anybody who has limited use of their hands, or doesn't have hands, completely unworkable for interacting with a computer. And what I love about these examples of mismatches, it means that we can identify who might be experiencing the greatest mismatch when they come to interact with our program or application. We need to make sure that it works for voice as well as keyboards, or it needs to be for different types of audio in addition to tactility. But, what I love about this also is that it's not about trying to create one solution for all people. You often hear the term universal design. That really means creating one environment that works for everybody. What I love about the keyboard is it was actually invented by a blind countess from Italy, and an inventor named Pellegrino Turri. And the two of them worked together to create a device that she could use to type letters on her own, rather than dictating to somebody else who'd write it for her. So they invented this device originally for someone who is blind, but it went on to benefit so many more people. We've used this device multiple times today, all of us. And in that, they've created an inclusive design. It started first with somebody who's highly excluded from some sort of activity. And that solution that they created benefited many more people. And so when I think about coming back to your point on the average person the misinformation that I was certainly taught in engineering is that there's a bell curve of human abilities, or any kind of human dimension. And if you think about that bell curve, that the middle of that bell curve is the average human. This is a concept that was created by Adolphe Quetelet, he was a Belgian astronomer in the mid-1800s. And he was actually super jealous, is the way I read it. Super jealous of Isaac Newton, right? Isaac Newton had created these laws governing, deciphering what was happening in the heavens like why does the moon move this way? And Quetelet, who was also an astronomer, he had a pretty curious bombing of his observatory and could not practice astronomy during the Belgian Revolution.

Josh: Oh my gosh.

Kat Holmes: So he turned all of his ambitions to be as famous as Newton towards human society, and he started measuring human bodily dimensions. He created the body mass index that we still use today. It actually used to be called the Quetelet Index, to determine is a person healthy based on weight and height, which is a pretty crude measurement. He also developed the foundation of IQ tests, and he also developed really dangerous frameworks that underlie eugenics. And the challenge with what Quetelet did is he gathered data for as many people as he could, but in the mid-1800s, really hard to believe that he had a true global sample of human [inaudible 00:18:36]. He had a nice Belgian, maybe a couple of countries over sample. So he took all of his data and he was astonished to find his data fit to a curve, a normal curve, which is in mathematics we know of normal curve is there's a point where the tangent reaches a perpendicular. So he was astonished that it fit this normal curve. And he took the middle of that line and he said, "Well, that curve right in the middle must be the perfect person." [inaudible 00:19:07] perfect person.

Josh: Oh, God.

Kat Holmes: And that became the foundation for saying any deviation from the center of that curve was some kind of abnormality or error. So taking mathematics and applying it to humans can be very powerful in some ways and can be very dangerous in others. But it's why we refer to people as normal, is actually from a mathematical background. And what I was taught as an engineer is if you design something for the average, you're going to hit 80% of the population. And then there's edge cases. I like to talk about edge cases. There's 20%. That's an edge case. All you have to do is really look around at humanity, or do some research of your own, to know that that is just not true. That's not actually how the world is. But it's so deeply entrenched. It happens maybe at large sets of data, like large public health issues, and you find anomalies, and that's good indicators. But when it comes down to one person's experience sitting in front of whatever technology you're configuring or building or designing, it actually just isn't true. So that's where inclusive design becomes a much more interesting paradigm.

Josh: It's fascinating to me that when we say the word average, and we apply that to a person, that we are probably describing a 20- to 30-something-year-old white male in Belgium.

Kat Holmes: Yes.

Josh: It's slightly terrifying, too to be kind of honest. And speaking this. And I honestly, I just want to bring this up because when I was reading about it, it shocked me that this even exists. You talk about Robert Moses, who apparently had, I'm actually struggling to say this to be honest, that he utilized a racist lens in some of his urban planning, which, I'm like, that's supervillain-level stuff right there. What's an example of this? I think a lot of what we're talking about is sort of designed through intention and it's good intention. We don't think about the average person being a 30-year-old white male in Belgium, so people don't intend to exclude people. But here we have an example of somebody who did. What's the story there?

Kat Holmes: It's a really fascinating study, and you always have to remember the context of the time and place. But Robert Moses was the... the term they gave him was the master builder of New York City. He was a city planner, but he had wide-ranging control and power over the design of New York City. And the practices that he employed, and some of these are documented in a book called The Power Broker, is thinking about the types of transit that people had access to or didn't have access to. And so he'd say, "Hey, the tunnels leading out of Manhattan, heading out to the beaches," Long Beach, let's say. So the height of an average public bus, let's say is X, and the height of an average car is Y. So he would design the tunnels coming out of the city to be low enough that a public bus couldn't pass underneath it. In effect, it created limited access to those public spaces outside of the city. But the inherent, nefarious part is, people who predominantly relied on public transportation, or exclusively relied on public transportation, tended to be Black or African-American families or families of low income. And so it's that it can happen intentionally, and it can happen unintentionally when you think about, oh, I have a car, so I'm going to just make this tunnel to fit my car. And not really think about somebody who maybe doesn't and somebody who maybe uses other modes of transportation that you're in fact creating this physical barrier in participating in public spaces outside of the city. So that's a great example of sometimes it is nefarious, and sometimes it is accidental or unintentional. I think as people who are problem solvers, we come to this discipline or our jobs because we like solving interesting problems, or we think about how we can solve these and make the world a better place. And it's that kind of intentionality that fascinates me because when we bring attention to it, you can't unlearn it. [inaudible 00:23:48] oh, I didn't realize I created something that made it uncomfortable for somebody else. Just [inaudible 00:23:53]. How can I be a better problem solver?

Josh: And to flip that script completely to the other end, give me a little bit of backstory. Once again, it was fascinating to learn, why do we have bendy straws?

Kat Holmes: The story behind the bendy straw is super fascinating. The first design actually came from a man who was watching his four-year-old niece try to drink a milkshake at a counter. And this is the old soda fountain days, and they had straight paper straws in those days, and she kept tipping the glass and spilling the milkshake while she was trying to drink out of this straight straw. So he went home and he put a nail inside of one of these paper straws and he wrapped a wire around the outside and created a flexible joint in the straw and then ended up patenting it. And that's how we have bendy straws.

Josh: That's awesome. That is awesome. Okay, so let's talk specifics about if I am a designer, how can I identify and address these kind of potential exclusions while I'm working?

Kat Holmes: The best way to identify this is really first looking at our own abilities, like what abilities... Often the products that we make, there's teams that are working together. So looking across that group and saying what abilities are represented? And it might be, oh, okay, we all have 20/20 vision, we all are right-handed. We all speak a particular language. These are the abilities that we represent. Now, what abilities are missing that would be really important to the design that we're creating? And that might be, okay, somebody who has low vision, or somebody who speaks a different language. And it doesn't mean you have to solve every scenario, every potential language, every potential ability. But what are you making? And who's going to need to use it? Are you designing something that's going to be in healthcare? Do you potentially need to think about somebody who is not well? Somebody who maybe has a different cognitive state, maybe they're in an emergency situation? If that's the case, then how can we think about including people in your team who have either experienced that or are experiencing that difference in ability and bring them in as experts to advise and learn from, or even co-design that product with you. So that's really the starting point is recognizing exclusion and then asking yourself who's missing? Really seeking out their expertise.

Josh: And what's the importance in collaborating directly with people who either have experience or are possibly experts in different forms of disabilities?

Kat Holmes: There's a couple of lenses I think are really important. One is, we often do research in design and we think of it more as user or usability research, or we're putting something in front of a person and asking, how do you think this works? Or does this work for you? We're treating people a little bit more like a subject, a research subject, which is different than starting before we've designed anything, and going to someone who has a different set of abilities than we do, and asking them, how would you solve this problem? Or have you already solved this problem in some way, in your home or in your work? And learning from the workarounds that people already have, or the considerations before you even create any solution is incredibly insightful to the process. And so it gives us a way of A, thinking differently about expertise. I'm not the expert as the designer. The expert is the person who's experienced exclusion, but still somehow is making a living using the product that I created.

Josh: Got it.

Kat Holmes: And then I think the other part's just, quite candidly ego, just to check my ego as a designer, that there's collaboration has a way of opening up the creative process. And I think that keeping our egos in check is a really important factor, and bringing other people to the process and letting them be the experts to lead the way is a really great way to do that.

Josh: So to paraphrase, don't design a solution and then take it to somebody and be like, "How bad is this for you?" But bring them into the process so that by the time you get to the point where we're trying the solution, you've already brought their feedback in.

Kat Holmes: Well said. Yeah.

Josh: Thanks. Now let's move that kind of conversation to AI because that's how the world's revolving these days. So when we talk about AI in collaboration, how do you think people should think about AI itself?

Kat Holmes: That's a ginormous question. There's two lenses I'll put on for this conversation. I think AI as a tool that can help us think about and the things that we're not recognizing ourselves. What are other considerations I'm not considering? How do I think more broadly than my own experience? I think AI is a great tool to help us expand the starting points. I do this often just with our own tools, with Einstein or some of the other tools in the world that are AI-related. But it's just, "Hey, I'm thinking about getting started on this. Where are different considerations that I might have?" So it could be a way of expanding beyond our own biases. I think the other lens is thinking of AI as a user of what we're designing. So there's a whole bunch of behaviors, AI or different types of machine learning, different types of generative and predictive, even machine learning, are going to bring to our applications or businesses that we're building. So if we think of AI as a user that itself is trying to solve some set of problems. It's going to encounter certain kinds of errors, it's going to need to make certain kind of adjustments on the fly. The more we can understand what kind of goals and what kind of barriers AI is going to encounter when they work with the data that we are providing, or working with the applications we're providing, the more we're going to be able to design this positive cycle of access and also safe parameters around what AI can access, what it can and can't do. And so it might be a nuance, but thinking about AI as a tool, versus thinking about AI as a user, I think gives us really two interesting places to design from.

Josh: Gotcha. Because I think one of the things, it's very hard, and this is one of the reasons in my own AI talks, I always tell people, just go try it because it's really hard to describe why it's a new style of interface, simply because it's conversational and it's interactive. What sort of design challenges come up with something that's having more of a conversation with you than just pressing a submit button?

Kat Holmes: The interesting thing about AI is that we're kind of in love with this conversational moment of AI, ChatGPT welcomed us to a really broad and accessible kind of AI through conversation. But most of machine learning and AI applications that I've worked with, and I've worked with different types of interactions since about 2010, a lot of them aren't conversational.

Josh: Got it.

Kat Holmes: And even in our devices, our smartphones, we may have different types of machine learning or AI that is vision-based, object recognition, or audio-based or tactile. So there's many different kinds of interaction models that come along with processing information through AI. And the unique design challenges, I think one of the biggest ones comes back to the mismatches we were talking about earlier. AI could give us a tool to be much more adaptive, to meet people where they are, whether that is, we were talking a lot about physical abilities earlier, whether the person can see or hear, but what about cognitive differences? And that's a whole frontier that I think is fascinating. There's so many different ways that people learn or process information or want information presented to them. Can AI help us adapt a design or an interface or an application to meet people where they are? If they're a novice versus an expert, wouldn't it be interesting to think about the differences in experience that AI could create to meet people where they are? So that's one design challenge. And then another prominent one that there's many leaders in this field is thinking about the biases in AI itself. And there's a lot more, I think, visibility and awareness of this now than there was, say, five years ago, certainly 10 years ago. But the training sets of data, or when I go into Midjourney and I say, "Create an image of a doctor treating patients." [inaudible 00:33:58]. What's the doctor look like and what does the patient look like? And has this algorithm been trained predominantly on sets of data that favor certain races or for certain experiences, genders. So that kind of bias is a very small example, but a lot of companies have learned early lessons in this. I think Tay at Microsoft being trained overnight, within hours by the Twitter community, formerly known as the Twitter community. And it just went sideways within hours. And so that risk of what we're teaching and how that shapes the design at the end of the day is a huge challenge as well.

Josh: I kind of feel like the world should actually kind of thank Tay for being such a horrible, awful example of how things can go wrong.

Kat Holmes: That's true. It happened in a relatively safe sandbox.

Josh: Right. No doubt here, it's basically speaking Hitler. We all can agree, let's not do that.

Kat Holmes: [inaudible 00:35:11]. Thank you, Tay.

Josh: Thank you, Tay. And I really appreciate it because I've talked to women of color who they're kind of in a generation where they grew up with the concept of what an engineer looks like, and it's that crew cut guy with glasses and a shirt and a pocket protector in an IBM [inaudible 00:35:31]. And they didn't think they would be an engineer because they never saw anybody who looked like them be an engineer. And I feel like we just have that history that AI has. I don't know how AI is even going to try to catch up to it.

Kat Holmes: The opportunity is there. The opportunity to create a different reflection of reality is there. And it really comes down to the choices that we make in the design of our AI. And who is designing that AI at the end of the day. Can we really broaden... One of the things I love is I think the skillset to become an AI designer will dramatically change because the things that I learned in engineering school, I learned FORTRAN, so that's not super helpful anymore. But if we don't need to learn some of these technologies that are going to turn over anyways, what is the important thing to learn about the design of AI and then what skills are needed? And that could open up the field dramatically to a wider range of people.

Josh: Yeah. And it's one of the things I'm really excited about with Salesforce because the idea that an admin could use their preexisting skills as a flow builder to then also be an AI builder is very exciting to me. Do you have any tips for some... I think our community's really in the shallow end of this. They're slowly getting into the waters of it. When it comes to thinking of solutions for their users, do you have any suggestions or tips for lining up what we can do with AI with a user's skills or job or role?

Kat Holmes: Being in the shallow end is I think where everybody is. There's maybe a very small population that really, really is deep in these waters. Most of the population hasn't even put their toe in yet. So if you're in the shallow end, welcome.

Josh: You're in good company.

Kat Holmes: ... [inaudible 00:37:29]. And please keep learning and keep walking a little bit further in because this is the first wave of us who, coming into those shallow waters, are going to say, "This is how we apply it to life." This is where it makes a difference. And I think our admin community understands the work that people are trying to get done on a daily basis. They understand the challenges people encounter. And when we designed Prompt Builder, for example, we were really thinking about the community that understands what an end user is trying to do. We're thinking about the admin community who can say, "These are the most important mundane tasks that need to be repeated and automated or supported by AI." And so I think the most important advice is lean into that understanding who's using your products or who's using Salesforce at the end of the day. And help us understand what more will serve the people, and the use cases that they have, in better ways. And going back to inclusive design, think about folks beyond, think about the edge cases or think about the folks who maybe are experiencing challenges without using Salesforce today, and how can we really make this a turning point using AI tools to make sure that we're doing a better job going forward.

Josh: Yeah. Okay. I'm going to throw a hypothetical to you and we're going to pretend you have infinite time and money. Where do you think... One of the things I think is very interesting is that the hardware curve, I feel is still advancing. We're just now getting things like AR goggles that are associated with AI. Where are some edge cases that you think could AI really help with inclusivity? For instance, I was having a conversation with a friend and I was like, "Well, I have a nephew who is autistic, and he might benefit from glasses that could actually identify social cues that maybe his brain isn't wired for." Where do you think we might be going with this?

Kat Holmes: There's this interesting debate, I think, between computing power, infinite times and resources to make trillions on infinite computing power. Versus reaching as many people as possible with something that's beneficial.

Josh: Got it.

Kat Holmes: I would lean towards reaching as many people as possible with something beneficial. We may be in a place with what we have today to transform a lot of lives if we can really connect the potential of the technology to what people are trying to achieve. So with infinite time and money, I think there's tremendous diversity in human... This is such an obvious statement, but it's one that we haven't really taken to heart as technologists. There's infinite diversity in human lives. And understanding unique medical needs, diagnosing those, giving people the power to diagnose them for themselves, or to at least understand some of what's happening in their lives. I think about medical, I think about cognitive learning styles, education around the world, just thinking about how I learned versus I have an 11-year-old, it's my youngest kid who's learning on YouTube, so fast, guitar virtuoso overnight. And I'm like, "Oh, how'd you do that?" Well, they've been watching YouTube videos and [inaudible 00:41:26]. So the learning, the medical applications, and then I think, one of the things I'm really interested in is how language models are going to become local to devices. How are we going to get really personal, device-driven AI that can be a close companion, or just the applications of being able to embed that in different environments? And that's where I think about climate science. And could we combine sensor technology with local AI device technology and think about climate science differently on a global pattern. And so we put all our money into computing power for one great AI. Or do we think about the diversification of many different kinds? And I'd say the past 20 years has taught us that this tremendous power in diversification of applications, like we said in the beginning through the iPhone, that whole ecosystem, many, many small things can sometimes solve a problem equally or better than one ginormous thing. And that's how, I'd apply my money towards the small and the mighty.

Josh: I love it. Kat, thank you so much for the great time and conversation. This was a lot of fun.

Kat Holmes: Thank you. It was really good to dive into these topics. I appreciate it.

Josh: Thank you very much. I want to thank Kat for the great conversation and information. And as always. Thank you all for listening. Mike, how you think we did?

Mike Gerholdt: I think it was amazing. I also got into some of the discussions that you were talking about, especially around architecture. I think a lot of times we, as admins, think of, "Oh, well, how does this apply to tech?" Well, how does it apply everywhere? We're design thinkers everywhere. And some of this is really opening up. I mean, you've exposed to me the whole making ChatGPT do illustrations, and now I'm asking it stuff. Like, that's fascinating. That's not what I was thinking in my head, but that's clearly what other people, or a machine, was thinking.

Josh: Yeah. And I'm really glad that we got Kat to really describe how admins are going to really be in a driver's seat. They have a really important role based on what they're already doing. Based on the solutions that they're already building and their relationship with current users.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep, absolutely. And of course, any of the resources that Kat or Josh mentioned we'll include in the show notes, which can be found on admin.salesforce.com, including a transcript of the entire show. And be sure to join our Trailblazer community because we'll post there to discuss about it. So with that, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Skip Sauls, Senior Director of Product Management at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about how Data Cloud can make it easier than ever to roll out enhancements to your org.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Skip Sauls.

The challenges of working with external data sources Pulling data from external sources is always a challenge. For one thing, it usually requires a bunch of work on the backend to get things looking the way you want them to. What’s more, it opens the door to all sorts of potential problems when things don’t match up, not to mention the extra security challenges.

That’s why I was excited to sit down with Skip Sauls. He’s the PM for Data Cloud, and he’s here to tell us how his team has made working with external data sources easier than ever before.

How Data Cloud simplifies data management Data Cloud allows you to combine your external data sources with what’s in Salesforce without hacking together a series of customizations. Connectors allow you to import data from external sources as direct objects, or transform it into something more useful. You can run reports with it, use it in flows, embed it in Lightning pages, and much more, without needing to write specialized code.

Skip’s goal is to minimize the customizations you need to make and seamlessly combine your external data with what’s in Salesforce. Using Data Cloud means that you’ll be able to deploy enhancements to your org without worrying that everything’s going to break, or rebuilding it from the ground up. As Skip says, “we don’t want people to feel like they have to radically change everything in their day-to-day lives just to access something new.”

Get hands-on experience with Data Cloud Looking forward, Skip and his team are trying to further simplify how Salesforce works with external data sources. They’re rolling out tools to minimize imports, so your data lives in one place but works the same as what you have in Salesforce. They’re also working on Remote Data Cloud, which will help you consolidate data that’s spread out across multiple orgs.

If you want to learn more about Data Cloud, I have good news for you. Skip and his team are releasing dozens of new hands-on challenges to Trailhead over the next few months. There’s never been a better time to get up to speed with everything that’s possible with Data Cloud.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Trailmix: Get Hands on with Data Cloud! * Salesforceblogger.com: Demystifying Data Cloud Concepts * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode: Skip Sauls on Data Cloud

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Skip: @SkipSauls
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt: This week on the Admins Podcast, we're talking lakes, well, not lake lakes, but I mean we do talk about lake-making kits, and I do think that would be a hilarious swag at Dreamforce. But Skip Sauls is back because data lakes and Data Cloud are on our mind, and he's got a bunch of new features that he's talking about. Not to mention, he also tells us how we can get hands-on with Data Cloud, which I'm a fan of getting hands-on anything because that really helps me understand it. That's what we're going to talk about. Before we get to the episode, just want to make sure you're following the podcast on iTunes, Stitcher, Spotify, iHeartRadio. We're on all the podcast platforms. You don't have to follow them everywhere. Just one, your favorite one, and then the new episodes download automatically right to your phone. Every Thursday morning, you can get up head to work or walk the dog or go for a run and get your new episode just by pressing play. With that, let's get to our conversation with Skip. Skip, welcome back to the podcast.

Skip Sauls: Thanks, Mike. I'm glad to be back, and as always, glad to talk to you and to the admin community.

Mike Gerholdt: I was looking at my notes from the last time we talked, and the last real podcast that we did was about a year ago. To me, a lot of Data Cloud stuff was brand new, and also a lot of the concepts around data lakes and data silos was a new thing. It still may be new to many people in the audience, but I think we're starting to become even more exposed to it by just the sheer volume of amount of Data Cloud information that's coming out, and also the number of features that now Salesforce can support. Let's start with, what's some of the new stuff that you've been rolling out in Data Cloud since we last talked?

Skip Sauls: One of the most exciting things for the admin community is how you can now leverage data from Data Cloud in your standard Salesforce org, in your lightning pages, in your reports, in your flows. That's been a big theme for the past year, which is, we've got this great technology for unifying the data, manipulating it, doing all kinds of great stuff to the data, but we now need to make it available to our customers, to our respective users. A lot of that focus is what I think is very exciting because now you can actually make use of it, and you're not trying to write specialized code or you're not trying to export things somewhere else. You can use it in the standard Salesforce fashions. It's inside of fields on a form, it's in inside of a record with related lists, it's in a report, so it's in all the places you would expect it to be.

Mike Gerholdt: That's good. A lot of the times when we hear stuff like that, when we're not bringing the in, but we're surfacing it, I've heard the term like a pane of glass?

Skip Sauls: Mm-hmm.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. Just want to make sure that-

Skip Sauls: That's a great way to visualize it. The trick for a lot of our customers, as you know, is that you bring things in and enhance their working environments. You make them more productive, giving them better results, better KPIs, whatever that might be. We don't want people to feel like they have to radically change everything in their day-to-day lives just to access something new. Salesforce has done a pretty good job of that over the years, of bringing things in to lighten the experience, into mobile, making things that are in a low-code, no-code fashion, and really listening to what our customers want, which is, "Make my users more productive. Give them something useful here." They're always interested in technology, but really, the reason people want Salesforce is because it makes them more productive. It's a useful application architecture. That's what, to me, is very exciting. I look forward to Data Cloud just being assumed as being part of all Salesforce, not as being an add-on or something that's on the side, so to speak, that it's actually just it is Salesforce, for that matter.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, well, it is.

Skip Sauls: Exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: One of the things that's interesting is I learned more about Data Cloud, I go back to... This was a requirement that I got way, way back when I was an admin, 2008. I remember an executive saying, "Well, this is nice and all, Mike, but how come I can't see X?" And I remember having to explain to them, "X data is on a different server that we have on location that Salesforce doesn't have access to." The fear, for me, was them wanting to integrate, essentially, a data silo into Salesforce. Because back then, data integrations were just crazy. But I think there's often, this is how I look at Data Cloud is, but how hard is it to really set up?

Skip Sauls: That's one thing we've focused on is making it so that you can bring data from pretty much any source into Data Cloud. I'll tell you more about something else that's even more exciting down the road, but first off, talk about the notions of connectors. You have them in various flavors where you can connect to an external source and you can pull the data in. You can do it in batch, you can do it in streaming, it can be fully scheduled, and you bring that data in either as the direct objects from the remote source or you can transform them into something more useful. You may say, "I need to do something to IT to get it in the standardized formats." Things like dates and times, all sorts of things that you may want to... Salesforce admins are familiar with this. How do you make the data get into the shape you want? Data Cloud has a lot of really great functionality for that. We've leveraged tooling from the likes of MuleSoft, Tableau, CRMA, plus the traditional Salesforce loaders and that sort of thing, and unified that in Data Cloud. We made that part of it as simple as possible, and we're adding more and more connectors to external sites. We'll have a very rich array. In theory, an admin can say, "I need to pull data in from..." Even something relatively obscure. There'll be a way to do that, and in the future, even custom connectors will be possible. You'll be able to do one that isn't sold by Salesforce or by a partner. That all is very exciting, and that fits into the traditional model where you're importing things in, but you're now doing it into one place i.e. in the data cloud, as opposed into multiple places, or directly into Salesforce itself, which is the part that's nerve wracking, as I think you were saying. You don't want to necessarily modify all of your existing records, so with Data Cloud, you'd bring those external sources in. You can have as many as you want to. It's highly scalable to work with almost anything. Then you'll bring in your data from Salesforce, you'll have that mapped in effectively, and then you can have that unified into a single object. You look at it as being the same person, account, contact, et cetera, across all the different data sources. And you're not having to go and manually map everything in and do all sorts of things with unique IDs and keys and that sort of thing. It's doing a lot of the heavy lifting, and it fits very much into the standard Salesforce model of making those things easy. You're now dealing with it at an app level, not at a lower level, in most cases. You're not having to do that every day, trying to figure out how to get the data in.

Mike Gerholdt: One of the things that came up in the discussion that we had of getting the data out of the silo... To be clear, it's not that we wanted it out, it was more of we just need to reference it. I think one thing you mentioned to me that was very intriguing is because back, this is '07, we were going to copy the data and then Salesforce could see it. But with Data Cloud, we actually don't need to worry necessarily about that, right? It's a feature we can set up where, if we want to keep that single source of truth and reference that glass pane, we can do that. Right?

Skip Sauls: Exactly. The terminology you might hear is bring your own lake, bring your own code, and that sort of thing. There's a whole class of things there. I don't know how much I can say, because there's some pretty cool announcements coming around this, but there's a lot of work on making it so that you can leave the data in the external store. It could be a lake, lake house, data warehouse, traditional database, S3 buckets, wherever. You can leave a lot of those things in place, and you reference them from Data Cloud as opposed to importing them. This gets into the zero copy, no ELT mantra that you'll hear. The basic idea is that you're not having to actually make those copies, like you were saying. You're not going to move it back into it. It stays in place. It stays resident in the external system. But to your apps and to your users, it looks like it's natively in Data Cloud, and therefore natively in Salesforce. That's pretty exciting. There's still the case where you might want to transform something to make it fit into the shape you want, but importantly, you don't have to do that to this data. You don't have to do it every time you want to try to use it. That's what we've seen traditionally with Salesforce is we were always importing, whether it was into Core or into Tableau or CRMA, etc. You are always importing the data, doing stuff to it, making copies of it, and that sort of thing. As powerful as those tools were, they still required that copy, which is the part you were saying we're trying to get away from.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, copy, sync, then you had to figure out last modified, who wins, conflict resolution... That was a whole day of meetings for me.

Skip Sauls: Exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: It was not good. As you mentioned all this, I'm thinking just offhand, because this is how my brain works. A really fun swag item for Dreamforce would be a lake-making kit, like from the Progressive commercials. That would be hilarious.

Skip Sauls: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: I'm the only one that thinks that's funny, I think.

Skip Sauls: Maybe you can do that for a Dreamforce or TDX next year.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep. "Here you go, sign up to win a lake-making kit." One of the important things I think about not having to sync data and worry about that as a potential is also, depending on the organization and how they use the data, if they're in a contract and there's PII involved, then they can confidently say, "This is only stored here." As opposed to... I remember we had to go through that with a government contract and outline all of the places that this data could appear. When we were syncing data, then it became another page and a half of documentation of how people had access to Salesforce. I think that's really cool. You mentioned ease of use, and with ease of use, to me, that is also just how do we get the word out? How do we get people hands-on with that? What are some of the things that your team's working on around that?

Skip Sauls: One of the things we're really excited about is providing hands-on challenges where you get to actually use Data Cloud directly. There's some technology behind it, but in effect, you're getting an org that is Data Cloud-ready, and then you can go do a trail, do a hands-on challenge at TDX or Dreamforce, maybe you're in a course somewhere. Using that org, and in the Trailhead model, you're running a check, have you done the work and that kind of thing. That all works perfectly. Now we've got that working very well. You can use this in the same way you would your standard Salesforce org. You get a DE org or something, and you start working against that. That's very exciting. And the cool part about that is that also will power all of these modules that come from Einstein, things like Prompt Builder and so forth. Almost everything that you'll see for these new technologies is actually powered by Data Cloud. Even though you're not maybe explicitly using Data Cloud for the trail or the hands-on challenge, it's under the covers, Data Cloud being used for all the data, objects, services, and so forth. The reason that's exciting is it's harder than it may sound, because Data Cloud instances are not as lightweight and inexpensive as say, a Salesforce DE org. There's a cost associated to it. They're consumption-based. So we had to do a lot of work to figure out how to get that into a manageable state so we can offer that experience to our users and not be too much of a cost burden for us. There's still a cost there, but it's worth it for us to invest in our users, our customers, so they can get up to speed on Data Cloud, they're enabled on it, and they're also enabled on, again, I mentioned Einstein and that sort of thing. That's very exciting. We were hearing from people, "I like Data Cloud, I want to learn more about it, but these trails don't let me use it." "I don't have Data Cloud. How can I learn more directly?" As I've heard you and others say, a lot of people can learn the theory from a standard trail or from docs and that kind of thing. Maybe they can pass a test, but in practice, it's that hands-on experience that really resonates. It's like, "I actually know what I'm doing here. I know how this behaves when I click on it. I know where to go." And that sort of thing. That's a really cool thing, which you're going to see a lot of. Our plans are to have dozens of these out over the next few months, and we have a goal of getting tens of thousands of users enabled with these hands-on challenges. That tells you the scale we're talking about. I would encourage everybody who's listening, go try out the hands-on challenges that are on Trailhead right now. There's at least a few of them there for Data Cloud, some for Einstein, etc. You can get nice, shiny new badges and get your real world hands-on experience, and you'll see more and more of these in the coming months.

Mike Gerholdt: It's one thing to do a module where it ends in quiz questions and then you read some stuff, and then it's another to do one and then get the error message be like, "Oh, really? I got to go back and read some of this. I really thought I knew what I was doing here."

Skip Sauls: Exactly, exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: One thing we didn't touch on, and this is maybe blinders that I have, but what about people with multiple orgs?

Skip Sauls: A really cool feature, which is... I have to go look at my schedule and see when it's going to be out, but it's soon. Is the notion of a remote Data Cloud. I'm waving my hands here as I'm talking to you, but I'll try to describe it for the listeners. What you'll do in the future is when you have multiple orgs that you're managing, for example. A lot of people will have more than one. You'll designate one to be the home org. I don't know if that's the official terminology, but that's what we're calling it right now. That is where the Data Cloud instance will live. It'll be tied to that org. You won't have multiple Data Clouds, you'll have one, in most cases. Then the other orgs you have will be remote orgs that are leveraging that org. There's some technology there. You can look up something called data spaces. You'll be able to say this part of this data in this data space can be mapped to these remote orgs, and in your remote org, you'll be able to access that as if it's natively inside of your org. In all cases, Data Cloud doesn't live inside of Salesforce Core, it's actually running externally. It's not as big of a hop, if you will, to have these remote orgs. It's not like they're really going around the globe trying to connect to each other. The home org is just where you're going to manage the core data, the way to do everything. But you could then have orgs that are primarily for sales or for service, or maybe you've got some that are by industry or by region. However you decide to organize yourself, no pun intended, you can still use the same Data Cloud instance. The cool part there is because we're unifying all this data, you could have the same customer represented in multiple places across all these orgs, but they look like the same customer inside of Data Cloud. You can use this for how do you rationalize the data instead of trying to do it manually with all sorts of mappings and code and that sort of thing. You can say, "This is going to be Mike on all these different orgs." And also, importantly, it's Mike coming in from external data sources. It could be IoT, it could be social media, pretty much wherever you'd like to. But you can know this is Mike across all those, and it's a lot more straightforward than in the past, where we had to manually do a lot of work to say, "This is actually the same user across all these things."

Mike Gerholdt: I like that. Yeah. Boy, 2007 Mike really needed Data Cloud, let me tell you. One of the things I was thinking about as you were talking through all this and unifying the data is really looking at Einstein and some of the stuff that's coming down now, and admins are seeing that. We saw it at TDX with Prompt Builder and Copilot. If you're a Salesforce admin and you're sitting there and you listen to this Data Cloud, what are some of the questions that we're hearing from customers that are really good questions to ask on what should I be looking for in an organization that should prompt me to start having these conversations about getting Data Cloud?

Skip Sauls: There's a really good blog, and I'm going to try to find this for you. I'm going to tell you there's some great quotes in here if you're not familiar with SalesforceBlogger.com, that's actually run by some Salesforce employees. It's mostly employees posting it, but it's not our official blog. It's like some of the other semi-official blogs that has some really great content. In there, there's a whole section of what people will ask for. The reason I bring this up is a lot of times, you won't hear people saying, "We need Data Cloud." They're going to actually say, "We need to make better sense of our sales data." "My sales guy needs to be able to know which customers to target." In that example, you might have your current notion of your accounts and contacts and leads and that sort of thing. Then you've got some external data which talks about very similar things, but it's from a public source. It's not Salesforce data. But it's information about accounts and it could be customer data, it could be company data and that kind of thing. But it tells you something interesting about them and what they're interested in, and you can actually import that data and unify it and then run some calculated insights and other about it. You might find out you're not really targeting the right people. You might say, "We actually need to branch out and target other customers." Or you're enriching the same data for your current customers, it's just data you didn't have before. It's like, "We didn't know this. We didn't know they were interested in these things, and we can have other selling opportunities." It's that kind of thing that I think is very important is that you're using it as a tool to make better sense of your data, make better sense of your respective target objects, whether they be customers or things, than you could before. You can do so in a way that doesn't require that you're manually trying to build all this inside of Salesforce Core.

Mike Gerholdt: For the longest time, the joke was how long is your account page or your contact page, because you are having to reduplicate all these fields just to accommodate all of this extra data.

Skip Sauls: Exactly. We see lots of interesting naming conventions for that kind of thing

Mike Gerholdt: Probably horrible ones, too.

Skip Sauls: Yeah, exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: I'm guilty of that, too. Contact, last name, four, because that's how it's going to work.

Skip Sauls: If you inherit orgs from others, sometimes that's multi-generational. You can certainly see that with like, "There's three or four different naming conventions and duplicates of objects." Because they oftentimes came in and said, "We can't really change this. We can't really make sense of it. We almost have to start over again in order to enhance something." The idea with Data Cloud is don't do that. Keep your existing data, move the source of truth into Data Cloud and operate it on it there, and you don't have to go back and rewrite everything in Core or importantly, everything off Core, every single time.

Mike Gerholdt: You bring up a point, so let me... Silly question, because I'm still learning this too, but with Data Cloud... This is going to sound weird, correct me if I'm wrong, but you can have multiple sources of truths. We would have a finance system that was a source of truth for address, but we had a certification system that was a source of truth for what certifications that organization held. We didn't want them all in Salesforce. We wanted each... It's a data silo, but that's its job, and it's secure that way. With Data Cloud, we can connect them, we can get that view in Salesforce, but we also don't have to pull all that data in. Am I right in saying that?

Skip Sauls: Exactly. You're mapping the data from Salesforce into Data Cloud, and if you have the same names and same values across different objects in different fields and external sources, you can resolve those inside of Data Cloud and say which one is the one you want to use, which one is that source of truth. You can create your ideal, I think people call it the golden record, is one notion I've heard of. This is the agreed upon... I heard it called the single version of the truth, which sounds political, but it's basically you as an organization say, "This is what we all agree is the correct source of truth for these things." Instead of it being in multiple orgs or across multiple objects, you now have the single unified object and you agree that this is the address, this is the account value, this is whatever the dates might be. That's the beauty of it is it gives you one place to do that work, instead of trying to do it across things. It's always been possible to do this kind of thing. You didn't need Data Cloud to do that kind of thing, it's just harder to do those things. People found it frustrating, and the thing we didn't want to hear, what we heard people say, "I had to pretty much export everything outside of Salesforce and do work on it in some other cloud to get the results that I wanted." So we're saying, "Let's not let require people to do that. We don't want them to leave Salesforce. We want this inner gravity to still be on Salesforce. Let's give them the tools they need to be inside of our platform instead of externally."

Mike Gerholdt: I remember having real conversations about how this X server could do a CSV and put it on... I think it was an Outlook or SharePoint, and then how do I set up, at the time, Data Loader via the CLI to do batch imports? That was a conversation that now feels so dated. Feels like watching a early '90s sitcom where they have a bag phone in a car.

Skip Sauls: But people still do that today. We saw that with analytics. We still see it with people exporting, and they go into Excel, and they do their work there. We have had lots of great tools for this, and Data Cloud has the best suite of these things now, and you can actually do it really well in place. There's no reason for you to export anything, unless you want to make it available to somebody to play with in Excel, but there's no reason you should be doing your work there. Importantly, you've got tools like Tableau, which are really good at this, much better than Excel would ever be. Do your work in Data Cloud, use some of these great tools we have, and not do this external manual copying, uploading type of thing. That stuff works fine in the small, but it's terrible when you have large numbers of people working on it, and really bad when you have different people coming in at different times that may not realize what was happening.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, let alone the second you pull something out of a system, now you've lost all control over that data.

Skip Sauls: Exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: In terms of security, confidentiality, especially if it's a spreadsheet, could be emailed to somebody. That's the part that always worried me. I always had the sales manager whose second question was, "Who can export this data?" Nobody, thankfully. That's a checkbox I never check. Skip, thanks for coming on. I know last time, we talked about the Evel Knievel motorcycle, but that was just because I was fresh off of going through a world tour DC and some museums out there.

Skip Sauls: Oh, yeah. I'm a big motor sports fan, just like you. A gear head, whatever you want to call it. If it has a motor, I'm interested in it. Getting a little too old for some of it, but I still enjoy it.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, that's the beauty is you can always watch it. There's always somebody younger than us that'll want to do something fun.

Skip Sauls: Exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: Thanks for catching us up as the new Trailhead... I'll link to the Trailhead modules that we've got available on that. Then of course, knowing that there's more coming out. To me, the most exciting part with everything is the second I can get my hands on a DE org or something, that's when I can actually start to understand it. I remember that was so fundamental when I first started as an admin, the ability to get my hands on a DE org and try stuff out that wasn't a production org. The same holds true for all of our products, so I'm glad that we've overcome that barrier.

Skip Sauls: I encourage everybody to try that out and give us your feedback. What else do you want to know? What doesn't work well? What did you enjoy? Reach out to us. You guys will see me, the community, on Twitter, LinkedIn, etc. I'm always looking for more feedback, and ping me if you need anything. Let me know how we can help.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I appreciate it, Skip. Thanks for coming back.

Skip Sauls: Yep, thanks a lot.

Mike Gerholdt: I'm glad we could have Skip back. Always appreciate him coming back and helping admins understand how we can break down all of the data silos that we have within an organization and make our lives easier. I wasn't kidding when I asked a few of the questions about syncing data and back and forth. I've got to believe that's some of your life, too, because I feel like everybody just one view of the customer. But everybody's got to own different parts of data, and that's fine. This really helps knock things out. I think it really makes things interesting and accessible for Salesforce admins. Now, if you're listening, I want you to do me a favor. Click on the Share Episode button, and you can post it to any of your social media. You can text it to a friend, maybe there's a friend. You guys can both do a Data Cloud Trailhead module together, and let him know that you got hands-on with Data Cloud, which was something that the last time we were on the Salesforce podcast that Skip was on, he couldn't tell us to do. Thanks for listening, and until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Lizz Hellinga, Consultant and Salesforce MVP.

Join us as we chat about why product management principles Salesforce are crucial if you want to take advantage of new AI tools.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Lizz Hellinga.

AI enhancements and what they mean for admins The last time I had Lizz on the pod, we talked about why clean data is crucial for AI tools. But with everything that Einstein Copilot and Prompt Builder make possible, I wanted to bring her back to help us understand how to approach AI enhancements.

The big thing to get your head around is that these tools make it easier than ever to implement changes to your org. However, as Lizz points out, that means it’s even more important to think through how Salesforce fits with your business processes. How you gather requirements and communicate with your stakeholders is more important than ever before.

Apply project management principles to your Salesforce org To get the most out of everything that’s possible with AI enhancements, Salesforce Admins need to brush up on product management. “It’s kind of like the operations around your operations of Salesforce,” Lizz says. She wants everyone to think through three questions:

  1. How are you taking in change requests?
  2. How are you working with your stakeholders to determine if those requests are aligned?
  3. And, finally, how do you go through the process of enabling that change and then extending it for adoption?

As Lizz points out, what you need to do hasn’t changed. You might be able to do things faster with AI tools, but big-picture thinking is even more essential so you can deliver the right solutions at the right time.

Communication with stakeholders is a two-way street So how do you get started? For one thing, you need to figure who you’re trying to talk to. As Lizz puts it, “it’s never too late to run a report and do a stakeholder analysis.” You can look at profiles or roles to determine who the main people are in your organization and what they need from Salesforce.

You need to build trust with your stakeholders, and that means establishing two-way communication about requests and what you’re working on. Lizz recommends creating a transparent system for tracking requests, whether that’s using case objects or custom objects in Salesforce, or even (gasp!) creating a shared spreadsheet.

It can often feel like there’s a lot of heat on you to get everything done as quickly as possible, but that’s why bringing stakeholders into the conversation around enhancements is so important. If people understand why bumping something up on the roadmap will push other changes back, it can really turn the temperature down. It’s all about creating a feedback loop that turns stakeholders into collaborators.

Be sure to listen to the full episode for more from Lizz, and don’t forget to subscribe for more from the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Listen: Can AI Enhance Salesforce Architecture and Decision Making? * Listen: Why Clean Data Is Non-Negotiable in the AI Era with Lizz Hellinga

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Lizz: @LizzHellinga
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike`
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Full show transcript

Mike: So we're talking about product management this week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast with returning guest Liz Hellinga. You may remember she was on in December and really focused us on getting data cleaned up to get ready for AI. Well, now it's, how do we manage Salesforce as a product manager and also take into consideration all of the things that we've got going on with AI? And really all of the tools that AI can provide us, like Einstein Copilot, Prompt Builder. What can we do? Before we get into that episode, I just want to point out if you're getting ready for all of the content that we've got lined up this month... So last week we had Tom Leddy on the podcast, check out that episode. Next week is Skip Solves. We're going to talk about Data Cloud updates. Skip was on last year. And then at the end of the month on the 25th, we're launching a new style of episode. It's going to happen at the end of every month, and it's... We called it Deep Dive and it's with a fellow evangelist, Josh Burke. He's going to deep dive into a topic a little bit more than I do. We're going to kick it off with our Katie Holmes, who is on our design team and talk about design and AI. It's going to be a really cool conversation. But for now, let's talk about product management and AI and helping Salesforce admins be good stewards of the platform. So let's get Liz on the podcast. So Liz, welcome back to the podcast.

Liz: Thank you, Mike. I'm happy to be here.

Mike: Last time you were here, we talked about how clean data is non-negotiable in the era of AI, and I still think it is. So let's pick up our discussion from there. What have you learned about cleaning data in the last four months?

Liz: That it's still essential and it's ongoing. And that I really do love a good data dictionary that helps you define data and make sure that you're using it correctly aligned to your processes. But in this age of AI, it's even more crucial as we talked about before, because people are going to be making decisions on that. And we're all able to make more decisions based on AI, whether it's around our data or whether it's around how we build in our Salesforce org.

Mike: Yeah, I think that's the thing that's changed since I started doing podcasts around AI last year is, last year we really focused a lot of the episodes on, well, how does this affect data? What can it do? Now... And I ran into you at Trailblazer DX. Now we've seen things around Einstein Copilot, Einstein Prompt Builder, which yes can do things around the data. But also a lot of the promise that we're seeing with Copilot is this will be a tool to help admins not only generate information or help users generate information, but also potentially configure organizations as well.

Liz: Yes. And it increases the rate that we're able to make change because-

Mike: Very true.

Liz: ... you're shortening some of that cycle to produce for those outputs. You still... Just like data, you still need to have some of these core foundations in place to make sure that you're making the best decisions for your Salesforce instance based on the output. But the scale of change is going to continue to increase, and it's going to be back to the basics for some of those things like around product management, the Salesforce, product management.

Mike: Yeah. Well, and that's really one of the key things that admins work on because I remember way back in the days... I want to just outdate myself. I believe it was Shell Black, for those of you that are as old as me. Remember, he coined a phrase, "Order taker admin." And I think that's kind of relevant to what we're talking about because we've always talked about, "Wow, with every new innovation that Salesforce comes out with, it's easier and easier to make change." Now, we're also have the ability to ask AI to start making change for us or to show us various flows, right?

Liz: Right.

Mike: And that affects our ability to manage the product because essentially the way that we're perceived potentially from our users is, "Well, it's just a field. Why can't you add it?" Or, "It's just a flow, why can't you add it?"

Liz: Yes. And they're not always familiar with all the behind the scenes stuff that it takes. But ultimately, with your Salesforce instance, you always need to be enabling change based on what you're gathering from your end users and your stakeholders and aligning it to business objectives. And so that still hasn't changed. You may be able to do it a little bit faster with the help of some of these things like Copilot. But you still need to understand and have a lens for that decision making. Because just because you can add a flow or just because you can do something, doesn't mean that you always should. You still need to think through it from a process lens, from a stakeholder lens.

Mike: So maybe we jumped in too quick, but to level set, I'd love to hear from you. What is your definition of product management that a Salesforce admin would do for the platform?

Liz: Yes. Gosh, I have such a strong opinion on this, Mike.

Mike: I know that's why I'm having to move on.

Liz: Well, with... Product management is really sort of like the operations that you wrap around your Salesforce instance. How are you taking in change requests? How are you working with your stakeholders to determine if those requests are aligned? And then how do you go through that process of enabling that change and then extending it for adoption? So it's kind of like the operations around your operations of Salesforce a little bit. But it's just a way to bring structure and I would say consistency and continuity around how you iterate on your Salesforce org.

Mike: So product management is not just a ticketing system and doing what the users ask.

Liz: Correct. There needs to be thought around it. And I've been in orgs, right, where... We've been in those shoes where there's pressure to do something and you do it because you're just like, "Well, I don't know. I don't have enough to stop this." Or, "We're under a time crunch. We've got to get it done." But that's why it's not easy. But admins have to spend time building relationships with their stakeholders and being thoughtful about how they take in change requests. And it could be something as simple as even just... Not that I want people to use spreadsheets and things like that, but sometimes just at least capturing that information even in a typical requirements document or building that out within Salesforce. I've seen a lot of people, and I've done this myself too, use the case object to help manage that and then review it with key stakeholders, determine what changes do we need to implement and how? What is the best method for it? 'Cause that's the beauty of Salesforce, there is usually more than one way to do something.

Mike: Yeah, no and beauty and part where you have to really contemplate. What I'm hearing, and I'd love to know your thought on this 'cause this is something that even I struggled with as an admin. I think everybody does. The short-term change versus the long-term. And I mean that in respect of... I almost think of you know when you get a scratch on your car? Well, the long-term change is, I'm going to get it in the body shop. But the short-term is I'm just going to shoot it with a can of spray paint really quick to prevent it from rusting out. How do you balance that? I mean, what can we do to think through product management to say like, "Okay, cool. I totally hear you need this and it's on my six month roadmap." As opposed to maybe I just invest time now and build a little bit of it to turn the heat down knowing we're going to invest in it later. What's the balance there?

Liz: Yeah, the balance comes from understanding your stakeholders and the processes that you're using, that you're building out in your Salesforce system. So for example, if you know on the roadmap that something's coming in six months, but there's heat to get that taken care of sooner. I mean, being able to have conversations around, "Well, this is what's on the roadmap. If we pull this forward, something else is going to have to be pushed. How might we make that decision so that we can meet this business need sooner rather than later?" And it's not always an easy conversation for admins to have because it takes relationship building initially and trust building.

Mike: What are some of the most important things that you feel should be communicated to stakeholders in order to keep that constant level of trust high?

Liz: Yep. Great question. So there's a couple things that you can do. So initially... And it's never too late to do this, so you could be in an org for three days, or you could be in an org for three years. It's never too late to just start to do a stakeholder analysis. You can just run a report, group people by either their profile, their roles and determine who are the main people. You may be in an org where you can't talk to all 1000 users, but you may be able to get to a subset for relationship building. And that is crucial, especially with the pace of change that we're encountering now because of generative AI. And then I tried to get a system down for gathering enhancements. Some of those enhancements may honestly never get built, but at least you're documenting them and those as request and keeping a... Excuse me, keeping a log or a history of that. Sometimes you just build it in the case object. Some people do custom objects. You can do integrations for those or a spreadsheet depending on how big your org is. Just giving a place for that and then creating some transparency around that list is helpful. And then including those stakeholders in discussions around how do you prioritize those things? And I would start small, especially if your org is larger. If you're dealing with a lot of stakeholders, you want to start small maybe with one group. But as you can expand that, then I would probably start to do... And this is what I do in one of my orgs currently is, I do a bi-weekly update. And we don't work on a regular sprint cycle per se. We're not as hardcore with the Agile methodology, but we share every two weeks what we've accomplished, if it has a significant impact on the end users. And then we also share in that notification projects that are in flight and their status. So if we're working on maybe implementing something from the app exchange that maybe take us a month or two to implement, we include that and we provide status. So it's creating that visibility because sometimes people... You'll be surprised that people will respond and say, "Hey, I'm interested in this," or "I have an idea, or I have a thought on this." It creates that two-way communication that is required for admins and their end users.

Mike: Yeah, I think a lot of... And I experienced this too. A lot of the requests, I was able to dial the heat down and dial the request down when I started sharing very transparently the roadmap on what was coming and features that were coming. Because, to be frank, a ton of users, over 500, and they don't know. And when an absence of knowledge happens, they feel, well, maybe nobody's thinking of this, so I better raise my hand and put in a request when in fact it is on the roadmap.

Liz: And then sometimes too, just getting that visibility into the roadmap, end users will kind of do a groundswell like, "Hey, we actually need this sooner." And it helps when you've got a list of 10 people, individuals, that are asking for something and you're like, you can then go to leadership and say, "Hey, this is becoming a real need. How can we prioritize this? What can we put further down the backlog so that we can push this forward and get this really great feature out that could help make the team more productive?" So creating that path for feedback is essential. And I know sometimes there's this... People think, "Oh, we're going to just get inundated with complaints or things like that." But I'm like, "Bring it," 'cause I want to know. I'd rather have people log a case with me around something that they is annoying them so that I can analyze it and determine, can I fix this? Is this a part of something else that we're working on so that we can keep iterating?

Mike: Yeah, I agree. I would rather them be publicly vocal than privately angry.

Liz: Yes. Plus, when things come in the written format, it allows me to use the written format back to them versus sometimes when you're maybe on a group call, a meeting and it's hard to be eloquent. So I will say one other area that the LLMs have helped me significantly is crafting more clear and concise messages back to my end users and stakeholders.

Mike: Yeah, I was just going to ask you about that. Because I think that's one of the things where for a long time, creating training and stuff, people can look at, "Well, I'm just not a good writer," or "I'm just not a good communicator." And I was going to ask you what specifically maybe some of the tips that you have for admins to get out there and experiment with AI and absent of some of the products that Salesforce has, because AI seems to be everywhere now. I feel like pretty soon my toothbrush is going to have AI, it's going to start talking to me while I'm brushing my teeth.

Liz: Well, hopefully it'll tell you if it has a cavity.

Mike: Yeah, I don't... But do you want to know that? You got a cavity here. I just might throw you away now.

Liz: I know, right?

Mike: No, you're lying at me. But I feel like that could be one avenue that could help admins both understand how to write good prompts and understand AI while benefiting us back.

Liz: So for example, I can be quite verbose and long-winded, and so I will sometimes ask something like ChatGPT or Gemini to make... I'll just draft something. This is the one thing. It's like you can draft something and your tone could be maybe terse or it could just be long-winded or filled with jargon. And I can pop it into ChatGPT and sometimes I'll use it like explain this like you're explaining it to an eighteen-year-old. Oddly, the eighteen-year-old or sixteen-year-old sort of prompt kind of helps me because it takes out some of that technical jargon, but also softens the tone a little bit for me. That's been quite helpful. I have ideas in how I want to communicate. ChatGPT helps me kind of put a little bit of structure around it so that it's not so all over the place.

Mike: Yeah. I also really like it. I'll ask it for different tones.

Liz: Yes.

Mike: That was always a... A friend of mine told me this trick, which now it feels like trying to teach somebody how to use a rotary phone. But if you need to write a difficult email, pay attention to your tongue because you're probably nervous and your tongue's on the roof of your mouth, so you need to lower that. That'll also help lower your stress, but also pay attention to your eyebrows. And it was always referred to me as eyebrows up, because it's really hard to write something angry if you have your eyebrows up.

Liz: Oh, I never knew that.

Mike: Yeah, I mean, you can of course, but if you're trying to not write something terse per se, eyebrows up because it kind of pulls your whole face into that happy smiley. And it's very non-verbal and it's telling your brain, "No, we're happy. Let's write this in a non-confrontational way." But the AI can do that.

Liz: Where was that advice pre-ChatGPT, Mike-

Mike: Sorry.

Liz: ... when my brow is furrowed and I'm thinking I've reset your password 10 times in the last week.

Mike: Yeah. Well, there are some things you can write with your eyebrows up that still come off terse, but that was always the trick that I was told.

Liz: Well, it helps too, 'cause sometimes you can play around with formatting using ChatGPT. It's like how would you format this for a Slack message versus an email? And it is helpful. It even adds an emoji sometimes, which to me, it could be a little bit of overkill. And sometimes when I ask it to write in a friendly tone, it's a little too much. So I like balance between professional and friendly. And then obviously, I'm going to still make changes to it, but it just gets me closer to... It saves me a significant amount of time. It gets me closer to communicating effectively, and it allows me to continue the positive relationships that I do care about and that I want with my stakeholders. But sometimes in the moment, emotions can get the best of you.

Mike: Well, and you bring up a good point, and I can always edit it. And I think that's very relevant to a discussion we had last week with Tom Leddy on decision-making and throwing things at Copilot and Prompt Builder and then just taking what it gives you. One of the ways you can always think about that as a product manager is, "Okay, so is this thinking of ideas that maybe I didn't come up with?" And I think for me, a lot of times Copilot if it can build me a flow that I didn't think about or in a way I didn't think about, that gives me another option as a product manager for how best to manage all of the platform.

Liz: Yes. Well, and if it's giving you an option that you didn't think about, you still need to spend time thinking about it before you select that as your option, right, to solve that problem or to solve that request. What's nice about is it shortens your learning time. You're not having to build and fail, build and fail as much, but you can't take the human assessment out of it.

Mike: Right, right. There's no one right way to product manage. And I say that and then oof, somebody's going to be like, "No, there is," because the internet. But I think from your perspective, having worked with a lot of admins and seen orgs and seeing various different ways of product managing, rather than asking you, "What's your preface for product management?" What are attributes that admins should think about when creating a system like a ticketing system, regardless of what it looks like, that would be a good attribute to help them manage Salesforce as a product in their organization?

Liz: Yeah. So I mean, you think fields that you would ask?

Mike: Happy with fields or outcomes or... I've definitely... We've discussed using, you said, service cloud and cases. That's one way.

Liz: I mean, I love a good Kanban view, right?

Mike: Sure. I mean, we can have that.

Liz: That is one of my favorites, and it's a great screenshot for a slide if you have to.

Mike: Not that you've done that before.

Liz: But for me, it's the level of detail that you're willing to ask your end users to put in. I mean, I would say for about every couple of tickets, most of the time I still need to have an additional conversation to understand. And this is purely around enhancements. I mean, definitely if there's fixes that need to happen, there's conversations automatically. But I love that it creates this opportunity for me to reach out to people and continue to build that rapport. So it's never just like, "Oh, I get this request in from a case for an enhancement." And, "Okay, I am just going to do this." It's never that. I always want to understand a little bit more context. So I try not to create too many field requests on that enhancement request, but I do want to understand what process is this supporting? What is this hindering you from doing? How will this help you? Things like that. I try to get a little bit of what I would say, just contextual information if I can. But sometimes people just put stuff in. It's like, "I want this field so that I can do this reporting." And that's their enhancement request.

Mike: Yes. I need six check boxes, one for every color of the product that we sell.

Liz: Yes. Or they want five multi-selects.

Mike: Oh.

Liz: But it's also too... The one other thing that I like about creating the space for people to submit enhancements, it allows me to create groupings. And that's one of the key things that I look for when I'm building the system is, can I group... Well, for lack of a better term, tickets or requests together to form a mini project? Because then you're really thinking through the process and how it relates to Salesforce beyond just a field. And so typically when things are going on at the company and people are all of a sudden you're getting all these kind of related asks, that means there's like, is there an initiative that I haven't been informed upon? Do I need to know more than I know? Because maybe I can build a better solution if I get more looped into these internal initiatives or objectives.

Mike: Yeah, I really like that idea. I mean, I think that's something that I would love to see in a future roadmap for some of the Einstein products is helping if you set up a ticketing system, using cases, helping you kind of clump, for lack of a better term, those cases together into these kind of... It's almost like, do you play connections in the New York Times?

Liz: I do.

Mike: Okay. So don't get started on that. But it would be like, what are these all have to do together with each other kind of a thing?

Liz: Oh, that would be awesome.

Mike: I know, right?

Liz: It'll be here before-

Mike: And then purple would be like-

Liz: ...we know it.

Mike: ... here's the craziest cases that we've found a through thread. I can't figure out what the through thread is.

Liz: That would be incredible. I'm sure that will be here before we know it. I

Mike: I mean, next year maybe we'll be on the podcast together. I'll be like, "Liz, hey, remember we had that podcast we talked about? Now it works."

Liz: Yes, that would be a dream because I think I do spend a bit of time grouping things together and trying to figure out like, "Okay, is this related to something? And maybe I need to look more." But that's the beauty of it 'cause sometimes you get the cases in and then you're like, "Oh my gosh, we may have something that we may need to fix or we may need to re-engineer," and that's okay. You want that. And again, the more you can get that and iterate on it, the more your stakeholders and your end users are going to trust what you're building and doing in the system.

Mike: So one thing I want to touch on, and unfortunately we're doing it at the end, but a lot of this we talked about product management in terms of what users want and what's being requested of you, absent of the release schedule that Salesforce has. What is your philosophy or how do you think about adding that as... Because that's an additional layer that we have to consider, right? Three times a year there's a brand new release, there's new features, and they may or may not be on any roadmap.

Liz: Well, if you're in your org and you know what's going on with it, you're usually waiting for those features. I usually get pretty excited about some of the things that come out. So usually I feel that I'm always eager. And I love all the stuff that the, admins blog and the Salesforce plus sessions that you all do for release readiness. That's so incredibly helpful because I sometimes listen to and have an 'aha' moment like, "Oh wait, we were just talking about this and this could help me solve it." And it's just being aware. I think having that rigor around your enhancement list and then reviewing it on a regular basis helps you when you're starting to review the release notes or attend release readiness live, you'll get those light bulb moments. And you'll just be like, "Okay, well this is coming, but it's going to have to now wait until the summer release." Or should I say fall? Just joking.

Mike: Yeah, right. That's always a quiz question to get wrong is what's the season that's not a release?

Liz: Right.

Mike: Or I guess I always think of it, here's a feature that's coming that I don't have to build.

Liz: Yes, yes. It saves time.

Mike: Which used to be the case a lot. So thanks for coming on and refreshing us on product management because I feel this is a core responsibility that admins focus on, and especially given the speed of innovation now that we're thrust into with AI.

Liz: Yes. And it's even more important for them to flex these types of skills around product management.

Mike: Oh, absolutely. I mean, product management skills as an admin will translate to other skills across the organization and within technology.

Liz: Yes, exactly. And it's a great way for them to build their career and trust.

Mike: Absolutely. Thanks for being on.

Liz: Thanks so much. It's always a pleasure to be here.

Mike: Of course, that was a great discussion with Liz. I love having her back. I'll also link to that previous episode down in the show notes so you can check it out because clean data with AI is super important. But love some of the points that she had to bring up, especially around thinking through different features and really managing all of the requests and roadmap. I hope that's something that you're thinking about, too. Now, if you enjoyed this episode... I hope you did. I had a lot of fun recording it. I would love for you to share the episode. And if you're listening on iTunes or really any platform, it's usually super easy. You hit like an up arrow or in iTunes, you hit three dots and you can click share episode, and that'll allow you to post it to social or text to a friend. Maybe you got a friend that's getting started as a Salesforce admin and they want to learn how to manage the product. And of course, as always, I appreciate you listening. So until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Tom Leddy, the Product Director of Well-Architected and Decision Guides at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about decision-making in the age of AI and why cleaning up your data is more important than ever.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Tom Leddy.

Decision Guides and the Well-Architected Framework Almost exactly a year ago, we had Tom on the pod to talk about the Well-Architected Framework. I’ll link the episode below but Tom gives us a quick summary: “It tells you how to build healthy solutions with Salesforce and what a healthy solution should look like,” he says.

Making your org healthy comes down to looking for patterns and anti-patterns. Essentially, you want to do things in a way that sets you up for long-term success.

Tom and his team are hard at work rolling Decision Guides into the Well-Architected Framework. These walkthroughs are designed to help you decide which Salesforce tool is right for you when they have overlapping functionality. The answer is going to depend on your specific use case, so looking at a Decision Guide can help you understand the full picture and make the best choice for your business.

Understanding AI as a tool Looking forward, Tom sees a lot of potential in combining AI tools like Einstein Copilot with the information in Well-Architected and Decision Guides. There’s a lot of potential to make things more interactive or quicker to digest, but you’ll still need to do some critical thinking and make your own decisions.

In terms of incorporating AI tools into your org, Tom is working on decision guides for that, too. “A lot of the cool AI features are not going to work very well unless you have a good underlying data strategy,” he says. Working through the Well-Architected Framework will help you create a solid foundation to get the most out of these new tools now and in the future.

Why AI needs clean data If you’re a frequent listener, you’ll know that we can’t have an episode about AI without mentioning just how important it is to have clean data. As Tom points out, this extends to patterns and anti-patterns as well. It’ll be easier than ever to roll out code to your org and create new customizations, but you need to be sure you’re doing it the right way and not crippling yourself with technical debt.

Luckily, Tom and his team are working on tools to help you make sure your org is, well, Well-Architected. Stay on the lookout for a Data Strategy Decision Guide, coming soon™, and new ways to assess the health of your org with Einstein Copilot. The future is bright, and hopefully a little more organized.

Be sure to listen to the full episode for more tips from Tom, and don’t forget to subscribe for more from the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Well-Architected Framework * Listen: Well-Architected Automation with Tom Leddy * Listen: Why Clean Data Is Non-Negotiable in the AI Era with Lizz Hellinga

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Tom: @TomRuns_262
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Jim Ray, Director of Developer Relations and Advocacy at Slack. Join us as we chat about automating in Slack and what’s coming with Slack AI.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jim Ray.

Slack is more than just a chat tool Jim gave a great breakout session at TDX on automating in Slack, so I wanted to bring him on the pod to tell us all about it. “If you’re just using Slack for communication, you’re overpaying for a chat tool,” he says, “there’s a lot more you can do to broaden your usage of Slack.”

Slack integrations have been around for forever, but it used to be that you needed a fair bit of technical knowledge in order to make your own customizations. With the launch of Workflow Builder, however, you can build automations in Slack without having to code or host an app yourself. This unlocks a whole new level for how Slack can improve your business processes and make everything easier.

Build custom automations with Slack Workflow Builder If you’ve played around with Workflow Builder in the past, you may be familiar with how you can use it to create a new channel or automatically post a formatted message at a certain time each week. But recently, they’ve added the ability to use custom steps from apps and 3rd-party tools, like Salesforce, and now the possibilities are endless.

Jim gives a few examples that help spell out how big this actually is. For example, imagine you have a weekly status report meeting. You can create a scheduled Slack workflow that automatically drops the relevant Salesforce info into a Slack channel so everyone can refer to it. That can save you a bunch of time you’d spend bringing the room up to speed, or even eliminate the meeting entirely.

We get into a ton of other examples, including adding info to the channel’s Canvas document and even using a Slack automation to execute a flow in Salesforce. There’s just a ton of great use cases here when you’re able to bring your Salesforce data directly into Slack and vice versa.

Summarize and search with Slack AI Lastly, we talked about Slack AI and that’s where things get really interesting. It gives you the ability to search Slack with natural language queries, and summarize or format the results.

Jim gives the example of when he returned to work after some time off for paternity leave. He had a first meeting with a new skip-level manager and needed to do some prep. So he asked Slack AI, “what does this person think about the Slack platform?” It not only found everything they ever posted on the subject and summarized the results, but it also gave him footnotes with links to the actual comments so he could do more digging.

AI does even better with structured data, and that’s where Workflow Builder comes back into the picture. The automations you build create exactly the kind of data that Slack AI loves. It opens up a whole new world of possibilities for how you can share information across your organization without the need to put everyone on Salesforce.

Jim shares a bunch more use cases and tips for how to get started building automations in Slack, so be sure to take a listen. And don’t forget to subscribe for more from the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Listen: Amber Boaz on Slack Best Practices

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Jim: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jimray/
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike`
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Full Transcript

Mike: Okay, this week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we are going to have a lot of fun because we are talking about Slack automations with the director of developer relations and advocacy, Jim Ray of Slack. Now, you're probably a Salesforce Admin, you're like, "Oh, but we don't use Slack. I'm not going to listen to this." No! This is a fun episode and it's going to give you a ton of ideas for, hey, maybe we should think about using Slack. I'm not here to sell you anything. I don't get any commissions. I just love when I can give you ideas and creative answers to challenges that you're facing. And Jim talks us through a whole bunch of fun stuff that you can do in Slack and gave me a ton of ideas. We talked about canvases. I don't know if you use canvases, but it's a ton of fun. Now, before we get into that, I want to tell you about, hey, what we got coming up in April, because this is last episode of March. I have architect evangelist Tom Leddy coming on to talk about decisioning. I reconnected with Lizz Hellinga at TrailblazerDX. Remember, she was on a previous episode talking about the importance of clean data and why that's important for AI. She's coming back. I'm working on getting Skip Sauls with the Data Cloud update, so Data Cloud. And then I'm going to introduce a new episode at the end of April where I'm bringing my co-worker, Josh Burke, on, and he's going to do a deep dive episode with a product manager. We're working on getting somebody really cool to help you change the way you do some of your thinking. That's all I'm going to tease out for right now. But of course, if you're not already subscribed to the podcast, make sure you're doing that, make sure you're following it. It's a different word on every podcast platform. But if you do that, new episodes automatically get downloaded to your phone. That way when you wake up in the morning, you put the leash on the dog, you go out, boom! You press play, podcast is going, and you can get some great information. You don't have to think about it, or maybe you're riding the bus to work or bicycling. It's starting to become summer now. So anyway, that's a whole long way. This is fun. You're going to enjoy this podcast. Let's get Jim on the pod. So Jim, welcome to the podcast.

Jim Ray: Thanks so much. It's great to be here, Mike.

Mike: I always have fun talking Slack. I feel like the last time we talked Slack was with Amber Boaz and she was telling us how to replace meetings with Slack. And then you did a presentation in the admin track at TDX about automating in Slack, and I just feel like that's the next level for people that use Slack is getting it to do stuff automagically. So that's what I'd love to talk about, but let's start with how did Jim get all the way to Slack?

Jim Ray: That's a great question. I'm also glad you mentioned Amber Boaz. I had the opportunity to meet her at TDX.

Mike: Oh, she's wonderful.

Jim Ray: She's from my neck of the woods, so I'm going to try to drive down to Durham in a month or so and hang out with the user group that she's got.

Mike: That's pretty country down there too.

Jim Ray: It is. It's nice. I went to school down there too, so it's pretty great. So if we're talking background here, my background is actually in journalism. I have a journalism degree from the University of North Carolina. That's what I did.

Mike: So it's obvious that you would work in tech.

Jim Ray: Obvious that I would be working in developer relations at Slack. It's maybe not as much of a leap as people might think. I was always kind of the techie guy that was looking for... My degree is in this multimedia storytelling. This was the late '90s. We were trying to figure out how to do interesting new ways of telling stories on the web, and that's what I was into. So I always had a tech mindset inside of the newsrooms that I worked in. And then when I switched over to tech, I still brought that media background with me. And interestingly enough, DevRel has merged those two things. It wasn't something that I'd set out to do, but I was really interested in what was going on at Slack. I started working at Slack in the middle of 2016, so just as the company was really rocketing off. It was a really incredible first year. The user growth was happening a lot. The company itself was growing tremendously. It was a different place every year for the first couple of years that I was there. And so I've been working on the DevRel side for most of that time. And then recently, about a year and a half ago, I took over our developer advocacy team. And so on developer advocacy in Slack, what we do is we work primarily with our customers who are building on the Slack platform. The platform is multifaceted in some ways. We have our Slack App Directory where you go and you install apps that are built by our partners, or they're built by companies that are building their business on top of Slack. But the bulk of the work that happens on the platform is custom apps and integrations that are built by our customers to solve their own needs. We're always looking for ways to engage with that audience and help them understand how to do automation in Slack.

Mike: I mean, I think too often people just look at Slack as like, oh, it's just another communication tool. But just as we were chatting before we even got started, the number of features that it has and the way you can configure things to, lack of a better term, almost communicate back with you and make life easier, which is what the point of automation. I remember the first time I built an automation, which I believe was just for a simple Slack group where it was like, I really want questions in the Slack group formatted in a certain way, and so I just stuck up that form and they just auto created that post. But the cool thing was somebody on my team pointed out, you know it could also put all of that text into a Google Doc so that you have this running FAQ? I was done at that point. I was like, oh God, no idea, right? Because for so long, you mentioned you started in 2016, but you got a degree in multimedia storytelling, who would've thought like, VHS, what are we going to do? DVD now for a certain period. Now, so many of these communication apps are not just like remember the days of MSN Messenger. It's not just text back and forth. It's actually managing of information and context.

Jim Ray: I think that's such a good point, and I really love your example of formatting your questions. I think one of the things, and this is something that I learned from working more closely with my friends on the sales side of the house, is that if you're just using Slack for communication, you're overpaying for a chat tool, as they like to say. And there's a lot more that you can do to broaden your usage of Slack, and we're increasingly trying to be a surface area for getting work done. Obviously, Slack doesn't have any desire to be the only place where you come and do your work. It would pretty well constrain the work that I think people could do. But it's definitely a place, particularly those quick interactions, and that's where some of the automation comes in. But things like approvals, things like questions, even quick bug reports where you're already interacting with your colleagues, automation allows you to bring in your other tools, and that's where the power of that lies. And the platform has really expanded a lot in the early days. Slack came with some built-in integration. So if you wanted to do things like get an alert whenever somebody uploaded a file to Dropbox, then we had that automatically configured. But if you wanted to do something outside of the bounds of that automatic configuration, then that wasn't really possible. Then we launched the API and along with that we launched the app directory. And so we were approaching it from a couple of different ways. You could build custom integrations, or you could install apps and integrations that other people had built from the directory. And then that's where we saw that usage explode, where people were really building custom use cases. The problem was for those early days of the API was that it really did require a fair bit of technical knowledge. You had to know how to program against our APIs, which means you had to know how APIs work. You also had to host the app yourself. And so in those early days of the APIs, you had to build out an application. And it worked very similarly to how you might build a Twitter app or something like that, but you were responsible for hosting that. And then we built a lot of tooling around that to help improve that. We built some frameworks to make it easier to build with some of our most popular programming languages. And then we acquired a company called Missions, and this is where Workflow Builder really... Where its origins lie. We acquired this company called Missions, and the team that built Missions, they were a team that was actually inside of a consulting company called Robots & Pencils, and they were like, "We've got this idea for our product that can interact with Slack."

Mike: That's a great name.

Jim Ray: It's a cool name, right? And so the Missions app was all about making it easier to build automations without having to write any code. So we acquired that team, fantastic team, really love working with them. A number of them are still at Slack, thankfully, and they're doing fantastic work. And that became the first version of Workflow Builder, and Workflow Builder was our no code automation product. And that was a way to use the platform without having to know how to program, without having to host an app. And so that was the first big expansion beyond just writing applications.

Mike: Jumping ahead to your TDX presentation, because we talked about automation, because the example I gave was just literally Slack just automating within itself, what were some of the examples you gave in that breakout presentation?

Jim Ray: The evolution of Workflow Builder also mirrors the increased complexity of things that you can build. The initial version of Workflow Builder allows you to do exactly what you were just talking about, allows you to automate work within Slack. So if you wanted to do something like create a new channel or post a message that was formatted in a certain way, then you could do that with Workflow Builder. The second version of Workflow Builder that we released, and this is the current contemporary version, allowed hooks into other applications. And so apps could build custom steps that could then be inserted into workflows. And so you could install an app, and then that app would bring custom steps along with it. And what we've done now is continue to expand on that surface area. So now anyone can write a custom step and you can actually deploy that up to Slack and we'll run that custom step inside of Workflow Builder. We've also built out a number of what we call connectors. These are connections to other third-party tools. So Salesforce is a great example. So if you want to create a new record in Salesforce, then we have that connector built in. And what's nice about the way that we've built it is we handle things like authentication. We handle all of the API communications so that you don't have to worry about that, and then all you have to do is off with your credentials. And then when you run the workflow, then it will just essentially act on your behalf. And so we've got about 70 of these connectors into a whole bunch of apps. So Salesforce is obviously one. The Google suite, so if you need to create a new Google Doc or if you need to insert a row into a spreadsheet, if you want to upload files into various file providers. So we've got a number of steps that do things like that. And then one of the Salesforce steps that we've also got is to kick off a flow. So if your organization is dependent or you've built out a lot of custom flows or things like that, then you can insert a step into Workflow Builder and then we'll kick off that flow. So it'll actually execute a more complex workflow instead of just creating a new record or updating a record or something like that.

Mike: I think the really cool automation stuff, at least cool to me, was giving Salesforce admins the ability to, lack of a better term, expand the footprint of Salesforce within an organization, but without having to add per se more platform licenses. And we did an example where like a warehouse manager really deals with the data, but a lot of people also needed to just know about things. And with automation, they could follow records and channels and get updates, but they never needed to update any of the physical data on the Salesforce record.

Jim Ray: That's such a good example, and it's something that we see from our sales and customer success friends all the time as well is... So at Slack, the way that our channels are organized is that every account that we're attached to gets its own channel. They all have their own prefix and stuff like that. So it might be Account-Salesforce and Account-Acme. And then you can actually build automations that will do things like one of the ways that you can trigger your automation is you can have your automation set to go at a certain time once a week. So maybe you've got a Monday morning meeting and you want to get the entire sales team around that, but you want to pull some data from Salesforce. So you can go grab some information from Salesforce. You want to get the latest updated figures that have come in over the past week, and then you can just drop that information into channel, and then now everybody's got the context. And so you're not just blindly talking about, "Hey, what's going on with the customer this week," you actually have some information, and then you can start a conversation around that. It's actually a great way that teams have eliminated those regular meetings that we have so that everybody stays in sync. There's often good reasons why we have them, but maybe not good reasons why we keep them, especially now that everybody's working in a more distributed way these days. This works across all kinds of teams, not just sales team, but you might have a marketing team and maybe you want to pull some data from Google Analytics or any of your social analytics platforms or anything like that. You can drop that information in there and then the team can have a conversation around that. Maybe you notice something's right, or maybe everything's great and then you just don't need to have a meeting. It's just like, "Looking good and all systems go," and then you've just saved your entire team half an hour. Translate that over a quarter or a year, and that's some actual real-time savings.

Mike: Am I understanding you right by also saying it could pull from reports or dashboards in Salesforce?

Jim Ray: Absolutely. Because everyone's Salesforce instance is special, we operate on the record level, and so we'd be able to look at how those records are set up. And one thing that we're interested in getting a little bit closer to is things like Tableau and MuleSoft where there might be some complex records that run in the background, and then how do we pull that information into Slack? So we haven't quite fully figured out that level of automation yet, but it's absolutely something that folks on both sides are working on.

Mike: On top of it just being cool, the part that really appeals to me is the lack of having the context switch. So this concept came to me, oh, I want to say four or five years ago when we were trying to work through a ticketing system for what my team does. We really tried to narrow down, what is the hardest part of your job? Well, the hardest part of your job is regardless of where your mind is at at say 12:30, you have to join this meeting. And for me, oftentimes I'll sit down at my desk, I don't know what the priority is that morning. I could get working on something. And then to your point, oh, it's 10:00. I got to join this team meeting. Boy, if I didn't have to and I could just stay in my mindset and do another 45 minutes, I could finish this project. But now I have to context switch. Join this meeting, look at 20 people on a call, waste an hour, and then spend another 20 minutes getting my brain back to where it was. I could have been done with this project and maybe my update was five minutes. And I bring that up because I think like, wow, just the ability to, hey, we're still going to have that Monday team call at 10 AM, except it's going to be a scheduled Slack post. And then I just expect you, the directs, to respond to as needed throughout the day. Because if you're a sales guy, you probably have a 10 AM with a customer, and that's bringing money in as opposed to, well, my update was only five minutes anyway, I'm going to add this update at 11:05 after I'm done with my customer call. I'm not going to prevent anybody. I bring that up because I think the value of not having to context switch by just putting in simple automation is so important when you think of it's not just automating and putting a dashboard in a Slack channel.

Jim Ray: I think it's a hugely important point, and I think it really emphasizes how we work today. So the instance that you were just talking about about the meeting interrupting your day, so if you can eliminate that standing meeting, obviously we're not going to eliminate all of our meetings, I still have one-on-ones with all my reports and all that, but eliminate those kinds of meetings where the sharing of information is important, but having to sit together in a room is less important. So that's one great way that we can eliminate context switching. I think it's really important. One another way is to eliminate what I think of as alt tabbing. So every time you alt tab between applications, that actually... Even if you are actually working on the same project, we know, and I've studied this a little bit because it has to do with the customers that I work with and the kinds of applications that they're interested in building, but every time you alt tab between apps, it actually does a little mini version of that context switch. It's almost like going into a new meeting, especially if you haven't offed in, or you can't remember where you're supposed to go, or you have to pull some information from one system of record and put it into another. So those are the kinds of things that we know are real drains on people's productivity and actually their ability to get into that meaningful deep work state, that flow state that we know is really important for knowledge work. I mean, we're all really lucky we get to sit in front of computers all day for the most part. I'm not worried about getting black lung or anything like that, but the work actually does have a drain on our brains, the thing that we're using to do the work. And we know that by eliminating some of that context switching, we can actually help people get back and do some important work. There's some really great examples about how bringing some of that automation, and again, not bringing all of your work, but bringing some of that automation into Slack can be really helpful. So a couple of ways that we've been using it for a long time is, again, at Slack, we will set up channels for specific projects or features that we're working on. So we're working on a new feature, and that feature gets its own channel. And the team that's working on that feature will start working on it. And then when we release it internally, we create a feedback channel. And the feedback channel is where everybody who is starting to use that new feature, they'll come and they'll offer up obviously their feedback or give bug reports or maybe just things that they think could be tweaked. And so oftentimes we'll set up a workflow, and we've got some examples of it that teams across the organization can use, we'll set that workflow up in that channel. And then what it'll do is it'll post a message in the channel and we can have some conversation about that feedback. And then you can take that conversation and you can submit a bug report. So if somebody says, "Hey, this doesn't look right," then it doesn't automatically submit the bug report, but then the PM or the engineer or the designer can come in and say, "Oh, you know what? I can reproduce that. Let me file a bug." And then what they can do is they can kick off another workflow that will log that entire conversation in JIRA and create the new bug. And then once the bug has been created in JIRA, attach the URL for the bug into the thread. So then you've got the context in both directions. So the person who submitted the bug, they don't have to go through and figure out how JIRA works or whatever. The PM or the engineer, they don't have to context switch out to another application. And then if you want to come back and get some context about it, maybe I reported this a week ago and I want to see what the update is, I can go back to that original conversation. I can search for my name or whatever, and then I can click on the link and go in JIRA. And then JIRA remains the system of record. We're not trying to replicate all of JIRA. I wouldn't wish that on anyone, but JIRA remains the system of record, but the actual filing of that bug report didn't require switching between lots of different systems.

Mike: That's along the lines with the automation that I saw where Salesforce remains a system of record. Slack just hosts the conversation, right?

Jim Ray: Yeah, exactly.

Mike: Back and forth and keeping people up to date. And also it reduces training, right? If I've got somebody like I think the example we used was a retail manager, if all the retail manager knows Slack, they don't need to know the back ends of everything. That's the best part about the apps and stuff. I was singing the praises of canvases before we started this call because I've started to use canvases a little bit more. I'd love for you to help me understand what are some examples that admins could use of automating with canvases or creating canvases as a result of automation? Is that even possible?

Jim Ray: Totally, and it's a great question. So if listeners aren't familiar, canvases are kind of our document project or product inside of Slack. It's built into every Slack. You can create as many canvases as you want to. And think of a canvas just as kind of a lightweight doc. If you remember Dropbox Paper from back in the day, it works very similarly. It's not all the formatting that you get from something like Microsoft Word or Google Doc or something like that, but it's just enough formatting so that you can lay things out in a pretty consistent way. And the nice thing about canvases is they can exist anywhere inside of Slack and you can attach them in different places. So you can create a canvas that is attached permanently to a channel. If you want to provide some context, maybe again, it's one of those feedback channels, so you want to provide some information about how a person gives feedback, what to expect, is there an SLA, things like that, you can write all of that up inside of a canvas. And the cool thing is canvases can be automated. They can be automated with workflows. So one of the options for steps that you have inside of Workflow Builder is to create a new canvas. But the other thing that you can do is you can insert variables inside of canvases, and then the information that you collect from a previous step in a workflow can be inserted into that canvas where those variables are. We nerds, we call that variable interpolation. So basically you create a canvas that acts as a template. So maybe you want to create across your organization, you want to say, every time we spin up a new feature, we're also going to spin up a corresponding feedback channel. And every one of those feedback channels should have a canvas attached to it that provides some information about the channel. Maybe it's going to be who is the DRI for this feature? Maybe it's a PM or maybe it's an engineering lead and that person is the DRI for this. And so you should expect to hear feedback from them. And then maybe we also want to point you to a workflow that says, hey, this is the workflow to use if you want to give us information or if you want to give us feedback about this. And so you can create that workflow and then you can attach the workflow into canvas and we'll create a nice little widget for you. And then we'll put all of the information about the person, about the people who are responsible for that feedback channel into the canvas as well. And so you can create a setup feedback channel workflow, and maybe you gather some information, maybe you say, "Who's the DRI for this? Point me to the tech spec," and then any further information. Well, you can fill all that in in your workflow and then we'll automatically create a new canvas from that template, fill that information in, and attach it directly to the channel that gets created. And the workflow can also create the channel too.

Mike: I don't want to get into different channels because right now I feel I need a workflow to manage my channels, but that's probably... I mean, well, let me ask about that. That's probably where the AI is going to go, right? So I see AI now in Slack in the search, but I got to envision that it's going to start heading into channels and other things, right?

Jim Ray: Absolutely. And that's kind of where we're starting to think about some of this. And so back in February, I think it was actually Valentine's Day, we dropped a little Valentine's Day gift for everybody, which was Slack AI. The initial version of Slack AI was really all about improving your ability to search and find and summarize. And so now if you have the Slack AI, and it is an additional product because it's pretty expensive computationally and just in terms of resources to run. So if you have Slack AI enabled on your workspace, then search will be able to do things like take natural language queries. I was on paternity leave for about half of last year, and I came back and we still had a pre-release version of Slack AI running on our instance. And it was really great for me because I could do things like... I had a new skip level manager. And so I was like, what does this person think about the Slack platform? And it was just a very open-ended query. I was testing to see how the system worked, but it was also some information that I really needed to do my job. And it came back, and not only did it come back with a standard search result that we give you now with just here are some bits, but it uses the generative AI piece to say it actually found all of the relevant posts, composed a response for me as if a human had written it, but then it also has footnotes to the relevant posts. And so I was just like, oh, what is this person? That's fantastic. So I was ready for my one-on-one with them coming up. And then you can also do things like summarize. So if I wanted to be able to summarize a channel, again, that was super helpful for me coming back from a pretty extended leave, I was able to summarize some of the channels that maybe they were new or maybe it was the kinds of things that I keep an eye on, but I hadn't been there in a few months. So I was able to get those summaries. And so right now, Slack AI works on all of the data that gets put into your Slack instance. Most of that data is unstructured data, and so it's conversations that you're having. We know that generative AI, large language models are really good with that kind of unstructured data. But we also know that search and AI and just computers in general do really, really well when we give them a little bit of structured data. And that's where automations in the platform come back in. And that's where we're really going to be able to enhance some of these AI capabilities. So if you are adding context to all of these unstructured conversations with information back to your systems of record, that's the kind of thing that the AI is going to be able to ingest and get more information about. So if you need to know, hey, what's the latest with this customer, then we'll be able to grab that information. It will be inside of Slack. And then you can imagine, we're working on some ideas about this, we don't have any products or anything like that, but a whole bunch of... Even our customers are building custom versions of this where they're using these large language models, they're accessing their various systems of record, and then they're pushing it all into Slack. So you might ask a custom AI bot that you build or someone else builds for you some information and then it goes out and spiders the various systems of record and then brings back a comprehensive result.

Mike: I will tell you that we use the summarize this. I tried it on a few Slack channels, and then I put the summaries into a canvas as a way to summarize a big channel internally for my team. It was interesting to see how it came back. It's also fun because it talked about me in the third person, and I just let it continue doing that because it's an ongoing Seinfeld joke. But last question for you. I mean, I got a million. We could go for hours, I think. If a Salesforce admin has... Obviously they've got Salesforce. They probably have Slack, that's why they're still listening. What is some automation that they should think about to get started with?

Jim Ray: I think the easiest thing would probably be the ability to create or update a record. And this is for the low friction entry points. So obviously we're not trying to be the only interface to Salesforce, but Slack has a great mobile client. I know Salesforce does as well. But maybe you're out on the field and you just want to make it easy for folks that are out in the field to quickly update or create a new record and have that send the information. And you still want Salesforce to continue to be the system of record. So an example, and this is an example that I showed during one of my demonstrations, I'd built out a Salesforce instance and I'd put a bunch of data in from a real estate management company. It's just one of the data back-ends that we have with a lot of sample data in it. And the idea was that you might be out on the road and you might want to quickly add a new property that you had gone to see or inspect or something like that. And so you could pull that up in Slack. You could pull that up. The form is automatically formatted using our what we call Block Kit, which is really just our UI Kit, and you can create all of the fields that you need. So maybe there's half a dozen fields that you need just to get started on a new property. And then maybe when you get back to the office, you're going to fill it in. But maybe you're out there, you snap a quick pic and you want to add the address and a couple of quick information about it. That's something that you can do very quickly inside of Slack, quickly generate that, throw it in there, but then also have it update the rest of your team. So it's not just storing the information in your system of record, but you're also posting that inside of a channel. So now your team knows like, "Oh, okay, Jim was out in the field. He added this quick record in here." And then maybe somebody else who's already in the office, they can add some more contextual information about it, or it can kick off a chat and people can start conversing about what we want to do with that and where to go from there. So anytime that you have an instance where you want to keep the system of record, Salesforce in this case, you want to keep that updated, up to date, add new information, but then you also want to have a place where people are discussing that, and that could be a Slack channel, those two things are happening simultaneously, well, that's a great use case for a workflow.

Mike: I would agree. You mentioned my favorite thing, which is Block Kit Builder. So I'm going to put you on the spot. Promise me you'll come back on and we'll do an episode on Block Kit Builder.

Jim Ray: I would love to. Block Kit Builder is fantastic.

Mike: Oh my God, I have so much fun with Block Kit Builder. You have no idea.

Jim Ray: Fantastic.

Mike: I have a million questions too.

Jim Ray: Excellent.

Mike: When you said that, I lit up and thought, oh, I have to do a whole episode on Block Kit Builder.

Jim Ray: Well, schedule me up. I'd love to talk about it.

Mike: l will. Thanks so much for coming on the pod, Jim. This was great. I've always been excited for Slack and just the cool stuff we can do, especially when it doesn't require code. The Block Kit Builder episode is going to be fun because it's both code and not code.

Jim Ray: Absolutely.

Mike: So we'll tease that out.

Jim Ray: Thanks so much, Mike. I really appreciate it. It was great getting to talk to the audience.

Mike: Am I right? How much fun is automations with Slack? Also, I might've gotten a little too giddy about Block Kit Builder, and I promise you that I'm already working on my schedule to get Jim back to talk about Block Kit Builder for Slack. But he gave me a ton of ideas for automations, including creating canvases and just the management of information. This was such a fun episode. I hope you enjoyed listening to it. And if you did, can you do me a favor? Maybe you're heading to a community user group with other Salesforce admins, or you're going to dinner, or you've got a large social following, just click the dots there in the podcast app and choose share episode. And when you do, you can text it to a friend or you can post the social. And then that way you help spread the word and spread all this really cool stuff that we're learning how to do without code. Now, if you're looking for more great resources, of course, everything that you need is at admin.salesforce.com, including the transcript of the show. And of course, you can join the conversation in the Trailblazer Community. There's a lot of great questions being asked there. A lot of admins helping other admins with stuff. And that's in the Trailblazer Community, in the Admin Trailblazer Group. So I'll include all the links to those in the show notes, which is on admin.salesforce.com. And until then, I'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Lisa Tulchin, Senior Curriculum Developer at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about choosing the learning path that fits your learning style and strategies from training your users.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Lisa Tulchin.

Choose a learning path that matches your learning style Lisa works on the Trailhead Academy Team, and I wanted to hear her take on a common question I get asked: “Should I work through Trailhead on my own or do I need to sign up for a class with Trailhead Academy?”

For Lisa, deciding between self-paced or instructor-led learning is going to depend on knowing yourself and what you need. What’s worked for you in the past? And when have you struggled to learn something? “You have to stop and have an honest talk with yourself,” she says. Some people like to work through a checklist of goals, and other folks need a bit more guidance.

It’s important to remember that it doesn’t have to be a binary choice. You can go for credentials, but you can also look at the recommended badges and trails for them to give yourself some guidance. And Trailhead Academy is always an option for when you get stuck. Learning is a process, and most people are going to succeed by trying different approaches and seeing what works.

Facing fear and finding community makes learning easier When you’re struggling to learn something new, you should be aware that fear might be holding you back. “Kids are a lot more comfortable making mistakes than we are as adults,” Lisa says, “saying, ‘I don’t know,’ is one of the scariest things for adults to admit.”

That’s why she encourages tapping into the Salesforce community, whether that’s online or through your local user group. You might hear someone else ask the same questions that are on your mind and, suddenly, you’re not alone. Or you might even find yourself able to answer someone else’s question. Finding peers makes the whole learning process easier.

Best practices for training your users As an experienced instructor, Lisa has some great tips for how to overcome resistance and train your users. Change is hard and, again, fear might be a factor. She recommends starting off by “hugging the elephant” and explaining that, yes, this new process is tricky but it will make your life easier.

Lisa also shares some best practices for how to write an effective training. For starters, there’s the 80/20 Rule. In other words, your training should focus on the 80% of knowledge they need to do their job, not the 20% that would be nice for them to know.

Additionally, you can make something easier to learn by breaking it down into manageable tasks. Our brains remember things in 5-7 chunks at a time (for example, phone numbers or ZIP codes). If you’re writing out a task and the individual steps are getting into the double digits, you might want to break it down differently to make it easier to remember.

This episode has a bunch more great tips for how to keep up with your own learning and take advantage of the resources out there from Salesforce, so be sure to take a listen. And don’t forget to subscribe for more from the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Listen: Elizabeth Bochanski on Starting Learning on Trailhead * Listen: New Admin Classes from Trailhead Academy with Stuart and Feroz

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Lisa: https://www.linkedin.com/in/lisatulch/
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike`
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we were talking to Lisa Tulchin about learning and how you can be a better learner, and also, as a Salesforce admin, how you can help teach and educate and drive user adoption with your user. I've known Lisa for over a decade now. She's a senior curriculum developer at Trailhead. She's done both in-person and self-paced learning. She's created both. So I feel like she's a real expert on this, and we cover a lot because I had a lot of great conversations at TrailblazerDX about learning, and I know admins are always learning, so that's why I wanted to cover that. Now, before we get into the episode, I want to be sure that you're following the Salesforce Admins Podcast on iTunes or Spotify, wherever you get your podcasts. That way, when a new episode drops like this one, and it's amazing on learning on Thursday mornings, it's immediately on your phone. So be sure you're following that, and then a new episode will drop. So with that, let's get to, this is such a fun episode, let's get to Lisa Tulchin. So, Lisa, welcome to the podcast.

Lisa Tulchin: Thanks. It's such a privilege to be here.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, we've known each other for a while, but I am unleashing you to the Salesforce ecosystem because I feel like I've secretly held this decade of awesomeness of knowing you and talking about learning. That's what we're going to talk about today, in case you didn't listen in the intro. But Lisa, let's level set because I've had the privilege of working with you and seeing you teach, and create, and do, and that's why I wanted to have you on the podcast. But let's start with what you do at Salesforce and how you got here.

Lisa Tulchin: I am a senior curriculum developer, which means I help write content for the product education team. I have been focusing almost exclusively on instructor-led training. So when you sign up through Trailhead Academy or one of the bootcamps before an event to be in a live or virtual classroom with the person. So that's what I have been focusing on, but the group has expanded over the past year, and I will no longer be focusing just on that type of content.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. And so if you think about it, what's great about Salesforce is we have lots of different methods of learning.

Lisa Tulchin: Indeed.

Mike Gerholdt: And to hover around, I've seen you do instructor-led training and we have that. We also have Trailhead, or what'd you call it? Self-paced learning.

Lisa Tulchin: Yeah, so Trailhead is one example of self-paced, and I have in my past at Salesforce as a full-time employee, because I've been here three years, I have actually written a few trails. I may start writing them again. We are still figuring out exactly the roles, but that's just one example of what we'd like to say self-paced. And self-paced really means that you, as an individual, go to the resource and, I guess, take it in, read it, test it on your own timing. The difference with if you're in a classroom, you're following the agenda with the instructor, and you have to do things in a certain order, in a certain pace. But self-paced, and Trailhead is one example. Slack, and Tableau, or other resources that have their own training repositories that you can also take in at your own timing. So that's why we use the term self-paced.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, no, it makes sense. Otherwise, I was just going to call it instructor-led and not instructor-led.

Lisa Tulchin: Exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: Like hot dog, not hot dog, right?

Lisa Tulchin: Exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay, so I feel like here is the question everybody thinks I'm going to ask, and I'm not because everybody would ask, Okay, Lisa, well, then which is better, instructor-led or self-paced? And I'm not going to ask you that question because I think it's the wrong question to ask. I think what the right question to ask is how, as a Salesforce administrator getting into the ecosystem, do I figure out if in-person or self-paced learning is best for me?

Lisa Tulchin: I like that question a lot.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, that's why I'm asking it.

Lisa Tulchin: Yeah, no, I really like that question a lot. The hardest thing with radio, of course, is that people can't see me thinking literally when I think, I always think my face shows the wheels turning, but I have to remind myself that you all can't see that. So I'm thinking through-

Mike Gerholdt: You're envisioning.

Lisa Tulchin: Visualize Lisa looking away, and the [inaudible 00:05:01] the hamster in her brain is running on that wheel.

Mike Gerholdt: It's smoking.

Lisa Tulchin: Yeah, exactly. I think you have to stop and have an honest talk with yourself. What have you found for yourself in the past? We're all adults going into this scenario for the most part, and I'd like to think that by the time we get to that stage, we understand a little bit about ourselves and how we take information in. So for example, if you're just starting out in the ecosystem, not even for example, I'd say the first thing you should do if you haven't already is actually go to trailhead.com and sign up for an account. It's free to do that, and you automatically then have an enormous number of resources at your fingertip just through that site. There is Trailhead, the slightly gamified, self-paced learning that's available to you for Trailhead resources. There's also Trailhead Academy, which are the classes. But there also is the community, and so your peers. So I think that's one way that you can explore and test out waters. If you're thinking to yourself, I think I could do this on my own. Well, if you log in and you see how you feel after taking a couple of what they call modules, or trails, or badges, then that may be a sign that you're good to go. But if you're doing this and you're thinking I need a little structure, then you immediately do have resources because you can sign up for ILT, but you also have the community. So you can go there, maybe find a local user group through that site, and ask questions of other people there. So I think that's the first thing is have an honest talk with yourself. See if you can figure out for yourself what your learning style is. I personally often need that instructor. I need that person in the room either live or virtually helping talk me through things, honestly, helping me keep focused on what I'm actually doing. There are other resources there. I sometimes need a map. I like to have a map and being able to think. I also need to be goal-oriented. So for me, credentials were a natural way to think about things. And even if you're not going to study and earn a credential, there is a section on the site for credentials, and they have, for example, if you were just starting out in the ecosystem, the Salesforce Associate Certification might be a really good starting point, and they have recommended badges and trails to take. So that's what I mean there's some guidance, even if you don't think that cert is for you, you could look at the map to get that cert and follow that along, and take information in.

Mike Gerholdt: No, I think, I mean, you're so spot on. I often see a lot of people in the community ask a question assuming someone else has the answer, and I really think a lot of people forget they have the answer inside them. They know what way they learn best. They just sometimes are looking for validation in that. Listening to your answer, I was thinking back to when I had to tackle something big, I really needed that in class sitting next to somebody with an instructor so that I was focused. And it's not that I can't focus at home or at work, it's that I think you probably know this, people sometimes try to do a trailhead module and answer email and maybe watch a webinar, and it's like, stop. You can't get away with that in class.

Lisa Tulchin: You can't.

Mike Gerholdt: So that's what I find. That's what I find.

Lisa Tulchin: Yeah, and I mean, the other benefit is finding a local Salesforce user group can also be super helpful because I think typically they have regular meetings at a certain date and time, and so I find there's a lot of talk about what they call the beginner's mindset and how we all have to have the beginner's mindset, and I think it's really hard and it's easy for us to talk about, but truly being beginners, it's scary. You don't know something, you don't know what you don't know. For me, there's that fear of messing up, and that's definitely something I've learned like teaching adults, and I have also taught kids or, yeah, kids, they were actually kids, and kids are a lot more comfortable making mistakes than we are as adults.

Mike Gerholdt: Why do you think that is?

Lisa Tulchin: I think part of that is that feeling of, as adults, we're supposed to know everything. If we followed a traditional path, we've gone to college, we've maybe gone on to graduate school, and we're just supposed to know. You're supposed to be able to move and function in an environment. And saying I don't know, is one of the scariest things I think for adults to admit. And that's one reason why I just encourage a community and peers because there typically are themes for meetings where people go and either someone's presenting or sharing what they know or everyone's there asking questions, and sometimes it's just being in a room and having somebody else ask a question that you've been worrying about. It almost makes you relax a little, feel somewhat more secure. And that's one reason why I would recommend that. Now, I say that as an ambivert, as someone who is very uncomfortable in situations where I don't know people. So it's actually quite challenging for me. It's easy for me to say, go join the local user group. Actually, showing up to that first meeting of a user group is really hard for me. But once I settle in an environment and I can feel more comfortable, I am very outgoing, but that's what that ambivert talks to, but that first getting me out the door. So if you're sitting here and you're listening to me talk and saying, Lisa, you are crazy. There's no way I'm ever going to join a user group, that's talking to people I don't know. I get it. And that's why, in a way, there's a virtual user group, people can chat. I think every cloud, for the most part, has its own section of the community where people can ask questions and help each other. And as I said, we have all these self-paced environments where you can little by little take on information and take it in without having, if you're truly introverted, you don't need to interact with anybody else.

Mike Gerholdt: So flip the coin a little bit from us learning to admins teaching and maybe even user group leaders doing some of this birds of a feather or instructor walking people through stuff. What in your experience in both you've said you've taught children, you've taught adults, what in your experience really resonates when you're trying to walk some adults through new technology or new functionality and have them learn?

Lisa Tulchin: There are a lot of different words for this, but yeah, I was thinking about how I was going to answer you while you were asking the question. I came up with three or four different ways of saying the same thing. When we first worked together, it was WIIFM, what's in it for me? I think now they talk a lot about personas or jobs to be done, so I'm throwing these out there in case folks listening have heard any of these. The really important thing for adults is that when they go into training, or if you're trying to think of developing training for them, the training speaks very specifically to what they need to know to get the job done. When you're teaching kids, you can teach them almost any topic, and they'll be much more trusting about, I don't see the why, but I understand you're telling me, and therefore I need to know. But with adults, it is so critical that they understand the why am I sitting here or why am I watching this video? Or why am I reading this Java? I think figure out the why, and everything should hopefully flow a lot easier from that why. For one thing, you'll have immediate buy-in from the people that you're working with, because if they don't understand the why, they tune you out. If you have that why you have their attention. I'm not saying they're going to be eager, willing, and able when they're sitting in the room, but they're going to be more likely to be behind you or stay with you as you go through it. And it also will help them remember what you're training them. It can be overwhelming to sit down and learn a new technology. Now, Salesforce, as we both know, has evolved and is constantly, I think, improving what they call the user experience, the way that you as an end user take in the system, but it's still scary, and new, and challenging. So the more that you get what you need to know in the moment that you're needing to know it and not getting a lot of extra stuff, that's another thing that's really important in designing training. Another thing people may have heard or some folks throw around is the 80/20 approach, which is that training should focus on the 80% of what people need to know. So dividing the focus of the training to be almost exclusively on what they need to know 80% of the time, and maybe if you have time, have an extra session or just provide an additional resource for what they need to know 20% of the time. Part of that is I've learned a lot about the science behind the way we take information in, the way we remember things, and that's another reason to emphasize what they need to know now as opposed to the nice to have for that couple times a year. I mean, think about it, right? If you're a salesperson and you're learning how to use Salesforce, what do you need to know? You need to know how to enter leads. If you're doing sales cloud, you need to probably know how to do leads so that you can track potential sales. And then you need to know how to create probably an opportunity so you can track an actual sale and maybe how to add products to that opportunity, but that's the bulk of your time, right? Creating leads, creating opportunities, tracking activity around those two records. But you may not close, depending on the type of business you do, you may not close that many opportunities in a year. It may be a lot of nurturing. So focusing training on closing opportunities may not be as important. That's just one example.

Mike Gerholdt: No, that's a really good example. So here's why I was looking forward to this podcast. So can I take those two principles and turn them on their head and ask you, do those two apply, and I'll regurgitate those, when admins are trying to learn Salesforce through Trailhead? And those two principles I'm pointing at are they may or may not understand why, and they're trying to focus on the 20% versus the 80%.

Lisa Tulchin: So that's a really good question because having from the admin perspective, there's just so much to learn, and it can be overwhelming. I think, honestly, what I had to do, and I'm trying to remember when I was first starting it out, I broke things down. Instead of looking at the whole 100%. What I did was I looked at, now I admit, because I've never sat in the job, I've never sat in the chair as an admin. I was looking at the admin certification, and I was looking at the breakdown of the exam and looking at what the breakdown of the exam was and what had the most emphasis in the exam. And then I was thinking, well, that's probably either what's the hardest or, I mean, I probably was going about it the wrong way from that point of ignorance, but I felt like that's most of what admins have to do. And so for me, I would probably break it down and focus section by section of that.

Mike Gerholdt: I think that's good philosophy. I mean, I was kind of sneaking that question at you because I feel like it's one thing to give people advice on how to instruct, but then it's also on, does that also apply to us learning as well? So you tackled it well. How does some of this work? As we both, I mean, we focus on learning and being new, and that applies throughout the years, but is there anything you think of if you are going into perhaps training an older set of users, and so there's median age, obviously companies try to hire for diversity, but some companies have older users, and should you think about how to frame things differently or if you are in that set, is there a way to think through maybe because you teased, and I'd love to know more about the science of what you read on learning?

Lisa Tulchin: Oh, yeah. So there are a couple of things popping into my mind with that. One is that there has been a lot written, and I've only read a little bit about generationally differences in learning. So that Gen X, Y, and Z, millennials, I'm not sure exactly the lineup, they learn differently, and the younger employees are having grown up in a much more digital first age, take information in differently. So if you're training older employees, there are a couple of things that come to mind. One is my feeling, oh my goodness, I may be approaching older employee "as a group." But the other thing is that try to be sensitive to what you may encounter as resistance may actually be fear. There can be a sense with new, technology in particular, a fear of I know how to do things really, really well in the previous system, method, whatever you want to call it. This is something new, and I don't know how to do my job well. And the reality is there is age discrimination and so you could be starting to spiral into a fear cycle. What if I can't catch on? What if I can't do my job? What if I can't "wrap my hands" around this new technology? Am I going to lose my job? So I think there's a level of that that could be behind what you might be perceiving as resistance with older employees that you wouldn't necessarily be receiving from younger employees. For one thing, they're closer to being in that true beginner's mindset where they don't know things and are taking things in all the time. They're less likely to be as insecure about their job and potentially a little more open to systems changing. So that's one thing that pops into my head. And I have gone and I've trained people on how to use a CRM system when the previous one was paper, and there was a range of employees in the room; they did tend to be older, and there was a lot of resistance to that. So it could also depend on the shift that you're making. If you're going from one online system to another online system, it likely would have less resistance. I kept emphasizing, you're just carrying around an iPad, you're not carrying around stacks and stacks and files and files. Look how much easier this is. And a lot of them though still were like, but everything's in my head. Now you're making me write it down. So I think the reality is change is hard, no matter what. I think it's just as someone who might be in charge of training others, being open to the fact that what you may be seeing as intractable resistance could actually be a fear-based response. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: One thing you said, which is the biggest thing in all of learning, which is change is hard, right? Anytime you're learning something, you're learning something because something is changing. One, and I believe you were part of this project with me, I've always tried to really make it resonate with admins. Hey, when you're rolling out a new app, make sure you're paying attention to all the other changes that are going on in the organization. Because I know the project that we worked on together, we had a big change in the organization on top of a technical change. And you can be focused on, well, we're just rolling out Salesforce, right? Oh, but there's organizational structure, and there's a whole bunch of other changes going on. I think it's one thing, it can be a little hard maybe for an admin to wrap their head around organizational change, although they should. But looking at yourself individually. Is there something to be said for taking an inventory in the amount of change that's going on in your life while you're trying to learn something? Does that affect how you gain your knowledge?

Lisa Tulchin: Oh, absolutely. Absolutely. And that's a really good point, which is that, and actually something popped into my head, sorry, when you were talking about how when we worked together, there was a big change, not just a technology, is that you may encounter resistance to training people on a new technology because the new technology could be the convenient scapegoat for a lot of the anxiety and fear around change that is happening. So sometimes it's good to just open things up or just acknowledge and be open to the fact. I was in a meeting with someone recently, who I loved the way they opened it. They just opened it with a phrase that they said they'd been taught, which is, "Let's start off by hugging the elephant," was what they said.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, I've never heard that.

Lisa Tulchin: Isn't it wonderful? I loved that, and a picture of a baby elephant and people hugging it. But it was really, let's start out by hugging the elephant, which is to just acknowledge upfront that that elephant in the room. We're not going to tiptoe around a topic. So it could be as simple as opening up a training with, Hey, I know there's a lot going on, let's just acknowledge that right out and maybe give five minutes for people to just talk about it and get it off their chest. And then they'll feel better. They'll have cleansed the air a little bit, and you can move into, okay, let's focus on how the system works. But I've noticed myself personally, yeah, if a lot of things are happening and I'm under stress, I could have more trouble focusing, which means that as a learner being in a classroom, it's harder for me to take things in if things aren't paced appropriately, which is a great way for me to seg into the science of learning.

Mike Gerholdt: Nice segue.

Lisa Tulchin: I took that, and I brought it back where I wanted to go five minutes ago, whatever it was, that was so subtle. So from a science perspective, there's this feeling of, and as a curriculum developer, we talk about the need to what we call chunk things out. So it's break things down. And now, admittedly, my research is a little outdated on this, but when I was first learning it, they talked about no more than five or seven things in any given segment. And I know sometimes, especially with software training, it's really hard because, in order to do a task, you may actually have to do a certain number of steps maybe. But I really try to break training down by tasks. So if I have an exercise, I'll have broken the exercise down into tasks, and if I've written a task out and it's more than a certain number of steps within that task, that's usually assigned to me that this might be too big a chunk. And I go back, and I see, do I have to break this down further? And every exercise, I should say, is pinned to a scenario. And so it all goes back to the scenario. Okay, in this exercise, it's usually a scenario. Either you are an admin or you're observing an admin who has something to do and they're trying to do A, B, C, and I'm like, oh, well, maybe A, B, and C is too much, too big a chunk right now, and it has to really be A, B, or maybe even just A, and that's the way I approach it because you need to only give so much information to a person, and then you need to shift gears and maybe you need to talk about something else for a while, let them process. It's another reason why a lot of training with systems is around watch me do it. Now you do it. We don't always have the time. I always wish we were given more time for training, but you may not always have the time. So it may be introduce a concept and then have people walk through, but just make sure you're not having them walk through too much at one given time.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, training, unfortunately, is always like the landscaping when you're building a new house. It's the last thing and you have no money left, and it just ends up being here's a flower from the hardware store.

Lisa Tulchin: I know, I really wish-

Mike Gerholdt: Congratulations.

Lisa Tulchin: I really wish we'd be able to have the full landscape architect at all times.

Mike Gerholdt: The whole thing. The whole thing, the drawing. Everything.

Lisa Tulchin: Tear the yard out, rebuild it entirely. That's what I feel. I mean, that's one reason why it's nice that there is a resource such as Trailhead, and I haven't even talked about it, but when you onboard as a Salesforce customer, there are other resources that are available to you or to companies and to customers, especially if they're on a success plan. There are whole libraries and resources available to them. So I would say, as an admin, find out is your company, do they have a success plan? And if so, which plan and what resources are available to you? And if you have them, take advantage of them. Some of them are one-on-one coaching, I think for Premier. So you have all these resources, and I would say take advantage of all of the resources that are available to you to help you learn and then help you get everyone else working towards using the system effectively.

Mike Gerholdt: One thing I thought of as we bring this around to a close. One thing you do that is exactly what admins do, I mean, you do a lot, is approach a brand new feature and have to learn it because you have to write training for it. I mean, you have to write Trailhead modules and all kinds of stuff, and admins maybe don't necessarily have to train somebody else on that, but they have to learn it themselves. I would love to know, based on your experience, when a new feature comes down into your queue and you're like, I got to write a module on this and I got to learn this feature, what's your approach?

Lisa Tulchin: I personally might be more of a maximalist than a minimalist.

Mike Gerholdt: Please explain.

Lisa Tulchin: I want to get my hands on all the things and digest them to try to figure out what is the essence there. Now I admit, Mike, I am learning this not because I'm going to have to use it every day in my job. I'm learning this because I want to understand the full picture in order to be able to distill it down to its basic essence. And so my objective might be a little bit different. I would say that the task is easier if it's something that is new to me because there will be resources that are out there for me to take in. When it's net new, the challenge really can be trying to figure out how something works when there aren't as many resources, but I would definitely say being part of the ecosystem, stay plugged in, keep an ear out for the announcements that happen at the regular events such as the TDX, the conference that just happened. Big announcements will be made at Dreamforce and at TDX. There are also what we call world tours, which are events that take place in different cities around the world. I know that it's not possible for everyone to attend these, but there is the Salesforce Plus website, and a lot of the keynotes and major presentations from all of these events are available for free streaming. And actually, I think Salesforce Plus has other admin-focused resources that could be amazing right there. And especially if you're a visual or an auditory learner, and by that I mean watching something or hearing something that could be a really good resource because you can listen to the announcements and then they have sessions that focus on different aspects of different clouds, and so you can listen in and hear announcements and sharing about resources. The Salesforce blog is another good site because there'll be articles published there talking about new resources, and that's kind of how I get my information for net new content. And then they release webinars, and I know as an employee, I have access to all of them, but keep an ear out for resources such like that because they'll share all the changes that are coming and there'll be demos of how it works.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, no, there's a ton out there. You very much are a maximalist.

Lisa Tulchin: I know, man. I know. I'm not saying do it all, I'm saying pick and choose, right?

Mike Gerholdt: Thank you, Lisa, for being on the podcast. I appreciate you coming by and sharing resources, and helping us understand the world of learning. Again, you know what's funny? Is if you've listened to this podcast for a while, you know how many times we keep mentioning know the why. And I've done podcasts with Kevin Richardson on the five whys. I've worked with the Trailhead team on understanding the why. It really always keeps coming back to the why. But I will tell you this, listening to this episode, I learned something, which was the whole point, but it really sunk into me. The fear could equal resistance when you're doing training. I run into that where people are super resistant, and it was out of fear, not out of the willingness to learn. So I think that's interesting. I really hope you got something out of this. I loved the way Lisa approached training and talking about five to seven steps. I feel like that was super important. So I hope you enjoyed this episode, and if you did, can you do me a favor? Share it on social. Share it to one person, maybe send it to a friend that could be doing training. I promise you, you have to know somebody that's doing training. That, or at a user group, you could share it and be like, Hey, listen to this great podcast about training. And I learned about five to seven steps and the 80/20 rule, but you got to listen for the 80/20 rule. And of course, if you're looking for more great resources, just check out the show notes. Also, everything is at admin.salesforce.com, including in the show notes a transcript of this episode. And of course, we will post this to the Admin Trailblazer community, which is one of the plethora of places that you can go and ask questions and help other Salesforce admins learn. So, of course, until next time, I'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Evan Ponter, Salesforce Consultant and Certified Application Architect.

Join us as we chat about all things reporting from his breakout session at TDX.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Evan Ponter.

A deep dive into Salesforce reporting We last spoke to Evan back in 2019. Since then, he’s struck out on his own as a Salesforce Consultant, where he helps businesses get everything they need out of Salesforce and their reporting. He recently did a 75-minute breakout session at TDX about everything reporting, so I wanted to bring him on the pod to tell us all about it.

The 75-minute deep dive breakout session is a new thing we tried this year at TDX, and it was everything we hoped for and more. Evan was able to not only cover the basic concepts around reporting but also get into some very advanced concepts. Or, as he puts it, how to crawl, walk, run, and fly with Salesforce reporting.

Crawling, walking, and running with Salesforce reporting When he talks about learning to crawl, Evan means that you need to understand that every report you build is meant to answer a question. As he puts it, “Start with the end in mind.” If you know what question you’re trying to answer, you can make decisions about what information you need to see and how you might want to display it.

Next, Evan gets into how to walk and run with reports. To do that, you need to understand what’s happening in a custom report type as far as which records are being visualized and what other opportunities that opens up for you. Several out-of-the-box Salesforce features can help here, like cross filters, with or without filtering, and pulling in fields from other objects.

Flying towards the future of Salesforce reporting You probably have the same question I did for Evan: if that’s walking and running with reports, then what does it mean to fly? The answer is Cartesian product data sets, which let you bring together sibling records from two different objects that are both related to a common parent without changing your org’s architecture.

Finally, we get into what the future looks like for reporting. AI is only getting smarter but, as Evan points out, while we might be able to automate some aspects of reporting we’ll still need to understand how everything works if we want to get the results we’re after.

As you can probably tell, this is a very in-depth episode, so be sure to take a listen (or check the transcript) for more on cross filters, with or without filters, Cartesian data sets, and everything about reporting.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Podcast: The Ultimate Guide to Report Types With Evan Ponter

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Evan: @RealEvanPorter
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike`
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Full show transcript

Mike: So it's all things reporting this week on the Salesforce Admins podcast. That's right, we're fresh off of TrailblazerDX. I think I've got through my jet lag and the time change, and I'm ready to start reporting. Evan Ponter last week, gave an amazing breakout session at TrailblazerDX, and I had to have him on the pod to talk about what he was talking to all of our wonderful trailblazers about, crawl, walk, run, fly, with reporting. That's right. And speaking of TDX, I want to give a shout-out to Scott, Katie, and Bill, you three are amazing. Thank you for coming up saying hello, sharing your stories with me. You're an inspiration to me, you're why I do the podcast, and thank you to all the listeners that listen in. I got to meet with many of you last week at TrailblazerDX, it's why I love coming to events. And thank you for sharing your stories, I hope to continue inspire you, I hope to continue to make a podcast that is exactly the length of your dog walks and your commutes, because those are what I listen to podcasts for. Of course, we're getting into summer, so I got to start mowing the yard, but let's not talk about grass, this is a Salesforce podcast, and we're going to talk about reporting with Evan Ponter. But of course, before we get into that, just a quick reminder, it is super easy to follow the Salesforce Admins podcast on whatever platform you're listening to me on. So on iTunes, all you got to do is click follow, and then, iTunes takes care of all the hard work for you. Downloads the newest episode, then Thursday morning, you wake up, you're ready to go. Hey, let's knock an episode out on our drive to work, or maybe we're walking the dog that morning, and iTunes will have already downloaded it for you. It's just that easy. Almost all of the podcast apps will do that. So just a reminder, makes it easy, makes it one less thing to worry about. So wanted to get that out of the way, but let's get to our amazing conversation with Evan Ponter. Welcome back to the podcast.

Evan: Thanks for having me.

Mike: I happened to look, it was 2019, which feels like a decade ago.

Evan: Yeah, absolutely.

Mike: I'll definitely link to that episode, because we talked about the ultimate guide to report types, but you're still on the reporting train ...

Evan: I am.

Mike: ... and you gave an amazing session at TDX, and since a lot of people probably weren't there, let's talk about that. But what have you been up to since 2019?

Evan: Oh, well, in the midst of the pandemic, I decided it would be a great time to go out on my own and become an independent Salesforce consultant, through a lot of turmoil, but it ended up being a really incredible journey for me, and the next step in my career, to start to facilitate working for a handful of clients, supporting them as an external Salesforce consultant, being the expert they can lean on. And I've been able to take a lot of this reporting content and apply it to any project that I'm working on.

Mike: Yeah. To be honest with you, it's actually kind of brilliant, if you think about it, with all of the shifts in employment and labor that are going on post-pandemic, being an outsourced admin, developer, architect, however you view yourself, would benefit the company and you.

Evan: Yeah, no, it's been great.

Mike: But you still report, you still literally are my one of two go-to sources for reporting. I go to Jennifer for flows, I go to Evan for reporting. Yes, I go to Trailhead, but I feel like the way you teach me is so much better. So let's talk a little bit about ... Because you gave, at least in admin [inaudible 00:03:57], one of two 75-minute deep dive sessions, which was a little bit of an experiment for us. I think it went well, there's probably some stuff we could do better. But 75-minute session, because we heard from a lot of the feedback, like, 40 minutes is great, but I've sat through a ton of dry runs, and it feels like the start of a really good book, when they're getting to something, and they're like, oh, and if you have any questions, you're like, no, I want another 30 minutes. [inaudible 00:04:31] we did, so you did one on reporting, and I'll let you explain kind of the theory from there.

Evan: Sure, yeah, so over the years, I've given some variation of a report session, and I've had, actually, a couple of different topics. So I can do a 40-minute session, I've done a 20-minute session, and then, I've done a couple more advanced topics as separate sessions. But getting the chance to do a 75-minute hands-on deep dive allowed me to pull a majority from a few of the main topics, but really kind of package it all up together as a full hour of everything you would ever need to know about reporting if you only had an hour to learn it. So it was really cool to tackle some of those basic concepts, but also, get into some of the more advanced stuff. And to have everybody following along and doing the hands-on exercises, you really get to see, feel, and live that experience in the hour of time that we have together.

Mike: Yeah, and I think what was nice ... I mean, it can be intimidating, because a little bit of what we did with this is, it's not really a hands-on workshop, there's not really tables and that traditional learning experience, but people had the option to be what I call, fingers on keyboards, and doing something, or just following along, and I think that's a fun balance. But what I loved about how you walked into it is, there was no real worry about, oh, I better know all of my stuff or I'm going to not know where things are at, because your concept of, was it crawl, walk, run, fly?

Evan: Yeah.

Mike: Really helped walk people through the complexities of understanding reporting.

Evan: Absolutely, yeah. We start with some basic crawl concepts that you can apply to anything. So we built a deluxe report type together, and we learned how using customer report types really opens up a ton of flexibility. But then, as we get into the walking and running portions, we start to look at some more advanced stuff, so really taking that base concept and expanding it so you can tackle different requirements and get a little more complex. And then, the fly piece was really just truly on the frontier of what you can do in a customer port type, so it was really cool to share that with everybody.

Mike: Now, what part of ... So let's go back to crawling. Crawling, to me, feels like, okay, we're just going to use maybe some standard objects stuff that's there, existing architecture. What part of moving from crawling to walking is really ... How much do I need to consider when I'm building an application about the reports? Because I feel like, too often, we build tons of these cool applications, and we forget about what the report is going to look like.

Evan: Yeah, so in any project I've been on, you kind of have to start with the end in mind, and really think about what questions are you going to need to answer with this data, this process, this automation, whatever it is you're doing, so that, you at least have a concept of what a report might look like, so that you can help answer that question. And a lot of what I talk about in the crawl portion is just being able to really make it concrete, what data you're visualizing in a report. And as we build our one deluxe custom report type for that object, you are tying together records from an object to results that you see in a report. And once that concept is tangible, and you can feel that and understand how that's working, then we can look at the walking and running concepts that really build on what's happening in a customer port type, as far as which records are being visualized, and what other opportunities that opens to use some of the other out-of-the-box features, like cross filters, and doing some more advanced filtering capabilities, and pulling in other fields from other objects.

Mike: So you mentioned exactly the thing I was going to talk to you about, which is cross filters, because when I start building reports, or even when I get back into reports, if I haven't done it for a while, it's like riding a bicycle. I feel like I start off and I need training wheels, and then it takes me two, three weeks to get to Tour de France-style bike skill. You just get on a bike, and you're down the road. Cross filters to me always trip me up. What is the most common thing you see when you talk to people, or when you work with companies, that trip people up with cross filters?

Evan: Yeah, so I mean, first of all, I do a whole 20-minute session on cross filters, so being able to incorporate that into this deep dive was really cool. It's one of those topics that I'm super passionate about because there are so many problems that can be solved with a cross filter, people just aren't quite aware of it, or exactly how to set them up. So the basic thing that it solves for is, you want a list of records, but you want to filter them based on the presence or absence of some child records. And what it allows you to do is, anytime you've had a situation where you're like, I have this report results, but I need to get rid of all the duplicates. I really just want to see a clean list of accounts that had opportunities closed last year. And you started with an accounts and opportunities report type, and you have all this opportunity data, but you really just care about seeing the account records. What a cross filter allows you to do is run a report based on your report type that will show you account records, and then filter them based on those opportunities. So you get to filter based on objects and fields from that object that do not appear in your report results as columns. And it opens up a lot of possibilities, so for that example, you would say, show me all the accounts that have opportunities where the close date equals last year, and the stage is closed one, and you get a nice, clean, de-duplicated list of account records that meet that filter criteria. Then, as far as what trips ... A lot of people can get that down once you sort of explain what's happening, what trips people up is when you start using the cross filter using the without operator. So it works 100% opposite of using the with operator. So when we said, show me accounts with opportunities that have a close date in the last year, that means each one of those account records in your results has at least one opportunity that meets that filter criteria. But when we switch that operator to without, it means every one of those accounts does not have any opportunities that meet that filter criteria. And that's where things get super interesting, as you add cross filter criteria that has the without operator, you're actually opening up your results. So you could say something along the lines of, show me accounts that don't have any open opportunities, and what you'll end up seeing is, there are accounts that have opportunities, but none of them are open, they're all closed one or closed loss status.

Mike: And that exactly is where it usually happens that I get tripped up, because ... Well, and I bet it's other admins, too. I think the frustration, you probably dealt with this, too, is, especially when you're helping build a report for somebody, there's an expectation in their head. They know there's usually one or two data points they're looking for that are kind of like a check. Like, is that report really working? And if they don't show up, then they question, well, what's wrong with Salesforce? And well, it's not wrong, it's just, I think to your point, as you add without filter criteria, you're opening more things up. And the thing that always bugged me was, somebody would always pull up on the screen, well, I'm on this opportunity here, and it's got an opportunity, or I'm on this account here, and it's got this opportunity, and it fits all the criteria. And you're like, right, except you don't own that account, and we were doing my account. And you don't say that to be the IT guy, like, move, you say that to be like, no, we have to evaluate all of the criteria and figure out why something is or is not being omitted.

Evan: Exactly, and I think that's a key thing that I show in the presentation, is, if you are on the filters tab of a report, and you understand what the report type results are going to show you, you can read from top to bottom and understand exactly, every filter being applied to your data, which helps immensely when you're doing that troubleshooting of, oh, it doesn't show up because I have a my accounts filter right here. It's going to show you that. So I kind of walk people through that troubleshooting to make sure ... You have to be critical of every filter being applied to your data.

Mike: And not to mention permissions, whether or not they also have view permissions, because they could be looking at someone else's account, or ... Who knows, right?

Evan: Yeah. Yeah, security model definitely comes into play.

Mike: I feel like those are all the diagrams you kind of need to have handy when you're thinking about like, okay, I need to build this report. First, what's the architecture of my organization? Not necessarily the whole org, but pertaining to what I'm creating a report for. And then, two, what security is in place for the individual or individuals that I'm running this report for? Because I don't want to always be the run report as person.

Evan: Right, yeah, that would always show organization-wide data. So yeah, if you have a private model, thinking about that as you're building reports is really going to help you build one report that can support multiple people across different teams, and allow them to only see their own data, but it's also going to help to have an understanding of that as you're troubleshooting things. Because it's going to drive yourself crazy if you're helping two people that are on two different role hierarchy points, and they're running the same report, but they get different results, well, you must have some kind of private model in place, or some kind of my ownership filter on the records in that report.

Mike: Right. So I feel like that's walk, what are some of the things you cover in run?

Evan: Yeah, in the run portion, we're really looking at ... We do a little bit with cross filters, but we also take a look at those with or without style report types, and those can be tricky, as well. I kind of walked through, when you have the normal kind of [inaudible 00:16:13] report type words, every A record must have related B records. You're getting that inner join of the diagram that shows you all the child records that specified parents. And that is still true for that with or without style report type, where it's, each A record may or may not have related B records. It's really two different data sets that get put together and dumped onto your screen. And they can be really useful for solving certain types of problems, but the key thing to think about with those is, those two data sets that are being put together for you, can be filtered independently, so it allows you to do things like, I want to summarize the total amount of opportunities for all the accounts that I own, and I want to just get a summary of the close dates in the last year. So you'll have your opportunity records, and you'll have your account records, and because you can filter them independently, you could say, all right, show me all of my accounts, and then, only show me the opportunities that had a close date in the last year, and I want to summarize the amount from those records. What you'll end up getting is, all of your accounts are going to show up, and if they don't have opportunities that meet that criteria, the account still displays as a row, it just has a zero for that amount summary. And it really helps people keep tabs on things, like, they care about seeing all 50 their accounts, or whatever it is, but they just want a summary from a specific timeframe. And those with or without style custom report types are really the only reporting tool that allow to do something like that.

Mike: Those always trip me up, because it would or would not exclude the entire object.

Evan: Yeah, right, so if you filter an account out of your data, it's also going to take out all of its related records, so all of its related opportunities would also be excluded. But if you just filter based on an opportunity field, it doesn't exclude the account from showing up.

Mike: So the other thing that I've really wanted to always get into, I've never had the use case for, is report formulas, where you're building the formula to also be inside the report. Do you include that in your crawl, walk, run, fly? And if so, where do you stick that?

Evan: No, I mean, we don't get into that. I mean, there's so many different possibilities with setting up row level formulas-

Mike: Yeah, like, it's not going to the same with formulas for just everything, right?

Evan: ... Yeah, right. But yeah, I mean, there's a whole bunch of interesting things you can do. One place where I really like using the row level formulas is when I'm reporting on objects that I cannot customize. So you weren't able to put a formula field on the object, but now that you can do a row level formula in a report, you kind of can at this point. So that's helpful for ... I mean, there's a ton of standard objects where you can't set up a formula field, so having that ability really opens up some possibilities for data points that were never possible before.

Mike: Yeah. [inaudible 00:19:42], let's tackle a little bit ... I know everybody's [inaudible 00:19:45], what is fly? What's fly?

Evan: Fly? Yes.

Mike: So the fun backstory behind this, when I saw your submission, I read it, I was like, okay, cool, Evan's man with the report stuff. Got it, he's going to be great. And then, you showed up to the dry run, and you're like, hey, I kind of added a whole other section, and I'm calling it fly. And I was like, oh, well, tell me more.

Evan: So for as long as I've been reporting in Salesforce, somebody always comes up and asks me a question. I have records in two sibling objects, can I bring them together in a single report without using a joint report? And I've always had to tell them, no, you can't do that. There's no way for me to relate these sibling records together because there's no direct relationship. They have a common parent, but there's no way to say that record one from this object matches up with record two from this other object. So this fly portion of the presentation is what I call Cartesian product data sets. It's on the bleeding edge of what's possible in a custom report type. I've done some experiments, and I think people have been using this style of custom report type and not even realizing what's happening, but there's a handful of scenarios involving Salesforce standard objects that allow you to essentially cross multiply records from one object against records from another object. And it allows you to bring together those sibling records from two different objects that are both related to a common parent. And it's really cool to create one of those data sets. So the example I always give is, if you have three records in one object, and three records in another object, your report results, without any other filters supplied, are going to show you nine results. It would be like, record 1A, record 1B, record 1C, record 2A, 2B, 2C, 3A, 3B, 3C. And it just puts together every possible combination of matching up those records from those two different objects. And if you take that, and then filter it for your needs, you can do things like, the example I give is, you have a bunch of customers, and they have contact roles on opportunities, and you're selling them a bunch of products, and you want to answer the question, which products are associated with which contacts? Those are sibling records, they're both related to a single opportunity, but there's no direct relationship. And I walked through how you can build one of these Cartesian product data sets to cross multiply those records, then, you can put a visualization on a contact record page that shows you the products and the quantities that are associated with that contact, without having to change your architecture, without having to do any custom automation. You can just take advantage of this Cartesian product data set.

Mike: I think the key thing I heard there is, without changing your architecture. We're not building anything new that has to be constantly dealt with forever in time, because it's part of the report. So I didn't prompt you for this question, but I'm going to look ahead, because there's a lot of AI stuff out there, and I'm sure you hear about it, you see it. There's all kinds of plugins and stuff where you can throw spreadsheets at AI, and it'll analyze things, and it'll create pretty charts that, to be honest with you, aren't that hard in Google Docs or whatever, Microsoft, or whatever tool you use. Devil's advocate, five years from now, I don't know, 10 years from now, maybe, at some point, you're just going to be able to say, hey, Salesforce, run this report and make this output. How important is it now to learn this stuff, knowing that AI is going to take care of it?

Evan: I still think people are going to be troubleshooting their reports and their report results, the same, if not more than they do now, once AI is generating this stuff. Because especially at first, we're going to want to verify that we're getting the results we think we're getting, so that we don't cause ourselves to go into hallucinations with [inaudible 00:24:24] business. If the AI is not-

Mike: That's a good point.

Evan: ... Yeah, if the AI is not giving us what we need, then we're not able to make a good business decision. So a lot of the skills I'm teaching are about troubleshooting, and they're about taking the actual root question that needs to be answered, and making sure we're answering that question. And it's less about order taking and just throwing together a bunch of columns on a report and creating a chart out of it. Sure, it might look nice, but what is it we're trying to get at there? And I think that level of scrutiny, if you can start to have those skills now, while you're building the reports manually, those will carry over into the AI world, but we'll be able to scrutinize and make sure that those AI-generated results are giving us the answers that we truly need.

Mike: Yeah. I think about it sometimes, when I have it do whatever kind of calculations, I'll double check it on a different spreadsheet. I always think back to, was it like, fourth or fifth grade, I think, we finally got to use calculators in math class. I am of that age that they used to make you suffer in math and write everything out. And the teacher's saying, well, yeah, but you can't just plug it in, you have to know what to expect the output to be, because the calculator will only do what you tell it to do. It doesn't know what the intent of the answer should be. And I come back to that, I never thought I'd think about that again, and then, here, 100 years later, I'm out of school, and it's kind of like it's coming full circle of, yeah, you can ask this thing to do whatever, but if you don't know how to double check it, or you don't know what the expected answer should be, even for, I'm thinking through a lot of your examples, just running a report that returns a handful of rows, just so that you can check all of your filters, as opposed to creating a report that returns tens of thousands or whatever records, and you're like, oh, it's too much to check, is knowing what you're going to double check for.

Evan: Yeah. Yeah, having that sanity check, I mean, that's crucial, just to make sure that we're getting something valid. And I think trying to do that at the reporting stage is tough if that's the only place where you're doing the sanity check. And I think it's part of the process all the way through, you have to be making sure that your data architecture lines up with what you're trying to capture in the real world, and that the data you're putting into that structure actually aligns and is kept up to date, and has all the right validation rules in place, you're using automation to fill in the gaps, and auto calculate anything that you can. And I think it's important to take advantage of what computers are good at, putting in sound calculations that you can guarantee the arithmetic is going to be correct. But then, we still need to rely on humans to be sanity checking all of this stuff, making sure that we're asking the right questions, and that the answers that we're trying to get out of the system are actually addressing that question.

Mike: Yep, I couldn't have said it any better. Evan, I appreciate you coming back on the podcast and towing the straight and narrow line for us on reporting, and helping us get all of the good data out that we hope our users are putting in.

Evan: Yeah, thanks so much for having me. This is always a blast, I'll come back anytime.

Mike: You bet. Thanks, sir. I bet you never thought you'd hear Cartesian report types on this podcast. I know I didn't. If I had to go back 10 years ago and say words that are going to be said on this podcast, Cartesian report types probably wouldn't be on my list of things. But that's the beauty of the incredible intelligence that everybody has in the community, and some of the really fun stuff that you're doing, like Evan, on report types, and just tapping into all of the features and functionality. I hope you can get a chance to dive into some of the stuff that he's doing, I think it's really cool. Now, if you're doing something like listening to this on iTunes, do me a favor. Click the three dots in the upper right-hand corner. Okay, see, it says share episode? You can now text or post social, like, hey, I just listened to this episode with Evan about reporting, I think it's really cool. And you can share it with your community, share it with your friends, share it with fellow Salesforce admins. Maybe you have some people in your organization that are looking to up their reporting skills. Great idea to share the podcast with them. And of course, if you're looking for more great resources, you can always find everything admin at admin.salesforce.com, including a transcript of the show, so that you can read through, follow along. Of course, be sure to join the conversation, the Admin Trailblazer group, that is in the Trailblazer community. Of course, the link for that, where is it? Show notes, absolutely, you know where it's at. All right, so until next week, I'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Gary Brandeleer, Senior Director of Product Management, Emerging Tech and Products at Salesforce.

Join us for a roundtable discussion of everything Copilot: what it can do, how you can customize it, and what you need to do to get your org ready to get the most out of it.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Gary Brandeleer and Josh Birk.

What is Einstein Copilot? So there’s a big announcement at TDX today about a cool new AI tool for Salesforce called Copliot. We thought it might be nice to hear all about it from the PM in charge, so we brought Gary Brandeleer on the pod to find out all about it. We’re also joined by Josh Birk, who has spent a lot of working with Copilot.

Simply put, Copilot is an AI assistant that will help you get things done in Salesforce with natural language prompts. So you might ask it to give you a list of all your opportunities in the last month, or to summarize your most recent opportunity, and it will give you an answer in natural language. But we’re only scratching the surface of what it can do, and Gary was excited to tell us more about it.

Customizing Copilot to get more done Salesforce has been working with AI for a long time, and you’ve probably seen it integrated into things like lead scoring and analytics. So what’s so special about Copilot?

For one thing, natural language processing makes everything much more user-friendly. You can chain multiple actions into one request. For example, “summarize the most recent case and write an email about it.” If you think about how many clicks that would take to do on your own, it’s easy to see the potential of Copilot for your users.

As for what you sort of actions you can request Copilot to do, there will be several options available out of the box. But because Gary knows how important Flows, Apex, and other customizations are to admins everywhere, you’ll be able leverage those skills to create your own custom actions, too. The possibilities are truly limitless.

How to get your org ready for Copilot We’ve talked a fair amount on the pod about what you need to do to get ready for the AI tools coming to Salesforce. Data cleanup is more important than ever before.

For custom actions to work well, you need to make sure that you’ve updated the descriptions on all of your flows so that Copilot knows what it’s looking at. In general, you need to take a look at your labeling and organization practices for all of your data.

Finally, it’s important to remember that prompting AI is a skill that you need to practice. Both Josh and Gary recommend spending some time with a tool like ChatGPT seeing what kind of prompts work best. Try to get it to give you a recipe, or tell you a dad joke, and then see what kinds of questions get the results you’re looking for.

There’s a lot more in this episode about how Copilot works, so be sure to take a listen and subscribe so you’ll never miss out.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Get Started with Einstein Copilot Custom Actions * Salesforce’s Einstein Copilot is Here: The Conversational AI Assistant for CRM that Delivers Trusted AI Responses Grounded with Your Company Data * AI Resource Roundup for Salesforce Admins * Podcast: Why Clean Data Is Non-Negotiable in the AI Era with Lizz Hellinga

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Gary: https://www.linkedin.com/in/garybrandeleer/
  • Josh: https://www.linkedin.com/in/joshuabirk/
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike`
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Full Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we are talking with Gary Brandeleer about Einstein Copilot. Now, it's March 7th if you're listening to this, the day this podcast drops, which I'm sure you are, you could be at TDX. Or not. So this is why I'm bringing this to you because we're talking about Copilot at Trailblazer DX and wanted to bring you a little bit of a conversation that myself and my fellow evangelist, Josh Birk had with Gary Brandeleer on some of the challenges and features of Copilot, the direction that they're going to go in terms of building it, some of the really cool capabilities of it. It's just a really fun discussion. I appreciate Josh jumping in, helping me out with this podcast. He really had an opportunity to get hands-on with Copilot at this point, so he really helped steer the conversation. I hope you find it intriguing. I did. Now, of course, if you love what you are listening to, can you do me a favor and just make sure you're following the Salesforce Admins Podcast? So if you're listening to this episode and you like what you hear, listen to a couple more. Hit that follow button on iTunes or in Spotify or iHeartRadio. Because then every time a new episode comes out, it will drop right on your phone. But enough of me, let's get to the conversation we had with Gary and Josh about Copilot. So Josh and Gary, welcome to the podcast.

Gary Brandeleer: Thank you.

Josh Birk: Thanks for having us, man.

Mike Gerholdt: Good. Well, wanted to have a little bit of a round table discussion because Copilot is such a very cool product that we're launching actually today because today is the first day of TDX if you're listening to this when the podcast comes out. And I know you are because you downloaded it on your phone right away, just like I said in the intro to do. But we've got Gary on, and I brought Josh on, a familiar voice from those that listen to the Admin Podcast because Josh has actually been a little bit more hands on with Copilot than I have. So Gary, let's kick off with you. How did you get started at Salesforce and what do you do?

Gary Brandeleer: So amazingly enough, I started on the Salesforce field service product as a solution engineer, and then I moved to the US. So obviously I'm from Belgium. I cannot get rid of this accent.

Mike Gerholdt: I thought it was a southern accent. It sounds like Tennessee to me.

Gary Brandeleer: Exactly. It's directly from there.

Mike Gerholdt: Is it? Okay, the mountains.

Gary Brandeleer: And so yeah, in San Francisco now it's been six years or a bit more. And so I worked as a product manager on Salesforce Field Service. Then I moved to the emerging tech team where we worked on blockchain and Web3 related aspects. And then of course when GPT happened, we got asked to work very fast on that technology. And so that's what I've been doing now for a couple of months, if not already a year.

Mike Gerholdt: Great. And Josh, we know your history. You created Trailhead, you've done a lot of stuff. You've been hands-on with Copilot. So I'll let you kick off the discussion with Gary.

Josh Birk: Yeah. Now, first of all, I'm shy about the whole created Trailhead thing.

Mike Gerholdt: I'm not.

Josh Birk: I know. A lot of people aren't. I had a lot to do with the prototype and getting involved in the first year. But Trailhead took a village for sure. But anyway, moving on from that. Gary, it's good to talk to you again.

Gary Brandeleer: Good to talk to you.

Josh Birk: Well, let's start at the very basics, and I'm going to ask you a very basic question, but I want to get an answer that's pointed to those nouns you just used like blockchain. Pretend I don't know anything about that. So slow walk me through what exactly is Copilot?

Gary Brandeleer: So Copilot is really an AI assistant that's going to help you to do your tasks inside Salesforce. And I think that the easiest way to understand this is simply to tell you what you can ask it essentially. And so something you could ask to your Copilot is, "Can you give me list of the opportunities I have and what's the total amount?" And you use natural language and suddenly you have a Copilot AI assistant that is helping you at getting the answer. It's giving you the answer in the form of text or other forms. And that's pretty much it. It's really helping you to be more proactive using Salesforce data. And of course it can use also external data through data cloud and so on.

Josh Birk: Right. I want to follow up a little bit on that conversational model, but kind of a historical question because as you mentioned, GPT happened, when did Salesforce first started working with technologies like this? And then what has the last six to eight months been like for you?

Gary Brandeleer: I think it's a little bit tricky to answer because we started to work on AI very long ago. So GPT are just one of the many, many technologies out there that we can use under the banner of artificial intelligence. So I would say Salesforce started long ago on artificial intelligence in general. And you can see that, for example, from in Sales Cloud, you have lead scoring, we have also analytics that can use different algorithm and so on. So we had a lot of already of AI intelligence, I would say, in our product. But then what happened really is that when we saw the power of what LLM could do, especially around analyzing texts, giving you answers in the natural language or using natural language, we were thinking of, okay, now how can we use that on Salesforce? And I think really we started a bit earlier than when it became very public that LLM we are going to change everything. If you look at our Salesforce AI research team, they have been working on LLMs for quite a while and they had already a lot of patents and white paper about it. But I think it's accelerated once the public have seen how much value could LLM provide. And so that accelerated, I would say, starting January of last year. And since then it's been very intense, I would say. And the reason why is first of all, shipping a product very fast is not easy. Shipping an AI product very fast is even harder. And the story is even getting harder, as you look at the AI space right now, it's evolving like crazy. Every week I have something that is blowing my mind. I'm reading an article and I'm like, "Wow. That is feasible now? That's mind blowing." So keeping the rhythm, keeping yourself informed about what's feasible and then making sure that we can deliver as much value as possible to our customers using the latest and greatest is really, really a big challenge. But it has been super fun so far.

Josh Birk: Yeah, it is. And I can sympathize with you because I have made statements to the public about AI, which were then disproven about three weeks later. It can be so hard to say, "This is exactly what the feature set it's going to be like." It has been a fascinating journey kind of interacting with them. Pretend I'm somebody who has heard about ChatGPT, is kind of familiar with the idea of a bot, but probably kind of in a more traditional sense of a bot. And when I hear we can do things like ask Copilot for the last three leads that I worked on or something like that, I might also think, well, that sounds like a dashboard or a report or a list view or aspects of the UI we're already familiar with. What novelty, what innovation is Copilot bringing to the user interface that's giving this power? What is the LLM and IN adding to it?

Gary Brandeleer: I think there is two answers to that topic. One is if you look at LLMs, generally speaking, they're very good at managing text, summarizing, generating content, and so on. The second part, and that's more Copilot related, is that Copilot is able to chain what we call Copilot actions, which is really basically stuff it can do. I would say another way to position this is to say that Copilot will have a brain, and we call that the planner. That's the technical term so far. But basically that brain will select different actions based on what you are asking the Copilot. And so what would happen is that you could say, yeah, if I want to find the latest scales, I can do that by going on a list view, for example, so on and indeed you could ask Copilot, "Hey, find the latest case," it will find it for you. And then you could ask this follow-up question of, "Hey, summarize it." And so it's going to summarize it for you. What's much better is to say, "Hey, summarize the latest case." And in that scenario, the Copilot will combine different actions. It'll find dynamically which actions it need to combine to answer the requests. And so then you unlock a lot of value and a lot of different use cases simply because now the Copilot is able to chain the different actions together and give you an output that will be relevant for your request. And so I think more and more as it evolved and as we get user feedback, you will see that people will say, "Oh, wait a minute, I can do that with clicks, but now I could have done this with 10 clicks or I can just ask one single sentence to Copilot and the 10 clicks [inaudible 00:09:52] for me."

Josh Birk: Right. Yeah. And I want to dig into actions a little bit more, but let me give you a theoretical based on what you just said. With Copilot, I could ask one question, which is, "Provide the three most recent open case leads I have." And then I could say, "Summarize those based on the amount of active cases that they have." And then I could say, "Okay. For that lead that has the most active cases, could you give me an email version of the summary that I could send to my manager?" And that's three prompts and I would get that actionable piece of content, right?

Gary Brandeleer: That's exactly correct. And so you could even go as far as, I would simplify a little bit, but I would say you could go as far as saying, "Hey, summarize this lead or summarize this case and write an email about it." And at that stage you will not see the summary first. You'll basically get as an output directly the email, even though the Copilot has executed two or three actions to get to that output.

Josh Birk: Got it. Now, first of all, I absolutely love the definition of an action as stuff that it can do because I feel like that boils it down so wonderfully. But let's bring that up another level. What is powering an action? What's the technology behind it and what is Salesforce providing out of the box with that?

Gary Brandeleer: That's extremely important to flag it. And there is differences of course between what we ship. So as Salesforce, we will ship standard Copilot action or Copilot standard actions. And an example of that would be query CRM, draft and revise emails, summarize records. And these are really standard actions that are coming with Copilot. But then what we know is that many, many of our customers still love to configure, customize Salesforce. We also know that a lot of Salesforce admin tailor flows, apex and so on. So we are like, "Okay, wait a minute, because we need to be sure that the Copilot can be configurable, so how can we do that?" And so we introduced the concept of Copilot custom action, and you can then create these custom actions and select either invocable actions, either auto launch through so far, either prompt template. And that's unlocking a lot of value because you can then cover a lot of use cases. On top of this, I would say, it's introducing one aspect that people will have to learn, which is you might already have an auto launch tool, or you might have already an invocable action that you are thinking of, "Hey, wait a minute, if I set up that in Copilot, this is going to be a super cool use case that Copilot will be able to do for my user." But what is very important is to describe very well what the action is doing. And that's, I think, a new pattern that is popping up is that we are not very good at describing. Every time I'm creating a flow, I'm like, "Hey, I'm creating the flow. I'm naming it." And then the description, I'm just skipping it because I was like, "Nobody's going to read the description of the flow anyway." And that's just the way I'm doing it. Maybe some people out there are more disciplined than me. But now it's extremely important because there is actually something that's going to read that description and it's going to be the LLM. So the LLM will only know if it needs to pick up this action or not based on the description you have for that custom action. And so to put that a bit more in context, it would be, I have a flow that is allowing me to, let's say, create a case. Then I would've to create the custom action, select that flow, and then I would've to describe, okay, this action is allowing you to create a case which is a Salesforce object used in the context of call center. And now the LLM will be, "Okay, if there is a call center agent asking me about creating a case, I will use this action. That's something I can do that has been well described to me."

Josh Birk: Yeah. First of all, I love that acknowledgement of human behavior. My father is a surgeon and he got flagged by an administrator because none of his notes had his signature on it. And his response was, "They're my notes. They're for me." I know I wrote them, they're my notes. Why are you bugging me about my signature? And I think a lot of people think, well, if I put the label in and it's human friendly enough and most of the people are going to be seeing it are the people who are using it, the description is just sort of an add-on. But first of all, I want to hang a lantern on something. We've said LLM as an abbreviation a few times. It's large language model.

Gary Brandeleer: That's correct.

Josh Birk: Which is basically... I've heard it described, I mean, I kind of have it in my head as it's the very specific kind of data that the AI is looking at, right?

Gary Brandeleer: I would put it another way, I like to simplify stuff a lot. And this is an oversimplification.

Josh Birk: Okay.

Gary Brandeleer: And it's probably a very, very, very simplified version. But for me it's more like what the LLM can do, at least in our context right now. And for math, I was going to use a calculator and I'm going to do one plus one equals two, which I can prove now that I'm very good at math. But the second thing here was for text, I could not really use anything. And now I have these LLMs that are able to ingest a lot of texts, generate a lot of content and so on. And that's what I think is important. How it's built, we can go very technical. But basically neural network and so on and so on. So I mean, we could create a full podcast just on that if you want, but it's more important to know what the use of it and the use of it is. Now everything you are doing with text can be much more automated or I would say much more augmented in some ways.

Josh Birk: It's very good that this is a podcast format because it means we don't even have the idea of adding in the formulas that make this thing work that made my eyes bleed the first time I saw them. So I think that's an excellent description. And I think it also, thinking as terms of a calculator of AI and hallucination, some of the ways we phrase these things kind of makes it sound like they're almost a thinking sort of thing, but they're really more of a calculating kind of thing. And I wanted to say that to kind of emphasize your importance on, well, why do you need a really well fleshed out description? Because you're talking to a calculator that needs as much, it needs all of the numbers you would put into the calculator in the first place.

Gary Brandeleer: That's correct. And on top of that, I would say the basics behind is that basically when you ask a request to a large language model or LLM, each word is basically a statistic. Meaning it's going to think of, "Hey, I'm going to speak about the cat, and the two words are going to come based on statistics." So it looks to us like it's complete magic and you have nearly someone speaking to you. At the end of the day, it's just statistic behind the scene that are popping up the right word and that's important to keep in mind, essentially.

Josh Birk: Got it. So I can leverage my existing flow skills. I can even, to a certain extent... When we talk about invocable flows and headless flows, are you seeing flows that are kind of like, if I make my descriptions really good, they can pretty much serve as actions or what's your recommendation there that I kind of take an existing flow tailored for Copilot and then make sure the descriptions are a nice hefty paragraph?

Gary Brandeleer: My recommendation there would be think really about the different strengths of Copilot and of LLMs in general. So if you have an existing flow that is already working and you would think of this would be worked for the Copilot to be able to call it whenever a user is requesting. Then, indeed, the only thing you need to do really is to create your custom action, describe it very well, describe the input, describe the output, and that's pretty much it. Now that I think is a little bit too much of a dream, it'll not work as easy as that. What I mean by this is that now you might have, let's say 10, 15 actions that you have assigned to your Copilot. It might be that you add one more action and now your description was pretty bad. So this time for some reason, it was late on a Friday, you wanted to close your computer fast and you created very bad description. If your description is very bad, it might be that suddenly, even though your first actions were all working fine, that now when you ask some requests to the Copilot, the Copilot will always select that action with the bad description simply because it's a description that is so bad that it's kind of overrule all the others. So I think what's important really is that testing of utterances, which is another word for simply a request from users. And so every time you create a new action is think about the value. Is there a real value to add that in a Copilot, yes or no? Is that using the power of LLMs? So content generation, summarization. In some ways text analysis or I would go for data analysis even though it's not exactly right. But think about that, the strength of the LLMs themselves, and then think about, wait, is that going to be overlapping with other actions I have already? And the last piece is that going to be used and chained with other actions? And that I think is a very important point is back to that question of, if you ask it to summarize the data scales, will it use different actions, chain them? And the answer is yes. If you create a new custom action, is there something super cool you could do by thinking of, hey, wait a minute now I could create this flow. It's going to retrieve some data, for example, and then it's going to use the existing summarize action to summarize something, a customer record or something like this. So really that chaining of action can be also a good reason for why or why not taking an existing flow and creating that as a custom action or using that as a custom action.

Josh Birk: Got it. Now Copilot's going to arrive out of the box. It's going to have some standard actions. We've talked about actions. What else does an admin need to know day one if Copilot's enabled? What other kind of setup tips and steps should they know they should be working towards to get it up and running in an org?

Gary Brandeleer: A couple of things. One, there is one Copilot for your employee in that Salesforce org. So generally speaking, you will have one single Copilot so far for all your employees in your Salesforce org. Second, you can, of course, control the access and the access to the Copilot is done via permission sets. The data access, you don't have to change much. It will respect, of course, the system we have for years now. Which basically if you have a profile and you don't have CRED access on some objects or whatever else, we will not of course certainly overrule that because you are asking to Copilot to update an opportunity where you don't have access, for example.

Josh Birk: Gotcha.

Gary Brandeleer: So the beauty there is really activate the Copilot, give the perm sets to the right users so that they can use Copilot. And that's pretty much it. And that's using the out of the box standard actions. After that, once you see and get feedback from your users, I think then think about what kind of custom actions you could add, what other use case you could cover, but don't go too fast. Like, little by little. New technology, people need to get used to it. I think there is a big, big part of expectation as well. People expect a lot from AI. The reality is that at first it'll do a few things pretty good for you and your users will tell you, "Well, I keep asking to the Copilot, 'What is the weather in San Francisco?' And it doesn't reply." And I'm like, "Okay, that might be a custom action. I'm not sure you should really do that in Salesforce." But that, I think, is important is look at what kind of requests your users are requesting, and from there you will find cool use case that you can customize and configure.

Josh Birk: Now-

Mike Gerholdt: Josh, I have a little bit of a specific follow-up question before you go.

Josh Birk: Oh, go go. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Because Gary, a lot of the podcasts that we've been doing and a lot of articles around getting ready for AI have really focused on data cleanup, and we actually had quite a few customers at Dreamforce talk about data cleanup in terms of prepping for AI, which is a best practice for a Salesforce admin anyway. It should be in their essential habits. What I'm also hearing, and this makes my heart sing, is that you now have a reason to have a systematic plan to go through and either describe or clean up your descriptions on key things like flows, custom objects. I'm hearing this is a priority, right?

Gary Brandeleer: I think it is, at least for the flows you want the Copilot to use once you set up your custom action. But yeah, it's becoming much more important. And data quality has always been super important. I think what's new is, I would nearly say metadata quality is also super important now. So not only if you look at an opportunity is the opportunity description well described is the amount at the right level and things like this. So the data quality itself, but then did you describe really well what that flow on the opportunity object was doing? Keeping in mind that if you, for example, go in one of your existing flow and you add descriptions there or edit the descriptions there, once you will select that flow as a Copilot custom action, we will of course copy over all the description from your flow. So I would say best practices would be, hey, get the source cleaned up so that whenever you are using it in Copilot, you don't even have to change the description. You just take the one that were set in your flow essentially.

Mike Gerholdt: Gotcha.

Josh Birk: How does things like duplicate fields and records and other aspects of unclean data, can that impact how well... Is it on the same level as what we usually see with that kind of turn? Or can Copilot be even more affected by that kind of thing?

Gary Brandeleer: I would take the example of summarization. If you try to summarize an opportunity where many of the fields are completely blank, nothing has been really changed and there is not even a good naming convention of your opportunity or whatever else. You can do whatever you want, but there will be no magic. The summary will be looking pretty bad simply because it's trying to summarize data that is pretty bad. So that's one. When it comes to identifying records, I would think more about it as a search mechanism where, generally speaking, if you have opportunity names that are a bit weird, as long as you search for the right name, the Copilot will be able to find them the same way you would be able to search them. But of course, if you have, for example, let's go a bit more to a practical example. If you say, okay, I have a deal called Acme, but now you have three deals actually called Acme. If you search for it, you'll find three records. If you ask a Copilot to update Acme and you have three opportunities named exactly the same way, then at that stage, Copilot will try to ask you more information to find the right record. So it'll probably ask you, "Which record are you talking about? Because now there is three of them that have exactly the same name, so which one do you really want me to update?" So that's what you can expect. So I think a search mechanism would be more like we show you the result and then you figure it out. With the Copilot, it's more like, hey, we get some results, and then we ask you more questions to know that we are acting on the right record.

Josh Birk: Which speaks right back to the power of that conversational model. Which is really hard, I feel, to know until you experience it. One final question for me, where can people learn more both at TDX since the magic of time travel we'll be talking to people sharing TDX when this launches. But also beyond TDX, what are some of the best resources?

Gary Brandeleer: So we are working on a couple of trails that will be published by TDX. We are also, of course, updating our websites with a lot of data there. And then I would say release notes are still your best friends. We will make sure that they're as clear as possible. But I think these are a couple of places where to find this. And then we have, I think, multiple communities as well that are set up for AI and we should reuse just these to have our discussions about Copilot. So that's what we'll have by that time.

Josh Birk: Nice.

Mike Gerholdt: I have a feeling this is going to be on everybody's lips when they're at TDX and all of these groups thereafter.

Gary Brandeleer: I have a feeling as well that this will be very much discussed.

Josh Birk: Yeah. And the hand things right back off to you, Mike, I have a feelings will probably not be your last AI centric episode.

Mike Gerholdt: No, there is no such thing. We're just getting started. I am excited to do an entire presentation on best practices for updating your description fields, though.

Gary Brandeleer: Yep.

Mike Gerholdt: I know it sounds insanely boring talking about how white rice is, but man, let me tell you, it sounds like that is going to be key.

Gary Brandeleer: It's going to be key. I can tell you [inaudible 00:29:20].

Mike Gerholdt: It's all the little thousand paper cuts.

Gary Brandeleer: Yes, yes. And we even ourself, we struggle with it honestly by building this product. We are like, every time we build a standard action, we also need to describe it correctly. And there was a lot of back and forth on how to name it, how to describe it, and so on. So that has been quite a challenge, I would say.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, to echo back to an episode that I published in February with Marissa Scalercio, who is a customer that was on the podcast talking about her pilot use of Prompt Builder. One thing I asked her, and I think it reigns true for this episode, regardless of what we're talking about in terms of AI for Salesforce, her advice was, "I can't tell you how much I wish my past self would tell my future self to start using AI now. Just any AI. Because asking it questions, doing things." Josh, you probably follow me on Instagram. I'm spitting out a whole bunch of AI generated images just because I find it's interesting what you ask AI and what it comes back and then getting better at learning how to ask questions and learning how to, not train the model, but think through, oh, this is literally what I asked for, but in my head it was something different. And I will echo back to her advice because I think it reigns true. Even getting ready for Copilot, you're going to have to get better at asking questions and get better at cleaning your data up.

Gary Brandeleer: That's correct.

Josh Birk: And there's no reason this magic of a conversational UI, which is so hard to describe in any way other than just saying, "Do it." There's no reason to wait. You don't have to wait for Copilot access or anything like that. Go to Bard and ask it to give you dad jokes. Jump in and just get that conversation flowing just to feel the fact that, oh, like Gary was saying, I thought it'd be three prompts. It actually could be two if you know how to ask the right questions.

Gary Brandeleer: That's very involved, I would say-

Mike Gerholdt: Gary, thanks so much for coming on the podcast, and I'm sure people... I have a feeling you're going to be a little bit popular at Trailblazer DX.

Gary Brandeleer: It might be. I will be there hopefully being able to answer as many questions as possible from the customers. And if not, we'll try to find a way to get maybe a Copilot answering the questions. So we'll see.

Mike Gerholdt: There you go. Oh, look at that.

Gary Brandeleer: We will see.

Mike Gerholdt: Very meta answer of you.

Josh Birk: One final question, Gary. Are you a coffee person?

Gary Brandeleer: Actually, so amazingly enough, yes, but I stopped because I was not sleeping well because I was drinking too much coffee. So now I'm a tea person, which is much more boring.

Mike Gerholdt: That's the best part of coffee.

Gary Brandeleer: Yeah, kind of.

Mike Gerholdt: You quit because of the best part.

Gary Brandeleer: Kind of in the morning, yes. But in the evening when you're in your bed and trying to get asleep and you're still thinking about all the stuff you could do and so on, and you can't just go to sleep, it's just a little annoying. So after a while I was like, "Okay, let's switch to tea." But I must say I'm really missing a good coffee cup, especially a bold espresso. That would be the best. But for now, this month is coffee free for me.

Mike Gerholdt: So it was a fun conversation. Boy, there's a lot to pick up. A lot of really cool features coming, I feel, in the next few years with all of the AI possibilities and some of the stuff that's going on with the ability to automate things and ask conversations, and talk with our data. Isn't that something we've been talking about for a while? So if you enjoyed this episode at the beginning, I asked you to hit follow. Hey, maybe share it with somebody. You got a fellow person on your team that's looking to expand their admin skills or learn more about Einstein Copilot or the plethora of information that we cover on this podcast. All you got to do is just really tap the three dots and click share episode. You can post it social, you can text it to a friend. I appreciate you doing that. And of course, if you've got more great resources, your one stop for everything is admin.salesforce.com, including a transcript of the show. So that way, if there's a part of it that doesn't make sense, you can go through, read the transcript and get some information that way. But be sure to join in the Trailblazer Group community discussion. A lot of great questions there and people sharing the podcast, which I appreciate. Also, if you have feedback, hey, I'm on Twitter and Threads and TikTok, and I think I'm on everything at this point. But send me your feedback. I'd love to hear it. I'd love to know what you think. I do enjoy reading all of the comments and hearing about the podcast because it's something I enjoy creating for you. So until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Ketan Karkhanis, EVP and GM of Sales Cloud at Salesforce.

Join us for a replay of this episode about all of the new Sales Cloud features that have gone live recently and how you can use them to transform your organization.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Ketan Karkhanis.

New features in Sales Cloud Over the last year, Sales Cloud has gotten a lot of new features and updates. That’s why I was so excited to run into Ketan at World Tour London and get him on the pod. Who better than the EVP and GM of Sales Cloud to tell us all about what’s new?

One thing that the Sales Cloud team noticed was how often businesses have been turning to third-party tools to get things done. So they’ve overhauled features like forecasting and pipe inspection to give you more customization options and flexibility without having to use a bunch of different point solutions.

Drive adoption with Sales Cloud Everywhere Another problem that Ketan and his team have been working on is how to help drive adoption. As much as we’d like it to be the case, most people don’t do 100% of their job on Salesforce. And the added hassle of going into and out of the platform can create a lot of challenges for users trying to fit it into their workflow.

But what if Salesforce could follow you into other applications and be there when you need it? Sales Cloud Everywhere aims to do just that, with extensions for Outlook, Gmail, and more that will give your reps access to your full CRM no matter what they’re doing.

We need your help If you only take one thing away from Ketan’s episode, it’s that there are so many new out-of-the-box features in Sales Cloud that it’s practically a new product. If you’re paying for third-party tools, you might be able to save your organization a lot of money just by turning something on.

Most importantly, Ketan and his team want you to know that they need your feedback to make Sales Cloud even better. Try Sales Planning, or Revenue Intelligence, or Einstein for Sales, or all of the above, and let us know how we can help you transform your organization with Salesforce.

Be sure to listen to the full episode to learn more about Sales Cloud, and what’s been added to Unlimited Edition.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Resources

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Ketan: @Karkhanis
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt
  • Gillian on X: @GillianKBruce

Full show transcript Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and careers to help you be successful. I’m your host today, Gillian Bruce. Missed you. Nice to be back. I’m here with a very special interview that I wanted to be able to share with you from Ketan Karkhanis, who is our EVP and GM of Sales Cloud at Salesforce. Now, he is a senior executive in charge of all things Sales Cloud. And we had a chat, just running into each other at London World Tour of all places. And it really sparked my idea to have him join us on the podcast, because Sales Cloud has gone under a huge reboot over the last year. There’s a ton of new features that I don’t think many people are aware of. So, we wanted to dig into that a little bit. And then also, talk about why Sales Cloud and core are developing the things they are, prioritization, especially in the context of AI and GPT these days.

And I promise you, Ketan is going to show you that, hey, core is getting a lot of love despite all of the hype around GPT, which is also very exciting. But we really focus more on that conversation around core development. And he gets into the importance and the role of Salesforce admins. One quick note before we get into Ketan’s interview. At the time we were interviewing, the product we were developing was called SalesGPT. That has since changed. And now our AI products for sales is Einstein for Sales. And so, anytime you hear GPT, just think Einstein. So, without further ado, please welcome Ketan to the podcast. Ketan, welcome to the podcast.

Ketan Karkhanis: Hey, thank you for having me, Gillian. So good to be here.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, it’s wonderful to have you on. I can’t believe we haven’t had you on before. So, first time guest, long overdue. Ketan, can you introduce yourself a little bit to our audience?

Ketan Karkhanis: Oh, I sure can. First, a big hello to all of you. I mean this is exciting to be on this podcast with all of you. My name is Ketan Karkhanis. I’m the executive vice president and GM for Sales Cloud. For some of you, I’m a boomerang. So, I was in Salesforce from 2009 to 2019, then I left, did a startup and supply chain, and then I came back to do sales in my prior stint. I’ve done Einstein Analytics, Lightning Platform, Salesforce Mobile, all the things you probably want to talk to me about also.

Gillian Bruce: Some things we’re very familiar with in admin land, yes.

Ketan Karkhanis: Yeah, great to be here.

Gillian Bruce: Excellent. Well, we’re happy to have you on. And since you are now leading Sales Cloud, we’ve got some good questions for you. So, first of all, I would love to know, and I think a lot of our admins are curious, what are some of the top things in Sales Cloud that maybe you think aren’t being utilized enough?

Ketan Karkhanis: Oh, that’s a great question. Look, I’ll tell you, and this answer might be slightly long. So, Gillian, you should keep interrupting me, because a lot has changed in Sales Cloud in the last year. One of the fundamental things we have focused on is there are two things that happened. Number one was we realized that there was this hyper proliferation of point solutions around Sales Cloud. To work on one opportunity, customers were using seven, eight different other point solutions. These are not market categories. They are features of Sales Cloud. So, one of the great examples I’ll give you is forecasting. And amongst all us, our admin friends, we had not innovated much in that space earlier. And it’s okay to be honest and say that.

Gillian Bruce: We like transparency on the podcast, Ketan. Appreciate that.

Ketan Karkhanis: But we really doubled down on it. And if you now go look at forecasting, you will see that there’s still a long journey. I invite you to join me at Dreamforce. But things like customizability, things like bring your own columns, things like adding manager judgment, things like coverage ratio, things like a better user experience, which does not require a help dock. Things like pipe inspection. I don’t know how many of you have turned on pipe inspection. Maybe it may not have one or two things you don’t need, but it’s the new list view for opportunities. Why would you look at opportunities in a list view? Why wouldn’t you look at pipe inspection? And everything I said, it’s part of core. It’s not something new you need to buy. I have a lot of new things I can sell you to. You know me, I’ll keep building new things.

But the idea is, how do we get more intrinsic value out? So, you asked the question, so I’ll say, I invite you all to check out pipe inspection. I invite you all to check out forecasting. I invite all of you to check out… And I’m listing, Gillian, things which are not like, hey, you need to call an AE right now. These are things which are probably already there, you just need to go turn it on or something like that. The next thing I’ll tell you is, look, one of the largest problems I’ve seen a lot of customers espouse is adoption. Gillian, you hear that from admins, and I hear that. How do I drive adoption? What do I do, right?

Gillian Bruce: 100%.

Ketan Karkhanis: So, one of the capabilities, and it’s a very counterintuitive thought, maybe this will work, maybe this will not work, but is we are like we were saying, okay, why can’t Sales Cloud or CRM follow you wherever you go? So, let’s say you are in Outlook. Yes, I use the O word, Outlook. I can do that on a Salesforce podcast, because hey, a lot of people use Outlook and it’s a great email client. I mean, it’s fantastic. But what if Salesforce side panel was there right with you? What if your entire CRM was accessible to your end user as a sales rep, while they were in Outlook or they were in Gmail? And even coming one more further is, what if you could do that while you are on LinkedIn? So, this is the idea of Sales Cloud everywhere. It’s the Outlook extension, it’s the Gmail extension, it is the anywhere extension that’s coming out. And again, these are what we think core capabilities, and I invite you to try them. One last thing, because we’ve just innovated a lot, so Gillian, please interrupt me, okay?

Gillian Bruce: Give us all the goodies. I love it. This is great.

Ketan Karkhanis: Now, these were just examples, but you can make a long list of this theme. Now, if you’re on unlimited edition. So, some of you might be on UE, you have a special bonanza for you now, because everything I said before is available everywhere. Now I’m focusing only on unlimited edition. We added a ton of capability to unlimited edition, which was previously add-ons kind of stuff. So, for example, conversational AI. How many of you have heard of conversational AI? It’s a standard capability. ECI, Einstein Conversational Insights. Go turn it on, try it in UE. I’ll tell you, sales engagement, some of you probably remember HVS. And again, transparency, there was some work to be done on that, which we have gotten done last year.

I know there was a little bit of a pause on that, but we have rebooted everything in the past 12 months. It’s included in powerful cadence automation. Every inside sales teams needs it. It’s out of the box in Sales Cloud UE. Automated capture, Einstein Automated Capture. Do you know more than 20,000 customers have already used Einstein Automated Capture? Are you one of those 20,000? If you are, thank you very much. If you aren’t, why aren’t you on that list? Because why do you want sales reps to enter data manually? It should be automatically synced. But anyways, I can keep going on, Gillian. There’s just a lot. There’s just a lot.

Gillian Bruce: That is a lot. And you know what I really like is all of these features that you’re talking about are, like you said, your team’s been working on this in the last 12 months. But I mean really these are things that are going to help admins make their users happier. And so, especially when you were talking about basically the pipe inspection is a better list view that’s going to give you so much more information. So, why train your users on how to use a list view when you’ve got this? And they can get the insights just from looking at the list of their opportunities. And then in context, I mean when you’re talking about the extension, where you can bring Salesforce and your CRM in the context of which you’re already working. Because the last thing a sales rep wants to do is switch windows or have multiple tabs open, as all of us are guilty of having too many tabs open as it is.

But the idea of having that contextual as you’re looking at a LinkedIn, as you’re looking at your email, that’s fantastic. I mean, those are amazing features. And like you said, they’re already part of your core experience. So, I’m going to use a Mike Gerholdt analogy here. “If you paid for the Ferrari, don’t just use it to drive to the grocery store.” You’ve got all these bells and whistles, you should use them. And I think another thing that I hear often when I’m at community events or at user groups, is you hear people that are paying for all of these third party solutions that do a lot of the stuff they don’t realize core already does.

Ketan Karkhanis: Yeah, I mean they’re spending a lot of money. You could be a hero by taking all that out and showing your organization, “Hey, guys, I saved you a lot of money.”

Gillian Bruce: Exactly. Yeah. I mean it’s one of those maybe not so secret, should be more overt awesome admin skills, is that if you are really truly an awesome admin, you’re probably going to uncover so much money your organization can save when you open the hood and look at all of the third party things that maybe you are paying for, that you already have included in core. It’s akin to declarative first development. Use what’s out of the box before you go building a custom solution. And I think that is one of the things that we don’t talk about enough, having that admin eye to look at all the things that maybe we already have on core, but we don’t realize, or whoever was managing the org before you didn’t realize.

Ketan Karkhanis: Or maybe we at Salesforce didn’t talk about it too much. I think, so there’s some responsibility I need to take too, just because I can. And you’re going to see me and my team… As I said, look, it’s a new Sales Cloud. Simple as that. The last 12 months, it’s a new Sales Cloud. And I invite you, I encourage you, I will gently push you and nudge you to take a look. And more importantly, the two motivation I have behind saying these things is, if you take a look, you will give us great feedback. And that’s truly what we want is your feedback. But you can’t give me feedback if you have not tried something. It’s like a virtual cycle.

Gillian Bruce: This is taking me back to when we rolled out Lightning back in, what, 2015. And we were doing all those Lightning tours with our product managers. I was doing a ton of them. The feedback we got from people when we were actually getting them hands-on with the new platform and how it worked, I mean every single piece of feedback got incorporated in some way. And I think that’s one of the unique things and special things about Salesforce, is that our product is only what it is because of the feedback that we get from our customers. And we definitely take into account. So, Ketan, as leader of Sales Cloud, how important is it for people to give you feedback?

Ketan Karkhanis: I’ll just tell you all my best ideas are not mine. They’re yours. So, if you want me to do something good, give me feedback. I’m half joking. But you understand the spirit of that comment, I think. So, it’s really important we connect with each other in the true sense of the word connection. Look, you all have made Sales Cloud what Sales Cloud is. You are the reason Sales Cloud is here. And I really, really aspire for you to be part of the journey. The last year, we have rebooted it a lot. We have a lot of new capabilities across the board. And I ain’t even talking to you about new things like… Do you know last week, Gillian, we just launched a new product called Sales Planning? Now sales Planning can be done native on your CRM. Do you know we’ve got a brand new product around enablement to run sales programs in context and outcome-based? That’s brand new. We just launch a buyer assistant. That’s cool. And Gillian, I’m not even talking about GPT. We are going to need a whole podcast on SalesGPT.

Gillian Bruce: We can do that. That’ll be the follow-up episode, because I know a lot of people are curious about that. But I think speaking of that, we get a lot of feedback, especially now because everyone’s excited about AI. Everyone’s talking about it, GPT, all the things, great. But the majority of admins I talk to are way more concerned with core features, stuff that their organization’s already using. And so, you mentioned that the last 12 months, Sales Cloud has gotten a reboot. Can you give us a little insight into why there was a reboot? What is the priority with Sales Cloud and core features? And give us a little insider lens to why.

Ketan Karkhanis: No, no, it’s a very fair question. Look, the way I think about it is adoption fueled growth is a key strategy for me and my business. And I use the word adoption as the first word in that sentence, because it’s really the key word. To me, one of the thoughts I have after talking to countless customers, I went on the road and I met so many customers, and I’ll tell you, it was amazing. You sit down with the customer and one of my favorite questions is, how long have you been using Sales Cloud? That’s my first question I ask them. And you will be amazed. Some of them were saying 10 years. I met a customer who’s been using it for 18 years.

Gillian Bruce: That’s almost as long as Salesforce has been around, right?

Ketan Karkhanis: Incredible commitment, incredible partnership. And then as I look at their journey and we talk to them, they’re like, okay, here’s where we need help, here’s where we need help, here’s where we need help. And how do you build that bridge for them to create a modern selling environment, to create a data-driven selling environment, to create a selling environment where reps are spending less time doing entry, but more time driving deals. And to do all of this, it’s not just new capabilities or new products like Planning, like GPT, all those things I talked about, but it’s also the foundation capabilities of, okay, let’s ensure forecasting is amazing out of the box. Let’s ensure a lot of our features are turned on out of the box. Let’s ensure we are really funneling our energies into bringing more, I keep saying out of the box, out of the box, out of the box.

That’s my way of saying core, core, core, core. But it also implies I want to simplify setup and onboarding. We have some more work to do there. It’s not done. And I will be the first person to say, hey, need your help, but trust me, we are committed to doing it. I’m committed to doing it. So, there’s countless examples I can give you around all these things we are trying to do. But the strategy is adoption driven growth. Element of the strategy is I really don’t want our customers to use seven or 10 different products, because I think…

So, our customers are giving me feedback. They’re like, “Ketan, and this is becoming a bit…” I have seven to 10 different tools I have to use, and this happens in the industry, it’s cyclical. There’s a hyper proliferation of point solutions, and then we go into a tech consolidation phase. So, that is a very key part. That’s what we did with Sales Cloud Unlimited. We took all this. We are like, these are not add-on, we just get them. It’s like, okay, Gillian, when you buy a smartphone or you just buy… Nowadays, nobody calls it a smartphone.

Gillian Bruce: They’re all smart now, right?

Ketan Karkhanis: They’re all smart, right? Yeah, exactly. But there’s a point in that comment. Do you have to choose whether you get the maps functionality or not?

Gillian Bruce: No.

Ketan Karkhanis: It’s there. It’s a feature, it’s not a category. That’s what we think when we think about things like sales engagement, when we think things like revenue intelligence, when we think about enablement, when we think about planning, when our conversational AI. These are capabilities of the new CRM.

Gillian Bruce: I love that.

Ketan Karkhanis: These are not categories. So, anyways, it was a great question. Thank you for asking that.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. No. And I appreciate the transparency. And I think what you described about the cyclical cycle, about how tack, the many, many points coming together into being one solution. And I think I feel though we’re in the consolidation moment right now, especially with Sales Cloud, which I think that’s pretty exciting. Now, in the last minute or two here, I would love to hear from you, Ketan. As someone who has been in the Salesforce ecosystem and at Salesforce for I think as long as I have, seems like forever at this point. Can you talk to me a little bit about how you view the role of the Salesforce admin in a successful-

Ketan Karkhanis: You’re the quarterback. You’re the quarterback. Or if the people from other regions, I can use a cricket analogy, I can use a soccer analogy, I can use any analogy you want me to use, but you get the spirit of what I’m trying to say is yes, it’s a critical role, it’s a pivotal role, it’s an important role. Because it’s also the role that drives, not just governance and compliance, which is one way to think about it, but also what I call agile innovation. You can show the organization a way to move fast. The person who understands the power of clicks, not core, is connected to the community to bring those best practices from the community into your organization, is connected to product at Salesforce to bring that feedback back to product. You are also now the face of Salesforce in front of your organization, and that’s why we love you so much.

It’s a tough job. Look, it can be stressful, because you’re juggling many balls. There’s like every day you’ve got 10 things you’re juggling. You are like, oh, I’ve got these five requests from this business unit, but I need to do this project, which is long-term. And I’ve still not gotten done with my data governance priorities, which I had. But it’s a critical role, and that’s why it’s my commitment to you that I want to be held accountable by you. And I would aspire to be more connected to you. So, I don’t know how we do-

Gillian Bruce: Well, this is a first step, Ketan, now everybody knows who you are. So, you’re going to start to get feedback as soon as this episode goes live, I promise you.

Ketan Karkhanis: I had to open my mouth.

Gillian Bruce: You asked for it. You asked for it. Well, Ketan, I so appreciate you coming on the podcast and giving us some context and insight to what’s going on with Sales Cloud, priorities within Sales Cloud, some of the features that maybe we don’t know about very much and that we should start be using. And then I also just really appreciate your insights and appreciation for Salesforce admins. I think it’s always really helpful to hear from someone who’s in the leadership position about how Salesforce really does view the role of the admin and prioritizes it and thinks it’s so important. So, I appreciate you.

Ketan Karkhanis: Thank you so much.

Gillian Bruce: And we’re going to do an episode about SalesGPT coming up soon. Don’t you worry about that.

Ketan Karkhanis: Yeah, yeah, 100%.

Gillian Bruce: Thanks, Ketan. One quick note and reminder, SalesGPT has changed to Einstein for Sales. So, we’re Salesforce, product names change, especially as we come into Dreamforce. So, just wanted to remind you of that. Anytime you hear SalesGPT think of Einstein. Well, that was amazing to have Ketan on the podcast. Appreciate his time. And yes, we are going to do more with him. So, I am looking forward to getting him back on to talk a little bit more about SalesGPT, which I know everyone is clamoring to learn more about. But I did appreciate his honesty and transparency about how Sales Cloud needed a reboot, how they’re prioritizing reducing all of the different points of use of other products and other solutions, and trying to consolidate everything into one seamless Sales Cloud solution that helps you with adoption as you’re trying to get your users on board.

I love the couple of features he mentioned that I didn’t even really know about, was the extensions to bring CRM into your email or into LinkedIn, wherever you’re working. And then, I mean, gosh, who doesn’t love an improved list view, right? So, go ahead and check out the pipeline inspection list view. I mean, I guess it’s technically not called a list view, but what a better way to look at your opportunities. So, we’re going to do more with Ketan. I also thought it was great how critical he thought the admin role is, as we all know it is. But I hope that gave you a little insight into how our executive leadership views the role of Salesforce admin and how we are really prioritizing making the admin job easier and helping you make your users more successful. Enough from me. Thank you so much for joining us on the podcast today.

As always, if you like what you hear, please leave us a review. You can also get more information on my favorite website, admin.salesforce.com, for more great content of all kinds. And if you’d like to follow us at all, we are on all the social medias. You can find us on LinkedIn, or Twitter, or X or whatever it’s being called these days, at Salesforce Admns, no I, and all over LinkedIn as well. Thanks to the main host of this podcast, Mike Gerholdt, for giving me the chance to bring this interview to you. And I hope you have a wonderful rest of your day. I’ll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Ella Marks, Senior Marketing Manager at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about the keys to creating a great presentation, how to prep, and how to always nail your ending.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Ella Marks.

Presenting is a core skill for admins Presentations are an important part of every admin’s life. And I’m not just talking about speaking in front of your local user group. Admins present every time they go in for a budgeting conversation, or demo a new process for their users.

That’s why I’m so excited to bring Ella Marks on the pod. She’s presented on some of Salesforce’s biggest stages, like Dreamforce and several World Tours. So I wanted to hear her tips for how to put together and prep for a great presentation.

The cool thing is that no matter the format or venue, Ella uses the same core principles to prep for every presentation.

Know your audience Ella’s first step is to identify the audience that you’re presenting for. Who’s in the room? What do they already know, and what are you going to teach them? Your content is going to be very different if you’re presenting to a room full of admins versus a room full of new users.

There are several situations where you might not know exactly who’s going to be in the audience or what their level of expertise is. Ella’s trick for this is to just ask them, for example, “Raise your hand if this topic is new to you.”

Experienced presenters will be able to use the information they get about their audience to change things on the fly. If this sounds daunting to you, Ella recommends that you start small. Pick one slide or part of your presentation that you’ll adjust based on the answer to your question. That gives you a manageable way to practice thinking on your feet, and you’ll soon find yourself getting more comfortable with improvising.

Make an effective outline The next step is to make an outline. For Ella, that’s listing out everything she could say about the presentation topic in a big list. This gives her the chance to move things around, pick out some themes, decide on a call to action, and then start editing it down.

When she’s ready to start creating her slide deck, Ella uses a technique called “blue boxing” to make a rough draft. Essentially, you use blue boxes to map out what you’re going to put on each slide. So a slide might have three blue boxes that say:

  • Title about why this is important right now
  • Text of the most important point I’m going to say
  • Image to illustrate the point

This allows you to visually sketch out what each slide looks like and how the presentation flows as a whole. Variation is what keeps your audience engaged, so we want to make sure that we have a balance of slides with more text and slides with more visuals. Blue boxing lets you make these decisions before you spend time hammering out the specifics of which image or which bullet point you’re going to use.

The trick to nailing your ending Conclusions are always tricky. Ella recommends asking yourself three questions:

  • After my presentation, how do you want them to feel?
  • After my presentation, what do you want them to think?
  • After my presentation, what do you want them to do?

These are your three goals, and the secret to nailing your ending is to work toward them throughout the presentation. Every slide should be aimed at answering one of these questions so that, by the end, you’ve brought the audience with you and it feels inevitable.

This episode is chock-full of great tips for creating presentations, including how to prep with a group and the importance of a good pump-up song, so be sure to take a listen and subscribe so you’ll never miss out.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Trailhead: Storytelling & Communication

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • Admin Trailblazers Community Group

Social

  • Ella: @Marks_Ella
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike`
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we are talking with Ella Marks about building phenomenal presentations and the art of presenting how she gets ready. Now, if you don't know who Ella is, Ella's on our admin relations team and she's done Dreamforce keynotes. Maybe you've seen her in the Release Readiness Live and at Dreamforce, also on stage at Release Readiness Live. So she's presented to a few thousand people at a time and knows quite a thing or two about getting ready. Now, how is this relevant to you, admins? Well, you are going to be presenting at some point, either maybe to a board of directors or peers, or hopefully you're at a user group and you're getting ready to present a really cool idea. But presentation is really part of what we do a lot because we're showing all kinds of stuff and always presenting new ideas. Now, before I get into this episode, I want to make sure you're following the Admins Podcast on iTunes or Spotify. That way whenever a new podcast drops, which is Thursday morning, it shows up right on your phone and you don't have to do anything. You can just press play and get on the bus and go to work or take your dog for a walk. So with that, let's get Ella on the podcast. So Ella, welcome to the podcast.

Ella Marks: Thanks so much, Mike. Thanks for having me.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, it's been a while, but I think people have seen you elsewhere in the ecosystem. I mean, we're on the same team together, but for community members that haven't run into you or seen the plethora of work that you've put out, what are some of the things you do at Salesforce?

Ella Marks: I've been at Salesforce for almost seven years now and I've done a lot of different things and I'm so grateful. A lot of the time that I've spent here has been working with the admin community. You may have seen my face before on Release Readiness Live or on the keynote stage at Dreamforce, but I have the privilege of focusing on creating and distributing content for admins like you on some of our new release features and really exciting new innovations like AI. It's really fun. I get to learn a lot about the platform and I'm always really excited to hear from admins and speak to admins and create presentations for admins. So really excited to be here today and talk to you a little bit more about that.

Mike Gerholdt: Cool. I'm thinking ahead and for some of the admins we're getting ready. There's TDX coming up, but also user groups for those of us in the Midwest that aren't snowed in anymore, we can get to user groups and presentations are important there and there's all kinds of stuff that we present. Not to mention that it's probably almost budget season. I got to do some presentations for budget. I got to do a whole bunch of presentations if I'm an admin.

Ella Marks: There's no limit I think to the type of presentations and the amount of presentations that you can do as an admin. Like you mentioned, there's events where you're speaking to your fellow admins and developers, there's internal presentations. And I think the most exciting thing or interesting thing to me about presentations is no matter what presentation you're giving or who you're giving it to, you can go about planning for it and preparing that presentation in kind of the same way. There's some fundamentals that go across every type of presentation that you may have or create in your role as an admin.

Mike Gerholdt: And you've done quite a few because I remember seeing you on the Dreamforce keynote stage and Release Readiness. I feel like you've done a lot of different style presentations too.

Ella Marks: I've honestly had the privilege to be on a bunch of different stages at Salesforce, whether it's a virtual presentation or a webinar on the Dreamforce stage or even at an event. This year, I got to present and connect with a lot of people at world tour events, and like I said, they're all very different. The people in the audience are very different, and so the way that I create content for them, while I might be covering the same things is always going to have a different output because I am trying to tailor it to the audience that I have, but I kind of use the same fundamental principles when approaching any presentation I give, whether it's online, in person, a hybrid. There's a few key things that I really go back to.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, let's dive into those principles. Where do you start?

Ella Marks: The first thing that I do when I'm putting together any presentation is identify the audience that I'm presenting for. Now, this can be super straightforward. Sometimes you're going to know exactly who's going to be in the room. You might be doing an internal presentation at work, the stakeholders, the names on a meeting invite, and you can take the guidance from there. In other times, you may not have the list of everybody exactly who's going to be in the room, but you have a sense of who they are. So a user group presentation, for example, you may know there's a mix of admins and developers and maybe architects in that room. And you need to know who those people are in order to build a presentation that is really going to engage them and teach them or persuade them or whatever your goal is. You need to start with knowing who that audience is to understand where that goal fits in and how can I communicate this information best to them.

Mike Gerholdt: But I'm going to play devil's advocate and say, so what if I'm presenting to a user group and maybe I've only been there once and I don't know all the people that are going to see my presentation. What do you do then?

Ella Marks: One of my favorite things that presenters do, and I use this trick sometimes. And Mike, I've seen presentations where I know you've done this too, is you can ask the room. I think it's important for us to not make any assumptions about the audiences that we're speaking to. I think that can lead sometimes to a lack of clarity and confusion. And so if you're presenting to a user group about a topic that you know a lot about, I think it's a great tool. Sometimes even just engage the audience and bring them with you to say, "Before I get started, raise your hand if you're an admin or raise your hand if you have familiarity with the topic that I'm going to cover." And that does two things. One, it tells you how you can tailor the rest of your content or your presentation to the people in the room, but it also kind of opens up almost a dialogue between you and the audience. So even if they don't speak for the rest of your presentation, you've created a real human moment of engagement with them that is going to be super important and key to holding their attention for the entire time that you're presenting.

Mike Gerholdt: And much like that, and Ella, I've seen you do this, is if you're going to ask the question, make sure it's data that you're going to actually act upon. Because I feel if you're going to somehow tailor your presentation and make a couple versions, which I've done for user groups because I wasn't sure what the level of interest or the level of knowledge of the topic that I was talking about was, then you can kind of immediately pivot based on that. And I think everybody appreciates when they took the time to raise their hand that you're actually curating the content for that.

Ella Marks: There absolutely needs to be a payoff. If you're someone that's not as comfortable giving presentations, starting with the question at the very beginning and trying to weave that throughout can feel intimidating. And what I would recommend instead is to pick a moment within your content where you can do exactly Mike, what you just said. Which is, you have a slide that hits on, maybe it's a new feature or a different topic. Instead of asking a super broad question that you then need to weave into your story for the rest of your presentation. You can tailor your question to exactly what you're talking about on the slide. And that can help you build that muscle to incorporate who's in the room and that audience into your talk track without having to start with that big broad question at the beginning. We have to start somewhere. And I think a great place to learn that skill is really starting with something small, a specific slide or a specific product, and learning from there how to incorporate the questions that you're asking to a more broader scale to cover a whole presentation.

Mike Gerholdt: So sticking on the theme of building content, there's a lot of mechanics to a presentation, but building the content. Depending on the topic you're choosing, it can feel like you're boiling the ocean. "I have all this to show, and I'm on slide 68 already. I can't possibly show "What are some of the techniques that you use to really boil down what you're presenting given sometimes the restricted timeline that you have?

Ella Marks: First, before I go into tips, I just want to reiterate that phrase, don't boil the ocean. That is the number one thing that literally...

Mike Gerholdt: Literally don't. If you have a big death ray, please don't boil the ocean.

Ella Marks: Please don't boil the ocean. Global warming, we don't need that. But I think with presentations, it's super important because you usually have limited time to communicate whatever it is in your presentation you're going to communicate. That's not even considering the fact that people's attention spans are short. So you need to do that work to figure out what are your key points. And one of the things that I really like to do is I create a document and I will just start an outline. I'll start typing out what I think the points are in the story that I need to cover. I'll include any important examples, include a CTA, kind of those key pieces of a presentation, but I'm not actually putting it together yet. I'm just making a huge list of everything I think might be included. And then from there, I go in and I kind of prioritize. So that list is usually way longer than what the presentation ends up being or has way more information, but it is a starting point. And that's the starting point that I kind of use to say, "Okay, I'm identifying that I'm seeing a couple common themes in what I've written out here. How can I communicate those most effectively?" And what I like about the list is that if you're doing it... Whatever platform that you're using, a Google Doc, a Quip Doc, whatever, it's really easy to copy and paste and move around the order as well to think about not just, "What am I including, but how am I going to start creating this story?" And that gives you kind of a framework to use moving forward.

Mike Gerholdt: I would agree. So you mentioned story, and I think a big part of storytelling is the visual element. How do you balance just not putting paragraphs of text up on the slides and that imagery?

Ella Marks: It's a really good question, and it's something that I ask myself all the time. Because I'm not a designer, I do not consider myself to be good at graphic design. And so when I build a presentation, it can feel really intimidating to think about what are the visuals that I need to create? And there's a technique that I learned at Salesforce that I was taught called blue boxing, and that's really what I use. And the way that it works is once I've gotten to that state, I have my outline, I kind of know what I'm going to put on slides. Instead of jumping right to what is my final slide going to look like, here is the exact paragraphs, here's the exact talk track, here's the exact visual. I kind of take a step back from that and use blue boxes, literal blue boxes on a slide to map out what I think it could look like and how I think the content on the slide can reinforce what it is that I'm going to say. So if I know that I'm going to put together a slide that has some tips, for example. I might put together a placement of where those tips might go and think, "Oh, there could be a supporting image for this." What I don't do is I don't dive in and find that image right away. I really take that step of thinking through, "Okay, what is a visual that can support what I'm saying?" And I go through the whole deck like that first and then come back to really hone in on what the message is on that particular slide and pull in those core visuals. But taking that step to do that kind of blue boxing framework really helps you identify how the story is going to flow and how those visuals are going to support you. Because I will say there are times when you're going to want more text on a slide than others, and so you want to have a good balance of that. You don't want folks to also just only be reading the content on your slides while you're speaking to them. And so if you take that kind of step to build it out first, you'll have a better idea of what the mix of your presentation is going to look like, how you might use different slide formats to engage people, because we know people have short attention spans, so you want to make sure that we're kind of switching things up. We're providing different visuals every few minutes, and I think using design is a very powerful tool to help you do that.

Mike Gerholdt: I would agree. I would agree. Plus pacing, when you're thinking that through, you mentioned people have short attention spans, so keeping the slides moving also helps keep people's attention as well. I think often when I'm reviewing decks or I'm watching presentations at events, and these are outside of Salesforce too, sometimes people have a hard time closing their presentation. I feel like it's either one, they kind of fade off into the distance. It's like an eighties' movie where they just walk off into the beach into the sunset and we never hear from them again. Or it's like a steel door slamming shut where it's like, "Okay, so that's this. And if you have any questions, thanks." Bam. And the presentation's done. What's your approach for the closure because I feel like the closure is the most important part?

Ella Marks: I'd agree that if you don't have people with you at the end, I think you've really missed a big opportunity when it comes to creating presentations. The way that I would think about it is throughout your entire presentation, as you're putting together that outline. There are three things that you can think about that you want people to take away, how you want them to feel, what you want them to think and how you want them to act. And I would say that's not just your final slide or the thing that you leave the audience with. That should be at the core of why you're putting that presentation together. I think the final slide in that CTA is incredibly important, but I also think that as someone in the audience who doesn't know anything about your presentation going into it, I think that they should know where you're going throughout the presentation. And that's really how you make whatever it is you share, whatever your CTA is super impactful. So I'll give you an example of that. If you're going to do an amazing presentation, let's say it's on new release features and you're going into great depth about... We have the spring 24 release right now, I know that's top of mind for a lot of admins. If you go through great content throughout, at the end, to your point, if you don't leave folks with something to do next, they start to question what the purpose was of you sharing all that information. And as a speaker, that is the opposite of what you want. You want to be able to say, "I'm doing this presentation to help you prepare for the release, and I'm going to do that by showing you features and leaving you with either a resource or an approach or tips for you to take and go do this at your own companies or deliver your own presentation." And I think where sometimes people fall flat is they think, "Great, I'll throw a CTA in my presentation at the end, and then everybody will go read my blog post or they'll all go follow me on various social media networks." And unfortunately, if you're not working in the purpose of what that CTA is throughout, it's not going to have that same impact. So you need it to close strong, but it shouldn't be an afterthought. Everything in your presentation should in essence be pointing towards your end goal, whatever you want to leave the audience with.

Mike Gerholdt: I've many a times seen an entire slide devoted to resources and thought to myself, "I don't know where to start." There's a lot of resources, but a library is a resource too, and it's full of books, but I don't know where to start. [inaudible 00:16:32]

Ella Marks: It's so common. Well, and that's the thing, it's kind of a double-edged sword, right? Because a lot of times there's so many resources because there are so many good resources out there, and that's awesome. But one thing to keep in mind when you're putting together a presentation is you're presenting because you have expertise or you have a message to share. And so really rely on that. Use that to say, "Okay, great. I know there are tons of resources." But actually share your recommendation. What is the number one thing that you would do. That's something that you as a presenter bring that no one else can that's unique to you, what that next step is. We know that where most presentations, if you put 10 resources, people usually don't look at all 10. I hate to say it, but they probably won't look at more than one anyway, so focus on that one thing. And you really use your credibility that you've built with your audience to drive towards something more specific than a laundry list of things that people can do or read or engage with.

Mike Gerholdt: A lot of this content creation focused around a solo presenter, but I think it carries over if you're presenting with someone else. And I see this a lot at our events, even user groups. It's a lot easier. And myself included, the first time I presented at Dreamforce, I had a co-presenter. It's a lot easier to feel like more people carrying the weight of a presentation. What advice or what best practices do you have when you're pairing up with somebody to present on how you divide up content and how the two of you interact during the presentation?

Ella Marks: The first thing that I would do if I was presenting with someone else is have a meeting, get together with them, chat with them. I'm someone that prefers a meeting. I know some folks like to communicate on Slack or other formats, but I just love to chat with someone about this because you are going to be presenting and speaking. And to me, that's the best way to get a sense of that person's presentation style. And in that conversation, we might divide, if we're building content together, we might talk about our own expertise and where we feel like we can add the most value to the story and divide up the content that we work on and the slides and who's speaking based on what we think our strengths are. And then making sure that we're having a really open conversation about that. And I think one thing that you can do that when you divide a presentation, a lot of times what you see is, "Okay, Mike and I are presenting together. I'll take one slide, Mike, you take the next one, then we'll go back and forth." And sometimes that doesn't feel super. It feels a little disjointed when you haven't had the chance to actually talk through your content and rehearse. Rehearsing is so important for any presentation, but if you have more than one person, it is absolutely critical because that's how you're going to feel out how that story is going to come together. And what you may find is, "Yeah, I'm presenting with Mike, and Mike has a ton of expertise in this one area, but I have something to add there too." And actually switching up who's speaking on a particular slide that can reengage the audience. That's another tool that we have in our toolkits to make sure that people are staying with us throughout our presentation. And all that's going to come down to whether or not you've communicated all of these things with your co-presenter. Making sure that you guys are connected every step of the way is I think the best way to make a successful presentation with a partner or with the group, whoever it is.

Mike Gerholdt: I would agree. And I feel to that point of, I've seen decks and presentations where it's every other slide. Change it up where it makes it most relevant because there is a little bit with the audience of context switching going on where they're trying to understand who's speaking and it should be relevant if the person's speaking and not just, "Oh, well, that means if we go every other one, I'm on this slide and I don't know anything about this." It can also help you regroup content that you're putting together.

Ella Marks: Absolutely. And there's a lot of different ways that you can do this, but I really think that having that conversation with your co-presenter or co-presenters is going to be the best way to highlight how can you use your collective energy to get your message across in the best way possible?

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Stage presence or stagecraft, even in small presentations where boardrooms I think are super important. How do you prepare for that? What are some of the things that you've gone through as you've kind of honed your ability as you were getting ready for a Dreamforce keynote to kind of make sure that your presence was there and it was adding to what the content you were presenting?

Ella Marks: There are definitely a few things I do before every presentation, but I think a lot of it for me personally comes down to some important self-talk and pump up for a presentation. When you're chosen to present at an event or you've submitted something to a community conference, sometimes you need to remind yourself the day of, you get a little bit nervous, you might be scared to present. You were chosen for this, and you have knowledge and expertise to share. And going back for me and giving myself that confidence is probably the most important step that I take before I present anything. I always have to remind myself there's a reason I'm here. I have valuable knowledge to share. I'll reset on whatever the topic or the goal is of the presentation. And then my hidden trick, I would say. I was like, "I don't know where I was going with that sneaky trick." I guess. Sneaky trick, my trick or treat tip, which is not uncommon at all, is I love a pump up song. I just love something to help, I don't know, make me feel energized and excited because I know that if I go into a presentation not pumped up, it's going to be really hard for people to listen. A lot of times we present... Internally, we present in a meeting and there's a lot of other people presenting or we're in a lot of meetings that day, or at Dreamforce, people attend a lot of sessions. That's a lot of listening. And if you come out there with flat energy and aren't excited to be there and excited to get going, it shows and it makes it a lot harder for people to actually listen and absorb the content. And so going in pumping myself up is actually something that when I don't do it, I feel like I can tell in the presentation that my energy is not there, that I'm not communicating what I could in the best way possible.

Mike Gerholdt: You know I have to ask what your pump up song is, right?

Ella Marks: I know. It changes. A lot of my pump up songs are Lizzo though. I have to say Lizzo. I do love Taylor Swift as well, but I just... Lizzo, the number one song for me last year was Truth Hurts. There's some lyrics in there that I can't repeat on the podcast, but if you listen to the song, I think...

Mike Gerholdt: My pump up song...

Ella Marks: I think you'll know.

Mike Gerholdt: A lot of lyrics I can't repeat on the podcast.

Ella Marks: If you do listen, I think you'll know exactly what part of the song I'm referring to where I walk out and I'm like, "Aha, let's go. Let's get into it."

Mike Gerholdt: So if you see people at community events or at Salesforce events, walk up to the stage with their AirPods in, it's probably a pump up song that they're listening to. I can't blame them. If you were to boil down and think of maybe, I don't know... Let's choose five because five's a good number to remember. What are five things that you always try to include that you really look for in like, "Wow, that presentation knocked it out of the park?"

Ella Marks: That's a good question. As a reviewer of a lot of content, I'm just trying to think the things that have absolutely wowed me. Well definitely first, when it comes to presenting a good title to me, I'm immediately locked in. If there's a description associated with it like it would be for an event or maybe even a calendar invite. That to me is a sign of a good presentation. I know what I'm going to see. I'm excited for that content and I'm kind of hopeful to dive in. The second is probably... This is tough. There's just so many different ways to present, but I think looking for people that engage with the audience. So either doing what we talked about before, getting that post-check of who's in the room or have some sort of engaging component to their presentation. That for me, because my attention span is very short, tends to be a very effective way to get my attention. And I enjoy presentations that have that. I think when people also set context by sharing their own expertise, we didn't talk about it in this conversation, but I think one important thing that you really need to do when you present is make sure that you highlight who you are. You need to have an introduction that is, "Here's who I am, here's why I'm here." And that builds credibility. So when I hear something or see a presentation that I know the person is credible, that usually also is an indicator to me that it's a great presentation. Mike, I feel like you wanted five quick tips, and I'm giving you a lot longer than that.

Mike Gerholdt: I don't know. I just picked five out of the air because it sounds good. It doesn't have to be five.

Ella Marks: I also can't count, so I don't know what I'm on, but I'll say...

Mike Gerholdt: Well, as a good host, you'd think I was paying attention and counting.

Ella Marks: This is where I would use a visual to reinforce what I'm saying and remind me. If I was presenting this, I would put together a slide and I would have probably five horizontal bubbles on the slide and a few words about each, and that would help me stay on track. And at the end, I would have a super effective CTA, which I think would be one of the things that I look out for. If I know what... If I'm feeling inspired or motivated, or even just know the next steps I have to take after a presentation. That's how I know that it was good and it was effective. And then I think my final thing would be, and this may seem counterintuitive, but if I have questions, a lot of times that's a sign to me that the content was really interesting. I think if I want to approach a speaker after their presentation and want to learn more and want to continue the conversation. I have follow-ups or things like that, that's a sign that they did a really good job in engaging me. It could sometimes be a sign that they didn't share the right information. So I think you have to be careful there, but wanting to connect with the presenter, wanting to learn a little bit more and asking a question, I think is engaging in itself. So that to me is a good sign that it was a good presentation as well.

Mike Gerholdt: I go back and forth with questions, but I see your point. I think for me, I mean if I was to boil it to one thing. I don't have a word, but the comfort ability that the presenter has with the content. I really love it when somebody, it doesn't feel like their first time going through the content. And it so bugs me when I see somebody walk through and they click and goes to the slide and it surprises them. You're like, "Really? Okay." I really like it when somebody knows something and the slides are almost happening in the background and they're really paying attention to the audience. That to me, really gets me. And that comes with rehearsals, it comes with knowing the content, everything that you said previously.

Ella Marks: Absolutely. I think a lot of us think, especially people who give presentations all the time, we're like, "Oh, we can win this. It'll be fine. I know the content." But the reality is people can tell when you have not done the preparation necessary for a particular presentation. And so I think it is a great sign of a good presentation and good content when someone isn't overly relying on their visuals or words on the slide to tell the story. It's actually a story that they're telling where the visuals are supporting. It's not at the center of everything that they're doing. It's really more of a show that you're watching.

Mike Gerholdt: I often compare presenting to athletes. Some of the greatest athletes that we've had in baseball or basketball or whatever sport you watch, they practice and there's a reason for that. They don't just show up and naturally wing it. Derek Jeter didn't naturally winged being good. It's repetition and it's doing and becoming comfortable with the moment. So it's great stuff. Thank you, Ella for coming on the pod and sharing. This is very relevant for where we are right now. Not only heading into TDX, but heading into world tour. And I feel like community group season, not to mention just budget presenting. I want more things in Salesforce season to my executives and all kinds of presentation times.

Ella Marks: This is definitely super timely. So thanks so much, Mike, for having me.

Mike Gerholdt: So it was a great discussion with Ella. I feel like we only scratched the surface. We talked about content creation and also stagecraft. I know there's so much more. I could probably do two or three more episodes with Ella. So if you enjoyed this episode and you've got some content ideas that you'd like to have her speak on, ping us, let us know. I'd love to have her back on to talk more about content and the art of presenting. Now, I need you to do one thing, the art of presenting, which is press share on this episode. So if you're listening to it on iTunes, it's super easy. You just tap the dots and click share episode and you can post it to social. Maybe you got a friend that's getting ready for a big user group presentation or they're going to do a presentation to their company. This would help them 20, 30 minutes, they'd go out, walk the dog, "Hey, come back. I got a whole bunch of knowledge about how I'm going to get my presentation together." And of course, we have way more resources for admins at admin.salesforce.com, including a transcript of the show. Now, if you got more interesting things, questions, comments, concerns, you can go to the Admin Trailblazer group in the Trailblazer community. Of course, the link is in the show notes. And with that, until next week, I'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Christina Nava, Director of Salesforce Strategy at Gaggle.

Join us as we chat about making flows more manageable with subflows.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Christina Nava.

Creating flows to save time on business processes In the biz, Christina is what we call a long-time listener, first-time caller. She’s been listening to the podcast since 2014, back when I was known as the ButtonClick Admin. And while I’d love to toot my own horn, Christina has come a long way since learning Salesforce from a podcast. She’s an 8x Salesforce Certified Professional, an experienced software consultant, and she recently appeared on Automate This! to talk about how she uses subflows.

At Gaggle, Christina uses Salesforce to help her users match patients with mental healthcare providers. It’s a tricky process because both groups have different characteristics, like gender, specialty, and availability, that need to match up. She uses screen flows to make this process much quicker, but it’s her subflows that make all of this possible.

How to simplify flows with subflows When she’s building a flow, Christina is always on the hunt for how she can simplify things for herself with subflows. One major tell is if she finds herself rebuilding a process she’s already written. That’s when she knows she might need to write a subflow. That gives her to option to call it in multiple flows, and simplifies things if she needs to make changes.

Christina gives the example of how she needs to update the same records in three different scenarios: if they get new information, at certain regular intervals, and if some other piece of information changes. To do this, she calls one subflow in three different ways. If it needs to happen immediately, there’s a screen flow. But there’s also a record trigger flow and a scheduled trigger flow to handle the other scenarios. All three are super simple, they just each call the same subflow a different way.

Using more subflows doesn’t make a difference to your users in terms of what they see, but it’s cleaner and easier for you. Think of it as a gift to yourself.

Christina’s process for gathering requirements The key to structuring flows and subflows well is to be thorough when you’re gathering requirements. Christina’s process begins by sitting down with a user and asking them to show her what they do. Any time they do something, she asks them why they did it. Why did they set that filter? Why did that provider not work? Why did they pull up that provider instead?

The next step is to see if she can do the process herself. If she can’t do what they did, she wants to figure out why that is. The goal is to be able to write instructions for how to do the process as if they’re for someone who has never worked at her company before. That’s when you know you’ll be able to write a good flow.

There’s a bunch more that Christina shares in this episode about why she uses one master flow per object, how she debugs, and her tips for naming conventions, so be sure to take a listen. And if you haven’t caught up yet, check out her episode with Jennifer Lee on Automate This!

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Christina on Automate This!: Work Smarter, Not Harder with Subflows

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • https://sfdc.co/admintrailblazers

Social

  • Christina: https://www.linkedin.com/in/christinanava/
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike`
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt: This week on the Salesforce Admins podcast, we are talking with Christina Nava, who is an 8 time Salesforce certified professional, a ton of experience in software consulting, and hey, she started listening to the podcast back when I began the podcast in 2014. So talk about full circle from learning Salesforce by listening to the podcast to being on the podcast to teach us more about flows and sub flows. She was recently on an Automate This live with Jennifer Lee. So if you're listening to this, be sure to check out the call notes and notice below the link to watch that on YouTube because that's super cool. Now, before we get into the episode, I just want you to do one thing and that's make sure you're following the Salesforce Admins Podcast wherever you get your podcasts, whether it's Spotify or iTunes or iHeartRadio. That way when a new episode drops like this one, which is amazing, it's downloaded right to your phone. So when you hop in your car or you jump in the transportation to get to work or you walk your dog, all you got to do is press play. So really cool there, but let's talk about flows and sub flows with Christina on the podcast. So Christina, welcome to the podcast.

Christina Nava: Thank you. I'm really happy to be on here.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, well, if everybody is diligently following all of the awesome admin stuff that we're putting out, they would've watched Automate This yesterday and saw some of the amazing flow stuff that you were doing there. But before we get into that, let's learn a little bit about you. So how did you get started with Salesforce?

Christina Nava: So I'll say that I'm probably within the vast majority of people and I got started because I was an also admin or an accidental admin. Back in 2014, I became the director of tech support for a SaaS company and it's like, "Hey, what's this thing called Salesforce that we've been using for our support team?" And so I started looking into it and I'm like, "This is great." Of course, this was before Trailhead, so trying to learn was fun. And fun little tidbit is one way I started learning is I listened to all the different podcasts I could and one of them was the ButtonClick Admin. And so thank you for helping me learn Salesforce in the beginning. So I started listening and started learning the terminology, Googling and just playing. And so that's how I got into it. Then I did that on and off for about five years, and then in 2019 I made the leap and I made Salesforce my full-time career. And so I've been doing it full-time since then.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. Well you're more than welcome and I'm glad to have somebody full circle come on the podcast from listening all the way to now you're teaching.

Christina Nava: It's exciting.

Mike Gerholdt: Eventually in the next 20 minutes or so, no pressure.

Christina Nava: No pressure.

Mike Gerholdt: So I teased out with Automate This, which is really cool YouTube series that Jennifer Lee does and she live-streamed it yesterday. You can probably watch it on our YouTube channel. And you were on there and you were talking about flows and specifically the thing that I kind of want to dive into a little bit of sub flows. But if people haven't watched it, I don't want them to feel left out about what we're going to talk about. Can you summarize a little bit of what you talked about on Automate This yesterday?

Christina Nava: Yeah, of course. So I built this flow for Gaggle. Here at Gaggle, one of the things we do is we help provide therapy and coaching for students. So the way we do that is when a student comes to us needing services, we match them with a provider. Well, the client has a lot of requirements including why they're being referred, what times of day they can meet, if they want to, male or female providers, lots of different criteria. And then on the other side of it, we have providers who have their own criteria. When they can provide services, their areas of specialty, obviously if they're male or female, what languages they speak, all of it. So when we first started and we had a client come in, a student come in, we needed to match them. It could take five to 10 minutes to find the best match for them. And you can imagine we're getting 5, 10, 15 students a day. That was taking a lot of time. So I decided to create a screen flow that we can run from the student record that would give our internal team a list of providers that were the best match and then they can just click on the button, automatically assigns them, good to go. Ended up saving our internal team 5 to 10 hours a week.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. And the match was done based on criteria that you put in, right?

Christina Nava: Yes, exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. I mean, I asked because everything's AI now.

Christina Nava: That's actually funny you asked because I was on Automate This previously and the flow I did for that one was how their providers actually add their criteria in.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, okay.

Christina Nava: So had a flow for that as well.

Mike Gerholdt: This flow is rockstar flow. But God, man, I'm thinking back to the days I was on the platform and I wish I so could have used this for about a million other things. One part that you talked about is creating a sub flow, and I'm not good at creating flows like Jennifer Lee is, which is hard to be on team with her because it's like being on, I don't know, the Olympic team and you're like, "Oh, well I just have to go against this gold world-class Olympian every time I build a flow." But one thing that I am really trying to wrap my head around more is I don't have to create the entire flow every single time. I can reuse components of that and that being sub flows, and then when I do so then it's one place to update things as opposed to, "Oh, we changed this email template, now I got to go into these 20 different flows and update it with this new email template."

Christina Nava: Exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: Help me understand how you come about creating some of your sub flows.

Christina Nava: So I would like to say that I'm the kind of person who listens to my users, sits down, draws it all out and knows exactly what they're going to build when they sit down a flow builder.

Mike Gerholdt: You're not perfect? Come on.

Christina Nava: I'm not, don't tell the people I work with.

Mike Gerholdt: Don't listen. We'll cut that part out.

Christina Nava: Exactly. So a lot of times I'm getting in and I'm building a flow and I'll find myself building the exact same loop and I'm like, "Wait, wait, wait. Why am I duplicating my effort here?" So for me, I build a sub flow in a couple of different instances. One is when again, as I just said, I'm in the same flow and I just rebuilt the same code. That's a waste. Let's take that out and make it a sub flow. There are other times when I do sit down and I'm doing my design, I'm thinking in my head and I'm realizing, "I need to actually call this multiple ways." And so as you all know, we have screen flows, we have record triggered flows, we have scheduled triggered flows. I actually have one sub flow that I call three different ways. So for this one, what I'm doing is I'm populating the opportunity team members and I need to do it at specific times. So I will have, well, if I need to do it immediately on the fly, obviously I have a screen flow, we click a button, good to go. There are other times when I need to do it on a record triggered flow when certain criteria happens. So because I don't want to have to reduplicate my effort, what I'm doing for both of those is with my record trigger flow, my entry criteria, I just start it, I immediately call a sub flow. That is all I'm doing in this flow is I'm calling a sub flow. With screen flow, exact same thing. I am, just click a button, call my sub flow. And then I'm doing the same thing with my scheduled triggered flow as well. So I have three different flows that all they do is call one sub flow and I loved that.

Mike Gerholdt: So how much of that sub flow, I guess are you setting criteria way before that so that sub flow kind of knows what it's adding those team members to? How complex is that sub flow? Is it very simple, I'm guessing?

Christina Nava: So on a scale of say one to five, it's probably at a one, maybe 1.5. It's a fairly simple flow. All I'm doing is I'm sending it the record ID of the opportunity and then it's doing all of the different decisions inside of it.

Mike Gerholdt: No, I like that. I always feel like use cases that are easy to identify looking back. You probably were on what your third or fourth flow and you're like, "I need to rebuild this." Right?

Christina Nava: About that. I think I was in probably my third or fourth iteration of the first one. And realized, "Wait, wait a minute. I need to give them the ability to actually do this manually as well. Hold on. I don't want to recreate this whole thing. I'll do it in the sub flow." It's kind of had that light bulb moment popped up.

Mike Gerholdt: So then kind of walking people through this, I'm assuming at this point I would be thinking, "Oh, I could really go through and kind of do a flow audit and look at some of the stuff that I've built and see if there aren't parts that are replaceable." Have you done something like that? And what would be your process for looking at all of your flows and then finding sub flows that you could build?

Christina Nava: Honestly, that's on my to-do list.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, is it? 2024, here we come.

Christina Nava: With the new flow stuff that's come out, a couple of things with the whole new validation that's coming out, well tonight for me and some stuff that came out last year, which was when you send an email actually being able to attach it to a record. That's on my list of going through and updating all my flows, just haven't gotten down to it. So as of right now, the way I handle it is if I'm going into a flow and modifying it anyway, I'm making those updates at the same time.

Mike Gerholdt: So it's kind of an as needed, but not house cleaning, shut everything down and redo all our flows kind of thing.

Christina Nava: Exactly. Because your end users don't see these changes for the most part, especially with the sub flows. What you're doing is you're making things a little bit faster, but you're mainly making things cleaner and easier for you. So because we all live in the admin world and our users come first, what's easier for us gets pushed down on the bottom of the list.

Mike Gerholdt: Get cobbler's shoes. Right.

Christina Nava: Exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: I hear you. Okay, so this was a thing that Jennifer has taught me, and I'm horrible at this, but do you have a naming convention or do you have a way that you always name your sub flows?

Christina Nava: I do have a naming convention.

Mike Gerholdt: Please share. Please share.

Christina Nava: So it goes with the object name first. And by the way, I stole this from... See if I knew you were going to ask this question, I would have the name.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean everybody steals stuff. So you copied it.

Christina Nava: I'm sorry, I copied this because it was amazing. So the first word is the object name. Then it's dash and then either SF for screen flow, RTF for record trigger flow or STF for schedule triggered flow. Then dash. And then if it's for a record triggered flow, you'll have new or new and update and then after or before. And then if it is a master flow, because I am a big believer in having one flow for one object, if you can, I'll have the word master. If not, it'll be dash what it's for, for example, account RTF new and update after master. I can immediately look and know just from the name what this is going to be for and how it's called.

Mike Gerholdt: I love all of that. That needs to be on T-shirt.

Christina Nava: So when I have someone new I'm training, I'm like, "Can you rename your flow for me?"

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, because it doesn't work.

Christina Nava: Exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: I'm going to only slightly deviate. We're going to take a quick exit off the highway. Because you brought up a subject that I have been asked a lot and you said, "I like to have one master flow per object." Can you explain that? Because I've been asked many times, "Should I have one that does everything? Should I have 20, should I have five, should I have three?" And I say yes to all of those answers because yes is correct, but I would love for you to take me into your world of how you manage that one master flow and if there's times that you've ever had to deviate from it.

Christina Nava: Okay, so that is a really good question. I still personally Google that about once every two to three months. "Am I doing this the right way?" Because everybody does have their own opinion. So for me personally, I have a lot of flows. I'm a flow addict. I love flows. If I could sit and do flows eight hours a day, I think I'd be the happiest camper imaginable. So that being said, I have a lot of flows in my orgs. And once you get up to 50, 100, 150 flows, it's hard to find what you're looking for. So that almost is, I don't know, maybe a third of the reason why I have one flow where I can just because one place to go to. And of course the old way when I started with process builder and people are thinking, "The old way? I did workflows."

Mike Gerholdt: I know.

Christina Nava: I can hear that.

Mike Gerholdt: I did workflows.

Christina Nava: I know. But with process builder, it was definitely one per object because that was the only way you could control the order of things. Well with flows, now you can actually control the order and how they're called, but I got in the habit of that one master, but it's so much easier for me to pull up this one flow and even if it's fairly large, which by the way another reason to use sub flows is to actually pull code out and make your master flow cleaner. So you're looking at less. So side note there, we took a deviation to the deviation.

Mike Gerholdt: It's okay.

Christina Nava: Thank you.

Mike Gerholdt: Sometimes you have to pull around back of the truck stop.

Christina Nava: Exactly. So I like being able to pull up this master flow and it's like reminding me, "Oh yeah, this is everything that happens when an account is updated." So that's another reason I like to use one master flow, but there are plenty of times when I have more than one flow, even more than one record trigger flow. So for example, for my cases, I have one that has to do with sending pending emails. So when a case is put in pending, I send an email after one day, three days, seven days and fourteen days. Well I'm obviously not going to have that in my master flow. So I have one flow that just handles kind of those scheduled things after a while just to kind of keep my flows cleaner and it's easier to look at and I have to change that flow a little more often than I have to change others. That was a long answer.

Mike Gerholdt: No, it's okay. I was listening and digesting. I'm still just feeling the like here we go, one master flow per object situation. So I'm not saying it's wrong, because you can totally do it and you do. It's just a lot of testing, I feel.

Christina Nava: It is. It's a lot of testing.

Mike Gerholdt: One thing to get us back on the highway.

Christina Nava: Darn it.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, we stopped, we had some beef jerky, we looked at the map, we know where we're at and you're like, "Oh look, there's a campground off to the side."

Christina Nava: I got some Doritos, I needed my Doritos.

Mike Gerholdt: There's always a campground by rest stops. And you're like, "Whoever camps there, why would you want to?" I don't know. I would love to know. So taking requirements for screen flows and sitting and walking through and I'm looking at yours, which was the decision loop of helping pair those students up faster, right? That's the goal, right? Because 15 minutes to pair somebody up, you can obviously do the math and like, "Well here's how many people we need staffed 24 hours a day in order to handle this, right?" What was the level of requirements gathering and how detailed did you have to be when you were building that flow? Because I've worked through decisioning elements before with people and there's in their head they expect how it should work and then there's actually how it works and actually what they told you. I'm curious, what was your requirements gathering like?

Christina Nava: I do want to say another really quick side note on this flow. What I showed in the demo and what you see in the blog post is maybe about a quarter of the size of my real flow. If I had the whole thing, it would've been way too big. And so just keeping that in mind, there were a lot of, not necessarily requirements I needed to get for my end user, but a lot of fields that we needed to match up. So going back to the requirements gathering, obviously you have this business process review, you sit down with your end users and you're like, "First thing is show me what you do." And so you watch them pull up this student and pull up all their providers and you start watching them match. And that's when it's like, "Okay, why did you set that filter? Why did you set that filter? Why did that provider not work? Why did you pull this one in?" It's a whole lot of why questions. And so once you get to that, what I kind of like to do afterwards, it's like, "All right, let me reproduce what you did." And so I am now pulling up the student and using what they showed me trying to find a matching provider and I can't find one. Well, how come I couldn't find one? "Oh, we forgot to tell you this." Or I pulled up five instead of, and these four wouldn't match. Well, how come they wouldn't work? "Oh, we forgot." So one of the things I love to tell people is if you can write instructions for someone who has never worked at your company before and it is step one, go here and pull up this record. Step two, click this, and if you can literally give me step-by-step instructions, and if step five is not use your gut, then I can create a flow for you. But you have to be able to give me those steps. Either you give them to me or I develop them working with you, but we have to be able to know exactly what to do at every step in the flow.

Mike Gerholdt: That makes sense. I also think it's funny just, "I just go with my gut."

Christina Nava: You'd be surprised at how many times I hear that from people.

Mike Gerholdt: No, I know. I had a contract routing process that I had to do once that was just kind of like, and then I get it down to four or five and I go with this one and why? Well, it was Wednesday? And that one looked good. Awesome. Let me work that into criteria. So I guess thinking through this with screen flows and with this kind of decisioning element, did you ever create, for lack of a better term, like a backdoor of a, "I can't find anything" and run so that if somebody, because I mean you deployed this to, I don't know how many users and if they run into an issue, they can't just raise their hand and you come running and then that way it would also give you a chance to look at the decisioning criteria that led there to be, "Oh, well it looks like we need to append this flow." Do you have something like that?

Christina Nava: No, actually I don't. That'd be a good idea. I'm going to steal that. What it is just if it finds no matches, it pops up a screen saying we couldn't find any. And it's usually because they're just truly isn't a provider that matches those exact requirements and that is when they go use their gut. But what do you mean I can't just come running when they snap their fingers? Is that actually something I cannot do?

Mike Gerholdt: Well, just saying there's probably an occasion where maybe you're sitting recording a podcast and then a user can't-

Christina Nava: Good point.

Mike Gerholdt: Get your attention right away. No, I just happened to think through it as I was looking at what you were building and also thinking through some of the processes I had built where it's, "No, we actually, it's not that I didn't gather all of the requirements, it's that we actually just found a new outlier to a process." And you try to hit the 98 percentile of stuff. But I happen to think because then you'd want to capture stuff like that, especially in a screen flow.

Christina Nava: Yeah, that's a good point. I probably do need to make more of a process as to why could we not find a match with this? Maybe these providers got to 98%, but there was that one that we couldn't find a match on.

Mike Gerholdt: You mentioned emails in a few of the flows that you've created, and I'm sure there's quite a few emails your flows send out. How do you manage that? I bring this up because I feel like it's always a requirement that admins take and then the four days after you deploy something, you immediately get, ironically an email or a knock at your door and be like, "My inbox is full." Well, criteria that you said for emailing you. Are there red flags or questions you bring up or alternatives to email that you offer?

Christina Nava: Absolutely. So we use four different kinds of notifications here. Obviously email is one of them. Another one is the bell notification, just popping that up. The third one would be Chatter, do a Chatter post, which also kind of does the bell notification and email at the same time, but that gives us a record on the record. You know what I'm trying to say.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, a receipt.

Christina Nava: Yeah, there we go. We can actually say that, "Hey, we did notify you." We can look back a year later and actually see all of that happening. So that's one I use quite a bit. And then the fourth one that we don't use a lot of, but we do somewhat is Slack notifications because we are a Slack shop as well.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh. How do you decide between those?

Christina Nava: I let the user decide. I basically say, "Hey, here are the fourth things we can do." There have been times I've pushed back on, "You're getting a lot of emails, are you sure this is what you want?" And I get told, "Yep, absolutely." Like, okay.

Mike Gerholdt: Me too. And I've been told that before. I just like, sometimes you sit down and you do that worst case scenario with people and you're like, "You know, there's 50 contracts that could come through and times two steps. That's a hundred emails I might send you in a day."

Christina Nava: And half the time I'll get, "Yep, because my inbox is my to-do list." I'm like, "Really"?

Mike Gerholdt: I know. Yeah. But to your point, when you or they get promoted, then that inbox now becomes a grave because now there's no to-do list and we got to pull that from somewhere. So I like the posting to Chatter or something as kind of a receipt for what needs to get done. I'll end on this one question, which is fairly simple. If a user is feeling intimidated with flow, where would you suggest they get started?

Christina Nava: So if they've never ever seen flows before, first place is obviously going to be Trailhead. Go through the trails, build your own. But if you have a little bit of experience, you've done that and you're in your own org and you need to build something, the first thing I'm going to say is write out the steps I talked about. Actually write down, "Go to the account record, then click on this field, edit" step by step exactly what you need to do and then go to flow and try to build it that way, and then build the bare minimum first. Pull up, do your GI account, do your debug, did it work? Then do your next step. Update your account. Do your debug, did it work? Do step-by-step, debug it because if you try to build out 20 steps and then you debug it and then it fails, you're going to get very confused and you're going to get very frustrated and you might want to quit. If you do it piece by piece, not only can you debug smaller bits, but you're going to feel the satisfaction of the win each time it works and it's going to build your confidence.

Mike Gerholdt: No, I like that. That completely makes sense. I've certainly gotten not too deep into flows, but far enough that I wish I would've done the little bites at a time kind of situation and just testing to make sure it works. It also feels good. I mean, you don't have to sit for weeks building a flow and then pressing the button and being like, "huh." It feels good if you spend 10, 15 minutes and then you click something, it populates the field. You're like, "Yes."

Christina Nava: Exactly. Never forget the power of debugging. If this is a record triggered flow and you can't figure out what's going on because you can't put up a debug screen, write a debug to your description field. Create a temporary text field that you can write information to. Don't forget those little tricks when you're debugging.

Mike Gerholdt: Right? Oh, there's always a ton. Christina, thanks for coming by the podcast to help me understand sub flows and flows and decisioning.

Christina Nava: Absolutely. Very happy to be here.

Mike Gerholdt: I appreciate that. And we will link to the Automate This in the blog post below.

Christina Nava: Sounds great.

Mike Gerholdt: It was a great conversation with Christina. I had a lot of questions because I've been building some flows like you and I've been wanting to reuse things, and I really just need to know how people's heads work sometime, and she's really dialed in with some of the stuff that she's doing with flows and decisioning stuff. I think it's really cool. So I hope you enjoyed this episode, and if you did, could you do me a favor? Real simple, could you share it with somebody? Now, if you're listening on iTunes, all you have to do is click on the three dots and click share episode. Then you can post it social, or you can text it to a friend. Maybe you've got a friend that's building a flow and you'd be like, "Hey, listen to Christina. She's got it going on. She can help you build things." And of course, if you're looking for more great resources, your one stop for everything admin is admin.salesforce.com, including a transcript of the show. And be sure to join the Conversation Admin Trailblazer Group that is in the Trailblazer community. Link is over in the show notes. I know there's some flow questions in there. So until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Marissa Scalercio, VP of Sales Operations at Carnegie Learning.

Join us as we chat about Prompt Builder, why it will be a game changer, and how her Salesforce Admin skills help her be a better sales leader.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Marissa Scalercio.

A Sales VP and a Salesforce Admin Marissa is the VP of Sales Operations at Carnegie Learning, an ed-tech company that was founded 26 years ago with a product created on AI. “That’s why I’m really excited to start including AI in our sales processes,” she says.

Marissa is also a Salesforce Admin, which is why I was so excited to bring her on the pod. She’s not afraid to crack open her org and help build things for her team so she knows how it will actually work. She’s also involved in a pilot program for the new Prompt Builder feature and, of course, I wanted to hear all about it.

What’s coming with Prompt Builder The pilot only gave access to a couple of features, but they demonstrated the power and potential of Prompt Builder in a big way. The first was the ability to create sales emails. It can instantly generate a sales email to your specifications, incorporating web pages for products and events, and personalizing it with CRM information. Even better, anyone else on your team can use that prompt to scale your work and generate as many emails as needed.

The other thing Marissa and her team got to play with were field summaries. This feature can take all of the information on an object and summarize it. This is great for getting a new hire up to speed with their accounts, or to prep before a meeting with a client and check up on past action items or key bullet points.

“Once I really got to learn and understand how to create a prompt, I just started thinking about how I’m going to implement this everywhere,” Marissa says. Prompting AI is a skill that everyone needs to practice, so take advantage of the free tools out there to learn the ins and outs. Prompt Builder is coming soon™, but you want to be ready to hit the ground running.

How to talk to executives about new tools As a VP herself, Marissa has some practical advice for any admin who needs to persuade executives to add new tools. She urges you to make your case in terms of ROI. Have numbers ready for how much time you’ll save, for how many people, and how that translates into total dollars saved.

There’s so much more in this episode about Marissa’s career path, what the future holds for AI in Salesforce, and what you can do to get ready, so be sure to take a listen.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Trailhead: Get Started with Prompts and Prompt Builder * Introducing Prompt Builder: Supercharge Every Workflow with Trusted AI Prompts * AI Prompt Builder demo

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • https://sfdc.co/admintrailblazers

Social

  • Marissa: https://www.linkedin.com/in/marissascalercio/
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike`
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Mike: Prompt Builder is the first low-code, prompt management tool that allows you, Salesforce admins, to build, test, and fine tune trusted AI prompts within the Einstein Trust Layer, ground AI prompts with dynamic CRM data via merge fields and flow, and enable prompted actions across the Salesforce customer 360. And today on The Salesforce Admins Podcast, we are talking with Marissa Scalercio, VP Sales Operations at Carnegie Learning, and she was part of the Prompt Builder pilot for customers, and she's a VP admin. She was in configuring prompts, testing out the pilot in her sandbox, doing all kinds of stuff that us Salesforce admins can't wait to get our hands on. So we're going to talk to her about her experience in the Prompt Builder pilot, some of the stuff that she worked on. And I'm also going to dig into how she went from being in sales, sales operations, to VP to having an admin license like the admins at Carnegie Learning let her in, set up menu. She's configuring shoulder to shoulder with them, which I think is awesome. Now before we get into that episode, I want to make sure you're following The Salesforce Admins Podcast on iTunes, Spotify, wherever you get your podcast. That way when an awesome new episode like this one drops on a Thursday, it's immediately on your phone. So all you got to do is press play when you wake up to go walk the dog or hit the gym or get on the bus to go to work. So with that, let's get to our fun conversation with Marissa. So Marissa, welcome to the podcast.

Marissa Scalercio: Thank you so much for having me. I'm really excited to be here.

Mike: Well, I'm excited to talk about our newest Coming Soon product that you've actually got your hands on, which is Prompt Builder. So before we get into that, because the tease to get everybody to listen, tell me a little bit about what you do and where you're at.

Marissa Scalercio: Of course. So I am the Vice President of Sales Operations at Carnegie Learning, and we are an EdTech company that actually was founded about 26 years ago with a product created on AI. So I'm really excited to be including AI in our sales processes and was really excited to be able to pilot Prompt Builder.

Mike: Yeah, and you are a VP that does admin work.

Marissa Scalercio: I am an accidental admin. As my colleagues will call me. I am very involved in how the sales team specifically, but really how everybody in our company works, how we can make things more efficient, and I really like to test things out and build them so I can see how it's actually going to work. So yeah, I'm an accidental admin.

Mike: Yeah, we need more of you, but we'll get into that in the second part because Prompt Builder... So Carnegie Learning built on AI, now you're excited to use some AI. What was some of the things that you were trying out with Prompt Builder? What were you doing?

Marissa Scalercio: Yeah, so the best part of Prompt Builder was that once I really got to learn and understand how to create a prompt, I just started thinking about how I'm going to implement this everywhere. But the two pieces of Prompt Builder that you could do in the pilot, the first one was create emails, sales emails specifically. You could tell it to include a webpage or include an event page, and it would include an email that is specific and grabs CRM information along with whatever information you provide it and builds this great email that would take me 10, 15 minutes at least to create and it probably wouldn't be as good. And it is that easy just to create that, have it ready to go, and it already takes in the information about the account and the person that you're delivering it to.

Mike: Now you created that prompt and then anybody could use it. So it was 10 or 15 minutes for you to write it.

Marissa Scalercio: Yes.

Mike: But if you have a hundred salespeople, that's 1,500 minutes of email writing time.

Marissa Scalercio: It's lot of time savings. Yes.

Mike: And that's if you're good at writing emails, which I'm not.

Marissa Scalercio: Exactly, and I mean these emails that came out were better than I can write them. Absolutely. And I started as a salesperson and just being able to click a button and it create an email that was better than I used to create was amazing. It is so exciting to actually come out... what comes out next month or a couple days.

Mike: A while. A forward-looking statement. Soon-ish or now. Maybe. That's what I always say. But so help me walk through this because what level of approval and kind of demos did you do? Because as an admin, I love to sit down, I configure stuff all day long and then I'm like boom, click, boom, it works, and then I run the flow twice. But then you unleash it on the users and they find, how did you make it do that? How would you turn your screen pink? I've had users do all kinds of stuff. What kind of process did you go through when you were starting to create some of these to be like, "No, no, no, people, this will generate stuff consistently and it's something we need to use." What was that rollout like?

Marissa Scalercio: So we haven't rolled it out to the teams yet. We had Prompt Builder in our sandbox, but I did experiment with several of our account executives where I would ask them for emails that they're typically writing. I would create a prompt for it and send them back what came out and they were thrilled. So they are really excited to implement this.

Mike: Okay. How do you feel... So I think prompt building, you go back five years ago for the rest of us, maybe not you guys. Prompt building's a new word, right?

Marissa Scalercio: Yeah.

Mike: Something we're just getting. I remember, this is a funny story. When we rolled out Chatter, I rolled it out internally at an organization and I had to explain hashtags as like it's the pound sign and my user base was super... It was up there in years and they go, "Well, it's the pound sign from the phone." And I was like, "Right." So if you were selling something to a sand and gravel company, you could put hashtag sand, which is like pound sand, and I thought it was really funny.

Marissa Scalercio: I remember having to use that.

Mike: Yeah. But Prompt Builder, this is a new term for us, too. How do you feel configuring working in Prompt Builder has made you a better prompt builder? Do you feel you use AI better now?

Marissa Scalercio: Yes. I think it made me a prompt builder. I did not know what I was doing prior to this pilot. I kind of just played around with several of the ChatGPT, but I really feel like you can add tone and you can kind of ask it to change the email. So if it's too long, it's too short. If you want to add something specific, I mean, it really helped me understand what... Well, start to understand what all it can do and the power behind it, which is just phenomenal. I mean, everything around being able to edit and change on the fly, it did take me a while to create my first prompt to get it right because I was testing all of those things. But then once you have it, you really can build the prompts themselves fast.

Mike: So knowing what you know now, when Prompt Builder rolls out for other admins, if you were to have a time machine, which I'm sure is just in the near future to be created at this point and go back and tell yourself, what would be some things that you're like, "Oh, I wish I'd gone back and done these three things first."

Marissa Scalercio: So how far are we going back? Are we going back to just the sandbox?

Mike: Yeah. I mean pre Prompt Builder days. Like, "I wish I would've got ready for Prompt Builder by..."

Marissa Scalercio: Yeah, honestly, I wish in general, I had used AI more to feel more comfortable with using it in a daily basis. I started using it last year, which already was behind the bandwagon, and I am already behind, and I can see how other people, even in my organization and other people outside of the organization are using it on a daily basis. I would tell myself to start learning and using AI every single day years ago. It is just so much of an efficiency boosting tool that is going to change the way we all work.

Mike: Yeah, I mean, there are times when I watch a TikTok from somebody and it's like, wow, they have three paragraphs of a prompt that they're putting in the ChatGPT, and I'm like, "Draw an apple with a kitten next to it."

Marissa Scalercio: Exactly. So building the prompting out was hard.

Mike: I feel like I'm in kindergarten sometimes. Yeah. How did that... So in your pilot, I think it was pilot, right, of Prompt Builder, how much did you experiment with different templates or different prompts? You said you used it for sales emails, right?

Marissa Scalercio: Yep. So we did sales emails and we also did field summaries, which also was really exciting.

Mike: Oh, tell me about those.

Marissa Scalercio: The field summaries allow you to take all of the information on an object, an account, a case, a opportunity, and summarize it, which I'm just seeing a world of possibilities with that as an efficiency piece to our new hires, especially, whenever they come on and have to inherit territory and understand accounts. Whenever you're going into a meeting and understanding meeting notes that have taken place, any action items that were supposed to be accomplished, and even after a meeting or a phone call, understanding what can be grabbed out of there. So those field summaries are really going to be important along with all of the other AI tools that are coming out from Salesforce to really help with every salesperson and it's really going to be a true assistant to them.

Mike: Yeah. You think about it, how many times, I don't know if you reassigned territories, but that seemed to be like a quarterly thing for me. As an admin I get new sales territories that I got to put into Salesforce, and how much do you have to spend for those salespeople getting those different accounts up to speed?

Marissa Scalercio: Exactly. I mean, it is really hard to take over a territory or even just one customer and understand what has happened prior to you coming on board.

Mike: Yeah, a hundred percent. When you were building the prompts, you said you were pulling in data, which I think is what we expect from when we look at other AIs, but Prompt Builder in specific, when you're building those sales templates where actually you tell it what data to look for, is that correct? Or help give a sneak peek to some admins?

Marissa Scalercio: Yeah, you can add some grounding data into all of your prompts, which really I was experimenting with of course names, accounts, titles, states, and then adding in, of course outside information into that as well. But I imagine whenever it comes out, and I wasn't able to pilot this part of it, but I imagine that you can grab pretty much anything in Salesforce. You can throw it into a flow, so it can actually ask different questions based on what type of customer it is, and you really can get down to a specific email based on everything that's in your CRM plus any outside information you push into it. So is the world of possibilities are endless with it.

Mike: Yeah, no, that's good. That also speaks to data cleanliness because-

Marissa Scalercio: It does.

Mike: If the contact's first name spelled wrong and it's grabbing that field, it probably spelled it wrong because doing what it's told.

Marissa Scalercio: Exactly. So definitely data cleanliness is going to be a big issue. If it isn't clean, but hopefully we will figure it out as we go and hopefully our data's clean enough that it'll work.

Mike: Right. Well, if not, it will be. You start off by saying VP of sales operations. You're also an admin and you called yourself an accidental admin. So I would love, first of all, to have more VP admins on, but how did you kind of get into that role, but yet still stay so connected with the setup menu?

Marissa Scalercio: Oh, that's a good question. So we started with Salesforce, I want to say 2016 I believe. And honestly, I really like to learn new things and build new things. So I was asked... actually, I might have volunteered myself to be part of the sales side of implementing Salesforce. So for two years I just kind of embedded myself into those meetings and made sure that I was part of the conversation, part of the implementation. We then rolled out CPQ was the next one, and I was really part of that piece, but at the same time, I was still a salesperson actually at Carnegie Learning. So really trying to do my full-time job, which was a salesperson and this side job, which was really helping with the flow of how sales was going to be more efficient. So I started doing it kind of half-and-half until I really had to make the decision in 2018 and no questions asked. I was all on board with sales operations. So you can kind of say that Salesforce has kind of crafted where my career path went.

Mike: It's done that for a lot of people.

Marissa Scalercio: Mm-hmm. And since then, I mean, it's just been so exciting to learn, and I wasn't an admin at that point, but as I kept trying to learn new pieces of Salesforce and how it could be more efficient, they gave me an admin sandbox license so that I was able to really start building and using Trailhead to learn everything I could learn, and now they gave me a production license so I can now build within our production instance. So accidental admin.

Mike: Yeah, but also good because I mean, to be honest with you, I was an admin for eight years. I've been at Salesforce for a long time. There seems to be a point at which a lot of executives, rightfully so, there's just so much on their plate that they can't get into that backend part of it, and sometimes adoption and usage really hurts because of it, because they're connected to the process, but they're not connected to the technology or vice versa. When it's both.

Marissa Scalercio: Yes, it can absolutely be a struggle when I want to build something, but I also have those responsibilities of strategy or just sales operations as a whole. So I do still struggle with that, but building in Salesforce and understanding what it can do helps me be a VP of sales operations. So it really does impact everything that we are doing as a sales team, and my entire goal in sales operations is to improve the efficiency and productivity of them. How can you do that if you don't know the tool that they're using 80% of the time?

Mike: Couldn't agree more. I couldn't agree more. If you don't know how to run the report on the tool that you're holding people accountable for, then that's kind of also on you. So being in both roles, as advice for other admins maybe looking to grow their career and get more into a C-suite role like that, but also as somebody that's pitching ideas, like admins are going to have to go out and talk about Prompt Builder and they're going to have to do it to other VPs or probably Ps or maybe a whole board. There was a time when I had a governance board. What would your advice be? Because I feel like you're in such a unique position to help admins both craft that executive message, but also understand the backend part. As Prompt Builder goes GA, and as some of these AI tools go GA, how are you pushing that messaging through that isn't overwhelming to other executives?

Marissa Scalercio: I think the first thing to understand about a new tool is how will this help the business? What are the use cases? What is the ROI? What's the business value? If you can start answering those questions as you are an admin or as you are a builder, those are the questions that you're going to be asked by the board, the CEO. They're going to want to know why and what impact this is going to have. So really being able to understand the product, really understanding what values it brings and what... Especially ROI, and being able to show and prove that, that is the number one way to talk to an executive board. I mean, bringing them where they can save money is what they're looking for. Either save money or really innovate and improve the lives of their employees.

Mike: Yeah, no, I couldn't agree. Was there anything, and this is kind of specific to Prompt Builder, in your case with emails, how did you get some of that data on? Was it just like a simple poll of your salespeople like, "Hey, how long do you on average spend writing emails?" And did you collect a handful of emails to get a before and after example? Because I guess in my head, what I'm trying to do is I'm trying to gather that case for the ROI specific around your Prompt Builder.

Marissa Scalercio: So we didn't grab that information then. But being a salesperson and knowing this has been kind of our job since 2018, our team's job, is knowing how long things take to do in the sales department. Writing an email, scouring the account to understand what's going on with the account. So we already kind of had a baseline of how long that takes. And then being able to write that prompt and have it come out with a similar or better outcome in seconds is really a huge value add. Being able to increase the amount of time that a salesperson actually is selling and decrease that administrative burden, that's where I am seeing the best ROI. If I can prove that I can give time back to the sales team because of these processes, you can then extrapolate that into what their salaries are and add in all of the costs that you have for that sales team into, well, 10% more selling time would equal X amount.

Mike: Right. Yeah, no, I mean it's always how much time can you save a salesperson so they can sell more?

Marissa Scalercio: Exactly.

Mike: I used to sell things and I used to be like, "Great, Matt, thank you for the 10% more quota. I appreciate that."

Marissa Scalercio: Also that.

Mike: Because you also modulate your time as a salesperson, too. None of us do that. None of them. They all, foot on the gas all the time, I promise you. So as you look forward to this year, I also think rate of change. There are... and I went through this where I had to merge a couple orgs together and bring two companies together, and there was also a lot of organizational change going on. We're at the beginning of the year. I know you've got your plans. There's new products and features and services from Salesforce coming. As a VP, as an admin, how do you think through the amount of change that you push on your users throughout the year? What does your planning cycle feel like?

Marissa Scalercio: We are usually very thoughtful about large changes within the organization and making sure we're rolling them out slowly where we get some of our best or worst people to really get on board with what we're doing first and then roll it out in that process where we have a smaller group rollout and then a larger group. So we really are thoughtful about having those people that have already tested and like the tools that we're rolling out. This year is going to be a lot of change, though. I am really excited by it, but the tools that are coming out are game changers for our organization. I'm really lucky that we are embracing change and the AI era. We even have a department that is called CL Next that their sole mission is innovation, and they have developed a project drive where they are asking every single department to bring artificial intelligence into their area and show that it can be used on a daily basis. So I'm very lucky that I am in an organization that really is embracing it, so it is easier for me to implement these AI products and tools, but rolling them out, the best thing you can do is get people on board with it that will talk to their peers about how useful it's been or how useful it's going to be.

Mike: Yeah. That made me think of something. I don't know if you did this, and maybe you can answer, but when you were piloting this, did you set up a Chatter group or anything to kind of gather that information? Or when it goes GA, do you plan to do something like that or do you do that for other features?

Marissa Scalercio: I plan to do it for pretty much any feature that we roll out. We always bring in somebody. It is so much easier to have a better adoption if you have people, their peers that they look up to, on board with it. So I always try to roll it out or at least show what's coming, have them test it, really play around with new tools, because that is the best way to get adoption throughout the entire sales org.

Mike: Yeah, nothing like a group of people asking questions to see what everyone else is asking. I'm telling you.

Marissa Scalercio: Exactly.

Mike: It sounds scary, but that's the best part of rolling out a new feature because to some degree kind of helps everybody feel like, "Oh, I had that question too. I'm not alone." And like, yep, we're all in this together kind of situation. As you're using AI and different tools for admins, you mentioned you wish you would've gotten up to speed. Are there things that you are doing or trying, trying to incorporate more? For instance, I am trying to use different AI tools and just write different prompts to try to almost... We did this in third grade. It was really weird. My teacher who apparently was kind of ahead of the game, she's like, "I need you to pretend that you're an alien and you have to tell another human how to pick up the phone." And we played this game called telephone. And it sounds crazy because you're like in third grade, you're like, "Well, I know how to pick up the phone." And you pick up the phone. She goes, "No, that's wrong because you're picking up the receiver." And she's like, "Pick up the phone." And I find there's a huge correlation between that and what you tell AI because when you tell AI, "Pick up the phone," it doesn't understand a receiver or just the headset part of a phone. It would pick up the entire phone. That's just a funny story, only to make this question longer, but are there things that you are doing personally in using AI that you feel are making you understand it or build better prompts?

Marissa Scalercio: Yeah. I mean, I'm using it in my personal life. I'm using it with my personal email. I'm trying my best to use it every single day, whether that is new products that I'm seeing that are coming out, the new tools that Salesforce is rolling out, the new tools that... Outlook's rolling out some stuff. Google's rolling out a lot of different AI tools. So really being able to test those throughout your personal and professional life. That's really what I've been trying to do. I also am asking a lot of questions of my peers as to how they're using it, and even my friends, just to make sure that if they have something really cool that they are using on a daily basis and it's making them more efficient, I want it. So I want to make sure that I am trying to find what is going to help me personally be more efficient and then help what is going to help our entire organization or sales organization.

Mike: That's smart. I mean, much like the last few podcasts that I've done, it's practice, practice, practice and use, use, use. Right?

Marissa Scalercio: Yes.

Mike: I have a friend that told me, he's like, "Writer's write." Yep. They sure do. That's how you get better at it. So we'll end on a fun note. Is there anything funny you could share that you've asked AI to do that you just kind of thought was an interesting response?

Marissa Scalercio: I mean, funny pictures. Putting me in some interesting pictures, like basketball photos, which I don't play basketball. I'm very short. So I mean, there are some really fun things that you can do with AI as well. So those are some of the fun things I've been doing.

Mike: Yeah. I asked AI to make a Pixar version of myself, and that was a hilarious outcome.

Marissa Scalercio: Yeah, exactly. It's just fun to play around with it.

Mike: Yeah. Well, and it's fun for me, I think, to try and repeat different things and see what the different, especially with images, response was. I did have a coworker. I thought this was really interesting. She's like, "I didn't know what to make for dinner. So I plugged some of the stuff that I had in the fridge, in the cupboard, into AI and asked it for a recipe." I was like, oh, it's like Iron Chef Kitchen AI.

Marissa Scalercio: How smart.

Mike: I know, right?

Marissa Scalercio: I love that. Oh, I'm absolutely going to use that.

Mike: Yeah, you're going to end up with a tuna noodle, taco shell, Dorito, rice and beans. I don't know. Kind of...

Marissa Scalercio: Sounds delicious.

Mike: Yeah, well, AI said it was good. Yeah, well, AI is not eating it. Marissa, thanks so much for being on the podcast. I can't wait to see everything else that you guys are working on. I'm sure we'll see you elsewhere. You're going to be at TrailblazerDx and Dreamforce and all those fun events.

Marissa Scalercio: Absolutely.

Mike: Yeah.

Marissa Scalercio: Thank you so much for having me. It was so nice to meet you and I'm honored to be here.

Mike: So it was a great conversation with Marissa. I learned a lot. I feel like I can't wait to see all of the stuff that we can configure with Prompt Builder. I know she was very specific in emails, but it's one thing that we're improving constantly over user's time and building better emails for salespeople. They always need a better email. And I also loved her insight into being a Salesforce admin as a VP, helping us understand going across to other VPs, communication and also up and down within organizations. It's very important that we pay attention to that, especially as some of these new features come out and we plan our roadmaps for this year. Now, if you enjoyed this episode, which I bet you did because I did, and you're listening on iTunes, I want you to share it. All you got to do is tap the three dots and click Share Episode. Then you can post it socially, you can text it to a friend. And of course, if you're looking for more great resources, Everything Admin is at admin.salesforce.com, including links to learn about AI and Trailhead and a full transcript of the show. And of course, you can join our conversation, The Admin Trailblazer Group in the Trailblazer community. The link is also in the show notes. So with that, until next week, I'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Jennifer Lee, Lead Admin Evangelist at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about what you need to do to be ready for the upcoming Spring ‘24 Release.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jennifer Lee.

Video Content for the Spring ‘24 Release If you’ve come across any admin Release Readiness content, then you’re probably familiar with Jennifer Lee and her army of GIFs. That’s why I was excited to sit down with her and talk about what’s coming in the Spring ‘24 Release and what content is coming out to help you get ready.

Jennifer’s comprehensive blog post about her top Spring ‘24 Release features is a good place to start, but she’s also putting together a truckload of video content that is not to be missed. There will be new episodes of “Automate This!” and “How I Solved It” on YouTube.

Meanwhile, on Salesforce+, mark your calendar for a special Admin Preview Live on Thursday, February 8th at 9 a.m. (PST). Join Jennifer and all the PMs for presentations, demos, and everything admins need to know for the Spring ‘24 Release. It’s all a part of Release Readiness Live, which will be on Salesforce+ next week on February 6th, 7th, and 8th.

Spring ‘24 Release highlights For Jennifer, the release notes are like an onion—you always seem to find something new each time you go through them. Some features she’s particularly excited about include:

  • Enhanced security management, like error messages that appear if you try to delete a permission set that is still assigned to users or permission set groups.
  • Flow enhancements like text templates, repeaters (no more placeholders!), and debugging data cloud-triggered flows.
  • An email alert page in setup to see which flows are sending things to your users.
  • Better report ownership management.

Sandbox best practices for release management Jennifer also fills us in on some best practices for sandboxes to get your production org ready for a new release. You want to have two sandboxes: one that matches your production release that you use for deployment, and one that’s on the upcoming release to try out new features. That way you have somewhere to prep for the future without accidentally breaking your current deployment.

Finally, Jennifer recommends that every admin should pull up “release updates” in the quickfind. That’s the easiest way to see what changes coming up and how long you have to get ready. Armed with your pre-release sandbox, you’ll be ready for all the new features before they’re auto-enabled.

This episode was a great supplement to all the other Spring ‘24 Release content we’re putting out there, so be sure to take a listen. And don’t miss Admin Preview Live next Thursday, February 8th at 9 a.m. (PST).

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Tune in to Admin Preview Live on Feb 8 * Release Readiness Live on Salesforce+ * Be Release Ready * Jen’s Top Spring ’24 Release Features * Salesforce Release in a Box – Spring ’24 * Automate This! live * How I Solved It YouTube Playlist

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • https://sfdc.co/admintrailblazers

Social

  • Jennifer: @JenWLee
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike`
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Mike: Salesforce does three releases a year, and I don't know about you, but I could use some warm weather thinking. So this week on the Salesforce Admins podcast, we are going to get release ready with Jennifer Lee, who is lead admin evangelist here at Salesforce, she was an MVP. You know her for all of the flow stuff that she does. By the way, she's got a really cool thing she's going to talk about on this podcast that's not release ready, but I bet you're going to want to hear that. Then of course, we talk about some of the release features that she's not going to feature on Release Readiness Live, which is next week if you're listening to this. So this is a fun episode. We're going to help you get release ready. Let's get Jennifer on the podcast. So, Jennifer, welcome to the podcast.

Jennifer Lee: Hey, Mike, thanks for having me.

Mike: Yeah, well, it is springtime, despite the fact that I think you and I have been indoors for the last, I don't know how many days, and it's freezing cold, but spring '24 release features are right around the corner. You had an awesome blog post about it and we were looking through the release notes and heck, it's about to drop for everybody, so why not do a podcast to talk about it, right?

Jennifer Lee: Super excited.

Mike: Before we get into that, what else you got going on? You've got some video series and stuff coming out this year. I want to make sure that people up front know about that before we start talking about all the fun release stuff.

Jennifer Lee: All right, so if you haven't heard about Automate This, it's a livestream series that I do monthly on the Salesforce Admins YouTube channel, so check that out. We also do deep dive blogs on it as well from our trailblazers. We're going to be bringing back How I Solved It back to the YouTube channel, so very excited to continue to feature awesome admins doing amazing things on the Salesforce platform. So, that will start next, actually this month.

Mike: This month, yeah. It's February already.

Jennifer Lee: This month on the 21st.

Mike: Clock's ticking down. Here we go. Yeah, I mean to sit and watch Jen Lee build flows live, we should charge tickets for that, but you can just watch it for free on YouTube. Okay, so we've got some pilot, some beta, some GA features coming in the spring release. What are you excited for?

Jennifer Lee: A few things. So when we're talking about security management, I'm going to geek out on security, of all things.

Mike: Hey, it's the security stuff's cool. It keeps us doing our jobs. People overlook that.

Jennifer Lee: Yeah, so when you go and try and delete a permission set, previously if it had people assigned to it or it's assigned to a permission set group, it allowed you to delete it, it didn't even tell you. Now we're going to throw up an error and let you know someone's assigned to it, so get rid of them first before you go ahead and delete it or just check first that you really want to delete that permission set. So thanks to Cheryl and team for putting that in. But a lot of the things that are going into this release, surprise surprise, are flow enhancements, being the Flownatic that I love, so.

Mike: I'm just shocked you didn't start there. I'm going to throw a curve and talk about one security thing, talk about fly. That's like being a hamburger reviewer and being like, so they have chocolate shakes at this burger restaurant, but let's talk about burgers.

Jennifer Lee: So threw you guys for a loop, huh?

Mike: A little bit, yep.

Jennifer Lee: So I love the reactivity that's been going on in screen flows and Adam White and team, Sam Raynard, have been doing amazing things. So continuing on with reactivity, being able to have one component behave a certain way and then another component react to that. So, they're adding text templates, display texts going GA. They're also adding as a beta feature, repeaters. Now when you think of a repeater component, think of like you're filling out an application and let's say you're adding beneficiaries. Instead of thinking ahead and thinking like, oh, this person's going to add five and I'm going to put five placeholders, what about just adding the one? Then you let the user decide, hey, I want to add another and add another. So you don't have to build out this UI that has 10 placeholders or something. It's letting the user take charge and they're adding and removing accordingly. So I think that's got to be super cool for screen flows as well.

Mike: I'm watching your GIF on that right now on this blog. I'm thinking, how many times haven't we built flow, really cool flow components on a page? Then they had to go through it and like, okay, now I've got to do this again, because you've got to add somebody else. Now they can just bang, bang, bang, bang, add them all.

Jennifer Lee: Or you thought they're going to add five and they needed 10.

Mike: [inaudible 00:05:29].

Jennifer Lee: Then they complain about your form.

Mike: Well, I mean, this is always the question I would ask in doing requirements gathering. So what's the maximum insane crazy number you would think we could add? They'd be like, oh four, I don't ever see us adding more than four. You're like, the third use case they give you is like seven. You're like, awesome. We're just going to add 10.

Jennifer Lee: Then a couple of other enhancements. So that data table component. So now when you search for other records, it doesn't clear out your previously selected records, which is good. Then when you have flows that use email alerts, you can go to the email alert page and setup and see what flows are using it.

Mike: Oh, that's so cool.

Jennifer Lee: No more guessing where it is.

Mike: Or no more just guessing how many emails I'm sending with all of my flows.

Jennifer Lee: Then the last piece on the data cloud front is now you could debug your data cloud triggered flows, rather than build them and fingers crossed, hope they work.

Mike: Right? Oh wow, yeah. You start off with, I'm going to geek out on security stuff. I think it's the debug stuff that we need to see more of. Everybody always talks about all the building of flows and stuff, but nobody ever gets into the debug and everything that you read or you go to events is always how you troubleshoot stuff. I feel like it's not that people just don't love the debug, it's that people just don't spend time in the debug. That'd also be a really cool place. Just call your, have a tech bar that serves coffee and scones and has free internet, and you call it the debug. Nope, not with me? All right, let's talk about more release features because Mike's not got a good coffee shop name yet.

Jennifer Lee: Don't make me laugh because I might go into a coffee thing.

Mike: Yeah, the winter has been hard on us East Midwesterners, I got the Barry White going, so.

Jennifer Lee: Jen Lee has a bronchitis going, so that's great. We don't talk for a living.

Mike: No, no. I have a friend of mine that has a podcast and he texted me a couple days after Christmas, he's like, dude, I broke my ankle, I got to go into surgery. And I said, good thing you talk for a living. He didn't find that funny. I did, because I said, you could be a marathoner. Nope, all right, zero for two. What else you got, Jen? There's some cool stuff in here. I mean, I'm busy watching all the GIFs in your posts.

Jennifer Lee: I love creating those GIFs because it brings the feature to life. It's not just a description of what the thing is, but you actually get to see it.

Mike: Yep, and it also doesn't feel like a commitment like watching a video, like click here to watch this video. It's like, no, it just plays. But yeah, I mean the release notes should have more GIFs in it, add that to the idea exchange. I can feel somebody crying already over that.

Jennifer Lee: So some of the other changes on the analytics side, the reports and dashboard side. Now when you have changes in report ownership, I guess before you needed to do a clone of it and start from the beginning, now you could just change owners, so that's big. Then they had widgets that were only available to, I think it was enterprise and unlimited. So now it's available across the board for all editions, which is like, you have a widget and you have a widget, doing the Oprah thing.

Mike: Wow. No, that's good. I just saw your GIF on the email thing. I'm still stuck on that.

Jennifer Lee: You're just distracted by my GIFs.

Mike: No, just the fact, I mean, I think I remember still old school, building a workflow and thinking, how cool is this? But you never had the ability, you always had email templates and you're like, I have no idea how many workflows are using this, but to see this as a related list, like, oh, okay, so these two flows are using this workflow or using this email. I love it. It's the simple things sometimes. There's the data table one.

Jennifer Lee: Yeah, or if you needed to make a change to it, now you know which things are impacted by that change that you're making.

Mike: Yeah, yeah, because the number of times I've messed up emails before, that's always a constant. I think we're a little late in this coming out because by now a lot of admins have read the release notes. They probably have their idea, but thinking ahead for the summer release, because I'll be honest with you. The summer release was always super hard for me because vacation and I wanted to be on vacation and then there was stuff coming out and then you had users on vacation. But thinking ahead to the summer release, what are some sandbox strategies that Evan should think about?

Jennifer Lee: So when we're in this pre-release cycle, that's when some of the sandboxes are in pre-lease, some aren't. So if you haven't heard the term pre-release, that means you get to have your sandbox be in the upcoming release as opposed to your current release, which is what your production org is in. So the strategy that I've used when I was an admin is, when you're in the cycle and you have a path to production. Let's say you have multiple sandboxes that you build in, and then you push it from a dev sandbox to a UAT sandbox to some other sandbox to production, that's your deployment path. You want to make sure that it's on the current release. So sometimes your sandbox, we're going to say, CS15, let's say that that was slated for preview and that's a sandbox that you use in your production deployment. Well, you don't want it to be in preview, you actually want it to be in the current release because your production is in the current release. What you want to do is build things and test things before it goes into production, as in being in that same release. You don't want to deploy something going from a higher API version because the newer release goes up an API version. You want to deploy like to like, not from higher to lower. The reason is because that new release might have enhancements to the thing that you're building, and now you're building on this newer thing, production doesn't even know about it. You try to deploy it, chances are you're going to run into a deployment error and you can't contact Salesforce support to help you because you went from preview to a non-preview. So definitely keep that in mind. There is a timeframe, a window, and I believe, well, we provide resources that tell you if you want to stay on that current release or you want to move off of preview and go back to your current release, here are the actions you need to take, and that requires a sandbox refresh, for example. But we have blog articles that talk about that, so go to our release ready page and you'll find blog posts on that, but make sure that your deployment path is on the current release. But at the same time, you also want a sandbox that's on preview because you want to test your current features and things like that, the things that you've currently built, and make sure they continue to work as expected and that you don't get some weird behavior as a result of something new that's coming out. So you definitely want to refresh and test the things that you have.

Mike: Yeah, and I mean, even for example, we were in something like this, this time last year when reactive components came out. I was working with you to build the demo for our world tour. I couldn't figure out why in one of my environments I couldn't make the reactive component work, and here we need to check a box and go to a different API version. Similar, but yes, I mean you just want, yeah, pressure test against everything. Make sure it works current, make sure it's going to work when the upgrade happens because you'll nine times out of 10 be asleep, not sitting around pining for new-

Jennifer Lee: Yeah, you don't want to get that call.

Mike: Right? Hey, I don't know why this component doesn't work, because it's always a component. It's never anything in the background. It's always like an email didn't fire or a component is just saying insufficient privileges. Well, did you unplug Salesforce and plug it back in?

Jennifer Lee: Reboot.

Mike: Reboot.

Jennifer Lee: Control, alt, delete.

Mike: Control, alt, delete, yeah. Is there anything else that we should think about during release time, either before or after?

Jennifer Lee: Oh, yes. So release updates. So you can get to release updates in setup, just go into the quick find, go to release updates, and then you'll see a list of upcoming release updates or you see things that you're behind on. Hopefully you don't, but Salesforce gives you ample time and they announce, okay, we're going to put this release update out there. You have until X date before Salesforce enforces it, and they auto enable it. So when you go into release updates, it tells you all the information you need to know about whatever that update is, how to go about testing it. So definitely go in a sandbox, test it out. Sometimes there are things that might require you to make changes to something that you have in your org so that it doesn't break when we auto enable it in a future release. So definitely go through it periodically to see if there's anything upcoming, and then spend a time to allocate to actually testing it, making sure it doesn't break anything there. In some cases, you can enable it in your after you've tested it so everything's cool, but you definitely don't want to miss the deadline, we auto enable it and then it breaks something in your production org.

Mike: Breaking things is bad. You didn't mention this, but I was scrolling along. Access fields from related objects on dynamic forums, forums enabled record pages. This feels like, oh wow, air. I bring this up because there's literally a question in the Trailblazer community, and I'm going to respond to her after we get done with this podcast, where she was trying to pull in, she's trying to write just a simple formula field to return a phone number. This would totally solve it, because why not just pull the field in? You can do that. Just wait for the release.

Jennifer Lee: I just realized I forgot to mention all the features that I'm going to highlight on Admin Preview Live.

Mike: Well, but that's why you do the podcast because see, now they got to listen to all the features that didn't make it on Admin Preview Live, but when is Admin Preview Live?

Jennifer Lee: So you're going to go on Salesforce Plus on Thursday, February 8th at 9:00 A.M. Pacific Time. We're going to live stream the broadcast. So we're going to go in the studio, all of the PMs, I'm going to be there as well. We're going to be in-studio doing live presentations and live demos. So I'm going to be covering admin highlights. I'm going to cover four things, and cross object fields is one of the things that I will be covering.

Mike: Oh, darn. Yay, teaser.

Jennifer Lee: Then other things. The other things that you'll just have to wait to find out.

Mike: No, but look at all you get to find out on listening to podcasts ahead of time. Are you doing anything special for release live? Like we do shoes, I guess there's no really footwear attire for release live-

Jennifer Lee: No.

Mike: ... anymore. We used to do shirts for a while.

Jennifer Lee: I'll have to figure out what my outfit is.

Mike: Yeah, maybe sparkly. Sparkly seems to be a thing. Maybe that's out in 2024. Maybe it's got to be something else, I don't know. Cross out [inaudible 00:19:04].

Jennifer Lee: Well, we'll have to figure it out.

Mike: I'm excited for this, little stuff. Jen, thanks so much for coming on the podcast and giving us all the cool stuff that you also included in your blog. But I feel like with the releases, you got to hear this stuff two, three times. It's like peeling back an onion. Every time you look at the release notes, you find something else that you didn't see before.

Jennifer Lee: Oh, when I was a customer, I would love... So I would read through the release notes. Plus, I would always watch Release Readiness Live because I always find things that I didn't catch while I was reading through the release notes. The release notes are pretty dry, so.

Mike: I mean, they're not a novel. But also, I felt like sometimes even reading your blog posts and seeing the GIFs, like the GIFs and that stuff, you read the feature and you're like, meh, okay, but then you see a GIF or then you watch the Release Readiness Live of it and you're like, oh, that's so much cooler than it read in the release note. Well, I will be sure to include the links to all of these. As always, if you've got this far in the podcast and you have a suggestion for themed wear that Jennifer should bring to release. You should have an Easter egg, that something only somebody on the podcast would know about. Then we'll put that on the thing and then see if anybody comments on it. Probably not, but it's fun to think about.

Jennifer Lee: Well, Diana Jaffe brought her lamp.

Mike: I know, right? Who would've thought that a lamp would-

Jennifer Lee: That was on the craze on X or Twitter or whatever.

Mike: I know. Yeah, well, that's okay. We have a goat as a mascot, so I'll par for it. I'll put the link in the show notes and then we will, we've got a week to prepare to watch you live on Release Readiness, so thanks for coming by and sharing some of that.

Jennifer Lee: Thanks for having me.

Mike: You bet. Of course, that was another great discussion with Jennifer. Hey, How I solved It's coming back, which is amazing. I love watching that video series. I also just, the fact that we can watch Jennifer do live flow solutions on YouTube is just the funnest part because that's what I enjoy doing. Also, learning about flow because there's still so much that I need to learn about flow, but there's some pretty cool stuff in the release. I would love to know what is one of your favorite features. Go ahead and shout out on Twitter or any of the social platforms. Let us know. Now, of course, if you enjoyed this episode, I need you to do me a favor. Can you share it with somebody? I mean, you've probably got friends that are getting release ready, right? Do they know about this episode? Do they know about some of the cool features like the reporting and the email stuff that Jen was talking about? If they don't, all you got to do is tap the three dots, choose share episode, and then you can post it on social, you can text it to a friend. You take them to a coffee shop and say, let's listen to the podcast together. I don't know, throwing out ideas there. Full of resources if you're looking for them, admin.salesforce.com. That is where you're going to find transcript of the show, the link to watch Jennifer do Release Readiness Live, which I'll be tuning in for, and a link to the blog post where she has all those fun GIFs. Of course, don't miss out on the conversation we have going on in the admin Trailblazer group that is in the Trailblazer community. The link is in the show notes. Hey, until next week, I'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Anna Szabo, ISV Platform Expert at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about getting started with Trailhead, how to decide which certifications to go for, and why we all need to embrace failure.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Anna Szabo.

Give yourself a chance Anna wanted to be Salesforce certified for a long time before she actually jumped into Trailhead and got started. “To be honest with you, I didn’t believe I could,” she says. But in 2022, she decided: she’d get her certification by the end of the year.

She left notes for herself everywhere that she’d be a certified Salesforce Administrator, but still couldn’t seem to get started. On May 23, 2022, she wrote herself a poem:

"Give Yourself a Chance" by Anna Szabo

When feeling scared, just give yourself a chance!

By analyzing paralyzed, you can’t advance.

To make some progress, starting is a must!

While outcomes pursuing, please the process trust!

Just give yourself a chance so you can soar!

View learning as a blessing, not a chore!

For outcomes to happen, you must start the process!

Engage in learning to ensure your progress!

Yes, you can do it; give yourself a chance!

At future, not the past I recommend you glance.

A vision helps you through the journey to advance!

Get started please! Just give yourself a chance!

Within 30 days, Anna earned her Admin certification. She became 19x Salesforce certified in 1 year, and earned the All Star Ranger rank in only 477 days. Today, she works for Salesforce as an ISV Platform Expert and has helped over a thousand Trailblazers get their certifications, too.

Be the CEO of your career One of the most common questions I get asked at events is some version of, “How do I decide which certifications to pursue on Trailhead?” Anna’s advice is to be the CEO of your career and, as CEO, you need to look at which certifications are demanded in the marketplace. What shows up on job listings? What about for your dream job?

When you’re going for these certifications, Anna encourages you to embrace failure. “Studying for these exams only exposes how much you don’t know,” she says. Even with all of her accomplishments, Anna had to retake several certification exams. Keep on giving yourself a chance and you’re bound to succeed.

More content from Anna to help with your certifications In addition to her role at Salesforce, Anna creates a ton of content to help other Trailblazers follow their dreams. If you’re thinking about getting more certifications or going for your first, make sure to check out her YouTube channel or find her on LinkedIn.

This episode is jam-packed with inspiring words and motivation, so be sure to take a listen if you haven’t already. See you next week!

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Anna Szabo on YouTube * Anna’s Story

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • https://sfdc.co/admintrailblazers

Social

  • Anna: @AnnaSzaboJDMBA
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike`
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re revisiting our episode with Emma Keeling, Salesforce Consultant and Nonprofit Community Group Leader.

Join us as we chat about the skill of project management and some best practices to help you keep things organized.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Emma Keeling.

Why everyone needs Project Management skills Emma is one of our guests on this month’s Skills for Success video series, which breaks down the skills Salesforce Admins need to succeed in today’s world. And even though we brought her on to talk about Project Management, she actually doesn’t call herself a project manager. But she uses those skills all the time as a Salesforce Consultant, which is kind of the point.

When we think of Project Management, we imagine an array of timetables and Kanban Boards, and, indeed, there are some project managers who use those things to do big jobs at large organizations. What Emma does, however is a little different. She keeps her team on task, on schedule, and working together effectively. And those are skills that every admin should have.

Start with the starting point Often, your starting point is figuring out what you’re even starting with. Is this a new process or an old process? Has it been documented before or are you coming in to make those decisions? And what are the priorities for the organization? Sometimes someone is saying they need this feature or that feature but the problem you really need to be solving is something else entirely.

“One of the key things is people,” Emma says, “if you’re doing an implementation, you’re probably not the expert on everything.” If you’re adding a new feature for fundraising, for example, you probably need to talk to the people doing the fundraising to figure out the best way to do things.

Timelines for your organization and your people Even if you’re not a Kanban Master, you need to be aware of what timelines are important for your organization. For the nonprofit world that Emma operates in, November 1st is an important date because it marks the start of the holiday giving season. That means you probably want to get anything related to donations squared away and tested before it sees heavy use.

You also want to be aware of how timelines affect your people. Is everyone busy at the same time, or are their schedules independent from each other? Who is going to make plans based on the timeline that you’re outlining? It’s crucial to communicate which dates are firm and which dates are flexible. And it’s important to build in flexibility in case the unexpected happens.

Be sure to listen to the full episode for Emma’s four key Project Management skills for admins.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Resources

  • Skills for Success—A New Video Series to Help Salesforce Admins Succeed
  • Salesforce Admin Skills Kit
  • The Human Stack

Social

  • Emma: @Salesforce_Em
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Dorian Earl, Founder & CEO of Development Consulting Partners.

Join us as we chat about how to integrate Salesforce with your business processes by working backwards.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Dorian Earl.

A lost rolodex and a new career in Salesforce Dorian and I have been running into each other at event after event, and I finally got him to come on the pod. He does a lot of work with different companies on refreshing their Salesforce org to match their business processes, so I’m excited to share his insights with you.

20 years ago, Dorian was selling medical supplies and using an old-school planner to keep track of everything. One day, he was driving home from some client visits when he had the funny feeling he had forgotten something. “I saw about $80,000 in pipeline go flying on the interstate,” he says, and that’s when he knew he needed a better way.

Dorian started using Salesforce, initially as an org of one, keeping track of his own pipeline. He got hooked and ended up founding a string of businesses based around the platform. These days, he uses his experience in sales and his knowledge of the Salesforce platform to help companies map their business processes over their tech stack to get the most out of both.

Defining business processes for Salesforce Time again, the biggest issue that Dorian sees is that his clients haven’t defined their processes in terms of Salesforce. “Every company defines an account a little differently,” he says, “so I push my clients to say what an account means to them, and what it means to them when somebody creates an account, or when we convert a lead into an account.”

No matter what internal terms you use, it’s important to be clear about how Salesforce is built to work. For example, you should only create an opportunity for a qualified lead. It means something specific on the platform, but you might need to do some work to help your users understand that. Otherwise, you end up with a request for a field to track whether or not a prospect is interested.

How to start a business process backwards The most helpful thing you can do is start with the end goal in mind and work backward from there. What does the business want to look at to measure success? What report is that in Salesforce? From there, you can figure out what steps need to happen on the platform to run that report, and how those correlate to the business processes already in place.

Businesses that have had Salesforce for a while sometimes start to wonder if it’s still working for them. Usually, it’s a question of refreshing the business processes and bringing them into alignment with what needs to happen in the org. Dorian compares it to owning a home: if you want to have a workout space, you don’t go around looking for a new house, you make space in your garage.

Dorian has tons of experience helping all sorts of businesses helping them to get the most out of Salesforce, so be sure to listen to the full episode for more tips and insights, including why exception reports are the best place to start when you’re refreshing an org.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Business Process Mapping on Trailhead

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • https://sfdc.co/admintrailblazers

Social

  • Dorian on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/dorianearl/
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike`
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Joy Shutters-Helbing, Salesforce MVP, Chicago Admin Co-Leader, and Golden Hoodie recipient.

Join us as we chat about why frontline experience is so important to your Salesforce career and the importance of networking.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Joy Shutters-Helbing.

Getting experience as a Salesforce user I recently ran into Joy at World Tour Chicago, where I was shocked to discover that we’ve never had her on the pod. One of the most common questions I get asked is how to get started in a Salesforce career, and I think she has some great advice on the subject.

Joy and I both got involved with Salesforce as users, first, before transitioning into an admin career. That meant we already understood how business processes were supposed to work and how Salesforce could help. And that’s what can be the missing step for someone armed with Salesforce credentials but not a lot of real-world experience.

Get frontline experience while you learn Salesforce Joy’s biggest piece of advice for someone looking to get started in Salesforce is to get experience in an industry you’re passionate about. “Go and answer those phones as a call center rep,” she says, “be that first line of employees that are working with customers that are going to be using Salesforce with a high frequency.”

In the meantime, you should be working through Trailhead and enhancing your skills on the platform. In short, you’ll be able to learn the ins and outs of business processes while you’re building up your Salesforce knowledge. And be on the lookout for opportunities to make suggestions and get involved in how the platform is used in your organization.

Why networking is misunderstood Joy also has a great perspective on networking and how it’s misunderstood. When she’s looking for a new role, she updates her resume and makes cold applications like everyone else. But she also isn’t afraid to let people know that she’s looking, which creates an invitation for people to send things her way.

The difference here is between asking someone for a favor and allowing them to help you. And people will want to help you if you’re active in the community and have helped them in the past. It’s all about looking for ways to get involved in your local user group and pay it forward.

Be sure to listen to the full episode for more insights from Joy, and more about what it’s like to don the coveted Golden Hoodie.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Chicago Area Community Groups: https://trailblazercommunitygroups.com/chicago-il/ * Chicago Admin: https://trailblazercommunitygroups.com/salesforce-admin-group-chicago-united-states/ * Chicago Architect: https://trailblazercommunitygroups.com/salesforce-architect-group-chicago-united-states/ * Downers Grove Admin: https://trailblazercommunitygroups.com/salesforce-admin-group-downers-grove-united-states/ * Chicago Non-Profit: https://trailblazercommunitygroups.com/salesforce-nonprofit-user-group-chicago-united-states/ * Chicago WIT: https://trailblazercommunitygroups.com/salesforce-women-in-tech-group-chicago-united-states/ * MVP Office Hours: https://bit.ly/MVPOH

Admin Trailblazers Group

  • https://sfdc.co/admintrailblazers

Social

  • Joy: @Joy_SH
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike`
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we revisit our episode with Ko Forte, Salesforce Business Analyst at RGP.

Join us as we chat about business analysis, career transitions, and the BA mindset.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Ko Forte.

August was Business Analyst Month For August, we took a deep dive into the Business Analyst skillset. We started by talking to Ko, a consultant who helps organizations as both a Business Analyst and a Salesforce Admin. She’s recently given a talk at some Salesforce events entitled “BA Where You Are,” so we thought we should bring her on the pod to hear all about it.

Ko’s talk is focused on developing the mindset and habits for a Salesforce Business Analyst role. It’s geared toward people who are admins and want to move into business analysis, as well as folks who might be new to the ecosystem and looking for a potential fit.

The Business Analyst mindset For Ko, the key to being an effective Business Analyst begins with mindset. Before she starts work with a new client, she asks herself:

  • Who is this company?
  • How are they positioned in the industry?
  • Who are their customers?
  • What do they do to make money? And therefore, what’s important to them?

Thoroughly understanding these things grounds Ko with a clear understanding of what the company she’s working with needs their technology to do for them.

It’s also important to cultivate a mindset of compassion, both for why business processes are the way they are and for the people who will be affected if you make a change. People do things for a reason, and you need to understand those factors to find something that works.

Transitioning your career The biggest thing Ko recommends for admins making the transition into business analysis is to not be afraid of asking questions. Someone else may be wondering the same thing and something that seems obvious to an expert might need to be better understood by everyone else on the team.

You should also start making a habit of turning the camera on for meetings. You want to create the impression that you’re reliable, you’re present, and you’re listening. Our brains have evolved to look at faces and, especially in remote work, it helps to show yours to the world. And, again, have compassion for everyone else attending a meeting by clearly communicating what you’re trying to do with an agenda and some goals.

Be sure to listen to the full episode for more about Ko, and why it’s important to take a look at your job description if you’re trying to advance your career. And we’ve included links to the other Business Analyst August episodes if you want to learn more.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more

  • Get Started as a Salesforce Business Analyst
  • Toni V. Martin on Business Analysis Skills
  • Amber Boaz on Slack Best Practices
  • Pei Mun Lim on the Skills of a Business Analyst

Social

  • Ko: https://www.salesforce.com/trailblazer/kforte

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns

  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Full Transcript

Mike Gerholdt:

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we are doing a replay episode from Business Analyst August, which was we featured a lot of business analysts back in August talking about being and doing the active business analysis as part of being a Salesforce Admin and the whole BA mindset.

So, I'll include a link at the bottom for all of those episodes, but this really focuses on Ko Forte and kind of the business analyst mindset. Now, before we get into Ko's episode, I just want to make sure that you're doing one thing, which is following the Salesforce Admins podcast on the iTunes, or wherever you get your podcasts. That way, a new episode like this one will just download to your phone every Thursday and you don't have to think about it. So with that, let's get to our conversation with Ko.

So, Ko, Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Ko Forte:

Thanks, Mike. Great to be here.

Mike Gerholdt:

Let's get started. It's August already. Hey. Glad to be out of July. Felt like it was never going to end.

Ko Forte:

Agreed.

Mike Gerholdt:

But we're talking business analysts. Actually, I have quite a few episodes this month, spoiler alert, that will be focused around the BA. I know you and I have talked while Atlanta World Tour was going on. Tell me how you got started in the Salesforce ecosystem.

Ko Forte:

Sure. My journey to the Salesforce ecosystem came as a really great surprise to me. I was actually a theater major. I graduated from the University of Georgia with an MFA and just needed a quote, unquote, "Real job," in the interim. Definitely, graduating during a housing bubble and things like that contributed to that decision. But a lot of my friends from there were going to work for a small upstart tech company here in Atlanta, and they needed some entry level folks to do some data entry.

And so, I applied for that job and I got it. No experience needed or anything like that. You're literally just typing in numbers. But this company used Salesforce as their tool to build cases and quotes and opportunities and things like that. I was just very curious about this tool that we were using.

I said, "I notice that when I do this, then that happens. I wonder why? What's behind this thing that's making all this stuff do what it does?" That was really my introduction to what is Salesforce as a tool. Why are we using it? Why does it do what it does? How can I learn more?

Mike Gerholdt:

Wow. I would love for us to do some survey on the number of degrees that admins have that aren't tech.

Ko Forte:

Right.

Mike Gerholdt:

Because I'm a communication studies degree. I also did theater in high school and I loved doing it. So I can totally talk theater, but we won't on this podcast. You went to into data entry, which is as fun as watching paint dry, but it pays the bills. What got you into business analysis?

Ko Forte:

Well, it took some years, to be honest. Being at the level that I was and at the type of company that I was in, it was just, "We've got to do the job." That's first and foremost. As long as there's nothing else in queue, you can do whatever you want.

The company being smaller, I was able to talk to different departments and bring my questions to other people who knew a lot more than I did. There were thankfully enough supportive people around me to say, "Hey. Well, this is Salesforce. There's some help articles out there. You can understand what it does and study up on how this thing works."

From there, I just went on a journey of self-study. This was before Trailhead, so it was a lot of help articles and Googling and asking people around me, "What does this mean?" Befriending admins, befriending those people who were working in the IT departments and things like that to say, "Hey. I'm studying this thing. If you have any advice or if you can give me any mentorship, I would really appreciate it." Just building upon my knowledge from there.

Mike Gerholdt:

What do you do now then?

Ko Forte:

Now, I am a Salesforce business analyst. I work for a consultant agency and I am sent on different projects to help both in admin capacity and business analyst capacity for different Salesforce implementations and projects.

Mike Gerholdt:

You're the person who has to go into the bowl of spaghetti and untangle all of the noodles.

Ko Forte:

Yes.

Mike Gerholdt:

It's always been the analogy. It's been in my head since ever I can remember of, "Here's our business processes and it looks like a bowl of noodles." You do a lot of speaking at community conferences. I know you talk about business analysis there. Can you try and tell me, what do you talk about there? How are you getting people into the BA role?

Ko Forte:

Absolutely. Recently, I spoke at both the Southeast Dreamin' in Atlanta and Dreamin' In Color, both two really great community conferences. My session is BA Where You Are. My session is geared towards developing the mindset and habits for a Salesforce business analyst role.

This is for people who are admins and want to expand their admin career into more of a BA role. Or for people who are not yet in an admin position. Maybe they're in customer service or sales or something like that, and they want to pursue a business analyst career. And I talk about the mindset and habits and competencies that can be developed in order to build a business analyst career.

Mike Gerholdt:

Let's dig into that. Help me understand. Because I feel ... You're very fortunate in that you get to do business analyst stuff all the time. I feel for a lot of admins, it's kind of, "Well, that's part of the project." That's part of the day-to-day is to jump into a department and figure out the challenge and then have to solve it.

Let's talk about that mindset. What is your mindset going into that first-time, say, meeting with a client or a department, knowing they've got a bowl of spaghetti that you have to untangle? What should admins ... How do they start being that BA where they are?

Ko Forte:

My mindset work happens even before the project begins. It's taking a step back to review, "Who is that company? How are they positioned in the industry? What do they do to make money? What's important to them?"

Look at their overall profile, so that as I walk into the project, I have more of a grounded understanding of, "This is who this company is and how they show up. This is how they make money and these are their customers." And so, I have their story of who they are, where they're going, and what they need their technology to do in order to support that mission.

Mike Gerholdt:

Wow. You start a long time before I thought, as any good professional should. As you're walking through some of these business processes, I feel like you are almost solving a mystery to some degree. Is it just the fact that so many processes are put together and then changed and are not well-documented? Where does it start? Where does the mess start?

Ko Forte:

I'll just offer that it feels less like I am solving a mystery and more that I am being content with being in the mystery that is happening. I am in the mystery as it is unfolding, and even I am an audience to it, but a compassionate audience to the process.

Because as a business analyst, you are both dealing with technical information, process information, but you're also navigating the human aspect. The emotions of making a transition from where you currently are to where you're trying to get, and the reactions to change that happen throughout all of that. Mystery is a good word, but we don't understand how many micro-mysteries there are within that process.

Because like many great teams, there's somebody on the team who is a rockstar, who everybody goes to them because they do the thing and they know the information. And if we ask them this one thing, they'll take it and they'll do it. That person is great and valuable and necessary, but that person usually is not writing down what they do, how they do it, so that when they're gone, it can be repeated by someone else. Or just to give transparency to what that process is and how they're solving it.

So as a business analyst, those are the things that I am looking for. That hidden knowledge and those people who are key players that make the magic happen and solve the mysteries for the business, but make those mysteries more transparent.

Mike Gerholdt:

I'm going to stitch a couple of things together. What part of your theater degree do you have to rely on most in those meetings?

Ko Forte:

I appreciate this question, because the parts of the creative mindset that are so valuable in this space has to do with having that capacity to sit and let things unfold, but also allow repetition to be comfortable. Coming to the table and setting up a meeting where you're giving people space to talk and share about what they do. That's kind of like a rehearsal. We're coming together. We're trying to get all the information out there.

But there's also a great deal of synthesizing that must happen. We talked about this piece of work that this team is going to do and this process over here, but what are the threads that link all those together to help us move this project forward? And that's something that you're doing with a text that's in front of you, that you're studying to put on as a performance.

You have to find the themes within. You have to find the patterns. You have to synthesize the information and bring it to that larger context of, "What is the overarching idea that we're trying to put forward when we do this play?" It's kind of the same thing. We're helping organizations navigate that change, and in the end, curtains up. We've got a great Salesforce implementation and all is well.

Mike Gerholdt:

I love the play theme because we can run with that. There's always a part of a play that I feel people struggle with. Or somebody has a hard time with their lines. What is the hardest part that you had to learn in being a business analyst that you feel maybe other admins are going to run into as well?

Ko Forte:

Absolutely. The hardest part for me personally has been the speaking up and showing up.

Mike Gerholdt:

Really? For a theater major?

Ko Forte:

Absolutely. It makes sense now as I look back on my journey, because I had that imposter syndrome. I'm here, but I really am not the smartest person in the room. I don't know if I'm supposed to be here. I don't know if I can measure up to all these people who are more technically inclined.

And that had to do with a lot of, "Let's just be quiet. Let's just hold that. I see this thing and I am curious about this and I have questions and concerns, but let me not rock the boat, because someone else over there is smarter than me." But I learned that level of insight and curiosity that I have and the ability to say, "This doesn't make sense. Can we go through that again," is actually appreciated in the end.

Because a lot of times in these IT settings, we're talking about things while somebody else is multitasking over there. Not everybody is fully at the table, and so things get missed. And if you're a person who's sitting in there and that is actually listening and attuned to what's going on and a question comes up ... That's a benefit, because someone else might have that question. Someone else might have that concern.

Shrinking back is really something that I encourage myself constantly to avoid doing. You want to bring relevant questions to the table. You don't want to just be taking meetings off the rails. You want to have the ability to say, "This could use some clarification." Not from a place of, "I know better and I am the smartest person in the room. You need to say that again." But from a real question of, "You said A and you said B, but I feel like that doesn't equal C." Or, "Tell me how that equals C."

Mike Gerholdt:

No. I can 100% understand that. The imposter syndrome part, I feel like you deal with every day. Because you're sitting there and all of these people know the process or pretend to know the process. And then, you're the expert and they almost look for you to, "Well, can you answer this?" You're like, "We are just in the learning about you phase. We are not into the solving about you phase at this point."

Ko Forte:

Right.

Mike Gerholdt:

What is one thing ... I feel like maybe you pick up on this a little bit more with your theater background, but dealing with personalities. I'm trying to dig into the mindset part of this, because I feel like a lot of it is understanding business process and what people are telling you. But I feel the other part of it too is dealing with personalities in a meeting.

Because you mentioned, and I could literally visualize as you were telling me, the person over there multitasking. The one person talking, who is super excited telling you about the process. And then, two or three other people that are like they have to be there. What would your advice be for admins who are going into this? Who are like, "Look, we're all in this room. We're trying to solve this." How do I manage personalities?

Ko Forte:

Managing personalities for me has a lot to do with helping people understand their value within the context of the meeting or the workshop that you're doing. So it's really appropriate what you said about feeling like I have to be here. That is definitely an energy that I've dealt with.

When you haven't communicated beforehand in your meeting agenda ... Or not having an agenda. That's a big one. Or in your meeting invite, "What is the purpose of this meeting? What are we going to do there? What are we going to talk about?" Those are big things that contribute to the feeling of, "I have to be here. I really don't want to. I have nothing to contribute." And that's not going to be the case.

So as much as I can, helping people have information upfront. Even if within that meeting we don't get through that whole agenda. Just having them understand, "This is a snapshot of what I hope to achieve here and what kind of feedback I'm hoping to get. Thank you so much for making the time. I'll see you there." That goes a long way to creating an environment of participation and shared value.

Mike Gerholdt:

I know every meeting is different. In every business analysis session, you've probably had 20 or 30 people and two or three. Is there a physical activity that you feel you do in most every meeting that really helps move it along? That may be a normal Salesforce ... Normal. That may be a Salesforce admin who is getting into the business analysis role and maybe doesn't know what to do.

Ko Forte:

Well, the one big one, since a lot of us are working remotely now and we are having Zoom meetings and video meetings and things like that. The biggest thing I would say is, "Turn your camera on." Even if you are not facilitating the meeting, you're not leading the meeting ... Even if you're not a BA. Especially, if you're not a BA and you're hoping to land a BA role. Turn your camera on. Let people see your face.

As human beings, we have evolved to enjoy seeing a person's face, seeing the eyes. That's going to be important to create an image of, "I'm a safe person. I'm a reliable person. I'm here. I'm present." That goes a long way. Having the ability to show up and be seen, and to be seen as someone who is actively participating and present goes a very long way.

Mike Gerholdt:

I 100% can tell you I react differently in a meeting when I see the organizer's face versus when I don't.

Ko Forte:

Absolutely.

Mike Gerholdt:

Because I'm like, "Are you even paying attention? Are you phoning this in literally? Phoning it in?" I want to dig into a little bit of ... We talked a lot about inputs and managing stuff. We're never going to cover all of the business analyst role in a podcast. And if we are, it's going to be a long podcast.

Ko Forte:

Right.

Mike Gerholdt:

What are some of the outputs that you feel are different that maybe admins should shift to as they're doing more business discovery and business analysis work?

Ko Forte:

Sure. Just some simple things that I like to keep track of, especially if I'm working with other teams in their processes, is a process document. How do people currently do their work? And I like to say it doesn't have to be anything fancy. A lot of times when it comes to process documents, no one has written this stuff down. Because it's just the process and it's been transferred verbally from one person to another. We just know to do it like this.

But as you are creating that document and you are working with the point person to approve and authorize, "Yes. This is the process. We're good to go." So much comes out of that. Because then, you get to discover, "Well, that's what they do. Why are they doing it like that?" Or, "That's actually not the process. We need to figure out who told them to do that and why."

"This is the actual process. We need to tweak this process over here and make it more clear that this is the way, and not that." There's so much value that comes from that. Just knowing what people are doing and how. And then, where even the gaps are and the idea of, "We just started doing that. That's just what we do now." And the manager is like, "Well, I didn't know you were doing it like that. Why are you doing it like that?"

Mike Gerholdt:

Well, we started doing it that way, because we heard the consultants coming in.

Ko Forte:

Right. Right.

Mike Gerholdt:

It's like the chef getting the cookbook out. "Well, we started using this recipe the other day."

Ko Forte:

Well, a lot of times too, it happens because, "Well, that broke, so we couldn't do it like that anymore. We started doing this." Well, let's talk about this part that quote, unquote, "Broke." We can address that as opposed to making a whole other process to get around that thing.

Mike Gerholdt:

You never start fixing something until it breaks. Boy, let me tell you. That is so relevant for me right now. You have no idea. No idea. Documentation always comes up. I've managed admin track at Dreamforce now for many years. Almost every year outside of the shiny object that Salesforce is releasing, whether it's Dynamic Pages or Flow or whatever the hot new product is, the sessions on documentation are always the biggest.

The ways to store documentation, I've talked about this on the podcast. What do you like to give departments or give organizations and advise them in terms of a leave-behind? In terms of, "Now, we've documented this. Here's what I suggest, where to keep it, how to update it, how often to update it."

Ko Forte:

I'm actually working through that right now, because I'm rolling off of a project.

Mike Gerholdt:

Good.

Ko Forte:

What I decided to do was work with their current knowledge base. This is important because I want to be very sensitive not to create yet another space that they have to go to and that they won't go to. What are they actually currently using? Some organizations, they are blessed with lots of different tools.

Mike Gerholdt:

Sometimes they're rich in tools, but poor in knowledge.

Ko Forte:

Correct. Correct.

Mike Gerholdt:

Or they've got so many tools they don't even know where to put them. "Well, we could put this documentation in seven different places."

Ko Forte:

Correct. So as a consultant, if that's not a process that I'm there to solve for, I'll just ask, "Where will you find this? Where do you want this?" And in a place that everyone can get to it. So that's generally my approach. I actually want what has been created to be something that they can reference again and again.

Doing the work to prepare the documentation in such a way that it's not just, "Me, in my mind, I know exactly what that means," but making it for a general population that can go and get value from it after I'm gone is something that I'm really sensitive to. I want to put it in a style that they can easily read and get value from. And I want to store it in a place that they say, "We will come back to here and we will utilize this again."

Mike Gerholdt:

That's smart. How often do you recommend they update their documentation?

Ko Forte:

I recommend that documentation is reviewed quarterly. At least, quarterly. Because within a quarter, companies are reviewing what their goals were, what work they've completed, where they need to go to in the next quarter. It's just a good place to stop and say, "Is this still accurate based on where we last were and where we need to be now?"

But along with documentation that I create, throughout the lifetime of the project, I am adopting that company's documented information. When was the last time you reviewed your organizational chart? Or a job description? These are very valuable documents that a company provides and we hope that they manage pretty regularly, so that I know who key stakeholders are, how teams interact with one another, where they connect, and who to go to for certain information and guidance. So I'm constantly as the BA looking to interact with that company's documentation as it's stated.

Mike Gerholdt:

I've got to imagine that org chart is probably the least updated. I don't know. That would be a fun poll to ask people. I feel many companies I have worked at ... They always hand it to you in training or something, "Here's the org chart," but it's from 1982.

Ko Forte:

Exactly.

Mike Gerholdt:

You're like, "Wow. That's great." "We fired the guy that took care of it." You're like, "Cool. I love that even more so."

Ko Forte:

Right.

Mike Gerholdt:

As we wrap up, the one thing ... If you've ever presented an admin track or any presentation I'm overseeing. I always like to think of the one thing that goes through my mind when I'm done hearing a presentation, which is, "Cool. You gave me a ton of knowledge and I'm super excited to go do it. When I stand up, what should I do next?"

That's my question to you. After listening to this now for however many minutes, admins are like, "I need to do business analysis work even better." What should they do next? What's their next step?

Ko Forte:

What I would suggest is to first go and review your job description and understand for yourself, "Am I currently meeting this description as stated? Am I doing, to the best of my ability, what they are expecting me to do?" And then, from there, if you are, good job. Now, you can understand the ways that you want to start building out in this BA capacity.

I feel like that's the most supportive way for you to begin that journey. Because I don't want to put you in a position where you're like, "Well, I created these process documents and I had this workshop and I took meeting notes. I got all this documentation together. Can I be a BA now?" And they're like, "Well, you stopped being a great admin. We can't promote you to a BA, because you're not meeting your job description currently."

Make sure you're meeting all the needs and requirements there first to protect yourself and allow yourself to have the best possible path to where you want to go next. And then, start building relationships. That thing of turning on your camera? That's a simple one that you can do immediately. Start building relationships both horizontally with people who are in a similar state as you in the job. And then, vertically. Who's above you? Who can become a sponsor for you at your company? Who can be a mentor?

Who can you mentor? That's a very valid question to ask, because as you teach, you learn more. Your network is going to hopefully be full of people who can support you, who can encourage you as you do things like look into certifications and things like that. Because that's going to take not only mental space, but it's an emotional process to some extent as well. You want to be well-fortified in all the ways, so that you can expand your career in the direction you want to go, but keep your mental health intact at the same time.

Mike Gerholdt:

That was 8,000 pounds of awesome advice. You started with someplace that no one has ever started before. I feel the need to call it out. Take a second to look at your job description and make sure you're doing that well. Wow. Wow. Because I think we forget that, and I got goosebumps when you said that. You're so right. If you're going to move up, make sure you're doing the foundational work right.

Ko Forte:

Right.

Mike Gerholdt:

That is huge knowledge. Right at the end of the podcast. This is an amazing discussion, Ko. I could talk to you for days, literally. Thanks for taking time out and sharing some of your information with us, really bringing that mindset to what you do, inspiring admins, and being out there at community conferences and talking about this. Because it is so important.

Ko Forte:

Thank you so much for having me. It's really important to me and valuable to me to support people to share my journey. It feels like an unlikely journey. And so, that's why I'm happy to share it with others to say, "Hey. If I did it, you can do it." You can do even more.

Mike Gerholdt:

Yep. Absolutely. Absolutely. Wow. Well, thank you for being amazing at this.

Ko Forte:

Thanks, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt:

Okay. Was I right or was I right about Ko's advice on what you should do next? Literally, that might be the best advice I've ever heard about what you do next. So I hope you enjoyed that. I enjoyed the podcast. I will give you a hint that there is more business analysis podcasts coming up in August, because that's how the hosts lined up. And I am totally into business analysis stuff right now.

I think this is a great episode. What I want you to do is, if you'd do me a favor, I need you to share the episode with one person. Help us build the listeners. There's a ton of Salesforce admins out there that need to hear this. It's so much fun. I think it's fun to listen to.

Now, if you're listening on the iTunes app, here's how you do it. You just tap the three dots and choose Share Episode. Then, you can share it to your social feeds. Or you can text it to a friend and be like, "Hey. I just listened to the Salesforce Admins Podcast. I know you wanted to get into business analysis. Listen to this episode with Ko." That's literally what you need to do. It's not that hard.

Of course, if you're looking for more great resources, everything Salesforce admin is at admin.salesforce.com, including a transcript of the show. And of course, be sure to join the conversation over in our Admin Trailblazer Group in the Trailblazer community. I know there's probably some BA questions going on over there. Don't worry. Links to all of those are in the show notes. And until next week, I'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Will Moeller, Salesforce Administrator.

Join us as we chat about why relationships are the key to building trust and engaging with stakeholders and end users alike.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Will Moeller.

Lessons from a clinical social worker Will is my first guest with a degree in clinical social work, and I wanted to bring him on the pod to talk about how those skills have translated into his role as a Salesforce Admin. He first started working with databases and data via the Homeless Management Information System (HMIS).

When Will’s nonprofit got a significant grant, they decided to move their data into Salesforce. He quickly became a self-described fanboy. His career has taken him to other places, but there are some key lessons he’s learned from social work that can help you connect with stakeholders and end users alike.

Finding congruence We focus a lot on the business problems we’re trying to solve and the technical solutions we’re going to implement. Will, however, urges you to attend to the relationships you’re building in your meetings with users and stakeholders.

A key part of building relationships is knowing your audience. High-level stakeholders are going to go into a meeting with very different goals and concerns than an end user will have. Will explains the concept of “congruence,” a term from clinical social work. It means taking the time, before a meeting with someone, to understand their perspective and how you need to frame things to get them to listen to you.

Navigating Diverse Audience Priorities Different audiences are going to have different priorities. In a meeting with stakeholders, you need to frame things in terms of the bottom line. Convincing your boss to address technical debt will go a lot more smoothly if you frame it in terms of how it’ll save your business time and money as time goes on.

For end users, Will finds it helpful to focus on building trust. As he says, they’re going to come into a meeting with you thinking, “This is my job, I need to trust that you’re going to have my best interest at the front of your mind as you’re going through this.”

As Will says, the key here is taking time to understand the motivations of the people you’re meeting with before you sit down together. This episode is full of other great tips for managing your business relationships, so be sure to take a listen.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social

  • Will: https://www.linkedin.com/in/wpmoeller/

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns

  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt
  • Gillian on X: @GillianKBruce

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to David Giller, CEO of Brainiate. Join us as we chat about project management and how to push back with positivity.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with David Giller.

Why admins need project management skills It takes a lot of energy to keep up with everything going on in the Salesforce ecosystem. What David sees, however, is that learning how to do something isn’t the biggest challenge facing most Salesforce Admins. “The things people are struggling with the most,” he says, “involve all of the interactions that they have with end users and business leaders at the companies they work with.” In other words, admins need help with project management.

As David points out, admins love to solve problems. We want to show off our skills, make changes quickly, and—let’s be honest—play with some new toys. But we’re often so eager to jump in and implement a request that we don’t take the time to look at the business problem behind it that needs to be solved.

Project management is problem-solving What David is pointing at is the difference between being an order taker and being a problem solver. And being the person who just does what they’re asked to do is limiting for your career. What happens when AI gets smart enough to troubleshoot user requests and generate custom reports?

Talking to David made me realize an important distinction: the difference between customization and personalization. When someone makes a request, is it a customization that will help with an entire business process, or is it a personalization that will help that user with their part of the process? How will it affect everything else? What I’m getting at here is that admins need to create customizations that will scale, rather than personalizations that will help only a few users and could create other issues in the org.

The power of pushback Solving problems at scale means that sometimes it’s your job to push back. Your users might not understand why you’re asking so many questions about adding a simple checkbox, or even suspect that you don’t know how to fulfill the request at all. When he runs into this, David will explain that while the feature is easy to add, he needs to make sure that it actually solves the problem and doesn’t create other issues.

The key here is to push back in a way that positions you as an ally, not an adversary, who is coming together with stakeholders to fix a problem. You’re a coach, a business therapist, a problem solver—in short, you’re on their side.

In all of his consulting work, the most useful question David can ask a client is, “What is the problem we are trying to solve?” Focus on that, and you can position yourself as a problem solver and grow your career.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Resources

  • Build Your Admin Skills: Project Management, Business Analysis, and Product Management
  • Strengthen Your Project Management Skills as a Salesforce Admin

Social

  • David: @DavidGiller

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns

  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt

Gillian on X: @GillianKBruce

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Lizz Hellinga, Consultant and Salesforce MVP.

Join us as we chat about why clean data is more important than ever if you want to leverage the potential of generative AI.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Lizz Hellinga.

Generative AI needs clean data I brought Lizz on the pod to bring you an important message: clean data is no longer optional. “If your data isn’t ready for generative AI, your business isn’t ready,” she says. This was the theme of her presentation at Florida Dreamin’, and I thought it was something every admin needed to hear.

Everyone is excited about the new generative AI tools coming to Salesforce and it’s potential to revolutionize how we use data. Something that Lizz feels gets lost in the conversation, however, is that these insights will only be as good as the data you use to generate them. That’s why clean data is more important than ever before.

What is bad data? This naturally begs the question, what makes for bad data? Some common examples Lizz shares include:

  • Duplicate data
  • Inaccurate data
  • Incomplete data
  • Stale data
  • Hoarded data

Hoarded data sticks out to me as something that isn’t discussed as much. As Lizz explains, not too long ago we went through a phase of “more data = good.” This has led many organizations to blindly hold onto data they’ll never use but are too afraid to throw away.

For Lizz, the key here is to work with your stakeholders to create a data governance policy. That way you’re clear on what data quality means for your organization and what data you don’t need to retain. As Lizz points out, reporting is a good opportunity to highlight why this is important to everyone involved.

How to get started cleaning your data for generative AI When you’re looking at what data is most important to clean up for generative AI, Lizz recommends that you start by documenting the process you’re going to be working with. What are the essential data points in that journey? How does the data come in, and how can you make that easier?

It’s hard to get people motivated to clean up their data. Whether it’s the end of the quarter or the beginning of the new one, it’s never the right time. For Lizz, you need to talk about the why. You need to sell your stakeholders on what generative AI can do to make their lives easier, and why you need high-quality data to do that.

We get into a lot of specifics with Lizz on the podcast, so be sure to take a listen to learn more. And remember, now’s the time to clean up your data!

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Resources

  • Podcast: Sarah Flamion on Generative AI
  • McKinsey Article: The data dividend: Fueling generative AI
  • Clean Your Room! Dashboard

Social

  • Lizz:

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns

  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt
  • Gillian on X: @GillianKBruce

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Shannon Tran, Principal Architect Director at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about career changes, career progression, and chasing a vision.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Shannon Tran.

The admin skill set is broad Shannon is just over a month into her new role as a Principal Architect Director at Salesforce, so I thought it would be the perfect time to have her on the pod to talk about careers and how admins can branch out.

It’s easy to get caught up in a particular career path and chase the next title up the ladder, but that’s not the only way to grow your career. “The admin skill set is so broad,” Shannon says, “it can open so many doors for you.” She points to things we practice every day, like active listening or explaining technical processes, as examples of skills that can help you in a wide variety of roles.

Get a swim buddy We all have different strengths and weaknesses, and it can feel like that creates walls for what we can and can’t do with our careers. As Shannon explains, we can invest a lot of time and energy into climbing over those walls, or we can look around and see if someone might be willing to offer us a ladder.

In the Navy SEAL training program, every recruit is paired with a “swim buddy,” whose responsibility is to “support them unfailingly through the trials and tribulations of their rigorous training program.” Shannon recommends finding a swim buddy for your career, someone in the same place as you who can share the load as you both work towards your goals.

Fake it till you make it When you’re looking at that next job, it’s easy to get caught up in what qualifications you don’t have. But Shannon reminds us to think about it from the job poster’s perspective. They don’t want to hire someone who can already do everything because they’ll pretty quickly get bored and move on. “Growing isn’t just growing your title, growing is growing in your role,” she says.

The most important thing you do for your career is to believe in yourself and what you can accomplish. We talk a lot in this episode about the idea of “fake it till you make it” and how that’s been misunderstood. If you want to be a consultant, you don’t go around telling everyone you’re a consultant, you start acting like one. How would a consultant approach this problem? How would they document this process?

Shannon has a lot of great stories and advice for how to take control of your Salesforce career, so be sure to listen to the full episode for more great tips and a free pep talk.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Resources

Social

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt
  • Gillian on X: @GillianKBruce

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to LeeAnne Rimel, Senior Director of Admin and Developer Strategic Content at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about the call for presentations for TrailblazerDX and why you should submit.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with LeeAnne Rimel.

A focus on community at TDX TrailblazerDX isn’t until March, but our team is already hard at work on all the great stuff we’re planning for you. TDX has always been a unique opportunity to learn directly from the product owners and engineers behind your friendly neighborhood platform and, this year, we’re excited to create even more opportunities to engage and connect. It’s almost like an in-person version of the podcast.

This year, we’re also programming all sorts of community-led content from Trailblazers like you. We want to dig into real-life use cases and implementations to see these products in action. That’s why LeeAnne asked me to come on the pod. She wants you (yes, you!) to submit a presentation and be a part of this year’s TDX.

TDX is not just for devs TDX 2024 will be the AI developer conference of the year. We’ll be focused on how you can build the next generation of AI-powered apps for your business using Einstein 1. While Einstein AI is a big part of the picture, core platform technologies like user management, app building, dev ops, Apex, Flow, and APIs are all key ingredients in making these solutions work well.

As LeeAnne says, “not every session has to be an AI session.” And also, just because it’s TDX doesn’t mean you have to be a developer in order to present. We want to hear from admins, architects, and ISVs, too.

Different sessions in the CFP There are all sorts of ways to get involved. There are theater sessions focused on a specific product with demos and slides, but there are also more intimate and conversational campfire sessions.

This year, we’re adding a new session type called the Deep Dive Panel. If you have a solution that you’ve built that could be interesting to look at in-depth, we’d love for you to share it at TDX. We’ll pair these real-world examples panel discussions with customer experts and Salesforce experts to break everything down.

The CFP is open now, but it closes on December 1st. So get started on your title and abstract soon and I’ll see you at TDX!

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Resources

  • The TrailblazerDX 2024 Call for Participation Is Now Open!

Social

  • LeeAnne: @LeeAnndroid

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns

  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt
  • Gillian on X: @GillianKBruce

Full Transcript

Mike: Trailblazer DX is the AI developer conference of the year, where you can learn directly from product owners and engineers how to build the next generation of apps on the Einstein 1 Platform and take your career to the next level. So it only makes sense that we talk with LeeAnne Rimel, senior director of admin and developer strategic content, about the call for presentations for Trailblazer DX. Now before we get into that episode, I want you to get sure you're following the Salesforce Admins Podcast on iTunes or wherever you get your podcasts. That way, you get a new episode every Thursday right on your phone. So let's get to that conversation with LeeAnne. So LeeAnne, welcome to the podcast.

LeeAnne Rimel: Hi, Mike. Thanks so much for having me.

Mike: It's November, but we're talking Trailblazer DX, which is in March.

LeeAnne Rimel: It is, yes. We're talking about TDX. We never stop working on the next awesome event for our Trailblazer community. And we came off of Dreamforce and we dove right into TDX planning.

Mike: I mean, it's nonstop. Right? All the time.

LeeAnne Rimel: Nonstop. I love it.

Mike: So let's talk about Trailblazer DX. What do we have so planned so far? And what do you want to talk about?

LeeAnne Rimel: Yeah. So I'm incredibly excited for TDX this year. Actually, you and me both, Mike, have been around since the first TDX, which was in 2016. And to take us down memory lane a little bit, the origin story of TDX was very much around let's have a Salesforce developer conference and dive deep into product, connect with product owners, engineers, really make it about learning, about the technology, connection. And so we are really excited to have laser focus on those goals for this year's TDX. And really, I think TDX has always been about learning, but really dive in deeper to that deep learning, more technical content, more technical presenters, more technical opportunities to engage and connect and network, so we're super excited about this year's TDX.

Mike: Yeah. I always feel like TDX is kind of an in-person version of the podcast because I get to sit down with product managers all the time and talk to them about what they built and how they built it, and some of the concepts behind why they built things, like dynamic forms and stuff like that. And TDX is almost like you get to do that in person. You get to see the person that actually built the thing that makes you successful every day on stage.

LeeAnne Rimel: Absolutely. So some sessions and some of the content will be things that maybe if you did go to Dreamforce, or watched some of the Dreamforce content, there will be some similarities there. And then at TDX, that's what we're going to do wall to wall, is these roadmap sessions, deep dive technical product sessions, solution oriented sessions, community led, Trailblazer led sessions focused on real life solutions that they've built, so we're really excited to I think have that opportunity to have Q and A with PMs, have sessions that are really built around that model. So I think we're looking at some different session formats and different ways to really cultivate that opportunity for discussion and Q and A, and asking questions of people who are implementation experts and also experts in the products, experts in the roadmap, so that we're all walking away with some deep learning under our belt and really feel like we've gotten answers in key areas that we need to continue building.

Mike: Well, you mentioned, you teased out a little bit of the change in the format. I also saw there was for the first time, a public facing call for presentation, so that's new as well.

LeeAnne Rimel: Yeah. So we're really looking at: How do we feature alongside all of this roadmap, technical deep dive content that we get from our engineers, from our PMs, from our solution architects, alongside that, how do we partner that type of content track with also community led content from our practitioners out in the field, if you will, our Trailblazers, who are hands on with these products every day and have built and learned a lot of lessons and built successful implementations with many of these different features and products, so that we can learn some of those real life stories and use cases? And so we're excited to see that. So yes, you mentioned the CFP. I'm going to do my little plug for the CFP. We will have dedicated community space and track, and we're really excited to feature our Trailblazer speakers at TDX, so I encourage all of you, I know you're going to link it in the show notes, Mike, to go through and submit your session idea. So that could be a theater session, which might involve more of a product coverage, more demos, more slides, as well as a campfire is another session option, which might be more conversational, more of a panel, maybe more career focused, maybe no demos or slides usually in campfire, so more of a kind of intimate conversational vibe. And then we also have a new option on the CFP for a deep dive panel. So if you have a solution that you've built that is well-suited to do kind of a deep dive, technical walk through, and then are willing to participate in a panel discussion afterwards, we're going to be introducing that on the CFP as well. So really look forward to seeing all of your ideas and session ideas come through the CFP.

Mike: And the deep dive is a longer session version. So the amount of work and prep that would go into that's a little bit more than a breakout. Right?

LeeAnne Rimel: Yes. It would be a bigger commitment to be sure. If you were involved or attended TDX '18 or '19, we had a session type called the extracurricular. And this is not exactly the same, but it's similar in many ways. It's a longer session format. We would be working together to identify people who would be on the panel with you, maybe a Salesforce product manager could be on the panel with you as well. So we have this kind of combination of customer experts and Salesforce experts. And yes, it would be a longer form presentation, so definitely more of a commitment, but really meaningful sessions.

Mike: I think when I've submitted for call for presentations for other events, I've always kind of wanted to know: What is the main theme, or what is the main vision that the organization has for this event? Can you kind of help summarize that up?

LeeAnne Rimel: Yes. So TDX is the AI developer conference of the year. So really, a huge focus of TDX will be: How do you build the next generation of AI apps on our Einstein 1 Platform? So how do you build apps, AI enabled apps for your business? And a key part of that, it's of course our Einstein product coverage, all of our new Einstein AI products that are coming out, as well as that core platform technologies, so user management, app building, devops, apex, flow, working with APIs, all of these core elements are incredibly important to build performant AI apps. And so I would encourage, not every session has to be an AI session, but of course AI sessions, very popular. But then these core technologies, what are those foundational lessons that help people build great apps? I mean, really going not back to basics, because we want to have some deep dive lessons, but going back to those fundamental tenets of: What do admins, developers, and architects and ISEs need to know in order to build performant apps that can be performant AI apps?

Mike: I know you said admin, architects, ISVs, but it's a developer conference. So if I'm an admin or an architect, should I submit to the CFP?

LeeAnne Rimel: Absolutely. So we definitely will have great learning experiences for developers and admins and architects and RISVs, so please submit your session. I think there is absolutely a very important place for all of those audiences. So we do call it a developer conference, but it's a wider reaching word developer that we're using here for really all of our technical practitioners will be prioritized at this conference and learning first for sessions, whether that's no code, low code, or code building, whether you're thinking about architectural tenets of building, or you're thinking about building partner app.

Mike: One of the things that I've seen as a track leader at Dreamforce, and somebody that's submitted for other events is, it's real easy and I think sometimes people view it as beneficial to submit kind of 101 content because events are always looking for that, as opposed to the 301 content, where it's a deeper dive and it's super advanced. And it's like, "Maybe the event organizer isn't going to take this because it's so advanced, and they're going to be worried about putting 200, 300 people in a room. And my session isn't going to do that, so maybe I just shouldn't submit 301 content." What would you say to that?

LeeAnne Rimel: Submit it. We need it. Looking at, I've spent a lot of time, Mike, I've spent a lot of time looking at the numbers, if you will, for all of our events. And I spend a lot of time looking at who comes to Salesforce events, and to TDX, or to the Trailblazer Forest and tracks of Dreamforce. And there is a wide range of skill levels and a wide range of expertise levels with all of our products and features across all of our audiences. So there are absolutely admins and developers that are attending these events who have successfully built many flows, or know what they're doing, and they want to see these niche solutions that may be much more advanced, or maybe much more technical. They want to go beyond maybe the learning tools that have already been available to them. And so I think definitely submit those. I think we're going to be looking for very much a breadth, so if you feel very well-versed to present an amazing flow 101 type session, please submit that. If you want to share some really edge cases of how you are pushing the limits with Salesforce technologies and building great solutions with them, and it is more advanced and it requires an existing skillset, submit that as well. We'll be looking for the whole breadth of level.

Mike: Yeah. I've always felt like if you've gone to an event and felt, I could be presenting all of this, then that's what you should be doing, so that the event gets to that next level, so that more people like yourself can get farther into the learning journey, as opposed to letting it sort of plateau. What, if people are sitting down and kind of looking at their first quarter of the year, what else? We have sessions planned for TDX, how is that whole experience kind of planned out? What are we doing more of?

LeeAnne Rimel: Yeah, more learning. I mean, that's if there's a TL;DR, it's going to be more deep technical learning. That's going to be the experience this year. We'll of course have workshops. We're going to have hopefully more workshops, more breakouts, really deep diving into more learning, more sessions. We will still absolutely have wonderful opportunities to connect and to network. So having special programming for some of our attendees, and having Q and As, and having spaces and opportunities to connect with your peers and with other Trailblazers and with product owners. Of course, we're going to have fun. That's always one of our values.

Mike: Do you know the band? Do we know the ... Is there a band?

LeeAnne Rimel: I do not know the band.

Mike: That's okay. It's fine.

LeeAnne Rimel: But the really having fun, diving in, connecting with the community partners, activities, events, so we're really excited about that, and then of course, giving back. How can we always build giving back into our experience? So I think if you're coming to TDX, I think it'll feel different than last year. I think TDX has not been around as long as Dreamforce, and I think we've always kind of been open to really listening to our customers and our community, and fine-tuning and shifting and changing and growing TDX. And so I think this year, we've heard very much from our community that deep learning, connecting with experts, that's what I want at TDX. And so that's what we are working on right now to really prioritize and deliver.

Mike: Okay. So LeeAnne, it sounds like step one is really thinking about if you want to submit to the call for presentations. Can you give us just a quick overview of that and when it closes?

LeeAnne Rimel: Yes. So the call for presentations, often called the CFP, so we use those interchangeably, the CFP is open right now. It opened at the beginning of November. It is closing on December 1st, and it is not a quick thing to write your title and abstract because you want to be thoughtful. We pick the sessions based on great titles and abstracts, and so you want to be thoughtful about it. So give yourself some time to sit down and really workshop and work on your title and abstract and make sure it represents the content you'd like to deliver. So the next step for all of you is to ... I recommend visit the CFP blog. It's got a great overview of the CFP and adds additional clarity and reiterates some of those points that I made around the session types and what type of content is the right fit for each session type. Read the blog, start working and start thinking about your session that you'd like to submit, and send us your submission. I think we really want to see your submissions and we really want to learn from our community and make sure that our attendees have the opportunity to learn from our community. And so, Mike, I think you had an excellent point earlier when you said, "If you've ever been at an event and you said, 'We need more X content, or I could be delivering this content,'" please do it. We want fresh, new faces. We're very excited to open this opportunity up and to learn from our Trailblazers. So please consider submitting your CFP. Read the blog first, I do recommend. It just offers some helpful insight.

Mike: Awesome. Well, thanks so much, LeeAnne, for coming on the podcast.

LeeAnne Rimel: Thanks for having me, Mike.

Mike: Trailblazer DX is an AI conference for admins, developers, and architects. I can't wait to see some of the things that are going to be presented there. Now please share this episode with somebody because I mean, seriously, sharing is caring. And I love the podcast. Do you have thoughts on this episode? Let me know in the Trailblazer community. I'll link it in the show notes. You want to learn more about everything that you heard today? Check out admin.salesforce.com for show notes and a transcript of the podcast. So that's it for today, but stay tuned because next week, we're joined by Shannon Tran, who gives us her take on career growth and not chasing titles.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Cheryl Feldman, Director of Product Management at Salesforce covering all user access features.

Join us as we chat about best practices for configuring user access and what Cheryl is working on to help you out.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Cheryl Feldman.

Everything user access We’re so excited to have Cheryl back on the pod to talk permissions and more. As a product area lead, she’s in charge of all the features you use every day to define user access and user management. Think things like user records, profiles, permission sets, permission set groups, roles, org-wide default, etc.

As an admin and manager of admin for 18 years, Cheryl recognizes just how much work goes into configuring user access. That’s why her team is hard at work to make everything easier for you and, in the meantime, she’s here to share best practices that might help you out.

The right amount of access Cheryl recommends thinking about user access from the eye of the principle of least privilege “You want to think about the least amount of access somebody needs to do their job, you don’t want to give them any less or any more,” she says.

Think about if you have a bunch of personas that need object access to the account object. If you do that via profiles, you’d need to go through every profile and modify them if something changes. It’s simpler, instead, to create one wide permission set for all of your account access and then use permission set groups to mute what you don’t want.

It’s definitely a lot of work to set up, but it’ll save you so much time in the long run because your permission sets can be reused.

What’s next for user access in Salesforce If you’re looking to evaluate user access in your org, you should know that Cheryl and her team have put out several tools to help you. They’ve created an app, User Access and Permissions Assistant, that helps you understand what a user has access to and how they are getting that access. And there’s more coming in the Winter ‘24 release, including user access reporting on standard reports and dashboards.

Looking forward, they’re releasing a new feature (currently in beta) called User Access Policies. It allows you to describe the type of users you want added to a specific group, or permission set, or profile, and automatically assign them to it when a user is created or updated.

Cheryl is on a mission to, as she puts it, “summary all of the things.” It shouldn’t be so hard to figure out what a user has access to and why. That’s why she needs your help. Check out the links below to the IdeaExchange to see if you might be able to join Cheryl on her quest to simplify user access in Salesforce.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Resources

  • Video series: Who Sees What in Salesforce
  • App: User Access and Permissions Assistant
  • Feature: Enable User Access Policies (Beta)
  • IdeaExchange: ​​View & Manage Object CRUD Access in Object Manager
  • IdeaExchange: Access Summary on User

Social

  • Cheryl: @CherFeldman
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt
  • Gillian on X: @GillianKBruce

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Ajaay Ravi, Senior Technical Product Manager at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about AI, Einstein for Flow (which at the time of the recording was called Flow GPT), and why admins should pay close attention.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Ajaay Ravi.

Do Androids Dream of Bohemian Furniture? Ajaay learned a lot about AI when he led a team at Amazon tasked with building technology to recommend furniture. The only problem was that they were all engineers and didn’t know the first thing about interior design. They brought in some experts who could tell them what individual components made something a particular style, and used their knowledge to train the AI by giving it high-quality data in bite-sized pieces that it could understand.

What’s important to understand here is that any AI model requires training. And to do that, you need to break a concept like “furniture style” down into tags like “upholstery,” “seat,” “legs,” “paisley,” etc. Then you can give it a group of tagged images to try to teach it a broader concept, like “Bohemian.” Finally, you test it to see if it can identify new images that have Bohemian furniture in them, give the model feedback on how it did, and start the loop again.

Einstein for Flow For Salesforce, Ajaay has been building Einstein for Flow. The goal is to create a tool where you can just describe the automation you need and it will build you a flow—automagically. They’re still in the testing and training phase but the possibilities are tantalizing.

Depending on what type of user you are, you might use Einstein for Flow in several different ways. For those that are already experienced with Flow, you can leverage it to eliminate some steps and work faster. And for people newer to the ecosystem, Ajaay hopes it can remove barriers to unlocking the full potential of the platform.

Learning to crawl Just like with the interior design tool Ajaay built earlier in his career, Einstein for Flow needs some time to learn. For now, they’re focused on building simple flows of five steps or less with minimal decision elements and branches. But it’ll only get better as they keep working on it and getting feedback from test users.

Be sure to check out the full episode for more about what makes for a good prompt, what you can do to get ready for Einstein for Flow, and how AI can “hallucinate.”

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more

  • Sarah Flamion on Generative AI

Social

  • Connect with Ajaay on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt
  • Gillian on X: @GillianKBruce

Full Transcript

Mike: Hey, Salesforce Admins. I am bringing back an episode that you might've missed in July, where we talked about what was then called Flow GPT. It's now called Einstein for Flow. And now that we're past Dreamforce, we can kind of dive into it a little bit more. This is a really cool product that Salesforce is working on. And way back in July, I had the privilege of speaking with Ajaay Ravi, who is an engineer with Salesforce and, really, the tip of the spear working on all of this. We talk about AI and GPT and what is now Einstein for Flow, and really just why you as a Salesforce Admin should pay attention to it. So I want to call that out. Also, because we recorded this back in July, we do say “Einstein GPT” a lot, or “Flow GPT.” Of course, that naming convention has been changed, so we couldn't really go back through and change that. But this is a good episode. Dig into it. Before you get into it, though, I just want to be sure you're doing one thing and you're following the podcast. So if you're just listening to this for the first time and you're not subscribed on iTunes or Spotify, go ahead and click that follow or subscribe button. And then, that way, every time a new podcast drops, which is Thursday morning, it'll be automatically put on your phone. And so you don't have to worry about it. And then you can just get in your car and ride to work or the train or ride your bike or take your dog for a walk. But anyway, this is a really fun conversation about Einstein for Flow with Ajaay. Ajaay Ravi: Thank you, Mike. Happy to be here. Mike: We're talking about AI and GPT, and I feel like you are the right person to do that, so let's start off by just giving everybody a background on your history of AI and GPT and how you got to Salesforce. Ajaay Ravi: Yeah, absolutely. Primarily, I have an engineering background and I used to design hardware chips, primarily networking and storage chip sets, and then I moved into the management carrier after doing my MBA. My initial brush with AI was at my previous job at Amazon, so I was a product manager. I did create a product called Shop by Style, which is live on Amazon Home. Essentially, it deals with how do you sell furniture, heavy, bulky home furnishings to customers via the phone and online. Traditionally, those are things that customers would like to walk into a store, touch, see, feel, and then figure out if it passes the squish test or not, and then purchase it. But then our focus was on how do we actually get customers to imagine what a particular piece of furniture will look like inside their own house and how do we enable every single person to become an interior designer of sorts and give them the skillset to do that? So that's where we put together a team of computer vision scientists and we said, "Let's go and let's teach an AI model how to recognize style and stylistically put furniture together," and we realized that none of us knew anything about style or interior design, given that all of us had engineering backgrounds, and we were like, "Oops, what do we do now?" And then, to be very honest with you, I did not know what Bohemian meant, and what is the difference between industrial and glam and California casual and... Mike: Farmhouse chic. Don't forget about that. Ajaay Ravi: Absolutely. Farmhouse chic. Mike: Yep. Ajaay Ravi: So one of my first design [inaudible 00:03:01] was to hire some interior designers, actually new college grads fresh out of school. And they had two things. One was they had to come and teach blokes like us what style was about, and educate us on design and design concepts. And then they helped go through every single product or home furnishings product that Amazon sold, and tagged every single image with what style it pertained to. And that's when I realized that a single piece of furniture could also pertain to multiple different styles, and you had to break it down into the components. You had to see what kind of arm it had, what kind of upholstery, what kind of leather, what kind of back, what kind of seat, what kind of cushioning. Oh my God, they did a wonderful job. So that was one of our first inputs into our computer vision models, and then we started teaching the computer how to discern style. And then we put together this product called Shop by Style, where now the AI could automatically go in and if there was a product that a seller or anybody posted on Amazon, it would automatically look at the images that they post and determine what kind of style it pertained to. A particular piece of furniture could pertain to multiple styles too. And then the best piece was depending on what it is that you're browsing, it could also recommend stylistically appropriate complementary products to go with it. For example, if you were looking at a couch, it could help you complete the look by suggesting a coffee table and an end table and a lamp to go with it. So that was my first foray into everything AI-related. And essentially, we used things like AR and VR. Then how do we show these pictures on a phone and get you to just take a picture of your room from your phone and then superpose these images at scale, on that picture, and then help you visualize if you purchased all these things and put it in your house and whatever places that you wanted to, how would it look like and complete the look for you? So yeah, that's where I started. And then, after my time at Amazon, I moved into Salesforce. Seattle was getting a little too... Mike: Rainy? Ajaay Ravi: ... rainy and cold and snowy for my liking. Mike: Oh, no. Ajaay Ravi: So as I like to tell people, I've spent three years in Cincinnati in the Midwest and I've paid my dues to the Midwest, and given that Seattle was starting to get snowy, I wanted to get out of there. So yeah, that brought me back to my origins here in the Bay Area. And then, yeah, it's been a wonderful journey with Salesforce. I started off as a product owner on the Marketing Cloud Einstein team, where we were building AI-driven products to help marketers reach their customers at the right time, on the right channel, with the right frequency to help them be successful and help sell more products to their customers. Mike: Well, I can speak on behalf of maybe thousands of bachelors across the world that you've helped at Amazon design cool living rooms as a thank you, because that's generally how I shop when I'm on Amazon is I find one thing I like and then everything else that goes with it. Yes, I'll take all of that. I need basically that room. So thanks for inventing that and making us look good. Ajaay Ravi: Yeah. Well, you are very welcome. Like I said, I had an absolutely wonderful team that worked the magic behind the scenes, so I can't take all the credit for it. Mike: Yeah, so I feel like I should just upfront let you know, I'm going to ask a lot of stupid questions or questions that I feel are stupid, but are questions that I think everybody's trying to figure out. In your description, you talked about furniture and having these interior designers come in and tag the images with the style. And when Salesforce launched a lot of Salesforce Einstein and the Einstein product and Next Best Action, a lot of the discussion for admins was, "Okay, we need to make sure our data's good so that we can train the data model," and it sounds like that was something you were working on. I bring that up because the juxtaposition now that I feel is, and I did this the other day, I went to ChatGPT. I didn't train it on a data model. I just asked it, write a one paragraph summary of X, Y, and Z, and it did that. So, long question short, can you help me understand the difference between when you were training that data model to show only Bohemian-style furniture versus what's happening when I just type in a text prompt with ChatGPT? Ajaay Ravi: Absolutely. Yeah, that is actually a fantastic question. So whether you're typing a text-based input on ChatGPT or it is something more sophisticated and targeted that you're looking for, any kind of AI model that runs behind the scenes requires training. Even these LLMs or large language models as we talk about, like OpenAI's ChatGPT, that is also pre-trained on multiple different kinds of inputs and the responses and texts, just that we don't go in and personally train those models. Those models are already pre-trained and they are hosted by ChatGPT, which we just access. Mike: Okay. Ajaay Ravi: So the way I like to talk about models are I have a two-year-old and a four-month-old at home. It's like trying to teach them anything about how to communicate or language or anything in general. If I go to my younger one, who's four months old, and I try to talk to him, sometimes I try to talk world politics or philosophy, he just blinks back at me and all he says is, "Baba." Mike: That's all sometimes I say too, when people talk world politics with me. Ajaay Ravi: Well, that is true. Unfortunately, I'm not good at talking baby language, I guess, when my wife drops me off with him. I need to find topics to talk to him about, so I just scroll the news and then I'm like, "Hey, do you want to hear about a new piece of news today?" Anyway, that's how my interactions go with him. It was the same with my two-year-old as well when he was an infant. But then you have to constantly keep, one, talking to them, and two, keep introducing them to these new simpler concepts because their mind is like a blank slate, and then they start forming these connections and maps as you keep trying to do things, as you keep trying to tell them things. And you have to keep repeating. It's not only just once if you tell them, they just get it right out of the bat. Another example is my toddler recently, I told him he shouldn't be kicking the ball on the road when there's nobody present. And I thought he would understand that, hey, balls should not be kicked on the road. And what he understood was that particular ball, which was a soccer ball that he had, should not be kicked on the road. So he brings his basketball next and he is like, "Dad, can I kick this ball on the road?" Mike: I like your kids. Ajaay Ravi: Yeah. And then I realized my instruction to him was wrong because I did not specify the fact that any kind of ball should not be kicked on the road. I just said, "Don't kick that ball on the road." So that's how it comes in. That's how you think about when you're training models. You have a certain kind of inputs that you're training the models on. For example, let's go back for the training that model to recognize furniture style. So essentially, if you look at training, it consists of two pieces. One is you have a training data set and the other one is you have a testing data set. So you first train a model to recognize or do something, and then you test it against various other inputs to see how it responds to your test scenario. So the thing is, you can't train it for all the scenarios that include your test also, because then tomorrow, if there is a scenario that comes up that it doesn't know about or that it hasn't seen, then it will react in a way that you don't expect it to react. So what I mean by that is, going back to this ball example, I needed to tell my son repeatedly that he cannot kick the soccer ball on the road without supervision, he cannot kick the basketball on the road, and he cannot kick his bouncy ball on the road. So I had to tell him one after the other, patiently answer his questions. And then what I did was I just brought a tennis ball and then I gave it to him and I said, "What do you want to do with this?" And then he finally was like, "No, I'm not going to kick it on the road because dad said no kicking any ball on the road." I was like, "Okay, you finally got it," so that's essentially the thing. So you try to train a model by giving it a few inputs. For example, what we did was we took 300 pictures of different furniture types that were Bohemian, and then we broke it down and you have to do what is called labeling or tagging. And then we labeled each one of those parts. For example, what is the arm? What was the seat, the cushion, the upholstery, the legs, the back, the arch of the back? And all of that, and then we gave it to the model and we said, "Hey, if you see this tag and this image, and if you can understand that this tag pertains to this image, these are what constitute Bohemian." So it repeatedly looked through all those 300 sets of images and tags that we provided, and it formed a neural network where it was like, "Okay, I think I now understand what Bohemian looks like." And the next step, what we need to do is the testing after the training is now we give it 600 new images that it has not seen, and then we tell it, "Now go and find out if this is Bohemian or not." And then of course you expect it to get it right at least a fair few number of times. And then every time it gets it wrong, you provide feedback. You tell it, "Hey, for this image, you got it wrong." And then it learns from that feedback. So over time, the accuracy improves. That is what training constitutes. It's the same thing for the large language model. If you look at OpenAI, whatever text you're typing in today, there are billions of users across the world who have been typing in everything that ranges from, "Write me a poem for Mother's Day," to what I recently did was I wanted an overnight oats recipe that did not use nuts, so different kinds of inputs from billions of people around the world. It's continually learning. And then the best part is that is also feedback that is captured. And every time you think that ChatGPT hasn't gotten something right, you hit that thumbs down button so ChatGPT knows the model which was trained on some training data is now being used against testing data, and then it learns as it keeps going and then it keeps getting better. And there's the same thing with the internal models that we have in Salesforce as well. One of the coolest things that we're working on right now is called Einstein GPT for Flow, because, as we know, Flow is a very nuanced and sophisticated product that our admins use. So we were just thinking about, "Hey, there is this new GPT feature where you can just talk to it in natural language and it can do something really technical and cool and just give you an output. Why don't we take that and try to help our customers and just have them describe a flow that they want to create?" And then we just automatically create it for them. They don't have to go through the steps of opening Flow Builder, bringing in different elements, actually configuring them, connecting them, and going into the property editors and making sure that they have the right information because all of this is time-consuming. What if we just had them describe in two sentences or three sentences what it is that they're trying to do and then voila, just go ahead and automatically create it for them? So that I think is a long-winded answer to your question. Mike: No, it's good. And you took us there because I did want to talk about why Salesforce is paying attention to GPT and what we're trying to do with Flow GPT, because I feel like at least my interaction so far with this new tech is, "Tell me how many pizzas to order for a birthday party," or like you did, "Help me find a recipe." And I'm thinking, so what are we trying to do here at Salesforce with that? But you tipped the answer of have the person describe essentially the automation that they need created in Salesforce, and then so what exactly are we trying to do with Flow GPT? Do we want it to create the entire flow? Do we want it to just get started or return a nice image of a pirate cat? Ajaay Ravi: That is a lovely way of putting it. I would like a pirate cat. So what we are trying to do is just, in very simple terms, make life easy for our customers. And that could mean different things for different people. For certain people, it might mean reducing the amount of time that they spent in trying to create these flows. For certain people, probably the barriers to entry or adoption is pretty high where they feel like they're new users and there are just a million options that are available for them. They don't know where to start. And there are some users who are like, "I manage multiple things during my day. I wear so many different hats, so I need some kind of personal assistant for me who can help do some mundane tasks if I just ask them to go do it without me doing it." So there are these different kinds of use cases. So with Flow, what we are trying to solve is whatever it is for you that makes your life easy. Let's say you're an admin and let's say you are somebody who's an expert user of flow, how do we help save some time for you? So before I go there, there's one thing that I would like to mention. It is with anything that is AI and training-related, as they say, Rome wasn't built in a day, so you have to crawl, walk, and then run. Because it takes time initially for that training to happen, and then the testing is the slow crawling phase where the model starts learning. And then once the model slowly starts getting better, then you can start adding more complexity to the point where you can now start walking and then finally you can start running. For example, with my two-year-old, I can only talk to him about balls in the road and kicking the ball right now. I still can't go and talk to him about algebra and trigonometry. He's not going to understand that. So my natural progression should be, I talk about this, and the next thing is I've taught him how to count from one to 10, and he can go up to 11 today, but that's all he can do. So he first has to figure out how to get to about a hundred, how to do some basic math additions and subtractions, and then once these initial few foundational years, you do it correctly, and then that running phase is very simple because at that point he would start grasping things much faster, and then algebra and trigonometry would become much easier. Similarly, here, our crawl phase is we are going to start with simpler flows. Can we go ahead and reliably create flows that are four or five steps long, for example, that do not have multiple decision elements, multiple branches, just have simple formulas and things like that, or maybe even simple MuleSoft connectors and do something very simple? For example, as an admin, if there are let's say five different kinds of flows that you wanted to create, out of which two are simple, and we can help save some time for you by creating those simple flows ,if you just come in and say, "Hey, I want to send an email when a lead is converted to an opportunity and just send that email to this email address," done. We can go ahead and create it for you. We don't want you to go into Flow Builder, open it up, and spend all the time in doing it when you have other things to do with your time. And like I said, there are some people who would want to come in and who are like, "Hey, Flow has a million options." Crawl here, which is basic flows. "I want to create some basic flows. I want to know how these flows are created, but what if I can just describe what I want and you can create a simple flow for me and then I can go and look it up, and maybe I understand how it actually works?" So that is essentially what we're trying to do here is make life easy and simple for our customers. Mike: Yeah. No, that makes sense. As I've heard you describe this, and the ball analogy with your children I think is perfect, one thing that I just want to bounce this idea off you and see if I'm correct, can you tell me how important it will be for admins to correctly articulate what they want Flow GPT to do? Ajaay Ravi: That is an excellent question. So with anything GPT-related, your output or whatever you get out of it at the end of the day is going only going to be as good as what your input was or what you told it that you wanted. And given that natural language is something that is very subjective and different people can understand things in different ways, it is very, very important that we get that input very correct. So we call that as an input prompt, because prompt is the term that is used for anything that's natural language-related. So there are two things here. One is as we are training, we are trying to train the model to look for certain keywords in that input prompt and make certain decisions. So for example, if it looks at, "Create an email when a lead is converted into an opportunity," so the model recognizes the word lead there and says, "Okay, fine," so it is going to be a record keyword flow on the object called lead, and it makes those assumptions as it looks at the prompt. In this initial crawl phase, it is very important for us to make sure that our admins that we are working with help give us as much detail as possible in those prompts, because the more specific they are, the higher are the chances of getting a more reliable output. And then, like I said, the second piece that is more important is feedback. So we are trying to collect feedback from customers. We don't want to take up too much of their time. Something as simple as a thumbs up, thumbs down mechanism. If you think that we really got the flow correct and we got the output that you expected or you wanted, just give us a thumbs up so we know, or if you think we were off target, give us a thumbs down, so what we would do is we would go take your feedback and then look at the prompt that you had and see where we missed. Why did we misunderstand your prompt? How can we get better? The other thing is, to get absolutely great, if you were also to go in and create the right flow that you expected for the input prompt that you created and you gave us permission to access that. Now, that would be absolutely wonderful because not only do we know that we got it wrong, but we also have the right one that you were expecting or you wanted, so we can train our models even better, but again, that's a long shot. I'm not even going to go all the way there. As long as you can give me feedback to say it was thumbs up or thumbs down, then I can start training the model to better understand what your intent is and have it stop what is called hallucinating in the GPT world. Hallucination is when the prompt can start just going into some kind of loops and then the output is not always technically correct and it doesn't get you what it is that you wanted. Mike: Wow. Ajaay Ravi: And then at the same time, there are two things here. As far as we're talking about Flow GPT or Einstein GPT for Flow, one is we should be able to reliably get you a flow that can be rendered on the Flow canvas. And then the second piece is how accurate was that? So right now in the first stage, what we are targeting is to be able to reliably get you a flow. So whatever input prompt that you type in, and of course this is subject to ethical and legal guidelines. So whatever input prompt you type in, we want to make sure that we can take it, translate it, create a flow, and then render the flow on the canvas. That in itself is a very hard problem. And once we solve that, the next step is did we get that correctly? Did we understand your intent? Then how do we tune ourselves to make sure that every time there is a prompt, we actually understand it correctly? And actually, we can even take this one step further. There is something called prompt engineering that is being discussed these days, is when as a customer or as an admin, they type their prompt, how do we help? Think about it as fill in the blanks. Can we provide you with a template of sorts where you just come in and say what kind of inputs and what kind of outputs to use? You just fill in certain blanks. Or can we add certain deterministic descriptions to those prompts above and below what you write in order to make sure that we pass on the right information to the model? So the reason there is a lot of research and work that's going on around prompt engineering these days is people have come to realize that that input prompt is so important to get the correct outputs. Mike: Yeah, no, and I'll actually link to a podcast. We talked with Sarah Flamion at Salesforce about prompt engineering and the importance of it back in June, so you can see that podcast episode. I think as we wrap up, Ajaay, I'd love to know, I can't get my hands on Flow GPT. Admins can't. That's a thing that's coming. Absent of that, from your perspective, what advice would you give admins to get ready for Flow GPT? Ajaay Ravi: That is a great question. Yeah. Shortly, whenever you see that Flow GPT is available, please do go ahead and use Flow GPT as much as possible, because the more you use it and the more input prompts that you specify, the better it will become with the days and with the years. So eventually, there will come a point when you have a really complicated use case that could probably take days to set up, which Flow GPT can go and do it for you in seconds. But it takes all of us to come together with those simpler use cases at the offset or at the start and then provide that feedback. Even if it is as simple as just indicating thumbs up, thumbs down, please do do that. And yeah, we will make your life simpler and better as we go together. Mike: You make it sound so easy, so go out and don't learn to kick a ball down a street. That's what I heard. Ajaay Ravi: That's precisely what it is, if you're on the street. Mike: This has been fun. You are a fountain of knowledge. You probably have forgotten more about GPT than most of us know to date, so I appreciate you taking time to be on the podcast with us. Ajaay Ravi: Absolutely, Mike. It was lovely talking to you. Mike: So, that was fun. I learned a lot. I didn't know AI could hallucinate. This is a new thing. Learning together, folks. Now, if you enjoyed the episode, can you do me a favor? Just share it with one person. If you're listening on iTunes, all you need to do is tap the dots and choose, Share Episode. Then you can post it to social, you can text it to a friend. If you're looking for more great resources, your one stop for literally everything admin is admin.salesforce.com. We even include a transcript of the show. And be sure to join our conversation in the Admin Trailblazer group, which is on the Trailblazer community. Don't worry, there's a lot of links, a lot of things I mentioned. All of that is in the show notes for this episode. So until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Johnjoe Mena, a self-taught admin and Systems Associate Analyst at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about how to get started teaching yourself Salesforce and what to do when you feel overwhelmed.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Johnjoe Mena.

Working his way up Johnjoe worked his way up at Salesforce from the mailroom—literally. “I still didn’t know what Salesforce was when I started working there,” he says, “but in my first and second years I learned so much.”

Johnjoe soon found himself at Dreamforce, working the trading post. As he was handing out prizes to customers, he came to a realization. “Every time I would hand a gift out, I would tell myself this could be me one day,” he says. The next day, he logged into Trailhead for the first time.

Getting started on Trailhead One thing we hear from people all the time is how overwhelming it can feel to get started in Trailhead. With so many options, there can be a bit of decision paralysis in deciding what to do next. For Johnjoe, it was knowing when to step back and look at the big picture. He took a break and asked himself, “Why am I doing this in the first place?”

Johnjoe shortly came across the Credentials page, and that’s when everything started to fall into place. Looking through the overview of all of the different roles in the ecosystem, he found himself drawn to the admin page and got some guidance on what to do next. “Once I found the Admin Trailmix, the overwhelm went away,” he says, “everything started working for me after that.”

What to do when Trailhead feels overwhelming One of the most amazing parts about Johnjoe’s story is that he managed to skill up into an admin role while working a full-time job. He leaned on Trailhead GO to get through reading material when he had time to fit it in, like on his commute. And he also points out that once you get started, Trailhead has a way of snowballing as you work towards your goals.

Finally, Johnjoe advises you to go at your own pace and not compare yourself to other people. Sure, there are people out there with a ridiculous number of badges but it’s not a race. We’re all still learning—what’s important is to find a path that works for you.

Be sure to listen to the full episode to learn more about how Johnjoe got started at Salesforce in the first place, and why nothing beats hands-on experience.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Resources

  • Trailhead: Credentials
  • Trailhead GO
  • Admin Trailmix

Social

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt
  • Gillian on X: @GillianKBruce

Full Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're talking to Johnjoe Mena, or JJ, about learning Salesforce literally from scratch, from the very beginning. JJ is an actual Salesforce admin here at Salesforce, which I find super cool. I mean, you're the admin at Salesforce. And he just got a promotion to systems associate analyst, and we cover a lot. Boy, let me tell you, this is a great episode. Now, before we get into it, I want to make sure you're doing something, and that is following the Salesforce Admins Podcast on iTunes or Spotify, wherever you're listening to us, because if you're doing that, then you're automatically going to get new episodes every Thursday right on your phone. They come out in the morning. We try to hit that early morning so that you've got it right away. If you're on East Coast drive time, Midwest, Mountain, especially West Coast, you're going to have them before you even wake up. So be sure to do that, because then, your phone is just going to grab the newest one, like this one, and you're not going to miss out on some amazing stuff that JJ has to give us. With that, let's get into our conversation with JJ. JJ, welcome to the podcast.

Johnjoe Mena: Hey, Mike, how's it going?

Mike Gerholdt: Good. Why don't we get started, because you and I chatted before this and you have an amazing story. You also did a lot of work and helped the admin relations team out at Dreamforce this year in the Admin Meadow, because I got an email from one of my team members about having you on the podcast. But to introduce you, I'd love for you to get everybody up to speed to where you're at now, but if you could go back to the days of salad and give us a brief overview of how we got to the podcast today, but starting with the days of salad, I would appreciate that.

Johnjoe Mena: Yeah, of course. As in the beginning, I started as a salad maker at Mixed Greens, located in San Francisco, California, which was about a two, three minute walk to the Salesforce building. I worked there for about a year and a half, and in that year and a half, I've met a recruiter. And he would always come in, come get his lunch, we'd always just chat, just talk about life. And the more and more he came, we just started getting closer and closer, building a connection. And out of nowhere without even asking anything about where he worked or anything, he just asked, "Hey, are you looking for a job?" I said, "Yeah, I'm looking for something. I don't have much on my resume." And he said, "Don't worry about it. Just send me what you have, and then, I'll connect you." That same day, after he gave me his card, I went home home and my wife helped me write my resume because I didn't have anything on it other than working at the salad place, send it to him. Two days later, he called me saying that he got me a job in the Salesforce mail room at HQ. And then, from there, when I started at Salesforce is when ... I still didn't know what Salesforce was when I started Salesforce, which is funny, but as my first and second year I was at Salesforce, I learned so much about what Salesforce was and what they did. And I just would poke my nose around where I shouldn't have and just looking through content, things that Salesforce provided for free. And I was also able to work with Vanessa Ng, who was on the Trailhead team, and she asked me to help at Dreamforce, at the booth. I think a lot of people know the trading posts where you hand out the gifts for going to demos, trails, you get prizes. That's really where it really motivated me, when customers would come and they would come pick up their prize and they would say, "I'm here for my prize. I'm an admin, I'm a developer," and me handing them a prize motivated me to start this career as a Salesforce admin because every time I would hand a gift out, I would just tell myself, "This could be me one day, me being on the other side, as an admin." And I think going and working at Dreamforce and being in that environment just really motivated me. And then, right after that, I really got into Trailhead, I started doing, figuring out how to work Trailhead, I took classes. And then, once I got my admin cert, I started doing nonprofit work for Salesforce. And then, I would just say my career just took off, really. And then, now, where I'm at now, if we fast forward now, I'm a Salesforce admin for the real estate department, but I got promoted to a systems associate analyst now, but I still do the same work, admin slash developer work.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. No, that's cool, and I think there's a lot of relatable parts to your story. Also, by the way, I really like Mixed Greens. I've been there. That steak salad is wonderful. I also feel like it's the joke on some Midwestern commercials where the guy goes to pay, and it's like 1975. It's like, "No, I'm just paying for my salad." It's funny if you live in the Midwest, because we don't expect salads to be that much, but it's interesting because you got a job here at Salesforce, so you're very immersed in our culture, which obviously, not everybody is, or not everybody listening to the podcast is, but the way that you learned Salesforce, the platform, was the same way that anybody can learn it, which was through Trailhead. And then, you also, I think, got a very unique perspective when you worked our training post booth, I think it was at TDX or Dreamforce too, to see the joy of people getting plushies and T-shirts and stuff. I'm curious, we'll go back to those days. You got a job here at Salesforce, but then, it's also, hey, I want to learn the platform. As somebody, and this is a lot of people, as somebody that's getting started in Trailhead, where did you start? What was the thing you sat down and said, "Oh, I'm going to do these modules first?"

Johnjoe Mena: For me, when I first started Trailhead, it's a lot of stuff on Trailhead so you can get lost, but something that stood out to me when, even just on the homepage, really, was credentials. When you see credentials ... It just stood out to me. And when I saw it, I was like ... I would browse the modules that were there, the today ones, the ones that you can do off the bat just when you get on the homepage. But once I got into credentials and I started looking at the roles and I saw it said Salesforce admin, and then, as you look at what they offer, they have trail mix that you can just click and they have all of the modules for you in line and it's like a school, kind of. They give you all these courses in order for you to do so that you can learn what the product is, how the product works, and then, how to use it. For me, those credentials, doing the certified admin trail mix is what really helped me just learn really what Salesforce was, and then, what an admin does. And I think having that trail mix ... I think trail mixes are awesome, awesome things, because they're just a bunch of trails put together for you, but you don't have to go looking for, what trail should I do next? Or if you do a trail and then you click on the next one, sometimes, it can take you to different parts of Salesforce. You start learning one thing, and then, you learn another thing, another product. But the trail mixes, I feel like they're very focused on that one product, that one learning, and that's what really helped me because, like I said before, I didn't know anything about Salesforce. And then, doing the admin one, it teaches you about what Salesforce is as a company, and then, it goes into the product of what the product is, what the features are, and then, how to use the features. Trail mixes is the best thing, I think, that could be created for me, personally, because even for school, it's when the teacher gives you an assignment, you do it. The trail mixes, you see them like, "Okay, I got to do this one. And then, next, I got to do this one." And then, that momentum starts building. You know?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. No, I completely ... Many in the afternoons I start and think, I'm just going to do these one or two trails, and then, it's almost like potato chips. Then, you're half a bag in, didn't even know you went that far. How did you get past that feeling of scrolling around and seeing how much content there was and just being completely overwhelmed?

Johnjoe Mena: I would have to say that I took a break from Trailhead for a moment when I did get overwhelmed, when I started looking into Trailhead and I started doing trails and ... I really didn't know what I was doing because there's no ... You get badges and you get points, but it doesn't say, "Oh, you're building up to get a certification or any kind of certificate or anything." In the beginning, when I did get overwhelmed, I took a little bit of a break and I stopped doing Trailhead for a little bit. And then, when I got back on is when I just thought, what is the purpose of Trailhead? What is it going to benefit me? Why am I doing this? And I think, once I figured that, I was like, "Okay, I want to be an admin. Okay, how do I learn to become an admin?" And then, that's when the credentials, the roles started showing ... I started clicking where I should be clicking to find admin, the role, the trail mix. And then, once I got found the admin trail mix is when the overwhelm went away because it just looked like, "Here's all the trails you need to do. Here's the order." And then, it just started just working perfectly for me after that because the way I was doing it, I was looking for ... I would type "Salesforce admin," and then a bunch of trails would just show up and I would start doing one. And I remember I would do ... I did intermediate trails, and then, all of a sudden, I was doing advanced admin trails, and I felt like I was just going everywhere. There was no trail, no path that I was going down. And then, once I found the trail mix, I felt, I was like, "This is perfect. This is telling me what to do, the steps, how to learn everything."

Mike Gerholdt: Did you ever find yourself going back over different modules or different challenges? I know, on a couple occasions this spring, I had to build a demo on Flow. And mind you, Jennifer Lee's on our team and she's probably forgotten more about Flow than I've learned, but it was a point of pride for me. I really wanted to get into it and understand this new version of Flow. And I was working through some Trailhead modules and, at a certain point, I found myself just going through it and being like, "Cool, got it done. Wait, I don't remember if I learned anything." And it's not that I didn't learn anything, it was that I was so focused on completing it and moving on that I'd forgot like, "No, I need to take a breath and actually soak this stuff in and go back to a couple different modules." These are also modules that Mark Ross had wrote. Mark Ross is a Trailhead writer. He's been on the podcast before, and he had suggested to me, and he wrote them for Flow. And I remember going back and thinking, yeah, I remember doing that and getting this one thing, and then, just going back over the module, and it was almost like re-watching a film. I saw so much more. Did you ever go back and kind of redo some of those early Trailhead modules?

Johnjoe Mena: Yes, I did, in the beginning. In the beginning, yes, I did. I started-

Mike Gerholdt: So it's not just me. That's good.

Johnjoe Mena: No. I think it's a lot of people, because when you start doing it, sometimes, you can get in that rhythm of just reading everything, getting to the questions, answering and just next, and you really didn't learn anything because you're going so fast just to complete it. So then, for me, that was, in the beginning, yeah, I would read really fast, read the questions, and then answer, and then move on. And then, what happens is, when you're doing certain trails, then, you have to do the project once. And then, that's when you're like, "Oh," it's telling you to the next step, but you didn't do any of the steps before because you just read through everything, and then, you answered and you skipped what the project was leading up to. When that happened to me, that's when I started to realize, I need to slow down. Even the question ones, you just got to just read it at your own pace and just, how you said it, observe all the information or all the key information they're trying to explain to you and not really think of it as a race. I feel like, sometimes, people can think Trailhead is a race, trying to get as many badges as you can. Also, you never want to compare yourself to another person's badges or points. Trailhead, it's your own trail. And I think, as long as you're learning and you're progressing the way you want to progress and you feel that this is benefiting you, I think that's fine, instead of comparing how many badges you have to your friend or to other people. For me, I have 400 badges compared to a lot of people who may have more, but I feel like I have learned a lot in those 400 badges that I've gotten.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. That's a lot, dude, seriously. Are you a four star ranger?

Johnjoe Mena: Yeah, I'm a four star ranger.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. I'm a three star ranger.

Johnjoe Mena: [inaudible 00:14:11] two weeks ago.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, congrats. Oh, my God. That's awesome.

Johnjoe Mena: Thank you.

Mike Gerholdt: I want to reiterate what you said. You never want to compare yourself to someone else's badges or points. That's huge. Trailhead is built to be so gamified, but it's a competition that you're having with yourself, and the winner is knowledge. The winner isn't the points. And I think you saying that, man, that was just like, that hit me. That was serious. You're working in Salesforce, you're doing Trailhead. It's no different than a lot of admins working their day job at an organization, or maybe even not working at an organization as a Salesforce admin. How did you balance ... I'm sure you've got a home life, there's stuff going on there, you got stuff going on at work and you're trying to do Trailhead. How did you fit all that stuff in?

Johnjoe Mena: I would have to say it's a little of a mix. I know, for me, once I started getting a rhythm with Trailhead, I almost didn't want to stop doing Trailhead. When you start learning and getting into it, you don't want to stop. But then, I knew I had to take a break at times, but I would always try to find time when I had downtime at work, even five minutes, 10 minutes. If I could knock out a trail in 10 minutes, I would do that. I would try to pick that. Or also just, they have Trailhead Mobile and I would do, on my way home when I would commute, I would do Trailhead on mobile and just learn there, because a lot of trails that were just reading and answering questions. My commute was about 30 minutes, so I would just sit there and just do my Trailhead on my way home from work and on the way to work. It's really ... I try to balance it as good as I could.

Mike Gerholdt: No, your answer's good. I think you're reaching to be like, "Is there a better answer in my head?" No. I think it's that balance, right? It's also something new, and I would akin to, when you add something to your life, you're like, "Oh, how am I going to fit this in? My day is super busy already." Have you looked at the screen time on your phone to see how many hours you spend on TikTok? Just spend two less hours on TikTok. I'm guilty. And think about all the badges you could do. But I think you were very poignant in thinking through rationally, "Hey, I've got this commute time, there's Trailhead Mobile. Now, I can't do everything on mobile, but that's okay. I can do challenges that are just questions that give me something to chew on my 30-minute train ride." And that's perfect, because it is a balance. And I think, sometimes, people race too hard because they're comparing themselves to other people's badges and points. I did that for a long time. I'd say, "Oh, man, someone's got so many badges." And it's like, "Okay, cool," but that's the journey that they're on. You can equate it to something else like, I don't know, bank accounts. Cool. You know how many more people in the world got more money than me? A lot. But that's the journey they're on. And there's a lot of people that don't have as much money as me, and that's the journey they're on. But you can't compare yourself to that. Also, what's the point? I think thinking of badges and points for yourself as a celebration of you. You've done 400, cool. I've done 300. Awesome. That's great for both of us, not you're farther ahead and I'm farther behind kind of feeling. I really like that. You mentioned briefly, at the end of your explanation, that you worked for nonprofit, and I know nonprofit stuff comes up a lot. I feel like there's both sides of the opinion on it. For new beginning admins, working at a nonprofit, not really a place to hone your skill because it is very high stakes. But also, I've been doing this now since 2006 and I'm still learning. I don't think, at any one point, we stopped learning. We're just very experienced. What did you learn from working at that nonprofit that maybe you weren't getting at Trailhead?

Johnjoe Mena: I would say it was the real use case scenarios that I was exposed to. They had a use case, they wanted ... The nonprofit I worked for, they wanted to track their volunteers and track where the volunteer was going to be going to, what pet they were going to take, how many hours. I was experiencing the real hands-on scenarios, I think, and it was different from Trailhead because Trailhead, there's use cases, but this was, I getting the real experience of what an Salesforce admin really was doing on a day-to-day basis. What I learned from there was just, they traded me as their admin and they would come up with a request, we would meet, go through the request, then, I would come up with the solution and we would build it, and then, we would present it and show them. And then, if they liked it, then, we would deploy it to their production org. I got to learn a lot of just hands-on, really, just working as an admin in an org.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, I feel you're spot on with a lot of the nonprofit stuff and bringing it up because working with nonprofits, it's a little more high stakes, right? It's blue sky, green field of some of the solutions that you're trying to work through as opposed to a Trailhead module where you know where the solution is. I think that's very cool. I appreciate you taking time out and sharing your story with us. I really feel like you've given me some insight and just a little bit of a reset on what it can be like to be overwhelmed and prioritizing things, so I appreciate you coming on the pod.

Johnjoe Mena: Yeah, thank you for having me, Mike. This was very exciting and fun to be able to share.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, and congrats on the promotion as well. Look at this, you're learning and ...

Johnjoe Mena: Thank you.

Mike Gerholdt: And moving up. You're already ahead of me in badges, but that's okay because I feel like I've got a lot to learn too. Thanks so much for coming on the podcast.

Johnjoe Mena: Thank you for having me.

Mike Gerholdt: It was a fun discussion. I don't know if you can tell, but I totally got hung up on that. You never want to compare yourself to someone else's badges or points. It's about learning and feeling confident in yourself and moving forward. And boy, if you just didn't get that tidal wave of that feeling in this episode, go back and listen to it again because JJ really, very rightfully so, gives us a lot of lessons. And it's real useful stuff that I feel I see in here in the community, I see in here in the Trailblazer community a lot, overwhelmed and not sure where to go. I really enjoyed this call. I'm glad I had a chance to run into him at Dreamforce. I'm sure you will at some upcoming events. Now, if you could do one thing, if you enjoyed this episode as much as I did, share it with somebody. If you're listening on iTunes, I'm going to tell you how to do that. You tap the dots, there's three dots, look for them. It's right in the interface, and you click "share episode." And then, a little share box will come up and you can post it social, you can text it to a friend, you can send it to wherever you would like. Also, if you're looking for more great resources, everything Salesforce admin is at admin.salesforce.com, including a transcript of the show. If you miss something, you want to go back and maybe reread it because you can't listen to it, I don't know why, there's transcript there. Now, be sure to join our conversation Admin Trailblazer Group, literally the Admin Trailblazer Group. I saw this question come up so much that I booked JJ on the pod to help us answer this. This is where I get my inspiration as well. You can too. It's in the Trailblazer community. Don't worry, links are in the show notes. Like I say every week, until next time, we'll see you in the Cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we sit down for another cup of coffee with Gillian, Josh Birk, Jennifer Lee, and me, Mike Gerholdt.

Join us as we chat about how to get help learning Salesforce when you’re new to the community and where to get guidance for Trailhead.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with the Admin Evangelist Team.

"I’m new to the community and I need help learning Salesforce, but I get lost in the different trails. Can someone guide me?” Every month, Gillian, Developer Evangelist Josh Birk, and I sit down with a cup of coffee and a topic. This time, we’re also joined by the one and only Jennifer Lee. For October, we’re tackling one of our most frequently asked questions: how do I get started learning Salesforce?

Join us as we discuss:

  • Why it’s important to “learn the nouns” by reading Salesforce blog content to guide your work in Trailhead.
  • How learning to do a specific thing can give you the context you need to choose Trailhead topics.
  • Why you should pay special attention to hands-on Trailhead modules and community stories.
  • Why learning Salesforce starts with understanding why companies use it in the first place.
  • The importance of getting involved with the Trailblazer community, even if you’re just listening in.
  • Why everyone in the Salesforce community wants to pay it forward.
  • How to find your local Trailblazer community group.
  • What you can learn from working with your own personal dev org.
  • How Gillian made a Salesforce app to help organize her wedding.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more

  • Admin Trailblazers Group
  • Find a Trailblazer community group near you
  • Salesforce Admins on YouTube
  • Automate This! on YouTube

October podcast episodes

  • Make a Cybersecurity Plan with Garry Polmateer
  • Sales Cloud Core with Ketan Karkhanis
  • Einstein Lead Scoring with Kalpana Chauhan

Social

  • Josh: @JoshBirk
  • Jennifer: @JenWLee
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt
  • Gillian on X: @GillianKBruce

Full Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: So this month on Coffee With Evangelists, we're going to the Trailblazer Community for inspiration and discussion. Not that you aren't a daily inspiration for us, but this category of question really seems to pop up a lot. And that question is, I'm new to the community and I need help learning Salesforce, but I get lost in all of the different trails. Can somebody guide me? So joining us this month, in October, maybe with pumpkin spice in their latte, is my co-host, Gillian Bruce, host of the Automate This and Everything Flow, Jennifer Lee and, of course, the godfather of Trailhead, Josh Birk. Welcome all.

Josh Birk: Hello Mike.

Jennifer Lee: Hello.

Gillian Bruce: Hello. Hello.

Mike Gerholdt: Did you put pumpkin spice in anything? Do you pumpkin spice things now?

Josh Birk: I don't avoid it, but I don't seek it out, either. I honestly don't see the appeal, to be frank.

Jennifer Lee: Same. Outside of pumpkin seeds, I'm not really a pumpkin person.

Josh Birk: The pumpkin seeds, that's a good ...

Mike Gerholdt: I forgot about that. Like, roasting them? If you roast them in the oven?

Gillian Bruce: Jen, do you do that after you carve your pumpkins? Or do you get pumpkin seeds from the store and roast them?

Jennifer Lee: Pumpkin seeds from the store. I've not really carved pumpkins myself.

Mike Gerholdt: Really? Oh wow. Heard it here first. Breaking news.

Josh Birk: It's a task. It's a lot of work.

Mike Gerholdt: It is, and it's not fun.

Gillian Bruce: I disagree.

Josh Birk: A lot of it's not fun. I love the carving part, but I kind of wish somebody would do all the prep for me and then just going to be fun.

Gillian Bruce: You know like the gooey emptying out part of all the pumpkin guts? That's the best part.

Mike Gerholdt: That is the worst part. I'm with Josh, I'm with you on the carving. With the reaching in for the guts and the stringiness?

Josh Birk: It's not a texture thing for me. I get bored with that step so quickly and yet, I'm so I want to be methodic and make it the cleanest pumpkin inside as possible that I just get, I just get annoyed by it by the time I get to that stuff.

Gillian Bruce: Just get a nice sharp spoon, and go for it.

Mike Gerholdt: I carved a pumpkin, just on the inside.

Gillian Bruce: I have a girlfriend who was so obsessed with pumpkin seeds that for the many years that we were both single and not carving pumpkins with families, she would literally come over, we would scoop out the insides of the pumpkin and stop there because all she wanted to do was roast the seeds. They're like, cool. So we have a hollow pumpkin.

Jennifer Lee: Now, I don't know if you all have something like this, but we have a zoo that we go to in Rhode Island and during Halloween they have all these pumpkins that people carve and then they parve some really complex designs in them. There were like Martha Luther King, Michael Jackson. It's pretty cool.

Gillian Bruce: That's next level.

Josh Birk: I think they do that at the Lincoln Park Zoo here. I know they do Festival of Lights and stuff like that, which is usually pretty cool.

Mike Gerholdt: I do have an empty field in my development and I would love to do, if you watch on, I think it's on, it used be on ...

Gillian Bruce: Pumpkin chuckin'?

Mike Gerholdt: Yes. Pumpkin chucking.

Gillian Bruce: They do it in Delaware. It's amazing. I got to go there when I was in DC.

Mike Gerholdt: Those things are Legit.

Mike Gerholdt: People spend the whole year building those things.

Gillian Bruce: They're basically these homemade catapults that people launch pumpkins off of and see how far they can launch the pumpkins. It is so fun. They do it this big huge field in Delaware. The limited amount of time I spent in DC I got to go view this in person one time. It was so amazing.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, they have trebuchets, as well.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: But the air cannons, the air cannons are the ones that send it football fields.

Gillian Bruce: Wow. So fun. So fun.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, I just like the splat part.

Gillian Bruce: And that's exactly how you start learning about Salesforce.

Josh Birk: Take a pumpkin.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay, so I pulled this question out. I mean, Gillian, Josh, Jennifer, we've all been around the community for, I told somebody I was like, "Oh, like a decade and a half." And they're like, "Oh wow." And I was like, "Oh God, that doesn't make me feel old."

Gillian Bruce: It's okay, Mike, you started when you were 15. It's fine.

Mike Gerholdt: I did, totally, yes. But I think we've had different onboarding experiences and I wanted us to put that fresh hat on of like, okay, so what if we were brand new Salesforce admins today, knowing what we know that Trailhead exists and there's help documentation, how would we tackle it? Because I feel like the beauty of hindsight is, oh, we know all this stuff now here's how I'd go back and do it, having known that, but not, right? So, that's what I'm throwing out. And of course, it's great that we have Josh on because you built Trailhead.

Josh Birk: And it's interesting to me because how you phrased this, right, was like, I know I need to learn Salesforce, I know about Trailhead. It's not a lack of discoverability of Trailhead, the product itself. It's that Trailhead itself has gotten so complicated that it's hard to just jump in and take the right trails and just get to exactly where you want to go. Why that's interesting to me is that was partially the problem we were trying to fix in the first place. Trailhead used to be so simple. It was like, you're a beginner admin, go here, boom, you're done. Because there wasn't, I don't know how many badges we're up to at this point. Jen probably knows. I think you have them all, right?

Mike Gerholdt: Right. I was going to say, "How many badges does Jen have?" That's how many we're up to.

Josh Birk: That's how many we're up to. So it's interesting that we have developed ourselves into this problem, and I think that's really where it comes down to is, it's like I do this joke. Nobody ever asked me about the zebra that I have in my room. Well, why not? Because who would think I have a zebra in my room. Unless you know the noun, it's hard to go after the information itself. So I think in this day and age where we don't have a lot of workshop tours, we don't have the beginning webinars, I think learning the nouns might be first step. Just start reading the blogs and start reading what is it like to develop and administer on this platform and then dive into the Trailhead, tracking those downs down. Because one thing about Trailhead is that it was intended to be atomic, which means that if you want to just go learn about flow, you can just go learn about flow. Or if you just want to learn about one thing, you can do that. So you can choose your own adventure, so to speak, when it comes to learning a trail.

Mike Gerholdt: Josh, I can't help but think of your answer in the same way that college is difficult to navigate, too. You go back a hundred years, I'm sure colleges had what, 10 majors and now there's canoeing. I'm sure you could get a degree in canoe. You could probably get a PhD in ...

Josh Birk: You probably could get a PhD.

Mike Gerholdt: ... water, hydration, floating. It would be something fancy. But the catalogs are super difficult, but people still manage to get through it. It's because, I think, there's one destination in college and I think we imply, or do we imply, that because other things, there's one way to learn Salesforce and people just can't figure out that one way.

Josh Birk: And also people don't, not everybody learns the same way, right? Developers are, frequently people who like to go in and take existing pieces of code and then pull them apart and put them back together again, which is an exercise we have in places in Trailhead, I think, but not consistently. So, I'd be curious to know how many people rely more on say, stack exchange than ever before because of the level of complexity of the platform these times.

Gillian Bruce: Well, and you said it's the way people learn. For me, I remember the one thing I took, God, I think I took ADM 201 three times before it finally stuck with me, and I still got out of that course at the last time I took it. I was like, "What did I just do? I have no idea." 'Cos I didn't have the context for how to use this. Now this is pre-Trailhead, but for me it was, "Oh, I should build an app to do this thing," and then going through and doing that, now also, this was right when we were transitioning to Lightning, so there was a lot of push to test and do things, but for me it was putting context behind, I'm trying to accomplish a thing and I'm going to go build the thing. And the parts of Trailhead that really work for me are the projects, right? Because you're working towards completing a specific goal or task versus, here go play around and build a formula or this is how Omnichannel works. Like, okay, "But I need context. How is this fitting into the bigger picture of things?" So I'm a learn by doing person, which Trailhead has a fair amount of that, but I'm more project oriented in Trailhead than I am straight up modules.

Jennifer Lee: Yeah, I agree with you, Gillian. I learn best by doing. And so back in the day when I was learning Salesforce, I became a master Googler, right? You go in there, because there wasn't a lot of content provided by Salesforce at that time. So you become a master Googler, you might be able to pull stuff up by ChatGPT, I don't know, but you Google whatever the topic is, Salesforce and then boom. Then you start going through the content and I found the community content was really great, just learning from the practitioners themselves and following along or on Trailhead doing the projects or anything that had the hands-on training. 'Cos then you're learning the concept, but then you're exercising the muscles and actually going through the step-by-step. And that's how I retain information better than if I just read it.

Mike Gerholdt: Gillian, you brought up a good point, the context. I actually had a friend a while back lose their job in that big retail layoff and showed them Trailhead, and that was the biggest problem that they ran into. Mind you, they're a college graduate in philosophy, which I mean, again, degree in canoeing. But really smart guy, didn't understand why things existed in the platform because they didn't have the context. And so I'm wondering if people that are asking this question, are trying to learn the platform agnostic of having any context to either maybe having the role or how organizations would use Salesforce.

Gillian Bruce: I will say in the dozens, I don't know, probably more than that, hundreds of presentations I've done as an evangelist in the last however many years. 'Cos again, I started Salesforce when I was nine years old, it keeps getting younger. It's weird. As the years go on, I started Salesforce as a younger person.

Josh Birk: Sooner later, child labor laws are going to be ...

Gillian Bruce: You're right. But the one thing that I have found that helps me explain what Salesforce is to people who don't know what Salesforce is, but know that maybe this is a career trajectory they might be interested in, they're like, "Okay, so how do I get certified? Okay, how do I do that?" I'm like, "Okay, but do you understand why people use this platform? Why do people build things in Salesforce? Why are there jobs for people who are Salesforce practitioners? Let's talk about big picture. Salesforce helps companies do X, Y, and Z." And you can pull out a handful of very general examples. And then doing that next level. Salesforce helps companies organize their customers data because then they're able to do better marketing to sell their widgets better. And it's that kind of trajectory of that context and that bigger picture I find really helps. And so if you are net new, you're like, "Great, I need a new job, or I want to get into the Salesforce ecosystem," don't just do it to be part of the Salesforce ecosystem. Understand what the technology does for companies, why do companies buy it? And I think a lot of times we bypass that and go straight to Trailhead. And I feel like that maybe is a piece for me. At least, that was very important to understand before I started learning the technology on top of it.

Mike Gerholdt: It's understanding why people would buy a car before you start working on the car to fix it.

Josh Birk: Well, and even the presence of the car, because as evangelists we all know part of our problem is convincing people we actually have a platform. It's not just CRM, and it can be extended through all sorts of custom data and processes and stuff like that. So there's people running around in a car, but they don't even realize there's multiple gears. I don't know. I'm losing the analogy here, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: I know I boxed you in with that. Also, I could hear Gillian be like, damn, another Mike analogy about a car. Totally heard that.

Gillian Bruce: No. I'm so used to them. I'm be like, well, I mean, Josh, to add for the metaphor, I think what you were saying is like, "Well, sometimes you need a truck to do it and sometimes you need a fast car and sometimes you need a rider mower." And it all depends on what you're trying to accomplish. But Salesforce can do all of those things.

Josh Birk: I mean, I remember doing just a basic 101, here's how you build out a custom object type thing at a world tour. And somebody came up to me afterwards and they're like, "That was mind-blowing." And I'm like, "No."

Mike Gerholdt: No, there's so much more.

Josh Birk: You haven't seen the mind-blowing stuff. That was watching me put the rabbit in the hat and then being like, "I'm going to pull a rabbit out of my hat. That's how mind blowing that was."

Mike Gerholdt: Well, object permanency sometimes.

Josh Birk: Right.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, but I think to that end, it's so, understanding the why, maybe that's where they get lost. Because Trailhead shows you the how and absent of being able to connect it to the why, to me, it sounds like understanding just how to do things on the platform is maybe where they're getting lost because Gillian, to your point, I would learn Omnichannel, but I wouldn't understand why I would do Omnichannel. So I could understand how to customize it. I just wouldn't understand how to talk about it or why I should care.

Josh Birk: And I think that's also speaks to, because our platform has gotten so broad. So we're talking about Salesforce Core for the most part, but I think you can ask those exact same questions about things like MuleSoft and even some of our clouds and things like that. It's like it's hard to know why you care until you've actually gotten into it, but it's also hard to learn it until why you care.

Mike Gerholdt: Absent of Trailhead, what role would help documentation, which I feel is its own group of things. And then just turning to the community play for each of you.

Jennifer Lee: I know when I first started, I was a data consumer of the Trailblazer Community. I was absorbing every single post that was posted, and then I was like, "Oh, well, this person has this problem. How did other people solve it?" And I'm like, "Oh, that's really cool." But I also recommend going to user groups, finding that local user group, going there and listening to what other people are facing, learning from their solutions as well, and networking.

Gillian Bruce: Jen, I think there's something to that as just being around it to understand how people talk about it and what types of problems they're solving. I mean, I remember still to this day, one of the first recommendations I say to people who are like, "Okay, I'm net new. What do I do?" It's like, "Okay, yes, learn what Salesforce does, learn the technology, but honestly, go be like a creeper in the Trailblazer Community." Maybe not creeper, creeper is the wrong word, but hover. Just listen. Just see what people are posting, see what answers are getting posted, see what questions are getting posted, see what's happening in their local Trailblazer group, even if you're like, "I don't want to go to a meeting yet." But just being around it and reading and consuming that I think is such a great way to get oriented in terms of, A. What are people doing as practitioners with Salesforce and B. What kind of problems are they solving and how? And I think that's, and even just the language, right? The jargon, what things are called, how we describe certain parts of the platform, I think that's one of the easiest things you can do to get yourself going in the Salesforce space.

Josh Birk: I mean it's part of our special sauce. It's part of the thing that makes Salesforce the communities distinct. I've had so many people in interviews who talked about learning the platform, and it's hard for us, I think, to say it without it sounding like hype. But we have a community that believes firmly in giving back to the community, and they learn from the community. And so they want to teach you the community. And there's no way of saying that without it making it sound like, I'm just trying to hype it, but it's like we've got rad women, we've got Salesforce Saturdays, we have people who spend time helping other people for free on this platform. And not every tech community out there is like that. And I totally agree with you, Jen. It's like that, don't miss that because it's a special thing out there. And especially now post pandemic, I feel like it's even easier than ever because I think there's still a virtual Salesforce Saturdays that's going on. Wherever you are, there's something that should be accessible to you.

Gillian Bruce: Well, and Jen and Mike, I mean, this is how you started your careers, right? I mean, you were members of the community, you were giving back, helping other people solve problems, being very active and participatory. I mean, you were evangelists outside of Salesforce before Salesforce hired you, right? I think that's what's so unique and special is because your authentic, there's an authenticity there to how vibrant the community is. 'Cos it's not just Salesforce pushing stuff out. It's what actual people are doing and saying and using,

Jennifer Lee: Sorry. Go ahead, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: Look at these two evangelists, talk over each other. Go ahead, Jennifer.

Jennifer Lee: So when I joined the community, I was like, "Oh my goodness, these people are just going out of the way to help one another. Don't they have day jobs? What's going on here?" And then when I attended my first in-person event, I think it was Dreamforce, and I was telling my family, I'm like, "Oh, I'm getting to meet these people in person. They're my friends, but I've never seen them before." And they're like, "What? How's that possible?" So, as I mentioned, I was a data consumer, and then eventually I had enough knowledge where I'm like, "Oh, I know the answer to this, so I'm going to start typing." And it was, okay, well, these people before me who knew Salesforce were sharing their knowledge, their time. Now that I get, I'm building up my knowledge, well, I want to give back, too, because someone before me helped me and I'm going to help the people after me. And it's just this natural thing of wanting to give.

Mike Gerholdt: I think, so a lot of what you said, Jennifer, I was trying to think back as you were all talking, what was the catalyst that got me in?

Josh Birk: Because I feel like that's the next hurdle, right?

Mike Gerholdt: You kind of look at Salesforce, oh, there's a lot to learn. There's a lot of things on Trailhead and there's community, but it feels like a lot of work. And I often joke is being so passionate about vacuums that you would join a vacuum community.

Gillian Bruce: It sounds like it would suck.

Mike Gerholdt: I remember, so this was back when I was just turned 18 and it was 2006, because I'm following Gillian's Benjamin Button style of aging. But I was just fresh on Twitter, and I remember TweetDeck was a thing, and I started to call them like, "Oh, there's people I tweet about Salesforce." And up to that point, I had just tried to do it all myself. I'll just try to figure it out. And I remember I asked a question and I'm sure I can go back and try and find that tweet. It'd be cool. But I asked a question and I got 20 responses. And one of the responses, somebody was like, "Hey, send me a DM and I'll give you my email because I think we can solve this. I just need more than ..." it was 120 characters or whatever. Remember when Twitter had that limit? And I remember that. So I did that and it was probably a Thursday or a Friday, and then over the weekend I made a remark to somebody. I said, "This guy from Canada is going to email me this solution, and they're totally going to do it on their own time." And I remember thinking to myself like, wow, that's pretty neat. Maybe there's more to this. But it felt like, I don't know. And I think a lot of people approach that. They hear community and they hear all this stuff. I should be a part of it. And it's like, yeah, I don't, but it's until you just go out there and ask one question and then you see five different responses that are probably four different ways of solving a solution that you're like, oh, maybe there's something to this. And that was, for me, which then turned me into like, well, if I can get these answers and build this stuff, then why isn't, because Gillian, to your point, Salesforce wasn't putting that stuff out there. That was the gap, that was the void that Jennifer filled as well, too. Salesforce wasn't putting this stuff out there.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, it's special. It is something unique and it's something really special. It's one of the magical things about our community. Our community. Magical things about the Salesforce, just ecosystem in general, is the community. And until you're in it, it's very hard to describe it. It's very hard to explain it. And I love the stories that you both shared about, yes, so my family didn't quite get it, and I thought this was really special. It's something you don't find in other technologies, other platforms. And I think if you're trying to orient yourself and figure out where do I start? What do I do? I mean, yes, of course you need to learn the technology and go to Trailhead. There's a lot of great things there. I would start with the admin basics trail, if you're going on an admin path, or beginner admin trail, I think is what it's called. But honestly, get in the community. I mean, if nothing that you've heard between Mike and Jen and Josh, just dip in and let it wash over you.

Mike Gerholdt: I would add to that, simply ask yourself why you are trying to learn this and if it's interesting and fun for you. And I go back to that because I can still remember, Gillian, as you were talking, I was thinking back to the very first time, and this will date me to when I was 19 years old, in 2007, and I built my first workflow and it worked. And I remember sending an email to the sales team, and it was a simple workflow that literally just updated a field that was locked on a contact, based on a pick list value. And it was such a huge thing. And it gave me this sense of accomplishment that I feel probably was lacking that I wasn't getting in my current job. And that was that reason why. But unlocking that was, I was like, oh, I think I found something I'm passionate about. And I've always heard this quote that was, if you find your passion, you never have to look for your drive, because it will always be there, right? And I think for Jen, I always look at how innate her skill is to build stuff in flow, but it's because she found her passion in flow. And I don't share that passion. I would love to. Mine exists in other parts of the platform. But once you have that, then it feels like the wind is at your back.

Josh Birk: Well, I think the rise of flow is also interesting because it used to be developers would learn most of, they wouldn't get as expert in admin skills, but we were expected to know what a workflow was. We were expected to know what a validation rule was. We were expected to know what a formula was, et cetera. But flow is so much of its own skillset that it's, but also so powerful. If you want that thing in your resume that's going to help you get that next job, it's really an important one. But I think it also just speaks to not just the number of products and companies that Mark has bought over the last 10 years, but just to the power and the complexity of the platform itself.

Mike Gerholdt: Jen, Gillian, final thoughts?

Jennifer Lee: I think what's also important is as you're learning Salesforce, whatever that thing is, whether it's writing a validation rule or what have you, spin up a personal dev org and you can sign up for that and that will be yours forever. And what I do is I play around with things, right? If I'm trying to learn something new rather than mess up my company's org? I go and play out in my own sandbox, play around with it and get familiar with it. Build apps. Also use Salesforce for your personal lives. That's something that you're creating your own use cases, right? And then you're just using Salesforce as a solution, but then you're practicing using things in Salesforce.

Gillian Bruce: Well, and Jen, that's basically exactly what I was going to say. But not only are you practicing using Salesforce and building out the app, but you're practicing all the other things that come along with being an admin. If you are building out an app for your own personal use case, right? You're figuring out what are the requirements? How am I going to test this to make sure it works? I am the user of this, right? I remember I built an app to help manage my wedding as an excuse to tinker around with things. And I was like, "Oh my gosh, how would I do a guest list? How would I do all the event pieces of this?" And it was such a huge learning curve for me, and it helped lock in so many of these concepts of not only how do I build the thing, but why do I build the thing and how do I make sure the thing does what I want it to do? And I think there's no better way to learn than to build something for yourself. It also, if you make it nice, it's a good thing to demo if you're trying to get a job. Make a screencast, include it in the process of how you're looking for jobs. Shoot, post it on the Trailblazer community. Maybe somebody sees it is like, "Ooh, that person's got talent. I like what they're doing. Maybe they could be my next Salesforce admin." So it serves a lot of purposes, and so great recommendation done. And that is my number one thing to recommend to folks. Get your dev org, spin it up, build out your own use case. Use it as a demo going forward.

Mike Gerholdt: I couldn't agree more. And that gives you even more things to showcase to somebody to show your skill. Well, this is a great discussion. Thank you all.

Gillian Bruce: Thank you, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: Thank you.

Jennifer Lee: Thanks for having me.

Mike Gerholdt: If you enjoyed this episode, I need you, the listener, to do one thing, and that is share it with somebody that you think would enjoy it as well. If you're listening on iTunes, all you got to do is tap the three dots and choose Share episode, then you can post it to social, you can text it to a friend, put it on any of the socials. And if you're looking for more great resources, like some of the links that probably Jennifer and Gillian and myself mentioned, you can always go to Everything Admin, which is admin.salesforce.com. And, of course, there will be a transcript and links in the show notes below. And, of course, I know we mentioned the Admin Trailblazer group, so you can join the conversation there in the Trailblazer community. Don't worry, link is also in those show notes. So, until then, we'll see you next week in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Kalpana Chauhan, Lead Salesforce Consultant at Mar Dat. Join us as we chat about Einstein lead scoring and the importance of high-quality data.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Kalpana Chauhan.

From math teacher to Salesforce Admin Kalpana started out as a math teacher but, as her kids got older and she found herself with time on her hands, she discovered she had an affinity for Salesforce. That foundation has been incredibly helpful in her career as a Salesforce Consultant when she has to untangle something like validation rules. “Coding is easy once you understand the logic and flowchart of how it actually works,” she says.

Flows and automation have always held a special place in Kalpana’s heart. There is so much manual work that you can make unnecessary if you’re willing to sit down and thoughtfully analyze a business process. And new tools like Einstein are making that easier than ever before.

Scoring leads with Einstein One of Kalpana’s clients needed help resolving issues related to proper lead qualification and marketing engagement. “The marketing team was eager to enhance their engagement with leads, while the sales team was seeking better clarity regarding which leads were sales-qualified so they could focus their efforts on conversion,” she says.

That’s when Einstein came to the rescue. They worked through the AI Wizard and came up with three scores:

  1. Behavior, to evaluate how warm a lead is based on engagement.
  2. Engagement frequency, to figure out what marketing cadence is best for each lead.
  3. Send time optimization, to automate marketing emails to go out at the best time for each lead based on their engagement history.

Together, these scores helped marketing engage prospects at the right cadence while sales could pursue an optimal nurturing and conversion strategy for each lead.

Getting started with Einstein If you want to start using Einstein in your org, Kalpana recommends starting by taking a close look at your data quality. “Data is the key,” she says, “the more data you feed in, the more accurate your results will be.” That means Implementing solid data validation rules and using screen flows to remove duplicate records.

Getting up-to-speed on Einstein was easy with all of the resources out there from Salesforce. In addition to Trailhead, Kalpana found Bootcamps to be especially useful. “I love anything with visuals,” she says. She also recommends going to your local Trailblazer Community Group meeting to connect with other admins facing similar challenges.

Be sure to listen to the full episode to learn more about Einstein, email marketing, and data cleanup.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Resources

  • Trailhead: Salesforce Einstein Basics
  • Einstein Lead Scoring
  • Admin Trailblazer Group

Social

  • Kalpana: @KalpanaChauhan
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt
  • Gillian on X: @GillianKBruce

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Ketan Karkhanis, EVP and GM of Sales Cloud at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about all of the new Sales Cloud features that have gone live recently and how you can use them to transform your organization.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Ketan Karkhanis.

New features in Sales Cloud Over the last year, Sales Cloud has gotten a lot of new features and updates. That’s why I was so excited to run into Ketan at World Tour London and get him on the pod. Who better than the EVP and GM of Sales Cloud to tell us all about what’s new?

One thing that the Sales Cloud team noticed was how often businesses have been turning to third-party tools to get things done. So they’ve overhauled features like forecasting and pipe inspection to give you more customization options and flexibility without having to use a bunch of different point solutions.

Drive adoption with Sales Cloud Everywhere Another problem that Ketan and his team have been working on is how to help drive adoption. As much as we’d like it to be the case, most people don’t do 100% of their job on Salesforce. And the added hassle of going into and out of the platform can create a lot of challenges for users trying to fit it into their workflow.

But what if Salesforce could follow you into other applications and be there when you need it? Sales Cloud Everywhere aims to do just that, with extensions for Outlook, Gmail, and more that will give your reps access to your full CRM no matter what they’re doing.

We need your help If you only take one thing away from Ketan’s episode, it’s that there are so many new out-of-the-box features in Sales Cloud that it’s practically a new product. If you’re paying for third-party tools, you might be able to save your organization a lot of money just by turning something on.

Most importantly, Ketan and his team want you to know that they need your feedback to make Sales Cloud even better. Try Sales Planning, or Revenue Intelligence, or Einstein for Sales, or all of the above, and let us know how we can help you transform your organization with Salesforce.

Be sure to listen to the full episode to learn more about Sales Cloud, and what’s been added to Unlimited Edition.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Resources

  • Sales Cloud Everywhere Overview
  • Admin Trailblazer Group

Social

  • Ketan: @Karkhanis
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Mike on Threads: https://www.threads.net/@mikegerholdt/
  • Mike on Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesforce.mike
  • Mike on X: @MikeGerholdt
  • Gillian on X: @GillianKBruce

Full Transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and careers to help you be successful. I'm your host today, Gillian Bruce. Missed you. Nice to be back. I'm here with a very special interview that I wanted to be able to share with you from Ketan Karkhanis, who is our EVP and GM of Sales Cloud at Salesforce. Now, he is a senior executive in charge of all things Sales Cloud. And we had a chat, just running into each other at London World Tour of all places. And it really sparked my idea to have him join us on the podcast, because Sales Cloud has gone under a huge reboot over the last year. There's a ton of new features that I don't think many people are aware of. So, we wanted to dig into that a little bit. And then also, talk about why Sales Cloud and core are developing the things they are, prioritization, especially in the context of AI and GPT these days. And I promise you, Ketan is going to show you that, hey, core is getting a lot of love despite all of the hype around GPT, which is also very exciting. But we really focus more on that conversation around core development. And he gets into the importance and the role of Salesforce admins. One quick note before we get into Ketan's interview. At the time we were interviewing, the product we were developing was called SalesGPT. That has since changed. And now our AI products for sales is Einstein for Sales. And so, anytime you hear GPT, just think Einstein. So, without further ado, please welcome Ketan to the podcast. Ketan, welcome to the podcast.

Ketan Karkhanis: Hey, thank you for having me, Gillian. So good to be here.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, it's wonderful to have you on. I can't believe we haven't had you on before. So, first time guest, long overdue. Ketan, can you introduce yourself a little bit to our audience?

Ketan Karkhanis: Oh, I sure can. First, a big hello to all of you. I mean this is exciting to be on this podcast with all of you. My name is Ketan Karkhanis. I'm the executive vice president and GM for Sales Cloud. For some of you, I'm a boomerang. So, I was in Salesforce from 2009 to 2019, then I left, did a startup and supply chain, and then I came back to do sales in my prior stint. I've done Einstein Analytics, Lightning Platform, Salesforce Mobile, all the things you probably want to talk to me about also.

Gillian Bruce: Some things we're very familiar with in admin land, yes.

Ketan Karkhanis: Yeah, great to be here.

Gillian Bruce: Excellent. Well, we're happy to have you on. And since you are now leading Sales Cloud, we've got some good questions for you. So, first of all, I would love to know, and I think a lot of our admins are curious, what are some of the top things in Sales Cloud that maybe you think aren't being utilized enough?

Ketan Karkhanis: Oh, that's a great question. Look, I'll tell you, and this answer might be slightly long. So, Gillian, you should keep interrupting me, because a lot has changed in Sales Cloud in the last year. One of the fundamental things we have focused on is there are two things that happened. Number one was we realized that there was this hyper proliferation of point solutions around Sales Cloud. To work on one opportunity, customers were using seven, eight different other point solutions. These are not market categories. They are features of Sales Cloud. So, one of the great examples I'll give you is forecasting. And amongst all us, our admin friends, we had not innovated much in that space earlier. And it's okay to be honest and say that.

Gillian Bruce: We like transparency on the podcast, Ketan. Appreciate that.

Ketan Karkhanis: But we really doubled down on it. And if you now go look at forecasting, you will see that there's still a long journey. I invite you to join me at Dreamforce. But things like customizability, things like bring your own columns, things like adding manager judgment, things like coverage ratio, things like a better user experience, which does not require a help dock. Things like pipe inspection. I don't know how many of you have turned on pipe inspection. Maybe it may not have one or two things you don't need, but it's the new list view for opportunities. Why would you look at opportunities in a list view? Why wouldn't you look at pipe inspection? And everything I said, it's part of core. It's not something new you need to buy. I have a lot of new things I can sell you to. You know me, I'll keep building new things. But the idea is, how do we get more intrinsic value out? So, you asked the question, so I'll say, I invite you all to check out pipe inspection. I invite you all to check out forecasting. I invite all of you to check out... And I'm listing, Gillian, things which are not like, hey, you need to call an AE right now. These are things which are probably already there, you just need to go turn it on or something like that. The next thing I'll tell you is, look, one of the largest problems I've seen a lot of customers espouse is adoption. Gillian, you hear that from admins, and I hear that. How do I drive adoption? What do I do, right?

Gillian Bruce: 100%.

Ketan Karkhanis: So, one of the capabilities, and it's a very counterintuitive thought, maybe this will work, maybe this will not work, but is we are like we were saying, okay, why can't Sales Cloud or CRM follow you wherever you go? So, let's say you are in Outlook. Yes, I use the O word, Outlook. I can do that on a Salesforce podcast, because hey, a lot of people use Outlook and it's a great email client. I mean, it's fantastic. But what if Salesforce side panel was there right with you? What if your entire CRM was accessible to your end user as a sales rep, while they were in Outlook or they were in Gmail? And even coming one more further is, what if you could do that while you are on LinkedIn? So, this is the idea of Sales Cloud everywhere. It's the Outlook extension, it's the Gmail extension, it is the anywhere extension that's coming out. And again, these are what we think core capabilities, and I invite you to try them. One last thing, because we've just innovated a lot, so Gillian, please interrupt me, okay?

Gillian Bruce: Give us all the goodies. I love it. This is great.

Ketan Karkhanis: Now, these were just examples, but you can make a long list of this theme. Now, if you're on unlimited edition. So, some of you might be on UE, you have a special bonanza for you now, because everything I said before is available everywhere. Now I'm focusing only on unlimited edition. We added a ton of capability to unlimited edition, which was previously add-ons kind of stuff. So, for example, conversational AI. How many of you have heard of conversational AI? It's a standard capability. ECI, Einstein Conversational Insights. Go turn it on, try it in UE. I'll tell you, sales engagement, some of you probably remember HVS. And again, transparency, there was some work to be done on that, which we have gotten done last year. I know there was a little bit of a pause on that, but we have rebooted everything in the past 12 months. It's included in powerful cadence automation. Every inside sales teams needs it. It's out of the box in Sales Cloud UE. Automated capture, Einstein Automated Capture. Do you know more than 20,000 customers have already used Einstein Automated Capture? Are you one of those 20,000? If you are, thank you very much. If you aren't, why aren't you on that list? Because why do you want sales reps to enter data manually? It should be automatically synced. But anyways, I can keep going on, Gillian. There's just a lot. There's just a lot.

Gillian Bruce: That is a lot. And you know what I really like is all of these features that you're talking about are, like you said, your team's been working on this in the last 12 months. But I mean really these are things that are going to help admins make their users happier. And so, especially when you were talking about basically the pipe inspection is a better list view that's going to give you so much more information. So, why train your users on how to use a list view when you've got this? And they can get the insights just from looking at the list of their opportunities. And then in context, I mean when you're talking about the extension, where you can bring Salesforce and your CRM in the context of which you're already working. Because the last thing a sales rep wants to do is switch windows or have multiple tabs open, as all of us are guilty of having too many tabs open as it is. But the idea of having that contextual as you're looking at a LinkedIn, as you're looking at your email, that's fantastic. I mean, those are amazing features. And like you said, they're already part of your core experience. So, I'm going to use a Mike Gerholdt analogy here. "If you paid for the Ferrari, don't just use it to drive to the grocery store." You've got all these bells and whistles, you should use them. And I think another thing that I hear often when I'm at community events or at user groups, is you hear people that are paying for all of these third party solutions that do a lot of the stuff they don't realize core already does.

Ketan Karkhanis: Yeah, I mean they're spending a lot of money. You could be a hero by taking all that out and showing your organization, "Hey, guys, I saved you a lot of money."

Gillian Bruce: Exactly. Yeah. I mean it's one of those maybe not so secret, should be more overt awesome admin skills, is that if you are really truly an awesome admin, you're probably going to uncover so much money your organization can save when you open the hood and look at all of the third party things that maybe you are paying for, that you already have included in core. It's akin to declarative first development. Use what's out of the box before you go building a custom solution. And I think that is one of the things that we don't talk about enough, having that admin eye to look at all the things that maybe we already have on core, but we don't realize, or whoever was managing the org before you didn't realize.

Ketan Karkhanis: Or maybe we at Salesforce didn't talk about it too much. I think, so there's some responsibility I need to take too, just because I can. And you're going to see me and my team... As I said, look, it's a new Sales Cloud. Simple as that. The last 12 months, it's a new Sales Cloud. And I invite you, I encourage you, I will gently push you and nudge you to take a look. And more importantly, the two motivation I have behind saying these things is, if you take a look, you will give us great feedback. And that's truly what we want is your feedback. But you can't give me feedback if you have not tried something. It's like a virtual cycle.

Gillian Bruce: This is taking me back to when we rolled out Lightning back in, what, 2015. And we were doing all those Lightning tours with our product managers. I was doing a ton of them. The feedback we got from people when we were actually getting them hands-on with the new platform and how it worked, I mean every single piece of feedback got incorporated in some way. And I think that's one of the unique things and special things about Salesforce, is that our product is only what it is because of the feedback that we get from our customers. And we definitely take into account. So, Ketan, as leader of Sales Cloud, how important is it for people to give you feedback?

Ketan Karkhanis: I'll just tell you all my best ideas are not mine. They're yours. So, if you want me to do something good, give me feedback. I'm half joking. But you understand the spirit of that comment, I think. So, it's really important we connect with each other in the true sense of the word connection. Look, you all have made Sales Cloud what Sales Cloud is. You are the reason Sales Cloud is here. And I really, really aspire for you to be part of the journey. The last year, we have rebooted it a lot. We have a lot of new capabilities across the board. And I ain't even talking to you about new things like... Do you know last week, Gillian, we just launched a new product called Sales Planning? Now sales Planning can be done native on your CRM. Do you know we've got a brand new product around enablement to run sales programs in context and outcome-based? That's brand new. We just launch a buyer assistant. That's cool. And Gillian, I'm not even talking about GPT. We are going to need a whole podcast on SalesGPT.

Gillian Bruce: We can do that. That'll be the follow-up episode, because I know a lot of people are curious about that. But I think speaking of that, we get a lot of feedback, especially now because everyone's excited about AI. Everyone's talking about it, GPT, all the things, great. But the majority of admins I talk to are way more concerned with core features, stuff that their organization's already using. And so, you mentioned that the last 12 months, Sales Cloud has gotten a reboot. Can you give us a little insight into why there was a reboot? What is the priority with Sales Cloud and core features? And give us a little insider lens to why.

Ketan Karkhanis: No, no, it's a very fair question. Look, the way I think about it is adoption fueled growth is a key strategy for me and my business. And I use the word adoption as the first word in that sentence, because it's really the key word. To me, one of the thoughts I have after talking to countless customers, I went on the road and I met so many customers, and I'll tell you, it was amazing. You sit down with the customer and one of my favorite questions is, how long have you been using Sales Cloud? That's my first question I ask them. And you will be amazed. Some of them were saying 10 years. I met a customer who's been using it for 18 years.

Gillian Bruce: That's almost as long as Salesforce has been around, right?

Ketan Karkhanis: Incredible commitment, incredible partnership. And then as I look at their journey and we talk to them, they're like, okay, here's where we need help, here's where we need help, here's where we need help. And how do you build that bridge for them to create a modern selling environment, to create a data-driven selling environment, to create a selling environment where reps are spending less time doing entry, but more time driving deals. And to do all of this, it's not just new capabilities or new products like Planning, like GPT, all those things I talked about, but it's also the foundation capabilities of, okay, let's ensure forecasting is amazing out of the box. Let's ensure a lot of our features are turned on out of the box. Let's ensure we are really funneling our energies into bringing more, I keep saying out of the box, out of the box, out of the box. That's my way of saying core, core, core, core. But it also implies I want to simplify setup and onboarding. We have some more work to do there. It's not done. And I will be the first person to say, hey, need your help, but trust me, we are committed to doing it. I'm committed to doing it. So, there's countless examples I can give you around all these things we are trying to do. But the strategy is adoption driven growth. Element of the strategy is I really don't want our customers to use seven or 10 different products, because I think... So, our customers are giving me feedback. They're like, "Ketan, and this is becoming a bit..." I have seven to 10 different tools I have to use, and this happens in the industry, it's cyclical. There's a hyper proliferation of point solutions, and then we go into a tech consolidation phase. So, that is a very key part. That's what we did with Sales Cloud Unlimited. We took all this. We are like, these are not add-on, we just get them. It's like, okay, Gillian, when you buy a smartphone or you just buy... Nowadays, nobody calls it a smartphone.

Gillian Bruce: They're all smart now, right?

Ketan Karkhanis: They're all smart, right? Yeah, exactly. But there's a point in that comment. Do you have to choose whether you get the maps functionality or not?

Gillian Bruce: No.

Ketan Karkhanis: It's there. It's a feature, it's not a category. That's what we think when we think about things like sales engagement, when we think things like revenue intelligence, when we think about enablement, when we think about planning, when our conversational AI. These are capabilities of the new CRM.

Gillian Bruce: I love that.

Ketan Karkhanis: These are not categories. So, anyways, it was a great question. Thank you for asking that.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. No. And I appreciate the transparency. And I think what you described about the cyclical cycle, about how tack, the many, many points coming together into being one solution. And I think I feel though we're in the consolidation moment right now, especially with Sales Cloud, which I think that's pretty exciting. Now, in the last minute or two here, I would love to hear from you, Ketan. As someone who has been in the Salesforce ecosystem and at Salesforce for I think as long as I have, seems like forever at this point. Can you talk to me a little bit about how you view the role of the Salesforce admin in a successful-

Ketan Karkhanis: You're the quarterback. You're the quarterback. Or if the people from other regions, I can use a cricket analogy, I can use a soccer analogy, I can use any analogy you want me to use, but you get the spirit of what I'm trying to say is yes, it's a critical role, it's a pivotal role, it's an important role. Because it's also the role that drives, not just governance and compliance, which is one way to think about it, but also what I call agile innovation. You can show the organization a way to move fast. The person who understands the power of clicks, not core, is connected to the community to bring those best practices from the community into your organization, is connected to product at Salesforce to bring that feedback back to product. You are also now the face of Salesforce in front of your organization, and that's why we love you so much. It's a tough job. Look, it can be stressful, because you're juggling many balls. There's like every day you've got 10 things you're juggling. You are like, oh, I've got these five requests from this business unit, but I need to do this project, which is long-term. And I've still not gotten done with my data governance priorities, which I had. But it's a critical role, and that's why it's my commitment to you that I want to be held accountable by you. And I would aspire to be more connected to you. So, I don't know how we do-

Gillian Bruce: Well, this is a first step, Ketan, now everybody knows who you are. So, you're going to start to get feedback as soon as this episode goes live, I promise you.

Ketan Karkhanis: I had to open my mouth.

Gillian Bruce: You asked for it. You asked for it. Well, Ketan, I so appreciate you coming on the podcast and giving us some context and insight to what's going on with Sales Cloud, priorities within Sales Cloud, some of the features that maybe we don't know about very much and that we should start be using. And then I also just really appreciate your insights and appreciation for Salesforce admins. I think it's always really helpful to hear from someone who's in the leadership position about how Salesforce really does view the role of the admin and prioritizes it and thinks it's so important. So, I appreciate you.

Ketan Karkhanis: Thank you so much.

Gillian Bruce: And we're going to do an episode about SalesGPT coming up soon. Don't you worry about that.

Ketan Karkhanis: Yeah, yeah, 100%.

Gillian Bruce: Thanks, Ketan. One quick note and reminder, SalesGPT has changed to Einstein for Sales. So, we're Salesforce, product names change, especially as we come into Dreamforce. So, just wanted to remind you of that. Anytime you hear SalesGPT think of Einstein. Well, that was amazing to have Ketan on the podcast. Appreciate his time. And yes, we are going to do more with him. So, I am looking forward to getting him back on to talk a little bit more about SalesGPT, which I know everyone is clamoring to learn more about. But I did appreciate his honesty and transparency about how Sales Cloud needed a reboot, how they're prioritizing reducing all of the different points of use of other products and other solutions, and trying to consolidate everything into one seamless Sales Cloud solution that helps you with adoption as you're trying to get your users on board. I love the couple of features he mentioned that I didn't even really know about, was the extensions to bring CRM into your email or into LinkedIn, wherever you're working. And then, I mean, gosh, who doesn't love an improved list view, right? So, go ahead and check out the pipeline inspection list view. I mean, I guess it's technically not called a list view, but what a better way to look at your opportunities. So, we're going to do more with Ketan. I also thought it was great how critical he thought the admin role is, as we all know it is. But I hope that gave you a little insight into how our executive leadership views the role of Salesforce admin and how we are really prioritizing making the admin job easier and helping you make your users more successful. Enough from me. Thank you so much for joining us on the podcast today. As always, if you like what you hear, please leave us a review. You can also get more information on my favorite website, admin.salesforce.com, for more great content of all kinds. And if you'd like to follow us at all, we are on all the social medias. You can find us on LinkedIn, or Twitter, or X or whatever it's being called these days, at Salesforce Admns, no I, and all over LinkedIn as well. Thanks to the main host of this podcast, Mike Gerholdt, for giving me the chance to bring this interview to you. And I hope you have a wonderful rest of your day. I'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Garry Polmateer, CEO of Red Argyle, a Salesforce Consulting agency and a member of the Salesforce MVP Hall of Fame.

Join us as we chat about why admins need to be involved with cybersecurity at their organization and how to start planning.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Garry Pomateer.

Admins and cybersecurity Garry and I go way back—we were both in the first class of Salesforce MVPs back in 2010. We recently caught up at Midwest Dreamin’, where Garry gave a great talk about why Salesforce Admins need to be involved in cybersecurity, so I asked him to come on the pod and tell us all about it.

It can often feel like cybersecurity is a secondary consideration for Salesforce Admins, that it’s too complicated to get involved with. While Garry isn’t here to scare you, he wants to remind you that there’s a lot you can do as an admin to protect your organization.

Running away from a bear When it comes to reducing your risk of a cyberattack, it’s a little like running away from a bear. You don’t have to be faster than the bear, you just have to be faster than the people next to you. Hackers are generally looking for low-hanging fruit, and doing some simple things like enforcing MFA and password best practices is often enough to get them to move on.

However, Garry points out that good cybersecurity is a lot more nuanced than simply not getting hacked. A good security plan protects your organization from itself, whether that’s an accident that leads to a data breach or ensuring that you meet regulatory requirements. And if something does happen, you need to know what to do about it.

A framework for security Garry lays out a simple framework for looking at security in your organization:

  1. Understand your risks
  2. Respond
  3. Recover

What Garry has found in his consulting work is that while most businesses have spent time on #1, they don’t have a clear understanding of what to do if something goes wrong. That comes down to three simple questions: What will you do? Who will you talk to? And what will you do next?

“Any admin can do this,” Garry says, “and having a communications plan that’s nailed down with some specificity is like an insurance policy for your peace of mind.” And if something turns out to be serious, you have an action plan in place for what to do next so you can act quickly.

Be sure to listen to the full episode to learn more about security considerations you might not be thinking about and everything you need to know about backing up data.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Resources

  • Salesforce Cybersecurity: Climbing the Mountain
  • Admin Trailblazer Group

Social

  • Garry: @DarthGarry
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Christine Stevens, Senior Salesforce Consultant at Turnberry Solutions.

Join us as we chat about the keys to user management and why documentation is so important.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Christine Stevens.

Start with documentation Christine is another guest we’re bringing on from Gillian’s Skills for Success video series, where she shares her tips for user management. We couldn’t pass up the chance to bring her on the pod to hear more and ask some questions.

User management starts with a solid onboarding process and, for Christine, that comes down to good documentation. New users have a lot to learn and having clear process flows can help them make sure they’re doing the right thing.

Christine recommends showing the same process multiple ways, like a flow chart for more visual people and a step-by-step list for folks who just want the instructions. The same goes for In-App Guidance—some users love it but other users would rather have a printed reference next to them for help as they go.

Good documentation tells a story When it comes to documentation, it’s important to remember that different industries have different terminologies that might overlap with Salesforce terms. Christine points out that an “account” might mean one thing to an accountant, a different thing to a lawyer, and yet another thing to a Salesforce Admin.

“Write the training like you’re telling a story,” Christine says. Whenever possible, put documentation in terms that make sense for the industry your users are working in. This makes it easier to follow and easier to update. What your users need to do probably won’t change that much, even if how they do it in Salesforce does.

Empathy and patience Whenever possible, Christine recommends taking a close look at your company’s existing technical documentation. You can save yourself a lot of time by adapting it to fit with Salesforce, and it’s likely that there has already been a lot of thought put into how to document key business processes in a way that makes sense for your users.

Finally, Christine reminds us that the keys to user adoption are empathy and patience. Change is hard for anyone, so it’s especially important to take the time to listen to people and hear their concerns. If you can get to the root of the problem there’s often a simple fix.

Be sure to listen to the full episode to learn more about managing permissions, some new things coming in Winter ‘24, and how Christine reverse-engineered an abandoned Salesforce instance.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Resources

  • Skills for Success—A New Video Series to Help Salesforce Admins Succeed
  • Salesforce Admin Skills Kit
  • Admin Preview: Winter ’24 Release Readiness Live
  • Admin Trailblazer Group

Social

  • Christine: https://www.linkedin.com/in/cdeannastevens/
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Full Transcript

Mike: User management is one of the four core habits of a Salesforce Admin and big responsibility that we all take on every day. So it really only makes sense that I talk with Christine Stevens about user management, documentation and user adoption. Now, Christine is featured in our Skills for Success YouTube series that Gillian launched just right before Dreamforce. And if you've been following along with us on the podcast this month, I've called it Skills for Success September. And so we're going to round out September by talking about user adoption and user management. But before we get into the episode, be sure you're following the Salesforce Admins Podcast on iTunes or wherever you get your podcast. That way you get a new episode every Thursday right on your phone. It's like magic and I promise they all don't sound like this one because Dreamforce kind of wrecked my voice. So with that, let's get Christine on the podcast. So Christine, welcome to the podcast.

Christine Stevens: Thank you so much for having me, Mike.

Mike: Well, I'm glad we are able to connect and round out September our Skills for Success September and talk about user management, which I mean that to me is the basis of success for admins within an org, for users, for really everybody. I mean, if users are using the system, then everybody's going to be successful. So let's dive into that. But first let's find out a little bit about you, Christine. How did you get started in the Salesforce ecosystem?

Christine Stevens: Yeah. Sure. So I got my start in Salesforce back in 2014. I actually joined a small ISV partner called Accounting Seed. So they originally hired me as their bookkeeper. And I want to say about three months into the job, I had no idea what Salesforce was, one of my managers approached me and they're like, "You're going to be working on our support team. You're going to be helping our users get onboarded with Accounting Seed and Salesforce." And I'm just like, "Oh gosh, I know what Accounting Seed is because I've been doing the bookkeeping, but I have no idea how to use Salesforce." So they're like, "We'll send you to Salesforce training and all the shebang." So I went to Salesforce training over the summer of 2014. I really liked the class, I really liked the material. So I spent maybe about a month after that class studying for the Salesforce Admin Certification, and then I eventually took the test and actually passed the first time. And since 2018, I've actually been working as a consultant for various consulting firms.

Mike: Wow. Passed the first time. You're in a minority there. That's really cool. Because I know a lot of people don't pass the first time. Ironically enough, your story mirrors a lot of admins. "Hey, I'm working for this company now and I'm in charge of Salesforce." "Oh, cool. I know what that other thing is. I don't know what Salesforce is, but let me figure that out." I know in the Skills for Success series with Gillian on the YouTube channel, which we'll link to in the show notes, you talk about user management. So let's dive into some of the user management stuff because I know there's a lot around with profiles and permission sets and being a consultant, I'm sure you run into all kinds of nightmarish scenarios where there's lots of things set up. But at the core, as admins get orgs set up or dive into orgs, where should they get started?

Christine Stevens: I would say the most underrated skills that I find that is not done on a lot of projects is documentation and training. I feel like those two things are when you're cutting the project budget, those are the first two things to go. But also I find those things important because when you're training, you want to give your end users documentation. They're going into a new system, they don't know how to use the system. And the first thing I've always noticed a lot of users ask is like, "Okay, you're showing me this cool system, I see this and that, but I feel really overwhelmed and I can't really absorb this knowledge right now. Where can I go after this training session to review what we just had? Or can I have a documentation on hand? So as I'm learning and navigating the system, I have a reference guide to refer to." So what I like to do on a lot of projects that I work on is I do documentation. So I usually like to do process flows because we have some users who are very visual and if they see the process flow of how to do everything, they're able to follow that. And then I have users who just like to read a book of documentation. I also write documentation guides along with little screenshots. And I think that is really important so that they can see where they go and they just have that hands-on guide next to them as they're clicking around in the system and it gets them more comfortable and confident in using the system.

Mike: Yeah. Having done some implementation projects, I always know documentation is, it's like when you're building a house, they go, "Oh, we can paint the walls for you." "Nope, that's fine. I'll do it myself. It's totally going to save me money." And then you're a couple of hours into painting the first wall and you're like, "Should've paid for this, should've had somebody else do it." What's interesting, I thought you went a different route with documentation, so I'm going to go down your road with you and then come back. Do you find when you're building documentation for users that they enjoy having something that is outside the system? And I ask this because we have in-app prompts and we spend a lot of time on that versus having stuff help guide them through the system.

Christine Stevens: So I've seen it go both ways in my experience. So I have some end users who like to have that outside documentation. They just like to have a printed copy of that document sitting next to them as they're on their computer, they have the document sitting next to them and they're clicking around in Salesforce using that guide. But then also I have users who like to use the in-app prompts such as the screen flows, the help text, the little pop-up icon when you're clicking on a field and you have the pop-up icon to see the additional information. And then one thing I liked really doing in the past for UAT is when we built our test scripts, I worked for a company at one point where we designed a training app and we would load it into each of our client's sandboxes and we would load our test scripts, which contained the steps to test each process. So that information was in Salesforce. And what I've noticed what quite a few customers have done over time with that app is they would take our instructions if they were well written and turn that into their training documentation. So they would show users where to go in Salesforce and then they would just go into Salesforce, maybe have it up on another screen and just be able to navigate those test scripts as they're entering their real life information into Salesforce.

Mike: Yeah, that makes sense. How do you advise as an admin sitting here thinking, oh man, documentation. It always works out nice to start fresh when you have a new project. But for admins that are like, "Okay, I've got to go back and document some stuff." How would you recommend somebody tackle that?

Christine Stevens: Yeah. So I've been involved in quite a few projects where I was thrown into the middle of the project as an admin. So there was a project I worked on last year and they had a Salesforce org that was about 12 to 15 years old and nobody on staff knew how to use the org. So what I did to figure out how things worked is I just dove into the backend of the system. I started looking at the Schema Builder to really understand the object data model, and then I just dove into the objects to see what kind of fields there were. I dived into the flows. I started really looking into the flows and writing on a scratch sheet of paper what the flow did, what objects it was touching and then I ended up taking that. And the good thing about the company I worked for when I was doing this is they had templates of technical documentations that you could write. So I just took all that information that I documented onto that scratch sheet of paper and put it into that document, and I actually presented it to my clients and they were like, "Wow, in the 15 years we have this org, this is the first time we've had completed documentation." And they asked me, "Who showed you how to use the system?" And I was like, "Nobody. I actually took it upon myself to really dive into the backend myself to really understand how things worked."

Mike: Wow, that's cool. I love that tip of look for existing technical documentation because you know most companies have that.

Christine Stevens: Yes.

Mike: You're not starting from scratch. Okay, so I love where you went with the documentation question, you threw me a curveball because I wasn't even thinking about users and wanting to look at the process to understand what they're inputting in terms of the technology in front of them. I was thinking documenting user profiles and user management, and I thought that's where you're going to go. So I'm going to throw that at you, so here's your curveball. Which is, as a Salesforce Admin, I think it's always very important that we make sure that for security reasons, our profiles and permission sets and permission set groups are always up-to-date. How best do you recommend for admins or some of your clients to document that?

Christine Stevens: Yeah, so there is an app that I've used in the past, and the name of it does not come to the top of mind. Because I know the issue with documenting profiles and permissions, it's not really easy to abstract that information out of Salesforce. At least that's how it's been in my experience. You do have to do some clicking around. So there was an app that I've used in the past that allowed for you to export your profile and permission information just so that you had up on, I think it put it into an Excel spreadsheet so that you had an Excel Doc and it had the different profiles listed along with the different permission sets. I think the profiles were rows and then the different permissions for columns. Maybe I have that flipped. And you could see right on screen, okay, what does this user have access to? And when I showed that app to some of my clients, they were actually surprised at what they saw. They saw there were times that they had users who had too much access to the system because a lot of clients, their default is to give everybody admin access just so they don't have to go through that strategy of thinking of limiting access. But as a consultant, I advise against that. And then another thing I advise against is always updating your profiles is you have these permissions, and I know you have, I think they're called permission groups now, where you can group the different permission sets together. So when I'm working with a brand new client with a net new Salesforce org, I encourage them to go down that route and use that app, and then we just go through it, clean up the permission sets. And I think with that app, you are able to directly load back into Salesforce those updated changes so that they could take effect immediately. Because I know with the user interface of Salesforce right now, you have to go through one by one on the objects and update the permissions, and I know that's a nightmare for a lot of people.

Mike: Yeah. Well, the good news, and I'll link to this in the show notes, I saw at Dreamforce, because we're coming off Dreamforce from not that long ago, in Winter '24 at the release readiness live that we did, Cheryl Feldman demoed that you can, A, now select all on permission sets. So that's in that video. And B, you can also see all of those permissions-

Christine Stevens: Oh, wow.

Mike: ... on a page. So there's some improvements coming. Everybody cheered, so I know I am underselling it by 1,000% right now. But everything you mentioned was stuff that's coming now in Winter '24 because, yes, I mean it can be a little bit of a who sees what, who saw what, and just set them up as an admin, I just need them... And it's like, "Right, but we need to do this with the right security in mind so that people aren't seeing things." To your point on documentation when doing training, what is your best advice for tackling and making sure that your documentation doesn't get out of date?

Christine Stevens: I would say the biggest thing I've been focusing on in most recent years, especially as I do training and write documentation, is I find that my customers can consume the training better is if you write the training like you're telling a story or you're telling a day in a life story. So right now I work with a lot of clients that are law firms, so they like to hear the law firm terminology as you're going through stuff. So I try to relate it to the industry that they're in and the role that they're in. And as long as I write it as a story, it makes the updates easier. I noticed with a lot of training documentation that I read sometimes, it's very technical versus user-friendly. And I find when you write it in more of a technical nature, you have to update it more versus if you write it in a story mode, sometimes I find that I'm going through and maybe updating the screenshots and maybe the text here and there.

Mike: Yeah. Right. But the story sometimes doesn't change a whole lot because it's the same.

Christine Stevens: Yes.

Mike: Yeah, that's a really good tip. Plus, I mean, if you think about it, how has humans throughout the span of history moved knowledge and data before the internet or before, I don't know, chiseling in stone? We told stories. There were storytellers, they would go from village to village and knoll to knoll. I don't know, people lived in knolls I guess. Or maybe under bridges. Let's dive into user adoption and I'm going to ask you a question. Yeah, here we go. First day at Dreamforce, we did these one-on-one consults in the Admin Meadow. I love doing them, they're super fun. They're a little challenging, I won't lie, there's a lot of people that came up that had some very challenging things. A couple individuals sat down and said, "So we've spent five years trying to solve this and we can't fix it yet." And I said, "Good, we're going to do it in 20 minutes." Tongue in cheek. One question though, this is the first person I had as a consult, they sat down, they said, "What's the secret to user adoption?" And that was their question. And I said, "Oh, well, let's talk about that." I'm going to ask you, Christine, what's the secret to user adoption?

Christine Stevens: I would say in my opinion, the secret to user adoption is it's always evolving. There is no one unique way of doing user adoption. At least that's how it's been in my experience. It's really understanding, sitting down with your users and really getting to know them on a personal level and how they work. I find when I do those two things, I do find myself adjusting as I engage in user adoption with a lot of my users. I don't have the same training style for each of my clients, it shifts a tiny bit. And I would say the biggest personality trait to have successful user adoption is to be empathetic because sometimes I work with a lot of clients who are in the accounting industry and accountants, they love their QuickBooks. So when they're moving to Salesforce, they're either moving to an Accounting Seed or a FinancialForce. I think they've changed their name to something else that I forget off the top of my head. But most of the time when those users are moving the Salesforce, they're pretty upset because they don't want to leave QuickBooks because QuickBooks is pretty easy to use and now they have this massive Salesforce system and they're just like, "Oh God, I just don't want to do it." And it's just the key that I get to get users to use the system is just to be empathetic and also be patient. Because sometimes I find with clients, we are going over some stuff over and over again, which helps me to adopt my user training. Sometimes the training might not be efficient or maybe I'm not using the language. One thing I try to do is just really adopt in terms of speak the client's language versus the Salesforce language. Because if I use account, not everybody thinks account is an account. Some people think accounts are like client accounts. I know in the legal industry, accounts are parties. So really adopting that language because I find when I adopt the client's language, they are more likely to adopt this system faster because they know what account translates to in their language.

Mike: Right. Yes. I could not agree more. And in fact, sometimes I've stumbled in training and used a technical term, "Wait, I mean this instead." Everybody comes back and does that. So you mentioned training and I want to touch on that because I think there's a fair group of admins, I'll group myself in there, that actually really enjoys doing training. Training is a form of public speaking, so I'm not very scared of that. But there's also a fair group of admins that, if I can just send somebody a manual, maybe a link to a video, I'm good. What's your advice for admins that have to tackle that? Because there's definitely admins that are very outgoing that maybe only have 10 users and can be around all the time. And then there's definitely admins that aren't very outgoing and they might have 100 or 200 users, but they still need to train them.

Christine Stevens: Yes. I would say on a personal level, myself, I'm actually not a very outgoing person, I'm very introverted. So that's something I've struggled with throughout my career also. What's helped me is I've actually invested time into public speaking. So I've gone to things like Toastmasters and really found things to talk about that I'm passionate about. And once I found things that I'm passionate about speaking about, that translated very well into speaking about stuff related to training and user adoption. So I think of it as a game. So when I'm doing those training sessions, I think of it like, "Okay, this is something that I'm passionate about." And just remind myself, what is the end goal. I try to set goals for myself when I'm doing these kinds of trainings. And I feel like when I have the goal and the passion, it feels like it's so much easier for me to get through those sessions. And then I'll also say, what I try to do prior to those training sessions is I try to meditate or I try to take some quiet time because training, it can be exhausting. And when I take that quiet time and also time to rehearse before the call, I usually have a successful training call. I mean, sometimes there are people I speak to who can be quite difficult and usually when I encounter somebody who's difficult, I try to follow up with additional questions to ask them. Because sometimes when you follow up their question with a question or their frustration with a question, it causes them to pause and think about what are they trying to say or what's the point they're trying to get out there. And either they dial it back or they try to figure out a better way to phrase their question.

Mike: Yeah, the number of times you have to grit your teeth sometimes at that difficult person in training and you think, "Why are you doing this? This is making it harder." And then you sit back and it's that layer of empathy that I've always had to be like, "Oh, they just need this information in order to move on. They're not trying to make things harder on you. This is a gap that they need filled as well." I think this would be something that a lot of admins are very curious about. User management always falls under the house cleaning stuff, that we always have to maintain, got to make sure everybody's got, what I call, the right key to the right door, permission sets and profile groups and stuff like that. When you talk to admins, what do you advise them on in terms of reporting around user management that shows their ROI?

Christine Stevens: So I usually ask them what are their key performance indicators? What are we trying to measure here? Are we trying to measure the amount of times user login? Are we measuring based on the amount of records that are being created in Salesforce? And I always find that as a consultant, this always varies. So the client I worked with last year, they measured success just based on the number of intake records. So they were a financial services company and their key performance indicator was just the number of clients they onboarded each month. So when I first joined the project, they noticed their client onboarding was on a decline and we started the investigation of the reason why. So I did a couple of interviews with some of the admins on the team and I also talked to some of the end users and the end users had a lot of complaints about the system. So I was working as a business analyst on this project. So I just went through, documented all their concerns and then I went to the admin team and I'm like, "Okay, here's what I'm finding why they're not adopting the system." So one reason was they had to create accounts and at that point their account creation process was manual. And they also had a lot of fields on the account page layoff that they weren't using. So I worked with their admin team, so we ended up building a screen flow to do the intake and just having the specific fields that their agents cared about filling out when they were onboarding a client. So when we presented that to them in a demo session, there was a lot of cheering and clapping, they were like, "This process is so much more automated." And the first month we implemented that, their client onboarding was significantly higher than the beginning of the year. And that was just really cool to see. And we wouldn't have known that if I had not sat down and had the conversations with the end users.

Mike: Yeah. Man, I am right with you. I remember for the longest time, I had the hardest time getting salespeople to create contacts. And there was just a whole bunch of superfluous fields there that other teams needed. This was the days before Dynamic Forms, by the way. And the biggest thing that always stuck with me, and a trainer like yourself told me this, was nobody wants to show up to their job and feel stupid. And leaving a field blank on a page when they're creating a record, unintentionally made my users feel stupid because they're like, "Should I know this? Why don't I know this? Maybe I shouldn't be creating this contact." And it was that little bit that was just enough to stop them from hitting that new button. Which was a measure of their success as well, but we didn't uncover it until we got into some later project phases and I had a boss that asked for that and somebody finally stood up and says, "Half these fields, I don't even know when I create the contact." And I was like, "Oh, well..." Workflows and record types at the time was how I solved it. But yeah, screen flows. I love that answer. That's great. Christine, thanks so much for coming on and sharing some user management. I love the documentation aspect of it. I feel like there's just never enough that we can do to really drive people through and help them understand and drive that user adoption. So I appreciate you taking the time out and being on the Skills for Success video series and then sharing some extra insight with us here on the podcast.

Christine Stevens: Yes, thank you so much for having me on, Mike. It's been fun.

Mike: So that was a great discussion with Christine. I really enjoy the tip that she had about look for existing technical documentation within your organization and then copy off of that. I think sometimes when we're thinking we've got to write user manuals or we've got to write process documentation, we're starting from scratch and we don't know what's out there. Hey, I bet your organization has something out there. This is also a good opportunity for you to make friends over in your IT org, maybe they can help you with that documentation as well. Now, if you enjoyed this episode, can you do me a favor? I just need you to share it with at least one person. And here's how you do it. If you're listening on iTunes, you just tap the dots and choose share episode. Then you can post it social, you can even text it to a friend, maybe a friend that's looking to build some user management adoption documentation. And of course, if you're looking for more great resources, your one-stop for everything admin is Admin.salesforce.com, including the transcript of this show and links to that YouTube series. Be sure to join the conversation over in the Admin Trailblazer Group in the Trailblazer Community. Again, links are in the show notes. And with that, until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re replaying our episode with Sarah Flamion, Research Architect on Salesforce’s Research & Insights Team.

Join us as we chat about what recent advances in generative AI mean for admins and the Salesforce platform.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Sarah Flamion.

What is generative AI? Generative AI is a blanket term for algorithms that can generate new content: text, images, code, voice, video, and more. It does that based on what it has learned from the existing data you give it.

Sounds complicated, but one of the coolest things about generative AI is that the interface for it is natural language processing (NLP). You can describe what you want it to make in plain English and it will spit something out at you.

The human in the loop One thing that’s important to understand about generative AI is that it’s not an encyclopedia, it’s a completion system. Fundamentally, the way it works is to identify patterns and then predict the next thing in the sequence.

A new field is emerging called prompt engineering, which is focused on how to talk to these models to get better results. You can adapt the model to specific knowledge by “grounding” it with data that isn’t public, for example, your brand voice or information about your industry. You can also give it feedback on its responses, which gives it a chance to learn and improve thanks to “the human in the loop.”

The main takeaway from all of this is that generative AI “supercharges the things that the humans can do,” Sarah says. You can make an image and then have the model give you three variations on it, or get a quick first draft for the opening of a piece of content you need to write.

Jobs to Be Done and Salesforce For Salesforce, there is a lot of potential to make users’ lives easier. You might be able to automatically log calls based on an AI-generated transcript of the conversation, or clean up old data that was perhaps sloppily entered.

Sarah and her team often look at their research in terms of Jobs to Be Done. Businesses generally have a list of jobs they’re trying to accomplish and then use tools, like Salesforce, to help them do those jobs. The thing is, the tools might change but most businesses will have the same Jobs to Be Done, even over decades. Generative AI stands to shake that up, both in terms of what businesses need to get done and who can do those jobs.

Be sure to listen to the full episode for our in-depth conversation with Sarah and why change management just might be the most important skill for admins in the future.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more

  • If You Can Say It, You Can Do It: The Age of Conversational AI

Social

  • Sarah: @SFlamion
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Full Transcript

Mike:

Hey, Salesforce Admins. Boy, last week was busy with Dreamforce. And even if you didn't get to go, I'm sure you saw a lot of the news around AI and generative AI and GPT, and boy, just a lot of things going on. So in the spirit of making sure that you're staying up-to-date, I'm going to rebroadcast an episode that I did not that long ago, literally just a month or so ago, with one of the generative AI specialists that we have here at Salesforce. So listen in. This is a fantastic conversation that I have with Sarah.

So Sarah, welcome to the podcast.

Sarah Flamion:

Thanks. I'm happy to be here.

Mike:

Yeah. Before we get started, just give us a brief history of Sarah's journey to Salesforce.

Sarah Flamion:

Sure. So I have worked at a couple different large enterprise organizations. I worked at General Electric back when they had a Capital Services division. And then, I worked at a company called MedPlus, which is part of Quest Diagnostics, a big lab on their electronic medical record. So I like big software.

And I interviewed with Salesforce. I was interested in switching to a more established research team. And I interviewed on the day that ExactTarget got acquired by Salesforce.

Mike:

Oh, wow.

Sarah Flamion:

I tell people I've been with Salesforce exactly as long as ExactTarget has.

Mike:

Exactly.

Sarah Flamion:

Exactly. That's right.

Mike:

Perfect. Well, I appreciate you sharing that with us, but we really want to... I really, really, really, really, really want to dig into generative AI because I feel like I can't shake a stick or go to any social post without people talking about it or my friends talking about it in tech. So I'll just start off with the obvious question. What is generative AI?

Sarah Flamion:

Well, it's a great question. I think a lot of people are still on the learning curve about it. When we talk about generative AI, we are generally referring to algorithms that can create or generate, that's where the name comes from, new content. And that can be text. It could be pictures. It could be code. It could be voice. It could be video, and it does all that based on what it's learning from existing data.

And the newer cooler thing about generative AI is that it's creating that content in a way that's controlled by natural language. So people can just conversationally describe what output they want, and they don't have to have special expertise to get that out.

Mike:

Okay. That makes sense. So hearing that from you, I'm wondering why is everybody freaking out about this?

Sarah Flamion:

Sure. So it might be worth explaining a few more things about generative AI to help it make sense. If you think about AI, we use this word called a model. It's basically like a computer program or an algorithm that can be trained on large amounts of data, and it can learn patterns and relationships between those, and then use that to do things.

Generative AI has these large language models. They sometimes call them foundation models, but they're different in that they're huge. So all these models have little parameters that can be configured to tweak how it behaves and functions.

And the foundation models behind generative AI have billions of parameters. And they've been modified so they can ingest just massive quantities of data. So you'll hear a lot like the term GPT. That is a famous model. The G is for generative.

The P means pre-trained, and that is kind of the secret here, where it's trained on this huge broad set of data, not unique to any particular task. And it can learn in a, they call it, self-supervised way, but it can learn without a human having to control all the learning. And then, the T is for transformer. That's a capability that allows the model to understand relationships.

But people are freaking out about it. I think right now, we have an AI research team that published a blog post called, If You Say It, You Can Do It, the Age of Conversational AI. But in it, they talk about how the world is primed for this type of advancement.

I think all of us have had the experience of information overload where there's just more to consume than time. So there's more emails and Slack messages and texts and podcasts, articles that look interesting than any human could really ingest.

And we're all also working a lot. There's increasing workloads and this pressure to do more with less. And the article, they refer to trapped potential, but you've probably worked with people who have ideas, but maybe not the skills to execute them. So they have an idea for an app but can't maybe make it happen, or something they want to do at work, but they lack some sort of skill that's required. So we're sort of ready for this new kind of fundamental way to interact with our tools. And then, you get this fundamentally new tool. So the timing was right.

Generative AI is different from previous ones in that it can generate new content. So it's not something that previously existed. It can make net new things, and it can make them in unstructured ways, so long texts or images or videos. So I'm sure you've seen examples in the past of AI being able to identify photos.

So you can classify a photo as a dog or a landscape. And now, it can make a new dog or a new landscape based on what it's seen. So if you ask it, it can generate this new thing. And it also can be used for a wide range of tasks.

So I commented on the broad data that it's trained on, but AI in the past was pretty narrow. So it was designed to do a thing like language translation or image recognition. And shifting from that narrow to this really wide possibility is a pretty fundamental change. So the same tool can be used to do just this incredible array of things, and that's pretty transformative.

You'll also hear people talk about it being multimodal. So that's just a fancy way of saying it can process and generate output that isn't text, which makes it a lot easier to interact with as a human person. We're much more multimodal in the way we talk. We use words, but also we make sounds, and we're using visuals and gestures. And so, the more conversationally we can interact with the technology, the more natural it is.

And I think as part of that conversational thing, you'll see that if you've played with any of the tools, you can ask it to do something for you. You can ask it to produce output. And then, you can interact with it, and you can say like, "Well, actually, that's not what I wanted. I thought it would be, can you make it less formal or, I want this image to be more in the style of this other thing," and it'll adjust it. So it's adapting based on what you're telling it, which again makes it feel more conversational.

Mike:

On our previous podcast at the end of May, talked with Josh Burke, who is big into Midjourney and generating images from that. And I said, "Can you just do a demo for me?" And I was so fascinated that he was able to just put in... I think he put in cat on a pirate ship.

Sarah Flamion:

Right.

Mike:

And it came back with that. And then, he's like, "No, but change this and make it in the style of Van Gogh." And I thought to myself, "Oh, well, this is going to be interesting what comes back with." And it understood that.

Sarah Flamion:

Yeah. And you'll see... So OpenAI introduced ChatGPT in late 2022. And the public-facing person hit 100 million users in two months, which is the fastest growing app of all time. And I think the conversational nature of it is really what is behind that. It's so easy to do.

My sister was talking about her daughter is a kindergartner and has been writing stories and wants pictures for them, but they're very specific pictures. And she's been using Midjourney to create a purple cat in high tops skateboarding in the neighborhood.

Mike:

Totally [inaudible 00:08:39].

Sarah Flamion:

Yeah. So it's such a low lift that you can really play around with it. Yeah. So it's been pretty fascinating thing to be a part of.

Mike:

So without getting too technical, just thinking ahead here, what are some other concepts that myself or Salesforce admin should understand about generative AI?

Sarah Flamion:

Sure. I think, fundamentally, one thing that is worth understanding is that it's not a big knowledge repository. It's not just like a giant encyclopedia where you go and find the answer. It's really more of a completion system. So the tool is predicting the next element of a sequence based on the information that's been trained on.

So if you give it a sentence like today is a rainy, it can predict the next plausible text like day. It doesn't just always pick the highest probability word, that makes it sound really flat and kind of weird. Those parameters that we talked about kind of changed that. But it's probably important to understand that what it's really doing is going out and completing sequences rather than acting as a repository.

There's also some language that you'll hear. So if you're looking around at generative AI, you'll hear it talk about prompts. And those are just as natural language descriptions of the task could be accomplished. So the example I was giving earlier, give me a picture of a cat who's purple and is wearing high tops and is skateboarding.

You'll probably hear the term prompt engineering a lot. That's kind of a new field that is out there now, which is where you design and formulate these really effective instructions, which we're calling prompts to guide the output or the behavior of the model that you're using.

Mike:

And when you say-

Sarah Flamion:

Oh, go ahead.

Mike:

Oh, sorry.

Sarah Flamion:

No, go ahead.

Mike:

I just wanted to make sure I understood that. When you say the prompts to guide the behavior, you mean the behavior of the AI, not the behavior of the person putting in or giving a text?

Sarah Flamion:

That's right. The behavior of the AI. So you are telling the generative AI model what you want from it, and there are techniques that are increasingly being learned about how to do that in really effective ways. And the instructions that you're giving it are called prompts, and the technique of getting those prompts to be better and more effective is called prompt engineering.

Mike:

Gotcha. Okay. Wanted to make sure, because-

Sarah Flamion:

Sure.

Mike:

... old-school Mike of the technology of the 21st century prompts are like, "How do you get the right input from the person on the keyboard?"

Sarah Flamion:

Yeah. It's also worth knowing that generative AI models are adaptable. They can constantly be tweaked. So there's lots of parameters that can be adjusted. But you can also take specific knowledge. So knowledge from a domain, like finance or healthcare or an organization or a particular task, you can inject it right into the prompts. That's called grounding them, or you can also adapt the model to specific knowledge.

So you can train it. You can take a model that's been pre-trained. And then, you can do some additional training basically on an industry or a specific subject matter. And that lets you use the generative AI in ways that aren't... on information that isn't public. So you can say like, "I want you to generate an email that uses my brand voice," or you want to use a huge amount of data to perform a task without entering it all into the prompt.

So that adaptability is really interesting and is super powerful. It's also kind of continuously getting better. So they can be fine-tuned these models where you can teach it basically what a good prompt is and what a good output for that prompt is. So when you see this type of prompt, this is good output, that's kind of called demonstration data.

You can also train it on big sets of data, or you can get human feedback on it. So you can have people enter a prompt and get back maybe four different outputs and say, "This is the best one. This is the second best one." And it will teach the models how to improve, so that real human feedback can also be taken in as input by the model and then used to make it better.

So we're in the early stages really, but these models are just continuously learning and getting better. And so, it's going to be a really exciting space as we watch what's possible as they learn.

Mike:

As I try and learn. This might be a dumb question. Actually, it feels dumb, but it might not be. Is it possible that the generative AI is also building its own prompts as it's learning because you gave that example of it comes back with four and you're like, "Ooh, I like two the best?" Does that then create its own prompt or am I using that term-

Sarah Flamion:

I'm actually not sure.

Mike:

Okay.

Sarah Flamion:

I think typically, when we talk about training, it's more in terms of understanding the right sequences of things to put together and reaction to a particular instruction.

Mike:

Yeah. Okay. So just trying to put two and two together. Man, that's so cool. Well, we talked about pictures a lot. But what are some other things that generative AI is kind of really good at?

Sarah Flamion:

So a lot of the capabilities are around jump-starting things. So you've probably experienced that if you've messed around with it on your own. You can create a first version of something, a quick draft. You can use it to create content at scale. So like, "I want a bunch of product descriptions for this product catalog."

It can be used to transform content. That's pretty interesting. You can take content and then transform it into something really different, like a real remix. So I want this image, but I want these three different variations of it, or, personally, I was reading a blog recently where it was asking for product recommendations. And people in the comments were posting products that they loved.

And then, somebody use generative AI to go through all the comments and take out all the recommendations and put them in a categorized spreadsheet. So you can really transform things in different ways. It does an amazing job of summarizing data. So in a business context, maybe you're in a really long meeting. Then, you want to summarize it, or there's a huge set of texts and you want it to summarize and tell you, "What are three things I need to know from this big set of information."

Mike:

So in the realm of why does this matter to me, I'm hearing it's really good at expanding or synthesizing information.

Sarah Flamion:

It is, yes. And it can just do these things at a speed and a scale that humans really can't, which just supercharges the things that the humans can do. If you're hitting writer's block, you can quickly get a starter for a paragraph to help you get going again or if you make an amazing image, you can quickly make it into three variations.

So there's lots of work that is just really manual for us to do, where now, we have this super powerful tool that really anybody can harness to do these things. So before, you have to have this really specialized capability in order to write code or generate these variations or summarize data. Somebody has to go through it and pick all that out. And so, having these tools at your disposal to do that is just really powerful.

Mike:

Yeah. No. I can't help but think back to... So the early to mid-90s, my mom was in a call center. And she used to get these call scripts of, "Okay, so if a customer says this, then do this." Right?

Sarah Flamion:

Yeah.

Mike:

And the good call center people like my mom was could memorize those, and she didn't even have to flip through. She knew when somebody said something, exactly what to go to next.

And I remember early versions of working in a call center where we would try to write prompts for people. I guess I'm thinking of that as you're telling me this because we're talking prompts, but probably in a different way of asking generative AI to do something, make a cat on a pirate ship, and then come back with stuff. I guess outside of that, what are the ways that this feels kind of new and different?

Sarah Flamion:

So we've talked about it a lot. But I think the conversational nature of it feels very new. It can democratize a lot of what can be done because you just have to be able to speak regular language to invoke it. I think that introduces some weirdness also. And you see that play out in the media a lot, that as we're building this, typically, when we're having a conversation, we're conversing with a sentient being on the other side.

Mike:

Sure.

Sarah Flamion:

And it's hard to remember that, in this case, we are having a conversation, what feels like a conversation. But the thing that we're conversing with is not a human. So there's a lot of work that's going into thinking about how we push back against that natural human tendency to think of the thing we're conversing with as a person. It's interesting too in that it has variable output.

So if you give the same prompt a couple times, you can get different outputs. And that feels really different than a lot of technology today where we sort of lean on consistency and are used to the idea that if you do A and B, you get C. So that's kind of a different thing.

And then, I think we talked about the adaptability earlier, but you'll hear this concept sometimes called human in the loop. But it's the idea that feedback from humans can continuously improve the model, and that's kind of a fun new aspect of this. So it can be explicit like maybe you thumbs up or thumbs down some output that you got to let it know if it was good, or it can be implicit.

So we can track how users interact with generated content. Are they just immediately accepting it? Are they making edits? Are they ignoring it? How are they interacting with it? And you can make some inferences and do some research around that too.

So I think those are all things about generative AI that feel different and that, like I said, it's all pretty new. So there's a lot of fun research to be done about how to help people interact with these things and what those patterns should be.

Mike:

Yeah. I mean, the first point that you hit on for me is you can give it the same prompt and get something different back is really like, "Whoa." That to me feels like, "Okay, there's something going on. Who's the wizard behind the curtain there?" So shifting a little bit towards Salesforce and some of the stuff that you do on the team, what do we already know about our customers and AI that could apply here?

Sarah Flamion:

So our research team has invested a lot of time in understanding something we call jobs to be done. The idea behind the jobs to be done theory is based on this belief that people buy or hire products and services to get a specific job done. They're trying to do a thing in order to achieve a particular outcome or set of outcomes.

And we do research in that way because it helps give us a framework for discovering and defining the jobs and needs and then understanding how our customers think about the success of those.

So as we're thinking about generative AI, there's a couple ways that those jobs to be done factor in. The first one is kind of obvious. We're going to help people achieve the existing jobs to be done, but in better ways, so they can get to the success metrics that they're looking for, just more effectively or more easily.

So sometimes you'll hear people call that augmenting. You're helping someone achieve their desired outcomes with more satisfaction and more efficiency, reducing manual workarounds, that kind of thing. When we talk to customers just generally about the value they expect to realize based on AI and generative AI, that comes up a lot.

Mike:

Yeah. I can understand that. I mean, that also sounds a little broad, right?

Sarah Flamion:

Right.

Mike:

We're going to help do things more effectively and efficiently. Do you have an example or a few examples you could give us?

Sarah Flamion:

Oh yeah. There's lots of them. So some of the things that kind of immediately jump to mind, most systems like the Salesforce work best when they have really good data being entered into them. But if you've entered data into them, it can be time-consuming and manual. So using a tool like this to make that data entry easier would be a good example of augmentation.

Another example is we talked about summarization. So maybe you want to summarize a conversation that you had with a customer or a meeting, or you want to summarize a really good resolution to a support issue. So your mom is handling a case, and she has a great resolution, and you want to summarize that so you can share it broadly. We have a lot of developers in our ecosystem. Developers can use tools like these to help write code or generate test cases.

It can be great for inspiration. So you can get a first draft of an email that you want to send, or an image that you want to use in a marketing campaign, or maybe a presentation or a proposal. You can get past that writer's block or you can brainstorm a bunch of ideas.

So the other day, I had an idea for something I wanted to do inside the company, and I needed a name for it. So I was brainstorming using ChatGPT, what are some good names for this? And then, you can take that, and you can polish it or kind of adjust it.

And the nice thing is, because it is a tool, you can just scrap ideas that are bad. It gave me a whole bunch of ideas that weren't great. And it took me two seconds. So I can just say, "No, not like that. Here's what I was thinking, something like this." And then, I got a bunch of better ideas. You don't have to feel badly about taking or leaving the content.

Also, we talked about generating content at scale. It can also help people look at huge amounts of data and ask questions of it, interrogate the data with more natural language or spot patterns. So without writing queries or code, you're just speaking what you're looking for and being able to find it.

And then, it can enhance conversations. So you gave the example earlier of having the service call or support call. You can harness these huge bodies of information and information about the brand or the customer, and you can put that and inject that into the context of the conversation itself to make suggestions.

Mike:

Well, I don't know about that whole developer and test cases stuff, because everything I know of developers, they love writing test cases.

Sarah Flamion:

Yes.

Mike:

Tried to say that with a normal face just to see.

Sarah Flamion:

So it just really can amplify what you're able to do.

Mike:

Yeah.

Sarah Flamion:

And then, I think if we go back to the jobs to be done, everybody has things that they do that are more fulfilling to them than others. So you're looking at your workday, and you're recognizing and pieces of it are more fun, or more interesting or more engaging to you.

And so, personally, I'm really optimistic that generative AI is going to help people free up time to spend on those more fulfilling jobs to be done. So if the data entry piece is a necessary task that you have to do but isn't your favorite part, we can help expedite that so that you have more time to think about interesting ways to connect with your customers or build proposals for new projects, just more interesting and rewarding ways.

So that to me is what is most exciting about all of this. I am obviously a big proponent of Salesforce. So we have seen the incredible things that our trailblazers can do with the tools they have today. And if we can make it easier for them to complete the kind of rote, mundane, time-consuming tasks and surface information to them that might have been hard for them to get before, it just feels like the creativity that, that could unlock is going to be amazing.

Mike:

I mean, you're saying the exact same words I've been saying for years about all of what we call declarative tools that we build on the platform. What do you want your developer spending time doing? Do you want them writing mundane validation rules or just using our validation rules? Do you want them writing these insane business processes, or would you rather they go write some really cool stuff, and not to put this on the admin, but the admins building the flows that are the meat and potatoes, getting everything done.

Sarah Flamion:

Exactly. I also think it's interesting to think about, we know the jobs to be done that people are trying to do today. And typically, if you read about jobs to be done, they're typically pretty evergreen. So they don't change a lot. The ways that you accomplish them might. But the job you're trying to do might be the same for 50 years.

But with generative AI, it feels like there's a possibility to start to see really new jobs to be done. So things that just weren't even in the realm of possibility before are now something that you might think about being part of your role. So just as a personal example, I have three kids, and they really enjoy laughing at how old I am and talking about all the things that we have every day now that weren't possible when I was growing up. So the fact that we didn't have cell phones or navigation systems just kind of blows their mind.

Mike:

They'll never know. They'll never know the excitement of seeing the blinking red light on the answering machine.

Sarah Flamion:

Exactly, or how cool I thought I was when I could print out MapQuest directions and fold them up and put them in my dashboard.

Mike:

That was the thing.

Sarah Flamion:

That was the thing, right? But if I think about when I used to write school reports, I would look stuff up in an encyclopedia or go to the library-

Mike:

For hours.

Sarah Flamion:

... and I would have a limited amount of sources.

Mike:

Hours.

Sarah Flamion:

It would take forever. And now, if I look at what they're doing, my daughter did a report last year about paleo artistry, which she learned about by asking questions of the internet about how we know what dinosaurs look like. And she found all these interactive, really interesting resources, but she also was able to find a paleo artist through social media that she could interview.

And just the amount of expansion and what is possible for them versus what was possible when I was growing up really is pretty breathtaking. And it bends my mind a little bit to think about what is going to be possible for my grandkids because of what is emerging now.

Mike:

Is paleo artistry the art of drawing dinosaurs as to what we thought they looked like, or-

Sarah Flamion:

It is. Yes. They're artists and they kind of combine that artistry with science to take the scientific information that we have and then render what that would look like.

Mike:

Okay.

Sarah Flamion:

And there's a lot that goes into all the plants in the background have to be-

Mike:

Right. Certain kind-

Sarah Flamion:

... contextually appropriate. It was a pretty fascinating little report.

Mike:

I've never heard that word. This is so cool. Okay. Come on, do a podcast about generative AI, learn about paleo artistry.

Sarah Flamion:

Paleo artistry. Yeah. But I think about just the stuff that they're going to be able to understand and learn about and know because you can just so easily access this information kind of... It's pretty amazing.

Mike:

I mean, I-

Sarah Flamion:

I also think it's going to be interesting.

Mike:

You and I wouldn't have run across it unless the word was in the encyclopedia.

Sarah Flamion:

That's exactly right. And then, you only get one perspective, whoever wrote that article.

Mike:

Sure. Hopefully, they liked paleo artists.

Sarah Flamion:

Yeah. We're at a pivotal point, I think. You talked about it earlier, but the people who do the jobs today have to have particular skills to do the jobs. And I think with generative AI, we're going to see some of the job performers changing, so new roles. People who had ideas but couldn't tackle that job before might be able to now, or new groups within an organization working together in different ways. I think that kind of organizational shaping is going to be a really interesting aspect of research as well.

Mike:

I mean, you look at how organizations are structured now versus 50 years ago when things are very different based on just the jobs that we're doing. Yeah. It's also crazy to think that most likely the kids born now will have a job that doesn't exist maybe for another 20 years.

Sarah Flamion:

Right.

Mike:

Who knows? So as you're going through this and you're reading about the research, what kind of concerns do customers have around some of these capabilities?

Sarah Flamion:

So I think anyone who's thinking responsibly about these technologies is also thinking about the risks and the concerns and how we best handle those.

Salesforce has been in the AI space a long time. So we pioneered AI for enterprise in 2013 with Einstein. And I think our latest count, we have over 60 AI features. So we've had lots of opportunities as researchers to talk to customers about AI. Our customers understand the importance of accuracy and quality.

And so, I think there's some worry that generative technologies are going to churn out content that isn't great, so low quality code or wrong answers to questions or mediocre marketing content. And I think they've seen stories on the news about generative AI making toxic or really strange kind of weird content. I think there's concerns about security and privacy of data and the data of their customers. And customers talk to about they want to have agency and what's going on. So they don't want to just totally lose control of their craft and their domain or see a decline in their skillset.

At Salesforce, we talk a lot about how trust is such an important value for us. And I think we're going to have to really lean into that as we bring this generative AI tech to market. I know we're not deep diving today into Salesforce, but it's worth the admins who are listening, knowing that there's lots of smart people really invested in how we build this in the most responsible and thoughtful way possible.

And that includes not just how the technology is being built. So we are building some of our own models, but also how it's being leveraged by our systems, how those interfaces work, how we're training it, how we're going to use data cloud technology to ensure that we're basing these capabilities on really good clean data. And then, especially from a researcher perspective, how we make sure that the people, the humans who are using it are informed and engaged in the right way.

Mike:

Yeah. All very valid. So as we kind of wrap up, a couple questions. I think I see admins being on the frontline of helping organizations understand AI and probably GPT inside of Salesforce. What suggestions do you have for them?

Sarah Flamion:

I think our knowledge and understanding of change management is going to be more important than ever. So just because we can augment all these jobs and have all these amazing new capabilities, people won't just adopt it because we have, as humans, a preference for doing things the way we do them now, what we call that status quo bias.

And, sometimes, we also talk about this psychological inertia, which is the idea that it's difficult to get people truly invested in change once they've kind of solidified the way that they're doing it now, their ideas and their habits.

So if you're trying to combat those tendencies and drive adoption, I think, first, admins need to think about the culture of their organization. Every organization has kind of different feelings about things, and you need to use that to frame how you're talking about enrolling out these capabilities.

So an example of that might be if you have a team with a lot of high trust in data, they might respond really well to sort of data-oriented framing metrics about the productivity improvements for particular roles, for example. If you have a team who's maybe less data oriented but much more relationship driven, maybe, you're highlighting how AI might free up some of their time by taking care of some day-to-day tasks so they have more time for relationship building. So I think some of it is around framing.

I think the second thing is really focusing on value. So the more obvious the value and the clearer it is, the more you can push back against that status quo bias. So highlighting the solutions that are available, benchmarking before and after changes, so you get that social proof of what is possible.

I think prioritizing really role-relevant information to help people super clearly understand what's in it for me. So rather than kind of blanket statements about success, really identifying this is what's in it for you as a service agent. So this is what's in it for you as a marketing specialist.

I think being clear about how we bridge from output of the models to action and then making sure there's lots of feedback mechanisms. I probably lean toward that because I'm a researcher, but you want your teams to be able to share input and talk about what they're loving and what they're nervous about and ideas that they see for how to use it so that you can kind of meet them where they are.

And then, the last recommendation we'd have is you share success stories and be really honest about the time commitment required to adopt these changes. There's a little bit of a learning curve with any new thing. And I think the more honest you can be about the payoff and also what it takes to get there, the better. And then, we generally suggest rather than focusing on one major long-term goal, look for kind of smaller targets where you can quickly see success, and iterate as you go.

Mike:

Your second point was huge because it was exactly the bailiwick that I feel I've done a lot as an admin, which was focusing on here are the tasks that this takes off your plate so you can do this part of your job better because you're already great at it. Maybe that was the salesperson in me, but that was completely how I sold some workflow rules and validation rules to salespeople.

Sarah Flamion:

Exactly.

Mike:

You don't have to worry about doing this. It's going to take care of it for you, so you can spend more time on the phone because that's what you're good at.

Sarah Flamion:

And our admins have such a pulse on where the folks in their organization are struggling and where they really shine. So they're the perfect people to help craft that narrative. They can really point to specific examples and say it in ways that their teams can hear.

Mike:

Yeah. No. 100%. Sarah, you taught me, and I think everybody listening, more about generative AI than I knew heading into it. So this has been a very productive time. One last question I love to ask, and it's totally fun. It has nothing to do with everything we talked about.

Sarah Flamion:

All right.

Mike:

This is why I put it at the end, but I think it's always fun to find out the hobbies that people have when they work at Salesforce, because a lot of times, working in technology, there's nothing physical or tangible. I often the met the builder of the house that I live in. He said, "It was a very proud moment when I finished your house because I got to drive by and show my son that I had finished this house."

And I often think admins, I can't drive by and show their son, "Look, son, here's the flow I built today." And as a product manager, it can be the same way. So I was wondering if you would be so kind as to share with us any fun hobby that you may have.

Sarah Flamion:

Yeah. I spend a lot of time cooking. I really enjoy probably for the same reason you just pointed out. I like the tactical like tactile output of it. It brings me joy. There's like a creative element to it. You can start with a recipe and add your own ideas and come out with something really new.

And then, I'm a mom. So there's also-

Mike:

There's a-

Sarah Flamion:

... a productive aspect to it. Yeah. It feeds my family. So I really enjoy that. I've also got some kiddos who are pretty artistic. And so, we've been spending a lot of time doing art. So I've been learning a lot of new techniques and tools from them, but that's been a pretty fun side gig as well.

Mike:

Okay. I love it. I also enjoy cooking. I can follow a recipe, but don't send me to the store with those shows on the Food Network where they sent... Here's $50 and you got to make a dinner. I just come back with a pre-made dinner. I need a recipe. I'm a good [inaudible 00:37:43].

Sarah Flamion:

Really, I'm not a great baker. I think the precision is not what I'm looking for. I like a little of this and a little of that and maybe [inaudible 00:37:49]

Mike:

Exactly. I have learned that there's a difference between cooking and baking. I am not a chef, but I like to cook because I can add a little extra, and it doesn't mess everything up. But baking, everything, it's a leveled cup. I forgot to level it. Well, it's ruined. Awesome. I'll still eat the brownies anyway. Not a fan. Sarah, thanks so much for coming on the pod today and giving us a lot of generative AI knowledge.

Sarah Flamion:

It was great. It was my pleasure. Thank you so much for inviting me. And I certainly encourage anyone who's listening to share their feedback with us. It's a space where there's lots of research to be done and still to do. So if you are at Dreamforce or Connections or you're part of our research program, we really do want to hear from you because there's a lot that we're all collectively figuring out, and I think there's a lot of possibilities. So I'm looking forward to the creative input from your audience.

Mike:

We'll see what the next year is like.

Okay. So I don't know about you, but I know a ton more about GPT and generative AI than when this podcast started. So I also feel like I could finally get the Jeopardy question right as to what GPT stands for. So if you enjoyed this episode, can you do me a favor and just share it with one person? If you're listening on iTunes, just tap the dots and choose share episode. Then, you can post it on social. You can text it to a friend. I have a feeling you're really going to want to do that with this episode. Just saying.

Now, if you're looking for more great resources, your one stop for everything admin is admin.salesforce.com, including a transcript of this show. And be sure to join our conversation in the Admin Trailblazer Group in the Trailblazer Community. Don't worry, link is in the show notes. And, of course, until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Anthony Cala, Senior Salesforce Consultant at eVerge Group and a US Army Veteran.

Join us as we chat about how he tackles problem-solving and all the volunteer work he does with nonprofits that support veterans.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Anthony Cala.

From veteran to Salesforce consultant Anthony is another guest on the Skills for Success video series, and we wanted to bring him on to hear more about how he gets started solving business problems with Salesforce.

As a US Army Veteran, Anthony got his first experience with Salesforce working with the Wounded Warrior Project. He got hooked on creating reports and dashboards, and very quickly transitioned into a career on the platform. Today, he works as a consultant helping all sorts of organizations solve business problems with Salesforce, and also mentors veterans and organizes events in his spare time.

Start with user interviews Whenever Anthony is asked to come into an organization and overhaul a business process, the first thing he does is figure out what he’s starting with. He interviews everyone involved and documents how things are getting done right now. That groundwork is a crucial step on the way to using Salesforce to improve and scale that process.

Another touchstone for Anthony is creating thorough user stories and personas. When it comes to conducting user interviews, empathy is key. “Turn on your webcam,” he says, “smile!” Always remember that there are people behind any business process, and you need to understand where they’re coming from to create a business process that works for them.

Getting experience with nonprofits A common piece of advice for new people is to gain experience working with nonprofits, but how do you find an organization that needs help? Anthony, who works with three organizations on the weekends, tells us that he started by volunteering for things he was interested in. The Salesforce came later, once he got to know people and mentioned what he does for a living.

Because of the discount Salesforce offers, nonprofits will often have a bunch of cool features and tools. So you can get experience with things like Community, Tableau CRM, and ServiceCloud that you might not have access to at a for-profit organization. “It’s a win-win for both parties involved,” Anthony says.

Be sure to listen to the full episode to learn more about all the work Anthony does with these organizations, and why it’s so important to him to be there to pick up the phone.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Resources

  • Skills for Success—A New Video Series to Help Salesforce Admins Succeed
  • Salesforce Admin Skills Kit
  • Anthony’s Linktree
  • Admin Trailblazer Group
  • Higher Ground
  • Quantum Leap Farm

Social

  • Anthony: @MrAnthonyCala
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Full Transcript

Mike: Problem-solving, as we define it on the Admin Skills page, is solving business problems using the Salesforce platform. So you know what? It makes sense that I would talk to Anthony Cala, who is a veteran and consultant, who is on the Skills for Success video series, which is launching this month, September, about how he tackles problem-solving. Now, before we get into that episode, be sure you're following the Salesforce Admins podcast on iTunes or Spotify, wherever you get your podcasts. That way, you get a new episode, boom, right on your phone every Thursday, in the morning, all set to go. So with that, let's problem-solve with Anthony Cala. So Anthony, welcome to the podcast.

Anthony Cala: Thank you. Thanks for having me.

Mike: Great. Well, we're following along with the Skills for Success series, which also launched on YouTube that Gillian put out, and there's quite a lot of episodes, but you're in the problem-solving episode. So let's kick off and talk about problem-solving today. But before we do that, why don't you tell us a little bit about yourself and how you got started in the Salesforce ecosystem?

Anthony Cala: Wow, that's a story in itself. I started my Salesforce journey first in the military. I was in the military for over 16 years, 10 years active, six years in the Guard. And my second job out of the military, I was working at Wounded Warrior Project. And their CRM system was Salesforce. And had to learn it, loved it, was a super user, power user, making reports and dashboards. My job at the time was to create events to empower Wounded Warriors and family support members for post 9/11. And over the year that I worked at Wounded Warrior Project, traveled 148,000 miles, created 75 events. It was my dream job, traveled a lot. After I left Wounded Warrior Project, got lucky, got an opportunity to work at a great company called Tableau Software. And before I went to Tableau Software, I took my Salesforce Admin class in 2013, and didn't pass the admin exam, but still stayed and stayed focused. And continued learning and stayed, and did Salesforce admin work at Tableau. Primary job I created all the registration platforms for Tableau Conference '14, '15, '16, '17, and '18. And enjoyed it. It was a lot of fun. But I wanted to advance my career, and became a consultant. I've been a Salesforce consultant for almost five years now, and really enjoy it. I think for me, every client is different. I have over nine certifications, and I think they're mostly, in my opinion, just mostly declarative. I'm hoping to get Dev One. I want to get more coding. I'll be taking a CPQ with Americus, a veteran nonprofit that helps veterans and military spouses with Salesforce classes. So I learn very well with other people I could bounce ideas off of. So I'll be taking CPQ with Americus in October. But just in my career, just really enjoy giving back to Salesforce community. When I'm not actively implementing projects, on the weekends, I have a Better Call Anthony Cala, just do it for fun where I can help veterans, military spouses, and first responders where they're either looking to get into Salesforce or looking to get into IT. They have some questions about the Salesforce Fellowship program, or they need some help bouncing ideas off their resume. So some things that I do. And then I also volunteer with an organization called Higher Ground USA, where I'm helping them build a customer community where veterans and first responders can sign up for events that are happening in their local community through the Community Resilience Unit Ambassador program that Higher Ground's has launched. And then also I create adaptive events in Florida. We'll be conducting two adaptive water-skiing events in October, and then also a stand-down event, Topgolf. And the idea is to help veterans and first responders that just want to go out and meet other people in the community that need some mental health support. There will be some other programs that are supporting veterans and first responders that will be there, and hopefully those can help empower them as well.

Mike: Wow, that's fantastic. And thank you for your service. We really appreciate that. And I really appreciate all that you're doing outside of just your day job to help veterans and those that served, our first responders, because we wouldn't be in the place we are without their help and their support, so that's very cool. I have to think of, as we kind of talk about that in problem-solving, it seems almost so logical to have you on because I believe a lot of what you would do in the military is immediate and long-term problem-solving. So what is the first kind of hurdle that you find most people, most Salesforce admins face when working in problem-solving?

Anthony Cala: Wow, that's a great question. Just last weekend, I was volunteering and lady asked me some recommendations for in her career, what to do next. And one of the biggest things when I'm meeting new people coming into the ecosystem is I really think people need to get a business analyst acumen. And that also is just a basic problem-solving understanding. And the question I get asked a lot is is where do we start? And sometimes as consultants, we don't know where we start. We start with understanding what a customer is currently using because somebody was using something differently before Salesforce. So I think that there has to be some type of empathy as well. I always try to get clients or customers to give artifacts of examples of their current process or an existing process so that we can start with something because we're trying to build something here. And really, a lot of that really has nothing to do with Salesforce. It has to do with what they're doing outside, what's their process. And sometimes veterans and military spouses when they come out, they're like, "Well, I don't know how to ask those questions." I was like, "Well, just ask it." And they're like, "Well, what do you mean?" I said, "No, just ask the question. What is your current process? How do you take a lead for your business? Can someone go to your website and sign up and say I would like to know more about your business? Is an email accessible on a website?" And what I find is when just having that conversation with the military spouse and veteran, they're like, "Oh, I know that." So what I try to empower them is just put yourself as a customer. It's always easiest to think as a customer when you're trying to problem-solve. I think also with just getting started is being able to articulate and be able to take notes and take those notes and transfer them into usable tasks and usable stories that you can build something with and hopefully the project that you're on, if it's in consulting or if you're at a brick-and-mortar using Salesforce, you're using agile methodologies to really release your features.

Mike: Yeah. So what I heard in part of that answer, and I think this is something I'd like for you to expand on, is putting yourself in that person's role. As a consultant and as an admin, often you sit across from people that do very different jobs from you and you're trying to iron out what the process is, where the problems, where the gaps are. I think you mentioned the word empathy quite a few times. What are some things that you do and that maybe you've learned in your experience are good ways to understand that person's point of view or gain a sense of empathy for the person that you're working through the process with?

Anthony Cala: Yeah, there's a couple things to unpack there, but I think the biggest thing is is that we are in a climate now where all of us work remote and all of us sometimes forget to turn on that webcam. And so one of the biggest things that I try to instill in people is turn on your webcams, smile, because that might be the only person you'll see for the day. But try to put yourself in their position by getting to see them and just explaining to them that everything will be okay, everything will be fine. You're here to help them. You're a new Salesforce admin, but that's okay. You're here to document their process to hopefully improve their process, to scale it, to make it better.

Mike: No, I think that's a really good point is you can forget that sometimes there's somebody else on the other side of that little logo when it's moving and they need to see them. One thing that I think is easy to kind of jump to when you're problem-solving, and especially you've probably run into this when you're learning new features or when you've just kind of seen some new products or done a different or a similar implementation, is to hear somebody's problem and go, "Oh, I know the solution for that and I know how to fix that." And I'd like to call it solutioning on the fly because as the person's feeding you the problem, you're already solutioning it as opposed to hearing the entire problem and the entire process. What are some things that you do to kind of combat maybe that solutioning on the fly?

Anthony Cala: Wow, that's a good one, because as a consultant, we get that a lot actually.

Mike: Yeah.

Anthony Cala: But I think it's just timing. I think that when it comes time solution, it's when you've clearly outlined that, "Hey, this is the time that we're going to be doing some discovery in a call, and this is where we're going to take some time solution." Solutioning is not a good time when you're on a standup, a 15-minute standup, when you're checking in with your developers and you're checking in with your admins and saying, "Hey, what are you working on today?" I think you just have to just set a dedicated time for people to have enough time to go through a few user stories. I think that it's best to write a solution first and a user story to kind of understand what the persona is. And even if we can go back a little bit, I think that any project or any feature, I think it's best to define what the personas are. So in Salesforce, it's going to be is this for backend? Is this going to be for a service agent? Is this going to be for a sales agent. Or for the front end, it can be is a customer going to be able to file a case? Is a customer going to be able to see his cases? Is this customer going to have access to a portal where they can follow their case? And so just in my overall experience, I think it's just easiest just to work in a user story, persona-based, "Hey, this is what the persona's for. This is the feature." And then I think it's good to have an acceptance criteria to validate that the feature was done successful.

Mike: Yeah, no, that's really good. You mentioned you do a lot of work outside of your day job consulting. I'd love to jump into that.

Anthony Cala: One of my new volunteer projects that I'm working on is with Higher Ground USA. They are an organization that was founded in Ketchum Valley, Idaho. They do a veteran and first responder and couples retreats, week-long retreats. They do events like learn how to ski, learn how to scuba, learn how to surf, and they have these events spread throughout the United States, California, Idaho, and some in the West Coast, as well East Coast. And now they are branching out into a new program called CRUA, Community Resilience Unit Ambassador programs. And so I am one of 27 ambassadors that are spread out the United States. We have a small budget that we are able to do events for veterans and first responders. Some of the events that some of our ambassadors have done are, they've done some scuba classes, scuba diving, they've done fishing, and they've done some backpacking and hiking trips. I will be doing a Topgolf event on September 17th in Tampa, and that's going to be for first responders and veterans. So that's police, fire, and EMS. And then also I'm partnering with a adaptive water-skiing organization called Ann's Angels. We'll be doing a adaptive water-skiing in Sarasota and Lakeland in October. And they'll be on my Linktree. You can sign up if you meet those qualifications. But the mission is to help empower veterans that are seeking mental health support, and hopefully this will help stop veteran suicide because there are 22 veterans a day that are committing suicide. And so one of the things that I just want to do is to make sure that no one after me has to figure out what resources are out there. So this Topgolf event was really stemmed by me. Four months ago, I was that veteran in crisis. I've been traditionally giving back to the veteran community, but I myself needed to call the Veteran Crisis Line. And I did. And through my journey of my mental health fitness, I navigated some different mental health support that I needed and I used them. And they will actually be there at the Topgolf event. So I'm hoping that the next veteran looking for a resource that maybe they might see an event that I have, or there might be a veteran that might be at an event and they say, "Hey, talk to Anthony." That's really where the name came from. I saw Better Call Saul, one of the famous shows. So I was like, "You know what? Better call Anthony Cala." It's just a slogan. It's a marketing slogan. And it's actually worked. I think in the last five months I've helped 40 veterans and military spouses on Better Call Anthony Cala. And it's just fun to do on the weekends, to help somebody that just needs a little bit of help just to get that little push for either some interview prep or the resume.

Mike: Yeah. Of course, the difference being you're not selling burner cell phones out of a circus tent in Albuquerque, New Mexico.

Anthony Cala: Yes. Yeah, no I'm not.

Mike: So you do a lot of volunteering and thank you for doing that. I think one of the things that admins definitely we always talk about is how to elevate your company and your career and your community. When you're looking to reach out or help an organization, what would be some advice you would give fellow Salesforce admins for finding a nonprofit or finding an organization to work with?

Anthony Cala: Wow, that's a great question. I met a local nonprofit called Quantum Leap Farms, and they're my farm now. They provide equine therapy to veterans and first responders. And I found them by just Googling them on Google. And as luck would have it, they were having a retreat, a four-day retreat, and I signed up for it. And I was participating in the event. They were doing AART and equine therapy and yoga. And it was just what I needed in that time. And somebody asked me what I did on my day job and I said, "Salesforce." And then they said, "Oh, we use Salesforce." And so I think as a veteran or first responder, as you start to participate in events or programs, you'll find that most of everybody uses Salesforce. And most veteran nonprofits, the ones that I know, are mostly volunteer ran. Higher Ground's right now has 25 employees, but they have over 600 volunteers that help them in their everyday operations. So there is always a nonprofit that is looking for someone that understands Salesforce admin or just Salesforce speak. So just by me just sharing what I did on my every day, I help Quantum Leap Farms. And so one of the things that we'll be doing over the next month is building a horse app and a goat app. And part of that is to track their health, when they're fed, when they clean out the barn. And I always wanted to do that on Salesforce. And to me, it's fun. So when I am interviewing for new jobs, [inaudible 00:18:33] says, "What do you do on the weekend?" I say, "Well, I still do Salesforce stuff because it's a lot of fun to me." And what you'll find is when you start going and doing volunteer work with nonprofits, because Salesforce does offer them a considerable discount, they have the bells and whistles, they have what I call the cool kid toys. They have stuff like Tableau CRM. They're using stuff like Community. They're using Service Cloud. So you really get experience on clouds that you might not every day get experience on. So it's a win-win for both parties involved because you're learning, but then they also need help themselves. So it's really cool once you just start telling people about Salesforce.

Mike: Yeah. No, that's neat and I appreciate that. Anthony, I want to thank you for hanging out with us today and talking problem-solving and volunteering and some of the work that you're doing. I think it's really cool and it's a really good complement to the video that you helped Gillian produce in the Skills for Success series.

Anthony Cala: Thank you so much for having me. Thank you so much for Salesforce putting on the Military Trailhead program because people like me use it, and we hopefully send the elevator back down and help more people. So thank you.

Mike: Absolutely. So it was a great discussion with Anthony, and again, I'd like to reiterate a big shout-out and thank you in appreciation for your time served in the military. I personally appreciate that. I also really appreciate all the work that you're doing for veterans with PTSD and suicide prevention, as well as canines for Veterans. Those are all very near and dear causes to what I support as well. And of course, in case you missed it or you didn't, the links to everything Anthony's doing will be in the show notes. There's a Linktree there because he's got so many amazing things that he's working on. Now, if you enjoyed this episode, I need you to do me a favor, and I really think this is going to be pretty easy. I'd like you to share it with one person. If you know somebody, just while you're listening in iTunes, all you got to do is tap the dots and it'll give you an option to share the episode. Then you can post it on social, you can text it to a friend. And of course, if you're looking for more great resources, your one stop for everything admin is admin.salesforce.com, including a transcript of the show. Now, be sure to join our conversation in the Admin Trailblazer Group. That's in the Trailblazer Community. Don't worry, just like everything I mentioned before, the link is in the show notes. So with that, until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Emma Keeling, Salesforce Consultant and Nonprofit Community Group Leader.

Join us as we chat about the skill of project management and some best practices to help you keep things organized.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Emma Keeling.

Why everyone needs Project Management skills Emma is one of our guests on this month’s Skills for Success video series, which breaks down the skills Salesforce Admins need to succeed in today’s world. And even though we brought her on to talk about Project Management, she actually doesn’t call herself a project manager. But she uses those skills all the time as a Salesforce Consultant, which is kind of the point.

When we think of Project Management, we imagine an array of timetables and Kanban Boards, and, indeed, there are some project managers who use those things to do big jobs at large organizations. What Emma does, however is a little different. She keeps her team on task, on schedule, and working together effectively. And those are skills that every admin should have.

Start with the starting point Often, your starting point is figuring out what you’re even starting with. Is this a new process or an old process? Has it been documented before or are you coming in to make those decisions? And what are the priorities for the organization? Sometimes someone is saying they need this feature or that feature but the problem you really need to be solving is something else entirely.

“One of the key things is people,” Emma says, “if you’re doing an implementation, you’re probably not the expert on everything.” If you’re adding a new feature for fundraising, for example, you probably need to talk to the people doing the fundraising to figure out the best way to do things.

Timelines for your organization and your people Even if you’re not a Kanban Master, you need to be aware of what timelines are important for your organization. For the nonprofit world that Emma operates in, November 1st is an important date because it marks the start of the holiday giving season. That means you probably want to get anything related to donations squared away and tested before it sees heavy use.

You also want to be aware of how timelines affect your people. Is everyone busy at the same time, or are their schedules independent from each other? Who is going to make plans based on the timeline that you’re outlining? It’s crucial to communicate which dates are firm and which dates are flexible. And it’s important to build in flexibility in case the unexpected happens.

Be sure to listen to the full episode for Emma’s four key Project Management skills for admins.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Resources

  • Skills for Success—A New Video Series to Help Salesforce Admins Succeed
  • Salesforce Admin Skills Kit
  • The Human Stack

Social

  • Emma: @Salesforce_Em
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Full Transcript

Mike: This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we're talking with Emma Keeling about the skill of project management and some best practices that Emma uses to keep things organized. Emma is a Salesforce consultant and nonprofit community group leader. Now, before we get into this episode, which I know you're going to want to check out, I want you to be sure you're doing the following. So if you're listening to Salesforce Admins Podcasts on iTunes or just wherever you get your podcast, make sure that you are subscribed or following the podcast. That way every Thursday you will get a brand new episode dropped right on your phone automatically, so then you don't have to think about it. Boom, new episode. Yay. All right, so with that, let's get to our conversation with Emma. Emma, welcome to the podcast.

Emma Keeling: Thanks for having me, Mike.

Mike: Well, I'm glad we had a chance to connect as part of the Skills for Success series. Jillian's having you on, and I also wanted to talk too, because you are in the project management video I'll say, but as you told me before I pressed record, you're not a project manager. So let's start there. What do you do in the Salesforce ecosystem?

Emma Keeling: So in the Salesforce ecosystem, I am effectively a Salesforce consultant. I started my life back in corporate hospitality where I was the expert of a product that wasn't Salesforce, that then got migrated to being built on force.com, and I was the admin for that and suddenly had to become the Salesforce expert and basically an accidental admin. And then after about three years, I kind of got to the point where I was the global product manager and they were starting to talk about moving me to onto other products that weren't Salesforce related. And at that point I was like, no, because I want to do Salesforce and I also want to stay hands-on. I don't just want to do product management as such. So that's what I did. I went freelance, started doing hospitality stuff and then Covid hit, and that gave me a real good opportunity to diversify and I jumped in full feet into the nonprofit world. And we're now more than three years on and that's going really well. And yeah, so I'm Salesforce consultant, but with that role comes a lot of project management, right?

Mike: Yeah.

Emma Keeling: So I am currently spend about half of my time working with one client where I am the project manager for their Salesforce implementation. And I'm actually working with another partner, which is really interesting. So there's another partner on the other side actually doing the implementation. And when I was asked to do that role, they were like, "We've been recommended you for this and we are looking for a project manager." And I was like, awesome. I was like, I have project manager experience, but not your typical project manager. I remember project managers when I was in the big corporate hospitality world, and they were drawing their massive diagrams and they were timetabling it out to almost the minute. And I had more than one project manager telling me, "Well, you can't now change your mind about that." I'm like, what? That decision that you made three months ago and you didn't really know what the product could do, but at that point you said you were going to do X and you now want to do Y. Well, you can't do that because it's not in the plan. And I was like, okay. So I'm like, I'm not one of them. It's like I'm more, what I would say is a taskmaster, don't get me wrong. I can run to a timetable. We can sit and look at timings and work out. Do they make sense? I can juggle diaries and that sort of thing. I can work with vendors and help timetable that in. But to me that's a slightly different form. I almost feel like I'm more of what I would call an internal project manager. I'm not that external project manager you bring in who all they've ever done is big projects that are really needed in some of those, say Fortune 500 companies. I'm sort of a slightly smaller scale project manager. I was told very clearly by somebody that there's no way you'll manage to project manage this project in two days a week. And I was like, well, I'm like, let's see how it goes. And actually it's gone very well and we're actually going to deliver on time and on budget. So it's working.

Mike: So you're a good project manager. And I think that's the reality of it. There's different levels of project management. There's the full on people that are dedicated. They come in, everything's a Kanban chart, a swim lane, they've got Gantt charts, everything. That's their world. Then there's kind of everything in between, all the way down to admins that just have to manage a lot of tasks. And I think project management is, that's why we include it in the Skills for Success series, one of those things where exactly as you put it, how do we manage all of these tasks so that we're not overwhelmed and we get stuff done on time and hopefully like you on budget.

Emma Keeling: Absolutely. And that's I think the real key. Like you say, there are people who do this as a full-time job at that high level. And interestingly, the partner I'm working with on this particular project, they have one of those people, but actually she's also not full-time, she is working multiple projects, but she's the person who's already managing a Smartsheet where she's got all of those dates, but then we just kind of dovetail in together because what I'm managing is those priorities. I'm managing a lot of organizational priorities and a lot of, you talk about tasks. So when I'm working with any of my clients on any of the work I'm working on, whether that is just supporting an admin with some of their questions and almost being there kind of, what's the word? Their person to just go to just bounce ideas off almost... it's a little bit like that. It's like consultant, but it's like it's literally consulting as in I'm not necessarily building stuff. I'm just helping them with their conversations. I'm helping them with their, is this the best way for me to do this? I'm an admin, I'm a solo admin, is this the best way to do this? And then so through that I'm managing tasks there and I'm very much, you need somewhere to keep your tasks that you're never going to manage to keep everything in your brain or just on a notepad. So I use ClickUp, that's kind of my product of choice. And in there I put all my tasks in there and they're all by client and they're there, ready for me to go through, add notes on, copy and paste emails in. There's loads more it can do, but I kind of really just manage that. And then I also have to being a consultant, manage my time, so I attach time to them. And I choose to use ClickUp just to be clear, rather than Salesforce, just simply from a potential growth perspective, Salesforce licensing, as we know, can get a little bit pricey, and I do get an org as a partner, but I kind of went, you know what, ClickUp works. Somebody suggested it to me, I'd seen it in action with somebody else, and I was like, do you know what? I'm going to try that. But you could easily do it in Salesforce, particularly if you're a solo admin.

Mike: I was going to say, let's start there at the basement level, as a solo admin or an admin that's maybe just spun up an org or doing all the implementation themselves, what were some of the things as a project manager that when they put that hat on that they need to think about? Because there's a lot to do, right? There's new features, there's existing features that they need to roll out and maybe bugs. When Emma jumps in and has to sort all that out, do you start by prioritizing things or where does your project management start?

Emma Keeling: So I guess it depends where you are and what you are handling. Because I would say no project ever looks the same, but one of the key things is people, right? Figuring out what people you've got. Because if you are doing, say, an implementation, you are probably not the expert on everything. Even if you are implementing a new feature as the Salesforce admin, you may or may not be the expert on that feature. So if you are implementing something for fundraising, you're probably going to need to talk to the people in fundraising to find out what they really want. Also, are you starting from totally new? As in no one's ever documented any of this before to actually there's a load of stuff here that somebody's written down and given me. So really that starting point is almost figuring out where you're starting. So like, I have all the stuff, let me take that away. Let me process it, let me validate it. Or you're starting with conversations with people. And you're really trying to understand the lay of the land, particularly even just with an organization, right?

Mike: Right.

Emma Keeling: You are going to have far more success with Salesforce, with exec buy-in. Exec buy-in, I used to, I'll be honest, I used to scoff and be like, huh, yeah, really no, you really do. Having that exec, and I would say almost that probably level below, depends how big the organization is, but probably that level below, you want your exec to be on board, your top CEO. You want them to be well and truly on board, but you need a good foundation of people around that and you need to know who your players are. You need to know whether they're pro Salesforce, anti Salesforce, whether they've got good technology knowledge or whether they maybe struggle a bit more with technology adoption. You want to be trying to get all of that sorts of information and really understand your people. And then you want to start understanding what's key here and you want to understand what's key right at the top of that organization or as I say at that second level to really understand it's not the person who came to you first who wants something most importantly, it's not the person who shouts the loudest. This is where it all kind of dovetails almost into that product management role that I historically did. Because you're really then kind of going, okay, so I've got somebody here in grants who says, all these things are really important, but actually when I talk to the person at the top, they're saying, "No, no, no, our focus at the moment isn't our outbound grants, it's our fundraising and getting our funds in." And that's where you've got to manage your people. So you've got to manage your people and be like, grants person, you are amazing. I love your energy, I love all your ideas. Let's take all of that. And then you start almost building out things like roadmaps and you go from there. Now this is where the world of let's say project management, product management, just being an admin all collides because whose role is that? Is that one person's role? Is it lots of people's roles? At least I would say if you are a small organization or maybe you're not, but there's just an admin and you kind of think, oh my God, we really could do with more people. You still need to do a little bit of each of those. Because you've got to have somewhere where you are documenting what's important, where you are kind of reviewing what's important, and then where you are almost getting down those almost business as usual type tasks. And also then looking at things like timelines and dates. If you are being told that fundraising needs something for the holiday season, and if your holiday season, if it starts 1st of November, let's say that's a common date that's battered around in the UK, it's like 1st of November is when all this has to be in. Now, if you are in September and you are being asked for a massive piece of functionality, that's where you kind of have to do the pause and the so what did you do last year? Oh, okay, so you do have a solution in place. Do we want to do this? I have recently witnessed somebody try and roll out brand new donation pages in the middle of their biggest campaign period, and they came to me and said, "Oh, this seems to be a problem." I'll be honest, I didn't project manage this one. I was just on the kind of sideline. And they came to me and they said, "We're having problems with these and we're really worried, it's impacting our campaign period." And my first question was, well, my first point, I guess it wasn't even a question, was why would you do that now? And I think that is kind of also where your project management comes in. It's sitting down and saying what else is happening in the organization? The organization I'm working with at the moment is going through, we have three really busy periods a year in programs, so you know you've got to work around them, but do you have to totally work around them? I actually found out that the key person I needed in that team does a lot of work at other times of the year. Her work is not tied to those programs times. And it was really key that I figured that out because I initially was trying to block out time, kind of going, oh no, we're not going to be able to use this person during this time. And actually when I started talking to her, she was like, "No, no, no, I can do that, as long as I know in advance." So I think that's a huge amount about project management. It's getting all those people, knowing your people and getting them in the right place and knowing building relationships, being able to go to somebody and say, I need you to do this, and I know you don't really have time, but is there any chance you can do this because maybe something's moved forward in a project, maybe something was delayed, maybe something has just come up. The people are really, really key.

Mike: Yeah, I think that's an important aspect to bring up is too often I think we forget when we're doing a new rollout or even adding a new feature, what other things are going on in the organization at the same time and how will this adversely or not adversely affect somebody? Is it our slow period or is it our busy period? Because if it's your busy time, everything's got to work. Everybody's stressed out anyway. And then if you're rolling something else out on top of that, boy, what is the reception going to be like? I think that's a really great point to bring up.

Emma Keeling: Yeah, absolutely. And only last week I was chatting with a guy called Tim who does the human stack, really interesting concept of not focusing on the digital but focusing on the humans over the innovation and how that works and really interesting. He's on LinkedIn and people should go check him out. But what I saw, I was reading some articles and one of them was, it was basically a coffee cup where with an implementation or anything, like you say, it could just be a new feature. You are basically pouring more into that person's coffee cup and actually what they need is a bigger cup. They can't just keep taking on more and more. But I think sometimes as a project manager, it's really key for you to ask that question. So ask the question of who is going to do this? Do we have time to do this? Do you have time to test this? Those things that even though in a meeting, one of the things I will try and do is bring groups of people together so that I don't have to repeat the same conversation over and over again. And you also know that everybody then heard the same narrative. So the project I'm currently working on, we're about 10 months in. It's going to have been about a 12 month project when it goes live. And we've probably had big meetings I would say about every two months where we've really, I've brought up a timeline and I've looked at the next couple of sprints and just called out what is happening, who is responsible for what, and that might be as simple as it's our responsibility as the client versus it's the implementation partner's responsibility, allowing people then to call up and go, actually all my team's on holiday that week, for example. And you actually have that. But the other thing I've also cautious of doing is giving them a whole project plan and people going away and making full plans based on that when you're like, actually some of those dates further down the line could be fluid. So being a little bit cautious and making sure that things are caveated. And as much as people say, don't write everything on a presentation slide, still writing stuff on a presentation slide that says (TBC), next to certain dates. Just so that when somebody says, but you said the date for that training was going to be on that day, I can say, I did say it was to be confirmed and allowing you that space to breathe because actually a lot of what happens in a project isn't necessarily down to the project manager, even if you are the solo admin. So you could be the solo admin who's working on a new piece of functionality, who then gets pulled into another piece of work that really is an organizational priority. So I know somebody who works in a charity to do with children affected by war. Now, you can imagine when the war in the Ukraine started, they got very much, their organizational priorities changed. So that isn't the project manager's fault or the admin's fault when actually that piece of functionality doesn't happen. That's something outside of their control. We all face this with Covid, but that can happen on a lower level. People are sick. So you also need to bake in time. You need bake in time for what if somebody's sick? What if somebody isn't available to test? Is there a backup person? Can that backup person test and is there output valid? Because I've worked on many projects where one person will say, "Yes, that's absolutely fine," and they may be aren't the main decision maker. Main decision maker comes back and says, "Ooh, sorry, but I'm not happy with that decision." And you kind of go, okay, well we asked and you said the other person could make the decision, but okay, this is real life and you have to be willing to pivot and you can't be responsible for everything. When somebody's son is sick and they can't make it into the office that day, there's nothing you can do about it. And I'm always very clear with whoever I'm working with, whoever I'm reporting into, let's say whether that's my client, whether that when I was internal, if that was my manager, I would almost make that quite clear of I can only be fully responsible for this to a point. So especially when I work with clients, I have to kind of highlight, I can't force your team to do this. I can give them all the tools to fish, teach them to fish. I can get on a call with them and sit with them while they do testing, say, but if they didn't want to come to the call, I can't. So there's kind of a level where you have to say, there's only so much I can do and also how much do you want me to do? Because when you look at a client, they might not want to pay you for all that time. And even internally, if you're an internal admin, they might not want you to spend hours just sitting with users while they're going through testing. So that's kind of where you need that exec. You need that next level up. You need that next level where we say, hey, team, this needs testing. You've been sent all the information. You've been sent a deadline. Please work towards that deadline. Please let us know if there are any problems. You almost need that backstop, right?

Mike: Right.

Emma Keeling: And that backstop can't always just be you. I talk a little bit about playing good cop, bad cop. I also find I kind of need to be good cop as much as I can be. Don't get me wrong. Sometimes I have to play bad cop and I have to be like, no, sorry, that doesn't work. And in some roles that's more of a requirement than others, but sometimes you have to figure out who you need to keep on the side. And if you know that you need to have a team be really happy and you have to, maybe they're under a lot of pressure. Maybe they've got people off sick, maybe they're down a team member because somebody moved on to another role, you sometimes don't want to be the person who has to say the final no. And I don't always think that that's a bad thing that you need to bring somebody else in who maybe says, "Hey guys, I don't think we can do it like that or hey team, let's think about moving that back. Can we move it back a month?" You need people to help you with those conversations.

Mike: Yeah. When you think through the skill of project management, because you do this for as a consulting and admins manage projects a lot too, what would you say are the three most important things that you've learned that help you successfully manage a project?

Emma Keeling: Now, that's an interesting question because I obviously did the video with Jillian that kind of goes with this, and I can guarantee that whatever I said in that video is going to be completely different to what I say now. And there's a reason for this, right? Because there are that many skills that I had to pick out what skills I was going to talk about in that video. So I would say our top skills, at least how I feel today, let's say, are I think people skills. And you can intertwine that with things like leadership. I think strong people skills, being able to talk to people, being able to understand people, being able to understand what motivates people, even down to things like are the people in your team, people who are there early in the morning and that's when they have great time? Or are they the sort of person who you're better getting on a call? Or are they the sort of people you can just send a slack message to and they'll just be like, "Yep, send over some more information in text form. I'm fine with that." Really being able to understand people is important. I think it is very important that you can understand time and budget. So being able to understand how long do I have for this piece of work? How much money do we have? And then be able to also convert that into what does that look like at the end? Because if I have a low budget, but we really need this sort of functionality, in what ways can we achieve that? Is there a lower cost way to achieve it? Can we build an MVP, that minimum viable product? Can we do that instead? And actually if that isn't going to meet our use case, do we build anything at all? Do we actually go back to the drawing board and we go back to the leadership and we either A, ask for more money or if you've already got to the point where there isn't the more money, do you go back and say, Hey, do you know what, maybe we're better to start with something else. Maybe we're better not to do priority one on the list because maybe we need a round of funding for that. Or maybe we need to wait until our budget comes in for next year. Or maybe we've got another in-house resource who can work on that, but they're working on another project. Try and figure out where are we best placed to use that money and use that time. And then I think the last thing is probably, and I'm toying here between is it important to be able to use tools and software and that sort of thing, or is it important to have industry knowledge? I would say if I have to put it in a top three, I mean to both equally, it's important, so I'm going to push it to four. So I would say you've got to be able to manage your time as a project manager. If you can't keep track of your tasks and what you are doing. If you don't remember to send out the email, if you don't remember to chase somebody, if you don't manage to collaborate effectively in JIRA or Google Sheets or whatever that is, you can't really expect to be able to bring everybody else along for the ride. So you've got to be able to do that. And then I think the last thing really is that industry knowledge. Now, don't get me wrong, I've worked with some very, very good project managers who actually, their industry knowledge was much lower. But you end up caveating that with a lot of time spent with them, learning from subject matter experts to be able to have those questions, to be able to talk about a product or a solution or an industry, and particularly the industry, don't get me wrong, it can work. And as I said, I've been in the nonprofit space now for about three and a half to four years. So I'm not going to say I know everything about nonprofits. I don't. And I try and ask a lot of questions to learn more, but you really have to up that knowledge. And I think to be successful, you need to learn about that industry or at least be willing to learn. I find it very difficult with project managers who suggest they don't need to know anything about the industry to be successful in it, because I just don't think that's the case.

Mike: Yeah, I would find that hard. I had some great discussions in community groups too about I want to be a Salesforce admin, what industry should I be in? I'm like, well, an industry that you're aware of and are familiar with, because otherwise you're really setting yourself up for a steep learning curve, thinking that through of having to learn the industry as well.

Emma Keeling: Yeah, totally. And I think if you are going into maybe a role where you are in a team and you maybe don't know that, you maybe get a faster ramp up because people around you can help bring up that knowledge. And I think if you apply for a role and you don't have that, and I think you then just have to be very clear with people. Like "I don't have the knowledge about this, but I want to learn, so please tell me more or please tell me where I can find out about this." I've even found things like over the lunch table discussions helpful. When I've been on site with a client and you sit and have lunch and you can be like, Hey, tell me a bit more about legacy donations and legacy donors and where that comes from and how does that work and how do you find legacy donors, for example? That was a really interesting discussion. And at the end of it, I was like, wow, I've actually learned loads and I can then share that knowledge. But I think if you don't have industry knowledge, you really need to make sure that people you are working with do or that it's quite accepted that you don't, and you need time for that. So you need to factor that in, right? I once went and did a piece of work in a financial services company. It was only a short piece of maternity cover. I'd never wanted to work in that sector, and I was right. I didn't enjoy working in that sector, if I'm honest. But what I did find was I was able to ask the right questions because I've done stuff historically where maybe I haven't known the answer. So I've had to ask lots of questions, but it was challenging. It was challenging. And the people who knew I didn't have the knowledge that was okay because they made sure that they started discussions with explanations of why we're doing this, why is it important? And you have to ask all those whys. Where I was put into conversations with people who didn't know I didn't have the industry knowledge, that was really difficult. Because people immediately assume that you do have that knowledge and they aren't always receptive to the fact that you don't. So I would say definitely steep learning curve. Try and start somewhere where you've got knowledge or at least be clear with people that you don't have the answers.

Mike: Yeah, absolutely. Emma, you've done a really great job of exposing us to some of the things that you do and don't do as a project manager and thinking about project management as a skill. So I feel this was a very good compliment to the video that you put out with Jillian. So appreciate you taking time out to be on the podcast.

Emma Keeling: Thanks so much for having me, Mike. It's been fun.

Mike: Yeah, thanks so much. That was a great conversation with Emma. I think she really brought out a lot of things. Boy, one part that you always have to think about is how much other change is going on in the organization as well. So, now if you enjoyed this episode, be sure to share it with one person. If you're listening on iTunes, just tap those dots and choose share episode. Then you can post it to social, you can text it to a friend. I'd really appreciate it. And of course, if you're looking for more great resources, your one stop for everything admin is admin.salesforce.com, including a transcript of the show in case you missed anything. So be sure to check that out and join our conversation in the Admin Trailblazer group in the Trailblazer community. Don't worry, the link is in the show notes. And with that, until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we sit down for another cup of coffee with Mike, Gillian, and Josh Birk.

Join us as we chat about the ever-changing nature of work and preview Skills for Success September.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with the Admin Evangelist Team.

How we work, then and now Every month, Gillian, Mike, and Developer Evangelist Josh Birk sit down with a cup of coffee and a topic. For August’s Coffee Talk, we’re reflecting on the ever-changing nature of work. How things have changed in our work lives, technology that has changed the way we work, and a look ahead to our Skills for Success series.

Join us as we discuss:

  • How email has gone from something you’d check every so often to something that’s in your pocket.
  • How Slack has helped with email overload.
  • Camera on or camera off in videoconferences?
  • How perceptions of work-from-home have changed.
  • Why changes in our work lives are opportunities and what that has to do with business analysis.
  • The Skills for Success series coming to YouTube this September.
  • How that’s going to tie in with upcoming episodes on the podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more

  • Admin Trailblazers Group
  • Salesforce Admins on YouTube
  • Mexican Street Corn Salad (Esquites) Recipe from Serious Eats

Business Analyst August episodes

  • Ko Forte on Being a Business Analyst
  • Toni V. Martin on Business Analysis Skills
  • Amber Boaz on Slack Best Practices
  • Pei Mun Lim on the Skills of a Business Analyst

Social

  • Josh: @JoshBirk
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

FULL TRANSCRIPT

Mike: To wrap up Business Analyst August, we're chatting about the ever-changing nature of work, so how things have changed in our work lives, maybe notable changes in technology that have changed the way we work, and maybe even discuss some crazy processes that we've had to unwind as admins or being in the tech world. I don't know.
We'll see where this conversation goes. But I also have Jillian on to give us a preview of the Skills for Success September, which is next month's theme, because we're also launching that as a YouTube series. To help me do all of these fun, conversational things, joining me is fellow podcast host Gillian Bruce and host of the Dev Podcast and evangelist Josh Birk. Hi, everybody.

Josh Birk: Hey, everybody.

Gillian Bruce: Hello.

Mike: Let's start with the ever-changing nature of work, which is what business analysts deal with all the time. I'll just throw out there, I was thinking this is probably the lowest of low-hanging fruit, but how email has changed. Because I remember a time, I don't know, many, many years ago, when I used to go to the public library to check out a computer to check my email. I didn't do that every day, and now it's, what, I mean, how many times have you checked your email this hour?

Josh Birk: I feel like it checks me at this point. It's just watching me. I think it's a bidirectional route now.

Gillian Bruce: Well, I think it's been quite an evolution, right? Because it went from like, oh, there's this new thing called email that you check when you can, to being like, this is the thing that runs your work life. I literally would spend all day just in email answering things, to now I check it once, twice a day maybe, because everything I do now is Slack.

Josh Birk: That's right. If we're centering an email, we've definitely drifted away there. I remember my first days in the cubicle, the company had a proprietary... It was a proto email kind of thing.

Mike: Oh, they built their own thing.

Josh Birk: They built their own thing, and then they got Outlook, but the proto email thing had the ability to cancel an email. If your recipient hadn't opened the email, you could cancel it and they'd never see it. They never knew you wrote it. The entire company went up in arms because they suddenly lost the ability to send their bosses angry email at midnight and delete it at 6:00 AM.

Gillian Bruce: Wow. Because with the unsend now is you have to do it within the first five seconds after you hit the send button or something. Interesting.

Mike: Ridiculous. I remember pre cubicle land when I was in retail and part of your morning startup besides counting your drawer was checking the company email. You had to sign in. I mean, you never responded because it was basically just one way, like here's the thing from corporate, or here's the stuff that's on sale.

Josh Birk: Right.

Gillian Bruce: Well, and I also remember, I mean, you used to have to physically be at a computer to read your email. I remember my first few office jobs, I had to wait until I got into the... Commute into the office, fire up the computer, and then log into the email. Whereas I mean, gosh, now it's like I just roll over and look at my phone and I can see the email, to the point where I now have to have a really good boundary about, no, we're not checking work email until it's a very normal hour to do so, because then I'll just start doing things. It's also interesting how that has changed.

Josh Birk: I will always recommend people to have two phones, which is not a phrase I thought I would say five years ago, but it's like have a work phone, have a life phone. And that way if you want to go walk the dog, just leave the work phone at home, just turn it off for a good couple of hours.

Gillian Bruce: I've had Slack creep in that way.

Mike: I've always been a two work phone kind of guy. Always two. That way, you go on vacation, my phone can just do whatever.

Gillian Bruce: I used to be very good about turning off the apps or even uninstalling the work apps because I've been a one phone person for the last 14 years. I'm starting to realize, okay, maybe it's getting too complicated to untangle the unification of both personal and work on one device, and maybe I do need to go to two devices at this point.

Josh Birk: Speaking of that, because I was just realizing my work phone is not really a phone. If you look at the call history, it's all spam and lies and misinformation. Nobody from work calls me on that phone, which is fine because almost nobody from work ever actually calls me anymore. And yet, I remember once again going back to my cubicle days, I remember being told the strategy of when to call somebody when you had to talk to them.
You don't call at 9:00 because everybody just got in the office. They haven't had their coffee yet. You don't call around noon because they're probably out to lunch. Strategize how you're going to have a phone conversation with people, and now it's just like I don't talk to people. I think there might be a mental emergency if somebody calls you on the phone.

Gillian Bruce: Well, now your phone doesn't even work if you try to call. Half the time I try to make an outgoing call and it fails.

Josh Birk: Oh, I mean, I just don't even answer. I got a call the other day. I was like, oh, neat. They can leave me a voicemail.

Gillian Bruce: Thank goodness for transcription of voicemails. You don't even have to listen to it. You can just see what's written in the... Gosh, Josh, you're bringing back so many vivid memories of like remember all of the learning how to use the complex phones in the office.

Josh Birk: Conference calling. Conference calling.

Gillian Bruce: All the headsets everybody would wear and everything was a GoTo Meeting or Cisco. It was a whole other culture and things that we did. I still have a technical landline at Salesforce that I don't know how you would even access. Occasionally I get an email with a voicemail from that line that I never check. That was a whole thing. How do you record the right greeting and how do you know how to dial the extensions?
I mean, that's a whole nother thing that, I mean, people these days probably have no idea what that even means. If you're starting in your professional first ever office job at this point, the concept of a physical intercom, one of those big phones with all the buttons on it, would just be like, "What is this?"

Mike: I mean, you remember those UFO looking phones that they had in conference tables with speakers and all the... I remember every Monday we would have a sales call and people from the field, that's what we called it, called in, and we're all sitting around a table and it's like, Bing. John Smith has joined the call." And then it's either they're in their house or they're driving, and that was cellphones mid '90s, which is like a wind turbine. Can you hear me? Can you hear me? Go on mute, John.

Josh Birk: I will confess, one thing I miss about those days is when I was working in a consulting firm, we would have conference calls. If the client was, shall we say, particularly rowdy sometimes, somebody would just put a plastic cup over the speakerphone and all of a sudden they sounded like they're just like [inaudible] Then we just all laugh at them without them knowing. Harder to do that...

Mike: You do that now, everybody's on camera. It's all Zoom and Google Meets. It's super easy to join. You actually have to say why you're not on camera.

Gillian Bruce: That's the thing. How quickly has that culture shifted? I remember, this was probably three years ago, this was before the pandemic, which I think also drastically changed a lot of culture around this, but I was with a couple of friends and we were together, but we were still working our respective jobs for a few hours until we were doing whatever we were doing.
I don't know if it was weird. It was like we're doing a wine country thing or something, but we're all in our respective corners doing work and I'm on video calls. One of the people is just on an actual phone call most of the time, and all of us looking, "What are you doing? The expectation is not to have your camera on?" They're like, "No. Nobody does that." We're like, wow, that's different.

Josh Birk: I mean, I've been remote since well before the pandemic. It used to be you were expected not to be. You were distracting people if you were on camera. And then the pandemic hits and it's like, "How dare you not show your face? You're not being social."

Mike: That changed. It was also kind of weird too, because when you were... I've been remote, let's see, 10 years now. There was a period of time too where you had to have your camera on because it's like, are you really at your desk slaving away over a keyboard? Because the perception of work was, well, you work from home, you're just out lollygagging, walking around and enjoying the weather, while the rest of us are stuck in cubicles, slaving away over hot keyboards answering emails.

Gillian Bruce: Before those of us who were office based, we're all forced during the pandemic to be home-based. That was absolutely the perception from those of us who had to go to the office every day. Oh, cool. You just woke up and turned your computer on. Congratulations. Yeah, that's working. And now I'm like, actually, I prefer to go office because I don't have to work as hard in the office. I chat with people, and I'm late to meetings, and I have an excuse not to go to a meeting. It's so fascinating how that has shifted for me.

Mike: Sorry, the elevator, I'm stuck. I can't make it.

Gillian Bruce: Meanwhile, those of you who are back to back meetings at home are like, come on, people. You office slackers.

Mike: Click, click. Why are you so late? Why are you 10 seconds late?

Gillian Bruce: I was getting coffee and having a chat in the hallway with so-and-so.

Josh Birk: I had to change rooms, which feels so weird.

Gillian Bruce: I couldn't find a room.

Mike: When you work from home and people are like, "Well, I had to change rooms," you're like, "Oh, yeah, that's weird."

Josh Birk: Like what, to the living room? I don't understand.

Mike: I know. Why? Why did you have to change rooms? I never get kicked out of my house. Well, August was great. Gillian, you said you listened to Amber's podcast. It rounded out the whole Business Analyst stuff.

Gillian Bruce: It did, yeah, because it connected like, hey... I mean, it connected to what we just talked about. Mike's very thematic. There's different moments in time where work cultures shift and how you interact and get work done shifts. Being a good business analyst is all about identifying those opportunities and figuring out how you can make that happen, well, in the Salesforce world with Salesforce technology.
But I think what I really liked about Amber's podcast is it kind of tied it together because it's like, oh, it's not specifically tied to one specific platform, but the advent of something like Slack really gives you an opportunity to reexamine how your team works together, what is productive, what are the outcomes, how do you maybe take a step back and look at this strategically to find ways to make people more productive and happier. It was good. Good job, Mike. I enjoyed Business Analyst Month.

Mike: Well, good, because next month is actually a pairing or a cousin to what you're launching on the YouTube channel. Let's talk about the Skills for Success series.

Gillian Bruce: Yes. Well, Mike, you are also a part of this.

Mike: Very small. Real small.

Gillian Bruce: You know what, small but mighty.

Mike: Like 30 seconds.

Gillian Bruce: It was a great 30 seconds, I'll tell you. We are launching a five part video series on YouTube all about skills for success. We go through all of the 14 skills that are in the Salesforce Admin Skills Kit. It's not just me talking about them, it's actually experts and industry leaders within the field. We have real life awesome admins, some of whom, Mike, I know you're going to have on the podcast, and we have industry leaders. Mike, I'm sorry, I'm calling you an industry leader because that's what happens when you do this stuff for a long time.

Mike: Because I answer a lot of emails.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Well, yeah, probably more Slack messages now. We have some industry leaders. We also have some people who have expertise in hiring Salesforce administrators to get that employer perspective on why these skills are important, how you develop them, how you represent them to potential employers, what employers are looking for. It's a fun series.
We had some fun, as we do with our YouTube series, injecting some fun in it, but it's a really great way to hear from different faces and different people and perspectives and hopefully really help you get a more in depth view into how these specific skills can help you be a successful Salesforce administrator.

Mike: Yeah, it's really cool. As of this recording, I've already spoke with one of the guests, which was Emma Keeling, to talk about project management. I'm trying to delve into some of the people that you had on that video series. What was the things that you wanted to talk about but maybe ran out of time, or what was other things that maybe are left on the cutting room floor but are still really good?
Emma and I had that chat and I've got a few other guests coming up that will be part of the series. Of course, we can't feature all of them. You have so many people on the videos. Thankfully, there's not that many Thursdays in September.

Gillian Bruce: We got lots of awesome admins out there and lots of experts in these arenas. It was really fun to work with all of them and put this together. I'm happy that you're going to have some of them on the pod to dig a little deeper and get that full picture, that longer soundbite from the 45 seconds or whatever they are. I mean, Mike, you talked about change management, I believe.

Mike: Yes. I talked about a lot of things.

Gillian Bruce: And Josh, I also know that you were part of the series. I think you had a product management section you talked about?

Josh Birk: Something along those lines. I think I pretended to be a product management expert. I just talked about a feature for 15 minutes straight I think was the right thing to do, right?

Mike: Wow, 15 minutes.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, you'll have to tune in to find out how it all turns out.

Mike: I'll link to those in September too, so that the podcast can share the love with the YouTube series and back and forth.

Gillian Bruce: It's like they're connected or something.

Mike: Look, let's be honest, as you're listening to this, we're like, what, 10 or 12 days out from Dreamforce too.

Josh Birk: Don't say that.

Mike: Because that's going to happen in September, but that doesn't happen to everybody. Now, you have this whole series of videos and podcasts to listen to in September as the leaves fall. I don't know, September is that weird fall month where it's like, is it summer? Is it fall?

Gillian Bruce: Well, in San Francisco it's summer.

Mike: Heat advises already at the coffee shops.

Josh Birk: Are you getting any of those heat advisory stuff over in Iowa?

Mike: Oh yes. It's going to be melt your face hot today. Not going outside. But who knows what winter will be? I don't know. Pick one.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, I'm looking forward to... San Francisco summer is literally beginning right now. It goes from late August until mid-November, and this is the second day in a row where it's gotten above 70 degrees and it's glorious.

Mike: Wow.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, it's been foggy basically from May until a week ago consistently. It's really nice to see the sun and get some warmth, and I'm soaking it all up.

Josh Birk: Well, as I look over at my dashboard, it's going to hit 102 here tomorrow.

Gillian Bruce: Oh!

Mike: Yeah, we're in the same boat, Josh, because it's just really in the heat advisory, because our dew point, I don't know what your dew point is, but they always say in the Midwest, it's not the heat, it's the humidity. Oh, it's both right now.

Josh Birk: Oh, it's both. Yeah, it's both. I think the weather report today is something like 85, but feels like death.

Gillian Bruce: Wow. Well, you will be here in San Francisco with me soon, and you'll enjoy this beautiful 71 degree weather with a, let's see, I'm looking it up, a 72% humidity or the dew point is 61.

Mike: Oh, well, that's not too bad.

Gillian Bruce: No. I mean, it's humid for us. It's abnormally humid, but it's beautiful.

Mike: But Gillian, I bet Josh's dew point is probably the same as mine. We're in the 80s, 80 degrees. I woke up this morning literally all the windows in my house were wet because the dew point and the temperature were like one or two degrees apart.

Josh Birk: This is the time of year we're reminded that Chicago was built on a swamp for sure.

Mike: Full of concrete.

Gillian Bruce: Come on out to the dunes of San Francisco. It's glorious.

Mike: And then when you're not in Chicago, and this is a real thing, you can look it up, I don't know if I'm going to say it right, but it's not evaporation, but it's evapostoration or something. It's literally the fact that Iowa and some neighboring states, but really Iowa has so much corn with so much moisture that it raises the humidity level. Because as it heats up, the corn evaporate. It's all over The Weather Channel, and you can smell it too. When you walk outside, it smells like corn.

Gillian Bruce: In like a good way?

Mike: Oh, very good way. Very good.

Josh Birk: I can see that one falling either way.

Mike: Right. Right. No, this is a very good corn on the cob on the grill. You're like, ooh, let's go get some corn from the farmer's market.

Gillian Bruce: Speaking tangent, because we like talking about food, I made the most epic elote salad a week ago. Elote is that Mexican street corn basically. They grill it and they put a bunch of aioli on it. Deliciousness.

Mike: I've wanted to do that.

Gillian Bruce: And cotija cheese. I made a grilled corn elote salad that I still think about. I think I might have to make it again tonight. It's basically you grill the corn, you put a bunch of tomatoes and avocado and cheese and deliciousness. You mix it together. Holy moly! I mean, Damon and I ate the entire bowl in one sitting.

Josh Birk: Nice. Nice.

Mike: You kind of live like a Mid-Westerner because I will confess that it is sweet corn season right now. It's almost at tail end. I really need to go to the farmer's market. But we've had sweet corn for dinner, same as the elote salad, just on the cob with butter on your cheeks. Look at that. Well, there we go. That's how we're going to end it, butter on our cheeks or mine at least anyway.

Gillian Bruce: Butter makes everything better, right?

Josh Birk: Yep. Secret ingredient.

Mike: Real good butter. If by chance, by chance you enjoyed this episode, maybe pick a different one and then share that with one person, because that would be awesome. Here's how you do it. If you're listening on iTunes, all you got to do is just tap the dots. There's three little dots. You choose share episode, and then you can post it to social. You can text it to a friend. Maybe you text an elote corn salad recipe. We'd love that too. There's more recipes.
There's more resources on our website, which is literally everything admin, admin.salesforce.com, including a transcript of the show. I will bug and see if we can get Gillian's recipe just because that would be fun and it'd be great if it showed up in the show notes. Be sure to join the conversation in the Admin Trailblazer Group in the Trailblazer Community. Don't worry, the link is in the show notes. Because remember, everything is on admin.salesforce.com. With that, I will see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Pei Mun Lim, Consulting Coach and Trainer at Zenhao and the author of Salesforce Discovery 101.

Join us as we chat about two critical skills for Business Analysts, emotional intelligence and active listening.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Pei Mun Lim.

Two Business Analyst skills every admin should have Pei has spent her entire career in consulting, with over a decade of experience in the Salesforce ecosystem in a variety of roles. She helps people use technology to solve real-world problems, and business analysis skills are crucial to help make sure they’re actually addressing the core issues. We brought her on the pod to talk about two skills that are foundational for doing that well: active listening and emotional intelligence.

Pei discovered the power of active listening and emotional intelligence quite accidentally when she started volunteering for a crisis lifeline where she talked to callers in distress. “I noticed that my projects started getting a lot easier,” she says, “and that was because I was listening a lot better and I was able to navigate human communication and relationships in a much better way.”

Emotional intelligence When someone is asking for a particular functionality, it’s important to realize that human emotions are always at play. Emotional intelligence helps you gently peel back the biases, assumptions, and preconceptions behind a request to get at the real business problem and what you can do about it.

Pei points out that people communicate in several ways beyond the words that they’re saying. Her advice is to be observant of all of the nonverbal cues someone is sending. If that doesn’t match up with the content of what they’re talking about, you need to ask some more questions.

Active listening The biggest driver behind resistance to change is fear. As Pei puts it, people are concerned with questions like, “What does this mean for my job security?” or, “What does this mean for me as a person?” Showing empathy and that you care about those concerns can go a long way toward helping people to open up. That means having the emotional intelligence to acknowledge their fears and then using active listening to show that you understand.

“Active listening is not a passive action, it is an active posture,” Pei explains, “you’re trying to see the world from the other person’s point of view.” Beyond simply showing that you’re paying attention, you’re actively trying to listen without judgment. And, she notes, that includes showing that you want to understand them better by asking follow-up questions. That’s how you get to the real underlying issues at hand.

Be sure to listen to the full episode for more about how you can practice emotional intelligence and active listening in your day-to-day life, and so much more.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Resources

  • Trailhead: Get Started as a Business Analyst
  • Day in the Life of a Salesforce Business Analyst (podcast)
  • Salesforce Discovery 101 by Pei Mun Lim
  • Emotional Intelligence by Daniel Goleman

Social

  • Pei: @OnThePeiroll
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Amber Boaz, Slack Community Group Leader, Salesforce MVP, and Principal Salesforce Consultant at Cloud Giants.

Join us as we chat about how you can eliminate ineffective meetings using Slack best practices.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Amber Boaz.

Meetings, all the way down Amber is a self-described “serial user group and community group starter,” including the local Slack community group in Durham, NC. She recently presented at Southeast Dreamin’ on how Slack can help you eliminate ineffective meetings, so we wanted to bring her on the pod to hear all about it.

The life of project-involved people—admins, consultants, etc.—is filled with meetings. But meetings are expensive! You need to get everyone in the same room when they could be doing other things, not to mention the time it takes to schedule them in the first place. Luckily, Slack can be an incredibly helpful tool for cutting down on unnecessary meetings while still making sure that everyone is aligned and informed.

Using Slack tools Amber points out a few different ways Slack can help you. If you have meetings that are just updates about a customer or project, you can probably share all of the information you need in a channel on that topic. Delaying messages can help with folks in different timezones, and Slack Connect can help you make bring external stakeholders into the loop.

Amber also wants to point you to Workflows as a way to save on meeting time. You can set it to give someone a message with the five things they need to know about the project whenever they join a channel, for example, so you don’t have to spend as much time onboarding.

When you do need to come together to troubleshoot or talk something out, you can often bring people together with the huddle feature without having to go through the rigamarole of scheduling a full-blown meeting. Using short video clips can help you do that asynchronously, or just keep senior leaders in the loop and share your successes.

Not all meetings are ineffective So even if you know all this, how do you have that hard conversation about whether or not a regularly scheduled meeting is actually productive? One thing that Amber suggests is modeling good behavior by canceling a meeting and giving a status update instead. It’s likely you’re not the only one thinking about it.

It’s also important to remember that you can’t and shouldn’t replace every meeting with Slack—building relationships is important! “The purpose, fundamentally, of a meeting is getting together with your colleagues,” Amber points out, “and that, ideally, should be enjoyable.” Slack is for the boring stuff, so your meetings can be about solving a puzzle or making a hard decision together.

Be sure to listen to the full episode for more about how to identify unproductive meetings, channel naming conventions, and so much more.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social

  • Amber: Linkedin Profile
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Full Transcript

Mike:
Slack stands for Searchable Log of All Communications and Knowledge. Let's hear from the Slack Community group leader, Amber Boaz, about how we can replace ineffective meetings with Slack and get some best practices for some Slack change management. Now, before we get into the episode, can you be sure you're following the Salesforce Admins Podcast on iTunes or wherever you get your podcasts? I'm telling you this because that way you get a new episode every Thursday, boop, right on your phone, it's like magic. So speaking of magic, let's get Amber on the podcast. So Amber, welcome to the podcast.

Amber Boaz:
Thanks, Mike, it's great to be back.

Mike:
I know it's been a while. We should do this every ... Less than five, six years at a time.

Amber Boaz:
That sounds like a great idea. I'll pencil you in for 2028.

Mike:
Right, right. It sounds like run for president, Amber Boaz 2028.

Amber Boaz:
I like it.

Mike:
Amber, since it's been a while, and I feel like you and I are old hats in the community, what have you been up to? What do you do in the Salesforce world?

Amber Boaz:
What have I been up to? So I am back at consulting. For those of you who are not stalking my LinkedIn profile, I moved. I've been vacillating back and forth between being a customer and being a consultant. So I'm back to consulting and loving it. Working for a company called Cloud Giants. Also, for those of you who know me, I'm a serial user group, community group starter, and so I have started the local Slack Community group here in Durham, North Carolina.

Mike:
Nice.

Amber Boaz:
Good stuff.

Mike:
You did a lot with Salesforce Saturday too, right?

Amber Boaz:
I did. I started the local Salesforce Saturday. In fact, last week was our seven-year birthday. We would-

Mike:
Oh wow.

Amber Boaz:
I know. It's amazing, isn't it?

Mike:
Yeah.

Amber Boaz:
I handed that off at the first of the year, I had some personal stuff I needed to handle. The folks who are leading that are amazing and awesome, and I adore them and miss them terribly. That group still meets every single week.

Mike:
Wow. And serial because you handed it off. Also, serial because ... I feel like you were on stage with me way back 100 years ago when they started the MVP thing.

Amber Boaz:
Not the very first class, I was second class.

Mike:
Oh.

Amber Boaz:
I know, I know.

Mike:
Okay.

Amber Boaz:
I'm not quite as cool as you are.

Mike:
Sure. Boarding group two.

Amber Boaz:
Yes, yes. Boarding group two. I'm not part of the first class I'm business class.

Mike:
Business class.

Amber Boaz:
I have extra legroom and bulkhead.

Mike:
Right. I mean, I think it's the same it's just the seats are different but it's okay. Amber, you sent me this really cool deck, that you'd been presenting, of replacing meetings with Slack. I scrolled through it. Can you give us an overview of what that is? Because you presented it what at Southeast Dreamin'?

Amber Boaz:
I did. The gist of the meeting is, here are 10 ways to replace ineffective meetings with Slack. In the deck I talked some about the metrics around effectiveness of getting everybody in a room, having a meeting. I don't know about you, but I have a lot of meetings. My Tuesdays I average 11 meetings every Tuesday. And that's my busy day. Today I only have seven, to give you an idea. That's the life of a consultant, but that's also the life of an admin, and a manager, and a folks ... Project involved people. So talking about ways to replace some of those meetings with asynchronous communication via Slack. So, for example, using channels to replace your meetings. If you're meeting about a customer or about a project, having a channel for that customer or that project so that you can communicate with stakeholders about it in that channel rather than having everybody get together at 3:00 on Wednesdays.
Using something like delaying sending your message. That I use a lot with my colleagues who are in other time zones. I work pretty heavily with folks in Europe and so they aren't on the same time I am. Writing my thoughts out, giving my status, and then delaying the sending of that so that I don't interrupt them and their family time. And then using Slack Connect to include external stakeholders. For example, we have several clients who we are in Slack channels with coordinating on meetings, coordinating on decisions, just coordinating in the Slack channel about the work we're doing together, consultant and client so that's really cool.
Another great way to just get rid of those super ineffective, bringing people on board meetings ... I don't mean hiring because that's a bigger thing. But bringing newcomers up to speed quickly on a project using something like a workflow in Slack where you can ... Whenever somebody joins the channel it gives them, here are the five things you need to know about this project, or here are the 10 things, or here are the seven things, however many things you have to tell them so that they can get up to speed quickly. You can set up a workflow to do that. You set it up once and then anytime anybody joins they get that message immediately. You don't have to remember to do it, you don't have to send it at a given time it just is automatic.

Mike:
And I was just thinking through wow, 11 meetings on a Tuesday that's-

Amber Boaz:
I know.

Mike:
Of course, at Salesforce we're heavy Slack users as well.

Amber Boaz:
Oh, I'm sure.

Mike:
I have used ... The delayed send thing I think is probably the most underutilized feature. And I love using it, especially when our team is in London World Tour because then I can be all snarky and ha-ha send it at 1:30 AM which is right before they're walking in to think, oh wow, Mike's up. No. I'm just-

Amber Boaz:
No, no, he's definitely not.

Mike:
I just know how to schedule a thing, that's all.

Amber Boaz:
I've used it to congratulate folks. I was getting ready to go on vacation, and one of my team members was coming up on their two-year anniversary with the company, and I scheduled it to send while I was on vacation so that it happened on the day of. But then I put a little disclaimer of, I'm sending this from the past to the future so that it didn't look like that I was working on vacation.

Mike:
Right. But then you didn't have to-

Amber Boaz:
Exactly, exactly.

Mike:
I mean, because you didn't have to oh, I got to log ... Oh, I'm two hours late.

Amber Boaz:
Right. Or 10 days late. Because I was going to be gone for a big chunk of time and I didn't want this employee to feel like they were forgotten just because their anniversary landed on my vacation.

Mike:
Right.

Amber Boaz:
Right?

Mike:
Yeah. I've had stuff like that happen too. I love all of the ideas of this. And I think they're all relevant because ... Especially for me. I've done this before where I've canceled meetings and just said, "Just post your updates in a Slack group."

Amber Boaz:
Absolutely.

Mike:
Because then I can read them when I need to. A lot of what you get at in the deck, an underlying theme that you don't really call out, is context switching, right?

Amber Boaz:
Right.

Mike:
So you're able to just focus your time and then oh, okay, so I have 20 minutes in between meetings now, let me catch up on something in Slack in a way that makes sense for me as opposed to dropping everything to have a meeting and then pick back up something. You can have that unbroken mental time to really focus on something.

Amber Boaz:
Right, right.

Mike:
One part I want to dig into ... Any admin or business user that goes through your deck or here's your talk is like, I'm on board. How do we do this? How do we start doing this? You point out the video thing. I think the video, the recording, a two, three minute video thing ... We did that last year for a large part of the team leading up to Dreamforce because we were in different time zones, we were traveling. And me being on central time I was generally ahead of everybody so I could-

Amber Boaz:
You're always ahead of everybody.

Mike:
Get up ... Right. Not East Coast, you guys are up too early. I could get up, record a video, and then boop schedule send that, and then be moving on with my day. I think the part that I want to dive into and help admins ... Where do we have this conversation of talking with people who haven't seen the deck, stakeholders, and saying, "Let's talk about this incredibly wasteful meeting that we have every Tuesday where 20 people sit on a Zoom call and 15 of them clearly aren't paying attention and they're sending emails while two people talk and report something to you?

Amber Boaz:
So I think some of it is just modeling good behavior, right? I can't make the meeting today here's my update. Don't tell the internet this, but I have used the, I'm at a dentist appointment here's my update. And then-

Mike:
You're not at the dentist that often?

Amber Boaz:
I'm not at the dentist that often. My dental hygiene is spectacular, thanks for mentioning it. But modeling that behavior of, hey, we can do this asynchronously, here's a quick update. One of the things that we do in ... For one of our bigger projects is we literally use a Slack workflow to remind everybody to fill in their daily standup. What did you work on today? What did you work on yesterday? What are you working on today? Where are you stuck? It's got emojis in it, and it's animated, and all the things to get people excited about it. Because it's asynchronous, I can go back and go, "What did we do three weeks ago?" I can go search. When was it that Grant said he was working on that ticket? Find that information in the past.
To not answer your question. The value in it is the searchability but also in the asynchronous and synchronicity of it. Getting your stakeholders to understand ... You mentioned the meeting of 15 people where of those 12 are paying attention. I call those book report meetings, right, because it's-

Mike:
Show and tell.

Amber Boaz:
Right, exactly. You give your status and then I give mine. And if, even once, you can turn it into a hey, here's a clip of my status update, and then you don't have to do a meeting. I'm sure there are exceptions to this. In general, folks don't want to be in that meeting. They don't want to have to show up and pretend like they're paying attention, in general. There are some weirdos who sometimes do. So giving people that out of hey, it's the middle of August, folks are on vacation, school's get ready to start, folks are doing their last hurrah to the beach, let's do this. Let's try this. Let's just experiment. Let's try this meeting asynchronously and see how people like it, and then talk about what worked and what didn't. Fundamentally, it's about iterating. Not every single meeting can be replaced with Slack, let's not pretend that's real, but a lot of them can. A lot of them can. You don't want to overclock, if you will, onto replacing ... This is about replacing ineffective meetings with Slack.

Mike:
And good call out because I did skip over that work area effective. Just go for the whole thing.

Amber Boaz:
All meetings. Never have a meeting again.

Mike:
All the meetings, everything. Clear your calendars, folks. You've been a manager. I didn't ask if you're currently a manager-

Amber Boaz:
I am.

Mike:
But I've been a manager. What is something that when you made this transition you had to work through that you weren't used to, right? I come from ... We're of that generation where we've probably worked for a lot of bosses that required us to be at our desk by 8:30 or you weren't working.

Amber Boaz:
Right, right.

Mike:
I know those norms are shifting, but there's still a lot of people, a lot of stakeholders, a lot of executive management that are of that generation that they need to see the people in the room. I've worked in sales where oh, Bob's not on the call. Well, Bob must be running late he's slacking again. And it's like no, Bob's not, maybe Bob has a flat tire on his way to the office.

Amber Boaz:
Maybe Bob's on the phone with a client closing a big deal.

Mike:
Right, right. Yes. But what was something that ... Even with the shift to working from home more, managers have to just be ... Not resigned to the fact but accepting of the fact that okay, so people are going to get their work done and they may not start at 8:31.

Amber Boaz:
Right.

Mike:
Right? And so if we're going to have this meeting, and it's normally a Tuesday at 10:00 AM, as a manager do ... What were things you changed?

Amber Boaz:
So I think there were a couple things. The flexibility of ... Well, let me say this. Because a lot of my colleagues are in Europe, a lot of that you had ... That's the only time they're available to meet. So if you truly do need a meeting it's a morning meeting. If I ran the world I would be able to sleep until 9:00 AM every single day. I don't run the world.

Mike:
Yet.

Amber Boaz:
I mean, the day's young. That presence for those meetings is important to build the relationships. Let me differentiate a little bit between meetings where you're literally just reporting a status and meetings where you're having a discussion or building relationships. And those are two different things. If it's just about the status, I closed eight deals, I created a permission set group, I ... If it's that, you can do that asynchronously with something like Slack. Getting in a room and having that conversation is dumb. If, however, it's "Hey, did you go see that hot new movie this weekend? Did you" ... "How are your kids? Which beach did you go to?" That relationship building I believe still needs to happen. I prefer it via Zoom because I like working from home on my treadmill rather than in the office, but if in the office so be it. Not every meeting has to be boring, and painful, and awful. Because the purpose, fundamentally of a meeting, is getting together with your colleagues. And that ideally should be enjoyable or at least not painful.

Mike:
Right. Right. I think you've given the example ... It seems like a pretty low-hanging fruit example of the book report or the readout for an ineffective meeting. If it's not that apparent, what are some things that you look for, or that admins in working with their business units can say, "Here's five meetings that I think could be Slack channels or hosted there as opposed to time on the calendar?" Is it characteristics?

Amber Boaz:
I think anything where you are just giving a status. Where it's just a status. How are things? Those often are weekly. Sometimes if you're lucky they're monthly or quarterly. Those are low-hanging fruit, right? You can give me the status of the thing in a Slack channel. Where decisions need to be made. We need to get all of the stakeholders together in a room to thunderdome it out on a big new feature. That isn't where you ... You wouldn't do that via Slack. The boring stuff should happen via Slack. And the engaging, interesting, puzzle solving, whiteboarding, those aren't the right place. Slack isn't the right place for that discussion.
You're looking for meetings where it's ... Somebody prepared slides, and they're going to go through the slides with you, and it's the same order of slides that you saw last week and the week before. Or you're the one preparing the slides and it's the same slides it was last week. It's just painful. That's, in my opinion, wasted time and energy where you could just do a quick clip. Here's what we did, and here's what's happening, and here's how it's going. Red, yellow, green trend line up to the right, screenshots if you want because that's easy enough to do, and close it off with an animated GIF. And Bob's your uncle, there's your status meeting.

Mike:
No, I like that, I like that. So if we were to rework this presentation, what are some things that you can add to an effective meeting with Slack?

Amber Boaz:
Add to an effective meeting? Sorry.

Mike:
Because I think we're trying to replace okay, ineffective meetings.

Amber Boaz:
Oh, I see.

Mike:
Let's say we've got good meetings going. Is there also a way that we can carry that into Slack so that we don't lose that momentum between meetings?

Amber Boaz:
Absolutely. I mean, I think sharing anything that was shared in the meeting. Any links, any slides, anything that was created as a function of the meeting. Any documentation. Oh, in this meeting we created eight Jira tickets, and four Asana tasks, and five cases for the various teams in our company, here's the links to all of those. For the record ... I'm using air quotes, you can't see those.

Mike:
I can totally see it on an audio podcast in my head.

Amber Boaz:
In your head you're seeing the air quotes. Good, good, good. Those assets from the meeting, and sharing those so that there's a record of what happened. You asked me about decision criteria for what ... How to look at a meeting. Let's say you go on two weeks vacation, and I hope you do, the meetings that you miss where you literally aren't able to attend, where when you come back, you don't wonder what was covered, those could be replaced with Slack, right? If you're coming back and going, "Oh, darn, I missed that meeting where Amber and I were going to discuss the thing, and she probably made a decision." That's different from Fred and Sally did their slide deck dance again, and Oh darn, I missed that one. Ha ha ha. Maybe that's the decision criteria. If you truly weren't able to be present because you were off gallivanting on a beach someplace, as you do, and would not have missed it, then that is a meeting that is a good candidate for replacing with Slack.

Mike:
What do you give as a suggestion for people who manage channels to ensure that people don't feel overwhelmed or feel, I just can't even keep up with the Slack thread anymore?

Amber Boaz:
Some of that comes down to folks self-identifying that they're overwhelmed. I can't help you if you don't tell me you're overwhelmed which is fair. Talking through how to update your sidebar, how to group things, how to mute channels. Lord knows I'm in plenty of channels that are muted that I check when I have the brain space or the time to check them. And that's okay. That's the whole point of having those features in Slack. And it's okay to leave channels. There are sometimes when you don't need to be there anymore. You're not on that project anymore, you're not working with that team anymore, you can leave that channel no harm no foul. Part of it is owning your own destiny, right? I don't need to be here, this isn't useful information for me anymore. I'm going to mute it, and if I don't miss it for two weeks, two months, whatever I'm going to leave the channel.

Mike:
I couldn't agree more. I feel like the only thing missing is I would just love to see a channels that I own. That would be great. Just let me filter on that somehow.

Amber Boaz:
You could put them in the sidebar in a group.

Mike:
Sometimes you create a lot of channels very quickly. As we tidy things up. Do you enforce or do you have any naming conventions? Because I feel like I've been at companies that had various different ways of messaging each other. With Slack, you can name things anyway. Do you enforce ... Enforce, I'm using air quotes you can totally see them.

Amber Boaz:
I can.

Mike:
Naming conventions or that? Or do you suggest admins do that?

Amber Boaz:
There are suggested ... Slack has, in their training materials, pretty strong opinions about how you should name channels. The way I tend to think about it is ... In the beginning of the Slack name ... And you do want to standardize, right? Let's just agree that they need to be standardized. What your standard is, however, I think is way more up for debate. The way I have seen it done successfully is you start with either ... You start with some sort of prefix. In our company, we start with our company initials. If, however, it includes a client it starts with EXT as an external, then it's the client name, then it's the project name because we also have multiple projects with the same client. So, for example, EXT Acme, as an example. PRM project. EXT Acme service contract. EXT Acme, right? You have those multiple channels ... So you have the context. Because we also have different teams working on those different projects with those different clients. So it just depends on what your business does, and how you're structured, and who is using Slack.
You may have sales and there's one big sales channel, an all sales, and then you may have sales by region, and then by district or whatever your breakdowns are so that you can ... Managers can communicate to their team, or VPs can communicate to their bigger team. It just depends on how you're structured. I think standardization is a hill I'm willing to die on, you should be standardized. But what that standard is is what works for your organization.

Mike:
No, I agree. I believe it was a validation rule that I built in a few Salesforce instances to enforce naming conventions on opportunities.

Amber Boaz:
I love it, I love it.

Mike:
Got to have that stuff.

Amber Boaz:
Absolutely.

Mike:
I do love the ... Especially that you call out when it's an external channel. Important because people can get clicking around in a hurry and you don't want to make a mistake.

Amber Boaz:
Right. Exactly. In the consulting space, the last thing you want to do is ... You have your client channel by name and then external client channel by name, and putting, "Hey, I need help with stakeholder X who's being particularly prickly."

Mike:
And stakeholder X is in that channel.

Amber Boaz:
Exactly. Whoops.

Mike:
Awesome. No, it's good to know I'm being prickly. Completely understand. Fabulous. Well, it was good catching up with you.

Amber Boaz:
Always a pleasure.

Mike:
It's been a while. I didn't know you were a Slack Community group owner. No surprise there because serial community.

Amber Boaz:
My name is Amber and I have a community group starting problem.

Mike:
And I'm sure you use Slack for that.

Amber Boaz:
Oh, absolutely. I absolutely do. I'm not being facetious, I absolutely use Slack for that.

Mike:
No, I feel you have to. That's one of those things I've always said, the CEOs of Holiday Inn have to stay at a Holiday Inn because otherwise, it would just be weird, right?

Amber Boaz:
One would think but I'm quite sure that there's plenty of cross-pollination.

Mike:
I'm sure. Well, that's on them. So it was a fun chat catching up with Amber. In case you don't know I have known her boy, for almost over a decade now. She's been in the community as a serial community group leader and creator as you could say. I want you to do one thing. I need you to share this episode with somebody. I bet you've got somebody that's listening, and friends with, and really wants to know more about Slack or saving them time. And here's how you do it. If you're in iTunes, all you have to do is tap the dots and choose share episode, and you can post it social, you can text your friend, and then they can listen to it right on their phone. I super, super appreciate it. Now, if you're looking for more great resources, don't worry. Everything admin is at admin.salesforce.com including a transcript of the show. Now, be sure to join our conversation, the Admin Trailblazer group, that is over in the Trailblazer Community. Don't worry, all the links are in the show notes to this episode. So until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Toni V. Martin, VP of Salesforce Marketing and Communications at Bitwise, Salesforce MVP, and founder of Systems to Success.

Join us as we chat about why you might already be a Business Analyst, the flavors of business analysis, and how to get the experience to take that next step in your career.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Toni V. Martin.

Why you might already be a BA Toni got her start on marketing automation platforms and then sales enablement on Salesforce. “I was on the admin path, the way everyone starts out,” she says, “but it wasn’t a good fit for me, I was really more interested in improving business processes.” She asked for some advice from Stephanie Foerst, a Salesforce MVP based in Atlanta, who suggested going into business analysis.

But could Toni really just become a Business Analyst? Didn’t she need a bevy of certifications or years of experience? “According to the International Institute for Business Analysis, anyone who performs business analysis tasks is a Business Analyst,” she says, “and that’s probably everyone listening right now.” Today, she trains other people in business analysis and produces events like the Salesforce Business Analysis Virtual Summit through her organization, Systems to Success.

The flavors of business analysis One thing Toni realized, as she gained more experience in business analysis, is that there are actually many different types of BAs. Toni likes to call them the “flavors” of business analysts, and it helps to understand what makes sense for you.

At SMBs, you’re probably doing business analysis as part of some other responsibilities, like being a Salesforce Admin. At larger organizations, the roles will be split and more specialized so you may only get your hands dirty when you’re prototyping or testing. When you’re looking at BA paths, you need to ask yourself: do you want to be more functional or do you want to be more system agnostic? “You need to know, going in, what flavor you’re looking for,” Toni explains.

Whatever your flavor, Toni reminds us that one of the most useful skills for any Business Analyst is knowing when to say “I don’t know, let me look into it.” Salesforce is a powerful platform that can do just about anything, but sometimes that comes with a ton of added costs or a significant time investment. Give yourself permission to get more information before you commit to something.

The BA fairy If you want to get into the world of business analysis, you can get started by studying for the Business Analyst Certification. Toni was part of the team that put it together, and she’s been thrilled to hear from everyone using it to take their careers in a new direction.

And while a certification can certainly help you get that next role, Toni reminds us that experience is crucial. “There’s no BA fairy that waves her magic wand and pronounces you a BA,” she says. But if you’re an admin, you’re already doing tasks that require business analysis and you probably just need to find a way to highlight those skills.

Be sure to listen to the full episode for more about getting Business Analyst experience in your current role, how to get started with Trailhead, and the advice Toni got from Mike that transformed her career.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more

  • Get Started as a Salesforce Business Analyst
  • Certification: Business Analyst
  • Ko Forte on Being a Business Analyst

Social

  • Toni: @tonivallentine
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Ko Forte, Salesforce Business Analyst at RGP. Join us as we chat about business analysis, career transitions, and the BA mindset.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Ko Forte.

August is Business Analyst Month For August, we’re taking a deep dive into the business analyst skillset. We get started by talking to Ko, a consultant who helps organizations as both a Business Analyst and a Salesforce Admin. She’s recently given a talk at some Salesforce events entitled “BA Where You Are,” so we thought we should bring her on the pod to hear all about it.

Ko’s talk is focused on developing the mindset and habits for a Salesforce Business Analyst role. It’s geared toward people who are admins and want to move into business analysis, as well as folks who might be new to the ecosystem and looking for a potential fit.

The business analyst mindset For Ko, the key to being an effective business analyst begins with mindset. Before she starts work with a new client, she asks herself:

  • Who is this company?
  • How are they positioned in the industry?
  • Who are their customers?
  • What do they do to make money? And therefore, what’s important to them?

Thoroughly understanding these things grounds Ko with a clear understanding of what the company she’s working with needs their technology to do for them.

It’s also important to cultivate a mindset of compassion, both for why business processes are the way they are and for the people who will be affected if you make a change. People do things for a reason, and you need to understand those factors to find something that works.

Transitioning your career The biggest thing Ko recommends for admins making the transition into business analysis is to not be afraid of asking questions. Someone else may be wondering the same thing and something that seems obvious to an expert might need to be better understood by everyone else on the team.

You should also start making a habit of turning the camera on for meetings. You want to create the impression that you’re reliable, you’re present, and you’re listening. Our brains have evolved to look at faces and, especially in remote work, it helps to show yours to the world. And, again, have compassion for everyone else attending a meeting by clearly communicating what you’re trying to do with an agenda and some goals.

Be sure to listen to the full episode for more about Ko, and why it’s important to take a look at your job description if you’re trying to advance your career.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more

  • Get Started as A Salesforce Business Analyst

Social

  • Ko: https://www.salesforce.com/trailblazer/kforte
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we sit down for coffee with Mike, Gillian, and Josh Birk.

Join us as we chat about community conferences and tips to get started speaking at events.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with the Admin Evangelist Team.

Community conferences Every month, Gillian, Mike, and Developer Evangelist Josh Birk sit down with a cup of coffee and a topic. For July’s Coffee Talk, we’re sharing our love for community conferences and explaining why they’re such a good opportunity to get into speaking at events.

Join us as we discuss:

  • Fun things to do with your off day from our conference veterans.
  • Why bad weather is the key to Midwestern niceness.
  • How to use community conferences to dip your toes into public speaking.
  • What makes for a good speaking topic.
  • Why it’s so important to know your conference.
  • What you can learn by attending conferences before you try speaking at one.
  • Our favorite places to eat when we’re at conferences.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more

  • Admin Trailblazers Group

Social

  • Josh: @JoshBirk
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Laura Pelkey, Senior Manager of Customer Security Awareness & Engagement at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about how to be a security-minded advocate within your organization and what it could do for your career.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Laura Pelkey.

What security means for admins Even though Summer is the time for vacations and fun in the sun, Laura wants to remind us that security threats don’t take time off. That’s why it’s so important for every organization to have security advocates: people who are consistently vocal about security.

You might already be doing all the good stuff we’ve talked about in past episodes, like password enforcement and TFA, but this is about taking it a step further. It’s thinking like a security leader and looking into the future by requesting budget to address security debt or get more help on your team. “As a business professional, as an admin, as someone who’s in charge of aspects of data security, you’re leveling up by acting this way,” Laura says.

Having security conversations Things have changed since 2020. More people are working remotely, and more and more business operations have gone digital. Hand in hand with that, the responsibilities of an admin have increased.

Security is a big job that touches on all areas of your business. So if you encounter a problem that you can’t address with the security tools in Salesforce, how can you be proactive and partner with security allies across your organization? For example, if you notice phishing emails targeting your users, you could work with IT to create some training around what to look out for.

Where security advocacy is going Being a security advocate has a lot of benefits for you, too. Being proactive instead of reactive will save you a lot of time and headaches. In our phishing example, your users receiving that training could mean you get a suspicious email forwarded to you instead of having to do damage control after your Salesforce org has been compromised.

Security advocacy could even take your career in a new direction. Laura points out that her own job in security awareness didn’t exist ten years ago. “This is a huge value add to your career,” she says. As a Salesforce Admin, you are the expert on what needs to be protected in your org, so make sure you get a seat at the table.

Be sure to check out the full episode for info on the Trailhead Security Superbadge, and what Laura has to say about imposter syndrome.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more

  • Watch: The Admin Guide to Becoming a Cybersecurity Advocate
  • Trailhead: Security Advocacy Specialist Superbadge
  • Podcast: Kick Off 2023 as a Security-Minded Admin with Lynn Simons and Laura Pelkey
  • NIST.gov: Cybersecurity Advocates: Discovering the Characteristics and Skills for an Emergent Role

Social

  • Laura: https://trailblazer.me/id/lpelkey
  • Admin Trailblazer group: https://trailhead.salesforce.com/trailblazer-community/groups/0F9300000001oVpCAI
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to David Carnes, Chairman & Chief Evangelist at OpFocus and the author of Mastering Salesforce Reports and Dashboards: Drive Business Decisions with Your CRM Data.

Join us as we chat about writing a book, tips you can apply for your own content, and, of course, reports.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with David Carnes.

Content opportunities David was contacted by one of his favorite publishers, O’Reilly Media, to put together a book about Salesforce analytics. “They asked me to put together a proposal,” he said, “and I really didn’t have to think too much about the topics because I had a lot of them in my head from hosting the Dashboard Dojo.”

The entire journey started with blog writing and speaking at events. David got his start with a 20-minute theater presentation at the Boston World Tour. “There’s just so many great events to speak at,” he says, “so there’s a really nice way to leverage the content that you develop and your thoughts around a particular topic.”

Why reports and dashboards are crucial reporting tools One thing he’s seen time and time again in his consulting work is that most companies wait too long to invest in a proper Business Intelligence tool. “The reality is that for the majority of users in the world, the only reporting tool they may get is reports and dashboards,” he says.

The Dashboard Dojo is driven by that need, creating a place for people who want to improve their Salesforce reporting skills to meet and learn together on a regular basis. It’s a webinar format where anyone can ask questions. Those recordings are then published to a broader audience through their podcast and on YouTube.

Reporting tips and tricks One major topic for the book is what you can do when you combine reporting with other Salesforce features. “If you ever get stuck in reporting, keep in mind that formulas solve all kinds of problems,” David says. Trending can also be a powerful tool you can use to show how things are going. “It’s something that your executive leadership needs but doesn’t always ask for,” David says. These features are available out of the box but you need to know about them to use them.

Whenever you create a dashboard, David recommends that you ask to sit in the meeting where they use it to make business decisions. It’ll instantly give you ideas for how to make your reporting even better and you’re there to answer any questions that may come up.

Be sure to check out the full episode for settings you might not know about, how to keep reporting in mind when you’re building apps, and the difference between writing and editing. And, obviously, read the book!

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more

  • Mastering Salesforce Reports and Dashboards: Drive Business Decisions with Your CRM Data
  • Dashboard Dojo

Social

  • David: @DavidPCarnes3
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Full Transcript

Mike:David Carnes wrote a new Salesforce book called Mastering Salesforce Reports and Dashboards, and it's out on bookstores now. And I know many of you won't likely be writing a book, but many people in the community create content. So I wanted to talk to David about content creation, because he wrote a book, and how he sustained writing things that he learned about himself while creating content, and also just where his passion for reports and dashboards came from. So let's get David on the podcast.
So David, welcome to the podcast.

David Carnes: Thank you so much. Really excited to be on with you today.

Mike:Well, we've chatted a lot and I feel like we run into each other annually at a New York World Tour event or some sort of Salesforce event, but it's really cool. So you wrote a book called Mastering Salesforce Reports and Dashboards, tell me about that.

David Carnes: It was really quite an experience. My favorite, favorite tech book publisher, O'Reilly Media, reached out, it was about just a little less than two years ago saying, "Would you consider writing a book on Salesforce Analytics?" And they asked me to put together a proposal and I really didn't have to think too much about the topics because I had a lot of them in my head from hosting the Dashboard Dojo. I submitted the proposal and off we went. So they told me it would take 15 months, it took me almost 18 months. But I was paired with a wonderful editor at O'Reilly and we literally just finished up the process today. So it's up on Amazon and the print versions will ship, I think three weeks from now.

Mike:Wow. I mean, I've never written a book, I've thought about doing it. I've done the math on it, the number of words that an average content creator writes in a blog post times the number of blog posts I've written and I think I've written two or three books.

David Carnes: I bet.

Mike:It's just, they're incohesive, they don't go together very well. But now I know most people probably won't write a book. I mean, you're in the kind of next level air. But I think that content creation is something that everybody does, from creating presentations to go to Salesforce events or community events or even internally people are creating content where. What are some of the things that you learned writing a book that you think could parallel very well for admins creating content?

David Carnes: I think for me it started right with writing blog articles, and I heard a really great tip at tech event probably 15 years ago, which the suggestion was something along the lines of answer every question with a blog article. And a lot of people will start writing a blog article and sort of inadvertently write a chapter of a book and blog articles really don't need to be a chapter of a book, they could be something a bit shorter. And the answer to a question is something that's really valuable. And a lot of times people are searching on the web for specific questions and they find an answer in the form of a nice cohesive blog post.
For me, it started with blog writing and then submitting to speak at different events. And I think one of the entry points for me was speaking at the Boston World Tour, and you gave me a shot for a 20 minute theater presentation, and I was talking about report and dashboard features in lightning that I thought were pretty exciting. This must have been five plus years ago at the Boston World Tour, but from there, there's just so many great events to speak at. I was given an opportunity to speak at Dreamforce and started with a 20 minute theater session, and then the next year put in for a longer session at Dreamforce. And then they're all the Dream events, but there's a really nice way to leverage content that you develop and your thoughts around a particular topic.
In my case, I felt like there wasn't a lot of content related to reports and dashboards, and I knew that for most organizations the leadership needs to make decisions on what's going on within the organization, and the way to do that is leveraging reporting tools. So there was sort of a need in the marketplace and something I was willing and able to go deep on. I also started the Dashboard Dojo, now almost three years ago, and that's been really fun to pick a topic and just go deep on the topic, whether it's formulas or joined reports or whatever the topic.

Mike:What is Dashboard Dojo?

David Carnes: So Dashboard Dojo is a group that I started three years ago, we meet once or twice a month and we just dig into reporting topics. So we had a dojo session earlier today. So anyone is welcome, anyone that wants to learn about or discuss reports and dashboards, we do it in a webinar format. We allow people to ask questions, we allow people to come off mute. We do it in a webinar format mainly because we know that the majority of the listening will be on the recordings. So we've had some of the recordings. In fact, the number one recording was a hands-on session on custom report types. And that one topic more than any, it's probably 10 times the viewership on YouTube.

Mike:Yeah. Now one thing that struck me, because when I think books I think permanency. I've got books on a shelf behind me that I go back and reference. I write content for the admin blog, you talked about that and doing your webinars. How did you tackle writing a book? I mean, you said they contacted you two years ago and the book's coming out now. How did you tackle staying relevant given the tech industry? I don't even know we knew AI or some of the features that we're talking about now two years ago.

David Carnes: Yeah, it's very exciting. There was one additional chapter that I added to the book that wasn't in the original set of chapters, which is the Analytics Tab, and that's just coming out, it's generally available in the summer '23 release. So very, very exciting. Lots of new functionality available. And that was sort of a nice example of something that it was more than halfway through the writing that I realized that the feature was introduced in beta a year ago, and I got started with it. The Salesforce engineering team has been wonderful to me to answer questions and sort of dig into things because some of the documentation isn't fully there yet because it's new beta functionality. I did have to rewrite one chapter, which was on the mobile reporting. So earlier this year, Salesforce released the newer version of reporting on mobile devices, and it's so fantastically different that I needed to get back in there and rewrite the chapter.

Mike:Wow. You mentioned, well, the mobile reporting, which wait, because I'm sure more things will change too. If you had to sit down and write a book and I polled 100 admins, I don't know that reports and dashboards would come up as one of the things to write about. And every presentation that I have seen you give has always been around reports and dashboards. What got you hooked on reports and dashboards?

David Carnes: My company, OpFocus, we're a consulting shop. We've been working in the Salesforce space for 17 years, we're coming up on our 17th anniversary within weeks. And since day one we've seen companies struggle without proper reporting tools. Most companies wait too long to invest in a proper BI tool like a Tableau or CRM Analytics. And the reality is that the majority of users in the world, the only reporting tool they may get is reports and dashboards. So that's one reason I felt like the audience was there for the book.
I think with any content generation, finding something that you're passionate about is sort of important because you're going to have some long nights, whether it's writing or preparing a speech or setting up a demo. The number one class that I took, it was a summer course at Harvard many years ago, it was on database management. And it opened my eyes to how important the structure of data is and then how important data is for driving decisions within organizations.

Mike:So one question I have for you, this is just me kind of needling, do you think we organizations have too much data? Is it just too much to report on, to get together to try and use for decision making?

David Carnes: Oh, I think there is a lot of data. I think it's very important that we be able to zero in and maybe zoom out on the data as well. And I think part of speaking at events and hosting the Dojo and writing the book on reporting is to help people really zoom in and try to drive good decision making. But certainly companies are awash with data and some of these new announcements that Salesforce has made relative to AI or with some of the Einstein functionality and just getting in this whole realm of predictive analytics, it's very, very exciting.

Mike:Well, so let me needle you on that because we'll see a bunch of stuff, I mean, Salesforce back in June had an AI day and there's going to be announcements at Dreamforce, forward-looking statement, I don't know what they are. But in the world of AI and GPT tools... Just the other day somebody sent me a blog article and they're like, "Oh, you need to read this." And I took two seconds. I opened up the URL and scrolled, and it was this huge blog post, huge. I was going to run out of battery power if I kept scrolling to the end. I thought to myself, you know what? I bet ChatGPT can just summarize this. So I just put in the text from the article and said, "Give me 200 word summary on this." And I guess I did a pretty good job. I mean, I read it. I was like, oh, okay. Maybe that's what the article's about. I need to go back and read the article.
One of the things that I wonder with reporting and the amount of data now that we're creating is will we use these AI tools to just tell me... I don't need to read the whole book report. This is me playing Biff in Back to the Future. Marty, just write the book report for me so that I can re-transcribe it. Do you see AI heading in that way for reports and dashboards? Just tell me what I need to know. Tell me what decision I should make.

David Carnes: Yeah, I think there're probably a couple of steps in the middle. One would be getting toward more natural language requests for specific information. How many net new logos did we have in Q1 versus Q2? Something like that. So stepping toward natural language is one area and having a response from something that's intelligent enough to figure out what it is that I'm asking for. Then you get toward the generation of reporting output. I mean, it's amazing to see all these demos, whether it's at TDX or at the World Tours, the New York World Tour most recently for me, but see all this generative output and thinking what that could mean for reports and dashboards. I think it's very exciting.

Mike:You mentioned, well, you've been in the ecosystem for a long time. Looking back, what do you think your book would look like had you written it when you first started back in 2006?

David Carnes: Oh, interesting. It's amazing how many features have been there for years and years. Whether it's cross filters or historical trending or even things we could do with custom formula fields. So I think there would be less explanation of features and more explanations on how to do things because you probably needed to combine more things to achieve an outcome. And that's really one of the goals in writing a book like this. It's like, okay, here are all the tools that Salesforce provides, and it's through the effective combination of these tools that you can do really interesting things.
One of the things I talk about in the Dojo a lot and at presentation at Dream events is, if you ever get stuck in reporting keep in the back of your mind that formulas solve all kinds of problems. Whether it's converting a data type, whether it's concatenating text, whether it's getting a ratio to appear a certain way, there's all kinds of things we can solve with formulas. And what I'm getting at is that through the effective combination of features, you really get some powerful outcomes. So writing the book on here are all the features, that's one thing. But then here's some ways to consider combining them to really achieve powerful outcomes.

Mike:Yeah, no, that's a good point. You've been in Boston as a user group leader for a while now. What is something that you definitely had to include in this book because it always comes up when you start talking about mastering reports and dashboards from user group experience?

David Carnes: I'll give you two answers.

Mike:Oh, bonus.

David Carnes: One is formulas, and so chapter five's all about formulas. And the reality is we could do a whole book on solving problems with formulas because they're just so useful. And with the ability to have a role level formula on a report or have cross object formulas on joined reports, which are super powerful, that's really exciting.
Another area that I want more admins and report writers to take advantage of is trending, and we have a number of ways to achieve trending. One of the later chapters in the book is all on trending. And it's something that your executive leadership needs, but they don't always ask for. And some of the features require a checkbox to turn them on or require you to know about a special report type that's available that offers a monthly snapshot. Just out of the box it's there, but if you don't know about it you don't know about it. But I want people to take advantage of trending because it is so powerful and helping people make good decisions through reporting.

Mike:So along that trending line, this is the next level question that I'm going to ask, what are things that admins should listen for in meetings or when gathering requirements to be like, "Oh, they're looking for a trending report?"

David Carnes: I'm really glad you asked this because I feel very passionate about this. One thing. For anybody who's creating a great report or creating a great dashboard, ask to sit in the meeting, just sit in the corner and just listen, but the next time that leadership team takes a look at that report or uses that dashboard because you'll hear things and there'll be in a couple of categories. One will be that they don't understand something. Another will be that you'll hear them say, "If this could only" dot, dot, dot. So that's one category answering your question.
I think another with regard to trending, you get a lot of questions, especially from sales leadership was like what fell out of the pipeline since last week? And we have an amazing feature, I think it's called historical trending, it's been in Salesforce for more than a decade. It's a checkbox to turn it on the opportunity object. And you literally can compare what was in existence in the pipeline last week versus what's in the pipeline this week. And it's great, and you can see pluses and minuses and change dates and things. But I've had that request probably the most over the years from head of ahead of sales or a director of revenue operations who's running a meeting just trying to figure out and explain what changed since last week. And it's such a powerful feature, it's not a complicated feature, but it does require a checkbox to turn it on.

Mike:Yeah, often there's always a setting.

David Carnes: There's always a setting for something.

Mike:I think one thing that I always think about is reporting always feels like last. And I think you mentioned that early on, reporting's always last. I know because of history and because I've heard you speak, reporting's actually first. What are some considerations that admins should think about when building apps so that they can actually report on the things they need to report on?

David Carnes: Do you know, Aaron Krier has done some really nice work in the area of architecting for reporting, and it's such a great topic. That class that I mentioned that I took, that summer course on database management all those years ago, sort of learned about how joins work, how data is structured, and the concept of normalized and non normalized databases. So that was really good foundational information for me. But I think understanding the data model is one, and there are a couple of ways that you can learn the data model. So there's a tool that we can see in setup called Schema Builder. And it's not a new tool, but it's a nice way to visualize how the tables are organized. I was asked to report on a much older CRM system many, many years ago, and I asked that software company and had to beg them for the data model. They sent it to me, it had 400 tables, and I printed them all out lovingly. I taped them to the wall because it was my only way of understanding how the data was structured so that I could report on it.
I feel like in your Salesforce works you have to do the same. Whether you're using CPQ or whether you've built out custom functionality or you're taking advantage of the nonprofit template. There's specific data model that's unique to your org and it's important to get to know that to be able to write reports effectively.

Mike:Yeah, no. Geez, it had to have been a big wall. Thinking of, you watch all of those movies where people, the ropes and they get the strings tied together.

David Carnes: Oh yeah. [inaudible]-

Mike:Tracking bigfoot.
As we wrap things up here, I'd love to know what is something you learned about yourself that you didn't know before you started this book?

David Carnes: Oh, that writing is different than editing. That's one thing. I was paired with an amazing editor, and it was actually the same editor that Phil Weinmeister had for his two books. And Phil was someone who kindly spoke to me before I said, "Phil, I'm thinking about writing a book, could I talk to you?" And we'd only met once briefly, and he was so gracious. So he gave me some advice. For me, it was establishing a rhythm of writing, like figuring that out. Although for me, it was kind of all over the place. Sometimes in the middle of the night, sometimes in the morning. But probably the bigger thing that I learned was around editing that it's amazing how many passes. And then this idea of working with an editor who gives you feedback and then you need to triangulate their recommendations back into the book. It actually took me longer often to edit a chapter than it did to write the chapter, which sounds nuts. But yeah, so lots of learning all around. I appreciate you asking.

Mike:Yeah, no, I mean I think that's all part of content creation. Whether you're writing a book or a script for a video or something, oftentimes getting the idea out there can feel daunting, but it's refining the idea. And that can be challenging too. Editors have a lot of patience, I've worked with editors before and, boy, they should be up for sainthood.

David Carnes: Yes. I was thinking similar words, religious [inaudible]-

Mike:You hand them something here, please read this and just look away. In there somewhere is my idea, I promise you, please tease it out.
David, it was great chatting with you. I'm, I'm glad we had a chance to connect and I look forward to seeing the book and catching up with you some more.

David Carnes: We'll see you at Dreamforce. Thank you so much. And for anyone that's listening, if you're interested in the Dashboard Dojo and learning, we try to meet every month at least once or twice. So it's just dashboarddojo.com.

Mike:Perfect. Thanks David.
So it was a great discussion with David. I am always amazed by how much he knows about reporting. And let's do trending reports a little bit more, let's get into that. Now, if you enjoyed this episode and I just need you to do me a favor, here's what it is. If you're listening on iTunes I want you to tap the dots and choose share episode, and just share it with one person. Just share with them, "Here's an amazing podcast. I want you to subscribe to it and start listening to it." You could also post it to social, I'd love that, or you can text it to a friend. If you're looking for more great resources, be sure to visit your one stop for everything admin, which is admin.salesforce.com. And we also include a transcript of the show so in case you missed something. Now, be sure to join in our conversation in the Admin Trailblazer Group in the Trailblazer community. Don't worry, link to that is all in the show notes. So with that, until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Ajaay Ravi, Senior Technical Product Manager at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about AI, Flow GPT, and why admins should pay close attention.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Ajaay Ravi.

Do Androids Dream of Bohemian Furniture? Ajaay learned a lot about AI when he led a team at Amazon tasked with building technology to recommend furniture. The only problem was that they were all engineers and didn’t know the first thing about interior design. They brought in some experts who could tell them what individual components made something a particular style, and used their knowledge to train the AI by giving it high-quality data in bite-sized pieces that it could understand.

What’s important to understand here is that any AI model requires training. And to do that, you need to break a concept like “furniture style” down into tags like “upholstery,” “seat,” “legs,” “paisley,” etc. Then you can give it a group of tagged images to try to teach it a broader concept, like “Bohemian.” Finally, you test it to see if it can identify new images that have Bohemian furniture in them, give the model feedback on how it did, and start the loop again.

Flow GPT For Salesforce, Ajaay has been building Flow GPT. The goal is to create a tool where you can just describe the automation you need and it will build you a flow—automagically. They’re still in the testing and training phase but the possibilities are tantalizing.

Depending on what type of user you are, you might use Flow GPT in several different ways. For those that are already experienced with Flow, you can leverage it to eliminate some steps and work faster. And for people newer to the ecosystem, Ajaay hopes it can remove barriers to unlocking the full potential of the platform.

Learning to crawl Just like with the interior design tool Ajaay built earlier in his career, Flow GPT needs some time to learn. For now, they’re focused on building simple flows of five steps or less with minimal decision elements and branches. But it’ll only get better as they keep working on it and getting feedback from test users.

Be sure to check out the full episode for more about what makes for a good prompt, what you can do to get ready for Flow GPT, and how AI can “hallucinate.”

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more

  • Sarah Flamion on Generative AI

Social

  • Connect with Ajaay on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we sit down for coffee with Mike, Gillian, and Josh Birk.

Join us as we chat about what ChatGPT has to do with New Coke and ponder the mystery of the McRib.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with the Admin Evangelist Team.

Opinionated launches (and lunches) Every month, Gillian, Mike, and Developer Evangelist Josh Birk sit down for a cup of coffee and hit the “record” button. For June, we’re talking about opinionated launches: launches in the tech world—or elsewhere—that drew attention and, most importantly, a whole lot of opinions.

Join us as we tackle the big questions:

  • McRib: Hero or villain?
  • Apple Vision Pro: Next big thing or next Crystal Pepsi?
  • The problem with EV charging ports
  • Self-driving cars: questionable tech or questionable roads?
  • Josh Birk’s Tales From the Photo Booth

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more

  • Admin Trailblazers Group

Social

  • Josh: @JoshBirk
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Deon Louw, Financial Planning and Analysis Manager at City and Provincial Properties, triple-star Ranger, MuleSoft mentor, and avid Composer enthusiast.

Join us as we chat about MuleSoft Composer, why the community is such a good resource, and how integrations can lead to a digital transformation snowball.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Deon Louw.

From accounting audits to Salesforce Deon started his career in accounting, specializing in external audits. “While that’s a great profession and really interesting, I realized that I just loved technology more,” he says, so he started trying to figure out how to change careers.

When, through a series of coincidences, Deon ended up looking after a Salesforce org for one of his clients, he felt like he had finally found his calling. He was immediately struck by how powerful the platform could be as a business tool and the potential it had for automation. He could apply his skills in a new way, and that only became more apparent as he added MuleSoft to his toolkit.

Becoming a MuleSoft Mentor Deon’s company originally handled a lot of business processes manually, so moving to Salesforce was a game-changer. But that meant the rest of their business needed to keep up. Deon started looking into ERP platforms and how he could use MuleSoft Composer to unlock even more automations. “It allows us to scale without having to increase headcount at every single step,” he says.

The community helped Deon immensely on his journey and he’s been giving back by becoming a MuleSoft Mentor. He helps people work through issues they face on the platform and connects people who face similar challenges with the resources to solve them.

A digital transformation snowball One thing that Deon has found as he’s brought more automations to his organization is that digital transformation starts to snowball. Once people see how getting rid of manual processes can help them get more done, they start looking for other areas where technology can help them and they bring their own ideas to the table.

At the same time, Deon’s organization is relatively small, and so one major challenge he faces is figuring out how to add layers of automation and integration without bringing on more people to manage everything. Luckily, MuleSoft Composer strikes the perfect balance of keeping everything manageable for a small team while still enabling the powerful integrations Deon is looking for.

Be sure to check out the full episode for more about MuleSoft mentors, how Deon thinks about integrations, and why the MuleSoft Composer community is so amazing.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more

  • MuleSoft Composer

Social

  • Deon on the Trailblazer Community
  • Connect with Deon on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Full Transcript

Mike: MuleSoft Composer makes it easy to build process automation for data using clicks instead of code. Dion Lowe is a triple star ranger MuleSoft Mentor and avid composer fan. So in this episode, we're going to find out from him what he was able to accomplish using MuleSoft Composer. Now, before we get into that episode, be sure you're following the Salesforce admins podcast on iTunes or wherever you get your podcast, that way you get a new episode every Thursday right on your phone. So let's get Dion on the podcast. So Dion, welcome to the podcast.

Deon:Mike, thank you so much.

Mike: Why don't we get started, just introduce everybody to where you are and how you got to being a Salesforce admin and also I'll tip the cards, I know you're an admin of another platform too.

Deon:Yes, so I've had quite an interesting journey. I started off my world as a chartered accountant and in external audit, and I realized that while that's a great profession and really, really interesting, I realized that I just love technology more. So I went down a route of changing careers and then through a number of interesting occurrences I ended up looking after one of my employer's Salesforce platform and I realized how incredibly powerful this is as a business tool, not only for the collection of information, but actually for building out processes and for efficiencies and ultimately automation.
And I've been doing that now for a while, and I've loved every moment of it because I've been able to take a set of skills and I've been able to replay those skills and reuse those skills at different companies in different industries. And to your point, recently, I've been very fortunate to be able to take everything that we've learned in Salesforce and apply it to a new system, to a new ERP system, which has allowed us to further the depth of what we are able to do within the business.

Mike: Yeah. So I think that's interesting because that also leads us to a MuleSoft Composer discussion. But before we get to that, when I was introduced to you, I was told that you are a MuleSoft Mentor, so I would love to know what a MuleSoft Mentor does.

Deon:So MuleSoft Mentor was a thing I came across as I joined the MuleSoft greater community and MuleSoft Mentors are these people that have not only just a passion for the product, so they know the product, they've worked with the product, but they're also end users. So these aren't people... No one's a Salesforce employee, no ones a MuleSoft employee. These are people that live and breathe these real world challenges. But MuleSoft's come along and said, but hold on a second, I really like what you're doing or I like your engagement with the community. Can I please get effectively more of that? So MuleSoft Mentors are these groups of people that work with the product, but they're there, they're active people, they're active participants in the community, and they really do champion it from not a sales perspective because hey, I'm just here solving a problem and this is how I do it.
And because they're not sitting on a sales side, they're not sitting on a Salesforce side, they're normally not even sitting on a consultancy side, they're able to talk to people about what they've done with the platform. They run into the real world challenges. I was doing X, Y, Z, I couldn't do this. And they're able to take that knowledge and proactively feed it back into the community, which is just what's great about the overall ecosystem is that you have these communities that identify these opportunities for people and engage so wonderfully with that.

Mike: Well, I think that's a great, great description. I teased a little bit in the intro, but you're Salesforce admin, so you got that platform. You have an ERP system. What's it like owning multiple platforms at an organization?

Deon:It's really daunting, but quite exciting because all of a sudden these businesses, so take our business as an example, we really are saying, well, we understand that digital is the future. We understand that we need to do more online, we need to do more automation and all these buzzwords, but we're a small business, so all of a sudden the pressures just keep growing. But with that, because we're a small business, because we're agile, the opportunities grow with them. So while I'm fortunate that I could at least get Salesforce buttoned down and operating effectively before the ERP system came around, it is challenging because there are big responsibilities that the business is becoming more and more reliant on.

Mike: Right. I think... Well, first of all, I've never been in your chair before, but one of the things that I have done that I'd be interested to dive into is that discussion that a business has with, okay, we have Salesforce. Boy, it would be great, and I'm sure in your case it was, it would be great to get this ERP data in, or a reverse of that was wouldn't it be great if Salesforce could push this over to our ERP system. I'm figuring one of those two had to been mentioned in a room somewhere for you to move forward. So I would love to know what were some of the topics or issues that came up as you were considering, we need Salesforce and our ERP system to be integrated so that I can automate things with Composer.

Deon:So our journey really does start with Salesforce, and we deployed late 2020 and we deployed because we had to. This business is incredible and I'm really proud of what the business does, but it was all done on paper. Our billing was incredibly manual and time consuming and just not scalable. And I think I speak for any businesses that you want to be able to scale, you want to be able to grow, but you want to be able to do so effectively. So Salesforce started off as a way of being able to do, to start building out that scale. And then due to Salesforce and actually what we were accomplishing with Salesforce, we were really starting to push against the limitations of what our existing, and I can't even call it an ERP system, but what our existing accounting system was capable of.
And that's how the new ERP system discussion came up. But from the get go, we recognize that it can't be manual because the value of looking at a new gen ERP system and having next gen software like Salesforce in the business is absolutely not more processes. It's absolutely not, well, now I've got to go and download files and upload, or I've got to manually integrate. So from the day that we started mentioning ERP, it was, well, how are these going to talk? Because that's where the value for us comes in. That's where knowing that from an operational perspective, my business can operate, and from a data accounting finance perspective the business can seamlessly follow. That's how we know that not only do we drive much better client engagement, but better holistic understanding of where we are as a business and just allows us to scale without having to increase headcount at every single step.
And all the discussions that I always have about scale, but this isn't that important. Then you start asking, "Okay, well how many people are you willing to employ just to import data?" And then people are like, "Oh, hold on. That's not what I meant." Then you start saying, "Okay, well this is the solutions." And then you start trying to sketch out to people that it's not just to say, oh, we can just do, we're just pushing invoices from Salesforce or payments statuses or customer information, it's well, yes, we're going to start there, but integrations go both ways. And the more you integrate means, the more data you can aggregate and the more meaningful decisions you can make off the back of that data. So for us it was, well, you can't do the one without the other because you lose so much value by not doing it.

Mike: That's a very good point. And you said something huge, integrations go both ways. So what were those early considerations that you were talking about in your organization that you think other admins should write down as like, oh, these are the things you need to start asking right away when we talk integration.

Deon:So I guess there's two parts of it is, especially in smaller businesses, it's about building up that use case to say, okay, well, it's great having the information, but what does that mean? And that's absolutely what needs to be done, but unfortunately due to how complex the overall, call it SaaS landscape or tech stack or whatever buzzword you want to use because of how complex that's becoming, when you start looking at integrations, integrations are a beast on their own. And you really need to start thinking, okay, but what does this mean for my organization? So similar to the point that I made earlier of saying, well, how many people are you willing to employ to run to import data? The same type of questions need to be made about your systems and your integration layer to say, well, are we willing to deploy an integration layer that then needs to be serviced by someone?
Is that an employee? Is that a consultant or is there ways that we can do that differently? And that's being very blunt and probably jumping ahead, but that's how we landed up on MuleSoft Composer is to say, well, you start going through all the purchasing, the consideration to say, well, okay, I want something that's reputable? I want something that I know is out there that's got a community that I can turn to and get support on. I want something that's easy or something. But actually what you need is you need something that slots into your business and you need something that's manageable, that's not going to increase the workload of the team that you have or require you to go and hire an additional person just to look after something that's really supposed to solve problems and not create them.

Mike: Yeah, oftentimes you're adding, because you're adding another layer there and you can create, now we have to have somebody that almost needs to monitor the telephone lines.

Deon:Yes.

Mike: And you took my next question, but did you even look at anything besides Composer?

Deon:Oh, absolutely. We had to do our due diligence and that's the right thing to do. And we looked at, I very excitedly looked at the Anypoint platform because it is just so impressive and so powerful, but unfortunately it just, it's just that little bit too complex for us considering that we're such a small team. And we looked at other tools either be it no-code tools or other call it low-code tools. And some of them were impressive, some of them were dismal from the get go. But really what it came down to for us is how reputable is the product? Do we have relationships that support that product? And again, we're a existing Salesforce customer, so it wasn't that we needed to build that relationship. So we had existing relationships. Everything that we were looking at integrating in our, I say MVP, but it was our core processes.
Everything that we looked at integrating already had connectors. So it was out of the box. And the big thing that I was pushed on very, very hard by the leadership team is saying, okay, this is great. You understand all these words, you understand how this works, but what happens if I need to move you into another part of the business? Or what happens if I for whatever reason lose you so I move on or something else happens? What's going to happen to this platform then? And for them, that was a really, really big part of the buying considerations because if it's not easily maintainable, then I don't want it because yes, while it might work now, I can't afford to take on that headache and that uncertainty that it's not going to work easily in the future.

Mike: Yeah, I think you had a unique perspective in that you owned both platforms you were integrating. To take a step back, if you didn't own one of those platforms, let's say your ERP system, what as a Salesforce admin should you ask for in terms of, I need to push data to you? What should that data look like and what data are you giving me? I think sometimes we start talking integration and you can feel like you're a little bit over your skis as a Salesforce admin because you're not quite sure what that means on the other side. So what were some of the things that were very beneficial for you to be able to look at your ERP system and map that to Salesforce?

Deon:So what's interesting about that is our ERP system was a new purchase for us. So it wasn't that these two systems had been running side by side for any period of time. And just to be clear, our integrations ran from day one, which is something that I'm immensely proud of, but it's testament to how easy this was to set up. But what that meant for us is that actually, while I own both systems, I had to learn a lot about the data model, especially within the ERP landscape. And effectively we had to understand, well, initially I started stressing over how does this data fit together and how am I going to map it and what am I going to do? But again, another great thing about MuleSoft Composer is that it does a lot of that back end translation for you.
So it starts to translate field names and data types to common language or to platform specific language so that when I talk to our ERP implementation guys, they see something and they're like, oh, okay, well I know what that is, even though I might not know what an object is in Salesforce or what this field record was in Salesforce, I do know what that same field is in the ERP system. And that translation, I cannot overemphasize how valuable that was for us because again, everyone was talking in a language that they were comfortable with.

Mike: That's a good point. Your post integration, I guess you were post integration on day one, which is unlike anybody, but-

Deon:Really proud of that.

Mike: Yeah, exactly. Right. I mean, hey, we've been integrated since day one. You know, like okay. You win. What does the roadmap look like now after that initial integration? What are the conversations that you're having with the organization?

Deon:So the overall roadmap's been really, and this is probably not the right word, but it's been really fun. Because we've had the basics buttoned down from day one we've been able to leverage all the new functionality that MuleSoft is bringing out and there's quite a lot of it, which again is why this is such an exciting product. But the conversations with the businesses has been really, really fascinating. So I've always been tech first. This is my bread and butter and I love it, but the business isn't. But giving people exposure to integrations has really allowed them to see the art of the possible. So now my conversations have gone from stress over the basics, and we're talking this in a couple of months to conversations of saying, "But hold on a second. I do this process. Can we not do something here?"
Or, "Hold on a second, when this happens I know you've got this tool, can't you make something else happen?" And from my perspective, from a digital transformation perspective, I can't tell you how exciting that's been because we've now been able to focus on the business efficiencies and the automations and the improvements and not, oh, but now I've got to spend three weeks trying to build a code or deploy a solution to, well, while we're having this meeting, let's quickly spin something up. Let's quickly run a test on it. And that's been incredibly empowering and transformative as how this business looks and thinks about technology.

Mike: That's really great. As we wrap up, I want to go back to that mentor piece that I asked you about earlier, because I always try to end on, I don't know, something great for people to work for. As a MuleSoft Mentor what is one question that you feel you answer quite often?

Deon:It's really about I'm struggling to do X, Y, Z in this specific use case, can someone help me? And it might sound silly saying this, but it just goes back to how strong the community. Is the MuleSoft Composer community feels so active that you've got people that'll jump on that answer, typically mentors because of the role that they play in their community, but they jump on those answers. And within the matter of a day, couple of hours, but maximum a day, you've got these people with unique perspectives, guys working all over the place with all this different experiences supporting either the incoming cohort of MuleSoft users or the guys that are just struggling with a problem. And I really can't think of any other community that I've at least been part of that is as proactive as solution orientated in a constructive manner as what the MuleSoft community is and I think that is largely thanks to the MuleSoft Mentor program.

Mike: Yeah, this as well. So often when I go to Salesforce events or user groups or community events as an admin you can feel like, oh, no one else has this problem. There's no way anybody else has this problem. And then you bring it up at a birds of a feather table and you ask the question, six other people nod their heads because they were-

Deon:Everyone turns and they're excited.

Mike: "And you have that problem too." "Yep." You really all, there's like 10 business problems in the world. We're all trying to solve them. They just, they have different names, different process names.

Deon:No, absolutely. And it's about, and that's what I've always just loved about the overall community is that there's no right or wrong way. There's perspectives or there's experiences and people are so open, or most people should I say, are so open about talking about that. And the more that people talk about it, the less closed off people are. And without a doubt, that's been life-changing for me as an admin in this community coming from technically a non-technology background because I know that there's no question too silly or too small or too complex that won't be engaged with, and I can't think of a better tech stack to place my bets on.

Mike: Yeah, no. Well, Dion, I think you summed it up perfectly there with the more that we talk about challenges that we're confronting, the more we learn from each other. And I just can't think of a better place to end this conversation. So thanks so much for coming by and telling us about what you've done with MuleSoft Composer and good work on owning two platforms.

Deon:No, thank you. And thank you so much for having me, and thank you for championing the admin journey. It's really appreciated.

Mike: Well, it was a great discussion with Dion. And of course, if you enjoyed this episode, can you do me a favor and just share it with at least one person? If you're listening on iTunes, all you need to do is just tap the dots and choose share episode. Then you can post that show to your social feed. You can text it to a friend. If you're looking for more great resources, your one stop for everything admin is admin.salesforce.com, including a transcript of the show. And be sure to join in our conversation, the Admin Trailblazer Group in the Trailblazer Community. Of course, don't worry about it. Mentioned a lot of things. All those links are below in the show notes. So until next week, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Sarah Flamion, Research Architect on Salesforce’s Research & Insights Team.

Join us as we chat about what recent advances in generative AI mean for admins and the Salesforce platform.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Sarah Flamion.

What is generative AI? Generative AI is a blanket term for algorithms that can generate new content: text, images, code, voice, video, and more. It does that based on what it has learned from the existing data you give it.

Sounds complicated, but one of the coolest things about generative AI is that the interface for it is natural language processing (NLP). You can describe what you want it to make in plain English and it will spit something out at you.

The human in the loop One thing that’s important to understand about generative AI is that it’s not an encyclopedia, it’s a completion system. Fundamentally, the way it works is to identify patterns and then predict the next thing in the sequence.A new field is emerging called prompt engineering, which is focused on how to talk to these models to get better results. You can adapt the model to specific knowledge by “grounding” it with data that isn’t public, for example, your brand voice or information about your industry. You can also give it feedback on its responses, which gives it a chance to learn and improve thanks to “the human in the loop.”

The main takeaway from all of this is that generative AI “supercharges the things that the humans can do,” Sarah says. You can make an image and then have the model give you three variations on it, or get a quick first draft for the opening of a piece of content you need to write.

Jobs to be done and Salesforce For Salesforce, there is a lot of potential to make users’ lives easier. You might be able to automatically log calls based on an AI-generated transcript of the conversation, or clean up old data that was perhaps sloppily entered.

Sarah and her team often look at their research in terms of “jobs to be done.” Businesses generally have a list of jobs they’re trying to accomplish and then use tools, like Salesforce, to help them do those jobs. The thing is, the tools might change but most businesses will have the same jobs to be done, even over decades. Generative AI stands to shake that up, both in terms of what businesses need to get done and who can do those jobs.

Be sure to listen to the full episode for our in-depth conversation with Sarah and why change management just might be the most important skill for admins in the future.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more

  • If You Can Say It, You Can Do It: The Age of Conversational AI

Social

  • Sarah: @SFlamion
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Andrew Mangano, Director of Product Management for Mobile at Salesforce.

Join us as we chat about the new features coming to Salesforce Mobile in the Summer ‘23 release.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Andrew Mangano.

Why Salesforce is about interactions Andrew comes to product management from a background in data science, which is why he was originally brought into Salesforce. This gives him a unique perspective on how to make data-driven decisions to build what customers need the most.

Before all of that, Andrew started in retail, which really informs how he thinks about Salesforce. For him, it’s all about interactions. While the rise of mobile is often framed in terms of how it’s caused people to disconnect from each other, Andrew sees an opportunity to reconnect. He wants Salesforce Mobile to help make your interactions with your customers more one-to-one and face-to-face.

The power of mobile “The power of mobile is being able to get out there and do things more efficiently that you really couldn’t do before,” Andrew says. You can have all of the information you need, immediately accessible from the field. And you can share that information instantly throughout your organization so everyone is up to date.

Andrew’s team been trying to make data easier to navigate so your users can put away the phone and focus on the interaction. They’re releasing Dynamic Forms for Mobile in Summer ‘23 you can help your users spend less time thumbing through lists and more time getting things done.

Offline access to your data A common misconception about Salesforce Mobile is that it’s meant to be somehow replace or stand in for the desktop experience. However, Andrew points out that it’s more about adoption and engagement. It’s about putting Salesforce in the hands of employees that wouldn’t otherwise be on the platform and giving them access to new tools and information they haven’t been able to use before.

Bringing Salesforce to new places with mobile also introduces new challenges, namely, what if you need access to your information in a place with spotty internet? They’ve engineered an offline solution for that, coming in this release, which will let you still access the data you need even if you’re not connected to the cloud.

There’s even more coming soon, so be sure to enable all objects for Dynamic Forms and stay posted.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more

  • Salesforce Mobile App Highlights | Learn MOAR Summer ’23
  • Admin Preview Live – Release Readiness LIVE, Summer '23

Social

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Jenny McNamara, Salesforce Admin at CINC.

Join us as we chat about how she became obsessed with Flow Builder, the importance of mastering the basics, and why you need to get yourself to a Salesforce live event.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jenny McNamara.

Be the translator Jenny started as a business analyst, serving as the scrum master for multiple teams in her organization. When the Salesforce team needed more help, she jumped at the chance to specialize and become an admin. In both roles, you need to be able to translate what people are saying into the why behind it.

“Technical people and client-facing people don’t always speak the same language even though they’re all trying to accomplish the same thing,” Jenny says. A stakeholder may ask for a new data field when what they really want is a way for that information to show up on a dashboard. And tech person may not want to do that because it makes the org a mess. You need someone with an understanding of both sides of the organization to step in and translate.

Flow all night When Jenny first started focusing on Salesforce, the thing that got her hooked on the platform was learning Flow Builder. She was still a business analyst at that point, but the Salesforce Admin on her team was having trouble building something and asked her if she could look into Flow a little bit so he could bounce ideas off of her.

Jenny sat down for a quick glance at what Flow was all about, just enough to help out. Before she knew it, she had learned enough to solve the problem in a single night. Some people binge Netflix, Jenny binged Flow Builder.

The magic of Salesforce live events We met Jenny at TrailheaDX, where she was really excited to dive into the fundamentals. “The better your basics are, the more of the foundational things that you really master, the better you’re going to be at everything,” she says.

Getting to live Salesforce events has been so important to Jenny’s career in Salesforce, and she recommends it for people at all experience levels. You never know who you’ll meet, and you already have something in common to talk about. You can learn about something you didn’t know existed, which could take your career in a new direction. You might even find yourself staying up all night to learn more.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more

  • Salesforce Events
  • Trailhead: Get Started as a Salesforce Business Analyst
  • Essential Habits for a Salesforce Admin

Social

  • Connect with Jenny on the Trailblazer Community
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we sit down for coffee with Mike, Gillian, and Josh Birk.

Join us as we chat about the Summer ‘23 Release, Einstein GPT, and what makes a Dreamforce speaker submission stand out.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with the Admin Evangelist Team.

Summer ‘23 Release May is coming to an end, which means the Summer Release is just around the corner. The team has been hard at work on content to help you get up to speed on everything you should know. Be on the lookout for even more content, with on-demand Release Readiness Live videos for Admins and Devs, and the Learn MOAR blog post series both coming out soon.

We talk through some features we’re looking forward to, both large and small, from horizontal alignment on dynamic fields to custom property editors. There’s a lot to look forward to!

Einstein GPT There’s been some buzz about Salesforce and AI lately, specifically the announcement of Einstein GPT. We already have some content out there about what admins can do with it right now, but there’s a whole lot more info coming soon.

As more and more AI is incorporated into Salesforce, what we do as admins is naturally going to shift and change. Some things will definitely become easier to accomplish, but the value we bring in understanding business processes and translating them into a solution that works will be even more critical.

Submit to present in Dreamforce 2023 We’re currently looking for presenters for the Admin track for Dreamforce 2023. As someone who reviews submissions, Mike recommends focusing on a few quality abstracts that you’re really excited about instead of trying to apply with every idea you can possibly think of. “It’s not about the number of cupcakes you show up with, it’s about the quality of the cupcake,” he says.

If you’re looking for ideas, a good place to start is in the Trailblazer community. If people are talking a lot about something over there, it’s probably going to be a topic we want to cover. And be sure to listen to the full episode for more about the Build a Blog series, and the theory that the Flintstones actually takes place after the Jetsons.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more

  • Admin Release Countdown: Get Ready for Summer ’23
  • Release Readiness Summer '23 Playlist
  • Release Highlights for Admins | Learn MOAR Summer ’23
  • Understanding What Generative AI Means for Salesforce Admins
  • The Dreamforce 2023 Admin Track Call for Participation Is Open!

Social

  • Josh: @JoshBirk
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Skip Sauls, Senior Director of Product Management at Salesforce. Join us as we chat about why data is so important to reporting, what some big-data terms are, and some fun hobbies that Skip enjoys outside of building awesome products for Salesforce admins.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Skip Sauls.

The data lakehouse Skip is the product manager in charge of the ecosystem for Data Cloud, which unifies data from Salesforce and other sources to give you a single source of truth for everything your organization knows about your customers. This will make it easier to do everything from generating reports and dashboards to implementing new apps across the organization using the data you have, no matter where it’s coming from.

For admins, Data Cloud will remove the need to move data around every time you want to use it somewhere else. This reduces the risk of using old data or accidentally opening up a security vulnerability. Instead, you’ll keep your data in a centralized “Data Lakehouse” (both a data lake and a data warehouse) and pull it from there when you need to use it for something.

What you get from centralizing data Centralizing your data management in one place has a number of other benefits. For one thing, it gives you a framework for making important decisions about which source is the most authoritative so you can resolve any conflicts that may come up when there’s a disagreement. What’s more, it’ll minimize situations where reports and dashboards don’t match up because they were created from different sources or pulled at different times.

Today, when new data comes in from somewhere, you can’t necessarily be sure how long it will take to update in your other orgs. With Data Cloud it’s all in one place, which means any changes will be reflected everywhere simultaneously. And if you need to figure out why a report is telling you something different today than it did yesterday, you can go back and look at a snapshot without having to dig through multiple orgs.

The future of Salesforce Going forward, the hope is to build more and more Salesforce features that are used in multiple orgs on top of Data Cloud, separate from individual platforms. This gives every platform you use access to the same powerful tools like advanced analytics. It’ll also make it possible for third party platforms to work directly with Salesforce capabilities, offering more flexibility for your org.

This all gets even more exciting when Skip starts talking about the possibility for building apps that can be reused throughout an org, or even users creating things with generative AI. The streamlining provided by Data Cloud will make all of that possible.

Be sure to listen to the full episode for more of Skip’s thoughts on the future, and what Evel Knieval’s stunt bike can tell us about where technology is headed.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more

  • Trailhead: Salesforce Data Cloud: Quick Look

Social

  • Skip: @SkipSauls
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Elizabeth Bochanski, a newly-certified Salesforce Admin and MidAtlantic Dreamin’ Volunteer Committee Member.

Join us as we chat about prepping for your first Salesforce certification and why in-person networking is so important.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Elizabeth Bochanski.

Taking the leap and becoming a Salesforce Admin Elizabeth was working in sales for a mortgage company when they announced they were switching over to a new platform: Salesforce. While many of her coworkers were grumbling about having to change their routine, Elizabeth was excited about all the ways this new technology could make their lives easier. She started making suggestions and, without knowing it, became a power end user at her organization.

During the pandemic, when everyone was stuck at home, Elizabeth happened to be hanging out with her cousin who happened to be an accidental admin. Togther, they sorted out an issue she was having in her org. That’s when Elizabeth realized that maybe she should pursue this admin thing more seriously.

How to make studying a hands-on experience At TrailblazerDX this year, Elizabeth dove into the Camp Quick Start area. It was exactly what she was looking for because, as she was studying for her certification, she had realized that hands-on learning was key for her. “Going into learning Salesforce, you need to have an idea of what way you learn,” she says.

For Elizabeth, one thing that really helped was to get into an org and do things while learning about them. “When I was taking a practice test and got a question wrong, I would go and find the answer within the org,” she says. She also highly recommends finding a study group for the shared motivation and support.

The importance of in-person networking Going forward, Elizabeth has her sights set on getting better with Flow, understanding security, and diving into Object relationships. She’s also thinking about what comes next, like getting the Platform App Builder and Business Analyst certifications. She already has experience working with admins on business processes from her time as a power end user, so it’s a logical next step.

The other thing that Elizabeth emphasizes is the importance of networking. And not just virtual networking, but in-person events. It’s how she met her mentor, and how she ended up being a guest on the pod. You never know who you’re going to run into at a live event, and where a chance meeting might take you, so put yourself out there.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more

  • Camp Quick Start

Social

  • Elizabeth Bochanski: https://trailblazer.me/id/ebochanski
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Gorav Seth, Salesforce Platform Manager at Ashoka, and Eric Smith, Technical Architect at RafterOne.

Join us as we talk about the flow solutions they came up with to improve their processes in their orgs, and how you can get started building your own flows.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Gorav Seth and Eric Smith.

25+ years of Salesforce experience in one episode We brought Gorav and Eric on the show to talk about their upcoming appearances on Jennifer Lee’s Automate This! YouTube show. If you don’t already tune in, now’s the time to start. They’ll go over the cool Flow solutions they came up with to improve things at their orgs. But first, a little bit more about our guests.

Gorav has a background in plant biology but got involved in the ecosystem when he migrated his nonprofit to Salesforce and fell in love with the technology. Eric’s been in technology for over 45 years, and his path took him through a telecommunications company that was using Salesforce essentially as a Rolodex. He quickly realized that they were barely scratching the surface of what they could do with the platform, and started building things to help his team of product managers do their jobs better.

Collectively, they have over 25 years of experience in Salesforce.

Why automate? One thing we wanted to ask our guests is how they think about automations and why you should build one. For Gorav, it’s about the massive improvements you can make to usability on both the front end and the back end. For Eric, it’s also about improving data quality and data security. “A well-designed automation will reduce steps for somebody that has to interact with it and improve the quality of the data that comes out of it,” he says.

On Automate This!, they’ll each share a pretty nifty Flow solution they found to replace a clunkier process. Gorav consolidated multiple notifications into one rich text email that gave his users all of the information they needed in one place. They ended up replacing something like 10 workflow rules with one streamlined flow.

Eric’s users needed to constantly refer to the case number they were working with but were spending a lot of time trying to find it. He created a utility to highlight field data on a Lightning record page using a screen flow and saving a ton of time.

Starting with Flow Flow offers a lot of possibilities for simplifying and improving things but it can still be intimidating when you’re starting out. Eric recommends breaking your process down into the smaller steps that need to happen in order to get from point A to point B.

And, Gorav adds, it’s an iterative process. You can and should use the debugger to understand what’s happening and why. Take it one step at a time and focus on improvements to your process. “We’re not trying to rebuild this stuff,” Gorav says, “we’re trying to say, ‘How can we do this better?’”

There are a lot of great tips in this podcast about the importance of learning in your career, when to use subflows, and more, so be sure to listen to the full episode and don’t miss their appearance on Automate This!

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more

  • Automate This! on YouTube

Social

  • Gorav: @GoravSeth
  • Eric: @ESmith35
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Brandon Van Galder, Technical Consultant at Arkus, Inc.

Join us as we talk about his tips for getting started with Flow, how omni-channel automation solved a big problem for him, and his tips for breaking into a Salesforce career.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Brandon Van Galder.

Tips for your first Salesforce interview Before Brandon had ever heard about Salesforce, he was an elementary school PE teacher. When he was feeling burnt out and looking for new opportunities, he happened to hear about Trailhead and the Salesforce Admin role and pretty soon, he was off to the races. He spent about a year as an admin and is now currently a technical consultant with Arkus, Inc.

Going from doing a bunch of online training to sitting in an interview and proving that you have the skills to actually be an admin is a big step, and one that many people struggle with. “I would recommend building a custom app in Salesforce,” Brandon says, “find something in your personal life that you can potentially track in Salesforce and build some automations, and then you can talk about that in your interview.” For example, Brandon built a mileage tracker to help him with training for a 5K race.

Mastering the learning curve for flows Brandon will be appearing on Jennifer Lee’s Automate This! YouTube channel soon to talk about omni-channel automation. “When I first was learning, I was deathly afraid of flows,” he says, “but now I can’t look back, I can barely even use Process Builder after being a Flownatic for the last year or so.”

One important thing to keep in mind as you get into flows is that you’re going to get better at it as you go. When Brandon first started, he was trying to send email notifications with flows and it took him about eight hours to get everything working correctly. These days, he can build the same sort of thing and fully test it in a single hour.

Why you should always read the release notes Brandon had chats coming in from three different sources and a lot of them were getting missed, especially around shift changes. They really needed to know who was online and when. And it just so happened that Salesforce had recently added custom components that could get the availability of agents. It just goes to show that it’s worth it to keep up-to-date on the release notes!

You can learn more about how Brandon solved his problem with automation on Automate This!. And make sure to listen to the full episode to hear his tips for getting started with flows, what to look out for when you’re implementing automation, and more.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • Automate This! on YouTube

Social

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Full Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast. We talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. And this week we are talking to Brandon Van Galder, who is a technical consultant at Arkus, but previously a Salesforce Admin and staying on that theme of automation, little bit of omnichannel, little bit of career switching in this. So it's like a chopped salad. There's a lot of little bit of everything in it. That's what I'm going to call this. With that, let's get Brandon on the podcast. So Brandon, welcome to the podcast.

Brandon Van Gal...:Hey Mike. Thanks for having me.

Mike Gerholdt: Let's get started. For those that don't know who Brandon is, tell me a little bit about Brandon and how Brandon got into the Salesforce ecosystem.

Brandon Van Gal...:Well, that's a good story. I'll start. Before I even knew what Salesforce was, I was a teacher and I actually taught elementary PE for most of my career. And then just got burnt out and I heard a podcast where they talked about becoming a Salesforce Admin and how you can make pretty good money, and the training for that was pretty simple, and they had this thing called Trailhead and just signed up for Trailhead after listening to that and fell in love with it immediately because I love badges and points. Fast forward two years later, still teaching. I landed my first role as a Salesforce Admin at a company called Scale Computing, and I worked there for a little over a year, and now I am currently a technical consultant with Arkus, Inc.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. Okay. Was it my podcast? You could say it's my podcast. If not, that's okay.

Brandon Van Gal...:It was not. It was the ChooseFI Podcast.

Mike Gerholdt: Darn it. Okay, that's fine. I'm going to listen to that now. So that PE, we're going to have to talk about that at the end of the show. You realize that because I think Foursquares should make a comeback because that was a huge PE game for me, but spending that time starting off as a career change before we jump into all the flow stuff, because I know that's what people want too. What was the learning for you moving from being an educator to getting that first Salesforce job? Was this nights and weekends you were just one or two modules or here or there, or was this very deliberate? You set a goal of within two years, I'm going to be out of education. What was that time period for you?

Brandon Van Gal...:It was semi deliberate. I did have a two year plan where I did use nights and weekends and more during spring break, fall break, Christmas break, and especially summer break. I would get a lot of my learning done then, and then transitioning into the business world quite different than the education world. I had to learn that at my first role as well. Just the nuances of business and how it differed from education and that first role was a great learning experience. I landed with a great team. Shout outs to Kelly and Rebecca, if you're hearing this, thanks for all the healthy [inaudible].

Mike Gerholdt: Of course they are.

Brandon Van Gal...:They really took me under their wings and showed me how to do things.

Mike Gerholdt: So I get a lot of questions and I'm spending a lot of time on this. I get a lot of questions like, man, that had to have been a hard interview because you're sitting across the table from somebody and you're like, look, I've just done a whole bunch of stuff online. What was the contributing factor or what was one piece of advice you'd give new admins that are looking to make that career change and going through that path into landing that first job?

Brandon Van Gal...:I would recommend building a custom app in Salesforce. I built out a mileage tracker app for running. I did it during COVID and I started training for a 5K, so it aligned with what I was doing in my personal life. So you can just find something in your personal life that you could potentially track in Salesforce and build it. Built out some automations and then you have that you can demonstrate during your interview and talk about and share your experiences of what you did on the platform.

Mike Gerholdt: I like that. I've done that quite a bit actually in some of the stuff. So you mentioned automation. Let's get into that because I know on Jennifer's automate this episode, you are going to talk about omnichannel, which is very specific. I will say very specific because we've had a lot of her guests on the podcast, but what got you into automating with omnichannel and doing some of that?

Brandon Van Gal...:Yeah. Well, when I first was learning, I was deathly afraid of flows. I was like process builder all the way. I'm going to ride this till it dies, and now Salesforce is basically not supporting it as much anymore. So had to learn pretty quick how to do flows and now I can't look back. I can barely even use Process Builder and look at it and debug it anymore. Trying to figure it out. It just doesn't make sense to me after being flown addict for the past year or so, and then specifically omnichannel at my role in scale computing, we had chats coming in from three different places and a lot of them were getting missed. Hence, the deep dive into omnichannel flows.

Mike Gerholdt: What was the hook? What made things click? And I asked this because I know I've done a previous podcast with Eric Smith and Gworth and they said, "Start with screen flows," and screen flows are a great way to get your teeth into flow. Was the screen flows that got you or was it something else?

Brandon Van Gal...:For me, it was more sending email notifications using flows just because that's what I was doing in the business and I know you can do it just with email alerts, with workflows and things like that, but we had some unique use cases where we couldn't use flows for that. I mean the first time I built it probably took me eight hours to do one, and then as I got better, I could whip one out in less than an hour, completely tested. And just seeing that learning curve speed up is really helpful and encouraging to myself to use it more.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. What is one area when you're sitting down with a business, and this can be in your previous job as an admin or your current job as a consultant. What are some of the key words that you feel other admins should listen for when determining how much or where to add automation?

Brandon Van Gal...:When someone says, 'We do this all the time and manually," that's a good spot to look for. In some cases you can't automate it, but in a lot of cases you can just with the power of Salesforce. So that's what I look out for when asking questions to clients and business units.

Mike Gerholdt: So then conversely, because we love to automate all the things, what are red flags that you listen for as well when you're like, I could do this, but it means you're going to get 500 emails

Brandon Van Gal...:When they say, I want to email every time, If you hear the word every time or on every status update or something like that, that is definitely a red flag where you can say, "Hey, let's pump the brakes here." Maybe having a report that shows these and then it gets emailed out once a day or once a week would be a little bit better than getting 500 email alerts in one day.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, no, that makes sense. Are there, because I'm always noodling around in an org, creating stuff. As you look at flows and flows that you've created in the past, are you now seeing just having done this for a while, ways to combine flows together or ways to minimize the number of flows that you're creating?

Brandon Van Gal...:Yeah, absolutely. Early on, I'd never used the invocable flows, but recently I've been using that more where I create at least one section of that flow and can reuse it in multiple different flows, being triggered by different actions. That's been huge. And then I've also used the save as a new flow where instead of having to rebuild it from scratch, you can save a previous flow as a new one and then make whatever minor changes you need off of that, where maybe the decisions might be a little different or the loops might be a little different. Yeah. So I've used those two things.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, no, that makes sense. I know because I'm just looking through at different flows that I've created and sometimes it's so easy and tempting to click that, create new button and you forget all the other stuff that you've added into an org. A little bit back on omnichannel, I think before we pressed record, you were talking about how that got started. Where was some of the omnichannel work that you did and how did that inspire you for automation?

Brandon Van Gal...:At scale computing, we had chat capabilities come in from three different websites, one being like the company's main website, one being the community user portal, and then one being the partner portal. And what was happening is usually during the tier one support agent meeting, they would all log off and then any of the chats that were routed to the tier one agents were being missed. And it just happened to be during that 30 minute window that helped us figure out what to do from there.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. It never fails. It's always right during the shift change or something when everybody presses the little chat button on your site. So thinking through just, you are a school teacher, you moved into the ecosystem, what now do you do to just outside of the daily work to keep up to date with skills, with new features of flow? How do you plan that out?

Brandon Van Gal...:I read the release notes specifically towards flow automation. That's one of the loves. I skip over some of the other stuff I don't necessarily work with every day, but I like to see that. And that came in handy when we were building out this omnichannel flow. We were manually trying to get the availability of the agents and then all of a sudden in the next release, Salesforce had these custom components where you could get the availability of all the agents in a specific queue. And that was really helpful. And knowing that's coming down the pipeline really helps you sustain on top of those. Looking at Trailhead when they update those or make new trails is a good way to stay on top of it too, because it includes that new functionality and then watching some YouTube videos that come out every once in a while via it, Jen's automate this or how I solved it, you see how other people solve issues instead of being just stuck in your own mind, you can see how other people think about flows and use them to solve problems.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, no, that's great. As you build and possibly rebuild flows, what advice would you give on some best practices that you do for user adoption or people really understanding, here's the implication of clicking this button or what this means.

Brandon Van Gal...:Documentation is huge and screen recordings of the steps that are triggering the flow or what happens when you click the button are huge. In my current work now, we record videos and then share them with the clients at times so they can see, hey, when I update this status, something's happening in the background, but this is what it looks like on the front end so they can see the changes that were made.

Mike Gerholdt: No, that makes sense. Especially with stuff when it's going to just trigger because the record was saved. I think behind the scenes maybe sometimes a user doesn't always know everything else that cascades out as a result of that. So that's good to know. What part of flow and automation is a little bit, lack of a better term here be dragons for you. It's a little unknown. You need to learn it, but it's still off in the distance.

Brandon Van Gal...:I'd say some of those newer components that I just haven't touched yet because I haven't had the business use case to use. And then when you open your mind to everything on the app exchange, what's available out there, be it from unofficial Salesforce, they have some great flow components that I just haven't used, but I've seen in other people's flows. Just trying to wrap my head around what is possible. I think I'm 25% level right now of knowing what flow can do. I feel there's so much more out there that I just don't even understand or comprehend at this point.

Mike Gerholdt: I don't know if anybody's at 100%.

Brandon Van Gal...:Yeah. There's a lot of things with outbound messages or platform events, things like that that I just haven't touched that I still need to learn about because those are pretty powerful as well.

Mike Gerholdt: So I asked this on previous pod because I know we'd done a blog post that was probably, Jennifer did a blog post on this, but how often do you find yourself using subflows?

Brandon Van Gal...:I do it on rare occasions. There's one client I'm currently working with where I did use it where it ranks records based on their score. So if a record is created or updated, I can call it, if a record is deleted, I could call a subflow. That ranks everything. So a couple of different use cases personally that I've done. It's just not something I've had to use that often.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, absolutely. Moving into the world of teaching, did you have a favorite PE activity?

Brandon Van Gal...:Absolutely. I was a dodge-ball fan.

Mike Gerholdt: You call that dodge-ball in schools?

Brandon Van Gal...:You just call it throwing and catching skills and then it's okay. And I'm not big on having the kids sit out for a long time.

Mike Gerholdt: They would have to catch your way back in.

Brandon Van Gal...:Do some exercise or whatever to come back in the game and keep it like a nonstop because if you keep it nonstop, then they're having fun.

Mike Gerholdt: Do you ever do the dodge-ball with... We used to put these boxes in the back of the gym and so in addition to getting all the people out, you also had to knock the boxes down.

Brandon Van Gal...:Yeah. We had you use cones or bowling pins on the back. We'd call it pinball bombardment, but same thing, dodge-ball rules, but the real objective for the game was knock down the pins. If you do that type of thing.

Mike Gerholdt: You win. You get the whole thing. Yeah. Even if nobody's out, you can knock both pit. We did that. Yeah. Of course, immediately when somebody says dodge-ball, I go right to the movie Dodge Ball.

Brandon Van Gal...:It's classic.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Well, this is great. I feel like we delved into some automation and even touched on little career stuff as well. For people looking to make that switch to go from A to B, whatever A is to either getting into consulting or looking at an admin or consulting job, what was one thing that kept you going?

Brandon Van Gal...:I just really fell in love with Salesforce. Once I started digging in. I didn't know what it was when I heard the podcast, I'd listened to the podcast twice, Google what it was, look at what Trailhead was I had, I didn't know what a CRM was when I first started, but I'd say, "Yeah, just give it a try." Jump on Trailhead, do a couple of modules, and then if you feel that itch and you like it, just keep going because there's a position out there for you.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. No, that's great. And then ball house fails, we can always get a game of dodge-ball together.

Brandon Van Gal...:That's right.

Mike Gerholdt: Awesome. Brandon, thank you so much for being on the podcast.

Brandon Van Gal...:Yeah, thanks for having me, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: So it's fun to have Brandon on the podcast and talk about automation and the way he approaches things. And also it was learning journey. I couldn't help but dive into that. And it wouldn't be the Salesforce admins podcast if we didn't talk about something fun like dodge-ball or Foursquare. Did you have a favorite game while you were in school? I like foursquare. But I'd love to hear it. So send me a tweet, let me know. Also, if you still play that game, good for you because I would love to mark out some chalk on my driveway and get a Foursquare game going. But anyway, I digress. If you want to learn more about all things Salesforce Admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources, including any of the links that we mentioned in this episode as well as a full transcript. You can stay up to date with us on social. We are @Salesforce.Admns on Twitter. Gillian, my co-host is on Twitter. She is @GillianKBruce. And of course I am at Mike Gerholdt. So with that stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Melissa Shepard, Salesforce CTA and CEO of Lizztech Consulting.

Join us as we talk about how to approach automations in your org and why asynchronous processes are so powerful.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Melissa Shepard.

Simple questions for automations Melissa started as a Salesforce Developer, working on integrating Salesforce with some of the other systems they were using. “I like to think of integration as a backbone for the bigger, more robust automations that you can build,” she says. And if you think about it, bringing in data to Salesforce and sending it out to other platforms is at the core of what you’re trying to do with automations.

In the first phase of a project, Melissa recommends getting a firm grasp on what you’re trying to accomplish. Those simple questions are so important: what is the process? What is the end goal? “It’s not even thinking about the technology but understanding what’s the problem you’re trying to solve, first,” she says, “and then you decide how you’re going to solve that problem with the technology.”

When to rebuild When you’re coming into an org that’s been around for a while, Melissa recommends getting a good lay of the land. Understand how everything was built and why it was built that way. If you’re missing documentation, make sure to do that as you go to make things easier later.

You should especially be on the hunt for processes that are similar but with slight variations. Sometimes you can really simplify things by turning that into one flow with multiple paths. And if you come across something that’s being used multiple times, it could be a good candidate to break out into a subflow.

Asynchronous automation “You can do so much in Flow nowadays that you could do with Apex,” Melissa says, with looping, updating records, and doing things in batches. And there are some great tools like Orchestrator and MuleSoft Composer that make integrations easier than ever before.

Melissa feels that asynchronous automation is one of the most overlooked features in Flow. You can get a lot of benefits from running a process outside of normal operating hours, including more processing power and better performance for your users. She actually has a presentation coming up on this very topic, so if you’re interested in learning more you should catch her talk.

Melissa will be appearing on Automate This with Jennifer Lee later in April, so be sure to tune in for more about how your automations can be well-architected.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • Salesforce Well-Architected
  • Automate This on YouTube
  • Well-Architected Automation with Tom Leddy

Social

  • Melissa: @Lissa__X
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Full Transcript

Mike: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast. We talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. And this week we're talking with Melissa Shepherd, who is a Salesforce CTA and CEO of Liz Tech Consulting. Well, you know about Well Architected automation. If you haven't picked up, we've got a little bit of a theme going. These last few episodes, we've talked last week with Tom Letty about Well Architected automation, talked about some new Trailhead classes around Flow and hyperflow. And coming up, boy, there is some really good stuff coming later in April and early May around cool Flow solutions and some omnichannel stuff. So I'll just tease that out. But of course, Melissa is also going to be on the Automate this series, which is Jennifer Lee's YouTube series, so be sure to check that out. I'll also post a link to it. We get her on the podcast first, so by the time you get to watch her on the video, you've already seen a podcast star, but enough of me talking, let's talk automation and some really cool stuff with Melissa. So let's get Melissa on the podcast. So Melissa, welcome to the podcast.

Melissa:Thank you.

Mike: We're talking a lot about automation and I think it's appropriate to have you on. But before we head into that, give us a little bit of a backstory. How did Melissa come to Salesforce and join the Trailblazer ecosystem?

Melissa:Well, thank you for asking. That's an interesting story. I actually just wrote a really long blog post about all that because a lot of people don't know my journey or where I came from. It actually started back in 2006. So I was a developer and I was brought into the IT department of a small but kind of startup company to help build some customer and partner portals in .net to interface with Salesforce and also do some other customizations written in .net. And one of the systems I had to work with was Salesforce, so I had to build these portals and also I saw an opportunity to integrate Salesforce with our other systems to help the users not have to do double entry to help alleviate errors with information they were entering into the system. So this is actually a form of automation. I like to think of integration as a backbone for some bigger, more robust automations that you can build. So that was how I was introduced to Salesforce. And I really loved working with it and decided to keep working in that space and ended up at an integration middleware company working on the Salesforce adapter and the core software. It was written in multiple languages, so I was still in that development role, but still touching Salesforce. And then when I left there, I just went off and did Salesforce consulting around 2009, 2010. And that's what I've been doing ever since.

Mike: Wow. I think you're the first person I've had on the podcast that has been doing Salesforce since '06, like me.

Melissa:Oh wow.

Mike: Yeah, you said '06. I was like, oh, do you remember those days of page builder where you used to have to select and then select where the component went and it wasn't wizzy wick and it took you hours to do the simplest thing?

Melissa:Yeah. And I also remember not having sandboxes, and then when we finally did have sandboxes, we had to build things in the sandboxes and then rebuild them all in production.

Mike: Yeah, I get a lot of grief for that when I talk to people and tell them. Early days, I would build things two or three times. Why? I mean, I remember chain sets coming out and thinking, oh cool, I'm so used to just building and rebuilding things now that I think I might be faster.

Melissa:Yep.

Mike: Oh, interesting. So I think you're so spot on that integration is really a form of automation. A lot of the podcast that I've had recently where I've spoken with people, we've always talked about automation just within Salesforce and broadening that even bigger to automation outside of Salesforce, just bringing in data from another system as a way to do that, yeah, I'm on board with that.

Melissa:Or pushing it out to another system. So instead of user having to enter something in Salesforce and then going and enter that in the other system, your backend integration's going to push it from Salesforce to that other system. And that's an automation,

Mike: Right. A 100%. I mean a lot of it is, how do we get things just done in Salesforce, but it's also what are the other systems that people live in? So yeah.

Melissa:Someone that's in an architect role, a CTA role like me, we care about that. We care about the other systems that interact with Salesforce and how all these automations within Salesforce are affecting these other systems or the data that's coming into Salesforce are going out and not just on platform.

Mike: So tell me and help everyone think, when you sit down with somebody, where does your mind go for automation in terms of planning, even just your first app or the first phase of a project?

Melissa:So I always like to understand what it is they're trying to accomplish. So it always starts with the user. The user usually needs to do something. So having an understanding of what it is they're trying to accomplish, what is the process, what is it that they need to get to? What's that end goal? Or sometimes it isn't user, usually it is, but sometimes it isn't. Like I said, sometimes it could be that backend process that's performing some sort of automation behind the scenes and that could be done with things like Flow or code. So it's not even thinking about the technology, but understanding what's the problem you're trying to solve first and then you then decide how you're going to solve that problem with the technology.

Mike: Yeah. So step two, and one of the things that I asked Tom was I think it's very easy once you have apps built and you kind of have things going to jump into Flow and create these little one-off Flows. You mentioned as an architect, I'll dive deeper into that. As an architect, how do you resist that urge to keep adding rooms or keep adding closets to a house and really thinking methodically about how you build that automation solution?

Melissa:So understanding what you already have built is a huge part of that and where you need to maybe add on or modify. So instead of just adding something new, you have to understand the house that's already built and maybe there's something you can already use and just modify it a little bit or take advantage of something that's already existing. So sometimes you're not always the architect that built that house, so you have to gain an understanding of how it was built. I actually just went through this before talking to you how I like to sit down and understand current state. So what's the process? What are the processes like now? What do they look like and what supports those processes? And is it in flow, is it in Apex? Are there triggers? What is going on behind the scenes and what was built to understand what's there? And sometimes there's documentation, sometimes there isn't. If there isn't, then it's a good idea to document all that because then you have that to refer back to when you do need to go and add in new functionality or make changes. And that's the best practice.

Mike: Oh man, I would love to see documentation everywhere and unfortunately it's kind of like when you go on a road trip, you forget how you got there 'cause you were in such a hurry to get somewhere.

Melissa:Exactly.

Mike: You mentioned processes and kind of getting an idea of current state. I think a lot of people right now are trying to get an idea of current state because they really want to migrate off of process builder and into Flow. As an admin or developer architect looking at current state, what are places that you look at that maybe are the first stop because they're over automated or they have overly too many things that could really be migrated into a simple Flow?

Melissa:Yeah, that's a good question. So it is those areas of process builder and current flows where you want to look at how you can maybe combine things together. So looking at things that are similar processes, but maybe some slight variations. I've actually had to do this exercise before in an org merged scenario. So multiple orgs getting merged into one, lots of automation built in each org that was very similar. So there was an exercise of going through everything and understanding the logic. So this was actually workflow and process builder that I was analyzing, understanding what each one was doing, the processes that were happening and then seeing where everything could be combined, but where there was just some slight variations, then you would have different paths to take within your Flow.

Mike: Yeah, I think oftentimes there's so many paths that cover over, I'd be curious. I mean anecdotally, I'm sure you run into this a lot where you find processes that update processes that have other processes that re-update them.

Melissa:Yeah. You have to be careful with that too, right? Because you're in an infinite loop of updates. So yeah, definitely. You've got to be careful there and I always like to look at things that are very similar and then where it makes sense to break something out into a subflow, something that's maybe being used over and over multiple times, that is a good candidate to go into a subflow.

Mike: I was just about to ask you, how often do you use subflows?

Melissa:Yeah, where it makes sense.

Mike: Where it makes sense.

Melissa:It's actually the same concept as development in Apex. So you have things like functions that get called for different purposes and you put them in maybe helper classes. So they get called by all kinds of different code. So when you see something that is getting reused, you want to push that out into your helper class that can then support your other code. So that's the same idea as a subflow.

Mike: Oh, I like that. Subflow is like a helper class.

Melissa:Right? Exactly.

Mike: I had a lot of fun discussions at TDX and I'm sure you've had a lot of fun discussions maybe even just today. How often should somebody go back and revisit Flows or processes that they built in order to make sure that they actually reflect the way that the business does business?

Melissa:That's actually a good question. That's going to depend on how often the processes within the business change. So if a business has processes that stay pretty much the same, I couldn't see that as being something that's really critical. But if it's a business that's growing and changing and their processes are changing or they're acquiring other businesses, you absolutely need to go in and look at those processes. So mergers and acquisitions, that's something that at a more higher level, global level that someone like a CTA is caring about. We care about how these mergers and acquisitions are affecting current business process and how it's affecting the current technology within Salesforce and also in the entire enterprise. So those are the scenarios where you're going to really need to go back and evaluate current processes against newer processes that are coming in. I've had to do that to support organizations that were merging together, their processes were different, had to really go in and look at everything, what can be merged together, what needs to be separate, and just understand how that all can live within the same system. So yeah, I guess it's going to depend on the business. The business is going to drive that.

Mike: Yeah, understandably. And hopefully the business keeps you up to date.

Melissa:Right.

Mike: So I've had that as an admin too where three months later you're looking at something like, we don't do things that way anymore. Since when? Since you have told me?

Melissa:Right, exactly. Yeah, and that's interesting. So I think that's where the admin still has to play that role of advisor as well. When the business is not telling you things, you get to be more liaison with the business, have a point of contact that you can go to, maybe sit down or review things with. As companies grow and get bigger, they create these centers of excellence that are overseeing these types of things. But when you're just in a lonely admin at a company, you don't have that kind of structure in place, you kind of get to play that role yourself.

Mike: Yeah. You have to be a thorn in their side. That's the way I always looked at it

Melissa:Yeah. And play that role of advisor. So maybe instead of waiting for them to come to you, maybe trying to find out what's going on or things changing, how are things going and how are the processes working for you and just check-ins.

Mike: Okay, so in looking at Flows and a business process changes, at what point do you think I need to modify and add on and build a more complex Flow or should I build a new Flow?

Melissa:I would say if the process is very different. So you look at the current process you're building for and the existing processes that are covered in your existing Flows, and a way that I like to do that is having process diagrams. So there are tools out there that can help you create those process diagrams so that you can understand your current business process that you don't have to go through and understand every single detail of the flow. And really understand what they're all doing so that you can decide if one of them is similar enough to what you're building for. If there's enough, and it's hard to really pinpoint that point where it's enough. So I always like to say if you see at least a few similarities in something, then maybe that's a good candidate to build off of. If there's not enough, it also depends on how big it is too. So that's a hard question.

Mike: Well, and a lot of times there's no right answer, right? I mean, for sure I've looked at Flows and thought we could add on to this, but at what point is it going to be so incredibly hard to troubleshoot and to debug?

Melissa:Yeah, exactly. And got to look at, am I going to make this one Flow too complicated? Does it make sense to just put this new process into its own Flow? Is it small enough to where it's just a slight variation and it's similar enough that it's not going to overcomplicate. So I'll just add on and modify the current one. So that really does take some analysis. Like you said, there's no right or wrong answer there.

Mike: Yeah, because if you've been working in Salesforce since '06, you remember workflows and how little we could do with those, but it still felt like a lot.

Melissa:Right.

Mike: And then we went to Process Builder, which was like an animated process diagram and now we're in the new Flow builder. What about Flow now for you is the most exciting?

Melissa:I would say the fact that you can do so much in Flow that you can do with Apex nowadays, that's exciting.

Mike: Such as?

Melissa:Just some of the logic that you can build in and then you can even call invocable actions in Apex. So if there is something that some complex logic that you need to run that you just can't build and flow, you can then just call your Apex there. But just a lot of the things you can do like looping and getting records and updating records and doing stuff in batch. And there's just so much power in the Flow now as opposed to what you could do with Workflow or Process Builder that you don't need to just go to Apex to do some of these more complex business processes and error handling and things like that. You can even build tests for your flows, which is great. So it's a little bit more like building tests for your code.

Mike: Because we started talking about integration and then we got off that a little bit. What is some of the biggest stuff that you are excited about looking at? We now have Orchestrator as an option.

Melissa:So yeah, there are some great tools like Orchestrator, MuleSoft Composer that are helping to build an integration. So a couple of the things that are exciting with Flow is there's HTTP callouts, so you can make direct callouts to endpoints from within Flow. There's external services, that's another way you can integrate. There's also platform events. So you can create platform events with Flow or not create them, but write records into your platform event, which can then be subscribed to you by something like MuleSoft. There's so much integration capability out of the box now within Salesforce. And because there is a lot, you want to understand which one you would want to use for each of the different types of use cases. What's a fire and forget versus what's a request and reply? And those are patterns that architects really care about. So you have certain use cases for certain patterns and then you have the technology that you want to use that's the best solution for each of those patterns.

Mike: Two questions as we wrap up both ends of the spectrum. I think the first one, it's very fortunate for people, the longer they're around the technology, the more they see it evolve, the easier it is to kind of grasp the concept. But for you in understanding Flow, what was the one hook that made everything click?

Melissa:So I really got into it when I had to build a custom process off of opportunities to interface with Field Service Lightning. And I can say really got hooked because I had to build this custom process and it just made it so easy to build it and get it done, didn't have to go to code. It made it so fast to get it done and delivered the functionality that was expected and needed.

Mike: So conversely, thing that got you hooked, what do you find or what do you think is the most overlooked feature in Flow?

Melissa:Now? You can do things synchronously and asynchronously within the same flow and maybe the asynchronous stuff is probably the stuff that's most overlooked. And I actually speak on asynchronous automation specifically, and I actually have a presentation that I'm going to do specifically on all the ways you can automate asynchronously with Flow. Because that's even something that's not well understood and there's different ways to do it. And being able to understand when you'd want to use one versus the other I think is very powerful. So that probably is an area that is overlooked and not well understood as to when and why you would want to use it.

Mike: Yeah, I mean, without seeing your presentation completely understand, I mean I think with Flow we think of how do we make something happen right now? When this either record happens or field changes or something, how does it happen right now as opposed to not right now? I guess is the easiest way to put it.

Melissa:That doesn't have to always be instant gratification in something that you learn as you grow as an architect is you really like to take advantage of asynchronous processing. There's reasons for it. You get more power out of the platform, you can allow more for your users so you're not tying up resources for them to get their jobs done. So where I was going with this is now we're talking about Salesforce Well Architected and Well Architected is telling you that you really want to try to use asynchronous processing as much as possible. Synchronous when you absolutely have to, and there's certain times when you have to use synchronous, but there's also certain times when you have to go asynchronous and there's ways you can do that with Flow. So that's an exciting area and that's where I like to start talking about what are these well-architected concepts, how can we start applying them? What are the different ways we can build them into our automations? And that that's actually one of my presentations I actually did at Dreamforce, asynchronous automations presentation. I do that at some community events and like I said, I'm also going to be doing one specifically on how to go asynchronous with Flow.

Mike: And we talked a lot last week with Tom Letty about Well Architected. So I'll be sure to put a link to the previous week's podcast, keep people listening in the show notes so they can listen to that.

Melissa:I think admins should get to know Well Architected as much as they can because it's just going to help them become better admins and grow into architect level if they so wish.

Mike: Absolutely. In fact, we've had calls with that team because the goal is to build the best possible application, right? And fun fact, in May I have Gorav, Seth and Eric Smith on about their Flow solutions. And Gorav has a very similar one where it was actually a reporting thing that we talk about because we don't need that constant... I'm sure you've heard or been across the table from some sales manager that had to get an email every time an opportunity closes. And it's like you don't want 600 emails. That doesn't help. You really want one email that's summarized of the hundred top opportunities and you don't get that by firing off an email every single day or every single time. Exactly.

Melissa:Yeah, that becomes more noise. And then you can even take advantage of things like notifications as well within the platform if you don't want to get too many emails.

Mike: Right, yes, exactly.

Melissa:Which can then have your records.

Mike: So I'll end on this question for you, Melissa. If an admin or anybody listening is ready to get into automation, and this is similar to a question I ask Gorav and Eric, what should be the first thing they should look at?

Melissa:As far as to how to automate?

Mike: I leave that very open for a reason because I think it's important to understand businesses definitely need to automate processes and there's automation in Salesforce and as we've talked, integration is also automation. But it's one thing to build an app, I think it's the next thing and take that app to the next level and start adding automation to it. Where did you start?

Melissa:Usually you look at where pain points are for your users, where maybe they're doing things multiple times or there's repetitive tasks. If you can bring value to your users and your business, that's where you want to look and that's where you want to start trying to build an automation. So you really want to understand those processes, look at where you can alleviate some issues in the process and then figure out the right technology to bring in, whether it's Flow or something else that's going to be developed like Batch Apex or something because you can automate with Apex as well. It's not always just Flow. Sometimes there's better use cases for going to something like that, but Flow is such a powerful tool like we've talked about that you just really need to understand the process to know which tool to use, if that makes sense.

Mike: It absolutely makes sense. And thank you so much Melissa for spending time with us today. I appreciate you coming on the podcast.

Melissa:Yeah, no problem. Thank you for having me. Really enjoyed our discussion.

Mike: And of course we appreciate Melissa taking time out of her day to talk through Well Architected Automation. Only took me an entire episode to get that out verbatim, but boy, it has been a trip. Talk and flow these last few episodes and automation. I hope you enjoy it. It's more to come. And of course, if you want to learn more about all things Salesforce admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources, including any of the links that we mentioned in this episode, as well as a full transcript. Now you can stay up to date with us on social, we are at Salesforceadmins no I on Twitter, my co-host Gillian is on Twitter. She is at GillianKBruce. And of course I'm on Twitter as well. I am at MikeGerholdt. So with that, stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Tom Leddy, Principal Evangelist, Architect Relations at Salesforce.

Join us as we talk about how admins can build well-architected automation solutions.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Tom Leddy.

Salesforce Well-Architected Tom is here to tell us about a new program the Architect team created, Salesforce Well-Architected. It’s a framework organized around the principles you need to understand what healthy solutions look like in Salesforce. “There’s a lot of great information there regardless of what your role is,” Tom says, “I think the lines between what admins do and what architects do are blurred these days.”

The Well-Architected Framework will help you get a handle on how to think about the big picture when it comes to making decisions in your Salesforce org. For example, how to put together a security model that is strong, scalable, and meets everyone’s needs over the long haul.

What makes something well-architected? One of the things they cover in-depth is how to create well-architected automations. How do you make something that will scale and will actually add value to your business? Because, as powerful as automations are, if you’re automating a process that doesn’t make sense in the first place then you might be hurting your business more than you realize.

What needs to happen first is business process optimization, asking questions like: Why do we need to do things this way? What other business processes does this affect? Is this process repeated elsewhere in your org? Only when you’ve gotten all that straightened out do you start to build.

Why you need to remediate technical debt This is especially important as everything is moving over to flows. We have the opportunity to look at things that might’ve been over-built in Process Builder and rethink them moving forward. There’s an architecting term for that: technical debt.

Every org will accrue technical debt over time. Maybe you’ve acquired new skills and that you didn’t have 6 months ago. Maybe Salesforce has added a new feature that makes everything easier. Whatever the reason, you need to make business stakeholders aware of the long-term benefits of remediating technical debt—building a foundation for better solutions in the future. And, like any debt, you need to pay it off little by little or it’ll just grow even bigger in the future.

Tom will be appearing on Automate This with Jennifer Lee later in April, so be sure to tune in for more how your automations can be well-architected.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • Salesforce Well-Architected
  • Automate This on YouTube

Social

  • Tom: @TomRuns_262
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Full Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. And this week we're talking with Tom Leddy, principal evangelist, architect relations at Salesforce about how admins can build well architected automation solutions. And we did get into a few other things like documentation best practices, and really some tips that architects can give admins. It's a super fun conversation. Tom and I had a chance to catch up after TrailblazerDX, and of course Tom will also be on the Automate this series with Jennifer Lee later in April. So if you're listening to this early in April, hang on for later in April because he's also going to be on Automate this. And if you're listening later, obviously go check our YouTube page. But fun conversation. There is a question I asked Tom at the end about some fun stuff that he does, and I promise you you don't know the answer. So with that, let's get Tom on the podcast. So Tom, welcome to the podcast.

Tom Leddy:Thank you. It's great to be here.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Well, we had a chance to catch up at TrailblazerDX, which feels like not that long ago, but for anybody listening that doesn't know you or ran into at a big event, tell me what you do at Salesforce and how you came here.

Tom Leddy:Sure. So I am an architect evangelist. I'm part of the architect relations team. And what I do at Salesforce is my team is responsible for creating tools and resources to help architects be successful at their jobs. And I help to make sure that our ecosystem is aware of those tools and knows how to use them and where to find them.

Mike Gerholdt: Very succinct. So what'd you do before Salesforce?

Tom Leddy:Before Salesforce, I worked at a variety of different customers and partners and I've been working in the ecosystem for a little over 10 years and used to lead digital transformations. I had big Fortune 500 companies and worked for a partner for a little while and then got the call from Salesforce.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. That's how it works. Boy, I think back to the last, I don't know, 10 years. You said 10 years. And digital transformations to me feel like we were going from steam powered engines to electric cars overnight to some degree.

Tom Leddy:When I think about tech as a whole, but specifically the Salesforce platform and what it looks like now compared to what it looked like when I first started working with it, it's night and day for sure.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I remember page builder having to double click because it wasn't even wizzywig. You just double clicked and move stuff. Yeah. Anyway. So we chatted at TrailblazerDX and stuff. I saw a lot of people at TrailblazerDX and probably in the community have heard about this, but I want to get up to speed. Tell me about what well architected is.

Tom Leddy:Sure. So Salesforce, well architected is a framework that we created. Then it's available on the Salesforce architect's website, which we can share the link in the show notes. And it is a framework that is organized around the principles that you need to see what healthy solutions look like in Salesforce and where to spend your time and what to focus on as an architect.

Mike Gerholdt: What if I'm an admin?

Tom Leddy:You know what? Actually, there's a lot of great information there, regardless of what your role is. And I think there's honestly the lines between what admins do and what architects do are blurred a lot really now compared to, again, when we go back to what it was like to work on the platform 10 years ago compared to today. It's hard to put people into specific roles I think now compared to maybe early on. So there's a lot of great information for everybody on the site.

Mike Gerholdt: So help me understand that because I feel like I can't speak for everybody, but I've lived in the admin world my whole life and I've always seen what architect's done, and I feel like, wow, that's super way more detailed than where my brain is at. But you said there's a blur there. What do you see in that blur?

Tom Leddy:Well, I'll take security for an example. So that's one of the topics we cover in, well architected, how do I physically configure a sharing rule, which is obviously good to know, but then how should I even be thinking about putting together a security model so that it's going to be stronger long term for my organization? It's going to scale, it's going to meet everybody's needs. And that's the guidance that we really put in well architected, which is how should I even be approaching this and what should I look for to know if something is set up the right way or if it's bad and there's something maybe I need to refactor. We have some of that prescriptive guidance and then some tables that have what we call patterns and anti-patterns where a pattern is something you can physically see in an org of if you see your security model set up like this and it has these characteristics, good job, keep going, you're doing great. And then an anti-pattern would be okay if you see these things, hold on, stop what you're doing and let's maybe rethink this. And you may have to even have a conversation with your business stakeholders where you're going back and saying, you know what, before we keep building something on top of this that's going to cause more issues down the road. Yes, it might delay this next project, or it might be a little bit more expensive, but it's going to pay off a lot more in the long run.

Mike Gerholdt: Then you're not building something on a house of cards?

Tom Leddy:Exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: So let's take that one step further because I know later in April you are going to be on Jennifer's Automate this YouTube series. So plug there.

Tom Leddy:Looking forward to it.

Mike Gerholdt: Which would be fun. But let's talk about what is well architected automation.

Tom Leddy:Sure. So automation, that's one of the other topics we cover and we talk about how to design good automations that, number one, will scale and we'll also, we'll actually create value for a business because I'm sure everybody has seen this at one time or another where somebody will come and maybe they'll ask you to build a flow or whatever it is. And they'll describe a process and you'll be thinking in your head, "Okay. Why are you even doing this way in the first place?" And then you push back and maybe ask a few questions, and really it comes out, well, nobody really knows why we're doing it this way, but we always have and now we want to build it in Salesforce. And then you want to be thinking, "Well, do you really want to automate something that you're not even really clear on why you're doing it in the first place?" So that's the first topic that we actually cover in well architected, is that business process optimization piece. And then we go in a little bit deeper into, okay, now you've figured out it's okay to build this automation, it makes sense from a business perspective. Now how do we actually build it in a way that is going to be scalable and sustainable over the long term? And that's where we start talking about things like data integrity and transaction handling and asynchronous versus synchronous patterns and those types of topics.

Mike Gerholdt: I hear you, because the crazy thing is, I'm thinking about some of the conversations I had at TrailblazerDX with customers that are looking at their automations, and of course, we're moving everything to flow now, which right fits really well with this well architected thing because I feel like we're architecting things even better now. We being the royal we of admins. But in terms of this is a good opportunity for us to look at, hey, what is some of the stuff that we might have overbuilt and process builder and move it over into flow? What is your approach for when stuff, I don't want to call it end of life, but the features degrade and something new comes in? Because often, especially when I was starting as an admin, the joke was you talk with a developer and they'd a few years later, six months later, look at the code they wrote now having skilled themselves even more and been like, "How could I have written this bad code?" Do you often find that you look at automations or work with people in automations? It's like, "How could I have automated this? Why did I build six pages of process builder?"

Tom Leddy:Yeah. All the time. And I can say I work people with people that would say something like that, but I would also say something like that myself. Because if I think about some of the automations I built maybe early on in my career, I'm even looking at myself going, "Did I really build that? What was I thinking?" And you're right. And we call that, we have a term for that actually. We call it technical debt, which is something that could be created for a variety of different reasons. One is I built something that now that I know a little bit more, I maybe I could have done it better and there was a more efficient way to do this. Another reason it can be created is because Salesforce comes out with a feature that maybe you don't need that automation anymore because it's available in as the standard part of the platform now. And there's a variety of reasons that you would do that. And the recommendation that we give is that to involve business stakeholders in any technical debt remediation, because if you make that just IT's problem, then what ends up happening is the admins are going, "We really need to fix this. This is not the best way to be doing this," and all you really have to go back to your business stakeholders with this. So if we fix it's pretty much going to work the same way that it works today from your perspective, but it's just going to be better "technically." And a lot of business stakeholders will say, "Well, we don't want to pay for that." So what we recommend is making sure that business stakeholders are aware of the long-term benefits of remediating technical debt, which is that it's building a stronger foundation that you can build even better things on in the future, and that they're willing to make that part of projects and things that they're willing to pay for throughout the course of the year, and that they're aware that it's necessary to do that, to keep your system healthy.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I feel like that's the hard conversation to have is why aren't you building new as opposed to how come all you're doing is maintenance stuff? That was always a discussion that I had to have with my stakeholders was, here's the three features I can deliver because I also need to maintain the other stuff. What is your advice on conversations like that? How from an architect standpoint would you advise an admin to balance that?

Tom Leddy:Would be working to make sure that you've got a governance structure or is use the term COE, that includes both business and IT stakeholders. And when anybody is estimating how much is a project going to cost, how much is this implementation going to cost? Like you said, everybody wants to build new, but if you factor in the, okay, we're going to build this and here's how much it's going to cost to build it. Also, we're going to be maintaining it for the next X number of years realistically, how much is it going to cost per year to maintain and how much time are we going to need? And making sure that, that information is gathered and communicated upfront so that it's not a surprise down the road is probably the best way to handle that.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. No, that makes sense. I feel like the best intentions, whatever that saying is slips my mind, but I feel like when you sit down, one thing that I've always admired about architects is I feel like they have this very holistic view. And sometimes as we operate in a world that doesn't give us everything, I sat down with a couple admins at TrailblazerDX, and they didn't have the full business view yet, but they wanted to build for that scale. How do you work through that? What is an architect's mindset knowing... I always envision a house... knowing I have to build a house, but possibly five more additions to it.

Tom Leddy:That involves a lot of communications. Usually at the executive level too. And I think one of the unfortunate things that happens a lot to admins is you get put into a position where people expect to just give you a set of specs and say, "Okay. Go ahead and build this." And by the time that gets to you, the discussions about what are we going to be building in the future have maybe already been had. And then you don't have the opportunity to come back in and say, "Okay. This looks like it's going to meet maybe a short term need, but are you sure this is really what you want to do?" And I think the biggest thing to do there is don't be afraid to push back when you see scenarios like that where you're curious about it. And I think one of the things that you had mentioned a minute ago when you were asking the question is, well, what if we don't even know? And some of that comes with experience too, is knowing the right questions to ask. And I feel like that sounds like a consulting type answer, but the truth is, the more you work, more start to think about things and I feel like your mind goes there naturally. Because when I think about earlier in my career, when I started out, I was in that role where it was people would give me a spec and I would be like, "All right. Okay, whatever. I'll build whatever you tell me to build." And as time went on and I started to see what was happening as a result of some of the things that people had asked me to build 18 months ago that are now coming back to bite us as an organization, because what we built was really shortsighted over time, you get and you get that experience where you start to realize, "Okay. I need to be asking these questions first." And then it really comes down to when those questions start to pop up and you're not getting good answers, don't be afraid to hold off on something and keep pushing back until you feel comfortable.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. And unfortunately, that can be the hard part to do. What can happen often is admins come into a role and previous admins vacated it. And I want to talk a little bit about documentation here because as an architect, I always feel like you're in this room of blueprints and every wire and diagram and everything's methodically planned out and the admin's in a little bit of a messy cave, but maybe that's just the world I live in. What are some of the things that you would advise, especially around automation? And I bring this up because not too long ago it was process builder, all the things. Now it's flow, and we have Orchestrator. Plus we also have MuleSoft. We have a lot of other ways to integrate. What are some of the best practices that you feel architects could give to admins around documentation, especially around automation?

Tom Leddy:Actually, I'm glad you asked. So we have in our various well architected chapters, there are some links at the bottom to additional resources. And one of the chapters is called Simple and Simple, the way that we tell it, the overarching pillar is easy. And then Simple, talks about not over-engineering, and I like to tell people, easy doesn't mean that it's easy for you as an architect. It means that as an architect, you've made all of the hard decisions to make it easy for your business to get value out of your solutions. But underneath the easy/simple chapter, we've got a list of tools and resources, and there are some templates for documentation. So we've got a template that you can download for things like design standards, so naming conventions and specific processes that you might want to follow. And then we've also got one to download just simply for documentation and what fields do I need to be filling out and what information do I need to be providing to make sure that if I walk away from this project and hand it off to somebody else, they're going to have all of the information that they need. And I'm not going to be getting phone calls every five minutes to try and explain things that I don't necessarily even want to talk about anymore because I've move on to something else.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Wow. Yeah. Or you're somewhere else.

Tom Leddy:Yeah. Or you've physically gone to a different company and they can't call you.

Mike Gerholdt: I've seen that actually a few times at user groups where they'll walk up and, "Hey, used to work at... Can you tell me what this thing meant?" I didn't explicitly write that down enough. Sorry about that. Tom, outside of drawing diagrams and writing incredible documentation and building templates for admins, what are some of the things that you enjoy maybe outside of Salesforce, hobbies, VTO, stuff like that?

Tom Leddy:So let's see. So I have run at least a half-marathon in all 50 US states and on all seven continents.

Mike Gerholdt: What?

Tom Leddy:Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: First of all, I didn't even know that all 50 states had a half-marathon. I feel like first the Rhode Island ones basically just run across the state.

Tom Leddy:Yeah, it's pretty close. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. Okay. All 50. I haven't even been to all 50 states.

Tom Leddy:Actually worked out nicely. It was a good way to see the country and then the rest of the world as well.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. That's really cool. And is those number things that come from it, or, I'm sure you have pictures too?

Tom Leddy:Yeah. I've got a bunch of pictures and yeah, I've saved my race numbers and medals and everything that I've gotten over the years.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow, okay. That's a trivia question answer, I would've got wrong. For sure. And all seven continents too.

Tom Leddy:Yeah. Actually, it was about a year ago now, but went to Antarctica and did continent number seven.

Mike Gerholdt: What?

Tom Leddy:Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. Very cool.

Tom Leddy:Thanks.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. You might win of all the answers for the rest of the year now.

Tom Leddy:Thank you.

Mike Gerholdt: I don't know how to top that. Yeah, okay.

Tom Leddy:It was a really cool experience too. And Antarctica in particular was number one because it's Antarctica, but number two, because I was actually supposed to go back in 2020 and the trip got delayed and then delayed again and delayed multiple times because of COVID. It ended up, when I finally got to go, it was the grand finale for this big long-running journey that I had started. It took me about 15 years total to do.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, maybe there was nothing but it was there something that kicked off this like, "Hey, I'm going to do this in all 50 states and all seven continents?"

Tom Leddy:It was funny. So I had done some local races and then I had some friends that lived in other states, and I would go to visit them and just look to see if there was an interesting race to do during the weekend that I was going to be there. And after a while I got to a point where I realized, "Wow. I've run in 10 different states. That would be cool to do all 50." And then from there, I started actually making plans specifically to go to states around the races that I wanted to do in those states.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. So do you have a favorite that stood out?

Tom Leddy:In the States, it would be Alaska, I think.

Mike Gerholdt: And why is that?

Tom Leddy:So it's during summer solstice.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. So the sun never sets.

Tom Leddy:Exactly. And the way that it works is you do the race at around 8:00 AM, which is around the same time most races are, and the race is awesome too because it goes through downtown Anchorage and then out into the wilderness for the second half. So I got to see a moose standing alongside the course and it was pretty cool. But then when you come back, the idea is because it's light out all night, you go back to your hotel, take a shower, get something to eat, sleep for a few hours, and then starting in the evening, there is an all night festival in downtown Anchorage where they close off pretty much all of the streets in the city, and there's dancing and food and everything. And it's summer solstice fest that goes all night. And you don't even realize it's like two o'clock in the morning because the sun is still out. And it was a fun weekend.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. I was going to ask, I mean, I wonder if you're sleep equilibrium or whatever they call that, it was way wacky?

Tom Leddy:It when I got home. I definitely noticed it because then I had to go back to my normal schedule of sleeping in the evenings. But when you're there, surprisingly, I don't know what the specific word is for the effect that it has on your brain, but because it's sunny out and it looks like it's two o'clock in the afternoon when it's really two o'clock in the morning, for some reason, your brain doesn't think that you're supposed to be tired right now.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. It's I think back to some of the shows when they're in space for so long. Can I just see gravity? Yeah. You get back home, you're like, "Darkness."

Tom Leddy:Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. That's really cool. Well, Tom, thanks for being on the pod and enlightening us on being well architected. I think some of this is so cool. I can't wait to see what you're going to talk to Jennifer about.

Tom Leddy:Thanks. Yeah. I'm looking forward to that for sure. And we'll actually some of the topics we talked about earlier with automated, and then we'll do a little bit of a deeper dive into actually building some automations too, so it's-

Mike Gerholdt: Because, I mean visual.

Tom Leddy:Yeah, exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: Great. Well, thanks so much, Tom. This is fun.

Tom Leddy:Thank you. This has been great.

Mike Gerholdt: So Tom wins half-marathon in all 50 states and seven continents. That's pretty cool. I mean, that's one of the fun takeaways I had from our conversation. There was so much in there, and it was really interesting to get that architect's perspective around thinking through business process and how we automate solutions and how we architect solutions and really that planning process. Some of that can be super exciting to get into. At least I find it exciting. Now, if you want to learn more about all things Salesforce Admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources, including all the links that we mentioned in this episode, as well as a full transcript. You can stay up to date with us on social. We are @SalesforceAdmns. No I, on Twitter. My co-host Gillian, is on Twitter. She is @GillianKBruce, and of course you can give me a follow. I am @MikeGerholdt. So with that stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Stuart Werner, Principle Instructor at Salesforce, and Feroz Abdul Rehman, Senior Manager of Technical Curriculum Development at MuleSoft.

Join us as we talk about two new Trailhead Academy courses that can help you harness the power of automation and transform your business.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Stuart Werner and Feroz Abdul Rehman.

Enroll in Trailhead Academy Trailhead Academy is a collection of certified instructors who offer specific trainings you can take, as an individual or as a member of a company, to come up to speed on various Salesforce products. We brought Stuart and Feroz on the pod to share details about their new classes, both of which are focused on automation.

ADX301: Automate No-Code Solutions Using Flow Admins are getting more and more interested in Flow, and there have been a lot of folks who cross-register for the class aimed at developers. However, one piece of feedback Stuart has heard a lot as an instructor is, “I know how to click but I just don’t understand why to click.” And so he got together with some other instructors to come up with a class to help admins learn how to think like a developer and use Flow.

The class starts with the basics of development: variables, control statements, algorithms, “all the fun stuff that might not be in a Salesforce Admin’s toolbox,” Stuart says. From there, they move on to look at specific use cases and learn how to analyze requirements and whiteboard a solution. By the end, you’ll be making powerful, automated solutions in a snap with Flow.

ADX350: Build Salesforce Hyperautomation Solutions with MuleSoft “Hyperautomation is the new frontier,” Feroz says, “[it’s] all about the maximum amount of automation you can build into your daily processes that helps people focus on what’s really important.” It’s not just about saving 5 minutes here or there, it’s about finding all of the places where there’s potential for automation across your organization.

In the class, you’ll learn how to use all the automation tools Salesforce has to offer, from Flow to MuleSoft to Einstein Bots, and how to connect them together. The goal is to give you the skills you need to deliver business transformation through end-to-end automation solutions that improve the employee experience, deliver value, and drive innovation.

If you’re already familiar with some automation tools but you’re trying to figure out what’s next, this class is perfect for you.

Be sure to listen to the full episode to learn about how Feroz and Stuart approach teaching and why classes are a great opportunity to put yourself out there. And head on over to Trailhead Academy to get started.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • ADX301: Automate No-Code Solutions Using Flow
  • ADX350: Build Salesforce Hyperautomation Solutions with MuleSoft

Social

  • Stuart: https://trailblazer.me/id/stuart-werner
  • Feroz: @FRehmanSFDC
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to LeeAnne Rimel, Senior Director of Admin Evangelism at Salesforce.

Join us as we talk about the biggest mistakes admins make and what to do to avoid them.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with LeeAnne Rimel.

What’s the biggest mistake new admins make? About once a year, LeeAnne gets asked the same question: what are the biggest mistakes she sees new admins make? And LeeAnne is a great person to answer this question. She’s worked at Salesforce for a long time, including a spell as a tier-three support engineer. She’s seen literally thousands of implementations and, you’ll be glad to know, she has an answer.

“The biggest mistake that I see Salesforce Admins make is not asking why,” LeeAnne says. That means putting on your business analyst hat and understanding what’s behind what you’re trying to build. Not just how you’re going to implement it, but why you’re being asked for it in the first place.

Measure twice and cut once Let’s take a common request: you’re asked to add a new field. LeeAnne points out that the bulk of your work is actually going to be done in the discovery process, where you’re interviewing stakeholders, talking with users, and understanding how it fits into the business process already in place in your organization. Is this something other business units will use? What will be the reporting requirements for this field?

That’s why business analyst skills are such a point of emphasis in the Salesforce Admin Skills Kit. When you ask why you’re building something, you’re trying to understand how it affects the user, how it affects the business units, how it affects the organization, and how it affects other dependencies. Only after you’ve got a firm grasp on all that and written your plan down on paper do you start to actually build something. In short, LeeAnne is a big proponent of “measure twice and cut once.”

Your time to shine You might feel hesitant to push back on requests because it makes you feel like you’re saying no. But just building whatever’s been requested and not taking the extra time to understand the context means you’re missing out on opportunities to shine. It could be that several business units need to track something similar, and you can actually make a solution that works for everyone across your organization, or give them reporting they didn’t know they needed.

If you need help brushing up on your business analyst skills and getting a comprehensive understanding of what makes a solid discovery process, we’ve got you covered. Check out the links below and remember: always ask why.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • Salesforce Admin Skills Kit
  • Trailhead: Learn About Discovery

Social

  • LeeAnne: @LeeAnndroid
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Full Transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast, where we talk about product, community, and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm your host today, Gillian Bruce, and we are going to be joined by podcast frequenter, LeeAnne Rimel, my amazing teammate who had a really interesting thought for an episode, and I agreed that it was an important topic. So, I said, "Come on on the podcast, LeeAnne, let's talk about it." It's all about the biggest mistakes that admins make. So, without further ado, let's get LeeAnne on the podcast. LeeAnne, welcome to the podcast.

LeeAnne Rimel: Hey, Gillian, thanks for having me.

Gillian Bruce: Good to have you back. Now, I wanted to dig into something that you and I had a quick chat about the other day and I thought, "Hey, we should probably bring this to our listeners." This came up for you because you had just done a presentation to a group of students learning about technology in Salesforce, and it's all about the biggest mistakes that admins make. Now, I'm sure everyone's wondering what are the biggest mistakes. So, LeeAnne, can you give us a little more context about this conversation and this idea in general?

LeeAnne Rimel: Yeah. It's one of my favorite questions to get asked. I feel like at least once a year, usually more, someone asks me this question, whether it's on a panel, it's often when working with students who might be entering the Salesforce ecosystem in the next year or so. The question is always what's the biggest mistake you see Salesforce admins make, or what's the worst thing you can do as a new Salesforce admin. Understandable question, right? People want to avoid possible missteps, and totally makes sense. I have an answer for this because, Gillian, you and I have worked together for a long time. I've been at Salesforce for a long time. I've seen thousands of customer implementations. I was a tier 3 support engineer once upon a time for Salesforce which you spend a lot of time untangling maybe different things that have been built and understanding why they were built. I was a sales engineer after that for a while, again, often working with existing implementations and trying to understand why things were built a certain way. So, I feel like pretty sure about my answer, what's the biggest mistake, it's after many years, 15 years of seeing thousands of customer implementations, and the great thing...

Gillian Bruce: What's the biggest mistake, LeeAnne? I want to know. This is buildup.

LeeAnne Rimel: We've got the buildup. Well, okay. The great thing is that it's something that you can do or you can avoid this mistake whether you're a brand new admin or you're a really tenured admin. The biggest mistake that I see Salesforce admins make is not asking why, is not diving into their business analyst skills, is not evaluating why a solution needs to be built before they build it. And so, the great news is that no matter where you are in your Salesforce admin journey, you can ask why. As we grow our business analyst skills, as we grow our admin skills, we grow our language and our methodology and our toolkit of how we ask why and how we build out those solutions. But on your first day as an admin, if someone asks you to add a checkbox, you can ask why, and I really strongly recommend you all do that.

Gillian Bruce: Yes. So, I a hundred thousand percent agree with this and I think it's really interesting because a lot of times when you think about, "Oh, I'm scared about making a mistake when I build something or I'm scared about making a mistake in this implementation," that is actually, that's fine. Those are good mistakes to make because you learn something. It's like this idea of experimenting and continuing to iterate. But before you even get there, before you build anything, really understanding what it is you're trying to accomplish and what's the problem you're trying to solve. I mean, LeeAnne, you mentioned business analysis skills. That's one of the 14 skills in our Salesforce admin skills kit. It's also, if you look out there at job titles, when people are looking for Salesforce admin jobs, a lot of time you see business analysis even in the job title itself. There's kind of this magical marriage between business analysts and Salesforce admins, and if you have both of those skills at a very core level, it's going to enable you to be amazingly successful in your role. So, can you talk to me a little bit about that, more about that business analysis skillset, and how you employ that before you start building something in Salesforce?

LeeAnne Rimel: Yeah, absolutely. I don't know if anyone else's parents ever used to tell them the rule about measure twice, cut once, right? It's a good attitude to bring to building solutions as well. A huge amount of your work, let's say you're going to build an automation, business automation for one of your business units. The bulk of your work is not going to be the clicking around in Salesforce. The most meaningful and valuable part of your work is going to be conducting those stakeholder interviews, creating your process map, asking good questions about what needs is this serving, creating your user stories, really understanding the solution that you want to build and asking good questions about often as admins were approached by maybe heads of business units, "Hey, we need to track this. We need to add a field for this." That's a very common request. We need to add a field for this. It's not about saying no. It's about asking why. It's about saying, "Help me understand what is the business goal this is serving. Who does this impact? Do you want to report on this?" There's a lot of questions to ask so that when you build it, you're building the right thing and you're on that right path. So, I think really developing those business analyst skills is such a key. You mentioned it's one of the key skills for an admin or an admin skills kit, and it is so incredibly important is honing those skills of understanding why are you building something, how does it affect the user, how does it affect the business unit, how does it affect the business, how does it affect other dependencies. And so, if you slow down, if you measure twice, cut once, but I guess in Salesforce, it's like measure 10 times. Write it down, document it, make your plan, and then you build the solution. Then you add the field. Then you build an interior user experience. I think that that's just, it's so important. When we talk about making mistakes, just growing any skillset, you're always going to look back on things you built. You're going to look back on the first flow that you built and say, "Hey, I could have built that even more efficiently. I could have used subflows in a different way." Or, maybe you're going to look back at and develop more and more efficient formulas to write or more performant dashboards to create. That's really great growth to have and those are very okay paths and great paths to be on. But this exercise of Asking why, you can start from day one.

Gillian Bruce: So, actually on that, LeeAnne, so let's say I have been in an organization in a Salesforce admin role and I've been just kind of taking orders and just adding fields when people ask me to add fields or building the thing because they tell me that's what they want to have built, and I haven't done a lot of asking why. How would you go about trying to change that and shift that in my current role? Because it's a little weird to all of a sudden just change and be like, "Well, why do you need that?" And then people be like, "Well, why are you asking me why I need it? You just do what I tell you to do." How do you combat that?

LeeAnne Rimel: Yeah, I think that's a really great question, right? I think we approach this with a lot of empathy for our end users. I think that's always a great way. Writing user stories is kind of an act of empathy because you are imagining that you are that user working through a system and trying to accomplish a task, right? And so, I think approaching it in that way, it's not about, "Hey, you have to give me the right answer or else I'm not going to build you this thing you're asking for." It's, "Hey, I want to better understand. I'm interested in better understanding how you need this to perform. What's the problem that this is solving?" because there might be other groups you can interview as well. There might be a chance if you've got one sales group is requesting a field, is that a field that has a similar need in other business units and other sales processes, and maybe it should be a different... Instead of having multiple fields for each sales unit, maybe it's one field or maybe it's a custom object. So, I think just approaching it with empathy for your users is generally a good attitude to have, I think, and just saying, "Hey, I know," and you can say, "Hey, I know this is a little different than before. We're trying to make sure that we're building the right things in the right place to benefit everyone in the company, to benefit you. I want to make sure this is going to perform the way that you need to perform." And so, that might mean asking more questions about their expectations around reporting or expectations around flexibility in the future of that field or that request, but I think just being clear with how you're asking and why you're asking. So, just like you're asking why, it's okay to give them the why of why you need the why,

Gillian Bruce: It's why on all of the levels, all of the whys.

LeeAnne Rimel: But it's like if I'm going to ask you why, it's fair to provide some additional background on why, what I'm going to do with that information to make you my partner in it because that makes you my partner. If I'm like, "Hey, can we collaborate on this for a minute? Can we have a little interview?" We talk about stakeholder interviews. A stakeholder interview doesn't have to be like, "Oh, we scheduled an hour on the calendar that's titled stakeholder interview, and we're following this template." A stakeholder interview can be, "Hey, sales user that I work with, can I sit down with you for 15 minutes and ask you some key questions about what's difficult for you?" Or, it can be putting a user story together and then gut checking in with one of your stakeholders. Those are all business analysis. A lot of the interpersonal skills that many admins are so strong in, those are all business analysis skills.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, and it's all before you start solutioning at all. I think one of the things that I heard you say, especially focusing on the empathy, like you said, it establishes the relationship with your users, but it also establishes with your leadership, it shows that you're thinking more big picture about where the business is going and how Salesforce can fit within the context of that. I think we've talked about this a fair amount on our team to various groups of admins, but really as a Salesforce admin, especially given the current environment that we're all in, we're asked to do more with less. This is a moment and this is an opportunity to really demonstrate that you do understand the business goals, you can connect the business goals with the skills you have and the technology skills that you have to deliver really impactful results pretty quickly. And so, I think especially tapping into this idea of don't make the mistake of not asking why you go into this, this is a really important thing to think about right now.

LeeAnne Rimel: Absolutely. I think it's an opportunity to uncover some gold mines really as an admin for where you can add value to your organization. Earlier I mentioned thinking about the user, thinking about the business unit, thinking about the enterprise, when you ask why and when you dive in and when you conduct stakeholder interviews and when you understand the context of these requests, it helps you understand the business and the things that are pains for the business and how you can potentially create solutions for those. That's an incredibly valuable place for a Salesforce admin to be, and it's a really smart place, career-wise, to be, to be positioning yourself to understand, okay, I see that we're wanting to dive into analytics more across these parts of the business, because not only does asking why help you build a better solution, you're the Salesforce expert, probably not your leadership structure, probably not your business unit leaders. And so, if you're building a solution that someone sketches out for you and they said, "Hey, I want you to build this exact solution for me," you might be missing some opportunities to really expand what that solution looks like and better serve the needs of the business. And so, the more that you ask why and you try to expand that and really create the right solution, it can just be an absolute career goldmine for admins to position themselves as really valuable to the organization and is really tied into the organizational goals.

Gillian Bruce: Well, and I mean understanding what different parts of the businesses need and understanding what Salesforce can do or what you can do with Salesforce as an admin. I've heard stories before where an admin says, "Oh, well this business unit was using this specific app for this process. They didn't realize we could do that in Salesforce which we already pay for. So, I'm going to just save us a bunch of money and say, 'You don't have to use that anymore and it's all going to be in Salesforce.'" You talk about a business understanding the value you can bring as an admin, that is huge.

LeeAnne Rimel: Absolutely.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

LeeAnne Rimel: Yeah, I think what you're talking about is kind of doing an audit of systems, right?, And so if you're looking for projects as an admin or trying to understand where you can add value, that is an incredible place to look for value ads, because if you are on, say, Sales Cloud or Service Cloud, you can create custom objects. You have platform access, right? I remember working with a customer and they were using I think Sales Cloud, and it was when they realized we were working together and they were showing me the different systems they used and the different places that they tracked things, and they were using, I think Evernote or something to track customer stories and it was how they were tracking, and they had this whole kind of complex template and they were adding Salesforce record IDs and it was a whole thing. I was like, "Oh, let me show you how we track customers first," because of course we do it in Salesforce. There was this moment where someone from the leadership team was a little resistant, like, "Okay, well, that's not the deal that we're talking about right now. We don't have any additional budget for that." It's like, "Well, actually, you're already paying for everything you need to create a customer stories app because we have a free app on the app exchange. You've got platform licenses. You've got access to this already." And then the admin there really advocated that and ported that over and made that one of their projects, and it was such a big win for that team. And so, I think as an admin, when you're putting on your business analyst hat, part of it is when you're conducting these interviews, when you're understanding what the company priorities are, when you're understanding where your stakeholder priorities are. Where are those opportunities to build great solutions using the tools you already have?

Gillian Bruce: Mm-hmm. I love that. That's a fantastic story, and yeah, again, it really demonstrates, hey, you use those business analysis skills as an admin. You never know what kind of things you're going to discover. I mean, talk about a leader who would not appreciate that, right? Oh, I'm already paying for a thing so I don't have to pay for this extra thing. We can get rid of that and just continue to pay for what we're already paying for. Yeah, especially given the world as it is now, that's the huge kind of impact that we can have as admins using those business analysis skills.

LeeAnne Rimel: Discovery is such an important, when I say ask why, really if you're Googling for and looking on Trailhead for content, asking why is really all about discovery. It's a huge part of it is discovery, and we'll share in the show notes some great Trailhead resources and admin resources to dive into that further. But doing that customer discovery, because your users and your business unit leaders are your customers, it's so illuminating because we assume that we know what people... Sorry, there's my dog. We assume that we know what people are doing as they're working with Salesforce all day, but we don't. That's why Mike Gerholdt, our colleague, coined the term SABWA, Salesforce administration by walking around, and that's another form of discovery. It's doing those interviews and research into how are people using Salesforce and how can we make their life a little better.

Gillian Bruce: Well, I know Riley's very passionate about this. I can hear that she cares a lot about asking why it's good. So, I just, I love everything you shared, LeeAnne. I think that this is a really valuable aspect for all of us to think about no matter where we are in our careers, especially as Salesforce admins. If you're brand new, your first day on your job as a Salesforce admin, what are the top few questions that you would ask?

LeeAnne Rimel: Well, if you're brand new as a Salesforce admin and you're dealing with an existing implementation, I think some of the most important questions you can ask is help me understand why was this built, help me understand why you're using this, or who's using this, and making sure you're asking the right people, right? That's a huge part of identifying your stakeholders and identifying who would ask. Make sure you're asking the right people. Make sure you're interviewing your power users as well as people who have admin rights and things like that. Sometimes power users are using things in a way that wasn't originally architected, but it's providing value for them, so you want to make sure you figure out how they're using a text field or something like that. So I think asking those questions, help me understand how is this built or why was this built, what was the goal for this, are you still using this today, when you sort of untangle that. Then I think at a really high level, if it's your first day at a company, understanding, and this is the questions when I meet with my leadership or have the opportunity to meet with leadership, I always want to know, what's top of mind for you, what's keeping you up at night, what are your top three things on your mind right now. If you ever have a chance to sit down or to meet with anyone in your leadership structure or in leadership in other parts of your company, or as your stakeholders, those are great questions to ask. You can expand outside of Salesforce. If you're a Salesforce admin at a company, it's great to ask questions about Salesforce, but also it's important to understand what's keeping you up at night, what are your top three goals and priorities right now, what's on your mind, because it might be things that you can help impact with your Salesforce implementation.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, it's your job as the admin to connect the business goals and the overall goals of your leadership with what you and Salesforce can do together. I think that's a really important point. Well, LeeAnne, it's been so fun to have this excuse to talk about this very important topic with you on the podcast. Any final thoughts you want to leave with us before we end, we wrap up today?

LeeAnne Rimel: Every admin is a business analyst and has the power to be a strong business analyst and to continue to build those business analyst skills. One of the most important elements of being a business analyst is curiosity with that customer discovery. I think admins, it was curiosity that likely led you to learning this new skillset and learning how to be a Salesforce admin and exploring all these different tools and features. So, lean into that curiosity. You already have everything it takes to be a business analyst. Lean into that curiosity.

Gillian Bruce: I love that. Great note to end on. Thanks again so much for joining us today, LeeAnne. I appreciate it.

LeeAnne Rimel: Thank you, Gillian.

Gillian Bruce: Huge thanks to LeeAnne for taking the time to join me on the podcast today. Now, if you want to learn anything that we mentioned on the podcast, including resources about how to do discovery and how to ask why, please check out the show notes. We've got some great Trailhead content there, some great content in general to help you understand how to kind of hone those business analysis skills. We've also got links to our Salesforce admin skills kit, which has a whole section on business analysis. As always, if you want to learn anything more about being an awesome admin, you can go to my favorite website, admin.salesforce.com, where you'll find the skills kit and all kinds of great blogs and videos and more podcasts actually very closely related to some of the topics we talked about today. So, check it out. As always, you can join the fun on Twitter by using #awesomeadmin or by following @SalesforceAmns, no I. You can find myself on Twitter @gilliankbruce, my cohost Mike Gerholdt, @MikeGerholdt, and our guest today, LeeAnne, @leeanndroid. Hope you have a wonderful rest of your day. Thank you so much for joining us, and I'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Rakesh Gupta Senior Solution Solution Architect at IBM, a six-time Salesforce MVP, evangelist, Salesforce coach, and the creator of Automation Champion.

Join us as we talk about how to fit blogging into a busy schedule and what to think about when you’re writing about a solution.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Rakesh Gupta.

The birth of Automation Champion We’re big fans of Rakesh’s blog, Automation Champion, so we brought him on the pod to find out more about the man, the myth, the legend. When he first got started, he would answer questions from the community to see if he could find solutions with automations that didn’t require code.

Rakesh started saving these answers in a gigantic Google Doc which he would share over and over again, but he started thinking that maybe there was a better way. The same questions would come up, time after time, and it would be really handy to put all the answers in one place. That’s when he took his first steps into the blogosphere.

Why you should start blogging Mike is doing a little blogging of his own about, well…blogging and why admins should start doing it. So we wanted to get some tips from Rakesh about how he fits writing into his busy schedule.

The first thing Rakesh does is block out a couple of hours each weekend to plan his content schedule and research new topics. “I try to write [a post] four or five times before I publish it,” he says, “if I understand it well then anyone can, too.” He goes to the Trailblazer Community to look for new questions and, believe it or not, he still has material he has gotten to in that Google Doc.

It’s important to have confidence in the fact that your perspective matters. No matter where you are on your Salesforce journey, you’re going to have a unique perspective and a unique way of solving problems. As Rakesh says, you need to realize that there’s an audience out there that will resonate with the way you, specifically, explain things.

How Rakesh writes a new post When Rakesh is writing a new blog post, the first thing he does is jump into his Developer Sandbox to see if he can get a solution working. He especially wants to make sure that he’s testing with enough records to tell if it will be useable at scale.

Most importantly, Rakesh tries to frame his solutions in terms of tangible business problems that anyone can understand. He’s always thinking about the perspective of someone who is new to Salesforce: will they be able to understand and implement this solution? If not, he’ll go back and make some edits.

Finally, Rakesh does a regular session on Saturdays called Salesforce Flow Office Hours. “Trying to build a Flow is the last step,” he says, “the first step is to spend time thinking it through, you have to create a Process Flow Diagram or write something down on paper so you understand how it works in real life.” If you want help with your Flows, hop in a session on Saturdays at 10 am (US Central Time).

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • Build a Blog: A New Series to Help You Jump-Start Your Own Admin Blog
  • Automation Champion
  • Sign up for Salesforce Flow Office Hours

Social

  • Rakesh: @Rakeshistom
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Full Transcript

Mike: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product community and career to help you become an awesome admin. This week, we're talking with Rakesh Gupta, a six-time Salesforce MVP, Author, Salesforce Coach and Avid Blogger on Automation Champion and he's been working on the Salesforce platform for over 10 years. So, I love that we get into quite a bit of blogging talk on this episode. I know Rakesh is super into automation, but with the launch of the Build a Blog series, I really wanted to pick his brain on what he does in terms of cadence and writing and unique content. And maybe being a little bit vulnerable and putting content out there that you got to revise. So, we do talk a little bit of automation, but you should be sure to check him out with the Salesforce Flow Office Hours, I want to get that right, that he hosts every Saturday and, of course, his blog which I'll link to in the podcast. But for now, enjoy this conversation that I have with Rakesh. So, let's get Rakesh on the podcast. So, Rakesh, welcome to the podcast.

Rakesh Gupta: Thank you for inviting me, Mike.

Mike: It's been a long time coming. I feel like I've read a lot of your stuff. But for those people, the less than 1%, I would say, of the community that may not know everything that you do, can you just give us a brief history of how you got into the Salesforce ecosystem?

Rakesh Gupta: Sure. My name is Rakesh and I'm a Senior Solution Architect working at IBM. I started my career as soon as I got out of college in India as a [inaudible] developer. Then I was fortunate enough to join couple of Salesforce community events that happened around that time, lead by Kalender Patel and other Salesforce evangelist in India, and I learned about Salesforce. Right after that, I found the recruiting application work and I started learning Salesforce and working on Salesforce platform and I involved in community. That's how I learn and get most of the knowledge and use cases that I put on my blog on automationchampion.com and how then later I started user group in Navi Mumbai, which called as Navi Mumbai Developer User Group. And in 2016, I started Automation Hour with Jennifer Lee and David Litton to help community to learn Salesforce automation process builder/Salesforce flow by using Salesforce use case that everyone implement in their org.

Mike: So you do a few things. I feel like you hit on some really good parts. According to your site, you're six times Salesforce MVP. Holy cow. That's nothing to shake a stick at. Let's start with your blog. So Automation Champion, I know I promise you this, everybody on Admin Relations Team has read at least a couple of 100 posts on Automation Champion, and it's such a great site. I'm going to start with the site because I'm also doing a blog series that I will link to in the show notes encouraging everyone to start an admin blog. What caused you, on top of everything that you're doing, to go, "You know what? I'm going to start an Automation Champion site and I'm going to write blog posts for the community?"

Rakesh Gupta:I started this blog post when I was in India and I was posting page three Bollywood parties' picture initially. It was started as [inaudible] and then as soon I just started my Salesforce career, I come to know about, there are lots of community people, they are looking for solutions like for example, initially we have success.com, success.salesforce.com or developer.salesforce.com and I hunt those website to find use case, help people to solve their problem using automations without writing code. Some of them, you can able to do the code, but there are lots of possibilities and Salesforce introduce workload. Then ability to launch a flow from workflow and then later process builder. Now Salesforce flows. So there are possibilities that the solution and use cases one has can we solve without writing code. So what I initially did is I started writing those into a Word document 10 or 20 pages what document step by steps and posting into the Trailblazer community. And then later I realized, and then I found that lots of people have same questions again and again they're asking. And I started sharing the same Word document and I have Google Drive, which is approximately one gigabyte having 1,000s of those use cases. So I thought why not? I can put this in a format that everyone can take a look and implement it and if they have any questions they can reach out to me. So that is rakesh.workplace.com started and later I think it's true [inaudible] in the sales, he gave me an idea to change this because I'm doing most of the thing for automation. So change it to automationchampion.com.

Mike: No, it's cool. I love it. And some of these are rhetorical, but I would love to know some of the questions that I get asked. Because I feel like as a fellow blogger, these are things that we know but you talked about you also did automation hour with Jennifer Lee and Jennifer Lee's on our admin relations team. And she writes a ton of automation stuff too. What was the unique value that you were like, you know what, I got to put this out in the world even though there's other people doing stuff like it?

Rakesh Gupta:Well that's a very hard question.

Mike: I know.

Rakesh Gupta:So initially, see I'm from the background that coming from, I don't have lots of technical background in my family. My father is a retired teacher and my mom is housewife. So I see that people is struggling to getting into ecosystems and getting the use case that they are trying to solve by going through some articles. Because one thing that I believe is there is a user for every use cases, there are person that require the same intensity that you solve a challenge. For example, there are products, there are laptop, there are different kind of laptops and there are audience for each of them, there are movies then audience for each of them, those categories. So likewise, that's what I believe. If there are different people, how I can make myself unique in that front is when I get a requirement or use case from the community. Most of these use cases is come from the community and what I put is I put my thought how an individual who don't know anything don't have lots of technical background now like me and how they can solve this challenge. So that's where I started putting the process flow diagram. So let's take this requirement first, try to understand the use case. Don't jump into the solutions. You don't have to go and directly solve this problem, take this use case and then try to build a process flow diagram. Either you can do a paper and pen or any diagramming tools available in the market. So by doing that, you spend some time in the building, the pseudocode that call in the programming or you can use that's also in the logic building. So once you have that, now let's break down in the step by step. So what do you need first? What you need second and what you need third? So that you will able to understand not just by copy pasting the scenarios you have, it is matching with my scenario and implemented, you can able to solve it so that next time when you get the different requirement, you can do the same exercise one more time by yourself and you can able to solve this.

Mike: I think you nailed it. There's so many use cases out there and there's so many reasons to share what you do that I'm surprised your Google Drive last as long as it did before you started the blog.

Rakesh Gupta:I still have lots of scenarios in my Google Drive that I have in my Twitter list to put into the blog post in a blog post format and there are lots of community people who is helping me to put this into the block right now.

Mike: Well so let's talk about that because I think one of the things that if you're creating content for the community and running, you go to automation champion, you look at it and you're like, man, that must take him millions of hours a week to do. What does that look like? How do you categorize that time in your life to get that content out the door? Because you're busy, you're doing stuff, you're flying around the world, you've got a day job.

Rakesh Gupta:I spend my weekends to plan for at least next two weekends so that I am ahead in the content planning. So usually on every Sunday, four to five or four to six central, I spend two hours just to going through my content knowledge base that I have in my to-do list. So what else I can take this week or next week and try to implement for the community. And there are lots of other things like I write the blog post on Salesforce Flow, Salesforce religious and mainly part of related things. So I categorize them and there are some architect things as well. I started writing, so I categorize them and see what is most valuable thing that one can learn from me and my experience and I take one and start researching it, breaking it down, writing it, and trying to read four or five times before I publish so that if I understand then anyone can understand this,

Mike: That's real similar to what I used to do too. I remember I used to do it on Saturday mornings because Sunday evenings usually my brain is mush. So I took advantage of that Saturday morning wake up brain, let's plan some content stuff. That was always fun.

Rakesh Gupta:Saturday morning I run Salesforce office hours for community 10 to 10:30. So I spend.

Mike: So you just do more because you're not busy enough?

Rakesh Gupta:So every Saturday, 10 to 10:30 central, I spend 30 minutes to people if they have any questions come and try to solve online at the same time. And sometime I teach them how to think through this scenarios use case and how they can utilize their knowledge and they can learn something new. Some of the people when I talk to them, the problem, the major challenges that I see is they don't understand the data model and then there is something that I help them to learn. You can go to the Salesforce is schema builder that you can use to understand how the objects are connected, how this wheels are connected so that when you go and do the query it is very easy for anyone.

Mike: You know this as well as I do for every problem or every challenge that you're trying to solve for in a business, there's probably three or 400 different ways to solve it in Salesforce. Are you ever concerned that you're not putting out a piece of content that's right?

Rakesh Gupta:Yes. If I agree, yes. Sometime when I saw some scenario that Jen or David or someone else put on this website, I feel like, this is good. And I think that is the opportunity for everyone to learn because no one is perfect. So that's where I see community and my friends like, this is the other way that you can think to solve some problem that I never think and this is good for me to learn and think about. There are different approaches as well that can solve and maybe that is more efficient way. And it did happen many times. So I make a note of it and next time I try to see if I can do solution differently or this is the best solution.

Mike: I found myself at least, and there's different years depending on the iteration of the Salesforce release where depending on what the product or feature is that you're writing about, it could really change and it could really dramatically impact the solution that you wrote about maybe two years ago or even a year ago. And I think you're probably running into that a lot with flow and orchestrator and especially with some process builder. What part of working in automation do you find the part that you really want to write about the most?

Rakesh Gupta:You nailed it and you said very right. So Salesforce now move into the process builder to Salesforce flows. And last year Francis and Monira, we wrote at least 150 blocks, convert 150 blocks a process builder to Salesforce flows. And nowadays, I try to update all those blocks whenever you see there are new UI here and there in Salesforce, new variables. So I try to update those every day.

Mike: Not because anything's changing or different, I say that tongue in cheek.

Rakesh Gupta:It is part lots of people following it and I feel like if I provide an hour a day to update those so it'll help for at least one people that would be I think sufficient.

Mike: Absolutely. I noticed you mentioned your bio, you've been working on the Salesforce platform for over 10 years. In looking back, so let's see, it's 2023 that put you back to 2013, can you remember a point in time where maybe it was a feature or something that you learned that really felt like it was a turning point for you where you looked at that and was like, wow, this is a thing and it just changed my career?

Rakesh Gupta:It is. In 2013 when I was initial involved in community and I found lots of use cases that can automate, but again everyone providing the solutions using APEX code and that time I started learning about Salesforce Visual flow is what's calling us cloud flow designer/visual flow. So I started investing my time and you cannot imagine, some time I spend eight to nine hour a day or maybe whole night just to thinking about the solution that how one can solve because there was very less blocks and information available in the market and that was one of the game changing point for me in my career that helped me to think through what can be possible without writing code and that give me lots of knowledge, even information about the platform, knowledge about the platforms and help me to grow in my career. And that's how I started writing my blocks as well as books in Salesforce Process Builder and Salesforce flows.

Mike: So you mentioned you used to write and probably still do maybe, I don't know, we'll find out a lot of what would turn into blogs on Google Docs. What is your process for creating content from the moment that Rakesh has the idea to the moment that Mike sees it as a post on automation champion?

Rakesh Gupta:So the first thing is I have lots of ideas. So I write it down and if the idea is I feel like could it be a business use case? And this is a very business use case. So I started first implementing in my Dev Sandbox where I can just try to see if it can be possible and test with at least 10 or 100 record to see if that is working and if that is working, that is again the success for a blog. If not, and it happened many times. So then that's the first thing that I do. And then next step is to start writing a blog post, which is basically now I have a format to think about how I can put in a format, like what business scenario that I convert this use case to, and then create a process flow diagram and think through and person who just joined Salesforce how he can see this use case and if I write in this week and he able to read this and try to implement. If not that's let's try to change it and try to add as many as step little steps, little a diagram or highlights so that one can implement easily in their org.

Mike: Quite extensive. You mentioned Salesforce flow office hours, so on top of just everything that you're doing and you're super busy writing content, you decided to take, is it 30 minutes? 30 minutes?

Rakesh Gupta:30 minutes.

Mike: On Saturday and do that. What are some of the things that you're accomplishing in office hours?

Rakesh Gupta:One, the couple of things that I accomplished is helping people and there are so many people that reach out, they were not able to build. There was one person from South Africa, he is working for a nonprofit and he just joined Salesforce a week ago and he was trying to build the flows and I built that flow for him on live-

Mike: Wow.

Rakesh Gupta:... In the same sessions. And he was very happy because he said that it's going to help for his nonprofit tremendously. And then I helped couple of people, lots of people on the call to help them to understand and I feel I got happy when I see that people understand how to implement a flow, it's not writing, just go and try to build the flow. That is the last step. The first step is you have to spend timing in thinking it, you have to create a process flow diagram or you have to write down your thinking into a piece of paper so that you understand how this actually implement in real life and then implementing is the last step.

Mike: I think sometimes people jump ahead, I'm sure you see that, right? They want to jump into a solution already and you need to back up and think about everything that you're trying to do. Especially now with some of the capabilities of flow, the amount of what you can achieve in a single flow compared to what Process Builder was and even backing up into the days of Workflow builder is just in incredible.

Rakesh Gupta:Yes. For one example a couple of months ago, you cannot able to query the get element by saying that, "Hey, can you give me all opportunity where account ID in the list?" Now Salesforce has that feature in flows where you can say, give me all opportunity where ID in the list. So these are the lots of things that one has to understand and think that this can be also possible with the flows like sorting and there are few other new features. So one has to keep up to date and think how they can implement this while thinking or designing a solution yielding flows.

Mike: I think back to the days of when I was excited just to build a workflow and somehow Daisy chain all of them together with a checkbox and now that's very simple flow. So as we wrap things up, we talked about your blog, you're super busy. And I'm being selfish here because I'm also writing this Build to blog series that I'll plug again, for somebody thinking about starting a blog and not necessarily on automation, maybe they're going to write something on page design. There's so many features, there's so many topics to write on. If you were to give them piece of advice, what would that be?

Rakesh Gupta:First, remember there is a audience for each content, even though that content has written 200 times or 2000 times does not matter. There is a audience for everything and there is a person who match with your frequency. It is possible that if I explain to you something you can able to understand, but not every people, maybe it is possible that the way that you explain he can or she can able to understand. So that is very first thing one has to understand before writing content. And then second is write the genuine content. Don't copy paste from here and there. Write something meaningful that a business problem can solve. If you write something around business problems, it'll be very, very helpful for anyone and reader can easily relate. And if you break down in the step-by-step, which is very, very helpful for anyone who implement, for example, if someone comes and say, hey, how do write Apex class that look for encrypted fill and do the query because that query cannot be done in the Salesforce flow. So if you're writing a Apex class, if you're providing the court, that is good, but if you're provide entire court with the test class and the step by step explanation, I think that is where people get success with the content creation.

Mike: Nailed it. I have nothing more to say. There is a piece of content for everybody and I could not agree more. I think that's great. Rakesh, we love reading your site and I'm so appreciative that you have the passion behind doing what you do on the site and hosting office hours and writing books and creating trainings like it. It's really fun to find that level of passion in what you do and then be able to translate that into fun bit of work to do outside of your day job, which I know probably doesn't feel like work. So thank you so much for coming on the pod, sharing your information. I appreciate that and I will be sure to link to your site in the show notes.

Rakesh Gupta:No, thank you so much Mike. Thanks for inviting me. This is my dream comes true. I listen your podcast from when you started as a button click admin. And from that day, I am a big fan of you, so thank you so much for inviting me and it is a pleasure.

Mike: That was a fun conversation with Rakesh. It was good to catch up with him. Awfully busy person running a blog and doing office hours and I even saw an sight the written a few books, so holy cow, that's a lot of contributions. But if you'd like to learn more about all things Salesforce admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources, including all the links, which I will include the special link to that build a blog series that I've got going, which I will definitely pull some snippets for this. And that goes all summer long that we mentioned. Be in the show notes. And of course there's also a full transcript for you to read in case you missed part of it. You can stay up to date with us on social. We are at Salesforce. Admins, no I on Twitter, my co-host Gillian is on Twitter. She is at Gillian K Bruce and I am at Mike Gert. So with that, stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Muralidhar Krishnaprasad, EVP of Engineering, Next Gen Customer 360 Data Services at Salesforce.

Join us as we talk about Data Cloud and all of the exciting innovations coming to help admins own all the data in their org.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Muralidhar Krishnaprasad.

What is Data Cloud? Muralidhar is in charge of Data, AI, and analytics platforms at Salesforce, and we wanted to bring him on the pod to share the awesomeness that is Data Cloud.

Right now, we tend to keep our data in many different pools. Between Sales Cloud, Marketing Cloud, Service Cloud, and outside sources, we don’t necessarily have one single source of truth for what’s going on between a customer and your organization. Currently, getting something even close to that requires a bunch of legwork to migrate data back and forth. It’s expensive, complicated, and presents extra layers of security challenges for your business.

Data Cloud looks to make all of this a lot easier. You can bring all your data to the same place, with Salesforce at the center of it all. It’s simply a game-changer for everything from analytics to building applications to decisions and everything in between.

How Data Cloud empowers admins While all of this sounds amazing, what does this mean for admins? With everything in one place in Salesforce, you’re finally able to manage all your org’s data and not just what’s already on the platform.

However, that means you get up to speed on the Data Cloud concepts:

  1. Bring data in
  2. Transform the data
  3. Harmonize the data
  4. Generate insights on that data

“As an admin, knowing that lifecycle of the data and how you can control and administer it will be the big work to be done,” Muralidhar says. But getting a handle on that will make it easier to protect your data and help your org use it in new ways.

How to get ready for Data Cloud If this conversation has gotten you excited about Data Cloud, there are a few things you can do to get your org ready. Muralidhar outlines three steps you can take:

  1. Identify the systems you want to integrate with, both inbound and outbound.
  2. Make a plan for how you want to use the data and the security you need to protect it.
  3. Decide which users will need to access what.

Muralidhar recommends starting small and limiting the scope at first, and then expanding as you make things that work for you. He goes over some use cases, including how one bank saw a 35x (!) ROI on their marketing and the insights Mike’s favorite pizza chain, Casey’s, were able to uncover by looking at their data in new ways.

If you’re as psyched about Data Cloud as we are, there’s already a Trailmix to help you get started and even more resources on the way.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • Trailmix: Get Started with Data Cloud
  • How One of the Biggest Pizza Chains in the U.S. Found the Secret Sauce to Increase Customer Loyalty and Revenue
  • Data Cloud Resources

Social

  • Muralidhar Krishnaprasad on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/mkrishna/
  • Muralidhar Krishnaprasad on the Trailblazer Community: https://trailblazer.me/id/mkrishnaprasad
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Full Transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm your host today, Gillian Bruce, and we have a very special guest, I'm sure all of you have been hearing about Data Cloud and all of the exciting innovations coming in that space from Salesforce. Guess what? We have the leader at Salesforce, our EVP of Engineering, NextGen Customer 360 data services at Salesforce. Joining us on the podcast, Muralidhar Krishnaprasad, otherwise known as MK affectionately here at Salesforce. He and his team have been developing these super exciting products, and I wanted to get him on the podcast to talk a little bit more about what these mean, what they are, and how we should start thinking about them as Salesforce admins. So without further ado, let's get MK on the podcast. MK, welcome to the podcast.

MK: Thank you, Gillian. How are you?

Gillian Bruce: Oh, I'm wonderful. I am very, very happy to have you on the podcast today, and Mike is with us today as well.

Mike: Yes, hello. It's going to be an awesome podcast. Can't wait.

Gillian Bruce: We're going to have a data party on the podcast today.

Mike: It's always a data party.

Gillian Bruce: Okay, so MK, let's, before we get into it, can you just introduce yourself to our listeners and a little bit about what you do at Salesforce?

MK: Absolutely. Hi, my full name is Muralidhar Krishnaprasad. I also go by Murali or MK for short. I'm the executive vice President for engineering. My team, we deliver the data cloud that we are going to be talking about. Einstein that you guys might already know, the whole AI platform and then the analytics efforts with regard to Datorama and many others in Tableau and many others as well. So overall, think of it as data AI and analytics platforms being delivered here, and I've been here in Salesforce about four plus years. Prior to that, I worked at Microsoft building most of the Azure infrastructure dynamics and many others. And then I started my career before that at Oracle, building databases.

Gillian Bruce: Okay, so you're a busy person these days because all those products you just mentioned that you're working on at Salesforce, there's a lot going on there.

MK: Absolutely. Really, yes. There's a lot of news you would've heard as well as we are also doing a lot of integrations across Salesforce and across the industry as well.

Gillian Bruce: That's great. Okay, so let's dig into it. MK, can you explain to us what is Data Cloud?

MK: Yeah, in simple terms. So think of it as an admin. You're going to have various clouds today, sales cloud, marketing, commerce and so on. Problem that we often run into is businesses want to be able to really know what their customer is doing because a customer is not dealing with sales, cloud service, cloud marketing, they're dealing with your business. And so that means you really need to know what they have done. Have they ever opened an email you have sent them? Do they have service cases? Did salesperson make a call and try to sell them something or have they been on your website trying to browse something and purchase something? And this is common across all industries. It's not related to just finance or health. It's literally like every industry that you can think of goes through this motion. And so it's more than important more than ever. It's important as companies transition into the digital enablement in digital selling, that you need that single source of truth of what the customer has done with your business. Now that's easier said than done because today if you have to do that, that means you need to create sophisticated EDL pipelines. You need to go create data lakes or warehouses, bring all that data, create new models on top of it, redo all your security on top of it, and then again, figure out a way to take those insights back into these planes of engagement. And that's not just expensive, complicated, but also as you can see, everything you have done with regard to security, with regard to the data models, et cetera. And Salesforce kind of has to be re-done again, maybe multiple times because it's not just done once for data, you need to do the same probably for your ML stack. You need to do that for your eventing stack, you need to do that for everything to create a Lakehouse and so on. So people end up repeating this complicated maneuver four or five times. So what Data Cloud is really trying to do is to make that really easy where you can bring data from all these clouds and other sources right into the Salesforce platform so that as admins, you still have control of all that data and more. While being still open that you can now do all of these operations, whether it's a Lakehouse, whether you want to do ML with Einstein or other tools, whether you want to do analytics with Tableau or other tools, you want to build new applications, you want to do eventing, you want to do decisioning. It's all together in this platform. So that's going to be the power of data cloud. It has the ability for you to really bring that single source of truth about your business in one place, all managed through Salesforce platform concepts, and be able to enrich all these planes of engagement so your service person knows exactly what that customer has done with your business. Your marketer has all that data that it can do to personalize your engagement. Your salesperson will know exactly what they have done, whether it's a website or other places, and of course your commerce, you can personalize their purchase experience and buying experience. And now with Tableau and MuleSoft, you can bring all the data together and Tableau, you can really analyze that as well. So that is the power of Data Cloud.

Mike: Wow. Coming back from vacation, I find it funny that we can sit and have a data conversation and talk about lakes and lake houses, and you could totally do a podcast that people would think we're talking about vacation homes, don't you?Help my vacation brain boil this down for admins, what should admins know about cloud besides the Lakehouse?

MK: Great point. So I think as an admin, you need to be thrilled that data is not leaving your ambit because before, if you think about it as a Salesforce admin, you are only administering your cloud, but most of the businesses ended up taking all the data outside. And so your security layer was gone right there, and all the business semantics you created is also gone because they're going to get recreated somewhere else on some other platform. With Data Cloud, you become that owner of all the data in the enterprise as well as all the Salesforce data in one place. So as an admin, you need to, number one, learn the data cloud concepts. So there are notions of bringing data, transforming data, harmonizing data, and generating insights on that data. And then Data Clouds allows you to be able to plug into various systems, including all the Salesforce, obviously all the Salesforce tools and clouds as well as external systems too. So as an admin, knowing that lifecycle of the data and how you can control and administer it would be sort of the big work to be done.

Gillian Bruce: Okay. So get a little bit of work to do to get our arms around what data Cloud means for admins, but I like how you set it up there about how understanding, hey, it does give you... you're in control. I mean, all admins are control freaks, so that's a really good way of putting it. But in some ways, the idea of Data Cloud, MK kind of shifts the idea of what Salesforce can do. Can you explain a little bit about what is that shift and from someone who's maybe been an admin for a few years and hey, I understand that I have a fair amount of data all in Salesforce so that my service people and my sales people can all see what's going on with this specific account. How does Data Cloud really change that and shift that?

MK: Yeah, great point. I think what you're looking at is certainly today your sales and service is in the same place. If you install in the same org, that is your sales and service can see all that data and you can put the right security, et cetera. But more often than not in any enterprise setting, there's a lot more data out there. We cannot bring that into Salesforce today because either it's a scale problem or it could be other issues related to their backend systems. A simple example, your website clicks. You can bring in tons of information with everybody clicking on their website. You cannot bring that in easily today into your sales or service cloud. And if you look at all the other backend files or SAPs or other enterprise assets that are existing, again, it's very hard to bring all that data in because today our force.com is built on a transactional platform and transactional platforms have their limits. They're awesome for transactional consistency, but they're not great at large data scale. And so what Data Cloud is really trying to do is to bring the world of big data, big processing to the Salesforce platform. So that is really that foundational shift it's actually doing. So that means you can now bring in all your data from your web, your mobile. For example, recently one of our big automotive partners went live where they're now trying to feed us all the IoT signals from all their cars, all the EV cars is now sending signals to our data cloud, and we are able to process that signal, filtered the right signal, and then either create an email to be able to send saying, oh, congrats crossed 10,000 miles on your new EV car, or if that signal had any defects in the car, we are able to go create a service case on. These kind of scenarios are net new. And similarly, we have a gaming company in Japan, which we all know allow, where they're bringing over trillions of rows of data into the system because this is all their player stats. This is everything that the players have done with their commerce system and so on. And now they want to generate new insights so they can drive better sales, better commerce. And so those are kind of new scenarios, net new scenarios that Data Cloud is going to go enable. It's going to make your marketing better, it's going to make your service so much better because you know more about the person, what they have done. It's going to open up new avenues in your sales process because you can get their web clicks or other kind of information into the sales cloud. And certainly you can personalize your commerce experience.

Mike: I was kind of excited when you said that because one of my vehicles, I get a monthly email on it's health, it's not electric, but I think it's from Salesforce. So I'm going to go with that because that would be really cool. So it sounds like, it's not like lightning flip a switch and here we are, but I think there's some stuff that admins need to do to help their organizations and just organizations in general, prepare. Could you MK could kind of touch on some of that?

MK: Yeah, I think it's a great point. I think what as an admin you need to do first, like I said, understand what Data Cloud is, but second is really understand what sources you want to bring data from into this data cloud, which org you want to obviously install the data cloud in first and then you may have business unit considerations, geo considerations and so on. And so we are introducing new concepts that you should be aware of. There's a new concept called Data Space, which allows you to have a data cloud and then still split the data within that via business units. It's a security concept and also you need to understand what are the layers that Data Cloud needs to go interface with. For example, it could be I have a marketing cloud here, I have a commerce here, I have these two sales cloud or two service Cloud. So which data to bring in and how do you want the insights to go? And there is a whole setup that you need to do around that. And same with Tableau, but more important than that too is in most enterprises, we don't live in our own world. People end up having their own warehouses or their own ML systems as an example. And so knowing those connections also would be helpful as well. And Data Cloud makes it easy for you to connect to all these systems and yet as an admin, you retain all the control and capability on which data should be exposed, who should have access to that. So that's kind of like the big one I would say. So to prepare, know the systems you want to integrate with both for ingest as well as going outbound, know the kinds of data and the security that you want to add on top of it and make sure which users are going to access more.

Gillian Bruce: So I mean what I'm hearing here in terms of preparing is thinking about the flows of data, which data, I mean, would you go into setting up Data Cloud already with knowing the questions you want to answer, like say, Hey, I want to be able to get more people to buy this product by implementing Data Cloud, I'm going to be able to know when to target them. Or I mean, can you give us a little bit more of an example of what use cases might spur someone to want to implement and set up data

MK: Cloud? Yeah, great question. I think what we have seen success come is what you mentioned, Gillian, which is steel threads. If you have a clear steel thread the business wants to make happen and starting there, starting small and then building on it is better than a gigantic project where I'm going to bring in 50 different sources and not know how to use them. So I think what we have seen, great success. Obviously last year, data Cloud started off building our sort of go to business market in the marketing area, and now we are expanding beyond marketing. And so a lot of success we have seen is threads where people say, I have all this data. I want to bring in my marketing data, my sales service or external data. By the way, data Cloud today we have hundreds and hundreds of customers live on it. We are already seeing over 60% to 70% of the data is non Salesforce data coming into Data Cloud. So which is interesting should be exciting for your admins because now you have more data under management that you now can control. So the steel thread coming back, the steel thread to have to be able to take this data, create an insight, and then activate through a marketing channel, it's straightforward and it's very powerful too because your scenarios can be very powerful. I'll give a very simple example. This is an open thing that InterBanco, this is a digital banking customer in lata. What they did with Data Cloud was to just instrument all their mobile apps. So they had 60 different applications in their banking sector and before Data Cloud they would create all these new campaigns, just bombard the people, and the rate of click was very low because imagine you get keep getting spam all the time, you're just going to start ignoring emails from these businesses. Instead, what they did was a simple thing. They said, okay, I can use Data Cloud, put the SDK in my mobile and web app. Let me just start collecting people's click trends, which is like, okay, which pages are they clicking for how long? And then they created this very simple insight in Data Cloud that said, okay, if they clicked a lot on let's say insurance pages or mortgage pages or whatever other things, and they were able to quickly categorize them because what they found was they had a hypothesis that if people buy a new vehicle or planning to buy a new vehicle, chances are you're going to be roaming around more in the insurance pages. Or if you are interested in new home, you might be looking at the mortgage page, right? Very simple logic. And so they created a simple insight that just, think of it like a group by, to say, if I clicked on insurance, you're an insurance lover. So every day then they took that information, just hooked it up to our marketing cloud journeys. They would do a campaign specific to each of those areas. They saw you would not believe it, 35X ROI just doing that.

Gillian Bruce: Wow.

MK: Instead of their scattershot, like send email to everybody thing, they sent much less emails to targeted people, and they saw huge returns on investment. And so they allow this now. And so that's a great example of one steel thread end-to-end that people have done. And we have seen similar things in various other customers as well. For example, there's a small pizza chain in Midwest, US, Casey's who just took people's buying habits on a daily basis and they were able to then create these personalized discounts. They found out that people drink Coke tend to buy this pizza and all sorts of interesting correlations from that data. And then they were able to then target them with the right offers and they saw, again, huge sort of increase in their engagement from their customers. So these, I would say start off with a steel thread, one or two steel threads, which are very clear on what data sources you need, what kind of outputs you need to do, and then go implement it and then build on it. I think that's the best way I would advise.

Mike: I just have to pause for a second because everybody probably knows I live in the Midwest and the fact that Casey's uses this is now just above and beyond for me. Also, Casey's pizza is phenomenal. So MK, I don't know where you're based, but you need to come visit me in Iowa and we need to have some Casey's pizza because it's probably the best pizza you're ever going to have, and it's from a gas station. And it's a topic of conversation in the Midwest when people pass through. But yeah, I've also used the Casey's app and gotten very specific coupon things that I was like interesting. I have no idea how they would guess this, but if they're looking at my purchase history and every time I buy their breakfast pizza or so, holy cow, you just changed my life knowing that Casey's uses this.

MK: Yeah, and that's coming from Data Cloud, all the processing, all the things you buy, everything is going through Data Cloud.

Mike: That's so cool. That's so cool. I mean, I'm a huge Casey's fan anyway.

MK: That's awesome. Yes. See if I'm coming to the Midwest-

Mike: Gillian also knows that just about every podcast food gets mentioned on it. I wasn't even the first one to mention it, Gillian.

Gillian Bruce: I know. Well, I could hear your wheels turning as soon as MK talked about Casey's Pizza. I feel like you've even talked about it on the podcast before.

Mike: You have no idea how good their pizza is.

MK: And there is a press release also that we did late last year that you can reference to your customers to go look at it.

Gillian Bruce: We'll put it in the show notes.

Mike: Speaking of things to put in the show notes, MK, could you provide some admins with tips or resources on where they can get started learning about Data Cloud perhaps maybe while they eat Casey's Pizza?

MK: Yes. I think if you go to salesforce.com data cloud, we have a lot of materials there. We are also preparing New Trailheads as well. There's already a Trailhead that you can take and there are more coming along the way. And of course we have the standard documentation that can help them as well for them to use Data Cloud. The main thing to realize in Data Cloud is it is a Salesforce cloud that can really change your business. And so learn how to bring data, how to harmonize, and then how to create the insights of it and then push it back into all your systems.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, that's great. MK, I so appreciate you taking the time to chat with us today and demystify Data Cloud for admins, and I have a feeling there's going to be a lot more in this space.

Mike: Seriously, and I'm going to use Data Cloud today when I order pizza or maybe tomorrow.

MK: Right. Whenever you eat Casey's Pizza, think of-

Mike: Oh my God, I am going to start racking up some data in Data Cloud for guys.

Gillian Bruce: You got to show us what insights you're getting or is that like too going to expose your habits too much? I don't know.

Mike: I will willingly give anybody that wants to visit me a demo of the Casey's app in my backyard if we can order pizza.

Gillian Bruce: I love it. MK, thank you so much for joining us and I really appreciate all the work that you're doing in this really important space. And we didn't even talk about anything AI or Einstein related, so we'll have to do that on another podcast. But thank you to you and your team for all the great work that you do, and we look forward to hearing from you again very soon.

MK: Sounds great. Thank you both. This was a great conversation. Again, we you'll see more of Data Cloud and more of Einstein Automation, Tableau and all of that coming through the next few months and years.

Gillian Bruce: Huge thanks to MK for taking time out of his very, very busy schedule to chat with Mike and I. It was also fun to do a podcast with Mike. It's been a while since we've done one of those. I hope that you got some good ideas and thoughts and questions from some of the things that MK shared with us about Data Cloud. I mean, it is one of the most exciting areas right now in Salesforce ecosystem of innovation, and it really opens up some exciting possibilities of what we can do as admins with our declarative capabilities to really bring in the power of data and have those truly connected customer experiences. So I hope that your wheels are turning and I look forward to hearing your questions or your feedback, and I bet later this year we'll get MK back on the podcast to talk a little bit more about how Data Cloud has continued to innovate and then maybe get him back on to talk a little about some of the AI stuff that he and his team are working on. Because you know everyone's talking about AI these days. Well, if you want to learn more, I highly encourage you to tune in or visit in person, TrailblazerDX, which is happening next week, March 7th and 8th in San Francisco. You can absolutely still register. There are spots available. If you can't join us in person, not to worry, you should definitely tune in on Salesforce plus. We'll have a live broadcast both days. You may see me on the broadcast a few times. We're going to have some really exciting interviews with people who are there on site, and we're also going to have some really in depth fantastic product coverage. So we're going to have a whole keynote dedicated to Data Cloud. We're going to have some really special announcements in our product space, so I definitely recommend that you tune in. A lot of that content will also be available on demand post to the event. And as always, if you want to learn more about how you can be an awesome admin, make sure you check out my favorite website, admin.salesforce.com. There you can find great content in all forms from blogs, podcasts and videos, all the things that you could want, including career resources, product pages, check it out. We put a lot of thought and effort into that, and it's all for you to help enable you be an awesome admin. Thank you so much for listening to us today. If you're on Twitter, you can follow #awesomeadmin or you can find us @SalesforceAdmns. You can find myself @gilliankbruce, my co-host Mike @MikeGerholdt. And if you want to connect with our guest today, MK, you can find him on the Trailblazer community or on LinkedIn. We'll have those links right there in the show notes. Thank you so much for listening, and we'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Lynn Guyer, Manager, Salesforce Practice at Forefront Telecare.

Join us as we talk about how she was able to build a no code, out-of-the-box solution for one of her organization’s biggest operational challenges.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Lynn Guyer.

Scheduling on-call hours for a telehealth organization Lynn started out as a Salesforce user before she ever found herself sitting in the admin’s chair. That gives her a lot of insight into what things are like on the other side of the screen. So whenever she’s building a solution, she’s really concerned with how it’ll impact other users and what the experience is like for everyone involved in a business process.

As a telehealth organization, they have staff across many different time zones who have to be on-call at certain times. They needed to know who was covering which shift, that those people knew their schedule, and that every shift was covered. She tried a couple of the industry standard solutions to see what they were like, but they each had some significant shortcomings. Ultimately, Lynn decided the best course of action was to build something of her own in Salesforce.

Why research should always be the first step While Lynn was in her research phase, she looked at each of the existing on-call management solutions to understand their workflows. How many clicks it takes to do certain tasks, whether you can reuse different elements of the schedule week-to-week, and what it looks like from different users’ perspectives. This research really helped her to spec out exactly what she needed and how it should work.

Lynn and her team took their requirements to their Salesforce Account Executive and Solutions Engineer, who suggested they look at Scheduler. It seemed like a perfect fit—it could store and manage all the data they needed but, in order to implement it, Lynn needed to learn Flows.

How Lynn skilled up quickly in Flow There are a lot of great self-guided resources out there for learning new skills in Salesforce, but Lynn’s a working mom so she wanted something with a lot of focus tailored to her specific needs. A small group live class proved to be the perfect solution, allowing her to pick up the skills she needed in just a few weeks.

In the full Flow, the request comes into Salesforce from Experience Cloud as a record, which kicks off a series of Flows that check who’s on call, text the people who need to know, assigns the correct user to be the owner, and puts the information correctly into a schedule that everyone can see. In the end, Lynn was able to build a solution to her organization’s problem entirely in Salesforce, without code, made entirely with out-of-the-box features and add-ons.

Lynn is a big fan of keeping things out of the box.“Salesforce does all of the testing for you—that’s what you’re paying them for,” she says, “you’re paying them to test their code for you to use so you don’t have to test your code every release.” Building solutions like this makes them much more reliable, easier to maintain, and you get to benefit from the improvements Salesforce makes with each new release.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • Salesforce Admin Skills Kit

Social

  • Lynn on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/lynnag/
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Erick Mahle, Senior Director of CRM at First Advantage.

Join us as we talk about what 2023 looks like for admins and why we have an opportunity to stand out as efficiency experts.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Erick Mahle.

Doing more with less Erick has seen the ecosystem from a number of roles over the years, starting out as an admin, later working as a consultant, and now on the client side of things as Senior Director of CRM at First Advantage. His wife just landed a role as a junior admin, so he even has the perspective of someone breaking into Salesforce for the first time and starting their career.

It’s a challenging time for a lot of folks, with layoffs and more pressure on everyone in the tech space to do more with less. And we brought Erick on the pod because he recently wrote an insightful article about just that and we wanted to get his thoughts on why admins are optimizers.

The formula Erick uses to measure efficiency Erick and his team recently implemented Einstein bots in an unusual way. While they were looking into using this technology for customer service, they realized that they could also use it for their sales department, too, to help qualify and assign leads. They also created a screen flow that shows key things in the opportunity that are missing, which helps with the data cleanup needed to do predictive analytics in the future.

The tricky thing about improving efficiency is that there’s not necessarily a clear moment where everyone realizes how much work you’ve done. Erick and his team came up with a formula to track how much efficiency is gained from their projects: they count the number of full-time employees involved in the task they’re improving, the number of times per week that it occurs, and the number of minutes it takes to perform it. This gives them a quick way to evaluate the efficiency gains they could make with automation, which helps them prioritize projects and demonstrate their value to leadership.

How to build trust To get the ball rolling, Erick recommends the group exercise “Start, Stop, Continue.” You give everyone three colors of Post-it Notes and ask them to write on one color what we should start doing, on another what we should stop doing, and on the third what we should continue doing. You put them up on the wall and talk about them as a group, which opens the door to specific, actionable projects where Salesforce can make a difference.

The most important thing, Erick recommends, is to identify the low-hanging fruit from these suggestions and deliver on them quickly. Once you’ve built that trust, you’ve opened the doors to more feedback, more suggestions, and more wins for Salesforce at your organization.

And if you want to show off your Flow skills, Erick invites you to FlowFest on February 22nd. It’s a 50-minute, hack-a-thon style competition to find the “One Flow to Rule Them All.” It’s free to compete and free to spectate, so join in the fun!

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • FlowFest - Feb 22nd
  • Salesforce's Ecosystem in 2023: A Year of Optimizations
  • Start, Stop, Continue Template
  • Salesforce Admin Skills Kit

Social

  • Erick on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/erickmahle/
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Full Transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm your host today, Gillian Bruce, and we are talking about 2023 today. It's been an interesting time, challenges, opportunities, all kinds of wildness happening within the tech space. Some of us maybe feeling a little weird about the year ahead, but I wanted to get Erick Mahle on the podcast because he shared something on LinkedIn a few weeks ago that really kind of challenged me and had some new ideas I thought that were really interesting to bring two Salesforce admins specifically about what's possible this year and how you should view yourself in this time of change in terms of what you can do and the value you can bring an organization, and really finding ways to demonstrate that. In fact, there are some amazing opportunities for us as Salesforce admins in this space, in this time. Without further ado, let's get Erick on the pod. Welcome, Erick, to the podcast.

Erick Mahle: Thank you for having me. It's a pleasure to be here.

Gillian Bruce: Erick, I want to introduce you to our listeners a little bit to give some context to the conversation we're going to have today. Can you share a little bit about your Salesforce ecosystem journey and where you're at today?

Erick Mahle: Yeah, of course. Back in 2010-2011, I was the accidental admin. My background was actually in marketing and sales. Working for small software companies, you naturally get the hat of becoming the Salesforce admin. Always liked it. Equated it to the grownup version of Legos and building things and putting things together. After a couple of years, an opportunity presented itself for me to become an independent consultant in 2013. I pursued the consulting side for several years. I've ran a consulting firm for several years. I've done independent consulting for a couple of years, up until last year, where another interesting sequence of events outside of my professional life kind of lined themselves up. I took a full-time position as a senior director of CRM at First Advantage where I am today. I've gotten a chance to see the world from the consulting side. I'm getting a great opportunity to see it from the client side, and even the wife that recently got picked up as a junior admin. I got to see even someone trying to get started in the ecosystem recently. It's been an interesting year, especially the last one, to be in this ecosystem and see and the perspective that I had to gain from it.

Gillian Bruce: Thank you for sharing that. You've got such different perspectives from each chapter of your career so far. Congratulations to getting your wife in the ecosystem. I know that's what we do as Salesforce professionals, right? We just want to get everybody in there with us.

Erick Mahle:Exactly right.

Gillian Bruce: I wanted to talk to you today because you posted something really interesting on LinkedIn, and I wanted to get you on the podcast because I think especially as we kick off this year, it's a challenging time for a lot of folks. We've all seen the headlines. We've all heard about layoffs. We've maybe felt the strings getting tightened a little bit in the tech space, maybe put on some pressure from our leadership about trying to do more with less. Really I wanted to talk to you about this idea of really delivering success now in this environment. Tapping into some of the things that you shared on LinkedIn, I wanted to start with what's your overall outlook for 2023 for Salesforce professionals? You're on the client side now. You're actually in a position where you're hiring folks. Can you talk to us a little bit about how you see the outlook for the year as a Salesforce professional given everything that's going on?

Erick Mahle:I think there are the positive marks in it. There's a lot to look forward to, especially as a Salesforce professional. Because in this environment, in this economy that we're currently in, we hear a lot about companies tightening their spend. Unfortunately, a lot of the big companies are doing layoffs, all of them within their own reason. But where our rise to glory as a Salesforce professional comes in optimizations and being able to use the systems that we have today better. It's certainly something that I can talk about from my experience at First Advantage. Over the last six months or so, the overarching theme is how do we get more of what we currently have? We've been able to drive tremendous efficiencies and simplifying processes, consolidating applications where we can and functionality where we can. I think in many ways at First Advantage, we even saw a positive in terms of end user experience. And to be quite honest, my direct report, senior VP, he said it and he's like, "Look, the stuff that we're doing is helping save jobs too, because the savings that we're getting from this and everything is helping make the business case for everyone, not only to help people become more productive, be able to do more with less, but also financially."

Gillian Bruce: I think you hit on a lot of really interesting things there, I mean, especially when you think of the role of being a Salesforce admin, right? I mean, the idea is to help the business become more efficient by using Salesforce solutions and getting creative in terms of how to figure out how to streamline certain processes, how to deliver data better so that people can work more efficiently and get more deals done faster or help serve more customers quicker. Can you expound upon a little bit some of the things that you've seen specifically Salesforce admins or any Salesforce professional do tactically that have really, really helped deliver that efficiency, deliver that success?

Erick Mahle:Automation is one of the biggest things. For us, one of the key things that we've done that made a significant impact was a pretty significant undertaking for our company in the short timeframe was to implement Einstein Bots. We use Einstein Bots. We're going to start using it for customer service, but we actually initially started using it for sales to filter out leads and qualified leads accordingly and using that to be able to assign to folks. That level of deflection helped save a lot of times. It saved a lot of meetings that our BDR team had to go and qualify them and see if they were a real lead, if it was a genuine prospect, and who it needs to be assigned to. Just the number of meetings that we're saving on that because the bot is able to take that on. That's a fantastic thing that we can do there. We've also done a couple of really interesting projects. We did one called Opportunity Insights, which was really exciting. We basically did a ScreenFlow that shows key things in the Opportunity that are missing. We really want to focus on data cleanup and helping them. We want to get into predictive analytics in the future and all these things, and it starts with a good foundation. We created this little widget that tells them, hey, you're at this stage. Here are the things that we see that you still don't have. We even do things like, "You marked your competitor as other. Are you sure other? Have you found out anything since you've marked this?" There's a lot of things that we're doing that I think are really helpful in driving more visibility and helping people be more tactical into where they need to put their focus on in Salesforce.

Gillian Bruce: I love that. I mean, those two things you described, personally I love that because those are things that admins can do and deliver completely by digging into the technology and being able to build that out. Einstein Bots have been around for... I remember, I think we did podcasts about it when they first came out. It was three years ago, four years ago maybe. Such a great way to provide a very simple solution that just takes a little bit of thought and build out from an admin. I think the other thing too that you talked about, about basically delivering data and getting those insights that are surfaced. Again, these are things that Salesforce admins, this is in our wheelhouse. This is what we do. Can you talk a little bit about how you view especially the power of a Salesforce admin within any organization? How do you demonstrate this value to your leadership? Or in order to get more resources or to really make the case for investing more maybe with expanding the use of Salesforce within other parts of the organization, what are some things that you've seen work?

Erick Mahle:One of the interesting things that we started doing internally is that we came up with a basic formula to track how much efficiency we'll gain out of different projects. We actually put that on the other departments when they're asking us for efficiencies in Salesforce and to calculate that for us or put a rough guess. It's three components to the formula. It's the number of full-time employees involved on whatever task we're doing, the number of times per week that this task in particular occurs, and how much time per task per each individual task. We multiply that out and we calculate how much time we could technically save if we were to automate. An easy case here, sales reps have to put their activities on a spreadsheet and send it to their sales managers or have a half an hour meeting every week with their sales managers. Let's just say it's a small organization, 10 FTEs. Each one of them has to do a 30-minute report. Once a week, you're at 300 minutes right there, if my math serves me. If you put a dashboard together that tracks all of their tasks and activities, you immediately save 300 minutes right there. As the company starts getting more on board with what we're doing and how we're prioritizing, they start actively. It's almost like a game. On our dashboard, we have who's made the most recommendations and that we've been able to put in there. We highlight it. It's become a little bit of a game. People are like, "Oh yeah, I want to be able to save my time." I tell them, "You know I'm not going to be able to prioritize this until I can put some efficiency to this," and really helping to shape that. It's been an interesting initiative that's catching a lot of traction internally. It's exciting. That's a big one that's making a difference for us.

Gillian Bruce: I love how it's gamified almost. It's like a competition like, "Oh, you want me to work on your idea? Well, then you need to help me fill out the rest of this formula so that I can prove that this is going to deliver real value." I mean, gosh, it's such a clear combination of factors that then... I mean, it doesn't take a lot of explanation to really understand how that works, right? Pretty clear. I'm just imagining happy leaders who are like, "Oh, you saved us 300 minutes a week. Oh, you saved us multiple hours every week." You guys give internal awards of like, yes, I delivered the most impactful solution this week.

Erick Mahle:We haven't gotten to the point of handing out awards yet, but certainly it's useful in our company. Because while I'm not going to say it's rare, but I would say it's uncommon, our Salesforce team actually reports under sales operations where I think the majority, not a vast majority, but the majority would be under IT. Sales operations is actually measured under efficiencies. Our KPIs are to drive X number, X percentage of efficiency across the board, across the different teams. It was a perfect fit in terms of how we wanted to track this, because it immediately just helps put on the dashboard, hey, here's how we're doing as a department on one of our main KPIs. It was a big game changer for us, to be honest.

Gillian Bruce: Well, I think that's interesting you talking about the org structure a little bit and having the Salesforce admins and the Salesforce team sit within sales operations or revenue operations versus just a traditional IT. I actually don't know. I've talked to many admins who actually sit more in the sales or RevOps land versus IT, and I think to your point and the way you just described it, I think there's a lot that if you're sitting in a traditional IT space, learning a little bit from that sales culture, from that competitive culture, from that very drive efficiencies, KPIs, I think that might be a really good methodology to think about, especially if you're not currently in that space. Because again, it's the idea of proving efficiencies and really demonstrating the value there. I think that's a really great point. Listener, if you are living more in an IT world, take some tips here from Erick. Think about that sales perspective.

Erick Mahle:I'll add one thing, because I've seen in my consulting days companies that they want to get ambitious and do things with Salesforce, but there's just not enough buy-in. If everything that we talked about right now seems like far-fetched like, our sales team or is not going to get behind this or whatever, one thing that usually gets the ball rolling, it's an exercise, I can't take credit for it, but it's called Start, Stop, Continue. It's out there. It is a super simple exercise that will get people talking. You get everyone in the room. Everyone writes their own things they need to start doing, need to stop doing, and things that we're doing today that we want to make sure we don't lose. And then usually we do them on Post-it notes, and then usually we'll collect all the Post-it notes and line everyone up. And as soon as you start seeing common threads, people start opening up, "Oh, I'm not on the only one that thinks about this. Oh yeah, no, no, no." Suddenly everyone becomes a talker and starts sharing things. And just like that, you get a list of priorities of what's bugging them the most about the CRM. You didn't have to push people to come and give you information. You just naturally draw it out of them. The key piece effort is that you have to execute, right? They've trusted in you that they could share all of these things. Whatever it is, find the easy pickings and deliver, execute, and that will start the snowball effect of, "Oh, you delivered on this. Oh, I wonder what else? Oh yeah, by the way, this was never working very well before. Can we redo this, or can we figure out a way? Because I have to click here and then go there to click this and say this and say that, can we streamline all of that?" Suddenly now the dialogue starts and you start to change the culture of how sales folks look at Salesforce. I just wanted to add that in, because a lot of times I know companies have a struggle to get people on board culturally. From my experience, it's a great way to make this accessible for everyone.

Gillian Bruce: I love that. It's a great tip. I have been through many a Post-it note feedback sessions in my time. And it is. It's an amazing way to just get the brains working and get the wheels turning about, oh, what's possible? Again, like you said, I'm not the only one who feels this way. Oh, there's some themes here. I think especially given the environment that we're all in, asking to do more with less, it's such a great way to really enable that prioritization that's so important when we're trying to really focus, be efficient, and really find ways to deliver those impactful results very quickly. Great tip. Erick, you talked a lot about automation, and I know you're working on a really fun community event focused on automation. Can you share what you're working on with us?

Erick Mahle:Of course. This will be our fourth time doing this. It started as a bit of a wonder if it was going to catch on. But at the end of February now, we'll be hosting our fourth FlowFest. This is a global live competition hackathon style where we're going to put I think over 200 competitors from across the world for a chance to be the FlowFest champion. We're going to put them through a series of challenges, and we'll get to do a final head-to-head battle, which is going to be new for this FlowFest. Typically, we get over 2,000 people that have signed up. It's really exciting. For us, we treat it as an educational event. All of the exercises, we provide a breakdown of all the challenges afterwards. If you want to try to put yourself in the shoes of the competitors, competitors when they register, they get to select the country that they're representing, the companies that they're supporting. If you want to come support your company, support your country, there's space for everyone. We'll be more than happy to have you if you're interested. It's www.flowfest.fans, F-A-N-S, or just look up FlowFest hashtag on LinkedIn. It's trending pretty well. Come join us on February 22nd and maybe you'll pick up a couple of things, or maybe you'll teach us a couple of things too. We'll see.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, that sounds like so much fun. I cannot wait to join. I will for sure be there. Thank you so much for sharing that with us, and thank you for organizing such a fun event.

Erick Mahle:Yeah, yeah. It's funny, because the person who I've started with, the founder of Salesforce, Ben, Ben came to me, I remember, and he sends me the screenshot of the text message. Every now and then he's like... He asked me, he's like, "How many people do you think will show up on the first one?" I said, I don't know, maybe 10, maybe 100 people. I think we had something like 1,600 people register on the first one alone. It kind of was a little bit of an overnight sensation. We had to re-engineer that competition. We're like, we're not just inviting 10 people on a Zoom and sharing a PDF. We actually built a managed package and an unmanaged package to support the competition. Everyone that competes submits their flows to our main organization, so we get to do the flow review right on the spot and be able to assess if they got everything right or not. It's been one of the most fascinating things that I got a chance to get involved with during my time in this ecosystem.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, that's so cool. I love that you're running it on Salesforce. That's even better. That's the best.

Erick Mahle:That's how you got to do it. It's got to all be powered by Salesforce.

Gillian Bruce: I love it. I love it. Well, FlowFest coming up, what'd you say, February 22nd?

Erick Mahle:February 22nd is the next one.

Gillian Bruce: Another thing I know in your role, Erick, you have helped build Salesforce teams. You have a Salesforce team. For folks out there who maybe are transitioning, maybe they are looking for a new job, or they are thinking about it in this space, what tips do you have for them as they're moving to their next Salesforce role?

Erick Mahle:For me, one of the big things that I'd recommend is that as you're going through the interview process, make sure you understand the team that you're working with. Make sure that you're taking on a challenge that unless you have double digits years worth of experience and you're going into a leadership position, make sure that there's someone more senior than you in that organization, because you really want to make sure that you're continuing to learn. That's on the client side, in particular. If you're on the consulting side, you're going to have tons of peers that you're going to be able to learn from. Anyone that's been on the consulting side knows that you're learning from a fire hose there. Drink from a fire hose every single day. But on the client side, make sure that there's a structured team. If you're talking to the HR person and you're the most qualified person when it comes to Salesforce there, that could be a bit of a red flag, especially if there's no one else on the Salesforce team. There's a lot of companies there. Tips for employers here as well, Salesforce salaries is a tricky subject. We can make a whole podcast on this, but don't try to spend less and get someone junior because you really want someone that has experience to be able to help you out. Especially anything that you want to solve in Salesforce, there might be four or five different ways of delivering it. You really want someone that has been there, has that experience, and can also say, "You know what? Here are the four different alternatives. This is the one that I recommend because this is what's going to be scalable. We won't run the risk of having to undo six months worth of work six months later when you want the next step to revisit this." Look out for your own career interests. Make sure that you're going into a place where you can continue to grow. Equally for employers, make sure that you're starting a team with the right person. I think actually the Salesforce numbers are one Salesforce FTE for every 50 users. I think those are the recommended numbers. Realistically, if you're joining in as a junior admin or what have you, you want to make sure that there's another admin. If you're the second FTE, you really shouldn't be looking at a customer that has less than 100 users or you run the risk of getting into a place that you may not be able to learn from too much. Some of those interesting things that you want to consider when you're looking for opportunities.

Gillian Bruce: I think those are some really interesting tips, being able to demonstrate selecting from a few different options and why you would select that option as a solution. And then I love the tip from the employer too. I think we do often have questions of especially people who are new to the ecosystem or trying to get their first role, we know it's challenging because you don't have the experience and everybody wants the experience. On the flip side, especially if you're trying to get your first role, you don't want to be the only Salesforce person at that organization. Because if that's your first role, you're going to be overwhelmed and you're not going to have anybody to learn from. I think that's a really interesting perspective. Look for the team that you want to be working with and who you want to be learning from. And then for the more seasoned folks, really being able to understand how to translate your experience and your expertise in those interviews, in that process, in terms of evaluating solutions and explaining the why and all of that. I think those are some really great tips.

Erick Mahle:Equally, just another way to phrase it as well, is that you were mentioning, just like it may be your first job or your first venture in the Salesforce ecosystem, you have to imagine this could also be the company's first venture into hiring a Salesforce expert. They might not necessarily know what to expect, and they might be trying to figure out as they go. That is something that you also got to keep into consideration. Maybe cut them some slack, but also be aware of the position that they're in to see if that fits into what you're looking for. Just because this is a first entry level job and they also are looking for their first hire and they don't know what they're looking for, this might not necessarily mean it's a win-win for you guys. It might mean that not a lot of people will know who they're looking for and maybe an employment opportunity will come up, but that may not necessarily mean that in the long run this will work well because you're going to be effectively take the weight of the entire CRM on your shoulders without someone to validate ideas with, or sometimes you can't share company internal information. Even though you can try to go to Salesforce community groups and all of these things, there are certain things with your use cases that you might not be privy to share. If you don't have someone internally that you can count on, that may put you and ultimately the organization in a tricky situation in months to come.

Gillian Bruce: Well, and then you're also charged with explaining and consistently advocating for Salesforce, right? Because oftentimes if it is the case that the company is brand new about Salesforce and you are a brand new admin and this is your first job, you have a lot on your plate because you also have to explain consistently the value of Salesforce and why they should continue to invest in it, which is a lot to do. I think that's some of the themes that we've been talking about right now, Erick, is talking about how you deliver those efficiencies and prove those efficiencies and what you've been able to deliver value-wise. It takes some experience to do that, and it's not an immediate thing. I think especially the current environment that we're in, figuring out how you can deliver that success now to your organization, it's knowing the tactics and the technology and how to do it. It's also knowing how to explain it and how to demonstrate the value up the leadership chain and make that argument for more investment and more resources. I think those two things are really important, and you've talked about both of those.

Erick Mahle:I've been in this ecosystem for 13 years, and I've used the same quote across all 13. The best way to summarize this is Uncle Ben's old quote from Spider-Man, with great power comes great responsibility. It rings true every single time. With a tool as flexible and as powerful as Salesforce, again, as you're coming up, you do want to make sure that you're working in an environment where you can assess everything that the tool can deliver and be able to identify which is the best path forward. Yeah, totally.

Gillian Bruce: I love it. It's great when we can have a quote from Marvel. Is it Marvel or DC? It's DC, right?

Erick Mahle:I think it's Marvel, but someone might correct me terribly fast once they get to hear this.

Gillian Bruce: My husband will be very angry at me if I got that wrong, which I probably did anyway. I mean, it's a great quote. It is. It's true. The power of the platform is immense, and it's more than just the platform, right? It's the power of the role, and then the role that you have within your organization to help your users and to help the organization as a whole. Erick, before I wrap, if you were to have one message to share with any Salesforce professional, Salesforce admins, Salesforce developers, anybody working in the Salesforce ecosystem for 2023, what is the one message that you want to deliver to them?

Erick Mahle:This is the year of optimization. This is the year of learning tools that will help you optimize, help companies consolidate. We're talking about automation like Flow. Flow Is just blowing up right now. You have integrations with systems. If you want to get a connector, there's a lot of great no-code connectors out there that allow you to start connecting your database with others. We talked about the example that we use at First Advantage of using Einstein Bots to be able to deflect and spare employees from having meetings and save that by running qualification process ahead of time. This is the time to increase your skillset and things that can help optimize an organization. It doesn't necessarily have to be technical, because it could be your BA skills. Improve your skills. Put your skills to the test of documenting processes, find gaps that are there that people are having to do things, duplicate data entry in one system here and then go into other system there, and try to make the case to help bring those efficiencies to light, not only to make your business case, but to help the company do more with less. I think that's the theme of this year. It's do more with less. That would be my big feedback to anyone that's listening.

Gillian Bruce: I think that's great. I think it's actually a pretty empowering message to share with anybody working in the Salesforce ecosystem, especially Salesforce admins, because we can do this. We got the tools. We got the skills to do it. I really appreciate you, Erick, you coming on the podcast and sharing your outlook, sharing your expertise with us today. Hey, let's look forward to a really strong 2023 for the Salesforce ecosystem.

Erick Mahle:Yeah, it's a pleasure being here. We can talk Salesforce all day. Big pleasure. I'm happy to help share my message and hopefully this gets to help a couple of folks. If one person gets something out of this, I'm more than happy already.

Gillian Bruce: Excellent. Well, thank you so much, Erick. Appreciate it.

Erick Mahle:Likewise.

Gillian Bruce: Huge thanks to Erick for taking the time to chat. I loved some of his ideas about what the outlook for 2023 is for Salesforce administrators I thought were pretty inspiring, pretty optimistic, gave me some interesting ideas about how to think about the role of a Salesforce admin in this current climate of everyone trying to do more with less and trying to really drive efficiency and deliver success, prove the value that you're bringing to the organization. The formula he shared about how he calculates the efficiencies delivered by what he and his team have built I thought were really interesting, focusing on prioritization. Doing that sticky note exercise, I haven't done that in years, but I think it's a wonderful idea, and I want to bring it back to our team here at Salesforce to help us because we're all under this exercise right now of really trying to streamline and really, really focus on being efficient. Hope you had some interesting ideas that came from what you just heard with Erick. If you have some comments or some questions, I very much invite those. Please, please share those with us. You can share them with us on Twitter. We're @SalesforceAdmns, no I, or you can share them with us on LinkedIn, the Trailblazer Success Community. You can find us everywhere. We'd love to know your feedback, get that conversation and keep that conversation going. And as always, if you want to learn anything else about how you can continue to be an awesome admin, check out my favorite website, admin.salesforce.com. You'll even find the Salesforce Admin Skills Kit there, which touches on some of the things Erick mentioned earlier about it's more than just your technical abilities, it's also the skills like business analysis and data analysis. Those are things that are going to be really important as we focus on really delivering impact and efficiency this year. And as always, you can find myself on Twitter. I'm @GillianKBruce. You can find Mike on Twitter. He's @Mike Gerholdt. You can find Erick on LinkedIn. He is very easy to find. He's got some great content that he's sharing on there, including information about FlowFest, which is happening very soon. Definitely make sure you put that on your calendar and check it out. I can't wait to check it out myself. It sounds really, really fun. I hope you have a wonderful rest of your evening, rest of your afternoon, rest of your morning. Thank you so much for listening, and I'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Shirlene Chow, Senior Director of Workforce Development Programs at Salesforce.

Join us as we talk about the programs she and her team offer to help people get started in the Salesforce ecosystem, connect with mentors, and develop their careers.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Shirlene Chow.

Turn new knowledge into a new job A common piece of feedback we hear is that while Trailhead is great at helping people skill up in the Salesforce ecosystem, it’s hard to figure out the next steps. How do you turn your new knowledge into a job opportunity?

That’s why we wanted to hear from Shirlene Chow. Her Workforce Development team is all about helping people with those next steps, connecting them with mentorship, interviews, free vouchers for certification tests, and more. The jobs market has been a little tough recently but that makes it a perfect time to skill up into something new.

Why mentorship is so important Shirlene’s team offers a Salesforce Fundamentals program with classes happening all over the world and, while most admins don’t need to brush up on the basics, maybe you know someone who’d like to learn.

For those more experienced in the ecosystem, the Trailblazer Mentorship program matches you with a Salesforce veteran who can help you 1-on-1 with your job search strategy, your resume, your interview skills, and more. There’s also a new program called Mentor Circles program that puts you in a group setting with several peers and mentors for a longer period of time. Think of it as group coaching.

In almost every #AwesomeAdmin story we hear, Mentorship is one of the key ingredients for success, so we really want to put the word out there so you can take your career in a new direction.

Other programs to help you grow your career Shirlene and her team also run the Trailblazer Career Fairs, which are now virtual events happening on a global scale. We put you together with engaged recruiters from some our closest strategic partners so you can learn about their organizations and what they’re looking for in a candidate. From there, there are group networking and one-on-one breakouts with individual recruiters. New Career Fairs are happening all the time, so check the Trailblazer Connect Hub for details.

Finally, we wanted to highlight the Salesforce Pathfinder program. It’s a 4-month intensive program to give you the practical skills you need to launch your career. “The goal is to help you be well-rounded,” Shirlene says, “not just with Salesforce technical skills but also business skills, how to work in a team, how to do things in an Agile format, and how to practice your active listening and speaking and presentation skills.”

If all this sounds good to you, take a look at the resources we’re linking to below. And if you want to get involved, you can get listed in the directory and start mentoring other Trailblazers.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more: * Salesforce Admin Skills Kit * Salesforce Fundamentals * Trailblazer Mentorship * Career Fairs * Pathfinder Program

Social * Shirlene: @ShirleneChow * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got the Monthly Retro for January.

Join us as we review the top product, community, and careers content for January, and talk about New Year’s resolutions.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation from our Monthly Retro.

Blog highlights from January The march toward Spring ‘23 continues, and we’ve got your back with content covering everything in the GA, Beta, and Pilot. Mike wants you to pay close attention, especially, to some enhancements for reports and dashboards. And a reminder that MFA auto-enablement is coming with this release!

  • Jen’s Top Spring ’23 Release Features for Admins and Users

Video highlights from January Staying on the theme of Spring ‘23, we wanted to point you toward Release Readiness Live. There are so many notes with any new release, but we highlight the important information that admins need to know, all in one place.

  • Admin Preview of Release Readiness Live, Spring '23

Podcast highlights from January Check out Mike’s episode with Janet Elliott from this month. We talked about her first public speaking gig, which happened at a little event you might have heard of called Dreamforce. Since then, she’s given many talks at many events, so we brought her on to find out how you too can get started as a Salesforce speaker. Gillian interviewed Kat Aquino, who gave us a fascinating look into what it’s like building a Salesforce org from the ground up to support a multinational event—the 2028 Olympic and Paralympic Games in LA.

  • Finding Your Voice with Janet Elliott
  • Supporting the LA28 Games with Salesforce with Kat Aquino

Just for fun Mike and Gillian reflect on their less-than-successful past New Year’s Resolutions.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Janet Elliott, Manager of Solution Architecture at Kicksaw and 2022 Salesforce MVP.

Join us as we talk about finding your voice and why you should become a Salesforce speaker.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Janet Elliott.

Why you should speak at a Salesforce event Janet got started in the ecosystem as a project manager and admin for Salesforce in 3 BT (Before Trailhead) a.k.a. 2011. Eventually, she moved into becoming a Solution Architect. Along the way, she’s been a speaker at multiple TrailblazerDX conferences, Dreamforce, and more, which is why we wanted to bring her on the pod. “Speaking about Salesforce is something I’ve really found a passion for,” Janet says.

You might wondering, with so many great speakers at Salesforce events, why anyone would want to hear from you. The truth is that there are relatively few people compared to the number of slots at all the different Salesforce events. We’re looking for new voices, and Janet has a lot to say about how you can get started as a new speaker.

Overcoming imposter syndrome “I got a huge confidence boost from the first time I spoke,” Janet says, “because I realized that people were interested in what I had to say and I didn’t need to be an absolute expert on the topic beforehand.” It just so happens that her first time was at Salesforce, in front of hundreds of people—quite the way to rip off the band-aid.

One big piece of advice Janet has is to attend as many events as you can, something that’s a lot easier to do with more events offering virtual options. As you’re sitting in the audience, think about how you’re listening to the speakers. Do you want them to succeed or fail? Are you judging them harshly or are you rooting for them? That’s how you manage imposter syndrome (which is totally normal!): realize that the audience wants you to succeed.

Tips for talks You don’t need to be an expert to speak about a topic. Give yourself permission to say “I don’t know the answer to that but here’s where I would start looking.” People don’t want to hear from you because they don’t know how to use Google—they’re there to hear your story and learn from your experiences.

Finally, as Shakespeare said, “the readiness is all.” You need to put time and thought into how you prepare for your talk. Janet recommends rehearsing a few times and recording yourself, so you can sit in the audience’s chair and see how you’re coming across.

Janet has a lot more great tips about picking topics, finding your story, and where to get started so be sure to listen to the full episode.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • Salesforce Admin Skills Kit

Social

  • Janet: @ItsMeJanet_E
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Lynn Simons, Senior Director of Security Awareness and Engagement, and Laura Pelkey, Senior Manager of Security Customer Engagement, both at Salesforce.

Join us as we talk about security and security awareness for admins.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Lynn Simons and Laura Pelkey.

Build good security habits We wanted to start 2023 off right with a focus on security. Because there’s always a new threat on the horizon, Lynn reminds us that good security is really about understanding the broader concepts and building good habits. That means having a handle on ideas like the Principle of Least Privilege, and then putting them into practice as you set permissions and access in your org.

When it comes to getting started with security, Lynn has three main tips:

  1. Lean on resources already out there to help you, like the Salesforce Admins blog you’re reading right now.
  2. Think about the security impact of each new Release.
  3. Be an advocate for security in your organization.

Lynn and Laura have some specific tips for each of these, but the big idea is that security is really a state of mind. Understanding the broader concept of limiting access will help with the little things, like defaulting to the most restrictive data access when you’re building permissions, or making sure you periodically deactivate unused accounts.

Engage with other teams in your organization Laura recommends that you look for ways to actively engage with security and IT beyond the Salesforce platform. Not only will it make it easier to get help when you need it down the road, but it also helps you understand how the pieces of the security puzzle fit together in your organization.

“Salesforce user credentials are probably one of the more targeted things that attackers might be after,” Laura says, so looking at threats outside of Salesforce, like phishing, is crucial to the security of your org. Educate your users and help them understand these threats and why they’re so important. Interface with other departments to get the information you need—for example, so you know someone’s leaving your organization and you need to remove their Salesforce access.

Planning for the worst-case scenario Despite all your planning, things can go wrong and you need to decide ahead of time what you’ll do in the event of a breach. “Every company that has a good security posture has instant response plans already in place, and remediation plans already in place for many different scenarios,” Laura says.

Talk through what you should do in any likely scenario with stakeholders and your IT team. For example, if one of your user’s credentials get stolen, who should you tell first? Being proactive about security will only reflect well on you—don’t worry about coming across as a Chicken Little. “If one of our Salesforce Admins came to us with a breach remediation plan,” Laura says, “I would be so excited.”

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • Get Ready for Multi-Factor Authentication: Prepare Your End-Users
  • Get Ready for Multi-Factor Authentication: Plan for Auto-Enablement
  • Security on the Salesforce Admins Blog

Social

  • Laura: @LauraPelkey1
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Full Transcript

Mike : Welcome to Salesforce Admins podcast where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. And hey, we're kicking off 2023 by talking about security and security awareness for admins. We want you to be security minded this year as you always are. And to do this, we're bringing back a couple of my favorite guests. Everybody's my favorite guest, but Lynn Simons, who is Senior Director of Security Awareness and Engagement at Salesforce. And Laura Pelkey, I bet you have ran into Laura and Lynn, Laura Pelkey, who is Senior Manager, Security Customer Engagement. Both of them are very active in the Salesforce community. They're very active at Salesforce events. You've probably seen them around security awareness booths. I know Laura was working in the admin zone at Dreamforce this year. They have so much wealth and experience to share with us as admins. It's a fun discussion. Don't turn it off. Listen to it all the way through, because I promise you, they're going to give you an article that you need to read. I'll call it homework. How's that sound? So with that, let's get Lynn and Laura on the podcast. So Lynn and Laura, welcome back to the podcast.

Laura Pelkey: Hey Mike.

Lynn Simons: Hi Mike. So good to be on the podcast again.

Mike : It's been a while. We've had each of you on individually because we know that security is top of mind for admins, which is why we're starting off 2023 with a security minded episode. So Lynn, I'm going to start with you. What's it mean as an admin to be security minded?

Lynn Simons: Love that question. It's really about how you are thinking over time as you're doing your other work as an administrator. And I think it's really smart to think about the broader principles because the thing is with security, it's always changing and the risks are always new. So really understanding key security principles like least privilege and using that as your guide, as you set permissions and access is really going to be a great start to being security minded. Also knowing what resources are out there for you as a Salesforce admin on the admin's website through other Salesforce resources that then by talking to fellow admins, that's another great way to find resources. I think the job of security's never done, so just remembering that periodically. I always give the clue of, with each new release, think about what security impacts are in that release. And thinking about your job is never done with security, meaning it's not a one and done settings situation. This is something we have to look at all the time. And then last, also thinking of yourself as an advocate. You as a Salesforce admin have the ability to influence your IT department, your security team by bringing up what the security concerns are with Salesforce.

Mike : Laura, it's been a while and a few people have been out a couple days ago celebrating the new year, had too much bubbly and forgot what the principle of least privilege is. Can you help me understand that?

Laura Pelkey: Well, I don't know how anyone could forget about the principle of least privilege-

Mike : You don't know how strong the champagne was on New Year's Eve.

Laura Pelkey: ... I certainly think about it all the time. That's a good point. Yes. So the principle of least privilege, that is one of the fundamental tenants of cybersecurity. And really what it is making sure that your users don't have access to anything that they don't absolutely need access to. So it's really about restricting permissions and ability to act within your Salesforce org in your implementation to just what's absolutely necessary. And that helps to reduce risk across the organization.

Mike : I think of Dwight in the office letting me know that I'm security level three, but that's out of 300.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah, exactly.

Mike : Got you.

Laura Pelkey: And Beets Battlestar Galactica and Bears.

Mike : Beets. Beets Battlestar Galactica. Lynn, you mentioned reviewing security related changes with every release. What are some of the things that admins should look for in terms of changes in a release?

Lynn Simons: That's a super important thing to do. I would really look for things that have to do with permissions and access first. Looking for words that have to do with how profiles are set around allow lists and block lists. Jump in Laura if you can think of anything. But really those profile and permission related things are the lowest hanging fruit, I think in releases.

Laura Pelkey: And I know there've been some updates around guest user access and configuring that. And it's also something that is important for admins to pay attention to, that particular release update.

Mike : So we can obviously spend a whole lot of time talking about things they should be doing in the app, but we're thinking ahead, we're out there, we're maybe back in the office walking around seeing our users. What are some of the things that admins can pay attention to in terms of security habits outside of Salesforce that they could help bring a best practice for their users? And Laura, if you want to kick us off, you're usually out talking at user groups.

Laura Pelkey: I love this question. So this is something, actually, Lynn and I talk about this a lot. Lynn actually runs our Security Awareness Program at Salesforce, and her and our team have to partner really closely with our IT team on something called phishing tests. And Lynn, obviously you can talk about this in more detail, but that's actually something that's really an interesting way for admins to create inroads with their IT teams or their IT leadership and partner outside of the whole world of Salesforce, but really in a way that uplifts the security of their company or their organization as a whole. Lynn, I don't know if you have any thoughts on how an admin might go about partnering with an IT director or someone on the IT team to do phishing tests.

Lynn Simons: Sure. One of the things that security teams are always thinking about is what is the threat landscape look like? And they'll even do things called threat models to design how particular systems can be infiltrated by an actor. And it's really welcomed by a security team to be finding out from people in the company what kind of risks they're seeing. So as a person who runs a security awareness team, if I heard from our Salesforce administrator, of course we use Salesforce too, and I heard that they were thinking of some behaviors or risks that could be creating some type of potential attack, then I would really want to keep, I'd be all ears. So reaching out to that team and I think you can reach out to a security awareness professional or somebody who does user management and say, hey, the people I'm working with as a Salesforce administrator are using Salesforce. I understand that Salesforce is a really big brand now, and is there potential that if an attack renew that we had a lot of Salesforce use it here, what might they be interested in? Maybe we can partner on a phishing test together. Because the most effective phishing tests that we do are ones that are really germane to the users in our environment. So for example, we might use a logo that looks familiar or we might use something that looks similar to a Salesforce related URL or email address in a phishing test. And I think kind of that partnership with the security team would be really, really appreciated. But what it would also do is provide that security team with some data that they can use to understand their user community. And I think that that would be an incredible basis of building a relationship with the security team.

Laura Pelkey: And if you think about it, Salesforce user credentials are probably one of the more often targeted things that attackers might be after. And so you're not only helping to bolster the security of all of the employees at your company by educating around this passively, using phishing tests, but you're also bolstering the security of your Salesforce implementation by educating your user base on this. So it's a win-win really for everyone.

Mike : Yeah, I could see that. And I think I've seen a few come through that, I don't know Lynn, if you've been the mastermind behind, but they've been awfully legit. They look really good.

Lynn Simons: Definitely my wonderful team is doing that. And we really work with the various departments in the company to identify what's going to be germane to our audiences so that we can understand the difficulty level that they're able to respond to. And also part of that is that reporting behavior. As a security awareness person on a podcast, I have to say that it's really not just all about clicking on these emails, it's really about what happens after that when people like Laura said, might enter their credentials. And then also that activity of seeing something weird, seeing something suspicious and reporting it to your security team. And you can be a great friend of the security team by helping your user population understand that there's a way to report suspicious activity, not just ignore it, not sweep it under the rug, but let the security team know as soon as possible.

Mike : I'd love to know when you sit down with new clients or even existing customers, what are some of the questions that I think genuinely they ask? Not knowing it could be a security risk. I think of, we all know the sharing credentials stuff is not something that people should do, but are there questions out there that people perceive as well, this isn't creating a security risk, but it actually is?

Laura Pelkey: I'll jump in if you don't mind to answer this. So just when I'm on the floor at Dreamforce or on the floor at a world tour or TDX, actually one of the most common topics that come up that people don't naturally associate with security is actually how permissions are configured. How user permissions are configured. So the whole concept of access within a Salesforce org is often not thought of as security, but really this all ties in back to that principle of least privilege that you asked about earlier, Mike. And just because someone is a registered user or is in your org is supposed to be in your org, that doesn't mean that there's no risk associated with them having access to certain objects or fields that they shouldn't have access to. That's called an insider threat, is a term that sometimes can be used if somebody does something, a user does something that they're not actually supposed to do. And so really reviewing permission sets, we actually now are guiding people and advising people to use minimum access profiles and then layer permissions on top of that if they can. I know that's a shift from how people are typically used to setting up profiles and permissions, but really that's the best way to ensure that you are following the principle of least privilege when you're managing access within your Salesforce org.

Lynn Simons: That's really interesting Laura, because it's related to the example I was going to give with customers I've talked to at Dreamforce. In particular with non-profit customers where they have a volunteer base that might have access to Salesforce, that can be a very transient group of people. And there's also this feeling of goodwill in that industry that assumes the best intent. Of course, we want to assume best intent of people in general, but in terms of protecting data, we generally think more in terms of, okay, let's start with no access and then let's build on that. And particularly with nonprofits, there's this risk because of the donor data and credit card data that's really at the heart of how nonprofits are operating. That's one example. Another one I think is that clean up around releases that I was mentioning and the reality that we have to deactivate accounts. That if the accounts do not need to be active that are not used. So it's certainly advisable to be thinking about if a user account hasn't been used in X number of months, then perhaps that's access that's not needed. Are you hearing a theme? The theme is access.

Mike : Yeah. Removing unused, especially when an employee leaves. I think that's always something that I know as an admin I had to work diligently with my HR team to try and get on lists. And it's not me being nosy, I don't need to know who's leaving the company. I need to know so that I can ensure the day after they leave, can't still log into Salesforce.

Lynn Simons: Exactly.

Mike : So let me tangent off that. What are some departments that you commonly tell admins to go reach out and have best practice discussions with or build relationships with? I know you mentioned IT, I'm guessing HR is another one.

Lynn Simons: Absolutely. And I think it's important to understand who is the business owner and purchaser of Salesforce at your company, because there can be a scenario where IT isn't deeply involved and there are business people who own the implementation. And particularly in that case, you're going to want to know who those individuals are because the buyer may have received information that's valuable to you. So let's say it's the head of sales, they might be getting emails from Salesforce that are really, really valuable to you as administrator around changes that are upcoming around big announcements and that kind of thing. So I think being in lockstep with that team would be really critical.

Laura Pelkey: And it actually all really goes back to thinking like a security advocate. And so when you have that mindset of, okay, my priority is to really advocate for cybersecurity, not just in terms of to my user base, but to the company and to the leaders in my company, that's a great mindset to have. And the first thing you want to do when you're doing that kind of work is identifying who the stakeholders are, who cares about security. And so that can be IT. If you have a cybersecurity team that's often larger companies may have a cybersecurity team and smaller companies may not, but that's not always a given. HR, like Lynn was saying, your sales leadership is probably very invested in the security of Salesforce and of the company and also actually who is in charge of assigning budgets to Salesforce to people who are the decision makers for these kinds of things. So even if it's not a purely technical role or a purely people oversight role, there are a lot of different roles within your company or your organization that can touch on security. And so it's really helpful to do an analysis of your individual company and find out who those folks are and who those teams are.

Lynn Simons: And just one other one that can actually be part of HR depending on the company, is your employee communications team. Because those are the individuals who you could influence in terms of company newsletters or other types of all hands where reminders around security best practices in Salesforce if you have a really broad audience of employees using the tool, I think knowing those comms people is going to give you a voice that's perhaps a more powerful and louder voice than your own at a large company.

Mike : Yeah, that makes sense. One thing I thought of, and it's because I watched way too much Weather Channel, which I forgot to get a tour of their offices when I was down in Atlanta, but it's all my to-do list. So anybody that works at the Weather Channel listens to this podcast, because I'm sure there's all of you, I want a tour. One thing they talk about, because it's storm season, we're in the Midwest, you guys are out West, you don't get anything. But in the Midwest and especially the East Coast, it's like prepare for snow and bad weather. And even in the South they're starting to get some tornadoes. One thing I think we often talk about a lot in security is how do we keep the doors locked? How do we make sure everything's safe? And what we fail to do? And what they pointed out is, so let's just assume the tornado's going to go through what is your next steps? What is your plan for when the smoke detector goes off, when the tornado sirens go off? And I think I would love to know as you think through, what could you tell an admin for, let's plan for, I run a report and I suddenly see that I've got a user that looks like they logged in from three different locations within a minute of themselves? What's that plan look like? Or how does an admin put together a plan for stuff like that?

Laura Pelkey: That's such a good question.

Lynn Simons: It's such a great question. And I always go back to the first step to that and actually learned it from an MVP, which is cool, which is that documentation is incredibly important when it comes to dealing with security issues. So if you have a documented plan for how to deal with those things, you're going to be setting yourself up to not panic and be able to have some of your own guide for what to do. And secondly, those relationships that we just talked about really come to the forefront. Because investing in those relationships, you can make the plans that you need. Number one, reporting. Number two, being able to communicate as we were talking about. And then Laura, if you want to take over from the orgs themselves what to do there, I'd love for your take on that.

Laura Pelkey: Well I think so, not to use the B word, but what we're really talking about is a breach remediation plan.

Mike : Thank you for telling me what the B word was.

Laura Pelkey: [inaudible].

Mike : I had no idea.

Lynn Simons: I don't even say the word.

Laura Pelkey: But it's okay. We should be prepared as admins. I say I was an admin a long time ago, but-

Mike : You're still an admin.

Laura Pelkey: Think once an admin, always an admin. We do need to be prepared in the event of a breach. And every company that has a good security posture has instant response plans already in place and remediation plans already in place for many different scenarios. And so it really depends on your implementation and your company and the resources you have at your disposal. So I don't want to give one blanket answer because it just depends on a lot of different factors. But proactively sitting down with those security stakeholders like we were talking about, this would actually be an amazing first step at connecting with these people once you've identified the stakeholders and saying, hey, I would like to create some breach remediation plans for the following scenarios. And maybe one of them is the scenario, Mike that you gave. Maybe another one is, you can just talk to people on your IT team or your security team and maybe get their thoughts on what some common scenarios are. Maybe one of them is one of my users' credentials got hacked. That's probably something that everybody should have as a scenario. And then you outline in very specific steps what the next steps are and who owns those steps. And you make sure that all of those people are aware and are bought into that plan. And that plan is circulated very broadly. So everybody's on the same page.

Lynn Simons: Those incident response teams really live and die by their operating procedures. So I think by working together to create that documentation, they can actually integrate that plan into their own plan. So they know, okay, they hear from Jane admin that that means that this particular procedure kicks into play in that moment.

Mike : I think one of the key things I thought you said there, Laura was and who owns the step. I think a lot of documents are always drawn up with here's the steps and then everybody looks at themselves as to okay, who does number one?

Laura Pelkey: Yeah, that's super important. And I think Lynn can probably feel the same way, if one of our Salesforce admins came to us and said, hi, I'm proposing this breach remediation plan, here are the scenarios. I'd love for you to be an owner of this, will you agree to do this? I would be like, oh my gosh, this person is so amazingly security conscious. I would be so excited.

Lynn Simons: We'd be thrilled.

Laura Pelkey: But we're just security dorks. But still it would be really great. And if you want to just purely from a career perspective as an admin, if you want to make a name for yourself and you start doing things like that at your company or organization, people are going to start knowing who you are and thinking, wow, this person is bringing a lot to the table.

Mike : I think for our next event that you are both at, you should have fancy buttons made or stickers, people like stickers, maybe put a Twitter pull out, see what people like more because I don't know, Mike doesn't always know and have them bring you their security plan for some sort of fancy hot rod sticker or plushy that's like, I've got a security plan.

Lynn Simons: Ooh, I love that.

Mike : You could rock that badge. Because that's a badge you want people to have.

Lynn Simons: And I also-

Laura Pelkey: I know I'm getting ideas for content that while we're talking about this.

Mike : Yes, and you can write that content on admin.salesforce.com

Lynn Simons: I just also want to just mention one thing, I'm sorry Mike, is that you also, in these kind of big B scenarios, you want to avoid communication paralysis, which is what happens. So keeping your list of users really clean is important, and knowing what your primary mechanism is for reaching them during these situations is really critical. So if you're using Slack, that's can be really easy to reach people on a special channel dedicated to, I don't know what you call the channel, but emergency Salesforce things or something like that. But-

Mike : The channel you don't want to get a notification from.

Lynn Simons: I think that having a mechanism planned in advance for reaching people, because really in these kind of scenarios people just want updates. And even if the update is there is no update, I think that that can be enough.

Mike : So as we wrap a bow on our first episode of 2023, I'd love to know if you have one best practice or something you do that you think is unique to you that is a security thing that admin should be doing. And I ask that because I continue to go back to the example of how Lynn at a Salesforce office when I very, very, I was just a wee little Salesforce employee, I was only a few months old, showed me how to use Last Pass and it has forever changed my life. And I feel like I have been a Last Pass advocate to all of my friends ever since then. But it's kind of peering over the shoulder of a mechanic. You're like, oh wow, that's how you do that. Or watching a chef cut something, you're like, that's so much cooler than the way that I would love to do. Is there something from your security minds that you do that you feel could be passed on to other admins?

Laura Pelkey: Oh, I love the Last Pass example.

Lynn Simons: Yeah, that was-

Laura Pelkey: I love Last Pass also.

Lynn Simons: I was just going to say eight years later. It was the one I was going to say. So that tells you how powerful of a security tool it is. It's just incredibly critical.

Laura Pelkey: For me, just my friends, my family, I get made fun of constantly for how security minded I am. And I don't feel bad about it. I think it's great to be security minded, just the amount of information that I will share on social media, on the internet in any way. I'm very restrictive of the information that I'll put out there. Even my phone number, when you're online shopping and you have to enter your phone number. I really don't even like to do that. I like to do the 555-555-555, million fives, if I can. But just being really, really, really conscious when somebody's asking you for information. So if you get a call from your bank or if you get an email from your bank or someone pretending to be your bank asking you for any personal information or data, I'm the first person that will be like, no, I'm not going to give you that. What's another way for you to either verify my identity or can I reach you if I call this main number on your website, if I call you back? So just being really aware that you don't have to give out any information about yourself 99.9% of the time, that is your social security number, your address, your credit card numbers, things like that. No one's ever going to approach you or call you, email you and ask you for things like that. And then even when you're interacting with people, be really restrictive with the information that you share. It sounds paranoid, but I get way less spam calls than all of my friends. So I will say there is that upside and just overall it's a good security mindset to have.

Mike : I like that. That's one thing that I think I've definitely picked up from you and the security team and a lot of the stuff that I've read too is if somebody calls you and how come you don't know this? You should know this, so let me just call you back because then I'm not giving that information out. But that's good to know. Because especially the phone number thing, I think we're so innocuous and Lynn, you can probably tell me what that is, but it's like when somebody tries to win over your confidence, because I feel like what Laura described was at our heart in nature, we want to be helpful, we want to help this person on the other line and just get back to our work. But that's actually a certain type of attack and I forget what it's called.

Lynn Simons: Social engineering.

Mike : Social engineering. Darn it. I'll get that question wrong on our quiz.

Lynn Simons: And I'll tell you one of the more recent ones that I think is particularly interesting and something that parents or just friends of friends or people who have parents, something to be thinking about is how much we use video and photos now in our online personas. And we even work with our own marketing and social teams at Salesforce as they use photography and videos, that whatever is in the background of your photo are all clues for some nefarious personal organization to learn more about you. I always try to remind our employees that attackers have all the time in the world and they will be very patient until they get all of the information they need in order to do that attack. So by having your college diploma right behind you and the name of the local sports team near your house or pictures of your kids or your parents, there are a lot of things you can pick up off of that background. So I really try to be very conscious, particularly when I'm speaking on a webinar, to blur that out. Use a different background if you're going to post things online to really look at the contextual clues you're giving about yourself. It could have your address in the background or if you're leaving town on vacation, these are all clues around the, not only your online security, but your physical security of your home as you post that information online.

Mike : Both good tips. Leave on a positive note as a to-do item for our listeners, what would be an article or a piece of content you would suggest they read on admin.salesforce.com?

Laura Pelkey: Well, we have one of our amazing colleagues, Tammy Ron has written a blog series covering MFA and really how to prepare your end users. Lots of amazing tips. I think it's a three-part series and I know they're all up on admin.salesforce.com, so I would definitely urge people to check those out.

Mike : Cool. And of course, Trailblazer DX is just around the corner, so.

Laura Pelkey: Yes.

Mike : I'm sure we can see both of you there.

Laura Pelkey: [inaudible].

Mike : And they can show up with your security plans and get a fancy security shield.

Laura Pelkey: Where Lynn and I are hesitant to agree because we're like, are we going to get in trouble for advising our customers on cybersecurity?

Mike : I know we could just wear a button.

Laura Pelkey: No, I love that idea though.

Lynn Simons: Yeah. And I'll admit it, I still love the stickers. Still love the stickers.

Mike : People like stickers.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah.

Mike : They're good. They're always good. And plushies, we learned that on a previous podcast. People-

Lynn Simons: I like stickers more than Plushies, but that's me.

Mike : Stickers have mobility. It's hard to-

Laura Pelkey: And variety.

Mike : ... A few hundred plushies with you and not look creepy.

Lynn Simons: It's been done, I'm sure.

Mike : Sure it has.

Laura Pelkey: The day after Dreamforce, all the people on all the airplanes.

Mike : Planes.

Laura Pelkey: And with all their plushies.

Mike : [inaudible] Luggage just...

Laura Pelkey: Must be a site.

Mike : Well, it was great having both of you on and I'll be sure to include the link to the piece of content that you mentioned. So thank you both for hopping on the podcast and kicking off this year, keeping us safe and secure.

Laura Pelkey: Thank you, Mike.

Lynn Simons: Thanks so much, Mike.

Mike : So it was fun to have Lynn and Laura back on the podcast. What a great way to kick off 2023. Let's be security minded. I go back to all of the tips that they've shared with me and a lot of stuff that we've thought about too. The one takeaway that I really happen to think of as we were recording this podcast was I never really sat down and thought about what I would do if a user showed as logging in two different locations. What are the steps and how do I follow that? And who are the people I need to reach out to in my security? But that's why we do the podcast because then we're thinking about this stuff in advance, right? It's like the weather channel. We're making a plan before the storm comes so that if the storm comes, we're already set and we're prepared and we know who needs to do what. So fun discussion. I love having them on the pod. If you have security tips or things that you do best practices, you should share them on Twitter. And of course, if you want to learn more about all the things Salesforce admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources, including that article that we mentioned in the episode as well as a full transcript. You can stay up to date with us on social. We are at Salesforce Admins, no, I, on Twitter. Jillian is @Jillian K Bruce. And of course I am @Mike Geralt. So with that, stay safe, stay awesome. Happy 2023 and stay tuned for a ton of really great episodes. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Kat Aquino, the Salesforce Admin for LA28, otherwise known as the organizing committee for the Los Angeles 2028 Olympic & Paralympic Games.

Join us as we talk about how she’s setting up LA28’s Salesforce infrastructure to power a massive, international event and what she’s learned so far.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Kat Aquino.

Work together better. The Olympic (and Paralympic) Games are coming to LA in 2028, and Kat is the Salesforce Admin for the organizing committee, LA28. Obviously, they’re in the planning stages right now, but that’s the perfect time to build a foundation in Salesforce.

Kat spends a lot of time talking with users to figure out what tools to build, but she’s also keeping an eye on the bigger picture. “As we onboard all of these different departments which all have different processes,” she says, “we need to think about how we can work together better.” That means a thorough understanding of how things are done and, more importantly, how they could fit together.

Prioritization when you’re starting from the ground up So Kat has this massive list of things that need to be built in Salesforce, but how does she make decisions about what to prioritize? There’s a triage element of who needs what and when, but she also factors in how much time a task will take to accomplish. If she has the chance to score a quick win she’ll take it in a heartbeat.

Rolling out new tools lets Kat show the organization how Salesforce can enable them to collaborate like never before. Dashboards have been a game-changer for Sales, for example, because everyone can see what’s going on and collaborate on new approaches. Automations are mind-blowing if you’ve been stuck with the same repetitive process for years. This helps with adoption and generates momentum for the future.

Athlete Data: custom objects or contact records? One thing Kat has to solve for that might not be a problem in your Salesforce org is how to deal with data for athletes—it is, after all, the Olympics and Paralympics. “Athletes are quite different from the regular business contacts you’d normally associate with an account,” she says. They need more specific fields (like sport, discipline, or what year they participated), but it’s really important to control who has access to that information with tight security and access.

Kat initially built a custom object and related lists solution, which worked great for reports but not for users. She went back to the drawing board and created a new record type for the contact of an athlete. They can still use the related lists and custom objects they previously created and the user experience is much improved. It requires a lot more management of page layouts and deciding who can see what, but it’s well worth it.

There’s so much more about how Kat is weening a department off of spreadsheets and what she’s looking forward to in the future, so be sure to listen to the full episode for more. We’ll be sure to check back in with Kat as we get closer to LA28.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more

  • Salesforce Admin Skills Kit

Social

  • Connect with Kat on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Gillian Bruce:

Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast, where we talk about product, community, and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I am your host today, Gillian Bruce, and we got a fun one for you. We are going to be talking with Kat Aquino, who is working as a Salesforce administrator for the LA28 Olympic and Paralympic Games. She is actually building Salesforce to help support this huge event that's happening in just a few short years, and they're starting at ground zero, so I wanted to get Kat on to talk about some of the amazing processes, unique processes, that are special to running an Olympic and Paralympic games using Salesforce, which kind of processes she's bringing in, how she's thinking about the strategy. She's going to be growing the use of Salesforce massively over the next few years, leading right up to the LA28 games, and so I think it's really fascinating to hear from her.

And we are going to check back in with her in a few years to follow along her story, but I wanted to get her on to talk about some of these unique use cases and really explore some of the ways that maybe will help you expand your ideas of how you can use Salesforce to help support your business, as well.

All right, without further ado, let's please welcome Kat to the podcast.

Kat, welcome to the podcast.

Kat Aquino:

Thanks so much for having me. I'm excited to be here.

Gillian Bruce:

Oh, well, I am very happy to have you here. It's so fun. Now, I have had the opportunity to chat with you a little bit, but we got to share all of your goodness with everybody else who's out there listening, because Kat, you are doing something pretty special. Can you just give us a little overview of what your role is at the organization that you're at?

Kat Aquino:

Yeah, so I work at LA28, and we are the organizing committee for the Olympic and Paralympic Games, which are coming to Los Angeles in 2028. And my role is the Salesforce admin, essentially, of our organization.

Gillian Bruce:

Okay, so kind of a big deal.

Kat Aquino:

No pressure or anything.

Gillian Bruce:

I know. The Olympics are kind of a big deal, and they're coming back to LA. I think they've got, they haven't been in LA since forever, I feel like, maybe even in my lifetime. Maybe they're in LA in the eighties or something. Do you know when the last time they were there?

Kat Aquino:

Yeah, I believe it was '84.

Gillian Bruce:

  1. There you go. I was two years old. So yeah, pretty much the first time in my lifetime, the Olympics are coming to my home state, not my home city, but very exciting. And I mean, it's a very unique way that the LA '28 is kind of set up. I mean, as a Salesforce admin, you've got a lot going on in the next few years. Can you tell me a little bit of the overview of how the organization is growing or plans to grow to prepare for this huge undertaking?

Kat Aquino:

Oh, yeah. So at our organization right now, we are kind of just setting up foundations for how we can plan the games. And we are currently planning the games. We have multiple departments that support that mission. And with being in the technology department, we're tied in with working with other departments to help them succeed and give them the tools that they need to be able to do their jobs. And so right now, as the admin, I've been going through talking with different departments and understanding what their needs are and how we can better collaborate with each other. And I think I'm in a really unique position to be able to help do that through the use of Salesforce. And the different departments, they really do need to work together. Right now, there's a lot of silos. And when they collaborate, they're not really leveraging technology in the best way that they can to be able to do that.

Gillian Bruce:

I mean, you're at the center of a really, really big effort. So, I mean, you talked about different departments and different silos and talking to all of your stakeholders. What are some of the questions that you go in with? Because a lot of admins, maybe they're not working to support the Olympic games, but they might be coming into an organization where, again, there's a lot of different stakeholders, a lot of different departments. How do you go about engaging with them and understanding their needs and identifying how Salesforce might be able to play a role in their business processes?

Kat Aquino:

Yeah, that's a really good question. I would say that one of the most important questions to ask is processes. What are they currently doing? And really understanding, not just from a broad perspective of how that ties in with the organization as a whole, but really getting down into the nitty gritty details of understanding what exactly it is that they are doing on a day to day basis, because that's where we can really take a look and examine that process and understand how we can take it apart and tinker it together and put that process into Salesforce.

Gillian Bruce:

Okay. So, let's talk about that, because, I mean, the LA28 organization does a lot of different things. What are some of the first things that you've been able to set up in Salesforce to help manage their processes a little bit better?

Kat Aquino:

Yeah, so earlier I mentioned that I had interviewed a number of departments to really understand what they needed and what they were trying to do. I came up with a huge list. And in order to understand and prioritize what needed to be done, put together the urgency, a list of departments requests that needed a solution quicker. And then I also divided that up into figuring out which of those solutions don't require that big of a lift, so which of those solutions could be set up a little bit more easily than others. So, after doing that, the first department that we set up was our commercial sales department. And that was of simple solutions, seeing that the bread and butter of Salesforce was to help the sales teams do their jobs. And so we set up opportunities, we set up accounts, we set up contacts and allowed them to be able to track their conversations using the activity timeline. And we added the Outlook integration so that they can add their emails into the opportunities. And being able to see all of that in one space for them has really changed the game.

Gillian Bruce:

Yeah, I would love to hear... What was the reaction once you were able to set that up? Were the sales people happy with you and super excited to now have this all into one place, or how did that go?

Kat Aquino:

I would say, yeah, there was excitement, absolutely. And they loved seeing it because I would show examples of how they can do the work that they've previously done in this new platform. And I would say that there were some challenges that came along with it as well. It was adoption, just making sure that some of the users knew how to use the system, because a lot of them never used Salesforce before. So, that was a challenge that we took on and helped them to increase their confidence and knowledge about how they can leverage this platform to sell, essentially. And I would say the other side of that is... Their leadership was super excited about the dashboard that we were able to set up for them and the reports that were available on that dashboard. It really gave them that one stop shop to be able to see what the progress was looking like on a daily basis, weekly, monthly, how are we tracking towards our goals, things like that. It helps them to just really level set with each other because they were all looking at the same data.

Gillian Bruce:

Well, yeah. And then it's automated. Once you put it in Salesforce, right? It just pops up right there, and nobody has to compile different spreadsheets and talk to different sales groups and understand who's done what.

Kat Aquino:

Exactly. And it allowed them to work together better. Previously, their leadership and the people who were actually having the conversations and keeping tabs on what was going on, they were very much separate. But now that they have them all available on these dashboards, they're working together much more closely.

Gillian Bruce:

Well, that's good. Congratulations. Okay, so you set up sales and Salesforce, but I know you had a few other things on your list. So, what other things have you been able to set up in? And let's also be clear, how long have you been in this role?

Kat Aquino:

It has been a little over a year now.

Gillian Bruce:

So, forever, such a long time. So in just a little over a year, so you set up a sales process. What other things have you been able to build out in Salesforce?

Kat Aquino:

Yeah. Well, specific to the Olympics, we, of course, have to work with athletes. And one of the other projects we are working on was how do we actually set up athletes in our system, because athletes are quite different from the regular business contacts that you'd normally associate with an account. And so thinking about that was a little bit challenging. We initially landed on looking at creating a custom object to hold athlete information. And the reason for that is so that we could create as many fields as we needed to that were really specific to athletes and attributes about an athlete. And being able to control the security and access to that information was also important.

Gillian Bruce:

Oh, no, I bet. I mean, it's such a unique set of data to track because you've got all these different things that the athletes do with you and the community and whatnot. So, I could imagine that that took quite a high level of customization.

Kat Aquino:

Yeah, there was a lot of customization. And we thought about, okay, we needed to create additional related lists/custom objects to be able to associate them with games that they had participated in and the sport that they participate in, and the discipline that they participate in. So, a lot of that was designed so that we could be able to easily report off of that information to be able to create reports and search for athletes in a more aggregated way. But we realized that the setup of that athlete record, separate from a contact and separate from an account, was not providing the greatest user experience for our athlete department. And so we've had to come back to the drawing board and kind of rework what that should look like and how we should store athlete information in the system.

Gillian Bruce:

Interesting. I love that you rolled out something, and then we're like, "Hmm, it's not quite right. We need to come back to the drawing board." Can you talk a little bit more about that process? Because I know, even the limited admin work that I have done, it's not always great the first time around, and so sometimes you have to come back and revisit it.

Kat Aquino:

Yeah.

Gillian Bruce:

Tell me a little bit about that process and how you approach it, because it can be a little humbling, it can be a little difficult. What have you learned that might be able to help some other admins in the similar position?

Kat Aquino:

Yeah, totally. I would say that this process was... It was tough. We're early in our stage of using Salesforce. So in that sense, I'm kind of lucky that we're going to establish a better foundation, but it was difficult to look at it and say, "Oh, we didn't do that the best way that we could have." And having to go back to the drawing board and re-architecting the data that currently existed was important to determine what connections can we make that don't disrupt the requirements that we initially had heard of from that department. So, pulled up a lucid chart, looked at how everything was connected there, and decided, okay, maybe we could keep all of these requirements just by using a new record type on contact records. So, we decided to try that out and create a different kind of record type for the contact of an athlete to be able to hold all of their athletes specific details and still be able to use the previous related lists, custom objects that we had created that were initially tied to the athlete and tie them into the contact object.

So, that serves the purpose of eliminating the matrioshka and clicks that the athlete department would have to go through to get to the athlete's information. It was really just opening up their account, and then opening up that contact record, rather than going to account, contact, then athlete.

Gillian Bruce:

Yeah.

Kat Aquino:

Does that make sense?

Gillian Bruce:

Totally. Yeah. Well, and I think it kind of goes to this classic debate of custom object versus using a record type, right? I know that's something that-

Kat Aquino:

Yeah.

Gillian Bruce:

It's kind of hard to figure out sometimes what the right answer is there, so I really appreciate you breaking down kind of decision points that you used to evaluate, okay, we went in with the custom object, but we learned that there were some things that weren't ideal for the end user. So, then you use the record type. I think that's always a good thing for our admins especially to remember, because record types could be really, really useful, especially if there's enough similarities there to where you can add some more customizations and plug into the existing relationships and schema that are already built in Salesforce.

Kat Aquino:

Yeah, exactly. And I think early on, I was scared of record types just due to some stories that I had heard, and also the amount of care that it required, considering you're having to adjust page layouts now and making certain things visible depending on a profile, things like that. It was just a lot more management. But with the user experience, that greatly improves. And I think that in itself makes it worth it.

Gillian Bruce:

I love that. That's great. Okay, so you built a sales process, you built a process to manage athlete, athlete data. What else are you working on? I mean, I know you've been busy so far, so I would imagine-

Kat Aquino:

Yeah.

Gillian Bruce:

... there's not that much time for you to do a whole bunch else, but what else are you working on in terms of bringing different processes into Salesforce for LA28?

Kat Aquino:

Yeah, so we are also bringing on more and more departments. Right now, we have about four departments that are presently using the platform, and we're coming up on bringing on two more. And one of these new departments, this is our communications department, it is probably our biggest build yet. We've had to create a number of new custom objects to be able to support the processes and workflows that they have. And it's been really interesting to see how we can take their work and translate it into Salesforce processes. So, example is that the communications team handles all of the internal requests to participate in certain events within the local organization. Maybe there's an award ceremony or maybe there's an interview that a media outlet would like to have. All of that is managed through our communications department. And they do have a lot of spreadsheets, presently,

Gillian Bruce:

Boo.

Kat Aquino:

... how they have run their systems. And all of these spreadsheets are kind of... They have multiple tabs within them. And so it's been very interesting to see how they've worked through switching through different spreadsheets, different tabs within a spreadsheet to be able to do their work. We had to take a lot of time understanding what they were doing so that we could translate it into Salesforce. And at the end of the day, what we've been able to do is organize their sheets, so that in Salesforce, you're looking at one object. And that one object, we've created additional record types so they can adjust the kind of media engagement, per se, that they are looking at. So, different fields might show up, different values might show up, depending on a status or a stage for that particular engagement. And that is a much more organized way of viewing things than their three different Excel sheets where only a couple of tabs really related to that whole piece.

So, having that tied back to accounts, so accounts being their media outlets, and then the contacts in which there are journalists and reporters, having all of that tie back together and being able to see that bigger picture of, okay, these are the engagements that we've got going on under this particular category, these are the people that are involved in it, this is the reporter, this is our LA28 representative that's going to be in it, this is the comms team person who's going to be staffing this and supporting this project. These are the topics that are involved, we've been able to create a number of custom objects to be able to support all of their needs.

Gillian Bruce:

That's awesome. I mean, I can very easily envision that nasty spreadsheet with all the tabs, because I feel like we've all encountered those.

Kat Aquino:

It was rough, and I think they would agree.

Gillian Bruce:

Well, that's awesome. I mean, that's a very complex and unique process to bring into Salesforce, so I think that's really interesting that you were able to do that. I mean, I would imagine there's probably some other processes that you may be working on in the future. What else are you working on? What is in the vision for the next steps of Salesforce with LA28?

Kat Aquino:

Yeah. And right now, I think we're heavily focused on foundations and making sure that we are doing what we need to do without too much fuss and too much frill. But as we onboard all of these different departments, which all have different processes, and some processes really overlap with other departments, we start to think about how we can work together better. Maybe, is there a way that we could optimize certain processes? Can we use flows to automate certain things? And can we adjust a field so that it serves a greater purpose? Can we serve a greater purpose by adjusting a custom object? And all of that, I think, is something that has been coming out of what I'm calling as... We have a steering committee and the steering committee that we have meets on a monthly basis, and it has representatives from each department so that it provides a space for our users to have a voice and really be involved in the planning and what features that we're going to be prioritizing, what features are needed, and really help shape what our Salesforce instance is going to look like.

So, I'm really excited to continue meeting with our steering committee to be able to shape how we can create a better collaborative environment.

Gillian Bruce:

What I love about that, Kat, is that, I mean, knowing that basically you've got a very collaborative building environment kind of across the whole organization, because I think, I mean, you're all gearing up for this huge event in a few years, and it's a massive undertaking, and it's really unique to hear your perspective as the admin who's building all of the Salesforce infrastructure to help run this whole organization. I mean, it's really, really fascinating, and especially at this stage where everything is kind of... You are, you're laying the groundwork, you're setting up the infrastructure that is going to run this massive, massive event. It's really fascinating to hear how you think about what to set up and the steerco with all of the different departments, making sure stakeholders are involved from the get-go. This makes me really excited.

Kat Aquino:

It makes me excited too.

Gillian Bruce:

Yeah. And I think it's a really great example too, for maybe even admins who are maybe at some more established Salesforce instances and companies and organizations. But the idea of having that fresh look and really looking at how people are getting their work done and doing those evaluations that you've done, and not being afraid to come back to the drawing table and reevaluate stuff, I think those are some really, really great learnings that you've been able to share with us, and I so appreciate that.

Kat Aquino:

Yeah, of course.

Gillian Bruce:

I mean, what has it been... I mean, I can imagine being an admin for the LA28 games is probably... It might seem a little daunting at times, but where do you see a couple years from now, or even maybe as you head into the last year or two before the games, what's your vision for maybe what you have built out by then or what it's going to be like to be the Salesforce admin or running the Salesforce instance for such a huge undertaking?

Kat Aquino:

Yeah, that's such an interesting point that you brought up about what the vision should look like, because I think earlier when I was interviewing all these different departments and understanding their functions and what they do, that started to help formulate the vision of what Salesforce could be for our organization. And I think what it really could be is this glue that brings together these different departments to be able to provide transparency across all of the different work streams that we have. Because as an organization that's developing and planning the Olympics, there's a lot of entities and organizations that we need to communicate with, and ensuring that everyone uses the platform so that they can understand, this is what I talked about with this department in this company. Another department at LA28 might see that and say, "Okay, I know that that happened. Let me readjust the way that I'm going to speak to that company about this topic." And I think the real vision for Salesforce is just being able to bring all of those departments together to better collaborate with each other.

Gillian Bruce:

I love that. That makes me... I'm really looking forward to, hopefully, Kat, if you'll let me, continue to talk to you over the next few years because I'm so fascinated to hear what else you build and all your different learnings and experiences. This is kind of like a startup in some senses, right? You're starting from ground zero.

Kat Aquino:

Absolutely. We absolutely are. And I think one of the key that we're excited about is Salesforce is going to help us create a more holistic understanding of the different stakeholders and accounts and companies and organizations that we work with. We'll be able to open up an account and see all the different facets that involve that account, like whether or not that account has a stake in venues. Are they a manager of a venue? Do they operate a venue? Are they a concession provider for that venue? Have they been engaged with our communications team before? What have they been involved in? What are they involved in as far as our sales department? Have they been in touch with them at all in any capacity? So, it's really going to allow all of us to be able to look at what we're working with and share that information across our organization.

Gillian Bruce:

You are building the customer 360 for LA28. Good job, Kat.

Kat Aquino:

It totally is.

Gillian Bruce:

Well, Kat, I really appreciate you taking the time to chat with me and share some of the things that you've already built and what you're going to look at building next. And I do also really appreciate that grander vision. because I think every Salesforce admin, no matter what organization you're in, you should have a vision of what you want Salesforce to do in the long run. And I think your very clear vision about it being the glue. I literally just wrote that down because I'm like, that is great. It's very clear and concise, and so it's helpful to have that as a direction that you're going, that vision. So, any little tips or advice do you want to leave the listeners before we wrap up today?

Kat Aquino:

I would say keep things open-minded. Stay open-minded about what is possible and what's available. I know that at a certain point, when you've encountered numerous problems and understand, "Oh, I've encountered that before, this is how we do it," there might be alternative solutions that maybe work better nowadays relative to the previous ways that you've been implementing a solution. So, staying open-minded.

Gillian Bruce:

That's a great note to end on. Thank you so much, Kat, for spending time with us today. I look forward to seeing what else you're going to build. And get ready. Now, all Salesforce admins are going to hit you up for advice and interesting stories about working for LA28.

Kat Aquino:

Happy to hear, and happy to learn from them as well.

Gillian Bruce:

Excellent. Thank you so much.

Kat Aquino:

Thank you so much.

Gillian Bruce:

Well, thank you. Thank you, Kat, so much for taking the time to join us on the podcast. I hope that all of you listeners got some great insight from Kat about how you can build the infrastructure and the foundation for a very successful Salesforce implementation to run a huge, huge amounts of project or program. And hey, especially if you're an admin at a small business or a startup, there are some great learnings here and here from Kat to help you set up for success. I love how Kat said she's got a vision for Salesforce. It is clear. It is going to be the glue that brings all of these very separate departments all together. And having that vision for what you want Salesforce to be in the overall, it's just so important. At Salesforce, we talk about our V2mom all the time, which is how we set our vision and values and metrics and methods for the year.

Kat does the same thing. So, really having a clear vision for how you want Salesforce to function within your organization is so, so helpful. If you want to learn more about being an awesome admin, you can find all kinds of great content on admin.salesforce.com, blogs, videos, podcasts, all kinds of great things, even the Salesforce admin skill kit. Check it out if you haven't already. You can follow all of the awesome admin fun on Twitter using hashtag #AwesomeAdmin or @SalesforceAdmns, no I. You can find our guest today, Kat Aquino on LinkedIn. I'll put her LinkedIn link in the show notes. Please give her some love. Follow her. She's going to be building some very cool things in the next few years. And you can find my co-host, Mike Gerholdt, @mikegerholdt on Twitter, and you can find myself @gilliankbruce on Twitter. You can also find us on LinkedIn. We exist there too. We're on all the platforms. With that, I hope you had a great day or having a great day, will have a great day, and I'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got the Monthly Retro for December. Join us as we review the top product, community, and careers content for December, and hear about Gillian’s visit to French Touch Dreamin.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation from our Monthly Retro.

Go to an event! Gillian just got back from delivering the keynote address at French Touch Dreamin. If you’ve never been to a Dreamin event, there’s probably one near you or even remote options available. They’re organized by the community and have a very different feel from the official Salesforce events like World Tour, though you should also give those a try.

  • World Tour NYC

Blog highlights from December The weather outside is frightful, the fire’s so delightful, and you know what that means: it’s time to get ready for the Spring ‘23 Release. Ella Marks put together a great blog post laying out the major milestones you need to have on your calendar to get ready.

  • Admin Release Countdown: Get Ready for Spring ’23

Video highlights from December If you haven’t checked out the official Salesforce Admins YouTube channel, you’re missing out. Jennifer Lee is rocking some great live streams—Automate This! is must-see TV. You get to watch Jennifer and some amazing Trailblazers solve problems, live, right in front of your eyes, and if you miss anything you can always go back and watch the replay.

  • Salesforce Admins YouTube channel

Podcast highlights from December We really think you should take a listen to Brenda Glasser’s episode if you missed it the first time. She’s currently a Salesforce Architect, but the story of her career goes hand-in-hand with how she was able to champion the Salesforce platform at her organization, and she has a lot to say about how to do that effectively.

  • Propel Your Career by Being a Salesforce Advocate with Brenda Glasser

Just for fun Mike and Gillian check in on their feelings about candy canes and ask the hard questions, like why are there fruit-flavored candy canes and who actually enjoys them?

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Full show transcript

Mike: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast in the December Monthly Retro. Oh, the last one for 2022. I'm your host and in this episode, we will review the top product community careers for December plus anything else we can think of that's top of mind. I don't know. You never know what's going to come to our minds, but also joining me is Gillian Bruce. Hey, Gillian.

Gillian: Hi, Mike Gerholdt. How you doing?

Mike: Good so far.

Gillian: Happy December.

Mike: I know. Can you believe it's already? It happened just like boop. Oh, 2022 is over.

Gillian: Yeah. It felt like this year went a lot quicker than the two years prior.

Mike: Right. Yes. Well, maybe we're catching back up.

Gillian: It's a good thing.

Mike: You fast forward the VHS tape. Because everything is digital now, you don't fast forward. We did some things. You did a thing. You went over to France and did French Touch Dreamin.

Gillian: I did.

Mike: Let's kick off there because that was fun.

Gillian: I got on an airplane. I got to go to Paris. I got to hang out with our amazing EMEA Trailblazer community. Let me tell you, this event, so French Touch Dreamin, it's got to be the biggest, or if not, along with maybe London's Calling, one of the biggest community events outside of the US. Jean Michelle has been running this for a while. It is such a cool event. They had an overwhelming response this year, so they had a lot more people attend than they had planned. But it was wonderful. It was just really a great opportunity again to see folks I have not seen in many years, to meet a bunch of new trailblazers in the EMEA community. It was also pretty sweet because the Salesforce office, for those of you don't know, is literally right next to the Eiffel Tower. It was just a wonderful time to be away from the family for a little bit, but also to really get connected with the French Touch Dreamin community. I was honored to be able to keynote the event, so I got to close out the event with a keynote all about how to really find ways to amplify the impact of the work that you do and focusing on values and all that. It was really fun. I had a lot of tremendous metaphors, analogies in there. It was great. There was so many amazing sessions I got to sit in on and it's really fun. I love Dreamin events. I've talked about it before. I know you've talked about it before, Mike, but the chance to really participate versus being a host at an official Salesforce event where we're running around like crazy people trying to manage all the things. To just sit and take in the content and really connect with people and have really deep conversations, get feedback, get ideas. It was an invaluable, so huge shout out to the whole team that put together French Touch Dreamin. If you, listener, are at all interested in attending French Touch Dreamin in the future, I highly encourage you to do so. They will be hosting it again next year. I think it's always in early December, so good time to maybe go to Paris and do a little holiday shopping. That's a fun place to do that. You can get in some big trouble. Not that I did at all.

Mike: Well, it is the holidays. Or I would add, Gillian, really any community event, because there's a lot of community events across the US. You don't have to fly all the way to France.

Gillian: Yeah, there's community events everywhere. There was a community event in Morocco, North Africa Dreamin just a month ago. No matter where you are, really, hey, if you have not attended a Dreamin event, I guarantee you there's one within a reasonable distance of where you live, so check it out. There's also a lot of virtual ones, too, which is pretty fun. Definitely a lot more of a program than a typical user group meeting. It's very different from going to a Salesforce sponsored event because these are all put on by the community. Salesforce has nothing to do with the programming and sometimes they invite people who work at Salesforce like myself to participate, which is really cool.

Mike: Speaking of Salesforce sponsored.

Gillian: Good segue.

Mike: We also did World Tour New York early part of December, it was December 8th. I want to say. For some reason that sticks in my head.

Gillian: I think you're right. Yeah.

Mike: That looked like a packed event. We had Lisa there and Jennifer and Ella from our team. That was a really cool event and a ton of community people. Holy cow.

Gillian: The Twitter thread was unending of all of the selfies and the photos. Michelle Hansen, our golden hoodie winner from our keynote at Dreamforce was there giving a session. Michael [inaudible] won the golden hoodie in the main keynote. It was very, very cool. Just from what I heard, what Lisa and Ella and Jen said is it was packed. There was so many people.

Mike: It looked packed. Did you see that? The pictures, it looked packed. It reminded me of London World Tour that one year that was just like...

Gillian: That's right. It was like 10,000 people.

Mike: Let me just wiggle through people.

Gillian: Yeah. Javits Center was going off with a lot of Salesforce content and some fun. If you missed it, you could actually, I think watch the broadcast that happened during the event. Check that out. I know they definitely got a version of Mark's keynote on there, which is interesting to always check out and see what's top of mind for him. Definitely had even a new framework that he's playing with about playing on the seven habits of highly effective people, the seven habits of highly effective companies. Check it out. An interesting approach.

Mike: Yeah. Wonder if we've done that. Anyway, let's talk about the cool content we had for December, at least the three things we think you should pay attention to. I'll kick off. Wouldn't be December if it wasn't talking about spring, because the second, a little flurry flies, we immediately start thinking about the next season. I'd be remiss if I didn't point out the spring '23 release dates countdown blog that we put up, because you probably already have those dates on your calendar as an admin. If not, you will.

Gillian: Yeah. Get them, because guess what? It's right around the corner. It's a season of giving gifts and we're giving you the gift of another release coming very soon.

Mike: Yeah, it feels like. Okay, you do the holiday stuff. Yay. New Year's. Okay, now it's the release time.

Gillian: Yeah, it's release time this year. Trailblazer DX time, too.

Mike: Oh yeah, we have that coming up. We'll save that for our next Retro.

Gillian: Okay. I thought it'd be more of a January topic anyway.

Mike: Right. One thing at a time.

Gillian: I know, I know. I think [inaudible], what are we working on all the time every day right now? Oh, right. That's not actually for everyone else for a few months.

Mike: Right. Yeah. It's 90 days out. That's a long time in the real world.

Gillian: Yeah. In the real world. Well, in Salesforce timeline, that's was yesterday.

Mike: Right. Gillian, you did a great podcast with Brenda on propelling your career.

Gillian: Yeah. Brenda Glasser, she's actually an architect, but she came in as an awesome admin and has really worked in her career to build her skillset and grow into now, she manages a team of Salesforce professionals. She's working at a really cool innovative startup company, but she has been around on the ecosystem almost as long as I have. I think we've both been in around like 12, 13 years, which sounds crazy to say that, but she has really found that the way that she's been able to propel her career is by being an internal advocate for Salesforce. By being the person who keeps pushing the idea that, hey, could do this with Salesforce, we can build this out with Salesforce has really enabled her to grow her career and help her make the moves that she's been able to make to now be a really seasoned professional leading a team. I thought it was interesting to get her on the podcast and she talks through what it means to be an advocate for Salesforce within your organization, how to do it, how to speak to executives, how to build that momentum. Good, good. It was a fun podcast. Brenda is great.

Mike: I enjoyed it. And then of course, we always point out video and I'm wanting to point out something a little different in not a specific video, but kind of a specific video, in that we do what I think is super cool, the royal we, Jennifer does live streams on our YouTube channel. I'll include the link in the show notes, but Automate This, it's just this really cool live thing that she does that I feel is, man, it's up there in terms of fun stuff to watch that you can just chime into and if you miss it, you can go back and watch it, but you also know when the next one is coming. I don't know, I find stuff like that really neat.

Gillian: Well, it's really innovative. Really, nobody else is doing what Jennifer is doing. It's highlighting trailblazers who are doing really interesting things and really going through it live. You are a part of it. This is not pre-recorded. It's a really fun way to really get involved, to feel connected, to learn. If you missed anything, you can then go back and watch the replay. But she does these quite often, so if you've never tuned into one, please go investigate.

Mike: Seriously. I feel like I'm constantly looking over at my Twitter feed and being like, oh, Jennifer is live on YouTube again.

Gillian: Yeah. And then everyone is like, oh my gosh, did you see this? Did you see this? I didn't know you could do this. Yeah. Very fun. Check it out.

Mike: Cool. Well, last Retro of 2022. I'll pull from an internal question that we asked the team. Gillian, do you have a preference on candy canes? Do you like the peppermint or do you like the fruit?

Gillian: Fruit candy canes are what? Why?

Mike: I know, right?

Gillian: I like the pretty colors, the rainbow colors are...

Mike: I think they're sweet.

Gillian: I see what you did there.

Mike: I try.

Gillian: I like a good peppermint candy cane in my hot cocoa. Mm-hmm. Just a little minty.

Mike: Oh, yeah. This is that time of year when everything becomes candy cane flavored.

Gillian: I will say my three-year-old son Jack just had his first candy cane the other day and it blew his mind. He also didn't understand the thing that you're just supposed to leave it in your mouth. He kept taking it out and touching it and getting all sticky and getting everything else all sticky. At some point, I just made it disappear. Candy canes. Mike, what about you? Fruit candy cane?

Mike: No, I'm team peppermint. There's one reason it should be striped like that. I also would buy candy canes if they were peppermint flavored, but had the beauty of the fruit candy cane. If I want a piece of fruit, I'm going to get a Jolly Rancher or something. That to me doesn't say holidays. This is the one time a year you can walk around with a candy cane in your mouth and not look like a weirdo.

Gillian: I guess that's a good point.

Mike: Why waste it on a fruit candy cane?

Gillian: You know what else I really like to do with candy canes? I like to make peppermint bark.

Mike: Oh, I just like the regular bark, the almond bark. Do you like chocolate bark or almond bark? I like almond.

Gillian: I don't really discriminate, but a good peppermint bark is really hard to beat. The William Sonoma Peppermint bark, that's the bar to meet. But making your own peppermint bark, I like milk chocolate with the candy canes.

Mike: Oh. I think I pepperminted myself out too much one year. They had a peppermint coffee and I drank too much of it and now I'm just a little, it's like pumpkin spice.

Gillian: Well, I wonder if we're going to start another feud here because we're both big peppermint proponents, but what are the other holiday flavors? There's eggnog, hot cocoa.

Mike: In a candy cane? Here's an eggnog candy cane. Oh, that sounds horrible.

Gillian: Eggnog is just not my thing anyway.

Mike: No, no.

Gillian: Well, mulled wine is a thing that people get into at the holidays, which is quite delicious and so boozy. It's so dangerous.

Mike: I thought we were talking about candy canes.

Gillian: Yeah, sorry. I just took it another direction. I apologize. I don't know of candy cane things.

Mike: Would you like a mulled wine candy cane, an eggnog candy cane, or a no thank you, we're good candy cane?

Gillian: Yeah. Other than the fruit version. I don't know of any other non-peppermint candy cane.

Mike: Right, because it's a waste of time.

Gillian: Yeah. Well, now everyone is going to want to eat a candy cane.

Mike: I know. Well, 'tis the season. All right, well, if you want to learn more about all things admin and anything that we just talked about in this episode, minus fruit flavored candy canes, please go to admin.salesforce.com to find those links and resources. You can stay up to date with us for all things social. We are @SalesforceAdmns, no I, on Twitter. I'm of course @MikeGerholdt on Twitter and Gillian is @gilliankbruce. With that, stay safe, stay awesome, have a great holiday season, and we will see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Rohit Mehta, Senior Product Manager for Sandboxes and Scratch Orgs at Salesforce.

Join us as we talk about how to think about sandboxes and scratch orgs and some tips for how to use them better.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Rohit Mehta.

Diving into sandboxes We’ve talked a lot about why sandboxes are so important for admins over the years, but we’ve never really gotten into the nitty-gritty of it. That’s why for this episode, we thought we’d bring on the sandbox PM, Rohit, to talk through everything.

Rohit has been at Salesforce for a long time, first as a computer engineer and then later on the product side of things. In fact, he says, “a lot of the product that I manage nowadays I actually built, years ago.” Since he took over the team, there have been a lot of improvements to what sandboxes have to offer, including upgrades to speed and reliability, data masking, and partial sandboxes, and the future is looking even more exciting.

Hyperforce and the need for speed One big thing coming up is sandboxes for Hyperforce. If you’re not familiar, Hyperforce is a Salesforce deployment on public cloud infrastructure (like AWS). “One of the most common complaints that we get from customers is that their sandbox takes too long to create,” Rohit says, “but now with Hyperforce, we can produce sandboxes much much faster due to a newly-rearchitected design.”

They’re starting with Quick Clone for Dev and Dev Pro sandboxes coming up in Winter ‘23, with an eye towards a GA release in Spring ‘23 (forward-looking statement!). The Create operation will be coming along shortly after, so lots to look forward to. “People don’t often think about speed as a feature,” Rohit says, “but we make speed improvements on every release.” And the goal with Hyperforce is to be able to create sandboxes an order of magnitude faster than before. That’s 10x, for those of you playing along from home.

Check out scratch orgs Rohit is also the product manager for scratch orgs, so we figured he’s perhaps the best person in the world to ask this question: what’s the difference between sandboxes and scratch orgs? scratch org is a source-driven and disposable deployment of Salesforce code and metadata. A scratch org is fully configurable, allowing developers to emulate different Salesforce editions with different features and preferences, and they only last 30 days. Sandboxes are copies of your Salesforce org that you can use for development, testing, and training, without compromising the data and applications in your production org.

Source-based development can really improve the speed that you’re able to deliver complex projects, so Rohit encourages every admin to give scratch orgs a closer look. While creating one through the CLI may seem complicated, there are a lot resources out there to help you make it happen, and new declarative options are on the way.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • Trailhead: Set Up a Sandbox in Your Salesforce Org
  • Trailhead: Use Sandboxes to Manage Change
  • Salesforce Developer Documentation: Scratch Orgs

Social

  • Rohit: @RohitForce
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Eddie Cliff, Senior Director of Product Management for Salesforce Easy.

Join us as we talk about what Salesforce Easy is and what it means for Admins.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Eddie Cliff.

What is Salesforce Easy? Eddie has had a varied career that has taken him all over the world. He’s lived and worked everywhere form NYC to Singapore to Sydney. Nowadays, he’s based in New Orleans, which means he can say he’s from the Big Easy and works on Salesforce Easy. Eddie leads the team of product managers working on it and that’s exactly why we brought him on the pod.

If you haven’t heard of it yet, Salesforce Easy aims to help companies of all sizes get started on Salesforce faster and, yes, easier than ever before. As Eddie says, they’ve adopted a mantra of “Easy by default, and advanced by choice.” In practice, it means you can get set up on the critical aspects of a deployment first, and then expand your functionality as you go. You can think of it as a new front door for Salesforce.

An Innovation Center for everyone On the top floor of the Salesforce Tower in San Francisco, there’s something called the SIC: the Salesforce Innovation Center. Here, we bring together Salesforce customers with leaders from the Salesforce team to share best practices, case studies, and more, with a focus on digital transformation.

“The unfortunate thing about the SIC is there’s only one top floor of the Salesforce Tower,” Eddie says, “so they don’t scale very well.” Salesforce Easy aims to bring all of those learnings and best practices to everyone, with an onboarding process that helps every company implement them right away, without the commute to San Francisco.

Salesforce Easy asks you questions as you’re setting up in order to recommend out-of-the-box sales processes that are tried and true, and start closing more deals — fast. This includes declarative defaults across Sales and Service processes, reports and dashboards that work from jump, consistent record page layouts with best-practice information architecture, a simplified import experience, and so much more.

Elevating the admin So what does this all mean for admins? The benefit of a streamlined setup that implements so many best practices is that the more technical, repetitive, and support tasks are already taken care of for you. That frees up admins to be more strategic and focus on integrating Salesforce with their organization to improve business processes and support business objectives.

Most importantly, Salesforce Easy expands on existing platform capabilities and solutions that admins can leverage to help their users. You can take advantage of features like in-app guidance and in-app learning that make it, well, easy to onboard users who are new to Salesforce or changing roles.

Eddie also shares some exciting ideas they’re working on rolling out soon, including smart guidance and spotlighting to help users do their jobs better every time they log in. Go ahead and sign up now—it’s free and takes three clicks—and Eddie would love to hear your feedback.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • Sign up for Salesforce Easy in 3 Clicks
  • About the Salesforce Innovation Center

Social

  • Eddie: @EddieCliff
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Brenda Glasser, Salesforce Architect at Ripple and co-leader of the Atlanta Salesforce Architect Community Group.

Join us as we talk about how evangelizing Salesforce and being an advocate for expanding the use of Salesforce within your company can help propel your career.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Brenda Glasser.

Why Salesforce can do more Brenda has built out Salesforce implementations at several different organizations over her long career in the ecosystem so we brought her on the pod to share some lessons she’s learned along the way. “Salesforce, as a platform, can do so much within an organization,” she says, but it can be hard to think big when you’re only using one or two clouds and you’re a solo admin.

If your data is in a bunch of different places, or if you are seeing people lose time to tedious manual processes in email or spreadsheets, it can be really powerful to step forward and point out how Salesforce can make things work more smoothly. But how do you take the first steps?

Show your work Advocating for big changes takes time: you need to build trust and credibility. Brenda recommends trying to find some low-hanging fruit where you can make a big impact quickly. It’s also important to realize that the people in your organization who are struggling the most with Salesforce can be your biggest opportunities. “If they don’t like it, find out why,” she says. After all, it’s your job to help them do their job better, and if you do that you can turn your worst critics into your biggest fans.

The other thing that works really well with stakeholders is building a proof of concept. Gathering some quick requirements and making something can show them that what you’re suggesting is really possible. As the saying goes: you have to see it to believe it. Your Salesforce account team and the Trailblazer community can help you figure things out—you don’t have to go it alone.

How your career can grow with your org For Brenda, being an effective champion for Salesforce starts with listening. Always be on the lookout for problems you can solve. Being eager to jump in and start building can put a lot of work on your plate, but it also makes you visible to leadership as somebody they can count on.

“If you work for a company that is supportive and committed,” Brenda says, “then that will mean you’ll get additional resources.” You can soon find yourself leading a team, or learning more about the platform and moving into a different role as your org grows. But it’s all about stepping forward and saying, “Hey, Salesforce can do this and I can show you how.”

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • Salesforce Admin Skills Kit
  • Blog Content on admin.salesforce.com
  • Salesforce Admins on YouTube

Social

  • Brenda: @BrendaGlasser
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Full show transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm your host today, Gillian Bruce, and we are going to talk about how you can be a Salesforce evangelist within your own organization. Today we are going to be speaking with Brenda Glasser, who is a community leader. She has been in the Salesforce ecosystem for, I mean, longer than I've been in, maybe around the same time, about 12, 13 years. So a while. She's got some amazing experience. She has built out Salesforce implementations at many different organizations. She's at a pretty cool organization right now, but I wanted to get her on the podcast to talk about how evangelizing Salesforce and being an advocate for expanding the use of Salesforce within your own company can help propel your own career. And it's a good topic too, as we round out the year, go into the new year, helping you set a vision for what Salesforce could be in your organization. We had a little bit of an issue with Brenda's audio, so apologies in advance. We did the best we could to make it sound a little bit better, but I promise you the conversation is worth it. So stick with it and enjoy the episode. Brenda, welcome to the podcast.

Brenda Glasser: Thank you so much. I'm excited to be here.

Gillian Bruce: Well, I am very glad to have you on. We've got a really fun discussion in store. But before we get into that, why don't you take a moment and just kind of introduce yourself and tell us a little bit about who you are, what you do, how long you've been in the ecosystem?

Brenda Glasser: Sure. So I'm Brenda Glasser. I live in the Atlanta area. I am currently a Salesforce Architect for a company called Ripple, which is in the cryptocurrency space, which has been an interesting journey for me. Yeah, I've been in the ecosystem, I think about 13 or 14 years. I don't actually know, but I've been around for a while. I got started sort of pre-Trailhead and all that good stuff. And I also help co-lead the brand new Salesforce architect Trailblazer Community Group here in Atlanta.

Gillian Bruce: That's awesome. So just a few years in Salesforce, still learning the ropes, right?

Brenda Glasser: I am though. That's the thing, is you never stop learning. So I am still learning the ropes.

Gillian Bruce: I love that. I love that. Well, congrats on leading the new architect group there in Atlanta. Very exciting. Brenda, I wanted to get you on the podcast because with all of the experience that you've had in Salesforce over the years, you had a lot of experience kind of working with organizations and getting them on board with Salesforce and kind of making a case for why they should use more Salesforce. I wanted to get a talk about how admins can really think about setting a vision for Salesforce. And so can you talk to us a little bit about how setting a vision for Salesforce has helped you in your career?

Brenda Glasser: Yeah, absolutely. So I think the first thing is just to know that Salesforce as a platform can do so much within an organization. But I know I have, especially when I was first starting out, where you're in roles, your company is using it maybe for only certain use cases, or maybe they just have Sales Cloud or they just have one or two Clouds, especially if you are a solo admin or working in a smaller org with a very small team, it can be easy to sort of think of Salesforce as smaller than it really is. But as a platform and with everything, all the different Clouds and different offerings, there is really just so much that Salesforce can do for any organization. And so I think as I have been on my Salesforce journey, I've had the opportunity to get experience and learn about a lot of the different Clouds. So I really started out in Sales Cloud and then Service cloud, Experience Cloud, marketing, Tableau, all the different stuff. And you sort realize just how powerful it can be and the different business problems that it can solve. So for example, if you are noticing, and this happens in every company, right, that your customer data is disjointed or it's in a lot of different systems. And if you can't easily figure out who are our customers, what did they buy, what's their status? Are they even an active customer or no longer an active customer? If you are seeing manual processes, so things that are being handled by email or in Excel or random other tools, anything like that, if you sort of can start to tune in to some of those things that might be a little bit outside of your day-to-day scope, but you talk to your coworkers, you learn about how the business is operating, it can be really powerful to start to tune in to, Hey, Salesforce can help with this and here's how.

Gillian Bruce: So I mean, I think, you hit the nail on the head a lot of ways about understanding, hey, Salesforce can do so much, right, even if you're only working on Sales Cloud. It's really good to know, oh, it can do all of these other things as well, especially now with Tableau and Slack and MuleSoft in the house.

Brenda Glasser: Mm-hmm.

Gillian Bruce: In order to kind of get buy-in from stakeholders to maybe expand the business a bit and expand the use of Salesforce across the business. What are some things that have helped you in the past? Maybe pushed for that? Because I can imagine especially, I mean, a lot of times Salesforce admins we're the only ones in the company who even knows anything about Salesforce, right?

Brenda Glasser: Mm-hmm. Yep.

Gillian Bruce: So what are some things that have helped you in the past kind of sell the business in terms of getting them to expand the use of Salesforce? Maybe think about bringing more processes within the Salesforce platform.

Brenda Glasser: Yeah, I mean, I think the most important thing really is to kind of build trust and credibility amongst your team and amongst your stakeholders. So if your stakeholders don't know you or they don't trust you, or maybe don't fully buy in to Salesforce, that could definitely make it harder to get their buy-in. So I think trying to proactively find and help support maybe some low hanging fruit and spending the time to understand, hey, if they maybe are not the number one fans of Salesforce within their organization, if they find it clunky or it's not easy to use or they don't like it, I think find out why, right? So really go in with an attitude of, Hey, I'm not here to be defensive. This is a platform and it's my job to help you do your job better. So I think it really does start with building that trust and credibility. And then I would say once you have that or you've started to build that, one thing that I like to do is try to whip up a proof of concept, right? So a lot of times it's easy to say, Hey, Salesforce can do this. But if they can't visualize it, they've never seen it in action, it sounds maybe too good to be true, spending a little bit of time to gather some quick requirements, right? It's not going to be the full requirements that you would need for a larger project or if you're implementing another Cloud or something like that. But spend the time to understand a few use cases and then in either a sandbox or developer edition org, build out a proof of concept so that they can see, okay, this actually does work the way that the Salesforce admin team is telling me that it could work. And I would say another thing you can do is leverage your Salesforce account team. I am a huge fan of my Salesforce account team, because probably your company is not the only company that has tried to solve these problems, and they can help arm you with collateral and experts to help sell the vision as well. So you don't have to do it yourself. It's not something that you're on your own. There are resources within the Trailblazer community, of course, and within Salesforce itself that can help you put together that story. But again, I think the proof of concept is a really great way to get people to understand, here's how the solution could work.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. You got to see it to believe it, right? I mean, that's kind of the idea. And I really like how you broke it down into the two steps, right? First, really establish that trust. Establish yourself as the subject matter expert, as the trusted advisor when it comes to Salesforce, that you can deliver results, you can have an impact. And then when you want to expand, be like, oh look, look what I can do. Look what I can build for you. I think that's a really, really good kind of two step vision setting process there. So one of the things too, Brenda, that I know that you've kind of self-described yourself as is an in-house Salesforce evangelist. So can you talk a little bit, I mean, as an evangelist myself, I evangelize, but to a slightly different type of audience in a slightly different situation. So can you talk to us a little bit about what it means to really kind of evangelize and be the Salesforce advocate within your company and kind of be that person? How do you become that? And then how does that help you both in your own career and then you're building solutions?

Brenda Glasser: Yeah, yeah, absolutely. So I think the first part, I just really love building stuff on Salesforce. So for me, it's fairly natural because I really like solving problems. And that's the reason that I fell in love with Salesforce to begin with was something so simple of I can create a field for you, look at that and receiving that feedback selfishly. I love almost nothing more when I can solve an issue for somebody, even if to me it's something really simple, it can really kind of make somebody's day. So for me, definitely I am just super passionate about the platform and what it can do. And so I am always looking for opportunities to raise my hand or poke my head in to say, actually Salesforce can help with that. Do you want to learn more? Do you want to see how? So I think it really starts with, again, listening, looking for problems, looking for opportunities. And that can sometimes be challenging because that does put extra work on your plate, because you find yourself in the position where you are signing up for more work. So that is a thing that you do have to balance. And I know that's something I can be guilty of taking on too much just because I'm a little bit too excited about what it can do. But where that really starts to help me personally in my career is I am able to be seen amongst stakeholders, leadership as somebody that they can kind of count on and that somebody who really, truly has the business' best interest in mind. So that means that where if you work for a company that is supportive and is committed, then what that will mean is that you do get additional resources, right? So if you are in a position where you can maybe expand your team, then that can also enable you the opportunity to move into a kind of leadership or management type position. So that is a really great way. It also gives you the ability to invest in the platform more, which means you get more cool stuff that you can play with, but that also adds to your resume, that gives you more opportunities to get hands on with different aspects of the platform, gives you opportunities to go and get certifications or trainings or all that sort of thing. So I think by really looking for those opportunities to raise your hand and say, Hey, Salesforce can help with this, that benefits your business, your company, but the benefits to yourself are just, the sky's the limit.

Gillian Bruce: I love that. It's an investment in yourself, which also turns out to be an investment in the company and in Salesforce too, because the more people like you that are out there, the better the product gets because you give us feedback. But I think one of the things that I heard in that is, hey, it can be a little scary because you're the eager person and you create all this more work for yourself and you create all these opportunities, which means there's just endless things that you can work on. How do you find a balance for that? How do you figure out, I maybe have taken on too much, or maybe this is the right time to take on a little more. I mean, I know there's no right answer, but just looking, I think that might be one of the most intimidating pieces of this for folks is being like, yeah, I would be happy to say Salesforce can do that. And yes, I can do that, but oh wait, now I just said I can do all of these things and I only have time to do three things and now I have 10 things that I want to do.

Brenda Glasser: Yeah. So I think one is, and this is something that you kind of develop a muscle for over time I think is setting expectations. So just because you're saying yes, Salesforce can do this is not the same thing as saying Salesforce can do this and I'll have it done by next week. You are constantly having to evaluate and also prioritize with your leadership, with the company's priorities. Just because you as an individual or you as an admin team have identified a problem that you can go solve doesn't mean it's the top priority. So you have to constantly check in with yourself, check in with your team, check in with your manager, your leadership to make sure that you're focusing on the right things at the right time. But also providing that feedback and expectations to your stakeholders to give them realistic timelines, understanding scope, and having them understand they're going to have to participate in the process. It is not magic that if you do take on, especially if it is a larger project, it's not just you doing all the work. Your teams and your stakeholders will have to participate in that as well, and do your best to set expectations in terms of when and how a project is going to go down. But it is hard. It's something you have to constantly check in. And I know for me it's not just at work, right? 'Cause I have kids, so I obviously have responsibilities with my kids, I have responsibilities within the home. I try to do as much as I can to give back to the Trailblazer community. But again, I can't go to every event, I can't volunteer with all of the wonderful organizations. So I do have to always kind of reassess, all right, where is my time going? Am I spending my time in a way that I'm not burning out? Which I can't say I'm always successful at that, but I try.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, I think we all struggle with that, all these competing priorities, all these things that want a piece of us in our lives and figuring out how to divvy that up in the right way. So well said, well said. And I think this discussion ties pretty well with another episode that was recently on the podcast kind of dealing with talking about burnout that was on the developer podcast. So I think it's a really good conversation to say, Hey, yes, you can go be an evangelist for Salesforce and you can help grow your abilities and grow the capabilities of Salesforce within your organization, but also you need to make sure that you're taking care of what needs to be taken care of, which is number one yourself, right?

Brenda Glasser: Yep.

Gillian Bruce: And making sure that by investing both in yourself by growing your expertise within Salesforce and growing your responsibilities at your role at your company, but that you're not doing it at the compromise of something else. So yeah, very good discussion. Things to keep in mind, especially as we're rounding out the year starting the new year. I think this is a good chance to kind of evaluate those things and take them into account. So Brenda, before we totally wrap up, I would love to know, do you have some tips or advice since you're a very tenured person in the Salesforce ecosystem, maybe for some folks that are a little bit newer, first couple years in the role of being a Salesforce admin, what are some tips or advice you have for them?

Brenda Glasser: Yeah, I mean, I think just sort of getting to know even at a really high level what all is available from Salesforce. So again, when we were first starting out, we focus a lot on really kind of the core platform and getting admins search and kind of starting down our certification journey. But I would really recommend spending time on Trailhead or getting involved within the Trailblazer community on some of the other offerings. So there's wonderful Trailblazer groups and conferences and trails on things like Experience Cloud, on Marketing Cloud, on Tableau, on what else is out there. You certainly don't need to be an expert, but I think just knowing what those offerings are can really make a big difference to help you put on your creative problem-solving hat and looking for where there can be opportunities to expand your utilization of the platform.

Gillian Bruce: I love that. Expand your horizons a little bit. I think that's great, especially your note about you don't have to be an expert to go to a Marketing Cloud user group meeting.

Brenda Glasser: Nope, nope.

Gillian Bruce: Show up, take it in. Learn something.

Brenda Glasser: Exactly. Exactly.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, that's great. Well, Brenda, I really appreciate you taking the time to chat with us today, and it's wonderful to hear about how you've learned to be an advocate for Salesforce within your organizations and then how it's really helped you propel your career, and then maybe give some insight to some others for some opportunities. So thank you so much for your time. I really appreciate it.

Brenda Glasser: Oh, well, thank you. Thank you so much for having me on. I really enjoyed it.

Gillian Bruce: Well, huge thanks for Brenda for taking the time to chat with us. I really enjoyed our discussion and I hope you enjoyed it too. I love talking about being an advocate, wanting to do more work, but also being very cautious about the work that you're taking on and trying to balance that with all of the other things you have and prioritizing. It can be hard sometimes, but I mean, I am very naturally an eager, let's go do all the things person, and I struggle with taking on too much myself. So really good discussion with Brenda about that. I wanted to remind you that as you go into your end of year/beginning of year planning and you're trying to figure out what you might want to learn, we have some really great content on admin.salesforce.com and if you haven't spent time there lately, please go check it out. We've got some amazing blog content, especially this last year. We've done an amazing job of really putting together quality content from experts on there. And we've got a lot coming up as well about the upcoming release. So all the Spring '23, is it Spring '23? Yeah. Wow. Spring '23 Release goodies will be on admin.salesforce.com very soon. So stay tuned for that. And as always, if you want to learn anything else about what it takes to be an awesome admin, check all the content out. We also have great videos on YouTube like Automate This and Expert Corner and some fun Salesforce Plus content about How I Solved It. And so yeah, just check us out, admin.salesforce.com. Make it a priority to hit us up there. You can follow our guest today, Brenda Glasser on Twitter. She is (@BrendaGlasser). She's also very active on the Trailblazer community, so find her there. You can find my co-host Mike Gerholdt (@MikeGerholdt) on Twitter and myself (@GillianKBruce). You can find All Things Awesome Admin using (#awesomeadmin) on Twitter or (@SalesforceadminsknowI). Hope you have a wonderful rest of your day or evening or morning, and I'll catch you next time in the Cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Kat Aquino, the Salesforce Admin for LA28, otherwise known as the organizing committee for the Olympic Games, coming to LA in 2028.

Join us as we talk about how she’s setting up her Salesforce org to power a massive, international event and what she’s learned so far.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Kat Aquino.

Work together better. The Olympic (and Paralympic) Games are coming to LA in 2028, and Kat is the Salesforce Admin for the organizing committee, LA28. Obviously, they’re in the planning stages right now, but that’s the perfect time to build a foundation in Salesforce.

Kat spends a lot of time talking with users to figure out what tools to build, but she’s also keeping an eye on the bigger picture. “As we onboard all of these different departments which all have different processes,” she says, “we need to think about how we can work together better.” That means a thorough understanding of how things are done and, more importantly, how they could fit together.

Prioritization when you’re starting from the ground up So Kat has this massive list of things that need to be built in Salesforce, but how does she make decisions about what to prioritize? There’s a triage element of who needs what and when, but she also factors in how much time a task will take to accomplish. If she has the chance to score a quick win she’ll take it in a heartbeat.

Rolling out new tools lets Kat show the organization how Salesforce can enable them to collaborate like never before. Dashboards have been a game-changer for Sales, for example, because everyone can see what’s going on and collaborate on new approaches. Automations are mind-blowing if you’ve been stuck with the same repetitive process for years. This helps with adoption and generates momentum for the future.

Athletes: are they custom objects or contact records? One thing Kat has to solve for that might not be a problem in your Salesforce org is how to deal with data for athletes—it is, after all, the Olympics. “Athletes are quite different from the regular business contacts you’d normally associate with an account,” she says. They need more specific fields (like sport, discipline, or what year they participated), but it’s really important to control who has access to that information with tight security and access.

Kat initially built a custom object and related lists solution, which worked great for reports but not for users. She went back to the drawing board and created a new record type for the contact of an athlete. They can still use the related lists and custom objects they previously created and the user experience is much improved. It requires a lot more management of page layouts and deciding who can see what, but it’s well worth it.

There’s so much more about how Kat is weening a department off of spreadsheets and what she’s looking forward to in the future, so be sure to listen to the full episode for more. We’ll be sure to check back in with Kat as we get closer to LA28.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • Salesforce Admin Skills Kit

Social

  • Connect with Kat on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we have a guest episode from the Salesforce Developers Podcast. Host Josh Birk talks to Drew Tauber, a Salesforce Engineer at Clear.

Join us as we talk about how to identify signs of burnout and the steps you can take to prevent it from happening.

You should subscribe for the full episode (and subscribe to the Salesforce Developers Podcast), but here are a few takeaways from Josh’s conversation with Drew Tauber.

Proto-Architect When Drew was trying to change jobs, he went to an interview where the company had mislabeled the job title as “Systems Administrator” instead of Information Systems Specialist. He still got the role and it led him to transition to working entirely in Salesforce and taking on more of a Developer role. Today, he describes his job as somewhere between an Admin, a Developer, and a “proto-Architect.”

Signs of burnout If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed, stressed, or like the amount of work you have to do is insurmountable, you may be headed toward burnout. Drew gave a presentation about this very topic at World Tour New York, and he’s had many conversations about it in his role as co-leader of the New York City User Group.

When the pandemic hit, “everyone’s work-life balance went out the window,” Drew says, and the same goes for traditional structure and support networks. Salesforce professionals were hit especially hard because as everything went remote, there was increased pressure to expand functionality to account for the “new normal.” At Drew’s company, for example, the Salesforce footprint doubled but his team remained the same size.

Why it’s OK to ask for help The first step Drew recommends to help with burnout is to ask for help. It took a while to add more people to his team, “but even just seeing that there was a light at the end of the tunnel was hugely helpful,” he says. It’s in your company’s best interest for you to not burn out, so don’t be afraid to start a tough but necessary conversation.

Asking for help can extend to things beyond just asking for more people or resources. You can ask for help carving out some time away from the job, or help yourself by establishing clear communication boundaries so you don’t feel like you’re “always on.” There’s a lot of value in managing expectations by saying, “I can’t get to that right now but I will when I have a minute.” The research also shows that exercise is also crucial. “Stress is a physical reaction in the body,” Drew says, “and it definitely helps to get the endorphins going.”

There’s so much more in this episode so be sure to listen in and, if you like what you’re hearing, be sure to subscribe to the Salesforce Developers Podcast.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • Salesforce Developers Podcast
  • Episode 139: Burnout and Stress with Drew Tauber

Social

  • Drew: @DrewCPU
  • Connect with Drew on LinkedIn
  • Connect with Drew on the Trailblazer community
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast. We talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. Now, this week we're going to try a little something different. So as you know, at Salesforce, we have quite a few podcasts, and one of those we're good friends with the Salesforce Developer Podcast hosted by Josh Burke. You've heard him here on the pod before. He's been on, talk about some developer stuff and Trailhead. And you know what? We wanted to try one do a little something different and we wanted to swap out some episodes. So recently Josh had a guest on who was Drew Talber, who talked about burnout and stress. And you know what? Admins get burned out and stressed too. So do podcasters.

So what we're going to do is we're going to rebroadcast that episode so that you have a chance to listen to it. I think it's a really great episode. I've listened to it myself. And then you know what? Give it a listen. And if you love the podcast, go ahead and jump on over the Developer Podcast and give them a subscribe and check out what Josh is doing. So with that, I'm going to turn it over to Josh, take it away.

Drew Tauber: When I was in college, I went to college for information technology, and I was adamant that the last thing I wanted to do was be a coder.

Josh Birk: That is Drew Tauber, a senior Salesforce engineer over at CLEAR. I’m Josh Birk, your host for the Salesforce Developer Podcast. Here on the podcast, you’ll hear stories and insights from developers for developers. Today we sit down and talk with Drew about something people are really starting to talk more about, and I think it’s great. We’re going to talk about stress. We’re going to talk about burnout.

Josh Birk: We’re going to talk about anxiety and we’re going to talk about how it can affect you in the workplace and what you can do about it. Before we get into that, we’re going to start right after that cold quote and get into how Drew really did become a coder. Why?

Drew Tauber: For me, at the time, coders were just down in the basement, typing it out and I wanted to be upstairs with the people, so I went into desktop support, service support out there, working with end users. I think that’s why Salesforce wound up jibing with me as a developer role because I’m not hidden in the corner. I’m out there with my stakeholders, building stuff for them.

Josh Birk: Gotcha. You always had that people skills layer that you wanted to be able to dive into?

Drew Tauber: Mm-hmm.

Josh Birk: What’s your earliest memory of the computer?

Drew Tauber: Fourth grade Apple IIes, we were using some word processor, Magic Writer or something like that.

Josh Birk: Yes. The one that taught you by… Was the one that had the letters that would pop up so that you know you were hitting it right?

Drew Tauber: I think so. There was some key command you could put in to change the font face from bold to outlined or something like that.

Josh Birk: Nice.

Drew Tauber: I remember learning that and I remember going around the room in the computer lab with all the other fourth graders showing them this key command you could hit that would change your font.

Josh Birk: Nice. Very, very nice. A hacker from way back then.

Drew Tauber: Yes. I also remember the same time Logo Writer, which I didn’t even realize until college that that was teaching me coding.

Josh Birk: Oh, right, because that’s in the Turtle Graphics family of things, right?

Drew Tauber: Yeah. It’s all Turtle Graphics. Step forward, turn right, step back. Then we learned how to make pinwheels. I’m like, “Oh, that’s a forward loop.”

Josh Birk: Yep. Exactly. I can’t remember which interview it was that came up. I don’t think it’s been published yet. Logo came up again. Logo was weirdly my first computer science programming class. It was supposed to be just the basics of programming and so they used Logo as the starter kit. I remember I had homework that was converting Arabic numerals to Roman and then back again, and it would work five times and then it would just stop doing anything.

Josh Birk: To this date, I have no idea if it was because I was a bad programmer or because Logo sucks. 50/50 chance probably. When did you first get involved with Salesforce itself?

Drew Tauber: I first got involved with Salesforce… I actually just recently checked my dev org. I think it’s 12 years old.

Josh Birk: Oh, wow.

Drew Tauber: I was working at a payroll company in New Jersey. It’s a classic accidental admin story. My CTO, I was basically the IT guy there. Desktop servers, networks, AV equipment. Anything that turned on was my job. I’ve been one of the guys. My boss came to me one day, said, “Hey, our sales team’s been using Salesforce. It’s getting big, we’re taking it over in IT. You’re in charge of it.”

Drew Tauber: Then this was pre-Trailhead but we had Premier support so I’m doing the training webinars and everything. As I’m learning, I was like, “This is pretty good. I could do it. There’s a lot of stuff I could do here.” Now, I had been doing web development in my spare time and PHP so I had a idea for like, “Oh, yeah, there’s a lot of stuff that could be done here. I want to believe in that job for other reasons.”

Drew Tauber: But when I was looking for a new job, I completely… Completely by accident, so one of those sliding doors, serendipity moments. This job I was looking for… or I got called for, had mislabeled their job title as systems administrator.

Josh Birk: What was the title supposed to be?

Drew Tauber: Information system specialist. This recruiter was like, “Hey, I’ve got this job. It uses Salesforce. It’s a system administrator. I’m looking for system administrator roles. Do you want to go to this interview?” I was like, “Yeah, sure. Let’s do the interview.” I go in there and I quickly find out it’s a all-Salesforce job, which was not something I had been… I hadn’t thought about it yet I had been thinking like, “Oh, CRM would be a cool thing to do.”

Drew Tauber: I knew I had to pivot at some point because there wasn’t really going to be much of a use for on-prem server admins for much longer with AWS and everything happening. I was like, “Sure, I’ll go do this Salesforce role.” That was my first full-time Salesforce job and where I actually started developing.

Josh Birk: Interesting. Well, and so that was going to be my next question. You got launched into the you have to be the jack-of-all-trades person. How did you find learning development on Salesforce?

Drew Tauber: Good. I’m a learn by doer kind of thing. I love Trailhead, but I’m really much better at… The first thing I built on Salesforce was one of the call center agents… Because I worked in the office for my company where our customer support team was located and this was back in Classic. They said, “Hey, it’d be great if there was a way that we could see when someone sends a screenshot, if we could just see it on the page without having to click into the attachment, download the attachment and then open it up on our computer.”

Drew Tauber: I was like, “There’s got to be a way to do…” I basically started figuring out in Apex, how do I get the attachments? In Visualforce, how do I display the attachments? How do I make it so when you click on it opens up in a little modal window and shows you the actual screenshot of it?”

Josh Birk: Nice.

Drew Tauber: How do I make it show an icon if it’s a PDF kind of… And it just went from step one through step N as I just keep going.

Josh Birk: Yeah. I think it’s interesting how so many early use cases it’s just attachments were another interesting data point. Once you figure out how Apex can manipulate them, there were actually some kind of cool tricks you could do with it.

Drew Tauber: I spent two years at that company. They were really great. I mean, their whole idea is that we hire people who don’t know a ton of Salesforce have them learn on the fly. Then I spent two years there, got all my certifications from admin to dev one. Then after two years there, I moved to my current job.

Josh Birk: Gotcha. How would you describe your current role?

Drew Tauber: Officially my title is senior Salesforce engineer. I am basically the guy that all of our Salesforce customizations runs through to some degree. I started as the guy, I was the Salesforce guy. Now we have a team and it’s kind of an architect role, but not officially an architect role.

Josh Birk: Gotcha. The proto architect, but you’re still sort of the jack of all trades. You’re just the jack of all trades who can also help other people get their job done?

Drew Tauber: Mm-hmm.

Josh Birk: Nice. Nice.

Drew Tauber: We don’t have any admins. We just have four developers so we’re all kind of everything.

Josh Birk: Gotcha. I think if there’s an admin listening right now we might have just sent a little shiver down their spine.

Drew Tauber: Oh yeah. No. I could definitely use an admin, but we don’t have one.

Josh Birk: Gotcha. Before we get into the topic at hand, what’s your current role in Salesforce community?Drew Tauber: I’m a co-leader of the New York City user group and then just fan and everything else.

Josh Birk: How long have you been in the developer?

Drew Tauber: I’ve been a user group leader since March of 2020 which I don’t know if you remember, a lot of stuff happened in March of 2020.

Josh Birk: Oh, the timing.

Drew Tauber: It was literally… So there were three co-leaders of the user group. One of them got a job at Salesforce and I had already been doing presentations and helping out, so I always joke around the one thing that we’re great about as a Salesforce ecosystem is identifying people who will say yes to anything.

Josh Birk: Gotcha. Nice.

Drew Tauber: They asked me, “Do you want to be a co-leader?” This was literally my last day in the office before our one week test quarantine happened.

Josh Birk: My God.

Drew Tauber: I said, “Yeah, sure. I’ll do it. I’ll talk to you guys in a couple of weeks when this whole COVID thing’s over.”

Josh Birk: Wow.

Drew Tauber: Fast-forward to two years, I’m now doing in-person meetings again it’s weird for me because I’m like, “I’m just so used to it. I just throw up a Zoom link and people join. Now I got to find food for people? This is weird.”

Josh Birk: Weird. They actually need to eat and stuff.

Drew Tauber: I need to feed people and find space?

Josh Birk: Nice. Nice. Okay. Today we’re going to talk about burnout, which I believe you presented at World Tour New York, correct?

Drew Tauber: Yes.

Josh Birk: Nice. Let’s start at the beginning. What were some early signs that were making you question just how stressed are you?

Drew Tauber: A lot of it is just feeling overwhelmed. You have trouble not necessarily getting up in the morning, although that’s definitely part of it sometimes, but just seeing the list of work you have to do, and just seeing it as being insurmountable to the point where you don’t even know how you can start because you don’t see how you can finish and just gets debilitating in that respect.

Josh Birk: Yeah. Were you falling prey… And I am blanking on the term because there’s actually a cognitive term for it, where you look at a task and your instant reaction is that task clearly is going to take three/four hours, which is not true but your brain is convinced that it is true.

Drew Tauber: Yeah. That would definitely happen. I think there’s some… I don’t know what the official term of it, but there’s a phobia of an empty notebook and that same kind of situation where in my head I know in intellectually like yeah, once you just get started on a project, it just snowballs and then you finish it eventually. But it’s like seeing how many things have to be done, just the idea of starting it would feel so daunting.

Josh Birk: Yeah. I think it was somebody on the ADHD side of things that told me about the fork theory. The fork theory goes that a normal person, if they think about their day, they think about it in terms of five straws. It’s the five straws, those are the big five things that they’re going to have to accomplish through the day. The problem is some people get that detail-oriented way of… that hyper-vigilance way of thinking about it.

Josh Birk: It’s like they actually see five forks and of course each fork also has five tips to it. They’re not thinking in terms of five things they got to get done through the day. They’re thinking in terms of 25 things that they got to get done through the day.

Drew Tauber: Yeah. I like that analogy.

Josh Birk: Were you running into other things like sleeping, eating, that kind of stuff?

Drew Tauber: Oh yeah. I mean, a big part of it is… Especially in the last couple of years, everyone’s work-life balance went out the window. All of a sudden, I’m not commuting to work anymore, at the very beginning started off like, “Oh, I can sleep until 15 minutes before I’m supposed to be working and then roll out of bed and walk down the hallway to my home office and start working? Great.” That slowly turned into… I’m a late person normally.

Drew Tauber: On weekends, I’m up pretty late and this started turning to be like, “Oh, I’m going to be up to like 2:00, 3:00 in the morning, go to sleep, wake up at 8:30 in the morning, roll out, get my work done.” Sleep, it all… Part of it was stress but part of it was also just my pattern was already off. I was already halfway there.

Josh Birk: Yeah. I mean, think there was a collective groan around the world in March of 2020 because people who had very structured lives are suddenly trying to figure out which couch is going to be the most comfortable for them to sit down with their laptop. There’s just nothing healthy about any of that.

Drew Tauber: Yeah. All the gyms were closed. Thankfully I have a dog so he forced me to get outside of the house once or twice a day to take him for a walk.

Josh Birk: Yeah. That’s one of the things I really miss about having… I always joke cats are great if you want to stay in bed. Dogs are great if you want to get out and take a walk.

Drew Tauber: Yeah. Especially because at the beginning we thought, “Okay. Everybody is going to be a recluse for a month and come back, so why not live it up a little bit? I’m not going out and getting the healthy food options. I’m getting DoorDash. I’m getting whatever junk food I want to get sent to my house.” It gave me a head start towards a lot of these issues that turned into burnout.

Josh Birk: Well, and it’s like, it gives you a head start. You’re not socializing, you’re not eating, you’re not sleeping right. These are all core things that start the patterns that get worse, and everybody else is in the pandemic so you have this… At least I found it as you blanket it as normal. Like, who am I to complain about these things because the whole world is effectively going through it? Somewhere in my emotional brain, it was like, “Suck it up buttercup.” Which is not a great mental health response to anybody including yourself.

Drew Tauber: Yeah. Yeah. Part of it’s… Yeah. It’s definitely like, what right do I have to be more put out than… I’m in relatively good shape. I’ve got space. I’m not in a tiny little closet of an apartment somewhere trying to make it. I’ve got space. I’ve got people. But at the same time, I couldn’t go see my family. I couldn’t go see my friends. I used to go out to the movies most weekends with my friends. That went out the window immediately, still hasn’t quite come back.

Drew Tauber: I’ve found… Because I’ve been talking to a lot of people about burnout around my sessions and the commonality I found is a combination of, one, everyone’s support structure went out the window. Everyone’s coping mechanisms went out the window, and also… I think this is not unique to Salesforce, but definitely common among Salesforce people I’ve talked to, is that as every company went remote, everyone had to fall onto their remote collaboration tools a lot more.

Drew Tauber: Salesforce is obviously front and center in a lot of people’s workflows. That just put a lot of extra pressure like, “Oh, Salesforce is good for this, but we need to make it do X so we can better support our remote workforce.”

Josh Birk: That makes a lot of sense now that everything is a remote workforce. Yeah. Yeah. One of the symptoms you had on one of your slides, which I thought was interesting because it’s one I hit really hard and wasn’t thinking about it, it’s a lack of satisfaction. You’re not getting joy either out of your work and it might even be hard to get joy out of the things that are supposed to relax you. Did that hit you?

Drew Tauber: Yeah, definitely. I think that a lot of that goes back to seeing the list as so insurmountable. Achievements that I would normally be like, “Oh, I pulled this off. This is great.” Turns into “Oh, well, okay, I’ve done step one of 27.” It’s hard to be thrilled that you made it to base camp when you need to get to Everest kind of thing.

Josh Birk: Right. Exactly. Yeah. I think people get into this where they think it’s like “Well, it’s my job. It’s a pandemic.” Once again, it’s an excuse, right? Like, why… Of course, I’m not happy right now, but the problem is it’s almost the second tier, you’re going to get more anxious and stressed and depressed if you can’t counter that with fun and joy like you’re saying, giving yourself that pat on the back for an achievement.

Drew Tauber: Right. Definitely.

Josh Birk: Now, what factors do you think led to your burnout that we haven’t… We’ve talked about pandemic, we’ve talked about quick shifts in Salesforce, in your work, lack of a social structure is gone. Anything else that you think was leading you towards this path?

Drew Tauber: I think the biggest thing just is like I’ve said before to people I work with, between the pandemic and the unique ways that our business changed in the pandemic, our Salesforce usage essentially doubled. Our Salesforce footprint. We added a new org. We added whole new people who hadn’t been using Salesforce before. Our Salesforce usage footprint at the company had essentially doubled and my team had not.

Josh Birk: Which now of course you have proof that you’re right, it’s an insurmountable amount of stuff because everything just doubled, even if there’s a irrational layer to it, there’s still a rational amount of data for you to enforce it. When you first started realizing this is a problem, what did you do?

Drew Tauber: Probably when I noticed was a problem I started asking for help. One of the great things about my manager and my company in general is that they were very supportive. It took a little bit for them to get to the point where they were like, “Okay, let’s hire some people.” But they got there. Then obviously the job market being what it was, it took us a while to get somebody who was able to come in and help, but even just seeing that there was a light at the end of the tunnel was hugely helpful.

Josh Birk: Nice.

Drew Tauber: The thing I always tell people is it’s in your company’s best interest for you to not burn out. Obviously from a people perspective, your manager doesn’t want you as a human being to burn out and be in a bad place. But even just the corporate ones and zeros straight numerical perspective, it is cheaper to keep you happy and productive than it is to hire somebody new because you flamed out and had to leave.

Josh Birk: Yeah. I mean, I think if you look at some of the other symptoms we haven’t talked about that are purely cognitive, in the sense of you get more forgetful, you’re more anxious. You’re more likely to snap at a coworker, all of these kind of things, not leading to what one would call an efficient job environment.

Drew Tauber: No, definitely not. There’s definitely been times when, and still happens to a degree, where I found myself apologizing for my tone way more than I should. I would be in a meeting and I could tell that I was being real snotty about my answers. I was being really snide. I was being really short. I was sarcastic. I’m like, “This is not the way I want to be sounding, but I just can’t pull myself out of it. I’m too into it right now.”

Drew Tauber: Immediately after the meeting would end, I would go on Slack to the person I was talking to, “Hey, I’m sorry. I know that came out the wrong way. I’m sorry that came out…” I wouldn’t necessarily apologize for the points I was making because the points I was making were valid, but there was definitely a better way I could have come out and said it.

Josh Birk: Yeah. You heard yourself in your head and you’re like, “I didn’t have to be that sharp about it.”

Drew Tauber: Yeah. It’s like an out-of-body experience. Like, “Why are you being such a mean person?”

Josh Birk: Well, and that’s an interesting cycle I think, because when you’re being the mean person, it’s because you’re getting that cortisol spike, you’re getting that little fight or flight instinct to it. But part of that situation is you don’t really know you’re in it. The brain’s just poking you and poking you. Then you get out of the room, be relaxed and then it’s like you said, out-of-body experience like, “Oh, wow. Was I the jerk? No, I might have been the jerk.”

Josh Birk: Yeah. Outside of getting more help and more resources, did you take time off for yourself? Did you try to counter any of the workload with going out and having more fun or doing more walks with a dog or anything like that?

Drew Tauber: Yeah. There’s definitely time, I definitely took some time off. I think my boss at one point insisted.

Josh Birk: Good. Good.

Drew Tauber: Good boss. Good boss.

Josh Birk: Good boss. Good boss.

Drew Tauber: Insisted I take some time away, which at the time it was hard. Being such a small team and like okay I can step away, but here’s all the stuff that’s not going to get done while I’m gone and just be like, “Okay, it’ll get done when you get back.” The other things I would do, yeah, people I work with have gotten pretty accustomed to the idea that if it’s between 10:30 and noon, and I have a meeting where I am not going to be needed to be on my keyboard, I’ll take that Zoom from the park when I’m walking my dog.

Josh Birk: Awesome point.

Drew Tauber: I’ll turn the camera on him and I’ll point the camera at him on my Zoom and people will appreciate that more than seeing my face.

Josh Birk: I love that. I love that so much. Now I have to repeat Mike Gerholdt’s… I think he tweets this every three weeks or something like that, just a friendly reminder, not only is it okay to have your kids, your cats and your dogs on your Zoom call, we want to see them. It’s actually a plus because we’re still a little trapped inside. Yes, I love that. I love puppy Zoom.

Josh Birk: Also, just really, I think that’s part of the Zoom fatigue, is that feeling like you have to be there in person. As somebody who’s worked remotely for a little over a decade now, I found it weird that I was actually finding every now and then I’ll do the same thing. I’ll take the call outside or I’ll take the call on my couch and I just turned the camera off. It’s like if I’m not necessary, then I can listen and be present without having to necessarily feel like I’m also on camera.

Drew Tauber: I think I saw something a while back about how psychologically what Zoom does to people because you can be in a meeting room and obviously people can see you, but you know when people are looking at you. But when you’re on Zoom, you don’t know what square… Even if everyone’s got their camera on, you don’t know what square on the Zoom Brady Bunch panel they’re looking at.

Drew Tauber: You have to be like, “All right. I’m being seen by everybody on this meeting simultaneously,” is where your head goes. I think one of the best things I did for Zoom in general is I just have everything set to default off.

Josh Birk: Nice.

Drew Tauber: I join a meeting, my camera’s off. My microphone is muted and I have to go in and push the buttons like, “I’m ready to talk. I’m ready to be seen.” I’ll turn the camera on. If not, I just won’t. Sometimes I’ll say, “Oh, I’m not turning my camera on. I’m eating lunch and I don’t want you all to watch me eat a sandwich.” Sometimes people just… Thankfully as a company, we generally don’t have the expectation that you have your camera on at all times.

Drew Tauber: If it’s a standup meeting, if it’s my morning meeting with my team then I’ll have my camera on because I know these people. But if it’s a group, a lot of times I won’t. Sometimes if I know that I’m not going to be able to keep my eye rolls to myself, I’ll keep my camera off.

Josh Birk: I love it. There’s wisdom in that. It’s self-knowledge. I like that. It does occur to me that prior to the pandemic and when everybody going into Zoom calls that this design of 12 huge faces and perfect squares in front of you, that’s the kind of stuff they used to put in supervillain movies.

Drew Tauber: Oh, yeah.

Josh Birk: It’s like this weird awe of power kind of thing in front of you. Now, I’m trying to figure out, did you manage to… Because socialization is such a huge role in maintaining stress and lowering stress. It’s considered to be one of the great ways of trying to help people through things like drug addiction. Did you manage to find a way to add any of that stuff back to your life?

Drew Tauber: Yeah. I mean, I feel like everyone had their friend Zooms at the very beginning before we all realized that this is not a great way to hang out with people.

Josh Birk: I know.

Drew Tauber: But we’d play video games with each other and if we’re playing a game, we would fire up a Discord chat or something so we could talk to each other while we’re playing. That way we’re not staring at each other, but we’re playing a game. We’re just talking. There’s actually a really cool game that I found called Starship Horizons where it’s a group game where one computer is the host and everyone else logs in on a web browser and everybody is a different station on your Starship.

Drew Tauber: It’s like one person logs in and they pick the tactical console and they’ve got the tactical station. One person’s the helmsman and one person’s communications. Then one person’s the captain and all they really do is they just tell other people to do… The captain has nothing. The captain just has… You rely on just like if you’re in Star Trek, let’s say you’re relying on your tactical person telling you information.

Drew Tauber: You’re relying on your op station giving information. You’re giving orders and they’re all executing, but it’s just finding ways to hang out without just staring at each other on a Zoom screen and be like, “So what are you guys up to?” “Nothing. I’m all at stuck at home. What are you up to?” “Nothing. I’m stuck at home.” It was all very important.

Josh Birk: Nice. I like it. I like it a lot. Now, on the flip side of video games, another thing I’ve had to accept because I was never much of an exercise fan, shall we say? But the science is undeniable as to the effect it can have. Even walking, running, whatever, it reduces your stress, it reduces anxiety, et cetera. Was walking the dog your exercise or did you tack on more stuff?

Drew Tauber: For a while it was my exercise. It definitely wasn’t enough exercise as far as staying healthy. I wound up starting to go do a more regular exercise regimen again. That’s the thing I always mention, is stress is a physical reaction in the body and I’m not going to say the best way to deal with your depression is to go out and exercise necessarily, but it definitely helps to get the endorphins going.

Josh Birk: Yeah. No. Totally. I’m a big fan of mental health is physical health. It’s all wrapped into one thing. Even if stuff’s just occurring in your brain, your brain’s on a brain stem and brain stem’s controlling the rest of your body. The proof is there that it’s just like this stuff can really hurt you physically over time, which is another reason why if there’s managers listening to this, it’s like at some point… When I was going through some stuff, I had a family member who was just not getting it, not realizing what was happening.

Josh Birk: My therapist was like, “Well, if they’re not going to appreciate your mental health, would you tell them that you would prefer not to have a heart attack?” Yeah. I will try that then. What else have you done to make sure you’re not going to get back there?

Drew Tauber: Yeah. I mean, a lot of stuff I’ve done from a work perspective is I don’t do quick things anymore if I can avoid it. It’s a trap that I find I used to fall into a lot all the time and I find a lot of people do the same thing where someone comes up to you and say, “Hey, can we add a field that does something?” You’re like, “Yeah, sure.” Click, click and is done. You get the immediate endorphin rush, you get the immediate satisfaction.

Drew Tauber: It’s like, “Oh my God. That’s so amazing. Thank you so much. That’s great. I can’t believe you were able do it so fast.” Then you fast-forward to a week later when they need three more fields. They’re like, “Well, you were able to do it in two seconds last time.” It’s like, “Yeah. Well, I’m busy now.” You set the expectation that you can do it quickly. I’m going to keep throwing out the Star Trek analogies.

Josh Birk: Please do. Yeah.

Drew Tauber: Scotty would always say like, “Oh, yeah, I multiply all my time estimates by four. That way you would believe I’m a miracle worker.”

Josh Birk: Right. Exactly.

Drew Tauber: I’m not saying lie about how long your timeframe’s going to be, but even if it’s something quick like that, it’s very much like, “Okay. Put it in a Jira ticket so none of us forget. We’ll plan it out. If it’s quick, we’ll do it.” I can’t just be like, “Oh, yeah, sure. I’m going to stop what I’m doing and go do your thing.” I always find people are very understanding of that. You always worry it’s like when you say like, “Oh, I can’t do it right now, but I’ll get to it when I have a minute.” Unless it’s super urgent I’m like, “Oh, well I actually need it right now, and-

Josh Birk: Right now. Right.

Drew Tauber: … the CEO’s demanding this field in the next five minutes or I’m fired.” Obviously stuff like that doesn’t happen in my company. Yeah, just managing expectations in a lot of ways. I’ve heard a lot of times a saying, if it’s not in Salesforce, it doesn’t exist when referring to sales opportunities and leads. I have the same thing with Jira. If it’s not in Jira, it doesn’t exist to me. If you want something done, especially if it’s a change that we need to be able to have good tracking on you need to make a Jira ticket.

Drew Tauber: I mean, I’ll do… You can come to me and say, “Hey, can you tell me why this thing happened to this person?” I’ll go and I’ll do some investigation, but if it takes me more than a few minutes, it’s like, “Okay, we need to plan this time out because I’ve got my sprint that I’ve committed to doing and if I don’t get that done, because I spent all my time doing all this troubleshooting stuff that was not on my list of things to do I have to answer to people for that.”

Drew Tauber: Also, going back to being able to justify hiring more people. If you’re doing all your work off the books-

Josh Birk: You can’t. Right.

Drew Tauber: … my boss might know that but when he goes to his boss, say, “Hey, we need to hire more people to help Drew?” Like, why? He’s getting-

Josh Birk: Why?

Drew Tauber: There’s nothing in his backlog and he’s getting all of his stuff done.

Josh Birk: Yeah. Yeah. Back when I was a dev lead, I told our business partners, it’s like everything’s an hour. Just assume it’s an hour. I know you think it’s simple. I know you think it’s straightforward, but assume that the developer has to actually research something to make sure they’re doing it right. They actually have to implement it and they actually have to test it. It’s just nothing is less than an hour.

Josh Birk: For a while I had a rule back when I was a people manager for tenure, if it’s not in GUS… And GUS was our internal sprint manager type thing. I’m like, “If it’s not in GUS, it won’t happen and if it’s not on Chatter, it didn’t happen.” Because you should do is go do good work and then brag about it on Chatter. Totally with you there.

Josh Birk: A big one that comes up a lot is notifications and having your phone on and stuff like that. Have you reinforced rules to get that stuff out of your cognition from time to time?

Drew Tauber: Yeah. I mean, I spend a lot of time on Slack boundaries. Part of it is just the idea of… I think I moved up by an hour, at least, the default times in Slack when they say, “Okay. This is your I’m not working anymore no-notifications time, unless it’s an emergency.” The bedtime rules or whatever. They recently released, I think in the last six months, the ability to set different times for weekends.

Drew Tauber: Basically extend your do-not-disturb time to the weekend and even sometimes during the day. If I’m focused on working on something, I’ll just set my notification. I’ll set do not to disturb because I’m really focused right now. That’s definitely important to me.

Josh Birk: Yeah. Back when I worked in an office, we would refer to it as heads-down coding because you could see the developer hunch. We trained everybody who wasn’t on the development floor like, “If you see them like that, if you have to talk to them, approach slowly. Make sure you realize you are probably bringing them out of a flow state and that’s not what they need.”

Drew Tauber: Well, it’s like yeah, back in the office, everyone would have headphones. If you see someone with their big cans on you don’t bother them.

Josh Birk: You don’t bother them.

Drew Tauber: But we don’t have that same thing anymore on Slack. The other thing I always say with Slack is Slack is great and I prefer it over email, but Slack has this implied immediacy to it that email doesn’t have. You get a message at like 10 o’clock at night it’s like, “Oh, I just got a Slack message. I need to reply.” I’ve tried to get into a habit of if this Slack message were sent to me via email, would I feel like I need to reply to it right now?

Josh Birk: Yeah. Exactly.

Drew Tauber: If I don’t feel that way, then I won’t.

Josh Birk: Then don’t. Yeah. Another big tip I always tell people, especially on that front is if your work phone is your personal phone, definitely fix that especially in the Slack world, it’s like if you can just walk away from your laptop and your work phone and just have no capacity to see any of these notifications, it’s so much easier than trying to figure out when is it my phone and when is it my work phone?

Drew Tauber: Yeah. I haven’t had that luxury since way back when I worked for a small company called Lehman Brothers, when everyone was issued a Blackberry and that was your only work device and people would say, “Oh, why don’t you get your regular stuff on your Blackberry?” I was like, “Because I want to be able to put my Blackberry in a drawer at the end of the day.

Josh Birk: Yeah. Exactly.

Drew Tauber: Now I do a pretty good job of like say managing notifications for off hours. Going in and if I’m going to be away snoozing my notifications, if I’m going to be really away, just turning off Slack, turning off do not sync my Gmail into my phone. If I’m on vacation, I don’t want to see it. If I’ve got time and I want to go check something or check on work, I’ll go in and I’ll pull the refresh and I’ll make it pull down but do not automatically background refresh this app.

Josh Birk: Nice. Nice. Now, when did you say, “I want to do this as a presentation? I want to get up in front of other people I want to talk about this.”

Drew Tauber: Probably late last year is when I started really bumping around. It was one of those things like I think I had the slide deck in Google Slides. I was just popping in like, “Oh, this is a good thing. I should say this kind of thing.” I say one of the parts of doing this is being able to go out there and talk about it and destigmatize it. Every time I do this presentation, I’ll do like, “Show of hands, how many people have felt this way?” Then most people put their hands up.

Drew Tauber: My favorite is I was doing the presentation in Chicago and I see a whole bunch of people on their laptops and on their phones while I’m presenting. I said, “Show of hands, how many of you are working right now?”

Josh Birk: Now.

Drew Tauber: They put their hands up. How many of you do you… I’m at a conference. How many of you do your managers know where you are right now and they’re still asking you for stuff? Most of them keep their hands up.

Josh Birk: Yeah. Well, yeah, and I thank you because it’s like I completely agree. I think awareness and transparency, that’s the front line that I think the community can embrace. It does help to know if you’re in a room there’s probably… John Oliver just did his episode of mental health and he’s like… It went back in the 2010s. It was one in 10 adults suffered from anxiety and depression. Now it’s up to like four in 10. I guarantee you in the tech industry, it’s more like six in 10 or seven in 10, if we’re lucky.

Drew Tauber: I think a lot of that is just, don’t think a lot of it… There’s definitely a part of it where people are getting more anxious but I think a lot of it is people are recognizing it more.

Josh Birk: Yeah. Agreed.

Drew Tauber: It used to be like, “Oh, I’m just in a funk or I had a bad day.”

Josh Birk: Right. Or of course it’s been a long work week. That’s what work weeks look like.

Drew Tauber: Then you realize like, “Oh, no, my bad days are outnumbering my good days.” Then you finally realize like, “Oh, no, this is actually something real.”

Josh Birk: That’s our show. Now, before we go I did ask after Drew’s favorite non-technical hobby and it’s honestly one that he shares with a lot of people in the community.

Drew Tauber: I’m not sure if this is non-technical or not. It’s definitely more analog, but I enjoy woodworking.

Josh Birk: Oh, yeah. That’s definitely… If Kevin Portman’s listening right now, he’d be like, “No, Josh, it’s a technical thing.” I get you because it’s-

Drew Tauber: Yeah. There’s a lot of math involved. There’s a lot of… Because if you’re off by a little bit and it just cascades through your entire project… So it’s definitely I’m away from my computer. I’m working with my hands, I’m outside, and at the end of the day, I can point to a table that I made, it’s like, “I made that.”

Josh Birk: I want to thank Drew for the great conversation and information, and as always, I want to thank you for listening. Now, on a personal front, I just want to say, we’re talking about very serious issues out there. I do want to call out and just say, if you are feeling symptoms of anxiety and depression, you’re making it something that’s hard for you to get through work, please, please seek help. There’s a lot of great telehealth services out there, but first of all, you’re not alone and with help, you can get through it.

Josh Birk: Once again, thank you everybody. If you want to learn more about this show, head on over to developer.salesforce.com/podcast, where you can hear old episodes, see the show notes and have links to your favorite podcast service. Once again, thank you and I’ll talk to you next week.

Mike Gerholdt: So I really enjoyed that podcast and I will echo where Josh left that podcast off. If you're listening to this episode or any other episode and you're feeling stressed out, you're feeling burned out, reach out to someone. Don't be afraid to talk that that can be incredibly helpful. There's a lot of help lines, there's a lot of people I promise around you that are there to care for you. So I took a lot out of that podcast. I hope you do too. I really identified with how Drew brought up feeling overwhelmed. I thought it was interesting, the empty notebook syndrome that he talked about, which is looking at something and thinking of all the things that need to be done and the Zoom fatigue.
So this is a really, really cool episode. I'm glad the developer team let us kind of swap episodes out. I'd be curious to know what you think. Did you enjoy a trading spaces podcast where we rebroadcast somebody else's stuff? So let me know what you think. Hit us up on Twitter. Of course, if you want to learn more about all things Salesforce admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources, including any of the links that Josh and Drew mentioned in this episode. And of course, there's a full transcript down below. And of course, you can stay up to date with us on social. We are @SalesforceAdmns on Twitter. Gillian, who's my co-host, she is on Twitter @gilliankbruce. And of course you can find me. I am @MikeGerholdt.
So with that, stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got the Monthly Retro for November.

Join us as we review the top product, community, and career content for November, and celebrate National French Toast Day.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation from our Monthly Retro.

Learn MOAR The Learn MOAR Trailmix is still going. If you complete it before Nov 30, 2022, you’ll unlock a special community badge and be entered to win 1 of 5 Cert Vouchers—see the link and Learn MOAR page for all the details. Get up to speed with the upcoming release!

  • Learn MOAR Winter '23 for Admins

Blog highlights from November MFA auto-enablement is coming on February 1st, 2023. You’ve still got a couple of months to prepare, so read this blog post and learn why it’s not as scary as you thought.

  • Get Ready for Multi-Factor Authentication: Plan for Auto-Enablement

Video highlights from November Jennifer Lee continues to crush it with the How I Solved It series. This month, she joins forces with CeCe Adams to tackle how admins can design a better user experience. Dynamic forms can do a lot of the heavy lifting—a significant improvement from the days of wading through page layouts just to add a field.

  • How I Solved It: Build a Better User Experience

Podcast highlights from November Gillian hopped on the pod with LeeAnne Rimel to talk about making your “Brag Book.” Having a place to record all your wins can be incredibly helpful, not just to grow your career but also to help those around you. We also had a fascinating conversation with Kathy Baxter and Rob Katz about data and AI ethics that you shouldn’t miss.

  • Build Your Brag Book with LeeAnne Rimel
  • Data Ethics and AI for Admins with Kathy Baxter and Rob Katz

Just for fun Mike and Gillian chat about a few things French to close out this episode. November 25th is National Parfait Day. A parfait, French for “perfect,” is a frozen dessert that has been around since 1894. November 28th is National French Toast day, so we thought we’d include a recipe to celebrate. Finally, in December, Gillian will be keynoting at French Touch Dreamin’.

Apple-Cinnamon French Toast Apple Topping:

  • 2 medium apples, peeled and sliced
  • 3/4 cup brown sugar
  • 4 tablespoons butter
  • 1/2 teaspoon cinnamon
  • 1/4 teaspoon vanilla

French Toast:

  • 1/2 cup milk
  • 2 eggs, lightly beaten
  • 1/4 cup all-purpose flour
  • 1/2 teaspoon cinnamon
  • 1/4 teaspoon vanilla
  • 6 slices bread
  • butter
  • powdered sugar

Make the topping by melting the butter and brown sugar in a pan, stirring frequently. Add apples and cinnamon. Stir to coat, then reduce heat and cook until apples are slightly tender, about 6 minutes. Remove from heat and stir in vanilla. Allow to cool. Meanwhile, whisk together milk, eggs, flour, cinnamon, and vanilla until smooth. Pour into a casserole dish. Soak bread in mix for 1 minute, turn and soak for 1 minute more. Melt butter in a skillet over medium heat. Add battered bread to pan. Add bread and cook until golden brown, 1-2 minutes. Flip over and cook that side until golden brown. To serve, place bread on platter, cover with apples and sauce and sprinkle with powdered sugar.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast in the November monthly retro for 2022. I'm your host, Mike Gerholdt, and in this episode we're going to review some of the top product, community, and careers content for November, plus anything else we find interesting. To help me do that, I'm joined by the very familiar voice of Gillian Bruce. Hey, Gillian.

Gillian Bruce: Hi Mike. Hi Mike. Good to be back with you on the pod. I like our little monthly tradition we've got.

Mike Gerholdt: We check in on each other.

Gillian Bruce: It's good.

Mike Gerholdt: It's a fun time.

Gillian Bruce: Good. November was a fun month.

Mike Gerholdt: It was. It was hot and it was cold. It was like a Katy Perry song, depending on where you lived in the US.

Gillian Bruce: Yes. Chaos. There was 70-degree weather in New York, and I've been quote-unquote "freezing" here in San Francisco at 50. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Literally, today when we're recording, the high at noon is 70. Tonight, 12 hours later at midnight, the low is going to be 31 in Iowa.

Gillian Bruce: Ouf!

Mike Gerholdt: How do you dress for that? Come on.

Gillian Bruce: You just stay inside.

Mike Gerholdt: That's my plan, and record podcasts. The other thing you could do, depending on when you're listening to this, if it's before November 30th, is you could go to our Learn More campaign and unlock the community badge for a chance to win one of five cert vouchers.

Gillian Bruce: It's so cool. It's cool to be able to win, possibly win a cert voucher, but the community badge is pretty awesome. Those are one-time deals.

Mike Gerholdt: Like the Trick or Trailhead badge.

Gillian Bruce: Mm-hmm.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh shoot, I forgot to get mine. Well, anyway, link is in the show notes. You have until November 30th, so hop on it.

Gillian Bruce: Hop on it, and then you'll be totally prepared to make the most out of the winter release.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep.

Gillian Bruce: There you go. We also had a bunch of content.

Mike Gerholdt: We did. We did, a little bit of content. You know what? I'll start us off because I helped review this post from Tammy. So, want to put out, Tammy wrote a great post for admins on Get Ready for Multi-Factor Authentication and Plan for Auto-Enablement. Auto-enablement is coming February 1st.

Gillian Bruce: Still got a couple of months there to prepare.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep, but I think, I come back to this. You should read this post. It's not scary, and I say that, but I've gone through MFA at organizations. I also went through it in my personal life, like during the pandemic, one of my fondest memories was binge-watching all of Tiger King-

Gillian Bruce: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: And setting up MFA on all my accounts. I kid you not, I spent a Saturday doing that.

Gillian Bruce: That's amazing, Mike. I love that combination. Now, the biggest question is, did you wear any Tiger-King-appropriate apparel while you were setting up all of your MFA, and watching Tiger King?

Mike Gerholdt: No. I'll tell you why. I was too busy getting alerts from Instagram that somebody in Russia was trying to log in to my Instagram account.

Gillian Bruce: Well, hey, who doesn't want to be Mike Gerholdt?

Mike Gerholdt: Seriously, honestly, parody accounts. I need a verified check mark.

Gillian Bruce: Well, apparently anyone can buy one now.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Yep.

Gillian Bruce: That's great. But yeah, MFA is super-important. That's a good reminder. I've done it a little bit for some of my personal stuff. I need to do it for the rest, so it's a good reminder. But yeah, MFA, it's coming. It's a real thing.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Get ready, everybody.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Yeah, this is a good thing, seriously. You know what, Gillian? You and I both did a podcast-

Gillian Bruce: [inaudible].

Mike Gerholdt: So, let's start off with the podcast you did, because that was just most recently released.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I got our amazing teammate, LeeAnne Rimel, on the pod because we've been having a lot of discussions. It's the end of the year, and it's figuring out how to capture the work that you have done, and figuring out what work you're going to do in the next year. We actually talked about a concept that, Mike, you introduced to both of us, the brag book. So, the idea of how do you capture your work and your feedback throughout the year in one place, so that you can really explain and demonstrate the impact and the value that you added to the organization in your role.
It's something that I think is really important, especially for every admin. LeeAnne and I go into that, about the why, about the how, and really talk about how you can start small and accumulate that, build that muscle over time. Then, especially, I think and remember, LeeAnne had such a hard time with this in the beginning, I did not. I was like, "Yeah, look how great I am, look at all the cool stuff I'm doing." LeeAnne was like, "No, I just want to do the good work."

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Gillian Bruce: So, talking about that mind shift of a) it's not all about you, it's about the impact you have. Then b) understanding that capturing your feedback and sharing your accomplishments is not really the traditional brag. It's not like, "Hey, look how great I am!" No, it's look at the impact you're having and the value that you're adding.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: That's what helped LeeAnne get over the hump. It's been a shift for me too. So, it was a fun discussion.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I will say... so, teaser... we have a cool podcast coming up in December. I'm not sure when it's going to come out. Where we talk about stress and anxiety. When I listened to this episode, it made me think of when you put this together and you accomplish something. I always kept that brag book deck open in a browser tab, because then it felt like I got to cross a finish line and cheer a little bit before I moved on. That was the thing that I always explain to LeeAnne, is, "I know you want to do the work, but like stop and celebrate what you're getting done."

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: I don't think we do that enough.

Gillian Bruce: Well, it's hard. I think everyone works in a pretty fast-paced environment, and so it's really hard to take a pause and be like, "Wait, no, that was really cool. Like, that's something special." So, yeah, I think to your point, having this as a way to, "No, no, like stop and think about how cool that was, that you just did that," is important.

Mike Gerholdt: I know. Listen to Gillian. The other episode we did, and this sounds very pedantic, but I am going to encourage people to listen to it because I enjoy talking with Kathy Baxter and Rob Katz, Data Ethics and AI for Admins. Sounds like a mouthful, but it really was eye-opening for me when we were recording the podcast, to look at just the shift of where things have come and where things are going.
I bring up one point that I really think is relevant for admins. Gillian, you remember this, you've been around in Salesforce world for a long time. For the longest time and early in my admin years, it was, "How can we get data out of LinkedIn?" Right? "How do we get leads?" It was like Glengarry Glen Ross. Now... and Rob points this out, this is why you should listen to this... now, that's not a problem.
Getting data isn't a problem. It's the opposite right now. There is a data glut. We have so much data, and you have access to so much data that it's, what do you want to be responsible for, and how are you making those decisions? I was on the floor just reading through the show notes as we were prepping for the call. I thought, "This is so much stuff that, as an admin with a seat at the table, you need to sit down and ask these questions."

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. God, Kathy, I remember having Kathy on the podcast a while ago, and just my whole mindset being shifted about how to think about data and what it means. What it really means, other than what the data set actually is. Yeah, Mike, it was a great discussion. I really enjoyed listening to the pod too. Yeah, it makes you think about things a little differently. Just because you can get the data doesn't mean you should. Right?

Mike Gerholdt: Yep. Well, and what's it mean to be responsible for that data too.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, and it's a good podcast to sit down and take notes on a rainy day.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Probably not one you want to walk the dog with.

Gillian Bruce: You can't really multitask very well and pay attention-

Mike Gerholdt: No.

Gillian Bruce: ...to what's going on. There's a lot of really good diving deep.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, just to be honest.

Gillian Bruce: But yeah, it was a great pod, Mike. Good job with that one.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, it was good. Jen, of course, leads the way in video. She is a face and a personality for video.

Gillian Bruce: She has got it down.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep. Another How I Solved It with Designing User Experience, A Better User Experience. I think this is always the thing that it's interesting for me, comes up every now and then, when new automation tools or new things come into the ecosystem. I think immediately as admins, we think, "How can we apply this to a business problem?" We forget that sometimes creating a new user is the most thing-involved task-listy job that we fail to automate.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Yeah. Well, and Cece, our amazing trailblazer that Jen features, is really good at... You know what? Hey, guess what, Mike? It ties into that Salesforce Admin Skills Kit, believe it or not. It's all about the designer's mindset skill.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep.

Gillian Bruce: So, really thinking about that experience, and Cece really epitomizes that. So, it's a great video. Everyone should definitely check it out.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep, and Dynamic Forms, which is-

Gillian Bruce: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: ... something I've waited a long time for.

Gillian Bruce: I was going to say, Mike, do you remember the days, the before times, when we had no dynamic forms?

Mike Gerholdt: I remember the days when I used workflows-

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Record types, and page layouts, to mimic dynamic forms.

Gillian Bruce: How many page layouts did you have to create?

Mike Gerholdt: Billions. Billions. Billions. It was a full-ti... Oh my. You need to add a field? Hang on. That's a week. Why does it take you a week? I got so many page layouts I got to add it to.

Gillian Bruce: Exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, man.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep. Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Thank you, dynamic forms. Thank you. Thank you.

Mike Gerholdt: No kidding. Last month, I hope everybody enjoyed our discussion about apple cider and pumpkin spice. The tweet on that was fun.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, I think it was the most viral tweet we've had in a long time.

Mike Gerholdt: I know, and I was surprised how people were dialed up about pumpkin spice losing. I'm fine with it. Anyway.

Gillian Bruce: You're going to get them all activated again, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: I know. All riled up.

Gillian Bruce: The pumpkin spice lovers are going to come after us.

Mike Gerholdt: I know. Yeah. Well, I won't reemerge until after fall when pumpkin spice goes away. That'll be my plan. Housekeeping note... and so fun discussion... we're going to take November 24th off, so there's no podcast that's going to come out, because the US holiday of Thanksgiving. We've done episodes on Thanksgiving that have been released, but I'll be honest, just nobody listens to them. So, we're going to give you the week off, but we will return the following week. Which is, I think, December 1st.
I alluded to it previously. We have a lot of really cool stuff lined up for December, and it's starting to bleed into January. One thing I wanted to do is close up our November episode with, ironically, a few things French, because I found things in Google that interest me. So, Gillian, November 25th is National Parfait Day. I did not know that parfait is French for perfect, which is a frozen dessert that's been around since 1894. So, that's November 25th.
November 28th is National French Toast Day, which has 'French' in it. I'll include the link, because I also found an apple cinnamon French toast recipe, and because you know I like apple cider. Apple cinnamon French toast sounds amazing. Gillian, you're also keynoting that French Touch Dreamin. I feel like I just ended the pod with a Seven Ways to Relate to Kevin Bacon thing on [inaudible] parfait, French toast, and French Touch Dreamin, and loop all together.

Gillian Bruce: I love a parfait day that leads into French Touch Dreamin. I think that was parfait, sir.

Mike Gerholdt: It was parfait, yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. No, I'm really looking forward to it. I got invited to keynote at French Touch Dreamin, which is happening on December 1st in Paris. It's going to be really amazing to connect with the EMEA community. I haven't had a chance to do that since before the pandemic, honestly. So, it's going to be great to meet some new faces and reconnect with folks I haven't seen in so long. Hey, if you are inclined to go to Paris from December 1st, please come join us.

Mike Gerholdt: [inaudible].

Gillian Bruce: The registration is still open, yeah. Yeah, it should be really good times, and it's going to be a really fun keynote. It's going to be a little different than stuff that I've done in the past. So, just teaser, just teaser hanging out there. Come play with us in Paris.

Mike Gerholdt: I expect to find out things that you ate while you're there, because I promise they probably don't have French toast. They have something better.

Gillian Bruce: No, but they probably have parfaits. I don't know.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, parfaits are good. I like parfaits, to be honest.

Gillian Bruce: I definitely plan on consuming quite a bit of crepes.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, crepes are really good. Oh, man.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, crepes. Definitely a fair amount of wine, because that's just, you have to.

Mike Gerholdt: [inaudible] French. It's in France.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Good pastry.

Mike Gerholdt: Savory crepe or sweet crepe?

Gillian Bruce: I am a sweet crepe person. I like maybe a little Nutella or just a little powdered sugar. Nothing too complicated.

Mike Gerholdt: All right.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. How about you?

Mike Gerholdt: Same. Strawberries.

Gillian Bruce: Oh yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Strawberries and powdered sugar. That's it.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Go all day. I also like funnel cakes that way. Oh!

Gillian Bruce: I was going to say, it sounds very funnel-cake-like. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: It does. Yeah. Mm-hmm.

Gillian Bruce: I love Mike on our retro pods. We always talk about food. It's great.

Mike Gerholdt: Imagine that, but also French Touch Dreamin and French toast.

Gillian Bruce: Yes. Oui, oui. Oui, oui.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Yep.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, if anybody has fun French sayings that I need to know, please tell me, because I clearly do not speak French.

Mike Gerholdt: Or not know, Gillian, because I will say I'm really good at figuring out things you shouldn't say in Europe too.

Gillian Bruce: Right. Especially when you're up in front of a packed room-

Mike Gerholdt: A whole bunch of people.

Gillian Bruce: Delivering a presentation.

Mike Gerholdt: You learn.

Gillian Bruce: And you say something you think is going to play and be really funny, and people look at you like, "What did you just say?"

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Yep. The London admin user group knows that.

Gillian Bruce: Mm-hmm.

Mike Gerholdt: Anyway. Well, I'll include the apple cinnamon French toast recipe in the show notes, because it sounds amazing. Just flip over and cook that side until golden brown. To serve, place on a platter with apples and sauce. Mmm!

Gillian Bruce: I'm going to have to make that over the holidays. Just, it looks too good.

Mike Gerholdt: The main ingredients are sugar, butter, cinnamon, vanilla.

Gillian Bruce: Come on!

Mike Gerholdt: And apples. All of those taste good on apples, so we're good there.

Gillian Bruce: See, and this is a theme from the last pod, or was that two pods ago, when we talked about apples? Right?

Mike Gerholdt: We did, last one. I tried to stitch together... It's for you that I do this. The time spent creating a through-line, it's all consuming. [inaudible].

Gillian Bruce: I appreciate it, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: And sometimes completely accidental, to be clear. If you want to learn about all things admin that we talked about in this episode, including the links to the blog, and the podcast, and the video, we will include those links in the show notes, and you can find them on admin.salesforce.com. You can also stay up to date with us on all things social for admins, including pumpkin spice or apple cider.
We'll have to figure out, maybe we do a parfait and French toast tweet. You can follow us on Twitter @SalesforceAdmns, no 'i'. Of course, Gillian is on Twitter. She's at @gilliankbruce. So, be sure to tweet at her, not only when she's in France, but other times too. Then, of course, I am at @MikeGerholdt. With that, stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we bring on LeeAnne Rimel, Senior Director of Admin Evangelism at Salesforce, to share how you can build a “Brag Book” to capture your wins and successes.

Join us as we talk about why it’s so important to put all your successes in one place, how to get started, and how to feel comfortable talking about your accomplishments.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with LeeAnne Rimel.

What is a Brag Book? “Imagine you’re getting ready for your end-of-year or end-of-quarter review with your boss,” LeeAnne says. It can be hard to remember what you were doing last month, let alone the last six months or last year.

“That’s where the Brag Book comes in,” LeeAnne says, “it’s a place to collect your wins, your accomplishments, your project completions, your accolades, or awards, or feedback, throughout the year.” By putting everything together as it happens to you, you’ll be ready whenever you need to talk about your career. “It’s one of those chances to do future you a favor.”

Building your bragging muscle You need to get in the habit of saving positive feedback whenever you come across it, like building a muscle. When she first started her Brag Book, LeeAnne used a private slide deck with a slide for each project. Then she could simply drop in whatever she came across that was worth keeping, whether qualitative (like an appreciative YouTube comment) or quantitative (like attendance or adoption numbers).

These days, LeeAnne uses a private Slack channel with herself, with threads to organize everything into individual projects. “It doesn’t really matter where your bucket is,” she says, “pick your place, make it easy to get to, and then practice building it into your muscle memory.”

Shine a light on your collaborators It can be hard to get into the mindset of bragging about your accomplishments. If you’re used to working behind the scenes, it might feel weird to step into the spotlight. “It’s really not about you, it’s about the work and the impact that it’s having,” LeeAnne says, “and it’s helpful for the people around you to know if that work is impactful or not, if that’s something they might be able to learn from for their own work, and if that information might influence decisions that are coming up for them.”

Nobody works in a silo. Even if you’re a solo admin, you have partners who help you succeed. Capturing the story of a successful project gives you a chance to not only talk about your work but also to shine a light on other people who deserve credit. Getting the opportunity to give those well-deserved kudos can make anyone feel like bragging.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • A thread on Brag Books (and the inspiration for this episode)
  • Salesforce Admin Skills Kit

Social

  • LeeAnne: @LeeAnndroid
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast where we talk about product, community, and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm your host today, Gillian Bruce, and I am joined by the wonderful LeeAnne Rimel. Hi LeeAnne.

LeeAnne Rimel: Hi Gillian.

Gillian Bruce: Thank you for joining me. We are going to be talking about something that you posted on Twitter not too long ago as a thread and just took off and got a bunch of attention. And we're going to talk about this idea of creating a personal brag book. But before we get into all that, I want to set the context for our listeners. So admins, you're listening to this, it's getting towards the end of the year. You did a lot of great things this year, whether it was for your organization or for your personal career, and it's a really good time to think about all those contributions you made, all the work you did. And I know it's really hard sometimes to capture that work and then share that. It's one of the reasons we built the Salesforce admin skills kit to help try and give you some language around that. But I really wanted to get LeeAnne on the podcast today to talk really about how you can build this idea of a brag book to help you capture what you're doing, capture your wins and successes. So LeeAnne, can you give us an overview of what a brag book is?

LeeAnne Rimel: I sure can. So imagine you are getting ready for your end of year or end of quarter review with your boss or with your manager, or you are wrapping up a project, maybe a three month or six month project, and you're getting ready for your postmortem report to your team or your leadership. Or imagine your thinking about leveling up your career, whether that's applying for a job internally at your company, looking for jobs elsewhere, looking to go into that next role. Sometimes it can be really hard to sit there and say, "Okay, what did I do the last 12 months? What are all the things I did in the last three months?" A lot of us, especially Salesforce admins, are often moving really fast. We move really quickly through project, through work. People are working a lot.
A lot of people have very busy personal lives. There's a lot on our plates. And I don't know about you, but I definitely have sat down and drawn a blank and I'm like, "Okay, what's my year review look like? I knew I did a lot this year, I was really busy this year. What did I do?" And so that's where the brag book comes in. It is a place, a way to collect your wins, your accomplishments, your project completions, your accolades or awards or feedback throughout the year or throughout the project or throughout the quarter so that when those times come where you have the opportunity to amplify your work, you're 90% of the way there.
You've got your brag book ready to go, and you can take the pieces out of that that are relevant for the thing that you're preparing. So if you're preparing for a quarterly review or something like a job review or something like that, you can go through and take the pieces out of your brag book that I always joke, Gillian knows this. I'll be like, "Oh, 2022 LeeAnne is doing 2023 LeeAnne a favor. And it's one of those chances that you can do future you a favor and be like, "Oh man, I'm so glad that 2021 LeeAnne documented all of these things so it was easier for me to collect them now."

Gillian Bruce: So one of the things that I think you hit on is that you're doing this throughout the year because like you said, I do the same thing. I'm like, "Cool, so what did I just spend the last nine months working on? I don't know, I think I did that." But your concept is capturing that in the moment. And so how do you capture it? What are you saving? Where does it live? Talk to me a little bit about how you approach that.

LeeAnne Rimel: So it's definitely a muscle that you build. It's this muscle that you build of constantly being aware of inputs in your environment, whether that's a feedback note, whether that's a great survey result, whether that's user adoption training that you had really high participation on, and all of your sales leaders were so happy about it because everyone used Salesforce after. So whatever it is, creating that muscle of, okay, I'm going to collect this somewhere. So, where you collect it is totally up to. So when Gillian and I both started doing this many years ago because our team leader Mike Gerholdt said, "You guys need to create brag books." And so we created brag books, and at the time we started them in, I think Google Slides, and this was not a beautiful automated solution. This was a place to put things.
So I would have a running slide deck called my brag book that was just private to me and it was just the place that I dropped items. So for example, I'd create a slide if I worked on a project like keynote or if I worked on a project like a webinar or whatever it was, I would create a slide for that. And then I would drop things into that slide as they came up. So if someone left a comment on YouTube that it was really meaningful to them, I would put in both qualitative and quantitative pieces. So if someone left a comment, that piece of content was really meaningful to them, or if we had someone from one of our internal partners or a leadership team member give a lot of positive feedback about something, I would literally do a snag it. I'd take a picture of that, drop it into the slide or that series of slides.
But I also would use it as a place to store quantitative feedback as well. So if there was survey results, if there was any sort of numbers like attendance, everyone tracks different, if there's adoption numbers, whatever those numbers and metrics were that were related to this, I'd put the link to the Salesforce dashboard in there that I was using to track that project, whatever it was. And so truly for many years it was a Google Slide deck. Now I use a private Slack channel. So I have a private channel just with myself and I organize things with threads. So if I'll have my overall Dreamforce thread and I'll paste things into that thread, or I'll have different threads for different projects that I've worked on and I use that to organize. But it doesn't really matter where your bucket is it, I would say it probably should be digital because I'm a big fan of pen and paper journaling. However, I would recommend making it a digital one because likely there will be some copy and pasting, some links, some screenshots an pictures. I'm a big advocate of always collecting photos when possible.
If you do a lunch and learn. Like if you're an admin, you roll out something, you're doing some sort of virtual webinar, a lunch and learn, a user adoption training, some user testing with your super users, do a quick picture of that, capture a picture because that really does tell a thousand words to you and it'll help you revisit that moment when you're trying to amplify that work later on. So pick your place. Again, it doesn't matter what it is, Evernote, your Mac notes like OneNote, it doesn't matter. Just pick a place. Pick a place you're going to document things. Make it easy to get to, bookmark it, add an extension whatever tool you're using and then practice building that into your muscle memory. So when you see a note, like a great feedback note, when you see a survey result that you're proud of, when you see an adoption training result you're proud of, when you see some numbers about an automation you built, practice putting that muscle in of this is awesome. I'm going to log this.

Gillian Bruce: I think the idea of putting it somewhere that's really easy because I think for me, especially when we use the Google Slides, I've always felt this pressure to make it look pretty when I put it in, but the idea now... The private Slack channel's brilliant. I think now I need to start doing that because I literally just have a Quip doc where I just paste stuff and paste feedback, which has worked fine, but the Slack thing I think makes it even more accessible and easy. I love that. So that's a great tip and I think everybody uses Slack so it's super easy.

LeeAnne Rimel: I love private Slack channels. I also have a private Slack channel just for call notes, which I highly recommend as well. But yeah, private Slack channels are great, especially if you get comfortable with Slack Search and how to use Slack Search quickly because then you'll surface stuff just really fast when you're looking for things if you are trying to create a specific preso on here's what we learned with this project or this presentation.

Gillian Bruce: And one thing that I also want to address is some people might feel weird about the idea of bragging, right? Because it's not comfortable sometimes to talk about how great you are and all the great things that you do. But here's the thing, if you don't do it, no one is going to do it for you. And I know it might be uncomfortable, I think for some of us, myself included, this is not hard. This is a natural muscle that I have had since I was, I don't even know, able to walk and talk. But often when I talk about this or just in general sharing your accomplishments, I usually get people being like, "I don't know, that feels uncomfortable and weird," but you got to do it. And it's not all about you, you, you, how great you are. I think the biggest thing is focusing on the impact.
So when you're gathering that feedback, like for example, if I have somebody who comes up to me at an event is like, "Gillian , I listened to that one podcast, it motivated me to do X, Y, and Z, and now it's enabled me to do this." That's to me, the stuff that I like to capture, because it shows the work you're doing is actually making a difference. And so if you're an admin, it's like, oh, will this flow that I implemented, this person just told me it saves six hours of their monthly reporting or whatever. That's the stuff that you want to include because then when you share it or when you have a reason to share, it's clear why you're sharing it. You're not just like, "Look at me, I'm so great." It's like, look at the impact that my work has had on the people that I'm working with or the customers that I serve.
I think that's a really important distinction, because LeeAnne, I think working with you for what, eight years now? Almost nine years. I've actually seen you go through this shift too where it's like, no, it's not just about talking about how great you are, which I have no problem doing, but it was not necessarily in your wheelhouse and naturally something that you did.

LeeAnne Rimel: I was really uncomfortable with it. I was super uncomfortable. I was like, "No, I do my work." My background is I've always had pretty technical roles and the mindset I had was very much, I do my work, I did my project, the work speaks for itself. And that's that. It was a mindset shift for me to think about... It's almost remove yourself from the equation like you're saying. Because I was like, "Oh, it feels weird to just sit and talk about a project I worked on, and the information's available. People could have watched the webinar if they were interested. So why do I need to talk about why it was great?" And I suffered from being just incredibly illogical. And there's a few things that helped me overcome that hurdle.
One, it's really not about you, it isn't. It's about the work and like you're saying, it's about the work and the impact the work is having. And so it's helpful for people around you to know if that work is impactful or not, if that's something that they might be able to learn from for their own work, if that information might influence decisions that are coming up for those people. Also, it's a little bit of an act of empathy for your management team because if you think about how difficult it can be for you to sit down and think about every one of your accomplishments or the projects you've finished and the successes you've had over the last 12 months, imagine your people manager who might be managing four to 12 people on average. And so do you think that they just know off the top of their head the nuances of every single project? And even really great managers, they might not know those details, they're not on the receiving end of those feedback notes, or maybe they're not drilling into those results in the same level of detail.
So also you're making it easier for people in decision making positions in your group to understand here's why this was valuable and here's some of the buttons that this pushed. Like if we're looking at user adoption or we're looking at automation, whatever those goals are, it's really very helpful to have that information supplied to you in a tangible way. And so it's not about you, it's nice to your management, they'll be happy for it usually to have this summarized, and then it can help your peers. So I think that was a big thing. That was a mindset shift for me as well where I was like, "Oh, if we learned lessons along the way on this project and then we made these decisions to handle a project a certain way and it turned out well, we got positive feedback from it, I want to share that with my peers because they might be facing similar challenges or similar decisions and maybe that will help them determine what path to take and maybe I can save them a little bit of time or they can make more informed decisions.
For example, if you're on a team with multiple admins and you're getting all this really positive feedback and positive results from automating a particular part of your business or your business process, that's really important to share because there might be other groups, like you might have peer groups that are doing their work prioritization and they might say, "Oh, well we're getting so much positive feedback from automating stage five of this business process, maybe we should automate stage two as well because we see that there's a lot of momentum here." So I think there's a lot of reasons, but I think if you're sharing things in a way that are useful and genuine, I don't think people will look at you as, oh, you're bragging too much.
We call it a brag book a little bit jokingly. I think that that's really the tone of most workplaces now is you have to amplify your accomplishments. I think particularly if it's uncomfortable to do so, because probably if it's uncomfortable, it means you really need to do it. Because it probably means you don't naturally organically do it in the course of your work as much as maybe someone who is really, really comfortable amplifying themselves. And so if I could draw a little chart for you, there's probably an inverse relationship there of the more uncomfortable you are with it, means probably the more pressing this is for your career growth.

Gillian Bruce: 100%. And one thing that you said about helping, getting the feedback and sharing it with your peer groups to help them work better, it's also a way to shine light on others too, right? Because it's empathetic for your manager, it helps them understand all the great work you're doing, the impact you're having, but it's also a way to propel the work that other people you're working with are doing. Nobody works in a silo, so even if you're the only admin in your organization, you guarantee have partners. Maybe you got a super user who's just fantastic at helping you QA stuff. Maybe you've got an IT partner who is just always helping you figure out new ways to take advantage of different technologies or whatever. I mean, you've got partners that you work with, and so when you capture the story of a success, clearly it's work you did, but it's work that you did as a team.
And so it shines light on other people that maybe aren't used to capturing their work in that way either or aren't used to getting that light. So it's a really important thing to do. And I think, God, even as we're talking about this, I'm like, "Shoot, there are four things that I have not put in my own bag that are really important stories that I need to share," because to me it's always been about the impact. That's the biggest value that I've always had no matter what job I've done. Thankfully, my role here at Salesforce, I've been able to really feel like I am making an impact.
But when I tell the stories of the work that we've been doing and stuff that we've done together, LeeAnne, or the stuff that we've done as a broader team, focusing on the impact is really important, and that shining the light on others. And I think especially in a role as an admin, you have to demonstrate your impact. That is how you're going to get more resources, that's how you're going to get more support. That's how you're going to get more people bought into the solution that you're selling, because I guess you're selling it, right? You're selling it internally, but it's a really important thing to do. And I want people to share little pieces of their brag books. I want little tweets to-

LeeAnne Rimel: I want everyone to brag online about what they're doing. No, I think that's such an important part is it's not just about you and it's about amplifying others too. I'll say as someone who wasn't initially comfortable and had to learn to do this, definitely one of the on ramps. And one of, to this day, my very favorite Slack posts are the ones where I get to go through and itemize all the great contributions that happened on a project and all of the people who were involved with it and what their contributions were. And so I think definitely building that bragging habit, it's not just about you, it's also being able to, like you said, shine a light on others and also be good to work with. I think there's a piece too. A lot of people aren't amplified enough at work and maybe don't get as much visibility for projects that they're working on.
I recently had a really wonderful opportunity to work with a team in the process of building the admin keynote that isn't normally involved with events and isn't normally involved with some of these projects that are on the event keynote visibility space where there is a lot of sharing and talking about those projects. And they really stepped up and they were just integral partners for a key component of that keynote. And they turned something around in a really amazing way in three days or something bananas. And it really warmed my heart to be able to do a special call out and special amplification of that team and the work that they had done when we were doing our wrap up thank yous and talking about the work different teams had contributed to Dreamforce. And I think that that's so important, and it's honestly the best part of working with peer groups, with internal partners.
It's, I think, one of my favorite parts is when you get to work with people on something that's maybe a new collaboration or a new project and really thank them for their work. When I was an admin, one of the things I would do is host a lot of lunch and learns and user adoption. I was trying to get everybody to use Salesforce, and so I was like, "Okay, we got to use Salesforce," This is 14 years ago. I'm like, "How can I get you to use Salesforce?" And we would do these lunch and learns and I started doing special little awards for the people who asked the most questions or would show how they were using it and just participate a lot. And I think I had a lunch gift card, my budget was $30. I had no budget for anything, but I would give them a little lunch thing, they'd win a lunch.
And I don't think they really cared about winning the lunch, it was the amplification of the project or the amplification of their participation. And it made other people want to participate. And I would highlight people when I would talk to our senior leadership and share with them the status of our Salesforce adoption programming that we had been working on. And it also made it better to work with us. It made more people want to participate in that. And I think you can't overstate how much recognition can do to help just build a positive workplace environment and make people want to participate with your projects.

Gillian Bruce: 100%, that's the other piece of this, is what are the results of building the brag book and sharing it is that people are going to want to work with you. People are going to trust you, people are going to want to be associated with stuff that you're working on because you are projecting that you are successful and that you are collaborative. And I think that's a really, really important element as well. So all in all, create a brag book.

LeeAnne Rimel: And I know we're coming off on time, but I want to share one last piece because you mentioned something really important about that confidence and that mindset. And I think it's about how building a brag book and building this habit and this muscle of how do I amplify my work and how do I document and then amplify my work? is so important for our career growth. It's important for how our peers work with us and view us and view working with us, but it's also really important for how we view ourselves. So I'm a big proponent, I very much believe in some of these science based tools for how you can influence your mindset. And one of the ways positive thinking truly does make a difference, I think it does impact how you show up every day. And there's many, many blogs and many, many podcasts and books on this topic.
But one of the areas that I think a brag book factors into it is really focusing on positive things like focusing on wins and areas that you've been successful, focusing on things that you feel like you did well. And I think building that muscle of not only logging them, like putting them into your slack channel, putting them into your document, but also having that to revisit. So I think if you are in a space where you have been creating this muscle of, okay, I'm going to track my wins, my accomplishments for myself, you don't have to keep it closed until it's time to do a performance review or project review. You can open that. Maybe you're looking down the runway at a project that's a little intimidating, or maybe you're going to try something that's really brand new to you. Maybe you're going to try a new project or start a new job or start taking on more responsibility, there is actual science that supports that if you sit down and you take time to reflect on those wins and on those times where you were in maybe a difficult project, a new project, a thing that was scary or new different, and you had these positive outcomes from it.
And there's always going to be things, there's always going to be lessons we learn. Of course, nothing is 100% perfect. We all should walk away from every project with our accomplishments and also the things that we learned for next time. But if you can take that time to sit and really focus on and reflect on those wins, those accomplishments, it really does help you build that positive mindset, which is very, very powerful. So, that positive self-talk, which many people, there's always that struggle between negative self-talk and positive self talk, so it's looking at, here's tangible evidence that I'm good at what I do. I did this thing that was scary and new and I did a good job and it impacted people positively and look at all this evidence.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, you got to be your own hype person sometimes, right? It's a good natural way to get that little boost of confidence and that yes, you can do this, you can do this. And I know we have talked on the podcast and in the admin community for many years about the idea of imposter syndrome and really owning your skills and your abilities and going for things that you typically wouldn't. Building a brag book, to your point, LeeAnne is a great way, it's an asset in that it helps you overcome some of that and deal with those feelings a little bit better.

LeeAnne Rimel: It is evidence that you're good at your job. It is documentation and evidence and quantitative and qualitative real feedback that you did a thing that was... Many of us are often doing new things at work. So maybe it was a new thing, maybe it was a thing you've been working on for a while. You did a thing and there was positive outcomes from it and you did a good job.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I love that. Well, I'm sure we could actually probably keep talking about this for hours, I think we have actually talked about this for hours in the past, you and I LeeAnne, but I think we shared some really good stuff today. The idea's a brag book and then what were your three elements that help you overcome, get used to building the brag book muscle? It was what? Pop quiz, end of the podcast.

LeeAnne Rimel: I came up with it in the moment. I think one is, it's not about you. So de-center yourself from thinking about what it means to document accomplishments of the work you've been doing, which sounds weird, but it works.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Focus on the impact.

LeeAnne Rimel: Focus on the impact, yeah. And then the second is it's very helpful to your leadership team. It's something that your leadership probably needs you to do and wants you to do, whether or not they know to have asked you. Oh, and if there's any people leaders listening, tell your people to make a brag book. And then three is it's a chance to help your peers, your colleagues, because you're sharing things that worked and you're sharing maybe things that you all figured out on a project or things that had a significant positive impact. So it can maybe help people that you work without if they're trying to make a decision.

Gillian Bruce: And then people are going to want to play with you. They're going to want to work on stuff with you, so it's all good. Awesome. Well, leeAnne, thank you so much for joining us today on the podcast. I really appreciate you sharing, you bragging about your brag book skills.

LeeAnne Rimel: [inaudible].

Gillian Bruce: Awesome. Well, thank you so much.

LeeAnne Rimel: Thanks for having me.

Gillian Bruce: All thanks as always to LeeAnne for joining us on the podcast. I could talk to her forever. In fact, I do on a daily basis, if you couldn't tell. Really great discussion about how to create your own brag book. Hopefully you heard some things that help inspire you to capture your successes and the impact that you're having in the work that you do. And if you need any help with that, feel free to reach out to myself or LeeAnne, we will gladly help coach you on how to do that better. But I wanted to take a moment and make a shout out. Thank you to Mark Jones on Twitter who actually commented on LeeAnne's original thread about this saying, "Hey, this sounds like it'd make a good podcast. What do you think?" Well, thank you, Mark. We just made a podcast. I hope you like it.
As always, if you want to learn anything else about being an awesome admin, you can visit my favorite website, admin.salesforce.com, where you can find blogs, you can find product pages, you can find more videos, and of course, other podcasts. You can join the fun on Twitter using #awesomeadmin and follow us @SalesforceAdmns. You can find LeeAnne on Twitter @leeanndroid. You can find myself @gilliankbruce, and you can find my co-host, Mike Gerholdt @MikeGerholdt. Hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, rest of your evening, rest of your morning, whenever you're listening to this, and I will catch you next time in the Cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Kathy Baxter, Principal Architect, and Rob Katz, VP of Product Management, both in the Office of Ethical and Humane Use of Technology at Salesforce.

Join us as we talk about data ethics, AI ethics, what it all means for admins, and why responsible AI and data management protect the bottom line.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Rob Katz and Kathy Baxter.

With great power comes great responsibility We brought Rob and Kathy on the pod because they work in the Office of Ethical and Humane Use of Technology at Salesforce. They’re there to work on questions around data ethics and AI ethics. In practice, they set up systems and processes that make it as easy as possible to do the right thing and as difficult as possible to do the wrong thing.

While these issues are important to us here at Salesforce in terms of thinking about the platform we create, they’re also fundamental to everything you do as an admin. We become capable of more and more with each new release, but we have to make sure we use that power responsibly in a way that builds trust with customers.

Thinking through data ethics So, what are data ethics? “They’re guideposts about the gathering, protection, and use of personally identifiable information,” Rob says. Many services these days use your data to deliver personalized experiences. It makes sense, however, that users should have some measure of control over how much information they’re sharing and transparency on how it’s being used. Data ethics is putting those principals into action. As Rob explains, it’s “applied privacy by design.”

This is important because, over the past few years, we’ve moved from a world of data scarcity to a world of data surplus. It’s become less about how we can get more data, and more about how we can get the right data. It’s all about decreasing the signal-to-noise ratio.

For example, if someone signs up for your birthday promotion, you may also end up with their birth year when all you needed was the month and day to send them a “happy birthday” email. And while that might not seem like such a big deal, it could inadvertently lead to some creepy behavior from your organization when you start segmenting your list by age, target them based on that information, and the customer doesn’t know how you know that about them. An understanding of data ethics helps you focus on only collecting the information you need, and make a decision about keeping it, restricting it, or discarding it when you’re finished.

How AI ethics enters the picture You also have to think through how your automations and algorithms work within that framework, which is where AI ethics comes in. This comes down to asking questions to determine if you’re using data responsibly: Are you collecting data that is representative of everyone your AI system is going to impact? Did you get consent for collecting this information in the first place? If your AI makes money off of other people’s data, how do you pay them back fairly? “All of those things are necessary to create responsible AI that works for everyone,” Kathy says.

Even if regulations like the EU AI Act don’t apply to your industry, there is a good chance that you could lose revenue, customers, and employees if you aren’t thinking about data ethics and how to create AI responsibly. A recent DataRobot survey, in collaboration with the World Economic Forum, found that 36% of companies had suffered losses due to AI bias in one or several algorithms. “Good, responsible AI is good business,” Kathy says.

Our guests also pointed us to some great resources you can go through right after listening to the podcast, including a Trailmix. This episode is absolutely jam-packed with smart people talking about important topics, so make sure to listen to the full episode.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • Trailmix: Building Ethical and Inclusive Products
  • Trailmix: Trusted Marketing and Ethical Personalization
  • Ethical AI Maturity Model
  • NIST AI Risk Management Framework
  • Trusted AI at Salesforce blog posts
  • EqualAI Responsible Governance of AI Badge Program
  • “More Than One in Three Firms Burned by AI Bias” - TechNewsWorld

Social

  • Rob: @RobertKatz
  • Kathy: @BaxterKB
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. And this week we are taking the awesome level up a few notches, let me tell you. So we are at two guests on the pod and I'm excited for both of these. These people are so incredibly intelligent and thoughtful and I'm so glad they're in the world. Kathy Baxter, you may remember, she's a returning guest. She is the principal architect in the office of Ethical and Humane Use of Technology here at Salesforce. And also joining us is Rob Katz, who is the VP of Product Management of the Office of Ethical and Humane Use of Technology.
Folks, we're talking data ethics. We're talking AI ethics. Don't turn this off. This is stuff that falls in our bailiwick's admins. This is stuff that we need to pay attention to. This is stuff that we will clearly have an impact on as we build more and more apps that collect more and more data. Wait until you hear how much data will be collected from Rob and the amount of information and things we need to think through that Kathy brings to light.
It's a fun conversation and I did close it by having them give you one thing you should do next. I'm going to do these things right now. I think they're so incredibly helpful. I hope you enjoy this episode. I really had a great time. I love to have Kathy back on and teaser, you will find out about a podcast episode that will come out in February. So I'm just going to leave that hangout there because let's get Kathy and Rob on the podcast. So Kathy and Rob, welcome to the podcast.

Kathy Baxter: Thank you for having me.

Rob Katz: Thanks for having us.

Mike Gerholdt: It's great. Kathy, we've had you back. Rob, first time guest, longtime listener. I'll just say because that's like always the first thing people want to get out of the way when they're on a podcast. But that being said, I'm actually going to start off with you, Rob, because we're talking a whole lot about data ethics and data and ethical AI. But let's lay that first foundation and talk about data ethics. So can you start by telling us what you mean by that term data ethics?

Rob Katz: Sure. Thanks Mike, and thanks for having me. So I get this question a lot. What is data ethics? They're guideposts about the gathering, protection and use of personally identifiable information. So that's practically speaking about transparency and control over data that consumers that we share with companies and organizations about ourselves in return for personalized experiences. And when it comes to data ethics, more and more the onus is on an organization to handle data that they have about their stakeholders, whether those are consumers or other folks that they need to handle that data ethically, because we as users are overwhelmed with all these opt outs and privacy and preference centers and cookie consents. So data ethics in a nutshell is applied privacy by design.

Mike Gerholdt: Got you. Okay. Now before we jump into how that applies to Salesforce, Kathy, can you help us understand this in the context of AI?

Kathy Baxter: Absolutely. You can't have AI ethics without data ethics. Data ethics is the foundation. And in terms of AI, that includes making sure that you are collecting data that are representative of everyone that your AI system is going to impact. It also means getting consent. We've seen too many different AI models that are built on data that was simply scraped off the web. And whether it's an artist or a writer, that their content that may be protected under copyright or simply wasn't intended to be scraped and fueling an AI is indeed doing just that. And by scraping the data off the web, you're probably also capturing a whole lot of toxicity and bias.
So how we treat data, how we collect it, how we get consent and pay people back for the data that they have paid to power the AI, that now companies are making lots of money off of how we label it. All of those things really matter. So first and foremost, we need to ensure that we have good data, that it's representative, that it was ethically collected, and that it is identified for systemic bias, toxicity, and quality. All of those things are necessary to create responsible AI that works for everyone.

Mike Gerholdt: So I started there because I think this is so fundamental. So for even people like me that have been in the ecosystem, we think of all of those different bots and ways that we used to, as you said, Kathy. I remember thinking and being in sales meetings with the sales managers like, "Well, how do we just scrape LinkedIn for a whole bunch of lead information?" So that leads me a little bit to talking in the context of Salesforce, but before we talk of the context of Salesforce, help me and everyone understand the office of ethical and humane use of technology, because that's where both of you sit. And to me it feels, wow, this is such an important part of what Salesforce is devoting it's time to. So help me understand that office's purpose. And that'll set the tone maybe for where we're headed today.

Rob Katz: Kathy, do you want to take that one? It's your Salesforce anniversary after all today.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, it is. Congrats on your Salesforce anniversary or Salesforce anniversary as we call it.

Kathy Baxter: Yeah. Today is seven years. It's fantastic. One of the things that really attracted me to Salesforce in the first place was the company's stance on issues of social justice and pay equity and a recognition that we are part of the broader community and society. And what we create in the world isn't just about giving value back to shareholders, but it's what are we putting out in the world and our values of trust and customer success and equality and now sustainability. All of that has created a culture that when Marc announced that we would be an AI first company in 2016, and I started asking questions about ethics and how do we make sure that we are building our chat bots responsibly, that we don't create a chat bot that spews hate and disinformation. How do we make sure that we are giving our customers the tools they need to use our AI responsibly.
In 2016, there was a lot of head nodding, like, "Yeah, those are good questions." And then in 2016, I had pitched this as a role to our then chief scientist, Richard Socher, and he pitched it to Marc Benioff and they were both like, "Yeah, this is what we totally need." And at the same time, Marc said, "We also need an office. We need a chief ethical use officer." And the hunt began, and Paula Goldman was hired to become our chief ethical and humane use officer. So this is really about creating not just a culture, because I think the culture has been here, but creating the practice and the awareness and putting the processes in place that enable our teams to make it as easy as possible to do the right thing and as difficult as possible to do the wrong thing.

Mike Gerholdt: That's really good. So Rob, can you help us put that a little bit more into context? I think Kathy set you up there, but Salesforce as a company, we need to pay attention to this. There's also Salesforce as a platform.

Rob Katz: Absolutely. So as a platform, how are we building the platform and shipping it? And then how are we helping our ecosystem configure it in a way that it's easy to do the right thing and hard to do the wrong thing? And that is what Kathy and I do on a day-to-day basis with our technical teams and our product teams, our design teams, and increasingly with our systems integrators and ISV partners and folks on the app exchange and yes admins and data specialists and users. Because how the product and how the Salesforce platform is used as you know, is highly configurable. So let's work together to ensure that we're using it in line with these best practices and principles.

Mike Gerholdt: Totally makes sense. And I think for a lot of us, it's a big platform. Well, it's easy to think marketing and I think you actually use that. These opt out forms gathers a lot of data. So as we continue the fall from 30,000 feet, we know that data ethics is a good foundation. Let's set that tone for, I'm an admin sitting here listening to this, and I want to start good data ethics in my organization. Kathy, I'm going to get to you because then this is going to help me lead to building AI that's being ethical. What are some of the questions or some of the areas that the admin should start thinking about in terms of asking questions or red flags they should as they're building apps?

Rob Katz: So when it comes to data ethics, it's important to remember that Salesforce will build a single source of truth to help you connect with your customers. And you were talking about how the world has evolved and now the current state of the world in terms of data, I would argue has shifted. And we see that in statistics as we heard from Bret on the Dreamforce main stage in the keynote, Bret Taylor, the average company has 976 IT systems and their data are going to double again by 2026. So we have moved from a world of data scarcity where every single data point to go and scrape LinkedIn to get sales leads was a good idea in the past, because we were in a data scarcity world. We're now in a data surplus world and in a data surplus world, we as admins need to think a little differently.
We need to think less about how can I go get more data and then cross my fingers and hope that I can make sense of it? And rather, how can I get the right data? How can I get the right signal to noise ratio? Because when you have too much data and you have a bad signal to noise ratio, you can have unintended consequences or unexpected creepy outcomes. So I'll give you an example. When you are trying to run a birthday promotion, let's say, and you want to connect with your consumers whose birthday it is or even whose birth month it is and say, "Hey, happy birthday. We'd like to send you a free..." I'm going to say free coffee because I'm in Seattle and there's a little local coffee shop here that likes to give me a free drink on my birthday.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, free coffee, can't turn that down.

Rob Katz: Never. So I'm opting in, I'm saying, "Yeah. Love my free coffee, here's my email address, here's my birthday." Now the form, admin, we're setting up the form. What do you need there? You need month, you might need day if you want to do it specifically on that person's birthday. And the way you set it up typically would be.

Mike Gerholdt: Wait, hang on.

Rob Katz: Go ahead.

Mike Gerholdt: I'm an aggressive admin, why don't I put month a year?

Rob Katz: Well, so there you go. Well, now you know exactly how old I am and I'm not too particular about that. But when you bring in year, you don't need it for that birthday promotion. You just need month and day. When you bring year in, you've now captured data about somebody that can indicate how old they are. And as a result, when those data are later used for other things like segmentation of an ad audience or in a machine learning model, it can lead to potential age discrimination creeping in to the predictions that are made or to the segmentation that's created. And that is an application of data ethics. Take what you need, not what you can. Take what you need and you get a better signal to noise ratio and you can still deliver a great birthday promotion without needing to get their year.

Mike Gerholdt: It's just so ingrained that when you say, "Give me a date," it's month, day, year, or was it day, month, year in Europe because it's has how we're trained. Even the little calendar field, when you create a date field in Salesforce, it includes year, I think. So wow. Things to think about.

Kathy Baxter: And now the challenge with this, the corollary on AI ethics, if we want to do an analysis to see is there the potential of bias in my model on a protected group. Am I making bias decisions based on age? Because you might not have collected year, but maybe there's another proxy in there. For example, maybe the year you graduated college or the year you first started working, or how many years of industry experience you have. It's difficult to do fairness assessments if you don't have that data.
So in some cases, companies may decide that they do want to collect that data because they explicitly want to do fairness and bias assessments on those fields. But they put it behind ales and only the say, fairness and ethics data scientist can actually see those fields and can actually use them when modeling. And they're only used to be able to do fairness assessments. They're not used to make predictions. So to just underline what Rob was saying about take what you need, be mindful. There may be cases where there's a sensitive variable that you want to collect, but handle it with extreme care and know exactly what you're going to do with it and put barriers around it so that it's not going to be used in unfair and unsafe ways.

Mike Gerholdt: It's like we were meant to podcast together, Kathy, because I was literally turning to you to think of, so we're collecting this data and we're trying to do right, but now I want to turn some of our AI onto it. Marketing's asking me, "Well, help me understand if targeting these promotions on to maybe to Rob's point the day of their birthday versus just any day in that month is helping me. But one thing maybe I didn't pick up was that I'm picking up on year." So when we're building our ai, what are some things that we need to think about if maybe we're walking in and this data is already being collected?

Kathy Baxter: I think there are so many customers or companies that they really don't know, again, going back to Rob's point, there's so much data that they have. They don't even necessarily know all of the data that they have going back years, decades. And if they just are turning the bucket upside down and dumping all of this data into a model and telling AI, "Hey, find something for me." AI will find something for you. It could be spur correlations, it could be very biased patterns in your data. You don't know what you might get from it. So being exceedingly mindful about what are those variables that you are using.
And you mentioned about marketing campaigns, we recommend actually that you don't make marketing or targeted advertising decisions simply based on demographics. That's the tendency you market makeup towards women and dresses towards women but we have increasing numbers of people who identify as male who really like makeup. And we also have people that are not on the binary gender spectrum. So how do you target your ads at the people who would really like to see those makeup ads? You don't waste your dollars on the individuals that have no interest in it. Just because they identify as female, it's not a guarantee that they're going to want makeup.
So by creating trust with your customers and not relying on third party cookies that at some point are going to disappear, you're not going to be able to depend on those massive data brokers that have been hoovering up data and making predictions about you. You're going to have to build trust with your customers to give you that first party data. What are you clicking on? What are you searching on? But also zero party data. Can you get trust to give a form to your customers and have them indicate, "I like makeup. Here are my skincare woes. These are the types of things that I'm looking for in my skincare regime." If you can build that trust and demonstrate value and give people control over their data, you're going to be able to make much more accurate targeting decisions. So not only does it give you value, but you're going to give value back to your customers.

Mike Gerholdt: So far, you've done a really good job of giving me examples that I feel aren't inside of a heavily regulated industry because I do feel like the awareness in regulated industries is there for things. But not every executive that an admin works for or takes requirements from is in a regulated industry. So how do we help them understand red flags, especially around building an ethical AI, Kathy?

Kathy Baxter: Yeah. I have heard unfortunately more than once from executives or admins at other companies say, "I'm not in a regulated industry or I'm not creating high risk AI that would fall under the definition that the proposed EU AI ACT has said will be regulated or has these additional requirements. So why should I care?" No one wants to make bias decisions but if an exec isn't convinced that they need to invest in responsible AI, especially in these difficult financial times where cutting costs and making sure that you make as much money as possible becomes really, really critical. It's going to be difficult for an admin to try to convince them that they should invest in this.
So what I would say to an admin, if they really wanted to convince their executives after listening to this podcast that this is something they should be investing in, I would say that good responsible AI is good business. And just to give you a couple of stats for our listeners, I would recommend they take a look at a survey that was published at the beginning of this year. It was done by DataRobot in collaboration with the World Economic Forum.
They found out of 350 companies they surveyed in the US and UK executives and IT decision makers, they found that 36% of those companies had suffered losses due to AI bias in one or several algorithms. And of those 62% had lost revenue, 61% had lost customers, 43% had lost employees, and 35% had incurred legal fees from litigation. So even if there isn't a particular regulation that applies to your AI, if you aren't thinking about data ethics and how to create AI responsibly, there is a good chance that you could lose revenue, customers and employees.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, my ears perked up and I think we've done... I feel bad because sometimes the podcast train runs over marketers a lot because we love to point fingers at the cookies, which by the way, kudos, whoever came up with that idea of calling it a cookie. But Rob, I would love because when we were talking about this podcast, you mentioned something that made me abrupt face and it's around some of our other industries like sales and service. Can you help me understand data ethics that maybe haven't peaked our interest? Because we're not thinking, well, marketers are collecting all this stuff with their forms and AI, but you brought up a few use cases around sales and service that I hadn't thought of.

Rob Katz: Well, thanks. So let's talk about field service technicians as an example. So someone's using Salesforce field service to manage their fleet of folks who are out there in the flesh doing field service appointments for customers, maybe servicing cable boxes, HVAC units, handling updates on security systems, installing new dishwashers, you name it. Well, what do you know about how those folks use data in order to do their jobs? Well, one thing they might have in the system is their next appointments gate code or key code for the building or something like that so that they can get in and do the work.
Well, how about we set a deletion period so that those gate codes or key codes, especially for one time appointments like you're getting a new dishwasher installed, are automatically deleted because we don't need my gate code, my lockbox code stored in a Salesforce system for anyone to see forever because that is a breach of my private information potentially and it's a risk. On the other hand, you may want to keep that information handy if you're doing a recurring service appointment like landscaping.
So it's about how you think about data and whether it should be retained or deleted and who should have access to it. And these are all things that you can do inside of the system using things like field level security and audits. And you can handle time to live and automatic deletion as well.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. You're right. I hadn't actually thought of that. That does make me think about all those companies now that... I mean, my garage door has a code to it and there's been a few times I've had service people come by, "Well, just give me your code. Yeah, no, not going to do that because I mostly forget how to change the code and then you forget the code. But also I don't need it lingering around in your system."

Rob Katz: Exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: Exactly. Good point. Rob and Kathy, as we wrap up, we've literally scratched the surface on this. I think I've talked to both of you for a long time and I find all of this so compelling to understand because it's something that admins work with every single day and it's also expands the level of responsibility that we have. It's one more question to ask, but it's one more question in the right direction. And Kathy, as you pointed out of keeping customers and keeping employees, the one thing that I would ask for each of you, and I always bring this up to a lot of the people that I coach for presentations. So you're done listening to this podcast. Kathy, what is the next thing you would love for a Salesforce admin to do?

Kathy Baxter: I think there are a couple of really easy things that they can do. We have a white paper on ethical AI maturity model. This walks through how we actually stood up our ethical AI practice at Salesforce and I validated it with my peers at a number of other companies who have had similar ethical AI, responsible AI responsible innovation, insert your favorite name here practice. And they validated, yes. This also looks similar to how we stood up our practice. So that's something that a Salesforce admin or others at the company could take a look at and see how might we apply this to our company? We have a number of Trailheads and Trailmixes that we can put onto the episode description for them to check out.
But I would also encourage them to, if they are trying to convince an executive this is something that we need to do, equal AI has a responsible governance of AI badge program that is specifically targeted to executives. It's not how to build AI, it's not how to do bias assessments and mitigation. This is for executives of what should you look for to be on a lookout of, is your company building or implementing AI responsibly? In full transparency, I'm a board member for equal AI and I'm one of the instructors for the program. So I'm biased in that recommendation but nevertheless, I wouldn't be involved if I didn't think that this was a good use of executives time to help stand up responsible AI practices at their company.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Rob, same question. So I'm an admin, I just finished this. I'm excited, I want to go dive in. What would be the first thing you would want me to do tomorrow?

Rob Katz: Ask yourself whether you can but whether you should when it comes to that field, when it comes to that new object, when it comes to how you're configuring those requirements that you got. And if you want to learn a little bit more practically and tactically about it from an ethical personalization and trusted marketing perspective, we will link to a Trailmix in the show notes that can give you some very specific do's and don'ts and suggestions. But for anyone, regardless of whether you're working on marketing or not, it's just because you can, doesn't mean you should. And in a world of data surplus, actually now less is more. And that is a new way to think about it that I hope is helpful.

Mike Gerholdt: Very helpful and I appreciate that. Kathy, it was great to have you back again as a guest. I hope we make this a little more frequent than every few years.

Kathy Baxter: Yes, I would like that very much.

Mike Gerholdt: And Rob, it was great to have you on. The virtual podcast door is always open, if you'd like to come back and help admins become better at data ethics, we would appreciate that.

Rob Katz: It was great to be here. And as a preview, we have a new feature coming out in the February release and I would love to talk about it with you on the podcast as we're getting closer.

Mike Gerholdt: I love that. When a guest puts you on the spot, that I got to book. So I guess we're going to book you now. Look for that episode coming out in February. It's going to be awesome. Don't know what it's going to be called but Rob will be the guest.

Rob Katz: Awesome. Thanks Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: Thank you both.
So it was great having Kathy back. See, I told you it was a fun discussion and I promise you, I bet you weren't thinking along the same lines about sales and service having data ethics in the same way that some of the marketing stuff was, because that example caught me off guard too. Totally makes sense though, and I'm glad they were on to help us be better humans. There is a ton of resources in the show notes. So when you're back and you're not driving or you're not walking your dog, or you're not running, I know that's what a lot of you do. Click on this when you're back in your house and you're in front of your computer or you're on your phone, and go through some of those resources. Boy, that Trailmix is super helpful in understanding.
And of course we have a ton of resources for everything Salesforce admin, if you just go to admin.salesforce.com, you can find those there. Of course, I linked all the resources that Rob and Kathy talked about in the show notes. And of course there's a full transcript there as well. You can stay up to date with us on social. We are @SalesforceAdmns on Twitter. And of course my co-host Gillian Bruce is on Twitter. You can give her a follow, @GillianKBruce. And while you're over there, you can send me a tweet, give me a follow. I am at @MikeGerholdt. So with that, stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got the Monthly Retro for October.

Join us as we review the top product, community, and careers content for October, take a look back at Dreamforce, and share our favorite things about Fall.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation from our Monthly Retro.

Learn MOAR The Learn MOAR Trailmix is live and, if you complete it from now through Nov 30, 2022, you’ll unlock a community badge and be entered to win 1 of 5 Cert Vouchers- see link and Learn MOAR page for all the details. Get up to speed with the upcoming release!

  • Learn MOAR Winter '23 for Admins

Dreamforce highlights We did a little thing in September we like to call Dreamforce. Maybe you’ve heard of it? Mike hosted the Admin Keynote and it was amazing. Gillian was working on a lot of the broadcast stuff and interviewed Jennifer Hudson and Kara Swisher. It was a whirlwind of excitement, information, and celebration, with a little bit of Admin Karaoke thrown in for good measure.

  • Dreamforce ‘22 - Admins
  • Recap of Dreamforce ’22 for Salesforce Admins

Blog highlights from October There was a lot of quality content in October, but we wanted to highlight David Giller’s excellent post about how to make a career change to Salesforce Administration. The biggest thing is to in there and try to do things on platform. “That transitioning of your career can be big and scary,” Gillian says, “but if you just start chipping away at it, it becomes a lot easier.”

  • How to Make a Career Change to Salesforce Administration

Video highlights from October LeeAnne Rimel has been hard at work in the Expert Corner, and her video with Adam White about screen flows is chock-full of helpful tips. Adam came from the community: he was such a Flownatic that he was eventually hired to product manage it. There have been so many innovations with screen flows that this video goes over so you really can’t miss it.

  • Expert Corner: Get Started with Screen Flows

Podcast highlights from October If you haven’t listened yet, we had one of our favorite guests on to talk about one of our favorite topics. Domenique Buxton is the creative force behind Cloudy, Astro, SaaSy, and the rest of the cast of Salesforce characters you know and love. In September, we also did a special podcast on the story of the #AwesomeAdmin movement that we think is really special.

  • A Brief History of Salesforce Characters with Domenique Buxton
  • The Awesome Admin Story

Just for fun Mike and Gillian also talk seasonal drinks and some fun facts about Fall.

  • 9 Fun Facts About Fall

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Jennifer Cole, Manager of the CRM & Analytics Team at 908 Devices.

Join us as we talk about business processes, Jennifer’s latest presentation at Dreamforce, and why it’s so important to understand everything about a problem process before you try to implement a solution.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jennifer Cole.

Admins are problem solvers Jennifer swapped to a smaller company in order to make bigger decisions about how the Salesforce ecosystem there would be run, and she’s had the opportunity to hire her own team of Awesome Admins to support that vision. “I’m glad I like hats because I wear a lot of them,” she says, “but I think, as an admin, everything we touch is problem-solving.”

For her Dreamforce presentation, Jennifer focused on what she did when her company came to her to improve their order entry process. And while she was approached by people who wanted specific things fixed about it, she knew from experience that she needed to broaden her perspective. One technique she uses is to start from the initial request and find out who that person is chasing and asking them the same questions about their process, and then the person they chase, and so on. That way, she captures the entire business process and all of the problems that need solving to make it run more smoothly.

When roadblocks aren’t actually roadblocks One question that Mike raised on the pod is what to do when it seems like a big obstacle to teams working together is that one business unit simply isn’t on Salesforce. “That can be a false roadblock,” Jennifer says, “I know that’s often what admins hear but I don’t see it as a dead end.”

Often, those teams are curious about how moving their process into the system can streamline everything and plug into the powerful automation and analytics tools Salesforce has to offer. The key is to convince them that you can do things to make what they’re already doing better, rather than coming from the angle that what they’re doing is wrong.

Why understanding the problem makes solving it easy In Jennifer’s talk, she went over how Flow and MuleSoft Composer helped her make big changes to her organization’s business processes. But how did she get there? The first step was to chart out the problem she was trying to solve in a more detailed way. “Think about the entire workflow and the elements needed for success,” Jennifer says, “and if those elements have a risk of not being there or not being complete they become a section of the problem that I have to also solve to make the whole process work.”

While it’s an important first step, understanding the problem is only part of the process of actually solving it. You need to decide what will be your “source of truth” for each record, even if that’s in different systems for different pieces of information. “It’s a slow process but once you have that down, identifying the tools and the way the data moves becomes the easiest part of all of this,” Jennifer says.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • Jennifer’s Dreamforce Session

Social

  • Jennifer’s Trailblazer profile: JCole17
  • Jennifer on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Domenique Buxton, Executive Creative Director for the Trailblazer Ecosystem and Trailhead Brand at Salesforce.

Join us as we talk about the history of the colorful cast of Salesforce characters and where you can find some “Hidden Saasys.”

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Domenique Buxton.

A new galaxy of Salesforce characters Domenique’s title is a bit of a mouthful these days, so she usually prefers to just say she’s Astro’s mom. But if you want to know the real history of Salesforce characters and mascots, you have to start with SaaSy. For those that didn’t get a chance to behold them in all their beauty, they were a “no software” symbol with arms and legs. “If it wasn’t for SaaSy, we wouldn’t have any of the other characters,” Domenique says, and you need to understand that SaaSy could dance.

In 2014, Domenique was helping plan Developer Week. They always tried to make these events fun and that year, they decided they were going into space. Salesforce1 had just been released and it felt like new galaxies were out there waiting to be explored. And so, a charismatic astronaut named Astro was born, but as Salesforce changed so did their outfit: a racecar driver for Lightning, a raccoon for Trailhead, and it wasn’t long before Astro had some friends.

When a brand is like a hug “The characters are like a big brand hug,” Domenique says, “all the characters want to help and be there for you to light the way. The characters are like beacons where they’re shining lights on ways to move forward.” The characters in many ways are essential because they make Salesforce feel more welcoming like you can do anything, and that there’s a community there to support you and have fun along the way.

As Domenique says, creating a character for each role is all about celebrating purpose: why we do what we do and shining a light on all the fantastic makers that comprise the Salesforce community. “The characters’ journey has been towards purpose, and their purpose is to help you unlock yours,” she says.

Crouching Astro, hidden SaaSy If you have sharp eyes, you may have noticed something familiar in Salesforce creative content over the years. Domenique and her team loves putting in some “Hidden SaaSys” whenever they get the chance. The rims on Astro’s moped, for example. “It’s an Easter egg, but it’s also a nod to where we’ve come from,” she says.

One thing that might be on the horizon is an in-person Cloudy appearance. The thing is: we need your help. Make some noise on Twitter and let the world know that the people are crying out to meet Cloudy. “Cloudy is the secret sauce,” Domenique says, “she knows everything about the cloud and makes the whole thing work.”

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • SaaSy breaking it down

Social

  • Domenique: @LittleIglooo
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Marti Pirkle, Director of Commercial Systems at Cloudmed, and Lisa King, Marketing Automation Manager at Experity.

Join us as we round out our Best of Dreamforce series with a look at their Dreamforce presentation about how to migrate two orgs seamlessly.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Marti Pirkle and Lisa King.

When two become one. We thought that Marti and Lisa put together an amazing session for Dreamforce ‘22, “No-Code Solution for Day 1 — Share Faster to Migrate Smarter” The talk is based on their experiences sharing data between two orgs and what prep work they did before Day One that enabled get the new org started without a hitch.

This all started in the Spring, when Marti found out that Lisa’s company was going to be purchasing her company. “We were tasked with making sure we could see all the information of each Salesforce org on day one of the acquisition,” Marti says, and so they needed to come together and make a plan so they could hit the ground running.

Working around NDAs One of the biggest challenges that Marti and Lisa faced was the fact that, before the merger, there were NDAs in place that limited what information they could share with each other. They only had eight weeks to make a plan and execute on it, but they couldn’t send files or data back and forth.

“Luckily, we both knew we were in the same industry, we were both in the healthcare space, and we found out that we shared a commonality, an external database called Definitive Healthcare,” Lisa says. They could also talk about the metadata and structure of their orgs, which enabled them to get a lot done even with the restrictions they were dealing with.

No code, no problem Obviously, Lisa and Marti had to become fast friends. However, they also developed more than a few tips and tricks to same themselves time and hassle along the way. They created a quick system for sharing small, tweet-sized updates between client success teams on the page for each account. That made them easily reportable, inline editable and show up in list views. “When they saw the information being reciprocated, that’s when the lightbulb went off for people,” Marti says, “now, I don’t have to call someone, I just know.”

Their data merger was so successful that it was actually Lisa and Marti’s managers that pushed them to turn their experience into a presentation and pitch it to Dreamforce. And even more amazingly, they did it without code. “I am a developer, I love to write code, but we did this without code,” Lisa says, and no middleware. They used formulas, flows, and all the other tools available to everybody in Salesforce, and didn’t have to issue licenses or do training in each other’s orgs. Instead, everyone could just see the data they needed to see in the org they were trained on and comfortable with.

Listen to the full podcast for more tips on the power of Flow and why Marti and Lisa are both major Flownatics, as well as what it’s like to put together a Dreamforce presentation.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • Dreamforce ‘22 for Admins Workbook
  • Dreamforce 2022 Admin Sessions by Skill
  • Dreamforce Sessions for Admins
  • Salesforce for Admins Keynote on Salesforce+
  • Dreamforce for Admins Video On-Demand on Salesforce+

Social

  • Marti on LinkedIn
  • Lisa on LinkedIn
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Louise Lockie, Salesforce Consultant, and Trainer and 6x Salesforce MVP.

Join us as we talk about her amazing presentation from Dreamforce about how to embrace a permission-set-led security model in your org.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Louise Lockie.

Everything you need to know about Permission Sets We last heard from Louise back in 2016, after she gave a presentation for Dreamforce ‘16. And sure enough, we’ve brought her back on the pod to give us an overview of her killer presentation this year: “Embracing a Permission Set Led Security Model.”

As Louise points out, Salesforce recently made a very important announcement: that they are going to be sunsetting permissions on profiles sometime in the near future. “Whenever a change like that comes out, we know we need to help the community and the community needs to help each other to get through this change,” she says. Louise is a big fan of permissions for heping to manage security in her org, so she put together her talk to share how she’s approaching the upcoming changes.

An easier approach to permissions In her talk, Louise will cover what at the moment has to stay on a profile, what she thinks will definitely stay on a profile even after the change, and what she recommends for a baseline standard profile in terms of managing security.

When you’ve got it properly deployed, permissions will make it so much easier to standardize things like your password policies, login hours, IP ranges, and more. From there, it’s simple to take advantage of permission set groups to build out what you need for each persona at your org.

Why it’s worth it to overhaul your permissions Louise has been a big advocate for permission set groups since 2019 purely to save time and clicks, but it had always been something that was nice to have and not necessarily something that was absolutely essential. This new approach affords you more flexibility than building out one big permission set, allowing you to more easily share capabilities across roles and also adjust things quickly when the need arises.

If you have hundreds of profiles on your org, you now have the opportunity to really look at where the commonalities are and simplify things a great deal. “Map it all out, capture what permissions you’re giving out, and then see how you want to break those out,” Louise says, “with permission set groups being where you want to commonly give out those permissions together, knowing you can still give them out separately.”

Listen to the whole episode to learn more and, if you lead a User Group and want to bring this content to your people, Louise would be happy to get in touch about sharing her deck of even doing a virtual presentation, so don’t hesitate to reach out!

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • Dreamforce ‘22 for Admins Workbook
  • Dreamforce 2022 Admin Sessions by Skill
  • Dreamforce Sessions for Admins
  • Salesforce for Admins Keynote on Salesforce+
  • Dreamforce for Admins Video On-Demand on Salesforce+
  • Reach out to Louise on LinkedIn
  • Reach out to Louise on the Trailblazer Community

Social

  • Louise: @LouiseLockie
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Gillian Bruce:
Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm your host today, Gillian Bruce, and we are coming at you with a Best of Dreamforce episode. I know that many listeners may not have been able to make it to Dreamforce, or even if you did, you didn't get to go to all the sessions that you wanted. So we've pulled some of the best sessions, in my opinion, to share with you on the podcast. So today joining us is Louise Lockie, who has put together an amazing presentation about how to embrace a permission set led security model. Now, Louise is a longtime rockstar in the Salesforce community. She was last on the podcast I think in 2016 as we were preparing for that Dreamforce, because she had another great presentation that she had put together for that. So Louise is joining us from across the pond. And so without further ado, let's welcome Louis back to the podcast.

Gillian Bruce:
Louise, welcome back to the podcast.

Louise Lockie:
Thanks, Gillian. It has been a long time, so I'm thrilled to be back.

Gillian Bruce:
Every six years we'll just keep having you back on the podcast. How about that?

Louise Lockie:
I'll hold you to that one. It's a date.

Gillian Bruce:
There we go. Well, I wanted to have you on the podcast today, Louise, because you have put together a great session for Dreamforce this year and I wanted to bring that to our listeners. So can you talk to us a little bit about an overview of your session?

Louise Lockie:
Sure, yeah, absolutely. And I'm really pleased to got selected for Dreamforce. It is called Embrace a Permission Set Led Security Model. How's that for a nice, long name? But it's actually one that I delivered at Midwest Streaming and it went down so well and I got so much great interaction with the audience there and the questions, and I know it's such a hot topic, so I am really pleased to be presenting it at Dreamforce this year in a breakout, which gives me lots of time to get into the detail.

Gillian Bruce:
So many details to get into, right? We're talking about security model and hey, permission sets are the future. So talk to us a little bit about some of the top things that you're going to be getting into in the session.

Louise Lockie:
Yeah, well I am going to be a reminding people that if they don't know, that Salesforce is going to be sun setting permissions on profiles. And that's a bit of a big announcement. Whenever a change that comes out, we know we need to help the community and the community need to help each other to get through this change. And I really did shout from the rooftops when this one was officially best practice, because I've been a massive fan of using permission sets instead of profiles. Let me correct that because we can't lose profiles, we can't get away from them completely, but I use them as the principle driving and the principle means of granting access in my org.

Louise Lockie:
So with that announcement coming from Salesforce that this is somewhere in the future, we don't know exactly when yet, I wanted to talk to fellow admins about how I approach making this change and preparing for this change so that they can do the same. So I talk about what, at the moment, has to stay on a profile because there are some things that aren't yet available on permission sets. What I envisage will stay on a profile, and as I'm a community member, I don't work for Salesforce, I can make those statements because I'm just saying, "This is what I think." Rather than, "This is what I know." And of course, it's a Dreamforce presentation. There'll be forward looking statements, safe harbors mentioned there.

Louise Lockie:
And what I then will talk about is that, once you've got your baseline profiles, and I talk about my recommendation of having, of course, the system admin profile because we need those keys to our org, we need to have all that access, and then having a standard profile for our users. And that is just to give those permissions, things like the password policies, like the maybe login hours that are going to stay on profiles, IP ranges.

Louise Lockie:
So that super, super basic level on a profile that all of your users get. And then you really utilize the permission sets and permission set groups to build out the persona-based access. And I talk about doing that sort of role persona-based for permission set and permission set groups. And then additionally features, because we all know that you can be almost the same persona, you can have two colleagues in one team, but one of them needs slightly different access because they've been given a special task or they are also managing an extra area, or maybe they wear more than one hat, like admins do, in that they need to actually have the permissions of both sets of personas or roles. So I work it through and talk about what I put on a profile and then some examples of how permission sets and permission set groups could be grouped together.

Gillian Bruce:
Wow. Okay. So this is great. I love... What I really like, Louise, about this, your approach, is that you're like, "Oh, I went through this and this is how I thought about it, so I'm going to share it with everyone." And you mentioned permission set groups, so can you just take a second and kind of break down when you would use a permission set group versus just a permission set?

Louise Lockie:
Well, when permission set groups first came out, of course I didn't have the knowledge at that time that this is what we were working to, basically profiles essentially being sidelined to almost go away. And so I used to say permission set groups have been saving admins clicks since 2019. Because at that time I was like, "Yeah, that saves us some time. But really?" It's a bit like the confetti. We all thought it was a bit fun, but was it the best use of time to create this feature? But now I've totally rethought it, because what you can do with your permission set groups is something like a persona. So a role based permission set group. But instead of building out one big permission set, which of course could end up looking almost like a profile, which feels like it defeats the object of this change, you can break it down into the different permission sets and use those for different parts of that role, that persona, that department, if you will.

Louise Lockie:
But of course the joy of that means each of those individual permission sets can be in multiple permission set groups. We can have A, B, and C together, and D, E and A together and so forth. Which is again, something I show in my presentation, use some real case examples of different departments and how different roles and how they can be added together. And knowing that the permission sets can be in more than one permission set group, users can have a permission set group and permissions. So you can still assign them individually. And I think that building block approach means that you've got complete flexibility, which is important because with that flexibility, you can actually give that granular access and you're not tempted to just give, "Oh, I'll give the whole department that access because that'll be easier." Which I do think happens with profiles.

Gillian Bruce:
Oh, absolutely. I remember, gosh, in my early days of learning our security model back 10, 12 years ago, I was always like, "Oh, so then why wouldn't you just give everybody this profile? Then you're covered?" And then it's like, "Oh no, no, wait, hold on. You're going to make a mess for yourself if you do that because then you're not going to be able to understand and kind of troubleshoot when you need to that easily." And from a Salesforce perspective, the product team has been talking about this kind of different change and different approach for a while. And I know that there's so many exciting announcements coming kind of in the roadmap about user access and permissions and how that's all modeling. Big shout out to Cheryl Feldman, who's now a product manager who manages a lot of these. She came in from the other side, right?

Louise Lockie:
Absolutely. She has done wonders, and I've been on a few sessions and calls with her about this and she knows I'm a massive fan of what she's doing, her and her team are doing. So she definitely will be getting shout outs at Dreamforce as well from me. And I'll be attending her sessions as well.

Gillian Bruce:
She's going to be a popular person again. So Louise, I would also like to know, what are some of the things that helped you understand these concepts as you were... You mentioned like, "Oh, I wasn't so sure about permission set groups when they first came out." You've been working in the ecosystem for a while, at least six years, right?

Louise Lockie:
True. And that's it.

Gillian Bruce:
So talk to us a little bit about what helped you understand these concepts. Because I would imagine for some new admins, it's not the most intuitive thing to grasp. So help us understand what helped you really get these concepts and put them to work for you in a really good ease... A way that helps.

Louise Lockie:
Yeah, no, you're absolutely right. They aren't the easiest. And I think the overall security model and data access model of Salesforce takes some understanding. And one of the hats I wear is actually, I teach the admin course, the five day admin course for Salesforce. And as you'd imagine, there's a big focus on this because it's a toughie, but once you know it, once you know the rules then it's so important. You've got the fundamentals of Salesforce down. And so you have to look at what's on a profile, what's on a permission set, have some examples. So what I've done in the presentation, and I do similar things when I'm teaching this as well because it helped me, is map it out. Do an audit of what permissions you are granting which users now, and then think about, well, where are the commonalities? What are the permissions or the org settings or the field level security that you need to give everyone?

Louise Lockie:
And then work for it in a granular way that way, because it is... The combinations can be almost endless. So the businesses that have got hundreds of profiles at the moment, now have got that opportunity to really compare them all and use some of the tools that are out there to compare the different profiles and work out, well, am I giving the right level of access? And use that as an opportunity to audit, use this process as an opportunity to audit what you're doing at the moment. And I think once you see the differences that you've got in your org, in your permissioning model, you can then work out, well, where do they sit? And where you've got the permission sets, go ahead, create those at a really granular level, because what that means is, it's so much more transparent because the name of the permission set is what it's doing.

Louise Lockie:
The description filled on profiles and permission sets is tiny. And I think that breaking it down like this, if though you may have to set it up, it will take a little bit of time working through the permissions, grouping them together and deciding that they're going on these permission sets, and then grouping those permission sets together into the groups. And for me, I'm a real data person. So that's what I would recommend because what would work for me is map it all out, capture what permissions you're giving out, and then see how you want to break those out. Thinking about permission sets being a small subset of permissions, permission set groups being where you want to commonly give out those permissions together, knowing you can still give them out separately. And I do mention muting permissions in the session. And again, it's one of those things that when it came out, I was like, "Oh, blimey, Salesforce. All the time we've been... Permissions is always granted."

Louise Lockie:
So I do a bit of work in Marketing Cloud as well, and they actually have it that has a deny permission, normal, core Salesforce doesn't. It's all about granting permissions. And then muting came along and I was like, "Oh, there we go. That's just set the cat amongst the pigeons, that's something different." But with permission set groups, again, it's one of those features, once you see it as part of the bigger picture, you can understand, okay, now that really adds value. That really adds value to my setup because I can create a permission set group, maybe have five different permissions, permission sets in it, and then just clone it and add a mute for a new version. And that can really give you that flexibility that is going to encourage you to use the principle of least privilege rather than the, I'll just give them all the same access, which is obviously... Well, every good admin should avoid at all costs.

Gillian Bruce:
Well, yeah, and it saves you time. Because, to your point, you don't have to recreate a perm set group every single time, if you got one that you know works and you just want to mute that one little part of it. So that's really helpful to think about that as part of the strategy. So Louise, do you have any idea how many Dreamforces this is going to be for you?

Louise Lockie:
I need to work... Remember this. So I think this... And do I count virtual or not? Because I went every year since 2015, and then obviously missed the hybrid one last year. So let's do the math, shall we? '15, '16, '17, '18, '19. So this will be my sixth in person, but obviously I did attend the virtual versions the last two years. So six or eight, depending on which [inaudible 00:14:32].

Gillian Bruce:
We'll count it as eight, we'll count it as eight. But that's awesome. Yeah. Okay. So as a veteran Dreamforce attendee, if anyone listening to the podcast has... Well, when they listen to this, they would've already been to Dreamforce. What are some of your tips for Dreamforce recovery?

Louise Lockie:
Oh, stay hydrated, for sure. So I'm hearing we're not getting a water bottle this year, so make sure you bring your own. I obviously travel across the Atlantic, so I definitely have at least a one water bottle, if not several.

Louise Lockie:
And I would say there's going to be lots of standing around, there's going to be some queuing, so use those opportunities to talk to the people in line. Make some new friends because you immediately have got something in common with them because you're going to the same session, you've got that interest. So when I go to Dreamforce, I don't tend to know a huge amount of people because it's mostly people more local. There's not that many of us Europeans that come over, so it's a great opportunity for me to meet new people. So I bet there'll be people out there that don't know everyone in the queue. It'll definitely be people that don't know anyone in the queue. So use that as an opportunity to make some new friends.

Gillian Bruce:
All right. So for listeners who maybe just attended Dreamforce, what are your tips for carrying the learnings and everything they got from Dreamforce? The connections forward.

Louise Lockie:
Oh yeah, because every day is a school day. We work in this space where there's so much to learn and we are encouraged to learn and we are all in that mindset, I believe. So there'll be some sessions that are available afterwards. It's not going to be all of them, I understand it. So that you have sometimes that cloning machine, you're going to be regretting not having it. So catch up on that content. There'll be new Trailhead modules coming out. Speakers will make their presentations available, I know that's a thing. And reach out to them. So if you are hearing this and you didn't go to my session at Dreamforce, get in touch with me on LinkedIn, Twitter, the Trailblazer community, and I'll send you my deck. If you lead a user group, I could always come and virtually deliver to you, deliver to your users as well. So I'd say do that for me, but do that for other presenters as well.

Gillian Bruce:
That's a great tip because I think a lot of folks be like, "Oh, I wasn't at Dreamforce," or "I missed that session and it's gone." No, I love that, Louise. It's great. Yeah, reach out to the speakers because you're right, you already did all this work to prepare this great presentation.

Louise Lockie:
Happy to share it with a wider audience, always. Everyone will be.

Gillian Bruce:
Exactly. Might as well amplify it. Well, Louise, thank you for all your hard work in preparing for this year's Dreamforce and sharing your knowledge with the community. It's amazing. It's one of the best things about the Salesforce community at large, is just the generosity and people like you who want to take what you learn and give back and help enable others. So thank you for all you do. And I look... Well, we're recording this before Dreamforce, so I look forward to seeing you at Dreamforce.

Louise Lockie:
Yes.

Gillian Bruce:
And we'll have you back on in another six years. How about that?

Louise Lockie:
As I say, it's a date. Get it in the diary.

Gillian Bruce:
Thank you so much, Louise.

Louise Lockie:
Thank you. Cheerio.

Gillian Bruce:
Well, always lovely to chat with Louise. Great to hear about how she thinks about that permission set model and how to use permission set groups, lots of good strategies and best practices there.

Gillian Bruce:
Now, if you want her session or any of her content, or you want her to come present at your user group, reach out to her. You can find her on Twitter, @louiselockie. You can also find her on the Trailblazer community on LinkedIn, put all those links in the show notes. And as always, if you want any information on how you can be an awesome admin, check out my favorite website, admin.salesforce.com. That's where you can find more blog, content, videos. You can find the admin skills kit, which I'm super passionate about. And stay tuned because we probably are going to turn some of these great Dreamforce sessions into content for our site as well.

Gillian Bruce:
So if you want to follow all of the awesome admin goodness on Twitter, as always, you can find us @salesforceadmns, no 'I'. Or #awesomeadmin. You can find myself @gilliankbruce. And you can find Mike Gerholt, my co-host with the most, @mikegerholt. I hope you have a great rest of your day. Thank you for listening, and I'll catch you next time in the cloud.

Gillian Bruce:
(Silence).

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, Mike and Gillian are on to celebrate Admin Day at Dreamforce with a story about the origins of the Awesome Admin movement.

Join us as we talk about the teamup of the century, how “good stuff no fluff” and “for admins by admins” became mottos the Admin Relations Team lives by to this day, and why the community has been key from day 1.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Mike and Gillian.

Getting the team together Our story begins with a certain handsome, intrepid Salesforce MVP—our hero, Mike Gerholdt didn’t know it, but he had a date with destiny. The year is 2013 and Macklemore’s “Thrift Shop” is number one on the charts. Meanwhile, our other hero, Gillian Bruce, is working Technical Communications and taking meetings with people at Salesforce trying to figure out which direction to take her career. There are rumblings of doing something for “declarative developers” and Gillian is thinking to herself that the term sounds a lot like what the admins she communicates with do.

You see, our mild-mannered admin had an alter-ego. By day, a Salesforce MVP, but by night, he was known as the ButtonClick Admin, with a podcast and blog devoted to all the amazing things you could do in Salesforce without code. Back at Salesforce, Gillian was in a fateful meeting where an idea was floated: “What if we hire the ButtonClick Admin?”

The Admin team’s first Dreamforce The team’s first Dreamforce together was an important part of the Awesome Admin mythos. With no overarching theme, they decided to go with superheroes for the admin area. There was Super De-Duper, the Mobile Avenger, and Doc Developer. And they had so much help from the community staffing the very first Admin area. They were a small-but-mighty team of three, so they really relied on the community to live up to the phrase, “for admins, by admins.”

They even had to do their own advertising for the first Admin Keynote, which wasn’t even supposed to be an official keynote. LeeAnne Rimel was at that time a standout member of the community who created all the demos for this DIY keynote. Today, she’s running the Admin Keynote at Dreamforce ‘22.

Listen to whole episode for behind-the-scenes stories on the demo that rocked the world, why they started working more closely with product teams, and why they always show setup. And whether you’re at Dreamforce or tuning in from home, happy Admin Day!

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • Dreamforce ‘22 for Admins Workbook
  • Dreamforce 2022 Admin Sessions by Skill
  • Dreamforce Sessions for Admins
  • Salesforce for Admins Keynote on Salesforce+
  • Dreamforce for Admins Video On-Demand on Salesforce+

Social

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm Gillian Bruce and I am joined today by Mike Gerholdt. Hi, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: Hey.

Gillian Bruce: And Mike, I have you on the podcast today because I wanted to do something a little bit fun given that today is the official Admin Day at Dreamforce. And so if you're at Dreamforce and you're listening to this, wow, nice multitasking. I'm impressed. If you are not physically at Dreamforce, my-oh-my. There's a lot for you to join in with us digitally. And I wanted to use this as a fun excuse to take a little trip down memory lane and tell the real story about the advent of the awesome admin movement, so to speak. So Mike, you really were the inspiration for a lot of this. And so I wanted to go way back. That's the way back machine and take us all the way back to actually 2013, which is when the kernel of this all began at Salesforce. Now, Mike, you were an MVP, not working at Salesforce. And how long had you been an MVP at that point?

Mike Gerholdt: I think I got awarded in the winter release. It was the Dreamforce that happened, I want to say in between Thanksgiving and Christmas one year. So, it was a super late Dreamforce.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. That's right. Sometimes, they're in November.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Because MVPs used to be awarded on releases. And so, I think it was the winter release that year. So, 2011 something. Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Okay. Well, 2011. Okay.

Mike Gerholdt: Sometime.

Gillian Bruce: So 2011. So, you'd been an MVP for a couple of years. 2013 for me, I was doing a little internal career exploration at Salesforce, doing coffees to meet people, understand what their jobs were. And I happened to be connected to this woman named Sarah Franklin at the time who had just left Salesforce and come back to Salesforce. And I remember her talking to me and being excited about doing something for the declarative developers, the way that we do for traditional developers. And I was like, "Those sound like Salesforce admins to me because those are the people I communicate with all the time about technology changes in my role as a tech comms person. When we're notifying everyone about a release or a performance issue, those are the people I email all the time." And from there it was like, "Okay. Here we go. I know how to talk to admins. You want to do something for admins?" And in a few months, Mike, I remember Sarah telling me, "Yeah, I was in a conversation with Alexander Dayon," who at the time I think was I forget what exactly. He was a C-level-

Mike Gerholdt: He ran Service Cloud. Didn't he?

Gillian Bruce: That's right. Yeah. Service Cloud. And I think in a meeting, Sarah said that Mr. Alexander Dayon was like, "Let's hire the Button Click Admin." And that was you Mike because you, at that time, you would what? You had the blog, you had the podcast.

Mike Gerholdt: So, I started all of that. It was a kernel of an idea in 2009 where I started writing something called the Monday... I really meant it to be the Monday Morning Admin, like the Monday Morning Quarterback because of blog titles and Technorati and Google, that I ended up calling it the Monday AM Admin. And I started that on my personal blog and it got a little bit of traction. And then I was talking with a friend and he's like, "I think there's something bigger here. There's a bigger brand I should build."
And he said, "Well, what do you do?" And I was like, "I don't know. It's like mouse clicks. I'm just clicking buttons." And he's like, "Oh." And he pulls up his phone and he checks and buttonclickadmin.com was available. And that's where that started. 2010, I launched the blog. I had a Monday morning post, every morning, 10:00 AM Central. And it was basically a recap of all of the things I did wrong the previous week. And if I could redo the week over, what I would do, but none of it included code. Because there was so much stuff you could do in Salesforce without code. Like, page layouts. And at the time workflows and validation rules that I didn't need to write code. And I felt there was other people that probably were doing that too. So, Monday AM Admin is where that started.

Gillian Bruce: Well, and clearly you were right. Other people were doing the same thing because it took off.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep. So, I grew that for a while and then started a podcast because I dabbled in video, but YouTube wasn't YouTube yet. And I realized the biggest thing was going to Dreamforce and hearing stories and hearing people talk about their stories and listening to them and hearing their passion. And I thought, "Oh. Well, that's what a podcast could do," because when you distill it down into black and white, into written words, the blog post just wasn't getting it across as much. And so 2012, with Jared Miller who was also a fellow Salesforce MVP, I launched what was called the Button Click Admin Podcast. And that was every Thursday because I didn't want to take traction away from my Monday morning posts. So, twice a week. And then that gets you through 2013-ish.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. So then Alexander Dayon says, "Let's hire the Button Click Admin, Sarah." And then you got a call, I believe Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: At some point.

Mike Gerholdt: So, as part of this was a unique time just in branding and in, I would call it the internet. Because at that time, and I'll preference that time as 2006 to 2015, you could 100% make a brand for yourself. You could have a blog, you could have a podcast, you could monetize those and you could do a lot of public speaking. And so, that's the evolution of where I took the blog to. It was essential hub for me to advertise my knowledge, do the podcast, distribute information and then also sell advertisements and then get speaking gigs. And that was a big thing in that, I would say nine years on the internet.
And part of doing that was being present at a conference called South by Southwest. And so, I was at South by Southwest in 2014 and hanging out at the blogger lounge, which is a thing you do just bunch of people, clicking keyboards, writing blogs, feeling self-important. And my phone rang. Mind you, the friend I was with had been ribbing me constantly like, "Oh. When's Salesforce going to hire you. They're never going to hire you, blah, blah, blah." And my phone rings and I looked down, it was San Francisco. And I think to myself, "Oh. He hired a friend to call, to play a prank."

Gillian Bruce: You're about to get punked.

Mike Gerholdt: I was literally about to get punked, yes. And so, it was super loud in the blogger lounge. I answer the call and it was in a broom closet across the hallway from the blogger lounge because there's no place to [inaudible]. And it was Sarah Franklin. She introduced herself and I 100% thought she was playing a joke on me because she told me she was starting this admin marketing team and was really interested in talking with me, but didn't know if I was looking for a job and I hung up on her.

Gillian Bruce: That's the best.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep.

Gillian Bruce: So, you hung up on Sarah?

Mike Gerholdt: That's the first crazy career thing I have done. She called back. Fast-forward to today. Thank God, I didn't hang up the second time.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Thank God you didn't hang up the second time because then you officially became part of the team and I think you were... What, it was Sarah and myself? And I think you were the next person to join because I don't think Leanne was-

Mike Gerholdt: Was, I was three.

Gillian Bruce: Developer of evangelism.

Mike Gerholdt: We were just a scrappy little team for, I mean, all the way through Dreamforce 2014.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Well, and I remember too, it was one of those funny... We did. We felt like a little scrappy startup because I remember Sarah being like, "Hey. Gillian, we should start a newsletter." I'm like, "Yeah, cool. So maybe we could just email the same list that I used to email about tech comms. Let me see if I can make that happen." I was like, "Thank goodness. I got a good relationship with the email team because they're going to let us send a newsletter out." And I remember it was originally going to be the Admin Roundup and we had a whole cowboy motif, I think-

Mike Gerholdt: Because why not?

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Well, thank goodness that didn't really hash out. But yeah. It was like, "Oh. Well, let's feature some community posts." And I think what was really special about that and was special about having you really help us create this is, it's always been by admins for admins. It's never been us creating that new content that we're trying to push out to the admin community. What we really started was, "Hey. We recognize that there's an admin community out there. We recognize that there are people doing this work. And as a company at Salesforce, we need to let them know that we see them and that we want to highlight the work that they're doing and elevate it, so the rest of the community can get something from it too." And that's something that I always just feel so fortunate to be a part of because it's really unique when you think about enablement or just marketing in general because it is really good stuff, no fluff. And that's the heart of what we do in the admin relations team, which I think is really special.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, I think it also aligns to really the culture of Salesforce admins. We find ways to scale. So, if you're at an organization... And I was at an organization, I was a solo admin for, I don't know how many users. It was in the hundreds, a lot. The way you scale is online, on social, in the trailblazer community, which was called something else at that time. And you asked questions. And so, it was very natural for our team to just follow that mantra. We couldn't scale. There was three of us and there was how many million admins. Obviously, we can't write enough content.

Gillian Bruce: No. But we rebranded Button Click Admin and it became admin.salesforce.com. So we had all your content.

Mike Gerholdt: Wisely so.

Gillian Bruce: And we relaunched the podcast and you invited me to be a co-host, which was terrifying, but it was so fun. And I can't believe it was that many years ago, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: It was a long time ago. I remember that first podcast. Because there was the discussion of, "Okay. So I come over, obviously my cohost isn't a Salesforce employee. Do we do that? Is that a thing? Is that weird?" And then I remember Sarah was like, "Well, have you talked to Gillian about being co-host?" I was like, "No, does she want to co-host?" "I don't know." And I remember, "Well, so what do you do?" "Well, I don't know. You just talk when I don't talk."

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I remember feeling totally out of my element, but totally down and excited to try it. And I remember those first few episodes of recording and hearing my... I was terrified every episode. And you can tell when you hear them because you can hear me going...

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Well, I think, not to go down the podcast path. The hardest thing is people don't know how to necessarily carry a conversation. And the one thing that I learned starting the podcast is interesting podcasts are ones where the host has an idea of where things are going, but isn't committed to the outcome and is happy to let the guest guide the journey. And I remember reading about Larry King and CNN and The Art Of The Interview and the art of the interview is that it's not about you, the host. But it's about you asking the questions and being present in the moment to continue that conversation, to bring out the best in what your guest is talking about. I mean, those early episodes of the podcast, we probably didn't talk enough and then you talk too much, but you find that intermedium.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. And one of the things I've also always heard about podcasts or really about anything, it's all about the reps. It's about the practice and doing it. The more you do it, the better you get. And I mean, we've been doing this for a long time now, Mike. So, hopefully people still think it's good.

Mike Gerholdt: I know. You would think. But let's talk about the first Dreamforce because that was fun because we threw everything at the wall.

Gillian Bruce: And from the wall and hanging from the wall.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. This was pre-Trailhead. So Trailhead was just a glimmer-

Mike Gerholdt: Trailhead actually launched at that Dreamforce, I think.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. And I think there was one-

Mike Gerholdt: Two.

Gillian Bruce: Three trails or something. It was-

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, it was huge. Massive back then.

Gillian Bruce: So, we had no overarching special Trailhead theme. So we decided, "Hey. Admins are superheroes. Let's make our whole area all about the different types of admin superheroes." Oh, man. We had so much fun coming up with all of those different superheroes, like Super D Duper, because that was the year that they finally introduced the de-duping feature from the IdeaExchange-

Mike Gerholdt: Duplicate management, yep.

Gillian Bruce: I just always call it de-duper.

Mike Gerholdt: I know because it's fun.

Gillian Bruce: And we had what? The Mobile Avenger and Doc Developer and-

Mike Gerholdt: Just all kinds.

Gillian Bruce: And we had them printed on huge banners and we hung them in the little atrium area on the second floor of Mosconea's as you come up the escalators and it was amazing. It was just-

Mike Gerholdt: It was so cool.

Gillian Bruce: Oh. It was so cool.

Mike Gerholdt: We also quickly learned why that atrium area was available for us to use.

Gillian Bruce: It was so hot.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. On the first day at 2:00, we're all standing there. "You're hot." "But this is really... I need to go." And you would just walk 10 feet out of that area. And it would be 20 degrees cooler.

Gillian Bruce: It was a whole greenhouse effect going on there.

Mike Gerholdt: It was.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Well, especially, when I was moving hundreds of boxes of T-shirts and swag around because that's what we did.

Mike Gerholdt: That's what we had budget for.

Gillian Bruce: And we had the first ever admin theater and we had our first ever admin zone. And again for admin by admin-

Mike Gerholdt: We had a little podcast booth. Don't forget we had that little podcast booth.

Gillian Bruce: We sure did. And that looked amazing, the whole on-air sign. Which you have in your house, I believe.

Mike Gerholdt: No. That's the following year. The big on air sign. I have some of those letters, yes. But thank God I don't have that whole booth because that would be massive.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. But again, back to for admins by admins, the only way that we were able to have an admin zone and provide that first ever home for admins at Dreamforce, is because the three of us could not staff at all. We had the entire community staffing those booths and it was all this ask the expert format. Which is now the heart of what we do and how we do any experience that we have. Whether it's at World Tour or at Dreamforce or a TDox. I mean, that is literally at the heart of how we treat all of these demo stations and experiences is that we have experts actually talking about how you can solve your problems and helping you troubleshoot.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, and people showed up. I think that's the biggest thing. We were all looking at each other like, "People are going to show up, right? And they're going to be excited for this?" And that in addition to the community stepping in, is really what drove success because everybody else at Salesforce looked at this team of three, four people, I think Leanne probably pitched in that year.

Gillian Bruce: I think Leanne was our first ever, "keynote."

Mike Gerholdt: She helped with the keynote. Oh, we should talk about that. But people showed up and when they showed up, they appreciated what we had and was willing to contribute more. And other areas caught wind of that vibe and they're like, "We need to package this stuff up." You're like, "Nope, it's ours."

Gillian Bruce: Yep. Well, we had superhero capes. We had bright blue awesome admin-pow T-shirts. I mean, it was pretty magical. And I remember we had to do a lot of advertising to get everyone to come to what we were calling a keynote, but wasn't officially recognized as a keynote with the first ever admin keynote. It was the basement of the Marriott.

Mike Gerholdt: Hilton Union Square.

Gillian Bruce: It was the Hilton, that's right.

Mike Gerholdt: Hilton Union Square.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. So that keynote is actually really amazing because talk about Leanne. Leanne was instrumental in creating all the demos for that keynote. And she's running the admin keynote today at Dreamforce '22 today as well. So that's an incredible journey, but yeah, we showed... I remember, that keynote was so fun. Sarah had just had a baby and Amelia was brand new and Sarah's like, "Yeah, no, I'm going to get on stage and we're going to rock this keynote."

Mike Gerholdt: Uh-huh. Like, two weeks rehearsal she had and just nothing. Just rocked it.

Gillian Bruce: And we'd never created a keynote like this before. This was all new to all of us. And then we featured a bunch of customers who we were going to recognize as awesome admins and give them capes. So I remember it was... Oh, god, Nick Lindberg and Dale Zigler-

Mike Gerholdt: Cheryl Feldman.

Gillian Bruce: Cheryl Feldman. Oh, gosh. There were a handful of them. They were amazing. And Cheryl Feldman won the first ever Awesome Admin Award that was presented to her by her VP at her current job. And it was our way of like, "Hey. This is a recognition of the amazing impact that an admin can have on the organization. And Salesforce is giving you the platform and trying to elevate that." And for those of you who don't know, that eventually evolved into what is now the Golden Hoodie.

Mike Gerholdt: And Gillian, I think one part that's always fun to talk about with that keynote is the mistake that actually changed the way a lot of teams demo Salesforce. And so, Dreamforce 2014 Process Builders, the brand new shiny thing. It's built on the Flow engine, but it makes sense. And everything you could do was totally declarative when you build a flow. Except, there was one random checkbox buried in set up that you had to check. And we rehearsed this to the nth degree. Off stage, was going to be one person sitting that would check the box so that everything just worked seamlessly in our demo. And then that didn't happen.
And it really caused all of us to pause and we probably could have moved forward. Now, thinking through the skill level of this team we would've just adjusted on the fly, walked people through. We probably would've had a backup. By the way, we didn't have a backup then, and moved on. But what happened? Leanne was like, "You know what? No, I'm going to show you what we've missed and we're actually going to do it. And then I'm going to show you." And I think it was really a little bit of Leanne wanted to prove the things she had built was legit.

Gillian Bruce: Yes. That we weren't showing stuff that was built fake. We wanted show the real deal. This is something you can do today.

Mike Gerholdt: So we went off-script. We showed setup and thunderous applause. There were executives in the back of the room that were like, "Oh, man. What are they doing?" And everybody reacted. And from there on, our mantra was we show set up. We show you the real-real. We'll show you how to set this thing up because there should be no mystery to how you configure some of this stuff. And that moment in time, had that not happened, that was a huge cultural moment for our team. And I think for the whole admin community.

Gillian Bruce: 100%, I mean, that sets the tone. It's the good stuff, no fluff. We're really going to show you how you can do this. Not just the theory of, "Look at what's possible." It's like, "Cool. We know what's possible. We're going to show you how you can actually make that happen." And that moment was amazing. That did, that really set the tone for a lot of how we presented technical content until today. So, hopefully we keep true to that.

Mike Gerholdt: We do.

Gillian Bruce: We do. And then from there, Mike, I mean, we were launched, I mean, Awesome Admin became a thing. Trailhead started developing... The first Trailhead content was developer and admin. We were in the core DNA of what Trailhead ended up becoming. And it went from just recognizing admins to then really celebrating and elevating what admins are and what they do. And as a team, we got to dig a little deeper into really getting in with the product teams and being advocates for admin and connecting product with the admin community. And true to the core has been a really important element of the admin community from the start. And that messaging continues to go through everything that we have done as well. IdeaExchange, really making sure that the product is thinking about the admin use case. And honestly, if you look today at Dreamforce, a lot of the new product innovations, they're mostly adminy.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, it's that, and I think that the really unique thing that this team and admins in the community and everyone listening gets to do is, you get to participate in the growth of this identity within the technology ecosystem. So, a developer in the early '70s, you could argue when Apple came out, is really what started to define that. It was probably, you could argue even earlier, but the stereotype and the persona for the most part had been molded throughout the '80s. And for sure, the '90s, by the time that the internet and technology computers and classrooms happened. This is our 1960s, 1970s moment. You go back in time through that 2012 period, we're defining this identity now as in real-time. So it's more than just us showcasing it at Dreamforce. I mean, Gillian, we fast-forward to 2022 now, we're actually saying, "Okay, as part of this identity, here are the core skills that you need to have."

Gillian Bruce: Yep. I mean, it's gone way beyond just focusing on the product, but we've learned a lot. We've gotten feedback from the community and the ecosystem at large about, "Hey. It takes more than just being able to know how to do the technology piece of it. It's that magic of... The admin is at the core of the business, connecting the technology and the business and the processes. And so, how do you do that? You can learn a lot of tech. We have Trailhead to help you learn all that, but there's more to it. And that's where the admin skills kit came out of the research that we were doing, and really honing in on, "What are those skills that help you be a super successful admin?" When you pair those with the technology skills, man, the sky's the limit.

Mike Gerholdt: I agree.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. What I love about rehashing the story and going back is understanding how core these values of good stuff, no fluff, for admins by admins, are to everything that we do today. Things that were important at the outset, we show set up. We use and tap into the knowledge of the community to help each other. I mean, that really has actually affected the rest of Salesforce too. If you start thinking about how things have shifted between Trailhead and focusing more on the individual trailblazers, a lot of what we've done as a team and what the community has done is now being really reflected in a huge way. And so, admins keep being awesome because you're what makes Salesforce special and it's really an honor to be a part of this community.

Mike Gerholdt: Absolutely.

Gillian Bruce: So then Mike, what's next? What are we going to do more for admins? What's the future look like?

Mike Gerholdt: Well, they should watch the Salesforce Admins Keynote at Dreamforce and find out.

Gillian Bruce: It's a great tip.

Mike Gerholdt: Which is also available on Salesforce Plus in case you weren't there in-person.

Gillian Bruce: Absolutely. And there will be lots available on Salesforce Plus, including our Release Readiness Live session. So if actually you're listening to this in the morning of Thursday, you can actually tune in live to the Release Readiness Live, the admin preview later today, which we are doing at Dreamforce with product managers. So, we're going to have an in-person experience and the regular virtual experience for Release Readiness live. And there's going to be some really amazing Admin sessions that are going to be available on Salesforce Plus on demand after Dreamforce.
And then also, stay tuned to the podcasts because we've got great Dreamforce presenters joining us on the podcast, doing a best of Dreamforce series. So stay tuned and keep contributing to the growth and the amazingness of the awesome admin movement. And as always, it's only what it is because of the work that you all are doing. And as always, if you want to learn more about anything else, everything will be on admin.salesforce.com or you can find more information about everything that we did at Dreamforce. You can find videos, you can find more podcasts and of course, great blogs. You can find myself on Twitter at GillianKBruce. You can find Mike on Twitter at MikeGerholdt. And we'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re bringing on the Admin Relations Team to talk through the Admin Track at Dreamforce ‘22.

Join us as we talk about the Admin Meadow, the Admin Track, and what you can expect at Dreamforce!

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with the Admin Relations Team.

The Admin Meadow is your home away from home First up, we have Lisa Dick, Director of Admin Marketing at Salesforce and the newest member on the Admin Relations Team. It’s her first Dreamforce, and she’s excited for everything they’ve planned for you. “The one thing I want everyone to feel when they walk into the space is feel like the Admin Meadow and the Admin Zone is really the home for admins,” she says.

Even better, sessions will be mapped to the tools in the Admin Skills Kit so you can focus in on the things you want to learn most. She especially wants to see you at the Admin Theater on Tuesday for Admin Karaoke, so pick out your best power ballad and don’t miss out. Finally, you can sign up on the Admin Meadow for a 1-on-1 consult to talk through the challenges you face with someone who has a ton of expertise.

What you can’t miss on the Admin Track Next up, we brought on Jennifer Lee, this year’s Admin Track Leader, to talk about everything we have planned for you. “We’re going to be able to nerd out on all things Security, User Permissions, Flow Builder, Dev Ops, and even more,” she says. Be sure to take a listen to this part of the pod, as she highlights some of the standout events you won’t want to miss.

We also brought on LeeAnne Rimel to give us a sneak peek at the Admin Keynote. It’s a time we can all come together on the biggest stage to just talk about admins and best practices and changes that are coming for tools you use every day: Flow Builder, App Builder, Permissions, Deployment, and more. And, because it’s LeeAnne, you better believe there will be killer demos.

Release Readiness Live, IRL Finally, we talked to Ella Marks to find out what she has planned for Release Readiness Live. We pick out the top highlights for the Winter ‘23 Release for Admins, and then open it up to questions from the audience for our product managers. And this year, it’s going to be in-person—the can’t-miss party that ends Dreamforce and sends you off with a ton of new information to take home to your org.

Don’t think you’ll have to miss everything if you can’t make it to Dreamforce in person. There’s tons of stuff to see and do on Salesforce+, so block off your schedule and tune in live. After the Admin Keynote, there will be a special after-show hosted by Gillian and a panel of admin experts to recap the highlights and give some post-game analysis. You’ll even be able to ask our product managers questions for Release Readiness Live later in the day.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • Dreamforce ‘22 for Admins Workbook
  • Dreamforce 2022 Admin Sessions by Skill
  • Dreamforce Sessions for Admins
  • Salesforce for Admins Keynote on Salesforce+
  • Dreamforce for Admins Video On-Demand on Salesforce+

Social

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast, where we talk about product, community, and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm your host today, Gillian Bruce. Listeners, we are less than one week away from Dreamforce 2022. If you can believe it, this is the 20th Dreamforce. I know. It's crazy. I wanted to take today's episode to spend some time hearing from the incredible people on the Admin Relations team about what the admin experience at Dreamforce 2022 is going to be.
If you're joining us on site in San Francisco in just a few days, welcome. We're excited to host you. We will see you very soon. This is a great preparation episodes that you know exactly what to expect when you get here. If you're not able to physically join us on site here in San Francisco for Dreamforce this year, don't worry. A lot of the content that we're going to be covering is also about how you can participate with us digitally. This is truly going to be a hybrid event. We have two streaming channels, the entirety of Dreamforce on Salesforce, plus we also have some other special things happening live. You can definitely participate, even if you're not going to be here with us in San Francisco.
What I have lined up for today is a sequence of the incredible people on our team who are owning and designing and running really important pieces of the admin experience at Dreamforce. We're going to talk about the physical experience in Moscone West on that first floor, the Admin Meadow and Admin Theater with Lisa Dick, who is one of our amazing marketers on the team. Then we're going to talk to the one and only, Jennifer Lee, who is owning and running the Admin track this year. That's all the breakout and theater sessions that are mostly presented by you, the community. Then we're going to get into talking about the big shining star of every event, the Admin Keynote. Leanne Remmel, who has been the mastermind behind this year's Admin Keynote joins us to talk a little bit about what to expect for that.
Then we close it out with the bang, folks, because we have the one and only Ella Marks. I like to call her Stellar Marks, who is going to talk to us about how she is bringing release readiness live, our traditional online virtual experience of how to prepare you for the release. We're bringing that as into Dreamforce this year as an in person and virtual experience. It's going to be the closing party, the closing ceremony of all of Dreamforce. In fact, the Admin Keynote and the Admin Release Readiness preview are all happening exactly a week from the day that this podcast comes out, because it's all on Thursday. Thursday of Dreamforce is admin day.
Stay tuned. You're going to hear from each of these incredible people about what is happening with the admin experience at Dreamforce and how you can participate either in person or online. Let's kick it off by talking to Lisa about the Admin Meadow.
Lisa, welcome to the podcast.

Lisa Dick: Thank you. I'm glad to be here.

Gillian Bruce: I was going to say, first time on the podcast, right?

Lisa Dick: Very, very first time on the podcast.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, well welcome. It's about time we get you on the podcast because we need to introduce you to the listeners. Lisa, can you please introduce yourself and tell a little bit about what you do at Salesforce?

Lisa Dick: I would love to. Thank you. I joined Salesforce this year. I'm a little bit newer to the team, but I'm the director of Admin marketing on the Admin Relations team. This is my first Dreamforce ever. I am very excited for what we have planned.

Gillian Bruce: Okay. Then let's get into it because people are really pumped to know. I know a lot of people listening are going to be able to physically come to Dreamforce next week, which is really exciting. A lot of people are not, so we're going to cover both, but can you tell those who are coming to Dreamforce, what are they going to be able to expect once they arrive on site as an admin?

Lisa Dick: I am so glad you asked. I would describe the admin experience this year in one word, which is magical. I think we have so many fun things planned. We have so many little surprises planned here and there, but the one thing that I want everyone to really feel when they walk into this space is feel like the Admin Meadow and the admin zone is really the home for admin. We're going to have activations and sessions and things for people to keep coming back to, so that over the course of three days, there's going to be so many things that people can interact with and visit, and sign up for, that it really will, I think, feel like a true home and a place that our admins want to keep coming back to.

Gillian Bruce: They're going to want to hang out with us all the time in the Meadow and at the theater. Wait, I said theater. Tell us about the theater.

Lisa Dick: I would love to tell you about the theater. There's a couple of different pieces of the admin zone. One of them, as you mentioned, is the theater. We will have both 20 minute sessions in the theater and also 40 minute breakout sessions with a ton of different learning tracks. There are so many sessions. I would like to call out that all of our theater sessions have been mapped to the 14 skills from our admin skills kit so that when someone comes to a theater session, they'll have a better understanding of what session maps to all of those different skills to find the right sessions in the theater for the things that matter most to them and the things that they want to learn.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, I love that. I am very passionate about the Salesforce Admin Skills Kit. I love that we're pulling that in through all of our, both breakout and theater sessions, but I know that there's some special theater sessions that you've got lined up. Is there anything you're going to share with us?

Lisa Dick: I would love to share them with you. We have some really fun sessions. As most of our admins know, we always try to have some fun sessions mixed in with all of the amazing learning sessions. We're having what we are calling, the How I Solved It showdown, which will be at 1:30 every day. It'll feature participants coming up with real actual business challenges that they have come up with an automation to solve. I also want to add that one of our most fun theater sessions will be on Tuesday, which is admin karaoke. I hope that everybody comes out and either sings. If you're not okay singing, that's okay, but cheering on all of your fellow admins. We think it'll be a really great time.

Gillian Bruce: I will be in the cheering section, for sure. No one needs to hear me sing anything.

Lisa Dick: I do. I need to hear you sing everything.

Gillian Bruce: No, no, no, no, no. Okay. But there's more than just the theater. You mentioned that there's also the Admin Meadow. What are folks going to be able to experience in the Meadow?

Lisa Dick: That's right. There's a couple of different components to the Meadow. There's a ton of action happening. When I talk about coming back to the Meadow and it feeling like home, there will be enough things happening in the Meadow to bring everybody back over the three days. When you first walk into the Meadow, you'll of course be greeted at a welcome desk. There's a couple of things you can do there. You can obviously get some help, but there will also be folks that are signing admins up for a one-on-one consult. We will have those consult stations in the Meadow. Admins can sign up for a 20 minute consultation with a Salesforce expert to really get their own individual questions answered.
We know that our admins face a lot of challenges or unique situations, or things that they just want to talk through with someone who has a ton of expertise. Having those consultations will allow folks to do that. They can sign up for those at the welcome desk when they get on site. We will also have four different demo stations, which I'm really excited about. Our demo stations will be staffed by Salesforce experts. We are really, really excited this year to focus on four specific topics, which are user management, app building and automation, the Admin Skills Kit, which I also love, and then also a session for admin best practices. There's a lot of things happening at the demo booths. Those are, as folks know who have attended Dreamforce in the past, the demo booths, you can just walk up to. It's not something that you have to schedule.
The last thing that's really exciting happening in the Admin Meadow is our activation. Again, talking about the skills kit, we have heard so many wonderful stories about how admins are using the skills kit to really help explain what they do and define what they do and really tell their own story through the skills in the skills kit.
The great part about Dreamforce this year is we have turned the Admin Skills Kit into a digital activation. It's really bringing to life the skills and creating your own unique admin story. In the Meadow, we will have a way for our admins to walk up to an activation station and really use those 14 skills to tell their own story of who they are and then it'll be shareable. You can add it to your resume. You can share it across social. We're really excited for admins to really take the 14 skills and make it feel more unique to them.

Gillian Bruce: I love it. I have gotten some sneak peaks of this activation. I cannot wait to see it in action. It is really amazing way to, like you said, pull together the skills and make your own custom story. I think this is a great takeaway that everyone is going to love. Hey, especially if you're joining virtually, you're going to see people post these. You can create your own when you're at home. This is going to be a really cool thing that I'm sure we're going to carry beyond Dreamforce, as well, in some capacity, but there's a lot going on, Lisa. I love it.

Lisa Dick: It's a lot.

Gillian Bruce: Do you have any tips, maybe for folks who this is their first Dreamforce? This is your first Dreamforce, so you're in the same boat. What is your strategy when you're coming on site? What are you going to do first? How are you going to try and manage doing all of the things?

Lisa Dick: Yeah, it's a great question because there is a lot going on. I also recognize there's a lot happening outside of the Admin Meadow, but one of the cool things that our team creates, it's called the Admin Workbook. We will be sending that out and publishing it on Twitter the week before Dreamforce and really helping attendees plan those things out and figuring out the things that they really have to make sure they do before they leave the Dreamforce grounds. But I haven't planned mine out yet because I've been so deep in figuring out what the Meadow looks like, but I think my big piece of advice that I have heard from everybody on the team and some folks that have been at Salesforce for a while is to just walk around and take it all in. It's a large amount of space. There's a lot of people, but there's also so much to be able to just take it in and just really enjoy the experience of it because it's been so long since we've been together in such a large setting. Just take a moment to just recognize how exciting it is that we're all back. We're all together. We get this really unique space and opportunity to celebrate that.

Gillian Bruce: I love that. That's a great tip. Now, for those of people who maybe are not able to join us in person, what do you recommend for them to get a little taste, a little feeling of this admin magic?

Lisa Dick: Yeah, a couple of things. One, definitely log on to Salesforce plus and see some of the top hits for admins. The second is to follow us on social. In addition to having magic in the Meadow, we will, obviously, of course, our admin Twitter account is amazing. We'll have a couple of details of some fun things happening during the week, but also there's going to be a sweepstakes for folks on site and who follow our Twitter account. Yeah, I think that'll be a really helpful way to figure out what's happening both onsite and for the folks at home.

Gillian Bruce: I love that. I love that. Well, Lisa, I am excited for you to experience your first Dreamforce. I'm really, really looking forward to connecting you with a bunch of admins who are going to be onsite, which is going to be really fun. Everyone, come meet Lisa. She's going to be in the Admin Meadow pretty much the entire time, but we'll let you walk around a little bit, I promise.

Lisa Dick: I hope. Thank you.

Gillian Bruce: Lisa, thank you for all your hard work. We are so looking forward to seeing everything come to life next week. Yeah. Hey, let's get ready to Dreamforce, huh?

Lisa Dick: Let's get ready to Dreamforce. Absolutely.

Gillian Bruce: I cannot wait to see your faces as you walk into the Admin Meadow on Moscone West in just a few short days here. Lisa has been working hard. So fun to hear about some of the special surprises and magical moments that you are going to experience. Now we're going to keep it moving because we got a lot of great admin experience to talk about. Admin experienceness, I think that's a thing. Next, we're going to go to Jennifer Lee, who is the mastermind, and organizer, and proud owner of the admin track this year at Dreamforce to talk about all of the great theater and breakout sessions you can expect this year.
Jenn Lee, welcome back to the podcast.

Jennifer Lee: Thanks for having me Gillian.

Gillian Bruce: Well, I needed to get you on because we're getting ready for a little something called Dreamforce in just one week here, actually, if you're listening to this podcast. I wanted to get you on because you are managing the entire admin track at Dreamforce this year. Hands to you. That's an amazing feat. I wanted to get you on the podcast to talk a little bit about some of the amazing things happening in the admin track. Give us an overview as folks get ready to head to Dreamforce.

Jennifer Lee: All right. How much time do you have because I can go on and on about how amazing the line up is?

Gillian Bruce: Well, I know you can go on and on. Let's keep in sound bite for the podcast.

Jennifer Lee: All right. I am really super excited to be this year's track lead for the 20th Dreamforce admin track and to curate such a great lineup of breakout and theater sessions. We have a little bit for every admin out there, whether you're just starting out, you're intermediate, an advanced admin, and a wide variety of topics that can help you build on those 14 skills that you helped us identify in our skills kit. In fact, Brittany Gibson, if you've seen that awesome, great Quip doc that she put out there, the admin sessions by skills that list out all our sessions categorized by the related skills, that is something that you definitely need to get your hands on if you haven't seen it. Gillian, would we be able to include that as a link in the pod notes?

Gillian Bruce: Absolutely. It's going to be in the notes.

Jennifer Lee: Awesome. All right. In regards to speakers, we have Salesforce MVPs. We have community members. We also have Salesforce PMs, like Shell Feldman, Diana Jaffy, Antoine Kubot, just to name a few. They're going to share their latest and greatest with their respective products. We're going to be able to nerd out on all things, security, user permissions, flow builder, DevOps, and even more.

Gillian Bruce: I love nerding out. This is making me excited. Come to Dreamforce to nerd out.

Jennifer Lee: All right. I'm going to give you a teaser into some of their sessions. Okay, folks, bookmark these now. True to the core from feedback to features. Also, getting started with low code application building. The feature of user management for admins, and also rating effective and maintainable validation roles.

Gillian Bruce: It's quite a line, Jenn. There's a lot going on there.

Jennifer Lee: I know when I was a customer and I attended Dreamforce, I like to learn from the practitioners, the people who are out there doing the thing. I'm just going to highlight just a few sessions that, again, you want to bookmark. We're going to go through the fundamentals of formals, approach reporting like never before, deluxe report types. We're going to throw in some Salesforce automation with Slack. Then if you're looking to get into public speaking and speaking at events, we have a session called find your voice, tips for becoming a Salesforce speaker. There's also a session on the art of a Salesforce demo because we, as admins, need to present and share what we've built to our users. Learning that would be great. We also have dynamic forms, driving data, and user experience. Lastly, we have the London user group leaders presenting a theater session on how to become a skilled admin specialist. They'll go through various skills and what's involved in doing that and then tying that back to the skills kit.

Gillian Bruce: I love it. I love how you cover really a whole breadth between nerding out on products. You kind of career developmental, great content, and then just best practices as well. That's really awesome.

Jennifer Lee: And I'm excited for new faces. While we love our returning Dreamforce presenter veterans, we do have some new faces as well. There's app exchange strategies for Salesforce business analysts with Shira Tyson Griffin. I hope I said their name right. There's also step by step guide for transitioning all processes to flow with Chrissy Andrews and Kristen Blazer, and catch the release, how to manage major releases year round with [inaudible] Burke, who is our awesome release person, but also a former coworker of mine. She works at Manual Life Candy Weeks.

Gillian Bruce: I love that. That's great. Yeah, actually [inaudible] was on the podcast earlier sharing some of her great presentation that she put together about app exchange strategies for business analysts. Yeah, a whole bunch of first time Dreamforce presenters, which is always fun to get some new voices out there and amazing content. I've been able to jump on a couple of the dry runs for these sessions and wow. It is a rockstar lineup. It is going to be an amazing track.
Now, for those who maybe aren't able to attend in person, Jenm, how can they enjoy some of these great topics and great presentations?

Jennifer Lee: We have the opportunity to record three of our sessions from the admin track. Those will be available on Salesforce plus for a future viewing. They're the automate your business processes with Flow Builder. Ready, Click, Automate, Salesforce to the max with RPA. Lastly, Make the Move From Chain Sets to DevOps Center.

Gillian Bruce: Okay, those are three, obviously, very popular and very exciting sessions about really great product and innovations that everybody needs to know about. Again, Salesforce plus on demand after Dreamforce. You can get it all right there, as well as some other great stuff like our Admin Keynote, which we talked about on the podcast already. Of course, release readiness live will be available after Dreamforce, as well.
Jenn, this is your first time running an in-person Dreamforce as not a customer, as part of Salesforce. Tell me a little bit about how that change has gone for you. Not only are you now part of Salesforce running an in person Dreamforce, but you're owning all of admin track. Just tell me. How has that been?

Jennifer Lee: I just say it's been truly your honor to even be given this opportunity. I want to give props to [inaudible], you, and everyone on the team for being so supportive. It truly takes a village to do this. I'm just the conductor, but it truly takes the whole orchestra to get this thing together. It's been great going through and being on the other side, because I was a presenter and now I'm on the other side organizing it and going through the process of selection. That was really hard. We had so many great submissions and I only had so many slots. It was really hard going through that process. But then now, working through and doing the dry runs, I'm really getting excited by seeing the sessions. I really can't wait to get those in front of all our admins.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, absolutely. It's been really fun to see you bring that perspective to this process that Mike and I have done for gosh knows how many years at this point. It's great. You've done an amazing job. It's really fun to see it all come to life. Hey, I'm looking forward to seeing your face next week after the Dreamforce is going on and the sessions are happening and you're like, "Oh my gosh, this is the track that I put together. It's coming off amazing. All these people are getting such great value out of it."
Congratulations. Hey, everybody get ready to enjoy a amazing admin track next week. Jenn, we also didn't talk about the fact there are breakouts and there are theater sessions. Can you talk to us a little bit about that?

Jennifer Lee: Yes. Our breakouts will be 40 minutes in an enclosed room. Our theater sessions will be on the... The breakouts will be on the second floor of Moscone West. The theater sessions will be on the first floor of Moscone in the Admin Meadow. It will seat about 125 people in an open area. We're really excited to get the excitements of the crowd, the people walking around the Admin Meadow. Yeah, I'm really looking forward to all this.

Gillian Bruce: It's going to be vibrant. It's going to be fun. It's going to be an awesome admin party all around. Congratulations. Thank you for leading admin track this year. Folks, we're getting ready to see you at Dreamforce.

Jennifer Lee: Yay.

Gillian Bruce: Wow. So many amazing sessions, lots of brand new presenters, lots of veteran presenters. Thank you, Jennifer Lee, for shepherding this incredible admin track to come to life at Dreamforce. I hope you've bookmarked the sessions she mentioned and you're exploring on your own. Make sure you pop open that Salesforce plus window so that you don't miss out.
Now, we're moving on to the Admin Keynote. Leanne Remmel, who is the original Admin Keynote designer. If you all don't remember back in 2014 when we first had our first ever Admin Keynote, which we called it a keynote, even though it wasn't really deemed a keynote. Leanne designed all the demos for that, and in fact, created the whole entire brand of how we do admin demos by showing you how we use setup. Without further ado, let's get Leanne on the pod to talk about what you can expect in this year's amazing keynote. Leanne, welcome to the podcast.

Leanne Remmel: Hi Gillian. Thanks for having me.

Gillian Bruce: Well, I had to have you on, because we need to talk about something really important and really exciting happening at Dreamforce next week, the Admin Keynote. Can you tell us a little bit about what is going on for admins in the Keynote?

Leanne Remmel: I sure can. If you haven't been a dream first before, or if this is your first time tuning in, the Admin Keynote is really this time that we gather all together as admins. We share with you the latest and greatest in announcements, in tools for admins. We try to share and reinforce things we've learned from you over the previous year about the role of admins and how it's growing, and things you are all doing in your careers and at your companies. It's really... I'll be honest. It's one of my favorite Dreamforce events. It is really a time for us all to gather together in the big room. We're in the Moscone hall F in the big keynote room. We gather together and we just talk about admins for the entire time.
We spend time with you talking about what are those products and features coming that we want to make sure your hands on with? What are those business areas you should be building out? We'll be, first off, diving into the latest and greatest with your favorite products. We'll be including Flow Builder, Ad Builder, permissions, deployment. Those things that you're using every day as an admin, we're going to be talking about some of the right ways and best practices on how to use those tools. We're going to be hearing from product leadership. We're going to be talking about roadmap and exciting things that are coming or just released for those tools. I'm really excited for that. I love building out our product overviews and demos. It's a really fun part.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, and you've been... Leanne, you have also had a hand in helping with product demos for quite a while at Salesforce, and especially for the admin audience, which makes it extra special because these demos are really, as you said, tailored towards the admin experience. Along with what you just listed, what else is going on in the Admin Keynote?

Leanne Remmel: I love that question. I do love demos. I just still do. A quick aside, we really do build these demos. Every step of the way we're thinking, what is it that we want admins to see? What are those features, those best practices, those tools that are just, we really want admins to know about. We really want admins to see. You'll notice we really dive a lot deeper often into setup, into the builder experience. That's because these are truly tailored for you, both the products that we're covering and then how we show them in demos.
Gillian, I just love demos. I used to build demos all the time when I was a Salesforce admin. I built them in order to get budget and things like that for my projects and drive user adoption. My entire career, whether I was a customer, or at Salesforce, or tech support, I think demos are so important. They're so fun.

Gillian Bruce: Demo all the things.

Leanne Remmel: Demo all of the things. Gillian, you asked what else we're doing in Admin Keynote. There's two other areas I want to share that I'm really, really excited about. I told you how demos are so important and we're doing demos. Something that's really exciting that we're doing in the Admin Keynote this year for the first time is it's not just going to be Salesforce employees up their demoing. We're going to have our customers up on stage leading demos. We're going to have some of our admin trailblazers who have used some of these products, used some of these tools to build solutions for their companies. They're going to be on stage showing their build to you in a demo in the keynote. I am just so excited about that because, of course I love demoing. I love showing things. There is nothing better than seeing someone who has the same role as you, the same job as you, is maybe solving the same business problems as you, up there saying, "Here, let me show you how I solved this."
I think that's going to be such a fun and important element of the keynote. I'm so honored. We've got our admin trailblazers that are joining us, are just awesome members of the community, awesome admins through and through. I'm so thrilled that they're taking the time to share their solutions with us and with you, our admin audience. Those customer led demos are going to be really, really fun.

Gillian Bruce: That is really special. That is unique. I think that's the only time that any keynote has really done that. This is going to be a first time innovation that we're bringing to the Admin Keynote this year.

Leanne Remmel: I think I would say we're trailblazing.

Gillian Bruce: What? Boom! Mic drop. Love it, Leanne. Okay. You said there's three things. We talked about too. What is the third part of the Admin Keynote that you want to share today?

Leanne Remmel: Okay. The third thing that I'm really excited to talk about today, that will be so impactful for you, Salesforce admins, who are attending and viewing our Admin Keynote, Gillian and our team worked really hard over the last few years to learn more about the skills that make admin successful. It's called the Admin Skills Kit. It's on our site. It'll be in the show notes.
That skills kit that they worked hard to identify, what are those skills that help admins be successful in their roles? We launched the skills kit at TDX 22. That was in... What month was that? April 22, but we're not done. We launched it. We gave you that first iteration of an overview of all the tools and skills that you need to be successful as admin, that you should focus on building on. We had a wonderful blog series by our admin trailblazers sharing how they use those skills in their jobs and their careers, but we're not done yet.
At the Admin Keynote, we're going to have some really exciting announcements about this next phase of Admin Skills Kit, and new tools and new ways, building on the skills kit, that we are working to enable you as Salesforce admins to be successful in your roles. I'm really excited about... It's a culmination of a lot of hard work from the team and a lot of contributions and sharing and knowledge, sharing from admins, that we're working to combine into this product, this tool, for you, called the Admin Skills Kit that'll help you just crush it and be an awesome admin.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. It's like our own product roadmap. We're sharing everybody.

Leanne Remmel: It is. We get a do a roadmap. Yeah, we get to do a roadmap conversation. We're going to have some exciting roadmap announcements about Admin Skills Kit.

Gillian Bruce: I love it. I love it. Leanne, you did mention that the Admin Keynote is going to be in the big room this year, the same room that the mark main keynote is in. We need everybody who's coming to Dreamforce to join us. When is the keynote happening Leanne?

Leanne Remmel: Oh, that's a great question. It is in the big room. It's on Thursday at 9:00 AM. It's probably going to be your first session of the day. Maybe you can meet up with your admin buddies, go to Starbucks, go to your coffee shop, make your coffee at your hotel, whatever. Everyone can get their coffee, get their nice little morning walk in, make their way over to Dreamforce and come bright and shiny and early to the Admin Keynote and really start your day with us. I'll be honest. I love being on Thursday morning, because I think then we've had a couple of days to attend sessions, to attend other keynotes, to learn more about different areas that we're interested in. With Admin Keynote, we try to help you put a lot of that into context and set you up for successes.
You go back to your day job after Dreamforce and want to take all these learnings from Dreamforce and make your plan, your roadmap for what you do with those learnings. I love being on Thursday. I love being on Thursday morning, Thursday morning, hall F, 9:00 AM. Even if you're not a morning person, even if you're tired, I promise we will wake you up. It'll be a fun show. We will be bright and shiny. There'll be a very big element of fun. You're going to see some really faces and love and haven't seen in a while. It'll be a wonderful way to kick off Thursday.

Gillian Bruce: Well, Thursday is, Leanne, it's admin day at Dreamforce because not only do we start the day with the Admin Keynote, but we end the day with admin release readiness live, which is really exciting. The whole day is really focused on admins. It's a great way to end Dreamforce with the bang with a whole day dedicated truly to Salesforce admins. Yeah, we're looking forward to it. Leanne, as you mentioned, if you're in person, come to Hall F, but if you're not in person, people can watch it online, right?

Leanne Remmel: Yes. It will be on Salesforce plus at 9:00 AM Pacific on Thursday. Definitely tune in. And there'll be a little something special for people who are tuning in online. There's going to be an after show. There's going to be the Admin Keynote, and then we're going to be diving into our after show as well. Also, really starting this live will be on later in the day, as well, for everyone who's not attending in person. I love that really starting this live is happening later in the day, because I think also, we're going to be talking about some new products and some new features and some new tools in the keynote. At really starting this live, you have Q and A with the product managers. If you come up with questions during keynote or during other sessions the week, you can ask those questions during really starting this live. I'm really excited for admin day and for Dreamforce. I hope to see you all there.

Gillian Bruce: Excellent. Well, we'll be there.
All right folks. We are done. The keynote is incredible. You are going to want to tune in. It's exactly one week from today. You'll be able to view that live on Salesforce plus. Starting at 9:00 AM Pacific time on Salesforce plus. You are not going to want to miss it.
We have a brief after show that's going to happen right after the keynote that, yours truly, is hosting along with some incredible admin analysts. We've got Carmel James, familiar voice on the pod, and Cheryl Feldman, one of our amazing product leaders who are going to join me as the post game analysts for what happened in the Admin Keynote. You're only going to find that live on Salesforce plus, so make sure you tune in there. We've got some fun surprises in that little segment too.
All right. Now, to wrap out the admin experience at Dreamforce, we are going to talk to Ella Marks, who is innovating... Oh my gosh. This is such a cool innovation that she's bringing to life this year at Dreamforce. It is the first time that we're ever going to be doing release readiness live with an in-person audience. You heard it. We do release readiness live every release. It is one of the best ways to get up to speed with all of the features that you should know about as an admin hearing directly from product managers. Well, we're bringing that experience to the attendees at Dreamforce. We're doing it in a big keynote room. We're going to have the product managers there, live, answering questions. If you are tuning in virtually, nothing's going to change for you. It's the same way that you can tune into release readiness live. We're just going to have a live studio audience who's also going to be able to participate. Check that out. That's going to be at 3:00 PM Pacific time. You'll be able to stream that the way that you normally stream release readiness live. Get your questions ready. Ella, welcome back to the podcast.

Ella Marks: Hi Gillian. Thanks for having me.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, well I am having you because I want something very specific from you. First of all, before we get into it, can you remind the listeners who you are and what you do?

Ella Marks: Yeah, I'd love to. I am a senior marketing manager on the admin relations team. I have my hands in a lot of different things, but I'd say the biggest things that I focus on are admin website and our campaigns. Our release campaigns like Learn More, and some other campaigns that you may see across our social or our website.

Gillian Bruce: Yes, you do all of the very fun activating the community things, which is great. Speaking of which, we are giving everyone who's listening a little precursor to what they can expect at Dreamforce next week for both those attending in person and those attending online. Ella, you are owning a very exciting piece of this. Can you talk to us a little bit about release readiness live at Dreamforce?

Ella Marks: Yes. I would love to. Nothing gets me more excited for this year's Dreamforce than talking about the first ever, in person release readiness live. That's right. In person release readiness live.

Gillian Bruce: And the crowd goes wild!

Ella Marks: Insert cheering noises! It is so exciting because if you've seen release readiness live before, you know that every release we go through all those release highlights. There's tons of innovation out there with every single release. We pick out the top highlights for admins. Then we bring them to you in this release readiness live broadcast. We get to go through our demos and show you all these new innovations. Then the product managers take your questions about these new features during that broadcast. We're having all of that, but this time, there's also going to be this live in person component. Don't worry. If you're not joining us live in person, you will still be able to watch release readiness live the same way that you've watched it previously. You'll still be able to ask your questions, but it's just so exciting that we're going to have this new way to engage with the product managers and really be in that room. We're hoping to bring all of the awesome admin fun release energy to the session. I'm just so excited, if you can't tell.

Gillian Bruce: Well, it is something to get pretty pumped up about because not only is it the first in person release readiness live. This is kind of almost true to the core, but focused on the release, because we're going to have all those product managers there. Release readiness live is amazing because you get the PMs to join you on the broadcast and answer those questions live, but we're going to have all the PMs there. We're going to have rows of PMs to answer questions. If you've got a specific question that you've never really gotten an answer to feel free to bring it because we are going to be able to ask them... We. You will be able to ask them there in person. It's also the official closing party of all of Dreamforce and admin day. Ella, talk to us about how this party's going to go down.

Ella Marks: It's so exciting to be able to be that closing party because what it means is all week, you will have learned all of these new, amazing features. You may learn about Admin Skills. You'll learn about products. You'll have all of this learning. At the very end, you'll be able to keep those questions in the back of your mind that entire time, bring them to this session and go out learning all about the top new features. When you get home, they're right fresh in your mind, so you can immediately go start implementing these new features or playing around with them in a sandbox. This is just so exciting because you have that experience where you can have that closing party with us. We're going to make it fun. Don't worry. More to come on that.

Gillian Bruce: There'll be lots of fun.

Ella Marks: Lots of fun, but it'll be the last thing that you see at Dreamforce. You can take that, write your notes down, go home, and then immediately take action and start learning about some of these new features. I'm so excited. It's going to be the closing party, the can't miss last thing that you do at Dreamforce.

Gillian Bruce: Yes. Release readiness live to take it all home. To your point, what's great is that this is a good forcing function to get everybody ready for the winter 23 release. You'll be able to go right back to your work when you get back home on Monday or Tuesday, or if you're taking the week after Dreamforce off, which I know some people do. Good for you, but you'll be able to immediately go in, play within that pre-lease environment and make sure that you're starting to prepare your org for the new capabilities you want to take advantage of with winter 23.
Ella, one thing that I know that's different about this year is because we get to do it in person, we may not have as much time as we usually do to answer all of the questions. We will have time for Q and A, but what happens..? What are we doing for folks who maybe don't get their question answered live in this session?

Ella Marks: That is a great question, Gillian. It is something that we know everybody is going to be thinking about during this session. We will provide an opportunity to follow up on those questions that you've asked after Dreamforce. We're still working out some of those details. I will make sure that we share them with you as soon as we have them, but do not worry. Your opportunities to connect with these product managers and get your questions answered are not limited to this session. Do not fear. We will answer as many questions as we can live at Dreamforce from online and in the room. But if we don't get to your question, there will be additional opportunities to ask it. Just stay tuned.

Gillian Bruce: Well, and yeah, you'll know exactly which PM to harass on Twitter too. It'll be all good.

Ella Marks: We'll share their Twitter handles. You can ask them directly.

Gillian Bruce: This is so great, Ella. Now, I would love to just ask you, since this is the first time we're doing release readiness live in real life, IRL, what are some of the differences in putting together release readiness live for an in person and online experience versus just that online experience?

Ella Marks: That's a really good question. I think that when it comes to anything, that's going to be onsite, especially at Dreamforce. If you ever participated in a Dreamforce session before, or you have dreams of participating, it is such a different experience to be live in the room with people. You really want to make sure with a session like release readiness live, that we're considering both that in room audience and the experience for those folks, and the experience for folks who are going to be tuning in online.
One thing that we haven't really had to think about before, which is really fun, but we're thinking about this time is, we're showing some really exciting new features that we think you're going to be really excited about. We're having to think, do we need to pause for an audience reaction? That is something we've never had to think about before. Is anybody going to clap? When there's an announcement? Are we going to hear some rumblings in the audience? What is this going to look like? This is a totally new experience for us. It relates a little bit less to the content, but just that general atmosphere that we want to create with this experience is, it is real. It is live. We are engaging with you, but I don't know. I'm excited to see what it looks like, but it's definitely not something we've experienced in the studio or in the online little Brady bunch box before.

Gillian Bruce: Well, yeah, instead of relying on basically the other attendees in the Brady box bunch, just to show excitement over a feature, we're going to get real actual reactions that are audible from the audience, in addition to the normal online forever that happens, and the great gifts, like Squire I know we always posts the great gifts. But yeah. It's fun to bring both of those together. Amazing job, Ella, of bringing both that in person, that new in person experience together with the live existing experience. It's going to be really fun. It's like the first real deal, hybrid live content. Honestly, cause it's so interactive. I's going to be really fun to see that go down. Any tips for folks who are going to be attending in person or attending online to get the most out of the session?

Ella Marks: I think to get the most out of the session, I would just recommend having a way to take notes, whether it's your phone, or you are taking photos of the slides or of a demo, or making a note of a new feature that you might be excited about. You don't want to lose those moments of inspiration that you might get during a session like this that is so jam packed of features. Just make sure that you have an easy way to capture something that you might get excited about because we're going to show a lot.
If I can add one more, bring your questions. We're going to be sharing what we're covering before the event. If you have questions about automation, you have questions about DevOps center, or permissions and user access, you can think about those now. When the session starts, be ready to post those questions because we will be looking for them. Start thinking about those. Start thinking about what you'd want to ask to our amazing product managers. We can't wait to answer as many of them as we can.

Gillian Bruce: Bring all the questions. All of them.

Ella Marks: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: All of them. Well, Ella, thank you for joining us on the podcast. Thank you so much for bringing IRL at DF 22, because I'm just going to list all the acronyms at once. I know we're all looking forward to this amazing closing party at Dreamforce. We cannot wait to see you there. Ella, it's going to be some admin magic.

Lisa Dick: I can't wait. See you all there.

Gillian Bruce: With that, everyone, I hope you are so pumped for next week. It is happening in just a few days. I cannot even believe it's the 20th Dreamforce. I don't even know what number Dreamforce this is for me. I think my first Dreamforce was 2010. Maybe it's my 12th Dreamforce. Yikes. Wow. Anyway, Dreamforce is a magical time. I hope you're able to join us. If you're not able to join us in person, please, please, please stay tuned to Salesforce plus, and you can stay up to date again with all things happening in the admin community by following #awesomeadmin on Twitter and Salesforce admins, no eye. I hope you all are pumped to have an incredible Dreamforce, whether you're joining us in San Francisco or you're joining us from your comfort of your own home. I cannot wait to see you. I cannot wait to hear from you. I cannot wait to see what you think of your admin experience at this year's 20th Dreamforce.
With that, have an amazing rest of your day. Safe travels. Have a great weekend. I'll catch you next time, in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Mary Tagler, Salesforce MVP and Salesforce Applications Manager at Relativity.

Join us as we talk about Mary’s upcoming presentation at Dreamforce, “The Fundamentals of Formulas.”

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Mary Tagler.

Best of Dreamforce Not everyone can make it to Dreamforce this year and, even if you can, we know it’s impossible to catch everything. Don’t worry, we’ve got your back. This month, we’re bringing the best speakers from the Admin Stage on the pod so you won’t miss a thing.

Formulas for the Rest of Us Longtime listeners may remember Mary from way back in 2016. These days, she manages a team of admins for Chicago-based legal software company Relativity. Most importantly, she’s speaking at Dreamforce this year about the fundamentals of formulas. “I wanted to get down to the fundamentals, best practices, and the how-tos for people who just don’t know where to start,” she says.

Mary wants to point you towards the resources that are already out there to help set you up for success. There are a lot of ways to get help but the number of options can become overwhelming, so she wants to give you some pointers on how to help yourself. “One of the best resources—the bookmark I have on every machine I own—is the formulas and operators help document,” she says. And even better, it has examples for everything.

Why It Helps to Write Things Out on Paper Mary also wants to help you understand where formulas are used and why you use them. She’ll talk through the most common types of functions and operators you use, writing out every exercise in plain language so you know how it works. “Even if you feel like walking away not knowing how to build the formula, you’re going to know how to write out that logic in a coherent way that anyone can digest.”

Finally, Mary will cover best practices. “Sometimes the way you write your formula sets you up for failure,” she says. She always hand writes her formulas following a specific format, underling ANDs and circling ORs. That helps her identify how she wrote the formula and find any logic gaps, and also gives her a way to run it by stakeholders to see if it’ll solve the business problem.

Asking For Help One thing Mary did when she was starting to learn formulas was taking a look in the Answers Community. There are always a ton of questions there, and she figured a good way to hone her skills was to see if she could figure them out.

Even better, the Answers Community is still there for you no matter where you are in your journey. “Time formulas are my kryptonite,” Mary says, “and you will see me posting for help anytime I have to do something time-related.” And she’s giving a presentation about formulas at Dreamforce, so you shouldn’t be afraid to ask for help if you need it!

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • Jumping into the Community with Mary Tagler
  • Formula Operators and Functions by Context

Social

  • Mary: @yramtSFDC
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast where we talk about product, community, and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm your host today, Gillian Bruce, and we are bringing you the best of Dreamforce. Listeners, we have picked some of the top sessions from the admin track at Dreamforce, both breakout sessions and theater, and we're bringing them to you here on the podcast because we know not everyone's going to be able to come to Dreamforce.
And even if you are coming to Dreamforce in person, there's zero likelihood that you're going to be able to hit every single session in the admin track. It's just physically impossible. You can't clone yourself. So wanted to make sure that I bring some of our top presentations and presenters on the podcast so you can hear more about what they're going to be sharing, learn a little bit more from what they're going to be teaching in their session, and just have a good time getting ready and getting that mindset of Dreamforce.
So without further ado, I want to introduce you to today, reintroduce you if you've been listening to the podcast for a long time. We have Mary Tagler who is going to be joining us today, and she's got a great session on the fundamentals of formulas that she's going to be presenting at Dreamforce.
And fun fact, she was last on the podcast I think back in like 2016 and it was right before she won an awesome admin award, which in those days wasn't even the golden hoodie yet, but now it has evolved to that. So without further ado, let's welcome Mary to the podcast. Mary, welcome back to the podcast.

Mary Tagler: Thanks for having me, Gillian.

Gillian Bruce: Well, we were talking, I think it's been a long time since we've had you on the podcast.

Mary Tagler: It has. It's been in excess of four years and at least one job ago.

Gillian Bruce: So, all right, so before we get into it, why don't you update us? What are you up to now? What are you doing these days?

Mary Tagler: Sure. I'm actually a manager these days and I manage a team of admins at Relativity. We're a legal software company based in Chicago.

Gillian Bruce: I like it managing a team of admins. All right, so clearly you've got a lot of awesome admin knowledge to share with everyone. Now, I wanted to have you on the podcast, Mary, because we are getting ready for a little something called Dreamforce here just in a few weeks. And I know you are presenting a session and I know several of our listeners are not going to be able to make it to your session, even if they make it to Dreamforce, because there's a zillion things going on. So I wanted to get you on the podcast to talk a little bit about what you are presenting and share some of these amazing takeaways that you're going to give your captive audience on site to some of our listeners here today.

Mary Tagler: Sure. So I'm going to be speaking at Dreamforce about the fundamentals of formulas. It's a topic that I hold near and dear. It's something that as an organizer of our Salesforce Saturday group, I really had looked for a way to build on that great presentation that Steve Mo does about formulas, but getting more basic, getting down to really the fundamentals, the best practices, and the how-tos for people who just don't even know where to start.
I spend a lot of my time either in the community or Ohana Slack, and I see a lot of folks come with questions where they're like, "I need to do X and I don't even know where to begin." And so my goal is to really start teaching folks how to map out what they need to do and then feel comfortable with the tools that are provided for them.

Gillian Bruce: I love that. I think that's so important. It's kind of like instead of just helping you troubleshoot every single issue, let's get some framework and some longer term strategy in place so that when these come up, you have a way to think about them and process them. And as someone who personally has always struggled with math, and then when I was trying to get the grasp on Salesforce formulas, I was like, "Oh no, here we go again." So I very much appreciate your work in this area to try and help people understand. So what are some of the things that you're going to cover in your session that's really kind of help people get that, that fundamental knowledge about how to use a formula and when to use it?

Mary Tagler: Sure. So we're going to start out, we're going to talk about some of the resources available to you, because there's a lot of resources out there both within and outside of Salesforce that'll help set you up for success. We're going to talk about where you use formula. So why are formulas even important? Because there are so many places in the system we use them and it's really important to understand like, "Why should I even use this skill?"
We're going to talk about best practices. Sometimes the way you write your formula actually sets you up for failure. My favorite thing to do is I write it out, I write it out for a couple reasons and I have very specific ways. I hand write it and I underline my ands and I circle my ors. And I do it for two reasons. One, it helps me identify how I'm writing the formula and any logic gaps. But the other thing is I can take what I wrote, type it up and share it with my business stakeholders and say, "Is this what you're asking for?" Versus giving them a formula and they're just going to look at me like I have two heads.

Gillian Bruce: Right. You're speaking a language they do not understand.

Mary Tagler: Exactly. And so I want to make sure that people feel like they have a support system in place to really get help. One of the best resources, the bookmark I have on every single machine I own is the formulas and operators help document. And I love it because it shows examples. And a lot of times people don't even get to that first step of knowing that exists and seeing how it's used in action.

Gillian Bruce: As I do remember in my early days of trying to figure out how to write my first formulas, finding that and being like, "Oh." It's like the decoder of trying to decode a secret language of the back of the cereal box for those of us who are older." Remember back in the day when these things existed.

Mary Tagler: Oh yeah.

Gillian Bruce: All right, so it's super helpful. So then, okay, so you got some resources down and what else are you going to share in trying to help people?

Mary Tagler: So then we're really going to jump into it and we're going to do a bunch of exercises. So what I've done is I've really taken a series of common but simple validation rules and formulas and automation examples and really broken them down. I'm going to talk about the most common types of functions and operators you're going to use, because there's a really long list. And frankly, there may be some you never use in your admin career, but there's going to be a number that you're probably going to use quite frequently.
And we're going to go through it. We're going to write out every exercise. So we're going to write it in plain language. So even if you feel like you walk away not knowing how to build the formula, you're going to walk away knowing how to write out that logic in a coherent way that anyone can digest it. Then we're going to go through the actual formula itself. And I've added some visualizations to help break down what we're doing in each spot.
And I really analogize formula building to creative writing in a way, because you're separating your clauses with punctuation, you have to close out all your parentheses. It's somewhat math based, but it's also somewhat very language based. And I think when you start thinking about it that way, it helps you put the pieces together.
We're going to do examples of where we might nest one function around another function. We'll wrap them together to do what we need to do or we'll do a nested if statement so that we can have more than two outcomes. So we're going to go through things like that that are practical everyday used case examples.

Gillian Bruce: Okay. So I want to go to the session, I'm like, [inaudible].

Mary Tagler: I hope you do.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, I will definitely put it on my calendar and do everything I can to make it. But what I really like about this Mary is though your approach is so ... it's very practical, but it's also really relatable. I love what you just said about, "Hey, yes there's some math to it, but it's also creative writing." It's the same like you have to use your creative brain to make these things work, because there's a zillion different ways you could write a formula to accomplish a couple different things. Right?

Mary Tagler: Exactly.

Gillian Bruce: So Mary, you said you manage a team of admins and I imagine this is probably something that you are helping your team of admins get a better grasp on. Can you talk to us a little bit more about how you've honed this skill with formulas and how you've come up with this content? You mentioned a little bit, but observations in the community, but take us a little deeper and tell us a little bit more about how you've gained this skill?

Mary Tagler: Sure. So I originally learned how to use formulas from a consultant that helped us implement Salesforce and really just tried to iterate on what I saw there. But then once I started getting involved in the community, what I did, which is something I recommend for a variety of skill sets, is I really started to look in the answers community and there are tons of formula based questions there.
And so then I kind of posed that as a challenge to myself like, "Can I figure that out? Can I apply that?" And that really helped me flex that muscle and strengthen that muscle where I really felt confident and comfortable writing formulas. I will also say though, I'm the first to admit, time formulas are my kryptonite. I absolutely hate time formulas and you'll see me posting for help anytime I have to do something time related.
So you can be strong in some areas and still weaker in others too and that's okay. With my team, I think I was lucky to join a team with a lot of senior folks already on it. So really having those formula skills in place. But I think where I've really focused in on is ensuring we're following best practices. I don't want to see people putting IDs in fields like, "Let's stop the hard coding, let's clean up things where we can." And we've really created that best practice mentality.
And as I work with some of our newer hires, we talk a lot about that where it's like as we have an opportunity to change the logic, let's take the opportunity to move it into best practices.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Because oh, hard coding. Gosh, I remember the first time I learned about hard coding and I was like, "I know this is bad. This just doesn't feel right. Let's not do this because yeah, it'll break all the time."

Mary Tagler: It will. And I analogize it to it's be a friend to your future self and your future and current teammates because nothing is more frustrating than getting to a formula somewhere and getting this idea and being like, "Where the heck does that go?" And then having to try and figure out what it is. And a lot of times it'll be something that's maybe obsolete because no one knew what that silly ID did.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, and now it's gone and so, oh well, you got to rebuild it again. Got it.

Mary Tagler: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: So Mary, this I would imagine is not your first Dreamforce. Do you know how many Dreamforces you've been to?

Mary Tagler: The first Dreamforce I went to was in 2012. So including the years we were virtual, this will be my 10th Dreamforce.

Gillian Bruce: There you go.

Mary Tagler: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: So yeah, my first Dreamforce I think was 2010. So we're about on the same page there. There you go.

Mary Tagler: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Since you are a veteran of the Dreamforce experience, do you have any top level tips for folks who may be getting ready to come to their first in-person Dreamforce?

Mary Tagler: So my tip, I don't know how popular it's going to be, is I would say don't obsess over the agenda. Go with the flow. I know the first couple years I went, I would try and bookmark and register for everything and obsess over my agenda. And after a few years in, I actually found it more impactful where I picked the things as they came. I looked every day and decided, "Hey, this sounds interesting." Or I heard the buzz from someone else that a session was going to be repeated and went there. So I would say, be flexible.

Gillian Bruce: That's great advice because yes, there's a lot of content and if you try and go back to back sessions all day, A, you're not going to be successful and B, you're just going to set yourself up to be frustrated.

Mary Tagler: Yeah. And to be frustrated to wear yourself out too early in the conference, it's not worth it. And the obvious one, comfortable shoes.

Gillian Bruce: Yes, comfortable shoes and comfortable, fun shoes. Yeah.

Mary Tagler: Yes.

Gillian Bruce: It's comfortable fun shoe game going on at Dreamforce. Awesome. Well Mary, thank you so much for joining us and thank you so much for putting together such a great presentation to share and help other people. And for those who aren't able to come in person, at least they got a little bit of your nuggets of wisdom here on the podcast. And hey, who knows, maybe we'll do some more to help further spread your message after Dreamforce, so.

Mary Tagler: Well, thanks. Thanks for having me and I hope to see you at my session.

Gillian Bruce: I will do everything I can to be there, nothing else. Will for sure see you at Dreamforce.

Mary Tagler: Sounds good.

Gillian Bruce: Well, thank you, Mary for taking time out of your Dreamforce preparation schedule to join us on the podcast and share so much great wisdom about formulas. To me, formulas is a weak spot and it always has been, but honestly, some of the things that Mary just shared are transformative and now I'm looking forward to putting them into practice so that I can be better with formulas. And if you are not going to be able to make her session at Dreamforce, don't worry, I am sure that we will be doing something with Mary in the future to get that great content to you.
So she had some great words of wisdom. It's about knowing how in the context of when to use formulas, thinking that more, not just of a math problem, but also as a creative process of how to put clauses and different phrases together and the idea of making it easy on yourself and following best practices like no hard coding people, just don't do it. It's just not. No, don't our hard code.
Anyway, so Mary was great. Really appreciate her coming on the podcast. If you want to follow Mary, you can find her on Twitter. She's got a great Twitter handle and it sounds really weird when you spell it out, but when you see it, it makes sense. It's @YramtSFDC. That's Tmary, backwards. You get that? Yeah.
Well, you can always stay up-to-date with everything happening in the admin community, especially Dreamforce related by following us on Twitter, @SalesforceAdmns, no I, or using #AwesomeAdmin. You can follow me @gilliankbruce and my co-host Mike Gerholdt, @MikeGerholdt.
With that, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day. And if you're getting ready to come to Dreamforce, continue to get excited. If you're getting ready to tune in to Dreamforce via Salesforce Live, start bookmarking those sessions, check out the broadcast schedule. There is so much great content coming your way, and I'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Keizra Tyson-Griffin, Salesforce Business Analyst at Esor Consulting Group and a soon-to-be Dreamforce presenter.

Join us as we talk about her Dreamforce presentation about evaluating AppExchange apps as a Salesforce Business Analyst.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Keizra Tyson-Griffin.

Best of Dreamforce With Dreamforce happening this month, we wanted to take a moment to bring some of that content directly to your ears. We know not everyone can make it and, even if you can, you might not be able to catch everything. So we’re bringing on the best speakers from the Admin Track to tell you what they’ve been cooking up.

There’s a First Time for Everything It’s not only Keizra’s first time presenting at Dreamforce, it’ll be her first time attending as well—talk about jumping straight into the deep end. Her presentation will cover AppExchange strategies for Salesforce Business Analysts, and we wanted to bring her on the pod to give us a sneak preview of what she’s going to cover.

“I kept coming across clients who wanted to add an application to their org but there were tons of questions around [it] and they didn’t really understand how best to identify the best app for their org,” Keizra says. Instead of being distracted by bells and whistles, the key is to focus on your goals for your business and how an app can make them possible. Is a new app really aligned with your core business objectives, or does it just make you feel cool?

The Questions You Need to Ask About a New App The most important thing you can do to start is to talk to your key stakeholders to understand where you are now and where you’re trying to go. You want to find out how each department would use a potential new app in their day-to-day activities. Most importantly, you need to know where each department is now and where they’d like to be in the future. Are there any other technologies that your potential app needs to integrate with? Will this app grow with your business or will you need to do something different in a year or two?

We also pick Keirzra’s brain about how she came to be a business analyst and what skills you need to get started in that career. “One of the excellent things about being a Salesforce Business Analyst is that you can pull from other careers that you’ve had,” she says, “if you’re an inquisitive person and you like understanding how things work and why, these are absolutely skills you can pull into your career.”

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social

  • Keizra: @keizramakeba
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm your host today Gillian Bruce, and I am joined by an amazing brand new Dreamforce presenter, Keizra Tyson-Griffin. Now she has an amazing presentation about evaluating AppExchange apps as a Salesforce business analyst, which is useful for every single Salesforce admin out there. She's the first of a series that we're going to be doing where I'm calling the best of Dreamforce. So we're bringing some of the top presentations from the admin track both in the admin theater and breakout sessions to you listeners on the podcast. Because I fully realized that even if you're going to make it to Dreamforce, you're probably not going to make it to every single admin track session. If you do, I don't know how you're going to do it because that means you got to clone yourself and be in three places at the same time.
So I have been partnering with Jennifer Lee, who's owning the admin track this year and we have got some amazing presenters who are going to join us on the podcast and deliver right to you the presentations that they are sharing with attendees at Dreamforce. So without further ado, let's welcome Keizra to the podcast. Keizra, welcome to the podcast.

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: Hi, Gillian. Thank you so much for having me.

Gillian Bruce: Well, I am very happy that you are here because not only are we getting ready for Dreamforce here, everyone, whether you're joining virtually or in person, but this is also the first time that I've gotten to meet you because this is not only your first Dreamforce, but your first time presenting at Dreamforce, correct?

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: It is.

Gillian Bruce: Well, so that's really exciting and also a really big deal. Can you tell us a little bit about what you are putting together to share at Dreamforce?

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: Yes. So at Dreamforce this year, I'll be speaking on AppExchange strategies for Salesforce business analysts.

Gillian Bruce: Well, you said a few things that I know all admins care about right there in the title of that. So let's talk a little bit about kind of where you're coming from to talk about this. So can you introduce yourself a little bit to the listeners about who you are, what you do in the ecosystem and why this is a topic that you've chosen to focus on?

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: So my name again is Keizra Tyson-Griffin. I am a Salesforce business analyst at Esor Consulting Group, which is a bit wise company, and I've been a business analyst for a little over a year now. And the reason I selected this topic is because it absolutely matters. So I kept coming across clients who wanted to add an application to their org, but there were tons of questions they had around that application that they wanted to add and not really understanding how best to identify the right app for their org. Sometimes being distracted by shiny objects or all the bells and whistles and not really taking a good look at these are the goals for my business and these are the goals for my org, not only short term but long term. I mean just really trying to help them navigate that.

Gillian Bruce: I think that is such an important topic because as you said, you're getting distracted by shiny objects. I mean, we all do it. And a lot of times when you're looking at AppExchange, there are so many options out there and there are so many things that you're like, I want that because that looks like it's going to give me this and it's going to give me that. But it sounds like you're really kind of helping folks understand more about the why and how these things might fit in and you talked about kind of aligning to business goals. So can you talk to us a little bit more about breaking that down and how you come out, let's say, Hey, I want to find an app that helps me automate a certain part of my business. There's three different options out there. So how would you go about evaluating that and deciding which direction to go?

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: So one of the things I'll be talking about in my presentation is the discovery aspect of talking to those key stakeholders, and just really getting a sense of how each department will be using that app in their day to day, what their current state is versus their desired state, and then getting an understanding of the business goals, right? Where are we today? Where do we want to be short term? Where do we want to be in the long term?
And then also taking into consideration some of the other technologies, platforms and applications that they're using or integrating with their Salesforce org and how those applications might play with something that you're looking to implement from the AppExchange. And so just getting an understanding of those needs and those requirements, and then doing the research in the AppExchange based on what the client or the end-user has stated that they need, what applications actually meet those requirements that exist on the AppExchange today.

Gillian Bruce: All right. So I'm hearing a lot of probably the wheels turning that a lot of admins go through like, great, so I have this business unit that wants to use this specific AppExchange idea. I have this business unit who uses something that's kind of over here, but maybe similar, but maybe also have a different goal. How do you negotiate kind of working those issues out maybe with some competing interests within the same organization?

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: One of the things with a client that I worked with specifically is that they had to go through procurement to really vet that technology because they have a good understanding of what they've already purchased and what the purpose of those purchases were. And so they'll be able to help identify whether or not this application or these applications that you're recommending will actually work with what the organization is doing as a whole.

Gillian Bruce: Excellent. Now I know here you are in the business analysis space now being a business analyst is something we've talked a lot about especially when we talk about. It's one of the top skills from our Salesforce admin skills kit is the idea of being able to do business analysis as a Salesforce administrator. Can you talk to us a little bit about how you have kind of developed and honed that skill so that other people might be able to follow your footsteps?

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: So Tony V Martin has been on this show before. So I've learned a lot from her. Also, Tiffany Spencer, I've learned a lot from her as well. And then just one of the excellent things about being a Salesforce business analyst is that you can actually pull from other careers that you've had. If you are just a very inquisitive person and you like understanding how things work or understanding why people make the decisions that they make, these are absolutely skills that you can pull into your career as a business analyst. I think that you just have to have a natural curiosity about why people do the things that they do, why organizations are structured the way that they're structured and work the way that they work.
But then a more tactical thing that I would implement is documenting. Having a good understanding of what the client is giving you and then capturing that, whether it's in audio or video form, or just writing it out, really capturing that information that they're providing to you because then you can go back to that and then pull from that when you're making your decisions or when you want to refine those requirements and say, Hey, you said this, am I understanding this correctly? Or you said this, but it sparked my interest or curiosity in another way. So let me ask you this set of questions so that you can get that holistic picture.

Gillian Bruce: Well, you touched on a few things there. I mean, the idea of being curious and just asking questions, I think is something I found in every single, truly awesome admin that we've talked to, that I've met, is that it's so important because you actually have to want to know and learn things, right? [inaudible] to fake curiosity. And then the other thing you mentioned was the idea is you can bring this kind of business analysis skillset from previous roles and previous experiences. Can you maybe dive a little deeper on that? What kind of experiences were you maybe able to bring over from other industries or whatever other things that you've done and then transfer that skillset into really kind of this business analysis ability within the Salesforce context?

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: So my first job out of college actually I was a contracts negotiator for an aerospace and defense company. And so I was very heavily involved in proposal writing and working with different departments to pull that proposal together, get it back to the client for them to then look at it and then actually going through the different clauses and negotiating those clauses. And so I kind of tie that into going to the client and finding out what their needs are and then looking at those requirements and documenting what their needs are, what their future goals are, creating those user stories for them to make sure that we're actually building what it is that they desire to be built.
Then I also have a background in marketing. I have my master's degree in marketing. And so I'm very curious about the way consumers think. And so when Salesforce as a platform takes that 360 degree customer view, that really plays into what I do as a BA and understanding those short term long term goals, what the business is trying to accomplish overall, and how that could potentially feed into their different departments within the organization.

Gillian Bruce: Well, that's awesome. I mean, I love from looking and evaluating clauses of very complex contracts, which also by the way you said aerospace engineering was the...

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: Aerospace and defense.

Gillian Bruce: Aerospace and defense. That's pretty cool. And also I imagine super complex. And then at face value, you probably are like, how does that relate to Salesforce? But the way you just broke that down was really clear. And I think a lot of people that I talked to that are maybe struggling to figure out how do I transition from this at face value industry that has nothing to do with tech or Salesforce into Salesforce. I think the story you just told, made it really clear of a path to do that.
And then the other thing, your marketing experience, again, a lot of people probably don't immediately think like, I'm a marketer. So I'm going to be working in the Salesforce space. I mean, I'm a marketer in Salesforce in Salesforce, but I don't have a marketing degree. So I think it's really interesting how you explain those perspectives help you really become a great BA. I think that's really great. So thank you for sharing that.

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: No problem. I think a lot of people can get caught up in the technical aspect of it. And what I mean is as a contracts person, this is what I do. Or as a marketing person, I focus specifically on content. Well, a marketing person can focus on the customer journey. They can focus on the analytics and understanding what the analytics say to then inform business decisions. And so it's important to take a look at the whole and then be able to see the different paths that can come out of that whole.

Gillian Bruce: A hundred percent. Very well said. And look at you even bringing in some of the Salesforce corporate platform right there. Thank you Keizra. You're making me look good. So before we get towards the latter part of our conversation, I just want to talk about the fact that this is your first time going to Dreamforce and you're presenting at Dreamforce. How are you feeling about that?

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: So I am excited and nervous at the same time. I'm excited to just be able to go there and meet all the people that I'm going to meet that exist in the ecosystem today and have really built their careers in the ecosystem. And there's something to be said to you about people that have been going for 13, 15, the full 20 years, right? And then nervous because I submitted my topic and I was like, I'll submit, this is my first time, I probably won't get selected. And then I was selected. And so it's exciting but I'm also nervous.

Gillian Bruce: Well, you it's totally okay to be nervous, but I promise that we've got you and you're going to do an amazing job.

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: Yes. Everyone's been wonderful so far.

Gillian Bruce: Well, that's good. You'll really get to experience the online Trailblazer community love in person...

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: Yes.

Gillian Bruce: ... which will be really fine. Hey listeners, if there's anyone listening to this episode that is also going to be going to Dreamforce for your first time, make sure that you meet up with Keizra because Hey, you've got another first timer to connect with.

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: Yes.

Gillian Bruce: So, Keizra, before we totally wrap, I just wanted to give you an opportunity. So I'm sure there's a lot of people who are listening in the pod that aren't going to be able to come to Dreamforce, which is totally normal. It is a big deal to try and come to Dreamforce. What do you want to share with those folks? So maybe top takeaways that the in person people are going to get from your presentation that maybe the listeners can get right now.

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: So I would say when you are evaluating an app on the AppExchange to make sure that not only it meets the requirements that your end-users have laid out for you, but that also it's an application that is supported in terms of is this email support, chat support. Can you pick up the phone and call someone if you have any issues, when you integrate that you are able to test in a sandbox environment, you obviously don't want to test in production.

Gillian Bruce: No.

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: And that it's an application that's really going to grow with the business, right?. You don't want to integrate something that just isn't going to work for them in a year, two years down the line and you're back at square one. I would also say that you need to make sure that you review the system requirements of the application. And so for example, you'll want to make sure that your client has the appropriate Salesforce edition. You don't want to recommend an application for them that is not supported by the addition of Salesforce that they currently have.
And then I would say something that's key is that you want to make sure that you think about who is going to be responsible for maintaining that solution post implementation and how secure that application is. So Salesforce has its own set of security requirements for native applications. But if this is a third party application, there are going to be some other security concerns there. So you want to make sure that you keep that in mind.

Gillian Bruce: Great takeaways. Keizra, thank you so much for joining us on the podcast.

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: Thank you so much for having me.

Gillian Bruce: It's been great to get to know you a little. And I am very much looking forward to seeing you at Dreamforce. And I'm also very much looking forward to seeing your presentation and I'm sure lots of people are now going to want to connect with you and get more of Keizra. So be prepared.

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: Thank you so much, Gillian, for having me. I'm really looking forward to hearing the episode and then again, attending Dreamforce and presenting on this topic.

Gillian Bruce: Excellent. Well, I'll see you soon and I'm sure we'll have you back on the podcast in the future as well.

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: Awesome. I'm looking forward to it.

Gillian Bruce: Well, thank you so much, Keizra, for joining us on the podcast and taking time out of your busy Dreamforce prep to share some of your incredible insights and knowledge and your Dreamforce content to us on the podcast. Now, if you want to learn anything more about what we talked about today, especially if you want to learn anything more about being a great business analyst, make sure you check out admin.salesforce.com there's a whole section of the admin skills kit dedicated to business analysis. I'll also put some good links in the show notes for Trailhead content that'll help you with your business analysis skills and then some good AppExchange resources as well. And I hope that you all want to connect with Keizra who first time Dreamforce attendee, first time Dreamforce presenter. Obviously she's got a lot of great knowledge to share with the Trailblazer community. So connect with her. She's on Twitter @keizramakeba that's k-e-i-r-a-m-a-k-e-b-a. Again, we'll put the link in the show notes. You can find myself @gilliankbruce and you can find our other co-host Mike Gerholdt, @MikeGerholdt. And as always you can join all the awesome admin greatness online @SalesforceAdmns. No-i.
Now if you're coming to Dreamforce, I want to really remind you to check out all those great sessions that are already listed on the Dreamforce site. If you're not physically coming to Dreamforce, don't [inaudible]. We're going to have great content streaming to you on Salesforce plus. So there's going to be a lot of admin stuff on there. There's also going to be some great content available on demand after Dreamforce. So hope you have a great day. Thanks for listening this episode and I'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Keizra Tyson-Griffin, Salesforce Business Analyst at Esor Consulting Group and a soon-to-be Dreamforce presenter.

Join us as we talk about her Dreamforce presentation about evaluating AppExchange apps as a Salesforce Business Analyst.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Keizra Tyson-Griffin.

Best of Dreamforce With Dreamforce happening this month, we wanted to take a moment to bring some of that content directly to your ears. We know not everyone can make it and, even if you can, you might not be able to catch everything. So we’re bringing on the best speakers from the Admin Track to tell you what they’ve been cooking up.

There’s a First Time for Everything It’s not only Keizra’s first time presenting at Dreamforce, it’ll be her first time attending as well—talk about jumping straight into the deep end. Her presentation will cover AppExchange strategies for Salesforce Business Analysts, and we wanted to bring her on the pod to give us a sneak preview of what she’s going to cover.

“I kept coming across clients who wanted to add an application to their org but there were tons of questions around [it] and they didn’t really understand how best to identify the best app for their org,” Keizra says. Instead of being distracted by bells and whistles, the key is to focus on your goals for your business and how an app can make them possible. Is a new app really aligned with your core business objectives, or does it just make you feel cool?

The Questions You Need to Ask About a New App The most important thing you can do to start is to talk to your key stakeholders to understand where you are now and where you’re trying to go. You want to find out how each department would use a potential new app in their day-to-day activities. Most importantly, you need to know where each department is now and where they’d like to be in the future. Are there any other technologies that your potential app needs to integrate with? Will this app grow with your business or will you need to do something different in a year or two?

We also pick Keirzra’s brain about how she came to be a business analyst and what skills you need to get started in that career. “One of the excellent things about being a Salesforce Business Analyst is that you can pull from other careers that you’ve had,” she says, “if you’re an inquisitive person and you like understanding how things work and why, these are absolutely skills you can pull into your career.”

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social

  • Keizra: @keizramakeba
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm your host today Gillian Bruce, and I am joined by an amazing brand new Dreamforce presenter, Keizra Tyson-Griffin. Now she has an amazing presentation about evaluating AppExchange apps as a Salesforce business analyst, which is useful for every single Salesforce admin out there. She's the first of a series that we're going to be doing where I'm calling the best of Dreamforce. So we're bringing some of the top presentations from the admin track both in the admin theater and breakout sessions to you listeners on the podcast. Because I fully realized that even if you're going to make it to Dreamforce, you're probably not going to make it to every single admin track session. If you do, I don't know how you're going to do it because that means you got to clone yourself and be in three places at the same time.
So I have been partnering with Jennifer Lee, who's owning the admin track this year and we have got some amazing presenters who are going to join us on the podcast and deliver right to you the presentations that they are sharing with attendees at Dreamforce. So without further ado, let's welcome Keizra to the podcast. Keizra, welcome to the podcast.

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: Hi, Gillian. Thank you so much for having me.

Gillian Bruce: Well, I am very happy that you are here because not only are we getting ready for Dreamforce here, everyone, whether you're joining virtually or in person, but this is also the first time that I've gotten to meet you because this is not only your first Dreamforce, but your first time presenting at Dreamforce, correct?

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: It is.

Gillian Bruce: Well, so that's really exciting and also a really big deal. Can you tell us a little bit about what you are putting together to share at Dreamforce?

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: Yes. So at Dreamforce this year, I'll be speaking on AppExchange strategies for Salesforce business analysts.

Gillian Bruce: Well, you said a few things that I know all admins care about right there in the title of that. So let's talk a little bit about kind of where you're coming from to talk about this. So can you introduce yourself a little bit to the listeners about who you are, what you do in the ecosystem and why this is a topic that you've chosen to focus on?

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: So my name again is Keizra Tyson-Griffin. I am a Salesforce business analyst at Esor Consulting Group, which is a bit wise company, and I've been a business analyst for a little over a year now. And the reason I selected this topic is because it absolutely matters. So I kept coming across clients who wanted to add an application to their org, but there were tons of questions they had around that application that they wanted to add and not really understanding how best to identify the right app for their org. Sometimes being distracted by shiny objects or all the bells and whistles and not really taking a good look at these are the goals for my business and these are the goals for my org, not only short term but long term. I mean just really trying to help them navigate that.

Gillian Bruce: I think that is such an important topic because as you said, you're getting distracted by shiny objects. I mean, we all do it. And a lot of times when you're looking at AppExchange, there are so many options out there and there are so many things that you're like, I want that because that looks like it's going to give me this and it's going to give me that. But it sounds like you're really kind of helping folks understand more about the why and how these things might fit in and you talked about kind of aligning to business goals. So can you talk to us a little bit more about breaking that down and how you come out, let's say, Hey, I want to find an app that helps me automate a certain part of my business. There's three different options out there. So how would you go about evaluating that and deciding which direction to go?

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: So one of the things I'll be talking about in my presentation is the discovery aspect of talking to those key stakeholders, and just really getting a sense of how each department will be using that app in their day to day, what their current state is versus their desired state, and then getting an understanding of the business goals, right? Where are we today? Where do we want to be short term? Where do we want to be in the long term?
And then also taking into consideration some of the other technologies, platforms and applications that they're using or integrating with their Salesforce org and how those applications might play with something that you're looking to implement from the AppExchange. And so just getting an understanding of those needs and those requirements, and then doing the research in the AppExchange based on what the client or the end-user has stated that they need, what applications actually meet those requirements that exist on the AppExchange today.

Gillian Bruce: All right. So I'm hearing a lot of probably the wheels turning that a lot of admins go through like, great, so I have this business unit that wants to use this specific AppExchange idea. I have this business unit who uses something that's kind of over here, but maybe similar, but maybe also have a different goal. How do you negotiate kind of working those issues out maybe with some competing interests within the same organization?

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: One of the things with a client that I worked with specifically is that they had to go through procurement to really vet that technology because they have a good understanding of what they've already purchased and what the purpose of those purchases were. And so they'll be able to help identify whether or not this application or these applications that you're recommending will actually work with what the organization is doing as a whole.

Gillian Bruce: Excellent. Now I know here you are in the business analysis space now being a business analyst is something we've talked a lot about especially when we talk about. It's one of the top skills from our Salesforce admin skills kit is the idea of being able to do business analysis as a Salesforce administrator. Can you talk to us a little bit about how you have kind of developed and honed that skill so that other people might be able to follow your footsteps?

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: So Tony V Martin has been on this show before. So I've learned a lot from her. Also, Tiffany Spencer, I've learned a lot from her as well. And then just one of the excellent things about being a Salesforce business analyst is that you can actually pull from other careers that you've had. If you are just a very inquisitive person and you like understanding how things work or understanding why people make the decisions that they make, these are absolutely skills that you can pull into your career as a business analyst. I think that you just have to have a natural curiosity about why people do the things that they do, why organizations are structured the way that they're structured and work the way that they work.
But then a more tactical thing that I would implement is documenting. Having a good understanding of what the client is giving you and then capturing that, whether it's in audio or video form, or just writing it out, really capturing that information that they're providing to you because then you can go back to that and then pull from that when you're making your decisions or when you want to refine those requirements and say, Hey, you said this, am I understanding this correctly? Or you said this, but it sparked my interest or curiosity in another way. So let me ask you this set of questions so that you can get that holistic picture.

Gillian Bruce: Well, you touched on a few things there. I mean, the idea of being curious and just asking questions, I think is something I found in every single, truly awesome admin that we've talked to, that I've met, is that it's so important because you actually have to want to know and learn things, right? [inaudible] to fake curiosity. And then the other thing you mentioned was the idea is you can bring this kind of business analysis skillset from previous roles and previous experiences. Can you maybe dive a little deeper on that? What kind of experiences were you maybe able to bring over from other industries or whatever other things that you've done and then transfer that skillset into really kind of this business analysis ability within the Salesforce context?

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: So my first job out of college actually I was a contracts negotiator for an aerospace and defense company. And so I was very heavily involved in proposal writing and working with different departments to pull that proposal together, get it back to the client for them to then look at it and then actually going through the different clauses and negotiating those clauses. And so I kind of tie that into going to the client and finding out what their needs are and then looking at those requirements and documenting what their needs are, what their future goals are, creating those user stories for them to make sure that we're actually building what it is that they desire to be built.
Then I also have a background in marketing. I have my master's degree in marketing. And so I'm very curious about the way consumers think. And so when Salesforce as a platform takes that 360 degree customer view, that really plays into what I do as a BA and understanding those short term long term goals, what the business is trying to accomplish overall, and how that could potentially feed into their different departments within the organization.

Gillian Bruce: Well, that's awesome. I mean, I love from looking and evaluating clauses of very complex contracts, which also by the way you said aerospace engineering was the...

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: Aerospace and defense.

Gillian Bruce: Aerospace and defense. That's pretty cool. And also I imagine super complex. And then at face value, you probably are like, how does that relate to Salesforce? But the way you just broke that down was really clear. And I think a lot of people that I talked to that are maybe struggling to figure out how do I transition from this at face value industry that has nothing to do with tech or Salesforce into Salesforce. I think the story you just told, made it really clear of a path to do that.
And then the other thing, your marketing experience, again, a lot of people probably don't immediately think like, I'm a marketer. So I'm going to be working in the Salesforce space. I mean, I'm a marketer in Salesforce in Salesforce, but I don't have a marketing degree. So I think it's really interesting how you explain those perspectives help you really become a great BA. I think that's really great. So thank you for sharing that.

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: No problem. I think a lot of people can get caught up in the technical aspect of it. And what I mean is as a contracts person, this is what I do. Or as a marketing person, I focus specifically on content. Well, a marketing person can focus on the customer journey. They can focus on the analytics and understanding what the analytics say to then inform business decisions. And so it's important to take a look at the whole and then be able to see the different paths that can come out of that whole.

Gillian Bruce: A hundred percent. Very well said. And look at you even bringing in some of the Salesforce corporate platform right there. Thank you Keizra. You're making me look good. So before we get towards the latter part of our conversation, I just want to talk about the fact that this is your first time going to Dreamforce and you're presenting at Dreamforce. How are you feeling about that?

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: So I am excited and nervous at the same time. I'm excited to just be able to go there and meet all the people that I'm going to meet that exist in the ecosystem today and have really built their careers in the ecosystem. And there's something to be said to you about people that have been going for 13, 15, the full 20 years, right? And then nervous because I submitted my topic and I was like, I'll submit, this is my first time, I probably won't get selected. And then I was selected. And so it's exciting but I'm also nervous.

Gillian Bruce: Well, you it's totally okay to be nervous, but I promise that we've got you and you're going to do an amazing job.

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: Yes. Everyone's been wonderful so far.

Gillian Bruce: Well, that's good. You'll really get to experience the online Trailblazer community love in person...

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: Yes.

Gillian Bruce: ... which will be really fine. Hey listeners, if there's anyone listening to this episode that is also going to be going to Dreamforce for your first time, make sure that you meet up with Keizra because Hey, you've got another first timer to connect with.

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: Yes.

Gillian Bruce: So, Keizra, before we totally wrap, I just wanted to give you an opportunity. So I'm sure there's a lot of people who are listening in the pod that aren't going to be able to come to Dreamforce, which is totally normal. It is a big deal to try and come to Dreamforce. What do you want to share with those folks? So maybe top takeaways that the in person people are going to get from your presentation that maybe the listeners can get right now.

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: So I would say when you are evaluating an app on the AppExchange to make sure that not only it meets the requirements that your end-users have laid out for you, but that also it's an application that is supported in terms of is this email support, chat support. Can you pick up the phone and call someone if you have any issues, when you integrate that you are able to test in a sandbox environment, you obviously don't want to test in production.

Gillian Bruce: No.

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: And that it's an application that's really going to grow with the business, right?. You don't want to integrate something that just isn't going to work for them in a year, two years down the line and you're back at square one. I would also say that you need to make sure that you review the system requirements of the application. And so for example, you'll want to make sure that your client has the appropriate Salesforce edition. You don't want to recommend an application for them that is not supported by the addition of Salesforce that they currently have.
And then I would say something that's key is that you want to make sure that you think about who is going to be responsible for maintaining that solution post implementation and how secure that application is. So Salesforce has its own set of security requirements for native applications. But if this is a third party application, there are going to be some other security concerns there. So you want to make sure that you keep that in mind.

Gillian Bruce: Great takeaways. Keizra, thank you so much for joining us on the podcast.

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: Thank you so much for having me.

Gillian Bruce: It's been great to get to know you a little. And I am very much looking forward to seeing you at Dreamforce. And I'm also very much looking forward to seeing your presentation and I'm sure lots of people are now going to want to connect with you and get more of Keizra. So be prepared.

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: Thank you so much, Gillian, for having me. I'm really looking forward to hearing the episode and then again, attending Dreamforce and presenting on this topic.

Gillian Bruce: Excellent. Well, I'll see you soon and I'm sure we'll have you back on the podcast in the future as well.

Keizra Tyson-Gr...: Awesome. I'm looking forward to it.

Gillian Bruce: Well, thank you so much, Keizra, for joining us on the podcast and taking time out of your busy Dreamforce prep to share some of your incredible insights and knowledge and your Dreamforce content to us on the podcast. Now, if you want to learn anything more about what we talked about today, especially if you want to learn anything more about being a great business analyst, make sure you check out admin.salesforce.com there's a whole section of the admin skills kit dedicated to business analysis. I'll also put some good links in the show notes for Trailhead content that'll help you with your business analysis skills and then some good AppExchange resources as well. And I hope that you all want to connect with Keizra who first time Dreamforce attendee, first time Dreamforce presenter. Obviously she's got a lot of great knowledge to share with the Trailblazer community. So connect with her. She's on Twitter @keizramakeba that's k-e-i-r-a-m-a-k-e-b-a. Again, we'll put the link in the show notes. You can find myself @gilliankbruce and you can find our other co-host Mike Gerholdt, @MikeGerholdt. And as always you can join all the awesome admin greatness online @SalesforceAdmns. No-i.
Now if you're coming to Dreamforce, I want to really remind you to check out all those great sessions that are already listed on the Dreamforce site. If you're not physically coming to Dreamforce, don't [inaudible]. We're going to have great content streaming to you on Salesforce plus. So there's going to be a lot of admin stuff on there. There's also going to be some great content available on demand after Dreamforce. So hope you have a great day. Thanks for listening this episode and I'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got the Monthly Retro for August.

Join us as we talk about all the Salesforce content you shouldn’t miss from August.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation from our Monthly Retro.

Winter ‘23 Pre-release orgs have been available for Winter ‘23 since August 11th, so make sure to sign up, and release notes have been out since the 17th. If you’re trying to move a sandbox onto the new release, the deadline to get that done is TOMORROW, August 26th.

  • Salesforce Winter ‘23 Release Notes

Dreamforce is coming up Join us for our 20th Dreamforce, coming up September 20-22. Full conference passes are already sold out, but you can jump on a waitlist or tune in via Salesforce+. We also have a full slate of pods to help you get ready coming up in September, so smash that subscribe button!

  • Register for Dreamforce 2022 on Salesforce+

  • How to Convince Your Boss to Send You to Dreamforce

Blog highlights from August There was a flurry of great Automate This! content in August, including an appearance by pod regular Karmel James. Jennifer Lee’s blog posts are thorough, fun, and easy to follow so make sure you’re not missing out.

  • Automate This! — Tom Hoffman’s ‘One Per Object’ Flow Design Pattern
  • Automate This! — Narender Singh’s ‘Multiple Flows Per Object’ Flow Design Pattern
  • Automate This! — Karmel James’ ‘One Per Object’ Flow Design Pattern

Video highlights from August We’ve given “How I Solved It” a Salesforce+ glow up and we think it’s worth a watch. A dream team of Trailblazers tackles real problems in their orgs and takes you through the process, every step of the way.

  • How I Solved It: Managing User Requests with Andrew Russo

Podcast highlights from August A couple podcast episodes stand out from August. We spoke to Amit Malik, a longtime instructor for the Global Architect Program about why admins should take architect courses. We also caught up with Stuart Mills, VP Trailhead EMEA to learn how you can grow your career and why you might end up in a role that hasn’t been invented yet.

  • From Olympian to Solution Engineer with Christine Magnuson

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast in the August Monthly Retro for 2022. I'm your host, Mike Gerholdt. And in this episode, we'll review the top product, community and careers content, well, for the month of August, just like I said. And you know what? Helping me do that the very familiar and excitingly fun posting voice of Gillian Bruce. Hi, Gillian.

Gillian Bruce: Hi, Mike. Thanks for having me.

Mike Gerholdt: Thank you for surviving the heat waves.

Gillian Bruce: Well, we didn't get any heat waves out here in San Francisco, at least not yet, but our summer is coming soon, soon.

Mike Gerholdt: Summer and state fair for everybody right now.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Things on a stick. Things are fried. People are getting sunburned.

Gillian Bruce: I'm going to have to go to a state fair at some point.

Mike Gerholdt: Funnel cakes. That's the one thing. Funnel cakes and Ferris wheels.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I remember as a kid getting on some janky, awesome carnival rides at I think it was the County Fair or something.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, there is no safe fair. They're all sketchy. They all make you question the safety. And that's why they're fun.

Gillian Bruce: I always remember it was like a spaceship one you go into and it's spins really fast and you're on the wall. And then the centrifugal force pushes you up against the wall.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh.

Gillian Bruce: So you're kind of like, yeah, I remember it was like, God, I was really young, but I think we went on that about 10,000 times in a row. So we just spent all of our tickets on that one. I'm surprised nobody got sick.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh yeah. Well, yeah. I usually rode the little thing where the cars went in the circle.

Gillian Bruce: Shocker. You liked the car ride. I'm so surprised.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I couldn't do anything. The steering wheel, you just spun. There's pictures of me as a child looking over at my mom turning this steering wheel that does nothing.

Gillian Bruce: Aw. You're like, what is this? Come on.

Mike Gerholdt: Come on. Seriously, people get it together. And then two minutes later, you're off. Ugh, waited in line forever. Anyway, nobody wants to hear that. What is going on besides state fairs and things on a stick?

Gillian Bruce: Well, Mike, we are getting ready for a couple of big things in Salesforce world. The first of which is relevant for every single person, no matter whether you are coming to an in-person event that we will talk about in a moment. Winter '23 is coming. Believe it or not it's August, but it's time to start thinking about the Winter release. So August 11th is when the pre-release orgs have been available. So get your hands on that. Release Notes coming out on the 17th. So they've been out for a little bit now that you've heard this podcast. And then if you've got sandboxes that you want to move to the new release or keep on the existing ones, that deadline is the 26th of August. So start thinking about Winter '23, we've got some really awesome Winter '23 release stuff happening at Dreamforce, which is coming soon.

Mike Gerholdt: Ooh.

Gillian Bruce: So stay tuned for more on that. I'm not going to give away all the deets yet. It's a little early, but yeah, Winter '23, here we go. Another release.

Mike Gerholdt: Another release and another Dreamforce.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Sorry. I buried the lead there. Yes. Another Dreamforce. A really big deal. Dreamforce. This is our 20th Dreamforce believe it or not.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. I haven't been to 20. I bet some of our listeners have been to 20.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: That's a lot. And we have some Dreamforce themed pods coming up. In fact next week after this one.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, we've got a couple of really exciting and special Dreamforce pods coming your way. And even if you're not attending Dreamforce, which I totally understand.

Mike Gerholdt: Mm-hmm.

Gillian Bruce: It's still not the easiest thing to travel and all of that.

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Gillian Bruce: But good news is this Dreamforce is going to be the most digital Dreamforce that's going to be the first real hybrid in person/digital experience. We learned a lot over the last few years about digital and we keep getting better. So there's going to be a lot of content and a lot of great things that we're working on for Dreamforce that everyone will be able to participate in and get a piece of. So we'll cover a lot of that in these upcoming next episodes. So again, we're just full of teasers today.

Mike Gerholdt: We are just full. And to continue the teaser theme, we might actually tell you some of the stuff that we've got planned for Dreamforce in those episodes.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Just saying.

Gillian Bruce: And ways that you can come be a part of it either virtually or in person, so.

Mike Gerholdt: Mm-hmm. Or just be jealous, be like that sounds cool.

Gillian Bruce: Yes. Yes. Green with envy.

Mike Gerholdt: So for the month of August we did some really cool content. I'll start off, literally the note that I wrote was to highlight, Automate This on the blog, because when I go to our website, it's really hard to miss all of the Automate This stuff.

Gillian Bruce: And it's amazing.

Mike Gerholdt: I know that's why I'm calling it out, because I clicked on it, it was like, I seem to find a link for one of my previous podcasts here. Nope, Automate This. Oh, on this and on this and on this. Seriously, maybe you've been at a state fair and you had too many corn dogs and you took a week off and you missed all the Automate This stuff. Well now is the time to catch back up, because we have a ton of really cool Automate This content on the blog. Jennifer did an amazing job with all of that.

Gillian Bruce: Well, yeah, and she does live Automate This on YouTube, which is incredible.

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Gillian Bruce: And I think Karmel James was just a guest not too long ago. That's a great episode.

Mike Gerholdt: Mm-hmm.

Gillian Bruce: It's incredible content. So hey, whether you're a flownatic or new to the idea of automation, you're going to get something out of this really incredible content that spans both the blog and video and all of the things.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, speaking of video, it's like you gave yourself your own segue.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, it's natural at this point, Mike. We've been doing this long enough. Yeah, so we had an amazing... Well, the first one came out the end of July, but this whole month of August, we've been releasing How I Solved It videos, specifically made for Salesforce Plus. So it's a long, beloved and amazing series that Jennifer Lee hosts on YouTube as is. And what we wanted to do is kind of bring that magic to Salesforce Plus and expand it beyond kind of our typical admin channels. And we did. So we have five incredible episodes that have been coming out over the last five weeks actually, between Trailblazers solving all different kinds of problems, from user management to marketing automation, to security, to project management. There's five total, so you can check out, I'm going to do some Trailblazer callouts. We got Andrew Russo, we got Madeleine Coutanceau from Brisbane and we've got Karmel James.
We've got Tony Nguyen and we have Sarah Pilzer. So definitely check those out. I don't know how you missed them if you haven't seen them already. But definitely make sure at the end of this pod you go check them out because they're pretty awesome. And if you really like them, or you have feedback or questions, please let us know. Not only does each of the Trailblazers featured in those episodes, super excited to talk more about what they did or to answer any questions, but we also want to know what Salesforce what you think, because we take all of our direction for what we do from what you tell us you like or didn't like, or what worked or didn't work. So let us know. Let us know what you think.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I was just thinking we should probably spin up an IMDb page for all of them at some point.

Gillian Bruce: I love it. Like an IMDb of the Cloud.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I mean, where's all of Karmel James been on? And you just go to IMDb. It's like, oh, well she's been on all these Salesforce Plus, this other little thing called podcast that a couple people listen to. So pretty cool.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. That's good. Yeah. Like a Salesforce IMDb. It's an Internet Movie Database is what it stands for.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I think so. Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: It could be Internet Salesforce Database.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Oh, this is why we don't name... Actually it'd be called Internet Salesforce Database for a release.

Gillian Bruce: Right.

Mike Gerholdt: And then it would be called the Lightning Internet Salesforce Database.

Gillian Bruce: It'll be Einstein and it'll be [inaudible].
And then we could go old school and it'll be touch and then it'll be [inaudible].

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Gillian Bruce: Then it'll be... I mean, let's just go through all of the things.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Yep. And then we'll scrap all that and we'll go back to our roots, right? We'll stay true to the core. And we'll call it the Internet Salesforce Movie Database 2.

Gillian Bruce: Yes. It's always fun poking at our own [inaudible].

Mike Gerholdt: Well, anyway. So other fun stuff. I recorded a couple podcasts in August. Had to think about the month for a second.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, you were busy.

Mike Gerholdt: Geez. Wow. Hey, here we go. So the first one was with Amit Malik just, could you bottle his energy? That's all I wanted the whole time. I'm soaking up all the information he's throwing down and I'm just like, wow, I really would love to pick up your energy. But he's so passionate about teaching admins. A lot of the fundamentals that architects know and love. So we covered that in that podcast. And then Stuart Mills, who's the VP of Trailhead for EMEA got on. He was over attending a community conference and had time to chat. Lot of really cool stuff coming from him. A lot of cool perspective on the admin role, on admin careers, trajectory, where things are going, where he sees things going, skills going. I got him talk about admin skills, Gillian.

Gillian Bruce: Good job.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep. But the one line that stuck with me was, "grit is a transferable skill." Thought that was a really great line. So check out those two. We'll include links. Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: So good. That was such a great interview. You did a great job with that, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: It's a lot of fun. I had a lot of fun with both those. Sometimes you're kind of, especially heading into Dreamforce, availability's tough and getting stuff scheduled is tough. And then people really just don't want to talk about deep subjects. But I think we did the pod proud.

Gillian Bruce: Sure did. Sure did. Good job.

Mike Gerholdt: The last thing that I noted, so I know in the July retro, we gave you a link to filling out a letter to convincing your boss to go to Dreamforce. And if you still need that, if Dreamforce is still open for registration, I've included a link to our blog where we kind of help you fill out that form a little bit. Also it works for other events. If you want to go to a community dreaming event, or a world tour event, which we'll have coming up later this year, I think that form would work as well.

Gillian Bruce: 100%. I mean, even if you were having a hard time getting support to go to a lunchtime user group meeting or something. If nothing else, even if you don't use it, it helps you frame why participating in Salesforce focused events is valuable to not only your career but to your company, right? To me, sometimes it takes a while for people to understand that jump or really how to frame it and talk about it. And this is a great tool to help you.

Mike Gerholdt: Agreed. Agreed. Okay. Well, Gillian, this is our last Retro before Dreamforce.

Gillian Bruce: Oh my gosh. You mean the next time we're going to do a Retro it'll be after Dreamforce?

Mike Gerholdt: We'll be retroing Dreamforce.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, we will. Hopefully we'll still have voices. How about that?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. It might be a few octaves lower.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. We'll make it through.

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Gillian Bruce: And yeah, again, so much great Dreamforce related content coming your way over the next few weeks. And again, if you're not able to join us in person, don't worry. A lot of this will still be very relevant for you. So stay tuned.

Mike Gerholdt: So if you want to learn more about all of the things we just talked about in today's episode, please go to admin.salesforce.com to find those links and many more resources. You can stay up to date with us for All Things Admin on social. We are @SalesforceAdmns. No I on Twitter. I am on Twitter @MikeGerholdt and Gillian is @gilliankbruce. So with that, stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the Cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Trailblazers Karmel James, Senior Associate at Dupont Circle Solutions, and Andrew Russo, Salesforce Architect at BACA Systems.

Join us as we talk about their experiences appearing on How I Solved It for Salesforce+

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Karmel James and Andrew Russo.

How I Solved It on Salesforce+ We’ve taken some greatest hits from the How I Solved It series on Youtube, hosted by Jennifer Lee, and spruced it up for Salesforce+. We have five episodes featuring real Salesforce admins explaining how they solved some big business problems in innovative ways. Be sure to tune in on Salesforce+ and don’t miss out.

Andrew Russo’s super app We’ve already had Andrew on the pod, and his story was so cool that we thought it would be worth devoting a How I Solved It episode to highlight how his user management super app works. Users can create a case, make a user story to request new features, and communicate with the admin team, all in Salesforce.

Even cooler, at the end of the whole process, Andrew can track how much time his team has spent on a case versus how much time the solution they developed has saved the business. All of this is laid out in a way that you can learn from to implement in your org, and there’s a blog post to help document what’s covered. “Now with How I Solved It,” Andrew says, “each one of the episodes has been actual stuff that you can go implement to bring and deliver value to your company.”

How Karmel James automated a marketing problem “As a marketing champion, I really wanted to showcase the fact that marketers also have issues in Salesforce,” Karmel says. Her solution shows how you can use Salesforce to automate what happens around someone unsubscribing from a mailing list. You want to know what they’re unsubscribing from, maybe make sure that information gets to someone else on their team, and you may even want to set up a call with the customer to make sure there’s still follow through.

In order to go about solving this problem, Karmel uses Flow, cases, task records, and Groups to send out notifications, showing how these Salesforce tools can combine like Voltron. Karmel and company have been having a blast hosting watch parties for each new episodes, so make sure to follow the link below to join in the fun.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • How I Solved It on Salesforce+
  • Automate This! — Karmel James’ ‘One Per Object’ Flow Design Pattern
  • Live from Salesforce Tour DC with Karmel James
  • Create a User Management Super App with Andrew Russo

Social

  • Karmel: @ArmeJam44
  • Andrew: @_AndrewRusso
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm your host today Gillian Bruce and we are going to talk about one of the most fun projects I've had the opportunity to work on this year. The How I Solved It series that we just premiered on Salesforce+ a few weeks ago. Now, I hope that a lot of you are already familiar with How I Solved It. It's an amazing YouTube series that Jennifer Lee has been hosting on YouTube for the last almost year of real-life admins showing how they solve problems in Salesforce. Showing you their demos, diving into the org and what we did is we kind of spruced it up a bit, shined it up and created five episodes specifically for Salesforce+. Which is our streaming service at Salesforce, and created a mini-series basically of the How I Solved It specifically for Salesforce+ and featuring some incredible trailblazers and we solve all kinds of different problems. We also focus on skills from the Salesforce Admins Skills Kit.
So I wanted to get a couple of the guests that we featured in those episodes to talk a little bit more about what they did in the episode. What it was like to be part of that experience and then kind of what next? If you haven't watched any of those episodes, I want you to pause this podcast right now. I want you to go to Salesforce+, and I want you to click on How I Solved It series and you will see the amazing Andrew Russo, Karmel James, Tony Nguyen, Madeleine Coutanceau and Sarah Pilzer solving real-life business problems and showing you how they did it using Salesforce. So without further ado let's welcome our first guest onto the podcast Andrew Russo. Andrew, welcome back to the podcast.

Andrew Russo: Thanks for having me back.

Gillian Bruce: Well, I had you back because we're going to talk about something pretty fun that you and I got to work on together and that is How I Solved It on Salesforce+. Andrew, talk to me a little bit about what we did in your episode.

Andrew Russo: Yeah. So in my episode, actually we did it based on what we have in our production environment for the company I work for and we're able to track the time spent on cases. So we actually are able to have the users submit cases through a flow for their internal request. Whether it's adding a field, help with a report, anything like that they can submit it through a case. We get the case, we're able to work on it. When they want a new feature like a field getting added, we're able to send an email or a message right back on the case to them and they can actually then go fill out and create a user story right inside of Salesforce. It gives them the training of, hey what a user story is and all of that kind of stuff right in Salesforce so they don't have to actually leave where they're working. Then once they're able to do that, we can actually go and track the process of the actual case.
So we can track the time it spends in each status, we know exactly where every request is and we can go back and understand why we made decisions we did in the future. So it's really all around how to manage user requests and user management of Salesforce itself.

Gillian Bruce: I love it. Well, yeah clearly I liked it because I was like, "Hey, let's feature it in How I Solved It." So let's talk a little bit, get a little kind of behind the scenes info here to our listeners. Andrew, what was it like being part of filming How I solved It for Salesforce+?

Andrew Russo: Honestly, it was kind of a crazy thing. So it was like, "Hey, can you do it?" And I was like, "Yeah. Why not? Let's do it it sounds fun." But overall, it really wasn't a crazy ask do because it's not like I made up some giant process to just go do and I spent hours building it. I took it from production environment, packaged it, put it into a demo org and then I just had to create some test data. Because I can't show our company's data obviously to the world, so put some test data in and that was it. So from the standpoint of building out it really wasn't bad, it's not like it was some crazy made up scenario. The flows were straight out of our production environment and honestly it was a lot of fun to get to share it, and there was a lot of people. I kept seeing the same question come up of, "How do we manage user stuff? Do we use an email?"
And I was like, "Wait for it. There's going to be something coming out in a couple months. You're going to see some awesome stuff, it's going to be great." And I shared it back to the people and they're like, "That's exactly what we wanted." So they ended up going and building it in their org.

Gillian Bruce: That's awesome. Well, see I love that. See, that's the thing about How I Solved It Andrew, right? Is we're taking actual things that you and other people have done and then sharing that with everyone to help everybody else figure out, "Hey, maybe there's something in there that I can replicate or I can use or an idea I can apply." So, that's awesome. Now, I know you say it wasn't that bad but I know we asked a lot of you in terms of filming and the process and all that. Were there any moments that surprised you during that whole process?

Andrew Russo: Yeah. Originally it was like, "Okay, well there'll be people filming and stuff." And I was like, "Okay, this'll be..." And then when they show up at your door at work, and people are all... I just booked a conference room and I was like, "Okay, we're going to film this. It'll be easy." They show up with multiple carts rolling in with camera equipment, lighting stuff and it's like, "Okay, this is not just someone brings a better camera than a webcam and shows up." It was production quality filming of it which was kind of cool but also not what I exactly expected with it.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. We had a whole film crew coming in and film you, so that was good. I remember also there were some really funny moments while we were filming that didn't make it into the episode, but I think we're going to have a blooper reel coming out at some point. Do you remember what I'm talking about?

Andrew Russo: Yeah. For a second I'm like what is she talking... And then yeah, we had window washers, we had the pest control people show up behind us in the window. I don't know if stuff like that happened with anyone else when they were filming this stuff. But it was just one after the next thing that happened in the background, it was just like, "Don't look at it. Just keep looking at the camera."

Gillian Bruce: This is what happens when you film something live, you just never know what's going to be happening around you. I also remember that you had a little fun with the spinny chair.

Andrew Russo: Oh, we love spinny chairs.

Gillian Bruce: Yes. When we're filming things we like you not to spin around in a chair. So anyone who's about to film something don't sit in a spinny chair because you're going to want to spin.

Andrew Russo: Yeah. But then at the end the spinny chair made it back for the promo stuff. We brought the spinny chair back.

Gillian Bruce: It's good for gifts. Yeah.

Andrew Russo: Having a chair that you can't move in, they're very important I've learned.

Gillian Bruce: Good for gifts. So Andrew, I also wanted to talk to you because this is a series that we launched a few weeks ago. With this week, we actually had Tony's episode go live and we've got one more episode coming next week. But I would love for you to talk to me a little bit about these amazing watch parties. So your episode was first, talk to me about how you all decided to put together a watch party for the premiere.

Andrew Russo: So to be completely honest I wasn't planning on watching mine, I was actually just not going to watch it. Multiple people said like, okay we need to watch part of your stuff up to the day before on the Tuesday. It was like, okay well you need to watch it and I was adamantly not going to watch mine. Because I was like no, and then on Wednesday morning Tony was like, "You need a watch party." So I was like, you know what? Okay we're doing it. So I think this started at 8:00 AM where we're doing a watch party and then from that point to when it went live I think we did the watch party at 3:00 PM in the afternoon. We ended up somehow 30 people I think showed up for the first one, which was kind of crazy to get 30 people in a matter of four hours signed up and going to show up to the watch party.
So we just kind of ran with it and then it was just crazy. Honestly, it was a bunch of fun though watching it and seeing what was there and I'm actually planning on going back to re-watch mine. Because I started to realize I didn't notice... I've noticed in everyone else's there's all the cool sound effects stuff. I didn't even notice that in mine when I was watching it, but I'm thinking that they were probably there unless mine was [inaudible]. So I got to go back and watch it to look for all the small details that I wasn't paying attention to.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I mean, it's a lot to take in seeing yourself on the screen and then also, oh right there's all these other things. So yes, you should totally rewatch it. Well, that's awesome. I mean, Andrew seriously thank you for being a part of How I Solved It. Now, if you were to explain How I Solved It to somebody who hasn't seen it yet what would you say?

Andrew Russo: It's like the first technical show. So if you go on Salesforce+ there's a lot of kind storytelling, people's pass up. What there isn't right now before this going back two months ago, it wasn't technical stuff. Stuff that you could watch and then go do in your org, bring back value to your company, it wasn't there before. But now with How I Solved It, each one of the episodes we've seen so far including Tony's this week has been actual stuff that you can go implement and bring value and deliver value to the company which is kind of amazing. So it's really the start I think of something and I'm hopeful that there's going to be more How I Solved It on Salesforce+ in the future to really bring that hands on. Okay, I can watch it. Okay, there's a blog that's also there showing kind of still image of hey here's what was in there and you can go build it out and then be creative with it. Because with flows and everything, pretty much all of them have had flows other than Tony's.
But a lot of them have flows and you can customize it to fit what you need, you don't have to take exactly what you see. So it's kind of a really cool thing to be able to show the world that.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, well that's great. Thank you, I love that glowing endorsement for How I Solved It. We'll definitely be doing more and also as a reminder for everyone listening, How I Solved It exists on YouTube already. Jen Lee is doing an amazing job hosting How I Solved It for almost the past year and so this really was an adaptation of that for Salesforce+. So check there's lots more How I Solved It, but yes we're going to be working on getting more kind of technical how to great content on Salesforce+ soon. So thanks again Andrew so much for participating and for being an awesome first guest on the Salesforce+ version of How I Solved It and hey we got one more watch party to go. Right?

Andrew Russo: We've got one more to go and then we've got Dreamforce in... I think what is it? Less than 40 days.

Gillian Bruce: It's 30 something days. Yeah.

Andrew Russo: I'm excited.

Gillian Bruce: That's awesome.

Andrew Russo: It's going to be a crazy next month.

Gillian Bruce: It's Dreamforce season is what they say, right? It's Salesforce all the things right now.

Andrew Russo: Salesforce as a lifestyle.

Gillian Bruce: There you go. S-A-A-L.

Karmel James: Capital S, capital L, lowercase As, SaaL.

Gillian Bruce: Well with that, Andrew thank you so much. All right. Well, you just heard from Andrew Russo who is one of the amazing trailblazers we featured in the How I Solved It series, where he showed his amazing user management solution. Definitely check it out. But we've got another trailblazer who was featured in one of the episodes Karmel James, who is going to join us and talk a little bit more about her specific solution she shared and her experience being part of How I Solved It. So without further ado welcome Karmel back to the podcast. Karmel, welcome back to the podcast.

Karmel James: Thank you, Gillian. I'm so happy to be here for my now second time.

Gillian Bruce: Hey, when we find good amazing guests we like to have them back and Karmel, can you tell us a little bit about your episode and what you showed? What problem did you solve?

Karmel James: Yeah. Well of course Gillian, I solved a data management problem. So as a marketing champion I really wanted to showcase the fact that marketers also have issues in Salesforce and say, what happens when someone unsubscribes to a newsletter? I think it's really critical that if you're going to have a Salesforce org that tracks that. You want to know if someone's unsubscribing from something really key that you actually would like them to get that information and be subscribed and know what's happening in your org. So we talked about what happens after someone decides to unsubscribe and then go through a whole process where someone else on another team gets that notification. They get to have a call with that customer and then they get to resolve that case because of it.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I mean it was a whole combination of different features that you kind of used to solve that. Can you just give us a highlight of some of the things you used?

Karmel James: Yes. Well, I started with flow because flow is the biggest thing. It's the new transition and if you haven't started thinking about it you should absolutely do that. By all means, go watch some of the Automate This episodes and obviously How I Solved It episodes. We're always talking about flow I think. But I used flow, I used cases to track information, I used task records and I even used groups to send notifications to.

Gillian Bruce: I love it. Yeah, it was a really fun demo. A really great problem that you solved and thank you for being a part of it. Now, Karmel this was the first time you've really done a big video thing with us at Salesforce. Let's pull back the curtain a little bit, give some people some backstage insider intel. What was it like to film this project with me?

Karmel James: Well, it started out as a shock when I learned that I was going to have to let a camera crew into my life and for those who don't know I'm currently on a nomadic adventure right now. So I don't have a home and at the time I couldn't go to my office, it was going to be too noisy. So I actually had to find and rent an office to allow a camera crew to record this. So it was pretty cool because you're like, okay this is cool, you're like it's just maybe a camera and then you watch them bring in all of these boxes and they set up a light and then there's a teleprompter and you're like, "No we're really doing this. Okay, cool. Yeah, no, I can hear you guys. You can hear me. This is awesome. Here's the mic. Yeah, no, we're good. Okay." So as much as I'd like to say it had action and camera, the whole, it was just truly amazing. There's nothing like it.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I mean, you kind of feel like you're on TV really, right? It's like a whole nother level. It's a little different than just looking into the webcam.

Karmel James: Yes, it is a full TV production.

Gillian Bruce: Okay. So aside from seeing many, many, many boxes come into this amazing office that you rented. Any part of the process in putting together the content or anything that kind of surprised you?

Karmel James: No. It really felt like I was just being an admin and just having to showcase one of the solutions that I built, right? Getting a dev org to go ahead and build something out, that's what I do every single day. So it was super easy to say let me build out this flow, let me test it and if you go back and watch my episode my flow says version nine because that's true. I had to go through multiple versions of testing and making sure that what I was about to show on camera actually worked. So it was super easy to just dive in and be like, cool here you go. Here's my flow. Here are the records that get created. Here's the automation that's going to fire the chatter notification that's going to come up. It was every day. The only difference was there's a teleprompter in front of me.

Gillian Bruce: Right. Because we had to fit everything into 10 minutes, so we had to keep it concise and that's great. I mean, Karmel this is exactly why we had you, we had Andrew, we had Tony, we had Madeline and we have Sarah coming next week. Sneak peek to listeners. Because these are problems that you are already solving, you weren't making this up specifically for something we had specifically asked you to do. So I think that's really great and I really appreciate you sharing your expertise with our audience. One other thing I wanted to talk about Karmel and that's pretty fun. So we have one more episode coming out, as I said sneak peek Sarah Pilzer is going to be featured in next week's episode. It's the last of five that we're featuring on Salesforce+. Our team discovered at Salesforce that you all, the amazing guests who were featured in these episodes were hosting watch parties for the premiere of your new episodes. Can you tell us a little bit more about that?

Karmel James: Yes. So those watch parties were the culmination of a really great meeting at one of the dreaming events. It's just Tony and Andrew and I, and we're having a great time Midwest dreaming and we're just talking about how we're all really excited for these episodes to come out, right? We're jazzed because none of us have seen anything that we've done. All we have is our own individual experiences in front of the camera. So Andrew's like, "Oh my gosh, should we do a watch party?" And we're like, "Yeah, let's do it." So we just were like we can get the community involved in this. We can absolutely just live stream it for ourselves and all watch it together and oh my gosh, having all of these people show up to watch your episode with you is a little scary. Because you're like, "Oh my God that's where I fumbled. Oh man, I had to do that four times. If I have to repeat that's How I Solved It. Oh my God, I'm so afraid. Please don't make me watch this in front of people."

Gillian Bruce: But you all did it to yourself.

Karmel James: We did, we absolutely did and now we get Tony's watch party and Sarah's watch party it's just rolling. So it's just the best time, I don't even know what to say other than we're just having fun with it.

Gillian Bruce: Well, what's so great is I've been able to jump in on the watch parties and just seeing how many people from all different parts of the community have been a part of that. So, I mean the watch party that we did for your episode was last week. There was a woman who jumped on who's like, "Oh, I'm really brand new to the Salesforce ecosystem and this video just totally made sense to me. I don't know the technology, I don't know the terms. But to see a real problem getting solved by someone who is realistic to me and I can relate to and then seeing the payoff and really walking through the process in a fun way that's easy to consume." So that made me feel really good. Because I mean, this is the work that you all have done so we're just highlighting it. So yeah, it's great. So everyone listening if you want to join in on the last watch party, which will be for Sarah Pilzer's episode coming up on Wednesday.
Check the show notes for deets, because I will definitely put some info there and also follow all of our amazing guests on Twitter because that's where you're going to see everything.

Karmel James: Oh yes. Tony right now is telling me I can't believe that that's the picture that you used and I'm like but it's a beautiful picture of you. Yes, we are going to embarrass you as we embarrassed all of ourselves. We did this to ourselves like you said. But I will say those watch parties are absolutely incredible to see the entire community come together and have that exact reaction of I didn't know that this was possible. Can I come ask you questions? Do you mind if I do that? And I can say for myself and probably for Andrew too we absolutely do not mind if you come ask us questions. That's why we agreed to be part of this. We are more than happy to help other people in the community, especially if you're struggling with flow. If you're struggling to understand a Salesforce concept, we want you to feel supported and we want you to know that there are other people out there who have these same struggles, who know what you're going through and we are live people.
It's not just a thread on the trailblazer community, we are here. We are real. We are the Steve Mo's of the world.

Gillian Bruce: Steve Mo will be so happy that he's been honored in this podcast.

Karmel James: I hope so. Because he has the biggest thread of all of us in the community of just answering every single question.

Gillian Bruce: Well #belikestevemo right?

Karmel James: Yes.

Gillian Bruce: Anyway, Karmel seriously thank you so much. You were fabulous in your episode and I really appreciate you sharing your knowledge and expertise. Once we did this with you, I know that you also were just part of Automate This, which is another amazing series that Jen Lee does on YouTube. So I'll put a link in the show notes so people can check out that episode as well and looking forward to all the other great content that you're going to continue to generate. So thank you.

Karmel James: Oh, thank you Gillian. This has been the most amazing thing and I'm just so honored to be part of the process and I look forward to seeing who the next trailblazer is on more episodes later.

Gillian Bruce: I love it calling out for more trailblazers. All right, thank you so much Karmel.

Karmel James: Thanks Gillian.

Gillian Bruce: Thank you to both Andrew and Karmel and all of our guests that we featured on How I Solved It, not just for the Salesforce+ series. But for the YouTube series as well and huge shout out to Jen Lee who is the host of our YouTube version. She also hosts Automate This, which is another amazing actual live YouTube session where you see how admins are solving real problems. If you haven't watched this series, seriously go to Salesforce+ check out How I Solved It. I want to know what you think as you heard from Andrew and Karmel. If you've got questions and you want to ask more about what they showed please reach out to them. They're super easy to access and I guarantee that our other guests would also be more than happy to answer questions that you have about anything you saw in their episodes. So check out the show notes I've got links for everything in there and if you want to join the watch party for the final episode of this five part series that we're airing on Salesforce+ stay tuned to @salesforceadmns on Twitter.
That's where we will reshare the watch parties that the community is organizing all on their own and you can join in and be a part of the fun. This is I guess a series finale for Salesforce+, but don't worry we're already working on more. So if you want to learn more again about anything you heard about today or about anything that helps you be a more awesome Salesforce admin go to admin.salesforce.com, my favorite website. You can find blogs, you can find videos, you can find product information and if you're getting ready for a little thing called Dreamforce there's going to be some information on there too. So thank you so much for joining us today, if you want to find my co-host Mike Holt, you can find him at Mike Holt. If you want to find any of my guests today, Karmel James is @Armejam on Twitter and if you want to find Andrew Russo, he is @_andrewrusso. Again, all the links are in the show notes, really appreciate you joining us today.
Check out How I Solved It and if you've got an interesting problem that you've solved with Salesforce let me know. You can find me @gilliankbruce on Twitter. With that I hope you have an amazing day and we'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Stuart Mills, VP Trailhead EMEA and Ecosystems at Salesforce.

Join us as we talk about why Admins are so important, future roles and career paths, as well as the best way to keep learning.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Stuart Mills.

Essential Habits for Admin Success is now on Trailhead That's right, the webinar/trailhead live/presentation you have all loved and listened to is now a learning module on Trailhead, so head on over and be one of the first admins to get the new Essential Habits Trailhead Badge.

Why tech is only as valuable as the people behind it Like a lot of people we talk to on the pod, Stuart got his start as an accidental admin. “We found Salesforce as a colorful version of a CRM technology,” he says, “ever since then it’s been this thing that’s grown with me—I’ve grown with it and it’s grown on its own.” He was actually originally an aeronautical engineer, and Salesforce stuck out as a platform where he could understand what he was looking at and solve his business’s needs.

Stuart sees the Admin role as critical for any organization that wants to succeed with Salesforce. “Understanding how you administer and use a technology like Salesforce is how it has value,” he says, “tech is only as valuable as the human solutions it solves for.”

The power skills are transferable skills A truth in this industry is that many of the most important jobs people will do in the future don’t exist yet. For example, for many of you reading this today, the Salesforce Admin role probably didn’t exist when you graduated from college.

Stuart points out that the growth in technologies like AI is going to necessitate people learning new things and taking on new roles that they can’t even imagine, and so that means you need to focus on the “Power Skills” you bring with you to into that new career path or new function. Transferable skills won’t necessarily show up in your badges and certifications, but they’re just as important to show as anything else on your resume.

Different approaches to learning In his role as leading Trailhead Academy EMEA, Stuart gets to see so many different people go through their learning experiences and he has a few observations. While it’s true that almost everyone at one point or another needs a teacher, you also need a peer. Someone to push you and help you engage with problems and with whom you can grow together.

Of course, the more diverse your peer group the stronger you are for it, and one of the biggest leaps they’ve taken forward in recent years is improving the accessibility of Trailhead. One of the guiding principles they stick to is the idea of “Ethical by Design,” meaning that accessibility is deeply thought about from the ground up. As Stuart puts it, “you can’t be what you can’t see.”

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more:

  • Being Neurodivergent in the Salesforce Ecosystem with Joe Sterne

Social

  • Stuart: @PracticalActs
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Amit Malik, Senior Manager, Global Architect Program.

Join us as we talk about the Architect courses on Trailhead and why all Admins should think about taking them.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Amit Malik.

Why Admins are already Architecting We wanted to bring Amit on the pod because he’s the only Architect Trailhead Instructor, and we wanted to find out more about what’s on offer and if they make sense for Admins. One thing he loves about his current role is that he can see “how Administrators, Developers, and Architects are having a similar thought process in terms of how to see Salesforce from different perspectives and how we can add value by sharing the perspective of different personas with each other and expand our mind horizons,” he says.

One message he has for Admins out there is that a lot of the work you’re doing is already giving you the context to upskill into an Architect role, or otherwise expand your knowledge of the Salesforce ecosystem as a whole. If you already know Marketing Cloud, it’s a lot easier to learn Experience Cloud, for example. As Amit puts it, you can look to grow both horizontally (between products) and vertically (in terms of depth of knowledge on a platform) as you advance your career.

The three-step learning process When you’re looking to learn something new, Amit encourages you to think about it as a three-step process:

  1. Knowledge
  2. Experience
  3. Exposure

Knowledge comes when you read about something, watch a video about it, hear about it at a conference, etc. Experience is applying that knowledge to specific situations in a real-world setting. Finally, exposure comes from conversations with experienced people who may have gained a completely different perspective than they had when they started. It’s that three-dimensional view you get from understanding how something works in conjunction with everything else.

Architect courses on Trailhead Amit wants you to know that Architect courses aren’t just for Architects. “We all are Salesforce professionals,” he says, “Administrators, Developers, Solution Architects, Technical Architects: we all are Salesforce professionals.” If you’re discussing integration in your meetings, or large data volume, or single sign-on—anything that involves multiple Salesforce products talking together—you have a lot to gain sitting in on an Architect course or two.

The 101 course is there to provide a broad, big-picture overview of what being an Architect is all about. As Amit puts it, the goal is to point you in the direction of what there is to learn about so you can fill in the details in whatever way is most helpful to you. “The challenge of the learner is that they don’t know where to start,” he says, “the moment that they know where to start they can keep on learning faster than I can teach them.” From there, the next level courses are more specialized, after you’ve completed some basic Architect certifications. “Join these courses to discover yourself so you can make the right decision for your career,” he says, “if you don’t know we will help you see the path because we’ve already walked through these journeys.”

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social

  • Amit: @amitmalikus
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got the Monthly Retro for July.

Join us as we talk about the latest and the greatest Salesforce content from July and the wide variety of midwest-specific treats we tried at Midwest Dreamin.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation from our Monthly Retro.

Live Events Dreamforce is just around the corner, but we’ve been busy visiting in-person events. We recently stopped by Midwest Dreamin and WITness Sucess, where Mike introduced Gillian to the wonders of puppy chow and scotcheroos. We’re also including a link to a letter that can help you convince your boss to help you get to Dreamforce.

  • Here’s why I can’t miss Dreamforce 2022

Blog highlights from July Cheryl Feldman’s comprehensive guide on the User Access and Permissions Assistant was a standout post from July. There’s a lot of cool features to play around with, particularly with reports, so make sure to take a look.

  • Analyze, Report, and Manage Permissions with the User Access and Permissions Assistant

Video highlights from July We’re really excited to relaunch How I Solved It on Salesforce+. Jennifer Lee and Marc Baizman team up to solve real Admins’ real problems. The first episode with Andrew Russo is up now, but keep a close eye as more are on the way soon.

  • How I Solved It: Managing User Requests with Andrew Russo

Podcast highlights from July While we’ve had some really cool people on the pod over the years this month we had our first Olympic medalist, Christine Magnuson. She’s now a Solution Engineering Manager at Salesforce, and

  • From Olympian to Solution Engineer with Christine Magnuson

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast in the July monthly retro for 2022. I'm your host, Mike Gerholdt. And in this episode, we'll review the top product, community and careers content for the month of July. Imagine that. To help me do that is the very familiar and keynoting voice of Gillian Bruce. Hi Gillian.

Gillian Bruce: Hello there, Mike. Nice to be here with you.

Mike Gerholdt: It's good to be back on a pod with you. It's been a month.

Gillian Bruce: It's been a month. It's been a busy month.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes. Quite a few things that we have done and it's been hot all over the world. Just hot everywhere.

Gillian Bruce: Except for where I am.

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Gillian Bruce: I am still wearing a sweatshirt.

Mike Gerholdt: Don't tell anybody.

Gillian Bruce: Our heat has been on for the last couple weeks.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh my God.

Gillian Bruce: Because if any of you don't know this, for most of San Francisco, June/July is some of our colder months because we are covered in fog and we don't get to see the sun. So it's about 55 to 60 degrees. It's foggy. So if you want to break from the sun and the heat, come on over to San Francisco.

Mike Gerholdt: People are going to be flocking to San Francisco now.

Gillian Bruce: But you got to hurry because it's about to change. Our summer starts the end of August and goes through November. Then we get sunshine and gorgeous weather, but it never gets 100 degrees. That's just craziness.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. So it's going to be gorgeous weather for Dreamforce, which we'll talk about later. Teaser.

Gillian Bruce: Sure is.

Mike Gerholdt: But let's talk about blog content. So we had some really cool, again, ton of blog posts that went out this month. But the one that I want to highlight is the one that Cheryl Feldman wrote on Analyze, Report and Manage Permissions with User Access and Permission Assistant. Not a short title.

Gillian Bruce: But you're permitted to use as many words as you'd like in your title.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes, at some point. But this is really cool. So user access and permission assistant. She details everything that basically admins have been wanting for, I don't even know how long. She even tells a story of when I first joined Salesforce almost a year ago and it took on permission sets, and how do you work with the permission assistant and what can you do with it? The coolest thing down is the third one, report by user permission sets and permission set groups to understand who has what. If you need a moment to sit down, I completely understand.

Gillian Bruce: Game changer.

Mike Gerholdt: I got goosebumps just reading that sentence.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, if you're an admin and you don't use this, I don't know what to say.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, your days are very long, that's what I would say, while you troubleshoot things. So yeah, this is really cool. There's also a video. And then of course, a link to the app exchange listing. Get all over this because just to sound old, it was a lot different when I was an admin. You had profiles and page layouts and you didn't have to troubleshoot things. We didn't have the tools to be as granular as you can now, and it's just amazing. But with that you need the ability to report on stuff and this is so cool.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. The technology's come far long ways since your old, early admin days.

Mike Gerholdt: Since back in the day. I walked uphill both ways in the snow just to do a page layout.

Gillian Bruce: Barefoot.

Mike Gerholdt: Barefoot.

Gillian Bruce: Well, Mike, we also have some pretty incredible video content. You mentioned a video in the last post, but we have some videos that I am very fond of and feel so excited to release out on the wild, that have just been released, or at least the first episode has been released this month. That is How I Solved It on Salesforce. Plus we have taken the incredible show that Marc Baizman and then Jennifer Lee have been doing with admins showing how they've solved real actual problems in their orgs. We gave it a little extra production love and shined it up and put it on Salesforce+, which is our free online streaming platform. It's really exciting.
We have five episodes that we're going to be releasing over the next few weeks. But the first one came out and it's all about Andrew Russo, who is an incredible, awesome admin, expanding on that blog post he was featured in many months ago about managing users and really getting into a demo and showing us some of the things that he's built. Man, it is awesome. It is super fun. Watch it. We had a lot of fun making it.

Mike Gerholdt: It shows. You're now a streaming star, Gillian. You could watch stuff on Hulu and Netflix.

Gillian Bruce: I got to say, I feel really special that I'm on the same platform as one of my idols, Kara Swisher. So I feel special about that because they do clips from Kara Swisher's podcast that she does with Scott Galloway, Pivot, on the Salesforce+. So the fact that I get to be a part of the same platform that she is, makes me really excited.

Mike Gerholdt: Kara Swisher, future guest of the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Gillian Bruce: I am working podcast all my angles there to try and make that happen. So we're just going to put that out there. Kara, we want you on the podcast.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep. Because Kara, listen, so many people do. So you could spend the weekend and watch some Stranger Things or How I Solved It on Salesforce+.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. It's not a huge time commitment. The last few episodes of Stranger things, which I still haven't watched because there's an hour and then a two hour episode.

Mike Gerholdt: Seriously? That's like a plane ride.

Gillian Bruce: By the time I get the kids to bed, I have about 30 minutes before I fall asleep. So it's really tough. It's tough.

Mike Gerholdt: But you could watch your Salesforce+ video in those 30 minutes.

Gillian Bruce: Sure could, because I think they're 10 minutes-ish, if that.

Mike Gerholdt: They're consumable.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. There are really actual hands-on tips that you can start using yourself that you can play with, with your own Dev org or Sandbox. Every single one of these episodes, you're going to be able to get something very tangible that you can put to use.

Mike Gerholdt: Your own non-production org.

Gillian Bruce: Yes. Don't do it in production.

Mike Gerholdt: No. We did a bunch of podcasts, July was fun for pods. But one that stood out, Gillian, I actually listened to this on the way to a car show, so I'm a listener of our own podcast. But you did this great interview with Christine Magnuson. Can you tell us about it?

Gillian Bruce: Okay. Well, it was really exciting because she's not only the first Olympian that I've talked to, but the first two time silver medalist Olympian. She competed in Rio and Beijing and she's a swimmer, and now she is got an amazing career. She's a manager of solution engineers here at Salesforce, which means she manages a very technical team. So I wanted to get Christine on the podcast because as you'll listen to her episode, if you have not, go listen to it as soon as you're done with this episode, because-

Mike Gerholdt: It's really good.

Gillian Bruce: It's so good. She talks about the idea of transferable skills. How she really evaluated how she could take the skills that she had as an Olympic athlete and transfer those into another career. How she really had a very detailed strategy behind that. She explains the story. Then she also talks about in her role, she works with a lot of admins. So what things she has seen that makes a very successful admin, and how you get your admin team. Because again, she comes at it from a solutions engineer perspective. So she has seen a lot. In fact, her team supports the largest Salesforce implementation that exists. So they have a lot of knowledge. Anyway, listen to Christine's episode. It's awesome. It's an uplifting one. It'll put you in a good mood for the rest of the day.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Oh, for sure. There were so many things like, I was driving, I wanted to take notes.

Gillian Bruce: Maybe you can listen to it again.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep. Absolutely. Then just to round out our discussion of, I feel like it's one of the last few months of summer, but we have Dreamforce coming up. We also have some community events that are happening.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Mike, you and I and Jennifer Lee actually got to go to a community event, I guess it was a duo community event this month, Midwest Dreamin and WITness Success. I got to go because, well, you were the MC of the whole event.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I popped up on the stage for a few highlights and Midwest-isms Midwest Dreamin.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, yeah. Actually, can you share one of those Midwest-isms because they're pretty amazing.

Mike Gerholdt: So people in the Midwest use weird terms, one of them is op. Usually we say that as an excuse me or oh, I'm sorry, op. And I op a ton. Man, you go grocery shopping with me because the cart always leaves the aisle before and you're going to run in somebody, op I'm sorry. But so I said, what if we took a whole bunch of Midwest terms and made them into Salesforce features. One of them is op, which I said is clearly a validation rule. Because if Salesforce could be very Midwestern it wouldn't fire the validation rule, it would just say, op. I believe that was one of them. I did put it out there. So for those of you that live in the Midwest or visited the Midwest, you know we like to eat puppy chow, which is actually Chex Mix covered in chocolate with confectioner's sugar all over it. Gillian, you and I kicked around what that feature would be.
Adam Olshansky actually came out on Twitter and said puppy chow is really like custom metadata because it's wonderful and you can use it anywhere. I felt that's very apropos because the second you get puppy chow out, it's everywhere. That confectioner's sugar, I swear it finds every nook and cranny of your life to be.

Gillian Bruce: It's so uniquely a Midwest thing. I remember growing up as a kid, occasionally some kid would bring some to school and I'd be like, what is this magical craziness?

Mike Gerholdt: I know. Yeah. You go to our gas stations, everywhere. You walk into a Casey's and there're cups of puppy chow for you to buy right by the register, along with with scotcheroos. I don't feel like scotcheroos are very Midwestern.

Gillian Bruce: I have no idea what that is. So it's clearly-

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, a scotcheroo is basically like a rice crispy treat, but made with a lot of butter scotch and then covered in chocolate.

Gillian Bruce: Oh. So it's like a healthier rice crispy treat.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: I'm kidding.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. But it's so good.

Gillian Bruce: It sounds delicious.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. It's so good.

Gillian Bruce: Okay. All right. Yeah. So those were great and there were lots more. So if you were there, you had lot more.

Mike Gerholdt: Or check Twitter for some people tweet them out, hot dish. What do you think that is as a feature? It was fun. Little time filler before Gillian gets up on stage and wows the crowd with admin skills. I think a few people even tweet about the heels you were in.

Gillian Bruce: Well you always got to have a good pair of heels to deliver a talk properly, at least for me. Maybe not the same for you, Mike. But yeah, I had the honor of giving a keynote and it was really great to get back up on stage in front of actual people. It was exhilarating to do it, and it felt really fun to share very important content about skills and transferable skills and how to really discover your skills, hone them, and then find ways to use them to help make you shine. So, really amazing experience. Then Jennifer Lee stayed for WITness Success and presented a session about Flow, which I also saw all kinds of Twitter love for.
The reason I wanted to bring up these community events is because Dreamforce is coming and we would love you to come to Dreamforce. If there's some reason that you can't swing it, there are community events happening near you all of the time. So whether that's your local user group or there's a Dreamin event in your region, you can find out all about that on the Trailblazer community. I highly encourage you to go, especially now that people are coming back together in person, it's really incredibly valuable and powerful. I had so many amazing talks with folks. I had some people coming up to me with tears because of just the meaningfulness of being connected again. Especially in the Salesforce community, there's so much you can get by being in person with each other. So I highly encourage you to check out your local community gatherings.

Mike Gerholdt: I agree. To be honest with you, I showed up, I wore a mask for a while.

Gillian Bruce: So did I, until I got on stage.

Mike Gerholdt: So we're past that now. Yeah. There were times that I actually checked out of some areas because I'm not too comfortable with this many people. That's okay, it's up to you. But it was great. So many people that I hadn't seen in person in forever.

Gillian Bruce: It felt good.

Mike Gerholdt: You mentioned Dreamforce. I will include a link in the show notes to the convince your boss letter, which is on the homepage. If you haven't registered for this little event that we're doing in September. I have actually used versions of this letter when I was a customer, rewrote it, changed some things around. I will say it's effective. It's super easy to customize. It'll be great. We're going to have session content up, so you can start talking to your boss about the sessions you're going to go to and the keynotes you're going to see. There's that unspoken just ability to connect with people that doesn't happen anywhere else. You're sitting in a session and you're both there to learn Flow or something, next thing you know, you leave with a new best friend that helps you solve that problem.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. It's people that you never would've probably connected with, either virtually or in your own local community. Also, it's just going to be great. We're going to have so much fun at Dreamforce. We talk about it being the ultimate family reunion and gosh, aren't we all ready for that. So it's going to be really magical, really fun. I know our team is planning all kinds of really fun, exciting things for admins.

Mike Gerholdt: A few things in the works.

Gillian Bruce: Just a few.

Mike Gerholdt: Stay tuned.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Can't tell you anything yet. It's top secret.

Mike Gerholdt: Nope. Not yet. Gillian, you said it's going to be nice weather because it'll be past the cold.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. San Francisco summer is late August through early November. I grew up here and every year I forget, and then I'm like, all right, we're going to have summer. It's just three months later than everybody else.

Mike Gerholdt: It just comes at a different time. Good.

Gillian Bruce: Late bloomers out here on the west coast.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. All right. Well, if you want to learn more about all things we talked about in today's episode, please go to admin.salesforce.com to find those links and many more resources. You can stay up to date with us on social for all things admins. We are @Salesforceadmns, no I, on Twitter. Of course, Gillian is on Twitter. She is @GillianKBruce, and I am @MikeGerholdt. Give us a follow. You can read about puppy chow or other Midwest-isms, more so on my Twitter feed. But with that, stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

Gillian Bruce: Roar.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Is that the first thing that's going to be on the recording, roar?

Mike Gerholdt: I don't know if that's a lion or is that a cat?

Gillian Bruce: It's like a lion cub.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got the Monthly Retro for July.

Join us as we talk about the latest and the greatest Salesforce content from July and the wide variety of midwest-specific treats we tried at Midwest Dreamin.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation from our Monthly Retro.

Live Events Dreamforce is just around the corner, but we’ve been busy visiting in-person events. We recently stopped by Midwest Dreamin and WITness Sucess, where Mike introduced Gillian to the wonders of puppy chow and scotcheroos. We’re also including a link to a letter that can help you convince your boss to help you get to Dreamforce.

  • Here’s why I can’t miss Dreamforce 2022

Blog highlights from July Cheryl Feldman’s comprehensive guide on the User Access and Permissions Assistant was a standout post from July. There’s a lot of cool features to play around with, particularly with reports, so make sure to take a look.

  • Analyze, Report, and Manage Permissions with the User Access and Permissions Assistant

Video highlights from July We’re really excited to relaunch How I Solved It on Salesforce+. Jennifer Lee and Marc Baizman team up to solve real Admins’ real problems. The first episode with Andrew Russo is up now, but keep a close eye as more are on the way soon.

  • How I Solved It: Managing User Requests with Andrew Russo

Podcast highlights from July While we’ve had some really cool people on the pod over the years this month we had our first Olympic medalist, Christine Magnuson. She’s now a Solution Engineering Manager at Salesforce, and

  • From Olympian to Solution Engineer with Christine Magnuson

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast in the July monthly retro for 2022. I'm your host, Mike Gerholdt. And in this episode, we'll review the top product, community and careers content for the month of July. Imagine that. To help me do that is the very familiar and keynoting voice of Gillian Bruce. Hi Gillian.

Gillian Bruce: Hello there, Mike. Nice to be here with you.

Mike Gerholdt: It's good to be back on a pod with you. It's been a month.

Gillian Bruce: It's been a month. It's been a busy month.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes. Quite a few things that we have done and it's been hot all over the world. Just hot everywhere.

Gillian Bruce: Except for where I am.

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Gillian Bruce: I am still wearing a sweatshirt.

Mike Gerholdt: Don't tell anybody.

Gillian Bruce: Our heat has been on for the last couple weeks.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh my God.

Gillian Bruce: Because if any of you don't know this, for most of San Francisco, June/July is some of our colder months because we are covered in fog and we don't get to see the sun. So it's about 55 to 60 degrees. It's foggy. So if you want to break from the sun and the heat, come on over to San Francisco.

Mike Gerholdt: People are going to be flocking to San Francisco now.

Gillian Bruce: But you got to hurry because it's about to change. Our summer starts the end of August and goes through November. Then we get sunshine and gorgeous weather, but it never gets 100 degrees. That's just craziness.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. So it's going to be gorgeous weather for Dreamforce, which we'll talk about later. Teaser.

Gillian Bruce: Sure is.

Mike Gerholdt: But let's talk about blog content. So we had some really cool, again, ton of blog posts that went out this month. But the one that I want to highlight is the one that Cheryl Feldman wrote on Analyze, Report and Manage Permissions with User Access and Permission Assistant. Not a short title.

Gillian Bruce: But you're permitted to use as many words as you'd like in your title.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes, at some point. But this is really cool. So user access and permission assistant. She details everything that basically admins have been wanting for, I don't even know how long. She even tells a story of when I first joined Salesforce almost a year ago and it took on permission sets, and how do you work with the permission assistant and what can you do with it? The coolest thing down is the third one, report by user permission sets and permission set groups to understand who has what. If you need a moment to sit down, I completely understand.

Gillian Bruce: Game changer.

Mike Gerholdt: I got goosebumps just reading that sentence.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, if you're an admin and you don't use this, I don't know what to say.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, your days are very long, that's what I would say, while you troubleshoot things. So yeah, this is really cool. There's also a video. And then of course, a link to the app exchange listing. Get all over this because just to sound old, it was a lot different when I was an admin. You had profiles and page layouts and you didn't have to troubleshoot things. We didn't have the tools to be as granular as you can now, and it's just amazing. But with that you need the ability to report on stuff and this is so cool.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. The technology's come far long ways since your old, early admin days.

Mike Gerholdt: Since back in the day. I walked uphill both ways in the snow just to do a page layout.

Gillian Bruce: Barefoot.

Mike Gerholdt: Barefoot.

Gillian Bruce: Well, Mike, we also have some pretty incredible video content. You mentioned a video in the last post, but we have some videos that I am very fond of and feel so excited to release out on the wild, that have just been released, or at least the first episode has been released this month. That is How I Solved It on Salesforce. Plus we have taken the incredible show that Marc Baizman and then Jennifer Lee have been doing with admins showing how they've solved real actual problems in their orgs. We gave it a little extra production love and shined it up and put it on Salesforce+, which is our free online streaming platform. It's really exciting.
We have five episodes that we're going to be releasing over the next few weeks. But the first one came out and it's all about Andrew Russo, who is an incredible, awesome admin, expanding on that blog post he was featured in many months ago about managing users and really getting into a demo and showing us some of the things that he's built. Man, it is awesome. It is super fun. Watch it. We had a lot of fun making it.

Mike Gerholdt: It shows. You're now a streaming star, Gillian. You could watch stuff on Hulu and Netflix.

Gillian Bruce: I got to say, I feel really special that I'm on the same platform as one of my idols, Kara Swisher. So I feel special about that because they do clips from Kara Swisher's podcast that she does with Scott Galloway, Pivot, on the Salesforce+. So the fact that I get to be a part of the same platform that she is, makes me really excited.

Mike Gerholdt: Kara Swisher, future guest of the Salesforce Admins Podcast.

Gillian Bruce: I am working podcast all my angles there to try and make that happen. So we're just going to put that out there. Kara, we want you on the podcast.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep. Because Kara, listen, so many people do. So you could spend the weekend and watch some Stranger Things or How I Solved It on Salesforce+.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. It's not a huge time commitment. The last few episodes of Stranger things, which I still haven't watched because there's an hour and then a two hour episode.

Mike Gerholdt: Seriously? That's like a plane ride.

Gillian Bruce: By the time I get the kids to bed, I have about 30 minutes before I fall asleep. So it's really tough. It's tough.

Mike Gerholdt: But you could watch your Salesforce+ video in those 30 minutes.

Gillian Bruce: Sure could, because I think they're 10 minutes-ish, if that.

Mike Gerholdt: They're consumable.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. There are really actual hands-on tips that you can start using yourself that you can play with, with your own Dev org or Sandbox. Every single one of these episodes, you're going to be able to get something very tangible that you can put to use.

Mike Gerholdt: Your own non-production org.

Gillian Bruce: Yes. Don't do it in production.

Mike Gerholdt: No. We did a bunch of podcasts, July was fun for pods. But one that stood out, Gillian, I actually listened to this on the way to a car show, so I'm a listener of our own podcast. But you did this great interview with Christine Magnuson. Can you tell us about it?

Gillian Bruce: Okay. Well, it was really exciting because she's not only the first Olympian that I've talked to, but the first two time silver medalist Olympian. She competed in Rio and Beijing and she's a swimmer, and now she is got an amazing career. She's a manager of solution engineers here at Salesforce, which means she manages a very technical team. So I wanted to get Christine on the podcast because as you'll listen to her episode, if you have not, go listen to it as soon as you're done with this episode, because-

Mike Gerholdt: It's really good.

Gillian Bruce: It's so good. She talks about the idea of transferable skills. How she really evaluated how she could take the skills that she had as an Olympic athlete and transfer those into another career. How she really had a very detailed strategy behind that. She explains the story. Then she also talks about in her role, she works with a lot of admins. So what things she has seen that makes a very successful admin, and how you get your admin team. Because again, she comes at it from a solutions engineer perspective. So she has seen a lot. In fact, her team supports the largest Salesforce implementation that exists. So they have a lot of knowledge. Anyway, listen to Christine's episode. It's awesome. It's an uplifting one. It'll put you in a good mood for the rest of the day.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Oh, for sure. There were so many things like, I was driving, I wanted to take notes.

Gillian Bruce: Maybe you can listen to it again.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep. Absolutely. Then just to round out our discussion of, I feel like it's one of the last few months of summer, but we have Dreamforce coming up. We also have some community events that are happening.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Mike, you and I and Jennifer Lee actually got to go to a community event, I guess it was a duo community event this month, Midwest Dreamin and WITness Success. I got to go because, well, you were the MC of the whole event.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I popped up on the stage for a few highlights and Midwest-isms Midwest Dreamin.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, yeah. Actually, can you share one of those Midwest-isms because they're pretty amazing.

Mike Gerholdt: So people in the Midwest use weird terms, one of them is op. Usually we say that as an excuse me or oh, I'm sorry, op. And I op a ton. Man, you go grocery shopping with me because the cart always leaves the aisle before and you're going to run in somebody, op I'm sorry. But so I said, what if we took a whole bunch of Midwest terms and made them into Salesforce features. One of them is op, which I said is clearly a validation rule. Because if Salesforce could be very Midwestern it wouldn't fire the validation rule, it would just say, op. I believe that was one of them. I did put it out there. So for those of you that live in the Midwest or visited the Midwest, you know we like to eat puppy chow, which is actually Chex Mix covered in chocolate with confectioner's sugar all over it. Gillian, you and I kicked around what that feature would be.
Adam Olshansky actually came out on Twitter and said puppy chow is really like custom metadata because it's wonderful and you can use it anywhere. I felt that's very apropos because the second you get puppy chow out, it's everywhere. That confectioner's sugar, I swear it finds every nook and cranny of your life to be.

Gillian Bruce: It's so uniquely a Midwest thing. I remember growing up as a kid, occasionally some kid would bring some to school and I'd be like, what is this magical craziness?

Mike Gerholdt: I know. Yeah. You go to our gas stations, everywhere. You walk into a Casey's and there're cups of puppy chow for you to buy right by the register, along with with scotcheroos. I don't feel like scotcheroos are very Midwestern.

Gillian Bruce: I have no idea what that is. So it's clearly-

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, a scotcheroo is basically like a rice crispy treat, but made with a lot of butter scotch and then covered in chocolate.

Gillian Bruce: Oh. So it's like a healthier rice crispy treat.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: I'm kidding.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. But it's so good.

Gillian Bruce: It sounds delicious.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. It's so good.

Gillian Bruce: Okay. All right. Yeah. So those were great and there were lots more. So if you were there, you had lot more.

Mike Gerholdt: Or check Twitter for some people tweet them out, hot dish. What do you think that is as a feature? It was fun. Little time filler before Gillian gets up on stage and wows the crowd with admin skills. I think a few people even tweet about the heels you were in.

Gillian Bruce: Well you always got to have a good pair of heels to deliver a talk properly, at least for me. Maybe not the same for you, Mike. But yeah, I had the honor of giving a keynote and it was really great to get back up on stage in front of actual people. It was exhilarating to do it, and it felt really fun to share very important content about skills and transferable skills and how to really discover your skills, hone them, and then find ways to use them to help make you shine. So, really amazing experience. Then Jennifer Lee stayed for WITness Success and presented a session about Flow, which I also saw all kinds of Twitter love for.
The reason I wanted to bring up these community events is because Dreamforce is coming and we would love you to come to Dreamforce. If there's some reason that you can't swing it, there are community events happening near you all of the time. So whether that's your local user group or there's a Dreamin event in your region, you can find out all about that on the Trailblazer community. I highly encourage you to go, especially now that people are coming back together in person, it's really incredibly valuable and powerful. I had so many amazing talks with folks. I had some people coming up to me with tears because of just the meaningfulness of being connected again. Especially in the Salesforce community, there's so much you can get by being in person with each other. So I highly encourage you to check out your local community gatherings.

Mike Gerholdt: I agree. To be honest with you, I showed up, I wore a mask for a while.

Gillian Bruce: So did I, until I got on stage.

Mike Gerholdt: So we're past that now. Yeah. There were times that I actually checked out of some areas because I'm not too comfortable with this many people. That's okay, it's up to you. But it was great. So many people that I hadn't seen in person in forever.

Gillian Bruce: It felt good.

Mike Gerholdt: You mentioned Dreamforce. I will include a link in the show notes to the convince your boss letter, which is on the homepage. If you haven't registered for this little event that we're doing in September. I have actually used versions of this letter when I was a customer, rewrote it, changed some things around. I will say it's effective. It's super easy to customize. It'll be great. We're going to have session content up, so you can start talking to your boss about the sessions you're going to go to and the keynotes you're going to see. There's that unspoken just ability to connect with people that doesn't happen anywhere else. You're sitting in a session and you're both there to learn Flow or something, next thing you know, you leave with a new best friend that helps you solve that problem.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. It's people that you never would've probably connected with, either virtually or in your own local community. Also, it's just going to be great. We're going to have so much fun at Dreamforce. We talk about it being the ultimate family reunion and gosh, aren't we all ready for that. So it's going to be really magical, really fun. I know our team is planning all kinds of really fun, exciting things for admins.

Mike Gerholdt: A few things in the works.

Gillian Bruce: Just a few.

Mike Gerholdt: Stay tuned.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Can't tell you anything yet. It's top secret.

Mike Gerholdt: Nope. Not yet. Gillian, you said it's going to be nice weather because it'll be past the cold.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. San Francisco summer is late August through early November. I grew up here and every year I forget, and then I'm like, all right, we're going to have summer. It's just three months later than everybody else.

Mike Gerholdt: It just comes at a different time. Good.

Gillian Bruce: Late bloomers out here on the west coast.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. All right. Well, if you want to learn more about all things we talked about in today's episode, please go to admin.salesforce.com to find those links and many more resources. You can stay up to date with us on social for all things admins. We are @Salesforceadmns, no I, on Twitter. Of course, Gillian is on Twitter. She is @GillianKBruce, and I am @MikeGerholdt. Give us a follow. You can read about puppy chow or other Midwest-isms, more so on my Twitter feed. But with that, stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

Gillian Bruce: Roar.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Is that the first thing that's going to be on the recording, roar?

Mike Gerholdt: I don't know if that's a lion or is that a cat?

Gillian Bruce: It's like a lion cub.

View Details

Today’s Salesforce Admins Podcast we’re replaying our episode with Lissa Smith, Senior Manager of Business Architecture at Salesforce. In the context of the launch of the Salesforce Admin Skills Kit, we wanted to revisit our conversation about how she hired a team of Salesforce Admins, what she looks for in the interview, and important advice for anyone hiring a Salesforce Administrator.

Join us as we talk about how to stand out when you’re applying for a job, and what makes the difference between and junior and senior Admin candidate.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Lissa Smith.

Why you should listen to Lissa’s advice Lissa started out as a Salesforce Admin. “I’m obsessed with improving processes and solving problems,” she says, “so I’ve been happy in this space for 15 years.” One thing she did a lot of in previous positions was hiring Salesforce Admins. It’s something we know that many of our listeners are curious about, so we thought we would take the time to hear about her process.

The first step is to get a new headcount approved, and Lissa was able to hire both junior and senior-level Admins. She’s interviewed candidates with backgrounds only in Trailhead or a program like PepUp Tech, as well as more experienced folks who had been in the space for years. “Overall, what I was always looking for was someone who was motivated and excited,” she says, “regardless of if they were brand new to the ecosystem or had been doing it for a long time, I wanted someone who could identify and look for problems and then come up with ways to solve them.”

The difference between Admin roles When looking at someone for those junior-level positions, where a candidate didn’t necessarily have any paid experience on the platform, there were a few things that Lissa looked for. She wanted to see apps that they had built, even if it was simply to track their job applications and interviews or books they had read. Anything that used the platform to show her that they understood what it was capable of doing.

Another thing that could make a less experienced candidate stand out was someone who had experience as a user on the platform. Understanding and empathizing with the customer experience as a salesperson or customer sales rep is a really important skill because you’ll know where your users are coming from.

For more senior positions, you could get by with less experience building things on the platform if you understood something key about business analysis, whether that was documentation or process analysis. For principal admins, she was looking for a thorough understanding of the platform and advanced certifications.

Tell a good story The important thing to realize about hiring for these roles and something that comes up time and time again on this podcast is that even though Lissa was hiring Salesforce Admins, the roles she was hiring for were often not called that explicitly. They could be business analysts or system admins, but those roles need those Salesforce Admin skills.

No matter what, make sure that you’re telling a story that shows you can identify a problem and build a solution that makes everyone’s lives easier. “It’s the story that sells your skills,” Lissa says, “when you tell a good story it’s showing off your communication skills, it shows that you understand the why.”

Podcast swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more: * The Salesforce Admin Skills Kit * Create Your Own Salesforce Experience with Gordon Lee * It’s Possible: The Story of Zac Otero

Social: * Lissa Smith: @indianapolissa * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. This week, we’re talking with Lissa Smith, Senior Manager, Business Architecture here at Salesforce about her strategy for hiring a Salesforce Admin. That’s right. We’re kicking off 2022 by putting our best foot forward and helping you get the information that you have been talking about in the community and on social, around finding and landing that perfect admin career. So let’s not waste any time and let’s get Lissa on the podcast. So, Lissa, welcome to the podcast.

Lissa Smith: Awesome. Thank you. I’m excited to be here.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, it’s good to kick off the new year, talking about starting your career, getting hiring on as a Salesforce Admin. And I think you are one of the most perfect guests to have on to talk about that. So let’s dive right in, because I know everybody’s interested. How did you get started in the Salesforce ecosystem?

Lissa Smith: Yeah, I’ve been working in the Salesforce ecosystem for about 15 years now. And most of that was as a Salesforce admin. I actually started on a sales team and moved into an admin role shortly after that because I really liked building reports and that just kind of took off from there. I’m obsessed with improving processes and solving problems and I just love the Salesforce platform. So I have been happy in this space for 15 years.

Mike Gerholdt: 15 years, that’s a veteran level.

Lissa Smith: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Long time. Now, one of the important things that kicked off our conversation internally here at Salesforce was you told me, you were in charge in previous careers prior to joining Salesforce for hiring Salesforce admins. And as I say that, I can feel everybody’s earbuds just tighten up a little bit more, as they listen to the podcast. Because I will tell you as somebody that pays attention to the community and everything that’s on social, that is probably the number one question of I’m doing Trailhead. I’m getting my certification. Now, how do I get hired as a Salesforce admin? So tell me a little bit about what you did to hire admins and kind of what that position was for you?

Lissa Smith: Awesome. Sure. So, yep, before working at Salesforce, I actually led a team of 13 Salesforce admins and business analysts. And it was a team of, I mean, they were definitely hashtag awesome admins. They’re a really great team. And eight of them, I hired myself and of the five that I kind of inherited when I got promoted into that role. Three of those five, I was involved in their hiring process as well. So I participated in their interviews. And so of those 13 at 11 of them, I was involved in the hiring of-

Mike Gerholdt: So most?

Lissa Smith: … most of them. Yeah, absolutely. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: I was… You lost me on the math.

Lissa Smith: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Everybody’s hiring process is going to be a little bit different. Let’s start at the beginning, you had a baker’s dozen admins on your team when a spot opened up, what was kind of those initial first steps that you did as a hiring manager?

Lissa Smith: Yep. So I actually had several different levels of positions that I opened up and so I had to get headcount approved to get those positions. I saw a need, developed a business case internally to get that headcount approved. And so I was able to get headcount for some junior admins and some senior and principal level admins as well.

So I was kind of hiring all different skill levels, which made it also interesting when I was reviewing resumes and going through the interview process because some of those admins had only the Trailhead background or had gone through Pathfinder, PEP and tech programs like that, which are amazing programs. And that was their background, the Trailhead and those programs.
And then I also hired other admins who had been working in the space for quite a while and were more senior. So different mindset going into those interviews and different approach when looking at those resumes. But, overall, what I was always looking for was someone who was motivated and excited. I really love the Salesforce platform. I really love my job and really love what I do.

I don’t think everyone has to love their job a 100% of the time, but you don’t have to settle. And so I wanted to look for people who also were motivated and excited and passionate, and really those passionate and proactive problem solvers, regardless of if they were brand new to the ecosystem or if they’d been doing it for a long time.

I wanted somebody who could identify problems and look for problems and then come up with solutions and come up with, or just identify those problems and then come up with ways to potentially solve those problems. And I think that’s what every hiring manager is looking for like, how can you help me solve my business problems?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I want to go back. You mentioned junior admin, senior principal. And I know those levels are different at different categories, as somebody that’s hired admins and you’re thinking, “Okay, I need a junior Salesforce admin.” What was a junior Salesforce admin for you?

Lissa Smith: To me, it was somebody who really didn’t have experience on the platform, paid experience on the platform.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, that’s important. I’ve never heard that term paid experience. I think that’s a good callout.

Lissa Smith: Yeah, it’s a good differentiator because, I mean, I did want somebody who had gone through Trailhead modules, had built out their own apps. As I was talking to candidates, there were candidates who had built apps to track their interview and application process. And they were excited to share that with me.

So maybe they hadn’t been paid to do admin work, but they had built cool apps and tracking even, just all sorts of apps that they had built. It could be the books that they’re reading or genres and author. Just something that they had done using the platform to show me that they understood the capabilities because they hadn’t had that paid experience, or maybe they had experience as a user on the platform.

So maybe they weren’t ever an actual admin, but I interviewed several candidates who had been Salesforce users. So they understood and could empathize with the customer experience. So as, like a salesperson or as a customer support rep or they had used the platform. And I just think that’s a really important skill to have somebody who has been a user on the platform.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I’ve got friends that start off as users and they make for the best admins. Just plain and simple.

Lissa Smith: Absolutely. And then there’s so much out there now on Trailhead and with these different programs that you can take different training and go through these different programs and do all the Trailhead and do the super badges and earn your certifications. That’s all available now to anyone. But the people who were going out there and proactively figuring out, how they can solve a problem.

I have a bunch of house plans. I keep thinking, it would be really great if I had some sort of automated app in Salesforce that reminded me when I need to water my plants because some of them are on, in every two-week cycle and some of them are more frequently.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Lissa Smith: And just that could be something that someone could build for themselves. And then it gets them that experience using the platform.

Mike Gerholdt: And you could capture pictures so you could see if the [inaudible]-

Lissa Smith: It’s so true, right?

Mike Gerholdt: … yeah. Don’t get us started. So junior admin, I like your definition paid… really the differentiator is they have a lot of knowledge. They have a lot of curiosity. I inferred that.

Lissa Smith: Huge.

Mike Gerholdt: Huge.

Lissa Smith: Yes. Huge.

Mike Gerholdt: Big problem solvers, but really didn’t have that paid experience. So was paid experience the differentiator for you in junior admin versus senior admin? I think that’s the term you used.

Lissa Smith: Yeah. I think that would be probably the biggest. So the senior admins that I was hiring for that I interviewed, they had been working as an admin. They were a system admin in their org and understood platform capabilities. They may not be super experts, but they had been doing it for one, three years, just depending on that. Also, there were business analysts that I was hiring too. So all of it, the titles were actually business analysts.

So some were even more senior from a business analysis perspective and maybe had less experience building on the Salesforce platform. But they really understood documentation and analysis and process analysis and had been doing that for a long time, so they could still come in. And with that experience and the help of me and other members of the team and Trailhead could build on that experience and be a more senior admin.

And then the principal admins are the ones who come in. They already understand flow and when to use flow and they are, and this was a few years ago. So that now flow is everywhere. But a few years ago, it was a little harder to find some of those candidates, or they have several certifications and understand when to use a feature, when not to use a feature, when some of those more advanced topics too, that when you’re thinking about even just admin certification, some of the security and sharing rules and that it’s important for all admins to know, but they’ve been there, done that-

Mike Gerholdt: Sure.

Lissa Smith: … and really get it.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Little more org-wide implications to different things as opposed to the features. Got it.

Lissa Smith: Yep.

Mike Gerholdt: Got it. No, that’s often. And I think one big thing that I heard was rarely were you hiring Salesforce admin. And we had just done a podcast on this in December with Leanne and Jay and I. Salesforce admin is that strong identity that we have, but rarely is it in our job title. And even your job title, senior manager, business architecture. Sometimes our job titles isn’t what we are.

Lissa Smith: Absolutely. Yeah, yeah, for sure. I don’t know that. And I have said, 15 years, I’ve been in this ecosystem, most of those as a Salesforce admin. And I don’t think my title has ever been Salesforce admin, so that’s very true.

Mike Gerholdt: And that’s something that we see a lot in, not only our ecosystem, but other ecosystems too. Is rarely does the persona or the identity of the person also be the job title because companies have different naming conventions. So I know in a lot of the programs that we speak at, there, I was on LinkedIn. I couldn’t find Salesforce admin. Well, it may be, as you mentioned, you were hiring a lot for business analyst.

Lissa Smith: Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Mike Gerholdt: So-

Lissa Smith: Yep.

Mike Gerholdt: … that’s great.

Lissa Smith: Yeah. And then what they ended up being were business analysts who were system admins in Salesforce and they were writing requirements, but also doing some of the config and building and, or a lot of the config, all of the config.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Lissa Smith: And actually working with users to solve those problems, so-

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Had that responsibility.

Lissa Smith: … Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. That’s key. So junior admin, senior principal, I keep kind of anchoring on those because the next part is, you mentioned, they had showed apps that they had built. I did this great podcast with Gordon Lee, which I’ll link to in the show notes where we talk about as new admins, there’s this trust gap. And I think you talked about it or inferred it actually in the junior admins is, they built apps, they showed me, they did all the learning, they just didn’t have that paid experience.

And I think there’s that trust gap of, you haven’t been paid to do this. So you have to span kind of that gap with me, I would love to know, what were some of the questions? I’m a, put on my hat, I’m a Salesforce admin, and maybe one of these roles looking to apply, and I’m getting ready to walk into an interview with Lissa Smith. What are some of the things she’s going to ask me?

Lissa Smith: So I really like the, tell me about a time when questions. Tell me about a time when you had to collaborate with people, maybe you disagreed with, or tell me about a time where you had to manage a project. Are you responsible for a project or a program? And this doesn’t have to be even Salesforce related. I think it’s really important for candidates to come to an interview prepared with maybe a repository of stories that their success stories, these don’t have to be on your resume, these don’t have to be anywhere.

But if you were writing your success stories in work and just life, I mean, I had, I heard about Eagle Scout Projects. It doesn’t have to be work. But your success stories, problems you identified, ways that you solve those problems, how you collaborated with others while solving those problems, how you prioritized, how you influenced others, how you communicated, how you learned, how you asked questions. Come up with a list of those stories, of those problems that you solved and run through those stories out loud with a friend or family, out loud run through those stories.

So that when someone like me comes in and says, “Tell me about a time that you collaborated with multiple stakeholders or when you proactively identified a flawed or inefficient process.” You can come in and say, “Oh, well, which one of my stories can I tell?” Like, come up with… And then tell those stories in a meaningful way too. It shouldn’t just be like I could say, “Well, I built a way for sales people to register their customers and prospects for a training that we offered.” Well, that doesn’t really tell me anything.

But if I come in and say, “You know, I got an out-of-office response from someone on the training team that told me how many seats were left in the training.” And I realized, why are they managing that? And this is a true story, in an out-of-office response, why are they telling sales people? There are only six seats left in this training in the San Francisco training for July 15th, if you want to register, write me back.

Mike Gerholdt: Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Lissa Smith: So I worked with the training team to develop a solution for this in Salesforce, right on the contact record that allowed the salespeople to enroll from the contact and they could see how many people will… How many seats were left in each training. And then the training team could see the actual revenue impact of adding these contacts to their training. I mean, it’s a much better story than just, I made this way for sales people to register people in training and automated it and even getting too much into the details. It’s the story I think that sells your skills and makes it more meaningful to the hiring manager too.

Mike Gerholdt: It’s a richer story-

Lissa Smith: Absolutely.

Mike Gerholdt: … you’re walking through those two. I’m thinking it’s comparable to, it was a sunny day. I went for a walk. Okay. I don’t have much visualization to that. But the second story that you told was, it was a sunny day and my parents ware coming to town and you’re adding context and you’re adding depth. Right. And you’re also, to me, showing something that I feel is very important for [Edmonds], you’re showing your critical thinking skills, you’re showing how you, not only saw an out-of-office, you saw an out-of-office with an opportunity.

Lissa Smith: Absolutely. Yeah, 100%.

Mike Gerholdt: Love that. I love that.

Lissa Smith: Yeah. And I think that everyone, I mean, there, like I said, Eagle Scout Project. I mean, there’s these transferable skills that you have, that all, everyone has. And I think it’s just, you really have to sit down and focus and how can I translate these skills into this job description?

And I think it’s also pretty job description specific too, you’ll want to look at the job description and see what is this role asking for? Are they asking for that someone with strong process automation skills? Okay, well, then let me look through my list of stories, my role at expert repository of stories, and see which ones might relate to process automation.
It might be this, my out-of-office story here, or is there a lot of mention of collaboration in the job description? Is there a lot of a mention of working with stakeholders? Okay. Well, let me think of my past experience and make sure that I’m coming prepared to this interview with examples of how I’ve done that.

And good stories too. Like you said, you can give numbers, you can give the facts, but when you tell a good story, I mean, it’s also showing off your communication skills. It’s showing off that you understand the why, which is really important. And it feeds into a little of that passion too, that you can hear the passion in someone’s story. You don’t really hear a passion in facts.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. That’s true. How would you… So I’m listening to this and I’m lack of a better term, playing devil’s advocate. And thinking, “Boy, if I was a new admin and I’m applying for that junior role, and maybe I don’t have the paid experience, maybe I’m fresh out of Pathfinders, or I’m fresh out of college, and I’ve got two Salesforce certifications or 120 Trailhead badges. I don’t have those relatable stories. Were the interview questions for junior admins maybe a little bit different, or were the answers or way that I should be thinking about answering as a junior admin, a little bit different?

Lissa Smith: I think a little both. The questions are pretty much the same for me. I mean, in thinking of past skills, if you were a bartender, you could figure out how to translate the skills that you used as a bartender to managing projects, prioritizing, there’s collaborating with others. There’s still a lot of those transferable skills. And being able to tell that story, I think is part of this that’s huge. So it’s a lot of the same questions.

Mike Gerholdt: I think you absolutely 100% nailed it because I’m thinking of the college student. And you’re like, “Well, the time that I really had to collaborate, well, I don’t have a time in the workplace. But let me tell you about this project I was on in advanced biochemistry where I had a difficult teammate. You could walk through a scenario there, and it’s showing you the same principles and skills. It’s just a different environment that they were used in.

Lissa Smith: Absolutely. I also, personally, I mean, even, I think certification can be a story in itself and it was for some of the candidates that I hired.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, how so?

Lissa Smith: I heard stories of, it took me five times to pass my certification exam, is what a candidate told me. And they told me that kind of slumping, shoulders down, disappointed in themselves. I would reframe that story. I was so persistent, I went back and I know that content inside and out, it wasn’t just guessing to pass that exam. I know that content inside and out, it took me five tries and I passed, that’s, it’s, it can all be a story. It can all be something that sells you. And so even certification can be a story. It’s all in how you frame it.

Mike Gerholdt: One thing I wanted to touch on in this point was I shared with you prior to the call, kind of that admin skills that we’d rolled out. Rebecca showed us in the admin Keynote at Dreamforce. And I know it was the first time you’d seen it. So I kind of blindsided you with it. But of those 14 skills, was there one that stood out for you?

Lissa Smith: Problem solving stands out the most for me. I mean, when I come in, me, personally, into an interview, I am selling myself as a passionate, proactive problem solver. That’s what I am. I’m enthusiastic. I love finding problems. I love helping connect dots to figure out how to solve those problems. I think that’s the heart of an admin, they’re problem solvers and excited to find ways. So for me, personally, I hate saying, “No, that’s not possible on the Salesforce platform.” Because I can pretty much always figure out a way to do it. And so I feel that’s the heart of an admin.

But the learner’s mindset, piece, I think that’s another huge one. When you are looking for roles, admins who are looking for roles, I think it’s important to connect with a company that thinks that this is important too, that failing is okay, that trying new things is okay, innovating is okay. And gives you time to learn and to go to the new release readiness training, to do Trailhead to continue to learn. I think that’s really important when looking for a role.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I would agree 100%. You need to interview that company for culture. And the one thing I always tell people is, the person you’re sitting across the table from, are you enjoy sitting across the table from them? Because that’s going to be your job. Do you enjoy? If it’s an in person interview, do you enjoy the atmosphere? Do you enjoy just kind of that culture, that feeling that you have there? Because that’s something that’s really hard to change.

Lissa Smith: So important. Before I joined Salesforce, I was a leader of a Salesforce Trailblazer community group here in Indianapolis. And I was very involved in the community, in the Trailblazer community, at the women in tech meetings, at the admin meetings, at the developer meetings, still I am. Although now, everything’s different and virtual.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes.

Lissa Smith: I can participate in meetings all over the world there.

Mike Gerholdt: Everywhere.

Lissa Smith: Yeah. But having a hiring manager who participates in those meetings, I think is, or having a manager, not even a hiring manager, a manager who participates in those meetings is huge. Because they, first of all, the hiring managers, if you’re listening here, go to those meetings because you will find all the excited, passionate candidates you’re looking for.

A large majority of the admins that I hired were already very active within the community. And I already knew them and they already knew me. And I was somebody that they wanted to work for because they knew I was excited about the community and participated in it. And they knew, I would give them time to go to those meetings during lunch, back when they were always in person at lunchtime. It was-

Mike Gerholdt: In the Midwest, those meetings are always over lunch so that we could have meatloaf or lasagna or [inaudible] very ridiculously heavy, Midwestern, a hot dish.

Lissa Smith: Right. Yeah. And I know that that’s not something that’s consistent. But not all hiring managers even know that this exists or even managers know that this community exists. So I think it’s really important for managers to get involved in the Trailblazer community. And there’s a lot of… A ton of great talent. I mean, it’s just packed full of amazing talent.

People who are motivated and excited and then have this big network of people to connect with if they run into issues or if they need help, especially for those junior admins, that it’s something they haven’t done before. But they have this huge network of people that they can connect with. Now, all over the world. Thanks to… I mean, it was already all over the world, but even more so now that everything’s so virtual, they have this network.

Mike Gerholdt: No, I’m with you. And I actually was thinking about that because the number of stories, you go back a few years on the pod, we told the Zac Otero story of how Zac got his certifications and was relentless of going to user groups and introducing himself. There’s a lot of stories where that’s a great place to meet people, if you’re looking to get hired because they share the same interests. And I think it’s something you pointed out early on in our discussions was hiring managers should be at this. It may be called a user group, but hiring managers are users too.

Lissa Smith: Absolutely.

Mike Gerholdt: So-

Lissa Smith: Yep.

Mike Gerholdt: … I love that point. And it’s also, if I was thinking about it, would I want to interview with a hiring manager that I’ve seen at user groups, or would I want to interview with a hiring major where I have to explain user groups?

Lissa Smith: Yes. It’s such a good point. Yes, exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: Very different. So one thing, I think it’s, in common talk about because I feel you’ve run the gamut. I hope we’ve given everybody kind of a good insight into hiring admins and being the hiring manager. But I’d love to know a little bit about what you do at Salesforce because your title’s intriguing.

Lissa Smith: Yeah. So senior manager of business architecture here at Salesforce. I’m responsible for our internal Salesforce instance for sales people. So processes, tools, governance, user experience, within our internal Salesforce instance and within Slack. And I’ve been working a lot on the Slack for sales project for-

Mike Gerholdt: Wow.

Lissa Smith: … the past year and the rollout of Slack now. So it’s very fun and very exciting.

Mike Gerholdt: I will tell you, it’s always been a personal goal of mine when we started the podcast to have on as many Salesforce admins as possible. And I mean, Salesforce, Salesforce admins. But I say that a little tongue in cheek because I think it’s important. And I just did a talk with Pathfinders recently, the reason I bring that up and I say that is, your title, senior manager, business architecture isn’t something that I might search for on LinkedIn as a job-

Lissa Smith: Right.

Mike Gerholdt: … as a Salesforce admin. Right. And I think it’s important that we understand the identity and persona is called that, but the job title and the job descriptions may be very different.

Lissa Smith: So true. And I was lucky with this role that the word or the phrase, Salesforce admin, was included in the description that they were looking for somebody that had previous Salesforce admin experience. And so it showed up in a… This was a 10-year-old job search that I don’t even know how to turn off. It comes into my-

Mike Gerholdt: No.

Lissa Smith: … and it’s fine because I can see the landscape, especially when I was hiring admins, I could see who else is hiring here in Indianapolis. And I could see those other job descriptions and… But this one came through. And like you said, it was senior manager, business architecture. What’s that? And why did this even show up in the job search? I’m not even looking for a job and dug into that. And it’s really cool. And it’s Salesforce uses Salesforce to sell Salesforce, SuperMeta. There’s got to be a team that’s responsible for that. And-

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Lissa Smith: … it’s pretty exciting to be on that team.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I mean, I think in The Matrix, it’s taking the red pill, but for some reason taking the blue pill, right? So, I mean, you don’t have to give us details. But what kind of projects do you work on that I think… And the reason I ask that is, I want to be clear, not digging into your work-life, but I’m digging into analogous to what Salesforce admins would be doing. So what are, if somebody’s listening to this and thinking, “Hey, maybe I’ll become a Salesforce admin.” What’s kind of your everyday look like?

Lissa Smith: Sure. Yeah. So, I mean, we’re looking at new features. We often get them very early, as customer zero we get them first. So we’re looking at those new features. We also want dynamic forms on standard objects. So we want to be able to have that and make our user experience better. So we’re evaluating new features, we’re looking at how can we make user experience better. We’re collecting feedback from users. We’re governing our objects as well and our processes. We’re making sure that-

Mike Gerholdt: That’s a whole podcast in of itself.

Lissa Smith: … yeah, absolutely it is. We’re now looking at our digital HQ at Slack and how do we incorporate Slack into our processes. Make it Slack first, make Slack the platform of engagement for our users and ultimately, improve and make their processes more efficient. So it’s a day-to-day talking to users, understanding what users are doing and then making things better for them.

Mike Gerholdt: Sounds all the stuff we talk about in the central habits, which just makes me happy. It’s very good. Well, Lissa, this has been a very fun podcast. You are welcome back, anytime. If you have an idea, top of mind that you want to talk about, I will be super excited to see what Twitter has to say about this episode because I know it was one of the very first things that always pops into my inbox. Every time I check the community is, people asking for hiring or interview or questions or just anything around getting a job as being a Salesforce admin. And I thought it was a great way to kick off 2022. So thank you for helping me kick off 2022 on the podcast.

Lissa Smith: You’re welcome. Happy new year. I’m very excited to be here. I’m excited for the future of all of the new Salesforce admins and I’m rooting for you. And, yeah, excited.

Mike Gerholdt: So as I write, that was an amazing episode with Lissa. We literally probably could have talked for another hour, so I’m going to have to have Lissa back on the podcast. But to do that, you got to tweet me and tell me, what did I forget to ask Lissa on this episode? And then I’ll start compiling and we’ll get her back as soon as possible. What would you love to know about a hiring manager and asking questions to get that perfect admin job?

So be sure to tweet at us. And if you’d like to learn more about all things, Salesforce Admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources, including all of the links that I mentioned in this episode, as well as a full transcript. Now, you can stay up to date with us on social. We are at @SalesforceAdmns, no “I” on Twitter. Gillian is @gilliankbruce and, of course, I am @mikegerholdt. So with that, welcome to 2022 and stay safe, stay awesome and stay tuned for that next episode. We’ll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today’s Salesforce Admins Podcast we’re replaying our episode with Lissa Smith, Senior Manager of Business Architecture at Salesforce. In the context of the launch of the Salesforce Admin Skills Kit, we wanted to revisit our conversation about how she hired a team of Salesforce Admins, what she looks for in the interview, and important advice for anyone hiring a Salesforce Administrator.

Join us as we talk about how to stand out when you’re applying for a job, and what makes the difference between and junior and senior Admin candidate.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Lissa Smith.

Why you should listen to Lissa’s advice Lissa started out as a Salesforce Admin. “I’m obsessed with improving processes and solving problems,” she says, “so I’ve been happy in this space for 15 years.” One thing she did a lot of in previous positions was hiring Salesforce Admins. It’s something we know that many of our listeners are curious about, so we thought we would take the time to hear about her process.

The first step is to get a new headcount approved, and Lissa was able to hire both junior and senior-level Admins. She’s interviewed candidates with backgrounds only in Trailhead or a program like PepUp Tech, as well as more experienced folks who had been in the space for years. “Overall, what I was always looking for was someone who was motivated and excited,” she says, “regardless of if they were brand new to the ecosystem or had been doing it for a long time, I wanted someone who could identify and look for problems and then come up with ways to solve them.”

The difference between Admin roles When looking at someone for those junior-level positions, where a candidate didn’t necessarily have any paid experience on the platform, there were a few things that Lissa looked for. She wanted to see apps that they had built, even if it was simply to track their job applications and interviews or books they had read. Anything that used the platform to show her that they understood what it was capable of doing.

Another thing that could make a less experienced candidate stand out was someone who had experience as a user on the platform. Understanding and empathizing with the customer experience as a salesperson or customer sales rep is a really important skill because you’ll know where your users are coming from.

For more senior positions, you could get by with less experience building things on the platform if you understood something key about business analysis, whether that was documentation or process analysis. For principal admins, she was looking for a thorough understanding of the platform and advanced certifications.

Tell a good story The important thing to realize about hiring for these roles and something that comes up time and time again on this podcast is that even though Lissa was hiring Salesforce Admins, the roles she was hiring for were often not called that explicitly. They could be business analysts or system admins, but those roles need those Salesforce Admin skills.

No matter what, make sure that you’re telling a story that shows you can identify a problem and build a solution that makes everyone’s lives easier. “It’s the story that sells your skills,” Lissa says, “when you tell a good story it’s showing off your communication skills, it shows that you understand the why.”

Podcast swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more: * The Salesforce Admin Skills Kit * Create Your Own Salesforce Experience with Gordon Lee * It’s Possible: The Story of Zac Otero

Social: * Lissa Smith: @indianapolissa * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. This week, we’re talking with Lissa Smith, Senior Manager, Business Architecture here at Salesforce about her strategy for hiring a Salesforce Admin. That’s right. We’re kicking off 2022 by putting our best foot forward and helping you get the information that you have been talking about in the community and on social, around finding and landing that perfect admin career. So let’s not waste any time and let’s get Lissa on the podcast. So, Lissa, welcome to the podcast.

Lissa Smith: Awesome. Thank you. I’m excited to be here.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, it’s good to kick off the new year, talking about starting your career, getting hiring on as a Salesforce Admin. And I think you are one of the most perfect guests to have on to talk about that. So let’s dive right in, because I know everybody’s interested. How did you get started in the Salesforce ecosystem?

Lissa Smith: Yeah, I’ve been working in the Salesforce ecosystem for about 15 years now. And most of that was as a Salesforce admin. I actually started on a sales team and moved into an admin role shortly after that because I really liked building reports and that just kind of took off from there. I’m obsessed with improving processes and solving problems and I just love the Salesforce platform. So I have been happy in this space for 15 years.

Mike Gerholdt: 15 years, that’s a veteran level.

Lissa Smith: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Long time. Now, one of the important things that kicked off our conversation internally here at Salesforce was you told me, you were in charge in previous careers prior to joining Salesforce for hiring Salesforce admins. And as I say that, I can feel everybody’s earbuds just tighten up a little bit more, as they listen to the podcast. Because I will tell you as somebody that pays attention to the community and everything that’s on social, that is probably the number one question of I’m doing Trailhead. I’m getting my certification. Now, how do I get hired as a Salesforce admin? So tell me a little bit about what you did to hire admins and kind of what that position was for you?

Lissa Smith: Awesome. Sure. So, yep, before working at Salesforce, I actually led a team of 13 Salesforce admins and business analysts. And it was a team of, I mean, they were definitely hashtag awesome admins. They’re a really great team. And eight of them, I hired myself and of the five that I kind of inherited when I got promoted into that role. Three of those five, I was involved in their hiring process as well. So I participated in their interviews. And so of those 13 at 11 of them, I was involved in the hiring of-

Mike Gerholdt: So most?

Lissa Smith: … most of them. Yeah, absolutely. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: I was… You lost me on the math.

Lissa Smith: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Everybody’s hiring process is going to be a little bit different. Let’s start at the beginning, you had a baker’s dozen admins on your team when a spot opened up, what was kind of those initial first steps that you did as a hiring manager?

Lissa Smith: Yep. So I actually had several different levels of positions that I opened up and so I had to get headcount approved to get those positions. I saw a need, developed a business case internally to get that headcount approved. And so I was able to get headcount for some junior admins and some senior and principal level admins as well.

So I was kind of hiring all different skill levels, which made it also interesting when I was reviewing resumes and going through the interview process because some of those admins had only the Trailhead background or had gone through Pathfinder, PEP and tech programs like that, which are amazing programs. And that was their background, the Trailhead and those programs.
And then I also hired other admins who had been working in the space for quite a while and were more senior. So different mindset going into those interviews and different approach when looking at those resumes. But, overall, what I was always looking for was someone who was motivated and excited. I really love the Salesforce platform. I really love my job and really love what I do.

I don’t think everyone has to love their job a 100% of the time, but you don’t have to settle. And so I wanted to look for people who also were motivated and excited and passionate, and really those passionate and proactive problem solvers, regardless of if they were brand new to the ecosystem or if they’d been doing it for a long time.

I wanted somebody who could identify problems and look for problems and then come up with solutions and come up with, or just identify those problems and then come up with ways to potentially solve those problems. And I think that’s what every hiring manager is looking for like, how can you help me solve my business problems?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I want to go back. You mentioned junior admin, senior principal. And I know those levels are different at different categories, as somebody that’s hired admins and you’re thinking, “Okay, I need a junior Salesforce admin.” What was a junior Salesforce admin for you?

Lissa Smith: To me, it was somebody who really didn’t have experience on the platform, paid experience on the platform.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, that’s important. I’ve never heard that term paid experience. I think that’s a good callout.

Lissa Smith: Yeah, it’s a good differentiator because, I mean, I did want somebody who had gone through Trailhead modules, had built out their own apps. As I was talking to candidates, there were candidates who had built apps to track their interview and application process. And they were excited to share that with me.

So maybe they hadn’t been paid to do admin work, but they had built cool apps and tracking even, just all sorts of apps that they had built. It could be the books that they’re reading or genres and author. Just something that they had done using the platform to show me that they understood the capabilities because they hadn’t had that paid experience, or maybe they had experience as a user on the platform.

So maybe they weren’t ever an actual admin, but I interviewed several candidates who had been Salesforce users. So they understood and could empathize with the customer experience. So as, like a salesperson or as a customer support rep or they had used the platform. And I just think that’s a really important skill to have somebody who has been a user on the platform.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I’ve got friends that start off as users and they make for the best admins. Just plain and simple.

Lissa Smith: Absolutely. And then there’s so much out there now on Trailhead and with these different programs that you can take different training and go through these different programs and do all the Trailhead and do the super badges and earn your certifications. That’s all available now to anyone. But the people who were going out there and proactively figuring out, how they can solve a problem.

I have a bunch of house plans. I keep thinking, it would be really great if I had some sort of automated app in Salesforce that reminded me when I need to water my plants because some of them are on, in every two-week cycle and some of them are more frequently.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Lissa Smith: And just that could be something that someone could build for themselves. And then it gets them that experience using the platform.

Mike Gerholdt: And you could capture pictures so you could see if the [inaudible]-

Lissa Smith: It’s so true, right?

Mike Gerholdt: … yeah. Don’t get us started. So junior admin, I like your definition paid… really the differentiator is they have a lot of knowledge. They have a lot of curiosity. I inferred that.

Lissa Smith: Huge.

Mike Gerholdt: Huge.

Lissa Smith: Yes. Huge.

Mike Gerholdt: Big problem solvers, but really didn’t have that paid experience. So was paid experience the differentiator for you in junior admin versus senior admin? I think that’s the term you used.

Lissa Smith: Yeah. I think that would be probably the biggest. So the senior admins that I was hiring for that I interviewed, they had been working as an admin. They were a system admin in their org and understood platform capabilities. They may not be super experts, but they had been doing it for one, three years, just depending on that. Also, there were business analysts that I was hiring too. So all of it, the titles were actually business analysts.

So some were even more senior from a business analysis perspective and maybe had less experience building on the Salesforce platform. But they really understood documentation and analysis and process analysis and had been doing that for a long time, so they could still come in. And with that experience and the help of me and other members of the team and Trailhead could build on that experience and be a more senior admin.

And then the principal admins are the ones who come in. They already understand flow and when to use flow and they are, and this was a few years ago. So that now flow is everywhere. But a few years ago, it was a little harder to find some of those candidates, or they have several certifications and understand when to use a feature, when not to use a feature, when some of those more advanced topics too, that when you’re thinking about even just admin certification, some of the security and sharing rules and that it’s important for all admins to know, but they’ve been there, done that-

Mike Gerholdt: Sure.

Lissa Smith: … and really get it.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Little more org-wide implications to different things as opposed to the features. Got it.

Lissa Smith: Yep.

Mike Gerholdt: Got it. No, that’s often. And I think one big thing that I heard was rarely were you hiring Salesforce admin. And we had just done a podcast on this in December with Leanne and Jay and I. Salesforce admin is that strong identity that we have, but rarely is it in our job title. And even your job title, senior manager, business architecture. Sometimes our job titles isn’t what we are.

Lissa Smith: Absolutely. Yeah, yeah, for sure. I don’t know that. And I have said, 15 years, I’ve been in this ecosystem, most of those as a Salesforce admin. And I don’t think my title has ever been Salesforce admin, so that’s very true.

Mike Gerholdt: And that’s something that we see a lot in, not only our ecosystem, but other ecosystems too. Is rarely does the persona or the identity of the person also be the job title because companies have different naming conventions. So I know in a lot of the programs that we speak at, there, I was on LinkedIn. I couldn’t find Salesforce admin. Well, it may be, as you mentioned, you were hiring a lot for business analyst.

Lissa Smith: Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Mike Gerholdt: So-

Lissa Smith: Yep.

Mike Gerholdt: … that’s great.

Lissa Smith: Yeah. And then what they ended up being were business analysts who were system admins in Salesforce and they were writing requirements, but also doing some of the config and building and, or a lot of the config, all of the config.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Lissa Smith: And actually working with users to solve those problems, so-

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Had that responsibility.

Lissa Smith: … Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. That’s key. So junior admin, senior principal, I keep kind of anchoring on those because the next part is, you mentioned, they had showed apps that they had built. I did this great podcast with Gordon Lee, which I’ll link to in the show notes where we talk about as new admins, there’s this trust gap. And I think you talked about it or inferred it actually in the junior admins is, they built apps, they showed me, they did all the learning, they just didn’t have that paid experience.

And I think there’s that trust gap of, you haven’t been paid to do this. So you have to span kind of that gap with me, I would love to know, what were some of the questions? I’m a, put on my hat, I’m a Salesforce admin, and maybe one of these roles looking to apply, and I’m getting ready to walk into an interview with Lissa Smith. What are some of the things she’s going to ask me?

Lissa Smith: So I really like the, tell me about a time when questions. Tell me about a time when you had to collaborate with people, maybe you disagreed with, or tell me about a time where you had to manage a project. Are you responsible for a project or a program? And this doesn’t have to be even Salesforce related. I think it’s really important for candidates to come to an interview prepared with maybe a repository of stories that their success stories, these don’t have to be on your resume, these don’t have to be anywhere.

But if you were writing your success stories in work and just life, I mean, I had, I heard about Eagle Scout Projects. It doesn’t have to be work. But your success stories, problems you identified, ways that you solve those problems, how you collaborated with others while solving those problems, how you prioritized, how you influenced others, how you communicated, how you learned, how you asked questions. Come up with a list of those stories, of those problems that you solved and run through those stories out loud with a friend or family, out loud run through those stories.

So that when someone like me comes in and says, “Tell me about a time that you collaborated with multiple stakeholders or when you proactively identified a flawed or inefficient process.” You can come in and say, “Oh, well, which one of my stories can I tell?” Like, come up with… And then tell those stories in a meaningful way too. It shouldn’t just be like I could say, “Well, I built a way for sales people to register their customers and prospects for a training that we offered.” Well, that doesn’t really tell me anything.

But if I come in and say, “You know, I got an out-of-office response from someone on the training team that told me how many seats were left in the training.” And I realized, why are they managing that? And this is a true story, in an out-of-office response, why are they telling sales people? There are only six seats left in this training in the San Francisco training for July 15th, if you want to register, write me back.

Mike Gerholdt: Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Lissa Smith: So I worked with the training team to develop a solution for this in Salesforce, right on the contact record that allowed the salespeople to enroll from the contact and they could see how many people will… How many seats were left in each training. And then the training team could see the actual revenue impact of adding these contacts to their training. I mean, it’s a much better story than just, I made this way for sales people to register people in training and automated it and even getting too much into the details. It’s the story I think that sells your skills and makes it more meaningful to the hiring manager too.

Mike Gerholdt: It’s a richer story-

Lissa Smith: Absolutely.

Mike Gerholdt: … you’re walking through those two. I’m thinking it’s comparable to, it was a sunny day. I went for a walk. Okay. I don’t have much visualization to that. But the second story that you told was, it was a sunny day and my parents ware coming to town and you’re adding context and you’re adding depth. Right. And you’re also, to me, showing something that I feel is very important for [Edmonds], you’re showing your critical thinking skills, you’re showing how you, not only saw an out-of-office, you saw an out-of-office with an opportunity.

Lissa Smith: Absolutely. Yeah, 100%.

Mike Gerholdt: Love that. I love that.

Lissa Smith: Yeah. And I think that everyone, I mean, there, like I said, Eagle Scout Project. I mean, there’s these transferable skills that you have, that all, everyone has. And I think it’s just, you really have to sit down and focus and how can I translate these skills into this job description?

And I think it’s also pretty job description specific too, you’ll want to look at the job description and see what is this role asking for? Are they asking for that someone with strong process automation skills? Okay, well, then let me look through my list of stories, my role at expert repository of stories, and see which ones might relate to process automation.
It might be this, my out-of-office story here, or is there a lot of mention of collaboration in the job description? Is there a lot of a mention of working with stakeholders? Okay. Well, let me think of my past experience and make sure that I’m coming prepared to this interview with examples of how I’ve done that.

And good stories too. Like you said, you can give numbers, you can give the facts, but when you tell a good story, I mean, it’s also showing off your communication skills. It’s showing off that you understand the why, which is really important. And it feeds into a little of that passion too, that you can hear the passion in someone’s story. You don’t really hear a passion in facts.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. That’s true. How would you… So I’m listening to this and I’m lack of a better term, playing devil’s advocate. And thinking, “Boy, if I was a new admin and I’m applying for that junior role, and maybe I don’t have the paid experience, maybe I’m fresh out of Pathfinders, or I’m fresh out of college, and I’ve got two Salesforce certifications or 120 Trailhead badges. I don’t have those relatable stories. Were the interview questions for junior admins maybe a little bit different, or were the answers or way that I should be thinking about answering as a junior admin, a little bit different?

Lissa Smith: I think a little both. The questions are pretty much the same for me. I mean, in thinking of past skills, if you were a bartender, you could figure out how to translate the skills that you used as a bartender to managing projects, prioritizing, there’s collaborating with others. There’s still a lot of those transferable skills. And being able to tell that story, I think is part of this that’s huge. So it’s a lot of the same questions.

Mike Gerholdt: I think you absolutely 100% nailed it because I’m thinking of the college student. And you’re like, “Well, the time that I really had to collaborate, well, I don’t have a time in the workplace. But let me tell you about this project I was on in advanced biochemistry where I had a difficult teammate. You could walk through a scenario there, and it’s showing you the same principles and skills. It’s just a different environment that they were used in.

Lissa Smith: Absolutely. I also, personally, I mean, even, I think certification can be a story in itself and it was for some of the candidates that I hired.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, how so?

Lissa Smith: I heard stories of, it took me five times to pass my certification exam, is what a candidate told me. And they told me that kind of slumping, shoulders down, disappointed in themselves. I would reframe that story. I was so persistent, I went back and I know that content inside and out, it wasn’t just guessing to pass that exam. I know that content inside and out, it took me five tries and I passed, that’s, it’s, it can all be a story. It can all be something that sells you. And so even certification can be a story. It’s all in how you frame it.

Mike Gerholdt: One thing I wanted to touch on in this point was I shared with you prior to the call, kind of that admin skills that we’d rolled out. Rebecca showed us in the admin Keynote at Dreamforce. And I know it was the first time you’d seen it. So I kind of blindsided you with it. But of those 14 skills, was there one that stood out for you?

Lissa Smith: Problem solving stands out the most for me. I mean, when I come in, me, personally, into an interview, I am selling myself as a passionate, proactive problem solver. That’s what I am. I’m enthusiastic. I love finding problems. I love helping connect dots to figure out how to solve those problems. I think that’s the heart of an admin, they’re problem solvers and excited to find ways. So for me, personally, I hate saying, “No, that’s not possible on the Salesforce platform.” Because I can pretty much always figure out a way to do it. And so I feel that’s the heart of an admin.

But the learner’s mindset, piece, I think that’s another huge one. When you are looking for roles, admins who are looking for roles, I think it’s important to connect with a company that thinks that this is important too, that failing is okay, that trying new things is okay, innovating is okay. And gives you time to learn and to go to the new release readiness training, to do Trailhead to continue to learn. I think that’s really important when looking for a role.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I would agree 100%. You need to interview that company for culture. And the one thing I always tell people is, the person you’re sitting across the table from, are you enjoy sitting across the table from them? Because that’s going to be your job. Do you enjoy? If it’s an in person interview, do you enjoy the atmosphere? Do you enjoy just kind of that culture, that feeling that you have there? Because that’s something that’s really hard to change.

Lissa Smith: So important. Before I joined Salesforce, I was a leader of a Salesforce Trailblazer community group here in Indianapolis. And I was very involved in the community, in the Trailblazer community, at the women in tech meetings, at the admin meetings, at the developer meetings, still I am. Although now, everything’s different and virtual.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes.

Lissa Smith: I can participate in meetings all over the world there.

Mike Gerholdt: Everywhere.

Lissa Smith: Yeah. But having a hiring manager who participates in those meetings, I think is, or having a manager, not even a hiring manager, a manager who participates in those meetings is huge. Because they, first of all, the hiring managers, if you’re listening here, go to those meetings because you will find all the excited, passionate candidates you’re looking for.

A large majority of the admins that I hired were already very active within the community. And I already knew them and they already knew me. And I was somebody that they wanted to work for because they knew I was excited about the community and participated in it. And they knew, I would give them time to go to those meetings during lunch, back when they were always in person at lunchtime. It was-

Mike Gerholdt: In the Midwest, those meetings are always over lunch so that we could have meatloaf or lasagna or [inaudible] very ridiculously heavy, Midwestern, a hot dish.

Lissa Smith: Right. Yeah. And I know that that’s not something that’s consistent. But not all hiring managers even know that this exists or even managers know that this community exists. So I think it’s really important for managers to get involved in the Trailblazer community. And there’s a lot of… A ton of great talent. I mean, it’s just packed full of amazing talent.

People who are motivated and excited and then have this big network of people to connect with if they run into issues or if they need help, especially for those junior admins, that it’s something they haven’t done before. But they have this huge network of people that they can connect with. Now, all over the world. Thanks to… I mean, it was already all over the world, but even more so now that everything’s so virtual, they have this network.

Mike Gerholdt: No, I’m with you. And I actually was thinking about that because the number of stories, you go back a few years on the pod, we told the Zac Otero story of how Zac got his certifications and was relentless of going to user groups and introducing himself. There’s a lot of stories where that’s a great place to meet people, if you’re looking to get hired because they share the same interests. And I think it’s something you pointed out early on in our discussions was hiring managers should be at this. It may be called a user group, but hiring managers are users too.

Lissa Smith: Absolutely.

Mike Gerholdt: So-

Lissa Smith: Yep.

Mike Gerholdt: … I love that point. And it’s also, if I was thinking about it, would I want to interview with a hiring manager that I’ve seen at user groups, or would I want to interview with a hiring major where I have to explain user groups?

Lissa Smith: Yes. It’s such a good point. Yes, exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: Very different. So one thing, I think it’s, in common talk about because I feel you’ve run the gamut. I hope we’ve given everybody kind of a good insight into hiring admins and being the hiring manager. But I’d love to know a little bit about what you do at Salesforce because your title’s intriguing.

Lissa Smith: Yeah. So senior manager of business architecture here at Salesforce. I’m responsible for our internal Salesforce instance for sales people. So processes, tools, governance, user experience, within our internal Salesforce instance and within Slack. And I’ve been working a lot on the Slack for sales project for-

Mike Gerholdt: Wow.

Lissa Smith: … the past year and the rollout of Slack now. So it’s very fun and very exciting.

Mike Gerholdt: I will tell you, it’s always been a personal goal of mine when we started the podcast to have on as many Salesforce admins as possible. And I mean, Salesforce, Salesforce admins. But I say that a little tongue in cheek because I think it’s important. And I just did a talk with Pathfinders recently, the reason I bring that up and I say that is, your title, senior manager, business architecture isn’t something that I might search for on LinkedIn as a job-

Lissa Smith: Right.

Mike Gerholdt: … as a Salesforce admin. Right. And I think it’s important that we understand the identity and persona is called that, but the job title and the job descriptions may be very different.

Lissa Smith: So true. And I was lucky with this role that the word or the phrase, Salesforce admin, was included in the description that they were looking for somebody that had previous Salesforce admin experience. And so it showed up in a… This was a 10-year-old job search that I don’t even know how to turn off. It comes into my-

Mike Gerholdt: No.

Lissa Smith: … and it’s fine because I can see the landscape, especially when I was hiring admins, I could see who else is hiring here in Indianapolis. And I could see those other job descriptions and… But this one came through. And like you said, it was senior manager, business architecture. What’s that? And why did this even show up in the job search? I’m not even looking for a job and dug into that. And it’s really cool. And it’s Salesforce uses Salesforce to sell Salesforce, SuperMeta. There’s got to be a team that’s responsible for that. And-

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Lissa Smith: … it’s pretty exciting to be on that team.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I mean, I think in The Matrix, it’s taking the red pill, but for some reason taking the blue pill, right? So, I mean, you don’t have to give us details. But what kind of projects do you work on that I think… And the reason I ask that is, I want to be clear, not digging into your work-life, but I’m digging into analogous to what Salesforce admins would be doing. So what are, if somebody’s listening to this and thinking, “Hey, maybe I’ll become a Salesforce admin.” What’s kind of your everyday look like?

Lissa Smith: Sure. Yeah. So, I mean, we’re looking at new features. We often get them very early, as customer zero we get them first. So we’re looking at those new features. We also want dynamic forms on standard objects. So we want to be able to have that and make our user experience better. So we’re evaluating new features, we’re looking at how can we make user experience better. We’re collecting feedback from users. We’re governing our objects as well and our processes. We’re making sure that-

Mike Gerholdt: That’s a whole podcast in of itself.

Lissa Smith: … yeah, absolutely it is. We’re now looking at our digital HQ at Slack and how do we incorporate Slack into our processes. Make it Slack first, make Slack the platform of engagement for our users and ultimately, improve and make their processes more efficient. So it’s a day-to-day talking to users, understanding what users are doing and then making things better for them.

Mike Gerholdt: Sounds all the stuff we talk about in the central habits, which just makes me happy. It’s very good. Well, Lissa, this has been a very fun podcast. You are welcome back, anytime. If you have an idea, top of mind that you want to talk about, I will be super excited to see what Twitter has to say about this episode because I know it was one of the very first things that always pops into my inbox. Every time I check the community is, people asking for hiring or interview or questions or just anything around getting a job as being a Salesforce admin. And I thought it was a great way to kick off 2022. So thank you for helping me kick off 2022 on the podcast.

Lissa Smith: You’re welcome. Happy new year. I’m very excited to be here. I’m excited for the future of all of the new Salesforce admins and I’m rooting for you. And, yeah, excited.

Mike Gerholdt: So as I write, that was an amazing episode with Lissa. We literally probably could have talked for another hour, so I’m going to have to have Lissa back on the podcast. But to do that, you got to tweet me and tell me, what did I forget to ask Lissa on this episode? And then I’ll start compiling and we’ll get her back as soon as possible. What would you love to know about a hiring manager and asking questions to get that perfect admin job?

So be sure to tweet at us. And if you’d like to learn more about all things, Salesforce Admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources, including all of the links that I mentioned in this episode, as well as a full transcript. Now, you can stay up to date with us on social. We are at @SalesforceAdmns, no “I” on Twitter. Gillian is @gilliankbruce and, of course, I am @mikegerholdt. So with that, welcome to 2022 and stay safe, stay awesome and stay tuned for that next episode. We’ll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Belinda Wong, VP, Product Platform Management at Salesforce.

Join us as we talk about why sometimes Admins who are doing the best job go unnoticed and everything user access policy.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Belinda Wong.

Thank you, Admins Belinda is a Salesforce veteran in the midst of her 16th year with the organization. She actually got her start as an Admin way back when. She knows what it’s like to be asked over and over again to “just make it work” when so much more goes into understanding the problem and coming up with a solution that makes sense. She feels like often all you’ll get is a thanks for sorting things out without a deeper appreciation of what you’ve actually pulled off, so to everyone out there who’s been in that situation: she says thanks.

“Some of the best Admins I’ve talked to know how to anticipate,” Belinda says, they’re doing the research before a new Release drops to ensure everything goes smoothly. It can often feel like you get recognition only when you put out a big fire when things going smoothly on the other 364 days of the year is actually the bigger achievement.

What the Login Access Policy will mean for you One thing Belinda and her team are working on to improve productivity for Admins is adding the ability to better group together Permissions and find ways for Salesforce to help with that out of the box. “We’ve had standard profiles for 20 years—they haven’t really come along,” she says, which is why they’ve been moving into creating standard permission sets and permission set groups to help.

Belinda and her team are working on Login Access Policy to really tackle those problems and help you manage everything. It’ll not only include permissions sets but also things that are currently a little more peripheral, like record level access controls, public groups, and more. Look out for an early pilot of that later this year (safe harbor) and hopefully, try it out and give Belinda your feedback.

Be sure to listen to the whole episode for what Belinda’s up to with video games and knitting, and what you should wear to Dreamforce.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. This week I'm talking with Belinda Wong, who's the VP of product management at Salesforce. Now, before we get into the conversation with Belinda, she has been at Salesforce for 16 years. That's a long time. And she is actually heading up... I'm sure you're familiar with the name Cheryl Feldman. If not, Cheryl's working on all of the user access and permission policy things. So Belinda heads up that area. She has a really interesting take on some of the things that we do as admins I look at it as kind of celebrating zero. And so that's going to make more sense when you listen to the podcast, but really doing those things where we're being preventative and working ahead. Belinda even gives some advice on how to coach that up to your manager and make a big deal of being proactive. So with that, let's get Belinda on the podcast.
So Belinda, welcome to the podcast.

Belinda Wong: Thank you, Mike. I am so excited.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Well, it's your first podcast, which is hard to believe because I feel like I have spoken to Belinda Wong quite a bit in my career, but maybe just not on the podcast. So welcome to your first podcast.

Belinda Wong: Thank you. Thank you. I'm excited.

Mike Gerholdt: Now, you have a really cool title, VP product management at Salesforce. So hey, you've done some things. I would love to start off by you kind of introducing yourself to what are some of the products that perhaps you've managed that admins have used?

Belinda Wong: So I am nearly at my 16th year.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, congrats.

Belinda Wong: Finishing my 16th year at Salesforce. So I have done a lot of different things here. But from a product perspective, I moved into product management probably about halfway through that stint. I started off with owning our licensing and provisioning framework basically. I call it our digital delivery. This is how we play the role of the FedEx and UPS for all the products that Salesforce sells. So that was my first product. Then I expanded into some of our authorization space. And it was originally called admin, but it's really authorization, meaning how do you entitle your users. And think profiles, permission sets and all the goodness around that. So those are my two main areas. I started off doing the direct management. And then now I have a team of PMs. You guys will know that I recently brought Cheryl Feldman to take over that authorization space and she's been amazing.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, rockstar. Rockstar.

Belinda Wong: Yeah, absolutely rockstar. So that's my space. I affectionately call it entitlement services. So it's basically all the capabilities and services to entitle your system as well entitling your end users. Is that helpful?

Mike Gerholdt: Gotcha. Yeah. I mean, you are part of the delivery and now you're the person that keeps the doors locked or unlocked and gives admins the ability to hand out permissions. I like it.

Belinda Wong: That's great. I'm going to steal that.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. Use it. So it feels like last year, but it was actually just April, if you can believe, that we did TrailblazerDX in San Francisco and we were crossing paths in the setup area. And I will joke, we found the most splinterable picnic table, I think, available on the planet to sit down and have a chat. One of the topics that you brought up, which was really keen and why I wanted to have you on the podcast, was you said sometimes tasks that admins do are undervalued. And I'd really love for you to elaborate more on that.

Belinda Wong: Yeah, absolutely. In fact, my personal history with Salesforce started as an admin. I mean, before I joined Salesforce as an employee, my first introduction to Salesforce was administering an org for a startup. So one of the things that I figured out that, I mean, it was a great learning and it was also the reason why I fell in love with Salesforce as a product to start with is all the flexibility, all the things that you can figure out, but at the same time, people don't necessarily appreciate it, right? I remember being on the receiving end of, "Just make it work," you know?

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Belinda Wong: "Just give me the... Look, he could do something that I can't. Just make it so that it works." Since then, I've talked to a lot of administrators that's come up to me either in conference shows or I've reached out and talked to that that said the same thing. It's like, my users just want it to work, so they don't necessarily appreciate how much time the administrator has to go and understand what happened, have to go figure out what is or isn't set up right. And at the end of the day, all they get appreciated for is, "Okay, you fix the problem. Great!" Not that you spent 20 hours figuring out how to do it. And that's the part that I think we need to really highlight and just give that thanks. And I want to thank every administrator, everybody out there that's had that experience, even if it's only once in a while. But it's like, thank you. Thank you for persevering and staying with us.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I think there's... And I'll paraphrase. I read a note somewhere that kind of summarizes what you said, which was, a pipe in a house is clogged and person calls the plumber. Plumber comes over and says, "It'll be $400 to fix it." "Well, how, long's it going to take you to fix it?" "Oh, it'll be fixed in five minutes. You're not paying me for my time. You're paying me for the fact that I know how to fix this in five minutes." I think that's what you're saying, right? It's a little bit of the reverse of that, but it's like, "Thank you for doing the thing I asked. However, I lacked to gain the insight into the amount of time that it took for you to get that correct."
I mean, I have auto bill set up on how many of my home bills and cell bills and stuff like that. When the money just comes out of your account and you pay the bill and the service always works, you have a really hard time finding fault with the service. It's when the thing doesn't work that you're like, "Yeah, this company's horrible," right?

Belinda Wong: Exactly. Exactly. And that's the other part, is talking about another underappreciate, is that anticipation. Some of the best admins that I've talked to anticipates, right? They're the ones doing all the research on, "Hey, I hear a release is coming. Let's go learn about what's going to change. How's that going to impact me? I'm going to go figure it out before it actually impacts my end users." And again, they're doing it naturally. They just know that's the best way for them to get ahead of what might be problems. But I don't see that as appreciated by all the companies and the managers out there so we should advertise that that is important work.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. So let's talk about that because I feel like there's always one part and I listen to other podcasts and like, "Yeah, that's a problem." It's really easy to point out problems, but I think the second part of that is like, "So what's a solution?" I mean think of it from, I'll put it very astutely right into your seat, you're a manager of people and if you have somebody that does anticipate problems and does it very well and somebody that doesn't, what are things that you do to try and coach the other person and reward one of them for doing that and kind of help the other person not? Or conversely, what should that admin think of them out there, learning all the release notes, proactively putting out, "Here's what's coming. Here's things we need to think about," but feeling that undervalue from their manager? What should they do to communicate that to their manager? What would you want communicated to you?

Belinda Wong: I'm going to tell you a story. One of the things that I say especially for about my licensing and provisioning area is we are an enormous success when there are no incidents, right?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Belinda Wong: But reporting zero incidents is not normally what people do. Although, I do. Now that I think about it, I don't know if they have them around anymore but I remember days when I would go into the office, this was like my pre Salesforce days, I worked at an environmental engineering firm. You would walk into the office in the kitchen and there would be a poster that says, "Number of days with no OSHA violations."

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, yeah. There's a construction site I go past to take my dog to daycare and they have a sign that's similar to that.

Belinda Wong: Right. But you notice that the metric they're reporting is a number that goes up, right?

Mike Gerholdt: Mm-hmm.

Belinda Wong: And we seem to have a natural tendency towards the bigger the number, the more vanity the better it is to have. But the reality is, what we want to measure is no incident. We actually want a zero.

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Belinda Wong: But in that particular story, they had to represent it with a number that goes up so that people recognize the importance, like bigger is better. So maybe that's what we need to do is to say, "Let's figure out how to celebrate that. A no incident is not just, 'Okay nothing happened,' but that there's greatness in that. There's a metric what we should come up with to celebrate that." I don't know if that answers the question.

Mike Gerholdt: No, I do think... Yeah, it is funny. I didn't realize that, but I drive past that construction site and you notice the double or triple digit number. And then sometimes you drive by and you're like, "Oh, it's at five. Something must have happened, right?

Belinda Wong: Right.

Mike Gerholdt: And it's similar to like that auto bill that I have set up on some of my accounts. When they just bill me and my cell phone service works and I don't have issues, it's kind of cool. But man, you can get me flaming mad if I get out in the middle of nowhere and my cell service drops or something happens and it's like, "Wait a minute, I forgot about the 364 other days that boring was not even celebrated, but it totally meant they were doing their job."

Belinda Wong: Exactly. Yeah. I think that's what I would... I think your question was about how I would coach the people into, "Okay, you're not anticipating" because they got attention for the incidents that happened, right?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Belinda Wong: We always jump on escalations. So the person's name had recognition because there was an escalation. I mean, you could say there's a small negative connotation to that, but it's still, there was recognition. Whereas the other person who was doing the job, like doing their job well, was not getting recognized, right? So my coaching or my job as a manager would be, okay, let's find a way to celebrate that. And like I said, let's find a way that people understand it's important and that they see that big number or that big recognition.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I think a lot of what we talk about in admin relations and putting together sample dashboards is, "Look at all of the stories or the case tickets that I've burned down over the month." Like, "Look at all the things I've solved." I think the reverse of that is also... And I apologize I can't remember the year, but I know at Dreamforce one year we had a presentation that an individual in the community did. It was like dashboard of zeros is what I remember.

Belinda Wong: Right.

Mike Gerholdt: It's almost like celebrating that, right? Thinking through, "I know we want to talk about here's all the big stuff that's happened, but let's talk about how this dashboard month over month is still zero." And that could be number of incidences because we've anticipated problems that were coming up and proactively worked on solutions. So thinking that through, I can hear admins in my ear. They want to know like, "So Belinda, you manage Cheryl and you got this whole team of people. What's some of the stuff that you're proactively working on to make admins life easier?"

Belinda Wong: There's a couple of efforts that in our authorization space that we're looking at. One upcoming is something called user access policies. So one of the things that we know will improve our administrators productivity is to be able to better group together permissions, and maybe even to have Salesforce be much better at providing the prescriptive out of the box representation. I mean, the reality is we've had standard profiles for 20 years. They haven't really come along.

Mike Gerholdt: [inaudible].

Belinda Wong: We've started moving into a space we call permission sets and permission set groups. We've slowly started to put out standard permission sets, but usually along with incremental add on features, things like Einstein or maybe Health Cloud coming out with, "Hey, this is how you can configure a Health Cloud person." But we need to get a better way to do that in a standardized across all of our features and services. And that's what user access policy is intended to be, is a way for us to create a grouping that not only includes the permission sets, but also things that are a little more peripheral, like the record level access controls, like public groups and things like that. So look out for that. That is definitely on Cheryl's roadmap, user access policies. We're looking to do that, a pilot, an early pilot of that this year, so safe harbor. And then really get more feedback and iterate on that over the next year or so.

Mike Gerholdt: So is that feature functionality just a result of technology changing or the granularity of Salesforce needing to be even tighter? I guess the question I'm poking at is really for kind of newer admins. What about the profile doesn't work? And I say that because I've got a profile on Twitter and I've got a profile on Facebook and I've got a profile on other things that I log into. And I think maybe the new admin looks at that as like why are we splitting this up a little bit more?

Belinda Wong: The main aspect of it is definitely the growth of different types of functionality in the platform. I mean, when we first started 20 years ago or over 20 years ago, we only had sales, right?

Mike Gerholdt: Mm-hmm.

Belinda Wong: So profiles were set up to say, "Okay, you're a standard sales user. You do a little bit of contract management, or you just need read-only access to the sales objects."

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Belinda Wong: We've since grown into service cloud. We've grown into experience communities, portals. And our enormous app exchange ecosystem has added a lot more ISV partner solutions that sometimes play with the same objects, but often are their own set of entities, right?It's kind of like that bolt on. You start putting all this stuff onto the one item, it's like, "Oh, let me put on an extra pocket on this jacket. Let me put this badge or this pin." So now you've got this really heavyweight jacket that you have to put on. And you actually have to change it completely when something needs to be tweaked.

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Belinda Wong: So what we've said is, "You know what? We need to redesign that jacket so that it is more like the type of jacket where there's an inner lining that you can take off, or the sleeves comes off and you can actually be able to use this in a much more flexible way." That's kind of where that thought process, that design was coming from.

Mike Gerholdt: No, that's good. That's a really good analogy. I never really thought of that. I can only say, to me, I see it akin to a lot of the changes that we saw with Apple products. Like if you remember when the iPod came out, well, we synced it with iTunes, right?

Belinda Wong: Mm-hmm.

Mike Gerholdt: And then the phone came out, except now the phone has apps. But you get apps through iTunes, right?It kind of felt weird. They really had to figure out a way to kind of like, this one thing can't do everything anymore, you know?

Belinda Wong: Right.

Mike Gerholdt: I like your analogy of pins and buttons. You end up with this huge, massive jacket that isn't as functional because you've just kept adding to it as opposed to being able to scope out that vision. So it's a great analogy. Belinda, one of the things that I love to ask and feel free to answer however you wish. We've had a few PMs on and we'll probably see you at Dreamforce. Admins will be walking around. What is something you love to do in your spare time when you're not making user access policy products awesome for Salesforce admins?

Belinda Wong: So my two favorite hobbies, they're actually very different, but my two favorite hobbies, my first favorite hobby really the time sync one is video games.

Mike Gerholdt: Ooh.

Belinda Wong: It's actually a way for me to get connected with my own family, because my husband's a big video gamer.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay.

Belinda Wong: The two of us from even before we had children, we would sit side by side and play Final Fantasy in Co Op mode together. It was a great way for us to learn from each other and really connect and be together, because I was always the puzzle solver while he was the one who was like the fighter. He was much more dextrous than me, but we would get to a portion of the game where he is like, "I can't figure out where to go from here anymore." And it's like, "No, you just need to solve that little... Move those boxes around and then you'll be able to get to that extra passage way."
And we started doing that with our kids too. It's like we would play the Lego. I mean, Lego is big French. They take all of these different movies and then turn them into games with the Lego characters. So we just love those. We just love those. Our time sync is family time, video gaming. Although we also do occasionally board games when we're like, "Okay, maybe we're a little over indexed on the screen time now."
But the other thing that I do for me, which is more of a personal thing is knitting.

Mike Gerholdt: Ooh.

Belinda Wong: Because I just love being able to produce something. I'm not as talented as other crafters that we have at Salesforce. I am just totally envious of what Chris Duarte can do with the [inaudible] machine. But I've been trying to figure out how do I want designing, knitting a cap with the cloud on it and stuff like that. I'm working on it. Maybe I'll figure it out by Dreamforce and get you in.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I will take anything knitted. I love knitted stuff. It's so cool. That's so neat. I think you probably tapped into a lot of the things that I see our community do. I know there's a lot of video game people out there. Josh who hosts the Dev Podcast is a big video gamer. I think they're also on Twitch. I don't know if you Twitch stream your video games. That's a whole thing I just figured out, but you can watch a channel where you watch people play video games. One of my friends' kids told me about it. And I remember thinking to myself, "That's got to be incredibly boring." And then later that night I found myself two hours in watching somebody play a video game on Twitch. And I was like, "Okay. Note taken." So, yeah. Interesting.

Belinda Wong: Yeah. I haven't quite gotten into that yet. Although my daughters do. My younger daughter loves Roblox.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh.

Belinda Wong: I mean, that is the video game of choice for at least my 11 year old.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay.

Belinda Wong: And she's watched people do... That and Minecraft, because she's loves the building aspect, being able to just make giant towers and things like that.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes. Yes.

Belinda Wong: So I've seen her do watch a Twitch channel on Roblox or Minecraft.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Yeah.

Belinda Wong: I haven't gotten into it myself yet.

Mike Gerholdt: I did the Minecraft Creative mode for a while. I totally got into it. And then I built this huge house thing. I think it's Creative mode or something, Design mode, you can fly around. And I was flying around and I got lost. I couldn't find my way back to this big house that I had built. And I was just so devastated that I was like, "Oh." And so I just never picked it up again.

Belinda Wong: No.

Mike Gerholdt: That, and then I made the mistake of going online and seeing other stuff that people had built. And I was like, "Oh my thing's not even close to that." So hey, there we go. But yeah, video games and knitting. Belinda, thanks for taking time out of the day and talking about some of the stuff you're working on at Salesforce and recognizing that some of the things our admins do that we've always realized are things that they should talk a little bit more about.

Belinda Wong: Yeah, absolutely. And thank you for everything. I want to just say again, thank you to all the admins and everything they do in making Salesforce easy to use.

Mike Gerholdt: So it was great talking with Belinda. We can always go down host different alleys. I'd love to know if there's video game players or knitters out there. I see that all over my Twitter feed quite a bit. And holy cow, if you're coming to Dreamforce this year, it's going to be warm, but bring something knitted because that's going to be super cool. I truly wish I could knit. I have not picked it up. I played some video games, but it was neat to see some of the hobbies that Belinda has. I really enjoyed her advice that she gave us as admins about thinking about some of those tasks that we do and the time we put into it and celebrating ourselves and also paying attention, being ahead of the curve and anticipating new features, new releases or maybe new issues. It's always worth bringing those up to our managers as well as we work through those things.
So of course, if you want to learn more about all things Salesforce admin, just go to admin.salesforce.com to find resources including any of the links that we mentioned in today's episode as well as a full transcript. Of course you can stay up to date with us on social, we are @SalesforceAdmins. No I on Twitter. Gillian is on Twitter. She is @gilliankbruce. And of course, I am on Twitter @MikeGerholdt. And with that, stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Christine Magnuson, a Solution Engineering Manager at Salesforce and 2008 Olympic swimmer and two-time silver medalist.

Join us as we talk about what skills transferred from being a top athlete to working in the Salesforce ecosystem, why you shouldn’t sell yourself short, and why Admins are great partners in Solution Engineering.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Christine Magnuson.

Transitioning into a Salesforce career Christine is officially the first Olympic medalist we’ve had on the pod. “You have to constantly check yourself that you’re in reality,” she says, “you’re just among the best of the best in what they do and it’s an honor to be in that community.”

So we know how she got her start, but how did Christine wind up in Solution Engineering? She started with a master's in Public Administration and hit the pavement to network. Almost anyone was willing to give 30 minutes to an Olympian asking about their lives. “Actually,” she says, “I don’t think you need to be an Olympian to call somebody up to ask about what they do and what they like and what they don’t—everyone says yes because they like talking about themselves.”

How Sales was the perfect jumping-off point for Christine The overwhelming advice was to start in Sales because it applies to so many different things. “I came to realize that it was really about me believing in the product I was selling,” Christine says, “and as long as I believed in the product I was doing everybody else a favor by telling them about it and not them doing a favor for me.” The business she was working for had started leveraging Salesforce and, since she was the youngest person on the team, she was the de facto accidental Admin.

Christine found herself working at Quip soon after they were acquired. She worked in Sales for a year “but I nerded out on the product so much and working with the PMs and the marketing team and having that cross-functional view was really fun for me,” she says, so when they decided to build out the Solution Engineering team she volunteered. From there it was a transition to the core team working with key Salesforce clients like Amazon, Dell, and BMWare.

Why Admins are visionaries Admins are particularly helpful in this work because they know their user base inside and out: what they want to do, where their pain points are, and what needs automating. “Some of the Admins I work with are so innovative about not just thinking about what is a small step forward, but what are five steps forwards and should we be taking those big leaps forward,” Christine says.

One of the secret powers that good Admins have is the ability to use the tools already in Salesforce to the max. As the old saying goes, when you have a hammer everything looks like a nail, and sometimes in these large organizations, Devs jump straight to coding and customizing when there might already be a tool you can use in your org.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Skills Kit

Social * Christine: @CMagsFlyer * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I am your host, Gillian Bruce. And today, we have a first, listeners. We are joined by a two-time Olympic silver medalist and solution engineering manager at Salesforce, Christine Magnuson. She has so much great knowledge and experience to share. I asked her about all of the things, everything from what's it like to build a team of Salesforce professionals to how do you transfer skills from being an elite athlete to working in the Salesforce ecosystem, and so much more. So without further ado, let's welcome Christine on the pod. Christine, welcome to the podcast.

Christine Magnuson: Thanks so much for having me.

Gillian Bruce: Okay. So it is official. You are the first official Olympian and medal winner to appear on the Salesforce Admins Podcast. I just have to lead with that because it's pretty amazing. Tell me, what was it like to win a silver medal at the Olympics? Two of them.

Christine Magnuson: Two of them. Well, I am happy to be your first. I have a feeling I won't be your last, but very excited to be the trailblazer here on that front. Yes. My Olympic career was so fun. I mean, I highly suggest becoming an Olympian if you have the chance to.

Gillian Bruce: Totally on my list.

Christine Magnuson: Yes. Exactly. Sign yourself up. It's a really amazing community to be a part of, and to stand up and represent your country in that form is just such an honor. It takes your breath away. You have to constantly check yourself that you're in reality. And just to be in that space with so many amazing competitors from not just Team USA, but around the world. It's so such a hard feeling to describe because you're just amongst the best of the best in what they do. And it's an honor. It's an honor to be amongst that community. And it's something that it never leaves you. Once you're an Olympian, you're always an Olympian. There's never former Olympians. There's just Olympians. And so it's definitely a club that you're part of for your entire life once you're there once, and that's pretty incredible.

Gillian Bruce: So it's like being part of Salesforce ecosystem, right? I mean, once you're a part of it.

Christine Magnuson: It's like being a ranger. Once you're a ranger, they don't take it away. You get to be a ranger for life. Now you can always do more, but yes, it's 100%. It doesn't leave you. You can always come back. I mean, how many boomerangs do we know in this Salesforce... Well, Salesforce is a company. Of course, there's boomerangs, but then also just in the ecosystem as well.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Once you get in, you can't really get out because it's a good place to be. So speaking of that, talk to me a little bit about your transition from being an amazing Olympic athlete to now being... I mean, you work with solution engineers here at Salesforce. Tell me a little bit about that journey.

Christine Magnuson: Oh, man. I have the best job. At least I think so. So when I retired in 2013, I had just finished up my master's program from the University of Arizona. I have a master's in public administration. I thought I wanted to go into non-profits or athletic governances, and then through that experience, really felt like I wanted to actually go into the corporate world and get more experience before applying those things potentially back to those communities. And so I networked with really anyone who talked me. Good news was that pretty much everybody was willing to give 30 minutes to an Olympian who was just asking them about their lives. Actually, I don't think you'd need to be an Olympian to call somebody up and say, "Can you tell me about what you do and what you like and what you don't?" Everyone says yes. They love talking about themselves, which is great.
And so I net networked my way and everybody said, "Sales is a great place to start. You'll never regret it. You can apply it to so many different ways even if you end up not liking sales." It took me a while to realize that that was the case. When you think about sales, you think about that used car salesman and people selling, pushing things on you that you don't want. And I came to realize that it was really about me believing in the product I was selling. And as long as I believed in the product, I was doing everybody else a favor by telling them about it and not them doing a favor for me. And so-

Gillian Bruce: That shift. Yeah.

Christine Magnuson: Total shift in mindset. And so I joined a great small company out of Chicago that was placing consultants into life science companies and learned full life cycle sales from them. And they were also doing a lot with their Salesforce implementation during that time. And of course, I was one of the younger ones in the company and new to sales, and they were like, "Christine can figure this out. What should the experience be?" And so I was the super user. And then towards my end, I was actually part-time admin with no qualification whatsoever other than I could pick it up. That's I think the amazing thing about the product itself is that you can pick it up without going and learning how to code. And so I really fell in love with the technology.
I had moved to San Francisco because I was in Chicago and Chicago's really cold. Growing up there, I knew what it meant. And I spent a couple of adult years there and just decided to get out. So I moved to San Francisco, wanted to get into tech, and there was this little company called Quip that had just been acquired. They were ramping things up. I joined their sales team, did sales for a year, but felt I was basically... I nerded out on the product so much and working with the PMs and the marketing team, and having that cross-functional view was really fun for me, that when they decided to build out the solution engineering team, I raised my hand and everybody around me was really supportive. And so I moved to the new role, was immediately put on some of our top accounts, which was mind-blowing to see how these really complex accounts worked. And a few years later, I was leading the SE team and helping expand my knowledge across the US with our [inaudible] based team.
And now, about six or nine months ago, I came over to what we call core, which is thinking about the whole Salesforce portfolio for particular customer bases. And I have the honor of leading some really elite SEs who cover companies like Amazon and Dell and VMware and a few others. And they're just some of the sharpest individuals that I've ever met. And I get the honor of managing them and then meeting with our customers and seeing what they're doing and trying to help them through a lot of really complex issues. And so I'm never bored. I'm always using my brain. And it's a really fun job, and all because I just nerded out on the Salesforce products.

Gillian Bruce: Well, you're preaching to the choir here because admins are the ultimate Salesforce nerds. We're very proud of our nerdom.

Christine Magnuson: I love it.

Gillian Bruce: And I think what's so interesting is you interact with admins and customers at these very complex companies and these complex implementations. I want to touch more on how you transferred some of your skills as an Olympian to your skills in the Salesforce ecosystem. But before we get there, can you talk to me about some of the things that you see make an admin at one of these very complex implementations successful?

Christine Magnuson: Yeah. I think when they really understand their user base, that helps an extreme amount because they understand what their user base is trying to do, where they can automate, where they're struggling. And so the more they can understand their end user, the better. And then it comes down to, okay, understanding the actual implementation, pros and cons. Let's be real. No implementation out there is perfect.

Gillian Bruce: What? What are you talking about?

Christine Magnuson: Well, if somebody knows of one, please call me and let me know how it went and how you got there. But it's just because things change. Companies grow and you can't predict the future when you're implementing. And so hindsight is 20-20. But some of the admins I work with are so innovative of not just thinking about what is a small step forward, but what are five step forward? Should we be doing five steps instead of one in certain areas and taking those big leaps forward? And how does global changes affect us? Not just scale and a global distributed user base, but also data residency requirements. And oh my goodness, how do we push changes if we're going to have multi-org? And what does hyper force look like? And all of these things, they're a part of the conversation. And that is one, really fulfilling, I think for everybody involved because we're getting the full picture, but it helps us break down what is realistic for this customer moving forward and what's their timeline? It's all about being in sync. But some just really great work being done out there by our admins.

Gillian Bruce: I love that. Knowing your user base, knowing what your users are trying to do, and then really that forward visionary thinking of what the product can do and the direction that things are going. I think very, very important skills and traits of every successful admin. So it's great hearing it from you because you really work with some of the most complex.

Christine Magnuson: Yeah. I'll add in one more because I know a lot of our admins work with IT groups. I'm renovating my house right now. I was talking to you about that earlier. When you talk to somebody who's a builder, they always want to build. And if you're talking to somebody who is a woodworker, they're just like, "Oh. Do this." And it's always in their frame of reference. And when we talk to customers, if we're talking to a highly IT-oriented or builder-oriented customer, they're like, "Oh. We'll just customize it. We'll just build it." And I think one of the powers that admins can come in is saying, "That's out-of-the-box. Stop building. Stop wasting our time and stop doing over-customized things that are going to hurt us down the road because again, we can't predict the future. Let's do as much out-of-the-box as possible. And then we can apply our own flavor to it if need be. And the customer or the user base should tell us if we actually need to do that or not."
And so that's the third one I would put in is they're so valuable with saving their company's time by not developing things that are already just there for them.

Gillian Bruce: You hit the nail in my head with that. That is something that is just... It comes up time and time again. And often it's like you mentioned, working with IT. There's also sometimes that conflict when you're a developer mindset versus an admin mindset because they'll go straight to like, "Oh. I can build this really, really cool thing that's super complex and blah, blah, blah." And the admin's like, "Hold up a second. You realize that we already have this in Salesforce."

Christine Magnuson: Totally. We already own it.

Gillian Bruce: Why don't you spend your time customizing something on top of that? Let's start with this base first.

Christine Magnuson: I know. And some of these larger customers, they have a lot in their contracts that they should be using. It's just use it. You've already paid for it. So if you use more of it, it's kind of free because you've already put that-

Gillian Bruce: It's included.

Christine Magnuson: Yeah. It's included. You've already made the investment. So get more value out of it. And so stepping back and making sure that they're using that full value is something that the admins can do so much for their companies on.

Gillian Bruce: Oh. I love that because that's such... I mean, again, talk about not only driving efficiency for the users and the user base and helping people get their jobs done, but you're saving the company resources and time as [inaudible]-

Christine Magnuson: It's huge. The ROI behind it is huge.

Gillian Bruce: I love those three really, really great points. So I want to dive back into the story of Christine for a second. So we have been talking a lot about the admin skills kit, which we just launched at TrailblazerDX a few months ago, and it's all about helping identify those business skills that help admins be successful. So on top of the product knowledge, these are things like communication and problem-solving, designer's mindset that really make an admin successful. And one element of that is we have language in there about how to represent these skills in the context of the Salesforce ecosystem. So this is how it might look like on your resume. This is how it might look like in a job posting you create to hire someone with that skill. How do you think about transferable skills? Because clearly you transferred a very unique skillset from being a very high level competitive athlete, an Olympian, to now the technology sector and the Salesforce ecosystem. So can you talk to me a little bit about how you managed transferring your skillset?

Christine Magnuson: Yeah. Well, especially from the athletic world... and we're talking to the Team USA athletes about this right now... is what are those athlete skillsets that we probably took for granted, frankly? When you're in an elite level of whatever it is, but in my case, athleticism, you are surrounded by other people in that environment. And so you just start to take those skills for granted because they're normalized. And so how do you actually step away from that normalization and say, "Actually, that wasn't normal. That was special. And how do I articulate that it is special?" And so when it comes to the athletic population, we're very good at time management. When you're going from practice to school or work back to practice and you have to... I mean, even fitting in meals and strategic rest, all of that goes into just having really good time management.
And especially now in a remote workforce world with distractions all around us and family coming in and out, my dogs were just here, it can get a little crazy. And so being able to focus on time management is huge. So that would, I would say, is an obvious number one. Two, coachability. Oh, my goodness. We're always constantly going to be learning new technology and picking up new skills and we should be getting feedback about how we're doing and what more should we be doing? And being able to... And athletes, believe me, we tend to be confident people. Takes a lot to stand up in front of a lot of people with a bathing suit on.

Gillian Bruce: Sure does.

Christine Magnuson: Most athletes don't lack in confidence, but I will say we know when to check our egos at the door because somebody's about to make us better. And that translates really well to a workforce where you have to actually invite feedback. Not everybody is good at giving or receiving feedback, and we can all get better by doing it. When somebody gives me feedback, it's such a compliment to me. They have just invested in me. They took the time to think something through, invest in me, and make me better. What a compliment, even if the feedback is harsh. And athletes are so used to that.

Gillian Bruce: Feedback is a gift, right? Isn't that what we were saying? Yeah.

Christine Magnuson: Exactly. All feedback is good feedback, even if it's-

Gillian Bruce: It doesn't feel good.

Christine Magnuson: It doesn't feel good. Exactly. And so the feedback loop is huge for athletes. The other, which I think we definitely take for granted, is attention to detail. Attention to detail, but still flexibility. So when I was swimming, I was talking to my coach about moving my arm a slightly different way at a slightly different angle. It was maybe an inch difference, and then doing that thousands, tens of thousands of times perfectly. And so that attention to detail is huge. But also knowing that you're working within a rule of constraints, and sometimes you need to be flexible. My first job, I remember coming in and working with somebody who's in operations, and they were extremely rule-oriented. There was no breaking her rules. And I had a situation where I was like, "Hey. I think we need to break this... We're going to have to do this differently," is how I phrased it. And she was like, "Absolutely not."
And it shocked me because I had the logical argument. I had all of my data. I had backed it up and I said, "This is why this is different." And she said, "Nope, too bad." And I was just like, "I've never encountered someone like you before. I have to change the way I communicate." And all of it was really interesting lessons learned, but I think athletes can stay pretty fluid in these really changing dynamic environments. Still know what rules are important, but then apply details to them like, "Well, do we even make a shift here or shift there?" So that's kind of two in one with the flexibility and detail. But I would say that's another big one.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. And I like the way that you paired those two together because especially as I think about admins specifically, the attention to detail is critical because you got to dot all the I's and cross all the Ts and make sure everything is locked down or assigned correctly or every single workflow is thought of. But at the same time, you do. You have to remain flexible because you may have to adjust that solution and adjust it for this specific user type or adjust it for this specific situation and... Yeah.

Christine Magnuson: Oh, my goodness. Yes. I mean, how many companies do we see right now holistically changing their business models? Moving to subscription. I mean, what a huge difference and what an impact on their Salesforce instances. Totally complex. You need to be very into the details, but you also need to be flexible because we're going to change a lot. And we're probably not going to predict everything on day one no matter how good we are planning.

Gillian Bruce: We can't see the future. What are you talking about? Come on.

Christine Magnuson: Oh, man. Well, maybe some of them out there can. I've never been good at it.

Gillian Bruce: No. I mean, I think that's really interesting. One of the things that I hear a lot from admins who are either transferring from another industry into the Salesforce ecosystem is really that idea of not throwing away all that experience they had let's say if they worked in a warehouse for 15 years or worked as a teacher. And it can feel like you have to start at ground zero a little bit because everything sounds different. It looks different. But I really like how you identify those skills that you were able to take from something that's very seemingly different from the technology space, but then rethink about them and apply them in a way that has made you successful in a completely different industry. What tips and advice do you have for someone who's maybe in that moment of like, "Oh, my gosh. I'm switching my career and I feel like I don't know what I can pull from."?

Christine Magnuson: Yeah. My advice is actually... and I've done this with a couple of my direct reports... is step back and take your titles away. Have literally a pen and paper. Go old school. Sit down away from all technology and think to yourself, "What do I love to do on a day-to-day basis? What skills do I love and want to develop more? And where are my strengths?" Almost a strength finder type exercise, and just write them down. And then we are like, "Okay. What are the skills do I think I need for this new career?" And then cross-reference and don't forget that a lot of them transfer, but maybe just the verbiage is different.
And so here's a great example. I did swim clinics all the time when I was swimming professionally, which meant I had anywhere between 30 and 100 kids, ages between 6 and 18 for four hours in a day where I was teaching them something and taking photos with them and telling them about life as a professional swimmer, as an Olympian. My storytelling and presentation skills and public speaking skills were pretty well-honed because if you can hold the attention of a bunch of eight-year-olds, guess what? A room of business people who are supposed to pay attention to you, a lot less intimidating and probably more on topic.
And so I was thinking, "Oh, yeah. I'm good at public speaking." Well, no. I'm good at storytelling. Do you know what every job in corporate America needs, is more storytellers? And how do I fit this into a really logical timeline and personas and make it interesting to people? Well, okay. I was just using the wrong verbiage. And so you'll find a lot of that, I think, no matter what careers you're talking about. Both my parents were teachers. Oh, my goodness. The things that I learned from them that I apply now today, there's a long, long list. And so take that time and make that list for yourself. And then if you're not sure how it translates to the other side of things, you can have conversations with people who are already there and maybe show them the list.
Heck, use your thesaurus. Sometimes, it's as simple as that. You're like, "I didn't think that. That was kind of similar." And so it's just a translation exercise. But really step back and think about the skills you probably take for granted because those are the ones that you'll end up keeping into your job that will stay with you and still be of real high value to your employer.

Gillian Bruce: Great advice. Well, and we've got the admin skills kit to help elucidate at least 14 of them that [inaudible]-

Christine Magnuson: There you go.

Gillian Bruce: ... help you see some connections there.

Christine Magnuson: Exactly.

Gillian Bruce: One other thing I wanted to talk to you about, Christine, is I mean, I could just keep you on the podcast for hours and hours and hours, I'm sure. But you've got an actual job to do. But before we get to wrapping, I wanted to ask you, in the context of the Salesforce admin skills kit, I know that you actually pulled me a while ago like, "Hey. I'm going to send this to one of my customers." From a customer who is hiring an admin or... I'm sure you talk to your customers all the time who are trying to figure out how to properly build a team to administer Salesforce. Could you maybe share what are the common issues that they usually face? What are some things that an admin listening to this who's either hiring someone or wanting to hire someone or be that next best person who can get hired, what kind of advice can you share from being in your role and what you've seen?

Christine Magnuson: Well, the war for talent is real. So I'll talk about Amazon for a second. And this is all public knowledge. You can go on their website and just do your own search and find this yourself. If you search AWS and Salesforce... I did this the other week... there were over 440 jobs listed. That's just AWS. And Amazon is big. They have a lot of Salesforce instances. They are hunting for talent and they're hunting for talent at all levels. And I think that's where we sometimes forget is everyone thinks like, "Oh. To go work at a company like Amazon, oh, my goodness. I need to be so senior." And that's just not the case. They need people of all levels. And sometimes they need the doers who are in on the details more than the strategic thinkers. They got a bunch of strategic thinkers. They need the doers.
And so when you go look at their websites and then have conversations with them, they're willing to invest in somebody who's sharp and has the basics and is willing to just learn with them and continue to upscale as they're with the employer. And so I think don't count yourself out. If you're looking for the job, apply to a job you might not think you're qualified for. And whether they put you in that position or a different position, it starts the conversation, and I think it's really good for everyone. So definitely don't undersell your skills. They're needed out there right now. There's a lot of companies. I cited one, which is probably extreme example, just because the volume of people they have. But every company out there that I talk to is concerned about more talent in-house, in their tools, and Salesforce is a go-to tool.
For those hiring admins, I would say take a little bit of the DEI approach, diversity, equity, and inclusion. It doesn't need to be somebody who checks all your boxes for every role. Talk to people. Be a little bit more flexible. Tell your recruiters to be more flexible. I mean, I have found some of the best people on my team who were not either in the Salesforce ecosystem or where they weren't SEs. And they're amazing because they come with such transferable skills and they maybe had a basis in one or the other. And so working with your recruiters to be really flexible and take that diversity, equity, and inclusion approach of, "I don't need somebody who checks all the boxes. I need the right person for the job." And that's a different mindset.

Gillian Bruce: I love that. That is great advice. It's very rare that we talk about the employer, the hiring manager perspective on the podcast. So I think that is really, really excellent advice. Christine, oh, my gosh. Thank you so much for everything you-

Christine Magnuson: Thanks for having me.

Gillian Bruce: ... [inaudible] with us today. I feel so lucky. You're my first also Olympic medalist that I've ever gotten to speak to. So it's a double whammy. You're the first one on the pod. It's my first time getting to talk to an elite Olympian. So thank you so much. And also, thank you for all you do at Salesforce. I mean, you have clearly done a lot already, and I know you're going to do more. And thanks for being a great advocate for admins and advocate for athletes and people transferring skills, and we'll have to have you back on at some point.

Christine Magnuson: I would love to come back on. Thank you so much for having me. I love the admin community. They make such a difference. And when we find really good ones to work with, it's so much more fun for me and my team. So thank you. We appreciate you. Keep doing what you're doing. And of course, give some love to your SEs out there at Salesforce and other ISV customers. We're a good crew. We love working with you.

Gillian Bruce: Hey. A good SE makes every admin happy too, I got to tell you.

Christine Magnuson: It's a partnership. It's a partnership.

Gillian Bruce: Well, thank you so much, Christine. And thank you for joining us on the podcast, and we will have you back.

Christine Magnuson: Love it.

Gillian Bruce: Wow. That was an amazing conversation. Christine has so much great knowledge to share. Everything that she shared about identifying those skills that she had for being an elite athlete and how to transfer them into her Salesforce career, I mean, everyone can identify with that. I love that. Take time. Turn off all the devices. Get out a pen and paper and really think about what your skills are, and then map them. And then I also really appreciated hearing about how you should strategize when you build a team of admins, about thinking about diversity, equality, inclusion, and thinking about maybe applying for that job that you aren't necessarily ticking all the boxes for. Working with admins at those really big implementations who have hundreds and hundreds of people who work with Salesforce, you don't have to be an expert to apply for those jobs. I thought that was a really interesting perspective.
So I hope you got something out of this episode. I got a ton. And wow, I got to talk to an Olympic medalist. Amazing. Anyway, thank you so much for joining us today. If you want to learn more about anything we chatted about, go to admin.salesforce.com. You'll find the skills kit there to identify some of your transferable skills. And as always, you can follow all of the fun on Twitter using #AwesomeAdmin and following Salesforce admins, no I. If you want to follow our amazing Olympian we just heard from, Christine Magnuson, you can find her on Twitter @CMagsFlyer. She is a swimmer. So put that together. You can follow me on Twitter @GillianKBruce and my amazing co-host Mike Gerholdt @MikeGerholdt. I really hope you enjoyed this episode. I hope you're inspired to go out there and reach for a medal. And with that, I'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Christine Magnuson, a Solution Engineering Manager at Salesforce and 2008 Olympic swimmer and two-time silver medalist.

Join us as we talk about what skills transferred from being a top athlete to working in the Salesforce ecosystem, why you shouldn’t sell yourself short, and why Admins are great partners in Solution Engineering.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Christine Magnuson.

Transitioning into a Salesforce career Christine is officially the first Olympic medalist we’ve had on the pod. “You have to constantly check yourself that you’re in reality,” she says, “you’re just among the best of the best in what they do and it’s an honor to be in that community.”

So we know how she got her start, but how did Christine wind up in Solution Engineering? She started with a master's in Public Administration and hit the pavement to network. Almost anyone was willing to give 30 minutes to an Olympian asking about their lives. “Actually,” she says, “I don’t think you need to be an Olympian to call somebody up to ask about what they do and what they like and what they don’t—everyone says yes because they like talking about themselves.”

How Sales was the perfect jumping-off point for Christine The overwhelming advice was to start in Sales because it applies to so many different things. “I came to realize that it was really about me believing in the product I was selling,” Christine says, “and as long as I believed in the product I was doing everybody else a favor by telling them about it and not them doing a favor for me.” The business she was working for had started leveraging Salesforce and, since she was the youngest person on the team, she was the de facto accidental Admin.

Christine found herself working at Quip soon after they were acquired. She worked in Sales for a year “but I nerded out on the product so much and working with the PMs and the marketing team and having that cross-functional view was really fun for me,” she says, so when they decided to build out the Solution Engineering team she volunteered. From there it was a transition to the core team working with key Salesforce clients like Amazon, Dell, and BMWare.

Why Admins are visionaries Admins are particularly helpful in this work because they know their user base inside and out: what they want to do, where their pain points are, and what needs automating. “Some of the Admins I work with are so innovative about not just thinking about what is a small step forward, but what are five steps forwards and should we be taking those big leaps forward,” Christine says.

One of the secret powers that good Admins have is the ability to use the tools already in Salesforce to the max. As the old saying goes, when you have a hammer everything looks like a nail, and sometimes in these large organizations, Devs jump straight to coding and customizing when there might already be a tool you can use in your org.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Skills Kit

Social * Christine: @CMagsFlyer * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I am your host, Gillian Bruce. And today, we have a first, listeners. We are joined by a two-time Olympic silver medalist and solution engineering manager at Salesforce, Christine Magnuson. She has so much great knowledge and experience to share. I asked her about all of the things, everything from what's it like to build a team of Salesforce professionals to how do you transfer skills from being an elite athlete to working in the Salesforce ecosystem, and so much more. So without further ado, let's welcome Christine on the pod. Christine, welcome to the podcast.

Christine Magnuson: Thanks so much for having me.

Gillian Bruce: Okay. So it is official. You are the first official Olympian and medal winner to appear on the Salesforce Admins Podcast. I just have to lead with that because it's pretty amazing. Tell me, what was it like to win a silver medal at the Olympics? Two of them.

Christine Magnuson: Two of them. Well, I am happy to be your first. I have a feeling I won't be your last, but very excited to be the trailblazer here on that front. Yes. My Olympic career was so fun. I mean, I highly suggest becoming an Olympian if you have the chance to.

Gillian Bruce: Totally on my list.

Christine Magnuson: Yes. Exactly. Sign yourself up. It's a really amazing community to be a part of, and to stand up and represent your country in that form is just such an honor. It takes your breath away. You have to constantly check yourself that you're in reality. And just to be in that space with so many amazing competitors from not just Team USA, but around the world. It's so such a hard feeling to describe because you're just amongst the best of the best in what they do. And it's an honor. It's an honor to be amongst that community. And it's something that it never leaves you. Once you're an Olympian, you're always an Olympian. There's never former Olympians. There's just Olympians. And so it's definitely a club that you're part of for your entire life once you're there once, and that's pretty incredible.

Gillian Bruce: So it's like being part of Salesforce ecosystem, right? I mean, once you're a part of it.

Christine Magnuson: It's like being a ranger. Once you're a ranger, they don't take it away. You get to be a ranger for life. Now you can always do more, but yes, it's 100%. It doesn't leave you. You can always come back. I mean, how many boomerangs do we know in this Salesforce... Well, Salesforce is a company. Of course, there's boomerangs, but then also just in the ecosystem as well.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Once you get in, you can't really get out because it's a good place to be. So speaking of that, talk to me a little bit about your transition from being an amazing Olympic athlete to now being... I mean, you work with solution engineers here at Salesforce. Tell me a little bit about that journey.

Christine Magnuson: Oh, man. I have the best job. At least I think so. So when I retired in 2013, I had just finished up my master's program from the University of Arizona. I have a master's in public administration. I thought I wanted to go into non-profits or athletic governances, and then through that experience, really felt like I wanted to actually go into the corporate world and get more experience before applying those things potentially back to those communities. And so I networked with really anyone who talked me. Good news was that pretty much everybody was willing to give 30 minutes to an Olympian who was just asking them about their lives. Actually, I don't think you'd need to be an Olympian to call somebody up and say, "Can you tell me about what you do and what you like and what you don't?" Everyone says yes. They love talking about themselves, which is great.
And so I net networked my way and everybody said, "Sales is a great place to start. You'll never regret it. You can apply it to so many different ways even if you end up not liking sales." It took me a while to realize that that was the case. When you think about sales, you think about that used car salesman and people selling, pushing things on you that you don't want. And I came to realize that it was really about me believing in the product I was selling. And as long as I believed in the product, I was doing everybody else a favor by telling them about it and not them doing a favor for me. And so-

Gillian Bruce: That shift. Yeah.

Christine Magnuson: Total shift in mindset. And so I joined a great small company out of Chicago that was placing consultants into life science companies and learned full life cycle sales from them. And they were also doing a lot with their Salesforce implementation during that time. And of course, I was one of the younger ones in the company and new to sales, and they were like, "Christine can figure this out. What should the experience be?" And so I was the super user. And then towards my end, I was actually part-time admin with no qualification whatsoever other than I could pick it up. That's I think the amazing thing about the product itself is that you can pick it up without going and learning how to code. And so I really fell in love with the technology.
I had moved to San Francisco because I was in Chicago and Chicago's really cold. Growing up there, I knew what it meant. And I spent a couple of adult years there and just decided to get out. So I moved to San Francisco, wanted to get into tech, and there was this little company called Quip that had just been acquired. They were ramping things up. I joined their sales team, did sales for a year, but felt I was basically... I nerded out on the product so much and working with the PMs and the marketing team, and having that cross-functional view was really fun for me, that when they decided to build out the solution engineering team, I raised my hand and everybody around me was really supportive. And so I moved to the new role, was immediately put on some of our top accounts, which was mind-blowing to see how these really complex accounts worked. And a few years later, I was leading the SE team and helping expand my knowledge across the US with our [inaudible] based team.
And now, about six or nine months ago, I came over to what we call core, which is thinking about the whole Salesforce portfolio for particular customer bases. And I have the honor of leading some really elite SEs who cover companies like Amazon and Dell and VMware and a few others. And they're just some of the sharpest individuals that I've ever met. And I get the honor of managing them and then meeting with our customers and seeing what they're doing and trying to help them through a lot of really complex issues. And so I'm never bored. I'm always using my brain. And it's a really fun job, and all because I just nerded out on the Salesforce products.

Gillian Bruce: Well, you're preaching to the choir here because admins are the ultimate Salesforce nerds. We're very proud of our nerdom.

Christine Magnuson: I love it.

Gillian Bruce: And I think what's so interesting is you interact with admins and customers at these very complex companies and these complex implementations. I want to touch more on how you transferred some of your skills as an Olympian to your skills in the Salesforce ecosystem. But before we get there, can you talk to me about some of the things that you see make an admin at one of these very complex implementations successful?

Christine Magnuson: Yeah. I think when they really understand their user base, that helps an extreme amount because they understand what their user base is trying to do, where they can automate, where they're struggling. And so the more they can understand their end user, the better. And then it comes down to, okay, understanding the actual implementation, pros and cons. Let's be real. No implementation out there is perfect.

Gillian Bruce: What? What are you talking about?

Christine Magnuson: Well, if somebody knows of one, please call me and let me know how it went and how you got there. But it's just because things change. Companies grow and you can't predict the future when you're implementing. And so hindsight is 20-20. But some of the admins I work with are so innovative of not just thinking about what is a small step forward, but what are five step forward? Should we be doing five steps instead of one in certain areas and taking those big leaps forward? And how does global changes affect us? Not just scale and a global distributed user base, but also data residency requirements. And oh my goodness, how do we push changes if we're going to have multi-org? And what does hyper force look like? And all of these things, they're a part of the conversation. And that is one, really fulfilling, I think for everybody involved because we're getting the full picture, but it helps us break down what is realistic for this customer moving forward and what's their timeline? It's all about being in sync. But some just really great work being done out there by our admins.

Gillian Bruce: I love that. Knowing your user base, knowing what your users are trying to do, and then really that forward visionary thinking of what the product can do and the direction that things are going. I think very, very important skills and traits of every successful admin. So it's great hearing it from you because you really work with some of the most complex.

Christine Magnuson: Yeah. I'll add in one more because I know a lot of our admins work with IT groups. I'm renovating my house right now. I was talking to you about that earlier. When you talk to somebody who's a builder, they always want to build. And if you're talking to somebody who is a woodworker, they're just like, "Oh. Do this." And it's always in their frame of reference. And when we talk to customers, if we're talking to a highly IT-oriented or builder-oriented customer, they're like, "Oh. We'll just customize it. We'll just build it." And I think one of the powers that admins can come in is saying, "That's out-of-the-box. Stop building. Stop wasting our time and stop doing over-customized things that are going to hurt us down the road because again, we can't predict the future. Let's do as much out-of-the-box as possible. And then we can apply our own flavor to it if need be. And the customer or the user base should tell us if we actually need to do that or not."
And so that's the third one I would put in is they're so valuable with saving their company's time by not developing things that are already just there for them.

Gillian Bruce: You hit the nail in my head with that. That is something that is just... It comes up time and time again. And often it's like you mentioned, working with IT. There's also sometimes that conflict when you're a developer mindset versus an admin mindset because they'll go straight to like, "Oh. I can build this really, really cool thing that's super complex and blah, blah, blah." And the admin's like, "Hold up a second. You realize that we already have this in Salesforce."

Christine Magnuson: Totally. We already own it.

Gillian Bruce: Why don't you spend your time customizing something on top of that? Let's start with this base first.

Christine Magnuson: I know. And some of these larger customers, they have a lot in their contracts that they should be using. It's just use it. You've already paid for it. So if you use more of it, it's kind of free because you've already put that-

Gillian Bruce: It's included.

Christine Magnuson: Yeah. It's included. You've already made the investment. So get more value out of it. And so stepping back and making sure that they're using that full value is something that the admins can do so much for their companies on.

Gillian Bruce: Oh. I love that because that's such... I mean, again, talk about not only driving efficiency for the users and the user base and helping people get their jobs done, but you're saving the company resources and time as [inaudible]-

Christine Magnuson: It's huge. The ROI behind it is huge.

Gillian Bruce: I love those three really, really great points. So I want to dive back into the story of Christine for a second. So we have been talking a lot about the admin skills kit, which we just launched at TrailblazerDX a few months ago, and it's all about helping identify those business skills that help admins be successful. So on top of the product knowledge, these are things like communication and problem-solving, designer's mindset that really make an admin successful. And one element of that is we have language in there about how to represent these skills in the context of the Salesforce ecosystem. So this is how it might look like on your resume. This is how it might look like in a job posting you create to hire someone with that skill. How do you think about transferable skills? Because clearly you transferred a very unique skillset from being a very high level competitive athlete, an Olympian, to now the technology sector and the Salesforce ecosystem. So can you talk to me a little bit about how you managed transferring your skillset?

Christine Magnuson: Yeah. Well, especially from the athletic world... and we're talking to the Team USA athletes about this right now... is what are those athlete skillsets that we probably took for granted, frankly? When you're in an elite level of whatever it is, but in my case, athleticism, you are surrounded by other people in that environment. And so you just start to take those skills for granted because they're normalized. And so how do you actually step away from that normalization and say, "Actually, that wasn't normal. That was special. And how do I articulate that it is special?" And so when it comes to the athletic population, we're very good at time management. When you're going from practice to school or work back to practice and you have to... I mean, even fitting in meals and strategic rest, all of that goes into just having really good time management.
And especially now in a remote workforce world with distractions all around us and family coming in and out, my dogs were just here, it can get a little crazy. And so being able to focus on time management is huge. So that would, I would say, is an obvious number one. Two, coachability. Oh, my goodness. We're always constantly going to be learning new technology and picking up new skills and we should be getting feedback about how we're doing and what more should we be doing? And being able to... And athletes, believe me, we tend to be confident people. Takes a lot to stand up in front of a lot of people with a bathing suit on.

Gillian Bruce: Sure does.

Christine Magnuson: Most athletes don't lack in confidence, but I will say we know when to check our egos at the door because somebody's about to make us better. And that translates really well to a workforce where you have to actually invite feedback. Not everybody is good at giving or receiving feedback, and we can all get better by doing it. When somebody gives me feedback, it's such a compliment to me. They have just invested in me. They took the time to think something through, invest in me, and make me better. What a compliment, even if the feedback is harsh. And athletes are so used to that.

Gillian Bruce: Feedback is a gift, right? Isn't that what we were saying? Yeah.

Christine Magnuson: Exactly. All feedback is good feedback, even if it's-

Gillian Bruce: It doesn't feel good.

Christine Magnuson: It doesn't feel good. Exactly. And so the feedback loop is huge for athletes. The other, which I think we definitely take for granted, is attention to detail. Attention to detail, but still flexibility. So when I was swimming, I was talking to my coach about moving my arm a slightly different way at a slightly different angle. It was maybe an inch difference, and then doing that thousands, tens of thousands of times perfectly. And so that attention to detail is huge. But also knowing that you're working within a rule of constraints, and sometimes you need to be flexible. My first job, I remember coming in and working with somebody who's in operations, and they were extremely rule-oriented. There was no breaking her rules. And I had a situation where I was like, "Hey. I think we need to break this... We're going to have to do this differently," is how I phrased it. And she was like, "Absolutely not."
And it shocked me because I had the logical argument. I had all of my data. I had backed it up and I said, "This is why this is different." And she said, "Nope, too bad." And I was just like, "I've never encountered someone like you before. I have to change the way I communicate." And all of it was really interesting lessons learned, but I think athletes can stay pretty fluid in these really changing dynamic environments. Still know what rules are important, but then apply details to them like, "Well, do we even make a shift here or shift there?" So that's kind of two in one with the flexibility and detail. But I would say that's another big one.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. And I like the way that you paired those two together because especially as I think about admins specifically, the attention to detail is critical because you got to dot all the I's and cross all the Ts and make sure everything is locked down or assigned correctly or every single workflow is thought of. But at the same time, you do. You have to remain flexible because you may have to adjust that solution and adjust it for this specific user type or adjust it for this specific situation and... Yeah.

Christine Magnuson: Oh, my goodness. Yes. I mean, how many companies do we see right now holistically changing their business models? Moving to subscription. I mean, what a huge difference and what an impact on their Salesforce instances. Totally complex. You need to be very into the details, but you also need to be flexible because we're going to change a lot. And we're probably not going to predict everything on day one no matter how good we are planning.

Gillian Bruce: We can't see the future. What are you talking about? Come on.

Christine Magnuson: Oh, man. Well, maybe some of them out there can. I've never been good at it.

Gillian Bruce: No. I mean, I think that's really interesting. One of the things that I hear a lot from admins who are either transferring from another industry into the Salesforce ecosystem is really that idea of not throwing away all that experience they had let's say if they worked in a warehouse for 15 years or worked as a teacher. And it can feel like you have to start at ground zero a little bit because everything sounds different. It looks different. But I really like how you identify those skills that you were able to take from something that's very seemingly different from the technology space, but then rethink about them and apply them in a way that has made you successful in a completely different industry. What tips and advice do you have for someone who's maybe in that moment of like, "Oh, my gosh. I'm switching my career and I feel like I don't know what I can pull from."?

Christine Magnuson: Yeah. My advice is actually... and I've done this with a couple of my direct reports... is step back and take your titles away. Have literally a pen and paper. Go old school. Sit down away from all technology and think to yourself, "What do I love to do on a day-to-day basis? What skills do I love and want to develop more? And where are my strengths?" Almost a strength finder type exercise, and just write them down. And then we are like, "Okay. What are the skills do I think I need for this new career?" And then cross-reference and don't forget that a lot of them transfer, but maybe just the verbiage is different.
And so here's a great example. I did swim clinics all the time when I was swimming professionally, which meant I had anywhere between 30 and 100 kids, ages between 6 and 18 for four hours in a day where I was teaching them something and taking photos with them and telling them about life as a professional swimmer, as an Olympian. My storytelling and presentation skills and public speaking skills were pretty well-honed because if you can hold the attention of a bunch of eight-year-olds, guess what? A room of business people who are supposed to pay attention to you, a lot less intimidating and probably more on topic.
And so I was thinking, "Oh, yeah. I'm good at public speaking." Well, no. I'm good at storytelling. Do you know what every job in corporate America needs, is more storytellers? And how do I fit this into a really logical timeline and personas and make it interesting to people? Well, okay. I was just using the wrong verbiage. And so you'll find a lot of that, I think, no matter what careers you're talking about. Both my parents were teachers. Oh, my goodness. The things that I learned from them that I apply now today, there's a long, long list. And so take that time and make that list for yourself. And then if you're not sure how it translates to the other side of things, you can have conversations with people who are already there and maybe show them the list.
Heck, use your thesaurus. Sometimes, it's as simple as that. You're like, "I didn't think that. That was kind of similar." And so it's just a translation exercise. But really step back and think about the skills you probably take for granted because those are the ones that you'll end up keeping into your job that will stay with you and still be of real high value to your employer.

Gillian Bruce: Great advice. Well, and we've got the admin skills kit to help elucidate at least 14 of them that [inaudible]-

Christine Magnuson: There you go.

Gillian Bruce: ... help you see some connections there.

Christine Magnuson: Exactly.

Gillian Bruce: One other thing I wanted to talk to you about, Christine, is I mean, I could just keep you on the podcast for hours and hours and hours, I'm sure. But you've got an actual job to do. But before we get to wrapping, I wanted to ask you, in the context of the Salesforce admin skills kit, I know that you actually pulled me a while ago like, "Hey. I'm going to send this to one of my customers." From a customer who is hiring an admin or... I'm sure you talk to your customers all the time who are trying to figure out how to properly build a team to administer Salesforce. Could you maybe share what are the common issues that they usually face? What are some things that an admin listening to this who's either hiring someone or wanting to hire someone or be that next best person who can get hired, what kind of advice can you share from being in your role and what you've seen?

Christine Magnuson: Well, the war for talent is real. So I'll talk about Amazon for a second. And this is all public knowledge. You can go on their website and just do your own search and find this yourself. If you search AWS and Salesforce... I did this the other week... there were over 440 jobs listed. That's just AWS. And Amazon is big. They have a lot of Salesforce instances. They are hunting for talent and they're hunting for talent at all levels. And I think that's where we sometimes forget is everyone thinks like, "Oh. To go work at a company like Amazon, oh, my goodness. I need to be so senior." And that's just not the case. They need people of all levels. And sometimes they need the doers who are in on the details more than the strategic thinkers. They got a bunch of strategic thinkers. They need the doers.
And so when you go look at their websites and then have conversations with them, they're willing to invest in somebody who's sharp and has the basics and is willing to just learn with them and continue to upscale as they're with the employer. And so I think don't count yourself out. If you're looking for the job, apply to a job you might not think you're qualified for. And whether they put you in that position or a different position, it starts the conversation, and I think it's really good for everyone. So definitely don't undersell your skills. They're needed out there right now. There's a lot of companies. I cited one, which is probably extreme example, just because the volume of people they have. But every company out there that I talk to is concerned about more talent in-house, in their tools, and Salesforce is a go-to tool.
For those hiring admins, I would say take a little bit of the DEI approach, diversity, equity, and inclusion. It doesn't need to be somebody who checks all your boxes for every role. Talk to people. Be a little bit more flexible. Tell your recruiters to be more flexible. I mean, I have found some of the best people on my team who were not either in the Salesforce ecosystem or where they weren't SEs. And they're amazing because they come with such transferable skills and they maybe had a basis in one or the other. And so working with your recruiters to be really flexible and take that diversity, equity, and inclusion approach of, "I don't need somebody who checks all the boxes. I need the right person for the job." And that's a different mindset.

Gillian Bruce: I love that. That is great advice. It's very rare that we talk about the employer, the hiring manager perspective on the podcast. So I think that is really, really excellent advice. Christine, oh, my gosh. Thank you so much for everything you-

Christine Magnuson: Thanks for having me.

Gillian Bruce: ... [inaudible] with us today. I feel so lucky. You're my first also Olympic medalist that I've ever gotten to speak to. So it's a double whammy. You're the first one on the pod. It's my first time getting to talk to an elite Olympian. So thank you so much. And also, thank you for all you do at Salesforce. I mean, you have clearly done a lot already, and I know you're going to do more. And thanks for being a great advocate for admins and advocate for athletes and people transferring skills, and we'll have to have you back on at some point.

Christine Magnuson: I would love to come back on. Thank you so much for having me. I love the admin community. They make such a difference. And when we find really good ones to work with, it's so much more fun for me and my team. So thank you. We appreciate you. Keep doing what you're doing. And of course, give some love to your SEs out there at Salesforce and other ISV customers. We're a good crew. We love working with you.

Gillian Bruce: Hey. A good SE makes every admin happy too, I got to tell you.

Christine Magnuson: It's a partnership. It's a partnership.

Gillian Bruce: Well, thank you so much, Christine. And thank you for joining us on the podcast, and we will have you back.

Christine Magnuson: Love it.

Gillian Bruce: Wow. That was an amazing conversation. Christine has so much great knowledge to share. Everything that she shared about identifying those skills that she had for being an elite athlete and how to transfer them into her Salesforce career, I mean, everyone can identify with that. I love that. Take time. Turn off all the devices. Get out a pen and paper and really think about what your skills are, and then map them. And then I also really appreciated hearing about how you should strategize when you build a team of admins, about thinking about diversity, equality, inclusion, and thinking about maybe applying for that job that you aren't necessarily ticking all the boxes for. Working with admins at those really big implementations who have hundreds and hundreds of people who work with Salesforce, you don't have to be an expert to apply for those jobs. I thought that was a really interesting perspective.
So I hope you got something out of this episode. I got a ton. And wow, I got to talk to an Olympic medalist. Amazing. Anyway, thank you so much for joining us today. If you want to learn more about anything we chatted about, go to admin.salesforce.com. You'll find the skills kit there to identify some of your transferable skills. And as always, you can follow all of the fun on Twitter using #AwesomeAdmin and following Salesforce admins, no I. If you want to follow our amazing Olympian we just heard from, Christine Magnuson, you can find her on Twitter @CMagsFlyer. She is a swimmer. So put that together. You can follow me on Twitter @GillianKBruce and my amazing co-host Mike Gerholdt @MikeGerholdt. I really hope you enjoyed this episode. I hope you're inspired to go out there and reach for a medal. And with that, I'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got the Monthly Retro for June.

Join us as we talk about all the can’t-miss Salesforce content from June and why you should submit a presentation for the Admin Track at this year’s Dreamforce.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation from our Monthly Retro.

Live Events We just got back from World Tour London which was a blast, and the NYC version just wrapped. There were tons of great presentations and it was so great to see everyone in person again, so make sure you catch up on all the action.

  • World Tour London on Salesforce+
  • World Tour NYC on Salesforce+

Blog highlights from June LeeAnne and Mike put together a great roundup about what CDP is and how it will make our lives as admins that much easier. There are a lot of fun use cases and it can help you get a handle on how CDP will turn your rich customer data into action.

  • Introduction to Salesforce CDP for Admins

Video highlights from June Another month, another great batch of video content from Jennifer Lee. This time, she’s on the hunt for how to stop unwanted changes to reports you thought were good to go. There’s also a throwback to the old Salesforce UI for those in know.

  • How I Solved It: Monitor Unwanted Changes to Reports

Podcast highlights from June “Skills pay the bills,” as they say, and we’ve spent a lot of June highlighting our new Salesforce Admin Skills Kit. We think you should listen to our episode with David Nava, where we catch up on all the amazing things he’s been doing since the last time he was on the pod in 2019 and how he helps other veterans make the transition to the ecosystem.

  • Transferrable Skills with David Nava
  • CDP for Admins with James Richter

Dreamforce 2022 Admin Track Call for Presentations Dreamforce is coming up soon, and submissions are officially open for Admin Track presentations, which are due by July 8th. Make sure to read through this handy blog post to label your submission correctly and, hopefully, we’ll see you soon!

  • Dreamforce 2022 Admin Track Call for Presentations Is Open!

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast in the June monthly retro for 2022. I'm your host Mike Gerholdt. And in this episode, we're going to review the top product, community and careers content for June. And of course, helping me do that in a bright yellow Jersey, I don't know why, is the familiar voice of Gillian Bruce. Hello, Gillian.

Gillian Bruce: Go warriors.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, is that why it is? The basketball is over. You know what's crazy along those lines, I think I heard ESPN talk about the Stanley Cup playoffs.

Gillian Bruce: Those are also happening now. Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. So if we didn't have artificial ice, where would we have these playoffs, because it's hot everywhere. It's like a hundred or something in Iowa.

Gillian Bruce: Well, if they really wanted hockey to be seasonal, it would all be in the fall in the winter. Right?

Mike Gerholdt: As it should be, yes. We'd also be done playing basketball by now, because summer's just for messing around and going to pools and vacations.

Gillian Bruce: To be fair, everyone has been done playing basketball for about a month. It's just the Warriors who managed to win the finals, play into June.

Mike Gerholdt: I see.

Gillian Bruce: The fourth time in recent history.

Mike Gerholdt: Who did they play this year?

Gillian Bruce: Oh, we just beat Boston.

Mike Gerholdt: Boston. Okay.

Gillian Bruce: The Celtics.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Bye Boston.

Mike Gerholdt: I just saw the winning time on that, where the Lakers beat Boston.

Gillian Bruce: Boston Celtics have a very rich history of winning a lot, but now the Warriors have a dynasty themselves. So there you go. There you go.

Mike Gerholdt: We just lost all our Celtic's fans.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, don't worry. Celtics fans love to hear people hate on them. This is kind of what feeds the Boston [inaudible].

Mike Gerholdt: It's a thing?

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. They thrive on the hate. So it's not even hate, it's respect. Good job Celtics. But Steph Clay, [inaudible] Andre are back. All right. Enough of that. It's not a sport's podcast. That's what my husband does.

Mike Gerholdt: Not yet anyway.

Gillian Bruce: We're going to be talking about all the great Salesforce admin content from June.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. But first we had people on planes traveling.

Gillian Bruce: Oh gosh, that's right. Planes, trains, and automobiles. Happening.

Mike Gerholdt: Jumping the pond, as they call it.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. We had some of our team members over in London, not too long ago for the World Tour, which by all things appearing on the social medias looked amazing.

Mike Gerholdt: So shout out to the London admin user group. We love you guys. Thank you for hosting and having Ella and Leanne join. It's always fun presenting there. Gillian, I think all of us have presented there. It's like a right of passage, right?

Gillian Bruce: It really is. It really is. The London admin user group is ... will always hold a special place in my heart, because I feel like it was one of the first admin user groups. And it's just full of just some amazing people who are doing a lot to help each other out and their career growth. And it's just ... yeah, I think that was my first trip to London was ...

Mike Gerholdt: Could be. We did a live podcast there.

Gillian Bruce: We sure did. We sure did.

Mike Gerholdt: That was fun.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: And exciting. Jumping ahead to the tour, the pictures that Ella and Leanne ... Ella and London sent back, all of London sent pictures back to me on my Slack channel.

Gillian Bruce: Ella, Leanne, London.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. The theaters look really packed. So everybody really showed up. It's always fun doing stuff at the Excel Center.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. People are clearly excited to be back in person and to connect and learn and have fun. And that's what it's all about. So it's great to get that vibe and we're just going to carry that vibe right on into the next tour, because Mike, I am literally stepping out the door to go to New York City to go to the New York World Tour.

Mike Gerholdt: Great segue.

Gillian Bruce: Great segue.

Mike Gerholdt: It's going to be awesome.

Gillian Bruce: It's going to be amazing. It's going to be great to connect with the very vibrant, all of the community groups that are in the New York area are going to be representing in full force. We are doing quite a few sessions in both the Trailblazer Theater and we've got a whole breakout session we've got together. Jennifer Lee is presenting a whole bunch, because that's what she does.

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Gillian Bruce: So it's going to be a really great chance to see everybody and yeah, just meeting some new trailblazers, which is always fun.

Mike Gerholdt: Is there any food that you get in New York that you look forward to?

Gillian Bruce: Oh God, it's been so long since I was there.

Mike Gerholdt: I know, that's why I asked.

Gillian Bruce: I think actually the last time I was in New York was before my first born was born.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh boy.

Gillian Bruce: So I do remember there's a steak place that Damon, my husband is obsessed with called Peter Luger's, which is actually across the bridge. It's not in Manhattan and it's ... Mike, next time you and I are there together, we will go.

Mike Gerholdt: Steak. Yes. The Midwest in me wants steak.

Gillian Bruce: It's one of the most famous steakhouses in the world. So that's fun. I don't know if I'm going to hit that up, but I am going to get to go to hopefully a show on Broadway, which will be really fun.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh fun.

Gillian Bruce: So I looking forward to that.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Pre-pandemic, my last trip to New York was in December and a few of us got to go see a lived tape of Stephen Colbert.

Gillian Bruce: Nice. Nice.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Super fun. Oh man. That was blast. All right. So we can talk more food.

Gillian Bruce: Food. I will say of my-

Mike Gerholdt: It's the Salesforce Admins Podcast where we cover sports and food. Totally makes sense. Right?

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I'm going to sprinkle in a little bit of trashy TV, because I also say that I have been trying to get tickets to go to a live taping of Watch What Happens Live With Andy Cohen. Needless to say, I've gotten nowhere. It's one of the hardest things to get into. But if anybody on this podcast who's listening right now has a trick of how to do that, I will specifically go back to New York to get in on that taping. So any Bravo diehards or anyone with a connection, let me know.

Mike Gerholdt: That's filmed in New York? I always saw it was filmed in LA. Andy Cohen always comes off to me as very LA.

Gillian Bruce: He's very New York.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, interesting. I judged that one wrong.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: So top content. First thing I want to point out is the Introduction To Salesforce CDP For Admins, which Leanne wrote. I helped write, but we only get one author. So I chose Leanne. This is a fun little article to dig into. We've heard CDP. Gillian, you were in New York. CDP was everywhere in New York. I'd say as an admin, for sure, jump in.
This was really insightful for me to understand how CDP, which is customer data platform, what it means for admins, how we can do it. And really what are the actual fun cases of sitting around, talking with different parts of our organization, understanding market segmentation, owners, what the business case is for it. To me, it's a good way to really drive that next level engagement with Salesforce. So I enjoyed writing it, check it out.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. It's a great article. Good job, Mike. I also will say listeners, stay tuned, because we have James Richter, who's going to be joining us on the podcast in a future episode to talk all about CDP for admins. And talking about what he has seen help admins be successful with CDP, how you talk about the strategy of one to implement a CDP, and how to set yourself up for success. So stay tuned. We got more CDP goodness coming your way.

Mike Gerholdt: More CDP. James Richter. Is he any relation to Andy Richter, speaking of Late Night?

Gillian Bruce: I didn't ask. I don't think so.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, there's your first question.

Gillian Bruce: We've already had this conversation, but maybe on Twitter when we release it, we can pile on announcing that.

Mike Gerholdt: "Are you related to Andy Richter." "No, I get asked that all the time though. Thanks." The next thing I wanted to point out was a video that Jennifer Lee put out. A part of The How I solved It series, Monitor Unwanted Changes To Reports. The title says it all, right?

Gillian Bruce: Who doesn't want that?

Mike Gerholdt: Oh my. Come on.

Gillian Bruce: Stop changing my reports, people.

Mike Gerholdt: It's like, it just ... so it was really good how she worked through it. I really enjoyed watching her talk with Cassie. The screenshots, walking you through everything, for those of us in the know, there's even some throwback days to the old field layout properties, where you get to see the old Salesforce interface. But man, let me tell you. The number of times that I've put reports out into the world and then a few months later come back and reran it. It's like, what did you do? How is it possible for you to have tangled up and changed things this bad? So I really appreciate this post. I'm sure admins will too.

Gillian Bruce: It's a must view. It's a must view.

Mike Gerholdt: It is. And Gillian and tee you up for the trifecta of the content that we put out in June. You did a podcast with David on transferable skills, because you're the skills person.

Gillian Bruce: Hey skills pay the bills, as they say.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep.

Gillian Bruce: Or do they say that? I don't know.

Mike Gerholdt: They do now.

Gillian Bruce: I'm just saying that. So yes. I had a fantastic conversation with David Nava, who is a repeat guest on the podcast, but he's done a lot since the first time he was on in 2019. That's when he was just starting to make his transition from the military to working in the Salesforce ecosystem. Now not only is he working in the Salesforce ecosystem, but he's on his second kind of Salesforce ecosystem company and that happens to be Salesforce.
So, and he's a now not just making his own transition from military to Salesforce, he's helping hundreds and hundreds of other people in the military community make the same transition. So really great to catch up with him, talk really about kind of how that admin skills kit can play into helping folks figure out which skills they can transfer from their previous or current industries into the Salesforce ecosystem. So give it a listen, if you haven't already. David is fantastic. So many great things. I mean, hey, who doesn't want to hear from a Naval flight officer who is-

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, seriously.

Gillian Bruce: An amazing Salesforce professional. And he's got such a passion for giving back and helping other people make similar transitions.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Yeah. Very cool.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Must listen.

Mike Gerholdt: What I fear or what I'm happy to announce will be a new segment on the pod, that we will wrap things up with is, hey, it's just about Dreamforce time.

Gillian Bruce: It's beginning to feel a lot like Dreamforce.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Coming back this year.

Mike Gerholdt: In person in San Francisco, where they have a winning basketball team.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, we do. Dynasty.

Mike Gerholdt: See, I worked that in there.

Gillian Bruce: Dynasty.

Mike Gerholdt: Want to remind everybody and the link will be in the show notes, you have until July 8th to submit to the admin track call for presentations. Please take a second, read that blog post. And I mean read it, not skim it and like, "Oh cool. It's open. Here's the link." But actually read through it. There's some fields we want you to fill out, because this is open for all of Salesforce. So all of Salesforce is collecting submissions through the CFP, not just Admin developer and Architect Track and want to make sure that you label your submission correctly, so that we can adequately review it, because we have a tight little turnaround.
It's going to be Dreamforce before we know it. So if you have an idea, start sketching it down. As soon as you're done listening to the podcast, which it's almost over, I promise, maybe another block and a half to home and then we're done. But think through, submit early, don't wait till July 8th, because I promise you're going to wake up and you're going to be like, "Oh it's July 8th. Oh it closed." Or the tab died, or your internet goes out, or something. It's going to happen. Get it in early. There's no reward for being last in the door.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Get it in early. Make sure that you really kind of think about why this belongs at Dreamforce. Again, read the posts. It's all in there about how to put it together. What kind of content we're looking to feature at Dreamforce. So, it's a great opportunity. If you've never thought about presenting a Dreamforce, here is your opportunity. And if you're a little nervous, partner with somebody who has presented before. There are a lot of people who presented before, who would love to have a collaborator. So great opportunity to develop some content, share it and get a really cool experience.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep. I would agree. If you want to learn more about anything that we talked about on today's episode, please go to admin.salesforce.com to find those links and resources, including the one to the CFP. You can stay up to date with us on social for all things admins. We are at Salesforceadmns, no eye on Twitter. I'm on Twitter at MikeGerholdt and Gillian is at GillianKBruce. So that, stay safe, stay awesome and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to James Richter, Director, Cloud Success & CSG Global Program Lead, Salesforce Customer Data Platform (CDP). Join us as we talk about what CDP is, how it will be the single source of truth across all platforms, and how to get your org ready.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with James Richter.

What is CDP? If you’ve been puzzling over CDP and what it could do for your org, you’re not alone. “My team is focused on getting CDP into the market, so you’re not the only one wondering what it is,” James says. So what is it?

“Have you ever read Dr. Seuss’s I Wish That I Had Duck Feet?” James asks. In the book, a kid wants to have duck feet to splash around and not have to keep them dry. However, he soon realizes there are some downsides to duck feet. For example, he can’t wear shoes. “What we’ve found is marketers and admins are the same way,” James says, you get all these shiny new tools but end up with a bunch of extra data you don’t know what to do with. CDP is being built to help you manage all that data so you can play with the fun stuff and not worry about wearing shoes.

The Single Source of Truth You can do so much with all of the tools out there for the platform, but the data is really hard to deal with. CDP aims to segment and manage everything for you. For now, they’re building it to help with Marketing Cloud, but in the near future CDP will be the single source of truth across all the different Salesforce platforms for everything that a customer has done.

A lot of the stuff that CDP does is possible with tools like SQL, but CDP will make it possible with a lot less code and effort.

Getting Ready for CDP So how do you get ready? The first thing is to make sure you have someone in the room who understands each of your systems. Before you start building, you need to understand what you’re building with. You need to know what data is the same across each platform so you can harmonize it, but that means you need someone to translate for you and explain what you’re looking at.

Once you’re able to show just how easy it is to get any piece of data you’re after with clicks, not code, the power of CDP will speak for itself. “It makes everybody’s life easier,” James says, “and that’s an easy thing to advocate for.”

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Introduction to Salesforce CDP for Admins * Trailhead: Customer Data Platform for Admins module

Social * James Richter on LinkedIn * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Full show transcript Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and careers, to help you be an awesome admin. I'm your host today, Gillian Bruce, and we are talking about CDP. You might be saying, "Gillian, what is CDP?" Well, don't worry, we're going to get into it, because it is a big deal, and it is an amazing thing for all admins to think about, because it really truly brings the single source of truth to your Salesforce platform. To talk about that today, we have James Richter joining us, he's a director, cloud success, and CSG global program lead at Salesforce. He is doing all things CDP with customers, so he's the right person to come on and explain what it is. Without further ado, let's get James on the pod. James, welcome to the podcast.

James Richter: Thank you so much, thanks for having me.

Gillian Bruce: It's so great to have you, and I'm very looking forward to our conversation, because we're going to talk about something that I don't know much about, and that is CDP. Before we get into all of that, can you tell us a little bit about what you do at Salesforce?

James Richter: Yeah, absolutely, so I am part of our shared success team, my team is focused on getting CDP into the market. It's new for everybody, so you're not the only one wondering what it is. We've been trying to teach people and also learn from everybody, so we're out there working with our customers and partners to get CDP stood up in their environments, and just learn alongside them, and also, teach them as we go, and share that knowledge across to everybody else.

Gillian Bruce: All right, I like it. Okay, so here you are on the podcast, you got a whole audience of admins to talk to about CDP. Let's get right into it, what is CDP? What does it stand for?

James Richter: What a great question. Yeah, so CDP is a customer data platform, and I think if you go out in Google, you will find a lot of answers as to what a CDP is. I'll give you my take on it, and then we can talk later about how that checks out with your understanding. I don't know, you've you've got kids, have you ever read Dr. Seuss' I Wish That I Had Duck Feet?

Gillian Bruce: Okay, my kids are a little too young for that yet, but I do remember that book, yes. This is the greatest leading off explanation I think we've ever had on the pod, so please, take me from Dr. Seuss to CDP?

James Richter: Yeah, so Dr. Seuss, there's a kid that says, "I Wish that I had duck feet, I can tell you why, I can splash around, I don't have to keep them dry." But then he realizes like, "Hey, if I had duck feet, I couldn't have any shoes," and he says, "I wish I had an elephant nose, so I could put out fires. He's like, "But then they'd make me wash the windows." What we've found is marketers and admins, we're the same way, we see all these cool, shiny tools and we're like, "Hey, I want to go out and get that," and we get it.
We realize like, "Hey, we had a consequence to that, the consequence is usually I got a bunch of data. I've got a bunch of different records of people, I've got all this data out there." What we've tried to do with CDP is say, "Hey, bring us all that data. Let's let you have all the cool things, and let's be the platform where you can bring the data ,and hopefully we can give it to you in a way that you can use it. You can have all the fun with it, and not have to suffer the consequence," that's the goal.

Gillian Bruce: I love this. Okay, data is like admin love language kind of. Let's dig into a little bit... CDP is not unique to Salesforce, and so tell us a little bit about why now Salesforce is in the CDP space? What does that look like?

James Richter: Yeah, so I obviously we have been in the data space for a very long time, and everybody has come to this conclusion at the same time that we've got to have a way to start leveraging all these systems. We've got all these great companies out there that are offering so many great tools, but as admins, you get overwhelmed by them. We saw the writing on the wall that we were going to have to have something that would allow people to take full advantage of them, and so I think that's why we've landed here.

Gillian Bruce: Okay, so you mentioned we have a lot of tools, which is very true. Admins are at the crux of all of the tools, and especially the last few years. It's not just what we used to think of as core Salesforce tools, but now we've got MuleSoft, we've got Slack, we've got Tableau, how does CDP sit in the context of this expanded one Salesforce platform?

James Richter: Yeah, so right now, a lot of the use cases that we're talking about are for marketers. We look at marketing cloud as our primary recipient of the data at the moment, and so you're in CDP, you're running these segments, you're building these audiences, you're finding all the different versions of Gillian. You're saying, "Hey, tell me all the things she's done across all these different tools that I have?" Then I want to be able to send her a message that's the right message for her. At the moment, we're seeing it sit within our core platform, that's where we're doing all the segmentation. That's where we're bringing all the data, we're storing the data, we're doing the segmentation. Then we're sending that over to marketing cloud for action via email, via SMS, whatever it may be.
Long-term though, what we're saying is we want to bring those segments back into core, we want to bring them into CRM and say, "Hey, when somebody calls our call center, I want to be able to look Gillian up, I want to be able to see all the times I've known Gillian, I want to see what's local to this system that I'm in, what's local to this CRM that I'm in. Then let's also pull in all our other ones." We're multi-tenant we want to be able to bring all those back in and say, "I know what you have done on each one of these platforms, and that makes me better able to help you, and better able to serve your needs."

Gillian Bruce: We're talking about a real true single source of truth for a customer within the context of all of the systems, which is pretty exciting.

James Richter: It's awesome. Yeah, it's finding the harmonization across all those different records and saying you can finally reference all of them. You can finally look at all these instances of the customers, all the things we've been talking about, and that's the goal, that's the dream, and that's the need that the market has, and so that's what we're after.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, I'm already just building dashboards in my head of all of the incredible things that you could now display, thinking of how you can connect all of those interactions into one beautiful thing that we can look at. That's a really descriptive word, but so what are some of the... You mentioned you've got some use cases, can you talk to us a little bit more about maybe one or two examples of initial CDP use cases, that maybe some customers are working on right now?

James Richter: Sure, a lot of them aren't new, a lot of these are use cases that we've talked about forever. It's I want to be able to see all the customers that I have that have bought a pair of red shoes, and we've always been able to do it, we've always talked about it, but we've done it with SQL. We've done it with different tools and we've done it sort of inefficiently, because I can find all the times that I've bought red shoes, but maybe, I don't know that it's me all three times that you found me.
What we're saying now is, as we build this segment, I want to know all the people who have bought red shoes, or blue shoes, or green shoes. I might fit one of those or all three of those across all of my different records. That's what we're after is bringing that back in and being able to say, "We can do it better than what we used to," it's not necessarily new. We're not necessarily unlocking anything that we haven't talked about before, but now we're able to do it hopefully with a lot less code, and hopefully in a way more efficient manner.

Gillian Bruce: Hooray, I'm cheering for admins everywhere. Let's talk a little bit about some of the specific things that maybe admins should think about when we're toying with the idea of making use of the CDP. What are some initial things that you should think about from an admin perspective in terms of strategy, when you're talking about basically implementing CDP or starting to use it?

James Richter: Sure, so the main thing that we should worry about is how do I take all of these systems and make sure I have all of the people in the room that understand each one of them? The first task that we're after is harmonizing the data, and that means looking at all the different ways that we've stored it, and all of the systems and saying, "I know that field first name is the same as field F name is the same as field F," and making sure that you've got the people in the room that represent those tools, so that they can translate that for you, and you can get the data ready. Because, like I said, we're harmonizing it, but we can't do that without the influence of the people who are responsible for those tools, and so that's really step one.

Gillian Bruce: Really important. Hey, before you start building anything, let's make sure that we understand what we're building with.

James Richter: Yeah, for sure.

Gillian Bruce: Okay, so we start that strategy, we're talking about how we're going to harmonize the data, getting the right people in the room, understanding how to translate these different, maybe similar activities, across different systems and now that we're going to pull them into one place. What are some of the cool initial wins or things that an admin might be able to look for to start saying, "Hey, look at this, this is a successful thing," what are some initial things that maybe might help get more people on board in the process of trying to put this together?

James Richter: Yeah, so I think it is going back to those use cases and showing people just how easy it is to find those records, just how easy it is to search, just how easy it is to build the segment. Just how quickly you can get the insight into what it is that you've been after for so long, and not having to go check 10 systems, and export all of that, to bring it to another place, to have to export it again, to have to get it to somewhere that you can actually do something with it. I think once you start to show off the power of, hey, I did this through clicks and not code, hey, I did this through something that's been saved and you can repeat it, that's what's getting people excited.

Gillian Bruce: Okay, so I think that's the... You just tapped into the major admin superpower right there. Because here's the thing, if you're as an admin able to save all of those steps, and all of that time, and all of that processing, I mean, that puts you in an incredible position. I mean, CDP seems like this could be a really powerful thing for an admin to use.

James Richter: For sure. Yeah, once we get that data in, and once we've had a chance to harmonize it, once we've got this thing up and running, it's really impressive. I think it makes it so that everybody's life gets easier, and that's an easy thing to advocate for. It's an easy thing to go and show off and say, "Hey, I know that you've been wanting to do this, watch," and you can actually get a feel for just how quickly it comes together. Then once you get past that, you can start to expand the use cases. We can start to get into calculating lifetime value, we can take all that data across everything and say, "I can now see how many times Gillian's made a purchase, and I don't have to wonder do I have all the records of her. If I've got that harmonization, I can actually go in and calculate that and show people the data that you've been after or the data that we've had for so long, now we can actually start to do something with it."

Gillian Bruce: I love that. Okay, so I am imagining that there might be a listener or two out there who's now saying, "Great, I am super interested in trying to figure out how I can bring this to my organization," what resources or what is out there to help an admin as they begin to basically put the business case forward for making CDP a thing for their organization?

James Richter: For sure. Yeah, so you can go out and there's a lot of great resources that we've got, a lot of blogs. I think you've got one that's recently come out that breaks down some of the content, and some of the things that we have available to work through, to figure out what is next for CDP? How do I get started? We also have a lot of great content out on Trailhead, so you can go out and take a look, and take some of those certifications, and get an idea for just exactly what it is that you're getting yourself into, and what those first steps look like. Then obviously, the marketing cloud account executive is the one that represents this at the moment, and so they can help you connect those dots. They can get the demo for you, they can show you what the tool looks like in person, and start to show you all the power that's really there.

Gillian Bruce: I love it. Yeah, you mentioned the resources that we just put out. Just actually last week we put out a CDP for admins blog post, and so yes, it does list all those resources. We'll, of course, also put those in the show notes here, there's an implementation guide, there's all kinds of great stuff. Of course, hey, Trailhead, we always love more great Trailhead content.

James Richter: The Trailhead content is really great, actually, it's been put together in a way that's a lot easier to understand. 18 months ago, I didn't know what a CDP was, and I started [inaudible] Trailhead. It definitely gets you started in a way that makes sense, and I definitely recommend checking it out.

Gillian Bruce: Awesome, I love it. Okay, so since now that you are an 18 month expert on CDP, can you talk to us a little bit about maybe are there any roadmap or fun next things you see in the CDT space for Salesforce? Anything that you can give us a little what future looking, safe harbor, forward looking statement, anything in the pipeline?

James Richter: Absolutely, you have to love the safe harbor. It's not a complete meeting if you don't mention the safe harbor. Yeah, so right now, as I mentioned, we've got a lot of use cases that we've been focused on that are marketing cloud specific. We've taught a little bit about some of the core use cases that's out there, right now, we're really focused on integrating it out, so that we can get it to more use cases. There's a lot of work being done with our partners, with our activation channels, to make sure that you can take the data from CBP and use it in lots of different app exchange packages. We want to be able to leverage that data, not just for Salesforce, but for all the different channels. I think that's where a lot of the work is being put in is how do we better orchestrate where you can go with the data?

Gillian Bruce: I love that. Hey, bringing it to the app exchange, those are other notes of music to an admin's ears, so that's fantastic. James, before I let you go, we're very happy to now have you as one of our experts in the Awesome Admin realm here. What things have you seen? You've been talking to admins, you've been talking to people working with the Salesforce platform for a while. Do you have any overall top tips that you've seen from people who have been successful in implementing either CDP, or just successful from your perspective as an admin implementing Salesforce?

James Richter: Yeah, I think it sounds silly, but I heard somebody say it at Connections last week and I love it. It's the slow is smooth and smooth is fast. As you get ready for CDP, we always buy new shiny tools and we're like, "Hey, let's go, we got to start using it right away, we got to just go." It comes down to, we got to plan. We have to plan, we have to get our data aligned, we have to get ready to go. Then once we have that understanding of the data, we can really get in there and take off. That's the biggest advice I have for anybody is plan for that time of we got to figure this thing out, and then once you get it figured out and off and running, life gets better in a hurry.

Gillian Bruce: I love that, slow is smooth and smooth is fast, that's fantastic.

James Richter: I liked it a lot, too. I didn't come up with it, obviously, but I heard it last week and I was like, "This is the highlight of Connections, I love it."

Gillian Bruce: Hey, marketers know how to make everything sound good, I mean-

James Richter: Right.

Gillian Bruce: Awesome, well, James, thank you so much for coming on the podcast and helping demystify CDP for admins. I am very excited to see what our admin community is going to start doing with it. I envision so many admins basically harnessing this technology, and really propelling not only their organizations, but their own careers forward pretty quickly, so this is great. Thank you so much.

James Richter: Yeah, thanks for having me, I really appreciate it.

Gillian Bruce: Well, thank you so much, James, for joining us and demystifying CDP. Wow, it is a powerful, powerful way to bring all of your customers' data and interactions to one single place. Hey, you talk about the ultimate awesome admin tool, I don't know about you, but I cannot wait to start playing with that and seeing it in action. CDP is great, now I love some of the points that James made about how you get ready to set yourself up for CDP. Slow is smooth and smooth as fast, words of wisdom from James. Make sure that as you get into the planning process for CDP, or even exploring if this is something that you and your organization want to do, take the time to really understand the data. Get the right people in the room to understand where the data is sitting, what it all means, and what it might look like to pull it all together, because then you'll be really set up for success when you roll out CDP.
Wow, the powerful tool it is. Check it out. Okay, as James said, there's lots of resources to help you learn more about CDP. I'll put a link to the blog post that we talked about in the show notes, as well as some great Trailhead content on CDP. Now, if you want to learn more about anything else that we mentioned today on the podcast, or anything else about how you can be an awesome admin, make sure you go to my favorite website in the whole entire world, and that is admin.salesforce.com. You'll find great blogs, videos, and some more podcasts on there. If you would like to follow my guest today, James Richter, he is very active on LinkedIn, so I'll put his LinkedIn in the show notes. You can follow all things Awesome Admin at Salesforce admin's [inaudible] on Twitter. You can follow me at Gillian K. Bruce and my co-host, Mike Gerholdt, at Mike Gerholdt. With that, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, thank you for tuning in, and we'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to David Nava, Lead Solution Engineer at Salesforce, Host of Military Trailblazer Office Hours, and 20-year Navy veteran.

Join us as we talk about what to do after you pass the Admin cert, how to decide what role in the Salesforce ecosystem is right for you, and how David used the apps he built for his personal life to make an impact at a job interview.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with David Nava.

How David transitioned from the Navy to a Salesforce career When last we spoke to David, he was wrapping up his career with the Navy with an eye toward transitioning into a role in the Salesforce ecosystem. On the day that he retired, he jumped right into his new career feet-first as a Junior Solution Architect at a consultancy on one of their largest projects to date.

David was recruited by Salesforce, but the story doesn’t quite go like you think it might. They turned him down at the end of the process, citing his lack of experience. However, they offered him a different role as a Solution Consultant after he pulled out his org during the interview and showed them the apps he had been creating. Most of all, they were impressed by his passion for the platform and were willing to give him a shot.

“Building apps in a dev org helps you focus on all the fundamentals,” David says, “but it also helps you really apply what you’re learning in Trailhead to specific business challenges.” He built apps to manage his workouts, track his finances from the road, and manage his tasks. He built them and rebuilt them to make something he liked, and they really made an impact when he showed them off in the interview.

Paying it forward 8 months later he was recruited internally for his current role, as a Lead Solution Engineer to replace legacy systems for the Navy and Marine Corps. He’s now in a position where he can draw on his years of experience as an officer and replace all the systems he didn’t like using.

David’s always been serious about mentorship, and now he’s in a place where he can give back. He teamed up with Bill Kuehler and Resource Hero to be a part of Military Trailblazer Office Hours focused on career and branding. Since then, he’s helped almost 2,000 people earn certifications, choose career paths, and get hired with his live sessions and YouTube videos.

How to test-drive career paths So once you get your Admin certification, now what? David advises several people in exactly this position. He recommends you start by “test driving” the career path options by conducting informational interviews with professionals in those roles. “You need to learn about the role’s requirements, responsibilities, challenges, and joys so that you get a sense for what it’s like to work in that role,” he says.

David’s also a big fan of the Salesforce Admins Skills Kit. It gives you a framework for how to think about your skills beyond just the technical aspects. “You can apply your different work experience in the context of these skills to demonstrate its relevance to the Salesforce Admin role,” he says.

Be sure to listen to the full episode for all of David’s great insights, and especially make sure to catch his five tips to help people transition into a new Salesforce career.

Podcast swag * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Military Trailblazer Office Hours * The Salesforce Admin Skills Kit

Social * David: @NavaForce * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Jennifer Lee, Admin Evangelist at Salesforce and the host of Automation Hour.

Join us as we talk about everything in the Summer ‘22 Release, what Jennifer does to prep for an upcoming release,

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jennifer Lee.

Summer ‘22 highlights The Summer ‘22 Release is out, and we’re here to help you get caught up on all the action. To help us, we’ve brought legendary blogger and automation expert Jennifer Lee on the pod to go over all the highlights.

There are a lot of changes to Picklists that are going to make them better than ever. You can bulk update several Picklists at once and it finally tells you which one is a duplicate without you having to guess. Dynamic Related Lists have been added to App Builder beta, which gives you the ability to filter unrelated lists. Flow Trigger Explorer changes, Screen Flows in Slack, and automated Flow testing are other bright spots in a jampacked release.

Tips for release readiness Jennifer’s been known for a long time in the community for her comprehensive release posts. So how does she prepare for a new release?

  • Stay motivated: There are a lot of release notes to read, and you need to stay committed to getting through everything so you’re prepared.
  • Dive into a pre-release org: “It’s on thing to just read the little blurb,” Jen says, “but when you actually get to see it and touch it, that’s when it really comes to life.”
  • Make what you’ve learned shareable: Jen uses animated GIFs to bring the changes to life in her blog, which you are free to steal or iterate on in your own release readiness prep.

Release Readiness Live Jennifer is the host of Admin Release Readiness Live, where all the product experts at Salesforce come on the show to present their features and get you ready for what’s coming. You also get to see a roadmap of what’s coming next and the vision of where everything is going. Or at least some forward-looking statements.

Most importantly, you can tune in and ask the experts any questions you may have, live. It’s the best way to get the admin-specific updates you want to hear.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Learn MOAR * What Jen thinks of when she thinks of Loops

Social

  • Jen: @JenWLee
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Nana Gregg, Solution Architect and Learning and Development Manager at VFP Consulting.

Join us as we talk about the Salesforce Admin Skills Kit, why your background matters much more than you think when you’re trying to be an Admin, and why the Skills Kit helps employers looking to hire Admins, too.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Nana Gregg.

Nana’s EASY Methodology You might recognize Nana from her stint as an Admin Keynote speaker at Dreamforce ‘18. “What I said to Parker is that it’s actually easy to be an Awesome Admin,” she says, but that’s an acronym for her EASY Methodology:

  • E: Embrace change. Everything changes in tech every single day, and you need to embrace that and go with it.
  • A: Always be learning. There are three new releases a year, not to mention what’s happening in your business and org.
  • S: Show and tell. As Nana says, “When you build it, they will come.” Show what you’re working on and tell them about it!
  • Y: You got this, and if you need help, you have the power of the community behind you.

Your background is just as valuable as your tech skills With the recent launch of the Admins Skills Kit, we wanted to talk to Nana about how that squares with her EASY Methodology. It’s a recipe for success for Admins and also a guide to help employers figure out what to look for when they’re hiring.

As an accidental Admin, Nana can relate to just how many skills you need to bring to your job that aren’t necessarily technology-facing. No matter your background, there are skills you’ve picked up along your journey that can help you to succeed as an Admin and now you can name them and market them. She sees how things like learner’s mindset, change management, and project management fits into the framework she laid out at Dreamforce four years ago.

Why the Skills Kit matters to employers As someone who now is in the position to hire Admins, Nana also appreciates how helpful the Admin Skills Kit is as a framework for people making that job posting. When you’re sitting on the other side of it, you might see “Salesforce” and throw in every developer buzz word you can think of hoping you’re saying the right thing, or you might see “Administrator” and go with that.

The Skills Kit not only lists out everything that goes into being an Admin and doing it well, it also gives concrete examples to let both Admins and employers know exactly what they’re looking for. And if you need help, each skill also has resources to help you Always be learning.

Be sure to listen to the full episode for all the great insights, including why S should maybe stand for Showcase your skills, and how the community helped Nana rebuild after a tornado hit her house.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admin Skills Kit * Nana’s Dreamforce ‘18 Admin Keynote

Social

  • Nana: @nanahg3
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got the Monthly Retro for May.

Join us as we talk about the latest and greatest Salesforce content from May and reflect on an amazing, in-person TrailheaDX.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation from our Monthly Retro.

TrailblazerDX The April Retro dropped in the midst of TDX, so we wanted to take a moment to reflect on the amazing experience of being in person again. Many selfies were taken. We also launched the Salesforce Admins Skills Kit, a blueprint for the skills that help make a successful Salesforce Admin. It brings together all the skills beyond technical training that you need to succeed. There were so many great things going on at TDX so be sure to consult the wrap-up and listen to Mike and Gillian’s reflections on this episode.

  • 6 TrailblazerDX ’22 Takeaways for Salesforce Admins

Blog highlights from May As we talk about all the skills that go into being an Admin that aren’t necessarily all about the technical side. This post highlights what goes into Business Analysis, and why it’s an essential skill for any Admin to cultivate.

  • The Importance of Business Analysis as a Salesforce Admin

Video highlights from May Jennifer Lee has been a force of nature on the Admin Evangelist team. She’s doing a Youtube Live series where she uses automation and Flow to solve problems right in front of your very eyes. She stops and answers questions, too, so make sure to tune in and don’t miss this unique learning opportunity. Also, if you haven’t yet caught up on Release Readiness for Summer ‘22, make sure you get the low-down.

  • Automate This! — Migrate Workflow Rules and Processes to Flow
  • Release Readiness Summer '22

Podcast highlights from May Gillian wanted to highlight two great pods from May. We got to meet Andrew Russo, a true Awesome Admin who broke down how he created a user management super app that does all that and a bag of chips. We also had Khushwant Singh on to demystify Experience Cloud. His team is up to all sorts of great work bringing dynamic forms to standard objects and improving performance all over the platform.

  • Create a User Management Super App with Andrew Russo
  • Experience Cloud with Khushwant Singh

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Khushwant Singh, SVP, Product Management at Salesforce.

Join us as we talk about his role heading up all things Experience—not just Experience Cloud but Experience Services, too.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Khushwant Singh.

The Experience dream team Khushwant, AKA “Khush”, heads up Experience at Salesforce. If that term is a little nebulous to you, you’re not alone, but Khush breaks it down for us. Experience Services brings a few teams together: the UI Platform team, the Experience Cloud team, the Mobile team, and the Mobify team. “We’re responsible for all things Experience, and it helps us build a common product strategy across the board,” Khush says, “whether you’re building an experience for an employee, a customer, or partner.”

Lightning Experience has really changed the game for Admins in terms of stepping up in their thinking about design, but Khush points out there’s also a bit of a divide there. “If you build a component for the App Builder, it may or may not work in the Experience Builder,” he says, “but as a Salesforce Admin or Developer, you want your investments to go across all of your various endpoints.”

Re-architecting to improve scaling, performance, and customizability Experience Cloud is a very flexible tool that you should really look into if you haven’t yet. You can use it build out a simple marketing website, a self-service destination like a help center or account management site, or even a channel reselling portal or commerce storefront.

While Lightning and Aura have done a lot to enable Admins to build out things they never thought possible with low code and fast time to market, Khush admits we seem to have hit a wall from a performance, scale, and customizability point of view. To address that, they’ve been re-architecting to let you build new things more easily at a consumer-grade scale.

What’s next for Experience Cloud One thing that will be going live soon (forward looking statement) is a major performance boost to public-facing apps and sites. They’ve revamped the out-of-the-box CDN (Content Delivery Network) to allow public aspects of your site and mobile apps to be cached at endpoints closer to the consumer, enabling much faster delivery. One other change is adding dynamic image resizing so the same image looks equally good on mobile, desktop, and tablet. The best part is these and many more improvements are enabled by default, so you get the performance boost without having to lift a finger.

Looking forward, Khush and his team are revamping the Salesforce Content Management System (CMS) to make it more robust, powerful, and responsive. They’re breaking down the barriers and rolling out the advanced version of Salesforce CMS to all customers for free, and you can get access to the new-and-improved JSON-based CMS 2.0 beta with an opt-in.

Khush also gives a preview into what he and his team are working on to make improvements to data to, for example, bring Dynamic Forms to all standard objects, and even more goodies for desktop, mobile, and everything in between. Make sure you listen to the full episode to hear what’s coming your way soon.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Community Group: ​​Lightning Now! * Community Group: Experience Cloud

Social

  • Khushwant: @Khush_Sing
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm your host today, Gillian Bruce, and we have a really fun episode lined up for you. We are talking with Khushwant Singh, AKA Kush, who's SVP of Product Management here at Salesforce, in charge of all things experience. And I mean all things experience, not just experience cloud, but Experience Services. And if you're wondering what all that means, don't worry, he's going to answer that for you. So without further ado, let's get Kush on the pod. Kush, welcome to the podcast.

Khushwant Singh: Thank you, Gillian.

Gillian Bruce: It's wonderful to have you on. I am very much looking forward to our discussion because we are talking about something that might be a little nebulous to some of us, especially if you've been in the Salesforce ecosystem for a while. We have experience cloud, Experience Services, experience all the things. Kush, clarify for us what all of that means.

Khushwant Singh: Well, Gillian, I wish I got that question, or rather I wish I had proactively answered that question at the recent TDX. So just a bit of a sidetrack, a little, for those of you who attended the recent TDX, we had a true to the call session where a few of us were up on stage and I introduced myself as, "My name's Kush, I'm a product manager and I work on all things experiences." Now, I honestly thought that I would be inundated with questions, but I realized that I actually got zero questions, and I realized that people just probably didn't get what all things experience means. So I'm going to learn from that, and be very clear in our conversation over here. So taking a step back, when we say, we just recently realigned some of our teams internally, and we've created this group internally called Experience Services. And what Experience Services is, is that it brings together a few teams together.
First and foremost, we have our UI platform team. And so from a UI platform perspective, think of it as all things web runtime, whether it's Aura, Lightning Web Runtime, LWC or Lightning Web Components. It includes things that all of the good components you have in Lex, so the record forms, lists, performance, et cetera, so that's the UI platform team. Then we also brought the experience cloud team, which really is, takes all the goodness that we have in Lex, and manifests it to customers and partners, external facing customers and partners. We do have instances where it's also facing employees as employee intranets, but it takes all of that goodness. We also brought together our mobile teams. So whether that's the Salesforce Flagship mobile app, whether that's our mobile SDK, whether that's taking an experience cloud side and creating a hybrid mobile app out of it through Mobile Publisher, we brought the mobile team together as well.
And then finally, we brought the MobiFi team, which some of you may know as the managed runtime offering to build out these progressive web apps for commercial use cases. So in a nutshell, this Experience Services team brings together the UI platform, brings together experience cloud, brings together the mobile teams and brings MobiFi together. So what we can do now is collectively, we are responsible for all things experiences, and it helps us build a common product strategy across the board, whether you're building an experience for an employee, a customer, or a partner for that matter.

Gillian Bruce: So that was really helpful, it helped me understand this because again, experience is one of those words that, especially as a Salesforce admin, we're always thinking about our end users experience. That's our whole goal is to make it seamless and make it really useful. But as you just described, experiences is so many things. And I really appreciate that you have explained how the teams are uniting under this umbrella, to really think about the holistic picture when it comes to these different experiences pieces. UI, designers' mindset, is one of the core admin skills that we have because it's always thinking about how is my user experience in this? How can I maximize that experience, make it more efficient? And when you talk about Lightning experience that, God, talk about something that changed the game for admins.

Khushwant Singh: I know, it did. It did entirely. It changed the game, but it also in full transparency, we added a bit of a divide as well. So if you take examples where you build a component for the App Builder, it may or may not work in the Experience Builder. You have a set of record components that look gloriously well on Lex, but they may not surface all of the capabilities, the actions don't surface in the Experience Builder or vice versa, the branding, the themeing, the mobile web responsiveness aspect of things that show up on Experience Builder, don't show up in the App Builder side of things. And so we have introduced this divide, which actually has made our... Well, each team has done a phenomenal job in going deep in their use cases, it's been at an expense of a divide where, as a Salesforce admin, as a Salesforce developer, you want your investments to go across all of your various endpoints. You might be a Salesforce admin for a company that is using Salesforce for their employee experience. For example, the service agents.
Similarly, within your same company, you may have an endpoint, a customer help center, which is customer facing, or you might be selling products through channels, which is also partner facing, and you want your investments to be able to run across ideally. So again, all teams have done great in their specific areas, but by bringing us together, we are really hopeful that we can deliver more value for our Salesforce admins and our developers as they manage all of these various endpoints.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I think as a company, for someone who's maybe been in the ecosystem for a long time, this is a familiar road, is that we develop something really close. One team goes down and develops this new way of doing something and then we have shadow examples of it happening all separately within the company. And then, hey, let's bring everybody together, let's make this a more cohesive, holistic experience for our admins, for our developers. And it's exciting to bring all those really smart brains together to work together versus everyone working in a silo.

Khushwant Singh: Indeed. And I think it's also indicative of trying to complete what we start. I think we've heard from admins, just this recent TDX, I mean, and at every TDX or any Dreamforce we do, any through the core session or any feedback we get from our MVPs and our admins out there, developers. They'll give us feedback, which is actually quite true. We start something, but we don't complete it. We say something that we will deliver something, but we, at times, don't deliver it. And so I think by bringing all of our teams together, that manage experience, I think it really... Organizational differences should not be the reason why we are not able to complete what we start or deliver what we say we will deliver. And so we are really hopeful that we'll be able to actually address those two key areas.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I've always heard the joke. We don't want to let our org chart show.

Khushwant Singh: Exactly. Across both desktop and mobile for that matter.

Gillian Bruce: Totally. Yeah. So Kush, before we get a little bit further, I mean, clearly you've got a big undertaking that you and your teams are doing. Can you tell me a little bit about you and how you got here? How long have you been at Salesforce because all of these works have been in progress for a long time. You mentioned when we released Lightning experience. Tell me a little bit about your background.

Khushwant Singh: Oh yeah, sure. So I've been at Salesforce, I think, May sometime this month is my seventh year anniversary.

Gillian Bruce: Congratulations.

Khushwant Singh: Thank you. And I have truly enjoyed every single day of my time here at Salesforce. If you look at my background, I rarely spend more than five to six years in a company. And the fact that I'm here for the seventh year and still super challenged, just speaks towards what Salesforce offers from a challenge, point of view. There's always something new, there's always a new challenge for us to work on. And I've actually spent probably six and a half or six and three quarters of that seven years working on Experience Cloud. And so most of my background is from a B2C side of things. I spend some time at eBay, at Microsoft, at a startup called Mozi, working on a number of B2C oriented products. And I wanted to build products in an enterprise setting for enterprise, but I didn't want to veer too far away from the consumer side of things, the B2C side of things. And Experience Cloud really helped me walk that fine line where you're building these digital experience products that are used by enterprises for their customers, for their partners. So it really gave me a good middle ground.
That said, Experience Cloud is a, it's a platform upon the overall Salesforce platform. And so over the last six and a half years or so, I've had the opportunity to work with some immensely dedicated individuals on the platform side of things as well. And so that bring a lot of the goodness that we see in Lex and Experience Cloud and Mobile to life. And so bringing the teams together was like bringing a group of old friends together.

Gillian Bruce: I love that, getting the band back together, that's good.

Khushwant Singh: There you go.

Gillian Bruce: Okay. So let's talk a little bit about what's currently going on in Experience Cloud. So I know there were some good announcements at Dreamforce last year, at DBX this year. Can you talk a little bit about where we're currently at with Experience Cloud and why maybe an admin who hasn't yet dabbled in Experience Cloud might consider it?

Khushwant Singh: Sure. So again, just to level set, one more time, a customer uses Experience Cloud for a number of use cases. You could use Experience Cloud to build out a simple marketing website, corporate website. You could use Experience Cloud to build out a self-service destination, so that self-service destination could be a help center, where you want to surface your knowledge base articles, where you wish to surface chat bots, where you wish to, for example, give your customers the ability to log in and manage their account, manage their profile for that matter. Similarly, you could use Experience Cloud to build out a channel reseller portal, where you may not be selling direct or you may be selling direct, but you also sell through your various channels and you need a way to manage your channels. You could use Experience Cloud to build a commerce storefront, whether it's a B2B commerce storefront, a B2C commerce storefront, et cetera.
So Experience Cloud, you can use it for a variety of different customer facing, partner facing use cases. In fact, I should also mention employee facing use cases. You could build out a company intranet for that very matter as well. And so over the last years, last few years with introduction of Lightning and Aura, for that matter, it really revolutionized the ability for our customers to build all of this out in a very low code, fast time to market aspect of things. And we've seen phenomenal adoption, super humbled, by the adoption, we've gotten North of 70,000 odd sites. I think our MAU is around, our monthly active usage is maybe about 40 to 50 million. We have a daily active usage of about five to 6 million. And so, I mean, again, super thankful to all of the customers and the admins and the developers out there who have invested so much of their time in Experience Cloud.
That said, as with every technology, there comes a time where you've hit a bit of a wall and we hit a wall with Aura, from a performance, from a scale, from a customizability point of view. Where you can see that as you are trying to build out these next generation consumer grade experiences like storefronts, like websites, even these consumer grade portals, where you expect an iPhone like Experience, whether it's employee facing or customer facing experience. So we hit a bit of a wall with Aura. And so over the last, I would say 18 months, we've been, for lack of a better way to put it, somewhat silent in terms of our feature deliverables. Sure, we've been delivering a few features here and there, but like our MVP, we have a really passionate and amazing MVP out there. His name is Phil Weinmeister-

Gillian Bruce: Yes. We know Phil very well.

Khushwant Singh: Exactly. And so I think many of you must have seen his post where he's actually tracking the number of features that Experience Cloud launches. And he showed this bar graph, that showed the decreasing number of features over the last 18 months. And I replied to him and again, huge respect for Phil. And the fact of the matter is that we've had to go under the hood and rebuild from ground up using Lightning Web Runtime, using Lightning Web Components, so that we can actually deliver this consumer grade scale and performance and customizability, whether it's a B2B, B2C or B2E type of use case. And so we've been "silent for a while" but I'm super excited at what's coming in this summer release, and what's going to go. A lot of it going to go generally available this winter release. So again, long story short, we have been re-architecting for consumer grade across the entire customer journey.
So whether you're looking at an awareness use case, whether you're looking for an acquisition use case, a service use case, a loyalty use case, you want to deliver consumer grade across the board. And with Lightning Web Runtime, with Lightning Web Components, we do believe that we've got the right foundation upon which we can actually deliver these experiences. So that's the overarching area where we're headed.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, that's impressive. I mean, we talk, especially even as admins, we have our own technical that we accrue over many years of admining a specific org. And sometimes you do, you got to just go back, peel back the covers and go in and make sure everything, the foundations are updated and running better. And hey, if you got a system that's not working for you, you got to invest the time and pause on the new stuff for a minute. Let's make the core stuff really work and function so that we can continue to build. So I love that transparency. I think it's really useful to help our admins and everybody understand what all of the hard work that your team is doing. And yeah, I mean, hey, now that we talked about all the hard work that you've all been doing, let's talk about some of the shiny new fun things that you have coming down the page.

Khushwant Singh: Yeah, of course. So now I think on that note, I do also want to underscore that we have so many, all of that adoption stats that I talked about, they're all visual force or mostly Aura investments. And I want to underscore that we're not just leaving Aura or VF behind. And so there are many aspects that customers on Aura or customers on VF would also be able to benefit from. So let's dive into those shiny aspects of things. So I think if we think of this as maybe a stack diagram, maybe we'll start at the lowest level of infrastructure. What are we doing from an infrastructure point of view to help deliver that consumer grade type of experiences? So, first and foremost, we've invested a fair amount of time and effort to deliver performance. And so, one of the things you'll start to notice is, our out of the box CDN, so behind the scenes we work with Akamai, and what that does is that it allows, it just provides customers an out of the box CDN that they can actually choose to use.

Gillian Bruce: So Kush, before we go forward, what is a CDN? Let's break down that.

Khushwant Singh: Sure. It's a content delivery network. What that does is it allows your public aspects of your site, of your mobile app to be cashed on these endpoints, which are closer to the consumer, and so that allows for faster delivery. And if it doesn't change, if that public information doesn't change very much, it's served out of cash versus another round hub back. So again, at the end of the day, it's about better delivery of, faster delivery of the experience. Now this used to be a bit of an opt in thing and so what we have done now is as of spring and summer and winter, what we're doing is behind the scenes, we are rolling out as part of the secure domains effort, as secure domains is being enabled across all net new sites and existing sites. We are just enabling the default CDN by default, so it's an opt out versus an opt in.
So from that perspective, we are trying to ensure that everyone gets a phenomenal performance from the get go. Now, similarly, another thing that we are really excited about is, and the teams working on it, is as part of the out the box, CDN from an infrastructure point of view is being able to get more capabilities out of that, out of CDN. Now, have you gone to a site where the images look really weird, wonky, feels like this is a desktop site they're trying to throw onto a mobile or a tablet?

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Everything's out of perspective. And you got to try and scroll weird ways. Yeah.

Khushwant Singh: Exactly. So another thing that if you use the out of the box CDN, another thing that our customers can look forward to is dynamic image resizing. So when you are the same image renders well on a mobile, a tablet, a desktop, and similarly, if you are an admin, you may inadvertently upload a, I don't know what? 20 MB file, image, and then say, "Look, why is my site loading so slowly?" And so what we're trying to do is also correct that, where you may upload a 20MB file, please don't, but what we'll do on our side, on the CDN side of things, we'll resize that and ensure that we are delivering a more optimized image to the customer. So that's another thing that we are really excited about, from an infrastructure point of view. So lots of good work happening from a perf point of view.
Now, then there is scale. So from a scale point of view, we have aspects like concurrency. So concurrent user scale, so how many users can you support on that portal? Concurrent read scale, so how many requests are coming in concurrently? And before the site just says, "Look I can't handle this." And concurrent rights. So for example, you may be running a promotion and that promotion, you may advertise that on Twitter or on Instagram, and then you suddenly have this massive surge of folks coming to your site and they all want to sign up to know when it's going to be made available. How do we ensure that those rights don't kneel over and just fall over? So again, a lot of the work that we are doing around infrastructure, whether it's performance and scale, are things that we have been rolling out slowly over the last few releases. And then we really look to bring it home over the course of the summer and the winter releases, so that's from an infrastructure point of view.

Gillian Bruce: Nice.

Khushwant Singh: Now, as we move up the stack, we can talk about things like data and content. Now, let's start off with content Salesforce in general, has had a bit of a content management gap for a little while. And we have customers using third party content management systems, et cetera, to compliment the data investments that they have in Salesforce. Now, probably I would say 24 months back, we introduced Salesforce CMS, which was, for the very first time a content management system from Salesforce. Now, what we've come to realize over the 24 months is that boy, do we need a lot more improvements to it. And so over the last, I would say 18 months, we have been actually re-architecting the content management system from ground up. It is going to be JSON based. So very standard point of view.
JSON also would allow our customers to model many different types of content, whether that content is a blog, an email et cetera. Very extensible, so from that point of view, if we don't offer something out of the box, you can add a sidebar extension that allows you, like Grammarly that would say, "Hey, look," while you're typing this thing, it's telling you, you should add X, Y, and Z, et cetera. We also, 24 months back introduced two versions of the content management system. One was a free version, included version I would say, I shouldn't say free, the included version, and the other one was the paid version. What we realized really was, you know what, it's just artificial. Our customers really, they're coming to Salesforce for a variety of different use cases and content really should be something that supports and brings those use cases to life.
And so what we have done is as of the summer release, we have basically provided the paid CMS, which we have gotten rid of, and just given it, included it as part of all experienced cloud licenses. In fact there are so many licenses out there at Salesforce that use Experienced Cloud licenses. And so as of this summer, all of our customers will get the advanced version of content management. And at the same time, they will get access to the beta version of this new, what we call CMS 2.0 internally, we call that the JSON based. They'll get beta access to that as well, without any sort of opt-in, there's a check box, they have to check and they'll be able to take it for a spin. But we look to make that CMS 2.0, our next version of CMS generally available in the winter timeframe as well. So that's another massive uplift and improvement that we're doing from a content management point of view. And democratizing content altogether.

Gillian Bruce: That's great. I mean, I know admins are going to be very excited to be able to access that great capability without having to jump through any additional hoops to get it. So thank you.

Khushwant Singh: Exactly. Now, let's talk about data. Now, when we think about the data side of things, this is where a lot of our investments, at least from an Experience services point of view is that we have teams that are experts in records, Dynamic Forms, lists, and they're doing a lot of good work to expand. For example, Dynamic Forms today it's only available in custom objects, why? It should go across all standard objects. That's something that the team is working on. I'm really glad that we are going to stay really true to the fact that when we start something, we are going to end it and we are going to go all the way, at the same time this team is also working to bring all of that goodness across to not just employee facing experiences in Lex but also to customer facing, partner facing experiences via Experience Cloud.
And so that's one example where, as one unit Experience Services, it really brings benefit across all of the various endpoints, whether it's Lexio Experience Cloud or mobile for that matter. So that's something that we are really looking forward to. And then over on top of that, the ability to surface that data, but represent it in different visualizations. So you may want to show a list view in the form of a grid or in the form of a certain set of tiles. Because again, you want to do that because it's customer facing, it's partner facing, you have to apply your style guide on it, et cetera. So that's all the goodness that you can expect to see over the course of the next two releases from a data point of view.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, that's major stuff. I know that Dynamic Forms is one of the top favorite admin feature overall. And so being able to bring that to standard objects will be huge. So thank you. Thank you on behalf of all admins everywhere.

Khushwant Singh: It's a shout out to all of the good teams that are working on that front. So we touched about infra, we touched about content, we touched about data. Now, let's touch about the UI run time itself, which is Lightning Web Runtime and Lightning Web Components. Clearly the degree of, out of the box components for Aura, there are a lot more out of the box components for Aura than they are for LWCs, no doubt about it. And so what we're trying to do is we are trying to catch up to a certain degree, but catch up in a way that is addressing the most important use cases from out the box component point of view, but at the same time, not sacrificing customizability. And so from an LWR point of view, a few things to call out.
One is, I'll start off first with, when you build a site with Experience Cloud and with LWR and LWCs, search is always a use case that comes up. And by search, we tend to just think maybe at times CRM search, but really our customers are thinking of it as site search. They want to be able to cut across whether it's a CRM, whether it's site meta information, like the page title, the site title, or something that's in a text, a rich text component, whether that's CMS content, whether those are products or any other objects, they want to be able to search the entire site.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. They don't know the differences between that, they just want to find what they need.

Khushwant Singh: Exactly. And so for them, this is complexity that we should abstract from them. And so again, this is something that our customers can expect to see in beta, in the summer timeframe. And all goes, well, we're going to take the hood off and generally make it available in the winter timeframe, starting with site meta information and CMS content as part of the index. And then we're going to expand that to CRM and to other objects for that matter.

Gillian Bruce: All right. So just a reminder to all listeners, forward looking statement applies to everything that Kush just said, this is what happens when we get excited in product information. Yeah.

Khushwant Singh: Exactly. And that too, as well. Yes. So I think, again from an LWR point of view, there's just so much more maturity that customers can expect to see with LWR and Experience Cloud. Because whether it's out of the box components for content, for data, whether it's search, whether it is even the ability to deliver these dynamic experiences. So one of the things that our customers really appreciate in Aura is the ability to personalize the experience using CRM information. So show me this content, this data, if user.account equals to X, Y, Z, et cetera. And so the ability to deliver that type of personalization is key, but at the same time, they want to be able to do things like real time personalization. So using, for example, Evergage or interaction studio for that matter.
So as you're browsing the site or portal, you're able to get relevant information that's on the fly generated. So those are another aspects of LWR that we are investing in very heavily. So whether it's infrastructure, whether it's data, whether it's content, whether it's the UI framework and the various personalization aspects of things, lots of investment happening. Now, all of this has to translate and manifest on mobile. And so that's the other dimension that we are heavily investing in. So whether you are customizing the experience in design time, as an admin, to say, "Hey, look, you know what? I want to show this image on desktop, but another image on mobile, or I want to have this font you applied in mobile versus on desktop. I want to be able to take my LWR site and use Mobile Publisher to create a mobile app that I can deploy via the app stores." Those are all areas that we are working on over the course of the next two releases as well. So again, lots of excitement as we work across this entire site.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Lots coming. Well, Kush I so appreciate you taking the time to chat with us here on the podcast about all things, Experience Services, Experience Cloud. I know I got a lot of questions answered. I'm sure a lot of people listening are very happy to hear all of the things that you and your team are working on. And I'm sure they will have many more questions. So I'll include links to some of the great trailblazer community groups that you have set up for Lightning Experience and for Experience Cloud, for people to submit feedback. And thanks again for all of the work that you and your team do. And I look forward to checking back in with you after a couple releases here and coming back to what you all have done and hearing about what is even next from then on.

Khushwant Singh: For sure Gillian. I mean, I truly appreciate the opportunity. And again, to all our Salesforce admins, you are our eyes and ears out there. Feedback is a gift, please keep it coming. And we're so appreciative of all that you do for us.

Gillian Bruce: Huge, thanks to coach for taking the time to chat with us. He and his team have been so busy working on really important foundational improvements to both Experience Cloud and Experience Services. And it's so great to now understand what Experience Services mean because for us admins, it means a lot of the stuff that we use every day. So, hey, I don't know about you, but I'm excited about Dynamic Lightning pages coming for standard objects. Woo, woo. Again, forward looking statement, but I look forward to getting Kush back on the podcast to ask him about that once it has been released in a few releases. So if you want to learn more or you have more feedback about anything, Experience Cloud or Experience Services, Kush, and his team pay close attention to the trailblazer community. So go to the Lightning Experience group or the Experience Cloud group on the trailblazer community and put your feedback in there, put your questions in there. He's got an amazing team of very talented people.
And if you want to learn anything else about how you can be a successful Salesforce admin, go to my favorite website, admin.salesforce.com. There you can find other great podcasts, blogs, and videos to help you in your Salesforce admin journey. I also encourage you to check out the new Salesforce admin skills kit, which we just launched last month. And it is right there on the admin@salesforce.com webpage. Check it out, let me know what you think, we're going to do some great podcast episodes about that, coming up here real soon. If you want to follow my guest today, Kush, you can find him @Kush_singh. You can follow me @Gilliankbruce. And you can follow Mike, my amazing co-host @Mikegerholdt. You can follow everything awesome admin related @Salesforceadmns, no I, on Twitter. With that, I hope you have a great rest of your day and I'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Khushwant Singh, SVP, Product Management at Salesforce.

Join us as we talk about his role heading up all things Experience—not just Experience Cloud but Experience Services, too.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Khushwant Singh.

The Experience dream team Khushwant, AKA “Khush”, heads up Experience at Salesforce. If that term is a little nebulous to you, you’re not alone, but Khush breaks it down for us. Experience Services brings a few teams together: the UI Platform team, the Experience Cloud team, the Mobile team, and the Mobify team. “We’re responsible for all things Experience, and it helps us build a common product strategy across the board,” Khush says, “whether you’re building an experience for an employee, a customer, or partner.”

Lightning Experience has really changed the game for Admins in terms of stepping up in their thinking about design, but Khush points out there’s also a bit of a divide there. “If you build a component for the App Builder, it may or may not work in the Experience Builder,” he says, “but as a Salesforce Admin or Developer, you want your investments to go across all of your various endpoints.”

Re-architecting to improve scaling, performance, and customizability Experience Cloud is a very flexible tool that you should really look into if you haven’t yet. You can use it build out a simple marketing website, a self-service destination like a help center or account management site, or even a channel reselling portal or commerce storefront.

While Lightning and Aura have done a lot to enable Admins to build out things they never thought possible with low code and fast time to market, Khush admits we seem to have hit a wall from a performance, scale, and customizability point of view. To address that, they’ve been re-architecting to let you build new things more easily at a consumer-grade scale.

What’s next for Experience Cloud One thing that will be going live soon (forward looking statement) is a major performance boost to public-facing apps and sites. They’ve revamped the out-of-the-box CDN (Content Delivery Network) to allow public aspects of your site and mobile apps to be cached at endpoints closer to the consumer, enabling much faster delivery. One other change is adding dynamic image resizing so the same image looks equally good on mobile, desktop, and tablet. The best part is these and many more improvements are enabled by default, so you get the performance boost without having to lift a finger.

Looking forward, Khush and his team are revamping the Salesforce Content Management System (CMS) to make it more robust, powerful, and responsive. They’re breaking down the barriers and rolling out the advanced version of Salesforce CMS to all customers for free, and you can get access to the new-and-improved JSON-based CMS 2.0 beta with an opt-in.

Khush also gives a preview into what he and his team are working on to make improvements to data to, for example, bring Dynamic Forms to all standard objects, and even more goodies for desktop, mobile, and everything in between. Make sure you listen to the full episode to hear what’s coming your way soon.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Community Group: ​​Lightning Now! * Community Group: Experience Cloud

Social

  • Khushwant: @Khush_Sing
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm your host today, Gillian Bruce, and we have a really fun episode lined up for you. We are talking with Khushwant Singh, AKA Kush, who's SVP of Product Management here at Salesforce, in charge of all things experience. And I mean all things experience, not just experience cloud, but Experience Services. And if you're wondering what all that means, don't worry, he's going to answer that for you. So without further ado, let's get Kush on the pod. Kush, welcome to the podcast.

Khushwant Singh: Thank you, Gillian.

Gillian Bruce: It's wonderful to have you on. I am very much looking forward to our discussion because we are talking about something that might be a little nebulous to some of us, especially if you've been in the Salesforce ecosystem for a while. We have experience cloud, Experience Services, experience all the things. Kush, clarify for us what all of that means.

Khushwant Singh: Well, Gillian, I wish I got that question, or rather I wish I had proactively answered that question at the recent TDX. So just a bit of a sidetrack, a little, for those of you who attended the recent TDX, we had a true to the call session where a few of us were up on stage and I introduced myself as, "My name's Kush, I'm a product manager and I work on all things experiences." Now, I honestly thought that I would be inundated with questions, but I realized that I actually got zero questions, and I realized that people just probably didn't get what all things experience means. So I'm going to learn from that, and be very clear in our conversation over here. So taking a step back, when we say, we just recently realigned some of our teams internally, and we've created this group internally called Experience Services. And what Experience Services is, is that it brings together a few teams together.
First and foremost, we have our UI platform team. And so from a UI platform perspective, think of it as all things web runtime, whether it's Aura, Lightning Web Runtime, LWC or Lightning Web Components. It includes things that all of the good components you have in Lex, so the record forms, lists, performance, et cetera, so that's the UI platform team. Then we also brought the experience cloud team, which really is, takes all the goodness that we have in Lex, and manifests it to customers and partners, external facing customers and partners. We do have instances where it's also facing employees as employee intranets, but it takes all of that goodness. We also brought together our mobile teams. So whether that's the Salesforce Flagship mobile app, whether that's our mobile SDK, whether that's taking an experience cloud side and creating a hybrid mobile app out of it through Mobile Publisher, we brought the mobile team together as well.
And then finally, we brought the MobiFi team, which some of you may know as the managed runtime offering to build out these progressive web apps for commercial use cases. So in a nutshell, this Experience Services team brings together the UI platform, brings together experience cloud, brings together the mobile teams and brings MobiFi together. So what we can do now is collectively, we are responsible for all things experiences, and it helps us build a common product strategy across the board, whether you're building an experience for an employee, a customer, or a partner for that matter.

Gillian Bruce: So that was really helpful, it helped me understand this because again, experience is one of those words that, especially as a Salesforce admin, we're always thinking about our end users experience. That's our whole goal is to make it seamless and make it really useful. But as you just described, experiences is so many things. And I really appreciate that you have explained how the teams are uniting under this umbrella, to really think about the holistic picture when it comes to these different experiences pieces. UI, designers' mindset, is one of the core admin skills that we have because it's always thinking about how is my user experience in this? How can I maximize that experience, make it more efficient? And when you talk about Lightning experience that, God, talk about something that changed the game for admins.

Khushwant Singh: I know, it did. It did entirely. It changed the game, but it also in full transparency, we added a bit of a divide as well. So if you take examples where you build a component for the App Builder, it may or may not work in the Experience Builder. You have a set of record components that look gloriously well on Lex, but they may not surface all of the capabilities, the actions don't surface in the Experience Builder or vice versa, the branding, the themeing, the mobile web responsiveness aspect of things that show up on Experience Builder, don't show up in the App Builder side of things. And so we have introduced this divide, which actually has made our... Well, each team has done a phenomenal job in going deep in their use cases, it's been at an expense of a divide where, as a Salesforce admin, as a Salesforce developer, you want your investments to go across all of your various endpoints. You might be a Salesforce admin for a company that is using Salesforce for their employee experience. For example, the service agents.
Similarly, within your same company, you may have an endpoint, a customer help center, which is customer facing, or you might be selling products through channels, which is also partner facing, and you want your investments to be able to run across ideally. So again, all teams have done great in their specific areas, but by bringing us together, we are really hopeful that we can deliver more value for our Salesforce admins and our developers as they manage all of these various endpoints.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I think as a company, for someone who's maybe been in the ecosystem for a long time, this is a familiar road, is that we develop something really close. One team goes down and develops this new way of doing something and then we have shadow examples of it happening all separately within the company. And then, hey, let's bring everybody together, let's make this a more cohesive, holistic experience for our admins, for our developers. And it's exciting to bring all those really smart brains together to work together versus everyone working in a silo.

Khushwant Singh: Indeed. And I think it's also indicative of trying to complete what we start. I think we've heard from admins, just this recent TDX, I mean, and at every TDX or any Dreamforce we do, any through the core session or any feedback we get from our MVPs and our admins out there, developers. They'll give us feedback, which is actually quite true. We start something, but we don't complete it. We say something that we will deliver something, but we, at times, don't deliver it. And so I think by bringing all of our teams together, that manage experience, I think it really... Organizational differences should not be the reason why we are not able to complete what we start or deliver what we say we will deliver. And so we are really hopeful that we'll be able to actually address those two key areas.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I've always heard the joke. We don't want to let our org chart show.

Khushwant Singh: Exactly. Across both desktop and mobile for that matter.

Gillian Bruce: Totally. Yeah. So Kush, before we get a little bit further, I mean, clearly you've got a big undertaking that you and your teams are doing. Can you tell me a little bit about you and how you got here? How long have you been at Salesforce because all of these works have been in progress for a long time. You mentioned when we released Lightning experience. Tell me a little bit about your background.

Khushwant Singh: Oh yeah, sure. So I've been at Salesforce, I think, May sometime this month is my seventh year anniversary.

Gillian Bruce: Congratulations.

Khushwant Singh: Thank you. And I have truly enjoyed every single day of my time here at Salesforce. If you look at my background, I rarely spend more than five to six years in a company. And the fact that I'm here for the seventh year and still super challenged, just speaks towards what Salesforce offers from a challenge, point of view. There's always something new, there's always a new challenge for us to work on. And I've actually spent probably six and a half or six and three quarters of that seven years working on Experience Cloud. And so most of my background is from a B2C side of things. I spend some time at eBay, at Microsoft, at a startup called Mozi, working on a number of B2C oriented products. And I wanted to build products in an enterprise setting for enterprise, but I didn't want to veer too far away from the consumer side of things, the B2C side of things. And Experience Cloud really helped me walk that fine line where you're building these digital experience products that are used by enterprises for their customers, for their partners. So it really gave me a good middle ground.
That said, Experience Cloud is a, it's a platform upon the overall Salesforce platform. And so over the last six and a half years or so, I've had the opportunity to work with some immensely dedicated individuals on the platform side of things as well. And so that bring a lot of the goodness that we see in Lex and Experience Cloud and Mobile to life. And so bringing the teams together was like bringing a group of old friends together.

Gillian Bruce: I love that, getting the band back together, that's good.

Khushwant Singh: There you go.

Gillian Bruce: Okay. So let's talk a little bit about what's currently going on in Experience Cloud. So I know there were some good announcements at Dreamforce last year, at DBX this year. Can you talk a little bit about where we're currently at with Experience Cloud and why maybe an admin who hasn't yet dabbled in Experience Cloud might consider it?

Khushwant Singh: Sure. So again, just to level set, one more time, a customer uses Experience Cloud for a number of use cases. You could use Experience Cloud to build out a simple marketing website, corporate website. You could use Experience Cloud to build out a self-service destination, so that self-service destination could be a help center, where you want to surface your knowledge base articles, where you wish to surface chat bots, where you wish to, for example, give your customers the ability to log in and manage their account, manage their profile for that matter. Similarly, you could use Experience Cloud to build out a channel reseller portal, where you may not be selling direct or you may be selling direct, but you also sell through your various channels and you need a way to manage your channels. You could use Experience Cloud to build a commerce storefront, whether it's a B2B commerce storefront, a B2C commerce storefront, et cetera.
So Experience Cloud, you can use it for a variety of different customer facing, partner facing use cases. In fact, I should also mention employee facing use cases. You could build out a company intranet for that very matter as well. And so over the last years, last few years with introduction of Lightning and Aura, for that matter, it really revolutionized the ability for our customers to build all of this out in a very low code, fast time to market aspect of things. And we've seen phenomenal adoption, super humbled, by the adoption, we've gotten North of 70,000 odd sites. I think our MAU is around, our monthly active usage is maybe about 40 to 50 million. We have a daily active usage of about five to 6 million. And so, I mean, again, super thankful to all of the customers and the admins and the developers out there who have invested so much of their time in Experience Cloud.
That said, as with every technology, there comes a time where you've hit a bit of a wall and we hit a wall with Aura, from a performance, from a scale, from a customizability point of view. Where you can see that as you are trying to build out these next generation consumer grade experiences like storefronts, like websites, even these consumer grade portals, where you expect an iPhone like Experience, whether it's employee facing or customer facing experience. So we hit a bit of a wall with Aura. And so over the last, I would say 18 months, we've been, for lack of a better way to put it, somewhat silent in terms of our feature deliverables. Sure, we've been delivering a few features here and there, but like our MVP, we have a really passionate and amazing MVP out there. His name is Phil Weinmeister-

Gillian Bruce: Yes. We know Phil very well.

Khushwant Singh: Exactly. And so I think many of you must have seen his post where he's actually tracking the number of features that Experience Cloud launches. And he showed this bar graph, that showed the decreasing number of features over the last 18 months. And I replied to him and again, huge respect for Phil. And the fact of the matter is that we've had to go under the hood and rebuild from ground up using Lightning Web Runtime, using Lightning Web Components, so that we can actually deliver this consumer grade scale and performance and customizability, whether it's a B2B, B2C or B2E type of use case. And so we've been "silent for a while" but I'm super excited at what's coming in this summer release, and what's going to go. A lot of it going to go generally available this winter release. So again, long story short, we have been re-architecting for consumer grade across the entire customer journey.
So whether you're looking at an awareness use case, whether you're looking for an acquisition use case, a service use case, a loyalty use case, you want to deliver consumer grade across the board. And with Lightning Web Runtime, with Lightning Web Components, we do believe that we've got the right foundation upon which we can actually deliver these experiences. So that's the overarching area where we're headed.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, that's impressive. I mean, we talk, especially even as admins, we have our own technical that we accrue over many years of admining a specific org. And sometimes you do, you got to just go back, peel back the covers and go in and make sure everything, the foundations are updated and running better. And hey, if you got a system that's not working for you, you got to invest the time and pause on the new stuff for a minute. Let's make the core stuff really work and function so that we can continue to build. So I love that transparency. I think it's really useful to help our admins and everybody understand what all of the hard work that your team is doing. And yeah, I mean, hey, now that we talked about all the hard work that you've all been doing, let's talk about some of the shiny new fun things that you have coming down the page.

Khushwant Singh: Yeah, of course. So now I think on that note, I do also want to underscore that we have so many, all of that adoption stats that I talked about, they're all visual force or mostly Aura investments. And I want to underscore that we're not just leaving Aura or VF behind. And so there are many aspects that customers on Aura or customers on VF would also be able to benefit from. So let's dive into those shiny aspects of things. So I think if we think of this as maybe a stack diagram, maybe we'll start at the lowest level of infrastructure. What are we doing from an infrastructure point of view to help deliver that consumer grade type of experiences? So, first and foremost, we've invested a fair amount of time and effort to deliver performance. And so, one of the things you'll start to notice is, our out of the box CDN, so behind the scenes we work with Akamai, and what that does is that it allows, it just provides customers an out of the box CDN that they can actually choose to use.

Gillian Bruce: So Kush, before we go forward, what is a CDN? Let's break down that.

Khushwant Singh: Sure. It's a content delivery network. What that does is it allows your public aspects of your site, of your mobile app to be cashed on these endpoints, which are closer to the consumer, and so that allows for faster delivery. And if it doesn't change, if that public information doesn't change very much, it's served out of cash versus another round hub back. So again, at the end of the day, it's about better delivery of, faster delivery of the experience. Now this used to be a bit of an opt in thing and so what we have done now is as of spring and summer and winter, what we're doing is behind the scenes, we are rolling out as part of the secure domains effort, as secure domains is being enabled across all net new sites and existing sites. We are just enabling the default CDN by default, so it's an opt out versus an opt in.
So from that perspective, we are trying to ensure that everyone gets a phenomenal performance from the get go. Now, similarly, another thing that we are really excited about is, and the teams working on it, is as part of the out the box, CDN from an infrastructure point of view is being able to get more capabilities out of that, out of CDN. Now, have you gone to a site where the images look really weird, wonky, feels like this is a desktop site they're trying to throw onto a mobile or a tablet?

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Everything's out of perspective. And you got to try and scroll weird ways. Yeah.

Khushwant Singh: Exactly. So another thing that if you use the out of the box CDN, another thing that our customers can look forward to is dynamic image resizing. So when you are the same image renders well on a mobile, a tablet, a desktop, and similarly, if you are an admin, you may inadvertently upload a, I don't know what? 20 MB file, image, and then say, "Look, why is my site loading so slowly?" And so what we're trying to do is also correct that, where you may upload a 20MB file, please don't, but what we'll do on our side, on the CDN side of things, we'll resize that and ensure that we are delivering a more optimized image to the customer. So that's another thing that we are really excited about, from an infrastructure point of view. So lots of good work happening from a perf point of view.
Now, then there is scale. So from a scale point of view, we have aspects like concurrency. So concurrent user scale, so how many users can you support on that portal? Concurrent read scale, so how many requests are coming in concurrently? And before the site just says, "Look I can't handle this." And concurrent rights. So for example, you may be running a promotion and that promotion, you may advertise that on Twitter or on Instagram, and then you suddenly have this massive surge of folks coming to your site and they all want to sign up to know when it's going to be made available. How do we ensure that those rights don't kneel over and just fall over? So again, a lot of the work that we are doing around infrastructure, whether it's performance and scale, are things that we have been rolling out slowly over the last few releases. And then we really look to bring it home over the course of the summer and the winter releases, so that's from an infrastructure point of view.

Gillian Bruce: Nice.

Khushwant Singh: Now, as we move up the stack, we can talk about things like data and content. Now, let's start off with content Salesforce in general, has had a bit of a content management gap for a little while. And we have customers using third party content management systems, et cetera, to compliment the data investments that they have in Salesforce. Now, probably I would say 24 months back, we introduced Salesforce CMS, which was, for the very first time a content management system from Salesforce. Now, what we've come to realize over the 24 months is that boy, do we need a lot more improvements to it. And so over the last, I would say 18 months, we have been actually re-architecting the content management system from ground up. It is going to be JSON based. So very standard point of view.
JSON also would allow our customers to model many different types of content, whether that content is a blog, an email et cetera. Very extensible, so from that point of view, if we don't offer something out of the box, you can add a sidebar extension that allows you, like Grammarly that would say, "Hey, look," while you're typing this thing, it's telling you, you should add X, Y, and Z, et cetera. We also, 24 months back introduced two versions of the content management system. One was a free version, included version I would say, I shouldn't say free, the included version, and the other one was the paid version. What we realized really was, you know what, it's just artificial. Our customers really, they're coming to Salesforce for a variety of different use cases and content really should be something that supports and brings those use cases to life.
And so what we have done is as of the summer release, we have basically provided the paid CMS, which we have gotten rid of, and just given it, included it as part of all experienced cloud licenses. In fact there are so many licenses out there at Salesforce that use Experienced Cloud licenses. And so as of this summer, all of our customers will get the advanced version of content management. And at the same time, they will get access to the beta version of this new, what we call CMS 2.0 internally, we call that the JSON based. They'll get beta access to that as well, without any sort of opt-in, there's a check box, they have to check and they'll be able to take it for a spin. But we look to make that CMS 2.0, our next version of CMS generally available in the winter timeframe as well. So that's another massive uplift and improvement that we're doing from a content management point of view. And democratizing content altogether.

Gillian Bruce: That's great. I mean, I know admins are going to be very excited to be able to access that great capability without having to jump through any additional hoops to get it. So thank you.

Khushwant Singh: Exactly. Now, let's talk about data. Now, when we think about the data side of things, this is where a lot of our investments, at least from an Experience services point of view is that we have teams that are experts in records, Dynamic Forms, lists, and they're doing a lot of good work to expand. For example, Dynamic Forms today it's only available in custom objects, why? It should go across all standard objects. That's something that the team is working on. I'm really glad that we are going to stay really true to the fact that when we start something, we are going to end it and we are going to go all the way, at the same time this team is also working to bring all of that goodness across to not just employee facing experiences in Lex but also to customer facing, partner facing experiences via Experience Cloud.
And so that's one example where, as one unit Experience Services, it really brings benefit across all of the various endpoints, whether it's Lexio Experience Cloud or mobile for that matter. So that's something that we are really looking forward to. And then over on top of that, the ability to surface that data, but represent it in different visualizations. So you may want to show a list view in the form of a grid or in the form of a certain set of tiles. Because again, you want to do that because it's customer facing, it's partner facing, you have to apply your style guide on it, et cetera. So that's all the goodness that you can expect to see over the course of the next two releases from a data point of view.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, that's major stuff. I know that Dynamic Forms is one of the top favorite admin feature overall. And so being able to bring that to standard objects will be huge. So thank you. Thank you on behalf of all admins everywhere.

Khushwant Singh: It's a shout out to all of the good teams that are working on that front. So we touched about infra, we touched about content, we touched about data. Now, let's touch about the UI run time itself, which is Lightning Web Runtime and Lightning Web Components. Clearly the degree of, out of the box components for Aura, there are a lot more out of the box components for Aura than they are for LWCs, no doubt about it. And so what we're trying to do is we are trying to catch up to a certain degree, but catch up in a way that is addressing the most important use cases from out the box component point of view, but at the same time, not sacrificing customizability. And so from an LWR point of view, a few things to call out.
One is, I'll start off first with, when you build a site with Experience Cloud and with LWR and LWCs, search is always a use case that comes up. And by search, we tend to just think maybe at times CRM search, but really our customers are thinking of it as site search. They want to be able to cut across whether it's a CRM, whether it's site meta information, like the page title, the site title, or something that's in a text, a rich text component, whether that's CMS content, whether those are products or any other objects, they want to be able to search the entire site.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. They don't know the differences between that, they just want to find what they need.

Khushwant Singh: Exactly. And so for them, this is complexity that we should abstract from them. And so again, this is something that our customers can expect to see in beta, in the summer timeframe. And all goes, well, we're going to take the hood off and generally make it available in the winter timeframe, starting with site meta information and CMS content as part of the index. And then we're going to expand that to CRM and to other objects for that matter.

Gillian Bruce: All right. So just a reminder to all listeners, forward looking statement applies to everything that Kush just said, this is what happens when we get excited in product information. Yeah.

Khushwant Singh: Exactly. And that too, as well. Yes. So I think, again from an LWR point of view, there's just so much more maturity that customers can expect to see with LWR and Experience Cloud. Because whether it's out of the box components for content, for data, whether it's search, whether it is even the ability to deliver these dynamic experiences. So one of the things that our customers really appreciate in Aura is the ability to personalize the experience using CRM information. So show me this content, this data, if user.account equals to X, Y, Z, et cetera. And so the ability to deliver that type of personalization is key, but at the same time, they want to be able to do things like real time personalization. So using, for example, Evergage or interaction studio for that matter.
So as you're browsing the site or portal, you're able to get relevant information that's on the fly generated. So those are another aspects of LWR that we are investing in very heavily. So whether it's infrastructure, whether it's data, whether it's content, whether it's the UI framework and the various personalization aspects of things, lots of investment happening. Now, all of this has to translate and manifest on mobile. And so that's the other dimension that we are heavily investing in. So whether you are customizing the experience in design time, as an admin, to say, "Hey, look, you know what? I want to show this image on desktop, but another image on mobile, or I want to have this font you applied in mobile versus on desktop. I want to be able to take my LWR site and use Mobile Publisher to create a mobile app that I can deploy via the app stores." Those are all areas that we are working on over the course of the next two releases as well. So again, lots of excitement as we work across this entire site.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Lots coming. Well, Kush I so appreciate you taking the time to chat with us here on the podcast about all things, Experience Services, Experience Cloud. I know I got a lot of questions answered. I'm sure a lot of people listening are very happy to hear all of the things that you and your team are working on. And I'm sure they will have many more questions. So I'll include links to some of the great trailblazer community groups that you have set up for Lightning Experience and for Experience Cloud, for people to submit feedback. And thanks again for all of the work that you and your team do. And I look forward to checking back in with you after a couple releases here and coming back to what you all have done and hearing about what is even next from then on.

Khushwant Singh: For sure Gillian. I mean, I truly appreciate the opportunity. And again, to all our Salesforce admins, you are our eyes and ears out there. Feedback is a gift, please keep it coming. And we're so appreciative of all that you do for us.

Gillian Bruce: Huge, thanks to coach for taking the time to chat with us. He and his team have been so busy working on really important foundational improvements to both Experience Cloud and Experience Services. And it's so great to now understand what Experience Services mean because for us admins, it means a lot of the stuff that we use every day. So, hey, I don't know about you, but I'm excited about Dynamic Lightning pages coming for standard objects. Woo, woo. Again, forward looking statement, but I look forward to getting Kush back on the podcast to ask him about that once it has been released in a few releases. So if you want to learn more or you have more feedback about anything, Experience Cloud or Experience Services, Kush, and his team pay close attention to the trailblazer community. So go to the Lightning Experience group or the Experience Cloud group on the trailblazer community and put your feedback in there, put your questions in there. He's got an amazing team of very talented people.
And if you want to learn anything else about how you can be a successful Salesforce admin, go to my favorite website, admin.salesforce.com. There you can find other great podcasts, blogs, and videos to help you in your Salesforce admin journey. I also encourage you to check out the new Salesforce admin skills kit, which we just launched last month. And it is right there on the admin@salesforce.com webpage. Check it out, let me know what you think, we're going to do some great podcast episodes about that, coming up here real soon. If you want to follow my guest today, Kush, you can find him @Kush_singh. You can follow me @Gilliankbruce. And you can follow Mike, my amazing co-host @Mikegerholdt. You can follow everything awesome admin related @Salesforceadmns, no I, on Twitter. With that, I hope you have a great rest of your day and I'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Khushwant Singh, SVP, Product Management at Salesforce.

Join us as we talk about his role heading up all things Experience—not just Experience Cloud but Experience Services, too.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Khushwant Singh.

The Experience dream team Khushwant, AKA “Khush”, heads up Experience at Salesforce. If that term is a little nebulous to you, you’re not alone, but Khush breaks it down for us. Experience Services brings a few teams together: the UI Platform team, the Experience Cloud team, the Mobile team, and the Mobify team. “We’re responsible for all things Experience, and it helps us build a common product strategy across the board,” Khush says, “whether you’re building an experience for an employee, a customer, or partner.”

Lightning Experience has really changed the game for Admins in terms of stepping up in their thinking about design, but Khush points out there’s also a bit of a divide there. “If you build a component for the App Builder, it may or may not work in the Experience Builder,” he says, “but as a Salesforce Admin or Developer, you want your investments to go across all of your various endpoints.”

Re-architecting to improve scaling, performance, and customizability Experience Cloud is a very flexible tool that you should really look into if you haven’t yet. You can use it build out a simple marketing website, a self-service destination like a help center or account management site, or even a channel reselling portal or commerce storefront.

While Lightning and Aura have done a lot to enable Admins to build out things they never thought possible with low code and fast time to market, Khush admits we seem to have hit a wall from a performance, scale, and customizability point of view. To address that, they’ve been re-architecting to let you build new things more easily at a consumer-grade scale.

What’s next for Experience Cloud One thing that will be going live soon (forward looking statement) is a major performance boost to public-facing apps and sites. They’ve revamped the out-of-the-box CDN (Content Delivery Network) to allow public aspects of your site and mobile apps to be cached at endpoints closer to the consumer, enabling much faster delivery. One other change is adding dynamic image resizing so the same image looks equally good on mobile, desktop, and tablet. The best part is these and many more improvements are enabled by default, so you get the performance boost without having to lift a finger.

Looking forward, Khush and his team are revamping the Salesforce Content Management System (CMS) to make it more robust, powerful, and responsive. They’re breaking down the barriers and rolling out the advanced version of Salesforce CMS to all customers for free, and you can get access to the new-and-improved JSON-based CMS 2.0 beta with an opt-in.

Khush also gives a preview into what he and his team are working on to make improvements to data to, for example, bring Dynamic Forms to all standard objects, and even more goodies for desktop, mobile, and everything in between. Make sure you listen to the full episode to hear what’s coming your way soon.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Community Group: ​​Lightning Now! * Community Group: Experience Cloud

Social

  • Khushwant: @Khush_Sing
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm your host today, Gillian Bruce, and we have a really fun episode lined up for you. We are talking with Khushwant Singh, AKA Kush, who's SVP of Product Management here at Salesforce, in charge of all things experience. And I mean all things experience, not just experience cloud, but Experience Services. And if you're wondering what all that means, don't worry, he's going to answer that for you. So without further ado, let's get Kush on the pod. Kush, welcome to the podcast.

Khushwant Singh: Thank you, Gillian.

Gillian Bruce: It's wonderful to have you on. I am very much looking forward to our discussion because we are talking about something that might be a little nebulous to some of us, especially if you've been in the Salesforce ecosystem for a while. We have experience cloud, Experience Services, experience all the things. Kush, clarify for us what all of that means.

Khushwant Singh: Well, Gillian, I wish I got that question, or rather I wish I had proactively answered that question at the recent TDX. So just a bit of a sidetrack, a little, for those of you who attended the recent TDX, we had a true to the call session where a few of us were up on stage and I introduced myself as, "My name's Kush, I'm a product manager and I work on all things experiences." Now, I honestly thought that I would be inundated with questions, but I realized that I actually got zero questions, and I realized that people just probably didn't get what all things experience means. So I'm going to learn from that, and be very clear in our conversation over here. So taking a step back, when we say, we just recently realigned some of our teams internally, and we've created this group internally called Experience Services. And what Experience Services is, is that it brings together a few teams together.
First and foremost, we have our UI platform team. And so from a UI platform perspective, think of it as all things web runtime, whether it's Aura, Lightning Web Runtime, LWC or Lightning Web Components. It includes things that all of the good components you have in Lex, so the record forms, lists, performance, et cetera, so that's the UI platform team. Then we also brought the experience cloud team, which really is, takes all the goodness that we have in Lex, and manifests it to customers and partners, external facing customers and partners. We do have instances where it's also facing employees as employee intranets, but it takes all of that goodness. We also brought together our mobile teams. So whether that's the Salesforce Flagship mobile app, whether that's our mobile SDK, whether that's taking an experience cloud side and creating a hybrid mobile app out of it through Mobile Publisher, we brought the mobile team together as well.
And then finally, we brought the MobiFi team, which some of you may know as the managed runtime offering to build out these progressive web apps for commercial use cases. So in a nutshell, this Experience Services team brings together the UI platform, brings together experience cloud, brings together the mobile teams and brings MobiFi together. So what we can do now is collectively, we are responsible for all things experiences, and it helps us build a common product strategy across the board, whether you're building an experience for an employee, a customer, or a partner for that matter.

Gillian Bruce: So that was really helpful, it helped me understand this because again, experience is one of those words that, especially as a Salesforce admin, we're always thinking about our end users experience. That's our whole goal is to make it seamless and make it really useful. But as you just described, experiences is so many things. And I really appreciate that you have explained how the teams are uniting under this umbrella, to really think about the holistic picture when it comes to these different experiences pieces. UI, designers' mindset, is one of the core admin skills that we have because it's always thinking about how is my user experience in this? How can I maximize that experience, make it more efficient? And when you talk about Lightning experience that, God, talk about something that changed the game for admins.

Khushwant Singh: I know, it did. It did entirely. It changed the game, but it also in full transparency, we added a bit of a divide as well. So if you take examples where you build a component for the App Builder, it may or may not work in the Experience Builder. You have a set of record components that look gloriously well on Lex, but they may not surface all of the capabilities, the actions don't surface in the Experience Builder or vice versa, the branding, the themeing, the mobile web responsiveness aspect of things that show up on Experience Builder, don't show up in the App Builder side of things. And so we have introduced this divide, which actually has made our... Well, each team has done a phenomenal job in going deep in their use cases, it's been at an expense of a divide where, as a Salesforce admin, as a Salesforce developer, you want your investments to go across all of your various endpoints. You might be a Salesforce admin for a company that is using Salesforce for their employee experience. For example, the service agents.
Similarly, within your same company, you may have an endpoint, a customer help center, which is customer facing, or you might be selling products through channels, which is also partner facing, and you want your investments to be able to run across ideally. So again, all teams have done great in their specific areas, but by bringing us together, we are really hopeful that we can deliver more value for our Salesforce admins and our developers as they manage all of these various endpoints.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I think as a company, for someone who's maybe been in the ecosystem for a long time, this is a familiar road, is that we develop something really close. One team goes down and develops this new way of doing something and then we have shadow examples of it happening all separately within the company. And then, hey, let's bring everybody together, let's make this a more cohesive, holistic experience for our admins, for our developers. And it's exciting to bring all those really smart brains together to work together versus everyone working in a silo.

Khushwant Singh: Indeed. And I think it's also indicative of trying to complete what we start. I think we've heard from admins, just this recent TDX, I mean, and at every TDX or any Dreamforce we do, any through the core session or any feedback we get from our MVPs and our admins out there, developers. They'll give us feedback, which is actually quite true. We start something, but we don't complete it. We say something that we will deliver something, but we, at times, don't deliver it. And so I think by bringing all of our teams together, that manage experience, I think it really... Organizational differences should not be the reason why we are not able to complete what we start or deliver what we say we will deliver. And so we are really hopeful that we'll be able to actually address those two key areas.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I've always heard the joke. We don't want to let our org chart show.

Khushwant Singh: Exactly. Across both desktop and mobile for that matter.

Gillian Bruce: Totally. Yeah. So Kush, before we get a little bit further, I mean, clearly you've got a big undertaking that you and your teams are doing. Can you tell me a little bit about you and how you got here? How long have you been at Salesforce because all of these works have been in progress for a long time. You mentioned when we released Lightning experience. Tell me a little bit about your background.

Khushwant Singh: Oh yeah, sure. So I've been at Salesforce, I think, May sometime this month is my seventh year anniversary.

Gillian Bruce: Congratulations.

Khushwant Singh: Thank you. And I have truly enjoyed every single day of my time here at Salesforce. If you look at my background, I rarely spend more than five to six years in a company. And the fact that I'm here for the seventh year and still super challenged, just speaks towards what Salesforce offers from a challenge, point of view. There's always something new, there's always a new challenge for us to work on. And I've actually spent probably six and a half or six and three quarters of that seven years working on Experience Cloud. And so most of my background is from a B2C side of things. I spend some time at eBay, at Microsoft, at a startup called Mozi, working on a number of B2C oriented products. And I wanted to build products in an enterprise setting for enterprise, but I didn't want to veer too far away from the consumer side of things, the B2C side of things. And Experience Cloud really helped me walk that fine line where you're building these digital experience products that are used by enterprises for their customers, for their partners. So it really gave me a good middle ground.
That said, Experience Cloud is a, it's a platform upon the overall Salesforce platform. And so over the last six and a half years or so, I've had the opportunity to work with some immensely dedicated individuals on the platform side of things as well. And so that bring a lot of the goodness that we see in Lex and Experience Cloud and Mobile to life. And so bringing the teams together was like bringing a group of old friends together.

Gillian Bruce: I love that, getting the band back together, that's good.

Khushwant Singh: There you go.

Gillian Bruce: Okay. So let's talk a little bit about what's currently going on in Experience Cloud. So I know there were some good announcements at Dreamforce last year, at DBX this year. Can you talk a little bit about where we're currently at with Experience Cloud and why maybe an admin who hasn't yet dabbled in Experience Cloud might consider it?

Khushwant Singh: Sure. So again, just to level set, one more time, a customer uses Experience Cloud for a number of use cases. You could use Experience Cloud to build out a simple marketing website, corporate website. You could use Experience Cloud to build out a self-service destination, so that self-service destination could be a help center, where you want to surface your knowledge base articles, where you wish to surface chat bots, where you wish to, for example, give your customers the ability to log in and manage their account, manage their profile for that matter. Similarly, you could use Experience Cloud to build out a channel reseller portal, where you may not be selling direct or you may be selling direct, but you also sell through your various channels and you need a way to manage your channels. You could use Experience Cloud to build a commerce storefront, whether it's a B2B commerce storefront, a B2C commerce storefront, et cetera.
So Experience Cloud, you can use it for a variety of different customer facing, partner facing use cases. In fact, I should also mention employee facing use cases. You could build out a company intranet for that very matter as well. And so over the last years, last few years with introduction of Lightning and Aura, for that matter, it really revolutionized the ability for our customers to build all of this out in a very low code, fast time to market aspect of things. And we've seen phenomenal adoption, super humbled, by the adoption, we've gotten North of 70,000 odd sites. I think our MAU is around, our monthly active usage is maybe about 40 to 50 million. We have a daily active usage of about five to 6 million. And so, I mean, again, super thankful to all of the customers and the admins and the developers out there who have invested so much of their time in Experience Cloud.
That said, as with every technology, there comes a time where you've hit a bit of a wall and we hit a wall with Aura, from a performance, from a scale, from a customizability point of view. Where you can see that as you are trying to build out these next generation consumer grade experiences like storefronts, like websites, even these consumer grade portals, where you expect an iPhone like Experience, whether it's employee facing or customer facing experience. So we hit a bit of a wall with Aura. And so over the last, I would say 18 months, we've been, for lack of a better way to put it, somewhat silent in terms of our feature deliverables. Sure, we've been delivering a few features here and there, but like our MVP, we have a really passionate and amazing MVP out there. His name is Phil Weinmeister-

Gillian Bruce: Yes. We know Phil very well.

Khushwant Singh: Exactly. And so I think many of you must have seen his post where he's actually tracking the number of features that Experience Cloud launches. And he showed this bar graph, that showed the decreasing number of features over the last 18 months. And I replied to him and again, huge respect for Phil. And the fact of the matter is that we've had to go under the hood and rebuild from ground up using Lightning Web Runtime, using Lightning Web Components, so that we can actually deliver this consumer grade scale and performance and customizability, whether it's a B2B, B2C or B2E type of use case. And so we've been "silent for a while" but I'm super excited at what's coming in this summer release, and what's going to go. A lot of it going to go generally available this winter release. So again, long story short, we have been re-architecting for consumer grade across the entire customer journey.
So whether you're looking at an awareness use case, whether you're looking for an acquisition use case, a service use case, a loyalty use case, you want to deliver consumer grade across the board. And with Lightning Web Runtime, with Lightning Web Components, we do believe that we've got the right foundation upon which we can actually deliver these experiences. So that's the overarching area where we're headed.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, that's impressive. I mean, we talk, especially even as admins, we have our own technical that we accrue over many years of admining a specific org. And sometimes you do, you got to just go back, peel back the covers and go in and make sure everything, the foundations are updated and running better. And hey, if you got a system that's not working for you, you got to invest the time and pause on the new stuff for a minute. Let's make the core stuff really work and function so that we can continue to build. So I love that transparency. I think it's really useful to help our admins and everybody understand what all of the hard work that your team is doing. And yeah, I mean, hey, now that we talked about all the hard work that you've all been doing, let's talk about some of the shiny new fun things that you have coming down the page.

Khushwant Singh: Yeah, of course. So now I think on that note, I do also want to underscore that we have so many, all of that adoption stats that I talked about, they're all visual force or mostly Aura investments. And I want to underscore that we're not just leaving Aura or VF behind. And so there are many aspects that customers on Aura or customers on VF would also be able to benefit from. So let's dive into those shiny aspects of things. So I think if we think of this as maybe a stack diagram, maybe we'll start at the lowest level of infrastructure. What are we doing from an infrastructure point of view to help deliver that consumer grade type of experiences? So, first and foremost, we've invested a fair amount of time and effort to deliver performance. And so, one of the things you'll start to notice is, our out of the box CDN, so behind the scenes we work with Akamai, and what that does is that it allows, it just provides customers an out of the box CDN that they can actually choose to use.

Gillian Bruce: So Kush, before we go forward, what is a CDN? Let's break down that.

Khushwant Singh: Sure. It's a content delivery network. What that does is it allows your public aspects of your site, of your mobile app to be cashed on these endpoints, which are closer to the consumer, and so that allows for faster delivery. And if it doesn't change, if that public information doesn't change very much, it's served out of cash versus another round hub back. So again, at the end of the day, it's about better delivery of, faster delivery of the experience. Now this used to be a bit of an opt in thing and so what we have done now is as of spring and summer and winter, what we're doing is behind the scenes, we are rolling out as part of the secure domains effort, as secure domains is being enabled across all net new sites and existing sites. We are just enabling the default CDN by default, so it's an opt out versus an opt in.
So from that perspective, we are trying to ensure that everyone gets a phenomenal performance from the get go. Now, similarly, another thing that we are really excited about is, and the teams working on it, is as part of the out the box, CDN from an infrastructure point of view is being able to get more capabilities out of that, out of CDN. Now, have you gone to a site where the images look really weird, wonky, feels like this is a desktop site they're trying to throw onto a mobile or a tablet?

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Everything's out of perspective. And you got to try and scroll weird ways. Yeah.

Khushwant Singh: Exactly. So another thing that if you use the out of the box CDN, another thing that our customers can look forward to is dynamic image resizing. So when you are the same image renders well on a mobile, a tablet, a desktop, and similarly, if you are an admin, you may inadvertently upload a, I don't know what? 20 MB file, image, and then say, "Look, why is my site loading so slowly?" And so what we're trying to do is also correct that, where you may upload a 20MB file, please don't, but what we'll do on our side, on the CDN side of things, we'll resize that and ensure that we are delivering a more optimized image to the customer. So that's another thing that we are really excited about, from an infrastructure point of view. So lots of good work happening from a perf point of view.
Now, then there is scale. So from a scale point of view, we have aspects like concurrency. So concurrent user scale, so how many users can you support on that portal? Concurrent read scale, so how many requests are coming in concurrently? And before the site just says, "Look I can't handle this." And concurrent rights. So for example, you may be running a promotion and that promotion, you may advertise that on Twitter or on Instagram, and then you suddenly have this massive surge of folks coming to your site and they all want to sign up to know when it's going to be made available. How do we ensure that those rights don't kneel over and just fall over? So again, a lot of the work that we are doing around infrastructure, whether it's performance and scale, are things that we have been rolling out slowly over the last few releases. And then we really look to bring it home over the course of the summer and the winter releases, so that's from an infrastructure point of view.

Gillian Bruce: Nice.

Khushwant Singh: Now, as we move up the stack, we can talk about things like data and content. Now, let's start off with content Salesforce in general, has had a bit of a content management gap for a little while. And we have customers using third party content management systems, et cetera, to compliment the data investments that they have in Salesforce. Now, probably I would say 24 months back, we introduced Salesforce CMS, which was, for the very first time a content management system from Salesforce. Now, what we've come to realize over the 24 months is that boy, do we need a lot more improvements to it. And so over the last, I would say 18 months, we have been actually re-architecting the content management system from ground up. It is going to be JSON based. So very standard point of view.
JSON also would allow our customers to model many different types of content, whether that content is a blog, an email et cetera. Very extensible, so from that point of view, if we don't offer something out of the box, you can add a sidebar extension that allows you, like Grammarly that would say, "Hey, look," while you're typing this thing, it's telling you, you should add X, Y, and Z, et cetera. We also, 24 months back introduced two versions of the content management system. One was a free version, included version I would say, I shouldn't say free, the included version, and the other one was the paid version. What we realized really was, you know what, it's just artificial. Our customers really, they're coming to Salesforce for a variety of different use cases and content really should be something that supports and brings those use cases to life.
And so what we have done is as of the summer release, we have basically provided the paid CMS, which we have gotten rid of, and just given it, included it as part of all experienced cloud licenses. In fact there are so many licenses out there at Salesforce that use Experienced Cloud licenses. And so as of this summer, all of our customers will get the advanced version of content management. And at the same time, they will get access to the beta version of this new, what we call CMS 2.0 internally, we call that the JSON based. They'll get beta access to that as well, without any sort of opt-in, there's a check box, they have to check and they'll be able to take it for a spin. But we look to make that CMS 2.0, our next version of CMS generally available in the winter timeframe as well. So that's another massive uplift and improvement that we're doing from a content management point of view. And democratizing content altogether.

Gillian Bruce: That's great. I mean, I know admins are going to be very excited to be able to access that great capability without having to jump through any additional hoops to get it. So thank you.

Khushwant Singh: Exactly. Now, let's talk about data. Now, when we think about the data side of things, this is where a lot of our investments, at least from an Experience services point of view is that we have teams that are experts in records, Dynamic Forms, lists, and they're doing a lot of good work to expand. For example, Dynamic Forms today it's only available in custom objects, why? It should go across all standard objects. That's something that the team is working on. I'm really glad that we are going to stay really true to the fact that when we start something, we are going to end it and we are going to go all the way, at the same time this team is also working to bring all of that goodness across to not just employee facing experiences in Lex but also to customer facing, partner facing experiences via Experience Cloud.
And so that's one example where, as one unit Experience Services, it really brings benefit across all of the various endpoints, whether it's Lexio Experience Cloud or mobile for that matter. So that's something that we are really looking forward to. And then over on top of that, the ability to surface that data, but represent it in different visualizations. So you may want to show a list view in the form of a grid or in the form of a certain set of tiles. Because again, you want to do that because it's customer facing, it's partner facing, you have to apply your style guide on it, et cetera. So that's all the goodness that you can expect to see over the course of the next two releases from a data point of view.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, that's major stuff. I know that Dynamic Forms is one of the top favorite admin feature overall. And so being able to bring that to standard objects will be huge. So thank you. Thank you on behalf of all admins everywhere.

Khushwant Singh: It's a shout out to all of the good teams that are working on that front. So we touched about infra, we touched about content, we touched about data. Now, let's touch about the UI run time itself, which is Lightning Web Runtime and Lightning Web Components. Clearly the degree of, out of the box components for Aura, there are a lot more out of the box components for Aura than they are for LWCs, no doubt about it. And so what we're trying to do is we are trying to catch up to a certain degree, but catch up in a way that is addressing the most important use cases from out the box component point of view, but at the same time, not sacrificing customizability. And so from an LWR point of view, a few things to call out.
One is, I'll start off first with, when you build a site with Experience Cloud and with LWR and LWCs, search is always a use case that comes up. And by search, we tend to just think maybe at times CRM search, but really our customers are thinking of it as site search. They want to be able to cut across whether it's a CRM, whether it's site meta information, like the page title, the site title, or something that's in a text, a rich text component, whether that's CMS content, whether those are products or any other objects, they want to be able to search the entire site.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. They don't know the differences between that, they just want to find what they need.

Khushwant Singh: Exactly. And so for them, this is complexity that we should abstract from them. And so again, this is something that our customers can expect to see in beta, in the summer timeframe. And all goes, well, we're going to take the hood off and generally make it available in the winter timeframe, starting with site meta information and CMS content as part of the index. And then we're going to expand that to CRM and to other objects for that matter.

Gillian Bruce: All right. So just a reminder to all listeners, forward looking statement applies to everything that Kush just said, this is what happens when we get excited in product information. Yeah.

Khushwant Singh: Exactly. And that too, as well. Yes. So I think, again from an LWR point of view, there's just so much more maturity that customers can expect to see with LWR and Experience Cloud. Because whether it's out of the box components for content, for data, whether it's search, whether it is even the ability to deliver these dynamic experiences. So one of the things that our customers really appreciate in Aura is the ability to personalize the experience using CRM information. So show me this content, this data, if user.account equals to X, Y, Z, et cetera. And so the ability to deliver that type of personalization is key, but at the same time, they want to be able to do things like real time personalization. So using, for example, Evergage or interaction studio for that matter.
So as you're browsing the site or portal, you're able to get relevant information that's on the fly generated. So those are another aspects of LWR that we are investing in very heavily. So whether it's infrastructure, whether it's data, whether it's content, whether it's the UI framework and the various personalization aspects of things, lots of investment happening. Now, all of this has to translate and manifest on mobile. And so that's the other dimension that we are heavily investing in. So whether you are customizing the experience in design time, as an admin, to say, "Hey, look, you know what? I want to show this image on desktop, but another image on mobile, or I want to have this font you applied in mobile versus on desktop. I want to be able to take my LWR site and use Mobile Publisher to create a mobile app that I can deploy via the app stores." Those are all areas that we are working on over the course of the next two releases as well. So again, lots of excitement as we work across this entire site.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Lots coming. Well, Kush I so appreciate you taking the time to chat with us here on the podcast about all things, Experience Services, Experience Cloud. I know I got a lot of questions answered. I'm sure a lot of people listening are very happy to hear all of the things that you and your team are working on. And I'm sure they will have many more questions. So I'll include links to some of the great trailblazer community groups that you have set up for Lightning Experience and for Experience Cloud, for people to submit feedback. And thanks again for all of the work that you and your team do. And I look forward to checking back in with you after a couple releases here and coming back to what you all have done and hearing about what is even next from then on.

Khushwant Singh: For sure Gillian. I mean, I truly appreciate the opportunity. And again, to all our Salesforce admins, you are our eyes and ears out there. Feedback is a gift, please keep it coming. And we're so appreciative of all that you do for us.

Gillian Bruce: Huge, thanks to coach for taking the time to chat with us. He and his team have been so busy working on really important foundational improvements to both Experience Cloud and Experience Services. And it's so great to now understand what Experience Services mean because for us admins, it means a lot of the stuff that we use every day. So, hey, I don't know about you, but I'm excited about Dynamic Lightning pages coming for standard objects. Woo, woo. Again, forward looking statement, but I look forward to getting Kush back on the podcast to ask him about that once it has been released in a few releases. So if you want to learn more or you have more feedback about anything, Experience Cloud or Experience Services, Kush, and his team pay close attention to the trailblazer community. So go to the Lightning Experience group or the Experience Cloud group on the trailblazer community and put your feedback in there, put your questions in there. He's got an amazing team of very talented people.
And if you want to learn anything else about how you can be a successful Salesforce admin, go to my favorite website, admin.salesforce.com. There you can find other great podcasts, blogs, and videos to help you in your Salesforce admin journey. I also encourage you to check out the new Salesforce admin skills kit, which we just launched last month. And it is right there on the admin@salesforce.com webpage. Check it out, let me know what you think, we're going to do some great podcast episodes about that, coming up here real soon. If you want to follow my guest today, Kush, you can find him @Kush_singh. You can follow me @Gilliankbruce. And you can follow Mike, my amazing co-host @Mikegerholdt. You can follow everything awesome admin related @Salesforceadmns, no I, on Twitter. With that, I hope you have a great rest of your day and I'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Andrew Russo, Salesforce Architect at BACA Systems.

Join us as we talk about the amazing app user management super app he built and how you can approach building apps to be an even more awesome Admin.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Andrew Russo.

Ramping up a Salesforce org Andrew, like so many people we interview on the show, started out as an accidental Admin. He started out needing to pull more and more things from Salesforce to support his company’s email marketing efforts, which put him in the position to get his Admin cert when they wanted to roll out Service Cloud. Now, the entire business is run on a massive org, and Andrew’s main challenge is making sure it’s scalable to handle everything that might come down the pipe.

Now that they’ve brought their entire manufacturing department onto Salesforce, they needed to take a second look at how they handle user requests. “Before it was as simple as sending an email or a text and we could have a quick chat,” Andrew says, “now, we have to manage a lot of users and also document it so people can do their jobs well and also make requests for features to help them do their jobs even better.”

Managing user requests and scaling up When the user requests started flooding in, they knew they needed a plan to handle the large increase in volume. The first step was switching over to cases, but they needed to do a lot of customization to account for the different ways they handle internal vs. external cases. The biggest bottleneck they identified was when they had to ask for more details, so creating a structure for both the person filling out the request and the team member looking at it helped immensely.

Specificity around requests is really important because you need to understand the business need that’s driving it. For example, they could be asking for a checkbox because they want to run a report when there’s an easier way to do that. Instead, Andrew and his team send users a link to fill out a user story. “Then when we go back in a year and are trying to figure out why we made something, we have a record of why it was created,” Andrew says, so they’ve built in their documentation process.

At the end of every Flow they build there’s a sub-flow that runs at the end. It tracks every time the Flow runs and compares it to how long it took them to build and how long the previous process took. What they end up with is a lot of specificity around how their team is saving everyone time throughout the organization which is a powerful and effective way to prove RoI.

Andrew’s tips for user management Andrew’s main tips for improving user management in your org are pretty simple to understand but hard to master. For one thing, learn when to say no. Some user requests are going to be unreasonable and learning how to work with them to uncover the real business need can help you find a solution that fits.

For another, if you can find core Salesforce functionality that gets you 90% of the way to a solution, it’s far better than building everything from scratch. “Custom equals it’s yours and you own it,” Andrew explains, “not only do you own the development of it—you own the problems could have in the future with it that you can’t foresee.” Less is more.

Finally, keep curious. Always keep learning and follow your curiosity because you never know where it will lead you. Salesforce has so many amazing resources and you never know when something you were browsing or an issue you helped someone with will suddenly give you your next great idea.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Best Practices for Building a User Request Management App from the Community

Social

  • Andrew: @_AndrewRusso
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm your host today, Gillian Bruce, and we are going to talk about how to create a user management super app.
So, a few weeks ago, you may have seen a blog post that we put out on the Admin site talking all about how you can create an app to manage your users. Well, one of the amazing, awesome admins that I met in that process is Andrew Russo. He's a Salesforce architect at BACA Systems. I wanted to have him on the podcast because the app he built is just next level. It's awesome. There are so many elements of it that I think we could all use at different parts of what we're building as admins at our own organizations. So I wanted to get him on the podcast to share a little bit about his overall strategy of how he approaches building apps like that, and in general, how to be an awesome admin. So without further ado, let's welcome Andrew on the podcast.
Andrew, welcome to the podcast.

Andrew Russo: Yeah. I'm happy to be here. I think this will be awesome, to be able to talk about some of the stuff we've built for our company and see how other admins can learn from what we've done.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. So let's talk a little bit about you first, before we get into some of the app building advice and great strategy that you have to share. Tell us a little bit about what you do and a little bit about your Salesforce journey.

Andrew Russo: Yeah, so I started doing Salesforce stuff as an accidental admin. So in college I was working for a company and I started helping with some of the website stuff. And then that transitioned into email marketing, which involved getting email lists from Salesforce. And it slowly kind of climbed into working more and more on Salesforce stuff. So that was about 2016. And then in 2017 and '18, we started looking at rolling out Service Cloud, which is really when I started to go into learning a lot more about Salesforce.
And then once we did the Service Cloud, I really took over as the main admin and started learning more and more and I got my first Salesforce certification, I think it was about 2019. And then I have grown more. Now we have a massive org where we have an entire business that's fully on the Salesforce platform, which became really challenging to learn from. We have a small, just very basic, standard, out of the box org to now having to manage complex user requests, documenting stuff, and really creating something that's scalable since the entire business depends on everything running properly.

Gillian Bruce: So, how many users do you support?

Andrew Russo: Right now, we have about 70 users inside of our Salesforce org. If you asked that same question in Fall of last year, we had about 30. So we brought on our entire manufacturing, which is really where we started to have to look at, how do we handle user requests? Because before it was as simple as an email or just sending a text and we could have a quick chat. Now we have to manage a lot of users and also document stuff properly so people can do it, do their jobs and make requests for features to help them do their jobs easier.

Gillian Bruce: Well, okay. So, clearly you are an awesome admin plus. I think it's really interesting that you only got your first start a couple years ago, I guess three years ago, 2019 seems like forever ago, but it's not, and how you've been able to grow so much in your knowledge and your abilities within Salesforce. I mean it sounds like a lot of it was kind of hands-on experience, any other external sources or what kind of things really helped you hone that skill so that you can really build, I mean the massive growth that your organization has had just within the last six months?

Andrew Russo: Yeah. I think that really where the big thing, and it's really weird to say, but I think becoming a Master Googler has really helped. And I think that's a skill that's almost vital because there's so many resources out there. You've got the Trailhead community, which there's a lot of questions that get answered on there. There's a lot of information with even guides. There's thousands of different admins who have blogs that have stuff generally who joined the Salesforce team with all of her flow blogs. There's all the different resources out there. So becoming a Master Googler to think, "Okay, how do I want a Google link to get the response of what I'm looking for?" And you can get a lot of different resources, that really helped.
I think though Trailhead was the other thing. I've done a lot of trails in Trailhead, the super badges are super helpful. And then really when I go to try and look at taking another certification exam, Focus on Force is pretty helpful for that last little bit of studying and thinking, "Okay, where do I need to focus some effort towards?" To see where you're lacking, because you don't really know what you're lacking until you take a test, but the Trailhead's really where I do it and hands on, I think where I've learned most of this stuff is trial and error in a sandbox of our current org. If it doesn't work, start over and try another way.

Gillian Bruce: Okay. Well, that's great. We want everyone to use sandboxes. So let's talk a little bit more about specifically some of the solutions that you've built. Now, I know you, thankfully, helped me out with a blog post we did not too long ago about how to build a kick ass management app, which you demoed some of what you've built and shared some of that in our blog post. Can you talk to us a little bit about your approach to building that app and how you think about how to best structure it? Because you got a lot going on there. There's a lot of complexity and clearly, I mean it kind of blew my mind when you were sharing all of the details that you had involved in that, but it also sounds like it is incredibly helpful to you and your team as you're building. So talk to us a little bit about an overview of that app and then how you approached building it.

Andrew Russo: Yeah. So it was something that we had thought about earlier this year of, we need a better way to handle internal user requests because they started off as emails and then we would lose track of emails. If it doesn't hit your inbox for the day, you kind of forget about the request, even though you might have needed to do something. So that started throughout the year and we're like, "We really want to look at cases." And then I posted on the Trailhead screen, has anyone done... Actually it was on Reddit I posted and I just asked if anyone's done cases internally, just to get an idea of it. People responded, "Okay. Think about record types." And I was like, "Okay."
So I let a couple weeks go by and I started to think about it more. And then really once we started to get an inbound rush of emails with different requests that we needed to handle, we're like, "We need cases to do it." So we refreshed one of our full sandboxes so we had everything that was in production. And then we really built out in a matter of a week, we changed all of our current processes that were based on our external service that we use Service Cloud for our customers, we had to customize all of the processes and automations we already had to not apply to our internal cases because it's two different ways that we handle internal cases versus external. There's different fields that we want to track. But we also want some similar things like the status or the case type that are default fields, we want to keep those as the same so we don't have two status fields to report on inside of Salesforce because that doesn't feel right.
So customizing that and really separating it out was that first step. And then we looked at, how do we want to help our users? And what are the different things that we want to track from a reporting standpoint later? Because you can't report on stuff that you don't actually capture. So the first thing that we rolled out was just pretty simple, we're going to use Email-to-Case and we're going to use cases with record types and we added some different fields, like steps to reproduce and expected outcome, actual outcome, things that were helpful for us to right away be able to troubleshoot without having to ask for more details, because that was the biggest thing that we would have through email is they would send one request, not give enough detail because there's no structure to it.
So giving that structure for them to record their request and guide them through, it was really helpful just for that initial problem. Versus we really, in the beginning, we keep it as just, "What do you want?" We don't distinguish. There's an area that they can choose if it's a new feature versus a support case, but past that, it's the same stuff that they're recording and then we can handle the case once we start to look at it.

Gillian Bruce: So, let's pause right there for a second. So you said putting some structure around the ask. What do you mean by that? Because a lot of people will be like, "Oh, can you just add a checkbox to this page?" And I'm sure you have a little bit more structure to help coach them out of that kind of ask. Can you talk a little bit more about that?

Andrew Russo: Yeah. So we used the case initially to gather the, "Hey, I want a check box," because a user just looks as it as, "I want a check box to record this," because they got some type of request from their boss and they need to show something, but then once we are able to review it, it might be, "Oh, that's already there." Or, "Oh no, that's something that's new. We need to gather the requirements. What is the business case supporting it? Why are we trying to do this?" To make sure it's not overlapping with something else or it's not a one-time thing where they want to go make a check box on records and then run a report of the check boxes, because seen that recently a few times where it's like, "Oh, we want to see all accounts with this so let's add a check box," which is not the right way for us to handle that.
So, gathering those type of things, we created a flow that's called a user story and we're able to send out a link from Email-to-Case to the user. When they click on that link, it actually launches the flow in Salesforce and they're able to, it'll kind of prompt them, "Hey, here's a trail you can go take from Trailhead if you don't know what a user story is." It's not required, but it's recommended. Then they're able to go through the steps and do the as a role, I want to, blank, so that I can, blank.
And then we also have another field of, how do you know that this is there and successful? So we can measure the actual outcome of it and say, "Yes, this is successful. No, we were not able to meet what the requirement was." And we like to get that for a single field from really anyone who that touches, not just the person requesting it in their role. So if accounting wants a field, we also might want to look at having sales do a user story that if it impacts the sales or the service side of it to get a full picture, because then when we go back and we look at why did we make this in a year? We have something to support why it was created.

Gillian Bruce: You built in the documentation. Yeah.

Andrew Russo: Exactly. So we have documentation gathered right away while we're building, which is super helpful.

Gillian Bruce: That's awesome. So I mean, what I really like about this is you built it so that it helps you be successful as things are being built, right? You built documentation into the process, you built the coaching of like, "Hey, this is how you properly make a request. This is what a user story is." And I love the promotion of Trailhead in there, I think that's great. But what are some of the other things that you've built into the app that help you and your team be successful? I know one of the things that you had mentioned to me before is having some metrics of the impact of some of the apps and some of the features that you've built. Can you talk to us a little bit more about that?

Andrew Russo: Yes. There's actually two really awesome things that we have done with it. So one of which is for measuring the impact of automations, we have a couple different objects that run. So inside of any of the flows that we build, we add a sub flow that runs at the end and what it does, it tracks every time that the flow runs and then there's a master record that's created that we're able to see, "Okay, this is how many times it ran." We can put in how many hours it took us to build and how many minutes the previous process that was getting used is, so it actually calculates how many hours and minutes are saved by users running it. So if it used to take 10 minutes to do a process and it took us three hours to build it, we can see at what point has the breakeven been met that, "Hey, we've actually just saved the company time?" And then in the future we can say, "This is how much time we've saved with the automation on an ongoing basis."
So that's one of the things that we did to track really the ROI that we bring to the company for our performance. So when you go to look at, Hey, what did I do the last quarter? How did I perform? Yeah, this is the money that we've actually brought and saved the company. So I think that's one of the things. And the other is about tracking the time on cases, because we started to realize, a lot of these cases for internal people make it, then they get busy, they stop responding, and it doesn't look good on us if we want to report on our metrics of, "Hey, how long did it take for this issue to get resolved?" So we actually built out a custom object called Case Time and every time that a case changes status, it records how long it was in that status.
So when a case enters a new status, it creates a new record for that status with a start time. And when it leaves, it puts the end time and it creates the new record for the next status that it's in. So we can go back on any case and look at how much time it spent in statuses. So we can say how much is waiting for the customer, our internal customer, and how much is us working on it, which really is helpful for reporting on our metrics.

Gillian Bruce: Okay. So those two ideas are amazing and I feel like every admin is going to want to implement those in their own org. I mean the fact that you have real, tangible hard metrics on the ROI that you bring to the organization in terms of time saved, I mean you can directly link that to basically money saved. That's awesome. And then the second one about like, "Hey, a lot of people track how long it takes to resolve a case, but it's not always on us." It's actually, "Hey, you make this request, we're waiting for you most of the time on this." So I think that's really, really amazing tips for how to break down and really put hard data and metrics behind the work that you do as an admin or building apps.
So talk to me, I want to learn how to think like Andrew. Because you have come in and clearly, very quickly learned about how to master lots of parts of the Salesforce platform, how to really take that mastery and use it in a very effective way in your organization. What are some overall strategies that you think have really helped you and that maybe some other admins can glean from what you've done and what you've learned?

Andrew Russo: Yeah. I think that really, it's a couple things. One of the things that I think is really important and some people really have a hard time doing is learning to say no, because there's some requests that you get that you just have to say no, and put your foot in the sand and say, "I'm not going to do this. This does not make sense. It's not best practice." Really implementing a strong governance.
It doesn't have to be a written governance over Salesforce, but having this ability and empowerment to say no to some request, to say, "No, that doesn't make sense." Having that, I think is really one of the important things, because I do have to tell users, "No, we cannot do that. No." Today even, I've had a user request to get the ability to modify the homepage layouts on apps and I say, "No, if you'd like to, we can do a working session and in a sandbox we can make the changes to push to production, but I can't just give you access to change the home pages," because that comes with a lot of other access that they don't need to have as an end user. So really learning to say no and be willing to say no is one of the things.
The other is thinking about less is more, I think is one thing. And maybe it's kind of that architect mindset that architects are supposed to have where thinking, does this already exist somewhere in Salesforce that's core functionality? It might not be 100% exactly what I want, but if it gets to 98% and it's already standard functionality, use that rather than trying to build something that's perfect custom fit, but custom equals it's yours and you own it, so not only do you own the development of it, you own the problems that you could have in the future with something that you don't foresee.
So just thinking about less is more, being willing and able to say no, and also spending time researching different Salesforce stuff that you're just curious and interested in. That's where I started to learn different things, that just go build some fun stuff, might be related, might not even bring value, just on your own learning Salesforce has been super helpful for that.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. So those are three great tips. The ability to say no and hold the line. And then less is more, I think that architect mindset is super important. And then I think that last one you talked about, researching and just basically playing with Salesforce is really important. And it's that learner's mindset idea, right? Is that there's always something to learn. And so, "Hey, if you're curious, go try it out, go build it, go build an app for some one-off use case that isn't necessarily part of your job."
I think that's one of the things I've seen be very successful in the community is folks that are especially looking to demonstrate their skills to maybe even get their first Salesforce job or demonstrate that they have a higher level of mastery to catapult themselves into a different more senior role, building an app that they purely have built to demo to potential employers or to show off what they know. I think that is one of the strongest things you can do. It's like the ultimate Salesforce admin resume, right? "Cool, so I can write all these words, but look what I can show you. This is what I built. This is why and this is how it works."

Andrew Russo: Yeah. Building on that too, one of the things that I think is super helpful is because in my org, I see what I see. We don't use, for example, CPQ at all. We don't use other... We don't use Marketing Cloud. We have Pardot, but we don't have full Marketing Cloud, so thinking about some of these different areas that we don't really use, but understanding them is really helpful. So one thing that I think really helped open my eyes to see different areas is going on the answers and actually helping other users because it exposes you and you can look at a question someone else has that could come to you in the future and you can help answer their question. You might even have to research. You might not know the answer, but being able to see different use cases in other orgs from other people, answering their questions helps to expose you to new ideas and things that you've never looked at, but now when you come across it in the future, you already have an idea of it.
Because like me, I learned from experience, really that is the best way. So if I can go and do that, the amount of flows I've built for other users that want to see stuff, and then I actually have implemented some of those internally after I saw that on the thing of, "Hey, I want to do this. When an inbound email comes in on a case, I want to change the case status," I helped someone build that and then I was like, "We want that." So I built that for our org after. So, those kind of things really help to open your eyes and see different things.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Okay. I mean, so now I'm also going to out you for something you told me that you were doing and I know that you are in the midst of it, you had a goal of becoming one of the top answerers in the answers community, I believe. And tell me a little bit more about that. Clearly, I understand why, you've learned about things that then you're putting into your own org, but what is it about doing that that drives you? Or why do you want to do that?

Andrew Russo: I think it's just fun, honestly. So during COVID I got bored and I started answering stuff when I was working from home doing it. And that was 2020 March and I did a good amount of questions and answer stuff, and it was kind of fun doing it. And then two weeks ago I just got bored and I just was like, "You know what? I'm going to go answer them." And then it's kind of addicting because people reply to them and then it draws you back, you go and you help while you answer the questions. The amount of things that... It's a satisfaction you get.
It took me 15 minutes to respond to someone, but they would've spent an entire day trying to learn that thing. So, for me to give 15 minutes and it's going to make their day or their week, it's an awesome feeling doing that, but it also helps me learn more. So it's a mix of both and I ended up in a matter of probably about 20 days moving somewhat high up from not having answered a question over a year or two in the top five in the answer community, so...

Gillian Bruce: That's awesome, Andrew. Okay. So that's the vibe that I love about the admin communities. Everyone just loves to give back and help each other. And here's the thing, clearly you are passionate about solving problems and helping other people solve problems, both in your actual day job, and then clearly this is just part of who you are, because you're doing it externally out of your normal day job for the broader community as well, which is so great, so awesome. You're inspiring me. I'm like, "Maybe I should go try and answer some questions." Don't worry, I'm not going to threaten your leaderboard status, I promise. I have a long ways to go, but that's great.
So Andrew, before we kind of wrap up, I would love to hear if you have any overall tips for someone who's really looking to flex their admin skills or get a little bit more experience under the belt. We heard already some great stuff from you about strategies when you're building apps, about governance, about less is more, about going and tinkering and researching different parts of the platform. Talk to us a little bit more about maybe some of the things that you would tell someone who's maybe a brand new admin or looking for their first admin job. What is the number one or two things that you'd recommend to them to help them beef up their skills and get prepared so they can get that awesome role?

Andrew Russo: Yeah, I think that really some of it, I think there's two different parts of it. There's that new admin and then there's that current accidental admin who works at a company that became the accidental admin. For a new admin, I think really Trailhead is a really great place to start, and then moving over to trying to apply to jobs where they might be a small org with Salesforce that doesn't really have an admin and come in as not an admin, but become the accidental admin. Because I think the accidental admin is a really great place to start because you start to learn a lot of little different things that help you grow.
And then for someone who becomes an accidental admin, I think one of the biggest things, which is actually where I started during COVID and I got experience was, go on different platforms that you can do some small just freelancing stuff after hours at night, stuff that exposes you to other companies, orgs in different areas. I know I've done a big project for a nonprofit that does acupuncture for low-income senior citizens. And we built out an entire community in six different languages. So I did that during COVID. That was massive with a lot of flows in six languages. It was crazy, but now that's really where I became a flownatic, I guess, having massive flow.
So doing that and just getting some experience. It doesn't have to be big projects. Sometimes companies just need help with reporting and being able to help them with reporting, you could make someone on the side do it, but it opens your eyes to see more stuff, because if you don't see stuff or have experience, sometimes it's hard to understand the different things that you don't even know exist. I learned new stuff in Salesforce exists I've never seen almost on a daily basis. Like, "Oh, that's there?" For example, 15,000 character limit for formulas. No one realized it was there, but overnight we all found out on Twitter that it was there.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Oh gosh, Andrew, this is great. I so appreciate your time. I think it's so cool that you are so generous with sharing what you know and what you've built. I will, for sure, put a link in the show notes to that great blog post that you contributed a lot to and showing some of the different elements of the part of your user management app. And I really appreciate you imparting your wisdom with the admin community and answering so many questions. I can't wait to see you on the top of the leaderboard. Let's just be clear, we'll have a little celebratory "Andrew made it" and then the next person will try and dethrone you. It'll be great.

Andrew Russo: It'll be Steve Mo who comes to dethrone. We already know it.

Gillian Bruce: I mean he does have a very long history of answering most of the questions.

Andrew Russo: The second that it's a formula question, I'm always hesitant because I know that he's going to step in and he's going to have a better formula way. And it's also cool to see, "Okay, this is how I would've answered and done it. Oh, this is what Steve Mo thinks about it." And generally Steve Mo comes with pretty clean formulas that are really well thought out and work super well, so...

Gillian Bruce: Well, and that's the advantage of participating in the community, right? Is you see all these different ways of attacking the same problem. So I love that. That's great. Well, Andrew, thank you so much. I really appreciate your time and I appreciate everything you do to give back and thank you again for sharing all of these amazing pieces of wisdom with the community.

Andrew Russo: Yeah. Thank you. I think this was really fun.

Gillian Bruce: Well, huge thanks to Andrew for taking the time to chat with me. I don't know about you, but I am definitely inspired to go tinker a little bit more and maybe go answer some questions of my own on the answers community. Now, some of the top takeaways from my chat with Andrew, I hope that you heard these as well, but first of all, it's always good to say no, have some kind of governance strategy when you are building apps. You got to set some boundaries, you got to set up some structures that enable you to actually build something that is effective instead of just building everything that people ask you for.
Next, less is more. I love that he talked about that architect thinking, right? Let's use the existing functionality before we create something super custom because it's a lot easier to maintain something that is on core functionality, because if you build it yourself, then you are also responsible for making sure that it works for the rest of its life. So, let's take some of the load off there.
And then finally, tinkering, researching. Go play with the platform, build something. I think that is one of the best ways to learn and there's an easy way to do that, as Andrew pointed out, by answering all those questions on the community. So if you have not delved into the answers community, do it. It's trailhead.com. You can access all of it there. If nothing else, it's a really good place to hang out and just see what people are asking so that you get a sense of the breadth of the platform and the kind of problems that people are solving using Salesforce.
All right. Well, if you want more great content, you can always find that at admin.salesforce.com where we've got blogs, videos, and more podcasts. You can find our guest today, Andrew Russo, on Twitter @_andrewrusso. You can find me @gilliankbruce, and my co-host, Mike Gerholdt, @mikegerholdt. Hope you enjoyed this episode, stay tuned and I'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we take the show on the road, live from TrailblazerDX.

Join us as we talk about how we put on events like these, what it’s like to go to a live event for the first time, and tips from a vet about why networking is so important.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversations.

The man behind the Trailblazer magic First, we caught up with Kavindra Patel, VP, Trailblazer Events & Digital Experiences at Salesforce. In short, he runs the show, putting together TrailblazerDX as well as Trailblazer events at Dreamforce and all the World Tours. If you spot someone at an event sporting a cool ranger hat, come say hi to KP.

An admin’s first time at TDX Next, Mike bumped into Grace Villier, an Admin and sales and marketing specialist at her very first TrailblazerDX. One takeaway she has from the event is to make sure to block out time each week to re-up on your knowledge and keep up with all the content coming out on Trailhead. While she looked at the schedule ahead of time, Grace urges you to really focus in on what will maximize value because these events are always shorter than you think they are going into them.

Tips from a Salesforce veteran The great thing about a live event like TrailblazerDX is that you have a chance to talk to folks with a wide range of experience and backgrounds. Mike went from talking to a first-time attendee to a real vet when he met up with Lauren Dunne Bolopue, Lead Salesforce Evangelist at DocuSign. She’s super psyched for the upcoming Slack integrations and how that will transform the way we work. She also emphasized just how important the networking you do at events is, and how the people you meet can help you grow and get through roadblocks you might run into along the way.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Catch all the big moments of TrailblazerDX 2022

Social

  • Kavindra Patel: @KavindraPatel
  • Lauren Dunne Bolopue: @LaurenDunne__C
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Speaker 1: Welcome to the Salesforce Admin's podcast. And we are live, here today, at TrailblazerDX. So, I'm going to walk around the event and get some audio snippets, in case the audio's a little bit different. But I want to kick off our TrailblazerDX special episode with Kavindra Patel or KP, as I know. Kavindra is, kind of, my go-to person for the events. KP, what do you do at Salesforce?

Speaker 2: Well, I run Trailblazer events for Salesforce. We do TrailblazerDX. Trailblazer is a Dream Force, as well as, Trailblazers, and all the world tours.

Speaker 1: So, trailblazers are your thing.

Speaker 2: They are my thing, and I love trailblazers.

Speaker 1: So, let's talk about TrailblazerDX. What is an exciting thing that you brought this week, or that you got to plan, or be a part of?

Speaker 2: So, the exciting part is bringing the Slack, Tableau, Mulesoft, as well as all the Salesforce developers, Admins and architects, all together under one umbrella. So, they can learn from each other, connect with each other, and take themselves to another level.

Speaker 1: Cool. If somebody were to see you at an event, you're kind of hard to miss. Where did the hat come from?

Speaker 2: Yeah, I try to hide myself, but it doesn't work really. I've got my signature hat from the old days of Trailhead, when we really brought Trailhead experience, which is the vibe we have, the fun outdoor vibe, and bringing that into events. And at that time, I bought myself an amazing hat, and you will see me on Twitter all the time, with my hat on. And so, that's where it came from. And it has a ranger, a pin, because I am a ranger.

Speaker 1: Because you're a ranger.

Speaker 2: Because I earned it. And so, that's where it comes from. And people find me, and I love talking to the Trailblazers, and just seeing how I can help them.

Speaker 1: So Kavindra, you're on Twitter, people can see your picture. What's your Twitter handle?

Speaker 2: My Twitter handle is @kavindrapatel.

Speaker 1: Perfect. I'll put a link in the show notes. So, we're going to walk the floor and see who else I can run into. Kavindra, thank you for being our first guest.

Speaker 2: You're welcome. Have a nice day, Mike.

Speaker 1: All right. So, we just finished up our interview with Kavindra. We found out cool things that are happening at the event, but I am standing here with Grace, who's a first-time attendee. Grace, can you introduce yourself?

Speaker 3: Yes, my name's Grace Villier. I work for a Construction Aggregate company, and I am our Sales and Marketing Specialist.

Speaker 1: And Grace, I think this is your first TrailblazerDX.

Speaker 3: It is, yes.

Speaker 1: Okay, so tell me what you're taking notes on, because you've been in a ton of sessions.

Speaker 3: So I, like you said, I've been in quite a few sessions. I've been trying to go to as many Admin sessions that I can go to, as well. Because that is my focus, at my job, is being the best Admin I can be for our users, but I've also gone to a couple sessions on the developer side. So, learning more about Apex, just because, as an Admin, we are involved with Flows, and automation. So, I thought the apex could be helpful too. So, trying to get in as many different areas, and sessions, that I can learn about, throughout these couple of days.

Speaker 1: So, you're on your second day, how many notes pages have you filled?

Speaker 3: I actually counted, and it is up to about eight now.

Speaker 1: Wow, eight.

Speaker 3: They're all the sessions.

Speaker 1: That's a lot. That's a lot. What session stood out to you, as like, "Wow. I had no idea I was going to learn that."

Speaker 3: I think the Admin Best Practices, because one of the things I learned about, was this podcast. Because I didn't realize that it had existed before.

Speaker 1: And now you're on it.

Speaker 3: Exactly. So, I think, little things like that, and learning about best practices, and what you can do on a routine basis, as far as getting feedback from your users. What's working, what's not, because I do ride-along's with our users, every so often. So, just to reinforce that... And it was talked about, coffee hours. So, I think, kind of, combining those because when I do my ride-alongs, it's a whole day, which is awesome. But also combining that with coffee sessions, and just reaching out to people on a more regular basis, I think could be good too.

Speaker 1: So, how long have you been in Admin?

Speaker 3: So, I started my Salesforce journey, let's see, January 2020. So, about-

Speaker 1: That whole time period is a little fuzzy for all of us.

Speaker 3: Yes, or excuse me, 21. About a year and a half ago.

Speaker 1: Oh, good.

Speaker 3: Excuse me. Yes.

Speaker 1: In the pandemic.

Speaker 3: '21, yes. Yes, so, and I went through a training program in sales, and then the opportunity, got to be our Project Lead for implementing Salesforce in December 2020, and then actually started with that in January 2021. So, hadn't seen Salesforce before. And I actually got my Admin certification last October. So I've learned a lot, in that period of time.

Speaker 1: Congrats. Congrats.

Speaker 3: Thank you.

Speaker 1: What is one thing you're going to do different, when you get back to your desk?

Speaker 3: I think getting back to my desk, specifically, I think adding blocks to my calendar, and because I think it's always important to keep learning. And as I was studying for my Admin certification, I was so focused on Trailhead, and doing modules, and realizing that those modules, more and more come out, and they're updated. For example, with Flows, that's the way things are going now with automation. So, just to continue those modules, I think we'll be good in blocking out an hour or two each week, just to stay up-to-date on things throughout Trailhead.

Speaker 1: Now, one of the cool things is, since yesterday, when I saw you in a session, you've also built your entourage, which I think is very cool. So, you've also networked with other people at this event. What was the common factor, for you finding someone else to hang out with at TrailblazerDX?

Speaker 3: So, we're actually in the same general area of the country. Within the Southeast, which was cool. And-

Speaker 1: Oh, you're not from England. I thought I heard an accent there. I was going to say Wales, maybe.

Speaker 3: I know, I sound very, very British, yeah.

Speaker 1: Yeah, absolutely. Yeah. New Zealand maybe, right?

Speaker 3: Yes. Yes. So, that was a common factor. And just, having been fairly new to Salesforce, within the past year and a half, it was good to meet somebody new. Like you said, make those connections.

Speaker 1: Okay. So, what is one thing, as we kind of wrap up, what is one thing you'll do different the next time you go to a Salesforce event?

Speaker 3: That's a good question. Because I did look through all the sessions before, and kind of, factored in what will bring the most value. And I think, honing in more on that, just because it is only a two day conference. Really looking into what sessions are going to bring the most value. What can I learn the most from? So like I said, I try to combine some of the Admin sessions, and developer sessions, to learn more about that, too. So, I think, just continuing to do that. And then also, networking more, just because there are so many people here. Working on networking, even more next time, to grow my Salesforce community, people that I know.

Speaker 1: Your eco-system, yeah. Well, you have one now, you have two more with us. Thank you, Grace, for being on the podcast.

Speaker 3: Thank you, I appreciate it.

Speaker 1: Best of luck. I'm sure we'll connect, maybe at Dreamforce.

Speaker 3: Yes. Thank you very much.

Speaker 1: Okay. So, we just came off that fun interview with Grace, who is a first time event TDX. And I happened to run into... You walk around TDX, and you run into friends and family you know. So, I found a veteran, we'll say veteran.

Speaker 4: Oh, I like that term better.

Speaker 1: Okay, veteran, TDX attendee Lauren, can you introduce yourself?

Speaker 4: I'm Lauren Dunvalvue. I'm lead Salesforce Evangelist at DocuSign. And this is my second TDX, but my eighth Salesforce big conference.

Speaker 1: Wow. You keep track of the big conference. Okay.

Speaker 4: I do, like my life depends on it.

Speaker 1: But first back, it feels like we're starting all over again.

Speaker 4: Yeah, I've missed people. I'm a people person. And just being able to see people that I see, on a tiny little screen, every week, or every month, at Meetups, and stuff like that, it's just, I'm like, "Oh my God, you're tall." Like people I've met for the first time in the lockdown. And now they're... I'm meeting them in person. I'm like, "I didn't think you were not tall. Okay, I feel really short now." It's just nice to be able to have that, in-person connection. That is something I have definitely missed, definitely missed.

Speaker 1: Yeah. So, now that we're back in person, what was something that surprised you at TDX this year?

Speaker 4: I am loving the Slack API Integration thing. My ears, straight away went off, as soon as it was announced in the keynote. And I was like, "I need to know more." So, as soon as I was able to get to the Slack area, I was like talking to people. I was like, "Tell me more, how do I get involved? How do I get information?" And I was like a little too excited, I think I scared them just a little. But I was like, "I have these people now, in front of me, that can't run away or you know, mute me." I'm like, "I get to talk to people and tell me all this stuff." So, that's something I'm definitely excited to play with, is that API connection. Because Slack is... We all live and work on Slack, like there's the Ohana Slack, just-

Speaker 1: Or we will.

Speaker 4: Well, yeah, true.

Speaker 1: If you're not already.

Speaker 4: Well, if you're not already, there's Ohana Slack, there's the Ohana Coffee Slack, there obviously Work Slack. There's so many different Slack channels now, for the community. And it's just, I'm looking at it in terms of being able to implement it into work, and how I can boost more productivity. And even for the DocuSign side of things, being able to have that product evolve. Because we have an integration, but I'm like, as soon as I saw it, I was like messaging. I was Slack messaging, believe or not, our Product Manager. And I was like, "We need to get on this. We need to do this. Here's our information we need." He is like, "Okay, you need to calm down." I'm just so super excited about it.

Speaker 1: So, it's interesting you bring up connections. It seems to be a theme. Kind of, this podcast, because we just talked with Grace, who made a connection with somebody that was attending first time solo, just like her solo. She was solo, person she met was solo. And we were just talking, before I pressed record, about how you were taking pictures of people's badges, and connecting with somebody. Can you go more into that?

Speaker 4: Sure, there's so many people that are like, "I'm new to the ecosystem, or I don't know where to start." Or, "I've been here, I started Salesforce a couple years ago and I just... What should I do? Should I take my certification exam? Where should I go?" And on a personal level, people brought me into the Ohana and nurtured me, and grew me, and helped me. And I'm like, "Okay, I'm going to connect with you on LinkedIn. I'm going to follow you on Twitter." I'm like, "I want to help you. If I can't help you, I know people who can." And that's the whole point of the community, is helping people grow, and I've missed it. I've done it throughout the lockdown, but having this, like seeing people and go, "Oh my God, thank you so much." And it's, I just... I can't explain it. Having the in-person has really meant so much more than being on a screen.

Speaker 1: So, I'll ask the question I think everybody's thinking about. I didn't make it to TrailblazerDX. Besides the in-person, and oh, by the way, your feet hurting.

Speaker 4: Oh yeah.

Speaker 1: Your feet.

Speaker 4: I forgot.

Speaker 1: That's a new thing. I haven't stood for more than, a little bit of time. I walk my dog, I do stuff, but standing on hard concrete floors. What is something you're surprised that you didn't realize you were missing, by showing up?

Speaker 4: Well, I'm going to do you one better, actually wearing jeans.

Speaker 1: Oh, yeah.

Speaker 4: I lived in pajama pants for two years.

Speaker 1: Yeah, I did those athletic, slicky things.

Speaker 4: No, the jeans, I'm like, "I might need jeans."

Speaker 1: I need jeans. Yeah. We all had to buy different sizes, by the way.

Speaker 4: Yeah, same here.

Speaker 1: None of the jeans fit.

Speaker 4: Yeah. And like, I haven't walked around, the last two days. I think my jeans might be a little loose now, I'm hoping.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Good. Good.

Speaker 4: But one thing about... It's the Trail. Just seeing the excitement of people, and the learning, and you forget, because when you're doing the online stuff, you're not seeing all different areas. I saw the Flow Matics thing and I was like, "That looks really interesting." Whereas if I saw it on an agenda, I would've have been like, "Oh." Whereas I go over, and I'm learning more about that. I'm like, "That's cool." I've never touched Flow. My role, I don't get to play very much with Salesforce. But you know, I'm like, "Okay, I need to learn Flow. This is something I have to..." I'm feeling really encouraged, and inspired, to learn more. And I'm super excited to watch back stuff on Salesforce Plus, as well. Because, obviously, I can't clone myself. I haven't been to everything.

Speaker 1: It could be everywhere.

Speaker 4: I wish I could, but I couldn't. But being able to watch stuff back, that's what I'm excited for, to go back and learn even more.

Speaker 1: So, as a veteran, long-time attendee of TDX.

Speaker 4: That's me, yes.

Speaker 1: As somebody looking ahead at future events, we've got some World Tours coming up, we have a Dreamforce coming up. What would you advise people to, kind of... How should they approach some of these online events, attending. I just talked to my boss. What should I set? Why should I go?

Speaker 4: One thing is, I always tell people, Salesforce is constantly evolving, and you'll never know everything. And that's why having a network is so important. So, going to these events and I'm not a part of specialist, I'm now getting into the marketing cloud side of things, and I don't know where to start. So, I've actually put it out on Twitter and I bumped it to a few people and I'm like, "Where do I start?" And being able to have that person go, "Oh yeah, I was in the same boat. Here's what you need to know."
So if I was to say to my boss, or anyone else trying to say, "Hey, I need to go to an event." It's the connection. So, networking is super, super, important in this environment, especially because we're such a big community. But also, the learning. Roadmaps are talked about in these events, and they're not published anywhere. And it's so important to know where Salesforce is going, in your learning, in the career, what interests you. And I said, "I'm going to go back to it, the Slack API. Learning all these new tools and being, like, "I was in to True to the Core. True to The Core, oh my God.

Speaker 1: Tell me about it.

Speaker 4: If you have, that's the only session. If I couldn't do any others, I was so glad I did True to the Core.

Speaker 1: Why? If I'm new to the platform, why, what is True to the Core?

Speaker 4: I don't want to say it, but it's all the Product Manager's and Parker Harris, are held hostage. They can't squirm out of, "Oh, I'll get back to you on that." They're sitting on a platform, and it's not rehearsed. It's random people coming up from the audience, and asking them pointed questions. And it's like, they're in the hot seat. And, there's nothing terrible. It's like, "Hey, we need accountability for this, and we need this." And it's nice to have that access to Product Managers, to executives, to people who work in Salesforce. That's another selling point for going to these events is having someone... Being able to walk up to someone in the Trailblazer Certification Program and go, "Here's where I'm at, where should I go? Should I go down the developer route? Should I go down the consultant route? I don't know where I want to..."
And having that conversation of, "Well, what you want to be when you grow up?" You can have those kind of conversations, but having a real in-depth, I have no idea what I want to do. Here's what interests me? What would you advise? Having that connection, more than just an email, or a tweet, or a back-and-forth online. So, that's another thing I'd encourage anyone, if you do get to go, the Salesforce events, the Dreaming events, World Tours, I'm excited for World Tours. Just being able to have the access to Salesforce employees is huge.

Speaker 1: So, maybe you've already answered it, but I've been to all this stuff. I can just watch it on Salesforce Plus.

Speaker 4: No, it's a different experience.

Speaker 1: You've been to a bunch of these events. Why do you still keep coming?

Speaker 4: People. The learning, as I said, it's constantly evolving. You don't know what you don't know, until you walk around. And you're like, "Oh, that looks kind of cool." Or, "Oh, I know nothing about this subject, so I'm going to sit there and listen." And having developers who are giving presentations, like in the Parker Harris keynote, there was Stephan Garcia-Chandler. He was demoing his stuff. And then I got to sit at one of his talks and I'm like, "This is a guy who is demoing at a Salesforce keynote. Teaching me his stuff, his knowledge." And I'm like, "This is amazing." Being able to see the experts, and learn from the experts. So, that's what keeps me coming back, is seeing the people, learning from the people, and the excitement, you recharge your batteries when you're talking to the people. Sorry. I'm all about the people. I love people.

Speaker 1: That's good. It's good.

Speaker 4: I miss the people, the last couple years.

Speaker 1: Speaking of people, if people want to follow you on the Twitters.

Speaker 4: Yup. On the Twitter verse, I'm @laurendon__c. Yeah. You get it.

Speaker 1: Double underscore.

Speaker 4: Double underscore. Yeah.

Speaker 1: Because you're a custom object, gotcha.

Speaker 4: Oh, I'm very custom. I'm unique.

Speaker 1: I like that. Thank you Lauren, for being on the podcast.

Speaker 4: Thanks you very much. Very, very, very welcome. Thank you for including me.

Speaker 1: So, we just heard from Lauren on, what it's like to be at TrailblazerDX, as an expert, or a long-time attendee. To wrap up our podcast, I got Gillian, the co-host, back, because she had so many hosting duties at TrailblazerDX. Gillian, why don't you, kind of, put a bow on this episode, in the event for us?

Speaker 5: Sure. So, this was really special. This is our seventh ever TDX. And it's amazing that the first one was back in 2016, both our product and our community have exponentially grown and changed in so many ways. It's been amazing to reconnect in-person for the first time, and meet so many new people. I would say almost everyone that I met at this event was a brand new Salesforce person. Has first event, first time exposed to Salesforce, or very earlier in their Admin career. So all of you who are listening, who are wondering, 'Hey, what should I do to amplify my career, grow your career?" Connect with your local community group, go to a local Dream In event, try and come to Dreamforce, if you can.
There is no replacement for being in an in-person event and meeting Trailblazers, face-to-face. That's the magic of our community, and advents. It's the reason the awesome Admin community is so special. It's the reason that so many Admins are successful, by giving back, connecting with each other, trying to enable and mentor others. If you've got something to help somebody else with, I'm full. All the Trail Hard is real, right now.

Speaker 1: No, it's good. Because when we talked with KP, the goal of this was to make people connect, get people back together. We talked with Grace and she had tons of notes, tons of notes, eight pages. And found a new friend, and Lauren said the same thing, too. And we saw this when we did a ton of sessions too, it's cool to just present, and see people get excited for something.

Speaker 5: Oh, my gosh.

Speaker 1: And clap.

Speaker 5: Yeah. And to get the actual instantaneous feedback of, "That was useful, or, 'I've used that," or, "Hey, I can see how that could be used." Or "Hey, have you thought about this?" I mean, it's so invaluable.

Speaker 1: And I love the... So, one thing Lauren said, was just the unintentionality. Just walking around, seeing vendor booths, running into people, and being like, "Oh, I never would've stopped here if it was on my schedule, but I'm here now. And maybe I can explore this." So, another reason to come back.

Speaker 5: Learning about a new product, a new cloud. Maybe you're like, "Oh, you'll stop Composer. There's somebody right here I could talk to about that. That's great."

Speaker 1: I have a question.

Speaker 5: Yeah, what is this? And how can I use it?

Speaker 1: Exactly. Well, this was a fun TrailblazerDX. We tried to do some kind of different episodes. So, we won't do this all the time, but hopefully we caught some of the energy, and some of the reason, for coming to an event like this. Of course, if you want to learn more about all things Salesforce Admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources, including any of the links that I mentioned. I don't think I mentioned any links.

Speaker 5: I think salesforce.com is a link.

Speaker 1: Yeah, I'll mention that link. How's that? We'll also have a full transcript there, too. Of course, you can say up-to-date with us on social. I'm sure you've seen some of the picks from TrailblazerDX. We are @SalesforceAdmns, no I, on Twitter. Gillian is @gilliankbruce. And of course, I am @MikeGerholdt on Twitter. So with that, stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got the Monthly Retro for April.

Join us as we talk about all the great Salesforce content from April, including some World Tour travel content and we have to say: we’re really excited to see people again.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation from our Monthly Retro.

Salesforce World Tour Mike and Gillian recap all of the exciting World Tour stops that have been happening this month, including Sydney and DC. If you haven’t yet been to an in-person Salesforce event, now is the time, especially with Dreamforce coming up in September.

Blog highlights from April “The Salesforce Admins Skills Kit is basically a way for us to put really concrete data and language behind the nontechnical skills that make a Salesforce Admin successful,” Gillian says, things like problem solving, business analysis, and communication. While we’re really good at telling you all of the parts of the product you need to understand to be a good Admin, we’re looking at how we can help you build those soft skills that create that legendary Admin magic. We also wanted to highlight an article Gillian wrote about how different Admins have built to better manage user requests.

  • Introducing the New Salesforce Admin Skills Kit
  • Best Practices for Building a User Request Management App from the Community

Video highlights from April As Mike says, this might be the coolest thing we’ve done since starting the podcast. Jennifer Lee is now doing a live session on YouTube we like to call Automate This. “It’s like a cooking show, but for building Flows,” Gillian says.

  • Automate This LIVE | Assign and Remove Permission Sets

Podcast highlights from April We think you should check out our episode with Antoine Cabot, who is in charge of building Orchestrator. It’s the Flow of Flows. Multi-user workflows started as a dream a few years ago and to see everything that we’re able to do is truly thrilling.

  • Road to TDX: Multiuser Workflows with Antoine Cabot

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode:

Social

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast in the April monthly retro for 2022. I'm your host Mike Gerholdt and in this episode, we're going to review the top product community, careers content. Hey, you know what? Just going to make a quick edit and say world tour travel content too, that we did in April, because we're so excited to say that. And of course to help me do that, the very familiar voice of Gillian, Bruce. Hello, Gillian.

Gillian Bruce: Hey Mike, happy to join, it's good to be back with you again. It's fun getting back in the swing things because we actually have been able to see people as you hinted with the world tour teaser in your opening.

Mike Gerholdt: I know, seriously, I got a plane and took a cab somewhere and ate at a restaurant and saw humans.

Gillian Bruce: I get to stay at a hotel away from my family, it was awesome.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Oh, when they bring back room service. I've never been more excited for room service.

Gillian Bruce: So my hotel didn't have room service. It was modified room service. There was a dropped it at the door kind of thing.

Mike Gerholdt: Fine. Actually that's better as an introvert, that's even the perfect room service. Just "Knock, knock, knock. Your food is at your door." Oh, perfect. I don't have to interact with you. "Nope, have a nice day."

Gillian Bruce: Anyway, we're back. Everyone's coming back slowly. It's really exciting and gosh, well it really was a world tour, because the first stop was not even on this continent that we are both on right now.

Mike Gerholdt: And neither of us went.

Gillian Bruce: Nope. But that's okay.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes. Down under.

Gillian Bruce: Down under.

Mike Gerholdt: So World Tour Sydney happened and shout out to Judy Fang who you've seen at Trailblazers Innovate back in 2020.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, Judy's awesome.

Mike Gerholdt: She was, it's a shame I didn't get down there. And Philip for presenting admin content in the Trailblazer theater down there in Sydney. We would love to hear your thoughts if you went.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. We want to hear everyone's thoughts from of any of the events that are happening, especially the event that's happening right now as you're probably listening to this because TrailblazerDX is happening right now, today.

Mike Gerholdt: You could be listening to this as you're walking up Market Street, headed to Moscone West.

Gillian Bruce: There you go. Yep. To see people so exciting. But then our next stop on the tour was one of my favorite cities, D.C. And Mike, you and I got to be there together, it was so fun,

Mike Gerholdt: And present, I got to get a badge. A credential to hang around your neck. It sounds weird but virtual events we didn't get the little thing and it was dangling and it felt important.

Gillian Bruce: I had to think about what to wear on the bottom half of my body, because it wasn't just from the chest up.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Shoes, oh man, shoes. Break your shoes in. Hey, you know what I forgot to do? Break my shoes in. Broke my feet in. Let me tell you.

Gillian Bruce: D.C. was amazing. Not only did we get to physically be in person at an event, but we got to see community members there. There is a very vibrant D.C., Maryland, Virginia community. I think there were five community groups that were all presenting big time there, so it was great to reconnect with folks. And what was really great, Mike, is that not only did we get to present three times in the Trailblazer theater with great, amazing admin content, but we also got to feature local Trailblazers and part of our presentations.

Mike Gerholdt: And who were they Gillian? Because you found them.

Gillian Bruce: I did. I feel like I struck gold. It was great. We literally and I did. Brittany Charles, she joined us. She's been working with the Salesforce platform for a long time but she's just now getting involved in the community and she has a lot to share in terms of how you can really hone your awesome admin skills, about the different kinds of instances that she's worked with. Keep an eye on her, follow her. She's got a lot to offer the community.
And then, we also featured Carmel James and when I say I struck gold, so Brittany well for sure, she's a golden, amazing, wonderful member of our community and she's got a lot to offer. But Carmel literally was award in the Golden Hoodie. She has lot to share, she's turned into a consultant so she's working with many different kinds of Salesforce instances, but she is an admin at heart and has so many great things to share. In fact, you are going to hear her or you have heard her on the Podcast.

Mike Gerholdt: You've already heard her, she was last week. Yeah, April 21st. I just had to look that up because we wrangled the Golden Hoodie.

Gillian Bruce: We wrangled her, yes.

Mike Gerholdt: Onto a Podcast.

Gillian Bruce: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. That was cool. We also had in addition to the theater sessions... Which by the way I thought I had presented in, I've done stuff in front of the camera and whatever. Oh no, it's standing up again, clicking a clicker.

Gillian Bruce: The energy is back.

Mike Gerholdt: Whole different new realm of like, and people are looking at you and you say something then they laugh at your joke and you're like, "Oh my God,"-

Gillian Bruce: Or they don't,

Mike Gerholdt: "This is great." Or they don't, that's fine. I'm used to that too. We had demo station, I want to thank Nick, Justin Anne and Morgan for staffing that. That was amazing. And hopefully you had a chance to stop by the demo station. I saw there was a lot of people hanging around, questions all the time.

Gillian Bruce: We did hand out a bunch of stickers and pins, there's always that swag.

Mike Gerholdt: You did. Yeah. If you were at world tour D.C, you could have got a Salesforce admin podcast sticker.

Gillian Bruce: Those are hot items people.

Mike Gerholdt: I bet if you're listening this now and you find us at TrailblazerDX, you could probably get something too.

Gillian Bruce: I'm pretty sure it's not the way it's going to happen.

Mike Gerholdt: Probably walk around with stuff in our pockets. I wrote down another thing that was fun. I got to do a selfie at World Tour D.C.

Gillian Bruce: Selfies are back.

Mike Gerholdt: I just remember somebody was like, "Oh, I don't know how..." I like, "Just give me the phone, I know how to do it. it's like riding in a bicycle."

Gillian Bruce: Just came right back to you.

Mike Gerholdt: Just came right back to me. So yeah, I got selfies. I Get selfies with a podcast listener too. I tweeted it out.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, it was really great. I think what's really fun about these Salesforce tours is that they're very localized, right? So it's like, a specific community, they're free, so you can come. You get a lot of people who have never been to a Salesforce event before, especially given the last couple years at these events. And so I met so many new people and we're like, "Hey, welcome. Welcome to this really fun community. And I am so happy that this is your first event and I get to talk to you and I get to welcome you in."
And there were so many people that made connections at the event. Listener, if you're picking up what I'm putting down, go to a Salesforce event because it is such a valuable way to make connections, to learn, to get stickers, because that's also really important. But yeah, come to an event, there's plenty of opportunities. The tour is going to all kinds of different cities in the next few months. And then we have a little something called Dreamforce that's happening in September.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, it's going to be awesome. Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: It's epic. Okay. There's more than just, this amazing vibe of we're going to see people in person, events are back.

Mike Gerholdt: But we are really excited for that.

Gillian Bruce: We are very excited, but we also did a lot of other really cool things this month for the community. So Mike, can you give it's a little recap of some the cool things.

Mike Gerholdt: So when you say we, we really mean the Royal we of admin [inaudible]

Gillian Bruce: Very Royal,

Mike Gerholdt: The Royal we, if you know me, you know that joke. So the one thing I want to highlight that I think is just one of the coolest things we've launched since maybe the Podcast, Genly now doesn't automate this session. It's a live video on YouTube.

Gillian Bruce: Live,

Mike Gerholdt: Live. You're sitting around and you're like, "Man, wonder how Genly would build this flow. Let's just watch it live.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: I'll just give you a moment to gather your head, has it exploded. Because all of the amazingness, and so we'll link to a blog post where you can watch the recorded version of the live.

Gillian Bruce: Replay.

Mike Gerholdt: Butthat Blog post has all the information, so you can tune in and watch all the automated this. It's so exciting. This is such a neat idea.

Gillian Bruce: It's so cool. It's like a cooking show, but for building flows and automations you're watching it happen in real time, you can follow along, you can watch the replay, so you can go replicate it and follow along in your own pace. But just getting that live brilliance directly from Genly is just chef's kiss to continue the metaphor.

Mike Gerholdt: That also gives me a really fun idea for Dreamforce. It'd be fun to do live flow building and then have Genly on the side commentary. You ever watched that food network where like, "He's shaving the radishes, which will give a-

Gillian Bruce: Like Iron chef.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, like that kind of thing, that'd be fun to watch.

Gillian Bruce: She could be the, what is it? The Alton Brown?

Mike Gerholdt: Alton Brown. Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. And you could be the sideline reporter in the kitchen being like-

Mike Gerholdt: I'd just be the guy that's relief. That sounds really cool.

Gillian Bruce: "Looks we're retiring a workflow here and,"

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Yeah. All this stuff you'll see at TDX today, I promise you're going to see how to turn a workflow into a flow at TDX today, if you're listening this on April 28th.

Gillian Bruce: Guaranteed. Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: Like you should. We'll do a full TDX wrap up next month because it's literally happening right now. Oh, it's like multiverse, you could be listening to this Podcast now and then standing across from me or you. And we wouldn't even know it. It's like, "Whoa," wonder what that's going to say.

Gillian Bruce: Really in the Salesforce matrix there.

Mike Gerholdt: I just thought of that, makes no sense.

Gillian Bruce: But yeah. Well, I'm launching a little something right now at TDX.

Mike Gerholdt: A lot of something.

Gillian Bruce: A lot of something. We've been working as a team on a really big project for the last year and it's super important and it's very timely. And we are launching the Salesforce admin skills kit at TDX. And you may be saying, what is the skills kit you think of? Well, the skills kit is basically a way for us to put really concrete in data and language behind the non-technical skills that make a Salesforce admin successful. We're talking about things problem solving, business analysis, communication. We've done so much work over the last year between serving actual admins in the community, talking to workforce development organizations, employers, experienced admins, job seekers about how we can really help, beef up.
We're really good at telling you all of the different parts of the product that you need to know to be a really good Salesforce admin, but we've been lacking in that business skillset that you also need. To me, that's the admin magic, right? That's what makes so amazing. So we have this amazing, very robust skills kit that goes through all of these different skills that you will absolutely benefit from. If you are looking to grow your Salesforce admin career, if you're looking for your first Salesforce admin role or if you're looking to hire a Salesforce admin. It's huge, it's awesome. You can go to admin.salesforce.com/skills kit, and you can find all of the great resources there.
We've got expertise from different community members that we're talking about each different skill, showing you examples of how you represent this on a resume, how you would represent this in a job out description and then also resources for how you learn, how to develop that skill further. So I could go on and on about it. I got a whole session at TDX about it. I will be talking about this for probably the rest of my tenure at Salesforce. This is really important stuff. And I cannot wait to see what the community does with it, because it's a great resource.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. And more to come when you join us at Dreamforce this year.

Gillian Bruce: Ooh. So much more. This is just the beginning, everybody. There's a little much more.

Mike Gerholdt: Just the smidge, just the corner. You think you know, you have no idea. A couple pieces of content I want to point out and then we'll wrap up so that you can get on your way, on the road to TDX. Should we say [inaudible]

Gillian Bruce: On the road from TDX? Is it the last

Mike Gerholdt: Maybe they're taking a car, rail car. Why can't I think trolley?

Gillian Bruce: A cable car.

Mike Gerholdt: Cable car. Why is that such a thing?

Gillian Bruce: Well it's-

Mike Gerholdt: The Mr. Rogers neighborhood thing came to mind.

Gillian Bruce: That was technically a trolley, that was not a cable car. It's different.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. No. Yeah. There we go. Now nobody's listening. Two things to point out, one, there's an amazing Podcast. Gillian, you did this Podcast with Antoine Calvet, who is the PM for Flow. Is he?

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. He and his team are basically the ones who build orchestrator, which is the Flow of Flows thing. I love talking to Antoine because also I'm getting back up to speed with everything that happened while I was on parental leave, and talking to him was so fun because it's like we had this concept a year ago, two years ago, and now it's really happening where you can really take those multi-user workflows, all these processes that involve different departments, maybe external internal users and you can put all of that into one beautiful process automation using orchestrator.
You don't have to rebuild each individual Flow, you don't have to link them together and external things, you have one beautiful representation. It was really great to talk to him about what he and his team have built, where it's going, what they're excited to share at TDX, which is happening now. Yeah, it was a really fun episode to record if you haven't listened to it. Go listen it.

Mike Gerholdt: Go back and listen. And Gillian you highlighted an article that you wrote too.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, okay. I can't take full credit for this article. This is really like I put a question out on Twitter and got overwhelmingly awesome responses from the community. I was talking to a colleague like a month ago and I was like, "Hey, don't we have a good example of an app that someone's built to manage users?" And for some reason I thought that this content already existed, I couldn't find it. So what do I do? I just post on Twitter, "Hey, does anyone have a good example of how they've built an app to manage user requests?" Okay. The responses I got were incredible. I got some amazing examples of really robust and really powerful apps that people have built to better manage user requests and go read the posts. There's actual screenshots in there and actual outlines of different parts and features of these apps that people have built, so many great things you can learn and incorporate.
Things like how to really get real data on your ROI of the things that you have built to really track the time to some best practices in terms of capturing requests, in terms of forcing people to fit into the structure of a user request. It's great. Check out the post. I'm sure you're going to get something out of it that will help you as an admin, be more efficient and help you and your team deliver more powerful results and just show how amazing you are. So read it. And huge shout out to all the collaborators that contributed to it. Because let me tell you, I just put the quest out there and then just put all of their great info in there.

Mike Gerholdt: You just put the legos together, you didn't build the bricks.

Gillian Bruce: Exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Cool. Well that was great. We will do a wrap up of TDX in May, hang out for that because we've also got some stuff that we're going to try and record live there. We'll see how that turns out. But if you want to learn more about all the things that we just talked about, the Podcast and that really cool article, go to admin.salesforce.com to find those links and many more resources. You can stay up to date with us on social for all things admins. We are at Salesforce admins. No I on Twitter. I am on Twitter @MikeGerholdt and of course Gillian is @Gilliankbruce. I bet there's a few selfies going on our Twitter right now.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Just because it's TDX. So with that, stay safe, stay awesome and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Karmel James, Senior Associate at Dupont Circle Solutions.

Join us as we talk about how to ask good questions and why failure is a Record Type of Success.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Karmel James.

The Life of a Salesforce Consultant Karmel is a Salesforce consultant: “My day is filled with asking questions and wondering what my clients are going to want today and then going through and figuring out how we’re going to deliver that to them.” Along the way, she has conversations about business processes and automation to help her get clarity on how to execute on those big ideas.

Along the way, Karmel has picked up on some best practices for solving problems quickly and efficiently. She really relies on her sandboxes to keep everything organized, and recommends you do the same.

Find the right tool for the job “Being willing to learn and ask questions is one of the first key skills that I would say that everyone needs,” Karmel said, “but you need to be able to evaluate.” You’ve got so many tools available to you, from Process Builder to Flow and Triggers, so choosing the right thing for the right job is crucial. “What makes an Awesome Admin awesome is knowing how and when to use each,” she says.

When comes to figuring out what the right questions to ask are, Karmel recommends leaning on those high school journalism skills and asking the five Ws and an H: Who, What, When, Where, Why, and How. You need to clearly hear what the problem is so you can engineer a solution, whatever that may be. And while there are a lot of ways to solve something in Salesforce, if you don’t understand the problem you haven’t got a chance to make an impact.

Failure is just a Record Type of Success “Sometimes things fail, but failure is just a Record Type of success,” Karmel says, “you can’t succeed if you don't know how to fail.” And when you need help, come to a live event and ask questions because everyone there wants to help you succeed.

There are so many people working to build the community and make people feel at home, so if you’re new then look for places where you can learn more and get in touch with people who want to help. Start with your Community Groups first and go from there, and remember that everyone is there to learn no matter what your level of experience.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social

  • Karmel: @ArmeJam44
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Mike: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast, where we talk about product community and career. We're live this week, Gillian, at the Salesforce World Tour, DC.

Gillian: Yeah, do y'all hear that? You hear that noise in the background?

Mike: It's people.

Gillian: People in-person. Ah, that's so exciting. So exciting.

Mike: It was fun. So Gillian, you've done a couple presentations in the theater.

Gillian: And so have you.

Mike: I did. We just came off it. It was great. I presented to people and got facial feedback.

Gillian: Yeah, that isn't just on a screen. You actually could see body language.

Mike: Right, and the excitement when you say their names.

Gillian: You could ask people to raise their hands and you could actually see some hands on the air.

Mike: And then they raise their hands. Yeah, they don't just say they did in chat. I raised my hand. We're not sitting here alone. We're sitting with some shininess.

Gillian: Oh, we got some trailblazer royalty here with us today.

Mike: Please introduce our trailblazer royalty, Gillian.

Gillian: All right, listeners. I have a very special treat for you. We have the most recent golden hoodie winner. Karmel James, joining us. Karmel, welcome to the podcast.

Karmel James: Thank you, Gillian and Mike, this is amazing. While this is very shiny and very nice, I'm just in awe that I'm sitting here with you. I mean, this is just a dream come true.

Gillian: Aw, well that's sweat.

Mike: That's very nice. I'd like to think people are like, "Hmm, Golden Hoodie podcast. I don't know."

Karmel James: It's hard. I feel like they're somewhat equal some days. And then you're just like, you know what? Everything about Salesforce is great. So I'm just going to take what I can get. And this is awesome.

Mike: I hear that Lego movie song in my head. Everything's awesome.

Gillian: Everything is awesome.

Mike: Right?

Gillian: Yeah, well that was our theme song many, many moons ago for a long time now. We should bring it back.

Mike: It's never gotten out of my head. It's stuck now.

Gillian: Karmel, let's talk a little bit about who you are and what you do, and then we'll talk about Golden Hoodie and all the things. So what do you do in Salesforce World, and how long have you been doing it? Tell us a little bit about your story.

Karmel James: Yes, all the stories. I am currently a Salesforce consultant at a boutique company here in the Arlington area. And my day is just filled with asking questions and wondering what my clients are going to want today. And then going through and figuring out how are we going to deliver that to them, and having some really great conversations about business process, automation. All of the things that awesome admins are always wanting to do, that is my job 24/7.

Mike: Wow, I like that. It sounds cool.

Gillian: I think it also sounds like she has a lot of good wisdom to share.

Mike: Have a feeling.

Gillian: It could be [crosstalk] to the community.

Karmel James: All of the wisdom, all of the things. One, Sandboxes, yes. Hands down, every time.

Mike: You should have one?

Karmel James: You should have one. You should live by it. You should want three of them at all points in time. You got to test in multiple. Yeah, it's a whole deal.

Mike: Just to be clear, we're three minutes into the pod and she's already dropping wisdom on you.

Gillian: See, and this is why we have-

Mike: There's no breaks.

Gillian: Yeah, no.

Mike: It's coming at you like a wonder wall.

Gillian: That's what happens when you get everybody together in person, everyone gets excited.

Mike: I know, we have to talk, do things.

Karmel James: I thought that was the point of the community, to share knowledge.

Mike: Well, let's talk about the community. So I think what you described in your intro as like, "Oh, I did this and then I listen to the customers." Yeah, people do that in a lot of jobs. What's different about being in the Salesforce ecosystem for you?

Karmel James: Oh, that is a hard question to answer.

Mike: We're brutal on the podcast.

Karmel James: You are. I think what's different for me is, you can hear a lot of people say, do X, do Y, right? It's all there, but it's about finding what's right for you. So you take all of this information, you hear people say, "I think you should try this." And then at least in my experience, I've always said, yes to trying something once, right? I can't know if I'm going to hate it unless I try it first. And then after you try it, evaluate. Does that make sense for you? Is it still right for you? And I think that even with how you show up in the community, even how you do your job, whatever it is in the Salesforce ecosystem, it's not just about, I know this and this is great and I want to use it. It's an also questioning and saying, but is it right for me? And should I continue to do it? Do I still get that value from it?

Gillian: Okay, so that is definitely Golden Hoodie worthy wisdom there. And I think one of the things that is interesting is one of the reasons we were working with you on some of our presentations we shared today is, you really embody a lot of those admin core skills that we're talking about. We talked about, we've got the skills kits that we're about to launch, and you really embody a lot of that. And the reason we talk about the skills kit is because a lot of people can learn how to do Salesforce. A lot of people can learn how to customize a field, how to build an app. And that's great and it's important that you know that, but that admin magic is when you combine those business skills and those skills that you are hinting at. So can you talk to us a little bit, especially about in your role as a consultant, tell us a little bit how you envision that combo and how that has worked for you and how that helps create the magic that you've been able to propel your career with.

Karmel James: Yeah, no, I think being willing to learn and ask questions is one of the first key skills that I would say that everyone needs, but to your point, yes, you need to be able to evaluate. So when you're coming together and you're thinking, "Okay, I have this solution," you've got all these different tools in front of you, right? If we're thinking about process automation, you've got workflow rules, you've got process builders, you've got Flows, you've got Triggers, you've got external systems connected with an API and it can send things. You've got everything in a toolbox.
But what makes an awesome admin awesome is knowing how and when to use each. It is critical to know that these things exist. But then again, taking that step back and really thinking about, but why do I want to use it in this scenario? How is it going to be better than... How is Flow better than process builder? Well, because Flow is going to be the thing. It is the wave. Process builder is going away. Workflow rules are going away. So really taking the time to say, "Do I understand Flow? Have I tried it? Did I test this in my Sandbox?" And then going through. And once you do have that, again, asking yourself, "Is this right? Did it solve my problem?"
Because I agree. There are so many different tools that you can use in the ecosystem and you can learn it all, yes. But what makes someone super cool, super amazing, super great at what they do, is knowing in to use one over the other, and being willing to defend that or change. If you're like, "Oh, something new has come up. Actually I did want to use Flow, now actually I think I need a trigger because the business process has changed." Right? So it's being adaptable and flexible and just asking a lot of questions and evaluating.

Mike: Okay, so to go a little bit further, because I want to get some of that Karmel goodness out. I hear that a lot, oh, you got to ask questions. You got to ask a lot of questions. And then I listen to a podcast like this and I'm like, "What are the questions? What should I be asking?" As you've evolved in your career, you've gotten better at asking questions. What are questions you ask now that help you clarify one tool versus the other or one process versus the other? Or do I build an object versus the other? What's that next level down answer that an admin needs to like, "I listen to Karmel. I'm going to go in tomorrow and I'm going to ask this type of question rather than just a question and then try and figure out Flow builder."

Karmel James: I would say it's about going back to the basics. So I remember in elementary school you learned about the five Ws. Who, what, when, where, why, and then an H, how. Those are all the questions that I need. I always think about, "How can I phrase this in an open ended question, just so that I can hear what the problem is." I'm not really worried about a solution because I know that there's a solution out there, but what I really need to know is, what is going on in the business? Why is the business doing it this way? What happens if you don't get it? What's the result of that? And really trying to understand the entire picture, right? It's about, if you're thinking about a painting, you want to know what you're painting first, some artists don't and that's totally okay.
But if you want something that's structured, that's consistent, that's going to give you longevity, and it is going to mean that your users are extremely happy, that they're like, "This is amazing, you've changed my life," then it's about understanding the whole picture before building the solution. And that's a really hard skill to learn. I mean, it's something that has taken me years to really develop. It's like, yeah, I know I can use Flow with it, but first I need to know, well, what part and where am I going to put in the Flow? And I can only do that if I start asking who what, when, where, why and how. And if I can't ask any of those questions, I then question, why can't I ask any of these questions? I need to go back and rethink how I can frame this in an open-ended way so that someone can just give me all of the information, and then I can process it and really critically think about what is going to be the best solution to get us to the end goal.

Gillian: So it's funny. I actually saw you do the little bits in action just 10 minutes ago after the presentation, because of course you got swarmed after the presentation with everyone wanting to ask you questions.

Mike: I mean, it happens with the goal.

Gillian: And the Golden Hoodie, it's like saying-

Mike: It's so subtle.

Gillian: It's blindingly amazing. And so someone came up and asked you and said, "Hey, I'm trying to solve this situation. I have this form that I need people to fill out and then I got to capture it." And my first thought was like, "Oh, so maybe, probably sounds like a screen flow. I don't know." And you were like, "Hold on, let me ask you some questions. What type of form is this? What type of data is it gathering?" And it was like, we just saw you just immediately spring into action. And so that's that thinking in practice? I loved seeing that.

Karmel James: Oh yeah, no, absolutely. And it's something that I use as a consultant every day. I'm very happy to build any solution that my client wants, but I also am a consultant. I'm not going to be using the solution every single day. I'm not going to know when it goes wrong. I'm not going to understand that. And so in order to make sure that I'm building the best thing, I like to try and figure out what are the questions to get me the information to put myself in somebody else's shoes. I need to picture this as if I am the user. I need to picture this as if I am the admin who's going to receive this.
I need to picture it as if I am the manager, who's going to be receiving the complaint about their coworkers are like, "I hate this. This is horrible." Right? It's all about that user perspective. And so asking those questions makes it a lot easier. And also, I can't tell you what a link is going to do, unless I know what tool are we using and why are we using that? And can we use something different? And again, it's just who, what, when, where, why, how, it's my favorite.

Mike: So I've worked with consultants as an admin, and we can get into that as a whole other... That could be a whole podcast.

Karmel James: That's a whole podcast.

Mike: But I think one thing that you probably run into that admins, I'm going to say, don't run into, when a consultant comes in. I think the company culture, the mindset has gone to, we are ready for change, because Salesforce is a change product, right?

Karmel James: Yeah.

Mike: You don't just get at net zero cloud and then not recycle paper, right? For example, or not install solar panels. You have to commit to the change. As you would advise for admins, what is a thing that they can do? What are questions they can ask that would help bring about that culture, that process change in addition to the technology change?

Karmel James: Ooh, change management, Mike. You are diving in deep.

Mike: I'm both feet. We're back live in person's hard question time.

Karmel James: It is. Well, considering the fact that before I was a consultant, I was an accidental admin. I was working by myself at a small nonprofit, not understanding. What I would say is that what I've learned from starting out seven years ago in that position of I've got this system, of course I want my users to use it. I know about all of these cool features. Now as a consultant where my job is to come in and help other people understand that value, I think it's also positioning and understanding who is your audience. So yes, if a company buys Salesforce, of course, you're like, well obviously you should use Salesforce. Of course, you bought it, you want to use it. But it's about understanding what is the value of the executive director using it? What value to the manager who is using it? What is the value to your customer who's going to be interfacing with whatever site you put up, especially if you're using experience cloud?
It's about putting yourself in the other person's shoes and trying to imagine what is the value of the thing that you want to change. So if you want to introduce a whole new application, right, you got a whole new set of tabs. It's got all these automated things, you get all these cool buttons. Well then, my question to you is, how are you going to describe how that functions in your users everyday life? Is that going to mean that they no longer have to click through eight things? Really putting the, so what, the why, in front of them and showing them, Salesforce can do almost anything, but what we really want to make sure is that it's going to give you what you want. So is this what you want? Is this really cool? Is this going to make you excited to save time and money and effort?
And so, if you're looking for change management, start with, what are the problems? Can't change anything if you don't know what the problem is. And then once you do, understand well, what is the solution that they want? And can I deliver that solution and just keep going through? This is what you wanted, you told me you had this problem, I'm solving the problem. But again, it's just being able to ask those questions and really understanding your audience is really key into all of it. It's very hard, but you can do it.

Gillian: So yeah, actually one of the things that popped up for me, you're saying it's very hard. What happens when you have a situation where someone's either not giving you the info or you're having combative, "Hey, why is it this site?" "Well, it just is." What happens when you hit those walls? Because I can imagine when you're digging deep and asking all the questions, so you might encounter somebody who's defensive or who doesn't think you need to know, or how do you deal with something like that?

Karmel James: Well, I would stop and assess my situation of, what is the environment that I'm in. Am I in front of a lot of people or is this one-on-one? Because I think that's definitely going to change how you approach that person. But let's just go ahead and say it's one-on-one, right? I personally like to reset. If I met with a little resistance, I like to reset as why we're here today. Right? And remind them that my job is to help you. I'm not here to just come in and make change just to make change. If this is a process that you want to keep, that's totally fine. I have ideas on how I can make it easier, but it's not my job to just make things easier to make them easier. My job is make sure that if it's going to be easier for you, it's actually going to add value.
So again, it's going back to understanding your audience. And again, if it's on one-on-one reset, restate that you're here to help. And if that's something that they don't want help on, ask, "Well, what do you want help on? Tell me what are your problems? How can I help you?" With my clients I tell them, "I'm not worried about what the solution is going to be. We will find a solution. Salesforce here at World Tour, there's a million solutions out on the floor. We can see all of them, but none of that means anything if we don't understand how it's going to bring us value. So I would say, reset with that person, make sure they understand that you're just there to help them. And then say, "Remind me again, what are your problems? Tell me, show me, let me in on this so that I can maybe find something that's really cool and possibly demo it for you so that you get to decide if you want it or not."

Mike: Wow. I've met with that a few times. So you mentioned we're at an event. Let's talk about that. Finish this phrase for me, as a new Salesforce admin, I should go to a World Tour event because...

Karmel James: Because you don't know what you don't know. That is something that someone told me a very long time ago, that I don't know, know what I don't know. And so you should come here to meet with other people and say just that. I came here and I have no idea what this is about. And let someone else tell you about it. Let someone else show you the value, because everyone who is here at World Tour or at any Salesforce community event, we're all there to just drop knowledge. We want everyone to be successful in Salesforce. And yeah, sometimes things fail. But failure's just a record type of success. So keep showing up, and-

Mike: Oh, man, quote of the pod right there.

Gillian: Quote of all.

Mike: I want that on a shirt.

Karmel James: Right? It's good. But come to these events so that we can hear what you've been working on, especially those failures. Because you can't succeed if you don't know how to fail, right? And just being able to talk with other people and ask them questions. Questions, again, asking, it's my whole theme of everything. But this is really truly a place where you know people are going to be talking about Salesforce. They are bought into Salesforce. Salesforce is the only thing that they really are doing here and wanting to talk about. So this is the place to just hear what we're talking about, see what the Koolaid is, see if you want to try it. And if you do say, "Hey, I don't know what this is. Can you explain it to me?" And I swear, you'll get 10 people flock to you instantly. "I can show you this. I can show you this. Have you tried this? Did you look up this help.salesforce.com article? You haven't? You need to read this. Take a minute, process, then come back to me."

Gillian: I think that's really important because a lot of, I would say 90% of the people that I saw in our sessions today, when I asked you, I would say, "Hey, is this your first sales source event?" All the hands went up. And I think that's one of the really special things about these World Tours is that, A, it's free. We want everyone to come, but it's the perfect opportunity if it's your first exposure to Salesforce or you're about to... I talked to someone today who's like, "My organization is getting ready to implement Salesforce. So they sent me here so that I can start getting my mind all around it." And I was like, "That is awesome. This is perfect.
We're going to give you all the exposure you need, help you understand what you're looking at and how you envision how this is going to work at your organization and start getting your mind wrapped around it." And so that is exactly what these events are perfect for. And also, I mean, you're in the community you get to... And I am so excited, too. Reconnecting with people in-person in this local community is amazing. I mean, there are so... Especially the DC, Maryland, Virginia area, I mean, there's a very vibrant community here.

Karmel James: We have so many user groups, we've got the admin group. We have the women in a tech group. There's a developer group. There's a nonprofit user group. We have all of the community events. And yes, in the D.C. Area, we are all about community. And if I'm thinking about my own journey in Salesforce, World Tour is one of the first events that I went to when I was an accidental admin where I was like, "I don't know what this means. I don't know Salesforce. I am a chemist. You want me to do what? What is this thing? I don't know, sales. I got nothing." And when I was starting out, I did, I looked for places where I could just go and learn more about this thing called Salesforce, and World Tour was one of them.
And I distinctly, and I've told it to you many times today, Gillian, I distinctly remember sitting in one of your sessions about admins. I think it was an accidental admin talk or whatever. And I was like, "I feel this. I feel it so bad." And I went and I sat and I listened. And I remember watching you, and I was like, "Oh my God, I want to be like that." That sounds like everything I want to do. And here I am now at World Tour wearing this very shiny piece of apparel. And it feels very good, but this place has the power to change everything. I would not have guessed this for myself, but coming to community events and again, being willing and it's hard. It is scare having to say what you don't know, but it also gives you a chance to show what you do know. And we all want to see that just as badly.

Gillian: Well, I'm going to say I enjoyed watching you on stage today. So full circle.

Karmel James: It's so nice. It's like a dream come true.

Gillian: That's awesome.

Mike: So as we wrap up things, we talked about World Tour. You dropped a whole lot of knowledge, and I swear I'm going to buy a shirt.

Gillian: Yeah, I think we should make them for Trailblazer DX or Dreamforce, at least.

Mike: That's what I was thinking.

Karmel James: Yes, failure is just a record type of success.

Mike: Isn't that cool. It fits right. It'll fit. It'll look cool. Admins that are listening to this. We have Trailblazer DX coming up, or yes, I think it came up.

Gillian: April 27th to 28th.

Mike: Right. We'll have Dreamforce. We have other World Tours. We also have community groups. What is a new admin, somebody that's listening to this podcast, what would you tell them to do?

Karmel James: I would say, start with your community groups first, get your feet wet. Right? You just have to show up. You can sit, you don't have to talk to anybody.

Mike: But I mean, it could be two hours.

Karmel James: No.

Mike: Maybe I'm not all into that.

Karmel James: Oh, well that's fair.

Mike: Because that's what people tell me. Right?

Karmel James: Yeah.

Mike: Like I don't...

Karmel James: I know.

Mike: This is a whole lot of...

Karmel James: It's a lot of talking. It's a big investment.

Mike: Do I have to do all of the-

Karmel James: Yes.

Mike: Okay.

Karmel James: Yes, you have to. You have to do all the things.

Mike: Because that's what they're saying.

Karmel James: And that's fine, but they're going to miss out on the power of Salesforce.

Mike: I mean, if you live in the Midwest, there's usually some sort of meatloaf or a hot dish at user group.

Karmel James: Yeah, I mean at D.C.-

Mike: I don't know what you do our east.

Karmel James: We always had food at the end of ours. Yeah, absolutely.

Mike: Out west they'd usually do drinks.

Gillian: I feel like every time I've joined a D.C. user group, there's been bourbon involved in some capacity.

Karmel James: Yeah, usually at the end.

Gillian: Yeah, that's usually Toya's fault.

Mike: But so I guess what I'm getting at, you can kind of be your own little introvert self.

Karmel James: Yes, absolutely.

Mike: And hang out.

Karmel James: Yeah.

Mike: And you don't have to be a rock star up on stage.

Karmel James: Nope, you can just sit and listen.

Mike: And you cannot know stuff, right?

Karmel James: Oh my God, please not know stuff. Let us teach you.

Mike: Please not know stuff.

Karmel James: Yeah, no, we are more than happy, right? And just sitting and watching gives you this space to have ideas, right? There's there is no expect you have to talk to us, right? In the keynote, I said, if you were to look in the dictionary and see the word extrovert, my face is next to it. I am 100% that person where you were like, "Who is she and why?" That's too much energy. I can't be around it. But you don't have to be that way, right? You can just show up and we want to see you anyway. Even if you're just sitting there and you're just listening. That is it. That is all you have to do. That is step one to being in the community, is just showing up. Then step two comes with time and feeling comfortable.
Then it's talking about what your challenges are, sharing what you've learned and where you're like. "Hmm, no, I don't understand what this is. I got nothing. Can someone help me?" So showing up is just the first start. And it's a really low barrier. And yeah, it's two hours of your life, but it's two hours with a lot of people who are very happy to see you. And even if you're not going to talk to us, that's totally okay. We're just going to be like, "Well, please eat the food because we don't want to take it home."

Mike: Nobody wants to take food home.

Karmel James: No, never.

Mike: Not a hot dish.

Gillian: Unless you've got one of those-

Karmel James: I mean, unless it's Mac and cheese.

Mike: I did, so favorite. Okay, fun time. Favorite user group food. I'll go first. I one time to a Twin City's user group. And it was middle of winter, December when it's negative a gabillion below. Everything's froze. And it was over the lunch hour. They did the intro, and they're like, "In the back's lasagna, meatloaf and mashed potatoes."

Karmel James: That sounds like-

Mike: "And then after that, we're going to do break out birds of the feather." I love the Twin City user group. It was everything and a bag. Gallons of Mountain Dew got me home that afternoon because I finished eating and all I wanted to do was just snooze. Can we all just have nap time?

Karmel James: Yes, I would love to bring siestas to the Salesforce.

Mike: So Mac and cheese would be your preferred-

Karmel James: Yes.

Mike: That's what?

Karmel James: Well, I had Mac and cheese yesterday, so that's why it's on my mind.

Mike: You, can have Mac and cheese today too, by the way.

Karmel James: There was Mac and cheese?

Mike: Mac and cheese can be an everyday kind of food.

Karmel James: It should be an everyday type of food.

Gillian: [crosstalk] is the official food of the Salesforce Admin podcast because I do it.

Mike: I don't know. We should have a poll.

Karmel James: Is it going to have bacon in it? Can we add bacon?

Mike: Oh, it's got to have bacon.

Karmel James: Got have it.

Mike: Yeah.

Gillian: See? This is where I have a problem.

Mike: Gillian doesn't like bacon, she's weird.

Karmel James: That's totally fine. We still love you anyway.

Mike: I mean, it's okay but it's weird.

Gillian: Can you keep it on the little crumbles on the side.

Karmel James: Yes.

Mike: You can put it on. It's like a Mac and cheese bar.

Karmel James: It's a toping, yes.

Mike: Have you seen that? I saw a thing on Food Network. They have a Mac and cheese bar.

Karmel James: Well, see, this is why I like noodles and company, because I can go and I can get all the Mac and cheese that I possibly want.

Mike: There you go. With bacon crumbles.

Karmel James: With nothing else. Yeah, bacon crumbles, that is my entree. Mac and cheese. But no, I would say the women in tech group here in D.C., we do lots of sandwiches. And so these san-

Mike: Finger sandwiches look little?

Karmel James: Yeah, no, they're really good meaty sandwiches.

Mike: Will gel.

Karmel James: You're going to get a meal out of this. And we usually always have leftovers. And so, I either would pick them up and would take them home. And in some cases I could eat all of them, which was great, or I would actually give them away to people. And so, they're just like in... I know that this theme for this World Tour is gratitude. And so, I always go into all of these user groups thinking, "I'm very lucky to be here. This is very exciting." And a lot of it is per chance, right? And so, if we have the opportunity to have leftover food, I personally like walking the streets of D.C. Being like, "Hey, we can't take all this home. There's no way." And sandwiches make it really easy for someone else to be like, "Yes, I actually, I will take a sandwich."

Mike: Yep. We did that at my first Trailhead, it's now called Trailblazer DX. We had leftover food in the employee lounge and we all took a plate, and then the first person that we ran into on the street.

Karmel James: Yeah.

Mike: Yeah, I get a soft spot if they have a dog.

Karmel James: Yeah.

Gillian: Yes.

Mike: Yeah.

Gillian: Karmel, thank you so much for joining us.

Mike: Yeah, this was fun.

Gillian: You've done an amazing job today in all of the things that we've asked you to do for Salesforce.

Mike: Really.

Gillian: You did an incredible job during the keynote and you well earned Golden Hoodie, and thank you for joining us on the podcast today, and dropping those wisdom bombs on us. And I can't wait to see your Salesforce nomad life come to life over the next few months because I know that you're just hopping between Salesforce events all over the world, which is very exciting.

Mike: Should go to more Salesforce events and we will.

Gillian: She will.

Karmel James: Yeah. Oh yes, we got Southeast Dreamin. We have Dreaming in Color, Midwest Dreamin'/Witness Success. We have all of them.

Mike: Yeah, we'll be at Midwest Dreamin'.

Karmel James: Ooh, okay. Well then I will see you there.

Mike: I might know the keynoter.

Karmel James: Oh right, yeah, that's happening.

Mike: I won't. I won't make you eat a hot dish, not in summer. Not in Minneapolis.

Karmel James: No, not in July.

Gillian: [crosstalk]

Mike: Shandy, yeah.

Karmel James: We're not doing that in July, no. But Florida Dreamin', it's First [Landia] right? In Portland? First Landia?

Gillian: First Landia.

Karmel James: I've been told about that so I've got to consider.

Mike: Have you thought about making a tour shirt? I could see that. That would be, see Karmel James, and then the dates on the back.

Karmel James: Right? That'd be pretty cool.

Mike: That'd be boss.

Karmel James: With my travel, what's really nice is I kind of don't plan it so far in advance where I know where I'm going. But for conferences, I absolutely know when I'm going to those. Okay, I got to go make a shirt now.

Mike: I'd do a tour shirt, that'd be cool.

Gillian: That would be very awesome.

Mike: See me at the following event.

Karmel James: Yes.

Gillian: Well, thank you so much for joining us and we cannot wait to see what's next for you. And yeah, keep letting us ask you to do things.

Karmel James: Excellent. Well, thank you, Gillian and Mike, this has been so amazing. I am just overly happy that I get to share, who, what, when, where, why? Oh, don't forget how.

Mike: And how.

Karmel James: Yeah, don't forget how.

Mike: If you want to learn more about all things Salesforce Admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources, including all the links if we mentioned any in today's episode, as well as the full transcript.

Gillian: That's going to be a good one to read.

Mike: I know, I can't wait. They usually-

Gillian: Have fun with that, transcribing.

Mike: I will. Yep, here we go. You can stay up to date with us on social. We are at Salesforce admins, no I on Twitter. Gillian of course is on Twitter @Gillian K Bruce. Our guest today, Karmel.

Gillian: She might as well be a host.

Mike: I know, a guest host. Coming soon to a podcast new year.

Karmel James: Thank you.

Gillian: Yeah, right?

Mike: Karmel James is on Twitter at...

Karmel James: A-R-M-E-J-A-M, 44.

Mike: Or armejam as I almost introduced her. I, of course, am on Twitter @Mike Holt. So with that, stay safe, stay awesome. And stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Antoine Cabot, Senior Director of Product Management at Salesforce working on Orchestrator.

Join us as we talk about what Antoine and his team have learned since Orchestrator went GA in February and all the cool things they’re looking forward to sharing at TrailblazerDX.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Antoine Cabot.

Looking forward to TrailblazerDX Orchestrator is a new product, introduced in February, to support multi-user workflows by adding one more layer to the Flow tooling already in place, accommodating more sophisticated business processes for customers.

At TrailblazerDX, they’ll get into the nitty-gritty of what a multi-user workflow is and why you’d want to use them. “Orchestrator is not only a tool our customers can use out-of-the-box and build their own Orchestrations—it’s also a tool that can be used by partners and startups to create products and sell them through AppExchange,” Antoine says. They’ve invited some of these businesses to share what they’re working on so you can see what Orchestrator is capable of.

What is Orchestrator? Flow is already a powerful tool with a lot of capabilities: screen flows for user interactions, recall trigger flows to update records, and more. There’s a reason we encouraging folks to transition to it and deprecating older ways of doing things.

“Flow is great when you have some kind of recall-centric process,” Antoine says, “but Orchestrator is great for user-centric processes.” You can assign work to the right person at the right time, which is a godsend for multi-user or multi-department processes where you have to support parallel work.

One of the best things is that working is Orchestrator uses all of the skills you’ve already learned for Flow. “If you know how to create a Flow, you will know how to create an Orchestration,” Antoine says.

What’s next? As far as what’s coming up, there’s a lot to look forward to. They’re looking to make some major gains in how they do reporting on tasks completed in Orchestrator. The goal is to build something that lets you analyze processes to figure out how specific steps are going and where you can make improvements.

Antoine has one message for folks listening in: “Please start measuring how much time it takes for a process to go from the beginning to the end.” When you want to prove the ROI for what you’re doing, you need to know how things were going before you put new automations in place. It really makes a difference when you’re talking to leadership, and Orchestrator is going to make a big impact.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * TrailblazerDX Session: How to Coordinate Multiuser Workflows with Orchestrator * Trailhead: Orchestrator Basics

Social

  • Antoine: @AntoineCabot
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm your host, Gillian Bruce. And today I am joined by Antoine Cabot, he is product manager working on Orchestrator here at Salesforce and he and his team have some awesome enhancements that they're really excited to talk about at TrailblazerDX coming up here in just I think, a week away. Oh my goodness. So I wanted to get him on the podcast to talk a little bit about what their team has learned since Orchestrator went GA in February, and about some of the exciting things they're going to talk about at TrailblazerDX. Including some amazing use cases that customers are doing and building. So without further ado, let's get Antoine on the podcast. Antoine, welcome to the podcast.

Antoine Cabot: Thank you for having me.

Gillian Bruce: Well, we're excited to have you, we're getting ready for a little something coming up in a few weeks. TrailblazerDX, and I know that you are getting excited to share some fun news about the products that you're working on at TrailblazerDX. Do you want to give us a little overview about what your team works on first?

Antoine Cabot: Yeah, absolutely. So I'm the product manager for a product called Orchestrator. That is part of the automation platform at Salesforce. Orchestrator is a new product that we introduced back in February this year. And the idea is to support multi-user workflows. So adding one more layer to the flow tooling that we already have, to support more sophisticated business processes for all our customers.

Gillian Bruce: That's awesome. So just a little tiny feature that no one wants to use, right?

Antoine Cabot: It's basically a new category for Salesforce, so that's a big deal.

Gillian Bruce: It's a huge deal. And I know admins absolutely love any automation they can use and Orchestrator is a game changer. So let's talk a little bit about some of the things that you and your team are going to be presenting at TrailblazerDX. Let's talk about this multi-user workflow. Can you tell us a little bit more about that?

Antoine Cabot: Yeah. So we'll have one session specifically about multi-user workflows and that session will be very interesting because, we'll have some partners there. We'll invite startups to talk about how they use Orchestrator to build apps for their customers. Orchestrator is not only a tool that our customers can use out of the box and build their own orchestrations. It's also a tool that can be used by partners and startups to create products and sell them through app exchange. And we have this great example coming from Full Solution, which is a company based in the Netherlands, that is building an amazing approval process right on top of Orchestrator. That will give you a great example of how Orchestrator can be used as a platform tool for everything you want to do in Salesforce.

Gillian Bruce: That's awesome. So, I think that's like next level of thinking of Orchestrator, right? Because it's not just building it for your own platform, but the fact that now partners can use it to create solutions that admins might be interested in using.

Antoine Cabot: Exactly.

Gillian Bruce: So can you tell us a little bit more about what makes this exciting, especially for admins? Aside from the fact that, hey, now their partners can build solutions that admins can use. Can we talk a little bit more about the differentiator between this and maybe some of our other process automation options?

Antoine Cabot: Absolutely. So, if you think about Flow, I'm assuming that some of you on this call are familiar with Flow. Flow is a great technology, you can do a lot of things like screen flows if you need user interactions, recall triggered flows if you want to update things in your Salesforce records. It's a great tech. We have been pushing for it for 10 years, we are also kind of deprecating all the technology like process builders and workflow rules. So now we are moving on to flow, we want all our customers to use flow as much as possible. Flow is great when you have some kind of record centric process, you want to do something on a specific record, make sure that the data is accurate, validate the data, update a discount percentage or things like that. This is great for that.
Orchestrator on the other side is great for user centric process. You really want to assign the right work to the right person at the right time. That's exactly what Orchestrator is great at. When you imagine a process like a simple case management process, that's usually the simplest example I can go with. This case will be created by a customer and then will go through a queue and then would be assigned to an agent. This agent will eventually escalate that will go to his manager. And then eventually the case will go to a different... out of the organization. Like a different department, different business unit. That's exactly where Orchestrator is targeted for, that's when we can say, "Okay, the agent will complete the first step, but then the next step will be done by the manager."
And the next step will be done by someone that is in a very different part of the organization. And Orchestrator to combine all this step together, making sure that this process is executed without any problem and in timeless manner, so that you don't lose time between end offs. That's where Orchestrator is great at. So think about a process that involve multiple user or multiple departments, might be some parallel works that you have to support, things like that's where. That's where Orchestrator is just providing a lot more value than what flow already provides.

Gillian Bruce: So I think that's really interesting because I think in the past, an admin would have to set up a separate flow for each of those steps. Which would, as you said, take more time and also require a lot more work. And there just opportunities for things to fall through the gaps. Your use case is perfect, that really helps I think understand how this plays in. How different is it to use Orchestrator and think about these multi-user workflows than creating a typical flow, is it something that is much more complex or is it something that, if you've created a couple flows, you can also do this?

Antoine Cabot: Yeah. So, that's one of the great thing about Orchestrator, is that we are reusing all the skills that you already have with flow. If you know how to create a flow, you will know how to create an orchestration. It's the same builder, same components, while just adding two additional elements called stages and steps, but it doesn't really... I mean, it's not complicated. And for example, if you are concerned about the scale of Orchestrator for example, Orchestrator is based on flow. So it's based on our flow engine and it scales very well. Like we're running billions of flow every month, you will be able to run billions of orchestration also on the platform. So in terms of skill set, many of our customers actually say, "Hey, are you compatible with BPM? And I ingest some BPM diagram into Orchestrator?" That will come probably one day, it's actually on my roadmap, but-

Gillian Bruce: Safe harbor.

Antoine Cabot: ... today. Yeah, safe harbor. But today it's really, we are betting on the skills that our Salesforce Admins already have. They know how to create flows, many of them knows how to create flows. They will know how to create an orchestration without knowing anything about BPM. And that's really our bet on the market today.

Gillian Bruce: That is great. Because I mean, I think that's one of the beautiful things about the Salesforce platform, right? And especially, hey, awesome admins. This is the unique thing, is we can build these very complex processes without having to use code or have to know all of these other systems necessarily that maybe someone who's been working as a system admin on other platforms, would have that skillset. With Salesforce, you can do it all in Salesforce, you don't have to work with all these other things. But if you do understand these other systems and these other processes, it's easily translatable and you can use that as well. I think that's huge. That's what makes Salesforce so special.

Antoine Cabot: Absolutely. And you mentioned one thing Gillian, about connecting flows together. It's definitely doable, everything you can do in Orchestrator, you can potentially do it with flows. That you would have to write a bunch of apex codes to manage the assignment, manage the connection between two flows et cetera, et cetera. So there is nothing that we are really inventing there, but what we are really bringing to the customer is the ability to do that in a low code manner. You don't have to write any single line of apex code to run an orchestration. You just drag and drop your different flows, you say this flow will run first, this flow will run second. This is the condition between those two. You want to get the output variables from one flow and ingest them into the second step. That's doable. All of that without writing again, a single line of code.

Gillian Bruce: Hooray for awesome admins everywhere. This is awesome. So Antoine, one of the things that we'd love to talk about on the podcast and especially with admins is, some of the cool use cases and stories and maybe some interesting things that you and the product team have seen admin or customers in general do. Now I know you talked about the partner story that you're going to share at TrailblazerDX, which is super exciting. Have you had any other fun, little pieces of feedback or examples that you've seen people use Orchestrator for so far in the community?

Antoine Cabot: Yes, absolutely. And I would talk about one customer specifically called [Agrar Solar 00:21:42] , which is a German company. They will actually be at TDX also, giving some feedback about the product. I think this would be during the main keynote, which is great. So Agrar Solar, it's a so panel company. They install solar panels in Germany and they have this very nice process that is happening when and a customer wants to install solar panels on their roof, they talk to them and then they created an opportunity. And when this opportunity is created, they have to go through a bunch of steps internally to verify that the house is suitable for installing the solar panels. And it goes to many technicians internally. And then on point in this process, they also need to gather information from the customer like photos, more information about how the house has been built, what's the roof looks like and everything.
So they had this very specific need of saying, "Okay, it's great to have Orchestrator because I can connect all the internal steps. But what I want now, is be able to ask my customer to also be part of this process so they can upload photos and provide more information. And then when it's done, go back to my internal process and move on with the next steps in the process." This is something I haven't thought about when we were shipping the product GA back in February, but this is really something that was really cool. And we said, "Oh, now we can enable this with Experience Cloud." We have Experience Cloud websites running on top of Salesforce. Nothing actually prevents us to say, "Hey, let's put this survey on a website and ask the customer to go on that survey link and complete the survey."
So, that's what we are building now. We are making sure that you can create an orchestration that is running both internally and externally. That's where you see that all this Customer 360 experience come into play, where you can have your entire process from beginning to the end, including internal people and also your customers, all your partners.

Gillian Bruce: Ugh. That's so great. I'm just envisioning the hurrah moment when you realize, "Oh, I can build this entire process in Salesforce." And I mean, I'm thinking about all of the steps that we're just saved, right? Having somebody reach out to the customer for every single request and shepherding all of the internal processes along, and then someone having to bring all of those together. I mean the hours saved, days, weeks probably saved by that process. Awesome.

Antoine Cabot: The ROI is huge, it's huge for... When you think about a company like Agrar Solar, so which is like 200 employees, it's already significant. So think about like AT&T or a very large company out there, it's millions of dollars that they can save in just connecting the dots in their process and making sure that we always present the right work, to the right person, at the right time.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Well and you know who builds those things to save all the money it's admins, right? So admins, this is a huge ROI. Talk about a bullet point to put in your performance review every year, right? Like, "Look what I did, I saved the company this much money." That is huge. So Antoine, tell us a little bit more. You mentioned there were... you already did a little sneak peek on some stuff that might be coming on the roadmap. What other roadmap things might you be willing to share with me today? Again, forward looking statement for everyone who's listening.

Antoine Cabot: So there is definitely Experience Cloud, which is a big thing. The other big that we will be working on in our next cycle, which would be like for the summer of '23 release is reporting. We want to make sure that we not only... So what we capture today in an orchestration run is everything that happened in this run, right? How much time it take for one person to go into that step, complete that step et cetera. So we have that information in the format of a log, we log all these operations, but there is no way to do reporting on top of that. There is no way to create graphs that say, "Hey, I want to analyze for this specific step, how much time it takes over hundred thousands of iteration." That's not exposed today. So that's what we'll be building in the next six months, that will be available by the end of this year. The ability to create Salesforce reports on Orchestrator objects. And that will include work items, runs, step and stages.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, I love that. I mean, that's totally related to what we just said. This is a bullet point to put on your performance review, like look at how much time this is being saved. You now have a report you can run to show how useful your orchestration is and how many people are actually adopting it and using it within the organization. I think that's awesome.

Antoine Cabot: Yeah. So I have one thing to mention here is that, if you haven't done... So please start measuring, please start measuring how much time it takes for a process to go from the beginning to the end. Because usually when we want to prove the ROI, we need to know what happened before automating it. So if you really want to see a difference, start measuring now, build the orchestration and then run the orchestration and see the difference.

Gillian Bruce: Oh yes. I love that. I mean, you got to be able to tell the difference, right? Come on.

Antoine Cabot: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: I love it. That's great. So Antoine, any other fun little pointers or recommendations that you have for admins who are like "Okay, this orchestration thing sounds like it's for me." Clearly, we're going to put some resources in terms of where you can go to learn more on Trailhead. What else do you have in terms of maybe strategically thinking about what would be a first step that someone would take to start building an orchestration?

Antoine Cabot: Yeah. Maybe let me give you my one more thing for today. Slack, Slack is usually fun. You probably all know that Slack is now a part of Salesforce. So we're thinking a lot on how we can actually leverage Slack with Orchestrator. And something that we are building that will be huge, is the ability to do work directly in Slack using a screen flow that will be kind of started from Orchestrator. So think about an interactive step that you create in your orchestration, it means that you will have some kind of human interaction. This person will have to go through a Salesforce record and complete a few screens in Salesforce. Now imagine that you don't even need that person to go to Salesforce. This person would just be notified on Slack, they will see, hey, please complete that work that is assigned to you now.
You click on that button and then everything happen in Slack. You see the screen flow render directly in Slack, natively in Slack, you complete the work and done. You have never been on the Salesforce Instant. You are maybe not even a Salesforce user at the end, you are just Slack user or Slack is the place you go, where you work every day, that's where you complete the work. That's where this association of Slack plus Orchestrator is huge. And that's coming up at the end of this year.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, I love that. That is so smooth because like you said, there may be a lot of users who never really need to be in Salesforce. They're just doing their work in Slack, so let's bring it there. I mean, that is that's slick. I like that, that's going to be amazing.

Antoine Cabot: And for Salesforce Admin who might be like, "oh, I don't want to support Slack, I don't want to create specific flow for Slack." You don't have to. We will actually make the easy lifting of converting your screen flows in the Slack format, which is called Block Kit. So you just build your screen flow in Salesforce and we do everything for you to render it in Slack and make sure that your user has the best possible experience, desktop and mobile on Slack.

Gillian Bruce: That's cool. That's really great. Again, save an admin's work. That's even better than admins saving end users work. That's great.

Antoine Cabot: Yeah. I mean, we want to keep them focused on what adds value, right? So there is no need to rebuild all your screen flows for Slack. We really want to save time on that.

Gillian Bruce: That's fantastic. So any kind of parting words of wisdom in terms of how to admin strategically think about where to start with Orchestrator?

Antoine Cabot: Yeah. Great question. Think about one of the most painful process you are facing in your organization. Usually it's a process that involves multiple individuals. You have to constantly ask them to complete the step that they have to do. That's usually a good start when you start building an orchestration, think about a very painful process that you are experiencing pretty much every day or two days. If you are from IT for example, like in a provisioning scenario where you have to provision laptops for example, is a great example. It has multiple people involved and that's very, very easy to build in Orchestrator. So start simple, start with something that is really painful and you will see the value very, very quickly.

Gillian Bruce: I love that. Well Antoine, thank you for all the amazing work that you and your team do to make-

Antoine Cabot: Thank you.

Gillian Bruce: ... admins look like rock stars because this is literally one of those tools that truly make admins awesome, and really makes a huge difference in the efficiency of the organization. So keep on doing the good work. Thank you.

Antoine Cabot: Thank you. We will.

Gillian Bruce: Huge thanks to Antoine for taking the time out of his day to talk to me about all things, Orchestrator and multi-user workflows. Wow. I just got to tell you for Admins, this is a game changer, because think of all the individual flows that you can now tie together in one seamless orchestration. Think about the external and internal use cases you can combine into one big process. I mean, the example of that solar company and how they connected an external survey using Experience Cloud all within one big orchestration. I mean, that is really, really powerful. And talk about the time you can save your organization, the money, the resources and demonstrate your value as an awesome Admin. So definitely admins check out Orchestrator. If you're coming to TrailblazerDX, I hope you are able to join Antoine's session. I'll put a link to the session in the show notes, and you're not going to want to miss it.
It's all about multi-user workflows. And if you're not able to join us at TrailblazerDX, don't worry. There's tons of great content on Orchestrator out there for you to get skilled up and ready to really make a big impact in your organization with this powerful, powerful tool. Now, if you want to learn more things about anything we talked about in this podcast or other podcasts, or otherwise you just want to skill up on being an awesome admin head on over to admin.salesforce.com, where you'll find amazing resources, blogs, videos, more podcasts, anything you need to help you be an awesome admin. You can find out at admin.salesforce.com. You can also stay up to date with us on the social medias by following @SalesforceAdmns no I on Twitter. And you can follow my guest today Antoine, @antoinecabot on Twitter, as well as myself, @gilliankbruce. My co-host, Mike Gerholdt, is @MikeGerholdt. And with that everyone, I am looking forward to seeing you at TrailblazerDX and I'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Karen Fidelak, Senior Director, Product Management at Salesforce.

Join us as we talk about some exciting announcements she’s got about DevOps Center coming up for TrailblazerDX.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Karen Fidelak.

Why we’re psyched about the beta for DevOps Center We’re really excited about DevOps Center, and there are going to be tons of exciting announcements at TrailblazerDX so we wanted to talk to Karen to give pod listeners a little preview. The biggest news is that an open beta is coming this summer, with a GA planned for the Fall.

“We’re excited about where we’re at and we’re excited to show it at TrailblazerDX,” Karen says, “DevOps Center is all about change and release management and introducing DevOps best practices to our entire community, regardless of where you fall on the low-code to pro-code spectrum.” The goal is a tool that provides easy-to-use change management, source management, push-button deployments, and, overall, will allow hybrid sets of users to work together more easily.

Lessons from the pilot program “We hear a lot of Admins and low-code developers who really want to be more involved in these DevOps practices that include things like source control but haven’t had the experience or tools to easily adopt and feel comfortable using them,” Karen says. They want to give you what you need to do just that and work with other members of your team that may already have adopted source control and other change management best practices.

Their pilot program introduced a number of features to help create an end-to-end, declarative flow around lifecycle management. One thing they added was automatic change tracking, so any changes made in the developer sandbox are added to a list where you can select which ones you want to move forward. It’s a big upgrade over Change Sets, and they’re looking to make even more improvements going into the beta.

A sneak peak at TrailblazerDX Karen and her team will be at their spiffy dedicated booth at TrailblazerDX, so be sure you stop by if you’re attending. They’ll also be doing some theater sessions to get you up to speed with DevOps and DevOps Center. Finally, there will be a breakout session where Karen will present with a Salesforce partner and a customer to show DevOps Center in action.

They’re really excited to hear from real customers and get any feedback they can to make DevOps Center even better, so don’t be a stranger. If you can’t make it, be sure to check in on the Trailblazer Community group (link below) to get involved.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * DevOps Sessions at TDX22 * DevOps Trailblazer Community Group

Social

  • Karen: @KarenFidelak
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast, where we talk about product, community and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm your host today, Gillian Bruce and we are joined by Karen Fidelak, who is going to talk to us about DevOps center. Why? Well be because they've got some exciting announcements they're going to be sharing at a little party we're throwing later this month called TrailblazerDX. That's right folks. We are having an in-person event. It's going to be so exciting.
Trailblazer DX, April 27th and 28th here in San Francisco at the Moscone Center. You're not going to want to miss it. And to get you excited. I decided to pull together a few of the product managers who have exciting things they're going to be talking about at that event. And Karen is one of them. Now last we talked to Karen about DevOps Center, which is what her team is working on, was a while ago. And since then she and her team have been working very, very hard to get this product ready for prime time. So let's check in with Karen and hear about all the goodness her team has been working on and get excited about what she and her team are going to be doing at TrailblazerDX. Karen, welcome to the podcast.

Karen Fidelak: Hi, I'm glad to be here. This is exciting.

Gillian Bruce: Well, it's been a while since you and I chatted. In fact, I think this is my first official podcast I'm hosting since I've come back and I think you were the last product managers I've worked with before I left. So it's like nothing has ever happened.

Karen Fidelak: Boy. Welcome back.

Gillian Bruce: Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. I wanted to check in with you Karen because you and your team were working on something really awesome and amazing for admins. DevOps sent her. And I wanted to check in with you because we're coming up on a little something here in just a couple weeks that we're getting excited about. TrailblazerDX. And I know that you and your team have some exciting things you're going to be sharing and talking about related to DevOps Center. So can you give us a little update, catch us up about where we're at with DevOps Center?

Karen Fidelak: Sure. Yeah. So we, I think last we talked, we were running a pilot. We ran a pilot from about last May through the end of the year. And then early this year in February, we started what we're calling a Closed Beta, where we added some more users, added some more functionality and that's what's happening right now. We're kind of in the middle of our Closed Beta period. Then we're planning in around June to release an open beta. And so we'll open that beta up to all users in the summer timeframe. And then the plan is around fall to go out with the GA. Now this is all sort of safe harbor everything in the future, but that's our kind of plan right now. And we're really excited about where we're at. And we're excited to show where we're at, TrailblazerDX in just a few weeks.

Gillian Bruce: Well, yes, again like safe harbor forward looking statement. We always have to reiterate that when people are going to be like, "Oh my God, I'm going to get this then." We always, we need a little safety there. So, all right. So we talked about, you have gone a long ways through this development cycle with this product so far, which is very exciting. Can you tell us a little bit more about some of the details of that? So you said pilot is, we're kind of wrapping up the pilot phase, getting ready to go to beta. What happened during the pilot phase? What did you and your team learn? And actually before we get there, can you just remind us kind of a high level, what is DevOps Center?

Karen Fidelak: Sure. Yeah. So DevOps Center is a new product that we're building. It's all about change and release management and introducing DevOps best practices to our entire developer community, regardless of where you fall on that sort of low code to pro code spectrum. So the idea here is to bring easy to use change management, incorporate things like source control, really nice, easy to use experience, provide push button deployments and allow teams that involve, like I said, mixed or hybrid, what we call hybrid sets of users to work together, to manage their applications' entire life cycle. So we're trying to really bring those modern best practices around DevOps, to everyone in a really easy and accessible way.

Gillian Bruce: And that I think is the key, right? Because this is where admins are like, "DevOps Center is something that I should pay attention to," because you said this hybrid model of the pro code developers, the low code developers, which admins, that's you. So this is where they kind of play a role. And this is why DevOps Center is going to be really awesome for admins.

Karen Fidelak: Yes, absolutely. We hear a lot of admins, low code developers who really want to be more involved in these DevOps practices that involve things like source control, but really haven't had the experience or tools that have allowed them to easily adopt and feel comfortable using them. And so that's really our goal here is to bring to you a tool that lets you really easily incorporate those into your overall flow and allow you to participate now with those other members of your team that may have already adopted source control, but you haven't been able to be part of that yet. And so this is going to allow you to just jump right in and take advantage of those really, like I said, modern best practices around DevOps that everybody really does want to adopt.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. And change management is definitely one of the core Salesforce admin skills that we have ... We're actually going to be focusing quite a bit on some of these. We have 14 core admin skills that we're going to be focusing and for the rest of the year. And we talked about it at Dreamforce last year, but change management is a big, big piece of that. And this tool, this DevOps Center is going to be such a really great way to kind of get a handle on change management and really kind of give yourself as an admin, a leg up in that arena. So Karen, you told me about this pilot that is now coming to a close. Can you tell us about some of the things you and your team learned during that pilot phase?

Karen Fidelak: Yeah, so the pilot was really all about bringing to bear this fully declarative experience. Like I said, we're trying to incorporate this whole end to end flow around lifecycle management. And so some of the features that we introduced there were like automatic change tracking. So when you make changes in your developer sandbox now, we're automatically tracking those and you can see those in a nice list within the application. You can select which ones you want to migrate forward in your flow and just at the click of a button, you can move those changes forward. And as part of that, we're doing a nice integration behind the scenes with source control and allowing you to then through clicks, promote or deploy those changes through the various stages of a pipeline. And so some of the things that we learned through this pilot was that first of all, people really appreciate that overall experience.
So overall it was really, I would call it a success. The source tracking capability that we have was really loved by people. So just that automatic tracking of the changes was a super nice convenience and really an improvement over our current declarative change management, which is change sets. Any of you who are using change sets probably know it's not the easiest to use. And so we've learned that this is really an improvement over that. We learned that the source control integration is generally, it's good, right? Like people, while they might have a bit of a learning curve, when it comes to source control systems, we've made it really easy. You don't really have to ever go into the source control system. Basically, all you have to do is create an account and then we handle all of the integration to move those changes into a source control system.
We manage the branches there. You really don't have to get into it at all if you don't want. And so that was positive. I think that the people were able to adopt that and appreciated the integration that we were providing there. We also learned some things that from a usability standpoint, we need to improve and we're working on those right now. Some things that I would say are sort of UI usability enhancements, which we knew going into the pilot. We didn't have all of that in there. That's why we kind of put the pilot out there, get people using it, understanding the overall basic flows and then figuring out where it is we really need to add those enhancements to make it really usable and adoptable. And so things just like list management, like sorting lists, filtering lists seems pretty basic.
And we understood that those were the kinds of things that needed to come along. We also added in our, as a result of pilot feedback and as we went into the beta, better, we call it activity history views where we're seeing a full history of everything that's happened within DevOps Center. So that gives you a nice sort of auditability trail and visibility into everything that's happened and better error tracking. So just sort of like that second level debugging capability, error management, history management, those are some of the things that we layered in to our beta and then some things around like how do we handle the cases where things don't go kind as planned. Maybe you're moving some changes forward and they're failing to deploy. We want to make sure that we handle those use cases reasonably well. And so we've added some features as we move into our beta to be able to kind of pull those changes back, start over.
If you get into kind of a situation where you've got some failed deployments that are sort of partway through the pipeline. We've provided a better way for you to kind of start over with those. And these were all based on feedback that we got as part of that pilot. So I would say overall, it's very positive for us. I think we're definitely moving in the right direction. We've got kind of our core use cases that we're working on toward RGA. And then we're layering in these sort of usability and kind of secondary I would call use cases to those primary use cases. And that's based on the feedback that we're getting.

Gillian Bruce: That's awesome. You know what, I always love hearing from product teams about how they really incorporate the feedback from these pilot phases, because I think it's one of the amazing things we get to do here at Salesforce is being like, "Hey, we know it's not perfect. If you want to play with us, come on in and play and then tell us what you think and we're going to make it better."

Karen Fidelak: Yep.

Gillian Bruce: I love hearing about that process. One of the things that I heard you say a few times, a theme that kind of came out is really this availability to get a better visibility into what's happening and where it's happening and when it's happening and being able to control when it's happening, which I guess it's one of the core tenants of DevOps Center, I think all admins will definitely appreciate that. I think every admin is a little bit of a control freak. It's kind one of our core tenants, I would imagine. So that's really great. Karen, you're also doing a lot of stuff at TrailblazerDX, which is coming up here soon on April 26th and 27th. I'm sorry, the 27th and 28th in my head, it's a day early. Can you tell us a little bit about some of the amazing content that you and your team will be sharing TrailblazerDX?

Karen Fidelak: Absolutely. So we've got quite a few different places and sessions that you can come hear more about what we're doing and see it in action. So first we have a booth demo. So on the floor where all the demos will be happening, we will have a dedicated booth dedicated to DevOps Center. We'll have team members there. So we really encourage you to come take a look at what we've got and talk to members of our team who are building this product. They would love to talk to you and get your feedback there as well. We also have on the floor there a few theater sessions where we'll be covering DevOps and DevOps Center. So the first one is called Getting Started with Salesforce DevOps. And this is we're going to be talking sort of about general principles of DevOps and things that you can start doing now to start laying a good foundation for adoption of DevOps Center when it's available.
So even if you aren't part of our beta yet, or you can't get your hands on it just yet, there are things that you can be doing now to prepare yourself really well, to be able to quickly adopt it when it's available and just think about sort of general best practices around DevOps principles. So that's going to be a fun one. We also have another theater session called DevOps for Salesforce Developers. And this is where we'll show the product. We'll also talk about how we on our team are building it, using some of these practices. So we'll talk a little bit about general DevOps practices and show the product. And then there's another one called What's New at DevOps for Architects, and that's going to be focused on tailoring the DevOps experience to an architect role, and we'll be covering packaging as well as DevOps and DevOps Center there.
So it's another opportunity to see it. And then finally, there's a breakout session that's called DevOps Center Practical Use Cases, and this is going to be a really fun one. I'm really excited about this one. I'm going to be presenting with a partner and a customer. And the customer has been using the DevOps Center product from the pilot and into the beta. So they'll be able to speak firsthand about their experience using it and how it's providing value to their business. And then also have a partner who is building an integration, building an extension to their own package that they provide through our app exchange. They're providing an integration to DevOps Center. So that's really cool to see that it's getting out into our ecosystem and we're going to see, I'm hoping, more and more of these partners being able to build extensions, to incorporate like, sort of the best of their product and the best of the DevOps Center experience and bring those two things together. So that could be really fun.

Gillian Bruce: So you're going to be really busy at TrailblazerDX, is what I'm getting.

Karen Fidelak: I mean, it'll be busy. And we will see if these sessions actually get scheduled such that I can be in all the right places at the right time. But yeah, I'm excited.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Well, I mean, so here's the great thing about TrailblazerDX and listener, if you've never been to a TrailblazerDX or a TDX, this is a great reason for you to come is because not only are you going to get access to all of this great information that Karen and her team will be sharing, but you're going to get access to Karen and her team directly. And visiting that booth, that DevOps Center booth will be so, so fun because seeing the product in action and asking your questions and getting them specifically answered. I personally am really excited about that theater session about how you prepare basically for DevOps Center, because I think that's going to be really key for any admin persona to know whether you actually get into adopting DevOps Center or not. Those best practices will serve you well beyond just this specific product, I would imagine. So yeah, everybody, if you can come join us in San Francisco for TrailblazerDX, do it, come, play with us, it's going to be really fun.

Karen Fidelak: Yes. And I would just like to add that a lot of times it's me or members of my team that are out talking about this product. I think what's really exciting about this event is that we're getting the rest of my team here, out there and able to present and talk to you, the customer. And that's really exciting for both me and for them. So they're really excited to be able to hear from real customers maybe who have been using the product already or who are excited about seeing the product and what we have coming and to see all their hard work because we've been working really hard on this for multiple years now, but to see all that hard work really become real and something that customers can actually start using really soon. So that's very exciting for us.

Gillian Bruce: Yes, there's nothing more reward than actually talking to someone who's using what you've built and seeing, hearing how it has impacted what they do every day. So agreed. That's awesome. So Karen, if people want to learn more about TrailblazerDX, I'm going to share links to your sessions that you mentioned in our show notes. If they want to learn more about DevOps Center in general and you know, how they can participate in the beta, where should they go?

Karen Fidelak: So the best place to go, we have a public Trailblazer community group it's just called DevOps Center. So if you go out in our Trailblazer community and search for DevOps Center Group, you'll find it. And that's where we post resources. We've got some things like FAQs out there. We've also got some links to some product demos. We have just a forum for community discussion. And it's also where I will post updates on our product releases. So like for instance, when our open beta is available, we'll make an announcement there so everybody can go get their hands on it as it's being released. So that's where I would recommend that you go.

Gillian Bruce: Excellent. Well, I will put that link in the notes as well. Karen, thank you so much for the work that you and your team do. I think this is going to be a hugely important and very powerful tool for admins to use, especially as they try to focus on that change management core skills. So thank you on behalf of the community and we're really excited to see what people start doing with this.

Karen Fidelak: You're very welcome. Thanks for having me. Always happy to talk more about this product and get the word out there that it's coming. So thank you.

Gillian Bruce: Excellent. All right, well, I'm sure we'll have you back before long. So good luck getting ready for TrailblazerDX and we'll see you there.

Karen Fidelak: Awesome. Excited.

Gillian Bruce: Well, huge thanks to Karen and her team for all the hard work that they've done to make DevOps Center a reality and thanks to Karen for sharing her time with me today. I know everyone's busy getting ready for the event. Now we talked about quite a few things on this podcast that I think is going to get every admin excited for not only TrailblazerDX, but DevOps Center, which is a huge, huge game changing tool that's going to help all of us be better change management professionals. So a few of the highlights I want you to pay attention to, if you didn't catch it the first time around, DevOps Center is here. It's coming. The beta will be opening up in June. If you want to be a part of it, you can join the Trailblazer community group called DevOps Center Group. You can find that very easily and put it in link here in the show notes, and you can find it on the Trailblazer community yourself.
Now, a few things about DevOps Center that I think are really, really key to us as admins is it enables a hybrid change management model. That means your developers can be working in the CLI and you as an admin, who's maybe not working in the CLI can still track and see all of the changes that they've been making right there in DevOps Center. You'll be able to sort through it, you'll be able to filter through it. Those list views that Karen mentioned, she and her team got feedback on improving are going to be improved. And this really enables you to make declarative changes alongside your developers who are making code changes. So this is really, really a powerful tool. Want you to check it out, make sure that if you're coming to TrailblazerDX, which I hope you are, you join some of these sessions.
I think the biggest, most important session for every admin to attend in terms of DevOps Center will be that theater session that Karen mentioned getting started with Salesforce DevOps, steps you can take now to start preparing yourself for DevOps Center and join the breakout. I mean, to hear how Karen has been working with a partner and a Salesforce customer about how they've been using DevOps Center, I think that's going to be a really awesome breakout session.
Okay. So make sure that you join both of those. I'll put links to them in the show notes so you can get excited about them. If you can't join us for TrailblazerDX in person, don't worry. You can join the broadcast. Now you're not going to get access to all of the amazing things that Karen mentioned, like the demo booth and the theater sessions. But I do believe that breakout session will be available after the broadcast ends or after the event, sorry. During the live broadcast, you'll be able to join a lot of the super sessions and the main show. You may see me on there as another MC because you know, it's TrailblazerDX and it's kind of what I do.
Anyway, I hope you all enjoyed this episode. It's so wonderful to be back and I hope see you at TrailblazerDX. If you want to learn more about anything we mentioned on today's podcast, please go to admin.salesforce.com and you can stay up to date with all of the fun, awesome admin happenings on Twitter. We are @SalesforceAdmns, no I. You can find our guest today, Karen Fidelak, @KarenFidelak, very easy Twitter handle to find. And you can find my co-host the one and only, Mike Gerholdt, @MikeGerholdt and you can find myself @gilliankbruce. All right, everybody. I hope you have a wonderful rest of your day. Hope to see at TrailblazerDX. And if not, I'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Karen Fidelak, Senior Director, Product Management at Salesforce.

Join us as we talk about some exciting announcements she’s got about DevOps Center coming up for TrailblazerDX.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Karen Fidelak.

Why we’re psyched about the beta for DevOps Center We’re really excited about DevOps Center, and there are going to be tons of exciting announcements at TrailblazerDX so we wanted to talk to Karen to give pod listeners a little preview. The biggest news is that an open beta is coming this summer, with a GA planned for the Fall.

“We’re excited about where we’re at and we’re excited to show it at TrailblazerDX,” Karen says, “DevOps Center is all about change and release management and introducing DevOps best practices to our entire community, regardless of where you fall on the low-code to pro-code spectrum.” The goal is a tool that provides easy-to-use change management, source management, push-button deployments, and, overall, will allow hybrid sets of users to work together more easily.

Lessons from the pilot program “We hear a lot of Admins and low-code developers who really want to be more involved in these DevOps practices that include things like source control but haven’t had the experience or tools to easily adopt and feel comfortable using them,” Karen says. They want to give you what you need to do just that and work with other members of your team that may already have adopted source control and other change management best practices.

Their pilot program introduced a number of features to help create an end-to-end, declarative flow around lifecycle management. One thing they added was automatic change tracking, so any changes made in the developer sandbox are added to a list where you can select which ones you want to move forward. It’s a big upgrade over Change Sets, and they’re looking to make even more improvements going into the beta.

A sneak peak at TrailblazerDX Karen and her team will be at their spiffy dedicated booth at TrailblazerDX, so be sure you stop by if you’re attending. They’ll also be doing some theater sessions to get you up to speed with DevOps and DevOps Center. Finally, there will be a breakout session where Karen will present with a Salesforce partner and a customer to show DevOps Center in action.

They’re really excited to hear from real customers and get any feedback they can to make DevOps Center even better, so don’t be a stranger. If you can’t make it, be sure to check in on the Trailblazer Community group (link below) to get involved.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * DevOps Sessions at TDX22 * DevOps Trailblazer Community Group

Social

  • Karen: @KarenFidelak
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast, where we talk about product, community and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm your host today, Gillian Bruce and we are joined by Karen Fidelak, who is going to talk to us about DevOps center. Why? Well be because they've got some exciting announcements they're going to be sharing at a little party we're throwing later this month called TrailblazerDX. That's right folks. We are having an in-person event. It's going to be so exciting.
Trailblazer DX, April 27th and 28th here in San Francisco at the Moscone Center. You're not going to want to miss it. And to get you excited. I decided to pull together a few of the product managers who have exciting things they're going to be talking about at that event. And Karen is one of them. Now last we talked to Karen about DevOps Center, which is what her team is working on, was a while ago. And since then she and her team have been working very, very hard to get this product ready for prime time. So let's check in with Karen and hear about all the goodness her team has been working on and get excited about what she and her team are going to be doing at TrailblazerDX. Karen, welcome to the podcast.

Karen Fidelak: Hi, I'm glad to be here. This is exciting.

Gillian Bruce: Well, it's been a while since you and I chatted. In fact, I think this is my first official podcast I'm hosting since I've come back and I think you were the last product managers I've worked with before I left. So it's like nothing has ever happened.

Karen Fidelak: Boy. Welcome back.

Gillian Bruce: Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. I wanted to check in with you Karen because you and your team were working on something really awesome and amazing for admins. DevOps sent her. And I wanted to check in with you because we're coming up on a little something here in just a couple weeks that we're getting excited about. TrailblazerDX. And I know that you and your team have some exciting things you're going to be sharing and talking about related to DevOps Center. So can you give us a little update, catch us up about where we're at with DevOps Center?

Karen Fidelak: Sure. Yeah. So we, I think last we talked, we were running a pilot. We ran a pilot from about last May through the end of the year. And then early this year in February, we started what we're calling a Closed Beta, where we added some more users, added some more functionality and that's what's happening right now. We're kind of in the middle of our Closed Beta period. Then we're planning in around June to release an open beta. And so we'll open that beta up to all users in the summer timeframe. And then the plan is around fall to go out with the GA. Now this is all sort of safe harbor everything in the future, but that's our kind of plan right now. And we're really excited about where we're at. And we're excited to show where we're at, TrailblazerDX in just a few weeks.

Gillian Bruce: Well, yes, again like safe harbor forward looking statement. We always have to reiterate that when people are going to be like, "Oh my God, I'm going to get this then." We always, we need a little safety there. So, all right. So we talked about, you have gone a long ways through this development cycle with this product so far, which is very exciting. Can you tell us a little bit more about some of the details of that? So you said pilot is, we're kind of wrapping up the pilot phase, getting ready to go to beta. What happened during the pilot phase? What did you and your team learn? And actually before we get there, can you just remind us kind of a high level, what is DevOps Center?

Karen Fidelak: Sure. Yeah. So DevOps Center is a new product that we're building. It's all about change and release management and introducing DevOps best practices to our entire developer community, regardless of where you fall on that sort of low code to pro code spectrum. So the idea here is to bring easy to use change management, incorporate things like source control, really nice, easy to use experience, provide push button deployments and allow teams that involve, like I said, mixed or hybrid, what we call hybrid sets of users to work together, to manage their applications' entire life cycle. So we're trying to really bring those modern best practices around DevOps, to everyone in a really easy and accessible way.

Gillian Bruce: And that I think is the key, right? Because this is where admins are like, "DevOps Center is something that I should pay attention to," because you said this hybrid model of the pro code developers, the low code developers, which admins, that's you. So this is where they kind of play a role. And this is why DevOps Center is going to be really awesome for admins.

Karen Fidelak: Yes, absolutely. We hear a lot of admins, low code developers who really want to be more involved in these DevOps practices that involve things like source control, but really haven't had the experience or tools that have allowed them to easily adopt and feel comfortable using them. And so that's really our goal here is to bring to you a tool that lets you really easily incorporate those into your overall flow and allow you to participate now with those other members of your team that may have already adopted source control, but you haven't been able to be part of that yet. And so this is going to allow you to just jump right in and take advantage of those really, like I said, modern best practices around DevOps that everybody really does want to adopt.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. And change management is definitely one of the core Salesforce admin skills that we have ... We're actually going to be focusing quite a bit on some of these. We have 14 core admin skills that we're going to be focusing and for the rest of the year. And we talked about it at Dreamforce last year, but change management is a big, big piece of that. And this tool, this DevOps Center is going to be such a really great way to kind of get a handle on change management and really kind of give yourself as an admin, a leg up in that arena. So Karen, you told me about this pilot that is now coming to a close. Can you tell us about some of the things you and your team learned during that pilot phase?

Karen Fidelak: Yeah, so the pilot was really all about bringing to bear this fully declarative experience. Like I said, we're trying to incorporate this whole end to end flow around lifecycle management. And so some of the features that we introduced there were like automatic change tracking. So when you make changes in your developer sandbox now, we're automatically tracking those and you can see those in a nice list within the application. You can select which ones you want to migrate forward in your flow and just at the click of a button, you can move those changes forward. And as part of that, we're doing a nice integration behind the scenes with source control and allowing you to then through clicks, promote or deploy those changes through the various stages of a pipeline. And so some of the things that we learned through this pilot was that first of all, people really appreciate that overall experience.
So overall it was really, I would call it a success. The source tracking capability that we have was really loved by people. So just that automatic tracking of the changes was a super nice convenience and really an improvement over our current declarative change management, which is change sets. Any of you who are using change sets probably know it's not the easiest to use. And so we've learned that this is really an improvement over that. We learned that the source control integration is generally, it's good, right? Like people, while they might have a bit of a learning curve, when it comes to source control systems, we've made it really easy. You don't really have to ever go into the source control system. Basically, all you have to do is create an account and then we handle all of the integration to move those changes into a source control system.
We manage the branches there. You really don't have to get into it at all if you don't want. And so that was positive. I think that the people were able to adopt that and appreciated the integration that we were providing there. We also learned some things that from a usability standpoint, we need to improve and we're working on those right now. Some things that I would say are sort of UI usability enhancements, which we knew going into the pilot. We didn't have all of that in there. That's why we kind of put the pilot out there, get people using it, understanding the overall basic flows and then figuring out where it is we really need to add those enhancements to make it really usable and adoptable. And so things just like list management, like sorting lists, filtering lists seems pretty basic.
And we understood that those were the kinds of things that needed to come along. We also added in our, as a result of pilot feedback and as we went into the beta, better, we call it activity history views where we're seeing a full history of everything that's happened within DevOps Center. So that gives you a nice sort of auditability trail and visibility into everything that's happened and better error tracking. So just sort of like that second level debugging capability, error management, history management, those are some of the things that we layered in to our beta and then some things around like how do we handle the cases where things don't go kind as planned. Maybe you're moving some changes forward and they're failing to deploy. We want to make sure that we handle those use cases reasonably well. And so we've added some features as we move into our beta to be able to kind of pull those changes back, start over.
If you get into kind of a situation where you've got some failed deployments that are sort of partway through the pipeline. We've provided a better way for you to kind of start over with those. And these were all based on feedback that we got as part of that pilot. So I would say overall, it's very positive for us. I think we're definitely moving in the right direction. We've got kind of our core use cases that we're working on toward RGA. And then we're layering in these sort of usability and kind of secondary I would call use cases to those primary use cases. And that's based on the feedback that we're getting.

Gillian Bruce: That's awesome. You know what, I always love hearing from product teams about how they really incorporate the feedback from these pilot phases, because I think it's one of the amazing things we get to do here at Salesforce is being like, "Hey, we know it's not perfect. If you want to play with us, come on in and play and then tell us what you think and we're going to make it better."

Karen Fidelak: Yep.

Gillian Bruce: I love hearing about that process. One of the things that I heard you say a few times, a theme that kind of came out is really this availability to get a better visibility into what's happening and where it's happening and when it's happening and being able to control when it's happening, which I guess it's one of the core tenants of DevOps Center, I think all admins will definitely appreciate that. I think every admin is a little bit of a control freak. It's kind one of our core tenants, I would imagine. So that's really great. Karen, you're also doing a lot of stuff at TrailblazerDX, which is coming up here soon on April 26th and 27th. I'm sorry, the 27th and 28th in my head, it's a day early. Can you tell us a little bit about some of the amazing content that you and your team will be sharing TrailblazerDX?

Karen Fidelak: Absolutely. So we've got quite a few different places and sessions that you can come hear more about what we're doing and see it in action. So first we have a booth demo. So on the floor where all the demos will be happening, we will have a dedicated booth dedicated to DevOps Center. We'll have team members there. So we really encourage you to come take a look at what we've got and talk to members of our team who are building this product. They would love to talk to you and get your feedback there as well. We also have on the floor there a few theater sessions where we'll be covering DevOps and DevOps Center. So the first one is called Getting Started with Salesforce DevOps. And this is we're going to be talking sort of about general principles of DevOps and things that you can start doing now to start laying a good foundation for adoption of DevOps Center when it's available.
So even if you aren't part of our beta yet, or you can't get your hands on it just yet, there are things that you can be doing now to prepare yourself really well, to be able to quickly adopt it when it's available and just think about sort of general best practices around DevOps principles. So that's going to be a fun one. We also have another theater session called DevOps for Salesforce Developers. And this is where we'll show the product. We'll also talk about how we on our team are building it, using some of these practices. So we'll talk a little bit about general DevOps practices and show the product. And then there's another one called What's New at DevOps for Architects, and that's going to be focused on tailoring the DevOps experience to an architect role, and we'll be covering packaging as well as DevOps and DevOps Center there.
So it's another opportunity to see it. And then finally, there's a breakout session that's called DevOps Center Practical Use Cases, and this is going to be a really fun one. I'm really excited about this one. I'm going to be presenting with a partner and a customer. And the customer has been using the DevOps Center product from the pilot and into the beta. So they'll be able to speak firsthand about their experience using it and how it's providing value to their business. And then also have a partner who is building an integration, building an extension to their own package that they provide through our app exchange. They're providing an integration to DevOps Center. So that's really cool to see that it's getting out into our ecosystem and we're going to see, I'm hoping, more and more of these partners being able to build extensions, to incorporate like, sort of the best of their product and the best of the DevOps Center experience and bring those two things together. So that could be really fun.

Gillian Bruce: So you're going to be really busy at TrailblazerDX, is what I'm getting.

Karen Fidelak: I mean, it'll be busy. And we will see if these sessions actually get scheduled such that I can be in all the right places at the right time. But yeah, I'm excited.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Well, I mean, so here's the great thing about TrailblazerDX and listener, if you've never been to a TrailblazerDX or a TDX, this is a great reason for you to come is because not only are you going to get access to all of this great information that Karen and her team will be sharing, but you're going to get access to Karen and her team directly. And visiting that booth, that DevOps Center booth will be so, so fun because seeing the product in action and asking your questions and getting them specifically answered. I personally am really excited about that theater session about how you prepare basically for DevOps Center, because I think that's going to be really key for any admin persona to know whether you actually get into adopting DevOps Center or not. Those best practices will serve you well beyond just this specific product, I would imagine. So yeah, everybody, if you can come join us in San Francisco for TrailblazerDX, do it, come, play with us, it's going to be really fun.

Karen Fidelak: Yes. And I would just like to add that a lot of times it's me or members of my team that are out talking about this product. I think what's really exciting about this event is that we're getting the rest of my team here, out there and able to present and talk to you, the customer. And that's really exciting for both me and for them. So they're really excited to be able to hear from real customers maybe who have been using the product already or who are excited about seeing the product and what we have coming and to see all their hard work because we've been working really hard on this for multiple years now, but to see all that hard work really become real and something that customers can actually start using really soon. So that's very exciting for us.

Gillian Bruce: Yes, there's nothing more reward than actually talking to someone who's using what you've built and seeing, hearing how it has impacted what they do every day. So agreed. That's awesome. So Karen, if people want to learn more about TrailblazerDX, I'm going to share links to your sessions that you mentioned in our show notes. If they want to learn more about DevOps Center in general and you know, how they can participate in the beta, where should they go?

Karen Fidelak: So the best place to go, we have a public Trailblazer community group it's just called DevOps Center. So if you go out in our Trailblazer community and search for DevOps Center Group, you'll find it. And that's where we post resources. We've got some things like FAQs out there. We've also got some links to some product demos. We have just a forum for community discussion. And it's also where I will post updates on our product releases. So like for instance, when our open beta is available, we'll make an announcement there so everybody can go get their hands on it as it's being released. So that's where I would recommend that you go.

Gillian Bruce: Excellent. Well, I will put that link in the notes as well. Karen, thank you so much for the work that you and your team do. I think this is going to be a hugely important and very powerful tool for admins to use, especially as they try to focus on that change management core skills. So thank you on behalf of the community and we're really excited to see what people start doing with this.

Karen Fidelak: You're very welcome. Thanks for having me. Always happy to talk more about this product and get the word out there that it's coming. So thank you.

Gillian Bruce: Excellent. All right, well, I'm sure we'll have you back before long. So good luck getting ready for TrailblazerDX and we'll see you there.

Karen Fidelak: Awesome. Excited.

Gillian Bruce: Well, huge thanks to Karen and her team for all the hard work that they've done to make DevOps Center a reality and thanks to Karen for sharing her time with me today. I know everyone's busy getting ready for the event. Now we talked about quite a few things on this podcast that I think is going to get every admin excited for not only TrailblazerDX, but DevOps Center, which is a huge, huge game changing tool that's going to help all of us be better change management professionals. So a few of the highlights I want you to pay attention to, if you didn't catch it the first time around, DevOps Center is here. It's coming. The beta will be opening up in June. If you want to be a part of it, you can join the Trailblazer community group called DevOps Center Group. You can find that very easily and put it in link here in the show notes, and you can find it on the Trailblazer community yourself.
Now, a few things about DevOps Center that I think are really, really key to us as admins is it enables a hybrid change management model. That means your developers can be working in the CLI and you as an admin, who's maybe not working in the CLI can still track and see all of the changes that they've been making right there in DevOps Center. You'll be able to sort through it, you'll be able to filter through it. Those list views that Karen mentioned, she and her team got feedback on improving are going to be improved. And this really enables you to make declarative changes alongside your developers who are making code changes. So this is really, really a powerful tool. Want you to check it out, make sure that if you're coming to TrailblazerDX, which I hope you are, you join some of these sessions.
I think the biggest, most important session for every admin to attend in terms of DevOps Center will be that theater session that Karen mentioned getting started with Salesforce DevOps, steps you can take now to start preparing yourself for DevOps Center and join the breakout. I mean, to hear how Karen has been working with a partner and a Salesforce customer about how they've been using DevOps Center, I think that's going to be a really awesome breakout session.
Okay. So make sure that you join both of those. I'll put links to them in the show notes so you can get excited about them. If you can't join us for TrailblazerDX in person, don't worry. You can join the broadcast. Now you're not going to get access to all of the amazing things that Karen mentioned, like the demo booth and the theater sessions. But I do believe that breakout session will be available after the broadcast ends or after the event, sorry. During the live broadcast, you'll be able to join a lot of the super sessions and the main show. You may see me on there as another MC because you know, it's TrailblazerDX and it's kind of what I do.
Anyway, I hope you all enjoyed this episode. It's so wonderful to be back and I hope see you at TrailblazerDX. If you want to learn more about anything we mentioned on today's podcast, please go to admin.salesforce.com and you can stay up to date with all of the fun, awesome admin happenings on Twitter. We are @SalesforceAdmns, no I. You can find our guest today, Karen Fidelak, @KarenFidelak, very easy Twitter handle to find. And you can find my co-host the one and only, Mike Gerholdt, @MikeGerholdt and you can find myself @gilliankbruce. All right, everybody. I hope you have a wonderful rest of your day. Hope to see at TrailblazerDX. And if not, I'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got the Monthly Retro for March. Not only that, but we’re putting the dynamic duo back together as Gillian is back!

Join us as we talk about all the great Salesforce content from March and everything we have to look forward to at TrailblazerDX.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation from our Monthly Retro.

Blog highlights from March We’re really excited about Slack, and Gillian is excited about J.’s post about creating custom emojis for Slack. Why not make it more fun? She also recommends taking a look at the new compilation of Flow videos, now updated with the latest and greatest.

  • Make Your Mark with Custom Emoji in Slack
  • New and Updated Flow Resources to Make Your Life Easier

Video highlights from March Gillian is a fan of LeeAnne’s and Kara Callaway’s video about how to build a great technical demo. The amount of technical expertise and know-how in one room when these two women get together is something you just can’t miss.

  • Expert Corner: Build a Great Technical Demo with Kara Callaway

Podcast highlights from March As more and more Admins find themselves in charge of multi-cloud orgs, make sure you check out our episode with Kate Elliot about her journey and the best practices you need to know.

  • On Multi-Cloud Administration with Kate Elliott

Get Ready for TrailblazerDX April 27th and 28th, we’re getting thousands of our closest friends together in Moscone West to do our first in-person event in a long time. Make sure you register now and listen to the podcast to hear about all the things you won’t want to miss.

  • TrailblazerDX ’22 for Admins

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode:

Social

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast in the third monthly retro for 2022. Hopefully, everything is turning up green for you. I'm your host, Mike Gerholdt. And in this episode, we'll review the top product, community and careers content for the month of March. And to help me do that, I'm joined by a very familiar voice. Is that Gillian Bruce?

Gillian Bruce: Well, hello, Mike. Hello. I am so happy to be back. It's been a while.

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome back to the pod, Gillian.

Gillian Bruce: Thank you. I am very, very happy to be back. I missed the podcast. I listened, but I missed being on the podcast.

Mike Gerholdt: And everybody missed you.

Gillian Bruce: Aw, that's sweet. Well, I'm back. And now you're not going to be able to get rid of me ever again.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, that's the plan. Get ready for a whole bunch of Gillian episodes.

Gillian Bruce: It's coming. It's happening. I've got them all stored up. It's been a while.

Mike Gerholdt: I can already see Twitter being happy, "Yay, Gillian's back." So Gillian, it's our retro episode, a perfect time for you to come back and kind of look back at some of the stuff that we did in March and anything that stood out for you that we really feel our admin should pay attention to. And then of course, we'll give a sneak peek of that one cool thing that we're doing in April. So stay tuned for that.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, Mike, I have to say that coming back into the fold of everything, my goodness, there's a lot of content for admins out there. And so I'm very happy that my first podcast back is to recap some of the latest, goodest, and greatest things. Is goodest as a word? I don't know. I think I just made it up.

Mike Gerholdt: It is now.

Gillian Bruce: Just for this month, there's a ton to talk about.

Mike Gerholdt: We've been busy typing, we're burning up keyboards.

Gillian Bruce: Well, speaking of keyboards, the one post that I really enjoyed was one of my easy getting back into the fold of things was Jay's post on how to make a custom emoji in Slack. Because Slack, let me tell you, the amount of email I have is near zero. So I am Slack all the things and those custom emojis just make it even more fun and engaging. So I enjoyed that post very much.

Mike Gerholdt: I think it's really cool. And I'd be curious, so you should tweet at us and let us know, what is the funnest, coolest emoji you've seen in your Slack feed for your organization? Because I totally think the amount of fun custom emoji level in your organization Slack really speaks to the culture.

Gillian Bruce: It does. For example, so I am coming back after going on parental leave, which is an amazing experience. But I got to actually go into update my status and I found a flashing GIF emoji that just says I'm back and it's rainbow flashing colors. And I'm just like, "Oh, this is perfect." It's loud in your face, "Hi, don't forget about me. I'm here now."

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Yeah. I know almost all my messages have to have some sort of emoji in them, right?

Gillian Bruce: Oh, yeah. You've got to make it fun. Who wants to just read a whole bunch of text?

Mike Gerholdt: I'm sure somebody does. Not me. What about on the video front? Did you find any videos? I refer to you because all of the content I've seen probably. It's good to get your fresh take on it.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. So there's one video in particular that I was so excited to see, and really it's because it's two just really incredible, technical women sharing how they are such amazing technical, wonderful people and how they share that and basically made a career out of it. I'm talking about the Expert Corner that LeeAnne did with Kara Callaway. So Kara Callaway is a legend at Salesforce. She literally has helped design and execute some of the biggest demos you've ever seen on any main stage or main presentation. She's an excellent resource and she's awesome. So if you have not had a chance to check out that video, it's a way that you can think about putting together your technical demonstrations. So whether you're talking about presenting to your executives or your end users, or trying to share an idea. It's a great Expert Corner. I highly recommend you check it out. It's a great conversation. Just as much Kara as you can consume, I highly recommend it.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. If you think about it, when you were last at a Salesforce event or even watching a Salesforce event online, part of it is what you hear, but most of it is what you see. And it's no different when you're an admin presenting to a room full of executives or a room full of users. Part of it's like what you say, "Oh, they're kind of with you." But then you turn the screen on and then you walk them through the demo and the demo sells it, right? Think of it like when you buy a car. It's part reading the brochure, but the other part's driving the car.

Gillian Bruce: Well, yeah. You really have to see it to believe it. Especially, I'm more of a visual learner, I need to really see the thing before I actually kind of get it. And demos are a very powerful tool for that. And as admins, hey, the more help you can get to improve your demo skills, it will pay off greatly as you continue to progress your career and whatever else you do. So check that video out. The other video related thing this month that I wanted to highlight was that there was a blog post that I think Derry did about how there's all these updated videos for Flow. So Flow is amazing. We have Jen Lee now on the team, who is giving us some incredible Flow content. And there's a sneak peek of it. There's more amazing stuff coming on the way from Jen about Flow. But it's great because there are all these just simple videos to get you going on Flow that are now updated with the latest and greatest. So another good video resource or videos resource for you to check out.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, it's a lot and it's so neat. Speaking of a lot, I love the pod that Jay did with Kate Elliot on multi-cloud administration. I hate to say that we don't pay enough attention to it, but sometimes in our universe you can think of this perfect single instance that solves everything. When in reality, admins manage multiple instances or multiple clouds as well.

Gillian Bruce: Well, yeah. Our platform just keeps growing and growing. And I think a lot of admins are finding themselves in a position where, "Okay, I have Salesforce that works for this part of the business." Oh, maybe there was an acquisition, so you're bringing in another additional Salesforce instance or you're wanting to expand into another cloud. There are all different types of business units you want to bring the magic of Salesforce to. A multi-cloud admin is a very prevalent thing these days, I believe. I think a lot of admins are finding themselves in that seat. So it was really great to hear how Kate thinks about that and does that in her journey.

Mike Gerholdt: Very much so. Now, speaking of journey, it's like we didn't lose-

Gillian Bruce: Don't stop believing.

Mike Gerholdt: ... a beat because that's a perfect little segue to talk about our journey to this big event that we're doing in April.

Gillian Bruce: Event in April? Hey Mike, you're hosting a welcome back party for me? Thank you.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes, yes. We decided to get a few thousand of our closest friends together at Moscone West, just for you Gillian.

Gillian Bruce: I so appreciate it. I have missed people so much.

Mike Gerholdt: You should.

Gillian Bruce: I'm really excited to just get in there and see people and hug people and see below the shoulder level that you see on Hangouts and Zoom calls. So this is making me very excited. What is this party all about? I know it can't just be about me.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, we kicked around some names. The welcome back Gillian party was one of them.

Gillian Bruce: Not bad.

Mike Gerholdt: But no, it just didn't feel Salesforcey, so we decided to go with Trailblazer DX.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, I like it.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes. And the DX stands for welcome back, Gillian.

Gillian Bruce: Clearly, clearly. It's one of the best acronyms we have at Salesforce.

Mike Gerholdt: Right, exactly. Yeah. So April 27th and 28th, if you haven't already registered, you should. And you should register because I'm putting a link to all of the amazing... Not even all. Scratching the surface on the content that we have for admins at Trailblazer DX.

Gillian Bruce: It's a lot. I can't even tell you. I'm so happy that we're doing an in-person event again. Now, if you can't join us, you are welcome to join the broadcast. We will definitely be able to broadcast quite a bit of the content. But if you can join us in person, come on, come play with us in San Francisco.

Mike Gerholdt: Make it happen. Yeah. I was just there. Oh, it's great. And the food, there's so many places to eat in San Francisco.

Gillian Bruce: And you know what? We are one of the safest cities. Throughout this whole last two years, we've had very, very great leadership in the city to keep everybody safe and everybody adhering to the science and making sure that we're doing what we need to do to have the least impact from the pandemic. And we've done really well. And it's really fun because the city's coming alive again, and we're all starting to reconnect. And so you should come and be a part of it.

Mike Gerholdt: Meet your fellow Trailblazers.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: See things in person.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: It's exciting. I went to a movie a couple weeks ago.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, what'd you see?

Mike Gerholdt: The Batman.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, did you like it?

Mike Gerholdt: Of course. Oh, my God. It's wonderful. Not as wonderful as Trailblazer DX though. That sounds forced.

Gillian Bruce: Well, that's an in-person experience versus an in-movie. It's more than that.

Mike Gerholdt: Batman's very much an in-person experience. Let me tell you. It very much is. Very, very much.

Gillian Bruce: Okay. But Mike, you mentioned we have a bunch of specific sessions and content for admins. Can you tell us a little bit more?

Mike Gerholdt: I do. I'll call out some big stuff that I think is obviously worth going. There's obviously going to be a big keynote and a true to the core session. So for veteran listeners of the podcast, those of you that have been around for the last nine years, you know that the true to the core is where you get to ask product experts questions about roadmap stuff. And I think that's really neat. We also have some great breakout sessions. So if you know people like Jeanne Velonis is working on a session she's going to do about study tips for Salesforce credentials. Ooh.

Gillian Bruce: Ooh. That sounds like a very handy session.

Mike Gerholdt: I know. That feels cool. Cheryl Feldman is heavily involved in a lot of the TDX content. She is an admin best practices for user management. There's also a record access roadmap that Larry Tung is hosting. I think that's going to be really cool. We're also doing something where, as of right now, we're calling it Campfire sessions. And they're kind of unique sessions where... Gillian, do you remember that first Trail? At the time we called it Trailhead DX? Where was it? It was across the street from The Warfield. What was that place called, do you remember?

Gillian Bruce: Oh gosh, I forget the name of it. But yeah, it-

Mike Gerholdt: I know.

Gillian Bruce: ... was this kind of tiny, little, tech warehousey kind of space.

Mike Gerholdt: It's exactly how to describe it. But anyway, downstairs, we had these little fake fire pits. I'm not explaining it correctly.

Gillian Bruce: No, they were fake fires pits.

Mike Gerholdt: This sounds like a war room. It's not that. But we had these little campfires and you sit around the campfire. And so we're bringing that essence back again, a little bit bigger. I think I heard like 20 or 30 people campfires. And Jay Steadman, who you've heard on the podcast, is doing a lot of the management for the admin campfire stuff. But there's some really great content that they are putting together, like build stakeholder trust through governance. There's going to be one on the configuration kits that they launched earlier this year. So you can sit around and talk about those.

Gillian Bruce: Which are amazing. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Oh Gillian, you're doing a theater session on the new skills stuff.

Gillian Bruce: I am. This is going to be, I think our official kickoff and launch of these amazing... All this content that we've been working on for the last year. Well, the team has been working on in my absence as well. And putting together a lot of great, useful things for both people looking for Salesforce admin jobs and people looking to hire Salesforce admins. And so we have boiled it down to 14 key skills. We're going to have a whole bunch of amazing content and resources that we are releasing at Trailhead DX. I'm sorry, Trailblazer DX.

Mike Gerholdt: That's okay. I made the same mistake.

Gillian Bruce: Trying to get with the times here. So you are definitely going to want to, if you can, join the theater session. And if nothing else, pay attention to Salesforce admins on Twitter and pay attention to our website because we have all of that content that we are going to make available at Trailhead... At trailblazer DX and beyond. So yes, that's what we're going to be talking about in my session.

Mike Gerholdt: That'll be cool. We also have a meet the admin relations team campfire. So we're going to sit around a campfire and you can chat with us.

Gillian Bruce: Ask us all the questions.

Mike Gerholdt: Ask us all kinds of questions.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I think one of the cool things about this Trailblazer DX, this event, is it's not the grand scale of a dream force or something that you may have remembered in the before times. So it is a chance to really get access to people like the product managers and the evangelists and the different leaders within the Salesforce ecosystem that'll be there. So you can actually ask questions and have conversations. And this campfire format is really great because it's a little more intimate. It's not just a huge keynote room, which we will still have for our main show and some other bigger presentations. But this is a great opportunity to really connect and get more deeper knowledge about the products and get insights into where things are going and connect with others. I miss that. I'm so excited to connect with others.

Mike Gerholdt: I know. It's kind of interesting because I think back to, Gillian, you and I worked the first at time Trailhead DX, now Trailblazer DX, but-

Gillian Bruce: We were working the booth.

Mike Gerholdt: We were stuck at a workflow process. No, process builder booth.

Gillian Bruce: That's right.

Mike Gerholdt: Stuck. I mean we worked, we stood and smiled at a lot of people at a process builder booth because process builder was new then. I mean the event was super small, but I felt like the people level that year, or actually the following year, was it 2016? We kind of got it right when we got in Moscone West. And I think this is going to harken back to that. The right number of people so that you don't feel crowded and you can walk around and kind of experience that Salesforce magic again. I'm looking forward to it.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. It's going to be really amazing. So again, please join us if you can, in San Francisco, April 27th to 28th. It's going to be amazing, if you can't make it, don't worry. We will still have great content available to you during the live broadcast and then some content available after. But if you can make it in person, please come see us. Please come see us.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep. And we'll probably do in April wrap up about TDX.

Gillian Bruce: I would guess. So it's kind of a big deal during April. So that's kind of what we're working on.

Mike Gerholdt: Could be a theme. Could be a theme. Anyway, if you want to learn more about all things we just talked about in today's episode, please go to admin.salesforce.com to find so many links and so many more resources. But specifically, the ones we mentioned today. You can also stay up to date with us on social for all things admins. We are @Salesforceadmins. No i on Twitter. I am on Twitter @Mike Gerholdt. And Gillian is on Twitter as well @GillianKBruce. So with that, stay safe, stay awesome. And stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you at Trailblazer DX.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Bear Douglas, Senior Director of Developer Relations at Slack.

Join us as we talk about how the powers of admins and Slack combined have the potential to change how all of our users work within our organizations for the better.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Bear Douglas.

Why more channels can help with information overload Bear and her team write Slack’s API docs, creates SDKs and developer tools, and runs programs for their app directory partners and customer developers—including Admins who may be building custom integrations for their team. “I felt like Slack had the potential to nail what it was going to be like to actually transform work,” she says, “so five years ago, I joined Slack because the platform team was the one talking about how we are going to integrate all of your tools to create an enriched experience.”

One thing they’ve found is that, for most organizations, it’s better to have more channels than fewer. “The more specific you can make a channel, the easier it is to decide whether or not you need to pay attention to that channel and at what cadence,” Bear says, “you can pick and choose what you need to be informed about in a much more granular way that actually can help with information overload.”

Slack’s best practices… for Slack To get started, Bear recommends having a good template that every team can roll out for their own team channel. This helps create a clearer understanding of how to best take advantage of the platform.

At Slack, they have an announcement channel for each team, both for the people on it and anyone who might want news about the team and what it’s up to. Pinned there, they have their quarterly OKRs, any sort of roadmap deck to show what they’re working on, and a career ladder doc. There are also links to the common tools the team uses on a daily basis, both as a point of reference and for anyone who works with multiple teams across the organization.

Bear also suggests creating a user group for just your team so when you @channel you’re reaching them and not any lurkers you may have.

Taking advantage of Workflow Builder One other channel that Slack uses for each team is the “plz” channel, which is for any kind of request for help. They’ve used Workflow Builder to create a way to manage these requests. You can restrict the channel to only accept input from a request form, giving you a structure to determine things like context and the level of urgency.

The Admin Evangelism team at Salesforce uses something similar to field pitches for new content, with a public form that spits out posts to a private channel where they vote on suggestions with emojis. It gives them an easy link to give out in meetings and a clear process for how to manage feedback from around the organization.

“We are a friendly bunch and we really want to hear from Trailblazers and Admins about what they need that we might not have heard from our customers before,” Bear says, so if you have an idea, hop in the Slack community channel or reach out to the Customer Experience team, and stop by to say hi at TrailheaDX.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social

  • Bear: @BearDigsIt
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. Now this week, we're talking with Bear Douglas, who is the senior director, developer relations for Slack. Who's Slack? So Bear has the same passion for the Slack platform that we all share as Salesforce Admins for the Salesforce platform. Let me tell you, it comes through, she is one of the coolest people that we have had on this podcast. I'm so glad that she had time out of her day to spend it talking with Salesforce Admins. I think the potential for us to really change how all of our users work within our organizations with Slack is something that admins can drive. Let me tell you, I'm just super pumped for all of the amazing information that Bear shares with us in this episode.
But before I jump into that, of course, you've probably listened to the podcast. So you know that the news I have, "Is that available now on Trailhead? Is it the new module, the essential habits for admin success?" That's right. If you've been around in the ecosystem for a while, the webinar, the Trailhead Live, all the in-person event presentations that we've been doing around essential habits for admin success is now on the Trailhead platform, as a learning module, the link is in the show notes. So after you listen to this episode, head on over the Trailhead, be one of the first Salesforce Admins to get the essential Trailhead badge. If you look at my Trailhead profile. I have a badge, so you should get yours, but now without further ado, let's get Bear on the podcast. So Bear, welcome to the podcast.

Bear Douglas: Thank you. Thank you for having me.

Mike Gerholdt: So we're excited for Slack. I love Slack. We've been using it at Salesforce, and I want to make sure that you are on the podcast, so you can talk to all of our Salesforce Admin community, because I mean, I'm a user, but I see so much potential in everything that we do and literally every conversation I've had with you on Slack. I can feel the passion just seeping through that you share for Slack, that we share for the platform, and I feel like it's a really cool thing. So let's get started with kind of where you got started, how you got introduced to Slack, and how you came on board to be the... Is it developer advocate at Slack?

Bear Douglas: Yes. So I'm the senior director of developer relations, and I lead our team developer relations, which Slack encompasses. The group that writes all of our API docs on apidocs.slack.com, where the group that makes our SDKs and developer tools, and then we also run programs for our app directory partners and customer developers. So that's people like admins who are building Slack integrations just for their team, not for any commercial distribution, but that can be really impactful for the organizations that they work for. So we are here to help all of them be successful on the platform and also be their voice back to the product team when they have feature requests, when they have things that they want to see from us and be embedded in the process so that we can be their representatives.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow.

Bear Douglas: Yeah. So that's what we do. I've been at Slack for about five years. Before I worked at Slack. I used Slack. I was at Twitter for a few years before that. In every job that I had had leading up to Slack, we did have some means of internal chat and communications, but Slack felt like a user experience step change that I got really excited about using definitely from IRC or of any other products that really only supported direct message type chatting. A funny story, my older sister, who I very much look up to was the PMM for Google Wave. Do you remember Google Wave?

Mike Gerholdt: I do. I totally tried Google Wave, too.

Bear Douglas: Yeah, and Google Wave was really cool, and I got to be an early beta tester because I had my inside connection to get an account. It was a really cool preview back then in 2010 of what more work communication could be like and how rich it could be and how centralizing communication around topic thread is in many ways, much more powerful than centralizing communication around groups of people, because groups of people have different sets of things that they need to talk about on any given day. If you're trying to find the record of the time, you talked with a given five people that might be your immediate team, it can be very difficult to find things and to have it rich with context about the discussion that you had and so on and so forth.
So there was this promise in those days of what Google Wave could have been to really transform work, and when I got to be using Slack and I learned about the platform vision, which is about bringing tools that you use every day in a lightweight way for quick contextual types of actions, not like you should be creating a Figma design inside Slack that's like a weird, layered, embedded experience, but more like you should be able to discuss the contents of the Figma file and see a rich unfurl. So you don't always have to bounce out to a design doc to be able to discuss whether or not you think something is captured accurately in there, right? So this vision that I had of like, there was a better way to work, and the user experience that we had at Slack was kind of one-two punch of this felt right, and I felt like Slack definitely had the potential to nail what it was going to be like to actually transform work through small incremental changes, through more approachable user experience of how you bring all these things together.
So five years ago, I joined Slack because the platform team was the one talking about, right, how are we going to integrate all of your tools to make this enriched experience? It's been a wild ride so far, and I think we're getting closer and closer every day to making this a reality, not just for the people who are power users of Slack and know all the features and all the details, but people who are having a more average use experience. Because we want to change this for everybody, not just the people who are [inaudible] on the secrets.

Mike Gerholdt: Right, right. No, oh, man, Google Wave. I have not heard that. Sorry to be stuck on that, but I haven't heard that in forever. I remember trying it and thinking to myself, "Oh, email ruined us. We're forever ruined by email," because if you think about it, I'm of the generation that went to the high school library to get online. So I remember pre-computer and post-computer as I was growing up, but I don't ever remember writing letters. You wrote letters every now and then, but I never had a business context for that, and that's what email was meant to be. Then suddenly it's meant to be this electronic version of it, right? Well, now really, the way we use it is just quick one-off notes to each other that since I've started 20 years ago, working in an office, the expediency at which you're expected to answer email is crazy, right?
So I bring that into contact because I feel like the same shift also happened when I went from Word to Google Docs. You would open up Google Docs, and it was just kind of this white sheet. There's no parameters as opposed to Word. The same, I feel is with Slack, right? Like it's this white area that allows for more free communication and collaboration, right? The idea of centering people around a subject or a topic as opposed to, "Well, I have to email these five people," and then there's this whole gross email thread, and then you're like, "Oh, but you forgot so, and so." Then you tag somebody in, and you've seen that, and it's like, "Ah, there's no history here. How do do we get up to speed?" There's not threaded discussions, and then people can't add in a document to really collaborate around it. So, sorry, I just had to nerd out with Google Wave, but I still feel that.

Bear Douglas: But for those of us who experience this other poor way of working, have, I think really grown to appreciate how much easier things are in that type of context. One thing that's very counterintuitive about Slack, or can be counterintuitive if you haven't worked in a larger organization, is that more channels can actually be a better way to work than fewer. Sometimes people think, "Channel overwhelm is going to be absolutely terrible and so we should have a maximum say, 15 channels for this group of 30 people working together." But the more specific you can make a channel, the easier it is to decide whether or you need to pay attention to that channel and at what [crosstalk].

Mike Gerholdt: Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Bear Douglas: So for any given project at Slack, we generally have a develop channel, which is for all the engineering chatter. We have a GTM channel, which is about all of the go-to-market activity that might be relevant for it. We have feedback channel, which is meant to be a open forum for people in side the company to pass on product feedback, then the PM can pay attention to in triage, and a few other prefixes for the designs for a given project. So if you search the project name, you'll see all of the different channels that are relevant. But if you are part of the marketing team, maybe you want to be part of the GTM channel and you might want to be part of the design channels, but you're less interested in being in the engineering team daily chatter about what's going on with the development. So you can pick and choose what you need to be informed about in a much more granular way that actually can help with information overload.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, I think you're 100% right, and that has to be the biggest eye-opening thing that you tell anybody when they start using Slack is, "No, don't limit the number of channels." Because I could 100% foresee any of my previous employers being like, "Well, as an admin, can you set it up so that people can't create more than X number of channels?" I could see that as the first question, as opposed to thinking like, "No, let's have it be as many as they need," because then you can get as granular as you want.

Bear Douglas: Yes, and we also don't charge by the channels. So there's no objection on the grounds of, "You got to limit the number of channels you-"

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Bear Douglas: The flip side, though, is that you do have to be diligent about archiving channels once they're done. That, I think is something that can fall by the wayside if no one remembers, "Oh, I guess we are done with this project. It's time to spend everything down." Sidebar sections have also been a real game changer for things organized. I think, do you use them?

Mike Gerholdt: We can do an entire podcast on my [inaudible] sections. Full transparency, we got this amazing deck when we went all in on Slack. I think the one thing I navigated to was our team prior to this had been using... Was it Google Messenger or whatever? I think the hardest transition we had was part of our team was on one and part of the rest of the teams that we work with was on something else, and so my Slack was just kind of a whole list of channels and they didn't make any sense.
Then when I saw sections, that changed everything for me and you can use emojis in sections. I love sections. You can clap sections, you can mute all of the channels in a section. That's the best part of it for me, because I was going through today, I was like, "Oh, I got added to three more groups." And I was like, "Well, this is kind of like..." It's like budget and budget planning and sounds, payable stuff. So I just made a whole section of money bags. That's what I called it. Just like money. That's the fun part, is it can be as much of your personality as you want. Whereas some of these other messaging platforms, which we talked about briefly before I pressed record, was like... I don't know. It's like you shoot each other a message, and there's no real context or there's no real good way to share, or you can't find something, but sections are my jam. I probably have too many sections, but maybe not enough. I don't know.

Bear Douglas: Maybe it's like channels. Maybe you just need to be able to know which ones you can mute and how you most easily information. I think it's very individual, and I think our product team did too, which is why sidebar sections are always a user setting and not something that your admin can pre-allocate for you. We got long requests from admins who are interested in having some company-wide sections. So it's a user utility. So you decide, and you can put your money bag emoji wherever you want.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I think the hardest switch for me coming from just... We'll say, email was the... Maybe I'm one of those few people, but the need I feel to burn down my inbox, right? It's like a task list, and then you go over to Slack and there's all these channels and they're all lit up and you're like, "How am I going to get through this all?" And you're like, "Oh, no, wait. This is just information for you to consume on demand." So anyway, we got a little off, we got a little on the sidebar, but so we talked messaging platforms. I think one of the things that really struck me... This was kind of early days of social, and Salesforce still has chatter, was the idea of, I believe it was intelligence.
I don't mean like Einstein. I mean, context plus content, right? Equals intelligence. So you're able to have the discussion in the relevant context so that everybody gets the relevant content. To me, that's where Slack just is so useful. I would love to know from your perspective, because you've been doing this a lot better than I have. I'm fooling around. I'm still trying to stop the VCR from flashing 12. I feel like some days. If we're helping Salesforce, admins get their teams up on Slack, what is the first thing to kind of help them roll out like, "Here's a good, best practice to get started with channels or sections"?

Bear Douglas: I would think that having a good template that every team can roll out for their own team channel would be helpful. So here's what we have in my team channel. It's called Team Devereaux, and it is the channel that we think about for both our team and also people who might be public consumers of news about our team and what we're up to. So that's our announced channel, and things that we have pinned to that channel are things like our quarterly OKRs, whatever goals you have for the quarter, any sort of roadmap deck so that people who are interested in what we're working on can come and browse what's there and also as a point of reference for people who are on the team. We have our career ladder doc posted up in there so that people have that as a handy reference as well, and then we have a few links to common tools and tips that folks on the team are using on a daily basis.
So if for example, you're in the type of role where you have to help our partners dig into any issues they might be having with our API. It might be a short list of common queries that will help you diagnose issues for partners. So all of that information being pinned to a channel can help people who are sort of casually housing, "What is it that your team does?" Get up to speed, but it's also a handy reference for everyone inside the team as well. It's also very useful to create a user group for your team, so that if you need to @mention people who are just on your team, but you need to make sure that they see a notification instead of having to @channel, a public channel that might be full of lurkers and interested folk, you can really just keep it to your team, and having that kind of template so that people don't have to wonder, "Well, what is the correct structure for a team channel and what should be discussed in there that would be helpful?"
Another common convention that we have at Slack that I wish more people knew about too, is we have that team channel and then we have a Plzease channel prefixed PLZ, and that's for when people come in with any kind of request that they want our help on, whether it's, "I would love to bounce an idea off somebody that I'm not sure is technically feasible." Or, "My customer had this question that I could really use help answering." We have a workflow that we've created in Workflow Builder, and if any of you have not used a Workflow Builder before you can find it in the upper left menu, click down, there's a section called tools and Workflow Builder.
What you can do with Workflow Builder is create a way that people put structured input into the channel. So you can say, "Give us a priority tag." So people aren't coming in with urgent things, that'll get marked as urgent or on the flip side, with no context about something that can really wait for two or three weeks that they've popped into channel, and you can ask them to fill out a form to get help and have that post inside the channel.
You can actually set up a given channel so that the only inputs are from that workflow. So you can really make sure that you get structured input from other teams about the help that they're asking you for, and between having the general team communication channel and this sort of Plzease interface for other people inside the company. It can really, really streamline how people can define the way that they should behave with internal teams. And it goes a long way to have these templates.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. So you mentioned workflows, which is another thing that I found and my team just went nuts on. We love it. So we have a public channel that we let anybody from the company in, and if they have ideas, the biggest problem we had was a bottleneck of getting information to us, right? Or, "I have an idea for a blog post," or, "So and so wants to be on the podcast," and they didn't know how to do it. So they would find somebody on our team, email them or find somebody on our team, DM them, right? So we had too many front doors.

Bear Douglas: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: We set up a workflow in our public channel that allows them to submit an idea and that actually goes to a private channel that then everybody on our team can review. We have a little voting system that we use emojis for, and then we have a dedicated person that follows up on it. It's so cool.

Bear Douglas: That is cool.

Mike Gerholdt: It changed everything for us, right? We promote it in all of our meetings like, "If you have an idea, go here, click the lightning bolt and select submit content," right?

Bear Douglas: Yep. That's awesome.

Mike Gerholdt: I think, I bring that up because it was so freeing, the amount of visual things you can do to a message to enhance it, I'd love. Right? You can add gifts and there's emojis and reactjis. You can really spice things up as opposed to just sending somebody like, "Hey, do you want to go get coffee?" Right? Kind of thing.

Bear Douglas: Have you ever used the Block Kit Builder to send a beautifully formatted newsletter or-

Mike Gerholdt: I use Block Kit Builder every Thursday to promote the podcast internally.

Bear Douglas: Amazing.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Bear Douglas: That's like a power user pro tip, that I feel like-

Mike Gerholdt: It is, and I'm hoping we can get it a little bit more admin-friendly, because right now I kind of just know the lines of code I can edit, but a little more drag and drop, but that aside. Workflows to me were kind of that aha moment of, "Oh, yeah, this is cool. I really like this." I had the same thing with the Salesforce platform. So I'm curious for you having been at Slack for five years. I would love to know what your aha moment was. What was that moment that you're like, "I am all in on Slack. This thing is going to change work"?

Bear Douglas: Interesting. I don't know that I had one aha moment because at the point that I joined five years ago, I was already sold, and I think it was the cumulative user experience, nice touches that made it feel very friendly, like everything from the hilarious release notes to the moment when you're done reading all your messages and it says, "You're all done. Here's a pony." There was a friendliness to it and an approachability that I loved, but one of the things that I'm definitely most excited about over time is workflows and also some of the UI and UX improvements that we've made that make it really possible to parallelize tasks inside Slack. So recently-

Mike Gerholdt: Tell me more.

Bear Douglas: ... [crosstalk] recently. I mean, two years ago we released a product called models, which are popup overlays inside Slack, and you have to have a user interaction trigger for a developer to pop that up. Meaning I have to click a button or I have to launch a slash command. You can't just pop something up in Slack for me randomly, it's not the web circa 1997. You have to have a reason, and then we made those pop-over models pop outable so that you could have multiple Slack windows at any given time.
So if you were trying to complete a task that was a survey for a recent all-hands or filling out feedback for something that you knew was pending your feedback, you could keep Slack open and not be distracted by that task. You could go do it in another window, and I'm not sure I'm explaining myself all that well, to be honest, but that was a pretty transformative moment in the platform for me, which was the ability to not just have to interact with apps in the channel context. So they could have this separate space where you could take care of tasks.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, that's neat. Mine was, I was an admin in 2006, and I remember setting up my first dependent pick list, and rolling it out and everybody like, "Oh." So you select something at the top, like Apple, Microsoft, or Linux, and then below would give you then... It was dependent on your first selection. So you couldn't select Microsoft iOS 5 or something. Right? I remember setting that up and like rolling it out, and people are like, "That's really cool. That must have taken you forever." I was like, "Yep, sure it did." But just the power of like, "You know, I made a thing that normally looks like it would take code and I just deployed it right away and I could just easily edit it." It just felt super, super powerful. The same with like some of the Slack stuff that we do, it's you can almost kind of have a shorthand, right?
I think that's where I see a lot of this going is CRM 14 years ago when I started was how fast can you get a salesperson to update data records? Now the data record is updated through other systems and/or other interfaces based on contextual information put into something like a Slack. That's a future of CRM, right? It's not, "Did the person go in?" CRM 2007? Was, "Did you update your lead from new to first call?" Please, if you're doing that, you're so far behind. You should be, "No, the salesperson had a Slack conversation with the team about it, and Slack is updating Salesforce on all of these minor data points because the contextual conversation is happening in a collaborative space that moves that forward," right? The reporting in the CRM data is just how we look back and show progress, but the conversation's happening somewhere else. That's where I feel the next five years of CRM is going.

Bear Douglas: Absolutely, [inaudible] more. You can make that an automatic process instead of creating overhead where people have to report back or send information from one space to another, the more successful you are at keeping everything in sync. That's one of the big promises of Slack, is keeping everyone on the same page because everyone has the same view to a channel's data and conversation, and that helps keep everybody aligned.

Mike Gerholdt: As we kind of wrap up, because I want to make sure that [inaudible] cognizant of time. Can I just say I'm so glad that no one's Slack alert went off. That seems like a thing that shouldn't have to happen, but anymore coming out of the pandemic and spending two years on Zoom and GoToMeeting calls. I even saw it on a couple of documentaries about Silicon Valley. You could hear the Slack notification in the background.

Bear Douglas: Yeah. Luckily, I have my pres presenter mode notes about things that I have to turn off and on. So yeah. I'm glad that nothing got picked up, but the work was still happening in the background.

Mike Gerholdt: No, absolutely. Absolutely. So sending admins off, hopefully they enjoyed this episode. We brought up Google Wave. I think that might be the first Google Wave discussion. From your advice and your deep technical knowledge, we have Trailblazer DX coming up. Why, or should admins be thinking about Slack?

Bear Douglas: I'm curious to hear what they're curious about, and I know that's kind of a cop out, but I've given you some of my top tips for channel design. Some of the top tips for creating templates to set teams up for success. So they know what's expected of them, and what good team behavior looks like in Slack. But we are a friendly bunch and we really want to hear from the trailblazers and the admins about what they need, that we might not have heard from our customers before. So I want to make everyone aware of a few channels where they can reach us.
Obviously, if you're going to be at Trailblazer DX, please come and say hello, because there'll be plenty of us there to chat with. But you can also find us at the Slack community in general, which is community.slack.com. We love to talk about Slack and our tips and tricks and how we can make it better. We also have an absolutely awesome customer experience team who are friendly and love working with admins on making their experience better, and you can reach them at feedback@slack.com. I know that that sounds kind of impersonal, like an email address, but we're around constantly on email and on Twitter, and we're really excited to talk to you. So do reach out.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Well, you've got to start somewhere, right? I mean, I remember that my first giving Slack feedback and the response I got was like, "Oh ,wow. You're like a real human that read it." And kind of figured out where I was coming from and was like, "Yeah, we really should have that, and we're probably working on it. We just don't have it right now." I was like, "Oh, my God, who are you people?" So akin to getting these plain vanilla responses right? From when you submit feedback to other companies, and this is like, "No, this is genuine. That's a really good idea. We should be doing it."

Bear Douglas: Yeah. Yeah. We have an awesome team, and a lot of people jump in at various different points. I enjoy helping out in the queue. I haven't done it in some time, but when we launched the redesign, which you might remember was right around spring of 2020, there was a lot of feedback coming in about that absolutely, and so more of us were on deck, and it was a great moment to have that direct connection with customers.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, Bear, I appreciate you being on the pod, and I look forward to hearing about all of the feedback that you got and we should do a follow-up podcast on that.

Bear Douglas: Sounds great. Thank you so much for having me.

Mike Gerholdt: You bet. So it was great to have Bear on the podcast. I look forward to her coming back and speaking more as the Slack platform continues to evolve and empower Salesforce Admins. If you are going to Trailblazer DX in April, find Bear, find the Slack team, hit them up. Start asking questions, because some cool tech that it's really going to help everybody in the organization, and it's just fun, new stuff to learn. So if you want to learn more about all the things Salesforce Admins, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources, including any of the links that I mentioned in the episode, as well as a full transcript, of course, you can stay up to date with us on social, we are @SalesforceAdmns. No I on Twitter.
You can follow my co-host Gillian Bruce. She is back. Gillian K. Bruce on Twitter. Of course I'm on Twitter as well, give me a follow. I am @MikeGerholdt. I promise you my Twitter feed will ensure you don't miss a single cool article and/or maybe a fun picture of my dog, worth a follow. Anyway, let's stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We will see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Jeff Berger, VP, Director of Salesforce Operations at Academy Bank.

Join us as we talk about what’s happened since his last time on the pod and what he’s learned about how to be proactive as a tech leader in your organization.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jeff Berger.

From solo Admin to Director of Salesforce Operations The last time we talked to Jeff, he was a Salesforce Admin who needed to quickly implement an app to help with the Payment Protections Program (PPP loans). For those of you keeping track at home, that was August 2020. “It was really a watershed moment for Salesforce at Academy Bank,” he says, “it shifted the mindset of leadership and they started to see Salesforce more as a platform on which you could develop custom applications like this.”

The biggest implication of all this is that Jeff has gone from a solo Admin to the head of a Salesforce Department. They’ve moved from sitting in IT to being a part of the Commercial Lending Group and Jeff has a fancy new Director title. “Things have really changed a lot since I was sitting in my house over a weekend frantically building custom objects,” he says.

Show, don’t tell With a new title comes new responsibilities and for Jeff, that also means taking responsibility for everyone’s ability to get the most out of the platform. “If you’re going to have a Salesforce license at Academy Bank, I have to make sure you can do 100% of your job on the platform,” he says, “and conversely, if I can’t get you to do 100% of your job on the platform, I’m interested in learning how to make it so you do 0% of your job on the platform.” This all-or-nothing approach minimizes the need for associates to do any context switching when they have to jump from app to app.

One thing that has really helped is getting leadership to buy in but getting to that point means finding a way to show, not tell. “You can have a lot of conversations about what a tool like Salesforce could do for an organization,” Jeff says, “but until leadership actually sees it in action I don’t think you really understand.” Delivering a fully-featured custom dashboard on a 3-day-old deployment really opened a lot of eyes.

How to be a tech leader in your organization “When you’re a younger Admin, you can let the business define the technology,” Jeff says, “but in 2022 technology can be a driver of the business and not the other way around.” At a bank, for example, executives are reading things about the financial industry and digital transformation, but they don’t necessarily know what’s out there or what the tech they already have can actually do.

As a product owner of the platform, it’s really important to have a vision for the future. You need to demonstrate to the organization what you could do with the tool that you already own and it’s your job to push the business a little bit. “There’s this really constructive friction between the technology and business,” Jeff says: the business thinks they know how they want to do things but that’s usually informed by how they’ve always done it. It’s your job to learn new ways to improve on business processes and push your organization to be better.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more Social

  • Jeff: @JeffereyBerger
  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. This week we're talking with Jeff Berger, VP Director of Salesforce Operations at Academy Bank. Now, if you recall, it wasn't but a couple years ago that we connected with Jeff when he was a Salesforce admin at Academy Bank about how he built an app in just a few hours and deployed it over a weekend. Now it's two years later, and I thought, "Hey, let's catch up with Jeff and see what he's been up to." And, wow, let's get a little insight into that new title, Director of Salesforce Operations. I like that.
But before we jump into that, I have some exciting news, of course. If you haven't seen it on Trailhead, there is a new module for the Essential Habits for Admin Success. That's right. The webinar Trailhead Live/Presentation, you have loved and listened to is now available as a learning module on Trailhead. The link is in the show notes. So after this episode, I want you to head on over to Trailhead and be one of the first admins to get that new Essential Habits Trailhead badge. If you check my profile, I already have it. So now let's get Jeff on the podcast. So Jeffrey, welcome back to the podcast.

Jeff Berger: Thank you. It's so great to be back, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. And I say back because the last time we spoke was April 23rd, 2020.

Jeff Berger: A lifetime ago.

Mike Gerholdt: Two lifetimes ago.

Jeff Berger: Yeah, yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: But I'll put a link in the show notes. The reason we spoke, you had this, you gave this great presentation at a user group, and you talked about how you created an app in just a few hours over the weekend because if we rewind the clock, there was a lot of things changing in the world in March and April of 2020. One of them was, I believe it was called the Paycheck Protection.

Jeff Berger: Yeah. Paycheck Protection Program. That's right.

Mike Gerholdt: Program. That's the third P.

Jeff Berger: Yes. Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: I always want to say "Act," and I'm like, "No, it wasn't. It wasn't at Act."

Jeff Berger: I've said PPP enough in the last two years that it's definitely drilled into my brain. But yeah, you're right. I work in Academy Bank, and as a bank, there was a lot of pressure on us to help get funds out into the world for the folks who were stuck at home and the businesses who were suffering because of the early days of the pandemic. And I really appreciated you reaching out and pulling me out of the podcast to share my story. I had a chance to talk a little bit about leveraging Salesforce as a platform for this brand new program that had never existed before, and I got to share that on the user group, like you mentioned, with my co-leader Dale Ziegler, shout out to Dale.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh. Hey, Dale.

Jeff Berger: Yeah. I love it. And things have really progressed since then. So it's great to be back on the pod to share what I've been up to.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. So that's exactly why I wanted to have you back. I feel like we do a really good job of finding these great stories and then, "Cool," we blast them out into the universe and we just, "Hey, onto the next one." I was like, "Yeah, but there's all kinds of cool stuff that happened." And so I wanted to find out from you ... So that happened, and then we've gone through two years of a pandemic, but the world didn't stop. So what have you been up to?

Jeff Berger: Wow. What haven't I been up to? I think this whole paycheck protection program journey and building this app on the platform, it was really a watershed moment for Salesforce at Academy Bank. Before that, I think the platform was really viewed as one application in the tech stack. It was something alongside all the other apps, and it did one very specific thing for us, in our case, commercial lending. And I think when I was able to jump in with Salesforce and stand something up as quickly as I did and start bringing in applications right away, I think it really shifted the mindset of the leadership at Academy Bank, and I think they started to see Salesforce more as a platform on which you could develop custom applications like this. And it's really, really opened up the hearts and minds of leadership, and I think put more pressure in a positive way on myself and my new department, Mike. I think that's one of the most exciting things to share.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, I mean, last we spoke, you were the department.

Jeff Berger: That's right. I was the department. I was over in IT on an island. Didn't really fit in with the rest of the product support managers. And now I'm over in the commercial lending group. So that's a big change, and I was able to hire a couple of associates. So I'm not a team of one. I'm a team of three now, which is really outstanding, and kudos to Academy for investing in the platform. And I've got a fancy new director title. So things have really changed a lot since I was sitting in my house over a weekend, frantically building custom objects.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. So I envision right now, if I was listening to this podcast, which I would, if I was mowing. We live in the Midwest, and I think it's going to snow until July.

Jeff Berger: Oh, gosh. Yeah. I'm more likely to be plowing than mowing right now.

Mike Gerholdt: Don't say that. But if I was an admin, I would say, "Okay, wait a minute. So back in 2020, Jeff built this app. He was in the same position I was." Every time I talk to you, I'm like, "I remember when my career was at that point."

Jeff Berger: Totally.

Mike Gerholdt: So what happened after the podcast? I mean, what tactically were some of the conversations that you feel you had that were instrumental in getting leadership to think of, just one, Salesforce as a platform that you can build on? Because to be honest with you, we put that messaging everywhere, but it's like when you buy those non-stick pans at the mall, in those demo stores. You're like, "Yeah, whatever. They're not non-stick." And then the guy puts melted caramel sugar-

Jeff Berger: Yes. Show, not tell, right?

Mike Gerholdt: And it slides right off. You're like, "Oh, I absolutely need one of those now."

Jeff Berger: Yes. I totally agree. I always say one of the things people at work have heard me say this a million times, Salesforce is a really expensive application, but it's a really cheap platform. And my job, I feel like I really have a fiduciary responsibility to manage the platform effectively, and that means figuring out ... If you're going to have a Salesforce license at Academy Bank, I have to figure out how to make sure that you can do 100% of your job on the platform. And conversely, if I can't get you to do 100% percent of your job on the platform, I'm interested in learning how to make it so that you do zero percent of your job on the platform, right? Because what we don't want is to create an environment where our associates are contact switching and jumping around from app to app.
So back to your original question about what specific conversations do we have, your point about the non-stick pans in the store I think really hits home. You can have a lot of conversations about what a tool like Salesforce could do for an organization, right? But until you actually see it in action, you being a leader of that organization, I don't think you really understand. It wasn't so much the conversations that I had in that moment or directly after that moment. It was, "Hey, we've been live for three days and I can give you a fully featured dashboard with drillable reports where you can hit the little refresh button and see applications flowing in every single day." I mean, there's nothing that executives ...
I always joke dashboards and reports are a gateway drug, and executives just eat that stuff up, right? So showing how the platform is impacting the organization and leveraging the platform itself to do that spotlight is just mission critical, right? I think I talked about this last time I was on the podcast, but I would just reiterate. If you are not taking advantage of the reporting and dashboarding capabilities on the platform to showcase the automation that you're putting in place, you're really doing yourself and the platform a disservice because it's really difficult for especially non-technical executives or executives who maybe think more in terms of dollars and cents.
When we start talking about things like flow and process builder and things like that, their eyes glaze over, right? But if you can translate that into dollars and cents, or minutes and hours saved, "Hey, I built this automation and I have it right to a custom object that tracks the time that it saved every single time that the automation runs, and now I can put in black and white on a report page that we've saved you hundreds and hundreds of minutes since we put this in place," that is a huge win. And that's something that you can take right to the bank.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Oh, nice metaphor there. Take it to the bank.

Jeff Berger: Thank you. Yes. I try to get it in.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, I see what you did. But I love what you said because I think it's analogous to how tech and maybe the whole Silicon Valley movement is, is you've done a thing. Now what's next?

Jeff Berger: Sure.

Mike Gerholdt: You wake up and you hustle the next day, the next day, the next day. I mean, it's not you just put this thing out, sat back, "Cool. I built this app. Look at how awesome I am."

Jeff Berger: Right. Right.

Mike Gerholdt: What can we do next? What can we conquer next? And I think that ferocity of just going after things and not sitting still.

Jeff Berger: Sure.

Mike Gerholdt: It's analogous to how people can really go about their career. There was a time in place in the US where you graduated from college and employers knocked at your door. Now they don't. They don't.

Jeff Berger: No they sure don't.

Mike Gerholdt: You've got to go to them, right? You've got to hustle, or you go back home and live in your parents' basement.

Jeff Berger: Yep.

Mike Gerholdt: It's the same with you. I think because a lot of the questions that I would envision having as an admin, "Oh, I built this thing. Now what do I do next?"

Jeff Berger: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: What are you doing next? Right? What is your vision? And it sounded like your vision was, "I've got to do this thing. I've got to find these pain points."

Jeff Berger: Right. Vision is such an important word, Mike. I would say when I think back to an earlier part of my career, I was probably more satisfied with doing what I was asked, I guess, and I'll explain what I mean. When you're a younger admin, a more junior admin, you take projects as they come, and the business really defines the technology. And one of the things that I think I've learned as I've grown and matured is in 2022, technology can really be a driver of the business and not the other way around. And what I mean by that is, again, executives are leaders.
I'll use the bank as an example. The types of materials that leaders are consuming at a bank like Academy, they're reading banking magazines and they're watching banking YouTube videos. And yes, there are many conversations in banking, like in all industries, about digital transformation and about technology, but they don't necessarily know what's out there, and they don't even know what's right at home that they already own. Right?
And so I think as an admin, or to put it more broadly, as a product owner of the platform, I think it's really important that you have a vision for the next six, 12, 18, 36 months, and that you help demonstrate to the organization, sometimes in real practical terms, and sometimes in more esoteric potential terms. But I think you need to demonstrate what you could do with the tool that you already own. And I think you need to push the business a little bit. There's this really constructive, I don't know, friction between the technology in the business, right?
The business thinks they know how they want to do stuff. A lot of that has probably been informed by how they've done it in the past. And that's not inherently a bad thing, but getting somebody who could be a little annoying coming in and poking the bear and saying, "Hey, have you thought about this? Hey, I did this cool trail on Trailhead that taught me about how the best companies do service, and I noticed that we are not doing service that way. So what if we try to do service more like these other companies?" Right?
So yeah, vision is really, really critical. And being able to communicate effectively that vision to the key stakeholders in the organization and rally the troops, it's all really critical. I always say that my secret weapon is my theater background and my ability to read a room and really have empathy for the stakeholders that I'm working with. It's really easy in those types of conversations to write off folks like, "Oh, that's just how you've always done it, and they don't know anything, and whatever, whatever," but I think you just have to stay positive and understand that everyone in the organization is doing the best that they can. And it's about getting everyone rowing their ores in the same direction on a boat built out of Salesforce.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, there's a lot of metaphors to impact there. That's-

Jeff Berger: Yeah, yeah. I'm Mr. Metaphor.

Mike Gerholdt: I think one thing that I'd be curious to know how you addressed and what came out of it and maybe what you'll change or not, do different, is we talked shortly after it felt like the world went into lockdown, and you and I had a great discussion of just how we even unpack groceries because that was a thing.

Jeff Berger: It was.

Mike Gerholdt: Forever, different generations will be marked by things they did. My grandparents saved all the butter dishes. I never went to school with Tupperware. I always had a butter dish with my sandwich in it.

Jeff Berger: Your Country Crock, yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, yeah. Everybody ate stuff out of Country Crock. And I feel like, I'll call it my generation, is going to be marked by, "Oh, you're the generation that wipes down its groceries."

Jeff Berger: Oh, yeah. I was putting them in sinks full of soapy water.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I know. We all were.

Jeff Berger: It's wild.

Mike Gerholdt: We all were.

Jeff Berger: Crazy.

Mike Gerholdt: But along with wiping down groceries, we also went into, I'll call it virtual office mode. So everything was a hangout or a GoToMeeting or Zoom or whatever. As you went through those two years, obviously, you were successful because you got promoted, but you had to do user training, user acceptance, user feedback. That was all virtual. When we started to record this pod, you were in the office.

Jeff Berger: Yeah. yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: A lot of people are going back in the offices. Truth be told, we know that some people never really left.

Jeff Berger: Right.

Mike Gerholdt: And some people couldn't. The people that had to work in the grocery stores and stuff, they didn't really have an option to work from home.

Jeff Berger: That's right. That's right.

Mike Gerholdt: What did you find will you keep as habits or as things that you picked up during the pandemic that actually were effective, and what are you excited to you go back to?

Jeff Berger: That's such a great question. I think one of the things that I'm going to retain is the empathy of engaging with somebody in a new environment, like we all were. Right? I think when you think about doing end user training, for example, or collecting user feedback, in the before times, I think there was a lot of assumptions being made or, I don't know, you took for granted the fact that folks were a cube away or an office away, and if somebody needed help, they would just get up and walk and ask you, right? But the reality is they weren't. They weren't doing that, even though you thought they would.
And the pandemic and doing everything virtually forced me and others to make a concerted effort to reach out and get in front of people and say, "Hey, I haven't seen you in three weeks. And I know when we were in the office, you would stop by my office once a day and ask me a quick Salesforce question, right? Well, now that's not possible. So I have to carve out time to, and I want to carve out time to sit with you, whether that's one on one, whether that's office hours, or however you want to frame it." But you really have to put the user front and center in a way that I think it was easy to forget about when we were all physically in the same location. So I would say that I'm going to be better in the future, whether I'm in the office or not, about engaging my end users in a proactive way and less of a reactive, break/fix case management type way. And I hope others do the same.
I think it's been really powerful to see the feedback roll in on the types of office hour sessions that I've been having. People who have been using the application for a long time are reaching out and saying, "Hey, I love that you did this. I love that you're doing more of these. I'm learning things that I didn't know were possible, and I thought I knew everything about Salesforce." So that's just been really exciting. And I would say the other thing, too, is being more open to bringing in folks from outside your traditional footprint. Again, I want to say kudos to Academy. I was recently going through the process of hiring an associate and very, very typically, I think, our bank has stayed focused on our physical footprint in Denver, in Phoenix, in Kansas City. But this time they said, "You know what? We get it. Go cast the net wide. Go national. See if you can find the best fit for our organization in Montana or in New Hampshire or Florida."
So that's been really awesome to see, and it's not just in my department. I think it's really opened up the bank, more generally, to being flexible, even as we're returning to work, right? I guess it's a little bit of a two sides of the same coin. So I would say keep it open and have empathy, right? And be proactive in the way that you reach out to those users and engage them, maybe in a way that you didn't before.

Mike Gerholdt: I think that's amazing because the ability to bring staff on that are from other parts of the United States, or world, depending on where you want to go, just adds such variety to brainstorming and creative problem solving that helps enhance the experience for everyone, right? It makes it more fun to come to work.

Jeff Berger: Sure.

Mike Gerholdt: It makes for better solutions. I do agree. Boy, there for a while, I think we were a little bit spoiled with ... I'll say spoiled with online user groups because I could just pop two, three user groups off a day and-

Jeff Berger: Oh yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: And user groups that I could hit maybe a Sydney in the evening. I could hit a New York in the afternoon, and it was perfect. And physically, I could never make those.

Jeff Berger: Sure, sure.

Mike Gerholdt: It was so interesting to join and have people on. I believe I was on the Springfield, Missouri user group, and I was on there because I still have connections from when Zac Otero was down there.

Jeff Berger: Oh, sure. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: And we were speaking and talking, and they had people on from different parts of India. They had a couple people on, I forget, from different countries. And it was so interesting because you know that maybe that never would've happened.

Jeff Berger: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Right? Like, "Hey, let's get on a plane and fly 23 and a half hours from India to go to the Springfield, Missouri user group."

Jeff Berger: Absolutely.

Mike Gerholdt: [crosstalk]

Jeff Berger: I think it's helped to, I know in your role, you're always on the hunt for new stories to tell, and I think for better or for worse, I think for better, it's really opened our eyes to some folks that were ... They were doing great work, but we didn't know about it.

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Jeff Berger: I'll shout out Terry Miller, recent MVP. He was doing some awesome stuff, but I don't think the admin community, writ large, would've known about it if we didn't all get forced online and had to scour for materials. And then there was Terry with all sorts of great learning sessions and content. So I think it's really neat. It's been certainly a silver lining to the move online. And I think the same is true in our day-to-day jobs as well, right?
It opened up the conversation to include more folks because it was easy for anybody anywhere to jump on a Zoom. When maybe, traditionally, those same meetings would've been a little more closed off. That would've been limited to the people on that floor or in that building or in that region. And now it's really easy to pull in branch managers from across our entire network and share best practices. And we're all comfortable and familiar with that motion in a way that we weren't 24 months ago.

Mike Gerholdt: So speaking of "ago," we did a Dreamforce, and we'll do another one this year. They keep popping up. But one thing that we rolled out that I thought was really cool, and we're working to expand on this. So more to come. But I would love to get your take on we added Salesforce admin skills in our Dreamforce keynote, and I'll put a link in the show notes so you can see those skills. But this was a lot of research done by the team gathering feedback. We sat in on focus groups. We did a lot of stuff with various analysts to hone down, "What are those skills that admins need?" And we did that because, to be honest with you, some of the other tech personas are to the point that they're stereotypes. I mean, that in a positive way. The way that I always put is ... I'll change up my story. You can go to the grocery store and the cashier, pending you get a cashier, because I love self checkout. But-

Jeff Berger: Oh yeah, I'm a self checkout guy.

Mike Gerholdt: Depending on your cashier, "Oh, hit. Did you find everything okay?" "Yep." Blah blah. "So what do you do?" So in other industries you could say, "A bus driver. I'm a tow truck operator, a welder, a construction manager, or plumber," and they know what you do.

Jeff Berger: Sure.

Mike Gerholdt: They have an idea of what you do. In the tech world, there's a lot of different roles, a lot of different identities, but you could say, "Oh, I'm a software developer or just developer," and they, "Oh, okay. Probably writes code." Right? They would mostly, depending on the generation, either have like some crazy Sandra Bullock internet movie in their head or a computer hacker, right? But for the most part, it's like write code. But if you say Salesforce admin, they just look at you.

Jeff Berger: Oh, yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Right? And so we put this out so that we have a common language of skills. All that to say, if you're still listening, I would be curious to know over the last two years you went from Jeff Berger, "I create apps over the weekend," to director. What of these skills did you lean on harder, and what skills are you looking to grow?

Jeff Berger: That is an incredible question. Salesforce admin has always been a tricky name, right? It's a tricky role to nail down. It means a lot of different things to a lot of different people. And the answer to what skills I leaned on, I think it's important to call out. They may not be the skills that you need to lean on out there, listening right now, because as a Salesforce admin and somebody, like myself, who's bounced around from company to company and seen different orgs at different levels of maturation, I think you learn really quickly that every Salesforce story is different. Every org's journey is different. Every company's journey with the platform is different. And so I just want to put that caveat out there that one size does not fit all, and depending on how long ago your implementation was, how well your implementation went, how bought-in your executive leadership are, et cetera, et cetera, et cetera, your results may vary.
So definitely take a look at the skills that Mike's going to put in the show notes, because I think they're all spot-on for different parts of the Salesforce org lifecycle. But for me, I'll say one of the first things that comes to mind is change management, change management, change management. Change management is such a challenge. And obviously, for me, it first reared its head in the context of this very specific app, right? This very specific, "Hey, we've got a new paycheck protection program and we need to train everybody not only on how to push the buttons to make the computer do what I wanted to do, but also the ins and outs of the actual program itself."
At the end of the day, we were underwriting loans, basically. Right? And so that's not something that you can just immediately jump in and do without any prior knowledge or any tools on the platform that can help guide you. Right? So I would say change management, both for that specific app, and then ongoing as I continue to try to tackle more use cases and bring more lines of business onto the platform. It's just been paramount. I'll share that over the last month, we've added another 25 to 30 users. And for the first time, we've started to engage our retail banking centers and our retail banking center managers. Up until this point, the platform has been commercial lending only, really. And that's been really exciting. But boy, has it really required a lot of change management training documentation to support this new user group who didn't have Salesforce experience for the most part, certainly didn't have Salesforce experience that was specific to our org and all of its idiosyncrasies.
So I'll say one more time, change management has just been paramount. And then I think to get to change management, to get to, "Okay, what are the things that I'm actually implementing, and how do I need to skill up my users to be able to use these tools?" To me, it's learner's mindset and designers' mindset, right? Learner's mindset has been relatively easy for me because I was new to banking when I joined the bank in 2019. So I've been forced to have a learner's mindset since I got to Academy Bank. But accepting that you don't know everything, no matter how many times you've built the same flow at five different stops, it might be a little different the sixth time, and you have to keep that in mind, right?
And then I think the designer's mindset is really critical because it's really easy to get, and I will say I'm the first one to admit I've done this. It's really easy to get caught up in the exciting tech aspects of Salesforce. Like, "Ooh, look at the cool thing I can build with Flow. Ooh, let's use orchestrator and build something awesome. Wow, look at the amazing things I can do with lightning app builder." And sometimes, and again, I've been guilty of this, sometimes it's easy to lose sight of what you're really designing for, which is an end user, a business user, a specific task or job to be done.
And so really thinking about it, putting the customer front and center, customer here being your internal users, but I guess if you're dealing with experienced cloud, also your external users, and taking a step back and going, okay, let's pretend for a second that I don't know anything about Salesforce and I'm a new retail banking center manager who has to figure out how to engage my customers on this platform for the first time. What can I do as an admin or an app builder or a developer to design a user experience that is intuitive and that helps me, certainly, accomplish a given task with as few clicks as possible in the most efficient way possible, But also while teaching along the way, to a certain extent, leveraging the guided nature of what's available within the toolkit, whether that's a display text in a flow, whether that's some of the in-app guidance that's available now.
But you really have to make the platform be the one-stop shop for that end user. And having them jump out to some policy document or some process document that's saved over here on SharePoint, it's just going to increase friction and make it more challenging for that user to serve your customers. So I would call out those three, the change management piece, the learner's mindset, and the designer's mindset as the ones that I've really leaned on a lot over the last 24 months as I've continued to build my Salesforce empire and bring on more lines of business. But every single one of these skills, I think, is critical. And I use every single day, whether I'm consciously acknowledging it or not.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, that was a loaded question anyway, but I appreciate your answer. And I think you really nailed it by saying everybody's journey is different and the skills that I leaned on might not be the skills you need to lean on. Right?

Jeff Berger: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: So-

Jeff Berger: Absolutely.

Mike Gerholdt: That was great. Jeff, I appreciate you taking time out of your day to fill us back in on what's been going on the last few years. Hopefully, we don't go two years before we check back in.

Jeff Berger: Oh yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: At this rate, you'll be-

Jeff Berger: I'd love to be back.

Mike Gerholdt: ... president and CEO or something.

Jeff Berger: I'm coming for Brett's job.

Mike Gerholdt: So if that happens, let me know. It'd be fun to interview you.

Jeff Berger: Yeah, thanks. Appreciate it. This was a real blast. Thanks again for having me. And I just want to thank you and everything that the admin team does to support all the admins out there. And I think the steps you're taking with things like putting these skills out here, they're going to go a long way towards the admin community staking their claim again within the Salesforce ecosystem. So thanks for that.

Mike Gerholdt: I appreciate it. Thanks, Jeff.
It was great catching up with Jeff. I always appreciate hearing how admins are succeeding in their role. Jeff has a whole crew of people in two years. That is very exciting. That is the power of constantly staying focused on your career, focus on the skills that you need to succeed, and building really cool apps. I bet there's some really neat stuff there. And shout-out to the Kansas City user group, Dale Ziegler. Of course, if you're in Kansas City, Dale is the person to connect with.
Oh, and totally go and have barbecue. Man, I mean, that sounds cliche, but that was one of the best times that Dale and I had. So I'm going to have to get down to Kansas City again and have barbecue with everybody. But if you'd like to learn more about all things Salesforce Admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources and links to everything that we mentioned in this episode, as well as the full transcript. You can stay up to date with us on social. We are @SalesforceAdmns, no "I," on Twitter. My co-host Gillian Bruce is @GillianKBruce, and of course I am @MikeGerholdt. So with that, stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next step episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Scott Beeler, Lead Solution Engineer at Salesforce.

Join us as we talk about using Slack for sales and how Scott uses it on a day-to-day basis to process his job function.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Scott Beeler.

Why Slack and sales go hand-in-hand “My job as a Lead Solution Engineer is to be the conduit between our customers and Salesforce to ensure that whenever we enter into a new sales motion we have the appropriate specs for the customer and align the Salesforce specs accordingly,” Scott says. He comes from a Sales background, starting out as an Account Executive calling leads, but he heard about the work that the Solution Engineers several floors above him were doing and the role sounded perfect for him. When he had an opportunity to interview for it, he did a lot of hard work and got a lot of help from his network to ace it.

Doing the job involves coordinating between a number of folks spread out across different areas and levels of the Sales organization. Scott’s talking to the Account Executive, technical folks from Enterprise Architecture, Sales support, folks who manage post-sale, contracting, procurement, security, and more. He used to rely on Chatter so the transition to Slack was tough, “but the more that we as an organization forced ourselves to use Slack the better it became to collaborate with my colleagues to stay organized and get everyone together on the same page to progress the deal effectively,” he says.

Slack best practices to keep everyone in the loop One of the best practices Scott and his team learned from Slack is to make account-specific channels to maintain organization. It gives you one place to go to get all of the information you need to begin working on an opportunity. Scott also recommends checking on bookmarks, where team members can pin key resources at the top of every Slack channel. You can also take advantage of threading to have, for example, a thread for a specific meeting that hosts all of the deal prep, dry runs, and even conversations during the presentation.

The result is kind of like a radio station you can tune into about the account that can dramatically speed up the ramp time to get a member of your sales team involved in the conversation. And tools like threading cut down on the notifications unless you need to be involved in specific conversations, with mentions allowing you to assign work and questions appropriately.

Better transparency through Slack The real question, Scott says, is “how can Slack empower sales organizations to be more effective in their role?” At the end of Salesforce’s fiscal year, Scott’s manager created Slack channel dedicated to the deals currently set to close. At the end of each day, their sales reps had to input the status of the deal and any resources they may need to move it along and close it. There was more transparency but, more importantly, it empowered folks like Scott’s area Vice President to bring in the resources needed to close those deals.

When Scott had a demo instance break minutes before a big presentation, he was able to jump into Slack and use global search to look through keywords in specific channels for that demo org. He was able to find someone who had his exact issue and learn how they resolved it.

There’s so much in this episode, to be sure to listen to the whole thing for Scott’s tips on rolling out Slack and why it’s important to let people make mistakes so they can learn how to make it work for them.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • J.: @J__mdt
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we sit down with Kate Elliott, Senior Manager of Success Strategy and Global Programs at Salesforce.

Join us as we talk about her perspective on being a multi-cloud Salesforce Administrator.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Kate Elliott.

How Kate became a multi-cloud expert As time goes on and businesses continue to expand and explore new products, the likelihood that you may be the Admin for multiple clouds increases, so we wanted to talk to Kate. She’s 10 times certified, a five-time 5-star ranger who started in the education field, jumped to a consulting firm where she learned how to implement Marketing Cloud, and then became an accidental Admin. She learned everything she knows from Trailhead and eventually worked as a Success Guide to help Salesforce.org customers with Marketing Cloud, the majority of them being multi-cloud customers.

When J. met Kate, she was the only Salesforce.org nearby, and also the only Marketing Cloud expert. “Every time I think about a career advancement, a lot of it was from learning what other people do and truly taking an interest,” Kate says.

Why terminology gets confusing in multi-cloud Marketing Cloud is very different from other platforms. “When I went from an end-user of CRM to implementing Marketing Cloud I remember being shocked,” Kate says, “there are a lot of terms that are the same word but mean something completely different in each cloud.”

Thinking about her end users and who she was building things for helped ground Kate. “I thought about what they wanted and how they wanted to do their jobs,” she says, “at the end of the day, my end users that I’m building for on both platforms want to be able to see what they need to do clearly, understand the steps as simply as possible, and make sure that they don’t do anything that will harm their relationship with their end-users.”

Take a step back from the technology While Kate would build her priority list from what she was hearing from end-users, her best piece of advice is to make sure you’re translating from what they’re asking for to what they actually need. You run into this even more in cross-cloud work because many different industries use the same terms but they mean different things, especially with regards to reporting.

“What you are hearing from end-users or leadership or both, potentially, requires so much translation and parsing back what these terms mean in this context from the person who’s telling you it,” Kate says. Even more problematically, you can end up with solutions one cloud platform but not the others. By stepping away from the technology and prioritizing business operations, you can better implement and configure the technology.

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Trailhead: Get to Know Marketing Cloud​

Social

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • J.: @J__mdt
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Jay: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. This week, we are talking with Kate Elliott, senior manager of success strategy and programs at Salesforce, about being a multi-cloud admin. But before we jump into that, I have some exciting news. Available now on Trailhead is a new module for the essential habits for admin success. That's right. The webinar/Trailhead Live/presentation, you have all loved and listened to is now a learning module on Trailhead. The link is in the show notes. So after this episode, head on over to Trailhead and be one of the first admins to get the new essential habits Trailhead badge. Now let's chat with Kate.
Hello, you wonderful admin. Welcome back to another episode of the Salesforce admins podcast. I'm very excited because I'm joined by a colleague that I've had the pleasure of working with for a number of years here at Salesforce. I am joined by Kate Elliot, who's a senior manager of success, strategy and programs here at Salesforce, but that is not what we are going to talk about. We're not talking about her current role. We're talking about her perspective on being a multi-cloud Salesforce administrator. As time goes on and admins like yourself continue to explore new products and your business continues to expand, the likelihood that you may be admining multiple clouds continues to increase. We want to make sure that you are reflected and your interests are reflected in our conversations. So Kate, could you say hello and give yourself a little bit of an introduction to those folks out in the Salesforce ecosystem who have yet to learn who you are?

Kate Elliott: Sure. Thanks, Jay, and thanks for having me. It's nice to meet you all, meet you wonderful admin. My name is Kate Elliot, as Jay said. I'm based in Indianapolis. I currently work for the salesforce.org success strategy and program team. I am 10 times certified. I'm a five time, five star ranger. So big fan of all of our enablement here at Salesforce. I actually started my Salesforce career as an end user in the education field and then I jumped to a consulting firm, so to a partner, where I learned how to implement Marketing Cloud. From there, because I had been an end user for CRM, I became the accidental admin for this partner and I learned CRM all through Sales Cloud CRM, all through doing Trailhead. That's the entire way that I learned how to do it. I have a lot of experience with doing marketing cloud implementations, being the CRM admin, helping cross-cloud folks kind of get their bearings. And where I met Jay, at first, was working as a success guide, so helping our Salesforce.org customers with Marketing Cloud and the majority of them being cross-cloud admins. So I guess the high level overview of who I am and why I'm here.

Jay: That is part of who you are and you are so much more, just like all human beings. You are your job and a million. You contain multitudes. That's what I'm saying here. Okay. So you brought up a really good point, I think, in where you and I started to interact with one another. We talk a lot with Salesforce admins specifically about the power of Salesforce administration by walking around. It's a little acronym that we call SABWA. Mike [Gerholdt] coined the term a number of years ago, and this idea of interacting with the people that are using the system that you are administrating. And in our case, we were colleagues that were sitting on the same floor, but we were kind of in different functional groups. If I recall correctly, you were the only salesforce.org individual that was sitting in the [clumps] nearby. It was also true that you were the only marketing cloud expert in the clumps that were nearby. Correct me if I'm wrong, but that seems right. Yeah?

Kate Elliott: Yeah. Yeah. That's absolutely correct. When I first joined Salesforce, speaking of us containing multitudes, what was really funny is my daughter was six months old, so everyone thought I had just come back from maternity leave. So they were like, "How did I miss you before?" I was like, "I'm brand new." I was the only salesforce.org success person who was office-based in Indianapolis. We had, I think, a couple people in various roles that were remote, but yeah, I was the one who came into the office and it was so amazing. Honestly, I love that acronym. That is, I would say, probably how I have advanced, every time I think about a career advancement. A lot of it, even before Salesforce, was just because of that, of learning what other people do and truly taking an interest. You just learn so much about yourself and about them and how you can help. It's always just led to really cool things for me.

Jay: Yeah. We talk a lot with our admins about this idea of having a learner's mindset and being curious and spending time with the people that are around you. What I like about the story between you and I and the other folks that we worked with, I'm now in Chicago, I'm no longer in Indianapolis, and the same is true for a number of the people that we used to work with, but I remain in touch with many of my former colleagues from the success guide group, what I enjoyed was, there was no functional reason for you and I to have a conversation. There was nothing related to the work that I was doing, or the work that you were doing, that necessitated either of us having a conversation with one another about anything professional whatsoever. But we got into this mode of like, Hey, here's a new employee.
You were interested to learn what we were doing. We were naturally curious and wanted to talk to you. We started to learn that there were some gaps in knowledge for people on the floor, myself, yourself, so we started having these conversations about what's it like in marketing cloud, what's it like in our core sales and service clouds and CRM. This conversation, I think, really enriched the work that everyone was able to do. For those out there, if you, dear admin, are unfamiliar with a success guide, this is a post-sale role. Our job is to meet with Salesforce customers after they've made a purchase and make sure that they're getting as much value out of the product as possible.
Based on the training that we were receiving at the time, it could be really difficult to advise someone if they were a multi-cloud customer, because you'd have a core engagement. Then, if they wanted to do something with marketing cloud, we had to kind of pump that over the fence. Even having conversations to figure out where we needed to connect our customers to help them be successful was very, very difficult and it was a huge boon to have Kate available to have conversations about not only her CRM experience, but also her marketing cloud experience. And then, as somebody who's been out there in the wild, working in a business, how did a business use both?
It's important to note that Sales Cloud technology, Service Cloud, anything that we refer to as core, that technology, while integrated with Marketing Cloud, or potentially integrated, depending on your particular implementation, you can have Marketing Cloud by itself, you can have Sales or Service Cloud by itself, you can also use both of those clouds together via a connector or integration, but that doesn't mean that admining, those two products is the same by any means, or even that functionally what you're trying to achieve is the same, or even there might be some settings that are key differences.
So Kate, you called out that you started as an end user of CRM, and then you moved into a role where you were doing a Marketing Cloud implementation, and then from there, you kind of had to backpedal into understanding CRM implementation, as well. I was wondering, for the purpose of the conversation with the admin that is listening in right now to this podcast wondering, "Okay, there's another cloud over there. How can I start to understand its purpose," what was your journey? Obviously you had that end user experience, but how did you, beyond Trailhead, start to engage with this idea of marketing automation, as well as customer relationship management? What was the process that you used to get there?

Kate Elliott: That's a great question. For learning Marketing Cloud, I read everything I could get my hands on. So Marketing Cloud and learning it is quite different from learning CRM. I think if you start with CRM and you start as a CRM admin, I actually think there's a little bit of a disadvantage when you're trying to learn Marketing Cloud because it's governed so differently that it's shifting the mindset, really. How I really approached it when I went from an end user of CRM and then when I got to the job, when I was suddenly implementing Marketing Cloud, I remember being shocked because the first day, when I was looking at Marketing Cloud, I was reading all the documents that they'd given me and I was expecting it to look just like CRM or the core product.
So then, when I actually dove into Marketing Cloud, it took me a while to orient myself in terms of, "Oh, when we say data here, this is what we mean when we say it. Here, this is what it means over here." And there are a lot of terms that are the same word, but they mean something completely different in the different clouds. So that took me quite some time to kind of wrap my head around to say, "Oh, when you mean campaign, for example, in Marketing Cloud, this is what they are. In core, this is what they are."
So I really took the approach of just having, to learn Marketing Cloud, to having to throw out almost all of my preconceived notions of what this would be and just learn it as something new and make the connections where I could so that I could see the similarities and the differences. Then, when I went back to being a CRM admin, it was honestly building on some of the fundamentals that I learned being a Marketing Cloud admin, because that was the first platform where I had been an admin, and then really trying to play to the strengths of the different platforms with how I approached just the role of the admin. I can go on and on about those features, but I'll pause there. Is that getting at your question in terms of the approach?

Jay: Yeah, I think it does. You've explained that there are some common fundamentals. There are two things that I kind of want to expand on in what I've heard you say. The first is, I'd love to know a little bit more about these common fundamentals. You had mentioned this idea of taking the preconceived notions that you had about one tech stack and just leaving it over there so that you can really understand what this thing is over here and then you started to make connections between them. So what were some things that you found to be fundamentals or some common skills that were necessary between CRM and marketing, for example?

Kate Elliott: So one big common theme, I suppose, that really drove me when I was learning both platforms and trying to make the connections was that in both platforms... So I guess background about me in terms of we all contain multitudes, I started my career in education and I was a teacher. So that's the context for of this, as being an admin and being in charge of both of these tech stacks. When I was thinking about the end users, when I was thinking about the systems that I was setting up, it was so clear to me that in both systems, what everyone wanted was it to be simple. Everyone wanted to know exactly who they were reaching out to. In both systems, having duplicates is not a great thing, but we handle them very differently. So it was a lot of what the similarities were to me were thinking about my end users, thinking about who I was building this for and really what they wanted in terms of how they wanted to live their lives and do their jobs.
That really changed my mindset in terms of how I would train people on both platforms, how I would think about how to prioritize what to build, was really just on, at the end of the day, my end users that I'm building for, they want to be able to see what they need to do clearly, understand the steps as simply as possible and make sure that they don't do anything that will harm their relationship with their end users, so having duplicates or reaching out to the wrong person at the wrong time. I think it holds true for CRM and Marketing Cloud. I just think that theme is there in both tech stacks, but if we get technical, I mean, I would say at the end of the day data structure is a big one, which the Marketing Cloud data structure functionally is very different than CRM, just in terms of how it works, but just this concept of knowing what is, if you do a one to many relationship, what's your one, when you think about parent records and just sort of how you would structure something in a Visio chart or something like that, I really saw a lot of similarities and comparisons with the data model that more naturally comes in the core platform and what people wanted to build in Marketing Cloud. It just made a lot of sense to me personally.

Jay: Yeah. I love this. So what I'm hearing is that you've got these kind of functional blocks to focus on, like data quality is what I consider a functional block or a concept. The users of CRM. Again, we have to think about purpose. This is a conversation that I have with admins very frequently and the internal team here and audience relations and admin evangelism. I'm really purpose driven. Why are people using the systems? Customer relationship management or CRM sales or service, it's all about knowing who your customer is, the behavior that they've taken, so that you're able to either sell to them or serve them and make sure that you're resolving their issues. Same thing is true for the platform, for the most part. If you're making custom platform apps, typically you've got some kind of customer component you're going to be interacting with.
When we look at marketing, we're thinking about the same thing. How are we communicating with people? We need to make sure that data is fresh, that it's up to date, that it's not duplicated, because at the end of the day, if we are ill-informed as Salesforce end users, in other words, if that data is incorrect and we fire that data off to somebody in an email template in Sales Cloud, or in a journey in a mass email over in Marketing Cloud, what we've just done has stubbed our toe and kind of frustrated the customer. Nobody likes an email that says, "Dear First Name." And no one likes an email that says, "My name is Jay," which is really, really unusual. I will often get emails that are just made up names, like, "Dear, Justin," and I know that it came from some kind of marketing automation. So this idea of data quality, that's an idea that seems to be in common across these clouds. We need that data quality so that our users can trust that the systems are going to deliver the value that they're looking for. Does that sound accurate to you?

Kate Elliott: Absolutely. And just to build on it a bit more, I think what data quality sometimes is, definitely, I think very admin focused, admin centric sort of language, but to your example with having the wrong first name, what it really means to the people that you admin are serving, your customers, what it really means is that you know who they are. I can't tell you, and I notice it more because I work in email marketing, so I notice all the various email things, but it is very frustrating when you feel like you have a relationship with someone or a brand or a company or an institution, then they communicate with you as if they don't know who you are, especially if that's something that you feel is very important to you. It can be incredibly frustrating to not have your wishes or your needs or who you are respected.
So to me, I just think so much of what it comes down to and what it comes down to with data quality is just really keeping that really just front and center of almost everything in either platform and again, how you handle it is very different, but it's just that trust, it's just that it's the building block of the relationship, it's the building of the marketing campaign. Yeah, it's a really key topic that was just pretty clear to me, especially as I became a more experienced admin, especially as I've helped more and more Marketing Cloud customers with what they're trying to do. It really comes down to that at the end of the day.

Jay: I think you covered that really well in saying that for you, whether or not you were trying to put a feature into Sales or Service Cloud, or if you were trying to bring some value on Marketing Cloud, it was the business prioritization of the business value of that feature that would really determine what you were going to deliver. You were connected to the needs of your end users and that is what created your burn list in order. A number one feature for your end users is the number one feature that you are going to try and build into the system, whether that is Sales Cloud or Service Cloud or any other cloud.

Kate Elliott: Yeah. So much of it is also interpreting what people really mean when they say things because so many-

Jay: Ooh, talk more about that. Talk about translation.

Kate Elliott: Yeah. I think, as a cross-cloud admin, that becomes your number one skill to develop is the translation, because I will talk to cross-cloud admins, especially in my previous role, I've talked to them all day, and it would be questions like, "Oh, my end user says that they want this campaign, but I built it in core and it's not reporting in Marketing Cloud," is a very specific example, "So I must be doing something wrong in all these things." What it came down to is, well, that's not how that feature works in Marketing Cloud. When they said campaign, what they really meant was that they want to understand how this particular initiative is doing over time. They were using the word campaign because that is what marketers use. That's how marketers talk and speak, especially in particular industries. And we have technical features that are called campaigns, but they're not necessarily the same thing.
You run into that so much with cross-cloud, because reporting's a big one. Which cloud doesn't make sense to pull out the data, which cloud doesn't make sense to do segmentation and all these things. When you are hearing from your end users or hearing from leadership or hearing from both, potentially, it just requires so much translation and really parsing back, "What do these terms actually mean in this context, from the person who's telling me it?" Because oftentimes, especially with certain buzzwords, I've worked with many admins and I've been guilty of it myself, where you build out this beautiful thing and you're like, "This is it. I did the term that you said. This is right," and then you kind of show them or you do a check-in and it's not what they meant at all. It's just especially true with cross-cloud, in my opinion.

Jay: It feels to me like, I'm taking a couple of notes here on the side, and this idea of what you're talking about is a time investment. To translate is to sit down with someone, understand what they mean, maybe take that back to your desk, think about it, consider it, and then that starts to form into a new idea that you can use and apply to technology. All of that costs time. As our admins out in the ecosystem can tell you, and as you know from your own experience, spending time, that is often our most restricted commodity. The resource that we have the least of is time. If we had infinite time, we could give everyone everything. But what I love that you've laid down here is that the value of spending that translation time, it is directly correlated to the quality of the solutions that you are configuring, and that gives you end user value. So that time in translation directly contributes to the impact that your marketing journey or your lead management in CRM, those things become more valuable because you're spending time translating. Is that accurate?

Kate Elliott: Yeah, I think absolutely. Just to build on it, what you run into with cross-cloud admining in terms of the translation and it being worth the time spent, there are some situations that you run into that honestly are a little bit counterintuitive with just how the platforms can work together. Without kind of taking that time and taking a step back, I've worked with cross-cloud admins who have heard feedback from various end users about a particular topic, and they were like, "Oh yeah, yeah, yeah. We handled it, we handled it, we handled it," and then it was like six or eight months later and as it turns out, they handled it in one platform and not the other, so they were actually sending emails to the wrong group of people because of this.
Where it gets tricky in my mind, in terms of the time investment, because I completely agree with you, time, oh, if only we had an extra hour in each day, I hear that, I hear that so deeply. I think you do kind of get this with the repetition and with understanding the people who you're working with and how they communicate with you. You eventually sort of learn the things that, if something's kind of bothering someone for a while, it might be worth a second look. It may not be the full process, but I think you eventually kind of get into what's worth a small investigation, a medium, or a large investigation to kind of see what's going on. But I will say, within the marketing platform especially, we used to say all time, a lot of times the marketing platform can be the expression of the core issues, because-

Jay: Ooh, interesting. Yeah, because it's downstream, right?

Kate Elliott: Yeah.

Jay: So folks, the issue here is, if we've got an integration between Sales Cloud or Service Cloud... Well, let me go simpler. If we've got Sales Cloud and we're trying to do lead generation or we're trying to manage conversions, getting people to purchase, we'll have data in Sales Cloud that will then move over to Marketing Cloud. If somebody's purchased, we might kick information back over to Service Cloud. We might even have email communication that goes out based on those service experiences, so we could go back to Marketing Cloud again. So when I'm hearing this idea of the expression of CRM, we have this phrase, garbage in, garbage out. If CRM sales is full of garbage, then you are automating and marketing that garbage in Marketing, which might put more garbage back in Service, which might put more garbage back in Marketing, which sounds like a whole lot of garbage.

Kate Elliott: It really is true. That's exactly what can happen. That's where it is very hard when you have that burn list, when you have all these things to develop and you have these different platforms, because if you get to the point where you're like, "Oh. No. I did whatever, a contact cleanup in Marketing Cloud yesterday. We should all be fine." Well, with the sync, unless if you fix some things on the other side, that may all be wiped out 20 minutes after you did it. That's where you start getting into these issues with, again, translating what people are really saying, trying to understand what they're seeing on the reports and how they're interpreting it, because I have worked with admins who have built entire reporting suites to try to solve the kind of quote unquote, reporting problem, but it was really a data problem and the report were actually right. Because the numbers were skewed, they thought that they had to be wrong. It wasn't. It was a problem with how the two platforms were working together and some of the fixes that they made on one didn't translate to the other. So that's where it can be very helpful to just read all the signals.

Jay: Something that I'm hearing in the way that you're describing this, I think, is perhaps a really valuable approach or piece of advice for the admin who's listening in right now. We're talking about technology, which is true. Salesforce makes Sales Cloud, we make Marketing Cloud, that's technology. But we're also talking about truly business workflow. And when we say business workflow, that's agnostic of technology. Business workflow is, as a sales rep, I need to receive a number of warm leads from marketing. I then need to touch those leads by sending emails, phone calls, in-person appointments, in the hopes of selling them something. We map all of those things into technology with a variety of tools. What I'm hearing you explain is, by prioritizing the business workflow or the way in which people do things, operations, I am better able to understand what I should do in the technology. So taking a step away from the technology can actually help you better implement and configure the technology.

Kate Elliott: Yeah, that's exactly it. I think, with cross-cloud, it's just especially important to do, because you are touching different technologies that work in different ways, that work in concert in some ways and in other ways there's tweaks you have to do on either side. You really have to understand what you want that business process to do to ensure that it's happening everywhere it needs to happen. I can't tell you how many panicked calls or emails I've gotten from admins because all of a sudden they realized a new technology feature and they're not sure how it fits into the business process because they're not actually sure what the business process is.
A lot of times what the help and the guidance that I would give as a success guide was actually taking three steps back from the technology to figure out, what did you actually want it to do? And how did you want it to be expressed within the Marketing Cloud platform versus your core platform and is that what's actually happening? And then from there we can go on into enablement and making sure how can we build structures to kind of keep these processes locked down? But it all has to start with, what do you actually want to have happen and where? And from there, you can kind of-

Jay: Yeah. What is actually happening, right?

Kate Elliott: Yeah. Yeah.

Jay: That's a huge distinction, as well. What do you want to happen and where do you want it to happen? Do you think it's happening right now? And is it actually happening right now? I love that. And I love that it's true, regardless of cloud. I have a question, as we're approaching the end of our time here, to those that say, "Eh, learning more than one technology is just too demanding and I don't think that it's possible," what do you say?

Kate Elliott: I say that it is demanding. I will not deny that learning multiple technology platforms is demanding. But it is certainly not impossible. I think everyone can do it. I graduated college a political science major. I taught in K12, I did college recruiting and then I ended up doing implementation, and then I ended up being a CRM admin, and then I ended up working at Salesforce. I think we all take such interesting career paths to get to where we are. But more than that, I think learning other platforms helps you understand the first platform, because it helps you understand where their capabilities or functionality that I really wish this platform had, and for me, it just increased my curiosity. It increased my curiosity to understand why I could maybe do something here and not there. And then I'd understand, "Well, how do people do it over here? And how do people do it over here?"
You can just start comparing and contrasting, and that is really where a lot of the deep learning comes in. If we think about again, showing my teaching roots, Bloom's taxonomy, that's really where you get to the deepest level of learning is where you start getting into comparisons, evaluations, and synthesis. And to me, that is what is so cool about Salesforce, is that we have all these different platforms. They all have their nuances and everything else. To me, what it does is it sharpens my awareness of what's happening on other platforms because you have something to contrast it with. So you have other ways of thinking, you have other priorities that you can learn from, and this is all still one happy Salesforce product family, so they all work together in different ways. To me, it really sharpened my knowledge and I think it made me a lot more analytical about what I was doing and it also deepened my empathy so much with my end users when I was learning a new platform, because it made me remember, "Oh yeah, I also remember when I didn't know what this word meant and this is a new term."

Jay: I love that. If I were to put bullets of most important things, using multi-cloud exploration as a way to deepen your empathy for end users, to me, feels like a great thing for admins to consider. That's something that I think we can all sit down and think about a little bit. Is there a way that I can explore this technology that I've been tasked with or that I have the opportunity to investigate and how can that deepen my understanding of what my users need and what their user experience is? And that's particular compelling to me because I've interviewed a number of the most recent guests that've been on the pod. Almost all of them have brought up this moment where they could opt into doing something at an implementation moment or not.
What I'm finding uncommon from a lot of our guests, yourself included, is like, "All right, great. Well, if I have this opportunity to learn this technology, I will dive into it using my unique perspective." You brought up being a teacher. We've had musicians and we've had people who've worked in gym operations recently on. It's really interesting to hear how those things start to inform your perspective as you're approaching new technologies. So I love that you're trying to educate your end users and to do that you need empathy, and so you're using your exploration of various clouds to bring that empathy to the table for them. Well, Kate, this was fantastic. I always love chatting with you and I really appreciate the time that you spent talking with me today and talking to the admin community. I'm curious, would you be willing to share some marketing cloud resources with me outside of this recording so that I can put them up on our blog?

Kate Elliott: Sure, sure, absolutely. Yeah. There's a lot of really great marketing cloud resources out there. As I said earlier, some of it looks different, it feels a little different in terms of the content and the approach, but there's a lot of really cool resources out there.

Jay: Awesome. Well, thanks again, Kate. Really appreciate you coming onto the pod and can't wait to talk to you sometime soon. Maybe we'll I'll give you another invite to have you come back and talk about another brilliant idea.

Kate Elliott: Anytime, Jay. Anytime.

Jay: All right, we'll see you.

Kate Elliott: Thanks.

Jay: If you want to learn more about all things Salesforce, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources, including all the links we mentioned in this podcast, as well as a full transcript. You can stay up to date with us on social. We are @Salesforceadmns, no I, on Twitter. Gillian is @Gilliankbruce. Mike is @MikeGerholdt. I am @Jay__mdt. Stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got the Monthly Retro for February. Mike and Lead Admin Evangelist J. Steadman. We’ll review all the top product, community, and careers content for February so you don’t miss a thing.

Join us as we talk about Block Kit Builder, how to ask the right questions, and Albuquerque, NM.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation from our Monthly Retro.

Blog highlights from February Mike was a huge fan of J.’s video about how to reuse Block Kit templates in Slack. He wants the world to know he’s a big Block Kit Builder nerd and he’s not afraid to show it. They can save you a serious amount of time! February was also the month of Release Readiness, and if you’re a fan of automation you just can’t miss the Einstein Automate piece on that topic. “If you do automation in any way, doesn’t matter if you’re using Workflow Rules, or Process Builder, or Flow Builder, check this out,” J. says.

  • Learn How to Reuse Block Kit Templates in Slack
  • Einstein Automate: Flow And Bots

Podcast highlights from February 1. podded up a storm while Mike was off on vacation. One conversation that stood out was with Austin Guevara on product design. If you’ve ever wondered how we make the products you use every day from a design and user experience perspective, give this a listen. J. also had a chat with Susannah St-Germain on what it’s like to be an Architect. Her career journey from starting out convinced she would be a professional viola player is truly fascinating and inspiring.

  • On Product Design with Austin Guevara
  • On Becoming an Architect with Susannah St-Germain

Podcast swag

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn more * Salesforce Admins Podcast Episode:

Social

  • Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns
  • J.: @J__mdt
  • Gillian: @GillianKBruce
  • Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full show transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast in the second Monthly Retro for 2022. I'm your host Mike Gerholdt. And in this episode, we will review some product community career content for the month of February. And to help me do that, a very familiar voice on the pod. Welcome back, J. Steadman.

J. Steadman: Oh, hello. Thank you for the warm welcome. I'm glad to be here.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, thank you for pitch hitting while I was out in January, taking a little time off.

J. Steadman: You deserve it. And I am so glad that you had the opportunity to take some time off. And I have no limit of words that I'm capable of saying. So this is a great fit.

Mike Gerholdt: That we know. One highlight of taking time off, for the first time, and probably, I don't know, I might do it again, but for the first time I drove through Albuquerque, New Mexico. And if you're a fan of a certain AMC show about a certain chemistry teacher, oh man, let me tell you, there's a whole Google Map you can download of filming locations.
And Mike might have gotten up super early in the morning so that I arrived in Albuquerque, New Mexico, at a reasonable time to drive around their fair city and take pictures, and completely nerd out at the fact that I was standing right in front of certain people's houses and locations and car washes.

J. Steadman: Did the house still have a pizza on top of it?

Mike Gerholdt: No. Interestingly enough, you should Google that.

J. Steadman: They took if off the roof?

Mike Gerholdt: Well, so I don't have a famous house.

J. Steadman: Uh-huh (affirmative). Uh-huh (affirmative).

Mike Gerholdt: But if you go on TripAdvisor and you Google some of that, they have erected an eight foot non-scalable fence around their house.

J. Steadman: Oh, wow.

Mike Gerholdt: To the curb.

J. Steadman: Wow.

Mike Gerholdt: So I actually feel sorry for those people that own that individual's house, because fans were breaking in and throwing pizzas on the roof or jumping in the back pool. And I'm like, "I love ..." By the way, I went to all the filming locations of a certain 1977 Burt Reynolds movie that was filmed in Georgia. I nerded out over that, man. That was really cool. But some of it's on private land.

J. Steadman: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: And you'd just be like, that's their place. And so it was me and a friend and we very respectfully parked a block away in a legal parking zone on the street, walked on a public sidewalk. And then we stopped about, I'd say about a quarter of a block from the house and got a nice picture, but it's private property, people. Look, just have your moment, but also be respectful that it's not yours.

J. Steadman: This is good advice. I lived in Los Angeles for a number of years and LA folks want to see all of the famous places that they've seen. Most movies are filmed in Los Angeles so there's huge film history. There's a way to do it that is non-obtrusive, and then there's the throw-a-pizza-on-someone's-house way. So I love that you didn't throw a pizza on someone's house. Thank you, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: No. No. I did go to the collectible store. Some enterprising individuals have opened a collectible store. I may have bought a couple bobble heads and some rock candy.

J. Steadman: I was just going to ask if they had some blue rock candy.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes, they did. And I have it. I'll probably never eat it, so I should probably eat it, but it's totally on my credentials. But, yeah.

J. Steadman: Wonderful.

Mike Gerholdt: Anyway, fun stuff you do while you're on vacation. But we're here to talk about cool stuff that we produced in February and everything that you need to listen to, I think. I'm going to kick it off. J., you did a blog post, and embedded in the blog post is a video on how to reuse Block Kit templates in Slack. And I picked it for the sole fact that I am a huge Block Kit fan, because it looks like code if I put it up on screen, but I know what I'm doing.

J. Steadman: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: And it produces an amazing Slack post.

J. Steadman: Yes. It seems just a little bit silly that the content of the video is so straightforward, but I really love Block Kit Builder as well. In fact, if I've got any kind of significant communication that I want to send out to teams in Slack, Block Kit is really the way to do it. But I really don't like recreating the Block Kit that I create.
So little URL reuse allows me to quickly and easily get in there into that JSON payload, which is a JavaScript object notation, for those of you out there interested in acronyms like me, and you can just very easily tweak the parts that you want, but you keep all of that fantastic structure that's been put together.
And for those of us that are sending out regular communications, you and I sit in a larger marketing org, we save a lot of time by reusing Block Kit templates.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. It'd be great if somebody named Jason started a moving company that they called payload.

J. Steadman: I like that. Yeah. That's-

Mike Gerholdt: Need to move? Call JSON Payload.

J. Steadman: Yep.

Mike Gerholdt: And then everybody in the Valley would call him and then all the rest of us would be like, huh.

J. Steadman: Yeah. It would need to be a Bay Area moving company.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Right.

J. Steadman: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Maybe Austin, Texas. I think Austin.

J. Steadman: Yeah. Austin would do it too. Indianapolis.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

J. Steadman: Maybe Chicago.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep.

J. Steadman: There are a number. New York, everywhere.

Mike Gerholdt: It's hubs.

J. Steadman: All of the places. I don't want to live [crosstalk].

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Let me just go out on a limb. Kearney, Nebraska? Probably not going to pick up on it.

J. Steadman: We are going to get a direct email.

Mike Gerholdt: Greensburg, Kansas? Not happening.

J. Steadman: We're going to get a direct email now. Someone is going to be like, "I created JSON and I live in this town."

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

J. Steadman: Mike, I thought February was the month of Release Readiness and Release Readiness Live. And for all of the right reasons, it's really popular content. So dear Admin listening in here, make sure that you check out the pieces of Release Readiness that are relevant to you. But specifically, if you're anyone that's using automation at all, which I imagine is the vast majority of our Admins, the Einstein Automate Release Readiness Live, I thought was particularly power.
We have been really innovating quickly for flow builder and the other Einstein Automate solutions, and the new addition of collection filters which greatly reduce the complexity of the flows that you want to build. You now are able to add sections into your screen flows. There is the new flow trigger explorer and flow ordering for record triggered flows. All of these things are game-changers. And in the Einstein Automate Release Readiness video, which is now available on demand, they've got a fantastic demo that highlights all of those features all together, in a really understandable way.
And we also talk about a new best practice for how you build and construct your flows. Diana Jaffe breaks it down in a really nuanced way that recognizes a lot of the history of previous best practice, in terms of how we architect our automation. So if you do automation in any way, doesn't matter if you're using workflow rules or process builder or flow builder, check this out because it has content that I think you need to see.

Mike Gerholdt: And even if you're not, I think the future is automated. The more time that you're saving yourself or your coworkers or your company, is more time that it frees them up to do what they do best.

J. Steadman: I think this is a really good call out and something that I probably shouldn't have overlooked initially. The content in the Einstein Automate Release Readiness Live, there's no barrier to entry. If you're familiar with the products, great. You're going to get a lot of value out of that. But if you're unfamiliar with those products or solutions, you should not avoid the content.
No one's going to be speaking above your head or over your head, or anything like that. Instead, what you're going to get is a really nice overview of how you can automate stuff. And if anything, you'll probably leave with a bunch of ideas about how you can automate things in your own work.

Mike Gerholdt: Now, J., you did some pods.

J. Steadman: I did. I did a couple of pods.

Mike Gerholdt: A few.

J. Steadman: I did a few. There are a few more that may ... I got busy while you were gone. I was like, "How many pods can I put on his back?"

Mike Gerholdt: There's 24 hours in a day and it takes about this long to record a pod, and I need this long to microwave a sandwich.

J. Steadman: Yes. Can I highlight a couple of the pods that I thought were particularly-

Mike Gerholdt: This is your introduction to do such.

J. Steadman: Okay. Well, so there are two pods that came out in February that I think deserve your attention. Listen to all of our pods, they're great, but I was really happy to talk with Austin Guevara about product design and how he designs products here at Salesforce. It gives a great sneak peek to anyone out there wondering how we produce the products that we produce, from a design or a user experience perspective.
And Austin also had these really fantastic perspectives on how we engage our users, how we ask questions of our users. So we talk a lot about Salesforce Administration By Walking Around or SABWA. We've really drilled that information into our essential habits content. And this is a great way to hear from a designer, the value of those conversations. So I definitely encourage you to listen to the On Product Design with Austin Guevara podcast.
And then also, I talked with Susannah St-Germain on what it's like to be an architect and her journey to an architect position. And I think that there's a lot of value in this podcast because Susannah is in a role that many people consider to be the height of technical accomplishment in the ecosystem. An architect, that's a serious role in terms of the technical responsibility that goes along with that.
When we think about the role architect in that way, it can create a ceiling. It can separate the idea of the role from who we are and where we are at. And what I love about Susannah's story is it is a series of decisions that she made to pursue her interests. And currently, that step has her sitting in this architect role. So she was not always an architect.
She used to be a viola player. She still plays I'm sure, but she was a classically trained violist that was going to school for music. And she started to make a series of steps into nonprofits, and then into technology, and then deeper into configuring that technology, and then deeper into structuring that technology, which I think is really fantastic.
And it's important for us to realize that our careers are always evolving and that there's no one linear trajectory that is the right way or the wrong way to career. So those are the two pods that I was super excited about in Feb and I think deserve particular highlight for those that are listening in.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. When we came back, I was toying with some of our promotional tools that we use for the pod. And I was scrolling through the transcript of the Austin podcast. I stumbled upon the part of the conversation where you were speaking about the nuances of how you ask a question. And I found it fascinating, just thinking through the way questions are framed so as to elicit a certain answer, or so as to pigeonhole the respondent in answering in a certain way, when that's really not your intent.
And so I will leave that as the teaser, but I probably read that part of the transcript like 10 times. Because the way in which you asked the question and the words in which you use are sometimes overlooked as the easy part of getting feedback, when in fact, it's some of the most critical

J. Steadman: Absolutely. And I won't give any spoilers on the conversation that we had specifically with Austin, but I'd say for yourself, myself, and for our listener, we have to be very conscious that oftentimes, I'd argue all times, when we're interacting with people, we have things that we want from them. And we often bias the way that we talk to people toward the things that we want.
This comes from my actor background, but we're always trying to get the things that we want in the world. And Austin was a great foil to that, and he's got great perspective on how you can short circuit that impulse in yourself. Because at the end of the day, confirming your own beliefs is of limited value. Confirming the value that your users need is of much greater value.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, that is a great way to end our February Retro pod. So if you want to learn more about all things that we just talked about in today's episode, go to admin.salesforce.com to find those links and many more resources. You can stay up to date with us for all things social, on Salesforce Admins at Salesforce Admins. No "I" on Twitter. Fun fact, we did a podcast about that, too.
I'm on Twitter at Mike Gerholdt, and Gillian, who is currently on leave right now, is on Twitter at Gillian K. Bruce. Of course, J., don't forget to give J. a follow. You can follow them on Twitter at J__MDT. I think I got that right.

J. Steadman: You did.

Mike Gerholdt: I did it from memory. Sweet.

J. Steadman: That's right. I love it.

Mike Gerholdt: So with that, stay safe, stay awesome. And stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

For this episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast we’re chatting with Gloria Ramchandani, Senior Director of Strategy and Business Operations at Copado.

Join us as we talk about what DevOps does and how working over a holiday weekend on production deployment set her up for the career she has today.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Gloria Ramchandani.

The Essential Habits for Admin Success, now on Trailhead If you haven’t checked out The Essential Habits for Admin Success on Trailhead, make sure to give it a look. We’re really excited for this new Trailmix.

What is DevOps? “The term ‘DevOps’ was coined in 2009, to better describe better ways of collaborating between Developers, who actually build new capabilities on a platform, and Operations, who maintain existing production systems,” Gloria says, “and so the term DevOps is really a combination of Developer and Operations and bringing those two concepts together.” It’s people, processes, and tooling combined together into one role.

In tech, there can be certain concepts that can be really fuzzy—even when we’re trying to avoid gatekeeping and keep things inclusive. The problem is that many of these conversations are experts talking to other experts.

A misconception about DevOps, for example, is that it’s only for Developers and not for Admins. Gloria tells us the tale of her first production deployment. It was over 4th of July weekend, “and instead of hanging out with the rest of the family I was up in my father-in-law’s office,” she says. They had to do so much planning and coordination among their team and it was the first time her eyes were opened to the world of DevOps. “It was less about the ANT scripts themselves and the tooling, but it was more about the organization of the work and the team we had to support it,” she says, “that’s what so beautiful about DevOps: it’s not just the tooling at face value, it’s all the planning that comes with it and the processes and procedures and how you collaborate together as a team.”

How we can end release days Nowadays, Gloria works at Copado, an organization focused entirely on Developer Operations. “DevOps is just as much art as it is science,” she says, “so trust your instincts and share what you’ve learned from others because the whole purpose of DevOps is collaboration and working together to continuously improve.”

“If I hadn’t spent those nights and weekends doing all of these releases, I probably wouldn’t be where I am right now,” Gloria says. That’s why she works in an organization whose mission is to end release days. “The better you can get at DevOps and working together as a team, the more time you can have back with your family and with others so you don’t have to spend a weekend doing a release,” she says.

Listen to the full conversation about the Toyota system, why if you’re an Admin you already have the skills to be a product manager, and how DevOps is like getting a perfectly cooked pork chop and a cool crispy salad to hit the table at the same time.

Podcast Swag:

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn More: * This American Life episode about the Toyota System * Essential Habits Trailhead Badge

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gloria: @ThisIsTechChat * J.: @J__mdt * Gillian: @GillianKBruce@sunnydalelow * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

For this episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast we’re chatting with Gloria Ramchandani, Senior Director of Strategy and Business Operations at Copado.

Join us as we talk about what DevOps does and how working over a holiday weekend on production deployment set her up for the career she has today.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Gloria Ramchandani.

The Essential Habits for Admin Success, now on Trailhead If you haven’t checked out The Essential Habits for Admin Success on Trailhead, make sure to give it a look. We’re really excited for this new Trailmix.

What is DevOps? “The term ‘DevOps’ was coined in 2009, to better describe better ways of collaborating between Developers, who actually build new capabilities on a platform, and Operations, who maintain existing production systems,” Gloria says, “and so the term DevOps is really a combination of Developer and Operations and bringing those two concepts together.” It’s people, processes, and tooling combined together into one role.

In tech, there can be certain concepts that can be really fuzzy—even when we’re trying to avoid gatekeeping and keep things inclusive. The problem is that many of these conversations are experts talking to other experts.

A misconception about DevOps, for example, is that it’s only for Developers and not for Admins. Gloria tells us the tale of her first production deployment. It was over 4th of July weekend, “and instead of hanging out with the rest of the family I was up in my father-in-law’s office,” she says. They had to do so much planning and coordination among their team and it was the first time her eyes were opened to the world of DevOps. “It was less about the ANT scripts themselves and the tooling, but it was more about the organization of the work and the team we had to support it,” she says, “that’s what so beautiful about DevOps: it’s not just the tooling at face value, it’s all the planning that comes with it and the processes and procedures and how you collaborate together as a team.”

How we can end release days Nowadays, Gloria works at Copado, an organization focused entirely on Developer Operations. “DevOps is just as much art as it is science,” she says, “so trust your instincts and share what you’ve learned from others because the whole purpose of DevOps is collaboration and working together to continuously improve.”

“If I hadn’t spent those nights and weekends doing all of these releases, I probably wouldn’t be where I am right now,” Gloria says. That’s why she works in an organization whose mission is to end release days. “The better you can get at DevOps and working together as a team, the more time you can have back with your family and with others so you don’t have to spend a weekend doing a release,” she says.

Listen to the full conversation about the Toyota system, why if you’re an Admin you already have the skills to be a product manager, and how DevOps is like getting a perfectly cooked pork chop and a cool crispy salad to hit the table at the same time.

Podcast Swag:

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn More: * This American Life episode about the Toyota System * Essential Habits Trailhead Badge

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gloria: @ThisIsTechChat * J.: @J__mdt * Gillian: @GillianKBruce@sunnydalelow * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got Susannah Kate St-Germain, Lead Evangelist, Architect Relations at Salesforce.

Join us as we talk about music theory as tech philosophy and the skills of an architect.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Susannah.

The Essential Habits for Admin Success, now on Trailhead We’re really excited about The Essential Habits for Admin Success on Trailhead, and we think you should be too. Jump on board and be one of the first to grab that shiny new badge.

Second fiddle to no one. If you enjoyed our conversation with Stephan Chandler-Garcia about the spectrum of Salesforce roles. This week, we’re getting up close and personal with Susannah to get to know what it’s like to be an Architect. But before her Architecting adventures, Susannah started things out as accidental Admin, and before that started her masters in viola performance.

“I thought I’d be playing viola in an orchestra somewhere but life took me a different way,” Susannah says. She started out working for an orchestra registering gifts and records in a database, which lead to her changing careers and going into fundraising. When she tried out being an Individual Gift Officer, she realized she was much more interested in working with the reports than anything else.

“I realized I wanted to always be that person who was always able to give the person who ended up doing the frontline work the information they needed in the format they needed without too much back and forth,” Susannah says. Shortly thereafter, she started working with Salesforce and got her Admin certification.

The road to becoming an Architect. Over the years, Susannah picked up some skills. It started with trying to get to the bottom of how to make a trigger work as intended and ease the load on a Developer stretched too thin. This led to her participating in RAD Women Code. “It’s the bridge between being a really great Admin and being able to consume and take things away from the Developer documentation,” she says, “RAD Women makes you code literate so you can work with your Developers more effectively.”

One theme that comes up several times in Susannah’s story is applying for roles where she didn’t necessarily meet all of the tech requirements but had other experience that would make her effective in the position. She still applied for those roles, made her case, and, in both instances, got the job she was after. Her path to becoming an Architect was similar—when she started, she had a frank conversation with her manager about how her career could progress and what it would take to get there.

“The first time I applied to be an Architect, I actually didn’t get the role,” Susannah says, “but I had a wonderful support system that wanted to help me fill the gaps that I had in my background in order to be ready for when there was another role opening.” Again, it comes back to clearly communicating her career goals and getting people invested in helping her succeed.

Podcast Swag:

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn More: * Podcast episode: Being a Dev with Stephan Chandler-Garcia and J. Steadman * Podcast episode: Salesforce Governance with J. and René * RAD Women * Essential Habits Trailhead Badge

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Susannah: @sunnydalelow * J.: @J__mdt * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

J Steadman: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. This week, I'm talking with Susannah St-Germain, lead evangelist architect relations about music theorist tech philosophy, and the skills of an architect. If you enjoyed my chat with Stephan Chandler-Garcia, I think you'll enjoy today. But before we jump into that, I have some exciting news. Available now on Trailhead is a new module for the essential habits for admin success. That's right. The webinar/Trailhead live/presentation you have all loved and listened to is now a learning module on Trailhead. The link is in the show notes. So after this episode, head on over to Trailhead and be one of the first admins to get the new Essential habits Trailhead batch. Now, let's get to podcasting.
So let's just get cracking here. Everyone, welcome to another wonderful episode of the Admins Podcast. I am J Steadman, lead admin evangelist. I am your host today filling in for Mike Holt while he enjoys some very much deserved time off. And I'm very excited about our conversation. Today. We are joined by Susannah St-Germain, who is a lead evangelist in our architect relations team. And I want to build on some of that conversation that we had with Stephan a few weeks ago, where we discussed the spectrum of Salesforce roles, like admin, developer, architect. Talk about the skills that correspond to those roles, where some skills may overlap. But also just have a person to person conversation with somebody who has been in an architect role for some time and who has that architectural perspective to share that with you, you wonderful human being or beings that is listening today. So, that is a bit of intro from me. Susannah, would you mind introducing yourself and talking a little bit about your path into technology, into Salesforce and into architecture-dum?

Susannah St-Ger...: Absolutely J. Thank you for having me and thank you for probably bearing with my dog barking in the background. I think the mail man just came, which is always exciting. But I'm here today, yes, to chat about my background, my architect background. And like you I believe, and probably many of you who are listening, I came into the Salesforce world not on purpose. I came into the Salesforce world as an accidental admin, actually. I studied-

J Steadman: We love to hear it.

Susannah St-Ger...: Oh yes. I love accidental admins. Yes. So I started out my career thinking that I was going to be an orchestral musician. We have something in common there, I know.

J Steadman: Wonderful. Yeah. That's awesome.

Susannah St-Ger...: You're a musician as well. So I went to college and did my masters, well part of my masters, in viola performance. So viola, for those of you who might not know, is like a violin but just a little bigger and has slightly different strings. It makes a little bit different lower sound. But that's what I thought I'd be doing with my life. I thought I'd be playing viola in an orchestra somewhere or in a quartet or something like that. But life took me a different way. And I actually the truth is I got burned out a little bit doing my masters in music, and wasn't really seeing a path forward for myself. I wasn't really seeing where I would be in my career. It was a bit of a funny time around 2006.

J Steadman: Oh yeah, that was a very funny time.

Susannah St-Ger...: Yeah. And did what I never really thought I would do and I dropped out of my masters. I took a leap and ended up temping around Boston. I was living in Boston at the time and had this random opportunity to go work at an orchestra in Colorado for the summer and be their fundraising intern. And I took that opportunity and I moved out to Colorado for three months and was doing fundraising, which as it turns out involved working with a database, which I ended up absolutely loving to do. I was entering records for gifts and people that attended events and things like that in a software system called, I'll have to remember, I think it was eTapestry. It wasn't Salesforce, but-

J Steadman: It sounds great.

Susannah St-Ger...: Yeah. I'm not sure that it's around anymore. But just the concept of learning about a new piece of technology and working with it and entering data and running reports was just something that I loved. And fast forward quite a bit, I loved it so much that when I went back to Boston I decided that I wanted to get a job in fundraising because I enjoyed my internship experience so much, and worked at an organization called the Celebrity Series of Boston. It's an organization that puts on concerts in really famous halls, like Symphony Hall in Boston. And there, I ended up also working with a database, still not Salesforce, but we did database migration. And I was the lead of that in addition to doing my fundraising work. Wearing my fundraising hat, holding it on one hand, and then on my other hand I had my database hat.
And I thought, okay, I love this so much, I guess I'm going to be a fundraiser. I guess I'm going to do that for the rest of my life. And being, I don't know, the diligent person that I am, I was like, well, what's the best way to be the best fundraiser that you can be? And in my mind, that was to become what's called an individual gift officer. So sort of like a salesperson, the person who goes out and asks for gifts. And I went out and I got myself a job doing just that at the Museum of Science in Boston. And instantly after I started the job, I say instantly, it was within the first week, I realized that I had made a terrible mistake. Yes.

J Steadman: So I'm laughing there, and I've got some questions about the stuff that we've covered previous to this, but I'm laughing because I think it's an experience that we've all had. I think it's funny to hear that. You take the new role, you're stoked about the new role, you're diving into it and it is just totally wrong. So how did you know it was wrong? And what was wrong about it for you?

Susannah St-Ger...: Well, I knew it was wrong, so I was at my desk and they were like, "Here's your one report. Here's the report that you get on all of the prospects that you need to work with." And I said, "Oh, well, I'd love to know how I can customize this report and how I can put filters on it or get a different view." And the answer was, "You don't, you're not responsible for that. You're supposed to just take the report and go out and raise money." And at that moment, I was like, well, I want to know how this report works. I want to be able to customize it. I'm more interested in figuring that out than necessarily being on the front lines and talking to people and doing all of that work.
So I realized that I missed the back of house efforts and I really missed working with the database. And I realized that I never wanted to give that answer of you can't customize a report to someone. I wanted to always be that person who was able to give the person who ended up doing the frontline work the information that they needed in the format that they needed, without having too much back and forth. So I realized what I was missing when I wasn't able to get that customer report that I wanted without going to a different team and working with them and all of that. So, that's how I realized I had made a terrible mistake.

J Steadman: So what you're talking about, I think, is an experience that most of us as admins we're really to trying to avoid. I'd actually argue that like all of us as admins, very rarely do we want to [styne] anyone's curiosity about the thing that they're trying to explore. Of course there are things like compliance or DevOps procedures or whatever that we might have to follow. Our backlog the amount of time that we've got in a day, those are limitations that can offset what we're able to deliver to people. But rarely do we want to be in a position where we're desiring to say no to someone especially if it sounds like you were the kind of user that was really the reason you were interested in slicing and dicing that data was because you wanted to ask questions of it. You wanted to gain insights from it, so that presumably you'd be more effective in your job as that gift officer.

Susannah St-Ger...: Exactly. Yeah. So I had a lovely experience of having to cobble together multiple Excel spreadsheets because I couldn't get what I wanted out of, again, still not using Salesforce yet, but the database that we were using. And I was like, this is not okay. I want to know how to solve this problem. And it's because of that reason that I made the choice to go and try and find another job that was focused more in operations. I was like, well, maybe I'm not in this frontline fundraiser role. Maybe I want to find a role in development, what's called development operations.
So I actually went out and again, found myself a job at an organization called Citizen Schools, it's based in Boston as well. And it was there that I had to convince someone to hire me, even though I didn't have Salesforce experience. So Salesforce was on the job description and I frankly didn't know what it was at the time, but I knew it was a CRM database. That's about as far as I knew. And I had to convince someone that my transferable skills of all these other jobs that we've covered already were enough. And my desire to learn was enough to hire me as a director of development operations at this education nonprofit.

J Steadman: This is fantastic. And I have to interject because I'm too excited not to, my apologies. I think you who have just given me the most perfect layup. In terms of the kind of content that we talk about in this podcast, or that I've been particularly interested in exploring with our guests most recently, there's this conversation about skills. How skills apply to technical roles or roles that we call technical and how we can have a conversation with folks about this is where I came from and here is how the skills that I developed being a violist, working in fundraising as an intern, being the gift officer and all of the skills that I'm talking to you about, this is how they'll apply to the role that I am looking for right now. And having that conversation when it might not be on the job description.
And what I like about you introducing this concept is, I've been joting down a few notes as I've been listening to your story, and the first thing that I think is very interesting is you played the viola. And for those of you that are listening out there, and of course Susannah I'm open to your correction here, but my grandmother was a violist, I actually started playing upright bass. That was how I got into music. So what's interesting about the viola as an instrument, its purpose is one of harmony.

Susannah St-Ger...: Exactly.

J Steadman: It's very rare that you have a viola that's playing the melody. And for those of you that are just totally not into dissecting music, totally respect that melody is that thing that we all listen along to. It is the lead line of music. It's what people are singing. That's typically the melody.
The harmony is something that other instruments layer into that melody and support the melody. It's very rare that somebody who's playing a harmony is taking center stage. But if you remove the harmony from a piece of music, that melody can feel very empty, it can feel very flat. And so I find this fascinating because it's my perspective that this concern with harmony is actually interlaced throughout all of these Salesforce jobs, but particularly the architect role where you have to look at an entire organizations' implementation of sales source and other systems and ensure that they are harmonious with one another.

Susannah St-Ger...: 100%. Exactly. I've never thought of it that way.

J Steadman: Yeah. So first, I think that that is super fantastic. Second, I think the thing that is really interesting to me is, like our conversation with Stephan, you had this opportunity of a system migration to really push you to a decision point of how you wanted to interact with systems. Then it led you to this place where you got a report and you were in charge of soliciting some gifts and you realized that you were constrained. So this idea of harmony as your experience as an end user, suddenly there is no harmony. You're given the sheet music, play exactly what's written here, there are no other parts, it can't be changed in any way and have fun. And that's where it seems like you drew back a little bit and you said, well, okay, I need to make my own solution, which creates what I think is something that many admins deal with on a regular basis, which is a shadow application or shadow IT.
You were given a report that was produced by your company, and you were asked to work from that report. But to get the value you needed, you had to drive yourself into a spreadsheet that was probably private or shared amongst a small number of people at your organization. It was not in one of those official IT applications. It's very that your spreadsheet didn't exist in the CRM application that your nonprofit was actually working in. And then that leads to bigger problems with the system.
Now we don't have that what we call at Salesforce that 360 degree view.

Susannah St-Ger...: 100%.

J Steadman: And from working in that way, you have then decided, you know what? This sucks. Pardon my lack of a more elegant way to say it. Let me see if I can have a broader impact and strengthen this experience. I don't want other people to have this kind of limited experience where they become frustrated with the system and are driven out of it. Let me start to get into developer operations at Citizen School. So everything kind of came together for me there. I know I just shouted everything out, but that really seems like your experience.

Susannah St-Ger...: It has been, it absolutely has been my experience. And I got that role where I could affect change, where I could actually make those reports that people wanted. And I was able to do that because we were using Salesforce. And it brought that experience of not getting the type of customer service that I wanted to get, not getting the data that I needed. I remembered that experience and was able to provide a better experience to my colleagues in this new role that I was working in and also happened to be using Salesforce. And it was at Citizen Schools where I got my admin certification. I fell in love with Salesforce. I dove into the deep end and I'll fast forward a little bit. I worked there for a number of years and got a couple more certifications, went to my first Dreamforce while I was there and that completely blew my mind

J Steadman: For context. What year was that? Do you remember?

Susannah St-Ger...: This was 2010.

J Steadman: Yeah.

Susannah St-Ger...: Yeah. So a while ago.

J Steadman: A while ago.

Susannah St-Ger...: A while ago.

J Steadman: Pre... No, it was post-Trailhead, but not by much.

Susannah St-Ger...: It was pre-Trailhead, actually.

J Steadman: No. Yeah, you're right. It is pre-Trailhead.

Susannah St-Ger...: Pre-Trailhead. We had the workbooks. So when I studied for different things, there was on how to build a dashboard and the laminated cheat sheets on yep. Limits and things like that. But it was a great time. I was able to learn a lot. As I mentioned, I absolutely fell in love with Salesforce. And over the years, decided that I wanted to learn a little bit more about the development side of the house. So at that time that was learning more about visualforce and things like that. I just missed S controls. I didn't have the joy.

J Steadman: Dodged a bullet there.

Susannah St-Ger...: Yeah. The joy of learning that. But I-

J Steadman: If I could pause you for a second, I'm interested. So you started to take interest in developer stuff a little bit more, what was the trigger for that or the cause for that? If there is one that you can identify.

Susannah St-Ger...: There is one and it's great. It was a trigger actually. So I was working in a relatively, I don't know, a midsize nonprofit. We had one developer in house and there was this trigger on our opportunity object that was doing things that I didn't want it to do. And I didn't want to have to rely on our one developer who was stretched too thin. I wanted to understand how it worked and I wanted to understand how to make the logic work for me. So that was definitely my impetus to learn more about Apex in particular and then also visualforce, just because I knew that it was a thing that existed and I was curious.

J Steadman: Yeah. So one thing that I've heard in common from the conversation with Stephan and in the conversation here with you, and I think is also a big frequent point of conversation is, I'm out there talking with admins in our community, this idea of understanding how things work and curiosity. And the reason that I'm highlighting this learner's mindset is because I find it valuable to and how Salesforce professionals can work with one another across roles. And to understand that devs like Stephan, architects, like yourself Susannah, admins like me and so many others, that we share a curiosity to understand how things work. And often when things aren't happening, for example, you weren't able to get the changes that you wanted out of the trigger. You called out the developer was stretch too thin. And Stephan also had a similar conversation.
So there are these opportunities where if we feel so compelled, we find that there's a bottleneck, our curiosity can lead us into greater understanding, enhance some of our existing skills and bring us what we need to get that next role. So just wanted to highlight that for the admins before we continue, because whether it's trying to understand how a complex flow works or you're cracking into a trigger and trying to understand how that trigger works, or you're looking at the entire system layout that you might be interacting on a day to day basis, including integrations and the upstream downstream effects of data choices, all of this can be approached through this lens of I really want to know how this works. I'm really curious. I want to improve things.

Susannah St-Ger...: Absolutely. And my curiosity in learning more about development led me to participate in a wonderful organization called RAD Women Code.

J Steadman: Yes.

Susannah St-Ger...: Yeah. You've heard of them before?

J Steadman: Yes, I have. Why don't you give us, if you had to give a 30 second pitch to someone out in the audience who hasn't heard of RAD Women Code, how would you pitch it?

Susannah St-Ger...: I would pitch it as RAD Women is the bridge between being a really great admin and being able to consume and take things away from the developer documentation. Because there's a big gap there in being great at customization and being able to read and teach yourself how to code. So RAD Women makes women in the ecosystem who know how to config really well, it takes them and makes them code literate, I would say, so that they can read code and they can work better with their developers, sort of the challenge that I had. And they do that through a 10 week program that's free and is led by two wonderful coaches in the ecosystem. And it really, again, just bridges that gap. That would be my elevator pitch.

J Steadman: I love that pitch. And focusing on this idea of literacy and in increasing your communication skills across roles, again admins, I've talked to you for a while now about this idea of how we communicate with one another and great to know that this is a resource that exists. RAD Women are out there, you can find them on Twitter. We'll make sure that we throw a link to RAD Women as well in the podcast notes, just so if anyone's interested and wants to know more, you can check it out.

Susannah St-Ger...: Absolutely. So I participated in this wonderful program and around the same time I took a solo admin role at a larger organization, which is an interesting move.

J Steadman: Yeah, that's an interesting setup.

Susannah St-Ger...: Yep. It was an admineloper, now we have that lingo, we didn't at the time. But I was their sole Salesforce resource. It was for a larger nonprofit. And I took it because I was interested in the area that the nonprofit was working. It was in global health and public health arena. So again another fork in the road, it was at that role where I realized I'm still doing fundraising stuff 60%, if not 70% of my time. And I'm only spending 30% or 40% of my time on Salesforce. And I would see the people that worked in the IT department at my company and I would think I really want to work in IT I think. There's something missing. I don't want to be doing this fundraising work anymore. I want to be in Salesforce 100% of my time.
And it was that realization that led me to do something that I always like to share because I think it says a lot about networking and getting jobs in this, in, in this current time. But I went on the Trailblazer, well it wasn't called the Trailblazer community at the time, it was the Success community. I went on the Success community in the Boston Mass jobs board. And there was someone who had posted a job for an organization called Boston Scientific. I'd heard of them I think, but I had to Google. I was like they're a medical device company, interesting.
And I saw that posting and they were posting for a business analyst, a business analyst in Minnesota. And I thought to myself, huh? I read through the job description. And I was like, this sounds like something I could do, but it's in Minnesota. So let me reach out to this person who posted the job and ask if they would accept someone in the role in Boston, because they posted it in the Boston group and it had Boston in the name I was thinking I'll reach out and not just write it off.
So I reached out directly to this person and they said, "Oh yeah, of course we'll accept someone in Boston." So they said, "Send me your details." So I sent them my cover letter and resume and they said, "Okay, great. I'll forward it on to the hiring manager." Whatever. 100%, or maybe 99%, but 99.9% sure that I would not have gotten past the automatic screen for this job, because I had never worked in an IT department. I have this weird musical nonprofit background. I've never worked at a for-profit company before and I didn't have a business analyst certification or anything like that. But I was able to make a connection with this person through the community and bypass that blind screen that filters so many folks out when you're trying to make a bit of a pivot in your career.

J Steadman: Yeah. I need to interject a little bit here, I suddenly became it again and you'll have to pardon me. So, sometimes we get into conversations about language here, language is really important to me. And dear listener, you may have listened to a previous conversation with Renee and I as we talked about shifting our thinking from the word problem to the word challenge. I love that you brought up your background and this is something that I talk a lot about as well, because I've got what I call an untraditional background, an unusual background. I come from acting and music and what have you. And when you described your background, you said you have this weird background.
I just want to highlight that because the conversations that I'm having with people out there, I am finding that there aren't... This is my experience. Your mileage may vary listener. Your mileage may vary as well. But this idea of the weird background, especially as we look at Salesforce jobs. I think as long as you do some of the things that you've done here in your story, Susannah, I feel like weird isn't applicable anymore. You have a background and that background is varied and multifaceted and I would argue rich. But weird, to me, and I don't mean to call you out, but weird I think this is an opportunity for us to... Weird? No. Interesting.
And the reason that I say that is what you've embodied in your approach to this conversation as you talked about it is you weren't assuming no. And this is a concept that I think is really important if you're a Salesforce admin that is out there that is trying to get your first role or if you're a junior and you're trying to step up a level or if you're a BA and you want to move into a more technical role. Really anywhere that you're at, taking the time to pause, look at what's being asked on that job description, see if there's a way that you're able to talk to that hiring manager or recruiter, and then reach out with your well thought out and well structured query. Know who the company is, know where they're based, know what they're asking of you, but then come to them and say, actually, here's what I have to bring to the table. Are you cool with that?
Asking the question, not assuming the no. Maybe having, I hesitate to say courage. But it can be scary to reach out to somebody when, as we all know when we look at Salesforce roles, the job descriptions are like, "I need a junior Salesforce admin with eight years of lightning web component development experience." It can be hard because those screeners, they can actually remove a lot of really valuable candidates. So I just needed to interject. I have all of these notes now, I can give you a whole document on your story so far. To me, this is a great background and you have been constantly curious about the technology that you're acting with, but also curious about where you go with that technology. And not assuming no has been a great ally to you. It's allowed opportunities to be opportunities, which I think is just fantastic.

Susannah St-Ger...: 100%. And it's been asking for what I want, without necessarily feeling like I have to know 100% that I'm right. Knowing that you can try something like I did in my individual gift officer job. And it's okay if you try it and you realize you don't like it, because then you realize more about what you do enjoy. And I think that carries over nicely into, I promise we're going to get to my architect background in just a second, that leads me to again asking for what I think I want. And that's what I did in my new role when I arrived at Boston Scientific. It was, again, my first for-profit role in an IT department, I never worked in an IT department before.
And I sat down with my manager who happened to be wonderful, I'm very thankful for that, and I asked about my career path. We had an upfront conversation about what career paths looked like at this organization. And she told me that there are two paths. There's the managerial path where you go from BA to junior manager to manager, et cetera. And then the other path that is the more "technical" path, that goes BA, technical lead, architect, senior architect, et cetera. And I thought to myself, well, I've been waiting to work in an IT department this whole time and work with Salesforce 100%, I want to follow that technical path. And I told her that, and she was like, "Great, well, we'll find ways to get you down that path."
And I was promoted without a lot of fanfare eventually, after a year or so working there, to technical lead. And then I have a, I don't know if it's a fun story but it's a true story, about making that final leap to architect. Because I was an internal candidate, I was told we have an architectural opening and we're interviewing some folks externally and we want to interview you internally as well. And I got all ready and I did those awkward interviews with people that you know, that you work with. And I did my rounds and I got the call and I got informed that I actually didn't get the role the first time I applied to be an architect. And my ego and my first reaction was, well, I'm just going to have to go find another or organization to be an architect at. Or I'll just find another role and maybe they'll appreciate me or something like this. It was this very bruised ego initial reaction.
And I'm so happy that after I licked my wounds, I was able to take a step back and know that there was going to be another role because of the type of organization we were because of how big we were, that there was going to be another opportunity. And that I still had this wonderful support system that wanted to help me fill the gaps that I had in my background in order to be ready for when there was another role opening. And-

J Steadman: I have to pause you there please. I think you've talked on something or you've brought up a topic that I think is really important and is probably vital to this specific experience that you've brought up, which is when you joined the organization, first, you sat down and you had a really transparent conversation with your manager about what your career could progress into. You were very specific about choosing which path was most appealing to you. And then it sounds to me like you moved to achieve what you needed to achieve to get the promotions to lead you to your goal. Right?

Susannah St-Ger...: Exactly.

J Steadman: But beyond that, when you took a chance at something and your desired outcome didn't occur, you mentioned in passing that you had a group of people around you that really cared about you and your growth goals, that understood that there might be places that you could develop a little bit further to achieve those goals.
The reason I'm highlighting these things is as we're looking at roles out there, regardless of the title that we hold, if we're trying to get a job somewhere, the things that Susannah is outlining are culture. This is culture. And having a culture of people around you that cares about your goals, that asks about your goals, that tries to lift you up and send you to the place that you want to be and cares about identifying areas where you continue to develop in the positive way, that to me is an organization worth investing in.
So, as you're looking at roles out there, keep in mind that this is a part of culture. It can be a part of your or interview process as an admin trying to find a new gig, asking questions about this, what is the career progression for this role? How do you support people when they're looking to continue to grow their skills? How often do we receive feedback on the way in which we're performing and what kind of feedback is that? Can I talk to other people on the team who have received feedback? I'd love to learn their experience. These are all things that I want to highlight, because I think that they are just so valuable as you're going through your experience. And I didn't want to lose the opportunity to bring that up to our audience, Susannah.

Susannah St-Ger...: 100%. And one of my personal rules for myself now, having been in the job market for quite some time, is I won't go and pursue a role or accept a role unless I have talked to someone who works there to talk about that culture piece. Because like you said J, that's so important. Other than knowing who your manager's going to be is also an important piece. But just knowing the company culture is absolutely vital to, like you said, being set up for success. Because even if you do the best work of your life, if you're at an organization that doesn't appreciate you, or isn't going to lift you up, you're you're going to have a bit of a hard time. So 100% agree.

J Steadman: To your point, culture is not only the ads that you'll see about working at a company or the employee experience website that you could see for some larger companies. Culture can shift from team to team. And so to your point Susannah, actually having a conversation with people that are doing your role that are on or adjacent to the team that you're hoping to join and really hearing about that microculture and seeing whether or not it lives up to your expectations or your needs. I think that needs is probably the best word here. We all have a need. There's a certain kind of culture that we all crave or that we all hope to work in, that we need to thrive. And this is a great tip. I appreciate you reviewing that idea with us.

Susannah St-Ger...: Of course. And that's how I ended up becoming an architect. That was my first role as an architect. And I was, again, lucky enough to be working on a team where I had some senior folks that I could learn from. It was around the time of the first Trailhead architect boot camps that existed around TDX. So I was able to do some skilling up there and really the rest is a bit of history. I have now, what, something like 23 certifications. Worked as a customer architect and worked at an ISV as an architect as well. And now I'm here in Salesforce working as an evangelist.

J Steadman: And important to highlight this idea that you've had, to me... I'm drawing all of these parallels. I've got the thread and the board with the thumb tacks and the map, I'm drawing all-

Susannah St-Ger...: The string.

J Steadman: Yeah, all the string. That constraint that you experienced as an end user with a report. As you transition from being a Salesforce architect customer into becoming a part of the architect relations team, the ability to impact your end users presumably has increased. Now what you're doing is you're trying to identify other people who have that similar curiosity that you have toward system design, application design, and the entire landscape of how an enterprise might structure things. You want to make sure that people that are doing that job don't feel constrained like you did as the end user. At least in our limited conversation here, that's how it seems to me.

Susannah St-Ger...: Absolutely. So I want to make sure that the folks who are helping define the architectures and the structures that will allow people to make good reports, that those people have the resources and the tools and the knowledge that they need to do their job well. And that's something that I'm incredibly passionate about. And to your point, I think it does probably tie back to that that bad experience that I had. I want to make sure that no one feels like they don't have the tools that they need to do their job, especially as an architect or as an admin or as a developer.

J Steadman: Yeah. I think that this is a wonderful place for us to conclude the conversation. I think my final thought on this idea of making sure that people don't feel limited. To me, when I look at your story, I see it just... Are you familiar with the Grinch Who Stole Christmas?

Susannah St-Ger...: I am. Yes.

J Steadman: So I'm not saying you're the Grinch in any way, but at the end, the Grinch's heart is very tiny and then it grows a bunch of sizes. I feel the same way about your curiosity and your interest in freeing people from walls. It started at the size that it was at, and over the course of your career it has grown and grown. And it has brought you broader and broader vision. From a report, to an application, to the entire system, to how are we structuring the architecture for a company. So you've got this curiosity and this interest in removing barriers of entry to people that has just gotten larger and larger. You are not a Grinch, but you have growing curiosity, like the Grinch had a growing heart.

Susannah St-Ger...: I love it.

J Steadman: Cool. Well, thank you so much Susannah St-Germain, lead evangelist of architect relations here at Salesforce for joining us today. This has been a fantastic conversation and I hope to have you back again soon. I had some other are questions that I'd really love to get your perspective on.

Susannah St-Ger...: Anytime. Thank you, J.

J Steadman: If you want to learn more about all things Salesforce admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources, including all the links we mentioned in this episode, as well as a full transcript. You can stay up to date with us on social, we are @SalesforceAdmns, no I, on Twitter. I am @J__mdt and Susannah is @sunnydalelow. Stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

The Salesforce Admins Podcast is back atcha with Austin Guevara, Senior Platform Product Designer at Salesforce. He has a great conversation with J. about how he goes about testing prototypes and getting user feedback.

Join us as we talk about how Flow Builder is designed, the importance of user feedback, and the value of accessibility in design.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Austin Guevara.

The Essential Habits for Admin Success, now on Trailhead If you haven’t already, check out The Essential Habits for Admin Success on Trailhead. Become one of the first Admins to get the new badge!

The basics of product design Austin is a product designer working on Flow Builder, which means he spends a lot of time “trying to understand the problems related to automation that our Admins encounter. [I] think about how we can help them be more efficient, effective, and delighted when they’re doing what they do,” he says.

As a product designer, his job is to understand deeply what the user experience is like for Admins, what challenges they face, and how they can help solve those problems. That means a lot of conversations with folks like J. to understand what things feel like right now and what other Admins are saying. They also spend a lot of time talking to everyday customers, getting feedback and working through prototypes to figure out what will work best.

How you can use prototyping in your design process Austin spends a lot of time working with different types of mock-ups of the product he’s designing. Sometimes they’re built in HTML to rough out what the finished product will look like, sometimes (if they’re far along in the process) it’s something with a lot more bells and whistles, sometimes it’s as simple as a sketch on a piece of paper. What matters is getting the idea in front of people in a way they can understand and talk about.

This kind of process can be useful no matter what you’re building. Figure out the simplest way to get your ideas out there—usually, it’s pencil and paper—and then put them in front of someone to see if they make sense. “The best thing about creating a cheap prototype,” Austin says, “is that you didn’t put a ton of time into it. The goal is not to be the solution, the goal is to help get more information that will get you to a better solution.”

User research with the help of SABWA The important thing is to keep getting more information and keep iterating. “Admins are designers: they are designing solutions that end users are going to interact with one way or the other,” Austin says, “and what helps me as a product designer is realizing there’s no black and white about what is the best solution. But with more information and more craft you can create a better solution that most optimally addresses the problem you’re trying to solve.”

SABWA: Salesforce Administrating By Walking Around is a key skill to get a sense of what’s working and what’s not. The important thing is to have a learner’s mindset. Observe what’s going on so you can learn how to make things better. One technique Austin suggests is to sit down with users and have them teach you how to do something in Salesforce. Ask them to talk through what they are doing and explain why they are doing it that way. This can help you understand the thought process behind their workflows and where you can give them a helping hand.

Austin has a lot more great advice about how to ask productive questions that don’t lead the responder, where to learn more, and why accessibility benefits everyone, so be sure to listen to the full episode to learn more.

Podcast Swag:

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn More: * The Salesforce User Experience (UX) Designer Certification * Trailmix: Prepare for your UX Designer Credential * Article: 7 Tips to Build a Winning Salesforce Homepage * Podcast episode: Design Thinking for Admins with Adam Doti * The Design of Everyday Things by Don Norman * Essential Habits Trailhead Badge

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Austin: @AustinGuevara * J.: @J__mdt * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

J.:
Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. This week, we are talking with Austin Guevara, senior platform product designer at Salesforce about how Flow Builder is designed, the importance of user feedback and the value of accessibility in design. But before we jump into that, I have some exciting news.

J.:
Available now on Trailhead is a new module for the essential habits for admin success. That's right, the webinar slash Trailhead live slash presentation, you have all loved and listened to is now a learning module on Trailhead. The link is in the show notes. So after this episode, head on over to the Trailhead and be one of the first admins to get the new essential habits Trailhead badge. Now let's get Austin on the podcast.

J.:
Hello, you wonderful admins out there. I have a great guest here. Hi Austin. I am joined by Austin Guevara today, who is a senior product designer for the Salesforce platform. Austin, you and I have known each other for quite some. We've worked together pretty consistently during that time, but that is not true for everyone that's listening out there. Could you introduce yourself to the awesome admins who are listening today? Tell them a little bit about who you are, what you do.

Austin Guevara:
Yes. I would love to. Hi admins. It's great to be here. Thank you so much for having me, J.. Like you said, my name is Austin and I am a senior product designer. And the team that I work with is platform automation, which means that I am lucky enough to be a designer for Flow Builder.

Austin Guevara:
That is the majority of what spend most of my time thinking about and trying to understand the problems related to automation that our admins encounter, and think about how do we help them be more efficient, more effective, and just be more delighted when they're doing what they do.

J.:
Yeah. Could you just describe to our listeners the way in which you and I work together?

Austin Guevara:
Yes, absolutely. So just a little bit. If you're not familiar with, I guess, my title is product designer, you might also hear UX designer or user experienced designer used somewhat interchangeably. And what that means is that I work with our wonderful product managers and our engineers and our content experience folks. And my job is to understand deeply what is the experience, the current experience like for our customers.

Austin Guevara:
What are some of the challenges that they are facing and then think holistically about how do we go about solving that problem. That stems everywhere from what is the set of concepts that we present in Salesforce. But it also comes down to, all right, what do the actual, what do the things look like, what does it feel like to build a Flow for example.

Austin Guevara:
And so if we're working on a new feature, and let's say that that feature is related to how you manage your record triggered Flows, for example. And this is a real example because J. and I talked about this recently. In order to understand those problems in order to really empathize with what challenges people are encountering, I need to talk to people.

Austin Guevara:
And since I can't actually live someone else's experience, the only way to do that is to ask them questions and understand their experiences. So J., and I have talked many times about... Love to come to you as someone who is both experienced as an admin yourself, but also who knows and talks to a lot of other admins to understand what are the real world challenges.

J.:
Yeah. To take a step back and kind of make this really explicitly clear to anyone who's listening. If we take a look at Flow Builder for example, Flow Builder didn't always look and feel the way that it looks and feels today. When I started as an admin, blushingly I have to confess it's been about 10 years now, since I started using the Salesforce platform, we had what was called, I believe Cloud Flow Designer.

J.:
And even that was not the first iteration of Flow Builder. To my understanding this predates me. I believe that there was actually an application that you had to download and then you'd create a Flow and you'd upload that Flow. And then you could use the Flow on the platform.

J.:
I could be getting that wrong by the way, because again, that was not my personal experience. But if we take a look at the difference between the Cloud Flow Designer and Flow Builder, which we're using today, the experience is pretty significantly different. The look of it. I like to call the older version Cloud Flow Designer, it felt very much like a program from the eighties, right?

Austin Guevara:
Mm-hmm (affirmative).

J.:
It was just, it was incredibly functional, lots of power behind it, but it didn't look as though it was created with the experience of the user first and foremost in mind. Whereas, when we look at the current Flow Builder, it is much clearer today than it once was how to use it, what you can do with it, how you should interact with it.

J.:
And so anytime that you're trying to modify that look and that feel, you go out and you talk to a number of people. And it just so happens, I'm one of the people internally at Salesforce that you speak with. But who are some other folks that you interact with on a regular basis or that your team would interact with on a regular basis to collect some more feedback, to understand how users interact.

J.:
Right? Because that difference between the two versions of Flow Builder that we're talking about, that's just an example, but it's a really significant difference. And obviously, you didn't make those choices or the team didn't make those choices in a vacuum. So who do you approach? How do you approach them? How often do you approach them? What's your relationship with the audience that is using the stuff that you make?

Austin Guevara:
Yeah. So there's a number of different ways, depending on what point in time that we are going to try to talk to the real people using the thing and understand, all right, how do they go about using it. Of course, as wonderful it is to be able to talk to someone like you J., who is just a Slack message away and who we can spin up a video call at any point in time and just chat about something.

Austin Guevara:
We also really want to talk to customers, to people who are using Flow for their job every day. So there's a few different ways that we might do that. We have a whole Salesforce user research recruiting team. So oftentimes they will actually go through the recruiting process for us. We'll tell them, these are the types of people that we want to talk to because of the, whatever the feature is that we're working on.

Austin Guevara:
And we will get users to be able to talk to that way. Sometimes we send out surveys to ask for feedback. Other times we will send out a self moderated test where you will click through a prototype and be able to like speak aloud about what you're seeing. And in other times we might reach out directly to members in the MVP community who are very, very eager and excited to share their opinions.

J.:
Yeah, absolutely. You brought up prototype, which is something I'm really fond. The interaction that we have are great no matter how we're interacting.

Austin Guevara:
Yeah.

J.:
I think you're a very fun person, but I think the thing I enjoy most is when I actually have a prototype to click through, is we can have a conversation about it as we're doing.

J.:
So can you talk a little bit about your prototype process and as you're working with folks on the product side, and you're developing a prototype, and that starts to become an interactive thing that people can touch and provide feedback on, what tools are you using and how rapidly are you designing?

J.:
How quickly do changes go from an idea, a conversation to product, into a prototype that you get feedback on and then ultimately get deployed. So kind of a few questions bundled together there, but go ahead and take a crack at them.

Austin Guevara:
All right. Yes. I mean, I love talking about prototyping because it's one of my favorite things that I do. And that's one of the reasons that I'm a designer is I love creating something that is sort of like a simulation of what the final thing is going to be, and then figuring out, using that as a way to have a clearer conversation with somebody or to just get a sense for yourself of how this thing is going to work.

Austin Guevara:
And the thing about prototypes, as a word prototype, I think you can describe so many different things. For me, and maybe the thing that comes to mind for you as well is something that looks a lot like the real thing, and maybe even as interactive and that you can click on and get a feel for how it actually works. But prototyping is really something that you use throughout the entire design process.

Austin Guevara:
And it doesn't just have to be something that you would create in really what we call, high fidelity. In other words, looks really close to the final thing. So we do, we spend a lot of time in Figma, which is a design tool, which you can actually start using for free if you wanted to, if you wanted to play around with it. Or maybe even code and HTML, and that will create a really high fidelity prototype.

Austin Guevara:
But typically, if we're doing that level of high fidelity prototype, it means we're pretty far along in the process. And before we've created that prototype, we have many others that are of much quote, "Lower fidelity" that we've created first.

Austin Guevara:
So that could be everything from literally sketching with pencil on a paper, boxes and text that just kind of describes what we're thinking about to maybe some wire frames. Literally think about like pulling up MS Paint or PowerPoint and drawing some boxes. But what I love about that is it's as much as there's this specific skillset of using these, of using HTML or higher fidelity tools, anybody can draw a picture on a paper as a way to help communicate with other people.

J.:
If I can interject here for just a second.

Austin Guevara:
Yes.

J.:
What I like about what I'm hearing, and what I think is particularly relevant or valuable for the admin community, is you a professional designer who makes UX changes and UI changes to a tool that is used by millions of customers around the world, you're talking about getting a piece of paper and just sketching some stuff down or throwing some stuff together in PowerPoint or in MS Paint.

J.:
The reason that I like that you're talking about this is I'm a huge fan of the design phase of any kind of Salesforce administration work. Right? Which means oftentimes when I'm advising folks in the Pathfinder program where I mentor or elsewhere, I'm often talking about closing the computer for a little while.

Austin Guevara:
Yeah.

J.:
And just going over to a whiteboard or opening up a journal or whatever you have in front of you, and really starting to kind of sketch out your ideas, whether that is the data model of the thing that you're trying to build, whether it's the screens that you'd like on a Flow, whether it's the lightning page that you would like to have for a record and spend some time with that design first. And in fact, the thing that I'm kind of like a broken record with this. I'll tell people to go and sketch your first idea, show it to someone, take all the feedback that they give you and then your first sketch away.

Austin Guevara:
Yeah.

J.:
Start a second sketch fresh from that feedback. Right?

Austin Guevara:
Yes.

J.:
And it sounds to my ears, Austin, that you're talking about something very similar here, right? Where we don't need something that is what you're calling high fidelity, or for admins listening out there, I would just say, you don't need something that's incredibly fancy or complicated to convey the initial ideas of your design. And does that sound right to you?

Austin Guevara:
Yes. What I love about what you said there is that you have-. I guess, I think of sketching on paper as a really cheap way to get your ideas down. And I love what you said about take it to somebody, show it to them, get feedback and throw that away. Because the best thing about creating a cheap prototype or a cheap just design, quick way to get your ideas out is that you didn't put a ton of time into it. And ultimately, the goal of it is not to be the solution in itself. The goal is to help you get more information that is going to help you get to a better solution. So yeah, that's a great way of describing it.

J.:
Awesome. So we've got this idea of coming to a better solution, iterating, moving from a low fidelity to a high fidelity solution, prototyping. At what point in your process do you or your team members say, "Okay, I'm going to let this fly and let's deploy."

Austin Guevara:
Yeah. I mean, we try to work with the different roles that we collaborate with in a more agile fashion. Which means we try to avoid the typical waterfall approach of, "All right, I'm the designer. I'm going to come up with what the design looks like, and then I'm going to send it off to the engineers to go build." Ideally, we are involving engineers throughout that entire process.

Austin Guevara:
Not only to be able to kind of check what we are trying to do technic, but also because they're great ideators and they have a lot of wonderful ideas about how we can address problems. So we work closely with them. And I guess, to answer your question, sometimes it's hard to say exactly when things are quote, "Done" because you kind of continue to work on them. And so we know that at Salesforce, we have our three releases a year.

Austin Guevara:
And so over each of those release periods, you can kind of think about each four month period as like a cycle. And so near the very beginning of that cycle is when we are more open-endedly trying to think about what is the specific problem that we're trying to solve. And that's when we're going through with our sketches and trying to get our ideas out there and try to refine to a more specific, this is the feature that we are trying to address.

Austin Guevara:
So then over the course of, let's say a six weeks, we're refining down to a more specific, "Here's the designs. Here's what this feature could look like." Maybe a prototype that shows like this is what the interaction will look like. And then at that point, we are working with engineers then to break that down to figure out, all right, how much effort is this going to take.

Austin Guevara:
How much is it going to take to develop this? And then we're working with them side by side as they are working on that, to help answer questions as they come up. So that kind of answered your question, that kind of didn't. There's no real end. Because the other thing is even after the release goes out, there's very few things or very few features that I've worked on where it goes out and then we're done with it. It's typically something that we're continuously evolving.

J.:
Let me ask-. Actually I want to interject on that because.

Austin Guevara:
Yes.

J.:
It's a question that I've had that I've been interested in across all of our products. And I don't think I've ever actually really asked the question. You said that most things aren't ever finished, you're always tweaking and enhancing them, has there ever been anything that you've been working on where it's just been, "Okay, yes, that's done. Let's step away. And let's focus all of our efforts on something else."

Austin Guevara:
It does happen sometimes. I would say at some point we've all experienced this. There's some products where we say, "Hey, there's something new that we believe is going to be the better way to address this problem area going forward." And so at that point, oftentimes that means, hey, this thing that we've iterated on this product we've iterated on for multiple years, we're not going to invest new effort in because we're putting all that new innovation into another area.

J.:
Yeah. So what I'm hearing is outside of things that end up kind of being sunset or going end of life, or we announce another product that may be the future of that same kind of functionality, we really keep tweaking until we decide, all right, cool. There's a better way to do this. Let's put our efforts over there.

Austin Guevara:
Yeah. I think what's interesting about design and something that I've come to terms with the more time I've spent in my career is that there is no such thing as a perfect solution. And so I'm sure that, I mean, I would say the admins are designers, right? They are designing solutions that your end user are going to interact with one way or the other.

Austin Guevara:
And I, as a product designer, often try to... Am stuck in this mindset of, "Oh, I've got to find the right answer, the right way to do this." And what helps me sometimes is realizing there's no yes, there's no black and white about this is the best solution. But with more information and more craft, you can create a better solution that most optimally addresses the problem that you're trying to solve. So that, I think if you think about things that you keep iterating on, that's why, because we keep finding ways to improve things.

J.:
I am really glad that you mentioned that because one of the things that we really try and focus on with our admins, there are a lot of skills that we talk about is the Salesforce admins. There's a bucket of skills that we think are really, really important. There are core responsibilities that you have as a Salesforce admin that correlate to those skills.

J.:
But one of the things that we really emphasize in the audience relations team or the admin evangelism team is continuously going back to your users, riding side by side with them, or visiting them where they're working and kind of understand their day to day, observing them, seeing how they interact with the applications that you've configured or developed on the platform. And then basically take notes, right? A lot of the recommendations that we make, as we're talking with admins that are out there in the awesome admin community, we talk about you don't have to ask any leading questions.

J.:
If you just sit next to somebody and you witness how they're interacting with the thing that you've put together, if you've got a learner's mindset very often, you'll start to observe things that need to be tweaked. And need might be the wrong word, maybe it's things that could be tweaked, right? Are we able to eliminate a click? Are we able to highlight or bring into focus, something on the screen that has been previously overlooked?

J.:
And it sounds to me like we're kind of saying the same thing there. And I really enjoy that because I agree with you. Not only do we have a new certification for user experience, design, but I think that we've been doing this as admins for a very long time from page layouts to record pages to the way that we even assemble a report or a list view, the way that these things look and feel. Even if they're within a certain visual vocabulary, they still have impact.

J.:
And the choices that we make are never really finished. And I've found in my experience as an admin, that it was very similar, right? I'd have a release schedule, maybe once a month, we would have things that we were collecting from the business that needed to be implemented. But we'd also be thinking about those things that they needed a little bit more attention and Finesse because people are using them every day and they're observing things that cause them friction or cause them displeasure.

Austin Guevara:
Yes. There's plenty of that. And I guess, I have a few thoughts or words of advice. I love the, going to where people are using the thing and observing them using it is one of the best ways you could possibly learn about how to make things better.

Austin Guevara:
And something else you might try that is similar to that is you can sit down with them and say, "Pretend like you are teaching me how to do this."

J.:
Yeah.

Austin Guevara:
"And just speak out loud through what are you doing and why are you doing it? And I might jump in with questions to ask why you're doing something." That way you cannot only see how they're doing it, but also understand their thought process behind it.

J.:
Well, would you agree as you're doing that, that it's important to just focus your questions around the purpose of the action that the user is taking without trying to lead them to a solution that you think is the most appropriate?

Austin Guevara:
Absolutely. But that's definitely one of the biggest skills related to, I guess, doing user research. That definitely takes some practice. But as much as possible, not structuring leading questions. For example, instead of asking, "Why was that difficult for you?"

Austin Guevara:
Right? You might ask something like, "How would you describe your experience with that?"

J.:
Right.

Austin Guevara:
So thinking about the neutral language that doesn't lead them to, oh, something that is definitely negative or something that is positive, but just, "How did you experience that?"

J.:
Yeah. So on that note, right? What I'm hearing is if I ask somebody, "How difficult did you find that?" What's being emphasized, there is difficulty. And in fact, the way that the question is structured, there is no room to give an alternate answer within the confines of the question, right?

J.:
I have to tell you how difficult something was. I can tell you that it wasn't very difficult, but you're still getting a difficulty answer as opposed to, "How would you describe that experience?"

Austin Guevara:
Right.

J.:
I am now free to use difficult, I can use easy. I could use other words that the designer may not have thought of at.

Austin Guevara:
That is absolutely true. And something else, anytime I'm opening up a conversation, either an interview or contextual sort of study where I'm watching somebody as they do something, I always try to cue them with, "Tell me you're very honest and open feedback? There's no hard feelings here. I'm not testing you. Whatever you have to say is valuable."

Austin Guevara:
Because I think people tend to sometimes be overly nice. They might soften their actual experience because we work with a lot of, which is great, but sometimes what you really need is the honesty. And to be able to take that. And not take it personally, but just see it as an opportunity to make the thing that you are working on even better is will take you really far.

J.:
I'd say also in my experience as I'm going through that same encouraging folks to be as honest about their experience as possible, I have found in my own personal life, sometimes I also have to remind myself to take what folks are saying with some grace, right?

Austin Guevara:
Yeah.

J.:
Because as you are working with users, even a passing comment, "Ah, I hate this page," right?

Austin Guevara:
Yeah.

J.:
Or, "Whenever I try and save this, it sucks." Right?

Austin Guevara:
Yeah.

J.:
That kind of language, if you're not prepared for it, or if you don't remind yourself in advance, if you're a person like I am, I am a sensitive flower and my feelings will get hurt unless I remind myself, hey, they aren't directing this toward your value as a designer or your value as an admin.

J.:
Instead, this is just honestly how they feel about the thing that's in front of them. And I find myself having to armor up a little bit it sometimes and saying, "It's going to be cool. Even if it's bad, it's going to be cool." Because that's going to give you the feedback you need to make it better for everyone.

Austin Guevara:
Yeah, absolutely. I think it's really just sort of a mental shift. If you can position your minds that what I am getting here is data. I am collecting data. It's not a personal attack on my abilities or the thing that created.

J.:
I love that. So we're nearing the end here. I would like to know from you, Austin.

Austin Guevara:
Yes.

J.:
What do you think are admins out there, what nugget should they take away from you, a designer about their day to day work? Is there any last word of an advice, skills that they should pay attention to, resources that you enjoy? It's a broad bucket. You can fill it the way that you want. What's the wisdom that you pass on here at the end of our conversation?

Austin Guevara:
There are so many things I could say, but there are a few things that come to mind. If you are interested in learning more about the topic of human centered design, which really can be implied in so many areas. There's a book called, The Design of Everyday Things, which is a great resource that is sort of the Bible on understanding that whole way of thinking about, of creating things. There is also the Salesforce UX designers certification. And of course, a company with that is an incredible trail mix that has a ton of resources that of course are very Salesforce specific. So I think-.

J.:
Which we will link to in the blog post associated with this podcast.

Austin Guevara:
Go click it now and explore it. Yeah. And also, I was going to share, there is a talk from I believe is a Trailhead DX from a couple years ago from one of my colleagues that is basically applying the design thinking process to creating a homepage.

J.:
Oh.

Austin Guevara:
And so it's not for Flow specifically, even though I like to, I'm kind of biased towards thinking about things related to Flow, but it's a great way of, hey, how might I take some of these concepts and apply it to something that I am working on in the near future.

J.:
Awesome. I've got one last question that I want to ask you.

Austin Guevara:
Yes.

J.:
Because I want to end it just on a tone of controversy.

Austin Guevara:
Oh good.

J.:
Do you prefer Freeform or Autolayout?

Austin Guevara:
Oh, this is a great question. I'm so glad that you asked. If I'm going to pick something, I would have to pick Autolayout. And let me explain.

J.:
Wow.

Austin Guevara:
Let me explain a little bit. So Autolayout is something that the Flow team has worked on not only as what it might appear initially, which is to take my Flow, organize it nicely, not make me think about how I'm connecting things, which is a great advantage, but it also is pretty powerful for keyboard and screen users, because now they have a procedural way to navigate through an entire Flow and understand how things are ordered and create things in a logical way.

Austin Guevara:
That's one of the reasons I love Autolayout so much. And also because there's a lot of more love that we are giving to Autolayout. We said that things are always iterating. There's more to be added to what Autolayout has to offer. So yeah, I'm very excited about some of that stuff that we are working on, but I hope you can see why Autolayout's so great.

J.:
My preference for a long time has been Freeform, but in talking with you today, I've learned that the accessibility features of Autolayout are really cool. And I've seen, I follow a lot of designers on Twitter, I've seen a lot of conversations around accessibility, especially recently.

Austin Guevara:
Yeah.

J.:
And I'm newer to that space, so I can't put my finger exactly on why. It may have been a conversation that's been happening for a very long time. But I love the fact that it's something that you are taking into account as the designer. I've actually worked at organizations in the past where some of the Salesforce developers that I've worked with have been vision impaired. And they were using screen readers all of the time to write their or code and interact with things, which is pretty fantastic.

Austin Guevara:
Yeah. What I love is that it's, when you focus on creating an experience that is inclusive and that is a great experience for everyone, for example, for those who are reliant on a screen reader to do most of their work, you end up creating something that's great for every one and even better than it would've been otherwise. So I love taking that lens anytime I'm approaching a design problem.

J.:
That is the end. That's the note we're going to end on. Austin Guevara, senior product designer for Flow Builder. Thank you so much for joining us today. Admins, this has been a blast. And beware Austin, just as you come calling for me sometime, I may call you again and ask you to join me for a conversation here on the Admins podcast.

Austin Guevara:
Thanks, J..

J.:
If you want to learn more about all things Salesforce admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources, including all the links we mentioned in this episode, as well as a full transcript. You can say up to date with us on social. We are at Salesforce admins no I on Twitter. J. is at J. underscore, underscore MDT. Austin is at Austin Guevara. Stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

January Monthly Retro with J. Steadman and Ella Marks

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, it’s time for your monthly retro with J. Steadman and Ella Marks from the Admin team. In this episode, we’ll cover all the great Salesforce product, community, and careers content from January, and find out why it’s Ella’s favorite month.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation between J. and Ella Marks.

The Essential Habits for Admin Success, now on Trailhead New on Trailhead: The Essential Habits for Admin Success. That's right, the webinar / trailhead live / presentation you have all loved and listened to is now a learning module on Trailhead. Head on over and become one of the first Admins to get the new Essential Habits Trailhead Badge!

Podcast highlights from January The podcast that stood out this month to Ella was J.’s episode with Stephan Chandler-Garcia on working with Developers and the power of being brave enough to say “I don’t know.” For J., Mike’s episode with Lissa Smith about what folks are looking for when they’re hiring a new Admin was particularly helpful.

  • Being a Dev with Stephan Chandler-Garcia and J. Steadman
  • Hiring an Admin with Lissa Smith

Blog highlights from January Ella wanted to highlight Mike’s post about our new Trailhead Badge: Essential Habits for Salesforce Admins. This post has the whole story of what’s new and why we’re so excited about it. The Admin Evangelist team put a lot of work into this content and we don’t want you to miss out! Ella also brought up Claudia Robinson’s roundup of low-code tools that can help you this year. And of course, Jennifer Lee’s release notes are always a highlight for the community, especially now that she’s on the team.

  • Essential Habits for Salesforce Admins Is Now a Trailhead Badge
  • 9 Low-Code Tools to Help You Grow in 2022
  • Jen’s Top Spring ’22 Release Features

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * J.: @J__mdt * Ella: @Marks_Ella

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

J.: Welcome to The Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. This week, we're talking with Ella about where we are in the multiverse, seeing the new year with fresh eyes, and our favorite January content. But before we jump into that, I have some exciting news. Available now on Trailhead is a new module for the Essential Habits for Admin Success. That's right, the webinar slash Trailhead live slash presentation you have all loved and listened to is now a learning module on Trailhead. The link is in the show notes, so after this episode, head on over to Trailhead and be one of the first admins to get the new essential habits Trailhead badge. Now let's get Ella on the pod.

J.: Hello awesome admins across the entire multiverse. I am talking to you here from the Berenstain Bears timeline. And I am joined by Ella for our January retrospective on the content that we have produced for you. We're really excited to talk about some of the things that we think were particularly beneficial, or useful, or exciting. Ella, could you please introduce yourself to our wonderful listeners?

Ella Marks: I would love to. Hi everyone. I'm Ella Marks. I am a marketing manager on the admin relations team. You may have heard me on this podcast before or seen me on Release Readiness Live, or as a co-presenter with J. on our New essential Habits at Trailhead badge. So super happy to be here and chat a little bit about January, which is my favorite month of the year.

J.: Oh, goodness. So this is interesting, first, hi, I'm J.. If you don't know me already, now you do know me, and we can ... Well, I guess my title is lead admin evangelist. I am on a team with Ella, and we are here to talk about great content. But I want to go back to this idea of a favorite month. I don't know if I ... Favorite month. Why is January your favorite month?

Ella Marks: I really like the wintertime. I don't know, this could be an unpopular opinion. But I really like winter, I love snow, I love skiing, I love being outside in the winter, so that contributes. But I like what January stands for, like new beginnings, new year, the start of something new. I didn't always feel that way, but I think recently I have just kind of come around to this idea of feeling a lot of joy about new opportunities, and that's kind of what January represents to me. New year's resolutions aren't something that I really relate to, but the idea of being open to new things and new experiences in a new year is something that I get really excited about, and I've been thinking a lot about, especially this month.

J.: I am super glad that I asked that question because the answer, I thought you were going to be like, "I like snow." But your answer was so robust, and I think valuable, good that we got that answer. On that note of trying new things and being open to new opportunities or new information as it may arise, and kind of looking at the world maybe with a fresher set of eyes, or our learner's mindset, as we talk a lot in the admin community as one of our really important skills, I think it's a great time for us to look at some of this content that we've got and kind of share with our community why we have highlighted it. So Ella, I'm going to put you on the spot. I think we each have two or three pieces of content that we think were particularly compelling. Why don't you start us off and talk about the first piece of content that you really enjoyed over the month of January?

Ella Marks: Yeah. I'd love to. I think the first piece of content that I really enjoyed from this past month, just going on the learner's mindset track, was the podcast that you did with Stefan, who's a developer evangelist. And you really had this conversation about being a developer and how you can navigate that world where a lot of different roles really overlap. And what I really enjoyed about this podcast was there's a section when you're talking about the importance of learning, and also the importance of saying, "I don't know," and how powerful that question can be. I think it's something that I try to be ... I try to say those words as much as I can, but I think it's so powerful to really have that desire to learn and extend your knowledge, but also be willing to say, "I don't know," when you don't know something because it's so valuable to, I don't know, have that self awareness and maintain trust with the people that you're speaking to.

Ella Marks: And you all really go into that in this, and that was one of the moments that really, really stuck out to me. And even in all of our podcasts on our website, you can take a look at the transcript. And it's something that I've kept going back to over the past couple of days, just to kind of remind myself the importance of saying, "I don't know. Let me go find someone to talk to, find someone to ask," and use that as an opportunity to learn and pick up new things, or new skills even.

J.: Well, I am super appreciative that was something that you enjoyed. My conversation with Stefan was really awesome. I think for those of you that are listening, it's important to know that the way that I kind of approach the conversations with guests on the podcast, there is a general ... There's a little bit of preparation in terms of a broad topic that we may want to cover, but I really try and stay away from preparing a guest with any kind of questions or particular, specific bullet points that we want to discuss, especially because I think that the nuggets that Ella has just talked about, they start to arise the less that I plan things. Sometimes I can over plan, just like I asked you what your favorite month was, Ella, and you were like, "January, and by the way, here's this wisdom." I find that many people have that kind of same approach if you put a microphone in front of them and you ask them a question about something they care about.

J.: So I'm very happy that worked for you, and hopefully it'll work for some of our other listeners out there as well. I want to piggyback on the idea of a good pod to listen to. On January 6th, we had a really great pod come out about hiring an admin with Lissa Smith. Mike was the host on that pod. And I think it is really important to take a look at how admins are hired, what hiring managers are looking for, or how they identify talent, what they really care about, what they think is less important, and having a frank conversation with a person who's hired a team of Salesforce admins in the past, and how she handled the interview process, I think that's particularly relevant.

J.: And I feel as though in the 10 years that I've been on the Salesforce platform doing work, I feel like that's always been true. It's always really relevant to hear how people are being hired, what is valuable for them. And that's because we're always evolving. We're always changing. We have this platform that keeps getting larger. There are always new features being added to it. There are more and more folks that are getting jobs, and so keeping our fingers on the pulse of who's being hired. Why are they being hired? And what are hiring managers looking for? I think that conversation remains really relevant to admins, whether they're just entering the space or if they've been in the space like I have, for a decade. So do check that out, you can find that on the website. We'll also put a link with the blog post that goes along with the pod. But again, that's hiring an admin with Lissa Smith. So we've each got one item that we have contributed here. Ella, what is item number two?

Ella Marks: Okay, item number two, and this is a tough one because there's been so much great content in January. But the second thing I'd probably highlight from this past month is a pretty recent one, so January 19th, we published, or Mike I should say, published a blog, Essential Habits for Salesforce Admins, is now a Trailhead badge. And that is a blog, an announcement, a video, a module, a trail mix, there is a lot going on here. And I picked this one because if you dive into this post, you'll read about how Essential Habits for Salesforce Admins is something that has been around in the Salesforce community for 11 years. It's a middle schooler. And just this year, we have refreshed that content and it now lives on Trailhead, which is something that we are so, so excited about.

Ella Marks: And it's not just a module. We have a whole trail mix of items that you can complete, including resources to really learn more about the habits that you can use to grow your admin career, and really understand how to structure your week best for your role as an awesome admin. So there's a really great video too, that Mike recorded all about the personal success habits. So personal success is really the foundation for a lot of the things that you're going to do in your role as an admin. And I love that we are able to include that angle. And I think it's a great read for a blog post, and definitely would encourage folks to get out there and complete that badge, complete that trail mix, watch the video. And there's even a fun quest component if you complete the trail mix, so definitely encourage everyone to go check that out.

J.: I have to confess that this is also my second pick for the month. And it may be because you and I worked a whole heck of a lot together on this. Mike worked a whole heck of a lot together with us on this. And of course, a huge group of people on the Trailhead team as well, making the transition from kind of that Trailhead live format into our Trailhead format. It was a big change, and we really did try and go from the ground up and look at the content and see where it was relevant, where maybe it was a little bit less relevant. And I think there were two things particularly that I enjoy about this current iteration of Essential Habits as it exists on Trailhead now. I think first, we've taken a slightly different approach to the resources that are listed on each of the modules, which I really enjoy.

J.: So normally when I go to Trailhead, I'll see a list of resources at the end of the module that I'm completing or the badge that I'm completing. I'll start to click into it. And I'll kind of repeat that process as I'm trying to explore and understand more. But in these modules, we've actually called out specifically what you would expect to get out of each resource. Right? So here's a resource, and click this resource if you are interested in learning more about a particular product, for example, or a particular feature. I think that context really provides a lot of value for admins who are trying to determine whether or not it's worth it to go into a resource. And I'm a big fan of only using the resources that you need. Right?

J.: When I pick up a book, I very rarely need to read the entire book. I need to pick up the pieces of the book that are relevant to me, and I like having the option to pick and to choose. I think the second piece of the Essential Habits as it exists on Trailhead now that I was really fond of, and am really fond of, is how we focus on structuring time. We talk tons here in the evangelism team about how you can use products, how you can come up with solutions. But we don't often talk about: How do you run that in your life? And it can be particularly overwhelming for admins who are either just entering the space, or are overwhelmed with the number of requests that they get from the business.

J.: So taking some time to kind of focus on how we calendar, and how we structure a week, and how there's a flow to a week, I think is really powerful and can unlock a lot of productivity. Even if folks are adapting it and modifying it to their own end, I think looking at an example of how a week can be structured as an admin can provide a lot of value to kind of enhance your productivity and decrease the amount of churn or wheels spinning that can often happen when we're trying to manage many request, we have many other duties that we have to deal with. So Ella and I obviously have a reason for enjoying that piece of content.

Ella Marks: We're not biased at all.

J.: We are definitely biased, but I think it's great for new admins to better understand how the habits work. And I think it's great for long time admins to just revisit it and see if there's any value in how a week is structured. And frankly, I think that it's valuable for developers as well, to kind of take a look at how admins may structure a week, and how they can better interact with their admin counterparts. So great, we have tied on our second piece of content, the new Essential Habits Trailhead badge. What is your third piece of content, if you have a third, Ella?

Ella Marks: The third piece of content that stood out for me from this past month was the blog post from January 3rd, Nine Low Code Tools to Help You Grow in 2022. And that was written by one of our amazing product marketing managers on the automation and low code team. And she really covers some of the top highlights that we've seen with these low code automation tools in the last year. And what I love about this is there are so many things in every Salesforce release. We know that there's the release notes. We have our Learn More campaign, where with highlight some of those highlights from each release. But I loved seeing kind of a summary on this particular topic of what's new from this year, kind of a little bit of a refresh, and then getting excited for some of the new things that we'll be seeing in the next year.

Ella Marks: And she gave some examples around Salesforce apps and workflows in Slack, automation, artificial intelligence, app development. And I think it's really exciting to see those sneak peeks. And I love kind of refreshing and setting the context of what happened last year, to see where that innovation takes us through this next year.

J.: I love that. I think I have kind of a synergistic, to use a banned word from the '80s in business, I think I have a synergistic choice for my number three. So everyone in the community is probably familiar with Jenwlee's wonderful release notes highlights. They've been a staple in the community for a long time. And as you know, Jen has joined our team. She's my fabulous teammate, and I really love her Top Spring '22 Release Features. It's great that we've been able to kind of continue that conversation that she's been having with the community on our official channels. So if you're looking for one of the best sources to see what you should be excited about in spring '22, do check out Jen's Top Spring '22 Release Features.

J.: I don't want to go into any of the details there. She does a great job of outlining what you should be paying attention to and why, so do check that blog post out. It dropped on January 18th, and I think you'll find that there's a whole lot to be excited about. So that concludes six pieces of content that all of you can hop out and start to read, watch, listen to, whatever you prefer based on the media type you're consuming. But I wanted to ask one question, Ella, particularly as you saw Essential Habits drop, and I know that you're really dialed into the reaction from the community. Is there anything that you're seeing on social that is top of mind for admins, or that you're particularly compelled by in seeing admins say or do? Social is obviously our primary way of interacting with folks in the community right now in lieu of in person or physical events. But I was just curious if you saw any ideas, or questions that were trending in January that you thought were interesting or compelling.

Ella Marks: Yeah. That's a great question. I'll have to think if there are any specific posts that come to mind. But as far as a topic that I feel like I've been seeing in the last month or so, I think that importance of learning, we've talked about learning a lot in this 15, 20 minute podcast episode, but I think part of the reason for that is we know how important it is. I think I've seen a bunch of folks either sharing new resources, whether it's a badge, a blog post, something that's exciting or interesting to them, and really creating that space for others to learn as well, so kind of continuing.

Ella Marks: And this is something our community has done for such a long time, but just I love going on social or in the trailblazer community and seeing folks really share their knowledge with others and create spaces for conversations where there's a lot of learning. And so that's probably the thing that I've been the most dialed into. As someone who's constantly trying to improve my Salesforce skills, my marketing skills, those conversations about learning really stand out to me.

J.: It does really seem like there are a large number of folks who take the first couple of weeks of January to sit down and say to themselves, "What does this year look like for me as a technology professional and as a Salesforce admin? And what are the things that I want to focus on to continue to enhance those skills, and to continue to develop relationships in the community?" I'm seeing a lot of those same conversations that you're calling out, Ella. I'm seeing people decide whether or not they're comfortable going to in person experiences, and maybe talking about booking their travel, and kind of highlighting sessions that they're particularly excited about. And I'm also seeing people kind of publicly making the statement that they will get certification X, or they want to get number of badges Y, and it's really exciting to see those kind of public conversations.

J.: I know for myself, when I publicly claim a goal, I find myself in a place where I tend to ... I don't want to disappoint the people that I've announced it to, so I hold myself a little bit more accountable than I might otherwise. That may or may not be the truth for you, dear listener. But check out social and look at how other people are trying to kind of structure their year and what they're trying to bring into their lives in a positive way. And where you can, uplift and support, smash that like button, retweet those things that look so cool. Yeah, I think that probably is a good retro of January. Do you feel good about where we're sitting here, Ella?

Ella Marks: I feel great. We retro'd the heck out of that retro.

J.: Yeah. The only thing that we're missing is some classic rock or an Atari video game.

Ella Marks: Ooh, I like that.

J.: That would be very retro.

Ella Marks: Could be new enhancement for the next year.

J.: Well, thank you very much, Ella, for joining us. And hey, admins, get cracking on those resources. We'll see you soon. Thank you so much for joining us. If you want to learn more about all things Salesforce admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources, including all the links we mentioned in this episode, as well as a full transcript. You can stay up to date with us on social. We are at Salesforce Admns, no I, on Twitter. J. is at J.__MDT. And Ella is at Marks_Ella. Stay safe. Stay awesome. And stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

This episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast features Mari Greenberg, Principal Delivery and Content Lead, Analytics, and Kevin Corcoran, Senior Applications Instructor, both at Salesforce. They’re here to get us up to speed on the new Admin 201 class at Trailhead Academy.

Join us as we talk about Salesforce roles as a spectrum, being a T-shaped person, and how working at a gym can make you an excellent Salesforce professional.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Mari Greenberg and Kevin Corcoran.

The Essential Habits for Admin Success, now on Trailhead Before we get started, you should know that a new module is now available on Trailhead: The Essential Habits for Admin Success. That's right, the webinar/trailhead live/ presentation you have all loved and listened to is now a learning module on Trailhead. Head on over and become one of the first Admins to get the new Essential Habits Trailhead Badge!

A new Admin 201 for a new year Trailhead Academy is the next level of Trailhead and the Trailblazer program. They’ve taken all the resources out there and sequenced them into courses to help you organize your learning. You get real-time feedback and guidance from instructors and can connect with peers to learn in a group setting.

Admin 201 has recently gotten a refresh. It’s still a five-day class, but there are new scenarios and storylines and, most importantly, new topics. It features a much more in-depth focus on Flow and change management, and migrating metadata from a sandbox to production.

Taking it one certification at a time. All of this wasn’t possible without a lot of help. We worked closely with the Certification team to make sure that going through Admin 201 will give you a big boost towards those goals. We also got feedback from community members and MVPs to find out what they’re looking for when they’re hiring a new Admin. “We kept in mind what a brand new Admin has to do in the first six months of their job,” Kevin says.

When it comes to getting started, it’s a good idea to have in mind what you’re looking to get out of the experience. One of the most important things they do is show you what resources are out there to help you get the extra help you need. “Be patient with yourself,” Mari advises, “there is so much to know in Salesforce and there’s no way anyone can know it all.”

About Trailhead Academy Trailhead Academy is empowering businesses to develop expertise across their organization with expert-led learning and credentials that build and validate Salesforce skills.

We know learning new skills can be a challenge, and some people need more support than others. We also know companies need to skill up their employees fast and help invest in growing their teams' careers. That's where Trailhead Academy's expert-led services come in. With Trailhead Academy you can accelerate learning across your organization with access to Salesforce experts.

How can Trailhead Academy support my business? From expert-led classes and credentials to custom enablement solutions and accelerated certification programs, Trailhead Academy has the resources your business needs to be successful with Salesforce. With Trailhead Academy, you can:

  • Empower your employees with high-touch, instructor-led learning
  • Develop your employees’ expertise with insights and best practices from Salesforce experts. Our Salesforce Certified Instructors deliver expert-led classes and private workshops in more than 13 different languages around the world. With in-depth explanations, real-world scenarios, live Q&A sessions, and classes for every Salesforce cloud, role, and level learning from Salesforce experts is one of the best ways to get a deeper understanding of Salesforce.
  • Grow and validate skills with Salesforce Credentials
  • Increase agility, efficiency, and business impact with Salesforce-certified employees. Build in-house expertise and provide career growth opportunities with role-based credentials.
  • Drive adoption and engagement with Salesforce Enablement Services
  • Empower your teams with custom learning and enablement programs aligned to your business goals. Leverage our Learning Advisory Services to get guidance and advice to ensure your long-term, sustainable success with Salesforce.
  • Supercharge your employees’ paths to certification with Trailhead Virtual Bootcamps
  • Get your teams exam-ready with prescriptive, outcome-based, blended learning. Empower your employees with the skills and expert-led guidance they need to get Salesforce-certified, fast.

No matter your industry or the size of your business, you’ll find that learning directly from Salesforce experts is one of the best ways to gain insights, learn best practices, and get set up for success with Salesforce.

Podcast Swag:

  • Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Learn More: * Configure and Customize Salesforce - ADX201 * 5 Powerful Salesforce Certification Benefits * Essential Habits Trailhead Badge

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. And we are just kicking off 2022 on the right foot, because this week we're talking with Mari Greenberg and Kevin Corcoran about the new Admin 201 Class. That's right. There is a new Trailhead Academy Admin 201 Class. I mean, it's so cool because Trailhead Academy is empowering businesses to develop expertise across their organization with expert-led learning and credentials that build and validate your Salesforce skills. That's what they do. I have been through the Trailhead Academy courses. I love them. I highly recommend them. And today we're going to talk with two instructors about what they love about the course, about what's new about the course. I ask them to define credentials and how admin should talk about credentials. So, that's in the interview. It's just really fun. Mari and Kevin are just, man, they're awesome.
Before we get into that, I have some exciting news. So available now on Trailhead is a new module for the Essential Habits for Admin Success. That's right. The webinar/Trailhead Live/world tour presentations that you've seen me give many times, that you've seen many people on the Salesforce Admin team give, everything that you've loved and listened to and have sat and diligently taken notes is now on Trailhead. These are amazing modules with videos from the admin team with really cool quiz questions, scenarios. We worked on these a lot over the winter and it is such a treat to be able to share these with you.
The link to these new modules is in the show notes. So after this episode, where you get all excited hearing about Trailhead Academy and learning, head on over to Trailhead, be one of the first admins to get the new Essential Habits Trailhead badge. And now just sit down and enjoy this wonderful conversation about the new Salesforce Admin classes and we'll get Mari and Kevin on the podcast.
So Mari and Kevin, welcome to the podcast.

Mari Greenberg: Thank you. Thanks for having us.

Kevin Corcoran: Thank you, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: This is exciting. So I love talking about everything that we do around training for our entire ecosystem admins, developers, architects. I've gone through some of the classes. And I know when I saw we were redoing some of the classes, it was a perfect time to have both of you on to talk a little bit about the cool things that we're doing to train our community. But I think before we get started, everybody would love to know a little bit more about both of you. So Mari, let's start with you. What do you do at Salesforce and what are your credentials and what do you love about what you do?

Mari Greenberg: Sure. Well, thanks again for having us, Mike. My name is Mari Greenberg. I am one of our Salesforce instructors and have been with Salesforce for almost three and a half years. And I came on as an Admin Instructor and I am certified in admin, advanced admin and couple others, Platform App Builder. My other area of expertise is Tableau CRM. So formally Einstein Analytics. That is my whole wheelhouse as well. And I've absolutely loved being a Salesforce instructor. There's something about the opportunity to really impart your knowledge and your perspective on really all things Salesforce and your own experience and really work with and connect with all new people in the Salesforce ecosystem and new people to you, whether they've been in the ecosystem for years or they're just starting their career. That's what I really love about the admin piece too, is you are truly helping someone on their journey and really get their feet wet and get comfortable in all the Salesforce fundamentals to launch their career. That's really what I love about what we do and what I love about this course and how great we've made it.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I have to believe that you have a dream job where you get to see somebody's light bulb turn on every five minutes of the day and every day. Kevin, that's a tough act to follow, but we're going to do our best here.

Kevin Corcoran: Yeah, that is a tough act, actually. Hi, I appreciate you having me on, Mike. My name's Kevin Corcoran. I am also with our Trailhead Academy team as a Principal Instructor and in the capacity of AMER Regional Instructor Program Lead. So I have been on platform [inaudible] since 2003 and with our team for the last six years. And far as my certifications are concerned, I hold the Advanced Admin Sales Cloud Consultant Platform App Builder with us. And I also teach service cloud consultant and experienced cloud consultant courses. So kind of the admin background.
As far as just being excited, I'd say enthusiastic may not be strong enough of a word to describe how much I enjoy being on this platform. I started off a number of years ago and as a literally client of Salesforce. And I am truly one of those accidental admins that you have every once in a while here on the podcast. I started off as a client, moved to consulting from consulting and as a partner and eventually now for the last five, six years as a Salesforce employee.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. Okay. So I think we've got some pretty good experts on. Since we kind of dove right in, learned about you, why don't we level set for everyone? I'm old school. I remember Salesforce University. But why don't you tell us a little bit about what is Trailhead Academy? If I'm a new admin developer, do I pay attention to this? How do I sign up? What's going on?

Kevin Corcoran: Mike, thanks for asking that question. As Trailhead Academy goes, it is the evolution from, your right, Salesforce Academy and an evolution that came from the advent of Trailhead and our Trailblazer program. So with Trailhead Academy, we really take a lot of that information that's out there on Trailhead and we put it together in particular orders to have come up with some amazing courses, ranging from fundamentals, introducing people to admin and admin work from the ground up, which is the course we're here to talk about, all the way through the gamut of developer courses.

Mari Greenberg: The value that someone gets out of taking a course from our lovely instructors is just not only getting the instructors real time feedback and guidance and kind of answering those whys behind what you may be configuring or have questions about concepts, but also just connecting with your peers and whether it be virtual, in person, it's having that whole group setting that really can uncover a lot of great conversations and discussions.

Mike Gerholdt: I will plus 100 that because I know in all of the courses that I've been in, and I was lucky enough to be taught by Wendy Braid, the conversations that you have peer to peer when you're learning are super insightful and eye opening, because I remember being in a course in Dallas that Wendy was teaching and there was another admin in there asking a question. They worked for a company that basically owned the phone book. And the question was like, "How do I import the phone book?" And I remember thinking to myself like, holy cow, you guys have a lot of data.
And just the magnitude of what they were dealing with versus what I was dealing with, I don't know how I would've been exposed to that early on in my career and kind of had that thought line to be like, wow, there's people that totally manage a ton of stuff in Salesforce and I'm kind of over here just trying to make business plans. The juxtaposition was great, but also great to build my awareness. So I think the one question I have is, I perhaps probably went through the previous Admin 201 course, what is new or what are we introducing? What do we change in the new class?

Mari Greenberg: It was time. It was time for a refresh, for a rewrite, for a facelift, whatever you want to call it. And this new configured and customized Salesforce course is still a five-day class, but we have really freshened it up, new scenarios and storylines, but more importantly, we have covered so many more new topics. So think about just how quickly and how much Salesforce evolves over even just the last six months to a year, but taking that into account over many years. This project has really been our top priority over the last about a year.
So we are very proud of what we are about to release and we include some brand new topics, really want to call it things like Flow and looking at automation of the future. We spend a lot more time, really dedicate almost a day just to going with the flow. And we also spend a lot more time on change management. So working with some of our declarative tools to migrate new build, which include things like some custom objects that we haven't had before, incorporated before and into this course, and migrating them from a sandbox to production. So those are as far as some key concepts, some of the newly introduced coursework that we now feature in this class.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow.

Kevin Corcoran: Because, Mike, what I want to call out on this is not just Mari's great work. So we'll plug there. I would also like to call out the teamwork that's been put in over that last year, year and a half of this course. So it's not just coming from Trailhead Academy on its own. It's the certification team with tighter alignment to certification and attaining that for our users was part of the goal. And the march and literally the hard work of the [CDEB] team getting the right people involved. We had MVPs like yourself on and working with us. Community members who were doing the work every day, came in from our community and offered their recommendations of what were they looking for when they're hiring a new admin.
The thing I'd like to emphasize for these courses and this one in particular, we still kept in mind, what is it I've got to do if I'm a brand new admin in the first six months of my job? So not only were we able to attain that, I believe in a much better balance with new topics added and fresh topics and storyline as Mari mentioned, but I truly believe we've hit the next level when it comes to incorporating the different aspects of what is a Salesforce administrator as part of this course.

Mike Gerholdt: So it's fair to say that this course is more than just product training.

Kevin Corcoran: Absolutely. So when you talk about this course, and we certainly do and approach it in the beginning of the course itself, it's those different aspects that you as an administrator take on in a daily situation. In this course, we address what it's like for you to have to be the analyst. We address what it is for you to be the troubleshooter and/or the investigator or the builder. And is it something that we should know that exists out of the box? Or we've even taken this course to, it's time to build from scratch. So that's a neat opportunity, I think that this class brings to the table.

Mike Gerholdt: As you have individuals join the course, do you have a suggestion for any prework that they should do prior to jumping in, or if, say, I'm interested in becoming an admin, I can join this course day one and feel like I'm not missing out on anything?

Mari Greenberg: We always love prework. I want to say we do have suggestions in terms of kind of prepping yourself for five days of lots of information. I say that, though this class is tailored to a green user of Salesforce and specifically the admin functionality we discuss. So yes, while we love for you to be somewhat have dabbled, maybe in a little bit of Trailhead, kind of have that introduction to Salesforce itself, I think would be a great starting point, having some familiarity with what is a CRM and what does Salesforce do to really kind of have your bearings as you start this class.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Kevin, I'll go to you first on this one. Does it help either of you to know when an individual joins your class, what the company objective with Salesforce is?

Kevin Corcoran: That's actually one of the first things I would think every single instructor, we do our introductions to the class and have the class introduce themselves, always wants to know, Mike. It's one of the number one things I've always asked all of the persons that are in the course, what is it you're trying to get out of this? Not only does it level set expectation of what's going to be in this class and make sure we're all on the same page, but it also is driving those really important parts of what are you trying to get out and accomplish on behalf of your company? Are we trying to increase adoption? So here are ways as we go through the course to discuss those aspects. Or are we trying to drive revenue? And here are some of those really easy point and click aspects that maybe I didn't know about.
Or even one of your own, as we had mentioned before, participants in the course could bring up and say, "Well, what we do is,", and it gives the ideas and that's one thing I think that's amazing about our community. But definitely, level setting and making sure that you, when you attend a class, anyone that is that attends the course is keeping that in mind. Why am I here and what I'm hoping to get out of this?

Mike Gerholdt: Do you often get a lot of questions around the credential and if this course is geared towards just passing the credential?

Kevin Corcoran: I'll start with this one. And Mari, I think I'm going to leave half of it for you too, because we included this as part of our class, didn't we?

Mari Greenberg: Yep. Yep.

Kevin Corcoran: So as part of the class and actually your number one resource, I think is to understand what resources are out there to prepare, to take that certification. So it has always been a part of the conversation of did you know that there are different tools and resources like Trailhead, like Salesforce Developer sites, so developer.force.com, the AppExchange. It's always important to know what your resources are, but in this course we specifically call out and I've aligned and we will continue to do so to the actual certification requirements.
So we address, well, what percentage of my questions are coming from this section, for instance, our security and Salesforce Record Access Module. And we really spend the appropriate, I believe, amount of time getting to know those topics in each of those categories. Now, is it possible to hit every category in a 40-hour work week in a classroom? Probably not. So while we hit a majority of them, that's where Trailhead comes in, Mike. It's huge and it's where, when you're exiting class, and you don't even have to take a class, you can go to Trailhead now and look for the Trailhead and this is the Salesforce Administrator exam prep. And it's a fantastic set that you can pull out of trails and to help you enhance, even if you've taken the class, your preparedness for walking in on a certification exam.

Mari Greenberg: I plus one. I agree with everything Kevin just said. And to be honest, hats off to Kevin, he did so much work as we have evolved this course and rewritten it. He ensured that there's tons of alignment. We are very well aligned with the admin exam. So he has done some incredible work with that.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I feel like that's important. I mean, to project a little bit, I had been an admin for like two years before I even got my company to let me take the... There was an Admin 201 an Admin 301 course. After the 201 is when I finally attempted my credentials. So I had a little bit of runway there, but I know on the community, that's the biggest question.
I will ask because I would love for you to help articulate this to our new admin community, and again, this may be me projecting, I feel like a lot of our Salesforce administrators are going through Trailhead, taking courses like this, to prove themselves, to prove that they've got the skills, that they've got the knowledge, that they are ready for a promotion or ready to take on this responsibility. And I say that because that's what I did. I also passed and got my credential and I, to this day will never forget what it felt like to walk into, I reported to the president of the company, their office and tell them that I just passed and I was Salesforce certified. And hearing them say, "What does that mean?"
I bring that up because that was 12, 13, 14 years ago. Oh my god, it's 14 years ago, 14 years ago and I still remember it. But I feel like there are probably individuals in companies that still have that question, that an admin or somebody applying for a job gets certified, gets their credential and they don't know what it means. So I would love to know world's longest question, how you would tell an admin to explain that to their organization or to put that on, I believe the pedestal it deserves?

Mari Greenberg: That's a great question. I'll take a stab at it first, but-

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, please.

Mari Greenberg: I would say you're armed with a set of skills. You have a certain skillset that truly is, I think invaluable in the realm of Salesforce. And I think even in the last couple of years, we have seen just how crucial and critical Salesforce has become as it's really business critical, right? It is a critical piece of business operations and admins hold those skills to really go in and support your organization, whether it's things as maybe we think it's a little tedious, but managing users or resetting passwords all the way to automating and how we can get rid of those repetitive tasks and really improve efficiencies.
So I think it's really understanding just how much value add, how much of an asset you can be with this set of skills. And also, I've always told new admins just to kind of go on your experience with working towards your certification and gain that certification. It is a big deal and it should be a big deal, but the same time, I always remind my students be patient with yourself. If it doesn't come the first time, that is okay. It's not the end of the world, but also, there are so much to learn in Salesforce. Kevin and I don't know it all, we know quite a bit, but it's constantly changing and evolving for the best and developing, but staying up to date and having that knowledge in your back pocket is always going to serve you well. But also, like I said, you are the one to be patient with yourself as far as moving forward and learning these skills and tasks and it takes practice.

Kevin Corcoran: Well, Mari, I think one of the amazing things that you pointed out for all of us is there's no way anybody can know it all, right? But Mike, your original question in this and it's actually directly to that point is when you walk in with a certification completed, not only has it shown that you are persistent, it shows that you are ready and hungry for the next level. I think it's very poignant that Mari pulled that out for us. And it's absolutely true. It's I have prepared myself by literally going through trails, going through courses, going through materials. And I think, Mike, like you, I was an administrator for two ways, five, six years before I ever went after a cert. It wasn't that it was necessary in the group that I worked with when I first started back in the day. And it was great to have, but it was just not something that I walked in.
And I actually, when taking the test was, and very poignantly so, surprised at what I didn't know. I was like, holy smokes. These are what we call fundamentals. And this is something that really kind of broadened my vision of what I could be, where I could go with it. So as you're walking in and you're saying, "I got that certification" to a boss or a new employer that you're trying to work with, it shows that you're not just persistent and that you're hardworking, but you've taken your career and I think you've taken your trailblazer spirit to that next level. And that's kind of the person that I would be looking for when it comes to hiring as a hiring manager.

Mari Greenberg: Yeah. It's a very good point. I didn't really think of that part of it. Sometimes people get so wrapped up in the knowledge part of it, right? And it's also the dedication.

Kevin Corcoran: Absolutely. So knowledge though, and sending that fundamental and having that as something that's a check in the box is so rewarding. It's kind of, and as you probably know, it seems like the chicken and the egg when it comes to getting jobs out there. Do I get the job and try and go after the certification after, or do I have to have the certification before I get the job? And in order to get the certification, I need to get hands on in order to do it. And that's where I truly believe by having those fundamentals down and having the beauty and the benefit with [inaudible], I wish I had it when I was around, when I first started, of Trailhead and trails out there, or the Trailhead Live sessions, or even so much so as the blogs.
I have been lucky enough to know that they've been out there for a long time. And there's a blog that actually addresses kind of this conversation from our Senior Director of Salesforce Credentials, Mac McConnachie, and Mac had just put out a fantastic 5 Powerful Certification Benefits in his blog that you and I can step to at any moment in time and take a look at, to have that conversation with your boss, whether it's getting a raise and/or how this certification is going to help us get or attain that, and/or just getting that job in the first place.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I just pulled that blog up. That's really great. I'll make sure to link to that in the show notes. As wrap things up, I would love to know, selfishly, you mentioned that automation was one of the driving factors to get the new class updated in the old class. That was one of my favorite parts. I loved workflows, maybe the simplicity of the screen. But is there a part of the class that you're most excited about? I will also add to that, is there a part of the class that it seems the people that attend are most excited about? And Kevin, I'll start with you.

Kevin Corcoran: Okay. Well, actually the whole structure of the class excites me, Mike. It's enthusiastic. I can't say enough about the work that the teams have done and we put into this course. But I have to say, it seems to me that the feedback in particular of most of our participants that have gone through this and our alphas and our betas and certainly as it's starting to roll out now with our instructor community, the instructors themselves are excited about this course. And I think the number one is, thank God we have the Flow back in there for our basic admin. This is the tool of the future. This is where we need to really, if we haven't already been there and done that, need to start taking a look at our worlds and getting on the bus with Flow.

Mike Gerholdt: Got it. And Mari, same question for you. Any part that you're super excited about or a part that the attendees seem to really gravitate towards?

Mari Greenberg: Sure. I totally agree with Kevin. I think Flow is a huge, huge improvement and a big excitement coming out of this new version of the course. And I also really like, Kevin had talked about how we really did a great job of expanding on really all the different hats that an admin wears. They're not simply a builder or configuring in their org, but they're an investigator, a troubleshooter, an analyst. And I actually love that we have started to work in sections on change management and really spending more time on sandboxes and migrating changes from a sandbox to production and what that really entails. Because when we think about an admin, we're not getting keys to production the second we start on the job, but a lot of the time, we're working in a sandbox. So I think really the fact that we've spent a lot more time on just application lifecycle management and what it looks like with building changes out and testing them and what that whole process should feel like, kind of all the way up through migrating to production. I love that we have now included that in our course.

Mike Gerholdt: Neat. Yeah. I think that was always one part for me and as an evangelist, I often think of this too, like we build these really great demos and then we forget, oh, we didn't really show all the steps. Right? We just kind of built it here and then poof, everything's ready. There's a whole migration process that you should follow and best practices. Thankfully we have your course to walk people through stuff like that.

Kevin Corcoran: Well, it's exciting for us as well, Mike, to get kind of down and dirty with folks. And that's one of the benefits is understanding that as a Salesforce administrator, depending on what you're doing with your platform and what your tool is, you'll at least have a solid foundation as you walk out of a course like this. Certainly many of the topics are amazing topics that you can pick up and/or learn through Trailhead. But what order does that go in? I mean, we have well over 800, I think, different trails out there now, and modules that you could be out there working on.
And that's where I'd also say, the reinforcement, whether or not you go through some of those prior to coming into class, which Mari had mentioned earlier that it's always recommended to be a little familiar with Salesforce as you come into a course, but this is truly a course for those that aren't. I've had, not instructors so much, but as participants come in and instructors have mentioned to me that there are folks that came in never having had seen Salesforce before and really appreciated that approach of getting hands on to the point that we do. As you had just mentioned, getting into the details of saying, what should I consider first? And where do I go to do that? And instead of having it just poof, there's a magic app, having the, as we bring this full circle, that light bulb go on and say, oh my gosh, as an admin, I can do that. And from knowing nothing to going to, not accidental, but a purposeful admin, I guess is the best way of saying it is a great feeling.

Mike Gerholdt: Cool. So final question for both of you and, Mari, I'll let you kick off. What is one piece of advice you would give admins for this year 2022?

Mari Greenberg: I think I go back to probably what I mentioned earlier. I always tell my students, admins or working in analytics, just give yourselves some grace. It does not happen overnight. I know we all expect ourselves to fully digest information we've learned five minutes ago, but it takes time. It takes practice. My goal always for my students is to say, I want you to be curious. Come out of these five days or this three day class being curious and feeling encouraged to go click around. That is always my best advice without getting into anything too technical, but that is probably the tip I always give my students.

Mike Gerholdt: Cool. Kevin, same question.

Kevin Corcoran: Well, when it comes to admin class and comes to certification, Mike, I would say for this year, and I'll say it because it's going to be my goal as well is set a date. By setting a date and holding yourself accountable to it, you know that Salesforce is always growing. You know there's always more to be done and there's always the evolving aspects of it. But by setting a date and backing yourself into that and saying, I've got a goal that I'm going to attain that kind of certification and/or it doesn't have to be a certification. I have a goal and I'm going to attain on that date or by that date a number of trails that I would like to do or a trail mix. Even the one step towards that, I think that's a big deal. And by setting that date, you're committing yourself.
And I find that even when administrators come out of a class, they realize, oh my gosh, I didn't know what I didn't know. And now I'm going to have to push to that date. Don't push it, go after it. It's persistence, as Mari said. There's always more, but by setting a date, you're holding yourself accountable to this year and that's the direction I would go.

Mike Gerholdt: Cool. Well, Mari, Kevin, I appreciate both of you taking time out to talk with our admins and all the instructor goodness that you bring to our classes. It makes me want to go back and take them all over again. Maybe I'll set that as a date for a goal to get done this year.

Kevin Corcoran: Sounds good. I'd love to see you in there.

Mari Greenberg: Yeah. Awesome. Thanks again for having us.

Mike Gerholdt: You bet. Thank you.
That was a fun conversation. I told you it would be awesome. They're such neat people and it's got to be so inspiring to just educate new Salesforce Admins and existing Salesforce Admins and see that light bulb go on every single day. Now, if you want to learn more about all things Salesforce Admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources, including all the links that we mentioned in the episode, as well as a full transcript. You can stay up to date with us on social. We are @SalesforceAdmns, no I, on Twitter. My co-host Gillian Bruce is on Twitter. She is @gilliankbruce. And, of course, I am Mike Gerholdt on Twitter as well. So with that, stay safe, stay awesome. And stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

For this week’s episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, J. Steadman hosts a conversation with Stephan Chandler-Garcia, Lead Developer Advocate at Salesforce. We learn how to navigate a world where roles overlap and bring more vulnerability into your collaborations.

Join us as we talk about Salesforce roles as a spectrum, being a T-shaped person, and how working at a gym can make you an excellent Salesforce professional.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Stephen Chandler-Garcia.

How working in a gym is great Salesforce training We wanted to hear from Stephan because even though he’s now on the Developer side of things, he also has experience as an Admin. We’ve been looking at the spectrum of Admin to Developer and how the two roles can work better together, so we thought Stephan would be great to hear from. “I’m lucky to have worked my through the ranks as many different roles in the Salesforce ecosystem,” he says, “and I’m able to hold a little bit more of that perspective.”

This all goes back to Stephan’s first job. His mother was an aerobics instructor, so he and his siblings all worked at the gym in customer service at the front desk. If you think about it, it’s a bunch of customer-centric interactions: managing your contract, making appointments with trainers, buying snacks or equipment, etc. “When I got my hands on Salesforce for the first time it was all super familiar,” he says. The bottom line is that there are tons of experiences that can help someone succeed as an Admin in ways that you might not expect.

Becoming more T-shaped One thing Stephan brings up is the concept of T-shaped people. The idea is someone with a very broad set of soft skills that help them leverage their deep expertise in a particular area. They also happen to be the ideal person to work on a cross-functional team. “Those soft skills are core to getting your message across and delivering it to your colleagues and to the business,” Stephan says.

The important thing is here is not that some people are T-shaped and some people aren’t. It’s that these soft skills are just as important to develop as our expertise, and cultivating them is key to succeed in Admin/Dev collaborations. For Stephan, one of the most valuable ways to start is to teach yourself when to say, “I don’t know.” Admin Identity with LeeAnne Rimel and J. SteadmanIt’s ultimately about bringing vulnerability into your interactions so you can figure out the best way forward together as a team.

There’s so much more in our conversation with Stephan, so be sure to listen to the full podcast to get all the details.

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social: * Admin Identity with LeeAnne Rimel and J. Steadman * Stephan: @stephanwcg * J.: @j__mdt * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

Today’s Salesforce Admins Podcast we talk with Lissa Smith, Senior Manager of Business Architecture at Salesforce. We learn from her how she hired a team of Salesforce Admins, what she looks for in the interview, and important advice for anyone hiring a Salesforce Administrator.

Join us as we talk about how to stand out when you’re applying for a job, and what makes the difference between and junior and senior Admin candidate.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Lissa Smith.

Why you should listen to Lissa’s advice. Lissa started out as a Salesforce Admin. “I’m obsessed with improving processes and solving problems,” she says, “so I’ve been happy in this space for 15 years.” One thing she did a lot of in previous positions was hiring Salesforce Admins. It’s something we know that many of our listeners are curious about, so we thought we would take the time to hear about her process.

The first step is to get a new headcount approved, and Lissa was able to hire both junior and senior-level Admins. She’s interviewed candidates with backgrounds only in Trailhead or a program like PepUp Tech, as well as more experienced folks who had been in the space for years. “Overall, what I was always looking for was someone who was motivated and excited,” she says, “regardless of if they were brand new to the ecosystem or had been doing it for a long time, I wanted someone who could identify and look for problems and then come up with ways to solve them.”

The difference between Admin roles When looking at someone for those junior-level positions, where a candidate didn’t necessarily have any paid experience on the platform, there were a few things that Lissa looked for. She wanted to see apps that they had built, even if it was simply to track their job applications and interviews or books they had read. Anything that used the platform to show her that they understood what it was capable of doing.

Another thing that could make a less experienced candidate stand out was someone who had experience as a user on the platform. Understanding and empathizing with the customer experience as a salesperson or customer sales rep is a really important skill because you’ll know where your users are coming from.

For more senior positions, you could get by with less experience building things on the platform if you understood something key about business analysis, whether that was documentation or process analysis. For principal admins, she was looking for a thorough understanding of the platform and advanced certifications.

Tell a good story The important thing to realize about hiring for these roles and something that comes up time and time again on this podcast is that even though Lissa was hiring Salesforce Admins, the roles she was hiring for were often not called that explicitly. They could be business analysts or system admins, but those roles need those Salesforce Admin skills.

No matter what, make sure that you’re telling a story that shows you can identify a problem and build a solution that makes everyone’s lives easier. “It’s the story that sells your skills,” Lissa says, “when you tell a good story it’s showing off your communication skills, it shows that you understand the why.”

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social: * Create Your Own Salesforce Experience with Gordon Lee * It’s Possible: The Story of Zac Otero * Lissa Smith: @indianapolissa * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

On the Salesforce Admins Podcast this week, we’re bringing you another monthly retro. In this episode, we’ll cover all the great Salesforce product, community, and careers content from December that we may have missed over the holidays. We’re joined again by Laura Pelkey, Sr. Manager, Security Customer Engagement at Salesforce.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation between Mike and Laura.

Dreamforce NYC New York in December is truly a magical sight—the lights, the decorations, and Dreamforce NYC, the first in-person event Salesforce has hosted in a while. We’re hoping for a future where we’re all able to get together in the same place again.

  • The Biggest News From Dreamforce NYC

Podcast highlights from December For Laura, the podcast highlight of the month was Ashley Sisti’s episode about translating your admin skills. One thing it’s really helpful for is how you can have tough conversations with your manager when you need extra support or something isn’t working. For Mike, it was his conversation with Joe Sterne about being neurodivergent and working with those folks on your team.

  • Translating Your Admin Skills with Ashley Sisti
  • Being Neurodivergent in the Salesforce Ecosystem with Joe Sterne

Blog highlights from December Jen’s Flow automation resources roundup is a can’t-miss list. There are so many different ways to do something on the platform, so having a good map for all the information out there can help you make a plan. Laura points us to Christopher Marzilli’s post about how MFA can save your company money. Salesforce commissioned a new study to look into it, and the results are fascinating, to say the least.

  • Jen’s Ultimate 2021 Automation Playlist
  • How MFA Can Save Your Company Money While Reducing Risk

Video highlights from December One of the greatest mysteries in the Salesforce ecosystem was finally solved this month: why is there no “i” in @SalesforceAdmns? Spoiler alert, it’s NOT because there’s no “i” in “team.” For Mike, J.’s video about debugging was incredibly helpful and fun.

  • Why Is There No "i" in the @SalesforceAdmns Twitter Handle? | No Silly Questions
  • Demystify Flow Limits by Debugging | Did You Know

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Mike: @MikeGerholdt * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Laura: @LauraPelkey1

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast in the December Monthly Retro for 2021. I'm your host Mike Gerholdt and in this episode, we'll review the top product community career content, and get you caught up on really everything we want you to watch. Not to mention, don't leave early, we're going to tie a bow on this year and wrap up our discussion with some favorite things we discovered or rediscovered in 2021. And to help me do all of that is, joining me once again, Laura Pelkey. Hello, Laura.

Laura Pelkey: Hey Mike. Hi. Thank you for having me again. I'm really happy you're not sick of me yet.

Mike Gerholdt: No, you're a fan favorite on the Retro Podcast.

Laura Pelkey: I try, I try.

Mike Gerholdt: You do such a good job of wrapping things up.

Laura Pelkey: Oh, thank you. I'm going to add that as a skill on my LinkedIn.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes. Obscure skills listed on LinkedIn.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Wrapping things up on audible podcasts.

Laura Pelkey: Conclusions.

Mike Gerholdt: Not to mention how many minute, how many words per minute I can type, but put that at the top.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah, definitely.

Mike Gerholdt: I'll kick off with, we had Dreamforce New York, formerly Dreamforce to you, but Dreamforce New York. And I saw on a tweet, in the Twitter bird, that you were headed to New York in December. I did not go. Leanna on my team went and so did Jennifer, but I thought New York in December is a pretty good place to kick off our December highlight episode. Laura, what were your New York December highlights?

Laura Pelkey: Yeah, well that's actually my favorite month to visit New York because I'm, I grew up on the east coast so we would go there from time to time every few years. And it's so beautiful with all the decorations and everything, I love going in December. It was awesome getting to be there, especially during the new Dreamforce New York event, got to chat with some of our customers, everyone was, there's tons of excitement going around that Salesforce was hosting an in-person event again. And it was really great to be there. It made me remember all of the awesome times that I've had meeting and chatting with customers about security at past Dreamforce's in San Francisco and at the world tour in New York and all the other times. It made me feel happy to be around all the excitement, but also nostalgic. And I'm hoping in the future that everyone, all of us, can do these things and get together for Dreamforce again, at some point.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. It's hard to wrap up a year if I feel I'm not slipping and sliding.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Hailing an Uber, trying to get out of the Javits Center at 5:30 on a Thursday.

Laura Pelkey: Right, right.

Mike Gerholdt: Cause it's, and it's always impeccably cold. It's always freezing cold. It's decent cold, you can deal with it cause I'm Midwesterner, most of the day. And then for some reason it's five o'clock, Dreamforce New York's over, and then it just cranks down as you go outside to wait.

Laura Pelkey: You're like "Oh, I'm in New York right now, it's so cold."

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Yep.

Laura Pelkey: Yep.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, no, I, this is probably the coldest I've ever been in my life.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. Well coming from California, now I'm a baby, I'm just so sensitive to the cold. And I brought the wrong... I used to do the things that I would laugh about people or laugh at people for. I brought a coat that was too light, I didn't bring the right shoes. I just did all the faux pas.

Mike Gerholdt: Sure.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Well in California, it hits 69, you got to a puffy jacket on already.

Laura Pelkey: Oh yeah. Way too cold.

Mike Gerholdt: Right?

Laura Pelkey: No, I'm just kidding. I'm good with that temperature, but I'm not going to lie, and you have seen this, I know you've seen this. People actually do wear puffy coats when it's like 65 degrees out.

Mike Gerholdt: No, they do. I remember in February when I would go to the home office and I'm coming from February in Iowa where it's 10. You're excited that it hit double digits and I'm walking out of the tower, walking back to my hotel room and I'm in a short sleeve shirt, jeans, and I'm hot.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: And standing next to me on the street corner is somebody, puffy coat zipped up to their nose, muffler around their eyes, big knit jacket, like their climbing Everest.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. I'm not going to name names, but there are some people that are, that may or may not be on my team that may have been one of those.

Mike Gerholdt: That are cold all the time.

Laura Pelkey: How can I name names, but you know one of them very well.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Hold is relative. Okay. We promised podcast, blog, all kinds of content highlights. We'll kick off with podcast, because podcast, some people are listening to the podcast and I don't know, I get to choose. Laura, what was your podcast high for the month of December?

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. I really liked Ashley's podcast Translating Your Admin Skills. She talks about something in this podcast that I actually hear a lot from other admins, that is a challenge, which is how do you have tough conversations with your manager when you need extra support for something or maybe something isn't working. And we know if you're an admin you know this, a lot of things just fall to you and you're kind of the gate for things and you're the one that, you're responsible for all of these different things. Even with the MFA requirement coming up in February, I'm hearing some admins say that they're having challenges getting their leaders on board with that, even though it's something that is a requirement. That's personally for me, even a skill that I'm trying to get better at. And I like that it's something that we can talk about and you're not, if you're feeling like this, it's something that a lot of admins find challenging. Yeah, I liked that, that resonated with me.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. That was a fun episode. And even the pre-call with Ashley was, I don't record the pre-calls, but I do for the most part, a call with most of the guests ahead of time. And Ashley and I had so many things to cover that I was like, okay, we've got to start narrowing this down, or it's going to be a six hour podcast.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. Time of a Good podcast.

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Laura Pelkey: Let's talk about...

Mike Gerholdt: Here's the Titanic version of a podcast in six hours. I will jump ahead, I think it was actually the following week I had Joe Sterne on who is in our Salesforce organization. Helps build things about being neuro divergent. And this was actually a topic that came up internally in some of our admin discussion groups. And I thought it was really, first of all, I thought it was really fantastic that Joe took the time out to share that with us and was being very transparent.
I saw a lot of tweets on the Twitters, tweets on the Twitters, about Joe sharing that and his courage to do that. I want to thank Joe again for doing that. I think there was a few people that also called Joe out, but what I really loved about it was we got the time to dive into how do we have those discussions with coworkers? How do I, Mike, have that discussion with Joe in a compassionate manner, in a way that helps me understand how to work with them and bring the best out of them. And then also if I was a manager to Joe, how can I make sure that I'm inviting that open conversation with my employees? It was a really a little different podcast, but sometimes in December you do different things.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. I love that. It's, I think it's first of all, so amazing when somebody's brave enough to share something that's personal like that. And, but it also just makes it okay for other people to talk about sort of their backgrounds and things.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Laura Pelkey: That's really cool.

Mike Gerholdt: We wrote a few blog posts and we managed to narrow those down for this one. I'll go first, Laura, I chose Jennifer's Top Flow Automation Resources. No surprise Jennifer Lee wrote an automation playlist, but the reason I really like this is if you've spent more than five minutes looking at the platform, you know that there's at least three different ways of doing something and there's at least two or three different tools to do that with. And that's because a lot of it is built around what you're trying to do, the skill that you have to accomplish it, you know what I mean? I think back to 10 years ago, the ability to do some of the things that Flow Builder can do now was only available if you could write code in a trigger. And I think of how inclusive it is now that we have a platform where the tool allows me to execute on business logic in the same way, as a developer can write a trigger.
And I understand there's differences, but I bring that up because what I like about this is Jennifer goes through different blog posts, what they cover and why she loved it. And to me, when there's a flood of content and you're trying to work through stuff, it's super helpful. She also covers some videos and of course covers podcasts. Anything that covers podcasts, a big fan of that, but that was a good way to kind of sort through. There's always a lot of information coming at you and much in the same way we do with this episode, we try to rise some cream to the top.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah, that's really cool. Okay. Can I ask maybe a dumb question?

Mike Gerholdt: There's no silly questions on the podcast.

Laura Pelkey: No silly questions. You mentioned a trigger, can you explain what that is? I've never heard that before.

Mike Gerholdt: You've never heard of triggers in Salesforce.

Laura Pelkey: No.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, it's code that would execute... You would write a trigger as opposed to using the flow or a process.

Laura Pelkey: Oh.

Mike Gerholdt: Used to write triggers... You had to execute them, usually deploy through a sandbox.

Laura Pelkey: I see.

Mike Gerholdt: And yeah, so it was basically a way of executing on the platform, because there was before triggers, there was after triggers, there was before save triggers and after save triggers, right, it's a way of executing. And you can still write triggers on the platform. It's a code way of executing automation or executing actions before or after the fact on a record once it's been instantiated.

Laura Pelkey: Got it. Well, I was a no code...

Mike Gerholdt: And they were intimidating.

Laura Pelkey: Yes. I'm very much no code if there's any possible way to avoid it so I'm happy that now there's more automation stuff that can help with that. I'm very much the audience of no code, more... What is it? More clicks, no code? I'm saying it wrong.

Mike Gerholdt: Sure.

Laura Pelkey: Sure. It can be that.

Mike Gerholdt: It can be that. At least make it up as we go.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah, yeah, exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: Clicks, not code there's that too. I don't know. It doesn't have to be, right. I'm sure there's still stuff you can do with the trigger that flow builder doesn't do. And immediately after this podcast errors and somebody listens to it, I will be roasted on Twitter for not knowing it.

Laura Pelkey: I just opened a can of worms.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep.

Laura Pelkey: Sorry about that.

Mike Gerholdt: That's okay.

Laura Pelkey: Hopefully people find it interesting, though.

Mike Gerholdt: Retweet you in everything.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. Hopefully people find it entertaining. That's the goal.

Mike Gerholdt: Sure.

Laura Pelkey: All right. My blog pick is, for December, 'How MFA Can Save Your Company Money While Reducing Risk' by our colleague Chris Marzilli. I actually helped a little bit with this blog post. This is, for those of you who don't know that are listening, Salesforce recently commissioned a new study from Forrester to explore if there are, if there's any monetary value for our customers in implementing MFA or multifactor authentication, if you're not familiar with that term. And the results of the study are super compelling. I won't go into the whole thing, but just a little bit of a spoiler. You can actually expect ROI from MFA, not only in terms of risk reduction, which is obviously the number one reason to do it, but also in cost savings with Salesforce's MFA solution, which is crazy. This report or this new study is great, we're trying to circulate it and really get it in front of our customers so that they can use it to kind of help build the business case for implementing MFA, especially to their leadership if they're running into any challenges when trying to make this implementation. Cause sometimes it's more complicated depending on the kind of business you're in or the industry you're in. This blog specifically will help you position that.

Mike Gerholdt: I was looking at it and I have a question because it's something I've never heard of. Is there cyber insurance premiums?

Laura Pelkey: There is a thing, such a thing as cybersecurity insurance.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. Okay.

Laura Pelkey: I'm very far from an expert on what is going to make your premiums lower, but I do, I would venture to guess that most companies probably at this point do have some kind of cybersecurity insurance. I know it's crazy.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, I guess you can ensure everything, right.

Laura Pelkey: You can insure...

Mike Gerholdt: Lloyds of London, but.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. Absolutely.

Mike Gerholdt: I just never heard of cyber insurance premiums.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Learn something new on this podcast every day.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. It's pretty crazy.

Mike Gerholdt: What triggers are...

Laura Pelkey: I know. Many new things. Yeah. But this blog is really great. I would definitely urge people to take a look at it if they're still trying to figure out how to get this, the MFA implementation ball rolling.

Mike Gerholdt: And we'll wrap up our content part, Laura, with video. I'll have you go first because I mean, I like the video you picked.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Spoiler alert.

Laura Pelkey: I know. I picked 'Why Is There No “i” in the Salesforce Admins Twitter Handle?' and if people haven't seen this... I know this is a little bit of a lighter topic, and usually we highlight content that is maybe a little bit more serious or something, but this is kind of one of my favorite speakers. Mike, I think his name is Mike Gerholdt. I don't know if you have heard of him or if you know him.

Mike Gerholdt: I've never heard of him. He must be new.

Laura Pelkey: He must be new, yeah. As somebody that... Back before I worked at Salesforce, I was a Salesforce customer and I've always been surprised, in a really good way, at the community that our customers have created once I came on board and sort of made the transition to a Salesforce employee. And we know this, that admins are really at the heart of any Salesforce implementation. And I remember back to my very first world tour in New York, I was very intimidated at the idea of running a security booth and standing there for, I don't know, we used to stand there for eight hours at a time or something.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, yeah. In this particular instance you were a machine.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Cause I think you staffed it solo.

Laura Pelkey: I might have been by myself, which was hard. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Totally a bad decision, but you got to make him early.

Laura Pelkey: It was a crash course and yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: It was.

Laura Pelkey: I was intimidated and I was worried that customers weren't going to like me or that they weren't really going to want to talk or, but I was so happy. What I found actually was such an amazingly warm community of people who really genuinely wanted to learn. And they also wanted to give feedback to us on our products and how we could make our products better. And just collectively, it was never about me, me, me, it's oh, I think this feature's really helpful to all admins or have you ever thought of doing something like this? This would be helpful to more people. And I just love that kind of just the ethos of Salesforce admins. That was why I picked this particular video.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. And that's, that was a fun time because that's also when we were setting up the admin Twitter. And I remember being on a conference call with Sarah and Jillian and our Twitter representative and they were adamant at that time you could not have admin in a handle. I don't care what kind to handle you were setting up, it would not say admin or administrator. We couldn't get around it, so that's why it didn't have a, spoiler alert, in case you watch the video.

Laura Pelkey: Have we gotten past the statute of limitations where you could possibly get in trouble for this?

Mike Gerholdt: Well, actually a few years ago they... I think they might have relaxed it or something, but we chose to stick with the MNS.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Because Jillian pointed out in the meeting, she's like, there's no i in admin and I think that just relates right back to the story that you told.

Laura Pelkey: Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Mike Gerholdt: Yes.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: And I do remember that world tour, you were a machine, you worked the entire time. I was like, I'm going to go get you this glass of water.

Laura Pelkey: Oh man.

Mike Gerholdt: Maybe go stand at the booth for a while or Starbucks or something.

Laura Pelkey: I do miss those days though, to be honest, which is funny looking back on it.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I mean, in case you're wondering, almost every Salesforce employee at Dreamforce New York runs off of Starbucks that day. That's it, that's all we get to eat. We drink coffee all day and whatever pastries or food they'll throw in an oven.

Laura Pelkey: Yep.

Mike Gerholdt: That's what we eat. I've never had more Starbucks in my life than when I do Dreamforce New York.

Laura Pelkey: Yep. Or more of the like Rice Krispy Treats from Starbucks.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Those are pretty good, too.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Those go quick.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: I picked the Demystify Flow Limits by Debugging from J who is on my admin EV team. And I love it because... Well, first of all, J, really great on camera. They really have a great personality and very approachable way of explaining things. But I also feel as we talk through automation, we sometimes forget that you're going to hit a wall. And when you hit that wall, it's good to understand how to get around that wall or why you hit that wall. And you can hit limits and users can get errors, and it's important to understand that. And it's also important to be able to kind of work through that or debug it. Fun video.

Laura Pelkey: Very fun.

Mike Gerholdt: Should look up the history of why it's called bugs in coding. It's cause they actually found a bug on a circuit board that was ruining something.

Laura Pelkey: Oh my gosh, really?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Yep. That's where bugging came from.

Laura Pelkey: That is an, that is a great fun fact.

Mike Gerholdt: Fun fact, it's an actual bug.

Laura Pelkey: That is a great fun fact.

Mike Gerholdt: All right. Last podcast of the year. Tomorrow's New Year's Eve, champagne, three, two, one, ball drops. Do you watch Ryan Seacrest? I watch Ryan Seacrest because I'm old.

Laura Pelkey: I don't really...

Mike Gerholdt: You don't have to admit to it. You've already admitted to a lot of things.

Laura Pelkey: I know, yeah. This is, I'll just keep the admissions to [crosstalk].

Mike Gerholdt: But I figured, so I looked up what we did in 2020 and Jillian and I ended the year on a fun holiday kind of wrap up addition. And I thought I'd carry that through this year, Laura, with you. Just to keep things in... What we found, things that made us happy this year, and I threw in a few categories, the first category just to keep it generic is pop culture. I don't know if you want to go first, but anything that you found maybe this year, that in the pop culture realm made you happy or I don't know, you liked?

Laura Pelkey: For pop culture, I will say I've been watching a lot more television since the pandemic started. I think as probably many of us have. This is embarrassing, this is very embarrassing to say. I invite anybody who wants to, to judge me for this, but I've been actually recently started watching the show Love Island UK. And I hate to admit that, but I love it.

Mike Gerholdt: Because there's a US version too, right?

Laura Pelkey: There's a US version, but I actually feel more... I feel like the UK version, you don't, they sound more intelligent.

Mike Gerholdt: They do?

Laura Pelkey: Because I'm learning all of these new British words, so all their slang. I feel it's educational for me in a way.

Mike Gerholdt: It's actually work prep for the next time you go to Dreamforce London.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah, exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: Just log all these hours as work prep.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. Yeah. I don't know if anyone else listening watches Love Island UK, but... I mean, I hate to admit it, but I really, I do enjoy it.

Mike Gerholdt: Guilty pleasure.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. Guilty pleasure.

Mike Gerholdt: I... Well, first of all, I was, I think last year I talked about binge watching MAS*H. I finished that, I am contemplating starting it all over again. I watched every episode in order once a day, not...

Laura Pelkey: Wow.

Mike Gerholdt: One, let me clarify, one episode in order every single day. It took a while, but I got through every episode of MAS*H and I just so enjoyed that show growing up. But I finished that, went through a few other binge watchy stuff. I feel like it's interesting because some of these, you're kind of noticing like, oh this is clearly when they went back filming and stuff feels different, but I did find, and I know it's on the third season, so I'm catching up. But I found You on Netflix.

Laura Pelkey: Oh yeah. That show.

Mike Gerholdt: It's also funny because when you bring it up, it totally sounds like a really weird sentence.

Laura Pelkey: It does.

Mike Gerholdt: No, no. Laura, I found You on Netflix.

Laura Pelkey: It sounds, yeah. I think you should just say it around everyone and see what their reaction is.

Mike Gerholdt: Not Laura, I found You.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes. It's a little creepy.

Laura Pelkey: I've heard that. Yeah. I haven't seen it, but I've heard that. But it's a good show.

Mike Gerholdt: I like that it's narrated in, you get their inner thoughts. That's 90% of the show.

Laura Pelkey: Oh interesting.

Mike Gerholdt: 90% of the show is their inner dialogue that they have with themselves.

Laura Pelkey: Okay.

Mike Gerholdt: I have a lot of inner dialogue.

Laura Pelkey: I don't ever want anyone to be hearing mine.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh my God. It'd be a hot mess.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. That would just be a mess.

Mike Gerholdt: One thing that we could, there's no transition to that. None.

Laura Pelkey: No.

Mike Gerholdt: How do you transition off of inner dialogue? Hey, let's talk about Salesforce features. Oh, that's an obvious transition.

Laura Pelkey: Well, we're building the fee... No, I'm just, I'm not even going to joke about that. Not even.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I was like "One thing you'll hear me talking about all the time is Salesforce feature in my head." I did look up, did you find what Salesforce feature that came out in 2021 that you liked? Excited about? Favorite?

Laura Pelkey: I will say my... I think the feature that I'm probably proudest of and that I think is the most useful for our customers at this point in time, and from my perspective as a security person, is the MFA assistant.

Mike Gerholdt: Imagine that.

Laura Pelkey: I know. I'm, I threw in the Love Island UK reference just so I would be less predictive.

Mike Gerholdt: Tried to throw everybody off the scent. It didn't work

Laura Pelkey: Everything comes back to MFA or security work to me. But yeah, I'm super proud of that feature. I mean, this is a tool that we built. I did not build it, but a very talented team worked on it and built it to be native across all of the products built on the Salesforce platform to really enable our customers with a step by step process to implement multifactor authentication. Which as you know, it's not just one click and done there's a rolling out, there's some change management aspects. It can be... It can take some time, but I'm super proud of this feature and I think it's really helpful at the end of the day.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Well you'll be pleased to know that I chose a feature that I've, I feel is in the same ballpark as yours. It's security-esque minded, to be a security minded admin. In summer, we came out with expirations on perm set.

Laura Pelkey: Oh, yeah. That's a good one.

Mike Gerholdt: I just like that... Hello, now I don't have to set a calendar expiration or just forget completely.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: I just think it's so cool.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: I love stuff that I can set a date on or a timer. If you knew how many things in my house were Google-ified or timered, I love to just be in my house and things turn on at the right time.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. You just feel like the...

Mike Gerholdt: It's weird. Not as weird as watching Love Island UK, but it's weird. But, and expiration dates on perm sets feel that way, right? I can set this thing up, I can be in the moment, I can do the thing, and then, oh, by the way, this needs to end on December 15th. Boop, don't have to worry about it.

Laura Pelkey: That's awesome. Right, and you're already setting it up and so now your work is condensed to that one moment versus [crosstalk].

Mike Gerholdt: Yes.

Laura Pelkey: It's such a time saver. And also just ensures that, ensures security.

Mike Gerholdt: Ensures that if you take time off on December 15th, that you don't have to log in.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. That's incredible.

Mike Gerholdt: Because you could be on Love Island.

Laura Pelkey: Right? You might be, you mean, you never know.

Mike Gerholdt: And they'll probably take your phone.

Laura Pelkey: Oh, they do.

Mike Gerholdt: And you're like, no, you don't understand. I'm a Salesforce admin and I have to revoke this perm set.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah, they take your phone. You can't talk to anyone outside the island. Actually it sounds a little extreme, but yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: A lot extreme.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. Very extreme.

Mike Gerholdt: They must have a filter. What if somebody calls?

Laura Pelkey: I don't... Yeah. I'm sure there's, you have to talk to a producer or something.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Also how would you like to be that person?

Laura Pelkey: No. No, thank you.

Mike Gerholdt: Hey your brother just called. What's going on? Oh, nothing just broke his toe.

Laura Pelkey: I like to be, I just, I like to be the viewer. A viewer, just a viewer.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. Third thing... I mean in 2020, it was very much cooking. I did not give up cooking in 2021. I still cook a lot.

Laura Pelkey: Good.

Mike Gerholdt: Even though it's the Home Chef... I love those make your own meal stuff like the Hello Fresh and whatever.

Laura Pelkey: Oh yeah. What's the other one? Blue Apron, is that still around?

Mike Gerholdt: I've done that. It's hard.

Laura Pelkey: Oh, is it? Okay.

Mike Gerholdt: It's hard. We do Hello Fresh and Home Chef.

Laura Pelkey: Okay. Those are cool.

Mike Gerholdt: Home Chef is based in Chicago, so it's pow at my front door right away.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: We did the Blue Apron one. I like that they've got different meals for different skillsets. I don't know if they're sitting at a computer, a hot monitor all day, slaving over a keyboard.

Laura Pelkey: I know.

Mike Gerholdt: Sometimes I just couldn't bring myself to make some of those meal kits.

Laura Pelkey: Right. It's hard enough just to get, just to move to the couch to turn on Love Island.

Mike Gerholdt: Right? Exactly. You understand the struggle.

Laura Pelkey: I get it. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: My food find for this year is kind of a rediscovery. And it's a rediscovery because in 2020, I didn't make it to really any events, outdoor events like car shows or the fair or things like that. 2021, my house everybody's vaccinated. We've got the boosters, all the shots. And we actually made it to, I want to say four or five different car shows and a national show as well.

Laura Pelkey: Oh, that's awesome.

Mike Gerholdt: One thing that I forgot I, how much I loved about all of those events is the vendors. And in particular, one of them where they make the homemade lemonade and they chopped two or three lemons, they put them in some sort of medieval press, some sort of cup of sugar and a few chunks of ice and they throw in some water and then they shake the living daylights out of it. And then they hand it to you in some sort of sippy cup. I kid you not, at one car show, I bought so much lemonade from this one vendor that I walked up and she was like, "You've been great to us."

Laura Pelkey: Oh my gosh.

Mike Gerholdt: "Give me your cup and I will fill it."

Laura Pelkey: Aw.

Mike Gerholdt: I was like, "Thank you." And she goes, "No, you've bought a lot of lemonade from us." And to be fair, it was 98 degrees. It was the hottest show I'd ever been at, just, you were melting.

Laura Pelkey: Lemonade is great for something like that, for a day like that.

Mike Gerholdt: It's perfect. It was perfect.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: I know it feels very simple, but that... It's like, Lemonade's a sandwich. It's better when somebody else makes it.

Laura Pelkey: Oh, absolutely. Absolutely. Now that sounds good. Now I feel thirsty.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. And it goes all year. You can have lemonade in the winter. It's not bad.

Laura Pelkey: No. I need to get some after this.

Mike Gerholdt: You feel kind of sunshine-y.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. Yeah. It's, it is nice. I mean, it's delicious.

Mike Gerholdt: Laura, what did you find for food this year? Not to distract you from my lemonade.

Laura Pelkey: I know, I'm just thinking about lemonade now. Well, let's see.

Mike Gerholdt: It's really good.

Laura Pelkey: There... Actually on my recent trip to New York, this is just a New York themed podcast, I guess, for some reason.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, I mean, we did Dreamforce New York

Laura Pelkey: Right. Oh, that makes sense. Not for some reason, actually for a very logical reason.

Mike Gerholdt: Also New York in the holiday season is beautiful.

Laura Pelkey: It's fun. It's beautiful. Yeah. I went to the best Italian restaurant I've ever been to in New York, run by a family that's from Rome, so very authentic Italian. And I had a pasta carbonara, which is, it's the very creamy, lots of cheese, I think there's panchetta in it. The best carbonara I've ever had in my whole life. And I've had a lot and I've even tried to make it. And this was worlds beyond what I've ever had. And it's just, now it's just ruined forever because I will only want it from that Italian restaurant in New York.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Laura Pelkey: Oh it was so good. It was so good, though.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Fresh, I've had fresh carbonara.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Not by somebody from Rome, but we... Two years ago, I feel, two or three years ago we were in New York and the team got together and we went to this really fun Italian restaurant, Jillian and a few of us. And we had a really great dish, but yeah. Fresh carbonara.

Laura Pelkey: Oh my gosh. And they make the pasta.

Mike Gerholdt: Fresh pasta.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. Handmade pasta. Oh my God. It's so good, I'm so hungry now, also.

Mike Gerholdt: For carbonara and lemonade.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. Right. That would be kind of a weird, maybe a great combo. Have never tried it.

Mike Gerholdt: I don't know. It could. I mean the lemonade's very acidic, would help break up the creaminess of the carbonara.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. If anyone's still listening to this and you would like to try that, please let us know how it goes.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh yeah. We'll totally set up a lemonade and carbonara dinner at our next event.

Laura Pelkey: Yes. Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: That's what we should do.

Laura Pelkey: Oh my gosh. That's what we're going to serve at the security booth at our next event.

Mike Gerholdt: Lemonade and carbonara.

Laura Pelkey: Only your true...

Mike Gerholdt: I could just see you standing there, "Can I scan in your badge for a little cup of carbonara?"

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. I would do it, I have no shame. Anything to get somebody to come over to talk to me, are you kidding? No shame. I would absolutely give away lemonade and carbonara.

Mike Gerholdt: What was that thing that you did at Trailhead DX? Chase the flag, is that what it's called?

Laura Pelkey: Oh, capture the flag. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Capture the flag. Yeah.

Laura Pelkey: Capture the flag.

Mike Gerholdt: She's got to rename that.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah.
Capture the lemonade..

Mike Gerholdt: Carbonara.

Laura Pelkey: Capture the carbonara.

Mike Gerholdt: Capture the carbonara.

Laura Pelkey: I bet you we probably get some people with that.

Mike Gerholdt: You have equally excited people who don't have carbonara and then a whole area of people just napping.

Laura Pelkey: Yep. Yeah. Then there's just the nap area.

Mike Gerholdt: Carb loaded on carbonara.

Laura Pelkey: They show up for carbonara, then we spring it on them that they're actually participating in a hackathon. They want the carbonara, but I bet you, they try.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, that's a cruel, that would be a cruel trick. Have a 24 hour hackathon with all you can eat carbonara.

Laura Pelkey: Yes, my gosh. You have to fight sleep and you're...

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, it's... I mean, come on.

Laura Pelkey: A double edge sword.

Mike Gerholdt: It's Survivor, right?

Laura Pelkey: Survivor. It's developer Survivor.

Mike Gerholdt: Do you have anything with caffeine? Nope. We got this fresh glass of lemonade.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. Nope, sorry. Just some herbal tea though if you would like to have some tea. Camomile.

Mike Gerholdt: Nice warm herbal tea.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: We're mean.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. You're right now.

Mike Gerholdt: Guess who's never going to hire us to do a hackathon?

Laura Pelkey: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Everyone.

Laura Pelkey: Anyone, right? I was going to say. Yeah, I don't know who does that, but definitely we won't be on their sure list.

Mike Gerholdt: No. "Hey we should do a hackathon. Well, I know who not to hire." It's those crazy people over on the admins podcast.

Laura Pelkey: Yep. Yep.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, to tie a bow on this last podcast for 2021, if you'd like to learn more about all the things we just talked about, minus lemonade and the carbonara, please go to admin.salesforce.com to find those links and a few more or resources. You can stay up to date with us on social for all things admins. We are @Salesforceadmns. No I on Twitter. I am, of course @mikegerholdt on Twitter and Jillian, my co-host who is currently on leave right now, is @jilliankbruce. Of course, my guest host today was LauraPelkey. If you want to send carbonara to her or follow her on Twitter, you can follow her @laurapelkey1 because the original Laura Pelkey is off.

Laura Pelkey: Somebody beat me to it.

Mike Gerholdt: Probably. Maybe she's on Love Island.

Laura Pelkey: She's probably on Love Island. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Not UK.

Laura Pelkey: No.

Mike Gerholdt: Anyway, with that last podcast for 2021. Stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned. We will see you in the new year.

View Details

On this episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we bring on Principal Admin Evangelist LeeAnne Rimel and Lead Admin Evangelist J. Steadman to discuss identifying as a Salesforce Admin.

Join us as we talk about what it means to identify as a Salesforce Admin.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with LeeAnne Rimel and J. Steadman.

Becoming a Salesforce Admin The title of Salesforce admin can often be hard-earned. LeeAnne had to lobby for the title to make sure her instance got the support it needed. “At that point in my career, I really didn’t know that there were other names that the people who managed the Salesforce instances were called,” she says. Even today, “a lot of employers don’t know how to ask for a Salesforce Administrator and a lot of Salesforce Administrators don’t know if people know what they do”

“I printed out the certificate I got after my cert and hung it on the outside of my cube,” J. says, “and I got a lot of really strange looks.” But he was so proud of getting his certification that he would tell anyone who listened. There was a lot of pride around being a Salesforce admin, but also a lot of ambiguity around what that title actually meant.

Hybrid Titles and How the Ecosystem Is Changing Some admins used hybrid titles like “declarative developer” or “citizen developer” or even “admineloper.” The desire is to express that admins do things above and beyond what people think a typical system administrator is capable of. You’re building Flows and custom objects and fields, but you’re still the Salesforce administrator.

“There was a point in time when we had to make modifications and additions to how we talked about Salesforce administrators in order to translate it to the type of work that was happening in the technology hiring ecosystem,” LeeAnne says. But now, the unique skillset that admins have calls for a greater sense of community around the role, and a larger view of what admins do in general.

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social: * Technically, Everyone Is "Technical" * April Wensel: @aprilwensel * LeeAne: @leeanndroid * J.: @J__MDT * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Mike: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. This week, we're switching it up a little bit. I am talking with principal admin evangelist, LeeAnne Rimel, and lead admin evangelist, J. Steadman about identifying as a Salesforce admin, really putting that in your job title, assuming that identity and all the different variations and terms that seem to be out there. So, it's a fun podcast, I love our discussion. Let's get LeeAnne and J on the podcast. So LeeAnne and J, welcome to the podcast.

LeeAnne Rimel: Thanks so much for having us.

J. Steadman: Yeah, thank you.

Mike: It's been a while since we've chatted, J, I feel like it's been an episode.

J. Steadman: That's probably true.

Mike: Probably true. One thing to talk about, so we've delved deep into a few different topics in the month of December, and I'm hoping everybody enjoys these podcasts while they put up some holiday decorations or something, maybe make some party mix. But one thing that I had always come up on my radar and I know LeeAnne it's come up on your radar and J as well, because you do a lot of volunteering with Pathfinders is the term Salesforce admin, and how we see it pop up in different pieces of content. So I know the term has always been pretty close to me. I've always identified that way and never really chose to use a different nomenclature, but I would love to get your thoughts on that as we kick off this discussion.

LeeAnne Rimel: Yeah. That's a big question, right? What does Salesforce admin mean? I know my own personal history with the name. I became a Salesforce admin, that was something I really aspired to. About 14 years ago, I was working for Kaiser Permanente and I was doing database work, and I was really trying to take over our Salesforce instance basically. And I had to lobby to get my title changed, to be the Salesforce admin, so I owned our Salesforce instance and I could guide it and make decisions about it and advocate for budget that we needed to fix it. And so it was interesting for me when I joined Salesforce because I didn't really know that there was other names that people called the people who manage Salesforce instances at that point in my career.
And so I feel like one of the things when we work with the admin community is we really spend a lot of time sometimes sifting through the different names and the different language that people use to talk about the job duties and the role and the individuals who manage and implement Salesforce, right? So that's a little bit of my, I guess, background with that job title or label or whatever we want to call it. And to me it's always been a little bit interesting, I think, probably because part of my own history was that I really wanted that role, and I really was so proud to build that into my career. So I was a little surprised and had to understand more when I saw that, that's... I think a lot of employers don't know how to ask for a Salesforce administrator and a lot of people out there don't know if they say Salesforce administrator, if people will know what they do.
And so Mike, and I know we've spent a lot of time talking and working on this, how do we help everyone know what Salesforce admins do and how do we help people understand what the job does both on the hiring and the job candidate side?

J. Steadman: Yeah, on my side of things, I had a very similar experience to you, LeeAnne, when I became a Salesforce admin, this would be, I think, 2012 I accidentally admin-ed myself, and I really fell in love with it. I really sought out that title of Salesforce administrator and surprised people at work by going out and getting my credential. And I printed out the certificate that I got after I passed my cert and I hung it on the outside of my cube, not the inside of my cube, and I got a lot of really strange looks. Very small company and people were like, "What are you doing?" And I was like, "Well, let me tell you," and I would explain it to them. And it was really, really exciting, right?
I think as I consider the title, Salesforce administrator and our awesome admin community, and I think through other terms that I've seen float around in various places, what I think I often see is people or the intent... We see phrases like declarative developer or Mike, I think you were telling me about you saw a portmanteau of admin and developer that was admineloper or something like that.

Mike: Yeah. I've seen that pop up in a few presentations, admineloper.

J. Steadman: Yeah, I think the intention is less about... And this is just my gut, right? I don't have any hard data on this, but I think... my gut tells me that system administrator is a title that has existed for a very long time before Salesforce came around, right? And I think people are... they want to differentiate themselves and they want to indicate that the skillset that they have may go deeper than what a traditional system administrator does.
And so some of these other terms pop up here and there, but I think what's unique about Salesforce and Salesforce administration is that a Salesforce administrator is an individual who is doing declarative development. That's the thing that you're doing, building flows, right? But you're still the Salesforce administrator. You're building custom objects in fields, but you're still the Salesforce administrator. You are meeting with the business and gathering requirements, but you are still the Salesforce administrator. And it makes me consider what is a Salesforce administrator and why do we like this title? Why do we hold onto this title? And for me, at least being a person who has only recently joined the team about six months ago here in the evangelist group, there's community, Salesforce administrators unite. If I were to say that, the Power Rangers Voltron around a bunch of people would suddenly rush into the room and we'd be able to solve an awesome problem. But if I were to say admineloper unite, I'm not sure that I'd have that same community that would respond.
So for me at least, I have talked about things like declarative development in the past to differentiate the way in which I develop business logic, which is through declarative tools, and yet I remain a Salesforce administrator. And I think that the power of our community and the breadth of what we do, that's what defines us as Salesforce admins.

LeeAnne Rimel: So two things jump out to me from that J, one, I had to look up what portmanteau was. Thank you for adding a new word for [crosstalk].

J. Steadman: It is a combination of two words. Yeah.

LeeAnne Rimel: Well, I now know this because I dictionary.com-ed it really quick. And from what you're covering, is how that importance of having that common shared language. And it almost feels like sometimes there was a point in time when we had to make modifications and additions to how we talked about Salesforce administrators in order to translate it to the type of work that was happening out in the technology hiring ecosystem. I think we felt like we had to add things maybe to our resume or to our title or how we described ourselves to maybe when there wasn't as big of a Salesforce ecosystem, there wasn't as many admins, there wasn't as many customer companies. And then now on the flip side of that, it becomes more important to use that common language so that we can leverage the power of the community and connecting with others, and accessing those best practices, those recommendations, that community element of what are those duties in my job? What are those things that I should be doing? What are those skills I should be developing? What type of roles should I be looking for?
Where language should change as the landscape changes, and so maybe where it did at times make sense 10 years ago to say, "Yes, I do a lot of declarative development or I'm a citizen developer on Salesforce," or whatever language you're using, it's like now employers know what they're looking for, for the most part with Salesforce admins. They know what a Salesforce admin is for the most part, they know what that job is, so now it becomes more important to rationalize and update our language.

J. Steadman: Yeah, I agree. And I think it's interesting when we look at the work that admins do, right? We build reports and dashboards, we can modify the objects and fields, again, the schema, we build business logic, we maintain pages, we manage users, we make sure that our data is clean. And most of the time when I see folks starting to waffle around the title admin, it's usually when we're playing around with that business logic piece. And it feels to me like there's this implicit belief out there perhaps that if I'm touching business logic, that must mean that I am thinking like a developer or I am doing developer work. And while configuration in this way is in fact development, it's well within the purview of the Salesforce administrator. And to anyone who's listening that has strong feelings about things being done in an org, I'm talking about doing things the right way, of course. There is a right way and a right solution to choose, and declarative solutions are not always the right tool to choose, but it is possible to have well built, well configured, declarative business logic.

LeeAnne Rimel: Well, and I would say actually that should always be evaluated first.

J. Steadman: Yes, of course. Upfront you want to say, "Hey, we have this business challenge or this business objective or this requirement." And then hopefully at our business, we have established what we would consider to be our design standards. And we have determined which solutions are appropriate, given the requirements. And then we go ahead and we design and we build those solutions and then of course they get deployed. And yet no one that I'm aware of is really concerned about calling themselves a data scientist or an analyst if they're building reports and dashboards. This name differentiation that I tend to see usually orients itself around folks that are touching business logic.
And it's interesting because one of the things that I've been most drawn to is I've grown through the past nine or 10 years on the platform is this ability to bridge communication and organizations between Salesforce admins and Salesforce developers. Realizing that we're all part of the same larger team, or we're all on the spectrum or the rainbow of doing stuff on the platform together. And I'm curious if either you or Mike, have thoughts about this. What feels to me like an implied division where, "Yes, I can modify the data structure. Yes, I can design solutions. Yes, I can modify pages and give a better user experience and design things well for my users, but if I touch logic, then I have to make sure I'm telling people that I'm doing something different." Where do you think that comes from? Is that something that you see as well? Is that something that I'm finding just in my own anecdotal experience?

LeeAnne Rimel: I don't know that I've seen... I don't know that I've seen as much of that, as much of the hesitation to embrace the business analysis piece as an admin. I feel like what I encounter or in my experience working with admins more often is that... Well, I'm thinking about these experiences with admins and this compulsion to feel like they need to sometimes adjust their title in order to feel legitimate in the work that they're doing. To me, I feel like that's what it boils down to, right? No matter what the subject matter area is, it feels like sometimes there's times that Salesforce administrators feel like they need to add a lot of asterisks or a lot of addendums to their title in order to feel comfortable occupying the space that a Salesforce administrator occupies.
And I don't know if those pressures come from... There's rampant, toxic elitism in the tech industry, there just is. It's just reality, it's not unique to Salesforce, it's not unique to developers, it's not unique to... It's just there. And we talk a lot about imposter syndrome and toxic elitism. And so I don't know what those forces are that make people feel sometimes like they need to claim some different language in order to feel valid or comfortable doing that work. To me, it comes down to feeling empowered to do the work that you're doing and to not feel like you have to. Because also at the end of the day, a title's a title. It's to embrace the work that you're doing, to embrace the community that you're a part of.
And I always found the admin... And people used to talk about admin to developer, admineloper and all of that. And I was an admin who coded, but personally, I never had any interest in becoming a full-time developer. My personal opinion is that the declarative platform is just incredibly, incredibly important for Salesforce and for the community. And you can be a really, really good admin without knowing how to code. I think you cannot be a good developer without knowing how to do declarative work. I've seen a lot of really messy orgs when people tried to go code first. It's like, "Oh."

J. Steadman: Cosigned. Yeah, me too.

LeeAnne Rimel: "Tell me more about your entirely custom built forecasting platform because you didn't know we had a forecasting..." I don't know, so I think some of it is just leaning... It's that comfort. How do we remove some of that or mitigate some of that toxic elitism that comes with the language that we use and who deserves to be in what space, and where do Salesforce admins belong?

Mike: I think one of the things running LeeAnne off of what I heard from you, there's a few things that I took from what you and J said. I think the name differentiations seem to be caught up in the admin world often around the task that the admin does or tasks, right? And so I was trying to think of another industry where more than one word exists for... And I think title's different than identity, but for an identity.
And we say adminelopers like, "Well, I'm really an admin that writes some code." So you're an admin, right? Or J, you said build a lot. You could call yourself a builder, but it's often encompassing. So often I have to identify myself as a Salesforce admin first and then also attach all of the tasks that I do. I'm a Salesforce admin business intelligence analyst, I have to tack on all of the things that I have to do, whereas I'm sitting back and I'm thinking like, "So why don't airplane pilots do that?" Because you walk up, go to an airport, talk to somebody, they could introduce themselves, "I'm an airplane pilot." They don't tack on all of the tasks that they do.

J. Steadman: And I also navigate.

Mike: Yeah, and I also...

LeeAnne Rimel: I like to land.

Mike: Yeah. Well that's exactly what I was... LeeAnne you took my example, but-

LeeAnne Rimel: I'm sorry.

Mike: ... nobody says, "I'm an airplane pilot takeoff specialist." No, they just, "I'm a pilot." There's tasks that I do, and I'm wondering if it's because it's such a new identity in the space because we don't talk about developers in the same manner.

J. Steadman: I think it's important too to... You have introduced a new concept here in the conversation. Not only is it a new identity, but the technology that we work with, the Salesforce platform is something that is continually evolving, growing and changing in ways that are unique. So you could be a Salesforce administrator and the stuff you could be using, maybe messaging like Slack, integrations like MuleSoft, data analytics like Tableau or Tableau CRM, or core platform where you're making custom applications, a mobile application. You could be an admin, that's only doing reporting. You could be an admin that's only doing user management. I've met admins that are doing all of these things or any combination thereof, not to even begin... What about the various clouds that we have? Sales Cloud, Service Cloud, Experience Cloud, right? There's so much stuff and that hasn't always been the case.
I think maybe I'm suddenly like chaining us to a really heavy load to lift, but it makes sense then that sometimes people would feel a little bit... If what we have to do is communicate what it is that we do with our title, which we often do in short conversations with folks, and communicate to them that they can trust us. We have to establish trust with the people that we talk to in our business, our stakeholders, our users, it can be important to convey to them the things that they need to hear. And so it falls to folks like us, Mike you, LeeAnne you, and myself and Jen and the rest of the broader admins relations team. Part of the burden is we got to make sure that it's really nice and easy to convey some of those things, which excites me about some of the work that has been done recently on the team.
We previewed some of this content at Dreamforce where we talked about admin skills and the responsibilities. We've got the great Essential Habit series that has been around for a very long time, Mike, with the work that you've done. And I think in the way that I'm sitting and looking at it, it's important for us to make sure that admins understand very clearly that, "Hey, if you write some code, great, you can still be an admin. Hey, are you using Flow Builder all the time? Great. You can still be an admin." The idea that you're using a developer's mind as opposed to a builder's like, "Yo, you're doing business logic [crosstalk] in the platform, that to me sounds like admin, good job." And that one should be proud of those things.

LeeAnne Rimel: Yeah. I think you gave a really S overview there, J, and something that really sticks out to me is that sense of you're not using a developer's mind or you're not using... this is encompassing of the role of Salesforce admin, of the identity of Salesforce admin. And I think, I know I'm a broken record with this stuff, but I feel like a lot of it comes... To me, I feel like a lot of it comes back to some of the forces out there around tech language and around the language of who is technical that's... If you want me to go off on a total rant, someone will say that someone isn't technical because they don't code, because what does technical mean? It means you use a tool to accomplish a task. That's what it means. And so when we gatekeep words like that, I think some of the residual effects is that it makes people second guess some of the titles out there, second guess themselves and their legitimacy in claiming some of those titles and what it means for them.
Whereas I feel very strongly like if you can build something with a tool, then you are technical. You might be a marketing expert in building a complex email campaign. You might be building out a bunch of automation for your social channels as a social media professional, that means you're technical. And so I think the more that we move away from gatekeeping some of the words that are out there, I think that makes it feel safer for people to really embrace and feel like, J you said pride, and I feel that really deeply, feel pride around their accomplishments as a Salesforce admin, for example.

J. Steadman: I imagine these bubbles floating above all admins, right? And they are the various responsibilities that they have at work. And everyone has different bubbles colored in. One bubble is reports and dashboards, one bubble is data cleansing, one bubble is integration specialist. You can go on and on and on about the various core responsibilities they may have in a day-to-day. But when I look back at my previous work life as an admin and the various titles that businesses can give to that role, but I was working as an admin. I had a peer who had full access to production and who was entirely responsible for interacting with our users there, but I was his peer and I didn't even have access to production. My entire life was in our low environments and doing discovery and building things, using Flow Builder, using Process Builder at the time.
And those are two very different things. If somebody at that org had asked me to build a report for them, I would've had to scratch my head and be like, "Can you tell me more about what you're trying to do?" And I bring this up to say, no matter how many bubbles you have filled in, no matter what your core responsibilities are, no matter what cloud you might be working in, you are a Salesforce admin. Our platform, it's like an ocean of stuff. And maybe when we're trying to differentiate ourselves, we focus more on the conversation about what our, "Hey, this is a responsibility I have. I'm a Salesforce admin at X, and I am in charge of A, B, C and D."

Mike: I like that. LeeAnne, your concept of technology and the level of technology in terms of the tool that we use, I think is very interesting because I love to equate things. And I'm thinking back to when the printing press was invented. And if you look at probably most of the history books throughout the world, it's referred to as a technological advance. But if I were to give somebody a printing press, somebody a typewriter, and somebody a computer, who's the most technical? And it depends on the decade or the era that they're in, but all of them arguably, you could have somebody behind it, who's an editor. And it doesn't change the fact that they know how to edit. The way they edit changes, but all of them are proficient in the tool and the capability of the tool to use it.
And I bring that up because they're extreme examples, right? You go back 10 years ago with Salesforce and to automate something, you had workflows on the declarative side. On the code side, of course you could have wrote triggers. I forget when S-Controls were finally put to rest, but you had different tools.

LeeAnne Rimel: RIP S-Controls.

Mike: Yeah, but that doesn't change the fact that you knew how to do something, right? The way that an editor edits a document meant and prints it doesn't change that they're an editor.

LeeAnne Rimel: I agree. And I think a way language changes and we have to... The purpose of language is for us to be able to communicate with one another and have shared understanding. And I feel like a good barometer or a good self test because there might be people out there that are like, "Well, I'm going to be out here talking about admins and I'm not sure the right language to use, or I want to talk to the entire technical community and what's the language that I should use?" And a lot of my opinion on this or I would say, where I feel like I learned a lot was... Actually there's a woman named April Wensel and she's on Twitter. We'll make sure to include her Twitter link in the show notes.
And she founded this organization called Compassionate Coding. And so she's out here talking a ton about just building compassion into our practice as technologists and everything that we do. And what does that look like? What does that look like in presentations? What does that look like in the communities that we seek to create? And what does that look like in language?
And this was years ago, I'll try to find the thread, I honestly don't know if I'll be able to find it, but she actually did a thread talking about the gate keeping around the language, when we say who's technical. And it was really interesting because I think a good gut check is always, "Why am I modifying language in this way? Why am I using this language? Am I using it to call people into this conversation and to include them to participate or to help them feel like they belong or to notify them that they're in the right place. You found your technical community, because I'm talking about Flow Builder for example, right? Are we choosing our words to call people in and to be compassionate or are we not doing that? Are we doing it for... Maybe we're being absent-minded and we're not really thinking about, we're not being intentional with our language or maybe we're doing it to make sure another community feels special quote unquote.
I think it's just important if you're out here and maybe you write about Salesforce admins or you create content for Salesforce admins, I think, thinking through that exercise of compassion of, am I using, and am I making conscious decisions to include members of the community or am I... And I think what's tough is there's a lot of unintentional and the intent is not malicious, the intent is often just absent-mindedness or just ingrained toxic elitism. But a lot of times, if we don't think about it consciously, we do create exclusive language that doesn't call people in.
And so, I don't know, that's a lot of... I highly recommend looking up April, but I think that we can, as Salesforce admins, think about how we build that into our language. Are we seeking to include people, to help people find a language for their job, for their duties, for their identity, for their community? Or are we creating language that might make people feel like they don't belong?

J. Steadman: LeeAnne, are you familiar with crabs in a bucket?

LeeAnne Rimel: I have seen crabs in a bucket in real life because I'm from the San Juan, but I feel like you're talking about something else.

J. Steadman: Just in general, the idea of throwing the crabs in-

LeeAnne Rimel: I have put crabs into a bucket before, but I feel like you're talking about something more specific than that.

J. Steadman: Yeah. So I ask because I certainly don't want to explain something or review a concept that's already been discussed. So there are two things based on what you're saying, LeeAnne that really occurred to me as being important. The first is we've mentioned technical a number of times, so I dictionary-ed technical because I just want to make sure that we're all drawing from the same definition. And this is mostly for folks in the audience, let's demystify the word technical for a minute, because you'll get people saying, "Hey, are you technical?" Or you'll hear in passing, that person is slash is not technical. So when we say, "Hey, I'm technical," the definition of the word technical is relating to a particular subject, art, or craft or its techniques requiring special knowledge to be understood. That's where it ends. So there's nothing in the definition that's like must be able to use the command line.

LeeAnne Rimel: It's just passion.

J. Steadman: Knowing how stuff works and being able to use it or explain it well. That's the definition of the word technical. When I bring up crabs in a bucket, I think that this is really important because it pertains to some of the gatekeeping or the toxic elitism that you've you've raised here.
So there's a natural behavior, and I haven't actually tested this because it sounds cruel to me, but to my understanding or at least the legend or the myth goes, if you take a crab and you put it in a bucket and it tries to get out, and if it can hook a leg over the edge, it'll get out. There won't be any problems. If you put a couple of crabs in a bucket, and one of them tries to get out, if the first crab that's in the bucket has previously failed, it will actually grab the second crab and pull it back from getting out of the bucket. This behavior will continue if you add more crabs to the point where people like crabs will actually yank each other's legs off. And what they do is they enforce everyone to stay inside the bucket. You can't get out because I tried to get out and I couldn't.
This is apparently a thing that really happens in life, and I think it's a great metaphor for people that have experienced difficulty, challenges or adversity where they believe, "Well, I had to go through A, B and C to get where I am today. Therefore, other people must as well, or it is not valid." And I empathize deeply with that point of view. I went to college and I stupidly racked up way too much college loan debt. If somebody else were to tell me that they got to go to college for free, the initial response that I used to have was like, "Oh really?" That isn't right. But the fact of the matter is if somebody could go through college and not have to pay any dollars at all, that's great for them. And just because it didn't happen to me, that's all right.
And I think that this applies to our jobs as well. And I think we need to be really, really cautious about saying, "10 years ago, this is a thing that could only be done by writing code." Therefore, if it's done in a different way, now it is somehow intrinsically less valuable. I just don't think that's true, and I think we have to challenge ourselves to find those moments and ask ourselves, "Am I actually responding to this situation, because I went through adversity in the past, and I think that one must go through adversity in order to thrive? Can I actually celebrate? Or can we totally flip the model on its head, and can we be a crab that helps other crabs out of the bucket?" Because at the end of the day, I don't think the crabs really want to be in the bucket. I don't think the bucket ends up... That's not good outcome for the crabs. I think the finale is probably a pot somewhere and then someone's belly-

Mike: And [crosstalk].

J. Steadman: So that's crabs in a bucket.

LeeAnne Rimel: I appreciate that explanation. I definitely will always remember that now, and now I wish that when I had actually been crabbing and put crabs in a bucket, I paid closer attention, because I don't feel like I remember this, but I appreciate learning about it. And I think it's a really good point. I think it's thinking about how do we revisit, be in that growth mindset where we're constantly updating our knowledge of the platform, our knowledge of what's possible and a career path, our knowledge and our perception of what roles do. Because I think just as I've been in this ecosystem for 14 years and you both have been in this ecosystem a really long time as well, and the growth and the change in the ecosystem is just... and in the role is just massive. So we have to be constantly updating how we think about it.

Mike: I think so J, listening to your crabs in a bucket scenario, and LeeAnne you're familiar with this, what I heard was the hero's journey, which is really hard to unlearn. I'm not saying we can't unlearn it, I'm not poo-pooing on the idea, but to your example, J, of going to college and racking up a lot of debt versus somebody that went to college and didn't rack up a lot of debt, congrats for them. What's hard for the person that went to college, racked up a lot of debt, paid it off and has a great job is they feel they somehow earned it more. Have you ever heard that they paid their dues?

J. Steadman: Yep, hundred percent.

Mike: Paid your dues, right?

J. Steadman: A hundred percent.

Mike: And that is so ingrained into every storytelling system built, right? The hero goes on a journey, something happens, they have to go into the special world, they have to learn something and they have to come back. They have to-

J. Steadman: There must be conflict.

Mike: There's got to be conflict, they have to come back, they have to defeat that. And then they bring with them the solution. They had to earn that solution.

LeeAnne Rimel: This is where we come back to leading with compassion.

Mike: Yep.

J. Steadman: Yeah.

LeeAnne Rimel: Because I think that, for me reading about this compassionate coding was life changing because it really caused... I think examining, everyone has a different journey to get to where they are, everyone has a different breadth of expertise. Someone might be in their first year as an admin and they might have a huge amount of expertise in other areas, maybe they manage a restaurant. So maybe they know a ton about POS systems and different types of supply chain planning for food products. Everyone has... And I think that that whole leading them with compassion piece and respecting and honoring that we all have these really different backgrounds and different things that were probably difficult for us to learn, or to overcome. And trying to always center on that, I think, helps mitigate a lot of those complicated feelings around wondering who deserves to be where, because I think a lot of times it's what it boils down to is if we spend time thinking about who deserves to be where, who worked harder to be in this conference room that I'm in?

J. Steadman: And this is something... So I've got a kid and she's not even two, she'll be two in January. And when I look at her, and her experience might not be all experiences, and she's my only kid, so kid two might be different if we have kid two, but she certainly isn't sitting there going like, "How hard am I working compared to the person sitting over there?" She's just like, "Hey, can I have a good time? Hey, can you have a good time?" And I think this idea of like, I need to compare how hard I've worked to how hard you've worked, and then look at the outcomes of how hard we've worked, and is it the same? And if it's not the same, that's not right. I don't know. There's something in that that seems forced upon me.
If we're a part of a community, if you are successful, fantastic. If I am successful, fantastic. No matter how hard we've had to work to get there. I think sometimes because we've suffered, we look at somebody who hasn't, and we think, "I got dealt a really bad hand. And it really bums me out that that happened to me. And it would've been so much easier for me if I hadn't been dealt this bad hand." And so we start to become angry. And speaking as a person who's gone through my fair share of downs, I totally understand that point of view. And I think it's our responsibility to look at ourselves and say, "Hey, I'm having this reaction right now. What is this reaction?"
And I'm going to use a totally ludicrous example. I listen to a lot of music, and I used to be a musician professionally, and I listen to a lot of music that's coming out right now. Because one thing I never wanted to do was be a person that was stuck on the bands that I loved when I was in high school, which coincidentally, I still am, but I also want to love modern music. And I want that to be true forever, which means that I've got to face down trends. And sometimes, I'll hear a song and I won't just dislike it. It'll be doing something musically that just makes me angry like, "What is this?" And I make it a point to myself to stop and say, "What is it about this song that is grinding your gears?" And I'll actually take that song and put it on repeat over and over and over again for a day. I once listened to Corey Feldman's album-

Mike: Oh, wow.

J. Steadman: ... Angelic 2 the Core on repeat for an entire week.

LeeAnne Rimel: It's like auditory self-flagellation.

J. Steadman: Yeah, so I could understand. And I have to be honest with you, it truly is just a terrible, terrible album, but I did this for a week so that I could understand. And you know what? Sometimes you're right not to like something, but a lot of times, especially when it's new stuff or changes, it's because of this thing that you're bringing up the end, this idea of, "Well, I understand music to be," and then you insert your own definition. And the thing that makes me angry, calls itself music, but it's doing something different, and that's not right. And so I encourage everyone that's listening when you're looking at any term that defines anything in your reality, because we are going deep on this podcast. I think it's important to ask yourself, "What is it that's making me angry about this?" And rather than spending your time expressing the anger, hopping on social and talking about the differences between generations, which is a very common thing that I see, that's a good example of it. Instead of doing that, ask your self, why it is causing you discomfort or anger or frustration?
And I think in exploring that, I think that you'll find something more valuable than the expression of anger itself. I find anger or frustration, that's an opportunity to better understand yourself and hopefully come to a place of improvement.

Mike: I like that. That's really cool. I don't want to end on the subject of anger, but I feel like we're in that realm. I'll give you this. Can each of you share a final thought for Salesforce admins?

LeeAnne Rimel: Sure. I will say, having been in this ecosystem for a long time and being a Salesforce admin myself, I think this is a really amazing and growing role in ecosystem, and the job duties are expanding and growing and getting more interesting and more flexible. And I would encourage everyone out there to embrace it, to embrace their Salesforce admin role, and lean into that community. We love meeting new people in the community. So very selfishly, I love seeing more admins in the community, and seeing what they're working on, and seeing the things that they're sharing with other admins. And I'll just reiterate what I said before, if you're out there talking to admins, talking to the community, if you're someone in a role where you're helping create content and communications for admins, I would ask that you just think about, what does it mean to call people in? And how can we actively, with any role that we're working, with our developers, with our architects, with our trailblazers, with our admins, how are we really perpetuating this inclusive community and calling people in and really using thoughtful language with compassion?

J. Steadman: I think my final consideration following up after LeeAnne's amazing wisdom here is when you find yourself running to a different word, stop and explore, ask yourself why, and find the real reason, and if it's a good reason, great stick with it. And if it's not a great reason, then change. And I can promise too, that myself and the other folks that are here in the admin relations team, we are constantly examining the things that you're responsible for as admins. And we are trying to ensure that we are defining that role well in ways that employers and companies and other admins can see, and that definition will evolve and change over time. And we'll do our best work to try and support you and make sure that you don't have to go out of your way to justify the work that you do. And instead that the title can bring with it, the things that you do.

Mike: That was very cool. I'm glad both of you had the opportunity to spend the time with us today, so chat about the admin ever changing admin identity.

J. Steadman: Thank you, Mike.

LeeAnne Rimel: Thanks for having us. This was fun.

Mike: So I enjoyed that conversation with LeeAnne and J. We'll be sure to put the link to April's Twitter on the show notes. And of course, if you want to learn more about all things Salesforce admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. We've got some pod in the Trailhead store. Really cool swag, I like it. I drink my coffee every morning out of that podcast mug, of course we'll include the link in the show notes. You can stay up to date with us on Salesforce admins on social, we are at @salesforceadmns, no i on Twitter. Of course, you can follow my co-host Gillian, she is @gilliankbruce. I am @mikegerholdt and I will also put LeeAnne and J's Twitter on there as well so you can give them a follow.
And with that, I want to remind you next week is our admin retro episode for December so we're looking back at everything content-wise for December. Also, the last podcast for 2021 so we're going to bid 2021 adieu and get ready for 2022. So with that stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

For today’s Salesforce Admins Podcast, we listen in on a conversation between Lead Admin Evangelist J. Steadman and Architect, Developer Relations, René Winkelmeyer as they discuss the importance of Governance within an organization.

Join us as we talk about why it’s a challenge, not a problem, why the people are the process, and how to recognize when it’s OK to start with an imperfect solution.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with J. Steadman and René Winkelmeyer.

Why Governance Is Important As organizations across the globe are attempting to affect digital transformation, “moving things from paper and manual processes into systems that everyone can access wherever they’re working from,” as J. says, there are some challenges with coordinating around new platforms and other solutions. Everyone needs to know what everyone else is doing and understand what the goals of each piece of technology are.

Governance is the process to solve this collective challenge and help everyone get on the same page. Salesforce is actually a great example of Governance in action, with new people coming in from acquisitions all the time and the need to get everyone in an organization of 75,000 working together effectively. “Governance is really the focus on solving a collective challenge,” René says, “and a big portion of Governance should also be the people—not only the processes.” Governance allows all of our specialists within the organization—sales, service, etc.—to come together and be bigger than the sum of our parts.

Start With a Vision There are some key principles behind Governance that make it work. The first thing is accountability, responsibility, fairness, and transparency. As René puts it, “who owns what? And can we make a fair share of everything for everyone?” What’s important is being clear about who owns what and giving them the autonomy they need to do it, but also following up with accountability. As the saying goes, “with great power comes great responsibility.”

“It may be an overused term, but I think that everyone starts with a vision,” René says, “and it may be something simple—sometimes things are right in front of your face and you don’t see them.” Sometimes it’s as simple as comparing what your current challenges are with why the technology was purchased in the first place. The important conversation that doesn’t always happen is whether or not everyone is on board, and how to get people there if they’re not already.

Why It’s Ok to Get It Wrong Getting everyone together means starting with a shared understanding of where you need a process and who the expert in that is. “You have to have the courage to let go of your own ego in these conversations to make sure that you are hearing everyone’s perspective,” J. says. Start with the challenge you’ve observed and then ask the team if there needs to be a process to help with it.

At the end of the day, the goal is to put a new system in place that helps you achieve what you’re trying to do. You want to expand ownership and help people be effective together. It’s a conversation, and you need to pay attention to when you should step back and when you should step forward. Sometimes, it’s about helping people gain a broader perspective of the context in which they’re working. Sometimes, it’s about accepting something that might not be ideal now and being ready to change it as things go forward.

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social: * René: @muenzpraeger * J.: @J__MDT * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. Hey, this week, we're joining in on a conversation with Lead Admin Evangelist, J. Steadman, and Architect Dev Evangelism, René Winkelmeyer, as they talk about the importance of governance in an organization. And let me tell you, they really cover a lot of things. I took a lot of notes during this. I'll include a lot of information in the show notes. It's a very cool conversation. And after they're done, I'll jump back in and give you some final thoughts and highlights. So with that, please welcome J and René to the podcast.

J. Steadman: Thank you, Mike. I'm super happy to be here. I am J. Steadman, Lead Admin Evangelist here at Salesforce. I am joined by René. René, would you like to introduce yourself to our audience of awesome admins?

René Winkelmeye...: Yeah, absolutely. So my name is René Winkelmeyer. I work at the same company that J does, surprise, surprise, and I'm an Architect in the Developer Relations team.

J. Steadman: And thank you so much for joining us, René. Folks out there that are listening, René and I recently started a series of meetings and we just kind of sit down and have coffee and talk about things that are on our minds. And we got into a little bit of a conversation around governance that I found really, really fascinating. And we had a chat with Mike to see whether or not it would be of interest to the admin community. And so, today, what we're going to do is we're just going to talk about the concept of governance, right? Especially in 2021, when Salesforce instances are starting to become really wide and deep technologies and organizations are really trying to kind of move forward with this idea, and we hear this a lot as a buzz word of digital transformation, right?
But really what that means is moving things from paper and manual processes, into systems that everyone can access wherever they're working from. And the challenge that these digital transformations can really cause is making sure that everyone knows what each other are doing. Everyone understands the objective of a given piece of technology, such as Salesforce. And ensuring that all of our valid stakeholders are all aware of that objective and are also contributing to enhancement requests, features, bugs that they might be encountering and making sure that we know what each and every system is doing in a greater context, right?
René, I think has a fantastic perspective on this. And this is a concept that we explore a lot here at Salesforce. Salesforce has grown in a really huge way in terms of the number of employees that we have. We're somewhere around 75,000 employees now. But when I joined the organization just a few years ago, we were around 50,000 employees, right? That's a massive increase. And when you consider the number of companies that Salesforce has acquired, like Slack, like Tableau, governance becomes this really incredibly important concept, right? It's not necessarily a technology skill, but it is really, really important that all of the 75,000 of us here at Salesforce have an understanding of what we're doing and why we're doing it.
René, you'd been talking about some of your experiences in our private conversations, specifically with working with some of these teams like over at MuleSoft, over at Tableau, and trying to get an understanding about what everyone was doing just from an audience relations perspective or an evangelist perspective. And I just thought it would be a great conversation to bring in front of our admins, right? I think sometimes governance gets this reputation of being an uncool word or kind of a dry topic. But what I found in our conversations, René, is that it was actually quite the opposite. I find it to be really engaging. So that's, I think a good intro to the concept that we wanted to discuss today. René, can you talk to us a little bit about how you're approaching this idea of various different stakeholders, all coming together to try and kind of steer the ship, even though we're controlling different parts of that ship?

René Winkelmeye...: Sure. I mean, funny that you meant that you joined with 50,000 when I joined with 19,000.

J. Steadman: Holy smokes.

René Winkelmeye...: Yeah, it's a crazy train ride. It's a great train ride. So the first question is really to understand what is governance, right? And I think this is a term that is used often in different contexts. And so I want to define first what I see as governance and other people may have different opinions, especially also different countries or languages or cultures, what governance can be. I think governance is really, in my opinion, the focus on solving a collective problem, right? This is what we try to achieve. Or a challenge, I think is even the better word, because I don't like the word problem. Yeah. No, it's more a challenge, right? So is there something that is relevant to us as a group that we want to put in some form or shape, right? This is how I try to approach it at least.
And when we see this in our company, and you mentioned that before, we have quite a couple of companies, we have sibling teams, we have developer relations. It's like Mule and Tableau. And we're here at Salesforce and we're all catering our own audiences, right? Because someone who develops with MuleSoft, for example, it's totally different than, for example, a developer who works on the Salesforce org and develops with Apex and Lightning Web components, right? It's totally different use case. But at the same time, we are just talking to developers, right? And we try to make them successful in what we do.
So the really question is what is the best way on how we can come together, really? Right? And this is something that I feel falls really well under the realm of governance to actually look on what do we have, right? What are the principles? What are our procedures? What are the structures? What are the processes? People, right? Personally, I believe a big portion in governance should also be the people and not only the processes, right? I think this is something where, what you just meant, this negative sound of governance is always felt like, oh, we put a process in place for something. Yeah, but it's not everything, I believe. Right? Because I think that people, especially in our company make a huge portion on what really make governance, in my sense, successful. If that answers your question.

J. Steadman: Yeah. I think that's a really interesting and important thing to distinguish, right? This idea that governance is a thing that is done, right? We govern our technologies in the effort to achieve or solve a given problem or a challenge, right? Now you'd mentioned that you don't like the word problem. I really like that. So like we govern to solve a challenge. I was wondering, can you talk to us a little bit about why you don't like the word problem and why you prefer challenge over problem?

René Winkelmeye...: I just feel, it sounds negative.

J. Steadman: Sure.

René Winkelmeye...: Right? So when someone's like, I have a problem, it's just like this... No, I feel a challenge is something that I would love to approach always.

J. Steadman: Ah-ha.

René Winkelmeye...: Right? It's something that is really there like, okay, I can solve this and I can tackle this. And problem sounds always so negative to me. So I'm pretty sure whenever you find a recording, a video or just we have a chat, you will really rarely hear that I will say problem, right? I really try to avoid that because there is no such thing as a problem.

J. Steadman: I'm making a note to review everything that you've ever recorded, and I'm going to find every instance of the word problem that you've used.

René Winkelmeye...: Yeah. You do that.

J. Steadman: I'm just kidding. I'm just kidding.

René Winkelmeye...: Well, that'll be like, whatever. Binge watching René 200 hours sounds really amazing. Right? I would not do that to myself.

J. Steadman: Yeah. I love this idea, right, is we're working with various different stakeholder groups, which is what we're talking about when we're talking about how we govern. I think the cultural aspect of that is really, really important. You mentioned that it is people as well as processes that we follow. When you look at using Salesforce as an example, of course, there are those of us that may be on the Salesforce, like core side of things. There may be folks that are coming from Slack as you called out. And as we communicate with them using terms like challenge, instead of problem, what we're doing is crafting culture, right? We're creating a vocabulary to communicate with others that I think, it actually is powerful and it fosters this idea of collaboration. So I'm going to keep that in the back of my head, as we explore the rest of this conversation, like where can we make these little adjustments that can improve the way in which we're communicating across these little gaps between functional groups. I like that a lot.
You also called out something that I think is really important, where at any company, admins out there at your company here at Salesforce, employees that sit in a certain role, it is really likely that we specialize in something, right? As a Salesforce admin, you specialize in Salesforce. And it's likely that you may specialize just in core. Maybe you've got a lot larger footprint where you're using sales and service and marketing, or maybe you are using Slack. But nevertheless, we tend to specialize, right? But the entity of a company or a Salesforce customer, they don't specialize in one particular piece of their enterprise technology. They specialize in the product or the service that they sell, right?
So governance allows all of our specialists, our Salesforce specialists, our Tableau specialists, our Slack specialists to all come together and become a whole that is greater than our parts, right? And I think that that's a really important concept to highlight here. The reason that we're reaching out is because we want to make sure that we're benefiting from everyone's specializations and that we're coming together to create this cohesive whole. I really like that idea quite a bit.
So what do you think, René, when you're talking about the pieces that are important, you've mentioned that people are really, really important to this idea of governance, as you're considering the people that are involved in governing a piece of technology or several pieces of technology, what do you think the important things to consider are when we look at the concept of people in relation to governance?

René Winkelmeye...: So I think, from my perspective, there are a couple of principles what make governance, right? The first one that comes to my mind is accountability or responsibility and fairness and transparency, right? So these are things where I really look at, if we want to set up something that falls into, for example, building a service, working around a process, it's really coming together as a team and following these principles on who owns what, right? And can we make a fair share of everything for everyone, because at the end... I make a small segue.
In my history, in my career, I worked for a really long time in the financial sector. And it was highly regulated, not only on what the bank had to do, but also on what people had to do, right? Because everything was structured, everything was organized. You want to do A, no, here's a guide for that. You want to do B, here's a guide for that. And at that time, I really felt that it's good to have processes to ensure consistency and all the good stuff that comes with governance, but at the same time, it can also be overwhelming for people, right? And I think we can just win with all of that, especially when you want to ensure certain things like quality and processes and optimization and efficiency if you take the people on board and not only focus on the aspect of really the organizational process. If that makes sense in this case.

J. Steadman: Yeah.

René Winkelmeye...: Right? It's really a conversation. It's really a conversation to figure out, we want to do A, okay, let's see how we can do that and who will own that, right?

J. Steadman: Yeah.

René Winkelmeye...: I'm a big fan of saying, okay, I'm giving you a bit more leash, right? That's more how we say it in Germany. You have more freedom to do something, but you're also accountable and responsible for that, right?

J. Steadman: Sure.

René Winkelmeye...: Compared to, oh, I put more structure around you so that you can't move left and right. But that then just decreases the accountability and the responsibility. That's not fair to people. And also, that really prevents from growing great humans, right? So more freedom is great.

J. Steadman: Yeah. Growing great humans. I like that phrase a lot, growing great humans. Something that pops out to me, René, in the way that you're explaining this is, the way that you have explained process and procedure, in some cases sounds a little bit like a confinement, right? Whereas people coming together and collaborating with one another, having conversations about what it is that they want to do and how they want to do it, there is some freedom in that, right?Now with freedom comes responsibility, the old Spider-Man or Peter Parker adage, right? I am trusting you to go and do this thing. So now you're accountable to do that thing. So do it responsibly, do it safely and do it well.
But there's a thing there that's new to our conversation and for our listeners, how do we bring these various people together that can trust us to make these choices or to go and do a thing outside of process, outside of procedure? In other words, how do you assemble your Avengers? How do you get people to the table? Let's use a hypothetical situation where you are a developer, I am an admin, we've had a private conversation where we understand that our organization could benefit from coming together and kind of steering Salesforce together rather than apart. How do we get other people on board? How do we start conversations? How do we select who should be a part of those conversations? From your perspective, how do we get that people element kick started and humming along?

René Winkelmeye...: That's a big question to answer. It may be an overused term, but I think it really starts, everything, with a vision, right? You have to have this idea on what you want to achieve. And maybe it can be something super simple, right? Sometimes though things are just in front of your face and you don't see them, absolutely not. And I think the really important part is to have this compelling vision that must not be earth shaking, but really focusing on the challenge to solve. And that is just transparently meeting with people and figuring out if they would buy in or not, right?

J. Steadman: Yes. Yeah. Okay.

René Winkelmeye...: It's just simple that. And it's okay to receive a no, right, because then your idea or vision may be not that great, or they may be not the right people. And then that's fine, right? I think all of that belongs also into this, just because I think my idea is great, it doesn't mean that you have to find my idea great. Right?

J. Steadman: Yeah. Yeah. I love this idea. In my life, as an admin working in my own Salesforce org, that was also in a highly-regulated industry, I found what you're talking about to be absolutely true in our experience. At my company, we needed to present the challenge that we were facing, right? So to be specific about my use case, I had many business units that each shared this one multi-tenant Salesforce org. And we had like 13 different companies that were all sharing this one org, they were all owned by the same parent company. And we weren't talking to each other at all. We were all just in an org and doing stuff, right? And it took people, an admin or two talking to a developer, maybe at the water cooler, maybe in the lunchroom identifying a challenge.
And then what we did is we actually went to an executive, right? And we said, "Hey, here is our challenge statement. This is something that we think is negatively impacting this technology that all of us are using. And when we compare that to the reason that the technology was purchased, there's a gap. Do you agree?" Right? And to your point, René, not everyone agrees with a hundred percent of what you're saying necessarily, but by shopping around this challenge that you have, you'll find people either start to say that they're not interested, which is fine, or they'll start to collaborate with you on that challenge statement, right? Because each of us specialize, for example, I'm an admin, you are a developer, well, you're an architect, but representing the developer persona, right, I think it's in important for us to remember that we need the perspective of other people that are sitting in different seats so that we can make the best choices possible, make the best solutions possible, and steer our technology in the right direction, right?
So when we went to the executive and we were like, "Yo, we think that this is the challenge. Do you agree," we received some modifications to our challenge, but we also got a lot of insight because this executive was privy to a bunch of business goals that we had never heard of before, right? And once we got them on board with this modified challenge statement, it was much easier for us to go to stakeholders in each of these business units and start to introduce the idea to them, right? And as we went to each different business unit one by one and had conversations and introduced this topic, suddenly we found it was becoming enriched. It was becoming a deeper conversation. And we started to find a lot of common issues that everyone was having in relation to this challenge that we observed, right?
So put another way or to summarize, by taking a challenge, shopping it around to various stakeholders and finding a business sponsor, somebody that's got some decision-making authority or some social clout at the organization, getting their buy-in and then bringing that to the rest of the people that we think could be interested in the conversation, suddenly we had our team of superheroes. They were all really interested in moving our platform in a direction that would benefit everybody, right?
And that leads to some of the things that you had previously called out. Things like optimization, things like efficiency, things like procedures and processes or shared services, right? But it took all of that conversation amongst people, which admittedly can be really messy, right? Not every conversation between these folks was super clear cut, right? Maybe you could talk about that a little bit, because we're starting our conversation at the people aspect. And I'd love for you to just call out some of the common challenges or obstacles that one could expect as you're trying to work through a challenge with a bunch of different human beings, because we want to grow good human beings, but human beings are messy, right? We don't always agree. We don't always see things the same way. So do you have any tips or tricks when you're having those person-to-person conversations? Like what are common pitfalls and how do you think you can avoid them?

René Winkelmeye...: Oh, that's also another big question. I feel this is a podcast of the big questions for René. You should prewarn me, I believe.

J. Steadman: Oh, I'm sorry. [crosstalk]. I just sent René a message on Slack and I was like, "Hi, I'm J, come do this podcast." And that's how we got here. That's how we're here right now.

René Winkelmeye...: Absolutely. I will pay you back once we're back in person, I hope. Really, the way that I approach it over time, and I had to learn that when I was a consultant back many, many, many, many years ago, it's really not trying to force, right? I think this is really the most important aspect that I try in everything that I do is not to force my idea, right? It's really, here's an idea. Here's something that I think we should solve, or here's an opportunity actually on how we can do things better. And it needs to be an open conversation without trying to press it. That's really what it is, right?
Often I have conversations that I start with, okay, here's the thing, if you want that, that's great, but it's purely optional if you want to, right? I want to give other people just the room to breathe and that they then can decide on their own and without feeling that they have to do it because it's my proposal or it's coming from a org or from the vendor or whatever. It's really about just giving them room to breathe and to figuring out on their own, do they want to do this or not just based on the facts that I'm showing, right? It's also facts, really important.

J. Steadman: This is really fascinating to me. I'm a very passionate person, right? Like I get an idea where I identify what I see as an obstacle. And one of the challenges that I have just as a human being is, I'm like, yo, here's this thing. We need to solve that. Yo, everyone, let's go and do that right now. Right? In other words, I get really passionate. It's hard for me not to force an idea. It's hard for me not to see this opportunity to improve and hope and push for a conclusion to that as I have my conversations, right? And like you, I'll highlight some facts and I'll bring it to the table.
I guess what I'm asking here is, how do you manage... Let's say that you've identified something that's super important, right? Using the hypothetical that I brought up, not hypothetical, but my past experience as an admin. We were identifying some really big risks to our instance, right? And it was really important that we solved those. Do you have any tips? That's a good way to phrase this. Do you have any tips to help keep those conversations open, unforced, full of ease and fact based? If you have any, what would your tips be for that?

René Winkelmeye...: Well, I wish I would have like the golden solution for that because it's always, as usual, not easy.

J. Steadman: Yeah, of course.

René Winkelmeye...: The way that I look at that when I, and not looking at the small things, because the small things can be solved pretty quickly, maybe it's because I'm German, right? So, prewarning for that. But I'm a big fan of having everything data driven, right, because then you have a solid, common understanding, which I think is the first really important part that everyone understands the problem, that it's not, oh, René had this assumption. No, it's like here are the facts, then enrich that eventually with assumptions, right? And this is what you mentioned really well before, J, is then getting feedback on those assumptions, potentially from those groups or other stakeholders, your people leader and refining that. And then laying that over with what are the challenges that we try to solve with that, that we see, maybe in your case, this instance, and here's your solution that we want to apply. But at the same time, also, highlighting the risk that may go along if you don't do that.

J. Steadman: The cost of doing nothing.

René Winkelmeye...: Yeah. I would say I disagree, because there is not a cost of doing nothing. I think it needs to be a good... You have to understand where is the higher risk, right, if you don't do something or if you do something, which I think is really important, right? If you have the status quo, which you don't like in your case, right, you think the status quo is to change, then you have to assess the risk, right? What is my risk tolerance for not doing it and leaving as is, or what is the risk when we do that and which risk is higher and which risk do I want as the person or the group or the organization that owns that actually to take, right? Because sometimes it's totally fine to take a certain risk by not doing anything.

J. Steadman: This is I think, really important information for admins out there, right? So I just want to summarize what I've heard and, René, please correct me if I'm getting any of this wrong-

René Winkelmeye...: Wrong, wrong, wrong.

J. Steadman: But as we think about having conversations where we're trying to introduce the challenges that we may face, it's really important to start those conversations with our understanding of the facts and the data and share those facts and those data with other stakeholders that we think would be important to the conversation. We want to enrich those observations with some assumptions, which we can also introduce in these conversations that we have with various stakeholders. Then we want to see what they have to say about it, which is going to refine our observations and assumptions. And hopefully, at that point, we're getting people together, they're having conversations. And that's where we're starting to take a look at potential solutions and also assess the risks of doing something different or not doing something different. Is that a pretty fair representation of the way that you just explained things?

René Winkelmeye...: That was perfect. I couldn't have done it better.

J. Steadman: Well-

René Winkelmeye...: Maybe you can do it next time.

J. Steadman: I love being told I'm perfect. I want to be very clear. You're free to ask me questions too. If you've got questions for me, I'll answer those questions to the best of my human ability.

René Winkelmeye...: I'm totally fine with that. And on purpose, I avoided the word perfect, which you potentially recognized. Right? There are a couple of words that I try to avoid, which is problem and perfect, because none of that should exist.

J. Steadman: Yeah. No, absolutely. Perfection is a fiction, right? So this is great, right? What you've introduced to us is a way that we can... Like that's a framework that we can use if, like me, admins out there are really passionate about trying to improve things. And sometimes that passion can actually get in the way and cause some noise in our conversations, right?
So I just want to reiterate to admins out there, especially if you're approaching this cross-functional governance, where we're going and talking to a bunch of different people to get them on board with an idea, make sure that you prepare before you go into those conversations. And by preparation, I mean, bring the data that you need, right? If it's from the org, great. If it's from some other system that you're using, great. But bring the data that you need to support this challenge that you have observed.
Second, be prepared to encounter people who may not agree with you and be prepared to give that plenty of space and room, right? To René's suggestion, what we're saying here is I have observed this challenge. Here's the data that kind of brought me to that. And based on that, here are some assumptions that I've made. What do you think? And if somebody says, hey, I disagree and I'm not interested, sometimes we just have to accept that. There may be somebody else who's willing to gear those things, right? And sometimes getting that rejection of an idea or that disagreement, which I think I like better than rejection, it will inform whether or not that challenge statement is solid, right? Your challenge statement needs to survive these various conversations.
So we've talked about the people aspect. We've talked about how we prepare for conversations between stakeholders that have different perspectives. And I think I'd like to move, René, from the people part of the conversation into some of the other things that you've called out, efficiencies, processes, optimizations. Once we start growing good humans, having good conversations, and we've got people on board, we've got a bunch of people in a room now, how do you approach this idea of optimization or efficiency with a cross-functional group? How do you make a process, for example? What is a framework that you look to, if you have one, that can help you along with that?

René Winkelmeye...: Another big question. Thank you, J. Thank you.

J. Steadman: You're welcome.

René Winkelmeye...: I hope I have a radio voice. Yeah. Yeah. So I would say the biggest question that I always ask myself, do we actually need a process, right? And I say that as a German, do we need actually a process? Or do we need a regulation around that? When you bring the different people together, you actually have the opportunity to shape your original idea and potentially realize it or make it something totally different. But when you bring those people together, it's really taking those different perspectives, as you mentioned, not only from the, I would say socializing and scoping phase, but also then in the relation phase on what do we really want to do, right? What is the business benefit if we really take this? Because often when we try to implement something, it is first that we have this idea. We define the value. We potentially have some ideas on ROI. I think this needs all to be on the table to figure that out, if this really comes together, like the assumption that we made, the solution that we potentially already provided is the real thing.
And what I want to say now with many words is actually I don't have a good framework. I really try to approach this in a conversational approach and sit together with those humans who hopefully are all smarter than I am in this specific problem... Sorry, challenge area. Yeah. Okay. You got me, but this is actually a real word. [inaudible] does not exist as a word. It happens when you're not native. Yeah. That's actually how I approach it, right? Because I hope always that people are smarter than I am and have the potentially better idea on how to approach that. And also, often I'm not the subject matter expert transparently, right?

J. Steadman: Yeah.

René Winkelmeye...: I have maybe a good idea on that, but there is then that person who actually does that day by day, right? And those who will be affected by some governance that we may implement. And I feel those should have a big say. Coming back to what I said in the introduction, it's about humans, right?

J. Steadman: Yeah.

René Winkelmeye...: We don't want to create bad processes for good people. It should be that we create good frameworks for good people. And it's really important to have those always on board and have a good say. Definitely. Right? So not top down, it's not a top down approach.

J. Steadman: René, you're a genius. I'm sitting here and writing a lot of notes just to make sure that I can actually summarize. What's brilliant, I think about the way that you just explained that is, you laid out this amazing framework and then you're like, I don't really have this framework to work from, but... So there are a few things that I want to highlight about what you said, and then I want to try and summarize it. And again, you tell me if I get anything wrong, right?
But there's one concept that you discussed in your answer that I think is really important to Salesforce admins, but I also think to people in the world in general, no matter what it is that you do, and it's this idea of vulnerability. You said several times that you're not the subject matter expert. You hope that the people in the room are smarter than you. I mean, frankly, I share this with you, right? All the time I walk into a room and there are just these brilliant people that I'm working with, right? I think sometimes as we're working through problems, it can [crosstalk].

René Winkelmeye...: Challenges, challenges. Sorry, challenges.

J. Steadman: Thank you. Thank you, René. Thank you. I love it. We should have like a sound effect, like... As I'm working with challenges with a group, we can start to get really possessive of our ideas or possessive of being the person to solve. And oftentimes that can come from being afraid that maybe we don't know the right answer. So first I'd say, as we're approaching the idea of having conversations around, do we need a process, et cetera, be vulnerable. Walk into the room, recognizing the amazing people that you're working with, whether or not you get along with them personally. There are brilliant people that you are interacting with and you have to have the courage to kind of let go of your own ego in these conversations to make sure that you are hearing everyone's perspective, right?
So I'd say first we start with vulnerability. Then we ask the question, hey, everyone, here is a challenge that we've observed. Do we need a process for this? And the ensuing conversation, where hopefully everyone is vulnerable in letting subject matter experts do their thing, that starts to shape the idea, right? We're socializing the idea to a number of really great people. Getting their perspective, gives us a scope for what this potential solution could be. We want to make sure that there's actually a business benefit to solving a problem or putting a process in. And that depends on actually defining what the business value is and defining what the business ROI might be. And just to be fair to those folks out there who are not acronymic... We have like a million acronyms here at Salesforce. But return on investment, right? If we're going to invest the time and resources to do this thing, will we get a benefit back? And what is that benefit? And does this actually solve our problem, right? Now you said you don't have a framework, but this to me sounds like a great framework, René.

René Winkelmeye...: I'm not sure if it's a framework, right? There needs to be a structural... I feel a lot that comes back to the time when I was a business process consultant, where it was really about... That's like, what, 12, 30 years ago, where I was organizing loan departments and service centers and banks, and really trying to make those people who worked there and, also, the companies transparently successful and efficient and effective. That was not only like, oh, here's a consultant. Here's my predefined concept. That's how you're going to do that. Right? It was really sitting together with those people and doing what you really do, right? You interview people, you do the on-the-job observations, all that stuff that you do to really understand on how it goes. And then workshop with them for often weeks on really, how could the new shape look like, right? This is really the common approach to say... I had no idea about some of their business, period. Right? But I had to know how to steer the group to actually come to a hopefully good result, right?
And this is maybe also a question on what you actually want to achieve with whatever you want to govern, right? Do you just want to spark the idea and hopefully have some ownership in that and bring those people who would be affected together? Or are you really part of the process, right? Because I think this, also, can be a totally different approach, right? Currently, I'm having a project internally, where I'm super excited about, right? I have a good part of ownership. I'm not the SME in many areas and that's great, right? Another area I am also really invested because it affects my own work and this can be a totally different approach that you will take on that. It still needs to be this open conversation and bring those who will do the work together. That's what it is, if you have the opportunity transparently, right? Because sometimes you have to fulfill some compliance, right, that ends in some governance and you just don't have a chance also.

J. Steadman: Sure. Sure. There is so many ideas that you've touched on in that response, right? So this idea that you've just introduced, sometimes you are involved actively, right? You've actually got a hand in things and sometimes you're just there to kind of help facilitate conversation, right? Facilitator as opposed to doer or being the glue of a conversation, trying to help connect people together so that a problem can be solved versus being a subject matter expert who may actually be hands on in crafting what the solution is, that speaks to this idea of flexibility, right? Being open enough to know when you can step back, when you can step forward, hearing when there is an opportunity for you to be the subject matter expert, hearing when there is an opportunity for you to step back and listen a little bit more and connect somebody, who's a subject matter expert with somebody else who might be able to assist in crafting the solution.
I think that this speaks to a kind of approach toward work. There's a lot of wisdom in that, right? And I think that Salesforce admins can really take advantage of this kind of conversation approach as well, right? We are very often subject matter experts, but we're in a lot of conversations where we might just need to connect people together or facilitate some conversations. We're not always in a place where we have the most power in the room, for example, in terms of decision-making authority. But that doesn't mean that we can't positively impact a solution that's chosen or introduce some considerations. I really like this idea of letting your role in a room shift based on what our mutual objective is in the room. I think that that's a really great perspective and a really great way to think about how we overcome these challenges that we're facing. I do have a question for you. In terms of the... You introduced this idea that I love and something that we're talking a lot about here on the admin EV team. We talk a lot about-

René Winkelmeye...: EV team? EV? EV-

J. Steadman: Evangelists. Evangelists.

René Winkelmeye...: No acronyms. We just learned that. Thank you.

J. Steadman: Thank you. Thank you.

René Winkelmeye...: We don't say problem.

J. Steadman: René, thank you. I really appreciate you highlighting these things and bringing them to my attention. That's very kind of you.

René Winkelmeye...: You're welcome.

J. Steadman: There's that sound effect again. We talk about the idea of observation, right? Like user observation, so that we can ride along with our users, understand what they're trying to do day by day, week by week, so that we can use that information that we gather in order to maintain, enhance our Salesforce instance. And you brought up the idea that, as a consultant, you could ride along with a stakeholder for sometimes weeks, right? And as a consultant, I found myself in a similar situation, right?
Like the whole purpose is, let's come in, let's observe. And after the observation, then we can start to put together a solution. But that observation, it costs time. It costs money. How do you balance that, right? Because the business very frequently is like, yo, we don't have all the time in the world. We have our business priorities. We really need this next month or next week or tomorrow. So how do you manage that expectation in terms of delivery versus taking the time that you need to discover the things that you need to know so that you can even make a solution that solves the problem or the challenge?

René Winkelmeye...: I love this sound on my mobile phone.

J. Steadman: I'll send you an audio clip.

René Winkelmeye...: Amazing. Thank you. I'm not sure if I have a really good answer on that transparently. I think it really comes to the point on where I feel that I have enough information or I have the room for that. It also comes up to being open and transparent and to say, okay, if we do this, we will do that with less information than we should have to make an educated decision. Right? If you're grown up, you should be able to do that, definitely. Even if you sometime think you should not, depending who has requests, but I always felt empowered for whom and who I worked with to say, yeah, but we can do this, but we should not. And potentially just wait, which is sometimes not an option also, right? And then we just have to juggle along.
I think there's no perfect formula on how to solve this, but if you feel strongly that it is not the right thing to do at this point in time and you will need three more days or two weeks to actually be able to provide a real good solution, I know it's something that is hand wavy, then you should speak up. Right? I think this is what everyone appreciates, right? Because sometimes those who demand change, they may not have the whole picture, right? It's like, oh, we've got to do this. And sometimes it's also fine just to juggle along, right? And just to do it tomorrow with it back in your head that you will change it and format anyway, right? It's like sometimes in software development or in general is, you accept technical debt because you will know it will change in a certain time.

J. Steadman: Yes.

René Winkelmeye...: Right?

J. Steadman: Yeah. Yeah.

René Winkelmeye...: That's also buying in the risk, right? It's like, okay, we've got to do it now. And then we have a better business outcome and we're going to change it for even better in four month. Right? So it's an interim solution and that's totally fine.

J. Steadman: I'm hearing so many of the ideas that you're talking about interacting with one another, right? In full disclosure for everyone that is listening, when we came together for this conversation, A, all of the questions that are being posed here, they're totally spontaneous. And B, we don't have any answers written down. So when René is like, huh, I don't have an answer for that, that's because I've totally ambushed René with a variety of questions that I think are just interesting to explore. And I don't even have an answer in mind myself, right?
So I love that you started this part of the conversation out with like, hey, I don't know if there's a great answer for this. What we should do is approach these conversations with transparency, with honesty. And I actually want to call back some of the things that you've previously listed out, René. If we're going to go ahead and do a ride along, right, if we're doing our user observation, if we're talking to business leaders, it's really important that we stay data driven, we're collecting information so that we're better informing the challenge statement, right? And so if somebody comes to us and says, yo, time for observation is finished, we can then take whatever it is that we found at a certain point and we can say, yes, I agree, or I don't agree. And here's why, right?
And the benefit of having recorded that works both ways. If it's time to move, to actually designing and building your solution, you've got great documentation for what you need to get something built. If it isn't time and that's what you're representing back to whoever is making the decision and they tell you, well, thank you for presenting that. Too bad we need to move forward anyway, you've just documented, as René called out, the debt that you're going to have to pay off later, right? You've become aware of that thing, that down the line, you're going to have to go back to the risk that you have accepted. And I love this idea that really all you're doing is you're being a vessel for what you've discovered, right? And you're trying to interfere with that as little as possible. You want to enhance it and make it better, but you want to stay transparent. You want people around you to know the facts so that all of us are making the best decision.
I've really enjoyed this conversation and I'm taking a look at time and I feel like we're probably at a good point to end for the pod this time around. But, René, fair warning. I think that there's more to discuss around this topic sometime in the future. So you may find that I come knocking again, sometime in the very near future.

René Winkelmeye...: Only if you promise to never say the word problem again.

J. Steadman: I can promise to try my best, to raise my awareness, to abolish the word problem from my vocabulary.

René Winkelmeye...: It'll take time. I can tell you from my own experience, right? But yeah, I believe in you.

J. Steadman: Just being transparent with you. I can try. I'm just being transparent. I'll try.

René Winkelmeye...: Thank you. I believe in you.

J. Steadman: Well, admins, thank you so much for sitting through our conversation and joining us today. I always love the opportunity to sit down and chat with y'all. If you have any questions, thoughts, concerns, things that we missed, things that you think, please do reach out to us on social. We are on Twitter. I am on Twitter. René is on Twitter. And we want to hear from you. So please do reach out to us.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, it was great to have J and René on the podcast. Wasn't that a fun conversation? Boy, they know a lot. I took a lot from that conversation. I think a few things tongue in cheek, it's a challenge, not a problem. So let's look at things that way because problem does feel negative. And I think it's very important to consider governance is important, the people as the process. I really enjoyed that topic. I hope you enjoyed this conversation. I thought it was neat. I'm trying to introduce different and unique content to the podcast. So let me know your opinions. Feel free to tweet us out. And of course, if you want to learn more about all things Salesforce Admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources.
Hey, we got some podcast swag on the Trailhead Store. So be sure to pick that up. I've got the link in the show notes. And as Jay mentioned on the show, of course, you can stay up to date with us on social. We are @SalesforceAdmns, no I, on Twitter. You can give Gillian a follow. She is @gilliankbruce. And of course, I am @MikeGerholdt. I'll also include the links to J and René, who you can give them a follow on social as well. So with that, stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we have Joe Sterne, Solutions Architect at Salesforce.

Join us as we talk about learning and becoming a Salesforce admin while neurodivergent, and how we can be compassionate and give space to each other when we work together.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Joe Sterne.

Working with ADHD. Joe is a Solution Architect at Salesforce in the Solution Consulting Group. “Long story short, I’m client-facing—I help clients either implement or fix their Salesforce instance,” he says. When Mike was looking for topics for the pod, Joe approached him with an idea to talk about being neurodivergent in the Salesforce ecosystem. Joe was diagnosed with ADHD in middle school, and he’s been managing it his entire life.

Everyone has an attention bandwidth: how many things you can pay attention to or how much you can focus on one thing. People with ADHD are very focused on managing their attention bandwidth, which can make some tasks and environment more difficult but also has advantages as well.

How to stay on task in Trailhead. “The number one thing I tell people when they are signing up for Trailhead is to understand what you’re looking to get out of it and make sure that you are staying on topic when you’re trying to learn,” Joe says. With badge recommendations and the flow of the platform, it’s incredibly easy to go down a rabbit hole picking things that sound fun. “3 hours later, you realize that you’re trying to code in Apex when you were trying to learn about leadership,” he says.

Joe’s advice is to rely on Trailmixes and, honestly, tabs. Have the Trailmix in one tab and the badge in another and “as soon as you’re done with that badge, close it and open up a new tab with the next badge,” he says. Another effective strategy is timeboxing: giving yourself a deadline to complete what you’re trying to do.

This doesn’t mean you should never follow your fancy—it’s just about knowing when to put them on a list or favorite them so you can stay focused on the task at hand.

Working with neurodivergent team members. One thing that’s important in these conversations is that everyone is different, and neurodivergent conditions don’t show up the same way in everybody. “Give people space to talk and grow without making assumptions about what they’re going through,” Joe says. That also could also mean creating internal groups to give people the space to talk about it and not feel alone.

Another practice that can be helpful is for each member of your team to fill out a “working with me” document that includes information like helpful ways to communicate, what to keep in mind, and how you can help them succeed. It’s a practice we do on the Admin Evangelist team that we’ve found very helpful whenever we add someone new.

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social: * Joe: @MrJoeSterne * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we sit down with Ashley Sisti, Sr. Manager of Business Strategy and Operations at Salesforce.

Join us as we talk about translating your admin skills, career progression, and having honest conversations with your manager about your skillset.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Ashley Sisti.

An Admin origin story Like a lot of folks we have on the pod, Ashley started out as a Salesforce admin. What began as customizing leads ended up as an opportunity to learn everything she could, and enabled her to make a career pivot into a position at a company that was migrating to Salesforce. She learned a ton about implementation and building things from scratch.

Later on, Ashley worked with a larger Salesforce team as a business analyst, where she got to put her work in context with a developer, project manager, and be an expert in specific parts of the business. Now at Salesforce, she works in business operations, working on systems, technology, and processes that support our customer-facing teams. Essentially, she works on how Salesforce uses Salesforce.

Why admin skills are transferable “Learning to be a Salesforce admin is also really transferable to a lot of other parts of working in a business,” Ashley says, “it’s a really good way to learn about business and how businesses operate in a less scary way.” You’re solving problems, but you’re having a lot of conversations that are really about business transformation.

Half your job is asking questions to get to the why behind what they want you to do, and that can help you learn a lot. This translates directly to something like the five whys, a common tool business analysts use to get to the root causes of a problem and figure out how to fix them. (and you can check out a past podcast episode we did about that).

Having hard conversations with your manager. One thing that happened as Ashley grew her career is she started to encounter problems that couldn’t be solved just by tweaking something in Salesforce. Sometimes you need more people, or more budget, or a broader scope. “You have to start thinking about how does the company, overall, solve this problem and not just how do I go in and execute on it,” she says, “but when you get comfortable with thinking on things on a larger scale you can really start to grow your career.”

You also need to be able to talk honestly with your manager about your skill limitations. “A good manager will be happy when you come to them because they can help you identify how you can grow those skills,” Ashley says. But how do you know they’ll be supportive? Ashley runs through what to look for, and how to make the tough decisions to grow your career.

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Links: * Kevin Richardson on Getting to the Why

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

On this episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ll hear from each member of the Admin Relations team with reflections on the year so far, hopes for the future, and even a poem. But most of all, we’re thankful for you. Thanks for listening, sharing your passion, and all the inspiring things that you do

View Details

For this episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, it’s the monthly retro. In this episode, we’re grabbing a second helping of great Salesforce product, community, and careers content from November. We’re joined by Laura Pelkey, Sr. Manager, Security Customer Engagement at Salesforce.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation between Mike and Laura.

Podcast highlights from November. We’re just a few months out from the MFA requirement start date on Feb 1st, 2022, and as things slow down around the holidays Laura thinks it’s the perfect time to plan your MFA rollout. “I would venture that cooking a turkey is a lot harder than rolling out MFA for a lot of our customers,” she says. You can get more info about MFA in Laura’s podcast appearance with Ian Glaser last week. She also wanted to highlight Cheryl Feldman’s episode on permissions.

  • Security Breaches and MFA with Ian Glazer and Laura Pelkey
  • The Future of Permissions for Admins with Cheryl Feldman

Blog highlights from November. 1. Steadman put together a great post about how to ask for help when you go to the community, which is especially important now that we have the newly-revamped Trailblazer Community. You can avoid some confusion and get straight to fixing things. Laura wanted to highlight Katie Moran’s piece about approaching Salesforce with a beginner’s mindset, which took her back to her days starting out as a Salesforce admin.

  • 5 Tips to Get Fast and Helpful Answers in the Trailblazer Community
  • How Salesforce Admins Can Achieve Success with a Beginner’s Mindset

Video highlights from November. Laura points out a super helpful video from How I Solved This on how to create an app to help manage onboarding and onboarding their users. “Deactivating users is really important when you’re talking about security,” she says. Mike was a fan of J.’s video for Did You Know about updating records with a simple Flow. “It’s like the first time you cook an easy meal and feel like a chef,” he says, “maybe you only had to cut up some potatoes and a few scallions but hey, you cooked.”

  • Create an App to Manage New and Departing Employees | How I Solved This
  • Update Records with the World's Simplest Flow | Did You Know

The Admin Kitchen with Mike and Laura Stay for the whole episode to hear Mike and Laura’s twists on holiday recipes, turducken, and their favorite and least favorite dishes.

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Mike: @MikeGerholdt * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Laura: @LauraPelkey1

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

On today’s episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re bringing on Ian Glazer, SVP Identity Product Management, and Laura Pelkey, Sr. Manager, Security Customer Engagement at Salesforce. We talk all things MFA,

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Ian Glazer and Laura Pelkey.

Ian Knows Security Ian is a new voice on the pod, though he’s been with Salesforce for 8 years. At Salesforce, he works on everything related to Identity Services, which encompasses everything from single sign-on to the next generation of identity services to multi-factor authentication (MFA). Before Salesforce, he spent many years in the identity industry and is the co-founder and a board member of IDPro, the professional organization for digital identity management.

Laura, a pod regular you may recognize from Salesforce Live, has been on the security team for five years and in the security industry for ten. She also was a Salesforce admin at the beginning of her career, “so I definitely empathize with all of our admins listening and the challenges that they face securing their Salesforce instance.”

MFA has been a hotly-discussed topic in the admin community recently, so this is the perfect pair of people to talk to about all the reasons to make the switch sooner than later. “It’s one of the most effective things you can do to increase protection against different kinds of threats, like phishing attacks—common things people face everyday that affect businesses everywhere,” Laura says.

The benefit outweighs the risk “A lot of this stems from a basically and commonly-shared awareness that passwords are horrible,” Ian says, “because we’re busy people, there tends to be reuse of passwords and that’s known by the attackers.” This fact makes it relatively easy for someone trying to get access to your org to find the credentials they need from a breach somewhere else. It’s like they’ve found a key and now they’re trying it on every lock they can find. “The beauty of multi-factor authentication is it adds something else to the mix protecting you that really only you should have,” he adds.

While enabling MFA adds a little bit of friction to your login process, the returns you get in terms of massively improving your org’s security are well worth it. As the headlines fill up with news of high-profile data breaches and ransomware attacks, anything you can do to protect yourself will help you sleep a little more soundly. “You can think of MFA as a seatbelt for the internet—it’s just that effective,” Ian says.

MFA has never been more important, especially in our current hybrid work environment. “Security is a huge part of trust,” Laura says, “your brand reputation depends on trust, and there could be huge monetary implications if something like a breach occurs.” As Ian says, “you’re doing this for your customers’ sake, and that is 100% worth the effort.”

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Links: * Multi-Factor Authentication for Salesforce * Security Q&A with Laura and Kerry

Social: * Ian: @IGlazer * Laura: @LauraPelkey1 * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

For this week’s Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re catching up with Cheryl Feldman, Director of Product Management, Authorization Experience at Salesforce. She’s focused on profiles, permission sets, and perm set groups. Cheryl is a former Salesforce MVP, now driving product innovation.

Join us as we talk about Cheryl’s career, her passions, and who her hero is.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Cheryl Feldman.

From Hairdresser to Director of Product Management Cheryl started out, 20 years ago, working as a hairdresser. When she got injured, she ended up doing office work and turned out to be really good at it. The salon manager recommended her to a new job as an administrative assistant, where she started doing reporting. “I walked into my boss’s office one day and said, ‘Wouldn’t it be great if all this stuff was in one system?’” He put her on a new project they had just started in their office, something called “Salesforce,” and the rest is history.

As Cheryl grew in her Salesforce career, she went through a number of roles, from admin to BSA to product ownership. Before she came over to Salesforce, she was running core CRM from a product standpoint at one of the largest banks in the role. “I made a decision that I wanted to be a product manager at Salesforce, very specifically in platform, working on something I’m super passionate about,” she says, “which is around user permissioning, user access control, and making it a better and more streamlined experience for admins.”

Permissions Are Her Passion Since most of her Salesforce experience came in a highly regulated industry, Cheryl is super passionate about how to help admins manage all the different security, regulatory, and compliance requirements they might encounter. “Every admin has to use it—you can’t use Salesforce without it,” she says, “whether you’re at a two-person company or one of the largest banks in the world, you have to use permissions, permission sets, permission set groups, profiles, so how can we make that experience better?”

In her first month on the job, Cheryl met with a lot of admins, and she wants to talk to more folks. Seriously, reach out! “Every single admin that I spoke with is managing some sort of spreadsheet to organize personas,” she says, “or partner solutions from the AppExchange, or other Salesforce products besides the core platform.” So she’s set about streamlining the process for creating a new user. She also has made it her mission to make it easier for admins to answer the ever-present question: “Why can Joe do this and I can’t?”

There are some great new features coming down the pipe to help make things easier for admins overwhelmed with managing permissions, so be sure to listen to the full episode to hear more and stick around for Cheryl’s lightning round answers. There’s also a new feature in beta for setting expiration dates on permission sets and permission set groups that she’d love for admins to try, so give it a shot and let her know how it goes.

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Links: * Set Assignment Expiration Details for Users in Permission Sets and Permission Set Groups (Beta) (Must be logged in or the link will return a 404)

Social: * Cheryl: @CherFeldman * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career, to help you become an awesome admin. This week we're talking with Cheryl Feldman, director of product management authorization experience, which is profiles, permission sets and perm set groups. Cheryl is a former Salesforce MVP who is now driving product innovation here at Salesforce. It's a really cool time to chat with her as she just starts into this new career. We learn about things that she did in her past, how she's super passionate about Salesforce admins. I think the really fun part, we also get to find out who Cheryl's hero is. With that, let's get Cheryl on the podcast. Cheryl, welcome to the podcast.

Cheryl Feldman: Thank you so much Mike. Thanks for having me.

Mike Gerholdt: I think this is, what'd you say, the third or fourth time you've been on the pod?

Cheryl Feldman: I'm actually not sure. I think it's either three or four, but I've been on a number of times in the past.

Mike Gerholdt: It's got to be like the Tom Hanks, Alec Baldwin, you have to get that velvet robe like they do for SNL.

Cheryl Feldman: Yeah. Why don't we have that?

Mike Gerholdt: We should. That's what I'm going to spend some budget on. Let's get velvet Salesforce Admin Podcast robes.

Cheryl Feldman: Yeah. Make it a hoodie. Make it a velvet hoodie.

Mike Gerholdt: Velvet. Oh, velvet hoodie sounds wonderful. Because it's heading into fall, that could be fun. Anyway, we could talk probably all day about velvet hoodies. Let's catch everyone up. For anyone that's not familiar with Cheryl Feldman, where did you start and how did you get to Salesforce?

Cheryl Feldman: Sure. My story actually starts 20 years ago, now, if you can believe that. I was actually working as a hairdresser and I got hurt and ended up doing some office work in the salon I was working at, which I ended up being really good at. My salon manager recommended me to her husband to be his administrative assistant/secretary. I started picking up some reporting when I was working for him. This, fast forward to probably 2003, I was spending a week getting all of these reporting and analytics from all these different systems ready. I walked into my boss's office one day and said, "Wouldn't it be great if all this stuff was in one system and we could just run reports?" He said, "We're getting this thing called Salesforce, you should be on that project." The rest is history. That was almost 18 years ago.
I was working on the platform for a very long time as a customer in a lot of different roles. Started out as an admin, then moved more into a BSA role and then into more product ownership. That was my last role where I was running a core CRM from a product standpoint at one of the largest banks in the world. I made a decision that I wanted to be a product manager at Salesforce, very specifically in platform working on something I'm super passionate about, which is around user permissioning, user access control and making it a better, more streamlined experience for admins.

Mike Gerholdt: That would explain the management authorization experience in your title.

Cheryl Feldman: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: Just casually, one of BSA, for one of the largest banks in the world, just casually throwing that out. I love your backstory. I mean, obviously not every position's open at Salesforce, but why permissions and profiles?

Cheryl Feldman: I think it's something that I've been super passionate about. I think I had come up with a lot of different, good processes to manage this, especially coming from most of my career was spent in financial services, so very regulated industry. Using public cloud, Salesforce is in the public cloud domain, and how do you meet all of these compliance and security and regulatory requirements? A lot of them have to do with user access and some of it can be quite challenging. I had been working with a number of product managers at Salesforce when I was a customer talking to them about what we needed from a customer standpoint. The feedback I always got from product managers is, "You understand what customers want so well and are able to articulate it to us in a way that helps us build really good product." I started thinking, well, maybe I should just come to Salesforce and do that. I started thinking about, what am I really passionate about?
And so what I actually did is I emailed a couple of people at Salesforce. One of them being my now boss, Belinda Wong, and said, "I want to come work at Salesforce and I want to come work on your team." She didn't have an opening right away, but she did in a few months and reached out to me about it. That's how I ended up here. Why I chose this area is because it's something that I think we can do a lot with and every admin has to use it. You can't really use Salesforce without it. It's really the backbone of a lot of things that admins are doing. I think that's what's really exciting about it to me, is that every admin, whether you're at a two person company who's using Salesforce for two people, or you're at one of the largest banks of the world, you have to use permissions. Permission set, permission set group profiles. And so how can we make that experience better? How can we make it easier? How can we build onto what's already there?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Belinda is wonderful. She's done a lot of content for the admin team. I believe she's been on the podcast. I'd have to go back and double check. But if not, she's very familiar. I've worked with her on some Dreamforce presentations before. She very much understands the admin role. I can only imagine she's one of those cool bosses to work for.

Cheryl Feldman: She is awesome to work for, highly recommend.

Mike Gerholdt: Now, I will skip ahead because it feels like you've been at Salesforce for a long time, mostly because I was watching at home, Dreamforce and you are thrown a true the core question.

Cheryl Feldman: Yes. Actually yesterday was my three month anniversary, if you can believe that. I have not been at Salesforce that long. But yes, I think it was the third or fourth question that was asked, which is, what's going on with modify all data? And so I was lucky that I did have an answer for that and that is something that's in my domain and we are looking at how we can best split up some of what we're calling these super permissions. Modify all data, customize application, view setup and configuration, and view all data, because they control so many other things besides what those permissions are supposed to do.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Because at the time when Salesforce was built, it was a life before permission sets.

Cheryl Feldman: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: Boy, I could not envision being on the job three months and all of a sudden thrown in to a true the core session. With profiles and permission sets, obviously you came in with a lot of things that you had on your mind. Now that you've been in the role for three months, has something surfaced that perhaps wasn't on your radar, that the community has brought up?

Cheryl Feldman: Yes. What I made a point to do within my first month or two of being here, is I met with a lot of admins. Any admin I'm willing to meet, I posted on Twitter a bunch of times, I want to hear what you're doing, how you're doing it. If you're an admin listening to this, reach out to me, I would love to have a conversation. One common thing that I found, is every single admin I spoke with is managing some spreadsheet to manage, whether it's to manage personas when they set up new users, here's what a salesperson gets when they start. Sometimes our Salesforce admins, a lot of people think about they're just managing Salesforce, but a lot of times what I also found in my conversations, is they're also managing a number of partner solutions from the app exchange. They're also managing a number of other Salesforce products besides your core Salesforce. Sometimes that's Marketing Cloud or Quip.
I even spoke to an admin who manages Slack, Quip, Salesforce, Marketing Cloud, Pardot, plus like six app exchange solutions. Some of them have these massive spreadsheets that detail out like, this is a sales user, they get these seven permission sets. They're in these 11 groups. They get these licenses because there's so much to remember when you set up a user. I started thinking about like, how do we make this simpler? There was one admin who told me it takes her almost an hour to set up a user with all the different things she has to do. I started thinking we have to make this simpler. We have to make it streamlined. That's definitely something that I've heard from the community that we definitely need to improve upon. I feel like we've done a great job at getting end users, our sales people, our bankers, our support people, whoever our end users are, out of spreadsheets. I feel like we need to do some more work to get our admins out of spreadsheets.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, well that, I think it's for me and I'm guilty of this too, and I'm even back in the old school days before permission sets, of just keeping a spreadsheet of who can see what and who can do what. Finding that way that everybody can create a solution where they can see the data that they want to see in a way that they're wanting to see it.

Cheryl Feldman: Yep.

Mike Gerholdt: If that makes sense.

Cheryl Feldman: Yes, it totally does. The other thing I found is, admins are spending an extraordinary amount of time, an amount of time in their day, every day, with troubleshooting. A lot of that troubleshooting is, they get some user contacting them, "Why can Joe do this and I can't?" It's very hard to determine why Joe can do something and that user can't. It could be a difference in permissions. Could be something at the profile level, at the permission set level, or from a record access experience. There's a lot of different things that an admin has to check to really understand the difference between those two users. And then the question is, well, should that other person, or should this person that's contacting me be able to do what Joe does? I think that's another question that we also need to help admins answer and support from a governance perspective as well. I'm also looking at, how could we potentially bring some troubleshooting tools to admins to understand the difference between two users, to make it much easier to understand what your users actually have access to?

Mike Gerholdt: Oh my God. I will rejoin as a secretary of the Cheryl Feldman fan club, if you make that happen.

Cheryl Feldman: Well-

Mike Gerholdt: It's just what you're talking about is, I mean that was my every day, I literally would have two, either sales or service people that sat side by side that I set up the same, or did maybe one checkbox different on a profile or a field and they couldn't see it. You do screen shares and you go back and forth, and of course sometimes login as doesn't always give you the answer that you need either.

Cheryl Feldman: Yes. Speaking of login as, that actually ties to the modify old data question, because this is something that also comes up and this is something I wanted so bad when I was a customer. I used to get this all the time from the compliance post I worked with when I was a customer. Is that, right now in order to grant login as, you either need to grant new user modify all data, or you need to grant them access through delegated administration, which gives them access to do a bunch of things on the user record. And so what we're looking at doing is, how can we work with the team on [inaudible] actually create a permission for login as.
I don't have a timeline on that, but that's the first piece we're actually targeting, splitting for modify all data. Because that's something I've heard. I don't think I've had a customer meeting yet and it's big, small, that has not mentioned this struggle. I remember this struggle from when I was a customer. And so I also wanted to mention that so admins know that I'm definitely looking at how we can improve that experience as well.

Mike Gerholdt: I'd be curious, last month in October I had the IdeaExchange people on, I'd Scott and Hannah, and they talked about the relaunch of the IdeaExchange. I have to envision, there's probably product managers that get two or three ideas that they have to pay attention to every month. And then there's you that probably gets two or three an hour to the people have ideas or up vote on, or want comments on. What's your strategy for, having been a customer I know you've put ideas into the IdeaExchange, wanting that feedback? Now you're on the other side where you're in a position that you can actually give that feedback or respond to it. I'd love to know your perspective of what it's like to be on that side, and also just how you manage it. How you get that communication out there.

Cheryl Feldman: Yep. Actually, I will be honest. I have not actually updated ideas for my product area yet, but it's actually something I'm planning on doing tomorrow. Depending on when this podcast goes live, some of them should be updated. But what my strategy is there, is I'm looking at some of the most requested ideas. I'm looking at how we actually do them or what features we actually build, because the most requested idea for my feature area is to have reporting on permissions on permission. That's an essentially the permission set assignment. When I actually read through, and this has, I think, like 60 some odd thousand votes. It's super popular and something we definitely need to figure out. From a product management perspective, when I look at that idea and I read all the comments, I'm not actually sure that just giving reporting on the permission set assignment will actually solve some of the challenges our admins need to solve and what they're trying to get at.
I think what is definitely troubleshooting, because a lot of them want to be able to just pull that out, which you can pull that out through the data loader. But think about now with permission set groups, now a user can be assigned to a permission directly or through a permission set group, and that permission set group could also have muted permissions. Are you really getting everything that a user has through that assignment? I'm not a hundred percent sure it would actually give that to them. What I'm looking at is how we can break this up and give what will actually help admin. That's my strategy, is looking at the things that are the most voted on and figuring out what we actually need to deliver. It may not be exactly like the idea says X, Y, Z, it may not be exactly X, Y, Z, but it's something that can help them solve of their problem. I think that's how I'm approaching it, is very much from a product standpoint.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, no, that's great. I'm sorry. Go ahead.

Cheryl Feldman: Yeah. I think the other thing I'm doing is, I'm constantly reaching out for feedback, whether it's on the Trailblazer community and some of the community groups for my product area or on Twitter and seeking feedback. I'm trying to get feedback fast. And so what I'm doing is, ideas that I have based on things I'm hearing, reading, I want to know what admins think and what would help them. I consider myself the product manager to help admins managing the user access control, I want to make it easier for them. And so that means everything from assigning, managing, troubleshooting, and figuring out what's going to make things simpler. And so anytime there's admins that want to talk about this or reach out, I'm 1000%. I know it's not exactly answering your question, but I'm 1000% willing to have that conversation.

Mike Gerholdt: No. I mean, it's interesting to hear, because I think at the surface, and I was guilty of this, you put in an idea and you're like, I'm thirsty and a glass of water will solve this. As a product major, you have the ability to look at how many admins are saying they're thirsty and want glass of water. You're sitting there saying, okay, so here's how much glasses cost, here's how much it takes to put eight ounces of water in every glass to hand it to an admin. But is that their real problem or is water supply and the ability to get water anytime, really the thing that we should solve for? That's what I'm hearing in your question is, sometimes what we see, we the community as somebody that puts in an idea, doesn't understand the bigger picture is, maybe here's what we're trying to solve for. That might take a little bit of time, but the solution's going to be way better than just a glass of water.

Cheryl Feldman: Yep. It's also thinking about, so there's another idea which doesn't have as many votes, but I think it will. We are on the path, which I believe the person who was in the CP for me did some content with the admin marketing team on removing permissions from profiles. We are still on that path to make everything permission set driven. And so one of the features, if you think about when an admin is creating a new field, when you set that field level security, it shows you a list of profiles. One of the ideas out there, which I think has around six or 7,000 votes or points, that is a lower point idea. But I feel like once we really start pushing our customers to using permission sets, that's something that they're going to need. That's also what I'm thinking about, is what are we doing? Where's the platform going and what are admins going to need?
And so that's also how I'm looking at it. It may not be something that has the highest amount of votes, but I think it's something that's going to bring extreme value based on what we're asking our customers to do.

Mike Gerholdt: Creating a field, rather than Salesforce asking you what profiles should have access. It would ask you what permission sets-

Cheryl Feldman: Correct.

Mike Gerholdt: Should have access?

Cheryl Feldman: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: See, and that makes total sense. I remember when permission sets first came out, they made no sense to me until I realized that you should really set up a profile to be as reusable as possible, and then layer in the permission sets to customize it for everybody. That made sense to me once we started talking that way. Unfortunately it felt like the rest of the product wasn't paying that attention.

Cheryl Feldman: Yes. And so what we're doing is we're also looking at everything that exists on the profile today and what actually needs to move to permission sets and to make it easy for admins. Because if you think of things like default record type or page layout assignment, that's very profile driven and doesn't exist on the permission set. But a user could have many permission sets, so how do we make it so the system is smart and you don't end up with conflicting defaults or conflicting assignments? We're looking at that now. I'm sure that's, when somebody hears this whole moving to permission sets, wait.
I said the same thing when I was a customer. We are thinking about all those things and there's a number of features in the platform that reference profiles so we're looking at all of those as well. I hope to publish soon some more defined dates on when we're going to be removing permissions from profiles, but I don't have that date yet. But we're going to give a lot of notice and we're going to give some tools that will really help admins on this journey.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Forward looking statement.

Cheryl Feldman: Forward looking statement. Of course.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, I'm just listening to you thinking how cool it wouldn't be in a few years for Einstein to pop up and be like, "Hey, Cheryl, it looks like you're creating a new user. Is there somebody that this user should be like?" And then it guiding you through so that for that admin, that it takes an hour it. It could almost turn into a voice prompt, because I think of how many things in our homes right now, if you say, hey, whatever, doesn't it light up and tell you what the temperature is outside? It'd be so cool if Einstein did that for Salesforce.

Cheryl Feldman: Yeah. We're looking at stuff like that. Some stuff like that we're also looking at is a way to take some of these manual tasks away from admins and let them focus on the things that they need to do, is making their users more efficient. How can we make users set up something that admins can easily automate? Now, I know a lot of really experienced admins have maybe built flows and some metadata types to do these things. We don't really have anything in the platform to do this. And so we're looking at how can we make user set up? That means setting up from a permissioning, licensing, group access, how can we help admins automate this? And so they can set criteria, governance around it. Those are things that we're looking at, and I think there's going to be some stuff we can probably start showing about this forward looking statement in the next couple of releases. Because I think this will also help a lot with the migration from profiles to permission sets.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Well, making the complicated, simple, is always very hard.

Cheryl Feldman: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: I just got my new iPhone and it was two clicks to turn it on and make it work, versus in the old phone, just shut off. I was like, wow, there's so much thought that had to go into that because I remember when I first got a Nokia or whatever in 2004, and you'd have to go to the wireless place and they'd plug it into some computer, who knows what that person was doing to try and get the thing to work? And now it's like, tap, tap, "Welcome Mike." Like, oh, you know my name? That's amazing.

Cheryl Feldman: Yes. I'm definitely thinking that way. How do we make it simple? How do we make it easy?

Mike Gerholdt: Well, it's very much the Steve Job's way. If anybody can make something complicated, it's making things simple that's difficult.

Cheryl Feldman: Yes. That's the role. I think user access control, if anybody tells any admin it's easy right now, it's not, it's hard. It is really hard to manage and kudos to any admin who's doing it well, and not just giving everybody a system admin profile because-

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Cheryl Feldman: It's hard.

Mike Gerholdt: I give up, you're all system admins.

Cheryl Feldman: Right. There's admins I spoke to now that just because they got so frustrated because they couldn't figure out why a user couldn't do something [inaudible], because they're what I like to call an also admin. They're also the sales op manager. They're also something else at their company and we need to support admins that are doing this full time as well as they also have another job.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep. Hundred percent. Well, Cheryl, to wrap things up, I've got some fun lightning round questions just to help people get to know you a little bit better. I stole these from other interviews that I've been doing over the years and compiled them. I think they're fun. We'll start off. First question, what is the best compliment you have received?

Cheryl Feldman: The best compliment I ever received was when I gave somebody some advice, it was career advice, and they went and took that advice, completely changed their career, and then essentially complimented me on pushing them to go to the next level in their career. Because I told them that they needed to focus and they weren't going to get where they needed to go unless they focused on the things that they wanted.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. I would say that's a very good compliment. If you could only have one meal the rest of your life, what would it be?

Cheryl Feldman: Pizza.

Mike Gerholdt: Of course you're from New York. Any specific kind?

Cheryl Feldman: Plain. I like plain pizza.

Mike Gerholdt: Plain. Okay. Folded, right?

Cheryl Feldman: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: Like a New Yorker?

Cheryl Feldman: Yep.

Mike Gerholdt: I would love to know, who is your hero?

Cheryl Feldman: Who is my hero? I'm going to have to go with, I think my mother is my hero. My mom is amazing and she raised four children, part of that time being a single mom, and still managed to be a badass and become a CFO of a company while she was raising four children.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow.

Cheryl Feldman: I just think that's really awesome. I'm really, really proud of my mom. My mom just announced that she's actually retiring soon. I think a lot of how driven I am in my career comes from watching her. Watching her just never take no for an answer and just going for it.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Similar vein, but maybe a little bit different, if you could meet one person that inspires you, who would that be? They could be alive or they could have passed on.

Cheryl Feldman: I would want to meet AOC. AOC, if you're not familiar, she's a Congresswoman from New York City and she actually covers the district next to where I live. But I think she does really... I think she's pushing for a lot of the right change. I also really like her and I actually graduated from the same high school and we actually have the same birthday.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh wow.

Cheryl Feldman: Yeah. I-

Mike Gerholdt: Well, you got a nice breaker right there.

Cheryl Feldman: Yes. And so I just think she would be really interesting to talk to, especially because I'm a little bit older than her, but we're from the same area, we're both achieving things, pushing things in the right direction. I think it would just, she'd be really cool to talk to. I really have always felt that way.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. If you were stranded on an island, what album would you bring?

Cheryl Feldman: I would bring Pearl Jam, Ten.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh my God. You win. That is my choice.

Cheryl Feldman: That's one of my favorite albums, either that or Nirvana, Nevermind.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep. See, those are the albums you bring.

Cheryl Feldman: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Last question. I'll let you off the hook. Five words that describe you.

Cheryl Feldman: Tough, nice, funny, fair, smart.

Mike Gerholdt: Fantastic. Well, Cheryl, thank you for being tough and sticking through this interview, and I appreciate you nicely answering my questions and being funny and fair in your responses.

Cheryl Feldman: While I'm still on here, could I actually give a shout out to something I have in Beta that I would love admins to try?

Mike Gerholdt: Oh yeah, absolutely.

Cheryl Feldman: We have a feature in Beta that I would love every single awesome admin to try. That is, we have a feature when you are managing assignments of promotion sets and permission site groups, you can now set an expiration date. For example, let's say you are a Salesforce admin, and maybe you are going on parental leave or you are going on vacation for a couple of weeks and there's going to be somebody temporarily taking over your admin work while you're out. You want to temporarily grant access to those maybe high level permissions like customized application, modify all data, manage users, things like that. You can create a permission set and then say, okay, I only want this person to have it for three weeks while I'm out. And then it would automatically shut off. We have that in Beta right now and I would love for admins to try it.

Mike Gerholdt: I will include that in the show notes. Is there a link or if they're interested in participating in the Beta, what do they do?

Cheryl Feldman: Yep. They can self enable the Beta under the user management settings and setup, and you can turn it on and I will send you the link from the help and training.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. Perfect. Well, Cheryl, thank you so much for taking time out. I'm excited to have you onboard and overseeing how our admins are taking care of our users and setting up profiles and permission sets and guiding Salesforce down that path.

Cheryl Feldman: Yeah. It's really exciting. I'm really excited about it.

Mike Gerholdt: I appreciate it. I'm going to go listen to Pearl Jam Ten now. What a great conversation with Cheryl. If I didn't point it out already, I totally picked the same albums to be stuck on a stranded island, big Pearl Jam fan. Be sure to check out the show notes. I did include that link to the set expiration date for perm sets, the Beta feature that Cheryl talked about. Be sure to look for that. Of course, if you want to learn more about all things Salesforce admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. There's new podcast swag in the Trailhead store and you know the holidays are just around the corner so think of how great it would be for all of your family to get a Salesforce admin's podcast or at least that's what I'd want under my tree. Be sure to pick up some swag. I'll include the link in the show notes.
Of course you can stay up to date with us on social. We are @SalesforceAdmn. No I on Twitter. You can follow our guest. She is Cheryl Feldman, on Twitter she is @CherFeldman. I'll include that link in the show notes. Of course my co-host Gillian is @gilliankbruce. Of you want to follow me on Twitter, I am @MikeGerholdt. With that, stay safe, stay awesome and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, it’s time for a spooktacular October Retro. In this episode, we’re getting ready to pass out the candy as we go over all the top Salesforce product, community, and careers content for October. We’re joined by J. Steadman from the Admin Evangelist team.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation between Mike and J.

Podcast highlights from October. For J., the podcast that stood out was a discussion of Tableau with John Demby. “As I look at how our admins are focusing on their skills and technologies that are valuable and relevant today and how we at Salesforce are working to better incorporate our products together,” J. says, “conversations about Tableau are really high-yield for our admins.” Mike points us to the IdeaExchange episode, and how Salesforce is always working to better improve how they incorporate customer feedback into their design and development processes.

  • New Tableau Integrations with John Demby
  • The New IdeaExchange with Scott Allan and Hannah Donovan

Blog highlights from October. For blog posts from October, both Mike and J. picked a post about custom permissions. As the features available to Salesforce admins become more and more robust, it gets harder to manage everything if you’re hard-coding values. With custom permissions, you go to a single place to turn things on or off and can keep on top of everything easier. “At one time, Profiles were enough,” Mike says, “but now, Profiles feel like a dump truck when you need a hand shovel.

  • Why You Should Add Custom Permissions to Your #AwesomeAdmin Tool Belt
  • Allow Certain Users to Edit Data Using Custom Permissions in Validation Rules

Video highlights from October. It might sound cheesy, but we get the question a lot: what is a Salesforce admin? Mike highlights a great, 1-minute long video to explain what it is you do to friends and family. J. recommends adding it to the signature line of your emails. J. points you to another great piece of content about custom permissions and screen flows.

  • What Is a Salesforce Admin?
  • How I Solved This: Build BANT Opportunity Scoring with Custom Metadata Types

The Kooky Spooks

  1. and Mike also talked about their favorite Halloween costumes. Here’s a picture of Mike’s, from growing up int he 70’s and 80’s:

[Cooky Spooks picture]

We also hear what J. has picked up for Halloween, so be sure to listen to the full episode.

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Mike: @MikeGerholdt * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * J. Steadman: @J__MDT

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to Salesforce Admins podcast in the October monthly retro, or should I say the Halloween special, for 2021. I'm your host Mike Gerholdt. And in this episode, we'll review the top product community and careers content for October that we really, really want you to catch up on. And to help me do that, I am joined by J. Steadman. Hi J.

J. Steadman: Hello. Thank you very much, Mike, for having me here. And I'd like to suggest that we upgrade the title of this to a spooktacular since we're in Halloween time.

Mike Gerholdt: I will say the number of Halloween title updates on apps and things for Halloween is starting to become quite a bit. But I think Hulu has Huluween or something.

J. Steadman: You know, that's good. That's good. Huluween.

Mike Gerholdt: That's great. Then it changes the whole thing. And you know, like, what? I just want to watch the American Pickers show.

J. Steadman: Well, Mike, change is hard.

Mike Gerholdt: It is. So before we get into all of the fun October topics that we have talked about, I do want to remind you that there's podcast swag on the store, which is always fun to hand ... you could hand out swag to trick-or-treaters. I mean, what trick-or-treater in your Hollywood, in your Hollywood, in your neighborhood, wouldn't want some podcast swag? Maybe you live in Hollywood, and you're trick-and-treating.

J. Steadman: Yeah. I was going to say to our listeners in Los Angeles, if you're in Hollywood, in your Hollywood, hand out this swag. Just catch-

Mike Gerholdt: It's required. It's required. That's the new-

J. Steadman: It's the new decree. In your Hollywood. I like that.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Yeah. In your Hollywood, I mean, that's maybe what we start calling neighborhoods now.

J. Steadman: Every neighborhood is a Hollywood.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, everybody's got like a podcast and a Twitch and a, what is it, TikTok. I sound old. I should stop talking about apps. God, I sound like grandparents talking about-

J. Steadman: No, you're doing good. You're focusing on all the big things, podcasts, TikToks.

Mike Gerholdt: No congratulations. Your VHS doesn't flash 12.

J. Steadman: Wow. I remember that setting, wow. Setting the clock on a VCR was so hard.

Mike Gerholdt: I honestly think it was easier for us to put somebody on the moon than it was to set that clock, because that was the thing, man, when the power went out ...

J. Steadman: Yeah. So if you're listening and you never had a VCR-

Mike Gerholdt: Or you don't know what VHS is.

J. Steadman: Yeah. So VCR is a video cassette recorder, right? The VHS is the cassette you'd put into the VCR. So to set the clock, because they always had clocks for some reason, which thinking back on it makes no sense, it's not as though they had some kind of menu that you could mess around with. There was a play, fast forward, rewind and stop. And I guess record if you were very, very lucky. That's crazy. I forgot that those were the buttons that you'd have to use to set the clock.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, there was always some sort of weird combination of three buttons that you had to press at precisely the same time.

J. Steadman: Yep, like nuclear code same time.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, I mean turn the keys. You ready? Okay. You down there. Press record when I press play.

J. Steadman: On my mark.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Three, two. Okay. All right. It's flashing. Wait, is that good? And oh, you remember the number of flashes?

J. Steadman: I don't.

Mike Gerholdt: You had to wait. So when it flashes really fast three times, then it's in like the time mode and then you have to press forward to move the clock forward, and then like rewind to set the hours or something, because every button did multiple things. It was hard. If I got the clock within 10 minutes of what the real time was, it was good enough.

J. Steadman: It was good enough. Do you remember, so when the iPhone launched, people were like, "This is crazy. How am I going to be able to control things with no buttons?"

Mike Gerholdt: Right. But there was a button.

J. Steadman: But looking back at the VCR, it's like, "Look, you had buttons and look what you did to us."

Mike Gerholdt: I know. It, well-

J. Steadman: It should have been touch screens all the way down, throughout history. Should have been touch screens in like 1910.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I mean, if you've had any kind of satellite TV within the last 10 or 15 years, I feel like it was an arms race of how many buttons can we add to the remote?

J. Steadman: I haven't had those services, but I've seen the remotes you're talking about.

Mike Gerholdt: 10 million. Nearly 10 million. And some buttons you would press once a year, but they had to exist.

J. Steadman: Like it's the Christmas button?

Mike Gerholdt: It's like the Christmas button.

J. Steadman: Or the Yom Kippur button.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, it's the one time a year, you got to press this button, like recalibrate settings or something. And then the bad thing is you press, what button you push? I don't know. They put them a 16th of an inch apart.

J. Steadman: Yeah, I don't have anything that small. I think there's some larger than that.

Mike Gerholdt: So every time you go press the button, you're pressing like six, perhaps five maybe, and all the numbers around it.

J. Steadman: That sounds like my experience ... I tried using a Blackberry once. I never had one, but I tried using one once, and you push one button and it's like J K L M O N altogether.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. But those had stylus. They gave you a needle to play with them.

J. Steadman: Yeah. I guess they did.

Mike Gerholdt: Remember those? I had one of those little pocket calculator things. It had a stylus.

J. Steadman: Oh, like a PDA?

Mike Gerholdt: Yes. Yes. I couldn't even remember the name there.

J. Steadman: Personal digital assistant.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. It was not very personal.

J. Steadman: I had a PDA for a while and it held like five songs. Like five MP3s on a [crosstalk].

Mike Gerholdt: Oh. I mean they were the most five you ever listened to.

J. Steadman: Oh yeah. I was like, "All right, let's do this." It took like 25 minutes to get them uploaded onto the card.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. You start the night before, "I'm going to be so cool tomorrow."

J. Steadman: Yep. That's exactly right. And then, it didn't always work. Transfers could get like an error message or something. So if you tried to upload the songs, it wasn't just pushing the new songs that you added. You had to reload everything from scratch. So you'd be on campus walking around, hoping to listen to your 15 and a half minutes of music and the whole thing got corrupted. So nothing loaded up. It was a perfect day then. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. And of course it didn't tell you that while it was synching.

J. Steadman: No, Nope.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, why? Just fail-

J. Steadman: It said something like operation complete.

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

J. Steadman: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep. Oh fun times. Oh, fun times. Well, I have no segue.

J. Steadman: Well [crosstalk].

Mike Gerholdt: [crosstalk] segue it from old technology to podcasting, which half the people in the world still don't listen to?

J. Steadman: Well, here we go. So that's a great example of technology and all of the issues that it caused for us and how uncomfortable it made us, even though it was providing us the features that we were looking for. In our October topics highlight, we're going to be talking about great features that are helping people's lives and improving some of those old deprecated things that we never want to see again.

Mike Gerholdt: That was really good.

J. Steadman: You're welcome.

Mike Gerholdt: You should write more of my segues.

J. Steadman: Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Mike Gerholdt: Okay, good.

J. Steadman: I'll send you my rate sheet.

Mike Gerholdt: Good. Oh, could you fax it over so I can make a mimeograph of it?

J. Steadman: Absolutely. I'll fax it over so you can Xerox it.

Mike Gerholdt: My dot matrix. Oh, there's somebody out there listening to this going, "I don't know why any of this is funny."

J. Steadman: Because it was so bad and so hard to use.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

J. Steadman: And now you know that the joke is good because I explained it.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. So let's explain podcasts that we liked in October.

J. Steadman: Yeah. Do you mind if I go first, Mike?

Mike Gerholdt: I was going to ask if you'd go first, and just dig us out of this conversational rut that I've put us in.

J. Steadman: Well, I was happy where we were, and I'm happy where we're going. So in looking at all of October and the fantastic guests and subjects that you focused on, my favorite, I think, was the Tableau discussion that you had with John Demby. And the reason that I think that that podcast was great this month is, as our admins are focusing on their skills and technologies that are valuable and relevant today, and I look at how we, as Salesforce, are working to better incorporate our products together, I think conversations about Tableau specifically are really, really high yield, very, very valuable for our admins. I'm a huge fan of Tableau. I think the technology is fantastic. I'm a huge fan of John Demby. He is a super great person to talk to. He's very passionate about our community. And I think that anyone who cares as much about our admins as John does, let's never stop inviting him in. And I'm also a huge fan of you. So the three things all together in a single podcast, that to me is like peanut butter and jelly.
And seeing some of the things that y'all are talking about, bringing the power of Flow into Tableau, I think that that is legitimately a game changer. I know that that gets thrown around in tech a lot, but that's a significant upgrade to the technology. Seeing that SOQL was going to be coming into Tableau, I think that that's really, really huge for our existing admin base. So if you haven't listened to it yet, folks, please do. That is my vote for best podcast of October.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I agree. I enjoyed that. I enjoy always talking with John. I just enjoy having worked on the platform for, I don't know, over a decade, what Tableau brings in terms of ease of use and reportability, because it's so real-time and it's so intuitive for me to build stuff, as opposed to some of our other analytics products. And it just feels very approachable.

J. Steadman: Yeah. And I think the approachability is a huge factor. And I think that it's really important to recognize that, if you're not using Tableau today, you can go and get a free account. You can interact with it, you can start using it, and it's not as difficult as you think. And when we're looking at our total, like all of the admins in the world, we have to recognize that many of our admins are using all kinds of technologies now. Like as a team of evangelists, we focused really well on core technologies, what we call core technologies. And I'm really excited to see us start to really embrace all of these other technologies that we've acquired over time, and that are really becoming more entwined with our platform, right? Because there are admins out there that definitely benefit from this Tableau content, people that are already using Tableau today, people that may be using Tableau in the near future. So anytime that we're able to ... whether it's Tableau or MuleSoft or Slack, I love that we're starting to bring those family of products into our conversations here.

Mike Gerholdt: Absolutely. I will highlight the IdeaExchange podcast that I had with Scott and Hannah. I think, thinking back to just the time that I've spent on the platform, and I remember early days looking at the IdeaExchange and thinking, "Wow, that is so cool that the company is open to taking these raw ideas from their customers." And at the time I was working for an organization that had boisterous customers, but wasn't listening to them in the same respect. And I just happened to think of, like that is such a neat concept and I wonder how they're executing on it. And I never really thought of, and who could, what happens when a decade or two goes by and a thousand ideas become tens of thousand, become hundreds of thousand, and yet you still have this big corporation driving a product vision. How do you mesh those two?
And so I thought it was interesting to sit down and chat with Scott on how they've moved to having the community prioritize things, things that they're working on, the amount of time that they really encourage product managers to get in there and get their hands dirty with the idea, and see whether they can't incorporate that stuff into their current roadmap. And also just be completely transparent with the community and say, "This might not make it," or, "This will totally make it. And here's where we're at with it."

J. Steadman: Yeah. I think, as I look at the IdeaExchange from a customer perspective, so I've worked here at Salesforce for about three years now, three and a half years now, so I wasn't a customer too, too long ago. And I was there around the time that things started to change over, I believe, from just throwing in an idea and getting up votes to this idea of prioritization. I think I was just making the transition into the company here at Salesforce when that change was made. But what I loved about it is it took this idea of our suggestion box, and it's starting to supercharge it and operationalize it a little bit. I love that you were able to pull the curtain back and have a conversation with them about how product managers are really trying to dive in and take a look.
Our admin community is so passionate and driven to bring up those features that they really need and that they really desire. And they do a great job of socializing these ideas amongst one another. And I don't think any solution is going to be perfect, because we have so many admins, right? So many admins, which is fantastic. I love the idea that our admins are becoming a voice at the table to really prioritize features, prioritize these really roadmap items for our product. The closer that we can bring our community to our product managers, as we all continue to scale. We were talking about this a little while ago, like the scale internally at Salesforce is insane. Take the product away, just look at the number of employees that we have, and managing all of those folks and how they're taking in ideas from other people. That's got to be just a Herculean task. So really excited to hear about these changes.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Now, before we get into the blog, well, as we get into blog highlights, I want to point something out. I noticed we both picked a post about custom permissions.

J. Steadman: Oh yes.

Mike Gerholdt: So why?

J. Steadman: Well, my picks don't end there. I'll throw down a further hint. I have another custom permissions thing that I've picked later on in our conversation as well. Do you want me to go with the why first or do you want to go with the why first?

Mike Gerholdt: I would love for you to go with the why first.

J. Steadman: Yeah. So we both picked blogs that highlight custom permissions. The reason that I think custom permissions are being selected here, and the reason that they are important, is as our tools, as admins, become more and more robust, which is what's happening, whether we are looking at the features that are available with an app builder, like Dynamic Forms, Dynamic Actions, Dynamic Interactions, or if we're talking about just old-school features like validation rules, or if we're talking about things like displaying a Lightning Web Component or making certain fields on a Flow available to a user, all of these things can be really difficult to achieve, if we're hard coding values, right?
You have to dive into things, type them out manually. If you've ever got to change, if we're talking about, let's say, a Lightning Web Component, if you want to change the visibility, well, you'd have to go back into that component. You'd have to edit whatever you've typed in there. Custom permissions are a fantastic way to stop all of that. Instead you go to a single place, you have a custom permission, you can turn it on or off. And we really highlighted, this month, a number of different applications for custom permissions that you can use in your app building, in your declarative business logic, in your UX, all to benefit your users, and give you, as in the admin, super, super granular control over who sees what or who can do what. And I think that those are some of the most powerful levers to pull as an admin. So that's my long answer to why.

Mike Gerholdt: But it's a very good answer.

J. Steadman: Well, thank you.

Mike Gerholdt: So I added it just for the simple fact that I feel like, at one time, profiles were enough, and now profiles feel like a dump truck when you need a hand shovel. The amount of product and the amount of features that an admin's managing, you can't give them the experience, a user, the experience that they need in order to work as efficiently as possible with just a profile. And that's why I chose that, that and also, sneak peek, next week on the podcast, you'll hear Cheryl Feldman, who is the PM for profiles and permission sets and permission set groups. But I do really feel like we're at the point now where you need a scalpel to very finely trace along the tissue paper of a user and make what they need to do, what they need to see, what they need to interact with, as fine-grain as possible, so that they can work as efficiently as they need to, because everybody's up to more screens now.

J. Steadman: Yeah. That's the absolute experience of an admin who's creating something's for an end user, like we need to be able to really narrowly slice permissions and hand them out in a way that makes the most sense. And then there's also the question of maintainability. Me as the admin, how do I know who has what permissions? And I think that that's where, as our products became more complex and time passed, that's where profiles really started to get that dump trucky aspect that you just pointed out. I once worked in an org where every user had their own profile. And the reason that that happened, and thankfully it was a small org, but the reason that happened is the admin was struggling with how to assign a profile to more than one user. In trying to come up with this way to, what's the lowest common denominator? How do I only assign those permissions that I need to, and then stack? And I think that might have even been before permission sets were a thing, caveat.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, I was close. I was close when I was an admin. I used to have maybe one or two users per profile. It was just so hard, even when you group your biggest set of users together, like sales, you still had people in pre-sales or people in deal support, or like different stages of the cycle, and they needed to do different things to the customer record or the opportunity or the contract.

J. Steadman: Yep. And that's where custom permissions ... so you should check out the blog ... we should actually say what blogs we're highlighting here.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. We should. Well, the links are in the show notes.

J. Steadman: That's true.

Mike Gerholdt: See, that's the trick, because then they have to open up the show notes.

J. Steadman: Yep. Do you want to give the title of yours first?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Mine is Why You Should Add Custom Permissions to Your #AwesomeAdmin Tool Belt.

J. Steadman: Yeah. And mine is Allow Certain Users to Edit Data Using Custom Permissions in Validation Rules.

Mike Gerholdt: And yours came out a week after.

J. Steadman: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Both Jennifer Lee posts.

J. Steadman: It's true.

Mike Gerholdt: She knows a little bit about permission.

J. Steadman: She did a nice little mini deep dive into custom permissions.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. And completely dominated the blog highlight section of the retro podcast.

J. Steadman: Good job, Jen.

Mike Gerholdt: That's a campaign right there. So last in the bucket of content that we put out, before we start our Halloween theme discussion, which I know I didn't tease out at the intro, but I'm sure everybody, now that they've heard it 22 minutes in, is just begging for us to get to, is video highlights. This time, I will go first. So I included a link to our YouTube video of What is a Salesforce Admin? I know it sounds cheesy, but we get the question a lot. And so does everybody else. And I just felt like the video we put together for Dreamforce was really cool and a minute long and just kind of something that it just made me feel good.

J. Steadman: I agree with the feel good vibes. I think as a person who is like ... most people in my family have no idea what I do, and they haven't for years. And a video like this is good for two reasons, I think. One, it can communicate really well who an admin is today, which might be slightly, I don't know, I think we're slightly more robust than we were 10 years ago. We're doing a little bit more stuff in the business, I think. But two, it communicates that with a sense of joy, and we're seeing a lot of faces from the community, and people have heard me talk about this in the past, but I genuinely really believe in this as a career. I genuinely think that we are improving lives. We're improving our own lives, the lives of people at our business and subsequently things at our company. And I'm really proud of that, right?
So to have a nice succinct video that brings that all together and is able to be shared amongst other folks, I think that's a really powerful calling card. And I'd invite any of our admins to pick that card up and share it with someone. If you've ever gotten the question of like, "Hey, what is an admin? What do you do?" Or if you need something zesty to add to your signature line of your email.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, yeah, there you go. Here's what I do. Click play.

J. Steadman: Yeah. So my video pick is actually a video that I made, and it's not because I made it-

Mike Gerholdt: Sure.

J. Steadman: ... because that's whatever, it's because it's about custom permissions, right? So where we were discussing custom permissions, why you should use them, in one post on the blog, and then how you can use them in validation rules, in another post on the blog, this video focuses on how you can use custom permissions to display a screen Flow to certain users. So I recommend that you take a look at that, because the power of custom permissions cannot be overstated.

Mike Gerholdt: No. And if you think they can be, read last discussion. Just rewind-

J. Steadman: Just rewind a little bit.

Mike Gerholdt: ... just six minutes to when we talk about blog highlights. Okay. So that is the content. I mean, that's not all the content. There's a lot of great content out there. It's just, this is the content we'd really like you to listen, maybe play the podcast a few hundred times-

J. Steadman: A few thousand times.

Mike Gerholdt: ... on your speakers, to your neighbors. That would be cool.

J. Steadman: Loud speakers, portable speakers.

Mike Gerholdt: Just get like a big speaker, like in Blues Brothers, and drive an old cop car around your town, playing the admin podcast. I'll send you a sticker.

J. Steadman: As a side note, don't do what Mike just suggested, right?

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, if you had an old cop car, like the Blues Brothers, it would be kind of cool. I dressed up as Blues Brothers for one Halloween.

J. Steadman: Did you?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, of course. I mean, I have total black suit, just like that, and the Ray-Bans, and I'm built like Jim Belushi.

J. Steadman: I feel like this was a Midwest thing, and we both talk about the Midwest sometimes, but did you ever ... your costume was just wearing a pumpkin on your head?

Mike Gerholdt: No, but mine was close. So I was going to ask you, J., what your favorite costume growing up was.

J. Steadman: Oh, okay.

Mike Gerholdt: So I tried to find the picture this weekend. I couldn't find it, but growing up, I had a costume. It had a bib, because all the costumes in the '70s and '80s had bibs, but mine had some sort of headdress thing, rubber thing that you tied around your neck and then you blew it up and there was another head on your head. And it was yellow, this like yellow scary monster thing. And then it came with some makeup, like green makeup and stuff that you had to put on your face. And I remember putting that on and being like, "I am the scariest thing on the block. I am a little monster."

J. Steadman: Wow. That sounds really-

Mike Gerholdt: I still remember that.

J. Steadman: It feels like there's tying, there's inflating, there's makeup.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean the inflating was the hardest part.

J. Steadman: Yeah. I was trying to, like you explained that you have to inflate it after you put it on?

Mike Gerholdt: No, before. It was just like a beach ball.

J. Steadman: Crazy. Was it like a pumpkin beach ball?

Mike Gerholdt: No, I'm trying to find it. No, I mean, not pumpkin. It was yellow, but they had different colors. I was an '80s kid. Yeah. Oh, it was called the Kooky Spooks 1980s inflatable head Halloween costume.

J. Steadman: Spooks.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

J. Steadman: 19, okay.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I'll put a picture in the show notes.

J. Steadman: Do it. Do it.

Mike Gerholdt: I don't have the picture of me. I know the picture of me exists. It's somewhere in this world. I'm just unable to find it.

J. Steadman: I want to use that statement more frequently in my life. I know it's somewhere in this world, but I don't know where to find it.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, it's true. Yeah.

J. Steadman: I think my favorite Halloween costume growing up, when I was in my late tweens, early teens, maybe like 13 or something, I came up with this really clever double costume idea.

Mike Gerholdt: Ooh.

J. Steadman: So what I did was, I dressed up as a werewolf, including like a mask and some kind of spooky hair tufts. And then I also put a pumpkin on my head. So what I did was, I walked around the zone that I was trick-or-treating, got all the candy, and then I took off the pumpkin on my head and threw it in a bush. And then I was wearing like a cloak that I removed and then I was a werewolf. And then I hit the neighborhood a second time. Very efficiently, might I add. So it wasn't really about the costumes per se. It was more about the cleverness and the candy yield.

Mike Gerholdt: I never thought twice about going around in the neighborhood. I never thought about that. I also didn't do the costume change. You just turned my world upside down.

J. Steadman: So at least in the neighborhood that I grew up in, parents can be a little odd about deciding when a trick-or-treater is too old or not old enough or anything. But one thing that was in my neighborhood was like, no repeat offenders. You cannot come back if you've already been through once. So I was like, "Well, okay. You just won't recognize me."

Mike Gerholdt: Sure.

J. Steadman: And the pumpkin's great because it adds a little height.

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

J. Steadman: Yeah.
Wow.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. So I added this. People probably won't understand what I'm talking about, but you know you go trick-or-treating, and nowadays including myself, I have two bins of stuff. I have packaged candy, Snickers, your Twix, your M&Ms. And then I have stuff for children that are allergic to things. So-

J. Steadman: Oh.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. So you know about that? You put out like a teal colored pumpkin. And then that way kids can go trick-or-treat in your house and they know they'll get something safe. So I'll buy like little mints or notepads or pens or fun erasers. And it's basically like non-food item, like you give a non-food item. And the kids that come up, I only get like usually one or two every year, they trick-or-treat, and, "Oh, could he have a non-food item?" "Yeah." And it's like a whole bin of fun kids grab toys stuff. But growing up, it used to be a regular occurrence, you'd go into the older neighborhoods where the grandmas and grandpas lived. And they would make non packaged food to hand out to trick-or-treaters, which doesn't happen now. But I wondered what your favorite non packaged Halloween food was?

J. Steadman: So I have never been lucky enough to go to a neighborhood that was actually handing out like a fresh, big treat from somebody that I felt trusted me and I trusted them. But I can tell you, I've attended my fair share of Halloween parties. And Halloween parties, at least in the Midwest, are usually potlucks, and everyone brings in the usual suspects, but they're all Halloween themed. They've all been dressed up for Halloween. And I think my favorite Halloween dessert, it's the dirt cupcakes with a worm coming out of them.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes. Yes.

J. Steadman: Yeah. Yeah. I like the dirt cupcakes. I like them because sometimes the Halloween foods can just end up getting real gross looking. But the dirt cupcakes are cool, because-

Mike Gerholdt: Bleeding eyeballs or something.
Yeah. Like I don't really want to eat that, but it's a gummy worm, so I can get behind that.
Right. Yeah. What was the dirt made out of? Crushed up Oreos.

J. Steadman: Yeah. It's crushed up Oreo or any dark ... like sometimes people put sand, so it could be like graham cracker.

Mike Gerholdt: Not literal sand.

J. Steadman: It's just sand. It's real gritty, really crunchy.

Mike Gerholdt: Gran was out baking the cupcakes, drops them in the sandbox.

J. Steadman: Yep. It's really horrible. It hurts a lot to chew.

Mike Gerholdt: So I will see your dirt cupcakes and I will raise you popcorn balls.

J. Steadman: Oh yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh man. Popcorn balls were the best.

J. Steadman: Yeah. Yeah. I totally forgot about popcorn balls until right now.

Mike Gerholdt: There used to be a couple houses growing up that I would go to, and she would wrap the popcorn balls in like an orange Sarah Wrap or something, so it looked like a little pumpkin. And that used to be the best, just the best, because it's the best part of popcorn. It's like a solid, sticky caramel popcorn, and it's dense. Oh.

J. Steadman: Yeah. It's kind of like Cracker Jack, but it's a big old ball.

Mike Gerholdt: It like if you were to accidentally get a good box of Cracker Jacks, they'd seen a little heat, and stuck together. Yeah.

J. Steadman: There's a gourmet popcorn place in Indianapolis called Just Pop In!, that was just down the street from me. And I feel like they did popcorn balls.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, I'd buy them.

J. Steadman: I feel like they did. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: I'd have a ... "Do you guys have a punch card?" "Not for you. We're just giving you equity stake in the business."

J. Steadman: They switch from the punch card to like bulk rate, right?

Mike Gerholdt: No, we bought you a forklift.

J. Steadman: I'll have one pallet of popcorn balls.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes. In orange Saran Wrap, please. Okay. It seems everywhere I turn, at least around the holidays, for Halloween, people are always talking about candy corn. Are you a yay or nay on candy corn? Because it feels it's somewhat divisive as a sweet treat.

J. Steadman: I think candy corn is divisive as a sweet treat. But I would like to give you an answer that is both yes and no, but I'm going to categorize it. I am yes for candy corn as an ambassador of the season. In other words, I recognize candy corn as a symbol that All Hallows Eve is nigh approaching, right? So like if it's on a T-shirt, awesome. If you've got like some kind of cool graphic, I get you. If we're talking about candy corn as a food, I have to say no, because it's not a food. It's just gross.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. So I still hear no, because if I stick you at a party, and there's a bowl of candy corn, at the end of the night, I'm fairly certain that bowl of candy corn's still going to be there.

J. Steadman: That's true. But if you didn't do any other decorations, I will take the bowl of candy corn as a signifier that we are at a spooky party.

Mike Gerholdt: Just wow. So July 4th, somebody puts candy corn out. It's a spooky party now.

J. Steadman: It's a spooky party, yep. And if you're upset at me for thinking that your party is spooky, you should not have put candy corn out on the 4th of July.

Mike Gerholdt: It's your fault. It's your fault.

J. Steadman: It's like putting out a Christmas tree on, I don't know, like Indigenous People's day or something, right?

Mike Gerholdt: Sure. Sure. Yeah. May 25th. So I see your nay-ish, and I-

J. Steadman: Eating, I'm a solid nay.

Mike Gerholdt: A solid nay, no matter what?

J. Steadman: Eating, solid nay.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay.

J. Steadman: They do have a chocolate candy corn that I've had.

Mike Gerholdt: Why would you do that?

J. Steadman: Because it tastes better.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, you put chocolate on a flip flop and it tastes better.

J. Steadman: No, it's not on top. It replaced one of the-

Mike Gerholdt: Inside?

J. Steadman: Yeah, no, it's not inside. It's like, I don't know what candy corn is, wax?

Mike Gerholdt: It's made from child's tears, I think.

J. Steadman: Yeah. So the candy corn itself is made from a chocolate flavored something.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, then that's just chocolate painted like a candy corn.

J. Steadman: Listen, you asked me what my opinion is.

Mike Gerholdt: I did.

J. Steadman: And I am telling you that the chocolate candy corn is a yay from me.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. All right. It just feels like it's just chocolate. So here is my one and only condition for eating candy corn.

J. Steadman: Okay.

Mike Gerholdt: If it's mixed with salted peanuts.

J. Steadman: Oh, interesting. I've never done that.

Mike Gerholdt: It's kind of ridiculously good.

J. Steadman: How did you stumble into that combination?

Mike Gerholdt: I was at a tailgate, and the breakfast hadn't arrived. I need a little something to munch on, and there was a bowl of candy corn and peanuts over there. And I went over and I started to pick the peanuts out. And my friend, who was hosting the tailgate, said, "You either eat it as is, or you don't eat it at all." And I said, "But the candy corn sucks." And they said, "Not with peanuts."

J. Steadman: I have this mental image of this person that prepared the party. They were like, "Okay, I'm going to get rid of this candy corn that I've had for the last five years. And I'm going to make sure that anyone who touches the peanuts have to take it. I'm not going to be left with a bowl of candy corn again."

Mike Gerholdt: Nope. Nope. And they convinced me. So I won't eat a lot of it, but it's sweet, it's salty and it just balances out right.

J. Steadman: And it's chewy and crunchy.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, yeah. It works. It works. But candy corn all by itself, nope. I mean, it'll be there. I'll be long gone and the candy corn bowl will still be there. So I'm a nay, unless it's got salted peanuts with it.

J. Steadman: Do you accept it as an ambassador of Halloween spirit?

Mike Gerholdt: I don't know. I mean-

J. Steadman: Well, that sounds like a no, to me.

Mike Gerholdt: It just feels like ... have you ever seen the video where somebody stacks a whole bunch of candy corn around a paper tube, like a paper towel tube? And it actually looks like corn cob.

J. Steadman: I haven't seen it.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I watch a lot of weird things. All right. We've just about exhausted our Halloween theme discussion, except ... so obviously we know you don't hand out candy corn to trick-or-treaters. What are you handing out this year to trick-or-treaters?

J. Steadman: So I decided this year, it's been a rough couple years for everyone, so I went to Target where they sell the same boxes of candy that you get at the movie theater, but they're a dollar each. So I went out and I bought 25 boxes of movie candy, five boxes of five different kinds. And that's what the kids get to pick. After that, we got a couple of the mix and match miniatures of like M&Ms and Twix and Snickers and gummy bears and whatever. But I wanted to start off, "Here it's been a rough time. Eat some sugar."

Mike Gerholdt: And you're making the effort to get outside.

J. Steadman: Yeah, that's right. You deserve this.

Mike Gerholdt: You deserve this.

J. Steadman: Also we're at the end of the street, so if you made it that far, congratulations.

Mike Gerholdt: Here's your reward.

J. Steadman: That's right.

Mike Gerholdt: I am the same. So it's interesting. When I moved, my old house, I used to be on a heavy trick-or-treat street. And by heavy, I mean like, lights on at five, you don't even go inside your house, you have to sit out front, because there's a line of trick-or-treaters that come through. My neighbor, in my Hollywood-

J. Steadman: In your Hollywood. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: In my Hollywood, the person next to me would decorate their house, and make these poor kids walk through a maze. And so when they got to my house, I was just sitting outside. I'd have a cooler of beer for the parents and then just fun size candy, but I do it by the handful. But I would go through, I kid you not, $300 in candy.

J. Steadman: Whoa.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. That's how many kids we had go through. We would have people drive to our street and park.

J. Steadman: Wow.

Mike Gerholdt: And there would be a line waiting for people to pull and park on the street, run their kids up and down the street. I mean, it was nonstop. It was nonstop for like three and a half hours.

J. Steadman: Wow.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. That was my old house. So I moved. New house-

J. Steadman: Specifically because of the trick-or-treaters, I was out of there.

Mike Gerholdt: There was a candy corn farm just down the street. I moved, I mean, a new development. And I know all the kids now, because obviously we've moved in. Interestingly enough, the first Halloween, there was no neighbors here, because we were the first house in the development. And then the second Halloween, there were no kids because it was COVID. And so this will be our first Halloween, and we already know all the kids in the neighborhood. So I bought full size candy bars.

J. Steadman: Ah, good on you.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I'm like your Halloween candy full size, right? Like, "Trick or treat? What you get?" "Here's a Snickers bar," and just that thud that it makes when it hits the bottom of their little pumpkin bag. Like, "Oh my, that's wonderful."

J. Steadman: I think we're going to take Ruby trick-or-treating, like bless your heart for giving out full size stuff. I think about it now from both sides of the mirror. I'm a new-ish parent, and it's like, "Oh wow. So, okay. We're doing right by those kids who have earned it." And then I think about somebody giving my 22 month old kid like-

Mike Gerholdt: Full size Snickers.

J. Steadman: ... a three pound bag of Raisinets, and it's like, "Oh, well, I guess we'll eat that, then."

Mike Gerholdt: Maybe that's ours. Maybe that's ours. But you know the opposite, so I would encourage everybody to do this, because there are a lot of kids that go trick-or-treating, or don't go trick-or-treating, because they can't handle the sugar, and they're allergic to chocolate or various things. Those party supply stores always have like little bags of little yo-yos and fun pens and stuff that light up. So I'll buy a bag of those. It's like 10, 15 bucks. And usually you only get one or two kids. So I give them like half the bag. And then they go back home and they at least have something. So keep non candy stuff at your door. That's why.

J. Steadman: That's a wise ... that's sage wisdom.

Mike Gerholdt: You know, you feel bad when, "This is all you have?" "Yeah." And then just, oh, a little Spiderman walks away and ...

J. Steadman: Oh, little Spiderman, don't be sad.

Mike Gerholdt: It hurts. It's so hard. Anyway. Well, I would love to know what your favorite costume, non packaged Halloween food, if you're a yay or a nay on candy corn, what you hand out to trick-and-treaters. You have a lot of things to tweet at us when you listen to this podcast. And especially bonus points if you have pictures of yourself in your favorite Halloween costume.

J. Steadman: Yes. And remember, if you want us to understand that your tweet is Halloween themed, you must signify it-

Mike Gerholdt: You've got to include candy corn.

J. Steadman: ... with a candy corn emoji.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Yes. Because otherwise-

J. Steadman: How would we know?

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, you could include the pumpkin or the ghost and we're still like, "This could be anything."

J. Steadman: Yeah. This could be autumn. This could be a cemetery.

Mike Gerholdt: Maybe they're just tucking in a pumpkin. Maybe they got a cut pumpkin.

J. Steadman: Maybe.

Mike Gerholdt: And here's its little sheet friend, and they just go around solving crimes.

J. Steadman: Whoa. Spinoff. We're going to make a show, Pumpkin and the ghost.

Mike Gerholdt: But if it's candy corn, then it's a Halloween.

J. Steadman: Then we know it's Halloween.

Mike Gerholdt: Then it's Halloween. Yeah.

J. Steadman: It's the only place that candy corn shows up in the world.

Mike Gerholdt: Is Halloween. Yeah. Oh, I'm going to include the link to a YouTube video of Lewis Black talking about candy corn, because I think he best sums it up for me.

J. Steadman: I'm going to guess that he's a nah then, because I know Lewis Black and-

Mike Gerholdt: Most people are nah.

J. Steadman: Yeah. He doesn't talk about [crosstalk].

Mike Gerholdt: Unless you put it with salted peanuts, then it's remarkable.

J. Steadman: Well again, that's your plug, salted peanuts, candy corn.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. If you want to learn more about all things that we just talked about, like the Halloween stuff or the candy corn, please go to admin.salesforce.com to find those links and many more resources. You can stay up to date with us for all things admins. We are @Salesforceadmns, no I, on Twitter. I am @MikeGerholdt on Twitter, Twitter, can't even say it. It's all the candy corn in my mouth. If Gillian were here, you can tweet at her. I think Gillian's probably nah on the candy corn. She is @GillianKBruce. And of course my guest host today was J. Steadman, and give them a follow on Twitter @J_mdt. So with that, please stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Dr. Shannon Gregg, Ph.D., MBA, and president of Cloud Adoption Solutions. She’s also the author of It’s About Time, a book about refocusing on the things that you think are really important.

Join us as we talk about how work has changed since COVID, why it might be the Golden Age of the Admins, how to start getting out there as a speaker, and much more.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Shannon Gregg.

Work-life integration. 2020 and 2021 saw a lot of changes to how many of us work. “No more is it work-life balance, it’s work-life integration, and I think that’s exciting,” Shannon says. Everything was changed around very rapidly to enable people to work from home, but now we need to catch up on what that means in the long term.

“Now that people aren’t returning to the office in droves, we need to ask how we can make sure everybody has what they need to do that in a way that is sensible and flexible as their roles continue to change,” Shannon says, “at first it was just access, but now it’s optimization.” One good thing to come out of how long the pandemic has extended is that we’re not simply turning the lights back on and getting right back to it—we’re dipping our toes in the water and reexamining how much time in the office is actually necessary.

The Golden Age of the Admin. One thing Shannon thinks admins need to learn how to do in a world without SABWA is to be more proactive to get inside of their users’ experiences. Screen sharing is a powerful way to get inside of a workflow and really figure out what’s going on, and it’s become much more of a normal thing in a work-from-home environment rather than something that might come across as intrusive or overstepping.

“I think now admins have the ability to say, ‘I’m going to take this bull by the horns and give you something you weren’t expecting because you didn’t even know it was possible,’” Shannon says, “and that to me is amazing because I feel like now we’re in the rise of the Golden Age of the Admin.” She has some great suggestions for how you can get a broader view of how your entire organization is working together to figure where you can create new efficiencies. This especially includes the kinds of things we tend to put off because they don’t seem essential, especially security.

How to get started with public speaking. Shannon has been doing a lot of speaking, and her advice, if you want to get out there, is to make sure it’s something you’re really passionate about. “For me, that’s always been that user adoption is driven by thinking like or interacting with the user,” she says, “and great technology isn’t great if nobody’s using it.”

You need to be able to put your ideas out there without the fear that someone is going to disagree with you. “It’s not about me as a person, it’s about the topic,” Shannon says, “and being able to segment those things is a challenge that’s really worth doing.” Engaging in a spirited debate is a positive thing because it helps you expand your perspectives and think about a topic from all sides.

There’s so much more in our conversation with Shannon, so be sure to catch the full episode to hear all of her amazing insights.

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Links: * It's About Time: How to Do More of What Matters in the Time You Have by Shannon Gregg * Kids interrupt dad's live TV interview

Social: * Shannon: @ShannonJGregg * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

On today’s episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got two members of the Salesforce team: Scott Allan, Sr. Manager of Product Strategy, Customer & Market Insights, and Hannah Donovan, Product Management Specialist. We’re checking in to find out what’s new with the IdeaExchange and how they’re both working hard to make it even cooler.

Join us as we talk about the changes that IdeaExchange is making to how things are prioritized and why it’s never been a better time to submit an idea.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Scott Allan and Hannah Donovan.

How IdeaExchange crowdsources prioritization. The IdeaExchange has been around for fourteen years, delivering 3400 ideas that the community asked for into Salesforce products. “But, with the growth of the company, with the growth of our community, with the growth of our product management team, the tool has outlived its usefulness in its current form,” Scott says. To help, their team has been working to reimagine the IdeaExchange to figure out how to bring the community even closer to the process.

One new feature is IdeaExchange Prioritization. Each community member gets a budget of 100 coins to vote on which top ideas they’d most like to see the team work on for the next release. They’re still iterating on that feature, and making it even easier with things like duplicate protection, better search and categorization functionality, and a higher level of communication between product managers and customers.

Overhauling communications with the community. “Every day we feel so lucky we have such an engaged community that is willing to provide us feedback,” Scott says, “but if you’re the person who submitted an idea and you’re very passionate about it and you don’t see anything happening with it—that can be frustrating.” One thing they’re working on with the redesign is to better surface Ideas that might not have the most votes but are quickly picking up steam.

“We want to pay attention to if there’s a lot of energy on an idea with what the community is contributing,” Scott says. You can also more easily track Ideas you’ve interacted with to see if there have been any updates. There are also some best practices for what makes for a good Idea. “It’s the use cases and other community members that add additional layers that really make an idea so valuable,” Hannah says, “not only to the person creating it but also to the others who might benefit from it.”’

What the overhaul is trying to get to the root of is why certain features are requested. It’s not just about what needs to be done, but how it will best help people. Hannah, Scott, and the team are also working on new ways to communicate with the community about what they’re working on and get even more feedback. If you have a new idea, it’s never been a better time to get it out there.

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Links: * IdeaExchange Prioritization * IdeaExchange: Known Issues

Social: * Scott: @ScottyFromSF * Hannah: @HannahCDonovan * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. This week we have two guests on. We have Scott Allen, who is the senior major of product strategy, customer and market insights, and Hannah Donovan, the product management specialist. Both are really working hard to make the IdeaExchange an even cooler place. That's right. This whole episode is going to be IdeaExchange from the multi-year journey to rebuild the IdeaExchange to the new functionality that was just released to, yes, even some forward-looking IdeaExchange and known issues reimagination. Tune in. This a fun episode and there's a lot of cool stuff you get to hear about. So with that, let's get Scott and Hannah on the podcast.
So Scott and Hannah, welcome to the podcast.

Scott Allen: Thanks, Mike, for having us.

Hannah Donovan: Yeah. Thanks for having us.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Well, it's going to be fun. We've got a lot of ideas to exchange on this episode.

Scott Allen: I see what you did there.

Mike Gerholdt: That might be the only pun because Jillian's on leave right now. But it's all things IdeaExchange on this episode and some really cool stuff. So Scott, before we get started, I'd love for you and Hannah to introduce yourself to our admin community, who may or may not know you, and how you got started at Salesforce. So Scott, if you could go first.

Scott Allen: Yeah. So Scott Allen, part of the customer and market insights team at Salesforce, which is just a fancy way of saying we're all about listening to our customers. I joined the team just about three years ago to focus on this whole IdeaExchange reimagine effort that was kicked off at Dreamforce 2018, really to engage with the community. Figure out where we were going wrong, where we were going right with the IdeaExchange, and create a whole new experience. And I got to tell you, it was the best introduction to Salesforce because my job when I started was to go out to community group meetings, to community events, and just talk with our community admins, devs across the board, and learn what they needed out of the IdeaExchange. And then I got to solicit ideas from them about how we could improve it. So fantastic way to immerse myself in Salesforce. The trailblazer community. Couldn't have asked for a better orientation.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. Now, Hannah, you're also doing IdeaExchange. Tell me about your journey to the Salesforce ecosystem.

Hannah Donovan: Yes. So my name is Hannah Donovan and I'm a product manager on the IdeaExchange team and the known issues team. So I work very closely with Scott and customer market insights to communicate with our customers and better understand their needs and how we can map those on to product deliveries and deliverables on the IdeaExchange. And so previous to this, I was actually a developer, but I've been at Salesforce now for about six months. And I think the coolest thing about my job so far is the customers and the people that I've been able to talk to. And so I'm really excited to be on this podcast today to continue to foster that relationship with our community who is so great and so awesome.

Mike Gerholdt: Boy, six months. That's a couple years in company terms.

Hannah Donovan: Yeah, exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: Now, Scott, in your introduction, you talked about the IdeaExchange and rebuilding it. I would love for you to give us that journey for new admins that maybe didn't even know we need to rebuild an IdeaExchange.

Scott Allen: Well, the IdeaExchange has existed for over 14 years, and it's been super useful in being that always on feedback platform for our community to submit ideas about what they would like to see better in our products. And it's been super useful. We've had our product teams mine the IdeaExchange across those years, and we've delivered 3,400 ideas that the community asked for into our products. But with the growth of the company, with the growth of the community, with the growth of our product management team, the tool has outlived its usefulness in its current form.
So what we set to do a couple years ago, which we announced at the True to the Core session at Dreamforce in 2018, was to really re-imagine the IdeaExchange. Modernize the site so it was just a better experience to use, but also try to figure out how do we bring our community closer to our product planning process?
And so what we initially set out to do was we built this new part of the site that's existed for the last a year and a half, which is IdeaExchange prioritization. And really, that allows our customers to take a set of top ideas that our product managers could start to work on in the next release and apply a budget of coins to them. Feel that constraint that a product manager does. They can't do all of these ideas, but figuring out which of those top ideas are the ones that they'd actually like to see the team start to work on in the next release. And so we're trying to bridge that gap of, hey, just submitting an idea, and then, hey, one day that being delivered, to try to bring the customers into the actual planning process that our product teams go through.

Mike Gerholdt: That sounds really... Oh, man. I can only imagine, as Salesforce has grown, the number of ideas and things to fix. I think you did a really good job of catching us up. Hannah, Scott mentioned coins and budgeting. Can you help explain what the new functionality of the IdeaExchange is?

Hannah Donovan: Yeah, of course. So Scott was mentioning earlier what we call our prioritization experience. And so what we're launching this week is a new experience and a refreshed experience of our voting platform. So with this launch, we've made it easier for our customers to collaborate and engage with Salesforce product managers, as Scott mentioned. Bringing them closer to the product delivery life cycle to co-create the future of Salesforce products.
So with this launch, some of the functionality we've included is a more simplified idea submission experience. So now users can leverage search as you type duplicate detection to make sure that they're not posting duplicate ideas, and better find the category that fits their idea while posting. In addition to that, there's better keyword searching and tracking of ideas. So users can more easily filter by product category, sub category, status, and release. Sort by date created, points and relevance, and track ideas that you've posted, upvoted, and commented on in our new my activity tab.
Additionally, there's enhanced collaboration on idea records. As Scott mentioned, it's really important for our customers' voices to be heard. And now users can thread comments, like an app, mention other community members, and communicate more directly with Salesforce product managers. In addition to that, we are also including more information on ideas so that there's a higher level of transparency with our product managers and our customers. So we're identifying product managers for ideas that are in development, having clearer statuses, and even including release notes on delivered ideas. So while we launched prioritization in 2019, we're launching something very exciting and bringing customers closer to the always on feedback platform that Scott had mentioned earlier.

Mike Gerholdt: I think it's interesting perspective for me because I was a customer for many years. I've submitted a few ideas. Thankfully, the homepage is customizable now. That was one. And now I'm on the inside, so I also get to see it. I think from a customer standpoint, it's always interesting because you submit one or two ideas and those are your ideas. They're your children and you pay attention to them. But for a product manager, I have to envision they're getting tens of thousands of ideas funneled to them, each of which, to the person submitting, is super important. So are product managers expected to respond to all of those ideas? How do they keep pace?

Scott Allen: It's a challenging situation, but also a wonderful situation to be in, because I think every day, we feel lucky that we have such an engaged community that is willing to provide us feedback. But yes, I think if you're the person who's submitted an idea and you're very passionate about it and you don't see anything happen with it, that can be frustrating.
I think one of the things we're trying to focus on with this new IdeaExchange is to better surface ideas. And not just the ones that have historically had a lot of points, but ones that are getting a lot of energy, that idea of velocity, and making sure that the community sees it and that our product teams see it. Just because something has a lot of points, it may be because it's an older idea and it's just had more time to accumulate points. That's what I think we're trying to do, is try to look at how do we engage the community and listen to the community on a couple of different dimensions? The new IdeaExchange experience is going to help a lot with that just because it's now on a more modern org, it's a more modern experience.
I think the other thing, too, is I love what Hannah and the team did with the search and filter facets. So you can actually see by the different product categories how many open ideas there are. In the previous experience, you just had a page that listed 10 ideas, and you could paginate through tens and tens and tens of ideas. But in this new experience, you can easily see, hey, my idea in the analytics space is one of 3,000 ideas that are submitted. And so it just brings a little bit of context, and hopefully some appreciation that we're trying to find those great ideas, but sometimes it is amongst a lot of other ideas that's hard to sift through.

Mike Gerholdt: I think that's important to point out. An idea that could be there for five years and have, I don't know, 5,000 points, that's a lot. But an idea submitted five days ago that's already got maybe 2,500 points, that's really that momentum that you were talking about, right?

Scott Allen: Yeah. I want that to be a signal to say, hey, there's something there. And the other piece of it is the comments too. We want to pay more attention to is there a lot of energy on an idea just with what the community is contributing? Or has Salesforce put a comment on there and then there's a bunch of comments coming back? So I think with this new platform, we're going to have more tools to look at these different signals.

Mike Gerholdt: So I'd love to hear, as the community that's listening to this, where they can find the ideas that they've posted or upvoted, but also maybe one layer deeper. Tell me what makes for a good idea that people can get behind.

Hannah Donovan: That's a great question. So in the new experience, users can navigate to our homepage and select what are calling the my activity tab. So within that tab, users can view ideas that they've posted, upvoted, or commented on to track any future updates that are made either from the community or from Salesforce.
And I think that you're touching on a really great point there, Mike, about what makes a good idea. And I think it really starts with the creator and the idea behind it. So in addition to having this space for folks to track what it is that matters to them, we've also provided some more details on what crafting a good idea looks like when you're posting it. We want to be there to help make sure that our customer's voices are heard. And so we've included details about the idea's purpose and impact should be included when you're writing the idea, and describing really its use case and how it improves Salesforce. Because this is a community engaged platform, and it's the use cases and other community members that add additional layers that really make an idea so valuable and important to not only the person creating it, but also the others who might benefit from it.

Mike Gerholdt: I think being able to post an idea that perhaps an entire industry or vertical would see as a much needed feature versus you is very different.

Scott Allen: Yeah. I think that's one of the things that we're trying to educate folks about, internally as well as externally. And I'm just going to do a quick plug here for the IdeaExchange Basics badge on Trailhead, where we go into some of this detail.
But I think the main thing that we're trying to ask people to do is describe the objective. What is somebody trying to do? Oftentimes we get feedback or ideas that's, hey, I want this button to be blue. And we'd rather hear, well, why do you want it to be blue? What are you trying to achieve? And really, that's the way that our product managers think. They're trying to assess, hey, what's the job to be done that this particular feature that I'm going to go spend time and money on, what is it trying to do? And how can we do that for the masses?
And so any idea that's articulated like that, I think it helps our product managers. But I also think it helps the community think about, well, what would they do if that idea was delivered? And that's where we see a lot of value in the comments that are added to the ideas of additional use cases, and that brainstorming popcorn effect of somebody puts something out there and then the rest of the community piles on. And it just makes that idea so much more rich for the product team to then consider when they actually go to build it.

Mike Gerholdt: And of course, the goal is getting on the prioritization list. So can you help everyone understand? Everyone wants to submit idea that gets on the prioritization list.

Scott Allen: The building of the prioritization list is-

Mike Gerholdt: A master big gold prioritization list.

Scott Allen: Yes. So what we've done with prioritization right now is structure it so that we do it three times a year, and that's in alignment with the core release schedule. What we're doing is getting very much in front of the release planning that the product teams go through. So as part of that, we say, hey, product teams, go look at the list of ideas for your area, focusing on the top ideas. And start at the top and go down the list one by one and say, hey, is this something that your team could start to work on if the community prioritizes it? If it is, then it's a candidate to go on the list.
If it's not, this is where we're asking the product teams to also go in and add a comment and explain why it's something that they can't start to work on. And there's often very valid reasons. Sometimes there's some architectural dependencies that other teams need to work on before a particular team could start to work on a feature. And I realize this is a muscle that we are building, and we've luckily had more engagement from our product teams in providing comments and updates. But essentially, that is how the list gets built, is just by looking at which of those top ideas are feasible.
Now, in some cases, we've had teams that are working on a particular area and there aren't ideas for that area, but there's a related idea. And so they've grabbed things lower on the list because they wanted to assess, hey, I'm going to go into the product and work in this particular area, would the community want me to also tackle this other thing? Or should they focus their energy on a completely different area of the product? So there's a little bit of artistry to how that list gets put together. But we're really trying to build that rigor so that we use this exercise to really test, hey, are these top ideas still top ideas or are there other things that the team should be focused on?

Mike Gerholdt: I think that's a good point because every product area might have a different starting number, right? And flow and automation are top of mind for a lot of people. So those are probably getting tons of ideas. Whereas maybe mobile isn't or dashboards aren't. And so the top idea may have a very smaller starting number, which would explain the variances in points. I know, speaking of which, when we would do Dreamforce submissions for admin track, you could always tell what was top of mind for the community and what was less top of mind. I still need to talk about these sessions, though. Just have to find the submissions for them.
I think one thing that comes up from the community is they would love to know why they can only prioritize one or two ideas as opposed to more than that.

Scott Allen: I think when we started prioritization, we wanted it to start simple. And so we've built it in a way that it happens three times a year, one list with a variety of product areas covered. And that does actually provide some value to us too, because especially when we first started this, analytics ideas, platform ideas, the most popular parts of the Salesforce platform were constantly winning. And I think that's a good signal when we go into budgeting for the company to say, hey, there's still a lot that our community wants from these areas. So if you want to think about resourcing, the community wants more. Add it to analytics, add it to platform, as an example.
But we know that there's going to be tremendous value when we are able to do this exercise that's focused on a particular product area. Our product teams are asking, can you put together a list for my 10 ideas in my product area so that I can have my customers that are interested in marketing cloud or service cloud really help shape our roadmap? And it is absolutely something that's on our IdeaExchange roadmap that we're focused on now that we've launched the new posting and voting platform.

Mike Gerholdt: That's really cool. So why don't we throw a little bit of a forward-looking statement out there and talk about the future of the IdeaExchange. Hannah, let's start with you.

Hannah Donovan: I think that the future of the IdeaExchange is really at the heart of what Scott was just saying. We know that it's really important for our community members to be able to prioritize ideas and communicate directly with product managers on ideas that matter to them. So as Scott has said, we're really looking to find a way to make sure that customers and our community members can prioritize ideas just for the clouds that matter to them. So we're calling this platformized prioritization and it's on the top of our roadmap looking forward. So that's where our efforts will be in the next couple months, and we're looking for community support on how to best implement this. So we're excited to dig in there and continue to build that.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. That's really cool. I know at some point, we talked... Well, Hannah, you're on the known issues team. And I have friends in the community that are usually all over known issues. Do we have anything forward looking that we can talk about in terms of that?

Hannah Donovan: Yeah, absolutely. I'm glad you asked that because known issues deserve some definite love. And so we are simultaneous to working on what we're calling platformized prioritization for the IdeaExchange. We're working on kicking off known issues. And so really at the heart of this is we want to make sure that known issues surface the right information to our customers.
For example, I know we've heard a lot of feedback about including potentially things like error codes and fields like that on the known issue to make it more specific and useful to when our customers are debugging. Additionally, we know search is incredibly broken on known issues today. And so we're looking to enhance that experience so that our community can drill down and find the known issues that matter most to them. Additionally, another pain point that we're looking to identify is to better update our community on the status of a known issue. We know that we haven't done a good job of that in the past, and that's a really important area that we're looking to improve.
And so that's the short-term plan for known issues, and we're continuing to build out what the longer term strategy and plan is in the future. But we are excited to relaunch this platform for our community and continue to co-collaborate to build a better experience for our Salesforce community.

Mike Gerholdt: That's really cool.

Scott Allen: I was going to say, one of the benefits of having this team that's been focused on the IdeaExchange now work on known issues is we want to rapidly apply some of what we've built and learned by building IdeaExchange to known issues. So I would say give us feedback on this new IdeaExchange experience. Does the search seem better? Do the different filter facets that you see get you to the ideas that you care about faster? Because our assumption is if we apply that to known issues, it'll also connect you to the known issues that you need to be aware of. We've got a known issues reimagine group in the Trailblazer community, so please come and join and post your feedback there, in addition to an IdeaExchange Trailblazer community group as well.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, cool. And I'll put those links in the show notes so that you can click through and easily join them. I totally was thinking of... I know a lot of people are probably like me and submit ideas around platform features. But I'm guessing, and this feels very meta, I'm guessing you do get a lot of ideas about the IdeaExchange from on the IdeaExchange, right?

Scott Allen: We certainly do. We've got a category under your Salesforce experience where, whether it's known issues or IdeaExchange, if you've got an idea, check what's there, but submit new ones. We'd love to hear.

Mike Gerholdt: I never thought of that. I don't know why. It seems super cool. I could spend a day digging through that stuff.
Scott and Hannah, it's been awesome to have you guys on. It's fun to see how Salesforce is really prioritizing everything that the community is talking about and doing intake on. I selfishly don't know of another company that has as broad and as open of a pipe to its customer base to influence product that Salesforce does. I'm sure both of you do, maybe. But it seems like we really are just sitting around with the door open and listening as opposed to on our own path, which is very cool. So thank you both for taking time out and being on the podcast, and connecting with our admins and revamping how we're making the product even better for them.

Scott Allen: Yeah. No, thank you. And I just have to say, we are incredibly fortunate to have such a passionate, engaged community. That's really what our job is, is to make sure that we bring the voice of our community, the voice of our admins, back in to Salesforce and make sure that our product teams hear that. So keep on talking to us. We'll be listening.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes. Submit ideas, even ideas on the IdeaExchange.

Hannah Donovan: Yeah. And just to echo everything that Scott has said, we can't thank our community enough for all the support and feedback that we get from them. We are so fortunate to have you. And the work doesn't stop here. We're continuing to innovate and create for our customers. So continue to provide feedback to us on the IdeaExchange and in those community groups. We really love to hear from you. Thank you.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, we'll have to have both of you back maybe in a year or so, eight months when Hannah has her four year anniversary at Salesforce. Because the timeline grows quick, right? So anyway, that's a joke. But yes. Thank you all. We will have you back on and look forward to more ideas on the IdeaExchange.
It was great to have Scott and Hannah on the podcast and learn a lot about the IdeaExchange. Holy cow. Of course, if you want to learn more about all things Salesforce admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. And hey, there's new podcast swag in the Trailhead store. Be sure to pick some of that stuff up. The holidays are coming up and I can't think of a better gift to give than podcast swag. Even the trick-or-treaters could enjoy a nice little Salesforce admins podcast mug. You'd be the most popular house. I promise you.
There's a link in the show notes to buy some of that really cool swag. And while you're at it, check out the links. We have ways to stay up to date with us for all things Salesforce admins on social. We are @Salesforceadmns, no I. My cohost, Gillian K. Bruce, you can give her a follow on Twitter. She is @GillianKBruce. And of course, I am @MikeGerholdt.
Thanks so much. Hope you enjoyed the episode. Please stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

or this episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we bring back John Demby, Senior Manager of Tableau Portfolio and Strategy. We recap his experience at Dreamforce—you may have seen him in the background in a silver cowboy hat repping his native Texas.

Join us as we talk about the future of Tableau, Flow, and Salesforce.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with John Demby.

Scavenger hunt results! We did a little scavenger hunt to celebrate International Podcast Day on September 30th. Here’s the thread with the five questions (and the answers):

[embed tweet]

A now… the winners:

  1. @itsmejanet_e - Janet Elliott
  2. @Priyanka_sfdc - Priyanka Chaudhari
  3. @SalesforceRay - Raymond Gutierrez
  4. @spilzer - Sarah Pilzer
  5. @_SowmyaBhat - Sowmya Bhat
  6. @redsoxdad - Dave Dudek

And some honorable mentions who got all but one:

  • @AdwaitGogate - Adwait Gogate
  • @AyushiGoyal2502 - Ayushi Goyal

Slack integrations and SOQL coming for Tableau. John actually got to attend Dreamforce in person this year—you may have seen him and his cowboy hat in some of the shots. He was happy to see that Tableau was a part of almost every demonstration. It just goes to show how far we’ve come with integrations, but there’s a lot more to get excited about.

“We’re going to enable you to have a conversation with your data in Slack,” John says, and get follow up information and explanations as to why your data is doing what it’s doing. There are more pre-built templates and content for Salesforce coming in Tableau, and tons more that was showcased at Dreamforce, including full SOQL support for connectors.

The power of Tableau and Flow. John also wanted to share that they’re to delivering integration from Tableau into Salesforce Flow, and you can sign up now to try the pre-release. Tableau is all about the three steps of unlocking your data, analyzing it, and then taking action.

“Flow gives us that act portion,” John says, so you no longer have to pivot out of a visualization. You can make an analysis and then let Flow do the dirty work.

New tools for sustainability. One thing that has been on everybody’s mind in light of the pandemic is sustainability. As we’re rebuilding supply chains and getting the global economy started again, we’re rethinking how we can still do these things but keep the environmental impact in mind. One of the things that John is looking forward to is a new Dashboard Starter for Sustainability Cloud. You can look at your carbon impact and make some decisions about how to bring it down or even get to zero.

There’s a Tableau Conference coming up in November that you shouldn’t miss. It’s all virtual, so it’s never been easier to attend.

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Links: * Tableau's Pre-Release and User Research Community * Register for Tableau Conference ‘21

Social: * John: @JDemby * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce

Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, it’s time for our monthly retro for September. In this episode, we celebrate State Fairs as we go over all the top Salesforce product, community, and careers content for September. We’re joined by Jennifer Lee from the Admin Evangelist team.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation between Mike and Jennifer.
Podcast highlights from September.
Jennifer wanted to highlight our episode with Rebecca Saar to give you a behind-the-scenes look at the Admin Main Show. We put a fair amount of Easter eggs in the opening video, so take a second look if you missed them because they go by pretty quickly.

• Behind the Dreamforce Admin Main Show with Rebecca Saar


Blog highlights from September.
Jennifer, AKA, “The Blog Monster,” put out several great blog posts this month from her new home at . She’s got one covering Winter ‘22 for admins and what you should feature to your end users. There’s another one helping you get up to speed with Slack integrations and all the nifty things you can do since the acquisition. Finally, Mike was excited to hear from admins all over the world in Ella Mark’s exciting blog post.

• Jen’s Winter ’22 Salesforce Release Highlights for Admins and Users

• How Admins Can Connect Salesforce and Slack

• What Being an #AwesomeAdmin Means to Admins Around the World


Video highlights from September.
As always, you should check out the Salesforce Admins YouTube channel for How I Solved This, Did You Know, Expert Corner, No Silly Questions, and more. For Jennifer, J. Steadman’s guide to combining Slack and Workflow Builder was a major standout. There’s also a fresh video from Hayley Tuller about using Custom Metadata Types with a BANT model.

• Did You Know: Supercharge Slack with Workflow Builder

• How I Solved This: Build BANT Opportunity Scoring with Custom Metadata Types

Dreamforce highlights from the Admin team.
The main takeaway from Dreamforce was that Flow is the future. There were tons of highlights from throughout Dreamforce to show all the changes to help us move off of Process Builder and Workflow Rules and step into a new world of automation. Make sure to catch up on everything you missed on Salesforce Plus. Some highlights:

• The Admin main show

• The Dev main show

• The first Architect main show

• True to the Core

• The Platform Keynote, Platform Keynote: Create and Automate on the #1 Low-Code Platform

• The IT Leader’s Guide to the Salesforce Platform Roadmap

• Soledad O’Brien’s interview with Parker Harris


“I know there’s a lot of admins out there who have not used Flow yet,” Jennifer says, “but know that we’ll be providing content to help you along the way—you’re not on this journey alone.”
Podcast Swag:
• Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social
• Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns 

• Mike: @MikeGerholdt

• Gillian: @GillianKBruce

• Jennifer: @jenwlee

Love our podcasts?
Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Rebecca Saar, Senior Director of Admin Marketing at Salesforce and host of the Admin Main Show for Dreamforce 2021. We’re checking in before a jam-packed week.

Join us as we talk about the Admin Keynote, Easter eggs, and how to get the most out of Dreamforce 2021.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Rebecca Saar.

Dreamforce is next week! For the 2021 Admin Keynote at Dreamforce, we’re excited to have a hybrid experience where we’ll have a live audience of Trailblazers on Howard St in San Francisco and thousands more tuning in from home. We’ve got a new platform called Salesforce Plus that will really uplevel the viewing experience, so grab the popcorn.

“We’re looking at what is the next chapter of Awesome Admin,” Rebecca says, “and how we can make sure admins are successful in their role and continue to drive that innovation at their companies and be at the forefront of the newest technology.”

As you might know from our last episode with her, Rebecca is a big fan of Easter eggs. We don’t want to say too much but pay close attention to the opening video—they go by fast and there are a lot of them.

Rebecca’s #1 piece of advice is to really take the time to look through the schedule ahead of time and sort out which events you really want to make time for. There’s an “add to calendar” widget next to everything on schedule, so get organized and make the most of Dreamforce 2021, and be sure to block out Wednesday morning for all of the Awesome Admin events.

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Links: * Dreamforce ’21 for Admins * Behind the Automate Apps Fast for #AwesomeAdmins Dreamforce Episode with Diana Jaffe * Behind the Design and Build Apps Fast for #AwesomeAdmins Dreamforce Episode with Vin Addala * May Monthly Retro with Gillian, Mike, and Rebecca Saar

Social: * Diana: @RebeccaSaar * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an Awesome Admin. This week we're talking with Rebecca Saar, Senior Director of Admin Marketing, and your host for the Admin Main Show at Dreamforce 2021, The Future of Admin Success. That is next week, folks. It's going to be so exciting.
This episode's going to get you prepared for the main show. And be sure to check out the previous week's episodes that we have with Jennifer Lee and Jay Steadman, to help you prepare for the other two episodes in our Admin Viewing Block for Dreamforce. But today we're talking Admin Main Show. So let's get Rebecca on the podcast.
So Rebecca, welcome to the podcast.

Rebecca Saar: Thanks, Mike. Glad to be here.

Mike Gerholdt: Now, I know you probably haven't forgot, but our avid listeners have been waiting at the edge of their seats. Because the last time we chatted, we talked about Green Goddess dressing, and we played dressing or destination, in case you wondered. And I fooled quite a bit of the team as to what was a dressing and what was a really fun bed and breakfast.

Rebecca Saar: Yes, yes.

Mike Gerholdt: And you actually tweeted out that you tried Green Goddess dressing, which I recently just saw on a few of my favorite television show cooking episodes. So what have you tried since?

Rebecca Saar: Ooh, good question. I mean, I haven't been going many places these days, because ... trying to stick to COVID rules. So most of the things I've been eating are very much in our vicinity. Very much leaning on pizza, takeout, that kind of stuff.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Rebecca Saar: And just, I really like a good toast, I got to say. Like toast with butter.

Mike Gerholdt: We could do a whole episode on toast.

Rebecca Saar: Yes. Yes. And if anyone knows me, I'm always talking about how butter makes things better.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes. I'm with you.

Rebecca Saar: And so, I just, I love ... I could really always just eat toast and butter and be happy.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. Level of toastness, where are you at? Like, are you dark and crunchy? Are you just barely even starting to get a gold sheen to it?

Rebecca Saar: It definitely ... medium to crusty, crunchy, dark. I don't like it when it's not toasted enough, like when it's just barely warm, because then the butter doesn't melt properly. I really need that butter to melt, and then hear that crunch, I think that's what it's all about.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I'm a very light toast. Very light toast. I'm really weird with the butter though. I like warm butter, so that it doesn't tear the bread. So that when it goes on, the bread stays ... it doesn't pierce it. It really bugs me when you pierce bread when you butter it. Cold butter bugs me.

Rebecca Saar: Yeah. Cold butter is the worst when it doesn't melt properly. I don't know if it's a European thing, but we keep our butter not in the fridge.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Do you keep your eggs not in the fridge? That's a European thing too.

Rebecca Saar: We do keep the eggs in the fridge, but only because we buy them refrigerated. So I think-

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Rebecca Saar: Yeah. I don't know. That's a good question. Because the butter-

Mike Gerholdt: It's a very European thing too, right?

Rebecca Saar: Yes, it is.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, the chickens don't have a refrigerator. I've been reminded of that when I've been across the pond. Like, they are just out.

Rebecca Saar: Yep. Yep.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. Well, great. So this isn't a cooking podcast, but I kind of like to switch it up and keep it real.

Rebecca Saar: Keep me on my toes?

Mike Gerholdt: But just, we're all family, that listens to this podcast. But we're here to talk about the main show at Dreamforce this year, which is going to be a little different. So Rebecca, tell us what's different about Dreamforce this year.

Rebecca Saar: Yes. Yes. Let's talk about Dreamforce and the Admin Main Show. I think what's very exciting is that we are going back to a live experience with Trailblazers in attendance. Back in San Francisco, on Howard street, where Dreamforce has always been in the past. So it's going to be surreal to be back at Dreamforce in a live experience way. Having a stage. And then having seats and people.
And I'm just really excited that we're going to have that ... I feel like that energy that you only get when you get a bunch of Trailblazers together. That's going to come back and that's when I'm super excited about. That's going to make this a little different than we've seen in the past.

Mike Gerholdt: So it's called The Future of Admin Success. What was important for you to highlight in this main show?

Rebecca Saar: Yeah. So this is really important to me, and I think to our team, and hopefully to all of the admins listening here. We've been on quite a journey as Awesome Admins, and even as the admin relations team, growing the role and really celebrating and elevating it. And now we're looking into the future, right?
And we're looking at, what is the next chapter of Awesome Admin, and how can we make sure admins are successful in their role? And continue to drive that innovation at their companies and be the forefront of the newest technology, and really be that leader in their company> and so this main show is all about admin success and what that's going to look like in the future. And today.

Mike Gerholdt: And today. Now, when we had you on, way back in May, to talk about what you were doing with Learn MOAR, you talked about Easter eggs and how you really enjoy putting Easter eggs in things. So I was wondering if maybe I could twist your arm and you could hint at an Easter egg that could be in the main show for admins to look for.
I mean, there's obviously a lot. Hint, hint. But maybe like, one teaser you could give us?

Rebecca Saar: Well, it's like, you don't want to give it away. They're Easter eggs for a reason. But if you're to twist my arm ... for those, especially those watching online, I think, pay attention to that opening video. You'll see some fun Easter eggs there. But they go by real fast, so you have to be paying attention. But there are ... yes. You know we love Easter eggs. So there will be plenty throughout the show.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I can't wait to see Twitter light up with screenshots of the Easter eggs because [crosstalk].

Rebecca Saar: Have your fingers ready.

Mike Gerholdt: I like to think I know what all Easter eggs are in there, but everybody's put in their own stuff. So, yeah.

Rebecca Saar: This is true.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. So to wrap up, as Admins prepare next week ... can you believe that? Next week. It's just like [crosstalk] hey, congratulations. It's fall, and now it's Dreamforce time. So next week, as Admins prepare for their three day viewing experience of Dreamforce, what to you, is the most important thing that Admins should know about Dreamforce?

Rebecca Saar: I think what's exciting about Dreamforce this year, is that anyone can watch it from anywhere. We are unveiling this awesome new platform called Salesforce Plus, which is going to make the viewing experience just so fun and so accessible for everyone. And so as Admins, be ready to just get the popcorn and have this amazing viewing experience on Salesforce Plus.
It's going to be a lot of content, because of the fact that we have this mixture of live and recorded content. And we have four channels and three days. So definitely look at some of the resources we've been putting out on the Admin social handles and on admin.salesforce.com to see what are some of the highlights you definitely want to make time for. On the schedule, there's an, add to calendar, for every episode and every show.
So just make sure you prepare your calendar and you're picking those things that are really important to you. And of course, add The Future of Admin Success Main Show and our two episodes that are going to be airing right afterwards. Just block out that Wednesday morning, I think that's the best advice.

Mike Gerholdt: You know what you could do? You could make some coffee or tea and toast.

Rebecca Saar: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: And have just a morning with the admin team.

Rebecca Saar: Oh, I love that. Yes, exactly.

Mike Gerholdt: Fabulous. Well, Rebecca, I think we have given admins a lot to prepare. If you haven't listened to the previous two episodes that aired this month, those also highlight the two episodes for the admin block of programming ... I don't know how to call it that. In addition to what Rebecca talked about today. So go back and listen and hear from Jay and Jennifer on those.
So with that, thank you for being on, Rebecca.

Rebecca Saar: Thank you.

Mike Gerholdt: I will look forward to watching all of this fun stuff on Salesforce Plus next week.

Rebecca Saar: See you then.

Mike Gerholdt: So it was great to have Rebecca back since May, and to talk about all of the really cool stuff in store for the Admin Main Show at Dreamforce this year. Lots of Easter eggs, lots of Easter eggs. Now, if you want to learn more about all things Salesforce Admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. Of course, I'd be remiss if I didn't remind you that new podcast swag is up on the Trailhead store. So be sure to pick up some cool swag. Of course, the link is in the show notes.
Now just a quick reminder, there is no Admin podcast next week because it's Dreamforce week. There is so much cool content coming out that we want to make sure that you have time to be focused on all of that.
Now, stay up to date with us on social. We are @SalesforceAdmns, no i, on Twitter. You can follow Rebecca on Twitter, she is @RebeccaSaar. Of course, my co-host, Gillian, of the podcast, she is @gilliankbruce. And give me a follow as well, I am @MikeGerholdt. So with that, stay safe, stay awesome. Next week's Dreamforce. And stay tuned for the next episode, which will be the end of September, which is our monthly retro. So we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

For today’s episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re bringing on Diana Jaffe, Product Management Director, and Jennifer Lee, Admin Evangelist at Salesforce. We want to give you a sneak peek at their upcoming Dreamforce session and how admins can automate apps quickly.

Join us as we talk about their upcoming Dreamforce presentation, Automate Apps Fast for Awesome Admins.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Diana Jaffe and Jennifer Lee.

Go with the Flow. Diana’s motto for this year’s Dreamforce is “Go with the Flow,” because of all of the new features coming in the Winter ‘22 Release. “Flow is the heart and soul of automation, and you can start small by moving a workflow rule over,” she says, “and we show in the episode how that can grow and expand.”

For Jennifer, one of the most exciting features coming for automation is MuleSoft Composer, which will allow you to use clicks, not code to set up integrations. Flow Orchestrator is also heading in a really exciting direction going forward, claiming its crown as the Flow of Flows. With all of the nesting and layering that is possible you can create every-more complex automations to tackle all sorts of new problems.

They go over everything in their upcoming Dreamforce session, so make sure you don’t miss out.

Lights, camera, action! To record their Dreamforce episode, Diana and Jennifer both got to be “the talent” for the day. Jennifer had a small production team over to her place, where they worked on-location and could only run the air conditioner between takes.

Diana, meanwhile, got into Salesforce HQ for the first time since March 2020. She worked with a full-blown production crew—even the guy with the clapper thing. “It’s super cool to see people who are so good at their job in a totally different universe than what we do in software,” she says, “I love TV and movies and the nerd in me was trying not to giggle or be unprofessional.”

Why now’s the time to jump into Flow Builder. “There’s a whole world of different options that can really match to you based on your business case,” Diana says, and the end of the episode gets into how you would decide between different automation choices based on what you’re trying to do.

“For admins out there who have been scared of using Flow Builder, now’s the time to start using it to build all of your automation—forget about Workflow Rules and Process Builder,” Jennifer says, “if you haven’t done automation, think about ways to automate your business processes and make life better for your users.” With the Slack acquisition, the sky’s the limit with what you can do on the platform to reach new heights of efficiency and collaboration. Most importantly, do reach out on Trailblazer Community, Twitter, or anywhere else to share your challenges and how we can help.

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Links: * Dreamforce ’21 for Admins

Social: * Diana: @DianaJaffeSF * Jennifer: @JennWLee * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

View Details

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we catch up with Vin Addala, the Product Marketing Manager Senior Director at Salesforce. He gives us a sneak peak at the upcoming Dreamforce session, Build Apps Fast for Awesome Admins, and fills us in on all the latest developments in board gaming, too.

Join us as we talk about all the new things App Builder can do for you to make powerful, low code applications.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Vin Addala.

The App Builder dream. You might recognize Vin from our last episode with him about dynamic forms and App Builder. “I wanted App Builder to become a one-stop tool for you to build low code applications,” he says, and they’re continually adding features to make it more and more powerful. They’ve added drag-and-drop components, fields, actions, and now dynamic interactions. The second thing Vin wanted to show in this Dreamforce episode is how all these different features come together to solve real-world problems and address real needs.

Vin’s team has added a lot of interactivity to the applications you can build with low code tools, but they wanted to take it a step further. “We wanted to create a low code framework where components can talk to each other,” so if you have a list of addresses, for example, you could have a map component that can take those addresses and map it. A low code app builder can create interactive elements on a page in way that was previously only possible for developers.

Balancing power and efficiency. Coding events and interactions models can get really complicated—while there are a lot of models for how to do things, it can be hard to translate that into something accessible for the rest of us. “When I look at all these features and capabilities, I see how powerful they will be if I can democratize them and give that power to the admins,” Vin says, “but I have to do it in a way that will be easy to approach.”

Part of the challenge is making sure to balance the power of App Builder with safeguards to make sure you can’t break your org too severely. That means Vin needs to be careful about what features he has his team build, how far they go, and how they go about implementing them. “I really don’t want people to reinvent the wheel,” he says, “I want people to be focusing on solving a business problem than the nitty-gritty details of how to solve a business problem.”

Why Vin needs YOUR help. App Builder is becoming more and more powerful with each release, so Vin wants you to take a second look at what it can do, especially if you haven’t checked in on it in a few releases. “Revisit any old assumptions you’ve had about App Builder and come back to it with a fresh set of eyes,” he says, “App builder is a lot more powerful than it ever has been in turns of helping solve and build turnkey business applications.” Give it a try and reach out to Vin and his team to let him know where they can improve to make it even better.

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Links: * Dynamic Pages with Vin Addala * Mansions of Madness

Social: * Vin: @VinAddala * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

It’s time for another monthly retro on the Salesforce Admins Podcast. In this episode, we celebrate State Fairs as we go over all the top Salesforce product, community, and careers content for August. We also get to meet another member of Admins team: Ella Marks, Marketing Manager at Salesforce.

And with a state fair themem for this month I promise you we talk about quilting room, butter cows, and fried things on a stick.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation between Mike and Ella.

Meet Ella Marks While Gillian’s out, we’ll be going through a rotating cast of guest hosts to give you chance to get to know our team. For today, Mike talks to Ella Marks, our Marketing Manager. She focuses on the programs and campaigns the Admins team runs—you may recognize her name from some of the Trailhead Live chats. And she may be responsible for a GIF or two in her time.

Podcast highlights from August Ella was a big fan of Matt Skogman’s episode from this month, “The Four Keys to a Successful Salesforce Implementation.” “I felt like I was listening and nodding to every single word,” she was, “just hearing how someone talking about how every business can be a relationship-based business in an industry you wouldn’t normally think of.” For Mike, he thinks you should take a look at Gordon Lee’s episode about how to be more mindful about how we volunteer at the start of our Salesforce careers.

  • The Four Keys to a Successful Salesforce Implementation With Matt Skogman
  • Create Your Own Salesforce Experience With Gordon Lee

Blog highlights from August We think everyone should pull up Jennifer Lee’s excellent Release Readiness blog post. “I keep this bookmarked on my computer—seriously it’s open all the time—as my source for what the latest dates are coming up for the release and where all those resources are located,” Ella says. And stay tuned for Jenn in the next Release Readiness Live, coming soon.

  • Admin Release Countdown: Get Ready for Winter ’22

Video highlights from August Mike has done a takeover of the No Silly Questions videos and it’s been a lot of fun. You can hear Mike tell the tale of how Astro became the Trailhead mascot. Ella’s really psyched about J. Steadman’s awesome Tableau walkthrough that gets you started with rich insights and the Tableau Lightning Web Component.

  • No Silly Questions: How Did Astro Become the Trailhead Mascot?
  • Get Rich Insights on Your Salesforce Users With Tableau

Make sure to listen to the full episode to hear Ella try her hand at a new game, Friend Food or Fried Fools?

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Mike: @MikeGerholdt * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Ella: @Marks_Ella

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

On this episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we sit down with Brittney Gibson, the Social and Content Marketing Manager on the Admin Relations Team at Salesforce. She’s the voice behind a lot of our content, so we wanted to give you a chance to get to know her better.

Join us as we talk about why Brittney is such a big fan of listicles, what stands out to her about the Awesome Admin community, and what you should do if you’re new.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Brittney Gibson.

An awesomely helpful community. On the Admins Relations Team, Brittney is the person behind the Salesforce Admins handle on Twitter, LinkedIn, and Facebook. If someone responds to you via one of those channels, that’s Brittney, or really anything that goes on there. She also helps manage the blog, so if you ever have an idea for an article to pitch you should get in touch to work with her.

“The Awesome Admin community is super active and excited to be there and chat with each other,” Brittney says, which makes her job really engaging. Something that stands out is just how willing the community is willing to help each other out. “This community is so kind to each other,” she says, “whenever someone has a question it doesn’t go unanswered.” The kindness is incredible and makes the Awesome Admin community stand out.

Why you should never be afraid to ask for help. Obviously, many more people are at home right now than ever before, and that means the way we use social media has changed in the past year. “Everyone has that time when they’re not commuting or they’re not going into an office,” Brittney says, and she’s seen an increase in engagement in the last year.

“As a new admin or new person to the community—don’t be afraid to ask for help,” Brittney says, “I’m astounded by how welcoming everyone has been so if you’re new and don’t know something don’t be afraid to ask on Twitter, use the #AwesomeAdmin hashtag.” There are so many different places to get help, so start reading what other people are sharing and feel free to speak up.

Be sure to listen to the full episode for more about why Brittney loves listicles, how Mike met Justin Beiber, and, of course, the Lightning Round.

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Links: Social: * Brittney: @BrittGibs92 * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Mike Gerholdt:
Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community and career to help you become an awesome admin. This week. We're talking with Brittney Gibson, who is the social and content marketing manager on the admin relations team. I think it's fun to know the members of our team and by our team I mean the admin relations team because they're the ones that work for you every day. And Brittney is the voice behind a lot of our content. So let's take a moment and have a fun conversation and get Brittney on the podcast. So Brittney, welcome to the podcast.

Brittney Gibson:
Thanks Mike. I'm very, very excited to be here.

Mike Gerholdt:
Yeah, well, we've added a lot of new people to the team and it's exciting to have everybody on to say hello to our community and have the community say hello back. Let's get started and talk a little bit about, I'm assuming Salesforce isn't your first job but if we can get some insight into what Brittney did before coming to Salesforce.

Brittney Gibson:
Absolutely. Well, I have had quite the journey, I guess you could say. I majored in journalism at Pepperdine in Southern California and right out of college, I was like, "What the heck am I going to do with that?" So, I hopped right into a job that wasn't exactly writing or social at first, I got started as a receptionist actually at Buzzfeed. So, in the media space but not doing exactly what I wanted to do yet. So I got my foot in the door there, made a ton of connections, friend, learned their process. And then that opened up a world of opportunities. I got to do a fun fellowship program with them, where I got to learn their style of writing, listicles, all that fun stuff. And then eventually my time there ended and I moved on to a place called Sweety High, yes, that is correct, Sweety High. It is a teen lifestyle website. So probably stuff you're very familiar with Mike.

Mike Gerholdt:
I mean, I go to sweetyhigh.com all the time, all the time.

Brittney Gibson:
It's really fun actually. It's like a girl empowerment website. So if you are in junior high or high school and you want to feel empowered, I would recommend going to Sweety High. So yeah, I would write content for their blog there. So a bunch of fun stuff. I also created some videos with them. At one point I was asked to go dress up as a Disney princess, which was entertaining. Yes, I'll have to share that with you, Mike. And then actually after my time at Sweety High is where I really dove into social. So I joined a company called Fullscreen and I was working with brands and creators to create some awesome content. So I did a bunch of digital series on YouTube. One of them was called The Guilty Party and it was a digital mystery series where the characters would interact on social. So they all had YouTube channels and they would comment on the episodes and respond to various comments and get involved with the community. So that's where my love for community management and engaging with a really active audience began was there.

Mike Gerholdt:
I feel like we need a really cool title for this podcast episode. That's like 17 things you didn't know Brittney-

Brittney Gibson:
About Brittney Gibson. I love that.

Mike Gerholdt:
Because it's always a rando number. It's never 12 or 15. It's like 17, 32.

Brittney Gibson:
Yep. I know. It's so with 17 sounds like a good number to me. So if I can think of 17 things yeah.

Mike Gerholdt:
Yeah good one.

Brittney Gibson:
I love listicles, I will never not love listicles. I just think they're fun to read no matter what the topic.

Mike Gerholdt:
And the good news is, if you're used to dressing up, we do that at Salesforce.

Brittney Gibson:
Oh yeah. Well, when am I going to get the chance to do that? I would love to put on a cloudy if I could make a cloudy suit or something like that. I think all of my dreams would come true.

Mike Gerholdt:
I highly encouraged that. In fact, Nick Panter at, I want to say Dreamforce 16 or 17 work a cloud suit. I'll send you a picture of that. I'll put it in the show notes. So that transitions us nicely to one day you will get to dress up while working at Salesforce. Let's talk about what you do on the admin relations team here at Salesforce.

Brittney Gibson:
Yeah. So I am the social and content marketing manager. So I am the person behind the Salesforce admins handle on Twitter, LinkedIn and Facebook. So if someone responds to you on Twitter, that's me. When you see posts going out on Twitter, that's me and I also help manage the blog. So if you ever have an idea for a article you want to write, I would be the person that you would reach out to and I'd work with you and collaborate with you on getting your post up on our blog.

Mike Gerholdt:
Yeah. And busy, I would say because our admin handle is full of Salesforce admins asking questions and responding and posting lots of stuff.

Brittney Gibson:
Yeah. It's been really fun. And honestly, that was one of the things that excited me most about this role and opportunities because I know the awesome admin community is super active and just excited to be there and chat with each other and help each other out. And that's a huge deal having a social community like that. So it's been really fun. And I just I'm looking forward to getting to know everyone even more. I've only been here for a few months. So, just starting out.

Mike Gerholdt:
Well, that was actually leads into the next question I had for you, which is, I think for some of us, myself, I've been in the admin community now for 15 years going on 16 next year. Other people have been actually in the community a little bit longer. Some people have been in the community months or a few years. Some maybe even not as long as you. What overall have you seen that's maybe different than other communities you've worked in, in our admin community?

Brittney Gibson:
Honestly, just the willingness of people to help each other out. So this is a different space of what I've worked in before but this community is so kind to one another, just like whenever someone has a question, I feel it usually doesn't go unanswered, someone from the community will hop in and share resources, share best practice that worked for them. Just honestly, kindness. This is such a kind community, which is awesome to see, especially at a time right now, everyone's just really lending a helping hand. And I'm proud to be a part of that because who doesn't want to be part of a kind community.

Mike Gerholdt:
Yeah, no, it's always had that culture at its foundation, I would say. What have you noticed different in the world of social really, since we got into this new COVID world?

Brittney Gibson:
I would say just everyone's willingness to participate and join in. I think obviously everyone is, a lot of people at least are at home still right now. And at least for me, I am more engaged on social right now because if I'm taking a break from work and my own personal life even, what am I doing? I'm probably on my phone. I'm probably checking Instagram or Twitter or seeing updates on LinkedIn. So I just feel like there is more engagement all round going on because everyone has that time when they're not commuting or they're not going into an office, they're spending their time at home and spending their time on their devices. Not always, I'm not saying it's always a good thing to always be online or on social but I've seen an increase for myself at least. So I can speak to that.

Mike Gerholdt:
Right. No, balance. So you mentioned you're obviously new to the community. I think that's one aspect that you share with a lot of our admins as somebody who's managers a lot of our content, interacts on social with a lot of our community. What is something that you would give as advice to new admins who are joining maybe as a way to interact with our Twitter handle or Facebook page or LinkedIn or et cetera, wherever else we are, YouTube?

Brittney Gibson:
I would just say as a new admin or just new person to this community, don't be afraid to ask for help. That's something I've learned at since starting this role. I am astounded by how welcoming everyone has been. So if you're new and don't know something, don't be afraid to ask on Twitter or use the hashtag awesome admin hashtag. People want to respond and people want to help you. I would also just say absorb the content. For me, this has been the best way to learn, reading the blog posts that we're pushing out, seeing what the comments are on Twitter, seeing what people want to read about and want to know more about really gives you a sense of where the community is at right now. What's interesting, what's trending and just, I don't know, just be open to the possibilities of the connections that you can make through social. And it's honestly awesome that we can connect even when we're not together. So yeah, I would just say join all of these different places in these communities. Get on the Trailblazer community, read what other people are sharing.

Mike Gerholdt:
Yeah. I'll echo that and I still from 12 years ago, remember when Nick Panter replied to one of my tweets and said, "I think I know the answer but I can't solve it in 140 characters." That also dates me how old I was on Twitter back. There used to be a character limit folks and he said, "Email, I'll DM you my email and we'll solve it over the weekend." I just remember thinking to myself. So there's a guy in Canada that's willing to sit and think about my problem and help me, how cool is that?

Brittney Gibson:
That's really cool.

Mike Gerholdt:
I just found it really cool.

Brittney Gibson:
I love that.

Mike Gerholdt:
So I feel like we interrogated you plenty on the role. If you watched any of the Trailhead DX, Leah McGowan-Hare interview with Mindy Kaling, she had some really good lightening round questions that I actually stole, borrow, creatively copied that I was going to run through with you. So we used to do something on the podcast called lightening round but these are just very quick questions, whatever comes to mind for you. So, and they're fun, they're meant to be fun. Well here's the first question. What is the best compliment you have ever received?

Brittney Gibson:
Oh, Ooh. I love all compliments but well, I recently got married and everyone ended up really liking my wedding dress and I was very scared that it wasn't a good dress and I got lots of compliments on it. So that's my most recent favorite compliment.

Mike Gerholdt:
I mean, that's really good. As someone who has a person in their household that watches Yes To The Dress constantly.

Brittney Gibson:
Oh yes. That's a big deal. Validation on wedding dresses.

Mike Gerholdt:
I feel like it is a big deal and it's okay. So then this will be a good juxtaposition. If you could only have one meal the rest of your life, what would it be?

Brittney Gibson:
Pizza. I know that is the most basic answer but no matter what, even if I'm not hungry, pizza always sounds good. So I just don't think I could get tired of it.

Mike Gerholdt:
Yeah. Okay. Good. The next question. So who is your hero?

Brittney Gibson:
My hero again, not to sound cliche but I fully mean this when I say my mom. She is the best person ever. And I feel like I am the person that I am today and because of her, I think some of my best traits come from her. So she's my hero.

Mike Gerholdt:
That's great. If you could meet one person that inspires you, alive or they could have passed on who would that be?

Brittney Gibson:
Mike, these are good questions. I am going to say Oprah Winfrey. She is just an incredible woman, a role model. And I've been watching her since I was a little girl. She's interviewed so many incredible people, probably has 1,000,001 amazing stories. And just to hear about her life experience would be pretty awesome.

Mike Gerholdt:
Yeah. Yeah. She's definitely met a few people. Okay. You're stranded on island, what album did you bring?

Brittney Gibson:
I feel like my Sweety High experience is going to shine through right here because I like top 100 pop music, top 10. Recently I have been into Justin Bieber. I hope you don't judge me. This is just recent.

Mike Gerholdt:
The most recent Justin Bieber?

Brittney Gibson:
Yeah. I'm going to say it. I don't know if any other admin out there like Justin Bieber but-

Mike Gerholdt:
I bet they do. I've met Justin Bieber.

Brittney Gibson:
You have?

Mike Gerholdt:
I have, he was at a collector car auction I was at and he was selling a car.

Brittney Gibson:
Was he nice?

Mike Gerholdt:
I mean, he's just, he had an entourage and I was standing there and they came by and I just looked over and I was like, "Oh, Hey, you're Justin Bieber." And he's like, "Hey." And we shook hands and took off. He went up on stage and it's like, that was my Justin Bieber moment.

Brittney Gibson:
Okay. Well, yeah, like him, I like a lot of other people too. I like country music a lot. So I don't know, it's hard to choose one.

Mike Gerholdt:
Right. Well, apparently according to the question, you had enough time to grab an album but nothing else lifesaving before getting stranded on the island.

Brittney Gibson:
Yeah. And just my Justin Bieber album, that would save me.

Mike Gerholdt:
Okay, last question, five words that describe you.

Brittney Gibson:
Okay. Let's do this, quirky, patient, kind, hard-working, genuine. This feels like I'm bragging but those are honestly what I can think of right now but I'm probably missing another word.

Mike Gerholdt:
There's only five. So that's great.

Brittney Gibson:
Yes, okay.

Mike Gerholdt:
I also think your five changes. Who knows in 10 years or you go back to when you were working at Buzzfeed, maybe you would have had different five.

Brittney Gibson:
Yep, absolutely. That's just right now. I hope that I express these qualities.

Mike Gerholdt:
Well, we will look for the quirkiness on the admin Twitter handle.

Brittney Gibson:
Yes, please do. I want to interact with all of you. So hit me up at Salesforce admins handle, ask your questions, share what you want to read and learn more about. And I'm always happy to accept feedback.

Mike Gerholdt:
Or the album that you would be stuck on an island with, share pizza toppings.

Brittney Gibson:
Yeah. Yeah. Let's talk about all of these things.

Mike Gerholdt:
Okay. Great. Well thank you Brittney, for being on the podcast.

Brittney Gibson:
Yeah. Thanks for having me, Mike. That was super fun.

Mike Gerholdt:
Well, it was great talking with Brittney and color me 17 ways to be surprised. I had no idea that she had worked at Buzzfeed, what a neat career start. I think makes me think of the Steve Jobs quote of, you can only connect the dots looking back and not moving forward. Often our careers have all started somewhere else or maybe in process of getting to where we intend them to be. Brittney's start off at Buzzfeed and now she is helping empower admins all over the world. So that is fantastic. Now, if you want to learn more about all things Salesforce admin go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. And by the way, did I mention that we have some new podcast swag on the Trailhead store. In fact, every episode when I'm recording these pods, I got my podcast shirt on.

Mike Gerholdt:
I also have this really cool podcast tumbler mug, depending on the time of day, it's usually got coffee in it. So check out the link to that swag, send us a picture. You just met the social and content marketing manager. She's going to reply. So we'd love to see pictures of you in that swag. If you need to know the link it is in the show notes. Then you can stay up to date with us on social. Ironically, that we had a guest about social. We are @SalesforceAdmins, no I on Twitter. And if you'd like to follow Brittney personally on Twitter, she is @brittgibs92 I'll include that link in the show note. And don't forget, you can of course follow my co-host Gillian Bruce, she is @gilliankbruce. And then while you're on Twitter, let's just make sure we round the list out. You can give me a follow too, I am @MikeGerholdt. I will keep you up to date on all the really cool articles that we've got coming out. So with that, stay safe, stay awesome and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the Cloud.

View Details

For today’s Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re joined by Gordon Lee, Salesforce MVP and co-leader of the San Francisco Nonprofit User Group. This conversation is great for new admins or people just getting out there looking for experience.

Join us as we talk about why Salesforce volunteering at a nonprofit can often do more harm than good, others ways you can show you’re qualified for a new position, and how to volunteer responsibly.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Gordon Lee.

Why volunteering for nonprofits can do more harm than good A common piece of advice for newly-minted admins (which we’ve given on this very show) is to get experience by volunteering at a non-profit. Gordon, however, disagrees: “If you don’t know what you’re doing you have the potential to mess them up way more than you would at a for-profit that has resources and guardrails in place if things go completely wrong.”

At a nonprofit, you can walk away having left tech debt that they simply don’t have the resources to fix. There are a million reasons why volunteers stop being able to commit the time and energy to that work, and it’s different (and often more sudden) than an offboarding process at a for-profit organization would be. The potential to snowball tech problems is high.

“Most people who want to go volunteer at a nonprofit and gain experience have great intentions, but the problem is you don’t know what you don’t know,” Gordon says, “and if you end up messing things up you don’t even realize how bad of a job it is until you go back 2 years later.” And with a volunteer, the nonprofit has no recourse to ask someone back to fix the problems that have occurred.

How to bridge the trust gap The Catch-22 in all of this is still the problem of getting your foot in the door. New admins with no experience are asked to prove they have experience before they can get that first job while more experienced admins are often not vetted much beyond what’s on their résumé. So how do you do that without volunteering?

The problem is that trust gap exists when you’re making a new hire: how can employers know that you know what they need you to know if a candidate doesn’t have work experience? “You need to show the employer that you can do what the job requires, which is very simple: find the business pain and use Salesforce to solve it,” Gordon says.

Ways to show your experience without volunteering What Gordon suggests is creating a body of work in a dev org you’ve customized to solve problems. Think of some business problems you see out there in the world and do the work to solve them. Then, work on your presentation skills to tell those stories clearly and be able to talk about how they translate to the org you’re applying to work at.

“As a hiring manager myself, I would love to see that,” Gordon says, “if you are able to show me a portfolio and walk me through your use cases and your stories and tell a coherent story clearly and concisely, that will make you a much stronger candidate than someone who justs says they have 8 Super Badges and 2 years of work experience and 400 badges.”

Gordon and Mike talk through a lot more examples and ideas in the full episode, so be sure to check it out and don’t miss the blog post that started this whole conversation.

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Links: * No Salesforce work experience? Make your own.

Social: * Gordon: @SalesforceGlee * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re talking to Matt Skogman, Vice President of Sales at Skogman Homes. Matt is an executive that every Admin would want to report to, and he tells us how he’s constantly improving his business and is doing that through process evaluation and technology.

Join us as we talk about the four foundational keys that Matt sees as the reason for his success: authority, budget, decision-making, and tech.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Matt Skogman.

A fifth-generation family business implements Salesforce. Matt runs Skogman Homes, a fifth-generation family business that is one of the largest in Eastern Iowa. “We believe data is value, and the data and information we can collect and how well we can understand our customers has a direct correlation to our success,” he says, “we think that this is going to help us offer better customer service to people interested in building with us and we think that is one of the best investments a company can make.”

“We want to create a system where our salespeople can log in and know exactly what to do each day and be able to prioritize who to contact and be the most efficient possible and make sure nothing falls through the cracks,” Matt says, “we want to make sure that we do what we say we’re doing to do when we say we’re going to do it.” Matt is a salesperson at heart, and having a platform that can help you follow up on all of the things is incredibly valuable.

“There’s a learning curve to all of that,” Matt says, “you don’t just get to buy Salesforce in January and by February you’re using it—this is a long process to get your culture to be thinking about this, to get your system set up and modified to how it best serves your industry and how you sell.”

Why you need to know what data you’re looking for. When Matt and his team were first getting onboard with Salesforce, there were a lot of conversations about all the data they could collect and leverage. As Matt says, “what we really should have done is taken a step back and said, ‘What data are we trying to get from this? What are we trying to accomplish?’” You need to know what you want to know, you know?

The pandemic created some new challenges for Skogman Homes. While they had model homes open, people weren’t showing up and they needed to figure out what to say to their agents, but being able to look at the data and say what their chances of selling a home actually were based on traffic was incredibly valuable. “Finally, we’re tracking everything,” Matt says, “and so we’re able to make more informed decisions.”

The keys to a successful Salesforce implementation. Getting adoption is the key to everything: if your team doesn’t use the platform then it’s not going to do you much good. For Matt, the keys to successfully implementing Salesforce are authority, budget, decision-making, and tech.

  • Authority: You need someone with a good understanding of your business processes to help guide your team.
  • Budget: You need to invest resources in the platform and get help when you need it.
  • Decision-making: Leadership needs to be on board with implementation and make decisions quickly based on the insights you obtain.
  • Tech: You’ve got to have tech-friendly people in charge of how Salesforce works with your business, and understand when you need time to troubleshoot.

Getting buy-in throughout your organization is the key to using Salesforce to turbocharge your business.

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Links: * Skogman Homes

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin.
Now, this week, we are talking with Matt Skogman, who is the vice president of sales at Skogman Homes. Whoa, record scratch. Let me tell you why. Matt is an executive that every admin would want to report to. Matt's focused on constantly improving Skogman Homes and is doing that through process evaluation and technology. So it's not our normal guest, but I love stretching out and getting different voices, and especially getting those executive voices on our podcasts, so that as admins, we can understand what it takes to be successful.
So hear me out on this episode. It's one you're going to want to listen to. I promise it's one you're going to want to share to your executive because we cover the four foundational keys that Matt sees as his success.
So with that, let's get Matt on the podcast.
So Matt, welcome to the podcast.

Matt Skogman: Thanks for having me. I'm excited to be here.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Well, I was intrigued by our conversation that we had a while back. And I'll kick off because I feel like maybe the Midwesterners that listen to my pod probably have heard of Skogman, but tell me, what is Skogman Reality?

Matt Skogman: Thanks for asking. Skogman Homes is a real estate company and we are based in Cedar Rapids, Iowa. Our bread and butter is home building. And how we got started into real estate was my great-great-grandfather immigrated over here from Sweden and came through Ellis Island. He actually worked on the Capitol building in Stockholm, Sweden, and was essentially a carpenter.
My grandfather then grew up very poor in Omaha, Nebraska. He dropped out of high school. And after World War II, he got sick and called a doctor over. That doctor happened to own land, and my grandfather said, "You know, that's funny, I'm a builder. I could help you build on that land." Fast forward a few years, he had built one of the largest home building companies in eastern Iowa. He then turned the company over to his four sons.
So my father and my three uncles then ran the business from the early '80s until just this last year where, in 2020, our generation then bought out our uncles. And so now we are the owners of the company. And we've, like I said, started in new home sales, but over the years expanded into a general real estate company. So we have a real estate brokerage. We have an insurance brokerage, and we also have apartments and rental units around the area as well too.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. No, if you're in eastern Iowa, you usually can't shake a stick and not see a Skogman sign somewhere in the neighborhood. And I did not know it was fifth generation. I think that's really cool to keep something in the family. So you think of you have been around, your company's been around that long. Why was it important for you to get Salesforce?

Matt Skogman: Well, we believe data is value, and the data and information that we can collect and how well we can understand our customers has a direct correlation to our success.
As a fifth generation builder and with my last name plastered all over, we believe that we're in a real relationship-based business, and in that, we want to have buyer profiles and we want to keep detailed profiles and maintain a historical record for future use. So as we start accumulating more data, we can make better decisions about where to invest our time and our resources. And also, Salesforce will give us something to evaluate.
And so, as we think about our family name and our family company, we want this to be more than just transactional. Myself, my sister, my brother, my cousins, we live in the communities where we build houses. So when I walk my dog every night, I'm walking past all of my past customers and future customers as their houses are under construction.
So we believe so much in our product that not only do we live in them, but we live in the communities where we build because we know that we're going to do a great job for our customers that build with us. And we want this to be more than just about one transaction. We want these customers for life. We want them to build their second and third home with us. We want them to recommend their friends and family to Skogman. So we think that this is going to help us offer better service, better customer service to people interested in building with us, and we think that's one of the best investments a company can make.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I would agree. And to that point, I think it's important to point out that when times are good, and it's arguable for certain economic sectors, people don't invest, and when times are bad, they scramble for solutions. And I bring that up because home building is, I mean, I thankfully bought a house a few years ago, but I go on any of the home building apps looking at a home, and literally two days later, it's already sold. I mean, there was a for sale sign on my neighbor's property. I think they stuck it in the ground, turned around and went out to their car and marked sold on it. I mean, it's just booming. And so, with all of that, you can't shake a stick and not have prospects, right? So why is that important for you to get a CRM?

Matt Skogman: That's a great question. And there's no doubt we are in one of the best markets that we've seen in a long time when it comes to housing and when it comes to builders. Builders all over the country have greater demand in a lot of areas than they can even build. And luckily for us, we happened to take over the company at a really good time in the market.
And the simplest answer I can give you about why we decided a CRM in the greatest real estate market in modern times, I would say is we want to get better and we want to create a system where our salespeople can log in and know exactly what to do each day and be able to prioritize who to contact and be the most efficient possible, and make sure nothing falls through the cracks. We want to make sure that we're following up with the customers and we're doing what we say we're going to do when we say we're going to do it.
The thing I could tell you is I'm a salesperson at heart. I love sales, and I think like a salesperson does. And so what I can tell you is, is when I'm selling a product, I am focusing, when I look all of my list of leads, I'm focusing on the few percentage of leads that are most likely to close. It's just hard for a salesperson to think about their C and D leads and to stay on top of people who aren't responding when we have other people who are responding.
So Salesforce, we didn't bring Salesforce on to help us sell to our A leads. Our sales team does great there. What we're able to do, where we think we see the biggest opportunity is in our C and D leads, and Salesforce helps us stay on top of those. And we thought what a better time to invest in the future than this year when we have the cash, when we have the success to do it?
And the last thing, as you know, is whenever you're making a change in how your salespeople do their job, and we did it the old-fashioned way for 70 years, and now we're switching into doing it all technology-based, there's a learning curve to all of that and it doesn't roll out right away. You don't just buy Salesforce in January, and by February, you're using it. This is a long process to get your culture to be thinking about this, to get the system set up and modified to how it best serves your industry and how you sell.
So we thought this was a great time to invest and we are preparing for the downturn which we know is coming. And we believe that this is the right time. If you're in a great market, this is when you double down on investing to make yourself better for the future.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, on that positive news, let's talk about process in that case, because I do feel from at least the few times that I've bought a house that the process and some of the ways that you interact with agents change. I would love to know because the pandemic and 2020 is a good example, how often do you reevaluate and evaluate processes with your sales team?

Matt Skogman: We have to evaluate processes with our sales team really on a weekly basis. We rolled this out at the beginning of the year, and Salesforce as it comes out of the box isn't really set up for the home building industry. So the people who are on the front end are our sales agents, our sales staff. And so what we need to do is we need to listen to them every single week about what they like about the system, what they could change, how they're using it. We need to get their opinions and get their ideas and try them out.
The very best ideas we've heard about Salesforce has come from our users. And so when we rolled this out, we wanted to make this theirs. We wanted them to have ownership in it. And we knew that if we didn't have their buy-in, we would fail.
This whole thing is based, all this data that we're talking about, everything we want to extrapolate from Salesforce, it starts with our sales team entering the information. And so we need to make Salesforce about them and making it as efficient as possible. So constant evaluations every single week, daily, about how this is working, how this is using and troubleshooting in order to encourage them, in order then for them to want to use the product, that's happening essentially on a daily basis.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. Yeah. So there's a lot, I mean, there's always stuff that admins work on to improve processes and kind of keep up with things. I'm sure not even in one generation have you gone from signing paper contracts to signing electronic contracts, but if you're sitting back and maybe other executives are listening to this and they're thinking, what advice would you give, if you could go on your way back machine, to Matt previous to rolling out Salesforce?

Matt Skogman: What I think most of us, as we're thinking about our companies and if you're managing people, if you're an executive, if you're an owner, sometimes we see a shiny new product and we say we want that. So Salesforce, this is one. I mean, everybody has heard of Salesforce. And when we were exposed to Salesforce and we started working with their sales team for them to sell us the product, they really talked about all the data we'll be able to pull, all of the data, all of this, and we got excited about that.
But what we really should have done maybe is taken a step back and said, "Well, what data are we trying to get from this? What exactly are we trying to accomplish? What do we want to see from this?" And so taking some time to really think through what your company's objectives are, what you're trying to pull off, what you want to get from the system is worth your time to think about it before, and then setting up some objectives on how you see this rollout to your team going. And what are you trying to accomplish in month one? What are you trying to accomplish in month three to six? And then what are you trying to accomplish further down the road?
So I think we should have been thinking about some of that stuff before we signed up. We got excited, it's data, but what does that actually mean, data? What do you want to actually see out of the software? What data's going to help you?
I'll give you an example. One of the things we got excited about was we wanted to know something relatively basic, where are all of our leads coming from? Where are the highest quality leads I should say, where are those coming from? We buy leads from Zillow. We have leads come in from our website. We have leads that walk into our model homes. And not only do we want to see how many sales did we get from each of those lead sources, but we also want to know how many leads are currently in process at any given time. How many and what status are those leads in from each of those lead sources? What is our conversion rate for each of those? What is our return on investment for each of those lead sources?
And one of the things that we had done was, during the pandemic, we had to shut down our model homes. It was the first time in 70 years they weren't open on the weekends for you to come in and tour our product. And so back in April, we had to have a discussion around should we reopen those? And what was so interesting is we watched that data for 60 to 90 days, and we went back to our sales team and said, "You guys are sitting in these model homes, but we're not getting a ton of traffic." So they wanted to know is this a good use of their time to be sitting out there on the weekends or is there something more effective they could be doing?
And because we had the system ready to go, what we were able to tell the team and show them is that we are closing 45% of the traffic that walks off the street into our models. 45%. That's one of our highest conversion... That is our highest conversion lead source we have. And so, as we think about this, we look at our model traffic as low quantity, high quality. So we might sit in that model for two weeks without anybody coming in, but on that third week, we sell them a $400,000 product.
And so, how we think about that data and how we can then go back to their team and look somebody in the eye who's been working very hard for us and trying to figure out what's the best, most efficient use of their time, to be able to say, "I understand nobody came out and saw you these past two weeks, but if somebody comes out this week, or if you get two people, you've got a 50/50 chance of selling them a home." And so taking that data and really sharing that with the team to be able to look at that helped us make a decision on do we still want to put up these models which are expensive to have, to own, to run, to manage, to staff.
And so that's how we're able to think through our decisions, is, in the past, we would just ask the team, "How's your traffic?" And it's really hard. I'm a salesperson. I can really only think about the last couple of weeks. I really can't go back and say, "Well, three months ago, I had this unit of traffic who ended up converting last week, and that came from the model." It's hard to remember all of this data. And so, you just think about what happened the last two weeks and [inaudible] is that a trend? Is that a blip? Is that an anomaly? This helps us really look at the data holistically to make the best decisions on how we can utilize our time.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. And to be honest, it depends on the salesperson when they answer whether it's going to be raining cats and dogs and awesome or not in terms of how they answer.

Matt Skogman: And then it can vary maybe from community to community, from area to area. So all of that. And finally, we're tracking everything. And so we're able to make a lot more informed decisions. And ultimately, our models are open every weekend now. And our sales team understands that if nobody shows up that day or the next day, they understand that next week, something good can happen and so we're sticking with it, whereas maybe in the years past, we would have say, "Oh, nobody came in and saw any of you guys this weekend? Maybe this isn't a good use of our time." Now we're able to make really good decisions because we're looking at data over a four month period versus a two week period.

Mike Gerholdt: One thing you mentioned before we started the call was you felt you had four very important, I'll call them keystones as to how you could move Salesforce forward in your organization and be nimble with it. And it was authority, budget, decision-making. And then kind of your tech mindset. I'd love for you to expand on that.

Matt Skogman: So I've talked to a lot of people, and we've talked to people in our industry, we've talked to people out of our industry. I have a friend, one of my old roommates from college, who used to work for Salesforce. And I spent a lot of time over these six months kind of picking people's brain.
And what was unique about our situation is I've talked to other builders, I've talked to other people who rolled out Salesforce, but they just couldn't get the culture. They couldn't get the team to really buy in. And we believe we've accomplished that here. We believe we have high usage, which is really one of the hardest things to do. If you can get your team to use it, everything starts there. The second our sales team stops using the system, it basically goes to complete junk because it's all garbage in, garbage out, as you and I have talked many times before.
So we need usage out of it. So the question then is how does somebody drive usage? And one of the things that I think that I started with was, I don't like the word authority because it sounds too militant for me, but we have a seven person sales team here in eastern Iowa and I work very closely with all seven of those people. And they trusted me to buy in to the system.
And so, as we're working together, I used the word authority, but I don't need to use an authority. They worked with me to buy into it as well too. And they knew I was spending a lot of hours trying to get this right for them, and they committed, which was great.
So you need that commitment. And at times, maybe another organization might need to step up authority if they weren't using the system. So somebody who's right in the field using it needs to be able to get the team to use the system. And usually, I would like to use the carrot versus the stick to drive that, and that would always be my recommendation.
So you need someone there to really get people to use the system. So I look at that as, we said the word authority, don't like the word, but for lack of better words, we can use that. You need somebody with some authority that's using the system to make sure others are using it as well too.
The second thing I think you really need is whoever is that, I'm going to say authority, because I still don't like saying it, but I'll say it again, is I think you need that person to have a very good understanding, in our case, of the sales process. If you're rolling out Salesforce for a operations, then you need that person to be uniquely understanding how the operations of that business work. So this person can't be somebody who just tells the salespeople how they should sell. They really need to work closely and understand that sales process.
The other thing we talked about was a budget. As an owner, I am able to make decisions on how we invest our resources, and I can make them rather quickly. So at some point in February as we're doing this rollout, I thought I needed some help. I was able to quickly find help, hire help, report to my board about what I was doing, but they gave me the latitude to make those decisions very quickly. And so I'm able to make some decisions really, really quickly there.
So those are the three big one. What was the fourth one that we had said?

Mike Gerholdt: You had said really a technology mindset.

Matt Skogman: There you go too. I guess that would be the last... Yeah, you're right there, is I believe that I love this stuff. I've told you before. I love Salesforce. I think it's so cool what we're able to do and I just get excited when I talk to people about it.
So the last thing, the last ingredient I think you need to be successful is whoever's that front end person who we talked about has some of the authority, who understands the process, who's able to make decisions quickly, they've got to be a person that embraces technology and they've got to be someone who's okay troubleshooting some of the snags that come up when building out a software.
And so those four ingredients made me uniquely qualified in our team, uniquely able to roll this system out successfully. And when I've talked to other teams, what we found is, is you've got somebody who understands the process, who loves the technology, but they're not a manager. So they're not able, when people don't use the system, they're not able to have those weekly calls to help them use it, to meet with them, to figure out a way and show them how this will help the salesperson make more money.
This isn't about Big Brother. This isn't about watching everything they're doing, and it feels like that to a salesperson in the beginning. This is really about we can make you more money more efficiently, so really having that person talk through and drive usage, because all it takes is a couple of salespeople in this market to stop using the system. And they're going to continue to sell homes in this market. If we deleted Salesforce tomorrow, we'd probably still set record sales. Now we wouldn't have as many as we'd have with the program, but my board would get off my back this year about sales just because the market is so good.
So builders can still be extremely successful without using a software like this, without having all of this data in 2021. Now, let's rewind back to 2009, 2010. If we get into a market like that, builders are going to need to do everything right in order to sell houses. And that means their sales team needs to be as efficient as possible and do everything right. And that means we can't let those B and C leads fall through the cracks. We've got to nurture those.
So thinking about ways that you can put that whole kind of suite of skillsets together into your leadership team who's in charge of rolling out Salesforce, that, to me, was what made us successful, is that we were kind of uniquely qualified in all four of these areas. And I honestly even kind of, as I think through and talk through this, is we've got a builder in our builder group who we're close with that has 50 salespeople. Well, you don't have to be a genius to know it's probably easier to get seven people to buy in than 50 and three different sales managers.
And so all of those things made us successful in this rollout. And in other industries, other people will face some of those challenges that if you had 200 people you've got to use this and train them on, that's going to be harder than seven or eight.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, absolutely. I mean, I think what I hear is if you wrap up authority, budget, decision-making and technology, it really comes down to trust. And if your board and your organization trusts you and they adopt a nimble mindset, then that's the only way it works. And they gave you that trust. They've given you the freedom to be nimble with it, and you've ran with it.
And to your selling point, when times are good and you're paying attention to your C and D leads, then when times are bad, it's not going to feel that way because you know how to pay attention to everything that's coming in the front door and you've set yourself up for success that way, as opposed to having to scramble and refactor when the market adjusts.

Matt Skogman: And we talked about the learning curve earlier. You don't buy Salesforce on January 1st, and within 30 days, you're up and running. This is a long process. This is weekly. This is daily. This is you working with your team to help them understand. We troubleshoot stuff all the time. The team finds bugs that I've accidentally created and they help me fix them. They find things, "Well, wouldn't it be easier if we did this?" I'm like, "That's a phenomenal idea. Let's actually do that." Then I'll go back to my Salesforce partner and try to have him help think through this.
And so yes, there is a rollout process that takes months and months, in fact, in some cases, maybe a year. And if you wait until your sales are really bad, you don't get to turn it around right away. It's going to take you a year to get this up and running.
The other thing is, is if you don't have a bunch of leads coming through, in bad times, it's harder to utilize the system, whereas now we have a ton of leads coming through, or over the last year or so, we've had a lot of leads coming through. So it's easier to tweak and be nimble there.
And then you made a good point, the board, I really couldn't be more lucky in that they've given me full autonomy into doing this and they believe in what we're trying to accomplish. And yeah, now that you say it, they believe in me that I can get this done because they've allocated a lot of resources to this to make this whole thing work. And I didn't have to go in and beg for approval. I just kept saying, "This is what we need. This is what we're going for. This is where we're going. Let me show you what we've already accomplished." And they're like, "Keep going, just keep going."
And so that also, there's probably that fifth ingredient that I guess we didn't talk about, but that's having the organization, the decision makers, the owners, the CEOs, all of those people all bought into this. Because if it wasn't like that and the board said, "Nope, we're going to put a cap on this or that," we wouldn't be where we are today.
So that is a really, I'm glad you brought that up, that is one of the things that really helped us become successful, is that my family and everything has given me full autonomy to roll this out as best we can.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Well, it's interesting you use the word rollout, and I think that implies that there's a finish line. And what I hear is you've spent the last year, year and a half not rolling out Salesforce, but using technology and process to improve your organization. Because if you're constantly improving, then there is no finish line, right? I mean, I've owned a home now for 20 years. I'm never done with my house. You're always painting a house. You're always improving the house.
I think businesses are the same way, right? You get technology. There was a start, there's no finish line because you haven't looked at your rollout as, "Okay, we're done. We have the most perfect sales process ever." Maybe this week, but next month is September and you might need a different process for September. So it to me sounds like you've changed and become a continuous improvement shop as opposed to a rolling out process.

Matt Skogman: That's a great point.

Mike Gerholdt: Not to split semantics on you.

Matt Skogman: No, no, I think you're right. I keep saying rollout, but you're right, this will never... I'm looking at this, it's like a child. It's like they're never going to... I mean, I have a two and a half year old son and I have an eight month old son, and I'm 37 and I know my dad and mom probably still look at me like, "He's still a work in progress."

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Yeah. You're never done.

Matt Skogman: So this will never... My wife will definitely tell you I'm a work in progress. But this system that we have is just kind of a part of something bigger that we're doing. And I think you're right, that it's never going to be done. I thought when we rolled it out or when we signed up a while back, I thought, "Oh great, at this point, it'll be ready to go." It's like I'm never going to stop tweaking this and changing it and making it better. We're never going to stop getting feedback from our sales team, the people on the field about how to make this better, how to make their jobs easier, how to make them more money.
So this'll be an ever-changing process. And I think one of the things that our generation is starting to think about is we think Skogman Companies really wants to be a technology company that sells houses, not the traditional home builder. So we can really leverage so much in technology to make us our best self, to take care of our customers better than we've ever been able to take care of them before, and figure out the best ways for us to utilize our resources. So this is just one tool in our ever-changing technology kind of mindset in order to make us the best company we can be.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I've used the metaphor often, especially where I live, there's a railroad crossing and I've often thought the fallacy of the railroads in the early 1900s when they dominated shipping traffic across the United States, they failed to view themselves as a transportation company and they saw themselves as a railroad company. And had they leveled up, everything would be Northern Pacific or whatever you see going by you. It would be planes and there would be no brown trucks, right? Because they would have thought of themselves in a different perspective.
And I like your perspective. You think of yourself as a technology company first that builds homes, that's a very different vision for the next five generations of your organization.

Matt Skogman: And my grandfather would be shocked at the data that we can pull today and what we're able to do. So, yeah, so I think he'd be proud of where we're going and how we're able to utilize the best products to make our company as strong as it can be.
And like I said, I'm going to keep going back to this, I live in the community where we build houses. I mean, this is about the customer. This helps us serve our customers even better. This helps us serve our staff, our salespeople. The people that go out there every day and work so hard for our company, we can help make them more efficient. We could to help make them more income. And that's really the flip side of that I think all executives and people need to be thinking about, is ask yourself how is this going to help? How is this going to help you serve your customers? How is this going to help you serve your employees and your staff that works so hard for you every single day? How can you help them be the best at their job?

Mike Gerholdt: I think that is the perfect note to end the podcast on because continuous improvement feels like that's something we can all embrace right now. So Matt, and thank you for taking time out. It's always good to chat with you. It's an interesting time and your company is doing a lot of really cool stuff. And I feel like you're really embracing that forward-looking mindset. And I love that you're a technology company that happens to build homes.

Matt Skogman: We're getting there. I appreciate you having me on, Mike. And I appreciate you thinking of Skogman in the way that you do. And if there's anything I can help you with in the future, I'd love to do this again.

Mike Gerholdt: You bet.
Okay, was I right? That was an awesome conversation we had with Matt. I love those four foundational keys that he brought up. I agree, authority, budget, decision-making, and really that technology mindset. I mean, as an admin, I want all four, please. Santa, put those under the Christmas tree this year.
And I think the last one, and it's one that admins can all really strive for, is being nimble takes trust, and an organization, in order to be nimble, needs to have that trust in you and in the processes that they're evaluating and working on improving.
Now, if you'd love to learn more about all things Salesforce admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. And hey, there is some new podcast swag in the Trailhead store. I don't know if you've seen it. I've got my podcast shirt on right now. I love the bright blue cloudy shirt. I have coffee every morning out of that tumbler. It's very cool. Pick up your swag. Send me a tweet with a picture of you and in the swag. I'd love to see it. Link is in the show notes.
Of course, you can stay up to date with us on social. We are @salesforceadmns, no I, on Twitter. My co-host, Gillian, is on Twitter. You can give her a follow, @gilliankbruce. Of course, I am @mikegerholdt. And with that, stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

It’s time for another monthly retro on the Salesforce Admins Podcast. In this episode, we’ll go over all the top Salesforce product, community, and careers content for July.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation between Gillian and Mike.

Podcast highlights from July We have two new Admin Evangelists joining our team! And to learn more about them and where they’re coming from, there are two great episodes you can listen to and get to know them better. We also launched a major update to the Trailblazer Community, and we’ve got all the details on the pod.

  • Get to Know Our Newest Admin Evangelist, J. Steadman
  • Meet Jennifer Lee, Our New Admin Evangelist
  • A Conversation About the Reimagined Trailblazer Community

Blog highlights from July For Mike, Courtney Coen’s blog post about building reports was really impactful and highlights a great way to start getting more involved with Salesforce in your organization. J Steadman revisited a post Gillian first made five years ago. It’s a popular post, but a LOT has changed in the half-decade since it was written.

  • How Building My First Salesforce Report Changed My Entire Career
  • 5 (More) Steps to Setting Up Your Salesforce Org

Video highlights from July There was a great Expert Corner this month with LeeAnne Rimel and John Demby on Tableau advancements. Learn about this amazing tool and what it can do for you and your reports.

  • Expert Corner: Explore the Latest Tableau Advancements with Principal Solution Engineer, John Demby

The Bruce family announces their August Release We won’t be seeing Gillian around for a couple of months because she has some exciting news: her second child is on the way! Mike will hold down the fort on the pod, and get psyched for some appearances from the rest of the Admin Relations team.

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Mike: @MikeGerholdt * Gillian: @GillianKBruce

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Gillian: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast and the July monthly retro, or should we say, put that sparkler away, you're going to burn your cousin edition for 2021. I'm your host, Gillian Bruce and in this episode, we will review the top product, community and careers content for July. And to help me do that, I am joined by the one and only, my favorite podcast inspiration slash co-hosts slash all the things, Mike Gerholdt.

Mike: Hi, Gillian. I had to put that in there because that's a thing that I heard constantly as a kid.

Gillian: Well, so that's so funny because me growing up in San Francisco, we never see fireworks because it's always foggy. So sparklers are about as close as we get.

Mike: Yeah, sparklers. We had sparklers. And snakes, right? It was like a little black pellet that you lit on the sidewalk and then it grew like a snake.

Gillian: Those were fun. Yeah, those were fun. We never really got to play a whole lot. The closest we've got were those little poppers that you throw on the floor and they explode.

Mike: Oh, yes. Those were fun.

Gillian: Because those are really popular for Chinese lunar new year.

Mike: Yes.

Gillian: So I actually think we have a box of them in our house right now. Should be fun. The dog hates them.

Mike: Well, yes, because they're... Yeah, I wanted to look up because in addition to July 4th, July 1st is Canada Day for our friends up north, and July 14th is Best Deal Day.

Gillian: Oui, oui.

Mike: So we're celebrating all of the things, all the revolutions.

Gillian: Need some maple syrup and rosé to celebrate those, right?

Mike: I mean, why not? And a sparkler with some American flag shorts.

Gillian: Totally. Yes. Well, Mike, we also have some podcast swag on the Trailhead Store in case everyone missed it. I actually got my shirt and my tumbler a few weeks ago and I love them, they're so fun and colorful. So if you are listening and need some more Salesforce swag in your collection, go to the Trailhead Store and you can get some Salesforce Admins Podcast swag, which is pretty awesome. Mike, you got a t-shirt too, yeah?

Mike: I did. I saw your t-shirt in the no silly questions video, and fun fact, I was at a grill out around the 4th of July and a neighbor said, "Now, what do you do again?" And I pointed to my shirt. I was like, "I do the thing that's on my shirt."

Gillian: There you go. That's a good explanation.

Mike: Yeah. Yeah, I'm pretty unique in that I could do that, but you could wear the shirt and then you can say, I listened to the podcast that talks about the things that I do on... That sounded better in my head.

Gillian: Yeah, and it's fun, it's colorful. It's a happy shirt.

Mike: It's a very colorful, bright, summer... If you don't smile and giggle wearing that shirt, you're having a really bad day.

Gillian: Yeah. Well, I got mine during the month of June which is also Pride Month so it worked out really well.

Mike: Perfect.

Gillian: There was one day I wore that shirt and I wore my rainbow patchwork Vans that I got and I felt extremely festive.

Mike: Love it. Big fan of it.

Gillian: Well, Mike, we had a lot of content this month, so let's-

Mike: We did. You'd be surprised because we did TrailheaDX in June, you'd think we'd just take the month of July off, but we don't stop.

Gillian: Party doesn't stop.

Mike: Nope, not at all. We did some podcasts. So we got two new evangelists on our team.

Gillian: What? I know, it's so exciting. I mean, that's like almost doubling the size of our team.

Mike: Yes, which is crazy. So there's two intro podcasts for you to meet Jay Stedman and Jennifer Lee, who both joined the team. I think they're fun. I stole some lightning round questions, if you watch TrailheaDX from Liam [McGallan Hare 00:04:13], to ask them, and it's a great way to get introduced to our team and you can reach out to them on Twitter and say hello. They're always looking for more inspiration and connections.

Gillian: And I think it's fun too because it's like getting to know the person, like why? Part of the reason that they are now part of our team becomes very evident as you listen to those episodes, so there's a very clear passion for helping admins effect real change within their companies and their communities and their careers. So I got inspired listening to them, even though I know them both pretty well at this point. It kind of reinvigorates the energy and the passion and why we do what we do.

Mike: And we also will be the Royal. We launched a new Trailblazer community, which is super cool.

Gillian: Oh man, it's so exciting. It's long overdue and thank goodness it is out because it is totally a new world in the online Trailblazer connection space because I mean, hello, 2020. We came from the 2000s, we fast forwarded 20 years within one update.

Mike: Yeah. No, it was good. You did a podcast with the community managers about that, so I enjoyed listening to that.

Gillian: Yeah. It was fun to hear about the thinking behind why they rolled out what they did first and what is coming soon and the strategy behind it because it was huge. I mean, it is, not was, it's an ongoing, it's a huge effort. So if you have not yet checked out the new Trailblazer community, definitely do it and then listen to the pod to find out a little bit more about the details and maybe some Easter eggs even.

Mike: Ooh, I like Easter eggs. Easter eggs are fun.

Gillian: We also had some blogs, Mike. We had a lot of blogs.

Mike: Let's talk about those. I picked out, so you might have heard Courtney Cohen on the pod earlier this year, but she did a post source on how building my first Salesforce report changed my entire career. And I really enjoyed reading this, partly because I think reports for me actually are a way that users would get also on my radar as an admin. Generally, that's a good way to strike up a conversation with an admin in your organization if you're a user, and it sounds like that's the path that it led Courtney down.

Gillian: Yeah. I think it's always interesting to connect, hey, this is how you use the technology in Salesforce and this is how you connect it to actually your career progression, you know? And I think that that connection there is so important, especially for admins because hey, admins, we are literally at the crossroads between the business and the technology so if you can harness that and then use that also to your personal advantage in terms of helping you grow your career, that's kind of the secret sauce there.

Mike: Yep. And then Jay Stedman revisited a post that you had done, which is crazy to think that it was five years and 15 releases ago.

Gillian: I can't even... That's just crazy to me.

Mike: That was back when you were Gillian Bruce.

Gillian: You mean Gillian Madill? Yeah.

Mike: Gillian Madill, yeah.

Gillian: Who was that chick? Yeah. So Jay took a very much needed update and refreshed approach to five steps to setting up your Salesforce org, which was one of our top posts that kept getting a lot of traffic. And we decided, hey, we should probably update this because the platform's changed a lot in five years. So Jay did a great job revisiting the original ideas and flushing them out, and then also adding some additional context and some updated input from the community as well. So great posts, especially if you're a relatively new admin or you're starting at a new company with a new implementation, this is kind of your cheat sheet to get things up and running and set up in a way that is going to make your implementation successful in the longterm.

Mike: Yeah. And I still look at, one of the easiest things is theming because I know towards the end of their posts, Jay points out themes. And I still am just amazed at what theming can do to drive adoption and how it feels when an app is themed towards your company. I mean, we even have that at Salesforce because we use different applications for stuff, and you can always feel when it's someone else's app or when they've made the app feel like it's for us.

Gillian: Yeah, it really helps with user adoption because they open it up and they're like, "Oh, this looks familiar. This looks like something I should be using."

Mike: This looks like us. It's got our orange or our yellow or chartreuse or whatever your company's colors are.

Gillian: Yeah. Or as in Jay's post, they write about Poblano Grill, which makes me want to have chips and guacamole. So-

Mike: 100%.

Gillian: So yeah, that's a great post. Check it out. Mike, we also had some videos this month.

Mike: We did. So I know you did a no silly questions. Those are fun and spoiler alert, I'll be picking those up, but I loved Leanne's Expert Corner that she did with John Denby on the Tableau advancements. I feel... Well, first of all, admins, if you have not reached out to John Denby, man, you're missing out because he is just one of the coolest dudes in our universe and he's totally from our admin perspective. He was an admin once at a company and found Tableau, and he just knows so much. But I think that we got to pay a little bit more attention to all the cool stuff that Tableau can do because back to what Courtney was writing about with careers and reporting, man, that's a way to draw attention to yourself, is bringing insights to the company that executives want to see but don't know to ask for.

Gillian: Yeah, and John, not only is John a actual, in-person real life mascot for Tableau, I feel like at this point, between the hat and the voice, he's amazing in so many ways. But as you said, he was an admin. He has admin at the heart of everything that he talks about and does, and Tableau very much thinks about admins. And you can tell on some of the tools that they've developed that really are targeted for us, for admins, which is so cool because it's a very powerful tool that we can use. And I mean, come on, it makes you look so cool to your stakeholders.

Mike: I'm constantly, every time I work in a Tableau dashboard and when Liz was with us last year, she really brought the team into Tableau. And I would sit down with John on a call and he would just go and click through, and the way that I feel admins work with low code tools is the way that Tableau is built. You drag things in there, it does what you expect it to do. And then filtering, it's kind of intuitive, a little bit more so than some of the other report builders.

Gillian: Yeah, and one of the ways that I think, especially listening to John talk, the way that he explains things, he has such a passion for it and the way that he explains it makes you want to go learn more. I remember the first call I was on with John, he mentioned that there was this public repository of dashboards that you could go nerd out on. There was a Game of Thrones one and all these other really cool dashboards that people have created. And I think I easily spent at least an hour poking around, because he's a true evangelist and he definitely is a good person to listen to you to get inspired to really dig in and do more with analytics in general.

Mike: Yeah, 100%. So I think that is most of the content. I'll be honest with you, we skipped over a lot of blog posts because we published so many blog posts in July, I had a hard time finding one to pick that I thought was the best. Because I was like, no, these four. I can't talk about four, I got to find one.

Gillian: And on that note too, not only did both of our brand new evangelists make their debut on the podcast, they also made their debut in the blogosphere. So both Jay and Jen posted amazing blog posts on the admin site, so we talked about Jay's a little bit. Jen, also, I'm going to give her a quick shout out because she also posted a great blog about how to create to-do lists using actions and recommendations. So, hey, our new EVs are here and they're already creating content and hey, listeners, give them some love.

Mike: Yeah, and wait until you see what we got up our sleeves for Dreamforce.

Gillian: Dreamforce and the next release.

Mike: Oh yeah, that's right. That's also September.

Gillian: Yeah. At Salesforce, we do all the things all at the same time. That's how we roll.

Mike: For sure. I mean, July's done, August, we'll do something and then September, boom, Dreamforce, release.

Gillian: Yeah, well, y'all are going to have a great time with that because I'm doing something else in August. So Mike, you mentioned you're going to be taking over no silly questions. Thank you.

Mike: I did, I gave the spoiler away.

Gillian: Yeah. Thank you for taking that on. You're also going to be manning the reins of the podcast for the next few months because I got my own release coming in August. We are welcoming our second little baby boy. I can't believe I'm saying that.

Mike: Two Bruces in the world. Bruces, Bruci.

Gillian: Yeah, Bruci. It's the house of Bruci. Yeah, so we're excited, it's going to be a lot. Jack, the first Bruce turns two at the beginning of August and then this next one is due towards the end of August, so we're going to have our hands full. But it's going to be fun and I'll take a little time off and then I will be back.

Mike: Yeah. You could name the other kid, Jack Jack. Then you have Jack and Jack Jack.

Gillian: That would be a lot, yeah.

Mike: No, that sounds funnier in my head. So for everyone on the pod, we've got a fun thing lined up for the rest of the team on the monthly retros. So I'm going to bring in a rotating guest to help me retro-ize every month and go through different content that we've published, and give you an opportunity to meet a little bit more of the depth of the admin relations teams. So in addition to our evangelists, we have an amazing marketing team, an amazing social. So I want the chance for everybody to get a chance to say hello and also give their perspective on some of the content that we did. So every month, the retro is going to be switched up a little bit, just to keep things fresh while Gillian's having Jack chapter two.

Gillian: Yeah, it's like a retro round-robin you're going to do.

Mike: Right. retro round-robin. There we go, three Rs.

Gillian: You know, I got to leave you with some alliterative fun there.

Mike: I know. And then we'll come back and maybe we'll have to do a no silly questions retro round-robin pun off or something.

Gillian: I think that sounds great.

Mike: ... to welcome you back into your podcasting.

Gillian: I'll be excited to talk about things that aren't revolving around children.

Mike: Yes, right? Well, maybe the next no silly questions should be, when you come back, the community has to send you a video of what they've done since you were gone.

Gillian: I'm going to ask them the silly question and they have to answer.

Mike: Right, yeah. Turn the tables. So it's on you now to answer this.

Gillian: Speaking of which, if you have a no silly question, since Mike is going to be taking this on for the next few months, feel free to send him a video.

Mike: Yeah, just shoot the video and tweet it to me or something. I'll figure out how to get it.

Gillian: Yeah, just a little iPhone video saying what your name is, where you're calling from and your question, that's the formula.

Mike: And you can ask questions about the pod or the team. It doesn't have to be strictly super hard core-

Gillian: It could be about Dreamforce.

Mike: It could be about Dreamforce, yeah.

Gillian: It could be about the release.

Mike: Yeah. Oh yeah, that would be fun.

Gillian: Yeah. Whatever you want. Michael will attempt to get an answer for you.

Mike: I can't get them all answered, but we'll do our best. Anyway. If you'd like to learn more about all things that we just talked about today in the episode, I will include the links in the show notes, but of course, everything is published on admin.salesforce.com. You can stay up to date with us on all things social. We are @Salesforceadmns, no I, on Twitter. The Twitter handle turned six years old this last month too.

Gillian: Crazy.

Mike: Yeah. So imagine that. I'm on Twitter @mikegerholdt. You can still tweak to Gillian K Bruce, even though she'll be out taking care of the other Bruces. All the Bruces, crispy gooses.

Gillian: I'll leak some Bruce photos here and there.

Mike: Oh boy. Well, fabulous. Well, Gillian. It's fun having you back for a short period of time and send you on your way.

Gillian: Well, thank you, Mike, for holding down the fort, and I look forward to seeing all the amazing things you all do while I'm out and then coming back and getting going again.

Mike: There we go. So with that, stay safe, stay awesome, and say tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the Cloud.

View Details

For today’s episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we caught up with Jennifer Lee, a new Admin Evangelist on the Admin Relations team at Salesforce. We wanted to give you a chance to meet her and hear where she’s coming from. As evangelists, we work to inspire admins in our community and it's important to know we get our inspiration from you.

Join us as we talk about how Jennifer got started in the ecosystem, why she got hooked on Salesforce, and how important admins are in helping people get more done.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jennifer Lee.

How Jennifer got started in Salesforce Like many admins, Jennifer bounced around a little before getting involved in the platform. She did retail, financial services marketing, e-commerce, and project management. She got introduced to Salesforce in 2011 when her company was acquired by another business already on the platform. They needed to create their own Salesforce org to smooth out the transition, and Jennifer was the PM, and the rest is history.

“Salesforce reminded me of what I was able to do back in the day when I worked on websites, being able to create content and do configuration work,” Jennifer says, so she took the Admin 201 class and got hooked. “I didn’t want to project manage anymore—all I wanted to do was configure in Salesforce,” she says.

Jennifer ended up moving to John Hancock to help wrangle all the different Salesforce orgs they used throughout their organization. “When I first joined, it was basically the wild wild west,” she says, “so I spent six years there growing the team, setting standards, doing things like design reviews to make sure we were building to the best of the platform before we brought in our own custom code.”

The power of the Salesforce community Through it all, Jennifer experienced a lot of growth getting involved with the Salesforce community. At first, she was just a consumer, learning from other people’s posts and tracking topics of interest, “but as I got more comfortable, I started answering the Chatter posts myself,” she says.

When she had to attach a Word doc to answer a particularly tough question, Jennifer realized she needed something a bit more scalable and started a blog. “I really consumed a lot of what the community shared before me,” she says, “and I wanted my blog to be a way for me to pay it forward and share my knowledge. If I ran into an issue, clearly someone else will run into the same issue so why not share that?”

Using your Salesforce powers for truth, justice, and fewer clicks What got Jennifer so hooked on Salesforce in the first place was how easy it made it to help others with creative problem-solving. “Users have this problem and I’m able to use my Salesforce powers to configure something and solve for that,” she says. For Jennifer, Admins are at the center of that, working directly with end-users to help them get more efficient and do more every day.

Be sure to listen to the episode for more about Jennifer’s story, and don’t miss the Lightning Round!

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Links: * Admin Best Practices: Building Useful Formulas

  • Jennifer’s blog
  • Read Jennifer’s content

Social: * Jennifer: @JenWLee * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career, to help you become an awesome admin. This week we're talking with Jennifer Lee, Admin Evangelist on the Admin Relations team. Now I wanted to take this moment to have this podcast early on in Jennifer's career as an evangelist, so that you get a chance to meet her, understand her perspective, and really connect with her. As evangelists, we work to inspire admins in our community and to me, it's really important that you understand who we are and that we also get our inspiration from you. So with that, let's get Jennifer on the podcast. So, Jennifer, welcome to the podcast.

Jennifer Lee: Hey, Mike. Thanks for having me.

Mike Gerholdt: I feel like long time guest, first time employee. I don't know how to spin that, but you've been on the pod before, and I know you've done a lot of speaking in the community, of course, being an MVP. But for those new Salesforce admins or new to Salesforce, that have not been introduced to you, let's talk about a little bit about what you did before joining Salesforce.

Jennifer Lee: Sure. So, I did a couple of things before I even started Salesforce. I first started off in retail, did that for a little bit, then I moved on to financial services where I was in marketing, produced brochures for mutual funds. How dry is that, right? Then they introduced a website. So I'm like, "Ooh, cool, website." So, I moved into e-commerce, did that for a little bit. It was pretty fun putting out my own content and playing around with features, things like that. And then, I moved into the project management role and did project management for technology projects.
And my first introduction to Salesforce was back in 2011, where we were just acquired by this other company and we were on Microsoft CRM at the time and we were moving onto Salesforce for the first time, taking our business unit and moving it into an existing org. And it really didn't work out for our business. They didn't really feel like they could control their destiny. So, they then had a project to basically stand up their Salesforce org. And I was a PM on that. So, never worked on Salesforce, we worked with Deloitte as our implementation partner.
And after that project was done, my group was responsible for maintaining Salesforce going forward. Salesforce reminded me a lot of what I was able to do back in the day when I worked on websites, being able to create content, do configuration work. So, I was really interested in Salesforce and I wanted to get my hands dirty. So, I took the Admin 201 class and sat side-by-side with some of the Deloitte consultants to really learn the ins and outs of Salesforce. And then, I was basically hooked and I didn't want to project manage anymore. I was like, all I wanted to do was configure in Salesforce.
So, I talked to my manager, I'm like, "Oh, well I was responsible for these other applications," and I was like, "Can I just focus on Salesforce?" He was like, "Well, we don't really have a role for that here." So, I decided after 17 years with the company to then go find something that was exclusively Salesforce administration or a consultant role. And that's when I interviewed with John Hancock, who's a financial services insurance firm and they were standing up a net new COE at the time, a center of excellence, that just focused on Salesforce and supporting Salesforce for all the orgs in the organization.
So, it was really exciting to be part of a new team that was built, and growing that team and being able to do things like set standards for our orgs. Because when I first joined, it was basically the Wild Wild West and people were making changes directly in prod and didn't understand why it was a big deal to not make changes directly in prod. So, I spent six years there, growing the team, setting standards. We did things like design reviews and make sure we were building to the best of the platform, leveraging as much as the platform as possible before we brought in our own custom code.
So, as a result of wanting to learn Salesforce, I then became really involved in the community. And at first I was just a consumer, so I would be out on the Trailblazer Community, learning what I can from other people's posts. And then, as I got more comfortable, I started answering the Chatter posts myself and I got to the point where I was trying to answer questions about automation. And there's only so much that you can put in Chatter posts. So, I ended up writing out the solution in a Word doc, attached it, and I'm like, "This isn't scalable because I can't keep referring to this or attaching Word docs of my solutions." So, that's how my blog started, jenwlee.com, where I was like, "Okay, well I need to be able to post my solutions there and then be able to share it and reference it."
I really consumed a lot of what the community shared before me in terms of learning from others. And I also wanted my blog to be a way for me to pay it forward and be able to share my knowledge. So, if I ran into an issue, clearly someone else will probably run into the same issue, so why not share that? Right? Why just keep that information to myself?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Jennifer Lee: So, that's how I've gotten out in the community. After my blog, being able to go out in community events, world tours, share my knowledge with presentations and things like that.

Mike Gerholdt: I had no idea you were in retail. I feel a kinship now because I was in retail and I know I've had a few other guests on, that were in retail. I will speak biassedly, I feel some of the best admins come from retail because I don't know, maybe it's the long hours of standing on our feet or the endlessly-

Jennifer Lee: Folding clothes.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Jennifer Lee: Great customer service.

Mike Gerholdt: Relentlessly folding and refolding of the same thing because somebody walks by and picks it up, you know a small ain't going to fit you, don't pick up the small, I just folded that.

Jennifer Lee: So, I worked in three different retail stores. Victoria's Secret, Dockers, so I sold khakis.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh boy, there you go.

Jennifer Lee: And Nine West, so I sold shoes all day long to [crosstalk].

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, but Nine West was popular. It had its day. Of course, so did Dockers.

Jennifer Lee: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Flat fronts, pleaded crease, cuff.

Jennifer Lee: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. Well, and I think that's also true to the ... A lot of people ask, "How do I get into being a Salesforce admin?" And some of it is one or two hops, right? Like retail to project management, to a company using Salesforce. I mean, I was retail to book sales, to education sales, to using Salesforce, to being a Salesforce admin. You can't connect the dots looking forward.

Jennifer Lee: Yeah. It's not just one path.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Yeah. It's true. I think, a certain point in your story, you mentioned, and I could hear it in your voice, the same kind of like, "I just want to do Salesforce." Looking back at that time, what was it that got you so hooked?

Jennifer Lee: It was being able to create things and then seeing it in production and the feeling of other people using the thing that I built. I like the ability to problem solve. So, users have this problem and I'm able to use my powers in Salesforce to configure something and then solve for that. Being able to be creative and then seeing the thing that I built, being used.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I hear you. That's exactly ... The first time I remember it, way back in the day, when S-controls were a thing, having a workflow work and seeing somebody update a record in the workflow fire, or a validation rule. The simplest things you're like, "I didn't know I could make the internet do that. I made this whole fancy internet do a thing." Now, you could have gone down a lot of different ... There's many different career paths in the Salesforce ecosystem. You are very passionate about admin. We saw that in your blog. We see that in what you do now at Salesforce. I think, what makes you so passionate about the Salesforce admin role?

Jennifer Lee: I think of all the roles, that's the role that I most identify with. Just being able to leverage the platform, working directly with the end users and thinking of ways to just make them more efficient and more productive. Yeah. That's the part that resonates with me the most.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Yeah. So, I know this will come out in July and I'd love to know maybe insight into some of the things you're thinking about for content. Some of the things you're working on, some of the things you would really love people who listen to the podcast to maybe tweet you for suggestions?

Jennifer Lee: So, I'm very excited, right now I'm working on my prepping for my first Trailhead Live and that's going to be on formulas. We're having our session on July 21st. I'm really excited for the content to go out on that. I've been working hard on that piece. And we have also some Trailblazers who are also sharing their pro tips on formulas too. So, look for that. I'll also be taking over for Marc Baizman, the How I Solve This series. So, look for new ideas on that piece, starting to work on my first one for that.
And in terms of blog posts, really looking forward to putting out some of the more how-tos on things, maybe more of the intermediate content, but also we'll be looking forward to doing some type of series around automation because that's my ultimate passion and I want to be able to continue to share that with other admins in the ecosystem.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. And we saw at Trailhead DX, there's a lot coming out around automation. So, it's a good thing you like automation, there's only a few things to talk about.

Jennifer Lee: Right?

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. I want to make sure, so if anybody listened to Trailhead DX or if you listened to last week's interview with Jay, I put together some, what I'll call lightning round questions, but I think they're just neat questions. I'll be honest, I Googled, "Questions to ask a celebrity." And some of these are the questions that came up. So, this is good preparation for you, Jen. So, when you're in a community group or if we get back to events, these might be the questions that the community asks you. You can practice answering them here-

Jennifer Lee: Okay.

Mike Gerholdt: ... to a few hundred thousand people. No pressure. Anyway. All right. So, first question, what is the best compliment you have received?

Jennifer Lee: Best compliment? Wow. I love it when folks have come up to me and have told me how something that I wrote in my blog posts really helped them. And that just really warms my heart and gives me [Trail] heart.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. There you go. If you could have only one meal the rest of your life, what would it be?

Jennifer Lee: I love crab. Whether it's Dungeness crab, blue crab, queen crab. I love all the crabs.

Mike Gerholdt: Preferably cooked, I'm assuming.

Jennifer Lee: Yes. Cooked. I like it chopped up, stir fried with garlic and ginger and bits of egg on top of it.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh my. Okay. Well, you're in a good part of the country to get crab.

Jennifer Lee: Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. Who is your hero?

Jennifer Lee: Who is my hero? Leah. Leah McGowen-Hare comes to mind immediately. She is my shero. I look up to her. She just presents with finesse and she's able to present a topic that might not even be interesting, but she finds a way to make interesting and draws you in and you're like, "I get that concept. I get what you're talking about." And that's what ultimately I would love to be able to do as well.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. You will. My Leah McGowen story, I remember when she had to talk about blockchain-

Jennifer Lee: Yes, that.

Mike Gerholdt: ... and turning a chicken into a chicken nugget and you can never go back. And I was like, "I get it now, weirdly enough. And I also want a chicken nugget." So, if you were stranded on an island, what album would you bring along to listen to, or CD?

Jennifer Lee: I don't know the specific album name, but I'm really into Pink. So, any of her albums.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Jennifer Lee: I feel that they're just empowering and she's just really bad-ass. I went to see her in concert and if you haven't seen Pink in concert, she does all this gymnastics stuff and she's doing flips and flying in the air, and it's just so super cool.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Okay. Last one. Five words that describe you.

Jennifer Lee: Five words that describe me. Huh. I am passionate. Excited.

Mike Gerholdt: It can be hard to think of words.

Jennifer Lee: Yeah. I'm like speechless right now.

Mike Gerholdt: I would add, caring, because we just talked about your dog before we got on the podcast.

Jennifer Lee: Yes. And friendly. And I can't think of another word. I'm lost for words.

Mike Gerholdt: That's all right.

Jennifer Lee: You don't even see me. I'm sweating bullets right now. I can't think of the words.

Mike Gerholdt: That's all right. Being at a loss for words is a rarity for you. Well, this is fun. I think it's important that everybody in the community gets to meet our evangelists and hears from us and knows our perspectives and gets to understand you just even more outside of the content that you produce. Because I know to me, it's always important if I'm watching a movie or I'm reading a book or listening to music, that I understand the artist's perspective and what motivates them and their values. And that's the whole reason I wanted to have this podcast. So, I'm glad to have you on.

Jennifer Lee: Oh, thanks for having me. And I can't wait to be able to go out in the community and meet all the new admins out there. And hopefully, when we are able to get back to in-person events, being able to meet you personally.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes. It'll be fun. It'll be fun. Well, thanks for being on the podcast, Jen.

Jennifer Lee: Thanks for having me, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, it was great having Jennifer on the podcast. It's always fun to learn people's back histories and it looks like she was in retail as was I, and I'm sure many of you have been in retail. Anyway, if you'd love to learn more about all things Salesforce admin go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources, including blogs, Trailhead Live, and a lot of content that Jennifer's going to be sharing out with us. Of course, I'd be remissed if I didn't mention the new podcast swag is in the Trailhead store. So, be sure to pick up some of that.
I am wearing my Salesforce Admin podcast T-shirt right now. I put the link in the show notes. Now, you can stay up-to-date with us on social. We are @SalesforceAdmns, no I, on Twitter. You can follow Jennifer on Twitter. She, is @jenwlee. Of course, Gillian, the co-host of the podcast is on Twitter @gilliankbruce. And if you'd like, please give me a follow, I am on Twitter @MikeGerholdt. So, with that, stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re talking to J Steadman, Lead Admin Evangelist on the Admin Relations team at Salesforce. J is just getting started as an evangelist, and we wanted you to get a chance to meet them, understand their perspective, and connect with them. As evangelists, we work to inspire admins in our community and it's important to know we get our inspiration from you.

Join us as we talk about J’s incredible journey to Salesforce and why they’re so driven to save everyone time.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with J Steadman.

A long and winding road to becoming an admin “I’m a product of the community,” J says, “and so I think it’s really important that we all know each other—specifically because those of us that sit in the Evangelist role, our job is really to advocate on behalf of the admins to Salesforce and to make sure we’re properly communicating stuff from Salesforce back to all of our admins.”

While they’ve been at Salesforce for the past three years, J got their start in the community and actually has an MFA in acting and performed for a long time as a bass guitarist. “It got to a point where that fell apart,” J says, “so I put myself on the job hunt and submitted over 430 job applications.” Everything changed, however, when they got hired as a receptionist at a company that just happened to use Salesforce. Yes, J is another accidental admin and, as J says, “suddenly I just took off with the technology.”

From there, J spent some time consulting which was a real boot camp for understanding all the different types of orgs and implementations that are out there. Ultimately, they transitioned to a position at an enterprise-level customer with thousands of licenses and a very complex org. That work saw them doing stints as a product manager and later a release manager but most importantly, it led to a position at Salesforce in Customer Success.

Saving time one process at a time “Everyone in the world is a talented and good person that can use their talents for something worthwhile,” J says, “but in most businesses, many of us spend our time doing stuff that does not warrant our attention. These manual and horribly repetitive tasks literally eat the most important resource in our lives: time.”

For J, it means so much to help someone help someone get more time back in their day by automating a business process or making a screen appear in the right place. “If we as the Admin Community are able to give anyone that important time,” J says, “that’s incredibly meaningful.”

Be sure to listen to the episode for more about J’s story, and don’t miss the Lightning Round!

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Links: * Choose the Right Tool for the Job With J Steadman * Read J’s content

Social: * J: @J__mdt * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. This week, we are talking with J. Steadman, lead admin evangelist on the admin relations team. Now, I wanted to take this moment to have this podcast early in J.'s admin evangelist career, so that you've a chance to meet them, understand their perspective, and connect with them. As evangelists, we work to inspire admins in our community, and I also feel it's important to me that we get our inspiration from you. So, let's get J. on the podcast. So, J., welcome to the podcast.

J. Steadman: Thank you.

Mike Gerholdt: Concise. That's what I like. It's great. I, as I alluded to in the intro, find it very important that everybody on our admin relations team be able to understand and know our community, and that our community kind of knows us really well. So, I wanted to get you on the pod early on in your admin evangelist career. And you've been on the pod before in your previous role at Salesforce.

J. Steadman: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: So, let's just rewind the clock and kind of reset everything. And tell us a little bit about J. before you joined Salesforce.

J. Steadman: Yeah. So, first, Mike, thanks tons for having me here. And I really agree with you about this idea of us knowing the community and the community knowing us. I'm a bit of a product of the community. And so, I think it's really important that we all know each other, specifically because those of us that sit in the EV role or the evangelist role, our job is really to advocate on behalf of or evangelize on behalf of the admins to Salesforce and to make sure that we're properly communicating stuff from Salesforce back to all of our admins. Right? So, that is my purpose. I think sharing my story can be helpful. So, I've been at Salesforce for the past three years, but prior to that, I wasn't in Salesforce at all. At one point, I think that's true for all of us. Most of us.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

J. Steadman: Most of us started not at Salesforce and then eventually made our way into the technology, save for, I don't know, everyone.

Mike Gerholdt: You could be born into Salesforce somehow. I don't know.

J. Steadman: That might be true for my kid and for like-

Mike Gerholdt: Sure.

J. Steadman: Yeah, sure, a lot of our kids, but our generation and before. Anyway. So, I actually originally went to school for acting. I did that twice. I got my undergrad at Western Michigan University, and I went and got a degree in acting at UCLA for grad school. And the writer strike happened which really impacted the industry in a big way. And so, I was like, "Well, if I can't find entry-level acting gigs, I'll be a musician." So, I'd played music forever. I was a bassist, and I started playing as a back-lining musician. So, bands would hire me to go and play their local gigs or to go on tour, and I played bass guitar for them. And then I started doing my own band on top of that and working side gigs to scrap together cash and make sure that I could keep pursuing my dream, and it got to a point where that just fell apart. As an artist, I didn't have a ton of money to fall back on. And I came from a pretty scrappy upbringing. And so, I put myself out on the job hunt and I submitted like 430-some job applications.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow.

J. Steadman: And I still have the spreadsheet in my Google Drive. And this was over the course of like six weeks. I was looking at anything really, from being someone's personal assistant to working as a receptionist, to working in a warehouse, to working in a kitchen, to being delivery driver. And this was in 2012. So, the kind of Uber, Lyft, and gig economy stuff hadn't quite exploded yet. It was actually late 2011. And after 435 job apps, the little bit of cushion that I had actually ran out. A friend of mine who was actually a successful attorney and a good friend of mine, he actually floated me a little bit of cash so that I could survive for a month. And I was really confronted with the idea of homelessness. I didn't really have anywhere to go.
And my girlfriend at the time who is now my wife, she was like, "You know what? I like you. And I was thinking about going back to school to become a doctor anyway," which by the way, she is. She's like, "Well, why don't we move to Indianapolis and live in my mom's basement?" And I was like, "Well, that sounds better than just sleeping in my car." So, we did that, and we moved back Christmas of 2011. And the next week I was looking for like stock loading positions, like unloading trucks overnight at places like Target, which is a job that I'd had before in undergrad. And Laren, my wife, she was like, "Hey, I found this job for a receptionist position. You should apply." And I was like, "Oh, I'm not qualified for that." But at her behest, I applied, and I got the job, and it just so happened that that company used Salesforce.
And I really lucked out. I got hired as a receptionist, and part of my day-to-day was using Salesforce. I was basically a delegated admin. Then later, I became a full admin, and the company used Salesforce for their sales pipeline, as well as for some of the contracting and consulting stuff that they did. They were an environmental consulting firm. And suddenly, I just kind of took off with the technology. I kept having conversations with people in the office and we were a small business. There were only about 36 of us. Everyone's talking and you can very easily hear about the pain and the problems that people are having in getting their business processes done, and the time that it takes with manual tasks, and I started getting really passionate about trying to fix those issues with our very small IT department, and I got super stoked about doing stuff on Salesforce.
And this is just around the time that Trailhead had launched by this point. And I went out on my own dime for fun. I took the admin cert, and I got the certification, and I was so stoked about it that I actually printed off a piece of paper that was the exam results, "Congratulations you've passed," and then the little credential sheet and I taped it on the outside of my cube. And people would walk by and they'd be like, "Well, what's that?" I went, "Well, let me tell you what that is." For no good reason, other than pride, I posted that I had my admin credential on LinkedIn and my LinkedIn exploded. And I got job offers for literally double the salary that I was making. And while I was doing this receptionist position, I was also driving Lyfts and Ubers for 40 hours a week. And so, picking up that consultant job, it like totally, totally changed my life.
So, I started with like 36 licenses, and then I was a consultant for a little while, and I really consider that to be like a boot camp. And hey, how do orgs work? Hey, how do implementations work? Hey, how do you down and dirty get things done, on time, under time, on budget, under budget? How do we operate? How do we communicate? Just tons of soft skills as well as technical skills that came out of that time. But I decided that the kind of consulting life and the approach to like... Everything is billable and less... Well, everything is billable. You have to constantly keep track of your own time.
So, I started looking for some other opportunities that might be interesting to me, and I found a position at one of our enterprise-level customers. So, this is thousands of licenses and the org that they had seemed really fascinating to me. So, it was one Salesforce instance, this parent company owned about 13 other companies, and they were migrating all of those companies into one single shared Salesforce instance. They had just implemented a center of excellence and they were also SOX compliance. So, that's the Sarbanes-Oxley financial regulation. And they had a team of engineers as well as a Salesforce team at each one of these companies. So, the complexity that that offered in terms of getting enhancements delivered to your end-users and trying to create value between the companies, I was like, "Wow, that sounds fascinating."
So, I joined up with that company and I was with them for a couple of years, became a product manager in Salesforce, and a release manager in Salesforce. And then someone that I knew in the consulting world was like, "Hey, come and join us at the mothership." So, they pointed me toward an open rec at a customer success as a success specialist, and I hopped on board.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. I think of the Steve Jobs quote of you can't connect the dots looking forward, but you can always connect the dots looking back. 2021, if you could talk to your 2012 or 2011 self before you were living in a car and say, "Hey, by the way, you're going to have this great job in technology." The dots that you would connect to get there, just, yeah, I don't know that you could put those together.

J. Steadman: You know, I think what about this idea of current J., past J., and future J. a lot. This might be a thing that... I don't know. Is that the thing you do, Mike? Do you think about that?

Mike Gerholdt: Oh yeah. All the time.

J. Steadman: Yeah. Okay. So, me too.

Mike Gerholdt: All the time, all the time.

J. Steadman: Me too. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: If today Mike could talk to 20... I think back to different years in my life that were... If I had gone left instead of right.

J. Steadman: Right. Yep.

Mike Gerholdt: 2003, I'll say, December 31st, 2003, I quit retail forever.

J. Steadman: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: I had no job. My prospect was I'm going to go back to college and I quit, locked the gate on the retail store, and threw the keys inside.

J. Steadman: Wow.

Mike Gerholdt: That was it. I was done, done with retail. I was done because I was afraid that making 30 grand a year was the best it gets, and I knew it could be better.

J. Steadman: You know, I find that fascinating. So, I actually had to have this real reckoning with myself because I had become really resigned to this idea that... We talk a lot about imposter syndrome in and around the admin role and sometimes in technology and how we all feel that and I think that's true. But for the longest time, my goal was making 50 grand a year. If I could make 50 grand a year, it's like, "I have arrived."

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, you're making bank.

J. Steadman: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Huge.

J. Steadman: That would be incredible, wildest dreams. I have subsequently, I keep track of my total income over time, just to remind myself of where I've come from and where I'm going. No numbers included here, but I started at a certain amount and I'm at a certain amount. I think it's like 512% from where I started to where I ended in that regard. Right? And I bring that up because if we wrap that back into this idea of talking to past J. and I think that this might resonate with some folks out there that are just getting started in the ecosystem, or maybe they haven't even really started yet with their first role, I think it's really important to remember that this is a real thing and it's a real path to stability. It's a real path to wealth for your family. It's a real path to starting to create generational wealth.
I don't come from means, but I'm at a place where just purchased my first home, and we just had our first kid, and I've got savings. I mean, goodness gracious. Let's take the income aside, I have insurance. I had insurance since I started. Every Salesforce job that I've had, I've had insurance that comes along with it. Maybe that doesn't seem like a big deal to most of us in tech, but I can tell you for... Because I didn't get my first job in tech until I was 30. So," for 30 years of my life, the idea of insurance was oh, you just go to the ER, right, or urgent care.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Yeah. Yeah. I mean, I ironically do similar. I look back and I'm always constantly thinking, "Yeah, that's funny. That's how much I used to make in a month."

J. Steadman: Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Mike Gerholdt: And not to be numbers-wise because I want people to think... I also want to put in perspective. It's not all about the money.

J. Steadman: Not at all. Nope.

Mike Gerholdt: I also think back to... Wow, I remember what it used to be like to come home from that job versus coming home from this job. And by coming home, I mean feeling like you were supported at the organization, that you have coworkers that you feel comfortable talking to and it just... There's been jobs that I'm like, "Wow, I'm surprised I made it through that."

J. Steadman: Yeah. I think what you're touching on and I think it's really important that you brought it up because it can be easy to just kind of highlight the fact that earning potential is fantastic.

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

J. Steadman: I'm very mission-driven. I'm very kindness-driven. I'm not a perfect person in my own use of kindness, and I constantly look for ways that I can improve, but where I'm at impacts me a lot. And it's important to me that I'm at a place that cares about me and that I care about the people that I'm working with. Right? You know that. We've had conversations around that in our whole team. And virtually every Salesforce job that I've had has been wrapped in that idea of feeling okay when you back home. That's one of the reasons that I love our community so much is people... I'll log on to Twitter. I don't do much social, but I'm on Twitter and it's entirely because the Twitter that I'm on isn't the crazy chaos Twitter. Right? It's a bunch of people that are just being kind to each other, and looking out for each other, and checking in on each other. Like, the other day I posted that I hurt my shoulder and I had two people reach out to me, three people reach out to me, and A, they were like, "Are you okay?" And then B, they were like, "Here are some ways that you can fix your shoulder." I did it and now my shoulder's better. And that's crazy.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. A hundred percent. I also had to look up because when you talked about being a writer, this is way back early in your story. Everything that I know about writers and people hustling for jobs, I know through the show Barry With Bill Hader. I don't know if you've seen it.

J. Steadman: Mm-hmm (affirmative). Yeah, the assassin show, right? Assassin turned improv?

Mike Gerholdt: Well, so now you give it away.

J. Steadman: Oh, okay. Sorry. I didn't know that was a spoiler. I've never seen it, but that was just my understanding of the show.

Mike Gerholdt: It is astronomically hilarious.

J. Steadman: Gotcha.

Mike Gerholdt: It is... Anyway. So, as you were describing that, I was just envisioning you as Bill Hader taking acting classes and trying to make it as a writer, and it fits. It fits. Anyway. So, you're new on the team and I wanted to find out... One thing that we definitely look for is passion. And I would say that across the organization of Salesforce, regardless of what you're doing, passion for the admin role because there's a lot of admins that listen to this and think, "So, what's what's J.'s north star?"

J. Steadman: Mm. Well, so for me, I am driven by curiosity and I am driven by trying to remove roadblocks from the folks around me. So, if the world is a bunch of puzzles, Salesforce is a fantastic tool that you can use to solve those puzzles and to help people out. I swear this is not a joke. In interviews, I have gone on a bit of a... Tirade is the wrong word. Tangent might be better suited to it. I have had these conversations about how I feel like everyone in the world is a talented and good person that can use their talents for something that is worthwhile. But in most businesses, many of us spend our time doing stuff that does not warrant our attention. These manual and horribly repetitive tasks literally eat the most important resource in our lives. Time. Right? We only have so much time on the planet earth, no matter what you do, you don't get more.
If I can help somebody else help somebody else get more time back in their day through automating a business process or making a screen appear where it needs to appear, then we have done the good work. Right? That's what we really want to do. Because at the end of the day, we live in this world where increasingly, more and more and more, everything wants our attention. Everything wants our time. So, if you and I and the admin community can instead give people time back, I'm not sure that there's a better goal, to give people time back, even if it's not... Heck, we could all use 10 minutes a day where we could just sit, watch the sunset. Right?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

J. Steadman: That would be fantastic.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Well, and time is something that I think of it, it's fleeting. Right? Whatever you did now, you don't get back now.

J. Steadman: Yep. Yep. So, I'm somewhat recently a father. My kid is 17 months old, yeah, 16 months.

Mike Gerholdt: You're still in months, even after 12.

J. Steadman: Yeah. So, apparently, you just-

Mike Gerholdt: It doesn't make sense to me, by the way.

J. Steadman: I'm not sure that it makes sense to me. Since I'm a dad, I just follow, I follow the guidelines.

Mike Gerholdt: You just roll with what other people do.

J. Steadman: Yeah, yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay.

J. Steadman: Yep. So, Ruby is almost 17 months old. Everyday from 5:00 to 7:00 is time that I spent with Ruby. Right? She comes home from Montessori and the two of us do what we do. We have a dinner. We play, and then I'll put her down for bed. That's my time. That's my time with my kid, and obviously my wife as well. Right? I didn't have that when I was growing up. My dad was a chef. Right? He didn't have the luxury of not being there for dinner service. You can't not be there for dinner service. That's when dinner happens. Right? And this is true for many jobs out there in the world.
But I am very lucky to have a position where that 5:00 to 7:00 block, that is time that I have said to everyone that I work with is very, very sacred. But also, when we think about how we work with others and as admins, as we're trying to give folks time, creating streamlined experiences so that everyone can have the... Maybe for your end-users, it's not that 5:00 to 7:00 block. Maybe they really want 45 minutes at lunch where they can get a run in, or someone wants to take a nap, or whatever it might be. Right? Somebody might be living that hustle life and maybe they want an extra 45 minutes to follow up on cold calls and prospecting. If we as the admin community are able to give anyone that important time, then I feel like we're doing something that's... Genuinely, it's a good thing freeing up our lives from monotony or from unnecessary work.
And I'd I suppose underpinning all of this obviously is also this idea of giving back. So, I mentioned in my story, I had a friend out in Los Angeles who wasn't experiencing the same difficulties I was experiencing, but just on a whim, he was like, "Hey, I'll float you so you don't have to be homeless right now." No one made him do that. Right? That was an action that he took that was incredibly generous. And my mother-in-law was like, "Cool. Have fun living in my basement for six months." That was incredibly generous. And I think when you tell stories, especially stories that are difficult, it can be very easy to tell the story as though it's you pulling yourself up by the bootstraps. And I suppose in some cases that may be true, but I think if you scrutinize your own story and you look at those times that are most difficult, you often find that by someone else's grace, you were given something that then allows you to get through it.
Now, it's a combination of things, right? It's that grace that somebody gave to you and your own volition and your own hard work. But I think anything that we can do to try and hand that over to other people, I think that that is just the best thing. And I don't know that I'll ever be able to have the same impact on other folks that these people have had on me. That's kind of neither hither nor thither, but if I can have some impact, whether that's answering a question on the community, or giving someone space to feel heard, or just telling a really terrible joke, great. Then we've done okay. That's all I can really hope for.

Mike Gerholdt: I don't think you can ever directly pay it back. You pay it back in different ways. If you think of missing dinner with your father and prioritizing that time with Ruby, that'll pay dividends for Ruby's children because she will instill, "Well, this is important to me because this is what my dad made important." Or this is what I missed as a kid. Right?

J. Steadman: Yeah. Yeah. To be perfectly fair to my dad's experience too, again, not everyone has the luxury to be home at dinner time. Right?

Mike Gerholdt: No.

J. Steadman: I tell you this. We did have food on the table.

Mike Gerholdt: Sure, sure. He's a chef.

J. Steadman: Yeah, he's a chef so we had food to eat. And we were put in a position where, again, there's this phrase, you stand on the shoulders of giants. The work that my mom and dad did at least put me in a position so that maybe it wasn't a ton, but they put me in the position where I was able to be the first person to go to college. Right? Again, it was my own dime, but I was at a place to get into college, which is pretty cool.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I always, listening to that, think back to one of the times that I rolled a feature out to a user, and this was early on, and she had been at the company for 20 some years. I'm of a certain age where my parents, you went to work at a company. You went to work at IBM, or I live in the Midwest, you go to a John Deere or a Manna or Whirlpool, Maytag. And that's where you were. You're from a company man as they say.

J. Steadman: Yeah, get that pension.

Mike Gerholdt: They took care of you and you retired and you got your house and kids. And so, I was helping this user out because they'd been there 27 years in contracts and definitely had bounced within the organization, not somebody you're going to fire, but somebody has a hard time finding a spot to land, based on their skillset. And I remember showing them how to do something in Salesforce and it making their job exponentially easier. Right? And just the joy that they had because you speak of time. I also think of the joy because to them, that was the only job that they knew.

J. Steadman: Yep.

Mike Gerholdt: And in some respects, it was kind of like breaking rocks all day. I made all the rocks just crumble like dust, and suddenly, it's like, "Oh, this job maybe isn't so bad." I don't know if that was... As you were telling that story, that moment in my head came to mind.

J. Steadman: Yeah, I think that's dead-on. One of my very favorite things to do when I'm admitting an org is if I can have an opportunity to ride along with an end-user, especially at an out of office end-user, and spend a day with them, seeing the job that they do and how they do that job and seeing every step through the process. Wow. It's fantastic because then I can go back into the system, I can configure an experience that eliminates a lot of the roadblocks or at least streamlines them and then get that feedback. Right? And I've had that same experience. And while it might not break your back like cracking rocks, manual, repetitive tasks aren't fun for anyone anywhere. It's a big pain.

Mike Gerholdt: No. J., I put together some lightning-round questions because I knew we'd have a fun conversation, but taking some cues from some other interviews and episodes I watched, I thought these would be some kind of neat episodes. So, I won't ask these in super speedy order.

J. Steadman: Okay.

Mike Gerholdt: They're also kind of meant to be fun, a little lighthearted, a little... I don't know. First thing that comes to mind to some degree, but okay. We'll get started. So, first question, the best compliment you have ever received.

J. Steadman: I think it was my wife telling me that she thinks that I am an awesome father.

Mike Gerholdt: Hm. That's great. So, I try to make these fun and back and forth. If you could have only one meal the rest of your life, what would it be?

J. Steadman: My mother's chicken Parmesan.

Mike Gerholdt: Ooh. Now, everybody wants chicken Parmesan.

J. Steadman: Yeah. My mother's chicken Parmesan and you could have it for dinner, but you could also have it for lunch the next day on bread. Have a chicken Parmesan sandwich. Yep, my mom's chicken Parmesan.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. Who is your hero?

J. Steadman: I'm really bad with this. I am not really a hero person.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay.

J. Steadman: I'm not really a hero person. Typically, if I have an icon in my head for that's what to pursue, it tends to be a fictional character.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. So, then maybe this one will fit or not, but if you could meet one person that inspires you dead or alive, who would they be?

J. Steadman: I would love for another couple of hours with my grandmother Steadman.

Mike Gerholdt: Hmm. I'm asking this one because I know you, but let's pretend you're stranded on a deserted island. What album did you bring?

J. Steadman: Oh, okay. So, I would probably bring American Football's first LP because that record has been with me for decades and it never gets old. Second to that would be probably Jimmy Eat World's Clarity.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. Okay. So, those are two I'm going to have to look for because I am not familiar with them, but that's okay.

J. Steadman: Yeah, that's a win.

Mike Gerholdt: Last one. Five words that describe you.

J. Steadman: I am really, really loud.

Mike Gerholdt: I am really, really loud. Okay, that's five.

J. Steadman: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: So, really, really is a couple of words to describe you.

J. Steadman: Yeah. Yeah. So, I did this on something else. Someone was like, "Name your superpower." And I think you're supposed to name like a favorite, real superpower. But I was like, "My actual superpower in life is I'm very passionate." And people are like, "Oh, well..." Sometimes I think people ask me questions and I don't understand what the question is.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, this one was not that, not that, but I mean any five words. I feel a lot of it is to get that perspective on how somebody thinks and where they're at, you know?

J. Steadman: Yeah. If I were to use five separate words that are all traits I'm curious, passionate, stubborn, creative, and joyful, or goofy. Let's go goofy instead of joyful.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Goofy, it opens the field up.

J. Steadman: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. Well, J., this was fun, not that I knew it wouldn't be, but I hope our community got a blast out of it. You have content that will be coming out on the admin site. I anticipate hearing more from you on the podcast. I know you're also working on some Trailhead live stuff. So, more fun to come.

J. Steadman: Yeah, if I could just say one last thing to the listeners out there in the community. Yo, I'm here to hear what you have to say and to be an advocate for you. So, if you ever want to reach out, feel free. My DMs are open. Happy to grab a coffee, chat. I want to know who you are, what you're doing, what's working, what isn't. That's what we're here for.

Mike Gerholdt: Your DMs on Twitter?

J. Steadman: My DMs on Twitter.

Mike Gerholdt: What's your Twitter?

J. Steadman: That's J__mdt for I am a custom metadata type.

Mike Gerholdt: Ah-hah. All right. Good. That's what I was hoping I would get an explanation for.

J. Steadman: Yeah. There you go.

Mike Gerholdt: Sweet. All right. Well, J., thanks so much for being on the pod.

J. Steadman: Yeah. Happy to be here.

Mike Gerholdt: It was great to have J. on the podcast. I envision them coming back for quite a few episodes. Now, if you want to learn more about all things Salesforce admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. Of course, there's new podcast swag in the Trailhead store so be sure to pick up some of those cool T-shirts. I have mine on right now. There's a link in the show notes. You can stay up to date with us on social. We are @SalesforceAdmns, no I on Twitter. You can follow J. They are on Twitter, @J__mdt. And you got to... You know what the MDT stands for. You listened to the episode. Gillian is on Twitter. She is @gilliankbruce. And of course, you can give me a follow. I am @MikeGerholdt. So, with that, stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

On this episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got Jessica Langston, Director, Trailblazer Community, and Emily Hudson, Director of Product Management at Salesforce. We’ve launched and new and improved version of the Trailblazer Community, so we wanted to go over all the new innovations that will help you get better connected.

Join us as we talk about everything that went into the two-year process to create the Trailblazer Community relaunch, the new features they’re most excited about, and our revamped mobile experience.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jessica Langston and Emily Hudson.

The Trailblazer Community, reimagined.

We’ve just launched a new, reimagined Trailblazer Community. Says Jessica, “we’ve heard that people wanted a more integrated experience—they’re both learning on Trailhead and they’re connecting with Trailblazers in the community, so what better reason to bring it together?” There are new features, a new look, and an improved mobile experience. “We’re so thrilled to usher in a new chapter for the community,” she says.

“This has been in the works for over two years now,” Emily says. They started meeting with Trailblazers two Dreamforces ago to find out what was working, what was annoying, and what they wished it could do better. They ended up building everything from scratch in order to give you the reimagined experience you see today.

New Features to get excited about for the Trailblazer Community.

As far as new features Emily is the most excited about, the first is the Today page. It’s a personalized dashboard with your Trailhead points, your ranks, community activity, recommended next steps, “basically your dashboard to start your day and your relationship with Salesforce,” she says.

There’s also the Learning panel, which shows up on any question or topic page and pulls in Trailhead learning that corresponds to the topics being discussed. Finally, the entire experience is built for mobile, native for IOS and Android, with all of the core Trailblazer functionality. It’s no longer necessary to rely on Twitter to connect with folks at live events because you can’t use the Trailblazer Community on your mobile device.

Topics have also received an overhaul. They’ve essentially broken down the barrier between Categories and Topics so now they’re all just Topics, but really they’re tagged conversations. People can follow a topic, so any new posts will show up on their feed and they can answer a question or find out about something they’re interested in learning more about.

The future of the Trailblazer Community.

Moving forward, Jessica, Emily, and the team are looking to bring this improved experience to all the different ways admins connect with each other. For one thing, they want to make it easier to find and register for groups in your area and then collaborate asynchronously within the group.

Topics are also going to get more features, with guided learning, documentation, IdeaExchange ideas, and third-party content about a particular subject to make things easier to find than ever before. When you want to learn about something, you’re not first thinking about content type or which website it’s on, you just want to learn more, so bringing everything together makes it easier to navigate than ever before.

“Now more than ever, enhancing our online platform for Trailblazers to connect is so important,” Jessica says, “we’re seeing such high engagement so it’s nice to break down the barriers for the online platform and make it mobile-friendly—it’s a game-changer.” And if you have any new ideas, be sure to drop them in the IdeaExchange under the Trailblazer Community topic.

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Links: * Trailblazer Community * The Trailblazer Community on IdeaExchange * Trailblazer Community bugs

Social: * Emily: @emilysfdc * Jessica: @langstonjessica * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast, where we talk about product, community and careers, to help you be an awesome admin. I'm Gillian Bruce and today we are talking about the brand new and improved, beautiful Trailblazer Community. Yes, folks, if you missed it, there is a brand new, online Trailblazer Community experience. It was launched just before Trailhead DX. And if you haven't checked it out yet, you need to do so because we are going to talk today about the process behind that redesign, behind the relaunch, and talk about some of the amazing innovations that really are going to help you as admins, get better connected, especially in this digital first era. This is huge, huge, huge.
So, we have our guests today are Jessica Langston and Emily Hudson. Jessica leads up our Community Engagement Team and Emily was the product owner for this Trailblazer Community experience. So without further ado, let's welcome Jessica and Emily to the podcast. Jessica, Emily, welcome to the podcast.

Jessica Langsto...: Thank you. So, excited to be here.

Emily Hudson: Thank you.

Jessica Langsto...: We're thrilled to be here.

Gillian Bruce: Well, I am always excited to have two amazing ladies joining me on the podcast to talk about some cool new technology. And we're talking about something pretty exciting today. Jessica, you help lead our community team here at Salesforce, and I would love for you to introduce this incredible thing that our online community is using now to connect and interact and learn from each other. Tell us a little bit about why you're here.

Jessica Langsto...: Yeah. I'm so excited to be here and really, it's been years and years in the making, but we launched our new, re-imagined Trailblazer Community last week. We are so excited and it's really thrilling because it was shaped by the feedback of our community, which we often do. And we heard that people wanted a more integrated experience. They're both learning on Trailhead and they're connecting with Trailblazers in the community. So, what better reason to bring it together? So, now we have that as an integrated experience with Trailhead and the Trailblazer Community. And new features, it's mobile, it's fabulous, it's beautiful. So, we are just so thrilled to usher in a new chapter for the community.

Gillian Bruce: It is totally a new chapter. I think that what the community pre this revamp pre this relaunch, hadn't really gotten any love in a big way, for quite a while. I remember, God, I think it was probably seven-ish years ago when we were first building the Admin Relations program, and I think that was the first new iteration of this awesome online community, as we created groups and it was great, and then it hasn't changed at all since then.

Jessica Langsto...: [inaudible].

Gillian Bruce: So, it's pretty exciting to see such a huge advance and improvement in the functionality. Now, Emily, you were the amazing product manager on this project. Can you talk to us a little bit about some of the big things that you and your team were able to bring to life?

Emily Hudson: Yeah. Definitely. And I hear you about not changing it for a long time. This has been in the works, this new, re-imagined Trailblazer Community, for over two years now. We started meeting with Trailblazers two Dreamforces ago and just asking questions, "What's annoying about the current experience? What's the Greenfield experience in your mind? What do you want it to be able to do? How should it work? What are the core flows that you're most interested in?" And we just collected all that, did everything from scratch. So, it took a very long time to build completely different, modern UI, broke down the barriers that we had in the backend.
So, basically long time coming, we're super excited that it's finally out there and the community deserves some major love and some major renovations. So, the three things that I'm most excited about, first is the today page, it's the personalized dashboard. So, everyone should go to trailblazer.salesforce.com and log in, and it's personalized for you. There's a banner on the top that shows your time zone and the current time of the day, which is fun. It has your Trailhead points and your ranks, community activity that you recently added, community activity from your followers, recommended next steps for learning. Basically your dashboard to start your day and your relationship with Salesforce. So, I'm really excited about that. It just is bringing a whole nother meaning to engaging with the community and with Trailhead and just starting your journey. So, super pumped there.
I also love the learning panel. So, now on any question page or topic page, we have related learning, which pulls in automatically Trailhead learning that corresponds to the conversations that are happening. So, if a lot of people are talking about Lightning Web Components and using that hashtag and that topic, we'll pull in learning that corresponds to that. So, people can proactively start learning about Lightning Web Components. So, we're connecting the dots, which people were really excited about, we got awesome feedback about that part.
And then, also third, that it's mobile. We had a whole two other development teams that we were working with. Chelsey Smith is the PM, who did an awesome job. And we built a completely custom mobile native apps in iOS and Android with all of the core Trailblazer Community functionality there. So, those three things get me really pumped up and it's again, a long time coming. I think it's been received very well. Everyone's very excited about it. And the developers are really pumped to have made some things, this cool, happen. Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Mobile alone, I think, makes everyone cry tears of joy because I mean, Jessica, you know this, especially in the before times at events, right, that was one of the most frustrating things is that we had to use Twitter because you just could not get to the Trailblazer Community on your mobile device.

Jessica Langsto...: That's right. Yeah. And I mean, it makes my job, my team's job easier. It's really amazing and I think just changing the way that we operate and really getting that more real-time dialogue because people can do it on the go.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. And Emily, I mean, the way you were able to connect all of the things, right? I mean, we have so many great ways that we interact with our community and the community interacts with each other, and your description of connecting the learning, giving a today experience of a home base really, in the community experience, those are huge. And I mean, working on it for two years, I can only imagine all of the feedback and all of the input you got from our community.

Emily Hudson: Yeah. Yeah, I'm sure people were sick of hearing from me too, after a while. I was like, "Hey, you signed up for that one session a year ago. I'm back with more questions."

Gillian Bruce: Never. Never.

Emily Hudson: Definitely, we got a lot of customer feedback throughout, it was really fun too, just to hear specific stories of, "I really just want to be able to jump in and do this quickly." Or, "I'm really stuck today on how I can customize this thing." So again, also we have a massive backlog now of tons of ideas from our Trailblazers throughout the years, that we definitely want to do. This was just the first iteration of getting it out the door. But I think the launch itself is basically, multiple releases in one, just for all the goodness that we're bringing. So, it was exciting.

Gillian Bruce: Well, congratulations to you and your team. I know it was a huge feat and yeah, I bet that backlog is just waiting for you. It's just ready to go.

Emily Hudson: Oh, yeah.

Gillian Bruce: So, Jessica, can you talk to us a little bit about maybe some of the love and reactions and things that you've seen from the community?

Jessica Langsto...: Yeah. I mean, honestly the launch day was one of my favorite days, probably in my tenure at Salesforce. It was just so fun, so exciting, so positive. I think people have been waiting for this, to be able to really touch it, feel it, go in there and use it. It was just thrilling. And we saw people engaging in all the groups and sharing the love on Twitter. And it was just super exciting and just a great launch. I mean, it was overall super positive and that was really fun to see.

Gillian Bruce: So, one thing I'd like to talk about, we are on the admins podcast, so we are talking to the admin audience, which I know relies very heavily on the Trailblazer Community. Now, Jessica, you briefly mentioned about how this will change the way that your team works, essentially, whose job it is to help the community do what they do and be awesome and stay connected. Can you talk to us a little bit about maybe some of the overarching how you see this playing into the admin universe, awesome admin land as I call it. The role of the community has always been huge, but this new relaunch, what are some things that you're excited about helping them change or helping them get better?

Jessica Langsto...: Yeah. I think it's definitely going to be a game changer in how people collaborate. And I think especially in groups and within topics, but even in addition to that, we do love our community groups and we have amazing admin groups all over the world. And this is just the first iteration, but we're really trying to make that experience even better, because right now, even to go register for community group meetings, that's going to be a separate experience, but we are looking to bring that even closer together. And that is really exciting and near and dear to my heart, is just making it easier to find groups in your area, register for the events and then collaborate asynchronously within your collaboration group. Bringing that whole community experience together, I think will be super exciting, especially for admins because I know that they love going to group meetings and connecting and learning together.

Gillian Bruce: Not to completely co-opt and probably misspeak about some of our corporate branding, but this is like the admin community 360 in some ways.

Jessica Langsto...: I like it.

Gillian Bruce: I'm going to get in trouble for saying that, I'm sure. So Emily, you gave an overview of your top three big things. Jessica just mentioned topics. Can you give us a little bit more insight into how topics play into this new experience? Because from my perspective, it feels like topics are going to be so much more powerful and easy to use in this new community.

Emily Hudson: Yeah, definitely, topics are going to be the bread and butter for engagement, I think. So, for those of y'all who used the old Trailblazer Community, you're familiar with the answers tab, which had the question categories and the left-hand side. And then, there was the separate collaboration tab and that had all the group posts, but you couldn't ask an official question on that tab. And you could hashtag topics, but they were unrelated to the question categories. So, what we did here is we broke down that barrier between the question categories and topics, and now they're all just topics.
So, we have featured topics that are Salesforce managed and we're defining what those are. There's filters, so you can find which ones make sense. And then, there's customer created topics still, but basically topics are a way to tag conversations that are about the same subject matter, so similar to Twitter hashtags. And then, basically, a product could be a topic of, "Hey, everyone who's asking about #LightningWebComponents, I have a question here and I need someone to help." So, then other people who are interested in it or experts on Lightning Web Components would follow that topic, see your question show up in their feed and be able to respond. And then, everyone is able to benefit from that question and answer interaction because topics are public and topics show up on the feed of everyone because they involve the questions that are asked.
So, it's basically, for brand new users coming in, it's intuitive, it makes sense. There's one way to ask a question. When you're asking a question, you can add a group, if you want to say, @mention, "Hey, developers of Detroit, check this out." You can also @mention a specific Trailblazer's name or you could add a topic. So, it basically just makes it really streamlined to get what you want to say, to the right audience, and topics are the way to connect everything across the whole community in a very easy to tag way. And the future of topics ... I'm going on and on because I love topics. The future of topics-

Gillian Bruce: It's a topic we can never get tired of it, so keep going.

Emily Hudson: Exactly. The future of topics is really powerful too, because topics, because right now they're just a way to tag conversations and they're this standardization of categories that people are talking about, we'll be able to apply Trailhead learning to those topics too. So, that guided learning that's about the exact same information as a topic, all of that can show up in one place. And then, also eventually documentation, help articles and IdeaExchange ideas and other third-party content that's about that subject matter, we can pool all that together and have it live in one place and connected. And it's basically just a way to break down the current barriers we have and streamline what people are looking for.
Because at the end of the day, Trailblazers know they have a question about something or want to learn about something and they have that something in mind, they're not first thinking of content type or website. They just want to learn about Lightning Web Components. And then, once they're there, they can read a blog, read a documentation, ask a question, follow someone who's an expert on it, see who the top leaders are, all of that can happen once they're within that world. So, I'm really excited about what topics can unlock in the future.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, that's so, so awesome. I'm already happy. I've been poking around in there and it's just, the topic thing is, it's game changing because you have these parallel experiences, as you mentioned, right? You'd have the answers forum, you'd have the collaboration tab. It was all over the place. It was great, you could still get really great information, but it was all very siloed and separate experience. Yeah. Thank you for pooling that together.

Emily Hudson: Yeah. And it was actually, like you said, it was effective. People were using it. We have a lot of interesting metrics about how it helps people maximize their use of the Salesforce platform and become a leader in their areas. But think about how much more it could do, now that it doesn't have this clunky onboarding process where you have to be like, "Oh, I can't ask a question to a group, I have to do this there. And I have to send someone the URL of a question I asked, instead of @mentioning them." So, all of these just restrictions and limitations and stuff were gotten rid of in this new release. Yeah, really excited about that and what this can unlock for all the admins out there, all the new users, the experts, everyone who's engaging with the Trailblazer Community.

Gillian Bruce: Love it. Love it. So Jessica, the Trailblazer Community experience has been more important than ever in the last year-and-a-half. Can you talk to us a little bit about, maybe some things you've been seeing from the community about stuff that they've been using more or things that you think will be especially valuable in the new era that we are all living in and that digital connection is really the main connection these days?

Jessica Langsto...: Yeah. I mean, I think you definitely nailed it there. I think we've all pivoted a lot to virtual and our community had to do the same. We actually were running a largely in-person community, where people were meeting at local coffee shops and different meeting venues just to host their meetings. And when that all halted, it was a quick pivot to try to switch to all virtual. So, I think we are definitely seeing more engagement, both on the online platform as well as what's been really interesting to see is, people are still hosting virtual meetings, but people are joining meetings all over the world, which is pretty fantastic. So, we've seen a lot more of that cross-pollinization between people joining meetings in India or someone who's in India, joining a group in the US. And it's broken down those barriers that were previously just created by just geography, right?
You don't have to fly to go to a meeting in another country. So, it's been really fascinating to see. And I think now more than ever, enhancing our online platform for Trailblazers to connect is so important. We couldn't have really planned that, but it really is the best timing because I think now we're seeing such high engagement. So, it's nice to also further break down the barriers for the online platform and just making it mobile-friendly. Again, it's a game changer. And I just anticipate that with this new launch, we're going to see those numbers continue to climb.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. The timing couldn't have been better. So good thing, Emily, you started working on this two years ago, so that we could get it now.

Emily Hudson: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: So, I am sure that there are many people listening that are currently right now in the community, poking around, playing around. If they have feedback and more ideas for you, Emily and your team, what's the best way to submit those?

Emily Hudson: Great question. There is an IdeaExchange category where you all should go and submit your ideas there and then upvote each other's ideas. And we'll be monitoring that and see which ideas bubble to the top. If you go to the IdeaExchange, it's inside of the one called Your Trailblazer Experience, and then you'll see the Trailblazer Community category. So, ideas.salesforce.com and then Your Salesforce Experience and Trailblazer Community. If you see anything that's broken or anything, we also have a topic in the Trailblazer Community where you can go and ask a specific question or report a bug. And that topic is called I think, Trailblazer Community Help. Is that right, Jessica?

Jessica Langsto...: I think that is right.

Emily Hudson: Okay.

Jessica Langsto...: Nailed it.

Emily Hudson: Looking now, but yes. So it's, Trailblazer Community Help will be your place to ask specific or log certain bugs or tweet at me or at Jessica Langston. I am opening up a Pandora's Box there, but we're here and excited and want thoughts and feedback and all that.

Jessica Langsto...: Absolutely.

Gillian Bruce: Well, y'all heard it, just hit up Jessica and Emily, if you have things that you would like to see.

Emily Hudson: Oh no, what did I do?

Gillian Bruce: They just have a very short list of things they're working on. So, sure, they'll bump yours to the top of the list.

Emily Hudson: Okay.

Gillian Bruce: Well, seriously, Jessica and Emily, thank you both so much. This is such a huge innovation. It's going to help admins and our Trailblazer Community just immensely. I mean, just being able to log in from your phone, are you kidding me? That's game changing. So, huge thanks to you and your teams. I know you've been working so hard to get this done. And behalf on admins everywhere, I very much thank you for your hard work.

Emily Hudson: Thank you so much for having us.

Jessica Langsto...: Well, thank you, Emily.

Emily Hudson: Yeah. And everyone. This has been a massive, cross-team effort, across tons of teams on team Trailhead. So, we're really excited to be able to share it with y'all and hopefully you enjoy it as well. And thank you for having us and letting us talk about it. I love talking about it.

Gillian Bruce: Well, don't worry, I'm sure we'll be back next time you do a new release.

Emily Hudson: Perfect.

Gillian Bruce: So, we'll hit you up. You're not allowed to go anywhere. I know how to find you both.

Jessica Langsto...: Absolutely.

Gillian Bruce: Well, again, thank you so much for joining us on the podcast and we will check back in with you for that next huge Trailblazer Community release.

Emily Hudson: All right. Sounds good. Stay tuned.

Gillian Bruce: Thank you so much. So, huge thanks to Jessica and Emily for taking the time to chat. It was so great to catch up with both of them, hear more about the Trailblazer Community relaunch and all of the incredible innovations. I mean, gosh, Emily and her team worked so hard and I loved hearing about the long, two-year process that she and her team took to really gather all the feedback and really make this new experience and design it from scratch, which is amazing.
So, couple of things I wanted to highlight from our conversation. First of all, I love that Emily outlined her top three features that she thinks are the coolest parts of the new work community. That's that today experience, right when you log in and you can see where you're at, see all of your stuff in one place. That related learning capability, so now instead of having to go hunt on Trailhead and paste the badge that you think would help that person who asked the question, it's going to pool all that related Trailhead learning right there within the experience, to make it super easy to get what you need and to help, but you help each other.
And then, finally mobile, oh my gosh, I am so happy about this. I have been wanting this forever. You can now access the Trailblazer Community on your mobile device. Huge and awesome. So, make sure that you log onto the Trailblazer Community, check out these new innovations. Also, topics are awesome. Topics are really going to make it so much easier to get everything you need in one place, ask the questions, answer the questions, find the related discussions and learnings. And if you've got an idea for more things you'd like to see added to this new experience, which I'm sure you will have some more ideas, as Emily mentioned, go to the IdeaExchange and you can definitely submit your idea there.
Or, as both Jessica and Emily called out, you can just reach out to them on Twitter and we can put our ideas up there. And I think if anything else, definitely give Jessica and Emily some love, because this was a huge, huge effort. And I think it's really going to make a big difference for everyone in the community, myself, you, listener, anyone who is doing anything with Salesforce. This is just such a better experience in order to connect with each other around the world. So, check it out.
As always, if you want more about how you can be an awesome admin, check us out at admin.salesforce.com, where you can find blogs, events, videos, and yes, more podcasts. If you like what you hear on the podcast, let us know. We'd love to hear what you think. Leave us a review, whether that's on Apple Podcast or you want to drop us a note on Twitter, that would be awesome. You can find myself @gilliankbruce. My co-host, Mike Gerholdt, @MikeGerholdt. And if you want to give our guests today, some love on Twitter, you can find Emily @EmilySFDC, and Jessica is on Twitter @LangstonJessica. So, super easy to find them, give them some love, say thank you for this amazing new Trailblazer Community experience. And with that, I hope you all have a fantastic rest of your day and I'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we sit down with Brian Kwong, Vice President of Delivery and Operations at Better Partners and Salesforce MVP. He’s one of the hosts of the Salesforce WizardCast and a self-described Flownatic, so we wanted to recap all the new Flow and Orchestrator features from TrailheaDX.

Join us as we talk about how Brian approaches TrailheaDX and why Flow is the future.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Brian Kwong.

Why Flow is the future.

Brian wears many different hats in the Salesforce community, from his role as co-leader of the Madison, Wisconsin user group to his work as a Salesforce MVP to literally wearing a wizard hat when he walks around at Dreamforce. As a host of the Salesforce Wizardcast, he wants to be sure people know where to find him.

Brian is an original flownatic, so needless to say he found a lot to get excited about in this year’s TrailheaDX. “If someone has not touched automation at all, the very first thing they need to do is look at Flow, and specifically look at record triggered Flows,” he says, “because Flow is the future. It’s something Mark Ross and I joked about years ago but it’s now here.” The list of things you can do without ever having to code is growing every day, and it’s only going to get longer with the new things coming down the pipeline.

New demos and even more Flow features.

At TrailheaDX we saw some pretty exciting demos for Next Best Action, Flow Orchestrator, and multi-column flows. “You can make data entry a lot easier to use by putting things that are paired together next to each other,” Brian says, and there are a lot of other quality of life improvements with collapsible sections to make it easier to navigate large flows.

For Flow Orchestrator, there are tons of new ways to help organize multi-step processes that interact with multiple users. “If you have something where it’s bouncing back and forth between people with different stages,” Brian says, “Flow Orchestrator looks like a really good way to manage that.” Think about managing something like an approval process, where you need to hand off the same thing to different people and departments.

Getting the most out of TrailheaDX.

“One of the biggest benefits I get out of TrailheaDX sessions is trying to break out of what I had thought of for the last ten years and see what new people are thinking and saying and experiencing,” Brian says. Since everything is recorded, he’s going to go back and watch at least the first five minutes of each session, and probably make some repeat viewings of more than a few of them. All the sessions are up, so make sure to go the TrailheaDX site to catch up on what you missed.

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Links: * TrailheaDX * Be an Innovator With Design Live * My Journey to Architect with Nana Gregg * The Salesforce WizardCast

Social: * Brian: @Kwongerific * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

Another month, another retro on the Salesforce Admins Podcast. In this episode, we’ll go over all the top Salesforce product, community, and careers content for June. This monthly, a lot of that content was centered around a little something called TrailheaDX.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation between Gillian and Mike.

A big announcement

If you haven’t noticed the link at the bottom of the last couple episodes, YOU CAN GET PODCAST SWAG. You can get a cool Salesforce Admins Podcast shirt, a Cloudy plushy with his own mini #AwesomeAdmin sweater, or even a custom mic if you want to host your own show. It’s US-only for now, but EMEA and APAC SKUs are coming soon!

Shoutouts to Jonathan Foerster and Jane Elliott, who’ve already gotten in on the action.

Friday, June 5th: Post TrailheaDX Coffee Chat on Twitter Spaces

The entire Admin Evangelist team will be on a Twitter Space on Mike’s handle (@MikeGerholdt) for a post-TrailheaDX conversation. It’s a lot easier to participate on mobile, so we recommend checking it out from there. Think of it like running into us after an in-person event at the airport lounge (or the bar).

TrailheaDX podcast episodes

There were tons of great highlights from TrailheaDX. We kicked things off with an amazing performance from Fitz and the Tantrums, followed by appearances by Parker Harris, Leah McGowen-Hare, and our own LeeAnne Rime showcasing some amazing innovations with our technology.

If you missed it, don’t worry, it’ll be available early next week online for you to catch up. We had a lot of the speakers visit the pod throughout June, so those episodes would be a good place to start.

  • Behind the Return to Work TDX Session with Sonia Flamm
  • Behind the Einstein TDX Session with Krithika Viswanathan and Matthew Barnhart
  • Behind the Mulesoft TDX Session with Ashley Simons and David Louie

Podcasts about snakes

Make sure to listen to the full episode for our monthly gameshow. This time, it’s TDX or DTX. One thing that came up was the science of snakes, so we wanted to point you to a couple of our favorite science podcasts.

  • Science Vs: SNAKES!
  • 99% Invisible: Science vs. Snakes

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Social * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Mike: @MikeGerholdt * Gillian: @GillianKBruce

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast and the June, or should we say TrailheaDX monthly retro for 2021. I'm your host, Gillian Bruce, and in this episode, we will review the top product, community, and careers content for June, which also contained a little something we call TrailheaDX. And to help me do that, I am joined by the one and only Mike Gerholdt. Hey Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: Hey Gillian. My calendar doesn't say June, it just says TrailheaDX.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, I think that's the permanent renaming of the month of June.

Mike Gerholdt: April, May, TrailheaDX, July, August.

Gillian Bruce: That's pretty much the way the calendar works. Yes. I mean, Mike, before we get into content, I have to make a huge shout-out because, oh my gosh, in case people haven't already realized you can get podcast swag, Salesforce Admins Podcast swag. Mike, I know you've been sharing out a lot of links to remind people that you can go get podcast swag, but on the Trailhead store, we have some really cool Salesforce Admins Podcast items that anyone can order. And, I think you have a little fun announcement.

Mike Gerholdt: I do. So truth be told, I've ordered everything on the store for podcast swag. I'm wearing my podcast shirt right now. I love wearing it down the street. It gets so much attention. I was sitting at a neighbor's house in the backyard and they're like, now, Salesforce, what do you do? And I had the podcast shirt on, it was like, well, actually this is my podcast shirt that I host and it's a pod... And it was just fabulous, it was one of those times where it was fun. But for those listening, I hear you, EMEA and APAC does not have enough swag in your store. So I pulled all the email I could, and I'm happy to say that there's more skews coming to the EMEA and APAC store for podcast swag.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. So, that means it's not just going to be limited to those ordering within the US, which is very exciting. So yeah, if you've been over on another continent and been wanting to get some Salesforce Admins Podcast swag, you're going to have more, it's going to be great.

Mike Gerholdt: More, more, and shout-out to Jonathan Forrester. I think I'm saying your name right, Forrester, Forrester.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, I believe he actually submitted a no silly questions video.

Mike Gerholdt: Perfect. Did he drink coffee from his podcast tumbler mug?

Gillian Bruce: This was pre Salesforce Admins swag being available, so-

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. That's fine. You're forgiven, but yeah. Thanks for tweeting out the picture of the mug.

Gillian Bruce: The mug is awesome. I will say that I love my mug because I sip it on video calls and people are like, "Hey, what is that?"

Mike Gerholdt: Isn't that the podcast you're on? That's a sweet mug. And shout-out to Jane Elliott who went with a heather gray podcast shirt. I went with the blue and I totally hear you on the stiffness of the shirt, but I like the really rainbowy, cloudy, so I went with that.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I mean, speaking of cloudy, there's also a cloudy plushy with a Salesforce Admins Podcast shirt on it, which is amazing.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I have that too, yep. Got that too. It's over with my other plushy stuffed animal collection.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, at Salesforce, we are obsessed with our swag. So if you're looking to add more to your collection, check out the Salesforce Admins Podcast Swag on the Trailhead store.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep, moving right along. So if you're listening to this pod on Thursday, June..

Gillian Bruce: 24th.

Mike Gerholdt: Was it 24th? Awesome. Look at that, get the date right, Mike. We will be hosting, I will be hosting tomorrow, Friday, June 25th on my Twitter handle, a Twitter space and we're calling it Post-TrailheaDX Coffee Chat on Twitter Spaces. And joining me is the whole Evangelist team. So LeeAnne will be there, Gillian, you're going to be there, and I'll be there. It's going to be awesome.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. And I think Jay and Jen might even be able to join us as well, our two new team members, which will be really fun. So yeah, it'll be a great kind of a post-Trailhead DX coming together, chatting about fun stuff, whatever you want. Don't be scared. It's a coffee chat. Even if you got something that's not even directly related to Salesforce Admins anything, come be with us, we miss people.

Mike Gerholdt: And lessons learned from the last Twitter Spaces that we did, we'll tell you how to request to speak.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Pro tip, use your mobile device to join us because it's way easier to participate in Twitter Spaces via your mobile device than on your desktop. So, that's something we learned. Every time we do these things, we learn more, it's great.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. So think of it like, when you would run into us at the airport lounge after TrailheaDX as we're all getting on flights...

Gillian Bruce: Definitely not the bar because there's no alcohol...

Mike Gerholdt: And you're like oh, hey, we never had time to chat. And we can catch up, it'll be a fun Twitter space.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. If you've never done a Twitter space before, it's super easy. It's audio-only, and literally, it's just an audio-only kind of chat room situation. So everyone is welcome, it's super easy to participate. There's no planned agenda or anything, we'll just be chatting about stuff and things. And yeah, just to kind of a fun way to connect. So, join us if you can.

Mike Gerholdt: Gillian, let's talk about TrailheaDX, The big thing that we did yesterday.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, there's a little thing that just happened called TrailheaDX. So, it's our annual, now annual, I guess it's been six times now, it's crazy we've been doing this for six... This is the sixth TrailheaDX. So, we call it our developer conference, but it's really for basically all of our technical folks. So it's for admins, it's for architects, it's for developers, for IT leaders. And wow, it was quite a broadcast. So, we kicked off the day bright and early at 8:45 AM Pacific time with an amazing performance from Fitz and The Tantrums, so hopefully you were able to join us for that. And then we had a great, amazing main show, where Parker Harris, Leah McGowen-Hare, and all kinds of special guests, including our very own LeeAnne Rimel, showcase some amazing innovations with our technology.
If you missed it, don't worry. It will be available. It probably won't be available until early next week because the team needs some time to kind of sort things out. But, I mean, this is basically our TrailheaDX main show here to kind of kick off the day, really great customer stories, some really cool stuff that you're definitely going to want to be able to watch and tune into if you didn't already catch it yesterday. And, then I mean, then it got real, because then we launched our five channel broadcast.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, not one or two or three, but five channel.

Gillian Bruce: Apparently Salesforce is now a TV station, or not a station, a network because we've got five channels.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, well, many networks, right? Five channels. Yeah. So, Admin channel was channel two and we had four sessions and a Meet the Teams episode. So for those listening, you know that we've had a lot of the speakers on throughout June. So kicking off just last week, we had Ashley Simmons and David Louie on that kicked off the channel, talking about MuleSoft Composer, which I will tell you again, if you've not listened to that episode, our whole team is excited for Composer because now you're able to do stuff and really bring that customer 360 in with integrations and not having to worry about code. Composer's just so cool. And, the UI is really great and it's all inside Salesforce. So you get to see that demo. I also love the-, let's see if you're listening to this and maybe you didn't hear it, there's an Easter egg and it's a superhero Easter egg in that, so go back and watch that. And if you've watched the episode, you know what I'm talking about,
The second episode that we had was LeeAnne. So, on top of Gillian, you being everywhere, LeeAnne was apparently everywhere. She was in the Keynote, she was also in an episode, but she worked with Sonia Flamm, who is the executive director for Salesforce Strategy & Partner Alliance lead at Cognizant ATG to talk about returning to work and really just kind of returning to the office. So, I know we're going through a lot of this at Salesforce, I'm sure a lot of our listeners are, and I love this episode because it's a great interview style with a demo that shows you how Sonia was the lead admin at her organization to really drive that RTO or return to the office as she called it. And I love putting admins in that position. I love it when we're in the driver's seat.

Gillian Bruce: It's a really great episode. It's a really great, powerful story. I think everyone can get something from watching that episode. So if you did miss it, don't worry. You'll be able to go back and view it. But Mike, like you said, this is relevant to everyone right now because everyone's trying to figure out some sort of return to office strategy. So, check it out.

Mike Gerholdt: I was at a hotel the other weekend and they had stickers on the floor of the elevator where you could stand and couldn't stand.

Gillian Bruce: Yup, I think we're all so used to looking down at the floor to see where we're supposed to be now.

Mike Gerholdt: I know. Good, long overdue. So smack dab in the middle of our channel, we did a live broadcast called Meet the Teams where you get to talk with the automation team. So Diana Jaffe, Antoine Cabot, and let's see, Alex Edelstein was on there. We talked Flow Orchestrator, we took your questions live. I mean, that was, it's always nice to throw in a live segment in the middle of a broadcast just to keep the team on its toes.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I don't know anything about that, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Gillian Bruce: You're live every single break with a bunch of amazing trailblazers from around the world. So, that's how we roll.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Why have a safety net, who needs one?

Gillian Bruce: But no, I mean, automation is a hugely important topic for everyone in Salesforce space, especially as admins. So, it was great to get all those experts together in one spot and get some questions answered.

Mike Gerholdt: And then Gillian, of course, you helped out with security for admins episode, which followed Meet the Teams, Laura Pelkey and Kerry Schoepfle talk. That was fun.

Gillian Bruce: It's Kerry Schoepfle.

Mike Gerholdt: Did I say that? I said that wrong.

Gillian Bruce: It's okay. It was my episode, it's fine.

Mike Gerholdt: Do you want to talk about your episode?

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, sure. So, I mean, it's security, again, something that's near and dear to every admin's core, core duties as an admin, right. What's great is that Laura and Kerry really broke it down into some really simple steps where there's actually a checklist that you can all access by going to admin.salesforce.com/security so that you can make sure that you have the follow-along guide to help make sure that you are taking all the appropriate steps to become a security champion in your organization. And, Kerry specifically talked about her journey of setting up a multi-factor authentication or MFA at her organization, which we will all need to do by February 2022. God, why was that a tongue twister, but February 2022, every Salesforce organization must enable multifactor authentication because it's the easiest way to secure the data in your org. We all know how important that is given all of the news lately about all these crazy ransomware attacks and hackers and whatnot. So, it's really important to do, and Kerry and Laura lay out some easy ways for you to get going.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, and Kerry also sets the bar for work-from-home backgrounds.

Gillian Bruce: Okay, her entire office is painted Salesforce blue, I mean, come on. That's next level.

Mike Gerholdt: I know, seriously. I have blue foam, that's pretty close.

Gillian Bruce: It's pretty good, pretty good.

Mike Gerholdt: So then we rounded out the channel and I hope, I hope, I hope if you're listening to this podcast that you have some FOMO because you really want to go back and watch Drive Sales Productivity with AI and Activity Capture. And if you missed it, you need to go back and watch it. It sounds like a salesy, not for Salesforce admins episode. This is the episode I, on top of the whole channel, produced. And, Krithika Viswanathan and Matthew Barnhart put together an amazing demo to show you how to enable Sales Cloud Einstein. And most importantly, what we've been hearing from all of the user groups is yeah, but how do I get Einstein Activity Capture up and running, that in the demo, Matthew walks you through, layering it on the Sales Cloud Einstein, and Matthew's just the sweetest guy. Krithika kicks off the episode, it's super fun. I hope you did not skip this episode, and if you did better have a good reason.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, it's one I think that people will go back and view several times because I do think it is incredibly valuable. So, stay tuned early next week, I bet they will be available. And, if you missed it, you should definitely check it out.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep. Yep. And how about that? We did a whole bunch of sessions and you didn't see a single slide except during Meet the Teams. So, nothing but people talking at you and demos because that's what I wanted.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, it was so much great content. Also, if you were able to tune in live yesterday, you got a special treat with a live Luminary session with Mindy Kaling and Leah McGowen-Hare, which was pretty amazing. And then, we had a true to the core session with our senior leaders at Salesforce. So hopefully, you were able to tune in and get some questions answered, and yeah, check out the recordings that are coming early next week. It should be really great. And, thank you so much for joining us for those of you who did and who were active on Twitter and it's TrailheaDX '21, that's a wrap.

Mike Gerholdt: I'm still catching up on Twitter.

Gillian Bruce: I don't think it's ever possible to fully catch up.

Mike Gerholdt: It's just, it's fire hose coming at ya.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: But anyway, I happen to think, Gillian for all of these retros, we've been doing something fun every month and...

Gillian Bruce: Yes, we have.

Mike Gerholdt: It dawned on me that we often, the hashtag for TrailheaDX is TDX, for Dreamforce this last year it was DTX, so I happen to think what if we played a game called TDX or DTX?

Gillian Bruce: Okay, I like it, because I do mess those up all the time when I'm talking about the various events.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean there's a T, a D, and an X in there. It's just, that really matters the order that you put it in.

Gillian Bruce: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: I've picked three descriptions and you tell me, is it TDX or DTX?

Gillian Bruce: So, these are things that go by either one of those acronyms?

Mike Gerholdt: Yes.

Gillian Bruce: Okay. All right. I'm ready.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. So is it TDX or DTX? First description, five-piece electric drum set with silicone rubber pads and four symbols.

Gillian Bruce: This sounds like a lot of fun. Also, the electronic drum set sounds a lot quieter than an actual drum set. I might have to keep that in mind as my child gets older.

Mike Gerholdt: Right, you should probably hook headphones up to it.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, yes. Well, let's see, since it's a drum set, I'm going to guess it probably starts with a D, so I'm going to go with DTX.

Mike Gerholdt: You would be correct. It is the Yamaha DTX Electronic Drum Set.

Gillian Bruce: Okay, I like it. All right. One for one.

Mike Gerholdt: One for one, batting a thousand. Okay, DTX or TDX? Accelerate your ability to create consumer-grade experiences.

Gillian Bruce: God, that sounds like a bunch of marketing jargon, sounds like fluff to me, Mike. We're good stuff, no fluff here in the admin land. Accelerate your ability to create customer-grade experiences. I don't know. Just for the heck of it, I guess I'll go TDX.

Mike Gerholdt: You would be also correct, ding, ding, ding. It is the description part of the description for Omnis Studio demo.

Gillian Bruce: Okay, well, there you go.

Mike Gerholdt: I couldn't include all of the description, because it clearly would have called out what it was. Okay, that's two of three. Can you bat a thousand? I suppose that's the-

Gillian Bruce: Let me stretch it out here, I'm ready.

Mike Gerholdt: Baseball term. Hit a home run.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: So, last one. Is it TDX or DTX? It is a class of snake neurotoxin.

Gillian Bruce: Yikes. This is where I'm going to drop the super nerdy podcast I listened to in the last few months about neurotoxins and snake venom, anti-venom.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, yeah.

Gillian Bruce: It's crazy. You know that they create most of antivenom by using cows?

Mike Gerholdt: Really?

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: What do the cows have to do?

Gillian Bruce: The cows make the antibodies that help fight the venom and then we harvest it from them and then create antivenom, anyway.

Mike Gerholdt: What they just tell the cow to do it or-

Gillian Bruce: No, no, it's all injected. They basically inject tiny amounts of venom into the cow, and then they don't die because it's just a tiny amount and they produce it. Or maybe it's horses, it's horses. Sorry, it's horses. Anyway, total rabbit hole. Okay, class of snake neurotoxin. Maybe since it's a toxin, it starts with T, so TDX.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, so close, no, it's DTX. It's actually, God knows how you say this, dendrotoxin.

Gillian Bruce: Okay, all right.

Mike Gerholdt: Often referred to as DTX.

Gillian Bruce: Okay, well, that's good to know. Any idea which snake makes that neurotoxin? `

Mike Gerholdt: No, but I'll link to the Wikipedia article, and people can read about it. I was just trying to find a really hard description to trip you up.

Gillian Bruce: That's great. Yeah, I'll put the link to my super nerdy podcast I listened to about how you create antivenom, just because I dropped that.

Mike Gerholdt: With the horse.

Gillian Bruce: With the horse, yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Of course.

Gillian Bruce: And, we've been making it the same way for like a hundred years, it's crazy.

Mike Gerholdt: Hmm. You'd think we could find a better way.

Gillian Bruce: I know, well, that's what the podcast is about.

Mike Gerholdt: That's what Salesforce needs, they need to manage that with Salesforce.

Gillian Bruce: I mean maybe, maybe.

Mike Gerholdt: It's the snake toxin. Okay. Well, I hope you like TDX, DTX.

Gillian Bruce: That was fun, thank you. I appreciate it. I learned some new things.

Mike Gerholdt: Drum set, snake venom. If you'd like to learn about all things Salesforce Admin, not drum sets or snake venom, go to admin.salesforce.com to find the links and many resources, including the ones like the podcast Gillian listens to. You can stay up to date with us on social for all things admins. We are @SalesforceAdmns, no I on Twitter. I am on Twitter @MikeGerholdt and Gillian is @gilliankbruce. So with that, thanks for tuning into our post-TrailheaDX / June monthly retro. And if you're listening to this on a Thursday, we will see you tomorrow in our Twitter Spaces. And don't forget to jump on over to the TrailheaDX store, grab some of that sweet Salesforce Admins Podcast swag. And with that, we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

For this week’s episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we are talking with Ashley Simons, Product Management Senior Manager, and David Louie Senior Director, Product Management; MuleSoft Citizen Integration, about their upcoming TrailheaDX session and how Admins can use Mulesoft Composer to integrate with clicks, not code.

Join us as we talk about Ashley and David’s upcoming TrailheaDX session on MuleSoft, and what’s coming next for the platform.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Ashley Simons and David Louie.

How MuleSoft makes integrations easy

TrailheaDX is right around the corner, and we’re kicking off the Admin Channel with a session on MuleSoft. The big idea is to be able to make it easy for Admins and other business users to be able to get the data they need, no matter where it’s stored. Integration is always the elephant in the room, where you need to involve IT just to get the ball rolling, so simplifying the process is a big step forward.

For this TrailheaDX session, Ashley and David wanted to address common questions they’ve heard from the community. Even then, there are a few thing they wished they could have expanded on. Setup is ridiculously easy in MuleSoft, and they wanted to emphasize just how simple it is to implement. And while they highlighted all the amazing ways you can take advantage of MuleSoft right now, they wished they could have shared more about where it’s headed in the future—for example, they’ve launched four connectors even in the time since they’ve recorded the session.

Listen to the full episode for more information, including what Ashley and David do with their free time and what it’s like to report to Shannon Hale.

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Links: * TrailheaDX

Social: * MuleSoft: @MuleSoft * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Mike: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. This week, we're continuing our trek to TrailheaDX, where we talk with Ashley Simons, product management senior manager, and David Louie, senior director product management, MuleSoft citizen integration. That's right. We're talking MuleSoft, and we're going to cover their upcoming TrailheaDX session, and how admins can use MuleSoft composer to integrate clicks, not code. This is such a cool episode. Let's get Ashley and David on the podcast. So Ashley and David, welcome to the podcast.

David Louie: Hey, Mike.

Ashley S: Thanks for having us on.

Mike: Yes. Well, we are days away from TrailheaDX at this moment. If you're listening to this, when it comes out on June 17th, TrailheaDX is right around the corner, and the session that we'll kick off the whole admin channel is on MuleSoft. And I'm so glad to have both of you on. But before we get into the session, before we get into all that, let's jump into our DeLoreans and go back in time a little bit, and let's find out how you got started MuleSoft and your path kind of to Salesforce, and David, I'll start with you this time.

David Louie: Sure thing. Thanks Mike. So my path into MuleSoft was that, I've actually been at Salesforce for about seven years now. And so I joined MuleSoft back in January, but prior to joining MuleSoft, I think in a long time product manager in Sales Cloud. And so Mike, I met you when you were still an MVP and we had probably talked about tasks, or meeting events prior to even lightening existing. And so I've had a long time kind of a relationship with admins, with MVPs and with customization and configuration. But yeah, here on the MuleSoft side, I've jumped on here in order to try to push composer forward and evolve composer with Ashley's help and a couple other PMS.

Mike: Well, that's a great way. Ashley, what was your path to Salesforce?

Ashley S: Yeah, I have been here at MuleSoft now for just shy of three years. And I've been working on composer specifically since its inception actually back in January 2020. But my path to MuleSoft is actually kind of interesting, I was a two time MuleSoft intern actually, while I was an undergrad in college. And so I was an intern back in 2016 and 2017 and then accepted a full-time offer and have been here ever since.

Mike: Wow. Two time? Well, didn't-

Ashley S: Two time. I kept coming back. Couldn't get rid of me.

Mike: Exactly. So I've had the luxury of watching the session because we've reviewed it and it will blow admin's minds. I'm so excited for this and I'm excited for this session because when I was an admin, the number one question I would get from my users was always, how can I see this in Salesforce? And it's like, well, it's stuck in another system, or why doesn't Salesforce update this? And it's, well, that's another system, right? And so I'm super excited for this session. Just the demo is so cool, but I would love to know what is an exciting part of integration that while you've been at MuleSoft, you get to work on? Ashley, we'll start with you.

Ashley S: Ooh, I feel like this is a cop-out answer, and this is very high level, but honestly, since I've been at MuleSoft, the most exciting thing is for me now to learn about this admin audience, because we traditionally at MuleSoft have served a very different audience. And so I know that this is the super high level, but just composer in general, getting to meet this community, starting to learn more about them and take these... I mean, we've learned that it doesn't have to be it that just has these needs, that wants data from different systems to create these experiences, business users, admins have the same needs. And so to find a way to take these same sorts of tools, the integration expertise that MuleSoft has, and really just figure out a new UI, a new way of exposing it. And that's been an interesting challenge that we've been tackling over the past year plus.

Mike: Yeah. And David, I noticed you have citizen integration in your title, which seems to be kind of right in line with what Ashley was saying.

David Louie: Yeah, my favorite part of what we're doing is that we are solving the problems that you identified and we're really hitting our stride in terms of connectivity to more and more systems. And so what excites me about this particular product is that we released it, but every single month, we're releasing more connectors to help Salesforce admins in a no-code fashion, connect those systems up and meet the problems that you had mentioned.

Mike: Oh, so follow on question, because you used the word connector, what's a connector? For those that don't know.

David Louie: A connector. So that is our abstraction layer and the way you connect to a system like Salesforce, like NetSuite, like Stripe. And so what we did with the connectors, it's an intermediate layer that we've created to actually call the APIs for that particular system.

Mike: Oh, okay. That makes way more sense. Thank you.

Ashley S: So actually, jumping on just to what Dave said, to add even a little more color for those of you that are familiar with what a connector is, maybe you've heard about it in another context or even in the MuleSoft ecosystem. One of the things that composer does is it adds an abstraction layer on top of the connectors that we even have in the MuleSoft ecosystem. So it's hiding away a lot of those concepts that you may not be familiar with and trying to make it as easy and out of the box to use as possible.

Mike: Oh, that's nice. Yeah. I will admit that integration to me was always... It felt like a big, do I want to say elephant in the room? I know I need to tackle it. I know the business needs it, but for some reason it's going to be really hard because I have to go over to the IT department and beg for permission to something. So let's talk about your session. What was when you sat down thinking of this new admin community, this new composer, what was your goals for the Trailhead DX session?

Ashley S: I think one goal, at least in our minds was that we know you can see a demo and you've probably maybe even seen existing demos of composer. And that's great. Hopefully this one gives you yet another layer of understanding. But one thing that we do at the end is we kind of banter back and forth a bit and we take you under the covers. And we've been listening in the admin community on the trailblazer community, in slack channels, questions coming from AEs. And so we've collected a list of questions that we get a lot. And so we spend some time going through those questions and answering them and making it a bit more interactive.

David Louie: Yeah. My side is similarly, like I wanted to make sure that we were addressing the session in a broad way that can hit people with where composer was brand new to them. And so they're just learning about, but as Ashley is mentioning that the back and forth banter is to help not just those folks, but even for folks that kind of know about composure and just wanted to hear a little bit more.

Mike: Yeah. I think, and spoiler alert, having watched your session. What I love about as we come off the demo and the Q and A, that you do at the end was every question I was thinking of while I was watching that demo. And I love how you can kind of spell that out at the end of the session, speaking of which we only had limited time for the session. It probably felt like forever when you were recording it, but it was only 25 minutes. If we had more time, let's say an hour, were there things David, that you wanted to include that maybe admins could follow up on later?

David Louie: Couple of things. In the Q and A, we touched on setup, but actually doing a full blown demo of it to show folks how easy it is to get set up. That would have been fantastic. The other thing that Ashley and I do in live calls with customer meetings is, we walk a little bit slower through the demo of creating the flow, explaining the why, explain a little bit more about best practices. If we had an hour, I think we would have done that. We would have kind of extended that demo and gotten a little deeper.

Mike: Ashley, was there anything you wanted to add?

Ashley S: I love Dave's answer. I think that I'm glad he went first. I think the one other thing I would add is obviously always prefacing this with a safe harbor, but I know people are also interested on, where do we go from here? What's on the roadmap? And so I think we would have, at a high level, touched about some of our vision for where composer's going to be going. Like Dave has mentioned already, this is a nascent product. I mean, we're already getting a lot of traction. We're hearing great feedback, but we have a lot of evolution and features that we want to be adding.
So I think Dave touched on the fact that we're going to be adding more and more connectors. We've already launched four additional connectors, I think from when we even recorded the sessions. So we're constantly going to be launching new connectors, so you can connect to the systems that you care about. We're also investing more in troubleshooting capabilities and adding in formulas you can manipulate your data. And so I think that if we had a little more time, we'd probably do a bit of a safe Harbor and visionary look to the future.

Mike: Admins are a huge, huge fan of roadmap stuff. So anytime you can tell us what's coming in the future always, always helps us plan. So, one of the last fun questions and benefit of working at Salesforce is I can see who you report to and not to share too much of our org chart because I want to be sensitive to that. But for those longtime listeners of the pod, David and Ashley, both report to the fabulous Shannon Hale. And I say, fabulous, because she's been on the pod, she has her own, I think, shrine or maybe church in the community. And recently, and I'll link to this in the show notes, came out with a song about composer. So I'm curious because I've never reported to Shannon Hale, but maybe Ashley, we'll start with you. What's it like to report to Shannon Hale?

Ashley S: That is a great question. Well, I mean, I only have great things to say, obviously she's brought the fun side, you'll see the video. It's just awesome and it's brought a lot of energy. But I think on a more serious note, one of the... I don't want to say one of, but one of the biggest things that she's brought to the product is that she brings just such a depth of knowledge of the admin community. And so I come from the MuleSoft side, I have the integration background, but being able to partner with her and learn from her and really get that deeper understanding of what are some of the pain points, what are some of the needs? And so she's been great for that. And I mean, I just love having her as a manager too.

Mike: David, are those one-on-ones tough or are they just a blast? Did she ever show off with a keyboard or a guitar maybe?

David Louie: She has shown up with a mustache and a wig because she was coming off of an internal skit on a Jeopardy!. And so that kind of stuff happens all the time. Like on a serious note, it's great to have her on our team because she comes from that background of not just of Salesforce admins, but most recently flow builder. And so she is very much of the mindset of let's build a fully functional product that meets the needs of the Salesforce admin, but build features and products that admins will love.

Mike: Yeah. I will tell you, the flownatics I believe is the current hashtag or just once we turn composer loose on them, look out, because it's going to be exciting. And Shannon is a blast. She has been on the pod quite a few times and she spoke always at Dreamforce. She's totally cute into the admin community. We love her. She's fabulous. I would love to know as we kind of close things out, so far, I've learned that product managers and product marketing managers at Salesforce, do a lot of really fun tactical things in their free time.
I think a few weeks ago, I let everybody know that I'm really into yard work. I probably have more lawn care stuff in my garage than most people should. And unfortunately, if you're in Iowa right now, you know that the dry grass thing is for real. I've also heard of product mangers that smelt metal and do board games. And one of them that was actually in a focus group for 1980s toys. So Ashley, David, I would love to know, do you have any fun hobbies or something you'd want to share with the admin community outside of just doing awesome MuleSoft stuff?

David Louie: I can go first. So outside of admin stuff, I'm a little ashamed to admit it, but I play Fortnite with my nephew.

Mike: Why ashamed? There's a ton of people that play Fortnite.

David Louie: I'm a mid-forties person that's playing fortnight with 12 year olds. And so at one point my nephew invited his friends and his friends was like, "That's not really your uncle." And they were like, "Yes, I am. I am his uncle." They're like, "No, you're not. You're lying. Show your face." And so I'm terrible at it, but I enjoy doing it because it's bonding time with my nephew.

Mike: I mean, it would be kind of sad if you played Fortnite and you were crushing these 12 year olds' dreams, you know. Ashley, do you have anything that you... Do you show up and crush 12 year olds' hopes and dreams Fortnite or?

Ashley S: No, not my forte. Let's see. One thing I do love doing, I feel like now this seems really boring in comparison, but I just, I love reading historical fiction. That's my favorite all time favorite genre, I get lost in a book. I can just... But the thing for me is I can't put a book down. I have to read it in one sitting. I can't read during the week because I will get no work done. I will cancel all my meetings to finish it. So I refuse to let myself, but if I have a weekend day where I can just sit down, I'll knock out a couple hundred pages and just finish it. I just absolutely love historical fiction.

Mike: Okay, please. So what recently is a fave of yours? Because I have recently discovered historical fiction. I have a friend of mine that loves reading history and knows just about everything there is to know on all the presidents and he recommended, and this is probably like the McDonald's of historical fiction, but Abraham Lincoln, Vampire Slayer to me.

Ashley S: Nice.

Mike: And I thought it was phenomenal. And I am hooked on this historical fiction stuff.

David Louie: [inaudible] movies on that, right?

Mike: Yeah. Oh yeah. It was movie. It wasn't the best movie, but I don't know. I have a low bar now in pandemic times.

Ashley S: Well, I've actually been trying to force myself to branch out because I just absolutely love World War I and World War II, the books that are set during those time period. And so I find myself just anytime I read a description, it's set then, I buy the book and I read it. So I've been trying to remind myself that there are other time periods out there and I should branch out a bit.

Mike: Yeah. Yeah. Okay. I could see that. What was that... Yeah. Well, I liked Abraham Lincoln, Vampire Slayer. I thought that was [crosstalk]. I would also like to think he was a Vampire Slayer and that there's secret things written on the back of the constitution in invisible ink because they invented that in 1776, you know?

Ashley S: Yeah. What was that movie again?

David Louie: National Treasure.

Ashley S: National Treasure? Yeah.

Mike: National Treasure. Yeah. That was actually... So a fun thing that I've recently noticed is a lot of seventies game shows are being revamped and coming back on television now, The $100,000 Pyramid, To Tell The Truth. And there's also some European shows coming over, one of them is called The Chaser, and there was actually a couple of questions from the National Treasure movies in The Chaser episode. Because it's a quiz show that's timed and you're going against somebody else that's a trivia expert. And Benjamin, I think it was Benjamin Dogood or something, was the pen name of what constitutional author? And I was like, oh, I think I know that from the National Treasure movies and everybody in the room that I was watching the show with, looked over at me, like really? Yeah. Sometimes you learn history from...

Ashley S: You do. Just keep your eyes open, ears open.

Mike: Anywhere. Anyway. Well, David, Ashley, this was super fun and I am excited to get into fiction and maybe some Fortnight, see local kids around here, on to do that.

David Louie: Sounds good.

Ashley S: Thanks for having us on, Mike.

Mike: Thank you for being on and we'll see your episode at TrailheaDX here in about a week.

David Louie: Excellent. Thanks Mike.

Ashley S: Woo-hoo.

Mike: Well, it was great to talk with Ashley and David and of course share some of our fun hobbies like Fortnite and historical fiction. Of course, you know I'm into yard stuff, but if you want to learn more about all things Salesforce admin go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. You can stay up to date with us on social. We are @SalesforceAdmns, no I on Twitter. You can follow MuleSoft on Twitter. They are @MuleSoft. My cohost Gillian Bruce is on Twitter @gilliankbruce. And of course I'm on Twitter. Give me a follow as well. I am @MikeGerholdt. And with that stay safe. Stay awesome. And we'll see you next week at TrailheaDX.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got two members of the Salesforce team: Krithika Viswanathan, Product Marketing Manager, and Matthew Barnhart, Product Management Director, about their upcoming TrailheaDX session and how Admins can help organizations sell more effectively with Sales Cloud Einstein and Einstein Activity Capture.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Krithika Viswanathan and Matthew Barnhart.

How Einstein helps your sales reps do more

We wanted to bring Krithika and Matthew on the pod to talk about their upcoming TrailheaDX session that covers Sales Cloud Einstein and Einstein Activity Capture to help you automate more and waste less time. “A lot of the data that we’ve seen has said that the sales landscape has shifted” going into 2021, Kritihika says. Virtual selling is here to stay, your sales reps need to be trusted advisors or consultants to their customers, and data is crucial to make the best decisions and drive growth.

Einstein can help your organization adjust to the changes that are happening all around us. It boosts virtual productivity, gives your reps the information they need when they need it, and helps you make the right decisions at the right time. “With Einstein Activity Capture, the stuff that would feel a bit like busywork just melts away,” Matthew says. It can log your reps’ events, your emails, and any other activities so they can focus on actually making sales without worrying about data entry.

Tips for virtual presentations

When it comes to presenting, there are a few things that are different when you’re doing a virtual event. For Krithika, it was important to remember to present standing up, even though it’s for a webcam. It makes you feel more like you’re actually on stage, helping you get more engaged and giving a little bit of energy.

For Matthew, preparation was key for pulling off a good virtual presentation. He talked through his outline with other product managers to see if it made sense, so he could own the story he was telling with authenticity and confidence.

Even more cool Einstein features coming soon

Krithika and Matthew’s TrailheadX session is a jam-packed 25 minutes, so there were a few things we needed to leave on the cutting room floor. Kritihika points to the fact that there are even more great AI functionality and features coming to Sales Cloud for sales coaching, pipeline reviews, and more.

The best part is that Einstein will keep leveling up. For Matthew, conversation intelligence is just the start. Relationship intelligence is coming soon, and there will be even more AI-powered insights to help your reps know what the next best step is.

Podcast Swag: * Salesforce Admins on the Trailhead Store

Links: * TrailheaDX * Trailhead: Automate Sales Activities

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. This week, we were talking with Krithika Viswanathan, product marketing manager Sales Cloud Einstein, and Matthew Barnhart, product management director for Einstein Activity Capture, about their upcoming TrailheaDX session and how admins can help organizations sell more effectively with Sales Cloud Einstein and Einstein Activity Capture. Let's get Krithika and Matthew on the podcast. Krithika and Matthew, welcome to the podcast.

Matthew Barnha...: Thank you very much.

Krithika Viswan...: Hi Mike. Thanks for having us.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, we are on the road to TrailheaDX, and your session is all about Einstein. I'm super excited because, of course, I've got to see it. But I wanted to get both of you on the pod so that we can talk about what you do at Salesforce and some of the things that we included or couldn't quite fit into that episode. Krithika, I will start with you. Tell me a little bit about how you got started in Salesforce.

Krithika Viswan...: For sure. I actually used to be in consumer product goods, but I did a lot of e-commerce work, and I just saw how quick the tech space was moving. I really wanted to be at a company that was helping other companies be more productive and be more efficient because that was something that we were lacking at my consumer goods company. That's what actually made me shift to Salesforce.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. And Matthew, how did we get you onboard?

Matthew Barnha...: Yeah. I, too, really liked the problem space that Salesforce is working in. I really like working on tools that help businesses run their businesses better. Earlier in my career, I worked for another company that was all about making tools for running, let's say, five to 20 person company's run, and then spent more years of my career, I think, honing my skills until I could work at a company like this one that helps even gigantic companies run their businesses. I love being able to work at this scale and with these resources to deliver really good stuff.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. It's super fun. Speaking of scale, I think that's my attempt at a segue to get us to talk about Sales Cloud Einstein and Einstein Activity Capture, which we feature in the session. The first thing that comes to mind, for me, is how the velocity of the world feels like it's picking up. This podcast is coming out on June 10th. TrailheaDX is June 23rd. It feels like everybody's getting back to focusing on sales and getting some intelligence driving growth. Krithika, I'll start with you. Tell me what was most exciting for you about getting into Sales Cloud Einstein and working on this session?

Krithika Viswan...: Yeah. It's super fun. Speaking of scale, I think that's my attempt at a segue to get us to talk about Sales Cloud Einstein and Einstein Activity Capture, which we feature in the session. The first thing that comes to mind, for me, is how the velocity of the world feels like it's picking up. This podcast is coming out on June 10th. TrailheaDX is June 23rd. It feels like everybody's getting back to focusing on sales and getting some intelligence driving growth. Krithika, I'll start with you. Tell me what was most exciting for you about getting into Sales Cloud Einstein and working on this session?
What was really exciting to me is I feel like Einstein or AI really helps companies be productive virtually and be efficient virtually. It also enables their reps to be trusted advisors because it's improving their time. It's giving them the information they need at their fingertips. Then, back to this point of data, it's helping them make the right decisions at the right time, so they're not wasting their time doing other tasks. I think what I really love about this session is exactly what you said, it's coming at the right time, and it's going to help companies address how the world is shifting and what they can do to keep up with sales.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Matthew, I know my team has been to so many user groups. It's been wonderful that these groups in the admin community have continued. We're virtual, so we were able to join a bunch. I tell you, on everybody's lips was Einstein Activity Capture. I think that was one of the biggest driving factors for me to seek you out in the organization. But tell me why you love Einstein Activity Capture.

Matthew Barnha...: Sure. I really do because what it focuses on is... It levels everything up is the way I think about it. When I started at Salesforce seven years ago, it seems like we were still focused on, "All right, let's do some functionality to make the events object better, or the opportunities object, or tasks." Now, it's gone up a level where Einstein and AI works at a higher level to actually seek out interesting interactions and relationships among all those pieces of data. It's all about having large volumes of data, really. That's where Einstein Activity Capture comes in because, at this point, to work really well, what you need is tons of data, more than a sales rep could spend all day entering into Salesforce.
With Einstein Activity Capture, the stuff that would feel a bit like busywork just melts away. Why should anyone have to worry about logging their events, logging their emails, and so forth? Einstein Activity Capture does that for you so that you can work better and have more time for actual selling. At the same time, Einstein is doing the automated thinking for you. Doesn't really do your thinking for you, but it finds smart tips and interactions and suggestions to make to you. I just like the users can spend more time selling now.

Mike Gerholdt: Now. Yeah. I know when I was an admin, it seemed every sales manager wanted all of their sales reps to just basically put their whole inbox in Salesforce. Then, magically, like X-Men Cerebro, it would spit out some sort of, "Here's what you should be doing next," and, "Read between the lines." I always laugh.

Matthew Barnha...: That is an amazing thing. In the session that you referred to earlier, that we worked on together, I just really liked demoing the email insights feature. That's amazing to me. We've got this whole activity timeline. You're looking at particular contact. There's a whole activity timeline. It's been automatically populated with all the stuff that you need to see. What are the emails and the calls and the tasks and everything else that relates to this contact? That's great to have in chronological order, but it still takes time to go back and read through it all again.
Well, isn't it great if Einstein can basically figure out the gist of the stuff that's in that timeline for you? It's already figured out the gist of the emails. It points out here's the one where pricing got discussed. Now, you open that one, and you read that one. You don't have to read all the 10 emails to remember what's really going on with this particular contact or lead you're interacting with. That's amazing to me. It doesn't think for you, but it points things out. It helps you locate some of those needles in the haystack so that you can really use your time effectively.

Mike Gerholdt: That's a good term. Should use that in the recording needles in the haystack.

Matthew Barnha...: Or separate the wheat from the chaff, one of those.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, my. Now, it's rolling with the analogies. Krithika, presenting on its own, I feel, is a skill that a lot of us have learned throughout the time that we've been working from home. What is one thing that you use as maybe a best practice or a tip that you learned while creating this TrailheaDX session that you feel could be beneficial for other admins as they work from home and do virtual presentations?

Krithika Viswan...: That is a great question. Mine is going to be super simple, and it's standing up while you present. I do feel like, especially in the virtual world, we've all gotten used to sitting down at our computers, and that's become the norm, but for the TrailheaDX session, you'll see that I stood up as I presented, so did Matthew. I feel like that really changes the game a bit and makes it feel like it's an actual presentation that we would have been delivering live at TrailheaDX had the world been a little different. That's something that I've started doing more and more at anything that I'm presenting at even internally. I think it just elevates my energy, and it just makes me look a little more professional and engaged as I'm presenting content virtually.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I will say both of you did an excellent job of staging your backgrounds. In fact, I used a screenshot of it when I had to create a promo video to try and recreate some of it. I thought it was really good. Matthew, same question. You did a really great job in front of the camera. Any tips or anything that you've learned from creating the session?

Matthew Barnha...: First of all, I agree with Kristina. That was good for my posture. I'm actually thinking how I'm slouching right now. It's right. It's right. For me, just the preparation was what was really, really fun. For me to feel comfortable when presenting, I have to feel really comfortable with the material. I could never present material that someone just said, "Present this. Learn these words and say them," because I would know I didn't believe it or didn't understand it. I feel like that would show. For me, it was all about the preparation. I talked to my fellow product managers and bounced some of my ideas off of them. "Here's how I think I'd like to express it. This is my feeling about the story of how Sales Cloud Einstein dovetails into EAC." That preparation made me feel good about what I was going to say. I think that's my secret to presentation success.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I would agree. The standing's very important. I actually had to do that on a call a couple of weeks ago. It felt very different having to stand and deliver versus sit. Krithika, I know if the session was 45 minutes, everybody would ask for two more hours. Unfortunately, the session's only 25 minutes.

Krithika Viswan...: Sorry.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Right. Is there anything that we just couldn't fit in that you feel admins could follow up on or one really exciting thing that they could pay attention to that we perhaps skipped over in the session?

Krithika Viswan...: The only thing I would say is I do think the session is very comprehensive in terms of Sales Cloud Einstein and Einstein Activity Capture. The one thing to keep a lookout for is that Sales Cloud is coming out with a lot more AI functionality and features related to Einstein, whether that's for sales coaching, whether that's for pipeline reviews, and such. There's just many more awesome things that Salesforce is producing related to AI to help your sales reps, to help your sales teams. So just keep a lookout for all of that.

Mike Gerholdt: Imagine that more new stuff.

Krithika Viswan...: We love our new staff.

Mike Gerholdt: Matthew, same question. Do we have anything new coming for Einstein Activity Capture?

Matthew Barnha...: We have lots of good things on the roadmap. I'm really excited about how we continue to up-level it like I was mentioning before about starting with just the basic objects and trying to perfect them. Then, you go a level up and figure out how do you extract a couple of insights from the way these two sets of data interact. We just keep leveling it up. We've got conversation intelligence. But now, we're going to be moving into things like relationship intelligence. You will see soon. Keep your eyes open for what that's going to mean. But it's really exciting: the insights and the suggestions that artificial intelligence are going to be able to make that will really clue sales reps into the best way to spend their time and the next best thing they could be doing for any particular deal they're trying to close.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, well. Hashtag forward-looking statement.

Matthew Barnha...: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: We'll wrap up with just a fun question. I'll start with myself. I'll be honest, if you've listened to podcasts, you know, during quarantine and the last 400 and some days, I really got into lawn care. I really didn't think I would ever get into lawn care. I've probably watched more lawn care videos on YouTube than I care to admit. I used to make fun of my old neighbor for being so specific with his lawn. Now, I'm that guy. But I'd love to know if there's any hobbies or fun things that you chose to focus on when you're not building amazing Einstein stuff in this last year, year and a half. Krithika, I'll start with you.

Krithika Viswan...: I would say that I started baking a lot more. I'm not the best cook. I will be honest. That is something that I started. The only caveat is that I started out the pandemic wanting to be super healthy, and a lot of the stuff I was baking was gluten-free and sugar-free. Then, as the pandemic went on, my baking also changed. Now, I'm baking things with a lot of sugar, a lot of butter, and a lot of cream cheese, or what have you because that's just what's good and life is short, so I'm going to bake to the fullest.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes. I had a family member break out a 1920s apple crisp recipe. Oh, boy! Let me tell you. They knew how to bake back then.

Krithika Viswan...: Oh, they did.

Mike Gerholdt: I'm pro that. Way to go. Matthew, did you pick up anything fun?

Matthew Barnha...: Yeah. Yeah. My activity, especially this last pandemic year, when we were home a lot, was also backyard-related like yours. I do like to build things. I built a big pergola in my backyard, and this built-in-

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, wow!

Matthew Barnha...: ...and this built-in bench seating and some stairs-

Krithika Viswan...: Wow. I'm coming to both of your backyards.

Matthew Barnha...: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Seriously. With baked goods.

Matthew Barnha...: Yeah.

Krithika Viswan...: Yeah.

Matthew Barnha...: I love making stuff and being creative. I get to do that in this job, but I don't create physical stuff in the jobs, so I create physical things in my free time. I'm actually an engineer by training, electrical. That doesn't have much to do with carpentry. If I'm going to attack a project like that, I'm not going to just start hammering things together. I'm actually going to spend time learning how to read span tables and understand how far a two by eight can go versus a two by 10 and just engineer the thing and build it. I guess that I need that to pretend that I'm an engineer. It makes me feel good.

Mike Gerholdt: That's awesome. I do find that a lot of Salesforce employees have very, I'll call it, tactical hobbies, from baking to carpentry, things that you can see the change in. I forget I interviewed a product major that was into smelting of metals.

Matthew Barnha...: Nice.

Mike Gerholdt: There you go, a very tactile thing. But I would agree. You make a lot of stuff, and then you turn the monitor off, and the stuff goes away, so very cool. Well, yes, we should have a backyard cook-off in your pergola. I'd be a fan of that.

Matthew Barnha...: That would be perfect. No, I would like you, maybe you could help mow my lawn. We'll have Krithika's pies under the pergola. I think it would be perfect.

Mike Gerholdt: I like how you put us to work. Good job. [crosstalk].

Matthew Barnha...: That took me months, so I already did the work.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, Krithika and Matthew, thank you for spending time on the podcast. TrailheaDX is June 23rd. Your session rounds out the admin channel. It's going to be super cool. I hope everybody registers and tunes in. We will see you all on the social chat. Thanks for joining.

Krithika Viswan...: Awesome. Thanks for having us.

Matthew Barnha...: Yes, thanks, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: If you want to learn more about all things Salesforce admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. You can stay up to date with us on social. We are @SalesforceAdmns, no I, on Twitter. My cohost Gillian is on Twitter. You can follow her @GillianKBruce. Of course, I'm on Twitter as well @MikeGerholdt. With that, stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you at TrailheaDX.

View Details

For this episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re joined by Sonia Flamm, Salesforce Practice Executive Director at Cognizant's ATG. She’s doing a TrailheaDX session with LeeAnne Rimel, and they share how Admins can help organizations return to the office safely.

Join us as we talk about how to get started with returning to the office, how to set goals, and how to keep everyone’s perspectives in mind.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Sonia Flamm.

How Michele found Salesforce.

Before working at ATG, Sonia managed a health clinic. “It was a great job and lot of great experience, but I knew I was ready for a career change,” she says. It was then that she found ATG, which was looking to hire folks from nontraditional backgrounds and train them as consultants.

While Sonia’s initial assignment was delayed, she was shifted to a team that needed her to get started with Trailhead to have some familiarity with Salesforce, and it was love at first sight. “It was the first time in my life where I had that ah-ha moment of, ‘Oh my gosh, I think I found that thing that I really like doing and it makes sense.’” For the past five and a half years, she’s made it her goal at ATG to grow their Salesforce practice, starting as an Admin Implementation Consultant and project manager and eventually becoming an Architect, a Trailhead Certified Instructor, and the Salesforce Practice Director.

When ATG was acquired by Cognizant, Sonia got to grow her career even further. She’s currently focused not just on how Cognizant’s clients use Salesforce, but also how they use it internally, including implementing solutions to hep the organization safely return to work. “I feel very lucky to be speaking with you guys today and be here—it seems like just yesterday I was new to Salesforce, listening to these podcasts, and getting really excited about the ecosystem,” she says.

As restrictions are lifted across the country, employees all over are concerned about how to return to work safely. Cognizant added over 80 employees during the pandemic, but how do they make sure they feel taken care of when they can’t connect in person?

One thing that has helped is Work.com and Salesforce Surveys. Combined with Tableau, they’ve been able to get a better feel for how their organization is doing as a whole and give employees a different way to communicate questions or concerns.

“When you’re entering into a project that’s implementing, or you’re setting up Sales Cloud, you have a map or a guide to do that,” Sonia says, “but nobody’s ever really done a return to office implementation.” So the first thing she recommends you do is determining your scope. For Cognizant, that meant starting with one office as a pilot program.

Next, Sonia recommends identifying key project stakeholders to help you identify what exactly you need to do to make reopening possible. “The great thing about Salesforce and Work.com is there’s lots of different components within it, so you can find the solution you need,” she says.

One thing that surprised them the most when they started implementing a plan was the number of employees who wanted to have a blend of staying home and working on location. They actually needed to plan their implementation with three pools of people in mind: those who wanted to stay remote, those who wanted to return to the office, and those who wanted a blend of the two. For Sonia, the focus is on the people behind the technology, and her and LeeAnne’s TrailheaDX session will show how you can have an impact with real-life situations and solutions.

Links: * TrailheaDX * Trailmix: Return to Work

Social: * Sonia: @SoniaFlamm * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * LeeAnne: @LeeAnndroid * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. This week, we're talking with Sonia Flamm, Salesforce Practice, Executive Director at Cognizant's ATG, and LeeAnne Rimel, you know her, she's on the admin team, about their upcoming TrailheaDX session and how Salesforce Admins can help organizations return to the office safely. So, let's get Sonia and LeeAnne on the podcast. So Sonia, welcome to the podcast.

Sonia Flamm: Thank you. Thanks for having me.

Mike Gerholdt: Why don't we get started off. We've got TrailheaDX coming up next week. And you and LeeAnne are doing an amazing session, but kind of a record scratch before we get that far. Let's rewind the clock a little bit and tell everyone how you got started with Salesforce and got to your current role.

Sonia Flamm: Yeah. I love to tell a little bit about my background and how I got to where I'm at today and how that ties into our TrailheaDX session. So, a little bit about myself. I have been with ATG, which is a Cognizant company for just around five and a half years. I come from a non-traditional background where before working at ATG, I actually managed a health clinic. So I worked in the back of a clinic, making sure patients were taken care of and our operations were running smoothly. And it was a great job and a lot of great experience, but I knew I was ready for a career change. I wanted to grow my career. And I was lucky enough to find a company called ATG in Missoula, Montana that was looking to hire folks and take them from non-traditional backgrounds and train them up to be consultants.
When I first started at ATG, I was actually intended to work on an SAP project as a quality assurance tester. And lucky for me, that project kept getting delayed. And so I was told to go into, at the time SteelBrick CPQ training, now Salesforce CPQ, Salesforce Revenue Cloud. And so the Friday before that training, I was assigned various Trailheads. I sat down. I started doing them and immediately fell in love with Salesforce. I actually could not believe that they were paying me to do that and learn Salesforce. And so, it was the first time in my life where I had that aha moment of, oh my gosh, I think I've found that thing that I really like doing and it makes sense. So for the past five and a half years, I've really made it my goal at ATG to be a key part of our Salesforce practice and grow our Salesforce practice.
I started off as an admin implementation consultant and project manager. So, I was working on fairly small Salesforce CPQ projects, working with clients, implementing the solutions for them, and working really closely with them on training and user adoption. And I was able to grow my career into an architect, which I really loved solving those hard problems, being able to help that customer realize the value in Salesforce. And just kept growing my career. I've had various roles. I actually was a or am a Salesforce Trailhead Certified Instructor for Salesforce billing. I've been very involved with the growth of Salesforce Revenue Cloud. And so through that, I have been able to really grow my career as our Salesforce Practice Director at ATG. And two and a half years ago, ATG was acquired by a small company named Cognizant. That's a joke. They're massive. I obviously coming from Missoula, Montana have not been exposed to a lot of corporate culture, corporate lifestyle up until this point.
And so, it was exciting. It was also a little scary being acquired. But for the past over two years now, it's definitely been really fun rocket fuel for my career. And also for how we get to use Salesforce not only we've historically as a company helped other customers use Salesforce and adopt it and implement different solutions, but we have also been a Salesforce customer. And for the past two years, I've been also really focused on how we use it as a customer and helping implement solutions internally like what we'll be talking about at our TrailheaDX session. So I'm very excited to be here, very excited to probably dive into more areas of my career and growing within the Salesforce ecosystem. But I feel very lucky to be speaking with you guys today and being here because it seems like just yesterday I was new to Salesforce listening to these podcasts and getting really excited about the ecosystem.

Mike Gerholdt: That's really cool. And I almost have to chuckle a little bit when somebody says a non-traditional background because I feel everybody that comes to Salesforce for the most part comes from a different background. And the economy of work that we live in today, everyone is massively switching jobs or doing gigs. And so any more if you're in a career or a job two or three times, you're coming from a non-traditional background. So, every background to me feels traditional now. Maybe that's just me. But that's a amazing story. And I love when companies focus on bringing people into the ecosystem. That wouldn't normally be an obvious choice, right? So, you came from healthcare. Let's dive into that TrailheaDX session because I know I was super excited when you came up on our radar and as was LeeAnne to kind of talk about what you were working on. And of course, probably what's top of mind to everybody and that's getting back into the office.

Sonia Flamm: Yeah. It's a very top of mind especially since... Here in Missoula, Montana our offices are open at a limited capacity. So, I actually was just there two hours ago. So it's top of mind and it's been a really fun journey in the past year being able to explore Work.com as somebody who really enjoys Salesforce. I was very excited to be able to be one of the first customers to start using it. And as we'll talk about, there's a lot involved with Work.com, which gives you the opportunity as an admin to really tinker around and get to know a lot of different parts of Salesforce that come together for a very specific solution.

LeeAnne Rimel: One thing I was so excited to see when we started kind of talking about how ATG got back into the office and what that's looking like for your teams and for your colleagues was really that focus on talking to all the ATG employees. Do you want to share a little bit? I know that's been something that's really can [inaudible] for yourself and the other executives at ATG really thinking about connecting with your employees and using tools to make sure they have these avenues to share feedback and to share questions. Can you talk a little bit about that? And maybe as a leader at ATG, kind of what those conversations look like?

Sonia Flamm: It's been interesting the past year going through what we've gone through, because one of the things that I've always really enjoyed as part of my career at ATG is the communication and openness and that comradery between our team members looking out for each other. One of the things that actually drew me to ATG initially was these things that they call walk and talks, where you're encouraged to put 30 minutes on somebody else's calendar and just go walk around. We live in a beautiful place. And so, why not go outside and take your meetings on a walk? And so with that being so much part of our culture, I think we immediately saw or felt a really big impact when everybody had to be remote. And a great thing that happened to us during COVID, but it has been really challenges, we've grown a lot. Even since the beginning of this year, we have 80 new employees that are mostly remote.
And so, how do we make sure that those people are still doing okay? And we don't have the time obviously to meet one-on-one and do walk and talks with every single person. So we had to start figuring out different ways to be able to have those touch points, feel like we have make sure that employees feel like they have a path to raise concerns, get the help that they need, or hopefully at times, even to be able to just celebrate celebrations that we used to celebrate within the office. So we really... One of the main things that we used was Work.com and Salesforce Surveys. There are lots of different survey solutions out there, but Salesforce Surveys with the Work.com solution and using Tableau has really given us that ability to check in with each individual. It is opt-in. And so not everybody has to respond, but we do see quite a few people choose to respond.
And it is our way to keep in touch with our employees and gauge how people are doing. And the number one thing that we see in the open-ended feedback is that they appreciate that they do have that as an option to communicate. And I think this will be something because we are growing and scaling really big, and we have a lot of folks, and we want to make sure everybody has a great experience working at ATG. Regardless of COVID or not, I think this is something that we're going to have to adopt and figure out at some point. So, Salesforce Surveys has been our solution.

Mike Gerholdt: That's cool. I want to know for admins listening to this where you got started. I mean, I think you were really essential to the fabric of ATG. So, it was probably very natural for them to have a conversation with you. For an admin listening to this saying, I want to help my organization get back into the office. I want to help them use Salesforce to do that. I'm listening to what Sonia had to say. Where would they get started? What would your advice be for conversations they should have, things they should be looking at, thinking about?

Sonia Flamm: It's a fantastic question. And it's a hard question. Something that LeeAnne and I had talked about in preparation for the session is... Commonly, when we're entering into a project that's implementing or you're setting up sales cloud, you kind of have a map and a guide to do that. And when we entered into this, okay, we're going to do this. What do we need to do first? It was very much like, gosh, I don't know. No one's ever really done a what we call RTO, return to office implementation. Just putting in that perspective of the Missoula office because that's where we've been really focused. The first thing I would recommend is finding your key champions within the organization. And maybe one step right before that is determining your scope. So for us, it made sense having the Missoula, Montana office be the office that we decided to pilot our return to office effort and using Work.com.
We were lucky enough last year, July 2020, when we started implementing Work.com, Missoula was in a unique position where we didn't have as many cases. And so it was the right fit for us to choose Missoula as the office that was going to return to work sooner than the other ones. So identifying that scope is really important, make sure what makes sense to you and your company. There's no reason at this point, because it's people's lives, to overcommit. And I think that's something that we had to really be realistic on what can we really commit to make sure that our people are safe and are getting what they need. That was of course the number one important, the safety. But from there, once we realized that it was going to be Missoula, we needed to find those champions. And those are typically your project stakeholders that we were going to work with to identify what do we need to do.
I don't think we knew at the very beginning that the solution or answer was Salesforce Surveys, Work.com. We knew that we needed to check the status of people and that we needed to make sure that people felt safe returning to the office, but we didn't really know a lot of the other components and what we needed. So it was just starting to have those conversations, started with conversations with our team leads, the people who are helping and make sure our resources are doing okay. And so we talked with those people, those were our primary stakeholders, just make sure and understand they have the best pulse on the employees. So, what do they need? And so every business is probably going to be different. I say that ATG has been really utilizing Salesforce Surveys. It might be something different for another company. And that's also the great thing about Salesforce and Work.com is there's lots of different components within it, so you can find the solution that you need.

Mike Gerholdt: That's great. I think having conversations absent of the technology that you need is one of the things that people forget. Sometimes they lead with the technology first. And if you start with a hammer, everything's a nail. To use the old adage, right? What would be in terms of rolling this stuff out, what was the biggest surprise that you had?

Sonia Flamm: That's a great question. Biggest surprise. Well, something that probably surprised us and continues to surprise us today, and looking back, this shouldn't surprise us, but the number of people that do want to have a blend of staying home versus returning to the office. And with that created challenges for how we implemented the solution, because you have to have those two different perspectives in mind in terms of what does somebody who's working from home need versus what does somebody from return to the office need versus what does somebody who needs that blended approach. And so, that was an interesting... I think in looking back, probably shouldn't be that surprising. But I think we had almost expected more people to want to return to the office. And then, what are some other surprises?
I was speaking more towards the solution in Work.com. I was really interested to see the emphasis and collection from different clouds within Salesforce. And there was field service lightning component, and so health cloud component. And so, it was really interesting to see how all those pieces put together created this very cohesive solution. It also kind of blew my mind at times, just in terms of how thoughtful somebody would have to go through to think of all, you really have to know Salesforce. So it's like if I looked at Work.com is like, gosh, if somebody had the rights to every single license and every single little feature and knew exactly how to do every single thing, that's what somebody did and pulled it all together. So that was a surprise, but a pleasant surprise.

Mike Gerholdt: I'm sure in all our heads we know how all of that works and we love to have all the rights as an [inaudible]. That'd be great. So, let's focus in on TrailheaDX as we kind of wrap up. I know you're presenting there with LeeAnne. Your session is... You're working on the recording now. So obviously, it gives away when we record these things. But absent of that, it's few hours in the day. It used to be an in-person event. Well, the world is getting back to in-person events. From your perspective, Sonia, I'd love to know as an admin whose maybe on the fence, should I spend some time streaming some TrailheaDX? What should I do? What is kind of your input on reasons people should tune in for TrailheaDX?

Sonia Flamm: Well, I mean, besides being corny and saying, it's an awesome conference. And of course, you need to tune in.

Mike Gerholdt: We don't mind corny.

Sonia Flamm: Salesforce, I mean not to put other companies down, but Salesforce does conferences the best obviously. We've either attended them virtually or we've been lucky enough to go in-person. And so, I mean, it's an obvious that the sessions that Salesforce delivers and provides in these types of conferences are really amazing. And especially as somebody who's again, been lucky enough to now be a part of it and see a lot of the work that goes in the background, I understand how much work that's put into it and the thoughtfulness that's put into it. And specifically, I think there's going to be some really great content specifically in our session, talking about real life things. And not to say that's not what we discussed before, but I think the past year has taught and kind of expose this different side of technology to us. And I'm excited that a lot of sessions I keep seeing are really about the people behind it and not just the technology, which is always impactful.

Mike Gerholdt: That's a great way of putting it. Sonia, I'm super excited to have you and LeeAnne at TrailheaDX this year. And see all of your sneak peek of your solution that you put together. I think you really helped admins out. I know I learned something in this conversation, so I'm very excited to see what we have in store for TrailheaDX. So, thank you so much for joining us on the podcast today.

Sonia Flamm: Thank you so much. This was great.

Mike Gerholdt: It was great to get Sonia and LeeAnne on the podcast. And be sure to tune in to TrailheaDX later in June to see their entire session. It's going to be amazing. So big things I took away from our discussion with Sonia is think about when you're returning the office, where do you want to get started? Realize not too many people have done a return to work. So determining scope, finding key champions, and then having an honest conversation about what you need to do absent of the technology. I love that idea. And then, also think about what some of the surprises were that Sonia ran into like the number of people that wanted a blended solution and really making sure that you're keeping all perspectives in mind in terms of your employees. So, that was great. I can't wait to see their TrailheaDX session.
Now, if you want to learn more about all things, admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. You can stay up to date with us on social. We are @SalesforceAdmns, no I, on Twitter. Of course, you can find our guest Sonia on Twitter. She is @SoniaFlamm. Gillian, who is also a co-host of the podcast is on Twitter. You can follow her @gilliankbruce. And of course, hit that follow button for me as well. I am @MikeGerholdt. So with that, stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

It’s that time again. For this week’s Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got the monthly retro. In this episode, we celebrate the Summer ‘21 with all the great blog posts, videos, and all the other Salesforce content from May. To help us, we’re joined by Rebecca Saar, Senior Director of Admin Marketing at Salesforce.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation between Mike and Gillian.

Be an Innovator with Design

Rebecca was the brains behind Be a Builder, which later became Be an Innovator. Today, we’ve brought her on the pod to talk about Be an Innovator with Design. “It’s a great opportunity to get both advanced and new admins on a learning journey,” she says, “we take a real-life problem and incorporate new features that have come out and tackle it together and learn from each other.”

This year, Be an Innovator is setting their sights on redesigning and reimagining what Record Pages look like with design thinking principles and design heuristics thanks to dynamic forms and actions. So check out #BeAnInnovator on Twitter and get started with the Trailmix. If you complete it by May 31st you’ll earn the Collector’s Badge.

Podcast highlights from May.

For Mike, last week’s pod with Michelle Corwin about finding and getting a Salesforce admin job in today’s market. For Gillian, it was Adam Doti’s episode about design thinking and the designer team he leads within Salesforce. She was also a fan of the conversation we had with Farhan Tahir about where design on the platform is going and the future of the admin role.

  • Your Guide to Getting a Salesforce Admin Job in Today’s Market with Michele Corwin
  • Design Thinking for Admins with Adam Doti
  • Designing a Dynamic Experience with Farhan Tahir

Video highlights from May.

For both Mike and Gillian, Be an Innovator with Design was the can’t-miss video content for May. And keep your eye out for an Easter egg in the introductory animation for an alternate interpretation of #BeAnInnovator.

  • Be an Innovator with Design

Social * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Mike: @MikeGerholdt * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Rebecca: @RebeccaSaar * Brittney: @brittgibs92

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast, and hello summer '21. May we all enjoy this retro for the month of may, 2021. I am your host Gillian Bruce, and in this episode we will review the top product community and careers content for the month of May. So many things happen in May, Cinco de Mayo, May the fourth be with you, one of my favorite internet meme, let it be May, and to help me do all this, I'm joined by two amazing people today. The one and only Mike Gerholdt. Hi Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: Hi. I may be excited.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, look at that, a May pun in your first line. I love it. Off to a good start. And, this is exciting, our first guest on the retro ever, and it's probably the most appropriate guest. The one and only "rocksaar" Rebecca Saar. Hi, Rebecca.

Rebecca Saar: Hi. Hi everyone. And please don't ask me to do a pun. I'm not good at those, but I'll leave those to you and Mike.

Gillian Bruce: I may let you be on that one.

Rebecca Saar: Okay. Thank you.

Mike Gerholdt: I may let you off the hook. It may happen.

Gillian Bruce: So with every monthly retro, we start out by talking about our favorite blog content from the month, and we have some special blog content to talk about this month. Mike, you want to give us a little more background?

Mike Gerholdt: I do. So if you don't know who Rebecca Saar is, which I've had the pleasure of giving selfie pictures in Toronto. After I feel like Rebecca launched what was first known as Be a Builder, but now Be an Innovator campaign and has just skyrocketed into the atmosphere. So Rebecca runs pretty much everything creativity fun wise on our team. And I was thinking, you know what, Gillian, we're probably going to do a lot of talking about Be an Innovator, why not have Rebecca on. It may be a good move to have somebody to talk about it like Rebecca, who is the brains behind it.

Gillian Bruce: Great idea. Rebecca, talk to us more about Be an Innovator. This may have been one of my favorite campaigns that we've had in a long time.

Mike Gerholdt: We're going to be very unsure of ourselves if we have to keep working may into stuff. You know that, right? It may sound like we're uncommitted to this.

Rebecca Saar: It may be a good idea for me to get started and talk to you about Be an Innovator with Design. I'm so happy to be here to talk about this. Be an innovator has been something I've been very excited to work on over the years. It's a great opportunity to get both advanced and new admins on a learning journey, everyone together. We go through a journey of six episodes where we take a real life problem, and we usually incorporate some new features that have come out and we tackle that together and learn from each other. And it was no different this year. Be an Innovator with Design, we decided to focus on really taking it a step further from even last year where we looked at our record pages and we're redesigning and re-imagining what those look because we have now a dynamic forms and actions, and we took it a step further and looked at how can we bring design thinking principles and design heuristics into the mix to make admins even more enabled to design these beautiful pages that can really champion productivity For our users. So this was a fun one.

Gillian Bruce: So talk to us a little bit more, Rebecca about... This is in the blog category of the retro, so can you tell us a little more about what actually is the Be an Innovator with Design activation that we've got going on, tell us a little bit more about the different components and how people can participate?

Rebecca Saar: Yeah, definitely. So in the beginning of the month we had the first phase, I would say, where we were releasing one episode after another, there were exercises that we asked all of our admins to participate in and share on Twitter, and they are all released now. So it's a great time to go jump in and binge watch, how about binge watch those episodes all at once and go through those exercises and share those on Twitter with the hashtag #BeAnInnovator. That hashtag is very active. We're continuing to see people sharing their work. It's super fun. I think my favorite exercise is the ideate one where we got this template from Salesforce's design team called the crazy eights brainstorm, and it's an envisioned template that folks can utilize and create all these different ideas.
You're supposed to do eight ideas at eight minutes, which is a lot, but they're super fun to look at if you go on Twitter. So that's been the first part is looking through that, but now we also have the trail mix. So all of the episodes and supplementary content that is already on Trailhead is in one place in this trail mix, and you have until May 31st, 2021 to complete that trail mix to earn what I'm starting to call the collector's badge, because if you've been joining us for Be an Innovator from the beginning, you'll have every year, if you complete the trail mix, you'll have your Be an Innovator badge. Always a unique design for each year. So that's coming up. That's one thing you can add to your to do list before the end of may to get that badge.

Gillian Bruce: Well, it sounds it might be... Might be, not may be. It sound would be a great thing to get involved with. Rebecca, thank you so much for all the work that you and the team have put together to make this happen. And it has been way fun to see what people have been building. So yes, if you haven't gotten on the Be an Innovator with Design train, get on board because it's a fun train to be on [crosstalk]. Maybe we can get a little choo-choo train sound effect going on there.

Mike Gerholdt: That'll be the next Be an Innovator theme.

Gillian Bruce: Love it. It'll be hard to choo-choo-choose the right thing. Okay, I'm going to stop. Mike, let's move on to podcast.

Mike Gerholdt: Chugging right along and talking about podcast, the reason we had Rebecca on is I think a lot of May was Be an Innovator and we had guests on about that, but we also just put out a pod last week with Michele Corwin about finding and getting a Salesforce admin job in today's market.

Gillian Bruce: Michele's amazing. Her story's amazing. It's inspiring. I've gotten notes from folks saying how amazing they loved... How much they loved that episode. I mean, Michele's story about how this crazy last year and a half was very challenging in so many ways for so many people in the job market, but it actually created opportunities for her that she never would have had otherwise. So listen to the podcast. It is a powerful motivator, especially if you're looking for either your first admin job or your next admin job, if you're switching careers, especially she's got some amazing tips and things that she's learned to share. I don't know, Mike, I really enjoyed talking to Michele and getting to know her, but then I guess I did listen to the podcast and...

Mike Gerholdt: I like it when we trade off doing pods because then I can listen to it like everyone else, and it's like, "Oh, new podcast. I haven't heard this one." So it's exciting for me.

Gillian Bruce: Fresh ears. Fresh ears.

Mike Gerholdt: Fresh ears. So we covered blogs because Be an Innovator, awesome. Podcast was fun to listen to. Gillian, I think you highlighted the Be an Innovator podcast with Adam Doti.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I mean, you mentioned we did a couple of podcasts related to Be an Innovator, which we absolutely did. We kicked it off with Adam Doti who actually leads our designer team, so to speak. He is amazing. He's been at Salesforce for a very long time and he's so passionate about design and explains a very, very clear relationship of design and admin. And I think it's fun to talk to him. He's a great... He thinks big picture but then also breaks it down into, "Okay, design thinking. This is how it's going to help you be a better admin or a better person at any job that you're doing, really, if you're working with technology."
And then to dovetail on that, we had another great conversation on a separate podcast with Farhan Tahir who... I mean he and his team are the ones that are delivering the dynamic pages, the dynamic actions, all of that stuff. It's really incredible to really have a longterm visionary conversation with him about where all this is going and how it fits into the future of the platform, the future of the role of the admin. Really two really great podcasts from visionary thinkers here at Salesforce.

Mike Gerholdt: That's how it may work. Now I'm going to call an audible, because it's podcast, and change my must-watch video from May to align with yours and be the Be an Innovator series, because I think, while we have Rebecca on the call, I think they're just amazing. I love how you get a nice intro and you get somebody talking to you and you kind of... They're a little fun. They're a lot of fun. They may be fun.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, and you get to see Rebecca. You get a "rocksaar" sighting.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. So Rebecca, when you were filming those, did you include anything that maybe people are overlooking or a fun trip up? Did you knock a pitcher of water over or something? I don't know.

Rebecca Saar: Not exactly that, but yes, we did actually think about some Easter eggs in our episodes. And I do challenge you to find them. I'll give you a hint. There has been some jokes, maybe say, about how you could read Be an Innovator with the hashtag. But it may look something else. And we embrace that. And if you take a closer look at the introductory animation, you may see a fun little Easter egg there. But yeah, highlights, we get it. You can read it differently, and it's funny.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, people go through screen by screen on previews of big movies, so why wouldn't they go screen by screen on the intro to Be an Innovator?

Rebecca Saar: Right. It goes by really fast, but yes, if you have a sharp eye or you go screen by screen, you will see it. It's really cute, actually.

Gillian Bruce: Are you saying that you were being an innovator with design as you were recording the Be an Innovator with Design series?

Mike Gerholdt: So meta.

Rebecca Saar: Meta.

Mike Gerholdt: So meta.

Rebecca Saar: We try. We try over here.

Mike Gerholdt: So we'll include a link in the show notes. They should go to our Be an Innovator with Design blog posts, start reading there. Everything's over on Trailhead, correct?

Rebecca Saar: Yes. On that trail mix. So sforce.co/beaninnovator.

Mike Gerholdt: Perfect.

Gillian Bruce: Bean innovator.

Mike Gerholdt: Be an Innovator. Don't give it away. It might have something to do with Cinco de Mayo? No.

Gillian Bruce: Well, it's been fun, team.

Mike Gerholdt: So in true monthly retro fashion, I try to keep these fun this year. We're going to have fun this whole year, because last year we were just slogging through it. And I was reading up on what is the month of May? What is May, where's it come from? What's the name mean? And I found out that May is named after the Greek goddess, Maia, M-A-I-A. I'm going to say it's Maia. It looks Maia to me. And she looked after plants. And I thought wow when I read that, this really makes me think of salads and my new favorite salad dressing, which is green goddess. I don't know if you've had green goddess dressing. It's amazing. It is so good. It's good on everything vegetable, just [crosstalk].

Gillian Bruce: It's like adult ranch.

Mike Gerholdt: It's better than adult ranch.

Rebecca Saar: I don't think I've had this.

Mike Gerholdt: And it's a weird... It's like a Ghostbusters ecto slime green. So you totally have to get it out of your head of the weird-

Gillian Bruce: Is there a pesto in it? Is that why it's green?

Mike Gerholdt: No. Well, there's probably leafy stuff. I don't know. So I thought it would be fun, because I was looking up different green goddess dressings, and I realized that a lot of dressings also sound like destinations in the world. And I put together a fun little game called Dressing or Destination. So I will give you the name of a dressing or a destination. You tell me what it is. And then at the end of this, we'll have a whole bunch of useless knowledge about a dressing or a destination.

Gillian Bruce: Okay. I think, Rebecca, are we ready for this?

Rebecca Saar: Let's do this.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, it's not as great as the April Fool's thing last month, but I'll work harder for June.

Gillian Bruce: I do the level of creativity, these questions you come up with.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean it's alliteration. Come on, Gillian. I got the D and D, dressing or destination.

Gillian Bruce: It's good. It's good.

Rebecca Saar: Are we each answering each, or are you going one off? Okay.

Mike Gerholdt: You choose for yourself. Scored individually. Okay, so dressing or destination. Bolthouse Farms or Applewood Manor.

Gillian Bruce: I think Bolthouse Farms is a dressing and Applewood Manor is a destination.

Mike Gerholdt: Rebecca?

Rebecca Saar: So I was thinking the opposite, of course. I'll go the Bolthouse Farms is the destination. Applewood Manor.

Mike Gerholdt: And Applewood Manor is the dressing?

Rebecca Saar: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: Gillian, you are 100% correct. Bolthouse Farms is a dressing, Applewood Manor is a bed and breakfast.

Gillian Bruce: Where?

Mike Gerholdt: I forgot to look where. I don't know. I knew you were going that, so I realized...

Gillian Bruce: Maybe it's in Applewood somewhere. There's probably a town called Applewood, I bet.

Mike Gerholdt: It could be in Strawberry Hills.

Rebecca Saar: Where do they grow apples? Washington, right?

Mike Gerholdt: Could be.

Gillian Bruce: I bet the front desk person's Johnny Appleseed. Okay.

Mike Gerholdt: I also tried to find dressings that weren't too terribly niche. Like you have to go to Bob's corner farmer's market to get.

Gillian Bruce: So commercially available dressing.

Mike Gerholdt: Somewhat commercially. I tried to at least Trader Joe's level. So next one, there's only three. So Rebecca, you're not that far behind. You can still hold this out for the win. Hillary's Ranch or Magnolia House.

Rebecca Saar: All right. I'm going to go first. I'm going to go Magnolia House is the dressing, Hillary's Ranch the location, just because I feel this could be a trick one, because we know ranch is a dressing.

Mike Gerholdt: I would be tricky that way, wouldn't I? Just ranch in it.

Rebecca Saar: Yep, yep.

Gillian Bruce: I was thinking the exact same thing, Rebecca, because I feel like ranch is too tempting of a... Clearly can't be ranch dressing. Hillary's Ranch does not make ranch dressing. Come on.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, I'm sorry, Gillian, you're incorrect. Hillary's Ranch does make ranch dressing, and Magnolia House is actually down in Waco from the...

Gillian Bruce: Oh, yeah, that makes sense.

Rebecca Saar: Oh like the [crosstalk] and Joanna Gaines show, right?

Gillian Bruce: They don't make dressing there?

Mike Gerholdt: That was my softball. I know. Probably not yet.

Rebecca Saar: Not yet.

Mike Gerholdt: Give them time.

Gillian Bruce: I think she just started a cooking show, so just give it some time.

Mike Gerholdt: She does. It's amazing. It's amazing. It's amazing. Okay, last one. So Rebecca, you can still tie Gillian for the win. This is a fun one. Okay, so is it a dressing or a destination. Jailhouse Inn, or Ken's Steakhouse?

Gillian Bruce: I mean, it's too hard not to just go with what's popping out of my mind immediately. So I think Jailhouse Inn is an actual destination, which I'm very curious about which jail house you're staying. And then I think that Ken's steakhouse is a dressing.

Mike Gerholdt: Is a dressing. Rebecca?

Rebecca Saar: Yeah, I'm going to go the same. Going to stick with Gillian's answer.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, Rebecca, the good news is you scored a point, the bad news is Gillian already had a point. So that was for the win. Ken's Steakhouse was a dressing, and it's commercially available. Jailhouse Inn is a destination and. You know there's a jail you can stay at in Boston?

Rebecca Saar: Yeah, I stayed there. It's so cool.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep. Ken's Steakhouse, actually, when you look it up has the old... It's from the 70s and it's when bright colored neon dressings were a thing, like that bright orange dressing. Remember that Dorothy Lynch French dressing?

Gillian Bruce: I'm sensing that you really like bright color dressings, because the green goddess is bright coloring, talked about the bright orange color.

Mike Gerholdt: Give me a salad bar from the 70s with those glowing red bacon bits and some green goddess and some crunchy iceberg. Smells my childhood right there.

Rebecca Saar: I'll note of this for an upcoming birthday.

Mike Gerholdt: Here's the salad for you? Happy birthday.

Gillian Bruce: He would be like, "The worst birthday present ever."

Rebecca Saar: You got a salad.

Mike Gerholdt: Some people would like that. I mean, it depends on the salad.

Rebecca Saar: Or where you're eating it.

Mike Gerholdt: You could have some Hillary's Ranch dressing at Magnolia House and then you could check all the box. Okay.

Gillian Bruce: Well that was fun, Mike. Thanks. I enjoy winning these great little challenges you're putting together.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, you're batting a thousand at this point. Fantastic.

Rebecca Saar: I'll have to come back to challenge.

Gillian Bruce: We'll have to have another showdown. You need it to reclaim your glory.

Mike Gerholdt: You come back with the game this time, Rebecca.

Rebecca Saar: Oh, okay. Even better, yes. Control the odds.

Mike Gerholdt: Be an Innovator game or something.

Rebecca Saar: Love it.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. Well, if you want to learn more about all things that we just talked about minus the dressing or destination stuff, because we have yet to publish a blog post on that, you can go to admin.salesforce.com to find those and many more resources. You can stay up to date with us on social. We have a new social person, and Rebecca did an amazing job introducing her on Twitter. So be sure to follow Brittany on Twitter. Rebecca, do you know what her Twitter handle is?

Rebecca Saar: It has numbers. Hold on. It's @BrittGibbs92.

Mike Gerholdt: Perfect. Not 91 or 93.

Rebecca Saar: Nope. 92. I wonder what that stands for.

Mike Gerholdt: You should ask her on Twitter. We'll find out. We are @SalesforceAdmns, no I, on Twitter. I am on Twitter @MikeGerholdt. Gillian is on Twitter @GillianKBruce and Rebecca is on Twitter at...

Rebecca Saar: RebeccaSaar.

Mike Gerholdt: RebeccaSaar. Easy enough to remember. So with that, stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got Michele Corwin, Senior Salesforce Platform Administrator at Integrate. We learn how she transitioned from a career in banking and finance into the Salesforce ecosystem.

Join us as we talk about how Michele got her first Salesforce admin job through the community, how volunteering played an important role by giving her hands-on experience, and why you shouldn’t be afraid to apply for something even if you don’t have all of the qualifications.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Michele Corwin.

How Michele found Salesforce.

Michele is a Salesforce admin and a career transitioner, moving to her new role from her previous job in banking and finance. “A lot of clients were in IT,” she says, “if there was a sector that I completely did not understand, it was IT. So I would say if I can do it, anyone can do it.”

When Michele’s career stalled out, she started looking at other options. She knew she loved helping people and solving problems, so she decided to take that and look at job descriptions in any industry, regardless of title. “Everything that I kept finding that I loved what the core work was mentioned Salesforce,” she says, “and that’s how it all started for me.”

Getting started with changing your career.

Michele’s next step was to connect through a family friend to someone how worked as a Salesforce consultant, which led her to Trailhead. She immediately fell in love with every aspect of it, not just the platform but the community around it, which she connected to through a Women in Tech meetup in Indianapolis.

The next challenge was how Michele could get her foot in the door. “Everyone wants one to two year’s experience—how do I do that when I can’t get in?” She went to the community to offer her skills for free in exchange for some hands-on experience and got connected with Indy Lost Pet Alert, which had a free Salesforce instance and didn’t know what to do with it. “I got to build it myself with no other resources but myself and Trailhead,” she says.

Getting your first Salesforce position.

After six months of job applications, Michele landed her first full-time Salesforce position in November 2019, but she only got to spend three months in her physical office. “One thing that really helped me was that I didn’t not put in for things just because they wanted two or three years,” she says. While the job she landed wanted someone with more experience, she felt her other skills would make her a good fit.

In January 2021, however, Michele’s LinkedIn started blowing up. “You’re in an industry that is open to all sectors,” she says, “which is so powerful.” She ended up taking 19 interviews, and ended up with 3 offers that all met her requirements. Along the way, keeping her LinkedIn up-to-date was key in making sure she popped up on recruiters’ radars. “Don’t underestimate yourself, don’t be afraid to get out there and do it,” she says, “when I was in it, it felt like it took an eternity, but it’s only been two to three years since I heard the word Salesforce and asked, ‘What is it?’.”

Links: * Find your local Trailblazer Community Group

Social: * Michele: @MicheleCorwin * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm your host, Gillian Bruce. And today we have a very inspiring story for you, whether you are thinking about switching your career, mid career or if you were thinking about trying to get your first admin job or help someone else get their first Salesforce admin job, this podcast is for you today.
We are joined by Michelle Corwin, who is now a senior Salesforce platform administrator. She has an incredible career story that took place just over the last couple of years. And she's got some mazing things to share with you to help you with your career transition, your first admin job search, all kinds of great nuggets. So, without further ado, let's welcome Michelle to the podcast. Michelle, welcome to the podcast.

Michelle Corwin: Thank you for having me.

Gillian Bruce: Well, it's not often we have a Salesforce superhero joining us on the pod. So, I'm very happy to have you here with us today. I would love to introduce you a little bit to our audience. Can you tell us what you do and then give us a brief intro to maybe some of your journey and then we'll talk a little bit more about that.

Michelle Corwin: Yeah. Perfect. So, I'm a Salesforce administrator and I am also a career transitioner. So, I transitioned from a career in banking and finance. So, the most recently, like private client banking and hit a spot in my life where it was like, what am I doing? Do I like this? Do I enjoy it? And it all went from there.

Gillian Bruce: Okay. So, you're a Salesforce administrator now. Congratulations. That is awesome.

Michelle Corwin: Thank you.

Gillian Bruce: I would love to know... Let's talk a little bit about your journey because one of the things I'd love to talk about today to help some of our listeners, maybe who might be mid career transitioners themselves. Talk to me a little bit more about your decision to make that move. Because I mean, banking to Salesforce admin, that is quite a difference. Can you tell me a little bit more about your motivation behind that?

Michelle Corwin: Sure. And it's actually ironic too because with a lot of my clients, a lot of them were in IT and I was always like, "I don't understand what you do." If there was a sector that I completely did not understand, it was IT. So, I would say, if I can do it, anyone can do it. I have no IT background at all. I loved what I did and I loved helping people and I loved problem solving. And if someone came in and was a problem to solve, that was the highlight of my day, right?
Because I get to take something that's horrible and frustrating and turn that around and make it something great and then I'm the superhero, right? I'm the person that fixed everything. And that's my way of giving back and how I give value. And I loved those pieces of it but I had been in banking and finance so long and I was frankly just bored. I was really at the top place that I could go in my career. There wasn't a lot of upper movement. I had some career options either go to a financial advisor that really wasn't just right for me, I didn't want to be stuck in one city, in one place with this clientele for 30 years.
That's just what my family didn't see for our lives. And I just hit a point and I said, "You know what? I'm going to start looking through job descriptions," right? "And I'm going to take what I know I live and I'm not putting any filters on it. I'm not saying it's going to be banking. I'm not saying it's going to be this. I'm not saying..." I literally just opened window job prescriptions.
And everything that I kept finding that I loved with the core work was mentioned Salesforce. And I was like, "What in the heck is Salesforce," had no idea, never heard of it. So, that just started the journey of I started researching online. I went to Salesforce, this website, I started going on LinkedIn and just searching for anyone that was in that space that I could talk to and learn more. So, that's how it all started for me.

Gillian Bruce: You say you reverse engineered finding a Salesforce career path. That is incredible to me. So, I mean, were you just putting the search terms that you mentioned of the things that you like like problem solving, helping people?

Michelle Corwin: Mm-hmm (affirmative). So, instead of focusing on title, I tried to really think of what do I like doing in my day? What is the part about my day in my job that I like? To try to find those skills that I could bring into something else, right? Because I was open to, well, maybe it's not in banking, maybe it's not in finance, maybe it's somewhere else but what's that core value that I can bring.

Gillian Bruce: That's amazing. It is truly, truly awesome. Okay. So, then you discovered the Salesforce thing and you start getting dialed into resources that are online, you start connecting to folks, I'm assuming via probably like a LinkedIn or something like that?

Michelle Corwin: Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Gillian Bruce: How did you bridge that from learning and connecting with folks to actually looking for a job and getting trained up? Tell me a little bit about that journey.

Michelle Corwin: Sure. So, in the next step of, it was where those things when you start going down the right path, things start falling in place, right? I had a family friend that actually had a business relationship in a whole other city with someone who was a Salesforce consultant. And she had mentioned me to her and was like, "Oh my gosh, she would be amazing at this. I would love to talk to her." And that was Vivian roles in what I spoke with her, she was like, "Hey, have you heard of Trailhead?" I was like, "Nope."
So, she's the one that armed me with Trailhead. And once I got in there and just started going through the system and the community and I literally just fell in love with every aspect of it, with how open it is and that blew me away. And then the software itself blew me away. If I could have had this as a private client banker, my job would have been 20,000 times easier and more productive and the whole community, right? And I just fell in love with it. And I knew immediately, this is what I want to do.
And I just started on Trailhead. I started learning as much as I could there. And then I started getting involved with the community as much as I could. I started asking people, "Where can I go? What can I do? I found out about the Indy women in tech group." And that was my first meeting locally in the community. So, that was that second phase, right? Was getting plugged into the community, getting started on Trailhead and just getting as much exposure to anything Salesforce that I could.

Gillian Bruce: Okay. So, you're making actual in-person connections with the community in Indianapolis, which I know is a very vibrant Salesforce community.

Michelle Corwin: Yes. They're great.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, we even have a Salesforce hub out there. So, I know there's tons of Salesforce people in that neck of the woods. Tell me a little bit about how... I mean, at this point and you're still working as in private banking, correct? You still have your regular job.

Michelle Corwin: Yes. Yes. So, this whole time, I was still working. I had moved from Texas to Indianapolis actually during this transition time. So, I started looking when I was in Texas. I moved from Texas to Indianapolis, kept looking where I was here, joined a bank here while I was still trying to learn everything that I could and get plugged in. I went to my first Salesforce meeting was the Indy women in tech meeting. And Liz Hellinger was doing a meeting on negotiation, right?
And I thought it was really ironic. I'm like, "I'm doing this being on negotiation." And I was like, "I have never even had a job in Salesforce." I was like, "I just want the job." But I took notes and really took everything in which came into play for me later. And then just started trying to plug in here and then started really look and say, "Okay. How can I get into this role," right? And one thing that became very evident was, okay, everybody wants one to two years experience. How do I do that when I can't get in?
So, I quickly became overwhelmed, right? Of, gosh, I want this so bad but everybody wants something. So, I went to the community and I put out and said, "I want hands-on experience. These are things that I'm good at and I'm passionate about animals, pets and music. If you know anybody in that realm that needs help with Salesforce, I'm down, I will do it for free." And so, then I got connected with a wonderful group of people that run Indy Los Pedaler in Indy. And they had actually been given a Salesforce instance and like one of the hackathons or something like that but they didn't know anybody who knew anything to do with it. And so, I got to help them.

Gillian Bruce: So, they had the shiny new toy and they didn't know how to use it. And you're like, "Cool." So, I love your mission and I want to use Salesforce. So, this is a fantastic meeting of everyone's desires at one point. That's amazing.

Michelle Corwin: Yeah. It was perfect. It was a win-win. And then I got to build it from scratch with no other resource but myself and Trailhead. So, it was a wonderful first experience, right? I know so much more now but just being able to learn how to create an app, learn how to work in service cloud, learn how to work in nonprofit cloud. I got exposure that way. So, then, I did that while trying to find the first role.

Gillian Bruce: So, one thing I'd love to talk a little bit about there. Let's just pause for a second in your story is having that gap of a lot of people who are transitioning into being a Salesforce admin encountered the same problem of everybody wants a few years of experience in order to just get that first job. And it's puts you in a tough spot because you're like, "Well, no, I'm trying to get that first job. I don't have that experience yet because I am trying to get it. And I promise that I will learn," so.
And one of the things that we often hear is people volunteering basically for a nonprofit or something like that in order to get this experience under their belt. But then, it does create a little bit of an issue, right? Because then what happens when you leave? So, can you talk to us a little bit about what you set up for that organization and are you still helping them? How have you set them up for success now that you have successfully gotten your first admin job?

Michelle Corwin: Yeah. So, I initially had helped them get everything set up and then it was all also around a project of a new website launch and all this other things that were going into it. And then COVID hit, right? So, we launched the new website, everything happened, COVID hit, things come down a little bit. And then during that time, they were also transitioning where Indy humane society was going to be absorbing the Indy Los pet because it had grown so big that volunteers that we had access to, we couldn't keep it running anymore.
It just had gotten so big. So, in part of them taking it over, I took meetings and took time with the person that was going to be taking it over and just showed them how to do some basic admin but how to do all of the operations that we got set up and transitioned it over to them. I would have absolutely stayed on and, and help them, build it out but it really did what they needed and it was fairly easy to transition it to them.

Gillian Bruce: I think it's a very important point to hit on. You then trained and enabled somebody else to continue the work because oftentimes, we have people who dip in for, "Hey, let's do a quick project for a non-profit because they want experience," and then later, "Bye. Have fun."

Michelle Corwin: Oh yeah. No. I was so far deep. I mean, I was so passionate about it. I think that really matters too, right? Don't pick something to help with something you don't care about because you're not going to give it your all. I was very passionate about that in their mission and what they did. And I mean, I put so much into it, because I wanted to make it amazing for them.
So, they're giving you a chance do right by them. And that became a great relationship. I mean, that the president of that nonprofit was the first person who put probably the best recommendation on LinkedIn I've ever had in my life, is Michelle Vickery. And she put that on my LinkedIn and really detailed out what I did to help them. And I know that that was crucial going forward when people went back and looked at that.

Gillian Bruce: That's awesome. That's fantastic. Okay. So, you're working with this non-profit, you're actually getting that hands-on experience with Salesforce, you are transitioning to the new structure that that nonprofit has. And you also described when COVID hits. So, tell me a little bit then what happens with your admin job search?

Michelle Corwin: Yeah. So, I kind of right before I actually got my first full-time role at PSI services in November of 2019. And so, of course, March 20 is when everything really hit the fan, right? So, I was in my physical new job office for three, four months. But before that time throughout, I would say it was probably maybe six months before that time I was at the bank working the non-profit and then I was just putting job applications everywhere, right? I mean, at first, I was looking around here. There wasn't really anything I could find that I was qualified for the entry level, right? Entry levels, it was hard to find.
And I told my husband, I was like, "I want this so bad that I am putting in..." I made sure it was okay with him. But I said, "I'm going to put in for a job anywhere that's entry level in this country. I don't have to care if I have to sleep in my car because I can't maintain two households. I don't care. I got to get this first job," right? And fortunately after a few companies, I actually got in and got to the interview phase and I got to one and was down to the last two and that went to somebody else that was in the Indy area.
And then, I think I had one more and I just wasn't where they needed to be. And I just kept trying to remember in my mind, I had someone early on in this journey. So, when I had talked to about Salesforce that said, "In the beginning, take every call, take every conversation, take every interview, take everything because you'll learn a lot from that."
And it was true during those different interviews and different people I talked to and even if it wasn't the right fit or wasn't the thing or I didn't have enough of what they needed yet. I think all of that build in eventually and I ended up interviewing with PSI and a lot of the value that I could bring, overshadowed the fact that I wasn't quite a hundred percent there on what they needed for experience yet. And so, they were willing to put that time into me.

Gillian Bruce: That's fantastic. So, let's talk about that a little bit too. What are some things that helped you get that? First of all, because as you said, you maybe didn't meet all of the technical requirements that they had. What were some of the things that you think that you conveyed that helped convince them that you're the right person to hire?

Michelle Corwin: Yes. Great question. And it's really a great point that I think one thing that really helped me was I didn't not put in for things just because the fact that they put two, three years. So, the job that I ended up getting, they were looking for someone that was two to three years, had some different things, maybe they were looking for Apex and they were looking for this and looking for that, that wasn't the job description. I still put in for it.
And I still ended up getting it because at the end of the day, I think it was very important to focus on what strengths do I have, what value and skillset can I bring from my journey, my career, right? Because I think if you meet those core ideas and culture and same train of thought that that leadership is looking for, you can learn some of the Salesforce stuff, right? You can skill up, you can take classes, you can do Trailhead, you can do whatever. So, if you aren't as heavy on the experience side, focus on you and be honest to you and what you're looking for because you'll end up finding that right fit. And I think the right fit is more important than just telling people what they want to hear.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I mean, you have so much experience from I'll be at a different industry but a lot of experience already to bring that and wasn't necessarily Salesforce. So, I think that's important to highlight like, "Hey, don't throw that all away. That's still very evil."

Michelle Corwin: Yeah. And you really never know what it is. So, the funny thing about that interview, I was nervous because I had already done stuff for the nonprofit and I was proud of that. And I talked about what I had done but obviously, some of my terminology around Salesforce was you can tell I'm new to it. But some things that I brought was I am great at talking with executive leadership. I am great at diving. I've been doing financial planning. So, if I can get people to trust me with their money, they pretty much trust me with anything, right?
So, I'm able to have those conversations and it is very similar to business analysis, right? So, I was able to let them envision that I'm able to do that because of other things that I've done. And then, to that company and my leader that was doing the interview, security was probably a hundred percent top of mind. And I just made a comment of, "Yeah. When I leave for the day, I even unplugged the fax machine because I don't know if somebody is going to send something over that has client information that maybe the janitor might pick up." And she was like, "Wow, do we do that?" That has nothing to do with Salesforce, right? Nothing. But it's just you never know what's going to resonate with someone, I think.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Well, I mean, you talked about some what we "traditionally" talk about as soft skills, right? Executive communication ability to work partner with executive leadership, being a security-minded person. I mean, hey, unplugging the fax machine machine may not have any direct correlation to Salesforce but it shows that you think about security very core important to you and how you do your work. And I think that that's so important to any admin.
So, I mean, to your point, those are things that regardless of if you're in the Salesforce ecosystem or not, it makes, those are things that speak to your ability to get the right kind of job done. So, I think that that's very great to highlight. Something that I would also really love to talk about. So, you got this job at PSI, you're getting your experience. That's great. You mentioned something to me when we were prepping for this call that-

Michelle Corwin: Oh gosh. No.

Gillian Bruce: Now. But hey, now is a great time to get a job as an admin. Can you talk about that a little bit more and recap that a little bit and share with the listeners?

Michelle Corwin: Yeah. So, I knew like, "Hey, I'm starting to feel like there's more that I want to learn, want to have more experience with an org that has more. I was already in a complex org but I knew in the next maybe year or so, I would probably look for more to keep that learning path, right? But I didn't have my mindset on that. And in January, probably about mid-January, there was just one day I don't know what switch flip happened. And my LinkedIn just started getting blown up. I mean, more messages, calls, emails. I had to get a Google number because I couldn't keep up with all the recruiters spam that was trying to come at me.
I had to put that on my resume. And I started getting all these messages and I'm like, "What is happening? What in the world is happening?" And I think I probably was averaging 10 recruiters messaging me a day through LinkedIn and that wasn't even the email and the Google calls. And I started thinking about it and I was like, "You know what? I really feel like everyone in 2020 put a hold," right? They were like, "Okay. This is going to end. We're waiting on COVID. We'll wait another three more months to do what we need to do."
And I really think January came around and everybody realized this isn't going anywhere. We have got to find out how to do business around this, right? And then I'm sure there was some strategic changes that happened that warranted, okay, maybe we need to bring on additional people to focus on this side of the business. And it essentially started this crazy story remote for the next I would say in the course of two to three weeks with the calls of the people I had talked to. I had 19 interviews for new positions and that was none of the spam recruiters, that was me already having a good idea of what I wanted and what I was looking for.
And I don't want to waste anybody's time. So, if I knew it was something that I'm like, "Hey, I'm not looking for that," I would let them know like, "Hey, I'm not looking for that." And it really blew my mind because in I would say around May of 2020, I was on furlough for a couple months. So, I went from get hired in November, COVID hits in March, furloughed around April, May time, come back to PSI. And then, January, February, I'm just getting blown up. It was so crazy.

Gillian Bruce: What a wild ride, I mean?

Michelle Corwin: Yeah. This is in my first year and a half in Salesforce. Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: All the extremes.

Michelle Corwin: Yeah. Yeah. I can withstand anything but I was thinking about it today. I'm like, "You know what though? I have zero doubt in my mind that no matter what happens today, I'm in an industry that I can get a job tomorrow." That brings such a peace of mind to me and my family to know that the skillset I have, I do not have to worry if something happens with my company I'm at or whatever it may be because you're in an industry that is open to all sectors, which is so powerful.

Gillian Bruce: I think that is a very, very important point. And just to close your career story or bring us up to where we are now. So, after your 19 interviews, did you get a new job?

Michelle Corwin: Yes. So, I took all the interviews. I took my own advice, right? I talked to everyone and through that process, I would say the most important advice I could give was I was a hundred percent true to me, a hundred percent true to what I value and a hundred percent true to what I needed for that next chapter for me, whether it was work, whether it was the compensation package, whatever it was. And I actually during that process was like, "Oh, I have this role. I'm obviously at a different level now. I have people telling me this is the pay ranges for these positions."
And at one point, I felt like, "Wow, can I even really ask for that?" And I started thinking back to the negotiation first meeting that I had with Liz and I pulled my notes out for that. And some of the keynotes were, I remember, it's not just about money, what do I want? What are my negotiables? What are my non-negotiables? Well, I got used to working from home and I loved it. So, that was non-negotiable. If you're not going to offer me work from home, I'm not doing it.
And some of those things, I started looking at it and I communicated that through the whole process. So, no surprises. I'm not springing it on anybody at the end, was very open and honest about it. And then, when it came to salary, I had met Angela Mahoney, which I loved, I had actually interviewed with her company, ended up through a weird scenario like not getting that position but stayed in touch with her.
And I messaged her one day and I said, "Okay. I don't know if I'm allowed to ask this," right? "But where do you think I could ask for a salary range?" I'm doing this other process, you've met me, you've interviewed me, you've been through the process with me and she gave me a range and it was in a similar range. And I felt really validated, like, "Wow. Okay. Holy cow." So, I can't ask for this. So, when I did my interviews, I actually... Hopefully, nobody from my company's listening, asked for a little bit more than that. And-

Gillian Bruce: That's what you're supposed to do. I think that's our like we're all supposed to do that, whether we knew it already or not. You learn that lesson at some point.

Michelle Corwin: So, I asked for a little bit over not crazy amount over but asked for a little bit over and crazily the way the timing worked out, I ended up with three offers over the same weekend and all of them were willing to give me what I wanted. So, it was a matter of picking which one I felt lined up with what I needed professionally and personally. And so, I went with Integrate, which is who I'm with now.

Gillian Bruce: That's awesome. Well, congratulations Michelle.

Michelle Corwin: Thank you.

Gillian Bruce: That is very cool. So, I mean, some of the things that I think were were important to highlight from what you just shared was, I mean, you've mentioned all of a sudden something clicked and you got a ton of attention and you mentioned some of the elements that I think are totally completely understandable, right? People realize, "Hey, this new normal is not new anymore. This is the normal." And if we haven't already gone through some digital transformation, now is the time because this is the way the business is going to get done.
So, we need people to help us make that successful, which, "Hey, Salesforce admins and your view."

Michelle Corwin: Yeah. Yeah. Absolutely.

Gillian Bruce: So, I think it's really interesting perspective. And I think as even though we're part way through the year here, I mean, are you seeing a similar energy around Salesforce admin jobs from your perspective?

Michelle Corwin: Yes. So, I still get hit up, not to the magnitude that happened January, February because I think that was literally first quarter budgeting court planning, right? And everybody went like, "Ooh, we got to figure this out. We can't put it on hold anymore." But I definitely am still seeing a lot of emails, a lot of calls, a lot of LinkedIn messages, a lot of opportunity that's out there. And I think if I could say the things that I did that helped put me in a position for when that happened January, February, was I never stopped keeping my LinkedIn up-to-date.
I never stopped every once in a while I'd go back and look at it and be like, "Do I like how this is portraying me? Does this match what I'm looking for? Do I have my things up-to-date?" And one thing that I did was in my most recent position, I gave a really good description, bulleted idea of what I do in that role on my LinkedIn. So, it didn't have to be every role, right? It's not the whole resume, it's not meant to replace that but I did that. And then I had a really good just paragraph and that about me section of what I do now, what I'm looking for, what's my next step.
And that was also something that was talked about in the meeting that Liz had done in that first meeting was a little bit about LinkedIn. You've got to show... People can't just look at your LinkedIn and assume what you're doing, right? I mean, Salesforce admin, as you know can be really broad. You can have some business analysis that you're doing that maybe you may not be in your title. So, really painting that picture of what's important to you, how you help and what you're looking for, I think is crucial.

Gillian Bruce: I think that's great, great advice, Michelle. Thank you so much for sharing your journey with us. I think that this is incredibly helpful for anyone who's thinking about maybe looking for that next job or trying to get their first admin job. So, I really want to thank you so much for sharing all of your lessons and your advice with us. Is there any one last or a couple of last things you'd love to leave the listeners with?

Michelle Corwin: Yeah. I mean, I would say, don't underestimate yourself. Don't be afraid to get out there and do it. And I'm a perfectionist. So, I, in the beginning I got very discouraged, right? I'm never going to get this. It's never going to happen. I can't find that entry role I'm getting told, no, just keep going, focus on building the blocks. We've already talked about what some of those things are, keep working on that, keep working towards it. Be true to yourself. Be honest and it'll all start building on each other and you'll find one day you'll look back.
Like when I was in it, it literally felt like it took an eternity. But everything that I'm talking about that has happened has literally happened in the last two to three years. It's only been a two to three year time span since I heard the word Salesforce and said, "What is it?" So, looking back a hundred percent worth it. And if anyone can do it, I literally could not have even... When I had clients tell me, "I'm in IT," I'm I'm clueless, right? I'm like, "What do you do? I don't even understand what you do."
So, if I can go from there to here, anybody can do it. It doesn't matter what industry you're in and what better way to do it than Salesforce and Trailhead and not go pay $5 million for college. I'm not saying don't go to college if that's your journey. I'm just saying I did college, bachelor's, everything you feel you're supposed to do, busted my butt in an industry for a very long time. And I would say I've probably already increased my salary by three to four times from what I was doing there.

Gillian Bruce: Wow. That's awesome. That's awesome.

Michelle Corwin: So, sky's the limit.

Gillian Bruce: Michelle, amazing way to wrap up this conversation. I am so excited also to see what you do next because clearly, you are on a very propelled trajectory. So, congratulations on your success so far and thank you so much for sharing and helping others with their journeys as well.

Michelle Corwin: Thank you. Thank you so much for having me.

Gillian Bruce: Huge thanks to Michelle for taking the time to chat with me. I'm inspired. I hope you're inspired as well. I mean, she shared so many great messages, especially about finding, not only finding but getting recruited to be a Salesforce admin within the last very tough year and a half at this point. I mean, what an incredible thing to reverse engineer your way into finding Salesforce career path and then getting recruited in the age of COVID. I mean, what an incredible very positive story for us all to listen to.
Some of the great nuggets I got from our conversation that I think will help anyone, listener, if you are like I said, a mid career transition or looking for your first admin job was first of all, getting connected with the community. I know we've talked about this before but it was so instrumental for Michelle to get actually connected with people in her local community that are in the Salesforce ecosystem that then helped connect her with others.
I mean, some of the conversations and names that she mentioned were instrumental to her growing and getting her first admin job. Another thing I thought that was really interesting that she shared was volunteering your Salesforce time. Not just to help out a nonprofit but to get that experience and adding value in a really real way. Now, it doesn't always have to be a nonprofit you volunteer for. I like how Michelle talked about finding a combination of her passions.
She was passionate about animals and music and wanted a way to use Salesforce in that capacity. And she found an organization that could really use her help. And not only did she help that organization but very important, she left that organization set up to succeed by training the next person to take over her role. So, it's very important to remember as you volunteer your services when you're trying to get that one to three years of hands-on experience that every employer seems to want when you're looking for your first admin job.
Another amazing thing that I think Michelle mentioned that was very important was the art of negotiation. It's very important to do that no matter what job and industry you're in is always negotiating for yourself. And always having that passion to help people is what helped her realize that what she was doing in banking industry was going to help her in this new arena of being a Salesforce admin. So, don't throw away all of that experience you have in another industry in another role because that absolutely makes you instrumental in terms of getting that first Salesforce admin job or any other job, right?
She talks about how her security mindedness, her passion for helping other solve problems. These are things that she conveyed in her interview processes that helped her get hired. So, don't discount your experience even if it's not in the Salesforce ecosystem. Okay. I could go on and on. You just listen to Michelle. She's amazing. If you want to learn more about being an awesome admin, please make sure to go to admin.salesforce.com, where you can find blogs, events, videos, so much great content there to help you in your journey to be an awesome admin.
If you like what you hear on the podcast, I highly encourage you to leave us a review. You can review us on Apple podcast or your wherever you get your podcasts. Leave us some stars. We'd love to know what you think. And if you want to find our incredible guest today, Michelle, on the social medias, you can find her on Twitter. She's @michellecorwin. That's just her name, no space in between the first and last. You can find myself at @gilliankbruce and our other amazing host of this podcast, Mike Gerholdt, @mikegerholdt. I hope you enjoyed this episode and we'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

On this episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re featuring a conversation with LeeAnne Rimel and Farhan Tahir, VP of Product Management at Salesforce. We discuss the key product features that help you put design features into action.

Join us as we talk about the future of declarative app-building on the platform, and what’s coming soon.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Farhan Tahir.

How the pandemic pushed digital transformation forward We want to dive into how to build great pages that center the user experience, so we’ve brought Farhan on the pod to help us learn about new approaches and features. He owns Salesforce Pages and AppBuilder, so we thought he’d have some great insights to share. “My mission is to democratize app development in the local space—I want to make app development easy so all of our Trailblazer community can build apps on top of the Salesforce platform and it’s not just restricted to developers,” he says.

The pandemic has forced years worth of digital transformation into months, and Farhan’s team are creating tools like dynamic forms and dynamic actions to build, automate, and innovate at scale with a point and click interface. Automation is a big part of that, and Lightning App Builder and Flow Builder make it easier than ever to do it declaratively.

What’s next for no and low code app building 88% of IT leaders plan on using low code solutions to help transform their digital experiences. Driving that is the anticipated need for 500 million applications by 2023—more applications than have been created in the past 40 years. IT departments will need the help of business users to not get backlogged and continue to innovate. Salesforce is also getting AI and automation involved to help make things even easier, like Guardrails.

Looking forward, Farhan and his team are trying to move away from a UI on top of a database model. Instead, they’re building “mutli-entity experiences” to bring all of the data into one place without having to write a single line of code.

“There’s never been a better time to be really thoughtful about the fundamentals of design,” LeeAnne says, especially as we get more and more tools to shape the user experience. That’s why we’re covering this topic thoroughly in a special Be an Innovator episode event to help you get your bearings and center the user experience in everything that you do.

Links: * Transform with Platform - Episode 1

Social: * Farhan: @Tahir_Farhan * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Full Show Transcript Gillian Bruce: Welcome Salesforce Admins podcast, where we talk about product, community and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm Gillian Bruce. And today I am joined by one of our favorites, LeeAnne Rimel, who is here to talk to you all about something very, very special and important that we're all talking about this month. And that is design thinking admins. We are designers, whether we would like to acknowledge it or not. And what we've got going on this month is a special Be an Innovator event to help all admins learn how to be better designers. Now, when we think about design thinking, well, we've got some specific product and features that are very critical to helping us make better experiences for our end users. And we have an amazing product leader joining us today on the podcast to talk specifically about that.
We're joined by Farhan Tahir, who is vice president of product management here at Salesforce. He's been at Salesforce for 14 years. So he has had a huge part in helping evolve the platform to where it is today. And he's here to share with all of us some of the incredible products he and his team have been working on and how they fit in to this idea of design thinking and how you can best leverage them. So without further ado, let's welcome LeeAnne and Farhan on the podcast. Farhan, welcome to the podcast.

Farhan Tahir: Thank you. It's a pleasure. I'm super excited to be talking to our admin community today.

Gillian Bruce: We're very, very happy to have you. And we have you on for some very obvious radiant reasons, because you're an amazing leader in our product group here at Salesforce. But also because we want to specifically talk about something that we want admins to really think about, and LeeAnne, I'm going to kick it to you to kind of give us some framing for why we've got Farhan on the podcast today.

LeeAnne Rimel: Well, we have Farhan on the podcast because he's awesome. And also because we are talking a lot about page design, how to build great pages, really how to put admins front and center with thinking about that user experience as they're engaging with Salesforce pages. And who better to talk about that with us than product leader who owns Salesforce pages and [inaudible]. So besides your general awesomeness, why we invited you on Farhan, because I think it's a great chance for admins to hear about features and tools and ways they should be thinking about pages and how to work with that builder. And maybe you'll give us a sneak peek into some of the stuff that's coming in the future with that builder and just kind of some general approaches that maybe admins can keep front of mind as they think about designing awesome user experiences.

Gillian Bruce: So with that kickoff, Farhan, can you tell us exactly what you do at Salesforce? Because we've hinted around it. Can you tell us exactly kind of what you and your teams work on?

Farhan Tahir: Yes, absolutely. I've been in Salesforce for a long time. This is my 14th year with Salesforce. I've had multiple different jobs. I started off in account management, I've done support engineering, I've done engineering R&D and I've been in product for the past eight years. So previously I was focused on the programmatic side so frameworks such as Locker Service, Lightning, Web Components. But I'm most excited about where I am today and strategically my mission is to democratize app development in the low code space. By innovating in low code space, I want to make app development easy so all of our credible admin community can build apps on top of the Salesforce platform. It's not just restricted to developers.

Gillian Bruce: That's an amazing goal and strategy and vision and admins are falling in love with you right now. I can hear it. Because that speaks to the heart of what every awesome admin is trying to do. So Farhan, can you maybe talk a little bit about, I mean, to democratize app development, I mean, gosh, that's amazing. Can you talk maybe a little bit about some of kind of the recent innovations that your team has helped deliver in that vein of trying to enable more people to build cool stuff on the platform?

Farhan Tahir: Sure, sure. It'll be my pleasure. So I'm going to take it a step back first. So there was a time when implementing CRM required an army of engineers and a mountain of hardware. And then came along Marc Benioff and Parker Harris with this idea of cloud where teams could quickly achieve their goals with [inaudible] solutions. And it's funny because Marc talks about, in his book Behind the Cloud, he talks about Cockatoo, a particular customer who is in hospital. And the customer said, why do we have to call patients lead? And that sort of sparked the idea of customizations, giving customers the ability to customize their applications. So Salesforce has been really a pioneer in this particular space of providing customization to out of the box CRM, particularly using these click-based configuration tools and obviously bridging the gap to programmatic tools where necessary.
And especially right now with the pandemic, we already know the pandemic last 12 months or so, actually more than 12 months now, it has kind of forced years worth of digital transformation into months. So Salesforce, as I mentioned, has been an innovator in this space for a long time, empowering all of your teams to build, automate [inaudible] at scale. So just to give you a couple of different examples where we're excelling here is just last year, we released the concept of Dynamic Forms and Dynamic Actions. We gave the-

Gillian Bruce: Cheers from around the awesome admin universe. Yes.

Farhan Tahir: So with Dynamic Forms and Dynamic Actions, the admin is now empowered to create unique business enterprise experiences just by using point-and-click. And the advantage to the end user is they have the information or the data and the UI they need at their fingertips when they need it. With things like conditional visibility, additionally we brought the power to the email builder. So now as a marketeer, you can drag and drop components and create awesome emails for your customers. And again, that was something the teams worked on last year.

Gillian Bruce: Those are amazing innovations. LeeAnne, I'd love for you to weigh in a little bit about how those innovations have really helped transform the awesome admin role within maybe app development and that experience.

LeeAnne Rimel: Right. And I think Farhan really said it with the rate of digital transformation that we're seeing at our customers over this past year in particular, it really added a lot of momentum and speed and frankly urgency to the pace at which customers had to create good remote experiences, good digital experiences, because maybe you weren't sitting next to someone at work to tell you how to do something, right? You had to have intuitive experiences. You maybe had new employees starting and had to make sure that it was an experience that they could figure out in order to not dampen productivity and efficiency as you're engaging with the app. So I think all of these changes that our customers are going through and that all of these companies are going through, admins are really at the front of that. So we're in a position as admins to be delivering those digital experiences and those digital transformations and dealing with how your users engage with records and pages is one of the most kind of fundamental ways that people engage with Salesforce.
Like if they're using core CRM, using Sales Cloud, Service Cloud, using that kind of account model or a case model, that is so important. It's fundamental to the success of your whole technology stack. That your users can access and input and work with records in the right way. So it was really, I think, an important time for admins to think about the digital experience for their users as they're going through maybe change or new business processes or rapid rates of transformation. So I think, Farhan, when we talk about the position that admins are in to kind of deliver on these experiences and deliver these page experiences like with Dynamic Forms, for example, with dynamic pages, are there any sort of trends or things that you've seen from our customers or admins out there around what they were doing to deliver those page experiences to their users in the midst of this time of rapid transformation?

Farhan Tahir: Sure. So let's talk about the future trends, which are, sort of as I mentioned, accelerated because of the pandemic. And these are things that Salesforce and my team, the low code organization, is focusing on with certain urgency. Because as I mentioned, low code is sort of part of the Salesforce DNA and we spend a lot of our time and energy thinking about what's next. How do we make our admin's life easier and better? They're enabled to innovate on top of the Salesforce platform to solve their business needs. So I think automation is something that I would want to call out first. So with low code development, we allow our users to build rich experiences through drag-and-​drop and point-and-click technology. And one key aspect of building that user experiences automation, in the past making static UI [inaudible] to automation was often left to writing code.
However, with Lightning App Builder, with Flow Builder, these things can be built declaratively. So about a month ago, we had the transformative platform episode, and if you haven't gotten a chance to look at it, I highly recommend spending 30, 35 minutes where we talk about what's newest in the automation land. In this space, talking about this year's roadmap a little bit, as well as we're talking about trends is one feature that I want to highlight is Dynamic Interactions. We talked about Dynamic Forms and Dynamic Actions, which was released last year. This year, we're going to GA Dynamic Interactions in Lightning App Builder at Dreamforce. And what it will do is it will give you the ability to connect and wire components on a page so they can talk to each other.
So imagine you have a list view and you click on a particular item in the list view, that record ID is automatically transferred or declaratively you've set it up so it's transferred to another component. And that component shows you either the detail of the record or it takes the address and shows you a map of that. Imagine extending that to services. So when you click on a list and you click on LeeAnne as the contact, it sends a text to LeeAnne using Twilio as a service. So this sort of robust UI creation and automation declaratively, I think all organizations need right now and Salesforce is heavily invested in that.
A couple of other things in terms of trend is we're hearing a lot more about citizen development. So we know there's a lot of pressure on IT to deliver these experiences. These digital transformation staff and business users want, with the right skills and the right passion, want to help IT in that particular mission. So I think we're seeing a trend where IT with the right governance, with the right security, with the right permissioning model, is more open to allowing line of business users to be able to create their own applications. So a recent study showed that 88% of IT leaders currently plan to use low code development in the next 12 to 18 months to light up their digital experiences. Now that is caused by the need for about 500 days IDC study, that we need 500 million applications by 2023. That's more applications than have been created in the past 40 years and IT needs the help of business users to support that mission so that IT departments don't have this long backlog, which becomes a bottleneck to business innovation.
So that's another trend that we're noticing and that's sort of why we've been talking about Dynamic Forms, Dynamic Actions, Dynamic Interactions, because these tools are so easy to use that I believe non IT people with the right governance and the right permission will also be able to handle them.
And then the last couple of quick trends is intelligence. I think AI and machine learning is sort of bubbling up in everything. Similarly, in app development, it is also coming up. And as the world is sort of moving to this low code development, organizations are looking to effectively guide their applications builders wisely, regardless of their role or technical background. So sort of a system that leverages predictive analytics and intelligent algorithms to provide real-time recommendations and best practices through your app development life cycle. A quick example of that, if I may, is guardrail. So on the Lightning App Builder, and you're using conditional visibility and dragging and dropping fields and actions in the page, you will notice the guardrail notification is sort of helping you along in terms of what does this mean? What do your actions mean in terms of performance? And how do you improve page performance right from within Lightning App Builder for your end users? Or what does this mean for usability? How do you improve usability?
And all of this is within the Salesforce low code platform. So customers can build and deploy applications faster. Again, with confidence in their quality, security, performance, in adherence to best practices.

Gillian Bruce: Farhan, I could listen to you talk for hours about this. I think the way you [inaudible] these trends into perspective and connecting them into the innovations that Salesforce is bringing to help meet these demands. I mean, I think that stat you just mentioned about 88% of IT leaders plan on using low code to help enable more people to build apps to meet that demand of, what was that? You said 23 million new apps?

Farhan Tahir: 500 million new apps are needed by 2023. .

Gillian Bruce: See, I'm not good at numbers. I mixed those numbers up. I mean, that's incredible. And hearing that perspective, I think really, really puts the importance on a lot of these innovations, normally that your team is building, but kind of Salesforce as a platform overall, and especially the role of the admin. Because I mean, when you're talking about the people who are going to be building these apps, I mean, we're talking about admins for the most part, right? And maybe some delegated super users and whatnot. But this is super, super exciting, I really appreciate you sharing that. I would love to learn, you gave us some sneak peeks on Dynamic Interactions coming. Do you have anything on the product roadmap that you're willing to share? Forward-looking statement, saying that right now with the audience?

Farhan Tahir: I think the team has been hard at work and I'll give you a couple of different things. So we've talked about Dynamic Interactions. The other problem that my team is really trying to solve, and we have good research around from our admins that this is a problem we need to solve is, we need to sort of move away from a UI on top of a database model. If you look at a record, it is a UI representation of an Oracle database, but the work is not being done in terms of records. The work is being done as, I have three or four different steps and I need data from four different records. So what we're trying to do is, what we're calling this is multi entity experiences, which gives you the ability to have your record data from multiple entities, whether they're Salesforce hosted or external entities in one sort of view configured using Lightning App Builder.
So now if you want to close a deal, you have your opportunity lead and account information on the same page, without having to write a single line of code. With all your information right there on singular page, you will be able to have a more cohesive conversation with your lead and be able to close the deal faster without having to navigate to lead and then to opportunity then to account. So I gave you a deal desk example here, but it applies to all sort of applications that you're building. If you're building a custom application, which is around purchase order creation, and for that, you need your product and your code and your customer and your contact information, you will be able to bring all of that in a particular view. And all of this will be declaratively point-and-click from Lightning App Builder. So I think that will move the needle a lot further in terms of end user productivity powered by our system admins.

Gillian Bruce: That sounds amazing. I can't wait for that to come out. I'm sure LeeAnne is already building demos in her head about this.

Farhan Tahir: Yeah. We're super excited about that. And then one other thing is we've always, Lightning App Builder has been around for about a decade or so, and we've given you the ability to create dynamic experiences by dragging and dropping components to a page. We want to take that a step further and give admins more control over component creation. So not only will they be able to design the page by dragging and dropping those components, but we'll also be giving you full control on component development using a declarative custom component builder. So you'll be able to move these smaller base component type of elements around on a canvas, which will result in a custom component created for you. So you don't need a developer to create these custom components. And then once the custom component is there, obviously you end up in Lightning App Builder where you drag and drop it on the canvas and obviously configure the properties of that custom component that you've created.
So this really enables the system admin to take full control of application development right from creation of custom components to designing and deploying that page. And then the last piece that remains is testing. So this next thing I want to talk about is we also want to bring, sometime this year, later on this year after Dreamforce, this idea of declaratively testing your Lightning App Builder created pages. So imagine if you have a page with conditional visibility and now you have Dynamic Interactions, so your data is transforming as you're interacting with the page, you should be able to record all of that and assert that this flow always works as other people are making and deploying those changes. So we're calling that idea, declarative UI testing, and that will be the fourth major thing that we will be working on this year.
And then just quickly, I know there's a lot of other stuff, but some smaller things that our customers have been asking for such as mass actions. We're working on delivering Dynamic Actions on list view and related list, customer defined guardrails, MuleSoft actions. So there's a lot of other work that's happening that I could talk about for hours, but those are the four major things that I wanted to mention here.

Gillian Bruce: Well, clearly I'll have you back on the podcast to talk more about them as they come out. So that's amazing. That's amazing. So LeeAnne, I know we're doing something a little special this month. You mentioned it at the beginning of the podcast, focusing on kind of design thinking for admins. Can you kind of connect the dots a little bit for us with some of the stuff that Farhan has been talking about and what admins should kind of start doing right now.

LeeAnne Rimel: Yeah. So there's never been a better time to be really thoughtful about the fundamentals of design because I think Farhan shared just a breathtaking amount of innovation that's coming to how admins can build user experiences and really have that full declarative control over page design and over how their users move through the app. And so with great power comes great responsibility, right? And I think as we have more and more tools, it becomes really important that we're very thoughtful about how we're using these tools. That we're thoughtful about how we're using page real estate and creating intuitive and familiar experiences. And so in order to prepare you admins for that, we have a campaign called, Be an Innovator. And during this Be an Innovator episode experience, you get to learn from design experts at Salesforce.
We've got our chief design people at Salesforce that are informing this content and taking what they know about page design and user experience design and helping translate it to the admin experience. And so our hope is that you all participate in our Be an Innovator episode series and learn in practice a lot of these design fundamentals so that when all of these exciting new features are hitting in the fall, you're like, I'm ready to build these really beautiful page experiences with all of these amazing tools I have access to.

Gillian Bruce: I think that's great. That's super important. I mean, hey, these are the best fun ways to kind of work together, to learn something new. These Be an Innovator series and it's super fun to follow along and get that pay off at the end and build something cool. So this is what I'm especially excited about because it's a concept we've always loosely talked about in the past, but hey admins, you are designers. Hello. Let's deliver some awesome experiences for our users here.
Farhan, I want to thank you so, so much for joining us and taking the time to share on the podcast. I mean, you blew us away with all of this amazing context and the vision for what you and your team are doing in the platform. And talk about teasers, oh my goodness. You shared so much Farhan. Thank you so much for joining us.

Farhan Tahir: No, it's absolutely my pleasure. And I'm really looking forward to our Trailblazer system admin community to build cool applications at speed at low cost using the Salesforce low code platform that Salesforce provides. So there's a lot of excitement within the product team, within the engineering team and I hope that our Trailblazer community also shares that excitement.

Gillian Bruce: I'm sure they will. Also, by the way, you're now going to get a ton of followers from every single admin who's listening to this podcast because they're all going to want to know exactly what you're working on. And keep up the speed because you've clearly got some amazing things coming soon. So thank you so much for joining us. Thank you for all the work you and your team are doing and for being an amazing advocate for awesome admins all around the world.
Well huge thanks to Farhan and LeeAnne for taking the time out to chat with us. I always love being able to kick out over great, amazing products, strategy ideas. And holy wow, Farhan dropped some incredible background and knowledge about not only the future of the product, but the vision of how it all fits together and how he really wants to empower all admins and all citizen developers to be able to build apps declaratively. So pretty inspiring message there. I hope you definitely enjoyed it. I know I did. I can't wait to have Farhan back because he also teased us with some incredible forward-looking statement features coming in the near future for admins. So you definitely want to make sure you follow Farhan and see what he's doing. Not only the Trailblazer community, but on Twitter and however else you can get a hold of him.
For some of my top takeaways with Farhan, first of all, pay attention to what's coming up. So later this year, forward-looking statement, we have some incredible things coming that are going to take kind of Dynamic Forms and Dynamic Actions to the next level. So ideas like Dynamic Interactions and some other, I mean, just incredible innovations this team is working on to really put the power of building apps into our hands as non-coding people. In fact, being able to build our own components with visual tools instead of having to write code. I mean, how cool is that? Pretty amazing.
Another big takeaway is there's a huge trend out in the industry right now, not only because of the global pandemic that we're all hopefully, hopefully soon coming out of, that has forced every single business to do really rapid digital transformation. This has put a huge pressure on IT leaders to really understand how they can quickly deliver innovative apps to enable their organizations to get work done. So Farhan had a great point when he said, hey, these IT leaders, the only way they're going to be able to meet this demand is by enabling people to be citizen developers. And when we talk about citizen developers, that's people like us as admins, who don't code, but definitely want to be able to build apps and deliver useful functionality to our users.
So in order to meet that demand that IT is feeling right now, that pressure, hey, we're the answer admins. So pay attention to that, be ready. And if you are working in an organization right now where you see some opportunities, now is the time to kind of reach out to those IT leaders and be like, hey, I can build an app to help this group or solve this business problem. This is a great opportunity for you to step out and take the lead because you're going to help them out. Let's just say that . Another really cool thing that Farhan pointed out is kind of the idea of using AI to help not only end users, but people like us who are building apps. So things like guardrails, which kind of already exists in Salesforce, which is great. But there's definitely a future there in terms of helping us make intelligent decisions as we build apps based on machine learning.
Okay. So enough I could go on forever. I mean, you just listened to Farhan talk. We will definitely have him back on the podcast. I highly, highly encourage you to follow him. He is on Twitter @tahir, that's T-A-H-I-R_ farhan, F-A-R-H-A-N. Of course you can find LeeAnne on Twitter, the most amazing evangelist ever. She's @leeanndroid. And you can find myself @gilliankbruce. If you want more information on all things awesome admin, including our amazing, Be an Innovator campaign about design thinking for admins, go to admin.salesforce.com. You don't want to miss any of it. It's so awesome. We have so much great content on there as well. Blogs, podcasts, because you know, you always need some more [inaudible] and all kinds of videos on whatnot too. So make sure you check that out. We hope you enjoyed this episode and I hope that you have a great day and we'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we sit down with Adam Doti, VP and Principal Design Architect at Salesforce. He tells us about the team he leads that empowers Salesforce designers.

Join us as we talk about how Adam and his team have brought designers together at Salesforce, and the resources they’ve put together to help you apply design thinking concepts in your org.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Adam Doti.

A small but mighty team of designers.

“Salesforce Design is a small but mighty team that sits at the intersection of our product user experience design team, our customer success group design team, and our creative team in marketing,” Adam says. They have two main goals: build a culture and community of design at Salesforce, and bringing design to our ecosystem.

When they started, they knew they had a lot of design capability at Salesforce and they needed to find a way to harness it. They wanted to learn from each other and inspire each other, but they didn’t know how that would work. “Everything is designed,” Adam says, “whether intentionally or accidentally—stuff is designed.” And indeed, they ran into all sorts of people who were making design decisions: from professional designers to admins and developers making choices in their orgs. What they realized was that they needed to help people understand how to think about and see design.

Why Admins make design decisions every day.

The Salesforce Lightning redesign brought the platform forward in a lot of ways, “but it actually exponentially made the need for good design even more important,” One concept they focus on is relationship design, a creative approach to driving social value focused on building relationships with customers, employees, and community.

One thing they’re doing is a video series for Be an Innovator focused on the design thinking process. It’ll take you through the six phases: empathize, define, ideate, prototype, build, and validate. Each episode will have an exercise to help you put those concepts into action in ways that make sense for your org.

Links: * Blog: Foundations of Design Thinking for Admins * Podcast: Guiding Principles of Design with Aran Rhee * Podcast: How to Build Accessible Apps with Adam Rodenbeck * Be An Innovator: Design Thinking

Social: * Adam: @Doti * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re back with the monthly retro. In this episode, we go over all the great blog posts, videos, and all the other Salesforce content from April.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation between Mike and Gillian.

Blog highlights from April. For Mike, “What Admins Need to Know About Salesforce Releases” was a must-read this month. It gives you the release timeline, links to resources, and everything you need to get ready. Gillian points to Mia Pacey’s blog about delivering business value.

  • What Admins Need to Know About Salesforce Releases
  • 6 Ways Salesforce Administrators Can Deliver Business Value

Podcast highlights from April. Mike had a blast talking with Mark Ross about how he and his team make Flow documentation. If you haven’t checked out his podcast, the Wizard Cast, it’s worth taking a listen. Another great episode from this month is our episode with Jen Lee about strategy and how to roll out new automations in your organization.

  • Flow Documentation with Mark Ross
  • Automation for Admins with Jen Lee
  • The Wizard Cast

Video highlights from April. LeeAnne Rimel’s Expert Corner is a great new series that gives you the experience of meeting with a subject matter specialist at Dreamforce or TrailheaDX. You should also check out No Silly Questions, where Gillian tries to answer any question submitted by the community or brings on an expert to help her get to the bottom of it.

  • Expert Corner: Build Integrations with Clicks with MuleSoft Composer Product Manager Ashley Simons
  • No Silly Questions: How Do You Create Sandboxes in a Professional Edition?

Social * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Mike: @MikeGerholdt * Gillian: @GillianKBruce

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

For this episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we want to pull back the curtain and explain our process for prepping Release Readiness Live.

Join us as we talk about the questions we ask as we go through release notes, why it’s important to use different modes of communication to present key information, and how to find the throughline to tie it all together.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Mike and Gillian.

Our Release Readiness Live prep process. We thought it might be useful to talk about our own process for how we prep for Release Readiness Live content. “It’s one of the more fun parts about our job,” Gillian says, “it gives us an excuse to get tighter with our product organization and look through the incredible breadth of the platform.”

The first thing we consider is whether a new change or feature is something we’ve talked about before with admins. Some areas, like automations, have a bunch of new things continually added while others are one-offs or completely novel. We also consider if it’s an enhancement or something new. Finally, it’s important to highlight improvements to processes that can save steps along the way.

How to communicate changes and new features to your users. Once we’ve done some processing from the release notes, we work with our content teams to get the information out there. That’s Release Readiness Live, but also demo videos, blog posts, and, of course, this podcast. You might not have the same resources that we have access to, but the important thing is finding a way to accommodate all the different ways people process information and get the key points across.

Most importantly, we’re always looking for a throughline—a story we can tell to put everything together. For example, you do a Slack post that updates a record that fires a new Flow that has a decision in it that does something else. In short, find a way to help your end users relate to the changes and understand how it impacts (and hopefully improves) their day-to-day.

We also wanted to highlight a few key dates for the Summer ‘21 Release:

  • April 15th: Pre-Release Signup (it’s not too late!)
  • May 6th: Sandbox Pre-Release signup
  • May 7: Summer ‘21 Trailhead module goes live
  • May 11th: Release Overview Deck is available
  • May 21st: Admin Release Readiness Live
  • June 4th - 12th: Summer ‘21 Release

Links: * Admin Release Countdown: Get Ready for Summer ‘21 blog post

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Jen Lee, Lead Solution Designer at John Hancock, six-time MVP, and Salesforce Platform Champion. We’re continuing Automation April to learn how you can bring automation magic into your Salesforce instance and make your end users’ lives easier.

Join us as we talk about why you should go with the simplest automation solution for each problem, why you shouldn’t only think about the “happy path,” and how to learn more about Flow.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jen Lee.

Automation for Admins.

“I like being able to talk to the business users, understand what their business processes are, and then be able to automate those processes for them,” Jen says. She does just that in her day-to-day work as a Lead Solution Designer at John Hancock, but also in the content she creates for the community. Jen is the host of Automation Hour, a series that gives people a chance to present how they’ve used automation to make things easier in their org.

One important thing to realize is that automation doesn’t just impact user productivity—it can also be huge for admin productivity. Jen recently implemented a solution that goes back and removes a deactivated user from everything a week after they’ve been deactivated, saving admins from having to wade through public groups and permission sets and the like. “The admin doesn’t have to remember to do these things, the system remembers for them,” Jen says.

New Flow features.

Jen is excited about several new features that have come to Flows in recent releases. The first thing she highlights is improved functionality behind Record Trigger Flows, which will help you move processes to Flows. Another huge change is the inclusion of a link to Flow Builder in your dreaded Flow Fault email to help you pinpoint what’s going wrong without having to into debug logs.

If you’re looking to get started with Flow, Jen recommends getting started with the projects in Trailhead that focus on Flow. There are also some really great blogs out there that can help you along the way, and we’ve included her recommendations below. The community is generous and happy to help, so if you’re ever stuck make sure you reach out.

How to implement a new automation in your org.

When Jen is thinking about a new process or building a new automation for her org, she starts by talking with users to find out how they currently go through their process. It’s especially important to get them to break down how they know they need to do each step because that’s what you’re trying to automate.

Once you have the business process mapped out, you need to ask yourself: what is the simplest configuration you could use to implement it? “What fires off the process determines which path I take,” Jen says, “understand what triggers the process and then determine the best Flow or Process Builder option to take.” Keep in mind that you need to not only think about what happens when everything goes right, but also plan for and troubleshoot for what happens when everything goes wrong. As Jen put it, “don’t just think about the happy path.”

Jen also shares some ideas for how to train your users to work with new automations and show them how to integrate them into their daily routines, so make sure you listen to the full episode for more tips and tricks.

Links: * Jen’s Blog * Automation Hour * Automation Champion

Social: * Jen: @JenWLee * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast, where we talk about product, community and careers to help you be an awesome admin. Today we have another Automation April guest for you, because we are going to still focus on how you can bring automation magic into your Salesforce instance. Because as admins it's one of the most important things we can do, is help make our end users lives easier. And we can do that because we've got the tools with Salesforce to make that possible. Today, we are going to be talking with Jen Lee. Who's a lead solution designer at John Hancock. She's a six time MVP, a Salesforce Platform champion. She's also got lots of Salesforce certifications. She has a blog. She helps co-host something called Automation Hour, which we'll talk about. So without further ado to help talk more about automation in this month of April. Let's welcome Jen to the podcast.
Jan, welcome to the podcast.

Jen Lee: Thanks for having me.

Gillian Bruce: It's been long overdue to have you back on the pod. It's been been a while, so happy to have your voice back on the pod. Jen I'm sure many people, many listeners already know who you are, but I'd love to give you a chance to introduce yourself to maybe some listeners who aren't familiar with you. So Jen, can you tell us a little bit about who you are and what you do?

Jen Lee: Sure. I'm Jennifer Lee. I am based in Boston and I am a now six time MVP. So excited about that. I love automation. So we'll talk about that in a little bit, a little bit more about that. I currently work for John Hancock as a lead solution designer. So I work with all our agile squads to set best practices and governance standards for all our orgs and I review designs and review built solutions before they go to production.

Gillian Bruce: That is awesome. All right. So you said you love automation. I would love to hear a little bit about why you love automation.

Jen Lee: I like being able to talk to the business users, understand what their business processes are and then be able to declaratively or sometimes with a little bit of code help, be able to automate those processes for them. So taking manual steps and just with a click of a button, or if they make changes to record, be able to save that and then it does all the things for them. So that's just cool being able to help them and boost their productivity.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I think that's one of the core elements of being, what we like to call an awesome admin, right? Is being able to make our end users lives easier and help them do their jobs with less tasks involve. So let's talk a little bit about your expertise in automation and what you are doing in that space. So I know you've done a lot of content for the community on automation. Can you talk to us a little bit about kind of some of the main things that you do within the Trailblazer Community focused on automation?

Jen Lee: Oh, I forgot to even mention my blog in the intro. How did I forget that? I have a blog, jenwlee.com. I also co-host Automation Hour. So in Automation Hour, for example, we give people a forum to present automation and how they solutioned for the audience. So different skill sets, but we cover all things like Process Builder and Flow. But particularly what I focus on is, more so now, on Flow Builder and all the cool features that I could build with flow. I focus on things like the administrative side of things, the user maintenance side. For example, when you're deactivating a user, a lot of times admins don't go back and clean up all the other things that the user is part of. So like public groups, permission sets, cues, all those things. And at John Hancock, I built a solution that once we deactivate a user and a week afterwards, just to make sure that the user doesn't need to be activated again. We go and have an automated scheduled flow that goes through and removes them from all the things.
So that an admin doesn't have to go to public groups and remove from permission sets and licenses and all that sort of thing. So it's really focusing on building up the productivity. So someone doesn't have to remember to do those things.

Gillian Bruce: So I think I love that story because what I hear this is like a automation that works for admin productivity, as opposed to just end user productivity.

Jen Lee: I even do things like, if we know certain users meet a certain criteria, we could add and remove permission sets accordingly or permission set groups, things like that. Again, the admin doesn't have to remember to add these people to those things. The system remembers for them.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, I love that. I love that. Less manual labor is always a good thing. So Jen, you mentioned, flow is definitely something that we are focused on here in Automation April as I kind of dubbing it. What are some things that are kind of newer in flow that you think admin should pay attention to because they either make you excited or you see some great value props from them?

Jen Lee: Yeah. And I want to give props to the PMs of automation because they continue to add such great features with each release. So some of the things to look out for is now there's a lot more functionality behind record triggered flows. So now you can take your processes and start moving them to flows because Flow Builder's going to be the end state automation tool. So you can now remediate that tech debt, where you have all these processes and start moving them to flow. They've done a lot in terms of helping out with debugging flows. So one of the most recent changes in the last release was now when you get that ugly looking flow fault email, it includes a link to the Flow Builder. So you click on that. It takes you directly into Flow Builder where your flow faulted. And so now you could visually see where the record went and then it stopped.
So it just adds to the whole troubleshooting, being able to quickly troubleshoot and not have to go into like debug logs and things like that. And then some of the other features when I compare to when I first started learning flow. Now in Flow Builder, you don't have to set all the variables, because way back when in Cloud Flow Designer, for everything that you needed to hold data for, you're creating a variable. And now this has really helped speed up the learning curve on flow, because you can have Salesforce Flow, create those variables for you. You could still create them if you want to, but it's just speeds up the development process of creating flows.

Gillian Bruce: So I vividly remember Jen, the first time that I tried to use flow and it was the old Cloud Designer. Oh my goodness. And I remember, I didn't even understand what a variable was. And I was so confused because I felt like I was having to create six things in order to just do a two or three step flow. Especially not being from a developer background, I didn't even understand these concepts. I'm like, "What is an SObject? What is a variable? Why do I need to set these things? What is this language I'm using? I don't get it." So when you mentioned that, with the new version of flow, which is amazing. The fact that Salesforce automate some of that, might make it a little easier for anyone who got a little intimidated by flow in previous years to kind of maybe think about diving in to flow land. I keep naming different lands on this podcast. I don't even know how many there are at this point.
But can you talk to us a little bit about, maybe somebody who's new to flow or is a little hesitant. Can you talk a little bit about how they might think about or approach flow land? What are your tips and advice for people and why they should do that and how they should approach it?

Jen Lee: So I had a very similar experience to what you had when you first started with Cloud Flow Designer. I opened up that blank canvas and saw variable. What's a variable? What's the SObject stuff. And I immediately closed the browser. I'm like, "I don't know what this is. I have no idea." And I eventually kept at it and I am where I am today because I was persistent. But I totally understand if you started off with that and you looked at that, you're like, "Okay, this is so complex." You really did need a developer mindset to understand what it was that you needed to do. So I would say, "Okay, now is the time, where it's okay to go into Flow Builder."
So now instead of understanding SObjects, you have just one Get Records and one Update Records, and one Delete Record. You didn't have to know whether this was a fast update or a regular update. And again, I mentioned not needing to create variables, all that stuff is done for you. And it just makes it so much easier to use the tool. So I would recommend, if you haven't played around with the projects in Trailhead that focus on flow, I would recommend going and doing that. Because it goes through step-by-step on how to create something in flow. I would also recommend reading the blogs of people who teach flow. So my blog, Rakesh Gupta's Automation Champion blog. There's so many out there right now. But really taking one of those that have a use case that you could connect with and actually go through the steps of building it and then just keep at it.
And the community is just so great that when you have a question, whether it's on Twitter or it's on some Slack channel or on the Trailblazer Community, you post that question, people are so helpful that even if they can't do it within the Trailblazer Community, because it might be a little bit complex going back and forth. I've seen people post messages, like "I will jump on the phone with you and I will help walk you through it." So I'd say, try it. And if it doesn't work, keep trying, but reach out for help. Because there's so many people willing to help out and eventually it will connect. It will connect for you.

Gillian Bruce: I love it. Yeah, the generosity of the Trailblazer Community always blows me away about how people are so willing to spend their time to help someone else learn. Just a simple little thing or troubleshoot a simple issue. And then it just grows from there. It's incredible. It's incredible. So Jen, can you also talk to us a little bit about your overarching strategy. You talked earlier about, the use case that you had, automatically removing a user, a deactivated user from processes. When you're developing a new process, or thinking about bringing a new type of automation into your org. What are kind of the first steps that you take? Maybe even before you start building it. How do you figure out what you need to build? What kind of teams and meetings and stuff do you set up? Talk to us a little bit about that.

Jen Lee: So if it's benefiting the user, I would typically talk to the user and have them show me the steps that they currently take to do X, whatever it is, that they're doing. And literally step through the process and I'll say, "How do you know you had to put this value in there." Because sometimes when they're clicking, they're not talking through the things that they determine in their head. Because ultimately when you're building out automation, you need to be able to know those things and tell Salesforce what they need to do or how. Or I need to get this account information. How did I know which account to get?
So those are the things that you need to... Like on paper, write down, here's what the business processes, or here are all the manual steps that need to happen in decisions. Write it down, map it out in some process diagram, and then get consensus. Like, this is what I heard you. And then this is the pieces that I'm going to automate and how I understood the process to be. Get consensus, and then that's when you then go into Salesforce and actually build it out.

Gillian Bruce: I love that. I liked the verification step that you just mentioned too. First you kind of do your investigation with asking the user the very detailed questions of why did you put that there? Where did that come from?

Jen Lee: With the five whys, why did you do that? Why? Why?

Gillian Bruce: Right. Channel your inner toddler and just drive them a little crazy, but it'll work. It'll make them happier in the end. And then the verification of showing them the process that then you've mapped out based on what they've showed you. And then getting the like, "Yes, that's what we do." Or maybe, "No, you skipped a step." Or "That's not how that's related." I think that's really important to think about.
So the next step then Jen is, how do you then start thinking about how to put that into Salesforce? How do you figure out what features to use? Maybe even from when you start building it to. Whatever tests and stuff you do, and then even through rollout and getting users to start adopting it. Can you talk us through a little bit about how you do that?

Jen Lee: So once I understand the requirements or business process, then I'll think through, what's the simplest configuration that I could use. Maybe it might not be flow. Maybe it's just a quick action that takes you to the page with fields, and then that's how you submit it and save it. So if it is automation, then I'll figure out, do I go the Process Builder route? Is it something that's a record change? And then it does other things, or can I start in flow directly. Figuring out what fires off the process, determines which path I take. So if it requires collecting information then I know that, that's a screen flow. If it's something that happens on a schedule basis and that's scheduled flow. So it's like understanding what triggers the process and then determining the best flow option or Process Builder option to take.
Then when I build out my flow, for testing purposes, you need to consider not only the happy path when everything goes right, but also the other things that could potentially go wrong. And then in testing you have to build in controls that might prevent those errors from happening. So for example, if your process looks for a value in the field, and then it does these other things, well, then you need to put in a check. Does this field have a value before you go in or else your flow's going to fault. So then you need to put in those extra measures to check for that. And then also in your testing, you need to do negative testing and make sure that those things don't happen as well.

Gillian Bruce: I love that. Don't just think about the happy path. It's very important to remember. Because I think sometimes we work so hard to build something and you just are so focused on how cool that is and it works and it's so great. But you got to remember, users are going to do all kinds of stuff and you never know.

Jen Lee: Exactly. And you're like, "Why did you do that? I didn't even think of that situation." So then you have to go back and build that situation in. Yep.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Again, kind of going back to a toddler analogy since I have one. It's like thinking about all the possible things that they might do to destroy something, right?

Jen Lee: Exactly.

Gillian Bruce: You got to move the sharp objects, another shelf up, or you've got to put the door knob protector on there, all of the different things. So let's then talk about kind of rolling a new automation out to your users. So you've got it built, you've tested it, it works. What are some strategies? Because you don't work at a small organization. Tell us a little bit about how you roll out a new feature set or a new process to your user base.

Jen Lee: So depending on how many users we're touching, we might in our release, provide release notes to let folks know, hey, there's a change coming. Sometimes when it's automation, it might be just transparent to them, and they shouldn't need to know that something's changed behind the scenes. But if it's something that's taking manual steps and automating it, we would typically maybe do a video clip and send it out to the users, or on Lightning, you could use that in-app guidance. And for a period of time, if they're going on a page where you have that automation, give them a heads up. Here's what's different now, to let them know.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. It's a very good point about the in-app guidance. It's a great tool for any admin looking to roll out anything. So Jen, I would love to kind of, before we wrap, have a little fun. So Jen, you have been in the Salesforce ecosystem for a while and in the Trailblazer Community. I would love to know what is one of the most interesting or funny, maybe use cases or demos, that you have seen from either in your own that you've built as an example or somebody else in the community who shared something that kind of made you giggle?

Jen Lee: I know I saw someone build automation where they use it to play a Blackjack game. And I thought that was an interesting thing. And I forget if it was Dreamforce or it was a webinar or something. But yeah, I thought that was an interesting use case to build with automation. I wouldn't have ever thought about that.

Gillian Bruce: I wouldn't either. There you go. I like it. That's great. All right. So any kind of last parting thoughts or pieces of advice you love to leave our amazing, awesome admin listeners about automation in general? Before we wrap up today.

Jen Lee: Create that automation because that's really using your awesome admin powers to help out your users and increase their productivity.

Gillian Bruce: I love it. Simple, great, powerful. Jen, thank you so much for joining us on the podcast today. I really appreciate it. And I so appreciate all the work you do with Automation Hour and your blog. I know it helps thousands and thousands of awesome admins in the community. So thank you.

Jen Lee: Thanks Gillian for having me back.

Gillian Bruce: Well, huge thanks to Jen for taking the time to chat with me. It's always great to catch up with her and of course talk about all things automation. So for my top takeaways from our chat with Jen today is first of all, when you're thinking about implementing or designing an automated solution for your users, go with the simplest path possible. As Jen says, that is going to set you up for success in the longterm. It's also going to make your job easier. So really think about what type of automation is needed. Is it something where you need to capture information, in which Jen suggests using Screen Flow? Is it something where when a record changes, other actions need to happen? This is where you really determine which type of automation you are going to build.
Next, think more than just about the happy path, as Jen says, thought this was great. You know, we really love to get proud of ourselves. We build complex awesome, beautiful automated solutions, but guess what? People are going to do all kinds of things to that process. So make sure you try all of the different ways in which that process may or may not break. As I said, think of it as childproofing your process for any parents out there, you understand what I'm talking about.
And then finally, when you're trying to learn about automation and flow, I really like Jen suggestion of trying to find a use case, an example, that you can identify with, that you can relate to. There's plenty of content, we've got projects on Trailhead, there are examples in both Jen Lee's blog and she mentioned some other resources which I'll put in the show notes. Find a use case that speaks to you that maybe is more relatable to your job function, or maybe even something fun, not related to your job, but that you understand. That will really help you as you follow along and build that on your own to help understand how the tool works and how the features can really do some amazing stuff.
So those are my three takeaways from speaking with Jen. I hope you enjoyed listening to the pod. As always, if you've got a review for us, we'd love to hear it. So make sure you go on over and leave us a review on Apple Podcasts. And if you want to learn more about all things, awesome admin, make sure you go to admin.salesforce.com for all kinds of great content, blogs, Trailhead, the live events, podcasts, even some fun videos and make sure you check that out. You can follow us on social at @SalesforceAdmn no I. Our guest today Jen Lee is on Twitter, she is @jenwlee. And you can find myself @gilliankbruce and my cohost Mike Gerholdt @MikeGerholdt . With that, I hope you have a wonderful day and we'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

For this week’s episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re joined by Mark Ross, Senior Tech Writer at Salesforce. We ask Mark how he approaches documentation and how you can make a difference for your users.

Join us as we talk about what goes on behind the release notes, what’s important when you write your own documentation and the importance of learning your variables when it comes to Flow.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Mark Ross.

The Salesforce CCX Team

You might recognize Mark’s voice from the WizardCast. At Salesforce, however, he works on the CCX team (Community, Content, and Experience). They help with Trailhead, documentation, and more, and Mark specifically focuses on automation services: Flow, Process Builder, Workflow and Approvals and even IoT.

“I’m someone who is a very technical-minded person, but I never learned to code—not really,” Mark says, “Flow can do all these things that, ordinarily, I would need code to do and it opened up a whole new world for me.” In other words, Mark is a certified Flownatic and he wants to share that enthusiasm with everyone and teach them how to harness the power of automation.

Mark’s keys for writing good documentation

So how do you write documentation for new features? It starts with sitting down with the engineers to actually go over everything and look at any text that might be a part of the UI. Next, Mark and his team turn to the release notes. “Believe it or not, release notes are the most-viewed documentation of Salesforce,” he says. They want to not just communicate what’s happened, but why it’s useful.

When Mark is prepping Flow Release Notes, he starts by going through the headers to see what will affect his current customers or users. Sometimes, that also means noticing new features because it gives you the ability to let people know what’s on the way.

“If you release something for your users and you don’t write down how to do it, you’re automatically doing them a disservice,” Mark says, “even if you train them face-to-face, that’s not the same as them having something they can come back to later.” Especially if you can keep things simple and use screenshots to help point people in the right direction.

There’s a lot more in this episode, including what Mark and his team think about when they write error messages, and an adorable special guest.

Links: * Flow Builder Documentation * The WizardCast

Social: * Mark: @MarkRoss__C * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to The Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community and career to help you become an awesome admin. This week, we're talking with Mark Ross, who's a technical writer, about flow documentation and how we learned about flow and it's features. Now, you might have heard Mark on another podcast, he's also the cohost of The Wizard Cast, which is a big fan favorite of everybody that records this podcast, so shout out there. And, he's also given a ton of Dreamforce presentations around flow. So this is very exciting, I'm so glad we got Mark on the podcast. So here we go, let's bring Mark on the pod.
So Mark, welcome to the podcast.

Mark Ross: Thanks, Mike. It's good to talk to you again, it's been a little while.

Mike Gerholdt: It has. And, for those community members that perhaps are like, "This voice sounds familiar," you're also on another podcast. We'll start there as your introduction.

Mark Ross: Well, that is true. There's a little podcast that's out there called The Wizard Cast, and despite it's name, we actually talk about Salesforce. We don't have too many episodes going out lately because pandemic stress and all that. But yeah, we're out there on all the major platforms for podcasts.

Mike Gerholdt: Now, when I think flow and Salesforce flow, and dare I say flownatics, I think of Mark Ross because I know you've been on stage at Dreamforce talking flow. Gillian and myself have done a lot of content around flow. Let's start off with what you do at Salesforce and how that relates to flow.

Mark Ross: Sure. Well, I am on the community and content experience team, CCX. We specifically are responsible for creating the content that is customer visible. In this case, specifically that's going to be documentation. But we also help with Trailhead, our particular team, and a few other things that are out there, that are community facing. Not everything that's customer community facing, but we still have quite a bit of it.
I specifically am on the CX team, as we say, for automation services. In other words, flow, process builder. Even workflow and approvals, and even IoT.

Gillian Bruce: Just a few things to cover in your scope.

Mark Ross: Just a few things.

Gillian Bruce: Not too bad, right?

Mark Ross: Right.

Gillian Bruce: So Mark, I would also love to maybe just give a tiny bit of background into how you came into this role, because you've been at Salesforce a couple years now, maybe?

Mark Ross: Yeah, I started in January '19.

Gillian Bruce: Okay. And before that, we talk about flownatics, most of the context in which I think Mike and I are very familiar with you and your work is actually pre-Salesforce days, when you were not part of the company but you were an end-user, and an MVP and a leader in the community. Can you talk to us a little bit about how you became a flownatic?

Mark Ross: Back in 2010, I attended my very first Dreamforce. And, we as a company, the company I was working for at the time, we hadn't even really started using it yet. But my company sent us all to Dreamforce to say, "Hey, you're going to start using this Salesforce thing, you might as well go learn about it."
And I attended a session on the desktop flow designer, and it was literally an executable you had to run on your machine that saved .flow files that you then had to upload into Salesforce, and I was absolutely entranced. As much as I had drunk the blue Kool-Aid at Dreamforce in general, my very first Dreamforce, flow to me was the big takeaway. I immediately went back to company to start figuring out all the things I could do with flow. Every new position that I took at the same company or different companies, I was always flow, flow, flow, flow, flow. Until the point where I realized, I love flow, I love flow. Why is nobody else talking about flow? This is an amazing thing, nobody in the community's every talking about flow, so I decided I'm going to start talking about it. That's basically how it happened. I met Brian Kwong at another Dreamforce, and he and I became fast friends and flownatic buddies. He and I basically became partners in crime.
From there on, I basically had a lot of different positions. And at some point I'm just like, "You know what? I'm done with at the very least the consulting thing, and not feeling the admin thing as much any more. I wonder if there's something I could do for Salesforce?" I started talking to people, I started looking around, and eventually ended up at Salesforce.org, where I was writing documentation for some of their gift entry products. And then, last year the flow documentation team, the automation services CX team, reached out to me and said, "Hey, we have an opening, we hear you love flow." I was like, "Man, I love Salesforce.org, my team here is really great, but it's flow! I can't say no to that," so I made the jump. That's the story.

Mike Gerholdt: So flow caught fire for you. Why do you think it really clicks for some people like yourself and not everyone?

Mark Ross: I think, for me specifically and I'll branch this out into how I think other people probably feel about it just from my guess. For me, I am somebody who is a very technical-minded person, but I never really learned to code, not really. Learning Apple Basic in grade school isn't the same thing as sitting down with Apex and whipping out a whole bunch of functions and triggers. It's not the same thing. So I had the programmer's mindset, but I didn't have the experience. Every time I tried to sit down to learn it, it became a prohibitive thing. I even went to Apex training, and it just, for some reason, wasn't clicking.
But when I sat down in front of flow, it clicked. To me, it was this is the things that I would normally need to do, especially when you go back to 2010, 2011 when I first saw this. Flow can do all these things that, ordinarily, I would need code to do, I would need Visualforce to do, and that was a big, big deal. All of a sudden, it was a whole new world without actually singing the Disney lyrics because that would get us in trouble. It was I now have more power than I know what to do with, and anybody has previously considered, without needing code. I think that was part of the big allure at first, it was this ability ... I can do things workflow can't, and I don't need to write a line of code.
That is incredibly attractive to people, maybe they are Salesforce literate, they've been doing Salesforce for a long time. But code, the hurdle's just a bit too high without hitting your toes on it. To be able to still have a good measure of that power, to be able to do things that your users want and that you want to do for your users, and to make really snappy interfaces as we're starting get better looks for flow now, that's incredibly alluring. That's where I think the draw comes from.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, I think you encapsulate it. Clearly, you hear the flownatic passion in your voice. I think what you outlined is a lot of the reasons why we definitely are focusing on automation and all things flow this month for admins.
I would love to maybe hear a little bit more. Mike said that, basically, you're in documentation land. I don't know why I make everything a land, a feature set in this podcast. Maybe now you have me thinking Disney and I'm thinking, "Oh, we have Automation Land and Documentation Land."

Mike Gerholdt: Land of the Lost.

Gillian Bruce: It's all these happy places, the happiest places on Earth. Or, on the platform. Can you talk to us a little bit about how documentation plays into the arena of flow? And what the role is, how you approach it? What is your methodology there?

Mark Ross: Sure. We have a cycle, just like their developers do. They have a cycle where, any given release, they have to do things in a certain order, and we do as well. When we're presented with the actual things that are being worked on by the engineers, we actually help to do the UI text. We don't just do documentation, we're actually sitting down and saying, "All right, this button should be called this because, unfortunately, the name the developers came with is a little bit misleading." Everything from errors messages, to modals, to the actual clickable interface, if it's got text in it, we're looking at it. That's part of our cycle.
The next thing we look at is release notes. Because believe it or not, release notes is actually the most viewed documentation of Salesforce. That is actually a really important area of focus for us, so we spend quite a bit of time on release notes as well, making sure that they are understandable, making sure they're communicating things, not just what's happened but how it's useful as well to the users. It's not just enough to say, "Well, we've made this." What we also are trying to say, "We made this, and you can use it for this. Or, it improves your life in this way."
Apart from release notes, we also of course do the actual documentation. So you have the help doc, also the dev doc, things like the API docs, metadata API docs, things like that. We don't necessarily touch all the little things that are dev doc oriented, but we do help with those metadata, API focused areas. But the documentation, of course, is a big deal. A lot of that, to be honest, we're going in and we're updating things that need to be updated. But every now and then, we're going to put out a new page. The thing is, the flow documentation started in a bit of a rough spot because it was relatively complicated. Many years ago, it started out relatively complicated and it was difficult to just, all of a sudden, slap down a whole bunch of documentation for that. So over time, a lot of documentation has been added. If you checked out the flow documentation five years ago, it's a very different beast now than it was then.
We're covering a lot more topics. We're covering a lot of things like best practices, how [inaudible] works, limits. Some of those limits docs are my favorite docs. You wouldn't think the documentation that says the things you can't do would be one of my favorites, but it absolutely is. Because I can't tell you how many times I've hit some kind of an error, and didn't know what it was, and somebody pointed, "Hey did you go over your limits?" I was like, "Limits? There are limits?" Yes, there are limits so you have to go check those out. Element limits, sociable limits, things like that. So many of my problems, and so many of the people I've talked to, people in the community, their problems have been solved just by going to look at that. There's all sorts of other really helpful things, more in use cases, example use cases that are out there as well. References for individual parts of flow, all the different screen components, all the different elements, they all have their own individual pages so those are valuable, too.
And then, after of course documentation, there is Trailhead. We don't necessarily manage all of the Trailhead content, but there are certain badges that we definitely help to maintain. There are some that we're having to retire because they're, frankly, out of date. At some point in the future, we're going to have some more flow content coming, and we're definitely wanting to hear your feedback on that as well. Because we know there are some gaps in how the Trailhead badges guide people, we want things to be not too prescriptive but not unhelpful, either. So if anybody has any input on that, we'd very much welcome that.
I think that pretty much covers our doc cycle and everything we put out.

Mike Gerholdt: You hope, until the next release.

Mark Ross: Right, exactly. There's always more, right?

Mike Gerholdt: I'm trying to bounce between being a beginning admin learning flow, and somebody that's been on the platform for a while. You've been around for a while, you remember before Trailhead and only having documentation as a way to learn a product.
I'm going to use the release as a jumping off point. As somebody that's rolled out flow, that has a lot of processes and flows built, and I'm sure a lot of listeners do as well, what are things in the release notes that you look for?

Mark Ross: When you're talking about flow?

Mike Gerholdt: Yes.

Mark Ross: Well, my general behavior for flow release notes is the first thing I'm going to do is I'm going to do a pass, just start reading the headers. I'm looking for things that are going to ... If I'm an admin, in my days as an admin, I'm looking for things that impact my current customers first. Whether I'm a partner, implementer, I'm looking for my customers. If I'm an admin for a company, I'm looking for my company, the things that are in my org or orgs right now. Because there are going to be changes, there are going to be critical updates and those things can have an impact on the things already out there. But, sometimes there's a new feature that came out.
Just two months ago I was telling somebody in sales that I couldn't do this. Now all of a sudden, this is now a feature that's going to be available. It's going to be beta, it's going to be new, but at least I can tell them it's on the way. That's something you can ... Especially if you're working with a sales department, a sales enablement, or whatever department that you're working to enable, just being able to tell them, "Yes, it's coming. It's on the way," will make them feel so much better.
So reading the release notes, and getting an idea of what's out there and what's coming, even if you can't use it, even if you're tied behind procedures that ... I say tied, that makes it sound negative. Even if you're having to listen to procedures that are governance oriented saying, "Well, you can implement something until goes through this change management board," that's great, you always respect the change management board. But at least you'll be able to tell people, "Hey this is coming. I feel your pain and we're going to work to get it implemented as soon as we can," that will make them feel so much better.
Other things to look for in the release notes, sometimes the release notes will have a basic how-to if the feature we're talking about is particularly complicated. You briefly mentioned release notes as documentation, in a sense, they can be a little bit, very entry level documentation. When we're doing help doc, we're going to go into more detail, more information about something, but sometimes if you just need a really quick primer on something, the release notes can be a good place to start.

Gillian Bruce: So Mark, I would love to maybe ask you, switching your mindset a little ... Clearly, you are a documentation superstar. If I'm an admin at an org, and I am building flow processes and all kinds of stuff, how should I think about documentation and incorporating some of maybe the best practices you've learned into my own processes?

Mark Ross: Documentation is really interesting, at least for me. I'm a nerd, obviously. It's interesting because you can do so much with it, with just a little bit of time. I think that's the hurdle that a lot of people feel, is finding the time to sit down and write something. But, if you release something for your users and you don't write down how to do it, you're automatically putting them at a bit of a disservice. Even if you train them in it face-to-face, that's not the same as them having something they can come back to later. So just sitting down and writing the steps out, just do it, just make the time, find the time. Convince whoever's in charge of your hours that it's worth the time because it really is, it will save you so much trouble and will save your users so much frustration. So that's the first step, just do it.
The second step is make sure that whatever you're doing is clear and understandable. And I know that that is easier said than done, and not a very specific answer, but it is really important. If you're using a new term, maybe you've named a new app, use that same term consistently. Don't flop around with different versions of it, it will confuse users.
Hang on, my cat is being demanding. He's being noisy.

Gillian Bruce: I couldn't tell if that was child or an animal.

Mike Gerholdt: I couldn't either, but that's awesome.

Mark Ross: Ah, there. You've had some love, so are you happy now? Okay. Where was I?

Mike Gerholdt: What's the cat's name?

Mark Ross: Twiglet.

Gillian Bruce: Twiglet, that's great.

Mark Ross: She's a fat black-and-white cat, aren't you? Yes. She's a talker.
Using the same terms is important. Also, try to avoid really, really complicated language. If you can keep things simple, that's going to be really helpful as well. Don't use jargon, don't use things, don't assume that they know Salesforce terminology because they might not. Screenshots, screenshots. Again, they take time but they're worth it, because you can literally point someone in the right direction. Anything you can do to help make things more clear, and not be vague, and not be too technical.
Those two things, just do it and be clear, those are the best things you can do.

Mike Gerholdt: Was there something you've learned, now that you've been writing documentation for a while, that you think could be really helpful for admins to know?

Mark Ross: I'm not sure, I'm not sure how to answer that. Frankly, as long as you're ... A lot of what I've learned since coming onto documentation is how to do proper technical documentation. So things like style guides, where there's established written Wikis, or Confluences, or books like the Chicago Manual of Style, which professional writers have to use. That's the difference between what I as an admin had to do, writing just documentation for my features, and then becoming a professional writer and having to write up to a certain standard, there is a bit of a gap there. I don't think that gap is necessary to be bridged as an admin, I think it creates too much pressure and too much expectation.
I think, again, if you're just writing something and you're trying to write it clearly ... That is definitely one of the things we look at, when I'm having my editor look at things, is clear. It has to be clear, it has to be understandable. Is it possible that however I wrote this could be interpreted in a different way? You would think the innocent pairing of words couldn't possibly mean anything else, but it turns out, oh wait, this could actually be meant as something entirely different. So going back over your text after you've written it, and maybe making new versions of it. We call it iterating, on the team.
So I wrote something, but I'm not feeling that great about it. That's fine, move on, come back. When you read through it again, oh there's that sentence. You know what? Here's another version, and just write it again, just make more iterations of that text until you get something. When you're doing your own self edit, look for the things that might mean something entirely different if you look at it at just a different angle.
This is relatively high level documentation stuff, but sure, those are things that could be valuable. I'm not sure how well I answered that.

Mike Gerholdt: No, a lot of it is you learn what you don't know. Some of it, I think to the point that you brought up, sometimes at least when I'm writing content, or working on something for a project, you'll find you're so close to it that you don't remember to tell people what you innately know. I feel that with documentation. You're so close to the app that you're writing maybe these high level milestones, and in your brain you're filling in the gaps because you know it already. And then, to the point that you brought up, you have someone else read it, well they don't have those. Those gaps aren't filled in, in their mind. That's a really good point to bring up. The ability for someone else to read it, comprehend it and be up to speed is something you should always shoot for.

Mark Ross: That's the other reason we say to avoid writing too technically, or writing with jargon, because that will automatically put you in the place where the user doesn't know what you know.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes. Let's tackle what is near and dear to just about every question I feel like I read on the community, which is error screen or error messages, and my flow doesn't work. Because in your mind, I feel like we're set up for success. Everything comes with a kit now, and a user guide, and you dump it out of the box, and you flip through it, and you snap everything together and boom, you got it. But with flow, you get to experiment, and you're working with data, and rules, and limits. Sometimes, stuff just doesn't work. How do you approach an error message? And what are you looking for in documentation that helps give you that moment of I know what to do next?

Mark Ross: Boy, error messages. They're actually one of the hardest things, in my experience, to work on because you really got to make sure from a Salesforce perspective that it's right.

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Mark Ross: You've got to make sure you've got all the context, and that's absolutely critical. If you're going into an error message, you want to be sure you understand under what circumstances could this appear. Is it only in the UI? Is it going to also potentially show up in the API? Or, is it API only? If I'm doing some sort of push via API of a flow, is that the only way I'm going to see this error? That's really critical.
You have to keep audience in mind as well. If you're pushing something API only versus UI only, well API only, you're probably going to have developers, and architects and highly advanced admins doing that, as opposed to something that appears just in the flow build of UI. Well, that is going to be anybody. Entry level flow people, they're going to see this as well. We have to keep in mind audience, who we're talking to, what level they're at as well.
We also have to take into consideration when this appears, what could cause this to appear. And, is that going to necessitate how we're actually writing this? All these little details are why error messages are really one of the hardest things we do. It's actually one of my projects that I've been banging my head against lately, is a big set of error messages, because it is just so demanding. And, taking it in front of the developers and the engineers and saying, "Hey, does this look right?" And then taking it in front of the editor and saying, "Hey, what do you think of this?" It's this back-and-forth process where we have to make sure this error message is really going to communicate, as clearly as possible.
And even then, these error messages are often going to be very specific. The devs, the engineers, they can only do so much. They really do try to cover every base they possibly can, but there's nothing anybody can do to prevent any given admin from getting an unhandled fault for just some random thing that nobody could have predicted. That happens nine times out of 10. But, I have seen with my own eyes just how much effort they put into covering all the bases, because I know how many error messages I have to write.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I can only imagine. The complexity, you have to think about how do we word this encompass quite a few things, too.

Mark Ross: Exactly, exactly. While not getting too out of hand, or being too narrow, so that it doesn't cover all those bases.
The other thing ... Sorry, this is actually really important. I should have said this. The other thing we try to do in our error messages, and I would recommend to anybody else whose doing anything like this, also include what the person whose reading the message can do.

Mike Gerholdt: Ah!

Mark Ross: That's a really important thing. Because if you're just saying, "Ah, this broke," that's not helpful. But if you're saying, "Hey, this didn't work. Try doing this. Or, remove this faulty thing. Or, add this first." If you're able to provide some amount of instruction, you're automatically putting your users in a much better place than they were before.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Thinking through, because you're not there when the error message fires. You could be heading home from work, or walking the dog, or doing something and somebody in a call center hits an error message. It's not like they have you immediately on speed dial, and they need to know exactly what to do next, so I think working through that. I also think a lot of the questions that I see in the community, too, are they're getting error message while troubleshooting a flow, and trying to work through some of that documentation as well.
From a documentation standpoint, which I thought it was interesting to take this approach for a pod because we've talked about flow a lot and I've seen some really complex flows in my days. I've seen some really simple ones that have done amazing things. But, I think it's another one of those things that we document at Salesforce, that we put documentation out, that we want our admins to document, of course. As admins are going through and there's new features added, what is one of the things that you feel is foundational to understanding flow and automation, as opposed to chasing all the new shiny?

Mark Ross: Do you mean foundational in terms of it's one of the first things you need to grasp before you can grasp the whole enchilada? Or, do you mean a greater concept?

Mike Gerholdt: I'll give you an analogy related to cars. I feel, in my opinion, in order to learn how to really be able to drive a variety of vehicles and be a good driver, you need to know how to drive a manual stick shift. If you know how to drive a pre-1980 stick shift vehicle, you can drive anything.

Mark Ross: Oh boy. Wow. Okay. Because I can't do stick shift, at all.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, that to me is one of those foundational ... Because a lot of things have steering wheels, but outside of power steering and them sticking a million radio buttons on the steering wheel, that hasn't changed, but the way vehicles move forward has changed. Now granted, I'm all in on EVs, and the power cycle, and everything how cars are evolving, but manuals are going to be around for while and it opened you up to a whole world of vehicles that are very exciting to drive. I feel it's foundational because you also understand the mechanics of how the car moves. I've had to explain how you have to let off the clutch and give it gas, and it gives you an idea of what's going on in the vehicle. You don't have to do that with an automatic as much.
So what I was thinking of is, for example in Salesforce, I remember to the day that I was in the Admin 301 course with Wendy Braid, and she wrote on the board how objects relate to each other. She explained that, and man, I got it. It was the first time I got it. I felt like ever since then, it's just been knocking over cards to learn new Salesforce features. Because once you understand how objects and stuff related to each other, to me it was caveat emptor, I can learn this product now.

Mark Ross: Gotcha, all right. Man, okay. Well in that context, picking only one is difficult.

Mike Gerholdt: Well you're the guest, you can pick two. I just ask one.

Mark Ross: Well if we're talking a single thing, it's hard to pick just one. I would say variables is definitely one of the big ones. If you can understand variables, then you can handle almost anything in flow. Not just the concept of variable, even though I know that is one of the first hurdles that people have. This idea of okay, here's a place I can store something. Okay, that's great. Now that you understand what a variable is, now you have to understand how you can use it, and all the different types of variables there are.
There's the variable itself, which is just a normal place to store data. You also have things like formulas, text templates, record variables, these are things that are also critical. They're ways that you can store information, and calculate information if it's a formula, that can then be used in other places. And then, you have to understand where are all the different places I can use this. And in flow that's practically everywhere, that's one of the prime realizations. It's this idea that okay, well I've made a variable, now what do I do with it? It really is anything you want. You can use variables here, here, here, here, here, here, here. Same thing with formulas, same thing with text templates, same thing with record variables. If it's something that you can make that's like a variable in Salesforce in flow builder, it can be used almost anywhere for any purpose.
And then, there's a whole nother level up from that, which is okay, how do you use variables properly instead of using them in not necessarily good ways like loops. You don't ever, ever want to do a get records and update records, a create records, inside a loop. You don't want to do that. Instead, you want to do that before you loop and store it in a variable. So that later on, within the loop, you can actually go use that information. That's just a general practice of get all your data, manage all your data as much as you can before the loop.
Variables, I really feel are the one thing that, one, people look at as the first big hurdle, the first big thing that prevents them from using flow. But then, it also is ... It's like stick shift in that way, right?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Mark Ross: It also is the thing that, once you get it and once you know how to use it, you can do practically anything.

Mike Gerholdt: I think that's good advice. I still am learning variables.

Mark Ross: I can't really hear you. Should I hop off the VPN? We might have to use chat, because I've completely lost audio I think.

Mike Gerholdt: So true to COVID times, we had the internet drop out from underneath us so we got the last bit of Mark's answer and we missed the wrap up. So I will say thank you, Mark, for being on the pod, that was fantastic. And, here's the three things that we learned from our conversation with Mark.
First is there's a lot of documented sources from release notes, to help, to Trailhead, and they're all there to help you understand more about flow and Salesforce. You don't have to read them all. So go through things very diligently, and look for information that is relevant to you.
The second is be cognizant about writing your own documentation. Use simple terms, and think of it as making sure that your users are there when you're not. I would suggest, for sure, having someone else read your documentation. You can always revise it, you can always revise it.
And the third thing, I learned this asking Mark about what we should understand about flow, learn your variables. That seems to be, really, the one thing that you can do to understand flow. And once you understand that, as Mark said, you can do practically anything. So jump on over to Trailhead and learn about, well, practically anything with variables on flow. So that was super fun.
Speaking of podcasts, in today's all digital world, being able to learn in demand skills is really more relevant than ever. You can access all of the amazing Trailhead content that you love, including 1000 plus badges of marketable skills, trail mixes and Trailhead live, all from your phone. This is my plug for you to go, download Trailhead Go. I'm going to put the link in the description, there's a link that you can go to, you can download it. Or, you can search Trailhead Go in the Apple App Store or on Google Play.
Now, if you want to learn more about all things Salesforce admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find those resources. You can stay up-to-date with us on social, we are @SalesforceAdmns, no I, on Twitter. Of course, you find my guest Mark on Twitter, he is @MarkRoss__C. Bet you know what that means. Gillian is also on Twitter, she is @GillianKBruce. And, I am @MikeGerholdt on Twitter. So send us a tweet, let us know if you loved this episode and suggestions for people we should have on. So with that, stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we kick off Automation April by talking to Sam Reynard, Senior Manager of Product Management on the Flow team at Salesforce. We go over improvements coming to Flow and why it should be your one-stop shop for automations.

Join us as we talk about why you should pay attention to Flow, the improvements coming in new releases, and why it’s so important to start from a place of empathy for your users.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Sam Reynard.

Where Flow Builder is going. Sam is a member of the Flow product management team—focused mainly on Screen Flows—so she’s the perfect person to have on the pod to kick off Automation month. We’ll be highlighting tools that are available to you and helping you make decisions about what automations to build in order to take advantage of this exciting new area of innovation. There’s a lot coming down the pipeline with Flow and we wanted to talk to Sam to find out what’s especially exciting and helpful.

The main goal is to make Flow Builder as easy to use as building a Workflow Rule or working in Process Builder. One thing that’s being released is support for rich layouts in Flow Screens, giving you the ability to create a section of your screen you can divvy up into multiple columns without touching any code using the section component. We’re also adding the ability to send rich text emails from Flows opening some great new possibilities.

More improvements to Flow coming down the pipeline. “Today, if you as an admin are trying to create automation, there are so many options,” Sam says, “you can create a Workflow Rule, you can create an approval process, you can create a Flow or something in Process builder.” On the automation team, we’ve been questioning why there isn’t just one tool to give you everything you need without having to decide which tool is best for the job.

Another thing Sam and her team are working on is choices. If you need a simple choice that says yes or no, you shouldn’t need to click six or seven times to create it. There are a lot more little changes coming to make choices simpler and faster and make everyone’s lives easier, so be sure to listen to the full pod for more details, including what it’s like to have Mike in a focus group.

Links: * Trailhead: + Automate your Business Processes with Flow Trail + Build Flows with Flow Builder Trail * Salesforce Admins Automation product page

Social: * Sam: @SamReynard * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt * LeeAnne: @LeeAnndroid

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

March Monthly Retro with Gillian and Mike

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got the monthly retro. In this episode, we go over all the great blog posts, videos, and all the other Salesforce content from March.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation between Mike and Gillian.

Blog highlights from March.

Mike points to Brian Owens’ post about what to do after you get your certification. How do you prep for a Salesforce admin job interview? What should your LinkedIn profile look like? For Gillian, LeeAnne’s post about integration is something you simply shouldn’t miss.

  • You’ve Earned Your Salesforce Administrator Certification, Now What?
  • Introduction to Integration

Podcast highlights from March.

If you can’t tell, March has been integrations month, and Gillian wants to highlight a conversion she had with Zayne Turner and LeeAnne Rimel about how admins should think about integrations. Mike highlights another episode we did we LeeAnne about how to think through everything that’s changed as we move to a more virtual world.

  • How to Design Integrations with Zayne Turner
  • How to Learn in a Virtual World with LeeAnne Rimel
  • [Flag design pod Gillian mentions]

Video highlights from March.

“I love when admins think through, visually, how you can call something out in the user interface,” Mike says. For him, a great video for this month was Marc’s walkthrough of how to incorporate emoji flags into your Salesforce org to make it more accessible and easier to understand at a glance. For Gillian, LeeAnne and Ashley Simmons going over MuleSoft Composer is something you simply can’t miss, and don’t miss the No Silly Questions episode about disabling person accounts.

  • How to use Emoji as image flags in Salesforce | How I Solved This
  • Why Can’t I Disable Person Accounts? | No Silly Questions
  • Expert Corner: Build Integrations with Clicks with MuleSoft Composer PM Ashley Simons

Social * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Mike: @MikeGerholdt * Gillian: @GillianKBruce

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast and the pot of gold at the end of the rainbow or the March monthly retro for 2021. I'm your host, Jillian Bruce and in this episode we will review the top product, community and careers content for March. And to help me do that, I'm joined by the one and only Mike Gerholdt.

Mike Gerholdt: Hey, Gillian, we have literally a pot of gold at the end of this podcast because we are going to play a fun quiz show. Fun, that's the pot of gold.

Gillian Bruce: Well, I'm excited. I mean, I love fun.

Mike Gerholdt: And I would do that in an Irish accent, except it wouldn't sound that way, it just comes off as a rejected pirate try out for some, Johnny Depp movie.

Gillian Bruce: Now, I definitely am going to make you give me your Irish accent at some point.

Mike Gerholdt: No. Because it sounds like a pirate, just it's... I got a peg leg. Nothing.

Gillian Bruce: All right, Mike. Well, let's start with our content. Let's start with some blogs, what's a blog you'd love to highlight for the month of March?

Mike Gerholdt: Well, I am a big fan of Salesforce certification for admins, I've always been super empowered by my certification. I remember in October of 2008, when I first got mine. And so I loved reading the, you've earned your Salesforce administrator certification now what? And this sneaks in the window of being a March blog post, because it was published on March one by, Brian Owens. And I think it's just a good reminder of all the things you should do before you get a Salesforce admin job interview. Updating your LinkedIn profile, how to prepare for your interview and what to do before you accept the offer. And all of that is just money in the bank to me and makes me think back to those super fun days when I first got my certification.

Gillian Bruce: I think it's a really great post too because, we often get questions from the community of, cool I got certified, now how do I get a job? And I think that Brian's post hope it answers a lot of those questions and give some good structure and guidance around that process, so good highlight. Well, the post I would like to highlight for March, is all about integration. So March was a month of integrations, in case you couldn't tell, there was a lot of integration theme content across all of our channels. And this was a post by, Leanne who led the charge and it talks about, "Hey admins, how should you think about integrations? Why are they important to you? How might you approach them?" It's a great overview about all of the different types of integrations that we as admins should think about in the Salesforce universe and it's a good introduction to all of the different integration content we've got for the month, which I will be speaking more about in the next few sections.

Mike Gerholdt: This could quickly turn into the best of Leanne's content podcasts because, moving on I loved reading all of the integration stuff that we did this month. And I love thinking through, to me it's adding holiday lights when you can string them together, that's integrations when like, "How do I add more and make more things light up and make it all run off one timer?

Gillian Bruce: And make coordinate it with music.

Mike Gerholdt: Seriously, the people that do that are next level. You watch those YouTube videos, man, I'd love to be able to have that patience. I don't, I get through one string and I'm like, "Yeah, everything looks good, let's be done."

Gillian Bruce: If I have to do anything other than a couple pieces of electrical tape, no, no, that's it. The complexity that we're doing here, that's it.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, pretty much, pretty much. But we had some podcasts in March for an awkward segue that no one was expecting. Jillian, what was your favorite podcast in March?

Gillian Bruce: No, I thought that was a fine segue there, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: My God but okay, go a head.

Gillian Bruce: Well, surprise, surprise, the podcast I would like to highlight from March is also about integrations. And this was a really fun conversation I got to have with, [Zane] Turner who leads our architect relations team and of course, Leanne [Rimal] who is part of almost all of our content this month. Again, talking about how admins should think about integrations and some of architect minded strategies that would help any admin no matter how complex or not complex your Salesforce implementation is. So it was really fun, it's also just super cool to be able to chat with two super technologically, skilled females on a tech podcast. I nerd out about that and it was really fun and they're two of my favorite people anyway, to work with. So it was a good conversation I highly recommend you check it out, we get into some really good meaty topics and help stretch your idea of what an integration is. So check it out.

Mike Gerholdt: I love those and I also preface by thinking, when you see Leann, do those really slick demos or when we have walk throughs of stuff. On the back end of that, we've thought through like, are we showing good architecture? Because, that's the unseen how quick when we demo something that we show and that's why I love listening to this one, is thinking through how architects think. Because all of that is the stuff we don't show.

Gillian Bruce: It's all the behind the scenes pre-planning so that when you see this finished product that makes sense, looks beautiful it's all put together, it flows well but those are all decisions that we made way before even getting to that first demo. So it's a very good set of strategies and skills for all admins to think about.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, in true, can't shake a stick and not hit some Leanne content this month. I chose the podcast that we did with, Leanne on learning in a virtual world for two reasons. One, it was great to have all of us back on one podcast again, just chatting. It takes me back to a few years of, I remember sitting at Salesforce offices on the second floor of that... Well, it was the second floor of the third floor of Rincon, which sounds super confusing to everybody listening. But it was this hot little loft and off in the corner and be like, "Okay, Leanne, let's sit down and record a podcast really quick." And it had 10 minutes in and it's like a sauna, cause it's so hot in there.

Gillian Bruce: Hey, we were talking about hot topics.

Mike Gerholdt: Nothing to do with this podcast, so this is just reminiscing. But it was good to think through, we've been working differently for a year now and to have a fresh perspective from, Leanne on working through this pandemic and then coming back and having observed and really taking that mental bandwidth with you. And thinking through, how are your colleagues going through this? What are you doing? How are you taking care of yourself? There's just a ton in this and it was just a good refresher pod that wasn't some of our usual content.

Gillian Bruce: Agreed. Not directly talking about how you structure Salesforce, but definitely talking about how you can better structure maybe some of your work habits. And yeah, I mean, working together and collaborating in this virtual world has actually been quite a fun transformation in a lot of ways, so it was interesting to talk about that. So we also had some videos in March, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, we're a video machine. I feel every time I go to YouTube, I see you and I see, Leanne

Gillian Bruce: We're like the admin cable channel or something, it's just always something new coming out.

Mike Gerholdt: I feel it's more akin to early years of discovery, because it's these two expert corner and no silly questions.

Gillian Bruce: And we've got how I solve this too, which I believe is one of the ones you wanted to talk about, right?

Mike Gerholdt: Absolutely, I thought this one was great. So I love when admins think through visually how you can call something out in the user interface. And so, Mark did a great, how I solve this with emoji flags video and to me, you'd love to sit and think your users pine and read through every detail of all of the record and comb through all the activity history. And really sometimes they just run a list view and want to see the status and they spend a glancing look at it to figure out who they should call next. And I thought this video was really good at that and ultimately, it comes down to how do you help your users consume information visually faster and have a little bit of fun with emoji flags.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, who doesn't like emoji? I have yet to find. I mean, well, honestly, Damon, my partner does not like emoji at all. He refuses to retweet anything that has emoji in it or text any emojis, this is the one riff we have in our relationship. But other than him, I haven't found anyone that doesn't like emoji.

Mike Gerholdt: I'm often feel like sometimes I'm constrained, there's not enough emoji.

Gillian Bruce: Well, that's what we have now, Bitmoji and Animoji. I think we need to continue to build out our emoji languages since this is a secret goal of mine.

Mike Gerholdt: There's been times when I'm like-

Gillian Bruce: We have Trailmoji.

Mike Gerholdt: I know, yes. But I still need more flags. That flag portion that could be expanded, there could be more flags.

Gillian Bruce: Agreed.

Mike Gerholdt: What about a state flag, why don't we have those? Not that I own flag, is all that awesome let's be honest.

Gillian Bruce: There's actually a really total side note for those of you looking to nerd out on flag design, there's a great podcast that I recommend from 99% Invisible about actually flag design and they do a very interesting story about, I think it's Aruba and how their flag has drastically changed.

Mike Gerholdt: Really?

Gillian Bruce: And there's a whole international debate, it's fascinating. Anyway, I'll find out the exact episode, we'll put it in the show notes but-

Mike Gerholdt: Is it called fun with flags?

Gillian Bruce: And no, that would be great. But I don't think that's the title of it, that's what I would've called it. But I'm not cool enough to host 99% Invisible.

Mike Gerholdt: No, no, but vexillology is that how you say it? V-E-X-I-L-L-O-L-O-G-Y. Vexillology, it's the study of history and symbolism of flags.

Gillian Bruce: And there you go. See, learn something new, I would say.

Mike Gerholdt: Fun with flags.

Gillian Bruce: Fun with flags. Okay, but we also had other videos, so we're going to have fun with those videos too. I had two that I really wanted to highlight this month and they're two very different ones, so don't worry. One was the launching of this amazing new expert corner series that, Leanne is hosting. Again, Leanne is amazing, she created a ton of content this month and this again is focused on integrations. This is with our MuleSoft Composer, Product Manager, Ashley Simmons. This is amazing, this is the behind the scenes, one-on-one chat, you get with a PM at a Dreamforce or a TrailheaDX but you can just click play on the internet and you can watch it. It's really, really great in-depth, super nerdy discussion about MuleSoft Composer and the nitty gritty of how you use it, what admin should do with it.
Definitely check it out. I think it's 25, 27 minutes long, so it's short and sweet enough for you can consume it, but also in-depth enough to where you get more than just a couple minute clip. Because the other video I want to recommend any everyone check out is literally two minutes long. And that's the new silly questions that we just put out about person accounts. So we got a really great question from, Jonathan Forester. Who's actually part of our Salesforce military community, about why can't you disable person accounts after you enable them? Why is this so difficult? And so I got a product manager our project Manager, [Hidong] to help us answer that question. So check it out, again it's a couple minutes long and if you have not so silly Salesforce questions always remember send them my way. And I may ask you to submit it via video and then I'll get you an expert answer. So that's the video land for me in March.

Mike Gerholdt: No, that's awesome. First of all, thank you, Jonathan, for your service. I saw on Twitter his jubilation, I will call it over getting his question answered. That is a good and easy way to bubble your question at the top, let me tell you, because that was a fun, fun video to watch.

Gillian Bruce: And it's always great, excuse for me to, prod the product managers and being like, "Why does this work this way?" So if you've got a product question-

Mike Gerholdt: Why does person accounts have to be a permanent thing?

Gillian Bruce: Why is this so complicated? And then we get them on video and force them to answer. So please keep sending me your questions.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes, please do. So we promise you a pot of gold at the end of the podcast and we are there. I thought it would be fun in the vein of, we've had some sort of theme every month. So for March, we're going to do Mike's March madness quiz show. So, Gillian I have thought of three questions, they're all multiple choice for you, around things that happened in March that are in my mind, just kind of complete madness. And that's why-

Gillian Bruce: I like it.

Mike Gerholdt: That's I've called it. And if you get all three rights, I haven't determined what the prize is. I could do a-

Gillian Bruce: I thought I'll get a pot of gold, isn't that how that works?

Mike Gerholdt: You're sure, yeah. Pot and gold to be determined.

Gillian Bruce: Fair, fair. I mean, everybody I love it.

Mike Gerholdt: So this is fun, fun. A fun, fun, Mark's March madness quiz show. So, Jillian, March is a great month for basketball but not so much for employee productivity. According to USA today, unproductive workers cost their employers blank amount in 2019, and this was paid to employees, spending company time on bedding pool priorities. So blank amount in 2019, was that a, $90 million, b, $1 billion or c, $4 billion.

Gillian Bruce: Men, I mean, I know that March madness is the number one sports betting, fun bracket time of all. Before billion sounds a lot. So I'm going to pick the middle option, I'm going to say 1 billion, b.

Mike Gerholdt: You'll be incorrect. Is actually c, $4 billion. March madness costs employers in 2019, so obviously with pandemic in 2020, I couldn't find an article about that, but I was blown away too. So 4 billion.

Gillian Bruce: Okay, well there you go.

Mike Gerholdt: Madness. Our second madness question. The quote, luck of the Irish is celebrated on March 17th, which was not too long ago, if you listen to this podcast also known as St. Patrick's Day. But what other holidays are also celebrated in March? Is it a, National Fanny Pack Day?

Gillian Bruce: God, I hope that's true.

Mike Gerholdt: B, What if Cats and Dogs had Opposable Thumbs Day?

Gillian Bruce: My God.

Mike Gerholdt: Or c, National Earmuff Day?

Gillian Bruce: These are fantastic, I didn't know any of these existed.

Mike Gerholdt: I put a lot of work into this quiz, I'm very proud of myself.

Gillian Bruce: I'm also not very distracted thinking about what would happen if my dog, Rex had opposable thumbs. I literally like the F... When I first got him as a puppy, I remember my dog walker sending me a photo of a destroyed kitchen with flour and chocolate and everything all over the place and her text message was, "Rex, tried to bake you a cake without thumbs." So I'm partial on the fanny packs, I think I'm going to go with a, I'm really hoping that's true. Because then I have an excuse to wear a fanny pack.

Mike Gerholdt: Actually. Ding, ding, ding, all of them are true. So March 3rd is, What if Cats and Dogs had Opposable Thumbs Day, March-

Gillian Bruce: Who came up with that?

Mike Gerholdt: It's madness, I don't know. March 9th is International Fanny Pack Day.

Gillian Bruce: I missed it.

Mike Gerholdt: So that's come and gone and National Earmuff day, we just missed it, Nash is March 13th. The choices were actually so funny, I couldn't think of funnier ones and I was like, "I'm just going to make it all of them." This is all of them. Upcoming, March 21st is Absolutely Incredible Kid Day, so if you have an absolutely incredible kid-

Gillian Bruce: I mean, my kids are okay.

Mike Gerholdt: March 23rd is World Meteorological Day and March 31st is World Backup day.

Gillian Bruce: Backup?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Backing up your data?

Mike Gerholdt: I Don't know, I just thought. This is also why I didn't choose those.

Gillian Bruce: You'll be excited about the Meteorological Day, because you love the weather channel?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, sure.

Gillian Bruce: No, it's fantastic wake. I'm going to have to remember Fanny Pack Day, next year.

Mike Gerholdt: Fanny Pack Day is March 9th. Third question, so you're 50, 50 here for the win. According to research from the UK Office of National Statistics, kids born in March are statistically more likely to grow up to become what? A, a marine biologist, b, an airline pilot or c, a philanthropist?

Gillian Bruce: Well, Dana my partner was born in March and he's none of those. He's also not very common, I wouldn't use him as an example for anyone else.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. That fun fact, learn during March madness quiz.

Gillian Bruce: What's appropriate, because he does do sports for a living so I should talk about him on podcast. And when I say, do sports, he just talks about that, he's not actually doing a sporting activities. So let's see, God, marine biologist, pilot and philanthropist. Pilot?

Mike Gerholdt: You are correct. Kids born in March according to UK Office of National Statistics are more likely to grow up to become a pilot. I threw marine biologists in there because I was a sign field fan and philanthropist because I felt like it would throw people off.

Gillian Bruce: A pilot, wow. Okay, well, I had-

Mike Gerholdt: So start racking up your frequent flyer miles if your kid was born in March.

Gillian Bruce: There you go. Okay. Well, that was fun, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: You went two for three, on Mike's March madness quiz show.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, the second one was a give me, so that was good.

Mike Gerholdt: I know but who's going to turn down International Fanny Pack Day?

Gillian Bruce: Definitely not me. Thank you, Mike. That was very fun. I appreciate that.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes. What if Cats and Dogs had Opposable Thumbs Day.

Gillian Bruce: That's going to give me nightmares, is what that's going to do.

Mike Gerholdt: Then bake your bread, you never know. Unlike the UK's Office of National Statistics, if you want to learn more about all things we just talked about in today's episode, please go to admin.salesforce.com to find those links and many more resources. You can stay up to date with us on social for all things admins, we are @SalesforceAdmns. No, I, on Twitter. I am @MikeGerholdt and Gillian, is @GillianKBruce. Don't forget to tweet her non-silly or silly question. There is no such thing as a silly question. And with that, stay safe, stay awesome and stay tuned for our next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

For this episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we team up with Josh Birk, host of the Salesforce Developer Podcast. We come together about the difference between admins and devs and how you can get more dev skills in your toolbox.

Join us as we talk about why it’s easier than ever to learn to code, and how you can put those skills into action.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Josh Birk.

Thinking like a dev.

While Flow and code can feel like two different things, the thought process behind it is the same. “The admin roles are very process-driven,” Josh says, “whereas in the developer role, you’re really trying to figure out what is the appropriate functionality and what is the appropriate tool to bring that functionality forward.”

The important thing to realize is that these skills are totally obtainable if they’re of interest, and Josh has tons of examples of people who have started without a computer science background and gone on to great things. But even more importantly, understanding how everything works is important so you can communicate effectively with your developers and create something that works together.

What happens when an admin learns to code?

One other thing that gets people tripped up is the idea of task versus identity. Just because you’re doing an admin or developer task doesn’t mean that it’s your identity—things aren’t always so black and white. Sometimes you need to developer tasks, even if you’re an admin at heart. As Josh puts it, “having the developer role and role understand their strengths and their weaknesses helps each other do their job better.”

There’s also the fact that you need someone to help you troubleshoot when something goes wrong. Failure is an important part of learning, and having someone over your shoulder can be a big help. If you make the transition to being a dev or acquiring dev skills, there are a lot of options out there for where to go next.

There’s a lot more in the pod about how to get code skills and what to do with them once you acquire them, so be sure to listen in!

Links: * Salesforce Developers Podcast: Becoming a Developer with Lexis Hanson

Social: * Josh: @JoshBirk * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Full Transcript

Mike: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. This week, we are diving into a really great discussion with fellow podcaster and host of the Salesforce Developer Podcast, Josh Birk. You may also know him for Trailhead.
In this episode, we will have a fun discussion about the identity of developers and admins and the tasks that they perform. So with that, let's get Josh on the pod.
Welcome to the podcast, Josh.

Josh Birk: Thanks for having me, Mike.

Mike: So, since we last chatted, somebody started their own podcast.

Josh Birk: Oh really? Who was that?

Mike: Yeah. I don't know.

Gillian Bruce: I know. I know.

Mike: Spoiler.

Gillian Bruce: Josh, it's you.

Josh Birk: Oh, since we last recorded. Oh my God. That was so long ago.

Mike: Yes, it was.

Josh Birk: Well, that was a whole pandemic and a half ago, at least.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, the way time moves these days, it's like 10 years ago.

Mike: So, you have the Developer Podcast now.

Josh Birk: I have the developer podcast now. We are rounding up towards episode 75. Like y'all, we have gone out weekly since two Dreamforces ago, basically. And, and yeah, no, it's, it's been great. We've got episodes that are, these days lasting somewhere between 20 to 40 minutes, about 30 minutes usually.
And honestly, going back to the pandemic joke, it's like the timing couldn't have been better, because I am catching up with people from the community around the world and having lengthy conversations with them. And I don't think I even was going to be able to do that in the normal world. I don't remember the last time I actually sat down and talked with, and hear about and for more than 20 minutes at a time. And so, it's been really great to be able to have those experiences.

Mike: Yeah, no, it's a great podcast. I'm always glad there's more podcasters for our audience to listen to. Well, we're bringing you on. We did a whole bunch of, of course everybody's doing video content these days, and we got some questions in the community and one of them really stood out that I responded to. It was during our release readiness and I know the developer release rain has got this question too, but there's a lot of people out there and they identify as admins, they identify as developers, they identify as architects and so many different identities. And one of them was, "Hey, I'm doing this, but I need some developer content."
And what's interesting is I sent the question over to you and your response wasn't exactly what I expected, because I really just wanted a link.

Josh Birk: Yeah. Yeah. And it really isn't just a link, I think, would be my answer there. And I'm trying to remember what I actually pointed her to, if it was Trailhead or any of the podcast episodes, do you recall?

Mike: Well, I think it was a combination of both, but your response, because I got you on a hangout because our calendar was free. Your response got me thinking, which was, does she want to learn the skills or she want to learn how to think like a developer?

Josh Birk: Mmm, yes, yes. Yeah. And it's come up on in a lot of different conversations that, for instance, if we start comparing Flow to coding, for instance, and people like to call Flow "low code." But even developers brace at that a little bit, because they're like, "No, Flow is actually more like visual code," and the thought process between putting behind a Flow together versus putting an apex class together is actually really, really similar.
And I think a lot of developers would agree with this too, if you just throw them a bunch of stuff and they just repeat it, that they're not necessarily learning how JavaScript works, for instance. But if you take a step back and actually start looking at the functionality of it, then you start looking at the precise things that you as quote unquote, "the role of developer," is really interacting with.
And so, I think Trailhead is a really good resource, but I think there's also a lot of different resources that bring you through that experience of being a developer that might help bridge going from admin skills to developer skills a little bit more.

Gillian Bruce: So I think that's interesting, because I think we focus so much on the skills and like you said, Trailhead is very skills focused, but that thinking, that strategy, can you dig into maybe what some of those differences are?
You know both the admin and the developer personas pretty well, what would you say are some of the top thinking strategies or shifts between those two personas that stand out to you?

Josh Birk: So, I think the admin roles, they're very process driven. It's very much a getting the right things into the right boxes at the right time for the right people kind of thing. Whereas in the developer role, you're really trying to figure out what's what's the appropriate functionality and what's the appropriate tool to bring that functionality forward.
And so, I think there's a lot of exercising, mentally to do, to go through that process. I would caveat that though, with like... And this has come up a lot in the pod and conversations, it's not a mad scientist skill. It's not an ivory tower kind of thing that you have to get into. It's really just, are you willing to spend some time and mental energy to start getting into those habits of writing code, testing code, proving your functionality, and things like that?
And I have multiple examples of people who have virtually no... They didn't come up computer science geeks, they didn't come up with a Commodore 64 on their desk when they were a kid, they just out of nowhere, were like, "I want to learn these skills," and they just started going through those exercises and it's 100% attainable. Your background does not necessarily limit the kind of role that you want to slowly get into.

Gillian Bruce: I think that's interesting Josh, because I know my personality, I would never have the patience to sit there and write a bunch of code and test it and troubleshoot it for hours and hours on end. I just know that that is not something that even appetizes me in the slightest. But there are people that just love that, and it's like tackling a really complex problem and getting in there. And so, I definitely would have a very hard time being a developer, I know that. I could probably learn the stuff, learn the skills, but actually having that kind of mindset and that kind of approach to my work would absolutely not do it for me.

Josh Birk: I want to add though, quickly, I sound like I'm almost diminishing taking time and learning some of the skills and getting a grasp of triggers and things like that. And I think even if you acknowledge that, that adding developer into your role is it's not something for you, getting your eyeballs on it is still very useful. I've had people in workshops admit to me, "I'm not a developer, I'm not a programmer, I'm never going to code the stuff, but I need to know what you're saying so that I can actually talk to my developers."

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I think 100%, that's the difference between understanding versus building it yourself. And I think I've also, very similarly, I think it's so interesting to understand how the LWC works or understanding how to troubleshoot and use [SOCO] and some of those more complex things, but I would not sit there and come up with that stuff on my own. But I think that that is an important distinction there.

Josh Birk: Yeah. I have an anecdote for my workshop days, where somebody came to me and said that to me. They said, "I'm not a developer, but I need to learn some of this because I think my developers are lying to me."
And I was like, "No, no. I understand. It's easy to have miscommunications. And sometimes developers, maybe they're not communicating you too correctly, but I'm pretty certain they're not lying to you."
And it was back in the days of remote objects and being able to do things asynchronously. And so, I showed the difference between being able to just load a bunch of stuff on a page. And this was back in the visual force page, those days. And it's like, you have this whole task that's going to just, every time you press the button, this huge amount of data is coming back to the server and then back down the client. And you could just feel the web browser shake when you're trying to do it.
Or you could do it this other way, which is really lightweight and fast and you press the button and it just comes back quickly. And I showed that demo and that person came to me and she's like, "That. That's what's happening." And she pulls up this browser page and it's got this visual force page with a hundred check boxes on it because every single check box has every single attribute that's on the lead object. And you click one of them, and it tries to update basically the entire database all at the same time. And she clicks one of them, and once again, it's like you can almost see the laptop just cry in pain. And she's like, "y developers are telling me this can't be any faster or any better." And I'm like, "They're lying to you. Sorry."

Gillian Bruce: That's hilarious.

Mike: Josh, I think one of the things that seems to come to mind for me is, task versus identity. And just because, to the point of some of the questions we get, an individual doing a developer or an admin task doesn't necessarily mean that that's their identity.

Josh Birk: Yeah. And I feel like we have a lot of like marketing and organizational cruft, which leans to having those very distinct concepts. But then when you wander around the community, that distinction is never as black and white as sometimes we put it in our organization or our training material.
I just had an interview, which is actually chronologically coming out next week, so I think it'll be two weeks behind when this actually airs. But it's with Katie Codes, and a lot of the stuff we talk about is like, what's an admin-eloper? And how did that role happen? And I think her response was something like, there were admins who were occasionally doing developer tasks who wanted to not get rid of their admin identity, but also assert the fact that there were these things in the quote unquote "developer domain" that they were still doing. And I think having that flexibility is good.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, the admin-eloper a really interesting thing that popped up from the community, which I mean, this is always where these... Everything we get is because of what people are actually doing. And I think it is interesting because understanding the language, understanding the skillset and even understanding the different... A developer approach as an admin, can really add a great deal to your abilities, to either help manage your own Salesforce instance, or even work across different teams and up-level your game there, which I think is a really interesting way to think about it. So, even if you're not going to go down the developer path, understanding enough to be dangerous, kind of thing.

Josh Birk: Yeah, absolutely. And I think we've always said, from either side of the spectrums, having the developer role, an admin role, know their strengths and their weaknesses helps each other do their job. And so I always, and this is the classic example, but I remember being in a business requirements gathering meeting, and they were going through this automation process that was going to have to happen. And I get out of the meeting and I turn to my business partner and I'm like, "That's not that bad. I can put it into a trigger. It'll probably take me a couple of days, but I want to have a couple more days just to be able to test it." And he just looked at me blankly, and this will tell you how old this anecdote is, but he's like, "Or I could just put it in a workflow for you and we're done."
And it's like, I wasn't thinking in terms of how easy that would be for somebody in the admin role just to get it done and not have to worry about the four day process that I was describing. And he was 100% right. And it would have been a far simpler workflow than it would have been a trigger.

Mike: And it would have been native, no code.

Josh Birk: And it would've been native, no code, which, we get that with Flow these days as well. So, you still get that advantage of not having code, but you have a lot of the flexibility too.

Mike: Is some of that just a symptom of systems not having their own configurable backend, front end, prior to Salesforce?

Josh Birk: Yeah, no, absolutely. That's 100% spot on, because I come from a web development background. And so, my world is client server, client asking polite questions, the server thinking about it ponderously and then giving some kind of response. And if there was any automation at that point, that's an integration layer on the server, that's going and kicking something off or handing things over and things like that.
So, I didn't come from a workflow world, or an Excel world or a PL/SQL world, or any of these kinds of things where these configurable automation actions occurred. So, my world for that kind of thing was apex triggers. Doing that kind of automated process at that moment, as me as a developer, that's pretty much the only way I was thinking about it.

Gillian Bruce: So Josh, let's go back to our original question about an admin actually wanting to learn how to be a developer. You talked about like the difference in the thinking, the strategy. What are some first steps that someone in that category might do, from your perspective?
I mean, we do have Trailhead, so clearly we've got some content on there, but beyond that, what are some really good ways to start building your skillset outside of our traditional recommendations?

Josh Birk: Yeah, and we can put them in the show notes. I can point to a couple of specific interviews where this happened. And one of the most recent ones was Lexis Hanson talking about becoming a JavaScript developer. And Trailhead is great for what we were talking about. Seeing the skills and seeing how the code works and learning the nouns and the verbs and things like that.
But when it comes to that, I want to do the exercises and get that muscle memory for putting a function together, for putting methods together, for understanding class structure. One of the things I've heard now repeatedly, is that it's really good to be able to do this with other people. So, if you're learning from people who are expert programmers. And so, one of the things Lexis did is started going to developer group meetings and things like that.
She also utilized Codeacademy and some things like that, but it's having that person who you can throw code at, and do a little bit of peer reviewing on your code and things like that, seems to be a consistent thread of... You have a gym buddy. And so, if you're going to go through that process of exercising until it's muscle memory, having that gym buddy is a really good idea.
And there's RAD Women, I was just talking to Melissa Hanson and she talked about that same thing where it's like, she had people on her team who were pushing her to be like, "You could do Apex." And at this point she has no programming background. And the first two things, she learns is C+ and Apex, which is kind of triumphant.
And I was joking with her because the first thing they did was have her write the unit test so that she could see how that functionality worked against their functionality. And then as she learned how the org was being shaped, get more into the actual Apex side of it. But then that influenced her experiences to be a part of RAD Women and get into these programs where you can talk with other people and you can get coached and you have another human being there who's... I think it's a good analogy, helping you have that gym buddy kind of thing.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, nobody goes to the gym if they don't have an accountability buddy, I totally get that.

Mike: And sometimes they don't go to the gym even if they do.

Josh Birk: Right.

Gillian Bruce: Especially when your accountability buddy isn't very accountable. But one of the things, so, I like taking myself back to when I first started at Salesforce and we were all in four floors in the landmark building. And I worked on the floor with all of our product team. A bunch of developers. And they actually did so much of that, I guess they call it partner programming or whatever, where they both sit at the same desk and are looking at the screens together and actually working together. And I think that's immediately what came to my mind when you were describing that process of having somebody to bounce ideas off of and work with, it's really important when you're getting the developer chops.

Josh Birk: Yeah. I think there's two things that are always true if you're really getting into that role of a developer, identifying as developer. One is that you get into that peer programming, and there's a joke amongst developers that, I'm glad I got you to look over my shoulder because that's the only thing I needed to know to see the bug in my code. Weirdly, just having another human being in your cubicle was the one thing that got you to get to the next point. So, there's always, I think, a social aspect to it, or it's easier if there's a social aspect to it.
And the other thing, that I'm curious to see how this resonates across what we're talking about here with identity and role, because I know it resonates heavily if we added in the architect role, but failure is an option. In fact, it's a requirement. You are going to write bad code. You are going to write code that fails. Your unit tests are going to go red. And this is going to be especially true when you first start learning it.
And I was just talking to somebody about the old days where you had to put in programs by hand based on articles that were printed in magazines. And I always say that this was almost a defining moment for me, because I got so frustrated at the code not working correctly that I almost just never wanted to program a computer ever again. And it's just like, eventually I just wanted it to work enough that I got over that hill. But it's going to be a hill that's there, and it's going to be a hill that's always there.

Gillian Bruce: Wow, writing code from magazines. That's a stamp in time right there.

Josh Birk: Yeah, I'm not young.

Mike: Those things are punch cards [crosstalk].

Josh Birk: It's just after that, yeah. Yeah, yeah, yeah.

Mike: I was saving my box tops and putting them in an envelope, self-addressed and waiting the six to eight weeks.

Josh Birk: Yeah, no, that was the generation right before me. That was, one of my old bosses used to say that I couldn't complain to him until I had to carry my punch cards uphill both ways. Because, that's what he says he had to do.

Gillian Bruce: That's hilarious. Well, I mean, the idea that failure is part of learning and it's very important part of learning, I think is something that is, as you say, it's embedded in the developer experience and developer journey. But from an admin perspective, I could understand how that might be a little like, "Wait, what? I'm going to fail? And that's part of the thing? Because my job is to make everything work and to make my users super happy. And that's why I have Sandbox, that's why I test stuff."
I sense a hesitance in that mental shift. So, that could be a little fear-mongering there.

Josh Birk: And I do like that there's a shared experience, and this is probably true across anybody working with the solutions that are for a lot of customers or clients. You are doing your job right when the trains are coming in on time. And it's like, then nobody's complaining. It's like that, if everything's running smoothly, then that's when things were actually going green. I think that's definitely true for both admins and developers.

Gillian Bruce: So Josh, let's talk a little bit about what the options are when an admin does transition into the developer realm. Can you talk to me a little bit about what those career path options look like? What kind of roles would a newly minted developer in the Salesforce ecosystem look for, and what are the different options in that space?

Josh Birk: Yeah, thankfully it's a pretty rosy picture, and it's also... I think I want to level set that you have different options if you want to expand in this region. For instance, Lexis is really a JavaScript developer and not so much a Salesforce developer, even though she works on Trailhead, so very much in Trailhead/Salesforce ecosystem. And JavaScript is a brilliant language to look at if you want to have wide opportunities within and without the Salesforce ecosystem. If anything, there's a lot of competition for it, which might make that a little bit more difficult. Whereas if you get into Apex and Lightning Web Components and that kind of thing, you can really look squarely at the Salesforce developer ecosystem.
So, as a junior developer, you are the person who is accepting those business requirements and being given some kind of parameters and then getting those that functionality built in. So, entry level developer roles, they're pretty straightforward. I think it's typically more complicated than that if you're trying to use your admin identity and then adding in some kind of developer roles, because I don't know if you're always jumping into a completely new job so much as, for instance, in Melissa's case, what it was, was transitional so that she could still do database stuff and admin stuff and things like that because she works with a lot of nonprofits. And nonprofits by their nature are generally small scrappy teams. And so, if you are somebody who can interface directly with developers, maybe even lend them a hand and have that ability to have a broader spectrum of what's going on with the overall architecture, it can be really, really handy if you're looking at smaller shops, SMB, medium-sized businesses and people who need those, those cross-transactional roles to help a team move forward.
So, it's definitely opening doors and there's some people who are now, they're senior developers and doing their dream jobs because they took those first step forwards and they started doing those exercises and they and found that gym buddy.

Gillian Bruce: That's great. That's great. It's helpful too, to understand what your developer job would actually look like day-to-day. So, when you described, like you're accepting the business requirements and building thing, that is a shift from a day-to-day admin role. So, that's good. I always like understanding, so if I take this job, what am I actually going to be doing every day? It's a good thing to think about.

Josh Birk: Yeah. And there's another thing that's come up recently a lot, which is you have Flow. How do you unit test Flow? How do you keep Flow in check when you're moving it from Sandbox to production? And the correct answer, there's actually Apex unit testing. Having Apex pull the levers that the Flow is going to do and make sure that it does the right thing at the end. And so, there's a good example of, if you've got that domain knowledge between those two things, whether you started from an admin perspective or a developer perspective, your production is probably going to be a lot more stable that way.

Mike: I thought you just told it, it was a good boy and gave it treats when it went to production correctly.

Josh Birk: That's my usual strategy, but Flow and I have a very strange relationship.

Mike: Good boy, Flow.

Gillian Bruce: Josh, you spent many years cultivating that relationship. So, you've earned that.

Josh Birk: I have. There's been a lot of interesting conversations along the way. This is true.

Gillian Bruce: Well, Josh, thank you so much for taking time.

Josh Birk: Yeah, no, it's a delight and I look forward to talking to you two. And I also, just so you get this in audio, I want to thank both of you. Mike, you were instrumental in me thinking that maybe we should actually do a Salesforce Developer Podcast.
And Gillian, I tell people all the time, I am doing this because I trained under the wonderful Gillian Bruce. So, my thanks to both of you for helping getting the Developer Podcast up and running, because it wouldn't have happened without you.

Gillian Bruce: Hey, we love having new awesome Salesforce podcasts, and you have just taken it and rocked it. So, thanks for the kudos, but it's all you Josh. So, nice job.

Mike: Yep.

Josh Birk: All right. Well, thanks for having me. And I look forward to talking to you two, in the future.

Gillian Bruce: Well, huge thanks to Josh for taking the time to chat with us today. It's always great to have another fellow podcaster join us on the pod. It's like metapod action. If you want to learn more about all things, Salesforce Admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. You can check out Josh's Developer Podcast at developer.salesforce.com.
And as a reminder, if you like what you hear on our pod, take a second and pop on over to iTunes to give us a review. I promise that Mike and I read them all. You can also stay up to date with us on social for all things admin @SalesforceAdmns, no 'I' on Twitter. You can find our guest, Josh Birk on Twitter, @JoshBirk and my co-host Mike, @MikeGareholt, myself, @GillianKBruce.
With that, I hope you all have a wonderful day and we'll catch you next time in the cloud.
My neighbor has a tortoise, Zippy, who walks around in the backyard.

Josh Birk: Because Paige was like, "I really want to go get a turtle." And we had forgotten about the salmonella scare which made turtles not pets anymore.

Gillian Bruce: Oh yeah.

Josh Birk: Yeah, so.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, they are huge harbors of nasty salmonella, but the best part about Zippy real quick, is that, tortoises live for 80 plus years. So, my next door neighbor, Bernadette, she's older. She's got to be in her seventies and she's already having to create her retirement plan for Zippy after she passes because no one's going to be around to take care of Zippy. So, she's like, "I've talked to the zoo. The zoo is willing to take him."

Josh Birk: Oh, aw. Aw, Zippy.

Gillian Bruce: So, caution when you, when you invest in animals that live a long time.

Josh Birk: Yes, yes. You might have to consider that they're living well, true.

Mike: I think I read somewhere that there was... One of the oldest tortoises was like 180 some years old.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, some of those Galapagos tortoises.

Mike: I'm fairly certain he doesn't care. Do you think he remembers his first owner?

Josh Birk: I think your one 180 is probably very similar to year 80, which is probably very similar to year 40 for him.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Kris Harrison, Director of Product Management at Salesforce for data, integration, and metadata focusing on Enterprise API and External Services. We’ll dive into all those technical topics and more as we dive into APIs and how they affect everything that goes on in your org.

Join us as we talk about why you should be thinking about APIs and how to learn more.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Kris Harrison.

Why APIs are important for admins to understand.

Kris is a Product Manager at Salesforce focused on the Enterprise API Product Suite. “The encompasses the REST, SOAP, and Bulk APIs that provide programmatic access to the core Salesforce data that we know and love and run so many important functions across many different businesses,” he says. That includes the API framework and specific API operations and resources, like the query operation.

While interacting with APIs sometimes feels like it’s out of the scope of your average admin, so much of what goes on happens either implicitly or explicitly through an API request. Even if you’re not writing code, tons of things you’re doing on your org interact with APIs, and it’s important to understand how they work and how they affect your day-to-day. “If you’re interacting with an org, there’s an API that’s part of making that magic happen,” Kris says.

New API changes in Spring ‘21.

For Spring ‘21, Kris’s team has added the FIELDS() function to the SOQL query. This lets you pull back a pre-defined grouping of fields within the results set you can reference. You can return standard fields, custom fields, or even all fields in the resulting data to save on keystrokes and research to make that exploration on data within an org much easier. That means you can stay within the SOQL query and interpret that results without having to toggle back and forth—one of the most requested ideas on the IdeaExchange.

They’ve also created a plan to retire versions 7-20 of the SOAP, REST, and Bulk API. “Every new release we stamp out a new version of the API,” Kris says, “in Spring ‘21, we issued version 51.” So there’s now a plan to retire the oldest versions of the API (version 7 is from Summer ‘06, for example). There’s information in the Release Update tool in Setup on how to think about how to prepare for this change and what steps can be taken to ensure the org and it’s integrations won’t be impacted by the retirement plan. This helps you take advantage of the newest innovations that ship with every major release.

Adding to capabilities to your org.

For admins, we’re always looking for areas of opportunity—ways we can make the environment better and more efficient. While we’re often focused on new declarative features, looking at API improvements can give users and developers access to new innovation.

“As the CLI capabilities are able to evolve and become more feature-rich, they’re plugging into new capabilities that are expressed through the API,” Kris says, “so there’s a win-win there. As you upgrade and make steps to take advantage of the capability that ships with every major release, that’s an opportunity to refresh the state of any older, pre-exisiting integrations with the org, take stock of them, and see if they would benefit from some of those newer capabilities that have been brought to market and question if they’re still needed and providing a viable service for the org.”

Links: * Learn MOAR with Spring ’21: New SOQL FIELDS() Function is GA * The Idea Exchange * Design Solutions with Salesforce APIs * Set Up Your Workspace and Install Developer Tools * Salesforce Platform API Versions 7.0 through 20.0 Retirement * Salesforce Platform API Versions 21.0 through 30.0 Retirement

Social: * Kris: @GETKHarrison * LeeAnne: @LeeAnndroid * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Full Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. This week, LeeAnne is sitting in for Gillian, and the two of us are talking with Kris Harrison, who is the product management director for products at Salesforce within data integration, metadata, and focusing on enterprise API and external services.
That's right. It's the admin podcast, and we're going to talk about APIs and it's awesome. You should totally tune in. So let's get Kris on the pod. So Kris, welcome to the podcast.

Kris Harrison: Thank you so much and I'm grateful to be here.

Mike Gerholdt: Ah, it's exciting to always talk with new product majors and have guest interviewers on the pod. Why don't we get started and tell us a little bit about what you do at Salesforce.

Kris Harrison: Sure. I'm a product manager within our platform services area, and my focus is on our enterprise API product suite that encompasses the REST, the SOAP, the bulk APIs that provide programmatic access to the core Salesforce data that we know and love and run so many important functions across so many different businesses.
That responsibility entails a few different things. Number one, we own the API framework that so many Salesforce product teams expose their objects and their business logic through, but we also own specific API operations and resources like our query operation that is expressed through the SOQL language.
So we have a pretty big scope and it's a really exciting space to play in because I learn so much every day about what customers and partners are able to do with these API capabilities.

LeeAnne: So, Kris, I know that you've been working more and more with admins and you mentioned you've been working with a lot of our customers, and I know that many of our admins, myself when I was an admin, we didn't really always view our role as intersecting with APIs, or that didn't always feel like it was within our scope, but I know it is very much within the scope of the admin.
How do you see admins intersecting with your products most often? Maybe admins that are managing implementations or working with developer teams. Like what are some of the things that you've seen when you've been out in the field with our customers?

Kris Harrison: So much of what takes place in interacting with the data on an org happens either implicitly or explicitly through an API request. So it's important to keep tabs on that notion of how interactivity with the org and the form of exchange of data or enablement of functionality takes place.
It happens at its core through API calls and there are so many different applications of API consumption that are conceptually important to be aware of. Developers that are working with an org will interact through APIs as a contract. Apps that are installed through the app exchange enable their functionality through API calls.
So their APIs are what I like to call digital glue that make so much of what happens in an org possible. So just having good awareness of that touch point with the org is important.
A number of admin functions are making API calls behind the scenes. So anyone who makes use of the data loader client that is a product that makes API calls into the org in order to load or to extract the data that's of interest. So APIs are what are making that happen, and it's part of the day to day, even if you're not writing code or making an explicit call to an API directly.

LeeAnne: So APIs are very much are in the domain of admins, even if they're not necessarily writing scripts or writing code that is calling those APIs. All of the things that admins are doing within Salesforce is interacting in some way with the APIs.

Kris Harrison: I think it's safe to say that if interacting with an org, there's an API that's part of that, making that magic happen.

LeeAnne: Awesome. And I think that that's one of the things we think about a lot for our admin community out there. They do a lot of building and they are often using the declarative tools to build out customizations and to build these experiences. But really the scope of what they're making decisions on or helping make prioritizations on, it extends beyond, well beyond what is being built declaratively.
And so I know that there's some updates coming for admins that are really important to have on the radar that your team has been working on. And the first one I want to ask you about is something you shipped this past spring 2021. So it's GA, it's fields function. I know this was something that was incredibly popular on the idea exchange. Do you want to give us a little more information about that for maybe our audience members who haven't yet dove into this part of the release?

Mike Gerholdt: Absolutely. So the fields function is the latest enhancement to the SOQL query language that I made mention of. So as owners of query operations on Core, you perform those query operations by writing a SOQL query. And so one of the things that we've done to make interacting with data through SOQL more approachable for admins who are writing those queries through the CLI or any number of places where SOQL comes into play.
The fields function allows an author of a SOQL statement with very few keystrokes and with very little need to reference what's going on the org, pull back a predefined grouping of fields within the results set with which to reference. So the fields function allows you to return standard fields, custom fields, or even all fields in the resulting data very, very quickly and save on keystrokes, save on research to make that exploration of data within an org, a lot more seamless and less intensive with the research and the typing that's associated with that.

LeeAnne: So this means like in a practical application, if I was writing a SOQL query and previously maybe as an admin, I would have been going into the object record and set-up and looking at the fields and pulling the API names. But now that can just happen where I'm writing the queries. Is that what you're saying?

Kris Harrison: That's right. You can stay within the context of writing the SOQL query and interpreting the results without having to toggle back and forth or do a lot of that research.
So the initial request was to have Salesforce offer the SQL equivalent of Select Star, which is a useful tool to very quickly understand the shape of a table or an object in the context of the underlying data.
So we thought about that request and considered the true nature of the problems that are solved with Star, and we thought that we could do better. We built a function that will lend itself to future extensibility of other groupings of fields that the admins or developers care about and really take advantage of additional constructs on the platform that can plug right into SOQL.

LeeAnne: And this is something that was very much a major request from the community. I think this was one of the top idea exchange ideas.

Kris Harrison: Within our area of ownership, yes.

LeeAnne: It's awesome, and it just reinforces the importance of everyone who's listening, if you haven't participated in prioritization, like this is, it's so important. We love hearing your ideas. We want you to vote on ideas because often they get delivered and they get that visibility with our product teams.
Let's talk a little bit more about other updates that are coming for admins and ways that admins really should be paying close attention to API updates. I know that there is some incoming news and changes coming with API version. Can you talk a little bit about that for admins and really what it means for their planning and their long-term planning of their orgs?

Kris Harrison: Of course. So in December of 2019, we announced a program to retire versions seven through 20 of the SOAP, REST and bulk API. Every major release, we stamp out a new version of the API. In spring 2021, we issued version 51 of the API.
And so we've made a plan to retire and take out of service some of those really, really old versions of the API. For reference, version seven of the API shipped in the summer 2006, really. So we carry around these versions and maintain backward compatibility for a number of releases. And we're embarking upon a plan to tighten up the number of supported releases that are live in any one given time.
And so we're going through the steps of raising awareness of these retirement plans. We have issued knowledge articles. We also just recently posted information to the release update tool within set-up to provide greater visibility around how to consider this retirement program and what steps can be taken in order to ensure that the org and any integrations that are taking place with that org are able to continue on without being impacted by the retirement.

LeeAnne: So this is something that is very important for our admins, especially admins with older, more established environments to be really cognizant of. Because this is something that could impact their integrations, and it's something that's within their scope to be keeping track of and to ideally include updating the API versions in their prioritization and their project planning. Correct?

Kris Harrison: That's right. At every major release, there's additional API based capability to take advantage of, and that newer capability will only ever be able to be accessed by upgrading integrations to consume that latest version. For example, the fields function that we just talked about in SOQL, you cannot access that function if your query operation is going against an older version of the API.
And so we want to encourage all of our customers to take advantage of the newest innovations that ship with every major release that will not be back ported to these older versions. So there's a lot of incentives to consume those newer versions of the API that we stamp out with every major release.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, to me this sounds like the perfect opportunity to have a discussion with your IT. Like what are we integrated? What had been integrated in Salesforce? I mean, if you're running an API from 2006, do we even need that Legacy system anymore? Are we pulling 14 year old data?

LeeAnne: Well, anything to what Kris was just explaining is even if you have some architecture from, or an integration that was built in like 2011, so you've got five years before, or you've got a period of time before that API version's retired.
However, there is a motivation there, as there are new features and new capabilities released with these APIs that if you do have space on your dockets, as you're doing your project planning to optimize your environment and to give your users the best experience. Like being really forward-thinking in finding those areas of opportunity to update the API version for some of those older implementations, even if they're not at the end of their usability would help you take advantage of all these cool new features that are coming out.

Mike Gerholdt: So, what you're saying is I should have switched off FireWire a long time ago to USB-C and stay ahead of the different Apple plugs, because that's what it sounds like.

LeeAnne: Yes, always upgrade the hardware as well. I think this is for admins presents a good opportunity, because I think our admins are often out there thinking about the three, six, nine month plans for their environments and doing both tech debt management prioritization of maybe different business schools. But also a lot of our admins are out there, very often trying to find these areas of opportunity. To make the environment better, to make it more efficient, to solve different problems.
And we often spend a lot of time talking about really focused on the declarative features that are coming out like new field capabilities, things like that, that are coming out for admins to take advantage of. But this is really widening the breadth of areas that our admins can build out new innovation or give their users and the developers access to new innovation, if they're also tracking these API updates as well.

Kris Harrison: Definitely. I mean one really handy tool I made mention of data loader before, but the Salesforce CLI, another great tool to take advantage of and to help managing and extend what's going on with an org.
So many of the commands that are invoked through the CLI are making API calls on behalf of the user. And as the CLI capabilities are able to evolve and become more feature rich, they're plugging into net new capabilities that are expressed through the API.
So there's a win-win there, as you upgrade and make steps to take advantage of the new capability that ships within every major release. As Mike intimated, that's an opportunity to touch and refresh the state of any older pre-existing integrations with the org. Take stock of them and see if they would benefit from some of those new capabilities that have been brought to market and question if they're still needed, if they're still providing a viable service for the org.

Mike Gerholdt: Kris, for some of our newer admins who maybe are still listening, because it's interesting and they want to ask their IT. They know they've got an integration. How do they go about verifying what version of the API that integration's on?

Kris Harrison: Yeah. So there are a number of touchpoints and solutions are available through event monitoring, primarily, that report on the calls coming into an org and part of that information includes the version of the endpoint that is being called.
We're making changes in the summer 2021 release to make that visibility available for free through event monitoring. So there's some ability to keep tabs on that as an admin. We're enhancing that visibility to make it more readily available, and the steps to go through to make that check are available in the knowledge article that I just made mention of.

Mike Gerholdt: Cool, and we'll be sure to link that in the show notes.

Kris Harrison: Yes.

LeeAnne: So one thing I'd like to just do a quick plug for. I know we talk about Trailhead of course a lot for admins, but if you're hearing some of this and if elements of it do feel a little intimidating, like the CLI, if you haven't used the CLI before.
I had actually never used the CLI before we started working with Salesforce DX, and I entirely learned how to work with Salesforce through the CLI on Trailhead. So just a quick little plug here, if you're not sure if that is for you, it is for you. And there's definitely content on Trailhead to help you get hands-on step-by-step with how to use the CLI to work with your orgs.
And I highly recommend it because I think these tools that we're talking about are, like I said, very much within the scope of admins and things that we can do to build out our environments and to really create those awesome user experiences.
Kris, I really appreciate how in-depth you've gone on some of these different tools and what it means for admins and how they should view API versions in the context of their existing builds and those opportunities to take advantage of new innovations.
Are there any other things that you want to make sure we share with admins today as they're, maybe some of them are getting started with exploring how their orgs are using APIs and maybe what API versions they're on?

Kris Harrison: So definitely review the release notes of every major release that comes out and study the API section to see if there's any capability that is of interest. I wouldn't shy away from considering the API section of the release notes as for developers only.
Because as I mentioned, some of the capabilities that are made available through the Salesforce UI or through other products on the platform that happens through the API. So there's something that is of interest to hook into for bespoke integrations or projects. Check out the API release notes to see what those opportunities are.
The second thing is absolutely Trailhead. We're working with many stakeholders internally to provide more and better Trailhead content that addresses the concept and the capabilities of APIs. There's actually a really useful trail that we can include in the show notes that brings a lot of that Trailhead knowledge together in a nice package.
The third is to look out for that additional API version consumption visibility that we're going to be launching in the summer 2021 release. So definitely keep an eye out for that in the release notes, and we'll update the knowledge article with those additional details as well.

LeeAnne: So we've got lots of awesome API content for our awesome admins, it sounds like.

Kris Harrison: Absolutely.

Mike Gerholdt: Fabulous. Well, I want to thank you Kris for being on the podcast and enlightening us on APIs. I feel like it's the current in our walls that runs along and never makes sense to me when I plug something in. It pops a fuse, but I do it anyway.

Kris Harrison: There are so many great API metaphors out there. One of the...

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, tell me your favorite. Tell me your favorite, please.

Kris Harrison: I can't take credit for it, and I don't know who is the originator of it, but the metaphor of APIs in the context of going to a restaurant, giving an order to a waiter and having the waiter go to the kitchen to fulfill that request and bring the food or drink back to you.
I think that's a really useful and helpful metaphor that explains what APIs are and the benefit that they can provide. Rather than stepping into a restaurant and having to go into the kitchen to cook your own meal, APIs provide that exchange of information back and forth between the table and the kitchen in a reusable context.
So that's one I like, but you can go out there and search for any number of other metaphors that connect with you to help explain what APIs do and what value that they offer.

Mike Gerholdt: I like it.

LeeAnne: I really like that metaphor. I'm not on many podcasts, but when I am, we always seem to end up talking about...

Mike Gerholdt: That's because you're on podcasts with me, LeeAnne. That's all.

LeeAnne: Maybe it's just because we record at lunchtime. I don't know.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, that was great. Thanks Kris.

Kris Harrison: My pleasure.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, it was a great discussion about APIs with LeeAnne and Kris. There's so much that an admin knows and does and interacts with the API. And I love the analogy that Kris gave us of a restaurant server, taking your order and going back to the chef. That's a neat way to think about it.
If you want to learn more about all things Salesforce Admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. You can stay up to date with us on social. We are at Salesforce Admns on Twitter.
Our guest today was Kris Harrison. You can find him on Twitter @GETkharrison, link is in the show notes. Of course, Gillian, my co-host who is @gilliankbruce on Twitter. And don't forget to follow LeeAnne. She is @Leeanndroid. Of course, I would appreciate it. I am @MikeGerholdt.
And with that stay safe, stay awesome, and of course stay tuned for the next episode. We will see you in the cloud.

View Details

For this episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re joined by LeeAnne Rimel, Architect Admin Relations, fellow Evangelist, and host of the Youtube video series “Did You Know” and “Expert Corner” to share some tips for how to learn in a virtual world.

Join us as we talk about distributed work, how to address concerns with working from home, and how to get a better work-life balance.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with LeeAnne Rimel.

Join us in the Expert Corner.

March is Admin Integration Month, and it also marks the launch of Expert Corner, a new video series that gives our community the chance to meet the product managers that build the tools our admins are using. “One of the things that came up as I was thinking about how we bring technical content and technical conversations to admins was those conversations that we often witness or have with product managers when we’re at in-person events,” LeeAnne says.

The video series is a way of bringing that experience to everyone. In short, Expert Corner is a front-row seat to a Dreamforce session for anyone with an internet connection.

Tips for working from home

Working from home for seven years, LeeAnne has developed some habits to help her keep focused. Her first tip is that if you’re in a meeting, always imagine you’re right there in the conference room. Close any extra tabs, turn off notifications, and do everything you’d do if you were in a conference room with your boss’s boss’s boss. The same goes for taking time for yourself: “treat yourself and your own time and mental bandwidth with the same respect you would for your colleagues,” LeeAnne says.

If you’re having trouble getting your manager onboard with a remote working situation, one thing that LeeAnne’s found is helpful is to get specific about their concerns. You can then address those concerns with specific solutions, and sometimes it’s about thinking creatively. Maybe you can address their concern that they won’t know the status of your work with a quick 5-minute status update at the beginning of the day, for example.

Admins lead the way

“Having an entire workforce change the way they’re working with technology—for any reason—presents an opportunity for admins to be leaders on how their company is using technology,” LeeAnne says, “when there is change, often there is a need and a thirst for some direction and some leadership and some pathfinding.” That can be setting the tone for communicating project statuses, or just how things are communicated within your organization.

One thing LeeAnne does to be on top of the ball is consume information from a lot of sources and synthesize it quickly. She takes a lot of notes but aims to cut down 90% of it and find the important takeaways. Finally, LeeAnne recommends taking the time to figure out how to communicate that information in a way that your users will consume it.

LeeAnne has tons of great tips for working from home and work-life balance, so make sure you listen to the full episode.

Links: * Expert Corner: Jump on the Event Bus With Product Owner, Tyson Read

Social: * LeeAnne: @LeeAnndroid * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. This week, we are talking with architect admin relations, fellow evangelist, host of many YouTube video series like Did You Know and Expert Corner. I think there's probably five other things I should say about LeeAnne, but LeeAnne Rimel is on the podcast to share with us her expertise in learning in a virtual world, and Gillian, this is just such a fun discussion.

Gillian Bruce: Anytime we get to chat with LeeAnne it's super fun.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. So if you ever want to know what our team meetings are like, this podcast is pretty much it. So with that, let's get LeeAnne on the podcast. So LeeAnne, welcome to the podcast.

LeeAnne Rimel: Thank you so much for having me. I'm glad to be back.

Mike Gerholdt: You have a lot going on.

LeeAnne Rimel: Yeah, it's been a busy month. It's been a busy few weeks around here. Got some really exciting stuff coming for our admin audience that's been rolled out during March because it's admin integration month. So having a really good time at putting together and collaborating on a lot of content to help our admins be awesome integrators.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, you're not just integrating admins?

LeeAnne Rimel: All of our awesome admins are also awesome integrators.

Gillian Bruce: I love it. Well, LeeAnne. So in addition to integration, which we have a few amazing episodes in the month of March focused on integration, talking to some great people in the Salesforce ecosystem about that, there's also a new video series that you launched that I'd love to dig into a little bit and it's called Expert Corner. So can you talk to us a little bit more about what that is and what it's about?

LeeAnne Rimel: Absolutely. So video is a really important medium for us and it's a medium that I really enjoy working with. I've worked with video for a number of years now. I love that as a communication medium when we're talking to our community. So I love exploring different ways to use video, and one of the things that actually came up as I was preparing and thinking about how we bring technical content to admins and technical conversations to admins was those conversations that we often witness or have with product managers when we're at in-person events.
One of my favorite things in my time at Salesforce is when I'm at a World Tour or when I'm at a meet up and I run into people who are working with the product, either as experts or as product managers, and I get to have those water cooler conversations. Or I get to hear the presentations that they're giving on their product roadmaps or on solutions they've built. So that was really the origin story for this new video series, because we said, "Well, how do we bring that experience, or just one of the many ways that we can try to work to bring that experience to our admin audience that's all over the world? How do we bring them that experience of meeting a product manager like they would have that New York World Tour or Sydney World Tour and bring that to video format so everyone still can meet the product managers that are building the products that they're working with?"
So that is, the essence of what Expert Corner is. It's me sitting down with product managers, with product experts and just hearing from them. Hearing about why they built a tool the way they built it. What are the use cases and things like that that they learned from admins as they were building that tool? What does the roadmap look like? I never will pass up a chance to ask about roadmaps, so we always ask about the roadmap, and we're going to be rolling those out every month. There'll be new videos on our YouTube channel and on our blog for Expert Corner. And this is, I hope, a really good chance for our admin community, our global admin community, to meet the product owners that are building the tools that our admins are using.

Mike Gerholdt: I feel like it's a front row seat at a Dreamforce session.

LeeAnne Rimel: I love it. That's a much faster way. I should just describe it that way. That's a much faster way.

Gillian Bruce: And what's great about it is that it's not a Dreamforce session, because only so many people can come to a Dreamforce or come to a World Tour. And what this does is it enables anyone who has an internet connection to get that experience, which I think is pretty awesome.

LeeAnne Rimel: And that's really the goal. We appreciate and love our admin community globally, so I think even if we were having in-person events like this week, I think we would still be doing this type of series because I think that this gives our global audience a chance to feel really connected to the product management life cycle because that so deeply impacts all of our implementations that we're working on, the decisions that we're making as admins. So like Mike said, front row seat. I want all of our admins globally to have a front row seat to get to know their product managers, get to know the products that they're building.

Mike Gerholdt: One thing I like about it is in addition to just having that front row seat, it's very consumable. And I know one thing that you focus on and really help the whole team do is understand how we're learning in a virtual world, because when we're at Dreamforce, you can sit there and not necessarily turn your phone off, but leave it in your bag or your pocket and not get pinged with email or Slack notifications. But now that we're all sitting at home trying to figure that out, working and our email is always on, video is always on, I'd love to know your thoughts on how you balance your calendar and demands so that admins can find time to watch videos like what you're producing.

LeeAnne Rimel: And I think that's a really important conversation that a lot of us are facing right now. And I think even before we were all, or many of us were working from home, I think there was a lot of conversations around being inundated with incoming messages and the attention span that... Shortening our attention span, because we'd always get pings. I have a few things that I do that I actually started doing when I began working from home seven years ago, that really helped me focus on and what I was doing at the moment. One of those is even if you're home and you've got three monitors, if you're on a meeting, imagine as if you were in a conference room for that meeting. I try to close all of my other windows I might have open, I turn off notifications on my phone and on my computer, I try to really do the things... Imagine if you were going to be in a conference room with your boss's boss's boss, and you don't want all your stuff pinging, you wouldn't be answering chats at the end of the table, most likely.
So bring that same focus to the meetings that you have that you're participating in, and also even if it's not a meeting, respect your own time. If you're setting aside 30 minutes to consume learning content, or if you're setting aside 30 minutes to work on trying to build a new flow, I think it's... Treat yourself in your own time and bandwidth, mental bandwidth, with the same respect that you would treat your colleagues with. If you say, "Okay, I'm going to block out 30 minutes on my calendar or 90 minutes on my calendar, whatever work cycle works for you, and I'm going to work on this demo, or I'm going to work on..." Or maybe not in demo for you, but, "I'm going to work on trying to build a flow with like the newest flow features, or I'm going to work on trying to learn more about platform events."
Try to set aside as much as you can set aside other items, because that's going to make that time so much more efficient if you're not context switching between trying to think about different emails that need to be answered and stuff. There's a lot of interesting actually supply chain themes that have come into how we talk about our brain space during work, like context fishing and change cost. But basically the long and short of it is when you... There's no such as shooting off a quick email. If you're working on something, let's say consuming platform events content and trying to learn a new thing, if you pop out for a second to answer an email, that actually costs you 20 minutes of productivity there, just because you can't just context switch that quickly.

Gillian Bruce: LeeAnne, I'm just going to add to that. One thing I always find myself doing, or at least I definitely did during this first part of my working from home very regularly experienced was I would have a video or something playing constantly, because I'm like, "Oh, I can just absorb this while I'm doing this." It was too much. It was like answering the Slack. I was answering this email. I was trying to pay attention to the video, and I wasn't doing anything very well. Nobody wants a multipurpose printer because it... Yes, it can scan, it can fax, it can print, but does it do any of those very well? Usually not.

LeeAnne Rimel: Yeah, give yourself the space... I mean, I wish I could just absorb by osmosis and just... I wish I could just play technical videos while I was sleeping and I would just wake up knowing new programming languages, but that's not how it works. You have to be really focused. And I think to me that's a huge thing. And I think the more that you can put that on your calendar, it works... I'm a huge fan of turning off notifications whenever you can and just communicate about that. I know I communicate to my team back in the day of building demos and stuff. I'd say, "Hey, I'm going to be heads down building a demo for the next 90 minutes. I'll be back." And I think everyone has different work cultures and work team set ups and all of that, but as much as you can set that time aside because 30 minutes well-spent is so much more impactful than 120 minutes of half way reading a Trailhead module or a blog. Like you said, Gillian, we're not multi-purpose printers. Which is not a sentence I thought I would say.

Mike Gerholdt: Gillian, by the way, I have a multi-purpose printer. I thought what you were going to say is, "But does it do all three at the same time? No."

Gillian Bruce: I mean, they have gotten better in the last few years, but in general they're not super efficient at any one of those things. They're trying to do at all.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep. LeeAnne, as I was listening to talk about all of that stuff, one of the things that I think I've had conversations on Twitter about, and I also feel you're really good at managing up and helping other admins talk to their managers or their stakeholders, what happens if you're in an environment where your boss says, "I need to see you online," or, "I need to see this," or, "I need you to be available." How do you have those conversations or what would your advice be?

LeeAnne Rimel: I think a lot of times when people in our professional or personal lives are asking us for something, I think it can behoove us as individuals to spend some time thinking about what is really the ask behind the ask. And sometimes you can just actually come out and ask them what it is. So for example, if I had a manager who really wanted to see me online, and actually I did have that at one point. In my career, when I was starting to work from home sometimes as a sales engineer, there was some trepidation about like, "Well, we need to be able to see you." And I was like, "I really want to be able to work from home one day a week. How can I work together with this manager to mitigate what their fear is here?"
And I think if someone brings up an issue like that, often there's maybe some underlying fear or concern that you may be able to manage. So something that worked for me in the past is just asking some discovery questions. A little bit of like, "What is the thing that you're concerned will happen?" And then trying to work together to find a solution for that. So for me, for example, this is 10 years ago, but the concern was, "Well, if you're not here in the office, we're not going to be able to get in touch with you if we have a question." And I said, "Okay, let me set up this Chatter group. I'll commit to being on chat. Here's the things I'm going to do to mitigate."
And you can kind block and tackle sometimes some of those different concerns. Maybe a manager's concern won't know the status of your work and that's why they are reluctant to let you be a little more autonomous during the day. So maybe you can try to investigate or figure out what is that concern rooted in and maybe sending regular update emails. A five minute update email in the morning or the afternoon on the status of your work product or committing to being available in particular chat channels. Ideally every work place is different and people are different, but I think often when there's concerns like that, trying to take a step back and understand where are those concerns coming from, what are they worried is going to happen, and are there things that I can do as that compromise to bridge that gap and still get what I need to be successful at work, but they're also getting what they need to not be like really stressed about me not being on a hangout all day.

Gillian Bruce: That could be really tough because a lot of it is ingrained culture for some organizations, you know? I think even at Salesforce, as in the last year, I mean our whole workforce has pretty much been remote. I know that there's even specific groups that have struggled more with it than others just because there's some... There's a vibe that comes with specific types of organizations. And I know your idea of what is the real fear of not having a butt in seat methodology.

LeeAnne Rimel: What are they worried about?

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I've seen several conversations where you get in that discussion and all of a sudden it's like, "Oh, well, I worry about knowing where something's at." And like you said, "Oh, we can actually resolve that by giving updates at this time every day or whatever." It's interesting, because it's... I mean, I'm not going to say that some of it is maybe generational, but there is an evolution of work that is happening right now that I think is really fascinating, and a lot of these digital tools enable us to do that in new ways and help transform and evolve the culture there. One question I think would be interesting to work on is specific to admins. I know there are many admins who've already been able to rock their role not being physically in the office. What are some things maybe in the last year or so that you've seen with Salesforce specifically, or that you've seen evolve or surface in the Salesforce community that enable admins to even take this to a further level and continue to actually be a driver of digital transformation at their organizations?

LeeAnne Rimel: I think that's a great question because I think having an entire workforce or a large bulk of your workforce change the way they're working with technology, for really any reason, presents, I think, an opportunity for admins to be leaders on how their company is using technology. I think that admins are good at change management and we're good at training and we're going to communication. And I think that when there is change, often there is really a need and a thirst for some direction and some leadership and some pathfinding like with product pathfinding and tools and creating what are those processes that help us be successful now. So I think that admins can be very well positioned to really help their companies be really successful during this transition.
For example, taking the lead on developing a communication method, like we talked a little bit about doing work product updates and things like that, setting the tone as an admin of, "Here's how we're going to communicate project statuses internally. We're going to use XYZ Chatter tools or we're going to use channels to do these updates and do this communication." I think that often admins can set the tone for how that does... They can do it with Salesforce, maybe, and say, "Here's the latest Salesforce updates. Here's what we're working on. Here's some new fields. Here's how you access the training," and do these regular updates to ensure their users are being really enabled on Salesforce. But I think that culturally, that then sets a precedent for maybe how the organization operates.
Like, "Oh hey, I always get this email from my Salesforce admin. I get a weekly email from the Salesforce admin that lets us know the state of the union for Salesforce and what's coming and what happened this week and what trainings my sales users should take." And then that can become the expectation for the company. For other other platforms that you're on or other projects that are going on. So I think there is an important... And I hesitate to say opportunity, but I think there's an important time for admins to really be, when possible, if they can, leaning into the need for some really good change management skills here to help their company be successful.

Mike Gerholdt: Gillian, I love that term, rock their role. I see a hashtag coming on, and I am going to turn that into another question because I feel, LeeAnne, one of the things that evangelists do and you've helped teach the team to do is really consume a lot of information from many different sources and synthesize it and also make it very relatable. So taking information from videos, or like you said, your chats with PMs and documentation, and then making it very relevant for our admin audience, which coincidentally, I think admins do as well. They take information from us, from your videos, from release notes and synthesize that for their organizations. If you had... And we did a podcast earlier this year with Lizz Hellinga on three things admin should pay attention to. I'd love to know three tips on how admins can help synthesize that information like you do.

LeeAnne Rimel: I take a lot of notes. I know that's probably a very boring tip, but I constantly take notes. Like Gillian and Mike know, I've got endless quips of just notes from calls, notes from presentation. I take a ton of notes and my notes are... So that's my tip one, just really documenting and taking as many notes as I can. Everything that stuck out to me. And then I try to get rid of 90% of the notes. So I really try to trim down. I'll take tons and tons of notes and then I read through my notes again and I think about what is really the important takeaways here. If I'm trying to, like you said, synthesize a large piece of information. And I think centering not yourself is really important in this exercise, really trying to center and think about and have an empathy mindset and think about placing yourself in someone else's position. Who's rocking their role, as Gillian said, and think about, "Okay, if I was managing a complex implementation right now and I had meetings on my calendar for six months planning, what is information that I might need to know?"
So I try to take ton of notes, cut it all down as much as I can or trim it down and really keep the really relevant stuff. And then communicate, communicate, communicate. When you're learning things, as admins, we love learning. I love tinkering. I love learning. That information is not particularly useful if you just keep it in your brain. I mean, it's useful if you're building stuff with it, but even if you're building stuff and you're not communicating, it's not particularly useful. So really thinking about how, and Gillian and Mike, you guys have both taught me a ton about this, about really trying to make sure I'm sharing out the things that we're learning.
So for our admins, thinking about what are the channels that your users are on? How are your users centering them? How are your users consuming information? Is there an email newsletter that you can get a little update on that's really popular at your company? Or do they like to read Chatter every morning? What are these channels that they're consuming information on and try to get in front of them in the way that they consume information. So sometimes that can be uncomfortable because maybe that's not the way you're used to sharing information, but trying to meet them where they're at and share information in the way that they're consuming it.

Gillian Bruce: I think that's a really good point. I mean, everyone's got different learning styles anyway. I mean, we have people like myself who need to learn by actually going through it and doing it. There's other people who consume much better by hearing something like a podcast. Shout out to you people. And then there's people who love to consume videos or read about it. And I think that's a very, very good point of trying to meet people where they're at, and as admins and especially with these digital tools, we have the ability to do that, which is pretty awesome. I will continue the rock their role. It's making me think of sushi too, for some reason.

LeeAnne Rimel: Okay, now I want sushi too. I feel like there's restaurants that had like a rock and roll...

Gillian Bruce: Exactly. Yeah, the rock and roll is a good go-to.

Mike Gerholdt: I'm just excited that Gillian was first one to bring up food and not me this time right now.

LeeAnne Rimel: Now I'm hungry. Thank you, Gillian.

Gillian Bruce: Sorry.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I want sushis too. Specifically California rolls.

Gillian Bruce: Oh yeah, totally. Totally. All right, I know what I'm ordering tonight. So one of the other things, LeeAnne, I think that's really important and we touched on it a little bit earlier, but maybe you do have three screens and you have the ability to do all of the things all the time and you don't have maybe a barrier of hopping on the train to get to work or hopping in the car. How do you set boundaries and trying to make sure that you're not like burnt out all the time, because I know that's something that I have struggled with on and off in the last year of, "Well, I can just pop open the laptop and do this now, or I'm just at home so I can pop upstairs, have a meal and come right back downstairs and get back in it." As someone who has worked remotely for a very long time, what are some strategies you have around not putting yourself constantly into overdrive or overwhelm?

LeeAnne Rimel: That's a really good question, I think, and this is very much a know thyself thing too, because it's a little bit different for everybody. But I think that the step one I think is to... And I would challenge everyone who's listening to this, sit down, write this out, what are the things that help you decompress or help you forget about work? So for me, that's walking my dog and cooking. Those are two things that I can't be on my phone during. I'm out in the world walking my dog or my hands are dirty because I'm cooking. So those are two things that I get pretty focused on what I'm doing in the moment and I can't work. I physically cannot be working while I'm doing it. So when you identify what are some things that maybe help you get in a flow state that's not a work flow state, and how can you schedule those in your day?
One of the things that's been a lifesaver for me, I think, with working from home is as much as possible... And no one's perfect, so I think with any recommendation, you aim for 80% and that's great. So I try for 80% of the time to create bookends for myself at the beginning and the end of the day. I try to not work first thing when I get up in the morning. I try to not, on most days, sit in bed and read emails or anything. I try to wake up and join my morning, take my dog for a walk, begin work, and then when I'm finished with work, I happen to really enjoy cooking, so then I go and I'll take the dog for a walk or I go cook, but I have these bookends that are like, "Okay, now the work day is done." I know for myself, if I didn't do things like that, then my work day bleeds into the night a little bit. I'll never step away from work.
Another thing that I do is I try again, 80% of the time, no one's perfect, when we try to have these healthy life habits, you try to hit 80% and that's great. I try to keep my computer in my work area. So whatever that is. Maybe your work area is a basket that has your work items and you pack it up at the end of the day. Maybe it's a corner in your office or in your dining room. Maybe you have an office that you're working in. But I try to keep my computer, my work computer in that space so that I'm not finding myself opening it for just five minutes. Because I know for me, if it was 8:30 PM and I'm like, "I'm just going to send this email really quick." First of all, that's not a culture thing that I want to push onto my team. I don't want to make my team respond to my emails, my colleagues respond to my emails late at night.
But then also I know myself and I know that I would end up working for an hour, because I'm lucky that I really enjoy what I do, but it also means that I have to have those boundaries because if I open my computer at 8:00 PM, I'll probably keep it open for a long time. So I think having some work boundaries there, physical boundaries on your daily. Keep your computer in a room or put it on the bookshelf at the end of the day and say, "Okay, I'm done with work. I'm going to close the computer." And then if you can do something... Everyone has different things that allow them to be focused on that thing, but do something that helps you bookend the end of your day. Those are some things that have helped me a lot, because I think it is... Particularly right now when it's not like, "Oh, I'm getting done with work and I'm going to go out to a party or whatever." Many of us are staying home, so we don't have those external social bookends that we may have had before or external scheduling bookends that maybe before. See, there's my dogs. She's telling me to take her for a walk.

Mike Gerholdt: I was just going to say, I hear your bookend calling.

LeeAnne Rimel: She knows I'm talking about her, but I think that also giving yourself grace where you can. I think a lot of us really want, like I said, the 80% rule. Do the best that you can, but also give yourself grace. If you have the ability to, and you have to ask for an extension on a project or something, think about when are those times that it is okay and that I can try to load balance a little bit. Sometimes I have to do that. I say, "I committed to these five things and I have to drop one of them. I'm going to talk to my manager and see which of those I can de-prioritize for another month just to try to stay at a steady pace," because I can guarantee also, your manager doesn't want you to burn out either. Everyone who's listening here, no one wants to burn their employees out or they shouldn't want to burn their employees out. So I think whenever possible, communicating about it and asking for guidance on prioritizing and stuff too is helpful.

Mike Gerholdt: Well I think that is a fantastic way to bookend the podcast.

LeeAnne Rimel: I see what you did there.

Mike Gerholdt: Every now and then. No, this was really good. LeeAnne, I'm super excited for these Expert Corner videos selfishly. I think they can be bigger than this podcast. So I hope everybody that listens watches it and shares them a few hundred times to everybody that they know.

LeeAnne Rimel: That's a pretty lofty goal, but I'm pretty excited about it. I've been at Salesforce for almost 12 years and I still super nerd out every time I get to talk to our product teams. I love working with our product teams and hearing about roadmap and stuff. So I'm really excited for our admins to get to participate in these Expert Corners and hear from our awesome product experts.

Gillian Bruce: You're going to create a whole slew of... What is it, the Shannon Hale society. They're going to have followers for all of the PMs now.

LeeAnne Rimel: I know. I don't know if the newer PMs really realize what they're getting into. I'm like, "Hey, this is the most awesome community ever, but also you got to get on Twitter. You're about to get a lot of tweets."

Mike Gerholdt: I'm sure there's an app to immediately spin up fan clubs. If not, somebody needs to build that.

LeeAnne Rimel: Perfect. I feel like it's called the Salesforce community, or Salesforce Trailblazer community is our awesome PM fan clubs that we see.

Gillian Bruce: 100%. LeeAnne, thank you so much for taking the time to join us on the pod today and share your wisdom and expertise with us. Very much appreciated.

LeeAnne Rimel: Thank you so much for having me. It's been a joy. I love getting to show up and chat with you all on the pod.

Gillian Bruce: So huge thanks to LeeAnne for taking the time to chat with us. It's just so fun to get the three of us on the line together. Some major takeaways from our chat today. Number one, check out the brand new Expert Corner that has now launched on the admin YouTube channel. It's awesome. These are amazing opportunities to get direct access to our product managers who are building the features that you are using every single day. And if you're missing that Q&A interaction, casual chat that you might get at an event in the before times, this is the chance to get that connection now, and they're awesome, so make sure you check those out.
Now, some tips from LeeAnne about distributed work especially. I mean, we had a really good discussion about how you can allay any fears or any anxieties that your team may have by not having a physical presence around each other by really digging into what is the root fear there. What are you worried about? What do you think you're missing? And really having those candid conversations will probably bring some really important things to light. So don't be afraid to have those conversations and there's often very simple solutions, like sending specific kinds of updates and agreeing upon which platforms to reach each other on. So thought that was really great from LeeAnne. And then also set bookends for your day. If the difference between your work environment and your home environment is 20 feet, it's important to have those bookends to create those boundaries so that you're not always on and that you have defined breaks. So think about what those are. I think they're really important.
If you want to learn more things about all things Salesforce admin, make sure you go to admin.salesforce.com. You can find so many great resources there, blogs, videos, all kinds of great stuff. And as a reminder, if you like what you hear on this podcast, please, please, please take the time to pop on over to iTunes and give us review. Mike and I read every single review and we want more to read. So give us some more reviews there. You can also stay up to date with us for all things admins @SalesforceAdmns, no i, on Twitter. You can find our guest today, LeeAnne, on Twitter as well, she's @LeeAndroid, one of my favorite Twitter handles. You can find my cohost Mike Gerholdt @MikeGerholdt and myself @GillianKBruce. Have an amazing day and we'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

On this episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re talking to a Salesforce dream team of Zayne Turner, Senior Director of Architect Relations, and LeeAnne Rimel, Architect, Admin Relations. We’ll cover integrations and the tools coming down the road to make them even easier.

Join us as we talk about why you’re already doing integrations as an admin, what questions to ask about integrations, and the Trailhead content you should look at to get started.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Zayne Tuner and LeeAnne Rimel.

Admins are integrators.

“Admins are integrators—admins often are responsible for integrations at their organizations, they are often the ones making important decisions about what to do with existing integrations,” LeeAnne says, “so how do we give you the tools to think about integrations in the larger business scope for your company?” If you connect your data in Salesforce to something else, somewhere else, then you’re already dealing with integrations.

Salesforce has been working hard to get better guidance out there to help admins who have to make these kinds of decisions. “One of the biggest things is to really understand what it is you’re integrating,” Zayne says, and while that might be data, “there’s this whole, powerful realm of processes and process integration—when something has to start inside Salesforce and continue outside.” Understanding the two sides of integrations, process and data, is key to making sure you can make a solid plan for whatever it is you need to do.

Salesforce tools to help you get started with integrations.

The important thing to remember is that the habits you’re already honing to be the product owner of your environment are going to relevant for integration management. Questions like what kind of security you should have, or what kind of data access should have apply equally to your org and to integrations.

“Loosely coupled” is a term that’s thrown around a lot when discussing integrations. It’s the idea that data and process moves easily between systems, but they’re not chained or locked together in a way that can’t change. The Mulesoft Anypoint platform, for example, gives you a middle layer that adds some flexibility. At the same time, we live in a world with budget constraints, so if you’re using out-of-the-box tools, you need to go through a process to identify what really needs to be integrated and what might be better served with a simpler solution.

There are also some new Integration Pattern Architect Trailhead trails that can help you get a handle on everything, so take the time to brush up on your knowledge. Listen to the full episode for more about integrations from this expert guest lineup, and don’t be afraid to jump into Mulesoft Composer and get started.

Links: * Architect Journey: Integration Architecture

Social: * Zayne: @ZayneLT * LeeAnne: @LeeAnndroid * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

View Details

For this episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re bringing you another monthly retro. We highlight the standout blog posts, videos, and all the other great Salesforce content from February.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation between Mike and Gillian.

Blog highlights from February Mike points us to a thorough overview of everything you need to know about the upcoming MFA requirements coming in 2022. As we’re seeing cybercrime and data breaches continue to rise, we want to help you take steps to protect your org and secure your data, and there are a lot of resources to get you started. Gillian points out a post by friend of the pod and Awesome Admin Sarah Pilzer, which shares how her training as a marine biologist informs her current career as a Salesforce admin.

  • Everything Admins Need to Know About the MFA Requirement
  • 6 Transferable Skills for Salesforce Administrators

Podcast highlights from February We squeezed a lot into a short month on the pod. Gillian had an opportunity to sit down with one of her favorite people in the Salesforce ecosystem, Megan Peterson, to talk about her new show, Trailhead News, and hear all her tips for creating engaging video content. Mike, meanwhile, wanted to highlight his conversation with Lizz Hellinga about her stint with the Admin team and a sneak peek of what’s coming down the pipeline.

  • Trailhead News with Megan Peterson
  • 3 Things Admins Should Pay Attention to in the New Year with Lizz Hellinga

Video highlights from February Gillian was busy cranking out a “pilot season” of videos for the Admin Youtube Channel. We’ve got the 2-minute “No Silly Questions” series where experts answer anything you want to know. If you have a question, send us a video!

  • Salesforce Admins Youtube Channel

Social * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Mike: @MikeGerholdt * Gillian: @GillianKBruce

View Details

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got Megan Peterson, a Trailhead Evangelist based in Sydney Australia. We’ll learn about Trailhead News, a new way to keep up with everything going on with the Trailhead platform.

Join us as we talk about how Megan started Trailhead News, her tips for creating a great online event, and what’s coming up with Trailhead events.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Megan Peterson.

Trailhead News.

With the changes that have come in 2020, Megan came up with an idea to do a news show to take advantage of the new Trailhead Live platform. “We’ve got our Trailhead Newsletter that goes out, but we don’t really have a way to tell everyone everything that Trailhead does,” she says. So every two weeks, she puts out a new episode to keep everyone in the loop.

Trailhead has so much going on beneath the surface, and Trailhead News is here to help you make sure you don’t miss anything. Megan talks to people behind the scenes to get the full story, and you can get started with a simple Trailmix that gives you links to everything mentioned on the show.

How to get started with online events.

Organizing something new in a changed landscape has taught Megan some important lessons about what works and what doesn’t in a digital format. “I think people get a little stuck on trying to make what would’ve been a face-to-face event a virtual event, but trying to do it the same way,” she says, “shake that off and think about why you’re doing this event. What’s different about it?”

Megan recommends taking the time to picture what your online event will look like, and start from there. Make sure you have a niche: some kind of unique audience or reason for what you’re doing. And, of course, there are the practical considerations: how are you going to record it? How are you going to edit it? Where are you going to share it?

Why you don’t need a big budget to make a great event.

One big difference between digital and in-person is that you need to change it up frequently. “We would’ve sat through a 20 or 30-minute presentation from a single person in the Admin Theater,” Megan says, “the propensity to sit and listen for a long amount of time is getting shorter and shorter.”

It might be changing your voice, having another person come in, or even just giving your viewers a quick visual break. “You can do this on a zero budget, and if you’ve got budget you can make it a little bit more polished,” Megan says, “but there is definitely ways you can make it creative, different, interesting, and natural for yourself.” And one thing she’s seen time and again with guests is that you’re better than you think you are—be yourself and trust that if what you have to say is important to you, it’ll be engaging to an audience.

Listen to the full episode for some more great tips from Megan about online events, and don’t miss the ANZ Salesforce Live event coming up on March 24th.

Links: * ANZ Salesforce Live * Trailhead News, next episode airs February 23rd

Social: * Megan: @MeganPTweets * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career to help you be an awesome admin. This week, we are diving into the very important world of Trailhead and Trailhead News with Megan Petersen, Trailhead evangelist based in Sydney, Australia. One of my favorite people from down under.
In this episode, you'll hear all about Trailhead News and get some tips and advice for your content delivery in this virtual world. So without further ado, let's welcome Megan to the podcast. Megan, welcome to the podcast.

Megan Petersen: Woowoo. I'm so excited to be back on the Admin podcast with you, Gillian. Thank you for having me.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, it's always great to have your voice on the awesome Admin airwaves here. I wanted to check in with you. It's been a while. I know you've been up to a lot of amazing things and one of the things I wanted to start with is Trailhead News. Can you talk to us a little bit about what Trailhead News is?

Megan Petersen: I sure can. So I came up with this idea to do this fun little news show back in 2020, when we were all unable to leave our houses. I thought, why not take advantage of this great platform in Trailhead Live that had just been announced at the Dreamforce just before.
And we've got our Trailhead newsletter that goes out, but we don't really have a way to tell everyone everything that Trailhead does. I don't think people understand that Trailhead's beyond trailhead.com. It's our Trailhead Academy, all the certifications, all our wonderful classes, all our instructors. It's admins, it's devs.
There's so much that goes into the word Trailhead when you say it. So, the idea behind starting Trailhead News was giving us a way to talk about end-to-end what we're doing with Trailhead and keeping it fun and topical. There's so much that we're talking about all the time.
At first, I thought, "I hope we have enough to talk about on every show," but I soon found out that every two weeks or so, I could definitely have some top Trailhead News. Came up with some fun segments. A fond memory is the Behind the Hoodies that we did with Steve Molis and Nana Gregg. That was a fun little segment taking a, this is your life look at their Salesforce careers. And then we always do an interview as well and pepper a lot of fun in between.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, you've got some star-studded cameos that happen. I think you've done some with Parker Harris, our co-founder. As you mentioned, some of our rock MVPs in the community. And it's a really fun way to get a taste of how we like to keep Trailhead weird. But also as you said, the incredible amount of things that are involved with the idea of Trailhead, it's not just the Trailhead product, but it's the community, it's all the activities around it. And it's pretty awesome.

Megan Petersen: Yeah. Talking to Parker, I do have a lot of admiration for Parker. So that was an amazing moment to be able to interview him on the last episode last year. And we had the wonderful Sarah Franklin is now our CMO. Heather Conklin. Yeah.
If you haven't checked out Trailhead News, there's a very simple little trail mix where you can find links to everything that's mentioned on the show and all the previous episodes as well. And Gillian can share that in all the notes.

Gillian Bruce: It will be in the show notes. Absolutely. And you forgot to mention the fun themes and costumes that sometimes you and your guests don on Trailhead News, which make it even more exciting and surprising.

Megan Petersen: I think I just try and put myself in the shoes of someone that is choosing to spend some time looking at more screen. And I think, "What could make this just a little bit more entertaining than just sitting and talking to someone?"
So yes, we had our awesome 80s themed episode. We had our Halloween spooktacular. I think I went well overboard on the spooky puns in that one, but it was very fun. Had a lot of community faces in that episode as well.
It's just, if I'm going to sit there for 20, 30 minutes and watch an episode, I want to find a reason to smile and there's always good little hidden Easter eggs in every episode to make sure that you get a laugh. And information.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. You want to be entertained and informed at the same time. And there you go.

Megan Petersen: Indeed. Indeed.

Gillian Bruce: So, speaking of that, I would love to hear a little bit more about some of the things you've learned doing Trailhead News. Now, while you are in Australia and you have at least somewhat of a normal life that has returned.

Megan Petersen: We're very lucky. Yes.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Not everybody else, especially I'm thinking of me here in San Francisco. We're still on lockdown. I think I've been on lockdown for a year now, it feels like. But a lot of us admins and otherwise, we're still trying to figure out how to engage virtually. Right.
We're all stuck at screens, as you mentioned, the last thing a lot of people want to do is watch something else on the screen. So, what are some things that you've learned from doing Trailhead News and doing other virtual experiences over the past year, that might be useful for admins as they're trying to figure out how to either engage with their users or engage with other people in the community?

Megan Petersen: Yeah. Lots actually. It's been a really good learning experience to try and... So I actually do write, produce, film, edit, the whole thing by myself. So there is a lot that goes into doing that. So if you are looking to create your own virtual event, you're going to have to dust off a few possible new skills.
So, it's been a learning curve. When I look at some of the earlier episodes, I go, "Oh, you hadn't learned how to do that then, yet. I see you do that better now with your editing." Or even I had to get a nice microphone. At first, I was like, "It's fine. They can hear my voice." And now I had to get a special Yeti microphone, which makes me sound a little bit better. So you hone the craft.
But luckily enough, I'm actually in the process of writing a badge, that's coming out onto Trailhead, talking about this virtual event production. Hopefully it'll come out in the next few months, but it'll be all around virtual events.
And one of the first things that I do is sit there. If you're trying to replicate something that would have been something in-person for example. So we're going back two years, let's say, when face-to-face events were normal.

Gillian Bruce: The olden days.

Megan Petersen: The olden days. Yes. Back before 2020. And I think people get a little stuck in thinking about trying to make what would have been a face-to-face event, a virtual event, but trying to do it the same way. So I want to say, shake that off and think about why you're doing this event. So what's different about it?
So when I said Trailhead News, it was about talking about everything that Trailhead is doing at that point in time and bringing a bit of fun. No one else was doing that. So that's my little niche reason to be creating it. So think about why you're doing this event. What is the hole you're plugging? What's the message you're trying to deliver?
And then I always say, if you could just shut your eyes, you need to see it. So try and see what you think this event is going to look like visually in your head. It might not be super clear, but usually I get some early idea. I've got a document where, in the middle of the day, I'll suddenly get some random idea.
I've always wanted to do a slow motion walk. And so I was like, I'm going to do that one day on Trailhead News. So watch out for that one day, I'll do a slow motion walk because I've seen the movies. I'm like, "God, it'd be so cool. Do a slow motion walk." And I can do that on Trailhead News. It's one of the fun little nuggets I'll weave in.
But close your eyes, visualize what you see on the screen and start from there. And there's a lot of things that are going to go into crafting that vision. But you want to make sure you have some kind of niche, some kind of unique audience, or reason, or message that you're bringing to the listeners, to the watchers.
And then there's a lot of factors, like how are you going to record it? How are you going to edit it if you need to edit it? Where are you going to let people see it? Where are you going to share it? So there's those kind of logistical, operational elements. But then if you're the one person that's bringing it all together, you also have to make it creative.
And if I've learnt anything, you need to change it up really frequently. So, I think whereas we would have sat through a 20 minute, 30 minute presentation of a single person, if we're sitting say at the admin theater or the admin meadow back at Dreamforce. Sitting there and listening in-person, that was fine. But doing that in a visual digital way, is just not the same these days.
And I think the propensity to sit and listen for a long amount of time, is getting shorter and shorter. So, think of ways to change it up. Sometimes that might be changing even just your voice, changing a quick visual break, having another person's voice come in. There's little things that you just want to keep it interesting. Keep it engaging. And there's a lot of planning that does need to go into it as well, Gillian.

Gillian Bruce: Yes. Well, yes. I have been privy to the planning, at least part of the planning that you go through to put Trailhead News together. And it's quite impressive.

Megan Petersen: Well, you were my first interview on Trailhead News.

Gillian Bruce: I know. It was amazing. You helped me learn things about Zoom I didn't even know I could do. It was great. But I think one of the things that you touched on that I think is really relevant is, this is a one woman production, so to speak. And so, a lot of the things that you've learned... I mean, hey, not everyone is going to probably beef up the editing skills quite as much as you have. But if you're recording a video or something that you're trying to maybe just deliver a training to your users, I think a lot of the tips and the things that you have learned are very helpful.
I mean, you mentioned things like just changing up your voice, changing up the visuals. Hey, instead of thinking of it as a 30 minute meeting or a 30 minute presentation, how do you mix it up and keep it engaging? And I think that's one of the things that I have noticed quite a bit in our screen fatigue. There are industries completely devoted to entertainment that have cracked the code on some of this. But there's some easy things that we can take from that to help create content that is more engaging, albeit still on a screen.
I think for any, hey, maybe you've got a video you want to send to your five users for them to watch, you can still take a lot of these tips. I mean, like you said, even just adjusting the microphone, maybe you don't have to buy a fancy microphone.

Megan Petersen: No. You do not have to. You can do this on a zero budget and if you've got budget, then it's just going to make it that little bit more polished. But start small, like you say, if this is about sharing some training with your users.
And humor might not be your strong suit, but you can still make it engaging. I obviously like to put puns in there and put jokes in there and that feels natural to me. But humor's not everybody's strong suit, but there is definitely ways you can still make it creative, different, interesting, and natural for yourself.
And I do just want to say, I've had to record with a lot of people and I've asked a lot of people to do videos for me. And often I'll ask someone and they'll email me and they'll go, "This is just terrible. I hope there's something usable. I'm sorry. I tried. I hate looking at myself on camera."
This happened yesterday to me, someone sent me a video. And I watched it for five seconds and they looked happy, engaged, connected with the camera. They were talking with confidence. And I have no idea what they were thinking in their mind when they said that to me.
So, I think it's that, if you think you're going to fail, you're going to fail. But if you go in as confident as you can, make connection with the camera, try not to read a script. We used to be able to do that when we're up on stage.
Making eye contact with the camera is a simple... If you do nothing else, looking at the camera is going to connect with your audience better than you looking down constantly or reading off a screen. So just talk from the heart, talk from experience, connect with the camera and be confident. Trust me. You're better than you think you are if you're doubting yourself, for sure.

Gillian Bruce: I think that's a great message. Basically, what you're saying is be authentic.

Megan Petersen: Yes.

Gillian Bruce: And I think any viewer can always tell if the person on the screen is being authentic or not.

Megan Petersen: 100%.

Gillian Bruce: I know a lot of admins, we may struggle with feeling like maybe a little imposter syndrome or whatnot, but hey, if you've got something that you think is important enough to share, you got it.

Megan Petersen: Yes.

Gillian Bruce: You know it.

Megan Petersen: That's what I always say. I'm like, "I want to tell your story, but if I don't know your story, I can't tell someone that you have an awesome story." We had some Aussies on the podcast at the end of last year, which was fantastic because I've seen them at our Trailblazer community group meetings, or I've heard it through the grapevine that they're doing an amazing presentation at their companies.
So, speak up. Even if you come to us directly in a little moment of confidence, let us know. We'd love to showcase anything amazing that our whole ecosystem is doing.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, absolutely. Well, speaking of that, this is a great segue. Thank you for that.

Megan Petersen: Cool. Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: We've got a little... Speaking of virtual events, we have one coming up pretty soon here. It's the ANZ Salesforce Live event.

Megan Petersen: Correct.

Gillian Bruce: Can you talk to us a little bit more about that?

Megan Petersen: I can, it's going to be amazing. So this is our first big event here in ANZ. If you don't know what ANZ means, it stands for Australia and New Zealand. Where I am from, I'm in Sydney, Australia. And it's going to be on March 24th, which is a Wednesday here, which would be a Tuesday, Pacific Time.
You're more than welcome to join in if you're anywhere in the world. Just because it's in Australia, New Zealand doesn't mean that you can't tune in and hear what we're going to put together. And there's going to be some amazing Trailhead content coming to that event.
We're going to do a special Trailhead News actually, coming to you live from Salesforce Live ANZ, which is a first for me. So, figuring out how that's going to work and look, and sound, and be entertaining for those that are watching. And we might even have some admin and developer sessions coming down for our audiences. Maybe a bit of community involvement, would you say Gillian?

Gillian Bruce: I would say, yes. I think we've got some community faces that will be a welcome addition to the event. And I think will be really fun. It's one of the things I think we all missed a lot last year, was we did the best we could to pivot and deliver great content to the global Salesforce community.
One thing that was missing that we typically have at every single in-person event, was the chance for Trailblazer community members to present and share. Hey, we're figuring out a way to do it this time. So it's very exciting.

Megan Petersen: It's exciting. It was very important. It's what we did last year, actually for a world tour Sydney last year. This is when everything was starting to lockdown. If you go back a year ago, we had very short notice to turn around this huge digital event a year ago.
And that's where the idea for Trailhead News actually originally came from, because we did the whole thing like a news program back then. So we definitely want to bring some of those vibes into this year. We won't do eight and a half hours of content like we did last year. I won't do that to you. It'll be a little bit less.

Gillian Bruce: That was a lot of content. It was a lot of content.

Megan Petersen: You tell me now that I had to turn around eight and a half hours of content in 10 days. I still don't quite know how that happened, but it's amazing. Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: I don't think you slept. Right.

Megan Petersen: No, not really. Not really.

Gillian Bruce: Well, that's really... So it's March 24th. And as you said, anyone can tune in, but it is intended for the... I love saying ANZ because we don't say Zed here in the United States, we say Z. So it sounds more authentic.

Megan Petersen: Ah. Oh, Zed. Right. I got you.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Megan Petersen: We can bust out the old Aussie, Aussie, Aussie, if you want to, Gillian.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Do it, do it. I love it.

Megan Petersen: Aussie, Aussie, Aussie. Then you say, "Oi, Oi, Oi."

Gillian Bruce: Oi, Oi, Oi. Yeah. I remember. Come on. I've been there a couple of times.

Megan Petersen: Yes. Okay. Okay. All right. Yeah, there's a whole chant. I won't take up too much time doing the whole chant. Aussies know what we're doing here.

Gillian Bruce: This has been awesome. Thank you so much for joining us on the podcast. I will keep the Trailhead News awesomeness going. And I'm looking forward to sharing that great virtual event preparation badge that you're working on at Trailhead with the admin community. So, as soon as you've got it ready, I will happily share it out. And reminder to everyone to check out the event of March 24th, to tune in. Yeah. Any other parting words of advice you'd love to share with our admin community?

Megan Petersen: Be awesome. Keep putting yourself out there. Be positive and be authentic.

Gillian Bruce: Love it. Thank you so much for joining us and we'll talk to you again soon.

Megan Petersen: Bye.

Gillian Bruce: Always wonderful to catch up with one of my favorite Aussies. Thanks so much, Megan, for joining us on the podcast. Now, for some of my takeaways from our conversation to help you as an awesome admin. Number one, when you are thinking about creating content to deliver in this virtual environment, really think about how to keep your users engaged. Take a minute and envision what will keep your viewers wanting to look at what you're doing.
So mix it up, have some new visuals, bring in some other voices. And you don't have to spend a bunch of money on fancy equipment. You can use the equipment that you have. Some tips that I've even just learned from podcasting is just make sure you got a microphone that's close to your mouth. So don't just use the microphone that's on your laptop or your computer. If you've got headphones that have a little mic attached to them, plugging them into your phone, that will even just make a big enough difference.
And be authentic. Megan really pointed out how you can tell if someone's just reading to a camera and not connecting. And that is not engaging. We've all watched those. So, look at the camera. Speak from your heart and your mind. You know this content. Whatever you're presenting, clearly you know it enough to feel that it's important. So, just trust yourself. Have a conversation with the camera. It's much easier to keep people engaged by doing that than otherwise.
Also, stay tuned for Trailhead News. We've got the next is coming out on February 23rd. So just next week after this podcast drops. And you can find all of the Trailhead News episodes at the link in the show notes. And tune in for the March 24th ANZ Australia, New Zealand Salesforce Live event. The link again, is in the show notes so that you can register for that. You don't want to miss it. It will be really, really awesome.
So, if you want to learn about all things Salesforce Admin, as always, you can go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. And a reminder, if you love what you hear, be sure to pop on over to iTunes and give us a review. We promise, we definitely read them all. Mike and I love reading them. Well, most of them. No, I'm kidding. We love reading all of them. So please continue to give us some reviews.
You can also stay up to date with us on all things Admins on social, @SalesforceAdmns, no I, on Twitter. You can find our guest today, Megan Petersen on Twitter, @MeganPTweets. I'm on Twitter, @gilliankbruce. And my cohost, the amazing Mike Gerholdt, is @MikeGerholdt. With that, we hope you have a great day and we'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

This is the Salesforce Admins Podcast! A show for Salesforce Admins where we talk about Product, Community, and Career to help you become an awesome admin!
We are Salesforce Admins just like you, and we have a ton of experience on the Salesforce platform. We love learning about all the new features and capabilities that enable us, as Admins, to do awesome things with Salesforce to transform our organizations, communities, and careers. Every week on the podcast we talk to product managers at Salesforce about what they are building and to Salesforce Admins just like you about the problems they are solving, giving you tips and advice on how to be an Awesome Admin.

What you said about us

As a current job seeker in the Salesforce Ecosystem I am really encouraged by these podcasts. As my goal is to remain revelant and plugged-in the knowledge shared by Admins and others is invaluable to gaining confidence and skills. By building knowlege via Trailhead badges and then demonstrating undersramding & assessment of those skills by conquering the Superbadges I am inspired to keep going and constantly learn more each and every day. Keep up the Great Work! – Chad Kleve

I’m so glad that I stumbled upon this podcast! As a new “Accidental Admin" all things salesforce can be quite intimidating! There is so much to learn but this podcast helps me stay on top of the important things to look out for and newest features to check out. I also LOVE that it is not a boring stuffy podcast! I find myself learning, laughing and sometimes crying (happy tears) while listening to the episodes on my daily walks. – TrishainOmaha

I love listening to this podcast in the mornings when I’m getting ready for work. Each episode contains something new that I didn’t know about salesforce, and a new view on someone’s journey into the salesforce ecosystem. Loved the accessibility series on making your orgs more user friendly for everyone. – ibbyanne

You can find our show on iTunes, Google Play, Soundcloud, and Spotify or by searching "Salesforce'' wherever you enjoy listening to podcasts. And, you can find even more great content at Admin.Salesforce.com.

View Details

On this episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we hear from Mat Hamlin, Senior Director of Product Management at Salesforce. We’ll dive into multi-factor authentication (MFA), and why all Salesforce users will be using it by February 1st, 2022.

Join us as we talk about multi-factor authentication, single sign-on, tracking and adoption, and a little bit about barbeque.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Mat Hamlin.

How should you manage MFA in your org? So should you use an existing single sign-on (SSO) implementation or roll out a standalone MFA? “As a general rule,” Mat says, “if your organization does have a centrally-managed single sign-on solution that can or does support multi-factor authentication for its login processes, that’s the recommended solution.” Your internal IT department already thinks about managing identity and security risks all day long, so letting them have control over your authentication and verification processes helps them centralize and apply policies.

For some organizations, however, it might make more sense for you as the Salesforce admin to manage MFA on the platform. You can even configure it to handle all of your Salesforce products in one place: Sales Cloud, Marketing Cloud, and more. Think about it as a great excuse to start a conversation with your IT folks about what works best for your org.

A helping hand to monitor adoption and more. There are also some great tools to monitor adoption and general usage baked-in to Salesforce. You can generate reports with the login history fields to get a picture of what’s going on. There’s also the new Security Command Center feature to help you keep track, and there will be even more login metrics coming in Spring ‘21with the Lightning Usage App.

MFA Assistant will be with you every step of the way, giving you suggestions and references to make things simple. That said, MFA will add a step to the login process. “As administrators, as you start rolling out MFA, it’s good to be very communicative about the process but also the reasons,” Mat says. You want to explain why it’s so important to reduce the risk of data loss and protect your organization.

Finally, it’s helpful to show your users exactly what the changes to their login process look like. “Fear of the unknown can cause people to be anxious,” Mat says, but if you can show them how easy it is and what to expect you’ll find a lot more success. As you’re showing them, make sure to emphasize that you’ll be there to support them whenever they need help.

Links * Watch Release Readiness Live * Spring 21 Release Highlights

Social * Mat: @MatHamlin * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

On this episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re talking to Lizz Hellinga, Salesforce MVP and change enabler. We’ll go over everything she’s looking forward to that’ll help us help users.

Join us as we talk about how the platform has evolved with automation and assistance, all the new setup guides and assistants that make things easier, and why you should start playing with Tableau.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Lizz Hellinga.

Looking behind the curtain Lizz has recently pinch-hit for LeeAnne on the Admin team at Salesforce, and getting a look behind the curtain has given her a lot of insights into what’s coming up and what admins should pay attention to in the new year. “When you think about some of the new things with In-App Guidance, In-App Learning, Notification Builder, Dynamic Forms,” she says, “all that is to help admins increase adoption and help their endusers do what they need to do when they need to do it.”

For Lizz, the new MFA assistant coming out in Spring ‘21 is especially exciting because it helps you focus by giving you a ready-to-go adoption checklist. The bottom line is that you can add the guidance and extra help you need right where your users need it the most. “I remember when I had to do my first implementation, and I created all of these little working guides to help people when we launched,” she says, “and then I realized they would be stale after just a few weeks or months, depending on how much change we added to the platform.” Now you can add a single prompt to keep people up to date, helping your users actually focus on how to use the platform rather than worrying about how to work it.

Why you should get started with Tableau Lizz worked with pod regular John Demby and his team on Tableau video content, and she got an insider’s perspective on just how easy it is to incorporate into your org. The biggest thing she learned is that you should just get started trying it out—there are data sets already there to play around with, and sample dashboards so you can see how everything works. “Don’t be afraid, just hop right in,” Lizz says, “Tableau can combine data streams for your organization to give better insights but you just have to start doing it.”

For next year, Lizz wants to learn a lot more about MuleSoft Connector. “Admins work on multiple features at one time, we toggle between different features, and we’re constantly using them to enable our end users and enable successful processes,” she says. She’s also psyched about Service Setup, which makes it so much easier to get acquainted with Service Cloud.

Links: Admin Preview Live - Release Readiness Live, Spring '21

Spring 21 Release Highlights

Social: Lizz: @LizzHellinga

Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns

Gillian: @GillianKBruce

Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Full Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. This week we're talking with Lizz Hellinga, Salesforce MVP and change enabler. In this episode, you'll hear from Lizz about the fun stuff that she worked on. The exciting new opportunities for admins. And the features she is most excited to learn more about this year. So with that, let's get Lizz on the pod.
So Lizz, welcome to the podcast.

Lizz Hellinga: Thank you so much for inviting me. I'm thrilled to be here.

Mike Gerholdt: Lizz, you did a ton with our admin team over the last, I will say, it's specifically 249 days, coming on to help us out while LeeAnne was on parental leave. And we wanted to have you on the pod to help send forth admins and give them some wisdom that you gained and insights that you have on where they're going and things they should pay attention to. That's kind of how I'm kicking off our discussion.

Lizz Hellinga: Great. It's been such an adventure to support all of you over the last... How many days was it? 259.

Mike Gerholdt: 49, but-

Lizz Hellinga: 49 days.

Mike Gerholdt: ... maybe feels longer. We have a pandemic going on.

Gillian Bruce: And Salesforce years, it's like dog years, right.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes.

Lizz Hellinga: Right. It was truly an incredible opportunity. And I think before we really get started into what I've learned, I just would love to give a shout out to all of you on the admin team, what you do every day to support and promote admins. To be on the inside and see how you always have admins at the forefront is incredible to know. And I just want others to know that as well, how thoughtful you all are and how they're always top of mind.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, thank you very much.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Thank you. I mean, Lizz, thank you for all the work that you've done for us because I don't know how we would have gotten by without that. So kind of back at you. I would love to know Lizz, Hey you got to work on a lot of things this year. You probably learned a lot that you didn't expect to learn. What are some of your kind of top insights for admins based on kind of where you've seen the platform evolve over the last year and kind of things that admin should be looking at and paying attention to these days?

Lizz Hellinga: What I'm thrilled to see is how the platform is evolving to help admins manage and support adoption within their orgs. When you think about some of the new things with In-App Guidance, In-App Learning, Notification Builder, Dynamic Forms, all that is to help admins increase adoption and help their end-users do what they need to do when they need to do it. And when I think about, for me, my personal perspective, I love change management. It's one of the things I love to talk about with others, looking at the new MFA Assistant that's coming out in spring '21 and how it even has change management components built into it. So that admins have this great, ready to go checklist to help them help their end-users adopt change.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I would say I love how getting started everything feels now. Before, a lot of the tools came out, and it was, "We'll figure out how to make it go." And now, with MFA and we saw in spring '21 was Service Cloud Setup and Macros Builder, everything has that kind of coaching component to it. I think of it akin to all of the apps that we have on our phones now that let us stream information. There's almost like a walkthrough of everything.

Lizz Hellinga: Exactly. And the thing too is that it saves admin's time so they can focus on enabling business processes and efficiencies because they can start to add that adoption right inside the app and support their end-users. When you think about In-App Learning and In-App Guidance walking their end-users through processes. But then also with dynamic forums. Having them just fill out what they need to fill out correctly at the right moment. It's just incredible how it can support the end-users.

Gillian Bruce: Well, and Lizz, I'd like to maybe... you've been working in the Salesforce ecosystem for a while. You've been an MVP for a while. I mean, I'd love to, maybe, hear a little bit of your perspective of the evolution, right, because a lot of the things you described are kind of new within the last year. Do you see kind of the admins' day-to-day functions shifting a little bit as the platform has evolved?

Lizz Hellinga: A hundred percent. I remember when I had to do my first implementation and I created all of these little [inaudible] guides to help people when we launched. And I did all these end-user trainings to just help them be able to use the platform correctly. And then I realized quickly, "Oh, these are a little bit stale after just a few weeks sometimes or months," depending on how much change we add in to the platform. But now, I mean, you can deliver information with just a single prompt to let people know, "Oh, Hey, we added this picklist value, or now you can do this," all within the app. Saving the admins time. Saving them phone time, response time. It's incredible.
And ultimately what that means is that they can really focus on creating real change with the platform, deeply analyzing some of the processes that need improvement, collaborating with their stakeholders to understand how they can improve it and what needs to be done. Yes. I mean, I can't wait to launch a new org with the new... Oh my gosh, what is the name of it? Admin guide, guidance center for admins. That's incredible. And based on your skill set, it will evolve the information to what your experience is. So even tenured admins can learn something from it.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. And speaking of launching new and kind of reaching out to stakeholders. One of the projects that you worked on a lot was working with the Tableau team and specifically John Denby, who if you didn't watch any of the Trailblazers Innovate or DreamTX or TrailheadTX stuff that we put out. He put out some amazing video content that you helped him with on Tableau. I'd love to get kind of your perspective on what admins can do this year with Tableau.

Lizz Hellinga: Oh, Tableau, that was just such a fun opportunity to work with John and to collaborate with him and how admins can use Tableau. I think the biggest thing that admins can do is just try it out. You have data that you can work with on it. Don't be afraid, just hop right in. There's datasets that you can download to play around with it that you can do a trial org. All of that can help you start to see how Tableau can combine data streams for your organization to get better insights, but we just have to start doing it. I think that's my biggest piece of advice. Don't wait. Just start trying it out.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I mean, we've got so much coming all the time that if you wait, you'll kind of be behind the curve a little bit, right.

Lizz Hellinga: And then there's also some sample dashboards too that are available so that you can easily use those and play around with them and tweak them for your needs. So similar to how you would download dashboards from the app exchange for reports and dashboards within the app.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, that's a great resource. And there's so many. I mean, I just remember when we had John on the podcast to talk about Tableau, and literally while we were talking to him, he was talking to us about all of the publicly available Tableau dashboards that people have built. And I went down so many rabbit holes. I was just floored. So yeah, there's a ton of great resources that are out there for anyone, even if you're not a Salesforce Admin, but you wanted to play with Tableau. There are ways that you can kind of start getting involved. But great perspective there, Lizz.

Mike Gerholdt: For DreamTX, we kind of threw something fun out there of how do we stitch together a whole bunch of features that we normally show, I'll say, a la carte, and put them in one episode. And that was a fun episode. You got to work with SE Platform Judy Fang, who's also based in Australia. I say, also, because we had a lot of guests from Australia on the pod recently. But I'd love to know your perspective on that. And some of those features that for sure you want to invest further in in this year.

Lizz Hellinga: Wow. I want to learn a lot more about MuleSoft Connector. I think that will be a powerful tool in the Admins Toolkit. You know what was so interesting to me about working on that presentation with Judy was admins do that. We do work on multiple features at one time in the short amount of span in that 20 minutes. We're toggling between different features, and we're constantly using them to enable our end users and enable successful processes. But Service Setup is a new thing that I think, especially for me I haven't had a ton of exposure to Service Cloud and then having something like Service Setup where I get it off the ground and running quickly using industry best practices. It was probably the highlight of that session for me.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I mean, Service Cloud has given us so many great things like I mean the Console View, Macros. There's so many great things that originated in Service Cloud that now bleed over into all of the platform that are just so incredible. I mean, I remember the first time I built a Console app, and I was like, "Oh, this is amazing." And so I think it's really great to kind of get that exposure from different parts of the platform, because then you realize, "Oh, I could use this in this way. I can use that in this way." Lizz, one of the things I would really, really love to know, especially since you have... you've got the perspective on being on the inside, so to speak, and being on the outside. I would really like to know what are the things that you see are most valuable for admins in terms of types of messaging or content. Knowing kind of how we come up with stuff and knowing how the community responds. What are some things that you think are maybe the most impactful and most powerful?

Lizz Hellinga: In terms of the admins? What content is out there and available for them?

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Lizz Hellinga: I guess, for me. I had always been impressed with Release Readiness and pulling them all together. For the admins I think it's just such a great way for them to attend some of the... watch some of those videos, read some of the blogs and then go back to their orgs and their teams and their leaders talk about how these changes could benefit and impact their team in their instance. And how they can best use it to meet their business objectives. It's a way for them to be proactive. I think about even just In-App Learning that's coming out in spring '21, being able to say, "Hey, we can now easily assign Trailhead modules through In-App Learning right in the panel so that they can take it right from there."
And they get to be proactive and sharing that information with their company and seeing change happen as a result of it. So to me, the Release Readiness is some of the best content out there. But also just the quick, and I'm a little biased because I did some of the Did You Know videos. The short ways to see how to do something, how to accomplish something that may be new to you or that you hadn't tried. I don't know. I love all the content. The podcasts are great. I love hearing from other individuals in the industry and what they're doing, and how they're solving problems. Oh, the Essential Habits. I don't know. It's like asking me to pick a favorite child. Sorry. There's just too much. But if I had one thing to focus on as a new admin, it would be the Essential Habits and Release Readiness Live and all that goes with it.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. Well, that was literally where I was trying to think of what I would ask you is, you've got so much experience in the ecosystem that where would you spend your time? I would also expand on your answer and love to know from you because there's a lot of ways and information to learn. Where do you spend your time in terms of community engagement?

Lizz Hellinga: Oh, the one thing that has been we're all missing, right, all of the in-person events. But one of the neatest things is to be able to attend community events virtually. I've attended some in Boston, in St. Louis, in Texas. I've attended Salesforce Saturdays virtually. It's been a wonderful way to connect with people. And I've made friendships this year that I would never have made because I attended things virtually. So that's where I try to spend some time because I always have questions. What admin doesn't have questions. And when they're working on their org or working in another org. The peer group out there has so much support. You put it on Twitter. There's even a informal OhanaSlack put in the Trailblazer community. Someone will answer your question.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I think that's really a good plan Lizz because I think one of the challenges... I mean, gosh, we all miss going to events, right. We all miss meeting new people. And shout out to you because you've been a great advocate of this. For me especially is, taking the time to reach out to new folks and make new connections. Hey, a video call is still a connection. Getting to know a new person. And I think you exemplify kind of what that is. Is to continue to reach out and connect with folks. And it's something this year that I have placed new value on is asking people, "Hey, do you have someone I should talk to because I will reach out to them, and I will make new friends on a video call." So I think that's really important, especially given the way that we're all working these days.

Lizz Hellinga: Well, and just you miss out on things when you're not in person. So I think everybody now is being more thoughtful about how we do connect with other people and how we can connect to others together. Like, "Oh, you should know, this person, right. Have you met with them?" I see that happening more and more, especially over the last four to five months.

Mike Gerholdt: Absolutely. Well, Lizz, I want to thank you for taking time out to be on the pod and for producing some amazing video content for admins on the YouTube channel and really helping the team out this last year.

Lizz Hellinga: It's been incredible. You all are wonderful. I love how you keep the awesome admin at the forefront of everything that you do. And I know with the content that you deliver, it's such high quality, [inaudible] it's geared to help people be successful. And I think that's what really matters to individuals that come to the blog or they listen to the podcast. It's really helping people find their path to success.

Gillian Bruce: Well, Lizz, thank you for helping us help other people find their paths to success. The content that you delivered is definitely going to resonate for a lot of people for a while, and thanks for your contributions. And also, thank you for being such a great representative of the awesome admin community.

Lizz Hellinga: Thank you.

Gillian Bruce: Well, a huge thanks to Lizz for taking the time to chat with us on the podcast. So great to be able to recap some of the amazing things she did this year and some things she's excited about coming up for all of us admins. So first, my top three takeaways for our conversation with Lizz is number one, Hey, the platform has evolved quite a bit. And in fact, it's kind of changing the role of the Salesforce admin. Enabling us to do some more strategic, some more complex things because there is so much automation and assistance built into these features now on the platform. Stuff that you would normally spend hours, maybe even days doing couple of years ago, you don't have to do that anymore. So it was pretty exciting to get that perspective. Also, pay attention to all of the new setup guides and assistance that are available for admins. There are so many admin tools.
And Lizz talked about a few of them here in the podcast, but I mean, it's a continuation of that first point, right. It's how much the platform has evolved to make our jobs easier because our job is to make users happy. And so all of these features are making it a lot easier for us to achieve that goal. And then, finally, step in and start playing with Tableau. I mean, Lizz had a really great opportunity to work closely with the Tableau team this year. And we learned a ton, and the Tableau team is very passionate about enabling admins to use the super-powerful Tableau tools. So, listen to Lizz. Go play with Tableau, get started, lots of resources there.
If you want to learn a little bit more about any of the stuff from this podcast or about anything Salesforce Admin related, go to admin.salesforce.com, my favorite website, to find more resources. You can also stay up to date with us on social for all things admins. We are @SalesforceAdmns, no i, on Twitter. You can follow our guest Lizz Hellinga on Twitter @Lizz L-I-Z-Z Hellinga. I'm on Twitter @GillianKBruce. And Mike my amazing cohost is on Twitter @MikeGerholdt. So with that, I hope you enjoyed this episode and we'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got the first monthly retro of 2021. We’ll cover standout blog posts, videos, and all the other great Salesforce content from January.

Join us as we talk about the must-see content from January and listen to Mike and Gillian quiz each other on our new quiz show: Which Happened First?.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation between Mike and Gillian.

Blog Highlights from January Gillian is hooked on Marc Baizman’s “How I Solved This” series, and this month’s article is a fun story about how to use emojis to highlight key pieces of data in your org. Mike’s must-read blog post from January covers some exciting new things on the product roadmap that bring us some much-asked-for features.

  • How I Solved This: Easy Image Flags with Emoji
  • 3 New Ideas on the Product Roadmap

Podcast Highlights from January We had a lot going on with the pod this month. Gillian traveled across the globe—virtually—to speak to Preena Johansen. She’s an Einstein Analytics Consultant at Telstra, the biggest telecommunications company in Australia, and she had a lot to share about using Einstein Analytics and Tableau at such a large organization. Mike and Gillian also talked to Woodson Martin, the EVP and GM for Salesforce AppExchange, who started out as a Salesforce admin himself.

  • Einstein Analytics at Scale with Preena Johansen
  • Admins Unlock Success Using AppExchange with Woodson Martin

Video Highlights from January Gillian has been hooked on the “Essential Habits for Salesforce Admins Marathon,” which helps you build a solid foundation for all of the things you need to know to be an awesome admin. “It’s a great way to kick off the year if you’re wanting to set some goals and priorities to improve some things for your organization or how you administer Salesforce,” Gillian says.

  • Essential Habits for Salesforce Admins Marathon

Listen to the full episode to hear the first edition of the exciting new game show, Which Happened First?.

Social * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Mike: @MikeGerholdt * Gillian: @GillianKBruce

Full Show Transcript Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast, the first monthly retro for 2021. Oh, we're finally out of 2020. Hurray. I'm your host, Gillian Bruce, and in this episode we will review the top product, community, and careers content from the entire month of January. And to help me out, I am joined by the one and only Mike Gerholdt.

Mike Gerholdt: Hello. I made it to 2021 too. The first version of 2020, for a second.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, sure. The 21st year of the 2000s? I don't know.

Mike Gerholdt: There's no 2020 loser. There's only winning 2021.

Gillian Bruce: Can only get better. Can only get better. So, Mike, we had a lot going on this month, kicked it off with a bang, the new year. We had some blogs happening.

Mike Gerholdt: We did, and we did Essential Habits marathon on January 20th. So shout out to Mark Baizman for hanging around ye olde chat and chatting with all of our Salesforce admins on that marathon. You can binge watch Essential Habits.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, I think I binge watch everything I can on every other platform. Now I'm going to binge watch all of Trailhead live content. It'll be great. But the Essential Habits series...

Mike Gerholdt: Cheaper than anything else, right?

Gillian Bruce: It's true. Yeah, you don't need a special app for that. But the Essential Habits series is pretty awesome. It's also a great way to kick off the year if you're wanting to set some goals and priorities to improve some stuff for your organization or just how you administer Salesforce. It's some really great resources there.

Mike Gerholdt: Love it.

Gillian Bruce: Love it.

Mike Gerholdt: So must read blog for January. Gillian, what was your must read blog for January?

Gillian Bruce: Well, I'm a big fan of the How I Solved This series that Mark Baizman has been putting together on the blog. And I love it because it's always featuring what a customer has done to solve a specific problem. So this one's pretty cool, because guess what, it has emoji in it, and I love emoji. So this is How I Solve This: Easy Image Flags With Emoji by Michael Kolodner. It's pretty dang cool. If you are looking for a really interesting way to make your data pop on the screen, you can use emoji for that and he shows you how he did it step-by-step. Just imagine, you're in this list view and you would love to see very quickly which things are green or yellow or happy or sad. You can plug in some emojis there. It's pretty awesome.

Mike Gerholdt: We use emojis in the org that we make the podcast with. Makes it easy to find the episode.

Gillian Bruce: Sure do I. Hey, if I had it my way, there would only be emojis. Screw those letters. I communicate solely in emojis.

Mike Gerholdt: Which episode are you at? I'm at the dog cat left foot shoe up arrow episode. Awesome. Okay.

Gillian Bruce: Mike, what was your most read blog from January?

Mike Gerholdt: So this one came out in January 18. It's the Three New Ideas on the Product Roadmap post. And I picked it mostly because it's three, not new ideas, but three ideas that just make me feel warm and cozy inside. The first one is field history tracking for tasks and events. I won't say how old it is, but oh my goodness am I glad that this is out because I have been asked for this since I was an admin back in my wee early days, and I know that admins all over have wanted field history tracking for tasks. So that made me happy. And then just the old man in me loved the analytics winner, which is the ability to print dashboards, because we all got executives, stakeholders that don't log in Salesforce. I mean, they log in all the time and they totally never ask you to print a dashboard. Never-

Gillian Bruce: Never. Never.

Mike Gerholdt: Have I tried to print a dashboard in my life. And we can do that now. So what's old is new again. And then the third one, custom fields for dashboard gauge values, just like, yes, thank you. Amazing that we can put in exactly what the field is for the value, as opposed to what my Thursday used to be, which was readjusting gauge values.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I mean, those are just... These are the things that make admins happy. Just to save us some time, make our lives easier. It's really exciting to see that these are going to happen. So huge shout out to everybody who voted on them because that's how they happen.

Mike Gerholdt: Absolutely. Yeah. So go back and read that post, check it out. You can see there's some really great screenshots in it. It made me happy.

Gillian Bruce: We like happiness. I mean, we're talking about emojis and all kinds of good product roadmappy things. Happy start to 2021. We also had some happiness for your ears in 2021 this year.

Mike Gerholdt: We did a podcast.

Gillian Bruce: We did quite a few. Quite a few.

Mike Gerholdt: What was your must listen?

Gillian Bruce: Well, I had the opportunity to transport as much as you can these days to the other side of the world, and I had a really wonderful chat with Preena Johansen, who is an Einstein Analytics specialist at Telstra, which is a huge, probably the biggest communications company in Australia. And she's talking to me from Brisbane where it's nice and hot, and she's going to go hang out by her pool and have a nice cocktail. And I am sitting in my basement with the heater on full blast because it's cold here in San Francisco. So it was great chatting with her. She had some really, really great insights about how she works at such a huge organization using Einstein Analytics and Tableau, and really what that specialization looks and how admins can really benefit from thinking about using some of those same approaches and strategies. So that was really fun. But Mike, I think we had another podcast that both you and I were pretty excited too.

Mike Gerholdt: I did, and I also offered up, it could be your favorite podcast too. So we talked with the very important Woodson martin, who is the EVP and GM for Salesforce AppExchange. What a fun pod, if you haven't picked this up. I won't spoil it for you, but Gillian, just to highlight one part of the podcast where Woodson said, "Behind every successful Salesforce project, there's an admin who's sweated the details, really invested to understand their users, what people are trying to accomplish, see beyond what may be executive objections, and tune into the users and the jobs they need to get done every day and the circumstances in which they need to get those jobs done." And I just was so... I need a moment of silence after that.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I mean, what a way to fire up the awesome admin community in the new year, because Woodson dropped not only that, but he also dropped that he is a former admin. That's how he started with Salesforce, which is pretty awesome. I always love learning about super senior exacts who started as Salesforce admin. So he's got admin in his heart and fantastic podcast, really fun interview. I highly encourage everyone to listen to it if you have not already.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes. I mean, at some point, it being January and all, at some point we will have interviewed someone who will be president of the United States that was a Salesforce admin. I have to believe that, right?

Gillian Bruce: I love that. All right. Let's put that out there. Just put that out there.

Mike Gerholdt: It was great that Woodson... What he does, and literally I was just in AppExchange tweaking something for an app for a video I'm going to shoot for you, Gillian, so the admin AppExchange, it's Batman and Robin. Peanut butter and jelly.

Gillian Bruce: Totally. Peas and carrots. I love it.

Mike Gerholdt: Peas and carrots. Right.

Gillian Bruce: Well, that was a lot of great content that we had, Mike. I still want to keep this fun vibe going for the beginning of 2021. What else you got?

Mike Gerholdt: Well, I think we kicked off talking about video so we can end this portion talking about video. I don't know if you had a must-watch video for January that you enjoyed?

Gillian Bruce: I mean, I was enjoying the Essential Habits marathon, so those deep dives that Mark put together are pretty amazing and help with all of the things you need to know to be an awesome admin. So it's a good go-to, it's a solid foundation and a great... Like I said, great way to kick off the year.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep. I concur. I thought that was the must watch videos for us in January. So then the fun thing, if you listen to the December pod, we wrapped up December and all the topics of what we enjoyed or binge watched. I thought it'd be fun to start January off with, "Hey, which happened first?"
So, because January being the first month of the year, so Gillian, I put some questions together for you and it looks you put some questions together for me and-

Gillian Bruce: Yes I did.

Mike Gerholdt: And at home participation is encouraged, so we will give you a few seconds to think about it and just randomly shout out your answer.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, make sure you shout it really loud so people around you get really confused.

Mike Gerholdt: Absolutely, yes, because it it'll be fantastic. Or you could put a little Twitter video together of us answering. I would enjoy that. That would make me happy. Okay, so Gillian, I have three questions for you, all of which are, I want to know what you think which happened first, and of course I got to queue up the answers here. Okay. So Gillian, which happened first, the AppExchange or Visualforce.

Gillian Bruce: I think I'm going to say Visualforce.

Mike Gerholdt: That's what I thought.

Gillian Bruce: But it's not right?

Mike Gerholdt: However, bonk, you're incorrect. AppExchange launched in 2005, and the development of Apex Visualforce and more happened in 2006.

Gillian Bruce: Wow, okay.

Mike Gerholdt: It's close, but AppExchange came first. What a great segue from the Woodson Martin podcast, by the way. It's a great podcast.

Gillian Bruce: Seriously, yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay, Gillian, second question. Chance to redeem yourself, which happened first, Dreamforce or the Salesforce IPO?

Gillian Bruce: Well I just missed one of these as an employee by about a year or two, so I know for sure Dreamforce happened first.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I was... Let's see, I'm scrolling through just to double check your answer, because you'd think I put the answer inside of the doc, but I didn't. But I was shocked to find that Dreamforce happened in 2003, and that was actually what helped launch the IPO.

Gillian Bruce: Yep. And I remember the IPO, I think, was 2008, I believe, which was-

Mike Gerholdt: [inaudible] after.

Gillian Bruce: Two years after I started at Salesforce, so I just missed that two years before I started.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, 2004.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, it's 2004, then nevermind. I missed it by way more than what I thought. So nevermind. I still got the answer right.

Mike Gerholdt: Dreamforce annual convention was held at the Westin Hotel in San Francisco in 2003, and then coming off that had 8,700 customers and numerous potential investors. Salesforce held an initial public offering in 2004.

Gillian Bruce: There you go.

Mike Gerholdt: The company's day one stock price stood at 17.25. I'm getting that from thestreet.com, so public information. $17. Oof. Here we go. All right, so then ending on a fun note, because we love musicians and I think one of these is your favorite band, which happened first, Red Hot Chili Peppers or Metallica playing at Dreamforce?

Gillian Bruce: Such great memories. Such great memories. Again-

Mike Gerholdt: I will say the first time Metallica played at Dreamforce.

Gillian Bruce: Right, before they became the house band. I very vividly remember this moment in the basement at... Well, the basement. In the big hall at Moscone, And it was for sure, my man James and Metallica rocking the house with the worst acoustics possible. But I didn't care, because I was in the front row and I was making eye contact with James Hetfield and I was in heaven. It was one of my best experiences ever.

Mike Gerholdt: Ding, ding, ding, ding. So you went two out of three. Metallica played Dreamforce 9 in 2011, and Red Hot Chili Peppers played Dreamforce 10 in 2012. That was in front of-

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, the Chili Peppers, they were in the front of city hall with the cool light show on the facade of city hall. It was pretty awesome. I miss concerts.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, it was fun going through looking at the concerts, but I was like, "Oh, some of these are too obvious." Except for Foo Fighters. I had no idea that Foo Fighters played in '08 and in 2015. They were the first returning band. So for those of you quiz [crosstalk 00:15:40]-

Gillian Bruce: Salesforce trivia. This is a bevy Salesforce trivia. Okay, Mike, I-

Mike Gerholdt: Here we go.

Gillian Bruce: I've got some for you. You ready?

Mike Gerholdt: Boy, I got to run the board.

Gillian Bruce: You sure do. You sure do. Which happened first, Astro or Cody used as a release logo?

Mike Gerholdt: This is hard. I feel like... I feel like I want to say Astro, but no. Okay, I'm going to go Astro because I think we didn't have a cartoon release version of Cody soon enough.

Gillian Bruce: Well, you are correct, sir. But so close between the two of them because Yeti Astro first appeared for the winter 18 release, followed by a Cody watering his bonsai plant for spring 18. And then a Cody was the release logo again for summer 18. So we have quite a Cody celebration there for two releases in a row.

Mike Gerholdt: A Cody parade. I was only going off the fact that we had that one scary bear costume Cody for a while.

Gillian Bruce: That's right. Just a random person walking around in a very realistic bear costume. That was Cody,

Mike Gerholdt: Just bear hugging executives in keynotes. It was wonderful.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, you get in the elevator and you're like, "Oh, okay, hi."

Mike Gerholdt: "Oh hey, this is happening."

Gillian Bruce: Oh man. There were so many fun release logo questions I could have asked, but I thought that was the least challenging of them all.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, we could do a whole show on release logos.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I got a lot of release logo trivia. Anyway, that's another show. Next question. Which happened first, the headquarters of Salesforce at Rincon Center or at One Landmark in San Francisco?

Mike Gerholdt: Man, this one's even harder. One Landmark is what I know, but I feel like, from that video, was it Dreamforce 2019 that they put together the history of Salesforce? I feel like there was a picture of maybe Parker in Rincon before One Landmark. So I'm going to go Rincon Center.

Gillian Bruce: Ding, ding, ding, ding, ding, ding, ding. You are correct. That is a fun... It's a really tricky trivia question because the first headquarters that was not in the Telegraph Hill apartment where Benioff and Parker were hanging out was in Rincon Center, but they quickly then vacated for a larger space at One Landmark. And then we were at One Landmark for many years before coming back and expanding back into Rincon Center. So we did a little hopscotch there.

Mike Gerholdt: Sure. One Landmark was the first time I'd been to Salesforce headquarters.

Gillian Bruce: Now we have a tower. a couple of them. Okay, my last what happened first question, Mike, is also an office related question. What happened first? Which location was the first non-US Salesforce office? Was it Tokyo or London?

Mike Gerholdt: This one I have a little experience with, in that I know we opened the London office after I joined Salesforce. So I have to believe that the Tokyo office happened before that. So I'll go Tokyo office.

Gillian Bruce: Congratulations, you are correct, sir. But I thought I was going to trip you up because in fact it was 2001 where we opened the first offices outside of San Francisco, and that was Dublin and Tokyo.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, I had no idea. I knew it would be early, because I remember as a customer seeing the Chatter use case with Toyota. I had to have believed that we would have had a Tokyo office or something. That was what I was going with.

Gillian Bruce: So there you go. So you got all of them right.

Mike Gerholdt: Ding ding, I ran the board.

Gillian Bruce: Three out of three. Mike Gerholdt, you are the winner of What Happened First?

Mike Gerholdt: And by winning, I don't know, you don't get anything, there's no prizes. It's all [inaudible 00:20:37].

Gillian Bruce: It's pride. You get pride as your price.

Mike Gerholdt: One million Schrute bucks for you.

Gillian Bruce: I'll send those in the mail right now.

Mike Gerholdt: Redeemable nowhere. Awesome. Well, this is fun. I think we had a really great kickoff to 2021, Gillian. If you're listening to this podcast, I would love to hear what your answers you thought would be right. So tweet them, send us a video. That would make my Twitter timeline super fun and enjoyable.

Gillian Bruce: Or submit some more Salesforce trivia questions. Those are always good.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh yeah, that would be super fun. Taking questions from the listeners to answer. Yes. I'm also really afraid what they're going to ask, but that's okay. What happened first? I don't know. We'll find out. If you want to learn more about all things that we just talked about in today's episode, please go to admin.salesforce.com to find the links and many, many, many more resources. You can stay up to date with us on social for all things admins. We are @SalesforceAdmns, no i, on Twitter. I'm on Twitter @MikeGerholdt, and Gillian is @GillianKBruce. So with that, stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We will see you in the cloud. This is all I could find. Kind of fun, huh, that one?

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, I feel I'm getting ready to start a Jazzercise class or something.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay everybody, it's Peleton riding time. Okay, we'll get rid of that. I have no idea. Some of these buttons... Oh, there we go.

Gillian Bruce: That's a good one.

Mike Gerholdt: Awesome.

Gillian Bruce: Score.

View Details

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re sitting down with Ruchi Kumar, Product Management Senior Manager on the Core Service Team of Service Cloud at Salesforce. We’ll cover what’s new in Spring 21 for Admins with Service Setup Assistant and Macros Builder.

Join us as we talk about everything she’s working on for Spring ‘21 and how you can get involved.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Ruchi Kumar.

New features for Setup Assistant.

The Core Service Team that Ruchi is in charge of the “bread and butter” of Service Cloud: Service Consoles, Quick Text, Macros, Knowledge, and more. Ruchi’s team, in particular, is in charge of improving the setup experience and making the admin experience better so they can discover and adopt new features.

In Spring ‘21, there are a ton of improvements coming to Setup Assistant. “If you think of your journey as an admin, the power of the platform of Service Cloud and Salesforce is supermassive, but sometimes you just want to have a prescriptive out-of-the-box experience so that you can get ready right away with your new app and let your team focus on what they do best,” Ruchi says. It sets up a new Service App for you preconfigured with the best productivity tools so you can get going as soon as possible, drawing on all the knowledge of best practices Salesforce has.

The power of Macro Builder.

Ruchi’s other team works on productivity tools, especially macros. “It really cuts down time and creates instructions so agents can automatically perform routine tasks such as closing a case or sending an email,” she says, “you just need to write the instructions for the macro and they just hit a button.” Macro Builder is a Lightning tool that makes creating macros a point-and-click affair. Just highlight the component and choose the actions you need to happen.

In Spring ‘21, you can switch between tabs to create a more complex macro for your complex page layout where you can run more multi-steps and navigate easily between pages. “Any way we can make macros easier to build makes them easier to implement, and helps you deliver faster resolution times to make your agents and customers happier,” Ruchi says.

Most importantly, Ruchi and her team want to hear your feedback about how they can improve on the admin experience. Consider this your invitation to the Service Admin Advisory board to be a part of creating and coming up with the next set of admin features.

Links: * Join the Service Admin Advisory Board here * Spring 21 Release Highlights * Project Sunshine

Social: * Ruchi on the Trailblazer Community * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

For this episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got Grace Li, Product Manager for Admin Home, In-App Learning, and Guidance Center at Salesforce. She’ll fill us in on everything new in Spring 21 or Guidance Center and In-App Learning, and be sure to check out January’s Release Readiness broadcast for even more info.

Join us as we talk about the powerful new features you can use in Spring ‘21, and what’s in store for the future.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Grace Li.

The keys to a successful project.

“We’ve been hearing from admins that they really want to know more from Salesforce, they want guidance, they want to know best practices and they just really want to know how to set their org up for success,” Grace says. In-App Guidance takes all of the knowledge we’ve gathered talking to customers all over the world and puts it right in front of you.

If you’re spinning up a new org and you want to follow best practices, you’re going to see a new thing called Guidance Center. It’ll give you a checklist of all the things Salesforce thinks will be helpful for you as you’re setting up your new org. It’ll tailor itself according to your level of experience, so whether you’re a first-timer or a seasoned veteran, you’ll get some timely advice and a spotlight on features you’ll want to play around with as you get everything configured.

Coming up in the future, Grace and her team are looking to broaden the scenarios where In-App Guidance can play a role. For example, to help you prepare for an upcoming release and get a handle on new features.

Learning has always been an important part of being a Salesforce admin, and In-App Learning kicks it up a notch. “We’re bringing that fun Trailhead experience right inside the application where you’re doing your work,” Grace says, and this can also help you train your users by putting the right training in the right place.

You can also assign Trailhead modules to specific users in your org, so if you have someone who needs to review something they can simply open their panel to see what you’ve put in there for them. You can also give business leaders the opportunity to customize what shows up for their team without needing admin privileges, so they can take the lead on training and coordinating their team.

Links: * Spring 21 Release Highlights

Social: * Grace: @glacier4ce * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

In this week's special bonus episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re joined by Woodson Martin, EVP and GM, Salesforce AppExchange. He shares some amazing success stories of Salesforce customers that have made transformative adaptations over the past year.

Join us as we talk about why a balance of speed and preparation is the key to any successful project, how to practice presenting to stakeholders, and why it’s important to make the case for why what you want to do is better than the alternatives.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Woodson Martin.

The keys to a successful project Woodson runs the AppExchange on Salesforce, delivering over 5,000 applications that help you get a head start on your projects or deliver new functionality for your users tightly integrated into Salesforce and ready to go. “If I look at the history over the last 20 years of all the Salesforce projects that I’ve been part of, really successful ones share this careful blend of speed and preparation,” he says.

For speed, if you’re leading a new project or upgrade or anything else, really focus on that question of what is your Minimum Viable Product? What is the simplest set of functionality you need to deliver in order to learn what your users really need, and how do you set yourself up to iterate on that? We use the Agile methodology at Salesforce and it’s really based on this core principle of deliver early and deliver often, and the AppExchange can help you do that by speeding up your ability to deliver.

If you’re looking to implement something new from the AppExchange, you’ll need to get leadership to buy in. And as an executive, we wanted to know if Woodson had any advice for how to convince stakeholders to go with your plan: “I want confidence that a presenter knows the subject matter, has done the homework, really understands the problem, and is bring well-defined alternatives forward,” he says. In other words, it’s not just about what you want to do but why it’s better than the other options on the table; including doing nothing.

An admin at heart “One of the incredible things about the Admin community at Salesforce and with our customers is just how amazing that group of experts has been this year at adapting to such incredible, disruptive change,” Woodson says, “we have seen so many of our customers take giant leaps forward in digital transformation, digitizing their business, automating process, and going virtual.” There are so many great stories from the past year that team created a dedicated page on the AppExchange website just to put them all in one place.

Woodson actually started his Salesforce career as an admin, and he sees them as a crucial component in customer success. “Behind every successful Salesforce project there is an admin who has sweated the details, really invested to understand their users, what people are trying to accomplish, looked beyond executive objectives, and tuned into the users and the jobs they need to get done every day, and then customized or built what users need to make their businesses successful,” he says. “Salesforce doesn’t magically happen in companies—all of our success is tied to the work of the admin community.”

Links: * AppExchange Success Stories * Mobile Pathways

Social: * Preena: @woodson_martin * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Full Show Transcript

Gillian Bruce:
Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast, where we talk about product, community, and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm Gillian Bruce.

Mike Gerholdt:
And I'm Mike Gerholdt.

Gillian Bruce:
And today we have a very special guest joining us. We have EVP and GM of AppExchange here at Salesforce, Woodson Martin, joining us to talk about presenting to executives, awesome admin AppExchange magic, all kinds of good stuff. So without further ado, let's get Woodson on the podcast.

Mike Gerholdt:
Woodson, welcome to the podcast.

Woodson Martin:
Thank you. It's great to be here.

Mike Gerholdt:
For those that haven't met you or seen you on any of our stages, can you tell us what you do at Salesforce?

Woodson Martin:
Sure. I run the AppExchange at Salesforce, which if you don't know about it is the world's leading marketplace for enterprise cloud apps. And we have more than 5,000 applications there that our customers use to get a headstart on their projects or deliver functionality for their users, all tightly integrated into Salesforce and ready to roll.

Mike Gerholdt:
Yeah, absolutely. I love the AppExchange. Helped me in my many years of being a Salesforce admin.

Woodson Martin:
Yeah. Great. Me too.

Mike Gerholdt:
For admins that are looking to get started, it's New Year. Let's ramp our org quickly or maybe a migration or a new project, what would you suggest?

Woodson Martin:
Yeah, well, I would say that if I look at the history over the last 20 years of all the Salesforce projects that I've been part of, or watched closely, they all share ... The most successful ones share this careful blend of speed and preparation. And so I think of those two words a lot.

Woodson Martin:
And for speed, I think it's all about taking a flexible, agile approach. And I think it's just really important if you're leading one of these projects or you're diving into a new project or an upgrade or anything else, to really focus on this question of what's my minimum viable product, what's the simplest set of functionality that I need to deliver so that I can learn what my users really need so that they can embrace my app and make the whole project a success and then quickly iterate on that.

Woodson Martin:
So to me, that's just one of the most important things is focusing on speed. And I'd say, if anybody listening hasn't studied up on Agile or Lean methodology, it's a really good place to start and inspire you for how to tackle new projects in the new year.

Gillian Bruce:
That's a great recommendation, Woodson. I mean, we use that here at Salesforce. That's how we are able to do what we do and put that out there. I know many, many partners in the AppExchange, if not all, probably use some version of that as well, correct?

Woodson Martin:
I think that's probably true. Certainly the most accomplished do. And I think while it's a great methodology for delivering product, it also works really well for projects. And for our own internal projects, we use Agile methodology. And it's really based on this core principle of deliver early, deliver often.

Woodson Martin:
Don't give yourself such long runways in your laboratory where you're working on getting things ready, but nobody sees them. It's really much more effective if you can deliver early, deliver often and respond to the needs of your user community quickly. And they can feel that there's this pace of innovation happening and that their needs are being met.

Gillian Bruce:
Yeah, I think we can all get caught in our own head of what we think is the right answer. And then, "Oh, we need a little reality check there," right? So this is actually what people want to hear.

Woodson Martin:
Pretty basic idea, but sometimes it's easy to overlook it, especially in companies that are making big plans in the back of projects and are placing big bets. It's tempting sometimes to shift to that, "Well, we have to do it all or we have to get it all right the first time." And there's a lot of power in iteration.

Mike Gerholdt:
Yeah. And I'm just thinking of when you mentioned speed, the ability to use the AppExchange to ... In one of the projects I was at, we didn't know what we needed for a project management app. But to try out different ones, we weren't spending six months building a project management app. We actually tried one out in six weeks and knew what we wanted and what we didn't want.

Woodson Martin:
Yeah, which I think is obviously one of the huge advantages of Salesforce as a platform and of the AppExchange. Because every Salesforce expert really also wants to be an AppExchange expert because one of the best ways to bring speed and preparation to your project is to lean on people who've already tried that same path.

Woodson Martin:
The AppExchange is where you can find thousands of these solutions that have already been built, tested, proven to solve challenges. Look, there's a lot of commonality in what ... Each of us has our own business. They're all different, but there's a lot of commonality in terms of what we need to be successful and deliver for our users.

Woodson Martin:
And so a lot of the problems are already being solved and you can find a lot of those solutions on AppExchange and speed up your ability to deliver pretty quick.

Gillian Bruce:
Okay. So let's say I'm an admin. I found a great app on the AppExchange that I want to implement in my organization, but I need to get some buy-in from leadership. Since you are an executive, I would love to get your perspective on how can an admin best present that idea to leadership, kind of bring that app to the table and get buy-in from the leadership of their org to get that app approved and so they can get work in, and up and going.

Woodson Martin:
Yeah. Great question. I'll just say that communication, presentations like any other skill, you've got to practice and test your skills. But there are, of course, simple rules that apply to all kinds of executive communication and certainly executive pitches. And just as an executive, I want confidence that the presenter knows the subject matter, has done the homework, really understands the problem and is bringing well-defined alternatives forward.

Woodson Martin:
I think it's really important that when you pitch your ideas, you always frame them versus alternatives. And you back up your recommended alternatives with data, with feedback from your users, your customers, any other stakeholders that matter to the executives you're presenting to. And I'll also say that a simple brief presentation is always best. And then you want to have kind of a healthy appendix for all the backup data you might need to support your recommendations or your strategy.

Woodson Martin:
And I would just say, this is a place again where preparation helps a lot.

Mike Gerholdt:
Sometimes saying little take more practice than saying a lot.

Woodson Martin:
Yeah, absolutely. And we can practice our pitches. Whether you can get one or two of your key executive stakeholders to listen to an early version of your pitch, give you feedback and then support you as you pitched to the broader executive audience.

Woodson Martin:
Or if that's not possible in your situation, then what you can do is find some of their lieutenants who you might be able to practice the pitch words and get feedback early. And just use all that to distill this into something crisp that you just really believe in. And you've got backed up with data and then always, show how it stacks up against alternatives. And there's always an alternative, which is do nothing.

Woodson Martin:
But every alternative has consequences. And you'll want to include all that in an executive pitch.

Mike Gerholdt:
I would be curious. I mean, it's crazy because a year ago, I think do nothing was a viable alternative. And now with COVID, there's a barbecue restaurant just down the street from me, do nothing was a choice. They had to move to curbside pickup. They had to move to ... They actually started to do a school lunch delivery program with grilled cheese sandwiches.

Mike Gerholdt:
I would be curious, do you know of a story that's using the AppExchange during COVID to kind of re-imagine their business?

Woodson Martin:
Well, there are so many of those stories and I think one of the incredible things about the admin community at Salesforce in our customers is just how amazing that group of experts has been this year at adapting to such incredible disruptive change. I mean, we have seen so many of our customers take giant leaps forward and digital transformation digitizing their business, automating process, going virtual, not just in the way that they meet but also in the way that they deliver for their customers.

Woodson Martin:
So yes, tons of great stories. We actually got a page on the AppExchange that documents so many of these stories, and you can get there by going to sfdc.co/api-customers. So API without like the character not happy. And there's a ton of stories there, but some that pop out to me like Purell, a brand that has become ... If it wasn't already familiar to you before the pandemic, it is now.

Woodson Martin:
For them, they had such a massive change in demand for their product. Overnight, across all the ways they distribute their product, both in the grocery stores and in hospitals. Any medical wards got Purell stands all over the walls. And they had to go for a super rapid growth in the teams that maintain, keep those things filled, deliver all that stuff, but also install those things because they had to put them in so many new places.

Woodson Martin:
And they actually chose an AppExchange partner called ProntoForms that helped them do this, which is really focusing on simplifying, automating, documenting the process for each of these technicians. And they were hiring thousands of them to go out and service of this equipment or install new equipment to make sure that we could all keep ourselves safe. And I think it was just an example of somebody taking an application off the shelf to be able to implement change rapidly. And that one to me is just a great story. It's documented on that site I mentioned earlier.

Woodson Martin:
And then maybe I'll just also mention Graymont Medical, so medical device company. They make all kinds of machinery that patients use for rehabbing from surgery or for helping with lactation for new mothers or a variety of other uses. All of their medical equipment requires them to train typically hands-on with technicians who come to your house and help you install and learn how to use this stuff. And obviously, that didn't work anymore with COVID. It wasn't safe for their teams to do those kinds of home visits.

Woodson Martin:
So they had to shift entirely virtual with this. And they used a whole host of applications from the AppExchange, from Mogli SMS to Zenkraft, DocuSign, basically take virtual process which had been very in-person for their whole history. And hats off to their admin, Wade Wheatley, who made quick work of all this change and really has helped them to continue to deliver on their service level promise and keep all their employees safe during the pandemic.

Gillian Bruce:
I love a shout-out to the admin who did that. That's awesome, Woodson. Wade, what was his last name?

Woodson Martin:
Wheatley. Like Wheat, L-E-Y.

Gillian Bruce:
Well, Wade, you're awesome. You just got a great shout-out on the podcast. Woodson, actually on that note, we are knee-deep and embedded in the admin community. We love admins. We understand how important they are and the incredible work they do. I know you, especially in your role leading AppExchange, you see the work that admins are doing every day as well. Can you give us a little bit of your perspective on kind of the role of an awesome admin in making a successful Salesforce implementation work in helping businesses really kind of function?

Woodson Martin:
Yeah, I mean, yes. Well, I started my Salesforce life as an admin. Before I worked at Salesforce, I worked for a company that doesn't exist anymore called BusinessObjects. But I brought Salesforce in. I started in this role. I don't know that I was a great admin, but certainly, it inspired me to really invest in my career in Salesforce.

Woodson Martin:
But I am keenly aware of the super important role that our admin community plays in our customer success. Behind every successful Salesforce project, there is an admin who has sweated the details, really invested to understand their users, what people are trying to accomplish, see beyond what may be executive objectives and tune into the users and the jobs they need to get done every day, and the circumstances in which they need to get those jobs done and then tune Salesforce or add to Salesforce through the AppExchange or by customizing or building and delivering what users need to do their jobs, grow their businesses, make their customers successful.

Woodson Martin:
And we owe an enormous debt of gratitude to this community. So thank you. My hands are making the little thank you sign right now to our admin community. It's a critical role and obviously, Salesforce doesn't magically happen in companies. All of our success is tied to the work of our admin community.

Gillian Bruce:
Well, I love that you're also a former admin. That is so cool, Woodson. I did not know that.

Woodson Martin:
Well, long story for another day, but I began my Salesforce experience.

Mike Gerholdt:
But that's the way you tease a segue to a part two of the sequel to this podcast.

Woodson Martin:
Yeah. Right.

Mike Gerholdt:
One of the things, and I'll echo with Gillian, I think it's so cool you started as an admin. One of the things I love as a customer, and I love learning more about the people I work with, is kind of getting to know what they do outside of Salesforce. Because at work, we all really love to geek out at our platform and some of the stuff that we can do on it. I know on a previous podcast, we had Vin Addala on who worked on Dynamic Forms, and unbeknownst to us, is a huge board game fan. So I would love to know, what are some things that you're passionate about or things that you do outside of work?

Woodson Martin:
Well, thanks for asking. My big focus outside of work ... My job is pretty demanding. But outside of work, my big focus is on immigration issues. And I spend a lot of my time volunteering with ... I'm on the board of two non-profits who are focused on immigration issues here in the United States. And part of that is around humanitarian relief for people in the asylum process in the US. And part of that is around people who are ... And a lot of that at the border with Mexico down in Texas. And then a lot of that is about communities that are local here in the San Francisco Bay area, where I live, and helping with everything from legal assistance through the immigration process to humanitarian needs.

Woodson Martin:
And we've just wrapped up a really exciting project this winter we called Project Reindeer to deliver Christmas to a whole host of newly arrived immigrant families who'd been really impacted by the COVID pandemic. And all got a Christmas tree and presents for the kids and stuff that really helped to brighten what was a pretty tough year for most of them.

Woodson Martin:
So that's sort of how I spend my spare time. And I'll just make mention of one project within that domain that I'm really excited about, an organization called Mobile Pathways, which is a nonprofit and which uses Salesforce technology to deliver legal assistance and information to folks who are tied up in the immigration court process. And it's just an awesome story of how the technology that we work with every day can have such a big impact on the lives of individuals.

Woodson Martin:
If you are a recent immigrant to this country, you're attempting to gain legal status through the immigration courts, one challenge many folks have is just basic communication. The courts only communicate through the mail if like most newly arrived immigrants, you are not living in the same place a year after you started the legal process, you may not get notifications of your court dates. If you don't show up for court, you risk being deported. And using Salesforce technology now, we're able to keep all of those folks informed proactively about changes through mobile messaging and using WhatsApp and the technologies that they live with every day.

Woodson Martin:
And it's just super powerful to see the impact of the technology and the spirit of volunteerism that's driving that project. And that's another thing I'm passionate about and spend my time on.

Gillian Bruce:
Wow, Woodson, that's incredible. I mean, what I really love about that is that, I mean there's a clear connection between obviously your Salesforce life and your outside Salesforce life, because you've been at Salesforce forever. You really do embody the whole giving back aspect of what it is to be part of the Salesforce Trailblazer Community. So thank you for that and being an awesome example. And also, thank you for the impact that you are making in this very tough space and using Salesforce to help make a difference.

Gillian Bruce:
And I mean, Project Reindeer, who doesn't want to work on something called Project Reindeer? That sounds amazing.

Mike Gerholdt:
Seriously, absolutely.

Woodson Martin:
Well, thanks. It's all just getting started. Of course, there's still plenty of work left to do in all their domains, but a huge honor for me to be here with you guys today and with our admin community. I hope it's been a useful dialogue and look forward to coming back and doing more.

Gillian Bruce:
Oh, well, careful what you say because we will be back. We will let you get very far. Woodson, thank you so, so much for your time today. Thank you for sharing with us. Thank you for bringing your OG admin spirit to the admin community as well, and doing some amazing things within the AppExchange world.

Gillian Bruce:
And just again, thanks so much. And you've got lots of awesome admin love. So everybody hit up Woodson if you've got some good [inaudible 00:20:35] and share with them. And hey, you never know, he could call you out on the next story about a great AppExchange success story there. So, Wade, we're talking about you.

Mike Gerholdt:
So it was great having Woodson on the podcast. And wow, we learned a lot. I boiled it down to three big things I learned I think admin should take away. First, speed and preparation. If Woodson didn't drill that into our head, what is the MVP? And to focus on speed, we can of course do that with the Salesforce AppExchange. We can try out different apps, and of course, learn Agile or Lean methodology. So if you haven't picked that up, now is a great time 2021 to learn Agile or Lean methodology.

Mike Gerholdt:
The second, when presenting, practice and test your skills. We've seen that. LeeAnne on our team does that a lot with demos and presentations. We practice, practice, practice. You can't practice enough. And of course, we asked, so what should admins do when presenting to leadership? And this is my big third takeaway. Woodson told us, when you present to an executive, have confidence. Do your homework and bring well-defined solutions forward.

Mike Gerholdt:
And of course, always have an alternate. Be ready to back that up with data. And I love that he even secretly worked in SABWA data from your users. So what your users want, this is why we talk to our users every single day. And much like my three things, keep it simple and brief. Executives are super busy, moving on and to the point.

Mike Gerholdt:
So if you want to learn more about all things Salesforce admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. And as a reminder, if you love what you hear, pop on over to iTunes and give us a review. It's 2021. I want some fresh reviews. You can stay up to date with us for all things social on admins, @SalesforceAdmns, no I, on Twitter. You can find Woodson on Twitter. He is @woodson_martin. I'm @MikeGerholdt on Twitter and Gillian is @GillianKBruce. Yeah, everybody keeps it simple.

Mike Gerholdt:
So with that, stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

This week, for the first Salesforce Admins Podcast episode of 2021, we’re joined by Preena Johansen, Einstein Analytics Consultant at Telstra, Einstein Analytics Champion, and the co-leader of Women in Technology Brisbane. She has some great tips about how you can be more analytics-minded as an admin.

Join us as we talk about how to set up your data on your records for Einstein Analytics, the power of visualizations, and why you shouldn’t be scared of analytics.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Preena Johansen.

What is an Einstein Analytics consultant?

So first question, what does it mean to be an Einstein Analytics consultant? “At Telstra, my role is to work with the business to understand what their requirements are and what their end goal is—what they want to achieve,” Preena says, “and then we use the data we have from Salesforce and our external legacy systems being brought into Einstein to develop a dashboard.”

Telstra is the biggest telecommunications company in Australia, so Preena’s normally working with a huge amount of data at an enormous scale. She works with every department in the organization, from sales to finance to marketing, which naturally leads to a large range of projects. She’s built a suite of dashboards to help her support team get a better picture of how they’re hitting their SLAs on the various case-types they have, and another for marketing that lets them follow lead generation from each of their campaigns, which is also useful for sales.

“One of the main things about my role is understanding what the end-goal is for our users,” Preena says, “how are they going to use what we’re developing for them?” Every dashboard they make is embedded within Salesforce, which ultimately means users spend less time “swivel-chairing” between legacy databases and more time focusing on what the customer needs.

The tools of the trade.

Preena does a large amount of work directly on Salesforce and Einstein Analytics, with some help from an internal team to get information from legacy systems into a data hub that brings it onto the platform. She also leans on Excel to double-check things, Jira to track her Agile stories, and Confluence to document her work and coordinate with her team. For development, she uses Validator, an online JSON editor, and Notepad++ on desktop to write out JSON and check it.

If you’re trying to start working with your data in Einstein Flows, Preena has some advice. First of all, make sure that your permissions are set up correctly to allow anyone working with your fields to be able to see everything they need. Also, field validation can greatly minimize the need for data cleanup further on down the road, especially when you’re talking about free text fields.

“To get started, I didn’t go to uni, I didn’t study anything analytics-related,” Preena says. Instead, she created her first data visualizations in Tableau and then moved onto Salesforce when her company was one of the first in Australia to adopt Wave. “It was really about getting in and giving is a shot,” she says, “the skills that I have today are from on-the-job learning.” With all the great content out there between Trailhead and other resources, the best thing you can do if you’re interested in doing more with Einstein is to get started and create your first visualization.

Links: * Build & Administer Einstein Analytics Trail

Social: * Preena: @PreenzJ * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

It’s the final episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast for 2020, and this week, we’re bringing you the monthly retro, with a holiday haul of December Salesforce content. We’ll spotlight all the great blog posts, videos, and everything else from this month so you don’t miss out.

Join us as we talk about everything neat and new in Salesforce content from December and a look back at all the things we’ve found that gave us joy in 2020.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation between Mike and Gillian.

DreamTX One of the bright spots of this year is it marked the first time anyone from anywhere could participate in Dreamforce. Mike put together a bunch of great videos for the Admin channel, including presentations on Tableau, #LowCodeLove features, and security and privacy center. The best thing is that because the entire event happened online, you can go back and watch anything you missed and still get the full experience.

  • DreamTX Admin channel

The New Essential Habits Essential Habits has gotten a makeover and there’s so much more beneath the surface. We’ve combined the succinct, top-level themes you love with deep dives into everything that goes behind it.

  • Essential Habits for Salesforce Admins Just Got Bigger and Better

Blog highlights from December Mike highlighted Flow Orchestrator in a blog post you shouldn’t miss. “This is really what we’ve wanted as admins for a long time,” he says, “the way that Orchestrator is set up helps us automate an entire business process.” Gillian, meanwhile, wants to make sure you don’t miss Lizz Hellinga’s roundup of low-code features you can use right now in your org.

  • Einstein Automate for Admins
  • 9 Low-Code Features That Will Help You Maximize Adoption

Podcast highlights from December If you haven’t yet caught Mike’s episode with Madeleine Coutanceau, who has really embraced new features with a declarative approach that lets them get the most out of Salesforce without accumulating technical debt. Gillian spoke to Mary Crozier, a military spouse who created a team to build the Ombudsman Cloud Care app to help manage communications with the families of 5,000 sailors on an aircraft carrier. If you don’t know what an ombudsman is, check out the episode.

  • A Declarative-First Approach with Madeleine Coutanceau
  • Ombudsman Cloud Care with Mary Crozier

Listen to the full episode to hear about our favorite shows, podcasts, recipes, and everything else we’ve been doing with ourselves during the rollercoaster ride that has been this year. Also, our favorite Salesforce features of 2020.

Social * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Mike: @MikeGerholdt * Gillian: @GillianKBruce

Full Show Transcript

View Details

For this episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re joined by Mary Crozier, Salesforce Consultant and the Ombudsman Cloud Care Founder. She tells us how she created the incredible app she’s created to champion volunteerism and service.

Join us as we talk about what an Ombudsman is and what they do on a ship, how she saw an opportunity to overhaul the Ombudsmen team’s workflow with Salesforce, and the power of the Salesforce community.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Mary Crozier.

What is an Ombudsman? Mary came across Salesforce when she was working as a consultant in Japan. As a military spouse, building a career with remote opportunities was essential because frequent moves come with the territory. “Two years ago, I started on my Salesforce journey,” she says, “three months later, I was certified.” At the same time, she was moving to San Diego where her husband took command of the USS Theodore Roosevelt, a Nimitz-class aircraft carrier with a crew of 5,000. While she was to build up her Salesforce experience, she also got to know the ship’s Ombudsman. “An Ombudsman is a liaison between the command and the families,” Mary says, “not just the immediate families of the sailors on board, but also the extended families—they all rely on getting information from command, and that happens through the Ombudsman.” This is a volunteer role on a ship and with 5,000 sailors, it can be a lot of work. Mary got thinking, wouldn’t this all be a lot easier with some sort of case management tool? She started working on the project in January, without knowing how the pandemic would make the need for a tool like this that much more acute. How Ombudsman Cloud Care creates digital transformation When Mary first started working with them, the Ombudsmen had nothing automated, not even an autoresponder on their inbox, so it was an absolutely enormous amount of work for a volunteer position. They were relying on sticky notes and notepads and in the face of COVID-19 that had to change.

Mary created Ombusdman Cloud Care, which is not just an app but a broader initiative to retool the way Ombudsmen work. Previously, they alternated weeks, but crises don’t happen that way, and they had no process for how to work together if a deluge of communications suddenly came in.

The app is primarily focused on case management, making it much easier to track everything, automate key processes, and report on communications to command. This cut down on a lot of phone calls, time spent tracking down information to put into spreadsheets, and a whole lot more. Long story short, Mary and her team brought digital transformation to the Ombudsmen team.

The keys to creating an app quickly To help this project off the ground, Mary created a tiger team to get things done fast. She had Michael Kolodner, who could really help with the implementation and getting everything working; and Shelley Bolt, who was able to work with the Ombudsmen to understand what they needed and how to help them even more.

The Salesforce community also was a big help, especially for giving the app a security review. “If you’re not reaching out to them for help, then you’re definitely missing out because they’re such a resource—it’s a whole community of go-givers,” Mary says.

Links: * Ombudsman Cloud Care on the AppExchange

Social: * Mary: @Hi_MaryCrozier * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce

Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

A Declarative-First Approach with Madeleine Coutanceau

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re talking to Madeleine Coutanceau, Global Head of Systems & Processes and Salesforce Administrator at simPRO Software. We learn how her company has taken a declarative-first approach to implementing Salesforce wall-to-wall.

Join us as we talk about all the different roles admins have in a business, the importance of having key champions in your organization, and why it’s so important to align what you do in Salesforce with your organizational goals.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Madeleine Coutanceau.

Why it’s so important to be fully involved with your implementation.

“I’ve always worked with the business on the side of processes and moved through to the systems side,” Madeleine says, “so naturally, I fell into the system administrator role with our implementation.” At simPRO, that means she’s in charge of every piece of software that isn’t the product they develop. That means they’re running systems like CPQ, Chat, Pardot, Engage, Knowledge, Adobe Sign, Zinc, Exactly, JIRA, and more.

The secret behind managing so many different Salesforce systems is a great implementation. “We were told to drop everything and be part of this implementation, 24/7,” Madeleine says, so they were involved with everything from training to putting together procedure documents. That really gave them the expertise they needed to lead and train teams across the world.

How to automate without a developer.

When Madeleine’s company decided to adopt Salesforce, she was told from the start that she wouldn’t have a developer to work with. “We develop systems for our own clients,” they said, “we’re putting you on Salesforce so that we can manage this internally, not have developer resources that take up a lot of time.” That meant they needed to build everything with minimal code so they wouldn’t need extra help, so they leaned on Flows.

“I feel like my life changed at work once my Flows clicked into place for me in Salesforce,” Madeleine says, “suddenly, I realized I had all these processes I could just automate—I got a little bit Flow crazy.” This process didn’t happen overnight, however, as it involved a lot of trial and error and really digging into the nitty-gritty to understand Flows from the ground-up.

The magic of Flows.

When you get Flows working for you, it can seem like magic. For Madeleine, a big challenge was removing users from the org for a company with offices not only in Australia, but also in New Zealand, the UK, and the USA. This process used to involve setting alarms for the middle of the night, but she was able to make it happen automatically without writing a single line of code.

Communicating process changes can always be tricky, especially in a large organization with a multinational presence. Madeleine and her team solved this problem by setting up private Chatter groups for each country that are used just for communicating process changes. Whenever they create a new user, they simply log in and subscribe them to the appropriate channels to make sure they get the notifications they need to see.

Social: * Madeleine: @MCoutanceau * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Mike: Welcome to the Salesforce Admin's podcast, where we talk about product, community and career to help you become an awesome admin. This week I am talking with Madeleine Coutanceau, global head of Systems and Processes and Salesforce administrator, about how her company has taken a declared first approach to implementing salesforce wall to wall.
In this episode, you will hear from Madelyn about how she manages so many systems, how she uses flow to make her admin life easier, and lessons that she has learned after being an admin for four years. So let's get Madelyn on the pod.
So Madelyn, welcome to the podcast.

Madeleine Couta...: Thanks for having me.

Mike: Let's start off, I love talking about this idea of declared it first, but before we dive all the way deep into that, why don't we get started with what you do.

Madeleine Couta...: Sure. So I'm the Global Head of Systems and Processes at simPro, and I am one of a team of two of admins for the business. I've worked at simPro for about nine years now in a couple of different roles, and this is my most recent role that I've been in for probably about five years, six years or so. I've always worked with the business on the side of processes and sort of moved in through to the system side, so naturally I sort of fell into that system administrator role with our implementation.

Mike: Wow. So if I'm looking through and I see your title as head of sales, you're also the salesforce administrator?

Madeleine Couta...: Head of Systems-

Mike: Head of Systems.

Madeleine Couta...: ... and Processes, not sales.

Mike: Systems. Sorry, I heard you wrong.

Madeleine Couta...: Yeah.

Mike: That sounds even bigger.

Madeleine Couta...: So Head of Systems and Processes.

Mike: Okay. All right. I'm always interested in what admin titles have, right, so I like that. So you mentioned head of systems, what kind of products and systems do you use?

Madeleine Couta...: So I look after the systems on the side of our internal systems on the operational side. So we are a software company, there is a big side of the business that I don't really deal with on the systems side, that is of course our developers and product. But when it comes to the operational side of our operational entities in the different countries, I look after those internal systems. So we're talking about salesforce and its sort of connected ecosystem, so we use a lot of salesforce products, all the way from sales, service, CPQ, Chat, Pot-Ot, Engage, Knowledge. And then we have those installed apps across the host system as well like Adobe Sign, Zincked, Exactly, we connect with Jira, Rollout Palpa, that kind of thing. So it's quite a big sort of suite of systems that I essentially look after.

Mike: I would say. I feel like when I look at the customer 360 wheel, you're coloring in all of our products.

Madeleine Couta...: Yeah, yeah.

Mike: You're getting close to collecting them all, good job.

Madeleine Couta...: Yeah, I feel like I should get a prize at the end, where've you got them all.

Mike: Oh you do, you do. So with all of that and all of the users that you have across many continents, how do you build and manage this robust system?

Madeleine Couta...: It's tricky, but I think we really had a really fantastic implementation. And not only did the team that implemented for us do really well, but I guess we were a part of that journey the whole time. So me and my other admin, we were pretty much told to drop everything and be part of this implementation, and do it 24/7. Every day we were in on the project, making sure that we were learning the whole the system. And then across, we essentially ensured that we did all the training, we put together all the procedure documents, any kind of LMS learning we put together as well, and essentially documented the whole system on a training level and how it was all put together.
And because we have that knowledge, it flows through into that everyday sort of support and being able to manage different teams around the world. We also are part of a software company, so our users are really, really good at embracing change. We preach that to our customers every day, so we're really good at changing, and improvements, and challenging things, and trying to get that process improvement. So not only do I have great users, but also a great team to sort of manage that process as well.

Mike: Yeah, wow. Wow. Right now admins are all jealous that you've got a bunch of users that are embracing change like, "How do we sprinkle them around the world?"

Madeleine Couta...: I think I feel like I've been spoiled to be honest.

Mike: Absolutely. So being a software company, I'm guessing you were all about code with salesforce then?

Madeleine Couta...: No, not at all. So I was pretty much given the approach of, "You will not have a developer, we develop systems for our own clients. We're putting you on salesforce so that we can essentially manage this internally, not have developer resource that takes up a lot of time. You guys are admins." I don't know code, my other admin doesn't know code. "You guys are going to have to ensure that you guys can administrate it without a developer," and that's what we've pretty much done from the beginning.

Mike: Wow, so wall to wall with all those products, and you haven't written a line of code.

Madeleine Couta...: Well, we maybe have one little bit of code with our action plans, I think.

Mike: There's always a little bit.

Madeleine Couta...: It's a tiny bit.

Mike: [crosstalk] had a little bit, right?

Madeleine Couta...: It's biting me in the butt thought, it's causing me problems. Yeah, I don't have a resource, so I have pretty much tried to go as much no code as possible.

Mike: So then I'm guessing a lot of what you do is through flows?

Madeleine Couta...: Yes. I think my... This sounds a bit silly but, I feel like my life changed at work once my flows clicked into place for me at salesforce. And all those things that I had been wanting to do for the last couple of years, that I was like, "No, I can't automate, sorry," saying sorry to users, "I know that's a lot of clicks, I know that this is a big process." Suddenly it was like, "Oh my goodness, I have all of these processes that I could just automate with flows," and it was very exciting. I got a little bit flow crazy, now I'm just trying to tidy them up a little bit.

Mike: Yeah, I believe the official term is flownatic, that's what I've heard.

Madeleine Couta...: Oh, I like it, I like it.

Mike: So I'm sure there's t-shirts out there to be a flownatic. Brian Kwong can probably... He has a wizard cast, you should be on his wizard cast because he will talk to you about being a flownatic. I'd be curious to know, I want to dive a little bit deeper into that flow, because I would like to know what you mean by, when flows just clicked for you.

Madeleine Couta...: I started learning on flows with the classic version, so before they brought the lightning improvements and changed-

Mike: Oh, the hard version.

Madeleine Couta...: Yeah. So I found it was really difficult to find a lot of documentation on it, to be honest. I had to watch a lot of YouTube videos to sort of understand variables, and the elements, and all that kind of stuff. And it wasn't laid out very nicely, and a lot of the lightning side of things now, they create all these variables and record variables for you and everything, which is fantastic. All of the things that I was like, "Why doesn't it do that," it does it now, which is great. But I think because I'm a logical person, it just took me a lot of goes to really and just try and try and test the process to really finally have all the pieces click together for me.
I really struggle to learn something if I don't understand it obviously, but I can't just go and copy something, I have to sort of understand all the little pieces and the why's. And then once I sort of researched enough into that and did enough simple flows to sort of get it, it all just clicked into place. It literally went, I went, "Ah, I get it now," and then I was able to just create a whole bunch of flows, which was amazing. So it was mostly through self-learning. Now there's a lot more resources though, and it's much easier to learn how to use flows, and I have got my other admin now creating flows which is fantastic.

Mike: Yeah, I feel flow builder is very much a learn by doing.

Madeleine Couta...: Yeah.

Mike: I've done a few of the trailhead modules, and I was, "I have no idea what that was. Oh, that's neat. Oh, that makes sense now." And it's one of those where until you do it, do you really understand it, and you almost just have to absent of what the tool can do, just think of, "What is something I'm trying to solve for, and what is something I've never been able to do?" I thought it was so fascinating that you could do decisioning, and screen flows, and loops, like you could have a look to see if a record exists. And I was like, "Oh man, that's all the stuff admins have so wanted at our fingertips," and looked at all of these 400-line triggers on stack issues, like, "Okay, well I've got to figure out a way to put that in my work."

Madeleine Couta...: Yeah, it really makes you feel like the possibilities are, maybe not endless, but close to when it comes to doing something without code. And just those little things where a user has to click or create these records that look really, really similar every time, and you'll suddenly be able to create a flow to be able to solve that, which feels really good and the users love you for it too, and you look like a magician.

Mike: I'm telling you. Now, I think a lot of, and true to kind of the admin mantra, you're always thinking about how you can improve things for the user. I'd love to know, have you used flow to help your daily job be any better?

Madeleine Couta...: Yes. Yeah, so there's one that didn't take me long to create, was actually probably one of the quickest flows I've created, but it has a really bit impact on me and my admin. So we are located in Australia in Brisbane, and our head office is here and we have one of the businesses here as well, but we're also located in New Zealand, U.K. and the U.S. and those guys of course are on a completely different time zone, or you guys are on a completely different time zone to us. So we're dealing with users that are all around the world, and we're only admins in Australia. So we used to when there was a termination or something like that where we had to freeze a user, or deactivate a user, sometimes it would be a 3:00 AM or a 5:00 AM wake-up call on a Saturday morning to set an alarm-

Mike: Oh no.

Madeleine Couta...: ... we'd get a chat, or you'd set an alarm to quickly wake up, bleary-eyed, open up your cellphone admin app and freeze them, then go back to sleep. It's not fun. So I created a flow, which I push from my salesforce admin cases, that essentially allows me to assign a user to a case, and then uses that user to then book in a time and date to freeze them, and it's awesome. So I use a pause element, and then essentially I create a screen flow. I've got two flows, screen flow that essentially allows me to input the details, the user, the time, the date, I submit that and then it pushes through to a second flow which does a pause and waits until that date, and then freezes them.

Mike: Oh.

Madeleine Couta...: It's awesome.

Mike: That's just wonderful anytime. And speaking as somebody who I once had, I think a few weeks of scrum calls, where I had to be on at like 4:00 or 5:00 AM, I actually brought, at the time I was working in office, I actually brought a coffee maker into my office, because I was like, "I don't want to have to... I want to sleep the maximum amount of time at home, get up come to the office and not have to waste time making coffee at my house. And I can do it during the call."

Madeleine Couta...: Any way to save time.

Mike: Any way to save time, yeah. And lo and behold, I should've had flow. So one of the things that you talked about early on is, rolling things out and being declared of, I'd love to jump into how you tackle documentation-

Madeleine Couta...: Yeah, sure.

Mike: ... and how you kind of bring those changes to your ever-happy, always open to change users.

Madeleine Couta...: Okay. Okay, maybe I put them in too much of a good light. No, no, no, they're great.

Mike: They're all going to listen to this and be like, "We're not going to do any of the things she sends from now on."

Madeleine Couta...: They're going to be horrible.

Mike: Right.

Madeleine Couta...: Like, "Oh, we're too easy, let's challenge them more."

Mike: Arms folded, "Oh, I need 10 check boxes."

Madeleine Couta...: No, no more check boxes. Okay, so documentation. We deal with our documentation using Docs, but also then publishing them through salesforce using Files to Library. So we have Library set up for each of the different teams, we have general libraries as well. We share those out with the teams, and then we upload new versions depending on changes. We also manage some of our projects through a little project management tool on the side, outside of salesforce as well, using Asana. I really like Asana. And managing different tags, how different pieces of the system and a bunch of different projects and little changes all happen, and we just make sure that we update all the procedure document that relates. If we've got email templates, we realize we need to change all of that as well.
And then what we do is, upload the new versions and we have a chatter group which we then post changes to. So we have a salesforce updates chatter group, which is like a broadcast only, and then we have private chatter groups for all of our teams in each country. So this works really well for us, and I'm glad we worked this out. But essentially, and I definitely recommend it for any admin that wants to use chatter to push out changes, we create a chatter group for every team, so let's say AU Sales, or U.S. Sales, U.K. Training, and New Zealand Training. We had Cradle these private chatter groups, and then we have all of the users that relate to that group we add them in. And whenever we set up a new user, we actually log in as them and subscribe them to every post.
So that ensures that they receive notifications. And because they're private, we only use these kind of for broadcasts. They don't use this for communication within their teams. This is really just for us as admins to go, "Hey, proceed to change, we've got new fields, or we've got a slightly different process happening here." We go through all the changes, we link our files document for the new procedure, and then we add-mention the teams that are relevant. And then they all get an email notification, and then they can see that change come through. And that just makes sure that everyone sees it, we don't miss anybody, and it works really well.

Mike: So how do you find time to create all this documentation, because that's the question that I think only do Markle have essential habits that we do on Fridays, and you can watch that on Trailhead Live.

Madeleine Couta...: Yeah.

Mike: And we talk about documenting, right? Like, when you make changes to your org, document it so that you know you made the change, and your users have insight to what this field is and what that field does. And inevitably, and I'm the same way, it's like eating your broccoli.

Madeleine Couta...: Yeah.

Mike: You're like, you just want to make the change move on, "Oh, now I've got to write down how we did it." How do you quantify that or work that into your day?

Madeleine Couta...: To be honest, I'm probably not so good at that piece. So not every... I mean, when it comes to procedure change and your process change for the users, we're really great at documenting that, but when it comes to really minor edits or changes in our org for our own salesforce documentation, I have to say that is a grind. That is really hard to get done. I try to put aside time every week to ensure that we get that done, but I know I'm well-behind. So I think I have the same issue as probably every admin, including yourself.

Mike: Yes, absolutely. And I think just because the amount of... Well, for me it was the speed, like the ability to go into a Sandbox, make a change, you're like, "Oh cool, is that what you want?" "Yes." Okay, and then push production and everybody's happy, right?

Madeleine Couta...: Yeah.

Mike: It feels a little bit sometimes like being an admin is like working in an emergency room,-

Madeleine Couta...: Yes. Get it done.

Mike: ... like you want to triage everything and fix it and get it done, and it needs to be a little bit more methodical like building a house, you've got to have blueprints, and plans, and...

Madeleine Couta...: Yes. And I think because being one of a small team and having that very agile approach, I probably don't have enough experience in that more methodical way, but I probably just need to actually find out what is the best way to do that and be a bit more... thinking better about what I'm doing in my org to then document that. But I mean, I try to do it as much as possible, but you're right, "Here's a problem, oh, I've got to solution." And I love pushing out a fix, because I love solving those problems. But as everything gets bigger, you definitely need to make sure that you are doing the best thing for your org overall.

Mike: Yeah, absolutely. So I would love to kind of wrap on, you've been in the salesforce community for a while, you've been on a journey, you have an amazing resume. I mean, you manage a lot of systems. It sounds like you have a receptive user base, you're doing documentation, at least as well as we can, but what advice would you give to admins who are maybe just starting at a new position or coming into an org, based on your experience?

Madeleine Couta...: Well, definitely if you're being assigned as an admin on an implementation, I would definitely make sure that you are pushing yourself into that implementation as much as possible. I found that knowing exactly how things are set up is really crucial to your full understanding of how the org is created. I mean, I've only been in one salesforce implementation, and I've only been on salesforce org, so I only know from my experience, right? But if you're coming into a business that already has salesforce, I mean, you'd hope that that was documented well, but I guess that's a luxury probably with a lot of implementations. But I just think take stock of what you've got, see how the business is running.
I found that through my experience with pushing salesforce into our business, before I did that I was actually... I looked at all of the business processes across the operational side, so I was actually really intimate with how things were running. And I found that really useful to really understand our users, and to understand the process end-to-end. So if you know what the goals are, how to get there, and what you're trying to achieve, you can really tighten up I think the steps to get there and the way your org is used to get there as well, and just make things a bit more efficient.
So I think before you delve into how is salesforce run, what is the business, what are your goals, what are you trying to achieve, how does each team run, is really important, that side of building base to understand, "Okay, so now how is salesforce going to achieve that, and what is it doing now, and how can I make that better?" Because constantly, day-to-day, my job is not only to implement new processes, new products, new teams, but constantly just looking at, "Hey guys, what are you doing? Are you enjoying what you're doing?" Users will just continue to do something sometimes without them even complaining about it, or realizing that what they're doing is actually inefficient. So how is it going, how are you using the software, and then really just understand that to sort of tighten up the process I think is super important, and I do that on a day-to-day basis as well, as well as support and all of that.

Mike: Yeah.

Madeleine Couta...: It's an ever-changing challenging role, but it's very, very interesting I have to say. Being a salesforce admin is never boring.

Mike: I would agree, and I also think to me that's really, I don't want to say fun, but the part that excites me the most is, it's a job where you're not sure what tomorrow looks like, but you're confident that you have the skills. And if you don't, it's a new challenge, right, and it's something to try and you're always building on what you've done. I feel even when I worked really hard on Sales Cloud roll-outs, "Okay, now we're doing Service Cloud." "Oh boy, I don't know Service Cloud," "Okay, well, but you know the fundamentals and you've done Sales Cloud, right?" And so it's not like you're starting from scratch with a new adventure, right? It's almost like-

Madeleine Couta...: Totally.

Mike: It's like getting a new modified job every single day. And then the business process changes, and you're like, "Okay, cool. Well, here's everything I learned from the last time I built this app, and now I can move those experience and that lesson into the next app that I build, so I'm excited." That's what I loved about it.

Madeleine Couta...: Yeah, yeah. And it always presents with new challenges every day, and it's really good and keeps you on your toes for sure.

Mike: Absolutely. Madeleine, I want to thank you for taking time out to join us, and it sounds for sure like you're going to be busy today, whatever day it is with all of those users, and especially when the podcast goes live, they'll find out how incredibly exceptional they are.

Madeleine Couta...: They are, they really are.

Mike: Shop them around, and maybe we'll have them all get on the podcast and give advice to the other salesforce admin users about their receptivity to change.

Madeleine Couta...: Yeah. And I think having those key sort of salesforce champion people within each team, really, really helps that as well, because without them and without managers flowing all that information up from their users, it would just be chaos I think. So that's important for us as well, especially since we're such a small team. So yeah, they are great.

Mike: Yeah, absolutely. Yeah. Having your users voice every day all the way up to the admin, is key, so fabulous. Well, this was super fun chatting with you, I'm so glad we got... And it sounds like probably in a year from now, we'll have 10 times as much for you to talk about.

Madeleine Couta...: Hopefully.

Mike: And we'll have you back on the podcast.

Madeleine Couta...: That would be amazing.

Mike: So it was great having Madeleine on the podcast. Three things I learned in our discussion, first, you know what, salesforce admins have different titles. How cool is it that she is the Global Head of Systems and Processes? I love it. Two, she mentioned key champions are super helpful as they roll out different features and functionalities, and I think that's super important too. In fact, in the show notes I am going to link to a blog post I did about building your internal advocates. And then three, and boy do we bring this home in a lot of our presentations, I love how Madeleine pointed out aligning salesforce goals to the goals of the organization. That was a key driver in all of the successful things that they have rolled out at that organization, and I just think it's super, super important for every admin to do.
So, if you'd love to learn more about all things salesforce admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. You can stay up to date with us on social for all things admins, we are @salesforceadmns, no I, on Twitter. You can find our guest, Madeleine on Twitter @mcoutanceau, I will put a link inside the show notes for you. Of course, I'm on Twitter @mikegerholdt and Gillian who also hosts the podcast is on Twitter as well @gilliankbruce.
So with that, stay safe, stay awesome, and be sure to stay tuned for the next episode of the Salesforce Admins podcast. We'll see you in the Cloud.

View Details

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re joined once again by Shannon Hale, Platform Product Leader at Mulesoft. We learn what Mulesoft Composer is and what it can do, why she’s so passionate about making admins’ lives easier, and what the Shannon Hale Salesforce SWAT Team is.

Join us as we talk about what Mulesoft Composer can do for you and your org, and why admins hold a special place in Shannon’s heart.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Shannon Hale.

Integrating multiple systems “It’s always a challenge when you have data in one system and data in another system but your workflow doesn’t necessarily take that into account,” Shannon says, and if you don’t have any sort of integration you’ll find yourself manually entering data from one to the other. Not only is that highly prone to error, but it’s time-consuming. “Anytime you can automate those processes,” she says, “you can save yourself time and you can streamline those business processes.”

To solve this problem, Shannon and her team are building a new Design Time tool, Mulesoft Composer, for building integrations across different systems to connect your data sources together, developed specifically for admins. “You’re just a person, trying to do a job, and your job happens to have data in two systems and you want them to talk to each other,” she says.

Why Mulesoft Composer makes Integrating easier When it comes to how to put Mulesoft Composer to work for you, Shannon says to start with the things that are time-consuming or error-prone in your org—anything that happens frequently. So you can identify where you need your integration to happen, then which data you need to move over and whether or not there are multiple steps involved (like sending an email or Slack message), then switch over to the composer.

Mulesoft Composer comes as a Managed Package, so it’s embedded directly into Salesforce, so the next step is to start a new flow and create your integration. From there, you log into both systems, choose the fields, objects, and triggers you want to work with, and then choose an action and a system to do it to. Think about it like Flow Builder, but for creating integrations between two systems. At the end of the day, this is about putting tools that were previously only in the purview of developers into the hands of admins to help them work their magic and make things easier for everyone.

Listen to the full episode for more info about how to get executive buy-in and why Mulesoft Composer is a lot like the point-and-click tools you’re already used to using.

Links: * Mulesoft Composer

Social: * Shannon: @ShannonSans * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

On this episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got Sarah Pilzer, Director of Operations at Country Dance and Song Society and Golden Hoodie winner. She tells us how she uses automation to serve her users.

Join us as we talk about why it’s always best to start with standard functionality, how to borrow from what people have already built, and how she checks in with users to make sure she’s building what they need.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Sarah Pilzer.

How Sarah puts Salesforce to work for her organization. As Director of Operations at the Country Dance and Song Society in Massachusetts, Sarah is in charge of all office procedures, including running their Salesforce instance. “I am the in-house Admin, as well as doing all of the building and architecting necessary to create the systems we need,” she says.

Sarah’s organization uses Salesforce in a bunch of different ways depending on the department (sound familiar?), including registration and staffing for their arts education classes and fundraising. Making that work involves a mix of using what’s already in the Nonprofit Success Pack and building some custom solutions.

When to use standard vs. custom functionality. To figure out what will work best, Sarah recommends sitting down with your users to find out what they do now and how it’ll best translate to Salesforce. “I try to start with an out-of-the-box feature if that’s possible,” she says, “if it’s already built, we should take advantage of that. We can save our time to work on other issues at the nonprofit like our mission and vision and really get to the programming if we’re not spending all of our time building tools.”

Sometimes that means trying a standard feature and seeing what the limitations are. For their program registrations, they started out using campaigns to track who was in which program but ran into some limitations when they also wanted to track donations. In the end, Sarah ended up building out a custom camp program object that fit their needs better. “My advice would be to start standard if you can, and if you find that’s not fitting your needs you can go custom,” she says.

Verify that automation helps your users. One thing that helps Sarah help her team is leaning on the automations already built into Salesforce. Flows are a big part of that, including Screen Flows that walk her users through the automation. For the camp registration example, they have a Screen Flow that they expose to external users to create a self-service feature. This frees up time on the backend as they previously had to rely on paper forms that would be manually entered into the system.

“I think it’s really important that the automation works for who’s using it,” Sarah says, “so if I’m going to build out automation, I need to talk to the end-users first and make sure that what I’m building isn’t going to make their lives harder.” That’s a combination of conversations with her internal people, and beta testing on forms that go out to the community before they go live. Sarah isn’t afraid to call a quick twenty or thirty-minute meeting to make sure she understands what her users want, and she’s established an internal Salesforce user group to check in every month.

Links: * Northeast Dreamin’ Virtual Marathon app * Utility Flows Presentation * Live Q&A * Join Sarah’s Automation Hour presentation on Feb, 26, 2021: https://register.gotowebinar.com/register/3405010900854555152 * Country Dance & Song Society: https://wwww.cdss.org

Social: * Sarah: @spilzer * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

This week it’s our monthly retro, bringing you the highlights from November’s feast of tasty Salesforce content. For this episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we spotlight all the blog posts, videos, and everything else from this month that you won’t want to miss.

Join us as we talk about great Salesforce content from November and our favorite things about Fall.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation between Mike and Gillian.

Blog highlights from November For Gillian, Samantha Shain’s “How I Solved This: Dive Deep Into the Debug Log” was a standout blog post. “You don’t have to know how to write code, but you can know how to learn a little bit from the naming conventions you’ll uncover in the debug log,” Gillian says. The post that stood out to Mike in November was “Salesforce Release Notes Have a New Home: Salesforce Help!” by Geri Rebstock, about why we’ve moved the Release Notes to a new place.

  • How I Solved This: Dive Deep Into the Debug Log
  • Salesforce Release Notes Have a New Home: Salesforce Help!

Podcast highlights from November This month, Gillian was thrilled to speak to Ariel Ridley about how she built her own app and got it listed on the AppExchange. “I hope that some of our listeners got inspired to build their own apps and share them with the community by listing them on the AppExchange as well,” she says. Mike wanted to highlight his conversation with Mia Pacey, where they talked about her unique “campfire” approach to weekly meetings and user check-ins.

  • Powerful New Salesforce Flow Features in Winter 21 with Jason Teller
  • Salesforce Anywhere with John Brock

Video highlights from October “When we make a video, we really make a video,” Mike says, and this month we wanted to make sure you didn’t miss our seven tips on how to pass your Salesforce Administrator Certification exam. Reach out to us on Twitter to let us know which tip helped you the most—or your favorite thing on Gillian’s shelf.

  • Pass Your Salesforce Administrator Certification Exam With These Tips!

Listen to the full episode to hear about Mike and Gillian’s favorite Fall activities, and how to make a hot apple pie cocktail.

Social * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Mike: @MikeGerholdt * Gillian: @GillianKBruce

Full Show Transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce admins podcast, the monthly retro with Gillian and Mike episode, where we review the top beast worthy product, community, and careers content from November to help you become an awesome admin. I'm Gillian Bruce.

Mike: And I'm Mike Gerholdt who can't believe it's November already. Holy cow!

Gillian Bruce: What a year it has been.

Mike: Eleven months just flying by all of a sudden. Really just since maybe August, I guess.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. In some ways I feel this year counts as five years. It's like a dog year.

Mike: Right. [crosstalk 00:00:51] I would like fall-

Gillian Bruce: I guess it would be seven years.

Mike: ...Could I get fall back? Because fall was just a day, where I live.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, right. Because it's already winter there?

Mike: Well, periodically, and then it becomes summer. Today it was 65, which in the Midwest in November you're, "Yay! Shorts" and a hoodie.

Gillian Bruce: Fur, says the San Francisco girl.

Mike: I know.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Oh man. [crosstalk] Well Mike, we had a lot of awesome admin content this month to talk about starting with some of our amazing blog posts. Now, one of the ones that I got pretty excited and nerdy about was the bog post of How I Solve This by Samantha Shane, all about how she used the debug log to help solve a form issue that she had.
I really liked this because it's super nerdy and it's definitely a great way push your awesome admin skills to the next level because she talks about how you can use the debug log to prove... You don't have to know how to write code, but you can know how to learn a little bit from the naming conventions that you'll uncover in the debug log. And what's great about this too, is this was inspired by another trailblazer, Jess Lopez did a session at Dreamforce to help inspire Samantha to do this and it's a great use case. And then a great example and I think it's a good way for any admin to go play with the debug log and see what you can figure out and you'd be surprised what you already know.

Mike: Yeah. I love the How I Solve This series. I think it's great. It ties right back into what we heard at Dreamforce from admins last year of being problem solvers. And to your point of reading the debug log, I feel like it's when you took a foreign language in college, I could always read and understand what was going on, but just don't ask me to regurgitate it or especially write it in a sentence. It's always better reading a foreign language.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I took way too many years of Spanish to admit that I can't speak it very well unless there are some margaritas involved. So I-

Mike: Then everybody can
Gillian, I chose what I thought was really cool announcement, especially for people getting into the ecosystem. And even some of the long time Salesforce admins who have been around for a while. And that is that the Salesforce release notes have a new home and they're in help. And up until that point, it always made sense that you search out release notes and then you always went over to this help area. And now they're hanging out their quarantining together, forever.

Gillian Bruce: In true 2020 style.

Mike: In true 2020 style. But if you think about it, it makes logical sense, right? Go to one location for everything, and it's all in help. And I think as a new admin coming in it so helps as... See it's literally in the description it so helps because now you know where to go for help. Where [crosstalk] your release notes?

Gillian Bruce: And you do one of the things that I think everyone experiences, especially if they're newer to the Salesforce world is we have so many resources and so many places that you can go to get information about all the things. So to be able to tie these two very, very useful, probably our most useful resources together, I think is really awesome. It's a move in the right direction.

Mike: Yep. A hundred percent agree. Gillian, we did a bunch of podcasts in November. What was one of your favorites? I know we had many, they're all our favorites. Just to be clear.

Gillian Bruce: We don't like picking favorites.

Mike: How about we say that highlight.

Gillian Bruce: Highlights. Yeah. For anyone who watches the crown, we're not picking a favorite child. Okay. So this is one of the ones that I think learned the most and was the most inspired by this month was the podcast I got to record with Ariel Ridley. She is a really amazing PepUp Tech alum. She has got a great story about actually building a lightning transition app with Kelly Walker, who is our light or lightning champions expert here at Salesforce and getting it listed on the app exchange. And it was one of the tools she used to help learn the platform and learn how to build apps. And now she's got an app on the app exchange. She is doing amazing things at Copado. She has really launched her career and the way she talked about how she approached building the app, iterating on it and going through the process of getting it listed on the app exchange to share with the world.
I thought was really inspiring. And I really hope that some of the listeners got inspired to maybe build their own apps and share them with the community by listing them on the app exchange as well.

Mike: Yeah. That was super fun pod to listen to. I'm going to go with, and I just realized that we did a commendable job of having quite a few APAC people on in the month of November because my podcasts that I picked was campfires with Mia. So Mia Pacey talks about what I feel is so vital and that's sitting down and interacting with users and having stakeholder meetings and she calls them campfires because hello, isn't it fun to be on brand with Trailhead? Maybe that's just the marketing geek in me.

Gillian Bruce: Well, and that means S'Mores are involved. Right?

Mike: I brought that suggestion up to her and I'm hoping that she implemented, you can do virtual S'Mores. There's a fun conversation about having S'Mores and fudge Stripe cookies. I realize, I think they call fudge Stripe cookies something different in Australia, but fudge Stripe cookies are a fun way to cheat S'Mores because then you just buy the cookies and the marshmallows and you get S'Mores. You don't have to... It's already half put together.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I think they call them biscuits in-

Mike: Could be.

Gillian Bruce: Australia. And the UK our cookies are their biscuits. I don't know. That's from watching way too much of The Great British Baking Show.

Mike: I loved it. Listen to that episode because Mia gives you tips on how she communicates this out, how she deals with having lots of different users on a call, separating users out and how she worked with executives to get buy in to keep the branding of campfires going. And most importantly, to have executive support her effort of keeping campfires going, which I think is really key to driving adoption and to having attendance. So it was super fun to do that episode.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, and we've got some good Asia Pacific representation on the podcast. I think we even have a couple more in the queue. So trying to make sure we still have our global admins represented on the podcast this year. But Mike, we may not have had a lot of videos this month, but there was one video where we try something a little different.

Mike: When we make a video. We really make a video. I was just watching this video. Gillian.

Gillian Bruce: Yes Mike. And how did you feel about it?

Mike: I feel like I learned seven things to help me pass my Salesforce admin certification.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, well, I'm so glad you learned those seven things to help you pass your admin certification exam. Because this was actually based on a blog post from a while ago, but we updated a little bit of the info and it holds true. It's a quick digit nail style video on tips on how to pass the cert exam. And I had a lot of fun recording it. It's a fun to play with some different models there.

Mike: Yeah, and we should definitely have anybody who has watched this video listening to the podcast now. I'd love to know what the favorite thing is in Gillian's background because you got a few things to pick from back there.

Gillian Bruce: I've got quite a collection of- [crosstalk 00:08:57].

Mike: Falcon, maybe the Lego Cody?

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. My little snake plant over there in the corner. I got all kinds of weird stuff going on. I just keep adding to it at some point it's going to be the shelves will just give out and be like, okay. Too much, too much, too much. But yeah, if you watch the video, please make a comment on the video or comment in Twitter. I'd love to know what your favorite tip is. Or like Mike said, putting out weird things in my background is always going to-

Mike: Or tell Gillian what the next digino video should be. That would be fun. What do you want to talk about next?

Gillian Bruce: Or When you take your cert exam? That's really what I want to know because that was the whole point of the video. So we got your cheerleaders right here for you.

Mike: So Gillian, we end each of these episodes. I think it's kind of fun to go retro-ish on things for the month that are appropriate. So I thought I'd pull out what a fall fun activity would be.

Gillian Bruce: I like that.
Now let's also... We just talk about how global the podcast is. So we realized that in other parts of the world, fall is not exactly the same. It's all here in the Western hemisphere. How about that?

Mike: Yep, absolutely. So I listed a few, ironically you would think Apple picking and going to a corn maize is what Midwesterners do. And a lot do, not this guy, not me. Haha I know a corn maze is just called a cornfield to me because they're all of maize. I've ridden a hay ride once, I almost fell off. It was really cold, by the way if you've never ridden on a hayrack, they're really cold. Even if it's warm out, you walk outside, "Oh, it's going to be fun. Hay ride today." Bring extra layers because it is going to be cold.
But I will say my favorite fall activity. I always enjoy it all summer long, even in the spring. So for those of you that are in spring or different seasons, I do love going to a farmer's market. And especially in the fall, I love going because there's usually, at least in my area we get a little bit more of the artists that come out and they do fun, fall wreaths and ornamental, there is a little less produce and a little more crafts. So I always enjoyed the farmer's markets.

Gillian Bruce: It's pretty good. I don't think I've done aside from the farmer's market because I do live in San Francisco. I don't think I've done any of the other things. I've never picked apples except for maybe off of a Apple tree in a friend's yard. And-

Mike: And that's exactly what Apple picking is by the way.

Gillian Bruce: Especially go to an orchard and you're supposed to get a basket and look all picturesque. I never done that [crosstalk]
Yeah.
Yeah. And the corn maize thing, I have never done one of those. We don't have a lot of corn fields in the Bay area.

Mike: No, I've never seen one, to be honest with you.

Gillian Bruce: And aside from riding basically a trailer you'd put a car on. one of those flatbed trailers, with two bales of hay on it, around in a parking lot. That's the closest I think I've ever come to a hay ride.

Mike: it's pretty, pretty close to what a hayrack is. you're not missing much.

Gillian Bruce: There you go. Well, I will say that one of my favorite fall things, and again, we don't get a lot of this here in the Bay area because we don't really have that drastic change in seasons. But I do love looking at TikTok videos of dogs, jumping through big piles of leaves. That is my one of my favorite fall activities because the glee they get on their faces. They just pop, pop, pop through the big piles of leaves. It looks so fun. So that is pretty great. Especially when all you see is either their ears or their tail sticking out of the pile and the sound, anyway.
The biggest change that we get here in the Bay area is we get a little rain. It actually started raining here just last week. And so those cozy, rainy days, we can curl up on the couch and just watch the rain outside and put on all your layers. And I love it. And you get to wear boots. I love boots. So it's the season that you finally get to pull out your boots here in San Francisco. Not that you really need them, but it's an excuse to wear boots.

Mike: I don't know. Some of those step offs of the curbs are pretty high. And if the street is flooding a little bit, then you would want a boot.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, also fun boots. I like boots. I'm not leaving my house anytime soon, so I don't really need any boots this year.

Mike: You could buy them, look at them. "Oh, remember when we used to wear boots?"

Gillian Bruce: "Remember those boots"

Mike: Well, staying inside on cozy rainy days, sounds like a favorite fall beverage. So I think the big trend...geez, I saw pumpkin spice Cheerios the other day.

Gillian Bruce: ugh.

Mike: We don't have to pumpkin spice everything, one or two things is fine, but-

Gillian Bruce: Isn't Pumpkin pie enough.

Mike: It's more than enough for me.

Gillian Bruce: Okay. Yeah. I'm not, I'm not a big pumpkin flavored person.

Mike: No, no, no. I do like hot cider. That is nice, it feels cozy.

Gillian Bruce: You maul it with some spices. It makes a whole house smell good.

Mike: Yeah. that's fall.

Gillian Bruce: And then you could up your hot cider game by adding a little Tuaca and whipped cream and turn it into a hot Apple pie cocktail, which is one of my favorite fall drinks. Seriously. It's like drinking dessert. It tastes like an Apple pie. It's so good.

Mike: We can definitely try that but not going to pumpkin spice the rest of the stuff. Cocoa maybe. So it is interesting. When I looked this up, hot cocoa came up as a fall beverage. I don't know about you? You can tell me on Twitter different. Hot cocoa to me is when it's got to be winter and there has to be snow on the ground or really cold, but hot cocoa to me, isn't a fall drink.

Gillian Bruce: I am on the same page Mike. I think of hot cocoa as something you get when you go to the ice rink and you need a warm up and you pull off the gloves on your hands and you have the hot cocoa and it burns the top of your mouth

Mike: Ski lodge stuff. But not when there is crunchy leaves out with dogs flying through them.

Gillian Bruce: I wish it could always be like that. Can I get a big pile of crunchy leaves delivered to my front yard? That would be fantastic.

Mike: There's the next billion-dollar startup idea

Gillian Bruce: Be like, look at those bougie weirdo, San Franciscans, ordering piles of leaves to be delivered so their dogs can jump through them.

Mike: Well, we used to be able to order kittens from Uber. How is this any different?
Just add to it. I'd like three kittens and 100 pounds of dried leaves

Gillian Bruce: And you get to come clean them up after too- [crosstalk]

Mike: Yeah. that's got to be part of it. Maybe that's a separate app

Gillian Bruce: And it can be called better be-leaf it.

Mike: There you go. See, free million dollar advice. Go out, get some investor money. See how that works for you. You got at least one customer, Gillian. So there's your pitch.

Gillian Bruce: I don't know if the rest of the household would agree with my decision, but-

Mike: No, it doesn't have to. Oh, fun stuff. Anyway, if you want to learn more about all the things that we talked about in today's episode, minus the billion dollar leaf delivery app, please go to admin.salesforce.com to find those links and so many, many more resources. You can stay up to date with us on all things social for admins. We are at Salesforce admins, no I on Twitter. I'm Mike Gerholdt on Twitter and Gillian is at Gillian K Bruce. So with that, stay safe, stay awesome and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

For this week’s episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Mia Pacey, a Salesforce Admin at Surf Life Saving NSW. She shares how she holds weekly campfires with her users to drive adoption.

Join us as we talk about her Trailhead-inspired weekly Salesforce meetings for her users, how she gets executive buy-in, and how to make a great demo.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Mia Pacey.

How Mia drives adoption in a new Sales Cloud implementation. “I was the fix-it person at my organization,” Mia says, “I loved figuring out ways to help my users do things a bit better.” That meant that she soon found herself getting certified as a System Administrator at a Trailhead Bootcamp in Gold Coast, Australia, and dove straight into a Sales Cloud implementation.

Hitting the ground running has meant doing a few special things to make sure everyone gets with the program. “I work with our users very closely because I feel like they’re very important for user adoption and the success of your platform as a whole,” Mia says, “so I call what I run a campfire.” It’s a weekly time for her users to get together and watch a demo, do a training, or just chat about what they’d like to see on the platform.

What is a campfire? For Sydney World Tour Reimagined, Mia had viewing areas in her office for everyone to catch all of the different channels and content. “The users loved it so much and it was super engaging as an atmosphere,” she says, “so, I thought, why don’t we just do this again but more of an internal conversation?” That’s how the campfire tradition was born.

Because she’s working in a new implementation, Mia has found her campfires to be especially helpful when it comes to rolling out new features, landing key demos and training, and just generally making sure that Salesforce is meeting her users’ needs. Right now, they have these meetings on a weekly basis at 30-60 minutes a session, so they’re easy to fit in the schedule and well worth the time. “A campfire doesn’t sound scary,” she says, “so calling it that gives the executives something to promote and doesn’t turn off users.”

Making demos that matter to users. “When I’m thinking about what to demo or what to showcase, I just have to remember it’s not scary,” Mia says, “these are my users—they understand the platform because I understand what they’re using.” In other words, you’re not presenting to an audience of strangers who are coming to it cold. You know something about their experience and what matters to them, and you probably already have the material on-hand from user testing and user stories for a new feature you’ve implemented to make a great demo.

Mia’s sales users are actually some of her biggest fans, “because if I demo something that’s an end-to-end example of what they’re doing in their day-to-day life, they’ll have so much buy-in, they get so engaged,” she says. And remember, you don’t need to have meticulously crafted demos every week, you can also take the time to highlight features, open discussion, and encourage conversation.

Links: * Pace Yourself

Social: * Mia: @PaceyMia * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

On this episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we sit down with Ariel Ridley, a Customer Support Specialist and PepUp Tech alum. We learn how you—yes, you—can build an app and list it on the AppExchange.

Join us as we talk about why it’s so important to get on the phone when you’re troubleshooting, how Ariel built her app, and why you need to put what you’re working on in front of users to get that feedback loop going.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Ariel Ridley.

Why All Salesforce Admins Need Customer Service Skills Ariel is a Customer Support specialist helping people when they encounter issues and creating knowledge articles to answer common questions. While most admins aren’t in a direct customer support role, they still need to work with users to make sure they know how to get the most out of Salesforce.

For Ariel, there are a few things that help: “I make sure to ask plenty of questions,” she says, “I’ve found, overall, that it’s helpful between me and the customer if we really discuss what’s going on—sometimes they’ll even resolve the issue on their own just by us hopping on a quick call and going over what’s happening.”

The Transition Helper for Salesforce app Ariel created her own app, Transition Helper for Salesforce Lightning. “The main goal of it is to establish a plan for moving between Classic and Lightning,” she says. The app provides documentation and links to help orgs create a rollout plan and stick to it. As you move through the app, it asks you a series of questions to help you learn about the components of Lightning and what you need to know in order to transition smoothly. You can also deploy it to your team to help them, too.

For Ariel, there was so much information out there that it felt like many organizations still stuck in Classic simply didn’t know where to start. The Transition Helper for Salesforce helps guide you along a path so you can get started without sifting through pages of documentation and know you’re making the right choices for what you need.

How You Can Make a Salesforce App Making the app was a bit of a process. They had to plan everything out on paper, first, writing out what documentation they wanted to include and how they were going to structure everything. Once Ariel started building, she made sure to put it in front of friends who were at orgs still stuck in Classic to get their feedback about how she could make it work better. This feedback loop was key to making something simple and effective.

Posting it on the AppExchange was fairly simple. You have to create an account on the Salesforce Partner Community, and then go through some steps to create a listing and complete a security review. “There’s always people available if you have any questions,” Ariel says. “I never would’ve thought that I could have created an app, and now I have one that’s out there that can help a lot of people,” she says, “it’s a great feeling.”

Links: * Transition Helper for Salesforce Lightning

Social: * Ariel: @Ariel_Ridley * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

View Details

For this episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got new Salesforce Admin Courtney Coen. We learn how she set herself up as a superuser and got certified to be a Salesforce Admin, her approach to solving challenges from her users, and why being a Salesforce Admin is one of the most social jobs you will have

Join us as we talk about her technique for visualizing the process to communicate to her users, how her story shows how superusers can help you, and why it’s so important to be social as an admin.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Courtney Coen.

From superuser to Salesforce Admin.

“About four years ago, I was working in a call center and we were doing a lot of things manually, and I hated it,” Courtney says, “I wanted to spend my time helping customers instead of having to count out individual things when we could definitely report on them.” She played around in Salesforce and found the reports and dashboards tab and started figuring it out on her own.

Courtney ended up being the de facto admin for her customer services department and, after she had already built over 150 reports and dashboards, the development team at her company realized they needed to talk. It didn’t take long for them to figure out that she should be a full-time admin, so she got started on the path to certification with the support of the team and her supervisors in customer service, which she finally completed this year in May. “It was very much a story of sponsorship and mentorship, and without everyone’s help I wouldn’t be here,” Courtney says.

How Courtney uses visualizations to explain process changes.

Courtney has a unique visual approach to problem-solving. “The first thing I do when I’m tackling a business challenge is talk to the people who are having the problem,” she says, “and I draw the process we have now and color code it and talk to them about why it’s a problem and what their proposed solution is.” That makes it easier for her to adjust all the different components of the workflow to see where she can save people clicks or add automation to save time.

One thing Courtney uses her visualization method for is to keep her users updated about changes she’s making to their workflows. It’s important to her because not too long ago, she was one. “Users don’t necessarily understand all the technical mumbo jumbo,” she says, “but sending them a visual representation of how you’re going to fix something is a much better way to communicate with them.”

Why being a Salesforce Admin means you have to be social.

Courtney likes to say that being a Salesforce Admin is one of the most social jobs you will have. “As an admin, your users are your customers,” she says, “they’re our customers, they’re our clients, it’s our job to make everything easier on their side.” The first thing Courtney does when she’s handed a new issue is to set up a meeting to talk through the process and, ideally, watch them work through it as it currently stands so she can ask questions.

In the current remote work environment, many of us find ourselves in these days, that can be a little trickier because you can’t just do some SABWA (Salesforce Administration By Walking Around). For Courtney, video conferencing has been a lifesaver: “We’re actually meeting more now than we did before,” she says, and those meetings are paving the way for even more improvements in the org.

Links: * Check out Courtney's blog

Social: * Courtney: @CourtneylCoen * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

View Details

We’re back with some tricks and treats and another great batch of Salesforce content. This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, Mike and Gillian, we’re bringing you the October edition of the Monthly Retro episode to spotlight all the blog posts, videos, and everything else from this month.

Join us as we talk about all the helpful content from October, Mike and Gillian’s favorite Halloween costumes, and the most popular Halloween decoration in 2020.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation between Mike and Gillian.

Trailblazers Innovate series For four amazing weeks on Tuesdays, the Trailblazers Innovate series brought us the latest and greatest of what’s coming next. We take a moment to highlight the admin episode, “Go Digital Fast,” which was chock-full of helpful demos, including DevOps Center, Dynamic Actions, and Admin Home.

  • 7 Things to Know About Salesforce Admins: Go Digital Fast

Taking the lead. Both Mike and Gillian loved Emma B-F’s blog from October, “Leadership Tips for Salesforce Administrators.” Even if you’re not an admin, these tips are super helpful no matter what you’re doing in your organization and your professional life.

  • Leadership Tips for Salesforce Administrators

Podcast highlights from October. For Mike, the Jason Teller episode stood out as a highlight from October. If you’re looking to automate more within your organization with all the amazing things Flow is capable of, make sure you give it a listen. For Gillian, it was the episode about Salesforce Anywhere with John Brock. As we’re all finding new ways to work, the innovations coming with Chatter and Quip can make things much easier for you and your team. Make sure to check them both out!

  • Powerful New Salesforce Flow Features in Winter 21 with Jason Teller
  • Salesforce Anywhere with John Brock

Video highlights from October. Mike’s standout video from October is about Tableau Connector. It’s simple to set up and get amazing visualizations in a snap. Gillian loved this month’s Low Code Love video, which helps us learn new ways to do more with our existing skills.

  • Tableau Connector - How Salesforce Administrators Can Quickly Connect Salesforce and Tableau
  • Low Code Love: Drive Change Management with New Tools

Listen to the full episode so you don’t miss Mike and Gillian’s favorite Halloween costumes, their favorite candy, and the number-one selling decoration for 2020.

Social * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Mike: @MikeGerholdt * Gillian: @GillianKBruce

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re talking with Neha Ahlawat, Director Product Management at Salesforce and the Product Manager for Custom Metadata. We dive into all things Custom Metadata: what it is and why you should care about it.

Join us as we talk about how Custom Metadata types can make your app more sophisticated, and why you shouldn’t fear the CLI.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Neha Ahlawat.

Why Custom Metadata types are better than Custom Settings.

“Custom Metadata types are custom versions of metadata that you, the customer or developer, can create and use,” Neha says. It works very similarly to a Custom Object, but it works like metadata, letting you unlock some powerful Salesforce features. With low code or no code, you can simplify common processes like replacing hardcoded data on validation rules and making them much easier to maintain.

In the past, you may have used Custom Settings to help you out, but Custom Metadata types have a few advantages that you should take advantage of. They’re reusable, because the rules of a Custom Metadata type are application metadata, allowing you to redeploy and package them for other purposes. There’s also better protection mechanics to cover not just the type, but the individual records. You can create relationships between Custom Metadata types, and even reference them in validation rules. “Basically, you can make an application a bit more sophisticated and customizable by using Custom Metadata,” Neha says, in ways you can’t do with Custom Settings.

Don’t fear the CLI.

Neha and her team just released a CLI plugin for Custom Metadata types. “Do not fear the CLI, admins, it’s very simple to use,” Neha says, “it’s very simple to use those single-line commands that can allow you to do much more powerful stuff with Custom Metadata directly from the command line.”

You can bulk insert records for a Custom Metadata type, allowing you to add up to 10,000 records with one command execution. If you’ve been using the third-party Data Loader tool and run into some roadblocks, you might consider switching to the CLI plugin so you can get help directly from Salesforce.

New features for Winter ‘21 and beyond.

With the Winter ‘21 Release, there are a few new things coming to Custom Metadata. The CLI plugin is out, but so is the ability to create relationships with the geolocation compound field. Looking forward, they’re trying to focus on bridging the gaps that exist between Custom Settings and Custom Metadata types to make it easier to switch over.

Links: * Learn MOAR with Winter ’21: Migrate sObjects to Custom Metadata Types Using CLI * Introduction to Custom Metadata Types

Social: * Neha: @ahlawat_neha * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

View Details

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got John Brock, a Product Manager for Salesforce Anywhere. We talk about this amazing tool and everything it makes possible.

Join us as we talk about all of the amazing ways Salesforce Anywhere can save you time and help your users and how you can get started with the beta today.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with John Brock.

A more powerful and personalized Salesforce experience. “The real premise behind Salesforce Anywhere is trying to create persona-focused experiences for Salesforce and really make Salesforce more focused on the end-user,” John says, whether that’s you, the admin, or your service agents on the front lines. It lets your users customize and personalize their experiences without requiring a bunch of extra work on your end. “When you’re administering a large org, or even a small org, it’s really difficult for you to know exactly what every sales rep will need,” John says, “so why not let Salesforce do it for you?”

One feature that’s been a hit so far is personalized alerts. “When Salesforce data changes, often that means something to a user that’s looking at that particular record or that piece of data,” John says, “today, Salesforce reps are creating reports to watch changes to their specific opportunities or the accounts they’re monitoring, but the retrieval model is pretty manual.” That probably means an admin had to spend time putting those reports together, and the end users are scouring them each day for changes. Personalized alerts makes that whole process a lot simpler, and is scalable no matter how many users you have.

How you can get started with Salesforce Anywhere. All of this is trying to decrease the time admins spend hitting the clone button for the umpteenth time and focus more on high-value jobs. This also extends to actions. Salesforce Anywhere monitors the changes individual users are tracking and automatically suggests actions to improve their workflow, with a little help from Einstein.

“When I joined the Salesforce Anywhere team a little over a year ago,” John says, “we were trying to figure out what were the ways that we could make the experience for end-users more efficient, easier to use, and more personalized.” This started out as a chat-focused interface, but although it made some things a lot easier, it was too disorienting for general use. That kernel of an idea, however, became an app to actually get more feedback and make Salesforce Anywhere even better.

The Salesforce Anywhere beta is available right now in your Salesforce Setup page for a huge number of customers, so you can start saving time. If you don’t have it, you probably need to sign some beta and pilot terms and conditions. Either way, we’re looking towards the Spring ‘21 Release to bring Salesforce Anywhere to every org.

Links: * How to Get Started With the Salesforce Anywhere App

Social: * John: @_johnbrock * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

For this episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we sit down with Marco Casalaina, SVP, Product Management, and GM of Einstein at Salesforce. We go over all things Einstein and what you should do with that all-important free prediction.

Join us as we talk about how to translate what you need to know into an Einstein prediction, how to know if you have enough data, and understanding what to do with the recommendations you get.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Marco Casalaina.

The werewolf behind Einstein.

Marco started at Salesforce way back in 2005, working on what is now the Service Cloud as one of the original developers before eventually moving into product management. “A lot of old school admins who are listening to this podcast might know me as ‘Werewolf,’” Marco says, which was his handle on the old Answers and developer.force.com discussion boards where he has literally thousands of posts. While Salesforce has gone through a lot of changes since his developer days, some of Marco’s original code is still a part of the platform. “Whenever you click to dial a phone number...I wrote that code myself, it’s still there,” he says. Today, Marco is the GM of Einstein, an AI that adds intelligence to the apps you build and use in Salesforce. With over 45 different Einstein applications and platform capabilities available today, “but the philosophy behind it is that it should be accessible to a Salesforce administrator,” he says, “you shouldn’t have to know how to code to use Einstein and you certainly shouldn’t have to know how to use algorithms.”

How to get started with Einstein.

If you’re like a lot of us, with all the Einstein options available it’s hard to figure out where to get started. Marco recommends taking a look at the pre-built applications. Many of these are included in the base Salesforce licenses, and even more importantly, they give you valuable insights on your data you can use right now. This includes smart features like opportunity scoring and case classification, a new feature in Winter ‘21 that can automatically read emails and classify them based on what it already knows about your previous cases. This feature is super easy to set up but can potentially save your organization tons of time, and it’s included in the base service cloud license.

To support you, there’s a new Prediction Builder module on Trailhead to help you get a handle on everything. “When it comes to Prediction Builder, you as an administrator—you’ve got to apply yourself a little bit,” Marco says, “you’ve got to think through what is it exactly that you’re trying to predict.” That means getting specific and boiling it down to KPIs you can put into the application.

“You can predict a yes or no question or a number so you have to reduce it to that,” Marco says, “then the next question is, do I have enough data to make this prediction and is that data in Salesforce?” Einstein needs a minimum of 400 records to make a guess, but with algorithms, the more the merrier. What you get is a probability, and it’s up to you to translate the results and figure out what to do about it.

What to do with your free prediction.

So you get one free prediction to make the case to your organization that they should invest more in Einstein—what should you do? Marco highlights a few common predictions, including late to pay, prospect scoring, and the likelihood of churn (which is basically the likelihood of something not happening). Next Best Action is another powerful freemium feature that is only getting better, so check it out.

One of the coolest things about Einstein is that it’s constantly learning and retraining itself. Lots has changed in 2020 and businesses need to be nimble—you may find yourself selling to a new market, or in a new way that you hadn’t considered before. Unlike other lead scoring methods where you need to write a set of rules, Einstein automatically makes predictions itself based on the data coming in. It’s only getting more and more powerful as time goes on, so now’s the time to make the case to your organization that they need to get smarter.

Links: * Trailmix: Get Smart with Salesforce Einstein

Social: * Marco: @Amrcn_Werewolf * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts?

View Details

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re talking to Jason Teller, Senior Director of Product Management at Salesforce. We cover all the new features coming to Flow in Winter ‘21 and how you can make big performance gains for your org.

Join us as we talk about how auto-layout mode helps with blank canvas anxiety and why the before-save trigger offers big performance improvements for updating fields.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jason Teller.

Why the admin community had a big impact on Jason.

You might recognize Jason from the Winter ‘20 Release Readiness video, where he teamed up with Gillian to talk about all things automation and Flow. He’s a certified Flownatic, and he joined Salesforce specifically to work on the Flow team. “The thing that impressed me so much about Salesforce when I joined was actually the admin community,” he says, “because Flow and automation gives somebody like the admin the power of a developer, it allows you to build things that help people actually do the work they need to do.”

What Jason loves so much about automation at Salesforce is that the focus is always on putting the people first. “In order to do that, you need a level of automation that makes you able to build out richer screens, to build things quickly and easily that fulfill people’s needs in terms of whatever job they need to actually do,” he says. Luckily, there are lot of features coming out specifically in Winter ’21 that’ll make things easier than ever before.

New Winter ’21 features.

Working with Flow is great until you can’t figure out why it’s not working. Luckily, Jason and his team are coming to the rescue with new debug features in Winter ’21 and more on the way. There’s an autolaunch flow that visualizes what path your flow took when it run, which helps you see how it’s working and where it might’ve gone wrong.

Auto-layout mode (beta for Winter ’21) can help you get your ideas out there faster and clearer. “I did a lot of work around trying to eliminate ‘blank canvas’ anxiety,” Jason says, “auto-layout gives us the ability to provide an easy bit of guidance and make flow building a lot more straightforward and easier.” It’ll take you through a step-by-step process to make building a flow simple and intuitive.

There’s also some special super powers coming that were once previously only available to devs. Things like trigger-on-delete, scheduled flows, before-save triggered field updates, and after-save trigger. These triggers save time, but they also have a big impact on performance because they only run when they need to. This is all to help make Flow your go-to tool for building anything you need. Listen to the full episode for more about this and the ins and outs of Swiss double cream.

Links: * Admin Preview Live – Release Readiness LIVE, Winter '21 * Learn MOAR in Winter ’21 with Salesforce Flow

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

At the end of each month, we take a moment to cover all the great Salesforce content you might not have caught. This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, Mike and Gillian, we have September’s Monthly Retro episode to highlight all the blog posts, videos, and everything else from this month.

Join us as we talk about everything groovy that happened in September.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation between Mike and Gillian.

Learn MOAR about the Winter ‘21 Release

There’s a lot of excitement building around the Winter ‘21 Release, and we put out a series of five blog posts to help get you up to speed. From Lightning Email Templates to the new improvements to Flow, there’s a lot to learn and we’ve brought it all together in one place so you can dive in.

  • Winter ’21 Release Notes
  • Learn MOAR with Winter ’21 Release Highlights for Admins
  • Learn MOAR in Winter ’21 With Lightning Email Templates
  • Learn MOAR in Winter ’21 with Salesforce Flow
  • Learn MOAR in Winter ’21 with Einstein Bots
  • Learn MOAR in Winter ’21 With The Optimizer App
  • Learn MOAR Winter '21 for Admins Trailmix
  • Release Readiness LIVE, Winter ‘21

#LowCodeLove

If you’re looking to uplevel your skills and take advantage of all the great tools Salesforce has to offer, spend some time with our #LowCodeLove content. We cover Flow Builder, how you can more effectively drive change management, and what you can do to create a multi-layer security strategy in your org.

  • Low Code Love - Innovate Fast by Getting Hands-on with Flow Builder
  • Low Code Love - Drive Change Management With New Tools
  • Low Code Love - Maintain a Secure Org and Scale With Confidence

Podcasts

This month, we tackled security on the pod. We learn all about MFA, SSO, and all the best practices and tips for how you can protect your org. We also had a great conversation with Tiffany Thomas about how her work as a business analyst helps her be a great Salesforce admin.

  • Trust Champion: Prag Ravichandran Kamalaveni
  • Security Q&A with Laura and Kerry
  • Think like a Salesforce Business Analyst with Tiffany Thomas

Content Retro

Take a moment to journey back into the past with us and look at what was going on two years ago, four years ago, and five years ago, including the Awesome Admin Dance, Admin stories, and the first time we had a stage of our own in the very first Admin Zone.

2 years ago:

  • Get Ready for the Awesome Admin Challenge at Dreamforce 2018
  • Discover Your AwesomeAdmin Superpower (Quiz Broken)

4 years ago:

  • Admin Stories
  • Defining Your Role as a Salesforce Admin
  • What Type of Salesforce Admin are You?

Listen to the full episode so you don’t miss our recap of all the groovy songs and movies we loved from the ‘70s.

Social * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Mike: @MikeGerholdt * Gillian: @GillianKBruce

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

View Details

For this episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re joined by Tiffany Thomas, Senior Salesforce Business Analyst at New York Life Insurance. We learn how getting your users to collaborate can have a huge impact on buy-in and adoption.

Join us as we talk about why active listening and good communication skills are the foundation of being an effective BA, how that’s changed with more remote users than ever before, and why it’s so important to remind your users that they are the experts on their own business processes.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Tiffany Thomas.

SABWA? More like SABZA. Tiffany always knew she had an interest in technology, but it wasn’t until she got a chance email from PepUp Tech that she got a chance to make those dreams a reality. “PepUp Tech is an amazing organization that inspires and empowers underrepresented people by teaching technology skills, such as Salesforce,” she says, “and also provides a strong network of support to help people launch a successful career in tech.”

These days, Tiffany is focused on a new challenge: migrating her org from Classic to Lightning. “We’re not just taking everything that was in our old house and bringing it to our new house,” she says. She’s in charge of meeting with all fourteen service teams to go over their business processes—especially in light of more people working remotely—and creating user stories around them. In other words, Tiffany does SABWA (Salesforce Administration By Walking Around) as a job, though these days it’s maybe more like SABZA (Salesforce Administration by Zooming Around).

Maintaining business relationships in a remote environment. When Tiffany first started at New York Life, financial services was a new industry for her. That meant she had to really understand what her users are trying to do and what their workflows look like. Most importantly, she was able to ask why they do what they do, and understand what’s important and what’s not.

Prior to COVID-19, New York Life already had employees working from home, so Tiffany had experience helping those users through Salesforce. However, one thing that’s been different is not getting the chance to run into people and find out what’s on their mind. “For me, the most important thing was trying to maintain the relationships I’ve built with my users and letting them still feel like they’re playing a part because they are,” she says.

The two skills every BA needs. Tiffany is a Business Analyst working in Salesforce, and she has a couple of tips for how to harness a little BA magic for yourself. “One of the most important skills that a business analyst can have is being an active listener,” she says, “listen to understand.” You might not know all of the business processes, but being able to hear what your users say and understand the Why behind it can go a long way.

The other key skill is effective communication. “Communicating back what you’re hearing will help when you’re trying to get buy-in,” Tiffany says. “I like to start each meeting reminding my users that they are the experts in that business process,” she says, which brings them into a collaboration with her on how to improve their workflow and, ultimately, helps drive adoption.

Trailhead: * Best Practices for Working from Home * Virtual Collaboration

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript Gillian Bruce:
Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast, where we talk about product, community and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm Gillian Bruce.

Mike Gerholdt:
And I'm Mike Gerholdt.

Gillian Bruce:
And today we are talking to Tiffany Thomas. She is a senior Salesforce business analyst at the New York Life Insurance Company in New York. And we had Tiffany hop on the pod to talk about how to think like a BA or a business analyst. It's very helpful for admins. She had some great tips. And so without further ado, let's welcome Tiffany to the podcast.

Gillian Bruce:
Tiffany, welcome to the podcast.

Tiffany Thomas:
Thank you so much for having me.

Gillian Bruce:
Well, I'm very happy you took the time to join us. I wanted to get you on the podcast to talk a little bit about the idea of being a business analyst and kind of what that means for being an admin. But before we get into that, can you give us kind of a brief overview of your journey to Salesforce?

Tiffany Thomas:
Yes. My journey to Salesforce actually started about three years ago. I was working full time in high education and I've always had an interest in technology. During the last year of my Master's program, I joined some tech mailing lists just to do as much as I possibly can so I could break into this industry. A little while after, I received an email about this program that helps people start their careers in tech. And of course I applied immediately and that program was PepUp Tech. PepUp Tech is an amazing organization that inspires and empowers underrepresented people by teaching technology skills, such as Salesforce and also provides a strong network of support to how people launch a successful career in tech.

Tiffany Thomas:
I was accepted into the program in October 2018 and Selina Suarez, one of the founders was my instructor. I was in the program for about 10 weeks and over the course of those 10 weeks, I learned about the Salesforce platform, I built a recruiting app and really began networking with members in the community. And I learned this after the fact that the reason why I was even able to know about this PepUp Tech is because of a partnership that CUNY and PepUp Tech had. And that was spearheaded by a PepUp Tech alum, Shaquille Cameron. That's how everything came to life with that. I'm like, oh my goodness. I didn't know it until I actually heard his story on the podcast. I'm like, wow. It's just really amazing, things that we can get from PepUp Tech and that an organization like PepUp Tech exists. That's how I broke into Salesforce.

Gillian Bruce:
I love that Shaquille was one of the vehicles that led you to the Salesforce ecosystem. That's pretty awesome. I didn't know that.

Mike Gerholdt:
Yeah. I think it's really cool also that there was more than one vehicle. I think, hearing that intro, Tiffany, I'm always struck by when you read on the community, everybody's like, what's the one thing you did? Well, it wasn't one thing, it was multiple things and multiple introductions, which is kind of how the community blankets people, I guess I'll say.

Gillian Bruce:
Right. Blanket is good, Mike, I like that.

Mike Gerholdt:
Well we're heading into fall so it's blanket season.

Gillian Bruce:
It is. Tiffany, tell me a little bit, so now, you've been introduced to the Salesforce ecosystem in a few ways, by some really amazing people and by amazing programs, what are you doing with Salesforce now?

Tiffany Thomas:
Oh, with Salesforce now, one of the biggest thing is working on the move to Lightning. We're still in classic and right now I am meeting with the user. I work at New York Life. I've been at New York Life for about a year and I'm approaching my milestone, my year and a half milestone next month. That's pretty exciting.

Gillian Bruce:
That's awesome. Congrats.

Tiffany Thomas:
Thank you. Thank you. And, okay, so we're moving into the new org and we're not just taking everything that's in our old house and bringing it into our new house. No. I'm actually responsible for meeting with the service users. There's about 14 different service teams and I would meet with them, go over their business processes, see if anything has changed with the move from working in the office to now 99% remote and just trying to solidify those requirements, create user stories around them and working in concert with the development team to build out some of those requirements in an innovative fashion. That's the biggest thing that takes up the majority of my time. That's what I'm doing with Salesforce right now.

Mike Gerholdt:
You do like SABWA as a job?

Tiffany Thomas:
Yes.

Mike Gerholdt:
Salesforce administration by maybe, oh SABZA, Salesforce administration by Zooming around.

Tiffany Thomas:
Yes. Financial services is new to me. Stepping into insurance, specifically, everything was new. And one of the things that I did is I met with my users and just sat with them, show me how you do this. How do you process this transaction? Why are we doing it this way? What is the importance of this? And there was a lot of value in that, in that my team, the users were able to show me how they do their job. And more importantly, I was able to learn from them as well. And it just made for a really great, start off a great professional relationship. I started to build that with the different team members across the service department.

Mike Gerholdt:
Tiffany, I'm curious, was it more important for you to be in tech or more important for you to be in financial services? When you were choosing this as a career and as a path, I think sometimes people try to marry the two, but often one is more important. Which kind of weighed on you as you thought about taking this position?

Tiffany Thomas:
That is a great question. It was important for me to break into technology, but I also have a bachelor's in finance so it was almost a perfect fit in a sense that yes, here come this bachelor's degree in finance and this interest in technology and throughout my journey, I've actually been doing business analysis, even though I didn't know it was called business analysis at the time, I was doing it. It just seemed, it was beautiful how it came together. It was a perfect fit. Now I'm a BA and I'm working in technology and financial services. I could pull on those different experiences to help me in my current role.

Gillian Bruce:
It's amazing how, when you fall into these situations in life, where you get to use both kind of the areas of expertise and what you care about, it's pretty amazing. Good for you, Tiffany. It's really great. You did the work to get there. Like you said, you had your bachelor's in finance and then, you're really passionate about breaking into tech and kind of did all of the things that you needed to do to kind of open those doors and get there so go good for you. But it does, it takes work to kind of get those things aligned.

Gillian Bruce:
One of the things that you mentioned, Tiffany, on things that you're using Salesforce for is adjusting to kind of this 99% remote life that all your users are doing. Can you talk a little bit about maybe some of the challenges that you've had to overcome to make that happen? It sounds like, as Mike said, you're doing a lot of SABZA, Salesforce administration by Zooming around, and kind of figuring out what users need to get their jobs done with this kind of new environment. Can you talk maybe a little about a couple of the challenges that surprised you or that you've come across in kind of this transition?

Tiffany Thomas:
Sure. One of the good things I would say is prior to COVID, we actually had remote workers. We were using Skype and for users that were working remotely, I would meet with them via Skype to just see what their business processes were. The challenging or the part I had to get adjusted to was users that were in the office because I was headquartered in New York City and we had quite a few people that would work in the office and those random interactions that you would have with people just by seeing them, that is something that I had to adjust to in the now well, 99% remote environment and still building and maintaining those relationships that I have with the users. Now that they're not seeing me day to day and seeing my face.

Tiffany Thomas:
With Zoom and Skype, yes, we could get on the camera and see each other and go over the business requirements or any new things that may have come up since we moved working remotely. And then of course, with the technology issues, sometimes they don't always work. That's always a challenge, but for me, what the most important thing was trying to maintain those relationships that I've had with the users and letting them still feel that they are playing a part because they truly are. I value what they have to say and their business processes and any areas that we can possibly improve on. Just making sure that they feel heard in that regard and maintaining those relationships. And we're doing pretty well, given the circumstances.

Gillian Bruce:
That's awesome. Yeah. I think, finding a way to maintain those relationships with technology exclusively is a challenge, but congrats to you on doing the work to make that happen. Now, one of the things that you said that I thought was really interesting is having your users feel like they're a part of it. Can you tell me a little bit more about that? I know your role is kind of a business analyst and realizing that you've been doing this for a long, basically being a BA for a long time. Can you talk a little bit about the importance of having your users feel like they're part of what you're doing and how you accomplish that?

Tiffany Thomas:
Sure. In order to accomplish that, I think one of the most important skills that a business analyst could have is being an active listener, in that for me, I listen to understand. As I mentioned earlier, I was new to this industry and as a BA especially, you may not know all of that business' processes, especially if it's a brand new industry. You're not going to know everything and just being able, so listen, so what those processes are and listen to really understand what it is and not necessarily to solve for the pain point right there, but listen enough to understand so you could then communicate that back to your users is helpful. And that's another important skill, being an effective communicator. Now that you have an understanding of your users' business processes, yes communicate back what you're hearing and then that will help when I'm trying to get buy in. That's what I found.

Tiffany Thomas:
And I would say things like, "Well, what I'm hearing is," or, "this is my understanding of the process, please, correct me if I misstate anything or if what I'm stating is incorrect." I give them that opportunity. And I like to start each meeting letting my users know that they are the experts because they truly are. They live and breathe this during their workday. They are the experts in that business process or those several business processes. And I say that because I believe it and I want them to feel a part of it. And I appreciate those type of environments where we're coming together, understanding what the problem is and we're working together on a solution.

Tiffany Thomas:
And what I found is that that helps with driving adoption, because here you have this subject matter expert who told you what the problem was, worked on the solution with you and now they're going to train, let's say their teammates on that new process. And it just, it's been a really great experience so far and I think it's important as we're building out solutions for our users that we remember it's for a user or for a group of users, for a human I like to say it and not just, oh, this is great for the system, but it's your users that would have to use it on a day to day. Getting their buy in is important.

Mike Gerholdt:
Tiffany, I'd be curious to know, it sounds like your job was mostly in the office and somewhat remote and now, users are working from home. You're most likely working from home. What adjustments have you made to be in the Zoom? I think I heard it on the news the other day, the Zoom culture that we live in, what adjustments have you made to show that you're being an active listener and a good communicator? Because I find that there's some fidelity loss in a webcam.

Tiffany Thomas:
True. For me, I nod, even while we're here on this podcast. I nod to show that I'm listening because I am. I'm listening. And then there's some moments where I may like put up a finger because wait, I have a question. Let's pause right there. They still get to see, I would say, your personality. That human part of it, even though we're in front of screen and we're seeing each other on camera, so trying to keep some of the human elements to it, I find helpful. And then, now they have those, wave or raise your hand, but I actually raise my hand on the camera, if we're on camera or if we're not on camera, I will say, "Wait, wait, can we just pause here for a second? And let's step back for a little bit."

Tiffany Thomas:
But using language such as that, but when they're seeing you on the camera, it does help break down some of that, I guess, barriers, if you will, that makes this in a remote environment. It's not as, I guess, it's not that it's not user friendly, but it's missing certain human elements, but we just adjust. It's temporary. We don't know how long, but we just adjust and we're here for a reason and we're going to solve it and work toward that solution.

Gillian Bruce:
I think, that whole idea of active listening and letting your users or whoever you're talking with, we know that you're engaged. I think it's really important. I think those are some great tips for how to do that in a remote world. One of the other things that I heard you talk about was getting users to train and enable other users. Kind of creating those kind of those champions or those kind of mini evangelists within your organization. What are some of the ways that you've been able to do that? Because I know that's kind of a secret to success, especially in this world, where it's all about the relationships and you can't have Zoom meetings with every single person in your company. How have you been successful in kind of creating those enablers or those implementers, kind of your super users, if you will?

Tiffany Thomas:
I think one of the benefit is this project that we're working on with the new org. What I would do, I tell the team leads. There is a junior team lead and a senior team lead on this project that we're working on. And I do let them know their importance, what the expectation is that I have of them, which is they will come to us with process improvement ideas, any problems that they have regarding the current state and any ideas for the future state. And I do let them know that they are the leaders of this. You will be leading this, you will be training people on it. And what I find is it gives people an opportunity to step into leadership in a sense because let's say your primary job is a call center representative, for example. Now, you're doing something that's a little outside of your primary function, but it's something that you want to do. You've expressed interest in it.

Tiffany Thomas:
What I do, I tap into that, I'm like, okay, well, here's what we're doing regarding this state. We're in the initial state of the project. Right now we're just solidifying the requirements and then building it out. And I let my users know that. The next stage is when we develop and after we've tested it, they too, the leaders that we have selected, will be part of that. I do let them know what's coming and if they have any questions or concerns, I ask them. I answer whatever those concerns may be. And for the most part, the people are excited about this because we're all in this remote environment. And well, how do I still show up? And how do I still lead when no one can't see me? And I think that's what we're addressing here with giving the team leads this opportunity, because they're going back to their teams and asking their teams, "Hey, this is what we've been thinking about. What other things have you thought about?" Everyone gets to input on that. And then the team leads will bring it back to my team and we'll collaborate again with it.

Tiffany Thomas:
I think that that helps, building those relationships and making everyone feel included and getting your users to step into those leadership positions in a sense, or those leadership roles that they wouldn't normally step into in a different environment or if they were just focusing on their day to day. Little projects like this helps. And if you have let's say, multiple projects happening at the same time, maybe you could pull on a different user. Now you're giving exposure to other people who've shown interest in learning more about technology or just even just stepping outside of their role. That would be my advice to get users to do it.

Gillian Bruce:
I like that, giving other people chances to shine and lead. I think that's a really good way of framing it. And I like how you say you set the expectations at the outset. Of here's what it's going to mean of you and here are the opportunities it may provide for you and all that. I think that's really great.

Gillian Bruce:
Tiffany, I'm wondering what tips do you have for admins who may be thinking a business analyst might be new to them. What are some things that you have that might help an admin kind of put on or learn about how to use a business analyst mindset?

Tiffany Thomas:
Oh, I'll have to go back to listening. And it's a little bit difficult because with the platform, so for example, if the user comments are saying, "I'm getting email notifications from this group, another group and the format is completely different or it doesn't have the information that I need and I always have to go back or pull it up." I think when we hear something like that, we're automatically thinking, okay, this may be a use case for, let's say an email template or an email alert. That can help standardize that process. But what's really important here is we need to understand why is this a problem? It's that why and I think that's what's really helpful. That's what admins can tap into, as opposed to someone coming to us and saying, "Hey, well create this check box and create this field." And we don't understand the why or what is this checkbox? Or what is this field going to solve?

Tiffany Thomas:
By tapping into what is it going to solve will help us better understand the business process and what is it we are being asked to do as admin. I think we need to listen and ask them those questions why. Why are we doing this? But ask it in a nice way. and let them know you're not trying to offend them, but it's really, I'm trying to understand what we're solving for here. What is the problem? Let's step back. Let's go back to the beginning. What is the problem? And why is this a problem? Because the way I tie it, I will make an analogy here. You wouldn't want to go to a doctor and they just started prescribing you medication without first hearing what your problem is so don't do that to your users.

Gillian Bruce:
That's a great analogy. I love that. I love that. Tiffany, this has been so great. Thank you for sharing on the podcast. Thank you for the expertise that you bring and the real, tangible, tactical tips that you shared, I think are going to be very helpful about active listening, especially in a remote environment, how to empower your users to empower each other and lift each other up. I think that's these are all really great. I really appreciate your time and sharing with us.

Tiffany Thomas:
Thank you so much, Gillian and Mike, I appreciate speaking to you both today.

Mike Gerholdt:
It was great speaking with you. And turn on your webcams. That's what I learned. One of the things.

Tiffany Thomas:
Yes. And I would say one more thing here. If you want a webcam enabled meeting, let people know ahead of time, because I think there's a lot of pressure every time people see Zoom, the expectation is they're going to be on camera. But if you set it up in the offset, in your meeting invite, hey, I really want everyone to be on camera for this meeting, it gives them an opportunity to prepare, instead of you just forcing this on them when they're in a meeting. Turn on your webcam. No, wait, I'm not ready yet. That's one other, I guess, tip.

Gillian Bruce:
Hey, I appreciate that. Especially as a female who likes to brush my hair, maybe put on some lip gloss, that's fair.

Tiffany Thomas:
I need to know what I'm getting into.

Gillian Bruce:
Excellent. Well, thank you again so much, Tiffany. I really appreciate it. And thanks for sharing all your expertise with our amazing admin community.

Tiffany Thomas:
Thank you so much you guys.

Mike Gerholdt:
It was great to meet with Tiffany and Gillian, thanks for setting that up. I loved the discussion that we had with her. Few things that stood out for me. One, Tiffany did a really great job of combining her education. She had a BA in finance with her new found tech career. And I think as I mentioned in the interview, that's one of the things that I always get asked and Gillian, I'm sure you get asked as well is, how do we decide what industry we can go into because Salesforce works in most every industry. I like that she found the industry that she was both passionate and knowledgeable about, to combine her tech knowledge.

Mike Gerholdt:
And then the second thing, one of the keys to Tiffany success, as she mentioned, was being an active listener and being a good communicator and even more so in this era, the Zoom culture that we live in, where we have to do a lot of listening. And we also have to do a lot of active communicating. I think it might be a few more times that I'm going to start raising my hand on calls when I have questions to bring up because that's a good way to get everybody's attention.

Mike Gerholdt:
And the third thing that stood out and it's something that we often forget because as Salesforce admins, we're experts in our field, but remember, when we're talking to our users, they're really experts in the process that they're helping to manage and that they're helping to make better. As you be a good active listener, as you be a good communicator, this is one of those times when you can sit back and talk with them because this is the process that they work with and that they're really trying to make better every single day, as are you.

Mike Gerholdt:
Now, if you want to learn more about all things Salesforce admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. And as a reminder, if you pop on over to iTunes, please give us a review. Honestly, that helps the iTunes algorithm move the podcast up so that more admins can find this amazing podcast and hear all of the great stories like Tiffany Thomas. You can stay up to date with us on social for all things admins. We are @SalesforceAdmns, no I, on Twitter. You can find me on Twitter. I am @MikeGerholdt and of course Gillian is @GillianKBruce. With that, stay safe, stay awesome and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

Gillian Bruce:
Let's do this. Tiffany, Oh yes, Mike?

Mike Gerholdt:
Nothing.

Gillian Bruce:
All right.

Mike Gerholdt:
We've been doing this for a while. It's always funny when one of us is like, okay, we're getting serious now.

Gillian Bruce:
Yeah. Mike.

View Details

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re bringing on Laura Pelkey, Senior Manager of Security Customer Engagement at Salesforce, as a guest interviewer to talk to Kerry Schoepfle, Salesforce Engineer at Rackspace, and a member of our new Trust Champions program. We learn all about Multi-Factor Authentication and how you can use it in your org.

Join us as we talk about how important MFA is to security and how easy it is to implement, how to make it easy for your users to buy in, and how to make security fun.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Laura Pelkey and Kerry Schoepfle.

Why every org should consider MFA Kerry first got started in Salesforce working as a Certified Financial Planner at a wealth management firm. “We used Salesforce to keep track of client information and assign operational tasks, but I knew there was so much more we could be leveraging the platform for,” she says. Since her firm didn’t have a dedicated admin, Kerry thought she’d give it a go and quickly discovered that she enjoyed building on the platform, so much so that she decided to change careers.

At the firm, Kerry was super excited to roll out MFA (Multi-Factor Authentication), which provides an extra layer of security to your Salesforce login process. This requires users to verify their identity with two or more pieces of evidence to show they are who they say they are. There’s even a free Salesforce Authenticator App which you can download to your mobile device to make the adopting MFA as easy as possible with no coding required. Securing your customers’ data has never been easier.

Making adoption easy for your users With security, it’s helpful to think in terms of layers. “In the security world,” Laura says, “this is called a Defense in Depth security strategy (DiD).” What can be difficult is getting buy-in from users as to why these extra steps are so essential. “As admins, I think we have a responsibility to be thoughtful and deliberate with the changes we make to our end-users’ experience,” Kerry says, “people can be resistant to change, especially if they don’t understand the reasons behind those changes.”

For Kerry, the answer is to always focus on how to make things as easy as possible for her users. She created a one-page job aid with instructions on how to download the Salesforce Authenticator App, and also spent time with each department to answer any questions they may have had. “Once the users were educated on the benefits of Multi-Factor Authentication, understood how it would protect them and our clients, and saw how easy it was to use, we really had strong adoption,” she says.

How to make security fun One thing Kerry did to encourage adoption was to gamify the process a little bit by encouraging some friendly competition between departments. Think creatively about how to make the process fun, whether that’s hosting a launch party, or making special videos reminding people that changes are coming. “There’s lots of ways out there to get buy-in from your users by adding a little fun, gamified aspect to it,” Kerry says.

Making MFA a reality means getting buy-in from leadership, and that starts with educating yourself so you can make the case for the benefits of implementing it. Kerry recommends hitting up Trailhead and the Trailblazer community to get started. “Connect with other individuals who have experience with implementing MFA, get their feedback,” she says. There are a number of options for MFA, so think about what makes sense for your org and you can make a strong case to leadership.

Links: * Can you Secure the ‘Force? * MFA - Getting Started Trailblazer Community * Admin Guide to Multi-Factor Authentication * Video - Set Up a 2-Factor Authentication Requirement for Your Org

Trailhead: * User Authentication

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Laura: @LauraPelkey1 * Kerry: @tinytrailmix * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce admins podcast, where we talk about product, community and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm Gillian Bruce.

Mike Gerholdt: And I'm Mike Gerholdt.

Gillian Bruce: And today we are talking about security, a very near and dear topic to all of us Salesforce admins, because we know, well Salesforce trust is our number one value. And I know as a Salesforce admin, it is one of your top priorities for your organization.
So we are featuring a guest interviewer and a guest today. We have Laura Pelkey, who is a senior manager of security customer engagement here at Salesforce. She's been on the pod many, many years ago, and she is helping pioneer our new trust champions program. You've heard [Prague] on the podcast a little while back, who is one of our trust champions, and we got Laura on the pod because Hey, she's a security expert here at Salesforce, and we wanted her to highlight another amazing trust champion, Kerry [Shefali 00:01:14]. So without further ado, Laura, take it away.

Laura Pelkey: Thanks, Gillian and Mike. Hi everyone. My name is Laura Pelkey. I am on the security communications and engagement team here at Salesforce. And my job is to talk to customers and partners about how they can secure their Salesforce data. So I'm really excited to be here today with one of our amazing trust champions, Kerry Shefali. And we're going to talk a little bit about Kerry's story with security and just get to know her a little bit more. So hi, Kerry, how are you doing today?

Kerry: Hi, Laura. I'm doing great. Thanks for having me on the podcast. It's a pleasure to be here.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. So excited. So just to get things kicked off, I'd love to hear a little bit about how you got started as a Salesforce admin?

Kerry: Yeah, it's been an exciting journey. I was working as a certified financial planner at a wealth management firm, and we used Salesforce to keep track of client information and assign operational tasks, but I knew there was so much more, we could be leveraging the platform for. We didn't have a dedicated admin, so I took the opportunity to start learning the admin tools myself, and I rolled up my sleeves, hit the trails on Trailhead and discovered that I really enjoyed building solutions on the platform to solve business needs. So that sort of prompted my career pivot from certified financial planner to becoming a Salesforce admin. And now I'm a four time Trailhead ranger, I have six certifications and it's been a lot of fun.

Laura Pelkey: That is awesome. That is definitely quite a pivot, but I love that you who were able to utilize Trailhead and just kind of learn everything you needed to learn and be successful. That's great. So as I mentioned, a few seconds ago, you recently joined Salesforce's trust champions program. Can you tell us a little bit about one of your favorite security related projects that you run as an admin?

Kerry: Yeah. So one of my favorite security related projects is when I rolled out Multi-Factor Authentication or MFA, at the wealth management firm, in order to add an extra layer of security to protect our orgs data. So MFA adds an extra layer of security to your Salesforce login process by requiring users to verify their identity with two or more pieces of evidence or factors to prove they are who they say they are.
So these factors are something the user knows, like their username and password, plus something they have like the code from an authentication app, on a mobile device or physical security key. So we use the Salesforce authenticator app, which is free and can be downloaded to your mobile device. And there's some initial configuration necessary, but it's a very straightforward process for admins to set up. There's no coding required. And once it's configured users will receive a push notification on their device every time they log into Salesforce and with a single click, those users can either approve or deny the login.
And MFA is really a very effective way to add that extra layer of security to your orgs data. Because even if an attacker or what we call a bad actor were to obtain a user's login name and password, it's highly unlikely that they would also have access to that mobile device as a second factor. So they'd be blocked from gaining access to your org. And what I love about the trust champions program is the focus on educating Salesforce, admins and users about the benefits of MFA, as well as providing resources for admins every step of the way.

Laura Pelkey: Well, we are so excited that you were willing to join our trust champions program. This is a newer program that we just started here at Salesforce, and I'm really excited about all the great things that you champions are going to accomplish.
So it sounds like MFA is kind of a magical thing that helps protect you against some really just common things that we face nowadays with security, like phishing attacks. So that's great that you decided to roll that out at your company. Can I ask, what made you decide to implement MFA?

Kerry: Sure. So as we all know, and Salesforce holds very important, customer trust is a sensitive topic for companies in every industry, but particularly when you're talking about access to someone's personal and financial information, it doesn't really get much more sensitive than that. And at the time we decided to implement MFA, there were some high profile data breaches in the news that impacted millions of people's financial information. So this sort of prompted us to examine our own security practices and evaluate how we could best protect our client data. Obviously, the threat landscape is constantly changing, It's a lot to keep up with, but it was clear to us that user credentials alone are no longer adequate to guard against unauthorized account access.
So we chose to implement MFA specifically because it's an effective way to add another layer of security to our environment. It was something that we could implement quickly, and because it was the right action to take for the duty that we have to our clients.

Laura Pelkey: That's awesome. And you mentioned an added layer, and I just want to call that out. We definitely think about security in terms of layers, and the more layers you have, the more secure you are basically. And this is called, in the security world, it's called a defense in depth security strategy. So I love that you brought that up and MFA is definitely a really important layer of security for really any account.
So this definitely sounds like a little bit of an undertaking rolling out MFA. I know there is several components to doing something like this and getting all of your users to adopt MFA. What was the most challenging part of rolling this out for you, would you say?

Kerry: As admins I think we have a responsibility to be thoughtful and deliberate with the changes we make to our end users experience. Now people can be resistant to change, especially if they don't understand the reasons behind those changes. We're probably all guilty of operating on autopilot at times, and any deviation from that can seem disruptive. So I really tried to make it as easy for the users as possible. I created a one page job aid with instructions on how to download the Salesforce authenticator app. And I spent time with each department in order to answer questions, provide assistance, and just sort of walk them through that process.
And once the users were educated on the benefits of Multi-Factor Authentication, understood how it would protect them and our clients, and saw how easy it was to use, we really had strong adoption.

Laura Pelkey: That's awesome. Yeah. I know one of, probably the biggest deterrence for admins to implement MFA is probably the work that's involved, getting your users to actually use it. And I would say, it is definitely a little bit of an undertaking initially, but after the second time a user logs in, it's just kind of second nature. I want people to feel who are listening and who might be interested in MFA that it's a little bit of an undertaking at first, but it definitely is worth it in the long run, and users get used to it pretty quickly.

Kerry: Absolutely.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. So security can kind of be a bit of a dry topic you can say for users and for even some admins, it's not necessarily the most exciting thing. And you said this also Kerry, sometimes it's just not a huge priority for users, especially. What are some ways that you have made security fun for users or made using MFA a little bit more fun or the rollout? How did you kind of make that appealing to your users?

Kerry: I think we made it fun by keeping it simple. We've really put the focus on reducing the potential for user frustration by having strong communication about the change over a period of weeks before we actually implemented it. So depending on the version of Salesforce that you have, there's some flexibility when implementing MFA that can help you strategize your rollout. You can roll it out to all of your users at once, or you can adopt a phased approach, which is what we did. So we had a smaller group of pilot users that we implemented first, and we walked them through the initial setup and collected their feedback before rolling it out across departments.
But once we did roll it out to other teams, we tried to gamify the process as much as we could and add some friendly competition just to see which department it could reach full adoption first. But there are other ways that you can introduce some fun into implementing MFA as well. You could have a launch party, you could send out special videos reminding people that the change is coming up. There's lots of ways out there to sort of get the buy in from the users, by adding a little fun gamified aspect to it.

Laura Pelkey: I love that you talk about gamification. We are huge fans of that at Salesforce and especially on the security team here. Some of the listeners that are tuning in today may have attended a Dreamforce or Trailheadx where we ran a game called secure the force, which is kind of something that I am a big fan of which sort of gamifies learning about how to secure a Salesforce org.
And so I can speak to this firsthand. If you want to make security engaging, make it into a game. I love the idea of having different department's kind of competing against each other to adopt MFA and even having a launch party. I know, at Salesforce we use MFA as well. And when we started having employees use that years ago, we had some internal events where we were trying to build awareness internally and make it fun and appealing, and you can give away some prizes to like the first some number of people who downloaded the Salesforce authenticator app. So there's definitely things you can do and ways you can make security a little bit more fun for your users.
Now kind of going from the user perspective over to the leadership perspective. So admins are often required to work with IT teams or technology leadership to implement these larger changes to their org. What advice would you give to an admin who's trying to get buy in from leadership in order to implement MFA?

Kerry: The first step I would say, would be to educate yourself as an admin. There's a great Trailhead module called user authentication, that provides a lot of information on the background of why MFA is so important. And it also gives admins the hands on opportunity to implement MFA in a Trailhead playground or a developer org. And then I would say to leverage the amazing trailblazer community, connect with other individuals who have experience with implementing MFA, get their feedback. There's a great community group called MFA getting started, that has linked to a lot of excellent resources. There's an implementation video and admin setup guide ebook. And then after you reviewed these resources, you can evaluate the implementation options within MFA, think about really what makes sense for your organization.
So this could be based on your number of users, your number of geographic locations, or if you're already using tools like single sign on at your organization. So yes, you'll definitely want to coordinate with your leadership, with your IT department to determine the best approach. And of course, finally, you'll want to make sure that you communicate that plan to your users, preferably in multiple methods, whether it's a job aid or email communication during staff meetings or creating short videos, you want to make sure your users are informed about the changes so that they can make simple the processes simple for them as possible.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah, that's really good to point that out. Communication is key. So I think you also mentioned earlier doing a phased approach when rolling out MFA, and I think that's super important as well. We look often at who would account have the highest level of privilege or access you can think of. Who has the most access at your company inside of Salesforce? And that would most likely be a Salesforce admin or the equivalent of an admin and an executive probably. So I think getting buy in from executives and also having them be part of your pilot group is a great way to do that. Just demonstrating how important it is to secure their access and the accounts that have very high access is a good thing to point out.
And we do have some resources. Salesforce has created a bunch of resources to kind of help walk you through how to have these conversations and the change management that is involved with this kind of a rollout. So we'll be creating some of these and releasing some of them soon to help admins who are maybe interested in rolling out MFA, but aren't sure how to handle the change management aspect.
So Kerry, last question for you. If someone listening is considering implementing MFA, what would be one piece of advice you would give them?

Kerry: So I would say to educate yourself as an admin, that way you can have all the tools in your arsenal, then be prepared to have those conversations with your leadership, be prepared to have those conversations with your users. Tap into the Ohana, get in touch with people who have already rolled out MFA. The Ohana, as we all know, lots of help. So post your questions to that MFA getting started group. There's also the Salesforce trust website. That's at trust.salesforce.com. It has a lot of great tools and resources for admins. So I would start there.

Laura Pelkey: Awesome. Yes, we are here to help. There are resources that are out there and also don't feel afraid to contact your success manager or post questions in the trailblazer community. We're here to answer your questions and to help with this process.
So Kerry, thank you so much for joining us. I really loved chatting with you about your experience rolling out MFA and with security. And I appreciate you coming on the podcast.

Kerry: Thanks for having me, Laura. It's been a lot of fun.

Laura Pelkey: Yeah. So I will hand it back over to Gillian and Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: So it is great to meet Kerry, and I'm so thankful that Laura could jump in and be our guest interviewer this week. I do think everybody who enjoyed this podcast should tweet Laura, ask her to come back, we're always happy to have a guest host, especially when we're talking about really fun things like security.
So, let's get into the three things that I learned and I'm sure you learned as well from our discussion with Laura and Kerry. So first MFA is an important layer of security and can be implemented without code. That second part super important, I think, because it's very empowering to know you can implement a layer of security without code. Making change is easy for users to understand the benefits and always think about what's in it for them. So a lot of change can be very difficult, but always think of that benefit for, what's in it for them.
And of course, if you didn't get from the interview, Laura and Kerry loved to have fun with security. Make it fun for your users, keep it simple, reduce user frustration with a lot of communications. I think Gillian, we say that a lot in all of our presentations for admins, it's all about communication, communication, communication. And think about a phased approach. Maybe gamify it with a friendly composite competition. I'm always a fan of doing that. It's a good reason for you to put out a chatter post every now and then.
Now if you want to learn more about all things, Salesforce admin go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. And as a reminder, you love what you hear, be sure to pop on over to iTunes, give us a review. That helps other admins find us when they're looking for something to listen to. So, you're helping other admins by giving us a review, I promise. And you can stay up to date with us on social for all things, Salesforce admins, we are @SalesforceAdmns on Twitter. You can find our guest hosts, Laura Pelkey on Twitter, she is @Laurapelkey1. Of course, I'm @MikeGerholdt on Twitter. And Gillian is @Gilliankbruce.
So that, stay safe, stay awesome and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

Gillian Bruce: Tadaa. Yeah, I'll take a drink of water too. It sounds good.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, it's coffee.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I could tell by the way you sipped it. Because there's like with coffee, you always do a little bit of like a Slurpee thing. Because it's still a little hot.

Mike Gerholdt: Even if It's not hot, I think you have to do the Slurpee thing.

Gillian Bruce: It's just the way you drink coffee.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: I wouldn't know. I don't drink coffee because God knows what that would look like. Hi, my name is Gillian and I love coffee.

Mike Gerholdt: I know. There would be no periods in your sentence and exclamation points in between every word.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, it would make transcribing a podcast very difficult.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re talking to Prag Ravichandran Kamalaveni, Salesforce Lead at CloudKettle. We learn all about the new Trust Champions program, which recognizes trailblazers who have expertise in and champion or advocate for good security practices and effective use of Salesforce technology to protect their company’s data.

Join us as we talk about security best practices, lessons he’s learned about how to roll out Salesforce security features, and what you can do as an admin to get started.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Prag Ravichandran Kamalaveni.

How Prag became a Trust Champion.

“For many Salesforce admins, security is something that they’re less comfortable with,” Prag says, “so when I started attending and hosting Trailblazer community meetings, most of my topics were around security.” When people started thanking him for helping them understand complex topics, Prag realized he not only had a gift for decoding security on Salesforce but for explaining it to others.

One big tip that Prag has is to use pen and paper before you turn on or off any security feature in Salesforce. “When it comes to security, there’s no user interface for how the sharing works,” Prag says, “so make sure you write down your sharing model and see how data is going to be shared. Spend time on visualizing how security is going to work inside your org.” Take the time to actually map out how everything is going to work to make sure you understand what’s going on.

Practical security tips for your org.

Admins often have god powers in their own orgs, but when it comes to best practices, you want to restrict access across the org and apply the principle of least privilege for user records. “Salesforce provides so many great features on the verification and authentication process,” Prag says, “and my leveraging these features, Salesforce admins can significantly increase the level of security for sensitive operations by raising the users’ permissions to high assurance under session settings.”

A big part of keeping everything secure is taking advantage of the multi-factor authentication (MFA) features that are baked-in to the Salesforce platform. Safeguard access to your user accounts, and make sure that there’s more protecting your accounts than just usernames and passwords written down on a piece of paper somewhere. “As security threats grow increasingly common, it’s essential to implement stronger measures of account security,” Prag says, and he has some tips and tricks for how to get better adoption from users and get buy-in from leadership.

It’s important to remember that these security features are complicated and can often be nonintuitive, but you’re not in this alone. “Look to the community if you need help,” Prag says, “there are thousands of community groups in your local area, so feel free to log in and ask your question.” In the meantime, educate yourself and make sure you understand all of the security features Salesforce offers, and see what you can do to roll them out to your org.

Links: * Multi-Factor Authentication Quick Guide for Admins

Trailhead: * Multi-Factor Authentication module * Security Specialist Superbadge * #LowCodeLove Security Trailmix

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Prag: @Prag_RK * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

The Podcap - August

It’s the end of August, which means a new special episode to recap all of the Salesforce content you may have missed. This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, Mike and Gillian have a new episode with a new name, the Podcap. Thank you, Matt Graessle! Do you have an idea for a name? Reach out on Twitter.

Join us as we talk about everything going on in August that you shouldn’t miss out on.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation between Mike and Gillian.

Things that Stand out:

Watch some Low Code Love videos to learn about all the amazing ways you can get your job done easier and faster and empower your users, all with minimal coding. There’s even more coming with the Winter ‘21 Release, so make sure you’re on top of everything and get psyched. The pre-release is live, so check your Sandboxes to get started, and take a look at those pre-release notes. There’s a Release Readiness Live on September 18th, as well as the Learn MOAR campaign with five blog posts, a Trailmix, AND a chance to win cert vouchers.

  • Low Code Love

  • Winter ’21 Release Notes

The Did You Know Series

This month, Liz Hellinga took a deep dive into case merge, which can help you consolidate your cases and clean up your data. We’re also big fans of the “Did You Know” video series in general, a great bite-sized way to learn how to do something new in Salesforce whenever you have the time.

  • Enable Case Merge to Support Cleaner Data in Your Org
  • Guide Your End User Where & When They Need It
  • LowCodeLove: 831 Billion Reasons to Love Automation

Podcasts

We had a lot of great episodes on the pod this month, covering data visualization, how to get your first admin job, and an inspiring story of how you can fuel your career with your passion.

  • How I fell in Love with Tableau with John Demby
  • How to Get your First Salesforce Job with Tiffany Spencer
  • Follow Your Passion with Juan Marte Jr.

Trailhead Live

Trailhead Live continues to be a great way to keep up to date with the latest and greatest in the ecosystem. Don’t miss all of the exciting content and pick up some new skills along the way. There are things going live for every timezone, so be sure to take a look.

  • Essential Habits
  • Low Code Love

The Waay back machine - Mr. Peabody

In these Podcap episodes, we like to take a look back to see what was going on in the not-so-distant past. Here’s a selection of great episodes you can go back and listen to if you’re feeling a bit of nostalgia.

  • BAM! Be A Multiplier with Leah McGowen-Hare & Chris Duarte
  • Our 200th Episode Celebration!
  • Our Favorite Lightning Features in the Winter ’17 Release
  • 5 Tips for Staying Productive While on Vacation

Social * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Mike: @MikeGerholdt * Gillian: @GillianKBruce

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re talking to Juan Marte, Jr., Data and Donor Services Specialist at the One Love Foundation. He has some great wisdom to share about staying true to the things that you love and how he uses his passion to empower his users.

Join us as we talk about why he’s so passionate about data, how his love of technology has lead him to success, and how One Love Foundation is adapting moving forward.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Juan Marte, Jr.

An organization that changes the world, relationship by relationship.

“The One Love Foundation fundraises and educates young people about healthy and unhealthy relationships,” Juan says. It was founded in honor of Yeardley Love, a young woman who tragically lost her life 10 years ago at the age of 22. Her death was preventable, and the foundation exists to make something like that never happens again. To help with that mission, Juan is in charge of the data that makes them be able to do what they do, coordinating and supporting volunteers across the country and internationally so they can run workshops and trainings.

Collaborating with teams across state and international borders is tricky, and Juan definitely has his work cut out for him. “I make sure that everything that comes in through either of our platforms that sync into Salesforce gets spread to the engagement coordinators and program team from One Love,” he says. In short, he makes sure all the information they need is organized, up to date, and as easy to use as possible. “It’s a team effort,” he says, “but being able to be that advocate for them and compile the information they need is an amazing feeling because I’m helping someone else progress—I thoroughly enjoy helping others excel.”

Why going with your passion is the key to longevity.

“I’ve always had a passion for technology,” Juan says, “it’s just a great feeling that I can take something I love, something I enjoy using and doing, and help others.” Along the way, that passion has helped overcome whatever obstacles are in his way. “I’ve always used what I’ve loved in order to better the next person,” he says, “something you love is something that will give you longevity.” He also owes a lot to PepUp Tech for helping him get the knowledge he needed to get started on this path.

Right now, the One Love Foundation is transitioning between platforms, but Juan wants to make sure the user experience is largely the same, especially when it comes to uploading opportunities. He really wants to shift formats to make things more reportable and, in general, to help people more easily help themselves. “They have so much on their plate doing so much for the community, I don’t want them to wrack their brain,” he says.

Most of the One Love Foundation’s education is usually done in person, so everyone in the organization has had to adjust and be innovative in response to the current situation. “The passion that the whole foundation has in order to get their message across and being able to adapt has been truly remarkable,” Juan says.

Links: * The One Love Foundation

Trailhead: * Data Management module * Reports & Dashboards for Lightning Experience module

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Juan: @KirbySesquina * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm Gillian Bruce.

Mike Gerholdt: And I'm Mike Gerholdt.

Gillian Bruce: And today we are talking to Juan Marte, Jr., who is a Data and Donor Services Specialist at One Love Foundation in New York. Juan has some great messaging to all admins about how you should stay true to the things that you love, and I loved hearing about his passion about how he empowers his users. So without further ado, let's welcome Juan to the podcast. Juan, welcome to the podcast.

Juan Marte, Jr.: Thank you for having me, Gillian, and I appreciate it.

Gillian Bruce: Well, I am stoked to get you on the podcast, not only because I think you are fun to talk to, but because you are doing some really cool things with Salesforce. First, can you tell us a little bit about a very brief overview of what you do, and then the organization you work at?

Juan Marte, Jr.: Sure. So I am the Data and Donor Services Specialist with the One Love Foundation. The One Love Foundation is a foundation where they fundraise and educate young people about healthy and unhealthy relationships, and it's due to a passing of Yeardley Love, which is a person that passed away 10 years ago due to domestic abuse or domestic violence. And since then, the family of Yeardley Love has decided to start a foundation and educate not just the United States, but the world, of how to pick up on unhealthy and healthy relationship in order to have that facet of togetherness.
So they've prepared a nationwide campaign in order to get that message across. And in my part, what I do at One Love is I help with the data information in order for them to be able to do what they do. So we've had different people from different parts of the United States trying to compose these different campaigns to spread out. So I help them with that data, and help them would pick up trends or what information they would need in order to give to the audience when they do these trainings or workshops to detect these. So that's just a small aspect of what I do. In a donor's side, we also do receive donations from people that help us progress and get that message across the United States, if not the world.

Gillian Bruce: That's awesome. I know that that's a tough community problem, and so I very much admire the work that you, and One Love do. Let's talk a little bit about how you and your team collaborate. So, you mentioned US and international. So I bet that means that there's a lot of remote teams, remote working, I guess everyone's really remote right now anyway. Tell us a little bit about how you and your team collaborate.

Juan Marte, Jr.: So in my aspect with data, I make sure that everything that comes in through either of our platforms that we have that sync over into Salesforce basically gets spread to the engagement coordinators or the program team that we have instore with One Love. So I made sure that everything is correct for them, and precise, up to date, so that when it comes to reporting back not only the trends, but also getting their education across, I make sure that they can have that up to the information. I'll get many requests on updating contact information within the Salesforce system, to coming up with a report for them to see a layout of who they should contact in order to get things rolling. In the international aspect, we have had certain donors that have seen the product that we had to offer over in One Love, so they like to contribute their services and help spread that word.
So what I've been doing, since I'm the back end, I observe who comes in internationally and let the rest of my team know that puts this word out of healthy relationships, and let them know what's happening so that they know how to proceed in continuing to give me this lovely information of healthy relationships to who needs to hear it. So I play more of the up-to-date to make sure that my team is up to date.

Mike Gerholdt: Part of our admin team, and Gillian does this too, will go to user groups, and we go to Salesforce classes that are being taught virtually now, and greet new admins, and greet people that are just getting started in their admin career. And a lot of times the questions are, "Well, what can I expect in my day-to-day?"
And I think to the time when I was admin, things are different based on your position. Based on your position, and you don't have to get into intense detail, but what is your day-to-day if somebody was coming to work or job shadow you as an admin, what are some of the things that you would expect them to do or, or that you do every day?

Juan Marte, Jr.: One thing I forgot to mention earlier that I've been with this company for about seven or eight months with One Love. So being one with Salesforce, this is my truest opportunity of owning that. That being able to have that day-to-day, what I have to do kind of situation, obviously Trailhead in with the company that assisted me in getting to this position. They've helped me a lot to be knowledgeable in that aspect.
So for me a day-to-day is first thing I do, I make sure all information that sinks into Salesforce is processed, whether it be donations, whether it be workshops that we host, I make sure that that information is precise. Because then if you were to put in on Salesforce faulty information, then I can't deliver accurate reports to the rest of the team, if not the entire foundation. I have a dashboard that gives me some, I would say, inefficiencies of what's not right. So that's the first thing I do every morning. I make sure that's up to date. Then from there, I can go into request on importing information into our Salesforce database, whether it be contacts, accounts, whether it be opportunities, donations, I've had, blessed by the team, the knowledge in order for me to do that as well as also joining with [Tep Up 00:07:19] Tech, which is a great organization that I love so much.
If it wasn't for them, I wouldn't be in this situation, but I make sure that those requests are processed. So if, in fact, my team gives me a whole bunch of contacts, I make sure that they're lined up to the appropriate affiliation, and just update that information for them so that they can have easy access to that information, especially remotely, and especially during this pandemic. But overall, that information could be handy to them within a blink of an eye, rather than just searching through a whole bunch of files and finding it. I provide that information for them.

Gillian Bruce: So you are basically the person who just makes it easier for people to do their jobs.

Mike Gerholdt: Pretty much, pretty much.

Gillian Bruce: ... easier for people to do their jobs [crosstalk].

Juan Marte, Jr.: Pretty much. Pretty much. But do we do have others in the team that do add that information, so it's not just solely just me, but it's a team effort. I must admit that this team... I think with this team is unique, especially with the work that they do, but being able to be that advocate for them to be able to get that information and compile it for them is just an amazing feeling because I'm helping someone progress at their own position, at their own message. It's not an overwhelming feeling, but it's a feeling that I own because of the fact that it's just I enjoy thoroughly helping others itself.

Gillian Bruce: I think that's awesome. I think that's one of the core traits that we find with all awesome admins is a passion for helping people. I think you got that several-fold, Juan, because not only do you kind of do that in your day job for the people you work with, but you work for an organization that does help people as its mission, which is very cool as well. Look at you. You got the double helping people-

Juan Marte, Jr.: Pretty much. The thing is, it's like, at first, it didn't sink in, but as time progressed, especially now, you're not distracted. You're focused, have that narrow mind of just seeing what's in front of you. You absorb so much and see so much from that aspect, and it's just like, I think I did a great job. Not saying I'm cocky, but the fact is... I know, [inaudible]. It sounded wrong at first, but just being able that within a millisecond of data uploading I can help someone get even more to learn about this foundation, and just having that opportunity is amazing.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. You mentioned you joined seven months ago. Were you already in that space, or was there also a learning curve for you in terms of understanding that... I don't want to call it vertical, but that area that you're in of what the company does and how it uses Salesforce.

Juan Marte, Jr.: It wasn't a parallel transition. It was a vertical for me. At the time, I was very knowledgeable of Salesforce. I had training in Salesforce. I know I spoke to Gillian about this before about being able to take what you've learned and taking it to a whole nother level. That was my surprise because of the fact that I had the knowledge, but then the fact that I was in a position that not only was I was able to take what I've learned, but definitely evolve that to a whole new level, that was the great feeling.
I wasn't dealing with Salesforce before I was knowledgeable of Salesforce, but before I transitioned into this position, the fact that I was doing something somewhat totally different than what I was doing before, it was just like this is the change that I needed in order to be me. That's how I took it when I switched positions from my last employer. But this was more my alley because I've always had a passion for technology. It's been in me for I would say my entire existence if I had to really think about it because I've always had a sense of technology from a young age, and it evolved each and every year of manipulation of information to be able to do use technology to my advantage, not only work life, but also personal life. It's just a great feeling that I can take something I love and something I enjoy doing, I enjoy using and helping others. It wasn't an easy transition, but I would say it's like a career change, but it was the smoothest career change I can ever make.

Gillian Bruce: I love how you mentioned this as kind of... Basically, you say you found your jam. This is what you feel like you were meant to do, and I think that's really amazing, Juan. I would be curious, so in how you are using Salesforce at One Love, what are some of the things that were maybe steeper learning curves for you in the last seven months, and what are some of the ways that you've been able to overcome some challenges or some problems in your journey?

Juan Marte, Jr.: Well, I would say when taking on this position, I wasn't hesitant, but I always had questions to the fact where I knew the information, but just as a refresher, I've always asked because of the fact that maybe between that time I trained to use Salesforce to going into my position, things might've changed.

Gillian Bruce: No. Salesforce doesn't change. What are you talking-

Juan Marte, Jr.: You know-

Gillian Bruce: ... about?

Juan Marte, Jr.: Even for example, I was accustomed to using Classic, and Lightning started to arise from the ashes kind of situation, so the differences of Classic and Lightning was a slight obstacle, but I still knew the tricks of the trade using Classic while using Lightning. One of the challenges I must say was adapting to making the changes on Lightning in regards to the fields and relationships and the page layouts.
That was a transition all in all, but the one true thing I must say that I take ownership and success that it was a challenge but I was able to overcome was developing the mass uploads from my team in order to get that into Salesforce because inputting information, we all know, into Salesforce, any information whatsoever, whether it be an Excel, whether it be Salesforce, it's tedious, but Salesforce, and this is what got me over the edge, is that Salesforce is Excel on steroids. What you would do would take you 30 to 40 minutes could be instantaneous in Salesforce and just one fell swoop. All that information could be uploaded into the system. That was the smoothest challenge, and the reason why I called it the smoothest because I was able to pick up on it fairly quickly.
Reporting for me also was a challenge as well because it's just getting the right information to the team and putting the pieces to the puzzle [inaudible] wanted to get that report established for my teammates or for my colleagues was a also tackle for me as well, but I was able to get that groove together and being able to get the appropriate fields that I would need in order to give them that information. Even though it's very lower admin, but it's still an obstacle that I know I struggled while commencing my or starting my tenure with this foundation.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, well, you don't need to talk to me about reporting struggles. I still struggle with formulas, so I got it.

Juan Marte, Jr.: Well, the thing is that, with my experience, I have not had to dealt with formula so much yet. I know that's coming in, but I've been able to do what I can as the data guy in order to get whatever information that the team-

Juan Marte, Jr.: The data guy in order to get whatever information that the team needed as quickly as possible.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, just wait. The more data you give them, the more complex it will become in terms of requests.

Juan Marte, Jr.: I'm hoping for that challenge, I just don't know when it's going to come.

Mike Gerholdt: Just keep feeding them data. Trust me, it's exponential.

Juan Marte, Jr.: And then what's also cool is that, each of our regions within the foundation have their own dashboard. So they have an overview of what's coming in, what's happening, any updates, it's all real time. So, being able to edit that and being able to give that to the different regions within the foundation is awesome.

Mike Gerholdt: So looking back at kind of your journey, if present day self were to give, I don't know, nine, ten, one year ago self some advice, what would it be?

Juan Marte, Jr.: I mean, everybody says do what you love, because not only will it show work-wise, but after work, you don't feel that sense of, not disappointment, but you're not upset of what you've done. Going back to my younger years of using technology to my advantage and even to my past employers, I've always used what I'd loved to use in order to better the next person, or better the process of what I'm working with now.
So my young self will tell my self one year ago, you should have stuck with what you love, because eventually you're going to fall into a place where you're at peace. And that hits hard for me, because even though I don't like to brag about it, but I'm somewhat of a techie. And I love using technology for life purposes. Even if it's off the 9:00 to 5:00 or sometimes 9:00 to 10:00, whatever the case may be, I leave and go back to technology. I go into gaming. I go into podcasting. I go into just using my technology to my advantage. So I would have told my younger self, stick to that because you would have been at a place at peace way before you are now.

Gillian Bruce: That's good advice, pay attention to your gut, right? Pay attention to what feels good.

Juan Marte, Jr.: Pretty much, that's the simple way of putting it. Go with your gut feeling, because you never know where you're going to end up. You know yourself, that this something you love, is something that will get you longevity. And even though I've had a lot of obstacles that led me to this, I can honestly say for the first time in my professional career that I feel at peace. Even though there's obstacles within the position, because there's going to be obstacles all over the place. But the fact is, you know where you feel at peace when you're not comfortable [inaudible] when you're happy, and that's where I am now, I feel that.

Gillian Bruce: That's such a great message. I love that. This is the spiritual Salesforce Admin Podcast now.

Juan Marte, Jr.: I didn't bring the incense, so I do apologize.

Gillian Bruce: Bring your own incense episode. That's great. That's great. So Juan, I think some of your messaging about stay true to yourself, follow what you're passionate about, understanding how you can make an impact and finding ways to do that, is all very, very powerful. I would love to maybe hear about a specific problem that maybe [inaudible] was having that you've helped solve, using your Salesforce skills.

Juan Marte, Jr.: Trying to think of something recently. So, all right. I do have one recent one that actually currently, well, not dealing with, but it is an issue that will help us in the long run. So, one thing about platforms is that they could come and go, different platforms that syncs over, or we use to better when the foundation ... Things could come and go. So one thing that I'm currently dealing with now, is how to adapt switching platforms, but making it better for our opportunities that we have in our system.
So currently right now, we have a situation where we no longer use one platform, but we're using a new one, but want to make sure that we're still able to continue to have a similar layout where we upload different opportunities. So what I've done is, after talking to several people, what I would want to make sure that reporting wise, I would want to make sure that all this information could come up in a report without having to go crazy and looking for them.
So what I've done, I suggested that we shift some fields that we had in our opportunities, in order for make it reportable. So if I'm not looking for a report for a colleague, they can easily find it on their own, or it would be easy to detect without looking to see what field it would work.
So one thing that I'm currently doing is switching those opportunity to make it easier for people to find what they're looking for. Or the fact is, they can view what they're looking for, without pulling their hair. And being able to be that person to make that switch in order to make their jobs easier, that's the biggest challenge for me, because I don't want them to rack their brain.
They have so much on their plate, doing so much for the community. I want to make that transition smoother so that they don't have to figure out, "Oh, something different came in. Let me try to figure out how I'm going to do this." Let me try to take that and make it easier for you, so you don't have to worry about that. And that's one challenge of many that I'm dealing with now, that I'm helping my foundation in the long run.

Gillian Bruce: That's great. So field management, layouts?

Juan Marte, Jr.: Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Gillian Bruce: Okay. Got it.

Juan Marte, Jr.: Pretty much. And then changing some title so that it's identifiable and reportable for when they do that research or when that research is brought to them, that it's just under that umbrella, under that field. And being able to just differentiate which is which. So coming up with that process on the back end and being able to have that available for the team, that's one thing, especially that's one project I'm doing right now, that's helping on the long run.

Gillian Bruce: That's awesome.

Juan Marte, Jr.: They're pretty much on the back end, we all know that try to make it comfortable in a viewable for non detailed Salesforce users. That's another thing too, because want to make sure that even though they might not dive in into Salesforce as much as I do, but they can see it without even ... Just clicking a button and it's there for them. That's one thing I thoroughly enjoy about helping my team, is just having it visually set for them and yeah.

Gillian Bruce: That's awesome. That's great. Well, you're doing a lot of amazing things, Juan. And I want to make a shout out to your amazing organization, who's doing incredible work in the community that I bet, especially times like now, is especially challenging, right?

Juan Marte, Jr.: It is. It is.

Gillian Bruce: Actually challenging, right?

Juan Marte, Jr.: It is. Especially being able to be innovative to continue spreading the word in a time like this, which most of our education is usually typically done personally, but just being able to create an innovative way to get the message across, especially during this. And especially with that team, it's been an amazing journey and we continue to prepare for what's to come, even if mentioning the second wave, how to evolve with what people are calling the new norm. That's one thing part of this journey, working with this foundation that's been a great thing to see.

Gillian Bruce: Well, yeah, I mean, you're undergoing digital transformation as an org. Right?

Juan Marte, Jr.: Exactly, pretty much. It's just the passion that the whole foundation has in order to get that message across and being able to adapt. It's been truly remarkable.

Mike Gerholdt: Fabulous. Well, thanks for taking time out of your day to share your story with us and inspire other admins and be super productive and helpful to your users at the organization. I think that's fantastic.

Juan Marte, Jr.: It's been an incredible journey thus far, and I look forward to see what's to come, especially with all these different innovations, not just within the foundation, but just with Salesforce itself. It's been an amazing trip to absorb that information and being able to spread that as well.

Gillian Bruce: Well, you'll never be bored being part of the Salesforce community.

Juan Marte, Jr.: That I agree. That I definitely agree. When there's an obstacle, I research it and I know one thing I want to do is being able with my research to try to create an environment within Salesforce, for my team or for the foundation to make it like it's always easy, but to do it the easiest way possible. That's just what I want to be able to contribute is because they do so much and I commend the entire foundation for what they do. Coming in, I didn't know what to expect. I knew about the mission, but I didn't know what to expect about the speed of things when it came to working for a foundation like this, but it's been eyeopening and it's been remarkable. It's one of those things I will never forget and regret taking on, especially with this career move.

Mike Gerholdt: Fabulous. Well, Juan, I hope you keep us updated as you continue to progress along.

Juan Marte, Jr.: I will. And thank you guys for having me. Before ending, I'd like to give a couple of shout outs if that's okay.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Juan Marte, Jr.: Because I know I didn't mention these groups, PepUp Tech big shout out, goes out to them because without them I would not be knowledgeable to be the advocate that I am for my foundation so shout out to them. I encourage everybody. Look, this is an opportunity worthwhile, especially not just because of the pandemic, but it's a great stepping stone because if you're not working, you get to be able to learn so much attributes by just diving in. Trailhead, Obviously, of course, but I also want to give a shout out to my family and my sister, Evelyn, because without them, I would not have the love of technology that I have now in such an early age. Shout out to them. Just keep an open mind because without it, you won't be able to learn what's going on out there.

Gillian Bruce: That's awesome. That's awesome. Great note to end on, Juan. Thank you so much for joining us today and we also look forward to seeing what's next for you and One Love and keep up the great work.

Juan Marte, Jr.: Thank you guys. Thank you, Gillian. Thank you Mike, for having me and I look forward to it.

Speaker 1: It was great to meet with Juan and I am so thankful for all of the work that the nonprofits and NGOs do, that you Salesforce, a big shout out to all of you right now. I'm especially appreciative for the work, like what Juan does the Salesforce admins at those nonprofits and NGOs that are helping to drive their mission forward. Today, these three things I learned from Juan; so first ensuring user productivity. Wow. I was leveled when Juan talked about how passionate he was about going around and making sure his users had the right data in. Thank you Juan, for doing that. The second thing I learned was he kind of had a predisposition to being in the industry and the company he's working for, and that I believe is really leading to his success. Thank you for doing that. And also, as a good guiding light for any admins that are thinking about what industry to look for a career in. And then the third thing, and this resonates through I would say almost every podcast that we have done this year, is stick with what you love.
Juan gave a shout out you heard to his parents and family and friends for getting him exposed to tech and really helping him thrive and be interested in technology. And that's helped him stick with what he loves, which has contributed to his success. I would say it's been the same for me as well. If you want to learn more about, Hey, all things tech or like Salesforce admins go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. Just as a reminder, if you love what you hear, be sure to pop on over to iTunes and give us a review. That helps other admins find this podcast and it helps iTunes surface that podcast towards the top, really appreciate it.
On top of that, Gillian and I love reading the reviews and hearing what you have to say. You can say on top of everything else going on with Salesforce admins on social. We are @Salesforceadmns, no i on Twitter. I am on Twitter as well. I am @MikeGerholdt and of course Gillian, the host of today's episode, is on Twitter as well. She is @GillianKbruce. With that, stay safe, stay awesome and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got Tiffany Spencer, COO of Esor Consulting Group and the founder of HBCUforce. We learn how she helps students gain the experience they need to land their first Salesforce job.

Join us as we talk about why process and solving is key to working in tech, how to gets hands-on experience with superbadges and case studies, and some great tips for networking effectively.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Tiffany Spencer.

Producing an impossible report Tiffany says she does everything, and she’s really not kidding. “I’m a consultant, a CRM manager, a business architect, a solution architect—it kind of depends on who you ask that day,” she says, “a big part of it is working with individuals that I train and helping them understand how to better utilize the Salesforce platform and how to continue on their journey.”

Tiffany started as an admin for a small land development company after only a week of training and quickly became all things Salesforce for her organization. “It was a really great position where I was able to play many roles,” she says, “I was the admin, I was the BA, the project manager, the architect, the trainer, and that sink-or-swim moment set the tone for all of my other positions.” She went on to several roles as both an admin and later a business analyst.

The craziest part about her whole journey is that that first job never mentioned Salesforce in the job description. Little did she know that her chance encounter with the platform would shape her entire career.

Bringing Salesforce to Students Tiffany is the founder of HBCUforce, a nonprofit organization that partners with Historically Black Colleges and Universities (HBCUs) to create programs that provide early access to cloud computing careers through exposure to Salesforce and their partners. She got the idea about two years ago when she visited her alma mater, Bethune-Cookman University, and decided to pop in a classroom. She started talking with some students about their career plans and explained to them what she does, and when she saw their interest she realized she could work with the school to create a program to show them exposure to everything a career in Salesforce can offer.

While many students aspire to land a position at Microsoft or Google, Tiffany’s found that they don’t often know that Salesforce is just as big (and innovative) of a company. Not only that, but 97% of Fortune 100 companies use the platform. In technology, it’s really about processes. Tiffany always tells students, “I’m not a coder, you don’t have to be a coder or a programmer or a developer to be in technology. There are all these other pieces of the puzzle that help developers do their job that you can be involved in.”

Getting Your First Salesforce Job When you’re looking to get your first Salesforce job, Tiffany has a few tips that she’s seen work for her mentees. For one thing, you can do case studies and superbadges to get some hands-on experience. The other thing that really helps is getting familiar with Agile, whether that’s using a tool like Jira or Trello or even reading the Agile Manifesto.

Tiffany also tries to give her mentees opportunities to tackle real-life problems by bringing them into her pro-bono projects. If you don’t have a Tiffany in your life (yet), there are still ways to seek out something to get you started. “There are plenty of Tiffanys in the Salesforce ecosystem,” she says, “people are more than willing to guide and help so the first thing to do is to get involved with the community.” Start with your local community group, or organizations like PepUp Tech or Salesforce Military. “There’s not a shortage of people doing amazing things,” she says, “so you just got to get out there and start networking and connecting.”

Links: * HBCUforce

Trailhead: * Business Administration Specialist Superbadge

Social * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Tiffany: @TheTiffSpencer * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk with John Demby, Lead Creative Strategist at Tableau.

Join us as we talk about how Tableau got its start with Pixar, the amazing things people are doing on Tableau Public, and how to start tinkering with this powerful tool today.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with John Demby.

Producing an impossible report.

John first found out about Tableau while he was working in pre-sales at a Salesforce customer. He wanted to create a report to see where people were spending their time, but was running into problems with one company, in particular, that was in their org seventy different times because of all their different legal entities.

“With the tools I had in Salesforce, I couldn’t produce a report,” John says, which is how he came across Tableau. “Within 15 minutes, I had a dashboard I couldn’t have had before,” he says. He was able to group data, create aliases and hierarchies, all with a simple drag-and-drop interface. When he was looking for a new opportunity and Tableau became a possibility, it was a no-brainer.

Bringing better data visualizations to everyone.

Pat Hanrahan, Tableau’s Chief Scientist, originally started at Pixar developing the RenderMan Interface, which helps translate data into visuals. Behind Tableau is the idea of automatically rendering data using design best practices to create the clearest visual representation possible. “Tableau doesn’t ask you, ahead of time, to pick a chart type,” John says, “based on your actions and what you’re doing and how you interact with the interface, it figures out what the best chart type is for what you’re trying to do.”

As Tableau has grown, the community has played a big role in driving innovation. There’s all sorts of community-driven content, not just for business reporting but visualizations for Game of Thrones or the Marvel Universe. “The community has really helped us take Tableau to the next level,” John says, “they’re the ones who have helped us find all of the uses cases and all of the goodness and the ability to discover data that has transformed Tableau into what it is today.”

How Tableau makes a positive impact.

As an organization, Tableau is really focused on having a positive impact on their community through the Tableau Foundation, working to overcome everything from poverty, inequity, and climate change, to global health issues. “Early on, we realized that getting Tableau in the hands of students and teachers was really critical,” John says, and so they offer free one-year licenses for K-college.

Listen to the full episode for all of the amazing things you can do with Tableau, but the bottom line is that they’re focused on helping you see and understand your data better. “There’s no other way to explore data unless you can see it,” John says, and Tableau helps you dig deeper than you ever thought possible.

Links: * Tableau for Students * Tableau Academic Programs * The Dark Knight Tableau Public visualization

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * John: @JDemby * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast where we talk about product, community, and careers to help you become an awesome admin. I'm Mike Gerholdt.

Gillian Bruce: And I'm Gillian Bruce.

Mike Gerholdt: And joining us today is John [Demby] from Tableau, to talk about all the amazing things that Tableau can do. And I got to tell you, we really geek out in this episode because there's a lot of fun stuff for admins to learn, and understand, and get into some visualizations. We'll share those in the show notes. So, with that, let's get John on the podcast.
So John, welcome to the podcast.

John Demby: Thanks. Thanks for having me.

Mike Gerholdt: It was so much fun working with you and the Tableau team for TrailheaDX. I told Gillian, as a follow up we had to get you on the podcast. Had to hear your story about how you got started with Tableau and some of the amazing things that are going on in the Tableau community. And then just us chatting before we even pressed record, I'm like, "There is so many neat things that we have to talk about. This could be a 17 part podcast." Gillian, this could be an entire season.

John Demby: Yeah, yeah. We just keep bringing John back for more, more fun. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: It's the John Demby Tableau corner.

John Demby: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, it could be a thing.

Mike Gerholdt: Right, I think it should be. So John, let's get started. For those who didn't see you at TrailheaDX virtually, haven't met you, kind of, where did you get started? How did you get started using Tableau?

John Demby: Yeah, so I've been with Tableau for almost four years now. But my journey started back in, it was a Salesforce journey. I was a Salesforce customer working at another software company. I was in presales just like I have been here at Tableau. And I led a team that was a global team, and we logged our time in Salesforce. So just like you're used to using Sales Cloud. We'd have accounts, we'd have opportunities, I'd have my guys and gals actually log their time against this. And then I'd want to see a report just to see where we were spending our time. Well, the problem was probably like a lot of people encounter, companies have lots of different names, and so sometimes those companies are in your Salesforce or once, twice, in this case there was a company that had three letters that starts with an I that was in our Salesforce work 70 different times because they're 70 different legal entities.
And I couldn't, just with the tools I had in Salesforce, produce a report that let me see where we were spending our time. And so, a Google search, and this was seven years ago. I did a Google search, the first thing that came back was Tableau, never heard of it. Downloaded it. Installed it on my computer. Took a export out of Salesforce and opened it up into Tableau. And within 15 minutes, I had a dashboard that I could not have had before. It actually allowed me to group data, create aliases, all this kind of stuff, hierarchies, drag and drop. And then best of all, Tableau's built with a lot of visual best practices so, it didn't even ask me what kind of chart or vis it wanted, it just showed it to me. I just clicked on it and it's like, "Wow, okay, I see a little bar chart, this is where my guys are spending their time."
So that's my Tableau story and Salesforce story. And then fast forward, I was looking to do something different and the stars aligned, and then minute Tableau came on my radar I knew that's where I wanted to go, so.

Gillian Bruce: That's awesome. I mean I love how you describe what a lot of admins do, right? Is they Google, they try to find solutions, trying to figure out how to make this work. But, the fact that you landed on Tableau and were so quickly able to kind of get what you needed out of it. I mean I can hear the, "Ha, ha. I kind of fell in love with this at first site." In your story.

John Demby: Oh yeah, and then as we started looking for other things to use it within that particular company, next thing you know our sales ops people are using Tableau. Some of our sales teams are using it to look at different things. I believe we even started doing some forecast reports in Tableau. Again, for the same reasons, because they were able to aggregate and quickly combine data, and different data sources in Tableau in a way that they just hadn't been able to do before.

Mike Gerholdt: I think, and that to me was the really cool part is, in seeing the visualization, kind of the demo that you did for TrailheaDX. And then talking with you now, a lot of what I would deal with as an admin is, there's a lot of structured data that we have in Salesforce, and then there's also, because it's Tuesday, an executive decides to throw you a curveball of, I need all of this structured data in Salesforce. And then, oh by the way, I have all this other kind of unstructured data that so and so's been keeping in a spreadsheet and I got to put it all together. And watching you walk through that visualization and combining that data, that to me was just the neatest part. I also thought, in talking things through with you, the one thing that you said Tableau didn't render for the longest time was a pie chart.

John Demby: Oh yeah, yeah. In fact we reluctantly were drug to that thing.

Mike Gerholdt: Tell me why. Because everything else in the world has a pie chart as the default choice.

John Demby: So, it's really simple. I mean, if you're going to compare really in essence, more than two things. So if I'm going to look at something and I've got three attributes, or something like that. So maybe I've got three regions of a country or something like that. The minute you go to a pie chart, you can't visually discern the size differences. But if I convert that to bar chart which is a best practice, I can very easily see that one bar is slightly larger than another bar, but on a pie chart I can't see that, or a donut chart, I'll throw that in the same category.
And so that was one of the reasons that Tableau, just because it wasn't a visual best practice, didn't support pie charts. And so later we did, we have added those and stuff like that. But it's a visual that you won't see on a lot of Tableau dashboards just because most of our community realizes that a better visual to compare more than two, or more than three things, or three or more things, would be a tree map even would be better than a pie chart, so.

Gillian Bruce: So you're saying people should go on a pie chart diet.

John Demby: Yeah, yeah. Actually, that's the quickest thing you'll see a lot of people go is like, "Oh no." A lot of times I'll see a customer's dashboard and the first thing I see is 15 pie charts and I'm like, "Okay, let's step back from the ledge of the pie charts here for just a second."

Mike Gerholdt: What, are you opening up a bakery over here?

John Demby: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Is this a dashboard or a bakery?

John Demby: Yeah, there you go, so.

Gillian Bruce: So, let's back up just for a second John. So I know you are clearly a Tableau expert, a leader, can you give kind of a high level overview for admins who maybe have heard Tableau but really have no idea what it is and how it interacts? You talked about how you couldn't get what you wanted from the native kind of Salesforce reporting tools. Can you kind of give a high level overview for admins about what Tableau is and how it interacts with kind of the core features of Salesforce that admins are used to?

John Demby: Yeah, and I'm going to take a one step back, because there's something that makes Tableau different than anything else that's out there. And it's kind of how Tableau was built on the ground up. So when Tableau first came to market, it really was around 1999, 2000. It was really born out of Stanford. One of the cofounders and creators of Tableau worked for a really small kind of movie company, animation company. You might have heard of it, called Pixar. And he was one of the cofounders of an application called RenderMan. And he is what makes Pixar Pixar. So it's a whole idea of taking data and rendering it visually.
And so then what happened there at Stanford was, they started looking at other data. Could they build a system that would automatically render best practices, look at data, and give it to you in a visual way. And so that's where Tableau kind of came out of. And it was a different way of just looking at just mounds and mounds of data, but to look at it from a visual perspective. And it's one of the reasons why when you use Tableau, and you start exploring your data, one of the things you'll find out very quickly is Tableau doesn't ask you ahead of time to pick a chart type. It actually, based on your actions, and what you're doing, and how you interact with the interface, it figures out what the best chart type is for what you're trying to do.
And so, when you add all that in to just data exploration. Just connecting to data and trying to understand and get insights from your data, that ability to have a helper, or a tool, or a platform like Tableau that just lets you almost immediately see those insights, and find things, and outliers, and things that you didn't know about. And then with other clicks, make things interactive. To me it's one of those things that if I'm an admin, I want in my toolkit. I want to be able to, when I get some data, be it either Salesforce data or any other data, and somebody asks me to explain what's going on, Tableau is really going to give me that edge up where I can see that data very quickly. So that's kind of my thought in why an admin and stuff would be really interested in Tableau.

Gillian Bruce: I had no idea the connection to Pixar. That makes me love Tableau even more because everything Pixar does I'm a huge fan of.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: It's amazing.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. That's so cool. Let's talk John, about the community. Because you were bringing up with us about some of the public visualizations and the kind of, just this whole... Because I feel like there's a big crossover in the admin community of individuals that really, really love digging into data and also helping others understand it.

John Demby: Yeah. I mean, one of the things that's amazing with Tableau is, just like with Salesforce is, our community. We have fans. I mean I literally, I can... Back before COVID when I used to fly or get on a plane to go see customers and stuff like that, if I wore anything with a Tableau logo, I almost felt like people were asking me for my autograph or something. Because they were like saying, "Oh wow, you work at Tableau?" And they'd want to tell me all the things they do with Tableau. And the community is what keeps, and has really helped us innovate.
And so we were talking earlier about a great place where you just want to immerse yourself, is Tableau Public. And it's a good example of where our community really dives in and creates and shares amazing things. There's over a million and a half pieces of content up on Tableau Public. We've had two billion views. It's a platform where we've had major Fortune 500 companies build out annual reports that are visual, that you'll find up there. You'll see content that's been shared on newspapers and websites and news organizations. You'll see nonprofits use it. And then if you're into Game of Thrones, or Star Wars, or Marvel, or you just pick your favorite hobby, you can dive into and see some amazing things.
But coming back to the community, it's the community that really has helped us take Tableau to the next level. And they're the ones that have helped us find all of the use cases, and all of the goodness, and the ability to discover data that I think has transformed Tableau into what it is today.

Gillian Bruce: So Tableau Public is a place where I mean, you kind of said, pick your topic and you can probably find something that somebody's built on Tableau Public. Which is exactly what I plan to do later today, by the way. I'm trying to resist doing it now. Tell me a little bit more about how someone... You described your begin with Tableau... I'm a Salesforce admin, I'm super interested in this, what are the first steps I take? Do I start with Tableau Public? Is there some kind of trial thing I can play with? Where do I go to kind of start dabbling?

John Demby: Sure, yeah. So one of the things is, yes. You can get a trial. It's a 14-day trial and it's fully functional. You can go up to the website, get it right now. What that's going to give you is what we call Tableau Desktop. So that is a solution that would install on a Mac or a Windows machine and allow you to connect to any kind of data you could expect. From a relational database, to cloud data sources, to cloud-based apps like Salesforce and others, to just spreadsheets and csv files, to spacial data. You name it, you can probably connect to it in Tableau. But that's a great place to get started.
And then the support is amazing. We actually kind of adopted the, what I call the YouTube learning mantra. So the idea of people wanting to watch very short videos and how-tos. And so you'll see on your website a tremendous amount of videos to help you get started. You have a question about filtering, go watch the three minute video on filtering.
And then the community is ultimately the last piece. Get plugged in on Twitter, start asking questions. You'll really kind of learn that the community is so embracing. They help people figure out things. It doesn't matter where you go look them up. It could be Tableau community, it could be Public, it could be Twitter, it could be anywhere. And that's a great way to get started.

Mike Gerholdt: If there's a long pause on the website it's because one of us is searching Tableau Public and finding something incredibly amazing.

John Demby: Yeah, there you go. Well you know-

Gillian Bruce: Mike stop it, focus.

Mike Gerholdt: Totally, totally wasn't doing that. Totally wasn't reading about The Dark Knight and Joker.

John Demby: Yeah, there you go. But you know what else is... I'll tell everybody here too. This is something, I'm a parent, most everybody, if you're not a parent you know kids, or you know people that have kids, or you know a teacher out there. And so, one of the things that Tableau did early on was, we realized that in all of the things that we want to do for good, we do embrace, just like Salesforce does, nonprofits. And we try to do good with our software. We've done some amazing stories, if you go look at our Tableau Foundation, about helping stamp out malaria. Helping with Ebola. Nowadays we're everything COVID up on Tableau Public in our data hub.
But early on, we realized that getting Tableau in the hands of anybody, especially kids and students and teachers, was really critical. And so you can actually go to tableau.com, I think it's tableau.com/student, or tableau.com/teacher. Our academics, or something. And you'll actually see where you can sign up for a one-year license for free. And that's K through college. And we encourage those that are in college, when they go off to their internship, to take Tableau with them, use it at their internship to help kind of propel their career and things like that. My kids have used it in high school. We've had data kids where we've shown things... I think at one point we had an event in, it might have been Hong Kong or Singapore, where we had a seven year old come up and show a visualization.
And you'll see some of that on Tableau Public. You'll actually see some kid's visualizations as well. So if you see one that's a little bit more Pokemon-oriented, that might be a kid that actually has charted his Pokemon collection or something in Tableau. So but yeah, it's things like that I think is what makes Tableau, Tableau.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, that's so cool. I think especially now where a lot of people with school age children are having a rough go of it given the current climate of maybe school's happening, maybe it's not happening, oh my goodness. I mean, what an amazing kind of resource and oppurtunity for students to dig in a little bit. I can just imagine the As that I would've gotten on so many reports had I had access to Tableau and been able to tinker around. I mean, I would've looked amazing to my teachers, so-

John Demby: Yeah so, so let me tell you a funny story about that with my middle daughter. So she just graduated, but she took stats her senior year and they had to go get... They were analyzing I think, football metrics. So they had to pick a team, she picked Cincinnati Bengals, mostly because I went to TCU, we're a TCU family. And Andy Dalton, who used to play at TCU is the quarterback there. So that's why she picked the team, not because they've ever won anything, right?

Gillian Bruce: I was going to say, that's an interesting choice in a team.

Mike Gerholdt: [crosstalk] clearly their winning record.

John Demby: [crosstalk]. Yeah so, but so she had all this data but then the stats teacher was asking her things like, "Well, I've got to have the mean. I've got to have this and that. All these stats questions." And I said, "Well look, let's just take that data you just got from the Cincinnati Bengals website, let's load it up into Tableau, let's build this little quick visual." And then there's an info card that you can click, and then it gives you all the stats. And I said, "Write them all down. Give them to your teacher." She's like, "This seems like it's cheating." And I said, "Well, I don't know if it's cheating or not but, at least they gave you all the answers without you having to go run all these complex statistical analysis." So maybe it was cheating. But, that's the kind of thing that I think is really enlightening in Tableau, and some cool things you can do. And yeah, she got an A, I think, so.

Mike Gerholdt: Even though she picked the Bengals.

John Demby: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: The only winning thing the Bengals have ever been a part of.

John Demby: Right.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

John Demby: Right.

Gillian Bruce: All right. But I think that's so cool because, to your point though, it's not cheating because the technology exists out there and you know how to use it. And I think that really ties back to kind of admins, we should all pay attention to this because, I mean, it is incredibly powerful. And just like the teacher wants to know these specific data points, you've got executives that want to know the same thing and you can save hours and hours and probably years of training to be a data scientist by tapping in to the power of Tableau and being able to pull that.

John Demby: Oh, absolutely. Yeah. Absolutely.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. And Gillian, I also hear tinkering.

Gillian Bruce: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: Which is a lot of what we talk about on the podcast, a lot of what Leanne talks about. Just the ability to kind of get in there and tinker with something, but also have the tool intuitively help you, right? I don't think necessarily, it's cheating. It's just, you don't have to reinvent the wheel every time you build something that has a wheel, right?

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, there's a reason we invent stuff, right?

John Demby: Yeah, yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: And this helps, you get that a little bit farther. And to me, I think it helps make the subject more interesting so that you really do want to dive into it. And as an admin for me, I'm thinking, well this the very important part that I can help my users understand why it is so critical that they input the right data, so that we get the right output so that we can make the right decisions.

John Demby: Yeah it is. I mean it's a... And even just I think, Tableau just in general as a... Our tagline is, "We help people see and understand their data." And so much of that is the exploration and seeing your data for the first time. If you look at it in a spreadsheet, you're not going to see anything. But if you start bringing that data in, you'll be amazed at what you can find. You might find... We could spend hours talking about stories where, in one particular customer, an intern came in, used Tableau liked we talked about. They gave them... This was an auto manufacturer. They gave them some data that was related to warranty claims, and said, "Do something with it." And then he came back and found about $6.5 million of fraud.

Mike Gerholdt: Whoa.

John Demby: And basically what he found out was, there was some dealers that were selling cars on paper, then they were performing different warranty things, and billing it back to the car manufacturer, and then they were putting the car back in inventory. And so, I mean, and that was just one example but just finding just, even outliers in your data that make you wonder, "Okay, why is this..." And over the last couple years, we built some of that technology into Tableau. We actually have a feature now that's called explain data that, if I'm looking at a chart, or looking at a whatever, and I click on something because it doesn't seem right, it'll actually analyze all the data and then come back with a report saying, "The reason this is higher than this is because you had these particular things going on." Or it may be one unusual record that you should take out, or something like that.
So really, just seeing your data, that's what Tableau's all about. And there's no other way really to explore data unless you can see it. And that's the hard part that I think a lot of people don't understand.

Mike Gerholdt: I'm going to nominate that as soon as Salesforce figures out how to make Tableau talk that it sound like Jarvis from Iron Man.

John Demby: Yeah, I think that makes sense. Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Oh [crosstalk].

John Demby: We do have natural language so we can sort of talk to Tableau, but no, we don't have a voice out. So that would be it. That would be an interesting-

Mike Gerholdt: Not yet. But forward looking statement.

John Demby: Yeah. Add thing.

Mike Gerholdt: John this was super fun. We need to have you back and do a Tableau corner every, I don't know, every time you feel like it.

John Demby: Yeah, no. Anytime. I would love to come back, share more stories, examples that customers have used Tableau both with Salesforce and just with data inside of their organization to do transformational things. Tell you a little bit more about things we're working on and the solutions, some additional kind of exciting things that we're doing to make access to data even easier. And all that kind of stuff. But yeah, I'd love to come back anytime.

Mike Gerholdt: Cool. I'm definitely... We'll include a link to the Tableau Public so you can shop the cool Tableau things. I will also include the link to the Joker one that I found.

John Demby: Yeah, there you go.

Mike Gerholdt: And I think we'll probably include something about Game of Thrones.

Gillian Bruce: Yep. There was a pretty morbid one that I found that I am very excited to dig in further tonight, so.

John Demby: There you go. Well my work is done here. I guess I have helped you explore the interesting side of data. But yeah, and you know just in closing on that, Tableau Public just turned out to be a, I don't know if I want to use the word life saver, but it's become a critical component to the COVID thing. I can even show you, if this was visual, I could show you the spike in Tableau Public traffic that happened once organizations started building COVID-19 dashboards. There's maybe almost every state probably has something built up on Tableau Public. You have organizations, people have looked at the Tableau data hub for COVID-19, and reswizzled that data and published in sites. And so, the spike in the amount of resources that... I mean traffic doubled when COVID happened. And it was because it was a public, free, sharable resource that people could create those insights very quickly and then share them out to the world, even embedding them in their own websites or whatever. So yeah, big fan of Tableau Public. Like I said, it's kind of the YouTube of data visualization out there.

Gillian Bruce: I love it. Thank you so much John, I really appreciate you taking the time to share with us. And I am excited to hear more and see what else people do with Tableau, with the Salesforce connection now. I mean gosh, there's so many possibilities, this is really fun.

John Demby: Yeah, we're excited. Sky's the limit. I mean now that we have all these different additional resources and stuff there's amazing things on the horizon for us and for Salesforce.

Mike Gerholdt: Sweet. Thanks John.

John Demby: All right, thank you guys.

Gillian Bruce: Well that was a great conversation with John. Gosh, we could really talk with him forever. Which, don't worry, we'll have him back. So you'll get more of John for sure. Some top takeaways, I mean geez, so much we talked about. Especially about Tableau and all the amazing things you can do. My top three takeaways are number one, I didn't know that Tableau had roots in Pixar which is pretty amazing, and that explains a lot about how amazing the visualizations are. Kind of that focus on visually representing things in the world.
Tableau Public, check it out. It is such a cool resource. As John says, it's like the YouTube of visualizations. So take some time to poke around there. There's some really amazingly powerful data sets in there. Especially given all the things happening in the world right now that are helping a lot of organizations do important work. And you may be able to find one about the death rate of Game of Thrones and who's responsible for the most deaths. Hint, Khaleesi's responsible for more than half of them. And I'm not surprised.
All right, and thirdly, anyone can tinker with Tableau. So admins, this really is one of the most powerful tools that you can now add to your tool belt. You can sign up for a free trial for 14 days and if you really kind of want to use this and implement more in your org, I mean, use that trial to kind of demonstrate what you can do, show that to your executives, get some buy-in and then hey, Tableau and Salesforce, we're now one, we play together. So bring that into your org and I promise it's going to be a huge one. You'll get the As on all those reports that you otherwise might get from your executives.

Mike Gerholdt: #tinkerwithtableau.

Gillian Bruce: Ooh I like that.

Mike Gerholdt: I know, it's good. They could a tweet a picture of what they tinkered with.

Gillian Bruce: I love it. I love it. Tinkering is great. Well if you want to learn more about all things Salesforce admin, make sure you go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. And as a reminder, if you love what you hear on this podcast, please make sure to pop on over to iTunes and give us a review. I know Mike and I absolutely pay attention to those, we read them, we really appreciate your feedback, so take a moment and do that for us please. It helps more people find us and get all this great information.
You can stay up to date with us on social for all things admins @salesforceadmns, no i, on Twitter, and you can find myself @gilliankbruce, and my amazing other host Mike Gerholdt @mikegerholdt. Stay tuned for the next episode and we'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

July is almost over, and that means another special episode to recap great Salesforce content this month. This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, Mike and Gillian are back with a new What Do We Call It episode. If you have a better idea for a name, reach out on Twitter. We’re all ears.

Join us as we talk about the latest and greatest Salesforce content from this month, and all the great things that happened at TrailheaDX.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation between Mike and Gillian.

  1. We Did TrailheaDX!

The first-ever virtual TrailheaDX happened on June 25th, but don’t worry, you can still catch all of the great content. “What was really special about this was there wasn’t the barrier of having to pay to fly to San Francisco, there wasn’t the barrier of having only so many seats in the room, there wasn’t the barrier of conflicting sessions,” Gillian says, “we had so many more people getting the content we spent a lot of time creating.”

  • The Admin Channel
  • TrailheaDX ‘20 Global Gatherings
  • How to Get Started With the Salesforce Anywhere App
  • Bonus: LEGO Cody

  • Blogs and Videos

There’s some amazing blogs and videos you missed, covering everything from how setup home has changed in Lightning Experience to how to think through using the Einstein Prediction Builder. “Since the advent of having AI as part of platform, we’ve really tried to stress how important it is to think about the implications and the uses of this really powerful technology,” Gillian says, “it’s like training a dog: you train it for good, not for evil.”

  • Take a Tour of Setup Home in Lightning Experience
  • Einstein Prediction Builder: Thinking through predictions with bias in mind
  • How I solved this: Intuitive Record Links

  • Podcasts

If you didn’t listen to every episode, there are a few this month that are worth taking a listen to. We talk flow builder and automation tools, service cloud, and how to optimize your org for better performance. Something that is very top of mind for everyone these days is how to get back to work safely, and our episode with Wade Wegner about Work.com has a lot of information you should check out.

  • Flow Builder & Automation with John Kucera
  • Getting to know Work.com with Wade Wegner
  • Service Cloud with Purvi Desai
  • Lightning Speed with Chris Marzilli

  • Trailhead Live

Trailhead Live honestly makes webinars feel dated—it’s on-demand culture. Tune in and you’re ready to go. This month, we’ve had a lot of great content for people newer to the ecosystem and maintenance for those that need a refresher, as well as Trailhead News to keep you in the loop.

  • Essential Habits for New Admins (every Friday 9:30am PT)
  • New Trailhead News

The Way Back Machine

We go back to see what was going on around now in days past. There’s everything from Einstein bots to a live episode from TrailheaDX with an amazing story and everything in between.

  • 2 Years Ago: How Einstein Bots Work with Molly Mahar
  • 3 Years Ago: How John Schaaf Reinvented his Career with Trailhead
  • 4 Years Ago: It’s Possible: The Story of Zac Otero

Social * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Mike: @MikeGerholdt * Gillian: @GillianKBruce

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast and the We Still Don't Know What to Call it episode, where we talk about product, community, and careers to help you become an awesome admin. I'm Gillian Bruce.

Mike Gerholdt: And I'm Mike Gerholdt.

Gillian Bruce: And Mike, we got a lot to talk about because it's been a little while since we did one of these we don't know what to call it episodes.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. We don't know what to call it, but we know what to talk about. That's for sure.

Gillian Bruce: There's no shortage of us being able to talk about things.

Mike Gerholdt: No, we just can't name things very well.

Gillian Bruce: Well, you know we all have strengths in other areas.

Mike Gerholdt: We we have a lot to taco about as we wrap up the month.

Gillian Bruce: Lettuce get to it.

Mike Gerholdt: That's all I got. We're going to shred the topics.

Gillian Bruce: I'll meat your puns with...

Mike Gerholdt: Dammit, I was thinking of that one too. Now, I'm out, I'm out. Never getting a pun off with Gillian, especially if you're like T-ball league. I'm like T-ball down here.

Gillian Bruce: Jalapeno in your face.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Anyway, to try and switch gears to not be punny. TrailheaDX, holy cow.

Gillian Bruce: Oh my gosh. TrailheaDX. It happened, it was amazing. It was the first ever virtual TrailheaDX. And I mean, Mike, we pulled off a thing.

Mike Gerholdt: It was fun. So I think I just as we head into it, I don't think anybody listening to the podcast really understands the work that we put into some of the events, the virtual event for this one was super fun to get ready for. Yes, you have yours, I have mine over my other side of my pile of [crosstalk 00:02:05].

Gillian Bruce: You got that TrailheaDX props you know-

Mike Gerholdt: I do. I have lots of props.

Gillian Bruce: Because he did a ton of video. I mean...

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, no, this is a fun, like seriously fun learning experience for everybody involved.

Gillian Bruce: We all became like Salesforce TV producers.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Yes. And some of us are more TV producers than others. That's for sure.

Gillian Bruce: But I mean, you know what I think was really interesting is normally for an in person event, we have hundreds of sessions that we put together and we are-

Mike Gerholdt: It's almost too much.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, and we're so used to that format. And maybe there's 100 people in a session. What was really special about this is there wasn't the barrier of people having to pay or fly to San Francisco, right? There wasn't the barrier of having only so many seats in the room, there wasn't the barrier of conflicted sessions and all of that. We had so many more people getting the content that we spent a lot of time creating, which I think was pretty rewarding.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes, no, it was... There was a wide array of things to talk about and we fit a lot into short sessions and it was interesting. It was a lot, boy, it was just a ton of fun to put together, seriously like working with the PMs. This is from a content creator standpoint, this was the first time that we really got to see the polished product before it got broadcast. Usually it's you walk out and you've been through rehearsals and you've seen people present, but this was wow. Here's what it looks like now. We're ready to go. It was just very cool. Very cool.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, and I think what was also interesting is it forced us to kind of bubble up the things we thought were the most important, because it's very hard to take hundreds of sessions and boil that down into what we had, eight 18 minute episodes, so to speak.

Mike Gerholdt: Ish. Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: And you had the live ask me anything panel that you hosted with some of our other PMs. It was very cool and the great thing is that this content is also totally available for anyone to go watch it on demand, which is...

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, you didn't miss it. You didn't, so if you didn't participate on the June 25th date of TrailheaDX, you didn't miss anything. Right? I feel like this is a fun analogy. I binged watched Breaking Bad a few years ago and I didn't miss anything that people that watched it in the moment we're having. Right? And you can go back and watch everything in the moment just as it was happening. You could do TrailheaDX tomorrow if you wanted to.

Gillian Bruce: You could, although you do miss out on the fun little interstitial things that we did.

Mike Gerholdt: Right, because Gillian you were the MC.

Gillian Bruce: I did, I got to MC for five hours, it was a marathon, but it was really fun because we had a Trailblazer Lounge where we had trailblazers from all over the world. So we had like [Olay] from Ukraine, and Roy from Israel, and we had several people from India. We had Tiffany from Florida. I mean, we had seven different trailblazers from around the world, joining me in the lounge to do live chats about what they're doing in the community, which was really cool. And we had a master Lego brick builder, [Aaron] joining us in the lounge. He built a live... Live, he built it live, I don't know. He built it over the live [crosstalk 00:05:50].

Mike Gerholdt: He live built.

Gillian Bruce: He live built. Instead of dead built? I don't know.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Anyway, he built a Lego [Cody] that's like over two feet tall over the course of the broadcast and it was so cool, because if you were live, you got to help vote what went on Cody's base and it was really cool to [CA 00:06:08].

Mike Gerholdt: A nose.

Gillian Bruce: A nose? Yeah, so it was really fun and fun fact, I get to go pick up the Lego Cody structure this weekend.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh my.

Gillian Bruce: So maybe next broadcast you'll see.

Mike Gerholdt: Get some rope and stanchion outside of your house and have walking tours.

Gillian Bruce: Totally. Drive by.

Mike Gerholdt: So there's the admin channel, which was a lot of what I got to work on. And there was a ton of episodes, well eight episodes there, and the ask the experts. Ask the experts was really fun because we dove into service cloud mobile and security, which I felt were three areas that don't get a lot of ask the expert people, and so those were really cool. But if you missed any of this, your user groups are having global gatherings. In fact, I'm going to do one tomorrow, which would be last week when this airs, and we're going to sit and chat about what was some of the stuff at TrailheaDX. And there would be people there that watch some of the videos, people there that didn't watch some of the videos. The last user group I was at, we talked about some of the people that watch just stuff in the developer channel or just things in the architect channels. So that was really cool.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I just did a global gathering myself for the Santa Barbara community group and it was interesting. There was about half of the people at the meeting had not watched any TrailheaDX content. So it was a great way to highlight some of the things I was like, "So you need to go watch this one."

Mike Gerholdt: I feel like it's like showing up to the book club, having not read the book.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, you're supposed to read the book? You're not just supposed to drink wine at book club?

Mike Gerholdt: Sure [crosstalk 00:08:02].

Gillian Bruce: Oh, I've been doing it wrong.

Mike Gerholdt: It's that commercial where the guy asks his Amazon card to like, tell me the story behind something. Nope. It's funnier in my head, like a lot of things are.

Gillian Bruce: It's all right Mike. It's all right. So TrailheaDX was fun.

Mike Gerholdt: Hmm. It was. I thought, so. We also have Salesforce Anywhere, anywhere.

Gillian Bruce: Anywhere.

Mike Gerholdt: And everywhere.

Gillian Bruce: All the places.

Mike Gerholdt: And we have a link that we'll put up in the show notes about the blog post that we did about Salesforce Anywhere. Gillian, I think it was the most interesting, fun launch was when we got Salesforce Anywhere for our team.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I think it was... Was it like an all hands call or something was going on?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: And I was around in our own like [62 org 00:00:08:57], which is our own Salesforce instance. And I was like, "Whoa, there's a new button up by my profile picture. Let me click that." I was like, "Salesforce anywhere." And I was like, "Oh my gosh." And so I started sending all kinds of trailmoji, and gifs, and really putting the Salesforce Anywhere technology to the test for our team.

Mike Gerholdt: It's what we do.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. So it's really fun. Salesforce Anywhere is... I mean, it's live collaboration within Salesforce. It just kind of continues to bringing that ability to work with your peers no matter where you all are on the same thing within context, which I think is really powerful.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Or Quip.

Gillian Bruce: Yep.

Mike Gerholdt: Or mobile like that was the nerdy part for me, was, oh, wait a minute. I can publish this from a chat in Quip, and it showed up in Salesforce Anywhere on my phone right away. It was, I don't know.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. It's all connected.

Mike Gerholdt: It's anywhere.

Gillian Bruce: Anywhere and everywhere.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. So true to what we do in this episode is help you dig through the month that was and get ready maybe for the month that is, I don't know about that.

Gillian Bruce: I think they're really like new months at this point, I feel like we're still in a holding pattern since March, but...

Mike Gerholdt: July is long. June happened. May didn't feel the long. We had a, in the U.S., we had a holiday. I guess we had a holiday in July too, but it still feels longer. I don't know why. It's like when you sleep and you wake up in the middle of the night and you're like, oh man, it's got to be time to get up, and it's like 02:00 AM.

Gillian Bruce: Well it's the summer where you take a vacation, but you can't go anywhere. So yeah, everything seems longer.

Mike Gerholdt: Where did you go for your vacation? The edge of my yard.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, my backyard or the weird corner in the living room, that I never go to. I don't know. It's exciting.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. So let's dive into some blogs and videos that came out that maybe read, maybe you didn't read, maybe you should go back, much like all of the TrailheaDX video content you can go back. So the first one I have on the list is take a tour of Setup Home in Lightning Experience.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, if you haven't done this in a while, it's a highly, highly recommended activity for all admins to do because Setup, I mean, gosh, you think about what Setup was like four years ago.

Mike Gerholdt: It was painful.

Gillian Bruce: Oh man. Now you've got things like... I mean, remember when the object creator tab, like the fact that you could see all of your objects just in one tab in Setup was like, boom, mind blowing.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: But that was kind of the beginning, and now there's a whole bunch of stuff now and Setup Home that, I think the team's done a very good job of listening to feedback.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes. I also... I mean, looking through this post, here's what I probably have taken for granted is if you're an established user, and I mean, geez, I've been using Salesforce for like 14 years now, the new Setup Home, you just kind of like intuitively know where stuff is. But if you're a new user, which I think a lot of people listening to the podcast might be, you just didn't intuitively know where things were or new things appear, right? Like the create button off to the right, or you probably just went to the familiar things. I don't know. I found this post incredibly insightful in calling things out that I had just taken for granted.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I mean, I think as most admins do, we just tinker and we figure it out, but then to actually understand the why and all of the rationale behind designing some of the things, why they're designed, makes it a lot easier to understand how to best use them.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Yeah, absolutely. So moving on Einstein Prediction Builder, thinking through predictions with bias in mind. So this is like a re-publish. I helped the team go through this and kind of reread this. I thought this was... I love reading about how we can use Prediction Builder. I think Prediction Builder for admins is so incredibly easy to use that it's almost wrong of us to not have a conversation about what can we use Prediction Builder for, and also thinking through, so are we gathering all of the right data to help guide say, sales, and what opportunity they should most call? Because I mean, time's valuable, right? So if you're going to go through, yeah, I got to make all these phone calls, but boy, if you're like me, I'd really want that momentum early on. Give me the calls that I know I need to make, and also how do I make sure that I'm going through and grabbing the right data so that I'm not perhaps building a prediction that sways us in a certain way?

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I mean, it's a topic I think that we very early on, since the advent of having AI as part of our platform, we've really tried to stress how important it is to think about the implications and the uses of this really powerful technology. And it's not that hard to think about these things, you just have... I mean, we have frameworks for this and it's really just like paying attention. I mean, you train Einstein, so it's like training a dog, right? Train it for good, not for evil.

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, unless you want one of those like crazy junkyard dogs, I don't know.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, I think it's a great post Mike and I think it's really cool because it's one of the things that admins can do to be AI experts, which is pretty awesome.

Mike Gerholdt: AI experts.

Gillian Bruce: AI experts.

Mike Gerholdt: AI experts. So how I solve this, which is part of what Mark on our team is fostering, these are just fun to read, right? So we had how I solved this intuitive record links. I think these spawn for those people that haven't read it or missed out on Dreamforce. We collect a lot of data at Dreamforce and our team sat down and we kind of brainstormed, what do admins want out of all of this? And we looked for the answers in the data and a lot of the answers was, show us an example of literally how you solve this, and so that's where that came from. And Mark's been doing a great job fostering going out into the community, getting these stories, helping them build these blog posts, and so that's kind of where that came from. So I anticipate these will continue because you're solving really cool things that I think other people need to know how to solve.

Gillian Bruce: Well, yeah. And this example was from the Nonprofit Success Pack, but it's totally relevant to any, basically any record or any object that you want to put this on. This is a really cool concept that you could absolutely find relevancy for your own org.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Very cool.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep. I love that series. Fun series.

Gillian Bruce: Very fun.

Mike Gerholdt: So those are the blogs.

Gillian Bruce: Lots of blogs, but you know what? There were also a lot of podcasts.

Mike Gerholdt: There were a few podcasts, just a few, hey, in no particular order, but in the order that they came out, let's see Gillian, you kicked off July with Flow Builder and Automation with our friend of the pod, John Kucera.

Gillian Bruce: John is one of our long time friends of the pod, long time awesome admin advocates, even before we had this program, had begun this program. I mean, his roots are back in trying to improve that Setup experience for admins. John has now the amazing responsibility of overseeing a lot of the flow tooling, and it was so cool to talk to him because again, we talked about, think about what flow looked like three, four years ago and think about what it looks like now.

Mike Gerholdt: Do I have to? Please don't make me.

Gillian Bruce: I know it gives me anxiety. I mean, I remember way back when one of the first projects I worked on with John was trying to figure out how we were going to end of life, Google AdWords for Salesforce. And now he's like, "Yeah, look at the cool, shiny things my team are building now. We're not just killing old stuff we're making the future happen." So it was really cool to talk to John about Flow Builder, automation tools in general, talking about the future vision of where Flow is going, and hint, hint, nudge, nudge the future is Flow.

Mike Gerholdt: Very much, very, very much. Okay. And then Gillian, we had a fun episode of getting to know Work.com with Wade Wegner, who I think probably has forgotten more than some of us have learned.

Gillian Bruce: Wade, I don't even understand how he does everything he does, but fun fact, Wade is definitely vying to get some time with the Lego Cody structure that was built at TDX, because apparently he and his kids are huge Lego fans. So we might have to arrange some Cody visitation, but Wade, I mean, Wade's team built Work.com in like what? A month and a half, not even?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. And it continues to get better too.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. So it was great talking with him, Work.com it's new, but it's a really cool way to help get your business back on track after all the disruption that we've all encountered this year, whether you're ready to reopen offices or you're just trying to get all of your employees back into the groove, really enabling your business to get back on it. And it's a great set of tools and the team did such a cool job of pivoting real quickly and developing this for our customers.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. And it helps you think through, I think the one thing that I learned from that podcast, it helps you think through at executive level, what is all involved and how do we track this all in one place? And as an admin, hey, you're perfectly positioned because you understand Salesforce. So you're in the driver's seat to help set this up and it's going to be really fun and you get to be in all of those conversations. Plus I like logistical conversations, figuring out how to move people and get in elevators, and that just, I don't know, it seems kind of neat.

Gillian Bruce: Well, and that's the thing I think that's interesting about Work.com for admins, it gives us the opportunity to work with different business units, right?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: So now, we're very familiar with working with our sales teams, and our service teams, and our IT teams, but now it's working with HR, it's working with facilities and when those teams realize the power of Salesforce that you can bring to them to help make their lives easier as we get back into this next phase of pandemic life, I think it's-

Mike Gerholdt: Quarantine.

Gillian Bruce: Right.

Mike Gerholdt: Quarantine life.

Gillian Bruce: Quarantine life.

Mike Gerholdt: Be positive, quarantine life.

Gillian Bruce: Well, why are we in the quarantine? Anyway.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, I know, but...

Gillian Bruce: I think in the U.S. we're feeling it a lot more than other places, unfortunately, but it's cool because it gives admins the opportunity to become an advocate of Salesforce with new parts of the business and establish themselves as leaders with new parts of the business, which is kind of cool.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep. And then if you listened to the podcast last week, which I'm sure you all did.

Gillian Bruce: Absolutely.

Mike Gerholdt: Just edge of your seat, Lightning Speed with Chris Marzilli, so that was another fun episode that we kicked off. I think Gillian, that was the first episode with my new microphone.

Gillian Bruce: Yes. It sounds... Your voice-

Mike Gerholdt: Which is the highlight of the episode.

Gillian Bruce: It sounds so smooth. It's like syrup dripping off the back of a spoon.

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Gillian Bruce: Right?

Mike Gerholdt: I wonder who's going to...

Gillian Bruce: Anyone remembers that you get bonus points.

Mike Gerholdt: I know seriously, that is...

Gillian Bruce: Callback.

Mike Gerholdt: [crosstalk] machine. So Chris came to us with this presentation because he actually works with varying customers of different size on their Salesforce implementation, really optimizing their Salesforce implementation. I think if you listen to the podcast and you should, I had a big takeaway of lazy load, but a lot of what I took out of the podcast was really, it's almost thinking of it like a delivery truck culture, kind of like how do you deliver, put what needs to be on the truck for that time, as opposed to everything. Right? And it's the same with pages, and he talks through that and using Dynamic Forms, and thinking through user experience to optimize page load times. So it was a really unique way, because too often I feel like Salesforce admins are just throw it in the truck, and next thing you know, you got this huge thing that you're trying to load all the time when [user just needs a field. 00:00:22:53]

Gillian Bruce: Well, yeah. And I think we get... There are so many cool new ways to customize things and admins we have all these options. Chris really breaks it down as like, look, if you want to make it speedy, this is how you do it. And I think that, that's really... It was great to talk to him. I mean, I learned a ton, so I thought it was great. And Mike, we almost forgot to talk about Purvi, Purvi and Service Cloud.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh yes. I know. Well, I was saving the best for last.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, okay.

Mike Gerholdt: That's why.

Gillian Bruce: All right. That makes sense.

Mike Gerholdt: I was saving that because I have a renewed respect for Service Cloud, and I really feel like as Salesforce admins, if we're not in those service discussions by now, we need to make them happen or get in those doors, because I mean, just the other day I had one of my vacuums break down, which it's so odd that machines break breakdown anymore. Right? It used to be commonplace, but I called the service center and they said, "If you're on a phone that we can send you a text message, because so many of our service centers are shut down. We would like to do that. So press one, if you're on a phone," which mobile phone, yes, boom. And literally, it was like six texts, they troubleshot what the issue was, and vacuum's fine.
And so I'm assuming that was a bot that did that, but as a Salesforce admin thinking through service, this is where we need to be, because our sales teams are probably out there hammering out phone calls, but our service teams are what are going to retain those customers. And to me, that was just like, okay, that was amazing. And I also have adapted to the culture of I don't really want to, if I don't have to talk to somebody on the phone, I know it's so weird to use your mobile phone to talk to people.

Gillian Bruce: I know we shouldn't even call it a phone anymore.

Mike Gerholdt: I know.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, it's mostly a texting and internet device in my [land 00:25:06].

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Yep. Yep, but so the podcast that we did was with Purvi was we covered a little bit about what was in her TrailheaDX session, but really dived, I think, deeper into the idea of personas, and working through personas in the call center, and understanding how what types of case solvers you have, and how they operate the fastest. Because for me, and working with Purvi on her TrailheaDX session was amazing. She had really fun ideas about how to shoot the video and get the video and the demo done, but also just thinking through Salesforce Service Cloud, the end user is really consuming the product at the moment of interaction with the customer, as opposed to like Sales Cloud, where they could be entering their call notes later or prepping before. This is like real time [how to search 00:26:10] knowledge articles. So yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I mean, it's like, your customers are actually touching Salesforce, right? As opposed to just you using it, and then... I think that's a really good point. I hadn't thought about that.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. And she walks through chats and she's a huge macros fan, which coincidentally, we may have a Did You Know video on macros.

Gillian Bruce: Macros are awesome.

Mike Gerholdt: Macros are amazing.

Gillian Bruce: Macro tacos. All right.

Mike Gerholdt: [crosstalk] Taco.

Gillian Bruce: Speaking of taco, you know what else starts with T? Trailhead Live?

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Nice segue.

Gillian Bruce: Thanks.

Mike Gerholdt: That was smooth.

Gillian Bruce: Like syrup dripping off the back of the spoon.

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Gillian Bruce: So we had some really cool Trailhead Live content this month. In fact, we've now got a regular cadence of every Friday, every Friday morning, Pacific time, we're doing an admin essential habits session.

Mike Gerholdt: Mm-hmm (affirmative). Yep. And I would say Trailhead Live for me is like, it makes webinars feel so dated. I was thinking through this the other day, I was like, remember when he used to have to register for a thing and then try to get in, and it was at this one time, and oh, the room's full. Now, it's just like, no, it's on demand culture. Oh, it's 10:00 AM Pacific, I tune in to Trailhead Live.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, easy peasy. It's the modern experience. It's amazing.

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, and I think Mark [Baseman] has been running most of those. So you get to see his beautiful fascia and have him tell you about some essential habits for Salesforce Admin. So anybody who's new to the ecosystem, maybe you got a new admin starting on your team, or somebody who's newer in their role, this is a great session to recommend to them.

Mike Gerholdt: Or you've been in your role forever and you need a refresher kind of like what's on the homepage.

Gillian Bruce: It's quick little kind of maintenance session for ya, inspiring you to get back to those good habits.

Mike Gerholdt: Exactly. And then in addition that Gillian, I think you've seen these, the Trailhead News.

Gillian Bruce: Yes. I think that I have been on a Trailhead News. I think you have as well. Haven't you?

Mike Gerholdt: No, not yet.

Gillian Bruce: Not yet. Oh, don't worry. It's coming,

Mike Gerholdt: Still waiting on my invite from Meagan. I'm sure it's lost in the mail.

Gillian Bruce: But Trailhead News is awesome. Meagan Peterson from just outside Sydney, Australia, location.

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Gillian Bruce: Ranger Meagan does a great job wrapping up all of the things that you would want to know about being in the Trailhead Salesforce ecosystem, including new Trailhead content, great events, other Trailhead Live sessions, podcasts that are coming out, and all kinds of great stuff in that vein of learning and continuing to beef up your Salesforce skills. So definitely check it out. It comes out, I think every Tuesday is her schedule. So...

Mike Gerholdt: Every other, every other Tuesday.

Gillian Bruce: Every other Tuesday.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, every other, because there's a lot, she does a really good job. It's like this episode, except she knows what to call it.

Gillian Bruce: It's a little more put together.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Ours is very put together. We have a Quip doc.

Gillian Bruce: It's true. We do. We have that. This is so true.

Mike Gerholdt: That's a lot put together for us.

Gillian Bruce: It is. It is.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. So I always add in kind of at the tail end of this, the way back machine. I hope you're not sick to your stomach watching this on video now, but I think it's fun to look back at stuff that we published or things that were going on. And so two years ago, Gillian, do you remember you had this really great, speaking of bots, great conversation with Molly Mahar about Einstein Bots.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. We had a whole series of bot pods. So we had...

Mike Gerholdt: Bot pods.

Gillian Bruce: I love my bot pod crew. This was so fun. Essentially, I got wind of how admins can really use Salesforce bots. And I was like, cool, let me learn more about this. And I went down the rabbit hole, and I learned so much, and I met so many amazing people that I had three of them join me on the podcast. So we had, I think it was Molly, George, and Greg join us and talk about different aspects of what it means to use a bot, some best practices about a bot, and some cool things that bots can do. It was really, really cool that actually ended up turning into a couple of really cool Dreamforce sessions that year too.

Mike Gerholdt: Mm-hmm (affirmative). Yep.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: I like that. And then three years ago...

Gillian Bruce: Oh, my God.

Mike Gerholdt: Gillian, you and I were at TrailheaDX. So very apropos that we kicked off the episode TrailheaDX talking... I remember doing this interview outside. I believe it was the third floor on some tables.

Gillian Bruce: Third floor, Moscone West.

Mike Gerholdt: Moscone West. We talked with John Schaff.

Gillian Bruce: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: About how he had reinvented his career.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, amazing story. It's someone that we met through the JVS program here in San Francisco and he had a very significant accident that he wasn't sure he was going to recover from. And as part of his recovery, he engaged his brain by doing Trailhead, and now he is a rock star in the Salesforce community. And that was the first time we had met him. He was just beginning, I think he had just gotten his first Salesforce job, and now, I mean, I can't believe that was only three years ago. It feels like a lot longer.

Mike Gerholdt: I know, that's why I had to look it up. I was like, really? That feels like yesterday. And then four years ago, so it just kind of builds on itself. I was just blown away by the number of things that I found like July, July has always been a good month for us. So this was, I remember doing this interview at Midwest Dreamin'. It was [Leanne] and I, because you, Gillian, were off shooting videos somewhere, but we talked to Zac Otero, so we'll link to that. And that was just an amazing story, just floored us, and I, the previous year at Dreamforce 2015 had met Zac when he came up to me to tell me his story and it was... Boy, that was one of the hardest, yeah. Hardest podcasts to get through.
And I remember Gillian, you said like, "When you sit down and talk to Zac, make sure you ask him about the rainbow." And I, to this day recall sitting there and thinking like, okay, I made the note and Leanne and I were looking at each other and I said, "Okay, so tell us about the rainbow." And I was not expecting the answer that I got, like I was just absolutely floored, and four years ago, hard to believe, four years ago.

Gillian Bruce: It's wild. I mean, I'm getting chills and I'm getting tears thinking about that, because that was the moment where you realized how special Zac was, what he had done, and also just the significance of how Salesforce has enabled people to completely change their lives. I mean, gosh, it's crazy. I mean, a lot of people know Zac Otero's story now, but it was really like, okay, there's a purpose here and it's really got... It's amazing. So anyway.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: I love that. That was four years ago, oh my God.

Mike Gerholdt: I know it was hard to believe. Very inspiring, and it also speaks to if you have the mindset and you really set that goal, that following through with it pays off. So that was, it was crazy four years ago. Skipping ahead to 10 years ago, it was a long time ago. I think Gillian, we had 10 years ago on here, because at that time, the other month, you are celebrating your anniversary, but I looked up because I had something come across my Facebook of like, hey, you feel old when these songs are turning 20. And so I thought, well, I'll look up and see what was in the box office and what people were listening to 10 years ago. 10 years ago in the box office, we were all going to see Avatar.

Gillian Bruce: Oh my God. IMAX 3D!

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Yep. I remember that. It doesn't feel like 10 years ago, it feels longer.

Gillian Bruce: It sure does.

Mike Gerholdt: And Katy Perry had the top song, California Girls.

Gillian Bruce: That's right.

Mike Gerholdt: So in case you didn't remember, that's 10 years old.

Gillian Bruce: I think that earlier that year, or maybe the year prior, I had actually seen Katy Perry at the 9:30 Club in D.C., because I was still living there, and it was like a small venue, and she had a huge Hello Kitty stage prop. And she spent most of the time talking and she was pretty funny, but I went only because I had heard two of her songs and I'm like, "Sure. It's like a $15.00 concert. I'll go." Then she's headlining the Super Bowl. So you never know.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep, imagine that. Yeah. I remember, funny story, was it 10 years ago? Yeah. I think I was at an HR Tech conference for a company and they played that song prior to the keynote opening, and the colleague I was with was like, "Oh dear Lord, I can't believe they played that song prior to the this," because you're in HR, tech conference.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. That seems a little weird.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Yeah. It totally was.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, it could have been her other song, which was, I Kissed a Girl, but you know.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, it's more of like, let's play all the HR violation songs.

Gillian Bruce: Maybe it was played ironically? I don't know.

Mike Gerholdt: I to this day don't know, but I was like, "Oh, okay, great." Well, there we go. Fun stuff. So, okay, sure, 10 years ago.

Gillian Bruce: Well-

Mike Gerholdt: Don't look up songs that were that long ago, because you'll be surprised. You're probably still listening to them.

Gillian Bruce: Nothing wrong with that. Nothing wrong with that.

Mike Gerholdt: I haven't watched Avatar since I've seen it though.

Gillian Bruce: I have once because I think it was on TV or something and I was like, "Oh," because you know what? The marine bio nerd inside of me loves-

Mike Gerholdt: Oh yeah.

Gillian Bruce: All of the creatures they made up, because it looks like you're underwater, but you're not. I don't know. Anyway. Aren't they still making another one? [crosstalk 00:36:58].

Mike Gerholdt: Well, they're taking a while.

Gillian Bruce: Isn't James Cameron making like Avatar Two or something?

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. I mean, in the span of... Other films have released sequels, and sequels, and sequels.

Gillian Bruce: I mean, no one's releasing much of anything right now, but yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I enjoyed watching how they filmed Avatar, because I feel like the actors had to be on these stilts, like the stilts they use to hang dry wall or whatever, and then arm extensions.

Gillian Bruce: Like Cirque de Solei people? Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. That's always like, man, okay, great. That's got to be hard.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Well, we made it through July, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: We did, much like we made it through this podcast. Surprising. If you want to learn more about all things Salesforce admin go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. Everything that we have, that we talked about, we will link in the show notes and is also blog posts and videos that you can watch. And of course, as a reminder, please go to iTunes, give us a review. I just looked to see if we had anything new, got some new stars. Thank you.

Gillian Bruce: Yay stars!

Mike Gerholdt: You have kind words. We appreciate that. And you can say up to date on all things social for Salesforce admins on Twitter. We are @Salesforceadmns, no I, and of course you can find me, I'm @MikeGerholdt and Gillian...

Gillian Bruce: @GillianKBruce.

Mike Gerholdt: Awesome. And with that, stay tuned for the next episode and we'll see you in the cloud.

Gillian Bruce: Bye.

View Details

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we sit down with Chris Marzilli, Director of Platform Success at Salesforce. We learn tons of tips and tricks Chris has for improving your org’s performance and how the Awesome Admins out there can make a difference.

Join us as we talk about how impactful smart tab usage can be, the tools that are built into Salesforce to help you check the performance of your org, and you should always take a look at standard components first.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Chris Marzilli.

The best of the best and the worst of the worst.

Chris describes himself as “an Admin who Architects” at Salesforce, where he and his team work with some of Salesforce’s largest customers implementing and evaluating hundreds of orgs. “I’ve seen the best of the best, and the worst of the worst,” he says, “so I have no shortage of war stories.” That means he has plenty of insights to help you improve your org.

“I’ve spent the last past of this year focused on just improving and optimizing Lightning performance with some of our customers,” Chris says. He thinks of Lightning performance as a three-sided triangle: browser performance, network performance, and page complexity. The third one is where admins need to focus. As Chris puts it, “how can we make the user more efficient and how can we get the page load faster?”

Rethinking tabs from the ground up.

“In Classic, as an admin, you had very limited choices,” Chris says, but in Lightning there are so many more options than just placing the field on the left or the right of the page. Hiding things behind tabs, for example, can allow them to lazy load and substantially increase performance. Admins now have to play the role of UI designer, and there’s a lot they can do in Lightning that can have a huge impact on their users’ workflow.

One of the biggest things is to start from scratch in Lightning. “Most of the customers I’ve run into that have some of the worst-performing orgs have basically just lifted and shifted from Classic,” Chris says, “and they’ve brought over a lot of their technical debt without rethinking it.” Instead, Chris recommends starting by asking yourself what you really need to give the user in order to do their job. “Don’t give them too much,” he says, “if you have 300 fields, no user, no human, no person can comprehend that when looking at a page.” The same goes for related lists—Chris strives for one or two on a page, with the rest hidden behind tabs.

“User needs are demanding,” Chris says, but it’s important to realize that all clicks are not the same. “The question is not so much what they want to see, it’s what they want to have at their fingertips,” he says, and he has a ton of great tips for how to make better use of your tabs to group things logically while making it all more manageable for all of your different use cases.

Salesforce tools to help you gauge your org’s performance.

The world of components is wide and varied—there are so many that even Chris has trouble keeping up. Before you get into custom components, Chris recommends making sure you’ve taken a thorough look at the standard components, and even considered if what you’re trying to do would be better accomplished with a Flow. “I always try to use my declarative tools first before I go into writing a custom component,” he says. It’ll perform faster and save you a lot of time.

Another great tool is the Lightning Performance App, which started out as an adoption measuring stick but now includes several great metrics for judging how your org is functioning. Some of that data is actually stored in your org as a record, Lightning Usage by Browser Metrics, which gives you the ability to take a closer look by building custom report types and reports on that object.

“The reason I wanted to come on the Salesforce Admin Podcast is to make a callout to all of our Awesome Admins out there,” Chris says, “you can have a huge effect on Lightning performance if you just take a look at the page, inventory it, and then understand what’s the best way to present it to the user.”

Trailhead: * Lightning Experience Performance Optimization

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Chris: @CMarzilli * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admin Podcast, where we talk about product, community and careers to help you become an awesome admin. I'm Mike Gerholdt.

Gillian Bruce: And I'm Gillian Bruce.

Mike Gerholdt: And joining us today is Christopher Marzilli, who, holy cow, is about to just blow your mind with all of the cool things that admins can do, that he helped coach admins, that he works with our companies while at Salesforce to increase Lightning performance on pages. We talk components. And I'll sneak peek. I think, my new word for this episode is lazy load.

Gillian Bruce: That's pretty good, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: It's lazy load's fun.

Gillian Bruce: It's like lazy river. It's what we all want to be on right now.

Mike Gerholdt: It's lazy load. So listen for lazy load and other fun things as we get Chris on the podcast.
So Chris, welcome to the podcast.

Christopher Mar...: Thanks, Mike. I'm really excited to be here first time. Long time listener of the podcast. I really enjoyed one of the recent podcasts with Vin Dynamic and talking about the Dynamic page builder.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Vin has quite the game collection.

Christopher Mar...: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: And Chris, we'll work on your superhero name through this podcast, too. So my brain is already thinking.

Christopher Mar...: Awesome.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. It just comes as the podcast progresses. Chris, you've been at Salesforce for a while. We've had the pleasure of working together on admin track. For those of you that don't know you, what do you do at Salesforce? And what are some of the things that you're really passionate about?

Christopher Mar...: Yeah. So I got my start using Salesforce about 15 years ago. For the last five years, I've been here at Salesforce. But when I started 15 years ago, I was an accidental admin and that's where my roots will always be. I'm sure you've heard the phrase admins who code. Well, I'm actually an admin who architects now here at Salesforce. I run a group of certified application architects that work with our largest customers here at Salesforce. And I've implemented and evaluated hundreds of orgs, and I've seen the best of the best and certainly the worst of the worst. So I have no shortage of worst worries.

Gillian Bruce: I love that, admin to architect at Salesforce. That's quite a 15-year trajectory there, Chris. So congrats.

Christopher Mar...: Yeah. Thank you.

Gillian Bruce: So you said you've seen the best of the best and the worst of the worst, which means you've learned a lot along the way. One of the things I think we wanted to talk to you today was about some of those things that you've learned that admins can use to help them improve kind of the performance of their org, which I think you've got a long list.

Christopher Mar...: Yeah. I mean, there's a lot of stuff out there. I actually spent the last part of this year, it being July now, focused on just improving and optimizing Lightning performance with some of our customers. I've kind of come up with some... a methodology of the way I think about Lightning performance. It's actually a three-sided triangle. And those three sides are browser performance, network performance and page complexity. And really the complexity of a page is where we, as admins, need to focus and think about how can we make the user more efficient and how can we get the page to load... The page load faster is a nice kind of KPI to look at, but really you want to make the user more efficient and those two things need to come together to provide the most optimal Lightning experience.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I think, I mean, for as much as we like to put bumpers on stuff, there's no stopping people from adding too much cheese to a taco. Right? And there's also no stop... Well, I'm sure there's a limit and you can tell me how many Lightning components I can have on a page, but at a certain point, your X number of Lightning component, isn't adding value, just like your X number of pound of cheese on a taco isn't adding really any more deliciousness.

Christopher Mar...: Now, I really like cheese on my tacos, but yeah, there's definitely an upper limit there. And while I'll say that we actually... There's what you can do technically, but then what's the best practice? And I like to focus on more on the best practices. And we've recently released something new in app builder. I don't know if you've seen it. As admins, we're an app builder all the time. We'll see guidance now in the lower right hand corner. And when they trip one of our rules, like if they have more than, I think it's 20 or 25 Lightning components on a page, it'll pop up and say, "Hey, this might be too many. Let's think about how to rearrange that." And we're going to be adding more and more features there, but with Lightning App Builder and that guidance, there's so much you can do.
I always say that in classic, as an admin, you had very limited choices. Right? Do I put the field on the left hand side of the page, or do I put it on the right hand side of the page? That was basically it. Now with Lightning, you have all these different templates and you have tabs where you can hide stuff behind. And when you do that, those things can lazy load. And you have different regions of the screen that you need to think about.
So it's not just do I put it on the left or do I put it on the right? The question is, where do I put it? Where is it most valuable to the end user? And if I can put it behind a tab and increase performance, all the better.

Gillian Bruce: So I think that's awesome. I mean, it's really interesting because we get so excited about all the flexibility we get now with, I mean, talking to Vin Dynamic, and the amazing things that his team has created, we have so many options as admins of you can put things here. You can set conditional visibility here. You can now kind of even to like a field level. I mean, there are so many things that as admins, we never had to think about that before. Like you said, it's either left or right. And now admins are kind of UI designers in a way.
So what are some things. Chris, that... You mentioned kind of putting things behind a tab, if you can. What are some kind of like overall strategy as an admin, like general best practice? Give me some top tips there when I'm creating a page.

Christopher Mar...: Yeah. So the key things to look at when creating your page, first of all, start from scratch. Most of the customers that I've run into that had some of the worst performing orgs have basically just lifted and shifted from Lightning... I'm sorry... from Classic to Lightning, right? And they've kind of brought over a lot of their technical debt without really rethinking it.
I always think that if you're going to implement Lightning or you're starting out with Lightning, you should start from a blank slate and say, "What do I need to give the user to do their job?" And don't give them too much. If you have 300 fields, no user, no person, no human can comprehend 300 fields when looking at a page. It's too many.

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Christopher Mar...: I say 20 is what you should shoot for, maybe 30, right, on a field. And then hide everything else behind a tab. I understand that those other 150 fields are important, but not every time I go to the page. With dynamic forums, I can't wait. You'll be able to drag and drop fields on, but even now, you can use a related object and just put a couple fields on the page and then put the rest behind the tabs.
And then the other one best practice I have is related lists. 35 related lists, not great on a page, right? One or two typically is what I strive for on the top part of the page where the user loads up every time they see it. And then again, put the rest behind a few tabs and hide it, especially if they don't need it.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. So let me play devil's advocate, Chris.

Christopher Mar...: Sure.

Mike Gerholdt: Because if I'm an admin, I'm hearing this and I'm like, "Oh, I totally need to do that." And then the second you sit down with a user, they will give you the story of, "Well, when I load this record, sometimes I need to see this. And then other times on Tuesday afternoons, at 3:00, I need to see this. And then other times, I'm feeling like I'm on the phone with them and I need to... So I got to have access to all 35 related lists."

Christopher Mar...: Right. And the user needs are demanding. Right? I always say that you got to get to the core of what they need. And again, they'll need all 35 related list at some point in their career, right, at some point in their week or some point in their month or if they go to it once a year to look at this specific metric. That is important too, right? You need to be able to support that use case.
You can put all of the related lists into a secondary tab, and so that they can get access to it. I feel like we come off, in the classic world, and when we started doing web technology, you used to count the number of clicks, right? And then we gotten a little bit more into page load. And now we, at Salesforce, we talk about experience page time. That's how much time it takes for the page to be usable for a user.
All clicks are not the same. If I'm clicking on a tab, that's going to be pretty responsive. But if I have to click away to a different record, and I have to open up like, say, a new tab, that's going to take more time. So the question is not so much what they want to see, it's what do they want to have at their fingertips? And thinking about the different use cases that they might have to go through and how often they might have to access that data.

Mike Gerholdt: So in thinking of a page, how... because I know Gillian has a million questions, how should I approach tabs? Let's start there first.

Christopher Mar...: My thought around that is that you can basically drag and drop tabs anywhere you're not want now in the app builder. It's really powerful. You don't want to go crazy though, right? You don't want to have everything be tabbed. So I like to have one set of tabs. The default tab is the, again, those key things, maybe those 20 fields, those two related list is in the default tab. And then everything else, I have behind that.
And I've seen actually a lot of different implementations. Some people have thought of some different ways to break out the tabs. I saw one company that had tabs basically by core role. So they might have a number of different sales roles, right, that all access the opportunity. Right? And they all want the same information, but some of them, they want these three related lists and the other ones want a different two related list or fields or whatever. They actually have five tabs on the opportunity page that actually is done by role. And I was like, "Wow, I never thought about that." You could also do it just by, "Hey, here are all your fields. Here are all your related lists. Here's all this stuff that deal with assets. And here's all this stuff that deals with revenue." So if you think about logical ways to group some of the fields and related lists, that's another method, too.
There's definitely no one, "This is the right way to manage your tabs." I think it's about working with those demanding end users and figuring out what's going to be best for the different use cases you need to support.

Gillian Bruce: I like this. This is like tab palooza. There's so many. Wasn't Tab like a soft drink at some point, too? Or is that still a thing?

Mike Gerholdt: It was.

Christopher Mar...: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: Still exists. Still exists.

Gillian Bruce: Okay. I am like, I'm envisioning it. I don't think I've ever actually had it. So I can't tell you what it tastes like.

Mike Gerholdt: I feel like it was in the '80s thing.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Because don't they talk about that in a big movie that came out in 1985 about time travel?

Gillian Bruce: Sure. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Put it on my tab.

Gillian Bruce: I was a little young, I think.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I know. I'm old or something, fine. Give me a Pepsi without sugar.

Gillian Bruce: All right. So I love this tab strategy. And now everyone's thinking of drinking a Tab soft drink. But one of the other things, when you say tabs, it makes me think of console. So can you talk to us a little bit about console versus tabs in the kind of standard out of the box experience? I mean, I love console. I think it's amazing. And that is like the ultimate Tabba Palooza. Right?

Christopher Mar...: Yeah. So there's definitely a big difference between the tabs that you have in app builder and the tabs that exist in the console Lightning application. Even though they probably look relatively the same, they function a little bit different. What's important to know about the console tabs is that unlike the app builder tabs, they don't do what we call lazy load with the app builder and you put a tab on, it loads the default tab when the end user hits the page. And then when they click into the next tab, that's when it actually does the loading there. So you get a speed advantage, a performance advantage there.
With service console, each time it's opening up a tab... Or I'm sorry, the Lightning console, each time it's opening up a tab, you are actually loading that record. And furthermore, if you use navigation rules, which I know a lot of our admins do where you can open up multiple tabs, so if I click on a case, I open both the case and the account, you're actually opening both records.
That could be a big performance hit if you have a thousand users all clicking on tens of thousands of cases every day, you're now loading both the case and account every time someone clicks on a case. There's some performance trade offs there. It could be very useful obviously for a service representative to be able to look at both the account and the case and flip back and forth. But do they need it every time? If the answer is yes, then go ahead and use the navigation rules. The answer is no, well you can actually speed up the performance by reducing those navigation rules.

Gillian Bruce: I see. That's, again, a tip I had no idea about. So this is good.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I love your point that you make in your presentation about console users are generally power users. I feel like it even took me a while before I was what I would consider myself a power user to have a console and be able to navigate around. Right?

Christopher Mar...: Yeah. I mean the console users are not people who are working on one thing at a time, right? They are working on multiple cases, multiple opportunities, multiple leads, and they are flipping back and forth and they are definitely the quintessential power users, and they need a little bit more thought put around their performance because every second you can reduce the page load time is more time that they're going to be able to juggle multiple things.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. So let's jump into... Because I feel we did justice to some tabs. I bet there was a Diet Tab, too, Tab Free. What about Lightning components? It's interesting, coming from the world of Classic, you kind of had the record detail, and then all of your related lists and you had this one page and as you mentioned, there's really, do you put it in left? Do you put it in the right? And then once it's in the left or the right, "Ooh, do you put a blank space in between it?"

Christopher Mar...: Yeah. Right. Yeah. Oh, fancy.

Mike Gerholdt: Those fields. I remember when the blank space came out. It was like, "Oh my God, this is a game changer." Now we have on top of the page apps, we have components that we can put in pains. And for the most part, we have standard components we can drag and drop in, and we also have custom components. So if we have developers that are building components, how should we go about thinking about components?

Christopher Mar...: Yeah, it's a great question because that's one of the powers that we have in Lightning that it's so much more powerful than classic, it's those standard and custom components. In the standard components, we keep adding more and more every release. It's even hard for me here at Salesforce to keep up with all of these components that we have, the highlights panel. I really like the accordion, just because it's fun to say accordion.

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Christopher Mar...: And there are so many great different components. And then there's third party components. There's a huge number of app exchange, third party Lightning components out there that you can go and get free and paid. So there's just no end to it. And then there's of course the custom built components that you work with your developers to build.
Anytime I talk about the custom components, I always say, "Make sure that you're looking at the standard components. Make sure you're thinking about using flow before you even get into the custom components." But there's always going to be those things that you're going to want to build those custom components for and engage those developers to do it, but you want to have those requirements upfront. Like this is what we did. I was always try to use my declarative tools first, right, before I go into the, "I need to start custom writing a component."

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. I mean, Chris, to your point, I remember early days of when we were kind of spreading the Lightning news and going and doing like Lightning tours in cities. I remember, there was a moment where actually one of our like broader team members was super stoked about a Lightning component he'd built. And then we were like, "That's actually a standard component."

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Yeah.

Christopher Mar...: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: You did all this work, and actually it already exists.

Christopher Mar...: Yeah. I've definitely run into that certainly with customers and then I show them not only does it exist, but it actually performs faster. Right? One of the things I wanted to get too techie here on the admin call, but when developers are building components, they actually have the option to use something called base components, which are basically the underpinnings of our core components. Right? So that it's very similar to the ones that you see in app builder, but then they can extend them. Developers can extend them.
And the reason why that's so important is that as we make improvements to the core Lightning experience engine, those base components that are standard components improve the performance. So it's kind of like by using Lightning components, you're investing anyway in Salesforce, right? By using those base components, now we can invest in you and actually help you speed up. And we do that release to release, basically.

Gillian Bruce: I think that's really cool too, because I mean, we've briefly touched on kind of the more complexities that come with Lightning components and building them once in a while on this podcast. And I think the idea of base components is something that admins can very easily understand, right, because it's very similar to the admin experience in that, "Hey, here is a..." I mean, it's almost like a template that you can use.

Christopher Mar...: Right.

Gillian Bruce: And reminding developers that they exist, I think, is a really good thing for admins to do.

Christopher Mar...: Absolutely. And Gillian, not only can they... They can actually see them, right? So you can go and I would encourage even admins to go to the Lightning component developer docs. And in the documentation, there's a tab for base components and you can go and look at them and see them, and then you can get the code and you can even send that link to one of your developer and say like, "This is the component that I think we want to..." This basically, it's a UI. Ultimately it's a base UI. You go, "This is what I want. This is the component that you should put it in. And here's the data that we need to pull in or the functionality that we need." So the admins can actually go and see them, see all of our base components.

Gillian Bruce: So awesome. I love that. I love that. So Chris, what are some kind of other things that you've got tip wise for admins who are building pages in Lightning who want to optimize performance? We talked about tabs. We briefly touched on console, talking about components. What are some other top things that come up to mind for you that you've seen?

Christopher Mar...: Well, one of the things that I work the most with is doing investigations with customers. How do we troubleshoot Lightning performance? Because you're obviously not starting from a blank screen. Almost nobody's in that position, unless you've just spun up a new org today. Right? So how do we go about if our users are saying it's slow, what are the next steps you should take to then kind of troubleshoot that and figure that out? And I spend a lot of time working with customers. So I'd like to kind of talk a little bit about some of the ways I go and do that.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. That'd be great.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Let's jump into that.

Christopher Mar...: The first thing I always tell people is go look at your Lightning Usage app, right? That app came about because we wanted to see how people, how users are adopting Lightning. But now, there's two additional sections in that for pages and browser, and you can get performance. You can see how each browser type is performing, whether you're using Chrome or Safari or whatever browser types you might have. And then you can also see it by page. And I think we showed you right now the top worst performing pages. And we grade them based upon what I talked about earlier, that experience page time, or EPT.
So there, right there and then, by an admin or even a developer going to the Lightning Usage app, they can see what pages they might want to refocus on because they're not performing well. What's even better is that some of that data is actually stored in your Salesforce org. A lot of people don't know that, that behind the scenes, that Lightning Usage App is using a record called Lightning Usage By Browser metrics. It's actually an object and you can actually build custom report types and reports on that object to kind of slice and dice the data a little bit more if you want to get detailed.

Gillian Bruce: Ooh, that's so cool. I didn't even know that. That's great.

Mike Gerholdt: All of that is new. And going through your presentation, I actually saw where you could append the URL to have the EPT show up on the page.

Christopher Mar...: Yeah. And this is a great way to kind of test, from any computer, anywhere in the world, what the EPT is on a page. And you can actually append what we call a URL parameter to the end of the URL. It's just EPT visible equals one. And you'll be able to see how long that page load.
We recommend, or we strive for all pages loaded under the three seconds. And I can tell you at an aggregate here at Salesforce, we hit that number. If you have pages that are six, nine, 12 seconds in EPT, you need to start focusing in on what that page is, how it's configured, and then how you can kind of rearrange it to increase the performance.

Gillian Bruce: So, Chris, this is a lot of great data that now admins are understanding how to access and how to analyze kind of their org. Once we kind of gather this data, I'm wondering when you're working with people and their orgs, how do you kind of interpret this and use all this data to start making a plan? Like, how do you prioritize your like, "Okay, so this page is slow. We're going to try doing tabs first or..." How do you kind of take all of this into action?

Christopher Mar...: Yeah. And that's the key part, right? So the information is great and the Lightning Usage App can tell you where you might have some problems. Your users are obviously going to speak up and say, "It's slow here." The question is, what do you do next? What I've done is you kind of start have to take basically an inventory of the page and understand what you have on the page, what's on the details, how many related lists. Do you have visual force on the page? Are you using third party components? Are you using a managed app exchange component that was built for Classic and hasn't been moved to Lightning?
Those are the key things that we look at, especially with Visualforce. I've worked with a lot of companies that spent a lot of time and they have a lot of things in Visualforce. If you have too many Visualforce components on a page, that can severely slow you down. And I basically worked with a lot of customers, and this is a great story. I worked with a large customer. They had six architects. They were looking at one of their custom object pages. It was taking about 12 seconds to load. They really weren't sure what was going on. They started the Lightning Usage App, but they didn't really know how to break it down.
I sit down with them and I look at it and I say, "Well, you've got 30 related lists, 300 fields, and four Visualforce pages. This is not going to perform as well as you think." And there's a lot of call outs. And I said, "If you put some of these, a few things behind tabs and maybe move Visualforce to some of the standard components," because I saw some of the Visualforce and I said, "That looks like a standard component to me," they could increase their performance.
They were a little bit worried, first off, when I told them that you would need to make all these changes in their UI. But I told them, it's all in the app builder. It's all very declarative. I'm sure your admin can give you a quick estimate what the turnaround is. And of course, there was silence in the room. They had never invited the admin to the call. So you can imagine six architects in a room, scratching their head, trying to figure out why the app is not performing the way they want it to. And meanwhile, the administrator, she's sitting out there, could basically fix their problems in probably less than an hour. She actually turned it around in the next day. They sent me something in the sandbox that reduced their EPT from 12 to three and a half seconds. And then they went even further than that before they ended up deploying it in their next release.
So it's really, one of the reasons I wanted to come on the Admin Podcast is to make a call out to all of our awesome admins out there, all of our app builders to say, you can have a real huge effect on Lightning performance if you just kind of take a look at the page, inventory it, and then understand what's the best way to present it to the user.

Gillian Bruce: I love that story. Yay. Awesome admin power.

Mike Gerholdt: Chris, that's a really good point. And thinking through always being in the conversation, right? So for some of the teams that you work with, do you find that often, some of that standard functionality was rebuilt or they're just not including everyone in the conversation when they're looking at their performance?

Christopher Mar...: Yeah. I mean, certainly in this case, they didn't include the admin in the conversation when they were looking at performance because they felt they were so customized that it wasn't important, which is the exact opposite. Because they were so customized, they needed to have the admin in the room. You know, I also feel like the Visualforce has been around for so long. And I do really love Visualforce. I built a lot of stuff in Visualforce, but a lot of the stuff that we built for standard components came from us seeing people building the same Visualforce page over and over and over again. Right?
So there's some level there that we built for you that you need to now use. A lot of customers when they, again, when they migrate to Lightning using a lift and shift mentality, it's just not optimal. They won't get a optimal Lightning experience because they didn't think about using the standard stuff first, using the declarative stuff first. They just brought over all of that customization, all that Visualforce they made.
I still, on occasion, get asked when will S-Controls be supported in Lightning. I'll just say it here, it'll never happen. And it's a good thing. It's a good thing that we don't do that, because it just kind of relieves yourself with technical debt and you now can use standard stuff for a lot of these things.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, and a lot of the features that we have coming out are quicker than what the previous, the one it replaces, right?

Christopher Mar...: Absolutely.

Mike Gerholdt: The analogy I think of is email's way faster than sending a letter in the mail. Right? It's got mail in the title, but it's way faster. One thing that you touch on that I do want to help admins with... And I'll admit that I'm not the most inept at troubleshooting. We talked a lot about page performance and I feel that admins have that ability to really make that effect, and you've seen that. When troubleshooting, you have a whole slide and a whole kind of section that you talk about browser performance.

Christopher Mar...: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: Often, when an admin's out walking around, a user will kind of pull him over to be like, "Hey, this is slow. Is there something you can help?" I'd love to know, like, what are some of those things that we can do to kind of jump in and just check and kind of make sure that things are running optimal in that user's computer?

Christopher Mar...: Yeah. Browser performance is key for Lightning. One of the big differences between Classic and Lightning is Classic is rendered all on our side, what we call the server side. It's almost rendered entirely by Salesforce then sent as a old school HTML file all at once in a big, huge, basically text blob. With Lightning, it's a little bit different. We're still doing stuff on the server side, right, because you're still connected to Salesforce. You're still probably running your apex or whatever on the server side. But on the client side is where all the rendering really happens and all the processor happens.
So we need to have... The physical piece of hardware that's in front of you needs to be able to do that rendering. So we have something that we built right into the application called the speed test. It uses a score called octane score, which was invented by Google. And it evaluates your browser's performance specifically within a tab. Does it have a good connection to the Salesforce data center? Is it powerful enough? Does it have enough Ram? Does it have a good upload and download speed? I know with people obviously working a lot from home these days, network connections can really vary. So it's a good thing to look at that.
And when you run that speed test, you really want to get an octane score between 20 and 30,000. And when you have older pieces of hardware, you might need to think about refreshing them or upgrading them. I always say that at a company, those employees that are the most tenured tend to actually have some of the oldest hardware and see the worst performance. Right? And that's just because sometimes, refresh schedules, they get extended or they're simply just not implemented. And today's browsers-based technologies, you don't need to have this mega machine obviously. But having a decent octane score is certainly the first step to ensuring good browser performance.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I can tell you, and I'm sure our admins out there have some stories of users. I had a user on old Internet Explorer. This was right around the time when Salesforce was definitely upgrading some stuff. I said, "You've got to just download Firefox. It's also supported by our IT." Truth be told, some users are shackled by IT only supports certain browsers, and only certain browsers can be downloaded. And thankfully, our IT department support IE and Firefox. And I said, "Just download Firefox and it'll be quicker," and I went back to their desk. And they said, "I downloaded Firefox. It's not any faster." And I look at their page and their page is still open in IE.

Christopher Mar...: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, the point of downloading Firefox is that I use Salesforce in Firefox. But to that point, that was one of my most tenured users. And they did have some of the oldest equipment.

Christopher Mar...: Yeah. What I see actually, what typically happens to customers that have some of the worst performance is that it's a combination, right, of poor browser performance, poor hardware, and just massively over-customized pages. And when those two things come together, that's when you see some of the worst performing Lightning pages.

Mike Gerholdt: Yep. Well, great, Chris. I am glad we had you on the podcast. We obviously, a lot to talk about. We can always dive into learning more about how we can set up Lightning pages and troubleshooting browser performance. And we didn't even touch on network performance. But I appreciate you getting on and helping our admins make the users as productive as possible.

Christopher Mar...: Yeah. I just wanted to make one last shout out to Trailhead. There's a great trail called Lightning Experience Performance Optimization. That's going to go into the details of everything I've talked about here. It'll talk to you about EPT and the Lightning Usage App and how to get your octane score and all that sort of stuff. It even talks, we didn't even get into it, but it talks a lot about optimizer. I know you had Niket on a few podcasts ago. And that trail is an awesome trail. Again, the Lightning Experience Performance Optimization trail, go check it out.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. And I'll be sure to link to it in the show notes. Thanks so much, Chris.

Christopher Mar...: Thanks so much, Michael.

Gillian Bruce: All right. So for three things that I got from our conversation with Chris, I mean, I got a lot, but my top three are admins, think about using tabs. That is so easy to create tabs on your Lightning pages and use them to make your pages more useful for your users and customize. Chris talked about a whole bunch of different ways you can do that. And maybe you want to drink a Tab while you're playing with tabs.
Next, check performance in your own org. In fact, there's a couple of tools that Chris mentioned that you can, as an admin, use right now to check the performance of your org. There's the Lightning Usage App. And that's where you can view EPT and browser performance. And you can also create a custom report type by using the object Lightning Usage by Page Metrics. So really cool way to get all that data there.
And then you can take actions, like Chris talked about. And then finally, when you're thinking about Lightning components, remember to always start with the standard components. And if you do need to build something custom, remind your developers to start with the base components. It's going to make your components perform better on your page. And there's tons of capabilities there. So don't discount them. Start there. You don't have to build everything from scratch.
If you want to learn more about all things Salesforce admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. And a reminder, if you love what you hear, be sure to pop on over to iTunes and give us a review. I promise, Mike and I read all of them. We love them. We need more of them. So give us more reviews. And you can always stay up to date with us on social for all things admins. We're @SalesforceAdmns, no I, on Twitter, #awesomeadmin. And you can find me @gilliankbruce and Mike...

Mike Gerholdt: @MikeGerholdt.

Gillian Bruce: Thank you so much for joining us today and we'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re chatting with Purvi Desai, Director Product Marketing for Service Cloud. We learn how admins can get started with this amazing product.

Join us as we talk about how to use personas to help you configure service cloud, the amazing powers of macros, and some product marketing insights about how to build a demo.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Purvi Desai.

What we learned about Service Cloud at TrailheaDX. We saw Purvi’s segment about Service Cloud at TrailheaDX and knew we had to bring her on the pod to tell us more about it. “This session was really all about how admins can champion productivity for service agents,” she says, “admins wear many hats, they’re product managers where they’re implementing roadmap and rolling out new features, but they’re also very much responsible for the user experience.”

In a world where service organizations are measured by average handle time and customer satisfaction, optimizing the experience for service agents means cases are handled faster and customers leave the interaction happier.

How to start thinking about Service Cloud users. In her segment, Purvi walked us through everything from automations to Lightning Flows and AI that can save time and make everyone more productive. What’s so crucial with Service Cloud that differentiates it from working with sales is your users are working through the interface you’ve given them at the same moment as they’re dealing with the customer. One thing that comes in handy is leveraging personas: case solvers, expert agents, and team leaders. Understanding who each of these users are and what they need to do will help you optimize their workflow.

Another important concept to get your head around is the type of cases your company solves. A software company is going to have a very different workflow than a retail organization, for example. You need to make decisions about what information will be most helpful to your reps in the moment they’re dealing with the customer. “Any little thing you can automate, any second saved is really important,” Purvi says.

New Service Cloud features coming in Summer 20. Looking forward to Summer 20, we’re adding several new features that are incredibly exciting. Service Cloud Voice brings a native integration of intelligent telephony to the Salesforce platform. Putting everything all in one place is especially important when several people are working from home and may not have the same amount of screen real estate they’re used to. For team leaders, you have everything all in one place, including voice. Most importantly, you have richer analytics to help you make decisions in real-time. “This is going to help our agents because it’s going to help them focus on the customer rather than writing notes or searching for an answer,” Purvi says, because now there’s live voice transcription. Everything happens through Salesforce’s interface, making it easy for admins to work with and bring key insights to leadership.

Trailhead: * Service Cloud Basics

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Purvi: @Purvi214 * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Full Show Transcript Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast, where we talk about product, community and careers to help you become an awesome admin. I'm Gillian Bruce.

Mike Gerholdt: And I'm Mike Gerholdt.

Gillian Bruce: And today we have an amazing guest joining us. It's Purvi Desai, Product Marketing, Service Cloud to talk how admins can get started with Service Cloud. So without further ado, let's get Purvi on the podcast.

Mike Gerholdt: So Purvi, welcome to the podcast.

Purvi Desai: Thank you.

Mike Gerholdt: As a followup from TrailheaDX, which was an amazing event. We saw you kind of wrap up the Service Cloud session. We wanted to have you on the podcast to talk more Service Cloud, because we know there's so many admins out there that loves Service Cloud that are knee-deep in it, helping their organizations do a bunch of stuff. Wanting to get to know a little bit more about the person we saw at TrailheaDX, and some fun Service Cloud features for admins. So we'll get started. I'd love to know, kind of your path before you came to Salesforce?

Purvi Desai: Totally. So I actually have a background in IT. When I was in [inaudible] I was interning as actually a systems administrator, not for Salesforce, but for a different system. So then after that, I did a brief stint at Accenture as a consultant. And then I kind of went back to the company I worked at for a while and worked in IT and what I was doing there with implementing marketing systems. And with that I worked very closely with the marketing team there, helping them with the requirements and helping them deliver. And what I found was that while I loved IT and I loved implementing the systems, I also really love the marketing aspect and working with the marketing team to deliver these messages to get people excited about the product. So that's what really made me decide like, "Hey, I want to make this switch into marketing and I want to do it at Salesforce because Salesforce is a fun marketing company. I know I can learn a ton there."
So I actually joined Salesforce about almost five years ago. And at first I joined as a web experience manager because my background was actually very much in content management systems. And so delivering those systems, and Salesforce was actually implementing the same system at the time. So I was able to join and bring my kind of expertise in that system while also kind of onboarding and creating the web experiences on salesforce.com for our Service Cloud team. So I did that for a couple of years, and then I started getting interested in product marketing and really bringing the voice of our products to our customers. So that's where I joined the Service Cloud product marketing team, where I am today, really delivering more of the technical aspects of marketing with demos that you see at Dreamforce, the ones that you're seeing at the Keynote and the Campground, and it's just been really, really exciting and fun. And so I really love what I do.

Gillian Bruce: It's a really great path. I love how, I think a lot of admins will hear similar themes to their paths in your story and starting in IT. And then kind of getting exposed to some of these other things like marketing that you're like, "Oh, I like that. I want to get into that." And then getting close to the product and kind of getting to nerd out a little bit, which, if you're listening to this podcast we're all a little bit nerdy, right? So thank you for sharing it. That's awesome. That's awesome.

Purvi Desai: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: So, Purvi you did an amazing presentation for TrailheaDX, which was our first ever virtual TrailheaDX. And you did a whole session on Service Cloud for Admins. Can you give us a brief synopsis of some of the stuff you did in that session?

Purvi Desai: Absolutely. So this session was really all about how admins can champion productivity for service agents. And as a service admin, and as an admin in general, they wear many hats. They're product managers where they are implementing Roadmap and rolling out new features. But they're also very much responsible for the user experience and making sure that that user experience for service agents is really productive and it's going to really help them close cases faster, which is really important. Because a lot of service organizations are measured on average handle time and customer satisfaction. And you know, the faster you can get your issue completed, the happier the customer is going to be. So that's really where we wanted to focus. So it was really all about tips on how to create an optimal service experience from where how to lay out case pages to all the different tools that we have available out of the box that are going to really help make that agent's job a lot easier.
So, that was basically it. And then also we talked about some automation tools that are available, whether that's from macros that are kind of automating things, like closing a case or escalating a case to lightning flows, which are going to really automate those business processes all the way to AI. So recommending the best knowledge article to solve the case, or even suggesting case fields. Because a lot of times agents are spending time filling out case fields, doing administrative work, and that's all counting against their handle time, which they want to have as low as possible. So that was really like the gist of it, to how to help agents be more productive.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, you really packed in. I mean, literally three sessions worth of information in like 18 minutes. It was amazing. I think, starting off in the session, you talk about personas and meeting with users, which Gillian will attest to. I've talked about SABWA, Salesforce Administration By Walking Around for a long time. And this year I've got to revise that to SABZA, because it's got to be Salesforce Administration By Zooming Around, right? Because SABZA. But one thing that really grasped me about your presentation and about thinking back to when I did a Service Cloud implementation is the idea of personas and the idea that as an admin, your users are really in the product exactly at the moment that they're trying to work with a customer. And to me it feels different. And it was a mind shift from working with sales. Because sales often they got the game face on, they're going into the meeting and it's either, a big meeting or a big presentation and they've got stuff prepared.
And then they go back to Salesforce and get that information or input that data. With Service Cloud the second that phone rings or the second that incoming chat comes up, now they're in the product, right? And it's hand in hand that, it's like Batman in the Batmobile, right? They've got to have everything together in order to give that customer service the best possible outcome. And so I'd love for you to kind of talk about personas, because I still work through, as an admin we have profiles, we have permission sets. How does personas help me give that next layer of understanding as I'm working with this department?

Purvi Desai: Absolutely. So the percentage that we covered in the session, so there's really four. One of them is admin, so we're not going to really talk about that.

Mike Gerholdt: I mean, we can, it's our favorite subject.

Purvi Desai: Yeah, of course it is. But there's three really personas that we can focus on. And when it comes to a service learning organization and the people that are really using the Service Cloud product, the first one is a case solver. And these are the people who are providing direct customer support and solving escalated cases. Their top activities include logging activities, troubleshooting customer issues, and updating existing customers. And 65% of them are spending about five or more hours a day in Salesforce. So they're spending a lot of time in here and they really need help being as efficient as possible. So tools to increase efficiency and enable collaboration are really going to be key to the case solver's success. So the reason why it's important to understand your persona is because once you can understand what it's like for them to ... Or how they're working and what kinds of things they're working on, you can understand what are the tools that they need to help them be more successful.
So, right. So if we take the case solver for example, it is high volume. They're solving case, after case, after case. So they need to be efficient. They need the deep information right front and center so they can dive right in. If it's scattered information or if they have to go through multiple tabs or multiple systems to find the information that they need, that's going to really slow them down. And it's not going to make a great experience for them. So if you're understanding kind of their what they need to do, that can kind of help you figure out, "Okay, this is the kind of case layout I need for them. I need to make sure that their information is front and center because they need to know that in order to dive into the case and respond as fast as possible."
And then a lot of times these case solvers, need to perform an action. So I think something that a lot of service organizations and businesses in general often times is a use case is providing a refund, right? Or doing a billing issue. So is that refund process readily available for them to go to? Like a quick link that they can do that if that's something that they're doing a lot. Those are the kinds of things that, when you understand the persona, it's helpful for you to figure out what is it that I need to provide to them and really create your requirements list. And then the next is our expert agent. And so expert agents they solve escalated cases. They're really kind of helping those case solvers out. So when the case solver is at a point where, "Okay, I need to escalate this to the next level. This is out of my territory. Or I don't have access to the right information because permissions for example," it's going to go to this expert agents.
So they're solving, they're helping these case solvers get to a resolution. And then they're also creating knowledge articles. So they're the ones who are contributing to that hub that the case solvers are using to help them solve articles. And they're training agents. They're also spending, 66% of them are also spending five hours a day in Salesforce. And they're really supporting other agents by creating and editing knowledge articles and training. So for them it's important to make sure that they have the tools that they need for knowledge readily available. And if you also think about a case being escalated to an expert agent, they need to understand what's already happened on that case. Where do I need to dive in? So that's where things, for example like the case feed that we talked about in the session is really important, because it's going to give you that history of what happened.
So again, the expert agent can jump in and help the case solver right away. When things are not apparent like that and it's just scattered and something's just kind of dropped on your desk, you can understand, like if you don't have the background of the context, it's kind of like, "What do you want me to do with this?" You know what I mean? So that's why those things are really important to understand. The other thing I want to talk about beyond the personas though is also the type of cases that the companies are solving. So like let's take for example a retail industry. They oftentimes have cases that are very quick, right? Like, "Oh, I need to check on my order status. I need to understand, I need to return something." So those interactions last maybe 10 minutes at most, and then they're resolved pretty quickly.
So thinking about a short term and a high volume kind of use case versus a long term where if you can think about like a technology company. And those cases might last a few days, because there's back and forth, there's troubleshooting and having that kind of history. So you also want to think about beyond the personas, also thinking about the type of the use case to really figure out what's the best thing to have there.
So for example for the high volume, while it's important to have the history for the customer, it might not be ... That's more important to understand for a long-term case like, "What are the past cases they've had? Is this a recurring issue? What troubleshooting things have they done in the past?" That's really going to be helpful for those long-term cases to understand what the history is. Whereas for the short term, it's more getting to the crux of that problem right then and there and resolving it [inaudible]. And then the last kind of persona that we talked about is the team leader who is really supervising, managing, and training agents. And for them it's less about the case, but it's more about the reporting. So ensuring that there's a nice view of reports and dashboards and utilizing features like Omni Supervisor to really give them a view into the entire service organization's activity so they can jump in as needed.

Gillian Bruce: I think that personas, no matter what type of Salesforce instance you're administering is super important. As Mike said, it's all about understanding that user experience and which is now SABZA, which is my new favorite term. It's like I used to do a machete motion for SABWA and now this is more like a lightsaber emotion, because there's a Z in, it sounds fancy and advanced. But, Purvi, to your point, understanding those personas and the fact that you've been able to kind of define those very distinct personas going into a Service Cloud implementation I think is very, very helpful. And I'm sure that anyone who's listening who is working on a Service Cloud implementation will be able to get a lot from what you just shared with us. Now, another thing that I know admins go crazy for, and you talked about this also in the TDX presentation is macros. Talk about speeding up that experience. Tell us a little bit more about macros.

Purvi Desai: Sure. So macro is for those that are listening in that aren't aware are basically what they do is they take a bunch of clicks and they automate them into one. So what that means is, for example, let's say every time that you're resolving a case you're sending that same kind of ... Like let's say it's an email case and you're always sending that same kind of email like, "Oh, your case has been resolved." So there's a lot of clicks to get to that, right? First you have to click on the email tab, then you have to apply the email template. Then you have to maybe edit a few things and then you have to send it. So with macros you can automate all of that. So they can, literally your agents can click, one, they can open that macros menu and they could click run, and that's going to be all taken care of for them.
So that's where it's really helpful. Like I mentioned before, time is very much of the essence for service agents. They're measured on the handle time, how long it takes for them to close cases. And that's really going to attribute to the overall customer satisfaction score of the company. So it's really important to help them. Anything, any little thing that you can automate is really, a second saved is so important. So that's really what macros are going to do. Like I said, closing a case is a great use case. Another use case is escalating a case. So if you think about that, let's say there's a case that needs to be escalated to an expert agent. You would need to change the case status to escalated. You would need to add a note in there. There's a couple of things that might need to happen.
A process for example to escalate. You can automate all of that, just again with one click to make it even easier. And even assign it. When you escalate it, you can also create rules that it is going to assign it to another queue, like the expert agent queue for example. So it's going to be automatically routed to the right agent to take that over. So, that's really where macros are great. They can also create tasks automatically. And I do want to tell you that macros are just not a Service Cloud thing, they're a Salesforce thing. They work with Sales Cloud. They work with basically every standard object and custom object. So anything you want to automate across Salesforce, you can use macros for.

Gillian Bruce: It's so awesome. I have to admit that I was watching South Park the other day, because as one does in so shelter in place and they, it was the episode about World of Warcraft, which again, we're talking about nerdy subjects here. And Cartman is talking about how he has all these macros for all the different moves that you can do when you're battling other characters.
And I was like, "See, it's not just a nerdy software thing. It's also a thing for gamers and people who like sick cartoons." So anyway, to bring it home for those who don't quite know what a macro is and haven't really dug into them before. It is an amazing thing. Macros, I literally think I just learned about them a couple of years ago and I set some up on my own computer to do certain things and I'm like, "Oh, this is awesome." So yeah, using them across Salesforce, I mean is just super, super, super cool.

Mike Gerholdt: I have this idea now for a game that we can play at Dreamforce in the admin area, or for a community group, it's take three things and have three different hats and pull something out. Because take like a Salesforce feature, a cloud, and pop culture and put a whole bunch of random stuff in each one, and it's like, "Okay, so imagine you pull out South Park Service Cloud in macros, Gillian, go."

Gillian Bruce: I got it.

Mike Gerholdt: Got it.

Gillian Bruce: I got it.

Mike Gerholdt: No problem. That would be the funnest kind of Mad Libs S game ever.

Gillian Bruce: That's really like that. We need to do that.

Mike Gerholdt: I do like, Purvi that you also added kind of those questions that need to be asked. What needs to happen? What's the information needed? Who needs to be involved and how can I make it all happen with a click? Because I know sitting in a meeting room or being on a call with customer service managers are like, "Well, they should do this and this and this and this and this and this." And you're like, "This is like 10 minutes to close a case and you're mad that it's take the agent two minutes to be on the phone." And so that's where the power of that macro comes in. So, it's warm out, it's warm where I'm at, and it's probably warm where a lot of people are right now. But we have Summer '20 coming out, which has a ton of new features. And I would love to know from your perspective what some of those exciting Summer '20 features are in Service Cloud?

Purvi Desai: Absolutely. So the most exciting feature coming out for Summer '20, and this is really big for us. This is something we announced at Dreamforce '19 is Service Cloud Voice. And what Service Cloud Voice is, is a native integration of intelligent telephony on the Salesforce platform. And this is alongside all the digital channels and CRM data. So, for a long time we didn't have native telephony on Salesforce. We're very much just, our customers were using Partners and we were doing it that way, but now we're actually having it natively integrated. So those of you that use Omni-Channel right now for channels like chat and messaging and email and social, all of your voice calls, if you get Service Cloud Voice is going to now route through Omni.
So that means no matter what channel it is, it's going to be routed all in one place for your agents. And being in the shelter in place kind of quarantine time we're in that's so critical too to have everything in one place, because a lot of people are just working off their laptop like I am. So they don't have a lot of screen space, which is really helpful. This is really going to help agents. Not only is it just, "Okay, now we have voice and it's going through Omni," but it's going to help increase agent productivity by giving agents access to native call controls, voice surfaced with an omni-channel, and then on-call productivity tools.
So all this productivity tools that we talked about, we talked about macros, we talked about flow, we talked about some of those capabilities, Einstein, that's now going to all be available on the voice channel. In addition, it's going to really help out those team leads and supervisors, because they're going to have greater visibility into the contact center. Because not only, before with Omni Supervisor, they would have this bird's eye view and they could see all of the cases that their agents were handling across those channels I mentioned before, email, chat, messaging, all of those things. But now they're going to be able to see voice channels and see what they're handling in real time.
And then with enhanced data collection and visibility into what's going on, they'll have even more analytics, richer analytics to help them with their decision making. And this is really going to help our agents, because it's going to help them focus on the customer rather than writing notes or searching for an answer. Because with this new Service Cloud Voice we have real-time transcription. So now, a lot of times when I actually went to a customer and I was shadowing their agents, and when they're on the phone, they were kind of taking notes, making sure they were capturing things while they were talking to them. They were multitasking. Now this is kind of like, they don't need to do that. Because with real-time voice transcription, all of those things are being captured for them. So they can just focus on that customer and focus on what's happening. So it's really going to help them with admin tasks, which is something we want to get off their plates as well.
And let me tell you why this is really cool and beneficial for admins. This is all going to happen. So the purchase, the setup and the support of Telephony is all going to happen through Salesforce's interface. That means that you're really streamlining your setup. You had just have one place now for all of your channels to set up and manage. And you're going to be able to deliver much richer dashboards and much richer reporting for your supervisors and business leaders. Because the phone call is being captured as data in the service console with the call transcription recording.
So I just want to talk about like what does that mean? So we have voice transcripts, we have data about calls. We have data about messaging interactions. We have data about email, all of those interactions. And then we also have all of that CRM data that's in Salesforce. So now you have every single channel, everything you need, plus CRM data that you can really have some really great insights. And that's why this is so important for businesses and so important for admins to really roll out to their business leaders in their companies.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. Just as a moment of pause, if you're at this point in the podcast, I am completely cool with you pausing and going back and relistening to that, because I just had to stop taking notes. But what floored me was the real-time voice transcription. I think that's got to be huge for anybody looking to help kind of bring best practices or reportability to their service agents.
One thing I did want to ask you, which as we kind of wrap up, we've talked a lot about Summer '20 features. We talked a lot about personas. We talked a lot about macros and you at the beginning, we asked you about being in marketing and being product management and being definitely on the technical side. You're the perfect intersection of what I feel admins are. I would love to know from your perspective and your learnings here at Salesforce, how you, or any insight you can give admins on when they're putting demos together or kind of your thought process for putting content together. Because I feel like a lot of what you did for TrailheaDX prep, our Salesforce admins will have to turn around and do and do on a daily basis as they showcase new features or build demos. So if you could share any of that, I think it would be tremendously helpful for them.

Purvi Desai: Yeah, absolutely. I think before you start thinking about the demo, the first thing you need to think about is what is the message you want to convey? So the way I kind of start, when I start thinking about the Dreamforce demos, I'm like, "Okay, what are our key messages that we want to get across? And what are those key pain points that our audience is feeling that we want to show how this product is going to help them alleviate?" So that'd be like my recommendation, first align on the pain points you want to address and what are those key messages you want to get across? And then the second thing is, what features am I going to show? What in functionality am I going to show that's going to support my key messages and show how I'm going to ease this pain?
So I would say like that would be step one to figure those things out, and then really get into and start building your story. So when you're building your story, it's like, "Okay, how can I make this as easy to understand as possible?" You don't want to make it too complicated where people are focusing more on the story you're telling and less on the what you're showing them that the product can do. So it's finding that nice balance of like, "What's a story that's easy to understand that is in a way entertaining, relatable, something that they can follow and kind of gets them a bit of an emotional or humorous or some kind of catch there, or hook there, not catch, to get them interested?" But then also keep the focus on that message that you're trying to convey, that pain that you're trying to solve in that product that you're trying to showcase.
So that would be then the next way to create that really that storyboard and make sure that your messages are interwoven and then the features that you decided you wanted to show are supporting all of that. And then create that final product and get into building the demo itself. I think that's sometimes a lot of times that I find people are like, "Okay, let's get into the Oregon, start building things." And it's like, "No, no, no. First thing about your messages, what are your messaging? What is that key thing that you want to get across? How are you going to tell that story?" And then build, you know what I mean?

Gillian Bruce: I think that's super, super helpful, Purvi. I mean, us as a team, we think about doing this all of the time to try and share stories with admins. But I think as Mike pointed out, as an admin it's your job to bring these stories to life and show these features to your teams. So, getting a pro product marketer's expertise and tips on that is very, very helpful. So thank you for sharing.

Mike Gerholdt: That was amazing. I mean, so on point of, I think it rushed so quick to show the demo and the product and what it can do, and you forget that you have to be there and guide your users through a sample experience, but a very relatable one that isn't too distracting. That was incredibly insightful.

Gillian Bruce: Purvi, thank you so much for joining us today. And thank you so much for sharing with us and telling us a little bit about your story and then all of the amazing things that admins can do with Service Cloud now and in the very near future. I have a fun question. So we've all been kind of sheltering in place for a while. What's one of your favorite non-work sheltering in place activities that you've done?

Purvi Desai: My husband and I have been playing cards a lot and we've been playing Monopoly Deal. Have you heard of this game?

Gillian Bruce: No. Tell me more.

Mike Gerholdt: No.

Purvi Desai: Okay.

Mike Gerholdt: Explain.

Purvi Desai: So it's a Monopoly as a card game and basically you have to get the first person to get three, combinations of three, let's say they get Park Place and Boardwalk together, and then they get like three of the yellows and those, they win. And so it's a lot of fun. We've actually upped it to five, but you also can kind of steal properties from people. You can charge them money, so you have to collect money too, and you can bankrupt them, which I do often, that's my strategy. I do it with my husband right away and it works every time. So, that's kind of been a fun thing we do. We watch Netflix and play cards every night, so.

Gillian Bruce: That's great. I love that. I think combining this with kind of the Vin Addala podcast or Vin Dynamic, we're now amassing a really good collection of game ideas for sheltering in place, so this is great.

Mike Gerholdt: I know, [inaudible]. Oh, wow. I'm going to have to try that now. Thanks for sharing that. Purvi, it was great to have you on the podcast. If people want to follow you on Twitter, and I'm sure all the people will follow you on Twitter now, what's your Twitter handle?

Purvi Desai: Sure. It's Purvi, my first name P-U-R-V as in Victor, I 214.

Mike Gerholdt: 214, awesome. Well, thanks so much for being on the podcast, Purvi

Purvi Desai: Thank you so much for having me. It was a pleasure.

Gillian Bruce: Well, I had an amazing time talking to Purvi, learned a ton. For my top three takeaways from our conversation. Number one, use personas. We've talked about this before in a lot of different contexts, but especially if you're looking at a Service Cloud implementation, Purvi did a great job outlining some very specific personas for you to think about as you start to set that up and implement different features. Number two, macros are super cute. So macros are amazing. And yes, I did talk about South Park, but they are incredible, not just for Service Cloud, but across your entire Salesforce instance.
So you can set those up to really reduce the amount of clicks that your users need to do in order to get their job done. And then finally, we got some expert product marketing insights from Purvi about how to prepare a demo. Really think about your main message and then build the story as easy to understand as possible around that. Highly suggest you think about that. As admins we all have to create demos and sell a story and a vision to our users, our stakeholders, our executives. So some great tips from Purvi there.

Mike Gerholdt: And Gillian, did you know where you can go to learn more about all thing Salesforce Admin?

Gillian Bruce: Wait, there's a place I can go to learn more?

Mike Gerholdt: There is, it's admin.salesforce.com. In fact, if you go there, you can find resources about demos and did you know videos that help you understand and see things in action. And of course as a reminder, if you love what you hear, be sure to pop on over to iTunes and give us a review. I love reading them. I love sharing them with the team and you can stay up to date with us on social for all things admins. We are @SalesforceAdmns, no I, on Twitter. And of course you can find me on Twitter. I am @MikeGerholdt and Gillian you can be find you on Twitter. That was an awesome way to say that. We're just going to keep that in, because that's funny and I like to laugh at myself. But you are @gilliankbruce.

Gillian Bruce: Sure I am.

Mike Gerholdt: If you ever want to find Gillian on Twitter, I don't know. That's just, that's how that would be. You know what you can do? If you've listened this far in the podcast, tweet out a GIF that explains the ending of this podcast, because I am so looking forward to now. There we go.

Gillian Bruce: Oh, is that going to be some good GIFs?

Mike Gerholdt: I think so. I think so. So with that, stay tuned for our next episode and we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today, we’re joined by Wade Wegner, SVP Developer Platform at Salesforce and Product Leader for Work.com. We learn about the new collection of tools and resources, built on the Salesforce platform, to help businesses navigate the reopening process safely and responsibly.

Join us as we talk about how Wade and his team were able to build out Work.com in a matter of weeks, the new considerations companies face as they look to reopen, and how Work.com’s suite of tools and resources can help you.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Wade Wegner.

Why Salesforce is the perfect tool to help with reopening.

“About a month and a half ago, I started having conversations with some of our internal leaders around how Salesforce was going to start thinking about reopening our offices,” Wade says, “and given the global pandemic, this is a topic that is on everyone’s mind right now. How do we reopen and do so safely?”

As they were working through all of the challenges that that entails, they realized that the answer was right in front of them the whole time: the Salesforce platform. “We have an amazing platform that can do just about anything you can imagine,” Wade says, “and so we started imagining a lot of the ways that we could use the platform to help reopen Salesforce.” At the same time, the executive leadership started talking to customers and realized that everyone was going through the same process, and could probably use some help. Those conversations turned into Work.com, a comprehensive set of resources and tools to help you reopen your businesses and offices safely.

New Employee Standard objects to help.

The Work.com team was able to go from an idea to a full-fledged solution so rapidly because they built it 100% on the platform. With all the information you need to track, Salesforce makes a lot more sense than cramming everything across a hundred different spreadsheets. For one thing, you’ve got all sorts of compliance and privacy concerns with health information. For another, you need to compare a bunch of data about your employees while also keeping track of key metrics, applications where Salesforce is the perfect tool for the job.

The one thing they’ve added into core is an employee data model with a set of standard objects to help keep track of all of the new information. It’s been backported so it will be available as part of the Summer 20 release. “We’ve met with the CDC and other medical experts to code and create survey templates that define the questions you should ask and the type of information to collect,” Wade says. There are flow templates, a page layout for a command center with key information from both what you collect and public data sets, dashboards for facilities managers, and more, all of it customizable to fit your individual needs and mobile-ready out of the box.

How reopening impacts the ENTIRE organization.

There are many challenges facing companies looking to reopen in a safe responsible way. “The experiences we’re going to have in the office will be different,” Wade says, and training and enablement will be key. Built-in to Work.com are content kits that provide best practices (again, customizable templates) that will help those who can return be ready to do it safely. How do you properly social distance in an elevator? What happens if and when someone gets sick, and how do you notify your employees? “You don’t want to manage this through spreadsheets,” Wade says, “you need a set of best practices and tools that facilitate this.”

“Pretty much every company in the world is thinking about this,” Wade says, so you can be sure pretty much anyone in a management position is eager to talk about this, whether they run facilities, HR, or are scheduling shifts. “I think there’s a real opportunity to talk to them about a solution that brings this together and provides the platform to reopen on top of,” he says, and with a different set of stakeholders than admins are usually used to thinking about.

Listen for the full episode because there’s so much to learn in this ever-changing situation and there’s a lot of information here, including how Wade’s team pulls public health data into Tableau, new considerations facing companies, and why not everyone might want to come back to the office. “We’re all a part of our community, we’re all part of this company,” Wade says, “so many people have contributed and worked so hard at this because we want to see people be able to return safely.”

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Wade: @WadeWegner * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast, where we talk about product, community and careers to help you become an awesome admin. I'm Mike Gerholdt.

Gillian Bruce: And I'm Gillian Bruce.

Mike Gerholdt: Joining us today is Wade Wegner, SVP developer platform and product leader for work.com. This is super important for admins, so I'm glad that Wade was able to take time out of his day and come on the podcast. So Wade, welcome to the podcast. Wade, welcome to the podcast.

Wade Wegner: Thanks for having me. Appreciate it.

Mike Gerholdt: So let's start. Work.com, what is it?

Wade Wegner: Work.com, well, I think... Let me start by actually stepping back a little bit, and to say that about a month and a half ago, I started having conversations with some of our internal leaders on the HR side and real estate, and around conversations for how Salesforce was going to start thinking about reopening our offices. Given the global pandemic, this is a topic that is on everyone's mind right now, is, how do we start to reopen our businesses? How do we reopen communities? Just, how do we reopen, right, and I think, importantly, do so safely. So we started thinking about, and I would imagine most people that are listening today can expect and imagine how much the Salesforce platform can actually help facilitate a lot of this, right? We have an amazing platform that can do just about anything you can imagine. And so we started imagining a lot of the ways that we could use the platform to help reopen Salesforce. At the same time, a lot of us, some of our executives, I think Marc Benioff in particular, started talking to our customers, and realized everyone is going through the exact same thing. So we started to think, how could we take advantage of, really, the expertise that we're very fortunate to have at Salesforce, through our own employees that are domain experts, and real estate, and facilities, and HR, but then also, how many people can call up David Agus and start asking questions about what to do in a global pandemic. I mean, not many can, but we have that affordance here, thanks to our leadership and so forth. So how do we turn all of this into a set of best practices that can help others also think about reopening? So out of all of that was born work.com. You can type work.com into the browser. It'll give you all the marketing around it right there at your fingertips. But I'll say, work.com is a set of tools. It's a set of learning and enablement that'll help all of you think about reopening your businesses, reopening your offices safely.

Gillian Bruce: I love how quickly that all happened, Wade. I mean, and we've all been in this together. You described, it was just a month ago where you started these conversations. Can you tell us a little bit about how you're able to kind of put together this incredible, kind of, product with such a short amount of time? Like, what was that like? How did you get Teams to swarm on it?

Wade Wegner: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Tell me a little bit about that story.

Wade Wegner: Well, we built it on the platform. I don't know any other way to say it. It is a hundred percent built on the platform. When we deploy work.com command center, for instance, it is actually a managed package. It is a collection of metadata that describes how all of this will operate. And all of the ways with which the componentry and the solutions and the apps in it function are based on the technologies that exist today in the platform. Whether it's different components communicating via events, or taking advantage of a lightning web component to provide a rich, actionable set of things that you need to do as, kind of, a checklist. All of this stuff is built in the platform. So, yes, I think we started actually doing the development work weeks ago, not months, weeks ago right in the middle, by the way, of a release. So it's not as if we weren't already working on things. I will say, I don't know that I... I mean, I've been at Salesforce now four and a half years, others have certainly been here longer, but I don't know in my career, I've actually seen a company pivot and swarm as fast as Salesforce did here. Honestly, it was because of our CEO, Marc Benioff. He, I think, has been more plugged into what is happening in the world right now, and what other executives are thinking about, and what's happening just globally right now that he really was like, "We need to help people. We need to swarm," and we did. I mean, we're talking about, this is not just my organization. This has been a virtual collection of engineers, of doc writers, of QA and performance engineers across the company, coming together to get us to this first deliverable, which we're going to be officially launching on June 1st. It's been pretty remarkable. I think it's been a collection of building on the platform, and we can break that down a little bit, if you'd like, as well as, I think, just the goodwill and the nature of this company to do good and to help people reopen that enabled us to do this.

Mike Gerholdt: I would love for you to touch on that more, because as I hear this, I think, well, just to be the bad guy in the conversation, I could just do that on a spreadsheet, Wade. I don't need your fancy app.

Wade Wegner: Yeah. So one of the things interesting here, Mike, is that this is employee data that we're starting to talk about, right? So think about one of the first things that's going to happen when we reopen, is we're going to have to understand everyone's wellness, and how they are feeling, and what... Have you been sick? And have you been exposed to symptoms? And so forth. So I think, all of us would recognize the danger of doing this in spreadsheets. First of all, it's not going to be nearly as organized, and so forth. But we're talking about PII. We're talking about personal information. We need to think about this from a compliance perspective. Even the collection of employee information requires consent on behalf of the employee. How do you start to do that? How do you collect consent? And then, if you are a force to showcase that consent in the future and prove it to a regulator or an auditor, how do you do so? Well, I mean, that's the advantage of using a platform that can do all of that. I know that was a bit of a facetious question there in perspective, Mike, but you're right, though. Almost everyone is thinking about this now. And almost everyone is looking at doing this through a bunch of spreadsheets, collecting... Who's going to be the phase one, phase two set of employees? Collecting, like, are they healthy? What happens if they become sick after they've come back to the office? I think we can do more than do this through spreadsheets. And that's what work.com tries to do.

Gillian Bruce: Well, I'm always a fan of getting rid of spreadsheets.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, absolutely. We all are.

Gillian Bruce: Boo, spreadsheets. So you mentioned that the platform kind of already had this infrastructure in it. Can you tell us a little bit more detailed about some of the specific features that are in, basically, this package that you've helped lead the team to create, that specifically help accomplish these things that people are right now probably doing on spreadsheets?

Wade Wegner: Yeah. Totally. First of all, I realized, I did lie. So the first thing I did as you invited me on this podcast, and then I lied to everyone. So apologies. We did actually check one thing into core, and that was, we're actually releasing an employee data model. So it'll be a set of standard objects that will be inside a core. I think everyone kind of hopefully understands the value of doing that. It gives us that central place to start modeling all of these activities around employee-centric information, right? So you can define relationships, managers, all of that kind of stuff. So we did actually check that in, and actually back ported it so that it will be available in our summer release. Beyond that though, what's in it? Think about tracking and understanding employee wellness. That's taking advantage of our surveys' products. So we've met with the CDC and a bunch of medical experts, and encoded and created survey templates that actually define the questions you should ask and the type of information to collect. Those are all built as templates that'll be provided to you as survey templates that then you can customize, should you want to. Maybe you want to ask some additional information. Maybe you don't want to ask some information. You can define what you want and then deploy them to your organization. Same with flows. Once you started to collect this information, there are flow templates that'll be provided, that'll help you to think through the decisions that need to be made. So, Gillian, you may be well enough to return, maybe you don't want to return to the office. And how do you start to collect and think about managing that process? So that is part of it. Then, just the command center itself is a page layout. It's a page layout that has been then decorated with additional things. So you think about all of the componentry there. We're modeling also public data sets through MuleSoft. When data changes on that page, how does it orchestrate and update other components? How do you think about the actions that occur in one component and another? All of this is just additional metadata built on top of that solution. Really, there is nothing you wouldn't expect from a Salesforce platform application. It's just all there, ready for you to start to customize, extend and kind of make your own.

Gillian Bruce: I love that a lot of those tools sound like things that admins are already very, very familiar with. I mean, you're talking about page layouts, you're talking about flows. I mean, surveys, I know plenty of admins have already kind of dabbled in the survey arena. Powerful, very declarative first, or low code tools that I think a lot of our admins would already be familiar with.

Wade Wegner: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: And you talked about checking in, so there's also a mobile component of those as well, which is just native to the platform. I mean, I remember back in the day when, as an admin, I used to have to think about mobile consciously. And now, it's just, no, it's just part of it and the app just adjusts.

Wade Wegner: Absolutely. Totally right. The surveys, they are mobile friendly. The dashboards for executives or operations and facilities managers, just any kind of manager, those are also mobile-ready. So you will get a mobile rendering that you can just open it up on your device and away you go. So absolutely. It's incredible, the value that the platform just provides. You don't have to think about targeting all of these different unique scenarios.

Gillian Bruce: I think one of the things that is really valuable, the more that I hear you talk about this, is a lot of organizations, they need to do this, but it's like such a gargantuan effort. They're not going to try and develop their own tools to do this. They are going to use whatever they can and go as fast as they can. So the fact that this is something that is already on a platform, which organizations who are using this are familiar with, I think is such a great benefit. I mean, I can imagine a small business, right? Maybe you're not functioning at full speed, full resources, and here you go, you can now kind of use the existing tool that you're using to run your business to really get everybody back to where we need to be.

Wade Wegner: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Very, very cool, I think.

Wade Wegner: One of the things that I don't know that I appreciated until we started really working on this, is how tightly connected all of these things need to be. So imagine, understanding employee wellness is like, step one, right? Let's say we're all ready to go back. The experiences we're going to have in the office will be different. How are we all going to be prepared for those new experiences, the new normal? This is where that training and enablement is key. And so built into work.com, there's these new content kits that we're providing, that provide what we believe to be best practices. The encoding of the things that people should expect, we'll give it to you as a template, as a starting point, and you can then customize it and then deploy. So that, for those who can return, make sure that they're ready to return, right? Because if they're not ready to return, if they don't understand what the new procedures and policies are going to be, they could put themselves or others at risk, right, like if they don't know how to properly social distance in an elevator. It's really interesting when you think about it. We're going to have to understand elevator capacity so that we can plan the flow rate of individuals from a lobby to a floor. And then when they're doing that, what should you expect through that? Should you be talking to people on the elevator? The answer is no, you probably shouldn't. And so, how do you make sure people understand what to expect before they return? That learning and enablement piece is key. But then we have to also acknowledge the fact that once we return, there will be people that will get sick. And what do you do when someone that you may have been in touch with, ends up actually becoming sick and needs to stay home? What is the responsibility of the employer to notify you? So that ability to understand who has been in touch with what, and to let the employee really be at the center of it as well, so that like, if we all were on the same floor and I'm sick, I should be able to allow my organization, my employer, to know that I had been in touch with you, and so on, right? So that then, they can notify you. All of these things are kind of interconnected in terms of how that works, because then, you would expect that the next wave of surveys sent to employees is going to be slightly different depending on whether or not you were engaged with someone that is now sick. You don't want to manage this through spreadsheets. You need a set of best practices and tools that facilitate this.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, and I'm thinking of, as you're walking through that, I'm thinking of... as a smaller business, even a larger business. So I got an employee app, which I probably had already, right, something to manage my employees. Now I need a survey app. Then you were talking about learning, and data management. So on top of me trying to retool my entire business, right, to keep it afloat, I'm thinking like restaurants, all of a sudden now it's drive up curbside or delivery. I'm running all that. To have to go through... I think, the biggest part for me is that learning and enablement part, right, which I saw that in the work.com video. It's just, I think that's such a huge differentiator, because now I put this in place and I have a way to teach people native within it, as opposed to seven or eight different apps that I have to log into and try and piece mail, "Okay, Susan is Susie here, but Susan in this app," and try and keep that all together. It just like, it's the stuff that you just take for granted now.

Wade Wegner: Yeah. No, absolutely.

Mike Gerholdt: The part for me, I think there's a lot of it and... When you mentioned the employee data, and you mentioned the surveys, that's all employee-offered, right? It's like the employee opts in, the employee's giving that employer that information, employee chooses to fill out that survey, right?

Wade Wegner: Yup. Yeah, absolutely. If you look at some of the demos that you might find of work.com online and in various videos, and so forth, you'll see that we at least ask for consent and acknowledgement with every survey and every interaction with that employee, so that we can document that you've given the consent for this information to be captured. You can decide not to. And there's an option. In the survey, it's built in. You can say no and you just, you won't be asked to come back to the office initially. Then it's up to you if you want to keep saying no. I mean, we'll let you and the employer figure that out.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. When you said, when offices do open up, I might not want to go back to work. Believe me, I've got a nine-month-old. I am ready to get back to the office.

Wade Wegner: Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Actually, here's what's really... Another interesting thing is, as I've talked with customers, there are customers that have other sorts of criteria that they want to use with respect to determining who should return. One customer was talking about how they have found certain teams, or even certain individuals have actually been more productive remotely than they were otherwise, but then some teams aren't as productive. I think, you both can imagine this, but you can model this kind of data in our platform, right? Create custom fields, custom objects that encapsulate other pieces of information that might be important to you. And, through a customizable survey, you could start to model that in this part of the decision making process, right? You may not even want to send a survey out to individuals that have been identified as highly productive. You might want to wait for a little while. Let them stay productive remotely. For those that, they're well enough to return and perhaps they've not been as productive, maybe bring them back into the office sooner.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. It's more than... I think the biggest thing that dawned for me on all of this return to an office, because I don't want to say return to work, is it's not just whether you're well or not, but it's also what's that journey getting there. Because you may have somebody at home that is a high risk, right? So the journey to the office might be harder for you, and back home, than just being able to stay at home and work and be productive.

Wade Wegner: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: I'm hearing this and I'm internalizing it, and maybe my boss has missed everything because they're busy. I'm the Salesforce administration, I want to bring this to him. Within my organization, where do I start this conversation?

Wade Wegner: Well, we alluded to it earlier. I think, pretty much every company in the world right now is thinking about this, right? Again, it could be reopening and keeping employees safe. It could be reopening and keeping employees safe in the context of customer interactions. At one level or another, almost everyone is already talking about it. I mean, I would encourage to talk to someone in your organization, in the HR department, if you have people responsible for offices, facilities, restaurants, maybe their managers, general managers and so forth. They're all talking about this. They're all thinking about this. People who are responsible for defining shifts. How are you going to define a shift? I mean, how are you going to do that when you need to be cognizant of who's available, and are they healthy and so forth? I think, it's probably different everywhere. But I think all of us can probably think and pretty easily identify those individuals that are involved in those sorts of decision making. Again, it could be HR. It could be facilities. It just could be your leadership or general management, as well. I think that's where to start. Again, I would be very surprised if they weren't thinking about this already and probably starting to model out some of this in our friend, the spreadsheet. I think there's a real opportunity to talk to them about a solution that kind of brings this together and provides the platform to reopen on top of.

Gillian Bruce: So you're saying admins can save even more people from spreadsheets?

Wade Wegner: Yes.

Gillian Bruce: Because these, I mean, these are not the typical business partners and stakeholders that I think admins typically think about.

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Gillian Bruce: HR facilities, they are definitely someone that is part of building an app. But this is entirely focused on those personas and those kinds of leaders. I think, it's an interesting opportunity for admins to maybe get exposure, kind of create those relationships, strengthen those relationships with different parts of the organization as well.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Wade Wegner: Just thinking about this, too. One of the partners we have, engaged with us now, is building out inventory management and supply chain management. Think about it. Supply chains are disrupted right now and they will be for a while. There's probably someone in your office that thinks about supply chains. Even at Salesforce, I was learning from a supply chain perspective, as well as a contracting perspective. We plan to do three to four times the cleaning that we did in the past, continual cleaning. That's a lot of additional cleaning supplies, right? That's another dimension to this, is based on how many people you bring back at what rate, it's going to impact supply chains, it's going to impact all of these things. So you're right. It's a great observation that it's a different set of personas and individuals that could really benefit from a solution like this.

Gillian Bruce: One of the things I know that is part of, kind of, the command center, we talked about the page layouts, is it's also a hot topic that I know a lot of admins are interested in learning more about, is Tableau.

Wade Wegner: Yes.

Gillian Bruce: Can you talk to us a little bit about how Tableau is part of work.com and what that means, what that kind of looks like?

Wade Wegner: I'll actually step back a little bit. One of the things that's really neat, and you can actually Google and search for this right now, is you can look at the COVID-19 Tableau data sets. We have started to aggregate trusted data from many different sources and allowed you to start to really visualize this data. That is kind of independently available today. So you can take a look at that. We are looking to take it to the kind of the next level, in that we want this data source, all of this data, to be available in the context of our decision making. If you think about Tableau, it's great, the visualizations, but we want to start to model this information as we would think about using it as objects. This won't be here at GA initially. Well, initially GA have embedded Tableau dashboards, and that's great, right? So you can start to drill in and take a look. But shortly after GA, we will have actual representation of this public data as objects in an org as well.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow.

Wade Wegner: Now, you can think about actually just making decisions based on data that is local to employees. So what is happening in the community? What is happening in the state? You might want to respond to those things differently. And so, with that data available as objects... And I don't want to promise if it's an external object or what not yet, because we're figuring a lot of this out still.

Gillian Bruce: Forward looking statement.

Mike Gerholdt: Forward looking statement.

Wade Wegner: Very forward looking. Yes. Yes. But, having that kind of data available is key, right? So you can start making decisions. So that's what's really exciting about all of that. That is actually based on work that's being done by the Tableau team, by the MuleSoft team, by Einstein Analytics. A really neat way to think about the power of data, and how having that data available is going to be a differentiator for people as they think about reopening and returning.

Gillian Bruce: That is awesome, Wade. That makes me... Like, my data nerd is ignited inside of me and I can't wait.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Wade Wegner: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Looking at the Tableau aspect of it, to me is just like, it so brings everything that you do right to the forefront and helps you understand because, I think, it's one thing to understand. Okay, you talked about elevator flow and shift scheduling, but then you have to consider this in the context of the world that you live in.

Wade Wegner: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: Like, is your county busier than other, right? Like the county Gillian lives in is very different than the county I live in Iowa, you know?

Wade Wegner: Yeah. Yup. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: It's fascinating.

Wade Wegner: What's going to happen is, we're going to see as communities start to reopen, some are going to open and then they're going to start to close down a little bit, right? And you're going to want to be able to respond to what is happening. That is the intent of this data, and being able to visualize what is happening helps you to make decisions as well. And so, it's going to be critical in terms of making sure that employees are safe.

Mike Gerholdt: Very cool.

Gillian Bruce: That's awesome.

Mike Gerholdt: Very cool, Wade. Well-

Gillian Bruce: I mean, I think I will...

Mike Gerholdt: Go ahead. Gillian and I have only been doing this for like six years together-

Wade Wegner: You're great.

Mike Gerholdt: ... and any time anytime we have somebody on the podcast that we're just stumbling over to ask questions about, it's because we're both just giddy over the product.

Wade Wegner: No, that's great.

Gillian Bruce: Yes. This is true. Well, on that note, I was going to say, Wade, I'm going to thank you on behalf of like all people who are going to be using work.com in the team, because this is so cool. And I think it's going to be so helpful for so many people. I know I'm excited to see how we use it at Salesforce. And I know that there's a lot of people that are listening that are going to do what they can to get their leadership to buy in and use this to help them get back to whatever the new normal is.

Wade Wegner: Yeah. I think, this is the thing that I've taken from it, is so many people have contributed and worked so hard at this. And I think we all have a vested interest in seeing this work, right? We're all a part of our community. We're all a part of this company. We want to see people be able to return safely. And so I have to give a huge shout out to just hundreds of people that are literally, they have set aside their day jobs, they have set aside their priorities to be able to help us deliver this. It's been humbling. It's been inspiring. It's been awesome to see.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. To me, it fits right within the culture of Salesforce, but overall, it's just one of those things where it really makes us all considerate and caring of each other.

Wade Wegner: Yeah. Yup.

Mike Gerholdt: Like thinking through how can we all get back to our offices, being around our coworkers, people that we know and love the best, and being considerate and safe. It's a great thing.

Wade Wegner: Absolutely.

Mike Gerholdt: If you want to learn more about all things Salesforce admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. And as a reminder, if you love what you hear, be sure to pop on over to iTunes and give us a review. I promise, I share them with the whole team. You can also stay up to date with us on social for all things admins. We are @SalesforceAdmns, no i, on Twitter. And you can find me, I am @MikeGerholdt and Gillian...

Gillian Bruce: @gilliankbruce.

Mike Gerholdt: So with that, stay tuned for our next episode.

Gillian Bruce: And we'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Flow Builder & Automation with John Kucera

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we bring on John Kucera, a Product Manager at Salesforce. We find out all the latest and greatest things that Flows are capable of and why it’s worth it to make the switch from Process Builder.

Join us as we talk about the new live ListViews feature, how you can automate hundreds and thousands of record changes (with debugging), and now is the best time ever to get started with Flows.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with John Kucera.

Powerful automation in just a few clicks.

One of the biggest changes going into Summer 20 is the ability to trigger Flows when you save a Record. Right now in Process Builder, there are a lot of limitations if you want to build a series of triggers or get records queries. “All this power that people love with Flow you now can invoke directly on record saves,” John says, “you have one tool which can do almost all of your declarative automation.”

We know that improving the Process Builder ListView has been a popular request, and the improvements in Summer 20 are the result. You can now have live ListViews with Flow for any of these Record Triggers that you create. “You can have custom ListViews to see them the way you want, you can see the most recent one you edited or different views for different users,” John says, and even make adjustments live in the Flow. After Summer 20, you should start with Flow and see if you can build everything you need there, only moving to Process Builder for the known gaps.

Why now is a great time to get started with Flows.

If you haven’t yet delved into Flows, now’s a great time to get started. John and his team have worked hard over the past few years to hide and automate variables so you can build things more easily. “We really think that now is a fantastic time for anyone who was deterred by Flow to give it a second look, especially for Record Triggers,” he says. This gives you access to all sorts of automation that can help you streamline your business processes and keep track of things like never before, all with clicks and no need for code.

There are a lot of abilities Flows give you that were previously only doable with Apex coding. You can batch edit upwards of 250,000 records a day, and schedule that to happen in anticipation of, for example, a contract ending. Most importantly, there’s now an easy debugging process so you don’t accidentally end up with 250,000 errors the next morning. With learning Flows, John’s advice is pretty simple: “Start small, get your confidence, and really invest in learning these fantastic tools.”

Using Screen Flow Analytics to improve your processes and what comes next.

There are so many new features that John and his team are still working on catching up in the Flow release notes, so make sure to listen to the full episode to get all the details. Another massive feature coming to your org is Screen Flow Analytics. “Wouldn’t it be amazing if you knew how long people take to finish your process so you can identify which paths were taken most,” John asks, “so you can identify where things are potentially either confusing and problematic or broken?” You can create dashboards to do just that, and you and your business partners can subscribe to them to get insights automatically pushed to you every month. It’s also a great way to show usage numbers and demonstrate the value of the tools that you create.

Looking forward, John and his team are looking to establish more parity between Process Builder and these new features they’ve added to Flows. Look for improvements to debugging, screens, and more. At the end of the day, it’s all about making these tools easier for admins to do more and take advantage of all of the power offered by the Salesforce platform.

Trailhead: * Build Flows with Flow Builder * Summer '20 Release Highlights

Social: * John: @NotHackedJK * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Gillian: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast where we talk about product, community and careers to help you be an awesome admin. I'm Gillian Bruce, and today we are joined by the one and only, John [Qusara] , who is one of our amazing product leaders here at Salesforce, and he has some really fun things to talk about as it comes to the summer 20 release. John, welcome to the podcast.

John: Thank you for having me. I'm super excited to be here.

Gillian: Yeah, you're a returning guest I believe. This has been a while though.

John: It has.

Gillian: Well, I'm really happy to have you on and you've got so many fun things to share that I know admins are going to be very excited about. So what is one of your favorite things that's coming out in the summer release for admins?

John: All right. So Oh my goodness, we now can trigger Flows when you save a record. Woo hoo.

Gillian: I think everyone's doing a happy dance as they hear that.

John: So this is huge. I know this is going to create some panic, "Oh, are you going to take my Process Builder away," and things like that. But first I'm going to tell you why this is amazing. So in Process Builder, which is of course your fantastic record triggering automation today, you can't do all these amazing things. What if you want to have one decision that then as a second decision? You kind of have that weird, awkward way to do it, but it's hard. What if you actually want to get related information? Okay, I want to update the opportunity, but I want to see all of the different products around it and I want to query, and then do conditions on that? You can't do these queries, these get records. Flow lets you do that. Then even better, you can loop over all this crazy stuff. So all this power that people love with Flow, you now can invoke directly on record saves. So there's no longer this awkward set up a process just to trigger, do the criteria, then set up a Flow, then set up some variables and then try to pass in between. No, you have one tool which can do almost all of your declarative automation. So this is huge.

Gillian: That's... Yeah, that is huge. I mean, I'm just thinking this totally changes the world a little bit because it's a whole different way of thinking about how you can actually set up some of this automation. It's a lot simpler and it actually can kind of change your strategy a little bit because you don't have to do all of these extra steps and-

John: Yes, it's so much easier for all of that. You get all the power in one place, and for so many of you out there that have voted on the idea to improve the Process Builder list view, this kind of is the delivery of that. You now have a real, live, amazing list view with Flow so that any of these records trigger Flows that you create, you can have custom list views to sort them the way you want. You can make sure you see what is the most recent one that I edited. You can have different ones for different people, different list views for them. Oh my goodness, let's say you actually want to go and create the process and then you realize you needed to add a picklist value and object manager, then you need to go back and refresh that it can see that picklist value. You're not going to be taken back to the crappy Process Builder list view. You just stay on the Flow because we actually have URLs with Flows. So all of this... Basically our guidance is going to be, with summer 20, you should start with Flow and see if you can build everything you need there and only go over the Process Builder for the known gaps.

Gillian: That is definitely game changing. I know I built my first legit Flow with the new and improved Flow builder earlier this year coming back from leave. It was one of the first trail head badges that I earned and I was like, "Oh, I can use Flow now. This is so exciting," because before I was like, "Yeah, so that's a little difficult for me to understand."

John: Flow has come a long way. It's got all this scariness like, "Oh my goodness, variables." We basically don't have variables in Process Builder and in Flow, where you have to create a variable and then a variable and a variable. Well, the team's been on a massive, massive campaign to basically hide and automate the variables. So if you looked at Flow a year ago or two years ago, oh my goodness you are in for a world of difference because we took away more than half of the steps to create all of this stuff. So you no longer have to create a variable when you're doing a "get records". When you're doing [ScreenFlows 00:04:49], you don't have to create variables when you add stuff to refer to things. We made it way, way simpler, much closer to how Process Builder works for all these things. Another amazing enhancement in this release is you no longer need to deal with variables for loops. So loops might be intimidating to folks because it's like, "Okay, I have to create this collection variable and loop over it and reference that." Now we automatically create it. So it's just way less steps to set up. You can build it faster, but it's also just way easier to learn now. So we really think that now is a fantastic time for anybody that was deterred by Flow to give it a second look, especially for record triggers.

Gillian: Yeah, so let's talk about that just a little bit. So maybe for folks who literally like me were kind of a little intimidated by Flow and maybe never went down there, and maybe even some of these terms like loops and stuff is new for them. Can you give me kind of a real simple use case example of why a record trigger would be awesome when might you want to use a loop?

John: Yes. So I was working with a nonprofit and they basically wanted to have end users create a list of... I'm going to call is... Sorry, this is going to sound technical, but bill of materials. So their use case was they run events and they have different advertisers. When somebody gives them a half a million dollars, they basically say, "This is what you get. You get these 10 things. You get primo advertising in our newsletter. You get a big banner at the concert. You also get a mention over here." So they wanted to make sure that every time you create that 500,000 donor record, that they copy all the stuff that's supposed to happen, and those are basically the tasks that they then track to see am I able to, or did we actually fulfill what we need to do here? So what they needed to do was say any time I create this new sponsor record for half a million bucks, I want to query for what they are owed. There's a custom object where they would define, okay, these are the 10 things you need. Loop over all of those 10 things and then create these 10 child records for that sponsorship. So these are things you just never could do with Process Builder. You would have to write code for that in the past, but now you can do them with clicks thanks to Flow, and you can do that without having to create a process and then create a separate Flow and juggle all of that. It's just so much faster now than it used to be.

Gillian: Well, yeah and then now if you need to update any piece of that, it's in one place. You don't have to go to all these different places to modify this one part of the automation, right?

John: Exactly.

Gillian: That's really cool. So I know another thing that has come up in the community a few times is, especially for people who are maybe more developer minded who have been doing this for awhile, is the ability to test your work and figure out what's going on. I know there's been some improvements in that area. Can you talk a little bit about that?

John: Yes. So for scheduled Flows, which are amazing if you aren't aware of them, what if you could run batch jobs without running code, but at the same scale that Apex batch jobs let you run code. So 250,000 records a day can be processed. So this is huge. Let's say you have a scenario where every 30 days or... Sorry, on contract end, you want to make sure that your account managers are doing a bunch of stuff. In the old ways you might do a delays like, okay, the contract was created, wait 365 days and kick things off. Horribly confusing because of [inaudible] stuff. Now, with scheduled Flow, you can basically say, "Okay, every night check if any contracts expired and then do all this stuff, send out emails, do tasks all that." So that is huge. That was a spring enhancement. Now you have debugging for scheduled Flow. So the trickiness was, well, wait, how do you debug when you could process hundreds of thousands of records. The algorithm the team came up with was the last, oldest record that meets the criteria of your query is always the one for debugging. So this makes it consistent, repeatable. You can run this and over again and you don't screw with a bunch of records. So this is huge. So you can now debug your batch jobs, which is fantastic.

Gillian: That's awesome. I know a lot of people will be very happy about that as well.

John: Yes and we have not yet done debugging for before save updates and for these new record triggers, which happen after save, but that is hot in our roadmap and hopefully in the October release, you'll see that too.

Gillian: Forward looking statement.

John: Yes, Forward looking statement, but not just scheduled Flows. Rollback. So wouldn't it be amazing if when you were testing out your Flow, it didn't create all this data and it didn't change all the records. So you could just run that test over and over and over and over again and figure out what's not working. We have that, rollback. We're calling this rollback. So now with auto launch Flows... So not the record trigger one, sorry not yet, but for auto launch Flows, if you kick these off and you're debugging them, you no longer have to create the records and delete them later. You don't have to then undo all the stuff you did. So this drastically shortened the iteration cycle when you're trying to make rapid development, which is especially important in these times where you need to move faster than ever.

Gillian: Yeah, God, that's great. I mean, it sounds like your team has been very, very busy, John, over the last year.

John: We apologize to the community. We have basically built so much that we are way behind on our release notes and almost everything that we have built is not actually live in our release notes yet.

Gillian: Well, that's why you're on the podcast. So everybody can just listen to this and understand what's going on.

John: Salesforce exclusive on the Admin Podcast.

Gillian: Exactly. Hey, hot off the press, direct to you everybody. Here you go, hearing it here, but that's great. So, John, can you tell me a little bit... Clearly you've all been doing a lot of work and I know that you definitely listened to the community. Can you tell me a little bit about how your team kind of decided to focus on these elements and kind of bring these to life at this point and kind of how you make those decisions?

John: Yes, I'll attempt to be short on this. We take obviously tons of input from tons of places, especially the community. Specifically for record triggers, one of the big complaints was, "Why do you have two tools? When do I use each for? I know Process Builder, I kind of love it. I sort of know Flow is like that, but I don't quite get it." So we've had this tool confusion and you've all told us you're confused. One of the questions was, "Okay, well, what should be the one tool of the future?" Well, probably too much information, but under the covers, Process Builder was the first lightning component builder. It was built on lightening components before they were a thing. This was before lightning was launched.

Gillian: Yeah, I remember that.

John: Flow was the first lightning web component builder. So the team... Hats off them. Way before me, they made these really hard technical choices to be bleeding edge on new technology. So originally, Process Builder was going to be the one tool to rule them all, but then the team and UI platform came out with this amazing lightning web component technology. So we decided we want the Flow builder platform to be the platform of the future. Let's put all the stuff there so that when we're making debugging, it works for everything. It works for screens. It works for scheduled Flows. It works for these record change triggers and then we can basically build it once and apply to everybody like the list view. We decided... Unfortunately, for many of you with lots of Process Builder processes, sorry, that we were not going to fix that because instead, we're focusing so much on making Flow amazing. So we really want to simplify based on all of your feedback and really focus investment in the best [inaudible] builder technology we have so that you have one place to go to create all this powerful stuff.

Gillian: I mean, it's so cool because I think when people learn that kind of, under the hood or whatever, Flow is really the root of it all. I think that helps people understand, A, how important it is to learn Flow, but B, how powerful it is. Hey, if you could do Process Builder, now you can do Flow because it's the same principles, right? Now that is where you can live essentially. Hey, I've been in many orgs and demo orgs with many, many lists of Process Builder processes and the fact that now I can view all of those in Flow is very, very, very useful.

John: And [inaudible] so that you can be like, "Okay, what are all the ones with these keywords in them? Or just give me the record trade one." It's so much better now.

Gillian: That's awesome.

John: Especially encourage all... Again, all those people that haven't tried Flow in a while, start small. So in spring we released before save updates. These are pretty constrained. Basically, these are lightning fast ways to say, "Okay, I saved a lead and I want to check if the lead status is equal to web, if so, update the checkbox for website on the lead record." So that's what it does. You check the record, you make a change on that record and it executes 10 times faster than Workflow rules and Process Builder. They are a lot easier to get started with. So start with something like before save updates, which by the way, are more than 50% of what all of you do out there is just update things on the same record that was saved. Then you can expand and say, "Okay, now I'm going to start to get my feet wet with these other record change saves. Then, "Okay. Maybe I'll try a batch job. Maybe now I'll try a ScreenFlow." So start small, get your confidence and really invest in learning these fantastic tools.

Gillian: That's great advice. I know I think you've got some other cool stuff coming. Is there anything else that you want to talk about on the podcast and maybe not is in the release notes?

John: Oh God. There's much. It's funny. I don't actually remember what is actually live in the release notes right now. So sorry. Another massive, massive improvement that is coming out is ScreenFlow analytics. So this is fantastic, especially for service cloud customers, but really for anybody. Wouldn't it be amazing if you knew how much time people spent between screen one and screen two or screen two and screen three? What if you actually knew how long people take to finish your processes so that you can identify which paths were taken most? Where are you having all these blocks? Where are things potentially either confusing and problematic or broken? Now you have standard reports in Salesforce where you can customize them, filter to one or aggregate across a bunch of ScreenFlows. You can create dashboards. Even better, these are not in set up so you can have your business partners subscribed to these and get these insights pushed to you automatically say every month. So I just set this up for a bunch of [inaudible] to basically track and monitor how's this doing? And this is fantastic for the builders so that you can iterate and it's fantastic for the business people to monitor the real business stats around their processes. So huge visibility that's now live, again, included with subscription for everybody thanks to the enhancements in summer 20.

Gillian: I mean, I can immediately see admins using this and loving it and bringing it to a meeting with executives and being like, "Look, this process was like this. Then I tweaked these things. Look at all the hours I've been saving our team." This is... I mean, that is an incredibly powerful tool, especially for admins I feel.

John: Yeah, because it's one of those things where it's like, okay, if I build it, did they come? I can answer that question!

Gillian: Totally.

John: [crosstalk] using it. Are they getting value out of it? You can then say, "Hey, look, I created this amazing ScreenFlow. By the way, here's the value that I created for the company. People then were able to execute this 10,000 times, or I don't know, 100 times over the week. Multiply that by the hours saved." This is a fantastic way to prove the value of all of this great investment that you have. That's never been available before.

Gillian: Yeah. I mean, I think what's really fun is I think especially over the last few years, there's been so many tools in this theme of helping admins demonstrate the value that they're creating and adding to the organization. I mean, with things like Optimizer and... I mean, especially like... There's more tools now to help admins really demonstrate the difference that they're making and I think, especially now that everyone's moving fast and probably transforming and trying new things more than they ever have before, this is so important for admins.

John: It's so relevant. I was just listening to [Jen Lee's 00:17:44] webinar last week and oh my goodness, the story of that banking was amazing. On March 30th, they got a call from their business partner saying, "We need to be able to support these small business loan applications." Twelve hours later, they had something live on their community to start taking loans and they were able to do more loan applications in five weeks than the previous 14 years combined. You can't do that without automation. They're able to do that fantastically quick, thanks to all these tools that we have.

Gillian: Yeah. There's been a few stories like that that have bubbled up. We had Jeff Berger on the podcast talking about how he built a similar app for his local bank, and I think over a period of a day or something. People, especially admins right now, really have a huge opportunity to make a huge impact and these tools are helping them do so, which is... Thank you, John. Thank you and the team for doing this.

John: No, thank you to all of our customers. You're the ones that gave us all these great ideas of what to do and we just want to try to empower you all so that you can do your best work in these crazy times.

Gillian: Yeah. So John, what are you... We had a little bit of sneak peak into some road map stuff. What are you excited about in the next few releases, again, forward looking statement [inaudible]

John: So much. Part of the reason... It's funny. I tell my team that I tend not to stress too much about any one feature because there's just so much opportunity in this space to make things better and there's so much need and demand. Some of the things that are very top of mind would be things like with these new record change updates for Flow, we need to make sure we have effectively parody with Process Builder. We don't have that out of the gate. There's things like checking is changed. I want to say if the lead status changed, then do something. We don't have that today, I believe both in their criteria and formulas, and that's something we need to do. We need to add debugging. So there's no debugging for Process Builder, unless you can count the dev console, which frankly is pretty scary. We want to add that proper for all of these records saved things. We want to continue to make things easier and easier and easier. So a lot of that comes down to things like screens. One of the huge, huge benefits that we hope to ship in the winter release is much richer layouts and control for your screens. Today when you create things and add them to basically these forms inside of a screen, you have one column. We're going to let you have up to four and set the widths to whatever you need, and then you can say, okay, "I want to show or hide this entire section," just by using conditional visibility, which is already live. So this will be a huge improvement to the ability to control the layout for all of these different screens.

Gillian: Well, it's similar... It reminds me of talking to [Vin] about dynamic pages and some of the improvements there. It's kind of a similar ability to use visibility to hide or display parts of what your users are seeing on the screen based on the data on the backend. It's-

John: Absolutely.

Gillian: So cool.

John: What Vin has with dynamic forms is fantastic. So it is a really good way to say I want to show just these fields for one object. Flow's screens can do that, but frankly it takes a little bit more work. Where Flow really shines though, is you can have components that are not tied to an object. What if you just want to have a question like, "Hey, do you want to apply for something or not?" You don't have to say that to the database. You can have just that check box in the screen and you can have that show and hide the other stuff. What if you want to update both the contact and the account at the same time? Flow screens are really, really good for that. So all of these rich capabilities are fantastic and we've got different tools for what use cases you have in mind.

Gillian: That's awesome. Well, tons of amazing more stuff... More amazing things to come with Flow. You keep it flowing, John. I love it.

John: Keep it flowing. Those little puns are everywhere. It's amazing.

Gillian: I can't get away with recording a podcast without at least letting one pun go.

John: Got the [inaudible 00:22:04]. It's fantastic.

Gillian: That is awesome. So, John, I really appreciate you taking the time to join us today and share some of these incredible innovations your team has built and are continuing to build.

John: Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. One other... Hopefully we don't end it on this note, but a caution for people using communities and alert, alert, alert. If you have ScreenFlows in public communities, in this release, certain things will change if you do not take action. I don't know that we've terribly well communicated this. So I just want people to have a heads up. If you are updating or deleting data in a public community, that will stop working if you take no action in a Flow. If you have a Flow, which say creates an account, then you use that account ID to then create a contact. That will stop working if you take no action in this next release. There's several workarounds. One of them is you can change these Flows or make them sub Flows and set them to system mode without sharing, but strongly, strongly recommend everybody using Flow in public communities, which are some of you amazing customers doing things like these small business loans, please, please, please read up on the community website and that URL, which we can hopefully share in the notes is learncommunitycloud.com, where there's big changes. This is not just for Flow, but these are the impact for Flow, which you should be aware of if you have them. And there's ways to handle this and take care of it, but just do not be caught off guard.

Gillian: All right. So if you're using Flows in public communities, make sure to go to, what is it, learncommunitycloud.com?

John: Yes. Learncommunitycloud.com. It is a [inaudible] site. It's not a security threat. It's all good.

Gillian: It's important to mention, yes. [crosstalk]

John: Fishing, spidey sense.

Gillian: So yeah, public community people make sure that you check that out because we don't want to have any unfortunate surprises. So thank you for sharing that with us. John, on a fun note, we talked a lot about product. I am inspired by all the things that you've shared with us, but I would like to know, what is one of the... We've all been doing a lot of cooking these days because we've been home What's one of your favorite things that you or the family has been cooking at home?

John: Oh goodness. So we have been making lots of chicken dishes. So you might say that we had some Instacart snafus where you might say order a bag of 10 small potatoes, and instead of getting the $3.99 bag of that, you get 10 organic potatoes for $50. Perhaps you order two pounds of chicken, really hypothetically, and you end up getting nine pounds of chicken. So we have had, let's call it industrial scale cooking adventures in our household.

Gillian: Lots of chicken and potatoes, huh?

John: So one of those that was a really fun recipe was a version of Parmesan chicken. We did nine pounds of that just a week and a half ago, which was actually surprising how quickly our small family of four can eat nine pounds of chicken. [inaudible] we did another four pounds of, what was this, Portuguese chicken, some people call it I think Spanish chicken. So both were really, really tasty. How about you, Gillian? Do you have any great dishes?

Gillian: Well so thankfully my husband has been doing most of the cooking because he loves it. So he has been working the Weber quite hard and smoking all kinds of various things we've also been getting from Instacart. We had a surprise Instacart edition of a bok choy last week. Never cooked with bok choy, but we decided, "Hey, let's make stir fry because apparently it's what you're supposed to do with bok choy," and it was delicious.

John: That is amazing. Don't you love those spice of life, just those happenings that expand our horizons?

Gillian: Totally, totally. It's been pretty fun. Our kitchen has been getting a lot of work.

John: I bet. Ours as well.

Gillian: It sounds like you're ready to open a chicken catering company after all this.

John: I think so. Maybe that's the next career opportunity when software is no longer a thing.

Gillian: Well, I don't think it's going anywhere anytime soon. So John, I want to thank you again so much for taking the time to chat with us and share with us all the amazing Flow innovations and a little peek into what's to come. Any final parting thoughts you want to share with our admins today?

John: Thank you all for all the inspiration, all the guidance and basically all the questions on the community as well. One of the things I didn't mention was we just launched automation components. Basically a bunch of you created these fantastic lightning web components and Apex actions so that the broader community doesn't have to write code to do these things. So all of our admins have these available. So thank you thank you to the community for all of your fervent investments, as well as the five amazing songs I've heard about Flow over the last year.

Gillian: Only five? I'm surprised. I'm sure there's more.

John: They probably are hiding. We loved your songs. I have a montage.

Gillian: All right, we'll keep the songs coming. Keep the innovations coming. John, thank you so much for joining us. As always, if you want to learn more about being an awesome admin, you can go to admin.salesforce.com, where you will find blogs, podcasts, and even some great virtual events, learning journeys. We have our Be An Innovator learning journey that's happening now. That is how you can learn how to build dynamic pages with the one and only Vin, who was on the podcast not too long ago. You can find us at Twitter at SalesforceAdmns, no "I". Myself at GillianKBruce and John, you are on Twitter as well. You want to share your handle?

John: Yes, nothackedJK.

Gillian: Great Twitter handle.

John: [inaudible] story we can tell another time on that one.

Speaker 2: All right. Well thank you again so much for joining us and we'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re talking with Niket Trivedi, the Product Manager for Salesforce Optimizer at Salesforce. We find out what’s new for Salesforce Optimizer in Summer 20, and it turns out there’s a lot going on.

Join us as we talk about what went into converting a PDF report into an app, how you can use Optimizer to get on the same page with leadership, and what the future looks like.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Niket Trivedi.

From a PDF to an app in Summer 20.

Some admins out there might remember their first introduction to Optimizer as report that got put into their docs and emailed to them. We’ve come a long way since then, and the Summer 20 release is set to change the game. “We are relaunching Optimizer as a Lightning app,” Niket says, “I’m looking forward to all the great feedback we’ll get from admins and the value they can get out of these recommendations that were previously in a PDF report and now are in a brand-new dashboard interactive format.”

“We don’t want to read a 100-page document to get to something that we want to act on,” Niket says, “we wanted to give something to admins where they’re spending less time scrolling through the report and more time fixing things in the org.” The Lightning app brings all of Optimizer’s recommendations out of the PDF and into the core where you can work with it, letting you jump to the relevant page straight from the app. “Your transition from the Optimizer app to the rest of your org is very seamless,” Niket says, “you’re not spending time doing an offline analysis and going back and forth.”

How Optimizer helps you set your goals.

Optimizer has almost fifty different recommendations. In other words, there’s almost certainly more than a few things you can work on. “What we’ve done is prioritize that list in the order of where you need the most attention,” Viket says, “the list, when the dashboard loads for the first time, is pre-sorted by how many immediate actions are needed for each of those items.” Their goal is to make it easier for you to attack Optimizer’s recommendations and whip your org into shape.

At the minimum, Viket recommends running Optimizer at least once every release, “but I don’t’ think I’ve seen any admin just doing the minimum,” he says. Instead, he recommends that you run the app every time you release something new. Any new development you do can create new issues, which is exactly what Optimizer is here to help you iron out. It doesn’t cost you anything to run, so you can even consider running it every two weeks or once a month.

Using Optimizer to win over stakeholders.

Sharing is caring, and Optimizer reports are best shared with anyone who needs to make a decision that affects your org. Viket recommends using the app to set your priorities and pointing to the report to explain why. “Sharing the data with those team members may be helpful so that they understand what you are busy with and how you are adding value and making your end-user experience as efficient and productive as possible,” Niket says.

Optimizer is especially useful in the common scenario where you’re coming into an already-existing org. “In a lot of the cases, admins have no one to tell them why certain things are the way they are, and they are so scared to make a change because they don’t know if something is going to break,” Niket says. “This is the tool, it’s like a Swiss Army knife,” he says, “it does hundreds of things for you and helps you uncover and discover those things.”

Links: * Speed Up Org Maintenance with the Optimizer App

Trailhead: * Salesforce Optimizer

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. I'm Mike Gerholdt and joining me today is Niket Trivedi, TM for Salesforce Optimizer, to talk about what's new in Salesforce Optimizer, and there's a lot in summer '20. So Niket, welcome to the podcast.

Niket Trivedi: Thanks, Mike, and thanks for having me.

Mike Gerholdt: Niket, I think you've also now been on Release Readiness live and you're on the podcast, so there must be a lot going on with Salesforce Optimizer. But before we get to that, let's talk about your journey to Salesforce. How did you come to Salesforce and what are some of the things that you've worked on since you've been here?

Niket Trivedi: Thanks, Mike, for the introduction and I would like to give a little bit of background. So Salesforce has been in my career path since the last almost close to two years. I have been in product management roles for most of my career. I started my career as an engineer, but quickly pivoted into product management. I've been in mostly consumer type of products like e-commerce and worked for a couple of startups, but I realized that enterprise product is something which I really want to get my hands on. And that's what really attracted me to Salesforce. Salesforce is one of the best companies in the enterprise SIP space. It's growing fast, and it's great culture. And that's what really brought me to Salesforce. And since I've joined Salesforce, I have actually worked on a lot of areas which are product adoption related things that we help people adopt products the right way, help them optimize it. And one of the big areas is Salesforce Optimizer. So Salesforce optimizer is a product that I've owned for almost two years now, and we have done some amazing stuff that we'll talk about. But yes, that's what I've been doing. There a lot of other adoption areas, which are probably related to Optimizer, but yes, I would like to keep focused on Optimizer for now.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, so would I. We were talking before I press record about how for, I don't know, eight, 10 years now I've wanted everything that's in Optimizer that I'm seeing now in summer '20. But I think probably the first introduction that admins got to Optimizer was as a report that got put into their docs and I think emailed to them. And that's the first version that we saw. Am I correct? You're you're shaking your head yes.

Niket Trivedi: That's absolutely correct. Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: And that was pretty helpful. I mean, I enjoyed printing things off and sharing them with my executives and talking through things, but it wasn't as actionable, I think, as what we're going to see now in summer '20. So let me tee you up for what is the great summer '20 Salesforce Optimizer release?

Niket Trivedi: Yes. So Summer '20 Optimizer release is all about making optimized recommendations even more reachable and actionable, as you said, to our customers, to our admins. And what we are doing is we are launching, in a sense, Optimizer as a Lightning app, which is awesome. I think it's a big, big deal. I feel very happy and proud of what the team has done to bring it to the point where we are right now. But at the same time, I'm really looking forward to all the great feedback that we'll get from admins and the value they can get out of these recommendations that were previously in a PDF report and now you can consume it in a brand new interactive dashboard format, like a Lightning app.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. And we saw part of that in the admin keynote at Dreamforce this last year. And I remember thinking to myself, holy cow, when we walked through that demo, it was so incredibly useful. You have list views now of everything and you can sort and resort, and you're not scrolling through a PDF. Bring me on that journey. What did your team think through when they're looking at how do we take this page and essentially make it actionable?

Niket Trivedi: Those are exactly the challenges that you described are very obvious. If you think about any offline report that you're reading, I mean, it may have great information, but in this day and age where we are all so hooked up to screens and we want to be more and more efficient, we want the exact action that we need for the next five minutes, or we don't want to read a hundred page document to get to something that we want to act on. And that was the impetus for Optimizer Lightning app. We wanted to give something to admins where they are spending less time scrolling through the report and more time fixing things in the org. So as we designed this, we kept that in mind and making sure that all those challenges that admins might face going through the PDF report are solid, and they can do a lot more with all the things that they can do with the Lightning app, being it in core. Your data is in the core and what not. And we can talk more about it, but I think this is just the beginning for what they can do with this.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I think you're teasing it out. So tell me more. I remember what Optimizer was as a PDF, but now as an app, what am I going to see? What are some of the things that I can begin to report on or look at in this app?

Niket Trivedi: Yeah. So in this first version, what we have tried to make sure that we bring the value of all the recommendations that were existing in the PDF report. So we had about 50 plus different recommendations that come out of the PDF report. So we wanted to make sure that we get as close to those recommendations and not lose the value of those. That was the focus in this release and bring it as close to at par with the PDF so that admins can start trying the Lightning app and rely less on the PDF report, but also focus on bringing all the great resources, like you have any help content, for example, if you have any resources, if you have access to any accelerator programs. All of that was made available right in the same page for the recommendation that you're viewing. So making sure your experience is very efficient and making sure you get everything in a single view. And if you want to fix something, if you want to go to a setup page for a recommendation, you just click a link in the app. You're taken to the org for that particular setup. You come back, and your transition from the Optimizer app to the rest of your org is very seamless, and you're not spending time doing an offline analysis, then coming back to your org and back and forth. So we try to minimize that friction, if you will, and bring the power of the data in admins hand.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. So it's a lot more intuitive is what I hear. When I read the recommendation, I click the link, I'm taken to that part of setup, right?

Niket Trivedi: Correct.

Mike Gerholdt: Where I can actually take action on it and then go right back into Optimizer, as opposed to reading the PDF and then having to figure out where to configure that in the org.

Niket Trivedi: That's very true.

Mike Gerholdt: So what are some things that as an admin the first time I jumped into Optimizer I should maybe prioritize looking at if I didn't run the PDF before?

Niket Trivedi: That's a good question. So as I said, Optimizer has close to 50 different recommendations. And depending on your org, you may or may not have issues in all areas, but you definitely have something that you want to act on. And what we have done is prioritize that list in the order of where you need the most attention. So that list, then the dashboard loads first time after the first scan is over, it is presorted by how immediate actions are needed for each of those items. So that top of the list will show you everything where it requires your immediate attention, and then there are items that are less attention, and then there are items that just require a review, and then there's a whole set of things that maybe working excellently fine in your org and you don't need to change anything. So we have tried to made it easy so that you're, again, not scrolling through a list on a dashboard and just start handling the items from the list from top to down.

Mike Gerholdt: So this really helps me prioritize where to put my attention in my org, in addition to rolling out new functionality is what I hear.

Niket Trivedi: Yeah. That's correct. I think, again, it depends how often you have run Optimizer in the past. And if you have not, like when you run it for the first time, you might be discovering things that you have not realized probably have been lurking in your org and you have those options now to go and investigate them further, at least we have brought it to your attention. And of course, it's easy for you. The first step is done. Now you can take the next few steps to go and find it and fix it.

Mike Gerholdt: I think that brings up a good question. So how often should I look at Optimizer based on what I'm working on? Do I run this every day? Do I look it at once a month?

Niket Trivedi: It really depends on your needs. At a very minimum, if you have an org that you're not doing a lot on, I would recommend running it at least once every major release. That's the minimum I would say, but I don't think I've seen any admin just doing the minimum. I think every org is pretty busy when people have a busy org with scaling issues and things they are building as applications over time. I think the other set of recommendation is every time you release something new, like a new application or making any major changes, you definitely should run Optimizer and see if there are new issues that will pop up as part of this new application development that you have done. So yes, as often as you need. At a minimum, run it with every major release, with every new application development. Run it in Sandbox if you feel you are doing some development in Sandbox and like to bring it back to your production org. I would say a good idea would be to run it at least once every two weeks or once a month. It doesn't cost you anything. It's a click of a button. It's very simple. So I would say those are my recommendations for how often.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I like that. You can set yourself a calendar reminder.

Niket Trivedi: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: Grab lunch. Run Optimizer. Scroll through your results. It's like getting a monthly report card.

Niket Trivedi: Exactly. Your TPS report.

Mike Gerholdt: Touche. Good job with that one. Speaking of TPS reports, who should we share the Optimizer reports with? As an admin, I've run this. I've looked at it. What should my next steps be?

Niket Trivedi: So again, every org is different. The structure of how people reporting to each other is different, so I'm not going to make a specific recommendation, but I'm going to speak broadly. Whosoever cares to look at the results and are trying to make a decision based on the results. So for example, let's say you have a really active and growing org and you have file storage limits that are getting consumed like anything, and you need to go for bigger limits. Now, bigger limits might require you to go to Salesforce and ask for like an upgrade, or there could be other areas in your org that might require upgrade. So that might require you to have some budget approvals. There are certain things you can probably do on your own. There are a few other things that admins may have to reach out to their execs and their management chain. So whosoever benefits from getting a decision done to eventually make your org more efficient and keep it scalable and productive for your users. I think that's what matters. But at a minimum, to set your priorities. I think a lot of admins have used Optimizer to set their priorities and discuss with the managers, "Hey, this is what is Optimizer telling me. I would like to prioritize my next few weeks based on this," to sharing it with your immediate manager or anyone else in your cross functional areas and maybe with your business leaders that, "Hey, I'm seeing slower performance on these account pages. So to help you guys, I'm going to prioritize this." So sharing the data with those team members may be helpful so that they understand what you are busy with and how you are adding value and making your end user experience as efficient and productive as possible.

Mike Gerholdt: I love that. You can proactively have career conversations around how you're improving the performance of everyone at the organization just by running Optimizer. And I'm also thinking if you're a new Salesforce admin coming onboard to an organization maybe that already has an org, this is a great way to kind of get a snapshot on here's what I'm looking at moment in time from day one as I get started and it can help me prioritize as well.

Niket Trivedi: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: I would be curious, you mentioned in the beginning that you've done a lot of product management. You were in engineering. I love to kind of get one layer deeper. I'd love to know what was a fun part of moving optimizer from PDF to this app that kind of was really exciting for you in this.

Niket Trivedi: Yes. There are a lot of fun things and things that we discovered that we ourselves weren't aware of. PDF report itself has been well adopted. It's like peeling an onion. When you have a product that's been around for a few years and you're trying to totally redefine it, I think it just uncovers a lot of things for the team. Even the engineers who probably worked on the very first version of the report are nowhere around here. They probably moved on to other projects. So we uncovered a lot of things that we ourselves as team we were not aware of, "Oh, this is how it works?" So it was learning. It was fun. It was like, wow. It was kudos to the original team that did this work. And in some cases, you're like, okay, why did they do this? And we're trying to do archeology. We are trying to understand that, okay, we understand the rule. We understand why we need to give this to the admin, but it could be done a different way. There were discoveries. There were like ideas that were thrown around all over the place. But it was very interesting the last few months as we dig it up and try to rebuild it, if you will.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I could envision that, much like redoing a house. Once you pull the dry wall off, you question why somebody would do that. Of course, to them, it was completely logical. Well, this was very cool. I will be sure to include in the show notes a link to the release notes for the part of Optimizer because I was reading through them the other day. I cannot tell you how excited I am for this and the amount of possibility it brings for admins to have those positive career conversations with their executive sponsors, with their stakeholders around this. And for me, if I was thinking of this from an admin perspective to help me really prioritize the work that I need to get done in addition to the new features and functionality, I mean, this is the check engine light, I'll say, that we've been waiting for a long time.

Niket Trivedi: Yeah, absolutely. And I think you did mention that so-called use case where almost every admin has gone through in their life, which is they take over a new organization and there you go. They are clueless, like what's going on? And they have to get rammed up pretty quickly. And a lot of the cases, they had no one to tell them or help out why certain things are the way they are, and they are so scared to make a change because they don't know if something is going to break. And this is the tool, it's like a Swiss Army Knife. It does hundreds of things for you and helps you uncover or discover those things. It's like an X-ray, if you will go into the inside under the hood and help you find those issues.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. That's a great analogy, and it's an X-ray that'll only get better in time. Now that we have this Lightening app in our orgs, I am envisioning there's going to be new releases to it come winter, come spring '22, I think if I'm doing the math right. Summer '22. It's even more things that that can help admin. I'm very excited. So thank you to your team and everyone who worked on this new... I cannot tell you how exciting this is going to be just to have that next level of insight and prioritization. It's something I've looked forward to. So appreciate it. If you want to learn more about all things Salesforce admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. And as a reminder, if you love what you hear, pop on over to iTunes. Give us a review. I love sharing all those positive reviews with our team. You can stay up to date with us on all things social. For Salesforce admins, we are @SalesforceAdmns. No I on Twitter. And of course, you can find me on Twitter. I am @MikeGerholdt. And with that, stay tuned for our next episode, and we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we bring on Tim Dubois, the Product Manager for In-App Guidance at Salesforce. We learn how admins can take advantage of this cool feature and some best practices for creating these cool prompts.

Join us as we talk about best processes for floating prompts versus docked prompts, how to add the information your users need, and the metrics you need to look at for user engagement.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Tim Dubois.

New In-App Guidance features for Summer 2020.

“In-App Guidance is the ability for an admin to create in-app learning where it makes the most sense for the users,” Tim says, “where they’re going to get the best context and be able to do that little bit of learning right in place.” It’s built into the platform itself with no coding via Lightning and lets you be right there with users to draw their attention to the right thing at the right time.

If you’re making a change with App Builder, In-App Guidance lets you show your users what’s changed and where there are new fields. At the same time, when you’re onboarding new users, you can use this feature to help show them around. In Summer 2020, we’re adding multi-step prompts to create a Walkthrough for more complicated processes to traverse multiple pages or even guide users across multiple apps.

Pacing your prompts.

While In-App Guidance is a powerful tool at your disposal, it’s definitely possible to overuse the feature. “You have to think about it from the user’s perspective,” Tim says, “you definitely want to make sure you tease these out at a rate that’s not going to overwhelm them because the last thing we want is burnout.” If you think about popups on the web, it’s definitely easy to understand what overstimulation looks like.

There are controls in In-App Guidance that makes everything a lot easier, letting you decide how many times you show prompts to your users. There are also a few different types of prompts that can help you display information in the best way for people to take it in, so choose wisely.

Metrics to help you make an impact.

When you’re trying to get buy-in from your stakeholders, you can rely on In-App Guidance’s built-in user engagement metrics to give you an idea of how you’re doing. You can better understand how many people saw your prompt versus how many people clicked on the action, which gives you the ability to tweak things and make sure you’ve got it right.

One customer used permissions for country to have different prompts show up in different languages, and the design allows for a lot of flexibility and creativity in terms of how you employ it. These days, In-App Guidance uses the Translation Workbench to make sure prompts show up in whichever language the user has set up, including the URLs for any videos you’ve included. We’re super excited to hear about you get up to when you get your hands on these exciting new features, so reach out and let us know.

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Mike: @MikeGerholdt * Tim: @TimDubois24

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast, where we talk about product, community, and career to help you become an awesome admin. I'm Mike Gerholdt. And joining me today is Tim Dubois, the product manager for In-App Guidance. Man, is this thing cool, let me tell you. So we're going to talk about how admins can utilize In-App Guidance, some of the best practices for creating those cool prompts, and a whole bunch more. I promise you is such fun episode. I wish I had In-App Guidance for the episode, but we don't. We have Tim, so let's get Tim on the pod. Tim is the PM for In-App Guidance. And we're going to talk about how admins can utilize In-App Guidance, some best practices. I don't know where the conversation's going to take us. But Tim, welcome to the podcast.

Tim Dubois: Thank you, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: Let's get started with how you got started at Salesforce. So where did you come from? And now you're building this amazing In-App Guidance in Salesforce?

Tim Dubois: Yeah, thanks. I've been at Salesforce for what? About a year and three quarters, I guess, at this point. I've been a product manager in the software industry for a really long time in the area, coming from another big company. And I was looking for a company that was doing exciting things, doing some things that were getting back to the community, and also very importantly, company that was making products that people like to use, people were excited about. And Salesforce certainly fit that bill, and I was very lucky and excited to get an offer here. And I have been happy ever since. I've been working on some really, really cool things since I've been here and it just gets more exciting every day

Mike Gerholdt: I would agree 100%. So I'm a huge fan of In-App Guidance. I got to talk about in the Admin Keynote at Dreamforce last year. But let's kick off conversation there with In-App Guidance. If some admin has never heard of it before, what's your elevator pitch on In-App Guidance?

Tim Dubois: Oh gosh, yes, the elevator pitch. So In-App Guidance it's really... Think about it as the ability for an admin, especially, to create in-app learning where it makes the most sense for the users, where they're going to get the best context and be able to do that little bit of learning very quickly, right in place. And that really is what makes the most impact, and it's easier to digest that bit of guidance very quickly and help those users get on the way. And what I love about In-App Guidance is that it's built into the platform itself as part of the Lightning Platform. So it's extremely easy to use. There's no coding, is all done with clicks, so anybody can do it. It literally takes a matter of minutes to create a prompt door through the summer, a walkthrough. Anybody can do it and it's fun to use actually.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, absolutely. I like to think of it as if you could just be there with your users and be adding a little sticky note or a little nudge to them being like, "I really need you to look over here, or could you really look at this? I just added this. Please just pay attention here. Real quick, kind of a popup."

Tim Dubois: That's so true. Yeah. It's good to look at it.

Mike Gerholdt: So I'm looking at In-App Guidance and thinking to myself, maybe I've been admin for a while, should I only add In-App Guidance to the new apps or some of the new pages that I'm rolling out?

Tim Dubois: It really it depends. It depends on the use case. So In-App Guidance fits so many different use cases and we keep coming up with more. I keep hearing different ones from customers that I add to the list. But there's that typical scenario of, "I just made a change with that builder on the page. I added a new field, and I want to let people know about it. So, hey, let's add a prompt that highlight that, 'Hey, check out the new field. It needs this, or there's a new business process. It means that.'" So there's certainly those use cases, or maybe you want to have a walkthrough for a brand new app that you just put out there. So that's a great use case as well. So it makes sense for those UIs that have been around or apps that have been around for a long time. But also, it makes a lot of sense for onboarding new users. So for those places where you've got a new user that maybe it's your standard applications, but they don't understand, or there's been changes to the business process. So there's just so many different use cases.

Mike Gerholdt: You're teasing it out for me, so I have to ask. Let's talk about walkthroughs because I saw it in the release notes. I think it's amazing, but let's help bring our admins in and show them the amazing cake of walkthroughs that we have.

Tim Dubois: And I guess I let the cat out of the bag. Yes, this summer's release, we are really happy and excited to announce that walkthroughs or the multi-step prompts are coming along in the release. And we're taking the single prompts that we've already had for the last few releases, and we're allowing you to string those together to create a walkthrough. So these are great scenarios for more complicated processes that you want to highlight, or just if you want to onboard users to many places throughout the UI, you can create a walkthrough that traverses anywhere within a page, but also across pages or even across the apps.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. And especially thinking now when Salesforce admins are working from their home and they're having to have more video calls, these walkthroughs are essentially how you can be there for all of your users when they need your help, because you're not when they're going to update an account or log a call based on a sales call. You can't be there all the time, but the walkthrough can be there to help guide them, especially if there's a sales process or a major change, right?

Tim Dubois: Oh, absolutely. That's a great way to just handhold those users to get them through the process.

Mike Gerholdt: So is it possible for me as an admin to maybe create too much In-App Guidance?

Tim Dubois: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: Can I put too much frosting on the cake? That's the question I have.

Tim Dubois: You absolutely can put too much frosting on the cake. You have to think about it from the user's perspective. And it might get interesting sometimes when you have to think about where all these walkthroughs or prompts are going to end up, what's the set of users. But you definitely want to make sure you tease these out at a rate that's not going to overwhelm the users because the last thing that we want is burnout from the users. Because suddenly, we're all going to do that and get plenty of those popups that happen on the web all the time. And it quickly becomes to the point where you just close it before we even read it and we don't want that to happen. So I think it makes a lot of sense to put a lot of thought into the guidance that you create and make sure you don't overdo it. And also we even have controls of course, in In-App guidance for how often you should show these prompts to users. So you can decide to show those prompts every single day for 30 times. Probably not a good idea. If you really want to get the point across, highlight, don't do that. But maybe you want to show it once a week for up to three weeks, that kind of thing. So definitely put some thought into how you do that and definitely don't overdo it. And the same holds true for when you're offering the prompts themselves. We've tried to help you with some guard rails in that there's a couple of different types of prompts and there's the floating prompt, which is the prompt that you can place within the different quadrants of the UI. And they're meant to be very short and succinct. You only have up to 240 characters. And that's our purpose, to try to give you small little tidbits of information that you pop up on the screen. It's so easy for the user to quickly grasp that information without having to spend time reading a lot. But if you have more information that you want to convey, or maybe even a video, you could use the other prompt, the duct box, and that's where you can put in a lot more information, but they can also minimize that and they can come back to it later. So I'm trying to give you some different options and we're going to be adding more options in the future, but there's one different ways already to try to help get that information out there without overdoing it.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, absolutely. I love that you bring that up because the floating prompt can be somewhere right in there, their line of sight, as opposed to that docked prompt, I've seen it with videos in it, which was actually the question I had for you. We also, now I saw this in the release notes too. We have In-App Guidance builder.

Tim Dubois: Well, yeah. The In-App guidance builder is our new... This summer, we have the new offering UI. We had to redo things to create walkthroughs. And so we're using the new builder framework, which is really exciting. And the way the new builder works is, the builder is sort of around the outside of our UI and the UI is on the canvas on the middle part running. So you simply just navigate around to the UI you want and choose where you want to offer the prompts. So again, we make it very simple, all done with clicks. You don't have to worry about which page you're on, because whenever you say, if that's what the prompt is going to show up. So it's really, really easy to use.

Mike Gerholdt: I love that. I just remember thinking back to the days when I would customize the homepage and use like an HTML widget as "Please, please do this," when you first look. One of the things, and you touched on it, floating prompts short, quick. I almost think of those as like when you're watching the news or something like a fun fact, did you know about this? And the docked prompts have videos that could also be where an admin puts a demo as well. As users are progressing through and prompts are being displayed, I know that you can view, there's lifetime views and completes that the admin can also view. And I think that's important. I would love to understand, so if I'm going to show this to my boss, or I'm going to say, "Hey, I created this and this prompt or this walkthrough is getting this much use." I'd love to let them know, what should I be looking for in that as an admin?

Tim Dubois: What we're trying to do is give you some user engagement metrics right up front on the side of page where you see the prompts that walkthrough is listed. And again, it gives you an idea at a high level, how am I doing? Does anybody care? Because if both the single prompts or the walkthroughs have an action button or action link that we're measuring to see if the user actually clicked on it. So the very last step of the walkthrough or the prompt itself will have that action button. And the completes gives you an idea of all the users that saw that particular bit of guidance, did they actually click on that action? Or how successful are you of getting them to go check out that link, whether it's a Trailhead or whatever it might be. And so we give you that right upfront and it gives you an idea, like maybe I need to change how i role this out, because I saw that, X number of users saw this prompt, but very few actually clicked on the action. So I need to do something different. And so it gives you a chance to go back and maybe change some things and roll it out again. And it's also very easy for the role level actions to completely reset those metrics and start over if you want.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I would love to go back in time and see what metrics some of those prompts would be. And I think it would be very insightful to let you know, like if people are taking action on something, if you just need to re author that prompt, if it's maybe a picture or a video that would help really drive that home to them, I'd be curious, our community is very creative. Have they shared with you any of interesting prompts or In-App Guidance that they've created, that really caught your eye?

Tim Dubois: Yes. I've seen a fair number of different ones. I've seen everything from just having a simple prompt that shows one time to give an announcement, "Hey, get ready for tax season," et cetera, et cetera, to rolling out brand new custom apps and having multiple prompts. Really, before this was very first version we had, we did not have translation available yet. And the customer actually used permissions per country to have different prompts show up in different languages and so on. So it was some really unique ways around using our system. But yeah, that's why as I talk to customers, I get new use cases almost every day. It's fun.

Mike Gerholdt: That does make me think of something that hadn't really come across my radar is a multinational org. If you're say, a US based company, but you also have offices in Germany and France. Do you have to author prompts in each language? Or is it set to the org's translation?

Tim Dubois: No, it's actually the latter. So we're fully utilizing the translation workbench now. You create your prompt in English, for example, you go to translation workbench, you can translate to all the different languages, then Salesforce supports, and that's it. You're good to go. So user sets their language to say German, then those prompts should show up in German and it actually includes even the URL to the video. So if you have different videos for different languages, which of course you'd want to, if there's audio, then you can also update that as well, so you can have the different videos of the different languages play.

Mike Gerholdt: Holy cow. Okay. Well, this is exciting stuff. I love it when we have In-App Guidance and when we rolled out toolbar, I just thought that was just like next level stuff. Things that I've always wanted, that I always felt like everybody that knew how to write code was getting and the rest of us weren't. I want this cool stuff too. And now it's available. So thanks for doing that. And I can't wait to see what's new in Winter 21 for In-App Guidance. It's going to be right around the corner.

Tim Dubois: Oh yeah. It's fun for us because we're living in that right now. We're in the middle of building that. So it's some fun stuff coming.

Mike Gerholdt: Cognitive dissonance being warm while you're building stuff for the winter. I always think of it like the marketers that have to get the holiday catalog ready. At some point somebody's probably decorating a tree or a wreath or a holiday scene in June and flip flops, like, "Okay, I need everybody in the scene to act cold." It was great to chat with Tim. I'm so glad he had time to be on the podcast and talk with us, give us some best practices about floating prompts versus docked prompts, how to add great information in those docked prompts so that your users can consume it. And of course also looking at your views and completions so that you know which prompts are performing. That was phenomenal, and I think you're going to find it super, super useful. If you want to learn more about all things Salesforce admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. And as a reminder, if you love what you hear, or if you have some constructive feedback, let us know. Be sure to pop on over to iTunes and give us a review. I promise I read them all. And of course you can stay up to date with us on social for all things admin. We are at Salesforceadmns on Twitter. You can find me on Twitter. I am at Mike Gerholdt, and be sure to stay tuned for our next episode, and we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Before the calendar rolls over to June, we’re back for another special episode to recap great Salesforce content this month. This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, Mike and Gillian are back with the We Still Don’t Know What to Call This Episode. Seriously, help us out.

Join us as we talk about all the great Salesforce content from this month, as well as much of the content published on Admin.Salesforce.com

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation between Mike and Gillian.

Low Code Love Gillian hosted our LowCodeLove event, which featured many customer stories highlighting how IT leaders, admins, and developers can use low-code tools to quickly respond to business’ changing needs. We also heard from Jeff Berger, who we had on the podcast to talk about how he built an app in FIVE HOURS, got a surprise visit from Parker Harris, and had Maggie Rogers show up to share some music.

  • Video: LowCodeLove
  • Podcast: From Idea to App in 5 Hours with Jeff Berger

Be an Innovator with Dynamic Pages If you complete the new Trailmix for Be and Innovator with Dynamic Pages by June 30th, you get a special badge, so now is the time to get cracking.

  • Blog: Join Us for Be An Innovator With Dynamic Pages
  • Page: Be an Innovator

Quick and Dynamic Actions There was a lot of great content about Quick Actions and Dynamic Actions, including a blog post about how to use more Quick Actions everywhere by Jeremiah Dohn and new ways to use Dynamic Actions by Eric Shih. Behind all of it is Vin Addala, who we had on the pod and also goes by his alter ego, Vin Dynamic. Take a close look at all of these tools to reduce the visual clutter in your org and help people get things done faster than ever before.

  • Blog: Accelerate Adoption Using Quick Actions Everywhere
  • Blog: Try Dynamic Actions in App Builder with the Summer ’20 Release
  • Podcast: Dynamic Pages with Vin Addala

Taking Advantage of the Salesforce Community We had several great episodes on the pod this month that highlight the importance of the community in your Salesforce journey.

  • Podcast: Salesforce for Good: The Community at Large with Ryan Ozimek
  • Podcast: Get Out of Your Own Way with Yves Stewart
  • Podcast: Best Practices for Building Formulas with Eric Praud

Trailhead Live! This month, we launched the first episodes of Trailhead Live! Make sure to tune in to catch Megan Peterson and Gillian and catch up on all the great content coming into Trailhead and trivia with Marc Baizman. “I always have a Trailhead live open,” Mike says, “and I’m always popping over because there’s always new stuff there.”

  • Tweet: #TrailheadNews: Go "Behind the Hoodie" with @SteveMoForce & @lexpisani, learn about the May 7th #LowCodeLove event with @gilliankbruce, get a @charlieisaacs weather update,​ and more!
  • Trailhead Live

The Way Back Machine We take a look back at where we were in May 2018, 2017, 2016, and even 2014 and 2010. Check out where we were when folders and subfolders were new, and when we started the Awesome Admin movement.

  • Blog: 5 Summer ‘18 Salesforce Release Features that Seasoned Admins Will Love
  • Podcast; The Magic of Components with Michael Gonzalez
  • Blog: Have a Messy Org? Have no Fear!

Social * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Mike: @MikeGerholdt * Gillian: @GillianKBruce

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript Gillian Bruce: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast, where we talk about product, community and careers to help you be an awesome admin. We are here on the, "We Still Don't Know What to Call It" episode. We still don't know what to call it, really. No one's helped us with that.

Mike Gerholdt: It's still the thing. We're not sure to call. Still unsure.

Gillian Bruce: Okay. Well, here we go. This is the third episode of the, We Still Don't Know What to Call It episode. And I'm Gillian Bruce.

Mike Gerholdt: I'm Mike Gerholdt. At least I think so.

Gillian Bruce: It's hard to tell these days.

Mike Gerholdt: We don't know what to call it. I think, maybe, nobody's telling us what to call it because they like that we still don't know what to call it episode.

Gillian Bruce: You might be right. You might be right. It's like the Boaty McGoatface of podcasts.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Boaty McGoatface. Did you say Boaty McGoatface? Yes.

Gillian Bruce: Was it? Isn't that...

Mike Gerholdt: I think it's Boaty McBoatface.

Gillian Bruce: McBoatface. Sorry.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes. All the boats.

Gillian Bruce: In Salesforce-

Mike Gerholdt: Got goats.

Gillian Bruce: ... landing-

Mike Gerholdt: Got goats.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: I got a goat problem.

Gillian Bruce: I have cloudy goats on the brain. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Don't we all?

Gillian Bruce: Speaking of Salesforce landing and cloudy and goats, we had a lot of content that cloudy would be especially excited about that we produced in May.

Mike Gerholdt: We did a lot in May. We had a lot of fun. Much like we're having a lot of fun on this episode. We had a lot of fun in May.

Gillian Bruce: We sure did. You shared those lists with me of all of the things that you gathered from what our team put out in May. I was like "Wait, that was one month? Oh my goodness."

Mike Gerholdt: I was tired making the list. I had to take a nap. I had to pause, take a nap while making the list, get back up, keep making the list. That's how long the list was.

Gillian Bruce: Well, I'm glad that you pushed through it and made the list.

Mike Gerholdt: It could be hard sometimes making list.

Gillian Bruce: You know.

Mike Gerholdt: I feel like we're all good list makers now though, right?

Gillian Bruce: Well, yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Maybe some of us more so than others.

Gillian Bruce: I feel like I start a lot of lists. Now, if I ever do anything with them or actually cross them off, I'll go into my notes app sometimes on my phone and just discover to-do lists from two years ago that I never completed.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I know.

Gillian Bruce: It's great. Getting back to the list-

Mike Gerholdt: More list of ideas. List of ideas. Those are always fun. That sounds like a totally good idea.

Gillian Bruce: Right.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: At a moment of inspiration and-

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: ... it just sat there.

Mike Gerholdt: I created a list, list of lists.

Gillian Bruce: Well, admins like list view. Here we go.

Mike Gerholdt: They do. Right.

Gillian Bruce: Now that I'm viewing this list, the first thing on the list is the ... You talk about fun. Man, we had a lot of fun with this. The Low Code Love event on May 7th. Wow.

Mike Gerholdt: Gillian, you were the MC. I got to do some customer interviews. It was a lot of fun to watch as well. It was fun to do in the moment and see it all come together, and then day of, it was a lot of fun to watch.

Gillian Bruce: Well, that's good because I didn't really get to watch it.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I know.

Gillian Bruce: I watched it after the fact.

Mike Gerholdt: You sort of did. You were very participatory in the watching.

Gillian Bruce: I was. I watched myself on my own monitor-

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Gillian Bruce: ... like whatever the feed was picking up, but yeah. Mike, you, of course, are an expert customer interviewer.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: You've had what, like 10 years of practice running a podcast.

Mike Gerholdt: Sure. Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: It was fun. It was so cool to see everything come together. It's the first time we did anything like this. We learned a lot in the process, but we did. We had a ton of fun. Some amazing customer stories in there. We got Jeff Berger story in there who you interviewed on the podcast.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Yeah. It was good to see him visually explain his story.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. It was like what, he built an app in what, five hours? Was that-

Mike Gerholdt: Something like that. Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Over the weekend. Just ridiculous timeframe.

Gillian Bruce: He's just like "Sure. I'll build this. I got it. No problem."

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, "No problem. It's Friday afternoon. I got nothing else going on."

Gillian Bruce: "I got some awesome admin skills."

Mike Gerholdt: "We're going to roll this out Sunday evening. You bet. No problem." Boom. Done. Water off a Duck's back.

Gillian Bruce: Seriously. A bit like his story. What the mayor of Palm Coast with Steve Harris who helped build the solution there.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: We had Amber Boaz on, too, talking about how excited she is about dynamic pages and some of the stuff there. Some really cool customers, right? I got to talk about what you see Berkeley did with one of their labs to help supply COVID testing to firefighters. Actually, I'm wearing my Cal shirt today. I got Go Bears pride.

Mike Gerholdt: Of course. Sure. We had the Low Code Lounge, right? That was fun.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: There's a lot of people joining in the Low Code Lounge, [Squire] Kershner.

Gillian Bruce: Squire Christian was in there. We had Christie who is another fellow podcaster.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes.

Gillian Bruce: [Hewitt] podcast, Christie Campbell.

Mike Gerholdt: Exactly. Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: We even had a high school student in there, Shaborn Allah, who is from Pi-TaP, which is an awesome organization. He joined from Boston. We had a surprise in there. Parker Harris dipped in the Low Code Lounge. We had a lot of fun. Parker spent the whole broadcast talking to and connecting to all the people on Low Code Lounge and learning more about their stories, which was really cool.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Yeah. I was a little jealous when I saw Parker come in. Mostly because he has some of the best intro where he would just float in to the screen. It was great. I thought, when they went away to do something else, I was like "I bet Parker is engaging with every single one of those people." I want that recording to go live.

Gillian Bruce: I'm sure it exists somewhere, but yeah, we had a lot of fun. Parker was totally game to play. Actually, he got jealous because I had a light up Marquee.

Mike Gerholdt: Sure.

Gillian Bruce: He had his son. One of his sons come in like set up a light show behind him, but it was so bright in his shot. You couldn't even see it, but he was very jealous. Parker loves the fun.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: We got Brett and Sarah doing the main show and Maggie Rogers showing up to sing us some incredible songs.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes.

Gillian Bruce: We had the AMA with a zillion of our amazing product managers. It was awesome. We had some slight technical issues, but you know what, we had more viewers than we could have even imagined. Understandably, things were going to ... we get tested and crashed a little.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: We recovered.

Mike Gerholdt: Exactly. It was a lot of fun. It was a lot of fun.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. If you want to watch it, it's available on Trailhead Live. It's also available on Salesforce Live. You can go back and watch the uninterrupted version. If you catch it on Facebook Live or Twitter, the feed on there, you'll see that I actually missed your live queue.

Mike Gerholdt: It's okay.

Gillian Bruce: Sarah and I were talking about her hair. That's great.

Mike Gerholdt: That's okay. You also hosted Bingo. You had like a live whiteboard that would come in. That was some good that-

Gillian Bruce: I still got the whiteboard.

Mike Gerholdt: I'm still laughing.

Gillian Bruce: I still got it. We had a lot of Bingo winners.

Mike Gerholdt: Sure.

Gillian Bruce: There's a lot of Bingo names on air.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. That's okay. That's how it works. It's good. It's good.

Gillian Bruce: Now, I have a whiteboard in my house.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Because ... whiteboards.

Gillian Bruce: Why not.

Mike Gerholdt: In addition to Low Code Love, we also had, Be an Innovator with Dynamic Pages launch on admin.salesforce.com. I think it was really cool. The page actually directs down to trailhead.salesforce.com. You could watch the videos and engage right there. That's some magic that Rebecca Saar did.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, and Vin Addala who's on the podcast, because he is the PM that helped create an ... his team basically built this new, amazing dynamic pages experience. It's totally re-engineered from the ground up, which was why it took a while. We had some Leanne magic in those videos as well.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, who was also in Low Code Love.

Gillian Bruce: It sure was. She sure was. Yes. She sure was. Yeah. If you complete the trail mix for Be an Innovator by June 30th and something cool happens.

Mike Gerholdt: I think you get a badge.

Gillian Bruce: You get a badge. That's what you get.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: I wrote down the date and I forgot to write down the-

Mike Gerholdt: That's okay.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: It's-

Gillian Bruce: It's May 74th, right?

Mike Gerholdt: It's May 74th. That's right. March 82nd. If you missed either of those, the links to watch them, we'll include it in the show notes because sometimes I can't keep up with me.

Gillian Bruce: Well, especially these days.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. We haven't-

Gillian Bruce: We've been making list [exhaustia 00:08:55].

Mike Gerholdt: Exactly. Well, it's important. Naps are important. Blogs-

Gillian Bruce: Yes, as I've learned from my son.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I know. See, kid's got it figured out. Like pre five, wake up, eat, crawl around a little bit, nap. That's-

Gillian Bruce: Eat again. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Eat again. Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Nap again. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Nap.

Gillian Bruce: They got the life.

Mike Gerholdt: Priorities. Priorities. They're not making lists. He's just got the list in his head.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. It's very few things on there.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. Other things that, maybe, you didn't miss, again, we don't know what to call this episode. We're just going to go through some content, tell you all the awesome stuff that was out there that you need to follow up on, read about. Let's talk about accelerate adoption using quick actions everywhere. It's community post by Jeremiah Dohn. I like that. We had that come out in May.

Gillian Bruce: Jeremiah is-

Mike Gerholdt: Early part of May.

Gillian Bruce: ... awesome.

Mike Gerholdt: He is. He's presented at DreamForce, I feel a few times.

Gillian Bruce: At least, yeah. Yeah. His post is great. Quick Actions are super useful.

Mike Gerholdt: I use Quick Actions a lot. I use them very quickly.

Gillian Bruce: Do you?

Mike Gerholdt: Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Gillian Bruce: Do you use them while drinking Nestle Quick?

Mike Gerholdt: Maybe.

Gillian Bruce: I don't know why that popped in my head. Anyway-

Mike Gerholdt: That's Nestle Quick. It's smooth. It's chocolatey. It's milk. It's wonderful.

Gillian Bruce: It's got a bunny on it. I don't know.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I think, was it Yoohoo that competes with Nestle Quick?

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Yoohoo.

Gillian Bruce: What's the difference between those and Ovaltine? I've never understood the difference between. To be clear, I haven't really drank any of them, so I don't know.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, doesn't Ovaltine help you with your regularity and your fiber?

Gillian Bruce: I don't know.

Mike Gerholdt: Maybe it's-

Gillian Bruce: Isn't that Metamucil?

Mike Gerholdt: Well, that could be.

Gillian Bruce: Sorry everyone.

Mike Gerholdt: I feel like there's also a comedian that has a bit about Ovaltine. Like why doesn't it come in an oval box for an Ovaltine.

Gillian Bruce: That would make sense.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. It's called, Ovaltine. We didn't talk about Quick Actions at all during that. We talked about Ovaltine and Yoohoo and Nestle quick and yet, somebody is still listening, hanging on by a thread that something important is coming up next.

Gillian Bruce: I bet they're finding some chocolate milk somewhere.

Mike Gerholdt: Who doesn't want chocolate milk now? I do.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, not me. Good.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Chocolate, yes. Anyway, we also had another great blog post about dynamic actions in app builder.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes. Yes.

Gillian Bruce: It very well paired with the dynamic pages feature that is now available for folks to use. Another amazing admin tool.

Mike Gerholdt: Vin Addala used to work on dynamic actions.

Gillian Bruce: That makes sense.

Mike Gerholdt: I remember because he's very dynamic. He's the captain dynamic or Vin Dynamic as I call him.

Gillian Bruce: Vin Dynamic.

Mike Gerholdt: Vin Dynamic. I think taking a step back and looking at this and then reflecting back on the podcast, which totally listened to from Vin on top of the fact that he has a million games in the background. In perspective, seeing what we can do now that was only pie in the sky when I was an admin in like 2008, I remember starting a sentence with, "Wouldn't it be great if this field would appear when I check this box?" Now, it's like "Yeah, no problem. Done."

Gillian Bruce: "We got this."

Mike Gerholdt: "We got that. What else you got?" I'll equate it to, I don't know if you've ever driven one of those cars that has the progressive or something cruise control where you set the cruise control and then it has a radar and it senses if it's behind another vehicle and it slows down. It's amazing.

Gillian Bruce: Whoa, that's fancy.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. It's really cool. I feel like that's where we're at, right? We're right on the verge of self-driving cars because they're pretty spatially aware. Now, we're starting to get to the point where pages are like, you ask a question like "I wonder if it could ... Yeah, that's no problem. I can do that." You're like, "Yeah, what other problems you got?"

Gillian Bruce: "Bring it. I got this."

Mike Gerholdt: "Bring it. I got this."

Gillian Bruce: It's so cool because it really helps reduce the number of profiles that you need to do. It's such a better experience.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, you got perm sets now.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Come on. I got two or three profiles I can set up and then I can just perm set away.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Being able to do these, basically set the visibility and the response of individual on the field level of pages and even the action. It helps reduce a lot of the overhead and technical debt for an admin, right?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Also, the visual clutter.

Gillian Bruce: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: That was one thing that I remember getting pinged a lot as an admin. You'd have to have all these forms and fields that people required because eight steps into a sales process, this field had to be filled out and users were constantly, "Why do I have to look at it for the first seven?" Because "Hey, look at the lunch menu came out." That is, literally, every conversation I had. Now, it's like "Yeah, you don't." Because when we get to the stage or when you complete this field now, boom, I can make that appear and then it's gone. You can still report on it. It's that visual clutter that I don't have to deal with as a user. I'm moving through the information faster and in a very prescriptive way, right? I love it.

Gillian Bruce: If only I could have something like that for my house to reduce the visual clutter, that'd be fantastic.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Anyway, moving on. We had a lot of podcasts come out this month. We talked about the Vin Addala podcast, which is great. People should listen to it and they can watch it on Trailhead Live. It actually aired right after the Low Code Love event ended-

Mike Gerholdt: On Trailhead Live, yes.

Gillian Bruce: ... the Broadcast Eight, yeah, ended. It's there for everybody to look at, but we also had the last episode of the Salesforce for good series that our amazing colleague, Marc Baizman, hosted featuring Ryan Ozimek.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Ryan is a return guest. I remember speaking with Ryan at one of the Washington D.C. world tour stops. We recorded an episode out there. Good to have him back. That was a fun series, Gillian. We launched that series while you are gone. It wrapped up. Instead of pushing it all six episodes at once, we spread it out over time. There's two theories. You can either just drop everything and make people binge listened to it or the oldschool way of radio. It comes out every week or every month.

Gillian Bruce: Sprinkle a little good throughout the year.

Mike Gerholdt: Sprinkle, yeah. Exactly.

Gillian Bruce: It's good.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Six months of good. That was fun. Gillian, you interviewed Eve Stewart on-

Gillian Bruce: She was awesome.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. That was a fun episode as well.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. She's another amazing member of our Salesforce military community. She's just got a really great perspective on how to take hold of tough problems. Literally, we titled the episode, "Get Out of Your Own Way."

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Gillian Bruce: Really, what she talks about is, "Hey, when you got a tough problem, don't make a mountain out of a molehill even though it may seem like it's" ... I don't know.

Mike Gerholdt: A mountain.

Gillian Bruce: What's the tallest mountain? Mount Everest.

Mike Gerholdt: Sure.

Gillian Bruce: You're not going to get anywhere if you keep thinking about it. You just got to sit down in a room, start mapping it out, tackle it out. She talks a lot about that. It was great to be able to connect with her and share that with the community. We've got some really good responses, too, in social, which is great.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I got to speak with Eric Prod who was amazing to interview. It's always great to see when you log into the Trailblazer Community, all of the faces of the people who answer and then to get them on a call and be able to pick their brain. It was fun to talk with Eric and have him walk through his thinking and his process for, "I'm really going to solve this. I'm really going to take this on this way." It goes back to what we mentioned earlier with dynamic forms and dynamic actions, right? Reducing your technical debt. If you can build it now, once correctly and with a solid foundation, you're setting yourself up for success later on. I think, that, to me, was a huge takeaway from Eric's podcast.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. It's so fun because again, like you said, putting a voice behind those leaders on the answers community. All of us are pretty familiar with Steve Moe, but there are some amazing other people on there who answer almost as many questions.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes.

Gillian Bruce: Eric has helped out hundreds and hundreds of folks. It was really fun to connect with him and put a voice behind those written answers.

Mike Gerholdt: Absolutely. In addition to that, holy cow, there was a lot that happened on Trailhead Live.

Gillian Bruce: So much. Trailhead Live is on fire right now.

Mike Gerholdt: It is.

Gillian Bruce: It is so cool.

Mike Gerholdt: It is. First thing that I saw launch was, Trailhead News launched. Gillian, I think, you were on the first episode.

Gillian Bruce: I was. The one and only amazing Meagan Petersen, a.k.a Ranger Megan, who based in Sydney launched this. She is one of the driest, funniest news anchors I think I have ever seen. She makes it so fun. She puts together all the content and episodes herself. When you see something fun, that's Megan right there.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: She had so much fun. There's two episodes out now. The first one was great. I got to be her first test interviewer. If you watch it, you'll notice that we were trying to figure some things out, but it turned out pretty fun.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. No, I thought it was good. It's fun because interacting now is like well, we can't just sit down and film this of course, right?

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. There's like zoom background and activity and then looking-

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Gillian Bruce: ... away from the camera to make it look like you're looking at the person even though this is-

Mike Gerholdt: Sure.

Gillian Bruce: Anyway, it was really fun. Marc Baizman was actually on the second episode talking about some great admin tips.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: It's fun. It's on Trailhead Live. You can find it. I highly recommend if you need a little levity in your day. It's also a great way to catch up on all the things that are ... like the new content coming on Trailhead, events, all kinds of great ... it is the Trailhead News. There you go.

Mike Gerholdt: What you're saying is, listening to Trailhead News is like listening to the, what do we call this episode for the podcast.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Except it might be a little more visually interesting because she does production and the last one had a video of goats gone wild, which was exciting.

Mike Gerholdt: Jeepers. Okay. Wow. It's not a competition, but it is.

Gillian Bruce: Hey, we're a podcast first. There you go.

Mike Gerholdt: Yes, we are. We're a podcast?

Gillian Bruce: Sorry folks. We're a podcast first.

Mike Gerholdt: That is the next shirt we got to have come out. We're a podcast first. Fun.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Marc Baizman was on Trailhead Live and he did awesome admin trivia, which I saw the tweets around. I think that's so much fun. We've internally played with that app before on team meetings and it's highly competitive. I could not imagine what it would be like competing against some of our admins in the community. Holy cow.

Gillian Bruce: I think I would lose.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: For sure, I'd lose.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I was impressed by the scores.

Gillian Bruce: Well, and what's fun is this app is actually built on Salesforce.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Kevin Portman, developer of AngelList created this and Marc has taken it and customized it for admins. It's pretty fun because it's like something else that is used for online quizzes.

Mike Gerholdt: Sure.

Gillian Bruce: It's on Salesforce, which is really fun.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. Way more fun than that.

Gillian Bruce: Way more.

Mike Gerholdt: Perhaps, maybe you're watching a video version of the podcast on Trailhead Live. We launched that with Vin. Yes. Right.

Gillian Bruce: Hi there.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Here's what you get in the video only version. See, now, you got to watch the video only version just to know what that part was because we can't tell you. We had Vin Addala on. For June, which is coming up, last I checked ...

Gillian Bruce: Although it is May 82nd.

Mike Gerholdt: March 82nd. All of the PM's that are on the podcast for June, we're also going to rebroadcast as video on Trailhead Live. Gillian, you're going to thankfully do the intro of that because we're a podcast first.

Gillian Bruce: We're a podcast first.

Mike Gerholdt: Nobody needs me to do the intro. No. I'm-

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. People are just busy in a lot of this.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Right. It's Gillian and welcome to the Gillian show. That's cool. I literally have a tab open of the hundred tabs. I always have a Trailhead Live tab open. I'm always popping over because there's always new stuff there. They have a little feature area and stuff that I can catch up on. Thankfully, I can watch. I was able to catch the Trailhead News even though I missed it when it went live. I think that's really neat.

Gillian Bruce: We do things like AMAs too. I did a couple of AMAs, this ... I think that was this month too. I totally forgot about that. It's so much content, but we did like-

Mike Gerholdt: So much.

Gillian Bruce: ... just a general admin AMA that I did live on Trailhead. We did AMA with Vin Addala just recently where we answered some questions about dynamic pages. He actually showed us to, specifically, several of his board games, which was fun. We answered questions live that were coming in the feed. Fun fact, I actually went to the command line to make the Skype to OBS integration work, which it didn't work perfectly. We're going to get better for next time, but it's the only way we were able to live feed two videos and slides the same time on OBS. It's very exciting.

Mike Gerholdt: You fancy, command line and all.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Well, you know.

Mike Gerholdt: Okay. Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: We're all turning into our own production assistants, right?

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, I know. Send you a bill for the producer. Let's see, making this list. Boy, there's a lot on it. The one fun thing that I always like to, as we wrap up this episode is the Wayback machine, which of course you have a better ... looking back at things, content that we had produced in the previous years or blog posts, it seems to be very relevant. Two years ago, we had summer 18 release notes. I put, most notably, folders and sub folders, which I remember this was one blog post that Marc worked on that he was so excited about sub folders in reports.

Gillian Bruce: Well, people have been asking for it for so long. It was so cool to be able to look at that.

Mike Gerholdt: Sure. I need more folders. I need folders with folders.

Gillian Bruce: Well, you got to organize all those amazing reports and dashboards in a way that works.

Mike Gerholdt: Right.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah, I do remember that very vividly as well.

Mike Gerholdt: Summer 18. Three years ago, we had a blog post magic components with Michael Gonzalez.

Gillian Bruce: Magic.

Mike Gerholdt: Magic.

Gillian Bruce: A.k.a. lightning components.

Mike Gerholdt: Lightning. I feel like that was also when we do the ... was it the lightening now tour? Is that what we call that?

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. I had to do-

Gillian Bruce: This is who you're going all around the world, helping people-

Mike Gerholdt: All around.

Gillian Bruce: ... learn about lightning and how to transition to it. It was actually really fun.

Mike Gerholdt: Was it Michael Gonzales that I did the Indianapolis stop with and maybe he almost missed his flight.

Gillian Bruce: You're going to have to do it all by yourself?

Mike Gerholdt: No. Missed his flight home, thankfully.

Gillian Bruce: Missed his flight home. Okay.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, because of traffic.

Gillian Bruce: There you go.

Mike Gerholdt: I just remember I had to-

Gillian Bruce: We got him on the podcast. That's good.

Mike Gerholdt: We did. Yeah. Didn't miss his flight at all. Four years ago, we were talking about having a messy org, spring cleaning.

Gillian Bruce: No messy orgs? Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: No spring cleaning, but this was a guest post by Kansas City user group leader, Dale Ziegler who-

Gillian Bruce: Dale. He was in the first ever admin keynote.

Mike Gerholdt: He was, and he was also one of the people that put me in contact with Jeffrey Berger, who was the academy bank admin. I was reading through this and you know what, it may be a few years old, it still always applies, right? Like too many profiles. What were we just talking about, to make profiles.

Gillian Bruce: We just talked about that. Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: Stuff goes on forever and ever.

Gillian Bruce: It's like the Marie Kondo of Salesforce orgs.

Mike Gerholdt: Well, I feel like, yes, I'm sure that'll come up in one of our Wayback machines. Gillian, we were talking before we pressed record, I feel like May is like the anniversary month of the admin relations team.

Gillian Bruce: 100%. So many things have happened in May. Six years ago, Mike, you officially joined the team, which-

Mike Gerholdt: I did. That was fun.

Gillian Bruce: You are the first ever admin of AngelList.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Because we basically took all of your button click admin work and we're like "Cool."

Mike Gerholdt: Sure.

Gillian Bruce: Just bring it over to Salesforce because-

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Done.

Gillian Bruce: ... we want to do that.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. It really is the launch of the official awesome admin movement in a lot of ways. I think that's when we first launched the newsletter. I think that's when we came up with the whole like "All right, we're going to do something at DreamForce." We have no idea what it is. It has now evolved into the admin meadow.

Mike Gerholdt: We started-

Gillian Bruce: Yes.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. We started world tour stuff.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: I remember we had one of our breakouts at a world tour and world tour after world tour, so it began.

Gillian Bruce: Yeah. It's amazing, amazing journey. 10 years ago.

Mike Gerholdt: 10 years ago.

Gillian Bruce: Way, way back.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. A whole decade, a whole decade ago.

Gillian Bruce: Decade of my life, I've been part of Salesforce. Yes, I joined Salesforce 10 years ago in May. Crazy.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow.

Gillian Bruce: Crazy.

Mike Gerholdt: All right. That was it. That's our, what do we call it episode.

Gillian Bruce: There it is.

Mike Gerholdt: We're open to suggestions on what we should call it. Otherwise, we'll just keep calling it ... We're not really sure what we're going to call it episode, but it's a lot of fun.

Gillian Bruce: It is.

Mike Gerholdt: We'll do one in June.

Gillian Bruce: I had fun. I can't wait to do it again.

Mike Gerholdt: If you want to learn about all things, Salesforce Admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. Of course, a reminder, if you love what you hear and I mean, who doesn't, go on over to iTunes-

Gillian Bruce: Clearly, this is the best content ever.

Mike Gerholdt: All the stars.

Gillian Bruce: Best episode ever.

Mike Gerholdt: All the stars. Honestly, if you do go over to iTunes and you give us a review, it helps more Salesforce Admins find that content. That's why we're here. I do promise that I read the reviews. I check them. I send them to the team. I love seeing new stuff. Please post that. You can stay up-to-date with us on all things admin on social. We are @salesforceadmins, no I on Twitter. Of course, you can find me. I am @mikegerholdt and Gillian?

Gillian Bruce: @gilliankbruce.

Mike Gerholdt: Stay tuned for our next episode.

Gillian Bruce: We'll catch you next time in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re talking to Eric Praud, a Service Cloud Delivery Manager at Ladbrokes Coral Group. We discuss best practices for building formulas and how to ask and answer questions on the Salesforce community.

Join us as we talk about why you need to learn things with the mindset that you may need to teach them later, why it’s so important to avoid technical debt, and how to be better at asking for and giving help on the Answers community.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Eric Praud.

Why it’s OK to get it wrong the first time.

Like a lot of people we talk to on the Salesforce Admin Podcast, Eric is someone who stumbled into the platform. He started out working thirteen years in the restaurant industry, but when he was looking to transition into technology he ended up working in Salesforce support. “You start with support and it feels like a sink or swim situation because you don’t know much, to be fair,” Eric says, “but it was the best schooling I could’ve had for Salesforce.”

These days, Eric keeps up with his support roots by keeping active in the community, where he tries to answer questions every day and is in the top three. He’s particularly focused on formula-based questions: “I just really like the challenge that is in the question, I like the logic of the formula, and I love it when it works out in the end,” he says. The big thing is to not be afraid of failure. If it’s complicated, you’re probably going to get it wrong the first time, but that doesn’t mean you shouldn’t keep trying.

Avoiding technical debt.

One problem Eric encountered on the Answers community had to do with how to create a formula to show what fiscal quarter a particular date would fall into. The fiscal quarters for this particular company never seemed to start on the same date, so Eric sat down with a pen and paper to work it out. It took him three days, but he eventually reverse-engineered the method behind the madness.

“You don’t want to carry technical debt,” Eric says, “will you remember, in five years’ time, that you have to go back to that formula? You may not even be there, it may be another admin who will have no clue what’s happening here.” Eric is always looking for an evergreen solution that will always work no matter what the circumstances are. In other words, spending three days to figure out the fiscal year formula now is worth it if it means that nobody will ever have to spend time on it again.

How to be better at asking for and giving help.

When it comes to the Answers community, Eric has some words of wisdom about being a good poster. “Remember that we’re here to help you, but help us help you,” he says, “remember to add a few screenshots, give us the data types of the fields that you mention.” Most importantly, describe the problem you’re facing in layman’s terms. Every business and industry is unique, but a little bit of context can go a long way, and not everybody is going to be familiar with your specific situation.

On the other hand, if Eric is giving answers, he has a few strategies for making sure he’s being helpful. “Sometimes you can tell when people are new at Salesforce,” he says. Sometimes they tell you straight away, but there are also some hints from the way they’re phrasing their questions. In those cases, it’s helpful to overexplain your formula so they have an understanding of not just what to do, but why they’re doing it.

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Mike: @MikeGerholdt * Eric: @ericpraud_p

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Mike Gerholdt: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins podcast, where we talk about product, community and careers to help you become an awesome admin. I'm Mike Gerholdt, and joining me today is Eric Prod to talk about building formulas as a best practice, evergreen solutions and wow, we also dig a little bit into how to ask and answer questions on the Salesforce community. It's super cool, I can't wait. Let's get Eric on the podcast. So Eric, welcome to the podcast.

Eric Prod: Thank you very much for having me here.

Mike Gerholdt: It's great to discuss with our community worldwide, but let's get started with your background and kind of your expertise. Where did you get started with Salesforce and kind of evolve to where you are today?

Eric Prod: So I was actually working in the restaurant business for quite some time, like 17 years or so. And after a while, I got tired of it and decided to go into some kind of a technical job. So I found this job as the Salesforce support, that was about nine years ago. Loved it from day one, so I then became a Salesforce consultant for our company for about five or six years. And now I am the service cloud delivery manager for my company.

Mike Gerholdt: Wow. Service cloud, that's awesome. I think support is such a great way to dive into learning because you really have to troubleshoot and get in there right away. I tell myself it's like, if we're learning to teach, it's a very different level of learning because you also have to kind of regurgitate that and put that back in the context for somebody, so support's kind of a great way to jump in both feet all the way up to your neck, right?

Eric Prod: Yeah. Yeah, definitely. I mean, you start [inaudible] and it feels a bit like a sink or swim situation because you don't know much, to be fair, but as you said, it was the best school I could have had for Salesforce, for sure.

Mike Gerholdt: Now your super active on our answers community. So let's dive in there because it plays well into your support background.

Eric Prod: Yeah. I love going to the community. I try to go there every day, as much as I can, just to help people. I'm in the top three, I think at the moment.

Mike Gerholdt: Oh, so you be on the podium with Steve.

Eric Prod: I am. Yeah, I am. I'm hoping to get the gold medal from him, but I don't think it will happen.

Mike Gerholdt: You just got to pick your day and time, right?

Eric Prod: Probably, yeah.

Mike Gerholdt: You just plan it out. When Boston's asleep, that's when you hop on.

Eric Prod: Got to think about that now.

Mike Gerholdt: It's strategy. Strategy, Eric. We can get there. You're already on the podium. Well, that's cool. I think that really establishes why we're talking with you. I mean, to be top three in the answers community really says something. I think I've jumped in there quite a few times and tried to answer questions, and I'm like the fourth or fifth answer and I'm like, wow, how did you come to that so quickly? But what do you love to kind of dive into, or what are the problems in the answers community that you love to solve?

Eric Prod: The one I prefer, definitely formula based questions. So anything from formula feeds, validation rules, workflow rules, whatever. I just read the challenge that's in the question, I like the logic of the formula and I love it when it works out in the end.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah. Because I see a lot of formula questions in our admin community and I'll be honest, formulas for me are still not a strong foundation. I can usually work through them, but I think the people that can build really complex formulas, wow, I admire that. Learning formulas and kind of wrapping your head around formulas, where did you get started kind of learning formulas and being able to help others with formulas?

Eric Prod: Yeah. So first, I think I'm lucky enough here that I've got a very logical mind. Two and two will always make four for me, it will not make 22 or anything else. So that's a good start, but then I tried, I tried, I tried and I failed, I failed, I failed. That's how I learned, to be perfectly honest. Do not be afraid of failing, you will not get it right the first time if it's complicated. So what? Do it again.

Mike Gerholdt: It's like math.

Eric Prod: Pretty much, yes.

Mike Gerholdt: I didn't get math right very much either. That's okay. So let's talk about some of the big problems that you've solved in the answers community and how we can help. When we did our pre-call, the biggest thing I wanted to help admins understand is I wanted to help them think like you, Eric, and I wanted to help rewire them into going through and troubleshooting and thinking very logically. So let's dive into, what was some of the big problems that you've solved in the answers community?

Eric Prod: Right. Well, it has to be that person who was asking for some formula to show what fiscal quarter a date would fall in. And the quarters seemed to be very funny, they never started on the same date. So what he wanted to do was simply to hard call a few dates for the next four or five years, and then go back to that formula in five years time and do it again. And I was like, there has to be a way to make it work every year for the rest of the time, for the next 100 years also, at least. And so I asked him for a spreadsheet with all his fiscal years from 10 years ago up to 10 years from now, I think it was something like that. I had 20 fiscal years in his spreadsheet. So I just looked at the spreadsheet, took my favorite pen and paper, I always start with a pen and paper. I tried to figure out if there was a pattern there, and eventually figured out that the fiscal year started, so get ready, on the Sunday, the closest to the 1st of April, every year.

Mike Gerholdt: So that's easy.

Eric Prod: That was easy. So it just took a few hours to just find the pattern. But once I found the pattern, then I was like, knowing Salesforce, I don't know the formula off the top of my head, of course, but this has to be possible somehow. And again, pen and paper, opened a calendar, looked at some dates, tried to find how I could make that logic work. And eventually, after three, four days, I came up with a formula that now works for every single year, not just the next five years and if you input any date, it will tell you which fiscal quarters is date is in. So to me, the very important part here was that this had to be evergreen. It had to work, not for the next five years, it had to work forever. Unless they changed the fiscal year in the company, this formula will always work for them.

Mike Gerholdt: So as I'm sitting here listening to your answer, and I'm probably listening to the podcast, I'm out walking my dog and I'm thinking, yeah but Eric, you had all of the dates on the spreadsheet. You could've just put those dates in as a reference field in Salesforce. Why did you spend three days mulling through, figuring out what a formula would be for this solution?

Eric Prod: Well, again, just because you don't want to carry technical debt. Try to use best practices here. If you carry technical debts, will you remember that in five years time, you have to go back to that formula and that you have to, again, change those dates. You may not even be there in five years time. You may not be in that company, it would be another admin who may have no clue what's happening here. So I'm always trying to get what I call an evergreen solution, so something that will always work no matter what. And as for spending three days on it, well, maybe because I'm a bit stupid and I like pain, I don't know.

Mike Gerholdt: No, I don't think you're stupid, not one bit. Maybe the pain part, I mean. No, but the reason I asked that is, I think it's very easy, and I'm probably jealous of it too, you get something and you look at it, well, if we know the date, then let's just put that in as a reference field and we'll just run everything off it. And then in five or 10 years, who knows where it will be, and we'll fix it then. And you forget that five or 10 years, or maybe even a couple of years, if you're doing it monthly, comes up really fast. And the next thing you know, you launch into a new fiscal year and something doesn't work. And I think you're working through that solution and providing that evergreen solution is something super important. And the technical debt level of it is also important to kind of understand. For the solution that I'm building, I love that you brought that up. How much am I creating or just moving work to a future date, right? Your three days spent meant that that time now doesn't have to be wasted ever again because that solution will continue to work. So I think that's a really cool way of looking at things. What for you, as you were kind of working through formulas and in your support role, and now in your current role, what's kind of the hardest part of learning Salesforce or something that you work through on a regular basis?

Eric Prod: To me, the hardest part of learning Salesforce, and as I said early on, I'm from a restaurant background so I had no clue about sales or service terminology. So really, to me, the hardest part was actually to try to understand the Salesforce terminology. I didn't know what an opportunity was, I didn't know what a lead was. When I was first learning Salesforce and people would say to me, yeah, this is how lead works, and I'm like, "Yeah, but what is a lead?" And for people, it was very hard to actually explain it. And then there's that click in your brain. I mean, at least that's what happened to me. I started to understand the terminology and once I passed that hurdle, I found it a lot easier to understand Salesforce. And then after, it's like Lego. You build on top of your foundations. So once you understand Salesforce, once you understand the terminology and you can speak the Salesforce lingo, then you can start building on top of it.

Mike Gerholdt: I agree. I agree. In fact, I had a friend over the last few months, was getting into Trailhead and used to work in retail, and was always texting me questions like, "What is this and what does this mean?" And I had forgot I had just been on a different side of a business and in a selling setting for so long, that opportunities and leads made sense to me. And in retail, they don't. I mean, everybody's kind of a lead in an opportunity, I guess, if you look at it that way, you just don't categorize it. So yeah, sometimes the nomenclature trips you up.

Eric Prod: Yes, it does. And it's true that it's very easy to take for granted that all the people understand it, understand what you're talking about. So many times, for example, when I was talking about opportunities to do some customers, I had to talk about sales opportunities, they wouldn't understand the work.

Mike Gerholdt: Right. As you're talking through customers and you're looking at answers on the community, how do we also make admins better question askers, right? Are there things or components that you feel are usually missing in the initial question that people put out there that somebody like yourself is looking for?

Eric Prod: Yes. I mean, not all the time, obviously, but remember that we're here to help you, but help us help you. So maybe add a few screenshots, give us the data types of the [inaudible] that you mentioned. Those two things would help a lot towards a resolution. And most of all, make sure you describe the problem that you're facing in layman terms. We're not in your org. We don't know your company, so just give us as much information as possible.

Mike Gerholdt: Yeah, that makes sense. I think sometimes, when you're asking for help, you're so in the situation that you forget how much is just nomenclature that you know intuitively, much to our previous discussion, you forget other people aren't familiar with. So that's really good advice, really good advice. So let me flip the question. As admins are in the community trying to help each other, what is some advice or ways that you formulate your answers to be as helpful as possible?

Eric Prod: So it will really depend on the issue at hand. Obviously, if it's just a very simple formula and they've explained everything, then I would just give them the formula, "There, try this." But sometimes you can tell when people are new at Salesforce. Either they tell you straight away, "Look, I've just started. I don't know what's happening here." Or the way they phrase the question, you can see that they wouldn't be as experienced a Salesforce administrator. So then I would try to explain my formula. I would try to break it down as much as possible and say, "Well, look, this part does this and this part does that, and then we have a result. This does that, makes this result."

Mike Gerholdt: Makes sense.

Eric Prod: But it's not always easy.

Mike Gerholdt: No. And also I'm thinking through the answers I've given, sometimes we're wrapped up in our own context of, well, how come you don't know this, when we answer it and we forget that we're potentially explaining something new. So I think that's really relevant right now.

Eric Prod: That's true. That's true. That's a very fair point here, Mike.

Mike Gerholdt: Eric, it was great chatting with you. I'm glad we had this time to connect. I love recording podcasts with all of our Salesforce community from around the world. So thank you for taking time out of your day.

Eric Prod: Well, I'm thank you very much for having me here, really enjoyed myself.

Mike Gerholdt: So it was great to chat with Eric. I'm glad he could make time out of his day. I learned a lot. It still has me intrigued and I still love to dive into formulas and see how people are solving formulas. In fact, I'd love for you to share on Twitter, a complex formula you've solved or an interesting scenario, like Eric had of something that you've solved. First Sunday, I believe he said, before April. Boy, that's a math problem solved. But here are three things I learned from our discussion with Eric. One, it reminded me that learning to support your users is a little bit different. So with that in mind, as you're learning new things about Salesforce, either a new way of building something new terminology, learn it with the mindset that you're going to have to teach it to your user because you might have to. And I think that challenges you to learn things a little bit differently, ingest it. I love Eric's background of being in support, that's really inspiring. And the second thing, and this is huge, this is why it's number two, I think it's the main part of this episode is technical debt. So in Eric's solution that we talked about, he could have just create a field to reference, he had all of those dates, but he went that next step and really thought about his technical debt and said, I can solve this as a formula, and now that exists as a solution for the next 10, 20, 100 years for that organization. And so that little bit of time building the right solution right off the bat means he doesn't have to carry that technical debt, very important for admins to understand. And then the third thing is a good reminder, be as explanatory as possible in your questions and answers. So I know you need help and it's worth taking a step back and saying, do people understand what I'm talking about with this, or is this just a company term that maybe only I know? And the second is, as you're explaining or trying to help another Salesforce admin out in the community, make sure that you take a moment and be like, maybe they haven't heard this term before. And so take a moment just to explain it. It's really about how we support each other and I think that's a wonderful theme for this episode. So of course, if you want to learn more about all things Salesforce admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. And as a reminder, if you love what you hear, you can be sure to pop over to iTunes, give us a review. I promise, I read them all. You can stay up-to-date with us for all things social. We are @SalesforceAdmns, no i, on Twitter. And you can find me on Twitter as well, I am @MikeGerholdt. Stay tuned for the next episode and we'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

Today on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re joined by Yves Stewart, a Salesforce Consultant at Slalom. We learn how to get out of your own way and dig into your problem.

Join us as we talk about why you just need to get started, the importance of surrounding yourself with the platform, and the importance of having patience with yourself as you learn.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Yves Stewart.

How Yves got started as an accidental admin. “Before embarking on my Salesforce journey, I just never thought about me being this techy person,” Yves says, “I always felt that that wasn’t me, it was for everyone else. But I accidentally became an admin, and it was the best accident of my life.” She was working for a manufacturing company in the energy sector when she met a Salesforce dev and MVP who pushed her to take a serious look at the platform. When they had to leave the company, Yves stepped up to the plate to take over as an admin.

Yves’s first big “aha” moment dealt with approvals—they were in the middle of their annual sales meeting when the approval process went haywire. She took a deep dive into the process and sort things out, solidifying her role with the sales team and giving her the confidence to move forward on the platform. “I no longer had to think of myself as an accidental admin,” Yves says, “I actually was an admin who was knowledgeable.”

Jumping in and learning as you go. Yves’s company had a major need to keep everyone in sync in the field, which lead to her developing a component that allowed her team to create tickets even if they didn’t have connectivity at their current location. They could put in a request and get all the information they needed as soon as they got a WiFi connection, eliminating what was previously a paper process. “It was very exciting because it allowed us to not work in segments but instead bring all the groups together,” she says, “it allowed everyone to get a complete view of the customer and have people coming from all different angles to make this a win-win situation all the way from the beginning to the end.”

The big problems can often be the most challenging to make headway on, and Yves’s advice is to get out of your own way and just start. “You have to start somewhere in order to make it happen,” she says, “actually lay down a roadmap and give yourself some steps to get there. You don’t have to have it all figured out, you just need to get started.”

The power of the Salesforce community. Starting out is always tricky and for Yves, as a solo admin, the Salesforce community was a major help in guiding her on her journey. She went to a Houston user group meeting where she learned about the Salesforce Military program. As a military spouse herself, she was able to get connected with a community of people who could relate to what she was going through and help her out.

If you’re just starting out, Yves has some sage advice. “Learn about the product and the platform—it’s a phenomenal tool,” she says, “you don’t have to be an expert in everything, you just have to be able to understand the basics of how it works.” It takes time, but you can keep learning through Trailhead and other programs and continue to grow.

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Yves: @TheOriginalYves * Gillian: @GillianKBruce

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

For full transcript, go to https://admin.salesforce.com/blog/2020/get-out-of-your-…ith-yves-stewart

View Details

Today we have the final episode of the Salesforce for Good mini-series on the Salesforce Admins Podcast. These special episodes are hosted by Marc Baizman, Senior Admin Evangelist at Salesforce, and nonprofit veteran. Today, we talk to Ryan Ozimek, CEO of Soapbox Engage, to discuss how he’s organizing the community to support each other.

Join us as we talk about how a first-hand view of the Balkan conflict lead him to devote his life to helping nonprofits use technology to enable their missions, and how he’s helped the community help each other.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Ryan Ozimek.

A front-row seat to the technology barriers nonprofits face. “I’m focused on helping nonprofit organizations around the world reach their missions more effectively by using technology,” Ryan says, “and the way that I happen to do that is through our company, Soapbox Engage, which helps organizations do online fundraising, online advocacy, and getting the most out of tools like Salesforce so they can spend less time on technology and more time doing the work of great mission-based organizations.” One of the ways Soapbox Engage does that is with Salesforce integrations.

The origin story starts in the 90s when Ryan was a grad school student in public policy. “I was trying to figure out how I could use both a policy background and a techie, wonky background that helped pay my way through school.” He was working with an NGO in Albania during the conflict in the Balkans, helping organizations use technology to make sure relief aid got to the right people at the right time. That front-row seat to the technology barriers nonprofits faced lead Ryan to realize that there was a need, so he co-founded PICnet. They started simply getting organizations connecting, but many of their clients happened to be early Salesforce users who were looking to use the platform in new ways.

Organizing the community. “Community, writ large, specifically the nonprofit tech community, has just been an amazing place for me to immerse myself,” Ryan says, “I’m really engaged and my batteries are filled by being in rooms of people that are dedicated to passionate causes and using technology to do big things.” In the Salesforce nonprofit space, he’s found passionate people with some of the best technology talents around.

In his spare time, Ryan organizes NPSP Days. “Imagine an unconference gathering or a convergence of people that are in the nonprofit space who want to be both participants and facilitators of sharing knowledge and best practices from the Salesforce ecosystem,” he says. They’re expanded this into Admin Days, which is the same thing but focused not just on nonprofits. Their goal is to leverage the power of the community to bring people together so they can return with new knowledge to their organizations.

Balancing your mission and technology. “Getting a chance to work with organizations that are on the Salesforce platform means they’re not just doing one thing,” Ryan says, “there’s too often too many tools that only do one thing and silo your data.” In the end, that can get in the way of really understanding why and how you’re engaging with your communities. Salesforce lets you bring together your advocacy and organization needs all in one platform, making technology an enabler for the work you need to do.

“Focusing on community first, technology second can help guide small business owners, entrepreneurs, one-person consultants to be able to specialize while also knowing they’ve got brothers and sisters working alongside them in ecosystems like Salesforce that can help plug and fill other gaps along the way, too.” Ultimately, you need to find a balance between your focus on your mission and the technology that makes it happen. “One of the first things I say to new friends in the Salesforce world, specifically, is let’s take this one bite at a time,” Ryan says. Take one challenge you’re facing, know that there are a lot of ways to deal with it, but find what works for you, and take it one step at a time.

Resources * NPSP Day

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Ryan: @cozimek * Marc: @mbaizman

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

Marc Baizman: Welcome to the Salesforce Admins Podcast. I'm Marc Baizman, senior admin evangelist, and we're wrapping up our Salesforce for Good series with this last episode from Ryan Ozimek, CEO of PICnet. We recorded this in August of 2019, and Ryan is going to talk to us about his path to the nonprofit sector using technology for social good and the growth of the nonprofit Salesforce community since back in the early days. With that, let's listen to Ryan.

Marc: Ryan, thank you so much for joining us on the Salesforce Admins Podcast today.

Ryan: Awesome to be here, Mark. Thanks so much.

Marc: Yeah, you bet. So, Ryan, I'm going to start with something super simple. What do you do?

Ryan: What is it you'd say you do Ryan? [crosstalk 00:00:14]. Well, thanks for asking. Yeah, that's a good question. That's one of those big questions you ask yourself all the time. I'm very focused on helping nonprofit organizations around the world reach their missions more effectively by using technology and the way that I happen to do that is through our company here at Soapbox Engage. Helping organizations do online fundraising, online advocacy, and just getting the most out of tools like Salesforce so they can spend less time on technology and more time doing the work of great mission-based organizations. So that's what I tend to do on my day job, I guess you can say.

Marc: Got it. Got it. And the software that you mentioned is something that does integrate with Salesforce, is that right?

Ryan: Yeah, that's right. It's been, gosh, I'm going to start dating myself now. I think it's been since 2006, 2007 that we'd been looking at ways to help organizations use Salesforce with an online kind of capacity for it. And Soapbox Engage is one of those tools that we're really proud of to help organizations do that most effectively with fundraising and advocacy with Salesforce.

Marc: Great. So Ryan, tell me a little bit about your journey. So what brought you here? How did you get into the nonprofit world in general?

Ryan: Yeah, if you put yourself in a magic history time machine and go back to say 1998 or 1999, I was a grad school student in public policy at a university and was focused on saying how can I use both a policy background and a techy-walkie background that helped pay my way through school to do good in the world. And if you can imagine in an era before Facebook or Twitter or really the web as we know it-

Marc: I'm very happily imagining that by the way.

Ryan: ... Right, exactly. A very simple time. That's where it really began and it began actually in Bosnia and Albania during the wars in Kosovo and the region there back in the late '90s and doing humanitarian aid work to help organizations use technology to make sure that relief aid got to the right people at the right time. And little did I know that 20 years later, I'd be continuing on that mission. So that's where I started from. Yeah.

Marc: Oh wow. So were you actually there during that time?

Ryan: Yeah, I was helping out with a relief aid group there in Albania and kind of got a front row seat to the unfortunate situation that was happening there and what the United Nations and the World Food Program and other great groups we're trying to do on the ground and realizing that there was technology that could help. And so I came back to the United States after that and said, Gosh, I wonder if there's a way that you can actually build a small but sustainable business that is just focused on helping those people on the front lines do the good work. And that's how I kind of rolled off from there.

Marc: Wow, that's great. So draw the line from kind of coming back and thinking, I can use technology to solve these bigger social problems to your business today. Did you kind of start your company then? Or that was the gestation of an idea and then... What brought you to today?

Ryan: We started off by saying there's an obvious need to bridge the digital divide, which was the big buzzword back then, of just saying how do we get people and organizations online? And that meant getting on the ground and laying ethernet cable between computers to turn on Windows XP machines that connected to the World Wide Web. So it started from that, just literally on the ground, cabling networks for organizations to realizing that over time, we're going to be living in a world that was going to be more broadly connected and seeing how the web was changing and helping organizations do more online moved us from that hardware type of perspective to saying, What's this new thing we can do with software? What's the new thing we can do on the web and through a web browser to help organizations connect and to reach out to their constituents and to their advocates, and to their supporters? And just kind of follow the arc of the technology history trajection from there.

Marc: That's great. So where does Salesforce come in, in this journey?

Ryan: So way back in 2005, we had been working with a couple of organizations doing website development because that's when the web was very popular and everybody was starting to move from geo pages to actual websites that were for their own organization.

Marc: Right. Geo [inaudible] days. I remember that.

Ryan: Right? Exactly. We said, You know what, there's got to be something better than that and these organizations want to be able to take donations. They want to be able to let people register for their events. And a couple of our very early groups in the early, early Salesforce Foundation days happened to also be our clients and said to us, "Wouldn't it be great if people that came to our website can make a donation and that donation can go to Salesforce" or "Wouldn't it be great if all this amazing data that we're storing in Salesforce about our publications or about all the data that we're collecting for inventory or for storage, what happens if we could make that live on the web for people to see?" So it was super early days in the Salesforce world, but it was that type of fun pioneering stuff that we like to do a lot. So it's been a long journey since then.

Marc: Oh, that's 14, 15 years ago. That's amazing.

Ryan: Yeah. Right. Early, early days app exchanging before that.

Marc: Right. Right. Yeah. AppExchange was, Oh my goodness, 2006? So how did you learn about Salesforce and the nonprofit at that time, Starter Pack? It sounds like you worked with some of these really early days clients of, at that time Salesforce Foundation. Were they using the NPSP? Was that a newer thing? Tell me about that.

Ryan: So if you can imagine somewhere in San Francisco, I would imagine a small room of dedicated individuals that were at the Salesforce Foundation saying, "How do we provide value to nonprofits that can use this wonderful tool?" People like Steve Wright and [Megan Nesbitt 00:00:06:59] and a lot of other folks that were early, early days there and saying how can we make this work? And I just happened to be good friends through our nonprofit tech community with people like Steve Wright and he said one day back in early 2007, "Hey Ryan, get on a plane, show up in San Bruno, California." For folks that don't know, that's somewhere south of San Francisco, "Because we are thinking about trying to take this templates that we've made for non-profits and do something more with it."

Ryan: And folks like myself and Alan Gunn or Gunner and others came together to say, Here's a group of 30 folks, maybe you may have been understanding what was happening then Mark too? And bring their people together and say, What can we do? And that was kind of the genesis of my Salesforce nonprofit journey.

Marc: Got it. Got it. And as we've talked about in other episodes of the podcast, the nonprofit Success Pack of course, has grown so much since then.

Marc: What role did the community play in the growth of your organization, and also what insight do you have in the growth of the community as a whole and Salesforce nonprofit land?

Ryan: Community writ large, specifically the nonprofit tech community, has been just an amazing place for me to immerse myself and I think that I've got a big open source community background I'm really engaged in. My batteries are filled by being in rooms of people that are dedicated to passionate causes and using technology to do big things. So for me, without community, we don't have technology. And in the nonprofit Salesforce space, gosh, we've got some of the most passionate people with some of the best technology talent that when brought together, it's explosive. There's just such opportunity there. So from the very early days of meeting back in 2007 in San Bruno with Steve Wright and others to talk about the nonprofit Starter Pack or the nonprofit template to where we are today has been this evolution of the Salesforce nonprofit community of folks that are maybe very early stage Salesforce users to very technical, kind of a longstanding members of the community just doing really, really great work. So it's been fantastic to be a part of them, fantastic to see it grow.

Marc: That's great. And you have your own kind of community building events as well. Can you talk a little bit about those?

Ryan: Yeah. I've got the day job, which we were talking about earlier, but in my spare time job or other things that I like to do, community building, community organizing is just something that speaks to me and it feels natural to me. And so what we've been doing is something called NPSP Days and what an NPSP Day is, is imagine a unconference gathering or a convergence of people that are in the nonprofit space that want to essentially be both participants and facilitators of sharing knowledge and best practices from the Salesforce ecosystem.

Ryan: And we've actually expanded this further into Admin Days. Admin Days are the same thing except not just focused on nonprofits using Salesforce, but our main effort, our main goal is to leverage the power of the community, to bring people together to learn from each other, to build those networks that will be able to sustain them over a longer period of time and then to make sure that they've got the education necessary so that the next day they can go to their organization and use the things they've learned from other members of the community to make their organization more effective in using Salesforce.

Marc: Fantastic. That sounds great and we'll make sure there are links to those in the show notes as well. Are there some particularly cool customer stories that you're really proud of or maybe some cool things that you have built with the technology that you're psyched about?

Ryan: Yeah, it's funny because technology being what it is, is it's constantly changing and constantly evolving over time. Getting a chance to work with organizations that are on the Salesforce platform means you're not just doing one thing. There's too often, too many tools that only do one thing and silo your data. And without getting too technical or too wonky about it, I think that's a huge barrier for organizations trying to get a 360 degree view as to why and how they're engaging with their communities and in the nonprofit space, that's just critical. It's a critical, in the business space, but it's even more critical in the nonprofit space.

Ryan: So what we've been able to see firsthand is watching organizations that are multifaceted that they've got advocacy needs because they're pushing US Congress for certain issue areas. But at the same time they've got membership needs because they've got their community coming together and organizing. I think some of the things that I'm most proud of or have been kind of lucky to be a part of are where you see those hybrids. Where folks are really pushing the edge to be able to do things like educate young people in schools in New Jersey about science and chemistry and physics and be able to do that with data and Salesforce and engagement tools that are easy to use in the front end experience. I think that seeing those sorts of things firsthand, gives you an understanding of the power that a platform like Salesforce can have.

Ryan: And to be honest with you, I am community first, technology second, but the technology in the Salesforce world really is a huge enabler for almost all the organizations we get a chance to work with. So it's great to see that and just great to be on the front lines of knowing what that looks like too.

Marc: That's great and I love that line of, Community first, technology second. I think at its core, I would argue that that is Salesforce's approach to things, which is, we obviously are very excited about the technology and we'll always be innovating. But I think leading with our community and leading with our Trailblazers is, yeah, it's core to who we are.

Marc: Can you talk about maybe some challenges over this journey that you've had. It can be business challenges, it can be technical challenges. Really, it's up to you how you want to interpret that, but just some challenges that you've experienced.

Ryan: It's interesting. I think that there's a couple of different things we've seen over time, especially for fellow business owners and members of the nonprofit Salesforce community or just tech community in general. There's a focus on trying to be a sustainable business, but at the same time recognizing that you're serving some of the most important organizations that the world that might not have the largest budgets to work with, but just have complex challenges that they're facing. I think that that's inherently a challenge of the nonprofit community and for folks that are willing to take on that challenge, I'm always appreciative of the time and the energy from a business perspective. So I think that there's that kind of larger business ecosystem and working in the nonprofit community is one that's a fun challenge and I'm always passionate to find new ways to gain efficiencies.

Ryan: And in thinking about things from the technology side, gosh, this is going to sound like a strong compliment, well, also a challenge for me is that tools like Salesforce are constantly growing and changing and doing new things and there's new ways to invent new solutions. And I think if you're choosing to be in the technology space, that is something you're always trying to keep pace with. And it just happens to be very unique in the Salesforce world. How it gets both broader and deeper in both feature and complexity and balancing that out and knowing where your core competencies are and focusing more, as you were just saying, focusing on community first, technology second. That can often help guide small business owners, entrepreneurs, one-person consultants to be able to specialize while also knowing they've got brothers and sisters working alongside them and ecosystems like Salesforce that can help plug and fill other gaps along the way as well too.

Ryan: So I think that balance of understanding where you can fit specifically in the technology space and trying to be as hyper-focused as possible without worrying about leaving organizations high and dry or with a partial solution is where I see some of the biggest challenges that we're facing here at Soapbox Engage.

Marc: That's great. That's great. And yeah, I would just say this about the Salesforce platform, it's challenging for us who work there to keep up. So I don't envy the challenges that you have as well. So our audience for the podcast is Salesforce Admins all over the world. Do you have any advice for Salesforce Admins? I imagine that you've worked with a number of clients who have used your technology. Any specific tips or pointers that you might have for them?

Ryan: Gosh, yeah. How long does this podcast go for again? Gosh, I've learned a lot. When you've been doing anything for almost 15 years, 14 years or so, there's a lot-

Marc: You got you 10,000 hours, right?

Ryan: ... Right, exactly right. There's all the knowledge and the repetitive practice done there. I think that a lot of what I've been seeing for folks that are new to the Salesforce world, the first thing that they run into is that it can feel really overwhelming. It can just feel like there's so much to drink from that fire hose, and one of the first things I say to new friends in the Salesforce world specifically, is let's take this one bite at a time and let's really focus on a specific challenge that a specific organization, be it a business, be it your own organization that you're working at. Let's pick one of those things and try to tackle that one piece and know that there's likely a lot of other solutions out there that you can be using in Salesforce or tools that exist on the platform to do these sorts of things.

Ryan: But let's try to take this one business unit at a time. One business function at a time, one very simple workflow at a time and that tends to lower anxiety, increase satisfaction and lets you go down a path and if I may plug for a moment when it comes to path, seeing what's happening in the Trailblazer Community around Trailhead. Seeing what buddies of mine like Lauren Grau and others have been doing on the Trailhead team to just be super successful at helping people get those first steps underneath them for using Salesforce, has been just a tremendous value for the community. So I'm always pointing people there first and it's been fantastic to what the Trailhead team has been able to do over time too.

Marc: That's great. That's great. And yes, a great shout out for Lauren Grau on team Trailhead. Final question for you. What kind of stuff do you do when maybe you're not doing your day job? And I don't mean community organizing, what stuff do you do for-

Ryan: For fun?

Marc: The other, other fun things.

Ryan: What's the other fun things you're not getting paid to do? Right. For folks that follow me on the Twitter or on the internet, you'll notice all the wheels up, wheels down. I enjoy traveling almost to equal passion as community organizing itself. So travel is just an important component of my life. So being able to go to other places, meet people that are just from totally different backgrounds and totally different communities. I had that travel itch probably about 17, 20 years ago or so from my open source work. And to get to do that and to get to serve nonprofits and to get to do community building and to get to do this on the Salesforce platform, that intersection is what I live for. So to have a chance to do that when I'm just trying to have some fun and some might say that's not downtime, but for me, that is battery recharging time. God, I love that stuff. More time, getting a chance to be in different places to meet great people, that's it for me. That's fantastic.

Marc Baizman: It was great talking to Ryan and I'm so thankful that he has been part of the nonprofit Salesforce community for so long. I really liked Ryan's advice to not get overwhelmed by focusing on a specific challenge that you want to solve and to work on that first; and of course, to spend time in the Trailblazer Community and the Power of Us Hub, connecting with other admins.

Marc Baizman: Well, I hope you enjoyed the Salesforce for Good series. It's been great doing this. And please let us know if you'd like to see more series like this in the future. If you want to learn more about all things Salesforce Admin, go to admin.salesforce.com to find more resources. And a reminder, if you love what you hear, be sure to pop on over to iTunes and give us a review. I promise Mike reads them all. You can also stay up to date with us on social for all things Admins. We are @SalesforceAdmns, no i on Twitter, and I'm @mbaizman. Join us next week with Mike and Jillian. Stay safe, stay awesome, and stay tuned for the next episode. We'll see you in the cloud.

View Details

We’re back with another special bonus episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast, this time with Vin Addala, Product Manager on the Lightning Platform. We’re discussing how dynamic forms and pages are changing the game for what’s possible for admins.

Join us as we talk about the new dynamic features coming in Summer ‘20, how admins and devs make a dynamic duo that can solve any problem, and why drag-and-drop tools punch above their weight.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Vin Addala.

From the IdeaExhange to your org.

Vin started out his Salesforce career as Product Manager, working to launch Dynamic Actions. He went out and heard a lot of feedback about both how great actions are and, at the same time, the limitations people had been running into when they were trying to put them to use. The goal was to make actions more flexible and adaptable to a modern application development environment. Look for Dynamic Actions in the Summer ‘20 release for production orgs to try out for themselves.

Right now, Vin is working on the number-one-rated item on IdeaExchange, Dynamic Forms. “Some people wonder whether PMs read IdeaExchange,” he says, “but I make it a point that all the people that work with me go read what’s up there.” They’re working up Dynamic Forms from scratch on Lightning, and you should look for a version you can play with yourself in production in Summer ‘20.

The power of Dynamic Forms and Actions.

One of the biggest advantages of moving to Dynamic Forms and Actions is that it removes the need for tons of different page layouts for each different user in your org. “App Builder will become a one-stop-shop for building your pages,” Vin says. “I’m inspired by the conversations I have with our customers,” he says, “and when I see that there’s something we can solve to make people’s lives easier and more efficient I want to be there and that’s what really motivates me.”

More broadly, Vin is always thinking about how that developer/admin relationship. “It’s one of the things that makes our platform, and working on our platform so unique,” he says, “both are first-class citizens and they can work together to solve a problem greater than what they could have solved separately.”

How to reevaluate what you think is possible.

“When something becomes a habit you might just get used to the inefficiency so it feels normal to have all these clicks,” Vin says, “but I think it’s time=—when all these features start coming out—to reevaluate those habits and ask if there’s a better way of doing this.” These tools are drag-and-drop, but the power is there to solve big business problems and make it simple, too.

“The fun thing about my job is we have all these complex systems, and how do we simplify it in a way to make it accessible without losing that complexity,” Vin says. At the end of the day, what that means is putting more powerful tools in the hands of admins so they can solve key business problems with simple solutions. Don’t miss the full episode, where we talk about SABWA (Salesforce Administration By Walking Around), Vin’s 250+ board game collection, and more.

sforce.com/beaninnovator

#lowcodelovevirtual

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Vin: @VinAddala * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

It’s the last Thursday of April, and you know what that means. This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, Mike and Gillian are back for another installment of our monthly overview of Salesforce content: the We Still Don’t Know What to Call This Episode. Really, though, we need some help coming up with a name, so please reach out on Twitter and help us brainstorm.

Join us as we talk about all the great Salesforce content from this month, as well as Mike’s breakdown of the ins and outs of casseroles.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation between Mike and Gillian.

Reports and Dashboards “Here’s the thing about reports and dashboards for admins,” Gillian says, “it’s one of the coolest things you can show leadership.” So many conversations we have with admins include some version of how they struggled to get executive buy-in until they showed them a sexy dashboard that responded in real-time.

  • Video: Admin Best Practices: Reports & Dashboards
  • Blog: Advanced Reporting Features for New Admins

3 Is the Magic Number For the Schoolhouse Rock fans out there, “3 Is a Magic Number,” and this month we too were obsessed with the number 3. From Marc’s great blog post, “3 Questions Admins Can Ask to Optimize Salesforce,” to our episode with Hayley Tuller, a former Navy combat pilot who became a Salesforce admin, we had tons of content in April that just happened to come in threes.

  • Blog: 3 Questions Admins Can Ask to Optimize Salesforce
  • Podcast: 3 Things the Navy Taught Me to be a Successful Salesforce Admin
  • Podcast: 3 Things I Learned from Retail that Made Me a Successful Salesforce Admin with Ciara Skiles

Building Cool Things Fast A lot of unexpected things have happened over the past few months, and Salesforce admins have been there to build things quickly and help their organizations respond. We have some amazing stories of people who have made a difference, and the lessons they learned along the way.

  • Podcast: From Idea to App in 5 Hours with Jeff Berger
  • Podcast: 3 Tips to Help Admins Build and Deploy Apps Fast with Justin Kuryliw

Trailhead Live As we’re looking for new ways to connect with each other without being able to walk around the office, Trailhead Live has been a great tool to come together and learn. Gillian did two Trailhead Live sessions this month, one focused on Chatter and another AMA (Ask Me Anything) that brought together product experts to answer your burning questions. We’re going to another AMA next month, so come check it out.

    • Build Organizational Trust with Chatter
    • AwesomeAdmin AMA

The Wayback Machine We also take a moment to check in on what we were up to two years ago. This month in 2018, we talked to an Australian powerlifter who earned a golden hoodie, Zayne Turner was ahead of the curve with “SalesforceDX for Admins,” and we launched our “Be a Builder” series to help admins build apps quickly.

  • Podcast: How Rebecca Aichholzer Powerlifted Her Salesforce Career
  • Podcast: SalesforceDX for Admins
  • Launch of Be a Builder

Other Content from April * Blog: “Admin Release Countdown: Get Ready for Summer ’20” * Podcast: Salesforce For Good: Judi Sohn

Social * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Mike: @MikeGerholdt * Gillian: @GillianKBruce

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ve got Jeff Berger, Salesforce Admin at Academy Bank and co-leader of the Kansas City Salesforce User Group. We learn how he built a Salesforce app in just five hours.

Join us as we talk about how he works to create transparency between his customers and his organization, how he got executive buy-in so quickly, and the importance of communication.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Jeff Berger.

Building an application in 5 hours.

So without burying the lede, we felt like we needed to bring Jeff on the podcast after he built an app from start to finish in five hours. “Like many banks over the past couple of weeks, we were scrambling to get something done for the Paycheck Protections Programs that was part of the CARES Act,” Jeff says, which meant he got a call from his boss asking for help on reporting. He needed to turn that process into a new app as quickly as possible to help them figure out how to allocate their resources in an all-hands-on-deck situation.

“The number one thing you can do, when you’re demoing a new process, is don’t focus so much on the process,” Jeff says, “an executive wants to see the output, they want to see the data right away.” Seeing a live readout of the information they cared about the most really sold the value of the app to the stakeholders involved. “Amazing things happen when you have executive buy-in,” he says, and with the support of leadership and the organizational focus that comes with it, he was able to turn the app around incredibly quickly.

A big need for Jeff’s organization was a way for the tellers who speak to customers every day to be able to tell what the status of someone’s application is. The initial ask was for Jeff to periodically publish a spreadsheet on a web portal for people to check, “but I like to replace spreadsheets with Salesforce,” Jeff says. He figured he could create a list view in Salesforce, drop that onto a community page, and share it publicly with the guest user functionality to give people up-to-to-the-minute information about their application.

The power of communication.

“If I have a favorite Salesforce features, it’s reports and dashboards,” Jeff says, “the value in Salesforce is the ability to immediately, as soon as you stand up a new object, start reporting on it.” Getting everyone trained on an app in such a short amount of time wouldn’t be possible without Chatter. Jeff could respond immediately to any tech support needs right on the platform.

“There’s no secret sauce,” Jeff says, “when I get questions in Salesforce, only 25-30% are Salesforce technical questions, the rest of them are really business process questions.” Jeff also emphasized the importance of getting on the same page with other departments about how things work and what the message is. Staying aligned and communicating was critical to turning around an app so quickly. Be sure to listen to the full episode for more, as there are tons of great tips about rapid development and deployment.

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Ciara: @JeffreyBerger * Mike: @MikeGerholdt * Gillian: @GillianKBruce

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

3 Tips to Help Admins Build and Deploy Apps Fast with Justin Kuryliw

We have a special bonus episode of the Salesforce Admins Podcast for you today, where we talk to Justin Kuryliw, the project manager for the Salesforce Crisis Response App. We learn about the process behind building and deploying this app so fast.

Join us as we talk about the importance of recruiting a team and delegating to them, why they spent two days planning out of the week they had to build, and why teams need to overcommunicate.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Justin Kuryliw.

Building a product quickly with early feedback.

In his day-to-day life, Justin is a Solution Engineer at Salesforce. “Normally, what I do is focus on helping Salesforce customers architect solutions,” he says, “but the project that we started is a crisis response app to help Salesforce customers with COVID-19 in helping to track employee and location impact.” This app, which you can download on the AppExchange, allows companies to keep track of whether or not their team members need to self-quarantine, or even just mark themselves as safe.

COVID-19 has drastically changed things quite quickly, so time was of the essence. They started with a paragraph description of what they thought the app should do, while at the same time having conversations with customers who might have a need to find out if they were on the right track. They refined these ideas into potential features based on feedback, which allowed them get buy-in in further conversations and recruit more members for the team.

“The best feedback we got was when we actually showed the app to people and gave them a chance to react,” Justin says, but they could only start doing that by building an MVP. They put it in front of people who never used Salesforce—their dads—which let them see where they could add in-app help features to make it easier to use.

Recruit a team early, delegate, and communicate.

As the team added more members, Justin needed to focus on coordinating his team while still keeping things fast and nimble. He recruited people and transformed the features from his description into products, making each team member a product owner so they could divide and conquer. They coordinated via a working document to make sure they always knew who owned what, as well as what roadblocks they were encountering in their work. This document guided their daily standups and kept them on track through their two-week development cycle.

Justin was building this app with a four-member team, and they all were still doing their day jobs, so communication was key to being able to work quickly. “Two weeks is not a lot of time when you consider that that was design, that was building, that was testing, and that was deployment,” he says, “so really we only had four or five days to actually build the app.”

The importance of planning.

“When you have four different people building the application, consistency starts to become very challenging,” Justin says, “so every other day we’d demo what was new and what was built for each other.” In the first two or three days of work, they published design principles to align the team: have little to no impact on production objects, make it user friendly, and use less code. Using Lightning Flows, Lightning Pages, and other declarative tools helped them accomplish that vision and deliver an app with only four Lightning components and a relatively small amount of Apex coding.

They spent two days of their week of building just on planning. “We got a lot of value out of making sure that we all agreed on the data model, we all agreed on what was in scope and out of scope,” Justin says, “so when we finally put hands to keyboard nobody had any questions about what needed to be built.”

AppExchange: * The Salesforce Crisis Response App

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Justin: @JustinKuryliw * Gillian: @GillianKBruce * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes! Full Show Transcript

View Details

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we talk to Ciara Skiles, a Senior Consultant and Business Analyst at Cirrius Solutions Inc. We learn how her experience in retail translated into a career in Salesforce.

Join us as we talk about how a career in retail taught her to break down barriers and communicate successfully, why it’s so important to be genuinely interested in the person and the result, and how your community and friends can support you in your career.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Ciara Skiles.

Jumping from retail to a career in Salesforce.

Just like Mike, Ciara has a background in retail. “When I was in college I did what most college students do, I worked a typical retail job,” she says, and since she had already been promoted into a supervisory role she decided to give it a go after graduation. That lead to a ten-year career specializing in workforce management and operations. “I was a go-to resource in my community to help struggling stores,” Ciara says.

In 2012 Ciara met her husband, an active duty service member in the Navy, which lead to a lot of moving around. They’ve lived in Charleston, SC, Newport, RI, Jacksonville, FL, as well as time abroad in Spain and Japan. In Japan, she attended a Hiring Our Heroes event where she heard about the Salesforce Military program. She quickly got her certifications and took a job as a Senior Consultant and Business Analyst at Cirrius Solutions Inc where she’s been working since late October.

The skills Ciara learned that translate across careers.

“When I found out about Salesforce Military, I was almost turned off by it,” Ciara says, “but when I did more research I found out that Trailhead is actually geared towards people who don’t necessarily have a tech background.” It also turns out that retail is a great training ground that translates into any number of careers. From managing personalities including training people who are working their first job to retirees with advanced degrees who are just trying to get out of the house a couple of days a week, Ciara’s seen it all.

“One commonality that I saw across the board is that you really need to figure out how to break down barriers and build trust quickly,” Ciara says, “and I think the key to success for me was that I always went into it with a genuine interest in the person and their end result.” That involves talking to a lot of customers and figuring out how to get them what they really want. “When you’re dealing with stakeholders who may have a broken process who come to you for help, a lot times they feel really insecure and unsure of how to proceed which puts them totally off-kilter,” she says, “I always try to very clearly communicate that I’m on your side, that I’m here to make your job easier, that your success is my passion.”

The amazing community that supported Ciara’s journey.

Thinking outside of the box is a big part of Ciara’s toolkit. “I’ve always been a natural problem solver, so if I see a friction point I want to do what I can to alleviate it,” she says, “which is what I think made me a really successful retail manager.” It’s the same with consulting—identify the big pain points and solve those first, then clean up the small issues later. There’s no template, however, so you need to coordinate with different departments to make sure everything is in alignment.

Through her entire Salesforce journey, Ciara has been able to rely on the support of a strong community of military spouses. “If you have a problem that you need to fix, call a group of military spouses,” she says, “give them twenty minutes and you will have five viable solutions with plans and Powerpoints and spreadsheets and all of the tools and resources you would ever need to make it happen.” Those skills translate directly into a career in Salesforce, and Ciara is proof that you don’t need a tech degree to make it happen. As she says, “my other life experience has been what has made me so successful in my current role.”

Trailhead: * Trailhead Military

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Ciara: @CiaraSkiles * Mike: @MikeGerholdt

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’ll hear from Hayley Tuller, a Project Manager at Arkus and a part of our Salesforce Military community. We learn how she’s applied the lessons she learned from twenty years in the Navy to her career in Salesforce.

Join us as we talk about how to eat the elephant one bite at the time, how Hayley approaches radical ownership, and the idea of upward leadership.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Hayley Tuller.

Starting with a service mindset. “I think I did have a bit more unorthodox background than most folks do, although I think the Salesforce community is one of those places where everybody comes from a surprising place,” Hayley says. Her story begins when she enlisted in the Navy, where she spent twenty years in service as an Arabic linguist and a cryptographer and ended up deployed in Afghanistan and Iraq, among other places.

In 2012, Hayley took advantage of the GI Bill to get into nonprofit work. “It felt like a natural transition for me—I had a service mindset and I felt like I had a lot to offer in terms of data analysis and operational management,” she says, “from that I got into databases and nonprofits and it was probably a very short road from there before the Salesforce community found me, and here I am today.”

How to manage lots of priorities. “The military taught me a lot about how to make decisions for priorities and manage lots of taskers,” Hayley says, “but I think one of the biggest things I got out of it is that a lot of it is your mindset.” The first rung on the ladder can feel like the longest reach, but getting there can make everything after it look a lot better. “We used to joke, when I was on deployment, that the only way to eat an elephant was one bite at a time,” she says.

One major skill Hayley learned in the Navy that has been helpful in her professional life is risk assessment. “It’s really just a way of looking at the tasks that are in front of you and assessing the likelihood of a problem and the impact of that problem, and using those two factors decide what you need to pay attention the most,” she says, “and when you apply that to everything you do you get a lot of clarity really quickly.” One of the biggest tips Hayley has is to get everything in one place so you can see it and make decisions accordingly.

Radical ownership. “Probably the biggest thing I took away from my Navy career is this sense of what a lot of people call radical ownership,” Hayley says, “when I was in the service we just called it accountability.” It’s this idea that the buck stops with you—if you’re responsible for something it’s not OK to throw your hands up in the air and quit. You can ask for help, but you’ve got to work through any difficulties you encounter along the way, and you just might surprise yourself with what you’re able to accomplish along the way.

The idea of upward leadership. “Leadership is not something that we just do in a downward focus—we don’t just lead down—you have to lead up as well,” Hayley says, “upward leadership is about being there to support your supervisors, actively asking those questions, stepping forward when you see things that can be solved, and helping them be equipped to make the best decisions that they can possibly make.” That comes down to trust, loyalty, and the ability to be assertive and say what needs to be said if there’s a problem.

At the same time, when it comes to leading people under you, Hayley says “the biggest gift you can give to the folks that you work with and who work for you is belief in themselves.” One of the hardest things you have to do is step back and let a subordinate do something and trust that they’ll succeed, but it’s so rewarding to see them succeed.

Trailhead: * Strengthen and Diversify Your Workforce with Military Veterans Trail * Drucker School - Organizational Leadership Module

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Hayley:@hayleytuller * Gillian: @GillianKBruce

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

We’re back with another episode of the Salesforce for Good mini-series on the Salesforce Admins Podcast. These special episodes are hosted by Marc Baizman, Senior Admin Evangelist at Salesforce and nonprofit veteran. He talks to Judi Sohn, Director of Customer Centric Engineering at Salesforce.org, to learn how she organizes around the nonprofit Salesforce community.

Join us as we talk about how Judi’s nonprofit work brought her to Salesforce, and the work she’s done to create a framework for the community to contribute to the platform.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation with Judi Sohn.

How Judi first got involved in nonprofits. “Customer centric engineering sits in the technology and product part of Salesforce.org,” Judi says, “we are the connection point between other teams and product development.” What that means is that whenever there’s a customer impactful issue like a bug, her team investigates and then puts a team on it.

Jodi has a deep background in nonprofit work, starting in 1998 when her father was diagnosed with cancer. “He and I grew up in technology together,” she says, and naturally they found a listserv to connect with others dealing with colorectal cancer in their lives. He ended up cofounding the Colorectal Cancer Alliance, and because Jodi had all of his passwords she was able to log in and volunteer her graphic design skills to help them with their first website and logo.

On the frontiers of community building. For the next two years, Jodi ended up working closely with the CCA to help them get off the ground, and in the process picked up a lot of first-hand knowledge about starting a nonprofit. She got to put those skills into practice pretty quickly, setting off on a new adventure to help found Fight Colorectal Cancer, an organization devoted to research and advocacy. She was also blogging about early remote work technology since both organizations she had been a part of were distributed, which was how she heard about Salesforce.

As Fight Colorectal Cancer continued to grow, Judi needed a cloud-based database platform to support her distributed team. She tried a number of options that were all ultimately frustrating, “I wanted to change it and adapt it to my organization,” she says, “it just didn’t have the flexibility and didn’t feel like I could grow into it.” In the search process, however, she saw that Salesforce was offering free licenses to nonprofits. She signed up and started working with a consultant to learn about the platform, blogging about her journey as she went.

“I didn’t know at the time, but I was one of the very few customers making this work and talking about it publicly,” Judi says, and the blog got her in touch with a lot of partners and early adopters also working in Salesforce. She got involved in the conversation around building a bona fide nonprofit app. That landed Judi on the Dreamforce stage in 2008, and she’s been to every one since.

How Judi ended up at the Salesforce Foundation. Judi continued working in the nonprofit Salesforce community while still running Fight Colorectal Cancer, but as she got more involved she realized just how much of an impact she could have helping others be successful on the platform. She made the decision to start working as a Salesforce Partner to consult with more nonprofits, right around the same time the Power of Us Hub got started. She dove into those conversations, learning more about the platform as she helped others.

In 2015, Judi joined the Salesforce Foundation, helping as the Nonprofit Success Pack evolved from a community-driven open source solution for small nonprofits to something that could scale for large organizations. As the NPSP changed, they wanted to find a role for the community to still innovate on the platform, which lead to the creation of Open Source Commons. While Community Sprints were already a thing, what Judi brought to the table was a format where folks with many different backgrounds and levels of experience could participate. “The community makes it so easy, it is embraced and supported and welcome and open,” she says, “and I want everyone to feel that.”

Resources * Trailhead + CumulusCI Basics + CumulusCI Setup

  • Idealware

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Judi: @judis217 * Marc: @mbaizman

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!

View Details

This week on the Salesforce Admins Podcast, we’re happy to have Gillian Bruce back for a special show we’re calling, well, the What Do We Call This Episode. On the last Thursday of every month, Mike and Gillian will run through Salesforce content that caught their attention this month and give you some takeaways. Really, though, we need some help coming up with a name, so please reach out on Twitter and help us brainstorm.

Join us as we talk about all the great Salesforce content from this month, and a flashback to what was going on in March, 2018.

You should subscribe for the full episode, but here are a few takeaways from our conversation between Mike and Gillian.

Tips and Tricks for Telecommuting Success

From the Evangelist team, LeeAnne Rimel has a timely article about telecommuting. She’s been doing it a long time with our team, so she has some great insights about how to successfully navigate the transition into working from home. From setting up a dedicated workspace to tips for creating a new routine you can stick to, there’s a lot to learn.

How I Solved This: List Views for Object Ownership

Salesforce.com MVP Amber Boaz shares a workaround post about customizing the idea of My List View when you’re looking at custom objects that you’re not necessarily the owner of. If you’re hungry for more workarounds, Mike recommends looking at your global variables within your organization. The tips in this article can help you bring more ease to users when they’re trying to do something they expect to be able to do.

The Chemistry of Salesforce with Jerrel Ramos

We also wanted to flash back to one of our favorite Salesforce Admin Podcast episodes this month, “The Chemistry of Salesforce” with Jerrel Ramos. This was a really interesting one because, first of all, he’s the first chemist we’ve had on the show, and second of all, he’s new to Salesforce but really digging in to make the platform do something new. It covers not just how he’s adapting his org to suit his needs, but also how he’s approaching Trailhead as a newcomer. And don’t forget to check out Jerrel’s podcast about vaporwave music, the Virtual Ocean.

Flashback to March

Around this time in 2018, we were actually doing the podcast twice a week. Just to take you back to those heady days, GDPR was new and organizations around the world were rushing to keep up. Gillian had a great conversation with Ian Glazer and Lindsey Finch to go everything admins needed to know. Now, of course, we’ve got a Trailhead for that. We also talked to Marc Baizman about the DOITTT framework, the process to go through before you go through the Process Builder.

Also in March of 2018, LeeAnne wrote an excellent (and super relevant for right now) post about the “5 Ways to Include Your Remote Meeting Attendees.” It’s chock-full of helpful information about technologies and strategies to help your collaboration on a mixed team, for both people in the office and those beaming in.

Social: * Salesforce Admins: @SalesforceAdmns * Mike: @MikeGerholdt * Gillian: @GillianKBruce

Love our podcasts? Subscribe today or review us on iTunes!